<TEI xmlns="http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0">
   <teiHeader>
      <fileDesc>
         <titleStmt>
            <title>The works of the pious and profoundly-learned Joseph Mede, B.D., sometime fellow of Christ's Colledge in Cambridge</title>
            <title>Works. 1672</title>
            <author>Mede, Joseph, 1586-1638.</author>
         </titleStmt>
         <editionStmt>
            <edition>
               <date>1672</date>
            </edition>
         </editionStmt>
         <extent>Approx. 5163 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 528 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.</extent>
         <publicationStmt>
            <publisher>Text Creation Partnership,</publisher>
            <pubPlace>Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :</pubPlace>
            <date when="2003-01">2003-01 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).</date>
            <idno type="DLPS">A50522</idno>
            <idno type="STC">Wing M1588</idno>
            <idno type="STC">ESTC R19073</idno>
            <idno type="EEBO-CITATION">12561060</idno>
            <idno type="OCLC">ocm 12561060</idno>
            <idno type="VID">63175</idno>
            <availability>
               <p>This keyboarded and encoded edition of the
	       work described above is co-owned by the institutions
	       providing financial support to the Early English Books
	       Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is
	       available for reuse, according to the terms of <ref target="https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/">Creative
	       Commons 0 1.0 Universal</ref>. The text can be copied,
	       modified, distributed and performed, even for
	       commercial purposes, all without asking permission.</p>
            </availability>
         </publicationStmt>
         <seriesStmt>
            <title>Early English books online.</title>
         </seriesStmt>
         <notesStmt>
            <note>(EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A50522)</note>
            <note>Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 63175)</note>
            <note>Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1641-1700 ; 768:26)</note>
         </notesStmt>
         <sourceDesc>
            <biblFull>
               <titleStmt>
                  <title>The works of the pious and profoundly-learned Joseph Mede, B.D., sometime fellow of Christ's Colledge in Cambridge</title>
                  <title>Works. 1672</title>
                  <author>Mede, Joseph, 1586-1638.</author>
                  <author>Worthington, John, 1618-1671.</author>
               </titleStmt>
               <editionStmt>
                  <edition>Corrected and enlarged according to the author's own manuscripts.</edition>
               </editionStmt>
               <extent>[44], xlv, [6], 923, [27] p., 2 double leaves of plates : ill.  </extent>
               <publicationStmt>
                  <publisher>Printed by Roger Norton for Richard Royston ...,</publisher>
                  <pubPlace>London :</pubPlace>
                  <date>1672.</date>
               </publicationStmt>
               <notesStmt>
                  <note>Half title: The works of Joseph Mede, B.D. in five books. The third edition.</note>
                  <note>Includes bibliographical references.</note>
                  <note>"Tables ..." [i.e. indexes]: p. [1]-[27].</note>
                  <note>Edited by John Worthington, D.D.</note>
                  <note>"The life of ... Joseph Mede, B.D.": p. l-xlv.</note>
                  <note>Reproduction of original in Huntington Library.</note>
               </notesStmt>
            </biblFull>
         </sourceDesc>
      </fileDesc>
      <encodingDesc>
         <projectDesc>
            <p>Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl,
      TEI @ Oxford.
      </p>
         </projectDesc>
         <editorialDecl>
            <p>EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.</p>
            <p>EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).</p>
            <p>The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.</p>
            <p>Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.</p>
            <p>Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.</p>
            <p>Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as &lt;gap&gt;s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.</p>
            <p>The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.</p>
            <p>Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).</p>
            <p>Keying and markup guidelines are available at the <ref target="http://www.textcreationpartnership.org/docs/.">Text Creation Partnership web site</ref>.</p>
         </editorialDecl>
         <listPrefixDef>
            <prefixDef ident="tcp"
                       matchPattern="([0-9\-]+):([0-9IVX]+)"
                       replacementPattern="http://eebo.chadwyck.com/downloadtiff?vid=$1&amp;page=$2"/>
            <prefixDef ident="char"
                       matchPattern="(.+)"
                       replacementPattern="https://raw.githubusercontent.com/textcreationpartnership/Texts/master/tcpchars.xml#$1"/>
         </listPrefixDef>
      </encodingDesc>
      <profileDesc>
         <langUsage>
            <language ident="eng">eng</language>
         </langUsage>
         <textClass>
            <keywords scheme="http://authorities.loc.gov/">
               <term>Mede, Joseph, 1586-1638.</term>
               <term>Theology --  Early works to 1800.</term>
               <term>Theology --  History --  17th century.</term>
            </keywords>
         </textClass>
      </profileDesc>
      <revisionDesc>
         <change>
            <date>2000-00</date>
            <label>TCP</label>Assigned for keying and markup</change>
         <change>
            <date>2001-08</date>
            <label>Aptara</label>Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images</change>
         <change>
            <date>2001-09</date>
            <label>TCP Staff (Michigan)</label>Sampled and proofread</change>
         <change>
            <date>2002-01</date>
            <label>Aptara</label>Rekeyed and resubmitted</change>
         <change>
            <date>2002-05</date>
            <label>TCP Staff (Michigan)</label>Sampled and proofread</change>
         <change>
            <date>2002-05</date>
            <label>Mona Logarbo</label>Text and markup reviewed and edited</change>
         <change>
            <date>2002-06</date>
            <label>pfs</label>Batch review (QC) and XML conversion</change>
      </revisionDesc>
   </teiHeader>
   <text xml:lang="eng">
      <front>
         <div type="dedicatory_poem">
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:1"/>
            <head>—IOSEPHI MEDI?—</head>
            <lg>
               <l>Assurge, quicquid uspiam es docti chori,</l>
               <l>Tantóque honores exhibeto nomini;</l>
               <l>Cui Musa nostra pangeret carmen lubens,</l>
               <l>Sed <hi>Medus</hi> omni major est praeconio.</l>
               <l>Verùm beatum te, <hi>Iosephe,</hi> duxerim,</l>
               <l>Sortita talem Scripta quòd sint vindicem;</l>
               <l>Qui sparsa dudum ceu Sibyllae folia</l>
               <l>Prodire curat debito volumine,</l>
               <l>Mendísque preli seculíque sordibus</l>
               <l>Vix illa toto liberat triennio:</l>
               <l>Nunc integer, comptus, nitens, concors tibi</l>
               <l>Vigebis infinita ad usque secula.</l>
            </lg>
            <lg>
               <l>O te beatam paginam tanto Hospite!</l>
               <l>O cui invidere cuncta possint marmora!</l>
               <signed>G. D.</signed>
            </lg>
         </div>
         <div type="title_page">
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:1"/>
            <p>THE
WORKS
OF
The Pious and Profoundly-Learned
Ioseph Mede, B. D.
SOMETIME
Fellow of <hi>CHRIST'S</hi> Colledge in
CAMBRIDGE.</p>
            <p>Corrected and Enlarged according to the Author's own Manuscripts.</p>
            <p>
               <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>
            </p>
            <figure>
               <head>HINC LVCEM ET POCVLA SACRA &amp;</head>
               <p>ALMA MATER CANTA BRIGIA</p>
            </figure>
            <p>
               <hi>LONDON,</hi>
Printed by <hi>Roger Norton,</hi> for <hi>Richard Royston,</hi> Bookseller to His
most Sacred MAIESTY, M DC LXXII.</p>
         </div>
         <div type="half_title">
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:2"/>
            <p>THE
WORKS
OF
Ioseph Mede, B. D.
IN FIVE BOOKS.</p>
            <p>The Third Edition.
<pb facs="tcp:63175:3"/>
               <gap reason="duplicate" extent="1 page">
                  <desc>〈1 page duplicate〉</desc>
               </gap>
               <pb facs="tcp:63175:3"/>
               <gap reason="duplicate" extent="1 page">
                  <desc>〈1 page duplicate〉</desc>
               </gap>
            </p>
         </div>
         <div type="dedication">
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:4"/>
            <p>
               <pb facs="tcp:63175:4"/>
               <hi>Almae Matri</hi>
ACADEMIAE
CANTABRIGIENSI,
Augustissimo Literarum Sacrario,
Haec
Filii Sui,
IOSEPHI MEDI,
S. T. B.</p>
            <p>Collegii CHRISTI aliquando Socii,
<gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>
Auro contra non cara,
Omni aestimio digna,
Sed &amp; omni majora,
In honoris &amp;
Debitae observantiae
Testimonium</p>
            <signed>L.M.Q. D.D.
Iohannes Worthingtonus.</signed>
         </div>
         <div type="preface">
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:5"/>
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:5"/>
            <head>The General PREFACE.</head>
            <p>THAT the Reader may have a more particular knowledge of
the peculiar Advantages of <hi>This Edition,</hi> and a clearer view of the
great Worth of both the Author and his Writings, as also of
those Methods and Helps whereby the Author arrived at such a
Perfection even <hi>in Literis interioribus,</hi> in the more abstruse and re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>condite
parts of Knowledge; it is necessary that he be made acquainted with
these following <hi>Advertisements.</hi>
            </p>
            <div type="part">
               <head>Advertisements touching This Edition.</head>
               <p>1. That the<note n="*" place="margin">All of them, except some few mentioned at the end of this Preface.</note> Works of this Great Author, printed at distant times since
his Death, have been with care and attention more than once collated and ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>amin'd
by the Author's own Manuscripts; that so upon a second, and some<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>times
a third, reading it might appear where the Prints differ'd from the Ori<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ginals,
and that thereby they might be restored to that Lustre and Perfection
wherein the Author left them.</p>
               <p>How <hi>toilsome</hi> such an Employment was, none can so well judge as they that
have travell'd in the like labour: But how <hi>advantageous</hi> it is for others, the judi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cious
Reader will easily discern upon the perusal of this Edition, where he
will find the Author's Notions to run more clear and smooth, now that they
are freed from any interpolations and imperfections that had crept into any of
the former Prints. For that all that care (how wearisome soever) was no less
than necessary, may appear from what I can aver with truth and soberness,
That in several of these Posthumous pieces I found that (either through the hast
or <hi>incuria</hi> of the Scribe, or through his mistaking the Author's hand, or for
what other reason I affect not to enquire) there were too many aberrations
from the Original: Sometimes a line or more being left out; elsewhere some
words omitted or mistaken, and others substituted in the room thereof, to the
impairing at least of the Sense. To instance in one or two Tracts for all: In
two of the former Editions of the <hi>Paraphrase upon S. Peter's Prophecy</hi> there were at
least Thirty Mistakes, some of them corrected in the Third, but all in this last
Edition according to the Author's Papers: And in that excellent <hi>Diatriba</hi> up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
S. <hi>Mark</hi> 1. 15. (which in this Edition makes Discourse XXVI.) there
were at least Fifty places<note n="*" place="margin">None of which were number'd among the <hi>Errata.</hi>
                  </note> wherein the Print did swerve from the Original
Copy, and sometimes not without harm done to the sense; as (in pag. 38. l. 6.
of the first Edition) it was thus express'd and pointed, [<hi>And so we are now ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rived
at the main</hi> Cardo <hi>and hinge of Repentance. The joynt or second part thereof, in
which</hi> Aversion <hi>or</hi> Conversion <hi>meet and are knit together;</hi>] Whereas in the Au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thor's
Papers (and agreeably in<note n="*" place="margin">Pag. 109. lin. 21.</note> this Edition) it is thus, [<hi>And so now we are ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rived
at the main</hi> Cardo <hi>and hinge of</hi> Repentance, <hi>the Ioynt where the two parts there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>of,</hi>
                  <note n="‖" place="margin">These the Author a little before calls the <hi>Two parts of Repentance; Aversion from sin,</hi> the first; <hi>Conversion to God,</hi> the second part.</note> Aversion <hi>and</hi> Conversion, <hi>meet and are knit together.</hi>]</p>
               <p>I may not here forget that there was one Discourse (<hi>viz.</hi> Disc. 48. not before
published) wherein one word was so written, that neither I nor any I ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vised
<pb facs="tcp:63175:6"/>
with could possibly read it, and therefore I left a void space in the line<note n="‖" place="margin">See p. 280. lin. ult.</note>. In
three other places there was a word wanting in the Author's Manuscript, and
what word was plainly fit to be inserted, I have enclosed in a different letter
in these two crotchets [], and accordingly given notice thereof in the<note n="‖" place="margin">See p. 276, 279, 281.</note> mar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gins.
Which I here intimate as an Instance of that Diligence and Fidelity I
thought my self bound to use in the preparing these Papers for the Press; en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deavouring
all along so to deal herein as I my self would be dealt with in the
like circumstances, as being mindful of that Rule of our Saviour Christ;
<note n="*" place="margin">Luk. 6.</note> 
                  <hi>As ye would that men should do to you, do ye also to them likewise:</hi> A most equi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>table
and obliging Rule, the observance whereof (besides the good effect
it would have as to the publick interest of Learning, as in the particular case
for which I here remember it) would have a propitious and prevailing in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fluence
to the bettering of all the affairs and transactions of humane life. Yea
there is that compris'd in this compendious Aphorism (wherein is contracted
the Pith and Substance, the very Quintessence and Spirits of all the many
Precepts and Practical Maxims in the Doctrine not only of the <hi>Law and Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phets,</hi>
but of <hi>Christ and his Apostles,</hi> as also of the <hi>Institutes,</hi> and <hi>Pandects</hi> of
the <hi>Civil</hi> Law, containing what was drawn out of 150000 Verses of the
old Books of Law) which would not fail to make the whole World happy,
but would certainly make a true and real (and more than Poetical) <hi>Golden Age,</hi>
would turn the Wilderness into a Garden of <hi>Eden,</hi> and make the World one
Great Paradise, and particularly Christendom <hi>the Ioy and Praise of the whole
Earth.</hi> For this Rule's sake did the Emperour <hi>Alexander Severus</hi> (as <hi>Lam<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pridius</hi>
relates of him) shew the Christians more than ordinary favours; who
was so much in love with it, that <hi>in palatio &amp; in publicis operibus</hi> he caused this
to be written, as a memorial worthy to be regarded by all, <hi>Quod tibi fieri
non vis alteri ne feceris:</hi> the same with that Rule of elder date which <hi>Tobias</hi>
received from his Father,<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 4. 15.</note> 
                  <hi>Quod ab alio oderis fieri tibi, vide ne tu aliquando
alteri feceris;</hi> So the Vulgar Latin renders what is thus concisely express'd
in the Greek, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.</p>
               <p>But to put a stop to this pleasing Digression, and to conclude this First Ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vertisement,
one thing more I would add, which I can affirm with a safe con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fidence,
That if in any passages of these Papers I either did or do yet demurr
for the present; (and it need be no wonder if, in so Voluminous a Collection
as this, enrich'd with so great a variety of Notions, one should chance some<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>times
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> nor would the Author himself have taken it ill in his life-time,
if he had not been thought <hi>Infallible,</hi> and if every <hi>Hypothesis</hi> of his were not
readily swallowed down: I know no Book, but the divinely-inspired <hi>Bible,</hi>
of which it may be said as it was of the <hi>Roll</hi> to<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 2.</note> 
                  <hi>Ezekiel,</hi> and of that <hi>little
Book</hi> to S.<note n="‖" place="margin">Rev. 10. 9.</note> 
                  <hi>Iohn,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> whereas of any other Writing or
Composure of a fallible and uninspired man, it may generally be said as <hi>Cle<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mens
Alexandrinus</hi> somewhere in his <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> observes of the Greek Philoso<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phy,
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>) yet
have I in those very Passages express'd as great a diligence and faithfulness as
in any other particulars of those Discourses and Treatises wherein I did most
fully accord with the Author.</p>
               <p>2. As the Prints have been examin'd by the Original Manuscripts, so like<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wise
the Quotations that frequently occur therein (not only those out of the
H. Scripture, but) out of the ancient Liturgies, Councils, Fathers, the Hebrew
Writers, Historians, Poets, or any other Monuments of Antiquity, have been
<pb facs="tcp:63175:6"/>
carefully collated, and also set down more largely where they were but briefly
referr'd to sometimes in the Author's Papers. This care (though not over-ea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sie)
I have found upon trial not to be needless, (it being ordinary (and scarce
possible to be otherwise) where there are many Quotations, to mis-write the
numbers of some Books or Chapters that are quoted) and being well assured
it would be much for the Reader's Benefit, the desire thereof did animate me
to this laborious service, which became yet more laborious in that the Authors
were not always mention'd, or if the Authors, yet the Book and Chapter
were not always express'd: But in this Edition these are all particularly set
down, except some among so great a number of Quotations might possibly
escape me; but if any were pretermitted, I am sure they were only some short
ones, or such as rather added some little ornament to the matter in hand than
any necessary support and strength to any of his peculiar and principal Noti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons.</p>
               <p>There is one thing more that is not impertinent to be here advertis'd, That
whereas the Author did use, in several of his Chappel-exercises and other Dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>courses
delivered in publick, to quote the <hi>Hebrew, Chaldee, Syriack,</hi> and some<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>times
also the <hi>Greek;</hi> Testimonies (especially if they were long) not in those
Languages, but in <hi>Latine;</hi> as judging it perhaps more fit and useful to quote
them in a Language which might be understood by all that heard him, even
by the younger Students, than to make an astonishing clatter with many
words of a strange sound and of an unknown sense to some in the Auditory:
I thought it would be most for the advantage of this Edition, (now that the
forementioned reason of his then quoting in Latine did cease, his Discourses
being now exposed to the publick view) to set down these Authorities (all,
or part of them) in their own Language, especially where it is more significant
and emphatical. And this is the reason why the Reader will find some passa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ges
out of the <hi>Hebrew</hi> Writers, as also some out of S. <hi>Basil, Greg. Nazianzen,</hi> his
brother <hi>Caesarius, Epiphanius, Chrysostome, Theodoret</hi> and other <hi>Greek</hi> Authors, re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>presented
in their Original and proper Language: Which I thought would be a greater satisfaction to the more learned; and yet, that others might be al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>so
gratified, they are done into <hi>English.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>3. That several passages in the Author's Works (and such as I think the
Author himself would have taken care for, had he revis'd them for the publick
use) I have endeavour'd to make more evident and instructive by <hi>Marginal il<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lustrations;</hi>
(not to mention the many places of Scripture added also in the
Margins, which were pretermitted in the Original MSs.) as (to name some
amongst many) in Book I. Discourse XXXV. pag. 177. where he relates the
several opinions of some Hebrew Doctors concerning <hi>Urim</hi> and <hi>Thummim,</hi> I
have set in the margin their very expressions, as also the places (not mentioned
by him) where their other Notions of the same argument are to be found.
And in Discourse L, an elaborate piece of <hi>Sacred Geography,</hi> as also in
Discourse LI, part of which treats of <hi>all the kinds of Sacrifices and Offerings
under the Law,</hi> there is set down in the margins what I thought might give far<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
light to his Observations; besides a summary account of the Author's Me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thod
in those Discourses set all along in the margins. The like care I thought
needful for his <hi>Concio ad Clerum,</hi> Book II. pag. 398.</p>
               <p>As for those Three Pieces published in his life-time, [<hi>viz.</hi> His <hi>Clavis &amp; Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mentationes
Apocalypticae,</hi> his Tract about <hi>Churches,</hi> and that about <hi>the name</hi>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>] there needed nothing of Marginal observation for the explaining
<pb facs="tcp:63175:7"/>
of the Author's sense, they were so exactly perused by himself. There are
indeed in this Edition of his <hi>Commentary upon the Apocalyps</hi> some <hi>Marginal notes</hi> that
were not extant in the former; but these are not mine, but were the Author's
own Additions, and were transcribed out of the printed Book where he him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>self
had written them in the margins, as he had also corrected some few faults
in the print. Only sometimes in the margins of this learned Treatise I thought
it might be of use (besides some marginal references) to set down where the
<hi>Greek</hi> reading he chose in some few places to follow is confirm'd by the autho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rity
of <hi>Tecla</hi>'s, or the <hi>Alexandrian,</hi> Copy, a Manuscript of most venerable anti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quity,
and inserted in the <hi>Biblia Polyglotta;</hi> and to this very purpose (besides
many other advantages) himself would have made use of that noble Edition,
had it been extant in his life-time.</p>
               <p>4. That (besides that some of the formerly-printed Discourses and Tracts
are now published with several<note n="*" place="margin">See a parti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cular account both of the <hi>En<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>largements</hi> and of the <hi>Additi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>
                        <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nals</hi> at the end of this <hi>Preface.</hi>
                  </note> Enlargements out of the Author's Manu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>scripts)
there are<note n="*" place="marg1">See a parti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cular account both of the <hi>En<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>largements</hi> and of the <hi>Additi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>
                        <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nals</hi> at the end of this <hi>Preface.</hi>
                  </note> XXXII. Additional Pieces in this Edition, (no slight nor
inconsiderable accession to the Author's Works. Nor do I know of any one
Tract, or Fragment of a Tract, that contain'd any Notion worthy of the
Author, that is not brought into this Edition in Book V. which consists of
<hi>Miscellanies,</hi> or set somewhere in the Margins of the other Books.</p>
               <p>There were indeed among his Papers Three Discourses, one upon <hi>Zech.</hi> 8.
19. which was deliver'd by him in publick in the year 1611. after he was new<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
made <hi>Master of Arts,</hi> and one upon 1 <hi>Iohn</hi> 3. 9. and another upon <hi>Matth.</hi> 6.
33. which were made a little after; but these did seem less fit for the publick
upon the<note n="*" place="margin">See Epistle 97. p. 881.</note> same reason that he was unwilling some Latine Dissertations written
by him in his younger days should be made publick.</p>
               <p>As for two short Discourses of his upon <hi>Genes.</hi> 28. 16. and upon <hi>Exod.</hi> 3. 5.
found among his Papers, they had been published, but that I found they were
both inserted by the Author partly into his Discourse on<note n="*" place="margin">p. 343. &amp; p. 347.</note> 
                  <hi>Eccles.</hi> 5. 1. intituled
<hi>The Reverence of God's House,</hi> and partly into that<note n="‖" place="margin">p. 823.</note> Epistolary Tract of his
touching <hi>The Holiness of Churches:</hi> nor is there any thing in them but what is in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>corporated
into those Tracts, except this one Notion in the beginning of that
forementioned short discourse upon <hi>Genes.</hi> 28. 16. <hi>Surely the Lord is in this place,
and I knew it not;</hi> where the Author hath this Observation, [<hi>They are the words of</hi>
Iacob, <hi>when he awoke out of the Vision he saw at</hi> Bethel: <hi>He dream'd he saw a Ladder
reaching from Heaven to Earth, and the Angels of God ascending and descending thereon:
Above it stood the Lord himself, saying,</hi> I am the Lord, the God of <hi>Abraham</hi> thy
Father, and the God of <hi>Isaac;</hi> the Land whereon thou liest, to thee will I
give it and to thy seed. I will multiply thee, and in thy seed shall all the Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>milies
of the Earth be blessed. <hi>I mean not to expound the Vision unto you, it would be
besides my scope; but only will tell you thus much, that the Author of the Book of</hi> Wisdom
(Chap. 10. 10.) <hi>calls it</hi> a Vision of the Kingdom of God; <hi>meaning</hi> (<hi>as I sup<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pose</hi>)
the Kingdom of Messiah <hi>which is here promised;</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
He shewed him (<hi>saith he, relating this history of</hi> Iacob)
the Kingdom of God, and gave him knowledge of holy things. <hi>Which passage
I think so much the more worthy to be observed, because the term of</hi> [Kingdom of God,]
<hi>so frequent in the New Testament, is no where to be found save in this place only.</hi>] This
Observation I thought good to preserve by inserting it here upon this occa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sion.</p>
               <p>There are several Texts of Scripture set down in the beginning of a thin
Paper-book in <hi>Quarto,</hi> which the Author (it's likely) intended to discourse
<pb facs="tcp:63175:7"/>
upon; but whether he perfected his intentions, or only laid in some general
materials for such a purpose in some other Papers, (some such thing seems to be
intimated) appears not to me from any Papers of his that have come to my
hands: Howsoever it may not be amiss, but rather a gratification to some, to
set down here those Passages of Scripture which he had made choice of as fit
objects for his deep-searching Thoughts to be exercis'd upon. And they are
these.</p>
               <p>Acts 7. 43. <hi>Ye took up the Tabernacle of</hi> Moloch, <hi>and the Star of your God</hi> Rem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phan,
&amp;c.</p>
               <p>Gen. 2. 9.—<hi>The Tree of life in the middle of the Garden.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Iam. 5. 14. <hi>Is there any sick among you, let him call for the Presbyters of the Church,
and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the Lord: And the prayer
of Faith shall save the sick,</hi> &amp;c.</p>
               <p>Gen. 14. 18. <hi>And</hi> Melchizedek <hi>King of</hi> Salem <hi>brought forth bread and wine; and
he was the Priest of the most high God.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Gen. 20. 7.</hi> For he is a Prophet, and he shall pray for thee, and thou shalt live.</p>
               <p>Matth. 12. 39.—<hi>And there shall be no sign given to it, but the sign of the Prophet</hi> Io<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nas.</p>
               <p>2 Sam. 21. 1.—<hi>It is for</hi> Saul <hi>and his bloudy House, because he slew the</hi> Gibeo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nites.</p>
               <p>1 Sam. 8. 7. <hi>And the Lord said unto</hi> Samuel, <hi>They have not rejected thee, but they
have rejected me, that I should not reign over them.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>2 Cor. 3. 6, 7. <hi>Who also hath made us able ministers of the New Testament, not of the Let<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter,
but of the Spirit; for the Letter killeth, but the Spirit giveth life. But if the mini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stration
of Death written and engraven in stones was glorious—How shall not the ministra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
of the Spirit be rather glorious.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Matth. 2. 18. <hi>A voice was heard in</hi> Rama, <hi>lamentation and weeping</hi>—Rachel
<hi>weeping for her children,</hi> &amp;c.</p>
               <p>1 Cor. 8. 10. <hi>For if any man should see thee which hast knowledge sit at meat in the Idol's
temple,</hi> &amp;c.</p>
               <p>Ioh. 16. 8. <hi>And when he is come, he will reprove the world of sin, and of righteousness,
and of judgment.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Heb. 11. 4. <hi>By faith</hi> Abel <hi>offered unto God</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>than</hi> Cain.</p>
               <p>2 Ep. Ioh. v. 1. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.</p>
               <p>Ios. 22. 19. <hi>If the land of your possession be unclean, then pass ye over unto the land of the
possession of the Lord, wherein the Lord's tabernacle dwelleth,</hi> &amp;c.</p>
               <p>Nehem. 8. 6. <hi>And all the people answered,</hi> Amen, Amen, <hi>with lifting up their hands,</hi>
&amp;c.</p>
               <p>1 Cor. 11. 16. <hi>But if any man seem to be contentious, we have no such custome, nor the
Churches of God.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>These<note n="*" place="margin">Besides some mentioned in another loose paper, Acts 1. 3. 1 Pet. 1. 10, 11. Acts 3. 22. Rom. 3. 21. Act. 26. 22, 23.</note> Seventeen Texts of Scripture (together with that Title of seve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ral
Psalms, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>) I found set down in the beginning of that Paper-book, (the
rest is wanting) and these it seems he designed for the matter of his Chappel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>exercises:
and if any such <hi>Diatribae</hi> or Discourses, perfected by him upon these
Scriptures, be in the possession of any worthy persons, (for the Author was
very communicative of his Papers) it is both desired and hoped that they would
impart them for the common benefit.</p>
               <p>5. That upon the View of all the Author's Writings, it seem'd most ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>commodate for the Reader's benefit, that they should be digested into <hi>Five
Books.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <pb facs="tcp:63175:8"/>The <hi>First Book</hi> to contain his <hi>Discourses</hi> on several Texts of Scripture, and of
a different importance: All of which were delivered in publick, (either in
the Colledge-Chappel or in some greater Auditory) except that one only Dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>course
<note n="*" place="margin">Disc. XXIX. p. 13<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> upon <hi>Esay</hi> 2. 2, 3. which was dictated by the Author <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, for
the satisfaction of a Friend of his who desired his opinion touching that Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phecy;
and (as it was related by the Author's Friend) the original Paper is
thus subscribed, <hi>More time and more leisure might have afforded you better; but for this
you are beholden to your Cousin</hi> B. <hi>whose pains in writing was more than mine in dictating.</hi>
Vale. <hi>Yours,</hi> I. M.</p>
               <p>The <hi>Second Book</hi> to contain such Tracts and Discourses on several Texts of
Scripture as were of the like Argument and design: viz. about <hi>Churches</hi> and
<hi>the worship of God therein.</hi> There are among the first 21 <hi>Discourses</hi> in the forego<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
Book some <hi>Diatribae</hi> of the like import: but those being published by the
direction, or with the liking, of the Author's Executor, I would not break
the order in which they are so dispos'd.</p>
               <p>The <hi>Third Book</hi> to contain his Treatises <hi>upon Prophetical Scriptures.</hi> viz. The
<hi>Apocalypse. S.</hi> Peter<hi>'s Prophecy</hi> concerning <hi>The Day of Christ's second Coming.
S.</hi> Paul<hi>'s Prophecy</hi> touching <hi>The Apostasie of the Latter Times.</hi> Tobie<hi>'s Prophecy</hi>
De duplici Iudaeorum Captivitate &amp; Statu Novissimo. And <hi>Three Treatises
upon some obscure Passages in</hi> Daniel.</p>
               <p>The <hi>Fourth Book</hi> to contain his <hi>Epistles</hi> to several Learned men; whose <hi>Let<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ters</hi>
are also published, otherwise his Answers to them had been less intelli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gible.
There are several large and learned <hi>Epistles</hi> of his added in this Edition,
(besides some elaborate <hi>Letters</hi> of others, as that of<note n="*" place="margin">Epist. XLVIII.</note> 
                  <hi>L. De Dieu,</hi> not hereto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
published) but there is nothing left out among the <hi>Epistles;</hi> only some of
them are placed in another (but their due) order; as also some other <hi>Tracts</hi>
that were mingled with them are removed to their proper places. There is
one only <hi>Tract</hi> printed among the <hi>Epistles</hi> in pag. 517. of the former Edition
(viz. <hi>Specimina Interpretationum Apocalypticarum ad Prophetiam Sigillarem spectanti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um</hi>)
which deserved to be left out, it being nothing else but a ruder draught
and <hi>Specimen</hi> of what he afterwards perfected and printed in his <hi>Commentary
upon the Apocalyps.</hi> But as for other <hi>Tracts</hi> and <hi>Discourses,</hi> wherein the Author
did pursue the same Notions, and sometimes for some lines together in much<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>what
the like expressions; (as he might well be bold with his own; and accor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dingly
the Lord <hi>Verulam</hi> does sometimes in several Tracts of his harp upon the
same string, repeating some Notions discoursed of in his other Papers;
and of old the same was practis'd by <hi>Plutarch,</hi> as every one knows that is ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quainted
with that excellent Author:) yet because where these Notions are
repeated by him in other Tracts, they are express'd with some variety, and
sometimes with farther advantage and clearness; I thought it safest not to
leave out any thing, nor to go about to contract them: For the same Noti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons
being represented with some enlargements or some difference of expressi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on,
may haply enlighten and affect some Readers in this form of words, others
in another.</p>
               <p>The <hi>Fifth Book</hi> to contain <hi>Fragmenta Sacra,</hi> or such <hi>Miscellanies</hi> as could not
well come under any of the forementioned General Heads. The Three
last Chapters of which Book (containing a Collection of whatsoever was
found among his Papers that related to the <hi>Apocalyps,</hi> and did seem to afford
some light to some expressions therein) might have been fitly placed in the
Third Book among the <hi>Remains upon some passages in the Apocalyps;</hi> but they came
<pb facs="tcp:63175:8"/>
not soon enough to my hands to he inserted there. There were written in
some papers of his some Half-sentences and Memorials (best understood by
himself) or short Hints of what was afterward at large treated of and made
out in several Tracts perfected by him, (which Hints he usually wrote in La<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tin:)
These were too imperfect and unfit to be number'd among his <hi>Fragmenta
Sacra;</hi> and to have published them would have been as dishonourable to the
Author, as it would be greatly injurious to a famous Artist, after he had with all
care imaginable and to the life perfected his designed Picture, to make publick
his first strokes and essays, the imperfect rudiments of his Pencil.</p>
               <p>One thing more, and I shall conclude this <hi>Advertisement;</hi> That for the far<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
accommodation of the Reader, (besides the dividing the whole into
<hi>Five Books</hi>) Two of the largest and most elaborate Treatises, (next to that
upon the <hi>Apocalyps</hi>) viz. <hi>The Christian Sacrifice,</hi> and <hi>The Apostasy of the Latter
Times,</hi> are divided into <hi>Chapters</hi> with <hi>Contents</hi> briefly, but particularly, repre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>senting
the chief matters therein discoursed of. This I thought would be
much for the Reader's both ease and advantage. The same care is taken for
the <hi>Remains on the Apocalyps,</hi> which being divided into 12. <hi>Chapters</hi> with <hi>Contents</hi>
is also thereby made more accommodate to the Reader'<hi>s</hi> use, and any part there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>of
may be the more easily referr'd to. And the like accommodation of the Rea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der
is endeavour'd (not only as to the forementioned Treatises, but) as to
the rest of his Works, which could not be without great inconvenience divided
into <hi>Chapters,</hi> namely by the Alphabetical <hi>Tables</hi> of <hi>Words</hi> and <hi>Things,</hi> as also by
what is set in the top of every Page, which doth summarily import what is
contain'd therein.</p>
               <p>6. And now after all this, when I could not think there was any thing un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cared-for
wherein I might be farther instrumental to the Reader's accommoda<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
and the publick good, I was sollicited (and with some continued importu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nity)
to another trouble. It was desired by some That the <hi>Hebrew, Greek</hi> and
<hi>Latin</hi> Quotations in these Writings (especially in the Treatises and Discourses
upon any passages of Scripture) might be render'd into <hi>English,</hi> for the bene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fit
of those Readers who had not the advantage of such Education as would
have enabled them to understand <hi>Words</hi> in those Tongues, though otherwise
of good abilities to understand <hi>Things</hi> and the best Notions when represented in
a Language known to them.</p>
               <p>It was easie for me to foresee how tedious such an employment would be,
both where any Author<hi>'s</hi> style is entangled and not so properly and clearly ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pressive
as it might have been, or where the Original Greek being lost an old
barbarous Latin Translation is all that is to be had, (as in some parts of <hi>Irenaeus</hi>)
as also where the Quotations are many, (as in <hi>the Christian Sacrifice,</hi> the Tracts
about <hi>Churches</hi> and the name <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, and in the <hi>Apostasie of the Latter Times</hi>)
and likewise large,<note n="*" place="margin">As in p. 334, to 339. and in many others.</note> some whole pages being fill'd with Testimonies of anci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ent
Authors, as pag. 373, &amp;c. 377. to the end of that Tract, and (to name no
more) pag. 641, 642.</p>
               <p>Yet it was less difficult for me to deny my self some ease by undertaking this
new labour, than to deny the importunity of others, their desire especially be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
back'd with this consideration, That it would conduce more to the bene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fit
of all Readers. And therefore in compliance with their request the several
Testimonies that occur, especially in his Treatises and discourses upon Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture
are done into English, except where the sense of the Quotation is suffi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ciently
intimated in the either foregoing or the following lines.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb facs="tcp:63175:9"/>As for some Quotations in Book IV, which contains his <hi>Epistles</hi> they be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing,
most of them, written to Learned men, and several of the Quotations
(not to mention such as are here repeated, and were translated in the fore<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>going
three Books) relating to some <hi>Criticisms</hi> and other points of Learning
most proper for Scholars to busy themselves about; I was less solicitous about
every thing therein that was in other Languages. And as for some <hi>Epistles</hi>
which are wholly in <hi>Latin,</hi> I thought good to give a summary account of them
in <hi>English,</hi> either in the Margin or in the Contents.</p>
               <p>The Translation keeps close to the letter for the most part; it does not always:
for that would be not only Pedantick and servile, but infinitely inconvenient,
and would render the Translation sometime as insignificant and unintelligible
to some Readers as the Original it self. And therefore in some places I found
it absolutely necessary to enlarge the Translations, and so to improve them
that they might seem also a little Commentary upon some Quotations out of
the Fathers and Councils, particularly such as related to Ecclesiastical Anti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quities,
which would otherwise have been too obscure and impossible to be un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derstood
by every Reader: a <hi>Specimen</hi> whereof (to omit other places) the
Readers may observe in <hi>Pag.</hi> 383. and in <hi>Pag.</hi> 331. where the Author speaks of
the 5 degrees of <hi>Penitents</hi> in the ancient Church. And for the better clearing
the sense of some Authors in such places as seem'd most intricate, I neglected
not to consult either Ecclesiastical Antiquaries or those that had commented
upon the Fathers, such as I could meet with in private or publick Libraries;
(though oftentimes my consulting such proved but a fruitless, though toilsom,
labour; it being the fashion of many Commentators to write a deal of <hi>Notes</hi>
upon what is easie and needs them not, but to give the <hi>Go-by</hi> to places more
difficult.) The most serviceable in all my search was the industrious and learn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
<hi>Rigaltius,</hi> agreeably to whose judgment and the sense of the most diligent
Writers, as also to the scope of the place, (not neglecting also sometimes to
consult the living, and the better, Libraries) I have render'd some Passages,
which haply at first sight may seem to others to import otherwise.</p>
               <p>There is this yet farther to be advertis'd, That where the Testimonies out of
<hi>Greek</hi> Authors are sometimes quoted in <hi>Latin,</hi> (as in those 2 Tracts about
<hi>Churches</hi> and the name <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>) I have in the translating attended not al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ways
to the <hi>Latin,</hi> but rather to the Original <hi>Greek,</hi> where it seem'd more ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pressive,
which I have therefore set down in the Margin, either part of it,
as in <hi>Pag.</hi> 336. and elsewhere, or the whole, as in another Treatise, <hi>Pag.</hi> 642.
that large Quotation out of <hi>Theodoret</hi> is more free from ambiguity in the <hi>Greek</hi>
than (as it was formerly quoted) in the <hi>Latin.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>And thus much for the First Head of <hi>Advertisements.</hi> I proceed to the
next.</p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>II. Advertisements touching the Author and his Writ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ings.</head>
               <p>1. As for the <hi>Author,</hi> I shall not need to exspatiate in a large and particular
recounting of the several Perfections (whether <hi>Intellectual Accomplishments</hi> or
<hi>Moral <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap>owm <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ts</hi>) which were eminently conspicuous in him, there be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                     <desc>•••</desc>
                  </gap>n a true and lively Picture of him in the following <hi>History of his
Life and Death,</hi> (written by some of great acquaintance with him, and that
<pb facs="tcp:63175:9"/>
always had a just esteem for him) and in that compendious <hi>Epitaph</hi> annexed
thereunto, (which, together with the <hi>Verses</hi> set in the beginning of this Vo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lume,
was sent out of the Countrey from a Reverend person sometime of <hi>Cam<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bridge</hi>)
as likewise in the adjoyning <hi>Appendix to the Author's Life,</hi> (sent from another
Doctor anciently of the same University, one who frequently resorted to Mr.
<hi>Mede,</hi> and thought himself richly rewarded by his discourse for every journey
he made to his Chamber.) In these Three there is an endeavour to represent
the Author's Picture at large and in his full proportions. Howsoever it may
not be impertinent to superadde here <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> some few Memorials; as
Pictures of Great persons are wont to be express'd not only in their just pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>portions, but also in little Tables and Medals.</p>
               <p>In short then, His <hi>Intellectual accomplishments</hi> must needs be eminent and ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vanced above the ordinary pitch, they being the Effects of excellent <hi>Natural
parts</hi> accompanied with an early and unwearied <hi>Industry,</hi> as also (which is a
more rare conjunction) with a <hi>great Iudgment</hi> and a <hi>great Memory.</hi> He began
his search after <hi>Wisdom</hi> betimes, and continued it unto the last; it might truly
be said of him (to borrow the words of<note n="*" place="margin">Ecclus. 51. 15</note> 
                  <hi>Siracides</hi>) that <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>from the flower till the grape was ripe,</hi> (from the budding ingenuities of
his youth till the more concocted and mature thoughts of his riper years)
<hi>he delighted in Wisdom, he sought her from his youth up,<note n="*" place="margin">Vers. 20.</note> and had his heart joyned with
her from the beginning.</hi> And for a proof of that success which attended this
his early enquiry after Knowledge, it may not be here impertinent to observe,
That some of those peculiar Notions of his which occur in his latter Writings
(as in that of the <hi>Reverence of God's House</hi>) were his <hi>eldest thoughts and studies,</hi> as
he himself calls them somewhere in his <hi>Epistles.</hi> What he hath observ'd in
his <hi>Christian Sacrifice,</hi> about the <hi>Oblation of Praise and Prayer</hi> at the celebration
of the <hi>Eucharist,</hi> he had an early apprehension of; as appears by that (not
till now published)<note n="*" place="margin">See Book I. Disc. II.</note> Discourse of his upon <hi>Psal.</hi> 50. 14. which was com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>posed
by him in his younger daies. What he hath at large illustrated in his
learned Discourse upon 1 <hi>Tim.</hi> 4. 1. concerning <hi>Daemon-worship</hi> and the <hi>Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stasy
of the Latter Times,</hi> he had a glimpse of many years before, as is evi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dent
from his<note n="*" place="margin">S<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>e Disc. XLII<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note> Discourse upon 2 <hi>Pet.</hi> 2. 1. And as for that short, but elaborate,
Tract <hi>De Numeris Danielis,</hi> or <hi>Revelatio Antichristi,</hi> perfected by him toward
the latter end of his Life, he call'd it<note n="*" place="margin">See Book IV. pag. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>4.</note> an <hi>old Notion</hi> long laid aside by him, but
now upon an apprehension of its <hi>Usefulness</hi> thought fit by him to be resum<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>d
and perfected: <hi>Ita ut cano placeret quod juveni complacebat,</hi> as <hi>Walsingham</hi> (though
an adversary) reports of <hi>Wiclef.</hi> By which Instances (to name no other)
it may appear what a quick Sagacity he had in his younger years, and how
his early studies were blest with the discoveries of such Theories as lay deep
and were not obvious to every eye.</p>
               <p>His skill in <hi>History</hi> and <hi>Geography</hi> appear'd betimes; a fair <hi>Specimen</hi>
whereof the Reader may observe in those two<note n="*" place="margin">See Book I. Disc. 49, 50. not published before.</note> Discourses of his upon <hi>Gen.</hi>
10. 5. where he treats of <hi>the Original Habitations and First Seat of</hi> Iaphet<hi>'s Sons
and their Colonies</hi> after the great dispersion from the Tower of <hi>Babel;</hi> (a Subject
that the learned <hi>Bochartus</hi> in his <hi>Phaleg</hi> has copiously discours'd of.) And for
the happiness of Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s Conjectures in an argument so difficult and so
little traced by any Writers before him, I refer the judicious Readers to those
above-mention'd Discourses, where they will find several Conjectures of his
more easie and less unforced than in some Authors that have written either be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
or after him, not excepting <hi>Bochartus</hi> himself. And herein we have another
proof of his early <hi>Sagacity.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <pb facs="tcp:63175:10"/>But more particularly for <hi>History,</hi> his Commentaries upon the <hi>Apocalyps</hi>
and some passages in <hi>Daniel</hi> speak the eminency of his skill herein, there being
no Interpreters before him that have with equal clearness accommodated those
<hi>Prophecies</hi> and <hi>Visions</hi> to their proper <hi>Events.</hi> That <hi>Methodus legendi Historicos
cum fructu,</hi> drawn up by him and sent to Sr. <hi>William Boswel</hi> (his ancient and
inward Friend) for the private use of some studious Gentlemen, would also
have testified as much. This <hi>Method for the study of History,</hi> as likewise his
<hi>Catalogue of such Authors as were most eminent in the several Arts and Sciences,</hi> sent
to the same Learned Knight, and (what was sent at a third time to him for
the use of some Friends of his) a little <hi>Bibliotheca Theologica,</hi> or an account of
such Authors as had made the best distribution of <hi>Theology</hi> into its parts, and
had written best for the several parts thereof; these his Three <hi>Epistolary</hi> Dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>courses
(for the which Sr. <hi>W. B.</hi> does in his Letters return most affectionate
thanks to Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>) would certainly have been most advantageously in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>structive
unto all, could they have been found among Sr. <hi>W. Boswel</hi>'s Papers,
and copied out for the publick use: but as yet they cannot be retrived, not<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>withstanding
all imaginable diligence has been used, of which they were well
worthy, as containing (not mere lines of Ceremony and Complement, such
as usually pass between Friends, nor little matters of News or of private con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cern,
but what is of greater importance) Instructions and Advices about the
study of <hi>Theology,</hi> the <hi>Arts</hi> and <hi>History,</hi> and from one who was <hi>versatissimus</hi>
and excellently accomplish'd in them all, And for the attaining a rare per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fection
in (that which was last named) <hi>History,</hi> he had a singular advantage
from his <hi>great Memory,</hi> without which all studies of this nature would signify
but little, His <hi>Memory</hi> was so officious and faithful to him, that he <hi>relyed much</hi>
upon it, and made little use of <hi>Common-place-Books:</hi> Accordingly in the Cata<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>logue
of his Manuscripts, written by his worthy Executor the learned Mr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <hi>Iohn Alsop,</hi> (then Fellow of <hi>Christ</hi>'s College) are set down Two thick Paper-books
<hi>in folio,</hi> prepared by the Author when he was a young Student; but
withal this note is there added, <hi>That little or nothing was written in them.</hi> Yet did
he not <hi>wholly trust</hi> to his Memory; for he had a lesser Paper-book wherein he
wrote down (besides what he had briefly observed out of the Ancients and
others) some short Notes of his present Conjectures and Thoughts upon
either some obscure Text of Scripture or some other difficult argument.
That he had some such Repository for his Notions, (and it were well if those
that are more knowing and Contemplative would be thus commendably pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vident,)
is intimated in the<note n="*" place="margin">Sect. 2. at the end.</note> 
                  <hi>Appendix to the Author's Life.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>By other Letters of his (if they could be had) might farther appear his
equal skill in the <hi>History of Nature</hi> and <hi>Philosophy;</hi> they being written in answer
to several Enquiries of Sr. <hi>W. Boswel,</hi> an excellent Philosopher and Mathe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>matician,
some <hi>De motu Gravium &amp; Levium,</hi> as likewise touching the <hi>Equality
of Natural Motions,</hi> with some reflexions upon the common opinion of their
being <hi>velociores in fine quam in principio;</hi> others about the Nature of <hi>Comets,</hi> parti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cularly
about that <hi>Comet</hi> in 1618. its figure and Disposition, &amp;c, Besides
several other ingenious Quaere's mention'd in Sr. <hi>W. Boswell</hi>'s Letters, as (to
name two or three) about <hi>Shooting</hi> or <hi>managing the long Bow;</hi> as also about the
possibility and best methods of teaching the <hi>Deaf</hi> and <hi>Dumb</hi> from birth to cast
accompts, with other Mathematical calculations, to know moneys and the
use thereof, to understand by sight of others writing and express by their own
whatsoever may pass for civil life and conversation.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb facs="tcp:63175:10"/>For the <hi>Languages,</hi> (particularly the <hi>Oriental,</hi>) although his Modesty
would not permit him to speak otherwise of himself than in such an hum<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ble
strain as this,<note n="*" place="margin">In the like strain he some<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>where speaks of his skill in <hi>Chaldee<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </hi> as also in the <hi>Mathe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>maticks,</hi> which yet was great in others e<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>steem, how lit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tle soever it was in his own.</note> 
                  <hi>In Hebraicis modicum forte possim,</hi> as he writes in one of his
Ep. to <hi>L. de Dieu:</hi> yet that his knowledge herein was more than mean and
ordinary, yea such as shew'd him to be a man of a rare perspicacity in the
<hi>Genius</hi> and Proprieties of the Sacred Language, may be sufficiently evinced
from the many useful <hi>Criticisms</hi> and Observations upon several Words and Phra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ses
of Scripture, scattered throughout his Writings, and particularly (to omit
other Instances) from his clear and smooth<note n="*" place="margin">See Book III. p. 666, &amp; 671.</note> rendring and explaining that
difficult Paragraph in <hi>Dan.</hi> 11. 36. &amp;c. about <hi>Mahuzzim,</hi> &amp;c. and from his unex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ampled
accuracy in translating and glossing upon that which is the most im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>portant
of all the Prophecies in the Old Testament for the interest of Christia<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nity,
(I mean <hi>Daniel</hi>'s LXX <hi>Weeks</hi> in chap. 9. from vers. 24. to the end) Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerning
which (not to meddle with his <hi>Epocha</hi> of the LXX <hi>Weeks,</hi> wherein
perhaps he did not fully satisfie himself, for he was<note n="*" place="margin">See Ep. 23. p. 777.</note> unwilling his Papers about
this subject should be imparted, otherwise the most communicative of his No<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions
of any man living) this is to be observed, That those expressions in vers.
26. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, and those in vers. 27. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
are very intelligible, and there is scarce any tolerable sense made of them in
some other Versions; but in his Translation and Notes the importance of them
is very easie and natural, and agreeable to the mind of the Original: whereby
is verified what he in a Letter of his to <hi>L. de Dieu</hi> observes of himself.<note place="margin">See pag. 569.</note> 
                  <hi>Eo inge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nio
sum, (delicatulo, an moroso?) ut nisi ubi interpretatio commode &amp; absque salebris eat,
nunquam ntihi satisfacere soleam.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>And indeed his <hi>singular ability for interpreting the <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and clearing the
Obscurities of the Holy Scriptures</hi> was out of those Great <hi>Accomplishments</hi> which
were most illustrious in him. His insight into the inmost Recesses of these
Sacred Writings was so quick as well as sure, that it was a most true
<hi>Elogium</hi> which Sr. <hi>Will. Boswel</hi> gives of him in one of his Letters. <hi>That Mr.</hi>
Mede <hi>did discern Day before others could open their eyes.</hi> Nor might that
<hi>Cognomen</hi> be unfitly applied to this <hi>Ioseph,</hi> which was given to the Patri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>arch
<hi>Ioseph,</hi> I mean that <hi>Egyptian</hi> name,<note n="*" place="margin">Gen. 41.</note> 
                  <hi>Zophnath-paaneah,</hi> which is as much
as <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>The Revealer</hi> or <hi>Interpreter of hidden things,</hi> according to
<hi>Philo, Iosephus,</hi> both the Targumists, <hi>Ionathan</hi> and <hi>Onkelos,</hi> several He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brew
Writers, and (to name only one more, but one whose judgment
is the more considerable, because of his peculiar skill in the <hi>Coptick</hi> lan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guage)
<hi>Athanas. Kircherus.</hi> And from this famous Parallel between the
two <hi>Iosephs</hi> (which lies more open to every ones observation) I might
take occasion to adorn this <hi>Preface</hi> with several other not less memorable,
though less obvious, Resemblances betwixt them: But I must not give way
to a Digression that would take up more room than I can well spare, in the <hi>Pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>face;</hi>
especially having several other <hi>Memorials</hi> to bring in that are more useful and
proper to the design thereof; which I shall dispatch with all convenient brevity.</p>
               <p>The most Mysterious of all the Books of Scripture is the <hi>Apocalyps:</hi> and yet,
though it be more mysterious and dark than the rest,<note n="*" place="margin">Rom. 15.</note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>it was,</hi> as well as the rest of Scripture, <hi>written for our
learning,</hi> for our <hi>comfort,</hi> for the encouragement of our <hi>Patience, Faith</hi>
and <hi>Hope;</hi> and therefore written to be <hi>understood:</hi> Otherwise the
<note n="*" place="margin">This is men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tioned both in the beginning and in the end of the <hi>Apoca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lyps,</hi> Ch. 1. 3. and Ch. 22. 7.</note> 
                  <hi>Promise of Blessedness</hi> to them that <hi>read</hi> (that is, that <hi>read with un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derstanding</hi>)
and <hi>hear</hi> and <hi>keep</hi> the <hi>words</hi> of this <hi>Prophetical</hi> Book and the
<pb facs="tcp:63175:11"/>
                  <hi>things written therein,</hi> would be but a <hi>Mock-promise</hi> of a <hi>Blessedness</hi> promised up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
a<note n="*" place="margin">For such an <hi>impossible con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dition</hi> is the <hi>understanding of this Book</hi> suppos'd to be according to that Hypothe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sis.</note> condition impossible, after the use of all endeavours, to be perform'd,
and withal promised to a <hi>blind obedience,</hi> or to the <hi>keeping</hi> and <hi>observing</hi> they
know not what: Which to imagine and affirm were an unworthy reproch
and high dishonour done to the Divine Wisedom and Goodness.</p>
               <p>In the Interpretation of this Book of Mysteries (as also of <hi>Daniel</hi>'s Visi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons)
how well the Author hath quitted himself, let others judge; such as are
of a free and discerning spirit, and not unacquainted with the Schemes of <hi>Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phetick</hi> style, (for these alone are competent judges in these matters, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
) let such as these judge between the Author's method and the
<hi>Novel way</hi> of interpreting, wherein the Learned<note n="*" place="margin">In his way of interpreting 2 <hi>Thes.</hi> 2. &amp; <hi>Dan.</hi> 7. he departs also <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap>m the sense of the Ancients, and for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sakes those common Sentiments and Notions wherein the Fathers generally agree touching the <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and <hi>the man of Sin;</hi> the <hi>Fourth Beast</hi> and <hi>Little Horn,</hi> the <hi>Son of Man's coming in the clouds,</hi> the <hi>Stone cut out of the mountain without hards;</hi> be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sides other passages in th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>se ch. &amp; in ch. 11.</note> 
                  <hi>Hugo Grotius</hi> is
the <hi>Choragus</hi> and leads the Dance, (a Dance which has made
those of the Court of <hi>Rome</hi> no little sport.) For me here to
make a judgment upon these two so distant Methods of Inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pretation,
(if it were fit, yet) it is needless; both of them
being brought into view and impartially compared, and the
Author's Method undeniably evinced to be the better, and
fully vindicated from the little pretensions of the contrary
party; and all this perform'd by<note n="‖" place="margin">See Dr. <hi>More</hi>'s <hi>Mystery of G<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>dli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ess,</hi> Book. 5. ch. 15, 16, 17. and his <hi>Synopsis Prophetica,</hi> Book 2. ch. 2, 3, 4, &amp;c.</note> one not only of the same
University, but of the same Colledge too; which renders the
performance more decorous and graceful, it being as well a be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>coming
testimony of a fair and worthy respect to the Author's memory, as
a seasonable service to the Truth it self.</p>
               <p>This is a little of the much that might be observ'd touching the Author<hi>'s
Intellectual Accomplishments.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>His <hi>Moral Endowments</hi> did testifie his great <hi>Piety,</hi> as the other his great
<hi>Parts</hi> and <hi>Learning.</hi> By his <hi>Moral Endowments</hi> I mean his <hi>Humility</hi> and <hi>Cha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rity,</hi>
his <hi>Moderation, Peaceable-Spiritedness, Long-suffering</hi> and <hi>Patience,</hi> his <hi>Meek<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness
towards those that oppos'd themselves,</hi> his <hi>Benignity, Largeness</hi> and <hi>Openness
of Spirit,</hi> his <hi>Zeal for God and things Holy, Iust and Good,</hi> his <hi>Freedom
from Ambition, Envy and Love of the World,</hi> his <hi>Sympathies and Pious Solici<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tudes
for the Breaches in Christendom;</hi> and (not to instance in all those
<hi>Vertues</hi> that shined forth in him, and render'd him an Exemplary and Use<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>full
Christian) I shall name only one more, (and it's that which is the
signal Character of the Best Souls, such as approch nearest to an <hi>Heroick
State</hi> of Goodness, and the greatest resemblance of the Divinity) his <hi>Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>municativeness</hi>
and <hi>readiness to do good,</hi> (and that particularly by a free impart<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
unto all ingenuous lovers of Knowledge, of his best Treasures) and
his <hi>Unweariedness</hi> herein, an argument that he sensibly knew that <hi>Noble plea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sure</hi>
which useth to accompany the exercise of such Beneficence: And
(which is the Crown of all) all these were actuated and inspirited by <hi>Faith,</hi>
the Root of every Grace that is truly Christian; and accordingly the necessi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty
of such a <hi>Living</hi> and <hi>Operative Faith</hi> the Author has with great serious<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness
treated in several of his Discourses. And here indeed were a large
and pleasant Field to traverse, a rich argument to discourse upon: But
there being in the following <hi>History of the Author's Life</hi> a very particular ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>count
of these and other his <hi>Endowments</hi> which must needs make his Memo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry
precious to all persons of Piety and Learning, I would not by an un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>necessary
lengthening of this <hi>Preface</hi> detain the Reader too long from the sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tisfaction
he may there receive.</p>
               <div type="section">
                  <pb facs="tcp:63175:11"/>
                  <head>Thus much in brief touching <hi>The Author.</hi>
                  </head>
                  <p>2. Concerning <hi>his Writings</hi> (besides what has been intimated by the way in
the foregoi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>g Advertisements) these things are fit to be observ'd.</p>
                  <p>1. That there were Three Treatises of his published in his life-time. The
First was his <hi>Clavis &amp; Commentationes Apocalypticae;</hi> the largest and withal the
most elaborate of any of his Writings. This was his <hi>First-born,</hi> his <hi>might and
the excellency of his strength,</hi> as<note n="*" place="margin">Gen. 49.</note> 
                     <hi>Iacob</hi> spake of his <hi>First-born.</hi> It was extorted
from him by the loving violence of some great Friends; otherwise he would
have deferr'd the publishing of it till he had perfected his <hi>Specimina</hi> upon the
last Chapters of the <hi>Apocalyps</hi> into a just Commentary, agreeably to that large
method of Interpreting wherein he had proceeded to the end of Chap.
14.</p>
                  <p>The other Two short Tracts (viz. <hi>about the Name</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>anciently
given to the H. Table,</hi> and <hi>about Churches in the Apostles times</hi>) were not pub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lished
neither without his modest reluctancy; he was overruled herein by
his Superiors, whose Command for the former was accompanied with this
high <hi>Elogium,</hi> (as some of the Author's friends have related it) <hi>That this little
Piece should silence all other Tracts about that argument, there being enough there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>in</hi>
(said they) <hi>to satisfie all reasonable men, and there having been more than
enough already published, but to less purpose.</hi> The English of the many Quo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tations
in these <hi>Two Tracts</hi> not translated by the Author, I have set (not in
the body of the line, immediately after any of the Quotations, but) in an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>other
Column. To have done so in the rest of his <hi>Works</hi> would have swell'd
the whole into a greater bulk: But I chose to do thus in these Two Tracts,
because they were published in his life-time, and without any Translation
immediately following the several Testimonies out of others. And yet I am apt
to think that if he had lived to prepare for the publick view some other <hi>Tracts</hi>
or <hi>Discourses,</hi> he would have render'd them into English; and I the rather think
so, because he has done thus in some Discourses perfected by him (though not
published) not long before his death. These were his Discourse upon <hi>Eccles.</hi> 5.
1. intitled <hi>The Reverence of God's House,</hi> and that upon S. <hi>Matth.</hi> 6. 9. about
<hi>the Sanctification of God's Name:</hi> These were revised by him, and seem to have
received his last care, besides some other Tracts, as his <hi>Paraphrase and Exposition
of</hi> S. Peter's <hi>Prophecy,</hi> and that Latin <hi>Tract De Numeris Danielis.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>2. That his other <hi>Discourses</hi> and <hi>Treatises</hi> (whether formerly printed or
now added) were <hi>Opera Posthuma,</hi> and yet too good to have been buried in
obscurity, and consequently lost to the World; (for, according to that
twice-mentioned sentence in <hi>Siracides,</hi> ch. 20. &amp; 41. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>;
) although had they been revised by the
Author in order to printing, they would doubtless have received some polishing
lustre and farther enrichments from his last hand. How advantageous such
a Revisal of them would have been, may appear from those fore-mentioned
Discourses of his, the former draughts whereof (as they were deliver'd in
the Colledge-Chappel) were upon his review and going over them again much
enlarged and made more full.</p>
                  <p>This Advertisement was fit to be here mentioned, and that in justice to the
Author's memory: And therefore it is a very reasonable request, to entreat the
Reader to peruse them with that Candour and Fairness which is deem'd by all
ingenuous persons but a due respect to the Posthumous Works of Worthy men.
In the confidence of such a Favor &amp; Civility have the <hi>Posthuma</hi> of many Learned
<pb facs="tcp:63175:12"/>
men been presented to the world; particularly some Posthumous Pieces of the
eminently learned Bishop <hi>Andrews</hi> by the then Bishops of <hi>London</hi> and <hi>Ely,</hi> the
Three last Books of the Iudicious Mr. <hi>Hooker</hi>'s Ecclesiastical Polity by the
late Bishop of <hi>Worcester,</hi> and (to name but one more of the many that might be
mentioned) the Profound Dr. <hi>Iackson</hi>'s Tenth and Eleventh Books of Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mentaries
upon the <hi>Creed</hi> by the unexpressible industry of the Reverend Mr.
<hi>Oley.</hi> Upon the like confidence of a fair respect to be afforded to the <hi>Posthuma</hi>
of this Great Author did the Reverend Mr. <hi>Iohn Alsop</hi> publish the first part of
his <hi>Diatribae,</hi> being Chappel-Exercises and (most of them) short Discourses
upon Texts of Scripture, which yet the Author could have made more full
and perfect, had he design'd them for the publick view.</p>
                  <p>Amongst his <hi>Posthuma,</hi> the largest, and which cost him most study, was
his Treatise about <hi>The Doctrine of Daemons,</hi> &amp;c. or <hi>The Apostasy of the Latter
Times,</hi> containing several Discourses upon 1 <hi>Tim.</hi> 4. 1. Of this there were 3
Copies amongst his Papers. The first was a shorter Draught of his Thoughts
upon this Subject, when prepared for the Colledge-auditory. The Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cond
was larger and fuller, being delivered in several Sermons at S. <hi>Mary</hi>'s
before the University. Both these were in 8<hi rend="sup">o</hi>. A Third in 4<hi rend="sup">o</hi>, when formed
by him into a larger Treatise, and in several places enrich'd with considerable
additions. And according to this Third and last Draught is this Treatise print<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
in this Edition, wherein also are added some Marginal Annotations of his,
others, that were displaced in the former prints, restored to their due and pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>per
places; so that the whole must needs be now more significant, clear and
useful to the judicious Readers, as well as render'd more grateful and accom<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>modate
for their perusal by being distinguished into <hi>Chapters</hi> with <hi>Contents.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>There were some Friends (to whom he had communicated this Treatise)
that moved him to print it; (and had it been then published by him in com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pliance
with their desires, it would certainly have brought him in a large Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>turn
of Esteem and Honour, for the multifarious Learning and the many No<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions
therein, not less solid and important than ingenious and uncommon.)
But he being hugely averse from appearing any more in print (as may appear
from what he writes in Ep. 97.) withstood the importunity of that motion,
alledging for his excuse some <hi>Deficiencies</hi> therein, which his <hi>maturer thoughts</hi>
could <hi>correct,</hi> and that he could <hi>mend the Foundation</hi> thereof<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 span">
                           <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                        </gap> p. 43.</note>: Which ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pressions
of his need not seem strange, nor are they to be interpreted to the
lessening the due value of that Treatise, they being the proper language of his
<hi>Modesty,</hi> and usual with him, when he was put upon any such occasion of ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pressing
his sense concerning any of his Composures. And indeed he was so
infinitely curious, and so seriously sollicitous that every thing which came from
his pen should be exact and accurate, that in a<note n="‖" place="margin">See Ep. 29.</note> Letter of his to the L. Primate
of <hi>Ireland</hi> he thus writes of himself, <hi>That he should never get through that which is his
own, without everlasting mending, blurring, and pausing at every sentence to alter it.</hi>
Smaller matters to so quick and severe an eye as Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> had for his own
Writings, would be thought to want correcting, and sometimes, it may be, ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>punging:
But this is nothing to the main substantial Notions that influence the
whole Treatise; for these the Author professedly owns and insists upon in his
<hi>Commentary upon the Apocalyps</hi> (which was written after this Treatise, and contains
his <hi>elder</hi> and <hi>maturer thoughts.</hi>) As for example, That grand Notion which runs
through the whole Discourse upon 1 <hi>Tim.</hi> 4. 1. <hi>viz.</hi> of <hi>Daemon-worship reviv<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
amongst an Idolatrous sort of Christians,</hi> he makes use of in his Notes
<pb facs="tcp:63175:12"/>
upon <hi>Apocal.</hi> 9. 20. and refers to his Treatise about <hi>The Doctrine of Daemons</hi> for
the fuller confirmation thereof: as also in his <hi>Specimina</hi> upon <hi>Apocal.</hi> 17. he
makes use of that Notion discoursed of in the fore-mentioned Treatise, chap.
8. <hi>viz.</hi> That <hi>Idolatry is the main Character of the Churche's Apostacy.</hi> But without
mentioning any more particulars, what in his <hi>Apostasie of the Latter Times</hi> was
consonant to his <hi>Clavis &amp; Commentationes Apocalypticae,</hi> was avowed by him; and
those <hi>some things</hi> he saith in his <hi>Epistles</hi> that he could <hi>alter,</hi> were such especially
as were <hi>not so<note n="*" place="margin">See pag. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap>2.</note> consentaneous to his Apocalyptical Notions.</hi> In short, although the
Foundation and the whole Structure of this Treatise may seem, as it now is,
sufficiently strong and well compact to the eye of others, yet he being <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <hi>a wise master-builder</hi> says he could have <hi>mended</hi> it, that is, have added
some more strength to it, (for to <hi>mend</hi> the Foundation is not to take it quite
away, but rather to strengthen it:) an instance not only of his great Humili<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty,
(when he was forced to pronounce concerning any performance of his
own,) but also of his equal Sagacity and Quick-sightedness in discovering
where any the least passage might be mended, which yet to others seem'd not
deficient; and withall an argument of his great Sollicitude for the best satisfa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ction
of others.</p>
                  <p>It is not unlikely but some may have an itching curiosity to know (if it were
possible) where he would have either <hi>alter'd</hi> or <hi>added.</hi> And for answer to
such there is a Paper of his own writing with <hi>Memorandums</hi> to this purpose.
His <hi>Addenda</hi> for the farther clearing or confirming of some passages in this Trea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tise
were such as these. 1. He would have added a <hi>Paraphrastical Exposition</hi> up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
the last verse of the former Chapter, in short this; <hi>God was manifest in the
flesh,</hi> that is, was incarnate: <hi>Iustified by the Spirit,</hi> that is,<note n="*" place="margin">So the word <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> is used.</note> testified and wit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nessed
by the Holy Ghost at his Baptism, &amp;c. <hi>Seen of Angels,</hi> visited by them
at his Fasting in the wilderness and at other times, &amp;c. 2. To what is said in
Chap. 2. That <hi>Daemon-worship</hi> or <hi>Idolatry</hi> is the <hi>Apostasie</hi> meant in the Text and
elsewhere in Scripture, he would have added for a farther proof hereof, <hi>That it
is so, as being a direct Breach of the Vow in Baptism, according to the</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>in the an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cient
form of Baptism,</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Vid. <hi>Clem<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>
                        </hi> Constir. <hi>Cyrill.</hi> Hierof. Catech.</note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.
And to this he would have added that of S.
<hi>Augustin,</hi> lib. 1. <hi>De moribus Catholicae Ecclesiae,</hi> c. 34. where he saith, <hi>Nolite conse<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctari
turbas imperitorum, qui vel in ipsa vera Religione superstitiosi sunt, ut obliti sint quae
promiserint Deo. Novi multos esse Sepulchrorum &amp; Picturarum adoratores.</hi> 3. To
what he hath observed in the second Part of this Treatise, about <hi>Lies of Miracles,</hi>
he would have shew'd more at large, <hi>That Miracles out of the Charnels are properly
those specified</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>2 Thess. 2. 9. because Satan ever loved to de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lude
the world in that kind, and it appears not that God useth to work Miracles by such
means. Quaere</hi> (saith he) <hi>whether the Charnel-cures are not a-kin to those Magical oint<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments
made of like ingredients.</hi> As for the <hi>Alterations,</hi> he has a <hi>Memorandum</hi> to con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sider
whether in his explication of the word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> somewhat may not be
<hi>cut off</hi> or <hi>contracted;</hi> and another <hi>Memorandum</hi> he hath <hi>to alter</hi> somewhat in the
beginning of his explication of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and withal That the<note n="*" place="margin">See pag. 652.</note> Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tures
of the <hi>Singular</hi> and <hi>Plural</hi> number speaking of the <hi>Last Time</hi> or <hi>Times</hi> be so
fitted, that they may leave <hi>Dies Iudicii</hi> to be a <hi>Continued Time;</hi> for, according to
his<note n="*" place="margin">See pag. 531, &amp; 772.</note> Notion and Description thereof, upon his study of the Apocalyps, <hi>Dies
Iudicii non breve aliquot horarum spatiolum designat, sed (pro more Hebraeorum,</hi> Diem <hi>pro
tempore usurpantium) continuatum multorum annorum intervallum.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <pb facs="tcp:63175:13"/>These are the <hi>Addenda</hi> and <hi>Corrigenda</hi> as they are set down in that Paper; but
not a word about <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, as if any thing therein were to be al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter'd:
and yet some (and they not over-captious nor prejudiced persons)
have been apt to demur somewhat upon his explication of those words. The
intendment of this <hi>Preface</hi> is not to write <hi>Notes</hi> upon any of the Author's
Works, yet for the sake of the Ingenuous it may not be impertinent here to
observe these few things. 1. That <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> (or, as some Co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pies
read, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>) may properly enough be rendred <hi>Doctrines of,</hi> that is, <hi>con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerning,
Daemons;</hi> the Genitive case here, as elsewhere in Scripture in the like
Forms of speech, being to be taken Passively; as the Author hath made it
clear in Chap. 1. of this Treatise. 2. That <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <hi>Daemons</hi> are to be taken
in Scripture sometimes in a better and indifferent sense, (according to the
sense of the Gentile Philosophers) for the <hi>Souls of men deceased,</hi> and need not
be taken always in the worst sense, for <hi>Devils</hi> or <hi>Evil Spirits,</hi> he hath endea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vour'd
(in Chap. 6.) to make it appear from several places of Scripture, and
from an observable passage in <hi>Epiphanius;</hi> where he also shews That the wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ship
of these <hi>Daemons</hi> or <hi>Souls of the deceased</hi> was in reality the Worship of <hi>Devils;</hi>
those <hi>Evil Spirits</hi> counterfeiting sometimes the Souls of men deceased, and
none but <hi>Devils</hi> being willing to admit that Honour which does certainly de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rogate
from the Honour of the <hi>only true God.</hi> 3. That whatsoever the im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>portance
of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <hi>Doctrines of Daemons</hi> be in this place, yet
what is taught and practis'd by an Idolatrous sort of Christians, as to the <hi>wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>shipping
of Angels and Saints, adoring of Reliques, Image-worship,</hi> &amp;c. is a lively and
express resemblance of the Doctrine and Practices of the Gentiles concerning
their <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <hi>Daemons:</hi> as he hath proved at large. 4. That there are only
three Chapters in this Treatise (viz. Chap. 3, 4, 5.) which treat of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, the
use of the word, and the Gentiles Theology concerning the Nature, the Of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fice,
the Original of <hi>Daemons,</hi> the manner and way of worshipping them; but
all the rest of this large Treatise is as valid and concluding as if all in those three
Chapters had been omitted, nor does the strength thereof depend upon that
<hi>Hypothesis</hi> pursued in those Chapters, <hi>viz. That</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>or</hi> Daemons <hi>are to be taken
here for the Souls of men deceased.</hi> 5. That the truth of the former Assertion may
be confirmed from a view of these severals. 1. His Arguments (in Chap.
7, 8, 9.) to prove <hi>Saint-worship</hi> and <hi>Image-worship</hi> to be <hi>Idolatry,</hi> have no depen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dence
upon his foregoing explication of the word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, but prove what
they are brought for, be the sense of the word that or any other. 2. His Dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>course
of the <hi>Churche's Visibility clouded in the prevailing Apostasie under the Reign of
Antichrist,</hi> is not concerned in his peculiar Notion of the word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. 3. And
as little concerned therein is all that large and considerable part of this Treatise
which discourses of the <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, or the <hi>Times of the great Apostasie;</hi> as like<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wise
that which is grounded upon that famous and express Prophecy (in <hi>Dan.</hi>
11. 36, &amp;c.) of the Churche's lapsing into Idolatry and the worshipping of
<hi>Mahuzzims;</hi> the proper meaning of which word, (not easie for every one to
have discovered,) as also the fitness of this Title to be applied to the worship<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
<hi>Angels</hi> and <hi>Saints,</hi> with their <hi>Images</hi> and their <hi>Reliques,</hi> are there explain'd and
confirm'd by him, both by comparing several Places of Scripture, and by per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tinent
Proofs out of Ancient and Modern Authors. 4. All the <hi>Second Part</hi> of
this Treatise is unconcern'd in the foremention'd Notion of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.
I mean that Part which relates to verse 2, 3. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
&amp;c. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, &amp;c. and makes it evident by several Proofs (collected
<pb facs="tcp:63175:13"/>
with great industry and equal judgment out of Ecclesiastical Antiquities)
That <hi>Invocation of Saints</hi> and <hi>Image-worship</hi> were advanced by Hypocritical Ly<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing,
<hi>Lies of Miracles, Fabulous Legends,</hi> &amp;c. wherein the Professors of <hi>Monkery</hi>
had the Chiefhand.</p>
                  <p>3. There is one thing more to be added concerning the <hi>Authors Writings,</hi>
(and it is fit to be advertis'd, as being a Right due to his Name and Memory,)
That whereas in the former Editions the <hi>Discourses,</hi> being published at several
times and by several persons, could not be so fitly ranked and set in order, as
otherwise they might have been, had they been published all at once; but the
New and Old were mingled together, without any intimating which were
composed by him in his younger days and which in his elder: In this Edition
care is taken to dispose them otherwise. Know therefore, that those <hi>Diatribae</hi>
or <hi>Discourses</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">of this Edi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion.</note> are set first that were composed and deliver'd by him within the
last Ten years of his life, (viz. from the year 1628 to 1638,) and the First
XXVI <hi>Discourses</hi> are such: XXI of which were published by the Authors Ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ecutor,
but for the Order wherein they were set, (except those two which
treat upon the <hi>Lords Prayer,</hi> and were therefore fitly placed first) he seems to
have been indifferent; otherwise (if he had thought it expedient) he could
have placed them according to the time when they were delivered in publick,
either in the Colledge-Chappel, (as most of them were, being <hi>Common-places</hi>
and short <hi>Diatribae</hi> on several Texts of Scripture) or before the University at
S. <hi>Mary</hi>'s, (as the larger <hi>Discourses</hi> were.) For (as it appears by the Authors
Papers) Discourse the 7th was delivered <hi>Anno</hi> 1637. Disc. 9. An. 1633. and
in the same year Disc. 14, 21. Discourse 13, An. 1632. Discourse 19, An.
1635.</p>
                  <p>The <hi>Nine</hi> following <hi>Discourses</hi> (<hi>viz.</hi> from Disc 26. to Disc. 35. as also 37.) were
preached all of them (except Discourse 30, of which I am not so certain) be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tween
the years 1624 and 1628, as I gather from some Memorials in the Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nuscripts.</p>
                  <p>The <hi>Twelve</hi> next <hi>Discourses</hi> were between the years 1615 and 1624. some
of which are more <hi>Notional</hi> than others, as Discourse 36. upon <hi>Ier.</hi> 10. 11. and
Disc. 35. upon <hi>Urim</hi> and <hi>Thummim,</hi> and those upon <hi>Genes.</hi> 3. 13, 14, 15. But if
these and Disc. 47. be not every way so accurate and exact as those <hi>Diatribae</hi>
that stand in the first rank, whereof it may be said (to use <hi>Paterculus</hi> his ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pression)
<hi>In illis Scriptis plus limae est;</hi> it was sit that the Reader should be adver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tis'd
about the distant times wherein these and the other Discourses were com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>posed
by him.</p>
                  <p>The Six last <hi>Discourses</hi> (the<note n="‖" place="margin">Disc. XLVIII.</note> 
                     <hi>First</hi> is added in this Edition) all but the<note n="*" place="margin">Disc. XLIX.</note> 
                     <hi>Second</hi>
of them, were made by him in his<note n="‖" place="margin">Disc. L, LI, <hi>An.</hi> 1613. Disc. LII, <hi>An.</hi> 1615. Disc. LIII, <hi>An.</hi> 1614.</note> younger days, and all of them but the <hi>Last</hi>
are elaborate, and argue his great reading and study. The <hi>Last,</hi> which is plainer
than the rest, was added, because the latter part thereof especially is a fit Supple<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment
to <hi>Discourse</hi> 39. and withal, because the whole is a pregnant proof of his
freedom from <hi>Vaingloriousness</hi> and <hi>Affectation,</hi> (a Disease to which Young men are
most subject) and that he knew (as to discourse learnedly before capable Hearers,
and to prepare<note n="*" place="margin">Heb. 5.</note> 
                     <hi>strong meat for those of full age,</hi> so likewise) to become <hi>weak to
those that were weak</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">1 Cor. 9.</note>, in imitation of the Great Apostle of the Gentiles, and,
when he was to speak before a Country-Auditory, to express himself in a very
plain and familiar way. Which ability and readiness of condescending to the
meanest capacity was a Vertue and Perfection in him worthy of praise and
imitation, rather than an unseemly debasement and lessening of himself. The
<pb facs="tcp:63175:14"/>
Great S. <hi>Augustine</hi> was pleas'd to humble himself to a yet lower condescension;
he would speak sometimes broken and barbarous <hi>Latine</hi> before some sort of
Hearers, so it were better understood by them, as <hi>Ossum</hi> for <hi>Os,</hi> &amp;c. upon the
mentioning of which instance he adds,<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Vid. Enar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                           <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap>t. in</hi> Psal. 138.</note> 
                     <hi>Melius est ut nos reprehendant Grammatici,
quam ut non intelligant populi.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>In general, His <hi>Style</hi> is every where grave and proper and fitly expressive
of his sense, (an argument that he was Master of his Notions, and did fully
comprehend them.) Nor is it easie to find many Writers that, in treating
upon Prophetical and Obscure Scriptures of any other Abstruse arguments,
have either illustrated them with that clearness, that easie and punctual accom<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>modation
of them to their proper Events, or represented their Notions so
handsomely and advantageously, as he hath done. To be short, In his <hi>Dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>courses</hi>
and <hi>Sermons</hi> there is nothing that is light, humorous and trifling, no
little pieces of Wit or slight Phancy, no high-flown nor affected Modes of ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pression,
no needless Quotations of the meaner and less-significant Sentences
out of Authors; with which some (such especially who are less acquainted
with the inward sense and relish of Better things) endeavour to make their
Discourses look very fine and (as they think) wondrous learned, hoping there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>by
to gratifie some weak and <hi>Childish</hi> minds, and by them to be had in admi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ration,
whose <hi>Applause</hi> yet is in the esteem of Wise men a <hi>Disparagement:</hi> No,
His great care was to make his Discourses rather substantial and solid, sit to en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tertain
such as are of a more <hi>Manly</hi> and serious spirit, than gawdy and quaint
and pleasing only to those that are but <hi>Children,</hi> and not grown to be <hi>Men, in
Understanding;</hi> as being well assured that to men of judgment (as <hi>Petronius</hi> hath
well observ'd) <hi>Nihil esset magnificum quod pueris placeret:</hi> His Generous Soul could
not stoop so low as to humor these, such a <hi>Pedantick</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and <hi>Affectation</hi>
being in his account a certain sign of a Poorness and Narrowness of spirit, a
Littleness of Mind, when it can thus <hi>vacare rebus tam exiguis, &amp; his interesse ut
suis.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>In a word, what is related in the Life of <hi>Padre Paolo,</hi> (that Oracle of <hi>Venice,</hi>
the famous Author of the <hi>History of the Council of Trent,</hi> and, for his scarcely-pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rallel'd
Accomplishments, both Intellectual and Moral, the Glory and Won<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der
of that Age, <hi>Il miracolo di questo secolo,</hi> as the learned and excellent <hi>Vincentius
Pinellus</hi> of <hi>Padua</hi> did love to style him,) may with equal truth be said of Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>
and his <hi>Writings, viz.</hi> That here was an happy conjunction of those Excellencies
which rarely meet in one and the same Subject, <hi>Scienza &amp; humilita, prudenza e
mansuetudine, ritir atezza &amp; officiosita, seriosita e dolcezza, brevita e chiarezza, soavita e
sodezza, Knowledge</hi> and <hi>Humility, Prudence</hi> and <hi>Meekness, Retiredness</hi> and <hi>Officious<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness,
Seriousness</hi> and <hi>Pleasantness, Brevity</hi> and <hi>Clearness, Sweetness</hi> and <hi>Solidity.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>I might add a word concerning some other <hi>Tracts</hi> of his, and particularly
such as (besides his <hi>Clavis Apocalyptica</hi>) refer to the <hi>Apocalyps,</hi> and make the three
last Chapters in Book V. But concerning these there is an <hi>Advertisement</hi> there
prefixed: And for the <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or<note n="*" place="margin">Book III. pag. 581.</note> 
                     <hi>Remains upon the Apocalyps,</hi> this in short
may suffice to be intimated, That they were only an Additional Supplement
to the first Draught of his <hi>Synchronisms</hi> privately communicated to some Friends,
and were not written after, but<note n="*" place="margin">Except that Tract in Chap. 9. of the <hi>Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mains</hi> he of a <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ater date.</note> before, his <hi>Clavis &amp; Commentationes Apocalypticae,</hi>
which were his Last labours upon that mysterious Book; and by these his Last
Thoughts upon the <hi>Apocalyps</hi> should be farther cleared and rectified whatso<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ever
may seem in those former Papers less perfect and satisfying. Concerning
other <hi>Tracts</hi> of his there are particular <hi>Advertisements</hi> inserted (where thore was
need) in their proper places.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb facs="tcp:63175:14"/>And thus much concerning <hi>the Author and his Writings;</hi> I proceed to the last
Head of <hi>Advertisements.</hi>
                  </p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>III. Advertisements touching the Methods and Helps where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>by
the Author arrived at such an eminent degree of skill
in the more abstruse parts of Knowledge.</head>
               <p>And because it is and ever was the General sense of all Wise and Vertuous
persons in the World, That the<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. P<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>. in <hi>Paneg.</hi> Bene &amp; sa<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ienter Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jores ins<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>ue<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>runt, ut rerum agendarum in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>itium <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap> Preca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tionibus cape<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ur.</note> Divine Presence and Assistence is absolutely
necessary, and therefore to be implor'd, in all weighty undertakings;
that which deserves <hi>first</hi> to be numbred amongst those <hi>Helps to knowledge</hi>
is,</p>
               <p>I. <hi>His humble and fervent Prayer to Almighty God, the Father of lights, to guide him
into all Truth, and to give him</hi> [<note n="*" place="margin">Psal. 111.</note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>] <hi>a good understanding in all things.</hi> This
was S.<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 1. 5.</note> 
                  <hi>Iames</hi> his advice, <hi>If any man lack Wisdom, let him ask of God—and it shall
be given him.</hi> This was that memorable counsel that a venerable unknown
person gave to <hi>Iustin Martyr</hi> in his Solitude, (after he had pass'd through the
several <hi>Philosophies</hi> then in being, the <hi>Stoick, Peripatetick, Pythagorean</hi> and <hi>Pla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tonick</hi>)
as a preparation to his receiving the <hi>best Philosophy,</hi> that is, the <hi>Christian,</hi>
That he would study the Writings of the Holy Prophets; and for his better
success therein (saith he<note n="*" place="margin">In D<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>al. cum T<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>yphon.</note>) <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>that
he should first and above all things pray unto God that the Gates of light might be opened
unto him:</hi> and in the following of this counsel this great <hi>Philosopher</hi> became an
eminent <hi>Christian,</hi> faithful unto death. This was <hi>Daniel</hi>'s practice; <hi>Daniel</hi>
(whose Prophecy is much-what of the like colour and complexion with
S. <hi>Iohn</hi>'s Apocalyps) he sets himself (and engages the Three Children, his
companions, to do the like)<note n="*" place="margin">Dan. 2. 18.</note> 
                  <hi>to desire mercies of the God of Heaven</hi> concerning
that <hi>Secret</hi> of <hi>Nebuchadnezzar</hi>'s Vision of the <hi>Four Kingdoms,</hi> represented by the
<note n="*" place="margin">Vers. 32, &amp;c.</note> 
                  <hi>Image of Four differing mettals.</hi> And, to mention only one Example more,
(but such a one as is most pertinent on this occasion) S. <hi>Iohn</hi> is said to have
<note n="*" place="margin">Apoc. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> 5. 4.</note> 
                  <hi>wept much</hi> that none was found that could open the <hi>Apocalyptick</hi> Book sealed
with Seven Seals: But God heard his Prayers and Tears, and upon the
Lambs opening the Book he is bid<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 6. 1.</note> 
                  <hi>Come and see.</hi> Thus God made the place
of his banishment, <hi>Patmos,</hi> (an Island in the <hi>Archipelago</hi>) to be to him
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Isai. 22.</note> 
                  <hi>a Valley of Vision,</hi> another<note n="‖" place="margin">Gen. 37. &amp; 28.</note> 
                  <hi>Peniel</hi> and <hi>Gate of Heaven,</hi> and, for the
<hi>Oracles</hi> of Divine wisdom he there received, infinitely more illustrious than
<hi>Delos,</hi> (a neighbouring Island, the middlemost and chief of the <hi>Cyclades</hi>) so
much famed for the birth and <hi>Oracle</hi> of <hi>Apollo.</hi> In this Solitude the holy An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gels
and Christ <hi>Iesus</hi> the Sovereign over Men and Angels visited him, and
blest this Eagle-eyed Apostle with the discoveries of the particular Fates of
the Church till the End of the World and Christs Second coming to Iudge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment.</p>
               <p>Agreeable to such holy Counsels and these great Examples was Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s
practice, particularly when he entered upon the <hi>Apocalyps.</hi> Accordingly
in a Letter of his to Mr. <hi>W.</hi> (his ancient Friend) he tells him <hi>That it was his
daily Desire and Prayer to God that he might not be led away with delusions,</hi> (as some
unskilful and unstable souls had been in their attempts upon so abstruse a
Book as the <hi>Apocalyps</hi>) and that therefore <hi>his Hope was in God, that he would not
<pb facs="tcp:63175:15"/>
suffer him to fall,</hi> (as they had wretchedly miscarried) <hi>but be merciful to him a
sinner:</hi> and withal he earnestly desires that <hi>others would pray for him,</hi> as he
would not cease <hi>to pray for them</hi> engaged in the like difficult labours.
In this humble strain does he express himself in that private Letter, which
needed not to be printed, it treating upon what he hath more fully and clearly
discoursed of in other Tracts published in this Edition. Besides out of his
printed Works upon the <hi>Apocalyps</hi> the Reader may observe the same: For
those two humble Addresses of his to God, in the beginning of both his <hi>Cla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vis</hi>
and <hi>Commentary</hi> upon the <hi>Apocalyps,</hi> [<hi>Tu qui Throno insides</hi>—and, <hi>Christe,
Dei Sapientia</hi>—] are pregnant proofs how sensible he was of the avail<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ableness
of continued <hi>Prayer</hi> for the safe understanding of such Mysteries.
So far was he from<note n="*" place="margin">Prov. 3.</note> 
                  <hi>leaning to his own Understanding</hi> and<note n="*" place="margin">Prov. 3.</note> 
                  <hi>glorying in his own Wis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom:</hi>
just as <hi>Ioseph</hi> the Patriarch speaks of his interpreting <hi>Pharaoh</hi>'s Dream,
(<hi>Gen.</hi> 41. 16.) <hi>It is not in me, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Non ex sapientia mea,</hi> says the
<hi>Targum.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>II. <hi>His Ingenuous Gratitude and Thankfull acknowledgements for any measure
of Light received.</hi> For <hi>Praise</hi> (as it is in it self most<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>Psal. 33.</hi> praise is comely for the upright.</note> 
                  <hi>comely,</hi> a singular
piece of the <hi>Beauty of Holiness,</hi> the Souls best dress and most graceful de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>portment,
so likewise) it is an effectual instrument and one of the most
compendious means to the obtaining of greater Favours and Blessings.
Thus <hi>Daniel,</hi> out of a due sense of Gods Goodness in revealing to him that
Secret and Mystery of <hi>Nebuchadnezzar</hi>'s Vision, repeats and doubles his
affectionate <hi>Praises,</hi> in Chap. 2. 20, 22, 23. And he that was thus be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>comingly
thankful for this First Favour, had many other Mysteries im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>parted
to him, Mysteries of the greatest magnitude and importance: as,
that of the LXX <hi>Weeks,</hi> (Chap. 9.) containing (besides other Secrets of
Providence relating the Iewish State) the highest Mysteries of the Gospel,
the <hi>Coming of</hi> Messiah <hi>into the World,</hi> his <hi>Death,</hi> the <hi>Time</hi> and the <hi>End</hi> or
Intent thereof, his <hi>Anointing.</hi> Inauguration, and being instated in his So<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vereign
Dignity and Regal Power over all; and also that (in Chap. 7.)
of the <hi>Second Coming of Christ in the Clouds of Heaven,</hi> together with the <hi>Descrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
of the Great Day of Iudgement,</hi> and the <hi>Kingdom of Christ,</hi> which
should <hi>not pass away</hi> nor be <hi>destroyed</hi> as were those Four<note n="*" place="margin">1 The <hi>Ba<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bylonian,</hi> 2 that of the <hi>Medes</hi> and <hi>Per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sians,</hi> 3 The <hi>Greek,</hi> 4 the <hi>Roman.</hi>
                  </note> 
                  <hi>Kingdoms</hi> repre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sented
(in this Chapter) by the <hi>Four Beasts diverse one from another,</hi> verse 3.
and (to name no more) that Mystery of the <hi>Reign of Antichrist,</hi>
(for so the Ancients understood it) both in Chapter 7. 8, 20. and
Chapter 11. 36, &amp;c. together with the <hi>Time of his Discovery,</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Of these Numbers 1290 &amp; 1335, see Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s <hi>Rev<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>latio An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tichristi</hi> in pag. 717.</note> Chapter 12.
11, 12.</p>
               <p>Nor was Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s Practice less observable in this than in the foregoing Par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ticular;
of which it were easie to produce many Instances: This for one, out
of that above-mentioned Letter to Mr. <hi>W.</hi> to whom he had sent the First
Draught of his Notions upon part of the <hi>Apocalyps,</hi>—<hi>As for me,</hi> (saith he) <hi>I am
conscious of my weakness and unworthiness; being, when these kind of thoughts first possess'd
me, looking another way with a prejudice incompatible with this—But if it be found the
least means of farther light, to the Father of Lights be the Glory.</hi> His <hi>Epistles</hi>
are full of the like thankful acknowledgements. When some, admiring
his rare Sagacity in the Mysteries of the <hi>Apocalyps</hi> and other Prophecies,
wrote to him in a strain full of respect and praise, he was not forward to
take Glory to himself, but gave it (as he ought) to God; telling them,
<note n="*" place="margin">See Ep. 14. pag. 759.</note> if there were any thing in his Meditations worthy of approbation, <hi>he
<pb facs="tcp:63175:15"/>
must ascribe it to Gods goodness towards him, that had in any sort enabled him to endeavour
ought whereby he might not live in the world altogether unprofitably</hi>—and withal adds
concerning his <hi>Clavis, If this one thing be my Talent, though but a single one, I have
sufficient wherefore continually to thank the Almighty, and to beseech him that my husband<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
thereof may be, by his gracious instinct, such as may be some occasion of farther light to
others.</hi> Agreeable to which expressions is that most Grateful acknowledg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment
with which he concludes his <hi>Clavis Apocal.—Id extremum te volo, Lector,
ut si mihi</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">1 Cor. 14. 30.</note> assidenti quid <hi>forte</hi> revelatum esse <hi>perspexeris, aut tibi ipsi aut aliis ad haec
mysteria profuturum, id tot um Dei in me misericordiae acceptum referas; cui &amp; ego ob tan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tillum
Sapientiae ejus radiolum grates persolvere nunquam desinam</hi>—The like humble
and hearty praises for <hi>that portion of knowledge God had given him in these Mysteries,
and the Opportunity he had vouchsafed him to make it known to others so far as he had done,</hi>
(either of which Favours he professes he deserved not,) the Reader may ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>serve
elsewhere in his<note n="*" place="margin">See Ep. 41.</note> 
                  <hi>Epistles.</hi> And indeed a Soul so Humble and Meek and
Thankful as his was, is in the fittest disposition and has the fairest advantages
for Divine light: So true is that of <hi>Siracides,</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 3. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>9.</note> 
                  <hi>Mysteries are revealed unto the
meek.</hi> He with whom God<note n="*" place="margin">Exod. 33.</note> 
                  <hi>spake face to face, as a man speaketh to his friend,</hi> was
<hi>the</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Num. 12.</note> 
                  <hi>meekest man upon earth,</hi> one whom that rare conjunction and <hi>Constellation</hi> of
so great Accomplishments and Excellencies (as his being<note n="*" place="margin">Acts 7.</note> 
                  <hi>learned in all the wise<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom
of the Egyptians,</hi> his being <hi>mighty in words and deeds,</hi> his<note n="*" place="margin">De<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>t. 9.</note> forty days converse
with God in the Mount, his Greatness, Power and Dignity, together with
the incomparable goodliness of his person) did not swell into an haughty,
arrogant and imperious humour; as it would have been apt to have made
some the <hi>proudest</hi> men upon earth.</p>
               <p>To conclude; To return all Thankful acknowledgments for such peculiar
knowledge of the Mysterious and <hi>Prophetick</hi> Scriptures, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
(to use the words of that Hymn in the <hi>Alexandrian</hi> Liturgy;) for the Inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pretation
of Prophecy is a Grace and Favour as well as Prophecy it self. Ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cordingly
those two persons (one under the Old Testament, the other in the
New) that were favour'd above all others with the discoveries of the greatest
Mysteries, were such as were peculiarly dear to God. <hi>Daniel</hi> was <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 9. 23.</note>,
and more fully <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 10. 11.</note>, <hi>a man of desires</hi> or <hi>greatly beloved;</hi> and <hi>Iohn</hi> was <hi>the
Disciple whom Iesus loved,</hi> (so he is styled five times in Scripture) that <hi>leaned on
his breast at Supper,</hi> and <hi>lay in his bosome:</hi> and to this his <hi>bosome-Disciple</hi> did our
Lord impart the deepest Mysteries of Prophecy as also of Evangelical Truth,
whence he was worthily styled <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>The Divine,</hi> a Title more fitly applied
to him than of old to <hi>Orpheus, Linus</hi> and <hi>Musaeus,</hi> or any the Divinest Writer
among either the Philosophers or Poets of the Gentiles.</p>
               <p>III. <hi>His serious diligence in the use of such means as were most proper and instrumental
to the attaining of that Knowledge he prayed for.</hi> Where the most seemingly-earnest
Prayer is not attended with as earnest Endeavours, it is but a lazy insignificant
wish, and in some a piece of vain Enthusiasm. But our Saviours advice is
not barely <hi>to</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Matth. 7.</note> 
                  <hi>ask,</hi> but <hi>to seek;</hi> and such was that of<note n="‖" place="margin">Prov. 2. 4.</note> 
                  <hi>Solomon,</hi> not only to <hi>lift
up the voice</hi> for Wisdom and Understanding, but <hi>to seek her as Silver,</hi> and <hi>search
for her as for hid Treasures.</hi> And of these counsels Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> was a careful obser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ver,
who failed not to accompany his Prayers with his best Endeavours. And
as he was not slight and sudden in any thing, but proceeded with the greatest
care and caution imaginable in any important argument his Thoughts were
fixed upon, so was he more especially serious and thoughtful in his endeavours
to interpret the <hi>Apocalyps</hi> and any other <hi>Prophetical</hi> Scriptures; a work to which
<pb facs="tcp:63175:16"/>
he was peculiarly design'd and fitted by God, and moved to it by some interi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>our
<hi>invitation</hi> and <hi>gracious Instinct</hi> of his Spirit, as the Author himself does some<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>where
acknowledge in his <hi>Epistles,</hi> where he also looks upon any abilities he
had for interpreting such Scriptures as that <hi>particular Talent</hi> God had intrusted
to him, to improve to the best advantage in his service: and therefore (as be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>came
a good and faithful Servant, desirous to approve himself to his Master in
Heaven)<note n="*" place="margin">Eccles. 9. 10.</note> 
                  <hi>whatsoever his hand did find to do</hi> herein, <hi>he did it with all his might.</hi> And
that he might wholly give himself to these studies, (according to that of the
Apostle,<note n="*" place="margin">1 Tim. 4. <hi>
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>Sis totus in illis.</hi>
                  </note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>) and attend upon them without distracti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on,
he prudently made choice of his most still and vacant hours wherein he
might be most free from the noise and tumult of other cares and distractive,
but less pertinent, business; for he would tell his Friends, <hi>that he could do nothing
in these things but in silence and security of not being distracted</hi> by company and busi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness.
S. <hi>Iohn</hi> received his <hi>Apocalyps</hi> in his Solitude at <hi>Patmos;</hi> and our Author
found those seasons to be the most favourable and advantageous for gaining
any abilities to reveal this <hi>Apocalyps,</hi> when he could be most retired and recol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lected
in his<note n="*" place="margin">So he calls his <hi>Study</hi> or <hi>Chamber</hi> in Ep. 97.</note> 
                  <hi>Cell</hi> or Study, where he might gather in and intend all the Po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wers
of his Mind and possess his whole Soul, the Soul never acting so strongly
as when its whole force is thus united in such Recollections.</p>
               <p>One Instance (and a very remarkable one) of his great Diligence and Faith<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fulness
in this Work he mentions in a<note n="*" place="margin">The rest of it is about News, and therefore was not pub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lished in this Edition.</note> Letter of his to Dr. <hi>T.</hi> where acquainting
him with the leisurely and deliberate progress he made in his Exposition of
<hi>Apocal.</hi> chap. 14. he adds, <hi>I am by nature</hi> cunctabundus <hi>in all things, but in this let no
man blame me if I take more pause than ordinary;</hi> and he gives this Reason for it, <hi>Al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tius
enim hoc animo meo insedit,</hi> (saith he) <hi>That rashly to be the Author of a false interpre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tation
of Scripture is to take Gods name in vain in an high degree:</hi> Words worthy to be
<hi>written</hi> (to use<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 17.</note> 
                  <hi>Ieremy</hi>'s expression) <hi>with a pen of iron</hi> or <hi>with the point of a diamond
upon the table of the heart,</hi> in the most legible and lasting characters; Words ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guing
the Authors most serious and pious spirit, full of reverence for the
Word of God, and most sadly to be considered by the over-confident and su<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>perficial
Expositors of the Divine Oracles and Mysteries.</p>
               <p>Thus much in general. The particular Means whereby he attain'd so great
an insight and skill in the <hi>Apocalyps</hi> and other abstruse <hi>Prophecies</hi> of Scripture
were such as these.</p>
               <p>1. His accurate and judicious comparing of Scripture with Scripture, and
observing the proper and genuine use of the like Words and Phrases in several
passages of Scripture, as they are either in the Original Languages, or in the
ancient Versions thereof, especially the <hi>Chaldee, Greek</hi> and <hi>Syriack.</hi> For he
found by good experience that some Scriptures do excellently illustrate others
where the like Expressions are to be found, and consequently that the Word
of God is<note n="*" place="margin">Psal. 119.</note> 
                  <hi>a Lamp unto our feet and a Light unto our path,</hi> not only as to the guiding
of our life and practice, but also as to the directing our progress in the safest
and clearest method of interpreting it self; and that such comparing of places
is as needful for our conduct in the more solitary and dark passages of Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture,
as that <hi>burning Pillar of fire</hi> was to the <hi>Israelites</hi> in their journeying through
a wast and desolate Wilderness, which God gave them to be both <hi>a guide of the
unknown journey,</hi> and <hi>an harmless Sun</hi> by night, as the Author of the Book of
<hi>Wisdom</hi> does elegantly express it in chap. 18. 3. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
&amp;c.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb facs="tcp:63175:16"/>Particularly he observ'd that the Style of the New Testament doth fre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quently
imitate the Construction and Propriety of the <hi>Hebrew</hi> in the Old, as
also the <hi>Greek</hi> of the LXX, and that the use of many Words in the New
Testament was not Vulgar but <hi>Hellenistical,</hi> and agreeable to the use and im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>portance
of them in the <hi>Greek</hi> Bible, As for example, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
Apocal. 14. 8. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Luk. 16. 9. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, 1 Cor. 15. 54. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
2 Cor. 9. 6. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Apocal. 13. 4. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Heb. 9. 5.
Several other examples might be mentioned; but it is a Truth so generally
acknowledged by those that are but competently acquainted with Sacred Phi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lology,
that it would be a needless task to produce the very many Instances
which might be brought in confirmation thereof,</p>
               <p>2. His exact skill in History and the Customes both of the Iews and other
Nations was a singular aid and advantage to him for explaining the obscurer
passages in the <hi>Apocalyps</hi> and <hi>Prophets.</hi> 'Tis true, Those things that are abso<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lutely
necessary to be known and practis'd in order to Salvation, they are plain
and evident in the Scripture; more especially to the good and honest heart,
to the sincerely-obedient Soul they are as clear as if they were written with a
Sun-beam, (its<note n="*" place="margin">De Res<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>urr. carn.</note> 
                  <hi>Tertullian</hi>'s expression) yea they are (as<note n="‖" place="margin">Hom. 2 in Io.</note> S. <hi>Chrysostome</hi> hath
phrased it higher) <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. In those things<note n="*" place="margin">2 Pet. 1. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> that <hi>per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tain
to life and godliness,</hi> which lead to an <hi>happy life</hi> hereafter, and constitute
that <hi>Holiness</hi> here which is the only way to that <hi>Happiness,</hi> the Scripture is<note n="‖" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. Clem. A<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ex. <hi>in Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>rept.</hi>
                  </note> clear
and intelligible without any Paraphrase or Comment, without any Criticisms
or Philological learning; they are not hard to <hi>understand,</hi> but hard to <hi>practise,</hi>
(nor are they hard in this latter respect but through our own fault, through
our unwillingness to implore and use those aids which God is ready to afford
to such as diligently seek him:) Yet that<note n="*" place="margin">2 Tim. 3.</note> 
                  <hi>the man of God may be perfect and
throughly furnished to every good work,</hi> and particularly to that <hi>good work</hi> which most
properly becomes the <hi>man of God,</hi> the understanding and explaining of many
other considerable parts of H. Scripture, it is requisite that he should be well
read in Histories and Antiquities, both Iewish, Christian and Ethnick, and
withal be indued with an happy <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> and Sagacity for the better discover<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
what <hi>Events</hi> recorded in History do particularly answer the Scripture-Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phecies.
And that Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> was excellently accomplish'd for such purposes,
is manifest to all judicious Readers of his Works; in particular, his <hi>Commentary
upon the Apocalyps</hi> is an illustrious proof of the great and successful use he made
of his acquaintance with the best Historians that treat of the successive Changes
and States of the <hi>Roman</hi> Empire, together with the Degrees of its Ruine (re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>presented
in the<note n="‖" place="margin">Apocal. ch. 6. &amp; 8.</note> Vision of the <hi>Seven Seals</hi> and <hi>Trumpets</hi>) as also of the <hi>Sara<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cens,</hi>
(those<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 9. 2, 3.</note> 
                  <hi>Locusts</hi> that came out of the <hi>smoky</hi> and darkening Seduction of
<hi>Mahomet</hi>) together with their Successors the <hi>Turks,</hi> (those<note n="‖" place="margin">Vers. 14, &amp;c.</note> 
                  <hi>Horsemen from Eu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phrates</hi>)
and likewise of the <hi>Christian</hi> Church, whether in its primitive Purity
(chap. 11. &amp; 12.) or in its Degeneracy and Apostasy (ch. 13. 14, &amp;c.)</p>
               <p>His acquaintance with the <hi>Iewish Antiquities</hi> enabled him to discover what
was meant by that Glorious Session of the Divine Majesty upon a Throne,
(as it is described in <hi>Apocal.</hi> 4.) and by those<note n="*" place="margin">A Lion, a Bullock, a Man, and an Eagle.</note> Four <hi>Animalia</hi> (the Ensigns of
the Four Standards of the <hi>Israelitish</hi> Camp in the Wilderness) that were
placed about the Tabernacle or Throne of God. From the same Antiquities
he explain'd the <hi>Two Courts</hi> of the Temple (mention'd <hi>Apocal.</hi> 11.) the <hi>Inner
Court</hi> for the Priests, the <hi>Outer</hi> for the <hi>Israelites,</hi> between which and the <hi>Atrium
Gentium</hi> was a Wall of stone about three cubits high, with an Inscription upon it
<pb facs="tcp:63175:17"/>
forbidding any alien or uncircumcised Gentile to come within the Sacred li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mits;
and that the <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> (Ephes. 2. 14.) <hi>Middle wall of partition</hi>
between the <hi>Iews</hi> and <hi>Gentiles</hi> does plainly allude hereunto. But not to men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
any more Observations of this nature, there are several <hi>Phrases</hi> also in the
Scripture illustrated by him out of the same Monuments of Antiquity; as the
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Vid. p. 913.</note> 
                  <hi>the second Death,</hi> (an expression
four times used in the <hi>Apocalyps</hi>) and (that which occurs thrice in the same
Book)<note n="‖" place="margin">Vid. p. 447, &amp; pag. 909.</note> the <hi>being arayed</hi> or <hi>walking in white garments.</hi> Other Instances might be
added, but these may suffice for a <hi>Specimen.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>His acquaintance with the <hi>Ethnick Antiquities</hi> enabled him to explain the
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>; or <hi>Tenth part of the City,</hi> (<hi>Apocal.</hi> 11. 13.) the <hi>two Eagle's
wings,</hi> (chap. 12. 14.) the <hi>receiving the Beast's mark in their right hands or in their
foreheads,</hi> (chap. 13. 16.) as there is mention also of the Virgin-Company
<hi>having the Lamb's and his Father's name in their foreheads,</hi> (chap. 14. 1.) with sun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dry
other Passages in that Book of the like import.</p>
               <p>But besides these and the foregoing Instances, I might here mention seve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ral
other Passages in Scripture which the Author had not occasion to touch
upon in his Discourses, whether Words and Phrases, or whole Paragraphs,
(if not almost whole Chapters sometimes) not to be illustrated without skill
in <hi>History</hi> and <hi>Antiquities:</hi> as (to name only some few) <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
&amp;c. 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 4. 9. and the <hi>white Stone, with a
new name written therein,</hi> given to him that overcometh, <hi>Apocal.</hi> 2. 17. as also
that in <hi>Acts</hi> 19. 2. where the Christians at <hi>Ephesus</hi> tell S. <hi>Paul, We have not so
much as heard</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>whether there be an Holy Ghost,</hi> or (as the Hebrew
Masters phrase it) <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. And for that Paragraph in S. <hi>Iohn</hi> 7. from vers.
37. to vers. 40. containing what was spoken by our Saviour <hi>in the last day, that
great day, of the Feast of Tabernacles,</hi> the elegancy and fitness, as well as the ge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nuine
importance, of those expressions is most clear to such only as apprehend
the reference they have to the Customes and practices of the Iews on that day,
recorded in their ancient Authors. Nor can that in 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 9. from vers. 23.
to the end be illustrated without skill in the <hi>Ethnick</hi> Antiquities, the whole Pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ragraph
alluding to the Customes of those Exercises and Games kept at <hi>Corinth,</hi>
(as they were also in 3 other places of <hi>Greece</hi>) and call'd <hi>Isthmia certamina</hi>
from that <hi>Isthmus</hi> on which that great and wealthy City of <hi>Corinth</hi> was situate,
and where those Sports were celebrated every fifth year: Upon the know<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ledge
of which Customes it would appear that the Apostles expressions in this
Paragraph are most pertinent and Emphatical. Much of S. <hi>Matth.</hi> chap. 24.
relating to the Destruction of <hi>Ierusalem,</hi> (together with the Signs and Fore<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>runners
thereof) is to be explain'd out of Iewish and Ethnick Historians, and
very particularly and clearly too out of those Authors who yet knew nothing
of our Saviour's Predictions therein, nor of that ancient Prediction in <hi>Micah,</hi>
ch. 3. 12. (quoted also by the Prophet<note n="‖" place="margin">Ch. 26. 18.</note> 
                  <hi>Ieremy) Zion shall be plowed as a field;</hi>
which was also most punctually fulfilled, as were the other. I will name but
one Book of Scripture more, and it shall be that of <hi>Daniel,</hi> where the Inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pretation
of both the 8<hi rend="sup">th</hi> and 11<hi rend="sup">th</hi> Chapters do wholly depend upon <hi>History;</hi> as
also what in Ch. 7. is said of the <hi>Four Monarchies,</hi> and particularly the fitness of re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>presenting
the <hi>Third</hi> Monarchy (that of the <hi>Greeks</hi>) by the <hi>Leopard with four wings.</hi>
vers. 6. and in chap. 8. by the<note n="*" place="margin">See Comment. <hi>Apoc.</hi> p. 473.</note> 
                  <hi>He-goat,</hi> and the<note n="‖" place="margin">
                     <hi>Alexander</hi> did affect to be call'd, and worshipped as, the Son of <hi>Iupiter Hammon,</hi> the upper part of whose Image was a <hi>Goat:</hi> and in his Pictures and Coins he would be represented <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> first King thereof by
<pb facs="tcp:63175:17"/>
that <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> or <hi>notable Horn</hi> (vers. 5, &amp; 21.) together with the <hi>Four Horns</hi>
that came up after it was broken (vers. 8.) as likewise the fitness of repre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>senting
the <hi>Second</hi> Monarchy (that of the <hi>Medes</hi> and <hi>Persians</hi>) by the <hi>Ram
with two Horns</hi> (vers. 3.) of which the Author has a short hint in his <hi>Com. Apoc.</hi>
p. 474. to which might be added that <hi>Moris erat apud Persas aureum caput arieti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>num
pro diademate gestare,</hi> as appears from <hi>Ammian. Marcellinus</hi> l. 19. The clear
understanding of these and many other particulars in those Chapters depends
altogether upon <hi>History.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>By all which it is manifest how necessary it is for the full understanding of
several parts of Scripture to be acquainted (as the Author was) with the Ori<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ginal
Languages, ancient Versions, the <hi>Genius</hi> and Idioms of the Scripture-style,
and also with History, and the ancient Customes both of the Iews and
others: without which it would be a fruitless attempt, even for such as other<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wise
are of good abilities, to undertake to give a pertinent and satisfying ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>count
of the forementioned (and other the like) passages of Scripture. And
as for those who, though they are<note n="*" place="margin">Iud. 19.</note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, and bring not
forth the<note n="‖" place="margin">Gal 5. 22.</note> 
                  <hi>Fruits of the Spirit,</hi> would engross the <hi>Spirit</hi> wholly to themselves,
(as the Iews did the <hi>Messias</hi> to their Nation, to the excluding of the Gentiles,)
and ignorantly despise all humane Learning and means of Knowledge; what
has been said may abundantly check their vain confidence; such Scriptures as
I have instanced in (and others of the like nature) being not to be explain'd
without skill in the learned Languages, History and Antiquity, which is not
to be had but by a studious converse with the best Authors: except they will
say that such skill and knowledge is <hi>infused,</hi> and that the particular Events and
<hi>Res gestae,</hi> at large treated of in Books, are made known to them by extra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ordinary
<hi>Revelation;</hi> which yet they are so wary as not to pretend to, as they
are also so wise as not to pretend to the Gifts of <hi>Tongues</hi> or <hi>Interpretation of Tongues,</hi>
those Gifts of the Spirit not unusual in the Apostles Age.</p>
               <p>3. His diligent enquiry and happy insight into the <hi>Oriental Figurative Expressi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons</hi>
and <hi>Prophetick Schemes</hi> throughout the Scripture. For he observ'd that
there were, especially in the Writings of the <hi>Prophets,</hi> certain <hi>Symbols, Em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>blems</hi>
and <hi>Hieroglyphical representations,</hi> which were no less familiar to those <hi>Eastern</hi>
Nations than our <hi>Poetical Schemes</hi> and <hi>Pictures</hi> are to us: and that the true mean<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
of these <hi>Symbols</hi> was to be found out by some such means as these; as 1. By
comparing those several places of Scripture where they occur, and observing
what they use to stand for, or what their uniform signification and notion is in
such places, which may be farther cleared (as by considering the fitness and
analogy between those Symbols and the Things represented by them, so like<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wise)
by attending to some <hi>Plainer expressions</hi> in the Context, which are a
certain <hi>Key</hi> to the understanding of those that are <hi>Figurative</hi> and <hi>Emblematical.</hi>
Thus what in <hi>Ier.</hi> 4. 23. is figuratively describ'd, <hi>The Earth is without Form and
void</hi> [<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, the words used, <hi>Gen.</hi> 1. 2, of the old <hi>Chaos] and the Heavens
have no light,</hi> is the same with what is plainly express'd in the Context, <hi>The
whole Land is spoiled, The whole Land shall be desolate.</hi> And that in <hi>Haggai</hi> 2. 6,
<hi>&amp; 21. I will shake the Heavens and the Earth,</hi> is explain'd by the words imme<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>diately
following. Thus in <hi>Zech.</hi> 11. 2. <hi>The Cedar is fallen, the defenced Forest
is come down,</hi> is no other than that which is plainly set down in the same verse,
<hi>The mighty</hi> (or <hi>the Nobles,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>) <hi>are spoiled.</hi> But in <hi>Dan.</hi> chap. 7. and ch.
8. and in <hi>Apoc.</hi> 17. much of the <hi>Visions</hi> is there explain'd, and the <hi>Symbols</hi>
therein are render'd out of the Prophetical style afterwards into more easie
<pb facs="tcp:63175:18"/>
and familiar sense. 2. By observing how these <hi>Oriental Symbols</hi> are interpret<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
and render'd into plainer expressions by the <hi>Chaldee Paraphrasts,</hi> who may
justly be presum'd to know best what was meant thereby in those Countries:
as (for example) when the Prophets frequently speak of the <hi>Sun's being
darkned in its going forth, the Moon not giving her light,</hi> and elsewhere of <hi>the Stars
falling from Heaven upon the Earth</hi> (a phrase not to be understood <hi>Literally</hi>) the
<hi>Targum</hi> renders these and the like Prophetick strains in words that signifie the
<hi>diminution of the Glory and Felicity of the State,</hi> and the <hi>Downfal of the Grandees and
Chiefs therein;</hi>
                  <note place="margin">See a particu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lar account of such <hi>Prophetick Symbols</hi> as these m<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>he Au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thors <hi>Comment. Apoc.</hi> p. 448, 449, 459, 466. and a yet more par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ticular account in Dr. <hi>More</hi>'s <hi>Prophetick Al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phabet</hi> in his forementioned <hi>Syn<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>psis Pr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>
                        <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>p<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="4 letters">
                           <desc>••••</desc>
                        </gap>a,</hi> Book I. Ch 3, 6. 7, 8, 9.</note> 
                  <hi>Sun, Moon</hi> and <hi>Stars</hi> being put according to the <hi>Prophetick</hi> style
for the Higher Powers, Princes and Peers, those Great Lights shining in the
Firmament of the <hi>Political World.</hi> Thus also when the Prophets denounce
God's Iudgments to come upon all the <hi>Cedars</hi> and <hi>Oaks,</hi> (<hi>Esay</hi> 2.) and when
the <hi>Firre-trees</hi> and <hi>Oaks</hi> are bid <hi>to howl</hi> (<hi>Zech.</hi> 11.) the <hi>Targum</hi> in stead of men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tioning
these tall and goodly <hi>Trees</hi> has <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Princes of
the People</hi> and <hi>Rulers of Provinces.</hi> 3. By consulting such Authors as had col<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lected
any Fragments and Remains of the ancient <hi>Onirocriticks,</hi> as <hi>Apomasar</hi>
or <hi>Achmetes</hi> the Arabian (published by the learned <hi>Rigaltius</hi>) had of the <hi>Oni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rocriticks</hi>
of the <hi>Indians, Persians</hi> and <hi>Egyptians;</hi> concerning which I need not
enlarge, the Author having inserted some pertinent Extracts thereof
(together with his judgment of their fitness to illustrate the meaning of the
<hi>Prophetical</hi> Representations) in his Commentary upon the <hi>Apocalyps,</hi> p. 451.
and elsewhere. By which <hi>Onirocriticks</hi> it may appear what the <hi>Eastern</hi> nations
did commonly suppose to be signified by such <hi>Symbols.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>4. His observing things in distant places of the <hi>Apocalypse</hi> to <hi>Synchronize</hi> and
belong to the same time: whence he was well assured That it was a false <hi>Hy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pothesis</hi>
and a fundamental Error in any Commentators to think That all the
<hi>Prophecies</hi> and <hi>Visions</hi> in this Mysterious Book are placed in such an order as is
agreeable to the order of time wherein they were fulfill'd, or That the <hi>Events</hi>
succeeded one another in the same <hi>Series</hi> and order as the <hi>Visions</hi> do; and con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sequently
for them to frame their Interpretation of the <hi>Visions</hi> according to that
deceitful <hi>Hypothesis,</hi> and not according to that safe guidance and light which
the <hi>Synchronisms</hi> afford, must needs expose them to manifold mistakes from first
to last, and encumber the whole work with such Difficulties, Inconsistencies
and Incongruities in applying the <hi>Prophecies</hi> to <hi>History</hi> and <hi>Events,</hi> as cannot
possibly be excus'd and remov'd by all their wit, were it greater than it is. Of
such consequence it is for all that would interpret the <hi>Apocalyptick Visions</hi> to take
heed to the <hi>Apocalyptick Synchronisms</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, (to use
S.<note n="*" place="margin">2 Ep. 1.</note> 
                  <hi>Peter</hi>'s expression) <hi>as unto a light that shineth in a dark place:</hi> Otherwise their
whole Fabrick of <hi>Annotations</hi> will be but as a Building without a sure Ground<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>work
and Foundation, an House built upon the Sand, which is but a fluid
and uncertain bottome; a Pile of private Fancies, slight Conceits and weak
Conjectures: And though there may be some things therein which may have
a shew of Learning and a seeming Concinnity to the injudicious and unskilful
in the Prophetick Style; yet the main of their performance (for want of at<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tending
to this and the other <hi>means of knowledge</hi> mention'd in the foregoing par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ticulars)
will be little better than a more pompous, solemn and plausible Im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pertinency,
and upon the whole matter their Enterprise no other than <hi>magno
cona<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>u nugas agere,</hi> with a great deal a-do to do nothing.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb facs="tcp:63175:18"/>The glory of the First discovering these <hi>Synchronisms</hi> is peculiarly due to
Mr. <hi>Mede,</hi> and upon this score shall the present and succeeding Ages owe a
great respect and veneration to his Memory: For of these <hi>Synchronisms</hi> he
might justly affirm what <hi>Aristotle</hi> doth of his <hi>Syllogisms,</hi> (the invention of which
method of reasoning he challengeth to himself)<note n="*" place="margin">De Sophist. Elench. l. 2. c. ult.</note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
and again, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.
This was Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s noble
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, as well useful and serviceable as new and curious: and it was an argu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment
of his great judgment, as to discern the <hi>proper Events</hi> and <hi>Times</hi> to which
these <hi>Visions</hi> are to be applied, so likewise to discover those Passages in the <hi>Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>calyps</hi>
which, though dispersed here and there, are <hi>Synchronal</hi> and <hi>Homogeneal;</hi>
there being certain Characters and Intimations secretly couched in this Book of
Mysteries, whereby (as also by considering the nature of the things themselves
that are Contemporary) the <hi>Synchronisms</hi> of the <hi>Visions</hi> may be found out.</p>
               <p>I shall not need to shew how necessary it is for those that go down to this
Prophetick Sea to stear by the guidance of these <hi>Synchronisms,</hi> (that lightsome
<hi>Pharos,</hi> and indeed the only <hi>Cynosura</hi> to direct those that are upon this great
Deep,) the Author himself having fully and undeniably done this all along in
his <hi>Clavis Apocalyptica,</hi> and summarily in the<note n="*" place="margin">See pag. 431, 432. See also pag. 381.</note> two last pages thereof: Nor
will the excellency and advantages of this Discovery be doubted of by any that
shall with patience and attention peruse what he hath written in a close and
concise way (agreeably to his Mathematical <hi>Genius</hi>) of the <hi>Apocalyptick Syn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chronisms</hi>
in that <hi>Clavis.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Thus much for the Third General Means of Knowledge. I must be shor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter
in what follows.</p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>IV. A Fourth means whereby he arrived at so great a measure of Know<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ledge
was, His Freedom from Partiality, Prejudice and Prepossession, Pride, Passion
and Self-love, Self-seeking, Flattery and covetous Ambition.</head>
               <p>1. How free he was from all <hi>Partiality,</hi> there are many pregnant
Proofs in his Writings. It is a common, yet a most true, observation,
That with many men <hi>Maxima pars studiorum est studium partium;</hi> but with
him it was otherwise. In some of his<note n="*" place="margin">See the last lines in his <hi>Epistles</hi> p. 86<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> 
                  <hi>Epistles</hi> he complains that it was
<hi>Partiality that undoes all,</hi> and that <hi>Studium partium</hi> together with <hi>Prejudice</hi>
is an <hi>invincible mischief, while it leaves no place for admission of Truth that brings
any disadvantage to the Side or party; that being the Rule which they examine
all by.</hi> And therefore being sensible and aware of this evil, he pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fesseth
(in Ep. 96.) that <hi>he endeavour'd as much as possibly he could to sub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>due
himself</hi> to such a Free temper of Mind as <hi>not to desire to find for this side
rather than that,</hi> And his Endeavours herein being hearty and serious, they
were consequently (through God's blessing) successful, insomuch that he
judged himself highly obliged upon this account to return this grateful acknow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ledgment
to Almighty God, (in Ep. 56.) <hi>I thank God</hi> (saith he) <hi>I never
made any thing hitherto the caster of my resolution but Reason and Evidence, on
what side soever the advantage or disadvantage fell.</hi> The singular avail<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ableness
<pb facs="tcp:63175:19"/>
of such free and unbiassed affections in the pursuit of Knowledge he
hath excellently express'd in that clear profession of his (in Ep. 96.) <hi>If I have
hit upon any Truth, it is wholly to be attributed to my indifferency in such searches, to
embrace whatsoever I should find, without any regard whether it were for the advan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tage
of one side or other.</hi> This and the forementioned passages are excel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lent
words, the genuine language of a Son of Wisdom, the lively picture
and true character of his and every generous Soul, every way becoming a
right <hi>Virtuoso</hi> and member of the <hi>Philalethean</hi> Academy. From this <hi>Free<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>spiritedness</hi>
(together with the ingenuous effects thereof) were the<note n="*" place="margin">Acts 17. 11.</note> 
                  <hi>Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ra'ans</hi>
styled <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> a <hi>more noble</hi> sort of Christians. They that are short
of this Excellency and Largeness of spirit, seldom attain<note n="*" place="margin">Phil. 1. 10.</note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <hi>to prove things that differ,</hi> or <hi>to approve things that are excellent,</hi> seldome
rise to what is above mean and vulgar, slight and superficial, but are con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>demn'd
to what is servile and Pedantick, and judge themselves unworthy
of the noblest Truths, and withal are expos'd to the same Falshood and
Mistakes that the Person or Party whom<note n="*" place="margin">Iude 16.</note> 
                  <hi>they have in admiration because of
advantage,</hi> or the <hi>Vulgus</hi> in any rank of men (being of the same illiberal and
contracted spirit with themselves) are liable to: For it is a Maxime equally true
and generous, <hi>Suum est cuique Ordini vulgus, &amp; optima semper paucissimis placuere.</hi>
To which I may fitly adjoyn that pertinent Observation of <hi>Seneca,</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">De rita bea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ta.</note> 
                  <hi>Non tam
bene cum rebus humanis agitur, ut meliora pluribus placeant.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>2. Nor was he less free from all <hi>Prejudice</hi> and <hi>Prepossession,</hi> with the atten<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dants thereof, <hi>Pride, Passion</hi> and <hi>Self-love.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Men come to be <hi>prejudic'd</hi> against Truth, either by their disgust and dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>affection
to the person that represents it: an argument this is of their little
Iudgement but great <hi>Passion:</hi> but from this he was secured by his <hi>Charity</hi> en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>larged
to all men, and by the cool and calm temper of his spirit; he could pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiently
endure the contradiction of others, and reply without passion; witness
his sober and pacate Answer to <hi>Lawenus</hi> his hot<note n="*" place="margin">Pag. 550.</note> 
                  <hi>Strictures.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Or else they are <hi>prejudic'd</hi> by their scornful disesteem of others: an effect
this is of their high <hi>Self-conceit</hi> and surely <hi>Pride:</hi> and from this he was se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cured
by his great <hi>Humility</hi> and <hi>Modesty,</hi> whereof there are many clear
Proofs in his Writings. Accordingly when he had to do with Mr. <hi>Hayns</hi>
about some Tenets of his in reference to several passages in <hi>Daniel</hi> and the <hi>Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>calyps,</hi>
he plainly tells him,<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap>. p. 748.</note> 
                  <hi>I profess to you, I contemn not your discourses, but
do diligently and</hi> apud conscientiam meam <hi>weigh your arguments, howsoever it comes
to pass I am not persuaded by them:</hi> and farther, so far he was from slighting
what was done by those that were eager for the same Tenets, that he assures
him<note n="*" place="margin">Ep. 8. p. 742.</note> 
                  <hi>he had read the most that had or could be said for those Opinions either by the
chief Patrons thereof or their followers,</hi> and so had used all that Diligence that was
due in the search of Truth. And herein he was Exemplary to every ingenu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ous
lover of Knowledge, and contrary to the proud and passionate man
that is conceited and resolved upon his Opinion, (<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>)
and is therefore impatient to hear or consider any thing
that opposes it. But <hi>Humility</hi> affords a very considerable advantage for
the clearer discerning what is True and Right, while it prepares men to
<pb facs="tcp:63175:19"/>
receive any better information from others. This effect it had in Mr.
<hi>Mede,</hi> and upon this score how heartily does he thank <hi>Lud. de Dieu</hi> for
suggesting to him an easier explication of<note n="*" place="margin">Pag. 567, &amp; 569.</note> [<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>Apocal.</hi> 4. 6.] and for acquainting him with his<note n="‖" place="margin">Pag. 567, &amp; 569.</note> notion about
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Cherub</hi> signifying <hi>an Oxe,</hi> from the Chaldee <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Hence also <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is <hi>Ager <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap> a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>s.</hi>
                  </note> 
                  <hi>Cherab,</hi> which is
<hi>Aravit,</hi> whereby his observation upon the 4 <hi>Animalia in Apocal.</hi> 4. 7. was
confirmed? And with the like affection he acknowledges Mr. <hi>Haydock</hi>'s
<note n="‖" place="margin">See pag. 790. &amp;c.</note> ingenious conjecture about the form of the <hi>Seven-sealed Book, (Apocal. 5.</hi>)
as also his being better informed about <hi>the Number of the Beast</hi> [666]
by Mr. <hi>Potter</hi>'s Discourse concerning it, with which Discovery he was so
highly pleas'd, that (not without some <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>) he affirm'd it<note n="*" place="margin">Pag. 877.</note> to be <hi>one
of the happiest Tracts that had come into the world, and such as could not be read
without much admiration.</hi> In short, He did not take himself to be <hi>Infallible,</hi>
and therefore was not <hi>Unalterable,</hi> where the change was for the better,
(and the change is ever such, where we part with a plausible Mistake or
with a specious Probability for solid Truth and clear Demonstration) but
he was always ready to hear another's Reason, and to yield himself a wil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ling
Captive to the Evidence of Truth. For to be overcome by Truth
and Reason, makes the conquered a gainer, and puts him into a better state
than he was in before; nor will he fail (if he know his own happiness) to
make one in that joyous acclamation,<note n="‖" place="margin">1 Esde. 4.</note> 
                  <hi>Great is Truth, and mighty above all
things: She is the Strength, Power and Majesty of all ages. Blessed be the God
of Truth.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Or else men come to be <hi>prejudic'd</hi> by an undue affection to their <hi>Ido<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>la
specus,</hi> (as the L. <hi>Verulam</hi> calls them) their peculiar Conceits, some
Notions and Speculations of their own, by which they either are or would
be known; being fondly persuaded that things are so as they imagine them,
or vehemently desirous that they should be so: and therefore it is no won<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der if, being thus prepossess'd, they have lost their taste, and wrong'd
their <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, that they cannot readily discern between Good and Evil,
but (as the Prophet <hi>Esay</hi> speaks) <hi>put bitter for sweet and sweet for bitter,</hi> and
are easily brought to fansie that to be True and Right which they passio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nately
will to be such, in order to some corrupt design and interest ea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gerly
pursued by them, or to the gratifying of those <hi>several Lusts</hi> wherewith
they <hi>are led away,</hi> (as the Apostle speaks) and are therefore <hi>unable to come to
the knowledge of the Truth.</hi> And if they that are thus affected do sometimes
for a pretence consult the Holy Scriptures, they come so fully possess'd
that this or that Opinion and Practice of theirs is True and Right, or so
strongly resolved to find it so, that even the Divine Oracles
seem to them to return such an Answer as they promised themselves they
should receive and most impetuously lusted after. And so it fares with
them herein as in another case it did with the <hi>Romans,</hi> who having taken
<hi>Veii,</hi> (a famous City in <hi>Hetruria</hi>) went into <hi>Iuno</hi>'s <hi>Temple,</hi> and there with
great ceremony and affectionateness asking <hi>Iuno, Velletne cum illis Romam
ire?</hi> to some the Image seem'd <hi>annuere,</hi> to others <hi>etiam id ipsum affirmare.</hi>
Upon which story in<note n="*" place="margin">l. 5.</note> 
                  <hi>Livy</hi> there is this observation of <hi>Machiavel</hi> in his
<hi>Discurs. de Repub.—Cum tanta veneratione interrogassent, visum est ipsis tale respon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sum
audivisse quale se audituros prius pollicebantur,</hi> The application is obvious.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb facs="tcp:63175:20"/>But against this other Instance of <hi>Pride</hi> expressing itself in an over-dear re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gard
that such men have to their own Sentiments, and oftentimes for some
self-ends and undue advantage to themselves, against this, I say, Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>
was secured by that Universal <hi>Alexipharmacum,</hi> his truly-Christian <hi>Humility,</hi> as
also by that <hi>Generosum honestum</hi> which dwelt and ruled in him, the noble <hi>Integri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty
of his spirit,</hi> that which the Scripture calls<note n="*" place="margin">Luke 8.</note> 
                  <hi>the Good and Honest Heart,</hi> a
Principle not less (yea more) necessary to the right discerning of Divine
Truth than the <hi>Subtile Head:</hi> And from this Principle he thus expresseth
himself in some of his <hi>Diatribae, That we should be more willing to take a Sense from
Scripture than bring one to it.</hi> Agreeable to which is that Maxime of his, wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thy
to be written in letters of Gold, (it was mentioned once before, but can<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>not
be too often inculcated) that Maxime which (he said) was deeply im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>press'd
upon his own Soul, <hi>That rashly to be the Author of a false Interpretation of
Scripture, is to take Gods name in vain in an high degree.</hi> How then shall they
escape, and where shall they appear, who, being resolved to walk after their
own lusts, <hi>pervert</hi> and distort <hi>the Scriptures</hi> (as of old the<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Ezek. 22. 26. Zeph. 3. 4.</note> Prophets complain'd
of some that <hi>did violence to the Law</hi>) and <hi>wrest them to their own de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>struction,</hi>
which were designed by God to <hi>make men wise unto Salvati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on?</hi>
               </p>
               <p>There are others that are prejudiced through a servile regard to those <hi>Idola
fori,</hi> as the forenamed Lord styles Popular Opinions and Vulgar Perswasi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons,
the Opinions of the Many, or of such a Party among the Many whose
<hi>Persons</hi> first, and consequently their <hi>Perswasions,</hi> they have in admiration; (for
generally these two go together, They that do <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> (in S.
<hi>Iude</hi>'s language,) go on also <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, the respecting of Persons
introducing also the respecting of Opinions:) And herein they shew them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>selves
a kind of <hi>Servum pecus,</hi> receiving for Doctrines the Traditions or Custo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mary
Notions of such men without any serious consideration; (which yet
is no other than a blind, implicit, stupid and irrational respect to persons and O<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pinions,
as not being founded upon Knowledge and Iudgment:) But withall
they do hereby oftentimes design to serve their own ends by this <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
all this being done (as S. <hi>Iude</hi> observes) <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>for advantage sake.</hi> And
against such <hi>Prejudices</hi> as these what could better secure the Author than his
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, (to use S.<note n="*" place="margin">2 Ep. 3.</note> 
                  <hi>Peter</hi>'s expression) his <hi>clear</hi> and <hi>sincere Mind,</hi> his
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">1 Kings 4.</note> and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <note n="‖" place="margin">Psal. 51.</note>, his <hi>Largeness of Heart,</hi> his Vast Understan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ding,
his <hi>Free</hi> and <hi>Ingenuous Spirit,</hi> those <hi>Intellectual</hi> and <hi>Moral</hi> Endow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments
of his, whereof I have already given a brief account in the Second
Head of <hi>Advertisements?</hi>
               </p>
               <p>3. As free he was from all <hi>Self-seeking, Flattery</hi> and <hi>covetous Ambition,</hi>
as from <hi>Partiality</hi> and <hi>Prejudice:</hi> each of which has a very inauspicious in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fluence
upon any growth in Knowledge and Understanding. Accordingly he
does more than once observe in his <hi>Epistles,</hi> That <hi>Mundus ama<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> decipi magis quam
doceri:</hi> and that by constant observation he had found, <hi>That no man loved,
any Speculations but such as he thought would advance his profitable Ends,
or advantage his Side and Faction.</hi> But for his own part, he thus
opens his heart in one of his <hi>Epistles</hi> to a Friend, and plainly professeth,
<pb facs="tcp:63175:20"/>
                  <hi>That he had not made the Bent of the Times the Rule of his Opinion.</hi> For, being
free from any aspiring after Applause, Wealth and Honour, and from
<note n="*" place="margin">Ier. 45.</note> 
                  <hi>seeking Great things for himself,</hi> he was consequently secured from <hi>Flat<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tery</hi>
and <hi>Temporizing,</hi> the usual artifice of the<note n="‖" place="margin">1 Tim. 6. 9.</note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>those that
will be rich,</hi> that are resolved to make it their chief design and business to be
great and wealthy in the world, their heart is wholly upon it, they are dead
to the World to come, and relish not the things above, and are alive only to
this present world, being as eagerly intent and active about earthly things, as
if their portion were to be only in this life.</p>
               <p>But such was the excellency of his spirit, that he could not but abhor all
<hi>Servile obsequiousness</hi> whatsoever; as accounting it a certain argument of a
Poorness of spirit either to flatter, or to invite and receive Flatteries; and
withal considering that if those of Power and high degree were men of inward
worth and excellent spirits, they would shew themselves such in their valuing
him not the less, but rather more, for his not applying himself to those ignoble
arts and course policies proper to <hi>Parasites</hi> and ambitious men, who speak not
their own words nor seem to think their own thoughts, but wholly enslave
themselves to the thoughts and words, the lusts and humors of those by whom
(for this pretended doing honour to them) they seek to be advantaged. Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sides,
he might well think that he should rather undervalue and lessen them, if
he suppos'd they would regard him the more for those or the like Instances of
an <hi>officious flattery:</hi> as if they were not able to discern that <hi>Frankness</hi> and <hi>Open<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness
of Spirit and Conversation, Singleness of Heart</hi> and a Cordial readiness to serve
others <hi>in love</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">1 Pet. 1. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> 
                  <hi>out of a pure heart,</hi> is truly Christian, Generous and <hi>Manly;</hi>
and, on the contrary, that <hi>Flattery</hi> and <hi>Fawning</hi> is <hi>Dog-like,</hi> Base and Mercenary,
and lasts not long: for though <hi>Parasites</hi> pretend to serve their Masters with
great devotion, (a devotion so great, as if they thought themselves rather their
Creatures than God's) yet in truth<note n="‖" place="margin">Rom. 16.</note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>they</hi> rather
<hi>serve their own belly;</hi> and when their Masters cease to be in a capacity of serv<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
them, these men also cease to regard them, and value them no more than
an useless Tool, (or to use the Prophet's expression) <hi>a broken Vessel, wherein
there is no pleasure.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Other particulars might be added, but these may suffice to shew how Free
he was from that which is apt to tempt men to judge amiss: For it appears from
the nature of the things themselves, that <hi>Partiality, Prejudice, Pride</hi> and <hi>Passion,
Self-love, Love of the World, Flattery</hi> and <hi>Covetous Ambition</hi> do importunely sollicite
men to make a false judgment, corrupt their Affections, wrong their Under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>standings,
enfeeble their Faculties, unhappily dwarf their growth in useful
Learning, and keep them back from such an excellent improvement in Know<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ledge,
especially Divine Knowledge, as otherwise they might attain. And therefore
had not Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> been free from the power of these Lusts, he could never have
perform'd so well as he hath done in any of his Tracts or Discourses, especially
upon the more abstruse and mysterious passages of H. Scripture. Those there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
that are not of such a free and enlarged spirit, but are fondly addicted either
to themselves or Parties, and are enslaved to Honour, Wealth and particular nar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>row
Interests, and are under the power of Pride &amp; Passion, serving divers Lusts
and Pleasures, they must needs be less excellent, less improved in their studies,
<pb facs="tcp:63175:21"/>
less succesful in their Intellectual adventures than otherwise they might have
been, had they been<note n="*" place="margin">Psal. 51.</note> 
                  <hi>established with a Free spirit.</hi> Nor had some Authors of
great reading and fame for Learning ever fallen into such mistakes, but their
Writings had been freer from imperfections, and a greater respect they had
secured to their Memories, had they been less Passionate, less Envious, Proud
and Self-conceited, more Free and unbiassed, more Humble and Modest, as
also more faithful to that excellent Rule of S. <hi>Paul,</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Rom. 12. 3.</note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.</p>
               <p>This is somewhat of that great deal more which might be observed of the
Author's <hi>Largeness and Freedom of spirit;</hi> which yet in him was not accompanied
with any unbecoming reflexions upon others, (as if he design'd to lessen the
due esteem of what was laudable in their performances) much less with any
irreverence and opposition to the established Articles of Religion, and preju<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dice
to the Peace of the Church or State; but on the contrary was an inno<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cent,
ingenuous, peaceable Freedom of enquiring into such Theories only as
do not at all clash with the Doctrine established, and was ever attended with a
sweet Modesty, a singular Sedateness and Sobriety of spirit, and a due regard
to Authority. And whosoever would read the Author with most profit and
judgment, must read him also with a free, unpassionate and unprejudiced spi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rit:
That Saying, <hi>Omnis Liber eo spiritu legi debet, quo scriptus est,</hi> is true as well
of every useful Book as of the Divinely-inspired Books of Holy Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture.</p>
               <p>Thus much of the Fourth Help or Instrument of Knowledge. I shall
mention but one particular more, but it is a very weighty and important one,
of singular use and absolute necessity for the gaining the Best Knowledge;
wherein I might be as large as in the foregoing, but because I would hasten to
conclude the <hi>Preface,</hi> I shall dispatch it in fewer lines.</p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>V. The Fifth and Last Means whereby the Author arrived at such an Emi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nency
of Knowledge was, His faithful endeavour after such a Purity of Soul as is re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quisite
to fit it for the fuller and clearer discerning of Divine Mysteries.</head>
               <p>The necessity of such a <hi>Purity of Heart and Life</hi> in order to this End appears
by several express places of Scripture: as where it is said, <hi>The Secret of the Lord
is with them that fear him,</hi> Psalm 25. <hi>The Fear of the Lord is the beginning of Wisdom,
and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> the knowledge of the holy ones is Understanding,</hi> Prov. 9. (their way
of knowing is Knowledge and Understanding indeed) and again, <hi>The pure
in heart shall see God,</hi> (Matth. 5.) <hi>But none of the wicked shall understand,</hi> (says the
Angel to <hi>Daniel</hi> concerning the Mysteries mentioned in Chap. 12.) And
agreeable to these and many such passages of H. Scripture is that in the Book
of Wisdom, chap. 1. <hi>Into a malicious Soul Wisdom shall not enter, nor dwell in the
Body that is subject unto sin.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>The same Truth is plainly acknowledged by the Best and more Divine
Philosophers; and accordingly they frequently discourse of their <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Purgative
Vertues</hi> as necessary to prepare the Soul for the knowledge of the
most Excellent and Highest Truths, (as the Mystical or Contemplative Di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vines
<pb facs="tcp:63175:21"/>
speaking of the way to Divine knowledge place the <hi>Via Purgativa</hi> before
the <hi>Via Illuminativa:</hi>) and it is a known Maxime of <hi>Plato</hi> in his <hi>Phaed<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>,</hi>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, implying that Impure Souls are not admit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted
to any inward converse with God most Pure and Holy. That <hi>Wickedness
is destructive of Principles,</hi> is also <hi>Aristotle</hi>'s observation, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.
<hi>Immorality</hi> or a Vicious life unfits men for the noblest Speculations, so that they
can neither know <hi>Divine</hi> nor <hi>Moral</hi> Truths<note n="*" place="margin">1 Cor. 8.</note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>as they ought to know,</hi>
and as they might have known, had they had a true resentment of Morality,
and an inward esteem of the<note n="*" place="margin">Phil. 4.</note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>the things that are just, pure, and lovely, and of good report.</hi> And though such men
may sometimes hit upon some <hi>Philosophical</hi> Notions; yet even in the discove<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ring
the <hi>Mysteries of Nature</hi> they had done far better, and had excell'd them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>selves,
had they been more purged from brutish Sensuality and all filthiness of
flesh and spirit. I will only add this, That for a most clear and undeniable
proof of this Assertion, [<hi>That Morality and a Good life affords the greatest advanta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ges
to a more excellent knowledge of not only Divine, but Philosophical Truths</hi>] we have in
this Age the unparallel'd Works of some eminently-learned and nobly-accom<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plish'd
Writers, who really are <hi>Virtuosi</hi> according to the ancient Latine impor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tance
of the word, and not merely in the <hi>Italian</hi> sense, which applies only to
the <hi>Wits</hi> and such as are any way <hi>Ingenious,</hi> be they or be they not morally Ver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tuous.</p>
               <p>But that which I chiefly intended under this last Particular was, to ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quaint
the Reader how deeply sensible Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> was of the indispensable ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cessity
of <hi>a Purified Mind and Holy Life</hi> in order to the fuller and clearer discern<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
of Divine Mysteries. This was his firm belief, and it obliged him to en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deavours
worthy of it. To which purpose I shall here produce a very ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>servable
passage out of a Letter of his to an ancient Friend in <hi>Lincolnshire,</hi> who
having received, and with great satisfaction read, some Papers from Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>
containing his first Essays upon part of the <hi>Apocalyps,</hi> and thereupon writing to
him with all serious importunity, <hi>That he would earnestly pray for and endeavour after
a great measure of Holiness, to the mortification of Sin more and more, that thereby he might
be prepared to receive a greater measure of Divine Illumination, and be as a Vessel of honour
chosen by God to bear and convey his Truth to others,</hi> with much more of the like im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>port,
concluding with this request, <hi>You see how bold I am with you, but let love bury
that Exorbitancy,</hi> &amp;c. To this his Christian advice Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> return'd this ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cellent
Answer.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Sir,</hi> I thank you heartily for your good Admonitions, and am so far from interpreting your
Love <hi>Exorbitancy,</hi> that I confess my self to have much need of this and more; and there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
desire you to second this your Love with Prayer to God for me, that he would vouchsafe
me that his Sanctifying Spirit, and that measure of Grace which may make me capable of
such things as he shall be pleased to reveal, and hath in some sort (praised be his Name)
already revealed unto me; in the contemplation whereof I find more true Contentment than
the greatest Dignities, which Ambition so hunteth after, could ever have afforded me. I
have considered what S. <hi>Paul</hi> saith<note n="*" place="margin">1 Cor. 2.</note>, <hi>The Natural and Carnal man is altogether
uncapable of the things of God's Spirit, neither can he know them, &amp;c.</hi> and
what our Saviour saith<note n="*" place="margin">Io. 7.</note>, <hi>If any man will do his Father's will, he shall</hi> (then)
<hi>know of the doctrine whether it be of God:</hi> and I give thanks to Almighty God,
<pb facs="tcp:63175:22"/>
who hath made the Light of these his wonderful Mysteries to kindle that Warmth in my
Heart, which I felt not till I began to see them, and which have made me that which they
found me not—</p>
               <p>This passage out of Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s<note n="*" place="margin">The r<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>st of the Letter did not need to be published, it treating either of private bu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>siness, or of what he has in other Letters of Tracts more fully spoken of.</note> original Letter I thought very worthy to
be made publick and inserted here upon so fit an occasion, both for that excel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cellent and genuine relish of an humble and serious Piety in every line thereof,
as also because it is an illustrious Attestation to the forementioned Truth, <hi>That
an Holy Heart and Life is a necessary Qualification to the right discerning of Divine Myste<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ries;</hi>
agreeable whereunto is that in the Greek Version of <hi>Prov.</hi> 1. 7. (which
yet is rather a Paraphrase than a bare Translation, there being more in the
<hi>Greek</hi> than in the Original <hi>Hebrew</hi>) <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.</p>
               <p>AND now I have passed over the Three long Stages of this Preface. In
the last Head of <hi>Advertisements</hi> I have acquainted the Reader by what
Methods and Helps the Author arrived at so great a measure of skill in the
Scripture, particularly in the more abstruse and mysterious parts thereof.
And thus may others also attain to a considerable Knowledge, and purchase
this goodly <hi>Pearl,</hi> this <hi>Treasure hid in the field</hi> of Prophetical Scriptures, if they
are willing to be at the same cost and bid to the worth of it, and not ignorant<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
nor sordidly undervalue it: For <hi>Wisdom,</hi> and particularly this kind of Wis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom
and Knowledge, is not to be had at a cheaper rate; it is<note n="*" place="margin">Matth. 13.</note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>;
<hi>a Pearl of great price,</hi> and worthy of all that we have to bestow, to pur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chase
it. They that look as little into the <hi>Apocalyps</hi> as some do into the <hi>Apocry<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pha,</hi>
and mind the Book of <hi>Daniel</hi> no more than they do the Apocryphal Sto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry
of <hi>Bell and the Dragon,</hi> and therefore exercise not their good parts nor be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stow
that serious diligence about the <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> in Scripture as they use to do
about other kind of difficulties, whether in Philosophy or other parts of
Learning, it's no wonder they complain the <hi>Iewel</hi> is too dear, when they have
no mind to give the full price for it; and that all Labour after such knowledge
is either excessively hard or useless, whenas yet through their delicateness and
love of their own ease, or for some other reason, they never made any due tri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>al.
But in other things <hi>Difficulty</hi> is no argument, it rather whets and animates
men of brave spirits: and that all<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> Excellent things are hard, is so confess'd a
Truth, that it has pass'd into a vulgar Proverb. The first and least therefore
that is to be done by such as are of another spirit, and are minded to search
these as well as the other Scriptures, is by a frequent attentive reading of the
<hi>Prophetical Visions</hi> to fix the main passages thereof in their minds: (otherwise
both the style and matter, the great things of the <hi>Prophets</hi> (as <hi>Hosea</hi> speaks of
the <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Hos. 8. 12.</note> 
                  <hi>the great things of the Law</hi>) will be always <hi>counted as a strange thing.</hi>)
This being done, they must (if they would succeed in their search) apply
themselves to those Five Means and Instruments of Knowledge, as Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>
did, and prosper'd, and by his Writings hath lessen'd the difficulty of these Stu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dies,
and made the way plainer for others than he found it for himself. And
as the study of the <hi>Prophetick</hi> Scriptures would by an heedful attending to those
Five Directions and Helps prove a succesful labour, and therefore far from be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
<hi>excessively hard</hi> or incumbred with invincible difficulties; so would it like<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wise
be far from vain and <hi>useless:</hi> for these Scriptures, as well as the other, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
<pb facs="tcp:63175:22"/>
written for our learning and use, (as I have briefly and (I think) clearly
proved in this <hi>Preface</hi> under the Second Head of <hi>Advertisements,</hi>) there would
accrue to us this peculiar Advantage, (besides many others) That by a right
understanding of the genuine meaning of these <hi>Prophetick Visions,</hi> we should be
the better enabled to vindicate the <hi>Prophecies</hi> from those corrupt Glosses which
<hi>unlearned and unstable</hi> Souls (ill-willers also to the stability and peace of Christi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>an
States and Kingdoms) would force upon them, perverting these Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tures
for their own Self-ends to the favouring of their unquiet humors and un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>peaceable
practices, which being rightly understood are the grand Interest
and Concernment of <hi>Christendome,</hi> and certainly make for the Support and
Encouragement of the <hi>Reformed</hi> part thereof, of which through God's mercy
we are Members.</p>
               <p>In the Second sort of <hi>Advertisements</hi> I have observed some few things of <hi>the
Author</hi> and <hi>his Writings,</hi> and shall not need here to superadd any thing to court the Reader to a due esteem of them; <hi>His own works will praise him</hi> (I say not, <hi>in
the Gates,</hi> as the phrase is <hi>Prov.</hi> 31. ult. but) in the private Closets and quiet
Retirements of the studious enquirers after Truth, if read there with serious
attention (which is most necessary in the perusing of his Labours upon the
Prophetical Scriptures) and with a mind as free from prejudice as from distra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctions.
It is not to be doubted but that some parts of these Writings may ge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nerally
please and (as the Author of the Book of<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 16.</note> 
                  <hi>Wisdom</hi> observes of <hi>Manna)
agree to every tast;</hi> nor is it unlikely but that some other parts, though highly
pleasing to some, may be less grateful to others of a different perswasion, as
<hi>Manna</hi> itself was lothsome to some murmuring <hi>Israelites.</hi> But for the better
disposing of them to what is fair and ingenuous, this may be fit to be added,
That the Author in his life-time did not affect any<note n="*" place="margin">2 Cor. 1.</note> 
                  <hi>dominion over the faith</hi> of
others, (as if he were <hi>Infallible</hi>) nor was he ambitious after his death to be <hi>Ido<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>liz'd;</hi>
but this was clearly his disposition, (as he expresseth himself in a<note n="*" place="margin">See Epist. 51.</note> Letter
to Dr. <hi>T.) not to be affected how much or how little others differ'd from him; and this dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>position</hi>
(he said) <hi>did so much the more increase in him as he took the liberty to examine ei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
his own or other mens perswasions:</hi> so desirous he was that the Apostle's Rule
should in this case prevail, <hi>Try all things, hold fast that which is good.</hi> And there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
such men would shew themselves very ill-natur'd and ill-bred as well as in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>discreet,
and unmindful of the Fallibility of Humane nature, as also unac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quainted
with <hi>ingenuous Learning,</hi> (of which the old Verse is most true,
<q>
                     <l>Emollit mores, nec sinit esse feros)</l>
                  </q>
if they should unwisely disvalue and peevishly reject the whole for some passa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ges
not agreeing to their particular Sentiments; or prove so rigid and tenaci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ous,
as not to afford that Candor and Charity which is but a just respect, as
well easie, as fit to be paid to the Labours of Worthy men highly meriting <hi>de
Republica literaria.</hi> And their Rudeness and Incivility would be the greater,
because Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> doth propound his sense not with any either magisterial or
provoking language, but with such modesty, calmness and sobriety, as may
deserve rather a fair reception than any churlish and unkind usage in the
world.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb facs="tcp:63175:23"/>In the First Head of <hi>Advertisements</hi> I have given the Reader (for his fuller sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tisfaction)
some account of those long and toilsome labours which I could not
think too hard and grievous to undergo both for the honour of the Author's
memory and the Reader's greater benefit; chusing (though at an humble di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stance)
to follow that great Labourer in God's Vineyard, Blessed S. <hi>Paul,</hi>
who was<note n="*" place="margin">2 Cor. 11. 27.</note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
rather than<note n="*" place="margin">Ier. 48.</note> 
                  <hi>to do</hi> this <hi>work of the Lord negligently.</hi> May the Reader with ease and
delight, with profit and advantage peruse these Writings thus prepared for
him with a diligence and industry not very ordinary nor over-easie, and there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
not over-hasty, and yet not more leisurely or slow than the labour and
weightiness of the undertaking (together with the urgency of other intercur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rent
cares) did exact.</p>
               <p>HE who is the <hi>Father of mercies</hi> and the <hi>God of all grace,</hi> that<note n="*" place="margin">Isa. 40.</note> 
                  <hi>giveth power to
the faint, and reneweth their strength who wait upon him,</hi> who worketh both <hi>to will and
to do,</hi> and to <hi>continue patiently</hi> in so doing unto the end; to his Name alone (not
unto me, not unto me) be the Glory and Praise for his Mercy and for his Po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wer
sake—The same <hi>Father of lights,</hi> who<note n="*" place="margin">2 Cor. 4.</note> 
                  <hi>commanded the light to shine out of
darkness, shine into our Hearts,</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Psal. 119.</note> 
                  <hi>unveil our Eyes, that we may behold wondrous things out
of his Law;</hi> purifie our Souls from Prejudice and Passion, from every false
Principle and corrupt Affection, that we may<note n="*" place="margin">2 Thess. 2.</note> 
                  <hi>receive the love of the Truth,</hi> and
know the Mysteries of the Kingdom of God; that being<note n="*" place="margin">Col. 1.</note> 
                  <hi>filled with all wisdom
and spiritual understanding, we may walk worthy of the Lord unto all pleasing: To whom be</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Apocal. 7.</note> 
                  <hi>Blessing and Glory, and Wisdom, and Thanksgiving, and Honour and Power, for ever
and ever.</hi>
               </p>
               <closer>Amen.</closer>
               <signed>I. W.</signed>
            </div>
         </div>
         <div type="list_of_publications">
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:23"/>
            <head>The Additional Pieces First published by the Reverend and
Learned Dr. WORTHINGTON.</head>
            <p>IN Book I. Discourse 49, 50, 51, 53.</p>
            <p>In Book II. His <hi>Concio ad Clerum,</hi> pag. 398.</p>
            <p>In Book III. Among his <hi>Remains upon the Apocalyps,</hi> Chap. 4. pag. 589. Chap. 8.
pag. 594.</p>
            <p>In Book IV. Epist. 34, 41, 51, 56, 66, 67, 68, 69, 71, 73, 75, 85. many of them
in answer to some Letters of enquiry from Learned men, which for the fuller under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>standing
of the Author's Answers are also published; as that large Letter from <hi>Lud.
de Dieu, viz.</hi> Epist. 48. and those from others, Epist. 55, 57, 59, 62, 65, 70, 72. to<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gether
with a large Extract of Mr. <hi>Potter</hi>'s Letter about the Number 666.</p>
            <p>In Book V. Those Tracts that make Chap. 4. Chap. 7. Chap. 10. Chap. 12.
In all XXXII.</p>
            <div type="part">
               <head>Discourses, Tracts, Epistles, enlarged out of the Author's
Manuscripts, with several Additions.</head>
               <p>IN Book I. Discourse 11, 31, 32, 33.</p>
               <p>In Book II. The <hi>Christian Sacrifice,</hi> and Disc. upon <hi>Ezra</hi> 6. 10. pag. 379.</p>
               <p>In Book III. <hi>In Comment. Apocalypt.</hi> are several marginal Notes added by the Au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thor
since the first Edition. In the <hi>Remains upon the Apocal.</hi> Chap. 3. Chap. 6. Chap.
9. Paraphrase on S. <hi>Peter,</hi> 2 Ep. Chap. 3.</p>
               <p>In Book IV. Epist. 43, 54, 58. whereof almost all in the first and last pages is added,
Epist. 61. besides several other <hi>Epistles</hi> with large additions.</p>
               <p>In Book V. Chap. II. Besides the smaller additions of some Words or a few lines in
several other parts of these Volumes, too many to be here particularly mentioned.</p>
               <p>The <hi>Discourses, Tracts,</hi> or <hi>Epistles,</hi> whereof there wanted the Original <hi>Manuscript</hi>
to examine them by, are in Book I. Discourse 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 47, 48, 49. In
Book IV. Epist. 4, 6, 10, 12, 29, 34, 93, 97.</p>
            </div>
         </div>
      </front>
      <body>
         <div type="biography">
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:24"/>
            <pb n="I" facs="tcp:63175:24"/>
            <head>THE LIFE
Of the Reverend and most Learned
Ioseph Mede, B. D.</head>
            <list>
               <item>1. IT hath been the practice of the best Historians, sometimes in short
Characters and sometimes in larger Descriptions, to represent the
<hi>Nature, Sayings</hi> and <hi>Manners</hi> of those Persons whose Actions have
rendred them Illustrious whether in War or Peace. And it is a Cu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stom
very commendable; for by this means a just Right is perform'd
to the Glory of their Memories, their Exemplary Vertues are pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>serv'd
in the world by Monuments w<hi rend="sup">ch</hi> Time cannot demolish, and
Ingenuous Readers are highly gratified, who are naturally desirous to know as much
as they can of those of whom they have heard any thing which is extraordinary.</item>
               <item>
                  <p>2. The same Reason hath made it a Custom to write the <hi>Lives</hi> of Authors eminent
for their Learning, and to annex them to their <hi>Works.</hi> And indeed such Historical
Pictures seem no where plac'd more fitly than in the Beginnings of those Books which
were design'd by their excellent Authors to promote true Religion and Piety in the
world: Men being no less prepar'd for a chearful reception of Divine Truth, when
they see it presented by a Worthy person, than they are apt to give an easie credit to
good News, when they are perswaded of the Integrity of him that brings it.</p>
                  <p>We have therefore attempted to give a Faithful, though Imperfect, Pourtrait of
this Excellent Person, the Author of the ensuing Discourses; that the Reader may
know what he was who in so high a degree obliged not only the Age wherein he li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved,
but all succeeding Generations, by his excellent Studies and exemplary Life.
The History whereof is briefly as follows.</p>
               </item>
               <item>3. <hi>IOSEPH MEDE</hi> was born in <hi>October</hi> 1586. of Parents of honest rank, at
<note n="*" place="margin">A Country<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>town not far from Bishops<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>Storiford.</note> 
                  <hi>Berden</hi> in <hi>Essex,</hi> and related (as the learned Mr. <hi>Alsop</hi> did particularly remark in his
Funeral Sermon) to the Family of Sir <hi>Iohn Mede</hi> of <hi>Lofts-Hall</hi> in the same County,
who did much please himself in so worthy a Kinsman, to whom also (when Fellow of
<hi>Christ</hi>'s Colledge) he sent his eldest Son to be his Pupil; accounting it a singular fe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>licity
to have him under the care and conduct of so worthy and accomplish'd a Tutor.</item>
               <item>
                  <p>4. When he was about Ten years old, both he and his Father fell sick at the same
time of the Small pox: to the Father it proved mortal, to the Son very hazardous:
But Almighty God, who designed him for a great Blessing to the world, delivered
him then out of that, and afterwards out of other Dangers; of which merciful Pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>servations
he had by him his thankful Memorials, the better to excite himself to a due
celebration of the Divine Goodness.</p>
                  <p>His Mother afterward married one Mr. <hi>Gower</hi> of <hi>Nasing</hi> in <hi>Essex,</hi> by whom he was
sent to School first to <hi>Hodsden,</hi> and after that to <hi>Wethersfield</hi> in <hi>Essex.</hi> In which time
going to <hi>London</hi> upon some occasion, he bought <hi>Bellarmine</hi>'s Hebrew Grammar. His
Master, having no skill in that Language, told him it was not a Book fit for him; but
he, being of the same generous temper with <hi>Demonax,</hi> who (as <hi>Lucian</hi> reports) was
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, would not be discouraged from the perusal of it; but setting upon it industri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ously,
attain'd no small skill in the <hi>Hebrew</hi> Tongue before he left the School: by these
<pb n="II" facs="tcp:63175:25"/>
fair Blossoms giving an early assurance to his Friends of those excellent Fruits which he
afterward brought forth being planted in a very fertile Soil, and one of the most de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lightful
Seats of the Muses, in the University.</p>
               </item>
               <item>5. His Friends, being encouraged by the pregnancy of his Parts, his assiduous In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dustry
and Proficiency in Learning, (the best grounds of Hope) sent him, in the
year 1602, to <hi>Christ</hi>'s Colledge in <hi>Cambridge,</hi> where he was admitted Pupil to
Mr. <hi>Daniel Rogers,</hi> Fellow of that Colledge. When he had been there three years,
Mr. <hi>Rogers</hi> leaving the Colledge, Mr. <hi>William Addison</hi> became his Tutor, to whose
Pupils, after he was Bachelour of Arts, he us'd to read, as afterward, when he was
Master of Arts, he moderated at <hi>Dis's,</hi> upon the desire of his Tutor, one of the then
Proctors of the University.</item>
               <item>6. The Emprovements which he made in a short time by his industrious Wit were
so conspicuous, that they drew upon him the eyes not only of his own Colledge, but
of the whole University; which could not but be the more observable in him, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cause
he wanted that felicity of Utterance which useth to set off slight parts, and had
so great an <hi>Hesitation</hi> in his speech as rendred his expression painful to himself and less
pleasing to others. Which made him decline (as much as he might) all publick Dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>putations
and other Exercises, as not to be perform'd by him without great difficulty;
his Labour in them (as he was wont to tell his familiars) being double to that of
others, in regard he was put to study not for <hi>matter</hi> only, but for <hi>words;</hi> not to ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>press
his mind, (for such words, the matter being excogitated, do not unwillingly fol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>low,
and even offer themselves,) but for words that he could utter; yea and to take
care to dispose them too in that order, that the contexture might suit with his Abili<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty.
Wherein yet he in time became a rare Example, how much a discreet observa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
of such an Imperfection can work toward the cure of it. For by an heedful in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>spection
into the nature of his defect, what words he most stuck at, either single or in
conjuncture, and at what times he was more or less free, he attain'd so great a maste<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry
over that Infirmity, that he was able to deliver a whole Sermon without any consi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derable
Hesitation.</item>
               <item>7. That also of his own relation is here not unworthy the remembring, That not
long after his entrance into Philosophical studies he was for some time disquieted with
<hi>Scepticism,</hi> that troublesome and restless disease of the <hi>Pyrrhonian</hi> School of old. For
lighting upon a Book in a neighbour-Scholars Chamber, (whether it were <hi>Sextus Em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pericus,</hi>
or some other upon the same Subject, is not now remembred) he began upon
the perusal of it to move strange Questions to himself, and even to doubt whether
the <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, the whole Frame of things, as it appears to us, were any more than a
mere Phantasm or Imagination. The Emprovement of this Conceit (as he would
profess) rendred all things so unpleasant to him, that his Life became uncomfortable.
He was then but young, and therefore the more capable of being abus'd by those
perplex'd Notions by which <hi>Pyrrho</hi> had industriously studied to represent the <hi>Habitati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
of Truth</hi> as inaccessible: But by the mercy of God he quickly made his way out of
these troublesome Labyrinths, and gave an early proof that he was design'd for pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>found
Contemplations, by falling so soon upon the consideration of subjects so subtil
and curious.</item>
               <item>8. By that time he had taken the Degree of<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>nno 1610.</note> 
                  <hi>Master of Arts,</hi> he had made so hap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>py
a progress through all kind of Academical studies, that it was manifest to all that
that Title was not (as with too many it is) any false Inscription: He was justly so
styled, and was universally esteem'd as one who did well understand all those <hi>Arts</hi>
which make up the accomplishment of a Scholar. He was an acute <hi>Logician,</hi> an ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>curate
<hi>Philosopher,</hi> a skilful <hi>Mathematician,</hi> an excellent <hi>Anatomist,</hi> (being usually
sent for when they had any Anatomy in <hi>Caius</hi> Colledge) a great <hi>Philologer,</hi> a master
of many <hi>Languages,</hi> and a good proficient in the studies of <hi>History</hi> and <hi>Chronology,</hi> of
which we shall give a more particular account in the following part of this short Hi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>story.
We mention these things not only to shew his indefatigable Diligence, but al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>so
to declare how great Perfections may be attain'd by an assiduous Industry, and
withal to manifest the unreasonableness of that complaint, <hi>Ars longa, Vita brevis;</hi> by
which many think themselves sufficiently excus'd who (as <hi>Seneca</hi> says) spend most of
their life <hi>aut nihil, aut aliud, aut malè agendo.</hi>
               </item>
               <item>
                  <pb n="III" facs="tcp:63175:25"/>9. His first shewing himself abroad was by an Address he made to that Great Pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tron
and Example of Learning, Dr. <hi>Andrews,</hi> (then L. Bishop of <hi>Ely,</hi> afterward of
<hi>Winchester</hi>) in a Latin Tract <hi>De Sanctitate Relativa,</hi> &amp;c. A piece of that commendable
Learning, that, had it been published when it was first written, would have discove<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>red
the Author's pregnant Parts, and rais'd his just Estimation in the world. And
though himself in his latter time was pleas'd to censure it as <hi>savouring too much of his in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fancy
in Divinity, and first thoughts, and affectation of style,</hi> (they were his very words
to an intimate friend of his solliciting him to publish it) and that upon this score (as
likewise because he had in his elder days and upon mature deliberation published in<note n="*" place="margin">Upon 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 11. 22.</note> another Treatise of his (besides what he had delivered in publick in his<note n="‖" place="margin">Upon <hi>Levit.</hi> 19. 30. <hi>San<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctuarium me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um reveremini.</hi>
                  </note> 
                  <hi>Concio ad
Clerum</hi>) the Summe and substance of it with farther emprovements of that Notion)
he would not permit the forementioned Tract to see the light; yet this early <hi>Speci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>men</hi>
of his Theological studies gain'd the approbation of so great a Iudgment as his
was to whom it was presented, insomuch that shortly after, he having need of the
King's favour concerning his Election to a Fellowship, that worthy Bishop stood his
firm friend, and not only maintain'd his Right then, but afterward desired him for his
Houshold-Chaplain: Which place notwithstanding he civilly refused, as valuing the
liberty of his Studies above any hopes of Preferment, and esteeming that freedom
which he enjoy'd in his <hi>Cell</hi> (as he us'd chearfully to term it) as the Haven of all his
wishes.</item>
               <item>10. And indeed these thoughts had possess'd him betimes: For when he was a
School-boy, he was sent to by his Uncle, Mr. <hi>Richard Mede</hi> a Merchant, who being
at that time without children, offer'd to adopt him for his Son if he would live with
him: He accepted not the profer, but shew'd betimes that no worldly allurement was
sufficient to entice him from his studies. And here it may not be amiss to observe a
parallel memorial in the<note n="*" place="margin">See. Dr. <hi>I<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>son</hi>'s Life written by <hi>E. V.</hi> and his Ep. Dedicat. before hi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> l. Book upon the <hi>Creed.</hi>
                  </note> Life of his honoured friend Dr. <hi>Iackson.</hi> As they both
were eminent for their Sweetness of disposition and carriage, their piercing Wit and
profound Iudgment, their unweariedly industrious pursuit after such Notions as were
out of the vulgar rode of Studies; particularly their <hi>Genius</hi> prompted them to enquire
into the more Abstruse and Mysterious parts of H. Scripture: so they agree'd in this
also, that they were in their youth tried with the like Temptations; for agreeably to
what was observed of Mr. <hi>Mede,</hi> was Dr. <hi>Iackson</hi> sollicited by his friends at <hi>Newcastle</hi> to
a Merchant's life, as being likely to be a more Gainful course than a Bookish life in a
Colledge-retirement. Had they listen'd to such charming suggestions, what gainers
soever they might have been by the bargain, to be sure the World had lost those Trea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sures
of Wisdom and Learning which (by the publishing of their Learned Labours)
it has been happily enrich'd with. But both of them (surely not without a secret
guidance and assistance from Heaven) resisted even in those their younger days any
attempt to allure them from a Studious life, and chose rather <hi>the humble way, to wrap
up themselves in a Gown,</hi> as the pious and elegant both Poet and Orator, Mr. <hi>G. Her<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bert,</hi>
did phrase it, and practis'd accordingly. The All-wise God intended them for
better employments and other kind of <hi>Traffick</hi> than their Friends designed: Through
his blessing they traded prosperously in the best Commodities; (for, according to
that <hi>Arabick</hi> Proverb, <hi>Ditissimae sunt divitiae Intellectûs</hi>) and (which is a rare way of
growing rich) they emproved their Stock by their free communicating to others,
both of them being worthily honoured for their very communicative disposition. In
short, to Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> (as likewise to Dr. <hi>Iackson</hi>)<note n="*" place="margin">Prov. 3.</note> the <hi>Merchandise of Wisdom was
better than the Merchandise of Silver, and the gain thereof than fine Gold:</hi> He chose the
more solitary way of Knowledge, rather than the so-much-beaten and frequented way
of Wealth, and made as much haft in his Study to become a more than ordinary know<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
and learned man, as others abroad in the World do to be rich even to abundance.</item>
               <item>11. Wherefore Divine Providence being favourable to his design, that he might
have a fair opportunity to perfect his own Accomplishments, and be the better enabled
to promote the good of others, and eminently approve himself the Servant of
CHRIST, he was chosen Fellow of that Colledge upon which the Name of CHRIST
is called, to whose Service he had seriously devoted his best studies and endea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vours.
The Fellowship into which he was elected was that of <hi>K. Edward</hi>'s founda<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion,
and therein he was Successor to Mr. <hi>Hugh Broughton</hi> and Mr. <hi>Dillingham,</hi> both
of them famous for <hi>Hebrew</hi> learning; the first abroad, the other at home, being
<pb n="IV" facs="tcp:63175:26"/>
one of those appointed by Royal Authority to translate the Bible. This place was
supernumerary to the Institution of the Foundress, the Lady <hi>Margaret;</hi> a Society of
Divines she intended it, and by a Master and twelve Fellows alluded to <hi>Christ</hi> and his
Colledge of Apostles: Which Conceit (as some thought) was intentionally spoil'd
by the addition of that supernumerary Fellowship, but however gave occasion of an
ill-placed jest against Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> at his Election; one opposite to his admission venting
this piece of wit without either civility or judgment, <hi>We are twelve of the Foundation,
and there</hi> (said he, pointing to Mr. <hi>Mede) sits the odd Fellow.</hi> Which Conceit could have
no true sense as touching the quality and character of Mr. <hi>Mede,</hi> unless by <hi>odd</hi> had been
meant <hi>singular,</hi> and that for Piety and Learning; which Eminencies could not make
him less eligible according to Statute.</item>
               <item>12. Being thus chosen Fellow of the Colledge, he was not long after made Rea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der
of the <hi>Greek</hi> Lecture of Sir <hi>Walter Mildmay</hi>'s foundation, and held it all his life<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>time:
which rendred that Tongue, as also several others, very familiar to him. For
his constant Readings upon <hi>Homer</hi> did not only make him perfect in that Author, but
he being a diligent Collator of the <hi>Greek</hi> with the <hi>Hebrew, Chaldee</hi> and <hi>Syriack,</hi> ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quainted
himself familiarly with the Idiotisms of all those Languages at once. He
had besides made a Collection of such <hi>Greek, Latine</hi> and <hi>English</hi> words as he had ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>served
to have a near sense and like sound with the <hi>Hebrew;</hi> as we have been inform<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
by some that saw in his study a Book of his in <hi>Quarto,</hi> containing the Hebrew <hi>Ra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dices,</hi>
&amp;c. with <hi>Greek, Latine</hi> and <hi>English</hi> words derived from many of them: By
which means as he made the Language more familiar to him, so he consulted the plea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sure
and advantage of his Friends; being from this store furnish'd with what might
render his converse more acceptable to them in whose contentment he had a true sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tisfaction.</item>
               <item>13. He preserv'd his knowledge in Academick Learning by the private Lectures
which he read to his Pupils, to whom he was an able and faithful Guide. For, being
a Fellow of a Colledge, he esteem'd it a part of his Duty to further the Education of
young Scholars; which made him undertake the careful charge of a <hi>Tutor:</hi> and this
he managed with great Prudence and equal Diligence. After he had by daily Le<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctures
well grounded his Pupils in Humanity, Logick and Philosophy, and by fre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quent
converse understood to what particular Studies their Parts might be most profi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tably
applied, he gave them his Advice accordingly: And when they were able to
go alone, he chose rather to set every one his daily Task, than constantly to consine
himself and them to precise hours for Lectures. In the Evening they all came to his
Chamber to satisfie him that they had perform'd the Task he had set them. The first
question which he us'd then to propound to every one in his order was, <hi>Quid dubitas?
What Doubts have you met in your studies to day?</hi> (For he supposed that <hi>To doubt no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thing</hi>
and <hi>To understand nothing</hi> were verifiable alike.) Their Doubts being pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pounded,
he resolved their <hi>Quaere's,</hi> and so set them upon clear ground to proceed
more distinctly: And then having by Prayer commended them and their studies to
God's protection and blessing, he dismiss'd them to their lodgings. Thus carefully
did he discharge the Trust of a <hi>Tutor,</hi> though he well knew and was us'd to say That
the Office of training up young Scholars in the University proved oftentimes but a
thankless business. In short, He was not for a soft and easie, self-pleasing course of
life; but was most willing to spend himself in a laborious endeavouring the best em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>provement
(not of himself only, but) of others, those especially committed to his care.
And here we might take occasion to recount several of his Pupils upon whom his ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cellent
Instructions were not bestow'd in vain: Some of them Persons of Honour and
Eminency in the State, Honourable as well for the noble Accomplishments of their
Minds and their exemplary Vertues, as for the height of their Descent and Paren<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tage:
others of great Merits and Esteem in the Church, both for their personal En<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dowments,
and for their adorning their holy Function by an agreeable Conversation.
But we must <hi>respicere titulum,</hi> and remember that our present business is to write
Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s Life and what concerns his Story, rather than the Characters of others,
though otherwise <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Gen. 6.</note> 
                  <hi>men of renown</hi> and<note n="‖" place="margin">Ecclus. 44.</note> 
                  <hi>the Glory of their times.</hi>
               </item>
               <item>14. To return therefore to our Author: He did so entirely devote himself to the
study of all excellent Knowledge, that he made even the time which he spent in
<pb n="V" facs="tcp:63175:26"/>
his Recreation serviceable to his design. He allow'd himself little or no Exercise
but <hi>Walking;</hi> and oftentimes, when he and others were walking in the Fields or in the
Colledge-Garden, he would take occasion to speak of the Beauty, Signatures, useful
Vertues and Properties of the Plants then in view: For he was a curious Florist, an
accurate Herbalist, throughly vers'd in the Book of Nature, not unseen in any kind
of ingenuous Knowledges, such especially as were both for delight and use. The
chief delight which he took in company was to discourse with Learned friends; par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ticularly
for several years he set apart some of his hours to spend them in the conversa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
of his worthy Friend Mr. <hi>William Chappell,</hi> (afterward Provost of <hi>Trinity</hi> Col<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ledge
near <hi>Dublin</hi> in <hi>Ireland,</hi> and L. Bishop of <hi>Cork</hi> and <hi>Ross</hi>) who was justly esteem'd
a rich Magazine of Rational Learning, and who again did as highly value the interest
he had in Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> and the singular advantage of his Converse. Accordingly when
he was to leave the Colledge and prepare for <hi>Ireland,</hi> he made it his particular request
to Mr. <hi>Mede,</hi> that he would favour him with his Papers, and permit the transcribing
of them for his private use. So high, and yet so just, an esteem had he for those Pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pers
richly stored with unvulgar, but not unuseful, Notions. Mr. <hi>Mede,</hi> who was
made up of love and kindness, did readily gratifie him herein, as he did also after<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wards,
when he wrote to him from <hi>Ireland</hi> for more of his Papers, desiring that
some that had been his Pupils might transcribe what he would please farther to impart
to him, who was one that did <hi>highly prize all that came from his deliberate pen:</hi> They
were the very words of his Letter.</item>
               <item>15. In his retirement to his private Studies he employ'd himself principally in a
curious enquiry into the most abstruse parts of Learning, and endeavour'd for the
knowledge of those things which were remote from the vulgar track.
<p>Among other things he spent no small pains (in his younger years) in sounding
the depths of <hi>Astrology,</hi> and much paper he blotted in calculating the Nativities of his
near Relations and Fellow-students, having to this Art (as he would say) above
all other Studies a natural propension: Yet did not that propension so far sway his
Iudgment, as not to discover the vanity and weakness of those grounds upon which
the Professors of that pretended Art very often build their too confident Predictions.
That which he thought himself to have found by all his search was only this, That
the Celestial Luminaries having an unquestionable Influence upon all sublunary Bo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dies,
in the like position of the Heavens, may reasonably be thought to have a simi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>litude
in their Operation, and thereby to cause a Sympathy in things produced under
like Constellations, and an Antipathy under different. But this not extending farther
than a Natural inclination, and being in men alterable by Custom, Education and in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>finite
external impediments, he judged it not (without extream vanity) to be pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sumed
upon as any infallible ground of Prediction of future actions; especially in
such things wherein men, acting out of choice, run counter many times to their Na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tural
inclinations. But to give the Reader his positive judgment (as near as we
can) in his own most apposite and fit words, thus he was wont in familiar discourse
to determine touching the Necessity and Contingency of these Subordinate Causes:
<hi>That the</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Coeli <hi>does beget in man</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Temperamenti, <hi>and this</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
Temperamenti <hi>begets</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Ingenii, <hi>in the way of direct and natural subordination:
But that here the Chain is broken off; because</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Ingenii <hi>does beget or produce</hi>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Actionis <hi>in man only contingently and without any necessity. And thus</hi> è con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trà,
<hi>That</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Coeli <hi>does beget</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Temperamenti, <hi>and the</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>peramenti
<hi>begets</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Ingenii; <hi>This naturally as before: But that this</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>genii
<hi>should beget</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Actionis, <hi>this is from no necessity, because it is in mans po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wer
and liberty, who is naturally ill-disposed, yet through the emprovements of Art, and
especially by the Grace of God, to become good, or better, as the Divine Goodness shall mi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nister
opportunity.</hi> Which is as much as can be said in so few words, and might deter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mine
the question to all judicious and knowing men, concerning the power of the
Stars and those Celestial Influences into and upon this inferior world; where their
Operations are genuine and natural and properly efficient, and where they have their
stint and their <hi>Nè plus ultrà,</hi> nothing at all to do, unless by a remote disposition,
which is properly no Cause at all. This is enough also to vindicate Man, born to
Liberty and to command the Stars, from that supposed vassalage whereunto the jugling
<hi>Astrologers</hi> of our days would fain subject him, and cast the credulous world into a
Trance of blindness, to believe Lies and Follies and gross Vanities for very Truth.</p>
               </item>
               <item>
                  <pb n="VI" facs="tcp:63175:27"/>16. But leaving the hot pursuit of <hi>Astrological</hi> fancies, (the busie idleness of some
even to their old age) he applied himself to the more useful study of <hi>History</hi> and <hi>An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiquities,</hi> particularly to a curious enquiry into those Mysterious Sciences which made
the ancient <hi>Chaldeans, Egyptians</hi> and other Nations so famous; tracing them, as far
as he could have any light to guide him, in their Oriental Schemes and Figurative
expressions, as likewise in their <hi>Hieroglyphicks,</hi> not forgetting to enquire also into
the <hi>Oneirocriticks</hi> of the Ancients. Which he did the rather, because of that affi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nity
which he conceiv'd they might have with the language of the <hi>Prophets,</hi> to the
understanding of whom he shew'd a most ardent desire. His <hi>Humanity</hi>-studies and
<hi>Mathematical</hi> labours were but Initial things, which he made attendants to the Myste<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ries
of <hi>Divinity:</hi> and though they were Preparatives, as he could use them, yet
were they but at a distance off and more remote to his aim; for he had more work
to do before he could be Master of his design. A well-furnish'd Divine is compound<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
of more Ingredients than so. For <hi>Histories</hi> of all sorts, but those especially
which concern the Church of God, must be studied and well known; and there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
he made his way by the knowledge of all Histories, General, National, Anci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ent
and Modern, Sacred and Secular. He was a curious and laborious searcher of An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiquities
relating to Religion, <hi>Ethnick, Iewish, Christian</hi> and <hi>Mahumetan:</hi> the fruits
of which studious diligence appear visibly in several of those excellent Treatises which
have pass'd the Press; particularly in his <hi>Apostasie of the Latter times, The Christian
Sacrifice,</hi> his Discourses upon <hi>Daniel,</hi> his <hi>Paraphrase and Notes upon</hi> S. Peter's <hi>Prophecy,</hi>
and in (his great Master-piece) those elaborate <hi>Commentaries upon the Apocalyps,</hi> where
the <hi>Fata Imperii</hi> (<hi>i.e.</hi> the Affairs of the <hi>Roman</hi> State) there predicted are to admira<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
explain'd out of Ethnick Historians, and the <hi>Fata Ecclesiae</hi> illustrated with no less
accuracy out of Ecclesiastick Writers. His Writings best speak his eminent skill in
History; yet it may not be amiss to superadde upon this occasion the Testimony of a
very judicious person, and one of long and inward acquaintance with Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> and
his studies, (we mean that forementioned ancient Collegue and <hi>Consocius</hi> of his,
Mr. <hi>W. Chappell,</hi>) who before his going into <hi>Ireland</hi> was heard thus to express himself,
<hi>That Mr.</hi> Mede <hi>was as judicious a man in Ecclesiastical Antiquities, and as accurately skil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led
in the first Fathers of the Church, both Greek and Latin, as any man living.</hi>
               </item>
               <item>17. Unto <hi>Histories</hi> he added those necessary attendants which to the knowledge of
the more difficult Scriptures must never be wanting; <hi>viz.</hi> an accurate understanding
of the Ichnography of the Tabernacle and Temple, the Order of the Service of God
therein performed, as also of the City of <hi>Ierusalem,</hi> together with an exact Topogra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phy
of the Holy Land; besides other <hi>Iewish</hi> Antiquities, Scripture-Chronology and
the exact Calculation of Times, so far especially as made for the solving or clearing
of those difficulties and obscure passages that occur in the Historical part of Scripture,
which the vulgar Chronologers have perplex'd, and the best not fully freed from
scruple. And how great his abilities were for the <hi>Sacred Chronologie,</hi> may appear
(to omit other proofs) from that clause in a Letter of the then Archbishop of <hi>Armagh</hi>
to him—<hi>I have entred upon the Determination of the Controversies which concern the
Chronology of the Sacred Scripture, wherein I shall in many places need your help.</hi> That
great and laborious Work which this equally Learned and Humble Prelate was now
entred upon, was his <hi>Chronologia Sacra,</hi> wherein he intended to confirm those dispo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sitions
of Years and accounts of time he had set down in his <hi>Annals of the Old and New
Testament,</hi> lately published by him. This Work had exercised his industry for many
years, and he labour'd in it to the last minute of health he enjoy'd; but he lived not
to finish it. Yet that the fruit of all his travels herein might not die with him, so much
as he had elaborated was published by the Learned Dr. <hi>Barlow,</hi> Provost of <hi>Queen</hi>'s-Colledge
in <hi>Oxford,</hi> whose great care and industry herein did deserve in this place an
express celebration: For such useful Labours justly entitle a man to the honour of be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
a <hi>Benefactor</hi> to the world.</item>
               <item>18. By the fruit of these Studies, particularly by his happy Labours upon the
<hi>Apocalyps</hi> and <hi>Prophetical</hi> Scriptures, what honour our Author purchas'd abroad (be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sides
what he gain'd at home) among men studious in this way, and therefore
capable of judging, is evident by the many Letters sent him from Learned men in se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>veral
parts, expressing their own and others high esteem of his Writings: As, the
above-mention'd Primate of <hi>Ireland,</hi> Archbishop <hi>Usher,</hi> who also acquainted
<pb n="VII" facs="tcp:63175:27"/>
Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> with the great esteem that another Archbishop in <hi>Ireland</hi> had for his accu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rate
labours upon the <hi>Apocalyps;</hi> The judicious and moderate <hi>Paulus Testardus,</hi>
Pastor of the Reformed Church at <hi>Blois in France,</hi> who was so highly pleas'd with
his <hi>Clavis &amp; Commentationes Apocalypticae,</hi> as to take the pains (amidst his other pressing
labours to translate them into <hi>French,</hi> designing the printing of them for the benefit
of his Countreymen; <hi>Lud. de Dieu,</hi> a singular Ornament of the University at <hi>Leiden,</hi>
famous at home and abroad for his skill in the Oriental Tongues, whose Letters to
and of Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> were full of honour and respect, and, as a testimony of his great re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>spect,
he presented Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> betimes with his Comment upon the <hi>Acts of the Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stles;</hi>
Dr. <hi>Walaeus,</hi> Divinity-Professor there, who being one of the Principal persons
concern'd in the last <hi>Belgick</hi> Translation of the Bible, and his care (together with
some associates) being peculiarly imploy'd about translating and illustrating with
marginal notes the New Testament, (no part of which bred him more labour
than the <hi>Apocalyps</hi>) did hugely applaud himself in the happiness he had to be acquain<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted
with Mr. <hi>Mede's</hi> unparrallel'd Commentary upon that mysterious Book. The
great acceptance and kind entertainment which his Writings found abroad among
learned persons, might be confirm'd also from not only M. <hi>Hartlib</hi>
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>s but Sr. <hi>William
Boswell's</hi> Letters, who professed <hi>It was better than Musick to him to hear the innu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>merable
commendations of so near a Friend.</hi> But because we would not exspatiate in
this (perhaps invidious) argument, we shall crave leave only to superadde this,
That though some at home, less affectionate to studies of this nature, for Reasons
best known to themselves, were induc'd to speak somewhat diminishingly, and below
the worth, of his <hi>Clavis</hi> and <hi>Commentary upon the Apocalyps;</hi> (a Prophet, and a
Prophet's Interpreter, wanting sometimes their due honour in their own Country)
yet Scholars of good note in their Travels beyond the Sea have heard his Name
most honourably mention'd for those Works. And though he was <hi>Anonymus</hi> in what he
had done upon the <hi>Apocalyps;</hi> yet when Foreiners travelling into <hi>England</hi> came to visit
the University of <hi>Cambridge,</hi> they would carefully seek him out, and endeavoured to
gain his acquaintance as much as any others then more eminent in place.</item>
               <item>19. And though possibly it cannot be said that he attain'd to an infallible Solution
of every Point in those Prophetick Mysteries, (they being a Depth which per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>haps
no Humane understanding can reach, till assisted by a more full and clear
view of Events;) yet judicious men, who are but in the least candid, cannot but
say that he proceeded upon grounds never traced by any, and infinitely more proba<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ble
than any lay'd down by those who before him undertook that task, and such
as, though they should not every-where exempt from all possibility of erring in the
application, do yet afford an incomparable help to the understanding of many
things otherwise scarce discernible, and in the mean time do strongly convince
the over-daring vanity of very many confident, but unskilful, Expositors. So that
upon the whole matter we doubt not to affirm, (and for the truth of it we ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>peal
to judicious and unprejudiced Readers) That if Mr. <hi>Mede's</hi> Method of inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preting
the <hi>Apocalyps</hi> be freely and carefully compared with the elder (we may
add also, the newer) methods of any Annotationists whatsoever, it will certainly
be acknowledged to be the most natural and unstrained, most agreeable to the style
of the Prophets, as likewise to History and Events; and, in short, that his <hi>Clavis
Apocalyptica</hi> (if compared with other <hi>Keys</hi>) seems most worthy to be deem'd <hi>Clavis
non errans.</hi>
               </item>
               <item>
                  <p>20. Nor is this high, but most deserved, character of his Labours upon the
<hi>Apocalyps</hi> to be disparaged by one or two Exceptions, which the <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
marvellously please themselves in, nay one of them they make the petty matter of
a poor rejoycing within themselves: It is their First Exception, grounded upon
his Conjecture about the King of <hi>Sweden,</hi> in his Exposition of the <hi>Fourth Vial.</hi> But
there needed not so much noise nor such a-doe to be made about this. For be
it granted that the King of <hi>Sweden</hi> is certainly meant there, (although the Author
doth not expresly name him) yet consider,</p>
                  <p>First, He doth not positively and confidently affirm him to be the person whom
God designed to perform the business of this <hi>Vial;</hi> but intimates only his hope and
wishes (in behalf of the afflicted Protestants in <hi>Germany</hi>) that it might be so: nay
instead of a confident saying it would be so, he chose rather to express himself
<hi>Question-wise,</hi> which is the more modest and allowable way: <hi>Annon hic est</hi> (saith he)
<pb n="VIII" facs="tcp:63175:28"/>
                     <hi>quem Dominus exercituum ad hujusce Phialae opus exsequendum destinavit?</hi> Which In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>genuity
of his might have disposed the less-kind Reader to some degree of Candour,
rather than to the indecencies of an hasty and over-severe Censure.</p>
                  <p>Secondly, And the rather may he seem to merit the most candid and favourable
usage, because in his Epistle to the Reader, before his <hi>Commentary,</hi> he makes it his
particular request, That the Reader would not over-rigidly censure every passage in
his Book, but he pleas'd to read him with that civility and candour and those fair al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lowances
not unusually afforded to the Writings of well-meaning men, such as are free
from arrogancy and imposing upon others, and are most ready to express the same
Charity and Fairness to other Writers. The request is every way Iust and Ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cessary;
considering that there are more Depths and Obscurities in the <hi>Prophetical</hi>
Writings than in any other parts of H. Scripture; and withal, that the best of men
are not priviledged from all possibility of erring, no not in plainer and less abstruse
matters than the <hi>Apocalyptick</hi> Visions, those especially about things future and un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fulfill'd.
And farther how Necessary the request is as well as Iust, the Author him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>self
hath prudently observ'd in the fore-mentioned Epistle, where, speaking of the
Interpretation of <hi>Prophecies,</hi> &amp;c. he laies it down as a most certain and approved
Truth, <hi>Nist in hisce talibus liberiùs paulò sentiendi, imò &amp; errandi, venia concedatur;
ad profunda illa &amp; latentia Veritatis adyta viam nunquam patefactum iri.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Thirdly, Were this mistake as great a matter as some would make it, (which yet
was in truth a smaller <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and more venial, because not express'd positively and
confidently, but only in the form of a Question,) yet is there not any just ground from
this single instance to disvalue and reject the Author and his Commentary upon the
<hi>Apocalyps.</hi> For this Conjecture, or rather <hi>Quaere,</hi> of his was no principal or necessa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry
part of the Structure, and therefore by its failing as to the Event doth not so
much as endanger, much less demolish, the whole Fabrick. His Scheme of <hi>Synchro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nisms,</hi>
upon which is grounded his method of interpreting the <hi>Apocalyptick</hi> Visions
stands firm and entire, and is unconcern'd herein. Nor is there any other part of
his Commentary endamaged hereby, the truth and solidity thereof not depending upon
this Event. Besides, let it be consider'd, that it would be the extremest Severity,
the highest Rigour imaginable, to condemn the useful labours of Worthy men for
some one misapprehension in a particular of little or no importance to the whole. And
what one Author, ancient or modern, (though never so highly meriting) what
Book (though never so carefully and exactly written) could possibly scape at such a
a rate of judging as this? But to speak yet more closely to the present Exception;
Though<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> here was a mistake in applying the <hi>Fourth Viol</hi> to that Northern King, yet
that mistake in the particular is no real prejudice to the general and main scope of his
Interpretation of that part (much less of the other parts) of the Vision: And, con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sidering
the abstruseness of the matter, it may be held very laudable not <hi>toto coelo er<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rare</hi>
in the explication of some part of a Vision, especially when other Learned men are
deprehended to do so, not only in some one whole Vision, but in a manner universally
in the whole <hi>Apocalyps;</hi> and that not only in those <hi>Visions</hi> which relate to things un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fulfill'd
and <hi>future</hi> Events, (about which if a careful Interpreter be at a loss some<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>times
and chance to misconjecture, it is more pardonable) but in such <hi>Visions</hi> and <hi>Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phecies</hi>
as are already fulfill'd, wherein to mistake is the less excusable, because <hi>Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phecies</hi>
are suppos'd to clear up when accomplish'd, according to that of <hi>Irenaeus,</hi>
(which is sometimes quoted to an ill purpose, <hi>viz.</hi> to damp all modest Enquiries into
Prophetical Scriptures) <hi>Cùm evenit quod propheratum est, tunc Prophetiae liquidam ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bent
&amp; certam expositionem.</hi> And here (if it were not an over-tedio<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap> Digression)
it would be no hard task to bring in a large Catalogue of gross Parachronisms, mani<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fest
misapplications and mistakes of another nature than this single one they urge
against our Author; and these not a few, nor thinly scatter'd in their Comments, but
to be met with in every page. The reason of which Misfortune (in which the Inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preters
that go the new way are as much concern'd as any) is plainly this, Their want
of attending to that only safe Rule and Ground-work of Interpretation, the <hi>Apoca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lyptical Synchronisms;</hi>
the usefulness and necessity of attending to which is fully made
out by Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> (to omit other places) in his Corollary at the end of his <hi>Clavis Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>calyptica:</hi>
Without this <hi>Clue</hi> Interpreters will miserably lose themselves in this Sacred
Labyrinth; without this <hi>Card</hi> to guide them in this Mystical Sea, they must needs,
like distressed Mariners,<note n="*" place="margin">Psal. 107.</note> 
                     <hi>reel to and fro, and</hi> often <hi>be at their wit's end.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Lastly, Let it be considered that this short passage, concerning the Application
of the <hi>Fourth Vial,</hi> excepted against is not any part of the Author's large and more
<pb n="IX" facs="tcp:63175:28"/>
throughly-concocted Commentary upon the <hi>Apocalyps;</hi> for that ends with Chap. XIV.
And as for the following Chapters, what he has briefly observed upon some passages
therein, (as in Chap. XVI. which treats of the <hi>Vials</hi>) he calls only <hi>Specimina,</hi> his
<hi>Essays,</hi> and First adventures; intending (if he had health and free leisure) to go
over them again, and then to perfect his thoughts, and as fully to enlarge himself
upon them as he had done upon the foregoing Chapters. This he expresly adver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tises
the Reader of at the end of his Commentary upon Chap. XIV; in the mean
while commending these <hi>Specimina</hi> (which at the sollicitation of some Friends he per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mitted
to go along with his Commentary) to the Reader's Candour and Benignity;
persuading himself (as the best natures at least apt to suspect any unkindness) that
what he thus offer'd with his right hand, others would not take with their left.</p>
                  <p>This is enough to wash away the supposed stain of this Exception, and perhaps
more than was needful, but that some, devoid of <hi>Charity:</hi> and therefore but<note n="*" place="margin">1 Cor. 13.</note> 
                     <hi>tink<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ling
Cymbals,</hi> made such a noise about it, such as childishly affect <hi>excitare fluctus in
simpulo,</hi> and love to make <hi>ex musca elephantem, ex festuca trabem;</hi> in the mean while
(through fond self-love and partiality) not minding the more than motes, the great
beams in their own eyes, or in the eyes of those whose persons they have in admira<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion.
But to such our Saviour's Counsel is not unseasonable, <hi>Why beholdest thou the
mote that is in thy brother's eye, but considerest not the beam that is in thine own eye?
Thou hypocrite, first cast out the beam out of thine own eye.</hi>
                  </p>
               </item>
               <item>
                  <p>21. Proceed we now (<hi>cum bon<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> Deo</hi>) to the Vindication of our Author from the
other Exception, which in short is this, That he may seem to have afforded too
much countenance to the Opinion of the <hi>Chiliasts.</hi> This Exception (though not the
former) is taken notice of by that Reverend person, who was familiarly acquainted
with Mr. <hi>Mede,</hi> and wrote that short <hi>View of his Life,</hi> published at the end of his
<hi>Epistles.</hi> And the Sum of the Answer he there returns to this Exception is this, That
what Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> did herein cannot be justly counted any blemish to his name and ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nour:
For grant that Opinion were an Error, yet (saith he) it hath very much to
plead its toleration and their pardon that hold it. Whatever it be, it past for a
precious Truth, even in the purest and most untainted Ages of the Church, (those
next the Apostles) for the space of above 300. years, and had the suffrages of the
most eminent Doctors that lived in those times. [viz. <hi>Iustin Martyr,</hi> (who lived
within 30 years of S. <hi>Iohn's</hi> death) <hi>Irenaeus,</hi> (who was brought up at the feet of
<hi>Polycarpus</hi> who was S. <hi>Iohn's</hi> Disciple;) they both lived and conversed with the A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>postles
immediate Disciples: as also <hi>Tertullian,</hi> (the most ancient of the <hi>Latin</hi> Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thers
now extant) <hi>Cyprian</hi> Bishop of <hi>Carthage</hi> and <hi>Lactantius:</hi> besides several o<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thers,
of whose Writings we have only some small Fragments; all these within 300.
years after Christ.] Nor was it ever discountenanced, till the Church (recovering
breath from her Persecutions) began perhaps a little too much to prize her peace,
and (disvaluing her expectations) to set up her rest in her enjoyed tranquillity. And
certainly (not to argue its verisimilitude from the consonancy it seems to have
with the many glorious<note n="*" place="margin">See <hi>Dan.</hi> 
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. 44. &amp; ch. 7. 14. <hi>Esay</hi> 6<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>, 17. &amp; ch. 66. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>2. with many o<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther plac<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>s in that Prophecy.</note> Prophecies of Christ's Kingdom in the Old Testament,
which otherwise find many cold interpretations among Expositors) a man can hardly,
without admitting it, make good sense of those places in the 20 and 21 Chapters of
the <hi>Revelation,</hi> which tell us of a<note n="*" place="margin">See Mr. <hi>Medes</hi> 
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> Let<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter to Dr. <hi>Med<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dus,</hi> p. 77<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> 
                     <hi>First and Second Resurrection,</hi> and of a <hi>Ierusa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lem
descending out of Heaven from God:</hi> Which last (I have often heard our Author
say) seemed to him extremely harsh to expound of the State of Bliss in Heaven; and
to make [<hi>descending out of Heaven</hi>] to signify [<hi>ascending up thither</hi>] was more ab<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>surd
than that of the Canonist, who expounded [<hi>Constituimus</hi>] by [<hi>Abrogamus:</hi>]
So that he was compelled by that and many other places, against his inclination, to
allow so much of <hi>Chiliasm</hi> as might make sense of those <hi>Prophecies;</hi> yet alway keeping
himself from falling into those dotages which some of that opinion fansied, or at least
were charged with;<note n="*" place="margin">See his <hi>Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mains,</hi> p. 603. where he would have us <hi>wary and careful, that we admit nothing into our imagina<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions which may cross or impeach any Catholick T<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>net of the Christian Faith.</hi>
                     </note> neither denying any necessary Catholick Verity, nor admitting
any thing inconsistent with the analogy of Faith; and<note n="‖" place="margin">See his <hi>Preface</hi> before his Commentary, p. 435, and what he adds at the end of
his <hi>Specimen d<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> mille annis Tubae Septimae,</hi> p. 532.</note> submitting his Opinion to the
judgment of the Church. And within these limits, I never yet learned why he or any
other learned man may not have the liberty of his own sense, or in such Problematical
points should incur any censure for dissenting from others.</p>
                  <p>Thus far that Reverend person now deceased, the Author's ancient Friend in the
<hi>View of his Life.</hi>
                  </p>
               </item>
               <item>
                  <pb n="X" facs="tcp:63175:29"/>
                  <p>22. In pursuance of which Argument (to which we hold our selves obliged both
from the great zeal we have for the honour of the Author's Memory, and from an
honest ambition to endeavour the removing of any the least dissatisfaction which
may lodge perhaps in the breasts of some even ingenuous and well-temper'd persons;
that so none may be offended in him) it may not be unnecessary to superadd (as a
<hi>Mantissa</hi>) these few particulars.</p>
                  <p>First, That the Author had not the least fond inclination to this or any other Hy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pothesis,
as those have that affect to be talk'd of for some new or uncommon Theory:
(his humble Soul was far from any such design of Vain-glory.) Nay when he first
applyed himself to the study of the <hi>Apocalyps,</hi> he came (as he told a Friend of his)
with a mind rather possest against it; and (being desirous to differ as little as might
be from the sense of others (he tried all ways imaginable to place the <hi>Millennium</hi> else<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>where,
and, if it were possible, to begin the 1000 years at the Reign of <hi>Constantine,</hi>
(for whom he had a great veneration;) which was the commonly-received opinion
of those that wrote before him or after him, as <hi>Brightman, Grotius</hi> and others. But
after all his striving he was<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>See also his Epistle to</hi> Lud. de Dieu, (<hi>pag.</hi> 571.) In quam sententia<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap> de Mille<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nario <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>e nu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>â animi levita<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>te aut studio prae<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>stero d<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>
                        <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>apsum credas velim; sed postquam alia omnia frus<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>rà ten<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>âssem, tandem rei ipsius claritudine perstrictum Pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>radoxo succubuiss<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> forced (as he ingeniously confess'd) to
yield to the light and evidence of this Hypothesis in a sober and qualified
sense. He was forced to it by the unresistible Law of <hi>Synchronisms;</hi> accord<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
to which the <hi>Millennium</hi> could not possibly be placed otherwhere
than it is by him; which he nothing doubted but he had demonstrated in
his <hi>Clavis,</hi> Part. 2. Synchron. 4. and 5. Concerning which performance
we shall only say to the Reader, as the Author himself us'd to do, (and it
was a great word with him, whenever he brought forth any unordinary and
important Notion) <hi>Expende,</hi> (he would say, or else) <hi>Consider</hi> it. And here it is
not unworthy to be remembred, that the late learned Arch-deacon of <hi>Surry,</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">See his <hi>Apol<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>
                           <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gy,</hi> edit. 3. p. 451.</note> Dr.
<hi>Hakewell,</hi> gives this fair testimony of Mr. <hi>Mede,</hi> that in his <hi>Clavis</hi> he hath <hi>shew'd him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>self
an able man,</hi> and particularly that this part of his <hi>Synchronisms is a very exact
piece, and such as gives a marvellous great light to the Prophecies of that Book.</hi> Besides,
this would farther forbid him to make the <hi>Millennium:</hi> of <hi>Satan's being bound</hi> and
restrain'd from <hi>deceiving the world</hi> to begin at <hi>Constantine,</hi> namely, That the great
deceiving of the world by <hi>Mahometism</hi> (a most vile and yet prevailing Imposture)
began before less than half of the <hi>Millennium</hi> from <hi>Constantine</hi> was run out, and
strangely prosper'd in the world for the space of 600 years within that <hi>Millennium:</hi>
and not this only, but Antichristian Idolatry and the greatest Cruelty imaginable
against the faithful Servants of Christ fell out within the same <hi>Millennium;</hi> where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>in
the Devil was so far from being chain'd and shut up, that he never deceived the
world more grossly, nor raged more furiously, and consequently was never more
loose and at liberty to do mischief.</p>
                  <p>Secondly, Our Author was not fondly desirous to proclaim this or any other pe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>culiar
Sentiment of his before others, as one that was eagerly sollicitous to get Disci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ples
or make Proselytes to his Persuasion. No man did ever dictate less than he, or
propounded his Iudgment, with the Reasons thereof, with more modesty and sub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mission:
none was more averse from the humour of masterly imposing an Opinion upon
others: none with less impatience and more civility could bear anothers dis<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ent.
It was his own expression, <hi>There are few men living who are less troubled to see others
differ in opinion from them than I am. If any man can patiently suffer me to differ
from him, it nothing affects me how much or how little they differ from me.</hi> In short, He
was not big with a Paradox, and in pain to be delivered of it, as some are when they
have discover'd (as they think) some rare and unvulgar Notion; (which temper in them
is a certain sign of a Weak mind foolishly over-pleas'd with its own conceptions:) Nay
he was so far from proclaiming this or any other new Opinion, that when he was in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vited
by others to speak of it, (for he chose rather to be led into such discourse than
over-forwardly to begin it of himself) he would speak but sparingly and in gene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ral,
especially before such who for want of age and experience were less prepared for
such Speculations; and therefore when such proceeded to enquire more particu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>larly
concerning his thoughts herein, his way was not to declare himself <hi>magisterially,</hi>
but having quoted such or such a Text of Scripture) <hi>modestly</hi> to express himself thus,
<hi>What if it should be so understood? Why may it not be thus?</hi> And when he was urged by
Friends to add at the end of his <hi>Commentary upon the Apocalyps</hi> some Notions of his
upon the following Chapters, (that the whole might be the more complete,) he only
publish'd a short <hi>Specimen</hi> or Essay about this <hi>Hypothesis,</hi> together with some short
<note n="*" place="margin">See this Te<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stimony illu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>strated and vin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dicated from a corrupt read<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing, p. 533.</note> Notes upon a passage in <hi>Iustin Martyr,</hi> purporting that it was <hi>the General opinion
<pb n="XI" facs="tcp:63175:29"/>
of all Orthodox Christians</hi> in the Age immediately following the Apostles, and that
none were known to deny it then but Hereticks which denyed the Resurrection.
Let the whole <hi>Specimen</hi> be carefully perused by any unpassionate and judicious per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>son,
and it will approve it self to be a great Instance of the Author's both Modesty
and Prudence as to the way of communicating his particular thoughts concerning the
Millennial mystery. And accordingly the Reverend Dr. <hi>Charles Potter,</hi> sometime
Provost of <hi>Queen's</hi> College in <hi>Oxford,</hi> a person of a very discerning and candid
spirit, (in a Letter to his worthy friend Mr. <hi>Mason</hi>) gave this fair account of
Mr. <hi>Mede's</hi> proceeding in this abstruse Argument, <hi>That, whereas others are confident,
he does but modestly conjecture,</hi> (viz. <hi>in his</hi> Specimen de Mille annis) <hi>and that upon
other and better grounds than their dreaming heads ever thought of.</hi> Whereas others would
sally out into curious and minute descriptions of the <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, and venture
to speak as particularly of the Quality of that State as <hi>Dionysius</hi> the <hi>Areopagite</hi> (so
called) does of the <hi>Angelical</hi> Hierarchy, <hi>intruding into those things which they have
not seen;</hi> our Author on the contrary kept himself to Generals, industriously ab<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>staining
from expressing himself <hi>de modo</hi> or concerning the particularities of the state
of Christ's Kingdom, and was far from being definitive in the least as to any circum<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stantial
account thereof. This was his pious Prudence: He contented himself
with that more General account the H. Scripture gives of this <hi>Millennium,</hi> and in his
explication of it he kept within the compass of that <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <hi>Form of Ecclesiasti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cal
Doctrine</hi> set forth by the First <hi>Nicene</hi> Council, not swerving one jot therefrom, as
he somewhere professeth in his<note n="*" place="margin">See Epistle LII pag. 813.</note> 
                     <hi>Epistles.</hi> Yea so cautious and careful was he not to
determine positively where the Scripture was not express, that he confessed he durst
not so much as imagine that Christ's presence in this Kingdom should be a <hi>Visible con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verse</hi>
upon Earth. He was also well aware that some both of elder and of later times
(degenerating from the Piety of the most ancient and purest Ages of the Church, and
swerving from that Primitive sober sense and harmless Notion of the <hi>Millennium</hi> which
the Christian Church generally entertain'd in the days of <hi>Iustin Martyr</hi>) had shame<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fully
disfigur'd and deformed it with several erroneous conceits and idle fancies of
their own. But herein our Author's name and reputation is not concern'd; he had
nothing to do with the <hi>wood, hay and stubble,</hi> which some foolish builders had
built upon the old foundation, nor with those unseemly <hi>assumenta</hi> and disgrace<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ful
opinions which some (that were miserable bunglers at the Interpretation of Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phecies)
had fastned upon the ancient <hi>Hypothesis:</hi> He disavow'd with as much zeal as
any one the extravagancies of such men; and yet he would not in a rash heat wholly
reject an ancient Tenet for having some Error annex'd to it, for so he might some<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>time
cast away a Truth; as he that throws away what he finds because it is dirty,
(it was his own comparison) may perchance cast away a Iewel or a piece of Gold
or Silver.</p>
                  <p>Thirdly and lastly, (to conclude this argument) His Notion of the Millennial
State was both <hi>Pure</hi> and <hi>Peaceable,</hi> and therefore not unworthy of a fair constructi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on.
<hi>Pure</hi> and clean it was, altogether free from the least suspicion of Luxury and
Sensuality. It was his<note n="*" place="margin">See his <hi>Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mains,</hi> p. 6<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> express Caution, <hi>to beware of gross and carnal conceits of an</hi>
Epicurean <hi>happiness misbeseeming the Spiritual purity of Saints. If we conceit</hi> (saith he)
<hi>any</hi> Deliciae, <hi>let them be</hi> Spirituales, <hi>which S.</hi> Austin <hi>confesseth to be</hi> Opinio tolerabi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lis,
(<hi>lib.</hi> 20. <hi>De Civit. Dei.</hi>) And therefore he was justly offended with <hi>Hierom.</hi>
who (being, according to his wont, a very unequal relator of the opinion of his
Adver<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>aries) imputed to the most ancient Fathers of the Church such an Unspiritual
notion as this, That the Felicity of this State was <hi>Beatitudo ventri &amp; gutturi Iudaico
serviens;</hi> and in several parts of his Writings, he has clearly detected the unfaithful<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness
and falshood of <hi>Hierom</hi> in loading those Holy Souls with the charge of <hi>Iu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>daism</hi>
and <hi>Epicurism;</hi> as foul and undeserved an aspersion as could be imagined. And
verily such a <hi>Sensual</hi> State is so contrary to the character of the <hi>Kingdom of Christ</hi>
and the true importance of what is meant by <hi>Reigning with Christ,</hi> that it is no other
in reality than the Kingdom of the Devil and a Reigning with him. He well remem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bred
that the proper Character of the <hi>New Heavens and the New Earth</hi> (that is, of
the World renewed) is thus described in<note n="*" place="margin">2 Ep. c. 3.</note> S. <hi>Peter's</hi> Prophecy—<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>Wherein dwelleth Righteousness.</hi> A greater increase of <hi>Piety</hi> and <hi>Peace</hi>
than has yet been in the world, is that which makes up the Primary notion of Felici<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty
of the <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <hi>World to come.</hi> And what hearty Christian does not
most affectionately desire that <hi>Righteousness</hi> and <hi>true Holiness, Peace on earth</hi> and <hi>Good
will towards men</hi> may spread and obtain more universally in the world? These
<pb n="XII" facs="tcp:63175:30"/>
things would as naturally make the world Happy, as the abounding of Iniquity with
the decays of Charity in any age makes the world Miserable.</p>
                  <p>Nor was his Notion lets <hi>Peaceable</hi> and <hi>Pure,</hi> as may partly appear by what hath
been already observed. He was a true Son of Peace, and lived a life of Obedience
to the Laws of the Realm, and of Conformity to the Discipline of the Church:
He<note n="*" place="margin">P<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                           <desc>•••</desc>
                        </gap>. 24.</note> 
                     <hi>feared</hi> both <hi>the Lord and the King, and medled not with them that were given to
change.</hi> And his Writings bare the Impress and Character of his Peaceable Spirit and
Life; for, not one clause, not a syllable, not <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, that naturally tends
to blow men up into such furious heats as threaten publick Disquietnesses and Em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bro<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>lments,
is to be found therein, as neither in the Writings of <hi>Iustin Martyr, Ire<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>naeus,
Cyprian</hi> and others of utmost Antiquity, whose Doctrine touching this Point,
as also their Practices, were far from any shew of Unpeaceableness, far from pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>voking
to any thing but Love and Good works. As our Author himself was a
man <hi>of a cool Spirit,</hi> (<note n="*" place="margin">Prov. 17.</note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>) so likewise is his Notion and representation of the
<hi>Millennium</hi> cool and calm and moderate, not ministring to Faction and Sedition,
to Tumults and subversion of all Degrees and Orders of Superiority in the publick.
And assuredly the Happiness of the Millennial State shall take place in the world
without that Disorder and Confusion which some men have extravagantly imagined,
men of unhallowed minds and consciences, who, judging of things according to the
lusts of ambition and love of the world reigning in them, have deprav'd and stain'd
this Primitive Tenet, the ancient, sober and innocent notion of the Kingdom of
Christ, as likewise every other Mystery, with not a few carnal conceits and intolera<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ble
fancies of their own: And thus<note n="*" place="margin">Titus 1.</note> 
                     <hi>unto them that are defiled is nothign pure.</hi> Nor
shall those<note n="a" place="margin">Acts 3. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>. <hi>Times of cool refreshing.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>Tempora refrigerii</hi> ever be brought in by hot fanatick Zelots, <hi>men set on
fire,</hi> (in the Psalmist's phrase) and ready also to <hi>set on fire the Course of Nature,</hi> (as
S. <hi>Iames</hi> speaks) such as are skilful only to destroy and overturn;<note n="b" place="margin">Isai. 59.</note> 
                     <hi>Destruction and
Wasting are in their ways,</hi> (they are good at making the World a miserable, uncom<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fortable
and unhabitable place) but <hi>the way of Peace they have not known,</hi> (as for
Peace and Charity, they have no right sentiments thereof, and know not what be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>longs
to them.) And therefore the Temper and Frame of their spirit being perfectly
contrary to the Temper and Quality of those Better times, they are thereby ren<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der'd
uncapable either of furthering and<note n="*" place="margin">2 Pet. 3.—<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> hasting the Felicities of the New Hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vens
and Earth, or of enjoying them when the New <hi>Ierusalem</hi> shall be come down
from God out of Heaven, and the Tabernacle of God shall be with men. For the
primary Character of that Future State being (as was before observed) <hi>Vniversal
Righteousness and Good will, Piety and Peace,</hi> it naturally follows, That they who
are men of embitter d passions and of a destroying Spirit, altogether devoid of civility,
gentleness and moderation, kindness and benignity towards men, and altogether
unacquainted with what is lovely, decorous, venerable, praise-worthy, equitable
and just, can have <hi>no part nor lot in this matter;</hi> so gross and course a constitution of
spirit as theirs is speaks them unqualified for the Happiness of this Better State. Nor
can they ever be made meet for the World to come and the Kingdom of Christ, till
they have got the victory over their Self-love and Love of the world, over their
Pride and Envy, their Wrath and Bitterness, their enormous Affections and the Lusts
that war in their members; howsoever they may vainly conceit and fansy themselves
to be upon easier and cheaper terms <hi>Kings</hi> and <hi>Priests</hi> to God, fit and worthy to
<hi>reign</hi> with Christ, though they never <hi>suffer'd</hi> with him, nor was their <hi>old man cruci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fied
with him, that the body of Sin might be destroyed,</hi> as the Apostle speaks, <hi>Rom.</hi> 6.</p>
                  <p>And thus we have seen that our Author's Notion of the <hi>Millennium</hi> was both
<hi>Pure</hi> and <hi>Peaceable,</hi> and consequently right and genuine, (these being the two first
Properties of the <hi>Wisdom from above,</hi> in S.<note n="c" place="margin">Ch. 3. 17.</note> 
                     <hi>Iames's</hi> account:) As for any other re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>presentation
of it, which is<note n="d" place="margin">Ver. 15.</note> 
                     <hi>Earthly, Sensual, Devilish,</hi> (the three Properties of the
<hi>Wisdom<note n="e" place="margin">
                           <hi>Io. 8. 23.</hi> 
                           <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>e are from be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neath.</note> from beneath</hi>) our Author had nothing to do with it, nor with the Patrons
thereof, <hi>his Soul came not into their secret.</hi> And therefore if any ill-temper'd persons,
men of wild Principles and Practices, should abuse his name to the countenancing of
any bad purposes and selfish designs: (as <hi>Antinomians</hi> have in like manner abused the
names of some ancient Protestant Worthies to the gracing of their unwholsome Opi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nions,)
if any <hi>unlearned and unstable souls</hi> wrest S. <hi>Iohn's Apocalyps</hi> and the <hi>Propheti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cal</hi>
Scriptures; (as well as some did in S. <hi>Peter's</hi> time the <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in S. <hi>Paul's</hi> Epistles,
and do so still) they shall bear their own condemnation, they do it <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <hi>to their own destruction:</hi> But in the mean while S. <hi>Iohn,</hi> S. <hi>Paul,</hi>
the <hi>Prophetical</hi> Scriptures are holy, harmless and without fault; nor ought our Author
<pb n="XIII" facs="tcp:63175:30"/>
and those Protestant Writers to bear the blame of other mens either misapprehensions
or misdoings; but let every man bear his own burthen. It is no new thing, but is
and hath been an usual artifice of worthless men to derive some reputation to their
Opinions and Practices from the pretended authority of some worthy and excellent
Writers: and we are the less to wonder at it, since they have not spared in the same kind
to abuse the divinely-inspired Prophets and Apostles. Yet should not this (or the
like) abuse of S. <hi>Iohn's Apocalyps</hi> and other <hi>Prophecies</hi> be deem'd a sufficient ground
to disswade from the study of the <hi>Prophetical</hi> Scriptures, no more than the abuse
of some passages in S. <hi>Paul's Epistles</hi> to <hi>Antinomianism</hi> and evacuating of the Law,
should be of force to take men off from the study of S. <hi>Paul's</hi> Writings. Nay ra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
should all serious and judicious persons, out of an holy indignation against such
wrongful perverting of the Holy Oracles of God, excite and oblige themselves unto
a more studious enquiry and diligent search into the genuine meaning of those Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tures;
that thereby they may be the better enabled to detect the falshood of those
Glosses which men of corrupt minds have for their own ends put upon them, and by
discovering the true importance and scope of such Prophecies put to silence those
men of Noise and Confidence rather than of Reason and Iudgment. And certainly
this would be the happy effect of such studious diligences: For they should find that
S. <hi>Paul's Epistles</hi> afford no favourable countenance to <hi>Antinomian</hi> principles, nor do
in the least disparage the indispensable necessity of internal Righteousness and uniform
obedience to the Divine Law. It would also appear to them that S. <hi>Iohn's Apocalyps</hi>
contains nothing that may in the least encourage to disobedience and disorder; but
on the contrary represents Christian Kings and Princes (those that are Defenders of
the Holy Apostolical Faith) under a fair Character, as<note n="*" place="margin">Rev. 21. 24.</note> Friends to the Holy and
Beloved City, the New <hi>Ierusalem,</hi> but Enemies to the Whorish City, the mystical
<hi>Babylon,</hi> which they shall<note n="*" place="margin">Ch. 17. 16.</note> 
                     <hi>hate and make desolate:</hi> They shall do it; not the People
without their Princes, but Kings with the help of their Subjects; so hard a work
requiring many hands, and the concurrence of several aids.</p>
                  <p>These Three Considerations (and more such might have been added) may amount
(we hope) to a full Answer to the second <hi>Exception:</hi> And these severals being laid
together may be available (through God's blessing) to recover some from their in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ward
malady of an Uncharitable Censorious humour, and to sweeten others who
have some disgust against the Author and particularly upon the score of this <hi>Exception.</hi>
Nor was this an unnecessary Digression, (if any Digression at all) it being of so
grand importance for the vindicating of the Author, in whose Story and Character
we are now concerned, as also of those Holy and most Ancient Fathers of the Church,
and withal of their sober and harmless Notion of the <hi>Millennium,</hi> yea and for the vin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dicating
of the Holy Scriptures themselves, from all unworthy misconstruction.</p>
               </item>
               <item>23. Having thus somewhat largely (though not without good cause) evinced both
the great Exquisiteness and the no less Usefulness of Mr. <hi>Mede's</hi> Labours in that Master<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>piece
of his, his <hi>Key and Commentary</hi> upon that mysterious Book of the <hi>Apocalyps,</hi> (a
well-chosen Object for his great Understanding to exercise itself upon;) we proceed
now to observe to the Reader, That besides these, his Endeavors were happily employ'd
in other (though neither easie nor ordinary) undertakings. For his noble <hi>Genius</hi> leading
him on to encounter difficulties, he ever seem'd most delighted with those studies wherein
he might strain the sinews of his brain: And as if he accounted them but <hi>Half-scholars</hi>
that did only <hi>ex commentario sapere,</hi> and knew only so much as taken up from others they
held in memory, he was not wont to take Expositions of Scripture upon the credit of
any Author, how great or plausible soever, nor to look upon their Resolves as if they
were <hi>Hercules's</hi> Pillars with a <hi>Nè plus ultrà</hi> upon them. And therefore he used, as
occasion offer'd itself, to set upon those difficult places of Scripture which seem'd to be
of more use and concernment, and much time did he spend that way to give light to
those <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> and dark places in Holy Writ; so that scarce could the question be
propounded to him about any obscure and knotty passage therein, whereabout he had
not bestowed many serious thoughts before-hand. He was taken notice of by many for
his singular faculty in this kind, and sent too by several Learned men for his resolu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
of such Doubts; which was usually so clear, that there was no person, who loved
Truth and was not addicted to jangling, but would be satisfied with his Answers, if
not as certain and unquestionable, yet as ingenious and very probable: insomuch
that Strangers of other Universities, who had never seen him, gave him this high
Elogy, <hi>That for assoiling of Scripture-difficulties he was to be reckoned amongst the best in the
<pb n="XIV" facs="tcp:63175:31"/>
world.</hi> It is agreeable to this which the learned Mr. <hi>Alsop</hi> spake of him in his Fune<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ral
Commemoration before the University, <hi>That if he had been encouraged to write</hi> in
difficiliora loca Scripturae, <hi>and that God in mercy to the world had been pleased to lengthen
out his days, assuredly he would have out-gone any Author then extant, and probably would
have given light to some hard places of Scripture which now may remain dark and un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>assoiled
till the last Day of Iudgment.</hi>
               </item>
               <item>24. As these various Perfections and useful Accomplishments made his company
very desirable to Scholars, so the goodness of his Disposition made him equally <hi>Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>municative</hi>
and free to impart his Knowledge to those who came to him either out of
the same University or from abroad. To these he used to impart himself with that
willingness, that it seem'd questionable whether had the greater desire, they to hear,
or he to communicate his Studies to them: Which made a familiar Friend of his once
merrily to say to one that, having been partaker of his discourse, gave him thanks,
<hi>That he might spare his thanks; for that they were not so much beholding to him for deli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vering
himself to them, as he was to them for hearing him.</hi> For this great advantage
he made himself of the Civility which he shew'd to others, that by the communicati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
of his Notions to his Friends they became so fixed in his memory, that he was af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terward
able readily to deliver them in a well-form'd discourse, and was wont, as often
as he had occasion to express himself in publick, (especially in those Colledge-exerci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ses
which they call <hi>Common-places</hi>) to make use of the fore-mentioned Discourses,
which with a little labour he could put into an apt form. Some of which are those
excellent <hi>Diatribae,</hi> which with the rest of his Works are published for the common
Benefit of the Church. Which though but few in comparison of that great store
wherewith so rich a magazine was furnished, yet even in those few he hath disco<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vered
more rare pieces of recondite Learning than are to be found in some vast Vo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lumes
of many much-admired Authors.</item>
               <item>25. Concerning which <hi>Diatribae</hi> this is fit to be advertis'd, That though there are
in some of them several things of a strain that transcends the capacities of common
Readers, yet it would be a great mistake for that reason to suspect this worthy person
as guilty of <hi>Ostentation</hi> or <hi>Affectedness.</hi> For as they were <hi>Academical</hi> Exercises, and
not fitted for a vulgar Audience; so he himself was of all knowing men the greatest
Hater of that vanity. He always disapprov'd the unnecessary quotations of Authors,
and the use of Forein Languages and Terms of Art in popular Sermons; and ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pressing
his dislike of such practices, (too much in use among some, not only young
Fellows of Colledges and other young Preachers, but even those of more age and ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>perience)
would sometimes say, <hi>That they savoured of as much Inconsiderateness, as if
Shooe-makers should bring Shooes to be drawn on with their Lasts in them:</hi> judging it
a scarce pardonable folly for men going about the instruction of the ignorant, to pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pound
things in such Terms as themselves understood not till they had spent many
years at the School or University; and which, how significant soever in themselves
and to the Learned, yet were but as so many Stumbling-blocks to common Auditors,
or at the best but as Stiles, which though some might possibly leap over, yet they
interrupted the progress of their attention.</item>
               <item>
                  <p>26. Nay, to give this Excellent person his just right, he was so far from the vanity
of <hi>Ostentation,</hi> that it is hard to say whether he was more eminent for his rare Know<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ledge,
or for his singular <hi>Humility</hi> and <hi>Modesty</hi> in valuing his own Abilities; insomuch
as he could not without trouble hear of that great Opinion and Esteem which some
(deservedly enough) had conceived of his great Learning: he owning only <hi>some
diligence, freedom from prejudice and</hi> studium partium, <hi>as his best abilities;</hi> as himself hath
excellently express'd it in a<note n="*" place="margin">See Ep. 96. p. 881.</note> Letter of his to his friend Mr. <hi>Samuel Hartlib.</hi> To which
may be added, That having received some notices of the great value which some
Learned men both at home and in a forein University put upon his <hi>Apocalyptick</hi> La<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bours,
he made only this modest return to a Friend, who perhaps thought he might
highly please him with that news, <hi>That he saw no great cause for all that why he should
think much better of himself;</hi> adding withal, <hi>That he had frequently observ'd it to be
the hap of many a Book that had little or no worth in it, to find applause in the world,
when in the mean while a well-deserving Book is scarce taken notice of.</hi> So far was this
Good man from all proud self-reflections, from glorying in his wisdom and strength
of Parts, or in any performance of his own.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="XV" facs="tcp:63175:31"/>Of this rare Temper of Spirit this also may be remembred as another pregnant In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stance,
That when he was earnestly importun'd by some to write <hi>in difficiliora loca
S. Scripturae,</hi> (for which task he was incomparably furnished) he answered with
a sigh, <hi>No,</hi> and being pressed to give a reason; besides many things which he offered,
as That <hi>it required</hi> 
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>more time than he could reckon upon he had to live,</hi> and 2 <hi>more and
better Books than he had at present or could command,</hi> and 3 that <hi>such a work must be
done in an Age when mens thoughts are not imprison'd or circumscrib'd within the pale of
over-ruling parties;</hi> he added this also, 4 That <hi>it would require more Learning than he
had or was capable of.</hi>
                  </p>
               </item>
               <item>27. To omit many other Instances of his <hi>Humility,</hi> (for his life was full of them)
we shall add The little desire which he had either to <hi>Academical</hi> Honours or to great
Preferments and worldly Advantages. For the former, this may not unfitly be here
remembred, That he was studiously regardless of <hi>Academical</hi> Degrees, as being un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>willing
to make any great noise and report in the world: And, but that he was over<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>power'd
to do it by the then Master of the Colledge, he had never so far proceeded
as to have been<note n="*" place="margin">Anno <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note> 
                  <hi>Bachelour in Divinity.</hi> Thus he express'd himself to some in private.
A <hi>Master of Arts</hi> he was, and a great Master of them too before he was so call'd; but
more than so to be he affected not. An argument that that Grace was eminent in
him, wherein others most commonly are too short and defective. And for the latter,
how far he was from any ambitious and eager pursuing the advantages and great things
of this world, appear'd, as by his refusing the offer made him by his Unkle, and that
also by the then Bishop of <hi>Ely,</hi> (which we intimated before) so likewise by his mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dest
denial of the Provostship of <hi>Trinity</hi> Colledge near <hi>Dublin</hi> in <hi>Ireland,</hi> to
which he was elected upon the recommendation of another great Prelate, the L. Primate
of <hi>Armagh,</hi> and by his unwillingness the second time to accept of it, when he was in
danger to be put into that Preferment. The height of his Ambition was only to have
had some small Donative <hi>sine cura</hi> made additional to his Fellowship, or to have
been placed in some Collegiate Church or Rural Colledge: Some such place of
quiet retirement from the noise and tumults of the world, with a Competency mode<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rated
by <hi>Agur's</hi> wish, (<hi>Neither Poverty, nor Riches</hi>) was the top and utmost of his
desires. And yet when he spake thus, he would add, not that he should be restless
or discontented till he could obtain some such thing, but to shew what kind of life he
did affect, and in how low an Orb of this world's Preferments he would have been
content to be placed. This sense of his mind is clearly express'd by himself in a
Letter of his to a worthy Friend, (written upon occasion of certain ungrounded con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jectures
made by some upon his being by the then Archbishop of <hi>Canterbury</hi> admitted
into the number of his Chaplains) in which he affirms <hi>That he had lived, till the best
of his time was spent,</hi> in tranquillitate &amp; secessu; <hi>and now that there is but a little left,
should I</hi> (saith he) <hi>be so unwise (suppose there were nothing else) as to enter now into a
tumultuous life, where I should not have time to think my own thoughts, and must of ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cessity
displease others or my self? Those who think so, know not my disposition in this
kind to be as averse as some perhaps would be ambitious.</hi>
               </item>
               <item>28. This inward sense of his Soul (which was also his most deliberate choice)
did not arise from any sad melancholy or sour discontent upon some great disappoint<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment,
(for he that had no great Ambitions could have no great Disappointments;)
nor did it spring out of a fond and over-dear affection to Privacy, or from an unfit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness
for business and converse with the world, (the property of some who are styl'd
<hi>Mere Scholars;</hi>) for his Collegues, and others who had the happiness to be acquaint<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
with him, knew him to be a person of singular Prudence and admirable abilities
both for giving pertinent directions and advice in any important case, as a Friend,
and for the managing of Colledge-affairs, as Fellow, and for discharge of his particu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lar
Trust, as Tutor. He was wont indeed to call his Study <hi>his Cell;</hi> but not as if he
meant (according to the lazy and useless <hi>Monastick</hi> way of life) to immure and
shut up himself there from converse with others. He was far from affecting such an
unprofitable, unactive Solitude: for none was more free and open for Converse,
especially with ingenuous and inquiring Scholars. Let who would repair to him,
provided they were not captious and impertinent, he would give them their fill of
discourse, and enlarge to ample satisfaction; yea he would farther take the pains, if
so much were desired, to give his full mind in writing; even himself would do it
without the help of an <hi>Amanuensis.</hi>
               </item>
               <item>
                  <pb n="XVI" facs="tcp:63175:32"/>29. There is one thing more to this purpose which here offers it self to be consi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dered,
That though our Author loved a retired studious life, yet his Thoughts were
not shut up within his <hi>Cell;</hi> but <hi>his Soul covered the whole Earth,</hi> (to borrow that
expression of<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 47. 17.</note> 
                  <hi>Siracides</hi> concerning <hi>Solomon</hi>) his Heart was as large and wide as the
Universe. He so lived and was affected as became a Citizen of the World: More
especially, as became a Christian and a member of the Church Catholick, his Thoughts
and Cares were particularly concern'd in the affairs of Christendom. And accordingly
for the gaining of forein Intelligence (besides his Letters from some knowing Friends
with whom he kept correspondence) he was not unwilling to expend yearly
something out of his small Incomes, and when he sent it to such as were at charge
to furnish him (weekly for the most part) with Intelligence, he us'd in his Letters
to them to call it <hi>His Tribute,</hi> (that was his word, implying his ingenuity and
withal his respect; not <hi>Wages,</hi> or any the like word of a mercenary or servile sig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nification:)
and to one of them he was pleas'd once pleasantly to say, <hi>I am neither
Dean nor Bishop; but thus much I am willing to set apart to know how the World goes;</hi> ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ding
that if it were with him as it is with some (whose Incomes were greater, and
who wanted neither Riches nor Honour, but a good Heart and the power to do good
with them in the world) he should do a great deal more than that he did; as number<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
the affairs of Christendom amongst his best concernments, and the gaining a more
particular acquaintance therewith (by helping to maintain correspondencies amongst
Learned and wise men in distant Countries) amongst the best uses he could make
of that estate which God had given him. Herein he also verified that of the
<note n="*" place="margin">Psal. 111.</note> Psalmist, <hi>The works of the Lord are Great, sought out of all them that have pleasure
therein.</hi>
               </item>
               <item>
                  <p>30. But yet more particularly he had a very pious solicitude for the affairs of the
<hi>Protestant Reformed</hi> Churches, being heartily desirous that the Design then on foot for
procuring Peace amongst Protestants might take effect: And therefore he could not
but greatly wonder to see so little life and affection toward this negotiation for Peace
in too many of the Protestant profession, yea even in some who would seem best af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fected
to the forein Churches; these (he observ'd) would profess a desire that such
a Pacification could be accomplish'd, but yet with a kind of heaviness and deadness,
as he thought, who in the mean time was not so coldly and indifferently affected, it
being his <hi>heart's desire and prayer to God</hi> that all Protestants would <hi>follow after the
things which make for peace, and things wherewith each might edifie the other:</hi> then would
not those who were come out of <hi>Babylon</hi> be so unwise and desperate, as manifestly to
weaken the Protestant Interest by their fierce animosities and violent contests about
some Doctrines neither Fundamental nor Necessary to Salvation, and consequently
expose themselves as a prey to the common Enemy that <hi>breaths out</hi> nothing but <hi>threat<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nings
and slaughter</hi> against the true Worshippers, the faithful Servants of Christ,
and would triumphantly rejoyce to see their memorial cut off from the earth, that
the Name of <hi>Protestants</hi> may be no more in remembrance.</p>
                  <p>This <hi>truly Heroick</hi> Design for Peace (that was the Epithet our Author gave it)
he foresaw would prove <hi>Difficult;</hi> but yet he judged it <hi>Fecible,</hi> and the enterprise was
the more <hi>Heroick,</hi> because accompanied with Difficulties. That which made it
<hi>Difficult</hi> was (as he well observ'd) Prejudice and <hi>Studium partium,</hi> and a fond
esteem of some Opinions peculiar to each side, or contended for by some of note a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mongst
them, who <hi>having once drawn bloud in such Controversies,</hi> (that was his apt
expression, whereby he meant their having publickly engaged and declar'd themselves
therein) were therefore the more averse from hearkening to any Overtures of Peace
as fearing some beloved <hi>Dogmata</hi> (and consequently their Reputation) should there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>by
receive no little prejudice. But that this <hi>Pacifick</hi> design was <hi>Fecible</hi> he nothing
doubted; and that it might the better attain an happy issue, he thought in general this
was the most compendious and effectual way, <hi>viz.</hi> That neither side should be roughly,
press'd or urged to relinquish presently their Opinions of difference, but rather all
fair and calm endeavours should first be us'd to perswade both parties That the diffe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rence
betwixt them is not in <hi>Fundamentals,</hi> but that they both agree in so much as is <hi>ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cessary
to Salvation;</hi> and therefore That their differing in other matters of lesser import
should not so far prevail to the either causing or continuing any uncharitable Disunions,
as their agreeing in other Points, such as are <hi>Fundamental</hi> and <hi>Necessary to Salvation,</hi>
should oblige and perswade them to Charity and mutual Forbearance, and the owning
<pb n="XVII" facs="tcp:63175:32"/>
each other as Brethren and members of the same Body, whereof Christ is the Head.
And by this means when their Affections were once put into a better temper, and the
acrimony of their spirits was hereby corrected, they would certainly be in a better
disposition to judge of the points of difference between them. Besides, he did not
judge it necessary for the procuring and establishing this desirable Union between
both parties, that there should be a full Decision of all Controversies in every minute
particular thereof; but rather that both of them should <hi>abate</hi> of that vast distance
which their eager contentions had made, not widening the breach, not enlarging,
but lessening their differences as much as might be by their candid constructions, fair
concessions and condescensions to each other. For except each partie would <hi>abate,</hi>
and cease to maintain stifly their supposed advantage against the other entire, it would
be as impossible to attain this Union, as for a <hi>Ioyner to set two pieces of timber together,
without paring something from either:</hi> it was the Author's fit comparison.</p>
                  <p>This in general was the <hi>way of Peace</hi> which he chalked out for those whom the
Love of Christ should constrain heartily to seek and pursue the Peace of the Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>formed
Religion, the happy uniting of divided Protestants. But as for the more
particular methods for carrying on this <hi>Pacifick</hi> design, they are at large discours'd
of by three Reverend Prelates of our Church, Bishop <hi>Morton,</hi> Bishop <hi>Hall,</hi> and Bishop
<hi>Davenant,</hi> and by the last especially, who besides his Tract <hi>De Pace inter Evangelicos
procuranda,</hi> wrote another intituled <hi>Adfraternam Communionem inter Evangelicos Eccle<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sias
Adhortatio.</hi> Nor was our Author <hi>asymbolus</hi> and altogether silent: for though at
first he declin'd upon some prudential considerations to express himself otherwise than
in general upon this argument, yet after that his Superiors had declar'd themselves, he
was pleas'd also to communicate his particular Instructions about this affair; as ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pears
by several Epistles of his written to Mr. <hi>H.</hi> and Mr. <hi>D.</hi> heretofore<note n="*" place="margin">In this Editi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on these (be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sides some o<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thers) are pub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lished with some Enlarge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments out of the Original <hi>MSS.</hi>
                     </note> published,
wherein the judicious Reader may observe his great <hi>Prudence</hi> and equal <hi>Moderation,</hi>
and that he was<note n="‖" place="margin">1 Pet. 5.</note> 
                     <hi>clothed as with Humility</hi> (of which we have given several pregnant
Instances) so likewise<note n="*" place="margin">1 Pet. 3.</note> 
                     <hi>with a meek and quiet spirit,</hi> a disposition of near alliance to
that of <hi>Humility,</hi> and an <hi>Ornament of as great price and value in the sight of God,</hi> as
the outward bravery of Iewels, gay attire and curious dressings is highly (but unde<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>servedly)
valued and admired in the eyes of men.</p>
               </item>
               <item>
                  <p>31. But it is not fit we should so easily go off from what we last intimated, it fairly
leading us to offer unto the Reader's observation that which added no small lustre
to our Author's Character, we mean <hi>His prudent Moderation in the either Declaration or
Defence of his private Opinions.</hi> He was never forward in any company to catch at
hints of discourse, or to take any other occasion to reveal his particular judgment:
So far was he from the Temper of those men who, being puffed up (it may be) with
a small knowledge, account it nothing to know, unless others know that they do, who
must talk or burst; not so much for benefit to others, as to disperse and publish their
own praise. He knew there was<note n="*" place="margin">Eccles. 3.</note> 
                     <hi>a time to speak, and a time to keep silence;</hi> and he
knew how to do both with as much ease as any man living. <hi>There is that keepeth si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lence,</hi> (saith <hi>Siracides,</hi> Chap. 20.) <hi>knowing his time:</hi> so did he. It was a frequent
Proverbial speech of our Authors, <hi>He that cannot hold his tongue can hold nothing;</hi> and
he practis'd accordingly. Not that he was a niggard of his Notions, or backward to
impart to others what himself knew, (for he was most communicative both of his
Notes and Notions;) but he prudently consider'd the Character of the Persons
then in presence and the Temper of the Times; nor did he neglect to follow that other
Maxime of the Son of<note n="‖" place="margin">Chap. 32.</note> 
                     <hi>Sirach</hi> in a more improved sense, <hi>Shew not forth wisdom
out of time.</hi> He was always more modest and sober than to prostitute his Thoughts
to unworthy persons; which were <hi>to cast pearls before swine:</hi> But if any were seri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ously
desirous to be informed, and did seem out of no ill design to ask his opi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nion,
especially if it were <hi>in re nova &amp; paradoxa,</hi> to such he was not unwilling
to communicate his inward Sentiments privately <hi>&amp; sine arbitris.</hi> (So the wisest and
best Philosophers had their <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, their <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, which
were not publickly and promiscuously imparted to all (as were their <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
or their <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>) but to those only who were <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and prepared for such
mysteries. Yea our Blessed Saviour himself did speak some things to his Disciples
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, and taught them as they were able <hi>to bear.</hi>) Otherwise our Author was
well content and satisfied without even these private communications,<note place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>uk. 15. Ioh. 16.</note> not caring
to impart any of his peculiar Notions, but (as he would say) <hi>where he found some ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>petite;</hi>
nor would he <hi>offer</hi> them and <hi>try whether they had a stomach,</hi> but they themselves
<pb n="XVIII" facs="tcp:63175:33"/>
must discover it; much less would he go about (as he said) to <hi>cram</hi> them. So far
was he from being obtrusive unto any, that even some of familiar acquaintance with
him (he profess'd) knew as little of his Notions as any Stranger whatsoever.</p>
                  <p>Nor did his Modesty and Good Temper less appear in <hi>the Defence of his private
Opinions:</hi> For he would not be offended with others who were not of his mind,
not eagerly contend with those who differ'd from him; having resolved never to
abandon <hi>Love</hi> in his prosecution of <hi>Truth. I never found my self prone to change my
hearty affections to any one for mere difference in Opinion,</hi> was a worthy return of his to
one who had opposed him with more heat than needed. And therefore only as occasi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
required, having fairly propounded his Iudgment and the Reasons of it, he inge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nuously
left every man to judge for himself, without expressing the least ambitious
zeal to win others to his Opinion. To this purpose he express'd himself to a tena<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cious
piece he had once to do with, one that would be always replying, having found
out some shift or other that must go for an Answer; <hi>It is sufficient</hi> (said he) <hi>for a
man to propound his Opinion with the strongest evidence and arguments he can, and so
leave it: Truth will be justified of her children.</hi> He observed also that in most points
of Controversie mens passions are vehemently engaged, and the Disputants generally
argue according to their Interests: and therefore when he saw men impetuous in the
assertion of their Opinions, and peremptory in the rejection of other mens Iudg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments,
he commonly answer'd such only with silence; not caring to entertain dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>course
with them who, in stead of a sober and modest Enquiry into Truth, were ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dicted
to a disingenuous humour of <hi>Disputacity;</hi> that was his term, which in his
sense signified <hi>To be always resolved for the last word,</hi> (which is the troublesome temper
and practice of self-conceited and pertinacious wranglers) for after he discover'd any
to be such, he would give them full leave to have the <hi>last word</hi> and all, because he
would speak no more, what-ever he thought.</p>
                  <p>Nor was he less unwilling to allow them also <hi>the last word</hi> in writing. Witness
those Paper-collations between him and Mr. <hi>T. H.</hi> a great follower of that man of
more Reading than Consideration, Mr. <hi>Hugh Broughton.</hi> Indeed <hi>T. H.</hi> had a great
opinion of his own performances in this kind, and of the much good might be done
by such Conferences, and accordingly did ply Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> with one Paper after ano<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther,
who yet was wholly of another mind, and plainly told him, <hi>Of these recipro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cations
of discourse in writing, wherein you place so much benefit for the discovery of
Truth, I have often heard and seen Truth lost thereby, but seldom or never found.</hi> And for
this reason (as also because Conferences by writing were tedious and less safe, and
would take away a great deal of his time) he was averse from all such <hi>Pen-work,</hi>
(as he call'd it,) desiring him not to make any <hi>Reply,</hi> for he was resolved to answer
no more, whatsoever he should send, and he was as good as his word: for though
Mr. <hi>H.</hi> could not hold, but would needs send him another large Paper of the same
complexion with the former, yet could not this provoke him to recede from his fix'd
and well-grounded resolution against all multiplying of unnecessary and fruitless Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plies.
So true was he to that expression of his, <hi>I can with much more patience endure
to be contradicted, than be drawn to make Reply; having little or no edge to contend with
one I think setled and persuaded, unless it were in something that nearly concern'd his Sal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vation:</hi>
and withal he added, <hi>You know as much of my Opinion and my Grounds for the
same as I would desire of any mans; and I think I perfectly understand yours: Why
should then either of us spend our time any farther to no purpose?</hi>
                  </p>
               </item>
               <item>32. But not to dwell only in Generals; His <hi>Prudent moderation</hi> particularly dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cover'd
itself in an Instance of no small weight and importance: In short thus. When
that unhappy difference about the point of <hi>Praedestination</hi> and its Appendants (in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stead
of a more free, sedate and Christian-like method of debating it) was blown
to so high a flame in the <hi>Low-Countreys,</hi> and began to kindle strifes here at home, he
would often say, he wondred that men would with so great animosity contend about
those obscure Speculations, and condemn one another with such severity, consider<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
that, as the<note n="*" place="margin">Wisd. 9.</note> Wise man saith, (to whose words he would often allude) <hi>We
hardly guess aright at things that are upon Earth, and with labour do we find the things
that are before us: But the things that are in Heaven who hath searched out?</hi> But if at any
time (as it was said of<note n="‖" place="margin">Act. 15.</note> S. <hi>Paul</hi> at <hi>Athens, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>) his spirit
was stirred within him,</hi> it was when he observ'd some to contend with an unmeasureable
confidence and bitter zeal for that black Doctrine of <hi>Absolute Reprobation;</hi> upon
which occasion he could not forbear to tell some of his Friends, <hi>That it was an Opinion
<pb n="XIX" facs="tcp:63175:33"/>
he could never digest,</hi> being herein much of Dr. <hi>Iackson's</hi> mind, <hi>That generally the Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pugners
of such Tenets were men resolved in their Affections of Love and Hatred, both of
which they exercis'd constantly and violently, and according to their own Tempers made a
judgment of God and his Decrees.</hi> To the like purpose he express'd himself (about
two years before his death) in a Letter to an ancient Friend of his, formerly of the
same Colledge, <hi>It seems harsh that of those whom God hath elected</hi> ad media Salutis, <hi>and
calls by the preaching of his Gospel, any should be absolutely and peremptorily ordain'd to
damnation.</hi> And afterwards, by way of Reply to the objected authority of S. <hi>Austin</hi>
as to some part of the <hi>Predestinarian</hi> Controversie, he added, <hi>If those were Hereticks
which followed not</hi> S. Austin, <hi>the most part of the Fathers before him were in Heresie, and
a part of the Church after him. Zelots are wont to be over-liberal in such charges.</hi> Thus
would he sometimes in private reveal his judgment, but in his publick performances
he was reserved and did purposely abstaìn from medling with these matters. And ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cordingly
we have received this from some old acquaintance with him, That in those
days when the Controversies between the <hi>Remonstrants</hi> and <hi>Contra-Remonstrants</hi> made
so great a noise in the world, he was wont to bring his <hi>Common-places</hi> to an ancient
Friend and Colleague to be perused by him, with a desire that he would expunge
whatsoever did but seem to countenance the Positions of either party. To which
may be added this other Instance of his own relating in a Letter to another Friend
about four years before his death, <hi>viz.</hi> That there being great combustions and divi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sions
among the Heads of the University in preparation to the Commencement, each
party being desirous to get the advantage in the Election of the Answerers, and so to
fit the Questions to their mind, and the more <hi>Calvinian</hi> party having prevail'd upon
this occasion; <hi>I went not</hi> (saith he) <hi>to—this week (as commonly I use to do,)
for fear of being taken to be of a side.</hi> These things we have noted particularly, to shew
with how much <hi>Sweetness</hi> as well as <hi>Prudence</hi> the great Learning of this Good man was
admirably temper'd.</item>
               <item>
                  <p>33. But besides his <hi>Prudent Moderation,</hi> there was also to be observed in him, that
which by the Epigrammatist is made one main Ingredient of an Happy life, <hi>Prudens
Simplicitas,</hi> a mixture of what our Saviour Christ commends as imitable in the <hi>wise</hi>
Serpent and in the <hi>harmless</hi> Dove. He was not so Imprudent as always <hi>to utter all his
mind,</hi> (that's the property of a Fool, <hi>Prov.</hi> 29.) or before any company to reveal
what new Notion or unvulgar Truth he had discover'd: But he was always so gene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rously
Honest, so Apert and Single-hearted, as not<note n="*" place="margin">Iob 13. 7.</note> 
                     <hi>to speak wickedly for God, or talk
deceitfully for him;</hi> nor would he apply himself to any unwarrantable policies for the
promoting or commending of Truth to others. Such little crafts and undue practices
were below the Nobleness and Integrity of his spirit. To this purpose we may fitly
take occasion here to remember a serious and excellent passage of his, <hi>I cannot believe
that Truth can be prejudiced by the discovery of Truth; but I fear that the maintenance
thereof by Fallacy or Falshood may not end with a blessing.</hi> Thus did he upon occasion
express himself, with a just reflexion upon some who, pretending to Policy, did
(prudently, as they thought) advise, That for the better securing and advancing
some Doctrines, men should be born in hand that they were Fundamental, and accor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dingly
were to receive them as such. But our Author (who was a great lover of
Truth, (endeavouring to judge and speak of every thing according to the truth of the
thing) and who always valued the <hi>Iacob</hi>-like Plainness and Simplicity of spirit, a free
Openness and Singleness of heart, in any faithful Christian, as an high Perfection)
look'd upon all such Practices with the greatest disgust and abhorrence; and so will
every one <hi>who is an Israelite indeed, in whom there is no guile:</hi> And yet, though it be
a most unworthy, it has been nevertheless a too common and usual artifice among some
of the divided Churches in Christendom, to heighten Speculative Doctrines and such
as are less weighty (and sometimes doubtful and uncertain) into Fundamental Ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ticles,
especially when it is for the advantage of the party that they should be deem'd
such. But it had been infinitely better if the Moderation of the <hi>Church of England</hi> as
to <hi>Articles of Religion</hi> had been imitated in other Churches; for want whereof else<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>where
<hi>Ex Religione Arsfacta est, cui deinde consequens fuerit, ut ad exemplum eorum qui
turrim Babylonicam aedificabant, affectatio temeraria rerum sublimium dissonas locutiones
&amp; discordiam pareret;</hi> as <hi>Grotius</hi> complains upon a like occasion in his <hi>De Veritate Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lig.
Christ.</hi> l. 6.</p>
                  <p>We might also briefly observe another Instance of his <hi>Prudence,</hi> and that was as to
the choice of the fittest and most seasonable Time for communicating Truth to others.
<pb n="XX" facs="tcp:63175:34"/>
And indeed this was a point of <hi>Prudence</hi> which he would advise should be most care<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fully
consider'd, as being in his esteem <hi>half the work:</hi> otherwise some Useful Notions
might, because they were Uncommon, be rashly condemned, before they were
well considered and understood: and there are none more ready to condemn, than
the half-learned and half-witted (which are not the less numerous nor the less confi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dent)
sort of men, who stear not (as he observed) by <hi>Reason,</hi> but by another Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pass,
viz. <hi>Faction,</hi> or <hi>Interest,</hi> or <hi>Affection,</hi> &amp;c. So true is that of the Comoe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dian,
<q>
                        <l>Homine imperito nunquam quidquam injustius;</l>
                        <l>Qui, nisi quod ipse facit, nihil rectumputat;</l>
                        <p>Whereasmen of the greatest Reason, deepest Iudgment and noblest Accomplish<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments,
are also men of the greatest Civility, Candour and Ingenuity;</p>
                        <p>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>.</p>
                     </q>
                  </p>
               </item>
               <item>
                  <p>34. And now having advanced thus far in the Description of his Vertues, we may
not silently or slightly pass over his <hi>Charity,</hi> a Grace that was very eminent and con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>spicuous
in him; and so it ought to be in every Christian, it being the peculiar Badge
and Livery of Christ's Disciples, as well as their indispensable Duty and necessary
Qualification for their doing good here and their receiving a Reward hereafter. And
therefore (to allude to that in 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 13.) although our Author had great skill in
<hi>Tongues,</hi> and had the gift of<note n="*" place="margin">That by the <hi>gifts of Prophecy</hi> (in 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 13. and in other places) is meant <hi>the gift of interpreting Scripture,</hi> is clearly proved by the Learned Dr. <hi>H<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="4 letters">
                              <desc>••••</desc>
                           </gap>ond</hi> and others.</note> 
                     <hi>Prophecy,</hi> and understood <hi>Mysteries,</hi> and was also able
<hi>to remove Mountains</hi> of Difficulties, so as to make all become plain and smooth, parti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cularly
as to the understanding of hard passages in the more Mysterious and Prophe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tical
Books of H. Scripture; yet (notwithstanding all these Accomplishments) had
he not had <hi>Charity,</hi> he had been <hi>nothing better,</hi> nay he had been just <hi>nothing,</hi> (ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording
to those two observable expressions in that fore-named Chapter, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.) His <hi>Knowledge,</hi> if alone, might have been apt to <hi>puff him up;</hi>
but his <hi>Charity,</hi> which accompanied it, both disposed and enabled him to <hi>edifie</hi> and
build up others in the most holy Faith, in sound Wisdom and Understanding. His
<hi>Charity</hi> was of the right kind, and could have approved itself such to those that were
capable to judge thereof, by all those Fifteen Properties mentioned in that Chapter
as the sure Marks and proper Characters of the genuine Christian <hi>Charity.</hi> But to in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sist
upon so many particulars would be an unreasonable Excursion, and an unmerciful
usurping upon the Reader's Patience: And besides, it is not very needful, some of
those Properties having been more or less spoken to already in some foregoing Secti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons.
To pretermit therefore his most endearing Sweetness and obliging Affability in
converse with others, his absolute Inoffensiveness either in words or behaviour to<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wards
all men, his rare Communicativeness and singular Alacrity in imparting what he
knew to those who were of a soberly-inquisitive <hi>Genius,</hi> (all which were the fair
Fruits and excellent Effects of the true Christian Love) we shall select only Two more
General Instances whrein he express'd his <hi>Charity towards men,</hi> (for of that we are
speaking:) and they were, 1. <hi>His careful</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 13. 7. Charity covereth (<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>) all things.</note> 
                     <hi>concealing or lessening of others Failings
and Imperfections:</hi> So far was he from making the worst of every thing, as some do,
who without making any favourable allowances are extream in marking what is amiss.
And 2. <hi>His free relieving of the Necessitous;</hi> So far was he from hiding his face and shut<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ting
up his bowels from the poor and needy in the day of their distress.</p>
                  <p>He was so perfect in the first instance, that he would <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>speak evil
of no man:</hi> much less would he<note n="*" place="margin">Ier. 20.</note> 
                     <hi>watch for their halting,</hi> as one that<note n="‖" place="margin">
                        <hi>1 Cor. 13. 6.</hi> Charity rejoy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceth not in ini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quity.</note> 
                     <hi>rejoyced in ini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quity.</hi>
Nay at such a distance he was from that evil, but epidemical, humour, that
he chose rather to speak well of those in whom he had only Hope for a ground of com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mendation.
Nor did he only conceal and cover the faults of others, even of his Ene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mies,
(as far as the circumstances would bear, and in case it were not a greater Cha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rity
sometimes to disclose them) but he would also avoid the company of such as he
had observed to please themselves or thought to tickle ill-minded persons in passing
unworthy censures upon other men. And thus sometimes by silence, sometimes by
rebuke, and (when it was convenient) by withdrawing from the place and compa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ny,
he declared he would have no share in the sin of those who endeavoured to shew
their uncharitable wit in either disparaging the parts or vilifying the performances of
others. As for himself, when his own name was concern'd, he was signally Patient,
even another <hi>Moses</hi> for Meekness,<note n="*" place="margin">Num. 12:</note> 
                     <hi>vir mitissimus;</hi> he knew how to bear personal dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>respects
with an untroubled spirit, nobly and meekly, and thus (according to that of<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 10.</note> 
                     <hi>Siracides</hi>) he <hi>glorified his Soul in Meekness.</hi> An instance whereof appears in his civil
<pb n="XXI" facs="tcp:63175:34"/>
Reply to the Strictures of <hi>Dan. Lawenus,</hi> which were not without some angry and
unhandsome reflexions upon our Author. The man had a long time been poring up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
the <hi>Apocalyps,</hi> and seem'd to envy him the praise due to him for his <hi>Apocalyptick</hi>
Labours; fearing (belike) that thereby Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> would <hi>increase,</hi> and his writings
must proportionably <hi>decrease</hi> in same and reputation. Nor could any one that look'd
upon our Author, his parts or pains with an evil eye, speak so meanly and diminish<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ingly
of him as he would of himself; innocently revenging their great Envy, Passion
or Prejudice with his as great Modesty and Meekness. Thus was he a rare Pattern of
Patience, when himself was touch'd: But otherwise (which was his Vertue and Ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nour)
justly <hi>Impatient</hi> he would be, when any, especially worthy persons, were re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>proached
and unworthily dealt with in his presence: Which may be verified by this
remarkable and illustrious example among many others. After many invitations both
by Letters and otherwise, he purposed to give a visit to the famous University of <hi>Ox<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ford,</hi>
and particularly for the sake of his much honoured and much obliging friend,
Dr. <hi>Iackson,</hi> President of <hi>Corpus<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>Christi</hi> Colledge; (whose Piery and Learning (to<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gether
with the great Candour and Benignity of his spirit) are eminently conspicuous
in the lasting Monuments of his elaborate Works, published partly by himself and
partly by the unwearied industry and care of the Religious and Learned Mr. <hi>B. Oley.</hi>)
There he was entertain'd (together with some of his <hi>quondam</hi> Pupils, who attended
him from <hi>Cambridge</hi>) very civilly and nobly by the fore-mention'd Doctor, whose
Courtesie was most observable in this, (to omit other particulars) That some choice
and eminent men of the University were desired by the Doctor to accompany
Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> during his stay in Town. It chanced at dinner one day that the Theme
of their discourse was displeasing to this Good man; for, by the liberty which was
taken, some were criticizing upon and speaking (as he thought) but unduly, or at
least not up to the worth of their Learned and worthy Professor Dr. <hi>Prideanx,</hi> (after<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wards
the R. Reverend Bishop of <hi>Worcester.</hi>) Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> could not hold, but (as
some then present have made the report) brake out into these or the like words;
<hi>Gentlemen, I beseech you desist; the man of whom you now speak deserves far better words.
It was his infirmity, let it be admitted, in this to be overseen: But he hath Vertues and
great Accomplishments far more than enough to make up this defect. That he is both Learn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
and Pious, it may not be questioned; and one Infirmity amidst so many Perfections is
not to be regarded nor ever made mention of by one Christian towards another. Let me
therefore take the boldness to crave this at your hands, that you would desist from this dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>course,
and fall upon some other more profitable argument.</hi> A noble example and most
worthy of imitation. Proceed we to that other instance of his <hi>Charity.</hi>
                  </p>
               </item>
               <item>
                  <p>35. As he was thus Christianly careful to conceal or lessen the Failings and Imper<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fections
of others; so he was no less diligent to express his <hi>Charity</hi> in relieving those
Wants which could not be concealed. For as to his <hi>Temper,</hi> he was<note n="*" place="margin">1 Pet. 3.</note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>; and
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, inwardly sympathizing and affected with the tenderest of Compassions
towards others in their streights and difficulties, as feeling in himself their very griefs,
and resenting their calamities and hardships as his own. And agreeable to this <hi>Temper</hi>
was his <hi>Practice:</hi> For as became him that was so Christianly affected, and was there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore<note n="*" place="margin">1 Tim. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, he forgat not <hi>to do good</hi> and <hi>to communicate</hi> upon
all just occasions. And he was the more exactly careful to observe all the due seasons
and objects of Beneficence, because he look'd upon <hi>Charity</hi> and <hi>Alms-giving</hi> not as an
arbitrary thing, left to mens choice or discretion to be done or omitted; (under
which Notion too many consider it, for what ends it is easie to guess) but as a necessa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry
and indispensable Duty. It was an ingenious observation of his to this effect, That
the word for <hi>Alms</hi> (in the language which our Saviour spake) was <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, which im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ports
<hi>Righteousness,</hi> and consequently carries an Obligation with it. And farther he
considered <hi>Alms</hi> under the Notion of a <hi>Lords-rent</hi> and <hi>Tribute of Thanksgiving,</hi> which
God the Lord of all (whose is <hi>the Earth and the Fulness thereof</hi>) justly requires from
us, that thereby we may testifie our acknowledging of God as our <hi>Great Landlord,</hi> and
our selves his <hi>Tenants,</hi> that hold all we have, of him. And thus<note n="*" place="margin">Prov. 14.</note> 
                     <hi>He that hath mercy
on the poor, honoureth his Maker;</hi> and<note n="‖" place="margin">Ecclus. 35.</note> 
                     <hi>He that giveth Alms, sacrificeth praise.</hi> Mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved
therefore to this great Duty of <hi>Charity</hi> by these and other Considerations, (as
that it is expresly commanded and earnesty inculcated in very many places of H. Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture,
and withall enforced from that Equity (and it is the greatest Equity imagi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nable)
which shines out in that<note n="*" place="margin">Iam. 2.</note> Royal Law, <hi>Thou shalt love thy Neighbour as thy self;</hi>
as also from some peculiar Motives which the Gospel propounds whereby a Christian's
<pb n="XXII" facs="tcp:63175:35"/>
obligation to this Duty is rather increas'd and heightened) he persever'd and was not
weary in <hi>doing good</hi> even <hi>unto all men,</hi> as he had <hi>opportunity</hi> or<note n="*" place="margin">So some ren<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>Gal.</hi> 6.</note> 
                     <hi>ability;</hi> wisely contri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving
to proportion and suit his Charitable reliefs answerably to the Necessities of
others.</p>
                  <p>Nor would he be discouraged and taken off from such acts of merciful Beneficence
by the unworthy returns he sometimes met with from some disobliging persons. One
instance whereof it may not be amiss here to insert. There was one in <hi>Cambridge</hi> to
whom Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> had shewed favour in lending him money at a time of need; but he
being put in mind of his engagement, instead of making due payment, repay'd Mr.
<hi>Mede</hi> only with undue words to this effect, <hi>That upon a strict and exact account he had
no right to what he claim'd. No right?</hi> answered he. <hi>No, no right,</hi> it was told him,
<hi>because he was none of God's children, for that they only have right who are gracious in
God's sight.</hi> Ungracious and Unthankful Sectary! His name might be mentioned,
but let him be <hi>Anonymus,</hi> as fit to be numbered only among the <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,<note place="margin">Chap. 30.</note> as <hi>Iob</hi> doth
express men of a vile character. The Story was related by Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> upon the occa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sion
of some Intelligence received from <hi>London,</hi> That there was at that time a more
strict examination there of those who came to take Holy Orders, concerning that
strange Position, <hi>Dominium temporale fundatur in gratia;</hi> at which one then in com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pany
being astonished, as supposing none would be so impudent as to assert it,
Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> replied that he had particular experience of the evil effect and consequence
of such Doctrine, as in the fore-mentioned Story. Yet notwithstanding such unwor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thiness
(which some perhaps would have made a gain of, as fansying themselves
thereby excus'd from <hi>Charity</hi>) he was not<note n="*" place="margin">Gal. 6. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, &amp;c.</note> 
                     <hi>slothful</hi> not <hi>tired out</hi> in well-doing, but,
as became <hi>a Follower of God,</hi> (the Highest Pattern of Charity) who is<note n="‖" place="margin">Luke 6. 35.</note> 
                     <hi>kind even
to the unthankful and to the evil,</hi> he continued patiently in doing good, chusing ra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
<note n="*" place="margin">Rom. 12.</note> 
                     <hi>to overcome evil with good,</hi> than <hi>to be overcome of evil.</hi> Other <hi>Charities</hi> seem'd
to him but low and easie and common, such as even<note n="*" place="margin">Luke 6. 32.</note> 
                     <hi>Publicans</hi> and <hi>Sinners</hi> (those of
the worst note in the world) do perform, who <hi>love those that love them</hi> and <hi>do good to
those who do good to them:</hi> But the <hi>Charity</hi> which is extended to <hi>All,</hi> even to <hi>Enemies,</hi>
to those who are contrary to us in either Iudgment or Affection, is the more noble,
God<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>like, unordinary: and such was our Author's; for were men of different perswa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sions
from him, and at as great a distance from one another as from <hi>Rome</hi> to <hi>Geneva</hi> or
<hi>Amsterdam,</hi> &amp;c. yet even all these might more or less upon occasion be influenc'd up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
by his Charity.</p>
               </item>
               <item>36. As his <hi>Charity</hi> was thus <hi>largely Extensive</hi> and <hi>Vniversal,</hi> so was it likewise ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>companied
with the greatest <hi>Chearfulness.</hi> He so shew'd mercy as one that indeed<note n="*" place="margin">Micah 6. 8.</note> 
                  <hi>loved mercy;</hi> and by giving <hi>chearfully</hi> he made it appear that he well remembred that
of the Apostle,<note n="‖" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> Cor. 9.</note> 
                  <hi>God loveth a chearful giver;</hi> not forgetting that of<note n="*" place="margin">Ecclus. 35. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap> 32.</note> 
                  <hi>Siracides,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.
He so gave, as one possessed with the grand im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>portance
of that noble Maxime of our Saviour, (not recorded in the Gospels, but pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>served
from oblivion by S. <hi>Luke</hi> in the <hi>Acts</hi> Chap. 20.) IT IS MORE BLES<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>SED
TO GIVE THAN TO RECEIVE. He gave with a<note n="*" place="margin">Ecclus. 35.</note> 
                  <hi>chearful
heart</hi> and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>with a chearful eye,</hi> as if he sensibly and feelingly knew the
Deliciousness of that inward Ioy and Satisfaction which arises from the conscience of
doing good, so as to rescue others by a seasonable Charity from sorrow and misery.
For besides the great Gains and rich Advantages that come in by Charity in this life,
(as well as the Promise of a great Reward and an unspeakable and glorious Ioy here<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>after)
there is an incomparable Pleasure that attends it here, and renders the very
work and labour of Love its own Reward: and upon this score does that Prince of
Divine Poets, Mr. <hi>G. Herbert,</hi> not impertinently in his <hi>Church-porch</hi> (a piece enrich'd
with most Divine Morality) perswade to a chearful and frank Beneficence,
<q>
                     <l>—All worldly Ioys go less</l>
                     <l>To the one Ioy of doing kindnesses.</l>
                  </q>
               </item>
               <item>
                  <p>37. His <hi>Charity</hi> was <hi>large</hi> as well for the <hi>Measure</hi> and <hi>Proportion</hi> thereof as for its
<hi>Extensiveness:</hi> It was not wrung or squeez'd out of him by slow and small drops, (for
he gave neither <hi>grudgingly</hi> nor <hi>sparingly</hi>) but freely and bountifully flow'd from him,
who was (as the<note n="*" place="margin">Esay 58:</note> Prophet speaks of the Merciful man) <hi>like a Spring of water, whose
watersfail not.</hi> He remembred and followed the Apostle's advice for<note n="‖" place="margin">2 Cor. 9.</note> 
                     <hi>sowing bounti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fully,</hi>
and was not for an <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, that <hi>cheap</hi> and easie and <hi>saving Religion,</hi>
                     <pb n="XXIII" facs="tcp:63175:35"/>
affected by most men; a <hi>Saving</hi> Religion indeed, but how? of their Purses only, not
of their Souls: and yet not <hi>Saving</hi> neither, as they imagine; for very often is verifi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
that of <hi>Solomon</hi> in <hi>Prov.</hi> 11. <hi>There is that withholdeth more than is meet, but it tend<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eth
to poverty.</hi> But from such Illiberal, and in the end Improvident and disadvantage<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ous,
courses our Author was far removed: With him it went for a great Imperfecti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
and Blemish in a Christian to be <hi>attentior ad rem quàm sat est;</hi> and the more of that
Worldly spirit and Earthy temper in a man, the less a Christian, the less a Wise man;
for Covetousness betrays men to many Indecencies, to ignoble and unbecoming pra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctices,
and withal blinds their eyes that they see not those Indecencies in themselves
which are easily espied by others. In his account it was unworthy and dishonourable
for a Christian to express his Charity in a parsimonious and scant measure, whenas the
promised Reward is set forth by our Lord so fully and significantly under the simili<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tude
of<note n="*" place="margin">Luke 6.</note> 
                     <hi>Good measure, pressed down, and shaken together, and running over.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>And therefore our Author leaving <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Psal. 10.</note> 
                     <hi>the man of the earth</hi> and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <note n="‖" place="margin">Psal. 17.</note> 
                     <hi>the men of the world,</hi> such as do only<note n="*" place="margin">Phil. 3.</note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>relish and mind earth<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
things,</hi> to their penurious scantlings, their low and weak degrees of Charity, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>yond
which their Niggardise will not suffer them to move; and leaving also the more
common and ordinary measure and proportions of Beneficence, wherein the better sort
think they quit themselves like Christians and come off fairly and creditably; he chose
the <hi>more Excellent way,</hi> and (to the Glory of God and the Honour of the Author's
memory be it here remembred) <hi>He devoted unto God and set apart the Tenth of his yearly
incomes for charitable and pious uses.</hi> To this his Vowing unto God so large a <hi>Free<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>will-offering</hi>
not any vain-glorious humour, but the Love of Christ constrain'd him,
and a deep sense of Gratitude to Almighty God for his many and undeserved favours.
Nay so far he was from that poor design of gaining hereby a thin reward of Aiery ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plause
from the world, that he studied as much to keep it secret, as the Pharisaick Hy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pocrites
contrived to do their Alms with noise and all the pomp and observation ima<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ginable;
for they did all<note n="*" place="margin">Matth. 6.</note> 
                     <hi>to be seen</hi> and <hi>to receive glory of men,</hi> and so were no less
Beggars than those they gave to; Praise and Applause was the Alms they begg'd of
men, while they were solemnly and publickly (after their sounding the Trumpet)
giving Alms to others.</p>
               </item>
               <item>
                  <p>38. The same noble proportion of Charity is recorded (though too briefly) of
that Religious young Lord, the Lord <hi>Harington,</hi> in the Sermon preached at his Fune<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rals
by Mr. <hi>Stock,</hi> where this is said for a Memorial of him, <hi>That</hi> (besides his Occasi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>onal
Charities) <hi>he gave the Tenth of his yearly revenue to the poor.</hi> The same is parti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cularly
remembred of the Learned and Pious Dr. <hi>Hammond,</hi> among several other
Excellencies worthy of celebration, in his Life. The like is also recorded (though
but<note n="*" place="margin">See this at large and par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ticularly rela<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted in the <hi>Ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pendix</hi> to Mr. <hi>Mede's</hi> Life, Sect. I.</note> briefly mentioned) in the Life of that Practical Preacher Mr. <hi>W. Whately,</hi> one
of the same Colledge and Contemporary with Mr. <hi>Mede.</hi> And herein these <hi>Israelites
indeed,</hi> the spiritual seed of <hi>Iacob,</hi> followed that high Pattern which of old that holy
Patriarch <hi>Iacob</hi> had set the world, who devoted the <hi>Tenth part</hi> of his estate to God,
<hi>Gen. 28.</hi> Nor did he lose by it, for God bless'd him exceedingly: And those that
have been followers of <hi>Iacob,</hi> as in his Plainness and Singleness of heart, so likewise
in the Largeness of his Charity, have found it true, and upon their experience have
deliver'd it for a most certain Aphorism, <hi>That such Giving is the surest way of Getting,</hi>
and That thus <hi>to</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Prov. 11.</note> 
                     <hi>scatter</hi> is the safest means of <hi>increasing.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>And for a yet more particular and pregnant proof hereof, it is worthy here to be
remembred what the Reverend Mr. <hi>Gataker</hi> delivered in his<note n="*" place="margin">The Title of the Sermon is, <hi>The Decease of</hi> Lazaru<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> Sermon preached at the
Funeral of Mr. <hi>Iohn Parker,</hi> Merchant and Citizen of <hi>London,</hi> a person eminent for
his exemplary <hi>Beneficence,</hi> (as also for all other Christian Vertues) and therefore
worthy to be added to those other Charitable <hi>Heroes</hi> mentioned by us. In short
thus: <q>At his first effectual Call, this, among other things he then resolved upon,
was one, <hi>To set apart every year a Tenth of his Gain for the relief of the poor.</hi> Here<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>unto
he was induced by this Reason, (besides others set down by him in his Me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>morials)
<hi>That he might shew his Love and Thankfulness unto God, as for raising him
from a mean condition to that Wealth he then had, so especially for his Spiritual Goodness
to him.</hi> This proportion he constantly set apart, and out of this Treasury it was
that he so liberally dispens'd upon all just occasions. This was his Practice, and it
was agreeable to his daily Prayer, <hi>That as God increas'd him in Wealth, so he would
be pleased withall to increase in him Humility, Thankfulness, together with a constant
Perseverance in that lovely Grace of Charity.</hi> But what was the issue of all? God
<pb n="XXIV" facs="tcp:63175:36"/>
heard his <hi>Prayers,</hi> and rewarded his <hi>Alms:</hi> but he would fist try him. For (which
is not to be unremember'd) he reported it himself, that for some space of time
(some three or four years) after that his resolution of setting apart the <hi>Tenth</hi> of his
Gain for Charitable purposes, he found no increase, nor did it appear that he thri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved
in the world: yet was he not thereby discouraged, but still gave <hi>bountifully</hi> and
<hi>chearfully.</hi> And this he did (to use his own words) <hi>out of love to God; freely lea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving
Prosperity in Temporal things to God's good pleasure, and conceiving that God in
wisdom and Goodness prospered him not, thereby to try his Sincerity to him and his
Charity to others; and that he himself might thereby have experience of his Love to God,
his Faith, Patience and Constancy: nor would he forgoe those Evidences hereof that there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>by
he gain'd for ten thousand times ten thousand times more than they cost him.</hi> And
thus God recompensed his patient continuance in doing good with Inward Blessings,
and he then thrived in his Spiritual estate, if not in his Worldly. But from that
time forward (after this proving of him for a season) God abundantly advanced his
Temporal estate, so that he profess'd he found experimentally those gracious Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mises
of God to be true, of his blessing him that<note n="*" place="margin">Psal. 112.</note> 
                        <hi>disperseth and giveth to the poor,</hi>
and of the<note n="‖" place="margin">Prov. 19. 17.</note> 
                        <hi>repayment</hi> of that with interest that is <hi>lent unto the Lord,</hi> and of the
<note n="*" place="margin">Eccles. 11. 1.</note> 
                        <hi>finding again after many days</hi> with increase the <hi>bread that is cast upon the waters.</hi>
                     </q>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <q>This was his <hi>Constant</hi> and <hi>Stated Charity,</hi> besides what over and above all went
out of his <hi>Poors-purse,</hi> which he never carried out empty, that he might ever be do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
good. Nor did he in all this seek his own Praise, but God's, that so his Chari<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty
might occasion<note n="*" place="margin">2 Cor. 9.</note> 
                        <hi>many thanksgivings unto God.</hi> And therefore, when he himself
gave to others, his usual word was, <hi>Praise God;</hi> or when he sent to others any
summe to be distributed among the poor, his manner was to add in his Letter, <hi>Will
them to praise God for it:</hi>
                     </q> Iust according to the mind of the Religious Mr. <hi>G. Herbert,</hi>
who in his <hi>Character of the Country-Parson</hi> doth thus express himself; <hi>When-ever he gives
any thing, and sees men labour in thanking of him, he exacts of them to let him alone, and
say rather,</hi> God be praised, God be glorified; <hi>that so the Thanks may go the right way,
and thither only where they are only due.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>These excellent Memorials of this Merciful mans Charity we thought good to ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerp
out of the fore-named Funeral Sermon, and to present them here, though in a
more contracted form, they being so highly Exemplary and Useful, and therefore
worthy to be made more publick; too good to be lost, as else they might be, that
Sermon being printed many years since, and by itself, and not extent in the Volume
containing his other Sermons.</p>
               </item>
               <item>
                  <p>39. But to return to Mr. <hi>Mede;</hi> There were not a few that wonder'd at his <hi>Diffu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sive
Charity,</hi> considering his Incomes were not great, (for he had nothing but what
his place in the Colledge afforded him, no Dignity or advantageous Preferment
abroad.) But their wonder might have been lessen'd, had they either seriously con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sidered
the Promises of Plenty and outward Blessings in this life made by God peculi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>arly
to this Grace of <hi>Charity,</hi> or had they known how great a Summe the prudent
charitable man is able to lay up for the poor by a <hi>Frugal</hi> management of a little Stock.
But our Author knew it well and by <hi>Experience,</hi> which is the mother of Wisdom,
the surest way of knowing for our selves and of convincing others. <hi>Experimentis op<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>timè
creditur.</hi> Accordingly to this purpose (upon an occasion which proved expen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sive
to him through the disingenuity of some who yet were obliged to ease him) he
thus express'd himself—<hi>I take it patiently, and put it among my Erogations of Charity;
and I thank God I have not been so ill a husband of a poor Fellowship, but I can spare so
much for pious uses.</hi> He warily therefore avoided the occasions of unnecessary ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pences,
and when he saw others lavishly spending beyond their Income, and not wise<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
proportioning their expences to their Receipts, he used to say, (with a pleasant al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lusion
to that Philosophick term) <hi>They wanted the</hi> Estimative <hi>Faculty.</hi> And indeed in
Prudence it was not less than needful for him to husband well his small Stock, who
employ'd his thoughts and cares, his studies and best diligences about other things than
<hi>Wealth, Honour</hi> and <hi>Pleasure,</hi> which yet are the things that not a few men pursue eager<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
and industriously, with all their mind and heart, with all their soul and all their
strength; to the dishonour of their Function, if any <hi>Clergie-men</hi> should be so Secular
and Unspiritual in their Disposition and Practice, as also to the dishonour of the Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctrine
of the Holy <hi>Iesus</hi> deliver'd in his Sermon in the Mount, be they Christians of
what denomination soever. Besides that this <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <hi>Plurihabitio,</hi> this covetous
ambition greedily hunting after more and more still, is contrary to the great and many
<pb n="XXV" facs="tcp:63175:36"/>
obligations of our Religion, to that <hi>High, Holy</hi> and <hi>Heavenly Calling</hi> wherewith Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stians
are called, as also to the expectation of that<note n="*" place="margin">Heb<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. 10.</note> 
                     <hi>better and enduring substance,</hi> that
great recompence of Reward, reserved in Heaven.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>His honest Thrift</hi> and <hi>Frugality</hi> was the more able to administer to his <hi>Charity,</hi> be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cause
it was accompanied with a constant <hi>Temperance.</hi> His feeding for the most part
was rather to suffice Nature than to allow any pleasure to his Appetite, which, being
usually good, sometimes (though very seldom) he would gratifie with making a
larger meal; but his ordinary was his <hi>Colledge-Commons</hi> (to which no man was more
constant) with the smaller sort of <hi>Beer,</hi> (the <hi>Wine</hi> which he drank at <hi>the Communion</hi>
being usually more than he drank all the year besides:) Which made him merrily to
tell them who observ'd the thriving of his Body, (which in his latter years was very
apparent) that <hi>They might see what Colledge-commons could do.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>And in his both <hi>Frugality</hi> and <hi>Temperance</hi> he verified that of the Psalmist,<note n="*" place="margin">Psal. 112.</note> 
                     <hi>A good
man will guide his affairs with discretion:</hi> It being a most approved and experienced
Truth, That for the enabling a man to a free and chearful exercise of Christian <hi>Chari<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty</hi>
it is absolutely necessary that he retrench and cut off all needless expences either
about Apparel or Diet, Building or Sports and Recreations, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> Otherwise Fre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quent
or Expensive Treatments, Pride and Curiosity about Attire and Dressings will
soon make <hi>Charity</hi> bare and cold, make it look pale and meagre, and at last quite
starve it. Where much is laid out upon Back or Belly, there will be but little spared
for Beneficence. Where a man, through his Voluptuousness and Sensuality, finds
himself too dear for himself, so that it becomes difficult to maintain his deliciousness,
it will be thought too grievous <hi>to maintain good works for necessary uses,</hi> as the Apostle
speaks, <hi>Tit.</hi> 3. Such a one will be greedily scraping for himself, that he may have to
consume upon his Lusts, rather than <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>to distribute</hi> (propor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tionably
to his estate) <hi>to him that needeth.</hi> Where so much is solemnly offer'd in Sacri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fice
(as especially at great Feasts) to that false God, the<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Phil. 3.</hi> W<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>s<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> God <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>s the <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap> Belly.</note> 
                     <hi>Belly,</hi> (and the best and
fattest is offer'd up, and withall the sweetest, for large <hi>Drink-offerings,</hi> to that mortal
and perishing God,) there will be but little reserv'd for the<note n="*" place="margin">Heb. 13.</note> 
                     <hi>Sacrifices of communi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cating
and doing good,</hi> with which the Eternal and only true God is well pleased.
But Christian Religion (as it designs to cherish and advance every thing that is wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thy,
lovely, and useful for the good of man) is excellently prepar'd and accommoda<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted
to secure the Grace of <hi>Charity,</hi> by obliging to <hi>Modesty</hi> and <hi>Humility, sober Fruga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lity</hi>
and <hi>Temperance,</hi> and (in order thereunto) to the subjugating of all inordinate Af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fections,
to the resolute denying of the clamorous cravings and impetuous desires of the
Sensitives Powers; the subduing whereof is a great instance of Spiritual Valour,
inward Health and Strength: as on the contrary it is a great Imperfection and Weak<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness,
and withal a dishonourable thing, for one that owns the name of <hi>Christian,</hi> not
to have power over his Sensual appetites, but to have impatient desires, vehement
affections for such or such delicacies, and as vehement delights in them, to be over<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>curious
and studious for pleasing his Appetites, to be enslaved to his Palate,<note n="*" place="margin">Tit. 2. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> 
                     <hi>ensla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved
to Wine,</hi> and<note n="‖" place="margin">Chap. 3<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>serving various pleasures,</hi> as the Apostle describes the temper of
some unworthy Christians. Besides, it argues a man not to have had so true a<note n="*" place="margin">Hebr. 6. 5.<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>Gust
of the powers of the world to come,</hi> nor to be as he ought affected with the Hope of those
pure and permanent Felicities in the Future Life, which Christianity (over and
above the present ease and pleasure that accompanies <hi>Humility</hi> and <hi>Temperance</hi> here)
hath more fully brought to light and set before us: For were these cordially believed,
they would work in men a generous disregard of those Sensual enjoyments which too
many (such is the courseness of their Temper) count their Felicity, making them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>selves
hereby <hi>like the Beasts that perish,</hi> who (if this were Felicity) enjoy as much
or more of it than Man himself. To conclude: If men are not so much under the Po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wer
of Religion as to deny the solicitations of their inordinate Appetites, and bring in
subjection the Flesh with the Passions and Lusts thereof to the Spirit, they do but
<hi>Parrot-like,</hi> and as they are taught, talk of <hi>Self-denial</hi> and <hi>Mortifications;</hi> and being
<note n="*" place="margin">2 Tim. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Lovers of Pleasures rather than Lovers of God</hi> and their
Neighbour, they plainly and in reality deny the <hi>Power</hi> of Godliness, though they may
have the <hi>Form</hi> of it. Whereas if they were under the power and energy of Religion,
they would find themselves throughly furnished and chearfully dispos'd to every good
work.</p>
                  <p>So true a Friend is Fr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>gal Temperance, so hurtful an Enemy is a Delicious, Soft
and Luxurious (as well as the Covetous) humour to that Divine, Amiable, and
universally-Beneficial Grace of <hi>Charity!</hi>
                  </p>
               </item>
               <item>
                  <pb n="XXVI" facs="tcp:63175:37"/>40. And now having spoken of his <hi>Charity</hi> or <hi>Love towards men,</hi> it aptly falls into
this place that we should observe something of his <hi>Love towards God;</hi> wherein yet we
need not be so large as in the former Instances; for what we have already observ'd
of his Character doth abundantly prove it. His <hi>Meekness, Patience, Christian Pru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dence</hi>
and <hi>Moderation,</hi> and (those Two bright Graces of the Greatest magnitude)
his <hi>Humility</hi> and <hi>Charity</hi> are pregnant evidences and real demonstrations of the <hi>Love
of God</hi> dwelling in him. Where these Fruits of the Spirit grow and flourish, it's a
sure sign that such a Christian is<note n="*" place="margin">Ephes. 3.</note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>rooted in Love.</hi> To be Meek
and Patient, Humble and Lowly in spirit, to have an Heart full of Charity, and
melted into all compassionate endeavours for the good of others, even of Enemies,
these are higher and harder things than to talk of Religion,<note n="*" place="margin">Matth. 7.</note> 
                  <hi>to say, Lord, Lord,<note n="‖" place="margin">Ezek. 33.</note> to
shew much love with their mouth,</hi> to abound in the external observances of Religi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on;
for so did the <hi>Pharisees,</hi> who therefore by their outward specious profession
gain'd a great reputation of Sanctity from the world, but yet of them our Saviour
Christ pronounces freely and smartly,<note n="*" place="margin">Io. 5. 42.</note> 
                  <hi>I know you, that ye have not the Love of God in
you:</hi> a startling and grievous word to the <hi>Pharisees</hi> then, and the like it would be to
the <hi>Pharisaick</hi> Christians to be told so now. In brief, He testified his <hi>Love to God</hi>
in that which is the most eminent and genuine expression of it, <hi>viz.</hi> an Entire, Sincere,
Uniform and Constant Obedience to his Commandments,<note n="*" place="margin">1 Iohn 5.</note> 
                  <hi>For this is the Love of God,
that we keep his Commandments;</hi> or (according to those two main Characteristicks of
the <hi>Pure and Vndefiled Religion</hi> in S.<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 1. 27.</note> 
                  <hi>Iames</hi>) in <hi>Vnspottedness from the world</hi> and
<hi>Charity</hi> to the poor and desolate. What's less than this is but Lip-devotion, religious
Courtship, insignificant and empty Complements. And whereas he observ'd that too
many seem'd to make conscience of the Duties of the <hi>First Table,</hi> but had little or no
care of the Duties of the <hi>Second;</hi> he had<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>Psal. 119. 6.</hi>—I have re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>spect unto all th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> Command<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments.</note> respect unto both: For (said he) <hi>None
can be truly Religious towards God, that is not truly Honest in his conversation towards
his Neighbour.</hi> Thus he believ'd, and thus he practis'd.</item>
               <item>
                  <p>41. But to superadd some other particular Instances of his <hi>Love to God;</hi> He farther
shew'd the Tenderness of this Affection by the Zeal he had for the Honour of God,
and by the dear regard he express'd to every thing wherein he thought the Divine
Interest was concern'd. He could in no wise brook the bestowing <hi>Religious Worship</hi>
upon Creatures, and therefore with a just severity he would equal the practices of the
present <hi>Roman</hi> Church in their <hi>Saint-worship</hi> and <hi>Image-worship</hi> with those of the <hi>Isra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>elites</hi>
in following the<note n="*" place="margin">See D<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>scourse 43. pag. 238.</note> ways of <hi>Ahab</hi> and <hi>Ieroboam;</hi> and constantly asserted That
the <hi>Great Apostasie</hi> or <hi>Antichristianism</hi> did (as to one main part thereof) consist in
<hi>Spiritual Fornication</hi> or <hi>Idolatry.</hi> Nor need any <hi>Protestant</hi> be disturb'd at the word
<hi>Antichristian</hi> or <hi>Antichrist</hi> so frequently used by our Author when he has to do with
the <hi>Roman</hi> Polity and the Chief thereof: For (to obviate any impertinent <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
and contest about the word as used in S. <hi>Iohn's</hi> Epistles) our Author was well aware
that the <hi>Antichrist</hi> and <hi>Antichrists</hi> mention'd there might particularly and primarily
respect some<note n="*" place="margin">See Book V. Chap. 7. which seems to be an Essay or First Draugh<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> of his Notio<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>s upon that Subject.</note> Impostors that began then to appear in the world about the end of the
<hi>Iewish</hi> State; but withal he thought that what was said of those <hi>Antichrists</hi> [in chap.
2. 22, &amp;c.] might <hi>interpretatively</hi> (though not <hi>explicitely</hi> and <hi>directly</hi>) be verified of
the <hi>Great Antichrist</hi> then not in being, but to come, and by no unnatural conse<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quence
be applied to him, of whom those other <hi>Antichrists</hi> were in some sense Figures
or Forerunners: For this was his Notion in this particular, He that sets up and substi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tutes
in the room of Christ Saints and Angels, as so many Mediators between us and
God, (agreeably to the practice of the Heathens, who of old set up <hi>Daemons</hi> as
Agents between the Sovereign Gods and Men) <hi>eo ipse negat Iesum esse Christum,</hi> does
thereby really <hi>deny that Iesus is the Christ;</hi> as he that worships more Gods than one,
does <hi>ipso facto</hi> deny that <hi>Iehovah</hi> he is God. And in pursuance of this his Notion he
had this not improper Observation, <hi>viz.</hi> That after S. <hi>Iohn</hi> had said concerning
Christ,<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 5. 20.</note> 
                     <hi>This is the true God, and eternal life,</hi> he immediately adds, <hi>Little children,
keep your selves from Idols;</hi> intimating (said he) thereby, That in that <hi>Fatal and Great
Apostasie</hi> which was to surprise the Church, Christians would worship <hi>Idols</hi> (i.e. false
Christs and Mediators) in stead of Christ, and thus <hi>deny the Lord that bought them,</hi>
the Lord Christ, the true and only Mediator between God and men.</p>
                  <p>Not being fondly addicted therefore to the use of this word, he does frequently in
his <hi>Commentary upon the Apocalyps</hi> make choice of other Forms of speech, and such as
were suggested to him from the style of that Mysterious Book, [as, <hi>Bestia Bicornis,
<pb n="XXVII" facs="tcp:63175:37"/>
Pseudo-propheta Romanus, Meretrix Babylonica, Bestia Pseudo-prophetica sev Pontificia,
Caesar Papanus, Regnum Pontificale,</hi> &amp;c.] when he has occasion to speak of the <hi>Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>man</hi>
Polity and the Head thereof: yet withal he was not so weakly nice as wholly to
decline that word [<hi>Antichrist</hi>] in his Apocalyptick labours; as appears in his Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
upon what concerns the <hi>Third Trumpet</hi> in Chap. 8.—<hi>Episcopus Romanus—
nihil aliud effecit quàm ut hoc quasi <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ppanso velo, nè ipse pro Capite Novissimo, id est,</hi> An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tichristo,
<hi>tandem à minùs perspicacibus tam liquidò haberetur;</hi> as also in his Comment.
upon Chap. 14. vers. 17, &amp;c. <hi>Nos qui Occidentalem</hi> Antichristum <hi>asserimùs,</hi> &amp;c. and
(to name no more) in his <hi>Specimina</hi> upon Chap. 16. are to be found <hi>Bestia Antichri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stiana,</hi>
Terra <hi>in Vniversitate</hi> Antichristiana <hi>designat Scabellum</hi> Antichristi, <hi>Vniversitas,
Pontificia, Mundus</hi> Antichristianus, <hi>Iurisdictio</hi> Antichristiana, <hi>Mare</hi> Antichristianum
<hi>est Ditionis Pontificalis ambitus,</hi> with other expressions of the like import, concerning
which the Reader without an <hi>Oedipus</hi> may know the Authors mind, and to whom
they are there applied. Wherefore though this Title was properly and primarily
meant (in S. <hi>Iohn's</hi> Epistles) of some Impostors and Hereticks that appear'd about that
Age: yet seeing the ancient Fathers made use of this word to signifie and characterize
some other Enemy of Christ yet to come, (whether a more open Enemy of Christ,
or a more close one that is rather <hi>against</hi> the Interest of Christ though he pretends to
be <hi>for</hi> him;) and seeing that after-Writers have taken the word from the Fathers;
and (it being a compendious significant expression) have made use of it in their Wri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tings,
as well <hi>Papists,</hi> who apply it to one that is to come at the end of the world, as
<hi>Protestants,</hi> who apply it to some in being; our Author was not so scrupulous as to de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cline
a word that was become thus currant and passable in all Ages, (and as allow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>able,
if not unfitly used, as any <hi>Technical</hi> word in any Faculty) though sometimes it
were improperly and unworthily used by rash Zelots, to the gratifying of their pride
and passion. And accordingly whosoever has been conversant in the Writings of the
Renowned Arch-bishop <hi>Whitgift</hi> against <hi>T. C.</hi> and the <hi>Disciplinarians,</hi> will find that
more than once he makes use of this word when he has occasion to speak of the <hi>Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>man</hi>
Church, although <hi>T. C.</hi> and his Adherents were over-apt to call things not only
innocent, but laudable and decorous also, <hi>Antichristian:</hi> wherein they express'd a
Zeal not less Imprudent than Uncharitable; for hereby as they did the Common
Enemy no small credit and service, so they likewise weakned the true Interest and
hazarded the safety of the Protestant Reformed Religion. Which was piously and
prudently observ'd by the fore-mentioned Arch-bishop, and accordingly he tells them
faithfully and plainly,<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>See his</hi> De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fence of the Answer to the Admonition, <hi>pag. 349.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>I know that Sects and Heresies gave strength unto</hi> Antichrist, <hi>and
at the length were one special means of placing him in his Throne; even as I am also per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>swaded
that he worketh as effectually at this day by your stirs and contentions, whereby he
hath and will more prevail against this Church of</hi> England <hi>than by any other means what<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>soever. Therefore it behoveth you to take heed how you divide the Army of</hi> Christ, <hi>which
should</hi> unanimiter <hi>sight against that</hi> Antichrist. By which passage (to omit others)
it appears this Reverend Prelate was <hi>Semper idem,</hi> of the same judgment in his elder
days and in his greatest Height, as when formerly he maintained this <hi>Thesis</hi> at the pub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lick
Commencement, answering for his Degree of D. D. <hi>Papa est Ille Antichristus,</hi> as
Sir <hi>George Paul</hi> relates in the History of his Life.</p>
                  <p>And therefore our Author, in applying that Title to the Papal or <hi>Roman</hi> Hierar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chy
so miserably degenerate, was not alone, but did tread in the steps of those
who were of greatest eminency in our Church, and (not to mention those
other great Names) particularly in the steps of the Renowned Bishop <hi>Andrews,</hi>
his ancient and constant Friend, whose multifarious reading and great judgment did
abundantly qualifie him for an able and most accomplish'd Guide in this affair. What
his Sentiments were herein appears by several passages in his <hi>Tortura Torti,</hi> [particu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>larly
in pag. 183. to pag. 188.] where he proves against the cavils of that busie <hi>Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>manist,</hi> That by <hi>Babylon</hi> in <hi>Apocal.</hi> chap. 17. &amp; chap. 18. is meant <hi>non Roma Ethnica,
sed Antichristiana;</hi> and withal evinces the vanity of that poor subterfuge, (and yet
made use of (as that other also of <hi>Roma Ethnica</hi>) by <hi>H. Grotius</hi> in his Annotations)
That by the <hi>Destruction of Babylon</hi> there foretold is to be understood the <hi>Burning of Rome
by the Goths and Vandals</hi> about the year 455. as afterwards [in pag. 312, 315.] the makes
it clear that <hi>Idolatry</hi> (the great Character of <hi>Antichristianism,</hi> or <hi>that Token of Anti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>christ's
Kingdom,</hi> as the sumptuous decking of Images is styl'd in the Homily against <hi>the
Peril of Idolatry</hi>) is justly charged upon the <hi>Roman</hi> Church: and in the same place like<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wise
he detects the impertinency of that trivial shift of the <hi>Romanists</hi> in distinguishing
between <hi>Idolum</hi> and <hi>Imago;</hi> with much more of the like import in that Treatise of his,
<pb n="XXVIII" facs="tcp:63175:38"/>
which the Learned <hi>Is. Casanbon</hi> worthily styles<note n="*" place="margin">In Ep. ad <hi>Er. Ducaeum.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>Exactissimae fidei &amp; diligentiae
Scriptum.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>To conclude, It may not be amiss here to add a short story not impertinent to the
argument in hand. Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> having lately preached a Sermon at<note n="*" place="margin">Febr. 25. 1635/6.</note> S. <hi>Marie's</hi> in
<hi>Cambridge</hi> upon <hi>Eccles.</hi> 5. 1 about the <hi>Reverence of Gods House,</hi> a young Master of
Arts took the freedom sometime after to tell him (as who might not be free with
him,<note place="margin">That learned Tract of his about the Numbers in <hi>Dan.</hi> 12. is call'd by him <hi>Revelatio An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tichristi;</hi> it was finished by him three years before his death. And in Epistle 98, written within less than two months before his death, it is plain whom he means there by <hi>the Man of Sin</hi> and <hi>Antichrist.</hi> See pag. 882 &amp; pag. 834.</note> a person of such exemplary Humility and Condescensions?) That from some
passages in that Discourse the world concluded that he had changed his Opinion,
and that he did not now think as formerly that the <hi>Pope</hi> was the <hi>Hoghen Moghen,</hi>
(that was his drolling expression.) <hi>No?</hi> replied Mr. <hi>Mede, But I do, and shall think
so as long as I live, for all this.</hi>
                  </p>
               </item>
               <item>
                  <p>42. And here we have a fair occasion to represent another of those worthy Quali<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ties
that adorn'd his Character, <hi>His well-grounded Constancy and Vnchangeableness of
Iudgment.</hi> We say, <hi>Well-grounded;</hi> otherwise for a man to persist resolvedly in an
Opinion, because it has been his Opinion, is neither Vertue nor matter of Praise, but
rather a piece of troublesome Stiffness and Pertinacity, usually accompanied with fond
Self-conceitedness and a design to secure his fame and some emolument he receives
from his easie admirers: From which humour none was more free than our Author,
who would profess <hi>That (so far as he could judge of himself by experience) he was as wil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ling
to embrace Truth, when he saw evidence for it, as any man living;</hi> as well consider<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
that it is the part of a true Christian, (as <hi>Aristotle</hi> observes it to be of a true Philo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sopher) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, for the interest and advancement
of Truth to forgoe and quit his own private conceits and speculations, how dear so<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ever
they were formerly unto him; and on the contrary, an argument of a low and
servile spirit, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, to be either fondly addicted or enslaved to any <hi>Hy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pothesis</hi>
and Opinion either of his own or others. Our Author was not indeed light of
belief, nor would be easily take up an <hi>Hypothesis:</hi> But when any new Notion was pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sented
to him by others, or offered itself to his thoughtful mind, he would first make
a stand and pause well upon it, strictly examining the Grounds thereof; and if, upon
a serious and due weighing of all that was fit to be taken into consideration, he found
it to be a solid Truth, he was not apt<note n="*" place="margin">2 Thess. 2.</note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>to be shaken from his
judgment;</hi> a right <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, (as <hi>Aristotle</hi> both in his Ethicks and Rhetorick
styles a Vertuous man) or, in the Apostles language,<note n="*" place="margin">1 Cor. 15.</note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <note n="‖" place="margin">2 Pet. 1.</note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>stedfast, unmovable,</hi> and <hi>established in the present
Truth:</hi> Yea he was ever so impartial and constant a Lover of Truth, that nothing but
the <hi>Holy Scripture</hi> and <hi>sound Reason</hi> could prevail upon him. 'Tis true, To conceal
his judgment, not to divulge every thing that was Truth to him, he was not hard to
be perswaded. The remembrance of the Apostles Rule, (<hi>Rom.</hi> 14.) <hi>Hast thou
faith? have it to thy self,</hi> as also his own Charity, Prudence and Peaceableness of spi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rit,
did dispose him to it, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and whe<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>e it was convenient: But neither
Friends, nor Interests, nor any worldly Allurements whatsoever were of force to
corrupt his affections, or pervert his judgment; much less could they prevail with
him unworthily to deny any Truth, how unplausible soever it was to some men, and
therfore disadvantageous to himself. For a proof of his constant and unremovable
affection to Truth, as also of his patient enduring the contradiction of others against
himself, take this Instance, viz. <hi>That in the revolution of about twenty years by-past</hi> (the
saying was his own) <hi>he had by the self-same persons been look'd upon, and accordingly re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ported
of, as Popish, Protestant, and Puritane;</hi> and yet he would protest it, as in the
presence of God, that to his knowledge he had not in the least receded from his very
first perswasions: So that all the while he was the same without wavering, although
varied to their appearance, because they sailing with the tide and wind varied towards
him. Thus they in the Vessel under sail, being always in motion, think the Land
moves, (so it seems to their erring sense) which yet is never the less fixed and unmo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved
for their thinking amiss. But our Author, as he consider'd that Precept in <hi>Sira<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cides,</hi>
(chap. 5. 10) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Be thou stedfast in thy understand<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing;</hi>
so he knew likewise that the ready way to attain to this establishment was this,
(according to the counsel in the foregoing verse) <hi>not to winnow,</hi> or<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Grotius</hi> up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on the place expounds this phrase by that in <hi>Plantus, V<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap> ven<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>us est<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> velum ver<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>ere.</hi>
                     </note> sail <hi>with every
wind.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But we must not indulge our selves the liberty of enlarging upon every thing in
our Author which render'd him justly exemplary, worthy of praise and imitation:
<pb n="XXIX" facs="tcp:63175:38"/>
Return we therefore from this Digression to what has a near affinity to our former
argument: In speaking to which and the remaining particulars we must study to be
short, and take the nearest way to our journeys end, left we over-drive the more in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>firm,
and therefore the more querulous, sort of Readers, and wear out their pati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ence;
otherwise, to those that are of sounder and stronger judgments (and conse<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quently
capable to value and honour and<note n="*" place="margin">Non pa<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>lar me quicquam nescire de eo quem amem. <hi>Plin.</hi>
                     </note> love the Author) we doubt not but a lar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ger
Narrative than this would seem not tediously long, but too short rather, as in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deed
the most enlarged History of his Life, his Piety and Learning, is in itself and
upon a true account a short History, too short, if we consider the great Worth and ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nifold
Perfections of the Person; of whom though <hi>we should speak much, we shall</hi> yet
certainly <hi>come short,</hi> if we may here use in an inferior sense what is said of God by the
Son of <hi>Sirach,</hi> chap. 43. To proceed then:</p>
               </item>
               <item>
                  <p>43. As he abhorr'd <hi>Idolatry</hi> and <hi>Superstition,</hi> so he likewise abhorr'd <hi>Sacriledge</hi>
and all <hi>Profanation of Holy things.</hi> As for <hi>Sacriledge,</hi> his judgment is well known to
those who have read his Works with attention: amongst which (to omit several pas<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sages
in his other Discourses) there is one <hi>Diatriba</hi> wholly spent upon the Story of
<hi>Ananias</hi> and <hi>Sapphira</hi> in <hi>Acts</hi> 5. wherein the nature and proper notion of the Sin there
mentioned is clearly explained, as also the hainousness and danger of <hi>Sacriledge</hi> is ful<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
proved from several Examples of special remark in H. Scripture, all eminently ve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rifying
that of <hi>Solomon,</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Prov. 20. 25.</note> 
                     <hi>It is a snare to the man who devoureth that which is holy.</hi>
With the consideration whereof our Author being deeply affected, as also of the great
disservice done hereby to any Intendment of Pious Charity, and the no less dishonour
done to Religion, when what is devoted to Pious purposes is less secure from the evil
eye and rapacious hands than what is given to any other use or service whatsoever,
yea though it were to the service of Vanity, Luxury or any other Lust; he could
not but heartily with that some of the <hi>Protestant</hi> Churches would seriously lay it to
heart, and approve themselves more and more <hi>Reformed,</hi> in the cleansing and purify<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
themselves from any the least stain of <hi>Sacriledge;</hi> from which yet (so tempting is
this Sin with the seeming advantages it presents) they that call themselves <hi>Catholicks</hi>
are not free neither, yea even he that is peculiarly styl'd <hi>Rex Catholicus</hi> is wont to be
accursed and excommunicated at <hi>Rome</hi> on <hi>Maundy-Thursday</hi> for detaining part of
S. <hi>Peter's Patrimony,</hi> as they are pleas'd to call it.</p>
                  <p>And it is as well known how much he abhorr'd any kind of <hi>Sacrilegious profanation</hi>
of what is <hi>Relatively holy,</hi> whether <hi>Times, Places,</hi> or <hi>Things</hi> Sacred, as <hi>Bona Ecclesi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>astica,</hi>
the Sacred Revenues and the like; and that in more than a few Discourses he
hath largely asserted the Distinction between Things <hi>Sacred</hi> and <hi>Common,</hi> and that
therefore what is Sacred, and consequently is become God's by a peculiar right,
should be used <hi>appropriately</hi> and with a different respect from things <hi>Common:</hi> such an
<hi>appropriation</hi> and <hi>discriminative usance</hi> of Holy things being a just testimony and ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pression
of the respect and honour due unto Almighty God, whose Name is called up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
them. The like Zeal he had particularly for <hi>Gods House,</hi> his <hi>Worship,</hi> and <hi>Service</hi>
therein; that all things might be done there<note n="*" place="margin">1 Cor. 14. 40.</note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>; and<note n="‖" place="margin">Verse. 26.</note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>decently</hi>
(for the honour of God,) and <hi>to edification</hi> (for the benefit of our Neighbour.)
<hi>Which two Rules of the Apostle excellently score out the way, and exactly contain, even in
external and indifferent things, what course is to be taken,</hi> as the Religious and Prudent
Mr. <hi>G. Herbert</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>In his</hi> Chara<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cter of the Country Par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>son, <hi>Ch. 13.</hi>
                     </note> hath stated the case; who hath also in his Poem [<hi>The British Church</hi>]
elegantly and fully express'd the very same Sentiments that our Author had touching
the <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> of Gods House, the keeping the mean between Superstition and Sloven<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>liness,
between the painted looks, lascivious gaudiness of the Church upon the Hills,
and the careless neglected dress of some Churches in the Valley. Both our Author
and this Good man were after <hi>Davids</hi> heart, (<hi>the man after Gods heart</hi>) who thus
breath'd forth his affection, <hi>Domine, dilexi decorem Domûs tuae,</hi> and thought it un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>worthy
that <hi>the Ark of God should dwell within curtains, when as he himself dwelt in an
house of Cedar;</hi> nor was he of so ungenerous a disposition in Religion as to serve the
Lord his God <hi>of that which did cost him nothing.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">2 Sam. 24.</note> So agreeable is it to a Soul that is
established with a religious and free spirit, as well as it is agreeable to the Light of
Nature, That God, the Best of Beings, should be served and honoured with the Best:
Which was shadowed out of old in the <hi>Sacrifices</hi> and <hi>Drink-offerings;</hi> In the <hi>Peace-offerings,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Levit. 3.</note>
wherein God did feast with the people, the <hi>Fat upon the inwards,</hi> &amp;c. was
Gods Mess, his <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <hi>Food; All the Fat is the Lords;</hi> and was therefore to be burnt
upon the Altar and offer'd unto the Lord. Nor were the <hi>Drink-offerings</hi> to be of any
sort of Wine, but of <hi>Shecar,</hi> the best Wine, <hi>Num.</hi> 28.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="XXX" facs="tcp:63175:39"/>Nor had our Author herein any ambitious design to please men, and thereby to ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vantage
himself in the world, (as some that less knew him were apt rashly to impute
unto him <hi>Time-serving;</hi>) for this just right was done to him in print by one better
acquainted with him, though of a different perswasion, That he had, many years be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
the Times did relish those Notions, declar'd himself to the same purpose, instan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cing
in his <hi>Concio ad Clerum,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">This <hi>Concio ad Clerum,</hi> now published, was preach'd <hi>Anno</hi> 1618.</note> which particularly treated <hi>De Sanctitate Relativa &amp; Ve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neratione
Sacra:</hi> and to the same effect he had express'd himself in an early <hi>Specimen</hi>
or first Draught of his Thoughts, which he presented to the R. R. Bishop <hi>Andrews,</hi>
after he was newly made Fellow of <hi>Christ's</hi> Colledge.</p>
               </item>
               <item>
                  <p>44. With his zeal for God's honour and Church-<hi>decorum,</hi> we may not unfitly joyn
his mindful observance of the Apostle's Precepts,<note n="*" place="margin">1 Pet. 2.</note> 
                     <hi>Honour the King,</hi> and<note n="‖" place="margin">Heb. 13.</note> 
                     <hi>Obey them
that have the rule over you, and submit your selves; for they watch for your Souls, as they
that must give account:</hi> and herein he shew'd himself a true <hi>Son of peace,</hi> as we ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>serv'd
before, and shall now farther add, That he had so great a value and so hearty
an affection for the Peace of our <hi>Ierusalem,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">1 Pet. 2.</note> and, in order thereunto, for <hi>submitting to
every ordinance of man for the Lords sake, whether to be King as Supream, or unto Gover<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nours
as those that were sent by him;</hi> that when he received notice of <hi>the evil that was
then breaking forth out of the North,</hi> to apply that of <hi>Ieremy,</hi> (chap. 1.) who elsewhere
complains in the same note,<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 10.</note> 
                     <hi>Behold, the noise of the bruit is come, and a great commo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
out of the North-country;</hi> upon this intelligence of wars and rumours of wars, his
righteous and meek Soul was grieved within him, and in a Letter of his written to a
Friend within less than three months before his death he thus express'd his resentments,
concluding in a strain almost Prophetical, <hi>If the</hi> Scotish <hi>business be no better than you
write, I pray God both they and others have not cause to curse the time at length when such
courses were first resolved upon, and that in the event the cause of Religion pretended be not
advanced thereby as it is in</hi> Germany, <hi>and no better. I am firmly perswaded there will
never come good of it. God avert his judgments, and make them wiser.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>His reverential regard to the establish'd Government and Discipline of the Church
was well known to them that knew him; and they that knew not his Person, may
know it from his Writings, these testifie of him, how great a Lover he was of Unity,
Peace, all good and decent Order, and whatsoever might make for the beauty and
strength, the honour and safety of the Protestant Reformation both here at home and
abroad; as considering that (those Characters of<note n="*" place="margin">1 Cor. 3.</note> 
                     <hi>a Carnal</hi> and Unspiritual temper)
<hi>Envying, and Strife and Divisions,</hi> and (the consequents thereof)<note n="*" place="margin">Iam. 3.</note> 
                     <hi>Confusion</hi> and
Disorder, would at once both weaken and dishonour the <hi>Protestant</hi> Cause, and occasi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
the Grand Enemy to triumph, who, seeing much of his work done for him by those
who would seem to be most averse from him, while they bite and devour one ano<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther,
claps his hands, saying, <hi>Aha, Aha, Our eye hath seen it, So would we have it.</hi>
But our Author thought it his becoming duty to study Obedience for peace and good
order's sake, and not to expose the Protestant Interest to danger and ruine.</p>
                  <p>'Tis true, There were not wanting even in his days some who, breaking themselves
off from the Great Congregation, were apt to say, <hi>Lo, here is Christ; Behold, he is in
the secret chambers:</hi> as if Christ were not where the Name of God is call'd upon in
publick, through the Mediation (not of Saint or Angel, but) of the One Mediator
Christ <hi>Iesus;</hi> and where the Word of Christ (not unwritten and uncertain <hi>Traditions</hi>
and fabulous <hi>Legends</hi>) is publickly read and preach'd, and hath prosper'd (through
God's blessing) to the conversion and salvation of many thousand Souls. But our
Author (being a <hi>strong</hi> and adult Christian, one that could see into the nature and
reasons and consequences of things, one that had<note n="*" place="margin">Iam. 1.</note> 
                     <hi>look'd into the perfect Law of liberty,</hi>
and was<note n="*" place="margin">Psal. 51.</note> 
                     <hi>establish'd with a free spirit</hi>) well knew the slight insignificancy of what
is pretended by some for their uncharitable Separations, and that their way was not
<hi>Perfection,</hi> but <hi>Weakness,</hi> an argument of a low, narrow and <hi>Iewish</hi> spirit, that would
engross <hi>Messias</hi> only to themselves, and confine him to their particular modes; and no
less an argument of a weak, servile and really Superstitious spirit, to be unreasonably
scrupulous about things of an indifferent nature, to forbid themselves such things as
God hath no-where forbidden, and to put a greater stress upon the doing of some
things and the not-doing of other things than either the Scripture hath or the nature
of the things will bear. And therefore the Scripture represents those of this temper as
<hi>Weak in the faith,</hi> in opposition to the <hi>Strong,</hi> who as they manifest themselves to be
such in a not being over-sollicitous about those <hi>little things,</hi> (though in the mean
while most mindful and strictly observant of the necessary and substantial things of Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ligion,
<pb n="XXXI" facs="tcp:63175:39"/>
which are all clearly declar'd in the H. Scripture) so likewise in that they
can better bear the censurings and sometimes unhandsom dealings of those that are
<hi>Weak,</hi> and find it more easie to treat such civilly, and to look upon them with a more
benign and clear aspect than the <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> do, at least some of them, if we may
judge of men by their behaviour. But of that better temper was our Author, a per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>son
that did not proudly or passionately despise or behave himself unseemly to those
that dissented from him; (for then of <hi>Strong</hi> he had become <hi>Weak;</hi>) nor would he
do any thing that was uncivil or unhumane unto any: he could say in a very good
sense (to borrow that of the Comoedian) <hi>Homo sum, humani à me nihil alienum
puto.</hi>
                  </p>
               </item>
               <item>
                  <p>45. Before we conclude this argument, it may be <hi>Operae-pretium</hi> to superadde one
useful Observation and Notion of our Author's, not impertinent to the present bu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>siness.
There were some in his time who thought themselves excused for non-com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pliance
with the establish'd Liturgy and Orders Ecclesiastick, by a vulgar (yet false)
notion of <hi>Scandal,</hi> as if <hi>To Scandalize</hi> were <hi>To displease</hi> or <hi>aggrieve others,</hi> or <hi>To oc<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>casion
the dislike or anger of others,</hi> as of such particularly who had formerly enter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tain'd
a good opinion of them and their Ministery. Now as these things came some<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>times
to be mention'd in discourse, he was wont to express his Thoughts concerning
the right and genuine notion and importance of that word to this sense; <q>That the
word <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> (being <hi>Verbum</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> and having a <hi>Transitive</hi> signification,
as words in the Conjugation <hi>Hiphil</hi> have in Hebrew, and therefore well render'd
<hi>To make to offend,</hi> 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 8. 13. and so in the Margin, <hi>Matth.</hi> 5. 29.) doth (ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording
to the Syle of the Scripture) generally import thus much, <hi>By our actions
to induce another to sin in imitation of our evil example, and so to put a Stumbling-block
in the way of piety;</hi> and therefore <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> is fitly render'd <hi>Stumbling-block</hi>
in <hi>Rev.</hi> 2. 14. where <hi>Balaam</hi> is said to have taught <hi>Balak</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>to cast
a stumbling-block before the children of Israel,</hi> &amp;c. or when it is joyn'd with <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
a <hi>Stumbling-block,</hi> it is as fitly render'd <hi>an occasion of falling, Rom.</hi> 14. 13<note n="*" place="margin">In 1 Io. 2. 10. it's render'd <hi>an occasion of s<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                 <desc>•</desc>
                              </gap>umbling.</hi>
                        </note>.
Nor is this sense much distant from the <hi>Etymon</hi> of the word, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> à <hi>clau<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dicando;</hi>
and accordingly <hi>To Scandalize is to make or to occasion one to fall,</hi> or <hi>some
way or other to hinder one from walking evenly, steddily and regularly as he ought.</hi>
And agreeable to this sense is that observable description of <hi>Scandal</hi> given by
<note n="a" place="margin">In his <hi>De ve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>landis virgini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>b<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                 <desc>•</desc>
                              </gap>s.</hi> l. 1. c. 3.</note> 
                        <hi>Tertullian, Scandalum (ni fallor) non bonae rei, sed malae exemplum est,</hi>
                        <note n="b" place="margin">Aliuding per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>haps to the <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>, &amp;c. in 1 Cor. 8. 10.</note> 
                        <hi>aedificans
ad delictum.</hi> This our Author did apprehend to be the proper notion of the word,
rather than that which the other did pretend, viz. <hi>To do that which may displease
or grieve or vex others.</hi> For some are <hi>angry without a cause,</hi> and are <hi>offended</hi> and
displeas'd sometimes at that which is not in itself evil; yea are grieved and vexed
when another is doing his duty; and being so affected are therefore far from being
induced and emboldened to the practice of that which the other accounts his duty,
and consequently far from being <hi>Scandaliz'd,</hi> according to the general sense of the
word in Scripture; only they are displeas'd, offended and angry, but without any
just cause, and therefore not to be justified in that humour, as neither are the Mi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nisters
upon that score to think themselves excus'd from their duty. For a man to
neglect his Duty (and such as the performance whereof is accompanied with the
advantage of being instrumental to the best good of others) is plainly to displease
and offend God, who is never displeas'd but justly. But to offend man is not al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ways
<hi>to sin against</hi> our Brother; and to do that which may displease or dislike others
(and how is it possible, in such a contradiction of humours and vast contrariety
of fancies, not to be displeasing unto some?) is not necessarily to <hi>Scandalize</hi> in
the Scripture-idiom. Besides what the great Apostle saith would be seriously consi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der'd,
<note n="*" place="margin">Gal. 1. 10.</note> 
                        <hi>Do I seek to please men? For if I yet pleas'd men, I should not be the Servant
of Christ?</hi>
                     </q>
                  </p>
                  <p>To this purpose has our Author been known to express himself in familiar dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>course
with some Friends: And much-what like the Notion did the Learned Dr.
<hi>Hammond</hi> happily light upon, as appears by his elaborate Tract of <hi>Scandal.</hi>
                  </p>
               </item>
               <item>
                  <p>46. HITHERTO we have endeavour'd (though in a rude and imperfect
draught) to represent the rich <hi>Endowments</hi> of his <hi>Mind,</hi> together with those <hi>Vertues</hi>
and <hi>Graces</hi> that adorn'd and beautified his Inward man, and made his Soul a meet
Habitation for the Divine <hi>Shechinah,</hi> which loves to rest in such Souls as are Holy,
Humble and Meek, full of Charity and Good will towards men. It remains now,
<pb n="XXXII" facs="tcp:63175:40"/>
before we conclude this Narrative, that we add something concerning the <hi>Frame</hi>
and <hi>Temper</hi> of that <hi>Body</hi> wherein this excellent Soul dwelt, that Earthen Vessel
wherein these Heavenly Treasures were deposited, and which only of him was ca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pable
of Mortality; and thence pass to the <hi>last Scene</hi> and <hi>Epilogue</hi> of his Life.</p>
                  <p>His Body was of a comely proportion, rather of a tall than low stature. In his
younger years (as he would say) he was but slender and spare of body; but after<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wards,
when he was full grown, he became more fat and portly, yet not to any
such excess as did diminish but rather encreas'd the goodliness of his presence to a
comely <hi>decorum.</hi> His eye was full, quick and sparkling. His whole Countenance
composed to a sedate seriousness and gravity; <hi>Majestas &amp; Amor</hi> were well met here,
an <hi>awful Majesty,</hi> but withal an <hi>inviting sweetness.</hi> His Behaviour was friendly
and affable, intermixt with a becoming chearfulness and inoffensive pleasantry. His
Complexion was a little swarthy, as if somewhat over-tinctur'd with <hi>Melancholy,</hi>
which yet rather seem'd to serve the design of his studious Mind, than to clogg it
with those Infirmities which commonly attend the predominancy of that Humour.
And as for the whole Constitution and Temperament of his Body, it could not be
observed but his Vitals were strong; and yet it was noted of him that there was an
asymmetry and disproportion in the subservient Faculties,<note place="margin">The like is re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lated in the life of F. <hi>Paul</hi> of <hi>Venice</hi> (a person of emi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nent parts, of a clear Head and profound Iudgment) concerning the constitution of his body, <hi>D' ordi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>ario stav<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> 
                           <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>rè giorui, alle volie tut<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>a la s<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>ttimana senza che le parti na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>turali destinati all<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> espul<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>ione d<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> gl<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> escrementi sacessero i<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>or' officio,</hi> &amp;c.</note> as not all duly performing
their particular offices in so exact time and measure as ordinary; and yet Nature was
so faithful in her compensations, that there were no such irregularities in her Oeco<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nomy
as made him fall short of that chief desire of all wise men, the having <hi>Mentem
sanam in Corpore sano.</hi>
                  </p>
               </item>
               <item>47. He was patient of Cold, and well able to go through a Winter without much
Fire; so that his rule was for divers years together to have no Fire made in his
Chamber before <hi>All-Saints</hi> day; and then after that but some times, now and then
(and not constantly) as the weather did require. But that year in which he died he
found an alteration, being somewhat chill and indisposed a moneth or two before; so
that he was forced to alter his custome, and could not stay for a Fire till <hi>November,</hi>
because he found himself indisposed and not perfectly well. His expectation was in
the <hi>interim</hi> that Nature by some way or other would have relieved herself: which
encouraged him to go on in his attending upon those Offices which were performa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ble
in his place, and the rather because his Aguish indisposition was not constant.</item>
               <item>48. Upon the 29 day of <hi>September,</hi> being <hi>Saturday,</hi> 1638. (the day of the weekly
Accounts, when (according to the laudable custome of that Colledge) the Manci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ple
after Dinner was to give up the particulars of all the Expences of the whole
Colledge that week to the Master and Fellows then present, amongst whom Mr.
<hi>Mede</hi> never fail'd to be one, unless detain'd by some extraordinary occasion) he ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pear'd
in the Hall at dinner-time as usually. But before all was ended, he was forced
to rise up and to hast to his Chamber, being sick and ill at ease. Thither when he was
come and set down in his chair, he presently fainted away and sunk down upon the
hearth; and the posture that he was found lying in was not without some danger to
one of his Leggs from the Fire. A Master of Arts of that Colledge, a Friend to
Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> and who honoured him very much, comes upon a particular occasion to his
Chamber, (so the good Providence of God did order it;) who seeing him lie in that
posture, at which he was surpriz'd with no little astonishment, put to all his strength
to recover him to his seat: and that he did indeed, but with very much ado. Being
a little come to himself, he complain'd he was ill. And ill it proved for him, (or
rather for the surviving) that it happened to be so at a time when the best noted
Physicians were from home; (the University being then the more thin by reason of
the Plague which had been in <hi>Cambridge</hi> that Summer.) An Apothecary being sent for,
he went to Dr. <hi>N.</hi> an ancient, learned and very judicious Physician, but less fit for
practice, being gouty and bed-red. He prescribed a Clyster to be presently admini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stred
him. But the Apothecary unacquainted with the state of his Body (not having
that special regard to the tenderness of those parts, which, had he been acquainted
with before, he should reasonably have had) did so irritate his <hi>Haemorrhoid</hi> Veins,
that they swell'd up immediately; and so angry they grew, that they shut up the pas<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sage.
And now this Good man began to be in extremity of pain; for the Clyster work<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
inwardly (because no passage downward was to be found) tormented him ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceedingly.
<pb n="XXXIII" facs="tcp:63175:40"/>
But the next day, being <hi>Sunday,</hi> and the last of <hi>September,</hi> the adven<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>turous
Apothecary (whether with the foresaid Doctor's advice or not, it could not
clearly be resolved) adventured upon a farther experiment, and so gave him a strong
Purge; imagining (it's likely) that this would force all downward. But contrary
to that fancy it wrought still but within, and so procured more torment and sickness
to the distressed Patient. All that day he continued very ill and out of order, worse
and worse still, as 'twas easie to observe. But to those that were Eye-witnesses of
his pain and great affliction, it was as easie to observe his Christian <hi>Patience</hi> at this
time. We may easily conceive the exquisiteness of the pain he endur'd by reason
of the Physick tearing him within: but some then present have profess'd <hi>that they
could not but admire his Incomparable Patience under this sore trial, and that he lay un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der
the extremity of his distemper with so much Meekness and quiet Submission to the
hand of God, that they never knew the like.</hi> Thus had<note n="*" place="margin">Ia<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>. 1.</note> 
                  <hi>Patience her perfect work</hi> in
him: and as he<note n="‖" place="margin">1 Thess. 4.</note> 
                  <hi>possess'd his Vessel</hi> (his Body) <hi>in sanctification and honour,</hi> having
lived a life of Chastity and Purity; so he likewise<note n="*" place="margin">Luke 21.</note> 
                  <hi>possess'd his Soul in patience,</hi>
while he possess'd it in this earthen and brittle Vessel of the Body; and hereby gave
an illustrious proof that he had well learn'd that great Lesson of Self-denial and Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>signing
up himself to the Will of his Heavenly Father: It was, in the time of his
Health, his <hi>Meat and Drink to do his Will;</hi> and now to be enabled meekly to submit
to it was his <hi>Cordial.</hi> Thus was he still and silent before God,<note n="‖" place="margin">1 Pet. 4.</note> 
                  <hi>committing himself
to him as unto a Faithful Creatour,</hi> and unto Christ <hi>Iesus,</hi> that<note n="*" place="margin">Heb. 2. &amp; 7.</note> 
                  <hi>Merciful and Faithful
High-Priest, who ever liveth to make intercession for us,</hi> the Glory and Prerogative
of whose Sole <hi>Mediation at the Right hand of God</hi> he had always faithfully asserted
in his<note n="‖" place="margin">See this more largely dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>coursed of in his <hi>Apostasie of the Latter Times,</hi>
                  </note> 
                  <hi>Discourses.</hi>
               </item>
               <item>49. In the Night following his spirits began to fail; yet being in perfect memory,
an hour or two before day-break he desired to have Mr. <hi>Iohn Alsop</hi> sent for, (a most
worthy <hi>Consocius</hi> of that Learned Society;) who being come, Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> told him he
hoped he should do well, for that now he perceived his Physick to work downward.
But Mr. <hi>Alsop,</hi> by what he saw, was fearful of the work, suspecting (as it proved true)
that that purging downward proceeded not in that case from any activity or strength
of Nature, but rather from debility and weakness: thereupon, like a wise and good
man, he advised him, however it might please God to deal with him, to set his House
in order, and to dispose of by Will whatsoever God had given him. It was readily
accorded to by Mr. <hi>Mede,</hi> and Mr. <hi>Alsop</hi> was by him constituted the Executor of his
Will, whereby he gave to the poor of the Town of <hi>Cambridge</hi> an Hundred pound,
and to the Colledge whereof he was a Member all the remainder of his Estate, (after
some Legacies to his Kindred) amounting to Three hundred pounds, (a large Lega<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cy
out of a Scholar's purse) for and towards the <hi>New building</hi> then intended, as also
for the adorning of the <hi>Chappel;</hi> nor was he unmindful of the <hi>Library,</hi> for he knew
well the excellent use of good Books. This he did in way of a Grateful return for
the Mercies he had so long enjoy'd in that Colledge, the enlarging and encrease of
whose prosperity and good estate was his great desire and endeavour, and that which
he<note n="*" place="margin">Psal. 137.</note> 
                  <hi>preferr'd above his chief joy.</hi>
               </item>
               <item>50. And now having finished the care of his Secular affairs, he composed his
Soul for its address into the Divine presence with holy Thoughts and humble Prayers;
desiring also to strengthen his <hi>Faith</hi> and heighten his <hi>Love,</hi> whilst by the participation
of the <hi>Sacred Eucharist</hi> he made a thankful Commemoration of his Saviour's Death,
by which he hoped for an Entrance into the Happiness of an Eternal Life. But in
this he was prevented (shall we say?) by the sudden approach of Death; or not
rather more suddenly and in an higher measure satisfied in his desire by the Love
of his Saviour, who, in stead of giving him a tast of the <hi>Bread of Life</hi> here on Earth
by Faith, received him into the present possession and more full participation of the
ineffiable Ioyes in Heaven?</item>
               <item>
                  <p>51. Thus died this Religious and Learned person, upon Monday-morning, about
break of day, the first of <hi>October</hi> 1638. having lived Fifty two years, and spent
above two thirds of his time in that Colledge, to which, whilst he lived, he was so
great and illustrious an Ornament, and which, now he is dead, is his Monument.</p>
                  <p>The next day in the Evening (being <hi>October</hi> 2.) he was decently carried to his
Grave by the Fellows of the House, and there in the Inner Chappel of the Colledge,
<pb n="XXXIV" facs="tcp:63175:41"/>
about the middle of the <hi>Area</hi> on the South-side, close to the Bachelors or Sophisters
Seats, he lies interred; his Memory being embalm'd with his Vertues, (of more
force to preserve his Name than the Spices which the <hi>Hebrews</hi> or <hi>Egyptians</hi> used for
the embalming of Bodies) and having left his most Learned Writings as his truest
Picture and best History.</p>
               </item>
               <item>52. The Executor<note n="*" place="margin">Upon <hi>Febr.</hi> 1. 1638/9.</note> some time after (against which time he had gathered in some
scattered debts and paid out some Legacies) preach'd his Funeral Sermon in a full
Congregation of Regents and Non-Regents at S. <hi>Marie's,</hi> before the whole University,
with high approbation of all that heard it, upon that Text in <hi>Gen.</hi> 5. 24. <hi>And Enoch
walked with God, and he was not, for God took him.</hi> A thousand pities it is that that ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cellent
Sermon miscarried in the late Troubles; had it survived to have been printed
with these Works, it would have been for its own sake very acceptable to the world,
being a Texture (as all his were) of an accurately-spun thread: And that part of it
which particularly commemorated Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> was so full and expressive to the life, as
might have made any after-endeavours to represent this Great Author less ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cessary.</item>
               <item>
                  <p>53. We will only observe one thing more concerning the Time of his Death, That
he was taken away from the Evils that were then ready to come upon this Island:
a Favour which God vouchsafes to many of the righteous (<hi>Esay</hi> 57. 1.) So of
good <hi>Iosiah</hi> it is said,<note n="‖" place="margin">2 King. 22.</note> 
                     <hi>He should be gather'd to his grave in peace, and not see all the evil
which God would bring upon Ierusalem.</hi> So <hi>Posidonius</hi> in the life of S. <hi>Austin</hi> relates
that he was taken away by death when the <hi>Goths</hi> and <hi>Vandals</hi> had begun to besiege
<hi>Hippo,</hi> so that he saw not the direful Miseries that were coming upon that place. Thus
that good God who had favour'd our Author with a life of Tranquillity and Free<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom
from worldly encumbrances, made his Death a preservative against those ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>proaching
Evils which then hover'd over this Kingdom, and closed his eyes that he
saw not those dreadful Calamities which were so grievous and afflictive unto all
meek and humble Christians to behold.</p>
                  <p>'Tis true, he beheld them at a distance, and by the presage of his own divining
spirit he guessed at what afterwards came to pass. For, about a year or two before he
died, he would sometimes mention an Observation of his upon that in <hi>Iudg.</hi> 3. 30. <hi>The
Land had rest fourscore years,</hi> (the longest period of time (as he noted) that the people
of <hi>Israel</hi> ever enjoy'd it, and then which scarcely any other Nation ever enjoy'd a lon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ger)
<hi>Such a rest</hi> (would he say) <hi>from the beginning of Blessed Queen</hi> Elizabeth's <hi>Reign
we of</hi> England <hi>have enjoy'd,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">The Preface to Mr. <hi>Herbert's Remains</hi> ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>serves of those 3 pious per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sons, Dr. <hi>Iack<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>son,</hi> Mr. <hi>Her<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bert,</hi> Mr. <hi>
                           <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap>r<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                           <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>ar,</hi> that they spake Propheti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cally of the like Events.</note> 
                     <hi>and who knows whether our period be not near at hand?
And whether it be so or not, whosoever shall live but a year or two may know it certainly.</hi>
It happened accordingly; and what havock the devouting Sword made amongst us,
after God had sent it to revenge our abuse of his Mercies, is well known, and can
never be rem<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>mbred without horrour. That God who maketh wars to cease, and
by his miraculous Providence in the peaceful reduction of his <hi>Sacred</hi> MAIESTY
hath dissipated those Storms of fire and dried up those Shours of bloud, he of his
Goodness grant that, whilst we all offer up our due Thanks for his so great and un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deserved
Mercies, we may so carefully avoid the Sins which drew down our
late Punishments, and so zealously make up the defects of our former Omissions,
that God may be pleas'd not only to perpetuate the Felicity of our present Peace, but
also to increase it by the accumulation of all necessary Blessings.</p>
               </item>
            </list>
            <trailer>The End of the <hi>Author's Life.</hi>
            </trailer>
         </div>
         <div type="epitaph">
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:41"/>
            <p>
               <hi>Effare, Marmor iners; Dic, Cujus Cinis?</hi>
Salvis modestissimi Viri Manibus,
IOSEPHUS heîc MEDUS jacet,
S. T. B.</p>
            <p>Collegii <hi>Christi</hi> apud <hi>Cantabrigienses</hi> Socius,
Ipse Musarum <hi>Hospitium</hi> solenniorum, &amp;
Iusta in Collegio <hi>Vniversitas;</hi>
Qui
Omnes <hi>Linguas</hi> calluit, <hi>Artes</hi> excoluit,
<hi>Philosophiae &amp; Mathematicae</hi> adjungens
Quicquid <hi>AEgyptii</hi> occultârunt,
aut invenerunt <hi>Chaldaei;
Chronologiam</hi> insuper, ac <hi>Historiam,</hi>
omniúmque Reginam
<hi>Theologiam:</hi>
            </p>
            <p>Quarum praelucente face,
Induit se in abditissimos <hi>Prophetiarum</hi> recessus, &amp;
Speluncâ <hi>Apocalypticâ</hi> exuit <hi>Romanam Belluam;</hi>
Confligendi cum <hi>Difficultatibus</hi> avidissimus,
<hi>Mysteriorum Interpres</hi> felicissimus;
Ut in IOSEPHO hoc nostro
Facilè agnovisset <hi>Gens Hieroglyphica
Zaphnath Paaneah</hi> redivivum.</p>
            <p>Hic
Nullis addictus partibus, omnibus, aequus fuit,
<hi>Veritatis</hi> ac <hi>Pacis</hi> amans;
Benignus aliis, Amicis totus patens;
Verbis, Voto, Vitâ, sanctus, castus, humillimus.</p>
            <p>Ast
Imminentis tunc Ecclesiae &amp; Reipublicae <hi>Tempestatis</hi>
Mens, Prophetis contubernalis, <hi>praesaga</hi>
Coelestem <hi>portum</hi> occupavit
Anno post natam Salutem
MDCXXXVIII.
AEtatis Suae
LII.</p>
         </div>
         <div type="addenda">
            <pb n="XXXVI" facs="tcp:63175:42"/>
            <head>Some Additionals to Mr. Mede's LIFE, by One who
had the Honour and Happiness to be intimately
known to him many years.</head>
            <p>UNderstanding what rich Materials are prepared for Mr. <hi>Mede's</hi> Life, and into
what accurate Hands they are come for the Composure; I can never give
my consent that these course and ragged Papers be admitted otherwise than
<hi>Post-script wise,</hi> or as a <hi>Godicill</hi> (which may pass through any ordinary hand) an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nexed
to an exactly-penn'd <hi>Testament:</hi> yet so, as that the one may justly pretend to
the same Veracity and Authentickness with that of the other.</p>
            <p>Upon this condition I proceed, and in this Order, contriving what I have to say
into certain distinct Particularities: Which I humbly conceive will be less unac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceptable
to the Reader.</p>
            <p>As for the purpose,</p>
            <div type="part">
               <head>1. Remarkables concerning Mr. Mede's Election into his Fellowship, together with the
Occasion of his devoting the Tenth of his Estate to Pious uses.</head>
               <p>MR. <hi>Mede</hi> had now continued in the University until after he took the Degree
of <hi>Master of Arts,</hi> and had already received some strange Preteritions at Electi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons,
Dr. <hi>Carey,</hi> (after Bishop of <hi>Exceter</hi>) the then Head of the Colledge, enter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>taining
a very causeless Iealousie of him, <hi>that he looked too much towards Geneva.</hi>
About this time a worthy Gentleman in the North earnestly invited him to live with
him, and upon very handsome Terms. Yet Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> took time to consider of it.
It was then <hi>Sturbridge-Fair,</hi> and there in a Stationer's shop Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> lighted on a
Book of <hi>Mathematicks</hi> which he had great use of, and had long thirsted after. The
lowest price was 50<hi rend="sup">s</hi>. He thought the Book worth the money: But the great Question
was, <hi>Whether the taking so much Money out of his Purse would not be as the taking away
too much Bloud from an extraordinary weak Body.</hi> Hereupon he, retiring into a private
walk hard by, entered into a serious Consultation with himself what he should do;
whether he should buy the Book and leave the University, (embracing the Gentle<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>man's
noble Proposal) or else whether he should leave the Book and continue there
longer. For his slender Income would not allow him to enjoy both Conveniences toge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther,
nor could have possibly afforded his Continuance in the Colledge so long, had it not
met with the great felicity of so Frugal and Prudent a Manager of it as himself was.
Whilest he was busily pondering and weighing Conveniencies and Inconveniencies, one
against another, on both sides, who should accidentally pass by but that Excellent Per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>son
and his very dear Friend, Sir <hi>William Boswell,</hi> then Fellow of <hi>Iesus</hi> Colledge, and a
rare Ornament to the whole University? He, perceiving who it was that walked there
in such a deep study, drew near to him, closed with him, and (as he mought well do it)
demanded the Reason of that his solicitous Thoughtfulness. Mr. <hi>Mede,</hi> glad of the Op<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>portunity,
readily disclosed all to him. Mr. <hi>Boswell</hi> (that was his Title then) at first
encouraged him to accept of the Gentleman's Propositions, who himself knew to be a
Worthy Person, Noble, Ingenuous, Learned, and Master of a well-furnished Library:
alleging farther, that the good Leisure, the good Conversation, the now good Compe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tency,
(that honest Salary being twisted with what he had of his own) and other good
Accommodations he should there enjoy, would enable him to do the Church and Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>monwealth
of Learning more service with his Pen, than perhaps his Impediment of
Speech would suffer him to do in the Pulpit. Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> easily consenting to the Ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vice
of so great and good a Friend, parted from him with a Resolution to go that way.
He was not gone many steps, when Mr. <hi>Boswell</hi> called him back again; <hi>But, Ioseph,</hi>
(saith he) <hi>it is great pity though that thou shouldst leave us for want of a Book: Lo, here
is all my stock at present,</hi> (shewing him 5 pieces;) <hi>but come, we will divide, Go and buy the
Book.</hi> Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> began modestly to refuse this Courtesie, as too great to be received,
and objected, <hi>How shall I be able to be solvent in convenient time?</hi> Mr. <hi>Boswell</hi> as impor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tunately
forced it upon him with these friendly words, <hi>I pray thee take no care of re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>payment;
<pb n="XXXVII" facs="tcp:63175:42"/>
let that be when thou canst, or in what small parcels thou wilt, or whether it be
ever or never, it will be all one to me.</hi> And so Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> is possessed of his Book, and
become a Continuer again.</p>
               <p>Within a short time after, the Colledge had privy notice of a Stranger who had got
a <hi>Mandamus</hi> for a Fellowship, either Fallen or Falling. This news hastened them to a
preventing Election; and now the Master is contented to hear of Mr. <hi>Mede.</hi> He is cho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sen,
but conditionally and provisionally, that if the <hi>Mandamus</hi> be not diverted and shall
be over-powerfully urged, he must recede. Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> therefore maturely makes his
Applications to that Great both Oracle of Learning and Protector of Learned men, the
thrice Renowned L. B. <hi>Andrews;</hi> by whose propitious Assistence he is now confirmed
Fellow of that Colledge to which he owed his Education, and for which he had so
Filial a Dearness. This Signal Providence and Goodness of Almighty God Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>
was so piously sensible of, <hi>that he solemnly vowed</hi> (and as Religiously kept that Vow)
<hi>to lay aside every Tenth shilling he should ever receive in the Colledge, and to dedicate it to
Pious uses.</hi> This Story (to me not inconsiderable) left so deep an Impression in me,
that I am able to warrant not only the Substance, but even almost every Circumstance
of it, as I have related it. And as to the Interlocutory part, I verily believe I scarce vary
in a word, as I received it (and all the rest) immediately from the lips of that Miracle
of Worth, (whether as a Scholar, or a Statesman, or a Friend, or a Patriot, or a Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stian)
Sir <hi>William Boswell,</hi> whiles he was Ambassadour Resident in the <hi>Nether-lands.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>As concerning this strange <hi>Vow,</hi> I had heard of it accidentally in Mr. <hi>Mede's</hi> life<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>time,
and once I took the freedom to ask him about it. He startled at it, that I should
come to the knowledge of it; and, after a pause, he only said this, <hi>I charge you as a
Friend to keep it to your self;</hi> which I faithfully did, till after his death.</p>
               <p>And now, if the Reader will not think his Patience too much imposed upon, I could
furnish him with another like Instance, and that out of Mr. <hi>Mede's</hi> own Colledge, one
who was Contemporary with Mr. <hi>Mede,</hi> (but a long and early Discontinuer) and one,
I think, not unknown to him; I am sure, a great Admirer of him. And this was Mr.
<hi>William Whately,</hi> sometime Vicar of <hi>Banbury,</hi> that famous and perfect Preacher, and that
not only <hi>ad Populum,</hi> as some great Wits have liberally acknowledged, who would often
slip out of <hi>Oxford</hi> on purpose to hear him, and came at first with prejudice enough. This
Rare Preacher (and therefore the Rarer because so Frequent) had in his Pulpit (upon
a Holy-day, when there was a very full Auditory) with great Zeal, and with as great
Solidity of Reason and Embroidery of Rhetorick, pressed (as his Theme led him)
<hi>Works of Charity.</hi> Among other passages he exhorted his Hearers to make this Experi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment;
<hi>When they had received good gain by Traffick or Bargain,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>to take</hi> 6<hi rend="sup">d</hi> 
                  <hi>or</hi> 4<hi rend="sup">d</hi> 
                  <hi>in the
Pound, and put it in a Purse by it self, for works of Piety. This</hi> (he warranted) <hi>as it
would be very beneficial to their Estate, so it would take away all secret Grudgings:</hi> For <hi>now
they had lay'd so much aside for such a purpose, they would rather wish for an Opportunity
of disbursing it,</hi> &amp;c.</p>
               <p>After Sermon, being visited by a neighbour-Divine, (and one allied to him) they
presently fell into discourse about that Subject, and Mr. <hi>Whateley's</hi> Iudgment was desired
more particularly concerning the <hi>Quotapars</hi> to be so devoted. <hi>As for that</hi> (saith he) <hi>I am
not to prescribe to others; but since here are none but very good friends, and we are all so pri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vate,
I will tell you what hath been my own practice of late, and upon what occasion. You
know, Sir, some years since I was often beholden to you for the Lone of 10<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> at a time: The
truth is, I could not bring the year about, though my Receipts were not despicable, and I was
not at all conscious to my self of any vain Expences or of Improvidence. At length I began to
examine my Family what Relief was given to the Poor: And although I was assured that was
not done niggardly, yet I could not be so satisfied, but resolved instantly to lay aside every
Tenth shilling of all my Receipts for Charitable uses. And (to let you see how well I have
thrived this way in a short time) now, if you have occasion to use an 100<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> or more, I have
it ready for you.</hi> Iust Mr. <hi>Mede's</hi> Method, and with a like prosperous Success. This I can
avouch, for I was present both at the Sermon and at the Conference.</p>
               <p>Neither do I conceive I have been wandering far from Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> all this while;
these two Persons meeting so near in so many Respects: Both of them of the same
House in the University; both Contemporaries; both Eminent, though in far distant
ways; both inviolably kept their Principles of Loyalty to their Prince and Obedi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ence
to their Mother the Church; both suffered injuriously; some (when time was)
made themselves too (Poetically) merry with Mr. <hi>Whately's</hi> Name; both met in the
same practice of <hi>Charity,</hi> for which chiefly the latter was instanced in; lastly, both of
them were peaceably and honourably Interred a little before the late unnatural War.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="XXXVIII" facs="tcp:63175:43"/>I do not ask the Reader's Pardon for this seeming Impertinency, because I rather
expect his Thanks for helping him to so rare a Project how he may no less certainly
than Piously improve his Estate, if he please to make due Trial of it. Howsoever,
I shall make him amends, as to Brevity, in the ensuing Particularities. Whereof
the next is</p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>2. Concerning Mr. Mede's Communicativeness.</head>
               <p>AS to be <hi>Communicative of Good</hi> is a Royalty and Beam of Glory even in the
Divine Majesty itself: so upon what Person soever this shall be more or less
shed and diffused, it must needs render him proportionably <hi>God-like.</hi> Now that such
a Quality was eminently conspicuous in this divine Person is altogether as unquestio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nable
as Whether there ever was such a Man as Mr. <hi>Ioseph Mede.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>I shall not instance in his Writings, wherewith he hath blest the world; concerning
which (I speak of those few then extant) (if the commending of them would not be
but as the Gilding of Gold and the Painting of Rubies) I could give you the opinion
of<note n="*" place="margin">Dr. <hi>Steward</hi> late Dean of the Royal Chappel, &amp;c.</note> one (among many others) who was Master of as great a Treasure of choice
Learning, and of as curious a Pen and Tongue, as few Ages have seen; which he
hath often expressed to me in these words, <hi>I never in all my life met with such a Vseful
Critick as Mr.</hi> Mede, with many other Encomiums.</p>
               <p>That I have now to speak to is <hi>his Communicativeness in ordinary Discourse.</hi> And this
indeed he made the main of his Divertisement and Recreation. I never heard he used
any other, unless it were in and upon the <hi>Fellows Orchard;</hi> the Beautifying whereof
he took great delight in, and towards that he would not only lend his handsome and
happy Contrivances, but also disburse Money before-hand, till the Colledge-Audit.
Here he hath been found very busie (at due hours) and sometimes <hi>knuckle-deep,</hi>
when he would say smiling, <hi>Why? this was</hi> Adam's <hi>work in his Innocency.</hi> But then,
instantly, taking for his Theme either a <hi>Plant</hi> or a <hi>Weed,</hi> or almost any thing next
hand, he would fall into some very significant discourse. All his Discourses (to speak
it once for all) were extremely distant from any thing that looked like either <hi>Levity,</hi>
or <hi>Vanity,</hi> or <hi>Paedantry.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>These <hi>Charitable works of his Tongue,</hi> (for so I call Mr. <hi>Mede's</hi> Discourses) as well as
those other of his <hi>Hand,</hi> proved no less Gainful to himself than they were Beneficial
to others. A double Gain, he hath often acknowledged, came in to him this way.</p>
               <p>One, That his Notions, by often Repeating them, became more fixed and rivetted
in his Memory: And therefore he would merrily say to a Familiar, whose Studies lay
quite another way, (and in that kind of Learning was confessedly incomparable and
unmatchable) when he seemed not so attentive to some of his Discourses, <hi>Chuse</hi> (saith
he) <hi>whether you will hear me or no; I love to repeat what I have been gathering, though
it be but to the Walls, for my own Memorie's sake.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>The other Gain was, That hereby his Notions were better shaped and formed,
and so more accommodated to use. <hi>For</hi> (said he) <hi>every time I am imparting them to
others, it is great odds but some fitter and clearer Expression will casually come out of my
Mouth than at first came into my Mind.</hi> So that his Notions always lay by him ready, in
good Currant Coin, whiles others (who too much affect the hoarding up) have theirs
at the best but in the Barre and Ingot, and perhaps sometimes but in the Ore.</p>
               <p>Wherefore I am apt to believe it was not a mere Complement of Mr. <hi>Mede's,</hi> when
he thanked those for Hearing him, who thought they had a great deal more reason
to thank him for his so Edifying them; because he knew his own Gains hereby were
still multiplied.</p>
               <p>When my Acquaintance with him was of that Standing as to take the Degree of
one of his Familiars, he would treat and entertain me in this manner.</p>
               <p>After some short prelusory talking of News and Occurrences, <hi>Come now,</hi> (saith he)
<hi>what be your Questions?</hi> Which as I was never to come unprovided of, so was he al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ways
much more provided to resolve them to my unspeakable satisfaction. Yea more
than that, (such was his Obligingness) he would sometimes fetch out of his Study di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vers
of his Colledge and Publick Exercises; and sometimes one peculiar Paper-book,
wherein he was wont to write sundry knotty Questions and difficult Texts of Scripture,
and under them set down in brief his present Conjectural thoughts, which afterwards (at
better leisure) he would bring to the Test, and pursue with more accurateness. Pitch<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
upon some of these, he hath done me the honour to promote me to be his <hi>Amanu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ensis:</hi>
And then first causing me to turn to Texts in the Hebrew Fountain and in
<pb n="XXXIX" facs="tcp:63175:43"/>
the LXX, he would Critically give the Importance of the words, and here drop many
a rich Observation. That done, he would take down many of the Ancients, whether
Church-Historians or Fathers, Greek and Latin, &amp;c. and directing me to what places I
should turn, make me read them to him: Upon which again he would, by the By, give
out very considerable Notes; and still as he had done with each Author would say, <hi>You
see it holds yet, and yet,</hi> &amp;c. So at last, one of those Conjecturalls and <hi>What Ifs</hi> (as
he call'd them) became an adopted Verity. And this he called <hi>Hunting of Notions.</hi>
At this Sport, no less profitable than pleasant, we have, upon Fasting-days, continued
from three after Mid-day until the knocking of the Colledge-gates at Night, and
then he has dismissed me richly laden.</p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>3. Of his Advice to young Students in Divinity.</head>
               <p>TO those who intended <hi>Curam Animarum</hi> he would give, among many other,
these Three Counsels.</p>
               <p>1. That they familiarly acquaint themselves with and constantly make use of that
Golden Observation of <hi>Is. Casaubon,</hi> viz. <hi>Vniversam Doctrinam Christianam Veteres
disting<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ebant in</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>idest, ea quae enunciari apud omnes poterant,</hi> &amp; <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>arcana temere non vulganda.</hi> It is in his <hi>Exercit.</hi> XVI. <hi>ad Annal. Eccles.</hi> Which
whole Exercitation he would commend to their often reading, and indeed the whole
Book.</p>
               <p>And here he would sadly complain, to the same effect, and almost in the same words,
with the Admired Lord <hi>Verulam,</hi> 
                  <q>It is a Point of great Inconvenience and Perill,
to entitle the People to hear Controversies and all kinds of Doctrine.<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>In his</hi> Adver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tisements tou<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ching the Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trovers<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> of the Church of <hi>Eng<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>land.</hi>
                     </note> They say
no part of the Counsel of God is to be suppressed, nor the People defrauded: So
as the Difference which the Apostle maketh between <hi>Milk</hi> and <hi>Strong Meat</hi> is con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>founded;
and his Precept, That <hi>the weak be not admitted unto Questions and Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>troversies,</hi>
taketh no place.</q>
               </p>
               <p>Upon neglect of which sage Counsel we have lately seen those Dismal and Tragi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cal
Consequences, which Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> did indeed Prophetically presage would be there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>upon.
And for the present he gave some Instances (but not without Indignation) of
them who, under pretence of Revealing the whole Truth to the People, would make
choice of strange Texts, in <hi>Leviticus</hi> and elsewhere, and out of them vent such
Stuffe as no modest Ear could endure to hear.</p>
               <p>2. His next Counsel was, That with other Practical Doctrines they should not for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>get
to preach and press <hi>Charity:</hi> and this not in a slight perfunctory manner, but Stu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>diedly
and Digestedly to give the People the true Nature of it, the full latitude of
it, the absolute and indispensable Necessity of having it, (both <hi>Praecepti</hi> and <hi>Medii</hi>)
and (as the<note n="*" place="margin">Ibid.</note> L. <hi>Verulam</hi> hath express'd it) <q>to bring down Doctrines and Directions
<hi>ad Casus Conscientiae;</hi> otherwise the Word, the Bread of Life, they will but <hi>toss
up and down,</hi> and not <hi>break it.</hi>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>3. His last Counsel was, When they had some Necessary Truths to deliver, against
which the present Humour of the Times ran counter, that in this case they should go
<hi>Socratically</hi> to work: as to lay down at a convenient distance, first one <hi>Postulatum,</hi> and
then another (that will be clearly inferred from the former,) and so a third, and a
fourth, &amp;c. still depending upon and strengthning each other. <hi>A Truth brought in thus
Backward</hi> (saith he) <hi>will be swallowed down unawares: Whereas if you first shew its Horns,
there will be such startling and flinging, that there will be no coming near with it.</hi>
               </p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>4. How far he was from Ambition.</head>
               <p>FOR proof hereof we cannot desire a clearer Evidence or Demonstration then his
so constant declining Preferments even then when they sought him out.</p>
               <p>Witness his<note n="*" place="margin">See Book 4. Epist. 2.</note> Answer to the Letter of the Fellows of <hi>Trinity</hi> Colledge near <hi>Dublin.</hi>
And, by the way, that Election into that <hi>Provostship</hi> was so firm, as well as free, that he
was desired to make a Formal Resignation before his<note n="*" place="margin">Mr. <hi>Bedel,</hi> afterwards B, of <hi>Kilmore.</hi>
                  </note> Successor could be elected and
admitted into it: which he did, as himself hath told me more than once.</p>
               <p>Witness again his<note n="*" place="margin">See Book 4. Epist. 29.</note> Third Letter to the then Lord Primate, what time some new
hopes began to be raised of his acceptance of the same <hi>Provostship,</hi> upon the remove
of Bishop <hi>Bedel.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>To all this I can add two more Instances, which I believe are not known to
many.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="XL" facs="tcp:63175:44"/>One, That divers years after the refusal of the <hi>Provostship,</hi> he received a Letter from a
Friend in <hi>Ireland,</hi> assuring him there was then kept for him a Dignity worth at the least
1000<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>per ann.</hi> and staied only for his acceptance. To persuade him to which, he used
many potent arguments; among the rest this, <hi>The great freedom from molestations and in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cumbrances
that place would indulge him in,</hi> &amp;c. This Letter he was pleased to commu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nicate
to my self, when freshly received, concealing indeed the Name subscribed,
though that was not hard to guess at. But here again his Modesty proved inflexible.</p>
               <p>The other Instance is this: When he newly related to his then Grace of <hi>Canterbury,</hi>
and now glorious Martyr, (neither of whom, I believe, had seen each others face in all
their lives, I am sure he told me so not long before his death) he desired me to tell him
freely what I heard men say concerning his Chaplainship, &amp;c. The sum of my Answer
was, <hi>That I perceived he was looked upon as a Rising man, and that many rejoyced at it be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cause
of his known merits,</hi> &amp;c. To the latter part of my Answer he replied, <hi>I am much
beholden to my Friends for their good opinion of me,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>But no man knows my Defects so
well as my self.</hi> And this was but the native Language and Dialect of his innate <hi>Modesty.</hi>
But when he came to reply to the former part, which spake him a <hi>Rising man,</hi> here he
used more than ordinary Solemnity, and with a grave, composed countenance uttered
these words; <hi>At to my Rising,—come now, I will make you my Confessor. I can safely ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>peal
to that Infinite Majes<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>y who hears me,</hi> (which words were accompanied with a ge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sture
of great Reverence) <hi>that if I might obtain but a Donative</hi> sine cura, (sine cura, <hi>he
repe<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ted it) which I may keep with my Fellowship, I would set up my staffe for this World.
And the reason why I desire this is, that I mought be able to keep a Nag for my Recreation
sometimes, in taking the air, and in visiting my friends in the Countrey, since this my Cor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pulency</hi>
(then growing upon him) <hi>makes me unwieldy for walking.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>In pursuance of this discourse, I chanced to smile at a Conceit then coming into my
mind; which he quickly observed, and was very earnest to know the reason of it. After
a pardon obtained for my freedom, I thus declared; <hi>That I thought in one case he would be
persuaded to accept of a Bishoprick for all this. Why think you so?</hi> rejoyned he suddenly,
and with some warmth. Presuming upon the license granted me, <hi>I shall tell you,</hi> replied
I, <hi>and, more than that, I believe you will acknowledge as much your self.</hi> At this he began
to bungle at being <hi>angry,</hi> for indeed that Passion was so great a stranger to him and so
little in favour with him that, unless it came in the company of (or rather attending
upon) true Zeal to God-ward, he would not endure its presence.</p>
               <p>In short, I remembred to him, how often I heard him wonder why none of our
Christian Kings had ever erected a Bishoprick in S. <hi>Alban's,</hi> that Martyr being of
such Fame and Antiquity, and the Place so many ways convenient, &amp;c. And then I
propounded this case:</p>
               <p>That if our then present Sovereign (who afterwards, in spight of Hypocrisie and
Treason, became indeed so Glorious a King, that of all Kings He was the First Martyr)
should resolve upon an Erection of a Bishoprick at S. <hi>Alban's,</hi> upon this one only con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dition,
That Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> will be persuaded to be the First Bishop there, otherwise there
shall be no Bishoprick at all; I ask whether, in this case Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> would not be willing
to accept of a Bishoprick. Hereat he laughed heartily, and said at first, <hi>Now thou puttest
me to it indeed.</hi> But by and by recollecting himself, he concluded gravely to this
purpose: <hi>As there is no great fear of such a Temptation,</hi> rebus sic stantibus; <hi>so I dare re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>assume
my former Protestation. A Donative</hi> sine cura <hi>with my Fellowship will confine the
utmost of my Ambition in this life.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Then Clouds began to ga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther in the North.</note>
               </p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>5. Of his Zeal against Sacrilege.</head>
               <p>WHich had been heightned to a superlative degree, yet in him of most men living
would have been least to be wondered at and most to be justified; because
few men of his (or any) Age could pretend to that absolute soveraignty over them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>selves,
in point of Interest or ambitious Designs, which he had; and, because none was
more punctual in paying his Homage and Rental to Almighty God than he was. But
yet that his <hi>Zeal</hi> was <hi>according to knowledge,</hi> and guided with great Iudgment and
Discretion, will manifestly appear unto all men who will but cast their eyes upon some
of the <hi>Principles and Grounds</hi> he went upon. E. g.</p>
               <p>1. That,<note place="margin">See his Dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>course upon <hi>Acts</hi> 5. 3, 4.</note> 
                  <hi>according to the common Law of Nature, the great Land-lord of the whole
World ought to receive Homages from his Tenants and Dependents.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>This God claimed in <hi>Paradise</hi> itself, when Man was in the <hi>Zenith</hi> of his Perfection.
For (would he say) the <hi>Prohibited Tree</hi> there was <hi>a Sacred and a Sacramental Tree.</hi>
                  <pb n="XLI" facs="tcp:63175:44"/>
Wherefore he was positive and dogmatical in determining that the <hi>Formalis ratio</hi> and
specifical Nature of <hi>Original Sin</hi> was Sacrilege. Whereunto by the way he annexed
this grave and serious Meditation: <hi>Adam was turned out of his Paradise for Sacrilege; and
do we not frequently see many men turned out of their Paradises likewise (their fair
Estates) for the very same sin?</hi>
               </p>
               <p>This, again, hath been imprinted in the breasts of all Mankind, who naturally and
universally have ever abhorred <hi>Sacrilege. Why then should Christians</hi> (said he) <hi>presume
more upon their God in this case than others? why more than the Pagans, or Iews?</hi> Here he
quoted that of <hi>Malachi</hi> 3. ver. 8. <hi>Will a man rob God?</hi> Durst ever any man entertain such
a thought? And that of 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 9. ver. 13, 14. See how dextrously he hath handled that
Scripture in a set and just<note n="*" place="margin">See Book 1. Discourse 21.</note> 
                  <hi>Diatribe.</hi> As also that, <hi>Rev.</hi> 5. ver. 12. in that New song,
<hi>Worthy is the Lamb that was slain to receive Power, and Riches, &amp; Strength,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>Lo here</hi>
(said he) <hi>is mention of</hi> Riches <hi>due to the Lamb that was slain. But what need hath He of
our</hi> Riches? <hi>True, no more than a great rich Land-lord hath need of a</hi> Pepper-corn. <hi>But yet,
as it is an Homage, it is expected from the Tenant, and may not be neglected by him without
the Forfeiture of the whole.</hi> And then for those who confidently deny <hi>Tithes</hi> to be due
under the Gospel, they do not consider how in so saying they must deny also Christ to be
<hi>a Priest for ever after the order of Melchizedek:</hi> For as <hi>Tithes</hi> were paid to <hi>Melchizedek</hi>
long before <hi>Aaron;</hi> so are they due to Him who is a <hi>Priest after that Order,</hi> now after <hi>Aaron.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>2. And this minds me of another of his Grounds, viz. <hi>God's so favourably dealing
with Men in requiring but the</hi> Tenth; <hi>which is, in truth,</hi> (said he) <hi>the least part of our
Goods, according to the first division. For as</hi> Ten <hi>is the Periodical number of things of a
fixt and substantial nature; so when we proceed beyond</hi> Ten, <hi>we begin to make a new di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vision;
as</hi> Eleven <hi>is</hi> Ten <hi>and</hi> one, Twelve Ten <hi>and</hi> two, &amp;c. Thus likewise <hi>God con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tents
himself with the least part of our Time, when he demands but the</hi> Seventh, <hi>as the
number</hi> Seven <hi>is the Periodical number of Time, &amp;c.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>3. A third Ground was, <hi>That the chiefest things now dedicated to God are, for the most
part, laden with a</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. Here he related at large with what Solemnity many of those
Ancient Deeds and Writings (specifying Goods and Lands devoted to the Service of
God) were wont to be offered at the Altar; and what Vollies of all the hideous Curses
imaginable, touching either Body, or Soul, or Estate, or Posterity, were enumerated
in those Writings, and denounced against any who would offer to alienate them.</p>
               <p>Upon this occasion he was wont to discourse very gravely How that, at the first
Reformation in <hi>England,</hi> if the violent heat of seeming Zeal, but indeed of Interest,
would have admitted so much of Consideration, those <hi>Church-Lands</hi> of Abbies, &amp;c.
mought have been most happily disposed of in some such manner.</p>
               <p>If one Part had been allotted to the Advancement of Learning, and to the Augmenta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
of smaller Salaries for Cures, and to the Reparation and beautifying of Churches.
Colledges, &amp;c.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>If another Part had been for Provision of Clergy-Mens Widows and Orphans: which
God took special care of in the time of the Legal Priesthood,</hi> (the Sons being to inherit
their Fathers places, and the Daughters to be matched as well as their Mothers before
them) <hi>and which is not neglected by any of the Reformed Churches abroad.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>If a third Part had been reserved for</hi> Bellum Sacrum, <hi>in the defence of Church and
Kingdom.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>By this means</hi> (pursued he) <hi>our Kings would not have needed such Subsidies,</hi> &amp;c.
<hi>from their Subjects, and the Church had kept her Patrimonie, and very many great Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>milies
(who too greedily possess'd themselves of Church-lands) had not been totally ruined
and extinct.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>4. And this leads me to a Fourth Ground, which was the <hi>Series</hi> of Punishments
which have constantly pursued this Sin.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>It is to be observed</hi> (said he) <hi>that God did always set a special Mark of his Displea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sure
upon every one who durst</hi> First <hi>presume upon a notorious Sin, thereby to give Warning
to all others.</hi> As, upon <hi>Cain</hi> the <hi>first</hi> Murtherer, upon <hi>Corah</hi> and his Complices who
<hi>first</hi> moved a Sedition upon the point of Equality in the Priesthood, upon <hi>Absolom</hi>
the <hi>first</hi> unnatural Rebel, &amp;c. But now for this Sin of <hi>Sacrilege,</hi> as God began to pu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nish
it very early, even in <hi>Paradise</hi> itself, (<hi>ut suprà</hi>) so hath he continually pursued
and hounded this Sin; as in <hi>Achan</hi> in the Old Testament, in <hi>Annanias</hi> and <hi>Sapphira</hi>
in the New, that no man may pretend the Antiquateness of the Old Testament, &amp;c.
And in latter Ages, besides what the learned Pens of Sr. <hi>Henry Spelman</hi> and others
have published, he had collected many rare Instances of his own private Observation,
which upon prudential Considerations I forbear to recite.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="XLII" facs="tcp:63175:45"/>
And now after all this, Is it not admirable to consider, how strangely the seeming
present Profit of this Sin doth infatuate men? That though they daily experiment
these Truths, yet they will not be persuaded either from Venturing on the Sin, or from
Continuing in it? What doth this but betray in <hi>Men</hi> the same Shortness and Shallow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness
of Understanding that we see in <hi>Rooks</hi> and <hi>Martins</hi> and other silly Fowls, which
will needs be building every year in those very places where they are sure to be di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sturb'd,
and endanger'd themselves, and to have their Nests demolished, and their Young
destroyed; or if any chance to escape, yet they always lie at the mercy of every Pas<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>senger?</p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>6. Of his becoming Facetiousness.</head>
               <p>THose his so grave, knotty and crabbed studies did not at all render him Sour or
Morose, but in due Time and Place he knew how to be <hi>Pleasant</hi> and <hi>Facetious.</hi> To
give the Reader a Tast of this, for Divertisement: By this time perhaps he will but
need it, having tired himself with reading these dull and flat Narratives.</p>
               <list>
                  <item>1. The Chamber he kept in was known to be a Ground-chamber just under the
Colledge-Library. Partly for the benefit of that, (for the Library was his other Study
and Closet) and partly for the conveniency of having no Students over him to disturb
him by walking, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> he continued there very many years. His Bed-chamber-window
opened into the Street, and in the Summer-time, when the Evenings were clear and se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rene,
he would leave his Window open all night for fresh air. This was not long un-ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>served
by the <hi>Hooker,</hi> who once began to draw away his Bed-cloaths whiles he lay a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wake.
<hi>Nay, friend,</hi> (saith he) <hi>I pray thee stay till I am asleep,</hi> &amp;c. with that the <hi>Hooker</hi>
ran away, and he slept securely with his window still open. Not long after the same (or
another of his Tribe) came again; and then he was asleep. But when the Fellow was
plucking away the Cloaths, he soon awakened, and then said, <hi>Oh friend, if thou takest
away my Bed-cloaths,</hi> (his wearing-cloaths he had secured well enough) <hi>I shall take cold,</hi>
&amp;c. And so he was rid of his Chapman again, and never heard more of him, though his
windows were still continued un-shut. With which pretty Confidence of his he over<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>came
that of the <hi>Hookers,</hi> and made himself very merry with the story among his friends.</item>
                  <item>
                     <p>2. In the Vacations he was wont to be invited into the Country by a Kinsman and
a Knight. At his first coming thither, (being then a young Master of Arts) he in curi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>osity
stood observing the Falconer feeding his Hawk, and in way of complaisance be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gan
to praise the Hawk: As first, <hi>What a brave sharp</hi> Bill <hi>she had. Bill?</hi> said the Falco<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ner,
<hi>it is a</hi> Beak, <hi>Sir.</hi> By and by, <hi>What notable</hi> Claws <hi>she had.</hi> Claws, <hi>Sir?</hi> said he, <hi>they
are</hi> Pounces. Anon he commended her fine <hi>Feathers?</hi> Feathers, <hi>Sir? they are</hi> Plumes.
After that, her goodly <hi>Tail.</hi> Tail, <hi>Sir? it is a Train.</hi>
                     </p>
                     <p>Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> not a little abash'd that he should be thus mistaken all along in those Terms
of Art, and believing the Falconer would expose him for his Ignorance to his fellow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>servants,
he studied this innocent piece of Revenge: The Falconer, he saw, used to wait
at Table, and therefore taking his time, three or four days after, when he thought the
thing was quite forgotten, he sets them all at the Table on reading of Riddles. And
when they were well in, he turning to the Falconer, asked him, <hi>Friend, What kind of
Bird is that which hath neither</hi> Bill, <hi>nor</hi> Claw, <hi>nor</hi> Feathers, <hi>nor</hi> Tail? The Falconer was
utterly posed, and stood mute. <hi>Why then</hi> (said Mr. <hi>Mede) I will tell you: It is your</hi>
Hawk. <hi>That hath no</hi> Bill, <hi>but a</hi> Beak; <hi>no</hi> Claws, <hi>but</hi> Pounces; <hi>no</hi> Feathers, <hi>but</hi> Plumes;
<hi>no</hi> Tail, <hi>but a</hi> Train, <hi>There was I even with him,</hi> would he say triumphingly.</p>
                  </item>
                  <item>
                     <p>3. Such Fellow-commoners who came to the University only to see it and to be seen
in it, he call'd The <hi>Vniversity-Tulips,</hi> that made a Gaudy shew for a while, &amp;<hi>c.</hi>
                     </p>
                     <p>To these might be added many more; whereof some perhaps would tast a little too
salt to some, but all of them would relish well enough to younger Palats.</p>
                     <p>But I must remember the Gravity of the Person I am speaking of, and whiles I
am upon this pleasant Argument, shall endeavour to imitate his Practice which was,
to make his <hi>Facetiousness</hi> always usher in something that was <hi>Serious.</hi> To the next
then.</p>
                  </item>
               </list>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>7. Some of his handsome and serious sayings.</head>
               <p>SO I call them rather than <hi>Apophthegms,</hi> though some of them may possibly lay
claim to that Title.</p>
               <list>
                  <item>1. It was often in his Mouth, <hi>Over-doing always undoes;</hi> very applicable many
ways.</item>
                  <item>
                     <pb n="XLIII" facs="tcp:63175:45"/>2. To that stale triumphing Demand of the Romanists, <hi>Where was your Church be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
Luther?</hi> he answered with another Question,<note n="*" place="margin">And some<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>times
thus, <hi>Where was the Meal before the Corn was ground?</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>Where was the fine Flour when the
Wheat went to the Mill?</hi>
                  </item>
                  <item>3. <hi>Where there is Siding and</hi> Studium partium, <hi>the prevailing Party always makes the
other complain:</hi> 
                     <q>Iust as it is at the great Crowding in the <hi>Commencement-House</hi> when
an extraordinary <hi>Praevaricator</hi> comes up; the Crowdsways sometimes on one side,
then they that are crushed to the walls cry out, <hi>Oh, Oh,</hi> and being sensible of the
pain, they set their feet against the walls, and with their backs and all their strength
cause the Press to turn as much to the other side; and then these cry out as fast, <hi>oh,
oh,</hi> as the other did before: and so <hi>alternis vicibus.</hi>
                     </q>
                  </item>
                  <item>4. To that old Complaint, (now newly dressed up and followed with such noises
and Hubbubs) <hi>Is it not great pity that men should be silenced and laid aside only for their
not Subscribing?</hi> his answer was, <hi>So it is great pity that some goodly fair Houses in the
v<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>idst of a populous City should take fire, and therefore must of necessity be pulled down, un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>less
you will s<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ffer the whole Town to be on a flame and consume to ashes.</hi>
                  </item>
                  <item>5. That which followeth cannot properly be called a <hi>Saying,</hi> but rather a <hi>Dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>course,</hi>
resembling a rich <hi>Iewell</hi> made up of divers costly <hi>Gemms.</hi>
                  </item>
               </list>
               <p>After he had been speaking very Iudiciously and very Piously what great reason
we all had to pray earnestly for our Governours in the Church, That God would di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rect
and assist them, as in many other things, so in this, <hi>viz.</hi> in their Choice of or Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>commending
Persons to those Dignities in the Church which do <hi>ipso facto</hi> make them
<hi>Convocation-men; Because</hi> (said he) <hi>as the Convocation is properly the Clergie's Parlia<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment,
so such Men are the lasting Members of that House, and therefore a special care to
be had that they be well qualified; not only of good Learning and good Life, but of good
Experience, good Temper, and of good Repute with the Gentry.</hi> This last he added, and
gave good reasons why, and then proceeded, <hi>Although it is possible, yea very probable,
that some who sit high in the Church, enjoying the benign Aspect and happy Influence of a
Good and Gracious Prince, may very much advantage and advance the Church in other re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>spects;
yet, without a great regard had of sit</hi> Convocation-men, <hi>all the rest will be but as
building high without Buttresses, and it may suddenly tumble down again.</hi>
               </p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>8. What opinion Strangers had of Mr. Mede and of some others of our Country-men; with
a modest Advertisement.</head>
               <p>FOrein Testimonials are held to be the more considerable, because they are suppo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sed
to be less partial, as proceeding rather from right Iudgment than from any by<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>assed
Affection. I shall not here repeat any thing out of Sir <hi>William Boswell's</hi> Letters,
or out of those of <hi>Lud. de Dieu</hi> and of others; but I shall tell you what I have recei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved
from the mouths of some Grandees <hi>in Repub. Literaria.</hi> They pronounced him
not only <q>a most Iudicious and Profound Divine, but a Person Eminent in almost all
variety of choicest Learning, besides Languages. And therefore they did not doubt
to rank him with the Lord <hi>Verulam</hi> and with Mr. <hi>Thomas Lydiat.</hi>
                  </q> To which three
Persons (I speak still of men of great variety of Learning; for otherwise they had an
exceeding high Veneration for very many of our Divines, and for others of other Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>culties:
but to these three) they gave such a Preeminency as was given to <hi>David's</hi>
three first Captains in the List of his Worthies.</p>
               <p>Here I cannot conceal what dropp'd from one of their mouths, because I wish good
use may be made of it at home.</p>
               <p>Inquiring what Fortunes these men had, and understanding they were but ordina<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry,
especially that of Mr. <hi>Lydiat;</hi> he burst out into this speech, <hi>You in</hi> England <hi>de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>serve
not to have such Brave men among you, since you make no more of them.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>That his Zeal for good Worth had been the more excusable, had it not exceeded
so much as not to suffer his Iudgment to consider what afterwards he was minded of.</p>
               <list>
                  <item>1. That the L. <hi>Verulam</hi> was advanced to as high a Place in the State as a Subject
is capable of: but how he lost his footing, no ingenuous man is willing to remember.</item>
                  <item>2. That some men, who are very Bookish and Studious, usually prefer their Lei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sure
and Liberty before all Preferments whatsoever. Which was Mr. <hi>Mede's</hi> and
Mr. <hi>Lydiat's</hi> case. The former of whom mought have been much higher than he was,
if he had pleased<note n="*" place="margin">Of the pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferment in <hi>Ireland</hi> that was offer'd him, <hi>Vide su<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>,</hi>
                     </note>; and was as high as he desired to be, had he lived to get but a <hi>Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>native</hi>
to his Fellowship. And in that his Condition (such as it was) he thrived so
well, as to become a considerable Benefactor to his Colledge.</item>
                  <item>
                     <pb n="XLIV" facs="tcp:63175:46"/>
3. But now concerning Mr. <hi>Lydiat,</hi> (for whose sake chiefly that smart speech was
uttered) here the Difficulty rises higher and grows more perplex'd.</item>
               </list>
               <p>His great Worth hath been celebrated enough by those his rare Pieces now extant.
In his many <hi>Chronological</hi> Disquisitions he conflicted, as with <hi>Christoph. Clavius,</hi> and
with the whole Colledge of <hi>Romish</hi> Mathematicians, so with that great <hi>Goliah</hi> of Lite<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rature,
<hi>Ioseph Scaliger,</hi> whom yet he so manifestly worsted, as to make him forsake
his Weapon, and to betake himself unmanly to his Tongue. When the news of his
Death came beyond Sea, I knew a certain great <hi>Mecaenas</hi> and Patron of Learning
there, whose Industry travelled very much to collect what of his Papers might be had,
and to that end employed divers, (among the rest my self,) with a Resolution to
have them fairly and faithfully printed at his own charges. But they were not to be
retrieved.</p>
               <p>Now let us see what Favours and Encouragements were afforded to a Person of so
great Merits.</p>
               <p>It is true, Prince <hi>Henry,</hi> of Famous and Glorious Memory, took so much notice
of him, as to receive him into His Service, and to have him read to Him. Here
questionless he had found a very Bountiful and Royal Master, had not that Peer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>less
Prince been cropt just in his Bloom and Blossome. But now, alas! Mr. <hi>Lydiat's</hi>
Hopes saw their own Funeral in that of his Royal Master's. Wherefore retiring into
a small obscure Living at <hi>Alkerton</hi> in the Edge and Fringe of <hi>Oxfordshire,</hi> there he so<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>laced
himself in his private Study, until, being unhappily engaged for the Debts of
one nearly allied to him, he was thrown into Prison, where he lay a long time. At
length, partly by the assistance of Sir <hi>William Boswell,</hi> (never to be named without
very great Honour) and partly by the helps of the excellent Dr. <hi>Pinke,</hi> (that most
worthy Warden of <hi>New-Colledge,</hi> whereof Mr. <hi>Lydiat</hi> had been sometime Fellow, as I
have heard) and by the noble bounty of some other Friends of that University, he
was restored to his Liberty, and returned to his little Living, wherein (maugre all
the Disasters he had felt before, and all that salvage usage he after suffered for his
Loyalty in the late Troubles) he left behind him at his Death a very neat and substan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tial
Parsonage-house, with Barns and Stables, Garden and Orchard sutable, all which
he built and raised from the ground, as also a new Chancel (of his own building like<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wise,)
wherein he lies buried, as in his own proper Tomb and Monument.</p>
               <p>But to say the Truth, when all is said that can be said, It were heartily to be wished</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That Publick Spirits would come up a little thicker in the World.</hi> It was a memorable
Passage of an <hi>Italian</hi> Ambassador here in <hi>England,</hi> who, having taken his leave, and
being now under sail homeward, stood upon the Deck, and looked wistly towards
our Country as long as he could well discern it, and then for a <hi>Vale</hi> uttered these
words, <hi>O troppo selice Isola,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>O too happy Island, if thou hadst but some more Publick
Souls in thee.</hi> This I have heard frequently repeated, and most feelingly, by as great
a States-man, and as good a Commonwealths-man, and as sound a Christian, as our
Nation hath bred in many Ages.<note n="*" place="margin">The thrice Renowned Sir <hi>Thomas Row<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>,</hi> who, after so many Ambassages to almost all the Princes and States in Christendom, and to the greatest Emperors beyond Christendom, (all which were managed with admirable Dexterity and Success and Satisfaction) was last of all Ambassador extraordinary to <hi>Ferdinand</hi> III. Emperor of <hi>Germany,</hi> who gave him this Character, <hi>I have met with many Gallant Persons of many Nations, but I s<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>arce ever met with an Ambassador till now.</hi>
                  </note>.</p>
               <p>It were to be wished again, That there were not too much of Truth in a speech
that fell from a through-Scholar and Divine,—<hi>Many (by their fine Arts and Me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thods)
get into Preferments, whiles Scholars (of good deserts) are hard at their Studies.</hi>
It was not the least Ruby or Diamond in that <hi>fair Brooch</hi> stuck upon the Memory of
the ever-Blessed B. <hi>Andrews,</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">See the Fu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neral Sermon, &amp;c.</note> That <hi>he sent for men of Note that he thought wanted Pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferment,
and gave them Prebends and Benefices under Seal before they knew of it; as to
Mr.</hi> Boys, <hi>Mr.</hi> Fuller, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> And I can never forget with what a <hi>Gusto</hi> that Brave
Sir <hi>William Boswell</hi> was wont to relate this (among the infinite more observable Pas<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sages)
in the Happy Reign of Q. <hi>Elizabeth,</hi> That <hi>she gave a strict Charge and Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mand
to both the Chancellors of both Her Vniversities, to bring Her a Iust, True and Im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>par<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ial
List of all the Eminent and Hopeful Students (that were Graduates) in each Vni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>versity,
to set down punctually their Names, their Colledges, their Standings, their Facul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ties
wherein they did eminere, or were likely so to do.</hi> Therein Her Majesty was exactly
obeyed, the Chancellors durst not do otherwise: and the use She made of it was,
That if She had an Ambassador to send abroad, then She of Her self would nominate
such a Man of such an House to be his Chaplain, and another of another House to be
his Secretary, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> When She had any places to dispose of, fit for Persons of an
<pb n="XLV" facs="tcp:63175:46"/>
Academical Education, She would Her self consign such Persons as She judged to be
<hi>pares Nego<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>iis.</hi> Sir <hi>William</hi> had gotten the very individual Papers wherein these
Names were listed, and marked with the Queen's own hand, which he carefully laid
up among his <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. Now (as Sir <hi>William</hi> pursued) this could not be long con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cealed
from the young Students, and then it is easie to be imagined (or rather it is
not to be imagined) how this Consideration, that their Sovereign's Eye was upon
them, (and so Propitious upon the Deserving among them) how this, I say, would
switch and spur on their Industries.</p>
               <p>I end these Additionals to Mr. <hi>Mede's</hi> Character with that plain ordinary Vote,
wherein yet, I believe, I shall have very many joyn with me,</p>
               <q>Sic mihi contingat vivere, sicque mori!</q>
               <p>God grant we may all in some proportion live as humbly, as faithfully, as fruitfully
and Christianly, and then die as peaceably and comfortably as he did.</p>
               <closer>Amen.</closer>
               <trailer>THE END.</trailer>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <p>If any one should scruple my Fidelity in relating some speeches of Mr. <hi>Mede's,</hi> because
spoken so many years since; he may please to satisfie himself with this, That it was my Custom,
presently when I went from Mr. <hi>Mede's</hi> Chamber, to set down in writing what I conceived
observable: which writings I have yet by me, and consulted with them in these my Narratives.</p>
            </div>
         </div>
         <div type="half_title">
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:47"/>
            <p>
               <pb facs="tcp:63175:47"/>
               <hi>DIATRIBAE.</hi>
THE FIRST BOOK
OF THE
WORKS
OF
The Pious and Profoundly-Learned
Ioseph Mede, B.D.
SOMETIME
Fellow of <hi>CHRIST'S</hi> Colledge in
CAMBRIDGE.</p>
            <p>Containing as many
DISCOURSES
On Several Texts of
SCRIPTURE
as there are Sundays in the Year.</p>
            <p>Corrected and Enlarged according to the Author's own Manuscripts.</p>
            <p>August. de Doctr. Christ. l. 2. c. 6. &amp; in Psal. 140. Praefat.</p>
            <p>Spiritus Sanctus magnificè ac salubriter ità Scripturas modificavit, ut
locis apertioribus fami occurreret, obscurioribus autem fastidium
detergeret.</p>
            <p>Si nusquam aperta esset Scriptura, non te pasceret; Si nusquam oc<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>culta,
non te exerceret.</p>
         </div>
         <div type="table_of_contents">
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:48"/>
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:48"/>
            <head>THE CONTENTS
OF
THE FIRST BOOK.</head>
            <list>
               <label>DISCOURSE 1. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>
               </label>
               <item>Page 1</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>S. Matthew</label>
               <item>6. 9.</item>
               <label>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, &amp;c. <hi>Thus therefore
pray ye; Our Father, &amp;c.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. II.</label>
               <item>pag. 4</item>
               <label>S. Matthew 6. 9. S. Luke 11. 2. Sancti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ficetur
Nomentuum. <hi>Sanctified,</hi> or
<hi>Hallowed, be thy Name.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. III.</label>
               <item>pag. 19</item>
               <label>
                  <hi>Acts 17. 4.</hi> There associated themselves to
<hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Silas</hi> of the worshipping
Greeks a great multitude.</label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. IV.</label>
               <item>pag. 23</item>
               <label>
                  <hi>2 Peter 2. 4.</hi> For if God spared not the
Angels which sinned, [<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
] ... but cast them down to hell,
and delivered them into chains of dark<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness,
to be reserved unto Iudgment, &amp;c.
<hi>so we translate it:</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
               <label>To which of S. <hi>Peter</hi> answers that of
S. <hi>Iude,</hi> (as almost that whole E<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pistle
doth to this) vers. 6. <hi>And the
Angels which kept not their first estate,</hi>
[or <hi>principality,] but left their own
habitation, he hath reserved in everlasting
chains under darkness unto the Iudgment
of the great Day,</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. V.</label>
               <item>pag. 25</item>
               <label>1 Cor. 4. 1. <hi>Let a man so account of us as
of the Ministers</hi> (<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>) <hi>of Christ,
and Stewards of the Mysteries of God.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. VI.</label>
               <item>pag. 28</item>
               <label>S. Iohn 10. 20. <hi>He hath a Devil, and is
mad.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. VII.</label>
               <item>pag. 31</item>
               <label>Proverbs 21. 16. <hi>The man that wandreth
out of the way of understanding, shall
remain in the Congregation of the Dead,</hi>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, in coetu Gigantum.</label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. VIII.</label>
               <item>pag. 34</item>
               <label>Genesis 49. 10. <hi>The Scepter shall not
depart from Iudab, nor a Law-giver
from between his feet, untill</hi> SHILOH
<hi>come, and unto him shall the gathering of
the People be,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.</label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. IX.</label>
               <item>pag. 36</item>
               <label>Psalm 8. 2. <hi>Out of the mouth of Babes and
Sucklings thou hast ordained strength,<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
because of thine Enemies; that thou
mightest quell the Enemy and the Avenger.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. X.</label>
               <item>pag. 40</item>
               <label>Zachariah 4. 10. <hi>These Seven are the
eyes of the Lord, which run to and fro
through the whole earth.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XI.</label>
               <item>pag. 44</item>
               <label>S. Mark 11. 17. <hi>Is it not written, My
House shall be called a House of Prayer</hi>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> to all [the] Nations?</label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XII.</label>
               <item>pag. 46</item>
               <label>S. Iohn 4. 23. <hi>But the hour cometh,
and now is, when the true worshippers
shall worship the Father in Spirit and
Truth: For the Father seeketh such to
worship him.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <pb facs="tcp:63175:49"/>
               <label>DISC. XIII.</label>
               <item>pag. 49.</item>
               <label>S. Luke 24. 45. <hi>Then opened he their
understanding, that they might under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stand
the Scriptures: 46. And said
unto them, Thus it is written, and thus
it behoved Christ to suffer, and to rise
from the dead the third day.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XIV.</label>
               <item>pag. 52.</item>
               <label>Exodus 4. 25. <hi>Then Zipporah took a sharp
stone, and cut off the fore-skin of her
son, and cast it at his feet, and said,
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, Sponsus san<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guinum
tu mihi es.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XV.</label>
               <item>pag. 55.</item>
               <label>Ezekiel 20. 20. <hi>Hallow my Sabbaths;
and they shall be a sign between me and
you, to acknowledge that I Iehovah am
your God.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XVI.</label>
               <item>pag. 58.</item>
               <label>1 Cor. 11. 5. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
. <hi>Every
woman praying or prophesying with her
head uncovered, dishonoureth her head.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XVII.</label>
               <item>pag. 62.</item>
               <label>Titus 3. 5. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
. <hi>By the
washing of Regeneration, and renewing
of the Holy Ghost.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XVIII.</label>
               <item>pag. 65.</item>
               <label>Ioshua 24. 26. <hi>And</hi> Ioshua <hi>took a great
stone, and set it up there</hi> (viz. in Si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chem)
<hi>under the Oak which was in the
Sanctuary of the Lord:</hi> Alii, <hi>by the
Sanctuary.</hi> Hebr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.</label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XIX.</label>
               <item>pag. 70.</item>
               <label>1 Tim. 5. 17. <hi>Let the Elders that rule
well be counted worthy of double Honour;
especially they that labour in the Word and
Doctrine.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XX.</label>
               <item>pag. 74.</item>
               <label>Acts 2. 5. <hi>And there were [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>]
sojourning at Ierusalem Iews, devout
men, out of every Nation under Heaven.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XXI.</label>
               <item>pag. 77.</item>
               <label>1. Cor. 9. 14. <hi>Even so hath the Lord or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dained,
that they which preach the Gospel,
should live of the Gospel;</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.</label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XXII.</label>
               <item>pag. 80.</item>
               <label>Psalm 112. 6. <hi>The Righteous shall be in
everlasting remembrance.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XXIII.</label>
               <item>pag. 84.</item>
               <label>S. Matthew 10. 41. <hi>He that receiveth a
Prophet in the name of a Prophet, shall
receive a Prophets reward.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XXIV.</label>
               <item>pag. 89.</item>
               <label>S. Luke 2. 13, 14. <hi>And suddenly there
was with the Angel a multitude of the
heavenly Host, praising God, and say<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing,
Glory be to God on high, (or, in the
highest) and on earth Peace, Good-will
towards men.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XXV.</label>
               <item>pag. 97.</item>
               <label>S. Mark 1. 14. 15. <hi>Now after that Iohn
was put in prison, Iesus came into Galilee,
preaching the Gospel of the Kingdom of
God.
And saying, The time is fulfilled, and the
Kingdom of God is at hand; Repent ye,
and Believe the Gospel.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XXVI.</label>
               <item>pag. 106.</item>
               <label>S. Mark 1. 15. <hi>Repent ye, and believe the
Gospel.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XXVII.</label>
               <item>pag. 115.</item>
               <label>Acts 5. 3, 4, 5. <hi>But Peter said, Ananias,
why hath Satan filled thine heart to lie to
the holy Ghost, and to purloin of the price
of the land?</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
               <label>Whiles it remained, was it not thine own?
and after it was sold, was it not in thy po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wer?
why hast thou conceived this thing
in thine heart? Thou hast not lied unto
men, but unto God.</label>
               <item/>
               <label>And Ananias hearing these words, fell down
and gave up the ghost.</label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <pb facs="tcp:63175:49"/>
               <label>DISC. XXVIII.</label>
               <item>pag. 124.</item>
               <label>Proverbs 30. 8, 9. <hi>Give me neither Po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verty,
nor Riches; Feed me with Food
convenient for me.</hi> [<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>]</label>
               <item/>
               <label>
                  <hi>Lest I be full and deny thee, and say, Who
is the Lord? or lest I be poor and steal,
and take the name of my God</hi> in vain.
[<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>]</label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XXIX.</label>
               <item>pag. 135.</item>
               <label>Isaiah 2. 2, 3, 4. <hi>And it shall come to pass
in the last days, that the Mountain of the
Lords House shall be established [or, pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pared]
in the top of the Mountains, and
exalted above the Hills; and all Nations
shall flow unto it, &amp;c.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XXX.</label>
               <item>pag. 140.</item>
               <label>Iudges 1. 7. <hi>As I have done, so God hath re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quited
me.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XXXI.</label>
               <item>pag. 150.</item>
               <label>S. Matthew 11. 28, 29. <hi>Come unto me
all ye that labour and are heavy laden, and
I will give you rest.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
               <label>Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me, for I
am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall
find rest unto your souls.</label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XXXII.</label>
               <item>pag. 157.</item>
               <label>S. Matthew 11. 29. ... <hi>Learn of me,
for I am meek and lowly in heart; and ye
shall find rest unto your souls.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XXXIII.</label>
               <item>pag. 164.</item>
               <label>Acts 10. 4. <hi>And he said unto him, Thy
Prayers and thine Alms are come up for a
memorial before God;</hi> or (as it is verse
31.) <hi>are had in remembrance,</hi> &amp;c.</label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XXXIV.</label>
               <item>pag. 173.</item>
               <label>Nehemiah 13. 14. <hi>Remember me, O my
God, concerning this, and wipe not out my
good deeds</hi> [Hebr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>] <hi>that I have
done for the House of my God and for the
Offices thereof.</hi> with Verse 22.</label>
               <item/>
               <label>Remember me, O my God, concerning this,
and spare me according to the greatness of
thy mercy.</label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XXXV.</label>
               <item>pag. 177.</item>
               <label>Deuteronomy 33. 8. <hi>And of Levi he said,
Let thy Thummim and thy Urim be with
thy Holy One.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XXXVI.</label>
               <item>pag. 187.</item>
               <label>Ieremiah 10. 11. <hi>Thus shall ye say unto
them, The Gods that made not the Hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vens
and the Earth,</hi> (even) <hi>they shall
perish from the Earth, and from under
these Heavens.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XXXVII.</label>
               <item>pag. 199.</item>
               <label>Proverbs 4. 23. <hi>Keep thy heart with all
diligence</hi> [Hebr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>above all
keeping:] For out of it are the issues of life.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XXXVIII.</label>
               <item>pag. 206.</item>
               <label>Isaiah 55. 7. <hi>Let the wicked forsake his
way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts:
and let him return unto the Lord, and he
will have mercy upon him; and to our
God, for he will abundantly pardon.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XXXIX.</label>
               <item>pag. 213.</item>
               <label>S. Matthew 7. 21. <hi>Not every one that
saith unto me, Lord, Lord, shall enter in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
the Kingdom of heaven; but he that
doth the will of my Father which is in hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XL.</label>
               <item>pag. 220.</item>
               <label>Genesis 3. 13. <hi>And the Lord God said unto
the woman, What is this that thou hast
done? And the woman said. The Serpent
beguiled me, and I did eat.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XLI.</label>
               <item>pag. 228.</item>
               <label>Genesis 3. 14. <hi>And the Lord God said un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
the Serpent, Because thou hast done
this, thou art cursed above all cattel and
above every beast of the field: upon thy
belly shalt thou go, and dust shalt thou eat
all the days of thy life.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XLII.</label>
               <item>pag. 234.</item>
               <label>Genesis 3. 15. <hi>And I will put enmity be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tween
thee and the woman, and between
thy seed and her seed: it shall bruise thy
head, and thou shalt bruise his heel.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <pb facs="tcp:63175:50"/>
               <label>DISC. XLIII.</label>
               <item>Page 238</item>
               <label>2 Peter 2. 1. <hi>But there were false Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phets
also among the people, even as there
shall be false Teachers among you, who
privily shall bring in damnable Heresies,
even denying the Lord that bought them,
and bring upon themselves swift destructi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XLIV.</label>
               <item>pag. 245</item>
               <label>1 Cor. 10. 3, 4. <hi>And they did all eat
the same Spiritual meat; And did all
drink the same Spiritual drink: (for
they drank of that Spiritual Rock that
followed them: and that Rock was
Christ.</hi>)</label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XLV.</label>
               <item>pag. 251</item>
               <label>1 Cor. 10. 3, 4. ... <hi>And they did all eat the
same spiritual meat: And they did all
drink the same Spiritual drink.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XLVI.</label>
               <item>pag. 255</item>
               <label>1 Cor. 10. 5. <hi>But with many of them
God was not well pleased: for they were
overthrown in the Wilderness.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XLVII.</label>
               <item>pag. 260</item>
               <label>Deuteronomy 16. 16, 17. <hi>Three times
in a year shall all thy males appear before
the Lord thy God, in the place which he
shall chuse: in the Feast of Unleavened
bread, and in the Feast of Weeks, and in
the Feast of Tabernacles: and they shall
not appear before the Lord empty. Every
man shall give as he is able, according to
the blessing of the Lord thy God which he
hath given thee.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XLVIII.</label>
               <item>pag. 265</item>
               <label>Deuteronomy 16. 16, 17. ... <hi>In the
Feast of Unleavened bread, and in the
Feast of Weeks, and in the Feast of Ta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bernacles:
and they shall not appear be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
the Lord empty. Every man shall give
as he is able, according to the blessing of
the Lord thy God which he hath given thee.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. XLIX.</label>
               <item>pag. 271</item>
               <label>Genesis 10. 5. <hi>By these the Isles of the
Gentiles [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>] were divided
[<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>] in their lands; every one after his
tongue, after their families,</hi> [<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>]
<hi>in their nations.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. L.</label>
               <item>pag. 276</item>
               <label>Genesis 10. 5. <hi>By these were the Isles of
the Gentiles divided in their lands,</hi> &amp;c.</label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. LI.</label>
               <item>p. 284</item>
               <label>Psalm 50. 14. <hi>Offer unto God praise, and
pay thy Vows unto the most High.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. LII.</label>
               <item>p. 295</item>
               <label>Revel. 3. 19. <hi>As many as I love, Irebuke
and chaslen: Be zealous therefore, and
repent.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <list>
               <label>DISC. LIII.</label>
               <item>pag. 303</item>
               <label>1 Ep. Iohn 2. 3. <hi>Hereby we do know
that we know him, if we keep his Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mandments.</hi>
               </label>
               <item/>
            </list>
         </div>
         <div n="1" type="book">
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:50"/>
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:51"/>
            <pb n="1" facs="tcp:63175:51"/>
            <head>THE FIRST BOOK;
CONTAINING
DISCOURSES
ON
DIVERS TEXTS
OF
SCRIPTURE.</head>
            <div n="1" type="discourse">
               <head>DISCOURSE 1.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>S. MATTHEW 6. 9.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>
                        <p>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>, &amp;c. Thus therefore pray ye; Our Father, &amp;c.</p>
                     </q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>IT was well hoped, after the question about the lawfulness and
fitness of a <hi>set Form of Prayer</hi> had been so long debated in our
Church, that the Sect of those who opposed it had been ere this
well-nigh extinguished: But experience tells us the contrary,
that this Fancy is not only still living, but begins, as it were,
to recover and get strength afresh. In which regard my Dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>course
at this time will not be unseasonable, if, taking my rise
from these words of our Saviour, I acquaint you upon what
grounds and example this practice of the Christian Church hath
been established, and how frivolous and weak the Reasons are which some of late do
bring against it.</p>
                  <p>To begin therefore; You see by the Text I have now read, that our Blessed Savi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>our
delivered <hi>a set Form of Prayer</hi> unto his Disciples, and in so doing hath commended
the use of <hi>a set Form of Prayer</hi> unto his Church: <hi>Thus therefore</hi> (saith he) <hi>pray ye;
Our Father which art in Heaven,</hi> &amp;c.</p>
                  <p>Is not this a <hi>set Form of Prayer?</hi> and did not our Saviour deliver it to be used by his
Disciples? They tell us, No. For <hi>Thus,</hi> say they, in this place is not thus to be un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derstood;
but for, <hi>in this manner, to this effect or sense,</hi> or <hi>after this pattern;</hi> not <hi>in
these words and syllables.</hi> To this I answer, It is true that this form of Prayer is a
Pattern for us to make other Prayers by; but that this only should be the meaning of
our Saviour's <hi>Thus,</hi> and not the rehearsal of the words themselves, I utterly deny:
and I prove it out of the eleventh Chapter of <hi>S. Luke,</hi> where the same Prayer is
again delivered in these words, O <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>When ye pray, say, Our
Father which art in Heaven</hi>—that is, do it <hi>in haec verba.</hi> For what other phrase of
Scripture is there to express such a meaning, if this be not? Besides, in this of S. <hi>Luke</hi>
the occasion would be considered. <hi>It came to pass</hi> (saith he) <hi>as Iesus was praying in
a certain place, that when he ceased, one of his Disciples said unto him, Lord, teach us to
pray, as Iohn also taught his Disciples.</hi> From whence it may not improbably be ga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thered,
that this was the custom of the Doctors of <hi>Israel</hi> to deliver some certain <hi>Form
of Prayer</hi> unto their Disciples, to use, as it were a badge and <hi>Symbolum</hi> of their Dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cipleship; at least <hi>Iohn Baptist</hi> had done so unto his Disciples: and thereupon our Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>viour's
Disciples besought him, that he also would give them in like manner some
Form of his making, that they might also pray with their Master's spirit, as <hi>Iohn</hi>'s
<pb n="2" facs="tcp:63175:52"/>
Disciples did with theirs.<note place="margin">Matth. 6. 9.</note> For that either our Saviour's or <hi>Iohn</hi>'s Disciples knew not
how to pray till now, were ridiculous to imagine; they being both of them Iews,
who had their certain <hi>set hours</hi> of prayer, which they constantly observed, as the
<hi>third, sixth</hi> and <hi>ninth.</hi> It was therefore <hi>a Form of Prayer</hi> of their Master's making,
which both <hi>Iohn</hi> is said to have given his Disciples, and our Saviour's Disciples be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sought
him to give them.</p>
                  <p>For the fuller understanding whereof, I must tell you something more, and the ra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther,
because it is not commonly taken notice of; and that is, That this delivery of
the <hi>Lord's Prayer</hi> in <hi>S. Luke</hi> is not the same with that related by S. <hi>Matthew,</hi> but ano<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther,
at another time, and upon another occasion: That of S. <hi>Matthew</hi> in that famous
Sermon of Christ upon the Mount, whereof it is a part; that of S. <hi>Luke</hi> upon a speci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>al
motion of the Disciples at a time when himself had done praying: That of S. <hi>Mat<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thew</hi>
in the second; that of S. <hi>Luke</hi> in the third year after his Baptism. Consider the
Text of both, and you shall find it impossible to bring them into one and the same.
Whence it follows, that the Disciples, when it was first uttered, understood not that
their Master intended it for a <hi>Form of Prayer</hi> unto them, but for a pattern or example
only, or, it may be, to instruct them in special in what manner to ask forgiveness of
sins. For if they had thought he had given them a <hi>Form of Prayer</hi> then, they would
never have asked him for one now. Wherefore our Saviour this second time utters
himself more expresly, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>When ye pray, say, Our Father which
art in Heaven</hi>—Thus their inadvertency becomes our confirmation: For as <hi>Ioseph</hi>
said to <hi>Pharaoh,</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Gen. 41. 32.</note> 
                     <hi>The dream is doubled unto Pharaoh, because the thing is established by
God;</hi> so may we say here, the delivery of this Prayer was doubled unto the Disciples,
that they and we might thereby know the more certainly that our Saviour intended
and commended it for a <hi>set Form of Prayer</hi> unto his Church.</p>
                  <p>Thus much of that <hi>set Form of Prayer</hi> which our Saviour gave unto his Disciples, as
a precedent and warrant to his Church to give the like Forms to her Disciples or
members; a thing which from her infancy she used to do. But because her practice
is called in question, as not warranted by Scripture, let us see what was the practice of
the Church of the <hi>Old Testament,</hi> than whose example and use we can have no better
rule to follow in the <hi>New.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>First therefore, we find two <hi>set Forms of Prayer,</hi> or Invocation, appointed by God
himself in the Law of <hi>Moses.</hi> One, the Form wherewith the Priests were to bless the
people: <hi>Num.</hi> 6. 23, 24, 25, 26. <hi>On this wise,</hi> saith he, <hi>shall Aaron and his sons bless
the children of Israel, saying unto them, The Lord bless thee and keep thee; The Lord make
his face shine upon thee, and be gracious unto thee; The Lord lift up his countenance upon
thee, and give thee peace.</hi> Is not this a <hi>set Form of Prayer?</hi> For what is to <hi>bless,</hi> but to
<hi>pray</hi> over or invocate God for another?</p>
                  <p>The second is the Form of profession and prayer to be used by him who had paid
his Tithes every third year: <hi>Deut.</hi> 26. 13. <hi>O Lord God, I have brought away the hallow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
things out of mine house, and also have given them unto the Levite, and unto the stran<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ger,
and fatherless, and unto the widow, according to all thy commandments which thou
hast commanded me: I have not transgressed thy Commandments, nor have I forgotten
them.</hi> 14. <hi>I have not eaten thereof in my mourning, neither have I taken away thereof for
an unclean use,</hi> &amp;c. 15. <hi>Look down from thy holy habitation, from heaven, and bless thy
people Israel, and the Land which thou hast given us, as thou swarest to our Fathers, a Land
that floweth with milk and honey.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But what need we seek thus for scattered Forms, when we have a whole Book of
them together? The Book of <hi>Psalms</hi> was the Iewish Liturgy, or the chief part of the
Vocal service wherewith they worshipped God in the Temple. This is evident by the
Titles of the Psalms themselves, which shew them to have been commended to the
several <hi>Quires</hi> in the same, <hi>To Asaph, To the sons of Korah, To Ieduthun,</hi> and almost
forty of them To the <hi>Magister Symphoniae the Prefect</hi> or <hi>Master of the Musick,</hi> in gene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ral.
The like we are to conceive of those which have no Titles; as for example,
of the 105 and 96 Psalms, which, though they have no such Inscription in the Psalm<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>book,
yet we find 1 <hi>Chron.</hi> 16. 7. that <hi>they were delivered by David into the hands of
Asaph and his Brethren</hi> for forms <hi>to thank the Lord.</hi> This a man would think were suf<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ficient
to take away all scruple in this point; especially when we our selves, and all the
Reformed Churches, use to sing the same <hi>Psalms,</hi> not only as <hi>set Forms,</hi> but set in Metre
that is after a humane composure. Are not the <hi>Psalms</hi> set Forms of Confession, of
Prayer, and of Praising God? And in case there had been no <hi>Prayers</hi> amongst them,
yet what reason could be given, why it should not be as lawful to <hi>pray</hi> unto God in a
set Form, as to <hi>praise</hi> him in such a one?</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="3" facs="tcp:63175:52"/>
What therefore do they say to this? Why, they tell us, that the <hi>Psalms</hi> are not
sung in the Church unto God, but so rehearsed for instruction of the people only,
namely, as the Chapters and Lessons are there read, and no otherwise. But if either
we do, ought, or may sing the <hi>Psalms</hi> in the Church with the same end and purpose that
the Church of the Old Testament did, (and it were absurd to say we might not,) this
Exception will not subsist. For what is more certain than that the Church of <hi>Israel</hi>
used the <hi>Psalms</hi> for Forms of praising and invocating God? What mean else those
Forms, <hi>Cantemus Domino, Psallite Domino, Let us sing unto the Lord,</hi> and, <hi>Sing ye un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
the Lord,</hi> and the like so frequent in them? But there are more direct and express
testimonies. In 1 <hi>Chron.</hi> 25. 3. it is expresly said of <hi>Ieduthun</hi> and his sons, that their
office was <hi>to prophesie with a Harp, to give thanks, and to praise the Lord.</hi> In the second
of <hi>Chron.</hi> 30. 21. we read, that <hi>the Levites and the Priests praised the Lord day by day,
singing with loud Instruments unto the Lord.</hi> And, as ye heard even now, out of
1 <hi>Chron.</hi> 16. <hi>David,</hi> at the time when he brought up the Ark unto <hi>Ierusalem,</hi> then first
<hi>delivered</hi> the 105 and 96 <hi>Psalms into the hands of Asaph and his sons to confess</hi> or <hi>give
thanks unto the Lord.</hi> And lastly, to leave no place for farther doubt, we read <hi>Ezra</hi>
3. 10, 11. that <hi>the Levites the sons of Asaph were set with Cymbals to praise the Lord, after
the ordinance of David King of Israel:</hi> and that <hi>they sung together by course, in praising
and giving thanks unto the Lord, because he is good, for his mercy endureth for ever.</hi> For
this reason, the four and twenty Courses or Quires into which the Singers of the
Temple were divided by King <hi>David</hi> to serve in their turns, consisted each of them of
twelve, according to the number of the Tribes of <hi>Israel;</hi> that so every Tribe might
have a mouth and voice to praise and to give thanks unto God for him in the
Temple.</p>
                  <p>Thus we have seen what warrant <hi>topray and call upon God in a set Form</hi> hath from
the practice of the Church of God in the Old Testament. And, if Reason may have
place, in the publick service of God, where one is the mouth of many, there is none
so proper and convenient. For how can the Minister be said properly to be the
mouth of the Congregation in prayer unto God, when the Congregation is not first
made acquainted and privy to what he is to tender unto God in their names? Which
in a <hi>voluntary and extemporary form of Prayer</hi> they are not, nor well can be; I am sure
neither so properly nor conveniently as in a <hi>set Form,</hi> which both they and the whole
Church have agreed upon, and offer unto God at the same time, though in several
places, in the self-same form and words. And this may be a second Reason, I mean
from <hi>Uniformity:</hi> For how can the Church, being a Mystical Body, better testifie her
unity before God, than in her uniformity in calling upon him? especially your Saviour
telling us, that if but <hi>two or three shall agree together on earth, as touching any thing that
they shall ask,<note place="margin">Matth. 18. 19.</note> it shall be done unto them of his Father which is in heaven.</hi> So prevailable
with Almighty God is the power of Consent in Prayer.</p>
                  <p>LET us now, in the last place, see what Reasons they bring who contend alto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gether
for <hi>voluntary Prayer,</hi> and would have no <hi>set Forms</hi> used.</p>
                  <p>First, they say, It is the ordinance of God, that the Church should be <hi>edified</hi> by <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/>
the gifts of her Ministers as well in <hi>Praying</hi> as <hi>Preaching. Ergo,</hi> their Prayers should
be <hi>extemporary</hi> or <hi>voluntary;</hi> because in reading a <hi>set Form of Prayer</hi> this gift cannot be
shewn.</p>
                  <p>To this I answer, First, That there is not in this point the same reason for <hi>Prayer</hi>
and for <hi>Preaching:</hi> for in <hi>Prayer</hi> (I mean publick) the Minister is the mouth of the
Church unto God, and therefore it were convenient they should know what he puts
up to God in their names; but in <hi>Preaching</hi> he is not so. Secondly, Why should not
the Pastors and Ministers of the Church edifie the Church by their gift of Prayer, as
well in composing a <hi>set Form</hi> of Prayer for her use by general agreement, as in utter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
a <hi>voluntary</hi> or <hi>extemporary</hi> Prayer in a particular Congregation? Thirdly, Are not
the members of the Church to be edified as well by the spirit of the Church, as the
Church or some part thereof by the spirit of a member? But how can the Church
edifie her members by her gift of Prayer, otherwise than by a <hi>set Form</hi> agreed upon
by her consent? Fourthly, Ostentation of gifts is one thing, but Edification by them
another. Ostentation of the gift of Prayer is indeed best shewn in a <hi>voluntary</hi> or <hi>ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>temporary</hi>
Prayer; but the Church may be edified as well by a <hi>set Form.</hi> Yea such a
<hi>Form</hi> in the publick service of God is more edificative than a voluntary: And that,
both because the Congregation is first made acquainted therewith; and secondly, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cause
they are better secured from being ingaged in ought that might be unfit to speak
unto God, either for matter or manner, or such as they would not have given their
<pb n="4" facs="tcp:63175:53"/>
consent to if they had been aware of it. For now that extraordinary assistance of the
Holy Ghost, which was in the Primitive and Apostolical times, is long since ceased;
and all men, to whom that office belongeth to speak to God for others, are not at all
times discreet and well advised, when they speak to him at will and <hi>extempore,</hi> but
subject to miscarriage. Lastly, I answer, That the Church is to be edified by the gift of
her Ministers in voluntary Prayer, <hi>loco &amp; tempore,</hi> in fit place and upon fit occasions,
not in all places and upon all occasions. And thus much to this Objection.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/> But they object secondly, That the <hi>Spirit</hi> ought to be <hi>free</hi> and <hi>unlimited,</hi> and that
therefore a <hi>Book</hi> or <hi>set Form of Prayer,</hi> which limits the <hi>Spirit</hi> in praying, is not to be to<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lerated
or used.</p>
                  <p>To this I answer, It is false, that the acting of the Spirit in one Christian may not be
limited or regulated by the spirit of another; especially, the spirit of a particular man
in the publick worship, by the Spirit of the Church whereof he is a member. For doth
not the Apostle tell us 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 14. 29, 30. that even that extraordinary Spirit of prophe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cy,
usual in his time, might be limited by the spirit of another Prophet? <hi>Let the Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phets,</hi>
saith he, <hi>speak two or three, and let the other judge: If any thing be revealed to ano<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
that sitteth by, let the first hold his peace.</hi> Is not this a <hi>limiting?</hi> He gives a reason
v. 32. <hi>For the spirits of the Prophets,</hi> saith he, <hi>are subject to the Prophets.</hi> Besides, are not
the spirits of the people as well limited and determined by a <hi>voluntary</hi> Prayer, when
they joyn therein with their Minister, as they are by a <hi>set Form?</hi> True, the spirit of
the Minister is then free; but theirs is not so, but tied and led by the spirit of the Mi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nister
as much as if he used a <hi>set Form.</hi> But to elude this, they tell us, that the Que<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stion
is not of <hi>limiting</hi> the spirit of the <hi>people,</hi> but of the <hi>Minister</hi> only: For, as for the
<hi>people,</hi> no more is required of them but to joyn with their <hi>Minister,</hi> and to testifie it by
saying <hi>Amen;</hi> but the spirit of the <hi>Minister</hi> ought to be left free, and not to be limited.
But where is this written, that the one may not be <hi>limited</hi> as well as the other? We
heard the Apostle say even now, <hi>The spirit of the Prophets is subject to the Prophets:</hi> If
in <hi>prophesying,</hi> why not in <hi>praying?</hi> And what shew of Reason can be given, why the
spirit of a particular Minister in the publick worship of the Church may not, yea
ought not to be limited and regulated by the spirit of the Church Representative, as
well as the spirit of a whole Congregation by the spirit of a particular Minister? For
every particular Minister is as much subordinate to the spirit of the Church Repre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sentative,
as the spirit of the Congregation is to his. So much for this Objection.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="3"/> There remaineth yet a third, which may be answered in two or three words. No
<hi>set Form of Prayer,</hi> say they, can serve for all occasions. What then? yet why may
it not be used for all such occasions as it serves for? If any sudden and unexpected oc<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>casion
happen, for which the Church cannot provide, the spirit of her Ministers is
free: Who will forbid them to supply, in such a case, that by a voluntary and arbi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trary
form, which the Church could not provide for in a <hi>set Form?</hi> And this is what I
intended to say of this Argument.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="2" type="discourse">
               <head>DISCOURSE II.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>MATTHEW 6. 9. LUKE 11. 2.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>
                        <p>Sanctificetur Nomen tuum. Sanctified, <hi>or</hi> Hallowed, be thy Name.</p>
                     </q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>ALthough I make no question but that which we so often repeat unto
Almighty God in our daily prayers, is for the general meaning
thereof by the most of us in some competent measure understood:
yet because by a morefull and distinct explication the knowledge
of some may be improved, and the meditations of others occasi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>oned
to a further search; I hope I shall not do amiss, nor be
thought to have chosen a Theme either needless or not so fit for
this Auditory, If I shall enquire What that is we pray for in this first Petition of the
Prayer our Lord hath taught us, when we desire <hi>that God's Name may be sanctified:</hi>
For perhaps we shall find more contained therein than is commonly taken notice of.</p>
                  <p>The words are few, and therefore shall need no other Analyse than what their
<pb n="5" facs="tcp:63175:53"/>
very number presents unto us,<note place="margin">Matth. 6. 9. Luke 11. 2.</note> 
                     <hi>viz. God's Name,</hi> and <hi>the sanctifying thereof; Sanctifi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cetur
Nomen tuum.</hi> I will begin first with the last in order, but first in nature, <hi>Nomen
tuum, God's Name.</hi> By which, according to the style of Holy Scripture, we are to
understand in this place, First of all, <hi>God himself,</hi> or <hi>His sacred Deity,</hi> to wit, ab<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stractly
expressed, according to the style of eminency and dignity, that is, <hi>Dei <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>,
the Divine Majesty:</hi> as we are wont for the King to say, <hi>His Majesty,</hi> or <hi>the King's
Majesty,</hi> and of other persons of honour and eminency, <hi>their Highness, their Honour,
his Excellency,</hi> and the like; so of God, <hi>His Name,</hi> and sometimes, with the self-same
meaning, <hi>His Glory;</hi> as <hi>Ier.</hi> 2. 11. <hi>Hath any nation changed their Gods, which yet are
no Gods? but my people have changed their Glory</hi> (that is, their God) <hi>for that which is
good for nought.</hi> So <hi>Psalm</hi> 106. 20. of the Calf made in the wilderness, <hi>They changed
their Glory into the similitude of an Oxe that eateth grass:</hi> And S. <hi>Paul, Rom.</hi> 1. 23. <hi>They
changed the Glory</hi> (that is, the Majesty) <hi>of the incorruptible God into an Image made like
to corruptible man,</hi> &amp;c. Such is the notion, but much more frequent, of <hi>God's Name.</hi>
In a word, <hi>Nomen Dei</hi> in this kind of use is nothing else but <hi>Divinum Numen.</hi> Whence
it is that in Scripture, <hi>to call upon the Name of God, to blaspheme the Name of God, to
love his Name, to swear by his Name, to build a Temple to his Name, for his Name to dwell
there;</hi> and in the New Testament, <hi>to believe in the Name of the Lord Iesus, to call upon
the Name of the Lord Iesus;</hi> these, I say, and the like expressions have no other mean<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing,
than to do these things to the Divine Majesty, to the Lord <hi>Iesus,</hi> whose is that
<hi>Name above every name, whereat every knee must bow.</hi> Accordingly here, <hi>Sanctisicetur
Nomen tuum, Hallowed be thy Name,</hi> is as much as to say, <hi>Sanctificetur Numen tuum,
Sanctified be thy Divine Majesty.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Secondly, Under the <hi>Name of God</hi> here to be sanctified or hallowed, understand,
besides the Majesty of his Godhead, that also <hi>super quod invocatum est Nomen ejus,
whereupon his Name is called,</hi> or <hi>that which is called by his Name,</hi> (as we in our Bibles
commonly express this phrase of Scripture;) that is, all whatsoever is God's, or God
is the Lord and owner of by a peculiar right; such as are Things sacred, whether they
be Persons, or whether Things by distinction so called, or Times, or Places, which
have upon them a relation of peculiarness towards God. For such as these are said in
Scripture, <hi>to have the Name of God called upon them,</hi> or <hi>to be called by his Name;</hi> that
is, to be His. Thus we read in Scripture of an <hi>House</hi> which had the Name of God
upon it, or which was <hi>called by his Name,</hi> that is, God's House, 1 <hi>Kings</hi> 8. 43. <hi>Ier.</hi>
7. 10, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> Of a <hi>City upon which the Name of God was called</hi> or <hi>named,</hi> to wit, the
Holy City, <hi>Ierusalem,</hi> the City of the great King, the Lord of hosts, <hi>Ier.</hi> 25. 29.
<hi>Dan.</hi> 9. 18. Of an <hi>Ark upon which the Name of God the Lord was called,</hi> 1 <hi>Chron.</hi> 13. 6.
2 <hi>Sam.</hi> 6. 2. that is, the Lord's Ark, or <hi>the Ark of his Covenant,</hi> as it is elsewhere na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>med.
Of a <hi>People</hi> upon which the Name of the Lord was called, or which were <hi>called
by his Name, Deut.</hi> 28. 10. <hi>Dan.</hi> 9. 19. and elsewhere; that is, were his peculiar and
holy people; as is said in like manner, and with like meaning, of the Church of the
New Testament, <hi>Iames</hi> 2. 7. <hi>Acts</hi> 15. 17. I represent not these places of Scripture at
large, because I know that every ear that is acquainted with Scripture can bear wit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness
unto them. And for the meaning of this expression of <hi>God's Name to be called upon
a thing,</hi> or <hi>a thing to be called by his Name,</hi> that it is all one as to say it <hi>to be His,</hi> (be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sides
the evidence of the matter whereabout it is used,) appears by the same phrase
used in two other places, of the like relation of men to that which is theirs: as <hi>Gen.</hi>
48. 16. where <hi>Iacob</hi> blessing <hi>Ioseph</hi>'s sons saith, <hi>The Angel which redeemed me from all
evil, bless the lads, and let my name be called upon them;</hi> that is, let them be mine,
namely, as <hi>Reuben</hi> and <hi>Simeon</hi> are mine, as he saith a little before; for they are
words of adoption. Again, in the 4. of <hi>Esay</hi> 1. where it is said, that <hi>seven women
should take hold of one man, and say, We will eat our own bread, and wear our own appa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rel,
only let thy Name be called upon us, to take away our reproach;</hi> that is, Do thou own
us, or let us be thine, that it may not be a reproach unto us that we have no husband.
The Ancients were wont to set the Names of the Owners upon their houses and other
possessions; which they called <hi>Tituli,</hi> Titles. <hi>Chrysologus Serm.</hi> 145. <hi>Sicut dominos
praediorum liminibus affixi Tituli proloquuntur, As the Titles fixed to doors do speak the
owners of the possessions.</hi> S. <hi>Augustine in Psal.</hi> 21. <hi>Quando potens aliquis invenerit Titu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>los
suos, nonne jure rem sibi vendicat, &amp; dicit, Non poneret titulos meos, nisi res mea es<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>set?
When any great man shall spy his own Titles, does he not justly challenge the goods,
and say, No man would put my Titles to it, unless the thing were mine?</hi> Whether this
phrase of Scripture, of <hi>God's Name to be called</hi> or <hi>named upon a thing,</hi> hath reference
unto any such custom, I cannot affirm; but surely the meaning is the same, to wit;
<pb n="6" facs="tcp:63175:54"/>
that God is the Lord and Proprietary of them. And thus ye have heard what is this
<hi>Name of God</hi> we pray here to be sanctified; to wit, a twofold Name, first, his Name
and Majesty which we call upon; secondly, that also which is called by his Name:
The first we may call his <hi>Personal,</hi> the other his <hi>Denominative</hi> or <hi>Participated
Name.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>HAVING learned what <hi>Nomen Dei</hi> importeth, and so cleared the Object of
what we pray for; let us next enquire what that is which the word <hi>Sanctifie,</hi> or <hi>To be
sanctified,</hi> implieth, being that which our vote witnesseth ought to be done thereun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to.
And this I intended for the main and principal Argument of my present Dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>course,
being a matter not so well traced as the former, and perhaps not altogether
freed of obscurity and difficulty to be understood.</p>
                  <p>For our more certain and assured discovery whereof, we will first examine the ab<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stract
thereof, <hi>Sanctity,</hi> and find out the true notion of it, namely, what is the <hi>ratio
formalis,</hi> the formal state or nature of that which the Scripture entituleth in the gene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ral
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, that is, <hi>Holy;</hi> not regarding what notion the Greeks or Latines had
respect to in their Languages, but what the Holy Scripture properly intendeth under
that <hi>name.</hi> For because <hi>to be sanctified</hi> can have but these two senses, either <hi>to be made
holy,</hi> or <hi>to be used and done unto according to,</hi> or <hi>as becometh, its holiness;</hi> and that the
Majesty of God, which is the prime object of this Act, is not capable of the first sense
(viz. <hi>to be made holy</hi>) but of the second only: if we therefore once rightly under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stand
what is the condition and property of <hi>Sanctity</hi> according to the notion of Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture,
we shall not be long ignorant what it is either for the Name or Majesty of God,
or that which is called by his Name, <hi>to be hallowed</hi> or <hi>sanctified,</hi> namely, <hi>to be done un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
according to their Holiness.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Now <hi>R. David Kimchi</hi> upon the 56 of <hi>Esay,</hi> ver. 2. <hi>Blessed is the man that keepeth the
Sabbath from polluting it,</hi> hath these words, <q>
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>To
sanctifie the Sabbath is to separate or distinguish it from other days;</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                        <hi>Because all words of Sanctity import a thing
separated or divided from other things by way of preeminence or excellency.</hi>
                     </q> Thus the
<hi>Rabbi.</hi> And that this which he saith is true, namely, That <hi>Sanctity</hi> consists in a <hi>discre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion</hi>
and <hi>distinction</hi> from other things by way of exaltation and preeminence, may
appear by these instances and examples which I shall now produce out of Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture.</p>
                  <p>And first from that Law touching the <hi>Holy oyl, Exod.</hi> 30. 31. where, after the com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>position
thereof described, <hi>This</hi> (saith the Lord) <hi>shall be an holy anointing Oyl unto me.</hi>
What is that? why, it follows, v. 32. <hi>Vpon mans flesh shall it not be poured, neither
shall ye make any other like it, after the composition thereof. It is Holy, therefore it shall be
Holy unto you.</hi> That is, As this Oyl is holy and discrete from other Oyls, so shall it
accordingly by you be used with difference and discrimination: For the Text goes on
v. 33. <hi>Whosoever compoundeth any like it, or putteth any of it upon a stranger,</hi> (that is,
upon any besides those it was appropriated to,) <hi>shall be cut off from his people.</hi> What
else means all this, but that this Oyl should be a singular or peculiar Oyl, set apart and
distinguished from all other Oyls both in its composition and use; and that to be
such, was to be <hi>Holy</hi> or Sacred.</p>
                  <p>The like we shall find in the 35. verse of the same Chapter, concerning the <hi>Holy
Persume</hi> there described: <hi>Thou shalt make it,</hi> saith he, (to wit, the ingredients he afore
mentioned) <hi>a persume, a consection, after the art of the Apothecary, tempered together,
pure and Holy.</hi> Verse 37. <hi>You shall not make to your selves</hi> (that is, not for your own
use) <hi>according to the composition thereof: It shall be unto thee Holy for the Lord.</hi> Ver. 38.
<hi>Whosoever shall make the like unto it, to smellthereto, shall be cut off from his people.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But above all others this notion of <hi>Sanctity</hi> or <hi>Holiness</hi> is most expresly intimated
and taught us in those divine Periphrases or circumlo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>tions which the Lord himself
more than once makes of an <hi>Holy People:</hi> as <hi>Lev.</hi> 20. 24. speaking on this manner; <hi>I
am the Lord your God which have separated you from other people.</hi>—Ver. 26. <hi>And ye shall
be Holy unto me: for I the Lord am Holy, and have severed you from other people, that ye
should be mine.</hi> Mark here, that to <hi>separate</hi> is <hi>to make Holy;</hi> and that to be <hi>Holy</hi> is
to be <hi>separated</hi> from others of the same rank. Again, <hi>Deut.</hi> 26. 18, 19. <hi>The Lord hath
avouched thee</hi> (to wit, <hi>Israel) this day to be his peculiar</hi> (or appropriate) <hi>people, as he
hath promised thee:—And to make thee high above all nations which he hath made, in
praise, in name, and in honour; namely, that thou may est be an Holy people unto the Lord thy
God, as he hath spoken.</hi> Now what is this but Rabbi <hi>Kim<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>hi</hi>'s definition almost <hi>verba<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tim?</hi>
that to be sacred or <hi>Holy</hi> is to be <hi>separated</hi> or set apart from other things by way
<pb n="7" facs="tcp:63175:54"/>
of excellence; or, which is all one, to be set in some state of singularity or appro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>priatedness,
whereby it is advanced above the common condition of things of the same
order. He that will, may compare also two other passages, <hi>Deut.</hi> 7. 6. &amp; 14. 2.
parallel to those I have produced; where to be an <hi>Holy,</hi> and to be a <hi>Peculiar</hi> people,
are made one and the same, or the one expounded by the other.</p>
                  <p>It may be yet further confirmed by comparing <hi>Deut.</hi> 19. 2, 7. with <hi>Ioshuah</hi> 20. 7.
For whereas in the former of these places it is said concerning the Cities of refuge,
<hi>Thou shalt separate, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, three Cities for thee in the midst of thy land:</hi> in <hi>Ioshuah,</hi>
where this commandment is put in execution, we read in stead of <hi>separated,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, i.
<hi>they sanctified three Cities, Kedesh, Shechem, and Hebron.</hi> Where that the one is
equivalent to the other, the <hi>Seventy</hi> so well understood, that even in this place of
<hi>Ioshuah,</hi> for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, which is, <hi>Sanctificârunt they sanctified,</hi> they rendred<note n="*" place="margin">By which they are wont otherwise to render the verb <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>separârunt,</hi> or <hi>discreverunt, they separated</hi> or <hi>set apart.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The same notion of <hi>Holiness</hi> may be gathered from the Antithesis or opposite there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>unto,
to wit, <hi>Vnholy,</hi> or <hi>Vnclean,</hi> which the Scripture is wont to express by the
name of <hi>Common.</hi> So S. <hi>Peter</hi> in his Vision, <hi>Acts</hi> 10. 14. <hi>Lord,</hi> saith he, <hi>I have never
eaten any thing that is common or unclean,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. For
know, that because that which is <hi>Holy</hi> ought to be kept pure and <hi>clean;</hi> or rather,
because <hi>Cleanness</hi> imports a separation from <hi>filth,</hi> as <hi>Holiness</hi> doth from <hi>common;</hi>
thence <hi>Clean</hi> and <hi>Holy,</hi> and so also <hi>Vnholy</hi> and <hi>Vnclean,</hi> are used the one for the other:
whence 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 7. 14. <hi>Vnclean</hi> and <hi>Holy</hi> are opposed. But to go on; the voice from
heaven answers S. <hi>Peter</hi> in the same language v. 15. <hi>What God hath cleansed,</hi> (that is,
<hi>sanctified,</hi>) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>account not thou common.</hi> So in 1 <hi>Mac.</hi> 1. 47. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> are
<hi>unclean</hi> beasts; and v. 62. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, to eat <hi>unclean</hi> things.</p>
                  <p>The like Antithesis of <hi>Holy</hi> and <hi>Common</hi> is to be found <hi>Heb.</hi> 10. 29. where the A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>postle
saith of a Believer or Christian that lives an ungodly and wicked life, <hi>He hath
troden under foot the Son of God, and counted the bloud of the Covenant wherewith he
was sanctified, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, as a common thing;</hi> that is, he had profaned it. Our translati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
rendreth it <hi>an unholy thing;</hi> the opposition thereof to <hi>sanctified</hi> witnessing that to
be the meaning. Now then, if to be <hi>Vnholy</hi> or <hi>Vnclean</hi> be to be <hi>Common;</hi> surely it
follows by the Law of opposition, that to be <hi>Holy</hi> is to be <hi>separated</hi> from the common,
or to be singular and appropriate in some manner or other.</p>
                  <p>Lastly, it is to be observed, that whereas in the Law given <hi>Numbers</hi> 6. concerning
the Vow of <hi>Nazarisme</hi> (which word signifies <hi>separation,</hi> of <hi>Nazar, to separate</hi>) the
words, <hi>to separate,</hi> and <hi>separation,</hi> come very often in the Text; the vulgar Latin
renders for them above ten times, <hi>consecrare, consecratio, sanctificare,</hi> and <hi>sanctificatio:</hi>
which shews,<note place="margin">As the <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap>. once or twice in this place, and e<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                           <desc>•••</desc>
                        </gap>w<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>re sometime<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> ren<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der the same word.</note> that this notion, namely, that <hi>Holiness consists in a state of separation,</hi> is
no new conceit, but such as Antiquity took notice of.</p>
                  <p>The nature of <hi>Holiness,</hi> wherein it consisteth, according to the idiome of Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture,
being thus found out and cleared, that which was aimed at in this inquisition, to
wit, what the same meaneth by <hi>to sanctifie,</hi> and <hi>to be sanctified,</hi> will be no hard mat<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter
to resolve. For <hi>Sanctity</hi> and to <hi>sanctifie</hi> being Conjugates or Denominatives, as
Logicians call them; the one openeth the way to the knowledge of the other. If
therefore <hi>Sanctity</hi> or <hi>Holiness be a condition of discretion and distinction from other
things,</hi> as we have shewed it to be; then <hi>to sanctifie</hi> must either be <hi>to put a thing into
that state,</hi> which we call, <hi>to consecrate;</hi> or if it be such already, <hi>to use and do unto it
as becomes the sanctity thereof:</hi> that is, <hi>haberè cum discrimin<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>,</hi> to put a difference be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tween
it and other things by way of excellency, or in a dignîfying wise, by appro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>priating
and severing it in the use thereof from things of ordinary and common rank;
or, which is all one, <hi>to use it singularly, appropriately, and,</hi> in a word, <hi>uncommonly.</hi> For
not to use it so, it being such, were to abuse it, which the Scripture cals <hi>to prophane;</hi>
to <hi>sanctifie</hi> and to <hi>prophane</hi> being opposites. Whence <hi>Ezek.</hi> 22. 26. to <hi>prophane</hi> is expound<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
by <hi>not putting a difference: The Priests</hi> (saith the Lord) <hi>have violated my Law, and
have prophaned my holy things; they have put no difference between the holy and prophane.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>This to be <hi>to sanctifie,</hi> all the places almost which I have alledged out of the Law
for the notion and nature of <hi>sanctity</hi> do apparently proclaim: for the one is so nearly
linked to the other, that they could not well be separated. Thus was <hi>Israel,</hi> God's
holy people, to sanctifie themselves by a discriminative manner of living or usance, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cause
the Lord their God had discriminated or separated them from other people. So
<hi>Lev.</hi> 20. 24, 25, 26. <hi>I am the Lord your God, which have separated you from other peo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ple.
Ye shall therefore put difference between clean beasts and unclean, and between unclean
fowles and clean: And ye shall not make your souls abominable by beast or by fowl, or by
<pb n="8" facs="tcp:63175:55"/>
any manner of living thing that creepeth on the ground, which I have separated from you
as unclean. But ye shall be holy unto me; for I the Lord am holy, and have severed you
from other people, that ye should be mine.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>After the same manner were the <hi>Holy Oyntment</hi> and the <hi>Holy Perfume</hi> or <hi>Incense</hi> to
be <hi>sanctified</hi> by a discriminative, singular, appropriate usance of them, and not to be
used as other Oyntments and Per<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>umes: to wit, the one not to be poured upon mans
flesh, nor the other used for mans smelling unto; yea none of the like composition to
the one or the other to be made for any prophane or common use, upon pain of his
being cut off from his people who should dare to do it. That is, not the particular or
<hi>Individuum</hi> only, but even the whole kind of that composition was to be accounted
sacred: otherwise this caution needed not; since for the Individual, all sacred things
ought to be appropriate and incommunicable in their use.</p>
                  <p>And to this notion it is not altogether improbable but the Apostle may allude,
1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 11. 29. when he expresseth the <hi>prophanation</hi> of the <hi>Holy Supper</hi> in coming to it,
and using it as a common banquet, by <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>not differencing
the Lord's body;</hi> that is, not sanctifying it, or using it as became so holy a thing.</p>
                  <p>HITHERTO I have considered the words of my Text apart: but now let us
put them again together, and see <hi>How the Name of God ought to be Sanctified</hi> in the
manner now specified, both <hi>in it self,</hi> and <hi>in the things which it is called upon;</hi> as in
the beginning I distinguished. For the better understanding of which, we are to take
notice of a twofold <hi>Holiness;</hi> one <hi>Original, Absolute,</hi> and <hi>Essential</hi> in God; the other
<hi>Derived</hi> or <hi>Relative</hi> in the things which are His, properly (according to the use of the
Latin) called <hi>Sacra, Sacred things.</hi> Both these have their several and distinct Sancti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fications
belonging unto them. For whatsoever is Holy, ought to be sanctified, ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording
to the condition and proportion of the Holiness it hath.</p>
                  <p>To speak of them distinctly. The first, <hi>Original</hi> or <hi>Absolute Holiness,</hi> is nothing
else but the incommunicable Eminency of the Divine Majesty, exalted above all, and
divided from all other <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or Eminencies whatsoever. For that which a man
takes to be, and makes account of as, his God, (whether it be such indeed, or by him
fancyed only) he ascribes unto it, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>in so doing, a condition of Eminency above, and
distinct from all other Eminencies whatsoever, that is of <hi>Holiness.</hi> Hence it comes that
we find the Lord the God of <hi>Israel,</hi> and the only true God, in Scripture so often styled
<hi>Sanctus Israelis, the Holy One of Israel,</hi> that is, <hi>Israel</hi>'s most Eminent and Incommuni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cable
One, or, which is all one, <hi>His God:</hi> as namely <hi>Psal.</hi> 89. 18. <hi>The Lord is our de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fence,
the HOLY ONE of Israel is our King.</hi> Esay 17. 7. <hi>At that day shall a man look un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
his Maker, and his eyes shall have respect to the HOLY ONE of Israel.</hi> Habak. 1. 12.
<hi>Art not thou from everlasting, O Lord my God, mine HOLY ONE?</hi> Agreeably whereunto
the Lord is said also now and then <hi>to swear by his HOLINESS,</hi> that is, by Himself: as in
the Psalm before alledged v. 35. <hi>Once have I sworn by my HOLINESS, that I will not lie
unto David, &amp;c.</hi> Amos 4. 2. <hi>The Lord God hath sworn by his HOLINESS, that lo, the dayes
shall come upon you that he will take you away with hooks, &amp;c.</hi> According to this sense I
suppose also that of <hi>Amos</hi> 8. 7. is<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> to be understood; <hi>The Lord hath sworn by the Ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cellency
of Iacob</hi> (that is <hi>Iacob</hi>'s most Eminent and Incommunicable One,<note place="margin">See Esay. 24. 14.</note> or by <hi>Iacob's
HOLY ONE) Surely I will never forget any of their works, &amp;c.</hi> For indeed the Gods of
the Nations were not properly and truly <hi>Holy,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Micah 4. 3.</note> because but partially and respectively
only; forasmuch as the Divine eminency which they were supposed to have was, even
in the opinion of those who worshipped them, common to others with them, and so not
discriminated from, nor exalted above all: But the God of <hi>Israel</hi> was simply and ab<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>solutely
such, both in himself and to them-ward who worshipped him, as who might
acknowledge no other; and therefore <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, and by way of distinction from all
other Gods, called <hi>Sanctus Israelis, The Holy One of Israel;</hi> that is, that sole absolute and
only incommunicable One, or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> (as the Author of the Book of <hi>Wis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dome</hi>
calls him, chap. 14. 21.) That God exalted above all, and divided from all,
without pareil; there being no other such besides him. <hi>There is none holy as the Lord,</hi>
(saith <hi>Hannah) for there is none besides thee;</hi>
                     <note place="margin">1 Sam. 2. 2.</note> [Lxx.<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> 
                     <hi>none Holy besides thee;] neither
is there any Rock like our God.</hi> Wherefore it is to be observed, that although the
Scripture every where vouchsafes the Gentiles <hi>Daemons</hi> the name of <hi>Gods;</hi> yet it
never, I think, calls them <hi>Holy Ones,</hi> as indeed they were not. Thus you see that as
<hi>Holiness</hi> in general imports a state of eminency and separation; so this of God, as I
have described it, disagrees not from that general notion, when I affirm it to consist
in a state of peerless or incommunicable Majesty: for that which is such, includes both
the one and the other. But would you understand it yet better? Apply it then to
<pb n="9" facs="tcp:63175:55"/>
his Attributes whereby he is known unto us, and know that <hi>The Lord is Holy,</hi> is as
much as to say, He is a Majesty of peerless Power, of peerless Wisdom, of peer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>less
Goodness, and so of the rest. Such a one is our God, and such is his <hi>Holiness.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Now then to <hi>Sanctifie</hi> this peerless Name or Majesty of his must be by doing unto
him according to that which his Holiness challengeth in respect of the double impor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tance
thereof: namely, to serve and glorifie him, because of his Eminency; and to
do it with a singular, separate, and incommunicated worship, because he is Holy.
Not to do the former is <hi>Irreligion</hi> and <hi>Atheism,</hi> as not to acknowledg God to be the
Chief and Soveraign Eminency; not to observe the second is <hi>Idolatry.</hi> For as the
Lord our God is a singular and peerless Majesty, distinguished from and exalted above
all things and eminencies else whatsoever; so must his Worship be singular, incommu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nicable,
and proper to him alone. Otherwise,<note place="margin">Iosh. 24. 19.</note> (saith <hi>Ioshnah</hi> to the people) <hi>Ye
cannot serve the Lord.</hi> Why? <hi>For</hi> (saith he) <hi>He is an Holy God,
He is a jealous God,</hi> (that can endure no corrival,) <hi>He will not forgive your transgressions nor your sins. I<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>
ye forsake the Lord and serve strange gods, &amp;c.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Whence in Scripture, those who communicate the Worship given unto him with
any besides him, or together with him, by way of Object, that is, whether immedi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ately
or but mediately, are deemed to deny his incomparable Sanctity, and therefore
said to <hi>prophane</hi> his Holy Name. See <hi>Ezek.</hi> 20. 39. and chap. 43. 7, 8. <hi>Levit.</hi> 18. 21.</p>
                  <p>In a word; All that whole immediate Duty and Service which we ow unto God,
whether inward or outward, contained under the name of Divine Worship, (when
either we confess, praise, pray unto, call upon or swear by his Name) yea all the
Worship both of men and Angels, is nothing else but to acknowledg in thought,
word and work, this peerless preeminence of his Power, of his Wisdom, of his Good<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness
and other Attributes, that is, <hi>His Holiness;</hi> by ascribing and giving unto him
that which we give and ascribe to none besides him, that is, <hi>to sanctifie his most Holy
Name.</hi> This is that the Holy Ghost would teach us, when describing how the Sera<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phims
worship and glorifie God, <hi>Esay</hi> 6. 3. he brings them in crying one unto ano<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther,
<hi>Holy, Holy, Holy is the Lord God of hosts, the whole earth is full of his glory;</hi> that
is, Sanctifying him. From whence is derived that which we repeat every day in the
Hymne, <hi>To thee all Angels cry aloud, the heavens and all the powers therein; To thee
Cherubim and Seraphim continually do cry, Holy, Holy, Holy Lord God of Sabbaoth;
Heaven and earth are full of the Majesty of thy Glory.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>And because the pattern of God's holy worship is not to be taken from Earth, but
from Heaven; the same Spirit therefore in the Apocalyps expresseth the Worship of
God in the New Testament with the same form of hallowing or holying his Name
which the heavenly Host useth. For so the four <hi>Animalia,</hi> representing the Catho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lick
Church of Christ in the four quarters of the world, are said when they give glo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry,
honour and thanks to him that sitteth upon the throne and liveth for ever and
ever, to do it by singing day and night this <hi>Trisagium,<note place="margin">Apoc. 4. 18.</note> Holy, Holy, Holy Lord God Al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mighty,
which was, and is, and is to come:</hi> that is, the sum of all that they did was
but to agnize his Sanctity or Holiness, or, which is all one, <hi>to Sanctifie his holy Name.</hi>
When therefore the same four <hi>Animalia</hi> are afterwards brought in chanting, <hi>Worthy
is the Lamb that was slain,<note place="margin">Ch. 5. 12.</note> to receive power, and riches, and wisdom, and strength, and
honour, and glory, and blessing;</hi> and again, <hi>Blessing, and honour, and glory, and power
be unto him that sitteth upon the Throne, and unto the Lamb for ever and ever:</hi>
                     <note place="margin">V. 13.</note> all is to
be understood as comprehended within this general <hi>Doxologie,</hi> as being but an exem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plification
thereof; and therefore the Elogies or blazons mentioned therein, to be ta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ken,
according to the style of <hi>Holiness,</hi> in an exclusive sense, of such prerogatives as
are peculiar to God alone.</p>
                  <p>And according to this notion of <hi>sanctifying God's Name</hi> which I contend for, would
the Lord have his Name sanctified,<note place="margin">As Gen. 31. 42, 53.</note> 
                     <hi>Esa.</hi> 8. 12, 13. when he saith, <hi>Fear ye not their
Fear</hi> (that is, the Idolaters <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or Gods; for so <hi>Fear</hi> here signifies, to wit,
<hi>the thing feared) neither dread ye it:<note place="margin">Psal. 76. 11.</note> but sanctifie the Lord of Hosts himself,<note place="margin">So the Chal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dee uses their <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>, and more than once renders <hi>I A H</hi> the name of God by it.</note> and let him
be your Fear, and let him be your Dread,</hi> that is, your God.</p>
                  <p>Again chap. 29. 23. <hi>They shall sanctifie my Name,</hi> (saith he) <hi>even sanctifie the Holy
One of Iacob, and shall fear the God of Israel.</hi> The latter words shew the meaning of
the former.</p>
                  <p>The like we have in the first Epistle of S. <hi>Peter</hi> chap. 3. vers. 14, 15. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
(i. <hi>Gentilium</hi>) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, &amp;c. <hi>Fear ye not their Fear, nor be
in dread thereof:</hi> (that is, Fear not nor dread ye the Gods of the Gentiles which
persecute you) <hi>But sanctifie the Lord God in your hearts,</hi> that is, Fear and worship
<pb n="10" facs="tcp:63175:56"/>
him with your whole hearts. For that this passage (howsoever we are wont to ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pound
it) ought to be construed in the same sense with that of <hi>Esay</hi> 8. before alledg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed,
and the words to be rendred sutably, I take it to be apparent for this reason, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cause
they are <hi>verbatim</hi> taken from thence; as he that shall compare the Greek words
of S. <hi>Peter</hi> with the Lxx. in that place of <hi>Esay,</hi> will be forced to confess.</p>
                  <p>Besides this evident and express use of the word <hi>Sanctifie,</hi> in the notion of religi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ous
and holy worship and fear of the Divine Majesty, there is yet another expression
sometimes used in Holy Scripture which implieth the self-same thing; that, namely,
to worship God with that which we call holy and divine worship, is all one with <hi>to
agnize his holiness,</hi> or <hi>to sanctifie his Name.</hi> Those speeches, I mean, wherein we are
exhorted to worship the Lord, because he is Holy. As <hi>Psal.</hi> 99. 5. <hi>Exalt ye the Lord
our God, and worship at his foot-stool; for he is Holy.</hi> Again, in the end of the Psalm,
<hi>Exalt the Lord our God, and worship at his holy hill; for the Lord our God is Holy.</hi> The
same meaning is yet more emphatically expressed by those that sing the Song of
victory over the Beast, <hi>Apoc. 15. 3, 4. Great</hi> (say they) <hi>and marvellous are thy works,
Lord God Almighty; just and true are thy wayes, thou King of Nations. Who shall not
fear thee, O Lord, and glorifie thy Name?</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">So <hi>Editio Compl<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>. Andrea<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>,</hi> &amp; <hi>Exempl.</hi> 15.</note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, (for that I believe
is the true reading, not <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>) <hi>thou only art Holy; therefore all the Nations shall come
and worship before thee:</hi> that is, they shall relinquish their Idols and plurality of Gods,
and worship thee as God only. For this was the Doctrine both of <hi>Moses</hi> in the Old
Testament, and of Christ <hi>Iesus</hi> the Lamb of God in the New; That one God only,
that made the heaven and the earth, was to be acknowledged and worshipped, and
with an incommunicable worship. In respect whereof, as I take it, these Victors are
there said to <hi>sing the Song of Moses, and the Lamb,</hi> that is, a gratulatory Song of the
worship of one God, <hi>after that his</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> jur<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> 
                     <hi>Ordinances were made manifest.</hi> For otherwise
the Ditty is borrowed from the 86. <hi>Psalm,</hi> the 8, 9, and 10. verses, where we read,
<hi>Among the gods there is none like unto thee, O Lord, neither are there any works like unto
thy works. All Nations whom thou hast made shall come and worship before thee, O Lord,
and shall glorifie thy Name. For thou art great, and dost wondrous works: Thou art God
alone;</hi> that is, Thou only art Holy. Compare <hi>Ier.</hi> 10. ver. 6, 7.</p>
                  <p>I have one thing more to adde before I finish this part of my Discourse, lest I might
leave unsatisfied that which may perhaps seem to some to weaken this my explication
of <hi>the sanctification of God's Name.</hi> For the word, <hi>to sanctifie,</hi> or <hi>be sanctified,</hi> is
sometimes used of God in a more general sense than that I have hitherto specified,
namely, as signifying <hi>any way to be glorified,</hi> or <hi>to glorifie;</hi> as when he saith, He will
be <hi>sanctified</hi> in the destruction of his enemies, or in the deliverance of his people, and
that before the Heathen, and the like; that is, he would purchase him glory, or be
glorified thereby. I answer, It is true, that <hi>to be sanctified</hi> is in these passages <hi>to be
glorified;</hi> but yet alwayes to be glorified as God, and not otherwise. Namely, when
God by the works of his Power, of his Mercy, or Iustice extorts from men the con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fession
of his great and holy Godhead, he is then said <hi>to sanctifie,</hi> or make himself <hi>to
be sanctified</hi> amongst them, that is, <hi>to be glorified</hi> and honoured by their conviction
and acknowledgment of his Power and Godhead. For although men may be also said
<hi>to glorifie,</hi> or purchase honour unto themselves, when by their noble acts they make their
abilities and worth known unto the world: yet, for such respect, to be said <hi>to be san<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctified,</hi>
is peculiar unto him alone whose <hi>Glory</hi> is <hi>his Holiness,</hi> that is, unto God.</p>
                  <p>THUS we have learned How the <hi>Name</hi> or <hi>Majesty</hi> of God is to be <hi>sanctified per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sonally</hi>
or in it self; which is the chiefest thing we pray for, and ought so to be in our
endeavour; namely, To worship and glorifie him incommunicably, according to his
most eminent and unparallel'd Holiness: and so, ô Lord, <hi>Hallowed be thy Name.</hi> But
there is another <hi>Sanctification</hi> or <hi>Hallowing of God's Name</hi> yet behind, which must be
joyned therewith; which is, <hi>To sanctifie him also in the things which have his Name
upon them,</hi> that is, are separate and dedicate to his service, or, in a word, which are
<hi>His,</hi> namely, by a peculiar relation. For otherwise it is true, <hi>The whole earth is the
Lord's, and the fulness thereof, the World and those that dwell therein.</hi> But there are
some things <hi>His</hi> not as other things are, and so as they are no longer <hi>Ours;</hi> such as ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording
to the style of Scripture (as I have already noted) are said <hi>to be called by his
Name,</hi> or <hi>to have his Name called upon them.</hi> These are things <hi>sacred.</hi> Therefore I told
you before of a twofold <hi>Sanctity</hi> or <hi>Holiness:</hi> the one <hi>Original, Absolute,</hi> and <hi>Essential</hi>
in God; the other <hi>Derived</hi> or <hi>Relative,</hi> in that which is set apart to be in a peculiar and
appropriate manner <hi>His.</hi> For whatsoever belongeth unto him in this manner, is divided
from other things with preeminence, whether they be <hi>Things</hi> or <hi>Persons</hi> which are so
<pb n="11" facs="tcp:63175:56"/>
separated. For in such separation we shewed the nature of <hi>Sanctity</hi> in general to con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sist.
Now as the Divine Majesty it self is separate and holy; so know, it is a part of
that honour we owe unto his most Sacred Name, that the <hi>Things</hi> whereby and where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>with
he is served should not be promisenous and common, but appropriate and set
apart to that sacred end. It is an honour which in some degree of resemblance we
afford unto Kings, Princes, and other persons of dignity, (of infinite less eminency
than God is) to interdict the use of that to others which they are wont to use; some<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>times
the whole kind, sometimes the individual only. As we know in former times,
to wear purple, to subscribe with the Ink called <hi>Encaustum,</hi> of a purple colour, and
other the like, which the diligent may find were appropriate to the use of Kings and
Emperors only. In the Book of the <hi>Kings</hi> we read of the <hi>King's Mule,</hi> so appropri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ate
to his use, as to ride upon him was to be made King, 1 <hi>Kings</hi> 1. 33, 44. In the
Book of <hi>Esther,</hi> Chap. 6. 8. of the <hi>Horse</hi> that King <hi>Ahasucrus</hi> used to ride upon, put
in the same rank with the <hi>Crown</hi> and <hi>royal apparel,</hi> which none but the King might
wear. And of individual Utensils thus appropriated, and as it were dedicated to the
alone use of persons of eminency, our own times want not examples. Whence natu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ral
Instinct may seem to prompt unto us, that such appropriation is a testimony of ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nor
and respect. Sure I am, that Almighty God hath revealed it to be a part of that Ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nor
we owe unto him. Thus all the Utensils of the Tabernacle and Temple were <hi>sacred</hi> and
<hi>set apart</hi> to that use; and not the Utensils of the Altar only, but even the Instruments
of Musick, which <hi>David</hi> ordained to praise the Lord with in the Temple, were not
common, but consecrated unto God for that end: whence they are called, <hi>1 Chron.</hi>
16. 42. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Instrumenta musica Dei, the musical Instruments of God,</hi> that
is, sacred ones, and 2 <hi>Chron.</hi> 7. 6. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>the musical Instruments of the Lord.</hi>
Agreeably whereunto those who sung the fore-alledged song of victory over the Beast
are said to have had in their hands <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,<note place="margin">Apoc. 15. 2.</note> 
                     <hi>the harps of God,</hi> that is, not
prophane or common, but sacred Harps, the Harps of the Temple; for there they
sung this their Antheme, standing upon the great Laver or Sea of glass which was
therein.</p>
                  <p>Nay, our Blessed Saviour, <hi>Mark</hi> 11. 16. would not suffer a prophane or common
vessel to be so much as carried through his Father's House, accounting it as great a pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phanation
as to buy and sell there. And yet was not this abuse (which is a thing
well to be marked) within those Septs of the Temple which the Iews accounted
sacred, but in the outmost Court called <hi>Atrium gentium &amp; immundorum,</hi> the place
whither, together with such as were unclean, the Gentiles and uncircumcised were
admitted to pray; as that of the Prophet cited by our Saviour, rightly rendred, in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>timates,
<hi>My house shall be called a house of Prayer, to</hi> (or <hi>for</hi>) ALL NATIONS.
Consider <hi>Esay</hi> 56. 6, 7. This Court therefore the Iews made no other account of
than as of a <hi>prophane</hi> place: but our Saviour proved by Scripture, that this Gentiles
Oratory was also part of his Father's house, and accordingly not to be prophaned
with common use. Lastly, There was never any age of the Christian Church (till
of late) wherein it was not commonly believed, that God was to be honoured by
such appropriation or consecration as we speak of; that is, that <hi>God's Name</hi> was in
this manner to be <hi>sanctified.</hi> But are there any (will you say) now that deny it?
Yes, there are some in our age so far carried away into a contrary extreme to that they
flie from, that they hold no oblation or consecration of things unto God by the devo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
of men in the New Testament, whether of Utensils, Goods, Times, or Places,
ought to be esteemed lawful; but that all distinction between sacred and prophane
in external things by virtue of such consecration (excepting only the Sacraments)
is flat superstition. Yet to him that seriously considers it, it cannot chuse, methinks,
but seem strange and absurd to affirm, (as this assertion doth,) that men now in the time of the Gospel are exempted and freed from agnizing God to be Lord of
the creature, by giving some part thereof unto him; than which no part of Divine
Worship is more natural, and which hath been used by mankind ever since the be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ginning
of the world. Yea, in the state of Paradise, among all the Trees in the
Garden, which God gave man freely to enjoy, <hi>one Tree</hi> was <hi>Noli me tangere,</hi> and re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>served
to God as <hi>Holy,</hi> in token he was Lord of the Garden. So that the first sin
of Mankind, for the <hi>species</hi> of the fact, was <hi>Sacriledge,</hi> in prophaning that which
God had made holy.</p>
                  <p>They say, It is true, that in the Old Testament this way of honouring and ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>knowledging
God was warranted by the Divine Law; but in the New we find no pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cept
given concerning it, nor confirmation of that which was before. Now God is
<pb n="12" facs="tcp:63175:57"/>
not to be worshipped with any worship but what he hath himself prescribed in his
Word. I answer, What though there be no particular precept in the New Testa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment
for this, no more than for divers other duties which a Christian is bound to?
yet if a general warrant be, the particular needs not. But our Saviour saith in his
Gospel, in that Evangelical Sermon he preached upon the Mount, that he came not
to dissolve the Law and the Prophets, but to fulfil and perfect them: <hi>Think not</hi>
(saith he<note n="*" place="margin">Mat. 5. 17.</note>) <hi>that I am come to dissolve the Law and the Prophets,</hi> [that is, to take away
the obligation of that Rule of the duty of man to God and his neighbour, given
first by <hi>Moses</hi> in the <hi>Law,</hi> and afterwards repeated and inculcated by the <hi>Prophets;</hi>
for so <hi>Prophets</hi> are here to be<note n="*" place="margin">According as in that <hi>Matt.</hi> 22. 40. <hi>On these two Command<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments</hi> [<hi>viz.</hi> To love God above all, and our neighbour as our selves] <hi>hang all the Law and the Prophets;</hi> and in that <hi>Luke</hi> 16. 29. <hi>They have Moses and the Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phets.</hi>
                     </note> understood, and not of predictions] <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>but to fulfil them,</hi> that is, to supply, accomplish, or perfect those Rules and Doctrines
of Iust and Unjust contained in them, by a more ample interpretation, and other im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>provement
befitting the state of the Gospel. For surely this must be the meaning of
this speech of our Saviour, if we be more willing (as we should) to take a sense from
Scripture, than to bring one to it. Doth not the whole context following evince it?
Indeed the <hi>Law,</hi> that is, the <hi>Legal Covenant</hi> or Covenant of works, (as <hi>Law</hi> is oft
taken in the New Testament) together with all the Rites depending thereon, is <hi>dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>solved</hi>
by the coming of Christ; and a better Covenant with new Rites established in
stead thereof: but the <hi>Law,</hi> that is, the <hi>Doctrine and Rule of life,</hi> given by God, con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tradistinct
from those ordinances which were only appendages of that Covenant,
(though these were also in some sense <hi>perfected,</hi> by bringing the truth and substance in
stead of the figure and shadow thereof) is not disannulled, but <hi>confirmed</hi> and <hi>perfected</hi>
by him, in such manner as became the condition of the Covenant of the Gospel. For
that this confirmation is not to be restrained to the <hi>Decalogue</hi> only, is manifest, because
our Saviour in the following words insists upon other Precepts besides it. If it be said,
they are reducible thereto; this will not serve the turn, for so are all the rest of God's
Commandments. Unless therefore it can be shewn, that to honour God by an ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lation
of his creature is no part of the Law here confirmed by our Saviour, let no man
be so daringly bold as to exempt himself and others from the obligation thereof; unless
he means to be one of them of whom our Saviour speaks immediately, saying, <hi>Who<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>soever
therefore shall break one of the least of these Commandments, and shall teach men
so to do,</hi> (mark it) <hi>he shall be called</hi> (<hi>i.</hi> he shall be) <hi>the least in the Kingdom of hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven.</hi>
The word is <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, that is, <hi>loose,</hi> or <hi>dis-bind,</hi> as he doth both, that abrogates,
and that observes it not; much more he that affirmeth it unlawful to be observed.</p>
                  <p>Nay, how dare we <hi>dis-bind</hi> or <hi>loose</hi> our selves from the tye of that way of agniz<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
and honouring God, which the Christian Church from her first beginnings durst not
do? <hi>Irenaeus,</hi> witness of that age which next succeeded the Apostles, is plain. Lib. 4.
c. 34. <hi>Offerre oportet Deo</hi> (saith he) <hi>primitias creaturae ejus; sicut &amp; Moses ait, Non
apparebis vacuus ante conspectum Domini Dei tui.—Et non genus Oblationum reprobatum
est: oblationes enim &amp; illic, (sc. in V.T.) oblationes autem &amp; hîc; sacrificia in
populo, sacrificia &amp; in Ecclesia: sed species immutata est tantùm; quippe cum jam non
à servis, sed à liberis offeratur. Vnus enim &amp; idem Dominus; proprium autem cha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>racter
servilis oblationis, &amp; proprium liberorum, uti &amp; per oblationes ostendatur indi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cium
libertatis. It behoveth us</hi> (saith he) <hi>to offer unto God a present of his creature;
as also Moses saith, Thou shalt not appear before the Lord thy God emptie.—For offer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ings
in the general are not reprobated: there were Offerings there,</hi> (viz. <hi>in the Old Test.)
there are also offerings here in the Church: but the specification only is changed; foras<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>much
as offerings now are not made by bond, but free-men. For there is one and the
same Lord still; but there is a proper character of a bond or servile offering, and a proper
character of free-mens, that so even the offerings may shew forth the tokens of freedom.</hi>—
Now where in Scripture he believed this doctrin and practice to be grounded, he lets
us know in the 27. chap. of the same Book: <hi>Et quia Dominus naturalia Legis, per quae
homo justificatur, (quae etiam ante legisdationem custodiebant qui side justificabantur,
&amp; placebant Deo) non dissolvit, sed extendit, sed &amp; implevit, ex sermonibus ejus
ostenditur.</hi> That is, <hi>That our Lord dissolved not, but enlarged and perfected the natural
precepts of the Law, whereby a man is just (which also, before the Law was given, they ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>served
who were justified by faith, and pleased God,) is evident by his words.</hi> Then he
cites some of the passages of that his Sermon upon the Mount, <hi>Mat.</hi> 5. 20. And a lit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tle
after addes; <hi>Necesse fuit auferre quidem vincula servitutis quibus jam homo assueve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rat,
&amp; sine vinculis sequi Deum; superextendi verò decreta libertatis, &amp; augeri sub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jectionem
quae est ad Regem, ut non retrorsus quis renitens indignus appareat ei qui se li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>beravit.
—Et propter hoc Dominus, pro eo quod est,</hi> Non moechaberis, <hi>nec concupiscere
<pb n="13" facs="tcp:63175:57"/>
praecepit; &amp; pro eo quod est,</hi> Non occîdes, <hi>neque irasci quidem; et pro eo quod est,</hi>
Decimare, <hi>omnia quae sunt pauperibus dividere.</hi> That is, <hi>It was needful that those
bonds of servitude which man had before been inured to should be taken off, that so
he might without Gyves follow God; but that the laws and ordinances of freedom
should be extended, and his subjection to the King encreased, lest that drawing backward he
might appear unworthy of him that freed him.—And for this reason our Lord, in stead
of,</hi> Thou shalt not commit adultery, <hi>commands not so much as to lust; in stead of,</hi> Thou
shalt not kill, <hi>not so much as to be angry; in stead of,</hi> To Tithe, <hi>to distribute all we have
to the poor, &amp;c.</hi> All which, saith he, in the same place, are not <hi>solventis Legem, sed ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>implentis,
&amp; extendentis &amp; dilatantis, not of one that dissolves the Law, but fulfils, ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tends
and enlarges it:</hi> alluding still to that in our Saviour's Sermon upon the Mount.</p>
                  <p>Besides, those who are acquainted with Antiquity can tell, that the Primitive
Christians understood the holy Eucharist to be A commemoration of the Sacrifice of
Christ's death upon the Cross, in an oblation of Bread and Wine. 'Tis witnessed by
the Fathers of those first Ages generally. Whereupon the same <hi>Irenaeus</hi> also affirmeth,
that our Saviour by the institution of the Eucharist had confirmed Oblations in the
New Testament: Namely, to thanks give or bless a thing in way to a sacred use, he took
to be an offering of it unto God. And was not <hi>David</hi>'s Benediction and thanksgiving
at the preparation for the Temple and Offertory? Where note well, That as he,
upon that occasion,<note place="margin">1 Chron. 29. 11. &amp;c.</note> blessed the Lord, saying, <hi>Thine, O Lord, is the greatness, and the
power, and the glory—all that is in heaven and earth is thine, thine is the Kindgom—
Both riches and honour come of thee</hi>—Ergo, <hi>because all things come of the<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> of thine
own have we given thee:</hi> so do Christ's redeemed, in their Evangelical S<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Apoc.</hi>
5. ascribe no less unto him, saying, v. 12. <hi>Worthy is the Lamb that was slain to re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceive
power, and riches, and wisdom, and strength, and honour, and glory, and blessing.</hi>
Yea, the 24. Elders, which are the Christian Presbytery, expressing (ch. 4. 11.)
the very argument and sum of that Hymnologie which the Primitive Church used at
the offering of Bread and Wine for the Eucharist, worship God, saying, <hi>Thou art
worthy, O Lord, to receive glory, and honour, and power: for thou hast created all things,
and for thy pleasure they are, and were created.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>TAKING therefore for granted that which the Practice of the Church of
God in all ages, yea, I think, I may say the Consent of mankind from the begin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ning
of the world, beareth witness to; that among those duties of the Sanctification
of God's Name, wherewith his Divine Majesty is immediately and personally glorifi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed,
(of which I have before spoken) this is one, and a principal one, to agnize
and confess his peerless Soveraignty and dominion over the creature, by yielding him
some part thereof toward his worship and service, of which we renounce the propriety
our selves; and that accordingly there are both <hi>Things</hi> and <hi>Persons</hi> now in the Gospel
(as well as were before the Law was given) in this manner lawfully and acceptably set
apart and separated, by the devotion of men, unto the Divine Majesty, and consequently
<hi>relatively Holy</hi> (which is nothing else but to be God's by a peculiar right:) I say, that
these are likewise to be done to according to their degree of sanctity, in honour of him
whose they are: not to be worshipped with divine worship, or the worship which we
give unto God, communicated to them; (far be it from us to defer to any creature the
Honour due unto the Divine Majesty, either together with him, or without him;)
but yet <hi>habenda cum discrimine,</hi> to be regarded with a worthy and discriminative
usance, that is, used with a select and differing respect from other things: as name<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly,
if <hi>Places,</hi> not as other places; if <hi>Times,</hi> not as other times; if <hi>Things</hi> by way
of distinction so called, not as other things; if <hi>Persons</hi> set apart unto the service and
worship of God, neither to be used by others, nor they to carry themselves in
their fashion of life, as other persons, (for that which in other <hi>things sacred</hi> is
<hi>their use,</hi> in <hi>persons sacred</hi> is <hi>their conversation,</hi> demeanour or carriage of them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>selves;)
But all to be sanctified with a select, appropriate, or uncommon usage;
that as they are God's by peculiar relation, and have his Name called upon them;
so to be <hi>separate,</hi> as far as they are capable, from common use, and imployed as
instruments and circumstances of his worship and service: which is the highest
and most singular honour that any creature is capable of. Nay, (as I have said
before) even this is to the honour of God, That as himself is that singular, in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>communicable
and absolutely <hi>Holy One,</hi> and his service and worship therefore
incommunicable; so should that also which hath his Name thereon, or is coa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>secrated
to his service, be in some proportion incommunicably used, and not
promiscuously and commonly, as other things are. They are the words of
<pb n="14" facs="tcp:63175:58"/>
                     <hi>Maimonides</hi> the Iew, but such as will not misbecome a Christian to make use
of, concerning that Law, <hi>Levit.</hi> 5. 15. <hi>If a soul commit a trespass, and sin through igno<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rance
in the holy things of the Lord; then he shall bring unto the Lord for his <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>res<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pass
a Ram, &amp;c.</hi> 
                     <q>Behold, <hi>saith he,</hi> how great weight there is in the Law touching sacri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>legious
transgression. And what though they be wood and stone, and dust and ashes?
when the Name of the Lord of all the world is called upon things, they are sanctified <hi>(that is, made holy.)</hi> And whoso useth them to common use, he transgresseth therein;
and though he do it through ignorance, he must needs bring his atonement,</q> Yea, it is
a thing worthy to be taken special notice of, that that so presumptuous and most
dreadfully vindicated sin of <hi>Korah, Dathan, Abiram</hi> and their company, in offering
Incense unto the Lord, being not called thereunto, did not discharge their <hi>Censers</hi> of
this discriminative respect due unto things Sacred. For thus the Lord said unto <hi>Moses,</hi>
after that fire from heaven had consumed them for their impiety,<note place="margin">Numb. 16. 37, 38.</note> 
                     <hi>Speak unto Eleazar
the Son of Aaron the Priest, that he take up the Censers out of the burning, and scatter
thou the fire yonder; for they are hallowed: The Censers of these Sinners against their
own souls; let them make them broad plates for a covering of the Altar: for they offered
them before the Lord, therefore they are hallowed,</hi> or holy.</p>
                  <p>Now that by this <hi>discriminative usance</hi> or sanctification of Things sacred the <hi>Name
of God</hi> is honoured and <hi>sanctified,</hi> according to the tenor of our petition, is apparent,
not only from Reason, which tells us that the honour and respect had unto ought
that belongs unto another, because it is his, redounds unto the owner and Master;
but from Scripture, which tells us that by the contrary use of them his Name is <hi>pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phaned.</hi>
Hear himself, <hi>Lev.</hi> 22. 2. <hi>Speak unto Aaron</hi> (saith he) <hi>and his sons, that they
separate themselves from the Holy things of the children of Israel, and that they pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phane
not my Holy Name in the things which they hallow unto me.</hi> Also in the Chap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter
next before, v. 6. the Priest that should not discriminate himself according to
those singular observations or differing rules there prescribed him, is said <hi>to prophane
the Name of his God.</hi> Again, <hi>Ezek.</hi> 22. 26. when the Priests prophaned God's holy
things, by putting no difference between the Holy and Prophane; <hi>I</hi> (saith the Lord)
<hi>am prophaned amongst them.</hi> Likewise chap. 43. 7. Together with other abominations
there mentioned, the Lord saith, that his <hi>Holy Name had been polluted,</hi> or <hi>prophaned,
by the carkasses of their Kings,</hi> that is, of <hi>Manasseh</hi> and <hi>Amon,</hi> buried in the King's
Garden hard by the walls of the Temple: for so by the Hebrews and others that place
is understood. See 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 21. 18, 26. By the pollution of the Temple the Lord
esteemed his own Name prophaned. Take in also, if you will, that of <hi>Malachi</hi> ch. 1.
where the Lord saies of those who despised and dishonoured his Table or Altar, by
offering thereon for sacrifice the lame, blind, and sick, which the Law had made
unclean and polluted, that <hi>they had prophaned his Holy Name.</hi> But if the <hi>Name</hi> of
God be <hi>prophaned</hi> by the disesteem and misusage of the things it is called upon; then
surely it is <hi>sanctified</hi> when the same are worthily and discriminatively used, that is,
as becometh the relation they have to him.</p>
                  <p>I HAVE already specified the several Kinds of <hi>Sacred</hi> things which are thus to
be sanctified: yet lest something contained under some of them might not be taken
notice of by so general an intimation, it will not be amiss a little more fully and par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ticularly
to explicate them than I have yet done. Remember therefore that I ranged
all <hi>Sacred</hi> things under four heads. First, of <hi>Persons</hi> Sacred; such as were the Priests
and Levites in the Old Testament, and now in the New the Christian Clergy or
<hi>Clerus,</hi> so called from the beginning of Christian Antiquity, either because they are
the Lord's <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or Portion, which the Church dedicateth unto him out of her self,
(namely, as the <hi>Levites</hi> were an offering of the Children of <hi>Israel,</hi> which they offered
unto him out of their Tribes,) or because their inheritance and livelihood is the
Lord's portion. I prefer the first; yet either of both will give their Order the title
of <hi>Holiness,</hi> as doth also more especially their descent which they derive from the
Apostles, that is, from those for whom their Lord and Master prayed unto his Father,
saying,<note place="margin">Iohn 17. 17.</note> 
                     <hi>Father, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, [<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> [<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>] Sanctisie them unto,</hi> or <hi>for, thy
Truth: thy Word is Truth;</hi> that is, <hi>Separate them unto the Ministery of thy Truth,</hi> the word
of thy Gospel, which is the truth and verification of the promises of God. It follows,
<hi>As thou hast sent me into the world,<note place="margin">V. 18.</note> so have I also sent them into the world,</hi> (this is the key
which unlocks the meaning of that before and after.) <hi>And for them I sanctifie my self,
that they might be sanctified for thy Truth;</hi>
                     <note place="margin">V. 19.</note> that is, And forasmuch as they cannot be con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>secrated
to such an Office without some sacrifice to atone and purifie them, therefore
for their consecration to this holy function of ministration of the new Covenant, I offer
<pb n="15" facs="tcp:63175:58"/>
my self a Sacrifice unto thee for them, in lieu of those legal and typical ones wherewith
<hi>Aaron</hi> and his sons first, and then the whole Tribe of <hi>Levi,</hi> were consecrated unto thy
service in the old. An Ellipsis of the first Substantive in Scripture is frequent. So here
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> only is put for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Truth, for the Ministery of Truth.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Now that the Christian Church (for of the Iewish I shall need say nothing) hath
alwayes taken it for granted, that those of her Clergy ought, according to the sepa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ration
and sanctity of their Order, to be distinguished and differenced from other
Christians, both passively in their usance from others, but especially actively, by a re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>strained
conversation and peculiarness in their manner of life, is manifest by her anci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ent
Canons and Discipline. Yea, so deeply hath it been rooted in the minds of men, that
the Order of Church-men binds them to some differing kind of conversation and form
of life from the Laity; that even those who are not willing to admit of the like dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crimination
due in other things, have still in their opinions some relick thereof re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>maining
in this, though perhaps not altogether to be acquitted of that imputation
which <hi>Tertullian</hi> charged upon some in his time, to wit, <hi>Quum excellimur &amp; inflamur
adversùs Clerum, tunc unum omnes sumus, tunc omnes Sacerdotes; quia Sacerdotes nos
Deo &amp; Patri fecit. Quum ad peraequationem Disciplinae Sacerdotalis provocamur, depo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nimus
insulas,<note place="margin">De Mo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>oga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mia cap. 12.</note> &amp; impares sumus. When we vaunt and are puffed up against the Clergie,
then we are all one, then we are all Priests; for he made us Priests to God and his Father.
But when we are called upon to equal in our lives the example of Priestly Discipline, then
down go our Mi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>res, and we are another sort of men.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Another sort of things Sacred which I named, was Sacred <hi>Places,</hi> to wit, <hi>Churches</hi> and
<hi>Oratories,</hi> as the Christian name <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> implieth them to be, that is, <hi>the Lord's.</hi> A
third, Sacred <hi>Times,</hi> that is, dedicated and appointed for the solemn celebration of
the worship of God, and Divine duties: such are with us (for those of the Iews con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cern
us not) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, our <hi>Lord's dayes,</hi> with other our Christian Festivals and
Holy-dayes. Of the manner of the discrimination from common, or sanctifying both
the one and the other, by actions some commanded, others interdicted to be done in
them, the Canons and Constitutions of our Church will both inform and direct us.
For holy <hi>Times</hi> and holy <hi>Places</hi> are Twins, (<hi>Time</hi> and <hi>Place</hi> being, as I may so speak,
pair-circumstances of action;) and therefore <hi>Lev.</hi> 19. 30. and again 26. 2. they are joyn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
together, <hi>tanquam ejusdem rationis, Keep my Sabbaths, and reverence my Sanctuary.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The fourth sort of Sacred things is of such as are neither <hi>Persons, Times</hi> nor <hi>Places,</hi>
but <hi>Things</hi> in a special sense, by way of distinction from them. And this sort con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>taineth
under it many particulars, which may be specified after this manner.</p>
                  <p>1. Sacred <hi>Revenues</hi> of what kind soever: which in regard of the dedication there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>of,
as they must not be prophaned by sacrilegious alienation, so ought they to be
sanctified by a different use and imployment from other Goods; namely such a one as
becometh that which is the <hi>Lord's,</hi> and not man's. For that Primitive Christian An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiquity
so esteemed them, appears by their calling them <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, as they did their
<hi>Place of Worship</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, and their <hi>Holy day</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> all of <hi>the Lord,</hi> as it were
Christening the old notion of <hi>Sacred</hi> by a new name. So <hi>Can. Apostol. XL. Manife<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stae
sint Episcopi res propriae (si quidem res habet proprias &amp; manifesta sint</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
i. <hi>res Dominicae—Let it be manifest what things are the Bishop's own, (if he have any
things of his own,) and let it be manifest what things are the Lord's.</hi> Author constitut.
Apost. Lib. 2. c. 28. al. 24. <hi>Episcopus ne utatur <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, Dominicis rebus, tanquam
alienis aut communibus, sed moderatè—Let not the Bishop use the things that are the
Lord's, as if they were another's or as if they were common, but moderately and soberly.</hi>
See also <hi>Balsamon in Can.</hi> 15. <hi>Concilii Ancyrani,</hi> and the Canon it self.</p>
                  <p>2. Sacred <hi>Vtensils,</hi> as the <hi>Lord's Table, Vessels</hi> of ministration, the <hi>Books of God,</hi>
or <hi>Holy Scripture,</hi> and the like. Which that the Church, even in her better times.
respected with an holy and discriminative usance, may be learned from the story of that
calumnious crimination devised by the <hi>Arrian</hi> Faction against <hi>Athanasius,</hi> as a charge
of no small impiety, namely, that in his Visitation of the Tract of <hi>Marcotis, Macarius</hi>
one of his Presbyters, by his command or instinct, had entered into a Church,
of the <hi>Miletian</hi> Schismaticks, and there broken the <hi>Chalice</hi> or <hi>Communion-Cup,</hi>
thrown down the <hi>Table,</hi> and burnt some of the <hi>Holy Books.</hi> All which argues that,
in the general opinion of Christians of that time, such acts were esteemed prophane and
impious; otherwise they could never have hoped (as they did) to have blas<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ed the
reputation of the holy Bishop by such a slander.</p>
                  <p>Touching the <hi>Books of God,</hi> or <hi>Holy Scripture,</hi> (which I referred to this Title)
especially those which are for the publick service of God in the Church, I adde
<pb n="16" facs="tcp:63175:59"/>
this further; That under that name I would have comprehended the <hi>senses,
words</hi> and <hi>phrases</hi> appropriated to the expression of Divine and Sacred things;
which a Religious ear cannot endure to hear abused with prophane and scurrilous
application.</p>
                  <p>3. Under this fourth head of <hi>Things Sacred</hi> I comprehend <hi>Sacred Acts;</hi> such as
are the <hi>Acts</hi> of God's holy worship and administration of his Sacraments. For albeit
<hi>these Acts</hi> are duties of the first and personal Sanctification of God's Name, whereof
the immediate object is God; yet are the <hi>Acts</hi> themselves <hi>Sacred things,</hi> and therefore
have some sanctification due to them also, as other <hi>Sacred things</hi> have: of which al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>though
it be most true that the unseigned devotion of the Heart (as before him who
alone knoweth the Hearts of the children of men) be the main and principal requi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>site;
yet unless, even in the outward performance, they be for the manner and cir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cumstances
discriminated from common acts by a select accommodation befitting their
holiness, their sanctification is defective, and by such defect, if voluntary, God's Name
is prophaned, even then when we are worshipping him. How much more when our
carriage therein cometh short even of that wonted reverence wherewith we come be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
an earthly Potentate? May not God here justly use the same expostula<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ion with
us, that he did with those in the Prophet <hi>Malachi,</hi> who presented themselves before
him with such an offering as was, in regard of the blemishes, unworthy of and unbe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fitting
so great a Majesty, and therefore to be accounted rather an affront than an
act of honour and worship? <hi>Ye have,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Malach. 1. 6, 8, 12, 14.</note> saith he, <hi>despised and prophaned my Name—Of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fer
it now unto thy Governour; will he be pleased with thee, or accept thy person?—yet
I am a great King, saith the Lord of hosts.</hi> And this is the document or lesson which
this place naturally and unavoidably ministreth to us; That to come before the Di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vine
Majesty with less reverent and regardful deportment than we do before earthly
Kings and Potentates, is to despise and prophane his holy Name. And not that, which
some would shelter under this Text, and lean too much upon; namely, That the Acts
of God's external worship ought to be wholly conform to the use of the semblable
actions performed unto men, and not differ from them; and upon this ground charge
the Christian Liturgies with absurdity in their forms of praying and praising God with
<hi>responsals,</hi> singing <hi>by turns,</hi> and speaking <hi>many together.</hi> For this principle is directly
repugnant to the nature of <hi>Sanctification,</hi> which consists in discrimination and differ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ence.
And therefore, though the material of our gestures and other expressions, vocal
or visible, be borrowed from the use and custom of men; yet for the formality of
them, not only they may, but ought to be differenced from them. Moreover, touch<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
this reproof of the Prophet, take notice that it is grounded upon the Law, <hi>Levit.</hi>
22. where we are taught, that when that is not observed concerning the Rites of
God's service which the <hi>Sanctity</hi> of them requireth, as in other particulars, so in this
of a not defective or unblemished offering, his Name is thereby <hi>prophaned.</hi> See verse
32. with the rest of the Chapter foregoing it. And if so, then by the contrary it is
<hi>sanctified.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Lastly, Unto this head of <hi>Sacred Acts</hi> I reduce <hi>Oaths</hi> and <hi>sacred Covenants,</hi> that is,
such as are made either with God, or between men, God's Name being called upon;
which therefore 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 20. 8. are styled <hi>Covenants of the Lord.</hi> For that the obser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vance
due touching both is a <hi>sanctifying</hi> of them, as things upon which the Name of the
Lord is called, is apparent; forasmuch as when they are <hi>violated by falshood</hi> they are
said to be <hi>prophaned,</hi> as <hi>Levit.</hi> 19. 12. <hi>Psalm</hi> 55. 20. <hi>Ier.</hi> 34. 15, 16.</p>
                  <p>Thus, together with my Explication of these <hi>several sorts of Sacred Things,</hi> I have
briefly and in general pointed at that also wherein the <hi>proper Sanctification</hi> of each
consisteth: which though far short of such a tractation as the matter requireth; yet if
it may serve only but to give occasion to others, who are better able, to bend their
thoughts upon this Argument (which perhaps the Times call for,) I shall fully attain
the end I aimed at. For mine own part, to descend to particulars would be a task too
high for me, and (as I suspect) not very acceptable. For it is ten to one (if the
grounds I have laid be true) but that the most of us would be found faulty in some
things, and some of us in all. Well, the summ of my argumentation hath been this;
Is there any thing in the New Testament God's by a peculiar right? To say there is
not, is absurd, and against the perpectual tradition of Christianity. If there be, then it
is <hi>holy;</hi> if <hi>holy,</hi> then to be <hi>sanctified;</hi> if <hi>sanctified,</hi> then to be <hi>discriminated</hi> in the
usance and respect thereof from that which is of common condition.</p>
                  <p>NOW out of this Discourse which I have hitherto made you may see and take no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tice,
that (contrary to the vulgar opinion) <hi>the Prohibition of Idolatry,</hi> and <hi>the discri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minative
<pb n="17" facs="tcp:63175:59"/>
observance of things sacred,</hi> not to <hi>prophane</hi> them by a promiscuous and com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mon
use, are derived both of them from one and the same principle, namely, <hi>God's
Incommunicableness,</hi> which derives a shadow and resemblance upon the things which
have his Name called upon them, to wit, a sta<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>e of <hi>appropriateness</hi> and singularity.
Wherefore the Apostle, <hi>Rom.</hi> 2. 22. not without good reason, compares together the
transgressions of the one and the other kind, as parallel sins or sins of affinity: <hi>Thou
that hatest Idols,</hi> (saith he) <hi>dost thou commit Sacriledge?</hi> Where by <hi>Sacriledge</hi> under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stand
not only the usurpation of things sacred, but the violation of that which is sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cred
in general. And it is as if he had said, Thou hast mended the matter well in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deed;
for still thou dashest against the same principle. For it is one of the exemplifi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cations
of that he saith in the beginning of the Chapter: <hi>He that judgeth or condemneth
another, and doth the same or the like himself, is inexcusable.</hi> By this it appears how
much they are mistaken who, under pretence of avoiding Idolatry and Superstition;
cannot endure that any distinction should be made between things <hi>Sacred</hi> and <hi>Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mon.</hi>
Is not this to <hi>unhallow</hi> God's Name one way, that so we might not prophane it
another? Far be it from me to be a patron of Idolatry or Superstition in the least de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gree:
yet I am afraid lest we, who have reformed the worship of God from that pol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lution,
(and blessed be his name therefore,) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, as S, <hi>Basil</hi> speaks, that
is, by bending the crooked stick too much the other way, have run too far into the
contrary extreme, and taken away (some of us) all difference in a manner between
<hi>Sacred</hi> and <hi>Prophane;</hi> and by this our transgression in doing God's work made our
selves lyable to that upbraid of the Apostle, <hi>In qui idola abominaris, sacrilegium ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mittis? Thou that abhorrest Idols, dost thou commit Sacriledge?</hi> that is, prophanest thou
God's Name by violating that which is sacred?</p>
                  <p>Let no man think it strange or incredible that such an enormity should be commit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted,
or an occasion at least given thereof, in the manage of so holy and glorious a
work; seeing the experience of all ages sufficiently witnesseth how prone the nature
of man is, in flying one extreme, to run too far towards the other. Why then should
we think it unlikely, or rather not think it very likely, that we also may have miscar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ried
in the same manner? unless we will arrogate unto our selves that priviledge of
infallibility and freedom from error, which we condemn as intolerable presumption in
our Adversaries.</p>
                  <p>Besides, it is to be taken notice of, because of the prejudicate misprision of many
to the contrary, That the measure of Truth and Falshood, Best and Worst, is not
the greater or lesser distance from Popery, (forasmuch as Popery also containeth
much of Christianity;) nor that which is most destructive of the Man of Sin, always
most warrantable and safe to be embraced. If it were, there be some in the world
(whose religion we would be loth to admit of) that would be found more orthodox
and better reformed Christians than any of us all.</p>
                  <p>Nay, give me leave, without offence, for the better awakening of some out of
their deafness to whatsoever else may be said to this purpose, to propound such a
Demand as this; Who knoweth whether this transgression I speak of be not a main
and principal ingredient of that guilt which the Divine Majesty admonisheth us to
take notice of in this his so long and so severe visitation of our neighbours and bre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thren?
whether he doth not visibly, or, if some passages be considered, almost vo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cally,
upbraid them, <hi>Thou that hatest Idols, dost thou commit Sacriledge?</hi> I know
right well, that rashly to assign the particular causes of God's judgments, without rule
or precedent of Scripture, is a sin of presumption, and a bold intrusion into God's se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crets;
and therefore I affirm not, but demand only, whether there be not here some
cause which may minister such a suspicion. But whatsoever it be, the compassion of
their woful affliction calls upon me rather to pray for them, than to follow this harsh
and unpleasant passage any further. Only thus much, If that which the Apostle saith
in particular of the things which befel the <hi>Israelites,</hi> God's first people, in the Wil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derness,
<hi>These things happened unto them for ensamples,<note place="margin">1 Cor. 10. 11.</note> and they are written for our ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>monition,
upon whom the ends of the world are come,</hi> if this be to be extended also unto
those punishments and their analogy which besel them afterwards; then may perhaps
two things further not unseasonably be enquired into. First, For what other sins it is
remembred in Scripture that God gave his people, during that his first Covenant,
(especially after they came to dwell in their own Land) under the sword of an ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ternal
enemy, or his worship thereby at any time to be troden under foot, besides
these two, <hi>Idolatry,</hi> and <hi>Prophanation of that which was holy,</hi> or <hi>Sacriledge.</hi> Examples
of the first who knows not? Of the second, see the Story of <hi>Achan, Iosh.</hi> 7. of <hi>Eli'<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sons,</hi>
                     <pb n="18" facs="tcp:63175:60"/>
1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 2. the punishment of the Sacriledge of the seventh or Sabbatical year,
2 <hi>Chron.</hi> 36. and the parallel places; for by the Law every seventh year, not only the
whole Land, but all servants and debts were holy unto the Lord, and therefore to be
released, <hi>Lev.</hi> 25. 2, 4. <hi>Deut.</hi> 15. <hi>Exod.</hi> 21. Secondly, What was that Transgression,
after the return from <hi>Babylon,</hi> mentioned in that Prophesie of <hi>Antiochus Epiphanes,
Dan.</hi> 8. 12. for which it is there foretold, that <hi>An host should be given him against the
daily Sacrifice, and that it should cast down the truth unto the ground, and practise and
prosper.</hi>
Perhaps the Story in the 2, 3, and 4. Chap. of the second Book of <hi>Maccabees</hi>
will tell us.</p>
                  <p>To that which is commonly alledged, That such distinction and reverent regard
of things Sacred as we contend for, opens a way for <hi>Idolatry;</hi> I answer, No other<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wise
than the eschewing of Idolatry may also, through the preverseness of men, be
made a bridge to prophaneness, that is, by accident, not from its own towardness,
but our distemper. Otherwise this <hi>Discrimination</hi> or Distinction, if we would un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derstand
or heed the ground thereof, prompts the clean contrary. For we should
reason thus: If the things which are God's, <hi>eo nomine, in that name</hi> and because they
are <hi>His,</hi> are therefore to be held <hi>segregate</hi> in their use; then surely God himself, who
is the Fountain of Holiness, ought to have a prerogative of <hi>segregation</hi> in the most
eminent and absolute manner; namely, such an one, as that the worship due unto
him must not be communicated with any thing else besides him. And indeed, unless
both be done, <hi>God's Name</hi> is neither fully nor rightly <hi>sanctified.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>AND here I should now make an end, but that there is one thing yet behind of
principal consequence, which I have deferred hitherto, because I could not else<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>where
bring it in conveniently without somewhat disturbing the coherence of my Dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>course.
There is an eminent <hi>species</hi> or kind of <hi>Sanctification</hi> which I may seem all this
while to have neglected, forasmuch as it seemeth not to be comprehended under this
notion of <hi>discretion</hi> and <hi>separation,</hi> wherein I place the nature of <hi>Holiness;</hi> and that is
<hi>Sanctification,</hi> or <hi>Holiness of life.</hi> To which I answer, That all notions of <hi>Sanctity</hi>
and <hi>Sanctification</hi> in Scripture are derived from <hi>discretion</hi> and <hi>separation,</hi> and that this
now mentioned is likewise derived thence. For it is to be reduced to the <hi>Sanctifica<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion</hi>
of <hi>Persons Sacred</hi> and set apart unto God. By which though in the strict and
proper sense are intended only <hi>Priests</hi> and such as minister about Holy things; yet in
a larger sense, and, as it were, by way of resemblance, the whole body of the People
of God are a <hi>Royal Priesthood,</hi> and<note n="*" place="margin">Hea<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>the <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 span">
                              <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                           </gap> cal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>, the <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                              <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                           </gap> Catholick Church.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>Holy Nation,</hi> which the Almighty hath selected
unto himself out of the rest of the world, and set apart to serve him in a peculiar and
different manner from the rest of men: For you have heard it is a requisite of that
which is <hi>Holy,</hi> to be used in a peculiar and singular manner, and not as things com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mon.
Hence it is that the observation of that <hi>peculiar</hi> and <hi>different form of life</hi> which
God hath commanded those whom he hath called and set apart from the world unto
himself, in Scripture carries the name of <hi>Holiness</hi> or <hi>Sanctity,</hi> (especially in the New
Testament) that is, of such as becometh those that are <hi>Holy;</hi> according to that, <hi>Be
ye Holy, as I am Holy.</hi> And here I might have a large field of discourse, to shew how
the <hi>Name of God is sanctified</hi> by the lives of his Children, when they<note n="*" place="margin">Rom. 12. 2. Iam 4<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> 4. 1 Iohn 2. 15. 1 Pet. 4. 2, 3. Gal 6. 14. Iam. 1. 27. 1 Iohn 3. 3. 1 Pet. 1. 15. Eph<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>s. 4. 17. to verse 25.</note> 
                     <hi>conform not</hi>
themselves to the fashions of the world, but as the Apostle speaks, are <hi>crucified</hi> there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
and keep themselves <hi>unspotted</hi> from the pollutions and vanities thereof.</p>
                  <p>But this I leave to be supplied by your meditations, according to the general intimation given thereof.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="3" type="discourse">
               <pb n="19" facs="tcp:63175:60"/>
               <head>DISCOURSE III.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>Acts 17. 4.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>There associated themselves to <hi>Paul</hi> and <hi>Silas</hi> of the worshipping Greeks a great multitude.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>
                     <hi>PAVL</hi> and <hi>Silas</hi> preaching in the Iewish Synagogue at <hi>Thessalonica,</hi>
and proving out of the Scriptures that Messiah or Christ was to suf<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fer,
and to rise again from the dead, and that <hi>Iesus</hi> was that Christ;
it is said, that <hi>some of them which heard, believed;</hi> and that <hi>there asso<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ciated
themselves</hi> to them <hi>a great multitude</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <hi>of the worshipping Greeks.</hi> Of these <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> there is else<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>where
mention in the Acts of the Apostles more than once; but
what they were our Commentators do not so fully inform us; nor can it be under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stood
without some delibation of Iewish Antiquity. The explication whereof will
give some light not to this passage only, but to the whole Story of the Primitive Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>version
of the Gentiles to the Faith, recorded in that Book.</p>
                  <p>We must know therefore, that of those <hi>Gentiles</hi> which embraced the worship of
the God of <hi>Israel,</hi> (commonly term'd <hi>Proselytes</hi>) there were two sorts. One of such
as were circumcised, and took upon them the observation of the whole Law of <hi>Mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ses.</hi>
These were accounted as <hi>Iews,</hi> (to wit, <hi>facti, non nati, made, not born so</hi>)
bound to the like observances with them, conversed with as freely as if they had been
so born; neither might the one eat, drink, or keep company with a Gentile more
than the other, lest they became unclean. They worshipped in the same Court of
the Temple where the <hi>Israelites</hi> did, whither others might not come. They were
partakers with them in all things, both divine and humane. In a word, they differed
nothing from Iews, but only that they were of Gentile race.</p>
                  <p>This kind the Iewish Doctors call<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Proselytes of Righteousness,</hi> or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>Proselytes of the Covenant,</hi> namely, because they took upon them the sign thereof,
<hi>Circumcision.</hi> In the New Testament they are called simply <hi>Proselytes</hi> without addi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion.
Of which Order was <hi>Vriah</hi> the <hi>Hittite, Achior</hi> in the Book of <hi>Iudith, Herod</hi>
the <hi>Idumaean, Onkelos</hi> the <hi>Chaldee</hi> Paraphrast, and many others both before and in our
Saviour's time.</p>
                  <p>But besides these there was a second kind of <hi>Gentiles,</hi> admitted likewise to the wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ship
of the true God, the God of <hi>Israel,</hi> and the hope of the life to come; which
were not circumcised, nor conformed themselves to the <hi>Mosaical rites</hi> and ordinances,
but were only tied to the observation of those Precepts which the Hebrew Doctors
call <hi>The Precepts of the sons of Noah;</hi> namely, such as all the sons of <hi>Noah</hi> were bound
to observe.</p>
                  <p>These Precepts are in number Seven, recorded in the<note n="a" place="margin">Gemara San<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hedrin, in Pe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>r<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>k <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>Talmud,</hi>
                     <note n="b" place="margin">Ma<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>em. Hal. M<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>lachim c. 9. Vide Schick de Iure Regio Hebraeorum, p. 128, 129.</note> 
                     <hi>Maimonides</hi> and
others, under these following titles. First, the precept of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, to renounce
Idols and all Idolatrous worship. Secondly, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, to worship the true God,
the Creator of Heaven and Earth. Thirdly, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, Blood-shed; to wit,
to commit no Murther. Fourthly, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>detectio nuditatum,</hi> not to be desiled
with Fornication, Incest, or other unlawful conjunction. Fifthly, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, Rapine,
against Theft and robbery. Sixthly, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, concerning administration of Iu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stice.
The seventh, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Membrum de vivo;</hi> so they call the Precept
of <hi>not eating the flesh with the bloud in it,</hi> given to <hi>Noah</hi> when he came out of the
Ark; as <hi>Maimonides</hi> expresly expounds it, and adds besides; <hi>Whosoever shall take
upon him the observation of the Seven precepts of the sons of Noah, he is to be ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>counted
<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> one of the pious men of the nations of the world, and
shall have a portion in the world to come.</hi> Note that he saith [<hi>one of the pious men of the
nations of the world,</hi> or <hi>of the pious Gentiles,</hi>] for this kind were still esteemed <hi>Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiles,</hi>
and so called, because of their uncircumcision; in respect whereof (though
no Idolaters) they were, according to the Law, <hi>unclean,</hi> and such as no Iew might
converse with:<note place="margin">Acts 10. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap>. &amp; ch. 11. 3.</note> wherefore they came not to worship into the Sacred Courts of
<pb n="20" facs="tcp:63175:61"/>
the Temple,<note place="margin">Acts 17. 4.</note> whither the Iews and circumcised Proselytes came; but only into the out<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>most
Court, called <hi>Atrium Gentium &amp; immundorum, the Court of the Gentiles and of
the unclean,</hi> which, in the second Temple, surrounded the second or great Court,
whereinto the <hi>Israelites</hi> came, being divided there-from by a low wall of stone made
battlement-wise, not above three Cubits high, called (saith <hi>Iosephus,</hi> from whom I
have it) in the Hebrew Dialect <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,<note place="margin">De bello Iu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>daico lib. 6. ca. 6. Grac. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> in the Greek <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, that is, <hi>Lorica;</hi> close
by which stood certain little pillars, whereon was written in Greek and Latin letters,
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>In atrium sanctum trans<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>re alienigenam non
debere, That no alien or stranger might go into the inner or holy Court.</hi> And this, I make
no question, is that which S. Paul, <hi>Ephes.</hi> 2. 14. alludeth unto, when he saith, that
<hi>Christ had broken down the <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, the partition-wall,</hi> (namely, that
<hi>Lorica</hi> which separated the Court of the Gentiles from that of the Circumcision)
and so laying both Courts into one, hath made the Iews and Gentiles Intercommo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ners;
whereby those <hi>that were sometime far off, were now made nigh,</hi> and as near as
the other, unto the Throne of God. But in <hi>Solomon</hi>'s Temple this Court of the
Gentiles seems not to have been, but in the second Temple only; the Gentiles for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>merly
worshipping without at the door, and not coming within the Septs of the Tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ple at all.</p>
                  <p>This second kind of Proselites the Talmudists call <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Proselytes of the Gate,</hi>
or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Proselyte-inhabitants;</hi> namely, because they were under the same
condition with those Gentile-strangers which lived as <hi>Inquilini</hi> in the Land of <hi>Israel.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">See Levit. 17.</note>
For all Gentiles dwelling within the Gates of <hi>Israel,</hi> whether they were as ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vants,
taken in war, or otherwise, were bound to renounce their false Gods, and to
worship the God of <hi>Israel:</hi> but not to be circumcised, unless they would: nor far<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
bound to keep the Law of <hi>Moses</hi> than was contained in those <hi>Precepts of the sons
of Noah.</hi> These are those mentioned (as often elsewhere in the Law, so) in the
fourth Commandment, by the name of the <hi>Stranger within thy gates:</hi> whereby it
might seem probable, that the observation of the <hi>Sabbath-day</hi> (so far as concerneth
one day in seven) was included in some one or other of those <hi>Precepts of the sons of
Noah,</hi> namely, in that of worshipping for their God the Creator of Heaven and earth,
and no other; whereof this consecration of a <hi>seventh day,</hi> after six days labour, was
a badge or livery; according to that, <hi>The Sabbath is a sign between me and you, that I
Iehovah am your God: because in six dayes the Lord made heaven and earth, the sea and
all that in them is; and rested the seventh day.</hi> See <hi>Exod.</hi> 31. 16, 17. Ezek.<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>Disce<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap>se</hi> XV.</note> 20. 20.
But this <hi>obiter</hi> and by the way. From the example of these <hi>Inquilini,</hi> all other Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiles,
wheresoever living, admitted to the worship of the God of <hi>Israel</hi> upon the
same termes, were called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. <hi>Proselyti Portae,</hi> or <hi>Proselyti in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quilini;</hi> of which sort there were many in all Cities and places of the Gentiles where
the Iewes had Synagogues and used to frequent the Synagogues with them, (though
in a distinct place) to hear the Law and the Prophets read and expounded.</p>
                  <p>But in the New Testament they are found called by another name, to wit of
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <hi>Worshippers,</hi> so often mentioned (though not observed) in the Acts of
the Apostles. For first, these are those meant in that of <hi>Acts</hi> 17. 4. alledged at my
entrance into this Discourse, where it is said that <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>A great number of the worshipping <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>reeks believed, and adhered to Paul and Silas;</hi>
which the <hi>Vulgar</hi> rightly translateth, <hi>de colentibus Gentilibus multitudo magna, a great
multitude of the worshipping Gentiles,</hi> taking the name of <hi>Greeks</hi> here, as elsewhere in
the New Testament, to be put for <hi>Gentiles in general.</hi> And this place will admit of
no evasion: For that they were <hi>Gentiles,</hi> the name of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> betokeneth expresly,
being given them by way of distinction from the <hi>Iews</hi> then and there present also.</p>
                  <p>That they were worshippers of the true God, the God of <hi>Israel;</hi> their coming in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
the Synagogue, their name <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, their capableness of S. <hi>Pauls</hi> discourse, (which
was to prove out of the Scriptures, <hi>that Messiah was to suffer death, and that Iesus was
he</hi>) argue sufficiently, yea abundantly. For who could have profited by such a
Sermon as this, but those who already had knowledge of the true God, and believed
the reward of the life to come? This place therefore may serve as a Key to all the
rest of the places in this Book where these <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> are mentioned.</p>
                  <p>To that in the same Chapter, ver. 17. where it is said that S. <hi>Paul</hi> in the Synagogue
at <hi>Athens <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> discoursed to the Iews and the worshippers.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>To that in <hi>Acts</hi> 16. 14. where S. <hi>Paul</hi> preaching the Gospel in the Iews <hi>Proseuchae</hi>
or Oratory at <hi>Philippi,</hi> a woman named <hi>Lydia,</hi> a seller of purple, of the City <hi>Thyatira,</hi>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>a Proselyte-worshipper,</hi> was converted unto the faith, and baptized
with all her houshold.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="21" facs="tcp:63175:61"/>
In like manner, to that in <hi>Acts</hi> 18. 4. when S. <hi>Paul</hi> is said at <hi>Corinth</hi> to have <hi>rea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>son'd
in the Synagogue every Sabbath, and</hi> to have <hi>perswaded the Iews and the Greeks:</hi>
For these <hi>Greeks</hi> were <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, what did they in the Synagogue else so regularly
every Sabbath-day? True, the name of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is here wanting; but it presently
follows, when the Iews opposed <hi>Paul,</hi> (there testifying <hi>Iesus</hi> to be <hi>the Christ</hi>) and
blasphemed, that <hi>he shook his raiment, and said, Your bloud be on your own heads:
from henceforth I will go to the Gentiles. And he departed thence,</hi> saith the Text, <hi>and
entred into the house of one Iustus,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>a Gentile-worshipper, whose house
joyned hard to the Synagogue.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But above all, that narration <hi>Acts</hi> 13. deserves our consideration and attention.
There vers. 43. it is said, that S. <hi>Paul</hi> having preached the Gospel in the Iews Syna<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gogue
at <hi>Antioch</hi> of <hi>Pisidia,</hi> there followed him <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>many of the Iewes and worshipping Proselytes:</hi> and v. 42. that <hi>when the Iews
were gone out of the Synagogue, the Gentiles,</hi> that is, the <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>esought</hi> the A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>postles
<hi>that the same things might be preached unto them the next Sabbath;</hi> which be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
accordingly done, and many of the other Gentiles (who were not <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,)
upon the same of such a new Doctrine unwontedly assembling with them, it is said,
that <hi>the Iews when they saw the multitude, were filled with envy, contradicted and blas<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phemed,</hi>
v. 45. that then <hi>Paul and Barnabas waxed bold, and said, it was necessary that
the word of God should first be spoken unto you; but seeing you put it from you, and judg
your selves unworthy of eternal life, lo, we turn to the Gentiles: for so hath the Lord
commanded us, saying, I have set thee to be a light to the Gentiles, &amp;c. v. 46, 47.
that when the Gentiles heard this, they were glad, and glorified the word of God;
<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, and there believed as many as were
<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> to eternal life,</hi> v. 48. that is, the <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, who were already <hi>in procinctu</hi>
and <hi>in the posture to eternal Life.</hi> The Iews blasphemed, the rest of the Gentiles
were uncapable, only the <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, (who were already <hi>Candidati vitae aeternae,</hi>
having been instructed in the worship of the true God, and hoping for the re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ward
to come) they believed. Yet perhaps not all of them neither, (the words
require not<note n="*" place="margin">For <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> is often put for o<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>, and the sense then but indefinite.</note> so much, but that none but such:) And it follows, v. 50. that the
Iews found out some <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>worshipping women, such as were
of fashion,</hi> (who yet perhaps had not been at the Apostles Sermon,) by whose
mean they stirred up the chief men in the City, and raised persecution against <hi>Paul</hi>
and <hi>Barnabas.</hi> This I take to be the true and genuine meaning of this passage, up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
which no charge of <hi>Pelagianisme</hi> can be fastned; nor needeth it any spinous Cri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ticisms
for its explication. The use of the word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>de acie &amp; collocatione mili<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum,
de ascriptione in ordinem vel classem,</hi> as it relates to an army, the disposing or
marshalling of souldiers, the being listed or enrolled into such a rank or company,
(in which signification the Passive is most frequent) is well enough known.<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, Xe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>noph<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>n. In eam classem <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap> a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>scrib<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. Plutar<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. in Solone. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, In pauperum ordinem se re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>digit, inter pauperes se nu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>merat. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> dicuntur milites, unde &amp; <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap> appellantur: <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> in numerum vire<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum ascribi. <hi>Compare the 1</hi> Cor. 16. 15. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> They <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>o<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> themselves to the Ministery of the Saints.</note> Accor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ding
to which sense and notion, the words might be rendred, <hi>Crediderunt quotquot
nomina sua dederant vitae aeternae;</hi> or, [<hi>per Ellipsin Participii] qui de agmine &amp; classe
fuerant sperantium vel contendentium ad vitam aeternam;</hi> otherwise, <hi>qui in procinctu
stabant ad vitam aeternam;</hi> or most fitly, (<hi>sensu modò militari, non destinationis)
quotquot ordinati fuerant ad vitam aeternam.</hi> The sense whereof is in brief this;
<hi>There believed as many as had listed themselves,</hi> or <hi>were of the company of those that
did hope or earnestly labour for eternal life,</hi> or <hi>were in a ready posture and disposed
to</hi> or <hi>for eternal life. De re tota judicent viri docti, &amp; à studio partium alieni.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Besides, it will not be impertinent, as a <hi>Mantissa</hi> to these quotations for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
to note That the same persons are otherwise (namely twice) characterised by the
title of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>those that fear God.</hi> As first of <hi>Cornelius,</hi> concerning
whom there is no question but he was a <hi>Gentile-worshipper,</hi> the Text saith,<note n="*" place="margin">Acts <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>o <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> 
                     <hi>There
was a man in Gaesarea, called</hi> Cornelius, <hi>a Centurion of the Italian Band.</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
, i.e. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>a pious man, and one that feared God, (i.) the God
of Israel.</hi> Again in that 13. of the <hi>Acts</hi> (whereon we have dwelt so long) S. <hi>Paul</hi>
speaking at first to that mixt multitude assembled in the Synagogue, consisting partly
of Iews and partly <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>of the worshipping Proselytes,</hi> he com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pellates
them both distinctly in these words, v. 16. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
, <hi>Ye men of Israel, and ye that fear God, give audience.</hi> By the former
meaning the <hi>Iews;</hi> by the latter, the <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <hi>Gentile-worshippers.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Of this kind of <hi>Converts</hi> (as I have in part already intimated) were in our Saviour
and his Apostles time very many in every Nation and Citie where the Iews lived
and had their Synagogues; yea far more in number than of that other sort of <hi>Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>selytes</hi>
                     <pb n="22" facs="tcp:63175:62"/>
which were circumcised. The reason being, because it was the more easie
condition, and not so prejudicial to their outward liberty as the other; inasmuch
as they might notwithstanding still live and converse with their friends, kindred and
Countrey-men, bear office and enjoy honours among them, (as <hi>Naaman</hi> the <hi>Syrian</hi>
did, who was of this kind,) which the other might not do.</p>
                  <p>These impediments being out of the way, <hi>The hope of the Resurrection from the
dead,</hi> and <hi>the Reward of the life to come,</hi> were powerful Inducements to draw many
to the worship of that God, who only among the Gods<note n="*" place="margin">For since then, the Devil hath been God's Ape.</note> at that time promised this
reward to such as worshipped and served him, and no other: which was the
bait wherewith the Iews allured them; and that to their own no small emolument,
this kind, as it were to recompence their want of Circumcision, seeming to have
been very bountiful towards their Nation; as may be gathered both from <hi>Cornelius,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Acts 10. 2.</note>
who is said <hi>to have given much alms to the people,</hi> (namely of the Iews;) and from
the Story of that Centurion, <hi>Luke</hi> 7. 4, 5. whom the Iews besought our Saviour so
instantly for, alledging, that <hi>he loved their Nation, and had built them a Synagogue,</hi>
and therefore <hi>deserved</hi> that favour they sued for on his behalf.</p>
                  <p>NOW, out of this Discourse, besides the clearing of the passages afore-mentio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ned,
we may learn two things: One, How so many of the <hi>Gentiles,</hi> by the preach<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
of the Apostles, could so soon and so readily be converted to the Faith of
Christ; It was because they had already embraced the Principles which led there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>unto.
For we are to take notice, that the foundation of the Church among the
Gentiles was laid of these <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, who had already embraced the worship of the
true God, had knowledge of his Promises, believed, and hoped for the life to come.
For was not S. <hi>Peter</hi> (to whom the Instructions for this Embassage were first given)
sent first to <hi>Cornelius</hi> a Centurion, a Gentile of this order? wherefore? but that this
might be for a pattern for them, with what kind of men they were first to deal in
this great work; namely with such as were <hi>idonei Auditores Evangelii, fit and capa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ble
hearers of the Gospel;</hi> those which were <hi>puri pu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>i Gentiles, mere Gentiles,</hi> being
not so, as who knew nothing of the Principles requisite thereto. This will ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pear,
if we consider well the tenour of the Apostles Sermons to such Gentiles as
they converted; which we shall observe to presuppose that they already knew the
true God, and the promise of Eternal life to such as worshipped him; and so had no
more to learn but the way and means now revealed by God for attainment thereof,
which was by the Gospel of Iesus Christ.</p>
                  <p>The other thing we may learn is,<note place="margin">Acts 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> What was the true state of the Question which
the Apostles met to decide in the Council at <hi>Ierusalem;</hi> Whether the Gentiles
which believed in Christ were to be circumcised or not, and so bound to keep the
whole Law. It was this, to resolve (that, whereas all such as embraced the wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ship
of the God of <hi>Israel,</hi> conformed to one of these two kinds of <hi>Proselytes</hi>) to
whether of them the Gentiles which had or should receive the Gospel of Christ,
were to conform themselves; whether to the <hi>Proselytes of the Covenant,</hi> or to the
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and <hi>Proselytes of the Gate.</hi> S. <hi>Peter</hi> standing up in the Council, demon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>strates
it to be the will of God that they should conform to the latter, and not to the
first; and that upon this ground, Because that <hi>Cornelius,</hi> the first Christianed Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tile,
unto whom himself was sent by Divine Commission, was no <hi>circumcised Prose<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lyte,</hi>
but a <hi>Proselyte of the Gate,</hi> or a <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>a worshipper</hi> only; yet received he no
Commission to circumcise him: yea the Holy Ghost, as he was Preaching, fell upon
him and his houshold being uncircumcised, as it did upon those of the Circumcision;
whereby it appeared that God would have the rest of the Gentiles which embraced
the Faith, to be after the pattern of <hi>Cornelius,</hi> and to have no more imposed upon
them than He had. And accordingly the Council defines, <hi>That no other burden should
be laid upon them, but only to abstain from pollutions of Idols, from bloud, from things
strangled, and from fornication, and</hi> (as some Copies<note n="*" place="margin">Together with <hi>
                           <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                              <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                           </gap>
                        </hi> twice Lib. 3. cap. <hi>12. Cyprian.</hi> Lib. <hi>3. Telli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mon, ad Qui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                           <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>num in fine.</hi>
                     </note> have it) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
, <hi>not to do that to others, which they would not should
be done to themselves;</hi> that is they should as <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> observe the <hi>Precepts of the sons
of Noa<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>,</hi> which here [by a <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>] are briefly reckoned up.</p>
                  <p>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="4" type="discourse">
               <pb n="23" facs="tcp:63175:62"/>
               <head>DISCOURSE IV.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>2 PETER 2. 4.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>
                        <p>For if God spared not the Angels which sinned, [<gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>
]—but cast them down to
Hell, and delivered them into chains of darkness, to be reserved
unto Iudgment, <hi>&amp;c. so we translate it:</hi>
                        </p>
                        <p>To which of S. <hi>Peter</hi> answers that of S. <hi>Iude,</hi> (as almost that
whole Epistle doth to this) verse 6. <hi>And the Angels which
kept not their first estate,</hi> [or <hi>principality,] but left their own ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bitation,
he hath reserved in everlasting chains under darkness un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
the Iudgment of the great Day.</hi>
                        </p>
                     </q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>THese two places are brought to prove, That the Devils, or Evil spirits,
are now in Hell, before the Day of Iudgment: Which I cannot see
how it can possibly stand with the rest of the Scripture, which testifies
every where that they have yet their mansion in the Air, and here
about the Earth, where they tempt, seduce, and do all the mischief
they can to mankind: hence their Chiestain <hi>Satan</hi> is styled <hi>The Prince
of the power of the Air,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Ephes. 2. 2.</note> that is, of the Aiery Dominion or Princedom. Therefore
hither they were with their Prince exiled from Heaven, and no further, nor shall be
until the Day of Iudgment. And of this I shall speak at this time: First, to clear
these Texts, which seem to make for the contrary; secondly, to enquire what was
the opinion of the Ancients about this point.</p>
                  <p>As for this place of S. <hi>Peter,</hi> and that imitation thereof in the Epistle of S. <hi>Iude,</hi> I
can believe the translation of neither. <hi>Piscator</hi> (not conceiving how that of S. <hi>Iude</hi>
(especially because of the word [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>] <hi>eternal</hi>) could be reconciled with other
Scripture, and Experience which shews us that the Evil spirits are not yet bound with
<hi>eternal chains,</hi> having so much liberty of gadding about) supplies in the Text <hi>vinci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>endos,</hi>
as if there were an Ellipsis, reading it thus, <hi>Iudicio magni illius Diei vinculis
aeternis (vinciendos) reservâsse; He hath reserved them</hi> (to be bound) <hi>in eternal chains
at the Iudgment of the great Day.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>In that of S. <hi>Peter,</hi> if I understand him, he takes <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> not for <hi>Dativus instru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>menti;
with</hi> chains of darkness, but as <hi>Dativus acquisitionis, for</hi> chains of darkness;
and construes it with <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, as if it were, <hi>He delivered them for chains of dark<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness;</hi>
namely, supposing a trajection of the words.</p>
                  <p>But for my part I take both <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in S. <hi>Peter,</hi> and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in S. <hi>Iude,</hi> to
be neither of them <hi>Dativus Instrumenti,</hi> but both <hi>Acquisitionis</hi> or <hi>Finis,</hi> and govern<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
the one of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, and the other of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> that is, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> to be put for
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>—As in the Hebrew, the preposition <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> serves
both for the preposition <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and for the Dative Case, whose propriety the style of the
Greek Testament every where imitates, and why not in this? <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>; therefore and
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> are here <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, not <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>; <hi>for</hi> (not, <hi>with) chains.</hi> Nay, among the
Greek Grammarians we find observed, that the Dative Case is sometimes put for the
Accusative with the preposition <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> as in this example, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
that is, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> much more in the sacred Greek, which so frequently imitates the
Hebrew Construction.</p>
                  <p>Next for the word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in S. <hi>Peter,</hi> it is <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, but once used,
and so not bound by any use or example to the signification which we here give it,
to wit, <hi>casting down to hell.</hi> I would therefore render it, <hi>ad poenas tartareas damnavit,
he hath adjudged them to hellish torments,</hi> to wit, thus, <hi>Angelos qui peccaverunt, cum ad
tartari supplicium damnasset, catenis caliginis servandos tradidit ad Diem Iudicii; Ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving
adjudged the Angels that sinned to hell-torments, he delivered them to be kept or re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>served</hi>
                     <pb n="24" facs="tcp:63175:63"/>
(in the Aiery region,<note place="margin">2 Pet. 2. 4.</note> as in a prison) <hi>for chains of darkness at the Day of Iudg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment.</hi>
For <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Iudgment</hi> here is <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>the Day of Iudgment, as</hi> S. <hi>Iude</hi> hath
it: So also <hi>Matth.</hi> 12. 42. <hi>The Queen of the South shall rise in Iudgment with this Gene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ration,</hi>
that is, <hi>in</hi> or <hi>at the Day of Iudgment.</hi> Or if I would render it, not <hi>casting
down to hell,</hi> but <hi>casting down to hell-ward,</hi> so the meaning in both places will be, <hi>That
the wicked Angels were cast down from Heaven to this lower Orb, there to be reserved for
chains of darkness at the Day of Iudgment:</hi> Which sense the ninth verse of this Chapter
of S. <hi>Peter</hi> plainly intimates by way of reddition; <hi>Novit Dominus pios in tentatione cripe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>re,
The Lord knoweth how to deliver the godly in temptation,</hi> as he did <hi>Noah</hi> and <hi>Lot;
Injustos verò in diem Iudicii cruciandos servare, But to reserve the unjust unto the Day of
Iudgment to be punished,</hi> as he doth the wicked Angels. Moreover verse 17. where
the same hellish darkness is spoken of, it is said <hi>to be reserved for the wicked,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
, <hi>to whom that hideous darkness is reserved for ever;</hi> whence it
is probable that S. <hi>Peter,</hi> in the foregoing passage of Angels, referred also those
<hi>chains of darkness</hi> to <hi>reserving,</hi> and not to <hi>delivering;</hi> that is, not that the evil Angels
were now already delivered to chains of darkness, but reserved for them at the Day
of Iudgment.</p>
                  <p>AND thus much for clearing of the words of these two parallel Texts. Now
what hath been anciently the current opinion about this point? And first, for the
<hi>Iews,</hi> it is apparent to have been a Tradition of theirs, That all the space between
the Earth and the Firmament is full of Troops of Evil spirits and their Chieftains ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving
their residence in the Air; which I make no doubt but S. <hi>Paul</hi> had respect to,
when he calls Satan <hi>the Prince of the power of the Air.<note place="margin">Ephes. 2. 2.</note> Drusius</hi> quotes two Authors,
one the Book called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, another one of the Commentators upon <hi>Pirke
Aboth,</hi> who speak in this manner; <hi>Debet homo scire &amp; intelligere, à terra usque ad fir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mamentum
omnia plena esse turmis &amp; praefectis,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>A man is to know and understand,
that all from Earth to the Firmament is full (and no place is empty) of Troops of Spirits
together with their Chieftains and such as are</hi> Praepositi; <hi>all which have their residence
and fly up and down in the Air: some of them incite to peace, others to war; some to
goodness and life, others to wickedness and death.</hi> By <hi>Praepositi,</hi> I suppose, he means
such among the Spirits as are set as Wardens over several charges, for the managing
of the affairs of mankind subject to their power. This was the Opinion of the <hi>Iews,</hi>
which they seem to have learned by Tradition from their ancient Prophets; for in
the Old Testament we find no such thing written, and yet we see S. <hi>Paul</hi> seems to ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>prove
it.</p>
                  <p>Now for the Doctors of the <hi>Christian</hi> Church, S. <hi>Hierome</hi> upon the sixth of the
<hi>Ephesians</hi> tells us, that their Opinion was the same; '<hi>Tis the opinion of all the Doctors,</hi>
(<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>aith he) <hi>that the Devils have their Mansions and residence in the space between the
heaven and the earth.</hi> And that the Fathers of the first 300 or 400 years nor did,
nor could, hold the evil Angels to have been cast into Hell upon their sin, is evident
by a singular Tenet of theirs. For <hi>Iustin Martyr,</hi> one of the most ancient, hath this
saying; That <hi>Satan before the coming of Christ never durst blaspheme God, and that</hi>
(saith he) <hi>because till then he knew not he should be damned.</hi> The same is approved
by <hi>Irenaeus (lib.</hi> 5. <hi>cap.</hi> 26.) <hi>Praeclarè</hi> (saith he) <hi>dixit Iustinus, quòd ante Domini
adventum Satanas nunquam ausus est blasphemare Deum, quippe nondum sciens suam
damnationem: Post adventum autem Domini, ex sermonibus Christi &amp; Apostolo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
ejus discens m<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>nifestè quoniam ignis aeternus ei praeparatus sit;—per hujusmodi
homines blasphemat eum Deum qui judicium importat. It was a worthy saying of</hi> Iustin,
<hi>That Satan before the coming of our Lord never durst blaspheme God, as not till
then knowing he should be damned: But after the coming of our Lord, he clearly
understanding by the Discourses of Christ and his Apostles that everlasting fire was pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pared
for him—by these men (Irenaeus</hi> means those Hereticks who blasphemed the
God of the Law) <hi>he blaspemes that God who brings that punishment upon them. Euse<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bius</hi>
(<hi>lib.</hi> 4. <hi>Hist. Cap.</hi> 17.) cites the same out of both, with approbation: So doth
<hi>Oecumenius</hi> upon the last Chapter of the first of S. <hi>Peter. Epiphanius</hi> against Heresie
39. gives the same as his own assertion, almost in the same words with <hi>Iustin</hi> and
<hi>Irenaeus,</hi> though not naming them. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
, &amp;c. <hi>Before the coming of Christ the
Devil did not dare to speak a blasphemous word against his Lord; for being in expectation
of the coming of Christ, he imagined he should obtain some mercy.</hi> I will not enquire
how true this Tenet of theirs is, but only gather this, that they could not think the
Devils were cast into Hell before the coming of Christ: For then how could they
<pb n="25" facs="tcp:63175:63"/>
but have known they should be damned, if the execution had already been done up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
them?</p>
                  <p>Saint <hi>Augustine,</hi> as may seem, intending to reconcile these places of <hi>Peter</hi> and <hi>Iude</hi>
with the rest of Scripture, is alledged to affirm, that the Devils suffering some <hi>Hell-like</hi>
torment in their Aiery Mansion, the <hi>Air</hi> may in that respect in an improper sense
be called <hi>Hell.</hi> But that the Devils were <hi>locally</hi> or <hi>Actually</hi> in <hi>Hell,</hi> or should be, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
the Day of Iudgment, it is plain he held not; and that will appear by these two
passages in his Book <hi>de Civitate Dei.</hi> First, where he saith, <hi>Daemones in hoc quidem
aere habitant, quia de Coeli superioris sublimitate dejecti, merito irregressibilis transgressio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nis,
in hoc sibi congruo velut carcere praedamnati sunt.</hi> Lib. 8. Cap. 22. <hi>The Devils in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deed
have their habitation in this Air; for they being cast out of the highest heaven, through
the due desert of their unrecoverable apostasie and transgression, are fore-condemned and ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>judged
to be kept in this Aiery region, as in a prison very congruous and fit for such trans<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gressors.</hi>
The other (in the same Book, chap. 23.) where he expounds that of the
Devils<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Vide<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>tur etiam Orig<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap>, in Numer. cap. 22.</hi> Non vuit Deus Daemo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>umgenus an<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap> temsus dam<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>na<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>; Sciu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap> enim &amp; ipsi Daemones, quia tempus eorum praesens hoc se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>culum conti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>net: Proptevea &amp; Dominum rog<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>bant, ut non torqueret eos ante tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pus, &amp;c. Et ob hoc neque Dia<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bolum removit à principatu hujus seculi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> &amp;c.</note> 
                     <hi>Matth.</hi> 8. <hi>Art thou come to torment us before the time?</hi> that is, (saith he) <hi>ante
tempus Iudicii, quo aeternâ damnatione puniendi sunt, cum omnibus etiam hominibus qui
eorum societate detinentur; before the time of the last Iudgment, when they are to be eter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nally
punished, together with all those men who are entangled in their society.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The Divines of latter times, the School-men and others, to reconcile the supposed
Contrariety in Scripture, divide the matter; holding some Devils to be in the <hi>Air,</hi> (as S. <hi>Paul</hi> and the History of Scripture tell us,) some to be already in <hi>Hell,</hi> (as they
thought S. <hi>Peter</hi> and S. <hi>Iude</hi> affirm'd:) which opinion seems to be occasioned by a
Quaere of S. <hi>Hierom</hi>'s upon the sixth of the <hi>Ephesians,</hi> though he speaks but obscurely,
and defines nothing. But what ground of Scripture or Reason can be given, why all
the Devils which sinned, should not be in the same Condition? especially that <hi>Satan,</hi>
the worst and chief of them, should not be in the worst estate, but enjoy the greatest
liberty? It follows therefore that these places of S. <hi>Peter</hi> and S. <hi>Iude</hi> are to be con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>strued
according to the sense I have given of them; namely, That the evil Spirits
which sinned, being adjudged to Hellish torments, were cast out of Heaven into this
lower Region, there to be reserved, as in a prison, for chains of darkness at the Day
of Iudgment.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="5" type="discourse">
               <head>DISCOURSE V.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>1 COR. 4. 1.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>Let a man so account of us as of the Ministers (<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>) of Christ,
and Stewards of the Mysteries of God.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>A Man would think at first sight, that this Scripture did exceedingly
warrant our use of the word <hi>Minister</hi> in stead of that of <hi>Priest,</hi>
and leave no plea for them who had rather speak otherwise. How<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>soever
I intend at this time to shew the contrary, and (even out of
this Text,) that we have very much swerved herein from the
Apostles language, and abuse that word to such a sense as they
never intended, nor is any where found in Scripture. I favour
neither superstition nor superstitious men; yet truth is truth, and needful to be
known; especially when ignorance thereof breedeth errour and uncharitableness.
My Discourse therefore shall be of the use of the words <hi>Priest</hi> and <hi>Minister;</hi> wherein
shall appear how truly we are all <hi>Ministers</hi> in our Apostle's sense, and yet how abu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sively
and improperly so called in the ordinary and prevailing use of that word.</p>
                  <p>I will begin thus. All Ecclesiastical persons or Clergy-men may be considered in a
Threefold relation: First, to God; secondly, to the People; thirdly, one toward
another. In respect to God, all are <hi>Ministers</hi> of what degree soever they be; be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cause
they do what they do by commission from him, either more or less immediate:
for a <hi>Minister</hi> is he <hi>qui operam suam alicui, ut superiori aut domino, praebet, who
serves another as his Superior or Master.</hi> In respect of the People all are <hi>Bishops,</hi>
that is, <hi>Inspectores</hi> or Overseers, as having charge to look unto them. But lastly,
<pb n="26" facs="tcp:63175:64"/>
compared one to another,<note place="margin">1 Cor. 4. 1.</note> he whom we usually call <hi>Bishop</hi> is only Overseer of the rest,
<hi>Inspector totius Cleri. Deacons</hi> are only <hi>Ministers</hi> to the rest, <hi>Ministri Presbytero<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
&amp; Episcoporum:</hi> and in that respect have their name <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</p>
                  <p>There are properly but two Orders Ecclesiastical, <hi>Presbyteri &amp; Diaconi:</hi> the one
the Masters, <hi>Priests;</hi> the other the Ministers, <hi>Deacons.</hi> The rest are but diverse de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>grees
of these Two. As <hi>Bishops</hi> are a degree of <hi>Presbyters</hi> of divine ordinance, to be
as Heads, Chiefs, and Presidents of their Brethren: So <hi>Sub<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>deacons, Lectors,</hi> and
indeed any other kind of Ecclesiastical Ministers, whether <hi>in Ecclesia</hi> or <hi>Foro Ecclesi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>astico</hi>
(I mean whether they attend divine Duties in the Church, or Iurisdiction in
Ecclesiastical Courts) are all a kind of <hi>Deacons,</hi> being to the <hi>Presbyters,</hi> either single
or Episcopal, as the <hi>Levites</hi> were to the <hi>Sacerdotes,</hi> in the Old Testament, namely, to
minister unto or for them. Thus when we say, <hi>Bishops, Presbyters</hi> and <hi>Deacons,</hi> we
name but two Orders, yet three Degrees.</p>
                  <p>These grounds being forelaid and understood.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/> I affirm, first, That <hi>Presbyters</hi> are by us unnaturally and improperly called <hi>Mini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sters</hi>
either of the Church, or of such or such a Parish: we should call them, as my
Text doth, <hi>Ministers of God,</hi> or <hi>Ministers of Christ,</hi> not Ministers of men.</p>
                  <p>First, Because they are only God's <hi>Ministers,</hi> who sends them; but the People's
<hi>Magistri,</hi> to teach, instruct and oversee them. Were it not absurd to call the Shep<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>herd
the Sheeps <hi>Minister?</hi> If he be their Minister, they surely are his Masters. And
so indeed the People by occasion of this misappellation think they are ours, and use
us accordingly. Indeed we are called <hi>Ministers,</hi> but never <hi>their Ministers;</hi> but,
as you see here. <hi>God's Ministers, Christ's Ministers,</hi> who imployeth us to dispense
his Mysteries unto his Church.</p>
                  <p>There are Three words in the New Testament translated <hi>Minister,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>the first is most frequent; but not one of them is given to the
Apostles, in the whole Scripture, with relation to the <hi>Church</hi> or <hi>People:</hi> you shall
never find them called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Ministers of the Church,</hi>
which is so frequent with us, but <hi>Ministers of God,</hi> 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 6. 4. 1 <hi>Thess.</hi> 3. 2. <hi>Mini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sters
of Christ,</hi> as in my Text, and 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 11. 23. <hi>Col.</hi> 1. 7. <hi>Ministers of Iesus Christ,</hi>
1 <hi>Tim.</hi> 4. 6. or Ministers of that which they minister, as <hi>Ministers of the New Testa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment,</hi>
2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 3. 6. <hi>Ministers of the Gospel, Ephes.</hi> 3. 7. <hi>Coloss.</hi> 1. 23. But not Ministers
of them to whose behoof they minister. Yet might this speech, <hi>Minister of the Church,</hi>
if rightly construed, be admitted; namely, if it be spoken by an Ellipsis, for <hi>Mini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ster
of God for and over the Church:</hi> so the Apostle <hi>Coloss.</hi> 1. 7. <hi>A faithful Minister of
Christ for you,</hi> that is, Christ's Minister, not theirs; yet not for Christ, but for them.
But those who use this speech commonly mean otherwise.</p>
                  <p>Secondly,<note place="margin">Hebr. 1.</note> Angels are called <hi>ministring spirits,</hi> but not our Ministers, but God's
Ministers to us-ward, or for our behalf: So <hi>Ministers of the Gospel,</hi> not the People's
or Congregation's Ministers, but God's Ministers for their behoof.</p>
                  <p>Thirdly, This speech [<hi>Minister of the Church,</hi> or, <hi>of this or that Church</hi>] is so
much the more incommodious, because it hath begotten (as incommodious and unapt
speeches do] an erroneous conceit, not only among the vulgar, but some of better
understanding; namely, That a Minister is not lawfully called, unless he be chosen
by the People, because he is <hi>their Minister,</hi> and so to be deputed by them. And
indeed if he be their <hi>Minister</hi> in proper relation, they are his <hi>Masters,</hi> and so it is good
reason they should appoint him, as Masters do those who are to serve them: But if in
proper relation they are God's Ministers, and not theirs, (though for them) then
God is to appoint them, or such as he hath put in place to do it. It is an erroneous
conceit that some maintain, That the <hi>power of Sacred Order</hi> and of the <hi>Keys</hi> is given by
God immediately to the Body of the Congregation; and that they depute him who
is their Minister, to execute the power which is originally in them: That power is
conferred by God immediately to those who are <hi>Bishops</hi> and <hi>Pastors,</hi> and by and
through them belongs to the whole Body, and no otherwise. <hi>Sed tantum potuit incom<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>modi
sermonis usus.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Some perhaps will object against my whole Assertion that of S. <hi>Paul,</hi> 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 4. 5.
<hi>We preach not our selves, but Christ Iesus</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Viz. <hi>esse De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minum.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>the Lord, and our selves your servants for
Iesus sake:</hi> If the Apostles were the Churches <hi>Servants,</hi> why not their <hi>Ministers?</hi>
I answer, the Apostle says not they were the <hi>Corinthians</hi> servants, but that he
had made himself so, in his Preaching to them. So he says expresly, <hi>1 Cor.</hi> 9. 19.
<hi>For though I be free from all men, yet I have made my self a servant to all, that I
might gain the more.</hi> Yet he confesses the <hi>Corinthians</hi> began to vilifie him for this
<pb n="27" facs="tcp:63175:64"/>
condescent, 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 11. 7. <hi>Have I committed an offence in abasing my self that you might
be exalted, because I have preached unto you the Gospel of God freely?</hi> This was that
wherein he carried himself toward the <hi>Corinthians</hi> as a <hi>Servant,</hi> but to other Churches
he did not so. It would be a strange assertion to say the Apostle were the <hi>Corinthi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ans
Servant</hi> in a proper relation: we know he says, <hi>Gal.</hi> 1. 10. <hi>If I pleased men, I
should not be the servant of Christ;</hi> and <hi>Rom.</hi> 6. 16. <hi>Know ye not that to whom ye yield
your selves servants to obey, his servants ye are to whom ye obey?</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>I come now to a second Assertion, which is, That howsoever any Ecclesiastical <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/>
person may be rightly called a <hi>Minister,</hi> (so it be in a proper relation to God<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ward,)
yet the word <hi>Minister</hi> is again most unfitly used by us for a name of distincti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
of one Ecclesiastical Order from another: as when we call those which are <hi>Presby<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ters,
Ministers,</hi> by way of distinction from <hi>Deacons;</hi> for so we speak <hi>Ministers</hi> and
<hi>Deacons,</hi> in stead of <hi>Priests</hi> and <hi>Deacons.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The reason we thus speak is to avoid the name <hi>Priest,</hi> which we conceive to signi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fie
<hi>Sacerdos,</hi> that is, <hi>one that sacrificeth,</hi> such as were those in the Law: But our Cu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rates
of holy things in the Gospel are not to offer Sacrifice, and therefore ought not
to be called <hi>Sacerdotes,</hi> and consequently not <hi>Priests.</hi> This is the reason. But if it
be well examined, <hi>Priest</hi> is the English of <hi>Presbyter,</hi> and not of <hi>Sacerdos;</hi> there being
in our Tongue no word in use for <hi>Sacerdos: Priest,</hi> which we use for both, being
improperly used for a <hi>Sacrificer;</hi> but naturally expressing a <hi>Presbyter,</hi> the name where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>by
the Apostles call both themselves and those which succeed them in their charge.
For who can deny that our word <hi>Priest</hi> is corrupted of <hi>Presbyter?</hi> Our Ancestors the
Saxons first used <hi>Preoster,</hi> whence by a farther contraction came <hi>Preste</hi> and <hi>Priest.</hi> The
high and low Dutch have <hi>Priester,</hi> the French <hi>Prestre,</hi> the Italian <hi>Prete;</hi> but the Spa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>niard
only speaks full <hi>Presbytero.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But, to come more near the point, our men in using the word [<hi>Minister</hi>] for a di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stinctive
name in stead of <hi>Priest,</hi> incur four Solecisms; I mean, when we use the word
<hi>Minister</hi> (not at large, but) for a distinction from the Order of <hi>Deacons,</hi> saying <hi>Mi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nisters</hi>
and <hi>Deacons.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>First, We run into that we sought to avoid. For we would avoid to call the <hi>Pres<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>byters</hi>
of the <hi>Gospel</hi> by the name of the <hi>Sacrificers</hi> of the <hi>Law;</hi> and yet run into it in
such sort, that we style those of the <hi>Gospel</hi> by the <hi>Legal</hi> name, and those of the <hi>Law</hi>
by the <hi>Evangelical</hi> name. The Hebrew calls them of the Law <hi>Cohanim,</hi> of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, which
properly signifies <hi>to minister,</hi> and thence comes the Greek word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>:
but we call those of the <hi>Gospel Cohanim,</hi> when we style them <hi>Ministers.</hi> On the con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trary,
the Apostles style those of the <hi>Gospel, Presbyteri;</hi> but we transfer that name to
those of the <hi>Law,</hi> when we call them <hi>Priests.</hi> This is counterchange;</p>
                  <q>Incidit in Scyllam qui vult vitare Charybdim.</q>
                  <p>Secondly, It is a confusion or Tautology, to say <hi>Ministers</hi> and <hi>Deacons,</hi> that is, <hi>Mini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sters</hi>
and <hi>Ministers;</hi> for <hi>Deacon</hi> [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>] is, in Greek, <hi>a Minister;</hi> the one is <hi>Minister</hi>
in Latin, the other in Greek: as if one should say, <hi>Homo</hi> and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, or <hi>Dil<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>vium</hi>
and <hi>Cataclysmus,</hi> and think so to distinguish things of several natures or conditions.</p>
                  <p>Thirdly, We impose upon that Order a name of a direct contrary notion to what
the Apostles gave them: The Apostles gave them a name of <hi>Eldership</hi> and <hi>Superiority</hi>
in calling them <hi>Presbyteri;</hi> we of <hi>Inferiority</hi> and <hi>Subordination</hi> in calling them <hi>Mini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stri.</hi>
The Iews had no name more honourable than that of Elders, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, for
so they called their Magistrates: so we read of <hi>Elders of the people,</hi> and <hi>Elders of the
Priests</hi> and <hi>Levites,</hi> meaning the chief in both sorts. This honourable name the
Apostles gave as a name of distinction to the Evangelical Pastors; whereby they dig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nified
them above those of the Law, whose name in the Hebrew (as I said before)
is but a denomination of Ministry: And we have rejected the name of Dignity, of
Fathership, of Eldership; and assumed in stead thereof a name of under-service, of
subjection, of Ministery, to distinguish our Order by: I say, to distinguish our Or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der;
for in a general sense and with reference to God, we are all his <hi>Ministers;</hi> and
it is an honour unto us so to be, more than to be other mens <hi>Masters,</hi> as our Apostle
in my Text intimates.</p>
                  <p>Fourthly, In the Reformed Churches beyond the Seas there is a worse Solecism by
reason of this misapplied speech. They have a kind of Officers who are the Pastors as<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sistants
in Discipline, much like to our Church-wardens; these they call <hi>Elders,</hi> we
style them <hi>Lay-Elders:</hi> These are but a kind of <hi>Deacons</hi> at the most, and of a new
erection too; and yet these are dignified by the name of <hi>Elders</hi> and <hi>Presbyters,</hi> who
are indeed but <hi>Deacons</hi> or <hi>Ministers;</hi> and the <hi>Pastor</hi> himself is called a <hi>Minister,</hi> who
<pb n="28" facs="tcp:63175:65"/>
in the Apostles style is the only <hi>Presbyter</hi> or <hi>Elder.</hi> For so they speak, <hi>The Minister
and his Presbyters or Elders.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>To conclude, it had been to be wished that those whom the term of <hi>Priest</hi> displea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sed,
as that which gave occasion by the long abuse thereof to fancy a <hi>Sacrifice,</hi> had rather
restored the Apostolical name of <hi>Presbyter</hi> in the full sound, which would have been as
soon and as easily learned and understood as <hi>Minister,</hi> and was no way subject to that
supposed inconvenience. But the mis-application of the word [<hi>Presbyter</hi>] in some
Churches to an Order the Apostles called not by that name, deprived those thereof
to whom it was properly due. Howsoever when they call us <hi>Ministers, let them
account of us as the Ministers of Christ,</hi> and not of men: not as deputed by the Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gregation
to execute a power originally in them, but <hi>as Stewards of the Mysteries of
God.</hi>
                  </p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="6" type="discourse">
               <head>DISCOURSE VI.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>S. IOHN 10. 20.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>He hath a Devil, and is mad.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>IT is a matter of greater moment than perhaps every man thinks of,
under what notions <hi>Things</hi> are conceived, and from what property
or Character the <hi>Names</hi> we call them by are derived. For hereby
not seldom it comes to pass, that the same things, presented to us
under different notions, and names derived therefrom, are not ta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ken
to be the same they are: Even as he that meets a man well
known unto him, in an exotick disguise or antick habit, takes him
to be some other, though he knew him never so well before. For example; a man
would wonder that a <hi>Comet,</hi> (as we call it) being so remarkable and principal a work
of the Divine power, and which draws the eyes of all men with admiration towards
it, should no where be found mentioned in the Old Testament: neither there where
the works of God are so often recounted to magnifie him, (whenas <hi>Hail, Snow, Rain</hi>
and <hi>Ice,</hi> works of far less admiration, are not pretermitted;) neither by way of al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lusion
and figured expression, in the Prophets predictions of great calamities and chan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ges,
whereof they were taken to be presages; especially when we see them borrow
so many other allusions both from heaven and earth to paint their descriptions with.
Should a man therefore think there never appeared any of them in those times or to
those Countries? It is incredible: Or that the Iews were so dull and heedless as not
to observe them? That is not like neither. What should we say then? Surely, they
conceived of them under some other notions than we do, and accordingly expressed
them some other way. As what if by a <hi>Pillar of fire,</hi> such a one perhaps as went be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
the <hi>Israelites</hi> in the Wilderness? Or by a <hi>Pillar of fire and smoke?</hi> as in that of
<hi>Ieel</hi> 2. 30. <hi>I will shew wonders in the heavens, and in the earth, Bloud and Fire and
Pillars of smoke:</hi> Or by the name of an <hi>Angel of the Lord,</hi> (whereby no doubt they
are guided?) according as it is said of that <hi>Pillar of Fire</hi> which went before th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <hi>raclites,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Exod. 14.</note> that <hi>the Angel of God,</hi> when they were to pass the Red Sea<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> came and <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>ood
between them and the <hi>AEgyptians,</hi> when that <hi>Pillar</hi> did so. And who knows whe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
that in the 104. <hi>Psalm,</hi> v. 4. may not have some meaning this way? <hi>He maketh
his Angels Spirits</hi> (or winds,) <hi>and his Ministers a Flame of fire,</hi> to wit, because
they are wont to appear in both. It comes in, in the Psalm, among other Works of God,
in a sit place for such a sense, both in regard of what goes before and follows after.
These, I say, or some of these may be descriptions of those we call <hi>Comets;</hi> which
because they are disguised under another notion, and not denominated from <hi>Stell<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </hi> or
<hi>Coma,</hi> hence we know them not.</p>
                  <p>Now to come toward my Text; alike instance to this I take to be that of the <hi>Dae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>moniacks</hi>
so often mentioned in the Gospel. For I make no question but that now and
then the same befals other men whereof I have experience my self, to wit, to marvel
how these <hi>Daemoniacks</hi> should so abound in and about that Nation, which was
the People of God; (whereas in other Nations and their writings we hear
of no such;) and that too, as it should seem, about the time of our Saviour's being
<pb n="29" facs="tcp:63175:65"/>
on earth only, because in the time before we find no mention of them in Scripture.
The wonder is yet the greater,<note place="margin">Iohn 10. 20</note> because it seems notwithstanding all this, by the Sto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry
of the Gospel, not to have been accounted then by the people of the Iews any
strange or extraordinary thing, but as a matter usual; nor besides is taken notice of
by any forein Story.</p>
                  <p>To meet with all these difficulties, (which I see not how otherwise can be easily
satisfied) I am perswaded (till I shall hear better reason to the contrary,) that these
<hi>Daemoniacks</hi> were no other than such as we call <hi>Mad-men</hi> and <hi>Lunaticks,</hi> at least that
we comprehend them under those names; and that therefore they both still are, and
in all times and places have been, much more frequent than we imagine. The cause
of which our mistake is that disguise of another name and notion than we conceive
them by; which makes us take them to be diverse, which are the same.</p>
                  <p>That you may rightly understand this my Assertion (before I acquaint you with the
Reasons which induce me thereunto) you must know, That the Masters of Physick
tell us of two kinds of <hi>Deliration</hi> or ali<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>nation of the Understanding. One <hi>ex vi mor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bi,</hi>
that, namely, which is from or with a Fever, called <hi>Delirium</hi> or <hi>Phrenitis</hi> (the
latter being a higher degree than the former:) Another kind <hi>sine Febre,</hi> when a man,
having no other disease, is crased and disturbed in his wits.</p>
                  <p>And this they say is either simple dotage, proceeding from some weakness of the
Brain or Intellective faculty; or <hi>Melancholia</hi> and <hi>Mania,</hi> which they describe and di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stinguish
thus: Both of them to be when the Understanding is so disturbed, that men
imagine, speak, and do things which are most absurd and contrary to all reason,
sense, and use of men: but their difference to be in this, that <hi>Melancholia</hi> is attended
with fear, sadness, silence, retiredness, and the like Symptoms; <hi>Mania</hi> with rage,
raving and fury, and actions sutable; which is most properly styled <hi>Madness.</hi> Now
when I say that those <hi>Daemoniacks</hi> in the Gospel were such as we call <hi>Mad-men,</hi> un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derstand
me to mean not of Deliration <hi>ex vi morbi,</hi> or of simple dotage, but of those
two last kinds, <hi>Melancholici</hi> and <hi>Maniaci;</hi> whereunto add <hi>morbus Comilialis</hi> or fal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ling
sickness, and whatsoever is properly called <hi>Lunacy.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Such as these, I say, the Iews believed (and so may we) to be troubled and acted
with evil Spirits, as it is said of <hi>Saul</hi>'s Melancholy, that <hi>an evil Spirit from the Lord
troubled him;</hi> and therefore, passing by all other Causes or Symptoms, they thought
sit to give them their Name from this, calling them <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. An
occasion of the more frequent use of which expression in our Saviour's time and the
ages immediately before him than formerly had been, may seem to have been given by
the Sect of the <hi>Sadd<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>cees,</hi> which, after the time of <hi>Hyrcanus,</hi> had much prevailed,
and affirmed (as S. <hi>Luke</hi> tells us) <hi>that there was no Resurrection, neither Angel, nor Spi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rit.</hi>
To affront and cry down whose error,<note place="margin">Acts 23. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> it is like enough the <hi>Pharisees,</hi> and the
rest of the right-believing Iews who followed them, affected to draw their expressi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons
(wheresoever they could) from <hi>Angels</hi> and <hi>Spirits;</hi> as presently they did, in the
<note n="*" place="margin">Ch 23. 6<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> 
                     <hi>Acts,</hi> when S. <hi>Paul</hi> awakened their faction in the Council, saying, <hi>I am a Pharisee,
and the son of a Pharisee,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>We find no evil,</hi> say they, <hi>in this man; but if a Spirit
or an Angel hath spoken unto him, let us not fight against God.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Having thus sufficiently stated and explicated my Assertion; now you shall hear
what grounds I have for the same. First, therefore, I prove it out of the Gospel it
self, and that in the first place from this Scripture which I have chosen for my Text,
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>He hath a Devil, and is mad.</hi> Where I suppose the latter
words to be an explication of the former. Secondly, I prove it out of <hi>Matth.</hi> 17. 14,
15. where it is said, <hi>There came to our Saviour a certain man kneeling down to him, and
saying, Lord, have mercy on my son, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, because he is Lunatick and sore
vexed: for oft-times he falleth into the fire, and oft into the water.</hi> That this <hi>Lunatick</hi>
was a <hi>Daemoniack,</hi> it is evident both out of the 18. verse of this Chapter, where it is
said, Our Saviour <hi>rebuked the Devil, and he departed out of him, and the child was cu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>red
from that very hour:</hi> as also out of the 9. of the Gospel of S. <hi>Luke,</hi> V. 39. where it
is said of the self-same person, <hi>Lo, a spirit taketh him, and he suddenly crieth out, and
it teareth him that he foameth again, and bruising him, hardly departeth from him.</hi> By
comparing of these places, you may gather what kind of men they were which the
Scripture calls <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Daemoniacks.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Now I come to other Testimonies. And first, take notice that the Gentiles
also had the like apprehension of their <hi>Mad-men,</hi> whence they called them <hi>Larvati</hi>
and <hi>Cerriti:</hi> where <hi>Larvati</hi> is as much as <hi>Larvis, id est, Daemonibus, acti: so Festus, Lar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vati,</hi>
saith he, <hi>furiosi &amp; mente moti, quasi Larvis exterriti.</hi> And for <hi>Cerriti,</hi> they were so
<pb n="30" facs="tcp:63175:66"/>
called, <hi>quasi Cereriti, hoc est, à Cerere percussi.</hi> And therefore you may remember that
when <hi>Menaechmus</hi> in <hi>Plautus</hi> feigns himself mad, and talks accordingly; the Physician
who was sent for to cure him asks the old man who came to fetch him, whether he
were <hi>Larvatus</hi> or <hi>Cerritus.</hi> If the Gentiles thought thus of their <hi>Mad-men,</hi> should we
think it strange the Iews should? I could tell you here, that the <hi>Turks</hi> conceit of
their <hi>Mad-men</hi> is not unlike this; but that they suppose the Spirit that works in them
to be a good rather than an evil one. But I let this pass.</p>
                  <p>My next Testimony shall be out of <hi>Iustin Martyr,</hi> who in his second Apology <hi>ad
Antoninum,</hi> to prove (at least to a Gentile) that the Souls of men have existence and
sense after death, brings for an Argument their <hi>Necromancy</hi> and their <hi>callings up the
spirits of the deceased,</hi> together with other the like, and in the last place this of <hi>Dae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>moniacks;</hi>
where by his description of them, we may easily gather what kind of
people they were which were so taken to be. <hi>They also</hi> (saith he) <hi>which are seised
upon by the Spirits of the deceased</hi> (for such were these <hi>Daemonia</hi> taken to be) <hi>and are
cast and tumbled upon the ground, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, which
all call Daemoniacks and Mad-men.</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> therefore and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> were all
one, as men then conceived. Note here, that these <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> were taken to be <hi>the
Souls of men deceased,</hi> and that not among the Gentiles only, but (as may seem)
among the Iews also. For <hi>Iosephus</hi> in his seventh Book <hi>De Bello Iudaico,</hi> Chap. 25.
mentioning these <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> upon occasion of a certain Herb supposed to be good
for them, saith expresly by way of Parenthesis, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, (scil. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>these Daemonia are the Spirits or Souls of
the worst sort of men deceased, which are gotten into the bodies of the living.</hi> I tell not
this with a meaning to avouch it for true; but only that you might understand how
<hi>Iustin Martyr</hi>'s argument proceeds, to prove that Souls have existence after Death,
from the <hi>Daemoniacks.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>My last proof is taken from those <hi>Energumeni</hi> (which are all one with <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>)
so often mentioned in the Church-Liturgies, in the ancient Canons, and in
other Ecclesiastical writings, many Ages after our Saviour's being on earth; and that,
not as any rare and unaccustomed thing, but as ordinary and usual. They were
wont to send them out of the Church when the Liturgy began; as they did the <hi>Poe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nitentes,
Auditores,</hi> and <hi>Catechumeni,</hi> which might not be partakers of the Holy My<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>steries.
If those were not such as we now-a-days conceive of no otherwise than as
<hi>Mad-men,</hi> surely the world must be supposed to be very well rid of Devils over it
hath been; which for my part I believe not. Nay, that these <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>possessed
with the Devil,</hi> or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Daemoniacks,</hi> were such as I speak of, <hi>Balsamon</hi> and
<hi>Zonaras</hi> both in their <hi>Scholia</hi> upon the Canons of the Church will, I think, inform us:
For, to reconcile two Canons concerning these <hi>Energumeni</hi> or <hi>possessed,</hi> which seem
contradictory;<note place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. Apost. LXXIX.</note> one (called of the Apostles) in these words' <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.
<hi>If any hath a Devil,</hi> or <hi>is mad,
let him not be made a Clergy-man, nor let him be admitted to pray with the faithful;</hi> ano<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
of <hi>Timotheus</hi> sometime Patriarch of <hi>Alexandria,</hi> speaking thus' <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>If any of the faithful be a Daemoniack,
he ought to partake of the holy Mysteries:</hi> To reconcile these, I say, they affirm the for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mer
(which admits them not,) to be meant<note n="a" place="margin">Balsamon in Can.</note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>; or<note n="b" place="margin">Zonar. in Can.</note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>of him that is continually and always mad,</hi> namely,<note n="c" place="margin">Balsamon.</note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
&amp;c. <hi>lest one so affected should, either by some indecent actions and foul mis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>carriages
of his own, or by his daemoniacal clamours, disturb the people of God and the
Church-service;</hi> but that of <hi>Timotheus,</hi> that admits them, to be understood <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>of him that is mad but by fits,</hi> and hath his <hi>Lucida intervalla.</hi>
And thus I have acquainted you with what I have observed to confirm me in this opi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nion,
and make no doubt but there are more passages yet to be found this way than I
have met with.<note place="margin">Vide Chryso<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stomi epistol, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>. Eum omnino affectum videbis pro<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>t quos nos <hi>Melancholicos</hi> appellamus. Vide eundem de precibus in Ecclesia pro Energa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments; Hom. 4, &amp; 5. de Incomprehensibili Dei natura, versus finem, inter Sermones ad Pop. Antioch.</note>
                  </p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="7" type="discourse">
               <pb n="31" facs="tcp:63175:66"/>
               <head>DISCOURSE VII.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>PROVERBS 21. 16.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>The man that wandreth out of the way of understanding, shall re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>main in
the Congregation of the Dead, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, <hi>in coetu
Gigantum.</hi>
                     </q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>IT is a question sometimes moved amongst Divines, and worth re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>solving,
How and by what name the Place and condition of the
damned (which in the Gospel is called <hi>Gehenna</hi>) was termed or
expressed in the Old Testament before the Captivity of <hi>Babylon,</hi>
and whilst the first Temple stood. For presently after the Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>turn
the afore-mentioned name <hi>Gehenna</hi> began to be frequented:
as appears both by the second of <hi>Esdras,</hi> the Chaldee Paraphrast,
and other Iewish writings, where that name is often found; as
also by the Gospel, where our Saviour useth it as then vulgarly
known amongst the Iews. But it is as certain that before the Captivity or second
Temple (for so the Iews call the time of their state after their return) this name was
not in use: both because it is no where to be found in the Canonical Scriptures of the
Old Testament, which were all written within that time; and especially, because the
ground and occasion thereof was not till about that time in being, which was the
pollution of the valley of the sons of <hi>Hinnom,</hi> or <hi>Tophet,</hi> by King <hi>Iosiah,</hi> and the
dreadful execution of divine vengeance in that Place: Hence it became to posterity to
be a Name of execration, and applied to signifie the Place of eternal punishment.</p>
                  <p>For this valley of <hi>Hinnom (Gehinnom,</hi> or, as afterward they pronounced it, <hi>Ge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>henna)</hi>
was a valley near <hi>Ierusalem,</hi> in a place whereof called <hi>Tophet</hi> the Children of
<hi>Israel</hi> committed that abominable Idolatry, in making their Children pass through
the fire to <hi>Moloch;</hi> that is, burnt them to the Devil. For an eternal detestation
whereof King <hi>Iosiah</hi> polluted it, and made it a place execrable, ordaining it to be
the place whither dead Carkasses, Garbage, and other unclean things should be
cast out: for consuming whereof, to prevent annoiance, a continual fire was there
burning. Yea, not man only, but the Lord himself as it were consecrated this place
to be a place of execration, by making it the field of his vengeance both before and
after. For first, this was the place where the Angel of the Lord destroied the host of
<hi>Sennacherib</hi> King of <hi>Assyria,</hi> and where one hundred and eighty thousand of their
Carkasses were burnt, according to that, <hi>Esay</hi> 30. 31. <hi>Through the voice of the Lord
shall the Assyrian be beaten down.</hi> V. 33. <hi>For Tophet</hi> (this was a place, I told you, in the
valley of <hi>Hinnom) is ordained of old; yea for the King it is prepared: he hath made it
deep and large, the pile thereof is fire and much wood, the breath of the Lord like a stream
of brimstone doth kindle it.</hi> This was also the place where the Idolatrous Iews were
slain and massacred by the <hi>Babylonian</hi> armies when their City was taken, and their Car<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>kasses
left, for want of room for burial, for meat to the fowls of heaven and beasts
of the field; according to the word of the Lord by the Prophet <hi>Ieremy,</hi> in his se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>venth
and nineteenth Chapters,<note place="margin">Ie. 7. 31, 32, 33. and ch. 19. v. 4, 5, 6.</note> 
                     <hi>The Children of Iudah have built the high places of To<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phet,
which is in the valley of the son of Hinnom, to burn their sons and daughters in the
fire, which I commanded them not, neither came it into my heart. Therefore behold, the
daies come, saith the Lord, that it shall be no more called Tophet, nor the valley of the
son of Hinnom, but the valley of slaughter: For they shall bury in Tophet till there be no
place. And the carkasses of this people shall be meat for the fowls of heaven and the beasts
of the field, and none shall fray them away.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Hence, as I said, this place being so many wayes execrable for what had been done
therein, especially having been as it were the gate to eternal destruction, by so re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>markable
judgments and vengeance of God there executed for sin, it came to be
translated to signifie the <hi>Place of the damned,</hi> as the most accursed, execrable,
and abominable place of all places; the <hi>invisible valley of Hinnom.</hi> For such was
the property of the Iewish Language, to give denominations unto things unseen from
<pb n="32" facs="tcp:63175:67"/>
such analogical and borrowed expressions of things visible. By all which it is appa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rent
that this notion of that name took its beginning after the Captivity and was not
in use before.<note place="margin">Prov. 21. 16.</note>
                  </p>
                  <p>Still therefore we are left to seek, by what other name and under what other no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
this <hi>place of the damned</hi> was expressed before the word <hi>Gehenna</hi> or <hi>Gehinnom</hi> came
to be used. I answer, out of my Text, it seems to have been called <hi>Domus</hi> or <hi>Coetus
Gigantum. Vir qui erraverit à via intelligentiae, in Coetu Gigantum commorabitur, The
man that wandreth out of the way of understanding, shall remain in the congregation of
the Giants;</hi> in the Hebrew <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>in Coetu Rephaim,</hi> which word [<hi>Rephaim</hi>]
properly signifies <hi>Giants,</hi> and to that sense is alwayes rendred by the Seventy, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> though we and the later Interpreters, both in this and some
other places, take it for <hi>manes</hi> or <hi>mortui,</hi> the Souls of the deceased: but the ancient,
I think, deserve the more credit, especially it being confessed that the word elsewhere
so signifies. <hi>In Coetu Gigantum</hi> therefore, that is, of those <hi>Giants</hi> and <hi>Rebels</hi> against
God of whom we read <hi>Gen.</hi> 6. those mighty men and men of renown of the old
World, whose wickedness was so great in the earth, that it repented and grieved
God he had made man; and to take vengeance upon whom he brought the general
Deluge upon the earth, and destroyed both man and beast from the face thereof.
<hi>Vir qui erraverit à via doctrinae</hi> [intelligentiae,] <hi>The man that wandreth out of the way
of understanding,</hi> shall go and keep them company; that is, go to that accursed
place and condition which they are in.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/> That this construction of <hi>Coetus Rephaim</hi> is not improbable, may appear, First, by
the gloss of <hi>Rabbi Solomon</hi> upon this Text, <hi>In Coetu Rephaim,</hi> that is, saith he,
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. <hi>In Coetu Gehennae.</hi> This notion therefore is not altogether new.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/> Secondly, it is strengthened by comparing with other places of Scripture where
the like expression is used; as twice more in this Book of the <hi>Proverbs.</hi> First, Chap.
2. 18. where we read according to the Vulgar, <hi>Domus mulieris alienae inclinata est ad
mortem, &amp; ad in<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>eros semitae ipsius, The house of the strange woman inclineth unto death,
and her paths unto Hell.</hi> Here for <hi>ad inferos, unto Hell,</hi> the Hebrew hath <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>to the Giants;</hi> and the Seventy render it with an <hi>Exegesis,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>She hath put,</hi> or <hi>set, her paths in Hades,</hi> or <hi>Hell, with
the Giants.</hi> Again, Chap. 9. 17, 18. <hi>Aquae furtivae dulciores sunt, &amp; panis absconditus
suavior: Et ignoravit quòd ibi sint Gigantes, &amp; in profundis Inferni convivae ejus:
Stollen waters are sweeter, and hidden bread is more pleasant: but he knoweth not</hi> (namely,
he that goes in to a Strange woman) <hi>that the Giants are there, and that her guests are
in the depths of Hell.</hi> Here in some Editions of the Vulgar are added these words;
<hi>Qui enim applicabitur illi, descendet ad inferos; &amp; qui abscesserit ab illa, salvabitur:
For he that is joyned to her, shall go down to Hell; but he that departs from her, shall
be saved.</hi> An Argument how this place hath been understood; for the meaning of
both these places seems to be no other, but, that the strange woman will bring them
who frequent her, to <hi>Hell,</hi> to keep the Apostate <hi>Giants</hi> company.</p>
                  <p>There is another place in the <hi>Hagiographa</hi> where these <hi>Rephaim</hi> are mentioned, to
wit, <hi>Iob.</hi> 26. 5, 6. which though of a more ambiguous sense and scope, yet as it is
translated by the vulgar Latin (and well enough to agree with the Hebrew) seems
to be no other than a description of <hi>Hell,</hi> with the former. <hi>Gigantes,</hi> saith he, <hi>gemunt
sub aquis, &amp; qui habitant cum eis: Nudus est infernus coram illo (id est, Deo) &amp; nul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lum
est operimentum perditioni.</hi> The meaning hereof seems to be this; The place
where the old <hi>Giants</hi> mourn or wail under the waters, and their fellow-inhabitants, the
rest of the damned with them, even <hi>infernus,</hi> and the place of Perdition it self, is
naked and open to the eyes of God, from whom nothing is hid. Which is agreeable
to that, <hi>Proverbs</hi> 15. 11. <hi>Hell and Destruction are before the Lord: how much more then
the hearts of the children of men?</hi> In this place the Iews take the word <hi>Abaddon,</hi> which
we render <hi>Destruction,</hi> for <hi>Gehenna;</hi> that is, Elliptically, for <hi>Beth Abaddon, the House of
Destruction.</hi> And why then should not the same word be so taken in that place of <hi>Iob;</hi>
and <hi>Nullum est operimentum perditioni, There is no covering for Destruction,</hi> be as much
as, <hi>Nullum est operimentum loco perditionis,</hi> or <hi>Gehennae, There is no covering for the
House</hi> or <hi>Place of Destruction,</hi> or <hi>for Hell?</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Compare with these places in the <hi>Hagiographa</hi> two in the Prophets: One in the
14. of <hi>Esay</hi> v. 9, 10. where by way of a Poetical or Prophetical <hi>hypotyposis</hi> of the
destruction or fall of <hi>Babylon,</hi> the King thereof is brought in coming to the <hi>Rephaims</hi>
or <hi>Giants</hi> in the other world. <hi>Hell</hi> (saith the Text) <hi>from beneath is moved for thee,
to meet thee at thy coming: it stirreth up the Rephaims for thee, even all the chief ones of
<pb n="33" facs="tcp:63175:67"/>
the earth. And they shall say unto thee, Art thou also become weak as we? art thou
become like unto us?</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The other is the 32. of <hi>Ezekiel,</hi> concerning the fall of <hi>Egypt,</hi> where their slain
are bestowed in like manner in the <hi>nethermost parts of the earth,</hi> with the <hi>Gibborim;</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Ver. 18. &amp; <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>1.</note>
which signifies not only <hi>mighty men,</hi> but <hi>Giants,</hi> and so is rendred in this place by the
Seventy<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> And thus much from comparison of places of Scripture.</p>
                  <p>A third Argument to make this notion probable which I have represented, is this;
Because all the expressions almost in Scripture whereby this place of eternal punish<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment
is represented, relate and allude to some places or Stories remarkable for God's
exemplary vengeance executed upon sinners. As that of <hi>Gehenna</hi> to the notorious
Iudgments of God in the valley of the sons of <hi>Hinnom,</hi> for Idolatry and Blasphemy:
that of the <hi>Lake of fire and brimstone,</hi> so often mentioned in the Apocalyps, to the
Lake <hi>Asphaltites,</hi> the lasting monument of those showrs of fire and brimstone from hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven,
wherewith <hi>Sodom</hi> and <hi>Gomorrah</hi> with the rest of the Cities of the Plain perish<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
for their abominable Lusts. Our Saviour's expression in his sentence of condem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nation
[<hi>Go ye cursed into everlasting fire, prepared for the Devil and his Angels</hi>] seems
to relate to the punishment of the <hi>Apostate-Angels,</hi> who for their rebellion were de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>livered
unto chains of darkness against that great day.</p>
                  <p>And was not the destruction of the old world by the general <hi>Deluge of water</hi> as
famous as any of these? yea, not to be parallel'd by any but that second <hi>Deluge of
fire</hi> at the last Iudgment? How improbable is it then, that this should not lend a de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nomination
to the place or state of eternal punishment as well as the rest?</p>
                  <p>Nay, which is more, S. <hi>Peter</hi> in his second Epistle and second Chapter recites these
last three together, as if they had been intended as <hi>Patterns</hi> of the eternal Iudge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment
and punishment of sinful men. V. 4. <hi>For</hi> (saith he) <hi>if God spared not the Angels
that sinned, but cast them down to Hell, and delivered them to chains of darkness<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> to be
reserved unto judgment;</hi> 5. <hi>and spared not the old world, but saved Noah the eighth per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>son,
a Preacher of righteousness, bringing in the Floud upon the world of the<note n="*" place="margin">
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>
                        </note> ungodly,</hi>
(that is, of the <hi>Rephaim;</hi> for so the Seventy sometimes turn it;) 6. <hi>And turning
the Cities of Sodom and Gomorrah into ashes, condemned them with an overthrow, making
them an Ensample</hi> or <hi>Pattern</hi> (mark it well) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, (<hi>i.e.</hi>) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>of the punishment of such as should after live ungodly;</hi> (Hence, as I
told you, was the Lake <hi>Asphaltites,</hi> or the <hi>Lake of fire and brimstone,</hi> borrowed by
S. <hi>Iohn</hi> for a denomination of <hi>Hell</hi>) 7. <hi>And he delivered just Lot, vexed with the silthy
conversation of the wicked:</hi> (If God did this) 9. <hi>He knoweth how to deliver the godly
out of temptations, and to reserve the unjust unto the day of Iudgment, to be punished.</hi>
Ye see the application or reddition; and accordingly how prone the destruction of
the world of the <hi>Rephaim</hi> or ungodly by the Deluge is to give denomination to the
punishment of <hi>Hell,</hi> as well as the other two.</p>
                  <p>And now, I suppose, you look for my Application and putting of the whole Text
together; which I shall dispatch quickly, but with it may be laid to heart often.
<hi>He that goeth astray from the way of understanding,</hi> that is, He that wandreth from
the Law and Discipline of God: (for that indeed is the true Wisdom, <hi>Timor Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mini
principium sapientiae, The fear of God is the prime Wisdom,</hi> (that's the meaning)
or, to speak after our Academical notion, the chief Philosophy; whence, through
all this Book of the <hi>Proverbs,</hi> the wicked man who hath no skill in this Divine Philo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sophy
or Discipline of God, goeth for a <hi>Fool,</hi> and so is called) <hi>must one day go even
to his Fellow-giants; who, as Baruch</hi> says in his third Chapter. v. 28. <hi>were destroyed
because they had no wisdom, and perished through their own foolishness. Vir qui erraverit
à via Doctrinae, in Coetu Gigantum commorabitur.</hi> Are there then any of these <hi>Fools</hi>
amongst us, who profess the study of wisdom, but who shake off the yoke of Disci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pline,
giving themselves to debauched courses, and neglecting the fear of the Lord?
Here they may see whither they must one day go; even to those <hi>Rephaims</hi> of the
old World, whose true sons they are, that is, unto the place of everlasting punish<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment:
From which God deliver us.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="8" type="discourse">
               <pb n="34" facs="tcp:63175:68"/>
               <head>DISCOURSE VIII.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>GENESIS 49. 10.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>The Scepter shall not depart from Iudah, nor a Law-giver from
between his feet, until <hi>SHILOH</hi> come, and unto him shall
the gathering of the People be, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>IT is a Prophesie of the coming of Christ and the time thereof;
namely, when the <hi>Scepter should depart from Iudah,</hi> then should
the coming, reign and <hi>Scepter</hi> of <hi>Messiah</hi> begin, and not till
then: the end of the one should be the beginning of the other.
Whence ariseth our Demonstration against the Iew; If the
<hi>Scepter</hi> be already departed from <hi>Iudah,</hi> as we know it is many
hundred years since, then must Christ needs be come. For
the <hi>Scepter</hi> was <hi>not to depart from Iudah, nor a Law-giver from
between his feet, until Shiloh came.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>For, that <hi>Shiloh</hi> here is the name of <hi>Messiah,</hi> appears by the subjunction annexed,
<hi>that the People</hi> or <hi>Nations</hi> (for it is <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in the plural number) <hi>should be gathered,</hi> or
<hi>be obedient, unto him: Ergo,</hi> He is to be a King of the Nations; and who should this be
but Christ?</p>
                  <p>That the ancient Iews so understood it, appears by all the three Targums or Chal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dee
l'araphrasts. The Targum called of <hi>Ierusalem</hi> renders expresly, <hi>Vntil the time
when <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> King Messiah shall come.</hi> Ionathan, <hi>Vntil the time when Messiah
shall come, a little one of his sons,</hi> that is, of <hi>Iudah's</hi> sons; which one of the late
Rabbies (saith <hi>Buxtorf</hi>) expounds, <hi>Rex Messiah, qui venit ex David,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>The King
Messiah, who came of David, who was the least among the sons of Iesse his father.</hi> Onke<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>los,
<hi>Vntil Messiah come, whose is the Kingdom.</hi> Likewise in their Talmud, <hi>Shiloh</hi> is
reckoned among the names of <hi>Messiah.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Thus we and the ancient Iews agree about the aim and purport of this Scripture.
But we Christians believe further, that it is long since fulfilled; howsoever for the
very <hi>Point of Time</hi> when this Scepter departed from <hi>Iudah,</hi> we vary in our opinions.
Some will have it to have been when <hi>Pompey</hi> first brought the Iewish State under the
Roman subjection. Others a little after, when <hi>Herod,</hi> an <hi>Idumaean</hi> stranger, yet
formerly incorporated into the Iewish State and bloud, was by the <hi>Romans</hi> invested
to be their King, and the <hi>Hasmonaean</hi> or <hi>Maccabaean</hi> race (which till then had
born the chief rule) by him extinguished. Others, not till the destruction and final
dissolution of the Iewish State by <hi>Titus.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>These are principal moments of time to be pitched upon. But against the first,
the subjecting of the Iewish State to the <hi>Romans,</hi> is objected, First, That it antici<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pates
the time of Christ's birth too much, being sixty years before it. Secondly,
That it m<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ght as well be affirmed, that the Scepter departed from <hi>Iudah,</hi> when <hi>Ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>buchadnezzar</hi>
carried them captive to <hi>Babylon,</hi> or when they were subject to the <hi>Per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sian</hi>
and <hi>Greek</hi> Monarchies, as when they were made subject to the <hi>Romans.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Against the second, of <hi>Herod,</hi> lies the same exception that did against the former,
That it was too early, being thirty years and more before the birth of Christ; and
more than twice as much more before his Passion and Ascension, at what time he
began his Kingdom. Secondly, That under the reign of <hi>Herod</hi> the Scepter of <hi>Iudah</hi>
might seem rather to be advanced than departed, forasmuch as they had then a King
of their own reigning over them; and though not of <hi>Iewish</hi> original, yet a <hi>Proselyte,</hi>
and so one of their own body. And if the Scepter were departed from <hi>Iudah,</hi> be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cause
one not of their own Tribe had the soveraign rule over them; why was it not
departed all the time the <hi>Hasmonaean</hi> or <hi>Maccabaean</hi> families, who were <hi>Levites,</hi>
reigned? No man would say that the Scepter were departed from <hi>Poland,</hi> though the
<hi>Polanders</hi> should chuse a <hi>Swede,</hi> a <hi>German,</hi> or a <hi>Frenchman</hi> for their King: So neither
from <hi>Iudah,</hi> though a <hi>Levite,</hi> or <hi>Idumaean</hi> Proselyte were their Prince.</p>
                  <p>Against the last point of time, the dissolution of the <hi>Iewish</hi> Sate by <hi>Titus,</hi> is
<pb n="35" facs="tcp:63175:68"/>
excepted, That it is as much too long after either the Nativity or the Passion of
Christ,<note place="margin">Gen. 49. 10.</note> as the other two were before it, to wit, seventy years after the one, and near
forty after the other.</p>
                  <p>I mean not to enlarge my self any further, in acquainting you with each particular
passage agitated concerning these differing opinions, or alledged in the disputing of
them; lest I should confound rather than instruct the yonger sort, who I desire might
have some smack of these speculations betimes, lest all their life-time after they neg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lect
them, as many do. I have therefore selected only so much as I thought requisite
for the understanding of what I aim at, which is, to shew you such a construction of
these words, with but a little alteration of the common translating, as, being admitted,
will leave no more place for those difficulties wherewith this Question is entangled.</p>
                  <p>FOR the handling whereof, I will divide the remainder of my Discourse into
these two parts: First, I will unfold the words of my Text which seem to have
any difficulty or obscurity in them; secondly, I will apply them to the time where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>in
they were fulfilled.</p>
                  <p>For the first; I begin with the word <hi>Scepter:</hi> which is not to be restrained to
<hi>Kingly Dominion</hi> only, but signifies any <hi>Power</hi> or <hi>Majesty of Government,</hi> under what
form or name soever; whereof a <hi>Rod</hi> or <hi>Staffe</hi> was anciently the ensign; whence
every Tribe is called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> (by the word here used) as being united toge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
under one <hi>staffe</hi> or power of Government. The meaning therefore is not,
that <hi>Iudah</hi> should never cease from having a <hi>King,</hi> or being a <hi>Kingdom;</hi> but that it
should not cease from being a <hi>State,</hi> a body Politick, or Common-wealth, having a <hi>po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wer
of Government</hi> and Iurisdiction within it self, until <hi>Messiah</hi> came: wherefore the
Seventy here for <hi>Sceptrum</hi> or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, translate <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>a Ruler,</hi> not <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>a King;</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
say they, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>There shall not fail a Ruler from Iudah.</hi> For it is cer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tain
that <hi>Iudah</hi> was so far from being a continued <hi>Kingdom</hi> until <hi>Messiah</hi> should come,
that there was no <hi>Kingly Royalty</hi> in that Tribe for more than two third parts of that
time, namely, not till <hi>David,</hi> nor after <hi>Zedekiah,</hi> saving that of the <hi>Maccabees</hi> (who were
<hi>Levites</hi>) and of <hi>Herod</hi> (by original an <hi>Edomite,</hi>) which both put together will not
make eighty years; yet were they never without some <hi>Ruler</hi> or <hi>Rulers</hi> of their own
all that time.</p>
                  <p>The next word I consider is <hi>Law-giver;</hi> which it will not be hard to understand,
if we mark well what is implied by <hi>Scepter:</hi> for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> the word here translated <hi>Law<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>giver,</hi>
signifies not only <hi>a maker of Laws,</hi> but <hi>qui jus dicit,</hi> he that exerciseth Iuris<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>diction;
and so differs not much from the former, if they be not altogether Synony<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ma's.</p>
                  <p>As for the phrase, <hi>from between his feet,</hi> it means nothing else but <hi>of his posierity:</hi>
for so the Scripture modestly expresseth the place of generation; as it doth also by
the word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>the thigh.</hi> For where we read in <hi>Genesis</hi> 46. 26. and again in <hi>Exodus</hi>
1. 5. <hi>All the souls that came out of the loins of Iacob, were seventy souls,</hi> in the Hebrew
it is, All the souls that came out of his <hi>thigh:</hi> whence, by the way, you may ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>serve
the occasion of that Fable, that <hi>Bacchus</hi> or <hi>Dionysius</hi> was bornex <hi>femore Iovis,
out of Iupiter</hi>'s <hi>thigh,</hi> which according to the Oriental expression (whence that
whole story of <hi>Bacchus</hi> came) implied no more than that he was <hi>Iupiter</hi>'s son; but the
Greeks, not understanding the meaning, converted it into that Fable which you all know.</p>
                  <p>Now for the word <hi>Shiloh,</hi> if we derive it as I think we should, it will signifie a
<hi>Peace-maker<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </hi> or <hi>Saviour,</hi> of the verb <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> which signifies <hi>Tranquillus, Pacificus,</hi> or
<hi>Salvus fuit.</hi> And if the <hi>Masorites</hi> had so pleas'd, they might have pointed it <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
which was the name of the eldest son of <hi>Iudah</hi> that surviv'd; in the Hebrew Ety<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mology
can signifie nothing else but <hi>Peaceable</hi> or <hi>Peace-maker.</hi> And whether the Pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>triarch
<hi>Iacob,</hi> or the holy Ghost directing him, might not chuse this name before
any other, to design <hi>Messiah</hi> in this Prophecy, in respect of the allusion it had to one
of <hi>Iudah</hi>'s sons, I will not affirm, but leave to your better consideration. Others,
following the Iewish Rabbies, go farther about, to bring the word <hi>Shiloh</hi> to signifie
<hi>Filius ejus, his Son,</hi> that is, <hi>Iudah</hi>'s; construing the Prophecy thus; <hi>The Scepter shall
not depart from Iudah, till his son</hi> (namely, <hi>Messiah) come.</hi> For <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> they will have put
for the affix <hi>Vau,</hi> as sometimes it is elsewhere; <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> to be for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Secundina,</hi> (that
wherein the Infant is wrapped in the womb) and so by a Metonymie to signifie here
the Child it self. In a word, they will have <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> to be for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Secundina ejus;</hi>
and that to mean <hi>Filius ejus.</hi> But this, methinks, is somewhat too ambiguous, and
therefore less probable: but let every one follow his own judgment.</p>
                  <p>AND now I am come to the Application, to shew at what <hi>Point of Time</hi> this
<pb n="36" facs="tcp:63175:69"/>
Prediction was fulfilled. To make the way plain whereunto, I must first alter a little
the construction of the remaining words, namely, <hi>And unto him shall the gathering of
the People,</hi> or <hi>the Nations, be.</hi> For here the word [<hi>shall,</hi> or <hi>shall be</hi>] is not in the He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brew,
but added in translating, and so may be left out; the words in the Original
being only, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Et ei aggregatio,</hi> or <hi>obedientia, populorum, And to him
the gathering,</hi> or <hi>the obedience, of the people.</hi> I construe therefore the word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or
<hi>Vntil</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, as common to this with the former sentence, namely thus; <hi>The Scep<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter
shall not depart from Iudah,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>until Shiloh come, and the gathering of the people
be to him;</hi> that is, Until <hi>Messiah</hi> come, and the People or Nations be gathered unto
him, the Scepter shall not depart from <hi>Iudah,</hi> &amp;c. Where note, that two things are
specified to come to pass before the Scepter depart from <hi>Iudah,</hi> or <hi>Iudah</hi> ceases
from being a Commonwealth: First, The coming of Christ or <hi>Shiloh</hi> into the world;
Secondly, The gathering of the Nations or Gentiles unto him. For I construe the
word <hi>Vntil,</hi> as I told you, as common to both sentences, <hi>Vntil Shiloh come,</hi> and,
<hi>Vntil the Nations be gathered unto him.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>And now methinks, your thoughts might almost prevent me in designing <hi>the
Time</hi> when this Prediction was fulfilled. Namely, neither when the Iews came
first under the <hi>Roman</hi> subjection; for then <hi>Shiloh</hi> was not yet come: nor under <hi>He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rod,</hi>
or (as some will) seven years after him, when, his son <hi>Archelaus</hi> being banish<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed,
<hi>Iudaea</hi> was reduced into a Province; for though Christ was then born, to wit,
in the end of <hi>Herod</hi>'s reign, yet were not the <hi>Nations</hi> or <hi>Gentiles</hi> yet <hi>gathered</hi> unto
him. But at the destruction of the Iewish State by <hi>Titus,</hi> when both these things
were come to pass, (Christ being come, and the Gentiles converted unto his obedi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ence,)
then did the <hi>Scepter depart from Iudah,</hi> and they cease from being any more
a Commonwealth.</p>
                  <p>That this is the true Application of this Prediction, besides the evidence of the
Event,<note place="margin">Ch. 24. 14.</note> appears by our Saviour's Prophecy of this Destruction of the Iewish State in
the Gospel of S. <hi>Matthew;</hi> where, after he had named some other things to pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cede
it, he adds this for the last Sign, <hi>And this Gospel of the Kingdom</hi> (saith he) <hi>shall
be preached in all the world for a witness unto all Nations, and then shall the End come,</hi>
that is, the end of the Iewish State. When the Gentiles, by the preaching of the
Apostles, should be gathered unto Christ, then should the Iewish Church and Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>monwealth
be utterly dissolved; which till then had continued united under some
Polity and form of Government from its first beginning. For so it pleased the wis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom
of Almighty God, when he would reject the <hi>Iews,</hi> not to dissolve their State,
till he had crected him anew among the <hi>Gentiles.</hi>
                  </p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="9" type="discourse">
               <head>DISCOURSE IX.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>PSALM 8. 2.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>Out of the mouth of Babes and Sucklings thou hast ordained
strength, because of thine Enemies; that thou mightest quell
the Enemy and the Avenger.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>THESE words are alledged by our Blessed Saviour, <hi>Matth.</hi> 21. 16.
and three more of the verses following this by S. <hi>Paul,</hi> to prove
that Christ must reign till he had subdued all his enemies under
his feet: As <hi>Heb.</hi> 2. 6. &amp;c. fully; v. 4. <hi>What is man, that thou art
mindful of him? or the son of man, that thou visitest him?</hi> 5. <hi>For
thou hast made him little lower than the Angels, and hast crowned him
with glory and honour.</hi> 6. <hi>Thou hast made him to have dominion over the works of
thine hands; thou hast put all things under his feet.</hi> Again, 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 15. 24. <hi>Christ</hi>
(saith he) <hi>shall deliver up the Kingdom to God the Father, when he shall have put
down all rule and all authority and power.</hi> 25. <hi>For he must reign till he hath put all
<pb n="37" facs="tcp:63175:69"/>
enemies under his feet.</hi> 26. <hi>The last enemy that shall be destroyed is Death.</hi> 27. <hi>For
he hath put all things under his feet.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Psal. 8. 2.</note> This is the quotation; for it follows presently,
<hi>When he saith, All things are put under him, it is manifest that he is excepted which did
put all things under him.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>How principal a part of the Argument of this Psalm, what is in these two places
cited by S. <hi>Paul</hi> contains, every man may see that reads and compares them. But how
it should be consonant to the meaning of the Psalm, seems very difficult to apprehend.
For he that reads the whole Psalm, would think it were nothing else but a descrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
of <hi>Man's</hi> excellency, whom God had made next to the Angels in Dignity, and
given him dominion over all things he had made. For so after those words, <hi>Thou hast
put all things under his feet,</hi> it follows immediately, <hi>All sheep and oxen, yea and the
beasts of the field, the fowls of the Air, and the fishes of the Sea, and whatsoever passeth
through the paths of the Sea.</hi> But what is the dominion over these to <hi>subduing of Ene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mies,</hi>
which the Apostle cites it for? or how is that which is a description of <hi>man<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>kind</hi>
in general, a Prophecy of <hi>Christ</hi> in special?</p>
                  <p>Some therefore, as in other citations of the Old Testament, so here also, betake
themselves to the covert of an <hi>Allusion;</hi> namely, That the Apostle only borrows the
words of the Psalmist, to express his own, and not the Psalmist's meaning. But how<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>soever
this may have place in some other allegations of the Old Testament, which are
for Illustration or Exornation only; yet when the Testimony is brought for proof
and Demonstration, as this is, it can in no wise be admitted. For how can that
Testimony be of force to conclude any thing, where not the Author's meaning
is brought, but his words only made use of? Others therefore say, That whatsoever
is spoken of the Dignity and Excellency of <hi>Man</hi> in general, is to be understood by
way of eminency of <hi>Christ,</hi> the chief of the sons of men. This indeed is something,
but not enough. For what is the Dignity of man in regard of his Dominion and
Lordship over the creature, to conquering and <hi>subduing of Enemies?</hi> which is that
the Apostle seeks to demonstrate thence.</p>
                  <p>Well, to hold you no longer in suspence, the Key of the interpretation of this
Psalm, and the ground of S. <hi>Paul's</hi> accommodation of that passage [<hi>Thou hast put all
things under his feet</hi>] to Christ's victory, is to be sought in the words I have now
chosen; <hi>Out of the mouth of Babes and Sucklings,</hi> &amp;c. which being first alledged by
our Saviour in the Gospel, in defence of that acclamation given unto him by his
followers, <hi>Hosanna,</hi> (that is, <hi>Save now) to the Son of David;</hi> (which the Pharisees
thought too high an attribute to be deferred to flesh and bloud) this application
thereof by Christ himself gave the Apostle good warrant to interpret the Psalm as he
did, and to ground a Demonstration thereon.</p>
                  <p>I shall therefore divide my Discourse into two parts: First, I will shew the mean<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
of the words as they stand in the Psalm; and secondly, make it appear that our
Saviour in the Gospel cites them according to that meaning.</p>
                  <p>The whole drift therefore of the Psalm is to praise and glorifie God for the digni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty
wherewith he hath invested <hi>Man: What is man</hi> (saith he) <hi>that thou art mindful of
him? or the son of man, that thou visitest him? For thou hast made him a little</hi> (or <hi>not
much) lower than the Angels, and hast crowned him with glory and honour.</hi> This <hi>glory</hi>
and <hi>honour</hi> is exemplified in two particulars: First, in that God hath ordained Man,
even that weak and feeble creature, <hi>Man,</hi> to subdue and conquer his Enemies;
which is that my Text expresses in the words before named, <hi>Out of the mouth of Babes
and Sucklings thou hast ordained strength, because of thine Enemies, that thou mightest
quell the Enemy and the Avenger.</hi> Secondly, in that he hath made man the Lord of all
his Creatures; <hi>Thou hast made him</hi> (saith he) <hi>to have dominion over the works of thine
hands:</hi> then follows, as it were the summing up of both, In a word, <hi>Thou hast put all
things under his feet.</hi> For having ordained him both the Champion to conquer
thine Enemies, and made him at his Creation the Lord and Ruler of the works of
thine hands, <hi>Quid reliquum est?</hi> what honour couldst thou have given him which
thou hast not? <hi>Lord,</hi> (therefore) <hi>what is man, that thou art mindful of him? or the
son of man, that thou visitest him?</hi> Where is to be observed, that the Corollarie, <hi>Thou
hast put all things under his feet,</hi> comes in before his time, namely, before the descrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
of this exemplification of man's dominion over the creature was fully ended; as
if the Prophet out of admiration, could hold no longer from telling us the sum of that
Dignity wherewith man was invested. <hi>Thou hast made him</hi> (saith he) <hi>to have
Dominion over the works of thine hands,</hi> and so, one way or other, <hi>Thou hast
put all things under his feet.</hi> Then follows the other part of the Description,
<pb n="38" facs="tcp:63175:70"/>
                     <hi>All Sheep and Oxen,</hi> over these thou hast made him have Dominion, <hi>the Beasts of the
field, the Fowls of the Aire, and the Fishes of the Sea:</hi> whereas in direct order it
should have stood thus; <hi>Thou hast made him have Dominion over the works of thine
hands, over all Sheep and Oxen, the Beasts of the Field, and Fowls of the Air, and
Fishes of the Sea;</hi> and so in the upshot, <hi>Thou hast put all things under his feet.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>For this last particular of man's Dignity, <hi>to have Dominion over the Creatures,</hi>
it is so plainly and evidently intended in the Psalm, that I shall need speak no more
of it: I return therefore to the former, to make it clear also, <hi>That God ordained man,
not only to exercise Dominion over the visible creatures, but to be the Champion to con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quer
and subdue his Enemies:</hi> Which is the drift of the words I have chosen for my
Text.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Out of the mouth of Babes and Sucklings</hi> (saith he) that is, of Mankind, who springs
from so weak and poor a beginning as of Babes and Sucklings; namely, out of the
mouths of <hi>Babes,</hi> not in <hi>sensu composito,</hi> but <hi>diviso,</hi> of such whose condition is to be
<hi>Babes</hi> and <hi>Sucklings:</hi> Not that they should exercise this strength he speaks of, <hi>to
quell the Enemy and the Avenger,</hi> while they were <hi>Babes;</hi> but that this power
should be given to such whose condition was to be such. And this is marvellous
enough, that God should advance so weak a creature, and of so despicable a begin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ning,
to such a power, as to grapple with the Enemy and overcome him. But behold,
there is yet something more admirable, namely, that this should not be done by the
strength of his <hi>Arm,</hi> but by the breath and power of his <hi>Mouth; Out of the mouth of
Babes and Sucklings thou hast ordained strength, because of thine Enemies, &amp;c.</hi> What
Enemies? <hi>Thine,</hi> saith the Psalmist, and such too as are <hi>Vltores, Avengers,</hi> the Enemies
of both God and Mankind. And who are those but Satan and his Angels, those Prin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cipalities
and Powers of the Air, those <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, and <hi>Rulers of the Darkness of
this world,</hi> as S. <hi>Paul</hi> speaks? For when <hi>Mankind</hi> is the one party, what can the other
be but some Power that is not of Mankind? Besides, who are the <hi>Enemies</hi> both of
God and Mankind but these? and of mankind especially; <hi>I will put Enmity</hi> (saith
God to the Serpent) <hi>between thee and the woman, and between thy seed and her seed:</hi>
hence he is called <hi>Satan,</hi> the Adversary or Fiend, and <hi>the Enemy</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Behold
I give you power,</hi> (saith our Saviour to the seventy Disciples, <hi>Luke</hi> 10. 19.) <hi>to tread
on serpents and scorpions, and over all the power of the Enemy; Your Adversary the
Devil</hi> (saith S. <hi>Peter.</hi>)<note place="margin">1 <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>p. 5. 8.</note> And this is he (as I conceive) who is here called the <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <hi>the Enemy and the Avenger;</hi> man's tormentor: which words being found
again in the 44. <hi>Psalm</hi> v. 16. may, for ought I know, by warrant of this place, be ta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ken
for the same Enemy, and the usual distinction altered, and the place read thus,
<hi>By reason of the Enemy and the Avenger, all this</hi> (to wit, the Calamity and confusion he
spake of before) <hi>is come upon us;</hi> that is, by the malice of Satan. Now that such Ene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mies
as these should be subducd by an <hi>Arm,</hi> yea, by a <hi>Mouth</hi> of flesh, is a thing which
might justly make the Prophet cry out, <hi>Lord, what is man, &amp;c.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Now that this which I have given is the true meaning of this place, may be ga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thered
from S. <hi>Paul's</hi> inculcating the word <hi>Enemy,</hi> when (1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 15. 24. <hi>&amp;c.</hi>) he de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>monstrates
out of this Psalm, that Christ, before the end, shall abolish <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>all rule, and all authority, and power; For he must reign,</hi>
saith he, <hi>till he hath put all Enemies under his feet: The last Enemy which shall be de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stroyed is Death:</hi> and then he alledges for his proof that Corollary in this Psalm,
<hi>For he hath put all things under his feet.</hi> But in all this Psalm there is no mention
of <hi>Enemies,</hi> or <hi>subduing them,</hi> but only in the Verse I have in hand; which unless it
be thus expounded, S. <hi>Paul's</hi> allegation from hence will be too narrow to prove what
he intendeth.</p>
                  <p>HAVING thus cleared the words I chose for my Theme, I shall not need spend
much time to shew you how directly and literally the purport of them was fulfilled
in our Blessed Saviour's Incarnation: You have, in part, heard such Scriptures al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ready
as do evince it. The sum is this: The Devil by sin brought mankind under
thraldom, and became the Prince of this world, himself with his Angels being wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>shipped
and served every where as Gods; and the service and honour due to the
great God, the Creator of heaven and earth, cast off and abandoned: and all this to
receive at last, for reward, eternal woe and everlasting death. To vanquish and
exterminate this Enemy, and redeem the world from this miserable thraldom, the
Son of God took upon him, not the nature of <hi>Angels,</hi> (which might have been
the Enemies matches) but the nature of weak and despicable <hi>Man,</hi> that grows from
a babe and suckling. <hi>Who</hi> (saith <hi>Esay,</hi> in that famous Prophecy of Messiah) <hi>hath
<pb n="39" facs="tcp:63175:70"/>
believed our report? and to whom is the Arm of the Lord revealed?</hi> (namely, that
works such powerful things by weak means:) <hi>For he shall grow</hi> [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>] <hi>as a tender
plant</hi> or <hi>sucker;</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Chap. 53 1, 2.</note> (it is the very word here used in my Text for a <hi>sucking</hi> child, and
translated by the Seventy <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>) <hi>and as a root out of a dry ground,</hi> that is, a small
and little one.</p>
                  <p>This is that whereof S. <hi>Paul</hi> discourses so divinely in the Epistle to the Hebrews:
<hi>To which of the Angels said he at any time,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Heb. 1. 13.</note> 
                     <hi>Sit thou on my right hand, till I make thine
enemies thy footstool?</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Chap. 2. v. 5.</note> 
                     <hi>For unto the Angels hath he not put in subjection the world to come,
whereof we speak:</hi> but unto him of whom it is said, <hi>What is man, that thou art mind<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ul
of him,</hi> &amp;c?<note place="margin">V. 6.</note> Again, <hi>We see Iesus, who was made little lower than the Angels,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">V. 9.</note> (that is,
was made man, that's the meaning) <hi>for the suffering of death, crowned with Glory and
Honour:</hi> what can be so plain as this?<note place="margin">Luke 1. 74.</note> It is the <hi>Son of man</hi> by whom in part we are,
and more fully shall be, <hi>delivered out of the hands of our enemies,</hi> that we <hi>might serve</hi>
the true God <hi>without fear;</hi> as <hi>Zachary</hi> sayes in his <hi>Benedictus.</hi> It is the <hi>Son of man</hi>
that delivered us <hi>from the power of darkness, Col.</hi> 1. 13. The <hi>Son of man,</hi> that <hi>spoiled
Principalities and Powers, and made a shew of them openly, Col.</hi> 2. 15. It was no <hi>Angel</hi>
that did all this, but the <hi>Son of man;</hi> even as was prophesied from the beginning,
when the Devil first got his Dominion, that <hi>the Seed of the Woman should break the
Serpent's head.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Nor is this all; For this Son of man enables also other Sons of men, his Disciples
and Ministers, to do the like in his name. <hi>The seventy</hi> Disciples in the Gospel <hi>return<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
with joy,<note place="margin">Luke 10. 17.</note> saying, Lord, even the Devils are subject to us through thy name:</hi> Yea, not
these only, but as many as fight under his Banner against these Enemies have promise
they shall at length quell and utterly subdue them; yea, at that great Day shall sit
with their Lord and Master,<note place="margin">1 Cor. 6. 2, 3.</note> to judge and condemn them. <hi>Do ye not know,</hi> saith S.
<hi>Paul, that the Saints shall judge the world? know ye not that we shall judge Angels?</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Lastly, This victory, as for the <hi>event,</hi> so for the <hi>manner</hi> of atchieving it, is agree<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>able
to our Prophecy: Forasmuch as Christ our General nor fights nor conquers by
force of Arms, but by the power of his Word and Spirit, which is the power of his
<hi>Mouth,</hi> according to my Text, <hi>Out of the mouth of Babes,</hi> &amp;c. Hence, in the<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 1. 16. &amp; c<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ap. 19. 15, 21.</note> Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>calyps,
Christ appears with a <hi>sword going out of his mouth:</hi> In the 2 <hi>Thess.</hi> 2. 8. it is said,
<hi>He shall consume that wicked one</hi> (that is, <hi>Antichrist) with the Spirit of his mouth:
Esay</hi> prophesies, Chap. 11. 4. that <hi>the Branch of Iesse should smite the earth with the
rod of his mouth, and with the breath of his lips should slay the wicked;</hi> that is, he does
all <hi>nutu &amp; verbo, by his word and command,</hi> as God made the world: <hi>By the word of
the Lord were the Heavens made, and all the Hoast of them by the breath of his mouth<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>
Psal.</hi> 33. 6. So doth Christ vanquish his enemies, and enable his Ministers to vanquish
them, <hi>Verbo &amp; Spiritu oris, by his Word and the Spirit of his mouth,</hi> according to that
<hi>Hos.</hi> 6. 5. <hi>I have hewed them by</hi> my <hi>Prophets, and slain them by the words of my mouth.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>I come now to the Second thing I propounded; namely, to shew that our Saviour
in the Gospel, when he cited this place, alledged it for and according to this, and
no other, meaning.<note place="margin">Matth. 21. 15, 16.</note> The Evangelist relates it thus; <hi>When the chief Priests and
Scribes saw the wonderful things that Iesus did, and the children in the Temple crying,
and saying, Hosanna to the Son of David; they were sore displeased, and said unto him,
Hearest thou what these say?</hi> how they ascribe the power of salvation (which is God's
peculiar) to thee who art a <hi>Son of man?</hi> Is that solemn acclamation of <hi>Save now,</hi>
wherewith we are wont to glorifie God, fit to be given to thee? Our Saviour an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>swers,
<hi>Yes; For have ye not read,</hi> (saith he) <hi>Out of the mouth of Babes and Sucklings
thou hast ordained strength?</hi> Consider what that means: You will wonder perhaps,
that a thing so plain could be taken in a differing meaning; for it is commonly suppo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sed
to be alledged only to prove that children should glorifie Christ, whilest the great
ones of the world despised him. And there are two things which have occasioned this
mistake, and drawn the sense awry. The first is, because the Seventy (according to
which the Evangelist reads this place) in stead of <hi>strength</hi> translate here <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>praise,
Out of the mouth of Babes and Sucklings thou hast ordained praise.</hi> Secondly, because
those that made this acclamation are said to have been <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Children, When they saw
the wonderful things which Iesus did,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>and the Chil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dren
crying in the Temple.</hi> To the first I answer, Our Saviour alledged not the
words of the Psalm in Greek, but in Hebrew; where it is <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Strength,</hi> which
is the constant signification thereof through the whole Bible, and never <hi>Praise:</hi>
nor do the Seventy themselves ever translate it otherwise, save, as it seems, in this
place. But whatsoever the use of the word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> be otherwise, it must be here
<pb n="40" facs="tcp:63175:71"/>
regulated by the Hebrew verity, according to which our Saviour alledged it, and
must signifie not simply <hi>Praise,</hi> but <hi>Robur praedicandum,</hi> or <hi>Robur laude dignum, Robur
celebrandum, Strength worthy to be celebrated</hi> or <hi>praised,</hi> or the like. To the second,
That they are called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Children</hi> who made this acclamation of <hi>Hosanna</hi> to our
<milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/> Saviour, I answer, Be it so; yet I am sure they were no <hi>Babes and Sucklings,</hi> but of
reasonable years: How then would our Saviour's quotation have in such a sense
<milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/> been pertinent? Besides, <hi>Young children</hi> are not properly called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, but <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.
<milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="3"/> Again, the Pharisees found no fault with the speakers, but with the thing spoken,
which they thought too much for a man; and therefore our Saviour, when he al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ledged
this Scripture, answered to that, and intended not to apologize for the spea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>kers.
Fourthly, In all reason, those who cried here <hi>Hosanna</hi> in the Temple, were
<milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="4"/> the same company that brought him crying <hi>Hosanna</hi> all the way thither: But these
(saith S. <hi>Mark</hi>)<note place="margin">Mark 11. 9.</note> were of the <hi>multitude</hi> which followed him; as S. <hi>Luke,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Luke 19. 37.</note> of the <hi>mul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>titude
of the Disciples;</hi> who also tells us, that the<note n="*" place="margin">V. 39. Christ calls his Disciples <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>. Iohn 21. 5.</note> Pharisees, who were offended
thereat, bad him rebuke his Disciples. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> therefore here signifies either Christ's
Disciples, or the retinue which followed him, and brought him up thither as a King:
Take which you will, you shall not fasten upon <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> any notion other than
usual. I shall not need to tell you, that the <hi>Disciples</hi> of the Prophets are called the
<hi>Sons</hi> of the Prophets, that is, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or that <hi>Herod's</hi> Courtiers,
<hi>Matth.</hi> 14. 2. are termed his <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>He said <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, This is Iohn the
Baptist,</hi> &amp;c.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="10" type="discourse">
               <head>DISCOURSE X.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>ZACHARIAH 4. 10.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>These Seven are the eyes of the Lord, which run to and fro through
the whole earth.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>IT is hard to keep a mean; which as it appears in many things
else, so in the <hi>Doctrine and Speculation of Angels,</hi> whereunto
men were heretofore so much addicted, as they pursued it not
only to vain and ungrounded Theories, but even to Idolatry
and Superstition. There were in the Apostles times who <hi>in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>truded
into things they had not seen:</hi> There were then who be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guiled
men with <hi>a voluntary humility in worshipping of Angels,
Col.</hi> 2. 18. What after-times brought forth, I shall not need speak.
That ancient and high-soaring (though counterfeit) <hi>Dionysius</hi>
describes the Hierarchy of <hi>Angels</hi> as exactly as if he had dwelt amongst them, deliver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
unto us <hi>nine Orders</hi> of them out of <hi>nine words,</hi> found partly in the Old, partly in
the New Testament; <hi>Seraphims, Cherubims,</hi> and <hi>Thrones; Powers, Hosts,</hi> and <hi>Domini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons;
Principalities, Arch-angels,</hi> and <hi>Angels;</hi> and tells us the several natures, distincti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons,
and properties of them all. Whereas it cannot be shewn out of Scripture, either
that some of these names concur not, (as <hi>Angels</hi> not to be a common name to all the
rest, especially to comprehend <hi>Arch-angels</hi>) or that these are denominations of the
<hi>natures</hi> of Angels, and not of their <hi>offices</hi> and <hi>charges</hi> only: yet have these <hi>nine
Orders</hi> passed for current through so many Ages of the Church.</p>
                  <p>But we, who together with divers Superstitions have justly rejected also these
vain and ungrounded curiosities, are fallen into the other extreme, having buried
<hi>the Doctrine of Angels</hi> in silence, making little or no enquiry at all, what God in his
Word hath revealed concerning them: which yet would make not a little for the
understanding of Scripture, wherein are so many passages having reference to them,
and therefore questionless something revealed concerning them.</p>
                  <p>I shall not therefore do amiss, if I chuse for my Discourse at this time a particular
of that kind which <hi>Dionysius</hi> in all his Speculations hath not a word of, and yet seems
to have strong footing in Scripture: It is this.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="41" facs="tcp:63175:71"/>The Iews have an ancient Tradition, that there are <hi>Seven</hi> principal Angels
which minister before the Throne of God,<note place="margin">Zach. 4. 10.</note> and are therefore called <hi>Arch-angels;</hi> some
of whose names we have in Scripture, as <hi>Michael, Gabriel, Raphael,</hi> and in the se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cond
Book of<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 4. 36 <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                           <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>Esdras</hi> mention is made of <hi>Ieremiel</hi> the Arch-angel. This Tradition
we shall find recorded in the Book of <hi>Tobit</hi> (whose antiquity is before the Birth of
our Saviour:) For there the Angel who in the shape of <hi>Azariah</hi> had accompained
his son into <hi>Media,</hi> when he discovers himself, speaks in this manner, <hi>I am Raphael,
one of the Seven Angels which stand and minister before the Holy Blessed One,</hi> (that is,
<hi>God.</hi>) The Greek hath <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, &amp;c. <hi>which present
the Prayers of the Saints, and go in and out before the Glory of the Holy One.</hi> But neither
S. <hi>Hierome,</hi> who translated it out of the Chaldee, nor the ancient Hebrew Copy set
forth by <hi>Paulus Fagius,</hi> (and in likelihood translated out of the same Chaldee Ori<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ginal)
hath any such matter, but read as I first quoted. And therefore it se<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ms to be
an addition, or liberty of the greek Translator, who thought their Ministery to con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sist
in presenting the Prayers of the Saints, and so translated accordingly.</p>
                  <p>This Tradition is farther testified by <hi>Ionathan ben Vziel</hi> the Chalde<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> Paraphrast,
<hi>Gen.</hi> 11. 7. where the Lord's words, spoken in the plural number, <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <hi>go down, and let us confound their language,</hi> are paraphrased in this <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <hi>spake unto the Seven Angels which stand before him, Go to now let us go</hi> 
                     <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap> Whe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
rightly or fitly in this place, it matters not: the Testimony is <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap> for the
Iewish Tradition of <hi>Seven Arch-angels</hi> that stand before the Throne of God.</p>
                  <p>This Tradition <hi>Iunius</hi> saith is Magical, and not a little triumphs therein, a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> an
undoubted Argument to evince the Book of <hi>Tobit</hi> not to be Canonical. But wh<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>t<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>o<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ever
the Book of <hi>Tobit</hi> be, I hope to shew this Tradition to have firm ground and
footing in Scripture, and not so rashly to be rejected.</p>
                  <p>The chief and most clear place is this I have now read, which gives us to understand
that these <hi>Seven Angels</hi> were represented by that Candlestick of <hi>Seven Lemps</hi> which
continually burned in the Temple, before the Veil, over against the Mercy-seat,
which was the Throne of God. For in the beginning of the Chapter the Prophet
being shewed this <hi>Seven lamped</hi> Candlestick in a Vision, and <hi>two Olive-branches</hi> on
each side ministring oyl to the Lamps thereof; the Angel asketh him (ver. 5.) if he
knew what these meant. The Prophet answers, <hi>No, my Lord.</hi> Then the Angel,
discoursing a little by way of Preface, tells him what they were; <hi>These Seven,</hi> saith
he, that is, the Seven Lamps, <hi>are the seven Eyes of the Lord, which run to and fro
through the whole earth;</hi>
                     <note place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                           <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                        </gap> 16. 9</note> that is, those Seven Vigils, or prime Ministers of his Provi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dence,
the <hi>Seven Arch-angels.</hi> As for the <hi>two Olive-trees</hi> on each-side, <hi>These are,</hi> saith
he, <hi>the two anointed ones, which stand before the Lord of the whole earth,</hi> (v. 14.) that
is, <hi>Zorobabel</hi> and <hi>Iesua,</hi> the Prince and Priest of that time; which should be God's
two Instruments on earth, whereby his Church (signified by the Candlestick) should
be re-established, and his Temple builded: and that <hi>not by force or strength,</hi> (as he
saith in his Preface v. 6.) <hi>but by the Spirit of God</hi> working with them; as the Olive<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trees
here conveyed oyl to the Candlestick, not after a natural and usual, but a su<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pernatural
and secret manner. This interpretation of the latter hath the suffrage
of the best Expositors, both Iews and Christians; and so I shall need say no more
of it, but betake my self to make good the first, concerning the words I chose for
my Text, <hi>That those Seven Eyes of God, signified by the Seven Lamps, are Seven Angels.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>That this is so, I prove out of two places of the Apocalyps derived from hence;
where as well the <hi>Seven Lamps</hi> before the Throne, as the Lamb's <hi>Seven Eyes,</hi> are said
to be the <hi>Seven Spirits</hi> of God: <hi>I saw</hi> (saith S. <hi>Iohn</hi> Ch. 4. 5.) <hi>Seven Lamps before the
Throne, which are the Seven Spirits of God.</hi> And again, Ch. 5. 6. <hi>I saw in the midst
of the Throne, and of the four Beasts,</hi> (as we translate it) <hi>and of the four and twenty
Elders, a Lamb, as if he had been slain, having seven horns, and seven eyes, which are
the Seven Spirits of God sent forth into all the earth.</hi> Here, first, we have <hi>Zacharie's</hi> very
words, <hi>Seven eyes sent forth into all the earth:</hi> secondly, that these <hi>Seven eyes</hi> are the
<hi>Seven Spirits</hi> of God: thirdly, that these <hi>Seven Spirits</hi> were represented by the <hi>Seven
Lamps</hi> burning before the Throne. If this be not sufficient to make my interpreta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
of <hi>Zacharie's</hi> good, I know not what can be. For who can now but think that
the Iews derived their Tradition of these <hi>Seven Angels</hi> from this place of <hi>Zachary,</hi>
and the Apocalyps from them both?</p>
                  <p>And that indeed the Iews supposed some such thing meant by the <hi>Seven Lamps</hi>
in the Temple, appears by the report of <hi>Iosephus,</hi> though depraved and fashio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ned
unto the capacity of the Gentiles. For he tells us (both in his Antiquities,
<pb n="42" facs="tcp:63175:72"/>
                     <hi>Lib.</hi> 3. <hi>cap.</hi> 7. and in his <hi>De Bello Iudaico, Lib.</hi> 6. <hi>cap.</hi> 6. <hi>Gr. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</hi>) that the Seven
Lamps signified the seven Planets, and the most holy place within the veil, (<hi>Antiq.</hi>
l. 3. <hi>cap.</hi> 5.) the Heaven of God or Heaven of Glory; and that therefore the
Lamps stood<note n="*" place="margin">Antiq. l. 3. cap. 7.</note> slope-wise, as it were to express the obliquity of the Zodiack. Now
it is true that the Iewish Astrologians, favouring of Gentilisme, make these Seven
Angels the Prefects of the Seven Planets; which they seem to have learned in part
from the Greek Philosophy: which conceit, howsoever it be vain and groundless,
yet may be as a Key to understand the meaning of this of <hi>Iosephus.</hi> And one thing
more;<note place="margin">1 Rom. 19.</note> If the visible things of God may be learned, as S. <hi>Paul</hi> says, from the Creation
of the world, why may not the Invisible and Intelligible World be learned from the
Fabrick of the Visible? the one (it may be) being the Pattern of the other. But
to let this pass, and return again to the Apocalyps:</p>
                  <p>Where concerning the places alledged, there may be two things objected. First,
That the <hi>Seven Spirits</hi> there mentioned are, and may be, expounded of the <hi>Holy
Ghost,</hi> thus represented in respect of those <hi>seven-fold</hi> (that is, manifold) Graces he
communicates unto the Church. I answer, that many indeed have so taken it: but,
besides the unco<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>thness of expressing <hi>one</hi> Spirit by <hi>seven,</hi> there is a reason in the Text
why they cannot be so taken; namely, because not only the <hi>Seven Lamps</hi> are said
to be those <hi>Seven Spirits</hi> of God, but the <hi>Seven eyes</hi> and <hi>Seven Horns</hi> of the Lamb
also to be the same. Now it will be very hard and harsh to make the Holy Ghost
the Horns and Eyes of Christ, as he is the Lamb of God that taketh away the sins of
the world, that is, as he is Man: Above Angels indeed the Man <hi>Iesus</hi> is exalted,
and that too for the suffering of death, that is, as the Lamb; but not above the Holy
Ghost. This made not only <hi>Drusius,</hi> but even <hi>Beza</hi> himself, in his Notes upon
this place to affirm, it could not be meant of the Holy Ghost, but of Seven <hi>created</hi>
Spirits.</p>
                  <p>A second scruple is, How (if they be <hi>created</hi> Spirits) <hi>Iohn</hi> could pray for <hi>Grace
and Peace</hi> from them:<note place="margin">Rev. 1. 4, 5.</note> 
                     <hi>Grace be unto you,</hi> (saith he) <hi>and peace from him which is, which
was, and is to come; and from the seven spirits which are before his Throne, and from
Iesus Christ the faithful witness,</hi> &amp;c. Would he pray for <hi>Grace</hi> and <hi>Peace from Angels?</hi>
I answer, Why not? For first, He praies not to them; but unto God, unto whom
such votes are tendered. Secondly, He praies for <hi>Grace</hi> and <hi>Peace</hi> from them,
not as <hi>Authors,</hi> but as the <hi>Instruments</hi> of God in the dispensation thereof. <hi>Are they
not</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>ministring Spirits,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">
                        <hi>H<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap>.</hi> 
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. 14.</note> 
                     <hi>sent forth to minister for them who shall
be heirs of Salvation?</hi> And, if it be no Idolatry to pray unto God to give <hi>Grace</hi>
and <hi>Peace</hi> from the outward Ministery of his Word; no more is it to pray unto him
for it from the invisible Ministery. For certainly it is lawful to pray unto God for
a blessing from an Instrument, which he is wont to give us by an Instrument. Second<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly,
It may be said, it being a Salutation, that the words [<hi>Grace</hi> and <hi>Peace</hi>] need
not be taken in that special and strict sense, but in the large and general, wherein <hi>Grace</hi>
sounds favour at large, and <hi>Peace</hi> all manner of prosperity. In which sense no man
will deny but the blessed Angels have an interest in the dispensation of the favours
and blessings of God to his Church; and so God may be prayed to to give them, as
he is wont, by their Ministery. <hi>Grace and Peace from him which is, which was, and
is to come,</hi> as the Author and Giver; <hi>and from the Seven Spirits,</hi> as the Instruments;
<hi>and from Iesus Christ,</hi> as the Mediator.</p>
                  <p>There is yet one place more in the Apocalyps to confirm this Tradition, Chap. 8. 2.
<hi>I saw,</hi> saith S. <hi>Iohn,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>the Seven Angels
which stood before God.</hi> Is not this as plain as <hi>Tobit?</hi> Why should then the one be
accounted Magical rather than the other?</p>
                  <p>I add moreover, that these Angels are those <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. <hi>Principes primarii</hi>
or <hi>chief Princes,</hi> mentioned in the 10. of <hi>Daniel</hi> 13. <hi>Michael one of the chief Princes</hi>
(saith the Angel there) <hi>came to help me:</hi> Now <hi>Michael,</hi> we know, is one of the
Arch-angels;<note place="margin">1 Tim. 5. 21.</note> and why therefore may not these <hi>chief Princes</hi> be those <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
whereof S. <hi>Paul</hi> speaks in his adjuration to <hi>Timothy? I charge thee</hi> (saith
he) <hi>before God, and the Lord Iesus Christ, and the Elect Angels;</hi> not the good Angels
at large, but those <hi>Angeli eximii,</hi> the Seven Arch-angels which stand before the
Throne of God.</p>
                  <p>And it may, not without reason, be conjectured, that those <hi>Seven chief Princes</hi>
famed in the <hi>Persian</hi> Monarchie took their beginning from hence; namely, that
<hi>Daniel</hi> (who in respect of his account for wisdom, and of his power under <hi>Da<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rius</hi>
the <hi>Mede,</hi> had a main stroke in the moulding and framing the Government of
<pb n="43" facs="tcp:63175:72"/>
that State) caused the <hi>Persian</hi> Court to resemble that of Heaven, ordaining <hi>Seven
chief Princes</hi> to stand before the King. Of which we find twice mention in Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture:
as in the Book of <hi>Esther,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Chap. 1. 14.</note> where they are recorded by name, and styled <hi>the
seven Princes of Media and Persia, who saw the King's face, and sate first in the king<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom:</hi>
and in the Commission granted to <hi>Ezra</hi> by <hi>Artaxerxes, Ezra</hi> 7. 14. they are
called <hi>the King's seven Counsellors; Forasmuch as thou art sent by the King, and his se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven
Counsellors, &amp;c.</hi> And, it may be, the Church of <hi>Ierusalem,</hi> when they chose
<hi>Seven Deacons</hi> to minister unto their Bishop, had an eye the same way.</p>
                  <p>HITHERTO of the <hi>Number</hi> of these Arch-angels; now a word or two of
their <hi>Office.</hi> And that is, First, to be the universal Inspectors of the whole world,
and the Rulers and Princes of the whole Angelical host: which appears in that they
are called <hi>Principes primarii,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>chief Princes,</hi> and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Arch<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>angels</hi>
(i.) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Chief of the Angels:</hi> their universal jurisdiction is
meant by the words [<hi>sent forth into the whole world,</hi>] whereas the rest are limited to
certain places. Secondly, to have the peculiar Charge and Guardianship of the
Church and affairs thereof, whilst the rest of the world,
with their Polities, Kingdoms and Governments, is com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mitted
to the care of<note n="*" place="margin">Clemens Alex. Strem. lib. 7. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> (s<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>l, <hi>F<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap>
                           <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>us Dei</hi>) <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, <hi>by the subordi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                           <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>ate Angels. Vide &amp;</hi> Cleme<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>m Romanum Epist. ad C<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>rinth, <hi>ubi ci<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                              <desc>•••</desc>
                           </gap>
                        </hi> Deut. 32. 8, 9. <hi>s<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>cundum versio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nem</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>LXX.</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>qui non</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, sed <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, <hi>legisse videntur. Vide &amp;</hi> Irenaeum, l. 3. cap. 12.</note> 
                     <hi>subordinate Angels,</hi> who, accord<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
to their several charges, may seem to carry those
names of<note n="a" place="margin">Origen seems to acknowledge but feur Orders, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> Contra C<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>s. l. 4.</note> 
                     <hi>Thrones, Principalities, Powers</hi> and <hi>Domini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons.</hi>
That the charge of the Church, <hi>quà talis,</hi> belongs
thus peculiarly and immediately to the <hi>Seven Arch-angels,</hi>
may appear by S. <hi>Iohn</hi>'s saluting the Churches with a Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nediction
of <hi>Grace</hi> and <hi>Peace</hi> from their ministery; and
the typing of them by the <hi>Seven Eyes</hi> and <hi>Horns</hi> of the
Lamb, as Powers which the Father, since he exalted
Him to be Head of his Church, hath annexed to his Iurisdiction. Hence it comes to
pass, that we find these Angels peculiarly, both before and in the Gospel, to have
been employed about the Church-affairs. In the Old Testament, the Angiel <hi>Gabriel</hi>
(one of the <hi>Seven</hi>) revealed to <hi>Daniel</hi> the time of the restauration of the Iewish
State, and coming of <hi>Messiah:</hi> and the Angel <hi>Michael</hi> (one of the chief Princes)
was his assistant, when he strengthened <hi>Darius</hi> the <hi>Mede</hi> who founded the Monarchy
which should restore them, and is in special termed (<hi>Dan.</hi> 12. 1.) <hi>the Prince that stood
for</hi> Daniel<hi>'s people.</hi> In the Gospel, we find the same Angel <hi>Gabriel</hi> imployed both
to <hi>Zachary</hi> and the <hi>Blessed Virgin</hi> with the Evangelical Tidings; and that <hi>Zachary</hi>
might take notice that he was one of the <hi>Seven,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Luke 1. 19.</note> he says unto him, <hi>I am Gabriel that
stand in the presence of God.</hi> Likewise in the Churches combate with the Dragon,
<hi>Apocal.</hi> 12. 7, <hi>&amp;c. Michael</hi> and his Angels are said to be her Champions, and in her
quarrel to have cast the Dragon and his Angels down to the Earth. And in this Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phecy
of<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 3. 9.</note> 
                     <hi>Zachary</hi> it is said, that these <hi>Seven eyes</hi> of the Lord took care of one stone,
which <hi>Zorobabel</hi> laid for the foundation of the Temple; and therefore the work
could not be disappointed, but should certainly at length be finished. So as by this
time we may guess the meaning of that which <hi>Hanani</hi> the Seer told King <hi>Asa</hi> (2 <hi>Chron.</hi>
16. 9.) <hi>The Eyes of the Lord</hi> (that is, these Seven Eyes) <hi>run to and fro through the
whole Earth, to shew themselves strong in the behalf of those whose hearts are perfect to<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wards
him.</hi>
                  </p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="11" type="discourse">
               <pb n="44" facs="tcp:63175:73"/>
               <head>DISCOURSE XI.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>S. MARK 11. 17.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>Is it not written, My House shall be called a House of Prayer
<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> to all [the] Nations?</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>THEY are the words of our Blessed Saviour, when he cast the Buyers
and Sellers and Money-changers out of the Temple, and forbad to carry
any vessels through it. Concerning which story it is worth observ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on,
that our Saviour whilst he was upon earth never exercised any
Kingly or coactive Iurisdiction, but in vindicating his Father's House
from prophanation. And this he did two several times: Once at the
first Passeover, after he began his Prophesie, whereof you may read <hi>Iohn</hi> 2. 14, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
and now again at his last Passeover, when he came to give his soul a sacrifice for sin.
This is that which S. <hi>Mark</hi> relates in this place, as do also two other of the Evange<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lists,
S. <hi>Matthew</hi> and S. <hi>Luke.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Matth. 21. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> The vindication of God's House from Prophanation
(how little account soever we are wont to make thereof) was with out Blessed Savi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>our
<hi>Alpha</hi> and <hi>Omega,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Luke 19. 46.</note> the first and last of his care; <hi>ubi incipit, ibi desinit.</hi> The con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sideration
of which, how momentous it is, I leave to your selves to judge. Thus
much by way of Preface.</p>
                  <p>NOW for understanding the words I have chosen, I will divide my Discourse in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
a <hi>Question</hi> and an <hi>Observation.</hi> The <hi>Question</hi> is, <hi>In what part of the Temple this Mar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ket
was kept.</hi> A thing not commonly by Expositors enquired after, much less defined.
The <hi>Observation</hi> is, <hi>That this fact of our Saviour more particularly concerns us of the Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiles
than we take notice of.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="I"/> For the first, [<hi>In what part of the Temple this Market was kept;</hi>] The Iews Religi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
and scrupulosity to keep their Temple from prophanation was such as might seem
to make this story incredible. Those who were so chary that no uncircumcised or
unclean person should come therein, who trod the pavement thereof with so much re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ligious
observance and curiosity,<note place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap> 2<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap>. 7.</note> who would not suffer (as <hi>Iosephus</hi> relates) any
other building, no not the Palace of <hi>Agrippa</hi> their King, to have any prospect into it,
lest it should be polluted by a prophane look; how unlikely is it they would endure it
to be made a place of buying, selling, and bartering, yea a Market for sheep and ox<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>en,
as <hi>Iohn</hi> 2. 14. it is expresly said to have been? Neither will it serve the turn to
excuse it by saying, it was to furnish such as came thither with offerings: For the
sheep and oxen, whilst they were yet to be bought to that purpose, were not sacred,
but prophane; and so not to come within the sacred limits. You see the difficulty.</p>
                  <p>But I answer, that this Market was kept in the Third or <hi>Gentiles Court,</hi> which was
the outmost of the Temple. For the Temple in our Saviour's time had Three Courts,
each surrounding one another. First, the inmost or <hi>Priests Court,</hi> wherein stood the
Temple and the Altar of burnt-offering: Into this none but the Priests and Levites
came. Secondly, the middle or <hi>great Court,</hi> which surrounded that of the Priests:
whereinto the Iews of all sorts and circumcised Proselytes came to worship. Without
this was a third <hi>Court</hi> for the <hi>Gentiles,</hi> which surrounded the <hi>Israelites</hi> Court, as that
did the Court of the Priests. The <hi>two first</hi> Courts they accounted <hi>sacred,</hi> calling
them <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> into which therefore none might enter but such as were circumcised
and clean according to the Law. The <hi>third</hi> was without the sacred limits, and so ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>counted
<hi>prophane</hi> and <hi>common:</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Lib. 6. de <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>llo Iud. cap. 5. Gr. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> which may be learned out of <hi>Iosephus,</hi> who tells us
of certain little pillars or columns, placed by the <hi>Lorica</hi> or <hi>Septum,</hi> which severed
this Court from the rest, whereon was inscribed in Greek and Latin, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
, <hi>In Atrium sanctum transire alienigenam non debere, That
no stranger pass within the sacred limits;</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, saith he, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>for the second part of the Temple was called Holy;</hi> implying that <hi>the Outmost was not so.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Into this Court therefore, which had no legal sanctity and was without the <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap>
limits, the <hi>Gentiles</hi> were admitted, and had their station, together with such <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap>
Iews as were in their uncleanness; further they might not go. By <hi>Gentiles</hi> 
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <pb n="45" facs="tcp:63175:73"/>
mean such, which though uncircumcised, yet worshipped the God of <hi>Israel,</hi> and were
called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.<note place="margin">Mark 11. 17.</note> For (as I have told you<note n="*" place="margin">See Dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>course 3.</note> heretofore) the Iews had two sorts of
Proselytes which worshipped their God and frequented his Temple. One of such as
were circumcised, and took upon them the observation of the whole Law of <hi>Moses:</hi>
These were accounted as <hi>Iews,</hi> bound to the same observances, and partakers of the
same priviledges with them; they worshipped together in the same Court, and differ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
nothing from <hi>Iews,</hi> but that they were not so born. But besides these, there was
a second sort of Gentiles which embraced the worship of the God of <hi>Israel</hi> and the
hope of the life to come, which were not circumcised, nor conformed to the Ordi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nances
of the <hi>Mosaical</hi> Law; but were tied only to the observation of those com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mandments
which the Iewish Doctors call<note n="*" place="margin">See the Seve<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> Prec<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>pts of the So<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap> of Noah, in Discourse 3.</note> 
                     <hi>The Precepts of the Sons of Noah.</hi> Of this
Order was <hi>Cornelius</hi> and divers other mentioned in the Acts of the Apostles, where
they are known by the name of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <hi>Worshippers:</hi> and though they were true
worshippers, yet were they still but <hi>Gentiles,</hi> and such as no Iew might converse with;
as we see in the example of <hi>Cornelius.</hi> These were those that came no further than
the <hi>Outmost Court,</hi> not accounted within the limits of the <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <hi>Sacred Septs;</hi> as
themselves were accounted <hi>Vnclean,</hi> because Uncircumcised, and so no members of
the Commonwealth of <hi>Israel.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>In this Court therefore the <hi>Iews</hi> made no scruple of doing prophane and secular acts,
being in their opinion no better than a common place. Nay, it is very probable,
that to shew their despiciency of the poor <hi>Gentiles,</hi> (according to that in the Apoca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lyps,
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>without are Dogs</hi>) and to pride themselves in their prerogative and
discretion from them, they affected to have such acts there done.<note place="margin">Rev. 22. 15.</note> And hence it came
to pass that they permitted a Market of Oxen and Sheep, Doves and other bartery,
to be kept there, for the use of the Temple and those who came thither to worship.
And thus the poor <hi>Gentiles</hi> or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> were stabled amongst Oxen, Sheep, and stalls
of Money-changers, and in that tumultuous place fain to offer up their devotions and
prayers unto the most High God whom they had chosen.</p>
                  <p>But our Blessed Saviour, who came to redeem not the <hi>Iews</hi> only, but the <hi>Gentiles</hi>
also, and to make them a principal part of his sold, would not suffer them to be thus
neglected; but in this act of his gave them a <hi>praeludium</hi> of his further favour intended
toward them: and he that was to vindicate their Souls from death, and take away
the<note n="*" place="margin">Ephes. 2. 14.</note> 
                     <hi>partition-wall</hi> between them and the Iews, first vindicates their Oratory from
prophanation; alledging for his warrant this place of the Prophet <hi>Esay</hi> concerning
the same Oratory, <hi>My House shall be called a House of Prayer</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. He did
not say, My Father's House is holy; for the Iews would soon have replied, that the
Gentiles Court was without the sacred limits: But, <hi>It is written,</hi> saith he, <hi>My House
shall be called a House of Prayer for all the Nations; Ergo,</hi> The place of Prayer for all
Nations is a part of my Father's House. If my Father's House, then holy, and not
to be thus prophaned. For whatsoever is his, is holy; Relative Holiness being no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thing
else but the peculiarity a thing hath to God-ward. Of this if any man doubt,
that Quotation by S. <hi>Luke</hi> concerning that which <hi>first openeth the womb,</hi> will put him
out of doubt. For whenas the Law saith, <hi>Every male that openeth the womb is mine,</hi>
(that is, the Lord's;) S. <hi>Luke</hi> utters it, chap. 2. v. 23. <hi>Every male that openeth the
womb shall be called Holy unto the Lord: Ergo, To be the Lord</hi>'s and <hi>to be Holy,</hi> are Sy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nonyma's.</p>
                  <p>Though therefore the Gentiles Court had no sanctity of legal distinction, yet had it
the sanctity of peculiarity to God-ward, and therefore not to be used as a common
place. The Illation proceeds by way of Conversion; <hi>My House shall be called the
House of Prayer to</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">1 Kings 8. 41, 42, 43.</note> 
                     <hi>all Nations</hi> or <hi>People; Ergo,</hi> The House of Prayer for all Nations
is my Father's House. And the Emphasis lies in the words [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>] which
our Translators were not so well advised of, when, following <hi>Beza</hi> too close, they
render the words thus, <hi>My House shall be called of all Nations the House of Prayer;</hi> as if
the Dative Case here [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>] were not Acquisitive, but (as it is sometimes
with passive verbs) in stead of the Ablative of the Agent, for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. Which
sense is clean from the scope and purpose of the place whence it is taken; as he that
compares them will easily see, and I shall make fully to appear in the next part of my
Discourse, which I tendred by the name of an <hi>Observation.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>To wit, <hi>That this fact of our Saviour more particularly concerns us of the Gentiles than <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="II"/>
we take notice of.</hi> Namely, we are taught thereby what reverent esteem we ought to
have of our Gentile Oratories and Churches; howsoever not endued with such legal
sanctity, in every respect, as was the Temple of the Iews; yet Houses of Prayer as
<pb n="46" facs="tcp:63175:74"/>
well as theirs. This <hi>Observation</hi> will be made good by a threefold Consideration:
First, of the Story, as I have related it; secondly, from the Text here alledged for
warrant thereof; and thirdly, from the circumstance of Time.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/> For the Story, I have shewed it was acted in the Gentiles Court, and not in that
of the Iews; because it is not credible that was thus prophaned. It cannot therefore
be alledged, that this was a place of <hi>legal sanctity;</hi> for according to <hi>legal sanctity</hi> it
was held by the Iews as common: only it was the place for the Gentiles to worship
the God of <hi>Israel</hi> in; and seems to have been proper to the second Temple, the
Gentiles in the first worshipping without at the Temple-door in the holy Mountain
only.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/> Secondly, The place alledged to avow the Fact speaks expresly of Gentile-wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>shippers;
not in the words <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> only, but in the whole body of the context.
Hear the Prophet speak, <hi>Esay</hi> chap. 56. ver. 6, 7. and then judge: <hi>The sons of the
stranger, that joyn themselves to the Lord to serve him, and to love the Name of the Lord,
to be his servants, every one that keepeth the Sabbath from polluting it, and taketh hold of
my Covenant,</hi> (namely, that I alone shall be his God;) <hi>Even them will I bring to my
holy Mountain, and make them joyful in my House of Prayer; their burnt-offerings and
sacrifices accepted upon mine Altar.</hi> Then follow the words of my Text, <hi>For my
House shall be called</hi> (that is, <hi>shall be;</hi> it is an Hebraism) <hi>a House of Prayer for all
People.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>What is this but a Description of the <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or Gentile-worshippers? And this
place alone makes good all that I have said before, <hi>viz.</hi> That this vindication was of
the Gentiles Court: Otherwise the allegation of this Scripture had been impertinent;
for the Gentiles (of whom the Prophet speaks) worshipped in no place but this.
Hence also appears to what purpose our Evangelist expressed the words [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,]
namely, as that which shewed wherein the force of the accommodation to
this occasion lay; which the rest of the Evangelists omitted, as referring to the place
of the Prophet whence it was taken; those who heard it being not ignorant of whom
the Prophet spake.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="3"/> Thirdly, the circumstance of Time argues the same thing; if we consider that this
was done but a few days before our Saviour suffered, to wit, when he came to his last
Passeover. How unseasonable had it been to vindicate the violation of Legal and
typical sanctity, which within so few days after he was utterly to abolish by his
Cross; unless he had meant thereby to leave his Church a lasting lesson, what reve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rence
and respect he would have accounted due to such places as this was which he
vindicated?</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="12" type="discourse">
               <head>DISCOURSE XII.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>S. IOHN 4. 23.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>But the hour cometh, and now is, when the true worshippers shall
worship the Father in Spirit and Truth: For the Father seeketh
such to worship him.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>THEY are the words of our Blessed Saviour to the Woman of <hi>Samaria,</hi>
who perceiving him by his discourse to be a Prophet, desired to be re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>solved
by him of that great controverted point between the <hi>Iews</hi> and
<hi>Samaritans,</hi> Whether Mount <hi>Garizim,</hi> by <hi>Sichem,</hi> (where the <hi>Sama<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ritans</hi>
sacrificed) or <hi>Ierusalem,</hi> were the true place of worship. Our
Saviour tells her, that this Question was not now of much moment:
<note place="margin">Iud. 9. 7. The Evangelist here calls it <hi>S<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>har,</hi> ver. 5 alias <hi>Shechem,</hi> or <hi>Sichem.</hi>
                     </note> For that the hour or time was near at hand, when they should neither worship the Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
in Mount <hi>Garizim,</hi> nor at <hi>Ierusalem.</hi> But that there was a greater difference
between the <hi>Iews</hi> and them than this of <hi>Place;</hi> namely, even about <hi>That which was
worshipped: For ye</hi> (saith he) <hi>worship that ye know not; but we</hi> (Iews) <hi>worship that
we know.</hi> Then follow the words premised, <hi>But the hour cometh, and now is, when the
true worshippers shall worship the Father in Spirit and Truth.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="47" facs="tcp:63175:74"/>It is an abused Text, being commonly alledged to prove that God now in the Gos<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pel
either requires not,<note place="margin">Iohn 4. 23.</note> or regards not <hi>External</hi> worship, but that <hi>of the Spirit</hi> only:
and this to be a characteristical difference between the worship of the Old Testament
and the New. If at any time we talk of <hi>external</hi> decency in rites and bodily expressi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons
as sit to be used in the service of God, this is the usual Buckler to repel whatsoe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ver
may be said in that kind. It is true, indeed, that the worship of the <hi>Gospel</hi> is
much more <hi>spiritual</hi> than that of the <hi>Law:</hi> But that the worship of the <hi>Gospel</hi> should
be <hi>only spiritual</hi> and no <hi>external</hi> worship required therein, (as the Text according to
some meus sense and allegation thereof would imply,) is repugnant not only to the
practice and experience of the Christian Religion <hi>in all Ages,</hi> but also to the express
Ordinances of the Gospel it self. For what are the <hi>Sacraments</hi> of the New Testa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment?
are they not Rites wherein and wherewith God is served and worshipped?
The consideration of the holy Eucharist alone will consute this Gloss: For is not the
commemoration of the Sacrifice of Christ's death upon the Cross unto his Father, in the
Symbols of Bread and Wine, an <hi>external</hi> worship? And yet with this Rite hath the
Church <hi>in all Ages</hi> used to make her solemn address of Prayer and Supplication unto
the Divine Majesty, as the Iews in the Old Testament did by Sacrifice. When I
say, <hi>in all Ages,</hi> I include also that of the Apostles: For so much S. <hi>Luke</hi> testifieth of
that first Christian society, <hi>Acts</hi> 2. 42. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>They continued in breaking of Bread, and in Prayers.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>As for bodily expressions by gestures and postures, as standing, kneeling, bowing,
and the like; our Blessed Saviour himself lift up his sacred eyes to heaven when he
prayed for <hi>Lazarus;</hi> fell on his face, when he prayed in his agony.<note place="margin">Eph. 3. 14.</note> S. <hi>Paul</hi> (as him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>self
saith) <hi>bowed his knees to the Father of our Lord Iesus Christ:</hi> He and S. <hi>Peter,</hi> and
the rest of the Believers, do the like more than once in the Acts of the Apostles.
What was <hi>Imposition of hands</hi> but an external gesture in an act of invocation for con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferring
a blessing? and that perhaps sometimes without any vocal expression joyned
therewith. Besides, I cannot conceive any reason why, in this point of Evangelical
worship, <hi>Gesture</hi> should be more scrupled at than <hi>Voice.</hi> Is not confessing, praising,
praying, and glorifying God by <hi>Voice,</hi> an external and bodily worship, as well as
that of <hi>Gesture?</hi> why should then the one derogate from the worship of the Father <hi>in
Spirit and Truth,</hi> and not the other? To conclude, There was never any society of
men in the world that <hi>worshipped the Father</hi> in such a manner as this interpretation
would imply: and therefore cannot this be our Saviour's meaning, but some other.
Let us see if we can find out what it is.</p>
                  <p>There may be two senses given of these words; both of them agreeable to Reason
and the analogy of Scripture: let us take our choice. The one is, That to worship
God <hi>in Spirit and Truth,</hi> is to worship him not with Types and shadows of things to
come, as in the Old Testament, but according to the verity of the things exhibited in
Christ; according to that, <hi>The Law was given by Moses, but Grace and Truth came by
Iesus Christ.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Iohn 1. 17.</note> Whence the Mystery of the Gospel is elsewhere by our Saviour, in this
Evangelist, termed <hi>Truth,</hi> as Chap. 17. ver. 17. and the Doctrine thereof, by S. <hi>Paul,
the word of Truth:</hi> See <hi>Ephes.</hi> Chap. 1. ver. 13. <hi>Rom.</hi> 15. 8. The time therefore is now
at hand, said our Saviour, when the true worshippers shall worship the Father no
longer with bloudy Sacrifices, and the Rites and Ordinances depending thereon; but
in and according to the verity of that which these Ordinances figured. For all these
were Types of Christ, in whom, being now exhibited, the true worshippers shall
henceforth worship the Father.</p>
                  <p>This sense hath good warrant from the state of the Question between the <hi>Iews</hi> and
<hi>Samaritans,</hi> to which our Saviour here makes answer: which was not about worship
<hi>in general,</hi> but about the kind of worship <hi>in special,</hi> which was confessed by both sides
to be tied to one certain place only; that is, of worship by <hi>Sacrifice</hi> and the appenda<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ges;
in a word, of the Typical worship proper to the first Covenant, of which see a
description <hi>Heb.</hi> 9. This <hi>Iosephus</hi> expresly testifies, <hi>Lib.</hi> 12. <hi>Antiq. cap.</hi> 1. speaking of
the <hi>Iews</hi> and <hi>Samaritans</hi> which dwelt together at <hi>Alexandria:</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, &amp;c.</note> 
                     <hi>They lived,</hi> saith he,
<hi>in perpetual discord one with the other, whilst each laboured to maintain their Country
customs: those of Ierusalem affirming their Temple to be the sacred place whither sacrifi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ces
were to be sent; the Samaritans, on the other side, contending they ought to be sent to
Mount Garizim.</hi> For otherwise, who knows not that both <hi>Iews</hi> and <hi>Samaritans</hi> had
other places of worship besides either of these? namely their <hi>Proseucha's</hi> and <hi>Syna<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gogues,</hi>
wherein they worshipped God, not with internal only, but external worship;
though not with <hi>Sacrifice,</hi> which might be offered but in <hi>one place only.</hi> And this also
<pb n="48" facs="tcp:63175:75"/>
may seem to have been a Type of Christ as well as the rest, namely, that he was to
be that <hi>one</hi> and <hi>only</hi> Mediator of the Church, in the Temple of whose sacred body we
have access unto the Father, and in whom he accepts our service and devotions: ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording
to that, <hi>Destroy this Temple, and I will rear it up again in three days: He spake,</hi>
saith the Text, <hi>of the Temple of his Body.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Iohn 2. 19, 21.</note> This sense divers of the Ancients hit upon.
<hi>Eusebius Demon. Evang. Lib.</hi> 1. <hi>Cap.</hi> 6. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.
<hi>Not by Symbols and Types, but, as our Saviour saith, in
Spirit and Truth.</hi> Not that in the New Testament men should worship God without
all external services: For the New Testament was to have external and visible ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vices
as well as the Old, but such as should imply the verity of the promises already
exhibited, not be Types and shadows of them yet to come. We know the Holy
Ghost is wont to call the figured Face of the Law the <hi>Letter,</hi> and the Verity thereby
signified, the <hi>Spirit.</hi> As for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>in Spirit and Truth,</hi> both toge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther,
they are <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, but once found in holy Writ; to wit, only in this
place: and so, no light can be borrowed by comparing of the like expression any
where else to expound them. Besides, nothing hinders but they may be here taken
one for the exposition of the other; namely, that to worship the Father <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
is the same with to worship him <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</p>
                  <p>But howsoever this exposition be fair and plausible, yet, methinks, the reason
which our Saviour gives in the words following should argue another meaning. <hi>God</hi>
(saith he) <hi>is a Spirit; therefore they that worship him, must worship in Spirit and
Truth:</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Verse 24.</note> But God was a <hi>Spirit</hi> from the beginning: If therefore for this reason he must
be worshipped <hi>in Spirit and Truth,</hi> he was so to be worshipped in the Old Testament
as well as in the New.</p>
                  <p>Let us therefore seek another meaning: For the finding whereof, let us take no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tice
that the <hi>Samaritans,</hi> at whom our Saviour here aimeth, were the off-spring of
those Nations which the King of <hi>Assyria</hi> placed in the Cities of <hi>Samaria,</hi> when he
had carried away the Ten Tribes captive. These, as we may read in the<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 17.</note> second
Book of the Kings, at their first coming thither worshipped not the God of <hi>Israel,</hi> but
the gods of the Nations from whence they came: wherefore he sent Lions amongst
them, which slew them. Which they apprehending, either from the information of
some <hi>Israelite,</hi> or otherwise, to be because they knew not the worship of the God of
the Country, they informed the King of <hi>Assyria</hi> thereof, desiring that some of the cap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiv'd
Priests might be sent unto them, to teach them the manner and rites of his wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ship;
which being accordingly done, they thenceforth (as the Text tells us) <hi>wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>shipped
the Lord, yet feared their own Gods</hi> too, and so did <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, as S. <hi>Chry<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sostome</hi>
speaks, <hi>mingle things not to be mingled.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>In this medley they continued about three hundred years, till toward the end of
the <hi>Persian</hi> Monarchy. At what time it chanced that <hi>Manasse,</hi> brother to <hi>Iaddo</hi> the
High Priest of the returned Iews, married the daughter of <hi>Sanballat</hi> then Governour
of <hi>Samaria:</hi> for which being expelled from <hi>Ierusalem</hi> by <hi>Nehemiah,</hi> he fled to <hi>San<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ballat</hi>
his Father in Law; and after his example many other of the Iews of the best
rank, having married strange wives likewise, and loth to forgo them, betook them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>selves
thither also.
<hi>Sanballat</hi> willingly entertains them, and makes his son-in-Law
<hi>Manasse</hi> their Priest. For whose greater reputation and state, when <hi>Alexander</hi> the
Great subdued the <hi>Persian</hi> Monarchy, he obtained leave of him to build a Temple
upon Mount <hi>Garizim,</hi> where his son-in-Law exercised the office of High Priest.
This was exceedingly prejudicious to the Iews, and the occasion of a continual
Schism, whilst those that were discontented or excommunicated at <hi>Ierusalem</hi> were
wont to betake themselves thither: Yet by this means the <hi>Samaritans</hi> (having now
one of the sons of <hi>Aaron</hi> to be their Chief Priest, and so many other of the Iews, both
Priests and others, mingled amongst them) were brought at length to cast off all their
false gods, and to worship the Lord the God of <hi>Israel</hi> only. Yet so, that howsoever
they seemed to themselves to be true worshippers, and altogether free from Idolatry;
nevertheless they retained a smack thereof, inasmuch as they worshipped the true God
under a visible representation, to wit, of a <hi>Dove,</hi> and circumcised their Children in
the name thereof, as the Iewish Tradition tells us;<note place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, id est, Culius exter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nus; sic Idolo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>latriam ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pellant.</note> who therefore always branded
their worship with <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or spiritual Fornication: Iust as their predecessors, the
Ten Tribes, worshipped the same God of <hi>Israel</hi> under the similitude of a <hi>Cals.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>This was the condition of the <hi>Samaritan</hi> Religion in our Saviour's time: and if we
weigh the matter well, we shall find his words here to the woman very pliable to be
construed with reference thereunto. You ask, saith he, of the true place of wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ship,
<pb n="49" facs="tcp:63175:75"/>
whether Mount <hi>Garizim,</hi> or <hi>Ierusalem:</hi> which is not now greatly material;
forasmuch as the time is at hand when men shall worship the Father at neither. But
there is a greater difference between you and us than of <hi>Place,</hi> though you take no
notice of it; namely, even about the <hi>Object of worship</hi> it self: <hi>For ye worship what ye
know not, but we</hi> (Iews) <hi>worship what we know.</hi> How is that? Thus; Ye worship
indeed the Father, the God of <hi>Israel,</hi> as we do; but you worship him under a corpo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>real
representation; wherein you shew you know him not: <hi>But the hour cometh, and
now is, when the true worshippers shall worship the Father in Spirit and Truth. In Spirit,</hi>
that is, conceiving of him no otherwise than <hi>in Spirit;</hi> and <hi>in Truth,</hi> that is,
not under any corporeal or visible shape: <hi>For God is a Spirit, and they that
worship him must worship him in Spirit and Truth;</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, not fancying
him as <hi>a Body,</hi> but, as indeed he is, <hi>a Spirit.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Ier. 3. 10.</note> For those who worship him under a cor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poreal
similitude, do <hi>beli<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </hi> him: according as the Apostle speaks, <hi>Rom.</hi> 1. 23. of such
as <hi>changed the glory of the Incorruptible God into an Image made like to corruptible Man,
Birds or Beasts; They changed,</hi> saith he, <hi>the truth of God into a lie, and served the crea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture,</hi>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>juxta Creatorem, as</hi> or <hi>with the Creator who is blessed for ever,
v.</hi> 25. Hence <hi>Idols</hi> in Scripture are termed <hi>Lies;</hi> as <hi>Amos</hi> 2. 4. <hi>Their Lies have caused
them to erre, after which their Fathers walked:</hi> The Vulgar hath, <hi>Seduxerunt eos Idola
ipsorum, Their Idols have caused them to erre.</hi> And <hi>Esay</hi> 28. 15. <hi>We have made Lies
our refuge.</hi> And <hi>Ier.</hi> 16. 19, 20. <hi>The Gentiles shall come from the ends of the earth, and
shall say, Surely our Fathers have possessed</hi> (the Chaldee hath <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>have worshipped) a
lie; vanity, wherein there is no profit. Shall a man make Gods unto himself, and they
are no Gods?</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>This therefore I take to be the genuine meaning of this place,<note place="margin">See the Homi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly against the peril of Idola<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>try. <hi>p.</hi> 3 where the Text is pe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>culiarly applied against wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>shipping of God in an Image.</note> and not that which
is commonly supposed against <hi>external</hi> worship; which I think this Demonstration
will evince: <hi>To worship what they know,</hi> (as the Iews are said to do) and <hi>to worship
in Spirit and Truth,</hi> are taken by our Saviour for one and the same thing, (else the
whole sense will be inconsequent:) But the Iews worshipped not God without Rites
and Ceremonies, (who yet are supposed to worship him <hi>in Spirit and Truth:) Ergo,</hi>
To worship God without Rites and Ceremonies, is not to worship him <hi>in Spirit and
Truth,</hi> according to the meaning here intended.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="13" type="discourse">
               <head>DISCOURSE XIII.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>S. LUKE 24. 45, 46.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>Then opened he their understanding, that they might understand the
Scriptures: And said unto them, Thus it is written, and thus it
behoved Christ to suffer, and to rise from the dead the third day.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>OUR Blessed Saviour, after he was risen from the dead, told his Dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ciples,
not only that his <hi>Suffering of death</hi> and <hi>Rising again the third
day</hi> was foretold in the Scriptures, but also pointed out those Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tures
unto them, and <hi>opened their understanding, that they might under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stand
them;</hi> that is, he expounded or explained them unto them: Cer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tain
it is therefore, that somewhere in the Old Testament these
things were foretold should befall Messiah. Yea S. <hi>Paul,</hi> 1 <hi>Cor.</hi>
15. 3, 4. will further assure us that they are; <hi>I delivered unto you,</hi> saith he, <hi>first of all,
that which I also received, how that Christ died for our sins, according to the Scriptures:
And that he was buried, and that he rose again the third day, according to the
Scriptures.</hi> Both of them therefore are somewhere foretold in the Scriptures;
and it becomes not us to be so ignorant as commonly we are, which those
Scriptures be which foretell them. It is a main point of our Faith, and that
which the Iews most stumble at, because their Doctors had not observed any such
thing foretold to Messiah. The more they were ignorant thereof, the more it con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerns
us to be confirmed therein. I thought good therefore to make this the Argument
of my Discourse at this time, to inform both you and my self where these things are
<pb n="50" facs="tcp:63175:76"/>
foretold, and, if I can,<note place="margin">Luke. 24. 45.</note> to point out those very Scriptures which our Saviour here
expounded to his Disciples.</p>
                  <p>Which that I may the better do, I will make the words fore-going my Text to be
as the Pole-star in this my search: <hi>These are the things</hi> (saith our Saviour) <hi>which I
spake unto you while I was yet with you, That all things must be fulfilled which were writ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ten
in the Law of Moses, and in the Prophets, and in the Psalms concerning me.</hi> Then
follow the words I read, <hi>Then opened he their understanding,</hi> &amp;c. These two events
therefore, of Messiah's <hi>death and rising again the third day,</hi> were foretold in these
Three parts of Scripture, <hi>In the Law of Moses</hi> or <hi>Pentateuch, in the Nebiim</hi> or <hi>Prophets,
and in the Psalms;</hi> and in these Three we must search for them. And first for the First,
<hi>That Messiah should suffer death.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/> This was fore-signified in the <hi>Law</hi> or <hi>Pentateuch,</hi> First in the story of <hi>Abraham,</hi>
where he was commanded to <hi>offer</hi> his son <hi>Isaac,</hi> the son wherein his seed should be
called,<note place="margin">Gen. 22. 18.</note> and to whom the promise was entailed, That <hi>in it should all the Nations of the
world be blessed.</hi> What was here acted else but the Mystery of Christ's <hi>Passion?</hi> to
wit, That the promised seed should make all the Nations of the world blessed, by be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>coming
a sacrifice for sin? which that it might be the more evident, the Place is
also designed, the region of Mount <hi>Moriah;</hi> there <hi>Abraham</hi> was bid to offer his <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>on
<hi>Isaac,</hi> even where <hi>Messiah,</hi> who was then in the loins of <hi>Isaac,</hi> was one day to be of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fered
upon the Cross.</p>
                  <p>The Second prediction in the <hi>Law</hi> of Messiah's suffering death, was by the slaying of
Beasts, for atonement of sin, in their Sacrifices; which were nothing else but sha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dows
and representations of that Offering upon the Cross which Messiah was one day
to make of himself for the sins of the world. Which Mystery of the end of those Le<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gal
sacrifices was shewed in the former story of <hi>Abraham's</hi> offering <hi>Isaac:</hi> For when
he had now brought his son to the place appointed, and had built an Altar, and was
now ready to stay him, as he was commanded; the Angel of the Lord stayed his
hand, and shewed him a Ram caught in a thicket by the horns; which Ram <hi>Abraham</hi>
took, and offered for a burnt-offering in stead of his son; to signifie, that the offer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
of the Blessed seed was yet to be suspended, and that God in the mean while
would accept the offerings of Bulls and Rams, as a pledge of that expiation which
the Blessed seed of <hi>Abraham</hi> in the loins of <hi>Isaac</hi> should one day make.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/> And thus much for the <hi>Law.</hi> Now I come to the <hi>Prophets,</hi> wherein I find Three
evident Prophecies, <hi>That Messiah should suffer death.</hi> The first is that famous one,
the 53. of <hi>Esay,</hi> the whole Chapter through; I will not repeat it all, but some two
or three passages thereof. Verse 5. <hi>He was wounded,</hi> saith the Prophet, <hi>for our trans<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gressions,
he was bruised for our iniquities; the chastisement of our peace was upon him,
and with his stripes we are healed.</hi> Ver. 7. <hi>He was oppressed, he was afflicted, yet he
opened not his mouth; he was brought as a Lamb to the slaughter, and as a Sheep before
her Shearers is dumb, so he opened not his mouth.</hi> Ver. 8. <hi>He was cut off out of the land
of the living; for the transgression of my people was he stricken.</hi> Now that this Prophe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cy
was one of those by which the Apostles used to prove this Verity, appears by the
stroy of the conversion of the Eunuch, <hi>Acts</hi> 8. unto whom <hi>Philip</hi> coming, whilst he
was in his Chariot, reading this place of Scripture, and he thereupon asking <hi>Philip,</hi>
of whom the Prophet spake these words; the<note n="*" place="margin">Verse 35.</note> Text tells us, that <hi>Philip began at the
same Scripture, and preached unto him Iesus.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The Second place in the <hi>Prophets</hi> which foretells <hi>That Christ should suffer,</hi> is that in
the ninth of <hi>Daniel,</hi> who pointing out the time of Messiah's coming by Seventy
weeks,<note place="margin">Verse 25. 26.</note> limits his count, not at his <hi>Birth,</hi> but at his <hi>Suffering,</hi> as the most principal
moment of his story. <hi>From the going out of the commandment,</hi> saith he, <hi>to restore and
build Ierusalem, unto Messiah the Prince, shall be seven weeks, and sixty two weeks—
And after sixty two weeks shall Messiah be cut off.</hi> What can be more plain than
this?</p>
                  <p>A Third place in the <hi>Prophets</hi> is to be found <hi>Zachary</hi> 12. 10. where, at the time
when the Iews shall be converted, Christ is brought in speaking in this manner; <hi>I will
pour out,</hi> saith he, <hi>upon the house of David, and upon the inhabitants of Ierusalem, the
spirit of grace and supplication, and they shall look upon me whom they have pierced.</hi>
Hence it follows, that the Iews should have pierced Messiah before they received
him to be their Redeemer. And that this place also was one of those applied by the
Apostles to this purpose, appears by S. <hi>Iohn</hi>'s twice alledging it: Once in his Gospel,
when a Souldier with a Spear pierced our Saviours side; <hi>Then,</hi> saith he, <hi>was fulfilled
that Scripture which saith, They shall look upon him whom they pierced:</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Iohn 19. 37.</note> Again, in the be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ginning
<pb n="51" facs="tcp:63175:76"/>
of his <hi>Revelation, Behold</hi> (saith he) <hi>he cometh in the clouds, and every eye shall
see him, and they also which pierced him.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Now for the Third division of Scripture, the <hi>Psalms,</hi> the chief, at least,<note place="margin">A<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>oc. 1. 7.</note> and prin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cipal
place there which I dare warrant is that of the 16. <hi>Psalm, v.</hi> 9, 10. quoted both <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="3"/>
by S. <hi>Peter</hi> and S. <hi>Paul</hi> in the <hi>Acts</hi> of the Apostles: <hi>My <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>lesh shall rest in hope; For thou
wilt not leave my soul in the grave, neither suffer thine Holy One to see corruption.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Acts 2. 26, 27. &amp; Chap. 13. 35.</note> For
<hi>David,</hi> as S. <hi>Peter</hi> and S. <hi>Paul</hi> say, was buried, and his body saw corruption; there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
it cannot be spoken of him, but of <hi>Messiah</hi> in the person of <hi>David,</hi> as a Type in
whose loyns Messiah was. Now then if <hi>Messiah's</hi> body were to be laid in the grave,
it follows he was to die, and to be in the state of the dead.</p>
                  <p>AND thus I have done the First part of my task, and proved <hi>That Messiah was to
suffer death,</hi> according to the Scriptures, namely, foretold in that Threefold division
of Scripture mentioned here by our Saviour, <hi>the Law, the Prophets, and the Psalms.</hi>
Now I come to prove the other part, That it behoved him also <hi>to rise again the third
day, according to the Scriptures.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>And this was first foreshewn in the same story of <hi>Isaac,</hi> wherein his sacrifice or suf<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fering <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/>
was acted<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> For from the time that God commanded <hi>Isaac</hi> to be offered for a
burnt-offering, <hi>Isaac</hi> was a <hi>dead</hi> man; but the <hi>third day</hi> he was released from death.
This the Text tells us expresly, that it was the <hi>third day</hi> when <hi>Abraham</hi> came to
Mount <hi>Moriah,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">C<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>n. 22. 4.</note> and had his son, as it were, restored to him again; which circum<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stance
there was no need nor use at all to have noted, had it not been for some Myste<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry.
For had there been nothing intended but the naked story, what did it concern us
to know whether it were the <hi>third</hi> or the <hi>fifth day</hi> that <hi>Abraham</hi> came to <hi>Moriah,</hi> where
he received his son from death? Now, that I have not misapplied this figure, S. <hi>Paul</hi> is
my witness, who expresly makes this release of <hi>Isaac</hi> from slaughter a figure of the
Resurrection: For thus he speaks of this whole story, <hi>Hebrews</hi> 11. 17, 18, 19. <hi>By
faith Abraham when he was tried, offered up Isaac; and he that had received the promi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ses,
offered up his only-begotten Son, Of whom it was said, That in Isaac shall thy seed be
called: Accounting that God was able to raise him up, even from the dead; from whence
also he received him in a figure.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The same was foreshewed by the Law of <hi>Sacrifices,</hi> which were to be eaten before
the <hi>third day;</hi> some Sacrifices were to be eaten the same day they were offered, but
those which were deferred longest, as the <hi>Peace-offerings,</hi> were to be eaten before
the <hi>third day.</hi> The <hi>third day</hi> no sacrifice might be eaten, but was to be burnt: If it
were eaten, it was not accepted for an atonement, but counted an abomination:
namely, to shew that the <hi>Sacrifice of Messiah,</hi> which these <hi>Sacrifices</hi> represented, was
to be finished the <hi>third day</hi> by his rising from the dead <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> and therefore the Type thereof
determined within that time, beyond which time it was not accepted for atonement
of sin, because then it was no longer a Type of him.</p>
                  <p>Thus far the <hi>Law.</hi> As for the <hi>Prophets,</hi> I find no express Prediction in them for the <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/>
time of Christ's <hi>rising</hi> (For that of the case of the Prophet <hi>Ionah,</hi> I take to be rather
an Allusion than a Prophecy:) only in general, <hi>That Christ should rise again,</hi> is impli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
both in that famous Prophecy of <hi>Esay</hi> the 53. and that of <hi>Zachary</hi> 12.<note place="margin">Esay 53. 10.</note> In the for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mer,
forasmuch as it is said, that <hi>after he had made his soul a sacrifice for sin, he should
see his seed, and prolong his days, and the pleasure of the Lord should prosper in his hand:</hi>
And again, that the Lord should <hi>divide him a portion with the great,</hi> and that he should
<hi>divide the spoil with the strong, because he had poured out his soul unto death:</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Ver. 12.</note> Which
argues that he should not only <hi>live again,</hi> but be <hi>victorious</hi> after he had died. In that
of <hi>Zachary</hi> it is said,<note place="margin">Zach. 12. 10.</note> the Iews should <hi>look upon,</hi> or see, <hi>him whom they had</hi> formerly
<hi>pierced;</hi> and, that <hi>in that day</hi> he would <hi>pour upon them the spirit of grace and supplica<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion:</hi>
therefore he was to <hi>live again</hi> after they had pierced him.</p>
                  <p>I come to the <hi>Psalms,</hi> where not only his <hi>Rising again</hi> is prophesied of, but the <hi>Time</hi>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="3"/>
thereof determined; though at first sight it appears not so: namely, in that fore-al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ledged
passage of the sixteenth <hi>Psalm, Thou wilt not leave my soul in Hell, nor suffer thine
Holy One to see corruption.</hi> All men shall rise again, but their bodies must first return
to dust, and see corruption. But <hi>Messiah</hi> was to rise again <hi>before</hi> he saw corruption:
If <hi>before,</hi> then the <hi>third day</hi> at farthest; for then the Body naturally begins to see
corruption. This may be gathered by the story of <hi>Lazarus</hi> in the Gospel, where Ie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sus
commanding the stone to be rolled from his Grave,<note n="*" place="margin">Iohn 11. 3<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. Vid. M<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>rsu Glo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>ar. Grae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>co-barbarum, in <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 span">
                           <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> 
                     <hi>Martha</hi> his sister answered,
<hi>Lord, by this time he stinketh; for he hath been dead four days.</hi> Also by that Rule gi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven
by the Masters of Physick, That those who die of the Apoplexie, suffocation of
the Mother, or like sudden deaths, should not be buried till seventy two hours were
<pb n="52" facs="tcp:63175:77"/>
past; because within that time they might revive; and Examples are given of those
who have done so. They give also a reason of it in nature: Because, say they, in
that time the <hi>Humors</hi> of the Body make their revolution; the <hi>Phlegm</hi> in one day or
twenty four hours, the <hi>Choler</hi> in two days or forty eight hours, the <hi>Melancholy</hi> in
three days, which is seventy two hours; and this to be the reason why an <hi>Ague</hi> founded
in an inflammation of <hi>Phlegm</hi> returns every day, an Ague which comes from <hi>Choler</hi>
every other day, an Ague from <hi>Melancholy</hi> every third day. Now if a Body may be kept
so long <hi>unburied,</hi> it is supposed it may continue so long <hi>uncorrupted;</hi> (namely where
a corruption is not begun before death, as in some diseases) but longer it will not con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tinue.
When therefore it is so often inculcated in the New Testament, that our Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>viour
should <hi>rise again the third day;</hi> the Holy Ghost, in so speaking, respects not so
much the number of days, as the fulfilling of Scripture, That <hi>Messiah's</hi> body should
not see corruption, but should rise before the time wherein dead bodies begin to cor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rupt:
and indeed our Saviour rose again within forty hours after he gave up the
Ghost, and was not two full days in the grave. Therefore, if there be any other
Scripture which implies <hi>Messiah</hi> should rise before his Body should see corruption, that
Scripture, whatsoever it be, shews he should rise again <hi>within three days.</hi>
                  </p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="14" type="discourse">
               <head>DISCOURSE XIV.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>EXODUS 4. 25.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>Then Zipporah took a sharp stone, and cut off the fore-skin of her
Son, and cast it at his feet, and said, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, <hi>Spon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sus
sanguinum tu mihi es.</hi>
                     </q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>THEN; that is, when she saw the Angel of the Lord ready to kill <hi>Moses</hi>
her husband in the Inne, because his son was not circumcised; <hi>she took
a sharp stone,</hi> (<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>) that is, she took a knife, which, according to the
custom then, was made of <hi>stone</hi> sharped. This we may learn out of
<hi>Ioshuah</hi> 5. 2. where the Lord says to <hi>Ioshuah, Make thee</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
(<hi>sharp knives,</hi> say we) according to the Hebrew, <hi>knives of stones, and
circumcise again the children of Israel.</hi> The Chaldee Paraphrast hath, <hi>Make thee
<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> sharp rasors:</hi> the Septuagint, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>stone-knives.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Thus far all is clear; but for the rest we are to seek: First, on whom the fault lay,
and what was the reason of this omission of Circumcision: then, who and what is
meant, when it is said, <hi>she cast,</hi> or <hi>made the fore-skin to touch his feet:</hi> and above all,
what is meant by <hi>Sponsus sanguinum.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Zipporah</hi> is commonly reputed to have been a perverse and froward woman; and
<hi>Moses,</hi> the meekest man on earth, to have had that mishap in his choice which many
a good man hath. The reason, because she not only hindred her child from being
circumcised, out of some nicety and aversation thereof, as a cruel Ceremony: but
also, when she saw there was no remedy, but she must do it to save her husband's life,
yet she did it with an upbraiding indignation, telling him, that he was a <hi>bloudy hus<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>band,</hi>
who must have such a thing done unto his poor child. But I see no ground ei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
for the one, or the other.</p>
                  <p>For that the Circumcision of the child was not deferred out of any aversation of hers
of that Ceremony, may be gathered, First, because she was a <hi>Midianitesse,</hi> and so
a daughter of <hi>Abraham</hi> by <hi>Keturah,</hi> and therefore well enough acquainted with and
inured to that Rite, which not only her Nation, the <hi>Midianites,</hi> but all the Nati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons
descended of <hi>Abraham</hi> observed; as may be seen in the <hi>Ismaelites</hi> or <hi>Saracens,</hi>
who learned not this Ceremony first from <hi>Mahomet,</hi> but retained it as an ancient
custom of their Nation. Secondly, She had suffered already her elder son <hi>Gershom</hi>
to be <hi>circumcised;</hi> wherefore then should we think she was a verse from the circum<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cision
of this? For that this child, for whom <hi>Moses</hi> was now in danger, was <hi>Eliezer</hi>
his youngest son, it cannot be denied; forasmuch as it is evident that <hi>Moses</hi> at this
time was the Father of two sons, which, by reason (as may seem) of this disturbance
<pb n="53" facs="tcp:63175:77"/>
he sent back with his wife unto her Father <hi>Iethro,</hi> as we may read in the 18. Chapter
of this Book.<note place="margin">Exod. 4. 25.</note> By which it may be gathered, that the cause of this <hi>omission of Circum<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cision</hi>
was not any averseness in <hi>Zipporah</hi> from that Rite; but rather, because they
were in their journey when the child was born; and so having no convenient time or
place to rest in till the wound might be healed, and thinking it might endanger the in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fant's
life, to be tossed up and down whilst the wound was green, in so long and tedi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ous
a voyage, they resolved to defer the circumcision. And that <hi>Zipporah</hi> was deli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vered
of this child when they had begun this journey for <hi>Egypt,</hi> may be gathered by
this, because <hi>Moses,</hi> before God's sending him, hath but one child mentioned,
namely <hi>Gershom:</hi> For what reason can be given, why, if <hi>Eliezer</hi> had been then born,
he should not have been mentioned also? But howsoever this case of travel afterward
excused the <hi>Israelites</hi> in the Wilderness, for deferring the circumcision of their chil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dren
then; yet could it not excuse <hi>Moses</hi> here, in regard it was <hi>necessitas accersita,</hi> he
being not forced to take his wife and children with him, (especially his wife being in
that case) but might have sent her and them back presently to her Father; as upon
this admonition he did. Nor was it indeed fit, when God sent him upon such a busi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness,
to carry such an encumbrance with him.</p>
                  <p>Thus have we freed <hi>Zipporah</hi> from the <hi>first charge,</hi> of being the cause of this omissi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
out of any <hi>averseness</hi> to the Divine Ordinance. Now I come to shew likewise,
that the words she spake at the time of circumcision, <hi>Sponsus sanguinum tu mihi es,</hi>
were no words of <hi>upbraiding indignation</hi> to her husband, (as I supposed) but have a
far other meaning.</p>
                  <p>For I believe not she spake these words to <hi>Moses,</hi> but to her <hi>Child</hi> whom she cir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cumcised, as the <hi>Formula</hi> then used in Circumcision; namely, that as the fore-skin
fell down at her <hi>Child's</hi> feet, (not <hi>Moses,</hi> or the Angel's feet) she pronounced the
<hi>Verba solennia, the solemn formal words then in use, Tu mihi sponsus sanguinum.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>My Reasons are, First, Because a <hi>Husband</hi> is not wont to be called <hi>Sponsus</hi> after
the wedding solemnity is past; nor can there any such example be shewn in Scripture:
<hi>Ergo,</hi> it is not like that <hi>Zipporah,</hi> after she was the mother of two children, should say
to her Husband, <hi>Sponsus sanguinum tu mihi es.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Secondly, Because <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, the word here translated <hi>Sponsus,</hi> properly signifies <hi>Gener,</hi>
a <hi>Son-in-law,</hi> and <hi>Sponsus</hi> only by way of equivalence or coincidence, (because to
be made Son-in-law to the Parents, is by being the daughter's <hi>Sponsus.</hi>) My mean<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
is, that <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, the word used, signifies not the relation of the <hi>Bridegroom</hi> to his
Bride; but his relation to his Bride's Parents, by taking their daughter to wife.
And therefore in the whole Scripture we shall never find it relatively used, or with
an affix, but only in respect to the wives Father or Mother. And of the same condi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
is the word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> which we often by equivalence translate a <hi>Bride,</hi> but properly
signifies <hi>Nurus, a daughter-in-law.</hi> Wherefore we shall never find the Bridegroom
calls the Bride his <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, nor the Bride the Bridegroom her <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, or that they are called
so by others; but only the Husband his Father and Mother-in-laws <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, and the
Wife her Father and Mother-in-laws <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. In a word, there is no word in the He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brew
Tongue which signifies a <hi>Bridegroom</hi> and <hi>Bride,</hi> as they stand in relation each
to other, but as to each others Parents only. Whence it is remarkable that in the
<hi>Ganticles,</hi> when this relation comes to be expressed on the Bride's behalf, it is always
done by addition of the word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, that is, <hi>my Sister,</hi> as <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, the Callah or
<hi>Nurus my Sister,</hi> which we translate by equivalence, <hi>Soror mea Sponsa, my Sister, my
Spouse.</hi> Now if this be true, I see not how <hi>Zipporah</hi> could call <hi>Moses</hi> here her <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
by saying to him <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>sanguinum tu mihi es:</hi> For she should have called him her <hi>Son-in-law,</hi>
and not her Husband: <hi>Ergo,</hi> She spake the words to the Child, and not to Him.</p>
                  <p>Thirdly, For a farther probability hereof, the Iewish Rabbins tell us, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>That it was the custom of women to call their child
when he was circumcised,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, (the word here turned <hi>Sponsus.</hi>) So <hi>Aben Ezra</hi> upon
this place. <hi>Rabbi Levi,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>in principio connubii vocatur, &amp;c.<note place="margin">
                           <hi>B<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                                 <desc>••</desc>
                              </gap>thing</hi> is by <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                              <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                           </gap> cal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap> 
                           <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                              <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                           </gap> 
                           <hi>be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ginnings of marriage,</hi> and <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                              <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                           </gap> 
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap> 
                           <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 span">
                              <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                           </gap> marriage.</note> In the beginning of
marriage he is called <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> that is promised or contracted to another: Thence is the word
translated and borrowed to signifie the beginning of other things; as when the Infant newly
circumcised is called by the women <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, for then the child begins first to be initiated in the
service of God.</hi> The like hath <hi>Rabbi David Kimchi</hi> in his Lexicon, who conjectures
withal, that <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> should have some signification of <hi>causing new joy,</hi> and thence to be
used both at the day of <hi>Marriage,</hi> and day of <hi>Circumcision.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Fourthly, From this custom to call a child at his circumcision <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, with the <hi>Ara<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bians</hi>
(who are of <hi>Abraham's</hi> posterity, and still use, and anciently used, this Rite)
<pb n="54" facs="tcp:63175:78"/>
                     <hi>Chatan</hi> is <hi>to circumcise, Chiten Circumcision, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> Machtun circumcised,</hi> as is ordi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>narily
to be seen in their Translation of the New Testament. Whence comes this,
but from the manner of calling a child <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> when he was <hi>circumcised?</hi> (Even as we,
because a child in <hi>Baptism</hi> is made a <hi>Christian,</hi> use the word <hi>Christen</hi> for <hi>to Baptize,</hi>
and <hi>Christened</hi> for <hi>Baptized.</hi>) And <hi>Zipporah</hi> was an <hi>Arabiss,</hi> and the <hi>Arabian</hi> tongue
of near affinity with the <hi>Hebrew.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Fifthly, This exposition is agreeable to the following words,<note n="*" place="margin">Verse. 26.</note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>And he let him go, when she had said, Sponsus sanguinum,
hoc est, circumcisionis;</hi> that is, The Angel let <hi>Moses</hi> go, as soon as those <hi>solennia ver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ba,
Sponsus sanguinum,</hi> were out of <hi>Zipporah's</hi> mouth. So the Vulgar rightly tran<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>slates
it; <hi>Et dimisit eum, postquam dixerat, Sponsus sanguinum, ob circumcisionem.</hi> For
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is here (as elsewhere) for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>extunc, ab eo tempore, postquam, from the time, af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter
that,</hi> not simply <hi>tunc, then,</hi> as we translate it. Namely, as the destroying Angel,
<hi>Exod.</hi> 12. 23. when he saw the bloud of the Paschal Lamb upon the lintels and side<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>posts
of the <hi>Israelites</hi> doors, passed by them, and destroyed them not: So the Angel
here, when he saw the bloud of the Circumcision upon <hi>Moses</hi> his child, let <hi>Moses</hi> go,
and slew him not. In these words, if you mark it, the Holy Ghost expounds what
<hi>Zipporah</hi> meant by those words. <hi>Sponsus sanguinum,</hi> that is, <hi>Sponsus circumcisionis: Et
dimisit eum postquam dixit, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, Sponsus sanguinum, id est, circumcisio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nis.</hi>
But if <hi>Sanguis</hi> here be Circumcision, and so <hi>Sponsus Sanguinum</hi> be <hi>Sponsus
Circumcisionis,</hi> then are not these words spoken of or to <hi>Moses,</hi> but unto the
<hi>Child.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>HAVING thus proved what I took in hand, That these words were not spo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ken
by <hi>Zipporah</hi> to <hi>Moses,</hi> but as <hi>solennia verba</hi> in that Case to her Child whom she
circumcised; it remains, I should now tell you how they are so construed. I say
therefore, <hi>Tu mihi sponsus sanguinum,</hi> in <hi>Zipporah's</hi> meaning, is as much as <hi>Sis mihi
initiatus circumcisione, Be thou my Bloud-son,</hi> or the like. It is well known how Tro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pically
those words of relation of kindred, <hi>Father, Mother, Sister, Son,</hi> are used in
the Hebrew Tongue; and <hi>Son,</hi> besides other notions, to be often the circumlocution
of our <hi>vox concreta;</hi> as <hi>Filius percussionis, the Son of striking,</hi> is he that is stricken, or,
worthy to be beaten;<note place="margin">Thus in <hi>Deut.</hi> 25. 2. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> is by the LXX. rendred <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> 
                     <hi>Filius foederis, the Son of the Covenant,</hi> is he that is in Covenant,
or, to whom the Covenant belongs; <hi>Filius mortis, the Son of death,</hi> he that is con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>demned
to die, or worthy of death; and the like. And why may not then <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>Gener sanguinum,</hi> that is (as the Holy Ghost expounds it) <hi>circumcisionis,</hi> be as much
as <hi>circumcisus,</hi> and <hi>Gener sanguinum tu mihi es</hi> (for so I told you <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> signifies) be as
much as, <hi>I pronounce thee circumcised?</hi> As if the circumcised person, by being married
to Circumcision, were made the Circumciser's Son-in-law, and Circumcision's Bride<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>groom;
as <hi>Es,</hi> or <hi>Sis, mihi in generum, desponsatus circumcisioni, Now thou art,</hi> or <hi>Be
thou, my Son-in-law, being espoused to Circumcision.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Or if <hi>Bloud</hi> or <hi>Circumcision</hi> note the Instrument, the <hi>Formula</hi> may be thus explica<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted;
That the person circumcised becomes God's Son-in-law, as being wedded and
joyned to his Church by the Bloud of Circumcision, as with a Ring: and then the
pronoun <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>mihi</hi> must not be taken relatively to <hi>Zipporah,</hi> as before, but <hi>efficienter</hi>
only in this sense, <hi>Per me factus es gener Deo per sanguinem circumcisionis, By me thou
art made God's Son-in-law by the bloud of Circumcision;</hi> or <hi>Feci te generum Deo, I have
made thee God's Son-in-law;</hi> or, (if you like better the notion of <hi>Sponsus) I have
espoused thee to the Church of God, by this rite of Circumcision;</hi> or, <hi>Thou art,</hi> or, <hi>Be thou,
espoused to the Church of God,</hi> &amp;c. Thus, as you see, may the <hi>Formula</hi> be either way
explicated to one and the same sense. But the first I like the best, because of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>mihi</hi>
the relative to <hi>Zipporah, Tu mihi in generum es, desponsatus circumcisioni, Now thou art
my Son-in-law, being espoused to Circumcision.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Now lastly, to free my Interpretation from novelty, the sense I have given of
these words is that which both the Septuagint and the Chaldee Paraphrast directly aim
at: the Paraphrast expounding it thus, <hi>In sanguine circumcisionis istius datus est sponsus,</hi>
or <hi>gener, mihi;</hi> the Septuagint, as we now read, thus, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>Stetit sanguis circumcisionis filii mei:</hi> where the Text is corrupted, and I
believe the Septuagint translated not <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, but <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Sit hic sanguis circumci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sionis
Filii mei;</hi> a Periphrastical, but evident sense, with the change of one letter
only.</p>
                  <p>From the sense of this place thus proved, I will point at two Observations, and so
conclude.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="55" facs="tcp:63175:78"/>The First is, That it is lawful to use some fitting form of words in the exhibition
of a Sacrament, though not expresly ordained by God at the institution thereof; as
appears by this Form that <hi>Zipporah</hi> used, no doubt <hi>ex more,</hi> according to the custom
then, whatsoever the Form were after that time.</p>
                  <p>The Second is, That the neglect of the Circumcision of a child then, and so con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sequently
of Baptizing it now, makes not so much the Child as the Parents liable
to the wrath of God: As here the Angel sought not to kill the Child, who was un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>circumcised,
but <hi>Moses</hi> the Father, who should have circumcised it. Both which
Observations I mean to amplifie no farther, but leave them to your exacter meditati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons;
and so I conclude.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="15" type="discourse">
               <head>DISCOURSE XV.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>EZEKIEL 20. 20.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>Hallow my Sabbaths; and they shall be a sign between me and you,
to acknowledge that I Iehovah am your God.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>THIS Commandment, with the End thereof, the Lord bids <hi>Ezekiel</hi>
tell the Elders of <hi>Israel,</hi> that he gave it to their Fathers in the Wil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derness.
And it is recorded in the <hi>Law;</hi> so that I might have taken it
thence: But I rather chose to make these words in <hi>Ezekiel</hi> my Text, as
expressed more plainly, and so a Comment to those in the <hi>Law.</hi> The
place there is <hi>Exod.</hi> 31. 13. where this which my Text containeth is
expressed thus, <hi>Verily my Sabbaths ye shall keep; for it is a sign between me and you
throughout your generations, to acknowledge that I Iehovah am your sanctifier,</hi> that is,
<hi>your God;</hi> as the expression in <hi>Ezekiel</hi> tells us: For to be the Sanctifier of a People,
and to be their God, is all one: whence also the Lord is so often called in Scripture
the <hi>Holy One of Israel,</hi> that is, their Sanctifier and their God.</p>
                  <p>That which I intend at this time to observe from these words is, the <hi>End why God
commanded this Observation of the Sabbath to the Israelites;</hi> to wit, That thereby, as
by a <hi>Symbolum</hi> or Sign, they might testifie and profess what God they worshipped.
Secondly, out of this ground to shew <hi>How far, and in what manner, the like Observa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
binds us Christians,</hi> who are worshippers of the same God whom the Iews wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>shipped,
though not under the same relation altogether wherein they worshipped
him.</p>
                  <p>All Nations had something in their Ceremonies whereby they <hi>signified</hi> the God
they worshipped. So in those of the <hi>Celestial Gods,</hi> (as they termed them,) and
those which were <hi>Deified Souls of men,</hi> were differing Rites, whereby the one was
known from the other: Those Gods which were made of men, having <hi>Funeral</hi> rites
in their services, as Cogni<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ances that they were <hi>Souls deceased;</hi> and each of them
some imitation of some remarkable passage of the Legend of their lives, either of
some action done by them, or some accident which befel them; as in the ceremonies
of <hi>Osyris</hi> and <hi>Bacchus</hi> is obvious to any that reads them. And indeed it is a natural
<hi>Decorum</hi> for servants and vassals, by some mark or cognisance to testifie who is their
Lord and Master. In the <hi>Revelation,</hi> the worshippers of the Beast receive his mark,
and the worshippers of the Lamb carry his mark and his Father's in their Fore-heads.
Hence came the first use of the <hi>Cross in Baptism,</hi> as the mark of Christ, the Deity
to whom we are initiated; and the same afterwards used in all Benedictions, Prayers
and Thanksgivings, in token they were done in the name and merits of Christ cru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cified:
So that in the Primitive Church this Rite was no more but that wherewith
we conclude all our Prayers and Thanksgivings, when we say, <hi>Through Iesus Christ
our Lord and Saviour;</hi> though afterward it came to be abused, as almost all other
Rites of Christianity, to abominable Superstition.</p>
                  <p>To return therefore unto my Text. Agreeably to this Principle, and this Custom
of all Religions, of all Nations, of all Vassals, the Lord <hi>Iehovah,</hi> Creator of Hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven
<pb n="56" facs="tcp:63175:79"/>
and Earth, ordained to his people this Observation of the <hi>Sabbath-day,</hi> for a
<hi>Sign</hi> and <hi>Cognisance</hi> that he should be their God, and no other.<note place="margin">Ezek. 20. 20.</note> 
                     <hi>It is for a sign,</hi> saith
he, <hi>between me and you, that I Iehovah am your God.</hi> And besides in the place I quot<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
before, the 31. of <hi>Exod.</hi> 16, 17. are these words; <hi>The children of Israel shall keep
the Sabbath, to observe the Sabbath throughout their generations, for a perpetual Covenant.
It is a sign between me and the children of Israel for ever: for in six dayes the Lord
made heaven and earth, and on the seventh day he rested:</hi> As if he had said, It is a
Sign that the Creator of heaven and earth is your God.</p>
                  <p>But for the more distinct understanding of this signification, we must know that
the <hi>Sabbath</hi> includes two respects of time: First, the <hi>quotum,</hi> one day of seven, or
the Seventh day after six days labour; Secondly, the <hi>designation</hi> or pitching that
Seventh upon the day we call <hi>Saturday.</hi> In both, the <hi>Sabbatical</hi> observation was a
<hi>sign</hi> and <hi>profession</hi> that <hi>Iehovah,</hi> and no other, was the God of <hi>Israel:</hi> the first, ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording
to his attribute of <hi>Creatour,</hi> the second, of <hi>Deliverer of Israel out of AEgypt.</hi>
For by sanctifying the <hi>Seventh</hi> day, after they had laboured six, they professed them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>selves
vassals and worshippers of that only God who created the Heaven and the
Earth, and having spent six days in that great work, rested the <hi>Seventh</hi> day; and
therefore commanded them to observe this sutable distribution of their time, as a
<hi>ba<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ge and livery</hi> that their Religious service was appropriate to him alone. And this
is that which the Fourth Commandment in the reason given from the <hi>Creation</hi> intend<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eth,
and no more but this.</p>
                  <p>But seeing they might profess this acknowledgment as well by any other six dayes
working, and a seventh's resting, as by those they pitched upon, there being still
(what six dayes soever they had laboured, and what seventh soever they had rested)
the same conformity with their Creator; let us see the reason why they pitched
upon <hi>t<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ose six dayes</hi> wherein they laboured, for labouring dayes, rather than any
other; and why they chose <hi>that Seventh day,</hi> namely <hi>Saturday,</hi> to hallow and rest
in, rather than any other.</p>
                  <p>And this was, that they might profess themselves servants of <hi>Iehovah</hi> their God
in a relation and respect peculiar and proper to themselves; to wit, that they were
the servants of that God which <hi>redeemed Israel out of the Land of Egypt</hi> and out of
the house of bondage:<note place="margin">Exod. 14. 24, 27, 30.</note> and upon the morning-watch of <hi>that very day</hi> which they
kept for their <hi>Sabbath,</hi> he overwhelmed <hi>Pharaoh</hi> and all his Host in the Red Sea, and
saved <hi>Israel that day</hi> out of the hand of the <hi>Egyptians.</hi> This I gather from the repe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tition
of the Decalogue, <hi>Deut.</hi> 5. where that reason from the <hi>world's Creation</hi> (in the
Decalogue given at <hi>Horeb</hi>) being left out, <hi>Moses</hi> inserts this other of the <hi>Redemp<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
of Israel out of Egypt</hi> in stead thereof; namely, as the reason why <hi>those six dayes</hi>
rather than any other six for work, and <hi>that Seventh day</hi> rather than any other se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>venth
for rest, were pitched upon, as <hi>Israel</hi> observed them. <hi>Remember,</hi> saith he,
V. 15. <hi>thou wert a servant in the land of Egypt, and that the Lord thy God brought thee out
thence, through a mighty hand and a stretched-out arm: Therefore the Lord thy God
commanded thee to keep the Sabbath-day:</hi> Namely, not for the <hi>quotum</hi> of one day of
seven, (<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>or of that another reason was given, the example of God in the Creation)
but for the <hi>designation</hi> of the day.</p>
                  <p>But whether <hi>this day</hi> were in order <hi>the seventh</hi> from the Creation or not, the Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture
is silent; for where it is called in the Commandment <hi>the seventh day,</hi> that is in
respect of the six dayes of labour, and not otherwise: and therefore, whensoever it is
so called, those six dayes of labour are mentioned with it. The <hi>seventh</hi> day there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
is the seventh after the six dayes of labour, nor can any more be inferred from
it: the example of the Creation is brought for the <hi>quotum,</hi> one day of seven, as I
have shewed, and not for the <hi>designation</hi> of any certain day for that seventh. Never<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>theless,
it might fall out so, by disposition of Divine Providence, that the Iews de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>signed
Seventh day was both the seventh in order from the Creation, and also the day
of their deliverance out of <hi>Egypt.</hi> But the Scripture no where tells us it was so, (how<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>soever
most men take it for granted) and therefore it may as well be not so. Certain I
am, the Iews kept not that day for a Sabbath till the raining of Manna: For that which
should have been their <hi>Sabbath</hi> the week before, had they then kept the day which
afterward they kept, was the fifteenth day of the second moneth; and which day we
read, in the 16, of <hi>Exod.</hi> that they marched a wearisom march, and came at night into
the wilderness of <hi>Sin,</hi> where they murmured for their poor entertainment, and wish<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
they had died in <hi>Egypt:</hi> that night the Lord sent them Quailes, the next morn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
it rained Manna, which was the sixteenth day, and so six dayes together;
<pb n="57" facs="tcp:63175:79"/>
the seventh, which was the twenty second day, it rained none, and that day they
were commanded to keep for their <hi>Sabbath.</hi> Now if the twenty second day of the
moneth were the <hi>Sabbath,</hi> the fifteenth should have been, if that day had been kept
before; but the Text tells us expresly, they marcht that day: and, which is strange,
the day of the moneth is never named, unless it be once, for any station but this
where the Sabbath was ordained; otherwise it could not have been known that that
day was ordained for <hi>a day of rest,</hi> which before was none.<note place="margin">Numb. 10.</note> And why might not
their <hi>day of holy rest</hi> be altered, as well as the <hi>beginning of the year</hi> was<note n="*" place="margin">Exod. 12. 2.</note>, for a me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>morial
of their coming out of <hi>Egypt?</hi> I can see no reason why it might nor, not find
any testimony to assure me it was not.</p>
                  <p>And thus much of the <hi>Iews Sabbath,</hi> How and wherein it was a Sign whereby they
professed themselves the servants of <hi>Iehovah,</hi> and no other God.</p>
                  <p>Now I come to the Second thing I propounded, to shew <hi>How far, and in what man<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ner,<milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="II"/>
the like observation binds us Christians.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>I say therefore, that the <hi>Christian,</hi> as well as the <hi>Iew,</hi> after <hi>six</hi> dayes spent in his
own works, is to sanctifie the <hi>seventh,</hi> that he may profess himself thereby a servant
of God, the <hi>Creator</hi> of Heaven and Earth, as well as the <hi>Iew.</hi> For the <hi>quotum</hi>
therefore, the <hi>Iew</hi> and <hi>Christian</hi> agree; but in <hi>designation</hi> of the day they differ.
For the <hi>Christian</hi> chuseth for his Holy Day that which with the <hi>Iews</hi> was the <hi>First</hi>
day of the week, and calls it <hi>Dominicam the Lord's Day,</hi> that he might thereby pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fess
himself a servant of that God who on the morning of that day vanquished <hi>Satan,</hi>
the <hi>Spiritual Pharaoh,</hi> and <hi>redeemed</hi> us from our Spiritual thraldom, by <hi>raising Iesus
Christ our Lord from the dead, begetting us,</hi> in stead of an earthly <hi>Canaan, to an inhe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ritance
incorruptible in the Heavens.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Rom. 4. 24. 1 Pet. 1. 4.</note> In a word, the <hi>Christian,</hi> by the day he hal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lows,
professes himself a <hi>Christian,</hi> that is, as S. <hi>Paul</hi> speaks, <hi>To believe on him that raised
up Iesus from the dead.</hi> So that the <hi>Iew</hi> and <hi>Christian</hi> both, though they fall not
upon the same day, yet make their <hi>designation</hi> of their day upon the like ground:
the <hi>Iews,</hi> the memorial-day of their deliverance from the <hi>temporal Egypt</hi> and <hi>temporal
Pharaoh;</hi> the <hi>Christians,</hi> the memorial-day of their deliverance from the <hi>spiritual
Egypt</hi> and <hi>spiritual Pharaoh.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But might not (will you say) the <hi>Christian</hi> as well have observed the <hi>Iewish</hi> for
his seventh day, as the day he doth? I answer, No; he might not: For in so doing
he should seem not to acknowledge his <hi>Redemption</hi> to be already performed, but still
expected. For the <hi>deliverance of Israel out of Egypt</hi> by the Ministery of <hi>Moses</hi> was
intended for a Type and pledge of the <hi>Spiritual deliverance</hi> which was to come by
<hi>Christ:</hi> their <hi>Canaan</hi> also, to which they marched, being a Type of that Heavenly
inheritance which the redeemed by <hi>Christ</hi> do look for. Since therefore the Shadow
is now made void by the coming of the Substance, the Relation is changed, and
God is no longer to be worshipped and believed in as a God fore-shewing and assur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
by Types, but as a God who hath performed the Substance of what he promised.
And this is that which S. <hi>Paul</hi> means, <hi>Colossians</hi> 2. 16, 17. when he saith, <hi>Let no man
judge you</hi> [henceforth] <hi>in respect of a Feast-day, New-moon, or Sabbath-dayes: Which
were a shadow of things to come, but the body is of Christ.</hi>
                  </p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="16" type="discourse">
               <pb n="58" facs="tcp:63175:80"/>
               <head>DISCOURSE XVI.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>1 COR. 11. 5.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.
Every woman praying or prophesying with her head uncovered, dishonoureth her head.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>I HAVE chosen this of the <hi>woman,</hi> rather than that of the
<hi>man</hi> going before it, for the Theme of my Discourse; First,
Because I conceive the Fault, at the reformation whereof the
Apostle here aimeth, in the Church of <hi>Corinth,</hi> was the <hi>womens</hi>
only, not the <hi>mens.</hi> That which the Apostle speaks of a <hi>man pray<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing</hi>
or <hi>prophesying,</hi> being by way of supposition, and for illustra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
of the unseemliness of that guise which the <hi>women</hi> used.
Secondly, Because the condition of the Sex in the words read,
makes something for the better understanding of that which is
spoken of both; as we shall see presently.</p>
                  <p>The Discourse I intend to make upon the Text shall consist of these two parts.
First, of an Enquiry, What is here meant by <hi>Prophesying,</hi> a thing attributed to <hi>wo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>men,</hi>
and therefore undoubtedly some such thing as they were capable of. Secondly,
What was this Fault, for <hi>matter</hi> and <hi>manner,</hi> of the <hi>women of the Church of Corinth,</hi>
which the Apostle here reproveth.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="I"/> To begin with the First, and which I am like to dwell longest upon: Some take <hi>Prophesying</hi> here, in the <hi>stricter</hi> sense, to be <hi>foretelling of things to come,</hi> as that which
in those Primitive times both <hi>men</hi> and <hi>women</hi> did, by the pouring out of the Holy
Ghost upon them;<note place="margin">Ioel 2. 28. Acts 2. 17.</note> according to that of the Prophet <hi>Ioel,</hi> applied by S. <hi>Peter</hi> to the
sending of the Holy Ghost at the first promulgation of the Gospel, <hi>I will pour out
my Spirit upon all flesh, and your sons and daughters shall prophesie, and your young men
shall see visions.</hi> And that such <hi>Prophetesses</hi> as these were those four Daughters of <hi>Philip</hi>
the Evangelist, whereof we read <hi>Acts</hi> 21. 9.</p>
                  <p>Others take <hi>Prophesying</hi> here in a <hi>more large</hi> notion, namely, for the gift of <hi>inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preting
and opening Divine mysteries contained in Holy Scripture,</hi> for the instruction
and edification of the Hearers; especially, as it was then inspired and suggested in
extraordinary manner by the Holy Spirit, as <hi>Prophecy</hi> was given of old; according
to that of S. <hi>Peter, Prophecy came not in old time by the will of man, but holy men of God
spake as they were moved by the Holy Ghost.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">2 Pet. 1. 21.</note> So because many in the beginning of the
Gospel were guided by a like instinct in the interpretation and application of Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture,
they were said to <hi>Prophesie.</hi> Thus the Apostle useth it in the fourteenth Chap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter
of this Epistle, where he discourses of spiritual Gifts, and before all prefers that
of <hi>Prophecy;</hi>
                     <note place="margin">1 Cor. 14. 3.</note> because <hi>he that Prophesieth</hi> (saith he) <hi>speaketh unto men to edification,
and exhortation, and comfort.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But neither of these kinds of <hi>Prophecy</hi> sutes with the person in my Text, which is a
<hi>woman.</hi> For it is certain the Apostle speaks here of <hi>Prophesying</hi> in the <hi>Church</hi> or Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gregation;
but in the <hi>Church a woman</hi> might not speak, no not so much as ask a que<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stion
for her better instruction, much less teach and instruct others, and those <hi>men.</hi>
This the Apostle teacheth us in this very Epistle, Chapter the fourteenth, even there
where he discourseth so largely of those kinds of <hi>Prophecy.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Verse 34, 35.</note> 
                     <hi>Let your women</hi> (saith he)
<hi>keep silence in the Churches: For it is not permitted unto them to speak, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>,
but to be subject. And if they will learn, let them ask their husbands at home.</hi> Again in
1 <hi>Tim.</hi> 2. 11, 12. <hi>Let the woman learn in silence with all subjection. But I suffer not a
woman to teach, nor to usurp authority over the man, but to be in silence.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Note here, that to speak in a Church-Assembly, by way of <hi>teaching</hi> or <hi>instructing</hi>
others, is an act of <hi>superiority,</hi> which therefore a <hi>woman</hi> might not do; because her
sex was to be in <hi>subjection,</hi> and so to appear before God in garb and posture which
consisted therewith; that is, she might not speak to <hi>instruct</hi> men in the Church, but
to God she might.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="59" facs="tcp:63175:80"/>To avoid this difficulty, some would have the word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, in my Text, to
be taken <hi>passively,</hi> namely, for <hi>to hear</hi> or <hi>be present at Prophecy,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">1 Cor. 11. 5.</note> which is an accepti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
without example either in Scripture or any where else. It is true, the Congre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gation
is said to <hi>pray,</hi> when the Priest only speaks; but that they should be said to
<hi>preach,</hi> who are present only at the hearing of a Sermon, is a Trope without exam<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ple.
For the reason is not alike: In <hi>prayer</hi> the Priest is the mouth of the Congrega<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion,
and does what he does in their names, and they assent to it by saying <hi>Amen.</hi> But
he that <hi>preaches</hi> or <hi>prophesies,</hi> is not the mouth of the Church, to speak ought in their
names, that so they might be said to speak too; but he is the mouth of God speaking
to them. It is not likely therefore that those who only <hi>hear</hi> another speaking or <hi>pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phesying</hi>
to them, should be said <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>to prophesy;</hi> no more, as I said, than that
all they should be said to <hi>preach,</hi> who were at the <hi>hearing</hi> of a Sermon.</p>
                  <p>What shall we do then? Is there any other acception of the word [<hi>Prophesying</hi>]
left us, which may sit our turn? Yes, there is a Fourth acception, which, if it can
be made good, will sute our Text better (I think) than any of the former; to wit,
that <hi>Prophesying</hi> here should be taken for <hi>praising God in Hymns and Psalms:</hi> For so
it is fitly coupled with <hi>praying; Praying</hi> and <hi>Praising</hi> being the parts of the Christian
Liturgie. Besides, our Apostle also in the fourteenth Chapter of this Epistle joyns
them both together;<note place="margin">Vers. 15. 19.</note> 
                     <hi>I will pray</hi> (saith he) <hi>with the spirit, and will pray with under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>standing
also: I will sing with the spirit, and I will sing,</hi> that is, prophesie, <hi>with under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>standing
also.</hi> For, because <hi>Prophets</hi> of old did Three things: first, <hi>foretel things to
come;</hi> secondly, <hi>notifie the will of God unto the People;</hi> and thirdly, <hi>utter themselves in
Musical wise, and,</hi> as I may so speak, <hi>in a Poetical strain and composure:</hi> hence it comes
to pass that <hi>to prophesie</hi> in Scripture signifies the doing of any of these Three things,
and amongst the rest, <hi>to praise</hi> God in Verse or Musical composure.</p>
                  <p>This to be so as I say, I shall prove unto you out of two places of Scripture: and
first out of the first of <hi>Chronicles,</hi> Chap. 25. where the word <hi>Prophesie</hi> is three several
times thus used. I will alledge the words of the Text at large, because I cannot
well abbreviate them. Thus therefore it speaks; Vers. 1. <hi>Moreover, David and the Cap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tains
of the Host separated to the service of the sons of Asaph, and of Heman, and of Ie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>duthun,
who should prophesie with Harps, with Psalteries, and with Cymbals: and the
number of the men of Office, according to their service, was,</hi> 2. <hi>Of the sons of Asaph;
Zaccur, and Ioseph, and Nethaniah, and Asarelah, the sons of Asaph, under the hands
of Asaph, which prophesied according the order of the King.</hi> 3. <hi>Of Ieduthun; the sons of
Ieduthun, Gedaliah, and Zeri, and Ieshaiah, Hashabiah, and Mattithiah (and Schimei)
six, under the hands of their father Ieduthun, who prophesied with a Harp, to give thanks
and to praise the Lord.</hi> Lo here, <hi>to prophesie, and to give thanks</hi> (or <hi>confess</hi>) and
<hi>to praise the Lord</hi> with spiritual songs, made all one.<note place="margin">Expende etiam 2 Chron. 29. 30. &amp; cap. 35. 15.</note> Nor needs such a Notion
seem strange, when as even among the Latins the word <hi>Va<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>es</hi> signifieth both him that
<hi>foretels</hi> things to come, and a <hi>Poet;</hi> for that the Gentiles Oracles were given like<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wise
<hi>in Verse:</hi> And S. <hi>Paul</hi> to <hi>Titus</hi> calls the <hi>Cretian</hi> Poet, <hi>Epimenides,</hi> a <hi>Prophet; as
one,</hi> saith he, <hi>of their own Prophets said,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Tit. 1. 12.</note>
                  </p>
                  <l>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </l>
                  <p>And the <hi>Arabians</hi> (whose language comes the nearest both in words and notions to
the Hebrew) call a <hi>chief Poet</hi> of theirs (<hi>Princeps omnium Poetarum</hi> (saith <hi>Erpenius)
quos unquam vidit mundus) Muttenabbi,</hi> that is, <hi>Prophetizans,</hi> or <hi>the Prophet</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</p>
                  <p>Now then if <hi>Asaph, Ieduthun</hi> and <hi>Heman prophesied,</hi> when they <hi>praised God in</hi> such
<hi>Psalms</hi> as are entituled unto their several Quires, and as we find them in the Psalm-Book;
(for know that all the Psalms entituled <hi>To the sons of Korah,</hi> belonged to
the Quire of <hi>Heman</hi> who descended from <hi>Korah</hi>) why may not we, when we sing
the same Psalms, be said to <hi>prophesie</hi> likewise? namely, As he that useth a prayer com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>posed
by another, prayeth; and that according to the spirit of him that composed it:
so he that <hi>praiseth</hi> God with these spiritual and prophetical composures, may be said
to <hi>prophesie</hi> according to that spirit which speaketh in them.</p>
                  <p>And that Almighty God is well pleased with such Service as this, may appear by
that one story of King <hi>Iehoshaphat,</hi> in the second of <hi>Chronicles,</hi> who when he march<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
forth against that great confederate Army of the children of <hi>Ammon, Moab,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">2 Chron. 20. 21.</note> and
mount <hi>Seir,</hi> the Text tells us, that having <hi>consulted with his people, he appointed Singers
unto the Lord, that should praise the Beauty of holiness, as they went out before the Army;
and to say, Praise the Lord, for his mercy endureth for ever;</hi> (that is, they should sing
the one hundred and sixth Psalm, or one hundred and thirty sixth Psalm, which begin
<pb n="60" facs="tcp:63175:81"/>
in this manner, and were both of them not unfit for such an occasion.) <hi>And when
they began to sing and praise,</hi> (saith the Text) <hi>the Lord set ambushments against the
children of Ammon,<note place="margin">Ver. 22.</note> Moab, and Mount Seir, which were come against Iudah; and they
were smitten.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>A second place where such kind of <hi>Prophets</hi> and <hi>Prophesying</hi> as we speak of are
mentioned,<note place="margin">1 Sam. 10. 5. 10.</note> is that in the first of <hi>Samuel,</hi> in the story of <hi>Saul's</hi> election, where we read,
that <hi>when he came to a certain place called The Hill of God, he met a company of Prophets
coming down from the Highplace,</hi> (or Oratory there.) <hi>with a Psaltery, and a Tabret, and
a Pipe, and a Harp before them; and they prophesied, and he with them.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Their Instruments argue what kind of <hi>Prophecy</hi> this was, namely, <hi>Praising of God
with spiritual songs and melody:</hi> In what manner, is not so easie to define or specifie;
but with an extemporary rapture, I easily believe. And if we may conjecture by
other examples, One of them should seem to have been the <hi>Praecentor,</hi> and to utter
the Verse or Ditty; the rest to have answered <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, the extremes or last
words of the Verse: For after this manner we are told by <hi>Philo Iudaeus,</hi> that the
<hi>Esseni</hi> (who were of the <hi>Iewish</hi> Nation) were wont to sing their Hymns in their
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or worshipping-places. And after the self-same manner, <hi>Eusebius</hi> tells us,
did the <hi>Primitive Christians;</hi> having in all likelihood learnt it from the Iews whose
manner it was. The same is witnessed by the <hi>Author Constitutionum Aposiolicarum,</hi> in
his second Book and fifty seventh Chapter, where describing the manner of the
<hi>Christian</hi> Service, after the reading of the Lessons of the Old Testament, (saith he)
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <note place="margin">Note, to sing. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 1. alternis cho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>i<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>, and to an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>swer <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, are di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>v<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>e.</note> 
                     <hi>Let another
sing the Psalms of David, and the people</hi> succinere, or <hi>answer.</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, (i. e.)
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>the extremes of the verses.</hi> Some footsteps of which Custom remain
still with us, (though perhaps in somewhat a different way,) when in those short
Versicles of Liturgie, being Sentences taken out of the <hi>Psalms,</hi> the Priest sayes or
sings the first half, and the People answer the latter, <hi>quasi,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.<note place="margin">Vid. <hi>Hook</hi> l. 5. p. 251.</note> As for ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ample,
in that taken out of Psalm 51. 15. the Priest sayes, <hi>O Lord, open thou our lips;</hi>
the People or <hi>Chorus</hi> answers, <hi>And our mouth shall shew forth thy praise.</hi> But whatsoever
the ancient manner of <hi>answering</hi> was, thus much we are sure of, That the <hi>Iews</hi> in
their Divine Lauds were wont to praise God after this manner, in <hi>Antiphons</hi> or <hi>Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sponsories;</hi>
as (to let pass other Testimonies, and the use of their Synagogues to this
day derived from their Ancestors) we may learn by two special Arguments. One
from the <hi>Seraphims</hi> singing, <hi>Esay</hi> 6. 3. where it is said that the <hi>Seraphims cryed one unto
another, saying, Holy, Holy, Holy Lord God of Hosts, the whole Earth is full of his Glory.</hi>
Note, <hi>They cried one unto another.</hi> Secondly, from the use of the Hebrew verb <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
which in the proper and native signification thereof being <hi>to answer,</hi> is also used for
<hi>to sing:</hi> as in Psalm 147. 7. where we translate, <hi>Sing unto the Lord with thanksgiving,
sing praise upon the Harp unto our God;</hi> in the Hebrew it is <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. <hi>Answer unto the Lord
in thanksgiving, sing praise upon the Harp unto our God.</hi> And <hi>Esay</hi> 27. 2. <hi>In that day
sing ye unto her, a vineyard of red wine:</hi> in the Hebrew, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Answer ye unto her.</hi>
And <hi>Numbers</hi> 21. 17. in <hi>Israel's</hi> song of the Well, <hi>Spring up, O Well, sing unto it:</hi>
in the Hebrew it is, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Answer unto it.</hi> And <hi>Moses</hi> speaking of those that were
worshipping the golden Calf, <hi>Exodus</hi> 32. 18. <hi>It is not the voice of them that shout for
mastery, nor the voice of them that cry for being overcome; but the noise of them that
sing do I hear:</hi> In the Hebrew, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>the voice of them that answer one another.</hi>
And so in other places. But to put all out of doubt, look <hi>Ezra</hi> 3. 11. where it is ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>presly
said, <hi>The Levites, the sons of Asaph, sung together by course, in praising and giv<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
thanks unto the Lord, Because he is good, for his mercy endureth for ever.</hi> Hence
was derived the manner of <hi>Praying</hi> and <hi>Praising</hi> God in the <hi>Christian</hi> Service, <hi>alter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nis,</hi>
in a Musical way, and, as it were, by way of <hi>prophesying</hi> and versifying; even
though we do but speak it only; as you know the Poet sayes,—<hi>Amant alterna Ca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>m<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>en<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>.</hi>
Thus I have taken occasion somewhat to enlarge upon this particular; that
we our selves might the better understand the reason of what we do, and what pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cedents
and whose example we follow therein. And thus much of <hi>Prophesying.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>I COME now to the Second thing I propounded to speak of; namely, What
was that Fault among the <hi>Corinthians</hi> which the Apostle here taxeth. For the right
understanding whereof, I say two things. First, For the <hi>Offenders,</hi> that they were the
<hi>women,</hi> and not the <hi>men:</hi> That which the Apostle speaketh concerning <hi>men,</hi> being by
way of supposition only, and to illustrate his Argument against the uncomely guise
of the <hi>women, à pari.</hi> This appears, because his Conclusion speaks of <hi>women</hi> only,
and nothing at all of <hi>men.</hi> Secondly, For the quality of the Fault, it was this;
<pb n="61" facs="tcp:63175:81"/>
That the <hi>women</hi> at the time of <hi>praying</hi> and <hi>prophesying</hi> were <hi>unveiled</hi> in the Church;
notwithstanding it was then accounted an unseemly and immodest guise for <hi>women</hi>
to appear open and bare-faced in publick. How then, will you say, should it come
to pass that Christian women should so much forget themselves, as to transgress this
<hi>Decorum</hi> in God's House and Service, which they observed otherwhere? I answer,
From a phantastical imitation of the manner of the <hi>She-Priests and Prophetesses</hi> of the
Gentiles, when they served their Idols; as their <hi>Pythiae, Bacchae</hi> or <hi>Maenades,</hi> and the
like; who used, when they uttered their Oracles, or celebrated rites and sacrifices
to their Gods, to put themselves into a wild and extatical guise, having their faces
discovered, their hair disshevelled and hanging about their ears. This these <hi>Corin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thian
women</hi> (conceiting themselves when they <hi>prayed</hi> or <hi>prophesied</hi> in the Church, to
be acting the parts of <hi>She-Priests,</hi> uttering Oracles like the <hi>Pythiae</hi> or <hi>Sibyllae,</hi> or cele<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brating
sacrifice as the <hi>Maenades</hi> or <hi>Bacchae</hi>) were so fond as to imitate (as that sex is
prone to follow the fashion) and accordingly cast off their veils, and discovered
their faces immodestly in the congregation, and thereby (as the Apostle speaks)
<hi>dishonoured their heads,</hi> that is, were unseemly accoutred and dressed on their
head.</p>
                  <p>Which he proveth by three Arguments. Partly <hi>from Nature,</hi> which having given
<hi>women</hi> their Hair for a covering, taught them to be covered, as a Sign of subjection;
the manner of this covering being to be measured by the custome of the Nation.
Partly by an Argument <hi>à pari,</hi> from <hi>men;</hi> for whom, even themselves being Iudges,
it would be an uncomely thing to wear a <hi>veil,</hi> that is, a <hi>womans</hi> habit: so, by the
like reason, was it as uncomely and absurd for a <hi>woman</hi> to be without a <hi>veil,</hi> that is,
in the guise and dress of a <hi>man.</hi> And howsoever the Devils of the Gentiles some<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>times
took pleasure in uncomeliness and absurd garbs and gestures; yet the God
whom they worshipped, and his holy Angels who were present at their devotions,
loved a comely accomodation, agreeable to Nature and Custome, in such as wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>shipped
him. <hi>For this cause therefore</hi> (saith he<note n="*" place="margin">Vers. 10.</note>) <hi>ought a woman to have a covering
on her Head, because of the Angels.</hi> Lastly, he concludes it from the Example and
Custome both of the <hi>Iewish</hi> and <hi>Christian</hi> Churches; neither of which had any such
use, for their <hi>women</hi> to be <hi>unveiled</hi> in their sacred assemblies: <hi>If any man</hi> (saith he<note n="*" place="margin">Vers. 16.</note>)
<hi>be contentious,</hi> (that is, will not be satisfied with these reasons) <hi>let him know that
we</hi> (that is we of the Circumcision) <hi>have no such custome, nor the Churches of God.</hi>
For so, with S. <hi>Ambrose, Anselme,</hi> and some of the Ancients, I take the meaning
of the Apostle to be in those words.</p>
                  <p>Thus you have heard briefly, What was the Fault of these <hi>Corinthian</hi> Dames,
which the Apostle here taxeth. From which we our selves may learn thus much,
That God requires a decent and comely accommodation in his House in the act of
his worship and service: For if in their habit and dress, surely much more in their
gestures and deportment, he loves nothing that is unseemly in the one or in the other:
Which I doubt some of us, at least of the younger sort, are not so observant of in
this place as we should; and therefore with those whom it concerns would amend it.
And thus I conclude my Discourse.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="17" type="discourse">
               <pb n="62" facs="tcp:63175:82"/>
               <head>DISCOURSE XVII.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>TITUS 3. 5.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.
By the washing of Regeneration, and renewing of the Holy Ghost.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>THESE words (as it is easie to conceive upon the first hearing) are
spoken of <hi>Baptism;</hi> of which I intend not by this choice to make any
full or accurate Tractation, but only to acquaint you (as I am wont)
with my Thoughts concerning two Particulars therein, both of them
mentioned in the words of my Text: One, from what <hi>propriety, ana<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>logy,</hi>
or <hi>use of Water,</hi> the <hi>washing</hi> therewith was instituted for a <hi>Sign
of new Birth,</hi> according as it is here called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>the washing of rege<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neration:</hi>
The other, What is the proper <hi>Counter-type,</hi> or thing which the Water
<hi>figureth</hi> in this Sacrament.</p>
                  <p>I will begin with the last first, because the knowledg thereof must be supposed for
the explication and more distinct understanding of the other. In every Sacrament,
as ye well know, there is the outward Symbole or Sign, <hi>Res terrena;</hi> and the <hi>Signa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum</hi>
figured and represented thereby, <hi>Res coelestis.</hi> In this of <hi>Baptism,</hi> the Sign or
<hi>Res terrena</hi> is Washing with water. The Question is, what is the <hi>Signatum,</hi> the
invisible and <hi>celestial</hi> thing, which answers thereunto. In our Catechetical expli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cations
of this Mystery, it was wont to be affirmed to be the <hi>Bloud of Christ;</hi> name<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly,
That as <hi>Water</hi> washeth away the filth of the Body, so the <hi>Bloud of Christ</hi> cleanseth
us from the guilt and pollution of Sin. And there is no question but the <hi>Bloud of
Christ</hi> is the Fountain of all the grace and good communicated unto us, either in this
or any other Sacrament or Mystery of the Gospel. But that this should be the
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, the <hi>Counter-part</hi> or <hi>thing figured by the Water in Baptism,</hi> I believe not;
Because the Scripture, which must be our guide and direction in this case, makes it an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>other
thing, to wit, <hi>the Spirit</hi> or <hi>Holy Ghost;</hi> this to be that whereby the Soul is clean<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sed
and renewed <hi>within,</hi> as the Body with Water is <hi>without.</hi> So saith our Saviour to
<hi>Nicodemus, Iohn</hi> 3. 5. <hi>Except a man he born of Water and the Spirit, he cannot enter into
the Kingdom of God.</hi> And the Apostle, in the words I have read, parallels <hi>the wash<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
of regeneration</hi> and <hi>the renewing of the Holy Ghost,</hi> as Type and Counter-type:
<hi>God</hi> (saith he) <hi>hath saved us</hi> (that is, brought us into the state of salvation,) <hi>by the
washing of regeneration, and the renewing of the Holy Ghost;</hi> where none, I trow, will
deny that he speaks of <hi>Baptism.</hi> The same was represented by that Vision at our
Saviour's Baptism, of the Holy Ghost's descending upon him, as he came out of the
water, in the similitude of a Dove: For I suppose that in that Baptism of his, the
Mystery of all our Baptisms was visibly acted;<note place="margin">Vid. Cons<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>tut. Apost. l. 2. cap. 36. Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> and that God sayes to every one truly
baptized, as he said to him, (in a proportionable sense) <hi>Thou art my Son, in whom I
am well pleased.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>And how pliable the Analogy of <hi>Water</hi> is to typifie the <hi>Spirit,</hi> well appears by
the <hi>figuring</hi> of the <hi>Spirit</hi> thereby in other places of Scripture. As in that of <hi>Esay, I
will pour water upon him that is thirsty,<note place="margin">Esay 44. 3.</note> and flouds upon the day ground: I will pour my
Spirit upon thy seed, and my blessing upon thine off-spring;</hi> where the latter expounds
for former. Also by the discourse of our Saviour with the Samaritan woman <hi>Iohn
4. 14. Whosoever</hi> (saith he) <hi>drinketh of the water that I shall give him, shall never
thirst; but the water that I shall give him shall be in him a Well of water springing up to
everlasting life.</hi> By that also, <hi>Iohn</hi> 7. 37. where <hi>on the last day of the</hi> great <hi>Feast Iesus
stood and said, If any man thirst, let him come unto me, and drink: He that believeth
on me, as the Scripture saith,</hi> (that is, as the Scripture is wont to express it, for other<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wise
there is no such place of Scripture to be found in all the Bible,) <hi>out of his belly
shall flow rivers of living water. But this</hi> (saith the Evangelist V. 39.) <hi>he spake of the
Spirit, which they that believe on him should receive.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Nor did the Fathers or ancient Church, as far as I can find, suppose any other
Correlative to the Element in Baptism but this; of this they speak often, of the
<pb n="63" facs="tcp:63175:82"/>
                     <hi>Bloud of Christ</hi> they are altogether silent in their Explications of this Mystery.<note place="margin">Titus 3. 5.</note> Many
are the Allusions they seek out for the illustration thereof, and some perhaps forced;
but this of the <hi>Water</hi> signifying, or having relation to, the <hi>Bloud of Christ,</hi> never comes
amongst them: which were impossible, if they had not supposed some other thing
<hi>figured by the Water</hi> than it, which barred them from falling to that conceit.</p>
                  <p>The like silence is to be observed in our Liturgy, where the <hi>Holy Ghost</hi> is more
than once parallel'd with the <hi>Water of Baptism, washing</hi> and <hi>regeneration</hi> attributed
thereunto; but no such notion of the <hi>Bloud of Christ.</hi> And that the opinion thereof
is novel, may be gathered, because some <hi>Lutheran</hi> Divines make it peculiar and pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>per
to the followers of <hi>Calvin.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Whatsoever it be, it hath no foundation in Scripture: and we must not of our
own heads assign <hi>significations</hi> to Sacramental types without some warrant thence. For
whereas some conceive those two expressions of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <hi>sprinkling of the bloud
of Christ,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">1 Pet. 1. 2. Apoc. 1. 5.</note> and of our being <hi>washed from our sins in</hi> (or <hi>by) his bloud,</hi> do intimate
some such matter; they are surely mistaken. For those expressions have reference
not to the <hi>Water of Baptism</hi> in the New Testament, but to the rite and manner of <hi>sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crificing</hi>
in the Old; where the Altar was wont to be <hi>sprinkled with the bloud of the
Sacrifices</hi> which are offered; and that which was unclean, purified with the same
bloud: whence is that elegant discourse of S. <hi>Paul (Heb.</hi> 9.) comparing the Sacrifi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ces
of the Law with that of Christ upon the Cross as much the better. And that
whereas in the Law, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Almost all things were puri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fied
with bloud,</hi> V. 22. <hi>so much more the bloud of Christ, who offered himself without spot
to God, cleanseth our consciences from dead works,</hi> V. 14. But that this <hi>washing,</hi> that
is, <hi>cleansing by the bloud of Christ,</hi> should have reference to <hi>Baptism;</hi> where is that
to be found? I suppose they will not alledge the <hi>water</hi> and <hi>bloud</hi> which came out of
our Saviour's side, when they pierced him; for that is taken to signifie the Two
Sacraments ordained by Christ, that of <hi>Bloud</hi> the Eucharist, of <hi>Water</hi> Baptism; and
not both to be referred to Baptism. I adde (because perhaps some means fancies are
corrupted therewith,) that there was no such thing as <hi>sprinkling,</hi> or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, used
in Baptism in the Apostles times, nor many ages after them; and that therefore it is
no way probable that <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Sprinkling of the Bloud of Christ,</hi> in S.
<hi>Peter,</hi> should have any reference to the Laver of <hi>Baptism.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Let this then be our Conclusion; That the <hi>Bloud of Christ</hi> concurs in the Mystery
of Baptism by way of efficacy and merit, but not as the thing there <hi>figured;</hi> which
the Scripture tells us not to be <hi>the Bloud of Christ,</hi> but <hi>the Spirit.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>AND so I come to my other <hi>Quaere,</hi> From what property or use of <hi>Water,</hi> the
<hi>washing</hi> therewith is a Sacrament of our <hi>new Birth:</hi> for so it is here called the <hi>washing
of regeneration;</hi> and our Saviour saies to <hi>Nicodemus, Except a man be born of Water
and of the Spirit, he cannot enter into the Kingdom of God.</hi> For in every Sacrament
there is some analogy between what is outwardly done and what is thereby signified;
therefore in this. But what should it be? It is a thing of some moment, and yet in
the Tractates of this Mystery but little or seldom enquired after; and therefore
deserves the more consideration. I answer, This analogy between the <hi>Washing with
water</hi> and <hi>Regeneration</hi> lies in that custome of <hi>washing</hi> Infants from the pollutions of
the womb when they are first born. For this is the first office done unto them when
they come out of the womb, if they purpose to nourish and bring them up. As
therefore in our <hi>natural birth</hi> the Body is <hi>washt</hi> with <hi>water</hi> from the pollutions
wherewith it comes besmeared out of the matrix; so in our <hi>second birth</hi> from
above, the Soul is <hi>purified</hi> by the <hi>Spirit</hi> from the guilt and pollution of sin, to begin
<hi>a new life</hi> to God-ward.</p>
                  <p>The analogy you see is apt and proper, if that be true of the custome, whereof
there is no cause to make question. For the use at present, any man (I think) knows
how to inform himself. For that of elder times, I can produce two pregnant and
notable testimonies; one of the Iews and people of God, another of the Gentiles.
The first you shall find in the sixteenth Chapter of <hi>Ezekiel,</hi> where God describes the
poor and forlorn condition of <hi>Ierusalem</hi> when he first took her to himself, under
the parable of an exposed Infant.<note place="margin">Ezek. 16. 4, 5.</note> 
                     <hi>As for thy nativity</hi> saith he <hi>in the day thou wast
born, thy navel was not cut, neither wast thou washed in water, to supple thee; thou wast
not salted at all, nor swadled at all; no eye pitied thee, none to do any of these things
unto thee, to have compassion on thee; but thou wast cast out in the open field, to the
loathing of thy person, in the day that thou wast born.</hi> Here you may learn what was
wont to be done unto Infants at their nativity, by that which was not done to <hi>Israel,</hi> till
<pb n="64" facs="tcp:63175:83"/>
God himself took pity on her; <hi>cutting off the navel-string, washing, salting, swadling.</hi>
Upon this place S. <hi>Hierome</hi> takes notice (but scarce any body else, for ought I can
yet find) that our Saviour, when speaking of <hi>Baptism</hi> he sayes [<hi>Except a man be born
of Water and the Spirit, he cannot enter into the Kingdom of God</hi>] alludes to the cu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stome
here mentioned of <hi>washing</hi> Infants at their nativity.</p>
                  <p>The other Testimony (and that most pertinent to the application we make) I
find in a story related by <hi>Plutarch</hi> in his <hi>Quaestiones Romanae,</hi> not far from the be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ginning,
in this manner: Among the <hi>Greeks,</hi> if one that were living were reported to
be dead, and funeral obsequies performed for him; if afterward he returned alive,
he was of all men abominated as a prophane and unlucky person; no man would come
in his company, and (which was the highest degree of calamity) they excluded him
from their Temples and the Sacrifices of their Gods. It chanced that one <hi>Aristinus</hi>
being fallen into such a disaster, and not knowing which way to expiate himself
therefrom, sent to the Oracle at <hi>Delphos,</hi> to <hi>Apollo,</hi> beseeching him to shew him the
means whereby he might be freed and discharged thereof: <hi>Pythia</hi> gave him this an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>swer,
<q>
                        <l>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>
                        </l>
                        <l>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>
                        </l>
                        <l>What women do, when one in childbed lies,</l>
                        <l>That do again, so maist thou sacrifice.</l>
                     </q>
                     <hi>Aristinus</hi> rightly apprehending what the Oracle meant, offered himself to women, as
one newly brought forth, to be <hi>washed</hi> again with water. From which example it
grew a custome among the <hi>Greeks,</hi> when the like misfortune befel any man, after this
manner to expiate them. They called them <hi>Hysteropotmi,</hi> or <hi>Postliminio nati.</hi> How
well doth this befit the Mystery of Baptism! where those who were dead to God
through sin are, like <hi>Hysteropotmi,</hi> regenerate and born again by <hi>Water</hi> and <hi>the Holy
Ghost.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>These two passages discover sufficiently the analogy of the <hi>washing with water</hi> in
<hi>Baptism</hi> to <hi>Regeneration</hi> or <hi>New birth;</hi> according as the Text I have chosen for the
scope of my Discourse expresseth it: namely, That <hi>washing with water</hi> is a Sign of
<hi>spiritual Infancy,</hi> forasmuch as <hi>Infants</hi> are wont to be <hi>washed</hi> when they come first
into the world.</p>
                  <p>Hence the Iews, before <hi>Iohn</hi> the <hi>Baptist</hi> came amongst them, were wont by this
rite to <hi>initiate</hi> such as they made <hi>Proselytes,</hi> (to wit,) as becoming <hi>Infants</hi> again, and
entring into a <hi>new life</hi> and being, which before they had not. That which here I have
affirmed will be yet more evident, if we consider those other rites anciently added and
used in the celebration of this Mystery, which had the self-same end we speak of, <hi>viz.</hi>
to signifie <hi>spiritual Infancy.</hi> I will name them, and so conclude. As That of <hi>giving</hi>
the new-baptized <hi>milk</hi> and <hi>honey, ad Infantandum,</hi> as <hi>Tertullian</hi> speaks, <hi>ad infantiae
significationem,</hi> so S. <hi>Hierome,</hi> because the like was used to Infants new-born; accord<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
to that in the 7.<note place="margin">Esay 7. 14. 15.</note> of <hi>Esay,</hi> of <hi>Immanuel's</hi> infancy, <hi>A Virgin shall conceive and bear a
son: Butter and honey shall he eat, that he may know to refuse evil and chuse good.</hi> Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>condly,
That of <hi>salt,</hi> as is implied in that of <hi>Ezekiel, Thou wast not washed with water,
nor salted with salt.</hi> Thirdly, That of putting on the <hi>white garment,</hi> to resemble
<hi>swadling.</hi> All these were anciently (especially the first) used in the Sacrament of
our <hi>Spiritual birth,</hi> out of reference to that which was done to Infants at their <hi>Natural
birth.</hi> Who then can doubt but the principal rite of <hi>washing with water</hi> (the only
one ordained by our Blessed Saviour) was chosen for the same reason, to be the ele<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment
of our initiation; and that those who brought in the other, did so conceive of
this, and from thence derived those imitations?</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="18" type="discourse">
               <pb n="65" facs="tcp:63175:83"/>
               <head>DISCOURSE XVIII.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>IOSHUA 24. 26.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>And <hi>Ioshua</hi> took a great stone, and set it up there <hi>(viz. in Si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chem)</hi>
under the Oak which was in the Sanctuary of the Lord:
<hi>Alii,</hi> by the Sanctuary. <hi>Heb.</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>THE Story whereupon these Words depend is this: <hi>Ioshua</hi> a little be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
his death assembled all the Tribes of <hi>Israel</hi> at <hi>Shechem</hi> or <hi>Sichem,</hi>
there to make a solemn Covenant between them and the Lord, <hi>To have
him alone for their God, and to serve no other Gods besides him:</hi> Which
they having solemnly promised to do,<note place="margin">Vers. 2<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> saying, <hi>The Lord our God will we
serve, and his voice will we obey; Ioshua</hi> for a testimony and monument
of this their stipulation, erects in the place a great <hi>Stone</hi> or <hi>Pillar</hi> under an <hi>Oak,</hi>
which was <hi>by</hi> (or, as the Hebrew hath it, <hi>in) the Sanctuary of the Lord.</hi> Of this <hi>Oak,</hi>
or rather collectively <hi>Quercetum</hi> or <hi>Oaken-hold,</hi> of <hi>Sichem,</hi> is twice mention made
elsewhere in Scripture. For this was the place where <hi>Abram</hi> first sate down, and
where the Lord appearing unto him, he erected his first Altar in the Land of <hi>Canaan,</hi>
after he came out of <hi>Haran</hi> thither, as we read <hi>Gen.</hi> 12. 6. in these words, <hi>And Abram
passed through the Land unto the place of Sichem, unto the Oak</hi> or Oak-grove <hi>of Morch,</hi>
where <hi>the Lord appeared unto him, saying, Unto thy seed will I give this Land: and
there he builded an Altar unto the Lord who appeared unto him.</hi> And what place more fit
for <hi>Abraham's</hi> posterity to renew a Covenant with their God, than that where their
God first made his Covenant with <hi>Abraham</hi> their Father? Again, it was this place
where, in the after-times of the Iudges<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> one hundred and seventy years after the death
of <hi>Ioshua,</hi> the <hi>Sichemites</hi> made <hi>Abimelech,</hi> the base son of <hi>Ierubbaal</hi> or <hi>Gideon,</hi> King, as
we read <hi>Iudg.</hi> 9. 6. that <hi>all the men of Sichem gathered together, and all the house of
Millo, and went and made Abimelech King, by the</hi> Oak <hi>of the Pillar which was in Si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chem.</hi>
The words are <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, even the Oak where <hi>Ioshua</hi> (here in my Text)
set up this great Stone for a witness to <hi>Israel.</hi> For the word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> here, and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
in the other two places, signifie one and the same thing, to wit, either an <hi>Oak, Tere<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>binth,</hi>
or some other kind of Tree; as the Seventy perpetually render them.</p>
                  <p>Yea, that of <hi>Iudges</hi> must of necessity so be rendred, by comparing it with this of
my Text, to which it hath reference. Nevertheless our last Translation in the first
of these places, <hi>Gen.</hi> 12. concerning <hi>Abram,</hi> chose rather (I know not wherefore)
to follow S. <hi>Hierome,</hi> who follows not himself, and translates it a <hi>Plain,</hi> not an <hi>Oak,</hi>
to wit, <hi>the Plain of Morch?</hi> by which Translation the identity of that place with the
other two, where it is translated <hi>Oak,</hi> is obscured and made the less observable. If
there be any difference between the words <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> it should rather be this,
that <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> should signifie <hi>a Tree,</hi> and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>a Grove, Holt</hi> or <hi>Wood of such Trees;</hi> as the
Seventy in that place of the ninth of <hi>Iudges</hi> have expresly rendred it, namely, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
the <hi>Quercetum, Oak-toft</hi> or <hi>Holt</hi> of <hi>Sichem.</hi> And so, I
believe, it ought to be understood in the other places, that is, to be taken col<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lectively;
of which we shall hear more hereafter.</p>
                  <p>But this is no great matter of difficulty; that which follows is, namely, How this
<hi>Oak,</hi> or <hi>Oaken-holt,</hi> of <hi>Sichem</hi> is said here in my Text to have been <hi>in</hi> (for the He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brew
is <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>) or <hi>by, the Sanctuary of the Lord.</hi> For how comes the <hi>Sanctuary</hi> of
the Lord to be at <hi>Sichem,</hi> whenas the <hi>Tabernacle</hi> and the <hi>Ark of the Testimony</hi> were
at <hi>Shiloh,</hi> there set up by <hi>Ioshua</hi> himself, and so remained (as the Scripture<note n="*" place="margin">Iudg. 18. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>0, 31.</note> else<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>where
tells us) <hi>until the time of the Captivity of the Land?</hi> which without question
was not till after <hi>Ioshua</hi> was dead and buried,<note place="margin">1 Sam. 4.</note> and is usually understood of that time
when the Ark was taken captive by the Philistines. And yet is not only here a
<hi>Sanctuary</hi> mentioned at <hi>Sichem,</hi> but in the beginning of the Chapter, the Elders and
Officers of the Tribes are said, upon <hi>Ioshua</hi>'s summons,<note place="margin">I<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>s. 24. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> to have <hi>presented themselves
there before the Lord;</hi> which speech useth to imply as much.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="66" facs="tcp:63175:84"/>If we say the <hi>Ark of God</hi> was taken out of its place <hi>at Shiloh,</hi> and brought to <hi>Si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chem</hi>
by the Levites,<note place="margin">Ios. 24. 26.</note> upon occasion of this general Assembly; yet the difficulty will
not be removed. For first, How could the <hi>Ark</hi> alone give denomination to the
place where it stood, to be called the <hi>Sanctuary of the Lord;</hi> Or secondly, If the
<hi>Altar</hi> were there with it,<note place="margin">Deut. 16. 21, 22.</note> how was the Law of God observed, which saith, <hi>Thou
shalt n<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>t plant a Grove of any trees</hi> (or <hi>any tree) near unto the Altar of the Lord thy
God, which thou shalt make thee; Neither shalt thou set up a Pillar, which the Lord thy
God hateth:</hi> whenas here are both, an <hi>Oak</hi> or <hi>Quercetum</hi> in the <hi>Sanctuary</hi> of God, and
a <hi>Pillar</hi> or <hi>Statue</hi> erected under it? Thirdly, <hi>This Sanctuary,</hi> whatsoever it was, must
be something which had a constant and fixed station, and was not temporary and muta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ble;
and that, because the <hi>Oak,</hi> under which this <hi>Pillar</hi> was erected by <hi>Ioshua,</hi> is here
designed and pointed out by it as by a constant and standing mark: else to what pur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pose
had it been to sign out the <hi>Oak</hi> by it, if it were such as would be here to day
and not to morrow?</p>
                  <p>For these reasons it appears that <hi>this Sanctuary</hi> could not be the <hi>Tabernacle</hi> where
the Ark and Altar for <hi>Israel</hi> were, but that it was something else: And what that
should be, is to be enquired.</p>
                  <p>I answer, It was a <hi>Proseucha</hi> or praying-place, which the <hi>Israelites</hi> (at least those
of <hi>Ephraim,</hi> in whose lot it was) after the Countrey was subdued unto them, had
erected in that very place at <hi>Sichem</hi> where God first appeared to <hi>Abram,</hi> and where
he built his first Altar after he was come into the Land of <hi>Canaan;</hi> the place where
God said unto him, <hi>Unto thy seed will I give this Land.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>For the understanding whereof, you must take notice, that the Iews besides their
<hi>Tabernacle</hi> or <hi>Temple,</hi> which was the <hi>only place for Sacrifice,</hi> had (first or last) two
sorts of <hi>Places for religious duties;</hi> the one callet <hi>Proseuchae,</hi> the other <hi>Synagogues.</hi> The
difference between which was this: <hi>Proseucha</hi> was a plot of ground encompassed with
a wall or some other like mound or inclosure, and open above; much like to our
Courts: the use properly for <hi>Prayer,</hi> as the name <hi>Proseucha</hi> importeth: A <hi>Synagogue</hi> was
<hi>aedificium tectum,</hi> a covered edifice, as our Houses and Churches are, where the Law
and Prophets were read and expounded, and the people instructed in divine matters;
according to that <hi>Acts</hi> 15. 21. <hi>Moses of old time hath in every City them that preach him,
being read in the Synagogues every Sabbath-day.</hi> From whence also you may gather,
that <hi>Synagogues</hi> were <hi>within</hi> the Cities, as <hi>Proseucha's</hi> were <hi>without;</hi> which was ano<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
difference between them, as you shall hear confirmed.</p>
                  <p>That <hi>Proseucha's</hi> were such places as I have described them to be, I prove out of a
notable place of <hi>Epiphanius,</hi> a Iew bred and born in <hi>Palestine;</hi> who in his Tract against
the <hi>Massalian</hi> Hereticks, after he hath told us that the <hi>Massaliani</hi> built themselves <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
&amp;c. <hi>certain houses or large places, like the ancients places
of market, which they called Proseuchae;</hi> he goes on thus, <hi>And that the Iews of old (as
also the Samaritans) had certain places without the Cities for prayer, which they
call'd</hi> Proseucha's, <hi>appears out of the acts of the Apostles, where</hi> Lydia <hi>a seller of
purple is said to have met with the Apostle</hi> Paul, <hi>and to have heard him preaching
in that place, of which the Scripture saith,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,<note place="margin">A<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap> 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. 13.</note>, <hi>it seemed to be a place
of prayer,</hi> (of which I shall say more anon:) He goes on still, <hi>There is also at</hi> Sichem
(saith he) <hi>which is now called</hi> Neapolis, <hi>above a mile without the City a</hi> Proseucha <hi>or
place of prayer, like a Theatre, which was built in the open air, and without a roof, by the
Samaritans, who affected to imitate the Iews in all things.</hi> Out of these words you may
collect every part of my Description. First, That <hi>Proseuchae</hi> were out of the Cities in
the fields. Secondly, that they were <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, like the Ancients <hi>Fora</hi> or places of
market,<note place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                           <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                        </gap> hath a few lines after of the Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>aniani; <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, under the open air, and without roof, such as the Courts
of the Temple also were, whither the people came to pray; so that they were as it
were a kind of disjoyned and remoter Courts unto the Temple, whither they turn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
themselves when they prayed in them. Thirdly, That they were ordained for pla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ces
of <hi>Prayer.</hi> All these are in this passage of <hi>Epiphanius;</hi> and moreover, that such a
one was in his time remaining at <hi>Sichem,</hi> the place my Text speaks of, there erected
by the <hi>Samaritans,</hi> in that, as in all things else, imitators of the <hi>Iews.</hi> What better
Testimony could be desired?</p>
                  <p>These <hi>Proseucha's</hi> of the Iews, both name and thing, were not unknown to the Poet
<hi>Iuvenal;</hi> when describing in his third Satyre in what manner proud and insolent fel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lows
in the City of <hi>Rome</hi> used, in their drunken humours, to abuse and quarrel with those
they met in the streets in the night-time, whom they took to be of mean condition, he
brings them in speaking thus, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Ede ubi consistas; in quâ te quaero Proseuchâ?
<pb n="67" facs="tcp:63175:84"/>
Where dwell you? in what</hi> Proseucha <hi>should I seek or enquire for you?</hi> intimating that
he was some poor fellow, either that dwelt in an house that could not keep out wind
and weather, but was like a Iew's <hi>Proseucha,</hi> all open above; or he alludes to the
banishment of the Iews out of <hi>Rome</hi> by <hi>Domitian,</hi> in his own time, and then fresh, as
who had no where else to bestow themselves but in their <hi>Proseucha's</hi> out of the City;
or who used to assemble in the <hi>Proseucha's.</hi> According to some of these senses is <hi>Iuve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nal</hi>
to be understood.</p>
                  <p>For that the Iews had <hi>Proseucha's</hi> about the City of <hi>Rome,</hi> appears by <hi>Philo Iudae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>us</hi>
in his <hi>Delegatione ad Caium,</hi> where commending the <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>lemency and moderation of
<hi>Augustus Caesar,</hi> he saith, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
That <hi>he knew the Iews of Rome had their</hi> Proseucha's, <hi>and
that they used to assemble in them, especially on the Sabbath-days;</hi> and yet never molest<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
them, as <hi>Caius</hi> did.<note place="margin">Vide de V<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                           <desc>•••</desc>
                        </gap> Mos<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>s, l<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>b. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> The same <hi>Philo</hi> mentioneth <hi>Proseucha's</hi> elsewhere; though it
be not to be dissembled, that he seems to comprehend <hi>Synagogues</hi> also properly so
called under that name, as being better known to the Gentiles, who called both by
that name. <hi>Iosephus</hi> in his Life tells us of a <hi>Proseucha</hi> at <hi>Tiberias</hi> in <hi>Galilee,</hi> in these
words, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>On the next day,</hi>
which was the Sabbath-day, <hi>the whole people were gathered together in the</hi> Proseucha;
<hi>which is</hi> (saith he) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>a large edifice,
fit to receive a great multitude.</hi> He afterward tells us of a publick fast and supplicati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
appointed to be had the Monday following in the <hi>Proseucha,</hi> whither himself and
others assembled <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, &amp;c. <hi>to perform their devotions.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>In the New Testament the name of <hi>Synagogue</hi> is frequent, but that of <hi>Proseucha</hi>
seldom; whence may be conjectured that both are comprehended under that name,
as in <hi>Philo</hi> both are termed <hi>Proseuchae.</hi> Yet once or twice, as learned Interpreters
think, we read of <hi>Proseucha's</hi> in the New Testament. As namely, <hi>Acts</hi> 16. 13.
(which <hi>Epiphanius</hi> even now alledged to that purpose) where S. <hi>Luke</hi> tells us, that
S. <hi>Paul</hi> being come to <hi>Philippi</hi> in <hi>Macedonia</hi> on the Sabbath-day, they went out of the
City to a river side, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>where there was taken to be a Proseucha,</hi>
or <hi>where was famed to be a Proseucha;</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, will bear both. The
Syriack hath, <hi>Quia ibi conspiciebatur Domus orationis;</hi> the Arabick, <hi>Locus orati<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>nis.</hi>
For if <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> were taken here for <hi>Prayer</hi> it self, as if the sense were, <hi>where Prayer
was used to be made,</hi> it should rather have been said, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
and not <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. Yet, if it were so taken, it would still argue no less than that there was
here an <hi>appointed place for Prayer,</hi> and that <hi>out of the City;</hi> which is all one as to say,
there was a <hi>Proseucha.</hi> So I take <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, in the 16. verse of the same Chapter,
where it is said, <hi>It came to pass,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>as we went to the Proseu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cha;</hi>
especially since we read not in the Text that S. <hi>Paul</hi> went thither to <hi>pray,</hi> but to
<hi>preach,</hi> where he deemed there was an assembly that day according to custom: <hi>And
we sat down,</hi> (saith S. <hi>Luke) and spake unto the women which were come together there.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>A second place where a <hi>Proseucha</hi> is mentioned in the New Testament, may be that
<hi>Luke</hi> 6. 12. where it is said, that our Saviour <hi>went out into a Mountain to pray, and
continued all night,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>in Proseuchâ Dei, in an Oratory</hi> or <hi>Prayer-house
of God;</hi> so <hi>Drusius</hi> thinks <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is here to be taken, for <hi>a place,</hi> and the Ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ticle
helps the sense: Otherwise it seems an odd and unaccustomed expression for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
to mean <hi>in Prayer made unto God.</hi> And why should it not be as
likely that our Saviour might sometimes <hi>pray</hi> in their <hi>Proseucha's,</hi> as <hi>teach</hi> in their <hi>Sy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nagogues.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Thus we have seen the Testimonies for <hi>Proseucha's,</hi> their use, and difference from
<hi>Synagogues.</hi> Now for <hi>Synagogues,</hi> the common opinion is, that they were not before
the Captivity of <hi>Babylon;</hi> and that Necessity first taught the Iews the use of them in
that Captivity, which afterward they brought with them at their return into their
own Country. The reason why men so think is, I suppose, the absolute silence of
them in Scripture until the time of the second Temple. But though the name were
not, it is possible the thing might be. Howsoever, because it is most received, that
they were not, we will let it pass for current. But as for <hi>Proseucha's,</hi> such as we
have described them, none, that I know, have affirmed or determined ought of their
antiquity; it may be, not taken it into consideration, either because they had no oc<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>casion
to think of any such matter, or because they confounded them altogether with
<hi>Synagogues.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The matter therefore being yet free and undecided, I will make bold to affirm,
That if <hi>Synagogues</hi> were not, yet <hi>Proseucha's,</hi> that is, <hi>open places for Prayer,</hi> were a
<pb n="68" facs="tcp:63175:85"/>
long time before the Captivity, yea even from the days of <hi>Ioshua</hi> the son of <hi>Nun:</hi>
And though the Iews had, or were to have, but one Altar or place of Sacrifice, that
namely which the Lord should chuse to place the Ark of his Covenant there, the <hi>Ta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bernacle</hi>
or <hi>Temple;</hi> yet had they other places for devotion and religious use.</p>
                  <p>And that <hi>this Sanctuary of God,</hi> here mentioned in my Text, at <hi>Sichem</hi> (which was
a <hi>Levitical</hi> City) was such a one, my reasons are these. First, Because it is incre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dible,
that the <hi>Israelites</hi> having but <hi>one Temple</hi> for the whole Nation, whereat they
were bound to appear, and those the males only, but thrice a year, should have no
other <hi>Places of Prayer</hi> nearer their dwellings whither they might resort on Sabbath-days;
the <hi>Temple</hi> or <hi>Tabernacle</hi> being from some of them above an hundred miles di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stant
at the least. Secondly, Because (as I have already shewed) <hi>this Sanctuary at
Sichem</hi> could not be the <hi>Tabernacle</hi> (which was then at <hi>Shiloh,</hi> not at <hi>Sichem</hi>) and
yet must have some stable and fixed place, because the situation of the <hi>Oak</hi> is designed
by it: yea must have been still there, when this story of <hi>Ioshua</hi> was written; which
is thought to have been long after his death: surely this Chapter was written after it,
where both his death and burial are recorded. Wherefore to say the Ark was
brought thither upon this occasion, will not serve turn. Thirdly, This place should
be a <hi>Proseucha,</hi> because of that circumstance of <hi>Trees</hi> growing in it; which, as it
proves it not to have been the <hi>Tabernacle,</hi> (where no such thing was lawful to be)
so seems it to be a Characteristical note of a <hi>Proseucha.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>For though it were not lawful to have <hi>Trees</hi> near the <hi>Altar</hi> of God, that is, in or
about the Court of the <hi>Tabernacle;</hi> yet was it not so with <hi>Proseucha's,</hi> yea they seem
to have been ordinarily garnished and beset with them. This may be gathered from
a passage of <hi>Philo Iudaeus,</hi> where relating the barbarous outrage of the Gentiles at
<hi>Alexandria</hi> against the Iews there dwelling, in the time of <hi>Gaius,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, saith
he, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Of some of the Proseucha's
they cut down the Trees, others they demolished to the very Foundations.</hi> Mark here,
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>They dis-tree'd the Proseucha's.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The same is implied by that of the Poet, speaking of a Iewish Wizard or Fortune<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>teller,—<hi>conducta sub arbore conjux.</hi> And <hi>Iuvenal</hi> in his sixth Satyr,
<q>
                        <l>Arcanum Iudaea tremens mendicat in aurem,</l>
                        <l>Interpres legum Solymarum, magna sacerdos</l>
                        <l>Arboris, ac summi fida internuncia coeli.</l>
                     </q>
                     <hi>Interpres legum Solymarum,</hi> that is, of <hi>Moses</hi> Laws; <hi>magna sacerdos Arboris,</hi> because
of the <hi>Trees</hi> in their <hi>Proseucha's</hi> or Places of worship. The same appears also out of
those Verses of his third Satyr, complaining that the once sacred Grove of <hi>Fons Ca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>penus,</hi>
where <hi>Numa</hi> used to meet with the Goddess <hi>AEgeria,</hi> was then let out to the
beggarly Iews for a <hi>Proseucha,</hi> and that every <hi>Tree</hi> (such were the times) must pay
rent to the people; by which means the Woods, which formerly had been the habi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tation
of the Muses, were become dens for beggarly Iews to mutter their Orizons in.
Hear his words:
<q>
                        <l>Hic ubi nocturnae Numa constituebat amicae,</l>
                        <l>Nunc sacri Fontis nemus &amp; delubra locantur</l>
                        <l>Iudaeis; quorum cophinus foenumque supellex.</l>
                        <l>Omnis enim populo mercedem pendere jussaest</l>
                        <l>Arbor, &amp; ejectis mendicat sylva Camoenis.</l>
                     </q>
Whence comes this connexion between <hi>Iews</hi> and<note n="a" place="margin">Ps<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>l. 52. 8. <hi>I am like a gr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap>n olive-tree in the House of God.</hi> Is not <hi>House of God</hi> here a Proseu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cha?</note> 
                     <hi>Trees,</hi> but from their having <hi>Trees</hi>
in their <hi>Proseucha's?</hi> unto which their situation without the Cities conduced; as also
it did for privacy and retirement.</p>
                  <p>Thus you see how well the description and mark of a <hi>Proseucha</hi> agrees to <hi>this San<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctuary</hi>
in my Text. And that the Iews had many other such in other places, as well
as at <hi>Sichem,</hi> even in those elder times, as at<note n="b" place="margin">Which seems to be the reason why these three places are cal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led by the LXX. 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 7. 16. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>,  <hi> sancti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fied places,</hi> though in the Original there be no such thing. 'Tis worth the ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>serving.</note> 
                     <hi>Mispeh, Bethel,</hi> and <hi>Gilgal,</hi> I make little
doubt; which we read to have been places of Assembly of the people, and the two
last sanctified of old by Divine apparition, as <hi>Sichem</hi> was. Of <hi>Mispah</hi> the Author of
the first of <hi>Maccabees,</hi> chap. 3. vers. 46. if I understand him, testifieth as much, when
he tells us, that whilst the holy City lay desolate, and the Sanctuary was trodden
down by the tyranny of <hi>Antiochus Epiphanes; Iudas Maccabaeus,</hi> and those of the
people which adhered unto their God, assembled together at <hi>M<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>spha,</hi> to make
there their supplications unto their God, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>because at Maspha,</hi> or <hi>Mispah, had been a place of prayer in former time for
Israel;</hi> as much as to say, there had been a <hi>Proseucha</hi> of old. And do we not read in
that story of the <hi>Benjamitical</hi> war in the Book of <hi>Iudges,</hi> that the Tabernacle being
<pb n="69" facs="tcp:63175:85"/>
at <hi>Shiloh,</hi> (as appears by the last Chapter) yet (in the Chapter going before) it is
said, that <hi>the whole Congregation of Israel was gathered together, as one man, unto the
Lord in Mispah;</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Chap. 2<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> and that in vers. 26. is mention made of <hi>an House of God</hi> there, where
the people prayed and fasted? True, it is said the <hi>Ark of the Covenant</hi> was upon that
extraordinary occasion brought thither; but it being certain, out of the next Chap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter,
that the <hi>Tabernacle</hi> was still at <hi>Shiloh,</hi> this <hi>House of God</hi> could be none of it.
Nay, perhaps, we may hence learn, that when the <hi>Ark</hi> upon occasion of such a ge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neral
and extraordinary assembly was to be removed, they used to bring it to such
places as these, which were as holy Courts ready prepared for it; and that then it
was lawful, but not else, to sacrifice in them.</p>
                  <p>Of these <hi>Courts for prayer</hi> we may understand that also in Psalm 74. 7. <hi>They have
cast Fire into thy Sanctuary, they have burnt up all the</hi> Conventicula Dei <hi>in the Land,</hi>
namely, in the captivity by <hi>Nebuchadnezzar,</hi> who destroyed both their <hi>Temple</hi> and
their <hi>Proseucha's.</hi> For we understand it of the persecution of <hi>Antiochus,</hi> as some do;
it must then follow, that some Canonical Scripture was written after <hi>Malachi</hi> and the
ceasing of Prophecy, that is, in the time of the <hi>Maccabees;</hi> which will not easily be
granted: Besides that we read not that <hi>Antiochus</hi> cast any fire into the Temple.
Now if it speak of the vastation by <hi>Nebuchadnezzar,</hi> then had the Iews before that
time, not only a <hi>Sanctuary</hi> for <hi>sacrifice,</hi> but also <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Conventicula Dei,</hi> that is,
either <hi>Proseucha's,</hi> or <hi>Synagogues;</hi> for either will serve my purpose.</p>
                  <p>But now you will say, What profit is there of this long Discourse? were it so, or
were it not so, as I have endeavoured to prove, of what use is the knowledge thereof
to us? Yes, to know it was so, is useful in a threefold respect.</p>
                  <p>First, for the right understanding of such places of the Old Testament, where a
<hi>House of God</hi> and <hi>Assembling before the Lord</hi> are often mentioned there, where neither
the <hi>Ark</hi> of the Covenant, nor the <hi>Tabernacle</hi> at such time were: as (besides the pla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ces
before alledged) we read in 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 10. 3. of <hi>Saul's meeting with three men going up
to God to Bethel,</hi> and in verse 5. of a place called <hi>The Hill of God,</hi> whence <hi>a company
of Prophets came from the high place there, prophesying with a Tabret, Pipe, and Harp be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
them:</hi> in neither of which places can we find that ever the <hi>Tabernacle</hi> was. And
as for the <hi>Ark,</hi> we are sure it was all this time at <hi>Kiriath-jearim,</hi> till <hi>David</hi> solemnly
fetcht it thence: and if at any time the <hi>Ark</hi> might (as now it was not) be transferred
to any of them upon occasion of some general Assembly of the Nation, that so they
might have opportunity to ask counsel of the Lord, and offer Sacrifice; yet were
they not the ordinary station thereof.</p>
                  <p>Secondly, we may learn from hence, That to have appropriate places set apart for
<hi>Prayer</hi> and <hi>Divine duties,</hi> is not a Circumstance or Rite proper to <hi>Legal</hi> worship only,
but of a more common nature: For asmuch as though <hi>Sacrifices,</hi> wherein the <hi>Legal</hi>
worship (or worship of the old Covenant) consisted, were restrained to the <hi>Ark</hi> and
<hi>Tabernacle,</hi> and might not be exercised where they were not; yet were there other
places for <hi>Prayer</hi> besides that; which are no more to be accounted <hi>Legal places,</hi> than
bare and simple <hi>Prayer</hi> was a <hi>Legal duty.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Lastly, we may gather from this Description of <hi>Proseucha's,</hi> which were as <hi>Courts
encompassed only with a wall or other like enclosure, and open above,</hi> in what manner to
conceive of the accommodation of those <hi>Altars</hi> we read to have been erected by the
Patriarchs, <hi>Abraham, Isaac,</hi> and <hi>Iacob,</hi> in the Book of <hi>Genesis;</hi> namely, That the
ground whereon they stood, was fenced and bounded with some such enclosure, and
shaded with Trees, after the manner of <hi>Proseucha's;</hi> as we may read expresly of one
of them at <hi>Beersheba, That Abraham there planted a Grove, and called upon the Name of
the Lord, the everlasting God.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Gen. 21. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>3.</note> Yea, when the Tabernacle and Temple were, the <hi>Al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tar</hi>
of God stood still in an <hi>open Court;</hi> and who can believe that the place of those <hi>Al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tars</hi>
of the Patriarchs was not bounded and separated from common ground? And from
these patterns in likelihood, after the <hi>Altar for Sacrifice</hi> was restrained to <hi>one only
place,</hi> was continued still the use of such <hi>open places or Courts for Prayer,</hi> garnished with
Trees, as I have shewed <hi>Proseucha's</hi> to have been.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="19" type="discourse">
               <pb n="70" facs="tcp:63175:86"/>
               <head>DISCOURSE XIX.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>1 TIM. 5. 17.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>Let the Elders that rule well be counted worthy of double Honour;
especially they that labour in the Word and Doctrine.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="I"/> THERE are two things in these words to be explicated: First, What
is meant here by <hi>Elders;</hi> Secondly, What is this <hi>double Honour</hi> due un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
them. For the first, Who are meant by <hi>Elders,</hi> there is no questi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
but the Priests or Ministers of the Gospel of Christ were contained
under this name: for so the New Testament useth the word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
or <hi>Presbyter</hi> for the Ministers of the Word and Sacraments in the Gos<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pel;
whence cometh the Saxon word <hi>Priester,</hi> and our now English word <hi>Priest.</hi>
And the Ancient Fathers thought these only to be here meant, and never dreamed of
any others. But in our time those who obtrude a new Discipline and Government
upon the Church, altogether unknown and unheard of in the ancient, will needs have
two sorts of <hi>Elders</hi> or <hi>Presbyters</hi> here understood: one of such as <hi>preach the Word and
Doctrine,</hi> whom they call <hi>Pastors;</hi> another of Lay-men, who were neither <hi>Priests</hi> nor
<hi>Deacons,</hi> but joyned as Assistants to them in the exercise of <hi>Ecclesiastical Discipline,</hi>
in admonitions and censures of manners, and (in a word) in the execution of the
whole <hi>power of the Keys.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>These our Church-men call <hi>Lay-Elders,</hi> and the Authors of this new device, <hi>Pres<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>byterians.</hi>
These <hi>Presbyters</hi> or <hi>Elders</hi> they will have meant in the first words, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>Elders that rule,</hi> or govern, <hi>well,</hi> whom therefore they
call <hi>Ruling Elders;</hi> the other whom they call <hi>Pastors,</hi> to be described in the latter
words, <hi>they who labour in the Word and Doctrine,</hi> whom therefore they distinguish by
the name of <hi>Teaching Elders.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>This is their Exposition, and this Exposition the ground and foundation of their
<hi>new Discipline:</hi> but none of the Fathers which have commented upon this Place,
neither <hi>Chrysostome, Hierome, Ambrose, Theodoret, Primasius, Oecumenius,</hi> or <hi>Theo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phylact,</hi>
(as they had no such, so) ever thought of any such <hi>Lay-Elders</hi> to be here
meant, but <hi>Priests</hi> only, which administred the Word and Sacraments.</p>
                  <p>But how (will you say then) is this Place to be understood, which may seem, as
they alledge, to intimate two sorts of <hi>Elders,</hi> some that <hi>ruled</hi> only, others that <hi>labour<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed</hi>
also <hi>in the Word and Doctrine?</hi> The Divines of our Church, who had cause, when
time was, to be better versed in this question than any others, have given divers Ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>positions
of these words; none of which give place to any such new-found <hi>Elders</hi> as
these <hi>Fautors</hi> of the <hi>Presbyterian Discipline,</hi> upon the sole Authority of this one place,
have set up in divers forein Churches, and would have brought into ours. I will
relate Four of the chief of these Expositions, to which the rest are reducible.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/> The First is grounded upon the use of the Participle in the Greek tongue, which is
often wont to note the reason or condition of a thing, and accordingly to be resolved
by a causal or conditional Conjunction. According whereunto this Text [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>duplici honore digni habeantur</hi> (or <hi>dignentur,</hi>)
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,] is to be resolved thus; <hi>Elders</hi> or <hi>Presbyters that rule</hi>
or govern their Flocks <hi>well,</hi> let them be <hi>accounted worthy of double honour,</hi> and that
chiefly <hi>in respect</hi> or <hi>because of their labour in the Word and Doctrine.</hi> And so this man<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ner
of speech will imply <hi>two duties,</hi> but not <hi>two sorts</hi> or Orders <hi>of Elders;</hi> and that
though this <hi>double Honour</hi> be due unto them for both, yet chiefly and more princi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pally
for the second, their <hi>labour in the Word and Doctrine.</hi> And this way goes S. <hi>Chry<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sostome</hi>
and other Greek Writers.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/> A Second Exposition is taken from the force and signification of the word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
which signifies not simply <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>to labour,</hi> but <hi>to labour with much travel and toil;</hi>
for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is derived from <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>vexor, laboribus &amp; molestiis premor,</hi> and so pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>perly
signifies <hi>molestiam &amp; fatigationem ex labore,</hi> wearisom and painful labour. Thus
<pb n="71" facs="tcp:63175:86"/>
the meaning will be, <hi>Let Elders</hi> that do <hi>bene praesidere,</hi> that is, govern and instruct
their Flock well,<note place="margin">1 Tim. 5. 17.</note> 
                     <hi>be counted worthy of double Honour;</hi> especially such of them as take
more than ordinary pains <hi>in the Word and Doctrine.</hi> Or thus; Let the <hi>Elders</hi> that
discharge their office well, <hi>be, &amp;c.</hi> especially by how much the more their painful<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness
and travel shall exceed in preaching <hi>the Word and Doctrine, &amp;c.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Thus we have seen two Expositions of these words, neither of them implying <hi>two
sorts</hi> or Orders <hi>of Presbyters,</hi> but only distinguishing several offices and duties of the
same Order, or implying a differing merit in the discharge of them. But if they will
by no means be perswaded but that <hi>two sorts of Elders</hi> are here intimated, let it be
so; two other Expositions will yield them it: but so as will not be for their turn; for
their <hi>Lay-Elders</hi> will be none of them.</p>
                  <p>The first is this, That the Apostle should speak here of <hi>Priests</hi> and <hi>Deacons,</hi> consi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dering <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="3"/>
both as Members of the Ecclesiastical Consistory or Senate, which consisted of
both Orders, and in that respect might well include them both under the name of <hi>El<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ders;</hi>
it being a common notion in Scripture to call the Associates of a Court of Iudi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cature
by that name: <hi>Senatus</hi> in Latin hath its name <hi>à senibus, i. senioribus,</hi> of Elder<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ship,
and is as much to say as <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. According to this supposal the Apostle's
words may have this construction; <hi>Let the Elders which rule well,</hi> whether <hi>Priests</hi> or
<hi>Deacons, be counted worthy of double Honour,</hi> but more <hi>especially</hi> the <hi>Priests,</hi> who, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sides
their government, <hi>labour</hi> also <hi>in the Word and Doctrine.</hi> Now what can be op<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>posed
against such an Exposition, I see not. For it is not improbable but the Apostle
should make provision as well for the maintenance of <hi>Deacons</hi> as of <hi>Priests,</hi> seeing he
omits it not of <hi>Widows</hi> in the verse going next before this. But unless he includes
them under the name of <hi>Elders,</hi> he makes no provision for them at all. Besides, this
is not the only place (some think) where <hi>Deacons</hi> are comprehended under the name
of <hi>Elders:</hi> For the Council of <hi>Hierusalem, Acts</hi> 15. 23. where they inscribe their Sy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nodical
Epistle thus, <hi>The Apostles, and Elders, and Brethren, to the Brethren which are
of the Gentiles in Antioch, &amp;c.</hi> may seem to comprehend the <hi>Deacons</hi> under the name
of <hi>Elders</hi> or <hi>Presbyters;</hi> otherwise they should omit them, which without doubt were
part of the Council.</p>
                  <p>There is another Exposition which allows also of <hi>two sorts</hi> of <hi>Elders</hi> to be here im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plied,<milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="4"/>
but makes them both <hi>Priests;</hi> namely, That <hi>Presbyters</hi> or <hi>Priests</hi> in the Apostle's
time were of two sorts: One of Residentiaries and such as were affixed to certain
Churches, and so did <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>praesidere Gregi,</hi> govern and instruct their Flock;
Another of such as had no fixed station, or charge over any certain place, but travel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led
up and down to preach the Gospel where it was not, or to confirm the Churches
where it was already preached; such, namely, as are elsewhere known by the names
of <hi>Evangelists</hi> and <hi>Doctors</hi> or <hi>Prophets:</hi> That these were those <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>that labour'd in the Word and Doctrine,</hi> spoken of here by the Apostle:
That both these sorts of <hi>Presbyters</hi> were to be <hi>counted worthy of double Honour,</hi> as well
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>those that ruled well,</hi> as those that <hi>travelled</hi> up and down to preach
the Gospel, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> but especially these latter, because
their pains were more than the others. This is confirmed from the use of the word
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, which in Scripture signifies not only <hi>corporal</hi> labour, as may appear in many
places, but seems to be used by S. <hi>Paul</hi> even in this very sense we have now given;
as 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 15. 10. where he says, comparing himself with the other Apostles, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>I have travelled up and down more than they all,</hi> as is ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nifest
he did.</p>
                  <p>These are the principal Expositions given by the Writers of our Church, upon this
passage of Scripture which is the foundation and <hi>only place</hi> whereon they build this <hi>new
Consistory,</hi> and are so much in love with it. But this being capable, as you see, of such
variety of Exposition, how much too weak and insufficient it is to establish any such
<hi>new Order of Elders,</hi> never heard of in the Church from the times of the <hi>Apostles</hi> until
this last age, any man may judge.</p>
                  <p>But give me leave to propound a <hi>Fifth</hi> Exposition, which shall be more liberal to <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="5"/>
them than any of those yet given: For it shall yield them all they so eagerly contend
for to be implied in this Text, namely, That there are not only <hi>two sorts of Elders</hi> here
implied; but also that the one of them are <hi>Lay-Elders,</hi> such as have nothing to do with
the administration of the Word and Sacraments. What would they have more? Yet
they will be never the nearer for this concession. For the <hi>Lay-Elders</hi> we grant here
to be implied, may be no <hi>Church-Officers,</hi> but the <hi>Civil Magistrates,</hi> which in Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture-language
we know are called <hi>Elders:</hi> as when we read of the <hi>Elders of Israel,</hi> of
<pb n="72" facs="tcp:63175:87"/>
the <hi>Elders of Iudah,</hi> of the <hi>Elders of the Priests,</hi> and <hi>Elders of the People,</hi> of <hi>Priests and
Elders,</hi> and the like. According to such a notion the words may be construed by way
of <hi>Transit us à thest ad hypothesin,</hi> as Rhetoricians call it, to wit, in this manner; <hi>Cum
omnes Seniores, sive Reipublicae sive Ecclesiae,</hi> or, <hi>Cum omnes Seniores, etiam Reipublicae</hi>
(i. <hi>Civiles) qui bene praesident, duplici honore dignandi sunt, tum maximè Seniores Ec<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>clesiastici,
qui laborant in verbo &amp; Doctrina;</hi> As all <hi>Elders,</hi> whether of the Common<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wealth,
or of the Church, <hi>that rule well, are to be accounted worthy of double Honour;</hi>
so especially the <hi>Elders</hi> of the Church, that <hi>labour in the Word and Doctrine:</hi> or thus,
Let all <hi>Elders</hi> that <hi>govern well,</hi> of what sort soever, <hi>be counted worthy of double Honour,
especially the Elders of the Church which labour in the Word and Doctrine.</hi> Is not this
good sen<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>e? and doth not the Apostle in the beginning of this very Chapter use the
name <hi>Elder</hi> in the larger and more general sense, when he says, <hi>Rebuke not an Elder,
but exhort him as a Father, and the younger men as Brethren; the Elder women as Mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thers,
the younger as Sisters?</hi> why may he not then do so here? And doth not S. <hi>Iames</hi>
in his last Chapter v. 14. call the Ministers of the Word and Sacraments <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <hi>Elders of the Church,</hi> as it were in distinction from <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>  :<hi>Elders of the Commonwealth?</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But it will be objected that this Exposition is too ambitious, because it makes the
Apostle to prefer the <hi>Elders of the Church</hi> before the <hi>Elders of the Commonwealth,</hi> that
is, the <hi>Priest</hi> before the <hi>Civil Magistrate,</hi> when he says, that as all <hi>Elders,</hi> whether
of <hi>Church</hi> or <hi>Commonwealth, are to be accounted worthy of double Honour,</hi> so <hi>especially
those Elders which labour in the Word and Doctrine;</hi> which are the <hi>Presbyters</hi> of the
<hi>Church.</hi> But here know that the name of <hi>Elder</hi> is never given in Scripture to the
<hi>Supreme Magistrate,</hi> but to the <hi>Subordinate</hi> only; and why the <hi>Ministers of the Word
and Doctrine</hi> should not be <hi>accounted</hi> as <hi>worthy of double Honour</hi> as they, or more wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thy,
I know not; especially if S. <hi>Paul</hi> here says it. Sure I am, this Objection is not
sufficient to refute my Interpretation.</p>
                  <p>Thus I thought good to acquaint you how many ways this place may be expound<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed,
without importing any such <hi>new Elders,</hi> (neither <hi>Priests</hi> nor <hi>Deacons</hi>) as they
would impose upon us for <hi>Church-Officers</hi> by the sole authority thereof. For though
this <hi>Disciplinarian</hi> controversie of our Church, stirred up by the admirers of the <hi>Ge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nevian platform,</hi>
were in the heat before our time; yet the Sect is not yet dead, but
ready upon every occasion to surprise such as they find unarmed or not fore-warn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="II"/> AND thus having informed our selves who they are which are here termed <hi>El<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ders,</hi>
come we now to see also, What is that <hi>Honour</hi> which is due unto them; which
was the Second thing I propounded: <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Let them be accounted</hi>
(saith the Apostle,) <hi>worthy of,</hi> or <hi>Let them be deign'd, double Honour.</hi> That by <hi>Ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nour</hi>
here is meant <hi>honorarium stipendium</hi> or a tribute of maintenance, is manifest by
the following words which the Apostle brings to inforce it: <hi>For the Scripture saith,
Thou shalt not muzzle the mouth of the Oxe that treadeth out the corn; and, The labourer is
worthy of his hire.</hi> Who sees not what these proofs infer? The first of them he alledg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>es
also in the same argument, 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 9. 9. where he adds, <hi>Doth God take care for Ox<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>en?</hi>
V. 10. <hi>Or saith he it altogether for our sakes?</hi> (ours namely who preach the Gos<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pel,)
<hi>For our sakes, no doubt, this is written: that he which plougheth, should plough in
hope; and he that thresheth in hope, should be partaker of his hope.</hi> The case is plain;
'Tis an Hebrew notion, <hi>To bring honour,</hi> that is, To pay tribute, or bring a present:
as <hi>Apocal.</hi> 21. 26. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>They shall bring the glory
and honour of the nations into it,</hi> to wit, the <hi>new Ierusalem.</hi> And thus much of the
word <hi>Honour.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But what is meant by <hi>double Honour?</hi> Some (as among the Fathers S. <hi>Ambrose</hi>) will
have this <hi>double Honour</hi> to be <hi>Honour of Maintenance,</hi> and <hi>Honour of Reverence:</hi> But
because the Apostle's proofs here infer only <hi>Maintenance,</hi> I take it to be meant in
this place only of it. And as for <hi>double,</hi> there seems to be an allusion to the right of
the <hi>First-born,</hi> to whom at first the office of <hi>Priesthood</hi> belonged in their Families,
and into whose room the <hi>Levites</hi> were taken, and whom the <hi>Presbyters of the Gospel</hi>
now succeed: As therefore they had a <hi>double portion</hi> among their Brethren; in like
manner should the <hi>Presbyters of the Gospel</hi> be counted worthy of <hi>double Honour.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>And if you will admit of that construction of these words which I gave in the Fifth
place, namely, to comprehend as well the <hi>Elders of the Commonwealth</hi> as the <hi>Elders of
the Church.</hi> (That both were to be accounted <hi>worthy of double Honour,</hi> but especially
those of the Church <hi>who labour in the Word and Doctrine,</hi>) it will agree yet far bet<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter;
<pb n="73" facs="tcp:63175:87"/>
because both the one and the other succeed in the place of the <hi>First-born,</hi> to
whom belonged both to be <hi>Priests</hi> and <hi>Civil Governours</hi> in their Tribes and Fami<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lies.</p>
                  <p>Yet howsoever the ancient Christians were wont in their <hi>Agapes</hi> or Love-Feasts to
give their <hi>Presbyters</hi> a <hi>double</hi> portion, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, with some reference to this Text,
as appears by <hi>Tertullian:</hi> nevertheless, I think <hi>double Honour</hi> is not here to be so pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cisely
taken, but only to note a <hi>liberal and ingenuous maintenance,</hi> such as might set
them above the vulgar; as the <hi>First-born</hi> by their <hi>double portion</hi> were preferred above
the rest of their Brethren.</p>
                  <p>But I have not yet done with the word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. For from this that the Apostle here
styleth the <hi>Priest's</hi> maintenance <hi>Honour,</hi> it followeth, That the <hi>Priest's</hi> maintenance is
not to be esteemed of the nature of <hi>Alms,</hi> as some would have it; but is a <hi>Tribute of
Honour,</hi> such as is given by an inferior to his Superior. For <hi>Alms</hi> and <hi>Honour</hi>
                     <q>Nec bene conveniunt, nec in nna sede morantur,</q>
the one respecting those to whom it is given, as <hi>miserable;</hi> the other, as <hi>honourable:</hi>
I mean, if <hi>Alms</hi> be taken, as we use the word, for a work of mercy. From the same
ground also it follows that the <hi>Priest's maintenance</hi> is no ordinary mercenary wages,
but such as is given by way of <hi>Honour,</hi> as well as of <hi>Reward.</hi> For such as is given to
ordinary work-men is <hi>Reward</hi> and <hi>Wages</hi> only, and not a Testimony or Tribute of
<hi>Honour:</hi> But that which is due to the <hi>Priest,</hi> as you see, is <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Honour,</hi> namely, of
the same nature with that which is given to <hi>Princes</hi> and <hi>Magistrates</hi> by those which are
under them. For as the <hi>Ministers</hi> of the Gospel are in the nature of <hi>Presbyters</hi> or <hi>El<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ders</hi>
unto the people over whom they are set; so is their maintenance from them such
as is sutable to the condition and Dignity of an <hi>Elder;</hi> that is to say, not a common
Wages, which the Superior often gives to his inferior or servant, but <hi>Honorarium</hi> or
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Honour.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>AND thus I have done with the Explication of my Text: The Application
whereof shall be according to the<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Viz.</hi> The Commemora<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
of the Colledg—Benefactors.</note> present Occasion which this Day requires at our
hands. You see by the Discourse we have made, and the Text expounded unto
you, That to give maintenance to the Ministers of the Gospel is a duty commanded
by God, and therefore a work acceptable unto him; And so consequently and <hi>à pari,</hi>
to endow Seminaries and make provision for the training up of such as are destined to
that Office. For so in the Old Testament, not only the <hi>Levites</hi> who ministred were
partakers of the Tithes, but their Children also who were brought up thereto. Now
if any people in the world have cause to bless God for Examples of such Piety, we
have; whose two Universities, for the goodly structures of Colledges, liberal and rich
endowments, have no parallel in the Christian world. It is the confession of a Fo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>reiner,
a man of fame and note in his time, <hi>Unum ipsorum Collegium superat vel decem
nostra, nec credo simile aliquid in toto terrarum orbe aut esse aut fuisse.</hi> As therefore
they have <hi>honoured</hi> us (for so, you see, the Apostle calleth such Bounty) so are we
bound (next after our thankfulness to Almighty God) to <hi>honour</hi> them. The first
and chiefest part whereof is, to use their Bounty according to their pious intendments,
and to approve our selves worthy to partake thereof; than which no greater honour
can be done them: But this concerneth us at all times. The next is, to remember
them all with their due praise and honour; which is our duty at this time.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="20" type="discourse">
               <pb n="74" facs="tcp:63175:88"/>
               <head>DISCOURSE XX.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>ACTS 2. 5.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>And there were [<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>] sojourning at Ierusalem Iews, devout
men, out of every Nation under Heaven.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>AT the Feast of <hi>Pentecost,</hi> when that wonder hapned of the Holy
Ghost's descent upon the Apostles in the likeness of Fiery tongues,
there were present at <hi>Ierusalem</hi> (as the story a little after my Text
informs us) men of several Nations, as <hi>Parthians, and Medes, and
Elamites,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Verse 9, 10, 11.</note> 
                     <hi>and dwellers in Mesopotamia, Iudaea and Cappadocia,
Pontus and Asia, Phrygia and Pamphylia, Egypt and the parts of
Lybia about Cyrene, and strangers of Rome,</hi> (or stranger-Romans)
<hi>both Iews and Proselytes, Cretes and Arabians.</hi> All these, upon the noise of this
strange accident, came together unto the place, and were confounded, hearing them
every man speaking in his own language wherein he was born.</p>
                  <p>Many, when they read this story, suppose the people here mentioned, the most of
them, to have been <hi>Gentiles;</hi> and some Expositors cannot be excused from this mi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stake.
For the more clear discerning whereof, and their better information who may
perhaps be overtaken with the same error, I have made choice of the words before
read for the argument of my present Discourse; which tells us in express terms, That
these <hi>Parthians, Medes and Elamites, these Mesopotamians, Cappadocians,</hi> and the rest
after mentioned under those National names, were <hi>Israelites</hi> or <hi>Iews</hi> of the dispersion,
<hi>Iews</hi> born in <hi>Parthia</hi> and <hi>Media, Iews</hi> of <hi>Elam</hi> or <hi>Persia, Mesopotamian Iews,</hi> and so
the rest of the Countries there named; all of them of the Circumcision: For so saith
my Text beginning to speak of them, <hi>There were sojourning,</hi> or (if you will) <hi>dwelling,
at Ierusalem, Iews of every Nation under Heaven,</hi> that is, of every Nation where the
<hi>Iews</hi> were dispersed.</p>
                  <p>This is yet further confirmed by S. <hi>Peter's</hi> speech unto them; as when having cited
the words of the Prophet <hi>Ioel,</hi> verse the 22. he saith unto them, <hi>Ye men of Israel,
hear these words: Iesus of Nazareth, a man approved of God among you, &amp;c.</hi> v. 23.
<hi>Him being delivered by the determinate counsel and fore-knowledge of God, ye have taken,
and by wicked hands have crucified and slain. Men of Israel,</hi> and such as had <hi>slain their
Messias;</hi> surely those were no <hi>Gentiles.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Likewise when at the hearing of this they were <hi>pricked in their hearts,</hi> he saith unto
them,<note place="margin">Verse 37.</note> 
                     <hi>Repeut, and be Baptized every one of you in the Name of Iesus Christ, for the re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mission
of sins.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Verse 38.</note> 
                     <hi>For the Promise is made unto you and your Children, and to all that are
afar off,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Verse 39.</note> 
                     <hi>even as many as the Lord shall call. The Promise,</hi> saith he, <hi>is made unto you
and your children;</hi> were these then any others than <hi>Iews</hi> or <hi>Israelites,</hi> of the seed of
<hi>Abraham?</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Lastly, we find that of these <hi>Parthians, Medes and Elamites,</hi> and of the rest named
with them,<note place="margin">Verse 41.</note> 
                     <hi>there were added unto</hi> the Church by this Sermon of S. <hi>Peter three thousand
souls:</hi> But it is certain that <hi>Cornelius</hi> the Centurion was the <hi>first Gentile</hi> that was con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verted
unto the Faith: Therefore these <hi>first converts</hi> were no <hi>Gentiles.</hi> Perhaps
you will say, They were <hi>Proselytes</hi> of these several Nations, and therefore called
<hi>Iews.</hi> I say, Not so neither; because <hi>Proselytes</hi> are by name rehearsed among them,
when it is said of those <hi>Roman advenae,</hi> (verse the tenth) that they were <hi>Iews and
Proselytes; Ergo,</hi> the rest were <hi>Iews</hi> by race, and not by Religion only. But what
need I to have heaped together all these proofs, when my Text alone is sufficient to
evince it?</p>
                  <p>I come now therefore to a more particular illustration thereof, according to what
I have thus in general premised. And first, for the word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, which I tran<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>slate
<hi>sojourning,</hi> rather than <hi>dwelling,</hi> (for so I understand it, that they were not pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>per
dwellers, but such as came to worship at <hi>Ierusalem</hi> from those far Countries at the
Feasts of the <hi>Passeover</hi> and <hi>Pentecost,</hi> and so had been continuing there some good
<pb n="75" facs="tcp:63175:88"/>
time;) 'Tis true, that in the usual Greek <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> signifie a <hi>durable mansi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on:</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Acts 2. 5.</note>
but with the <hi>Hellenists,</hi> in whose Dialect the Scripture speaketh, they are indif<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferently
used for a <hi>stay</hi> of a <hi>shorter</hi> or a <hi>longer</hi> time, that is, for <hi>to sojourn,</hi> as well as
<hi>to dwell;</hi> as these two examples out of the Septuagint will make manifest. One in
<hi>Genes.</hi> 27. 44. where <hi>Rebecca</hi> says to her younger son <hi>Iacob, Son, arise, and flee unto
Laban my brother to Haran, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, and tarry with him a few
days, until thy brother's fury turn away:</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is here <hi>to tarry but a few days.</hi> Another
is in 1 <hi>Kings</hi> 17. 20. where <hi>Elijah</hi> cries unto the Lord, saying, <hi>O Lord my God, hast
thou also brought evil upon the widow, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, with whom I sojourn,
by slaying her son?</hi> here <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is <hi>to sojourn</hi> only. In a word, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
answer to the Hebrew verb <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, which signifies any stay or remaining in a
place.</p>
                  <p>Next for the persons here specified, <hi>Iews out of every Nation under Heaven;</hi> for
the right understanding thereof we are to know, That before this last Dispersion of
the <hi>Iews</hi> by the <hi>Romans,</hi> after their Temple and City were destroyed by <hi>Titus</hi>
(which at the time of this story was not, nor many years after it,) there had been
already two Captivities and great Dispersions of that Nation, besides some smaller
scatterings. The <hi>first</hi> was of the Ten Tribes, by <hi>Salmanasser</hi> King of <hi>Assyria,</hi> who
is said to have planted them <hi>in Halah and Habor,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">2 King. 17. 6. &amp; 18. 11.</note> 
                     <hi>by the river of Gozan, and in the Cities
of the Medes;</hi> and these never (I mean any considerable part of them) returned to
dwell again in their own Country: of these therefore (at least chiefly) we are to un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derstand
those to have been which the story here calls <hi>Parthians, Medes and Elamites;
Elamites,</hi> that is, <hi>Persians,</hi> of the Province <hi>Elymais.</hi> For in those Countries which
these names comprehend were the Ten Tribes placed by the <hi>Assyrian,</hi> and there still
dwelt and thereabouts in our Saviour and his Apostles time, and long after. S. <hi>Hierome</hi>
upon those words <hi>Ioel</hi> 3. 6. <hi>The children of Iudah and the children of Ierusalem have ye
sold unto the Grecians,</hi> (which he understands of the Captivity by <hi>Vespasian</hi> and <hi>Ti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tus</hi>)
tells us thus much; <hi>Filii</hi> (saith he) <hi>Iuda &amp; Ierusalem, nequaquam Israel &amp; de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cem
Tribuum, quae usque hodie in Medorum urbibus &amp; montibus habitant; The children
of Iudah and Ierusalem, not of Israel and the Ten Tribes, which even to this day have
their habitation in the Cities and Mountains of the Medes.</hi> The <hi>second</hi> Captivity was
by <hi>Nebuchadnezzar</hi> King of <hi>Babylon,</hi> of the Two Tribes, <hi>Iudah</hi> and <hi>Benjamin,</hi> more
than a hundred years after that of the Ten. Now a good part of these at seventy
years end returned again, under <hi>Cyrus</hi> and his Successors, to dwell again in their own
Land, re-edified the Temple and City of <hi>Ierusalem,</hi> and re-erected their Common<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wealth,
which continued till our Saviour's time and a little after. Notwithstanding
all those that were Captives in <hi>Babylon</hi> returned not; no, it may be not much more
than the half of them; certain it is, that a great number of them stayed there still,
those especially which were rich and well accommodated, having no mind to stir:
whence in our Saviour's and the Apostles times there were an innumerable company
of them in those parts, where they flourished with Academies and Schools, and had
Doctors not inferior to those of <hi>Ierusalem</hi> it self. Yea from them proceeded the
<hi>Chaldee Paraphrase,</hi> and that great Doctor and Patriarch of Rabbies, <hi>R. Hillel.</hi> Of
these therefore we have reason to think were those which are here enumerated by
the name of <hi>Dwellers in Mesopotamia,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. Where note by
the way, that <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> are comprehended in the number of those
whom my Text saith were <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> which confirms my interpreta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion,
that <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> there signifies <hi>sojourning,</hi> and not <hi>dwelling,</hi> for that they could
not be said to <hi>dwell</hi> in both places.</p>
                  <p>These two Dispersions beyond the River <hi>Euphrates,</hi> how numerous they were in
our Saviour's and the Apostles times, we may gather from those words of King <hi>Agrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pa,</hi>
in <hi>Iosephus,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">De bello Iud. l. 2. c. 16. Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> in that Oration he made unto the Iews before that fatal siege, dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>swading
them from rebelling against the <hi>Romans,</hi> their party being too much too weak
to maintain themselves against that mighty Empire. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, &amp;c. <hi>What associates</hi> (saith he) <hi>will you have from some Country not inhabited, to
aid you against the</hi> Romans? <hi>For all those that at this day dwell in any part of this world
that is inhabited, are</hi> Romans. <hi>Except some of you hope for help from beyond</hi> Euphrates,
<hi>thinking that your Countrymen in</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Adiabene <hi>is a part of</hi> Assyria.</note> Adiabene <hi>will help you.</hi> He goes on, <hi>But they are more
wise than to engage themselves rashly in so dangerous a war: Nor would the</hi> Parthians
<hi>suffer it, if they should be so unwise as to appear in such a quarrel.</hi> Mark then, that
they were under the dominion of the <hi>Parthians. Iosephus</hi> himself testifieth as much in
his Prologue to his <hi>De Bello Iudaico;</hi> where he informs us, that that History of his he
<pb n="76" facs="tcp:63175:89"/>
had first penned <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>in his own Country language,</hi> for the use of those
of his Nation in the East: which he thought good also to publish in Greek, for the
better information of the <hi>Greeks</hi> and <hi>Romans</hi> concerning the true gests of that war.
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, &amp;c. <hi>For I could not</hi> (saith he) <hi>but judge it to be very unbecoming, and
no way commendable, for me to take all that pains only for the</hi> Parthians, Babylonians,
<hi>and the remotest</hi> Arabians, <hi>as also those of our Nation inhabiting beyond</hi> Euphrates, <hi>to<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gether
with those of</hi> Adiabene; <hi>that these through my writings should be made acquainted
with the true account of both the rise and end, as also the main occurrences and chief
events, of that War: and to take no care at all to inform and undeceive the</hi> Grecians <hi>and
such of the</hi> Romans <hi>as were not in the War; who being abused by the false reports or the
flatteries of others, know very little of the true story of these affairs.</hi> Observe here the
rehearsal of his Nation; <hi>Parthians, Babylonians, Arabians,</hi> the <hi>Mesopotamian Iews</hi> or
<hi>those beyond Euphrates, and those o<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> Adiabene.</hi> Besides he tells us in the same place,
<hi>That the Iews believed that all those of their Nation, even those who dwelt beyond</hi>
Euphrates, <hi>would have joyn'd with them in their rebellion against the</hi> Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mans.</p>
                  <p>Besides these <hi>two</hi> Captivities by <hi>Salmanassar</hi> and <hi>Nebuchadnezzar,</hi> the first whereof
never returned again into their own Land, and the second but in part, there happen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
a <hi>third</hi> Captivity and Dispersion in the days of <hi>Ptolemaeus Lagi,</hi> one of the Greek
Kings reigning in <hi>Egypt;</hi> who surprising the City of <hi>Ierusalem,</hi> carried many of the
People of the Country, of the off-spring of those who returned from <hi>Babylon,</hi> Cap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tives
into <hi>Egypt,</hi> planting them at <hi>Alexandria</hi> and the places thereabouts; whom ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ny
others followed of their own accord, partly allured by the King's favour, who
gave them equal priviledges with those of <hi>Alexandria,</hi> and partly by the fertility of
the Country: so that this Colony became a very great one. These were called <hi>Hel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lenists,</hi>
because they spake the <hi>Greek</hi> tongue, and used the Translation of the Septua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gint
(which was made in <hi>Egypt</hi>) in their Synagogues.</p>
                  <p>Of these <hi>three</hi> principal Dispersions came those lesser scatterings in all parts of the
<hi>Roman</hi> Empire and elsewhere. From that of <hi>Babylon</hi> and <hi>Mesopotamia</hi> was spread
that of <hi>Pontus, Gallatia, Cappadocia, Asia,</hi> and <hi>Bithynia,</hi> to which S. <hi>Peter,</hi> as an A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>postle
of the Circumcision, writes his two Epistles: which may be gathered, because
in his first Epistle he salutes them from <hi>Babylon</hi> which was their <hi>Metropolis. The
Church,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">1 Pet. 5. 13.</note> saith he, <hi>at Babylon, el<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>cted together with you, saluteth you;</hi> that is, the Church
of the Circumcision there. From those of <hi>Alexandria</hi> and <hi>Egypt</hi> were derived those
plantations in <hi>Libya</hi> and <hi>Cyrene,</hi> and all other <hi>Hellenists</hi> whatsoever in several parts of
the <hi>Roman Empire.</hi> Add to these, that many of those of <hi>Iudaea</hi> it self, that could not
live well at home, upon some occasion or other, either alluring them or constraining
them, seated themselves abroad among the Gentiles and in their Cities, being toge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
with themselves under the same Dominion of the <hi>Romane</hi> Empire. Insomuch that
King <hi>Agrippa,</hi> in that fore-mentioned Oration of his before that last siege, disswading
them of <hi>Iudaea</hi> from rebelling against the <hi>Romans,</hi> in regard of the evil they might
bring thereby, not upon themselves only, but upon their whole Nation wheresoever
living among the Gentiles, sticks not to say, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>For there is no people in the whole world, which hath not some part of ours
dwelling amongst them.</hi> Marvel not therefore that S. <hi>Luke</hi> says in my Text, <hi>Iews of
every Nation under Heaven.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>All this is confirmed out of the New Testament it self; forasmuch as before the last
Captivity by <hi>Titus</hi> (which was not till almost forty years after our Saviour's Ascen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sion)
and whilst their Commonwealth in the holy Land was yet standing, we read
that almost in every City of the <hi>Gentiles,</hi> whither the Apostles came to preach the
Gospel, they found <hi>Iews</hi> with their Synagogues in them. To which add that S. <hi>Iames</hi>
directs his Epistle,<note place="margin">Iames 1. 1.</note> 
                     <hi>To the twelve Tribes scattered abroad,</hi> or, as the Greek hath it, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
as I have also before noted that S. <hi>Peter</hi> doth his
unto the Dispersion of <hi>Asia.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>This is that I had to speak for the illustration of this Story and Text; out of which,
besides the right understanding of Scripture, whereto it conduceth, you may observe
these four things.</p>
                  <p>First, The wisdom and providence of Almighty God, in so ordering the first pub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lication
of the Gospel, that the same thereof, and of that convincing Miracle which
gave authority thereunto, might be carried unto <hi>all Nations</hi> by so many both ear
and eye-witnesses of the same, as those Iews were.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="77" facs="tcp:63175:89"/>
Secondly, A probable reason why the <hi>Apostles</hi> were so ignorant at the first, as they
seem to have been, that the Gospel was to be preached unto the <hi>Gentiles,</hi> notwith<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>standing
our Saviour's Commission unto them, <hi>Go preach this Gospel unto all Nations.</hi>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/>
For it may be, they thought this Command might be satisfied in preaching the Gos<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pel
to those of the Circumcision only, which were <hi>of every Nation under Hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Thirdly, The <hi>Elogium</hi> here given to those who made conscience (as we speak) or <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="3"/>
Religion, to come unto the House of God to worship; they were <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
so saith my Text, <hi>There were sojourning in Ierusalem Iews, devout men, &amp;c.</hi> For
there appears no other respect why they are so called, but because they came so long
a journey to worship God in his House or Temple at <hi>Ierusalem.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Fourthly, The blessed opportunities and means for Salvation which they meet with <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="4"/>
which come thither to worship. For had those <hi>Iews</hi> staid at home, as the rest of
their brethren did, they had not been partakers of such a blessing, nor witnesses of
so wonderful a Miracle for confirmation of their faith, as now they were.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="21" type="discourse">
               <head>DISCOURSE XXI.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>I COR. 9. 14.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>Even so hath the Lord ordained, that they which preach the Gospel,
should live of the Gospel; <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>MY purpose in chusing this Text is not to make <hi>the maintenance of the
Ministery under the Gospel</hi> the direct aim of my Discourse, but only
to enquire what is meant by the last words, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.
Which that we may the more readily and certainly find, let us exa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mine
and consider a little of the <hi>Protasis,</hi> whereof the words I have
now read are the <hi>Apodosis. Know ye not,</hi> saith the Apostle, <hi>that [<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>]
those that minister about holy things, [<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>]
do eat of the holy thing,</hi> or (as we turn it) <hi>of the things of the Temple; and
[<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>] they which wait at the Altar [<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>]
are fellow-sharers with the Altar? [<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>] So hath the Lord ordained, that
they which preach the Gospel, should</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</p>
                  <p>Here, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>those who were imployed about holy things,</hi> are the <hi>Le<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vites,</hi>
who lived <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>of the holy thing,</hi> or (if you had rather it should be a Sub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stantive)
<hi>of the Temple,</hi> that is, of that which belonged thereto, namely, of the
Tithes which belonged to the Temple, but were no offering of the Altar: <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
they who did <hi>incumbere</hi> or <hi>assidere altari, wait at the Altar,</hi>
were the <hi>Priests,</hi> whose proper office it was to offer sacrifices thereon, and had part
of the same for their proper maintenance, as the<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>evit. 7 31, 32.</note> 
                     <hi>breast</hi> and <hi>right shoulder</hi> before it
was burnt, and after so much as was<note n="*" place="margin">Num. 18. 9.</note> 
                     <hi>reserved from burning;</hi> so they did <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
as the Apostle speaks, <hi>they were fellow-sharers with the Altar;</hi> the
Altar having one part of the Offering, they another.</p>
                  <p>Thus, you see, the Apostle in both sutes the <hi>maintenance</hi> with the <hi>Office.</hi> The
<hi>Office</hi> of the <hi>Levites</hi> was <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>to be imployed about holy things;</hi> their
<hi>maintenance,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>the holy thing,</hi> or the revenue of the Temple; <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>they eat of the</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> The <hi>Office</hi> of the <hi>Priests,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>to wait at
the Altar;</hi> their <hi>maintenance,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>to share with the Altar.</hi>
Now then must not the <hi>Apodosis</hi> answer the <hi>Protasis?</hi> what manner of similitude, what
analogy will there be else? <hi>Ergo,</hi> as <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>to preach the Gospel</hi>
is the <hi>Office</hi> of the <hi>Ministers of the Gospel,</hi> so is their <hi>maintenance</hi> noted by <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.
Those therefore who so interpret these words, as if <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in the last
place were taken in no other sense than it was in the first, namely, to note the Fun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ction
or Calling of the Ministers, (as if the sense were no other, but that the Mini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sters
of the Gospel, whose Calling it is to preach the Gospel, should get their living
by their Calling of preaching the Gospel) make S. <hi>Paul</hi> the Author of a lame and
<pb n="78" facs="tcp:63175:90"/>
inconsequent Similitude,<note place="margin">1 Cor. 9. 14.</note> whose <hi>Apodosis</hi> answers not unto his <hi>Protasis.</hi> For what a
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, what an [<hi>Even so</hi>] or analogy would this be? The <hi>Levites</hi> lived of the Holy
portion or revenue of the Temple as their <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or wages; Even so the <hi>Ministers
of the Gospel</hi> must live by their Calling and Function. The <hi>Priests</hi> were maintained
out of the share they had of the Of<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>erings of the Altar; Even just so the <hi>Ministers
of the Gospel</hi> must live by their Function of Preaching the Gospel. May not any one
see that the <hi>Apodosis</hi> answers not the <hi>Protasis?</hi> For that speaks of the <hi>wages,</hi> this of
the <hi>service</hi> for which the <hi>wages</hi> is due. Well therefore, as in the <hi>Protasis</hi> the <hi>wages</hi>
was compared with the <hi>work,</hi> so must it be in the <hi>Apodosis</hi> too; and consequently <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
must here express the <hi>wages,</hi> as <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> doth
the <hi>work.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But now here is the <hi>Quaere;</hi> If <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> note not the <hi>Function,</hi> but the
<hi>wages</hi> and <hi>maintenance</hi> due to the Evangelick Ministers; in what notion then is <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
here to be taken, and how to be expounded?<note n="*" place="margin">In verse 23.</note> 
                     <hi>Oecumenius</hi> would have
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in this last place to signifie <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>the believers of
the Gospel</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>; and the meaning to be, That those <hi>who preach the Gospel</hi>
should be maintained by those <hi>which believe the Gospel.</hi> But this would make our <hi>Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dosis</hi>
to answer the <hi>Protasis</hi> little better than the former: For that speaks of the wa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ges
and maintenance of the Levites and Priests, not a word of the maintainers.<note n="*" place="margin">philo de Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerdotum ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>lus, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> &amp;c.<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>—<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note>. Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sides,
to speak properly, 'tis not true, that the people maintain the Ministers: they
are not their Ministers, but God's; and he maintains them out of his own revenue,
and not at mens charges. <hi>Quis militat suis stipendiis?</hi> (saith our Apostle, at his en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trance
upon this Argument) <hi>Who goeth to war at his own charges?</hi> Now I ask, <hi>Cujus
stipendiis militat, qui militat? nonne Imperatoris? At whose charges is it that any one
goes to war? is it not at the Sovereign's charges?</hi> To which purpose note also by the
way, that it is not said here (as we translate it) <hi>So hath God ordained, that those
which preach the Gospel, should live of the Gospel:</hi> but, <hi>So hath God appointed,</hi> or <hi>given
order to those that preach the Gospel, that they should live of the Gospel;</hi> that is, <hi>Non di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cit,
Dominum mandâsse aliis ut eos alerent, sed mandâsse ipsis ut ex Evangelio viverent.</hi>
But to return again to the interpretation of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, which others therefore had
rather take here for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, for <hi>that which in the Gospel is consecrate to God:
viz.</hi> As the Priests and<note n="*" place="margin">Ios. 18. 7. <hi>The Pri<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>sthood of the Lord is their</hi> [the Le<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vites] <hi>inheri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tance.</hi>
                     </note> Levites had their maintenance out of that which was offer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
unto God in the Law; so God had ordained that the Ministers of the Gospel
should be maintained of that which is consecrate to him in the Gospel. And this sense
is straight and good.</p>
                  <p>But what need we flie to a Trope, when the natural sense of the word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
will serve our turn, yea do it much better? For howsoever in the New Testament
it most commonly signifies <hi>good tidings;</hi> yet, in other Greek Writers, the more usual
signification in the singular number is <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>praemium quod datur
laetum afferenti nuncium, the gift or reward wont to be given for good tidings. Homer</hi>
(<hi>Odyss.</hi> 14.) brings in <hi>Ulysses</hi> in a poor traveller's disguise, stipulating with his ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vant
<hi>Eumaeus,</hi> what his reward should be for the good news he promised to tell him
of his Master's life and speedy return: <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>let this be my</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
or <hi>Reward,</hi> saith he; <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>A cloak, a coat, and other good
garments.</hi> To whom <hi>Eumaeus</hi> answers,
<q>
                        <l>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>,</l>
                        <l>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>
                           <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>—</l>
                     </q>
                     <hi>Neither am I able to give such an</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, or Reward, <hi>neither will</hi> Ulysses <hi>ever come
home again. Plutarch</hi> (in his <hi>De gloria Atheniensium</hi>) relates, that the <hi>Lacedaemo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nians</hi>
to one that brought them tidings of the victory at <hi>Mantin<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>a,</hi> having been no
actor, but a spectator only, sent, for an <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, only a dish of meat from one of
their common suppers called <hi>Phiditia:</hi> the words are, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.
The same Author (within three or four lines after) affirms that Historians,
who relate and describe Battels and Victories in such perspicuous styles, deserve an
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or Reward from those who first read them: And (in his <hi>Demetrius</hi>) he
tells, that when one <hi>Aristodemus</hi> brought news to King <hi>Antigonus</hi> of a notable victory
his party had obtained against <hi>Ptolemaeus Lagi,</hi> but put the King first in great perplexi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty,
by discovering nothing, either by word or countenance, what his tidings were,
till he came to the King's presence, then saying, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, &amp;c. <hi>Hail
King</hi> Antigonus, <hi>we have overcome King</hi> Ptolemy <hi>at Sea:</hi> The King answered, <hi>Wel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>come,</hi>
Aristodemus; <hi>but because thou hast kept us so long in suspence and perplexity, thou
shalt suffer some punishment for the pain thou hast put us to;</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<pb n="79" facs="tcp:63175:90"/>
                     <hi>for it shall be the later before thou receive the reward of thy good tidings.</hi> Which is a
sufficient testimony both of the use of the word, and the custom. <hi>Cicero</hi> (in one of
his Epistles <hi>Ad Atticum</hi>) useth the plural number: <hi>O suaves Epistolas tuaes,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Ad A<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>c. l. 2. ep. 12.</note> (saith he)
<hi>uno tempore mihi datas, duas! quibus</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>quae reddam, nescio; deberi quidem
planè fateor: O thy sweet and most acceptable Eetters, received both at the same time! for
the which I know not what grateful returns to make, though I am very sensible they deserve
the best.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Besides, in the plural number [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>] it signifies a <hi>sacrifice for good tidings.</hi> Hence
<hi>Plutarch</hi> (in his <hi>Phocion</hi>) hath <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Isocrates</hi> (in <hi>Areopagitico</hi>) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>ob tot successus bis quidem sacrificavimus</hi>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Xenophon</hi> (in his <hi>Hellanica</hi>) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. To conclude; it is apparent
by these examples, that <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> signifies <hi>a gift</hi> or <hi>tribute due for good tidings;</hi> whe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
as an offering to the Gods, the Authors; or as a reward to men, the messengers
and bringers.</p>
                  <p>Now the <hi>most Blessed and Happy tidings</hi> that ever came to the ears of the sons of
men, is <hi>Salvation by Iesus Christ our Lord;</hi> whereof his Priests and Ministers are the
daily messengers. Is there not then an <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> due for this? And is not this that
our Apostle meaneth when he saies here, <hi>Even so the Lord hath ordained, that they
who preach the Gospel, should</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> So that which was required only for
acknowledgment of the Divine Dominion under the bondage of the Law, is now
turned into the nature of an <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in the liberty of the Gospel; I mean, that
which we offer now unto God for the maintenance of the Evangelical Ministery, and
other uses of his service. The sense is most fit and agreeable, and makes the Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stle's
expression (if so understood) passing elegant.</p>
                  <p>But you will say, What probability is there the Apostle should use <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
in this notion? For though prophane Authors do so, yet the Scripture's meaning,
both here and elsewhere, is to be measured by its own Dialect. Have therefore
the Hebrew, the Chaldee, the Septuagint any such notion as this? I answer, Yes, all
three of them. For in the Hebrew, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, the only word for <hi>good tidings,</hi> signi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fies
also <hi>Praemium boni nuncii, a reward for good tidings.</hi> Yea, being not above five
times found in the old Testament, <hi>Schindler</hi> will have it thrice taken in that signifi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cation;
and twice will be easily yielded him. Likewise in the Chaldee, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> signifie as well the one as the other, both <hi>nuncium</hi> and <hi>nuncii praemium, good
tidings</hi> and <hi>a reward for good tidings.</hi> As for the Seventy, the word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is but
thrice found with them, and once so apparently in this signification, as leaves no
place for contradiction. It is 2 <hi>Sam.</hi> 4. 10. where they have, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>Cui oportuit me dedisse Evangelia.</hi> They are the words of King <hi>David,</hi> when <hi>Rechab</hi>
and <hi>Baanah</hi> brought <hi>Ishbosheth's</hi> head unto him; <hi>When one told me,</hi> saith he, <hi>Behold,
Saul is dead, (thinking he had brought good tidings) I took hold of him, and slew him
in Ziklag, when I should have given a reward for his tidings.</hi> The Hebrew word ren<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dred
here <hi>Reward for good tidings</hi> is <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> the Seventy, as I said before, have <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
the Vulgar, or S. <hi>Hierome, mercedem pro nuncio, a reward for the tidings;</hi>
the Chaldee Paraphrast, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>a gift,</hi> or <hi>reward, for his tidings.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Thus you see, this notion was familiar to all the Languages that S. <hi>Paul</hi> was
brought up in. Why should it then be improbable he should use it when he had oc<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>casion?
And no marvel it is to be found no oftner; for, unless it be in this Chapter,
in the whole New Testament the thing it self (<hi>Reward for good tidings</hi>) is never men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tioned,
intimated, or alluded to. How then could the word be used? But in this
Chapter, methinks, I hear it used a second time, (ver. 23.) I will only propound it
to your considerations, and so conclude.</p>
                  <p>The matter stands thus. S. <hi>Paul,</hi> though he received no <hi>Reward</hi> at the hands of the
<hi>Corinthians</hi> for his pains in making known the glad tidings of Salvation unto them,
but did it <hi>gratis</hi> to them-ward; yet he looked for an <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> from God, stored
up in the heavens for all his faithful messengers, and to be received at the great Day:
In expectation whereof, he not only thus preached the Gospel to them freely, but
endured all things, and made himself a servant to all; <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> (saith he) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>This I do for the</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>that I might be partaker
thereof with you.</hi> What <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> should it be that S. <hi>Paul</hi> here aimed to be partaker of?
Surely, it should seem <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> here notes some <hi>Praemium</hi> or <hi>Reward,</hi> even by that
which immediately follows, <hi>Know ye not that they which run in a race, run all; but one
receiveth the</hi> Brabeum or <hi>Prize? So run that ye may obtain.</hi> I leave it to your better
meditations, and so conclude.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="22" type="discourse">
               <pb n="80" facs="tcp:63175:91"/>
               <head>DISCOURSE XXII.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>PSAL. 112. 6.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>The Righteous shall be in everlasting remembrance.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>A <hi>Word fitly spoken,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Prov. 25. 11.</note> saith <hi>Solomon, is like Apples of Gold in pictures of
Silver;</hi> that is, graceful and comely: so is a Text of Scripture fitly
chosen, and rightly applied to the occasion. Such an one as I take
it, is this I have now read, not chosen by me, but appointed by
order to be used at these times of<note n="*" place="margin">This Dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>course was deli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vered in the Chappel, at the Comme<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>moration of the College-Benefactors, <hi>Anno</hi> 1634.</note> 
                     <hi>Commemoration.</hi> I shall need no
other Preface to commend it to your attention: Let us therefore
see what is the Sense and meaning thereof.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>The Righteous,</hi> that is, The Bountiful; <hi>shall be in everlasting remembrance;</hi> In re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>membrance
with God, In remembrance with men: With God, in the world to come,
and in this world; With men, How, and in what manner? These are the several
Heads I shall speak of; and first of the First, the Subject, <hi>The Righteous,</hi> or the
<hi>Bountiful,</hi> man.</p>
                  <p>For <hi>Righteousness</hi> in a special sense, in the Hebrew and the rest of the Oriental
Tongues of kin to it, signifies <hi>Beneficence</hi> or <hi>Bounty,</hi> both the Vertue and the Work;
and therefore by the Hellenists or Septuagint is it translated <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, the word
so frequent in the New Testament for that we call <hi>Alms.</hi> 'Tis a known place,
<hi>Dan.</hi> 4. according both to the Septuagint and Vulgar Latin, <hi>Peccata tua</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> 
                     <hi>Eleemosynis
redime, &amp; iniquitates tuas misericordiis pauperum:</hi> Where in the Original for <hi>Eleemo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>syna
Alms</hi> is <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Righteousness,</hi> as we in our English render it, <hi>Break off thy sins by
Righteousness, and thine iniquity by shewing mercy to the poor.</hi> This notion of <hi>Righte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ousness</hi>
is to be found thrice together in the 12. of <hi>Tobit.</hi> Ver. 8. <hi>Prayer</hi> (saith old
<hi>Tobit</hi> there to his Son) <hi>is goodwith Fasting, and with Alms, and Righteousness: A little
with Righteousness is better than much with unrighteousness: It is better to give Alms,
than to lay up gold. 9. For Alms doth deliver from death, and shall purge away all sin,
Those that exercise Alms and Righteousness, shall be filled with life.</hi> Here in the Greek
copy <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Alms</hi> and <hi>Righteousness</hi> are exegetically put the one
to expound the other, but in the Hebrew there is but one word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> for them both,
that being the word in that language for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. Hence in the Syriack Tran<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>slation
of the New Testament <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is rendred by <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Iustitia,</hi> And so in the
Arabick. Hence <hi>Mat.</hi> 6. 1. for <hi>Take heed that you do not your alms before men,</hi> (as we
read it) the vulgar Latin and some Greek Copies have, <hi>Attenditè ne justitiam vestram
faciatis coram hominibus, Take heed that you do not your righteousness before men;</hi>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. Namely as the word <hi>Charity</hi> with us, though in the larger
sense it signifies our whole duty both to God and man, is restrained to signifie our
Liberality to the poor; so is the word <hi>Righteousness</hi> in the Oriental Languages.</p>
                  <p>If <hi>Righteousness</hi> therefore signifie <hi>Beneficence</hi> and <hi>Bounty,</hi> then is the <hi>Righteous</hi> ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording
to this notion the <hi>Bountiful</hi> man, or as we speak the <hi>Charitable.</hi> And that it
is so taken in my Text, both the general scope of the Psalm, and the connexion
with the words before and after, is proof sufficient. For before goes this,<note n="*" place="margin">Vers. 5.</note> 
                     <hi>A good
man sheweth favour and lendeth: he will guide his affairs with judgment: Surely he shall
not be moved for ever.</hi> (Then come the words of my Text) <hi>The righteous shall be in
everlasting remembrance.</hi> After it follows this, <hi>He hath dispersed, he hath given to the
poor;</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Vers. 9.</note> 
                     <hi>his righteousness remaineth for ever:</hi> which S. <hi>Paul</hi> alledgeth 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 9. 9. to pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mote
their collection for the poor Saints at <hi>Ierusalem.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>For illustration of this and our further information, it will not be amiss, I hope, to
commend to your observation some other places of Scripture where the word <hi>Righte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ous</hi>
is thus taken: as namely <hi>Psal.</hi> 37. 21. <hi>The wicked borroweth, and payeth not again:
but the righteous sheweth mercy, and giveth.</hi> Again, Vers. 25, 26. <hi>I have been
young, and now am old; yet have I not seen the righteous forsaken, nor his seed beg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ging
their bread. He is ever merciful, and lendeth, and his seed is blessed.</hi> Here the
<pb n="81" facs="tcp:63175:91"/>
                     <hi>Righteous</hi> is the <hi>merciful</hi> and <hi>bountiful;</hi> to whom namely this blessing, <hi>That his seed
shall not want,</hi> is proper and peculiar.<note place="margin">Psal. 112. 6.</note> The same use is, <hi>Prov.</hi> 10. 2. <hi>Treasures of wic<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>kedness
profit nothing, but Righteousness delivereth from death.</hi> The same is repeated
again Chap. 11. 4. <hi>Riches profit not in the day of wrath; but Righteousness delivereth
from death.</hi> Where <hi>Righteousness</hi> to be taken for <hi>Alms</hi> is apparent out of <hi>Tobit</hi> 12.
9. where it is so applied and rendred, namely, <hi>Alms doth deliver from death.</hi> I could
add also another place, <hi>Prov.</hi> 21. 26. but these shall be sufficient.</p>
                  <p>Hence appears their errour who conceive of the nature of <hi>Alms</hi> as of an arbitrary
thing, which they may do if they will, or not do, without sin; as that which carries
no obligation with it, but is left freely to every mans discretion. And this makes
some contend so much to have the Priest's maintenance granted to be <hi>Eleemosynary,</hi>
that so they might be at liberty to give something or nothing as they listed. But if
that were so, yet if <hi>Alms</hi> be <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Righteousness</hi> in the Hebrew tongue, and the lan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guage
which our Saviour spake; if our Saviour call'd them <hi>Righteousness,</hi> when he
mentioned them; who dare affirm then that <hi>Righteousness</hi> implies no obligation, or
that a man may leave it undone without sin?</p>
                  <p>THUS much of the Subject, <hi>The Righteous:</hi> Now I come to the Predicate,
<hi>shall be in everlasting remembrance.</hi> In remembrance, I said, with <hi>God</hi> and <hi>men: With
God, in the life to come,</hi> and <hi>this life.</hi> Let us see for the first, <hi>The world to come.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>It is certain that at the <hi>day of Iudgment</hi> we shall receive our doom according to
our <hi>works of Charity</hi> and <hi>Mercy;</hi> and that of all the works that a Christian man hath
done, these alone have that peculiar priviledge to be then brought in express re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>membrance
before God: <hi>Come ye blessed of my Father, inherit the Kingdom prepared
for you from the Foundation of the World. For I was an hungred, and ye gave me meat;
I was thirsty, and ye gave me drink; I was a stranger, and ye took me in; naked, and
ye clothed me; I was sick, and ye visited me; I was in prison, and ye came unto me,
&amp;c. Forasmuch as ye have done thus unto the least of these my brethren, ye have done it
unto me,</hi> Matt. 25. 34, &amp;c. What doth my Text say? <hi>The righteous shall be in ever<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lasting
remembrance:</hi> God <hi>remembers</hi> our good deeds, when he <hi>rewards</hi> them, (as
he doth our prayers, when he hears them.) If <hi>to remember</hi> then be <hi>to reward,</hi> an ever<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lasting reward is an everlasting remembrance. 'Tis remarkable, that this priviledge
which the works of Bounty and Mercy shall have at the day of Iudgment was not
unknown to the Iews themselves: for so we read in the <hi>Chaldee</hi> Paraphrast upon <hi>Ec<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>clesiastes</hi> 9. 7. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>It shall come to pass at the day of Iudgment, that the
Lord of the world shall say thus openly to every righteous man then before him, Go and
eat with gladness thy bread which is laid up for thee, as a reward for the bread which thou
gavest to the poor and needy when they were an hungred; and drink with gladness of heart
the wine which is kept for thee in the garden of</hi> Eden (or <hi>Paradise) as a reward for the
wine thou gavest the poor and needy when they were athirst: for behold thy good works have
found acceptance before the Lord.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The reason of this Prelation of <hi>the works of Mercy</hi> at that great day is, because
all we can expect at the hands of our Heavenly Father is merely of his <hi>Mercy</hi> and
Bounty: we can hope for nothing but mercy, without mercy we are undone; ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording
to that of <hi>Nehemiah</hi> in his last<note n="*" place="margin">Vers. 22.</note> Chap. <hi>Remember me, O Lord, concerning this,
and spare me according to the greatness of thy mercy.</hi> Now in those that are to be par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>takers
of <hi>Mercy,</hi> the Divine wisdom requires this <hi>congruity,</hi> that they be such as have
been ready to shew <hi>mercy</hi> unto others; judging them altogether unworthy of mercy
at his hands, who have afforded no mercy to their brethren: For so the Scripture
tells us, that <hi>they shall have judgment without mercy, that have shewn no mercy.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Iames 2. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> The te<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nour
of our Petition for <hi>forgiveness of sins,</hi> in the Lord's Prayer, runs with this condi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion,
<hi>As we forgive them that trespass against us.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Matt. 18.</note> And who can read without trembling
the Parable of the <hi>unmerciful servant</hi> in the Gospel, to whom his Lord revoked the
Debt he meant to have forgiven him, because he shewed no mercy to his fellow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>servant,
who owed him a far lesser Debt? <hi>Shouldst thou not,</hi> saith he, Vers. 23. <hi>have
shewed compassion to thy fellow-servant, as I shewed compassion unto thee?</hi> This <hi>rule of
congruity,</hi> I say, is the reason why at the day of our great account we shall be judged
according to our works of mercy and bounty. <hi>To do as we would be done to,</hi> hath place
not only between man and man, but between God and men.</p>
                  <p>Nor is this I speak of manifest by the Form of our last Sentence only, but by o<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
Scriptures beside: what else means that of our Saviour, <hi>Luke</hi> 16. 9. <hi>Make un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
your selves friends of the unrighteous Mammon,</hi> (that is, of these slippery and de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceitful
riches, for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in the Scripture's Dialect is <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>) <hi>that
<pb n="82" facs="tcp:63175:92"/>
when ye fail, they may receive you into everlasting Tabernacles?</hi> Or what means that
of S. <hi>Paul</hi> 1 <hi>Tim.</hi> 6. 17, 18. <hi>Charge them that be rich in this world,—that they
trust not in uncertain riches, but in the living God,—That they do good, that they
be rich in good works, ready to distribute, willing to communicate; Laying up in store
for themselves a good foundation against the time to come, that they may lay hold on eter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nal life?
Laying up a good foundation, &amp;c.</hi> in the Greek, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.
Here it is observable, that
works of Beneficence are said to be <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or the <hi>Foundation</hi> of the reward we
shall receive in the life to come. If any but S. <hi>Paul</hi> had said so, we should have gone
near to have excepted against it for an error. Works the Foundation of eternal life?
No, that shall not need: but the Foundation of that blessed Sentence we shall receive
at the last day for them; and that is evident by the form thereof, which we have al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ledged.
Whatsoever is meant, a great priviledge sure is hereby implied, that these
works have above others. Where give me leave to tell you what a<note n="*" place="margin">S<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>. P<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>tit. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>at. 11. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap> pas<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sage <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap> T<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>b<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>t. 4. 9. or 10. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, &amp;c. Hebrew <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>e<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>py set forth by <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> Fagtus hath <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>ositum.</note> late sacred
Critick hath observed concerning the word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in this place of <hi>Timothy;</hi> namely,
That the signification thereof there is not Vulgar, but Hellenistical, agreeable to the
use of the Hebrew word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> whereto it answers; for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> signifies, as it doth, <hi>Radix
vel fundamentum, the root</hi> or <hi>foundation.</hi> But besides this in the Rabbinical Dialect it
is used for <hi>Tabulae contractûs,</hi> a Bill of contract, a Bond or Obligation whereby such
as lend are secured to receive their loan again. That therefore <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, which an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>swers
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in the first sense, doth answer the same likewise in the second; and accord<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ingly
the Apostle's meaning to be, That those who exercise these works of Benefi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cence,
do provide themselves as it were of a Bill or Bond, upon which they may at
that day sue and plead for the award of eternal life, <hi>Vi pacti,</hi> but not <hi>Vi meriti.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>In the same sense he takes <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,<note place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                           <desc>•••</desc>
                        </gap>ct. cap. 10</note> 2. <hi>Tim.</hi> 2. 19. <hi>The foundation of God standeth
sure, having this seal, the Lord knoweth them that are his: And, Let every one that
nameth</hi> (or calleth upon) <hi>the name of Christ, depart from iniquity.</hi> The mentioning
of a <hi>Seal</hi> here, implies a Bill of contract; for Bills of contract had their Seals appen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dant
to them; each side whereof had his Motto, the one suiting with the one party
contrahent, the other with the other. That to this S. <hi>Paul</hi> alludes; <hi>God's</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
saith he, <hi>standeth sure,</hi> (that is, God's Bill of contract, or his <hi>Chirographum,</hi>) having
a Seal according to the manner: the one side whereof carrieth this Motto, <hi>The Lord
<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap> oweth them that are his;</hi> the other this, <hi>Let every one that calleth upon the name of
Christ, depart from iniquity.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>YOU have heard how God <hi>remembreth the Righteous,</hi> or Charitable man, <hi>in the
world to come.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>. 4. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> He <hi>remembreth</hi> him also <hi>in this:</hi> For that which the Apostle saith of
<hi>Godliness,</hi> that it <hi>hath the promise of this life,</hi> as well as <hi>of that to come,</hi> is most proper<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
and <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>eculiarly true of <hi>this Righteousness</hi> of Bounty and Mercy: other Righte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ous<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="5 letters">
                        <desc>•••••</desc>
                     </gap>.
<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>eed must not look for its reward till hereafter, but this is wont to be re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wa<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap>.</p>
                  <p>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Spiritual</hi> blessings we have the example of <hi>Cornelius,</hi> who for his <hi>Alms-deeds</hi>
found <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap> our with God, to have S. <hi>Peter</hi> sent unto him to instruct him in the saving
knowle<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> of C<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap>st:<note place="margin">Acts 10. 4, 5.</note> 
                     <hi>Thy Prayers and thine Alms-deeds,</hi> said the Angel, <hi>are come up
in remem<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>r<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>nce before God, Now therefore send to Ioppa, and inquire for one Simon,
Peter, &amp;c.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>For <hi>Temporal</hi> blessings hear what <hi>David</hi> sayes <hi>Psal.</hi> 37, 25, 26. (quoted before)
<hi>I was young,</hi> saith he, <hi>and now am old; yet have I not seen the righteous forsaken, nor
his seed begging their bread. He is ever merciful, and lendeth; therefore his seed is
blessed.</hi> This blessing is the merciful and charitable man's peculiar, <hi>that his children
shall not want,</hi> who was liberal and open-handed to supply the want of others. But
think not that God remembers the charitable man with a <hi>Temporal</hi> blessing in his po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sterity
only; for he remembers him also in his own person. Thus the same <hi>David,
Psal.</hi> 41. 1. <hi>Blessed is he that considereth the poor, the Lord will deliver him in time of
trouble.</hi> 2. <hi>The Lord will preserve him and keep him alive, and he shall be blessed upon
the earth; and thou wilt not deliver him unto the will of his enemies.</hi> 3. <hi>The Lord will
strengthen him upon the bed of languishing, &amp;c.</hi> And doth not his Son King <hi>Solomon</hi>
say the same? <hi>Prov.</hi> 19. 17. <hi>He that hath pity upon the poor, lendeth unto the Lord; and
that which he hath given, he will pay him again.</hi> But this perhaps some will think
may be applied to the reward in the life to come: If it be, it would much illustrate
that of S. <hi>Paul's</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> I now speak of, But <hi>Prov.</hi> 28. 27. is a place not capable of
this exception; <hi>He that giveth to the poor, shall not lack: but he that hideth his eyes,
shall have many a curse.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="83" facs="tcp:63175:92"/>
THUS we have seen how <hi>the Righteous man is in remembrance with God:</hi> Now
let us see how the same is and ought to be <hi>in remembrance with men.</hi> And it may be in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferred
from the former: For why should not we remember those whom God doth?
The practice in the Church of God hath been accordingly.</p>
                  <p>The Iews, when they make mention of any of their deceased Worthies, are wont
to do it with this <hi>Encomium,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Let his memory be blessed:</hi> Otherwise with
this, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Be his memory blessed to eternity.</hi> And of their Rabbies
in general, when they mention them, they say, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Our Rabbies,
whose memory be blessed.</hi> Which encomiastical Scheme is taken from that of <hi>Solomon,
Prov.</hi> 10. 7. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>The memory of the righteous is blessed:</hi> which therefore
they sometimes use unaltered to the purpose aforesaid; sometimes with addition, as,
<hi>Let the memory of the just be blessed to eternity;</hi> sometimes, <hi>Let the memory of the just
and holy be with blessing.</hi> These <hi>formulae</hi> are frequent in their writings. Nor hath
this <hi>commemorative Scheme</hi> been taken up by them (as some perhaps may suppose)
since the coming of our Saviour, in the time of their dispersion; but was used long
before, as may appear <hi>Ecclus.</hi> 45. 1. where <hi>Moses</hi> is thus remembred, <hi>Moses beloved of
God and men, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, whose memorial is blessed.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Eccl. 46. 11.</note> And in the
next Chapter like mention is made of the Iudges of <hi>Israel;</hi> namely, <hi>The Iudges
every one by name, whose heart went not a whoring, nor departed from the Lord. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>,
Let their memory be in benediction.</hi> So of <hi>Iudas Maccabae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>us,</hi>
1 <hi>Mac.</hi> 3. 7. <hi>He grieved many Kings, and made Iacob glad with his acts; <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>,
His memorial is,</hi> or <hi>Let his memorial be, blessed
for ever.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But what is the meaning of this <hi>Formula?</hi> what is it for <hi>the memory of the righteous
to be</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, or <hi>with blessing?</hi> The Septuagint's Translation of that <hi>Prov.</hi> 10. 7.
(whence, as I told you, this Form of honourable remembrance is taken) will soon
resolve us: for they, in stead of the words <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>The memory of the just
is with blessing,</hi> have <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>The memory of the just is with praises.</hi>
To make mention therefore of the righteous by way of benediction, is to praise
them. For the word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>to bless,</hi> in Scripture hath a treble notion:
First, <hi>to speak well of;</hi> secondly, <hi>to speak well for;</hi> thirdly, <hi>to do well unto. To speak
well of, is to praise.</hi> So we are said to bless God, when we praise and glorifie him:<note place="margin">Psal. 103. 1, 22. &amp; 104. 1, 35.</note>
                     <hi>Benedic, anima mea, Domino; Bless the Lord, O my Soul;</hi> that is, praise him.<note n="*" place="margin">Psal. 41. 13. &amp; 106. 48.</note> 
                     <hi>Blessed
be the Lord God of Israel;</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Luk. 1. 68.</note> that is, praised. <hi>Bless the Lord, all ye Nations;</hi> that is,
praise him: and so every where in the <hi>Psalms.</hi> The second notion, <hi>To speak well for,</hi> is
to <hi>pray for.</hi> So the Priest is said to bless the people, when he prayes for them:<note n="*" place="margin">Num. 6. 24.</note> 
                     <hi>The
Lord bless you, and save you; The Lord make his holy countenance to shine upon you,
and be merciful unto you.</hi> So other blessings of the like kind are prayers for those
over whom they are pronounced. The third notion of <hi>blessing</hi> is <hi>To do good unto,</hi>
to bestow some gift or good upon.<note place="margin">Gen. 1. 28.</note> Thus God is said to have <hi>blessed</hi> man, when he
said unto him, <hi>Increase and multiply, replenish the earth and subdue it;</hi> that is, He en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dowed
him with these gifts. <hi>In thy seed shall all the Nations of the world be blessed;</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Gen. 22. 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note>
that is, receive some great benefit. So God is said to have <hi>blessed</hi> the Patriarchs,
when he made them to thrive, and gave them wealth and riches; according to that
of <hi>Solomon,</hi> Prov. 10. 22. <hi>The blessing of the Lord maketh rich, and he addeth no sor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>row
with it;</hi> namely, such as is wont to accompany riches gotten without God's
blessing. Hence <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Blessing,</hi> in Scripture signifies a gift or present,
bounty or beneficence:<note place="margin">Gen. 32. 13. &amp;c, &amp; 33. 11.</note> The <hi>Present of cattel</hi> which <hi>Iacob</hi> provided for his brother
<hi>Esau,</hi> when he went to meet him, is all that Story through call'd <hi>his Blessing:</hi> The
<hi>Presents</hi> which <hi>David</hi> sent of his prey to the Elders of <hi>Iudah,</hi> 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 30. 26. are
there call'd <hi>Blessings.</hi> And in the New Testament, 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 9. the collection at <hi>Co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rinth</hi>
for the poor Saints at <hi>Ierusalem</hi> is thrice called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,<note place="margin">Vers. 5, 6.</note> 
                     <hi>their blessing,</hi> which
we translate <hi>Bounty.</hi> I thought good to be a little diligent in this explication, that
we might be the better able to discern <hi>what kind of remembrance</hi> of righteous men
deceased is commended unto us in that Scripture, <hi>The memory of the righteous is with
blessing:</hi> whence not the Iew only, as you have heard, but the Christian also
seem to have derived their practice in that particular, which I am now to
shew.</p>
                  <p>For the Christian in this point hath been no whit short of the Iew, but exceeded
him rather, not in the later only, but in those better and Primitive times: witness
those anniversary remembrances of the Martyrs and Saints deceased; the appoint<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
of Festival days for their memorial; the custome to assemble at their Sepul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chres,
<pb n="84" facs="tcp:63175:93"/>
to make Panegyrick orations in their honour; and above all, that ancient
and so long-continued custome without known beginning, to commemorate at the
Holy Table, when the Encharist was celebrated, the Patriarchs, Prophets, Apostles,
Evangelists, Martyrs, and Confessors: All which tended to this, That <hi>the memory of
the righteous might be with blessing.</hi> In the extent of which <hi>Blessing</hi> the Christian went
beyond the Iew: For of that threefold notion of <hi>Blessing</hi> I now speak of, first, <hi>to
speak well of</hi> or to praise; secondly, <hi>to speak well for</hi> or to pray for; thirdly, <hi>to do
well unto;</hi> the Iews <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>eem not anciently (but only of<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Vid. Buxtor<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>.</hi> Synag. Iud. <hi>c.</hi> 35 <hi>Schickard</hi> Ius Reg. <hi>p.</hi> 170.</note> late) to have used any but the
first in their Commemorations, namely, that of <hi>praise:</hi> But the Christian added the
second of <hi>prayer</hi> and good wishes for the Saints departed, namely, for their publick
acquital and consummation at the day of Resurrection: which, had it continued in
the first and original meaning, could not be disliked; but having proved in time the
Mother of many Superstitions and Errours, and kindled the fire of Purgatory, it was
thought fit by the Authors of our Reformation to be disused, and the blessing of the
Dead to be confined to that of praise only, namely, of praising and commending
them, by recounting their worthy deeds; and then secondly, of praising God for
them. And this is the duty we are now assembled to perform to our blessed Foun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ders
and Benefactors.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="23" type="discourse">
               <head>DISCOURSE XXIII.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>S. MATTHEW 10. 41.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>He that receiveth a Prophet in the name of a Prophet, shall re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceive
a Prophet's reward.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>OUR Blessed Saviour giving his Apostles their mission to preach the
Gospel, unfurnished with outward things, and forewarning them
what harsh and unkind usage they and their successors were like to
find amongst men; for the better encouragement of such as should
entertain and minister unto them, he pronounceth, That <hi>whosoever
received them, received him; and he that received him, received him
that sent him,</hi> Whereby it appeareth how honourable an office it
was to afford them entertainment, and such as the noblest need not be ashamed of.
But because <hi>the hope of reward</hi> is the most forcible spur to all undertakings, he addeth
that too in the words of my Text, <hi>He that receiveth,</hi> saith he, <hi>a Prophet in the name
of a Prophet, shall receive a Prophet's reward;</hi> that is, He that receiveth a Prophet,
not for any respect, but <hi>quatenus talis,</hi> because he is a Prophet, shall have a Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phet's reward.</p>
                  <p>Which words contain in them evidently these two Propositions.</p>
                  <p>First, <hi>That there is some special and eminent degree of Reward due unto a Prophet above
other men.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Secondly, <hi>That he that shall entertain a Prophet, and do any good office unto him
under that name,</hi> that is, <hi>for his office sake, shall be partaker of that Reward.</hi> Of these
Two I intend to treat, beginning with the First, the more general.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>That there shall be differing degrees of Reward in the life to come,</hi> is evident by sun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dry
places of Scripture. As first, from that so often iterated passage, wherein God
is said <hi>to reward every man according to his works:</hi> Which not to be understood only
of the differing quality of our works, good and evil, which God rewards accord<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ingly,
the one with everlasting bliss, the other with eternal fire, (as some here
except,) but also of the differing works of just men compared together, is manifest by
that 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 3. 8. where the Apostle comparing his own and <hi>Apollos</hi> work together,
saying, <hi>He had planted, and Apollos watered,</hi> addes, that <hi>both should receive their
reward, according to their work;</hi> that is, as their work differed, so should their re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ward
do.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="85" facs="tcp:63175:93"/>
In the second place the same is represented by that Parable, <hi>Luke</hi> 19. of the Ten
servants who received of their Lord,<note place="margin">Mat. 10. 41.</note> being to go into a far Countrey, ten pounds
to trade with till his return. At what time he that had increased his pound to ten
pounds, was made ruler over ten Cities; he that had gained but five pounds,
over five Cities; and so the rest, according as they had improved the stock given
them.</p>
                  <p>A third place is that 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>5. 41, 42. <hi>There is one glory of the Sun, and another of
the Moon, and another glory of the Stars; for one star differeth from another star in glory.
So also is the Resurrection of the dead.</hi> Here is the full stop, and not the words to be
referred to that which follows, to wit, that <hi>the body is sown in corruption, but is rais<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
again in incorruption,</hi> as some would have them. For the Apostle speaks here of
the difference of things heavenly and glorious, (<hi>One star,</hi> saith he, <hi>differs from another
star in glory;</hi>) and not of the difference between glorious and inglorious, corrup<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tible
and incorruptible: For this belongs to his other similitude; <hi>There are celestial
bodies, and bodies terrestrial; but the glory of the celestial is one, and the glory of the
terrestrial is another.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>A fourth place is that 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 9. 6. where the Apostle speaking of the reward of
beneficence, avoucheth, that <hi>he which soweth sparingly, shall reap sparingly; and he
that soweth bountifully, shall reap bountifully.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Fifthly, That speech of our Saviour to the twelve, <hi>Matt.</hi> 19. 27. imports as much;
<hi>Behold, we</hi> (saith <hi>Peter) have forsaken all, and followed thee:</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>; <hi>what
shall we have therefore?</hi> V. 28. <hi>Iesus said unto them, Verily I say unto you, that ye which
have followed me;</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>in the Regeneration,</hi> is not to be joyn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed to the fore<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>going words, but relates to what follows in the verse.</note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>in the Regeneration</hi> or Resurrection, <hi>when
the Son of man shall sit upon the throne of his Glory, ye also shall sit upon twelve thrones,
judging the twelve Tribes of Israel.</hi> S. <hi>Luke</hi> relates it upon another occasion;
whereby it appears our Saviour uttered it more than once, <hi>Ye</hi> (saith he to the
Twelve) <hi>are they which have continued with me in my temptations; therefore I ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>point
you a Kingdom, as my Father hath appointed unto me; That ye may eat and drink at
my Table in my Kingdom, and sit on Thrones, judging the twelve Tribes of Israel, Luke</hi>
22. 28, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> Whatsoever is meant by the <hi>Reward</hi> intimated in this expression, for
the <hi>quality</hi> thereof, 'tis plain there is some peculiar and more eminent degree of glory
here promised the Apostles, which shall not be common to others with them. First,
Because it is the reward of their proper and peculiar service unto Christ, as the Text
shews. Secondly, Because these twelve Thrones in regard of their number can be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fit
no more but these twelve. Thirdly, Supposing the twelve Tribes of <hi>Israel</hi> here
mentioned to be likewise in a condition of bliss and happiness, it must needs be that
those who <hi>sit upon twelve Thrones to judge,</hi> that is, to govern them, must be in a
higher degree of dignitie than those over whom they shall be set. Whatsoever
therefore the meaning of the <hi>Reward</hi> be, thus much may be gathered from the de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>scription
thereof, That there shall be differing degrees of glory in the Kingdom of
Christ to come.</p>
                  <p>To conclude; it hath been the ancient and constant Tradition of the Church,
testified by the unanimous consent of all the Fathers, and was never questioned by
any, until that <hi>Peter Martyr</hi> in this last age first began to doubt thereof, and others since
more boldly adventured to contradict it.</p>
                  <p>Their main Reasons or Objections are these two. First, That the Reward to come
depends not upon the virtue or dignity of our works, but only upon the merit and satis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>faction
of Christ: But his merits and satisfaction are uniform and the same to all:
<hi>Ergo,</hi> the Reward also which is to be given by virtue thereof shall be so. This Objecti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
proceeds from that scrupulosity which many of ours have to admit of any relation
or connexion between our Works and the Reward to come; whence also is that, that
they should not be done <hi>intuitu mercedis,</hi> with an eye or respect to the Reward. Which
is an Assertion repugnant to the tenour of the Scripture, where the Holy Ghost is
wont to ground his Exhortations upon the hope and promise of Reward. Now what
an unreasonable conceit is it to think that where wages is promised for the encou<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ragement
of the labourer, the labourer should be bound to work without having
any eye or respect to his wages? But to the Objection I answer thus; That it is true,
the Merits and satisfaction of Christ are the Foundation of our Reward, namely, that
alone which makes our works capable thereof, without which they were not: never<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>theless
it is true also that our Works are the Subject of Reward; and the same Merit
of Christ makes differing works capable of a different Reward.</p>
                  <p>Their other Objection hath a little more likelihood, and seems therefore somewhat
<pb n="86" facs="tcp:63175:94"/>
more difficult to answer. It is taken from the Parable, <hi>Matt.</hi> 20. where the King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dome
of Heaven is compared to a Vineyard, the Master whereof went out in the
morning to hire labourers, and agreed with them for a peny a day: Three hours af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter,
or at the third hour, he went out and hired more; and so again at the sixth and
ninth hours; yea at the eleventh, but an hour before Sun went down, he did like<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wise.
And when they came all to receive their wages, he gave the last hired as much as he
had agreed for with the first, to wit, every one a peny, neither more not less. Whence it
seems to follow, that the <hi>reward</hi> to come, signified by this <hi>peny,</hi> shall not be propor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tioned
according to the difference of works, but be one and the same to all.</p>
                  <p>I answer; First, The Parable proves no more but this, That the sooner or later
coming of men into the Vineyard of the Church, (for all were not to be called at
one time, nor in one age) shall not make their reward greater or lesser: not that the
reward shall not be different according to the diversity of our works. Secondly, I add,
That this Parable hath respect to the Churches of the <hi>Iews</hi> and <hi>Gentiles</hi> not called,
nor to be called, at the same time. For the <hi>Iews</hi> were hired into the Vineyard be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>times
in the morning, the <hi>Gentiles</hi> not till the day was far spent; yet shall they by the
goodness of their heavenly Master receive the same reward of eternal life which was
promised to the Iew, with whom the Covenant was first made, and who bare the
heat of the day, whilst the other stood idle. Besides, in the new Vineyard of the
Gospel the turn is changed; for into it (because the <hi>Iews</hi> would not) the <hi>Gentiles</hi>
have first been hired, though at several hours; the <hi>Iew</hi> being not to come in until
the eleventh hour; yet when Christ comes to give us wages, shall receive his <hi>peny,</hi>
that is, eternal life, as well as we.</p>
                  <p>This to be the genuine scope of the Parable, may be gathered by that which is
presently subjoyned by our Saviour as it were to be the Key thereof: <hi>So the last</hi> (saith
he) <hi>shall be first, and the first last; <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, for many
are called, but few are chosen:</hi> which I understand thus; <hi>The last,</hi> that is, the <hi>Gentiles</hi>
who came in last, shall be <hi>the first</hi> partakers of Christ's Kingdom: The <hi>Iews,</hi> who
were <hi>first</hi> in Covenant, and had wrought so long before us in God's Vineyard, shall
be <hi>last</hi> in the Covenant of Christ, and not converted till the fulness of the <hi>Gentiles</hi>
be come in: For though many of them were invited at the first coming of Christ, yet
few or none obeyed, and to the Nation became not of his <hi>peculium,</hi> but stands yet
rejected; <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. To the like purpose is the same speech
used by our Saviour, <hi>Luk.</hi> 13. 29, 30. <hi>They shall come,</hi> saith he, <hi>from the East, and
from the West, and from the North, and from the South, and shall sit down in the King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom
of God. And behold, there are last which shall be first, and there are first which shall
be last.</hi> What means this? Out of S. <hi>Matthew</hi> 8. 11, 12. where the same passage is
related, we shall hear it expounded; for there the words run thus, <hi>Many shall come from
the East and West, and shall sit down with Abraham, Isaac and Iacob, in the Kingdom of
heaven: But the children of the Kingdom</hi> (that is, the whole generation of <hi>Israel,</hi>
who received not the Gospel at the Preaching of Christ and his Apostles, and all
the generations since, who have continued in unbelief) <hi>shall be cast out into outer
darkness.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>And here by the way, because the Parable useth the notion of a <hi>Day</hi> to signifie a
time of many Ages, it will not be altogether unseasonable to note, that the Metaphor
may appear the easier, how that the Scripture often elsewhere calls the whole time
of man's pilgrimage in this world by the name of a <hi>Day.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Psal. 95. 7.</note> As, <hi>To day if you will hear
his voice,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Heb. 3. 7.</note> 
                     <hi>harden not your hearts.</hi> And <hi>Heb.</hi> 3. 13. <hi>Exhort one another <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>,
every day, whilest it is called to Day.</hi> Where we see <hi>Day</hi> to include <hi>every day.</hi>
And I believe we are thus to understand <hi>Day</hi> in the Lord's Prayer, in that Petition,
<hi>Give us this day our daily Bread;</hi> that is, the whole time we live in this world. For
in stead of S. <hi>Matthew's This Day,</hi> spoken after the Hebrew notion, S. <hi>Luke</hi> hath in
the same Petition, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, that is, <hi>every day.</hi> Therefore S. <hi>Matthew's This day</hi>
must comprehend S. <hi>Luke's Every day,</hi> if the sense of the Petition in both of them be
the same, as I believe it is. Nay more than this; The world to come, even <hi>Seculum
aeternitatis,</hi> or Eternity it self, is likewise termed <hi>a Day</hi> by S. <hi>Peter,</hi> 2 Ep. 3. 18. <hi>our
Lord,</hi> saith he, <hi>and Saviour Iesus Christ, to whom be glory both now</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>and to the Day of Eternity.</hi> A long <hi>Day</hi> indeed. But this <hi>obiter.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Thus having cleared my Proposition <hi>in thest,</hi> or in general [<hi>That there shall be dif<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fering
degrees of glory in the Reward to come;</hi>] it remains that I make it good in the <hi>hy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pothesis</hi>
concerning a <hi>Prophet;</hi> namely, That to them who instruct others in the ways
and will of God, which is the Office of a Prophet, there belongs a <hi>preeminence of
<pb n="87" facs="tcp:63175:94"/>
Reward</hi> above and besides that which is common to all Saints. This <hi>preeminence of
glory</hi> the School-men term <hi>Aur<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ola,</hi> that is, an Additament of felicity to that essenti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>al
glory in the Vision of God, which they term <hi>Aurea.</hi> This <hi>Aureola</hi> or Coronet to
be added to the Crown of glory, they ascribe to three sorts of persons; to <hi>Virgins,</hi> to
<hi>Martyrs,</hi> and to Doctors of <hi>Prophets.</hi> The two first are out of my scope: The third,
of <hi>Prophets,</hi> let us see how it is proved out of Scripture.</p>
                  <p>First therefore, it is apparent from my Text, <hi>He that receiveth a Prophet in the
name of a Prophet, shall receive a Prophet's reward: Ergo,</hi> there is some special or pe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>culiar Reward belonging to a <hi>Prophet,</hi> and that to an eminent one; otherwise our
Saviour's speech will have no enforcement in it, as he that considers thereof may
easily see.</p>
                  <p>The second is, <hi>Dan.</hi> 12. 3. where the Angel prophesying of the Resurrection to
be at the end of Time, and saying, That <hi>many of them that sleep in the dust of the
earth shall awake, some to everlasting life, and some to shame and everlasting contempt;</hi>
he addes, <hi>And those that be wise</hi> (that is, have learned the true wisdom, which con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sists
in the fear of God) <hi>shall shine as the brightness of the Firmament: but those that
turn many unto righteousness,</hi> (that is, the Teachers and Instructers,) <hi>as the Stars for ever
and ever.</hi> Here the difference between those that <hi>teach</hi> and <hi>are taught</hi> is as much as
between the light of the Stars and the brightness of the Firmament. Some will have
the whole sentence to speak of the eminency of glory laid up for <hi>Prophets,</hi> translating
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in the first place not <hi>docti</hi> or <hi>intelligentes,</hi> but <hi>Doctores: The Teachers
shall shine as the brightness of the Firmament; and they that turn many unto righteousness,
as the Stars for ever and ever.</hi> But I have followed that interpretation which our
Translators thought most likely.</p>
                  <p>Thir<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>dly, To this eminency of glory the Angel seems also to have respect in the
end of the Chapter, when he says, <hi>But go thy way, Daniel, till the end be; for thou
shalt rest, and stand up in thy lot at the end of days: in sorte tua in thy lot,</hi> that is,
<hi>in sorte Prophetarum in the lot of Prophets.</hi> And this perhaps may be that too which our
Saviour intends, <hi>Matt.</hi> 5. 19. <hi>Qui secerit &amp; docuerit, magnus vocabitur</hi> (i. <hi>erit) in regno
coelorum, Whosoever shall do and teach them, the same shall be called</hi> (that is, <hi>shall be)
great in the kingdom of heaven.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The reason of all this is, Because those who teach and convert others to righte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ousness,
have an interest and a kind of title to all the good works which they shall
do: How then can their Reward but be great and eminent, when not only their own
works, but the works of their converts and disciples, shall be brought into their ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>count?
A matter, if we consider it, of no small encouragement and comfort unto us,
whom God hath placed in this condition to be Teachers and Instructers of others, if
so be we bury not our Talent in a Napkin, but employ it for the advantage of our
Lord and Master. For it is not the Habit or Faculty, but the Work, which shall
reap the Reward we speak of. Happy are we therefore, if we neglect not this op<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>portunity
of bliss which God hath given us.</p>
                  <p>AND thus having done with the First Proposition I undertook, I come unto the
Second; which is, <hi>That he that receiveth a Prophet in the name of a Prophet, shall be par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>taker
of a Prophet's reward. He that receives,</hi> that is, doth any good office, or de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>serves
well of a Prophet. For this to be the meaning, may appear by that which
follows; <hi>He that receiveth a righteous man in the name of a righteous man, shall receive
a righteous man's reward:</hi> where <hi>righteous</hi> is to be taken by way of eminency, for
one of eminent sanctity, such as among the Iews had therefore the surname of <hi>Iust</hi> or
<hi>Righteous;</hi> as <hi>Simeon the Iust, Iames the Iust,</hi> and other the like. Then in the next
words the expression is varied;<note place="margin">Ver<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. 27.</note> 
                     <hi>Whosoever shall give to drink to one of these little ones
a cup of cold water in the name of a disciple, shall not lose his reward:</hi> whence I say we
may gather what good office the word <hi>receiving</hi> (before used) intimated to us, name<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly,
to <hi>relieve, maintain, support,</hi> and the like. He therefore that thus <hi>receives a Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phet,
shall be partaker,</hi> saith our Saviour, <hi>of a Prophet's reward;</hi> that is, have an emi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nent
reward, or of the quality of a Prophet's though himself be none.</p>
                  <p>The reason is, Because he that supports and enables a Prophet for his duty, hath
an interest in his work, and consequently in the reward that belongs unto it. This
appears by the contrary, because he that maintains and abetts those who commit an
evil act, makes himself guilty of their sin, and so of the punishment due to the same,
An example whereof we have in that of the <hi>Benjamites</hi> in the Book of <hi>Iudges;</hi> who by
abetting the men of <hi>Gibeah,</hi> who committed that foul abomination with the Levite's
Wife, made themselves guilty of their sin, and brought that hideous judgment,
<pb n="88" facs="tcp:63175:95"/>
which at first was deserved only by a few sons of <hi>Belial,</hi> upon the Heads of the
whole Tribe: It is a known story. Now it is <hi>par ratio</hi> for a man to entitle himself
to anothers good works, as to his ill.</p>
                  <p>BUT there is a modification in the Text, whereupon this Reward we speak of
depends, otherwise not to be looked for: And that is, This good office must be
done <hi>in nomine Prophetae, in the name of a Prophet,</hi> not for any other respect, than as
he is, and because he is, a <hi>Prophet: He that receiveth a Prophet</hi> in nomine Prophetae,
<hi>shall receive a Prophet's reward.</hi> Not he that receives him only for some personal
or by-respect, because he is his kinsman, friend, or friend's ally; or (which is the
ground of the most respect the Prophet gets among the most now-a-days,) because he
is one of their one side and faction: but setting all such respects aside, <hi>eo nomine quia
Propheta,</hi> with mere respect to their office and calling, or because they are (as <hi>Valens</hi>
and <hi>Valentinian</hi> in their Rescript <hi>apud</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Eccles. hist. <hi>l.</hi> 4. <hi>c.</hi> 7.</note> 
                     <hi>Theodoretum</hi> calls them) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>Stewards of the great King of all the earth.</hi> I may tell you that this is no
ordinary thing now-a-days. We may perhaps find some that can be content to make
much of the Prophet for some personal qualities of his, or perhaps because he hath
abilities above ordinary, or because it may be he is like to further the way they wish
good luck to, or that they may gain repute among some sort of men, or for other re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>spects
of like nature: But are there many which regard them <hi>in the name of a Prophet?</hi>
How then comes it to pass that their courtesies are so appropriate to the Persons of
some, that they shew no respect or esteem to the Calling in others?</p>
                  <p>Whence comes that Unchristian, or indeed Atheistical, language, <hi>Abase Priest, A
paultry Priest? It would never have grieved me if any other had served me thus; but to
be served thus by a base Priest, who can endure it?</hi> Tell me in good earnest, is this to
honour a Priest or a Prophet <hi>in the name of a Prophet?</hi> or not rather point-blank un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
it, to reproach and dishonour him under that reverend Name, that is, to despise
and reproach the Calling it self? For can a man honour that condition, the name where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>of
he thinks to be a reproach? Is any man wont to say, <hi>A base Lord, a base Knight, A
base Gentleman, A base Christian?</hi> No: And why? because he accounts them all
Terms and Titles of Honour. Iudge then by this, what account they make of God's
<hi>Ambre,</hi> who turn the very Title of their Calling into a name of reproach; and what
reward by proportion they are like to merit at Christ's hands: Not <hi>a Prophet's,</hi> I am
sure; and whether a Christian's or not, themselves may judge. 'Tis often, and too
often, true indeed, that for our Persons we are unworthy of any better respect; but
even then it best appears whether a man hath respect to the Calling <hi>eo nomine,</hi> when
there is nothing in the Person to move him to it.</p>
                  <p>But there is another sort of men, who honour not a <hi>Prophet in the name of a Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phet,</hi>
yet behind; namely, such as rob and spoil them of their livelihood and daily
bread; and not only themselves give nothing to enable and encourage them the better
to perform their Ministery, but take from them several ways that which the Piety
and Bounty of their Ancestors hath allotted them: yea to many, if not to the most,
no gain or theft is more sweet than that which is gotten out of the Priest's portion.
But whether it will prove so at that day when the just God shall reward every
man according to his works, may be greatly feared. I told you a little before that
the reason why <hi>he that receives a Prophet in the name of a Prophet, shall be partaker of a
Prophet's reward,</hi> is, because he that supports and enables a Prophet to do his duty,
hath thereby an interest in his work, and consequently in the reward due to the same.
If this be so, what can they look for, who by subtracting their daily bread from
them, hinder and disenable them from the free and chearful performance of their
duty, by distracting them with the cares of providing for their bodily life? Do
they not derive upon themselves the guilt of whatsoever impediment comes hereby
to the propagation of the Kingdom of Christ? Shall not the loss of every Soul that
perisheth for want of due provision to maintain an able Minister, be cast to their ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>count
at the last day? I will speak nothing now of the burthen which <hi>Sacriledge</hi> it self,
as being a robbing of God, carries with it, (See <hi>Prov.</hi> 20. 25. <hi>It is a snare to the man
who devoureth that which is holy, and after vows to make enquiry;</hi>) nor of those
dreadful execrations which the Donors of such things were wont <hi>antiquo ritu</hi> to
lay upon the heads of all such as should divert them to prophane uses, wherewith
these men willingly and wilfully involve themselves. I will, I say, not speak of
these; for the present<note n="*" place="margin">The Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>memoration of College Bene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>factors, <hi>Anno</hi> 1635.</note> occasion calls upon me, and tells me that I came not hither to
curse, but to bless. I therefore change my note, and say, Blessed be God our hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>venly
Father, who notwithstanding the malignity of many, hath not left us destitute,
<pb n="89" facs="tcp:63175:95"/>
but in every Age hath raised up some to shew kindness unto the Prophets, and to
provide entertainment for them. Witness the goodly Buildings and liberal Endow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments
in our two Seminaries for the entertainment and education of Prophets and
Prophets Sons: more particularly the Bounty of those Worthies the fruits of whose
Piety and Devotion we our selves here assembled by the Divine goodness enjoy;
Whose blessed names therefore, as their deserts challenge at our hands, let us re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>member
with all due honour and thankfulness.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>After the mention of the Names of the College-Benefactors, this
followes in the Authors own Manuscript.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>These are the Names of our pious Founders and Benefactors: let their Memory
be blessed for ever. And when Christ our Lord shall come in his Glory to ren<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der
every one according to his works, and<note n="*" place="margin">Eccl<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>s. 49. 10.</note> 
                     <hi>their Bones flourish again out of
their graves;</hi> let all the benefit and enlargement, which shall redound to the
Church of God by this their Bounty, be cast in their account; and we with
them, and they with us hear that comfortable voice, <hi>Come ye blessed, inherit the
Kingdom prepared from the foundation of the World.</hi>
                  </p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="24" type="discourse">
               <head>DISCOURSE XXIV.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>S. LUKE 2. 13, 14</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>And suddenly there was with the Angel a multitude of the heavenly
Host, praising God, and saying, Glory be to God on high, (<hi>or,</hi> in the highest) and on earth Peace, Good-will towards men.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>AT the Creation of the world, when God laid the foundations of the
Earth, and stretched out his line thereon, <hi>the Stars of the morning</hi>
(as God himself describes it, <hi>Iob</hi> 38. 7.) <hi>sang together, and all the
Sons of God</hi> (that is, the holy Angels) <hi>shouted for joy.</hi> This in
my Text is so like it, that a man would think some new Cre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ation
were in hand; nor were it much wide of truth to affirm it:
for if ever there were a day wherein the Almighty <hi>Power,</hi> the in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>comparable
<hi>Wisdom,</hi> the wonderful <hi>Goodness</hi> of God again the second time appear<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed,
as it did at the World's Creation; it was this day whereof S. <hi>Luke</hi> our Evan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gelist
now treateth; when the Son of God took upon him our Flesh, and was
born of a Virgin, to repair the breach between God and man, and make all things
new. The news of which Restauration was no sooner heard and made known
to the Shepherds by an Angel sent from heaven, but suddenly the heavenly Host
descended from their celestial mansions, and sung this Carol of joy, <hi>Glory be to God
on high,</hi> and <hi>welcome Peace on earth, Good-will towards men.</hi> A Song renowned
both for the singularity of the first example, (for until this time, unless it were
once in a Prophetical Vision, we shall not find a Song of Angels heard by men in
all the Scripture) and from the custom of the Church, who afterward took it up
in her Liturgy, and hath continued the singing thereof ever since the dayes of the
Apostles unto these of ours. Yet perhaps it is not so commonly understood as usually
said or chaunted; and therefore will be worth our labour to enquire into the mean<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
thereof, and hear such Instructions as may be learned therefrom. Which that
we may the better do, I will consider, First, the Singers or Chaunters, <hi>The hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>venly
Host:</hi> Secondly, the Carol or Hymn it self, <hi>Glorid in excelsis Deo, Glory be to
God on high, &amp;c.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>For the First; <hi>The Heavenly Host</hi> here spoken of is an Army of holy Angels: For
<pb n="90" facs="tcp:63175:96"/>
                     <hi>the Host of heaven</hi> in the language of Scripture is twofold, <hi>Visible</hi> or <hi>Invisible.</hi> The <hi>Vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sible
Host</hi> are the <hi>Stars,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Luk. 2. 13, 14</note> which stand in their array like an Army. <hi>Deut. 4. 19. Lest thou
lift up thine eyes</hi> (saith the Lord there) <hi>unto heaven; and when thou seest the Sun, Moon,
and Stars, even all the Host of heaven, shouldst be driven to worship and serve them.</hi> The
<hi>Invisible Host</hi> are the <hi>Angels,</hi> the heavenly Guard; according to that of <hi>Micaiah,</hi> 1
<hi>King.</hi> 22, 19. <hi>I saw the Lord sitting upon his Throne, and all the Host of Heaven standing
by him, on his right hand and on his left.</hi> So. <hi>Psal.</hi> 103. 20, 21. <hi>Bless the Lord ye his
Angels, that excel in strength, that do his Commandments. Bless the Lord, all ye his
Hosts, ye ministers of his that do his pleasure:</hi> Where the latter words do but vary
that which is expressed in the former. From this it is that the Lord <hi>Iehovah,</hi> the true
and only God, is so often styled the Lord or God of <hi>Sabaoth</hi> or of <hi>Hosts,</hi> that is,
King both of <hi>Stars</hi> and <hi>Angels:</hi> according to that <hi>Nehem. 9. 6. Thou art God alone;—
and the Host of Heaven worshippeth thee.</hi> By which Title he is distinguished from the
Gods of the Nations, who were some of the <hi>Host,</hi> to wit, of the <hi>Stars,</hi> or <hi>Angels,</hi> but
none of them <hi>The Lord of Hosts</hi> himself. For the same reason, and with the same mean<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
and sense, in the Books written after the Captivity, he is styled <hi>Deus coeli, the God
of Heaven,</hi> as in <hi>Ezra, Nehemiah, Daniel;</hi> in which Books, together with the last of
<hi>Chronicles,</hi> the title of <hi>Deus Sabaoth The Lord of Hosts</hi> is not to be found, but the title
of <hi>Deus Coeli The God of Heaven</hi> only, which, as may seem, was taken up for some
reason in stead of the other.</p>
                  <p>But to return to what we have in hand: It was the <hi>Angelical Host,</hi> as ye hear, who
sang this Song of joy and praise unto the most High God. And wherefore? For any
restitution or addition of Happiness to themselves? No; but for <hi>Peace on Earth,</hi> and
<hi>Good-will towards men.</hi> He that was now born, took not upon him the Nature of An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gels,
but of men: He came not into the world to save Angels, but for the salvation of
men: Nor was the state of Angels to receive advancement in glory by his coming,
but the state of men; and that too in such a sort as might seem to impeach the dig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nity,
and dim the lustre of those excellent creatures; when an inferiour Nature, the
nature of Man, was now to be advanced unto a throne of Divine majesty, and to be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>come
Head and King not only of men, but of the Heavenly Host it self. O ye blessed
Angels! what did these tidings concern you, That ruined mankind should be restored
again and taken into favour; whereas those of your own Host, which fell likewise,
remained still in that gulf of perdition whereinto their sin had plunged them, without
hope of mercy or like promise of Deliverance? What did it add to your eminent
Dignity, the most excellent of the creatures of God, that the Nature of man should
be advanced above yours?<note place="margin">Phil. 2. 10.</note> that <hi>at the Name of Iesus every knee should bow, of things
in Heaven, and things in Earth, and things under the Earth?</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/> The Observation therefore which this Act of the Angels first presents unto us is,
The ingenuous goodness and sweet disposition of those immaculate and blessed Spi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rits,
in whose bosomes Envy, the Image of the Devil and deadly poison of Charity,
hath no place at all: For if any inclination to this cankered passion had been in
these Heavenly creatures, never such an occasion was offered (nor greater could be)
to stir it up as now. But Heaven admits of no such passion, nor could such a tor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment
consist with the blissful condition of those who dwell therein. It is the smoke
of that bottomless pit, a native of Hell, the character and cognisance of those Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>state
Angels, <hi>which kept not their first estate, but left their own habitation, and are re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>served
for chains of everlasting darkness.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap>. ver. 6.</note> These indeed grieve no less at the Happi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>n<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ss
of men than the Angels joy: witness the name of their Prince <hi>Satan,</hi> which sig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nifies
the Fiend or malicious one, who out of Envy overthrew mankind in the
beginning; out of Envy he and all his fellow-fiends are so restless and indefatigable
to seduce him still.</p>
                  <p>The Use of this Observation will not be far to seek, if we remember the admonition
our Saviour hath given us in the Prayer left unto his Church, which is, To make the
Angels the pattern of our imitation in doing the will of our heavenly Father; for so he
teacheth us to pray, <hi>Let thy will be done in earth as it is done in heaven;</hi> that is, Grant us
O Lord, to do thy will here, as thy holy Angels do it there. And as we should imi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tate
them in all things else, so in this affection towards the happiness and prospe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rity
of others. And good reason, I think, if we mean at all to approve our selves unto
God our Father, why we should endeavour rather to be like unto them than unto
Devils. But in nothing can we be more like them than in this, to rejoyce for the good,
and not repine at the happiness, of our Brethren: <hi>Hoc enim Angelicum est,</hi> This
is the Character of the Angelical nature, and consequently of those who one
<pb n="91" facs="tcp:63175:96"/>
day shall have fellowship with them. To be contrarily affected <hi>Diabolicum est,</hi> is the
badge and brand of Devils and Fiends; and those who wear their Livery, reason
good they should keep them company. Let every one therefore examine his own
heart concerning this point, that he may learn upon what terms he stands with God,
and what he may promise himself of the Blessedness to come. Do the gifts of God,
doth his favour or blessing vouchsafed to thy brother, when thou <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>eest or hearest of
them, torment and crucifie thy soul? dost thou make their happiness thy misery? <hi>is
thine eye evil</hi> to thy Brother <hi>because</hi> God's <hi>is good:</hi> If this be so, without doubt thy
heart is not right before God; nor doth his Spirit, but the spirit of Devils and
Fiends, reign therein. But if the contrary appear in any reasonable measure, with a
desire to encrease it; (for we must not look to attain the perfection of Angels in this
life, but in some measure and degree only) if thou canst rejoyce at anothers good,
though it concerns not thy self; the Spirit of God rests upon thee: For <hi>emulations
and envyings</hi> (saith the Apostle <hi>Gal.</hi> 5. 19. &amp;c.) <hi>are the fruits of the flesh; but the
fruits of the Spirit are</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>; and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>kindness and goodness:</hi> So he calls the
opposite vertues to those former vices.</p>
                  <p>But as any good that betides our brother ought to affect us with some degree of
joy, and not with grief and envy; so chiefly and most of all his <hi>Spiritual</hi> good, and
that which concerns his <hi>Salvation,</hi> ought so to do. This was that the holy Angels
praised God for in my Text, on the behalf of men, That unto them a Saviour was
born, who should save them from their sins, and reconcile them unto God. Which
sweet disposition of those good and blessed spirits our Saviour himself further witnes<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>seth,
when he saith, (<hi>Luke</hi> 15. 7, 10.) <hi>There is joy in heaven</hi> (namely, among the
holy Angels) <hi>for one sinner that repenteth.</hi> But is there any man, will you say, such a
son of <hi>Belial</hi> as he will not do this, will not imitate the holy Angels in this? Iudge
ye: There is an evil disease which commonly attends upon Sects and Differences in
opinion, That as men are curiously inquisitive into the lives and actions of the ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verse
party; so are they willing to find them faulty, and rejoyce at their falls and
slips, hear and relate them with delight; namely, because they suppose it makes
much for their own side, that the contrary should by such means be scandalized, and
the Patrons and followers thereof disreputed. But should that be the matter of our
grief whereat the Angels joy, or that the matter of our joy whereat the Angels
grieve? How is this to do our Father's will on earth as the Angels do in heaven?
Nay, if this be not to put on the robes of darkness, and to shake hands with hellish
Fiends, I know not what is. <hi>O my Soul, come not thou into their secret;</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Gen. 49. 6<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> 
                     <hi>unto their
assembly mine honour be not thou united.</hi> And thus much of our first Observation</p>
                  <p>There is another Lesson yet more to be learned from this Act of the Angels; <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/>
namely, That if they glorifie God for our Happiness, and the Favour of God to<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wards
us in Christ; much more should we glorifie and magnifie his Goodness our
selves, to whom solely this Birth and the benefit of this Birth redounds. If they sing,
<hi>Glory be to God on high,</hi> for his Favour toward men; we, to whom such Favour is
shewn, must not hold our peace: for shall they for us, and not we for our selves?
No, the Quire of Heaven did but set us in, we are to bear a part; and it should be a
chief part, since the best part is ours. As therefore the Church in her publick Ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vice
hath ever since kept it up; so must every one of us in particular never let it go
down or die in our hands.</p>
                  <p>THUS much of the Quire; Now come we to the Amhem or Song it self:
whose contents are two; First, The Doxology or Praise, <hi>Glory be to God on high;</hi>
Secondly,<note place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                           <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> A Gratulation rendring the reason thereof, Because of <hi>Peace on earth,
Good-will towards men.</hi> For the conjunction <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is not to be taken here for a <hi>copulative,</hi>
but, as <hi>Vau</hi> is frequently in the Hebrew, for a conjunction <hi>causal,</hi> or for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>: <hi>Glory to
God in the highest; for that there is Peace on earth, and Good-will towards men.</hi> Or, if
we retain the <hi>copulative</hi> sense, yet we must understand the words following as spoken
by way of Gratulation; <hi>Glory be to God on high, and</hi> welcome <hi>Peace on earth, Good-will
towards men.</hi> Or both causally and gratulatorily thus, <hi>Glory be to God in the
highest; for</hi> (ô factum bene!) <hi>there is Peace on earth, and Good-will towards men.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>To begin with the First, The Doxology or Praise; <hi>Glory be to God in the Highest:</hi>
that is, Let the Angels glorifie him, who dwell on high: for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is to be refer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>red
to <hi>Glory,</hi> and not to <hi>God;</hi> the sense being, <hi>Glorified be God by those on high;</hi> and
not, God, who dwells on high, be glorified. This may appear by the like expressi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
in <hi>Psalm</hi> 148. 1, 2. whence this Glorification seems to be borrowed: <hi>Praise ye the
Lord from the Heavens, praise him <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> in the highest; Praise ye him all his
<pb n="92" facs="tcp:63175:97"/>
Angels, praise ye him all his Hosts.</hi> And therefore <hi>Iunius</hi> for <hi>Praise ye the Lord from
the Heavens,</hi> hath <hi>Laudate eum coelites, Praise him ye that dwell in Heaven:</hi> The Chal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dee,
for <hi>Praise him in excelsis,</hi> hath <hi>Praise him <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> ye high Angels.</hi> In like
manner here, <hi>Gloria in excelsis Deo, Glory to God in the highest,</hi> are the words of the
Angelical Quire, inciting themselves and all the Host of Heaven to give glory and
praise unto God for these wonderful tidings. Now therefore let us see What this <hi>Glo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry</hi>
is, and How it is given to God.</p>
                  <p>To tell you every signification of the word <hi>Glory</hi> in Scripture, might perhaps di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stract
the hearer, but would inform him little. Nor will it be to purpose to reckon
up every signification it hath, when it is spoken of God: I will therefore name only
the two principal ones. And first, <hi>Glory,</hi> when it is referred to God, often signifies
the <hi>Divine Presence</hi> or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, as in this Chapter a little before my Text, when it is
said, <hi>The GLORY of the Lord shone round about the Shepherds,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Verse 9.</note> 
                     <hi>and they were sore afraid.</hi>
But this is not the signification in my Text, but another which I shall now tell you.
For <hi>Glory</hi> besides signifies in Scripture the high and <hi>glorious Supereminency</hi> or <hi>Majesty
of God,</hi> which consisteth in his threefold Supremacy of <hi>Power,</hi> of <hi>Wisdom,</hi> and of
<hi>Goodness.</hi> And as words of Eminency and Dignity with us (as <hi>Majesty, Highness, Ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nour,
Worship</hi>) are used for the Persons themselves to whom such Dignity belongeth,
(as when we say, <hi>his Majesty, his Highness, his Honour, his Worship:</hi>) so in the
Scripture, and among the Hebrews, <hi>His Glory,</hi> or the <hi>Glory of the Lord,</hi> is used to
note the <hi>Divine Essence</hi> or <hi>Deity</hi> it self. As in 2 <hi>Pet.</hi> 1. 17. <hi>There came a voice</hi> (saith
S. <hi>Peter) from the excellent</hi> GLORY, (that is, from God the Father,) <hi>This is my
well-beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased. Rom.</hi> 1. 23. the Gentiles are said to have
<hi>changed the</hi> GLORY <hi>of the incorruptible God</hi> into the likeness of things corrup<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tible:
As it is said (in <hi>Psal.</hi> 106. 20.) of the Israelites in the Wilderness, that <hi>they
changed their</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">I<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>r. 2. 11.</note> GLORY <hi>into the similitude of an Oxe that eateth grass.</hi> S. <hi>Iohn,</hi>
chap. 1. 14. of his Gospel says of the Son, <hi>We beheld his</hi> GLORY, <hi>the glory as of the
only-begotten Son of God.</hi> According to which sense he is called <hi>Heb.</hi> 1. 3. <hi>The Bright<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness
of his Father's glory, and the express Image of his person;</hi> where the latter words are
an exposition of the former, <hi>Image</hi> expounding <hi>Brightness,</hi> and <hi>Person</hi> or Substance
expounding <hi>Glory.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>If <hi>Glory</hi> therefore signifie the <hi>Divine Majesty</hi> or Greatness, to <hi>Glorifie</hi> or <hi>give Glo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry
unto God</hi> is nothing else but to acknowledge and confess this Majesty or Greatness
of His; namely, his <hi>Supereminent Power,</hi> his <hi>Wisdom,</hi> and <hi>Goodness:</hi> for in the peer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>less
supereminency of these Three, (under which all his other Attributes are com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>prehended)
his <hi>Glorious Majesty</hi> consisteth. Take this withal; That all the religi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ous
service and worship we give unto God, (whether we praise him, pray, or give
thanks unto him) is nothing else but the acknowledging of this <hi>Glory,</hi> either in deed
or word; namely, by confessing it, or doing some act whereby we acknowledge it.
To come to particulars: By our <hi>Faith</hi> we confess his <hi>Wisdom</hi> and <hi>Truth;</hi> by our
<hi>Thanksgiving,</hi> his <hi>Goodness</hi> and <hi>Mercy;</hi> when we <hi>Pray,</hi> we acknowledge his <hi>Power</hi> and
<hi>Dominion;</hi> and therefore the form of prayer our Saviour taught us, concludes, <hi>For
thine is the Kingdom, Power, and Glory.</hi> In <hi>Praise</hi> we confess all these or any of them,
according to that in the Hymn of the Church, <hi>Te Deum laudamus, Te Dominum confi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>temur;
We praise thee, O God, we acknowledge thee to be the Lord.</hi> All which is evident by
those forms of <hi>Glorification</hi> set down in the <hi>Apocalyps,</hi> which are nothing else but ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>press
and particular acknowledgements of the Greatness or Majesty of God, and his
peerless prerogatives.<note place="margin">Chap. 4. 9.</note> When the four Wights are said <hi>to have given Glory, Honour
and Thanks to him that sate upon the Throne;</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Verse 11.</note> what was their Ditty but this? <hi>Thou art
worthy, O Lord, to receive Glory and Honour and Power; for thou hast created all things,
and for thy pleasure they are, and were created.</hi> When the Lamb opened the Book
with seven Seals, the Wights, the Elders, and every creature in Heaven, in earth,
and under the earth,<note place="margin">Chap. 5. 12.</note> sung, <hi>Worthy is the Lamb to receive Power, and Riches, and Wis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Verse 13.</note>
                     <hi>and Strength, and Honour, and Blessing.</hi> And again; <hi>Blessing, Honour, Glory,
and Power be unto him that sitteth upon the Throne, and unto the Lamb for ever and ever.</hi>
In which we may observe the whole <hi>Glorification</hi> to consist in the acknowledgement
of these Three soveraign prerogatives of the Divine Majesty, his <hi>Power,</hi> his <hi>Wisdom,</hi>
his <hi>Goodness:</hi> The two first, <hi>Power</hi> and <hi>Wisdom</hi> are express; and <hi>Riches</hi> and <hi>Strength</hi>
belong to <hi>Power:</hi> the third is contained in <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Blessing</hi> or <hi>Thanksgiving,</hi> which
is nothing else but the Confession of the Divine <hi>Goodness.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Hence it is that the Septuagint and Vulgar Latine commonly render the words
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, which signifie to <hi>praise</hi> and <hi>glorifie, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, confiteor. Confite<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mini
<pb n="93" facs="tcp:63175:97"/>
Domino, quoniam bonus; quoniam in seculum misericordia ejus. Confess unto the
Lord, for he is good; for his mercy is for ever.</hi> Psal. 106. 1. 107. 1. 136. 1. <hi>Confite<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bor
tibi, Domine, in toto corde meo, quoniam audisti verba oris mei. I will confess un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
thee, O Lord, with my whole heart; for thou hast heard the words of my mouth.</hi> So
the Vulgar Latin in <hi>Psal.</hi> 137. <hi>Confitemini Domino, &amp; invocate nomen ejus. Confess
unto the Lord and call upon his name,</hi> Psal. 105. 1. and the like. And in the 148. <hi>Psal.</hi>
13. <hi>Confessio ejus super coelum &amp; terram;</hi> that is, <hi>His glory is above the heaven and the
earth.</hi> The Holy Ghost in the New Testament useth the same language. Matth.
11. 25. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>because thou hast hid these things from the wise and
prudent, and revealed them to babes;</hi> where we have, <hi>I thank thee, O Father, Beza</hi>
and <hi>Erasmus</hi> read, <hi>
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>loriam tibi tribuo, I give glory unto thee;</hi> which I think is the
better. So <hi>Luke</hi> 2. 38. it is said of <hi>Anna, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, she confessed to the
Lord,</hi> or <hi>she gave praise and thanks unto the Lord.</hi> So <hi>Heb.</hi> 13. 15. <hi>By him therefore</hi>
(that is, by Christ) <hi>let us offer the Sacrifice of Praise to God continually, that is, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>,
the fruit of our lips confessing to his Name.</hi>
By all which it is evident, That to <hi>Praise</hi> and <hi>give Glory unto God,</hi> whether by Praise
at large, or Prayer and Thanksgiving in special, is nothing else (as I have said) but
to confess and acknowledge his peerless Majesty over all and in all; which the Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture
calls <hi>his Glory.</hi> And if ever there were a Work of God wherein all these peerless
Prerogatives of <hi>Power, Wisdom</hi> and <hi>Goodness,</hi> all together appeared in the highest
degree, it was undoubtedly in this wonderful Work of the Incarnation of the Son of
God for man's redemption: well therefore might the heavenly Host sing, <hi>Gloria in
excelsis Deo, Glory be to God on High;</hi> The <hi>Power,</hi> the <hi>Wisdom</hi> and <hi>Goodness</hi> of the Glo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rious
God be acknowledged by the holy Angels and all the Host of heaven for ever
and ever. This is the meaning of the <hi>Doxology.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>COME we now to the <hi>Gratulation,</hi> which contains the cause thereof; <hi>Glory be
to God on high; for (ô factum bene!</hi> O happy news!) <hi>there is peace on earth, good-will
towards men.</hi> One and the same thing two ways expressed: for it is an <hi>Appositi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on,</hi>
or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, the latter words declaring the meaning of the former; <hi>Peace on earth,</hi>
that is, <hi>Good will towards men,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> to wit, in imitation
of the Hebrew construction, where <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Verbs which signifie <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, and
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> the Noun signifying <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, are construed with <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, which is <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in Greek, and
accordingly both the Septuagint and New Testament express the same. But the Vul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gar
Interpreter reads here, <hi>Pax in terris hominibus bonae voluntatis, Peace on earth to
men of good-will:</hi> as if the Greek were <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, and not <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, as now
all our Copies constantly read, and I believe ever did. Yet <hi>Beza</hi> seems here to fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vour
the Vulgar Latin, expounding <hi>Homines bonae voluntatis Men of good-will,</hi> of those
whom God wills well to, to wit, of the Elect, to whom this Peace by Christ belong<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eth;
and from the conveniency of this sense, inclines to believe that the Greek an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ciently
read so; quoting to this end <hi>Irenaeus, Origen,</hi> and <hi>Chrysostome</hi> (as he saith)
in divers places. But he trusted too much the Latin Translation of <hi>Chrysostome;</hi> for
the Greek <hi>Chrysostome</hi> hath no such matter; but both in those places <hi>Beza</hi> points to,
and in divers others, reads constantly <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, as our Copies do. And
so I make no question <hi>Irenaeus</hi> and<note n="*" place="margin">Origen contr. Celsum <hi>lib. l. p.</hi> 46. Gr. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>g<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> 
                     <hi>Origen</hi> did too in the Greek Originals, if we had
them to look into. But the Latin Translators thought not fit to alter the words of
the Hymn so ordinarily sung in the Liturgy, and so expressed it in Latin as the Latin
Church used. And for the meaning, I believe the Vulgar Latin aim'd at no other
sense than what the Greek implies; namely, That this Peace was no earthly Peace,
but the <hi>Peace of God's good-will to man,</hi> referring the Genitive Case <hi>voluntatis,</hi> not to
<hi>hominibus,</hi> but to <hi>Pax. Pax in terris:</hi> what <hi>Pax? Pax bonae voluntatis hominibus.</hi>
That which makes me think so is, because <hi>Origen,</hi> or his Translator, in the place <hi>Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>za</hi>
quotes for this reading, expresly expounds it so. And so there will not be a pin
to chuse: save that the Greek expresseth this sense by way of <hi>Apposition,</hi> more natu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rally;
the Latin by way of <hi>Rection,</hi> somewhat harshly; and yet perhaps the Transla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tor
thought, less ambiguously.</p>
                  <p>Well then, This <hi>Peace on earth</hi> is <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>God's good-will</hi> or <hi>favour to
men:</hi> and God's <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>; <hi>Good-will to men</hi> is the <hi>Peace on earth</hi> the Angels
gratulate; namely, the Reconciliation of God to men in Christ. For by reason of
sin, Heaven and Earth, God and Man were till now at enmity: but by Christ this en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mity
is taken away; and man, by the forgiveness of his sin, restored unto peace and
favour with God. And as by this Nativity God and Man became one Person; so by
this conjunction Heaven and Earth, Angels and Men, become one Fellowship, one
<pb n="94" facs="tcp:63175:98"/>
City and Kingdom of God: the Kingdom of Satan, that Prince of the powers of the
Air, who by reason of sin had captivated and brought under his service the whole
Earth, and thereby held the same at open war and enmity with Heaven, being now
by degrees to be destroyed and rooted out. And this is that admirable Mystery of
our Redemption by Christ, which the Angelical Host here gratulates by the name of
<hi>Peace on earth, and Good-will towards men.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>And that we may not doubt but we have hit the meaning, That this <hi>Peace on earth</hi>
is God's <hi>Good-will to men,</hi> and therefore expounded by it; besides that in the Old
<note n="*" place="margin">Vid. Num. 6. 26. Iudg. 6. 24. Psal. 85.7, &amp;c. Ca<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 span">
                           <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> Testament <hi>Peace</hi> is often taken for God's favour and mercy to men; (as in that of
<hi>Esay</hi> 54. 10. <hi>The moun<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ains shall depart, and the hills be removed; but my kindness shall
not depart from thee, neither shall the Covenant of my peace be removed, saith the Lord
that hath mercy on thee:</hi>) so if we examine the use thereof in the New Testament,
<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap> shall find it in special applied to this our Reconciliation to God in Christ by re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap>sion
of sin. S. <hi>Peter</hi> to <hi>Cornelius, Acts</hi> 10. 36. describes the Gospel thus, <hi>The word
which God sent to the children to Israel, preaching peace by Iesus Christ.</hi> And S. <hi>Paul,
Col. 1. 19, 20. It pleased God the Father, that in Christ all fulness should dwell: And
(having made peace through the bloud of his Cross) by him to reconcile all things unto him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>self.</hi>
What can be plainer than this? The same, as I take it, he means <hi>Eph. 2. 17.</hi>
when he tells us, that <hi>Christ came to preach peace both to those that were afar off, and to
them that were nigh;</hi> that is, both to Iew and Gentile. But <hi>what peace?</hi> namely,
that <hi>through him we both might have access by one Spirit unto the Father.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Verse 18.</note> Hence the
Gospel is called <hi>The Gospel of peace;</hi> and God so often in the New Testament, <hi>The God
of peace,</hi> that is, of reconcilement and favour: and the Evangelical salutation is,
<hi>Grace, mercy, and peace from God our Father and Iesus Christ our Lord.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The meaning of this Angelical Gratulation being thus cleared, let us see now what
may be learned and observed therefrom. Where my first Observation shall be this:
S. <hi>Peter</hi> tells <hi>Cornelius,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Acts 10. 43.</note> that <hi>to Christ give all the Prophets witness, that through his Name,
whosoever believeth in him, shall receive remission of sins.</hi> Our Saviour after his Resur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rection,
expounding the Scriptures to his Apostles, says the same, <hi>Luke</hi> 24. 46, 47.
<hi>Thus it is written,</hi> (saith he) <hi>and thus it behoved Christ to suffer, and to rise from the
dead the third day; And that remission of sins should be preached in his Name among the
Nations.</hi> But where is this <hi>Publication of remission of sins by Christ</hi> written? for in
those formal words we shall hardly find it. Let us take here the Angels Key, and
we shall: for they tell us, that <hi>Peace on earth</hi> is this <hi>Good-will towards men.</hi> Now do
not the Prophets speak of some <hi>Peace on earth</hi> which <hi>Messiah</hi> should bring with him
when he comes? Yes surely. Well then, let us look for this <hi>Publication of remission</hi>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 words">
                        <desc>〈◊◊〉</desc>
                     </gap> under that name, and we shall find it. <hi>Esay</hi> 9. 6. <hi>Vnto us a Child is born, unto
as a Son is given, and the government shall be upon his shoulder; and his Name shall be
called Wonderful, Counsellor, The mighty God, The Father of eternity, The Prince of
peace,</hi> (that is, of peace not between men and men, but between God and men) <hi>and
of the increase of his government and peace shall be no end.</hi> Esay 52. 7. <hi>How beautiful up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
the mountains are the feet of him that bringeth good tidings, that publisheth peace, that
bringeth good tidings of good, that publisheth salvation, that saith unto Zion, Thy God
reigneth!</hi> Which place S. <hi>Paul, Rom.</hi> 10. 15, interprets of the publication of the Gospel
of Christ, <hi>Esay</hi> 53. 5. <hi>The chastisement of our peace was upon him;</hi> that is, he suffered for
the remission of our sins. <hi>Esay</hi> 57. 19. quoted by S. <hi>Paul</hi> to the <hi>Ephesians,</hi> chap. 2. 17.
<hi>Peace to him that is afar off, and to him that is near, saith the Lord, and I will heal him.</hi>
Ezek. 34. 24, 25. <hi>I the Lord will be their God, and my servant David</hi> (King <hi>Messiah)
a Prince among them.—And I will make a Covenant of peace with them.</hi> So Chap. 37.
26. Hag. 2. 9. <hi>The glory of this latter house shall be greater than of the former, saith the
Lord of Hosts; and in this place will I give peace, saith the Lord of Hosts.</hi> Zech. 9. 9, 10.
<hi>Shout, O daughter of Ierusalem; behold, thy King cometh unto thee,—and he shall speak
peace unto the Heathen, and his Dominion shall be from Sea to Sea, and from the River un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
the end of the earth.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Thus much of the Use to be made of the Angels expression in this heavenly Carol:
Now I shall propound to your consideration another, and that taken from the argu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment
it self; namely, That if Almighty God, our Heavenly Father, be so graci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ously
disposed to us-ward, as to be reconciled unto us, by forgiving us our trespasses;
then ought we semblably to be reconciled to our brethren, and forgive them their
trespasses, when they have wronged or offended us. <hi>Leo Serm.</hi> 6. <hi>de Nativit. Nata<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lis
Domini natalis est pacis, &amp;c. The Birth-day of our Lord is the Birth-day of peace;
and therefore let all the faithful offer up unto God their Father the united affections of peace<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>able-spirited
<pb n="95" facs="tcp:63175:98"/>
children.</hi> The Illation is good; we have the authority of the Apostle
S. <hi>Iohn</hi> to back it, 1 <hi>Ioh.</hi> 4. 10, 11. <hi>God</hi> (saith he) <hi>so loved us, that he sent his Son to
be the propitiation for our sins.</hi> What follows? <hi>Beloved,</hi> (saith he) <hi>If God so loved
us, we ought to love one another.</hi> So say I, If God be so gracious to forgive and be
reconciled to us; we ought, as it were, to eccho this his loving-kindness, and to for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>give
and be reconciled one to another.</p>
                  <p>This <hi>Congruity</hi> or semblableness of our Actions and Affections one towards another
with God's Favour and Mercy towards us, is the Rule and Reason not only of this,
but of many other duties he requires at our hands. Thus the Iews were every se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>venth
year to manumise their servants, as an act of <hi>Congruity</hi> and Thankfulness to God,
who had delivered them, when they were servants, out of the land of <hi>Egypt</hi> and
house of bondage. They were bidden to use a stranger kindly, because themselves
had been strangers, and God, when they were oppressed, had been compassionate
and kind towards them, and redeemed them from their thraldom. Likewise we read
in the Gospel, <hi>Luke</hi> 6. 36. <hi>Ee ye merciful, as your Father also is merciful:</hi> and <hi>Matth.</hi> 5.
7. <hi>Blessed are the merciful, for they shall obtain mercy.</hi> In a word, God hath revealed
he will shew mercy to none but such as appear before him with this <hi>Congruity. Iames</hi>
2. 13. <hi>He shall have judgment without mercy, that hath shewed no mercy.</hi> And therefore
the tenour of our Sentence at the last Iudgment runs, <hi>Come ye Blessed,</hi> and be parta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>kers
of mercy, because ye have shewed it: But, <hi>Go ye Cursed</hi> without all mercy into
Hell-fire, because ye have shewed no mercy.</p>
                  <p>Thus we see how God requires this <hi>Congruity</hi> in general: And as for the particular
of <hi>reconcilement</hi> and <hi>forgiving our brother,</hi> it is written in capital letters, and urged in
such sort as it might not unfitly be termed <hi>The Livery of Christianity.</hi> Insomuch that
if we consider it duly, it cannot but breed astonishment, that the evidence and neces<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sity
should be so apparent, and the practice, among those who look for the benefit of
Christ and call upon his Name, so little regarded; whenas I dare boldly pronounce,
there is no remission of sins to be looked for at the hands of God without it.</p>
                  <p>An invincible argument whereof is, That our Saviour himself, in the Prayer he hath <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/>
taught his Church, hath put in a bar against asking it but upon this condition, <hi>Forgive
us our trespasses, as we forgive them that trespass against us.</hi> If we ask not with this
disposition, there is no promise that any such prayer shall be heard: nay our Saviour
tells us in plain terms, it shall not: <hi>If</hi> (saith he) <hi>you forgive not men their trespasses,
no more will your heavenly, Father forgive you your trespasses.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Matth. 6. 15.</note> How then can any man
whose heart is fraught with malice, and meditates revenge against his brother, hear
this and not tremble? Is it not a fearful thing for a man to carry in his own bosom,
not only an evidence that his sins are unpardoned, but a bat too, that he cannot ask
the forgiveness of them? Let no man deceive himself: <hi>Though our consciences should
bear us witness of many good works we have done; reconciliatione tamen contemptâ, nul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lum
possumus promereri solatium, yet if we neglect to be reconciled to our brethren, we are
not in a capacity to receive any comfort and mercy from God.</hi> So <hi>Chrysost.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Eph. 6. 2.</note> As the fifth
Commandment is called by the Apostle the <hi>first Commandment with promise,</hi> so is this
Petition for <hi>forgiveness of sins</hi> the only Petition <hi>with condition:</hi> and such a condition
too as our Saviour dwells upon and enforces, when he had delivered this Form of
Prayer to his Disciples: For he passes by all the rest of the Petitions, and<note n="*" place="margin">Matth. 6. 14, 15.</note> singles
out this alone to comment upon, as that wherein the chiefest moment lay, and with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>out
which all our prayer would be uneffectual and to no purpose.</p>
                  <p>A further confirmation of which we have in that parable of <hi>Servus nequam, the <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/>
wicked Servant, Matth.</hi> 18. whom his Lord being moved with compassion, when he
besought him, forgave a debt of ten thousand Talents: But he finding one of his fel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>low-servants
which ought him an hundred pence, though he fell at his feet and be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sought
him, yet would not hear him, but cast him into prison.<note place="margin">Verse 32, &amp;c.</note> 
                     <hi>Then his Lord was
wroth, and said, O thou wicked servant! shouldst thou not have had compassion on thy fel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>low-servant,
even as I had pity upon thee? And he delivered him unto the tormentors, till
he should pay all that was due to him.</hi> The Application is terrible: <hi>So likewise,</hi> saith
our Saviour, <hi>shall my heavenly Father do unto you,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Verse 35.</note> 
                     <hi>if ye from your hearts forgive not
every one his brother their trespasses.</hi> We are this <hi>Servus nequam,</hi> if when our heaven<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
Father forgives us thousands of Talents, we stand with our brethren for an hundred
pence. For there is no proportion between the offences wherewith we offend God,
and the offences wherewith our brother offends us. And therefore we have no ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cuse,
hath our brother wronged us never so often, never so much, never so hai<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nously:
For whatsoever it be, or how unworthy or undeserved soever; our sin, our
<pb n="96" facs="tcp:63175:99"/>
ingratitude to Almighty God is and hath been infinitely greater, even as ten thousand
Talents to an hundred pence.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="3"/> To these two Testimonies add a third, and that also, as the former, out of our
Blessed Saviour's own mouth: <hi>Matth.</hi> 5. 23, 24. <hi>If thou bring</hi> (saith he) <hi>thy Gift to
the Altar, and there remember that thy brother hath ought against thee; Leave there thy
gift before the Altar, and go thy way: first be reconciled to thy brother, and then come and
offer thy gift,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, the word whereby the Septuagint constantly render that
which the Law calls <hi>Corban;</hi> and the Gospel concurs with them, <hi>Mark</hi> 7. 11. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.
Now<note n="*" place="margin">Of the <hi>Cor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ban,</hi> see Dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>course <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> 
                     <hi>Corban</hi> in the Law is in special used for those Offerings
which were made for atonement of Sin, as the Burnt-offering, Sin-offering, Trespass-offering,
and Peace-offering, call'd <hi>Offerings by Fire</hi> or <hi>Sacrifices.</hi> So that this Pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cept
of our Saviour's here is the same in effect with the former. When thou comest
to offer an offering unto God for an atonement of thy sin, go thy way first, and be
reconciled unto thy brother, for without this thy sin shall not be forgiven thee. I
shall not need tell you, that now in the Gospel Christ is the Sacrifice, is the Gift,
which a Christian by faith offers unto God for the propitiation of his sin; and that this
Sacrifice is commemorated, sealed and communicated unto us in the blessed Sacrament
of the Lord's Supper: whereby it will easily appear, how this Precept of our Savi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>our's,
uttered after the style of the Legal worship, is appliable to the Evangelical.</p>
                  <p>Hence in the ancient Church, when they assembled to celebrate this Sacrament,
the Deacon was wont to proclaim, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Ne quis contra aliquem, Let no
man have ought against his brother:</hi> And then, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>Salute one another with an holy kiss:</hi> which accordingly they did, first the Bishop and
Clergy, then the Laiety, the men apart by themselves, and the women by them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>selves:
and this was a profession of friendship and reconciliation, and therefore called
<hi>Osculum pacis, the kiss of peace.</hi> In after-times the Priest gave this <hi>Kiss of peace</hi> unto
the Deacon, and he to the chief of the Congregation, and so it was given from one
to another. In stead of which at length was brought in that foolish ceremony, still
used among the <hi>Romanists,</hi> for the Priest to send a little gilded or painted Table, with
a Crucifix or some Saint's picture thereon, to be kissed of every one in the Church
before they receive the Holy Bread; which they call <hi>the kissing of the Pax.</hi> So of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tentimes
profitable and useful Ceremonies degenerate into toys and superstitions.
Our Church, though she useth no ceremony, retains the substance, when the Priest
in his Exhortation to the Communicants saith, <hi>If any of you be in malice or envy, or any
other grievous crime, bewail your sins, and come not to this holy Table:</hi> and by the Ru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brick
the Priest, if he knows any such, is to turn them back, unless they will be re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>conciled.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="4"/> Lastly, The necessity of this duty is testified by that pious and generally-received
Custom amongst Christians, to exhort those that are dying to forgive all the world,
that so themselves may find mercy and forgiveness at the hands of God. Is it need<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ful
at the hour of death, and not as needful in the time of our health? Is there no
forgiveness to be expected at the hands of God without it, when we are dying; and
is there while we are living? No certainly; All times are alike here; and there is no
time wherein God will forgive us, unless we forgive our brother. What then re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mains,
but that we do every day as we would do if we were to die the next? It is a
blessed disposition to have a becalmed heart to those who have wronged us, and not
to let<note n="*" place="margin">Ephes. 4. 26.</note> 
                     <hi>the Sun go down upon our wrath;</hi> to be able to come before God with confi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dence,
and say, <hi>Lord, forgive us our trespasses, as we forgive them that trespass against
us.</hi>
                  </p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="25" type="discourse">
               <pb n="97" facs="tcp:63175:99"/>
               <head>DISCOURSE XXV.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>S. MARK 1. 14, 15.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>Now after that Iohn was put in prison, Iesus came into Galilee,
preaching the Gospel of the Kingdom of God, And saying, The time is fulfilled, and the Kingdom of God is at
hand; Repent ye, and Believe the Gospel.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>THESE words are a Narration of our Lord and Saviour <hi>Iesus</hi> Christ
his first beginning to preach the Gospel; which they describe 1. By
the <hi>Time</hi> when, 2. By the <hi>Place</hi> where, 3. By the <hi>Summe</hi> of what he
preached. 1. The <hi>Time</hi> when; <hi>After that Iohn was put in prison.</hi>
2. The <hi>Place</hi> where; <hi>Galilee: Iesus came into Galilee, preaching, &amp;c.</hi>
3. Lastly, The <hi>Summe</hi> of what he preached; <hi>The time is fulfilled, and
the Kingdom of God is at hand; Repent ye, and believe the Gospel.</hi> In which Sermon
there are also some parts to be considered, which we shall more conveniently distin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guish
when we come to handle it.</p>
                  <p>Mean while let us begin with the Three parts or circumstances already named, in
order. And first with the First, <hi>The Time when; After that Iohn was put in prison.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Our Saviour began not his solemn preaching till his Messenger <hi>Iohn the Baptist,</hi>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/>
who was sent to prepare his way, was cast into prison. <hi>This circumstance</hi> is elsewhere
precisely noted in the Scripture, so that we cannot doubt but there is some matter of
moment therein. For<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 4. 12.</note> S. <hi>Matthew</hi> tells us, as S. <hi>Mark</hi> doth, <hi>Now when Iesus had
heard,</hi> saith he, <hi>that Iohn was cast into prison, he departed into Galilee:</hi> and then it
follows,<note n="*" place="margin">Verse 17.</note> 
                     <hi>From that time Iesus began to preach, and to say, Repent, for the Kingdom of
God is at hand.</hi> So S. <hi>Peter Acts</hi> 10. when he came to preach the Gospel of Christ to
<hi>Cornelius,</hi> was careful to mention this circumstance of <hi>Time,</hi> as well as the other of
<hi>Place. The word,</hi> saith he, (V. 36, 37.) <hi>which God sent unto the children of Israel,
preaching peace by Iesus Christ, (he is Lord of all) That word (I say) you know, which
was published throughout all Iudaea, and began from Galilee, after the Baptism which Iohn
preached.</hi> Loe here the <hi>Place, Galilee;</hi> and the <hi>Time,</hi> After that <hi>Iohn</hi> Baptist had
done; as in my Text.</p>
                  <p>All which argues this circumstance of <hi>Time</hi> to be <hi>one of the marks of the true Messiah;</hi>
as namely, That this <hi>Iesus</hi> was that Lord whom they looked for, who was to send a
messenger before him, <hi>the voice of a cryer in the wilderness,</hi> to usher his preaching and
prepare the way of his Gospel, as was prophesied by <hi>Esay</hi> and <hi>Malachi,</hi> and the <hi>Iews</hi>
at that time expected. Which was the reason of that scruple of the Disciples in the
Gospel, when they saw our Saviour, and <hi>Elias,</hi> whom they supposed should be his
Forerunner, appear in glory both together at his Transfiguration:<note place="margin">Matth 17. 10.</note> 
                     <hi>Why then</hi> (say
they) <hi>do the Scribes say, that Elias must come first?</hi> Our Saviour tells them, that
<hi>Iohn</hi> Baptist was that <hi>Elias</hi> the Forerunner of <hi>Messiah,</hi> according to those words of
his Father <hi>Zachary, And thou child shalt be called the Prophet of the Highest; for thou
shalt go before the face of the Lord to prepare his ways;</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Luke 1. 76.</note> namely, (as the Angel told him)
<hi>in the power and spirit of Elias.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Verse 17.</note> For this reason, as our Saviour was not <hi>conceived,</hi> nor
<hi>born,</hi> till six months after <hi>Iohn;</hi> so he began not his <hi>prophecy</hi> till <hi>Iohn</hi> had done: that
so the Scripture might be fulfilled, and <hi>Iohn</hi> be his forerunner and messenger both in
the one and the other. And lastly, to conclude the illustration of this circumstance,
<hi>Iohn</hi> was not only a <hi>Forerunner</hi> of our Saviour in his <hi>Nativity</hi> and <hi>Prophecy,</hi> but also
in his <hi>Passion</hi> and <hi>Suffering:</hi> For so our Saviour himself expresly saith <hi>Matth.</hi> 17. 12.
<hi>Elias is come, and they knew him not, but have done unto him whatsoever they listed: even
so also shall the Son of man suffer of them.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Now for the Observation or, if you will, the Consideration I will make upon this
circumstance, it shall be this: If that <hi>Messiah</hi> according to Prophecy were to
have an Harbinger to prepare the way for his coming; and the Holy Ghost in the
<pb n="98" facs="tcp:63175:100"/>
New Testament thought this circumstance so needful to prove the verity thereof, as
so curiously to note it in the history of his <hi>Nativity,<note place="margin">Mar. 1. 14, 15</note> Preaching,</hi> and <hi>Suffering;</hi> It would
be considered, seeing the <hi>coming of Christ</hi> is twofold, <hi>First</hi> and <hi>Second,</hi> whether the
same Prophecy imply not that there should be an Harbinger as well of his <hi>Second</hi> com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
as of his <hi>First;</hi> as well an <hi>Elias</hi> to prepare the way for his coming in glory to judge
the world, as there was at his First coming in humility to preach the Gospel and suffer
for the world: An <hi>Elias,</hi> I mean, to be the Harbinger of Christ to the nation of the
<hi>Iews</hi> before his <hi>Second</hi> coming, as <hi>Iohn Baptist</hi> was at his <hi>First.</hi> For to the <hi>Iews</hi> alone
is this <hi>Elias</hi> promised, and not to the <hi>Gentiles;</hi> and <hi>Iohn Baptist</hi> (we know) the <hi>Elias</hi>
of his <hi>First</hi> coming, preacht to them alone. It is well known that all the Fathers (un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>less
S. <hi>Hierom</hi> somewhat staggered) were of this opinion: and why we should so
wholly reject it as we are wont to do, I can see no sufficient reason. For if the Fathers
erred concerning the person and other circumstances of this <hi>Elias,</hi> yet it follows not
but the substance of their opinion might be true. As we know also they erred concern<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
the person, quality and reign of <hi>Antichrist;</hi> and yet for the substance the thing was
true. Our Saviour rejected not the Tradition of the Scribes concerning the coming of
<hi>Elias,</hi> when the Apostles objected it, though it were mingled with some falshood; but
corrected it only: for they looked for <hi>Elias</hi> the <hi>Thisbite;</hi> but our Saviour admits it
only of <hi>Elias</hi> in Spirit, not of <hi>Elias</hi> in Person; so yielding it true for the substance,
though erring in circumstance. So should we do in the like case. For he that throws
away what he finds, because it is foul and dirty, may perchance sometimes cast away
a Iewel or a piece of gold or silver: So he that wholly rejects an ancient Tenet because
it hath some Error annexed to it, may unawares cast away a Truth; as this seems to be
of an <hi>Elias</hi> to be the Harbinger of Christ's Second coming: and that for these Reasons.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/> First, Though the Prophecy of<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 40. 3.</note> 
                     <hi>Esaias, The voice of one crying in the wilderness,
Prepare ye the way of the Lord, make his paths straight,</hi> alledged by all the four Evange<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lists,
and by <hi>Iohn</hi> himself, seems appliable only to the <hi>First</hi> coming of Christ; yet the
other out of <hi>Malachi</hi> (expresly quoted by S. <hi>Mark,</hi> and by our Saviour <hi>Matth.</hi> 11. 14.
though elsewhere alluded unto) seems by <hi>Malachi</hi> himself to be applied not only to
the <hi>First</hi> coming of Christ, but also to his <hi>Second</hi> coming to Iudgment. For in his last
chapter,<note place="margin">Mal 4. 1.</note> speaking of the <hi>coming</hi> of that <hi>day which shall burn like an oven, wherein all the
proud, yea and all that do wickedly, shall be as stubble; and it shall burn them up, leaving
neither root nor branch,</hi> &amp;c.<note place="margin">Verse 5.</note> he addeth, <hi>Behold,</hi> [saith the Lord] <hi>I will send you Eli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jah
the Prophet before the coming of that great and dreadful day of the Lord;<note n="*" place="margin">
                           <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                              <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                           </gap>
                        </note> And he
shall turn</hi> [or <hi>restore] the heart of the Fathers to the children, and the heart of the children
to their Fathers, lest I come and smite the earth with a curse.</hi> If we will not admit the <hi>Day</hi>
here described to be the <hi>Day of Iudgment,</hi> I know scarce any description of that Day
in the Old Testament but we may elude. For the phrase of <hi>turning</hi> (or, as I had ra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
translate it, <hi>restoring,</hi> as the LXX. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>) <hi>the heart of the Fathers to the
children, and the heart of the children to their Fathers;</hi> the meaning is, That this <hi>Elias</hi>
should bring the refractory and unbelieving posterity of the Iewish nation to have the
same heart and mind their holy Fathers and Progenitors had, who feared God and be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lieved
his promises, that so their Fathers might as it were rejoyce in them, and own
them for their children; that is, he should convert them to the faith of that Christ
whom their Fathers hoped in and looked for: lest continuing obstinate in their un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>belief
till the great day of Christ's <hi>Second</hi> coming, they might perish among the rest of
the enemies of his Kingdom. Therefore the son of <hi>Syrach</hi> in his praise of <hi>Elias</hi> the
<hi>Thisbite</hi> paraphraseth this place after this manner, <hi>Who hast ordained</hi> (saith he) an
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <hi>type</hi> (for so it may be turned) <hi>for the times to come, to pacifie the wrath of
the Lord's judgment before it break forth into fury, and to turn the heart of the Father unto
the Son, and to restore the tribes of Israel, Ecclus. 48. 10.</hi> Which explication also the An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gel
warrenteth <hi>Luke</hi> 1. 17. in his message to <hi>Zachary</hi> concerning his son, <hi>He shall go,</hi>
saith he, <hi>before the Lord in the spirit and power of Elias, to turn the hearts of the Fathers
to the Children, and the disobedient to the wisdom of the just</hi> (this is in stead of <hi>reducing the
hearts of the children to their Fathers) to make ready a people prepared for the Lord.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>For the better understanding of this first Reason we must know, That the old
Prophets for the most part spake of the <hi>coming</hi> of Christ <hi>indefinitely</hi> and <hi>in general,</hi>
without that distinction of <hi>First</hi> and <hi>Second</hi> coming, which we have more clearly
learned in the Gospel. For this reason those Prophets (except <hi>Daniel,</hi> who distin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guisheth
those comings, and the Gospel out of him) speak of the things which should
be at the coming of Christ <hi>indefinitely</hi> and all together; which we, who are now more
fully informed by the revelation of his Gospel of this distinction of a <hi>Twofold
<pb n="99" facs="tcp:63175:100"/>
coming,</hi> must apply each of them to its proper time: Those things which befit the
state of his <hi>First</hi> coming, unto it; and such things as befit the state of his <hi>Second</hi> com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing,
unto his Second: and that which befits both alike, (as this of an <hi>Harbinger</hi> or
<hi>Messenger</hi>) may be applied to both.</p>
                  <p>My Second Reason for the proof hereof is from our Saviour's own words in the <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/>
Gospel <hi>Matth.</hi> 17. 10, 11. where his disciples immediately upon his Transfiguration
asking him, saying, <hi>Why then say the Scribes that Elias must first come?</hi> Our Saviour
answers, <hi>Elias truly shall first come, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> and shall restore all things.</hi>
These words our Saviour spake when <hi>Iohn Baptist</hi> was now beheaded, and yet speaks
as of a thing future, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Elias shall come, and shall restore all things.</hi> How
can this be spoken of <hi>Iohn Baptist,</hi> unless he be to come again? Besides, I cannot see
how this <hi>Restoring of all things</hi> can be verified of the ministry of <hi>Iohn Baptist</hi> at the
<hi>First coming</hi> of Christ, which continued but a very short time, and did no such thing
as these words seem to imply; for the <hi>Restoring of all things</hi> belongs not to the <hi>First,</hi>
but to the <hi>Second</hi> coming of Christ, if we will believe S. <hi>Peter</hi> in his first Sermon in
the Temple after Christ's ascension, <hi>Acts</hi> 3. 19, &amp;c. where he thus speaks unto the
<hi>Iews, Repent</hi> (saith he) <hi>and be converted for the blotting out of your sins, that the times
of refreshing may come from the presence of the Lord, And that be may send Iesus Christ
which before was preached unto you; Whom the heavens must receive until the times of the
Restitution of all things, which God hath spoken by the mouth of all his holy Prophets since
the world began.</hi> The word is the same, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. If the time or <hi>Resto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ring
all things</hi> be not till the <hi>Second</hi> coming of Christ, how could <hi>Iohn Baptist</hi> restore
all things at his <hi>First?</hi> If the Master come not to <hi>restore all things</hi> till then; surely his
Harbinger, who is to prepare his way for <hi>restoring all things,</hi> is not be lookt for till
then.</p>
                  <p>These are the Reasons which have induced me to think, that the opinion which
the Church hath held as far as I know from her Infancy, of an <hi>Elias</hi> which should be
the <hi>Harbinger</hi> of Christ's <hi>Second</hi> coming, hath some matter of truth in it. But that
this <hi>Elias</hi> should be <hi>Elias</hi> the <hi>Thisbite</hi> who was taken up into Heaven, I confess I be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lieve
not, no more than that he should be slain by Antichrist, as some fable. For
that which the Prophet saith, <hi>Behold, I will send you Elijah the Prophet,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Mal. 4. 5.</note> proves no
more that it should be <hi>Elijah</hi> in person,<note place="margin">Ezek. 37. 24.</note> than that which is said of <hi>Messiah</hi> [<hi>And David
my servant shall rule over them</hi>] proves Christ should be <hi>David</hi> in person. It is much
more like, if it be one that comes again, it should be <hi>Iohn Baptist</hi> himself, who was
the <hi>Harbinger</hi> of the <hi>First</hi> coming: That as Christ himself the Master hath <hi>two com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ings,</hi>
so should his Harbinger have; And as it shall be the same Christ which comes
the second time that came the first, so should his Harbinger be the same. And to this
both the words of the Angel to <hi>Zachary</hi> the father of the Baptist, and the words of
our Saviour in the place<note n="*" place="margin">and Matth. 11. 14.</note> before quoted, would not be unpliable. The <hi>Second com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing</hi>
of Christ is the time of the <hi>Resurrection,</hi> and in that respect it would not be un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>suitable
for the Harbinger thereof to be one risen from the dead. But as for <hi>Elias</hi> the
<hi>Thisbite's</hi> coming, I find no ground at all, but the contrary. Howsoever, though I
compare probabilities, I will not determine any thing; lest some perhaps should say,
that while I reject old fables, I coin new ones. I rather conclude, with that Iewish
Proverb, <hi>Cùm Elias venerit, solvet nodos,</hi> When that <hi>Elias</hi> comes, he shall dislolve hard
questions.</p>
                  <p>AND thus much of the circumstance of <hi>Time</hi> when our Saviour first began his so<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lemn <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="II"/>
prophecy or preaching of the Gospel, namely not till his Harbinger <hi>Iohn</hi> had
done and finished his preparation. Now I come to the <hi>Second</hi> circumstance, namely of
the <hi>Place,</hi> which was <hi>Galilee: Iesus came into Galilee,</hi> &amp;c. A circumstance curiously
noted by all the Evangelists, That our Saviour published his Gospel in <hi>Galilee.</hi> S. <hi>Peter</hi>
also in his Sermon to <hi>Cornelius</hi> stamps it with this character,<note place="margin">Acts 10. 37.</note> 
                     <hi>The word which began from
Galilee.</hi> No name of <hi>Place</hi> in the story of our Saviour's conversation on earth more
frequent, more beaten upon, than this of <hi>Galilee;</hi> nor scarce any mark more evidently
demonstrates him to be the true <hi>Messiah,</hi> than this of <hi>Galilee.</hi> Yet (which is to be
admired) no character so much neglected, or so little understood, as this of <hi>Galilee:</hi>
as if we had conspired with the unbelieving <hi>Iews,</hi> and said, <hi>Can there any good come out
of Galilee?</hi> But if you please to lend me your attention, I will do my best to let you see
how great a Mystery, how principal an Evidence of our Faith lies in this one so unre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>garded
circumstance. In which Discourse I will chalk out my way in this manner.</p>
                  <p>First, I will describe What, and Where this Country of <hi>Galilee</hi> was.</p>
                  <p>Secondly, I will shew that our Saviour's proper and chiefest abode, his preaching
and his works, were in <hi>Galilee.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="100" facs="tcp:63175:101"/>Thirdly, (which is the Crown of all) That <hi>the true Messiah</hi> according to prophe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cy
was to appear and have his chief conversation in <hi>Galilee.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/> For the First, The Land of <hi>Canaan</hi> or <hi>Palaestine</hi> was in our Saviour's time divided
into Three principal Provinces. On the South, <hi>Iudaea,</hi> which contained the Lot of
the two Tribes, <hi>Iudah</hi> and <hi>Benjamin.</hi> In the midst was <hi>Samaria,</hi> where the Tribes
of <hi>Ephraim</hi> and <hi>Manasseh</hi> anciently dwelt; but now was inhabited by the off-spring of
those Nations which the King of <hi>Assyria</hi> placed in their rooms when he carried them
captive. On the North was <hi>Galilee,</hi> the remotest from <hi>Ierusalem;</hi> the chiefest and
fertilest part whereof towards <hi>Iordan</hi> was the land of <hi>Zebulun</hi> and <hi>Naphtali.</hi> The
rest had been the habitation of the two small Tribes, <hi>Asher</hi> and <hi>Issachar. Galilee</hi> was
divided into two parts, the <hi>Higher</hi> and the <hi>Lower.</hi> The <hi>Higher</hi> was for the most part
thereof the Land of <hi>Naphtali,</hi> wherein (there where it bordered upon <hi>Zebulun</hi>) stood
the rich and beautiful <hi>Capernaum,</hi> the <hi>Metropolis</hi> or chiefest City of all <hi>Galilee,</hi> situate
upon the bank of <hi>Iordan</hi> upon the lake of <hi>Gennesaret</hi> or <hi>Tiberias,</hi> called <hi>the Sea of Ga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lilee:</hi>
over against which (on the other side the water) stood <hi>Chorazin,</hi> which our
Saviour pronounced a<note n="*" place="margin">Matt. 11. 21.</note> 
                     <hi>Woe</hi> unto. This <hi>Galilee</hi> was called<note n="‖" place="margin">Chap 4. 15.</note> 
                     <hi>Galilee of the Gentiles:</hi>
either because part of it was long and even till <hi>Solomon's</hi> time inhabited still by <hi>Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiles;</hi>
or because <hi>Solomon</hi> gave twenty cities of the same to <hi>Hiram</hi> King of <hi>Tyre,</hi>
which perhaps were the same which the <hi>Gentiles</hi> till then inhabited; or lastly, because
it was the outmost part of the land, and so next unto the <hi>Gentiles.</hi> The <hi>Lower Gali<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lee</hi>
contained the Tribe of <hi>Zebulun</hi> (and also <hi>Issachar</hi>) wherein were the cities <hi>Naza<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>reth</hi>
and <hi>Bethsaida</hi> near the sea or lake of <hi>Galilee;</hi> and <hi>Cana,</hi> where our Saviour
wrought his first miracle by turning water into wine; also Mount <hi>Tabor,</hi> where he
was transfigured. From <hi>Capernaum</hi> along by the sea-side, and through <hi>Bethsaida,</hi>
lay the great road or way from <hi>Syria</hi> into <hi>Egypt,</hi> which is supposed to be that which
the Scripture calls<note n="*" place="margin">Matt. 4. 15.</note> 
                     <hi>the way of the sea.</hi> At the time of our Saviour's preaching and
suffering, two of these three Provinces, <hi>Iudaea</hi> and <hi>Samaria,</hi> were governed by the
<hi>Roman</hi> President, which then was <hi>Pontius Pilate;</hi> the third, <hi>Galilee,</hi> was under <hi>Herod</hi>
the <hi>Tetraerch</hi> (or <hi>Antipas</hi>) so called because he was Prince but of the <hi>Fourth</hi> part of the
Kingdom of <hi>Herod</hi> his father. This was he that beheaded <hi>Iohn</hi> the Baptist, and was
reconciled to <hi>Pilate</hi> the President of <hi>Iudaea</hi> when our Saviour was condem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ned.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/> Thus much to shew What and Where this Region of <hi>Galilee</hi> was: Now I come to
the Second thing I propounded, namely, <hi>That our Saviour's conversation, while he
was upon earth, was principally and ordinarily in Galilee.</hi> First, He was both concei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved
and brought up at <hi>Nazareth,</hi> a City of <hi>Galilee.</hi> Secondly, When he began the
solemn publication of his Gospel, he chose <hi>Capernaum,</hi> the <hi>Metropolis</hi> of <hi>Galilee,</hi> for
his station, and went and dwelt there. There he chose his Disciples, namely, <hi>Ga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lileans;</hi>
which the two Angels at the time of his Ascension can witness, when
they say to the Apostles,<note place="margin">Acts 1. 11.</note> 
                     <hi>Ye men of Galilee, why stand ye gazing up into Heaven?</hi> and
all the multitude at the Feast of <hi>Pentecost,</hi> when the Holy Ghost came down upon
them, and they spake with tongues,<note place="margin">Acts 2. 7.</note> 
                     <hi>Are not,</hi> say they, <hi>all these which speak, Galile<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ans?</hi>
From <hi>Capernaum,</hi> as from an Episcopal See, he went two several times round
<hi>all the region of Galilee, teaching in their Synagogues, and preaching his Gospel in every
City and Village,</hi> Matth. 4. 23. and 9. 35. <hi>The beginning of his Miracles,</hi> and the <hi>first
manifestation of his glory</hi> (as S. <hi>Iohn</hi> speaks chap. 2. 11.) was at <hi>Cana</hi> of <hi>Galilee;</hi> and
the greatest part of the Miracles he did afterward were done in that Country. His
glorious Transfiguration was upon mount <hi>Tabor,</hi> a Mount of <hi>Galilee</hi> in the Land of
<hi>Zebulun,</hi> where a voice came from heaven,<note place="margin">Matt. 17. 5.</note> 
                     <hi>This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well
pleased, hear ye him.</hi> In a word, our Saviour's ordinary residence was in <hi>Galilee;</hi>
he came into <hi>Iudaea</hi> only at the Feast-times, when the whole Nation assembled at
<hi>Ierusalem:</hi> during which times (partly during his stay there, partly in his going
and returning) he did all, in a manner, that he did out of <hi>Galilee;</hi> and the last
Feast he came thither, offered himself a Sacrifice upon the Cross for the sins of the
whole world. Lastly, when he was risen from the dead, he appoints his Disciples
to come see him in <hi>Galilee. When I am risen again,</hi> saith he, <hi>I will go before you into
Galilee.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Matt. 26. 32.</note> And after he was so,<note place="margin">Matth. 28. 7.</note> the Angel told the women as much at his Sepulchre;
and afterwards himself, <hi>Go tell my brethren</hi> (saith he) <hi>that they go into Galilee, and
there shall they see me.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Verse 10.</note> Only his <hi>Nativity,</hi> his <hi>Passion</hi> and <hi>Ascension</hi> were proper to
<hi>Iudaea:</hi> his <hi>Nativity</hi> at <hi>Bethlehem,</hi> upon what occasion ye know; his <hi>Passion</hi> at <hi>Ieru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>salem,</hi>
when he came thither to the Passeover; his <hi>Ascention</hi> upon Mount <hi>Olivet,</hi>
hard by <hi>Ierusalem.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="101" facs="tcp:63175:101"/>And thus much of the Second thing I promised to shew, That our Saviour's princi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pal
conversation and abode was in <hi>Galilee:</hi> Now I come to the last, which is the
Crown of all, <hi>That Messiah was, according to Prophecy, to vouchsafe his presence, and <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="3"/>
have his abode in principally in the Province of Galilee.</hi> This <hi>Prophecy</hi> is in the ninth of
<hi>Esay:</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Esay 9. 1, 2, 3, &amp;c.</note> For the clear understanding of which, before I report it, I must premise a pas<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sage
of Sacred story; namely, That the Land of <hi>Galilee,</hi> or of <hi>Zebulun</hi> and <hi>Naphtali,</hi>
had the hard hap to be first in that calamity which befel their Nation by the <hi>Assyrian;</hi>
For so it is written, 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 15. 29. <hi>In the days of Pekah King of Israel came Tiglath-Pileser
King of Assyria, and took Iion, and Abel-Beth-Maachah, and Ianoah, and Ke<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>desh,
and Hazor, and Gilead,</hi> (all these, save <hi>Ianoah</hi> and <hi>Gilead,</hi> were cities of <hi>Naph<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tali)
and Galilee, all the Land of Naphtali; and carried them captive to Assyria.</hi> By
occasion of which calamity, being then newly happened, <hi>Esay</hi> comforts them with
this Prophecy, that in recompence of that heavy disadvantage (above the rest of their
brethren,) they should have the first and chiefest share of the presence and conversa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
of <hi>Messiah</hi> which was to come. <hi>As the first times</hi> (saith he) <hi>he made vile</hi> (or <hi>de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>based)
the land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali; so in the latter time he shall make it
glorious.</hi> (If ye ask, Why? it follows) <hi>The way of the sea by Iordan, Galilee of the
Gentiles.</hi> V. 2. <hi>The people that walked in darkness</hi> (namely, of affliction) <hi>have seen a
great light; they that dwelt in the shadow of death, upon them hath the light shined.</hi> V. 3.
<hi>Thou hast multiplied the nation, and increased the joy thereof,</hi> &amp;c. If ye ask, How
comes this? it follows v. 6. <hi>For unto us a Child is born, unto us a Son is given, and the
government shall be upon his shoulder; and his Name shall be called Wonderful, Counseller,
The mighty God, The Father</hi> (or <hi>Author) of eternity, The Prince of Peace.</hi> V. 7. <hi>Of the
encrease of his government and peace there shall be no end, upon the throne of David, and
upon his Kingdom, to order it with judgment and with justice, from henceforth even for
ever: The zeal of the Lord of Hosts will perform this.</hi> This is he that should enlighten
the Province of <hi>Galilee,</hi> or the land of <hi>Zebulun</hi> and <hi>Naphtali,</hi> with the glory of his
presence, and make it as it were amends for what it suffered, before the rest of the Country of <hi>Israel,</hi> by the hand of the King of <hi>Assyria.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>And if this be not a Prophecy of Christ, I know not what is. And to the same
purpose I bring it, doth S. <hi>Matthew</hi> quote it <hi>chap.</hi> 4. 14, &amp;c. upon our Saviour's going
(after <hi>Iohn</hi> was cast into prison) to dwell at <hi>Capernaum</hi> the <hi>Metropolis</hi> of <hi>Galilee,</hi> to
make it the Seat of the preaching and publication of the Gospel of his Kingdom;
which should have made us take more notice thereof than commonly we have done.
Blind <hi>Iews</hi> that could not see it! nay, for this very reason, because he was of <hi>Gali<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lee,</hi>
they would not believe him to be <hi>the Messiah:<note place="margin">Iohn 7. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>1.</note> Shall Christ come out of Galilee,</hi> say
they? should not Christ come out of <hi>Bethlehem?</hi> And so he did too, and yet was by
habitation and conversation a <hi>Galilean.</hi> Nay I must yet say more; even we Christi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ans
cannot altogether be excused, who by following the <hi>Iews</hi> too close, have so
troubled and darkned the beginning of this Prophecy, by mis-translating and mis-di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stinguishing
it, that when we have done, we can hardly tell how to defend S. <hi>Mat<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thew's</hi>
application thereof, much less see the evidence of so noble and clear a Prophe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cy.
I think the devil did owe it a spight from the beginning. The Septuagint is here
corrupted into pure non-sense, and so I believe was even in the Apostles times; which
made S. <hi>Matthew</hi> that he could quote nothing of that first sentence, but only the names
of <hi>Zebulun</hi> and <hi>Naphtali,</hi> as he may see that compares them. The <hi>Chaldee</hi> Paraphrast is
as wide. How we translate of latter times, I shall not need to mention, those who are
pinched therewith can tell best. For my part I am perswaded, the four or five first
words, wherewith we are wont to begin this ninth Chapter, belong to the last verse of
the Chapter before-going, as both the <hi>Chaldee</hi> Paraphrast and S. <hi>Ierome</hi> refer them;
and that the words following begin a new Prophecy, namely, that which I have hi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>therto
alledged for <hi>Messiah's</hi> abode in <hi>Galilee;</hi> in this manner, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <hi>According as the first time he made vile</hi> (or
<hi>debased) the land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali; so in the latter time he shall make
it glorious.</hi> Or making <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> the supposition of the sentence thus, <hi>As the first time made
vile the land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali; so the latter time shall make them glori<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ous.</hi>
Or simply without comparison thus, <hi>The first time he debased the land of Zebulun
and the land of Naphtali; but in the latter time he shall make them glorious.</hi> Then fol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>low
the words which S. <hi>Matthew</hi> quotes, <hi>The way of the sea by Iordan, Galilee of the
Gentiles,</hi> &amp;c. It seems to me to be exceeding plain, and to make the Prophecy so
clear as scarce any in Scripture goes beyond it. Is not <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>to make vile</hi> or <hi>base,</hi> and
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>to glorifie</hi> or <hi>make glorious?</hi> Let him that hath skill in the language judge,
<pb n="102" facs="tcp:63175:102"/>
What need we then translate <hi>lightly afflict</hi> and <hi>heavily afflict?</hi> True, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> hath the
signification of <hi>lightness,</hi> but it is of <hi>light worth;</hi> and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> of <hi>weight,</hi> but (as in <hi>Piel</hi>
frequently, so here) of the <hi>weight of glory;</hi> and we our selves otherwhiles translate
it so. And to conclude, the Event is true and evident, That as the land of <hi>Zebulun</hi>
and <hi>Naphtali</hi> had the first share in the calamity by <hi>Assyria,</hi> so had they a prerogative
in enjoying the presence of <hi>Messiah.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The Observation that this circumstance of Christ our Saviour's habitation and
abode suggests unto our meditation, is an Example of that rule of God's administrati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
S. <hi>Paul</hi> speaks of 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 1. 27, &amp;c. <hi>to make choice of the foolish things of this world to
confound the wise; and of weak, base and despicable things in the world's account, to con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>found
the mighty: That no flesh should glory before him.</hi> For <hi>Galilee</hi> and the inhabitants
thereof were in respect of <hi>Iudaea</hi> reputed ignoble and half strangers; both because
they were so far divided from <hi>Ierusalem</hi> (where the Temple of their Nation was;)
and because it was not the proper and original habitation of the Tribes of <hi>Iudah</hi> and
<hi>Benjamin</hi> which returned from Captivity, but part of the lot of the Kingdom of the
ten Tribes which <hi>Salmanasser</hi> carried away captive. Howbeit the <hi>Iews</hi> of the two
Tribes after their return, especially in the prevailing times of the <hi>Maccabees,</hi> had
many of them setled themselves there, and at length subdued the <hi>Gentiles</hi> there
dwelling, and replenished it with their own people; yet so as many of the <hi>Gentiles</hi>
dwelt still among them: In which respects they were despised of those that dwelt in
<hi>Iudaea</hi> their native home, and accounted (though of the same Nation, yet) far less
noble than themselves: Insomuch that the name of <hi>Galilaean</hi> was in some sort reproach<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ful
and despicable, as we may gather even from those speeches of the <hi>Iews</hi> in the Gos<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pel;<note place="margin">Iohn 7. 41, 52.</note>
                     <hi>Shall Christ come out of Galilee?</hi> and, <hi>Out of Galilee ariseth no Prophet.</hi> Yet did
God so order it, that Christ, the King of <hi>Israel,</hi> the great Saviour of Mankind, who
was to be exalted to sit at the right hand of God, far above all principalities and po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wers,
should be, as you see, a <hi>Galilean.</hi> And was not the rest of his breeding suit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>able
thereunto? Who would not have looked that that glorious Son of <hi>David</hi> should
have been born of the most rich and potent parentage of that line? but behold he
was of the poorest and most despised. Who would not have thought but <hi>Ierusalem</hi>
the Royal City had been the only fit place for his Birth? but he was born at <hi>Beth<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lehem,</hi>
one of the least Cities of <hi>Iudah.</hi> And what? in some stately and more con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>venient
Palace there? No, in a stable, and laid in a manger. So was <hi>David,</hi> his
progenitor,<note place="margin">1 S<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>m 16. 11.</note> the youngest and most despised son of <hi>Ishai: Samuel</hi> thought that brave
and goodly <hi>Eliab,</hi> the first-born, was the man surely whom God would chuse to make
him King;<note place="margin">Verse 6.</note> But God had set his eye upon him whom the Father so little regarded as
he could scarce think of him, even the little one which kept the sheep. Thus God
derides the conceits of men.</p>
                  <p>Fools therefore that we are! why do we value those things so much which God
esteems so little? We are wont otherwise to make much account of such things as
Kings and Great ones have in esteem, and to think but basely of those things which
they despise: why should not the Example of Almighty God bear the like sway in
our judgments, to prefer what he prefers, and slight what he undervalues? Let us
therefore, considering this, set our hearts and affections upon heavenly and spiritual
things, and say of all the pomp and glory of this world, <hi>Vanity of Vanities, all is Va<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nity.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Eccles. 1. 2.</note>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="III"/> THUS have I spoken of the two first Particulars I propounded, the <hi>Time</hi> when,
and the <hi>Place</hi> where, our Saviour began the publication of his Gospel; I come now
to the <hi>Third, The Summe of what he preached:</hi> and it was this, <hi>The time is fulfilled, and
the Kingdom of God is at hand; Repent ye, and believe the Gospel.</hi> This was the <hi>Summe
of what he preached;</hi> and it contains two parts, a <hi>Doctrine,</hi> and an <hi>Exhortation.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/> The <hi>Doctrine</hi> is, That the Time foretold by the Prophets when the Kingdom of
God should begin, was come: <hi>The time is fulfilled, and the Kingdom of God is at hand.</hi>
The <hi>Exhortation</hi> is, That therefore they should <hi>Repent, and believe the Gospel,</hi> or glad
tidings which that Kingdom brings. I'le begin with the <hi>Doctrine,</hi> where I have two
things to unfold. 1. <hi>What this Kingdom of God is.</hi> 2. <hi>What was the Time prefixt for
the coming thereof,</hi> which our Saviour saith <hi>was fulfilled</hi> when he spake unto them.</p>
                  <p>For the first, <hi>The Kingdom of God</hi> is that which otherwise is called <hi>The Kingdom of
Heaven.</hi> These two are both one: and therefore S. <hi>Matthew</hi> (chap. 4. 17.) when
he relates this preaching of our Saviour, saith that he <hi>preached and said, Repent, for
the Kingdom of Heaven is at hand;</hi> namely, the same that <hi>Iohn Baptist</hi> his Harbinger
preacht before him:<note place="margin">Matt. 3. 2.</note> For the Hebrews express <hi>God</hi> by <hi>Heaven,</hi> as we may see <hi>Dan.</hi> 4.
<pb n="103" facs="tcp:63175:102"/>
26. where it is said to <hi>Nebucchadnezzar,</hi> that <hi>his kingdom should be restored unto him,
when he should acknowledge that the heavens bear rule;</hi> that is, God the most High,
who dwells in heaven. The prodigal child in the Gospel saith, <hi>Father, I have sinned
against Heaven, and before thee, Luke</hi> 15. 21. So <hi>Matt.</hi> 21. 25. <hi>The Baptism of Iohn,
was it from Heaven, or from men?</hi> that is, from <hi>God,</hi> or from <hi>men?</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">See 1 Mac cab. 3. 15.—<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> Coram <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>oelo <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. coram D<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>o.</note> This is the rea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>son
why the <hi>Kingdom of God</hi> and <hi>Kingdom of Heaven</hi> mean one and the same thing.
Let us therefore now see what is meant by it.</p>
                  <p>This <hi>Kingdom of God</hi> or <hi>Kingdom of Heaven</hi> is the Kingdom of <hi>Messiah</hi> or Christ
foretold in the Prophets; the Kingdom of that <hi>Seed of the woman which should break
the Serpent's head;</hi> of that <hi>seed of Abraham wherein all the Nations of the earth should
be blessed.</hi> For so the Hebrew Doctors before and at our Saviour's coming had
termed this Kingdom, and taught their people to look for it under that name,
which they had learned out of the Prophecies of <hi>Daniel</hi> concerning it, who in chap.
2. ver. 44. describes it in this manner; <hi>In the days of those Kings</hi> or Kingdoms (that
is, while the days of the four Monarchies there spoken of yet lasted) <hi>the God
of heaven shall found,</hi> or <hi>set up, a Kingdom, which shall never be destroyed, nor be lest
unto another people; but it shall break in pieces and consume all these Kingdoms, and it
shall stand for ever.</hi> In the 7 ch. ver. 13, 14. he describes it thus; <hi>I saw in the night vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sions,
and behold, one like the Son of man came with the clouds of Heaven—And
there was given him dominion, and glory, and a Kingdom, that all people, nations and
languages should serve him: His dominion is an everlasting dominion, which shall not pass
away, and his Kingdom that which shall not be destroyed.</hi> From these places the
<hi>Iews</hi> called the <hi>Messiah's</hi> Kingdom the <hi>Kingdom of God,</hi> or the <hi>Kingdom of Heaven;</hi>
Because in the first place it is said that <hi>the God of heaven should set up his Kingdom;</hi>
and in the other places, that the <hi>Son of man</hi> (namely <hi>Messiah) should come in the
clouds of Heaven.</hi> For our Saviour brought not this term of phrase with him, but
found it at his coming used among the <hi>Iews;</hi> which being fitly given he approved,
and so taught them the mysterie of his coming in their own language. As we may see
in so many Parables in the Gospel, where our Saviour sets forth the state of his Church
and the members of the same continually under the name of <hi>The Kingdom of God,</hi> or
<hi>The Kingdom of Heaven:</hi> The <hi>Kingdom of Heaven</hi> is like <hi>a field where a sower sowed
good seed,</hi> &amp;c.<note place="margin">Matth. 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> The <hi>Kingdom of Heaven</hi> is <hi>like unto leaven,</hi> &amp;c. The <hi>Kingdom of Hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven</hi>
is <hi>like unto a Merchant,</hi> &amp;c. The <hi>Kingdom of Heaven</hi> is <hi>like unto a net;</hi> and such
like: In all which our Saviour describes the state of his Church in that language
the people were used unto, as he doth also in other of his Sermons. Hence it is
that when <hi>Iohn Baptist</hi> first, and our Saviour after him, preached, <hi>The Kingdom of
heaven is at hand,</hi> the <hi>Iews</hi> wondred not at that term as at a novelty, nor ever askt
what it meant; but understood it of the Kingdom of <hi>Messiah,</hi> which they had been
taught to call by that name then, and is still found so called among their Rabbies
and Doctors until this day, though through their unbelief they have no portion there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>in,
but look for it still to come.</p>
                  <p>The <hi>Kingdom of God</hi> or <hi>Kingdom of Heaven</hi> then is nothing else but <hi>the Church of
Christ,</hi> or <hi>the Christian Church,</hi> which is no <hi>Temporal</hi> kingdom, like the kingdoms of
this world which have power over the <hi>Body</hi> only, but <hi>a Spiritual</hi> kingdom which reigns
over the <hi>Souls</hi> and <hi>Spirits</hi> of men.<note place="margin">Luke 17. 21.</note> 
                     <hi>The Kingdom of God,</hi> saith our Saviour, <hi>is within you,</hi>
that is, it is a kingdom of the inward man. And therefore this kingdom was not to be
<hi>founded</hi> after the manner of the kingdoms of men, by great armies and field-battels;
but was to subdue the nations and conquer the world by a more divine way, namely:
by the power of the Word and Spirit, as we see it hath done, <hi>My Kingdom,</hi> saith our
Saviour, <hi>is not of this world;</hi> that is, not from this world, or to be set up by worldly
means, as other kingdoms are: For <hi>if my Kingdom</hi> (saith he) <hi>were of,</hi> or <hi>from, this
world, then would my servants fight, that I should not be delivered unto the Iews: but now
my Kingdom is not from hence, Iohn</hi> 18. 36. Armies and Swords are not fit means to
<hi>conquer</hi> the <hi>Souls</hi> of men; and therefore Christ was to perform his conquests by a
more divine and invisible way. And as he <hi>conquered</hi> them, so he <hi>governs</hi> and <hi>keeps</hi> them
in their <hi>allegiance</hi> to him, not by Garrisons and Armed Troops, but by the power of
the same Word and Spirit. Lastly, as he <hi>governs his subjects,</hi> so he <hi>fights against his ene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mies,</hi>
not as the Kings of the earth do, but by a divine and heavenly working, by di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vine
and heavenly ministers, by the ministery of Angels,<note n="*" place="margin">Matt. 26. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>3.</note> who are all at his command.
For the <hi>Enemies</hi> of his Church and Kingdom are chiefly <hi>Spiritual,</hi> namely those <hi>Spiritu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>al</hi>
powers, those rulers of darkness, the Devil and all his troops of Fiends, which can<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>not
be dealt withal nor resisted after a <hi>corporal</hi> manner, but by <hi>Spiritual</hi> means and
<pb n="104" facs="tcp:63175:103"/>
                     <hi>Spiritual</hi> ministers. And though the Arms of flesh and bloud are also lift up against
the Kingdom of Christ, yet is it always by the instigation and under the conduct of
those invisible Fiends. As for the men employed in such service, they are but the
horses in the Devil's battels; the Devil and his Angels are the riders; and therefore
to be repelled by a power and forces suitable unto them. In a word, the <hi>whole world</hi>
by sin was become the <hi>kingdom of the Devil;</hi> Christ came to recover it from him,
and to erect the <hi>Kingdom of God</hi> in place thereof. Such a kingdom therefore as the
one was, such must the other be; else it should not match it, as by the tenor of <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>e
first Gospel it was to do,<note place="margin">Gen. 3. 15.</note> which saith, <hi>The seed of the Woman should break the Ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pent's
head.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>I must add one thing more for the understanding of this <hi>Kingdom,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">A twofold state of Christ's Kingdom.</note> namely, That this
<hi>Kingdom of Christ</hi> which I have hitherto described hath a <hi>Two-fold state:</hi> The one <hi>Mi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>litant,</hi>
consisting in a perpetual warfare and manifold sufferings; which is the present
state begun at his <hi>First</hi> coming, when <hi>he ascended up into heaven to sit at the right
hand of God.</hi> The <hi>Second state</hi> is a <hi>Triumphant</hi> state, which shall be at his <hi>Second</hi> appear<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
in glory in the clouds of heaven, at what time he <hi>shall put down all authority, power
and rule, and subdue all his enemies under his feet, even death it self,</hi> (as S. <hi>Paul</hi> tells us 1 <hi>Cor.</hi>
15. 24.) and in that great Assizes of the quick and dead shall render everlasting ven<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>geance
to his enemies and those who believed not his Gospel; and give rewards of
glory to his servants, who have kept their faith and allegiance to him. And that once
done, and so his Conquest finished, he shall surrender up his Kingdom into the hands
of his Father;<note place="margin">1 Cor. 15. 28.</note> that <hi>being subject to him who put all things under his feet, God may be
all in all,</hi> as S. <hi>Paul</hi> tells us.</p>
                  <p>In both which estates how fitly <hi>this Kingdom</hi> is called the <hi>Kingdom of Heaven,</hi> or
of <hi>God,</hi> appears in three respects.<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Why</hi> Christ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>s Kingdom is called <hi>The</hi> Kingdom of Heaven, <hi>or</hi> of God.</note> 1. Because the King thereof hath his seat and throne
<hi>in heaven,</hi> where he sits at the right hand of God: 2. Because the beginning thereof
is <hi>from heaven,</hi> and not from earth, or by earthly means: 3. and lastly, Because it
is governed and administred by the <hi>power of heaven,</hi> and not by earthly power. Is not
such a Kingdom rightly and truly called <hi>The Kingdom of heaven?</hi> Thus much I
thought good to speak for the explication of this speech, <hi>The Kingdom of God,</hi> or
<hi>Kingdom of Heaven,</hi> because this term is so frequent in the Gospel, and not al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ways,
or perhaps not rightly, understood. Henceforth let him that readeth, un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derstand.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/> NOW I come to the Second point, namely, <hi>What was the Time designed and pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fixed
for the coming and beginning of this Kingdom,</hi> which our Saviour saith here <hi>was
fulfilled. The time,</hi> saith he, <hi>is fulfilled, and the Kingdom of God is at hand.</hi> The
<hi>Time of this Kingdom</hi> was by the Prophet <hi>Daniel</hi> two ways foretold; first, <hi>generally</hi>
and <hi>at large;</hi> secondly, <hi>more precisely</hi> and <hi>punctually.</hi> The <hi>general time</hi> designed was,
That it should begin under and during the <hi>Fourth Kingdom,</hi> or <hi>Roman Monarchy;</hi>
which at length it should utterly ruin and destroy. For <hi>Nebuchadnezzar</hi> the King
of <hi>Babel</hi> had a Vision of an <hi>Image</hi> of four differing metals;<note place="margin">Dan 2 32, 33.</note> 
                     <hi>The head of Gold,</hi> the <hi>arms
and breast of silver,</hi> the <hi>belly and thighs of Brass,</hi> the <hi>legs and feet of Iron, but the feet
mingled with clay.</hi> While he beheld this Image and surveyed it from head to foot, he
<hi>saw a Stone hewen out of the mountain without hands,<note place="margin">Vers. 34.</note> which Stone smote the Image</hi> (not
upon the <hi>head,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Vers. 35.</note> or <hi>breast,</hi> or <hi>belly,</hi> but) <hi>upon the Iron and Clayie feet;</hi> whereby <hi>the Image,</hi>
and all his other metals being mingled with the Iron, vanished away, <hi>and became as
chaff before the wind.</hi> Then <hi>the Stone which smote the Image</hi> upon the <hi>feet, became a
great mountain, and filled the whole earth.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>This Vision <hi>Daniel</hi> expounded of four Gentile Kingdoms, which should succeed
one another in order with great extent of dominion. The <hi>first,</hi> compared to <hi>Gold,</hi> was
the <hi>Babylonian,</hi> which then reigned. The <hi>second,</hi> resembled to <hi>Silver,</hi> should be the
Empire of the <hi>Medes</hi> and <hi>Persians,</hi> which subdued that of <hi>Babylon.</hi> The <hi>third,</hi> figured
by the <hi>Brazen</hi> belly and thighs, was the <hi>Greek,</hi> which subdued the <hi>Persian.</hi> The
<hi>Iron</hi> legs (the <hi>fourth</hi> and last) was the <hi>Roman,</hi> which subdued the <hi>Greek,</hi> and so
became possessed of the riches and glory of all the former three. During this
<hi>last</hi> Kingdom was the <hi>Stone</hi> hewn out of the mountain, and smote the <hi>Iron</hi> feet. This
<hi>Stone,</hi> saith <hi>Daniel,</hi> was the <hi>Kingdom of the God of heaven,</hi> which should be set up be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
the days of these four Gentile kingdoms should expire, namely under the <hi>last</hi> of
them.<note place="margin">Vers. 44.</note> 
                     <hi>In the days of these Kingdoms,</hi> saith he, (that is, while these times of the
Gentiles dominions yet lasted) <hi>the God of heaven shall set up a Kingdom which shall
never be destroyed, nor lest unto another people</hi> (as each of the other were;) <hi>but
shall break in pieces and consume all those kingdoms,</hi> (namely in the <hi>last,</hi> in which
<pb n="105" facs="tcp:63175:103"/>
the other three were incorporated as it were,) <hi>and it self shall stand for ever. Foras<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>much
as thou sawest</hi> (saith he unto the King,) <hi>that the Stone was cut out of the moun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tain
without hands</hi> (that is, without any earthly means) and <hi>that it break in pieces
the iron and the Brass,<note place="margin">Vers. 45.</note> the Silver and Gold</hi> mingled with it.</p>
                  <p>Now the <hi>Roman Empire</hi> (during which this Prophecy was to be accomplished)
was in our Saviour's t<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>me come to the height and highest pitch, and so next door
to a declination and downfall. But this downfall was to be wrought by <hi>the Stone, viz.</hi>
the <hi>Kingdom of Christ,</hi> who should first demolish the Gods and Idols thereof, and
then the State it self. <hi>The time</hi> therefore (when our Saviour spake) <hi>was fulfilled,
and the Kingdom of God was at hand.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Thus you see how <hi>the Time</hi> was pointed out <hi>at large:</hi> now hear the <hi>precise and
punctual Time,</hi> whereby they might know not only that the Kingdom of <hi>Messiah</hi>
should be set up in the <hi>Roman</hi> Monarchy, but also in what time thereof. The An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gel
tells <hi>Daniel</hi> (ch. 9. 24.) That when the Temple, City and Commonwealth of
the <hi>Iews</hi> (which then lay wast by the <hi>Babylonish</hi> captivity) should be restored and
set up again, it should continue 490 years, or 70 times 7 years, and no more: and that
before that term ended, <hi>Messiah</hi> should come and be <hi>anointed,</hi> and <hi>make atonement for
sin.</hi> His words are these, <hi>Seventy weeks are determined upon thy people, and upon thy
holy city, to finish transgression, and to make an end of sins, and to make reconciliation
for iniquity, and to bring in everlasting righteousness, and to seal up the vision and prophe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cy,
and to anoint the most Holy.</hi> For understanding this reckoning, you must know,
that the Iews according to the Law counted their time and years by <hi>Sevens;</hi> every <hi>Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>venth
year</hi> being a year of rest for the Land and freeing of Servants, and so called a
<hi>Sabbatical year:</hi> according to which account the Angel tells <hi>Daniel</hi> that <hi>Seventy</hi> of
those <hi>weeks of years</hi> were allotted for the standing of their Temple and Commonwealth,
when both should be restored again after the Captivity; which make in all 490
years. Now if <hi>Messiah</hi> were to appear before these 490 years were ended, it could
not in likelihood be much later than this time when our Saviour published his Gospel:
because within 40 years after the Temple and State of the Iews was utterly destroy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed;
whereby it was apparent that the 490 years were ended, and therefore the <hi>Time</hi>
of <hi>Messiah's</hi> appearing past.</p>
                  <p>But <hi>Daniel</hi> yet points out <hi>the Time</hi> more nearly and punctually:<note place="margin">Dan. 9. 24.</note> For he tells us
moreover that from the Edict for restoring the State of the Iews and re-building.
<hi>Ierusalem</hi> (which was some years after the re-building of the Temple) should be
unto <hi>Messiah the Prince</hi> 62 of those <hi>weeks</hi> or <hi>sevens of years:</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Vers. 26.</note> and after those 62 seven
years <hi>Messiah</hi> should be <hi>cut off.</hi> Now if we reckon this number of <hi>weeks of years</hi> from
that week wherein <hi>Ezra</hi> received commission from <hi>Artaxerxes</hi> King of <hi>Persia</hi> to restore
and settle the Church and State of the <hi>Iews,</hi> and <hi>Nehemiah</hi> soon after to build the walls
of <hi>Ierusalem,</hi> we shall find <hi>the Time</hi> when our Saviour began this publication of his
Gospel to fall out in the <hi>last week</hi> of those 62 weeks. As a woman therefore with
child, when her tenth and <hi>last</hi> moneth is come, may truly say, <hi>Her reckoning is fulfilled,
and her travail is at hand;</hi> so might our Saviour, when the <hi>last</hi> week of <hi>Messiah's</hi>
weeks was begun, say, <hi>The time is fulfilled, and the Kingdom of heaven is at
hand.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The Lesson to be learned hence is, for confirmation of our Faith against the blind<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness
and obstinacy of the <hi>Iews,</hi> who will not believe that <hi>Iesus of Nazareth,</hi> who
came at the <hi>time appointed,</hi> was their King <hi>Messiah,</hi> but look for another yet to come.
O blind Miscreants! If the time of <hi>Messiah's</hi> coming were then fulfilled when our Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>viour
preached unto them, how are they so besotted as to look for that his coming
still? Shall he come 1600 years after the time of his coming was fulfilled? Their Fathers
looked for the coming of <hi>Messiah</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">luke 2. 25. 38. ch. 19. 11.</note> at that time when our Saviour preached amongst
them;<note n="*" place="margin">Ioseph de bell Iud l. 7. c. 31. Tacit. l. 5. H<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>stor. Sue<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ton. l. 8.</note> yea had filled all the East with the fame of their expectation; which th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>y
would never have done, had they not seen the <hi>time appointed</hi> for his coming and king<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom
was to come out in that Age. Why did their Fathers never alledge against the A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>postles,
<hi>That the time was not yet come?</hi> Had not this been the readiest way to stop their
mouths, when they told them, <hi>They had crucified their Messiah?</hi> Nay, when our Saviour
made <hi>this fulfilling of the time</hi> to be the ground of his doctrine, why did not their great
Doctors (their Scribes and Pharisees) oppose and gainsay it, unless they had known
it to be so indeed? Nay at his blessed Birth, when the <hi>wise men</hi> came from the East to
<hi>Ierusalem,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Matth. 2. 1.</note> saying, <hi>Where is he that is born King of the Iews?</hi> when <hi>Herod</hi> and all
<hi>Ierusalem</hi> was troubled, when he assembled all the chief Priests and Scribes of
the people about it; why did they not tell him the <hi>Time</hi> was not yet come, unless
<pb n="106" facs="tcp:63175:104"/>
they had known it had been come? But of <hi>the Time</hi> there was no question, only <hi>the
Place</hi> was inquired of. In a word, All the exception the <hi>Iews</hi> could find against our
Saviour, was the <hi>meanness of his Person,</hi> because he came not like a King; and <hi>the
Place of his education,</hi> because he was a <hi>Galilaean:</hi> But against <hi>the Time of his coming</hi>
they took no exception. Nay (which is an invincible confession) the most of them
at this day have no other shift but to say, That <hi>Messiah</hi> was born then, namely, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
their Temple was destroyed, and lies hid all this time somewhere for their sins,
but at length shall shew himself unto them.</p>
                  <p>Let us pray unto Almighty God, that he would at length open their eyes to see
him to be their King, whom they have pierced, and that there is no other to be look<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
for.<note place="margin">Eph. 2. 12.</note> And let us continually magnifie his goodness unto us, unto whom (being
Gentiles and <hi>Aliens from the Common-wealth of Israel, a people without God in the world</hi>)
he hath, nevertheless, vouchsafed this great light, and made known that Mysterie
which is hidden from his own people,<note place="margin">Rom. 9. 4, 5.</note> 
                     <hi>to whom appertained the adoption, and the glory,
and the Covenants, and the giving of the Law, and the service of God, and the Promi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ses:
Whose were the Fathers; and of whom, as concerning the flesh, Christ came, who
is over all, God blessed for ever.</hi> What are we, that it should please the great and
mighty God to look upon such dead dogs as we are?</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="26" type="discourse">
               <head>DISCOURSE XXVI.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>S. MARK 1. 15.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>Repent ye, and believe the Gospel.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>WHilest our Blessed Saviour preached here on earth, what else, in
likelihood, could the argument of his preaching be, but the Myste<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry
of Christian Religion, or way of attaining Salvation through
himself? Accordingly this <hi>Brief</hi> of his Sermons, recorded by our
Evangelist, contains no less than the <hi>Sum</hi> of all Christian Divinity.
For the <hi>Knowledg of the Kingdom of God,</hi> and the <hi>means how to attain
to be a member,</hi> and so to have interest in the benefits and priviledges
of the same, (which is Salvation) containeth the <hi>Sum</hi> of all a Christian is either
to <hi>know</hi> or <hi>do.</hi> The first of which (<hi>The knowledg of the Kingdom of God,</hi>) is in the
first words, <hi>The time is fulfilled, and the Kingdom of God is at hand;</hi> of which I have
spoken already. The second is contained in the next words, <hi>Repent ye, and believe
the Gospel;</hi> of which I am to speak now.</p>
                  <p>None can be <hi>Members</hi> or <hi>Citizens of the Kingdom of God,</hi> but only those who are
the <hi>Sons of God:</hi> The <hi>means</hi> to become the <hi>Sons</hi> or <hi>Children of God,</hi> is by <hi>Regenera<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion</hi>
or <hi>New-birth.</hi> This is the Mystery our Saviour told <hi>Nicodemus</hi> of, when he came
to him by night; <hi>Except a man</hi> (saith our Saviour) <hi>be born again, he cannot enter into
the Kingdom of God,</hi> Iohn 3. 3. Now <hi>Regeneration,</hi> or <hi>New birth,</hi> consists of these two
parts, <hi>Repentance towards God,</hi> and <hi>Faith towards Christ;</hi> according to that which
the Apostle <hi>Paul</hi> told the Elders of the Church of <hi>Ephesus,</hi> Acts 20. 21. that he had
<hi>testified both to Iews and Greeks, Repentance towards God, and Faith towards our Lord
Iesus Christ;</hi> that is, the whole mystery of <hi>Regeneration,</hi> whereby a man becomes
the <hi>Child of God, and a member of his Kingdom.</hi> Where we are to note (and it will
serve us to understand these things the better) that <hi>Repentance,</hi> properly and distinct<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
taken, looks towards God the Father; and <hi>Faith</hi> unto Christ our Mediatour.
The one is our returning unto God, from whom we are gone astray by sin: the other,
the means or way of our return unto him, by Christ, without whom we can neither
be reconciled to our heavenly Father, nor perform any service acceptable unto
him.</p>
                  <p>These two therefore our Saviour distinguisheth, when he saith, <hi>Repent, and be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lieve
the Gospel;</hi> the one looking to his Father, the other to himself. Both joyned
together make the New birth or a new man: even as in natural generation, the
<pb n="107" facs="tcp:63175:104"/>
Soul being united with the Body makes a natural man; <hi>Repentance</hi> here being as the
<hi>Body</hi> or <hi>Matter,</hi> which <hi>Faith</hi> in the Gospel of Christ inlivens and informs as a <hi>Soul.</hi>
Those therefore who make <hi>Faith</hi> a part of <hi>Repentance,</hi> understand by <hi>Repentance</hi> the
whole Regeneration of a sinner. Otherwise, if <hi>Repentance</hi> be taken precisely and
distinctly, as it is here by our Saviour, then is not <hi>Faith</hi> a part, but a necessary con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>current
of <hi>Repentance;</hi> as the <hi>Soul</hi> is no part of the <hi>Body,</hi> but concurs therewith to
the making of a Man.</p>
                  <p>And thus much I held needful to speak of <hi>Repentance</hi> and <hi>Faith</hi> in general, to make my way the more straight and easie to the handling of them severally and
apart; which now I come unto. And first to begin with that which is first, <hi>Repen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tance.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>REPENTANCE</hi> is <hi>A turning of the whole heart from Satan and Sin, to serve
God in newness of life.</hi> I say, <hi>from Satan and Sin,</hi> because he that lives in <hi>Sin,</hi> serves
the <hi>Devil,</hi> and belongs to his jurisdiction. And therefore in our Baptism, which is
the Seal of our New birth, we profess our <hi>Repentance</hi> by <hi>renouncing the Devil and all
his works;</hi> that is, the works of Sin wherewith he is served: and then we swear
fealty to God, saying, <hi>I believe in God the Father Almighty, maker of Heaven and
Earth, &amp;c.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The Definition I have given, you shall find full and whole in our Saviour's words
to S. <hi>Paul,</hi> when he appeared to him going to <hi>Damascus, Acts</hi> 26. 18. as S. <hi>Paul</hi> him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>self
reporteth them; namely, that he would <hi>send him to the Gentiles, To open their eyes,
and to turn them from darkness to light, and from the power of Satan unto God; that they
might receive forgiveness of sins, and inheritance among them that are sanctified.</hi>
Which <hi>voice</hi> S. <hi>Paul</hi> there saith V. 19. <hi>he was obedient unto;</hi> and thereupon went and
shewed first to the <hi>Iews</hi> and then to the <hi>Gentiles,</hi> that they <hi>should repent, and turn to
God, and do works meet for repentance,</hi> V. 20. The Commission therefore given him
in the words aforesaid was, <hi>To preach Repentance.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>And howsoever the name of <hi>Repentance</hi> be by a custome of speech restrained only
to that <hi>Sorrow and Remorse for sin</hi> which is but the <hi>beginning</hi> of our Turning;<note place="margin">Repentance i<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> more than a Sorrow for sim.</note> yet,
if we will speak according to Scripture, (as we must do when we expound it) the
word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, translated <hi>Repentance,</hi> is of a larger extent, signifying not only those
pangs of <hi>Contrition</hi> wherewith <hi>Repentance begins,</hi> but the whole change and journey
(as I may so speak) of the Soul of a sinner, leaving the service of the Devil, and
turning to the service of God. For this word in the New Testament answers to that
of <hi>Turning</hi> and <hi>Returning</hi> so frequent in the Old; as appears not only by the <hi>Syriack</hi>
which so renders it, but by those places in the New Testament where the one is put
to explain the other; as in that of S. <hi>Paul</hi> now quoted. And that the word, <hi>Turn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing,</hi>
is of as large sense as I speak of, I shall need go no further for proof, than to
the words of our Saviour to S. <hi>Paul</hi> even now mentioned. But this will appear better
by the ensuing Discourse of the <hi>Parts of Repentance.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Repentance</hi> (as any one almost may gather by the Definition given thereof) hath
two parts, according to the two terms, <hi>à quo,</hi> &amp; <hi>ad quem;</hi> An <hi>aversion</hi> or <hi>turning away,</hi>
and A <hi>conversion</hi> or <hi>turning unto.</hi> An <hi>aversion</hi> or <hi>turning away from</hi> Satan and Sin;
that is the <hi>first</hi> part: then A <hi>conversion</hi> or <hi>turning unto</hi> God by newness of life; that
is the <hi>second</hi> part. The one is a <hi>falling off from the Creature,</hi> the other a <hi>betaking to
the Creator.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The first some call <hi>Mortification,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">
                        <hi>See</hi> Rom. 8. 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> from that phrase in Scripture of <hi>Dying to sin,</hi>
(<hi>Rom.</hi> 6. 11. <hi>Col.</hi> 3. 3.) that is,<note place="margin">Col. 3. 5.</note> of ceasing to be the servants of sin. The second,
<hi>Vivification,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Eph. 2. 5.</note> from that Scripture-phrase of <hi>Living to God,</hi> (<hi>Rom.</hi> 6. 11. <hi>Gal.</hi> 2. 19.)
that is,<note place="margin">Col. 2. 13.</note> of beginning to be to God-ward; the first receiving virtue from Christ's
death, the other from his resurrection.) For <hi>to live,</hi> in the Scripture notion, is as
much as <hi>to be;</hi> to <hi>die,</hi> as <hi>not to be.</hi> Because therefore to turn away from Satan and
Sin is to renounce them, and to be no more (theirs) under them; it is called <hi>Dying
to sin:</hi> and because to turn unto God by newness of life is to become his, and be that
to him which before we were not; it is called <hi>Living unto God.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But the more usual name of the <hi>first part of Repentance,</hi> or the act of <hi>aversion</hi> and
<hi>turning away,</hi> is <hi>Contrition;</hi> a term borrowed from the<note n="*" place="margin">Psal. 51. 17.</note> Old Testament. The other
part is simply called <hi>Conversion unto God,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Esay 57. 15. &amp; ch. 66. 2.</note> (or by some, <hi>Reformation</hi> or <hi>Newness of
Life.</hi>) I shall use some of these terms, so as not to neglect the rest. And the <hi>first part</hi>
of <hi>Repentance</hi> I will call <hi>Contrition,</hi> or <hi>Dying to sin,</hi> as the most easie expression; of
which I shall now begin to speak.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Contrition,</hi> or <hi>Dying unto sin,</hi> hath sometimes the whole name of <hi>Repentance</hi>
                     <pb n="108" facs="tcp:63175:105"/>
and <hi>Turning</hi> given to it; namely, as often as the <hi>thing to be turned from</hi> is solely men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tioned.
As <hi>Heb.</hi> 6. 1. we have <hi>repentance from dead works.</hi> S. <hi>Peter</hi> saith to <hi>Simon
Magus, Act.</hi> 8. 22. <hi>Repent of thy wickedness.</hi> S. <hi>Paul,</hi> 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 12. 21. speaks of <hi>repenting
of uncleanness, and sornication, and lasciviousness.</hi> In all which, and the like places,
<hi>Repentance</hi> seems to signifie only <hi>Contrition,</hi> or the act of aversion and turning away
from sin. Otherwise, as I have already said, it signifies the whole act of our turning,
from the beginning to the end: as appears plainly, either when <hi>both terms</hi> are men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tioned,
or but the <hi>thing</hi> or <hi>term to be turned unto:</hi> as <hi>Acts</hi> 20. 21. <hi>Repentance unto God;</hi>
and <hi>Act.</hi> 26. 20. where S. <hi>Paul</hi> saith, that he <hi>preached both to the Iews and Gentiles, that
they should repent and turn to God.</hi> For no man can <hi>turn unto God,</hi> unless he first have
<hi>turned from the Devil.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But to leave words, and come to the matter. <hi>Contrition,</hi> or <hi>Dying unto sin, is such
a Compunction of the Heart for the same as is joyned with a purpose to leave and forsake
it.</hi> Not every <hi>Compunction</hi> for sin is true <hi>Contrition,</hi> but such a <hi>Compunction</hi> only as
is joyned with a <hi>purpose</hi> to leave and forsake it. <hi>Contrition</hi> hath therefore as you see,
two parts or degrees. The first is, <hi>A Compunction of the Heart for sin;</hi> the second, <hi>A
Purpose to forsake and renounce sin.</hi> The one is a turning away from sin, in the <hi>affecti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons</hi>
or <hi>passions</hi> of the <hi>Mind;</hi> the other is a turning of the <hi>Will.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Compunction</hi> is a turning in the <hi>affections</hi> and <hi>passions</hi> of the Mind; and that not of
one passion only, but of every passion wherewith we abhor and fly a thing as evil;
as <hi>Fear, Grief,</hi> and <hi>Hate:</hi> for we must turn with our whole hearts. <hi>Fear</hi> leads the
rank, and trembles at the wrath of God and dreadful Iudgment to come, when it
shall be said to every unrepentant sinner,<note place="margin">Matt. 25. 41.</note> 
                     <hi>Depart from me, ye cursed, into everlasting
fire, prepared for the Devil and his Angels, there to be tormented for ever and ever.</hi>
For <hi>Fear</hi> is of an evil to come.</p>
                  <p>Next comes <hi>Grief,</hi> and laments that ever it was committed, whereby we have
incurred so great an evil as to become vassals of Satan, and the loss of so great a
good as the favour of Almighty God, yea of so good and gracious a God as saith
again and again, <hi>As I live, I have no pleasure in the death of the wicked, but that the
wicked turn from his ways, and live.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Ezek. 18. 23. &amp; 33. 11.</note> What wretch would have lost the favour of such
a God as this? O that it were to do again! I would never do it. For we grieve at
the presence of evil and absence of good, as we <hi>joy</hi> in the contrary.</p>
                  <p>Thirdly comes <hi>Hate,</hi> and begins to loath and detest sin as a thing not only hurtful,
but ugly and abominable, a soul and beastly thing, most contrary to and unbefitting
the nature and excellency of a Reasonable creature, as man is. For we <hi>hate</hi> that
which is contrary, and <hi>love</hi> what is agreeable to us.</p>
                  <p>These are the several motions and degrees of that <hi>Compunction of Heart</hi> whereby a
<hi>Repentant</hi> Soul turneth from his sin. And that this is the order of them, may ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pear,
because that is always first which may be without the rest. Now a man may
<hi>tremble</hi> at God's judgments for sin and wrath to come, and yet not <hi>grieve</hi> for them;
yea a man may <hi>tremble</hi> and <hi>grieve</hi> too for his sins, and yet not <hi>hate</hi> and <hi>loath</hi>
them.</p>
                  <p>But all these repentant passions of <hi>Compunction,</hi> though diverse in themselves, yet
are wont to be comprehended under the name of <hi>Sorrow</hi> and <hi>Remorse for sin:</hi> Not as
though that were the only passion in our <hi>Compunction;</hi> but because all passions of the
Mind which spring from the apprehension and sense of evil are grievous and painful,
and so may, as by a general name, be comprehended under the word <hi>Sorrow:</hi> as the
contrary passions, being pleasing and delightful to nature, may be, and are wont to
be, comprehended under the name of <hi>Pleasure.</hi> For <hi>Dolor</hi> and <hi>Voluptas,</hi> Pain and
Pleasure, divide all our Passions between them. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, saith <hi>Aristotle,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>Every action of ours is attended with some either pleasure or pain.</hi> Though
yet there be among the <hi>doleful</hi> passions a passion peculiarly called <hi>Tristitia</hi> or <hi>Sor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>row;</hi>
and among the <hi>delightful</hi> passions one likewise in special called <hi>Laetitia</hi> or
<hi>Ioy.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But all this <hi>Fear</hi> and <hi>Trembling</hi> at the wrath of God to come for sin, this <hi>Sorrow</hi>
for sin, this <hi>Hating</hi> and <hi>Loathing</hi> of sin, will not make our <hi>Contrition</hi> full and perfect,
unless our <hi>Will</hi> also do his part, and resolve to forsake and leave it. For so I defined
true <hi>Contrition,</hi> or Dying to sin, to be <hi>A compunction of the Heart for sin, joyned with
a will and resolution to forsake it.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Hath then the wrath of God Almighty, and the everlasting woe denounced
to all impenitent sinners, made thee <hi>fear</hi> and <hi>tremble?</hi> Hath thy <hi>trembling</hi> been
seconded with a true and hearty <hi>sorrow</hi> for thy sins? Hath thy <hi>sorrow</hi> been such as
<pb n="109" facs="tcp:63175:105"/>
brought forth <hi>hate</hi> and <hi>loathing</hi> of sin, so that sin appeared ugly and abominable unto
thee? Hath there then followed a <hi>Will</hi> to be rid of it, a <hi>Purpose to forsake and leave
it?</hi> Then art thou <hi>truly contrite</hi> and <hi>dead to sin-ward.</hi> With this <hi>last act</hi> thy service
of sin gave up the ghost. Thou hast turned away, bidden farewel, and shaken hands
with Sin and Satan.</p>
                  <p>An <hi>Effect</hi> of this <hi>Contrition</hi> is <hi>Confession:</hi> when out of a contrite and wounded
heart, we acknowledge and lay open our sins before the face of Almighty God (our
heavenly Father) begging pardon and forgiveness for them. A Duty always ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cessary
to be performed to God himself, whom we have chiefly and principally of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fended;
and in some cases also convenient to be made unto his Ministers, not only
for advice, but for consolation, by that power and authority which God hath given
them to exercise in his name, according to that, <hi>Whose sins ye remit, shall be remitted. For
if we confess our sins,</hi> (saith S. <hi>Iohn</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Iohn 20. 21.</note> 1 Epist. 1. 9.) <hi>he is faithful and just to forgive us our
sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness;</hi> and <hi>Proverb.</hi> 28. 13. <hi>He that co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vereth
his sins, shall not prosper; but whose confesseth and forsaketh them, shall have
mercy.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>THUS have we seen the several degrees and steps of <hi>Contrition</hi> and <hi>Dying to
sin: Trembling</hi> at the fearful doom and vengeance due unto it; <hi>Grieving</hi> for it; <hi>Hat<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing</hi>
and loathing of it; a <hi>Will</hi> and <hi>Purpose to forsake</hi> and leave it; together with the
common <hi>Effect</hi> of them, <hi>Confession.</hi> And so now we are arrived at the main <hi>Cardo</hi> and
hinge of <hi>Repentance,</hi> the Ioynt where the two parts thereof, <hi>Aversion</hi> and <hi>Conversion,</hi>
meet and are knit together: For where the Act of <hi>Aversion</hi> from sin endeth, there
<hi>Conversion</hi> unto God begins. The <hi>last Act</hi> of <hi>turning</hi> from sin was that of the <hi>Will,</hi>
to <hi>forsake</hi> and <hi>leave</hi> it: The same Act is the beginning of our turning unto God. For
no man can resolve to forsake and leave sin, but he must purpose also to lead a new
life to God: Nor can any man have a purpose to lead a new life, but he must withal
resolve to leave sin. This is then the main Ioynt of <hi>Repentance,</hi> where the Spirit and
Grace of God (the <hi>vis</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> of our Regeneration, which from the beginning
stirred our hearts) gives that great and powerful lift which doth the deed.</p>
                  <p>Here and not before now, that <hi>Faith</hi> in the Gospel, which applies and reaches hold
of Christ, first comes in to give life unto <hi>Repentance,</hi> as a <hi>Soul</hi> unto a <hi>Body.</hi> Which
union of <hi>Faith</hi> and <hi>Repentance</hi> (as I said in the beginning of this Discourse) makes the
<hi>Regeneration</hi> of a spiritual man; as the union of the Soul with the Body makes the ge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neration
of a natural man. And as in natural generation, the Soul is not infused at the
first conception, but after the Body hath been in some measure fashioned and formed:
So in our Regeneration, or generation spiritual, <hi>Iustifying Faith,</hi> or that Faith where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>by
the Soul flies unto and relies upon Christ, hath no place till <hi>Repentance</hi> be come to
the <hi>last degree</hi> of <hi>Contrition.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Matt. 11. 28.</note> For then our Saviour inviteth a sinner to come unto
him, and not till then: <hi>Come unto me,</hi> saith he, <hi>all ye that labour, and are heavie la<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>den,</hi>
(that is, all ye that are contrite, and groan under the burthen of your sins,)
<hi>and I will ease you.</hi> Till then he invites them not, as being not till then fit to be
eased; <hi>For the whole hath no need of the Physician, but the sick.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Matt. 9. 17.</note> I speak not of an <hi>Histo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rical</hi>
faith, whereby a man believes in general, that Christ is the Saviour of man<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>kind;
nor of a <hi>Legal,</hi> wherewith a man believes the punishments and threatnings of
the Law, (for these may be, yea are, before Repentance:) but of a <hi>Saving</hi> faith,
which applies Christ as a salve to a sick and wounded soul.</p>
                  <p>BUT now, to dwell no longer upon the connexion of the two parts, let us
see what are the degrees also of this second part, namely, <hi>of Turning and Living
unto God,</hi> by a new and reformed life, answerable to the degrees of the former
part, which was <hi>Dying and Turning from sin.</hi> Where first we are to know,
that because <hi>Turning to</hi> a thing, and <hi>Turning from</hi> a thing, are motions of a con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trary
nature; therefore the degrees of our <hi>Turning unto God</hi> are to be ran<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ked
in a clean contrary order to those of our <hi>Turning from sin.</hi> For the first
degree here, is the <hi>Act of the Will,</hi> which as it concluded our <hi>Turning from
sin,</hi> by resolving to forsake it, so it begins our <hi>Turning unto God,</hi> by a firm
purpose of Heart to serve him thenceforth in newness of life. After this, the
<hi>Affections</hi> begin to act their parts answerably, and as it were to eccho the good
choice the <hi>Will</hi> hath made.</p>
                  <p>First <hi>Love,</hi> when a man begins to find himself affected and enamoured with this
change of life. After <hi>Love</hi> comes <hi>Delight,</hi> when the Penitent takes some pleasure
in doing the duties whereby God is served, and finds joy and comfort in his favour.
From whence in the third place springs <hi>Hope of the reward;</hi> namely to be partaker of
<pb n="110" facs="tcp:63175:106"/>
the glory and life to come, promised unto all those who unfeignedly turn to
God, and set themselves to do his will. But we must know, that <hi>these Affections</hi>
appear not all at once, nor in like measure, but according as a mans growth and
proficiency in <hi>Conversion</hi> is more or less.</p>
                  <p>Howsoever the inseparable <hi>Effects</hi> of this second part of Repentance are <hi>good
works,</hi> or, as the Scripture calls them,<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>works worthy of,</hi> or <hi>meet for,</hi> or <hi>beseeming
Repentance;</hi> that is, works of Religion towards God, and of Righteousness to<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wards
men. <hi>I shewed</hi> (saith S. <hi>Paul,</hi> Acts 26. 20.) <hi>first to the Iews, and then to the
Gentiles, that they should repent and turn to God, and do works meet for repentance.</hi>
Without such works, he that saith he is turned unto God, and yet doth them not,
is a lier and deceives his own soul.</p>
                  <p>THUS much of the <hi>second</hi> part of <hi>Repentance.</hi> I will conclude this whole
Discourse with these two excellent descriptions of <hi>Repentance</hi> in the Prophets <hi>Esay</hi>
and <hi>Ezekiel,</hi> which contain the Sum of what I have hitherto spoken concerning
the same.</p>
                  <p>For thus saith <hi>Esay,</hi> chap. 1. 16. <hi>Wash ye, make ye clean, put away the evil of your
doings from mine eyes, saith the Lord, cease to do evil:</hi> This is the <hi>first</hi> part of Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pentance. V. 17. <hi>Learn to do well, seek judgment, relieve the oppressed, judge the father<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>less,
plead for the widow:</hi> This is the <hi>second</hi> part.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Ezek.</hi> ch. 33. v. 14, 15. thus; <hi>When I say unto the wicked</hi> (saith the Lord) <hi>Thou
shal<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> surely die; if he turn from his sin,</hi> [there is <hi>Contrition,</hi> the <hi>first</hi> part] <hi>and do
that which is lawful and right; If he restore the pledge, give again that he had robbed,
walk in the Statutes of life, without committing iniquity</hi> [here ye fee the <hi>fruit of a
New life,</hi> the <hi>second</hi> part] <hi>he shall surely live, he shall not die.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <div type="section">
                     <head>Believe the Gospel.</head>
                     <p>THUS much shall suffice to have spoken of <hi>Repentance,</hi> the <hi>first</hi> part of our
Regeneration. I come to the <hi>second, Faith in the Gospel, Repent, and believe the Gospel.</hi>
Where first I will shew, What this <hi>Gospel</hi> is; secondly, What it is <hi>to believe it,</hi> or,
What is that <hi>Faith</hi> concerning it which our Saviour here requires.</p>
                     <p>For the First; <hi>The Gospel is the glad tidings of Salvation to be attained by Christ;
who by taking away of sin, reconciles us unto his Father, that through him we might turn
unto God, and perform service and obedience acceptable unto eternal life.</hi> Before I prove
every part of this Description out of Scripture, and explain the same as shall be
needful for your understanding, we will first speak of the <hi>Antiquity</hi> of this <hi>Gospel,</hi>
and shew when these <hi>glad tidings</hi> were made known to the sons of men.</p>
                     <p>Know therefore, that albeit the Fulfilling and solemn publication thereof were
not until our Saviour's coming, yet <hi>the Promise</hi> of the same was from the daies of
old, even as ancient as the time of man's sin; and afterwards continued and repeated
all the time of the Covenant of the Law, until the Mediatour of the New Covenant
came in the flesh. For when the Devil, abusing the shape of a Serpent, had seduced
our first Parents unto sin, and so had gotten dominion over them and theirs by this
title; the <hi>Gospel</hi> or <hi>Promise of a Redeemer</hi> (that they might not be without all
comfort) was given them in these words, <hi>The seed of the woman shall break the Ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pent's
head.</hi> The Serpent's head is Satan's soveraignty, which is <hi>Principatus mortis,</hi>
the soveraignty or principality of death; a Soveraignty that whosoever is under, is
liable to death both temporal and eternal; the power thereof consisting not in saving
and giving life, but in destroying both of body and Soul. The Sword whereby this
dominion is obtained,<note place="margin">1 Cor. 15. 56.</note> the Sceptre whereby it is maintained, or, as S. <hi>Paul</hi> speaks, the
<hi>Sting</hi> of this Serpent's head, is <hi>Sin.</hi> This is that which got this dominion at the
first, and the title whereby he still maintaineth the remainder of his jurisdiction in
the world. This Soveraignty, this Headship of the Devil, One to be born of man<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>kind,
the <hi>Seed of the woman</hi> (which is Christ our Lord) should one day destroy and
overthrow; as was then promised, and we at this day see fulfilled.</p>
                     <p>But this <hi>Promise</hi> was <hi>general,</hi> and not yet restrained to any part of mankind, but so
that any son of <hi>Adam</hi> might, for ought was yet revealed, be the progenitor of <hi>that
Seed</hi> which should deliver man from the Devil's thraldom, and reconcile him to his
God. But when God called <hi>Abraham</hi> forth of <hi>Vr</hi> of the <hi>Chaldees,</hi> the <hi>Promise</hi> was
made <hi>more special,</hi> being restrained to the off-spring of his loyns: For the Almighty
tells him once, and again, and the third time, That <hi>in his seed all the Nations of the
earth should be blessed,</hi> Gen. 12. 3. ch. 18. 18. &amp; ch. 22. 18.</p>
                     <p>
                        <pb n="111" facs="tcp:63175:106"/>
Now <hi>Abraham</hi> had two sons, <hi>Ishmael</hi> the
son of the bond-woman, and <hi>Isaac</hi> the son of <hi>Sarah</hi> his wife. Of which of these two the <hi>promised Seed</hi> should come was
yet indifferent, till God entailed it to <hi>Isaac;</hi> both telling <hi>Abraham,</hi>
                        <note n="*" place="margin">Gen. 21. 12.</note> That <hi>in Isaac
his seed should be called,</hi> and repeating to <hi>Isaac</hi> the <hi>Promise</hi> made to <hi>Abraham,</hi> That
<hi>in his seed all the nations of the earth should be blessed,</hi> Gen. 26. 4.</p>
                     <p>
                        <hi>Isaac</hi> had two sons, <hi>Esau</hi> and <hi>Iacob: Esau</hi> was excluded, and the <hi>Promise</hi> entailed
to <hi>Iacob,</hi> That <hi>in his seed all the families of the earth should be blessed,</hi> Gen. 28. 14.
that is, the <hi>blessed Seed</hi> should come of his loyns.</p>
                     <p>Of <hi>Iacob</hi> came the <hi>twelve Patriarchs,</hi> and of them the <hi>twelve Tribes</hi> of <hi>Israel,</hi> among
whom the <hi>Promise</hi> of the <hi>blessed Seed</hi> was entailed to the Tribe of <hi>Iudah,</hi> and of
him promised That <hi>Shiloh</hi> (that is, the <hi>Saviour</hi> or <hi>Peace-maker</hi>) to whom the Nati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons
were to be gathered, should come. <hi>The Sceptre</hi> saith the Text, <hi>shall not depart
from Iudah, nor a Law-giver from between his feet, until Shiloh come, and unto him the
gathering of the people be,</hi> Gen. 49. 10.</p>
                     <p>After this Tribe was multiplied, and some hundreds of years together with the
other Tribes setled in the land of <hi>Canaan,</hi> the <hi>Promise</hi> was made <hi>yet more special,</hi>
and entailed to <hi>David,</hi> a man of that Tribe, whom God exalted to be King of his
people, as a Type of that Blessed King to come. And to this all the Prophets bear
witness, That <hi>Messiah</hi> the Redeemer should be a <hi>Rod out of the stem of Iesse, a Branch</hi>
or <hi>Impe</hi> of <hi>David,</hi> the Son and Heir <hi>of David's house,</hi> yea <hi>another David.</hi> For un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der
these terms <hi>Esaiah, Ieremiah, Ezekiel, Zachary,</hi> prophesy of him, and the rest
of the Prophets to like purpose.</p>
                     <p>And this was the last limitation of the <hi>blessed Seed</hi> until the Angel <hi>Gabriel</hi> was
sent of God to a Virgin of the house of <hi>David,</hi> with a message, That God had cho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sen
her of all <hi>David's</hi> house to be that <hi>highly favoured one,</hi> and that blessed Mother
of that Great King who <hi>should be called the Son of the Highest, of whose Kingdom there
should be no end,</hi> Luke 1. 32, 33.</p>
                     <p>Thus was the <hi>Gospel</hi> or <hi>glad tidings of a Redeemer</hi> prophesied; and not only so,
but it was also signified and sealed by the <hi>Types</hi> and <hi>Shadows</hi> of the <hi>Law.</hi> For the
Legal Sacrifices, which were offered to make atonement for sin, were nothing else
but shadows and representations of that <hi>Offering upon the Cross</hi> which <hi>Messiah</hi> was one
day to make of himself for the sins of the world. For the way whereby the <hi>blessed
Seed</hi> should vanquish Satan, and redeem his Elect out of his power and jurisdiction,
was by becoming a <hi>Sacrifice for sin,</hi> so to cancel the title whereby the Devil held the
world in thraldom.</p>
                     <p>This was foreshewed unto <hi>Abraham,</hi> unto whose loyns, as ye have heard the <hi>Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mise</hi>
of the <hi>blessed Seed</hi> was first confined. For when <hi>Sarah</hi> had born him his son
<hi>Isaac,</hi> the son wherein his seed should be called, and so either himself to be that <hi>happy
Seed,</hi> or the progenitor of the same; God, to reveal unto him by way of mysterie,
how that Seed of his should make all the Nations of the earth blessed,<note place="margin">Of this see <hi>Dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>course</hi> XIII.</note> commanded him
to take his Son <hi>Isaac,</hi> the only hope and pledge of that happy and <hi>blessed Seed,</hi> and to
offer him for a burnt-offering to the Lord upon the mountains of <hi>Moriah:</hi> to intimate
and signifie, that this <hi>blessed Seed</hi> of <hi>Abraham</hi> should suffer death, and by sacrifice of
himself redeem the world from the claws of the Serpent; yea and more than so, that
he should be offered even in that very place, even in the land of <hi>Moriah:</hi> and so he
was; for there was <hi>Ierusalem</hi> and the Temple for Sacrifice afterwards builded. But
when <hi>Abraham</hi> had brought his son to the place appointed, had built an Altar there,
and made all things fit, and was now ready to slay his son; the Angel of the Lord
stayed his hand, and shewed him a <hi>Ram</hi> caught in a thicket by the horns; which
<hi>Ram Abraham</hi> took and offered for a burnt-offering in stead of his own son: To sig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nifie,
that the offering of the <hi>blessed Seed</hi> should be yet suspended, and that God in
the mean while would accept the offerings of Bulls and Rams, as a pledge of that
expiation which the <hi>blessed Seed</hi> of <hi>Abraham</hi> should one day make. So this wonder<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ful
Story was to be <hi>the Key of the Sacrifices</hi> of the Law, whereby it might be known
what they meant, and whither they tended: namely, That the bloud of Bulls and
Rams and other Beasts of themselves do not work atonement for sin, but only as
they were ordained by God to stand for <hi>Types</hi> and <hi>Pledges</hi> of the Sacrifice of Christ
to come. Which that they might the more lively express, God so disposed, that that
very place where the Ram was offered in stead of <hi>Isaac,</hi> should be the place of Sacri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fice
for <hi>Israel.</hi> For there it was where the Lord answered <hi>David</hi> by fire from
heaven, and so designed it for the place which he had chosen for his Altar. There
<hi>David</hi> pitched him a Tabernacle; there <hi>Solomon</hi> built him his Temple.</p>
                     <p>
                        <pb n="112" facs="tcp:63175:107"/>By all which it is plain and manifest, That the Fathers in the Old Testament un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der
the Law were saved by Christ as well as we: but with this difference, That to
them Christ was but in promise, and hoped for; to us he is already sent and exhibited:
To them the mysterie of Redemption by him was obscure and dark, as known but
for the general, <hi>That it should be,</hi> not in particular for the manner, <hi>How it should be;</hi> but
to us all is open and revealed: Their Faith groped after shadows; but ours lays hold
on the substance. And let this Information be the Use of this Discourse.</p>
                     <p>This being premised touching <hi>the Promise of Christ</hi> so long before he came, and
how the <hi>Mysterie of his Gospel</hi> was pourtraied by <hi>Types</hi> and <hi>Shadows</hi> before it was
openly revealed and exhibited; I come to confirm and explain the Description
I gave thereof; to wit, <hi>That it is the glad tidings of Salvation to be attained by
Christ,</hi> &amp;c.</p>
                     <p>I say, It is <hi>the glad tidings;</hi> for so the name thereof both in the Greek and in our
English imports: For <hi>Spell</hi> in old English was to <hi>speak</hi> or <hi>read,</hi> and so <hi>Gospel</hi> is as
much as <hi>Good spell,</hi> that is, <hi>the good speak</hi> or <hi>say,</hi> the good tidings, the word of good
news. Under which name it was revealed by the Angel to the Shepherds who were
watching their flock in the fields the night our Saviour was born; <hi>Behold,</hi> saith the
Angel. <hi>I bring you good tidings of great joy which shall be to all people: For unto you is
born this day a Saviour, which is Christ the Lord,</hi> Luk. 2. 10, 11.</p>
                     <p>I call it the <hi>glad tidings of Salvation to be attained by Christ;</hi> for so much the name
of <hi>Saviour</hi> implies. And saith S. <hi>Paul, 1 Tim. 1. 15. This is a faithful saying, and wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thy
of all acceptation, That Iesus Christ came into the world to save sinners. Neither is
there</hi> (saith S. <hi>Peter</hi> Acts 4. 12.) <hi>Salvation in any other; for there is no other name un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der
heaven given among men, whereby we must be saved.</hi>
                     </p>
                     <p>The next words I used, shew the way and manner how and whereby Christ pur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chased
this Salvation unto men, and the means whereby it is attained through him:
namely, by <hi>cancelling of sin by his alonement made he reconciles us to his Father, that we
through him might turn unto God, and perform works of obedience acceptable unto eternal
life.</hi> All which was foretold by <hi>Daniel,</hi> chap. 9. 24. where prophesying of the time
of <hi>Messiah's</hi> coming, he said, <hi>Seventy weeks were determined upon the people, and upon
the holy city, to finish transgression, and to make an end of sin, and to make reconcilia<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
for iniquity, and to bring in everlasting righteousness.</hi>
                     </p>
                     <p>To prove in particular that Christ dyed for sin, I shall not need. No man that ever
read the Gospel but knows it. That by the atonement he made for sin by death he
hath reconciled us to his Father, is as evident by what S. <hi>Paul</hi> tells us 2 Cor. 5. 19.
<hi>That God was in Christ reconciling the world unto himself, not imputing their trespasses to
them.</hi> That the ministery of the Gospel is <hi>the Ministery of reconciliation,</hi> v. 18. whose
Ministers <hi>as Embassadors for Christ, beseech men in Christ's stead to be reconciled unto
God,</hi> v. 20. For by reason of Sin all mankind is at enmity with God, and liable to
eternal wrath: Christ, by taking our sins upon him, abolished this enmity, and set
us at peace with God his Father, according to that the Quire of Angels sang at his
blessed Birth,<note place="margin">Luke 2. 14.</note> 
                        <hi>Glory be to God on high, and on earth Peace, Good-will towards men:</hi> that
is, <hi>Glory</hi> be ascribed to God, forasmuch as <hi>Peace</hi> was come upon earth, and <hi>Good-will</hi>
towards men.</p>
                     <p>All this is plain. But that which the greatest part of men (as may be guessed by
their practice) seem to make question of, is, that last parcel of my Description;
That therefore Christ took away sin and reconciled us to his Father, <hi>that we might
through him, whose righteousness is imputed to us, perform works of piety and obedience,
which God should accept and crown with eternal life.</hi> But that this is also <hi>a part of the
Gospel,</hi> as well as the former, is plain and evident. First, by that of S. <hi>Peter,</hi> 1 Ep. ch.
2. ver. 24. where he tells us, That <hi>Christ his own self bare our sins in his own body on
the tree, that we being dead to sin, might live unto righteousness.</hi> Secondly, by that of
the Apostle <hi>Paul</hi> to <hi>Titus</hi> ch. 2. 11, &amp;c. <hi>The grace of God</hi> (saith he) <hi>that bringeth Sal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vation
hath appeared unto all men:</hi> Wherefore? <hi>Teaching us, that denying ungodliness and
worldly lusts, we should live soberly, righteously, and godly in this present world; Looking
for that blessed hope, the glorious appearing of the great God, and our Saviour Iesus
Christ; Who gave himself for us, that he might redeem us from all iniquity, and pu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rifie
unto himself a peculiar people zealous of good works.</hi> Is not this plain?
Thirdly, by that of the same Apostle, <hi>Eph.</hi> 2. 10. where the Apostle having told
us (v. 8, 9.) that we <hi>are saved by grace, through faith, and not of works</hi> (that is,
not according to the <hi>Covenant of works,</hi> wherein the exact performance was re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quired)
<hi>lest any man should boast,</hi> namely, that he was not beholden to God for grace
<pb n="113" facs="tcp:63175:107"/>
and favour in rewarding him; he adds presently, lest his meaning might be mistaken,
That <hi>we are God's workmanship, created in Christ Iesus unto good works, which God
hath before ordained</hi> (<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>) <hi>that we should walk in them.</hi> As if he should
say, Though of our selves we are no ways able to perform those works of obedience
ordained by God aforetime in his Law for us to walk in, yet now God hath, as it
were, new created us in Christ, that we might perform them in him; namely, by
way of acceptation, though they come short of that exactness which the Law
requireth. And thus to be saved, is to be saved by grace and favour, and not by the
merit of works; because the foundation whereby our selves and services are approv<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
in the eyes of God and have promise of reward, is the mere favour of God in
<hi>Iesus</hi> Christ, and not any thing in us or them.</p>
                     <p>Agreeable to these Scriptures is that in the <hi>Revelation,</hi> where glory is ascribed to
<hi>Iesus</hi> Christ <hi>who loved us, and washed us from our sins in his own bloud,</hi>
                        <note place="margin">Rev. 1. 5. 6.</note> 
                        <hi>and hath made
us Kings and Priests unto God his Father;</hi> that is, <hi>that he might make</hi> us kings and
Priests unto God his Father. For [<hi>and</hi>] is here to be taken <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, for [<hi>that.</hi>]
Kings, to subdue the world, the flesh, and the Devil; Priests, to offer Sacrifices
of prayer, thanksgiving, works of mercy, and other acceptable services to our
heavenly Father.</p>
                     <p>Moreover and besides these express Scriptures, this Truth may be yet further con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>firmed
by Demonstration and Reason. <hi>Repentance is a forsaking of sin to serve God
in newness of life.</hi> Now the <hi>Gospel includes Repentance</hi> as the <hi>subject</hi> wherein it
worketh, as the <hi>Body</hi> which it enliveneth as a <hi>Soul.</hi> Or, to use a similitude from
<hi>weaving,</hi> Repentance is the warp of the Gospel, and the Gospel the woof of Repen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tance:
Repentance is as the warp which the Gospel, by the shuttle of Faith, runs
through as the woof, whence proceeds the web of Regeneration. Therefore is <hi>Repen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tance</hi>
everywhere joyned with the <hi>Gospel:</hi> Both <hi>Iohn Baptist</hi> and our Saviour so pub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lished
it, <hi>Repent, for the Kingdom of heaven is at hand: Repent,</hi> and <hi>believe the Gospel.</hi>
Our Saviour in his last words or commission to his Disciples tells them, <hi>Luk.</hi> 24. 47.
that <hi>Repentance and Remission of sins</hi> (which is the Gospel) <hi>should be preached in his
Name among all Nations, beginning at Ierusalem.</hi> All which is elsewhere comprised
in the sole name of <hi>preaching the Gospel:</hi> which argues that the <hi>Gospel</hi> of Christ, and
consequently our <hi>Faith</hi> in the same, supposeth <hi>Repentance</hi> as the ground to do its
work upon. So S. <hi>Peter,</hi> in his first Sermon, <hi>Acts</hi> 2. 38. conjoyns them, <hi>Repent</hi>
(saith he,) <hi>and be baptized in the name of Iesus Christ, for the remission of sins:</hi> as
if he had said, Repent; and that thy Repentance may be available, betake thy self
to Christ, become a disciple and a member of his Kingdom. S. <hi>Paul</hi> likewise taught
the Gospel in like manner, for himself tells us so, <hi>Acts</hi> 20. 21. <hi>that he testified both
to Iews and Gentiles, Repentance toward God, and Faith toward our Lord Iesus Christ.
Repentance</hi> therefore and the <hi>Gospel</hi> cannot be separated. If Repentance includes
newness of life and good works, the Gospel doth so. For Christ is the way of Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pentance;
without Repentance there is no use of Christ, and without Christ Repen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tance
is unavailable, and nothing worth: for without him we can neither be quit of
the sins we forsake, nor turn by a new life unto God with hope of being received.
He is the blessed Ferry-man, and his Gospel is the Boat, provided by the unspeaka<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ble
mercy of God, for the passage of this Sea. As therefore in Repentance, we forsake
sin to serve God in newness of life; so in the tenour of the Gospel, Christ delivers
us from sin, that we might through Faith in him bring forth the fruits and works of
a new life acceptable to our heavenly Father.</p>
                     <p>Hence it is that we shall be judged and receive our sentence at the last day accord<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
to our works: <hi>Come ye blessed of my Father,</hi>
                        <note place="margin">Mat. 25. 34. &amp;c.</note> 
                        <hi>inherit the kingdom prepared for you
from the foundation of the world: For I was hungry, and ye gave me meat; I was thirsty,
and ye gave me drink; I was a stranger, and ye took me in; naked, and ye clothed me;
I was sick, and ye visited me; I was in prison, and ye came unto me.</hi>
                        <note place="margin">Vers. 42.</note> 
                        <hi>Forasmuch as ye
have done these things unto the least of my brethren, ye have done them unto me.</hi> Lord!
how do those look to be saved at that day, who think <hi>good works</hi> not required to
Salvation, and accordingly do them not? Can our Saviour pass this blessed sen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tence
upon them? No; assuredly he will not.</p>
                     <p>But if the case be thus in the Gospel; What is the reason, will some men, say, that
the Apostle tells us,<note place="margin">Rom 6. 14. Gal. 5. 18. &amp; 2. 16.</note> that we Christians <hi>are no longer under the Law, nor justified by
the works of the Law?</hi> but <hi>under Grace,</hi> and <hi>justified by Faith only?</hi>
                        <note place="margin">Rom. 3. 28. and elsewhere.</note>
                     </p>
                     <p>I answer, It is true, that we are <hi>justified,</hi> that is, freed and acquitted from sin, by
<hi>Faith only:</hi> But besides <hi>Iustification,</hi> there is a <hi>Sanctification,</hi> with the works of piety
<pb n="114" facs="tcp:63175:108"/>
towards God and righteousness towards men, as the Fruits, yea as the End of our
Iustification, required to eternal life: For therefore we are <hi>justified,</hi> that we might
do works acceptable to our heavenly Father through the imputation of the Righte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ousness
of Christ (which of our selves we could not,) and so obtain the reward he
hath promised the doers of them.</p>
                     <p>As for the <hi>Law,</hi> it is to be considered either as a <hi>Rule,</hi> and so we are bound to
conform and frame our actions to it, (for who dare deny but a Christian is bound
to fear God and keep his Commandments?) or the <hi>Law</hi> may be considered as it is
taken for the <hi>Covenant of works.</hi> The Apostle, when he disputes of this argument,
by the <hi>Law</hi> means the <hi>Covenant of works,</hi> which he also calls<note n="*" place="margin">Rom. 3. 27.</note> 
                        <hi>The Law of works;</hi> and
by <hi>Faith,</hi> and the <hi>Law of Faith,</hi> he understands the <hi>Covenant of grace,</hi> the <hi>condition</hi>
whereof is <hi>Faith:</hi> as will easily appear to him that shall diligently read the third
and fourth chapters of the Epistle to the <hi>Galatians,</hi> where he expresly changeth
those terms of <hi>Law</hi> and <hi>Faith</hi> into the equivalent appellations of the <hi>Two Cove<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nants.</hi>
                     </p>
                     <p>Now as the <hi>Law</hi> is taken for the <hi>Covenant of works</hi> (the Seal whereof was <hi>Cir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cumcision</hi>)
'tis true, we are not under it. For the <hi>Covenant of works,</hi> called by the
Apostle <hi>the Law,</hi> is that Covenant wherein <hi>Works</hi> are the <hi>condition</hi> on our part,
which if we perform in every point as the Law requires, we are justified before God,
as keepers of his Covenant; otherwise, if we fail in the least thing, we are con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>demned
as guilty of the breach thereof. Under this Covenant we are not; for if
we were, and were to be judged according to it, alas! who could be saved? For,
<hi>all</hi> (saith the Apostle) <hi>have sinned,</hi>
                        <note place="margin">Rom. 3. 23, 10.</note> 
                        <hi>and come short of the glory of God. There is none
righteous, no not one.</hi>
                     </p>
                     <p>But the Covenant we are under, is, <hi>Believe, and thou shalt be saved;</hi> the <hi>Covenant
of Grace:</hi> the condition of which Covenant, on our part, is not the doing of works
which may abide the Touch-stone of the Law; but Faith in <hi>Iesus Christ,</hi> which
makes our <hi>works,</hi> though of themselves insufficient and short of what the Law re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quires,
accepted of God and capable of reward. This is that S. <hi>Iohn</hi> saith, 1 Ep. 5.
3, 4. That to <hi>love God, is to keep his commandments, and his commandments</hi> (now
under the Gospel) <hi>are not grievous. For whatsoever is born of God, overcomes the
world: and this is the victory that overcometh the world, even our Faith, &amp;c.</hi> Whence
our Saviour also saith, that <hi>his yoke</hi> (the yoke of the Gospel) <hi>was easie, and his bur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>then
light.</hi>
                        <note place="margin">Matt. 11. 30.</note> The condition of the first Covenant was that which we could not do;
the condition of the second Covenant is that which enableth us to do, and makes ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cepted
what we can do: and this is the Covenant of the Gospel, a Covenant of sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vour
and grace through <hi>Iesus</hi> Christ our Lord.</p>
                     <p>And thus we have seen what the Apostle's meaning is, when he saith, <hi>we are not
under the Law, but under Grace.</hi> Not as though a Christian were not bound to walk
after God's commandments; but that the <hi>exact fulfilling of them</hi> is not the condition
whereby we are <hi>justified</hi> in the New Covenant, but <hi>Faith</hi> in <hi>Iesus</hi> Christ, in whom
whosoever cometh unto the Father, is accepted, be his offering never so mean, so
it be tendered with sincerity and truth of heart.</p>
                     <p>Most unworthy therefore should we be of this so great and unspeakable favour of
Almighty God our heavenly Father, offered us in the Gospel, if when he hath given
us his only Son, to make the yoak of our obedience easie and possible to be born,
we, contemning this superabundant grace, should refuse to wear and draw therein.
Far be it from the heart of a Christian, to think it possible to have any benefit by
Christ as long as he stands thus affected; or ever to win the prize of eternal life,
without running the race appointed thereunto. <hi>Shall we sin that grace may abound?</hi>
saith S. <hi>Paul, God forbid.</hi>
                        <note n="*" place="margin">Rom. 6. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>.</note>
                     </p>
                     <p>THUS much of the <hi>Gospel.</hi> Now of <hi>Faith,</hi> whereby we are partakers of the
grace therein, being the <hi>condition</hi> of the <hi>New Covenant</hi> which God hath struck with
men.</p>
                     <p>
                        <hi>Faith is</hi> to believe the Gospel, that is, to attain Salvation through Christ. But
there is a three-fold Faith wherewith men believe in Christ. 1. There is a <hi>false Faith:</hi>
2. there is a <hi>true Faith,</hi> but not a saving: and 3. there is a <hi>saving Faith.</hi>
                     </p>
                     <p>A <hi>false Faith</hi> is, to believe to attain Salvation by Christ any other way than God
hath ordained; as namely, to believe to attain Salvation through him without works
of obedience to be accepted of God in him: which is a Faith whereof there is no
Gospel. A <hi>true Faith is,</hi> to believe Salvation to be attained through obedience to
God in <hi>Iesus</hi> Christ, who by his merits and satisfaction for sin makes our selves and
<pb n="115" facs="tcp:63175:108"/>
our works acceptable to his Father. A <hi>saving</hi> and <hi>justifying Faith</hi> is, to believe this
so as to embrace and lay hold upon Christ for that end, to apply our selves unto him
and rely upon him, that we may through him perform those works of obedience
which God hath promised to reward with eternal life. For a <hi>justifying Faith</hi> stays
not only in the <hi>Brain,</hi> but stirs up the <hi>Will</hi> to receive and enjoy the good believed,
according as it is promised. This <hi>motion</hi> or <hi>election of the Will</hi> is that which maketh
the difference between a <hi>saving Faith</hi> which joyns us to Christ, and that which is <hi>true</hi>
indeed, but <hi>not saving,</hi> but <hi>dogmatical</hi> and <hi>opinionative</hi> only. And this motion or
applying of the <hi>Will</hi> to Christ, this embracing of Christ and the Promises of the Gos<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pel
through him, is that which the Scripture, when it speaks of this <hi>Faith,</hi> calleth
<hi>coming unto Christ,</hi> or <hi>the receiving of him. Come unto me, all ye that are heavy-laden,
and I will ease you,</hi> Matth. 11. 28. See <hi>Iohn</hi> 5. 40. and chap. 6. 37, 44, 45. So for
<hi>receiving,</hi> Iohn 1. 12. <hi>As many as received him, to them he gave power</hi> (or priviledge)
<hi>to be the sons of God, even to them that believe on his Name;</hi> where <hi>receiving</hi> and <hi>belie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving,</hi>
one expounds another.</p>
                     <p>Now if this be the <hi>Faith</hi> which is <hi>saving</hi> and unites us unto Christ, and none
other; then it is plain that a <hi>saving Faith</hi> cannot be severed from <hi>good works,</hi> because
no man can embrace Christ as he is promised, but he must apply himself to do them.
Would we then know whether our <hi>Faith</hi> be <hi>true</hi> and <hi>saving,</hi> and not counterfeit?
This is the only sign and note whereby we may know it; if we find these fruits there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>of
in our lives and conversations. For, 1 Iohn 1. 6. <hi>If we say we have fellowship with
Christ, and walk in darkness, we lye, and do not the truth.</hi> Ch. 2. 3. <hi>Hereby we know
that we know him,</hi> (namely, to be our <hi>Advocate with the Father,</hi> and <hi>the propitiation
for our sins) if we keep his Commandments.</hi> And ch. 3. 7. <hi>Little children, let no man
deceive you: He that doth righteousness, is righteous, even as Christ is righteous.</hi> For if
every one that believes in Christ truly and savingly, believes that Salvation is to be
attained by obeying God in him, and so embraces and lays hold on him for that end;
how can such a ones Faith be fruitless?</p>
                  </div>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="27" type="discourse">
               <head>DISCOURSE XXVII.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>Acts 5. 3, 4, 5.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>
                        <p>But Peter said, Ananias, why hath Satan filled thine heart to lie
to the holy Ghost, and to purloin of the price of the land?</p>
                        <p>Whiles it remained, was it not thine own? and after it was sold, was
it not in thy power? why hast thou conceived this thing in thine
heart? Thou hast not lied unto men, but unto God.</p>
                        <p>And Ananias hearing these words, fell down and gave up the ghost.</p>
                     </q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>IN the 110. <hi>Psalm,</hi> where our Saviour is Prophetically described
in the Person of <hi>a King,</hi> advanced to the Throne of Divine Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jesty,
glorious and victorious, <hi>The Lord said unto my Lord, Sit
thou on my right hand, till I make thine enemies thy footstool,<note place="margin">Verse 1.</note> &amp;c.</hi>
amongst other Kingly Attributes and Graces it is said, (if it be
translated as it should be) That <hi>his people in the day of his power
should offer him Free-will-offerings;</hi> that is,<note place="margin">Verse 3.</note> bring him Presents
at <hi>the day of his Inauguration</hi> or <hi>Investment,</hi> as a sign of their <hi>Ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mage.</hi>
For so was the manner of the East to do unto their Kings:
and therefore when <hi>Saul</hi> was anointed King by <hi>Samuel,</hi> it is said of those <hi>sons of De<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ial,</hi>
which <hi>despised</hi> and acknowledged him not,<note place="margin">1 Sam. 10. 27.</note> that <hi>they brought him no presents:</hi> But of
<hi>Messiah's</hi> people it is said, <hi>Thy people in the day of thy power</hi> (that is, the day when
thou shalt enter upon thy power, or <hi>the day of thy Investment) shall be <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> a
people of free presents,</hi> or <hi>shall bring thee Free-will-offerings.</hi> It is an Elliptical speech,
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, and rightly expressed in the
<pb n="116" facs="tcp:63175:109"/>
Translation of our Service-Book,<note place="margin">Acts 5. 3, 4.</note> 
                     <hi>Thy people shall offer</hi> (or <hi>bring) the Free-will-offer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ings.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>This we see fulfilled in the Story of the foregoing Chapter, when after our Savi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>our's
ascension into heaven to sit at the right hand of God, which was <hi>the day of his po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wer</hi>
or Inauguration in his Kingdom, assoon as this his <hi>Investment</hi> was published by
sending of the Holy Ghost, presently such as believed in him, that is, submitted them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>selves
to his power, and acknowledged him to be their King, dedicated their goods
and possessions to his service, selling their lands and houses, and laying down the mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ney
at the Apostles feet; namely, to be distributed as were the sacred Offerings of
the Law, partly to the maintenance and furnishing of the Apostles for the work
whereabout they were sent, and partly for the relief of the poor Believers, which be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>longed
to Christ's provision.</p>
                  <p>According to this Example one <hi>Ananias</hi> with <hi>Sapphira</hi> his wife consecrated also a
possession of theirs unto God, and sold the same to that purpose; but having so
done, covetousness tickling them, they purloined from the price, and brought but a
part of the summe, and laid it down at the Apostles feet. <hi>Then said Peter</hi> (according
to the words I have read) <hi>Why hath Satan</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>So in</hi> F<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>th. 7. 5. 'tis <hi>said,</hi> Who is he <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> whose heart hath filled him (<hi>we read it,</hi> that durst presume) to do so? <hi>Lud. de Dieu</hi> in <hi>Io. 11. &amp; Act. 5.</hi> Quis tantos spiritus sumpsit &amp; tam aud ax ev<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>sit, ut hoc facere sustineat? <hi>The like phrase we have in</hi> Eccles. 8. 11.—The heart of the sons of men is fully se<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> in them to do evil. <hi>In the former place the LXX. hath</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, <hi>in the latter</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> 
                     <hi>filled thine heart</hi> (that is, made thee so
daring) <hi>to lie unto the Holy Ghost, and to purloin from the price of the field, &amp;c?</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The words I have read contain two things; <hi>Ananias</hi> his <hi>Sin,</hi> and his <hi>Punishment</hi>
therefore. His <hi>Sin</hi> in the third and fourth verses; his <hi>Punishment</hi> in the fifth, <hi>Ana<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nias
hearing these words, fell down and gave up the ghost.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Concerning his <hi>Sin,</hi> as appears by the relation I have already made, it was <hi>Sacri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ledge,</hi>
namely, the <hi>purloining of what was become holy and consecrate unto God,</hi> not by
<hi>actual performance,</hi> but <hi>by vow</hi> and inward <hi>purpose of the Heart.</hi> For, as it is well ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>served
by <hi>Ainsworth,</hi> on <hi>Levit.</hi> 7. 16. out of <hi>Maimonid.</hi> in his Treatise <hi>of offering the
Sacrifice,</hi> Chap. 14. Sect. 4, 5. <hi>&amp;c. In vows and voluntaries, it is not necessary that a
man pronounce ought with his lips; but if he shall be fully determined in his heart, though
he hath uttered nothing with his lips, he is indebted.</hi> And this is no private Opinion of
mine, the Fathers so determine it: S. <hi>Augustine,</hi> that <hi>Ananias</hi> was condemned of Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>criledge,<note n="*" place="margin">Serm. 25. De verb. Ap.</note>
                     <hi>quòd Deum in pollicitatione fesellisset, because he had deceived God, had been
false to him in what he had promised him.</hi> And in another Sermon,<note n="*" place="margin">Serm. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 span">
                           <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>Ananiam de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>traxisse
de pecunia quam voverat Deo, Ananias purloined and kept back part of the money
he had devoted to God.</hi> S. <hi>Chrysostome</hi> in his 12. Homily upon this place; <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>&amp;c. The money or price of the land being by Ananias devo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted
to God's service, henceforth became sacred. And therefore he that, after he had vo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>luntarily
sold his estate with a purpose to have all the money distributed for the use of the
Church, durst yet notwithstanding purloin and take part thereof to his own private use, was
clearly guilty of Sacriledge.</hi> Again, in the same place, <hi>You see that Ananias is most just<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
charged with Sacriledge,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>because he took
back again part of that money which he had made sacred by devoting it unto God.</hi> S. <hi>Ie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rome</hi>
in his 8. Epistle, <hi>Ananias &amp; Sapphira dispensateres timidi, imò corde duplici; &amp;
ideo condemnati, quia post votum obtulerunt quasi sua, &amp; non ejus cui semel ea voverant,
partémque sibi alienae substantiae reservaverunt; praesentem meruere vindictam non crude<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>litate
sententiae, sed correctionis exemplo: Ananias and Sapphira were distrustfully cove<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tous,
false and double-hearted in disposing the money they received for the sale of their
estate; and being therefore condemned, because that after their Vow they presented the
price of their estate as if it had been their own still, and not God's, to whom they had given
it by vow, and withal kept back and reserv'd to themselves part of that which was no more
theirs, but another's,</hi> viz. <hi>God's; upon these accounts they did most worthily deserve that
punishment of Death. Nor was this condemning of them to such a punishment an over-se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vere
or cruel sentence; but an useful exemplary severity, that others might amend and fear
to transgress in the like manner. Caesarius</hi> brother to <hi>Gregory Nazianzen,</hi> in his fourth
Dialogue, expresseth the sin of <hi>Ananias</hi> thus; <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.
<hi>He alienated the money dedicated unto
God, being wounded with Sacriledge; and when he was asked thereabout, denied it.</hi>
Lastly, <hi>Oecumenius,</hi> in whom we have the currant interpretation of the Greek Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thers,
thus expounds the words of S. <hi>Peter</hi> to <hi>Ananias;</hi>—<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>&amp;c. We were far from compelling or forcing you in the least to sell your estate: But
whenas you were pleased of your own accord to offer it as a Sacrifice to God, for you after<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wards
<pb n="117" facs="tcp:63175:109"/>
to withhold any part of what ye had given to God for the use of the Church, and to
keep it for your own use; this without question is plain Sacriledge.</hi> And then adds,
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. <hi>And therefore they re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceived
the punishment due to Sacrilegious persons: what's that? even Death it self.</hi> Also
<hi>Asterius</hi> Bishop of <hi>Amasea,</hi> who lived near the time of <hi>Iulian,</hi> in his Hom. against
<hi>Covetousness,</hi> calls <hi>Ananias</hi> and <hi>Sapphira</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>persons guilty of
Sacriledge even in their own Offerings.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>I quote these Fathers the more fully, because many of our late Commentators omit
<hi>the main Sin,</hi> and dwell upon the <hi>circumstances</hi> only, as <hi>Hypocrisie, Vain-glory, Cove<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tousness,</hi>
and the like. But we must distinguish between <hi>Ananias</hi> his <hi>Fact,</hi> and the
<hi>manner</hi> and <hi>circumstance</hi> thereof. The <hi>Fact</hi> was <hi>Sacriledge:</hi> In the <hi>manner</hi> of doing,
<hi>other sins</hi> attended as handmaids. It will be plain, if we ask but these two questions:
First, What <hi>Ananias</hi> did: The Text will make answer, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>He
purloined of the price,</hi> the holy money; This was <hi>his Fact.</hi> Ask secondly, <hi>How</hi> and
<hi>in what manner</hi> he purloined: The story will tell us, <hi>dissemblingly</hi> and <hi>hypocritically,</hi>
making an appearance to the contrary. This then was but the <hi>manner</hi> and <hi>circum<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stance</hi>
of his Fact, and so the <hi>species</hi> of the <hi>Fact</hi> not to be placed therein.</p>
                  <p>Now this <hi>Sacriledge</hi> or <hi>Sacrilegious act</hi> committed by <hi>Ananias</hi> is in the words of the
Text partly <hi>expressed,</hi> partly <hi>aggravated</hi> from the inexcusableness thereof. In the
<hi>expression</hi> is spent the third Verse, the <hi>aggravation</hi> is in the fourth.</p>
                  <p>The <hi>Crime</hi> or <hi>Fact</hi> of <hi>Ananias</hi> is <hi>expressed</hi> two ways. First, by <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>purloining of the</hi> sacred <hi>price.</hi> Secondly, by <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, by
<hi>lying unto,</hi> or <hi>deceiving, the Holy Ghost.</hi> For both these I suppose to mean one and
the same thing, namely the same Fact of <hi>Ananias</hi> two ways expressed. The first, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
I translate by <hi>stealing</hi> or <hi>purloining,</hi> for so the word signifies.
Our English which turns it <hi>Keeping back of the price,</hi> doth not sufficiently express the
propriety thereof in this place: In another place it doth, <hi>Tit.</hi> 2. 10. where it turns
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>purloining; Exhort servants,</hi> saith the Apostle, <hi>to be obedient unto their
Masters, and to please them well in all things,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>not purloining, but shew<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
all good fidelity.</hi> The Vulgar in both places useth <hi>Fraudare, defrauding.</hi> In a
word, the true signification of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is <hi>surripere, suffurari, aut clam subduct a in
commodum nostrum convertere; to steal or take away privily, or to convert to our own use
and advantage what was so closely purloined.</hi> Whence <hi>Beza</hi> turns it by <hi>Intervertere,
Intervertit ex pretio, He purloined,</hi> or <hi>closely and cunningly took unto himself, part of the
price;</hi> and in <hi>Titus, Intervertentes.</hi> In the same sense it is used by the Septuagint in
two several places, both pointing at the sin of <hi>Sacriledge.</hi> One is in <hi>Achan's</hi> story,
<hi>Iosh.</hi> 7. 1. where what we read, <hi>Achan took of the accursed thing,</hi> the Septuagint ren<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ders,<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> signi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fie both <hi>a thing cursed,</hi> and <hi>a thing offered</hi> or <hi>con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>secrated,</hi> which had <hi>a curs<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>
                        </hi> laid upon it, <hi>viz.</hi> a curse to him that medled with it.</note>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>he purloined of the accursed thing,</hi> that is, <hi>the thing
that was consecrated to God,</hi> as all the <hi>silver</hi> and <hi>gold</hi> was, Chap. 6. Ver. 19. For which
cause when God relates to <hi>Ioshuah Israel's</hi> sin as the reason of their flying before
their enemies, he makes a distinction between <hi>Achan's Sacriledge</hi> and his <hi>theft</hi> and <hi>dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sembling,</hi>
Ver. 11. of the 7. Chap. saying, <hi>For they have even taken of the accursed
thing, and have also stollen and dissembled also, and they have put it even among their
own stuff.</hi> The other is in 2 <hi>Macc.</hi> 4. 32. where <hi>Menelaus</hi> his <hi>Sacriledge</hi> (who stole
the sacred Vessels) is expressed by it; <hi>Menelaus</hi> (saith the Author) <hi>supposing he had
got a convenient time, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, stole certain vessels of gold out of the
Temple, and gave some to Andronicus, and some he sold into Tyrus and the Cities round
about.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The second expression of <hi>Ananias</hi> his <hi>Sacriledge</hi> is by <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,<milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/>
                     <hi>deceiving,</hi> or <hi>lying to, the Holy Ghost;</hi> or, as it is repeated immediately after, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>lying unto God.</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is <hi>fallo, frustro, mentior, to deceive, cozen, lie;</hi>
(as also the Hebrew word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, which peculiarly signifies <hi>Sacrilegious</hi> transgression,
as <hi>Lev.</hi> 5. 15. and in the story of <hi>Achan,</hi> is in all those places (as elsewhere) rendred
in the <hi>Targum,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>to lie,</hi> and the substantive <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>a lie</hi>) and in <hi>Oaths</hi> and <hi>Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mises,
Non servo, frango, not to keep,</hi> or <hi>to break them.</hi> So <hi>Ananias</hi> his sin was <hi>a lying
unto,</hi> or <hi>breaking of promise with, God:</hi> For having vowed, or promised unto him in
his heart, the whole price of the field, he brought him but part thereof. Both ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pressions
point out the <hi>same Fact;</hi> which, in regard of the <hi>matter</hi> was <hi>stealing</hi> or <hi>pur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>loining;</hi>
in regard of the <hi>Vow</hi> and <hi>Consecration,</hi> a <hi>breach of promise</hi> or <hi>lying unto God.</hi>
So that when <hi>Peter</hi> says in the third verse, <hi>Why hath Satan filled thine heart, to lie unto
the Holy Ghost, and to purloin of the price of the land?</hi> the latter is the explication of the
former, and is as if it had been laid, <hi>Why hath Satan filled thine heart to lie unto the
Holy Ghost, in purloining the price of the land?</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="118" facs="tcp:63175:110"/>But what, will some man say, means this <hi>special</hi> expression of the Deity in the Person
of <hi>the Holy Ghost?</hi> why is <hi>Ananias</hi> said to have lyed to the <hi>Holy Ghost,</hi> rather than to
have lyed <hi>unto God</hi> only? For <hi>lying unto God</hi> would bear the sense I speak of. Should
not then <hi>lying unto the Holy Ghost</hi> seem to have something else, or something more in
it? I answer; <hi>Ananias</hi> his <hi>lie</hi> or <hi>breach of promise</hi> is applied thus <hi>in special</hi> to the <hi>Holy
Ghost</hi> in respect of the Prerogative of that Person, as to stir and sanctifie, so <hi>to take
notice of the motions of the Heart.</hi> Forasmuch therefore as <hi>Ananias</hi> his <hi>Vow</hi> and <hi>Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mise</hi>
which he <hi>broke</hi> was not such as men could witness or take notice of, but such as
his own Heart and Conscience only was privy to; hence it is said to have been done
<hi>under the privity of the Holy Ghost,</hi> and he in the breach thereof to have <hi>lied unto him;</hi>
because that which none but the inward man knoweth of, and is yet but in the pur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pose
of the Heart, is under his privity. There is a plain place <hi>Rom.</hi> 9. 1. to this pur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pose;
<hi>I say the truth in Christ,</hi> (saith the Apostle) <hi>I lie not, my Conscience also bear<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
me witness in the Holy Ghost;</hi> that is, the Holy Ghost, who is privy to my Consci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ence,
bearing me witness, or my Conscience which the Holy Ghost is privy to.
Some other places of Scripture I could name which may receive light from this noti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on,
but I am loth to meddle with them.</p>
                  <p>But for their interpretation, who expound this <hi>Lying unto the Holy Ghost</hi> of <hi>Anani<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>as</hi>
his <hi>Hypocrisie,</hi> I cannot well see how it can stand: for <hi>Ananias</hi> dissembled not with
the Holy Ghost, but with men; the Holy Ghost knew his Heart well enough. And
the <hi>Hypocrite</hi> properly lies unto men, who guess only by the out-side, and not unto
God, who knows the Heart.</p>
                  <p>Others expound <hi>Lying unto the Holy Ghost,</hi> as if it were <hi>Lying to try whether the Holy
Ghost in the Apostles could discover him or not:</hi> But this is an harsh and forc'd sense.
As for that in the 9. verse whereon it is grounded, viz. <hi>How is it that ye have agreed to<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gether
to tempt the Spirit of the Lord?</hi> The word <hi>Tempt,</hi> or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, is mistaken; the
notion thereof in Scripture being otherwhile, <hi>To provoke God by some presumptuous fact
to anger,</hi> as it were <hi>to try</hi> whether he will punish or not, <hi>to dare God.</hi> There is an
evident place for this sense, <hi>Numb.</hi> 14. 22. <hi>Those men,</hi> saith the Lord, <hi>which have seen
my glory and my miracles which I did in Egypt and in the wilderness, and have tempted me
now these ten times, and have not hearkened to my voice,</hi> 23. <hi>Surely, they shall not see
the land which I sware to their Fathers, neither shall any of them that provoked me see
it.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>And thus much of the bare description of <hi>Ananias</hi> his Sin: Come we now to the
<hi>aggravation</hi> thereof; <hi>While it remained, was it not thine? and after it was sold, was it
not in thy power?</hi> That is, Before it was sold, was it not thine? and being sold, was
not the money paid thee? was not the price in thine hand? Thou hast therefore no
excuse for what thou hast done.</p>
                  <p>For there were two Cases which might have excused <hi>Ananias</hi> for bringing but part
of the price: If either he had not been <hi>Dominus in solidum,</hi> the full Proprietary of
what was sold; or had not received the whole price it was sold for. For, as for the
First, it is a Rule in Law, <hi>Quoties Dominium transfertur ad alium, tale transfertur
quale apud eum fuit qui tradit.</hi> A man can sell no more than is his. So that if <hi>Anani<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>as</hi>
had been owner but in part, he had power to dispose but in part. Secondly,
Though he were <hi>Dominus in solidum,</hi> the full Proprietary of the Field, and so had
right enough to sell it; yet had not the whole price been received, and in his power
and possession, he might still have been excused for bringing but part thereof. But
<hi>Ananias</hi> could plead neither of these: for, saith S. <hi>Peter,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>; <hi>whilst
it remained unsold, did it not remain thine?</hi> or <hi>wert not thou owner?<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>;
and when it was sold, was not the money it was sold for in thy pos<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>session?</hi>
The first words, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>; (though there be no such speech
again in Scripture) yield the sense I speak of pliantly enough, nor will they bear any
other meaning; unless somewhat forsaking the letter, we should with others construe
them to imply, That <hi>Ananias</hi> was not constrained or urged to sell his possession at all,
but might have kept it still. Which sense is most commonly followed, and hath the
authority of <hi>Oecumenius</hi> in the words before alledged;—<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, &amp;c <hi>We were
far</hi> (saith S. <hi>Peter</hi> to <hi>Ananias</hi> and <hi>Sapphira) from compelling you in the least to sell your
estate: But when as you were pleased of your own accord to offer it as a Sacrifice and Free-will-offering
to God, for you afterwards to withdraw any part of what ye had devoted to
God, and take it to your own use; this is <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, downright Sacriledge
without all controversie and dispute.</hi> Therefore <hi>Beza</hi> translates the words, <hi>Nonne, si ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vâsses,</hi>
(so he renders <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>) <hi>manebat tibi?</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="119" facs="tcp:63175:110"/>True it is, this sense makes as much for the unexcusableness of <hi>Ananias</hi> as the other:
For could he have alledged, that what he had done for the sale of his land was done
not <hi>spontè,</hi> but <hi>coacte,</hi> not willingly, but by way of constraint; it might have excu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sed
him: Because that act only is taken to be of force in Law which a man consents un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to;
but that which is done by constraint or compulsion, is not done with full and free
consent, and therefore binds not. So this sense agrees well enough with the story,
only it may seem somewhat to strain the words: Howsoever if you had rather follow
it, because of the authority, I will not contend. Only note thus much, that the <hi>Sy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>riack</hi>
Translator inclines to the first sense; for he translates, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>Was it not thine before it was sold?</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>A second plea for the excuse of <hi>Ananias</hi> might have been in case he had not yet re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceived
the full price, and so had not the whole money in his hand. But this S. <hi>Peter</hi> also
takes from him, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> (saith he) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>; <hi>Was it not, when it
was sold, in thy power?</hi> that is, was not the price it was sold for in thine hands? For
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> must here be understood for the price of what was sold, or the Field redu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ced
to money: otherwise the contrary would be true to that which <hi>Peter</hi> intimate<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>,
namely, That when it was sold, it was now no longer in his power, because he had
sold it. But the latter words, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>in thy power,</hi> I understand to be as
much as, <hi>in thy possession,</hi> or <hi>in thine hand;</hi> meaning, as I have said, that he had re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceived
the price. For not only that which a man hath <hi>dominion</hi> and propriety in
but that also which he hath but in <hi>bare possession,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> is rightly said to be <hi>in his power.</hi> For
in the Law <hi>Ius possessionis</hi> extends farther than <hi>Ius dominii,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Propriety.</note> namely, as far as <hi>Habere,</hi>
to have a thing: <hi>Habere autem dicitur, non solùm qui rei dominus est, sed qui rei quidem
dominus non est, sed rem tenet;</hi> that is, as they speak, <hi>corpore possessioni insistit.</hi> And
in this sense the price which <hi>Ananias</hi> had received is said to have been <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>in his power,</hi> that is, <hi>in his possession.</hi> Which will not seem a forc'd exposition,
if we consider that <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> hath the same sense with <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, or <hi>in manu,</hi> in the He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brew;
which implies not <hi>dominion</hi> only, but also <hi>bare possession.</hi> As it is said of
<hi>Abraham's</hi> servant, <hi>Gen.</hi> 24. 10. that <hi>all the goods of his Master were in his hand;</hi> as
well as of the rich miser's son, <hi>Eccles</hi> 5. 14. that <hi>there was nothing in his hand,</hi> that is,
he was a beggar. Both which might be expressed by <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, as <hi>manus</hi> in He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brew,
yea and in Latin too, is well enough known to be put for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>power.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>I confess there is another Exposition usually given of these words, but it is such an
one as directly contradicts the story; namely, that <hi>Was it not in thy power?</hi> should
be, <hi>Was it not in thy power to have kept the price</hi> when it was sold? But first there is no
such word in the Text as <hi>to keep</hi> it, and so we are not bound to understand it. It is
only said, <hi>Was it not in thy power?</hi> And if any Verb be to be understood to supply
the sense, why should it not as well be the contrary? <hi>Was it not in thy power</hi> to <hi>dispose</hi>
it according to thy Vow? intimating there might be some just impediment after the
sale, whereby he could not; especially if he could not get the money. But to ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pound,
<hi>Was it not in thy power?</hi> to be, <hi>Was it not in thy power to have kept it?</hi> is direct<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
against the drift of the story: For how did <hi>Ananias</hi> sin in bringing but part of the
price, if he might have kept all? Is not his sin expresly placed in that he <hi>purloined of
the price?</hi> what other Fact of his is mentioned save only this? Nay, if this should be
the meaning of the words, it would follow, a man might vow a thing unto God, and
yet be at liberty, when he had done, whether he would perform it or not; he might
lie unto God, and yet be guiltless. Without doubt this Exposition was it that so
obscured the whole Narration, that it could not appear wherein <hi>Ananias</hi> his Sin con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sisted.
But his Sin, as I have already shewed out of the Fathers, was <hi>Sacriledge,</hi> and
of that kind whereof <hi>Solomon</hi> speaks, <hi>Prov.</hi> 20. 25. <hi>It is a snare to the man who devours
that which is holy, and after vows to enquire.</hi> He had dedicated the whole value of
the Field in his conscience and the purpose of his heart, as was evident by his sale
thereof to that end; and yet when he had done, he repented him, and brought but
part thereof. This meaning is evidently contained in the body of the Narration,
and therefore such a sense of any part as cannot stand with this, is in no wise to be ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mitted.
He that considers it, will perceive the necessity of what I say.</p>
                  <p>HAVING thus cleared the words of the Text where there was any doubt or
obscurity, let us come to the <hi>Observations</hi> to be deduced thence; whereof the Rela<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
affords us three evident ones.</p>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. <hi>That</hi> Sacriledge <hi>is a Sin against God, and not against men.</hi>
                     </item>
                     <item>2. <hi>That that which is consecrate to God, must not be alienated to other uses.</hi>
                     </item>
                     <item>3. <hi>That it is an hainous Sin which God thus severely punished.</hi>
                     </item>
                  </list>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="120" facs="tcp:63175:111"/>For the First, <hi>That</hi> Sacriledge <hi>is a sin against God, and not against men,</hi> is plain by
the Text, <hi>Thou hast not lyed</hi> (said <hi>Peter) unto men, but unto God.</hi> For whatsoever is
<hi>sacred,</hi> is his; yea, <hi>to be sacred</hi> is nothing else but to be set apart from man's interest <hi>to
be God's</hi> in a peculiar propriety and relation.<note place="margin">Observat. 1.</note> To steal then or alienate that which is
sacred, is to rob God, and not man; for he is robbed whose the propriety is, but of
<hi>sacred</hi> things God is the Proprietary, and not man. It is an error therefore to be ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>served
among the Expositors of the Decalogue, who rank <hi>Sacriledge</hi> as a Sin of the
Eighth Commandment: when <hi>Sacriledge</hi> as <hi>Sacriledge</hi> is a Sin of the First Table, and
not of the Second; a breach of the loyalty we immediately owe to God, and not of
the duty we owe to our neighbour. True it is, He that committeth <hi>Sacriledge,</hi> indi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rectly
and by consequent robbeth men too, namely, those who live of God's provisi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on;
but <hi>Sacriledge</hi> it self is the <hi>robbing of God.</hi> This is evident by that of the Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phet <hi>Malachi, Mal.</hi> 3. 8. <hi>Will a man rob God? yet ye have robbed me,</hi> (saith the Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phet
in the person of God:) <hi>Lut ye say, Wherein have we robbed thee? In Tithes and
Offerings.</hi> Ver. 9. <hi>Ye are cursed with a curse: for ye have robbed me, even this whole
Nation.</hi> Ver. 10. <hi>Bring ye all the Tithes into the store-house, that there may be meat in
mine house; and prove me now herewith, saith the Lord of Hosts, if I will not open you
the windows of heaven, and pour you out a blessing, that there shall not be room enough to
receive it, &amp;c.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The observation of this would be useful in the Question of the due of <hi>Tithes;</hi> for
the state thereof is not rightly framed, when the <hi>Quaere</hi> is made, Whether <hi>Tithes</hi> are
due to the Ministers of the Gospel; meaning as a duty of the people unto them. We
should say rather, <hi>Tithes</hi> are due unto God; for so is the style of the Scripture, <hi>All
the Tithes are mine:</hi> these I give to <hi>Levi,</hi> and not you. God maintains not his Mini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sters
at others charges, but out of his own Revenue which he had reserved to him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>self:
As was well observed by <hi>Philo</hi> the Iew, in his Book <hi>de Sacerdotum honoribus,</hi>
where speaking of that <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, that <hi>honourable maintenance
and without bodily toil,</hi> which God had provided for his Priesthood, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>to take away from them out of whose labours this
maintenance did accrue all occasion of upbraiding those who by God<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>s assignment were to re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceive
it,</hi> he saith, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
&amp;c. <hi>The people were commanded to
bring their offerings first to the Temple, that thence the Priests might fetch them: It being
not unworthy God himself, in token of gratitude for his infinite bounty and benefits, to take
some part back again from him upon whom he had conferred so great benefits; and seeing
himself, the Giver of all good gifts, stood in need of nothing, it pleased him to transfer
that honourable maintenance, which was so returned him by way of thankfulness, upon
those that served at his Altar and ministred about holy things:</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
(as he gives the reason) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <hi>because they</hi> (the Priests) <hi>might take that their provision without being
ashamed, as not coming from men, but from God the Giver of all good gifts to every one.</hi>
For they are his Ministers, and<note n="*" place="margin">See Dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>course V.</note> not the people's; and therefore to receive their wa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ges
from their own Master who imploys them, and not from them. The stating of
the Question thus would make the way to the resolution of the controversie more ea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sie,
and less invidious, whilst we should plead for God, and not for our selves. For
it is not needful that all which is given unto God should be spent upon his Ministers;
though it be true that their maintenance should be out of his Revenue, and that ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nourable
and competent. But there are many other uses for the imployment of <hi>bona
sacra,</hi> the sacred Revenues, if there be more than is competent for them and theirs;
building of Churches; defraying of such as are sent to Synods and imployed upon
other occasions of the Church; furnishing of treasures for a Holy War; the relief of
the poor, the Orphan, the Widow, the Captive and the distressed: All which be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>long
to Christ's provision.</p>
                  <p>Thus much of the First Observation:<note place="margin">Observat. 2.</note> Now I come to the Second, <hi>That that which
is consecrated to God may not be alienated to other uses.</hi> The Reasons whereof are,</p>
                  <p>1. Because none can <hi>alienate</hi> but he that hath the propriety and is Owner; <hi>Domi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nium
transferre non potest qui ipse Dominus non est:</hi> But in things consecrate to God,
none hath the propriety but God. For certainly a man cannot be said to have given
that unto God wherein he still reserves the Title to himself as the Owner. He that
gives, transfers the <hi>Dominium</hi> from himself unto him to whom the gift is made. If
therefore that which is given to God, be God's; then must those who go about to
<hi>alienate</hi> it, dispose of that which is none of theirs: which whether it be just or not, let
any man judge.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="121" facs="tcp:63175:111"/>2. To <hi>alienate</hi> that which is given unto God is a Breach of <hi>Vow</hi> or <hi>Promise</hi> made
unto him; <hi>a lying unto him,</hi> as my Text speaks. And if it be a Sin not to perform
what was vowed in the purpose of the Heart only, (as we see it was in this Story of
<hi>Ananias;</hi>) much more is it to revoke a Vow already performed. Nor will it serve
turn to say, This reason may indeed concern the person himself that vowed, that he
should not revoke again what he hath vowed; but doth not take away from the
Commonwealth or publick Magistrate their power to dispose of things subject to them.
For howsoever it be true, That every private person and his goods are under the
tuition of the Publick; and the interest the Publick hath in either cannot be given
away by the sole act of a private person: yet in this case that Rule hath place which
is given by Almighty God, <hi>Numb.</hi> 30. 3, &amp;c. concerning a Maiden's vow in her Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther's
house, or a Woman's vow under covert; That <hi>if the Father or the Husband hear
the Vow, and the bond wherewith she bound her soul, and disallow it not, but shall hold
his peace; then the vow shall stand.</hi> So when the Commonwealth or publick Magi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>strate
consents to and allows what is done, as in this case it is supposed they do; the
vow and dedication is also irrevocable on their part.</p>
                  <p>Hence in Scripture it is made an inseparable property of that which is <hi>Sacred</hi> or
<hi>God's,</hi> not to be alienable. As in <hi>Ezek.</hi> 48. 14. it is said of the portion of land to be
laid out for the Levites, <hi>They shall not sell it, neither exchange, nor alienate the first<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fruits
of the land;</hi> (mark the reason;) <hi>for it is holy unto the Lord.</hi> This was the rea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>son
likewise why a <hi>Iew</hi> might not sell out-right his possession in the land of <hi>Canaan,</hi> but
only for fifty years term, or until the year of Iubilee; because the whole land was
holy, and God's land, and they but <hi>Vsnfruct<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>aries.</hi> So saith God <hi>Levit.</hi> 25. 23. <hi>The
land shall not be sold for ever,</hi> or <hi>out-right, for the land is mine; for ye are strangers and
sojourners with me:</hi> therefore v. 24. <hi>in all the land of your possession ye shall grant a re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>demption
for the land.</hi> Where he saith, <hi>ye are strangers and sojourners with me;</hi> the
meaning is, That as the Gentiles who became Proselytes had no inheritance in the land,
but dwelt therein as sojourners: So was all <hi>Israel</hi> in the sight of God, who would
have none accounted <hi>Proprietaries</hi> of that land but himself, having acquired it by his
own powerful conquest from the <hi>Canaanite.</hi> For although in the same land <hi>some part</hi>
were yet in a more <hi>special</hi> manner the <hi>Lord's land;</hi> yet comparatively and <hi>secundum
quid</hi> the whole land was <hi>Sacred</hi> and <hi>His.</hi> As all <hi>Israel</hi> was a peculiar and holy people,
though the Tribe of <hi>Levi</hi> were in a more special sort the holy Tribe. Now if that
which was but in a more <hi>general</hi> sense holy and the Lord's, might not be alien<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ted;
what shall we say of that which is holy and His in the most <hi>special</hi> manner of all? I
speak all this while of that which is dedicate unto God absolutely, and not with li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mitation or for term of time only; for such Dedications I suppose there may
be.</p>
                  <p>Now if any shall ask me, whether this Assertion, <hi>That things dedicate to God are una<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lienable,</hi>
admits not of some limitations; I answer, It may; and that in two cases: If
either it can be proved that the Donation made unto God were a nullity; or shewed
that God hath relinquished the right which once he had. But here the water begins to
grow too deep for my wading; yet I hope I may say thus much, That whosoever he
be that shall plead either of these Cases to acquit himself of <hi>Sacriledge,</hi> had need be sure
in a point of such moment that his evidence be good, and such as he can shew good
warrant for out of God's own Book: To go upon bare conjectures will not be safe.
And for direction and caution in this Case, I will add further, That not every sinful<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness
of the person who is the Donor, nor every default or blemish in the Consecration,
makes the act it self void. It appears in the story of <hi>Korah, Dathan</hi> and <hi>Abiram,</hi> in that
oblation of Incense made by the two hundred and fifty Princes of the Congregation;
whose service though it were so displeasing unto the Lord, that he sent fire from hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven
to consume them, yet when all was done, he gave this commandment to <hi>Moses,
Speak</hi> (saith he) <hi>unto Eleazer the son of Aaron the Priest, that he take up the censers out of
the burning, and scatter thou the fire yonder; for they are hallowed. The censers of those sin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ners
against their souls; let them make of them broad plates for a covering of the Altar: for
they offered them before the Lord, therefore they are hallowed, Numb.</hi> 16. 37, 38. Mark
here; Though they were offered by sinful men, and in a sinful manner, and were not
to be used any more for <hi>Censers;</hi> yet must they be applied to some other holy use,
because they were become sacred by having been offered unto the Lord. So Rabbi
<hi>Solomon Iarchi,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Vnlawful for common
use, because they had made them vessels of Ministery.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>My last Observation is raised from the <hi>Iudgment</hi> which befel <hi>Ananias; That it must</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Observ. 3.</note>
                     <pb n="122" facs="tcp:63175:112"/>
                     <hi>needs be a hainous sin which God so severely punished,</hi> namely, <hi>with death:</hi> For there is
no Example to be found again in the whole New Testament of <hi>so severe a Punishment</hi>
inflicted by the mouth of the Apostles for any sin whatsoever. But this was the <hi>first
Consecration of goods</hi> that ever was made unto Christ our Lord, after he was invested
to sit at the right hand of God; and this transgression of <hi>Ananias</hi> and <hi>Sapphira</hi> the <hi>first
Sacriledge</hi> that ever was committed against him: Wherefore it was requisite that by
the severity of the punishment thereof, he should now manifest unto men what ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>count
he made of and how hainous he esteemed that Sin; that it might be for an Ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ample
to the world's end unto all that should afterward believe in his name to beware
thereof. So saith S. <hi>Hierome, Ananias &amp; Sapphira, quia post votum obtulerunt quasi
sua, &amp; non ejus cui semel ea voverant, praesentem meruere vindictam, non crudelitate
Sententiae, sed correctionis exemplo. Ananias and Sapphira most worthily deserved to be
so severely punished,</hi> viz. <hi>with death; because that after their vow they presented the price
of their estate as if it had been their own, and not God's to whom they had given it, and
withal kept back and reserved to themselves part of that which was no more theirs, but ano<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thers,</hi>
viz. <hi>God's. Nor was this an over-severe and cruel sentence, but an useful exempla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry
Severity, that others might amend, and beware of offending in the like kind.</hi> For the
<hi>First</hi> in every kind is the Measure of that which follows: and though <hi>Sacriledge</hi> be
not since punished by God, as often as it is committed, by such a visible death; yet
was it his purpose that by this <hi>First punishment</hi> we should take notice how great that
Sin was, and how displeasing in his sight, which was a punishment by the greatest vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sible
judgment that could be.</p>
                  <p>The like severe Example to this, and for the like end, was that upon him who <hi>at
first pro<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>aned the Sabbath-day</hi> in the Wilderness by gathering sticks, <hi>Numb.</hi> 15. 32, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
who by the sentence of God himself was put to death, and stoned by the whole Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gregation:
that the Iews hereby might know, that howsoever the like were not or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dinarily
afterward to be inflicted for the like sin, yet the gravity thereof in the eyes of
God was still the same which that <hi>First severity</hi> intimated.</p>
                  <p>Furthermore, it is worthy to be noted, that we find three Examples of such a kind
of coactive jurisdiction (if I may so term it) exercised either by our Saviour when he
was here on earth, or by his Apostles; and all three for the profanation of that which
was sacred.<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Vide Chrys<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>ft.</hi> in Matt. 21. 12.</note> The first two by our Saviour himself against those that profaned his
Temple, by buying and selling therein as a common place: For which, at the first
Passeover after his beginning to preach the Gospel, he made him a whip, and whip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ped
such profaners out of it, saying, <hi>Make not my Father's house a house of Merchandise,
Iohn</hi> 2. 16. Another time, which was at his last Passeover, <hi>He overthrew the Tables of
the Money-changers, and the seats of them that sold Doves, and would not suffer any to
carry a Vessel through the Temple; telling them, that his house was made for an house of
prayer, but they had made it a den of Thieves,</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">S. <hi>Ierom</hi> on this place af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>firms this to be one of the greatest Mi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>racles wrought by our Lord.</note> 
                     <hi>Matt.</hi> 21. 12. <hi>Mark</hi> 11. 15. <hi>Luke</hi> 19.
45. The third Example is this which the Apostle <hi>Peter</hi> exercised upon <hi>Ananias</hi> and
<hi>Sapphira</hi> for <hi>Sacriledge.</hi> Whereby it should appear that, how small account soever
we are now-a-days wont to make of these sins, yet in God's esteem they are other
manner of ones than we take them for.</p>
                  <p>Another argument of the <hi>hainousness of the sin</hi> of <hi>Sacriledge</hi> is, That there was no
Sacrifice appointed in the Law to make atonement for the same, if it were commit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted
willingly and wittingly; but only if it were ignorantly done. For so we have it,
<hi>Levit.</hi> 5. 15, 16. <hi>If a soul commit a trespass, and sin through ignorance in the holy things
of the Lord; he shall bring for his trespass unto the Lord a Ram without blemish out of the
flock.—And he shall make amends for the harm that he hath done in the holy thing, and
add the fifth part thereunto.—And the Priest shall make an atonement for him, and it shall
be forgiven him.</hi> Thus if it were done <hi>ignorantly;</hi> but if <hi>wittingly</hi> and <hi>presumptuously,</hi>
there was no atonement appointed for it: though for other sins there be, even to <hi>Per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jury</hi>
it self. For, as it is in <hi>Mal.</hi> 3. 8. <hi>Will a man rob his God?</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Another proof and testimony of the <hi>hainousness</hi> of this Sin, is that so ancient a cu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stom
in Dedications <hi>to lade it with a Curse:</hi> Which to be no late custom (as some
may suppose) taken up among Christians, but used both by Iew and Gentile before
Christ was born, may appear by that Decree of King <hi>Darius</hi> for the building of the
Temple of <hi>Ierusalem,</hi> which concludes with this Execration; <hi>The God that hath cau<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sed
his Name to dwell there, destroy all Kings and people that shall put to their hand to de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stroy
this House of God which is at Ierusalem. I Darius have made a Decree, let it be
done with speed. Ezra</hi> 6. 12.</p>
                  <p>From this custom it came, that <hi>Anathema</hi> signifies both a <hi>Donary given unto a
<pb n="123" facs="tcp:63175:112"/>
Temple,</hi> and an <hi>accursed thing,</hi> or that which hath a curse with it. So <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in Hebrew
<hi>a thing cursed</hi> and destined to destruction, and also <hi>a kind of offering</hi> or <hi>consecration
which had a curse laid upon it,</hi> namely, a curse to him that should meddle with it.
Which kind of <hi>Consecration</hi> had this peculiar, that even the very individual might ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ver
be altered, changed, or redeemed upon any terms, <hi>Levi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</hi> 27. 28. whereas other
offerings might, so that a valuable thing or better were given for them. Such a <hi>Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>secration</hi>
(I mean a <hi>Cherem,</hi> or <hi>Consecration under pain of a curse</hi> in the very individu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>al)
was that of the City <hi>Iericho</hi> as the First-fruits of the conquests of <hi>Canaan.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>To these <hi>Arguments</hi> I will add two or three <hi>Examples</hi> to this of <hi>Ananias,</hi> of the <hi>Pu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nishment
of this sin,</hi> and so conclude. To begin then with the beginning of all: Was
not <hi>the First sin of Mankind,</hi> for which himself, his posterity and the whole earth was
accursed, a great and capital sin? But this, if we look well into it, was no other for
the <hi>species</hi> and kind of the Fact than <hi>Sacriledge:</hi> Such the ancient <hi>Iews</hi> conceived <hi>A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dam's</hi>
sin to have been, namely, a <hi>species</hi> of <hi>Theft;</hi> as may be gathered out of the Book
<hi>De morte Mosis,</hi> where <hi>Moses</hi> is brought in deprecating death, and answering God that
his case was not such as <hi>Adam's;</hi> for he <hi>transgressed by stealing, and eating what God
forbad him to meddle with,</hi> and so was justly condemned, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>:
But who could <hi>Adam steal from,</hi> save from God only? And therefore
I say the <hi>First sin</hi> of mankind for the Fact, was the sin of <hi>Sacriledge:</hi> For whereas
among all the Trees of the Garden, which God gave man freely to enjoy, there was
one <hi>Noli me tangere,</hi> which he had reserved unto himself <hi>as holy,</hi> in token he was Lord
of the Garden; Man by eating of this <hi>as common,</hi> violated the sign of his Fealty unto
the great Landlord of the whole Earth, and <hi>committed Sacriledge:</hi> for which he was
cast out of Paradise, and the whole earth accursed for his sake. Might I not say, that
to this day many a son of <hi>Adam</hi> is cast out of his Paradise, and the labours of his hands
accursed, for medling with this forbidden fruit? But to go on.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Achan</hi> for nimming a wedge of gold and a <hi>Babylonish</hi> garment of the devoted thing
of <hi>Iericho</hi> aforementioned,<note place="margin">Iosh. 7. 2<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> brought a curse both upon himself and the whole Congre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gation
of <hi>Israel.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>For the <hi>Sacriledge</hi> of <hi>Eli's</hi> sons, who, not content with those offerings which God
allowed them for their maintenance<note place="margin">1 Sam. 2.</note>, robbed him of his Sacrifices to furnish their own
Tables, God gave not only his people, but even the Ark of his Covenant, into the
hands of the <hi>Philistins.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>For the <hi>Sacriledge</hi> of the Seventh or Sabbatical year, God caused his people to be
carried captive, and the land to lie waste<note n="*" place="margin">2 Chron. 3<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. 21.</note> 
                     <hi>seventy years.</hi> By the Law of <hi>Moses</hi> every
<hi>Seventh year</hi> the whole land was <hi>sacred</hi> unto the Lord, so that no man that year might
challenge any right of propriety,<note place="margin">Levit. 25. 4.</note> either to sow his field, or prune his vineyard, or
reap that which grew of it self, or gather the fruits of his vineyard, or
undressed; only
he might eat thereof in the field, as at other times any might of that which was none
of his, as he travelled by; otherwise every man's field and vineyard was that year free
as well to the Servant as the Master, to the Stranger as the Owner, to Beasts as well as
to Men. The same year also were all <hi>Servants</hi> and all <hi>Debts sacred unto the Lord,</hi> and
so to be <hi>released;</hi> whence that year was called <hi>The Lord's release.</hi> See <hi>Exod.</hi> 21. <hi>Le<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vit.</hi> 25.
<hi>Deut.</hi> 15. This consecration being as much as the forgoing of the <hi>seventh part</hi>
of every man's profits, the covetous Iews for many years neglected the observation
thereof: For which sin the Lord, as himself professeth, caused them to be carried
captive, and the land to lie waste <hi>seventy</hi> years without Inhabitant, till it had fulfilled
the years of Sabbath which they observed not. For their <hi>Idolatry</hi> he gave them into
the hands of the Gentiles their enemies: for their <hi>Sabbatical Sacriledge</hi> he added this
unto it, that they should, beside their bondage, be carried captives into a strange
Country, and their Land lie desolate <hi>seventy</hi> years.</p>
                  <p>For the <hi>Sacrilegious</hi> profanation of <hi>Belshazzar,</hi> in causing the<note n="*" place="margin">Dan. 5. 2.</note> 
                     <hi>Vaessels of God's House</hi>
to be made his Quassing-bowls for <hi>himself and his Lords, his Wives and his Concubines</hi>
to carouse in; was <hi>the hand-writing upon the wall</hi> sent, which did so affright him, that
the Text says, <hi>His countenance was changed, and his thoughts troubled him, so that the
joynts of his loins were loosed, and his knees smote one against another.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Ve<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>s. 6. Vers. 30<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> And the same
night God's vengeance lighted upon him.</p>
                  <p>Lastly, In the days of the <hi>Greek</hi> Kings God gave his own <hi>Temple</hi> and <hi>Worship</hi> to be
profaned, and his people to be troden under foot by <hi>Antiochus Epiphanes</hi> a Gentile
King; because they themselves had a little before profaned the same with <hi>Sacrilegious</hi>
hands, having betrayed the Treasures and Offerings of the same unto a Gentile's cof<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fers,
and sold the Sacred Vessels to the Cities round about them, 2 <hi>Maccab.</hi> 3, 4. and 5. Chapters.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="28" type="discourse">
               <pb n="124" facs="tcp:63175:113"/>
               <head>DISCOURSE XXVIII.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>PROVERBS 30. 8, 9.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>Give me neither Poverty, nor Riches; Feed me with Food conve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nient
for me, [<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>] Lest I be full and deny <hi>thee,</hi> and say, Who is the Lord? or lest I be
poor and steal, and take the name of my God <hi>in vain.</hi>
[<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>]</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>THESE words are a part of the Prayer of <hi>Agur,</hi> a man for <hi>wisdom</hi> rank<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
with <hi>Solomon;</hi> and one of the two things he desired of God not to
deny him before he died. The first was concerning his inward and
spiritual estate, <hi>Remove far from me vanity and lies,</hi> that is, all impiety
and sinful hypocrisie: for so <hi>David</hi> expressed them, <hi>Psal.</hi> 4. 2. <hi>O ye sons
of men, how long will ye turn God's glory into shame? how long will ye
love vanity, and seek after leasing?</hi> The second is concerning his outward estate, <hi>Give
me neither Poverty, nor Riches; Feed me with Food convenient, &amp;c.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>This second suit contains two parts: 1. His <hi>Request:</hi> 2. The <hi>Reason</hi> thereof.
His <hi>Request</hi> is doubly expressed; first <hi>Negatively,</hi> what he would not have; then <hi>Af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>firmatively,</hi>
what he would have. The <hi>Negative</hi> part in these words, <hi>Give me nei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
Poverty, nor Riches:</hi> the <hi>Affirmative</hi> in these, <hi>Feed me with Food convenient for
me.</hi> Then follows the <hi>Reason, Lest I be full and deny thee, &amp;c.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Nevertheless <hi>this Request,</hi> though <hi>two</hi> ways expressed, is not to be conceived as
<hi>two,</hi> but <hi>one Request;</hi> both ways tending to the same purpose: For he that would be
<hi>neither poor nor rich,</hi> must needs be <hi>in the middle;</hi> and he that hath neither too little
nor too much, must needs have a <hi>competency</hi> or <hi>food convenient</hi> for him. Therefore
<hi>Agur</hi> reckons of this but as <hi>one petition,</hi> when he saith in the former verse, <hi>Two things
have Irequired of thee; deny me not them before I die.</hi> Else the things that he requi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>red
would be <hi>three,</hi> if this of my Text made <hi>two.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Again, for the understanding of this compound suit, we must not so conceive it as
if he prayed <hi>absolutely</hi> against <hi>Riches,</hi> or <hi>absolutely</hi> against <hi>Poverty;</hi> (for so the Prayer
were unlawful, <hi>Poverty</hi> and <hi>Riches</hi> being of themselves things indifferent, and the
blessing of God may go with both:) But it is a Prayer of choice, or a comparative
prayer; as if he had said, <hi>Rather</hi> than either <hi>Poverty</hi> or <hi>Riches,</hi> Give me, O Lord,
if it be thy will, <hi>the Mean</hi> between both: <hi>Feed me with Food convenient for me.</hi> For
though all three estates be indifferent, yet <hi>comparatively</hi> and for choice <hi>the middle</hi> is
the best and happiest condition. Such speeches by way of Opposition or <hi>Antithesis,</hi>
yet implying in their sense a choice or <hi>Protimesis,</hi> are frequent in Scripture.<note n="*" place="margin">H<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>s. 6. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. Matt. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. 13. &amp; 12<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> 7.</note> 
                     <hi>I will
have mercy, and not sacrifice:</hi> not to be understood as though God forbade Sacrifice;
but thus, <hi>I had rather have mercy than sacrifice.</hi> So in S. <hi>Matthew,</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Matt. 6. 19. 20.</note> 
                     <hi>Lay not up for
your selves treasures upon earth; but lay up for your selves treasures in heaven:</hi> not to be
understood as a plain prohibition to lay up earthly treasures, but by way of choice
or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Rather lay up treasures in heaven, than treasures upon earth;</hi> Have a
greater care of the one than of the other: And many the like, for it is a frequent ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pression.</p>
                  <p>Thus having made the way plain and open to my Text, I come now to consider the
<milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="I"/> several parts thereof: and First, <hi>The Request</hi> or <hi>Thing prayed for;</hi> where, of the two
ways whereby it is expressed,<note place="margin">
                        <hi>A<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>ur's</hi> Request.</note> I must, for the more easie unfolding thereof, begin
with the Affirmative, <hi>Feed me with Food convenient for me.</hi> For if this be understood,
we cannot be long ignorant of the other: If we know <hi>the Mean</hi> once which <hi>Agur</hi>
chuseth, we shall soon guess what he understands by <hi>Riches</hi> and <hi>Poverty,</hi> the <hi>Extremes</hi>
which he refuseth. <hi>Feed me</hi> (saith he) <hi>with Food convenient for me.</hi> This <hi>conveni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ent
food</hi> is in the Original <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Panis dimensi mei, The bread of my competent allow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ance.</hi>
The <hi>Septuagint</hi> turns it, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Things fit and sufficient: Sym<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>machus,</hi>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Competent diet:</hi> The Chaldee Paraphrast, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Bread</hi>
or <hi>Food sufficient for me;</hi> for so <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> signifies; for it is the word for <hi>Suffi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cit,</hi>
                     <pb n="125" facs="tcp:63175:113"/>
in the 15. verse of this Chapter, <hi>Four things say not, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, Sufficit, It is enough;</hi>
it is the word for <hi>Sufficient, Exod.</hi> 36. 7. where it is said of the offering for the Ta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bernacle,<note place="margin">Prov. 30. 8, 9</note>
that which was offered, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>was sufficient for all the work;</hi> and in 2 <hi>Sam.</hi>
24. 16. where God says of the plague, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Sufficit, It is enough.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Now by <hi>Bread</hi> or <hi>Food</hi> the Hebrew understands <hi>All provisions for the use of life:</hi> so
<hi>competent Food</hi> is a <hi>competent Maintenance:</hi> Which to be the true meaning of this <hi>Pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nis
dimensi, Agur's</hi> deprecation of <hi>Poverty</hi> on the one side, and of <hi>Riches</hi> on the other,
is a firm demonstration: For what else can it be but a state of <hi>Competency</hi> which he
begs as the <hi>Mean</hi> between <hi>Want</hi> and <hi>Superfluity?</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>And this is even that <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, that <hi>daily bread,</hi> which Christ our Lord
in his Prayer hath taught us all to pray for; <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
or, as S. <hi>Luke</hi> hath it, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Give us day by day our daily bread:</hi> Where the
meaning in general is indifferently well agreed upon; but much ado there is what this
word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> should signifie. But not to trouble you with the rehearsal of so many
varieties of interpretation as the singularity of this word hath begotten, some nearer,
some altogether wide of the mark; the plain truth is, That as <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, a word
like unto this, was first devised by the <hi>Septuagint;</hi> so was <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in this prayer
made by the Evangelists in imitation thereof; neither of both being any where to be
found but in Scripture only. For the <hi>Septuagint</hi> of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> signifying <hi>Abundantia,
Exuperantia,</hi> abundance and superfluity, formed the Adjective <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> to express
the Hebrew word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>; and for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Deut. 7. 6 &amp; ch. 14. 2. &amp; 26. 18.</note> 
                     <hi>a Peculiar people,</hi> rendred <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <hi>a Supernumerary people,</hi> a people wherein God had a Superlative propriety and inte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rest,
above and besides his common interest to all the Nations of the world: For so
he saith, <hi>Exod.</hi> 19. 5. <hi>Thou shalt be unto me <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> a Peculiar people above all
people, for all the earth is mine:</hi> as if he should say, <hi>But you shall be mine in a degree
above the rest.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>According to the Example and Analogy of this <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> (I say) the Evangelists
here formed <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. For as <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> signifies an <hi>Abundance</hi> or <hi>Superfluity,</hi> of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
a <hi>Being,</hi> and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>ultra</hi> or <hi>super,</hi> as it were an <hi>Over-Being;</hi> so would <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> signifie
a <hi>Sufficiency,</hi> as it were <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>that which is adequate to Being,</hi> or, as <hi>Suidas</hi>
hath it, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Fit for our Being and Supportance,</hi> Therefore as
of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Abundance, the <hi>Septuagint</hi> made <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Abounding:</hi> so the Evangelists
of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> a <hi>Sufficiency,</hi> made <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Sufficient.</hi> And this is agreeable to the <hi>Sy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>riack</hi>
Translation, the Language our Saviour spake, which hath here, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <hi>The bread we have need of.</hi> Thus <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is <hi>Sufficient bread,</hi> and opposed to
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Superfluous</hi> and <hi>Superabounding bread.</hi> All which will appear most
clearly and elegantly, if we do but parallel these two words in the Petition by way of
<hi>Antithesis</hi> in this manner, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
Not <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> a <hi>Superfluous</hi> and <hi>Superabounding bread;</hi> but <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
a <hi>Sufficient bread, give us,</hi> O Lord, <hi>this day.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>And thus we have seen that this Prayer of <hi>Agur,</hi> in my Text, is the self-same
with that our Saviour taught us in the Gospel; which <hi>Tremellius</hi> well observing in his
most elegant Hebrew Catechism, renders that petition in these very words of <hi>Agur,</hi>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, as though our Saviour had reference to them.</p>
                  <p>Now for the right understanding of this <hi>Sufficiency</hi> we are to pray for, we must
know, that <hi>a Competency</hi> is twofold: Either <hi>in regard of Nature,</hi> which sufficeth to sup<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>port
a man in his natural life and health: or secondly, <hi>a Competency in regard of a mans
condition,</hi> which is sufficient to support and maintain him in that condition, order, de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gree
and calling wherein God hath placed him. Both these degrees of <hi>Sufficiency</hi> are
meant in the Prayer our Saviour taught us, <hi>Give us this day our daily bread;</hi> and in
this of <hi>Agur, Feed me with food convenient for me,</hi> namely, for <hi>Agur.</hi> For perhaps that
may not be sufficient for <hi>Agur's</hi> condition, which might suffice for another. But if <hi>Agur's</hi>
condition were such as some mans is, that he needed no more than was convenient to
maintain himself in his natural life and health; then the <hi>Competency</hi> he must pray for is
no more than a <hi>Competency in regard of Nature.</hi> If <hi>Agur</hi> be a Master of a Family; then
that is his <hi>Competency</hi> which is convenient to maintain his wife, children and houshold.
If <hi>Agur</hi> be a Publick person, a Prince or a Ruler of the people; then that is <hi>Agur's
Sufficiency</hi> which will conveniently maintain him in that condition.</p>
                  <p>For the <hi>Competency</hi> which <hi>Agur</hi> prays for is that, which if he want, he is in poverty;
if he exceed, he is rich. Now our own Reason will inform us, that those means
which would make a private man rich, a King may have, a Peer may have, and more
too, and yet be exceeding poor. In a word therefore, as <hi>Zeba</hi> and <hi>Zalmunna</hi> said to
<pb n="126" facs="tcp:63175:114"/>
                     <hi>Gideon, Iud.</hi> 8. 21. <hi>As is the man, so is his strength;</hi> the like may I say here, <hi>As is
the man, so is his Competency.</hi> And in whatsoever condition God hath placed thee,
thou mayest, yea thou oughtest to pray for a <hi>convenient Food</hi> to maintain the same;
but to ask more thou hast no pattern, neither in this, nor in the Prayer which Christ
himself hath taught thee.</p>
                  <p>HAVING thus fully explicated (as I think) these first words of <hi>Agur's</hi> Prayer;
let us now see what <hi>Observations</hi> they will afford us, before we come to <hi>the Reason</hi>
in the words following, where indeed is the marrow of the Text.</p>
                  <p>First therefore,<note place="margin">Observat. 1.</note> If we ought with <hi>Agur</hi> to pray against Poverty, <hi>Then is that Monk<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ish
affecting of Poverty no point of Piety; their voluntary and vowed Poverty, as they would
make us believe, neither a State of Perfection, nor a Religion acceptable to God.</hi> We
know well enough what the <hi>Poverty of Monks and Friers</hi> hath been for many hundred
years, not a <hi>State of Perfection</hi> (God knows) but a <hi>State of Hypocrisie:</hi> For what <hi>Pover<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty</hi>
is that, I pray you, where a man is said to be poor, and to have forsaken all, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cause
he hath nothing in proper, and yet hath a rich and plentiful share in the com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mon?
But suppose it were as they say it is, and as amongst the ancient Monks it was
indeed, and perhaps still among some of their begging Friers; yet, I say, such a <hi>wil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ful
Poverty</hi> is neither a <hi>State of Perfection,</hi> nor a <hi>Religion acceptable to God:</hi> For if it
were, it could not be lawfully prayed against, nor a competent sufficiency prayed for:
But, <hi>Give me not poverty,</hi> (saith <hi>Agur) but seed me with food sufficient for me.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/> But they alledge the Counsel of our Saviour to the young man in the Gospel,
<hi>Matth.</hi> 19. 21. <hi>If thou wilt be perfect, go sell that thou hast, and give it to the poor, and
thou shalt have treasure in heaven.</hi> Doth not Christ prescribe <hi>Poverty</hi> here as the way
to eternal life?</p>
                  <p>A Ship in a storm is sometimes in that danger, as there is no way to save her but to
throw her lading into the Sea; The Body sometime cannot be saved, unless an arm
or a leg be cut off. If this young man's Soul were in danger of some such spiritual
Gangrene through his great possessions, then was this counsel of our Saviour a perso<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nal
and particular advice unto him: but extraordinary cases are not to be made an
ordinary practice. But I think this was not this young man's case, for the Text saith,
<hi>Our Saviour loved him,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Mark 10. 21.</note> when he heard his replies, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> And therefore I answer, that
our Saviour spake this <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Trial-wise;</hi> as he did to the woman of <hi>Canaan,</hi>
when,<note place="margin">Matth. 15. 24.</note> to prove her constant Faith, he told her, <hi>He was not sent but to the lost sheep of
Israel;</hi> and as he did to <hi>Moses, Numb.</hi> 14. 12. when, to prove or stir up his zeal in
praying, he threatned utterly to destroy his people <hi>Israel; I will</hi> (saith he) <hi>smite
them with pestilence, and disi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>herit them, and will make of thee a greater Nation than they.</hi>
So our Saviour spake here to the young man <hi>by way of Trial,</hi> to prove him, and to
make him see and acknowledge how much he was deceived, how far short he was of
that <hi>Perfectness of heart</hi> he deemed to be in himself, who thought he could have been
willing and ready to do any thing for the attainment of everlasting life: <hi>Master,</hi>
(saith he) <hi>what shall I do, that I may inherit everlasting life?</hi> I have done all I know,<note place="margin">Matth. 19. 16.</note>
command me any thing else what thou wilt, I am ready to undertake it. Our Savi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>our
answers, By this shalt thou approve thy <hi>perfectness</hi> with God, if thou canst be wil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ling
for his sake to <hi>sell all that thou hast, and give it unto the poor.</hi> And this was a
Touchstone indeed;<note place="margin">Verse 22.</note> for the Text says, <hi>He went away sorrowful.</hi> And I make no
doubt, but if many among us, who think themselves some-body, would examine
themselves upon this point, they would find their hearts deceive them egregiously,
and that they were not the men they took themselves to be. Art thou rich, and yet
couldst thou be willing to forsake all thou hast to follow Christ? This is a scour<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
Trial indeed. And yet should every true Christian be thus affected, to forsake
all in the purpose and estimation of his heart, that he may be one of Christ's: For,
<hi>He that loveth father and mother,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Matth. 10. 37. &amp; 19. 29.</note> 
                     <hi>houses and lands, better than him,</hi> (he that hath not
forsaken them in his estimation and resolution,) <hi>is not worthy of him.</hi> And this is
that forsaking of the world in purpose and affection, to prefer Christ before the
world, whereof S. <hi>Peter</hi> chiefly spake, <hi>Luke</hi> 18. 28. <hi>Loe, we have left all, and follow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
thee,</hi> (that is, we have set all at nought to follow thee,) and yet <hi>Peter</hi> kept his
house still at <hi>Capernaum.</hi> I leave it to be considered, whether such as these be not
the <hi>poor in spirit, Matth. 5. 3.</hi> that is, who in spirit and affection have renounced the
world, and esteem of Christ above all riches. For these words are but once found
in Scripture, and S. <hi>Luke</hi> seems to imply as much as I say, when he relateth the words
as spoken to and of the Apostles only; <hi>Blessed be ye poor, for yours is the Kingdom of
God.</hi> But I will not contend for it.<note place="margin">Luke 6. 20.</note>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="127" facs="tcp:63175:114"/>
Secondly, The Patrons of <hi>Monkery</hi> alledge the Practice of the Primitive Church,
<hi>Acts</hi> 2. 45. &amp; chap. 4. 34, 35. who <hi>sold their lands and possessions, and laid down the
money at the Apostles feet.</hi> I answer, They were <hi>Iews</hi> that did so, and none but <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/>
                     <hi>Iews</hi> that did so. Shew me the like done among the <hi>Gentiles,</hi> when the Gospel came
amongst them: Which of all S. <hi>Paul's</hi> Epistles give any such Precept, or intimate any
such thing? But as for the <hi>Iews;</hi> those who once believed in Christ, believed also the
woful destruction of their own Nation to be within a few years after; and there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
they thought good, while there was yet time, to improve their Lands and Pos<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sessions
to the best use, which they should not many years enjoy. And the occasion
was now fit, at the first preaching of the Gospel and gathering of a Church to Christ,
to furnish the Apostles and others for this service and employment. And therefore
when the Gospel was also spred among the Gentiles, the Apostles were so careful to
make Collections in all the Churches for the relief of the poor Saints at <hi>Ierusalem,</hi>
even those who at the first had disfurnished themselves of all, and at whose charges,
as may be supposed, the Gospel was at the beginning preached among the Gentiles.
<hi>Rom.</hi> 15. 26, 27. 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 16. 1. 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> ch. 8, and ch. 9.</p>
                  <p>And seeing I have entred thus far into the question of <hi>Monkery,</hi> I will take leave
to examine two more Examples which they bring to that purpose, though not so
near to the matter of my Text as the former.</p>
                  <p>Thirdly therefore, The Patrons of <hi>Monkery</hi> alledge the Example of the <hi>Rechabites,</hi>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="3"/>
of whom we read <hi>Ier.</hi> 35. 6, 7. that according to an Ordinance wherewith their
Father <hi>Ionadab</hi> bound them, they <hi>drank no wine, built no houses, sowed no seed, nei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
planted nor possessed vineyards or fields; but lived in tents all their days.</hi> Which
singularity of life seems not only to resemble, but to warrant that of <hi>Monkery,</hi> in
those two main points of <hi>forsaking possessions,</hi> and <hi>abstaining from meats;</hi> seeing God
himself in that place commended those <hi>Rechabites</hi> for observing this Ordinance of
<hi>Ionadab</hi> their Father.</p>
                  <p>But I answer; This of the <hi>Rechabites</hi> was <hi>no matter of Religion,</hi> as that of <hi>Monks</hi>
is, but a <hi>mere civil Ordinance</hi> grounded upon a National custome: For the <hi>Rechabites</hi>
were of the race of the Family of <hi>Hobab</hi> the <hi>Kenite, Moses's</hi> Father-in-law, as you
may read 1 <hi>Chron.</hi> 2. 55. Now the <hi>Kenites</hi> were <hi>Midi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>nites</hi> and the <hi>Midianites</hi> were
<hi>dwellers in Tents</hi> from the beginning. This I prove, 1. Becau<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>e the <hi>Arabi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ns</hi> of those
parts were such both then, and still are at this day. 2. The <hi>Ishmaelites</hi> and <hi>Mi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dianites</hi>
dwelt together, insomuch that their names are consounded in Scripture, or
interchangeably used the one for the other. For <hi>Gen.</hi> 37. 25, 28. those Merchants
to whom <hi>Ioseph</hi> was sold are promiscuously called sometimes, <hi>Ishmaelites,</hi> sometimes
<hi>Midianites,</hi> as if they were both one people; as indeed they both descended of
<hi>Abraham,</hi> the one by his handmaid <hi>Hagar,</hi> the other by his second wife <hi>Keturah.</hi> So
<hi>Iudg.</hi> 8. 24. the <hi>Midianites</hi> which <hi>Gideon</hi> vanquished are called <hi>Ishmaelites. They had</hi>
(saith the Text) <hi>golden ear-rings for they were Ishmaelites.</hi> Now it is apparent in
Scripture that the <hi>Ishmaelites</hi> or <hi>Hagarens</hi> used to <hi>dwell in Tents,</hi> whence 1 <hi>Chron.</hi>
5. 10. it is said, the <hi>Reubenites</hi> in the daies of <hi>Saul</hi> made war with the <hi>Hagarites,</hi>
who <hi>fell by their hand; and they dwelt in their tents throughout all the East-land of Cilead.</hi>
Besides, of the <hi>Ishmaelites</hi> were those famous <hi>Scenite-Arabians,</hi> mentioned in Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture
so oft under the name of the <hi>Tents of Kedar.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Psal. 120. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. Ier. 49. 28.</note> Such therefore as the <hi>Ishmaelites</hi>
were, may we deem the <hi>Midianites</hi> also to have been, who dwelt with them: and
to put it quite out of doubt, we have so much told us in Scripture, in the prayer of
<hi>Habakkuk,</hi> cha. 3. 7. <hi>I saw,</hi> saith he, <hi>the Tents of Cushan</hi> (or <hi>Arabia) in affliction, and
the curtains of the land of Midian did tremble.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>This custome of their Nation and Countrey did that <hi>Midian</hi> Tribe of the <hi>Kenites</hi>
(of which was the Father-in-law of <hi>Moses</hi>) still observe, after they came to live in <hi>Ca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>naan</hi>
with the <hi>Israelites.</hi> So we read <hi>Iud.</hi> 4. 11. that <hi>Hober the Kenite, which was of the
children of Hobab the Father-in-law of Moses, severed himself from the Kenites, and
pitched his tent unto the plain of Zaanaim, which is by Kedesh.</hi> See 1 <hi>Chron.</hi> 2. 55. ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording
to <hi>Hierome.</hi> And <hi>this manner of living</hi> they seem to have retained, partly
for to be a <hi>Badge</hi> and <hi>Cognizance</hi> of the Nation whence they were descended, and
partly to live the more securely in the land where they were strangers, either from
the envie of the <hi>Iews</hi> at home, or danger of enemies abroad, to whom by this means
they should be the less subject, as having neither houses to fire, nor lands to be taken
from them, but only cattel wherewith they lived, and tents<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> which they removed
hither and thither as opportunity served for pasture to feed them: Even as
<hi>Abraham</hi> lived while he sojourned as a stranger in the land of <hi>Canaan,</hi> and in
<pb n="128" facs="tcp:63175:115"/>
imitation of whom, being their Ancestor, perhaps this custome was derived to the
<hi>Midianites</hi> his children.</p>
                  <p>Howsoever at length it seems these <hi>Kenites,</hi> allured by the more pleasant living
of the <hi>Israelites,</hi> began to change this custome of their Ancestors; which occasioned
<hi>Ionadab</hi> the son of <hi>Rechab,</hi> a famous <hi>Kenite,</hi> to renew it again, and bind his poste<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rity
to observe it; and to that end he forbad them altogether to drink any Wine,
lest desire thereof might occasion them to plant Vineyards, and so to build Houses
as the <hi>Iews</hi> did, and so to forsake the custome of their Nation; as perhaps lico<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rousness
of Wine before had caused many of them to do. For certain it is that <hi>Io<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nadeb</hi>
renewed but that which their Ancestors had observed long before he was born.
And thus you see it was <hi>no order of Religion</hi> which they bound themselves unto,
but a maintenance of a <hi>Civil custome.</hi> And therefore the wild <hi>Arabians</hi> and <hi>Tar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tars,</hi>
who at this day live in like manner, are as good a Pattern to warrant <hi>Monkery</hi>
by as they.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="4"/> But there is another Example yet, wherein they put great confidence, as being
established by God himself;<note place="margin">Num. 6 2. &amp;c.</note> and that is of the <hi>Nazarites</hi> in the Law, who bound
themselves by a solemn vow to <hi>a singularity of life,</hi> not much unlike that of <hi>Monks,</hi>
(especially those of the ancient form) as to <hi>separate themselves unto the Lord, to drink
neither wine nor strong drink, nor suffer a razor to come upon their heads,</hi> and to be ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>counted
in a special manner <hi>holy unto God</hi> above other men.</p>
                  <p>I answer, If this be the sample from which <hi>Monkery</hi> is derived, there needs no other
Argument utterly to overthrow it; and therefore it is as ill chosen as could be. For
this <hi>Law of Nazarism</hi> is one of the things expresly named, which the Apostles decreed
at the Council of <hi>Ierusalem</hi> should not be imposed upon the <hi>Gentiles</hi> who believed in
Christ. Look <hi>Acts</hi> 21. where S. <hi>Paul</hi> having made a <hi>Nazarite's</hi> Vow at <hi>Cenchrea</hi> for a
certain time, according to the manner, <hi>Iames</hi> and the Elders of the Church at <hi>Ierusa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lem</hi>
advised him to joyn himself with four others who had <hi>the like Vow</hi> upon them, (and
the time thereof also as <hi>Paul's</hi> was then to be fulfilled, for they were seldom perpetual,)
and to take and purifie himself according to the Law with them, that the <hi>Iews</hi> might
take notice he was conformable to the Laws and Orders of his own Nation, till God
should dissolve the same. But as <hi>touching the Gentiles,</hi> (saith <hi>Iames</hi> verse 25.) <hi>we have
written and concluded that they observe no such thing.</hi> Is not this plain enough? If
therfore Law of <hi>Nazarites</hi> be the Pattern of <hi>Monkish Orders,</hi> the Apostles de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>creed
the <hi>Gentiles</hi> should observe no such thing. And for the <hi>Iews,</hi> God hath now
also dissolved their Temple and all their Legal Worship.</p>
                  <p>THUS much for the <hi>first Observation</hi> against <hi>superstitious</hi> and <hi>affected Poverty;</hi>
nor shall I need stay longer upon this part of <hi>Agur's</hi> Prayer, <hi>Give me not Poverty.</hi>
There are not many of us willingly guilty on this side.<note place="margin">Observ. 2.</note> I come therefore to the
other side, whence my <hi>second Observation</hi> shall be, <hi>That we ought not to covet nor seek
after Abundance and Excess in these outward things; but to have our aims and desires
stinted at such a Competency only, as is convenient to maintain us in that condition and
state wherein God hath placed us.</hi> Whatsoever is more than this, is Sin: For what
we have no pattern in the Word of God to pray for, we have no warrant to covet
or seek for. In the Pattern for all our Prayers, <hi>The Lord's Prayer,</hi> our Saviour alloweth
us to pray for no more but a competency, <hi>Give us day by day our daily bread;</hi> that is, not
a superfluous and superabounding bread, but <hi>a sufficient bread</hi> we pray thee, O Lord,
to give us this day and every day. <hi>Agur</hi> in my Text, <hi>Give me neither Poverty nor
Riches; feed me with food convenient for me. Iacob</hi> in his vow, <hi>Gen.</hi> 28. 20. <hi>If the
Lord</hi> (saith he) <hi>will give me food to eat, and raiment to put on, The Lord shall be my God,
&amp;c. Food</hi> he desires, but food <hi>to eat; Clothing</hi> he desires, but clothing to <hi>put on;</hi> so
much as was <hi>sufficient</hi> for him and his to eat: so much as was <hi>sufficient</hi> for him and
his to wear: this <hi>Iacob</hi> desires, but no more. And under these two words, <hi>Food</hi> and
<hi>Raiment,</hi> are comprehended all things needful for the maintenance of life; as may ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pear
by the following words v. 22. where <hi>Iacob</hi> promiseth, that if God will grant
him this his suit, <hi>of all that he should give him he would pay the Tenth unto him.</hi> But
in the whole Book of God there is no Prayer to be found for <hi>Superfluity</hi> and <hi>Abun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dance.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>I would not be mistaken: I say not, it is unlawful <hi>to have</hi> and <hi>enjoy</hi> Riches and
Abundance, if God give them; but unlawful to <hi>covet</hi> and <hi>seek after</hi> them. I know,
the things of themselves are indifferent, and the good creatures of God made for
the use of man, if man abused them not; yea, plenty and abundance of them
are called <hi>the gifts of God,</hi> and, which is more, <hi>the blessings of God: The blessing of God</hi>
                     <pb n="129" facs="tcp:63175:115"/>
(saith <hi>Solomon,</hi> Prov. 10. 12.) <hi>maketh rich:</hi> and it is the usual phrase of Scripture
to say of those that became rich, that <hi>God blessed them.</hi> And they are <hi>Blessings</hi> in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deed,
when God offers them, but no <hi>Blessings</hi> to such as covetously hunt and gape
after them. <hi>Abraham</hi> was rich, <hi>Iacob</hi> was rich, <hi>Solomon</hi> and <hi>David</hi> were rich; I mean,
they had abundance wherewith God blessed them: But which of all these, or any o<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>other
holy man in God's Book, do we find to have long'd for, crav'd or labour'd after
more than a <hi>portion convenient</hi> for them? which of them made their desires carvers
of such abundance? No: Desire of abundance and superfluity <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ures not with the
heart of God's servants. <hi>Iacob</hi> indeed became rich, but desired (as you heard) but
<hi>meat to eat, and raiment to put on. Solomon</hi> a King, for whose estate the greatest
measure of these things was most behoveful, yet when God (1 <hi>Kings</hi> 3. 5, 9.) gave
him his choice to ask what he would, and he would give it him; he asked neither
<hi>riches</hi> nor <hi>honour,</hi> but a <hi>wise</hi> and <hi>understanding heart;</hi> wherewith God was so well
pleased, that he tells him,<note place="margin">Vers. 11.</note>
                     <hi>Because he had not asked riches nor honour; therefore he
would give him both riches and honour in that abundance,<note place="margin">Vers. 13.</note> as no king on earth should be like
him.</hi> When <hi>Riches</hi> come thus, they come then indeed as <hi>Blessings:</hi> For God gives
them as well-pleased, and accordingly as he sees them good for those to whom he
gives them; and sends his <hi>Grace</hi> with them, that those who have them may use them
to his glory and their own good.</p>
                  <p>On the contrary, To men whose hearts could never say, If God will give me
but sufficient and convenient for me, I will lay me down and be at rest, and crave
no further; to those whose hearts are restle's and mad after abundance and excess
of wealth, whose desires are without all bounds in seeking after Riches: Experience
may tell us, that to such as these <hi>Riches</hi> seldom or never prove a <hi>Blessing</hi> when they
get them, but a <hi>Curse. He that maketh hast to be rich,</hi> (saith <hi>Solomon,</hi> Prov. 28. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>0.) <hi>shall
not be innocent. They that will be rich,</hi> (saith S. <hi>Paul,</hi> 1 Tim. 6. 9. speaking of such as could
not rest with a Competency) <hi>fall into temptation and a snare, and into many foolish and
hurtful lusts, which drown men in destruction and perdition.</hi> We use to say, that those
who have great losses are undone: but here, he that getteth much is undone.</p>
                  <p>Wouldst thou then be happy and blessed in the enjoyment of these outward things,
then desire no more in thy heart than thou mayest lawfully ask of God in thy Prayer:
Follow the counsel of <hi>Solomon,</hi> Prov. 23. 4. <hi>Labour not to be rich, cease from thine
own wisdom; viz.</hi> to seek to be rich, which is humane wisdom, but indeed plain
folly. Let neither thy desires nor thy aims out-bound this of <hi>Agur's,</hi> to have <hi>food
convenient</hi> for thee. If God sees it good for thee to have more, he will give it thee, and
offer thee the means and opportunity thereof, without thy seeking. But if he
sees it not good for thee, why wouldst thou have it? Thou hast <hi>enough</hi> already,
if thou hast <hi>convenient.</hi> Howsoever, God hates a large and restless desire: There<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
be not covetous, be not greedy of much; lest if thou come by it, God give it
thee not in mercy, but in wrath and displeasure.</p>
                  <p>My third <hi>Observation</hi> is,<note place="margin">Observat. 3.</note> 
                     <hi>That a Competency, or the Middle estate between Want and
Superfluity, is in choice to be preferred, as the best and happiest condition.</hi> We see <hi>Agur</hi>
preferreth it before the rest, and that his choice was a <hi>Wise</hi> man's choice, we cannot
doubt, when the Scripture records it as a piece of his <hi>Wisdom:</hi> yea, even the Wise<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>men
of the<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Horat. Carm</hi> l. 2. <hi>Od.</hi> 10. Aurtam quisquis Medioc<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>atem Dilig<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>t, tutus caret obsol<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                           <desc>•••</desc>
                        </gap> Sordibus tects, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap> in <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap> Sobrius aulâ.</note> Heathen were not ignorant thereof. The reason is ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>parent,
because it is the most free from such dangers as both Extremes
are subject unto; which <hi>Agur</hi> mentioneth in the Reason of his petition,
to be perils of <hi>Irreligion</hi> towards God and <hi>Injustice</hi> towards man: Great
evils both of them, endangering the state of the Soul. But I must not
speak of them particularly here, they belong to the Second part of my
Text: and we shall not need look so far;<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Seneca in Oedipo.</hi> Fata si<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>c<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> mihi Fingere arbit<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>to <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>o, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> Tuta me in d<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>â <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>hat Vita decurren<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>â.</note> for not only in that, but even
in outward respects, we shall find <hi>this middle estate</hi> to be the <hi>safest</hi> con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dition.
The low shrubs, Beasts will brouze them, and trample upon
them; the high Trees are most subject to the violence of Tempests; when
those of a middle size are free from both. So a poor estate is subject to contempt, and
so to be wronged and injured of every one that will: The rich and mighty are en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vied,
and obnoxious to the rage of troublesome times, being looked upon a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> a
booty by such as are able and find advantage to seise upon them. Only the <hi>Mean
estate</hi> is most free from such perillous Extremities, being as below Envy, so above
Contempt.</p>
                  <p>If then our good and gracious God hath given us a <hi>convenient measure of means</hi> to
maintain our condition, let us think <hi>our line hath fallen unto us in a pleasant place,</hi> as
<pb n="130" facs="tcp:63175:116"/>
the Psalmist speaks, <hi>Psal.</hi> 16. 6. and that <hi>we have a goodly heritage.</hi> He that hath once
a <hi>Competency,</hi> let him be assured he hath all the <hi>Contentment</hi> which is to be found in
these temporary things; and Experience will tell him, Though Riches may encrease,
yet after a <hi>Sufficiency</hi> once attained, <hi>Contentment</hi> will encrease no more, though Riches
encrease never so much.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="II"/> THUS much of that which <hi>Agur</hi> requested; Now follows The <hi>Reason</hi> of his
Request,<note place="margin">The Reason of <hi>Agur's</hi> Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>uest.</note> 
                     <hi>Lest I be full and deny thee, and say, Who is the Lord?</hi> &amp;c. Out of which,
before we come to handle them particularly, let us make this <hi>General Observation,
That the Rule of our desires and endeavours, in the getting and enjoying of these outward
things, ought to be our Spiritual welfare and the bettering of us to God-ward.</hi> This was
<hi>Agur's</hi> Rule, He desires such a measure of outward means as might neither through
fulness make him forget God, nor through want tempt him to sin both against him
and his neighbour. This is the Compass we ought to sail by, if we would avoid
shipwrack: This is the Pole-star and Heavenly mark whereon our eyes in all our
thriving courses should be fixed, and by it our desires and aims measured. That pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>portion
of outward things and provisions for this life which may the bes<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> stand with
our improvement to God-ward, which may the most further and enable us, and the
least endanger and hinder us, in our religious devotions to God and charitable duties
to our neighbours; this should be the stint of all our worldly desires and endea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vours
under the Sun. More than may stand with this, is so far from being wished or
sought for, that we ought with <hi>Agur</hi> to pray against it, and say, Lord, <hi>lead us not into
temptation, but deliver us from evil.</hi> But alas! we set the Cart before the Horse;
we make not the Worship of God and our Spiritual advantage the Rule of our aims
in getting and enjoying of these Temporal things: But on the contrary, we use to
serve God and keep his Commandments so far as may stand with our profit, with our
cov<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>tous and ambitious desires, and no farther. And this was <hi>Ieroboam's</hi> sin, who
forsooth would serve the God of his Fathers so as he thought might stand with the
safety of his kingdom, but no farther. But alas! <hi>what would it profit a man to win the
whole world, and lose his own soul?</hi> But <hi>Ieroboam</hi> lost his kingdom too, which else God
had promised to entail unto his posterity.<note place="margin">Mar. 8. 36.</note> But let us be wiser, and, as S. <hi>Paul</hi> bids us, <hi>whe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
we eat or drink, or whatsoever we do else, let us do all to the glory of God.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">1 Cor. 10. 31.</note> Let this
be the End of all our actions, and then we shall be sure to thrive here, and be blessed
for ever in the world to come.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="I"/> So much for the <hi>General Observation:</hi> Now to the particular handling of the words,
<hi>Lest I be full, and deny thee, and say, Who is the Lord?</hi> The words are plain, and their
meaning of <hi>Impiety</hi> and <hi>Irreligion: Give me not Riches, lest I become ungodly and
irreligious.</hi> For, as <hi>to know God</hi> in Scripture is to worship and serve him with fear
and reverence; so <hi>to deny</hi> him is to be devoid of Religion toward him, to live as if
there were no God.<note place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                           <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> So it is said of the sons of <hi>Eli,</hi> that they were <hi>sons of Belial,
they knew not the Lord,</hi> that is, they acknowledged him not by love, fear and obedi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ence,
but lived as if they had said, <hi>Who is the Lord?</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Now that men who abound in Wealth and Superfluity are much subject to this
malady, is so manifest by other places of Scripture, that <hi>Agur's</hi> fear was not without a
cause. <hi>Deut.</hi> 6. 12. is a Caution given to <hi>Israel,</hi> when God should bless them with Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sperity,
<hi>When thou shalt have eaten and be full, them beware lest thou forget the Lord which
brought thee out of the Land of Egypt.</hi> Again, <hi>Deut.</hi> 8. 10, <hi>&amp;c. When thou shalt have eaten
and be full<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> Beware that thou forget not the Lord thy God, in not keeping his Command<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments,
and Iudgments, and his Statutes: Lest when thou hast eaten and art full,
and hast built goodly houses, and dwelt therein, And thy herds and thy flocks multi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ply,
and thy silver and thy gold is multiplied, and all that thou hast is multiplied;
Then thine heart be lifted up, and thou forget the Lord thy God, which brought, &amp;c.</hi>
Vers. 17. <hi>And thou say in thine heart, My power and the might of mine hand hath got<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ten
me this wealth.</hi> Whence it appears, not only how dangerous <hi>Prosperity</hi> is to Pie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty,
but what it is <hi>to forget</hi> God, which is, in my Text, <hi>to deny him, and to ask Who
he is;</hi> namely, to break his Commandments, Statutes and Iudgments, to be un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thankful
for his Blessings, and to attribute all to our own power and wisdom. Again,
in <hi>Deut.</hi> 32. 15. <hi>Moses</hi> prophetically sings of <hi>Israel, Iesurun waxed fat, and kicked:
Thou art</hi> (saith he) <hi>waxed fat, thou art grown thick, thou art covered with fatness:
Then he forsook God which made him, and lightly esteemed the Rock of his salvation.</hi>
Vers. 16. <hi>They provoked him to jealousie with strange gods, with abominations they pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>voked
him to anger.</hi> And <hi>Hosea</hi> 13. 6. the Lord complains of the event of this predicti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on,
<hi>According to their pasture</hi> (saith he) <hi>so were they filled, and their hearts were lifted
<pb n="131" facs="tcp:63175:116"/>
up; therefore they have forgotten me.—Rarae fumant felicibus arae.</hi> I think it is suffi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ciently
proved, and Experience doth every where make it good.</p>
                  <p>1. The cause hereof is, the weakness of our Nature through sin, not able to
wield the Blessings of God if they abound. Even as the Physitians say that a <hi>Plethora,</hi>
or full state of body, is dangerous in respect of health, even though it be without
impurity of bloud; because Nature, if weaker, then it cannot wield it; or if a
while she be of equal strength, yet is soon and sometimes suddenly, overturned: Even
such is the case here with our life and health spiritual.</p>
                  <p>2. Religious Devotion springs from Humility and Lowliness of mind: but Abun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dance
usually pusseth up with pride; as the Lord even now complained in <hi>Hosea,</hi> that
<hi>the heart of his people was exalted, and therefore they forgot him.</hi> So in the quotation
<hi>Deut.</hi> 8. 10, &amp;c.</p>
                  <p>Lastly, A full belly is unfittest for Devotion and Prayer, and therefore in our
devoutest Supplications we use <hi>Fasting.</hi> Even as it is in plenteous feeding, so is it
in the very outward injoyment of plenty: whence ye heard even now the Spirit of
God to express this <hi>Abundance</hi> of outward things by <hi>Feeding, Fulness,</hi> and <hi>Fatness.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>THIS Truth thus confirmed will afford us three <hi>useful Observations.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Observat. 1.</note> First, <hi>To
consider the wickedness of man's nature which abuseth the Abundance of God's Blessings
to dishonour him that gave them. Vnthankfulness</hi> is a most hateful vice, if but <hi>to men,</hi>
and for such benefits as one man can afford another: How much more to be abhor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>red
is <hi>Vnthankfulness to God,</hi> who is the <hi>giver of all good things?</hi> Yet amongst men
Abundance of benefits will sometimes wring an acknowledgment from an unthank<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ful
disposition, though a smaller kindness would not do it. But the contrary, the
more Benefits and Favours are heaped, so much the more unthankful to grow to
him that bestows them; or the more his Benefits encrease, the more to wrong and
reproach him: this I think is not easily sampled in the dealings and courtefies from
man to man. Yet thus most (unworthy and ungrateful wretches!) are we wont to
deal with our gracious God, not only to be <hi>unthankful,</hi> (which were bad enough) but
so much <hi>the more unthankful,</hi> by how much his Benefits encrease and abound toward
us. The less we have, the more we acknowledge him; the more he gives us, the less
we own him; and if so be we once arrive at a <hi>Fulness,</hi> it is ten to one but we plainly
<hi>deny</hi> him, and ask, <hi>Who is the Lord?</hi> and what a hideous <hi>Vnthankfulness</hi> is this!</p>
                  <p>If this were not so, <hi>Agur</hi> would never have grounded his Prayer upon such a sup<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>position:
if it be so, we see why God is fain, for the most part, to deny those he
loveth, abundance of these outwardthings; namely, lest by so giving he might quite
lose them, and utterly undo them. He knoweth our nature better than our selves,
and moderates his Blessings for our good.</p>
                  <p>Physick is an unpleasing thing, (our Stomachs are much against it) and a Potion
is bitter in tast; yet in danger of life, if we be sick, or if we be but crazie and in
danger of sickness, we are willing to submit our selves to the will of the Physician,
as one that knows what is good for us better than our selves: We can endure in such
a case to be abridged of our diet, to be restrained from our pleasure, to fast from
our desired meat and drink; and not to be offended at him who shall thus abridge us,
but to love him, yea reward him too, as who for this his care hath deserved well at
our hands. Come on then: Hath not God as much skill in the state of our Souls, as
any Physician in the state of our Bodies? Why should we then take it unkindly or
impatiently, when for our spiritual safety he abridgeth us of that abundance which
other men enjoy? Envie them not; it may be they are none of God's Pati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ents,
and so he takes no care of them, but lets them fill until they surfeit and perish:
but thou art under his cure, who is the great Physician: if thou believest it, thou
wilt love him therefore, and quietly submit unto his will; and not be like the horse
and mule who, because they want understanding, are impatient to be dieted or dimi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nished
of their fodder, though it be for their good, because they know it not. And
thus much for the first useful Observation.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Observe</hi> in the second place,<note place="margin">Observat. 2.</note> 
                     <hi>The unreasonable Folly of men, so greedily to long for and
pursue after that which so much endangereth their welfare and happiness.</hi> For is it not a
<hi>Folly</hi> never to think a man's self well, until he be in an estate of greatest danger? It
is as if a man should seek a Lion in his den, when he might safely have passed by with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>out
danger; or like the filliness of children, who long to have an Adder in their
hands, because he hath a gay skin. Were it not much better, with <hi>Agur's</hi> choice, to
sit somewhat low with safety, than to ride aloft with continual danger of breaking a
man's neck? We would have we know not what: we daily pray that God would <hi>not
<pb n="132" facs="tcp:63175:117"/>
lead us into temptation,</hi> and yet we long to be tempted: or it may be we are of <hi>Socra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tes</hi>
his mind, who chose a shrew to exercise his patience; so we would have wealth in
abundance, to approve our moderation. But as <hi>Aristotle</hi> thinks it not <hi>true Valour</hi> and
<hi>Magnanimity</hi> to be <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>to long to be in danger,</hi> but rather to acquit himself
well when he shall encounter it; so I think of a <hi>wise</hi> man: He that shall do otherwise,
I think him not wise; if I should, I must take <hi>Agur</hi> for a <hi>fool.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Some perhaps are daring out of ignorance, whom, if they have no better experi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ence,
yet even Nature her self seems willing in some sort to inform, who by Divine
Providence is so ordered, that in those places where Gold and Silver groweth, there
grows neither Grass nor Plant nor other thing that is any thing worth; to shew us how
fruitful the hearts and minds of such are wont to prove as long after them, being as
barren of Goodness as those Countries of Grass. But if any one, after he knows and
is informed of the danger of such a condition, shall say with <hi>Nero's</hi> mother, when
the Mathematician had told her, her Son should indeed be Emperour, but put her to
death. <hi>Me vero occidat, modò imperet; So he may reign, let him kill me:</hi> If any shall
say <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>o here, <hi>Let me be rich, though I perish;</hi> I yield him as worthy <hi>Simon Magus</hi> his
blessing, <hi>Pecunia tua sit tecum in perditionem, Thy money perish with thee,</hi> Acts 8. 20.</p>
                  <p>My third and last <hi>Observation</hi> is,<note place="margin">Observat. 3.</note> 
                     <hi>A Lesson of caution to those who are rich in this
world, to keep a continual watch over themselves, that they forget not God in their abun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dance.</hi>
For though this estate be fickle and dangerous, as I have already shewed;
yet it is possible to be happy therein, if competent and fit means be used; and the be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>loved
of God have been so. And those here have the best hope of success, who
have not by their covetous and ambitious desires tempted God in getting their abun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dance.
Howsoever, as the wealth, so the care also and watchfulness of the owner
must be exceeding and abundant; for a ship of such sail requires a skilful Pilot and
extraordinary care in the steerage.</p>
                  <p>Besides the <hi>General means</hi> in all Estates <hi>to prevent declining from God,</hi> there is one
more <hi>Special means</hi> in this case of Abundance, which if it be not used, I am perswaded
the danger neither can nor ever will be avoided; and that is, <hi>To be fruitful in good
works; to be liberal</hi> and open-handed to the relief of the poor, and furtherance of all
godly and sacred uses. It is S. <hi>Paul's</hi> charge, 1 Tim. 6. 17, 18. <hi>Charge them that be
rich in this world,<note place="margin">Prov. 3. 9.</note>—that they do good, that they be rich in good works, ready to di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stribute,
willing to communicate,</hi> &amp;c.<note place="margin">Psal. 24. 1.</note> If thou wouldst have God's blessing go
with thee, follow <hi>Solomon's</hi> counsel, <hi>Honour him with thy substance, and with the
first-fruits of all thine increase.</hi> For <hi>the earth is the Lord's and the fulness thereof;</hi>
and he requires this as a <hi>Tribute</hi> whereby we may acknowledge him to be the Giver
of what we have. Away with words or mere verbal thanksgivings, God is thy
Landlord, he requires a Lords Rent; those who use not to pay it, will soon forget
who is their Landlord; which is the proper fountain of all the evil that comes by
Abundance. Nay, he that thinks this <hi>Tribute</hi> of his goods is not due, doth already
disclaim his Landlord, and deny God to be his Lord. When <hi>David</hi> made that
bountiful and glorious offering for the building of the Temple, 1 <hi>Chron.</hi> 29. 10, 11,
14. he blessed him in this manner, <hi>Thine, O Lord, is the kingdom, and thou art exal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted
over all: Both riches and honour come of thee, and thou raignest over all, and in
thine hand is power and might, and in thine hand it is to make great, and to give strength
unto all. All things come of thee, and of thine own have we given thee.</hi> If thou wouldst
have the grace to say as <hi>David</hi> said, thou must do as <hi>David</hi> did.</p>
                  <p>THUS we have considered the <hi>First</hi> part of the Reason of <hi>Agur's</hi> Prayer, <hi>Why
he prayed against Riches:</hi> let us next examine the <hi>Second,</hi> which moved him to pray
against <hi>Poverty</hi> also, <hi>Lest</hi> (saith he) <hi>I be poor, and steal, and take the Name of my God
in vain. Poverty,</hi> we see, and want of things needful, hath her dangers and evils,
as well as <hi>Riches</hi> and <hi>Abundance.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/> First, <hi>Stealing; Lest I be poor, and steal.</hi> Where by <hi>Stealing</hi> we must understand
as much as is forbidden in the eighth Commandment: not only <hi>Stealing by force and
violence,</hi> which we call <hi>Robbery;</hi> but <hi>Stealing by fraud, consenage,</hi> or <hi>detention of
anothers due;</hi> though not so much punished by the Laws of Man, yet as great a Sin
before God as <hi>forcible robbing.</hi> You may find all these kinds of <hi>Stealing</hi> reckoned up
together <hi>Levit.</hi> 6. and <hi>one and the same Sacrifice</hi> appointed by God <hi>for atonement</hi> of
them; whereby it appears, their guilt is the same in his estimation, whatsoever men
think of them. <hi>Lev.</hi> 6. 2. <hi>If a Soul sin, and commit a trespass against the Lord, and
lye unto his neighbour in that which was delivered him to keep, or in fellowship,</hi> (or <hi>deal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing,) or in things taken by violence, or hath deceived his neighbour,</hi> Ver. 3. <hi>Or hath
<pb n="133" facs="tcp:63175:117"/>
found that which was lost, and lieth concerning it, and sweareth falsly; in any of
all these that a man doth, sinning therein:</hi> Ver. 4. <hi>Then it shall be, because he hath
sinned and is guilty, that he shall restore that which he took violently away, or the thing
which he hath deceitfully gotten, or that which was delivered him to keep, or the lost
thing which he found,</hi> Ver. 5. <hi>Or all that about which he hath sworn falsly: he shall even
restore it in the principal, and add the fifth part more thereto,</hi> Then followeth <hi>the Sacri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fice
for atonement.</hi> Here you may easily see how far this sin of <hi>Stealing</hi> extends. And
there is none of all these but a poor man in extremity of want is in danger to fall in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to;
as not only <hi>Agur's</hi> fear, but daily experience may tell us, and therefore it needs
no further proof.</p>
                  <p>The second danger that <hi>Agur</hi> nameth, is, of <hi>Taking the Name of God in vain;</hi>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/>
that is, of <hi>perjury</hi> and <hi>false swearing,</hi> as that which would follow upon <hi>Stealing,</hi> as
<hi>Stealing</hi> doth upon <hi>Poverty.</hi> The danger of <hi>Perjury,</hi> upon committing of <hi>Theft,</hi> was
greater among the <hi>Iews</hi> than amongst us, by reason of a Custom and Law amongst
them, to tender an <hi>oath</hi> to those who were accused or suspected of Theft, to clear and
purge themselves. For because <hi>Theft</hi> was not punished by <hi>death</hi> according to the
Divine Law, but by <hi>restitution</hi> and recompence; this course with them was just and
reasonable, when no other evidence sufficient could be brought, to give an <hi>oath</hi> to
the accused; it being supposed that the guilty party, where the punishment for <hi>Theft</hi>
was but <hi>restitution,</hi> would rather confess his offence, than incur so hainous a sin as
the sin of <hi>Perjury.</hi> But with us, who punish <hi>Theft</hi> with <hi>death,</hi> this way of trial by
<hi>oath</hi> would be most unreasonable, it being most true (though spoken by the father
of lies) that <hi>Skin for skin, and all that a man hath, he will give for his life.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Iob 2. 4.</note> But
that this manner of trial was practised among the <hi>Iews,</hi> the place I even now quoted
out of <hi>Leviticus,</hi> for the kinds of <hi>Theft,</hi> doth sufficiently manifest, where it is said,
<hi>If a soul have committed</hi> such or such a kind of <hi>theft; and lieth concerning it, and
sweareth falsly;</hi> and again it is said, <hi>he shall restore all that about which he hath sworn
falsly.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Lev. 6. 2, &amp;c.</note> And <hi>Exod.</hi> 22. 8, 11. there is an express commandment to give an <hi>oath</hi> in a
case of <hi>Theft</hi> there mentioned. Hence it is that the prohibition of <hi>Theft</hi> and <hi>Perjury</hi>
are joyned together, <hi>Lev.</hi> 19. 11, 12, 13. because the one depended of the other:
<hi>Ye shall not steal, neither deal falsly, neither lie one to another. And ye shall not swear
by my Name falsly, neither shalt thou prophane the Name of thy God; I am the Lord.
Thou shalt not defraud thy neighbour, neither rob him: The wages of him that is hired shall
not abide with thee all night until the morning.</hi> The <hi>Perjury</hi> and false swearing here men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tioned
the <hi>Iews</hi> understood to be specially intended in case of <hi>Theft.</hi> For the same
reason <hi>Theft</hi> and <hi>Swearing</hi> are coupled together, <hi>Zech.</hi> 5. 3, 4. and a curse pronounced
against them both, <hi>The curse, saith the Lord of Hosts, shall enter into the house of the
thief, and into the house of him that sweareth falsly by my Name; and it shall remain in
the midst of his house, and shall consume it.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>And thus you see what <hi>special</hi> reason <hi>Agur</hi> had, in regard of the custom of his
Nation, to add to the first evil of <hi>Stealing,</hi> this second danger of <hi>Taking God's Name
in vain,</hi> because the one was like to bring on the other.</p>
                  <p>Yet I would not have you so to take me, as if I thought that we were altogether
exempt from this danger; for through the occasion be less, yet we find by experience
that our <hi>Thieves</hi> will also <hi>forswear</hi> themselves, though no Law or Iudge constrains
them to swear at all. And for <hi>Lying,</hi> the next neighbour to it, we find that to be
the ordinary, and almost unavoidable, consequent of this sin. So that <hi>Agur's</hi> reason
will fit us well enough.</p>
                  <p>THUS much shall serve for the Explication of the words, that ye might under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stand
<hi>Agur's</hi> meaning. Now let us see what <hi>Lessons</hi> and <hi>Observations</hi> we may gather
from them,<note place="margin">Observat. 1.</note> which are these. First, <hi>That it is not lawful to steal, no not in a case of
want and necessity.</hi> For though <hi>Agur</hi> were <hi>poor,</hi> and wanted food convenient for him,
yet were it a sin for him <hi>to steal;</hi> which makes him pray against it, <hi>Lest I be poor, and
steal.</hi> For that which is of it self unjust and sinful, no necessity can make lawful or
dispensable. Indeed in Ceremonies and things by nature indifferent the case is
otherwise; necessity there dispenseth, as it did with <hi>David</hi> in eating of the Shew<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bread:
For the eating of that Bread more than other was not of it self unlawful,
but only for ceremony sake: But Injustice is always Injustice, and such a one among
other sins is <hi>Theft,</hi> when we take that from another which is his, and by no right is
ours.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="134" facs="tcp:63175:118"/>It is therefore a preposterous plea which <hi>Poor</hi> men are wont to use, therewith to
excuse themselves. 1. <hi>What would you</hi> (say they) <hi>have us do? the world hath forsa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ken
us; we have no friend to help us.</hi> Alas! have men forsaken you? and will you
make God forsake you too? Will no body help you? and will you make your selves
uncapable of God's help too? This is not the way to ease your cross, but to procure
a curse and to draw a great misery upon your heads. Nay, if you had not used
these unlawful courses, but had recourse to God your heavenly Father, and trusted
upon him <hi>who clotheth the grass and lilies of the field,</hi> he would have provided for
you: but now you shut the <hi>gates</hi> of his blessing and mercy against your selves.
2. <hi>Yea, but I am a poor man, and he from whom I have taken it, is well able to spare it;
it will do him no harm, and me good.</hi> But who made thee a divider of other mens
goods? Thou must not look only whether he can spare it, but by what means
thou
comest by it. 3. <hi>But it is a small thing.</hi> The more base and abject sinner thou,
who wilt corrupt thy conscience for such a trifle. Take heed; he that will serve
the Devil for so small advantage, if the Devil once mend his wages, it is ten to one
but he will mend his work.</p>
                  <p>This is the first <hi>Observation,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Observat. 2.</note> and if we mark it well, here will be ground and
roomth for another: <hi>For if it be a sin for a Poor man to steal in his want from those
that have enough; how much more hainous is it for a Rich man to rob the poor?</hi> as many
do by fraud, oppression, deta<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ning the hire of the labourer, and the like. The poor
man's need is a strong temptation to make him steal; therefore <hi>Agur</hi> makes <hi>Theft</hi> the
poor man's danger, and not the rich; <hi>Lest I be poor</hi> (saith he) <hi>and steal:</hi> not, Lest
I be <hi>rich,</hi> and <hi>steal;</hi> for why should the rich man steal? he hath no need, as we say, he
hath no direct temptation thereto, as the poor man hath, and therefore his sin is the
greater. And indeed there can be no other reason of his Theft, but the rich man's
malady; He hath <hi>forgotten God,</hi> and saith, <hi>Who is the Lord?</hi> and then no marvel if
he be ready for any sin.</p>
                  <p>The hainousne<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>s and unreasonableness of this Sin may appear by that parable of
<hi>Nathan,</hi> wherewith <hi>David</hi> was so much incensed and convinced, 2 Sam. 12. 1, &amp;c.
<hi>There were two men in one city</hi> (saith he,) <hi>the one rich, the other poor. The rich man
had exceeding many flocks and herds: But the poor man had nothing save one little ewe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lamb,
which he had bought and nourished up—And there came a traveller unto the rich
man, and he spared to take of his own flock, and of his own herd, to dress for the way-faring
man that was come unto him, but took the poor man's lamb, and dressed it for the
man that was come to him. And David's anger</hi> (saith the Text) <hi>was greatly kindled
against the man; and he said to Nathan, as the Lord liveth, the man that hath done this
thing shall surely die; and he shall restore the Lamb fourfold, because he did this thing,
and because he had no pity.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Hence in Scripture, for the rich to spoil the poor, is accounted a <hi>crying sin;</hi> which
kind of sins are in a degree above the ordinary rank of sins, <hi>viz.</hi> such as call for some
visible and remarkable judgment upon the head of the committers. Iudge of the
rest by that which S. <hi>Iames</hi> saith of one kind of <hi>robbing the poor,</hi> by <hi>detaining
their wages.</hi> Little know some men, who out of a kind of pride in their own might,
and contempt of the poor, as scorning to acknowledge themselves obliged to them
for their service, commit this sin, little consider they how grievously they offend:
<hi>Behold</hi> (saith S. <hi>Iames.</hi> ch. 5. 4.) <hi>the hire of the labourers which have reaped down your
fields, which is of you kept back by fraud, crieth; and the cries of them which have reaped
are entred into the ears of the Lord of Saba<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>th.</hi> To conclude this observation, <hi>Men do
not despise a thief</hi> (saith <hi>Solomon,</hi> Prov. 6. 30.) <hi>if he steal to satisfie his soul when he is
hungry; yet if he be found, he shall restore seven-fold.</hi> If the poor man's theft be punish<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
<hi>seven-fold</hi> amongst men; sure with God, the rich man's shall be punished <hi>seventy
times seven-fold.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>My third Observation shall be,<note place="margin">Observat. 3.</note> 
                     <hi>That we must avoid the occasions of sin, as well as sin
it self. Agur</hi> prayes not, that he might <hi>not steal,</hi> &amp;c. but that God would keep him
out of that condition which might <hi>occasion</hi> him to commit those sins. This might have
been observed from the other part of <hi>Agur's</hi> reason as well as from this; for there
he desired God to keep him from that <hi>Fulness</hi> which might occasion him to <hi>deny</hi>
and forget God: but I chose rather to defer it hither. <hi>Opportunity,</hi> we say,
<hi>makes a thief.</hi> It is as true in the general, That <hi>occasion</hi> is a snare whereby a man
becomes a prey unto sin. <hi>Eve,</hi> by talking with the Serpent, was at length caught
to eat of the forbidden fruit. <hi>David,</hi> by seeing <hi>Bathsheba</hi> washing her self, was
tempted to commit adultery with her. <hi>Peter,</hi> by intruding himself into the high
<pb n="135" facs="tcp:63175:118"/>
Priest's Hall out of too much confidence in his own strength, came to deny his
Master. For this cause God commanded his people in the Law, not only that they
should worship no Idol, but that they should demolish all the Monuments of them;
that they should make no covenant nor affinity with those who worshipped them:
and all lest they might be drawn by these <hi>occasions</hi> to commit idolatry with them.</p>
                  <p>If this be so, we may see hence how much they deceive themselves who think it
makes no matter what company they keep, or what places they come in; they will
look to themselves forsooth, and mean not to be corrupted, but only to observe the
fashions, either to satisfie their curiosity, or, as some will pretend, for the greater
loathing of such abhorred courses. This is a dangerous principle, to play with the
flames, as the fly doth. If thou wouldst avoid the <hi>Sin,</hi> avoid the <hi>Occasion</hi> also. And
let me add one thing more: Several sins have their several occasions and their proper
gins; but <hi>Evil company</hi> is the Devil's Magazine, wherein are contained <hi>all Occasions</hi>
of all sins.</p>
                  <p>Now I come to the fourth and last <hi>Observation,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Observat. 4.</note> which I gather from the last words
of <hi>Agur's</hi> Reason, <hi>That the commission of one sin makes way to another. Agur</hi> thought,
if he were once brought <hi>to steal,</hi> he should not stay there, but be carried farther,
even <hi>to forswear,</hi> and take God's Name in vain; <hi>Lest I steal,</hi> (saith he,) <hi>and take the
Name of my God in vain. Peter</hi> first <hi>denied</hi> Christ; but the Devil would not let him
stay there, but made him <hi>curse</hi> and <hi>forswear</hi> him. <hi>David</hi> having once committed
<hi>adultery</hi> with the wife of <hi>Vriah,</hi> the Devil took the advantage to make him commit
<hi>murther</hi> too. Sin is like a Serpent; if it can but once get in the head, it will draw
the whole train after. While there is no rist in a block, it is hard for the wedge or
axe to enter; but if a rift be once made, it will enter all with a little driving: So
will sin.</p>
                  <p>The reason is, Because he that commits a sin, puts himself thereby, more or less,
into the Devil's power; who is not so negligent as to lose or not to ply his advantage.
The Devil is the <hi>Prince of death, Heb.</hi> 2. 14. Now death comes by sin; therefore sin
gives the Devil a title; and first brought, and still bringeth man into the Devil's ju<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>risdiction. Hence those who are converted to God and acquitted of their sins, are
said <hi>To be delivered from the power of Satan unto God,</hi> Acts 26. 18. But sin makes them
again obnoxious to his power; it reaches him a new hold of us, which though (per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>haps)
it be not so much as he may quite pull us from God, yet will it serve him to pull
us into many a transgression, and cost us much work and a great deal of sorrow be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
we get free again.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="29" type="discourse">
               <head>DISCOURSE XXIX.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>ISAIAH 2. 2, 3, 4.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>And it shall come to pass in the last days, that the Mountain of the
Lord's House shall be established [<hi>or,</hi> prepared] in the top of the
Mountains, and exalted above the Hills; and all Nations
shall flow unto it, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
                     </q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>
                     <hi>HILLS</hi> or <hi>Mountains</hi> are States, Kingdoms or Societies of men; which
consisting of degrees, rising unto a height one above another, are com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pared
unto <hi>Mountains</hi> raised above the ordinary Plain and Level of
the Earth.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>The mountain of the Lord's House</hi> is that State and Society of men which
is called the <hi>Church</hi> and People of God: <hi>Regnum Coelorum,</hi> the Kingdom of Heaven;
that is, a Kingdom whose both King and King's Throne have their residence and place
in the Heavens.</p>
                  <p>These words therefore are a Prophesie or prophetical Promise of the <hi>glorious exal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tation,</hi>
wonderful <hi>inlargement,</hi> and unheard-of <hi>prosperity</hi> of this Society of men,
called the <hi>Church,</hi> above all other States or Societies of men whatsoever.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="136" facs="tcp:63175:119"/>The <hi>glory</hi> and <hi>exaltation</hi> is expressed in the words, <hi>The Mountain of the Lord's House
shall be one day exalted,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Isai. 2. 2, 3, 4.</note> yea mounted, not only above the lesser Hills, but the highest
Mountains, though at this time it were depressed and trampled under foot by the
proud enemies thereof.</p>
                  <p>The <hi>inlargement</hi> and <hi>ampleness</hi> thereof, in the words, <hi>All Nations shall flow unto it:</hi>
that is, Though, at the time of this Prophecy, it were reduced to a small remnant;
yet the time was to come, when it should not only consist of the one Nation of the
Iews, as then it did, but of all Nations under the whole heaven.</p>
                  <p>The <hi>prosperity</hi> thereof begins to be described from these words in the 4<hi rend="sup">th</hi> verse,
<hi>They shall beat their swords into plow-shares, and their spears into pruning-hooks,</hi> &amp;c.
that is, Although the greatest part of <hi>Iacob</hi> were already captive, and <hi>Iudah</hi> and <hi>Ieru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>salem</hi>
in a continual fear and no less danger of the arms and invasion of the King of
<hi>Babel;</hi> yet the time should one day come, that the People or Church of God should
not only be the <hi>most exalted State</hi> upon the earth, and the <hi>most ample</hi> and universal
Dominion that ever was in the world, but the <hi>most peaceable, quiet and flourishing</hi>
State that ever was since man was first created.</p>
                  <p>This is the Prophecy. But now comes the Question, Whether this, as we have
described it, be and hath already been fulfilled; or whether the time thereof be yet to
come; or if already any ways fulfilled, whether it be not in part only performed, and
the full accomplishment reserved for the time to come.</p>
                  <p>Our Adversaries would fain find here <hi>the constant and perpetual Visibility of the Church.</hi>
And I must needs grant them that it is meant of a time when the <hi>Gentiles</hi> shall be
called; for the words of the Text, <hi>viz.</hi> [<hi>All Nations</hi>] tell us so. But, without
doubt, he that will have this place for his purpose, must shew us not only, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap>aked
and single Visibility, but more than that, a <hi>glorious Visibility;</hi> yea, the most glorious
among the sons of men. For <hi>a Visibility</hi> is one thing, and <hi>a glorious Visibility</hi> is an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>other:
for many things are <hi>visible</hi> which are not <hi>glorious</hi> to look upon; and often<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>times
good and rich mettal may be within, when the outside glisters not. We must
therefore, when we talk of the Churche's <hi>Visibility,</hi> distinguish between these two,
and not confound them. The Church might be <hi>Visible,</hi> though it were but a <hi>Hill;</hi>
much more if it be a <hi>Mountain:</hi> but here it is to be <hi>established on the tops of Moun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tains,</hi>
and <hi>exalted above the Hills;</hi> so that no other State shall overtop or overlook
it, much less trample it under feet. Now whether there were ever yet such a time,
when this was <hi>compleatly fulfilled,</hi> though all be granted our Adversaries they can ask,
yea and that the <hi>Romish</hi> Church be that Church here spoken of, I leave it to any
mans indifferent judgment, who can compare the Description of the Prophet with
the Stories of forepast and present Times.</p>
                  <p>But, suppose it were to be fulfilled and fully accomplished in the times which have
already been; and I will not deny but <hi>in part</hi> it hath been so; yet how doth it follow
from this Prophesie, that this <hi>glorious Visibility</hi> should be <hi>constant</hi> and <hi>continual,</hi> and
never interrupted or eclipsed?</p>
                  <p>Is not the <hi>Prophesie</hi> true, and hath not God made his <hi>Promise</hi> good, if he hath at
any time performed the thing here spoken of; though it neither were done all at
once, and though this <hi>exaltation</hi> and <hi>glory</hi> did not alway continue? If one skilful in
Divination or Astrology should meet with a private man for the present in great
want, distress, contempt and misery; and should tell him, that it was his fortune to
rise to the greatest honours, and to become the greatest man that was in the Kingdom:
If this fell out so at any time of his life, according as it was foretold him, though perhaps
it proved not long durable (as such exaltations use not to be,) had he any reason to
say that the Astrologer had lied unto him in that he had foretold him? I think any man
in reason will think him unjustly charged. Why then may not the like be said and
thought of the Chruch, and (as I may so speak, with reverence) of the prediction of the Churche's fortune? But if the time of the <hi>full performance</hi> of this <hi>Prediction</hi> be
yet to be expected, as perhaps it is, then it will serve our Adversaries to far less pur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pose:
For were not <hi>Ioseph's</hi> dreams and visions true, that the <hi>Sun, Moon and twelve
Stars should worship him, and all his brothers sheaves should bow to his sheas?</hi> was not
this true (I say,) though his brothers first sold him, though he became afterward a
slave, and long a prisoner in a strange Land, before he was so suddenly exalted to be
the great Viceroy under <hi>Pharaoh</hi> King of <hi>Egypt?</hi> Or would you have an Example of a
glory afterwards eclipsed and almost extinguished? Were not God's first <hi>Promises</hi>
made to the <hi>Israelitish</hi> Nation, <hi>That he would make them a renowned Kingdom,</hi> fully
performed in the days of <hi>Solomon,</hi> when there was no kingdom upon the earth
<pb n="137" facs="tcp:63175:119"/>
like unto it for glory and magnificence; though this so great glory lasted not long,
but began a little to be obscure in the end of <hi>Solomon's</hi> days, and afterwards was quite
eclipsed and clouded, the Sun but now and then (as it were) shewing it self through
a cloud? And what is the <hi>Church of the Gentiles,</hi> or what priviledge have they above
the <hi>Church of the Iews,</hi> that the like should not befall it which we are sure besel them?
and yet nevertheless God always made good his <hi>Promises</hi> unto them, and no word of
his mouth failed.</p>
                  <p>When we therefore talk of the Churche's <hi>Visibility and glory,</hi> we must distinguish
of <hi>Times;</hi> and know that there are <hi>Times</hi> when the Church is indeed <hi>visible,</hi> but <hi>not
glorious;</hi> secondly, Times when it is <hi>neither visible nor glorious;</hi> thirdly, Times when
it is to be <hi>both visible and glorious.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>In the <hi>Times</hi> immediately <hi>after Christ's passion,</hi> or (if you will) at his Passion, I
think any man will grant, that it was then <hi>neither visible nor glorious.</hi> In the <hi>Times of
the persecuting Emperors,</hi> when the Church had taken foot among the <hi>Gentiles,</hi> and the
<hi>Nations began flow unto it,</hi> it was a society indeed <hi>visible,</hi> but <hi>not glorious:</hi> I am sure,
it was not <hi>in the tops of the Mountains;</hi> but the Imperial Mountain of <hi>Rome</hi> not
only overtopped it, but ever trampled it under their feet. For we must know
here, that we speak all this time of the <hi>external glory,</hi> for that is the thing where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>about
the quarrel is. In the <hi>Times</hi> of <hi>Constiantine</hi> and thereabouts, after three hun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dred
years cruel persecution, the Sun seemed as it were to break forth of a cloud, and
the Christian society became for a while <hi>both visible and glorious;</hi> but presently after, even
as it was in the end of <hi>Solomon's</hi> reign, this glory of the Church was not only
eclipsed, but even the <hi>visibility</hi> thereof, in a manner, covered and altogether dark<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ned
with that thick and universally-overspreading cloud of <hi>Arianism.</hi> And thus far
our Adversaries will go with us: But we require they should grant us something
more, namely, That this <hi>Arian</hi> cloud was no sooner blown over, but another great
cloud of that fore-prophesied <hi>Apostasic</hi> of the Church began to arise; whereby the
Churche's glory was not only eclipsed, but at length again the <hi>Visibility</hi> thereof
wholly overshadowed with the thick darkness of <hi>Idolatrous Antichristianism;</hi> until
that after a long day of darkness, and a black night, it pleased God, even of late,
somewhat to dispel the cloud, whereby the Society of true Believers became again
outwardly visible and conspicuous unto the world. And we hope, when the cloud
shall be wholly consumed by the beams of the Sun of the Gospel, it shall become <hi>not
only more visible</hi> than yet it is, but far <hi>more glorious</hi> than ever hitherto it hath been,
when <hi>the fulness of the Gentiles</hi> (as S. <hi>Paul</hi> speaks) <hi>shall come in.</hi> But of this more
hereafter.<note place="margin">Ro<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. 11. 2<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.]</note>
                  </p>
                  <p>In the mean time, that you may the better understand what is already discoursed
concerning the <hi>Visibility of the Church,</hi> as likewise know what was the State of true
Believers when this <hi>Visibility</hi> was overshadowed, take this which followeth; <hi>viz.</hi>
That there hath been in all Ages since Christ, without interruption, a Company or
Society of Christian men, agreeing or joyned together in the inward and invisible
communion of the Faith, concerning such Divine Truths as we profess needful to
Salvation. And, for so much of this Faith as was not acknowledged by the rest of er<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ring
men, called <hi>Christians,</hi> in that respect this Society was a distinct Society from them:
yet nevertheless, for so much of this their true Faith as was still acknowledged by
those erring ones we speak of, they were a part of the same Society with them:
For the <hi>Apostasie</hi> of the Church was not <hi>total,</hi> and therefore in all the sound parts of
their Faith our true-believing Society neither was nor is divided from them.</p>
                  <p>But if the Question be asked of a <hi>Visible Christian Society professing the same Essen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tial
Faith with us,</hi> Whether such a one hath always been; First, we must know
that by <hi>Visible Society,</hi> in this question, is meant, <hi>A society of Christian Believers
joyned together in one external Communion, of the same publick profession, use of Sacra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments,
and Ecclesiastical Iurisdiction or Government:</hi> For these make the <hi>outward
Form,</hi> whereby this Society is discernible from other Societies of men; and a Soci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ety
by this out-side severed and distinguished from other Societies, is a Society visi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ble
and conspicuous to other Societies of men.</p>
                  <p>The Question therefore is, Whether that Society of men, agreeing together in the
Points of our Christian Belief, hath been in all Ages, in this kind and sort, joyned,
and distinguished from other companies, not only of the world, but even of Christian
men: or in shorter terms thus, Whether the Society of men of our Christian
Belief hath in all Ages been, for the out-side, a distinct Corporation from all other
Societies and States of men.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="138" facs="tcp:63175:120"/>My Answer is, That for divers of the First Ages, as before was shewed, it was in
that manner <hi>visibly</hi> distinguished; but after an <hi>Apostasie</hi> had overspread and deformed
the beautiful Spouse of Christ,<note place="margin">Of th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>s see in Book III. Trea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tise of <hi>T<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>e Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stasie of the lat<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter Times,</hi> ch. 10</note> then was the Society or Belief, as it were, covered
and involved with the same external mantle with them, and as it were hidden in that
dark cloud, and so not a distinct external Society from the rest. But though in the
inward communion of the sincerer Faith it was diverse and distinguished, yet it still
for the most part continued a member of the same <hi>external</hi> (I say, <hi>external</hi>) body with
them; being begotten by the <hi>same</hi> Sacrament of <hi>Baptism,</hi> taught in some part, by the
<hi>same Word</hi> and <hi>Pastors</hi> still continuing amongst them, and submitting to the <hi>same Iu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>risdiction</hi>
and Regiment, so far forth as these or any of these had yet some soundness
remaining in them: But for the rest, whether in Doctrine or Practice, that was not
compatible with their sincerer Faith, either wisely avoiding all Communion with it;
or if they could not, then patiently suffering for their Conscience sake under the
hands of <hi>Tyrants</hi> termed <hi>Christians.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>For understanding this, take this Simile: When good <hi>Gold</hi> is mixed with a greater
quantity of counterfeit metal, so that of both becomes one mass or lump; though
each metal still retains and keeps his nature diverse from the other, yet can they not
outwardly be discerned asunder by the eye; (for because they are incorporated into
one external body, the outside, or visible dimensions which are seen are one and the
same:) But when the <hi>Refiner</hi> comes and severs them, then will each metall appear in
his own out-side and his own proper colours, whereby they are easily discerned a sun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der
one from the other. Such must the State of the Church needs be, when an <hi>Apostasie</hi>
shall rise out of the bowels thereof; and such do we affirm was the State of the Church
of Christ in that great prevailing <hi>Apostasie,</hi> from which we are separated, <hi>viz.</hi> The
purer metal of the Christian body was not outwardly discernible from the base and
counterfeit, while one out-side covered them both; but when the time of <hi>refining</hi>
came, them was our Church, not first founded in the true Faith, (God forbid;) but
a part of the Christian body newly refined from such corruptions as Time had gather<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed:
as <hi>Gold refined</hi> begins not then first to be <hi>Gold,</hi> though it began then first to be
<hi>refined;</hi> so our Church began not a hundred years ago to be <hi>a Church,</hi> though then
it first began to be <hi>a Reformed Church.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>And is this any thing more than that which besel the <hi>Iewish</hi> Church in her fre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quent
Apostasie?<note place="margin">1 King. 19. 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> Was <hi>the seven thousand that had not bowed their knees to Baal,</hi> a vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sibly-distinguished
Society from the rest of the body of <hi>Israel?</hi> were they such as were
outwardly known unto others who were not of their Communion? nay were they
known one to another? yea to <hi>Elias</hi> himself? I think no man will easily affirm it:
Yet were they a distinct Society joyned in the Communion of the same true Wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ship,
and in that respect separate from the rest of that Idolatrous body: yet neverthe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>less,
as far as there was any thing which was found yet remaining for the external Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>giment
and Ceremonies, it is most certain that they could not but be to the eyes
of the world of <hi>one external body</hi> with the rest, as receiving the same Circumcisi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on,
and living under the same Priests and Ceremonies, so far forth as any soundness
in either of them remainded.</p>
                  <p>Nay do not our Adversaries themselves in their good mood grant us as much as
we have said, though it be because they cannot will nor chuse (as is the Proverb?)
For it is a thing chiefly to be considered and remembred in this Quarrel between them
and us about the <hi>Visibility of the Church,</hi> it is (I say) to be considered, That when all
granted and pleaded on both parts is well examined, the point of difference between
them and us is only this, They hold the <hi>glorious Visibility</hi> of the true Church to be
<hi>in present;</hi> and the overshadowing of the light, and eclipsing of the glory thereof
under Antichrist, to be <hi>yet to come;</hi> at which time of his being in the world they
grant and affirm more of the eclipsing and overshadowing of the true Church than we
do for our hearts. He that reads their conceits of <hi>Antichrist</hi> shall easily find this to
be true: For they hold that then the publick exercise of Christian Religion, saying
of Mass, and all shall utterly cease, until <hi>Antichrist's</hi> days be out: this is their Tenet.
We on the contrary hold this <hi>clouding of the Church's visibility to have been already,</hi>
and the greatest glory (in probability,) or at least some part thereof, <hi>to be yet to
come.</hi> So that we both agree, That in the <hi>great Apostasie</hi> the Churche's <hi>visibility
and glory</hi> should cease; but we say that this <hi>Apostatical</hi> time <hi>hath been already;</hi> they say
it is <hi>yet to come:</hi> we say that that time was to last <hi>many ages;</hi> they say that when it
comes, it shall be but <hi>three single years and a half.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="139" facs="tcp:63175:120"/>Why then are they not ashamed to choke us with this Argument of the <hi>Churche's
Visibility</hi> and <hi>glory,</hi> as though the Church could never be without it, when yet them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>selves
confess that there is a time to come, when the case will be such, that the same
Argument may be alledged against the true Church, though it were theirs, as is now
alledged against ours? This is too great partiality.</p>
                  <p>Seeing therefore the whole Controversie lies in this, <hi>Whether the Churches great Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stasie
be already past, or in being, or yet to come;</hi> It is a great deal the quicker course for
them and us to examine the condition and quality of both Religion by the Scriptures,
and not to distract our selves with every point of differences; (for every Error is not
a part of this <hi>Apostasie:</hi>) But let us examine our Religion in that point alone, wherein
the Scripture it self places and limits the quality of this <hi>Apostasie,</hi> namely, that it
should be <hi>Spiritual Fornication</hi> or <hi>Idolatry;</hi> for <hi>Babylon</hi> is not called the <hi>Lier</hi> of Baby<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lon,
the <hi>
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>yrant</hi> of Babylon, the <hi>Heretick</hi> of Babylon, the <hi>
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>urtherer</hi> of Babylon, but
the <hi>Whore</hi> of Babylon. It is very like indeed, that as Whores have commonly many
other foul qualities, so may the <hi>Spiritual Whore</hi> have also: Yet as every ill qua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lity
of a <hi>Whore</hi> is not a part of her <hi>Whoredom;</hi> no more is every Error of the <hi>Spiritual
Whore,</hi> how gross soever, a part of Spiritual Fornication. Let us therefore examine
her by the Mark which God sets upon her, and by that Abomination for which only
in a manner (if we observe the Scripture) God did use to punish, and wrathfully
compla<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>n of his old people <hi>Israel,</hi> though (no doubt) they had many other corrupti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons
besides; but had they been faithful in that one, God could have winked at many
other. As we know a Husband. if his Wife be faithful and true to him in that point
which so nearly toucheth his jealousie, he will the easier bear with other shrewish
conditions.</p>
                  <p>Now if the Church of <hi>Rome</hi> be not an <hi>Idolatress</hi> or a <hi>Spiritual Whore,</hi> prostituting
her self to other gods, to stocks and stones, and many ways breaking her Faith to her
one Lord and Mediator Christ <hi>Iesus,</hi> by committing fornication with (I know not
how many) other Mediators; there never was a <hi>Whore</hi> in the world.</p>
                  <p>And certainly, if the Church of <hi>Rome</hi> may herein be justified, the Church of <hi>Isra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>el</hi>
had but hard measure to be condemned, who could as truly plead that she never for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sook
the true God altogether, only she would worship him in Calves and such Ima<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ges
as other her neighbour-Nations used to do; and that though she was for variety,
yet she reserved the chief place for her <hi>Iehovah,</hi> and in all other respects could as
well as the present <hi>Roman</hi> Church excuse her practice in that kind. And yet we know
how she is branded by the Prophets for a <hi>Whore;</hi>
                     <note place="margin">See this more fully discoursed of in the Trea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tise of <hi>The Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stasie of the latter Times,</hi> Book III chap. 9.</note> and not a simple fornicating Whore,
but an <hi>Adulteress,</hi> and is threatened to be proceeded with and <hi>judged as those that break
wedlock and shed bloud are judged, to have bloud given her in fury and jealousie.</hi> And
such an Example of God's fury and jealousie hath he made them to all the world, as
no other people (how great soever their Idolatries) have ever equall'd or come near
their sufferings.</p>
                  <p>And thus far we have in a manner yielded to our Adversaries for a time, That the
time of fulfilling this <hi>Prophecy</hi> hath already been; for we would deny them no favour
willingly which we could lawfully yield them. Nevertheless I verily believe <hi>that
this Prophecy hath never yet received his full accomplishment,</hi> nor is to do, <hi>Vntil</hi> (as
S. <hi>Paul</hi> saith, <hi>Rom.</hi> 11. 25.) <hi>the fulness of the Gentiles be come in; and so all Israel shall
be saved.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>For we shall find in the Prophecies of the Scriptures, that there are two Sorts and
Times of the <hi>Calling of the Gentiles:</hi> The first is that which should be with the rejecti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
and casting off of the Iews, and (as S. <hi>Paul</hi> saith) <hi>to provoke them to jealousie:</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Rom. 11. 11.</note> such
a <hi>Calling</hi> as should be in a manner occasional, that God might not want a Church the
time the Iews were to be cast<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>out; for this is that which S. <hi>Paul</hi> means, <hi>Rom.</hi> 11. 15.
<hi>That the casting away of the Iews</hi> is the calling of the Gentiles or <hi>reconciling of the world:</hi>
whence we may see, that the Apostles were not to preach Christ to the Gentiles, un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>til
being first offered to the Iews,<note n="*" place="margin">Acts 13. 46. &amp; chap 18. 6. &amp; chap. 28. 28.</note> they refused him. And this is that <hi>Calling of the
Gentiles</hi> which hitherto hath been for many Ages.</p>
                  <p>But there is a second and more glorious <hi>Calling of the Gentiles</hi> to be found in the
Prophecies of Scripture; not a <hi>Calling,</hi> as this is, wherein the <hi>Iews</hi> are excluded;
but a <hi>Calling</hi> wherein the <hi>Iews</hi> shall have a share of the greatest glory, and are to have
a preeminence above other Nations, when <hi>all Nations shall flow unto them,</hi> and walk
in their light: For the calling of the remainder of the world which is not yet under
<hi>Christ,</hi> is reserved for the solemnizing of the <hi>Iews</hi> restitution. This is that Calling and
that Time which he calls the <hi>Fulness of the Gentiles;</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Rom. 11. 25.</note> 
                     <hi>I would not brethren</hi> (saith he) <hi>have
<pb n="140" facs="tcp:63175:121"/>
you ignorant of this mystery; that blindness in part is hapned to Israel, until the fulness of
the Gentiles be come in; and so all Israel shall be saved.</hi> This is that Time whereof he
speaks,<note place="margin">Verse 12.</note> that if the present <hi>fall</hi> of the <hi>Iews</hi> be the <hi>riches of the world,</hi> and <hi>their decay</hi>
the <hi>riches of the Gentiles,</hi> how much more shall their <hi>fulness</hi> be the fulness of the <hi>Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiles?</hi>
This is that glorious Time which the <hi>Prophecy of this Text</hi> principally, if not al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>together,
intended: For if the <hi>fulness of the glory and inlargement of the Church</hi> be
here described, then it must needs be that the time hereof hath never yet been, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cause
as yet <hi>the Fulness of the Gentiles,</hi> whereof S. <hi>Paul</hi> speaks, <hi>is not come in.</hi> While
the <hi>Romans</hi> and Iron part of <hi>Nebuchadnezzar's</hi> Image was yet standing, a <hi>Stone was hewn
out of the mountain without hands:</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Dan. 2. 34. See in Book IV. Epistle 8. <hi>The Purport of the <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>ou<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>doms in</hi> Dam<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> This is the <hi>First state</hi> of the Kingdom of Christ,
and Calling of the World; which hath been hitherto. But at length <hi>this Stone<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </hi> when
the time of the Image's brittle feet came, <hi>smote the Image</hi> upon those feet, so that the
wind blew the whole Image away, and there was no more place found for any part
thereof: which was no sooner done, but the<note n="*" place="margin">Dan. 2. 35.</note> 
                     <hi>Stone</hi> which smote the Image, swelled
into a <hi>great Mountain,</hi> and <hi>filled the whole earth:</hi> This is the Time of the <hi>Fulness</hi> of
Christ's Kingdom, the <hi>Fulness of the Gentiles:</hi> This is the Time when the <hi>Mountain of
the Lord's House should be established upon the tops of the Mountains;</hi> namely, when the
small <hi>Stone</hi> of Christ's Kingdom, which is now in being, shall smite the brittle feet of
the last Remainder of the <hi>Roman</hi> State now subsisting in the <hi>Popedom,</hi> in whom the
divided Toes of too many Kingdoms are in a sort (though but brittlely) united toge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther,
and so that great <hi>seven-hilled City</hi> still <hi>Ladies</hi> it over the Nations of the Earth.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="30" type="discourse">
               <head>DISCOURSE XXX.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>IUDGES 1. 7.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>As I have done, so God hath requited me.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>THESE are the words of <hi>Adonibezek,</hi> one of the Kings of <hi>Canaan,</hi>
whom the sons of <hi>Iudah</hi> and <hi>Simeon</hi> having taken prisoner in war, they
cut off the thumbs of his hands, and great toes: The justness of which
punishment so evidently sampling his fore-past sin, forced him, though
with a heavy heart, to give glory unto God, and say, <hi>Threescore and
ten Kings, having their thumbs and great toes cut off, gathered their meat
under my table: As I have done, so God hath requited me.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>These words (without any longer Preface) may be considered two ways; either
simply or ab<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>olutely in themselves, or with reference to him who spake them. In
themselves they are an <hi>Affirmation</hi> or <hi>Historical narration,</hi> That <hi>as Adonibezek had
done, so God requited him.</hi> If we consider them with reference to the speaker, they are
a <hi>Confession,</hi> as being spoken by him who did the fact, and suffered now the punish<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment;
<hi>Adonibezek</hi> himself it is who saith, <hi>As I have done, so God hath requited me.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="I"/> In the <hi>First</hi> Consideration I observe four things.</p>
                  <p>1. <hi>That God punisheth sin with temporal punishment in this life, as well as with eternal
in the life to come.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">The first Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sideration of <hi>Adonibezek's</hi> words.</note>
Thus this miserable King here feels the hand of God fall so heavy
upon him, while he was yet in the world, that it makes him bitterly cry out, <hi>I have
done</hi> cruelly, <hi>and God hath</hi> even here <hi>requited me.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>2. <hi>That God doth not always presently inflict his Iudgments, while the sin is fresh, but
sometimes defers that long which <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>e means to give home at the last.</hi> So saith our King
here, <hi>As I have done;</hi> not as I did even now, but as I did long ago, and thought by
this God had forgotten me, yet now I see he requiteth me.</p>
                  <p>3. <hi>That these Divine Iudgments by some conformity or affinity do carry in them as it
were a stamp and print of the sin for which they are inflicted.</hi> So saith this unhappy King,
<hi>As I have done;</hi> even just as I have done to others, now I suffer my self: Seventy
Kings thumbs in my cruelty I cut off, and in my pride made them to feed like dogs un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der
my table: now the measure which I mete unto others, is measured unto my self;
for just <hi>as I have done, so God hath requited me.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="141" facs="tcp:63175:121"/>4. <hi>That the Profit and Pleasure which men aim at when they commit sin will not so much
as quit cost even in this life:</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Iudg. 1. 7.</note> For if God's punishments be requitals, certainly the <hi>pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fit</hi>
we have gotten by sin he will make us lose in the <hi>punishment;</hi> the <hi>pleasure</hi> we
hope to find, and seek after in sin, will be over-poised in the <hi>pain</hi> we are sure to feel
when the just hand of the Almighty shall requite us.</p>
                  <p>And thus have you heard already the Summ of what I mean to speak of in the
<hi>First consideration</hi> of these words. Now I will return again, and speak more largely
of them all, and that in the same order I gave them out.</p>
                  <p>The first Collection therefore which I made was, <hi>That God punisheth the sins of men
with temporal punishment in this life, as well as with eternal in the life to come.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Observ. 1.</note> This
verity (to use the words of <hi>Zophar,</hi> Iob 20. 4.) <hi>was known in the days of old, and
found true ever since man was placed upon the earth.</hi> For as the Apostle saith of <hi>righte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ousness,</hi>
that it <hi>hath both the promise of this life and of the life to come;</hi> so it is most true
of <hi>unrighteousness,</hi> that it hath the <hi>curse of this life</hi> as well as of the <hi>life to come.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">1 Tim. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. 3.</note>
                  </p>
                  <p>The <hi>first sin</hi> of our first Parents, whereof we all stand guilty, was <hi>thus punished,</hi> as
it were to be a <hi>Rule</hi> and <hi>Law</hi> of what God would do after. I say, the <hi>first sin</hi> of our
first Parents was <hi>punished</hi> with a <hi>curse in things of this life.</hi> From hence come all the
outward calamities and miseries of mankind, wherein the happiest man on earth hath
his share; hence our labour and vexation of spirit; hence our pain, our want, and
all our trouble wherein we travel under the Sun. No man in the world is exempted
from this Law; all of us as well feel a present punishment here in this life, as fear
that which shall be to come hereafter in the world to come.</p>
                  <p>Now as the <hi>universal misery</hi> we all feel is a <hi>temporal</hi> punishment of an <hi>universal sin;</hi>
so the clods of daily sin, which we add unto this great mountain of transgression,
doth usually bring us under some <hi>special</hi> kind of punishment, above that which we
have in common with other men. The whole History of the Bible, if we look well
into it, is most part taken up in Examples of this one Maxim: whosoever thinketh
otherwise, he hath taken too slight a view and too short a survey of the world's affairs.
Perhaps he sees the person of a Tyrant, of an Oppressor, of a Blasphemer, to live long
in jollity, and to end his days in tranquillity; or, to use the words of <hi>Iob</hi> in the same
argument, to <hi>spend their days in wealth, and in a moment</hi> (without any more trouble)
<hi>go down into the grave.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Chap. 21. 13.</note> How is it then true, That God requiteth sin <hi>in this life,</hi> or
that any regard should be had to any <hi>temporal</hi> calamities or worldly disasters; since
these come alike to the just and unjust, to the fool and to the wise, to those whom
God favoureth as well as those he favoureth not?</p>
                  <p>But for Answer hereunto, we must know, That the way of God in <hi>temporal</hi> punish<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments
is one, and his way in <hi>eternal</hi> and spiritual another; he deals not after the same
fashion in both. For <hi>eternal</hi> punishments in the world to come, the person which sin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neth
shall alone suffer, and no other for him; but as for <hi>temporal</hi> punishments, which
are seen in this world, sometimes God lays them upon the person, sometimes upon the
posterity of the offender, or sometimes upon others which in such like respects are near
unto them, as he sees best in his wisdom. When therefore thou seest a man live in
open and gross sins, confine not thine eye unto his person only, but look farther about
him, survey his whole family; if nothing appear while he is living, yet after his
death consider of his posterity, and thou wilt find the ways of God to be just and glo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rious
in the avenging of sin and wickedness.</p>
                  <p>This question was long debated between <hi>Iob</hi> and his friends, and at last came to
this very issue, <hi>Iob</hi> himself determining and assoiling it after this manner; <hi>I will teach
you</hi> (saith he, chap. 27. ver. 11, &amp;c.) <hi>by the hand of God; that which is with the Al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mighty
will I not conceal. Behold, all ye your selves have seen it, why then are you thus
altogether vain? This is the portion of a wicked man from God, and the heritage of oppres<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sors,
which they shall receive of the Almighty. If his children be multiplied, it is for the
sword, and his off-spring shall not be satisfied with bread,</hi> &amp;c.</p>
                  <p>The reason of this difference between <hi>temporal</hi> punishments and <hi>eternal</hi> is to be ga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thered
from the several and differing Ends of them both: Because they are for divers
Ends and Purposes, therefore the way of God is diverse in the execution of them.
The <hi>End</hi> of <hi>eternal</hi> punishments is <hi>to satisfie the justice of God,</hi> in avenging sin; but the
<hi>End</hi> of <hi>temporal</hi> punishments chiefly <hi>exemplary;</hi> that is, for example and warning
unto others, that they might hereby know that God regardeth and observeth the acti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons
of men, and therefore fear lest the like might come unto themselves which they
have seen to have befallen other men.</p>
                  <p>Now for such an <hi>End</hi> as this, it is not always requisite that God should punish every
<pb n="142" facs="tcp:63175:122"/>
offender in his own person; because the punishment here respecteth not so much the
person of the offender himself, as others who have been witnesses of his sin, that they
might take heed of committing the like. Now <hi>this End</hi> may be as well attained in
the punishment of a mans posterity, subjects, servants, as of his own person: For by
both alike may others see that God observeth the sins of men, and hath plagues in
readiness for those which commit them: And by both alike will men be afraid of the
hand of God; seeing most men do most vehemently wish the good and happy conditi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
of their posterity and others having like relation unto them; Kings the weal of
their Subjects, Fathers the good of their Children, Husbands the good of their
Wives; and therefore will refrain from doing that which they see by experience of
others may bring a plague or a curse upon any of them.</p>
                  <p>Yea God so much regardeth this <hi>exemplary End</hi> in <hi>temporal</hi> punishments, that I think
this to be one chief reason why God forgiving the sin, and consequently <hi>eternal</hi> pu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nishment,
yet he remitteth not <hi>temporal</hi> plagues and chastisements; lest when the sin is
notoriously known and scandalous, those who saw the sin, and could not so well
know of the inward reconciliation between God and the sinner, might stumble and
doubt in their hearts Whether there were a God or no, who observeth the ways of
men.<note place="margin">2 Sam. 12. 13</note> In this sort, and for this end, was <hi>David</hi> punished; whom though upon his
humble repentance <hi>Nathan</hi> had told, <hi>The Lord hath put away thy sin, thou shalt not die:</hi>
yet nevertheless did <hi>God raise up evil against him out of his own house,<note place="margin">Verse 11.</note> he took his wives
from before his eyes,<note place="margin">Verse 10.</note> and gave them unto his neighbour,</hi> and <hi>the sword never departed
from his house,</hi> according as the Lord had spoken. The reason hereof follows in the
Text,<note place="margin">Verse 14.</note> in the words of <hi>Nathan; Because,</hi> saith he, <hi>by this deed thou hast given great oc<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>casion
to the enemies of the Lord to blaspheme, the child also which is born unto thee shall
surely die. The child also;</hi> that is, all the former plagues, together with the death of
the child, shall come upon thee for this end.</p>
                  <p>This then being so plain, what <hi>End</hi> God chiefly aims at in his outward and visible
judgments; we ought hence to learn what to do as often as we see the hand of God
fall heavy upon any open and known sinner; namely, to accomplish in our selves the
<hi>End</hi> which God a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ms at, to examine our actions past, to amend our lives, lest as bad,
if not a worse thing, befal us or ours. And if at any time we see an Example of this
upon one of God's own children, as we heard of <hi>David</hi> before, a <hi>man after God's own
heart;</hi> let us learn to fear and tremble, and say, If such things befal those whom
God most loveth. what shall become of us if we sin likewise? Again, when we see
God thus punishing sin in the eyes of the world, let us acknowledge his All-seeing Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vidence,
and say with those, <hi>Rev.</hi> 15. 3, 4. <hi>Great and marvellous are thy works, Lord
God Almighty; just and true are thy ways, thou King of Saints. Who shall not fear thee,
O Lord, and glorifie thy Name, when thy judgments are made manifest?</hi> and with <hi>Da<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vid,
Psal.</hi> 9. 16. and <hi>Psal.</hi> 11. 7. <hi>The Lord is known by the judgment which he execu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>teth;
for the righteous Lord loveth righteousness.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">See also Psal. 52. 7.</note>
                  </p>
                  <p>AND thus I come to the second thing I observed,<note place="margin">Observat. 2.</note> namely, <hi>That God often for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bears
and defers his punishments. As I did</hi> long ago (saith <hi>Adonibezek</hi>) yea again and
again, seventy times one after another; so long and so often, that I thought God had
either not seen, or quite forgotten me: yet now I see <hi>he requiteth me.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>How true this <hi>Observation</hi> is, is sufficiently witnessed by their experience who have
little less than stumbled and staggered hereat. This made <hi>Cato,</hi> a Heathen man, to
cry out, <hi>Res divinae multum habent caliginis, The disposals of Divine providence are not
a little cloudy and dark.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Isa<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. 73. 2.</note> This made <hi>David, a man after God's own heart,</hi> to confess
and say, <hi>My feet were almost gone, my steps had well-nigh slipped.</hi> This made <hi>Ieremy</hi>
cry out from the bottom of an amazed soul, <hi>Righteous art thou, O Lord when I plead
with thee;<note place="margin">Ier. 12. 1.</note> yet let me talk with thee of thy judgments. Wherefore doth the way of the
wicked prosper? why are they happy that deal very treacherously?</hi> Yea those Martyred
Saints, <hi>Rev.</hi> 6. 10. are heard to cry from under the Altar, <hi>How long, O Lord, holy and
true, dost thou not judge and avenge our bloud on them that dwell upon the earth?</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Now as these forenamed have stumbled at God's delaying and forbearing his judg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments,
so others there are who have been quite deceived, verily believing that with
God <hi>Quod differtur, ausertur,</hi> what was forborn, was also forgotten. Such as one
was <hi>Adonibezek</hi> here, who having escaped so long, thought to have escaped ever.
And such were those whereof <hi>David</hi> spake, <hi>Psal.</hi> 10. 6. <hi>Who say in their hearts, We
shall never be moved, we shall never be in adversity.</hi> Such an one is the great Whore of
<hi>Babylon,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Rev. 18. 7.</note> that sings, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>I sit like a Queen, and am no widow, and shall
see no sorrow.</hi> Such an one was <hi>Pherecydes Syrius,</hi> master of <hi>Pythaegoras,</hi> and a famous
<pb n="143" facs="tcp:63175:122"/>
Philosopher, and one that is said to have been the first Philosopher that taught among
the <hi>Greeks</hi> the Soul to be immortal; and yet among all his knowledge had not learn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
this one Principle, <hi>The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Prov. 1. 7.</note> For as<note n="*" place="margin">Var. hist. l. 4. <hi>c.</hi> 28. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> 
                     <hi>AElian</hi>
reports, he used among his scholars to vaunt of his irreligion after this manner, saying,
<hi>That he had never offered sacrifice to any God in all his life; and yet had lived as long and
as merrily as those who had offered several Hecatombs.</hi> But he that thus impiously abu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sed
the long-suffering of God, came at length to an end as strange as his impiety was
unusual; for so they report of him, that he was stricken (like <hi>Herod,</hi> by the Angel
of the Lord) with such a disease, that<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Pliny</hi> l. 7. nat. hist. c. 5 1. <hi>Phere<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap>d<gap reason="illegible: missing" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>s co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>piá serpentium ex corpore ejus erumpente ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>spiravit.</hi>
                     </note> Serpents bred of the corrupt humors of his
body, which eat and consumed him being yet alive.</p>
                  <p>But that we may neither distrust the righteous ways of God, nor prevent his un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>searchable
counsels with our over-hasty expectation, let us a little consider of the
<hi>Ends why God oftentimes de<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ers</hi> and prolongs <hi>his Iudgments.</hi> These <hi>Ends</hi> I suppose
may be referred unto four heads.</p>
                  <p>1. For the sake of godly ones, for whom God useth to forbear even multitudes of
sinners. So had there been but <hi>ten righteous persons in Sodom, Sodom</hi> had never been
destroyed; <hi>I will not destroy it</hi> (saith God) <hi>for tens sake.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Gen. 18. 32.</note> So for good <hi>Iosiah's</hi> sake
God <hi>de<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>erred</hi> the plagues he had decreed to bring upon that people, that <hi>Iosiah might
be first gathered unto his fathers in peace, and his eyes might not see all the evil that he was
to bring upon that place:</hi> as it is 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 22. 20. For <hi>as the new wine (saith the Lord,</hi>
Esa. 65. 8.) <hi>is found in the cluster, and one saith, Destroy it not, for a blessing is in it;
even so will I do for my servants sakes, that I may not destroy them all:</hi> That is, I will
spare a whole cluster of men, even for one or two blessed servants of mine which I
shall find therein. This is the first End; and this is most, if not only, found in pub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lick
judgments and common sins, such as concern whole societies of men; for in such
properly doth God, for the sake of godly ones, forbear a multitude of sinners.</p>
                  <p>2. The second End is, To give time of repentance and amendment: For <hi>the Lord
is long-suffering, not willing that any should perish, but that all should come to repentance,</hi>
as it is 2 <hi>Pet</hi> 3. 9. This is shewed by the parable of the <hi>Fig-tree,</hi> Luke 13. 7. <hi>Three
years the husbandman came to seek fruit, and found none; and the fourth year he expected,
before he would cut it down.</hi> An hundred and twenty years the old world had given
them before the Floud came. And <hi>Ionah</hi> proclaimed (not, <hi>Yet one day,</hi> but) <hi>Yet
forty days, and Nineveh shall be destroyed.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Ionah 3 4.</note> This End concerns such punishments as de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>prive
men of life, and of the means of salvation and of amendment of life: For such
as these only can God be said to forbear, to give time of repentance. For as for
other punishments (not the forbearance, but) the hastening of them rather would
cause repentance; seeing men then use to remember and call upon God when they are
in misery and affliction.</p>
                  <p>3. The third End of God's deferring his punishments is, The opportunity of ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ample
by them unto others, and of manifesting his own glory. God is Lord of Times;
and as he created them, so he alone knows a fit Time for all things under the Sun.
He therefore who knows all occasions, when he seeth a fit Time for his Iudgments,
to profit other men by example, and most of all to set forth his own glory, then he
sends them forth, and till then he will defer them.</p>
                  <p>4. The fourth End or Reason hath some affinity with this, and it is, When God in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tending
some extraordinary judgment, suffers mens sins to grow unto a full ripeness,
that their sin may be as conspicuous unto the world as his purpose is their punishment
shall be. Thus God punished not the <hi>Canaanites</hi> in <hi>Abraham's</hi> time, but deferred it
till <hi>Israel's</hi> coming out of <hi>Egypt;</hi> and that (as himself witnesseth, <hi>Gen</hi> 15. 16.) <hi>Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cause
the iniquity of the Am<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>rites was not yet full.</hi> And therefore is not this last End to
be looked for in all God's delays; but it seemeth proper to his extraordinary punish<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments:
when God meaneth, as it were, to get himself a name amongst men, then
God stays to have the <hi>sin full,</hi> upon which he will pour a <hi>full vial</hi> of wrath and indig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nation.</p>
                  <p>Having thus seen how many <hi>Ends</hi> there are why God should oftentimes defer the
execution of his Iudgments; the consideration hereof may be a double lesson unto us.
1. A lesson of <hi>spiritual wisdom,</hi> that we should not think with Epicures and children
of this world, That God's delay in punishing for a time is any argument he means not
to punish at all. But, with wise <hi>Solon,</hi> let us account <hi>no man happy, but him who ends
happily.</hi> 2. We may learn here also a lesson of <hi>Christian Patience.</hi> When we behold
the prosperity of wicked men, let it not grieve us to see sin a while lye unrevenged;
let it not grind our hearts to see those who make a <hi>trade of wickedness</hi> a while to tri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>umph,
<pb n="144" facs="tcp:63175:123"/>
and be, as it were, at defiance with Heaven it self: For either God doth it
for the good of some of his Saints; and then how can we but bless him? Or else to
give them time of repentance; and then who art thou, O man, that repinest at the
mercifulness of thy God? Or else to wait a fit time when thy self and others may be
the most edified thereby, or his own glory most illustrated, or when men may take
greatest notice of his Iustice. Admire therefore his Wisdom, and let the expectation
of that renown which God will one day purchase to himself, make thee rest in hope
and possess thy soul in quietness. Why should the Heathen go before us in this du<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty?
They knew not so much as we have heard this day, and yet could they rest
themselves in an assured expectation of God's justice, though a while it were deferred:
As is very observable in the words of <hi>Agamemnon,</hi> expressed by <hi>Homer, Iliad.</hi> 4. up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
occasion of the <hi>Trojans</hi> perfidious perjury;
<q>
                        <l>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>,</l>
                        <l>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>,—</l>
                     </q>
                  </p>
                  <p>Though, <hi>saith he,</hi> the God of heaven avenge not this presently, yet sure at last he will do it.</p>
                  <q>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,—</q>
                  <p>For of this I am sure,
<q>
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>,</q>
                     <hi>that there will be a day when stately</hi> Troy <hi>shall be overthrown:</hi>
                  </p>
                  <q>
                     <l>Nam licèt haud sontes praesenti puniat irâ;</l>
                     <l>Sera tamen sumit Deus &amp; gravior a malorum</l>
                     <l>Supplicia—</l>
                  </q>
                  <p>Though God doth not always presently inflict his judgments upon offenders, yet he will pay
them home at last; and the punishments he defers long, are the more grievous when they
come. <hi>What could</hi> Iob, David, <hi>or</hi> Ieremy <hi>have spoken more freely in such a case?
Methinks I durst almost apply the words of our Saviour concerning the Centurion,</hi>
We shall scarce find so great Faith in Israel.<note place="margin">Matth. 8. 10.</note>
                  </p>
                  <p>BUT now I pass unto the third point I observed (and it is chiefly to be obser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved)
in these words,<note place="margin">Observ. 3.</note> namely, <hi>The conformity between the Sin and the Punishment:
Temporal punishments have for the most part, as it were, a character stamped upon them,
in which men may read their sins as well, oftentimes, as if they heard God himself to
speak from heaven. Adonibezek</hi> could do it with small learning; he saw his punish<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment
so evidently branded with the mark of his sin; <hi>Threescore and ten kings</hi> (saith
he) <hi>having their thumbs and great toes cut off, gathered their meat under my table: As
I have done, so God hath requited me.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Which rule of God's <hi>Iustice</hi> appears by those words of our Saviour,<note place="margin">Matth. 7. 2.</note> 
                     <hi>With what
measure ye mete unto others, the same shall be measured unto you:</hi> and by that of the Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phet
<hi>Obadiah,</hi> verse 15. thus threatning <hi>Edom, As thou hast done, it shall be done unto
thee; thy reward shall return upon thine own head.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/> But for the better discerning of <hi>this Conformity with the Sin which God stampeth upon
the punishment thereof,</hi> we must know that it is of Four several kinds. The first is,
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>When we suffer by the hand of God the very same things our selves which we
have done to others.</hi> Such was <hi>Adonibezek's</hi> punishment here, and such was that
wherewith <hi>Habakkuk,</hi> chap. 2. 8. threatens the <hi>Chaldeans; Because thou hast spoiled
many nations, all the remnant of the people shall spoil thee:</hi> and <hi>Ezekiel</hi> the <hi>Edomites;
As thou didst rejoyce at the inheritance of the house of Israel, because it was desolate,<note place="margin">Chap. 35. 15.</note> so
will I do unto thee; Thou shalt he also desolate.</hi> Thus <hi>Pharaoh,</hi> who<note n="*" place="margin">Exod. 1. 22. &amp; 12. 29.</note> commanded all
the males of the <hi>Hebrews</hi> to be drowned as soon as they were born, himself with all
his Hoast was drowned in the Red Sea. <hi>The depths covered them, they sunk unto the
bottom like a stone,</hi> Exod. 15. 5.<note n="*" place="margin">2 Sam. 11. 4. Chap. 16. 22.</note> 
                     <hi>David</hi> committed Adultery with the wife of <hi>Vri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ah;</hi>
his own son <hi>Absalom</hi> did the like with his Concubines <hi>in the sight of the Sun and
face of all Israel.</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">2 Chr. 21. v. 4, &amp; 17.</note>
                     <hi>Ioram</hi> like a villain slew all the sons of his Father; and so did the
<hi>Arabians</hi> by the will of God slay all his sons likewise, only <hi>Iehoahaz</hi> excepted. <hi>Ie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hoiakim,</hi> who slew <hi>Vrijah</hi> the Prophet, <hi>Ier.</hi> 26. 23. and would not suffer his body to
have honest burial, himself (according as <hi>Ieremy</hi> had foretold, Chap. 22. 19.) was
likewise slain, and <hi>buried with the burial of an Asse,</hi> being <hi>cast forth beyond the gate of
Ierusalem.</hi> I shall not need trouble you with profane stories, or tell you how <hi>Brutus</hi>
and <hi>Cassius</hi> were forced to slay themselves with the same swords wherewith they slew
<hi>Caesar;</hi> with many other like:</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/> But I come unto the second kind of <hi>Conformity,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>When we suffer not the
very same, but yet that which hath some Analogy and resemblance with our sins.</hi> Thus
<pb n="145" facs="tcp:63175:123"/>
the universal overflowing of sin in the Old world was punished with an universal
overflowing of waters. It was the common punishment of the Iews, when they ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved
other Gods besides their own, for God to make them serve other Lords and
Kings besides their own. Look in the Scripture, and see whether this were not the
regular punishment of <hi>Idolatry,</hi> with God, thus to requite his people with that which
resembled their sin; to give them over to serve other nations, when they served
other Gods besides himself. As <hi>Ier.</hi> 5. 19. <hi>Like as ye have forsaken me,</hi> (saith the
Lord) <hi>and served strange Gods in your land, so shall ye serve strangers in a land that is
not yours.</hi> So also, 2 <hi>Chron.</hi> 12. 5. <hi>Ye have forsaken,</hi> or <hi>left</hi> [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>] <hi>me, and there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
have I also left you</hi> [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>] <hi>in the hand of Shishak.</hi> And after they had humbled
themselves, the Lord says by <hi>Shemaiah</hi> the Prophet, vers. 7. <hi>They have humbled them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>selves,
therefore I will not destroy them, but grant them some deliverance,</hi> &amp;c. verse 8.
<hi>Nevertheless they shall be his servants, that they may know my service, and the service of
the kingdoms of the countries:</hi> Vulg. <hi>Vt sciant distantiam servitutis meae &amp; servitutis
regni Terrarum, That they may know the difference between my service and the service of
the kingdoms of the lands.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>And certainly, if we look into the condition of the Church since Christ's time, we
shall find the way of God's dealing in this case to have been the same. The <hi>Saracens,</hi>
who spoiled and subdued so great a part of Christ's Church, were never heard of till
six hundred years after Christ, even at the time when Christians began generally to
fall to <hi>Idolatry,</hi> and to worship Images, Saints and Angels: Then God first gave us
over to serve other Nations, when we began to serve other Gods besides the Lord
our God. The <hi>Turkish</hi> fury could never be stayed from casting more and more this
yoke of bondage upon our necks, until <hi>Iudah</hi> (I mean the now Reformed Church<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>es)
began to put away her <hi>Idols,</hi> some one hundred years since: From that time un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
this, that God which would have spared <hi>Sodom</hi> for ten righteous sakes, hath spa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>red
the remnant of Christendom for their sakes who have turned again to the Lord
their God to serve him as he would be worshipped.</p>
                  <p>But to go on: <hi>Solomon,</hi> when he divided that worship which was due unto the
Lord alone, between him and the Idols of <hi>Zidon, Moab</hi> and <hi>Ammon,</hi> the Lord,<note place="margin">1 Kings 11. 5.</note> to
give him the same measure, divided his kingdom, and that allegeance which was on<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
due to him and his posterity, between himself and his servant <hi>Ieroboam:</hi>
                     <note place="margin">1 Kings 12. 20.</note> Because
he served God with <hi>an imperfect heart,</hi> God left him an <hi>imperfect kingdom;</hi> Because he
bestowed divine honour upon the vassals of the Lord of heaven, the Lord also be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stowed
his honour upon his vassal <hi>Ieroboam.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Nebuchadnezzar,</hi> who had lived like a Beast in his Palace, God made him to eat grass
like an Oxe in the field, <hi>till he knew the most High ruled in the kingdoms of men,</hi> Dan.
4. 25, 32, 34.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Otho</hi> Bishop of <hi>Mentz,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Of this <hi>Otho</hi> or <hi>Hatto</hi> 11. see <hi>Trithemias, Iseng<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>in<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>us</hi> 
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. 10. Rerum Spir. &amp;c.</note> in a time of famine shut up a great number of poor people in
a Barn, promising to give them some relief: But when he had them fast, he set the Barn
on fire; and hearing then the most lamentable and piteous cries and shreekings of the
poor in the midst of the flames, he scoffingly said, <hi>Hear ye how the mice cry in the Barn.</hi>
But the Lord, the just revenger of cruelty, sent a whole Army of <hi>Mice</hi> upon him,
which haunted him a great deal worse than the Frogs did King <hi>Pharaoh;</hi> not only com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
into his bed-chamber and upon his bed, but following him into a Tower which he
had built for his last refuge in the midst of the River <hi>Rhene,</hi> never leaving him till they
had quite devoured him.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>So<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>rates</hi> hath a memorable story of one <hi>Cyricius</hi> Bishop of <hi>Chalcedon,</hi> who in a meet<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
of many Bishops inveighed very bitterly against good S. <hi>Chrysostom,</hi> and amongst
other spiteful language called him often <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, a <hi>kneeless</hi> fellow, because in a good
cause he would never be gotten to bow and crouch to obtain the favour of men, which
<hi>Cyricius</hi> accounted a stubborn and obstinate disposition. But when he had thus utter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
his malice, <hi>Marathas</hi> another Bishop by chance trod upon his toe; which being at
the first esteemed (as it was indeed) a very small hurt, yet afterwards so ranckled,
that for the safety of the rest of the body his leg was fain to be cut off; which done,
the other leg also was in like manner affected, and that so, that being otherwise incu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rable,
it was fain to feel the same remedy the other had done. Thus he who called the
holy man a <hi>kneeless</hi> fellow in one sense, God made him a <hi>kneeless</hi> Bishop in another. By
which and the former Examples we see how God in punishing requites men with that
which hath some resemblance with their Sin. And so much for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</p>
                  <p>I come now to the third kind, which is <hi>Conformitas subjecti, The Conformity of <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="3"/>
subject; When though we suffer not the same, nor perhaps like unto that we have
<pb n="146" facs="tcp:63175:124"/>
done unto others, yet are we punished in that subject wherein and whereabout we have
sinned.</hi> Thus <hi>Adam</hi> our first Parent sinned in eating the fruits of the earth; and he
and all his posterity are punished in the curse of the same, in that now in sorrow we
eat of them all the days of our life. Touching God's dealing with <hi>Israel</hi> in this kind,
see <hi>Wisdom</hi> chap. 11. verse 7, 13. <hi>Korah</hi> and his company sinned in <hi>offering strange fire</hi>
unto the Lord,<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Psal.</hi> 106. 18. A <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap> was kindled in their company, se<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> flames burnt up the <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>icked.</note> and were punished by a <hi>strange</hi> destruction: <hi>The earth opened its
mouth and swallowed them up quick; and there came out a fire from the Lord, and consu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>med
the men that offered incense,</hi> Numb. 16. verse 32, and verse 35. The <hi>Levites</hi> wise
in<note n="*" place="margin">Iudg. 19. 2, 25.</note> 
                     <hi>Iudges,</hi> sinned in the Commission of Fornication, and therefore died by the same,
being forced to death by the men of <hi>Gibeah. Eli,</hi> by too much indulgence towards
his sons, sinned against God, and was punished in them, being slain by the <hi>Philistines,</hi>
and the Ark of God taken,<note place="margin">1 Sam. 2. 22. &amp;c.</note> which they had carried with them. <hi>David</hi> gloried in the
number of his people, and was punished in the Consumption of seventy thousand of
them by the pestilence,<note place="margin">Chap. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> 2 <hi>Sam.</hi> 24. 1, 15. <hi>Hezekiah,</hi> who sinned in shewing by way of
ostentation his treasures and riches unto the Ambassadors of the King of <hi>Babylon,</hi> had
his punishment threatned by the same things, that all he had thus gloriously shown
should one day be carried unto <hi>Babylon, 2 Kings</hi> 20. 13, 17. Lastly, The <hi>Iews,</hi> who
crucified our Saviour by the hands of the <hi>Romans,</hi> had their City and Temple rased
by the same hands.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="4"/> Now I come unto the last kind of <hi>Conformity,</hi> which I call <hi>Conformity of circum<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stance;
When the Time and Place of Punishment agrees with the Time and Place of the Sin.</hi>
Of the <hi>agreement of Place</hi> I find these Examples. The first of <hi>Ahab</hi> and <hi>Iezebel,</hi> in the
<hi>place</hi> where the dogs licked the bloud of <hi>Naboth,</hi> they licked the bloud of <hi>Ahab</hi> and
<hi>Iezebel;</hi> 1 <hi>Kings</hi> 21. 19. and 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 9. 36. In the <hi>place</hi> where <hi>Baal's</hi> Priests had
committed Idolatry, were their bones, being dead, and the bodies of those who were
alive, flain and burnt by <hi>Iosiah</hi> upon the Altar of <hi>Bethel,</hi> 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 23. 16.</p>
                  <p>Examples of <hi>concurrence of Time</hi> I find these. At the <hi>same time</hi> of the year wherein
the <hi>Iews</hi> crucified Christ, hapned that fatal and final siege by the <hi>Romans,</hi> when that
heavy curse fell upon them,<note place="margin">Ma<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>th. 27. 25.</note> 
                     <hi>His bloud be upon us and our children.</hi> The Spies, which
brought an evil report upon the land,<note place="margin">Numb. 13. 25.</note> had spent <hi>forty</hi> days in searching it; and there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
God for this sin, that <hi>Time</hi> might agree with <hi>Time,</hi> made them wander up and
down <hi>forty</hi> years in the wilderness. They are the words of God himself, <hi>According
unto the number of days</hi> (saith he) <hi>in which ye searched the land, even forty days,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Num. 14. 33, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> 
                     <hi>(each
day for a year) shall ye bear your iniquities.</hi> Last of all, (because I will not be tedious
in Examples) <hi>Pompey</hi> the great is reported to have died most miserably upon the very
same day he triumphed for the spoil of <hi>Ierusalem.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>AND thus having spoken of the three first <hi>Observations,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Observat. 4.</note> I come now to the fourth
and last <hi>Observation,</hi> namely, <hi>That the Profit and Pleasure which men seek for in the
works of sin, will not so much as quit cost in this life:</hi> Because God's Punishments are
requitals; the <hi>Profit</hi> gotten by sin we shall lose wholly, if not doubly, in the <hi>Punish<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment</hi>
thereof; the <hi>Pleasure</hi> found in sin will be overpoised in the pain of sorrow we
shall undergo for the same. It is hard to conceive that a man should be so much the
son of <hi>Belial,</hi> as to commit sin only for his mind sake, without any aim to a farther
end.<note place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                           <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> But rather we may think, That as all actions are done for some End, so even in
sinful and wicked actions men have some Ends why they commit them: And it is the
conceit and apprehension of some such thing to be gotten by sin, which makes that
which is indeed Evil to have a shadow of an appearing Good. To be short, The
Ends men aim at in the commission of sin are those two bastard goods, <hi>Vtile &amp; Iucun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dum,</hi>
worldly Profit and carnal Pleasure. Within the compass of which two fall all
those kinds of false Happiness whereabout the Philosophers were so divided, Riches,
Honours, Pleasures, Bodily ease, &amp;c. All are comprehended within the verge of
these two, <hi>Vtile &amp; Iucundum,</hi> Profit and Pleasure.</p>
                  <p>These are verily those <hi>two baits of the Devil</hi> wherewithal he inveigleth the Souls of
men; with these two he insnared our First Parents in Paradise. Our mother <hi>Eve</hi>
saw the <hi>forbidden fruit,</hi> that it was like to be as <hi>pleasant</hi> to the <hi>taste</hi> as it was <hi>pleasing</hi>
unto the <hi>eye:</hi> on the other side, <hi>Knowledge like unto God,</hi> which she hoped to attain
hereby, was a thing exceeding <hi>commodious</hi> and worth the compassing: Upon these
Motives therefore she fell miserably: and upon the like do we fall every day. Nay
the Devil thought with these to have tempted our Saviour Christ himself to worship
him;<note place="margin">Matth 4. 8.</note> for he <hi>shewed him</hi> (as we read) <hi>All the kingdoms of the earth, with the glory of
them.</hi> In a kingdom all kinds of <hi>Profit</hi> and means of wealth abound; and for <hi>Pleasure,</hi>
what delight is equal unto that which is to be found in the glory of a Kingdom?</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="147" facs="tcp:63175:124"/>To speak of them severally: What power and force a Motive of <hi>Gain</hi> and <hi>Profit</hi>
hath to sway our affection to commit sin, S. <hi>Paul</hi> hath told us, 1 <hi>Tim.</hi> 6. 9. <hi>Those,</hi>
saith he, <hi>that will be rich, fall into temptation and a snare;</hi> and verse 10. that <hi>Covetous<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness
is the root of all evil.</hi> The same also is apparent by the words of our Saviour, <hi>It is
easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle, than for a rich man to enter into the
kingdom of God,</hi> Matth. 19. 24.</p>
                  <p>And for the other, to wit, <hi>carnal Pleasure;</hi> so forcible it is, so much prevailing in
tempting and drawing us unto evil, that the wise Son of <hi>Syrach</hi> sticked not to say, <hi>He
that resisteth pleasures, crowneth his own soul.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Chap. 19. 5.</note> Besides, these Ends are so nearly linked
together, that the one of them is commonly desired for a Means unto the other; for
therefore do many desire <hi>wealth,</hi> that they might have means to live <hi>voluptuously.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But be they as they will be, Is this be all the good men do or can expect from the
works of sin; if these only be those fair Ends we strive to attain by so foul a means;
and when we have gotten them, if the just God requites the <hi>Pleasure</hi> we expect, with
pain and sorrow; and the <hi>Gain</hi> we hoped for, with an equal yea with a greater loss:
if the Pleasure of a moment be entertained with a remaining sorrow; if a single Gain
be rewarded with a double loss, and that in this world: Surely it will not quit the
cost to commit the most <hi>gainful</hi> or <hi>pleasing</hi> sin in the world. But certain it is that God
useth thus to meet with our intendments, and to make us always fall short, first or
last, of what we hoped for by Sin.</p>
                  <p>For as for <hi>Pleasure</hi> and <hi>Hearts-ease,</hi> as we call it, alas! who ever found this gotten
by sin to be worth the while? To overpass such requiting <hi>pains</hi> as fall within the ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>servation
of other mens eyes; as when God makes our pain and sorrow to grow even
from those members, those hands, those things from which we sought delight, as I
shewed you in the last <hi>Observation:</hi> I will, I say, omit these, and put you in mind on<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
of that <hi>secret pain,</hi> which no man knows but he that feels it, <hi>The sting of Conscience.</hi>
Is there any man that finds not the honey of sin mingled with this gall? Surely <hi>the
sting of Conscience</hi> never leaves a sinner, but is in all our <hi>pleasure</hi> like unto those wild
gourds, 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 4. 39, &amp;c. wherewith the young Prophets of <hi>Gilgal</hi> spoiled their
whole pot of pottage: We cannot taste so much as one spoonful of this false pleasure,
but presently we must cry as they cried, <hi>Mors in olla, Death is in the pot.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>As for <hi>Profit</hi> and <hi>Wealth;</hi> It is even gotten into vulgar experience, that what in
this kind is gotten by sinful and bad means, is nothing durable. <hi>Treasures of wickedness</hi>
(saith <hi>Solomon, Prov.</hi> 10. 2.) <hi>profit nothing;</hi> and <hi>wealth gotten by vanity shall be dimi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nished,</hi>
Prov. 13. 11. Yea as the feathers of an Eagle are said to consume the fea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thers
of other birds; so a little gotten by indirect and bad means often consumes a
man's whole substance. I cannot stand to inlarge upon this point: I will only shew
in the example of our first Parents, how God in this manner requited them.</p>
                  <p>First, They looked for <hi>Pleasure</hi> in the taste of so pleasing a fruit. This hope God
repai'd them with <hi>pain</hi> and <hi>sorrow; I will multiply thy sorrow,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Gen. 3. 16.</note> (saith he unto the wo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>man)
<hi>and in pain shalt thou bring forth children:</hi> and to the man, <hi>In sorrow shalt thou
eat the fruits of the earth all the days of thy life.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Verse 17.</note> They looked, secondly, <hi>to have gain<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
much,</hi> and to have <hi>profited</hi> themselves exceedingly, as namely, to <hi>have gotten more
knowledge</hi> than God had given them. This hope God requited, not only with the
loss of that knowledge they had before,<note place="margin">Verse 24.</note> but even of the outward things they enjoyed
in Paradise. <hi>Primum in unoquoque genere est mensura consequentium, The First in eve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry
kind is the measure of that which follows.</hi> Thus God dealt with them, and thus will
he deal with us unto the world's end. Sin is utterly unprofitable; whatsoever is got<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ten
thereby is like the change <hi>Diomedes</hi> made with <hi>Glaucus;</hi> like that which <hi>Rehobo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>am</hi>
made of the shields in the house of the Lord,<note place="margin">2 Chron. 12. 10</note> shields of <hi>brass</hi> for shields of
<hi>gold.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Let us therefore hence learn to withstand such foolish Motives and such vain
Hopes: when we are in danger to be ensnared by these baits, let us thus reason with
our selves, What will it profit a man to enjoy an hour's pleasure, for many a year's
pain? What will the sweet do us good, which is mixt with so much four? What will
it profit a man to be rich in his youth, and a beggar in his age? What will it profit a
man by guile and oppression to raise his house while he liveth, by that which shall
most certainly ruine it when he is dead and gone? And lastly, if none of all this
were,<note place="margin">Mar. 8. 36.</note> yet <hi>What will it profit a man to win the whole world, and lose his own soul?</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="II"/> NOW having done with the <hi>First consideration</hi> of these words,<note place="margin">The Second consideration of <hi>Adonibe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>zek's</hi> words.</note> I come unto the
<hi>Second,</hi> which is with relation to him that uttered them, and so they are a <hi>Confession.</hi>
In which I observe Three things.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="148" facs="tcp:63175:125"/>1. <hi>That the suffering of punishment extorts the Confession of sin.</hi> Thus this miserable
King is made, for all his pride and stomach, to lament with an <hi>Ego <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>eci,</hi> with an <hi>I have
done.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>2. <hi>God's Iustice in the punishing of sin visibly is one of the strongest Motives to make an
Atheist confess there is a God. Adonibezek,</hi> who scarce believed, or perhaps not well
remembred, that there was a God till now, is here forced to confess, <hi>The unresistible
God, that crusheth down the proud,</hi> he <hi>hath requited me.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>3. <hi>As the Punishment in general bringeth sin to mind, which else would be forgotten:
so the fashion and kind thereof well considered may lead us, as it were by the hand, to know
the very sin we are punished for.</hi> Many sins had <hi>Adonibezek</hi> committed; the condition
and manner of his punishment made him remember his cruel usage of the seventy kings,
and say, <hi>As I have done, &amp;c.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>To begin with the First;<note place="margin">Observat. 1.</note> I say, <hi>The suffering of punishment extorts the confession of
sin.</hi> The reason whereof is the very nature of Punishment, which always implieth
some offence, and therefore is a good remembrancer of the same. Thus <hi>Ioseph's</hi>
brethren, when they were distressed in <hi>Egypt,</hi> cried, <hi>We are verily guilty concerning
our brother.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Gen. 42. 21.</note> Proud <hi>Pharaoh,</hi> when he saw the plague of hail and thunder, said, <hi>I
have now sinned; the Lord is righteous, and I and my people are wicked.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Exod. 9. 27.</note> The proud
stomachs of the <hi>Israelites</hi> came down, when once the fiery serpents stung them, and
then they came to <hi>Moses,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Numb. 21. 7.</note> and said, <hi>We have sinned; for we have spoken against the
Lord, and against thee. Manasses,</hi> whom all the threatnings of God's Prophets in
fifty years space could never move, yet when he was bound in fetters, and carried
prisoner unto <hi>Babylon, Then he besought the Lord his God, and humbled himself greatly
before the God of his fathers.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">2. Chro. 33. 12.</note> Whosoever therefore he be that feels not this fruit, and
makes not this use of his crosses and afflictions, is worse than hard-hearted <hi>Pharaoh,</hi>
worse than cruel <hi>Adonibezek.</hi> But if by this means we come to see and acknowledge
our sin,<note place="margin">Psal. 119. 71.</note> then may we say with <hi>David, It is good for me that I was afflicted;</hi> and give
thanks and praise unto our God, who is able out of such hard rocks as these to make
flow the saving waters of repentance.</p>
                  <p>And thus I come to my second <hi>Observation,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Observ. 2.</note> which is, <hi>That God's judgment for sin
is one of the strongest motives to make an Atheist confess there is a God.</hi> Those who say,
<hi>There is no God, David</hi> accounts them in the number of <hi>fools: The fool saith in his heart,
There is no God,</hi> Psal. 53. 1. Now <hi>Solomon</hi> styleth Punishment <hi>Eruditio stultorum,</hi>
the Schoolmaster of fools. If for all fools, then also for <hi>Atheistical fools,</hi> that they
either by their own, or by example of God's plagues upon others, may be taught to
put away their folly.</p>
                  <p>Most certain it is, The not observing of God's judgments, or the supposed examples
of some who seem to escape the hand of God in the greatest sins, is a main occasion of
Atheism.<note place="margin">Psal. 73. 2, 3.</note> This made <hi>David</hi> himself to say, <hi>My feet were almost gone, my steps had
well-nigh slipped: For I was envious at the foolish, when I saw the prosperity of the wick<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed.</hi>
It is reported of <hi>Diagoras Melius,</hi> surnamed <hi>the Atheist,</hi> that at the first he was
very devout, and a great worshipper of the Gods; but having committed some cer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tain
money unto a friend's keeping, and afterwards demanding it again, his friend,
loth to forgo such a booty, forsware that he ever received any: whom when <hi>Diagoras</hi>
saw, notwithstanding this horrible perjury, to thrive and prosper, and no divine
judgment to fall upon him, he presently turned Atheist and enemy to the Gods, and
laboured by all means to bring other men to the like impiety.</p>
                  <p>For this cause therefore <hi>David,</hi> as jealous of God's honour, and knowing what
force God's Iudgments have to keep <hi>Atheism</hi> from creeping into the hearts of men,
desireth God (<hi>Psal.</hi> 59. 13.) that he would avenge himself of evil-doers, even for this
end, that it might be known he was the Lord: <hi>Consume</hi> (saith he) <hi>in thy wrath,
consume them, that they may not be; and let them know</hi> (that is, that men may know)
<hi>that God ruleth in Iacob, unto the ends of the earth.</hi> And hence it is also that God of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ten
in <hi>Ezekiel</hi> doth plainly affirm this to be the End of his judgments, That it might be
known that he was the Lord. As in chapter 6. v. 6. thus he threatens <hi>Israel, Your
cities shall be laid waste, and your high places shall be desolate,</hi> &amp;c. v. 7. <hi>And the slain
shall fall in the midst of you; and you shall know that I am the Lord.</hi> And again, v. 12,
13. <hi>He that is far off, shall die by the pestilence; and he that is near, shall fall by the
sword. Then shall ye know that I am the Lord.</hi> And chap. 25. 17. concerning the <hi>Phi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>listins,
I will execute great vengeance upon them,</hi> saith the Lord, <hi>with furious rebukes:
and they shall know that I am the Lord, when I shall lay my vengeance upon them.</hi> If
this then be so as ye have heard, let us learn hence a good preservative against
<pb n="149" facs="tcp:63175:125"/>
Atheism, and all the ill motions of the devil and our flesh drawing thereunto: not
lightly, as most men do, to pass over the Iudgments of God upon sin; but duly and
diligently to observe them: if in our selves, then more severely; if in our neigh<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bours,
curiously, but charitably.</p>
                  <p>And so I come to the third and last point,<note place="margin">Observat. 3.</note> which is, <hi>That as Punishment in general
bringeth sin to mind, which else would be forgotten: so the fashion and kind thereof well
considered may lead us, as it were by the hand, to know the very sin we are punished for.</hi> I
have shewed already at large, That God's visible judgments have usually in them a
stamp and mark of conformity with the sin for which they are inflicted: For either we
suffer the same thing our selves that we have done to others, or some resembling or
like unto it; or else are punished about the same thing wherein our sin was; or lastly,
in the place or time where and when we sinned. I am perswaded there is no judgment
which God sends for any special sin, but it hath one of these marks in it. Come
therefore to <hi>Adonibezek,</hi> and let us learn of him, by God's stamp in our punishment
to find out what sin he aims at. If we would once use to read this Hand-writing of
God in our crosses and afflictions, what a motive would it be to make us leave many
a sin wherein the Devil nuzzles us the greatest part of our life without sense and feel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing?
For if any thing would rouze us and scare us from sin, sure this would, to hear
word from God himself what the sin is he plagues us for, and so sharply warns us to
amend. Whensoever therefore any cross or calamity befals us or any of ours, either
in body, goods, or name, or in the success of any thing we take in hand, let us not
rebel against God with an impatient heart, or fret at the occasion or author of our
misery; but let us take a just account of our life past, and thus reason with our selves,
This is surely none other but the very Finger of God; I am punished, therefore
have I sinned: I am punished thus and thus, in this or that sort, in this or that thing,
in this or that place or time; therefore God is angry with me for something I have
done, the same with that I suffer, or something like unto it, or because I sinned in this
thing, or at this time, or in this place, when and where I now am punished: <hi>As I
have done, so surely God hath requited me.</hi> Therefore I will not look any longer up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
any other cause or occasion of this misery, of this cross or calamity, but look un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
my sin, and give glory unto God, who sent the hand which hath done all this unto
me.</p>
                  <p>Thus did the sons of <hi>Iacob,</hi> having no doubt learned of their good father to make
this use of their crosses and afflictions: For when they saw themselves so roughly en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tertained
in <hi>Egypt,</hi> being challenged for spies of the countrey; when their brother
<hi>Simeon</hi> was to lie in prison in a strange land; and not only <hi>this brother,</hi> but <hi>another
brother,</hi> so dearly beloved of his father, must needs be taken from him, and come in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
the like jeopardy; when all this distress fell still upon the head of a <hi>brother,</hi> and no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thing
but a <hi>brother;</hi> they presently discovered the Hand-writing of God, and cried
out, <hi>We are guilty, and therefore is this evil come upon us:</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Gen. 42. 21.</note> Behold the Finger of God.
All this evil still lights upon one or other of our <hi>brethren;</hi> for <hi>we are verily guilty con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerning
a brother, our brother</hi> Ioseph, <hi>in that we saw the anguish of his soul, when he be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sought us, and we would not hear; therefore is this distress come upon us.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Verse 22.</note> Ah! said <hi>Reu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ben,</hi>
I told you, <hi>I spake unto you</hi> that you should <hi>not sin against the child,</hi> but <hi>you would
not hear:</hi> therefore behold <hi>his bloud is now required.</hi> Yea this writing of God is yet
more evident, for we sinned in the dearly-beloved of our Father, <hi>Ioseph,</hi> and now
are we distressed about our brother <hi>Benjamin,</hi> the child whom our Father loveth: <hi>As
we have done, so God hath requited us.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>This is the last point I observed in these words, and it contains the Use of all the
former. <hi>Verbum sapienti,</hi> one word is enough to him that is wise, and one Example
is sufficient for him that is willing to follow it.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="31" type="discourse">
               <pb n="150" facs="tcp:63175:126"/>
               <head>DISCOURSE XXXI.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>S. MATTHEW 11. 28, 29.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>
                        <p>Come unto me all ye that labour and are heavy laden, and I will give
you rest.</p>
                        <p>Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me, for I am meek and low<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls.</p>
                     </q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>I SHALL not need trouble you with prefacing of the cohe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rence:
The words I have read are an intire sense of themselves,
without dependence on what went before. For the matter,
they are such, as I might call them <hi>an Epitome or Brief summe of
the whole Gospel,</hi> containing in few words the compleat method
of Salvation, and as in a small map a full view of the way to the
gates of Eternal life; whither he is most unworthy to come who
will not learn so small a Catechism as this. They are propound<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
unto us by way of an <hi>Invitation,</hi> consisting of Three parts:
1. The Thing, 2. The Persons, 3. The Benefit.</p>
                  <p>1. The Thing invited to, which is double, to wit, <hi>Christ</hi> and <hi>his yoke. Come un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
me,</hi> saith he, <hi>and take my yoke upon you, and learn of me, for I am meek and lowly.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>2. The Persons invited, Those <hi>that labour and are heavy laden: Come all ye that la<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bour
and are heavy laden.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>3. The Benefit to those who embrace the invitement, <hi>Rest</hi> and <hi>Ease;</hi> which you
shall find in every corner of this Invitation. <hi>I will give you rest,</hi> or, <hi>I will ease you:</hi>
again, <hi>Ye shall find rest unto your souls:</hi> and in conclusion, <hi>My yoke is easie, and my
burthen is light.</hi> A Benefit so transcendent, as might allure any car, that is not whol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
stopped up with spiritual deafness, to listen after the means whereby it is attain<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/> Let us therefore consider these Three points in order; and first, that which must
first be known and learned, <hi>The quality of the persons invited;</hi> Those that <hi>labour and
are heavy laden.</hi> Which before I tell you what they mean, I must first tell you how
to construe them, <hi>viz.</hi> by the Figure called <hi>Hendiadis,</hi> understanding the conjunction
[<hi>and</hi>] causally; and so contriving the two things named into one, in this manner,
<hi>labour and heavy laden,</hi> into <hi>labouring of being heavy laden:</hi> As if it had been said, <hi>Come
unto me all ye that labour of,</hi> or <hi>by, being heavy laden;</hi> All you that are toiled with,
and weary of, your heavy burthen, <hi>come unto me, and I will ease you.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>For after this manner are many things in Scripture which are uttered conjunction<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wise
to be understood. <hi>I will multiply thy sorrow and thy conception,</hi> (saith God un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
the woman. <hi>Gen.</hi> 3. 16.) that is, I will multiply thy sorrows of conception, or
the sorrows which come of conception. You shall find often in Scripture, <hi>Do judg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment
and righteousness;</hi>
that is, Do judgment according to righteousness, Do such
judgment as proceeds from justice and righteousness. <hi>Psal.</hi> 116. 1. <hi>I love the Lord,
because he hath heard my voice and my supplication,</hi> that is, the voice of my supplicati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on,
<hi>Ier.</hi> 29. 11.<note place="margin">—<hi>P<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap>ris li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bamus &amp; auro</hi> (saith the Po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>et) that is, <hi>Libam<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap> pat<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                           <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                              <desc>•••</desc>
                           </gap> ex auro:</hi>
                     </note> The Lord promiseth his people to <hi>give them an end and expectation,</hi>
that is, the end of their expectation, or the end they look for. In this Gospel, saith
S. <hi>Iohn Baptist,</hi> chap. 3. verse 11. <hi>He that cometh after me, shall baptize you with the ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
Ghost and with fire,</hi> that is, with the fire of the holy Ghost. So in my Text, <hi>wea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry
and heavy laden, is weary of being heavy laden;</hi> such as labour, such as are toiled
and tired out by the weight of their loading.<note place="margin">—Chalybo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                           <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> And thus are the words to be con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>strued.</p>
                  <p>Now to the meaning of them. Those that <hi>labour of being heavy laden,</hi> are such as
<hi>grieve and groan under the burthen of their sins.</hi> According to the Law,<note n="*" place="margin">Exod. 23. 15.</note> 
                     <hi>none should
appear before the Lord empty:</hi> what offering, what sacrifice then must we bring when
<pb n="151" facs="tcp:63175:126"/>
we come in to Christ, but that which <hi>David</hi> (who well knew) tells us <hi>Psal.</hi> 51. 17.<note place="margin">Mat. 11. 28, 29</note>
                     <hi>The sacrifice of God</hi> (saith he) <hi>is a broken and contrite heart, O God, thou wilt not de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>spise.</hi>
Thus must they come furnished whom Christ inviteth. For this is that which
S. <hi>Paul</hi> calls, 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 7. 10. a <hi>sorrow after God,</hi> or <hi>a godly sorrow, which,</hi> saith he, <hi>work<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eth
repentance to salvation, not to be repented of.</hi> For understanding therefore of this
Metaphor in my Text, we must know, That <hi>Sin</hi> is compared in Scripture unto <hi>a
burthen,</hi> wherewith every sinner is loaden, yea overcharged; a burthen intolerable.
So <hi>Psal.</hi> 38. 4. <hi>Mine iniquities,</hi> saith <hi>David, are gone over mine head; as a heavie bur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>then
they are too heavie for me.</hi> Ver. 6. <hi>I am troubled, I am bowed down greatly.</hi> Ver. 8.
<hi>I am feeble and sore broken; I have roared because of the disquietness of my heart.</hi>
S. <hi>Paul</hi> followeth the manner of speech, when he tells us, 2 <hi>Tim.</hi> 3. 6. of <hi>silly women
laden with sin, and led away with divers lusts.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">S<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>n a burthe<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> and load in <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>e<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>pect of <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>e we gi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>t
<list>
                           <item>of</item>
                           <item>Punis<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                 <desc>•</desc>
                              </gap>
                              <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment.</item>
                           <item>Loath<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>somness.</item>
                        </list>
                     </note> This <hi>loading</hi> and <hi>pressure of sin</hi> is in
respect of a <hi>twofold weight</hi> which oppresseth the Soul, the one of <hi>Punishment,</hi> the
other of <hi>Loathsomness.</hi> For the weight of <hi>Punishment;</hi> it is the ordinary style of
the Prophets to term <hi>God's Iudgments for sin</hi> by the name of <hi>burthens. Iehu</hi> calls
his execution upon <hi>Iehoram,</hi> the <hi>burthen which the Lord laid upon his father Ahab,
2 King</hi> 9. 25. So S. <hi>Paul</hi> saith, <hi>Gal.</hi> 6. 5. that <hi>every one shall bear his own burthen.</hi>
For the other, the <hi>Loathsomness of sin,</hi> that also weighs heavie. <hi>Ah sinful Nation!</hi>
(saith the Prophet <hi>Esay,</hi> ch. 1. 4.) <hi>a people laden with iniquity, a seed of evil doers</hi>—
and it follows, v. 6. <hi>From the sole of the foot, even unto the head, there is no soundness
in it, but wounds, and bruises, and putrefying sores.</hi> This also is a part of <hi>David's</hi>
burthen, <hi>Psal.</hi> 38. 5. <hi>My wounds stink and are corrupt, because of my foolishness. I am
troubled</hi> (or <hi>wryed,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Incurvatus sum,) I am bowed down greatly.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Is Sin indeed so <hi>heavie</hi> a thing? how then do we make it so <hi>light</hi> a matter?
<hi>Nullum onus</hi> (saith <hi>Ambrose</hi> Ep. 18.) <hi>gravius est quàm sarcina peccatorum &amp; pondus
flagitiorum, No burthen is more heavie, no load more pressing to the Soul, than the weight
and load of Sin.</hi> If every thing that <hi>presseth down</hi> be <hi>heavy,</hi> how <hi>heavy</hi> is that which
<hi>presseth down</hi> to Hell, that is, unto that depth of woe whose bottom can never be
fathom'd! Is Sin so <hi>heavy</hi> a thing indeed? how comes it then to pass we feel it not?
Our case is so much the more fearful and dangerous. For, saith <hi>Chrysosiome,</hi>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>The evil is so much the greater, by how much
it seems to be the lesser.</hi> For Physicians all agree, that those are most dangerously
sick who have no sense and feeling of their sickness; whereas on the contrary, to be
sensible of pain is a sign the sickness is not deadly. Happy therefore are those who
can add the other word to this, being not only <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>laden,</hi> but <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>; <hi>la<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bouring
under the weight of their burthen.</hi> These are those whom Christ calleth; and
these are those whose condition we are now to consider, that we may know it, and
whether our selves be any of that number.</p>
                  <p>That a man therefore may truly be said to <hi>labour</hi> and <hi>be weary of his burthen,</hi> two
things are requisite: First, <hi>That he feel and be sensible of the weight thereof;</hi> Secondly,
<hi>That he desire to be rid thereof.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/>
                     <hi>He must feel and be sensible of the weight thereof.</hi> Now the weight of sin, as I told
you, is twofold: First, <hi>The weight of Punishment;</hi> and secondly, <hi>The load of Loath<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>somness.</hi>
The first and soonest felt is that of <hi>Punishment;</hi> which as it is the <hi>grossest</hi>
weight, so may it be felt while <hi>the sense of the Soul</hi> is yet but <hi>gross</hi> and <hi>dull:</hi> But to
feel the other, that is, <hi>to loath our sin,</hi> requires a <hi>quicker</hi> and <hi>more tender sense;</hi> which
is not easily attained to, unless the Soul be first well rubbed and galled with the
weight of <hi>Punishment.</hi> The entry therefore and, as it were, the porch of Penitence,
are those Terrors and Pangs of the Soul affrighted with the apprehension of the
Wrath of God for Sin, and of the danger we are in therefore. When the piercing sting
of an accusing conscience upbraids us, and tells us we are in a state to be damned
eternally: That if I should die this day, this night, this hour, I must go to the place
of weeping and gnashing of teeth, there to yell and howl with devils in pains un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>speakable,
and be tormented for ever and ever. When our Soul is stricken with
horror, to think how long we have lived in this danger, and how little we thought
thereof; nay, how securely we encreased our score, as though we should never
have come to a reckoning for the same; how often God might have taken me
away in the midst of my sins, and where had I been then? yea what shall become
of me, if he should do it now? O how am I afraid of this moment, who feared
nothing so many years! These are those <hi>arrows</hi> of the Almighty, which must go
through our Souls at the beginning of our Repentance. That we may take up
the words of <hi>David,</hi> Psal. 38. 1. <hi>O Lord, rebuke me not in thy wrath, neither chasten me
<pb n="152" facs="tcp:63175:127"/>
in thy hot displeasure. v.</hi> 2. <hi>For thine arrows stick fast in me, and thy hand presseth me
sore,</hi> v. 3. <hi>There is no soundness in my flesh, because of thine anger; neither is there any
rest in my bones, because of my sin.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>This is a good beginning; but is no more than a beginning: for yet we <hi>labour</hi> not
enough; yet we are not <hi>weary</hi> enough for Christ to call us unto him. This is but as
the prick of a needle, making way for the thread. We must go further, else this
will do us no good. For thus far, as to be sensible and affected with the punish<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment
due for sin, to be terrified with the weight of the wrath of God which lies
upon us for the same, thus far he may come who shall be damned. For it is common
to the desperate reprobate, as well as to the children of God; to <hi>Iudas,</hi> who hanged
himself; to <hi>Cain</hi> whom God drove out from his presence; for he could say and confess
to God himself, <hi>My punishment is greater than I can bear,</hi> Gen. 4. 13. Let us therefore
see what we are further to add unto it.</p>
                  <p>And that is a <hi>sense</hi> and <hi>feeling</hi> of the <hi>foulness, loathsomness</hi> and <hi>odiousness</hi> of Sin. If
If we feel not our selves affected with this weight, the former groaning will be ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>counted
no better with God than hypocrisie and slavish fear; for this is the soul and
the life of a godly sorrow indeed, without which the other is but a carkase, if it be a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lone.
But if by rubbing and galling our Hearts, it makes them at length so tender as to
be sensible not only of the <hi>punishment,</hi> but to <hi>loath</hi> Sin it self as a <hi>foul</hi> and
<hi>ugly</hi> thing; then indeed it begins to live and give some proof it will be sincere. For
as a surfet of meats, how dainty and delicate soever, will afterward make them loath<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>some:
So if we be indeed surcharged with the burthen of our sins, the appetite of
the Soul will begin to <hi>loath</hi> them, though they have been never so full of delight;
yea, it will make us loath our selves, and cry out in a mournful manner with S. <hi>Paul,</hi>
Rom. 7. 24. <hi>O miserable man that I am! who shall deliver me from this body of death?</hi>
Even as a man who is covered over with noisome boiles and sores, is not affected only
with the bodily pain caused by them, but even abhors the sight and smell of that which
causeth it, as filthy and ugly: so must it be in this leprosie of sin. And indeed, were
our eyes once open to see it,<note place="margin">The reason of Sin's Loath<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>somness.</note> Sin is the most ugly, beastly, filthy and noisome thing
in the world: For being wholly opposite to God, the most glorious Beauty and
most delectable Good; it is contrary to whatsoever is any way seemly, comely, grace<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ful
and beautiful: for all these carry in them some Image and resemblance of him;
but Sin, none at all. Nay, it is a distasteful and <hi>loathsome</hi> thing to the Reasonable na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture
of man, as appears by the continual upbraiding and griping of the Conscience,
which can never down with it. In meats, if any go against our stomach, we abhor and
loath them: how much more <hi>loathsome</hi> is that which the Conscience cannot digest, the
stomach and taster of our souls? O how nice and daintie we are, that no loathsome
and unpleasant meat should offend (so much as by the sight thereof) our fleshly ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>petite,
which is common to us with Beasts! but our Souls, our nobler part, whose
safety so much concerns us, we cram and choak with the loathsome filthiness of Sin,
and perceive it not. But as those who cannot endure a cat or a mouse, or the like, by
Antipathie of nature, when any such thing comes within their sight or near their per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>son,
presently they start, and shew some extremity of passion or other; and if they
cannot fly it, it casts their body into a cold sweat: So must we labour under the sight
of our sins, that we may be of those whom Christ here calleth for. O Lord, supple
our hearts with thy quickning grace, that they may be so tender as to feel this part
of their butthen as well as the other.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/> Thus have we heard the <hi>first</hi> requisite of such as may be truly said to <hi>labour,</hi>
and be <hi>weary of their burthen;</hi> namely, <hi>To feel and be sensible of a</hi> double <hi>weight
thereof.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Now follows the next and last requisite, <hi>A desire to be rid thereof.</hi> He that truly
and unfeignedly <hi>labours</hi> under the burthen of his sin, he that is indeed <hi>weary</hi> there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>of,
<hi>will desire to be rid of it:</hi> For <hi>Sorrow</hi> is so much against the good liking of Nature,
that he that is pressed with the burthen thereof, will earnestly desire to be eased;
will endeavour to shake off his burthen, and remove that which procures his Sor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>row.
He therefore that is not so far toiled with the pressure of his sins as to have
<hi>a purpose to forsake and leave them,</hi> is no true penitent, none of those who are yet
<hi>weary</hi> enough to go unto Christ for ease.</p>
                  <p>And lest we might deceive our selves, and think we have <hi>a purpose to leave our
sins,</hi> when we have not; let us examine our selves by these <hi>three Rules</hi> follow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="153" facs="tcp:63175:127"/>
                     <list>
                        <item>1. That this purpose must be general, without reservation of any darling sin:
For he that retains any sin, is not yet <hi>weary</hi> enough of his burthen. He that looks for a
forgiveness of all his sins, must purpose to forsake them all; he must not with <hi>Herod</hi>
in the Gospel have a reservation of <hi>Herodias,</hi> his brother <hi>Philip's</hi> wife: God will not
be served with halves; he will have our whole Hearts, or none.</item>
                        <item>2. He that devises not how to cast off the burthen of his sin, though it pains him,
but how to carry it more handsomely and conveniently, by qualifications and distin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctions,
and the like, he is perhaps <hi>heavy laden,</hi> for he feels his shoulders pincht; but
he is not <hi>weary</hi> of carrying; but thinks to ease himself as he in the Fable did his
horse of the plough, who sitting still upon his horse back, carried the plough on his
own neck: So was the horse eased by a distinction; for now his master carried the
plough, and not he.</item>
                        <item>3. He that hath indeed a purpose to cast off the burthen of his sin and to forsake
it, is willing to make amends where he hath wronged; as we see by the example of
<hi>Zacchaeus</hi> in the Gospel. For he that cannot wish from the bottom of his heart that
what he hath done were undone, and if it were to do again, he would never do it,
is no true penitent, nor heartily sorry for his sin. But how can he say thus who hath
ill-gotten goods, and will not restore them; who hath power in his hands yet in
some sort to undo his sin, as far as the injury concerneth man, and yet will not do it?</item>
                     </list>
                  </p>
                  <p>And thus you have seen How the persons must be <hi>qualified,</hi> and what preparation is
required of them who are capable of this sweet <hi>Invitation</hi> of our Saviour, <hi>Come unto
me all ye that are weary</hi> or <hi>labour of being heavy laden, and I will ease you.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But you will say, How should a man come to be thus affected? How should he
come to be touched with remorse for sin? and what means is to be used? I answer,
By a serious and often meditation upon the Law of God, which is a Glass wherein to
behold the deformity of sin and depth of our misery. Dost thou in deed and good
earnest believe that God Almighty hath given this Law to men? Dost thou believe
thou hast transgressed and broken every part thereof? Dost thou believe
(tell me truly) that all those who have done so, are under the wrath of God and in the
state of eternal damnation, to be tormented with the devil and his angels for ever?
Dost thou, or canst thou, believe all this, and thy heart not yield and bleed to think
how woful and fearful a condition thou art in? If it doth not, I say thou dost not
yet fully and in earnest believe any of these things. Thou mayst perhaps lay so,
and think so too; but thou deceivest thine own heart: The devil deludes thee. I say
again, Thou believest not; thy perswasion is too slight: For every <hi>unrepentant</hi> sin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ner,
that knows and hears the law of God without sorrow and contrition of heart
is a piece of an <hi>Infidel;</hi> and it is <hi>Vnbelief,</hi> and nothing but <hi>Vnbelief,</hi> which makes his
Heart so unmoveable and unrelenting.</p>
                  <p>If a Proclamation came from an earthly Monarch, that whosoever had at any time
committed such and such misdemeanours, should have his estate confiscated, or suffer
some grievous and exquisite torments, as a Traitor unto his Prince: if I should see a
man deeply liable unto all this, who could hear of such a Proclamation securely,
without trouble and astonishment, that could sleep quietly, and be no whit dejected
or cast down therewith: might I not justly think, either he believed himself not guilty
of any of the crimes there mentioned, or took it for a counterfeit, or only some scare<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crow
never meant to be put in execution? I know your selves would think so. How
then is it possible that a man should firmly and seriously give credence to the Law of
God and the Threats contained therein, and yet his Heart never smite him, his Soul
be never touched with remorse? No, without doubt, this <hi>Legal faith</hi> (for so I call the
belief I speak of) is yet a weak one, a superficial and unsetled perswasion (perhaps,)
but no grounded or firm impression. Wouldst thou amend it? wouldst thou drive
it deeper? Rub thy Heart continually with a fixt and frequent meditation of the
severity of God's Law, of the number and greatness of thy transgressions, of the
dreadfulness of wrath and vengeance due for the same. Never cease doing this untill
thy Heart shall yield, and thy bowels melt within thee. One drop of water weareth
not a stone, but continual dropping will do it. <hi>Gutta cavat lapidem,</hi> &amp;c. If one
meditation will not melt thy Heart; yet a continuance therein will do it. Those
who let bloud will rub the <hi>Vein</hi> often to make it swell: so must thou rub thy <hi>Heart</hi>
often to make it bleed. A hard skin, with often grinding and fretting, will at length
grow thin and tender.</p>
                  <p>I COME now to the Second thing I propounded in this <hi>Invitation, The thing <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="II"/>
invited to;</hi> which is double, <hi>Coming unto Christ,</hi> and <hi>Taking his yoke upon us.</hi> I
<pb n="154" facs="tcp:63175:128"/>
begin with the first. This <hi>coming unto Christ</hi> is the <hi>approaching to him by Faith;</hi>
which is manifested by those places of Scripture where <hi>coming</hi> and <hi>believing</hi> are inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>changeably
<milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="I"/> used as one and the same thing. <hi>He that cometh to God</hi> (saith S. <hi>Paul,</hi>
Heb. 11. 6.) <hi>must believe that God is, and that he is a rewarder of them that seek him.</hi>
Iohn 6. 35. <hi>I am</hi> (saith our Saviour) <hi>the bread of life: He that cometh to me, shall ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ver
hunger; he that believeth on me, shall never thirst.</hi> Here <hi>coming</hi> is expounded by
<hi>believing.</hi> Ver. 37. <hi>All that the Father giveth me, shall come unto me; and he that
cometh to me, I will in no wise cast out.</hi> In <hi>Iohn</hi> 1. 12. it is called <hi>a receiving of Christ:
But as many as received him, to them gave he power</hi> (or <hi>priviledg) to become the Sons of
God, even to them that believed on his Name.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Here therefore observe, That <hi>a Saving Faith,</hi> a Faith which makes Christ our own,
and hath promise of <hi>ease</hi> by him, in a word, that Faith which gives us an interest in
Christ <hi>Iesus,</hi> is more than a bare assent or perswasion that the Gospel is true, which
saies that Christ is the Son of God and the Redeemer and Saviour of mankind. It is
a <hi>coming Belief,</hi> a <hi>coming Faith;</hi> that is, an assent inclining the Soul to Christ, to be
made partaker of the Benefits through him. Not a bare <hi>Speculative</hi> assent, which re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mains
in the Brain, and proceeds no farther; but such an assent as rests not there, but
worketh a motion in the Will, to seek and embrace that which is believed. Such an
assent as not only believes the Promises made in Christ, but goes unto him, relies
upon him, clings unto him for them. <hi>Come unto me, all ye that labour and are heavie la<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>den;
and I will ease you.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>To believe the Gospel is true, that Christ Iesus is the only means of Salvation or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dained
by God, I grant it to be a <hi>Faith,</hi> though it go no farther: But it is an insuffi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cient
Faith, an imperfect and impotent Faith, which is usually called <hi>Historical Faith;</hi>
which I make no question but you all have: But if you stay here, the Devil believes
as much as you do. But a <hi>Saving Faith,</hi> though it begins with this, yet it staies not
there: It stands not only gazing upon Christ, but is effectual and powerful upon the
Soul, to make it apply and betake it self unto him. This height of Faith the De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vils
have not, nor can have. They can believe, as well as we, that Christ is a
Saviour; but never so far or so much as to have any hope, affiance, or confidence
in him. For if a King should <hi>proclaim a general pardon</hi> to a number of known rebels,
and vow execution without mercy upon some principal offenders who had cunningly
and maliciously seduced the rest; both of them might equally believe the <hi>Proclama<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion</hi>
to be true: yet the one would be encouraged to relie upon the King's clemen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cy,
and to sue out his pardon; but the other would be utterly disheartned, as being
uncapable. Such altogether is the case of men and wicked Angels in the <hi>Proclamation</hi>
of the Gospel: Men hearing Christ took the woman's Seed, are encouraged with
hope of pardon; the Devils knowing he in no wise took the nature of Angels, the bet<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter
they believe his Incarnation, the less are their hopes of their own redemption.</p>
                  <p>Come we therefore to application.<note place="margin">Heb. 11. 6.</note> 
                     <hi>He that cometh unto God</hi> (saith S. <hi>Paul) must
believe that God is, and that he is a Rewarder of them that seek him:</hi> So say I, He that
cometh unto Christ must believe <hi>that he is,</hi> and that he is the <hi>Easer</hi> of them that seek
unto him. He that believes this sufficiently, cannot but go unto Christ. You there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
that <hi>labour,</hi> and <hi>are heavy laden</hi> with your sins, do you believe <hi>that Christ is,</hi>
and that he is the <hi>Easer</hi> of them that being weary of their sins seek unto him?
How can your Soul then but fly unto him with trust and confidence in him? Yea
but will some men say, I believe <hi>that Christ is,</hi> and that he is the <hi>Easer</hi> of them that
seek him; yet for all this I can put no trust and confidence in him. Yea, but dost
thou believe it so well as to find thy Soul on wing toward him, to seek and sue for
pardon? If thou findest this, thou hast some trust and confidence in him, more or
less: For didst thou quite despair of <hi>Ease</hi> from him, thy Heart could never seek to
him: for where a man utterly despairs to obtain, he will not so much as stir a foot
to make a suit.</p>
                  <p>The motion or flight of the Soul is <hi>Desire.</hi> He that out of a true sense and feeling
of his sin (for no other can do it in good earnest) <hi>desires</hi> Christ, he <hi>goes</hi> unto him.
And Christ thou <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>eest requires no more, but that all those who are <hi>weary and heavie
laden</hi> should thus <hi>come unto him,</hi> and <hi>he will ease them.</hi> And this is the first degree of
a <hi>Faith</hi> which is <hi>Iustifying,</hi> and gives interest in Christ Iesus: For this Faith is not
barely <hi>Historical</hi> and in <hi>speculation,</hi> but <hi>a Faith in motion,</hi> and able to walk and go
unto Christ Iesus whom it believeth; which, if cherished, will in time gather such
further strength as will fill the Soul with a full and stedfast confidence.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="155" facs="tcp:63175:128"/>But if thou sayest, Thou believest <hi>that Christ is,</hi> and that he is the <hi>Easer</hi> and <hi>Savi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>our</hi>
of those which seek him, and yet thy Soul is not on wing, nor any motion in thy
Heart advancing to him; I say then, either thy <hi>Sorrow</hi> for thy sin is not true, and
therefore thou yet feelest no need of him; or thy <hi>Belief</hi> is deficient. Whatsoever
thou sayest and thinkest of thy self, thou <hi>believest</hi> not yet <hi>throughly and indeed,</hi> that
Christ Iesus is a Redeemer and Saviour of those that come unto him. For, as I told
you before that he <hi>believed</hi> not the <hi>Law throughly and indeed,</hi> that could hear it with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>out
remorse of Conscience and contrition of Soul, so he <hi>believes</hi> not the <hi>Gospel
throughly and firmly,</hi> who being laden and grieved for his sins, yet is not able to flie
and betake himself unto Christ for mercy. For if you saw a man condemned to die,
and in great affliction for the same, who hearing of a Pardon proclaimed for all in his
case who would demand it, should nevertheless sit still, and never go about to seek it;
who would think but that either he misdoubted the report, or gave but little credence
to the word of the King? Such is the case here: There is certainly <hi>some defect in
believing:</hi> And this must be cured after the same manner as that in believing the Law;
namely, by a sober and frequent meditation, reading, hearing, and thinking of that
great mysterie revealed of Redemption in Iesus Christ, and of the gracious Promises
of the Gospel in and through him. This is Faith's whetstone, which, if it be blunt,
will make it keen. This is the only means to establish thy Belief, if it be deficient
or unsetled; if there be any metal in it, this will give it an edge; if there be any spar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>kles,
this will blow them into a flame.</p>
                  <p>Thus you have heard what <hi>Coming to Christ</hi> is, that is, what <hi>a Saving Faith</hi> is;
namely, so firmly and effectually to believe that Christ is a Saviour of those that seek
him, as doth incline thy Heart to go unto him, to sue out a Pardon and rely upon
him for mercy and Redemption.</p>
                  <p>NOW follows the <hi>Benefit, Ease</hi> and <hi>Rest</hi> to thy Soul; <hi>I will ease you,</hi> or <hi>give you <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="III"/>
rest;</hi> that is, I will free you of your burthen, I will ease you of your sin, I will ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quit
you. And this is that we call <hi>Iustification</hi> of a sinner, which is an Absolution
or remission of sins by the only merits and satisfaction of Christ accepted for us and
imputed to us: An acquitting and cancelling of all bonds and obligations of trans<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gression
for Christ's sake, through the only merit of his death, passion, and shedding
of his bloud. For he that hath right to Christ, hath right in Christ to be parta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ker
of his righteousness and of whatsoever satisfaction he hath undergone for the sins
of mankind; whereby he is <hi>justified,</hi> that is, acquit before God of the guilt of sin,
and of the punishment according to the Law due for the same. For <hi>God</hi> (saith S. <hi>Paul,</hi>
2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 5. 21.) <hi>made him to be sin for us, who knew no sin, that we might be made the
righteousness of God in him.</hi> Rom. 5. 19. <hi>For as by one man's disobedience many were
made sinners: so by the obedience of one many are made righteous.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>This is the <hi>Ease,</hi> this is the <hi>Rest</hi> here mentioned, the unlading and unburthening
of a sinner, where Christ dischargeth him of his loading, and beareth him upon his own
back. For <hi>he</hi> (saith <hi>Esay,</hi> chap. 53. 4, 5, 6.) <hi>hath born our griefs, and carried our sor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rows:
He was wounded for our transgressions, he was bruised for our iniquities; the cha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stisement
of our peace was upon him, and with his stripes we are healed</hi>—<hi>The Lord laid
upon him the iniquity of us all.</hi> Thus he eased <hi>Peter,</hi> when his heart was ready to
break for <hi>denying him:</hi> Thus he eased <hi>Mary Magdalen,</hi> a woman laden with sins,
when she <hi>bathed his feet with tears,</hi> Luke 7. 48. Thus he refreshed trembling <hi>Saul,</hi> the
persecutor, <hi>Acts</hi> 9. 6. And still he casteth the eyes of his mercy upon every one
that is <hi>poor and of a contrite spirit, and trembleth at his word,</hi> Esa. 66. 2.</p>
                  <p>See therefore here to whom alone a <hi>troubled</hi> soul is to have recourse for <hi>Ease.</hi> Nei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
to Angels nor Archangels: For those who do so, <hi>hold not the head,</hi> Col. 2. 19.
Neither to Saints nor Martyrs, to <hi>Peter</hi> nor <hi>Paul,</hi> no not to the blessed <hi>Virgin</hi> her
self: For <hi>Abraham is ignorant of us, and Israel knows us not,</hi> Esa. 63. 16. and, <hi>Cursed
is he that trusteth in man, and maketh flesh his arm, and whose heart departeth from the
Lord,</hi> Ier. 17. 5. Nor to the <hi>Law</hi> given by <hi>Moses: For the Law worketh</hi> (not <hi>ease</hi> but)
<hi>wrath,</hi> Rom. 4. 15. Nor will our merits and good works, pilgrimages, fastings or alms<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deeds,
purchase this <hi>Ease:</hi> For although we could do all we ought to do, yet must
we say <hi>we are unprofitable servants,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Ioh. 1. 29.</note> 
                     <hi>and that we have done but that which was our duty to
do,</hi> Luke 17. 10. It is Christ Iesus, and only Christ Iesus, who can give <hi>Rest</hi> to a trou<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bled
soul, that <hi>Lamb of God which taketh away the sins of the world.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>AND thus you have in part had a view of the Three points considerable in this
Invitation: 1. The Persons, who; 2. The Invitation or Thing invited to, what; and 3. The Benefit to be attained. But I must call you to the Second
<pb n="156" facs="tcp:63175:129"/>
point again, there being one part thereof not yet spoken of. For I told you <hi>The
thing here invited unto</hi> was <hi>double, Christ</hi> himself, and <hi>His yoke.</hi> The first, concern<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
<milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/>
                     <hi>Christ himself,</hi> I have spoken of in those words, <hi>Come unto me.</hi> Now it remains to
speak of the second, <hi>Take my yoke upon you.</hi> Those who come unto Christ, must
also take <hi>his yoke</hi> upon them. But what is <hi>this yoke?</hi> even the <hi>yoke of obedience;</hi>
which should have been ours, but Christ for our sakes took it upon him, and made it
his. Yet not that we should draw our necks out of the collar, but still do our en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deavours
by <hi>denying ungodliness and worldly lusts,<note place="margin">
                           <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> T<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap>. 12. 13.</note> to live soberly, righteously and godly
in this present world, looking for that blessed hope to come.</hi> As therefore in <hi>coming unto
Christ</hi> you had Faith in the <hi>Ease</hi> by him, Acquitting or <hi>Iustification:</hi> so in the <hi>taking
his yoke</hi> ye have <hi>Sanctification</hi> or Holiness of life. All which are so linked together,
that neither must they nor can they be put asunder. No man comes to Christ by
Faith, but shall be eased; but no man can ever truly and seriously come unto him to
be eased by him,<note place="margin">Mat<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. 19. 6.</note> but he must take his <hi>yoke</hi> upon him: No man puts on Christ to be
justified, but he takes on his <hi>yoke</hi> also to be sanctified. <hi>That which God hath joyned
together, let no man put asunder.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>True it is, and nothing more true, That no works of ours in this life can abide
the Touch-stone of God's Law, and therefore not able to justifie us in the presence
of God, but to condemn us. But it is true also, That we are therefore justified
through Faith in the bloud and righteousness of Christ, that in him we might do
works pleasing and acceptable to Almighty God, which out of him we could not do.
For as the bloud and sufferings of Iesus Christ, imputed to us through Faith, cleans<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eth
and acquitteth us of all the sins whereof we stood guilty afore we believed: so
the imputation of his righteousness when we believe makes our works (though of
themselves far short of what they should be, yet) to be acceptable and just in the eyes
of the Almighty; Christ supplying out of his Riches our poverty, and by commu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nication
of his obedience continually perfecting ours where we fail; that so we might
receive the reward of the righteous of him that shall reward every man according to
his works. Being therefore in Christ, we are so much the more bound to frame our
lives in holy obedience unto God's Commandments; in that before we were justified
we could not, but now henceforth we are enabled to do that which for Christ's sake
will be acceptable and pleasing to Almighty God our Father.</p>
                  <p>This is that which S. <hi>Peter</hi> tells us, 1 Epist. 2. 24. That Christ <hi>his own self bare our
<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>s in his own body on the tree, that we being dead to sin, should live unto righteousness.</hi>
So S. <hi>Paul,</hi> Tit. 2. 11, &amp;c. <hi>The grace of God</hi> (saith he) <hi>that bringeth salvation hath ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>peared
unto all men;</hi> (wherefore?) <hi>Teaching us, that denying ungodliness and worldly
lusts, we should live soberly, righteously and godly in this present world; Looking for that
blessed hope, the glorious appearing of the great God, and our Saviour Iesus Christ,</hi> ver.
14. <hi>Who gave himself for us, that he might redeem us from all iniquity, and purifie
unto himself a peculiar people, zealous of good works.</hi> Here you may see, that Christ
is therefore given us to be a propitiation for our sins and to justifie us, that in him
we might walk before God in newness of life; so to obtain a crown of righteousness
in the world to come.</p>
                  <p>But if this be not enough to perswade us to take on this <hi>yoke of Christ,</hi> yet I hope
this consideration will do it; when I shall shew you, that That Faith can never be
true which is not attended with these fruits. Nor is there any other mean to assure
us we are truly <hi>come to Christ,</hi> and ingraffed in him, but this. If we have taken up
this <hi>yoke</hi> of Christ, we may know then we have put on him: If we have never put
our necks to his <hi>yoke,</hi> we never put on him. It is S. <hi>Iohn's</hi> express assertion, 1 Epist.
1. 6. <hi>If we say we have fellowship with him, and walk in darkness, we lye, and do not the
the truth.</hi> Ch. 2. 3. <hi>Hereby we know that we know him,</hi> (viz. <hi>to be our Advocate with his
Father, and the propitiation for our sins) if we keep his commandments.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The Reason is plain; Because the one follows the other, as the heat doth the
Fire, or the light the Sun. Which I thus demonstrate, both on Christ's part and
ours. On ours thus: He that sincerely sues to and seriously relies upon another for a
Favour which nearly concerneth him, and no other can do for him, will by all means
endeavour to avoid whatsoever he knows may distaste his Patron, and do his best
to approve himself in whatsoever he can learn is most pleasing unto him. If you
should see a man having a Suit to some great Courtier for a pardon of his life, and
yet shewing no care of doing in his presence what he knew would deeply offend
him, and wilfully neglecting that he knew would give him the best content; would
you think such a man in earnest, and sufficiently perplext with fear of death, and
<pb n="157" facs="tcp:63175:129"/>
seriously relying upon that man to save it? I know you would not. If therefore,<note place="margin">Mat. 11. 29.</note> out
of a true affrightment and sense of the wrath of God for sin, with a sincere and seri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ous
Faith, thou suest unto and reliest upon Christ for mercy and redemption, as the
only <hi>name under heaven whereby thou canst be saved;</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Acts 4. 12.</note> how canst thou but love him
with all the Powers of thy Soul, and therefore do thy best to please him upon whom
thou dependest for so great and unvaluable a benefit? If thou dost not, surely thou
hast not yet weighed thy misery sufficiently, thy Faith is insufficient and counterfeit,
it never yet came home to Christ, that he might <hi>ease</hi> thee.</p>
                  <p>The same appears on Christ's part: For unto whomsoever Christ is given for Iusti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fication,
through the imputation of his merits and righteousness, in him God <hi>creates a
new heart,</hi> and <hi>reneweth a right spirit</hi> (as the Psalmist speaketh, <hi>Psal.</hi> 51. 10.) that is,
by virtue of this union he conferreth upon him the grace of his Spirit, for the abo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lishing
of the body of sin, and enabling the Soul in some measure against the assaults
thereof, to abandon at least the more eminent, notorious, enormous and mortal sins,
though sins of ordinary infirmity shall not be quite subdued in this life. If there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
I see a man run still without restraint into gross and open sins, and walk not
blameless in the eyes of men, I conclude he hath not this Spirit of grace within him,
and therefore was never ingraffed into Christ by a true and lively Faith. Whereso<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ever
therefore is a <hi>true faith and unfeigned,</hi> 1 Tim. 1. 5. there follows <hi>a new life.</hi> He
that cometh to Christ sincerely, takes his <hi>yoke</hi> upon him too. Labour therefore,
<note place="margin">Iames 2. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> as S. <hi>Iames</hi> saith, to <hi>shew your Faith by your works;</hi> For <hi>not every one that saith, Lord,<note place="margin">Matt. 7. 2<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>
                        </note>
Lord, but he that doth the will of my Father</hi> (saith Christ) <hi>shall inherit the kingdom of
heaven.</hi>
                  </p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="32" type="discourse">
               <head>DISCOURSE XXXII.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>S. MATTHEW 11. 29.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>—Learn of me, for I am meek and lowly in heart; and ye shall
find rest unto your Souls.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>THese Words are a continuing of the former Exhortation <hi>to take</hi> upon
us <hi>the yoke of Christ:</hi> First, in <hi>general,</hi> That we follow his Example,
<hi>Learn of me:</hi> Then in <hi>particular,</hi> wherein we should follow him, In
<hi>Meekness and Lowliness; For I am</hi> (saith he) <hi>Meek and Lowly in
heart.</hi> Then the <hi>Profit</hi> we shall reap thereby; <hi>Do this, And ye shall
find rest unto your souls.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>For the first, <hi>Learn of me:</hi> Observe, <hi>That Christ is given unto us not only for a Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crifice
for sin, but for an Example of life.</hi> They are the words of one of our Col<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lects.
For he is our Lord and King, and Subjects we know will naturally conform
and fashion themselves unto the manners of their Princes;
<q>Regis ad exemplum totus componitur orbis:</q>
And those which do so, are accounted the most devoted to them, and are the best ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cepted
of them. If Christ then be our Lord and King, we must acknowledg him to
be such by conforming to his Example, and endeavouring to follow his steps. Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sides,
since he took this <hi>yoke of obedience</hi> upon him out of love to us, how can we
chuse but offer our necks thereto our selves, out of duty to him? If he hath done
so much to make our <hi>yoke</hi> easie, which before was so unsupportable; should we now
think much to put it on? Nay it is the very character of God's chosen ones, to carry
in them a conformity and resemblance of Christ. For <hi>whom</hi> (saith S. <hi>Paul</hi> Rom. 8.
29.) <hi>he did foreknow, he also did predestinate to be conformed to the image of his Son,
that he might be the first-born among many brethren.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="158" facs="tcp:63175:130"/>And this duty of <hi>conforming unto Christ</hi> consists not only <hi>in doing as he did,</hi> but
<hi>suffering</hi> also <hi>as he hath done.</hi> 1 <hi>Pet.</hi> 2. 20. <hi>If when you do well, and suffer for it, ye take
it patiently; this is acceptable with God.</hi> ver. 21. <hi>For even hereunto were ye called: because
Christ also suffered for us, leaving us an Example, that we should follows his steps.</hi> See
also 1 <hi>Ioh.</hi> 3. 17. And this <hi>conformity</hi> and sampling (as I may say) of Christ, extends
not only to <hi>those Acts</hi> of his which he did <hi>as man,</hi> where the <hi>imitation</hi> is plain and
direct; but in a certain sort to those <hi>supereminent ones,</hi> which exceed the nature of a
mere man, and were done by the concurrence and power of <hi>his Godhead;</hi> which be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cause
otherwise unimitable, we must express by way of a <hi>mystical</hi> resemblance. Thus
are we to imitate his expiatory <hi>Death</hi> and <hi>Burial,</hi> by our dying unto sin. <hi>Shall we con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tinue
in sin,</hi> (saith S. <hi>Paul,</hi> Rom. 6. 1.) <hi>that grace may abound?</hi> v. 2. <hi>God forbid. How
shall we that are dead to sin, live any longer therein?</hi> v. 3. <hi>Know ye not that so many of us
as are baptized into Iesus Christ, were baptized into his death?</hi> To the same purpose,
1 <hi>Pet.</hi> 4. 1. <hi>Forasmuch,</hi> saith he, <hi>as Christ hath suffered for us in the flesh, arm your selves
likewise with the same mind; for he that hath suffered in the flesh, hath ceased from sin,
&amp;c.</hi> So likewise in suffering one for another, <hi>Eph.</hi> 5. 1. <hi>Be ye followers of God, as dear
children,</hi> v. 2. <hi>And walk in love, as Christ hath also loved us, and hath given himself for
us an offering and a sacrifice to God.</hi> In the like manner must we imitate his <hi>Resurrecti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on</hi>
and <hi>Ascension.</hi> S. <hi>Paul</hi> Rom. 6. 4. <hi>Therefore</hi> (saith he) <hi>we are buried with him into
death; that like as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father, even so we
also should walk in newness of life.</hi> Accordingly. <hi>Col.</hi> 3. 1. <hi>If then ye be risen with Christ,
seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth at the right hand of God.</hi> All which
you see are grounded upon this one Principle, <hi>Learn of me.</hi> Some Physiognomers con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceit
the <hi>Head</hi> of a man to be the model of the whole Body; and where there is any
spot, wart, or like mark about the <hi>Face</hi> or other part of the <hi>Head,</hi> that there is another
answerable to it in some sutable part of the Body; and upon this ground they will ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>venture
to discover some hidden mark in the unseen parts of the Body. But whatsoever it
be in the <hi>natural</hi> Body. I am sure it is true in the <hi>mystical</hi> Body of Christ, That every cha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>racter
in the <hi>Head,</hi> Christ, must have something answerable to it in his Body, the Church.</p>
                  <p>THUS much for the <hi>general, We must learn of Christ.</hi> But <hi>what is that</hi> here in
my Text <hi>which Christ would have us learn of him?</hi> It followeth, <hi>I am Meek and Lowly
in heart.</hi> And this we must <hi>learn of him;</hi> this is that yoke of his he would have us
wear, that we <hi>may find rest unto our souls.</hi> For under these two words our Saviour
comprehends <hi>the whole Habit of Obedience,</hi> they being two such dispositions of the mind
a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> make it <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>actable and pliable to put on and wear the <hi>yoke</hi> he speaks of. As if he
had said, I am wholly qualified to obedience, I am fitted for this <hi>yoke;</hi> learn of me
to put it on, for I am <hi>meek</hi> and <hi>lowly.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Now though <hi>Lowliness</hi> and <hi>Meekness</hi> are of very near affinity, and such, as both of
them do dispose a man for the duties of both Tables of God's Commandments; yet
hath <hi>Lowliness</hi> (as I take it) a prerogative in our devotion to Godward, and <hi>Meek<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness</hi>
is more proper for the duties we owe to our neighbours. I will therefore construe
them here, as others have done before me, as dividing the whole <hi>Decalogue</hi> between
them; <hi>Lowliness,</hi> as a mother, including the Duties of the <hi>First;</hi> and <hi>Meekness,</hi> those
of the <hi>Second</hi> Table. Which are the two parts of that <hi>Yoke</hi> which Christ wore for
us, and which every one that cometh to him must learn to put on.</p>
                  <p>In the handling whereof I will therefore rather chuse to follow the <hi>order of the
Decalogue,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Of Lowliness.</note> and first begin with <hi>Lowliness,</hi> though it be last placed in the words.
<hi>Lowliness</hi> therefore, as I said, stands here for the <hi>whole duty of the First Table,</hi> which
is <hi>Cultus Dei,</hi> religious service or devotion towards God; or as the Scriptures phrase
is, <hi>The fear of the Lord:</hi> Which as it is founded upon the acknowledgment of the Su<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>perlative
and Transcendent Excellency of God in his Soveraignty of <hi>Power, Wisdom</hi>
and <hi>Goodness;</hi> so the first and mother-disposition and affection of the Heart to his
Worship and Service is Humiliation of the <hi>Soul</hi> and <hi>Lowliness</hi> of Mind: For all <hi>Emi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nency</hi>
is worshipped with humility, reverence and submission; that is, as we some<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>times,
and rightly, speak, <hi>By keeping a distance:</hi> And the <hi>Soveraign</hi> or <hi>Supreme Excel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lency
of God</hi> must be adored with the lowest demission of mind, and with the <hi>greatest
stoop</hi>
the Soul can make. We find by experience, that that disposition of the Eye which
fitteth it to behold the visible Sun, makes a man blind when he looks down upon him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>self:
So here the apprehension of the transcendent Excellency of God, ten thousand
times brighter than the Sun, if truly admitted into our hearts, must needs darken all over<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>weening
conceit of any worthiness in our selves. The greater we would apprehend his
<hi>Power,</hi> the more sensible we must be of our own <hi>Weakness.</hi> The greater we acknow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ledg
<pb n="159" facs="tcp:63175:130"/>
and adore his <hi>Goodness,</hi> the less Goodness must we see in our selves. The more
we would apprehend his <hi>Wisdom,</hi> the less we are to be pussed up with our own know<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ledg.
As in a pair of scales, the higher we would raise the one scale, the lower we pull
down the other: so the higher we raise God in our hearts, the lower we must de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>press
our selves. <hi>Blessed are the poor in spirit, for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Matt. 5. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> And
this is that <hi>Lowliness of heart</hi> which Christ would have us learn of him, <hi>Who being in
the form of God—made himself of no reputation, and took upon him the form of a ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vant
—And being found in fashion as a man, he humbled himself, and became obedient
unto death, even the death of the Cross,</hi> Phil. 2. 6, 7, 8.</p>
                  <p>Hence it comes <hi>That the humblest nature and the humblest condition are the fittest
for devotion.</hi> For <hi>humble natures,</hi> experience shews them the most religious; where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>as
those which the world so much commendeth for high and brave spirits of all others
do buckle the worst unto devotion.<note place="margin">1 Sam. 16. 7.</note> 
                     <hi>God seeth not as man seeth:</hi> It is not the tallest
<hi>Eliab,</hi> but the humblest <hi>David,</hi> who is the man after God's own heart. He that hum<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bleth
himself as a little child, the same is the tallest and goodliest Soul in the kingdom
of heaven. The Stars in the firmament, howsoever they here seem small to us, yet
are bigger than the Earth: So he that is despicable and small here in the eyes of men,
is there a great one in the eyes of God.</p>
                  <p>As the <hi>humblest nature,</hi> so the <hi>humblest estate and condition</hi> is best fitted for Religi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on;
<note place="margin">Prov. 3<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. 8, 9.</note> as the poor rather than the rich. Therefore <hi>Agur</hi> desired of <hi>God, not to give him
riches, more than food convenient for him; lest being full, he should deny him, and say,
Who is the Lord?</hi> Such likewise is the state of adversity and affliction, being a state of
<hi>lowliness,</hi> and an estate wherein our hearts are taken down; and therefore more fit
to bring us home to God than that of prosperity: whence you know that <hi>David</hi> saies,
<hi>Psal.</hi> 94. 12. <hi>Blessed is the man whom thou chastenest, O Lord;</hi> and <hi>Psal.</hi> 119. 67, 71.
<hi>Before I was afflicted I went astray, But now I have kept thy word. It is good for me that
I have been afflicted.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>For diseases (say the Physicians) must be cured by contraries. It was <hi>Pride</hi> which
caused the disloyalty and rebellion both of Men and Angels against their Creator:
whence is that of the Son of <hi>Sirach, Ecclus.</hi> 10. 12. <hi>The beginning of Pride is, when one
departeth from God, and his heart is turned away from his Maker.</hi> ver. 13. <hi>Pride is the
beginning of sin, and he that hath it, shall pour out abomination.</hi> If <hi>Pride</hi> then be the be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ginning
of our rebellion against God, then must <hi>Lowliness</hi> be the proper disposition of
those who fear and worship him. And, <hi>Tanto quisque est vilior Deo, quanto est pretiosior
sibi;</hi> The higher any one is in his own esteem, the lower he is in God's.</p>
                  <p>Now from this near affinity and inseparable dependance between a <hi>Religious devo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion</hi>
and an <hi>Humble and Lowly mind,</hi> it is that the Scripture useth them as equipollent
terms. <hi>Prov. 22. 4. By humility and the fear of the Lord are riches, honour, and life.</hi>
Prov. 3. 33. <hi>The curse of the Lord is in the house of the wicked; but he blesseth the habi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tation
of the Iust.</hi> Ver. 34. <hi>Surely he scorneth the scorners, but he giveth grace,</hi> or <hi>sheweth
favour, unto the lowly.</hi> Where <hi>scorners</hi> and the <hi>wicked</hi> on the one part, and the <hi>lowly</hi>
and the <hi>just</hi> on the other, are interchangeably used for one and the same. In like manner
speaks the son of <hi>Sirach,</hi> Ecclus. 12. 4, 5. <hi>Give to the godly man, and help not a sinner.</hi> Which
in the next words he altereth thus, <hi>Do well unto him that is lowly, but give not to the un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>godly.</hi>
In the same notion of <hi>Humility</hi> and <hi>Lowliness,</hi> S. <hi>Paul</hi> tells the <hi>Ephesian</hi> Elders
at <hi>Miletus,</hi> that he had <hi>served the Lord with all humility of mind,</hi> Acts 20. 19.</p>
                  <p>I have dwelt the longer upon this point, To shew that <hi>Lowliness of mind</hi> is the pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>per
disposition for devotion and the mother of a religious fear, because the<note n="*" place="margin">This was preached <hi>Anno</hi> 1625. when there was a great plague in <hi>London.</hi>
                     </note> present
occasion if you examine it, is nothing else but the exercise of what I speak of. For the
End of <hi>Fasting</hi> is to beget <hi>Lowliness and humbleness of mind,</hi> that so we might be right<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
disposed and affected to approach the Divine Majesty, and tender our supplications
unto him: Especially at such times when his dreadful rod is shaken over us, to <hi>bid us down
and cry for mercy, lest we perish.</hi> Are they not some of the first words we uttered this
day? <hi>O come, let us humble our selves, and fall down before the Lord with reverence and fear.</hi>
Hence <hi>Fasting</hi> and <hi>Humbling a mans self</hi> go in Scripture for equipollent terms. <hi>My cloth<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
was sackeloth</hi> (saith <hi>David,</hi> Psal. 35. 13.) <hi>I humbled my self with fasting.</hi> So <hi>Ahab hum<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bled
himself,</hi> and thereby deferred his judgment, 1 <hi>King</hi> 21. 29. <hi>Hezekiah humbled him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>self</hi>
both he and the inhabitants of <hi>Ierusalem,</hi> 2 Chro. 32. 26. <hi>Manasseh</hi> likewise <hi>besought
the Lord, and humbled himself greatly before the God of his Father,</hi> 2 Chron. 33. 12.</p>
                  <p>If we take a view of the Ceremonies of this Discipline which the Ancients used, and
we in some part continue; they imply nothing else but <hi>Lowliness;</hi> either to express it,
if we be already so affected; or to work and beget it in our hearts, if as yet we have it
<pb n="160" facs="tcp:63175:131"/>
not. They are reducible to three heads: 1. of <hi>Habit,</hi> 2. of <hi>Gesture,</hi> 3. of <hi>Diet.</hi> For <hi>Ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bit,</hi>
it was anciently <hi>Sackcloth and Ashes.</hi> By the coursness of <hi>Sackcloth</hi> they ranked
themselves, as it were, amongst the meanest and lowest condition of men. By <hi>Ashes,</hi>
and sometimes <hi>Earth, upon their heads,</hi> they made themselves lower than the lowest of
the creatures of God: For the lowest of the Elements is the <hi>Earth,</hi> than which we use
to say a man cannot fall lower.
<q>Qui jacet in terra, non habet unde cadat.</q>
For <hi>Gesture,</hi> they sate or lay upon the ground, which in the Primitive Church was
called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>humicubatio,</hi> a natural ceremony both to express and ingenerate or
increase, this disposition of <hi>Lowliness</hi> and abjection of our selves; and as frequently
practised among the Christian Fathers, as it is seldom or never used among us. It were a
thing most comely, and undoubtedly most profitable, if either these Ceremonies, or
some other answerable to them, were reviv'd amongst us at such times as these. If we
were all of us this day attired (if not in <hi>Sackcloth,</hi> for perhaps it sutes not with the custom
of our Nation, yet) in the <hi>dolefullest habit of mourners</hi> if we lay all <hi>groveling upon the
ground;</hi>
would not such a ruful spectacle, would not the very sight of such an uncouth
Assembly much affect us? The mournful hue of Funeral solemnities, we know by
experience, will often make them to weep who otherwise had no particular cause of
sorrow; how much more when they have?</p>
                  <p>But the Principal ceremony, and which we retain, is <hi>Abstinence from meat and drink,</hi>
from which this whole exercise hath the name of <hi>Fasting:</hi> the End thereof being to
bring down our <hi>Bodies,</hi> thereby the better to <hi>humble</hi> our <hi>Souls,</hi> or to express so much;
I mean to express our sorrow and dejection, if we be already so affected. <hi>Mores animi
sequuntur temperamentum corporis:</hi> If the <hi>Body</hi> be full and lusty, the <hi>Mind</hi> will be lofty
and refractary, and most unfit to approach the Divine Majesty with reverence and
fear. How uncomposed is that Heart to sue to God for mercy and aversion of his judg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments,
which is fraught with rebellious, unclean, proud and lustful thoughts, like so
many dogs barking within it? But these are all engendered and cherished by full feed<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing,
and cannot be easily quelled unless they be starved. <hi>When I fed Israel to the full,</hi>
(saith the Lord, <hi>Ier.</hi> 5. 7, 8.) <hi>then they committed adultery, and assembled by troups in
harlots houses, &amp;c. Ieshurun</hi> (saith <hi>Moses</hi> in his prophetical song, <hi>Deut.</hi> 32. 15.) <hi>wax<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
fat and kicked, and forsook the Lord that made him, and lightly esteemed of the rock
of his salvation.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Wherefore S. <hi>Paul</hi> was fain to pinch his Body, and bring it down with fasting:
<hi>I keep under my body</hi> (saith he, 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 9. 27.) <hi>and bring it into subjection; lest that by
any means, when I have preached unto others, I my self should be a cast-away. Hilarion</hi> a
religious young man, when after much abstinence and course diet he felt his flesh still
unruly and rebellious, <hi>Ego,</hi> (<hi>inquit) Aselle, faciam ut non calcitres, nec te hordeo alam,
sed paleis, fame &amp; siti te conficiam:</hi> thus threatning his Beast, (that is, his Body) that
he would take an order with it, that it should <hi>not kick;</hi> and that he would no longer
seed his <hi>Ass with corn,</hi> but give it a little <hi>chasse</hi> or <hi>straw;</hi> nay punish it with <hi>hunger</hi>
and <hi>thirst.</hi> Such is the danger of a pampered Body, and such the necessity of keeping
it under.</p>
                  <p>Thus you see what is the chief End we are to aim at in this our solemn abstinence;
namely, to beget this <hi>lowliness</hi> in our hearts, this humiliation in our souls, to subdue the
high-mounting flames of our unruly desires, by withdrawing the fuel which breeds and
nourishes them. Which as it is at all times requisite in some measure, whensoever we
approach the Majesty of God for mercy and forgiveness; so then especially and in a
more than usual manner, When God shakes the rod of his judgments over our heads,
and bids us down and prostrate both souls and bodies before him, left his judgments
break us in pieces, if we bow not. He that attaineth this, hath <hi>fasted</hi> well: he that hath
not, may thereby know he hath not done enough, or not as he should do. If the boiling
of our lusts be cooled and calmed; if the swelling conceits of worth in our selves be ta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ken
down, with a true and feeling apprehension of our vileness and wretchedness by
reason of sin, which makes us the most unworthy creatures in the world; if those ram<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ping
weeds of contempt and despising of others be cropped and withered (and these,
I can tell you, will quite spoil a garden where many good flowers grow;) if after
this manner we be affected, then are we <hi>humbled:</hi> if not, we are not yet sufficiently ta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ken
down; all our service is hypocrisie, nor will our devotion be accepted of that
All-seeing Majesty who <hi>resisteth the proud,<note place="margin">Iames 4. 6.</note> but giveth grace to the humble.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">1 Pet. 5. 5.</note>
                  </p>
                  <p>THUS much of <hi>Lowliness,</hi> the mother of the <hi>duties of the First Table.</hi> Now I
come to <hi>Meekness,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">
                        <hi>Of</hi> Meekness.</note> which implies our <hi>obedience to the Second.</hi> What <hi>Meekness,</hi>
                     <pb n="161" facs="tcp:63175:131"/>
or <hi>Mansuetudo,</hi> signifies in Ethicks every one knows, <hi>that Vertue which tempereth anger;</hi>
or, as I may so call it, <hi>Vnangriness.</hi> But sometimes whilest we take words in Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture
according to our own or the Philosophical notion, we slip into a mistake; as it
falls out in this word <hi>Meekness,</hi> whose notion in the Hebrew and Scripture use is as
large well-nigh as of <hi>Vertue</hi> it self, so far as it hath respect to the Second Table. For
it signifies, as I may so speak, <hi>yokeableness,</hi> or a <hi>pliableness</hi> and <hi>tractableness to be or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dered;</hi>
a certain <hi>tameness of disposition</hi> to obedience of laws, for <hi>untamed</hi> cattel are
not fit for <hi>yoke;</hi> and may be expressed, as I think, by <hi>Ingenuity,</hi> or <hi>Ingenuous good<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness;</hi>
or, as we speak, <hi>Fair-conditioned;</hi> by which we understand a general dispo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sition
to be well ordered in such actions as are exercised in the conversation of
men.</p>
                  <p>Thus it is taken in that of our Saviour, <hi>Blessed are the meek, for they shall inherit
the earth,</hi> Matt. 5. 5. Which appears out of <hi>Psal.</hi> 37. 10, 11. whence it is taken, where
the <hi>meek</hi> and the <hi>wicked</hi> are opposed as terms of equal extent. For <hi>yet a little while</hi>
(saith <hi>David) and the wicked shall not be: but the meek shall inherit the earth.</hi> Who
seeth not that by <hi>meek</hi> is here meant the opposite party to the <hi>wicked?</hi> So I under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stand
that, <hi>Psal.</hi> 76. 9. <hi>God arose to judgment, to save all the meek of the earth;</hi> id est,
<hi>omnes probos terrae, all the honest</hi> or <hi>vertuous of the earth.</hi> And <hi>Psal.</hi> 149. 4. <hi>For the
Lord taketh pleasure in his people; he will beautifie the meek with salvation.</hi> Zeph. 2. 3.
<hi>Seek the Lord, all ye meek of the earth, which have wrought his judgment, seek righte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ousness,
seek meekness: It may be ye shall be hid in the day of the Lord's anger.</hi> Amos 2. 6.
<hi>For three transgressions and for four of Israel, I will not turn away the punishment thereof;
because they sold the righteous for silver, and the poor for a pair of shooes.</hi> Vers. 7. <hi>That
pant after the dust of the earth on the head of the poor, and turn aside the way of the
meek.</hi> Here that which in the first is expressed <hi>poor</hi> and <hi>righteous</hi> in the next is
changed into <hi>poor</hi> and <hi>meek,</hi> shewing <hi>meek</hi> and <hi>righteous</hi> to be equipollent
terms. So S. <hi>Iames</hi> 1. 21, 22. as writing to Hebrews, useth the Hebrew notion;
<hi>Wherefore</hi> (saith he) <hi>lay apart all filthiness and superfluity of naughtiness, and receive
with meekness the ingraffed word, which is able to save your souls. But be ye doers of the
word, and not hearers only.</hi> Again ch. 3. 13. <hi>Who is a wise man and indued with know<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ledg
amongst you? let him shew out of a good conversation his works with meekness of wis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom:</hi>
where it is evident that <hi>Meekness</hi> cannot be taken in that restrained sense of
Philosophers, for that would be non-sense.</p>
                  <p>Yet I deny not but <hi>Meekness</hi> in Scripture also is taken for a special Vertue: and for
the excellency of that Vertue amongst men, were all the rest denominate thereof:
For it is an usual Trope of the Scripture, to make that which is taken for the most
eminent and notable in any kind, to bear the name of the whole kind; as the Fore<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>man
speaks for the whole Iury, and Armies are comprised in the names of their Cheif<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tains.
In the Decalogue it is a regular <hi>Synecdoche: Father and Mother,</hi> for all sorts
of <hi>Superiours; Murther,</hi> for whatsoever hurt to the body of our neighbour; <hi>Adul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tery,</hi>
for all sins of intemperance; <hi>Thest,</hi> all injuries in our neighbour's goods; <hi>The
sanctifying of an holy day,</hi> to comprehend the holy usage of all things sacred and con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>secrate
to divine uses. So <hi>Peace,</hi> the chief of blessings, stands in the Hebrew style
for happiness; that is, all blessings whatsoever. Whence is their salutation, <hi>Peace be
unto you.</hi> So <hi>Meekness,</hi> of near a-kin to <hi>Peace,</hi> stands here for a general name to <hi>all
probity</hi> or <hi>honesty;</hi> as <hi>Lowliness</hi> did for <hi>Religious devotion.</hi> For the <hi>yoke</hi> of devotion
to God hath its peculiar, to be taken on with stooping and <hi>humbleness;</hi> the <hi>yoke</hi> of a
well-ordered converse with men, with this tameness or <hi>meekness.</hi> For as <hi>Meekness</hi> in
the special sense is a vertue exercised only towards men: so in this general notion
thereof, I extend it no farther; making, as I told you, <hi>Lowliness</hi> and <hi>Meekness</hi> to share
the Decalogue betwixt them.</p>
                  <p>Here now I might observe at large, How <hi>Meekness</hi> seasoneth all our actions and
carriage towards men, giving that genuine sweetness and relish of Vertue to them all;
this being the reason of that so general acception of the word in the phrase of Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture.
I might also inlarge my self unto all the several offices and duties of this Vertue.
But let me commend unto you those two which are most principal and immediate,
and therefore expresly required in our Liturgie, as the truest tokens of Repentance;
namely, <hi>forgiving of offences,</hi> and <hi>satisfaction of injuries;</hi> both of them genuine off-springs
of this <hi>Meekness.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <q>And ye shall find rest unto your souls.</q>
                  <p>HERE is that inestimable Benefit which befalleth those who <hi>take up Christ's
yoke</hi> and <hi>learn of him to be meek and lowly; They shall find rest unto their souls.</hi> For
<pb n="162" facs="tcp:63175:132"/>
the understanding whereof we must know, that there is a <hi>twofold Ease</hi> mentioned in
this Invitation of our Saviour. The one, to those who <hi>come unto him</hi> by Faith,
<hi>Come unto me,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>and I will ease you,</hi> or <hi>give you rest.</hi> The second, to those who
<hi>take upon them his yoke,</hi> that is, the <hi>yoke of obedience</hi> to God's commandments; a <hi>yoke</hi>
which Christ first wore for our sakes, and made it his, that so he might make it possi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ble
for us to wear it, whilest the main weight still rests upon his shoulders: Those
who put their necks to this yoke, <hi>shall find rest unto their souls.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>These <hi>two Rests</hi> are near of kin, but not the same: The first Rest is that which
Christ gives; the second, the Rest which we shall find. All those who come and
by Faith apply themselves to Christ, shall have <hi>Ease:</hi> But there is something else to
be done before our selves shall find and know it; we must put our necks into the
collar, and take his <hi>yoke</hi> upon us, and then there shall not only be <hi>Rest</hi> obtained for
us, but we shall find and feel our selves <hi>eased.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>For a Sinner hath a twofold Burthen; 1. <hi>The weight of his sin,</hi> and 2. <hi>The pain he
feels thereby;</hi> for such is the condition, we know, of every one that is laden. Answe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rable
therefore to this <hi>twofold Burthen,</hi> there is a <hi>twofold Rest</hi> and <hi>Ease</hi> to be attained.
The first is by taking off the burthen by remission of our sin in our <hi>Iustification,</hi> when
Christ discharges those who come unto him of their load, and beareth it upon his
own back, by justifying and acquitting them of sin. The second is the ceasing of
the pain which the pressure of sin hath caused; when a sinner by wearing of the yoke
of Christ finds peace of conscience, and <hi>ease</hi> and <hi>rest</hi> unto his soul. For the pain and
aking of the Soul for sin doth not presently cease, though sin be taken off. A man
condemned to die, doth not presently feel the comfort of his pardon as soon as it is
obtained; for it may be gotten many daies before he knows it, and till then his pain and
discomfort will be as if it were not gotten at all. Also a man that hath overlong born a
burthen too heavie for him, is often we know, so benummed, that he thinks he feels the
pressure of his burthen still, some while after it is taken off his back. So is the <hi>ease</hi> here;
the pain of the soul will not presently cease when Christ hath taken off our sin, nor
will the joy and comfort of our pardon be so soon found as our pardon is obtained.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/> Let this then be the first Observation, That as those only are justified and discharg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
of their sin by remission who flee unto Christ by Faith: So only those have pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mise
of <hi>rest</hi> and peace of conscience who <hi>take his yoke upon them;</hi> and being, as he was,
<hi>meek</hi> and <hi>lowly,</hi> stoop unto God, and submit their lives unto his Commandments.
Art thou heavy-laden, and wouldst thou be discharged of thy sin? Go unto Christ,
and he will ease thee. Wouldst thou know thy sins are acquitted? wouldst thou have
peace, and feel thy conscience sweetly comforted? Take this <hi>yoke</hi> upon thee, <hi>learn of
him</hi> to be <hi>yokeable,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">1 I<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>n 2. 3.</note> to be <hi>meek</hi> and <hi>lowly,</hi> to walk in the waies of God; and thou <hi>shalt
find rest to thy soul. By this,</hi> saith S. <hi>Iohn, we know that we know him,</hi> (namely, <hi>to be our
Advocate, and the propitiation for our sins) if we keep his Commandments.</hi> There is no
way but this to feel and have notice thy sins are forgiven thee.</p>
                  <p>Many do trust all to a <hi>supposed Faith</hi> as a short and compendious cut to quiet their
conscience: But never look to find peace with God so long as thou hast peace with
sin: <hi>There is no peace unto the wicked,</hi> saith the<note n="*" place="margin">Esa. 48. 22.</note> Prophet. What <hi>Iehoram,</hi> 2 <hi>King.</hi> 9.
22. asked <hi>Iehu, Is there peace, Iehu? What peace</hi> (saith <hi>Iehu) so long as the whoredoms
of thy mother Iezebel and her witchcrafts are so many?</hi> So saith God to all such whose
life and conversation is unreformed; What peace can be unto thy soul, so long as
contempt of his worship, extortion, defrauding of thy neighbour, covetousness,
drunkenness, backwardness to all good duties, reign still within thee? If thou wouldst
have peace in thy soul; if thou wouldst have the wringing torments of a troubled
conscience to be calmed within thee; If thou wouldst find out that peace of God
which passeth all understanding;<note place="margin">Phil. 4. 7.</note> let thy whole life and conversation, as far as
thou art able, be ruled by the Law of God; wear that <hi>yoke</hi> which Christ thy Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>viour
hath made so easie; learn of him <hi>to be meek and lowly,</hi> and <hi>thou shalt find rest
unto thy soul.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But some perhaps will say, What needs so much preciseness and strictness of life?
For my part, I do as other men do; I can dispense sometime and take my pleasure in
sin, and am not thus <hi>yoked</hi> (as you speak,) but take my liberty according as I see ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vantage,
either for my profit or contentment; and yet am not disquieted, but find
my soul at rest and ease without thus much ado.</p>
                  <p>I answer, It is hard to conceive that a man should give himself the reins to commit
sin, and his Conscience not to twitch him more or less, though he useth all the
means he can to smother it. But if it doth not, thy case is so much the more woful
<pb n="163" facs="tcp:63175:132"/>
and dangerous: For, alas! it is not a <hi>rest and ease of soul,</hi> as thou misdeemest, but
<hi>hardness and deadness of heart,</hi> which thou mistakest for <hi>rest</hi> and <hi>quietness:</hi> A conditi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
than which there cannot be a worse, and of all estates of the soul the most hope<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>less.
And this is the fruit of a customary violation of the Conscience, which being
often bruised, scratched at first with smaller sins, and at length rent and torn with
greater, contracts one scar and brawn all over, and so becomes senseless and unfeel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing.
How dreadful therefore is it, if men would consider it, to adventure the Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>science
upon the least violence? if it endure but a scratching once or twice, it is se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cretly,
and before a man is aware, hardned to endure a wound. O let us be then
tender to keep our Conscience tender, else we are undone. Is it therefore indeed so
with thee, that thou canst take thy sinful liberty, and yet find no scruple check thee?
Canst thou cast off the <hi>yoke of Christ,</hi> and yet thy heart be at rest within thee; or at
the worst, if it pants a little, it will soon have done? O rouse it up in time, else the
time will come, when thy Conscience will be so awaked, that all the world cannot
quiet and still it. The longer it hath been smothered, the more dreadful and un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quenchable
will the flame be when it once breaketh out. No tongue of mortal man is
able to express the terrors which then shall overwhelm thee.</p>
                  <p>In the day-time we know Spirits and Hobgoblins usually walk not, but in the night<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>time,
when darkness covereth the face of the earth: So in the brightness and Sun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>shine
of health and pro<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>perity, what marvel though this terrible Fiend, an evil Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>science,
doth not much haunt a dull and stupid heart? but in the darkness of sickness,
in the midnight of death, when the black times of calamity shall surprise thee, then
will this grifly and gastly Spirit begin to affright and scare thee; then will he roar
in the chamber of thy soul, and most hideously rattle his chains about thine ears.</p>
                  <p>As the blows and bruises received in the flower of our youth, though then we feel
them not, will pain us in the decay of our strength, in our declining years: So the
blows and bruises given the Soul by sin in the days of our jollity and prosperity, will
most grievously torment us when by sickness, fear of death, or other calamity, our
wonted mirth and transitory contentment shall be eclipsed. Then as the carkass of
him that is slain, though it seemed stark and stiff, is said to bleed afresh at the pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sence
of the murtherer: So when our former and unfelt sins, whereby the Soul was
wounded and murthered, shall present themselves unto our view, as at such times
they use to do, then our stark and benummed Conscience will gush out streams of
bloud, and be in danger to bleed unto eternal death. What would a man then give
for this <hi>Rest</hi> unto his soul? even all the gold of <hi>Ophir,</hi> all the riches of the East and
West <hi>Indies;</hi> yea he would be content never to have had ease, never to have enjoy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
any contentment (no not lawful) in these worldly and transitory things all the
days of his life, so he might have but one dram of that comfortable quietness of Soul
which a good conscience bringeth.</p>
                  <p>A <hi>good conscience</hi> therefore, from a life well led, is a Iewel unvaluable, for which <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/>
a man should undergo the hardest task, and forgo all the contentments of the world,
if it could not otherwise be gotten. Which is the Second thing I here observe. For
our Saviour we see propounds it as a Reward and Prize, such as he thought sufficient
to allure any reasonable man, even to abandon his liberty and freedom, and to enter
a bondage, and to take a <hi>yoke</hi> upon his neck; a <hi>yoke</hi> the sweetest that ever was worn,
and far surpassing the greatest liberty in the world.</p>
                  <p>A <hi>good conscience,</hi> saith <hi>Solomon, Prov.</hi> 15. 15. <hi>is a continual Feast;</hi> that is, an ever<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lasting
<hi>Christmas.</hi> The twelve-days-Feast of our Blessed Saviours Nativity, how is
it longed for before-hand? how welcomed when it comes? and yet it lasts but a short
time. But a <hi>good conscience</hi> is a <hi>Feast</hi> that lasts all the year, yea all a mans life long;
and that too without satiety, without fulness, without the least wearisomness.</p>
                  <p>There are three things in a <hi>Feast</hi> which make it so pleasing and desirable, <hi>Mirth,
good Company,</hi> and <hi>good Chear.</hi> In this <hi>Feast</hi> all three of them are superlative.</p>
                  <p>
                     <list>
                        <item>1. For <hi>Mirth,</hi> all the merriment and Musick, all the wine and good chear in the
world will not make a man's heart so light and merry as the wine which is drunk at the
<hi>Feast</hi> of a good conscience. This is no superficial matter, but rooted in the very
Centre of the Soul. Whereas your <hi>Wine-mirth</hi> is but the smothering sometimes, if
not drowning, of a deeper grief; like the lustick fit in some Countries of such as are
going to execution.<note place="margin">Prov. 31. 6.</note> 
                           <hi>Give strong drink</hi> (saith <hi>Solomon) unto him that is ready to pe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rish,
and wine unto those that be of heavy hearts.</hi>
                        </item>
                        <item>2. For <hi>Society and Company,</hi> what <hi>Feast</hi> in the world can afford the like this doth?
For it hath not only exceeding good, but all suitable and homogeneal, where is no
<pb n="164" facs="tcp:63175:133"/>
admixture of ill. Here you shall have no unruly persons blaspheming God or men,
to make themselves or others pastime: no unsavoury communication to stain and pol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lute
by degrees the purity of the Soul, and make a reckoning unsupportable, when
the day shall come wherein we must give accompt of every idle word. But a <hi>good
Conscience</hi> hath ever <hi>good Company,</hi> and so good as will admit no ill. For <hi>the Father</hi>
is with it, that great and mighty God who made us: <hi>The Son</hi> is with it, even Christ
himself who redeemed us; they sup and feast together: <hi>The Holy Ghost</hi> is with it,
who chears up and sanctifies the hearts of all who come to this Table. What <hi>Feast</hi>
in the world can shew so honourable, so loving, so chearful company as this?</item>
                        <item>3. And for the last thing which makes a <hi>Feast</hi> desirable, <hi>good Chear;</hi> it is a Table
richly furnished with all Varieties and Dainties, a collection of all the Rarities and
Delicacies, not which Sea and Land only, but which Heaven it self affords. Who
would not come upon any invitation to partake of such a <hi>Feast</hi> as this?</item>
                     </list>
                  </p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="33" type="discourse">
               <head>DISCOURSE XXXIII.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>ACTS 10. 4.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>And he said unto him, Thy Prayers and thine Alms are come up
for a memorial before God; <hi>or (as it is ver. 31.)</hi> are had in re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>membrance, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
                     </q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>WHEN the <hi>Iews</hi> had crucified our Blessed Saviour, the Lord and
Prince of Life, though their impiety were most horrible, and such
as might seem to admit of no expiation or atonement, yet would not
God for that reject them; but after he was risen from the dead, his
Apostles and Messengers were sent to <hi>offer</hi> and <hi>tender him once more
unto them,</hi> if so be they would yet receive him as <hi>their Messiah</hi> and
Redeemer which was promised to come: telling them that what
they had formerly done unto him, God would (namely, according to our Saviour's
prayer upon the Cross,<note place="margin">Luke 23 34.</note> 
                     <hi>Father, forgive them, for they know not what they do</hi>) pass by
it as done of Ignorance on their part, whilest himself was by the disposition of his Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vidence
fulfilling that which was long before spoken by the mouth of all his Prophets,
<hi>That Christ</hi> or <hi>Messiah should suffer death.</hi> All which you may read in the Sermon
which S. <hi>Peter</hi> preached unto them in the Temple, <hi>Acts</hi> 3. 12, &amp;c. Thus the Lord
shewed himself according to his style, <hi>A God gracious and merciful,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Nehem. 9. 17.</note> 
                     <hi>long-suffering and
slow to anger.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Ioel 2. 13.</note>
                  </p>
                  <p>But when these <hi>Iews,</hi> notwithstanding this <hi>second tender,</hi> not only continued in
their former obstinacy, refusing to accept him for their Redeemer, but also misused
and persecuted his Ambassadors sent unto them; this their ingratitude was so hideous
and hainous in the eyes of God, that he could bear with them no longer, but resol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved
thenceforth to <hi>cast them off,</hi> and chuse himself a Church among the <hi>Gentiles.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>To prepare a way whereunto, he sent a Vision much about the same time both to
<hi>Peter,</hi> (who was then by reason of the <hi>Iews</hi> persecution fled to <hi>Ioppa</hi>) and to <hi>Corne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lius</hi>
a <hi>Gentile,</hi> Captain of the <hi>Italian</hi> Band, living at <hi>Caesarea</hi> upon that coast; ordain<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
the one <hi>(Peter)</hi> to be the Messenger and Preacher; and the other <hi>(Cornelius)</hi>
to be the <hi>first Gentile</hi> which should be partaker of the Faith of Christ. Therefore ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cordingly
<hi>Peter's</hi> Vision was to admonish him, not to make scruple, as all <hi>Iews</hi> did, of
conversing with a <hi>Gentile as unclean;</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Verse 11, 12.</note> signified by <hi>a sheet let down from heaven, where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>in
were all manner of four-footed beasts of the earth, and wild beasts, and creeping things,
and fowls of the aire,</hi> that is, of all both <hi>clean</hi> and <hi>unclean;</hi> wherewith came also a
Voice,<note place="margin">Vers 13.</note> saying, <hi>Rise, Peter, kill and eat.</hi> Whereunto when <hi>Peter</hi> answered, <hi>Not so,
Lord;</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Verse 14.</note> 
                     <hi>for I have never eaten anything that is common or unclean:</hi> the Voice replies,
<note place="margin">Verse 15.</note> 
                     <hi>What God hath cleansed, that call not thou unclean.</hi> Now as this Vision was to give
<pb n="165" facs="tcp:63175:133"/>
                     <hi>Peter</hi> commission to go unto <hi>Cornelius;</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Acts 10. 4.</note> so was <hi>Cornelius</hi> his Vision to command him
to send for <hi>Peter.</hi> For <hi>he saw in a Vision, at the ninth hour of the day, an Angel of the
Lord coming unto him,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Verse 3.</note> 
                     <hi>and saying, Cornelius.</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Verse 4.</note> 
                     <hi>Whom when Cornelius beholding and
being afraid, said, What is it, Lord? The Angel said unto him, Thy Prayers and thine
Alms are come up for a memorial,</hi> or <hi>had in remembrance, before God.</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Verse 5.</note> 
                     <hi>And now send
men to Ioppa, and call for one Simon, whose surname is Peter,</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Verse 6.</note> 
                     <hi>and he shall tell thee
what thou oughtest to do.</hi> And thus have I brought the Story as far as my Text;
which is, as you see, a part of this Message of the Angel to <hi>Cornelius,</hi> namely, his Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>port;
<hi>And he said unto him, Thy Prayers and thine Alms, &amp;c.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Wherein I will consider two things. First, Who was the man, and what was the
condition of this person to whom the Angel spake, namely, <hi>Cornelius: And the Angel
said unto him.</hi> Secondly, What the Message or Report he brought importeth: <hi>Thy
Prayers and thine Alms-deeds are come in remembrance before God.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>To begin with the First; The man here spoken to (as you may read in the be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ginning <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/>
of the Chapter, and as I have in some part already told you) was <hi>Cornelius,</hi>
a <hi>Gentile,</hi> Captain of the <hi>Italian</hi> Band at <hi>Caesarea,</hi> and so no doubt himself of that Na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion.
To understand which, ye must know that at this time the Land of <hi>Iury,</hi> like
as most other Nations were, was under the <hi>Roman</hi> Empire, and ruled by a President
of their appointing: which President had his Court and Seat at <hi>Caesarea,</hi> a great and
magnificent City upon the <hi>Palestine</hi> coast, some seventy miles from <hi>Ierusalem,</hi> where
was continually a guard of Souldiers, both for the President's safety and awing the
subdued Iews: and among these was our <hi>Cornelius</hi> a Commander, being Captain of
the <hi>Italian</hi> Band. But howsoever he were by race and breeding a <hi>Gentile,</hi> yet for
Religion he was no Idolater, but a worshipper of the true God, the God of <hi>Israel,</hi> or
God the Creator of heaven and earth: For the Text tells us, that <hi>he was a devout
man,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Verse 2.</note> 
                     <hi>and one that scared God with all his house, who gave much alms to the people, and
prayed to God alway:</hi> which is as much as to say, he was a <hi>Proselyte;</hi> for so were those
converted Gentiles called, who left their false Gods and worshipped the true. Yet
was he <hi>not circumcised,</hi> nor had taken upon him the yoke of <hi>Moses</hi> Law, and so was
not accounted a member of the Church of <hi>Israel:</hi> wherefore according to the Ordi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nances
of the Law he was esteemed <hi>unclean,</hi> and so not lawful for <hi>Peter,</hi> or any other
circumcised Iew, to company with him, had not God given <hi>Peter</hi> and <hi>Item</hi> that he
should thenceforth call no man <hi>unclean,</hi> forasmuch as that badge of separation was
now dissolved.</p>
                  <p>For the better understanding of this,<note place="margin">See Discourses III. and XI.</note> we must know, there were, while the Legal
worship stood, two sorts of <hi>Proselytes</hi> or converted Gentiles. One sort which were
called <hi>Proselytes of the Covenant:</hi> These were such as were circumcised, and submitted
themselves to the whole <hi>Mosaical</hi> Pedagogy; These came into the Court of <hi>Israel</hi> to
worship, being accounted <hi>Iews,</hi> and as freely conversed with as if they had been so
born. But there was a second sort of <hi>Proselytes</hi> inferior unto these, whom they cal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led
<hi>Proselytes of the Gate:</hi> These were not circumcised, nor conformed themselves to
the <hi>Mosaical</hi> Rites and Ordinances; only they were tied to the obedience of those
Commandments which the Hebrew Doctors call the Commandments of <hi>Noah,</hi> that is,
such as all the sons of <hi>Noah</hi> were bound to observe. Which were, 1. To worship
God the Creator; 2. To disclaim the service of Idols; 3. To abstain from Bloud,
namely, both from the effusion of man's bloud; and 4. from eating flesh with the
bloud therein; 5. To abstain from Fornication and all unlawful conjunction; 6. To
administer Iustice; and 7. To abstain from Robbery, and do as they would be done
to. And such <hi>Proselytes</hi> as these, howsoever they were reputed <hi>Gentiles,</hi> and such as
with whom the <hi>Iews</hi> might not converse, as being no free denizons of <hi>Israel;</hi> yet did
the Iewish Doctors yield them a part in the life to come. Such a Proselyte was <hi>Na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>aman</hi>
the <hi>Syrian;</hi> and of such there were many in our Saviour's time; and such an
one was our <hi>Cornelius.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Hence it was, that when afterward there arose a Controversie in the Church,<note place="margin">Acts 15.</note>
Whether or no the <hi>Gentiles</hi> which believed were to be circumcised, and so
bound to observe the Ordinances and Rites of <hi>Moses;</hi> S. <hi>Peter</hi> in the Council of the
Apostles at <hi>Ierusalem</hi> determined, It was the will of God they should not; and that
upon this ground, Because <hi>Cornelius</hi> the <hi>first believing Gentile</hi> was no <hi>circumcised Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>selyte,</hi>
but a <hi>Proselyte of the Gate only;</hi> and yet nevertheless when himself was sent (as
ye have heard) to preach the Gospel of Christ to him and his house,<note n="*" place="margin">Acts 10. 45, 46.</note> the Holy
Ghost came down upon them as well as upon the Circumcision: Whereby it was ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nifest,
that God would have the rest of the <hi>Gentiles</hi> which believed, to have no more
<pb n="166" facs="tcp:63175:134"/>
imposed upon them than <hi>Cornelius</hi> had: and accordingly the Council concluded that
no other burthen should be laid upon them, but only those <hi>Precepts</hi> given to the sons
of <hi>Noah, To abstain from pollutions of Idols, from bloud, from things strangled, and
from fornication,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Verse 20.</note> and the rest, which they had received already in becoming Christi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ans,
and so needed not to be expresly mentioned. For that enumeration in the
Apostles Decree is to be understood with a <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or an <hi>Et caetera;</hi> a Scheme usual in
the allegation not only of Texts of Scripture, but of pastages commonly and vulgarly
known. We may find an Example of it, <hi>Hebr.</hi> 12. 27. in the citation of that Text of
<hi>Haggai,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Hag. 2. 7. See Discourse III. at the end.</note> 
                     <hi>Yet once more, and I will shake not the earth only but the heavens;</hi> which the
Apostle there repeats with this <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>This, Yet once more,</hi>
(saith he) <hi>signifies the removing of things that are shaken;</hi> that is, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
(or, as the Hebrews speak, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>) <hi>This, Yet once more, and the
rest,</hi> signifies so much: for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> [<hi>Yet once more</hi>] alone signifies it not, but that
whole Sentence.</p>
                  <p>Now that I may not have held your ears all this time with so long a story, without
some matter of <hi>Instruction;</hi> let us ob<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>erve by the example of this <hi>Cornelius, How great a
favour and blessing of God it is to live and dwell within the pale of his Church,</hi> where op<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>portunity
and means of Salvation is to be had. If <hi>Cornelius</hi> had still dwelt among his
Countrymen the <hi>Italians,</hi> where he was bred and born, or in any other Province of
that Empire, he had in all likelihood never come to this saving and bles<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ed know<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ledge
of the true God, but died a Pagan as he was born. But by this occasion of li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving
at <hi>Caesarea,</hi> within the confines of the land of <hi>Israel,</hi> where the Oracles and Wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ship
of the most High God were daily resounded and professed, he became such an
one as ye have heard, a blessed Convert unto the true God, whom with all his house
he served and worshipped with acceptation.</p>
                  <p>If this be so, Then should we our selves learn to be more thankful to God than
most of us use to be, for that condition wherein by his Providence we are born. For
we might, if it had pleased him, have been born and had our dwelling among <hi>Pagans</hi>
and Gentiles, who had no knowledge of his Word or Promise; (and such our Nati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
once was.) But behold his goodness and mercy! we are born of <hi>Christian</hi> Pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rents,
and dwell in a <hi>Christian</hi> Country, and so made partakers of the name and live<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry
of Christ as soon as we were born. How great should our thankfulness be for his
mercy? Nay we might have been born and bred in a <hi>Christian</hi> Nation too, and yet
such an one where <hi>Idolatry, false worship</hi> and <hi>Popery</hi> so reigned, as there had been
little hopes or means either to be saved: But behold, we are born, bred, and dwell
in a <hi>Reformed Christian State,</hi> where the Worship of God in Christ is truly taught and
pract<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>ed; where no God is worshipped but the <hi>Father,</hi> and in no other Mediator but
his Son <hi>Iesus Christ.</hi> How should we then magnifie our good God for his so great
and abundant mercy towards us! <hi>Luther,</hi> or some other, tells a story of a poor <hi>German</hi>
peasant, who on a time beholding an ugly <hi>Toad,</hi> fell into a most bitter lamentation and
weeping, that he had been so unthankful to Almighty God, who had made him a
<hi>Man,</hi> and not such an ugly creature as that was. O that we could in like manner be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wail
our Ingratitude towards him who hath made us to have our birth and habitation
not among <hi>Pagans</hi> and barbarous <hi>Indians,</hi> a people <hi>without God in the World,</hi> but in a
believing and <hi>Christian</hi> Nation, where the true God is known and the means of Sal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vation
is to be had! Thankfulness for a less benefit is the way to obtain a greater. To
acknowledge and prize God's favour towards us in the means, is the way to obtain
his grace to use them to our eternal advantage: Whereas our neglect of Thankfulness
in the one, may cause God, in his just judgment, to deprive us of his Blessing in the
other. Consider it.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/> AND thus much concerning <hi>the Person</hi> to whom the Angel spake, <hi>Cornelius, And
he said unto him.</hi> Now I come to <hi>the Message</hi> it self, <hi>Thy Prayers and thine Alms are
come up into remembrance before God.</hi> Where before I make any further entrance,
there is an Objection requires to be answered; namely, How <hi>Cornelius</hi> his service
could be accepted of God, (as here it is said to be,) whenas he had no knowledge of
Christ, without whom no man can please God. I answer; <hi>Cornelius</hi> pleased God
through his Faith in the Promise of Christ to come, as all just men under the Law did:
which Faith God did so long accept after Christ was come, till his Coming and the
mystery of Redemption wrought by him were fully and clearly made known and
preached; which had not been to <hi>Cornelius</hi> until this time: For though he had heard
of his preaching in <hi>Galilee</hi> and <hi>Iudaea,</hi> and that he was crucified by the Iews; yet h<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
had not heard of his Resurrection from the dead and Ascension into glory, or was not
<pb n="167" facs="tcp:63175:134"/>
assured of it, till it was now confirm'd unto him by one sent from God himself. And
it is like that having heard somewhat of the Apostles preaching and of the Iews oppo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sing
their testimony, and so knowing not what to believe; he had earnestly besought
God in his Devotions to lead him in the way of Truth, and make known unto him
what to do.</p>
                  <p>This being premised, I return again unto the Angel's words; wherein I will consi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der
Three things. 1. The conjunction or joyning of <hi>Almsdeeds</hi> with <hi>Prayer; Thy
Prayers and thine Alms.</hi> 2. The efficacy and power they have with God; <hi>Thy Pray<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ers
and thine Alms are come up into remembrance before God.</hi> 3. I will add the <hi>Reasons</hi>
why God so much accepteth them, which are also so many <hi>Motives</hi> why we should be
careful and diligent to practise them.</p>
                  <p>For the first, <hi>The joyning of Almsdeeds with Prayer: Cornelius</hi> we see joyn'd them,<milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="I"/>
and he is therefore in the verses before-going commended for <hi>a devout man and one that
feared God.</hi> And by the Angel's report from God himself, we hear how graciously
he accepted them; giving us to understand, that a Devotion thus arm'd was of all
others the most powerful to pierce into his dwelling-place, and fetch a blessing from
him. Therefore our Saviour likewise, <hi>Matth.</hi> 6. 1,—5. joyns the Precepts of
<hi>Alms</hi> and <hi>Prayer</hi> together, teaching us how to <hi>give Alms</hi> and how to <hi>Pray</hi> in one Ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mon,
as things that ought to go hand in hand, and not to be separated asunder. It
was also the Ordinance of the Church in the Apostles times, that the <hi>First day of the
week,</hi> which was the time of <hi>publick Prayer,</hi> should be the time also of <hi>Alms.</hi> So saith
S. <hi>Paul,</hi> 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 16. 1. <hi>Now concerning the collection for the Saints,</hi> (saith he) <hi>as I have
given order to the Churches of Galatia, even so do ye. 2. Vpon the first day of the week</hi>
(that is, upon the Lord's day) <hi>let every one of you lay by himself in store, as God hath
prospered him, that there be no gatherings when I come.</hi> Which Institution seems to be
derived from the Commandment of God in the Law<note n="*" place="margin">Exo. 23. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> twice repeated;<note place="margin">Deut. 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. 16.</note> 
                     <hi>Let no man ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pear
before the Lord empty.</hi> For the words annexed to that Law <hi>Deut.</hi> 16. (where it
is applied to the three great Feasts, when all <hi>Israel</hi> was to assemble <hi>to pray</hi> before
the Lord in his Tabernacle) the words, I say, there annexed sound altogether like
unto these of S. <hi>Paul</hi> concerning the Lord's day; <hi>Three times a year</hi> (saith the Text
there) <hi>shall all the males appear before the Lord: and they shall not appear before the
Lord empty. Every one shall give as he is able, according to the blessing of the Lord thy God
which he hath given thee.</hi> Is not this the same in sense with S. <hi>Paul's, Let every one lay by
himself in store, as God hath prospered him?</hi> The Primitive Church after the Apostles
followed the same precedent, and our own Reformed Church hath ordained the same
in her Service-book, were it accordingly practised as was intended: For after the
Epistle and Gospel she appoints divers choice Sentences of Scripture to be read, which
exhort us to <hi>Alms</hi> and other Offerings to the honour of Almighty God; and then, as
supposing it to be done, in the Prayer for the whole estate of Christ's Church, <hi>We
humbly beseech him most mercifully to accept our Alms, and receive our Prayers, which we
offer unto his Divine Majesty.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Shall I now need to exhort you (Brethren) thus to furnish and strengthen your
<hi>Prayers</hi> which you daily offer unto God, to couple them with <hi>Almsdeeds,</hi> to come be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
God with a present, and not empty-handed? Whom neither <hi>God's Commandment,</hi>
the <hi>Practice of his Church,</hi> the <hi>Example of his Saints,</hi> nor the <hi>Acceptance of such Prayers</hi>
as the hand which dealeth <hi>Alms</hi> lifteth up to him; whom these will not move, no
words of mine will do it.</p>
                  <p>But some may say, Would you have us always give Alms when we pray? No, I
say not so, but I would not have you <hi>appear before the Lord empty,</hi> that is, such as are
not wont to give them, nor mean to do: For you may give them before, or second
your Prayers with them after; you may have set and appointed times for the one, as
you have for the other. Or when the Law of man injoyns you any thing in this
kind, do it heartily, faithfully, and with a willing mind, without grudging, that so
God may accept it as a service done to him. Or lastly, Thou mayest do as the holy
men in Scripture were wont, vow and promise unto God, if thy Prayer be heard,
to offer something unto him either for relief of the poor, the Widow, the Orphan,
a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>d distressed one, or the maintenance of his Service and Worship. <hi>If God will be
with me,</hi> (saith <hi>Iacob, Gen.</hi> 28. 20, &amp;c.) <hi>and keep me in this way that I go, and will
give me bread to eat, and raiment to put on, &amp;c. Then shall the Lord be my God, and
this stone which I have set for a pillar shall be God's house: and of all that thou shalt give
me. I will surely give the tenth unto thee.</hi> (See the use of vowing by such as came to
pray in God's House, <hi>Eccles.</hi> 5. 4.) If thou comest before God in any of these ways,
<pb n="168" facs="tcp:63175:135"/>
thou shalt not come empty-handed. But send not thy Prayer single and alone: The
<hi>Prayer</hi> with <hi>Alms</hi> is the Prayer God loveth. Hear what himself saith, <hi>Psal.</hi> 50. 14,
15. <hi>Offer unto God thanksgiving.</hi> (Alms is an Offering of<note n="*" place="margin">Eccles. 35. 2.</note> Thanksgiving) <hi>and pay thy
vows unto the most High.</hi> So <hi>call upon me in the day of trouble, and I will deliver thee,
and thou shalt glorifie me.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="II"/> NOW I come to the second thing I propounded, <hi>The power and efficacy which
Prayer and Alms have with God; Thy Prayers and thine Alms</hi> (saith the Angel) <hi>are come
up for a memorial</hi> (or, <hi>are had in remembrance) in the sight of God.</hi> God is said to <hi>re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>member</hi>
our Prayers when he <hi>grants</hi> them, our <hi>Alms</hi> and good deeds when he <hi>rewards</hi>
them, or, in a word, when he answers either of them with a blessing: as on the con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trary
he is said to <hi>remember</hi> iniquity, when he sends some judgment for it. So God is
said to <hi>remember Hannah,</hi> when he heard her prayer for a Son, 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 1. 19. and <hi>Nehe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miah</hi>
speaking<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 5. 19.</note> of his deeds of mercy and bounty shewed unto his poor brethren re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>turned
from captivity, says, <hi>Think upon me,</hi> or [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>] <hi>Remember me, O my God,
for good, according to all that I have done for this people.</hi> Thus were <hi>Cornelius</hi> his <hi>Pray<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ers</hi>
and <hi>Alms</hi> remembred. <hi>Prayers</hi> therefore and <hi>Alms,</hi> be they performed as they
should be, <hi>are powerful and approved means to obtain a blessing at the hands of God.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/> To speak first of <hi>Prayer:</hi>
                     <note place="margin">1 Kings, Chap. 17, &amp; 18.</note> What is it that <hi>Prayer</hi> hath not obtain'd? It hath shut and
opened Heaven; see the story of <hi>Elijah.</hi> It hath made the Sun and Moon to stand
still; read the Book of<note n="*" place="margin">Ios. 10. 12.</note> 
                     <hi>Ioshna.</hi> It is the Key that openeth all God's Treasures of
blessings, both spiritual and corporal. For <hi>spiritual</hi> blessings, <hi>Cornelius</hi> we see ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tained
thereby Illumination and Instruction in God's saving Truth. And S. <hi>Iames</hi>
saith,<note place="margin">Iames 1. 5.</note> 
                     <hi>If any man lack wisdom, let him ask of God, who giveth to all men liberally; and
it shall be given him. Ephraim</hi> in <hi>Ieremy</hi> 31. 18. prays for converting grace, <hi>Turn
thou me, O Lord, and I shall be turned:</hi> To whom God presently replies, ver. 20. <hi>Is
Ephraim my dear Son? is he a pleasant Child? for since I spake against him, I do earnestly
remember him still. Therefore my bowels are troubled for him, I will surely have mercy on
him, saith the Lord.</hi> Prayer obtains remission of sins; <hi>I said</hi> (saith <hi>David Psal.</hi> 32.
5, 6.) <hi>I will confess my transgressions unto the Lord, and thou forgavest the iniquity of my
sin. For this shall every one that is godly pray unto thee in a time when thou mayest be
found.</hi> Prayer also obtaineth <hi>corporal</hi> blessings. When Heaven was shut and it rain<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
not,<note place="margin">1 Kings 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> 
                     <hi>Elijah</hi> prayed for rain,<note place="margin">1 Sam. 1.</note> and it rained: <hi>Hannah</hi> prayed for a Son, and she con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceived:
If we be sick (saith S. <hi>Iames</hi> chap. 5. 15.) <hi>The prayer of faith shall heal the
sick: Nehemiah</hi> prayed that he might find favour in the sight of King <hi>Artaxerxes,</hi> Chap.
1. 11. and found it, Chap. 2. 4.</p>
                  <p>But some man will say, If <hi>Prayer</hi> have such power and efficacy, how comes it to pass
that many even godly men oft pray, and yet speed not? I answer, There are divers
causes thereof. Either 1. <hi>we pray not as we ought;</hi> or 2. <hi>we are not disposed as we ought
to be when we pray.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <list>
                        <item>1. <hi>We pray not as we ought,</hi> either 1. when we pray not heartily, or not constantly:
For God regards not formal and superficial prayer, but prayer that comes from the
Heart; and loves to be importuned before he grant; as our Saviour tells us in the
Parable of the woman and the unjust Iudge,<note place="margin">Luke 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                 <desc>•</desc>
                              </gap>.</note> whom though at first he would not hear,
yet importunity made him do her justice. Or 2. We rely not upon God as we ought
when we pray; but trust more to second means, to our Wit, to our Friends, or the
like, than to Him. And this seems to be that <hi>wavering in prayer</hi> S. <hi>Iames</hi> speaks of,
when he bids us <hi>pray in faith without wavering,</hi> Chap. 1. 6. that is, without reeling
from God to rest upon second means: But as with our mouth we pray to him, so
should our Hearts rely upon him to give us what we ask. But we often pray to God
for fashion, but indeed we look to speed by others; and so God takes himself mock<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed,
and so no marvel if he hears us not. If it were our own case, we would not listen
to such suiters. Or 3. We pray and speed not, when we make not God's glory the
End of what we ask; <hi>Ye ask</hi> (saith S. <hi>Iames</hi> Chap. 4. 3.) <hi>and receive not, because ye
ask, amiss, that ye might consume it upon your lusts.</hi> Or 4. We may ask something that
crosseth the Rule of Divine Providence and Iustice, and then also we must not look
to speed.<note place="margin">2 Sam. 12. 16. &amp;c.</note> 
                           <hi>David</hi> prayed for the life of his child by <hi>Bathsheba, Vriah</hi>'s Wife; but was
not heard, because it stood not with the Rule of Divine Iustice, that so scandalous a
sin, which made the Enemies of God to blaspheme, should not have an exemplary
punishment. In like manner sundry times when the children of <hi>Israel</hi> rebelled against
the Lord, and murmured against <hi>Moses</hi> and <hi>Aaron</hi> their Governours, <hi>Moses</hi> poured
forth very earnest prayers to God for removing his judgments from off the people;
but God would not hear him, because their sins were scandalous and committed with
<pb n="169" facs="tcp:63175:135"/>
so high a hand, that it could not stand with the Rule of his Iustice not to inflict pu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nishment
for them.</item>
                        <item>2. Again, sometimes, and that too often, <hi>we are indisposed for God to grant our re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quest.</hi>
As first, when some sin unrepented of lies at the door, and keeps God's bles<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sing
out.<note place="margin">See Psal. 50. 16.</note> 
                           <hi>Psal.</hi> 66. 18. <hi>If I regard</hi> (saith <hi>David) iniquity in my heart, the Lord will
not hear me.</hi> So God would not hear <hi>Ioshua</hi> praying for the <hi>Israelites,</hi>
                           <note place="margin">Prov. 28. 9</note> when they
fled before the men of <hi>Ai,</hi> because of <hi>Achan's</hi> Sacriledge;<note n="*" place="margin">Ios. 7. 10, 11, 12.</note> 
                           <hi>Get thee up,</hi> (saith God)
<hi>why liest thou thus upon thy face? Israel hath sinned—for they have taken of the ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cursed
thing,</hi> (that is, the thing that cursed were those that medled therewith:)
<hi>Therefore the children of Israel could not stand before their Enemies,—because they were
accursed. Neither will I be with you any more, except ye put the accursed thing from
among you.</hi> Or lastly, our Prayers often are not heard, because <hi>we appear before the
Lord empty;</hi> we do not as <hi>Cornelius</hi> did, send up <hi>Prayers</hi> and <hi>Alms</hi> together: we
should have two strings to our bow, when we have but one. This is another <hi>indis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>position</hi>
which unfits us to receive what we ask of God: For how can we look that
God should hear us in our need, when we turn away our face from our brother in his
need? When we refuse to give to God, or for his sake, what he requires, why should
he grant to us what we request? Hear what an ancient Father of the Church, S. <hi>Basil</hi>
by name, <hi>in Concione ad Divites,</hi> saith; <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>; <hi>I
have known many</hi> (saith he) <hi>who would fast, who would pray, who would sigh; but not
bestow one halfpeny upon the poor: But what then will their other devotion profit
them?</hi>
                        </item>
                        <item>3. Add to all these Reasons of displeasure a Reason of favour, why God some<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>times
grants not our requests; namely, because we ask that which he knows would
be hurtful for us, though we think not so. We ask sometimes that which if he grant<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
us would utterly undo us. As therefore a wise and loving Father will not give his
child a knife or some other hurtful thing, though it cries never so much unto him for
it: so does God deal with his children. And how wise soever we think our selves,
we are often as ignorant in that which concerns our good as very babes are; and
therefore we must submit our selves to be ordered by the wisdom of our heavenly
Father.</item>
                     </list>
                  </p>
                  <p>Moreover, we must know and believe, that God often hears our Prayers when
we think he doth not; and that three manner of ways. As namely 1. When he
changes the means, but brings the End we desire another way to pass. We ask to
have a thing by our means, but he likes not our way, but gives it us by another means
which he thinks better. S. <hi>Paul,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">2 Cor. 12. 7, 8. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> that he might the better glorifie God in serving
him,<note place="margin">Verse 9.</note> desires <hi>the thorn in the flesh</hi> might be taken from him: God denies him that
means, but grants him <hi>grace sufficient for him;</hi> that so being humbled by the sight of
his own infirmity, he might glorifie God for <hi>his power in mans weakness.</hi> And is it not
all one, whether a Physician quench the thirst of his Patient by giving him Barberies
or some other comfortable drink, as by giving him Beer which he calls for? 2. God
often grants our request, but not at that time we would have it, but defers it till
some other time which he thinks best.<note place="margin">Dan. 9. 1, &amp;c.</note> 
                     <hi>Daniel</hi> prays for the return of the Captivi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty
in <hi>the first year of Darius,</hi> but God defers it till the <hi>first of Cyrus.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">2 Chron. 36. 22<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> We must not
therefore take God's delays for denials. The Souls of the Saints under the Altar
(<hi>Rev.</hi> 6. 10.) cry out aloud for vengeance: God hears that cry, and cannot deny the
importunate cry of innocent bloud; yet he defers it <hi>for a little season,</hi> saith the Text
v. 11. and why? because <hi>their fellow-servants and brethren that should be slain as they
were, might be fulfilled.</hi> Lastly, God sometimes grants not the thing we ask, but
gives us in stead thereof something which is as good, or better; And then we are not
to think but that he hears us.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>And thus much concerning</hi> the power and efficacy of Prayer. <hi>Now I come also to <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/>
shew the like of</hi> Alms, <hi>how</hi> powerful a means they are to procure a blessing from God:
<hi>Not</hi> thy Prayer <hi>only, saith the Angel, but</hi> thine Alms <hi>also</hi> are come up for a remem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brance
in the sight of God. <hi>For</hi> Alms <hi>is a kind of</hi> Prayer, <hi>namely,</hi> a visible
<hi>one, and such an one as prevails as strongly with God for a blessing as any other.
Hear</hi> David in Psalm 41. 1. Blessed is he that considereth the poor; the Lord will deli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ver
him in time of trouble. 2. The Lord will preserve him and keep him alive, and
he shall be blessed upon earth; and thou wilt not deliver him unto the will of his ene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mies.
3. The Lord will strengthen him upon the bed of languishing: thou wilt make all
his bed in his sickness. <hi>A place so evident as flashes in a man's eye. But hear</hi>
                     <pb n="170" facs="tcp:63175:136"/>
Solomon <hi>speak to,</hi> Prov. 19. 17. He that hath pity upon the poor, lendeth unto the Lord;
and that which he hath given, he will pay him again. <hi>And</hi> Prov. 28. 27. He that giveth
unto the poor, shall not lack: but he that hideth his eyes, shall have many a<note n="*" place="margin">Compare Prov. 21. 13.</note> curse. <hi>Al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>so</hi>
Prov. 11. 25. The liberal soul shall be made fat; and he that watereth shall be watered
also himself. <hi>Likewise</hi> Eccles. 11. 1. Cast thy bread upon the waters, for thou shalt find
it after many days. <hi>These are for</hi> corporal <hi>blessings, and of this life: But hear also
for</hi> spiritual <hi>blessings, and those of the life to come.</hi> David <hi>Psal.</hi> 112. 9. (<hi>quoted
by</hi> S. Paul, 2 Cor. 9. 9.) He hath dispersed, he hath given to the poor; his righteousness
remaineth for ever, &amp;c. <hi>that is, he shall be remembred not only in this life, but in
the life to come.</hi> Luke 16. 9. Make to your selves <hi>(saith
our Saviour)</hi> friends of the<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, The Mammon of unrighteous<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness <hi>is not here</hi> Goods unlawfully go<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ten (<hi>as I am afraid some take it,) not</hi> Mammon about which the sons of m<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>n are wont to be unright<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ous (<hi>as others take it;) but as the Hebrews call it <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>, or as the Chaldee speak,</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> Mammo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>na falsitatis, deceivable and uncertain rich<gap reason="illegible: missing" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>s. For among the <hi>Hellenists</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> is the same with <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, and so the Lxx. often render <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>. Agreeable whereunto S. <hi>Paul</hi> 1 Tim. 6. as it were paraphrasing this of our Saviour, saith, <hi>Charge the rich that they trust</hi> not in uncertain riches, that is, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> or <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> unrighteous Mammon, <hi>(that
is, of these deceitful and uncertain riches;)</hi> that when
you fail, they <hi>(that is, the friends you have made)</hi> may
receive you into everlasting Tabernacles: <hi>that is, that God
looking upon the Alms-deeds you have done, and hear<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
the Prayers and blessings of the poor, may reward
you with eternal life. So</hi> S. Paul, 1 Tim. 6. 17, &amp;c.
Charge them that be rich in this world,—that they trust
not in uncertain riches, but in the living God,—That they
do good, that they be rich in good works, ready to distribute,
willing to communicate; Laying up in store for themselves
a good foundation against the time to come, that they may lay hold on eternal life. Non
memini <hi>(saith S.</hi> Hi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>rome) me legere mald morte mortuum, qui libenter opera charitatis
exercuit; habet enim multos intercessores, &amp; impossibile est multorum preces non exaudi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ri.
I do not remember in all my reading that ever any one died an ill death who was in his
life-time ready to good works and acts of Charity, for indeed such a one hath many to inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cede
and pray for him, and it is impossible but that the prayers of so many in his behalf
should be heard and accepted by God: <hi>What should I say more? Shall we not receive
our sentence at the Last day according to our works of mercy?</hi> Come ye blessed of my
Father,<note place="margin">M<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>h. 25. 34, 35.</note> and inherit the Kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world: For
when I was hungry, ye gave me meat; when I was thirsty, ye gave me drink, &amp;c. <hi>ye
know the rest. O the wonderful efficacy of</hi> Alms <hi>in prevailing with God! What
favour do they find in his sight! how are they remembred! but not for any merit in
them, which is none; but of his mere mercy and merciful promise, who accepts them
in Christ our Saviour. Whence is that Prayer of</hi> Nehemiah, c. 13. 22. <hi>concerning
this case of good works,</hi> Remember me, O my God; concerning this, and spare me ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording
to the greatness of thy mercy.</p>
                  <p>Thus much of the efficacy and prevalency which <hi>Prayer</hi> and <hi>Alms</hi> have with Al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mighty
God to procure a blessing from him; <hi>Thy Prayers and thine Alms are come up
for a memorial before God.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="III"/> NOW I come to the third thing propounded, <hi>The Reasons why God requires them,</hi>
and <hi>why they are so pleasing unto him:</hi> which <hi>Bensons</hi> when they are known, will be
also strong <hi>Motives</hi> to us why we should frequent them. For though indeed their
Efficacy alone were a Motive sufficient to invite any reasonable man to do them; yet
will these Reasons add a further enforcement thereunto.</p>
                  <p>To begin then with <hi>Prayer;</hi> The Reasons why God requires this duty at our hands
(I will name but the chief) are these.</p>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. That we might acknowledge the property he hath in the Gifts he bestows upon
us: otherwise we would forget in what tenure we hold those Blessings we receive
from his hands. Though therefore he be willing to bestow his Benefits upon us, yet
he will have us ask them before he doth it. Even as Fathers do with their children;
though they intend to bestow such things upon them as are needful, yet they will
have their children to ask them. Unless therefore we ask of God the things which
are his to give; as we shall not receive what we have not, so we cannot lawfully use
any thing we have.</item>
                     <item>2. Another Reason is, That we might be acquainted with God; <hi>Acquaint now thy
self with God,</hi> (saith <hi>Eliphaz</hi> Iob 22. 21.) <hi>and be at peace; thereby good shall come unto
thee.</hi> Now <hi>acquaintance</hi> we know grows amongst men by conversing together, by
intercourse and speaking to one another. So is it here, by accustoming to speak to
God in <hi>Prayer</hi> we grow acquainted with him: otherwise if we grow strangers to
him, and he to us, we shall not dare to behold him.</item>
                     <item>
                        <pb n="171" facs="tcp:63175:136"/>3. <hi>Prayer</hi> is the way to keep our Hearts in order: For to come often into the pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sence
of God, breeds an holy awe in our Hearts; it makes us to call our Sins to re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>membrance
with sorrow and shame, and to be afraid to commit them. We may know
it by experience: men are afraid to offend those into whose presence they must often
come to ask and sue for favours; and if they have offended, they are presently asha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>med;
and the first thing they do will be to sue for pardon.</item>
                  </list>
                  <p>These are <hi>the Reasons for Prayer:</hi> Now let us see <hi>the Reasons</hi> also <hi>why Alms are re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quired;</hi>
which are near of kin to those for <hi>Prayer.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>For 1. We are to offer <hi>Alms,</hi> to testifie our acknowledgment of whom we recei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved,
and of whom we hold what we have. For as by <hi>Prayer</hi> we ask God's creatures
before we can enjoy them; so when we have them, there is another <hi>Homage</hi> due for
them, namely, <hi>of Thanksgiving,</hi> without which the use of the creature which God
gives us is unclean and unlawful to us. <hi>Every creature of God</hi> (saith S. <hi>Paul,</hi> 1 <hi>Tim.</hi>
4. 4.) <hi>is good, if it be received with thanksgiving;</hi> not else. And the same Apostle
1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 10. tells us, that even those things which according to the manner of the Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiles
were offered unto Idols, (that is, to Devils,) a Christian might lawfully eat,
so it were done<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                           <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>with thanksgiving</hi> to the true and only God: For so he should pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fess,
he eat not meat of the Devil's gift, or Devil's Table, but of the Lord's, whose
of right was the Earth and the fulness thereof. <hi>Whether therefore,</hi> saith he, v. 31. <hi>ye
eat or drink, or whatsoever ye do else, do all to the glory of God,</hi> that is, give him the
glory of the Lordship of his creature by your thanksgiving: For <hi>to do a thing</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <hi>to the glory of God,</hi> in the Apostle's meaning, is that which the Iews say, <hi>To do it</hi>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, so as the Majesty and Dominion of God may be acknowledged there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>by,
which the Scripture calls <hi>His Glory.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Now our <hi>Thanksgiving</hi> to God for his creature must not express it self in words
only, but it must be also in work and deed; that is, we must yield him a <hi>Rent</hi> and
<hi>Tribute</hi> of what we enjoy by his favour and blessing; which if we do not, we lose our
<hi>Tenure.</hi> This <hi>Rent</hi> is twofold: either that which is offered unto God for the main<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tenance
of his Worship and Ministers; or that which is given for the relief of the
poor, the Orphan and the Widow, which is called <hi>Alms.</hi> For not only our <hi>Tithes,</hi>
but our <hi>Alms</hi> are an Offering unto Almighty God. So <hi>Prov.</hi> 15. 17. <hi>He that hath
pity on the poor, lendeth to the Lord:</hi> and Chap. 14. 31. <hi>He that hath mercy on the poor,
honoureth his Maker.</hi> And our Saviour will tell us at the day of Iudgment, that
<hi>what was done unto them,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Matth. 25. 40.</note> 
                     <hi>was done unto him.</hi> This then is the Reason why we must
give <hi>Alms,</hi> because they are the <hi>Tribute of our Thanksgiving,</hi> whereby we acknow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ledge
we are <hi>God's Tenants,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">How <hi>Alms</hi> and <hi>Offerings</hi> are a fit Acknow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ledgement of God's being the Lord and Giver of all.</note> and hold all we have of him, that is, of the <hi>Mannor of
Heaven,</hi> without which <hi>duty</hi> and <hi>service</hi> we have not the lawful use of what we
possess. Whence our Saviour tells the <hi>Pharisees,</hi> who stood so much upon the wash<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
of the Cup and Platter, left their meat and drink should be unclean. <hi>Give
alms,</hi> saith he, <hi>of such things as you have; and behold, all things are clean unto you,</hi>
Luke 11. 41.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Now that this</hi> Acknowledgment of God's Dominion <hi>was the End of the</hi> Offerings of
the Law, <hi>both those wherewith the Priests and Levites were maintained, and those
wherewith the poor, the Orphan and the Widow were relieved; appears by the so<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lemn
profession those who pay'd them were to make,</hi> Deut. 26. <hi>where he that
brought</hi> a basket of first-fruits <hi>to the house of God, was to say,</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Verse 3.</note> I profess this day un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
the Lord, that I am come unto the Country which the Lord sware unto our Fathers for
to give us. <hi>And when the Priest had taken the basket, he was to say thus;</hi> (<hi>verse</hi>
5, &amp;c.)<note n="*" place="margin">Others un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derstand it of <hi>Laban</hi> the <hi>Sy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rian</hi> and ren<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der it thus; <hi>A Syrian was d<gap reason="illegible: missing" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>stroying my Father, viz. Iacob.</hi> So the Vulg. Lat. <hi>Syrus perse<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quebatur pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trem meum, qui descendit in AEgyptum.</hi> The Chaldee Paraphrast is most full, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>Laban Syrus quaesivit perdere patrem meum,</hi> &amp;c. To the same sense <hi>Munster, Luther</hi> and <hi>Castalio translate</hi> these words.</note> A Syrian ready to perish was my Father, and he went down into Egypt and
sojourned there with a few, and became there a Nation great, mighty, and populous. And
the Egyptians evil intreated us. &amp;c.—And the Lord brought us forth out of Egypt
with a mighty hand and out-stretched arm, &amp;c.—And brought us into this place, and
hath given us this land, even a land that floweth with milk and honey. And now, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hold,
I have brought the first-fruits of the land, which thou, O Lord, hast given me.
And thou shalt set it <hi>(saith the Text)</hi> before the Lord thy God, and worship before the
Lord thy God. <hi>This was to be done</hi> every year. <hi>But for</hi> Tithes, <hi>the profession was
made</hi> every third year, <hi>because then the course of all manner of</hi> Tithing <hi>came about.
For two years they pay'd the</hi> Levite's <hi>Tithe and the</hi> Festival <hi>Tithe, the third year
they pay'd the</hi> Levite's <hi>Tithe and the</hi> poor man's <hi>Tithe: So that year the course
of</hi> Tithing <hi>being finished, the party was to make a solemn profession:</hi> When thou
<pb n="172" facs="tcp:63175:137"/>
hast made an end <hi>(saith the Lord)</hi> of Tithing all the Tithes of thine increase, the third
year, which is the year of Tithing, <hi>(that is, when the Tithing course finisheth)</hi> and
hast given it to the Levite,<note place="margin">Verse 12, &amp;c.</note> the Stranger, the Fatherless, and the Widow, that they may eat
within thy Gates and be filled: Then thou shalt say before the Lord thy God, I have
brought away the hallowed thing out of mine house, and also have given it to the Levite,
and to the Stranger, to the Fatherless, and to the Widow, according to all the Command<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments
which thou hast commanded me.—Look down from thy holy habitation, from hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven,
and bless thy people Israel, and the land which thou hast given us, as thou swarest to
our Fathers, a land that floweth with milk and honey.</p>
                  <p>What we have seen in these two sorts, is to be supposed to be the End of all other
<hi>Offerings for pious uses,</hi> (which were not <hi>Sacrifices,</hi>) namely, <hi>To acknowledge God to
be the Lord and Giver of all.</hi> As we see in that royal Offering which <hi>David</hi> with the
Princes and Chie<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>tains of <hi>Israel</hi> made for the building of the Temple, 1 <hi>Chron.</hi> 29.
11, &amp;c. where <hi>David</hi> acknowledgeth thus; <hi>Thine, O Lord, is the Kingdom, and thou
art exalted as Head over all: Both riches and honour come of thee, and thou reignest
over all; and in thine hand is power and might, and in thine hand it is to make great,
and to give strength unto all. Now therefore, our God, we thank thee, and praise thy
glorious Name.—For all things come of thee, and<note n="*" place="margin">H<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="3 letters">
                              <desc>•••</desc>
                           </gap>. <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap> of thine hand. Vulg, Lat. Quae de manu tua accepimus. dedimus tibi.</note> of thine own have we given
thee.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>For this Reason there was never time since God first gave the Earth to the sons of
men, wherein <hi>this Acknowledgment</hi> was not made by setting apart something of that
he had given them, to that purpose. In the <hi>state of Paradise</hi> among all the Trees in
the garden, which God gave man freely to enjoy, one Tree was <hi>Noli me tangere,</hi>
and reserved to God as <hi>holy,</hi> in token that he was Lord of the garden. So that the <hi>First
sin</hi> of Mankind for the <hi>species</hi> of the fact was <hi>Sacriledge,</hi> in prosaning that which was
holy; For which he was cast out of Paradise, and the Earth cursed for his sake, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>e<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cause
he had violated the <hi>sign of his Fealty</hi> unto the great <hi>Landlord</hi> of the whole Earth.
Might I not say, that many a man unto this day is cast out of his Paradise, and the la<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bours
of his hands cursed, for the same sin? But to go on.</p>
                  <p>After man's ejection out of Paradise, the <hi>first service</hi> that ever we read was er<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>formed
unto God was of this kind:<note place="margin">Gen. 4. 3. 4.</note> 
                     <hi>Abel</hi> bringing the best of his flock, and <hi>Cain</hi> of
the fruit of his ground, for an Offering or Present unto the Lord. The <hi>first spoils</hi>
that ever we read gotten from an Enemy in war, paid <hi>Tithes</hi> to <hi>Melchised<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>k the Priest
of the most High God,</hi> as an <hi>Acknowledgment</hi> that he had given <hi>Abraham</hi> the Victory:
<note place="margin">Gen. 14. 19, 20</note> 
                     <hi>Mel<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>hisedck</hi> blessing God in his name to <hi>be the possessor of heaven and earth,</hi> and <hi>to have
delivered his enemies into his hand:</hi> To which <hi>Abraham</hi> said <hi>Amen</hi> by paying him
<hi>Tithes</hi> of all.<note place="margin">Gen. 28. 20, &amp;c.</note> 
                     <hi>Iacob</hi> promiseth God, that if he would give him any thing, (for at that
time he had nothing) he would give him the <hi>Tenth</hi> of what he should give him:
which is as much to say, as he would acknowledge and profess him to be the <hi>Giver,</hi>
after the accustomed manner.</p>
                  <p>For the <hi>Time of the Law,</hi> I may skip over that; it is well enough known, no man
will deny it. But let us come to the <hi>Time of the Gospel,</hi> which though it hath freed
us from the bondage of Typical Elements, yet hath it not freed us from the profession
of our <hi>Pealty</hi> unto God as Lord of the whole Earth. 'Twere strange methinks to af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>firm
it: I am sure the ancient Church next the Apostles thought otherwise. I will
quote for a witness <hi>Irenaeus,</hi> who<note n="*" place="margin">Lib. 4. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. 32.</note> tells us that our Saviour, when he took part of
the Viands of his last Supper, and giving thanks with them, consecrated them into a
Sacrament of his body and bloud, set his Church an example of dedicating part of the
creature <hi>in Dominicos usus; Dominus</hi> (saith he) <hi>dans discipulis suis consilium Primitias
Deo offerre ex suis creaturis, non quasi indigenti, sed ut ipsinec infructuosi nec ingrati sint;
eum qui ex creatur<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> panis est accepit, &amp; gratias egit, &amp;c. Et Novi Testamenti novam
docuit oblationem, quam Ecclesia ab Apostolis accipiens, in universo mundo offert Deo, ei
qui alimenta nobis praestat, primitias suorum munerum in novo Testamento.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">See this (and the like passa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ges out of <hi>Ire<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>naeus</hi>) quoted more at large and explained in the Treatise of <hi>The Christi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>an Sacrifice,</hi> Chap. 8. in Book II.</note> But this is
no proper occasion to follow this Argument any further: I will therefore leave it,
and proceed to a second Reason why God requires <hi>Alms</hi> and such like Offerings at our
hands.</p>
                  <p>
                     <list>
                        <item>2. Namely, That we might not forget God: our Blessed Saviour <hi>Matth.</hi> 6. 19, 20.
and <hi>Luke</hi> 12. 33, &amp;c. speaking of this very matter of Alms, <hi>Lay not up</hi> (saith he)
<hi>for your selves treasures upon earth;—but lay up for your selves treasures in heaven:
—For where your treasure is, there will your heart be also.</hi> The proper evil of <hi>Abun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dance</hi>
is to forget God and our dependence upon him: the remedy whereof most ge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nuine
and natural is, to pay him a <hi>Rent</hi> of what we have: So shall we always think of
<pb n="173" facs="tcp:63175:137"/>
our <hi>Landlord,</hi> and lift up our Hearts to Heaven in whatsoever we receive and enjoy.
Yea, when this service is so acceptable to God, that he promiseth a great Reward to
those who thus honour and acknowledge him; how can it chuse but detain our hearts
in Heaven in that respect also, when we shall so often think of God, not only as the
<hi>Lord</hi> and <hi>Giver</hi> of what we have, but as the <hi>Rewarder</hi> also of the <hi>acknowledgment</hi> we
perform?</item>
                        <item>3. The last Reason why we should give <hi>Alms</hi> is, that we may be fit subjects of
<hi>Mercy</hi> at the day we look for <hi>Mercy:</hi> (For all that we can look for at the hands of
God is nothing but <hi>Mercy:</hi> Nehem. 13. 22. <hi>Remember me, O my God, concerning this
also, and spare me according to the greatness of thy Mercy.)</hi> Now it is the will of God
revealed, That unless we shew mercy unto our brethren, he will shew none to us.
Ye know the condition of the fifth Petition in the Lord's Prayer, and the<note n="*" place="margin">Matth. 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                 <desc>•</desc>
                              </gap>. 23. &amp;c.</note> Parable
of the unmerciful servant in the Gospel. This is the reason why among all other
works we shall receive our doom at the last Day according to our works of Mercy,
<hi>Come ye blessed of my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you;</hi>
                           <note place="margin">Matth. 25 34. &amp;c.</note>—For I was an
hungred, and ye gave me meat, &amp;c. How then can they look to be saved at that Day,
who do not these works of <hi>Mercy?</hi> Can our Saviour pass this blessed sentence upon
them? Or will he change the form of his sentence for their sake? No certainly; if
the sentence of bliss will not fit,<note place="margin">Verse 41. &amp;c.</note> the other will and must; <hi>Depart from me, ye cursed,
into everlasting fire—For I was an hungred, and ye gave me no meat, &amp;c. Inasmuch
as ye did it not to one of the least of these, ye did it not to me.</hi>
                        </item>
                     </list>
                  </p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="34" type="discourse">
               <head>DISCOURSE XXXIV.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>NEHEMIAH 13. 14.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>
                        <p>Remember me, O my God, concerning this, and wipe not out my
good deeds <hi>[Heb.</hi> 
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>] that I have done for the House of my
God and for the Offices thereof.</p>
                        <p>with Verse 22.</p>
                        <p>Remember me, O my God, concerning this, and spare me according
to the greatness of thy mercy.</p>
                     </q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>THE present occasion is <hi>Remembrance,</hi> and my Text (you see) is of <hi>Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>membrance;</hi>
and that too for <hi>good deeds</hi> done to the <hi>House of God.</hi> The
difference is, that in my Text is <hi>God's Remembrance,</hi> the occasion of
this meeting is<note n="*" place="margin">The Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>memoration of Colledge Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nefactors.</note> 
                     <hi>Ours:</hi> But seeing the one will follow from the other,
the Text is every way fit enough for the Occasion.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>The words I have read are the words of</hi> Nehemiah <hi>himself, by way of
a short Ejaculatory prayer and</hi> Apostrophe <hi>unto Almighty God. But what were those</hi>
good deeds, <hi>will you ask, which he speaks of,</hi> done for the House of his God and the
Offices thereof? <hi>Of this the words going before will inform us:</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Verse 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> I perceived <hi>(saith
he)</hi> that the portions of the Levites had not been given them; <hi>whereby the</hi> Lev<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>tes and
<note place="margin">Verse 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> the Singers that did the work, were fled every one to his field. Then contended I with
the Rulers, and said, Why is the House of God forsaken? And I gathered them together,<note place="margin">Verse 12.</note>
and set them in their place (<hi>or,</hi> Station) Then brought all Iudah the tithe of the corn,
and the new wine, and the oyle, unto the treasuries (<hi>or,</hi> store-houses:) And I made
treasurers over the treasuries,<note place="margin">Verse 13.</note> 
                     <hi>such of the</hi> Priests <hi>and</hi> Levites <hi>as were</hi> accounted faithful;
and their office was to distribute unto their Brethren. <hi>Verse</hi> 14. Remember me, O my
God, concerning this, &amp;c.</p>
                  <p>There needs no more for understanding the meaning of the Words: Now there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
let us see what Lessons we may learn there-from. And in the first place, that <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="I"/>
which is most pregnantly to be gathered thence, and best <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>its our turn, namely, <hi>That
<pb n="174" facs="tcp:63175:138"/>
to make provision for the maintenance of God's Worship and the Ministers thereof,<note place="margin">Nehem. 13. 14, 22.</note> is a wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thy
work, and of high esteem and favour with God:</hi> Fora<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>much as <hi>Nehemiah</hi> here com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mendeth
himself unto the Divine favour and remembrance, under that name of <hi>ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving
done good deeds</hi> or <hi>kindnesses unto the House of God, and the Offices thereof;</hi> a ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nifest
argument he took them to be most pleasing and acceptable unto him. The truth
of this Observation appears not only by this, but by other places of Scripture both of
the Old and New Testament: Let us take some survey of them.</p>
                  <p>And first for <hi>the furnishing a place for God's worship,</hi> take notice of that famous be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nediction
and Prayer of King <hi>David,</hi> when his people offered so willingly and liberal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
towards the building of the Temple; <hi>In the uprightness of my heart</hi> (saith he) <hi>I
have willingly offered all these things: and now I have seen with joy thy people which are
present here, to offer willingly unto thee. O Lord God of Abraham, Isaac and Israel our
Fathers, keep this for ever in the imagination of the thoughts of the heart of thy people, and
prepare their hearts unto thee,</hi> 1 <hi>Chron.</hi> 29. 17, 18. Surely therefore it was a most ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cellent
disposition, and such as he knew God prized and esteemed.</p>
                  <p>For <hi>entertainment and provision for his Prophets and Ministers,</hi> in what account God
hath it, appears by his great solicitude in his Law that they should not be neglected:
<hi>Take heed to thy self</hi> (saith he, <hi>Deut.</hi> 12. 19.) <hi>that thou forsake not the Levite, as long
as thou livest upon the earth.</hi> What expression can go beyond this? Again by that
story of the <hi>Shunamite</hi> woman, 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 4. who entertained the Prophet <hi>Elisha</hi> and
made provision for him, when he should have occasion to pass that way: Verse 9.
<hi>Behold,</hi> (said she to her husband) <hi>this is an holy man of God which passeth by us cont<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>
                        <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nually.</hi>
V. 10. <hi>Let us make, I pray thee, a little chamber on the wall, and let us set for
him there a bed, and a table, and a stool, and a candlestick; and it shall be when he com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eth
unto us, then he shall turn in thither.</hi> How acceptable to Almighty God was this
good office done to his Prophet, appears by the double miracle he wrought for her,
both in giving her a child, when her husband was now so old she despaired; and in
raising him again to life, when he was dead: Both in the same Chapter.</p>
                  <p>But let us come now to the New Testament, and see whether the like be not to be
found there; lest otherwise any might think (as some are prone enough to do) the
case were now altered. And first also to begin here with <hi>the provision of a place for
Gods worship,</hi> the story of that Centurion of <hi>Capernaum</hi> in S. <hi>Luke</hi>'s Gospel is worthy
our consideration; <hi>Who when he heard of Iesus,</hi> (saith the Text) <hi>sent unto him the
Elders of the Iews, besecching him that he would come and heal his servant. The Elders
came to Iesus, and besought him instantly, saying, He was worthy for whom he should do
this.</hi> Why so? <hi>For</hi> (say they) <hi>he loveth our Nation, and hath built us a Synagogue,
Luke</hi> 7. 3, 4, 5. <hi>Then Iesus</hi> (saith the Text, v. 6. without any more ado) <hi>went with
them;</hi> namely, as well approving of their Motive, that he who had done such a
work, deserved that favour should be deign'd him. Also concerning <hi>provision and
entertainment for his Apostles and Ministers;</hi> Are they not our Saviour's own words
and promise when he sent them forth?<note place="margin">Matth. 10. 41.</note> 
                     <hi>He that receiveth a Prophet in the name of a Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phet,
<note place="margin">Verse 42.</note> shall receive a Prophet's reward:</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Phil. 4. 18.</note> Nay, <hi>He that should give them but a cup of cold wa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter,
should not lose his reward.</hi> According to which S. <hi>Paul,</hi> speaking of the <hi>Philippi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ans</hi>
bounty and communication towards him, <hi>I have received</hi> (saith he) <hi>of Epaphrodi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tus
the things which were sent from you, an odour of a sweet smell, a sacrifice acceptable,
well-pleasing unto God.</hi> And 2 <hi>Tim.</hi> 1. 16, 18. concerning the like good office done
him by <hi>Onesiphorus,</hi> he speaks in this manner; <hi>The Lord</hi> (saith he) <hi>give mercy unto
the house of Onesiphorus; for he oft refreshed me, and was not ashamed of my chain. The
Lord grant unto him that he may find mercy of the Lord in that day.</hi> Which is not
much unlike this of <hi>Nehemiah</hi> in my Text, if it had been spoken in the first person by
<hi>Onesiphorus</hi> himself, as it is in the third by S. <hi>Paul:</hi> Howsoever, who will deny but it
implies the samething?</p>
                  <p>Now then, if this be so, as I think we have proved, what shall we think of the
times we live in, when men account them the most religious to God-ward who do or
would unfurnish the House of God most, who rob his Priests most? But they have
an excuse sufficient to bear them out; and what is that? The Priests, they say, have
too much. If this excuse would serve turn, some of themselves perhaps might soon
have less than they have; for sure some body else as well as the Priest have more
than they need, and might spare some of it. But whether the Priests have too much
or not, will not be the question: Suppose they had; hath God too much too? For
these men consider not that the <hi>Propriety</hi> of such things as these is God's, and no<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> the
Priests; and that to <hi>change</hi> the <hi>Propriety</hi> of what is <hi>Sacred,</hi> by <hi>alienating</hi> thereof to a
<pb n="175" facs="tcp:63175:138"/>
                     <hi>pro<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ane</hi> and <hi>private</hi> use, (I say not by diverting it from the Priest's livelihood to <hi>any
other holy use,</hi> in case the Priest have more than needs) is to <hi>rob God</hi> himself: yea
God tells us so much, <hi>Malach.</hi> 3. 8, 9. <hi>Will a man</hi> (saith he) <hi>rob God?</hi> (as if it were
a thing intolerable, and scarce ever heard of) <hi>yet ye</hi> (saith he) <hi>have robbed me. But
ye say, Wherein have we robbed thee? In Tithes and Offerings. Ye are cursed with a curse,
because ye have robbed me.</hi> (For that's the burden that goes with things consecrated,
<hi>Cursed be he that alienates them.</hi>) This <hi>Malachi</hi> lived at the same time with <hi>Nehemiah,</hi>
and the Iews say 'twas <hi>Ezra;</hi> whence this exprobration of his, and this fact of <hi>Nehe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miah</hi>
in my Text, may justly seem to have relation one to the other. And thus
much of my <hi>first Observation.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>My Second is, <hi>That God rewardeth these, and so all other our Good deeds and works,<milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="II"/>
not for any Merit or Worthiness that is in them, but of his free Mercy and Goodness, Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>member
me, O my God,</hi> (saith <hi>Nehemiah) and wipe not out my good deeds:</hi> Why? is there
any Reward due to them of <hi>Iustice?</hi> No; But <hi>remember me, O my God, and spare me,</hi>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>according to the greatness,</hi> or <hi>multitude, of thy mercy.</hi> Thus he expounds himself.
And S. <hi>Paul</hi> taught us even now the self-same thing in his <hi>Votum</hi> or Prayer for the
House of <hi>Onesiphorus,</hi> for the like good service done to the Offices of God's House;
<hi>The Lord</hi> (saith he) <hi>grant unto him that he may find mercy of the Lord in that day,</hi> that
is, the day of Iudgment, which is <hi>Tempus <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> The time of rewarding,</hi> when
every one shall receive according to his work.</p>
                  <p>The controversie therefore between the <hi>Romanists</hi> and us, is not, <hi>Whether there
be a Reward promised unto our Works:</hi> We know the Scripture both of the Old and
New Testament is full of Testimonies that way, and encourageth us to work in
hope of the <hi>Reward</hi> laid up for us: We know that <hi>in keeping of God's Command<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments
there is great reward,</hi> Psal. 19. 11. And that <hi>unto him that soweth righteousness
shall be a sure reward,</hi> Prov. 11. 18. We know our Saviour saith <hi>Matt.</hi> 5. 11, 12. <hi>Blessed
are ye when men revile and persecute you,</hi>—<hi>for great is your reward in heaven.</hi> Also
that <hi>He that receiveth a Prophet in the name of a Prophet, shall receive a Prophet's reward:</hi>
and <hi>whosoever shall give a cup of cold water only to one of his little ones in the name of
a Disciple, shall not lose his reward,</hi> Matt. 10. 41, 42. Again, we read <hi>Luk.</hi> 6. 35. <hi>Love
your enemies, do good and lend,</hi>—<hi>and your reward shall be great, and ye shall be the
children of the Highest.</hi> We know also what S. <hi>Iohn</hi> saith, 2 Ep. v. 8. <hi>Look to your
selves, that ye lose not those things which ye have wrought, but that ye may receive a full
reward.</hi> But the Question is, <hi>Whence this Reward cometh;</hi> Whether from the Worth
or Worthiness of the Work, as a debt of Iustice due thereto; or from God's Mer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cy,
as a recompence freely bestowed, out of God's gracious Bounty, and not in
Iustice due to the Worth of the Work it self. Which Question, methinks, <hi>Nehemiah</hi>
here in my Text may determine, when he saith, <hi>Remember me, O Lord<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> for my good
deeds, according to thy great Mercy:</hi> and the Prophet <hi>Hosea,</hi> ch. 10. 12. when he bid<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deth
us, <hi>Sow to your selves in righteousness, and reap in mercy:</hi> and S. <hi>Paul, Rom.</hi> 6. 23.
where though he saith, that <hi>the wages of sin is death,</hi> yet when he comes to <hi>eternal
life,</hi> he changeth his style, <hi>But</hi> (saith he) <hi>eternal life is <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> the gracious
gift of God through Iesus Christ.</hi> For as for our <hi>Works,</hi> they are imperfect; and
whatsoever they were, we owed them to him in whom we live and have our Being,
whether there were any <hi>Reward</hi> or not promised for them.</p>
                  <p>Neither do we hereby any whit detract from the truth of that Axiome, That <hi>God
rewardeth every man according to his work:</hi> For still the Question remaineth the very
same, Whether there may not be as well <hi>merces gratiae,</hi> as <hi>merces justitiae;</hi> that is,
Whether God may not judge a man according to his works, when he sits upon the
<hi>Throne of Grace,</hi> as well as when he sits upon his <hi>Throne of Iustice.</hi> And we think
here, that the Prophet <hi>David</hi> hath fully cleared the case in that one sentence, <hi>Psal.</hi>
62. 12. <hi>With thee, O Lord, is Mercy; for thou rewardest every one according to his
work.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Nay more than this; We deny not but in some sense this <hi>Reward</hi> may be said to
proceed of <hi>Iustice.</hi> For howsoever originally and in it self we hold it cometh from
God's free Bounty and <hi>Mercy,</hi> who might have required the Work of us without all
promise of Reward, (For, as I said, we are his Creatures, and owe our Being unto
him;) yet in regard he hath covenanted with us, and tied himself by his Word and
Prom<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>e to confer such a Reward the <hi>Reward</hi> now in a sort proveth to be an <hi>Act of
Iustice,</hi> namely of <hi>Iusti<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ia promissi</hi> on God's part, not of <hi>Merit</hi> on ours: even as in
<hi>forgiving our sins</hi> (which in it self all men know to be an Act of <hi>Mercy</hi>) he is said to
be <hi>Faithful and Iust,</hi> 1 <hi>Iohn</hi> 1. 9. namely in the faithful performance of his Promise;
<pb n="176" facs="tcp:63175:139"/>
For <hi>Promise</hi> (we know) once made, amongst honest men is accounted a due debt.
But this argues no more any <hi>worthiness of equality</hi> in the Work towards the obtaining
of the Reward, than if a Promise of a Kingdom were made to one if he should take up
a straw, it would follow thence, that the lifting up of a straw were a labour or a work
worth a Kingdom, howsoever he that should so promise were bound to give it.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Thus was</hi> Moses <hi>careful to put the children of</hi> Israel <hi>in mind touching the Land
of</hi> Canaan,<note place="margin">Deut. 9. 5.</note> (<hi>which was a Type of our Eternal habitation in Heaven) that it was
a</hi> Land of promise, <hi>and not of merit,</hi> which God gave them to possess, not for their righte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ousness,
or for their upright heart; but that he might perform the word which he sware unto
their Fathers, Abraham, Isaac, and Iacob. <hi>Whereupon the</hi> Levites, <hi>in this Book of</hi>
Nehemiah,<note place="margin">Chap. 9. 8.</note> 
                     <hi>say in their Prayer to God,</hi> Thou madest a Covenant with Abraham, to give
to his seed the Land of the Canaanites, and hast performed thy words, because thou art
just, <hi>that is, true and faithful in keeping thy promise. Now because the Lord hath
made a like promise of the</hi> Crown of life to them that love him, <hi>S.</hi> Paul <hi>sticks not in
like manner to attribute this also to God's Iustice;</hi> Henceforth (<hi>saith he,</hi> 2 Tim. 4. 8.)
is laid up for me a crown of righteousness, which the Lord the righteous Iudge shall give
me at that day; and not to me only, but to all them that love his appearing. <hi>Upon which
S.</hi> Bernard <hi>most sweetly, as he is wont,</hi> Est ergo quam <hi>Paulus</hi> expect at corona Iustitiae;
sed justitiae Dei, non suae: Iustum quippe est, ut reddat quod debet; debet autem quod
pollicitus est. There is therefore a crown of righteousness which <hi>Paul</hi> looks for; but it is of
God's righteousness, not his own: it being a righteous thing with God to give what he
owes; now he owes what he hath engaged himself to by promise.</p>
                  <p>Lastly, for the word <hi>Merit;</hi> 
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>t is not <hi>the name</hi> we so much scruple at, as <hi>the thing</hi>
wont now-a-daies to be understood thereby: otherwise we confess the <hi>name</hi> might
be admitted, if taken in the large and more general se<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>se, for <hi>Any work having rela<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
to a reward to follow it;</hi> or whereby a reward is <hi>quocunque modo</hi> obtained; in a
word, as the <hi>Correlate</hi> indifferent either to <hi>merces gratiae</hi> or <hi>justitiae,</hi> the reward of
Grace or of Iustice. For thus the Fathers used it; and so might we have done still,
if some of us had not grown too proud, and mistook it. Since we think it better
and safer to di<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>use it; even as Physicians are wont to prescribe their Patients re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>covered
of some desperate disease, not to use any more that meat or diet which they
find to have caused it.</p>
                  <p>And here give me leave to acquaint you with an Observation of a like alteration
of speech, and I suppose for the self-same cause happening under the Old Testament;
namely of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> changed into <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Righteousness</hi> into <hi>That which findeth
mercy:</hi> For the Septuagint and the New Testament with them render the Hebrew
word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Righteousness;</hi> not only when it is taken for <hi>Beneficence</hi> or <hi>Alms,</hi> (as in
that Tongue it is the ordinary word) in which use we are wont to expound it <hi>Works
of mercy;</hi> but where there is no relation to <hi>Alms</hi> or <hi>Beneficence</hi> at all. Whence I
gather that by <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> the Septuagint meant not, as we commonly take it, <hi>Works
of mercy;</hi> but rather <hi>Works whereby we find mercy at the hands of God.</hi> I will give
you a place which methinks is very pregnant, <hi>Deut.</hi> 6. 24, 25. where we read thus,
<hi>And the Lord commanded us to do all these Statutes,</hi> (you may see there what they
are) <hi>to fear the Lord our God, for our good alwayes, that he might preserve us alive, as
at this day. And it shall be our Righteousness, if we observe to do all these Command<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments
before the Lord, as he hath commanded us.</hi> Here the Septuagint (for, <hi>And it
shall be our Righteousness</hi>) have, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>And it shall be our</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>that whereby we shall find mercy</hi> at the hands of God, <hi>if we observe to do all these
Commandments, &amp;c.</hi> This place will admit no evasion; for there is no reference to
<hi>Alms</hi> here. And indeed all our <hi>Righteousness</hi> is nothing else but <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>that
whereby we find mercy at the hands of God:</hi> and no marvail if <hi>Works of mercy</hi> (as to
relieve the poor and needy) be especially so called, for they above all other are
the <hi>works whereby we shall find mercy,</hi> and receive the reward of Bliss at the last day.
And thus much of my <hi>second Observation.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="III"/> I come now to my third; <hi>That it is lawful to do good works</hi> Intuitu mercedis, <hi>with
an eye or respect to the recompence of Reward.</hi> It is plain that <hi>Nehemiah</hi> here did so;
<hi>Remember me, O my God, concerning this, &amp;c.</hi> So did <hi>Moses,</hi> of whom it is said,
<hi>Heb.</hi> 11. 25, 26. that <hi>he chose rather to suffer affliction with the people of God, than to
enjoy the pleasures of sin for a season; Esteeming the reproach of Christ greater riches than
the treasures of Egypt: for,</hi> saith the Text, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> (<hi>aspiciebat vel intuebatur</hi>) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>he had respect unto the recompence of Reward.</hi> And, I confess, it seems
an unreasonable thing to me, that that which is made <hi>the End</hi> (though but in part)
<pb n="177" facs="tcp:63175:139"/>
                     <hi>of the Action,</hi> should not be at all looked unto by the Agent, whenas <hi>Finis</hi> is <hi>princi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pium
Actionis;</hi> and that that which God hath promised unto us as an encouragement
to make us work with the more alacrity, should not be thought on nor looked to
in our working. Do not they who would perswade this, go the way to discourage
men from good works, by removing out of their sight the Encouragement which God
hath given them?</p>
                  <p>But they object, the obedience of God's Children ought to be filial, that is, free,
and not mercenary, as that of Hirelings. I answer; Obedience which is only for Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ward,
without all respect or motive of Love and Duty, is the Obedience of an Hire<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ling;
not that which acknowledgeth the tie of Obedience ab<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>olute, and the Reward
no otherwise due than of his Fathers free love and bounty, as every true child of
God doth, and ought to do.</p>
                  <p>They object again that of the Apostle, 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 13. 5. <hi>Charity seeks not her own:</hi> now
say they, the works of God's children must proceed from love and charity. I answer;
What though <hi>Charity seeks not her own?</hi> may not yet a charitable man so much as look
or hope for his own, or have an eye to what is promised him? But this place is alto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gether
misapplied and abused: For that property of <hi>Charity</hi> now mentioned (as
some also of the rest in that Chapter) concerns only our Charity <hi>towards men,</hi> and
not our Charity <hi>towards God;</hi> the meaning thereof being, That a Charitable man
will sooner lose his own, than by seeking or contending for it break the band of Cha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rity.
And this may suffice for my <hi>third Observation.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Now I come to the fourth and my last Use of this Text, which I told you in the be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ginning <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="IV"/>
followed thereupon; namely, That if Almighty God <hi>remember</hi> them who
have done <hi>good deeds unto his House and the Offices thereof;</hi> much more ought we,
who are partakers of the comfort and benefit of such Bounty, to <hi>remember</hi> and ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nour
them with a thankful celebration of their Names.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="35" type="discourse">
               <head>DISCOURSE XXXV.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>DEUTERONOMIE 33. 8.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>And of <hi>Levi</hi> he said, Let thy Thummim and thy Vrim be with
thy Holy One.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>THIS Verse is part of that <hi>Blessing</hi> wherewith <hi>Moses</hi> the man of God
blessed the children of Israel before his death; and These words are
part of the <hi>Blessing</hi> of <hi>Levi;</hi> a <hi>Blessing</hi> which much exceeds those that
went before it,<note place="margin">Heb. 7. 6.</note> and is far above all that come after it. For as S. <hi>Paul</hi>
proves <hi>Melchisedec</hi> to be greater than <hi>Abraham,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Vers. 9<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> because he blessed <hi>A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>braham;</hi>
and worthier than <hi>Levi,</hi> because he tithed <hi>Levi</hi> in the loins of
<hi>Abraham:</hi> So may we say of this <hi>Blessing,</hi> that it is the <hi>greatest</hi> of all, because it is
the <hi>Blessing</hi> of him who by his Office was to bless all the rest; and the <hi>worthiest</hi> of all,
because by it the party blessed is enabled to bless the rest of his Brethren. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>Always that by which another is, that thing it
self is more than the other.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>In the Words themselves we will consider first <hi>The subject blessed,</hi> and then <hi>The qua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lity
of the Blessing it self. The Subject blessed</hi> is expressed both by <hi>name,</hi> and by <hi>de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>scription:</hi>
by name, <hi>Levi;</hi> by description, <hi>God's Holy One.</hi> The <hi>Blessing</hi> it self is con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tained
in words few, but for substance plentiful; <hi>Vrim</hi> and <hi>Thummim;</hi> nay more
than so, <hi>Thy Thummim</hi> and <hi>Thy Vrim:</hi> that we might know whence this <hi>Blessing</hi>
comes; how that it is <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>a Divine thing, the gift of God,</hi> who
is the Author and Giver of all good things. <hi>And of</hi> Levi <hi>he said, Let thy Thummim
and thy Vrim be with thy Holy One.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="178" facs="tcp:63175:140"/>To begin first with the subject,<note place="margin">Deut. 33. 8.</note> 
                     <hi>Levi.</hi> What <hi>Levi</hi> was is so well known, that it
were needless to say much to make it better known. Only this, that <hi>Levi</hi> was the
Tribe which God had especially bequeathed to himself, and set apart for the ministery
of the Altar. Concerning whose <hi>Name</hi> (though Observations drawn from <hi>Names</hi>
are like an House raised upon the Sand; yet because of old, and among the Patri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>archs,
<hi>Names</hi> were given by the spirit of Prophecy,) it will not be altogether un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>worthy
our speculation to remember why this Name <hi>Levi</hi> was imposed, which we
shall see as truly verified in that Function to which God did advance his posterity, as
it was by his Mother fitly given to himself upon the good hope she conceived at
his birth.</p>
                  <p>For <hi>Levi</hi> signifies a <hi>Conjoyner,</hi> an <hi>Vniter,</hi> or <hi>maker of Vnion;</hi> For thus said <hi>Leah</hi>
when she bare him,<note place="margin">Gen. 29. 34.</note> 
                     <hi>Now at this time will my husband be joyned to me, because I have
born a third son: And she called his name Levi.</hi> She called him <hi>Levi;</hi> but (for ought
we read) in regard of her self she sound him no <hi>Levi</hi> as she hoped: but she prophe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sied
of that sacred Office whereby all the sons of <hi>Levi</hi> became <hi>Conjoyners,</hi> became
<hi>makers of Vnion</hi> (not between <hi>Iacob</hi> and <hi>Leah,</hi> but) between God and Man, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tween
Christ and his Spouse, between the spiritual <hi>Iacob</hi> and his deformed <hi>Leah,</hi>
For, as truly as ever <hi>Leah</hi> spake, might the Church then, and may the Church now,
affirm, when she hath born these sons unto her husband, Now I know, <hi>my</hi> heavenly
<hi>husband,</hi> my Lord, my God, <hi>will be joyned to me;</hi> because I have born him these
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, these <hi>sons of Vnion,</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> Cor. 5. 18.</note> these <hi>Ministers of reconciliation. Plato</hi> could say, A
Priest was <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>A friend-maker between God and men:</hi>
Nay, his whole Office is nothing but the <hi>Service of peace,</hi> and that not only between
God and man,<note place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>Iohn 4. 20.</note> but between man and his brother; For <hi>how can he love God, who
loves not his brother?</hi> or how can he be at peace with God, who is at variance with
his brother? Needs must he therefore that is Minister of the one be Minister of the
other also: and he that is so, nay he alone that is so, is a right <hi>Levite</hi> and a true
<hi>son of Vnion.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>How unworthy then of this <hi>holy Name,</hi> how unworthy to succeed in the holy Or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der
of <hi>Levi,</hi> are those who are <hi>Ministers of division;</hi> who by their lives, doctrine,
example, or any other way <hi>divide</hi> God and his Church, and the Church within it
self; who neither have peace with God themselves, nor will suffer others to have
it; who neither agree themselves with others, nor suffer others to agree among
themselves?<note place="margin">Matt. 5. 9.</note> 
                     <hi>Beati pacifici, Blessed are the Peace-makers,</hi> especially in the sons of
Peace. This Christ prayed for in his <hi>Apostles, Ioh.</hi> 17. 11. saying, <hi>Holy Father, keep
them through thy name, that they may be one as we are one.</hi> Christ is so <hi>one,</hi> that he
makes <hi>all one</hi> who are <hi>one in him;</hi> so should every son of <hi>Levi</hi> be <hi>one.</hi> In sum,
the Ministers of God are called <hi>Angels,</hi> and therefore should sing a song like unto
that song of Angels,<note place="margin">Luke 2. 14.</note> 
                     <hi>Glory be to God on high, peace on earth, and good will amongst
men.</hi> That Church which hath such a <hi>Levite,</hi> such a Minister, such a son of Union,
may truly take up the words of <hi>Micah, Iudg.</hi> 17. 13. and say, <hi>Now I know the Lord
will do me good, seeing I have a Levite to my Priest.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>AND thus much of the Name <hi>Levi:</hi> Now I come unto <hi>the Tribe</hi> it self; con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerning
which there may be two things asked. First, <hi>Why God did confine the Priest<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hood
to one Tribe alone,</hi> and not suffer it to be common to all, as it was before the Law,
and is now since the Law. Secondly, <hi>Why</hi> Levi <hi>was chosen to this holy Function rather
than any other Tribe.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>To the first, <hi>Why God did limit this holy Function to one Tribe only,</hi> some of the Iews
make this answer; That one of the sons of <hi>Israel</hi> with his whole posterity was due
unto God by vertue of <hi>Iacob's</hi> Vow, <hi>Gen.</hi> 28. 20, &amp;c. which was, that <hi>if God would
be with</hi> him <hi>in his journey, and bring</hi> him <hi>back again unto his Father's house, Of all
that thou shalt give me,</hi> saith he, <hi>I will give the Tenth unto thee.</hi> Now because God
gave <hi>children,</hi> as well as <hi>beeves</hi> and <hi>sheep,</hi> therefore they also must fall within com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pass
of his Vow. And that there might be no difficulty about tithing the odd children,
because there were more than <hi>Ten,</hi> they devise this way to make all even. For first,
say they, the full number of <hi>Iacob's</hi> children was <hi>fourteen,</hi> because that <hi>Ioseph's</hi> two
sons, <hi>Ephraim</hi> and <hi>Manasseh,</hi> go in the number of <hi>Iacob's</hi> sons: For <hi>Iacob (Gen.</hi> 48.
5, 6.) said unto <hi>Ioseph, Thy two sons which were born unto thee in the land of Egypt
before I came into Egypt, shall be mine, as Reuben and Simeon are mine; but thy lineage
which thou begettest after them, shall be thine.</hi> Now of these <hi>fourteen, four</hi> were the
Lord's by his right unto the first-born; for so many there were which first opened the
womb of their four Mothers, <hi>Rachel</hi> and <hi>Leah, Bilhah</hi> and <hi>Zilpah, Iacob's</hi> two Wives
<pb n="179" facs="tcp:63175:140"/>
and his two Concubines. Now of the remainder, being <hi>ten,</hi> one falls to Gods share
for <hi>Tithe,</hi> as being comprized within their Father's Vow.</p>
                  <p>This reason, though it be as you see handsomly framed, yet hath no great like<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lihood,
because <hi>men</hi> use not to be tithed; and therefore this extent of the Vow is beyond the intent of the Vower. And whereas they urge the words, <hi>Of all that thou
shalt give me;</hi> they seem to forget that God gave unto <hi>Iacob,</hi> besides his sons, great
store of man-servants and maid-servants; and yet we read not that any of these were
dedicate unto God, or that he challenged any of their posterity.</p>
                  <p>The only or chief Cause (if I am not deceived) <hi>why God restrained the Priestly
Function to one Tribe,</hi> was for a sign and band of the restraint of his Church to one
People: For as the Church cannot be without the sacred Function of the Ministery;
so likewise the condition thereof must follow the condition of the Ministery. As
long therefore as none could be a Priest but of the Tribe of <hi>Levi,</hi> so long there could be
no Church but of that people whereof <hi>Levi</hi> was a Tribe. A point of sacred Policy
so to order the choice of Ministers as shall be most fit to uphold the present state of
an established Church.</p>
                  <p>The other Question we propounded was, <hi>Why God chose Levi before any other Tribe.</hi>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/>
And of this many Reasons may be given. As
<list>
                        <item>1. For <hi>Moses</hi> his sake, whom God would honour by advancing the house of his
Father to the highest pitch of dignity that mortal man could attain to. For what
greater honour than to be Embassador of the Lord of Hosts, to be admitted unto the
inspection of his most secret Mysteries, to be God's <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>, his proper and peculiar
portion? would God they either knew or believed this who think their house dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>graced,
and their bloud stained, if any of their Kin become of the Clergy. It was
not so in God's opinion, no nor <hi>Moses</hi> his neither; for had it been, <hi>Levi</hi> of all the
Tribes should not have been God's <hi>Holy one.</hi>
                        </item>
                        <item>2. The second Reason was the <hi>Nobility of this Tribe?</hi> for <hi>Levi</hi> was <hi>enobled</hi> both
<hi>generally,</hi> as being the son of a lawful Wife, and not the son of an Handmaid; and
<hi>specially,</hi> as being of kin to <hi>Moses</hi> the Prince of the Congregation: In the first re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>spect
he was <hi>nobler</hi> than <hi>many</hi> of his brethren; in the second, <hi>more noble</hi> than <hi>any</hi> of
them. This example of God's own choice of men for his holy Service if we would
look unto, we would not sin the sin of <hi>Ieroboam</hi>
                           <note n="*" place="margin">
                              <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                 <desc>•</desc>
                              </gap>1 King. 12. 31</note>, to make <hi>Priests</hi> almost of no other
but <hi>of the lowest of the People.</hi> I speak not only of the <hi>lowest</hi> for external condition, but
of the <hi>lowest</hi> for the gifts of their Mind. For I know it is true which the Virgin hath
in her <hi>Magnificat, Luke</hi> 1. 52. That God often <hi>puts down the mighty
from their seats,</hi>
                           <note place="margin">
                              <gap reason="foreign">
                                 <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                              </gap>
                           </note> 
                           <hi>and exalteth them of low degree:</hi> I know it is true that
he often <hi>filleth the hungry with good things, and the rich he sends empty
away,</hi> v. 53. But we should know that whensoever we offer unto him,
he requireth the best thing in our hands; and therefore for this worthy Calling we
are to give unto him, as far as may be, the worthiest among the sons of m<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap>.</item>
                        <item>3. Another Reason why God chose this Tribe afore other, may be <hi>the Smalness
thereof,</hi> being not above the sixtieth part of the people: A number which God in
his wisdom saw fit for that Church, as being both sufficient for instructing the people,
and discharge of the duties of their order, and not too great to live of God's ordinary,
his Tithes and the other Offerings of the Altar; whereas the least of the other Tribes
were as big as three of it.</item>
                        <item>4. But the last Reason, and as it seems one of the chiefest, is that which <hi>Moses</hi> inti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mates
in the very verse following my Text, speaking thus of <hi>Levi,</hi> That <hi>he said unto
his Father and to his Mother, I have not seen them; neither did he acknowledg his bre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thren,
nor knew his own children; but observed God's word and kept his Covenant.</hi> In
which words <hi>Moses</hi> alludes unto their forward zeal to avenge the Lord of the people
which worshipped the golden Calf, <hi>Exod.</hi> 32. 26, &amp;c. where it is said, that <hi>Moses stood in
the gate of the camp and cried, Whosoever is on the Lord's side, let him come unto me. And
all the sons of</hi> Levi <hi>gathered themselves unto him. Then said</hi> Moses, <hi>thus saith the Lord God
of Israel, Put every man his sword by his side, and go in and out from gate to gate throughout
the Camp, and slay every man his brother, and every man his companion, and every man
his neighbour. And the children of</hi> Levi <hi>did according to the word of Moses,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>For Mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ses
had said.</hi> (so it follows in the Text) <hi>Consecrate your selves unto the Lord this day <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                 <desc>•</desc>
                              </gap> even
every man upon his son, and upon his brother, that there may be given you a blessing this day.</hi>
This <hi>Blessing</hi> here spoken of is our <hi>Vrim</hi> and <hi>Thummim,</hi> the blessing of Sacred Order.
So bountifully did God reward them who were so forward to be on his side when <hi>Mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ses</hi>
called them, that himself vouchsafed to call them unto his side for ever.</item>
                     </list>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="180" facs="tcp:63175:141"/>Whence, first we may learn whom we are chiefly to prefer unto this holy Function,
namely, Those who are zealous for the Lord of Hosts, who prefer the glory of God
above all worldly respects whatsoever. This got <hi>Phinehas</hi> the son of <hi>Eleazar</hi> the High-Priesthood;
this got all the sons of <hi>Levi</hi> the guerdon of <hi>Vrim</hi> and <hi>Thummim,</hi> the
blessing of Holy Orders.</p>
                  <p>Secondly, We may see by the advancement of this Tribe, how merciful our God
is. We know that <hi>Levi's</hi> fury did once as much offend him as his sons zeal now plea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sed
him; and yet for this one action he forgot the sin of their Father in the bloudy
slaughter of the <hi>Sichemites:</hi> He remembred not the curse of <hi>Iacob, Into their secret
let not my soul come: My glory be not thou joyned with their assembly. Cursed be their
wrath, for it was fierce; and their rage, for it was cruel,</hi> Gen. 49. 6, 7. Nay he turned
the very curse of <hi>Iacob</hi> into a blessing, by <hi>dividing them in Iacob, and scattering them
in Israel.</hi> Here Mercy and Truth met both together, and Iustice and Peace kissed
each other.</p>
                  <p>Lastly, Here God verified his own description of himself, That though he be a
<hi>jealous God,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Exod. 20. 5, 6.</note> 
                     <hi>and visits the sins of the Father upon the children unto the third and fourth
generation;</hi> yet he is also a merciful God, and <hi>shews mercy</hi> even <hi>unto the thousandth
generation of them that love him and keep his Commandments.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>AND thus have you seen why of <hi>Levi Moses</hi> said this Blessing, <hi>And of Levi he
said.</hi> Now I come to <hi>The description of this blessed Tribe,</hi> in these words, God's <hi>Holy
one: Let thy Vrim and thy Thummim be with thy Holy one.</hi> How is <hi>Levi</hi> here called
<hi>Holy?</hi> how is this Title given to him above the rest of his Brethren? Are not all the
Lord's people <hi>holy?</hi> Certainly whatsoever is meant hereby, it is something more spe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cially
belonging to <hi>Levi</hi> than to any other Tribe. Which that we may the better
find, we must take notice of a Threefold Holiness; <hi>Essential, Habitual, Relative.
Essential Holiness</hi> is the Holiness of God, all one with God himself, and this is a
glorious Holiness: <hi>Who</hi> (saith <hi>Moses) is like unto thee, O Lord, among the Gods?
who is like unto thee, glorious in holiness?</hi> Exod. 15. 11. <hi>Habitual</hi> I call an <hi>Inherent
Holiness,</hi> such as is the holiness of righteous men, integrity of life, or righteous holi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness,
whereof <hi>Abraham, Iob, David,</hi> and all the Patriarchs are called <hi>Saints</hi> and
<hi>Holy men.</hi> This is that which the Greeks call <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, the Latines <hi>Sanctimonia. Rela<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tive</hi>
Holiness I define a special relation, or relation of peculiarity which a thing hath
unto God, either in regard of propriety of possession, or speciality of presence. That
which is holy after this manner the Greeks call <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, the Latines <hi>Sacrum.</hi> The first of
these three is proper to God alone, for he only is <hi>essentially</hi> holy. The second is proper
to reasonable creatures; for they are only <hi>habitually</hi> holy, or endued with holy quali<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ties.
But the last is common to all manner of things; For all things animate or inanimate
are capable of <hi>relative</hi> holiness or peculiarity towards God; <hi>Persons, Things, Times,
Places. Persons;</hi> So the <hi>Nazarites</hi> of the Law are called holy: thus was <hi>Sampson,</hi>
thus was <hi>Samuel</hi> holy from their Mother's womb. <hi>Things;</hi> So the Offerings of the
Law, yea and of the Gospel too, are holy things: The Censers of <hi>Korah</hi> and his
company were holy,<note place="margin">Num. 16. 38.</note> 
                     <hi>because</hi> (saith the Text) <hi>they offered them before the Lord.
Times;</hi> So the Sabbath-day and other Festival days are holy days. <hi>Places;</hi> So the
Temple of the Lord is an holy Place; Mount Sion an holy Mount; yea the
ground about the Bush where God appeared to <hi>Moses</hi> is called <hi>Holy ground.</hi> And
of these four;<note place="margin">Exod. 4. 5.</note> 
                     <hi>Persons, Things,</hi> and <hi>Times</hi> are holy, because of God's peculiar
propriety in them, in that they are his Persons, his Things, and his Times:
But <hi>Places</hi> are holy in another regard, because of God's special manner of Presence
in them.</p>
                  <p>Now let us see in which of all these three ways <hi>Levi</hi> may be said to be <hi>holy. Essen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tially
holy</hi> he cannot be, for he was not God, but <hi>the holy one of God. Habitually holy</hi>
the event shews he was not more than the rest, though he should have been. The
Tribe of <hi>Levi</hi> was always <hi>Tribus sacra, holy unto the Lord,</hi> but was not always righte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ous
before the Lord.<note place="margin">Mal. 2. 6.</note> It was not always true of <hi>Levi,</hi> that he <hi>walked before God in
peace and equity, and turned many from iniquity;</hi> but often, yea too often, <hi>they were
gone out of the way,<note place="margin">Vers. 8.</note> and caused many to stumble at</hi> or <hi>in the Law. Phinehas</hi> the son of
<hi>Eli</hi> was not like <hi>Phinehas</hi> the son of <hi>Aaron. Annas</hi> and <hi>Caiaphas</hi> high Priests, as <hi>holy</hi>
as any for their <hi>order,</hi> as <hi>unholy</hi> as any in <hi>life</hi> and conversation.</p>
                  <p>It should therefore seem that <hi>Levi</hi> should be only called <hi>Holy</hi> by a <hi>Relative holi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness;</hi>
namely, because he was God's peculiar one, because his<note n="*" place="margin">Num. 8. 10. 11, 13.</note> 
                     <hi>offered</hi> one, because
his peculiar of peculiars; that is, his peculiar Tribe of his peculiar people: for in this
<hi>Levi</hi> had a priviledg above the rest, in the other none. And this <hi>Ezra</hi> gives unto him
<pb n="181" facs="tcp:63175:141"/>
chap. 8. 28. when he delivered unto the <hi>Levites</hi> the holy vessels <hi>Ye are holy</hi> (saith
he) <hi>unto the Lord, and these Vessels are holy also,</hi> that is, Ye are holy as the Vessels
are: for he saith not, they were holy <hi>before</hi> the Lord; for so he had meant <hi>holy in
life:</hi> but holy <hi>unto</hi> the Lord, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, which always implies a <hi>Relative Holiness.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But though this be true that <hi>Levi</hi> was <hi>Holy</hi> after this manner, yet the word which
in my Text is turned <hi>Holy,</hi> seems scarce to admit of this construction: for the word
here used is not <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, but <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, which signifies <hi>favourable</hi> and <hi>gracious,</hi> and in Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ligion
<hi>charitable</hi> and <hi>godly:</hi> All which leans to an <hi>Habitual,</hi> not to a <hi>Relative</hi> holiness.
But because <hi>Levi</hi> was not in this sort <hi>holy</hi> above other, as I said before; it may seem
therefore it should be thus construed; that <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is taken <hi>Actively</hi> or <hi>Passively: Actively,</hi>
it signifies <hi>favourable, benigne</hi> and <hi>gracious;</hi> Passively, he that is <hi>favoured</hi> or <hi>graced.</hi>
And thus <hi>Iunius</hi> expounds <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in this place, <hi>virum tuum quem beneficio proseque<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ris,
Let thy Thummim and thy Vrim be with thy favoured one;</hi> not <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
as the Septuagint, but <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. Which word and sense the Angel useth in
his salutation to the blessed Virgin,<note place="margin">Luke 1. 28.</note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Hail thou highly-favoured
one;</hi> Hail thou whom God hath <hi>especially graced</hi> to be the Mother of his only Son. So
<hi>Levi</hi> is here described to be one upon whom God bestowed a <hi>special favour</hi> or <hi>grace,</hi>
a special <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, the grace of the holy Ministery: for so S. <hi>Paul</hi> calls this
power of Order a <hi>grace</hi> or <hi>favour,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> &amp; <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> as <hi>Eph. 3. 8. Vnto me, who am
less than the least of all Saints, is this grace given, to preach among the Gentiles the un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>searchable
riches of Christ.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">1 Tim. 4 <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>wprd<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> And of <hi>Timothy</hi> the same Apostle speaketh, <hi>Neglect not that
<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> or grace in thee, which was given by prophecy with the imposition of hands.</hi>
With this <hi>grace</hi> was <hi>Levi graced,</hi> with this <hi>favour</hi> was he <hi>highly favoured,</hi> and well
might be called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>God's highly favoured one.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>And thus the issue will be all one, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in this sense will fall out to be <hi>God's holy
one</hi> in the last sense: For <hi>to be specially favoured of God</hi> is <hi>to have a special relation to
God-ward,</hi> to be God's more especially; and this is to be <hi>holy</hi> with a <hi>Relative</hi> holi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness.
Now which soever of these we take to be here meant, we see that that is in
special given to <hi>Levi,</hi> which otherwise was common to all the other Tribes. If you
take it in the first sense, for <hi>Holiness in life,</hi> as it were to put <hi>Levi</hi> in mind how it be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hoved
him above all to be holy; were not all the Tribes as holy as <hi>Levi?</hi> and yet
<hi>Levi</hi> alone is called <hi>God's holy one.</hi> If you take it in the second sense, for a <hi>Relative
holiness;</hi> were not all the Tribes of <hi>Israel</hi> thus holy unto God? were not all his own
people, his peculiar people, and a chosen Nation? and yet <hi>Levi</hi> alone is called <hi>God's
holy one.</hi> If you take it in the last sense, for <hi>God's favoured one;</hi> were not all <hi>Israel</hi>
a Nation favoured of God above all Nations? and yet <hi>Levi</hi> alone is especially cal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led
<hi>God's favoured one.</hi>
                     <list>
                        <item>
                           <p>1. We therefore whom <hi>God hath set apart</hi> to minister about holy things, we who
are <hi>holy unto the Lord,</hi> and God's own in a <hi>peculiar</hi> manner, we who have a <hi>special re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lation</hi>
unto God, we who have received a <hi>special favour</hi> from God; We must re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>member
we owe a <hi>special thankfulness</hi> unto him. We who are God's <hi>peculiars,</hi> must de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mean
our selves <hi>peculiarly</hi> both toward God and man: We are unto God as other men
are not, and therefore may not always do as other man do: We cannot reason from
others to our selves, no not in things of themselves lawful, <hi>Why should not we do as
every man may do?</hi> For all that is lawful for others will not be seemly for us; for we
are the houshold-servants of the most High, we are special men, of whom God re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quires
<hi>a special demeanour</hi> in life and actions.</p>
                           <p>This was one cause why God enjoyned the Iews so many <hi>peculiar Rites</hi> and <hi>special
Observations</hi> differing from the fashions of other people, because they were his <hi>peculiar
people,</hi> an holy Nation; because they were toward him as no other was, though all
the world were His; and therefore he would have their manners differ from the fashi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
of all other Nations, as a badge and acknowledgment of that <hi>special relation</hi> they
had to him above others. <hi>Levit.</hi> 20. 24, 25, 26. <hi>I</hi> (saith God) <hi>am the Lord your
God, which have separated you from other people: Ye shall therefore put difference
between clean beasts and unclean, unclean fowls and clean, &amp;c. And ye shall be holy unto me:
For I the Lord am holy, and have severed you from other people, that you should be mine.</hi> This
was also a cause why God restrained the Priests of the Law from that which was lawful
for the rest of the people: They might drink no Wine; they might not mourn for their
kin:<note place="margin">Levit. 21.</note> they might not marry a divorced woman: the reason of all this is given, <hi>because
they were holy unto the Lord;</hi> that is, with a <hi>Relative holiness,</hi> as being God's men in a
special manner, and therefore he required they should specially demean themselves
in their lives. These Observations indeed were <hi>Ceremonial,</hi> but there is something
<pb n="182" facs="tcp:63175:142"/>
                              <hi>Moral</hi> in them. And therefore in the New Testament we hear of some special things
required in a Minister; as that <hi>he should have a good report of those who were without:</hi>
this was not required in every one who was to be a Christian.<note place="margin">1 Tim. 3. 7.</note> Again, S. <hi>Paul</hi> requires
in a Bishop, that<note n="*" place="margin">Vers. 2.</note> 
                              <hi>he should be the husband of one wife:</hi> this was not in those times re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quired
of every one who was to be a Christian. I shall not need to tell you what
<hi>special demeanor</hi> the ancient Church bound her <hi>Clergy</hi> unto: But it came to pass at
last this Rule was over-practised by them; for hence it was that a Bishop might not
marry at all, that Priests and Deacons might not marry being once in Orders, and at
last marriage was quite forbidden them all. Thus our Fathers erred on the right
hand, but we go aside on the left: They restrained their Clergy from that which was
lawful for and beseemed all men; we think almost that lawful for us which is lawful
for no man; at least we think that which any man may do, we may do also. But
there is a golden Mean between these Extreams; happy is he that finds it, for he alone
shall demean himself like himself, like a <hi>Levite,</hi> like <hi>God's holy one.</hi>
                           </p>
                        </item>
                        <item>2. From this special title given to <hi>Levi,</hi> we may note how causlesly some are of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fended
to hear those who minister about holy Things distinguished from others by
names of holiness and peculiarity; to hear them called <hi>Clerus,</hi> and <hi>Clerici, The Clergy,</hi>
as it were <hi>the Heritage of God;</hi> for so saith S. <hi>Ierome, Clerus dicimur, quia sors Dei sumus,
We are called</hi> Clerus, <hi>or</hi> the Clergy, <hi>because we are the lot and portion of God.</hi> But, say
they,<note place="margin">1 Ep. ch. 5. 3.</note> are not the People also God's Heritage? Doth not S. <hi>Peter</hi> call them <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>,
when he forbids Presbyters <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap> 
                           <hi>to domineer over God's heritage?</hi>
I confess he doth: But those who reason after this manner come too near the lan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guage
of <hi>Dathan</hi> and <hi>Abiram, Numb.</hi> 16. 3. <hi>Moses and Aaron, you take too much upon
you; Is not all the Congregation holy, every one of them? and is not the Lord among them?
why then lift ye your selves above the Congregation of the Lord?</hi> If this reasoning had
been good, wherein had these Rebels offended? It could not be denied them, that
<hi>all the People</hi> were an <hi>holy People;</hi> for they might have alledged the testimony of
God himself, avouching them to be his <hi>peculiar People</hi> and an <hi>holy People</hi> unto the
Lord their God: <hi>All the earth</hi> (saith he, <hi>Exod. 19. 5.) is mine; but you shall be my
<gap reason="foreign">
                                 <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                              </gap> my peculiar people, a Kingdom of Priests, and an holy Nation.</hi>
                        </item>
                     </list>
                  </p>
                  <p>But it might be answered them, Though all the people were God's <hi>peculiar people,</hi>
and therefore <hi>his holy ones;</hi> yet <hi>Levi</hi> was his <hi>peculiar Tribe</hi> of his <hi>peculiar people,</hi> and there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
<hi>comparatively his only holy one.</hi> All the Land of <hi>Canaan</hi> was the Lord's, <hi>The Land
is mine,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Lev<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> 25. 23.</note> saith he, and therefore it could not be alienate beyond the year of<note n="*" place="margin">Vers. 10.</note> 
                     <hi>Iubilee;</hi>
and yet for all this there were some parts of the Land specially called <hi>Holy unto the
Lord.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Of the XI. de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>grees of the Ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>liness of Places in the land of Israel, see <hi>Tal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mud</hi> in <hi>K<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>lim,</hi> 1. <hi>
                           <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>.</hi> 
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>Maymon.</hi> in <hi>B<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> hab<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>be<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>ch<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                              <desc>•••</desc>
                           </gap>h.</hi>
                     </note> All the increase of corn, all the increase of wine, all the fruit of the field
was the Lord's; and yet the <hi>Offerings</hi> alone were called <hi>Holy unto the Lord.</hi> God
himself calls them his <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, his <hi>inheritance,</hi> and therefore gave them unto that
Tribe alone, which alone he had made his <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, the Tribe of his inheritance:
So the<note n="*" place="margin">Num. 8. 10, 11, 13.</note> 
                     <hi>offered</hi> Tribe lived of God's offerings, the holy Tribe on the holy things.
Again, why may we not call our Clergy <hi>God's inheritance,</hi> when God himself calls
the <hi>Levites</hi> his <hi>Levites? Thou shalt</hi> (saith he, <hi>Num.</hi> 8. 14.) <hi>separate the Levites from
among the children of Israel, and the Levite shall be mine;</hi> that is, my <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, my Clergy.
Why may not we call the Ministers of Christ his <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <hi>inheritance,</hi> when he him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>self
calls them <hi>the gift his Father gave him out of the world?</hi> for so he saith, <hi>Ioh.</hi> 17. 6.
<hi>I have declared thy name unto the men thou gavest me out of the world; thine they were,
and thou gavest them me:</hi> and again, ver. 11. <hi>Holy Father, keep them in thy name, even
them whom thou hast given me.</hi> If you say he speaks here of all his Elect, the words
following v. 12. prove the contrary; for <hi>those</hi> (saith he) <hi>whom thou hast given me, I
have kept, and none of them is lost but the child of perdition.</hi> Here he plainly affirms,
he lost one of those his Father gave him; wherefore he speaks not of his Elect ones,
for those no man can take out of his hands. Again, ver. 18. <hi>As thou didst send me in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
the world,</hi> saith he, <hi>so I sent them into the world:</hi> but I hope all the Elect are not
sent as Christ was sent by his Father. I conclude therefore, So long as God in the
Law says specially of the <hi>Levites, They are mine;</hi> So long as Christ in the Gospel of
his <hi>Apostles, They are mine, O Father, which thou hast given me out of the world;</hi> it is
neither arrogancy nor injury to stile those who minister about holy things by the
name of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>the inheritance of the Lord.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>WHAT <hi>LEVI</hi> was, and what is meant by this Title [God's <hi>Holy one</hi>] we have
now shewed sufficiently. It remains we should come unto the words containing <hi>the
Blessing</hi> it self, which is called <hi>Vrim</hi> and <hi>Thummim:</hi> the words themselves signifie
<hi>Light</hi> and <hi>Perfection, Illumination</hi> and <hi>Integrity:</hi> good endowments certainly, whoso<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ever
shall enjoy them.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="183" facs="tcp:63175:142"/>But because they are not only Appellative words, but also Proper names of cer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tain
things, we must enquire further what is meant by them; and that in a twofold
consideration. First, <hi>specially</hi> and <hi>properly,</hi> as they are <hi>names of certain things belong<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
in special unto the High Priest:</hi> Then <hi>generally,</hi> as they are <hi>applied by</hi> Moses <hi>unto
the whole Tribe of</hi> Levi. The first again shall be twofold. What they were in the High
Priest <hi>personally;</hi> or what they signified in him <hi>typically,</hi> himself being also a <hi>Type.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>For the first, <hi>What is meant by these things as they belong unto the High Priest perso<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nally,</hi>
is a matter full of controversie; and therefore that we may the better pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceed,
we will first see <hi>the Generals wherein all or the most agree;</hi> and after come unto
<hi>the particulars wherein they disagree.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The first wherein all agree is, that this <hi>Vrim</hi> and <hi>Thummim</hi> was something put in the
Breast-plate which was fastned to the Ephod over against the Heart of the High
Priest. And thus much the Scripture witnesseth, <hi>Exod. 28. 30.</hi> where God saith to
<hi>Moses, And thou shalt put in the Breast-plate of Iudgment the Vrim and the Thummim;
and they shall be on Aaron's heart when he goeth in before the Lord.</hi> And for this cause,
as most think, was the Breast-plate made double, that the <hi>Vrim</hi> and <hi>Thummim</hi> might
be enveloped therein.</p>
                  <p>The second thing wherein all agree is, That this <hi>Vrim</hi> and <hi>Thummim</hi> was a kind
of <hi>Oracle</hi> whereby God gave answer to those that enquired of him; and from hence
the Septuagint call the whole <hi>Breast-plate</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, which some turn <hi>Rationale,</hi> but
might more truly be turned <hi>Orationale;</hi> for an <hi>Oracle</hi> is as it were <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
the voice of God, though this Voice or Revelation were of divers kinds; for <hi>at
sundry times and in divers manners</hi> (saith S. <hi>Paul) God spake in old time to our Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thers.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Hebr. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note>
The Iews therefore make four kinds of Divine Revelation. First, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or
<hi>Prophecy,</hi> which was by Dreams and Visions. The second <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>The Holy Ghost,</hi>
as was in <hi>Iob, David,</hi> and others. The third <hi>Urim</hi> and <hi>Thummim,</hi> which was the
<hi>Oracle.</hi> The fourth <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>a Voice from heaven;</hi> which was usual in the second
Temple after the <hi>Oracle</hi> had ceased: as <hi>Matt. 3. 17.</hi> at Christ's Baptism there came
<hi>a Voice from heaven, saying, This is my beloved son, in whom I am well pleased;</hi> and
<hi>Ioh. 12. 28.</hi> when Christ said, <hi>Father, glorifie thy name; There came a Voice from hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                        <gap reason="illegible: missing" extent="3 letters">
                           <desc>•••</desc>
                        </gap> (like
<note n="*" place="margin">Vers. 29.</note> thunder) saying, I have both glorified it, and will glorifie it again.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But to return again to our purpose; That <hi>Urim</hi> and <hi>Thummim</hi> was an <hi>Oracle of
God,</hi> besides the consent of Iews and others, it is plain by Scripture. <hi>Num. 27.</hi> when
God had commanded <hi>Moses</hi> to put his hands upon <hi>Ioshua,</hi> and to set him over the
congregation in his stead; he addes Vers. 21. <hi>And he</hi> (that is, <hi>Ioshua) shall stand be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
Eleazar the Priest, who shall ask counsel for him by the judgment of Urim before the
Lord.</hi> So 1 <hi>Sam. 23.</hi> when <hi>David</hi> was to ask counsel of the Lord, he called for the
<hi>Ephod,</hi> wherein the <hi>Oracle</hi> was: and whereas before he had once or twice asked coun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sel
of the Lord concerning <hi>Keilah,</hi> to prevent the objection how the Lord answered,
it follows in the next by way of a <hi>Prolepsis,</hi> That <hi>Abiathar</hi> then Priest, when he fled
to <hi>David</hi> to <hi>Keilah,</hi> brought the <hi>Ephod</hi> with him, vers. 6. Lastly, in the second of
<hi>Ezra,</hi> when certain of the Priests which returned from Captivity could not find
their names written in the Genealogies, it is said vers. 63. that <hi>the Tirshatha</hi> com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>manded
<hi>they should not eat of the most holy things, till there rose up a Priest with Urim
and Thummim,</hi> that is, till God should by <hi>Oracle</hi> reveal whether they were Priests or
no: whereby it also appears that <hi>this Oracle</hi> had then ceased.</p>
                  <p>And for more light to that we have in hand, it will not be amiss to observe,<note place="margin">How <hi>T<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>raphim</hi> answered to <hi>V<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rim</hi> and <hi>T<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>um<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mim.</hi>
                     </note> that
<hi>Teraphim</hi> among the Idolaters was answerable to the <hi>Urim</hi> and <hi>Thummim</hi> of the holy
Patriarchs. Both were ancient: For<note n="*" place="margin">Gen. 31. 19.</note> 
                     <hi>Rachel</hi> is said to have stollen away her Father's
<hi>Teraphim:</hi> and <hi>Urim</hi> and <hi>Thummim</hi> seems to have been used among the Patriarchs be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
the Law was given,<note place="margin">Exod. 28. 6, &amp;c.</note> because the making of it is not spoken of among other things of
the <hi>Ephod;</hi> and because God speaks of it to <hi>Moses</hi> demonstratively,<note place="margin">Vers. 30.</note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <hi>the Vrim</hi> and <hi>the Thummim.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Both also were <hi>Oracles:</hi> For the Iews and others agree, <hi>Teraphim</hi> were small Images
made under a certain constellation, which they used to consult both in things doubtful
and things future, supposing they had a power to this effect received from heavenly in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fluence;
much like to Puppets made of wax and like matter, which our Wizzards still
use unto like purpose. And therefore <hi>Ezek.</hi> 21. 21. we read that the King of <hi>Babylon</hi>
among other divinations consulted also of <hi>Teraphim: And the King of Babel</hi> (saith the
Text) <hi>stood at the head of the two ways, to use divination; he consulted with Teraphim, he
looked in the liver.</hi> And <hi>Zech.</hi> 10. 2. <hi>Surely</hi> (saith the Text) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>The Te<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>raphims
have spoken vanity, and the Southsayers have seen a lie, and the Dreamers have told
a vain thing.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="184" facs="tcp:63175:143"/>Besides, from this like use of <hi>Teraphim</hi> with the holy <hi>Vrim</hi> and <hi>Thummim,</hi> we may
read <hi>Ephod</hi> and <hi>Teraphim</hi> joyned both together as things of like kind. As <hi>Hosea</hi> 3. 4.
<hi>The children of Israel</hi> (saith the Lord) <hi>shall remain many days without a King, and
without a Prince, and without an Offering, and without an Image, and without an Ephod
and Teraphim.</hi> Yea of so near a nature was this <hi>Teraphim</hi> unto the <hi>Vrim</hi> and <hi>Thummim,</hi>
that <hi>Micah,</hi> he that <hi>had an house of Gods,</hi> when he had made an <hi>Ephod,</hi> because he
had no <hi>Vrim</hi> and <hi>Thummim,</hi> he put <hi>Teraphims</hi> instead thereof; as we may gather
<hi>Iudg.</hi> 17. 5. And in ch. 18. we may see also that when the children of <hi>Dan</hi> enquired of
the Lord concerning their journey, it pleased him to give answer by the Idolish <hi>Te<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>raphim.</hi>
So we may gather likewise that the <hi>Israelites</hi> after <hi>Ieroboam's</hi> schism, having
no <hi>Vrim</hi> and <hi>Thummim,</hi> used <hi>Teraphim</hi> in the <hi>Ephod;</hi> and therefore it is that <hi>Hosea</hi>
threatens that they <hi>shall be without Ephod and Teraphim.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>HAVING hitherto shewn <hi>how far it is agreed</hi> about <hi>Vrim</hi> and <hi>Thummim,</hi> in the
next place <hi>the points of difference</hi> ought to be considered; which are either <hi>about the
matter</hi> whereof it was made, or <hi>the manner</hi> how God answered by it.</p>
                  <p>For <hi>the Matter;</hi> Some will have it to be nothing else but the writing or carv<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
of the great name <hi>Iehovah,</hi> which was put within the folding of the <hi>Breast-plate;</hi>
and that it was called <hi>Vrim</hi> and <hi>Thummim,</hi> because by the knowledg of the mystery
of <hi>Iehovah</hi> in the Trinity our minds are <hi>enlightned</hi> and our understandings <hi>made
perfect.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Some other there are of the same opinion, but they will have it called <hi>Vrim</hi> and
<hi>Thummim,</hi> because by the virtue of that name written <hi>the High Priest was enabled to
return clear and perfect answers.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> And moreover they say the <hi>Breast-plate</hi> was called
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Exod. 28. 15.</note> 
                     <hi>the Breast-plate of judgment,</hi> because by it the Lord gave as it were
sentence and judgment what was to be done in hard and doubtful matters. And this
is the opinion of Rabbi <hi>Salomon.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Some others will have it called the <hi>Breast-plate of judgment,</hi> because that by it the
judgment of the Iudges, if it were amiss, was hereby as it were pardoned; because
the High Priest was to bear the sins of the People. The Authors of this opinion are
mentioned by R. <hi>Salomon.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Aben Ezra</hi> saith it was so called, because by it the judgment and decrees of the Lord
were known: and he thinks also that <hi>Vrim</hi> and <hi>Thummim</hi> were something<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> made by
the hand of the craftsman.</p>
                  <p>But <hi>Nachmanides</hi> and R. <hi>Salomon</hi> say, it was<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> opus coeli, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>opus divinum,</hi> and given to <hi>Moses</hi> in
the Mount; or at least that God shewed him how to make it.</p>
                  <p>Some think it was nothing but the <hi>Stones in the Breast-plate,</hi> by the <hi>shining</hi> where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>of
God did <hi>anauere, favourably answer and grant;</hi> by the <hi>not shining, abnuere, dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>allow
and refuse.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap>. in Rad.</note> But <hi>Kimchi</hi> confutes this, because it is spoken of as a differing thing
in the same place where <hi>the stones</hi> are described:<note place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> But he himself says, <hi>it is not certainly
known what the</hi> Urim <hi>and</hi> Thummim <hi>were.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>In L<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>ge<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>Nachmanides</hi> saith it was certain sacred names, by the virtue whereof the letters
of the Breast-plate were enlightned and ordered so that the Priest might read the an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>swer
of God: and that which caused shining was called <hi>Vrim;</hi> and that which
made them legible, <hi>Thummim.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The sum of these Opinions laid together is, That this <hi>Oracle</hi> was either the Stones
of the Breast-plate themselves, or something in the folding of the Breast-plate,
which by a divine virtue did cause the <hi>Stones to shine,</hi> and by the letters of the Tribes
names in them as it were to express the answer of God.</p>
                  <p>For concerning <hi>the Manner of this Oracle,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Talmud Baby<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lon. in <hi>Ioma,</hi> c. 7. Vid ctiam <hi>Abarben.</hi> in Exod. 28.</note> the Talmudists report thus much: First,
No private man might consult with <hi>Vrim</hi> and <hi>Thummim,</hi> but either the King, or
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> he that was cheif of the Consistory, or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> the Consistory or Iudges
themselves; and that in matters difficult and of great importance.</p>
                  <p>Secondly,<note place="margin">Vid. Tal. Hie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ros. <hi>Ioma</hi> in Gemara: &amp; <hi>Maimonid.</hi> in Hal. <hi>Cele ham<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mikdash</hi> cap. 10. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> Maimon.</note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> he that enquired must stand with his face looking full upon
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> the Priest whom he asked; and the Priest stood with his eyes fixed upon the
Ark, or upon his breast (say some) where was the <hi>Vrim</hi> and <hi>Thummim.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Thirdly, The voice was to be a soft still voice, and<note n="*" place="margin">Vid. Talmud Babylon <hi>Ioma</hi> c. 7.</note> not above one thing to
be asked at one time: But if they asked two things at once, the answer was only
unto the first; but in case of extremity, unto both. And such was <hi>David's</hi> case,
1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 30. 8. when he asked concerning the <hi>Amalekites</hi> who had burnt <hi>Ziklag, Shall
I follow this company,</hi> (saith he) <hi>and shall I overtake them?</hi> The Lord answers, <hi>Fol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>low,
for thou shalt surely overtake them, and recover all without fail.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="185" facs="tcp:63175:143"/>Now if you ask how the Priest knew the answer of the Lord: First, you must
remember there were twelve stones in the Breast-plate, and in those stones the
twelve names of the Sons of <hi>Israel,</hi> either set or carved; and that there might be a
full Alphabet of letters, there was also,<note n="*" place="margin">Vid. <hi>Ialkut</hi> ex libro <hi>Siphre,</hi> &amp; Talm. Ba<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bylon <hi>Ioma.</hi>
                     </note> say they, written upon the Breast-plate, <hi>A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>braham,
Isaac,</hi> and <hi>Iacob,</hi> and these two words <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>the Tribes of Ieshurun</hi> or
<hi>Israel.</hi> Now when the Lord answered, the letters expressing the answer, by the divine
virtue of the <hi>Vrim</hi> and <hi>Thummim</hi> became <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>i. prominentes;</hi> that is, <hi>they shewed
forth themselves with a splendor,</hi> that the Priest might read the answer of God. As
2 <hi>Sam.</hi> 2. 1. when <hi>David</hi> asked the Lord <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Shall I ascend into any of the Cities
of Iudah?</hi> the letter <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in <hi>Shimeon,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in <hi>Levi,</hi> and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in <hi>Iehudah,</hi> put themselves
forth, or shone forth with a splendor, that the Priest might read <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Ascend.</hi>
Though some of the Iews say the letters became <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> that is, <hi>joyned themselves
together</hi> and made a word: which as I cannot conceive how it should be, so I think
it less probable.</p>
                  <p>And thus hitherto have you heard the diverse Opinions of the <hi>matter</hi> and <hi>manner</hi>
of this Oracle of <hi>Vrim</hi> and <hi>Thummim.</hi> Here is variety enough; I leave to every one
to make his own choice which he will believe: only give me leave to add thus much
in way of censure of them, which is, That they all seem against reason and likeli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hood
to confound <hi>Vrim</hi> with <hi>Thummim,</hi> in making them one and the same thing
called by diverse names in regard of diverse effects and uses: which I can the less be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lieve,
because I find <hi>Vrim</hi> alone used in matter of consultation with God, whereby
it seems <hi>Thummim</hi> had some other use. In the 27. of <hi>Num.</hi> 21. <hi>Moses</hi> commands <hi>Ioshua</hi>
in all business to consult the High Priest <hi>by the judgment of Vrim before the Lord;</hi> but
no speech of <hi>Thummim.</hi> Again, 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 28. 6. it is said that <hi>Saul</hi> asked counsel of
Lord, when he was to go against the <hi>Philistines;</hi> but <hi>the Lord answered him not,
neither by dreams, nor by Vrim, nor by the Prophets.</hi> Here also is <hi>Vrim</hi> spoken of,
but no word of <hi>Thummim.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>If I may therefore speak what I think, I would say, That <hi>Vrim</hi> and <hi>Thummim</hi>
were a twofold Oracle, and for a twofold use. And that <hi>Vrim</hi> was the Oracle, or
part of the Oracle, whereby God gave answer to those who enquired of him in hard
and doubtful cases; therefore called <hi>Vrim</hi> or <hi>Lights,</hi> because as ignorance is called
darkness, so is all knowledg a kind of illumination or enlightning; and that
which bringeth knowledg is fitly called a <hi>Light,</hi> because it dispels the darkness of
our minds.</p>
                  <p>But <hi>Thummim</hi> was that Oracle or mean whereby the High Priest knew whether
God did accept the Sacrifice or no; therefore called <hi>Thummim,</hi> that is, <hi>Integrity,</hi>
because those whose Sacrifice God accepted, were accounted <hi>Thummim,</hi> that is, <hi>just and
righteous</hi> in the eyes of God; because their Sacrifice was a shadow of Christ's Sacri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fice,
by acceptation whereof we are justified and made righteous before God. For
without doubt the Patriarchs and Legal Church had some ordinary mean to know
when their Sacrifice was accepted; else had they been behind the Gentiles, for
they had a sign to know when they did <hi>Litare,</hi> that is, when their false Gods accepted
their false sacrifice: and as the Devil was God's Ape in giving Oracles, so I verily
believe he was in this also. Nay<note n="*" place="margin">Amiqu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap> I<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>d. lib. 3. cap. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>9.</note> 
                     <hi>Iosephus</hi> expresly affirms it of the Iews, though
for the particular I suppose he is mistaken: For he saith, that whensoever God did
accept the Sacrifice, the <hi>Onyx-stone</hi> on the Priests left shoulder shone with an admi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rable
splendor; but this, saith he, ceased <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>two hundred years</hi> before his
time. And no wonder; for when the Sun of righteousness drew near unto his
rising, those dimmer <hi>Vrim</hi> and smaller stars must needs lose their light. Now that
which <hi>Iosephus</hi> affirms of the <hi>Onyx-stone</hi> on the left shoulder, I suppose was mistaken
for the <hi>Thummim</hi> on the left part of the Breast-plate,</p>
                  <p>And lastly, as I said before of <hi>Vrim,</hi> so I think of <hi>Thummim,</hi> That it was in use
among the Patriarchs of old; and that by some such means as this <hi>Abel</hi> knew that
God accepted his Offering, and <hi>Cain</hi> that his was refused.</p>
                  <p>And thus much of <hi>Vrim</hi> and <hi>Thummim</hi> considered <hi>Personally</hi> in the High Priest;
now I come to consider it <hi>Typically:</hi> for as the High Priest himself was a <hi>Type</hi> of
Christ, so must these Adjuncts of his also be <hi>Types</hi> of something in Christ. Which we
shall not be long a finding out, if we remember again the signification of the words,
and the use of the things themselves: <hi>Vrim</hi> is <hi>Light</hi> and <hi>Illumination; Thummim
Integrity</hi> and <hi>Perfection.</hi> By <hi>Vrim</hi> the Iews were ascertained of the counsel and will
of God; by <hi>Thummim</hi> of his favour and good will towards them. All this agrees to
Christ both <hi>in himself,</hi> and <hi>in regard of us.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="186" facs="tcp:63175:144"/>
                     <hi>In himself.</hi> His Breast is full of <hi>Vrim,</hi> full of Light and Understanding: <hi>In him
are hid all the Treasures of Wisdom and Knowledg,</hi> as S. <hi>Paul</hi> saith;<note place="margin">Col. 2. 3.</note> He is the <hi>Wisdom</hi>
of the Father<note n="*" place="margin">Heb. 1. 2. Iohn 1. 3.</note> by which the world it self was made. His heart is also endowed with
<hi>Thummim,</hi> with all kind of <hi>Perfections:</hi> He was conceived without Original sin,
lived without Actual sin; fulfilled the whole Law of God, which is the Law of <hi>Thum<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mim,</hi>
the Law of all Perfection.</p>
                  <p>Thus to Christ <hi>himself</hi> agrees both <hi>Vrim</hi> and <hi>Thummim:</hi> and so it doth also <hi>in re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gard
of us;</hi> for he is an <hi>Vrim</hi> and <hi>Thummim</hi> both <hi>to us</hi> and <hi>for us. To us</hi> he is <hi>V<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rim,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Iohn 1. 9.</note> a <hi>Light which enlightneth every one which cometh into the world:</hi> He is the
Light which <hi>shone in darkness, but the darkness could not comprehend it:</hi> He was that
Light by which <hi>the people</hi> (as it is said in <hi>Matthew</hi> 4. 16.) <hi>which sat in darkness saw
great light.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Vers. 5.</note> And of this Light <hi>Iohn</hi> came <hi>to bear witness, that all might believe in him,</hi>
Iohn 1. 7. In sum, Christ is <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> &amp; <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Patris,</hi> the <hi>Word</hi> and <hi>Oracle</hi> of his Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther,
by whom we know and learn the Father's will: for so S. <hi>Iohn</hi> saith, ch. 1. 18.
<hi>No man hath seen God at any time; the only-begotten Son who is in the bosom of the Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther,
he hath revealed him</hi> unto us.</p>
                  <p>Neither is Christ only an <hi>Vrim,</hi> but also a <hi>Thummim</hi> to us. For as by <hi>Thummim</hi>
the Iews were ascertained of God's favour toward them in accepting their Sacrifice;
so by Christ coming in the flesh is revealed the unspeakable Mercy of God to Man<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>kind,
in that he would accept his Sacrifice once offered for the expiation of the sins
of the whole world. This is that <hi>Good-will toward men</hi> which the Angels sung of as
soon as he was born;<note place="margin">Luke 2. 15.</note> 
                     <hi>Glory be to God on high, Peace on earth, and Good-will towards
men:</hi> Yea, Glory be to God on high for this Peace on earth, and for this Good-will
towards men.</p>
                  <p>Thus we see Christ an <hi>Vrim</hi> and <hi>Thummim to us:</hi> now let us see how he is the
same <hi>for us;</hi> and that is when his Wisdom and Righteousness is made ours by impu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tation.
So his <hi>Vrim</hi> becomes our <hi>Vrim,</hi> his <hi>Thummim</hi> our <hi>Thummim;</hi> that is, his
wisdom is made ours, his righteousness and favour with God made ours; for, <hi>This is
my well-beloved Son</hi> (said a Voice from Heaven) <hi>in whom I am well pleased.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Matt. 3. 7.</note> In brief,
S. <hi>Paul</hi> comprehends both these together, where he saith, <hi>Christ Iesus is made unto us
Wisdom,<note place="margin">1 Cor. 1. 30.</note> Sanctification, and Redemption.</hi> And so, Lord, <hi>Let thy Vrim and thy Thum<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mim
be with thy Holy One.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>AND thus much for the <hi>special</hi> consideration of this <hi>Vrim</hi> and <hi>Thummim,</hi> both
<hi>Personally</hi> and <hi>Typically:</hi> Now I come unto the <hi>general</hi> meaning thereof, <hi>as it concerns</hi>
not the <hi>High Priest</hi> only, but <hi>the whole Tribe of</hi> Levi; for this is the Blessing of that
whole Tribe. And in this large respect the meaning cannot be <hi>Proper,</hi> for so it be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>longs
unto the <hi>High Priest</hi> to have <hi>Vrim</hi> and <hi>Thummim;</hi> nor <hi>Typical,</hi> because the
<hi>Priests</hi> only, and not the under-<hi>Levites,</hi> were <hi>Types</hi> of Christ: but the sense must be
<hi>Analogical,</hi> signifying some endowments common to all <hi>Levites</hi> which resemble the
<hi>Vrim</hi> and <hi>Thummim</hi> upon the Breast of the High Priest.</p>
                  <p>Now what these are the words themselves import: namely, <hi>Light of Vnderstanding
and knowledg,</hi> this is their <hi>Vrim;</hi> and <hi>Integrity of life,</hi> this is their <hi>Thummim.</hi> The
first makes them <hi>Doctores Teachers,</hi> the second <hi>Ductores populi Guides and Leaders of
the People.</hi> He that wants either of these two, wants the true ornament of Priest<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hood,
the right character of a <hi>Levite.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>For though these endowments may well beseem all the Tribes of <hi>Israel;</hi> yet <hi>Mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ses</hi>
specially prays for them in <hi>Levi,</hi> because by him they were to come to all the rest:
and the want of them in him could not but redound to all the rest: <hi>Ita populus,
sicut sacerdos, Such as the Priest is, such will the People be;</hi> the Priest cannot erre,
but he causeth others to erre also; the Priest cannot sin, but he causeth others to sin
also.<note place="margin">Mal. 2. 6, 8.</note> And this is it that <hi>Malachi</hi> saith from the Lord unto the Priests of his time, <hi>Ye
are gone out of the way, and have caused many to stumble at,</hi> or <hi>in, the Law.</hi> But the
<hi>Levites</hi> of old, (saith the same Prophet) <hi>The Law of Truth was in their mouth, and
iniquity was not found in their lips: they walked with God in peace and equity, and turned
many from iniquity.</hi> Here you see when the <hi>Levites</hi> erre, the people erre also; when
the <hi>Levites</hi> walk in equity, the people are turned from iniquity.</p>
                  <p>The Ministers of Christ must be <hi>Lux mundi,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Matt. 5. 14.</note> the light of the world; <hi>Vos estis lux
mundi,</hi> Ye are the light of the world, Ye are the world's <hi>Vrim,</hi> faith Christ unto his
Apostles:<note place="margin">Mal. 2. 7.</note> For <hi>the lips of the Priest should preserve knowledg, and they should learn the Law
at his mouth.</hi> This light of knowledg, this teaching knowledg is the <hi>Vrim</hi> of every
<hi>Levite;</hi> and therefore Christ when he inspired his Apostles with knowledg
of heavenly mysteries,<note place="margin">Acts. 2. 3.</note> he sent a new <hi>Vrim</hi> from above, even fiery tongu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>s,
<pb n="187" facs="tcp:63175:144"/>
tongues of <hi>Vrim</hi> from Heaven: He sent no fiery heads, but fiery tongues; for it is
not sufficent for a <hi>Levite</hi> to have his head full of <hi>Vrim,</hi> unless his tongue be a candle
to shew it unto others. There came indeed no <hi>Thummim</hi> from heaven, as there came
an <hi>Vrim;</hi> for though the Apostles were secured from <hi>errors,</hi> they were not freed
from <hi>sin:</hi> And yet we who are <hi>Levites</hi> must have such a <hi>Thummim</hi> as may be gotten
upon earth,<note place="margin">Tit. 2. 7.</note> for S. <hi>Paul</hi> bids <hi>Titus in all things to shew himself an example of good works:</hi>
and this is a <hi>Thummim</hi> of <hi>Integrity.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But besides this <hi>Thummim,</hi> the Ministers of the Gospel have received from God more
especially another <hi>Thummim,</hi> like unto that which was proper to the High Priest;
namely, <hi>the power of binding and loosing,</hi> which is as it were a power of <hi>Oracle</hi> to de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>clare
unto the people the remission of their sins by the acceptance of Christ's Sacrifice.
And this directly answers to <hi>Thummim</hi> in the first sense.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="36" type="discourse">
               <head>DISCOURSE XXXVI.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>IEREMIAH 10. 11.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>Thus shall ye say unto them, The Gods that made not the Heavens
and the Earth <hi>(even)</hi> they shall perish from the Earth, and
from under these Heavens.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>THESE words are written in the <hi>Chaldee</hi> tongue, whereas the rest of
the Prophecy is in the <hi>Hebrew:</hi> the reason whereof you shall then have,
when we have first seen the Occasion, Coherence and Summe of the
words; which is as followeth. The Prophet having in the end of the
last Chapter threatned the <hi>Iews</hi> and all the neighbouring Nations with
captivity, <hi>Edom, Ammon, Moab,</hi> with the <hi>Arabians</hi> of the wilderness:
in this Chapter leaving out the rest he singles out the <hi>Iews,</hi> to instruct them for their
demeanour and carriage in their captivity; to wit, that <hi>they should not learn the way
of the Heathen</hi> whither they should be carried,<note place="margin">Verse 2.</note> that they should <hi>not be dismayed at the
signs of Heaven,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Verse 5.</note> nor regard their Gods of Gold and Silver, which could do <hi>neither evil
nor good.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But lest they should think they had acquit themselves well if they abstained from
what they should see the Heathen do; he tells them, they must yet do more than this,
they must <hi>make open profession</hi> against their Gods; they must <hi>proclaim</hi> against their
<hi>Idolatry</hi> and false worship: and therefore in the middle of his exhortation he enterla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceth
these words in the <hi>Chaldee</hi> tongue, <hi>Thus shall ye say unto them,</hi> &amp;c.</p>
                  <p>These words then contain a <hi>Proclamation</hi> which the <hi>Iews</hi> are enjoyned from God
to make against the Gods of the <hi>Gentiles,</hi> when they should be carried captive to <hi>Ba<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bylon:</hi>
wherein are to be considered two things. 1. The <hi>Proclaiming it self.</hi> 2. The <hi>Summe of the Proclamation.</hi> The <hi>Proclaiming,</hi> in these words, <hi>Thus shall ye say unto
them:</hi> The <hi>Summe of the Proclamation</hi> in these, <hi>The Gods which have not made the Hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vens
and the Earth,</hi> (even) <hi>they shallperish from the Earth, and from under these Hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vens.</hi>
In the <hi>Proclaiming</hi> are three things considerable. 1. The <hi>Persons Who.</hi> 2. The
<hi>Persons To whom.</hi> 3. The <hi>manner, How.</hi> The <hi>Persons Who,</hi> in the word <hi>Ye;</hi> that
is, <hi>Ye Iews,</hi> who are the worshippers of the living God; Ye <hi>captive Iews</hi> carried out
of your own land, and living as slaves and vassals under your proud Lords the <hi>Baby<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lonians;
Ye shall say unto them.</hi> 2. The <hi>Persons To whom; To them:</hi> what <hi>Them?</hi>
even your Lordly Masters of <hi>Babylon; Ye shall say unto them.</hi> 3. The <hi>manner, How;
Thus:</hi> that is, not in cryptick or mystical terms, or in your <hi>Hebrew</hi> mutterings, a
language which they understand not; but in the vulgar tongue of <hi>Babylon,</hi> in plain
<hi>Chaldee, Thus shall ye say unto them,</hi>—&amp;c. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>The
Gods which have not made the Heavens and the Earth,</hi> &amp;c.</p>
                  <p>In the second part, which I called <hi>The Summe of the Proclamation,</hi> are two things
contained. 1. A description of false Gods, in these words, <hi>The Gods which made not
<pb n="188" facs="tcp:63175:145"/>
the Heavens and the Earth.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Ier. 10. 11.</note> 2. Their doom, in these, <hi>They shall perish from the Earth,
and from under these Heavens.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/> I shall speak of these in order; and first of the Persons who must make this Procla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mation,
namely, The <hi>Israelites:</hi> Ye <hi>Israelites;</hi> Ye Servants of the God of Heaven;
Ye Sons of promise, and peculiar heritage of the Lord of hosts; Ye, upon whom the
dew of grace is shed from heaven; Ye, to whom the most High hath given his
Oracles, and made his Name known amongst you; <hi>Ye shall say unto them.</hi> Hence I
observe,</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>That it is the office of every one who is a member of God's Church and the child of Grace,
to endeavour to bring others to the knowledge of God and godliness.</hi> First, All things in
nature desire and covet the propagation of that kind wherein themselves are ranked.
The Fire is no sooner kindled, but presently it will turn all it lays hold upon into its
own nature. As it is with the Fire of Nature, so must it be with the Fire of Grace;
it is as possible for the Sun to want light, and the Fire to be without heat, as the Fire
of Grace to be kindled in their hearts who endeavour not to inflame others with the
same heavenly fire.</p>
                  <p>Do we not see every Citizen, every member of any Company or Society, how
eagerly they desire, and how forward they are to further the enlargement of that
Commonwealth and Society whereof they are members? What one nobly descended
but desireth the enlargement of his house and kindred continually? What true <hi>Eng<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lish</hi>-man
but desireth the encrease of our King's subjects, the amplifying of his domini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons,
and the Revenues of his Crown? We would account them monsters who should
be otherwise affected; nay unworthy to live any longer as members, or enjoy the
rights of Subjects. How canst thou then be a member of God's kingdom and not la<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bour
the encrease of God's Subjects? or how darest thou usurp the name of a Christi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>an,
or think thy self a child of Grace, who endeavourest not the propagation of that
heavenly Hierarchy whereof thou callest thy self a member? The woman of <hi>Samaria</hi>
had no sooner found the <hi>Messias,</hi> but she runs and calls the whole City to be partakers
of her happiness, <hi>Iohn</hi> 4. 29. Christ bids <hi>Peter (Luke</hi> 22. 32.) <hi>When thou art con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verted,
strengthen thy brethren.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>S. <hi>Paul</hi> in nothing more expressed the Character of a Christian than in this: In the
presence of <hi>Agrippa</hi> so servent was his wish that all <hi>who heard him that day were even as
he was:</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Acts 26. 29.</note> so great was his zeal, <hi>Rom.</hi> 9. 3. that so his loss might have been recompen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sed
with the gaining of the whole <hi>Iewish</hi> Nation unto Christ, he could have been
willing to be taken out of the Roll himself; <hi>I could wish</hi> (saith he) <hi>that my self were
accursed from Christ, for my brethren my kinsmen according to the flesh.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The Devil was no sooner fallen, but he presently laboured to bring Man to the
same ruine;<note place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> Pet. 5. 8.</note> nay the restless compasser still <hi>goeth about like a roaring Lion, seeking con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tinually
whom he may devour.</hi> His Instruments are like him. The sons of <hi>Belial,</hi> how
busie are they in debauching others and making them like themselves? The <hi>Pharisees</hi>
ran over sea and land,<note place="margin">Matth. 23. 15.</note> and spared no labour to bring numbers to their Sect, though
but to make them, as Christ speaks, <hi>filii Gehennae, sons of Hell.</hi> The <hi>Iesuits</hi> how
run they up and down into all corners of the world, from the Sun rising unto the go<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
down thereof, to propagate their Heresies? Nay, the very <hi>Mahumetans</hi> run
about the world to gain Profelytes for their beastly Prophet <hi>Mahomet.</hi> And shall
the children of the Kingdom of Heaven only want this desire, this zeal, this endea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vour?
Impossible: And if any such seem to be, who do it not, surely they are but
bastards, and such as God will never own to be his.</p>
                  <p>Some report of <hi>Mules</hi> and other such like creatures of Mongrel and mixt generati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on,
that they beget not again: Even such Mongrels are those Christians who beget
not unto God, who labour not the conversion and drawing of others unto Christ. We
pray unto God every day, <hi>Let thy Kingdom come:</hi> Let that which is our <hi>daily prayer,</hi>
be also our <hi>daily endeavour,</hi> even of all that say to God [<hi>Our Father;</hi>] else he will be
no Father of ours. Indeed the Kingdom of God shall come in despight of the Devil
and all his Regiment, but happy are those who further it: <hi>For those that turn many
unto righteousness,<note place="margin">Dan. 12. 3.</note> shall shine as the stars in the firmament for evermore.</hi> Thus much
shall suffice for the first Observation.</p>
                  <p>One thing more I have yet to observe from the condition of the persons to whom
this word [<hi>Ye</hi>] hath relation: <hi>Ye shall say;</hi> namely, <hi>Ye captives,</hi> Ye whom the Lord
your God hath given into the hands of your enemies, and made you as the off-scour<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
and refuse in the midst of the people; Ye whose City, the glory of the whole
earth, is consumed with fire, whose Priests and Princes are all slain with the sword,
<pb n="189" facs="tcp:63175:145"/>
and the remnant of your people carried into a strange land; Ye a people overwhelm<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
with the flouds of affliction, and (as far as the eye of flesh can see) forsaken of the
God whom ye worshipped; <hi>Ye,</hi> even ye, <hi>shall say unto them, The Gods that made not
the Heavens and the Earth,</hi> &amp;c. Hence observe, <hi>No men so fit to glorifie God, whether
by confession of the mouth or devotion of the heart, as his servants when they are humbled
by affliction.</hi> The Reasons are plain: For
<list>
                        <item>1. It is the Love of the World which quencheth our love toward God. So long
as the World pleaseth us, so long our Love to God is weak and feeble: but if once
we are weaned from our delight and content in worldly things, then (if ever) we
cleave firmly unto God; then are our hearts inflamed, and our whole spirit fixt in
Heaven, which before stuck fast in earth. Even as the Fire in coldest weather
scorcheth most; so doth the zeal of God's servants burn most in the midst of affliction.
The righteous are like the Palm-tree, which then riseth highest, when the burthen
laid thereon weigheth heaviest: So it is with them, the weight of their affliction
makes them rise up to Heaven.</item>
                        <item>2. In affliction only it will appear whether men feared and loved God for his own
sake or no, or whether for some worldly respect only. It is the property of a true
Christian not to disclaim God in affliction, as hypocrites do; but then to confess him
most, when the world sees least cause why they should at all. Until the storms and
winds came,<note place="margin">Matth 7. 26.</note> the house built upon the <hi>sand</hi> seemed to stand as strong as that upon the
<hi>rock.</hi>
                        </item>
                     </list>
                  </p>
                  <p>This <hi>trial</hi> was it that Satan would have God put <hi>Iob</hi> unto: <hi>Doth Iob</hi> (saith he)
<hi>fear God for nought?</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Iob 1. 9, 10, 11,</note> 
                     <hi>Hast thou not made a hedge about him, and about all he hath?</hi> &amp;c.
<hi>But put forth thy hand now, and touch all that he hath; and he will curse thee unto thy
face.</hi> As if he had said, While all things prosper in his hand, who knows whether he
be a man that truly feareth thee? but strike and afflict him, and then it will soon ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pear
what he is. And indeed the Devil saw soon what <hi>Iob</hi> was unto his little liking,
when the weight of his afflictions pressed these words out of his mouth, <hi>Though he kill
me,<note place="margin">Iob 13. 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>.</note> I will trust in him.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>For this cause, That it might appear the Church was reared upon no earthly founda<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion,
the Wisdom of God would have it planted in <hi>Martyrdom,</hi> and watered with the
bloud of his Saints. For the same cause also was the glorious name of <hi>Confessors</hi> in
the Primitive Church given unto those who had held their Faith in the time of trial
and persecution: and for this cause would God have his people here to avouch him in
the land of their captivity; that the more the world wondred, the more he might be
glorified.</p>
                  <p>Seeing therefore <hi>we are most fit to glorifie God in the time of our affliction,</hi> Let this be
a Motive unto us both of <hi>Comfort</hi> in the depth of sorrow, and of <hi>Patience</hi> in the midst
of pain; always when the hand of God is upon us, confessing with <hi>David, Psal.</hi> 119.
71. <hi>Bonum est, Domine, quòd humiliasti me, It is good, Lord, that thou hast humbled
me.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>AND thus I come to the <hi>Persons to whom this Proclamation is to be made,</hi> intima<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/>
in the word [<hi>Them;] Thus shall ye say unto them:</hi> what <hi>Them?</hi> even your Lords
and Masters, even your Lordly Masters, your Rulers, your proud Conquerors.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Sins</hi> therefore <hi>against the Person of God are to be reproved without all respect of Persons.</hi>
Such sins are sins of <hi>Idolatry,</hi> or sins of the first and second Commandment: For when
false Gods are worshipped, whether mediately or immediately, the Person of God is
dishonoured. In these sins therefore the Cautions concerning persons <hi>who should re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>prove,</hi>
and persons <hi>who are to be reproved,</hi> which in other sins Wisdom makes conside<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rable,
have no place at all: Be the person <hi>reproving,</hi> or the person to be <hi>reproved,</hi>
publick or private, greater or lesser, it skilleth not; for in case of <hi>Idolatry,</hi> the poor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>est
begger on the earth may admonish the greatest Emperor in the world. Indeed
the quality or condition of persons may be opposed to all other respects whatsoever,
and so make <hi>some time</hi> and <hi>some place</hi> unfit for reproof or admonition; nay the quality
of the persons of men may be such as doth exclude some persons from reproving them:
But when the case concerns the Person of God himself, then to spare or regard the
persons of men is <hi>Idolatry</hi> it self; for this is to honour men more than God himself;
this is to suffer God to be dishonoured, lest the honour of men should be impeached.
I confess the danger is great in regard of the flesh; but we must know what our Savi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>our
saith,<note place="margin">Matth. 10. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>7.</note> 
                     <hi>He that loveth father or mother,</hi> yea <hi>his own life, better than me, is not wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thy
of me.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Thus the glorious Martyr <hi>Ignatius</hi> reproved <hi>Trajan</hi> the Emperor, whilest he was
<pb n="190" facs="tcp:63175:146"/>
sacrificing to his Gods, even at the very Altar, and in the face of his whole Army,
being at <hi>Antioch.</hi> And for the same sin we see here the poor <hi>captive Iew</hi> was to re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>prove
his great <hi>Babylonian</hi> Lord, the miserable and contemptible slave the conqueror
of the world, the miry foot the head of gold: For <hi>thus shall ye say</hi> even <hi>to them, The
Gods which made not the heavens and the earth,</hi> &amp;c.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="3"/> AND so I will leave the Persons both <hi>Ye</hi> and <hi>Them,</hi> and come to the third and
last circumstance I considered in this act of protesting or proclaiming against the
Gods of the heathen, and that is, <hi>The manner how it should be done,</hi> intimated in the
word <hi>Thus; Thus shall ye say unto them:</hi> that is, in plain <hi>Chaldee;</hi> not in <hi>Hebrew,</hi>
how holy a tongue soever, but in the <hi>vulgar</hi> tongue of <hi>Babylon; Thus shall ye say unto
them.</hi> Here we see <hi>That God will have his Church to utter his Oracles in the vulgar
tongues of the Nations.</hi> When ye inform the <hi>Gentiles</hi> of any part of the knowledge of
me, <hi>Thus shall ye say unto them.</hi> Surely our Prophet's sudden changing of his Dialect
here was a <hi>Praeludium</hi> to that great publishing of God's name to the <hi>Gentiles</hi> in their
vulgar tongues after the <hi>Messias</hi> should come; which<note n="*" place="margin">Therapeut. 5.</note> 
                     <hi>Theodoret</hi> avoucheth to have
been when he saith, that the words of the Apostles and Prophets were turned into
the languages of the <hi>Romans, Egyptians, Persians, Indians, Armenians, Scythians,
Sauromatans,</hi> and all the languages which any Nation used.</p>
                  <p>Certainly, to keep the Scriptures in an unknown tongue, is of all other the most
unreasonable madness; but to teach Pagans the Articles of their Creed at their first
conversion in the Latine tongue, as the <hi>Spaniards</hi> have done with the <hi>Indians,</hi> is a
most ridiculous folly. It not the Word of God his revealed will unto his whole
Church? But how is it revealed in an unknown tongue? Or is the Word of God a
revealed will unto those only who are learned, and hidden to others?</p>
                  <p>But if the Scriptures were in vulgar Tongues,<note place="margin">Object.</note> they might be occasions of many
heresies, by the mistakes of the vulgar, if they might read them.</p>
                  <p>This is strange.<note place="margin">An<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> Can every Frier in a Pulpit, when he preacheth, warrant his
words from being mistaken or perverted to heresie? and are the words and sayings
of God himself so obnoxious that they may not be read? Nay, if God himself may
not speak in a vulgar tongue, I see far less reason why a Frier should: And so should
the people know nothing at all concerning God, if a good may not therefore be done
because some will abuse it to evil.</p>
                  <p>NOW I come to the second main part of my Text, <hi>The Summe of the Proclama<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion,</hi>
containing in it two things. First, A description of false Gods, <hi>The Gods which
made not the heavens and the earth.</hi> Secondly, Their doom, <hi>They shall perish from the
earth, and from under these heavens.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>To begin with the first, <hi>The Gods which made not, &amp;c.</hi> He saith not, Those who
were not <hi>Abraham's</hi> Gods, or <hi>Iacob's</hi> Gods, nor the Gods which brought not <hi>Israel</hi> out
of <hi>Egypt,</hi> or such like; but, <hi>The Gods which made not the heavens and the earth.</hi>
Whence note,</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/>
                     <hi>That men are to be dealt with and perswaded out of the Principles they acknowledge and
are addicted to. Ethnicks,</hi> out of the Principles of Reason and Nature, or the like;
<hi>Iews,</hi> out of <hi>Moses</hi> and the Prophets; <hi>Christians,</hi> out of the Gospel: In summe, All
sorts of men, from that they are addicted to. This is a Maxime of wisdom which
God himself hath approved.</p>
                  <p>So the <hi>Iews</hi> acknowledging <hi>Prophetical</hi> doctrine, are dealt with out of the <hi>Prophets;<note place="margin">Esay 7. 14.</note>
A Virgin shall bear a Son.</hi> But the <hi>Magi</hi> of the East, being addicted to <hi>Astrology,</hi> are
drawn to Christ by the apparition of a <hi>Star:</hi> and therefore the <hi>Star</hi> appeared not in
<hi>Iudaea,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Matth. 2. 2.</note> because the <hi>Iews</hi> used not to heed such things, they had the Oracles of God;
but it appeared <hi>in the East,</hi> that is, was seen by them only <hi>who dwelt in the East;</hi> which
made the <hi>wise men</hi> wonder and <hi>joy</hi> so much, when afterward it went before them going
to <hi>Bethlehem.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Verse 10.</note>
                  </p>
                  <p>So S. <hi>Paul,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Acts 17. 23.</note> being to preach a God the <hi>Athenians</hi> knew not, avouched and defend<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
his fact by an Altar of their own, inscribed <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>To the unknown God;</hi>
whence they might be convinced, that a God whom their fathers knew not might yet
be a God to be worshipped. The same Apostle teacheth <hi>Tilus</hi> to convince the <hi>Creti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ans</hi>
out of their own Poets,
<q>
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.<note place="margin">Ti<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>us 1. 12.</note>
                     </q>
On the contrary, S. <hi>Peter</hi> having to deal with the <hi>Iews</hi> and <hi>Proselytes, Acts</hi> 2. useth
no other grounds but the <hi>Prophecies</hi> of<note n="*" place="margin">Verse 16.</note> 
                     <hi>Ioel</hi> and<note n="*" place="margin">Verse 25.</note> 
                     <hi>David.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Again, S. <hi>Paul</hi> being to enter with the <hi>Ethnicks</hi> of <hi>Lystra, Acts</hi> 14. 15. who would
needs have sacrificed to him as to a God, insinuateth with an Argument from Nature
<pb n="191" facs="tcp:63175:146"/>
and from the Creation of the world; <hi>Why do ye</hi> (saith he) <hi>these things? we are also
men of like passions with you; and preach unto you, that you should turn from these vani<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ties
unto the living God, which made heaven and earth, and the sea, and all things that
are therein.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>As it is with diverse Sects in Religion, so is it with divers sorts and conditions of
men; an Argument or Motive sutable to one sort is altogether unfit for another. All
Vessels are best handled by their <hi>ansae</hi> or ears, on what part soever they stand: he
that handleth them otherwise, handleth them but aukwardly: So it is with mens
minds; there are in every man's opinion or affections certain <hi>ansae</hi> or ears, whereon a
wise perswader should lay his hold, to draw men unto him. For this cause <hi>Aristotle</hi>
in his <hi>Rhetoricks</hi> describes the several dispositions of several sorts of men; of men, of
women; of young, of old; of rich, of poor; of noble, and ignoble; that a <hi>Rheto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rician</hi>
might sute his motives accordingly. A Dog is toll'd with a bone, a worm is a
bait to catch a fish, a pigeon brings the hawk unto the Falconer's lure: So must eve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry
wise fisher of men, every wise angler of souls, make choice of Motives according
to the several dispositions and conditions of the hearers; according to that of S. <hi>Paul,</hi>
1 Cor. 9. 20, 21, &amp;c. <hi>Vnto the Iews I became as a Iew, that I might save the Iews; to
them which are without the Law, as without the Law, that I might gain them that are
without the Law: To the weak I became as weak, that I might gain the weak: I am made
all things to all men, that I might by all means save some.</hi> And thus much shall suffice
for this first Observation.</p>
                  <p>My second Observation from these words is this, <hi>That the true God may be known <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/>
by the Principles of Nature, or the Creation of the Heaven and Earth.</hi> For that which is
a character or note of <hi>false Gods</hi> must needs likewise imply an argument for the <hi>true;
Rectum est index sui &amp; obliqui:</hi> If those who made not the Heaven and the Earth are
false Gods, he then that made them is the true.</p>
                  <p>This is that which some call <hi>Natural Theologie;</hi> others, the Ascent of the Soul to
God by <hi>the Scale of the creatures,</hi> the steps whereof are to be ordered as followeth.
<note place="margin">
                        <hi>How the</hi> Vn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derstanding <hi>ascends to God by</hi> the Scale <hi>or</hi> L<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>dder of the Creatures.</note> 1. All men by <hi>God</hi> do understand some Person, or a living and Reasonable Essence.
2. All men will grant that which is <hi>God</hi> to be the most excellent of all Persons or Li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving
Essences. 3. The Perfections of a Living and Reasonable Essence are threefold;
In the Understanding, In the Will, and In the Faculties of working: In the Under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>standing
is <hi>Wisdom;</hi> In the Will, <hi>Goodness;</hi> In the Faculties, <hi>Power:</hi> Whatsoever
therefore hath a Soveraignty in these three, is the most excellent of Living and Rea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sonable
Essences. All men therefore, if they want not the ordinary use of Reason,
will assent, That under the name of <hi>God</hi> they mean <hi>Him to whom belongs a Soveraignty
of Wisdom, a Soveraignty of Goodness, and a Soveraignty of Power and Might.</hi> Thus
far we agree and walk together: But the error of the Nations hath been in the Ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plication;
namely, <hi>To whom belonged this Soveraignty,</hi> and whether it belonged to
many, or to one alone.</p>
                  <p>But howsoever the <hi>Gentiles</hi> in this Application <hi>became vain in their Imaginations,<note place="margin">Rom. 1. 21, 23.</note>
and transformed the glory of this incorruptible</hi> Soveraignty <hi>into the image of corruptibility;</hi>
yet, as the Apostle saith,<note n="*" place="margin">Verse 20:</note> 
                     <hi>God left them not without a witness, in that those invisible
things of him are seen by the creation of the world:</hi> For a workman is known by his
work. The greatest work and the goodliest work that ever was, is the <hi>Creation of the
world.</hi> He then that made the Heaven and the Earth is he alone to whom this <hi>three<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fold
Soveraignty</hi> belongeth: He alone is <hi>Almighty,</hi> He alone is <hi>All-good,</hi> He alone is
<hi>All-wise.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>What greater <hi>Power</hi> can there be than to make the Heaven and the Earth of no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thing?
what <hi>Might</hi> so mighty as that which made whatsoever else is mighty; even so
many millions of powers as are in the Heavens above; so admirable variety of facul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ties
as are found in the Earth below? Is there any <hi>Wisdom</hi> like unto his, who in so
manifold a work made nothing superfluous or vain, but all things for their end; who
ordered and appointed such means for every end as better could not be devised;
who settled so goodly an Order, and gave to every thing a Law and Rule which it
should observe? What <hi>Goodness</hi> so unspeakable, as to have bestowed upon every
thing some portion of goodness, and to have sufficiently furnished them with endow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments
to attain and preserve the same? What <hi>Goodness</hi> can be like unto that which
he hath shewn unto us, in making and ordaining all that ever he made for out use and
service? Thus we see the admirable <hi>Power,</hi> the incomparable <hi>Wisdom,</hi> and unspeak<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>able
<hi>Goodness</hi> of him that made the Heavens and the Earth. He therefore is the true
and living God, and lives for ever. <hi>Those Gods which made not the heavens and the
<pb n="192" facs="tcp:63175:147"/>
earth</hi> are no Gods, and <hi>shall perish from the earth, and from under these heavens.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Thus have I let you see one part of <hi>The Scale of the creatures,</hi> by which the Soul as<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cends
unto God. But there is another half yet behind, to make a compleat <hi>Iacob's
ladder:</hi> For the <hi>Ascent</hi> of the Soul unto God by the comtemplation of the creatures,
is either the <hi>Ascent of the Vnderstanding,</hi> to know him, or the <hi>Ascent of our Will,</hi>
through obedience to worship him. The first is that which I have hitherto spoken of:
The second, though it be not here used and applied by our Prophet, yet it is implied
by his example in the former, in that he hath therein taught us what use to make of the
consideration of the creation of the world, and creatures of God.</p>
                  <p>The <hi>Ascent</hi> therefore <hi>of the Will</hi> consists in its conformity, and the conformity of all
our Affections and Actions to the Will of God,<note place="margin">How the <hi>Will</hi> ascends to God by the <hi>Scale of the Creatures.</hi>
                     </note> so far as it may be seen in the works
of the creatures: For God, in that he hath given them a Law, hath as it were stamp<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
in them the character of his Will, which is the Law and Rule they observe in work<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing.
By this <hi>Ladder</hi> we may ascend two ways; either <hi>by express Example,</hi> or <hi>by Ana<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>logie.</hi>
By <hi>express Example,</hi> where the Law which the Creatures observe in their
workings is the very same which we ought to express in our actions. <hi>By Analogie,</hi>
when the properties or actions of the Creatures, especially if they be otherwise un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sutable
unto our nature, are emblematically and by way of resemblance applied to
admonish us of our duties. To this kind belong Parable-similies, framed according
to the will of the applier; whereof we shall find examples in the Scripture. But be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cause
the <hi>Ascent by Example</hi> is the firmer and surer, I will only shew some few Ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>amples
of it.</p>
                  <p>We see all Natural agents neglect their private good and proper end, to maintain
the publick good of the Universe; the Water ascends upward, the Aire downward,
against nature, to maintain the connexion and indivulsion of the parts of the world:
So should every good member of a Commonwealth or Society pass by his private pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fit
and private pleasure, to further the common good of the weal publick. Every na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tural
body will rend and break in pieces, rather than the Order of the world should
be violated by a penetration of dimensions: So should every good member hazard,
yea lose, both his life and estate, for the common behoof of that body whereof he is
a member. All things of inferior nature give place without reluctancy to those
which have a sublimity of nature above them; the Water willingly submitteth unto
the Air, the Air unto the Fire, &amp;c. yea, the one doth further, as far as it can, the
ascent of the other above it: The like should we express in the subordination of de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>grees
and conditions amongst men. All things which grow upon the earth turn their
heads and faces upward, toward that by whose influence they grow and are preser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved:
So should we unto him <hi>in whom we live,<note place="margin">Acts 17. 28.</note> and move, and have our being.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>These are only <hi>general</hi> Instances for a taste, drawn from the <hi>general</hi> rule of the
Creatures, to admonish us of <hi>general duties.</hi> If I should from hence take a view of
every <hi>several</hi> creature in his kind,<note place="margin">Prov. 6. 6.</note> I might shew you in clay all Ethical and Oecono<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mical
vertues sampled in one kind or other of them. <hi>Go to the pismire, thou sluggard,</hi>
saith <hi>Solomon.</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Matt. 10. 16.</note> 
                     <hi>Be wise as serpents,</hi> saith a wiser than <hi>Solomon.</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Esay 1. 3.</note> 
                     <hi>The Oxe knoweth
his owner, and the ass his masters crib; but Israel hath not known me,</hi> saith the Lord by
the <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>rophet <hi>Esay.<note place="margin">Ier. 8. 7.</note> The Stork in the heaven knoweth her appointed times; the turtle,
and the crane, and the swallow observe the time of their coming,</hi> saith our Prophet <hi>Iere<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>my.
Go to the lilies of the field,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Matth. 6. 28.</note> and learn of them, saith our Saviour. To say no
more, There is no creature in the world but upbraids us with sin, in daily and conti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nually
breaking the Law of our creation, which they so inviolably observe.</p>
                  <p>We should therefore hence learn <hi>to use these Creatures not for our bodies only,</hi> to ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ray
them and feed them, and such like, <hi>but for the spiritual good of the inward man;</hi>
that so in them and with them we may glorifie our Creator. God made all the Crea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
for the service of man: but not for the service of his <hi>Body</hi> alone, as most conceive
it; but also for the service of his <hi>Better part,</hi> the Soul and Understanding. We
should never therefore use, behold or look upon any one of our fellow-creatures,
but we should be raised by them unto God, invited to devotion, and spurred to con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>form
our Wills and Affections to the pattern of that Eternal Will which they any way
express.</p>
                  <p>I doubt not but the Philosophy of <hi>Solomon</hi> was of this strain, when he spake of
herbs and trees,<note place="margin">1 King. 4. 33.</note> and of living creatures; the fragments which here and there remain
in the <hi>Proverbs</hi> may give us some taste thereof.</p>
                  <p>If we would do thus, it would abate our Pride, and make us know our selves bet<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter.
Lord, what is man but the most unreasonable creature upon the face of the
<pb n="193" facs="tcp:63175:147"/>
earth, the most unjust, lawless, irregular creature that walks under the Sun? Consi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der
the marches of that Royal host of Heaven; look upon the fowls of the Air and
fishes of the Sea; survey all that springeth, all that moveth and creepeth upon the
Earth; and tell me, from the circumference above unto the centre below, what one
creature, what worst creature of God's making, what silly worm doth so transgress
the Law of his creation as <hi>Man</hi> doth? And yet <hi>Man</hi> hath <hi>Reason</hi> given him, whereby
he knoweth the Law and Rule he is to follow; <hi>Man</hi> hath also a <hi>liberty of Will:</hi> But
what doth he with them? His <hi>Reason</hi> he abuseth to most unreasonable actions; his
<hi>Will,</hi> to most licencious and abominable liberty. It is a wonder the Earth can en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dure
to bear him so vile a burthen, or the Sun to shine upon him the most unworthy
creature in the world. Thus much concerning The <hi>description</hi> of the false Gods, in
the words, <hi>The Gods that made not the Heavens and the Earth.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>It remains I should speak of their <hi>Doom,</hi> in the last words, <hi>They shall perish from the
Earth,</hi> &amp;c. Wherein I shall observe two things: 1. <hi>Their destiny it self,</hi> which is <hi>pe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rishing;
They shall perish:</hi> and 2. The <hi>circumstances of this perishing; from the Earth,
and from under these Heavens.</hi> I make them two, because they will yield different
Observations and Instructions.</p>
                  <p>To begin therefore with the first, <hi>The Doom</hi> or <hi>Destiny it self,</hi> which is <hi>perishing;
They shall perish.</hi> These words you see were a Prophecy of <hi>what was to come upon the
Gods</hi> of the Heathen in after-times;<note place="margin">The State a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> the Times when this Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phecy of the downfal of Echni<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>tson was delivered.</note> for at the time and age wherein they were spo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ken,
things in the world were far otherwise than here is foretold they should be: For
the dominion and jurisdiction of <hi>Iehovah,</hi> the God of Heaven, seemed exceeding
small; his Name being only known in <hi>Iacob,</hi> and his Greatness and Throne amongst
the Sons of <hi>Israel;</hi> whereas Idols, false gods, and false worship, overwhelmed as it
were the face of the whole earth. The kingdom of God was but a small parcel;
whereas Devils and Idols commanded and swayed all the Nations of the earth besides.
The dew of grace lay only upon the fleece of <hi>Gideon;</hi> but all the earth besides was
dry. This was <hi>the state of the times when this Prophecy was uttered,</hi> nay worse at that
time than ever it had been before: For even that small portion of men which ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>knowledged
the Lord God of heaven, was now almost quite extinguished and de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>voured
by the vassals of the Gods of the Nations; <hi>Israel</hi> being carried away captive
into a strange land, with much unlikelihood of return, and the most High God as it
were mastered by the Gods of the Nations.</p>
                  <p>Ye have heard <hi>the state of the times</hi> wherein this Prophecy is commanded: Now let
us consider of <hi>the Event;</hi> and this we shall find <hi>partly already accomplished,</hi> and <hi>partly
yet to come.</hi> For the first, We have seen with our eyes, we have heard with our ears,
and our fathers have told us the wondrous works of the Lord. We have heard and
daily read of the admired <hi>Oracles of the Gentiles,</hi> of <hi>Apollo</hi> at <hi>Delphus,</hi> of <hi>Iupiter Am<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mon</hi>
in <hi>Egypt,</hi> and many moe, too long to be named: but all of them are long since
<hi>perished from the earth, and from under these heavens.</hi> We have heard of the names
of many <hi>Gods</hi> in former times of great renown in these Islands of the Gentiles; <hi>Iupi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter,
Mars, Apollo, Neptune, Iuno, Vesta, Venus, Minerva, Diana,</hi> &amp;c. all <hi>Europe,
Italy, Greece,</hi> and the les<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>er <hi>Asia,</hi> swarming with their Temples and Ceremonies: and
yet now are they <hi>perished from the earth, and from under these heavens.</hi> Where is
now <hi>Bel</hi> the God of <hi>Babylon, Nisroch</hi> the God of <hi>Assyria, Baal</hi> and <hi>Ashteroth</hi> the Gods
of the <hi>Sidonians, Rimmon</hi> the God of the <hi>Aramites?</hi> Where is now <hi>Dagon</hi> of the <hi>Phi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>listines,
Milcom</hi> of the <hi>Ammonites, Chemosh</hi> of <hi>Moab,</hi> and <hi>Tammuz</hi> of the <hi>Egyptians?</hi>
Even these also, whose names we hear so frequent in Scripture, are perished with
their very names <hi>from this earth, and from under these heavens.</hi> And the Nations
which once worshipped them, worship now the great God, Creator of heaven and
earth, <hi>once</hi> all of them, and <hi>yet</hi> the most of them, truly and savingly in Christ <hi>Iesus</hi>
the Saviour and Redeemer of the world.</p>
                  <p>The beginning of this strange and wonderful Change was about the <hi>Birth and In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>carnation
of Christ</hi> our Saviour, at which time <hi>the Gods</hi> of the <hi>Gentiles</hi> grew <hi>speechless
in their Oracles:</hi> or if at any time they answered, it was to testifie the nearness of
that time wherein they were to be cast out, and the presence of him who should do
the same. As it is reported of <hi>Augustus,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Vide <hi>Suidam</hi> in <hi>Augusto Ni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceph.</hi> l. 1. c. 17. &amp; <hi>Cedrenum</hi> in Synops. histor.</note> who consulting the Oracle of <hi>Apollo,</hi> who
should reign after him, received this answer;
<q>
                        <l>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>,</l>
                        <l>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>.</l>
                        <l>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>.</l>
                     </q>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="194" facs="tcp:63175:148"/>
The meaning whereof is this; <hi>The Hebrew child, which rules the blessed Gods, bids me
leave this house, and presently pack to hell: From henceforth depart thou with silence from
our Altars.</hi> Whereupon it is said that <hi>Augustus</hi> reared an Altar in the Capitol with this
Inscription, ARA PRIMOGENITI DEI, <hi>The Altar of the First-begotten
of God.</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">In his <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, quoted by Fu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sebius and The<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>odores.</note> 
                     <hi>Porphyrie,</hi> though an enemy of Christians, reports three farewel Oracles
of <hi>Apollo.</hi> The first whereof is this:
<q>
                        <l>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>,</l>
                        <l>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>.</l>
                        <l>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>.</l>
                        <l>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>.</l>
                     </q>
                     <hi>In English thus;</hi> O wo is me! lament ye Tripods, for Apollo is gone, he is gone, he is
gone; For the burning light of heaven, that <hi>Iupiter</hi> which was, is, and shall be, O mighty
Iupiter, he compels me. Ah wo is me! the bright glory of my Oracles is gone from me.
<hi>And to the Priest which last consulted him, his demand being,</hi> Which was the true Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ligion,
<hi>he answered in this manner;</hi>
                     <q>
                        <l>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>,</l>
                        <l>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>,</l>
                        <l>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>,</l>
                        <l>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>, &amp;c.</l>
                     </q>
                     <q>Then,</q>
                     <q>
                        <l>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>,</l>
                        <l>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>.</l>
                     </q>
                     <hi>In English thus;</hi> Thou unhappiest of the Priests, oh that thou wouldst not have asked me,
being now at my last, of the Divine Father, and of the dear begotten of that famous King,
nor of the Spirit which comprehendeth and surroundeth all things. For, wo is me! He it
is that, will I, nill I, will expel me from these Temples; and full soon shall this dividing
seat become a place of desolation. <hi>And if at any time he were extremely urged by in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chantments
and exorcisms to break off this uncouth silence, he answered,</hi>
                     <q>
                        <l>
                           <note n="*" place="margin">Eusebius Prapar. Evang. lib. 5. cap. 16.</note> 
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>,</l>
                        <l>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>
                        </l>
                        <l>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>.</l>
                        <l>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>.</l>
                     </q>
                     <hi>Apollo's</hi> voice is not to be recovered, it is decayed through length of time, and locked up
with the keys of never-divining silence: but do you, as ye were wont, such sacrifices as it
beseemeth <hi>Phoebus</hi> to have.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>The ceasing of Oracles,</hi> in ancient times so frequent, made the Heathen wonder what
the cause should be; for being grown very rare as the coming of Christ drew near,
and at the time of his being upon the earth, the chiefest of all, the Oracle of <hi>Delphos,</hi>
grown speechless, as <hi>Strabo</hi> living at that time witnesseth, before the end of that Age
all the Oracles of the world in a manner held their peace.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Plutarch,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">
                        <hi>Plutarch's</hi> ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>co<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> of the Causes why <hi>Oracles</hi> ceased.</note> as ye all know, at that time writ a Tract of <hi>the decay of Oracles,</hi> wherein
he labours to find <hi>the cause of their ceasing;</hi> and after much search and many disputes
he concludes the Reason partly to be from the absence of his Demoniacal spirits, who
by his Philosophy might either die through length of years, or flit from place to place,
either exiled by others more strong, or upon some other dislike; and partly from the
alteration of the soil where <hi>Oracles</hi> were seated, which might not yield such Exhalati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons
as in former times they had done. This is the Summe of the Reasons in that Dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>course.</p>
                  <p>But as we embrace this Testimony of <hi>Plutarch</hi> for the use and <hi>decay of Oracles;</hi>
                     <note place="margin">The true Cause of their ceasing.</note> so
we are better enabled to give a true reason thereof than he was or could be: namely,
As Meteors and smaller lights vanish and appear not when the Sun begins to rise; So
did these false lights of the Heathen vanish when the Sun of righteousness, Christ <hi>Ie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sus,</hi>
arose unto the world. As <hi>Dagon</hi> fell down when the Ark of God was brought
into his Temple;<note place="margin">1 Sam. 5. 3.</note> so when the true Ark of God, Christ <hi>Iesus,</hi> came into the world,
all the <hi>Dagons</hi> of the Nations fell down: The time was come when (as our Saviour
saith <hi>Iohn</hi> 12. 31.) <hi>the Prince of this world was to be cast out;</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Rom. 13. 12.</note> 
                     <hi>The night was past, and
the day was come;</hi> and therefore such Bats and Birds of darkness as these were not any
longer to play such reaks as in times past they had done.</p>
                  <p>Now began that <hi>War in heaven</hi> between <hi>Michael</hi> and the <hi>red Dragon,</hi> whereof
we read in the <hi>Revelation,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Rev. 12. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> 
                     <hi>Michael and his Angels fought against the Dragon and his
Angels:</hi> that is, Christ our Lord and his undaunted souldiers fought with the Devil
and all his Ethnick forces led by the <hi>Roman</hi> Emperors. Which War, though
<pb n="195" facs="tcp:63175:148"/>
it lasted long, and cost the bloud and lives of many a thousand valiant Martyrs; yet
in the days of <hi>Constantine</hi> the <hi>Dragon</hi> received so great an overthrow, that he never
could recover it: and though in the days of <hi>Iulian</hi> he made head again and kept
the field a while; yet was he soon fain to quit it, and leave the victory unto <hi>Michael's</hi>
army: Which defeature of his was accompanied with an ominous sign of his utter
overthrow, his Throne or Temple at <hi>Delphos</hi> with earthquakes, thunder and lighten<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing,
being utterly ruined. For as by the rending of the veil of the Temple was
signified the abolishment of <hi>Legal worship:</hi> so by the prodigious destruction of the
chiefest Temple the Devil had in all the world, was, as it were, sealed the irrecove<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rable
overthrow of <hi>Ethnicisme,</hi> which in the <hi>Event</hi> immediately following proved
true. For though he retained some strength under <hi>Valens</hi> in the East, by still en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>joying
his wonted sacrifices; yet in the days of <hi>Theodosius</hi> he was utterly and finally
vanquished, when his last champion <hi>Eugenius,</hi> who threatned to be another <hi>Iulian,</hi>
and to restore <hi>Ethnicisme</hi> again, with his whole Army was discomfited by the
prayer and prowess of <hi>Theodosius,</hi> about the year of our Lord three hundred and
ninety. For after this time <hi>Ethnicisme</hi> was never publickly maintained in the
<hi>Roman</hi> Empire, nor any open attempt made for restoring it again; whereby it
seems the <hi>red Dragon was cast down to the earth,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Rev. 12.</note> and that now was perfected the Tri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>umph
of <hi>Michael's</hi> victory, when <hi>the Gods that made not the heaven and the earth</hi>
were fully <hi>perished,</hi> as concerning their Empire, <hi>from the earth and from under these
heavens.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>As the War was long, so the Victory was not gotten all at once, but by certain
degrees, as it were; beginning with <hi>Constantine Anno</hi> 300. and ending in <hi>Theodosius,</hi>
about (as I said) the year 390. And though it be hard to pitch the time of this Tro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phee
exactly; yet I doubt not but it falleth in some part of the time included in the
foresaid limits.</p>
                  <p>Thus then have we seen the Truth and Power of God in fulfilling of this Prophe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cy,
for so much as is already past, and may say with <hi>David,</hi> Psal. 48. 8. <hi>As we have
heard, so have we seen in the city of the Lord of hosts, in the city of our God; God will
establish it for ever.</hi> But who would have believed this at the time when the words
were spoken, when the worshippers of the most high God were at so low an ebbe?
Hence therefore must we learn to believe the Promises of God, be they never so un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>likely
to humane Reason: For he it is that says, <hi>Esay</hi> 46. 11. <hi>I have spoken, and I
will bring it to pass.</hi> It is he that says, <hi>Ier.</hi> 32. 27. <hi>I am the God of all flesh,
and there is nothing too hard for me.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Gen. 17. 17. &amp; 18. 11, 12.</note> Though <hi>Abraham</hi> be never so old, and <hi>Sarah's</hi>
womb be dead; yet if the Lord says it, he shall be Father of many Though.<note n="*" place="margin">Iudges 6. 16.</note> Nations
<hi>Gideon</hi> be the least of the house of <hi>Manasses;</hi> yet if the Lord says it, by him shall
<hi>Israel</hi> be delivered from the <hi>Midianites.</hi> Though<note n="*" place="margin">1 Sam. 16. 11.</note> 
                     <hi>David</hi> follow the sheep; yet if
God promise, he shall be King of <hi>Israel.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">2 Kings Chap. 6, &amp; 7.</note> Be the famine in <hi>Samaria</hi> never so extreme,
that women eat their own children; yet if God say it, within twenty four hours shall
corn be so cheap, that a measure of fine flour shall be sold for a shekel, and two mea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sures
of barley for a shekel, in the gates of <hi>Samaria.</hi> Let us take heed therefore we
say not with him on whose hand the King leaned,<note place="margin">Chap. 2. 7.</note> 
                     <hi>If God would make windows in hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven,
it could not be;</hi> nor with the <hi>Israelites,</hi> when the spies brought them news of the
strength of the Inhabitants of <hi>Canaan,</hi> of chariots of iron, and the giant-like sons of
<hi>Anak,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Numb. 13.</note> let us not say with them, <hi>we shall not enter:</hi> For that Lord who set humane
reason against the Word and Promise of God, never eat of the abundance of <hi>Samaria;</hi>
and the <hi>Iews</hi> which distrusted God, never entred the land of <hi>Canaan.</hi> But let us
know, for a conclusion, that <hi>God is faithful and true, and</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">1 Cor. 2. 20.</note> 
                     <hi>his Promises yea and amen.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>HITHER TO we have spoken of <hi>the accomplishment of this Prophecy for so much
as is already past;</hi> now let us see <hi>What that is which we expect as yet to come.</hi> For
though in regard of former times, when <hi>Ethnicisme</hi> was so large, and the worshippers
of the living God so small a scantling, the Extent of the Church be now at this day a
goodly and large portion of the world: yet if we consider the numbers of nations
yet Pagans, or not Christians, it will seem to scant as yet to be the accomplishment
of this and other <hi>Prophecies concerning the Largeness of Christ's Kingdom before the end of
the world.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>For one hath well observed, That <hi>Christianity</hi> at this day is not above the <hi>sixth</hi>
part of the known world; whereas the <hi>Mahumetans</hi> have a <hi>fifth,</hi> and all the rest are
<hi>Ethnicks</hi> and Pagans. So that if we divide the World into <hi>thirty</hi> parts, <hi>Christianity</hi>
is but as <hi>five</hi> in thirty, <hi>Mahumetanism</hi> as <hi>six,</hi> and <hi>Ethnicism</hi> as <hi>nineteen:</hi> and so is <hi>Christi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>anity</hi>
the least part of all, and <hi>plain Heathenism</hi> hath far above the one half of the known
<pb n="196" facs="tcp:63175:149"/>
world; and the better part of the other is also <hi>Mahumetans.</hi> And though <hi>Christia<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nity</hi>
hath been embraced in former times where now it is not, yet it is now spred in
those places where in those times it was not. And therefore all laid together, we
may account <hi>Christianity</hi> at this day as large, I think, as ever it was since the Apostles
time.</p>
                  <p>But that this is not <hi>that Vniversal Kingdom of Christ, that flourishing and glorious
estate of the Church,</hi> which yet we expect and hope for, my Reasons are these.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/> First, Those frequent places of Scripture which intimate that the Lord should sub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>due
all people, all kingdoms, all nations, and all the ends of the earth unto himself,
and that all these should one day worship and acknowledge him. <hi>Psal.</hi> 22. 27. <hi>All
the ends of the world shall remember and turn unto the Lord, and all the kindreds of the
nations shall worship before him: for the Kingdom is the Lord's, and he is governour
among the nations.</hi> And <hi>Psal.</hi> 47. 1. 2, 3. <hi>Clap your hands all ye people,—for the Lord
is a great King over all the earth: He shall subdue the people under us, and the nations un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der
our feet.</hi> And again, v. 7, 8. <hi>God is King of all the earth—and reigneth over the
Heathen.</hi> Psal. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>6. 1, &amp;c. <hi>Make a joyful noise unto God, all ye lands—Through the
greatness of thy power shall thine enemies submit themselves unto thee. All the earth shall
worship thee, and sing of thee; they shall sing unto thy Name.</hi> The whole 67. <hi>Psalm,</hi>
which we read every day, is as it were a Prophecy and Prayer for this great King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom:
<hi>That the may of God may be known upon earth, and his saving health among all na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions.
Let the people praise thee, O God, let all the people praise thee. Then shall the earth
yield her increase, &amp;c. God shall bless us, and all the ends of the earth shall fear him.</hi>
And <hi>Psal.</hi> 86. 9, 10. <hi>All nations whom thou hast made, shall come and worship before thee,
O Lord, and shall glorifie thy Name. For thou art great, and dost wondrous things; Thou
art God alone.</hi> And <hi>Esay</hi> 2. 18. (which is a Prophecy of Christ's kingdom) it is said,
that <hi>the Idols the Lord shall utterly abolish;</hi> or, as some read, <hi>the Idols shall utterly pass
away.</hi> So <hi>Esay</hi> 54. 5. speaking of the <hi>Amplitude</hi> of the Church of the Gentiles, <hi>Thy
Redeemer,</hi> (saith the Prophet) <hi>the holy One of Israel, the God of the whole earth shall he
be called.</hi> Certainly this constant style of <hi>Vniversality</hi> implies more than this scant<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ling
which yet is, it being but one of the least parts of the whole earth.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/> Secondly, The same conclusion may be gathered from 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 15. 25, 26. compared
with <hi>Heb.</hi> 2. 8. <hi>Christ must reign</hi> (saith S. <hi>Paul</hi> in the first place quoted) <hi>till he hath
put all his enemies under his feet. The last enemy which shall be destroyed is death.</hi>
Hence it follows, that Christ shall <hi>subdue all his enemies,</hi> whereof the <hi>Prince of this
world</hi> is the <hi>chief,</hi> before the last rising of the dead: For the <hi>subduing of death,</hi> that is,
<hi>the rising of the dead,</hi> shall not be afore the rest shall be done; the <hi>vanquishing of death</hi>
being the <hi>last act of Christ's reigning;</hi> which done, he shall yield up the Kingdom un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
his Father.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>In the other place,</hi> Heb. <hi>2. 8. the Apostle speaking of the same thing, alledgeth
that of</hi> Psal. 8. 6. Thou hast put all things in subjection under his feet; <hi>(and then adds)</hi>
For in that he put all in subjection under him, he left nothing that is not put under him.
But now <hi>(mark it)</hi> we see not yet all things put under him.</p>
                  <p>If any say that the Apostle speaks here of the <hi>Kingdom of Glory in heaven,</hi> and not
of the <hi>Kingdom of Grace on earth.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>I reply 1. out of the former place, That he speaks of such a <hi>subjection</hi> whereof <hi>the
rising of the dead</hi> shall be the <hi>last act</hi> of all, and which shall be before <hi>he yields up the
Kingdom</hi> to his Father: But neither of these can be affirmed of the <hi>Kingdom of Glory,</hi>
but the contrary; <hi>viz.</hi> The <hi>rising of the dead is at the beginning,</hi> and not <hi>at the end</hi> of
the <hi>Kingdom of Glory;</hi> and so is also the <hi>yielding up of his kingdom</hi> unto his Father.</p>
                  <p>2. I reply out of this place, That the Apostle speaks of that Kingdom and subjecti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
of the Earth, or state of the Earth, which was to come. For so he speaks, ver.
5.<note n="*" place="margin">See this more fully ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plain'd in a particular Tract of his, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, in Book III.</note> 
                     <hi>Vnto the Angels he hath not put in subjection <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, the
Earth,</hi> or <hi>state of the Earth, which shall be, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, of which we speak.</hi> Here
he affirms, that <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is that of whose subjection he meaneth. If then
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> signifie only the <hi>Earth</hi> and the <hi>Earth's inhabitants,</hi> and is no where in the
whole Scripture otherwise used; I cannot see how this place can well bear any other
exposition.</p>
                  <p>First then to confirm this, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is the same which the Hebrews call <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>; for
so the Septuagint render it, whose use of speaking I doubt not but the Apostle fol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lows.
But <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> most constantly signifies <hi>the habitable earth,</hi> or <hi>the earth with the things
that live and dwell thereon:</hi> whence the Septuagint, though they commonly render it
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, yet sometimes they render it <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>The earth;</hi> sometimes <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<pb n="197" facs="tcp:63175:149"/>
                     <hi>That which is under heaven.</hi> Therefore with the Septuagint <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>The earth,</hi> and <hi>That which is under the heavens.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>If this suffice not, we may yet consider, That <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is a Participle of the femi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nine
gender, and therefore understands <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>the earth which is in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>habited.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Lastly, Wheresoever elsewhere this word is found in the New Testament, it is
most expresly used of the <hi>earth and inhabitants thereof.</hi> In the beginning of this
Epistle we read,<note place="margin">Heb. 1. 10.</note> 
                     <hi>Thou, Lord, in the beginning hast laid the foundations of the earth
<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, and the heavens are the works of thine hands.</hi> Matth. 24. 14. <hi>This Gospel of
the kingdom shall be preached <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, over all the earth, and then shall the end
come.</hi> Luke 2. 1. <hi>Then went a decree from Augustus that all the world should be taxed,</hi>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. The rest behind are far more express; but I leave them to your
own leisure, and will only add this one thing, That our English rendring in this place
of the <hi>Hebrews,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Heb. 2. 5.</note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>The world to come,</hi> makes it not only ambiguous,
but seeming to mean <hi>The Kingdom of Glory.</hi> But we shall find that <hi>The world</hi> in that
sense is always <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, but no where in all the Bible
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. And so I leave this, with submission to the judgement of
others.</p>
                  <p>My next Reason shall be from that we read in the <hi>Revelation,</hi> where <hi>the Church,</hi> by
the conquest of <hi>Michael,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Rev. 12. 6.</note> set free from the <hi>Dragon's</hi> fury, is said <hi>to escape into the wil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derness;</hi>
that is, <hi>into a state,</hi> though of <hi>safety,</hi> peace and security, yet of <hi>hardship,</hi> mi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sery
and scarcity: For it seems to be an allusion to the <hi>Israelites</hi> escaping the tyranny
of <hi>Pharaoh,</hi> by going into the wilderness. In this <hi>wilderness,</hi> or place of hardship,
scarcity,<note place="margin">Verse 14.</note> misery and much affliction, the Church must remain (saith S. <hi>Iohn) a time,
times, and half a time;</hi> or, as he elsewhere speaketh, <hi>a thousand, two hundred and
threescore days;</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Verse 6.</note> that is, <hi>a year, years, and half a year:</hi> and when this time shall be
expired, (that is, as learned Divines think, when so many years shall be ended as
those days are, taking the beginning of our reckoning from <hi>Michael's</hi> Trophee) then,
saith our Apostle, <hi>shall the kingdoms of the world become the kingdoms of our Lord, and
of his Christ, and he shall reign for ever and ever,</hi> Rev. 11. 15. Whereby it should
seem <hi>that the Church is yet in the Wilderness;</hi> and that the promised happiness of the
ample and flourishing glory thereof before the end of the world, is yet to come.</p>
                  <p>My last Reason shall be from <hi>Rom.</hi> 11. where S. <hi>Paul</hi> speaking of <hi>the future restoring <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="4"/>
and calling of the Iews,</hi> saith it shall be <hi>when the fulness of the Gentiles is come in; I
would not</hi> (saith he) <hi>that ye should be ignorant of this mystery, &amp;c.</hi> v. 25. Now be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cause
the <hi>Iews</hi> are not yet called, it followeth that <hi>the fulness of the Gentiles</hi> is yet to
come: and what should then <hi>this Fulness</hi> be, but the Fulness of the Gospel's extent
over all the nations of the world; which our Apostle, ver. 15. of the same chapter,
calls <hi>life from the dead? For if the casting away of the</hi> Iews <hi>be the reconciling of the world;
what shall the receiving of them be, but life from the dead?</hi> As if the Church of the <hi>Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiles</hi>
were as yet half dead, if it be compared with that glorious vigour and accession
which shall come unto it when the <hi>Iews</hi> shall be again received into favour.</p>
                  <p>In brief, <hi>The Fulness</hi> here spoken of is either a <hi>Fulness of grace,</hi> a <hi>Fulness of extent,</hi>
or a <hi>Fulness of time.</hi> A <hi>Fulness of time</hi> only it cannot be, because our Apostle saith,
this Fulness <hi>shall enter in;</hi> namely, shall enter into the Church of Christ: but this I see
not how it can be spoken of a period of <hi>time.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Verse 25. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> As for a <hi>Fulness of grace</hi> and spiritual
gifts, that was greater when S. <hi>Paul</hi> spake than ever it was since; and therefore if
it be meant, it must be <hi>yet to come.</hi> And for the <hi>Fulness of extent,</hi> it was as large
for the number of Nations in the Apostles times as it is now in ours; (For as
for the <hi>American</hi> Christians, they are only so in name, being forced only to
seem so by the <hi>Spaniards.</hi>) Whatsoever <hi>Fulness</hi> then the Apostle here meaneth, <hi>is
yet to come.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>I will add only one thing more, and so end this point. Some think that S. <hi>Paul</hi>
in this place hath reference unto that speech of Christ, <hi>Luke</hi> 21. 24. where he fore<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tells,
<hi>That the Iews should fall by the edge of the sword, and be led captive into all na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions,
and Ierusalem should be trodden down of the Gentiles, until the times of the Gentiles
should be fulfilled,</hi> or <hi>accomplished.</hi> But it seems to me, that <hi>the Fulness of the Gentiles</hi>
and the <hi>Fulfilling</hi> or <hi>Accomplishment of their times</hi> should not be the same, howsoever
they may be coincident. It should rather seem that our Saviour hath reference, as
to a thing known, unto the Prophecy of <hi>Daniel,</hi> where the Times of the <hi>Gentiles,</hi>
or the times wherein the <hi>Gentiles</hi> should have dominion, with the misery and subjecti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
of the <hi>Iewish</hi> Nation,<note place="margin">Dan. Chap. 2. &amp; Chap 7.</note> are set forth in the Vision of a fourfold Image, and four
<pb n="198" facs="tcp:63175:150"/>
Beasts, which are the four Monarchies, the <hi>Babylonian, Persian, Greek</hi> and <hi>Roman.</hi>
The first began with the first captivity of the Iewish Nation, and through the times of
all the rest they should be in subjection or in a worser estate under them: But when
<hi>their times should be accomplished,</hi> then, saith <hi>Daniel, The Saints of the most High God
shall take the kingdom,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Chap. 7. 18.</note> 
                     <hi>and possess the kingdom for ever and ever;</hi> that is, there shall be
no more kingdoms after it, but it shall continue as long as the world shall endure.
<hi>Three</hi> of these Monarchies were past when our Saviour spake, and the <hi>fourth</hi> was well
entred. If then by <hi>Saints</hi> there are meant the <hi>Iews,</hi> which we know are called <hi>the
holy People</hi> in that sense their country is still called <hi>the holy Land,</hi> and their city in the
Scripture <hi>the holy City, viz.</hi> relatively; then is it plain enough what <hi>Daniel's</hi> and our
Saviour's words import, namely, a glorious revocation and kingdom of the <hi>Iews,</hi>
when the time of the fourth Monarchy, which then remained, should be expired and
accomplished.</p>
                  <p>But if here by <hi>the Saints of the most High</hi> are in general meant <hi>the Church,</hi> yet by
coincidence of time the same will fall out on the <hi>Iews</hi> behalf; because S. <hi>Paul</hi> saith,
that at the time <hi>when the Fulness of the Gentiles shall come in,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Rom. 11. 25.</note> 
                     <hi>the Iew shall be again re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stored.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>For a conclusion; The last limb of the fourth Monarchy is, in <hi>Daniel, The Horn
with eyes which spake proud things against the most High,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Chap. 7. 8.</note> 
                     <hi>which should continue a time,
times, and half a time;</hi> that is, a year, years, and half a year. In the <hi>Revelation</hi> it
is <hi>The Beast with so many heads and horns,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Chap. 13. 1, 5.</note> 
                     <hi>full of names of blasphemy,</hi> which was to con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tinue
<hi>forty two months:</hi> the same period with the former, which was expressed by
times or years, and the same time with <hi>a thousand, two hundred and sixty days of the
Churche's remaining in the wilderness.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Rev. 12. 6.</note>
                  </p>
                  <p>When these Times, <hi>whatsoever they be,</hi> shall be ended, then <hi>is the period of the
Times of the</hi> Gentiles <hi>and of the</hi> Iews <hi>misery, whereto our Saviour seems to refer in
the Gospel:</hi> then, <hi>by S.</hi> Paul, <hi>shall</hi> the Fulness of the Gentiles enter in: then, <hi>saith
S.</hi> Iohn, shall the kingdoms of the earth be the Lord's and his Christ's:<note place="margin">Rev. 11. 15.</note> then, <hi>saith</hi> Daniel
<hi>in the former place, Chap. 7. 27.</hi> shall the kingdom, and dominion, and the greatness of
the kingdom under the whole heaven, be given to the people of the Saints of the most High;
whose kingdom is an everlasting kingdom, and all dominions shall serve and obey
him.</p>
                  <p>The Use we are to make upon this long Discourse is Hope and comfortable Expe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctation.
<hi>Experience</hi> (saith S. <hi>Paul,</hi> Rom. 5. 4.) <hi>worketh hope:</hi> Let therefore our
experience of God's Power and Truth in that which is past, be as a pledge and pawn
unto us of the future. We have seen a great part of this <hi>Doom of false Gods</hi> fulfilled
already: what though we see not the means of the full accomplishment? <hi>If thou shalt
say in thy heart,</hi> (saith <hi>Moses, Deut.</hi> 7. 17, 18.) <hi>These nations are more than I; how
can I dispossess them? Thou shalt not be afraid of them, but shalt remember what the Lord
thy God did unto Pharaoh and unto all Egypt.</hi> So if any of us shall say, How can this
be? let us remember what the Lord hath done already, in subduing so great a part
of the world unto himself, which once <hi>sate in darkness and in the shadow of death.</hi>
                  </p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="37" type="discourse">
               <pb n="199" facs="tcp:63175:150"/>
               <head>DISCOURSE XXXVII.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>PROVERBS 4. 23.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>Keep thy heart with all diligence <hi>[Heb.</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> above all keep<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing:]
For out of it are the issues of life.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>
                     <hi>EVERY way of man</hi> (saith the same mouth which uttered this)
<hi>is right in his own eyes: but the Lord pondereth the hearts,</hi> Prov. 21. 2.
And chap. 16. 2. <hi>All the ways of man are clean in his own eyes: but
the Lord weigheth the spirits.</hi> Which words have this <hi>Discretive</hi>
sense, that Although the eyes of men judge of the rightness of the
ways of men by that which appeareth to the eye: yet God he is not
as man, nor judgeth like him; but he pondereth the heart and
spirit. Therefore in Scripture he is styled <hi>A God that searcheth the heart and reins:</hi>
Ier. 17. 10. <hi>I the Lord search the heart, I trie the reins; even to give every man accord<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
to his ways, and according to the fruit of his doings.</hi> Which words our Saviour
useth <hi>Rev.</hi> 2. 23. in his Epistle to <hi>Thyatira, I am he which searcheth the reins and the
hearts; and I will give unto every one of you according to your works:</hi> that is, Men
esteem of works as they see; but I judge and reward them as I see. Men punish
and reward according to the outside only, which comes under the view
and stands in awe of men: but God judges and rewards according to the Heart or
inward man, which he only sees, and which therefore stands in awe and fear of
none but him. For as for the <hi>outward act,</hi> it may as well be done for the praise and
awe of men, as for love and fear of God; and therefore by it cannot be discerned
whether our obedience be to God or man: But the <hi>Heart</hi> is that divine Touch-stone,
as that which hath none to fear, none to please, none to approve it self unto, but
him who alone sees it and is only able to try and examine it,</p>
                  <p>If therefore any Precept, any Admonition in the whole Book of God deserve the
best of our attention to hear, and greatest care to put in practice, this of my Text is
worthy to be accounted of that number; <hi>Keep thy heart above all keeping: For out of
it are the issues of life.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The words divide themselves into two parts; An <hi>Admonition,</hi> and A <hi>Motive.</hi>
The Admonition, <hi>Keep thy heart above all keeping:</hi> The Motive, <hi>For out of it are the
issues of life;</hi> that is, Even as in the life of nature, the Heart is the fountain of living,
and the well-spring of all operations of life; so in the life of grace, we live to God
through it.</p>
                  <p>In the <hi>Admonition</hi> consider 1. The Act, <hi>Keep:</hi> 2. The Object what we are to keep,<milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="I"/>
                     <hi>our Heart:</hi> 3. The Manner and Means how it must be kept, <hi>with all diligence,</hi> or <hi>above
all keeping.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">The Admoni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion. <hi>Keep thy Heart, &amp;c.</hi>
                     </note>
                  </p>
                  <p>Of the Act <hi>Keep</hi> I shall not need say much; it is an easie word, and we shall not <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="I"/>
forget it in that which follows, but ever and anon have occasion to repeat it. Only
here observe in general,<note place="margin">The Act, <hi>Keep.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>That our Hearts are untrusty, unruly, and obvious to be surpri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sed;</hi>
for such things we are wont <hi>to keep:</hi> and so much therefore is implied, in that
they are to be kept, else they needed no keeping. This is therefore the condition
of our <hi>Hearts.</hi> 1. They are <hi>untrusty. The heart is deceitful above all things,</hi> Ier. 17. 9.
Therefore it stands in hand to watch it, to suspect it, and deal with it as we would
with a notable Iugler or with an untrusty and pilfering servant, to have a jealous and
a watchful eye over it: For if our eye be never so little off, it will presently break
out into some unlawful liberty or other. 2. It is an <hi>unruly</hi> thing; if it be once lost,
a man cannot recover it again without much time and labour. For it is like unto a
wild horse; if the bridle be once let go, he will be gone, and not gotten again in
haste; yea it may be we shall be forced to spend as much time in recovering him,
as would have served to have dispatched our whole journey: So if the bridle of
watchfulness be once let go, and our Hearts get loose, they will not easily be re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gained;
<pb n="200" facs="tcp:63175:151"/>
it will ask us no small time to temper and tune them again for the service of
God.<note place="margin">Prov. 4. 23.</note> Lastly, our hearts are <hi>continually liable to surprise;</hi> we walk in the midst of
snares, encompassed with dangers on every side. What is that almost which will
not entice and allure so fickle a thing as the <hi>Heart</hi> from God? We can be secure of
it at no time, neither sleeping nor waking; in no place, neither house not street,
neither bed nor board; not in our Closet, no not in the Church and Pulpit.</p>
                  <p>THUS much shall suffice to have been briefly observed by way of implication
from the Act, <hi>Keep.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="II"/> Now I come to the <hi>Object</hi>
                     <note place="margin">The Object, <hi>Thy Heart.</hi>
                     </note> it self, <hi>The Heart, Keep thy Heart.</hi> By <hi>Heart</hi> we must un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derstand
the inward thoughts, motions and af<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ections of the Soul and Spirit, whereof
the <hi>Heart</hi> is the Chamber. But not a <hi>natural</hi> man's Heart, for that is not worth a
<hi>keeping;</hi> but such a Heart as lives to God-ward, a good and gracious heart, which
consists in two properties, in <hi>Purity</hi> and <hi>Loy<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>lty.</hi> This is the state and temper we must
keep our Hearts in. I will speak of them in order.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="I"/> And first of <hi>Purity</hi> and <hi>Cleanness:</hi> We must keep our Hearts in <hi>Purity</hi> and <hi>Clean<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness;</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Matt. 5. 8.</note>
For <hi>Blessed are the pure in Heart, for they shall see God;</hi> and none but such shall
ever see him. It behoves us therefore to know what this <hi>Cleanness</hi> is, the having or
not having whereof concerns us so nearly. Know then, A <hi>clean</hi> or <hi>pure Heart is that
which loaths sin, and loves righteousness.</hi> For the better understanding whereof, we
must further know, That an <hi>absolute cleanness</hi> and <hi>pureness</hi> of the heart and soul from
sin is not attainable in this life: <hi>Prov.</hi> 20. 9. <hi>Who can say, I have made my heart clean,
I am pure from my sin?</hi> Yet is there a <hi>cleanness of heart</hi> which must be had, and with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>out
which we shall never see God, as you heard before. Such was that which <hi>David</hi>
prays for, <hi>Psal.</hi> 51. 10. <hi>Create in me a clean heart, O God, and renew a right spirit within
me.</hi> And 2 <hi>Tim.</hi> 2. 22. true Christians are described to be such as <hi>call upon the Lord
out of a pure heart.</hi> 1 Tim. 1. 5. <hi>The end of the Commandment,</hi> saith the Apostle, <hi>is
charity out of a pure heart, and of a good conscience, and of faith unfeigned.</hi> And him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>self
2 <hi>Tim.</hi> 1. 3. <hi>thanks God whom he served from his forefathers with a pure conscience.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But if this <hi>Purity of the heart</hi> were no other than a <hi>total</hi> freedom thereof from all
unclean thoughts and sinful motions and desires, in such sort as a man should never
be troubled and defiled with them; alas! who then should see God? who should be
saved? That <hi>Claenness</hi> therefore, that measure of <hi>Purity</hi> which God requires to be
in the heart of every one who shall see him, and with whom he will vouchsafe to
dwell, is (as I told you) the <hi>loathing of sin,</hi> and the <hi>love of righteousness:</hi> that is an
accepted <hi>Cleanness</hi> through Faith, when the hate of impurity and love of cleanness
in the heart is accepted with God for <hi>cleanness</hi> and <hi>pureness</hi> it self. Though not a
cleanness of all our affections, yet at least (and what can God require less?) an af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fection
to all cleanness: For God accepts the will for the deed. If we love, if we
desire, if we delight heartily in that which is clean and pure in the eyes of God;
if we hate and abhor, if we loath in our selves all sinful impurities and pollutions
both of flesh and spirit; howsoever we find in our selves a great want of the one,
and our hearts much and often vexed and troubled with the other; yet is this af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fection
of our hearts accepted with God for a pure and cleansed heart indeed. And
where this disposition is, the heart cannot chuse but grow cleaner and cleaner, even
with real and formal cleanness. For a man cannot but cherish that which he loveth,
and rid himself as much as may be of what he loatheth. So he that loveth and affecteth
<hi>cleanness of heart,</hi> will cherish and make much of every good motion which the Spirit
of God shall put into it; and if he indeed loath and abhor unclean and sinful thoughts,
will do his best to stifle them and remove them far from him.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>This</hi> Cleanness and Purity of Heart <hi>is that which the Scripture slyleth</hi> Holiness, <hi>even
that</hi> Holiness without which, <hi>S.</hi> Paul <hi>tells us,</hi> Heb. 12. 14. no man shall see the Lord.
<hi>For in the</hi> Law, <hi>the legal cleansing, washing and purging of that which any way be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>longed
to God or was prepared for his presence and service, is called</hi> sanctifying <hi>or</hi>
hallowing, <hi>Exod. 19. 10. When the Lord was to come down upon Mount</hi> Sinai, Go
unto the People, <hi>(saith he to</hi> Moses) and sanctifie them to day and to morrow, and let
them wash their clothes. <hi>2 Chron. 29. 5.</hi> Hezekiah <hi>saith to the</hi> Levites, Sanctifie now
your selves, and sanctifie the house of the Lord God of your fathers, and carry forth the
filthiness out of the holy place. <hi>And accordingly in the 16. ver.</hi> the Priests go in to
cleanse it; <hi>which</hi> cleansing <hi>in the next verse is called their</hi> sanctifying it. <hi>In</hi> Deut.
<hi>23. 14. where a law is given for</hi> cleanness <hi>and</hi> neatness in the Camp, <hi>the reason is ren<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dred
in these words,</hi> For the Lord thy God walketh in the midst of the Camp, to deliver
<pb n="201" facs="tcp:63175:151"/>
thee, and to give up thine enemies before thee: therefore shall thy Camp be holy, that he see
no unclean thing in thee, and turn away from thee. <hi>The same expression S.</hi> Paul <hi>applies
to</hi> spiritual <hi>cleansing, 2</hi> Cor. 7. 1. Let us <hi>(saith he)</hi> cleanse our selves from all filthiness
of the flesh and spirit, perfecting holiness in the fear of God. <hi>Here, with S.</hi> Paul <hi>also,</hi>
Holiness <hi>is</hi> Cleansing, <hi>and</hi> Cleansing <hi>is</hi> Holiness. <hi>So</hi> Eph. 5. 26. That he might sanctifie
and cleanse it, &amp;c.</p>
                  <p>As therefore under the <hi>Law</hi> that place was not fit to entertain the presence of God,
nor any thing duly prepared to approach or come near him, which was not thus <hi>ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ternally
cleansed</hi> and <hi>sanctified:</hi> Such is the case of the <hi>inward cleansing</hi> of the heart;
unless it be sanctified with <hi>purity</hi> and <hi>cleanness,</hi> God will never <hi>dwell</hi> in it, nor suffer
ought from it as acceptable to come near him. Wherefore it is not without good
reason we pray in our Liturgie, <hi>O Lord, make clean our hearts within us; And take
not thy holy Spirit from us:</hi> For God's Spirit will not dwell in a sty; it is a <hi>clean</hi> Spi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rit,
and will have a <hi>clean</hi> habitation. That which S. <hi>Paul</hi> speaks of the whole man
(2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 6. 16, 17.) <hi>Ye are the Temple of the living God, wherefore touch no unclean thing,
and I will receive you,</hi> is principally true of the <hi>heart</hi> and <hi>spirit.</hi> The rest of the
Body is but as the <hi>Court of the Temple;</hi> but the Seat of his presence in the spiritual
man, as the <hi>Holy place,</hi> is the <hi>Heart:</hi> even as it is also the Seat of life in the natural;
<hi>primum vivens &amp; ultimum moriens, the first that lives and the last that dies.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But by what means should a man get and keep such a Heart as this? How is this
<hi>Holiness and Cleanness of heart</hi> to be come by? I answer, The <hi>General</hi> means on our
part to obtain this and all other Graces of God is faithful and devout <hi>Prayer;</hi> But
this being common to all Graces, is not proper to be spoken of in this place. Let
us therefore see a means more <hi>special</hi> and peculiar for obtaining this <hi>Cleanness</hi> and
<hi>Purity of heart;</hi> such a one as though it may have some use for other Graces, yet I
think is more proper unto this than unto any other whatsoever; and that is, <hi>For a
man always to possess his heart with the apprehension of God's presence, and to walk before
him as in his eye.</hi> Wheresoever thou art, there is an Eye that sees thee, an Ear that
hears thee, and a Hand that registreth thy most secret thoughts: For <hi>the ways of man</hi>
(saith <hi>Solomon,</hi> Prov. 5. 21.) <hi>are before the eyes of the Lord, and he pondereth all his
goings.</hi> How much ashamed would we be that any one we loved and honoured
should surprise us in our corporal uncleanness, to see and behold any nasty pollution
either of our bodies or chambers? How would a man blush and be confounded to
be taken and seen<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>in the manner,</hi> as we speak? But every <hi>unclean thought,</hi> wicked
<hi>desire</hi> and motion of our heart, is more open and revealed to the eyes of God than
the <hi>works themselves,</hi> if we should put them in execution, could be visible to the
eyes of men. Yea and these <hi>thoughts</hi> and <hi>desires</hi> wherewith our hearts are besmear<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
are as foul, ugly and loathsom in his sight, as the <hi>works themselves</hi> would appear
shameful in the eyes of men, if we should commit them openly in the street and in
the fight of the Sun. Nay suppose that men could see our hearts as well as they may
our out-works would we not be as much ashamed they should behold the foulness of
the one, as see the shamefulness of the other? Consider it; What if such a Patron,
such a Friend, such a one to whom I desire to approve my self, should know what I
now ruminate in my heart; what unchast pollution, what other abhorred desire and
thought it now wallows and delights in? should I not blush and be ashamed?</p>
                  <p>What horrible <hi>Atheism</hi> doth this argue, That the presence of man, yea sometimes
of a little child, should hinder us from that wickedness which God's presence cannot?
If we did throughly and indeed believe this Ubiquity of God's Eye, and let it make
a firm impression in our minds, how would it quash the first rising of evil thoughts
in our hearts? The eye of man draws from us a care of our <hi>outward behaviour;</hi> why
then should not the All-seeing Eye of God, if we loved him, if we honoured him,
if we desired at all to approve our selves unto him, draw from us a care of the <hi>in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ward
behaviour of the Heart?</hi> since he sees thy <hi>Heart</hi> better than man sees thy <hi>Face,</hi>
and understands thy <hi>Thoughts</hi> better than any man thy <hi>Works</hi> and <hi>Words.</hi> Little chil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dren
when in the midst of their disorders they spie once their Father's eye, they are
hushed presently: So should it be with us, when, through forgetfulness of this All<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>seeing
Eye of our Heavenly Father continually overlooking us, our Hearts begin
to break loose and to sport themselves in vain and idle thoughts and desires, then
should we consider that all this while God looked upon us and beheld our misbeha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>viour;
then should we cry him mercy with <hi>Iacob</hi> at <hi>Bethel,<note place="margin">Gen. 28. 16;</note> Surely God was here, and
I was not aware.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="202" facs="tcp:63175:152"/>
And thus I come to the second requisite of that gracious Temper a good Heart
must be kept unto, which is <hi>Loyalty unto God;</hi> We must keep a <hi>loyal</hi> heart. <hi>The Loyal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty
of the heart to God</hi> consisteth in <hi>an universal purpose of obedience, and resolution
against all sin, without Reservation and Exception. Sceptra non ferunt socium;</hi> Kings
can endure no copartners. Nor can a purpose of obedience mingled with Exceptions
and Reservations stand with a true faith and allegiance to Christ our Lord. <hi>In ani<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ma
in qua peccatum regnaverit, non potest Dei regnare regnum,</hi> saith S. <hi>Ierome; In the
Soul where sin reigns and has got dominion, God's Kingdom can never be set up nor esta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>blished.</hi>
For how can he be a faithful servant of Christ, who still holdeth correspon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dence
with, and is a Pensioner to, his Arch-enemy the Devil? Even such an one
is he who hath any sin which he holds so dear, that he hath no purpose nor will to part
with it. What will it profit thee to keep thy Heart at all, unless thou keepest it
<hi>loyal?</hi> Will God accept a piece of thy Heart? No, he will have a whole Heart and
a whole Soul, or none. <hi>Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with thy whole heart, and whole
mind:</hi> otherwise thou keepest not thy heart to God, but betrayest it unto the Devil.
For one breach in the walls of a City exposeth it to the surprise of an enemy; one
leak in a S<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>p neglected will sink it at last unto the bottom of the Sea.</p>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. If thou wilt therefore have a <hi>Loyal</hi> heart, know that such a heart cherisheth no
darling sin,<note place="margin">Eccles. 10. 1.</note> no <hi>Herodias,</hi> no bo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>om-sin; such a dead fly as this will mar the whole box
of oyntment.</item>
                     <item>2. A Sound and <hi>Loyal</hi> heart is not that which boggles and scruples at small sins,
but makes no conscience of greater, like the I harisees straining at a Gnat, and swal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lowing
a Camel;<note place="margin">Matt. 23. 24.</note> nor the contrary, whose conscience is only for the greater matters
of the Law, <hi>Mercy</hi> and <hi>Iudgment,</hi> without any regard of <hi>Mint</hi> or <hi>Anise.</hi> A <hi>Loyal</hi>
heart is like unto the Eye troubled with the least mote.</item>
                     <item>3. A <hi>Loyal</hi> heart as it hates all sins, so at all times. Sometimes the <hi>unsound</hi> heart
will hate sin, when there is no benefit by it; but if it chance to be once beneficial to
our selves, then we love it. Here is the trial of a <hi>Loyal</hi> heart to God, to prefer ver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tue
before vice then, when in humane reason vertue shall be the loser, vice the gainer.
This note discovered <hi>Iehu,</hi>
                        <note place="margin">2 King. 10. 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>, &amp;c.</note> who destroyed the worship of <hi>Baal</hi> with a great shew
of zeal; but when it came to<note n="*" place="margin">Vers. 29.</note> 
                        <hi>Ieroboam's</hi> Calves, he dispensed with them, lest it
might prove dangerous to his Kingdom, if the <hi>Israelites</hi> should go worship at <hi>Ieru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>salem.</hi>
                     </item>
                     <item>4. To conclude; A <hi>Loyal</hi> heart is that which the Scripture calls in the old Testa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment
A <hi>perfect heart,</hi>
                        <note place="margin">A <hi>Loyal heart</hi> and a <hi>Perfect heart</hi> the same.</note> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, or <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>. Not <hi>perfect in respect of degrees,</hi> for such a
perfection is not attainable in this life; but <hi>perfect in respect of parts; Cor integrum,</hi> a
heart wherein no part is wholly wanting, howsoever weak and a great deal short of
due proportion. 1 <hi>Kings</hi> 11. 4. when <hi>Solomon was old, his wives turned away his heart
after other Gods, and his heart was not</hi>
                        <note n="*" place="margin">
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>
                        </note> 
                        <hi>perfect with his God, as was the Heart of David
his Father:</hi> not because he served not the Lord at all, but that he served him not only
and intirely. <hi>Ioshua</hi> 24. 14. <hi>Now therefore,</hi> saith he, <hi>fear the Lord, and serve him in sin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerity
and truth,</hi> (Heb. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>in perfectness and truth,) and put away the Gods which
your Fathers served:</hi> which was as much as to say, Serve the Lord wholly, and quite
renounce all service to others. 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 20. 3. <hi>Hezekiah</hi> prayes in his sickness, <hi>Lord,
I have walked before thee in truth, and with a<note n="*" place="margin">
                              <gap reason="foreign">
                                 <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                              </gap>
                           </note> perfect heart, and have done that which
is good in thy sight.</hi> He saith not, he had done <hi>perfect</hi> Actions, or performed <hi>perfect</hi>
service, (for who can do such?) but yet that he walked with a <hi>perfect heart,</hi> that
is, with a <hi>loyal heart</hi> before God. So 1 <hi>Kings</hi> 15. 14. it is said, That though Asa
failed in his Reformation, and <hi>the high places were not removed; nevertheless his heart
was</hi>
                        <note n="*" place="margin">
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>
                        </note> 
                        <hi>perfect</hi> (that is, <hi>loyal) with the Lord all his dayes.</hi>
                     </item>
                  </list>
                  <p>THUS much shall suffice to have spoken of the Act, <hi>Keep;</hi> and of the <hi>Heart,</hi>
the Object of our keeping: which are the two first things I considered in this <hi>Ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>monition.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="III"/> The Third remains, which is the <hi>Manner or Means how our heart is to be kept,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">The man<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>er how the H<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>art is to be k<gap reason="illegible: missing" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>t. With all dili<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gence.</note> viz.
<hi>with all diligence,</hi> or <hi>above all keeping</hi> saith the Text: that is, with the best, the sur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>est,
the chiefest kind of keeping; which is not only now and then to look unto it,
but to set a continual guard about it. Nature hath placed the <hi>Heart</hi> in the most
fenced part of the body, having the <hi>Breast</hi> as a natural Corslet to defend it. If the
<hi>Heart</hi> be in fear or danger, all the bloud and spirits in the body will forsake the out<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ward
parts, and run to preserve and succour it. If Nature be so provident for that
which is but the Fountain of a natural life, what care should the spiritual man have
to keep his heart and soul guarded and fortified against all annoiances spiritual? The
<pb n="203" facs="tcp:63175:152"/>
life we lose, if this be wounded or poisoned, is inestimable; the other of Nature is
of no great value.</p>
                  <p>Yea but perhaps a natural man's heart is liable to more natural dangers than the
heart of a man that lives to God-ward is to spiritual annoiances. I answer, The con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trary
is true: For the Heart we speak of, whence the <hi>Issues of the life of grace</hi> pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceed,
is like a City every moment liable both to inward commotion and outward
assault: Within, the fountain of original Impurity is continually more or less bub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bling
with rebellion; Without, the World and the Devil continually either assault
it, or lye in Ambuscado to surprise it. The world batters it with three great and dan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gerous
Engines, of <hi>Pleasures, Riches,</hi> and <hi>Honours,</hi> wherewith she endeavoureth to lay it
waste, and rob it of all heavenly treasure. The Devil watcheth every opportunity to
hurl in his fiery darts, to cast all into a combustion, and thereby farther to invenome and
enrage the already-too-much impoisoned vitiousness and impetuousness of our corrupt
nature. How needful a thing is it therefore to follow this precept of <hi>Solomon,</hi> to <hi>keep
our hearts with all diligence,</hi> or <hi>above all keeping;</hi> to keep them with a continual guard,
to keep a continual watch and ward, left the enemies surprise them? <hi>Watch and pray,</hi>
(saith our Saviour, <hi>Matt.</hi> 26. 41.) <hi>that ye enter not into temptation. Watch in all things,</hi>
saith S. <hi>Paul</hi> to <hi>Timothy,</hi> 2 <hi>Tim.</hi> 4. 5. <hi>Be sober, be vigilant,</hi> (saith S. <hi>Peter,</hi> 1 <hi>Pet.</hi> 5. 8.) <hi>be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cause
your adversary the devil as a roaring lion walketh about, seeking whom he may devour.</hi>
If the heart be to be kept with all diligence, or above the keeping of any thing else,
then is this Watch we hear commanded, and this Guard of Prayer (and this is a
strong Guard) to be chiefly and above all applied unto it.</p>
                  <p>But for a more particular direction of this <hi>guarding of the Heart,</hi> we must be care<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ful
to observe this order following.</p>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. As those who keep a City attempted or besieged by an Enemy have special care
of the Gates and Posterns whereat the Enemie may get in: So must we in this Guard
of the Heart watch especially over the Gates and Windows of the Soul, the <hi>Senses;</hi>
and above all the <hi>Eye</hi> and the <hi>Ear,</hi> whereat the Devil is wont to convey the most of those
pollutions wherewith the Heart is wasted. First, concerning the <hi>Eye, David's</hi> example
may warn the holiest men to the world's end to keep a watchful jealousie over it. What
a number of Cut-throats did one idle glance upon <hi>Bathsheba</hi> let in, who made that Royal
Heart, whose uprightness God so much approved, to become a sty of uncleanness,
and robbed it of those heavenly ornaments wherewith it was so plentifully adorned?
For the <hi>Ear,</hi> take heed of obscene and wanton talk, which by those Doors or Win<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dows
entring like Balls of Wild-fire, inflame the Heart with lust. We must beware
also of the slanderer's mouth and backbiters tongue, whose lying reports and malici<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ous
tales, if they get in, would sow in thine heart the seeds of heart-burning spight and
mental murther, which in that sinful soil will fructifie very rankly. And think them
no small sins which make thee guilty of innocent bloud; for thine <hi>heart</hi> and <hi>tongue</hi>
may kill thy brother as well as thy <hi>hand.</hi>
                     </item>
                     <item>2. As those who keep and defend a City make much of such as are faithful, trusty
and serviceable; and if any such come, will entertain and welcom them with much
kindness; but a Traitor, or one of the enemie's party, they presently cut short as
soon as they discover him: So must we make exceedingly much of all good mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions
put into our hearts by God's Spirit, howsoever occasioned, whether by the
Word of God, mindfulness of death, good Admonition, some special cross or extraor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dinary
mercy, any way at any time: These are our Hearts friends; we must cherish,
encrease and improve them to the utmost with meditation, prayer and practice. But,
on the contrary, we must resist and crush every exorbitant thought which draws to sin
at the first rising. <hi>Tutissimum est, It is most, safe</hi> (saith S. <hi>Austin Epist.</hi> 142.) <hi>for the
Soul to accustom it self to discern of its thoughts; &amp; ad primum animi motum, vel pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bare,
vel reprobare, quid cogitat; ut vel bonas cognationes alat, vel statim extinguat ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>las;
and at the first motion thereof either to approve or else to disallow what the Mind is
thinking of; and so either to cherish and improve the thoughts and motions of the Mind
if good<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> or presently to extinguish them if evil.</hi>
                     </item>
                     <item>3. Lastly, Let him that will indeed guard his Heart as it should be, take heed of fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miliar
and friendly converse with lewd, prophane and ungracious company. There is
a strange attraction in ill company to poison and pervert even the best dispositions.
<hi>He that toucheth pitch</hi> (saith<note n="*" place="margin">Ecclus. 13. 1. Prov. 6. 27</note> the Son of <hi>Sirach) shall be defiled therewith. Can a man
take fire in his bosom</hi> (saith <hi>Solomen) and his clothes not be burnt?</hi> For believe it, when
a man is accustomed once and wonted to behold lewd and ungodly behaviour,
there steals upon him insensibly, first, a dislike of sober courses; next, a plea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sing
<pb n="204" facs="tcp:63175:153"/>
approbation of the contrary; and so presently, an habitual change of affections
and demeanour into the manners and conditions of our companions. It is a point
that many will not believe, but few or none did ever try but to their cost. It was
wise counsel, had it not been in a sinful business, which <hi>Ieroboam</hi> advised; <hi>If this
people</hi> (saith he) <hi>go up to sacrifice at Ierusalem, then shall the heart of this people turn
again to their lord,</hi> even <hi>to Rehoboam king<note place="margin">1 King. 12. 27.</note> of Iudah, and they shall kill me, and go
again to Rehoboam king of Iudah.</hi> O that some men would be as wise for their good as
he was for his sin!</item>
                  </list>
                  <p>THUS I have done with the first part of my Text, <hi>The Admonition, Keep thy
<milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="II"/> heart with all diligence,</hi> or <hi>above all keeping:</hi> Now I proceed to the Motive,<note place="margin">
                        <hi>The Motive.</hi> For out of it are the Issues of life.</note> 
                     <hi>For out
of it are the issues of life;</hi> that is, All spiritual life and living actions issue from thence.
All living devotion, all living service and worship of God issues from the Heart, from
those <hi>cleansed</hi> and <hi>loyal</hi> affections and dispositions of the Soul and inward man where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>of
I spake before. Where such a Heart is not the Fountain, there no action to God<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ward
liveth, but is spiritually dead, how gay and glorious soever it may outward<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
seem. No outward performance whatsoever, be it never so conformable and like
unto a godly man's action, yet if it be not rooted in the Heart inwardly sanctified, it
is no issue of spiritual life, nor acceptable with God. Even as Statues and Puppets
do move their eyes, their hands, their feet, like unto living men; yet are they not
living actions, because they come not from an inward Soul, the fountain of life, but
from the artificial poise of weights and device of wheels set by the workman: So is
it here with heartless actions; they are like the actions of true Christians, but not
Christian actions; because they issue not from a Heart sanctified with <hi>purity</hi> and <hi>loyalty</hi>
in the presence of God who tries the heart and reins, but from the poise of vain-glory,
from the wheels of some external respects and advantages, from a rotten heart which
wrought not for the love of God but for the praise of men. As therefore we judge
of the state of <hi>natural</hi> life by the <hi>Pulse</hi> and beating of the Heart; so must we do
of <hi>spiritual.</hi> No member of the body performs any action of <hi>natural</hi> life, wherein
a <hi>Pulse</hi> derived from the Heart beats not: So is it in the <hi>spiritual</hi> man and the actions
of Grace; That lives not, which some gracious and affectionate influence from the
Heart quickens not.</p>
                  <p>Now this <hi>Issuing</hi> of our works and actions <hi>from the Heart</hi> is that which is called
<hi>Sincerity and Truth,</hi> so much commended unto us in Scripture: For this <hi>Sincerity</hi>
and <hi>Truth</hi> which is said to be in the works and actions of all such as fear and serve the
Lord with acceptance, is nothing else but an agreement of the outward work seen of
men with the inward and sutable affection and meaning of the heart, which God and
our selves alone are privie to. For as our <hi>words</hi> and speeches have <hi>truth</hi> in them
when we speak as we think; so our <hi>works</hi> and actions are done in <hi>sincerity</hi> and <hi>truth,</hi>
when they are done according to our heart's affection. <hi>Sincerity</hi> therefore and <hi>Truth</hi>
is the life of all our works of devotion and obedience unto God; without this they
are nothing but a carkase; they are dead, they live not, neither doth God accept
them: For he <hi>desireth truth in the inward parts,</hi> Psal. 51. 6. that is, <hi>truth</hi> which pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceedeth
or issueth from the inward parts. <hi>The Lord is nigh unto all them that call upon
him, that call upon him in truth,</hi> Psal. 145. 18. For <hi>God is a Spirit, and they that worship
him must worship him in spirit and in truth,</hi> Iohn 4. 24. <hi>Whatsoever ye do,</hi> (saith S.
<hi>Paul, Col.</hi> 3. 23.) <hi>do it heartily, as to the Lord, and not unto men.</hi> Our <hi>faith must be
unfeigned,</hi> 1 <hi>Tim.</hi> 1. 5. that is, in truth and in sincerity. Also our <hi>Love</hi> must not be <hi>in
speech and tongue only, but in deed and truth,</hi> 1 Iohn 3. 18.</p>
                  <p>And this is the highest Perfection attainable in this life, for which God ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cepteth
of our obedience as perfect which springeth from it, though it be stained
with much corruption and full of imperfection: That which is wanting in the
measure of obedience and holiness, is made up in the <hi>truth</hi> and <hi>sincerity</hi> thereof. If it
have not this, whatsoever it be, it is good for nothing, because it wants the <hi>Issue
of life.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>And such Actions are all the Actions of <hi>Hypocrites:</hi> For <hi>Hypocrisie</hi> is the contrary
to <hi>Sincerity;</hi> and wheresoever <hi>Sincerity</hi> and <hi>Truth</hi> is not, there <hi>Hypocrisie</hi> is, being no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thing
else but a counterfeiting and falsehood of our actions, when they come not from
a Heart sutably affected: and therefore is otherwise in Scripture understood by the
name of <hi>Guile;</hi> when those who serve God in <hi>sincerity</hi> and <hi>truth,</hi> are said to be <hi>with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>out
guile,</hi> that is, without <hi>hypocrisie.</hi> So <hi>Nathanael</hi> (Iohn 1. 47.) is called an
<hi>Israelite indeed, in whom there was no guile.</hi> And of the Virgin-Saints (<hi>Rev.</hi> 14. 5.)
it is said, that <hi>in their mouth was found no guile; for they are without fault before the
<pb n="205" facs="tcp:63175:153"/>
Throne of God:</hi> that is, they served God without hypocrisie, in sincerity and truth;
and therefore God accepted of their obedience as if it were without fault and imper<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fection;
as he is wont to do the works of those who serve him in that manner. If
therefore <hi>Sincerity</hi> be the <hi>life</hi> of our obedience, and that which makes it graceful in
the eyes of God; then is <hi>Hypocrisie</hi> the <hi>death</hi> thereof, which makes him loath and
abhor it as a stinking carkase.</p>
                  <p>Hitherto have I spoken of the <hi>Influence of life</hi> into a Christian's actions in <hi>general.</hi>
But as in <hi>natural life,</hi> so in <hi>spiritual,</hi> are many Branches, as the words of my Text
imply; speaking not singularly of one <hi>Issue,</hi> but plurally of many <hi>Issues of life.</hi> For
that which lives, exerciseth many living acts, as so many streams flowing from the
Fountain of life; none of which belong unto that which liveth not. These <hi>Issues</hi> in
<hi>Nature</hi> are five; <hi>Health, Nourishment, Growth, Sense,</hi> and <hi>Motion:</hi> and the <hi>Heart</hi> is
the Fountain of them all; without it they are not, they cannot be; but as it fareth,
so fare they all. The like unto these are to be found in our <hi>spiritual life,</hi> of which
I will speak somewhat in special, the rather because every of them are as so many
Motives to incite us to the attainment of this life to God-ward, by serving him in
<hi>Sincerity and Truth.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. The first <hi>Issue of Spiritual life,</hi> flowing from the Heart, is spiritual <hi>Health.</hi> For
the curing of our Souls of their Spiritual diseases must begin at the Hearts, and the
inward causes of corruption must thence be purged, before there can be any true
Reformation or sound <hi>Health</hi> in the outward parts: Even as the heat of the <hi>Face</hi> is
not much abated by casting water and cooling things upon it, but by allaying in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wardly
the heat of the <hi>Liver.</hi> Again, That which seems to spring and flourish in our
lives, unless it be rooted in the Heart,<note place="margin">Matth. 21.</note> will wither and die. The Fig-tree that only
made a shew with leaves, having no fruit; in the end, being cursed, lost the leaves too
wherewith it deceived our Saviour. So the Seed which sprouted upon the stony
ground is said to have <hi>withered,</hi>
                        <note place="margin">Matth. 13. 6.</note> because it <hi>had no root.</hi> And if an Apple seem never
so beautiful, yet if it be rotten at the core, it will quickly putrifie.</item>
                     <item>2. The second <hi>Issue of spiritual life</hi> is spiritual <hi>Nutrition,</hi> whereby the Soul con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tinually
feeds upon Christ in his Word and Sacraments. But this is in none whose
works and actions issue not from the Heart by Sincerity and Truth. For where Hun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ger
and Thirst is not, the body is not nourished: He must have a stomach to his
meat that will have good by it: Chewing in his mouth will not do it, though he swal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>low
it; if his stomach be against it, he will vomit it up again. And can this <hi>spiritual
hunger</hi> and <hi>spiritual thirst</hi> be where the inward man is not sanctified? Can he have a
Spiritual stomach whose heart is not cleansed?</item>
                     <item>3. The third <hi>Issue of Spiritual life</hi> is spiritual <hi>Growth.</hi> It is God's wont to reward
the sincerity of a little grace with abundance of great graces. <hi>Nathanael,</hi> a man of
no great knowledg,<note place="margin">Iohn 1.</note> yet being a true <hi>Israelite,</hi> void of guile, is further enlightened
by our Saviour, who gives him a sight of the true <hi>Messiah,</hi> endues him with true
faith, and promises him still greater matters. A weak and dim knowledg had the
<hi>Eunuch</hi> and <hi>Cornelius</hi> in the Mystery of Godliness: yet because they worshipped God
<hi>sincerely,</hi>
                        <note place="margin">Acts 8. 29.</note> an Evangelist was sent to the one, and an<note n="*" place="margin">Ch. 10. 3. 20.</note> Angel and an Apostle to the other,
to give them clearer light of the Gospel and a fuller largess of spiritual gifts. The
curse of God is upon <hi>Hypocrisie,</hi> to destroy a great deal, a great stock of grace; but
his blessing is upon <hi>Sincerity,</hi> to improve a little portion to a greater measure. A
little Spring is better than a great Pond; for in Summer, when Ponds are dried up,
little Springs will still hold out.</item>
                     <item>4. The fourth <hi>Issue of Spiritual life</hi> is spiritual <hi>Sense,</hi> the Sense and feeling of the
favour of God: This no man shall ever find who lives not the life of sincerity. For
this is the most found and undeceivable evidence of our portion and interest in the
power and purity of Christ's saving passion and sanctifying bloudshed.</item>
                     <item>5. The fifth <hi>Issue of Spiritual life</hi> is spiritual <hi>Motion;</hi> such I call <hi>Alacrity</hi> and
<hi>Courage.</hi> Sincerity is the cause of these: It makes us <hi>chearful</hi> in all duties of service
and obedience unto God; it makes us <hi>valiant</hi> and <hi>courageous</hi> in all dangers, trials
and temptations; begetting in us a true, manly, generous and heroical spirit. <hi>The
wicked</hi> (saith <hi>Solomon, Prov.</hi> 28. 1.) <hi>flee when no man pursueth, but the righteous are
bold as a Lion.</hi>
                     </item>
                  </list>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="38" type="discourse">
               <pb n="206" facs="tcp:63175:154"/>
               <head>DISCOURSE XXXVIII.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>ISAIAH 55. 7.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>Let the wicked forsake his way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts:
and let him return unto the Lord, and he will have mercy upon
him; and to our God, for he will abundantly pardon.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>I Will not speak of the coherence of these words, for they are
an entire sense of themselves, and contain in them two parts:
First, <hi>The Conversion of a sinner;</hi> Secondly, <hi>The Condition of one
so converted.</hi> The <hi>Conversion of a sinner</hi> is exprest in three de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>grees:
In the <hi>forsaking of wicked wayes;</hi> In the <hi>forsaking of
evil thoughts;</hi> and thirdly, In <hi>returning again unto the Lord. Let
the wicked forsake his way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts:
and let him return to the Lord.</hi> The <hi>Condition</hi> or <hi>State</hi> wherein
he stands who hath done all this, is <hi>no state of Merit,</hi> but of
<hi>Mercy;</hi> no not so much as a little Merit, but even <hi>abundant Mercy.</hi> If the Lord
after all this accepts him, it is because <hi>he will have mercy upon him:</hi> if our God for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>give,
he doth even <hi>abundantly pardon.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="I"/> Of these I intend to speak in order: and first of the First, which is <hi>The Conversion
of a sinner,</hi> which is (as I have said) laid down in three degrees or steps, the latter
always excelling the former. Even as in the Temple of <hi>Solomon,</hi> he that would
approach the Mercy-seat of God must ascend through three parts of the Temple,
the Court, the Holy Place, and the Holy of Holies: So must he that will attain
this <hi>Condition of Mercy</hi> mount these three steps of Repentance, that he may enter
into that glorious Sanctuary which is <hi>not made with hands,</hi> where the great God that
<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>hews mercy unto thousands lives for ever and ever.</p>
                  <p>The first two of these forementioned degrees [<hi>To forsake a wicked way, To rid the
heart of evil thoughts</hi>] lest they seem but one thing expressed in many words, I must
handle both together, that by comparing I may the better distinguish them.</p>
                  <p>As for the latter therefore of these words, they have no great difficulty, and
therefore will not need much explication; but in the former [<hi>Let the wicked man
forsake his way</hi>] the Metaphor of <hi>way</hi> causeth some obscurity, which I think is thus
to be unfolded. Every <hi>way</hi> implies a <hi>walking,</hi> a <hi>way</hi> being that wherein men use to
<hi>walk:</hi> In whatsoever sense therefore the Metaphor of <hi>walking</hi> is taken elsewhere in
Scripture, in the same is <hi>way</hi> taken here. But <hi>To walk,</hi> in Scripture, seems in a special
and proper sense to signifie the <hi>outward life and conversation</hi> of men. For as in the na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tural
man the act of progression or moving to and fro is the most external act of all
others, and the most obvious to the sense of every one: So in a man spiritually con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sidered,
his <hi>way</hi> or <hi>walking</hi> should be the <hi>outward actions</hi> of his life, which are or may
be seen of others. And as in the natural man, his moving to or fro is the execution of
the hidden intendments of his Fancy: So in a man spiritually considered, <hi>To walk</hi> is
to put in execution outwardly what the Heart conceives inwardly.</p>
                  <p>I will not deny but this phrase of <hi>walking,</hi> or treading out a <hi>way</hi> is in Scripture
sometimes taken more largely for the <hi>whole course of our Life</hi> whatsoever: but here
the <hi>Antithesis</hi> of the words following, <hi>viz. evil thoughts,</hi> do manifestly imply that the
former, <hi>viz. a wicked man's way,</hi> is to be taken for an <hi>evil Conversation,</hi> in the sense I
have spoken. So also in <hi>Psal.</hi> 1. 1. <hi>Blessed is the man that hath not walked in the counsel
of the ungodly;</hi> the collation of <hi>walking</hi> with <hi>ungodly counsel</hi> may warrant the like
expression, that the <hi>counsel of the ungodly</hi> should signifie <hi>evil thoughts</hi> and <hi>purposes,
walking</hi> in these counsels the <hi>practice</hi> and execution of them.</p>
                  <p>Moreover, if I did delight in such subtilties, I might confirm this Exposition by
the word here used for a wicked man, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, which signifies properly <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, a
laborious sinner, a practitioner in sin; the verb <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> signifying <hi>to make a stir, to
<pb n="207" facs="tcp:63175:154"/>
be exceeding busie,<note place="margin">Isaiah 55. 7.</note> unquiet,</hi> or <hi>troublesome:</hi> whence<note n="*" place="margin">Vide <hi>Merce<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum</hi> in locum, &amp; R. Kimch. lib. Radicum in voce <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> some do expound that <hi>Eccles.</hi> 7.
17. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Be not too wicked,</hi> for <hi>Be not too busie</hi> or <hi>too stirring;</hi> Keep not too
great a coile, namely in things of this world. Semblably here, <hi>Let the wicked man
forsake his way,</hi> is, Let him that bestirs himself in the execution of sinful counsels,
leave his busie practice; and in the next place, he that hath but <hi>evil thoughts</hi> or bad
desires, purge his heart of them also. Let the man who walks wickedly in his out<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ward
conversation, forsake his <hi>evil way;</hi> this is the <hi>first</hi> step of a Convert: But
more than this, Let him that hath but an evil heart, though his actions were out<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wardly
blameless, banish even all his <hi>evil thoughts</hi> and cogitations; and this is the
<hi>second</hi> degree of a sinner's conversion.</p>
                  <p>This Exposition therefore being taken for a ground, now I come to the Observa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions
I collect from thence. The first Observation I gather, is common to both
these degrees of a sinner's conversion; and that is from the word [<hi>forsake:</hi>] For
<hi>to forsake</hi> is an Emphatical word; <hi>To forsake sin</hi> is more than a bare refraining from
sin, or a withdrawing a mans self from doing wickedness; <hi>To forsake sin</hi> is to give
over all acquaintance, all dealing with sin, or to foregoe it altogether: For a man
that refrains a friend's company, is not by and by said to forsake him; no more can
he that only refrains from sin be said to forsake it.</p>
                  <p>Hence therefore we learn, <hi>That whosoever retains any one darling sin, is no forsaker
of sin, though he refrain from all other;</hi> for this is not to break off all acquaintance
with sin, but rather to make choice of his sin, to chuse what sin he will use, and what
sin he will refuse. Thus did <hi>Herod</hi> in the Gospel, he reformed many things at the
preaching of <hi>Iohn Baptist,</hi> but still he kept <hi>Herodias</hi> his brother <hi>Philip's</hi> wife <hi>Mark</hi> 6.
19, 20. But we must know that he that keeps any one sin, hath forsaken none: so
saith S. <hi>Iames,</hi> chap. 2. vers. 10. <hi>He that offends in one point, he is guilty of all.</hi> God
must have our whole heart or none, he will not be served by halfs: For that were
to say as <hi>David</hi> said to <hi>Mephibosheth,</hi> 2 <hi>Sam.</hi> 19. 29. concerning his lands, <hi>Thou and Ziba
divide the lands;</hi> so we, God and the Devil his slave divide our hearts between them.</p>
                  <p>What will it profit to guard never so strongly all the other parts of a City walls,
if any one part be left open for the enemy to enter? or what is a Ship the safer,
though all other parts be strong and sound, if but one leaking hole be unstopped?
will not this sink the whole Ship, be it never so sound? Even just so will it be with
us, if we leave any one place in our Soul for any one sin to enter. Do we not
know that a little crack in one place of a Bell marrs the sound as well as if it were
clean through? So will any one crack of sin marr the musick of our Souls in the ears
of Almighty. Do we not know that the laying but a finger upon the edge of a thing
which giveth sound, damps the sound, as well as the whole hand? Even so is the De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vil
lay but his finger upon our heart, he damps all our actions of devotion, and
makes them give but a dead sound in the hearing of the Lord of Heaven. How true
this is, I appeal unto every man's conscience who hears me this day, whether he finds
not, in his own experience, that the cherishing of any one Sin makes him dead-hearted
toward God, dull and heavie in all works of devotion.</p>
                  <p>THUS much of this <hi>general Observation:</hi> Now I come to several <hi>Observations</hi>
I gather from the several parts. The first whereof was (as you may remember)
<hi>The forsaking of wicked ways,</hi> which I expounded in this place, <hi>The forsaking of sin in
our outward walkings and conversation before men.</hi> If this therefore be the <hi>First degree
of Conversion,</hi> then may we learn, <hi>That those who want this, have not gone the first step <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="I"/>
of a new life.</hi> Indeed in the eyes of God, who sees that which no body else can see,
no man appeareth blameless or free from sin: But that those who are entred the way
of a new and holy life should walk so, that men may not accuse them of open crimes,
this, I say, is required of every true Convert. So it is said of <hi>Zachary</hi> and <hi>Eliza<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>beth</hi>
(<hi>Luke</hi> 1. 6.) that <hi>they walked in the Commandments of God blameless;</hi> yea even
many Heathen men have come thus far, that men could not accuse them, and yet
they perished everlastingly.</p>
                  <p>Let no man therefore deceive or flatter himself; Those who fall into open and
grievous sins, are not yet in the state of a true convert sinner. <hi>If any man</hi> (saith
S. <hi>Iames</hi> 1. 26.) <hi>seem to be religious, and bridles not his tongue; he deceiveth his own
heart, his religion is vain.</hi> What S. <hi>Iames</hi> saith of wicked speakers, may be said of
open wicked doers: if any man who is a drunkard, an extortioner, or falls into such
open sins, if he seem religious, he deceiveth his own heart; his Religion is in vain.
Remember therefore what Christ saith in the Gospel, and <hi>let your light so shine before
men,<note place="margin">Matth. 5. 16.</note> that they seeing your good works, may glorifie your Father which is in heaven.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="208" facs="tcp:63175:155"/>Secondly, <hi>If a Reformed conversation before men be required of every true Convert,
then are they deceived who think it sufficient if they keep their hearts to God, though they
<milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/> apply their outward and bodily actions unto mens liking.</hi> No matter, they think, what
their speeches and gesture and their outward seeming be, so that in their hearts they
condemn and abhor such sinful actions as outwardly they seem to approve. This is the
opinion of too-too many: But let us hear what our Saviour Christ saith, <hi>He that deni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eth
me before men,<note place="margin">Matt. 10. 33.</note> him will I deny before my Father which is in heaven.</hi> Would any
man excuse his wife's adultery, though she should say never so often she kept her
heart and love only unto him? No more will Christ excuse us, when we yield our
outward man to wickedness, though we say we keep our hearts intire to him. Christ
suffered not only in Soul, but also in Body, that he might redeem us both Body and
Soul from everlasting destruction: and shall not we glorifie him with both? Yes verily;
and since God hath given us both a Body and a Soul, it becomes us (as S. <hi>Paul</hi> saith,
2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 7. 1.) to <hi>cleanse our selves from all filthiness of the flesh and spirit, perfecting ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>liness
in the fear of God.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="II"/> THUS having spoken sufficiently of the first degree of Repentance, I come unto
the second, which is contained in these words, <hi>Forsaking of evil thoughts.</hi> Whence
<milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/> first I observe, <hi>That Concupiscence, or the evil dispositions or motions of our hearts, are
sins before God, though we never consent to put them in execution.</hi> For this is the style
of the holy Ghost in my Text, not only to call the bad liver a <hi>wicked man,</hi> but the
owner too of evil motions, <hi>unrighteous.</hi> If we seek for a <hi>Law</hi> whereof they are a
breach, it is the last Commandment of the Decalogue, which prohibits all irregu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>larity
of our desires and thoughts whatsoever. <hi>Non concupisces, Thou shalt not</hi> so
much as <hi>covet</hi> any thing amiss; if thou dost, it will be sin. The natural man could not
know thus much; S. <hi>Paul</hi> himself confessing, that he <hi>had never known concupiscence to
be sin,<note place="margin">Rom. 7. 7.</note> had not the Law said, Non concupisces, Thou shalt not covet. Concupiscence</hi> he calls
not the Faculty or nature of the Act it self, but the <hi>Anomaly</hi> of the <hi>Act;</hi> not the
desire only, but every motion of the heart not agreeable to the will of God;
and that from the Style of this Commandment, <hi>Non concupisces.</hi> If any shall say that
the inward motions of our Mind are involuntary, and past the command of the Will,
and therefore not sinful; I answer, <hi>Ab initio non suit sic,</hi> It was not so from the be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ginning:
we procured this evil unto our selves in the sin of our first parents, and
therefore the fault is our own. Secondly, It is not necessary that whatsoever is sin
should be under the mastery of our Will, for so original sin should be none: But
this is necessary that all should in some sort belong unto the Will; and so do
our desires, affections, and all other motions (as we call them) of the Mind. If
any shall further add, that the Apostle <hi>Iames,</hi> 1. 15. saith of Concupiscence, that <hi>it
bringeth forth sin,</hi> and therefore it self not like to be sin, the Cause being always di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verse
from the Effect: I answer, The Apostle saith not, it is the cause of sin simply
or all sin, but only of outward sins or sins of fact: and howsoever, this reason is
so far from proving Concupiscence not to be sin, that it argueth the mere contra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry;
for that so bad an off-spring as sin cannot find a more natural parent than sin it
self.</p>
                  <p>The serious consideration hereof should be a cooling to the pride of our nature,
and a strong motive to Humility in the esteeming of our selves and our best actions.
Alas! what are we, that any good work we do should make us so highly conceit of
our selves! Let us examine our inward thoughts, our hopes, our fears, our by-respects,
our vain-glory, the whole Regiment of Concupiscence; and it will make us even
ashamed to think what we have done, howsoever that which is seen outwardly be
blameless and glorious in the eyes of men. If the Peacocks-wings of a laudable work,
or the gay feathers of seeming worth do make thee swell; do but cast thine eyes a lit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tle
upon the legs whereon thou standest, upon the rotten post whereon thou hast rear<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
thy work so glorious without, and then thou wilt cast down thy high looks, and cry
with S. <hi>Paul, Rom.</hi> 7. 18. Lord, whatsoever men see without me, <hi>I know there dwelleth
no good thing within me,</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/> The second thing I observe from hence is, <hi>The Priviledg the Law of God hath
above the Laws of men.</hi> It is true, in the Laws of men, that <hi>Thoughts</hi> are free; but
with God's Law it is not so. Mens Laws are not broken though only the <hi>outward</hi>
man observe and keep them; but God's Laws are broken, if the <hi>inward</hi> man alone
transgress them, be the <hi>outward</hi> man (I mean, man in outward conversation) never
so conformable. And this is our meaning when we say <hi>That the Law of God only
doth bind the Conscience,</hi> meaning the inward actions of the soul and spirit, those
<pb n="209" facs="tcp:63175:155"/>
actions which only God and our Conscience are privy unto: But the Laws of men
do bind only the outward man, that is, to the performance of outward actions,
which men either do or may take notice of.</p>
                  <p>Which that we may the better understand, we must know that <hi>Laws</hi> are said <hi>to
bind</hi> in two regards: 1. in commanding the doing of some actions, which else were
at our choice; and 2. in making liable to an agreeable punishment if they be trans<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gressed.
Now whosoever commandeth, must be Lord of what he commandeth;
whosoever maketh liable to punishment, must both be able to take notice of the fault,
and of power to inflict the punishment. Seeing then God alone is Lord of the soul
and spirit, he alone can bind them by Commandment: Seeing God alone can take no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tice
of the sins of the heart, and is only able to inflict the punishment, namely, ever<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lasting
death and damnation, the proper punishment which the conscience feareth;
he alone may command upon pain of eternal damnation. Man's Law therefore, in
this sense which I have spoken, binds not the Conscience or inward man, because no
man is Lord of anothers conscience, nor can take notice of the actions thereof; nor
yet hath in his power to inflict the punishment which it only feareth.</p>
                  <p>In one word, conceive it thus; The actions whereunto the Conscience alone is
privie are not the object of the Laws of man, but only such actions as fall within the
notice of men. And yet this is also true, Though the Laws of men do not bind the
Conscience, yet a man is bound in Conscience to obey the Laws of men; but this
bond is from the Law of God, which commands us to use sutable affections in obey<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
the Laws of men: <hi>Obey every ordinance of men,</hi> not for fear of punishment, but
<hi>for conscience sake.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                           <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note>
                  </p>
                  <p>If now we did truly acknowledge this <hi>Prerogative of the Laws of God,</hi> we would
witness the same by our extraordinary care in keeping them, in an extraordinary
fear of breaking them. But what do we? even the clean contrary; we fear man
more than God, those that can but kill the body, above him that hath power to cast
both body and soul into hell-fire. Who would not be loth to break a King's laws in
a King's sight? and yet for God's Laws who fears, though our most secret thoughts be
always in his sight? In the <hi>outward work</hi> which men see, we are careful to restrain our
hands and tongues from slipping, lest man's Law might take hold of us; but the
<hi>thoughts of our heart</hi> we with all security let run at random, and never once curb them.
What is this but to account the Laws of God as cobwebs, the Laws of men as chains
of Iron; or openly to profess that of men we have some little fear, where they com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mand
with God; but where God commands alone, no fear at all? Even as those
wicked ones whereof <hi>David</hi> speaks in the 94. <hi>Psalm,</hi> v. 7. who say, <hi>The Lord shall not
see, neither shall the God of Iacob regard it.</hi> But <hi>he that planted the ear,</hi> (saith <hi>David</hi>
v. 9, 10, 11.) <hi>shall he not hear? he that formed the eye, shall he not see? He that teacheth
man knowledg, shall he not know?</hi> (yes) <hi>The Lord knoweth the thoughts of man,</hi> &amp;c.
<hi>Who</hi> then <hi>art thou</hi> (to use the words of <hi>Esay) that art afraid of man who shall die,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Ch. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>1. 12. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>and
of the son of man who shall be as the grass? and forgettest the Lord who made thee, who
stretched out the heavens, and laid the foundations of the earth?</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The last thing I mean to observe from these two first degrees of a sinner's conver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sion <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="3"/>
is, <hi>Wherein the life of a true Convert doth exceed the works both of the heathen and
the hypocrite.</hi> Glorious things are spoken of <hi>Aristides,</hi> of <hi>Scipio,</hi> of <hi>Socrates:</hi> But
their best works are but like unto counterfeit coin, the outside glistering with gold,
but the inside lead or worse metall; their hands, their feet, their walk like the Gate of
an <hi>Israelite,</hi> but their heart was uncircumcised like the heart of a <hi>Philistine;</hi> for they
wanted the purity of the heart seasoned with the love of God, they wanted these
cleansed thoughts, these holy affections, and therefore were their best works no
better than glorious sins. Even as statues and puppets do move their eyes, their
hands, their feet, like unto living men; and yet they are not living actions, because
they come not from an inward soul, the Fountain of life, but from the artificial
poise of weights and wheels set by the workman: Even such were the vertues of the
heathens, very puppet-plays, like unto the actions of Christian men, but not Christian
actions; because they came not from a pure heart, which gives life unto a Christian,
but from the poise of vain-glory, from the wheels of corrupt affections, from a rotten
heart, which wrought not for the love of God, but for the praise of men.<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </p>
                  <p>And no better are the works of <hi>Hypocrites,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ay worse: for they knew not that
the heart was to be cleansed, or how it should be cleansed; but these know that God
requires the heart, and yet their works are nothing but shews unto men. Such were
the Pharisees, of whom Christ saith, <hi>Matth.</hi> 23. 27, 28. <hi>Wo unto you, Scribes
<pb n="210" facs="tcp:63175:156"/>
and Pharisees, hypocrites; for ye are like unto whited sepulchres, which indeed appear
beautiful outward, but are within full of dead mens bones and of all uncleanness: Even so
ye also outwardly appear righteous unto men, but within ye are full of hypocrisie and ini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quity;
and v. 25. ye make clean the outside of the Cup and platter, but within ye are full
of extortion and excess.</hi> But if we are loth (as who would not?) to share our por<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
with the Gentiles, or to have our lot fall with the Hypocrites; let <hi>our righte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ousness</hi>
then <hi>exceed the righteousness of the Scribes and Pharisees:</hi> let us remember that
God challenges the heart and inward man as his peculiar due; Let us not therefore
only forsake the walk and external gate of wickedness, but even bad thoughts and
evil motions, with all the occasions of them: Let us (I say) with <hi>Solomon,</hi> Prov.
4. 23. <hi>Keep our heart above all keeping, for out of it are the issues of life:</hi> But <hi>the joy of
the hypocrite</hi> (saith <hi>Zophar,</hi> Iob 20. 5.) <hi>is but for a moment.</hi> v. 6. <hi>Though his excellency
mount up unto the heavens, and his head reach unto the clouds;</hi> v. 7. <hi>Yet shall he perish
for ever, like his own dung.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="III"/> Having spoken of the two first degrees of Repentance, I come now to the third,
which is <hi>Returning unto God.</hi> It is not enough <hi>to forsake the works of wickedness,</hi> or
the heart to forgoe <hi>the thoughts of unrighteousness;</hi> but <hi>this is more required of a sinner,
than he should return unto the Lord.</hi> He that hath gone out of his way, (and knows it)
will not only make a stop and go no farther in the wrong way; but if he means to
arrive at the place he desireth, will seek the new and right way and follow it; for
he that standeth still, will never come at his journies end: Even so must every sin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ner
do in his journey of Repentance. The putting off the old man we heard before,
now come we to the putting on of the new. In the two former steps we had <hi>es<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chewing
of evil;</hi> in this we have <hi>doing of good;</hi> and without this the other is altoge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
vain. That tree is not called a good tree which bringeth forth no ill fruit, but
that is <hi>a good Tree which bringeth forth good fruit;</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Matt. 7. 17, 19.</note> and <hi>Every Tree that bringeth forth no
fruit, shall be hewn down and cast into the fire.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But for the better understanding of this, we will consider two things proper to a
man that <hi>returneth;</hi> 1. <hi>To go away clean contrary to the way he went before;</hi> 2. <hi>To out<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tread
and obliterate his former steps.</hi> Both of these every one must perform who
truly <hi>returns unto God</hi> by Repentance.</p>
                  <p>First, (I say) <hi>He must go a way clean contrary to his former way.</hi> Many men think
that the way to Hell is but a little out of the way to Heaven, so that a man in a small
time with small ado may cross out of the one into the other; but they are much de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceived:
For as Sin is more than a stepping aside, <hi>viz.</hi> a plain and direct going away
from God; so is Repentance or the forsaking of sin more than a little coasting out
of one way into another; crossing will not serve; there is no way in the world to
come to the place we seek, but to go quite back again the way we came.</p>
                  <p>The way of <hi>pleasure</hi> in sin must be changed for as extreme a <hi>sorrow</hi> for the same.
He that hath superstitiously worshipped false Gods, must now as devoutly serve the
true; the tongue that hath uttered swearings and spoken blasphemies, must as
plentifully sound forth the name of God in prayer and thanksgiving;<note place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>say 58.</note> the covetous
man must become liberal; the oppressor of the poor as charitable in relieving them;
the calumniator of his brother, a tender guarder of his credit; in fine, he that hated
his brother before, must now love him as tenderly as himself.</p>
                  <p>What traveller is there that knowing himself to be in a contrary way, and admo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nished
that he must go back again, would not return speedily? Who but a fool
would not consider that the longer he went forward, the further he had to go back
again; the sooner he returned, the easier would be his return; the longer he went
forward, the more hard and difficult? Why, this is the case of every sinner; every
step he takes, the further he is from God: How painful then and tedious will that
return be which is not speedily undertaken? Nay, when looking back we shall be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hold
the infinite distance between God and us, how can our heart almost but fail us
and despair utterly that so long a way can ever be accomplished? <hi>The Stork in the
heavens knoweth her appointed time,</hi> (Ier. 8. 7.) <hi>the Turtle, and the Crane, and the Swal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>low
observe the time of their coming:</hi> Let the wise man be ashamed that knows not,
the sinner that considers not the time of his Return.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/> The second thing proper to a man's returning is, <hi>to obliterate and tread out his for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mer
footing.</hi> This is also required of every truly repentant sinner, that wheresoever
any footing remains of his former works, he should tread them out; for a repen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tant
sinner must return by a line in the very path and tract of his sins. Now some
sins do vanish in the act, and so leave no print behind them; and such, because they
<pb n="211" facs="tcp:63175:156"/>
perish in the doing, remain not to be undone by repentance. But other sins there
are which pass not away in the very doing, but leave as it were a footing behind
them; I mean the work of the sin remains when the act is past, and these works are to
be undone in repentance. Of this sort are sins most-what against the eighth Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mandment,
Robbery, Cousenage, all ill-gotten and ill-withholden gain; for in these,
<hi>Restitution</hi> is as it were the recalling, undoing, and treading out the mark of the sin
committed.<note place="margin">In what things <hi>Restitution</hi> takes place.</note> He that hath taken a man's purse, may give it him again; but he that
hath blasphemed, cannot recal his blasphemy, nor the refractary his former disobedi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ence.
He that hath taken his brother's life, cannot give it him again; nor he that
hath defamed him, undo the word he hath spoken. In these and such like <hi>Restitution</hi>
hath no place; but only [God forgive me] and doing the contrary hereafter. But
in Robbery, Bribery, Cousenage, and all ill-gotten goods, the goods we have taken
from our neighbour remaining in our hand and power, there is no repentance, no for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>giveness,
no returning, without restoring what we have gotten.</p>
                  <p>Upon this I will dwell a while, because I verily think that many men do not believe
it, but think it enough to cry God mercy; but as for <hi>restoring</hi> of ought, he must par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>don
them. Surely <hi>Zaccheus</hi> the Publican had never learned this Evasion, who (to
make good his Repentance) <hi>gave half his goods unto the poor,</hi> and promised <hi>fourfold
Restitution of what he had gotten from any man wrongfully.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">luke 19. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> But if we will live by
Laws, and not by Examples, hear the express Law of God, <hi>Levit.</hi> 6. 2, &amp;c. where
the Lord thus speaks unto <hi>Moses: If a Soul sin in fellowship</hi> or <hi>dealing, or in a thing
taken away by violence, or hath deceived his neighbour,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>or hath found that which was
lost, and lieth concerning it,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>Then it shall be, because he hath sinned and is guilty,
that he shall restore what he hath taken violently, or the thing that he hath gotten deceitful<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly,</hi>
&amp;c. <hi>he shall even restore the principal, and adde the fifth part more thereunto in the
day of his trespass-offering.</hi> The <hi>day of our trespass-offering</hi> who are Christians, is the
day wherein we offer Christ unto his Father by a lively Faith for atonement for our sin;
the day of our repentance or our turning to God. If the Iew's sacrifice could not be
accepted without thus doing, no more shall a Christian's repentance.</p>
                  <p>Neither will it be enough to confess our sins and cry God mercy as we say; For
<hi>Numb.</hi> 5. 7. (where this same law is repeated) <hi>Those,</hi> saith the Lord, <hi>which have thus
sinned, shall confess their sin which they have done, and yet recompense his Trespass too with
the principal thereof,</hi> &amp;c. Yea so rigid is the Lord in exacting this, that if the man
himself who was thus wronged were dead, and had no kinsman living; yet the party
offending was not so excused, but was to make a <hi>recompence</hi> unto the Lord himself, by
giving it to his Priest; as ye may see in the same place, v. 8.</p>
                  <p>Hence it is that the Lord, <hi>Ezekiel</hi> 33. 14, 15. maketh <hi>Restoring</hi> a main part of <hi>Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pentance</hi>
or Returning unto him; <hi>If the wicked</hi> (saith he) <hi>turn from his sin, and do
what is lawful and right, if he restore the pledge, give again what he hath robbed;</hi> then
<hi>he shall surely live, he shall not die:</hi> If he will not do this, it is easie to imagine what
will follow, namely, that he shall surely die, and not live.</p>
                  <p>But thou wilt say, I am not able to make <hi>Restitution.</hi> Why, then shew thy self
willing unto thy power, for in this case God accepts the will for the deed. But take
heed thou dissemble not with him that knows thy most inward thoughts; for he it is
that trieth the heart and reins, and nothing can be hid from him: upon peril there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
of thy salvation deal truly with him that made thee; for he is not as man that
thou shouldst mock him, or as the son of man that he should be deceived.</p>
                  <p>But thou wilt say, I cannot do it, unless I leave my wife and children to beggery.
Alas! wilt thou venture thy own Soul to perish eternally, to save thy house from
beggery? I must say unto thee as <hi>Peter</hi> said to <hi>Simon Magus,</hi> Acts 8. 21, 23. <hi>Thou
hast neither part nor lot</hi> in the life to come, <hi>for thy heart is not right in the sight of God:
Thou art in the gall of bitterness and in the bond of iniquity;</hi> thou preferrest the momen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tany
glory of thy house before the everlasting safety of thy self. Thou fool, <hi>what
will it profit thee to win the whole world, and lose thy own soul?</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But I shall (thou wilt say) in so doing proclaim mine own shame unto the whole
world. What then? wouldst thou not be willing to undergo a greater penance than
this for thy Soul's safety? or how comes it to pass thou art more loth that men should
know thy shame, than God himself who made thee? Lord, how hard will it be for a
rich man to enter into the Kingdom of heaven!</p>
                  <p>If men would think of this in their unjust dealing, if they would remember this who
scrape unto themselves riches by unlawful and ungodly means; if those who get by
extortion, by cousening tricks of Law, by bribery, by sacrilegious Simony, would
<pb n="212" facs="tcp:63175:157"/>
think of this; methinks it should make them pull back their hand. For what joy and
pleasure should a man take in that gain which he knows he must one day forgo as wil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lingly
as now he desireth covetously? when he might thus say with himself, <q>
                        <hi>The
time must come, that I must wish from the bottom of my heart that this I now do had ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ver
been done, if ever I mean to find mercy at the hands of God: The time must one day
come, that I must restore all this I have thus unlawfully gotten, yea make recompence be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sides
for the injury I have done; or else woe worth the time that ever I was born, and
cursed be the night wherein I was conceived.</hi> If men would consider this, <hi>Alas! I
shall never say unto God on my death-bed, I repent from the bottom of my heart, if I be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>queath
one jo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> of this I have thus gotten; I shall never say unto God, I wish from my soul
this sin I have done were undone; or if it were now to do again, no motive in this world
should make me do it. Alas! how can I say this, whiles it is in some sort in my power
to undo sin by restoring, if I will not?</hi>
                     </q> Surely he that had this in his mind, would
think it would not quit the cost to attain any of this world's goods unlawfully. But
let them think as they will, as sure as God is true, <hi>Without Restitution Repentance can
never be true, and without true Repentance it is impossible to be saved.</hi> And thus much
of this Third degree of Repentance, and of the <hi>First</hi> part of my Text.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="II"/> I COME now to the Second, which is <hi>The Condition and State he comes unto</hi>
who hath done all this, <hi>and that</hi> (as ye hear) <hi>is a State of Mercy;</hi> The repentant sin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ner
is capable of the <hi>Mercy</hi> of God to pardon and forgive his sin: <hi>If the wicked forsake
his way, and the unrighteous his thoughts: The Lord will have mercy on him, our God
will abundantly pardon.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The <hi>Mercy</hi> of God is here (as you see) his loving-kindness unto a sinner, to set
him free from that evil he is liable to through sin, and to restore unto him the good he
hath lost thereby; that is, with commiseration of his misery to forgive him, and re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>store
him to that blessedness which is in the favour of God. This <hi>mercy</hi> or merciful<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness
of God is here exprest, first simply, in the words, <hi>The Lord will have mercy on
him;</hi> and secondly, with a degree, <hi>he will pardon abundantly.</hi> Of these I will speak
briefly, and so make an end.</p>
                  <p>And first of the first: If the forgiveness of our sins, and the accepting of us into
the everlasting favour of God, be <hi>a work of Mercy;</hi> then not of any <hi>Merit</hi> or deser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving
on our part; for these two cannot stand together. So saith S. <hi>Paul, Tit.</hi> 3. 5.
<hi>Not by works of righteousness which we have done, but according to his mercy he hath sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved
us.</hi> For if when we have done all we can, we are still the subjects of <hi>pity;</hi> it
needs must be we are still in <hi>misery;</hi> for no man shews <hi>pity</hi> or commiseration but to
those that are in a <hi>pitiful</hi> case; wheresoever <hi>Mercy</hi> is shewn, the party <hi>aileth some<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thing:</hi>
But to be in case of <hi>Merit, is no pitiful</hi> case; what can he <hi>aile</hi> for his sin, to
whom Heaven is due for his <hi>merit?</hi> who need not be beholden to God for his kind<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness,
but may challenge him for justice? If this then be the manner of God, to shew
<hi>mercy</hi> unto those who deserve nothing at his hands, it is our part to be like unto
him: We are not in actions of charity to look upon the <hi>merit,</hi> but the <hi>misery:</hi> the
bestowing of <hi>Alms</hi> is no paying of wages, or giving of rewards, but an act of holy
pity. The like I might say of forgiving the offences of our brethren: If he repent
him of the injury, thou are not to exact a merit of forgiveness; but let thy love be as
ingenuous unto thy brother as God's was free unto thee.</p>
                  <p>The last thing to be considered is, <hi>The degree of God's mercy</hi> in delivering us from
our sins: It is no small favour, for he <hi>pardoneth abundantly.</hi> Amongst all the works
of God his <hi>works of Mercy</hi> toward mankind are in surpassing measure: Hence it is
that he proclaims himself by this as by his principal style, <hi>Exod.</hi> 34. 6. <hi>The Lord, the
Lord God, merciful, gracious, long-suffering:</hi> which <hi>David</hi> expounds (<hi>Psal.</hi> 103. 8.)
<hi>The Lord is merciful and gracious, slow to anger, and plenteous in mercy:</hi> S. <hi>Paul</hi> de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>scribes
him, <hi>Ephes.</hi> 2. 4. <hi>a God who is rich in mercy.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>This may appear by the admirable way of our Redemption, in sending his own
Son from Heaven to suffer the ignominious death of the Cross for our sake: <hi>Even so
God loved the world,</hi> saith S. <hi>Iohn,<note place="margin">Iohn 3. 16.</note> that he gave his only-begotten Son</hi> for the same. This
may appear by his patience and long-suffering in enduring sin: In the 65. chap. of this
Book, v. 2, 3. <hi>He spreadeth out his hands all the day unto a rebellious people, which walk<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eth
in a way that was not good, yea, which provokes him to anger continually to his face.</hi>
Lastly, It may appear by that huge proportion wherein his <hi>Mercy</hi> exceeds his <hi>Venge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ance.<note place="margin">Exod. 20.</note>
He visits the sins of the fathers upon the children unto the third and fourth generati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
of those that hate him, but sheweth mercy unto the thousandth generation of those who
love him and keep his Commandments.</hi> This may serve for our consolation in the most
<pb n="213" facs="tcp:63175:157"/>
grievous temptation about the greatness of our sin: The Lord is rich in mercy, and
therefore he will forgive the most grievous sin; for the mercy of the Lord is greater
than the sins of the whole world. This Argument of comfort <hi>Moses</hi> bringeth in <hi>Deut.</hi>
4. 31. <hi>Because the Lord thy God is a merciful God, he will not forsake thee, nor destroy
thee, nor forget the Covenant of thy fathers which he sware unto them.</hi>
                  </p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="39" type="discourse">
               <head>DISCOURSE XXXIX.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>S. MATTHEW 7. 21.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>Not every one that saith unto me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into
the Kingdom of Heaven; but he that doth the will of my Father
which is in Heaven.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>THERE are three sorts of men in the World: Some which call not
Christ their Lord, as Turks, Iews and Infidels: Some which call him
Lord, as all Christians; but not all in like manner: for there are two
sorts of them, some which call him Lord, and that is all; others which
both call him Lord, and do the will of his Father, the administration
whereof is committed to him. The first of these three sorts, Those
who do not so much as call Christ their Lord, it is plain they cannot be saved; for
there is no other name under heaven to be saved by<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> but by the name of Christ only.<note place="margin">Acts 4. 12.</note>
For the second sort, Those who call Christ their Lord, that is, are Christians, and
profess to believe in Christ, and hope to be saved by him, and yet do no works of
obedience unto God; though such as these may think themselves in a good estate,
yet our Saviour here expresly excludes them from entring into the Kingdom of Hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven.
But the third sort, which do not only call Christ their Lord, but do the will of
his Father, these are the only true Christians; for these there is hope, but for none
other: <hi>Not every one</hi> (saith our Saviour) <hi>that saith unto me, Lord, Lord,</hi> &amp;c.</p>
                  <p>Our Saviour foresaw there would be, among those who believed on his Name, such
as would think their <hi>Faith</hi> sufficient, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> that as for <hi>Works</hi> they might be excused,
having him for their Lord and Captain of their Salvation, who himself had both un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dergone
the punishment due for their sins, and fulfilled that obedience which they
should have done; so that now there remained nothing on their part for to obtain
Salvation, but to trust and rely upon him, without any endeavour at all to please
God by <hi>Works,</hi> as being now become unuseful to Salvation. If ever there was a time
when Christians thus deceived themselves, that time is now; as both our practice
sheweth plainly by a general neglect of such Duties of Piety and Charity which
amongst our fore-fathers were frequent, as also our open profession, when being ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>horted
to these works of Piety to God and of Charity towards our brethren, we stick
not to alledge we are not bound unto them, because we look not to be saved by the
merit of works, as they, but by faith in Christ alone: As though Faith in Christ ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cluded
<hi>Works,</hi> and did not rather include them, as being that whereby they become
acceptable unto God, which of themselves they are not; Or as if <hi>Works</hi> could no way
conduce unto the attaining of Salvation but by way of <hi>merit</hi> and <hi>desert,</hi> and not by
way of the grace and favour of God in Christ, as we shall see in the handling of this
Text. We greatly now-a-days, and that most dangerously, mistake the error of our
Forefathers, which was not in that they did <hi>good works;</hi> I would we did so; but be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cause
they knew not rightly the <hi>End</hi> why they did them, nor where the <hi>Value</hi> of them
lay: They thought the <hi>End</hi> of doing them was to obtain eternal life, as a reward of
Iustice due unto them; whereas it is only of Grace and Promise in Christ Iesus:
They took their Works to have such perfectness in them as would endure the Touch<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stone
of the Law of God, yea such <hi>Worth</hi> and <hi>Value</hi> as to <hi>merit</hi> the Reward they
looked for; whereas all the <hi>Value</hi> and acceptableness of our works issues from the Me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rits
of Christ, and lies only in his righteousness communicated unto us and them by
<pb n="214" facs="tcp:63175:158"/>
Faith, and no otherwise. But setting aside these errors of the <hi>End</hi> and of the <hi>Value</hi>
of works,<note place="margin">Matth. 7. 21.</note> we must know as well as they, That <hi>not every one that saith unto Christ,
Lord, Lord, shall enter into the Kingdom of Heaven; but he that doth the will of his Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
which is in Heaven.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Now for the Explication of the Words. <hi>To call Christ Lord,</hi> is to believe in him,
to acknowledge him, to look for Salvation by him, or (as the Scripture expresseth
it, <hi>Luke</hi> 6. 47.) <hi>to come unto him; Every one</hi> (saith our Saviour there, explaining
this very Text we have in hand) <hi>that cometh unto me, and heareth my words, and doth
them, I will shew you who he is like:</hi> where <hi>To come unto Christ</hi> is put in stead of that
which in the former was <hi>To say unto him, Lord.</hi> The <hi>doing of his Father's will</hi> is the
doing of those works of obedience which his Father hath commanded in his Law, and
now committed to his Son, whom he hath made the Head and King of his Church, to
see executed and performed by those he bringeth to Salvation. But how, and in what
manner, we shall see by and by.</p>
                  <p>The Text consists of two parts: The one negative; <hi>Not every one that saith unto
Christ, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the Kingdom of heaven;</hi> The other affirmative; <hi>But
those who do the will of his Father</hi> shall only enter thither. But these are so nearly link<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
together, that they cannot be handled asunder. And the <hi>Observations</hi> which I
shall draw thence depend on the whole Text. The first and chiefest whereof is this,
<hi>That Faith in Christ without works of obedience and amendment of life is not sufficient for
Salvation,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Observat. 1.</note> and consequently <hi>not that Faith whereby a Christian is justified.</hi> For if it
were, it would <hi>save</hi> us: If it be not sufficient to <hi>save</hi> us, it cannot <hi>justifie</hi> us. This
floweth directly from the Text, and cannot be denied; if ye remember what I said
before, That <hi>to call Christ Lord,</hi> is <hi>to believe in him.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>For the better understanding of this, you must take notice that there is a <hi>threefold
Faith</hi> whereby men believe in Christ. There is a <hi>false Faith:</hi> there is a <hi>true Faith,
but not saving:</hi> and thirdly, there is a <hi>saving Faith.</hi> A <hi>false Faith</hi> is, To believe to
attain Salvation through Christ any other way than he hath ordained; as namely, to
believe to attain Salvation through him without works of obedience to be accepted
of God in him: which is a Faith whereof there is no Gospel. A <hi>true Faith</hi> is, To be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lieve
Salvation is to be attained through obedience to God in <hi>Iesus</hi> Christ, who by
his merits and righteousness makes our selves and our works acceptable to his Father.
A <hi>saving</hi> and <hi>justifying Faith</hi> is, To believe this so as to embrace and lay hold upon
Christ for that end: To believe to attain Salvation through obedience to God in
Christ, so as to apply our selves and rely upon Christ for that end; namely, to per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>form
those works of obedience which God hath promised to reward with eternal life.
For a <hi>Iustifying Faith</hi> stayeth not only in the <hi>Brain,</hi> but stirs up the <hi>Will</hi> to receive
and enjoy the good believed, according as it is promised. This <hi>motion</hi> or <hi>election of
the Will</hi> is that which maketh the difference between a <hi>saving Faith</hi> which joyneth us
unto Christ, and that which is <hi>true</hi> indeed, but <hi>not saving,</hi> but <hi>dogmatical</hi> and <hi>opinio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>native
only.</hi> And this <hi>motion</hi> or <hi>applying of the Will to Christ,</hi> this embracing of
Christ and the promises of the Gospel through him, is that which the Scripture
(when it speaks of this <hi>
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>aith)</hi> calleth <hi>coming unto Christ,</hi> or <hi>the receiving of him.</hi> Iohn
1. 12. <hi>As many as received him, to them he gave power</hi> (or <hi>priviledge) to be the sons of
God, even to them that believe on his Name:</hi> where, <hi>receiving</hi> and <hi>believing,</hi> one ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pound
another. So for <hi>coming; Come unto me</hi> (saith our Saviour, Matth. 11. 28.)
<hi>all ye that are heavy laden, and I will ease you.</hi> This last is very frequent. <hi>Iohn</hi> 5. 40.
<hi>Ye will not come to me</hi> (saith our Saviour) <hi>that ye might have life.</hi> And Chap. 6. 37.
<hi>All that the Father giveth me, shall come unto me.</hi> Ver. 44. <hi>No man can come unto me,
unless the Father draw him.</hi> 45. <hi>Every man that hath heard, and learned of the Father,
cometh unto me;</hi> and such like. All which express the specification of a <hi>saving Faith,</hi>
which consists in the <hi>embracing, receiving</hi> and <hi>applying of the Will to the thing belie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>What this <hi>embracing, receiving</hi> or <hi>applying unto Christ</hi> is, I will farther make plain
thus. He that believeth that Christ is an atonement to God for the sins of all repen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tant
sinners, (and surely he is an atonement for none else,) must repent and turn
from all his sins, that so Christ may be an atonement for him; else he embraceth not
what he believeth. He that believes that God in Christ will accept and reward our
obedience and works of Piety, though short of perfection and of no worth in them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>selves,
must apply himself accordingly to do works of Religion and Charity, that
God in Christ may accept and reward them. For our <hi>Belief</hi> is not that <hi>saving Belief,</hi>
until we apply our selves to what we believe. To believe to attain Salvation
<pb n="215" facs="tcp:63175:158"/>
through Christ without works of obedience to be accepted in him, is (as I have al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ready
said) a <hi>false Faith,</hi> whereof there is no Gospel, no Promise: To believe the
contrary, That Christ is given of God to such only as shall receive him, to perform
acceptable obedience to God through him, and yet not to apply and buckle our
selves thereto, were indeed to believe what is true; but yet no <hi>saving Faith,</hi> because
we embraced not the thing we believed as we believed it.</p>
                  <p>Thou sayest then thou hast Faith, and believest that Christ is the atonement to
God for the sins of all such as leave and forsake their sins by Repentance: why then
repent thee of thy sins, that Christ may be an atonement for thee. Thou sayest thou
hast this Faith, That God in Iesus Christ will accept thy undeserving works and ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vices
unto eternal life: why then embrace thou Christ, and rely upon him for this
end, that thou mayest do works of Piety towards God and Charity towards men, that
so God in Christ may accept thee and them unto eternal life.</p>
                  <p>Now if this be the <hi>Faith</hi> which is <hi>Saving</hi> and unites us unto Christ,<note place="margin">Observat. 1.</note> and no other;
then it is plain <hi>That a saving Faith cannot be severed from good works,</hi> because no man
can embrace Christ as he is promised, but he must apply himself to do them. For out
of that which hath been spoken three Reasons may be gathered for the necessity of
them.</p>
                  <p>First, It is the end of our Faith and Iustification by Christ, yea the end why he <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="I"/>
shed his bloud for us, that we being reconciled to God in him, might bring forth fruits
of righteousness, which else we could never have done. This is no Speculation, but
plain Scripture. S. <hi>Peter</hi> 1 <hi>Ep.</hi> 2. 24. telleth us, that <hi>Christ his own self bare our sins
in his own body on the tree, that we being dead to sin, should live unto righteousness.</hi>
S. <hi>Paul,</hi> Tit. 2. 11, 12, 13, 14. <hi>The grace of God</hi> (saith he) <hi>that bringeth salvation,
hath appeared unto all men;</hi> (wherefore?) <hi>Teaching us, that denying ungodliness and
worldly lusts, we should live soberly, and righteously, and godly in this present world;
Looking for that blessed hope, and the glorious appearing of the great God, and our Saviour
Iesus Christ, Who gave himself for us, that he might redeem us from all iniquity, and pu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rifie
unto himself a peculiar people, zealous of good works.</hi> These words contain the
Summe of all I have hitherto told you; That Christ is therefore given us to be a Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pitiation
for our sins, and to justifie us, that in him we might walk before God in
newness of life; so to obtain a Crown of righteousness in the world to come.</p>
                  <p>Answerable is that place <hi>Ephes.</hi> 2. 10. where the Apostle having told us, v. 8, 9. <hi>we
are saved by grace, through saith, and not of works, lest any man should boast:</hi> he adds
presently, (lest his meaning might be mistaken, as it is of too many) That <hi>we are
God's workmanship, created in Christ Iesus unto good works, which God hath before or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dained
(<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>) that we should walk in them:</hi> as if he should say, Those works
of obedience ordained by God aforetime in his Law for us to walk in, which we could
not perform of our selves, now God hath as it were new moulded us in Iesus Christ,
that we might perform them in him; namely, by way of acceptation, though they
come short of that exactness the Law requireth. And thus to be saved is to be saved
by Grace and Favour, and not by the Merit of works; because the Foundation
whereby our selves and our services are approved in the eyes of God, and <hi>acquit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted
of guilt,</hi> (which the Scripture calleth to be <hi>justified,</hi>) is the mere Favour of God
in Iesus Christ, and not any thing in us. And this way of Salvation excludes all <hi>boast<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing:</hi>
for what have we to <hi>boast of,</hi> when all the righteousness of our works is none of
ours, but Christ's imputed to us; whereby only, and not for any merit in themselves,
they become acceptable and have promise of Reward? But that men should be saved
by Christ, though they be idle and do nothing, I know no such Grace of God reveal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
in Scripture.</p>
                  <p>Now that in Christ we may perform works of righteousness which God will accept
and crown, is plain by the tenour of Scripture. S. <hi>Paul, Phil.</hi> 1. 11. desires that the
<hi>Philippians might be filled with the fruits of righteousness, which are by Iesus Christ unto
the glory and praise of God.</hi> And the same Apostle tells the <hi>Romans,</hi> Rom. 6. 22. That
<hi>being made free from sin, and become servants to God, they have their fruit unto holiness,
and the end everlasting life;</hi> that is, as the Syriack turns it, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.
<hi>they have holy fruits, whose end is life eternal.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>And if we would seriously consider it,<note place="margin">How the Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctrine o<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>Faith in Christ</hi> in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cludes the greatest En<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>forcement and Engagement to Good works.</note> we should find, That the more we believe
this righteousness of Faith in Christ, the more reason we have to perform works of
service and obedience unto God, than if we believed it not. For if our works would
not be acceptable with God unless they were compleat in every point as the Law re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quired;
if there were no reward to be looked for at the hands of God unless we could
<pb n="216" facs="tcp:63175:159"/>
merit it by the worthiness of our deeds; who that considers his own weakness and in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sufficiency
would not sooner despair, than go about to please God by works? He
would think it better to do nothing at all, than to endeavour what he could never
hope to attain, and so lose his labour. But we, who believe that those who serve
God in Christ have their failings and wants covered with his righteousness, and so
their works accepted as if they were in every point as they should be; why should
not we of all men fall to work, being sure by Christ's means and merit we shall not
lose our labour?</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/> A second Motive why we should do good works is, Because they are the Way and
Means ordained by God to obtain the Reward of eternal life, without which we shall
never attain it. <hi>Without holiness no man shall see God,</hi> Heb. 12. 14. <hi>Look to your selves</hi>
(saith S. <hi>Iohn</hi> Ep. 2. ver. 8.) <hi>that ye lose not those things ye have wrought, but that ye
may receive a full reward.</hi> The Angel's message from heaven to devout <hi>Cornelius</hi> was,
<hi>Thy prayers and thine alms are had in remembrance in the sight of God:</hi> whereupon S. <hi>Pe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter</hi>
inferred, That <hi>in every Nation, he that feareth God and worketh righteousness is ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cepted
with him,</hi> Acts 10. 4, 35. In 1 Tim. 6. 17, 18, 19. saith S. <hi>Paul, Charge them
that are rich in this world—That they do good, that they be rich in good works, ready to
distribute, willing to communicate, Laying in store a good foundation against the time to
come;</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>; (ut accipiant, nanciscantur) <hi>that they may re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceive,</hi>
or <hi>obtain, eternal life.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Hence it is that we shall be judged and receive sentence at the last day according to
our works.<note place="margin">Matth. 25. 34. &amp;c.</note> 
                     <hi>Come ye blessed of my Father, inherit the Kingdom prepared for you from the
foundation of the world: For I was hungry, and ye gave me meat; I was thirsty, and ye
gave me drink; I was a stranger, and ye took me in; naked, and ye clothed me; I was
sick, and ye visited me; I was in prison, and ye came unto me. For inasmuch as ye have
done it unto one of the least of my brethren, ye have done it unto me.</hi> Lord, how do those
look to be saved at that day, who think good works not required to Salvation, and
accordingly do them not! Can our Saviour pass this blessed Sentence on them? think
they he can? If he should, they might truly say indeed, <hi>Lord, we have done no such
matter, nor did we think our selves bound unto it; we relied wholly upon our Faith in thy
merits, and thought we had been freed from such services.</hi> What? do they think Christ
will change the form of his Sentence at that great day? No certainly: If the Sentence
for Bliss will not fit them, and be truly said of them; the other will, and must, for there
is no more;<note place="margin">Verse <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>1.</note> 
                     <hi>Depart from me, ye cursed, into everlasting fire prepared for the Devil and
his Angels: For when I was hungry, ye gave me no meat, &amp;c.</hi> This must be their doom,
unless they suppose the righteous Iudge will lie for them.</p>
                  <p>And it is here further to be observed, That <hi>the Works</hi> named in this sentence of
Iudgment are works of the second Table, and <hi>Works of Mercy</hi> and <hi>Charity;</hi> feeding
the hungry, clothing the naked, visiting the sick; all Almsdeeds, which men are
now-a-days so much afraid of, as if they looked toward Popery, and had a tang of
meriting; for now-a-days these costly works of all others are most suspicious: But
will it be so at the day of Iudgment? True it is, they <hi>merit</hi> not the Reward which
shall be given them: but what then? are we so proud we will do no works unless we
may <hi>merit?</hi> Is it not sufficient that God will reward them for Christ's sake, though
they have no worth in themselves? And thus much of the second Motive why we
should do good works, Because howsoever they <hi>merit</hi> nothing, yet are they <hi>the means
and way</hi> ordained by God to attain the Reward of eternal life.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="3"/> The third and last Motive to works of righteousness is, Because they are the only
Sign and Note whereby we know our Faith is true and saving, and not counterfeit.
For 1 <hi>Iohn</hi> 1. 6. <hi>If we say we have fellowship with Christ, and walk in darkness; we lie,
and do not the truth.</hi> Chap. 2. ver. 3. <hi>Hereby we know that we know him (viz.</hi> to be
our <hi>Advocate with his Father, and the Propitiation for our sins,) if we keep his Command<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments.</hi>
And Chap. 3. 7. <hi>Little children, let no man deceive you: He that doth righte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ousness
is righteous, even as Christ is righteous.</hi> The same almost you may find again,
Chap. 2. 29. For if every one that believeth in Christ truly and savingly believes
that Salvation is to be attained by obedience to God in him, and not otherwise, and
therefore embraceth and layeth hold upon him for that end; how can such an ones
Faith be fruitless? How can he be without works, who therefore lays hold on Christ
that his works and obedience may be accepted as righteous before God for his sake,
and so be rewardable? It is as possible for the Sun to be without his light or the Fire
to want heat, as such a Faith to be without works.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="217" facs="tcp:63175:159"/>
                     <hi>Our Saviour therefore himself makes this a most sure and never-failing Note to
build our assurance of Salvation upon,</hi> Luke 6. 46. <hi>where the mention of the words of
my Text gives the occasion,</hi> Why call ye me Lord, Lord, <hi>(saith he)</hi> and do not the
things which I say? 47. Whosoever cometh to me, and heareth my sayings, and doth
them; I will shew you to whom he is like. 48. He is like a man which built an house, and
digged deep, and laid the foundation on a rock: And when the floud arose, the stream beat
vehemently upon that house, and could not shake it; for it was founded upon a rock. 49.
But he that heareth, and doth not; is like a man that without a foundation built an house
upon the earth; against which the stream did beat vehemently, and immediately it fell,
and the ruine of that house was great. <hi>Whom these three Motives or Reasons will not
perswade to good works, let not my Soul, O Lord, be joyned with theirs, nor my
doom be as theirs must be.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>A SECOND Observation out of these words,<note place="margin">Observ. 2.</note> and near a-kin to the former, is,
<hi>That it is not enough for a Christian to live harmlesly and abstain from ill, but he must do
that which is good.</hi> For our Saviour excludes not here those only who do against the
will of his Father, but those who do not his Father's will. It is doing good which he
requireth, and not the not doing evil only. This is an error which taketh hold of a great
part of men, even of those who would seem to be religious. He is a reformed man and
acquits himself well who abstains from fornication, adultery, who is no thief, no cou<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>zener
or defrauder of other men, who will not lie, or swear, or such like: But as for
doing any works of Piety or Charity, they think they are not required of them.</p>
                  <p>But they are much deceived: For God requires some duties at our hands, which
he may reward, not out of any merit, but out of his merciful promise in Christ. But <hi>not
doing ill</hi> is no service rewardable. A servant who expects wages, must not only do
his Master no harm, but some work that is good and profitable: otherwise the best
Christian would be he that should live altogether idlely; for none doth less harm than
he that doth nothing at all. But <hi>Matth.</hi> 25. 30. He that encreased not his Master's
<hi>Talent,</hi> though he had not mis-spent it, is adjudged <hi>an unprofitable servant, and cast in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
outer darkness, where is weeping and gnashing of teeth.</hi> So also <hi>Matth.</hi> 3. 10. <hi>The tree
that beareth no good fruit is hewn down,</hi> though it bore none that was evil: <hi>The axe is
laid to the root of the tree; Every tree that bringeth not forth good fruit, is hewn down and
cast into the fire.</hi> Matth. 21. 19. <hi>The fig-tree was cursed for having no fruit,</hi> not for ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving
evil fruit. And the Sentence of condemnation, as you heard before, is to pass
at that great day for not having done good works, not for doing ill ones: <hi>Go ye cursed,
for when I was hungry, ye sed me not, &amp;c.</hi> Matth. 25. 41, &amp;c.</p>
                  <p>THUS having let you see how necessary it is for a Christian to joyn good works
with his Faith in Christ; I will now come to shew you <hi>How you must do them,</hi> hoping
I have already perswaded you that they must needs be done.</p>
                  <p>First therefore, We must do them out of <hi>Faith in Christ,</hi> that is, relying upon him <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/>
only for the acceptance and rewarding of them: for in him alone God is well pleased
with us and with what we do, and therefore <hi>without saith</hi> and reliance upon him <hi>it is
impossible to please God.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Heb. 11. 6.</note> We must not think there is any worth in our works, for
which any such reward as God hath promised is due: For, alas! our best works are
full of imperfections, and far short of what the Law requires. Our reward therefore
is not of merit, but out of the merciful promise of God in Christ: which the Apostle
means, when he says,<note place="margin">E<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>h. 2. 8, 9.</note> 
                     <hi>We are saved by grace, and not by works;</hi> that is, It is the grace
and favour of God in Christ which makes our selves acceptable and our works reward<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>able,
and not any desert in them or us.</p>
                  <p>Having laid this foundation; The next thing required is <hi>Sincerity of heart</hi> in doing <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/>
them: We must do them out of the fear of God, and conscience of his Command<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments;
not out of respect of profit, or fear, or praise of men; for such as do so are
Hypocrites. <hi>Not every one,</hi> saith our Saviour, <hi>that saith unto me, Lord, Lord; but he
that doth the will of my Father:</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Matth. 7. 21.</note> Now it is the will of our heavenly Father that we
serve him in truth and uprightness of heart: <hi>I know</hi> (saith <hi>David,</hi> 1 <hi>Chr.</hi> 29. 17.)
<hi>that thou my God triest the heart, and hast pleasure in uprightness.</hi> And so he said to
<hi>Abraham, Gen. 17. 1. I am the Almighty God, walk before me, and be thou<note n="*" place="margin">
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>
                        </note> upright,</hi> or,
<hi>be thou</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>sincere.</hi> This manner of serving of God <hi>Ioshua</hi> commended to the <hi>Israelites,</hi>
Iosh. 24. 14. <hi>Fear the Lord,</hi> (saith he) <hi>and serve him in sincerity and truth:</hi> and the
Prophet <hi>Samuel,</hi> 1 Sam. 12. 24. <hi>Only fear the Lord, and serve him in truth with all
your heart.</hi> This <hi>sincerity, uprightness</hi> and <hi>truth</hi> in God's service is, when we do re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ligious
and pious duties, and abstain from the contrary, out of conscience to God<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ward,
out of an heart possessed with the love and fear of God. It is otherwise called
<pb n="218" facs="tcp:63175:160"/>
in Scripture <hi>Perfectness,</hi> or <hi>Perfectness of heart:</hi> For it is a lame and <hi>unperfect</hi> service
where the better half is wanting, as the <hi>Heart</hi> is, in every work of duty both to God
and men. And therefore it is called <hi>perfectness,</hi> when both go together, when consci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ence
as the Soul enlivens the outward work as a Body. And indeed this is all the
<hi>perfection</hi> we can attain unto in this life, <hi>To serve God in truth of heart,</hi> though other<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wise
we come short of what we should: and therefore God esteems our actions and
works, not according to the greatness or exactness of the performance, but accord<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
to the sincerity and truth of our hearts in doing them: as appears by the places I
have already quoted, and by that 1 <hi>Kings</hi> 15. 14. where it is said, that though <hi>Asa</hi>
failed in his reformation, and the <hi>high places were not taken down; nevertheless his heart
was perfect with the Lord his God all his days.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>A <hi>note</hi> to know such a <hi>sincerity</hi> and <hi>truth of heart</hi> by is,<note place="margin">How to know <hi>Sincerity.</hi>
                     </note> If in our privacy, when there
is no witness but God and our selves, we are careful then to abstain from sin, as well
as in the sight of men: If when no body but God shall see and know it, we are willing
to do a good work, as well as if all the world should know it. He that findeth him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>self
thus affected, his Heart is <hi>true,</hi> at least in some measure; but so much the less by
how much he findeth himself the less affected in this manner. When we are in the
presence and view of men, we may soon be deceived in our selves, and think we do
that out of conscience and fear of God, which indeed is but for the fear or praise of
men; either lest we should be damnified, or impair our credit, or the like: But
when there is none but God and us, then to be afraid of sin and careful of good duties,
is a sign we fear God in truth and sincerity, and not in hypocrisie.</p>
                  <p>The special and principal <hi>means to attain this sincerity and truth of heart</hi> is,<note place="margin">How to attain <hi>Sincerity.</hi>
                     </note> To pos<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sess
our selves always with the apprehension of God's presence, and to walk before
him as in his eye. Wheresoever thou art, there is an Eye that sees thee, an Ear that
hears thee, and a Hand that registreth thy most secret thoughts: <hi>For the ways of man</hi>
(saith <hi>Solomon</hi> Prov. 5. 21.) <hi>are before the eyes of the Lord, and he pondereth all his
goings.</hi> How much ashamed would we be, that men should know how much our
hearts and our words and actions disagreed? How would we blush that men should
see us commit this or that sin, or neglect this or that duty? What horrible Atheism
then doth this argue, that the presence of man, yea sometimes of a little child, should
<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>nder us from that wickedness which God's presence cannot? This having of God be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
our eyes, and the continual meditation of his All-seeing presence, would, toge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
with devout Prayer for the assistance of God's grace, be in time the bane of hypo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crisie
and falshood of heart, and beget in stead thereof that <hi>truth and sincerity</hi> which
God loveth.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="3"/> Another property of such obedience as God requires is <hi>Vniversality:</hi> we must not
serve God by halfs, by doing some duties and omitting others; but we must, with
<hi>David,</hi> (<hi>Psal.</hi> 119. 6, 20.) <hi>have respect to all God's Commandments;</hi> to those of the
<hi>second Table</hi> as well as to those of the <hi>first,</hi> and to those of the <hi>first</hi> as well as those of
the <hi>second.</hi> The want of which <hi>Vniversality of obedience to both Tables</hi> is so frequent,
as the greatest part of Christians are plunged therein, to the undoubted ruine of their
fouls and shipwrack of everlasting life, if they so continue.</p>
                  <p>For there are two sorts of men which think themselves in a good estate, and are not.
The one are those who make conscience of the duties of the <hi>first</hi> Table, but have
little or no care of the duties of the <hi>second.</hi> And this is a most dangerous evil, by rea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>son
it is more hard to be discovered; those which are guilty thereof being such as seem
religious, but their Religion is in vain. Such were those in the Church of <hi>Israel</hi>
against whom the Prophet <hi>Esay</hi> declaimeth, Chap. 1. from the 10. verse to the 17. <hi>To
what purpose are your sacrifices and burnt-offerings? saith the Lord: your oblations and
incense are abomination. Your New Moons, Sabbaths, calling of Assemblies, even the so<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lemn
meeting, I cannot away with; it is iniquity.</hi> Would you know what was the
matter? see the words following, <hi>Learn to do well, seek judgment, relieve the oppressed,
judge the fatherless, plead for the widow.</hi> Lo here a want of the duties of the <hi>second
Table.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Matth. 9. 13. &amp; 12. 7.</note> Such is that also of <hi>Hosea 6. 6. I desired mercy, and not sacrifice;</hi> which is twice
alledged by our Saviour in the Gospel against the Pharisee's hypocritical scrupulosity
in the same duties of the <hi>first</hi> Table, with a neglect of the <hi>second.</hi> But here perhaps
some may find a scruple, because that if <hi>Sacrifice</hi> in this or the like places be opposed
to the duties of obedience required in the <hi>second</hi> Table, it should hereby seem that
the duties of the <hi>second</hi> Table which concern our neighbour should be preferred be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
the duties of the <hi>first</hi> which concern the Lord himself; forasmuch as it is said,
<note n="*" place="margin">Hos. 6. 6.</note> 
                     <hi>I desired mercy, and not sacrifice,</hi> that is, rather <hi>Mercy,</hi> which is a duty of the <hi>second</hi>
                     <pb n="219" facs="tcp:63175:160"/>
Table, than <hi>Sacrifice,</hi> which is of the <hi>first.</hi> I answer, The holy Ghost's meaning is
not to prefer the <hi>second</hi> Table before the <hi>first,</hi> taking them singly; but to prefer the
duties of both together before the service of the first alone: Be more ready to joyn
<hi>mercy</hi> or works of mercy with your <hi>sacrificing,</hi> than to offer sacrifice alone.</p>
                  <p>To go on. <hi>The duties of the first Table</hi> are by a special name called <hi>duties of Religi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on;</hi>
those of the <hi>second</hi> Table come under the name of <hi>Honesty</hi> and <hi>Probity.</hi> Now as
a man can never be <hi>truly Honest</hi> unless he be <hi>Religious;</hi> So cannot that man (what shew
soever he makes) be <hi>truly religious</hi> in God's esteem who is not <hi>honest</hi> in his conver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sation
towards his neighbour: <hi>Religion</hi> and <hi>Honesty</hi> must be married together, or else
neither of them will be in truth what it seems to be. We know that all our duty
both to God and our neighbour is comprehended under the name of <hi>Love,</hi> as in that
Summe of the Law,<note place="margin">Matth. 22. 37, 39.</note> 
                     <hi>Love God above all things, and thy neighbour as thy self.</hi> This is
the Summe of the whole Law contained in both Tables. But S. <hi>Iohn</hi> tells us 1 Ep.
4. 20. <hi>If a man say, I love God, and hateth his brother, he is a liar;</hi> which is as much as
if he should say, He that seems <hi>religious</hi> towards God, and is <hi>without honesty</hi> towards
his neighbour; he is a liar, there is no true religion in him.</p>
                  <p>If you would then know whether a man professing Religion, by diligent frequent<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
Gods service and exercises of devotion, keeping sacred times and hearing Ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mons,
be a <hi>sound</hi> Christian or not, or a <hi>seeming</hi> one only; this is a sure and infallible
note to discover him, and for him to discover himself by: For, if notwithstanding his
care of the duties of the <hi>first</hi> Table, he makes no conscience to walk honestly to<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wards
his neighbour; if he be disobedient to Parents and lawful Authority, if he be
cruel and uncharitable, if he be unjust in his dealings, fraudulent, an oppressor, a fal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sifier
of Covenants and Promises, a back<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>ster, a slanderer, or the like; his Religion
is no better than an Hypocrite's: For such was the Religion of many of the Pharisees,
whom therefore our Saviour termeth <hi>Hypocrites,<note place="margin">Matth. 23. 13, &amp;c.</note> Wo unto you Scribes and Pharisees, hy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pocrites.</hi>
They were scrupulous in the duties of the <hi>first</hi> Table,<note place="margin">Verse 23.</note> they <hi>paid tithe even
of mint and anise,</hi> they <hi>fasted twice a-week,</hi> they were exact observers of the Sabbath
and other ceremonies of Religion; but <hi>judgment, mercy, and saith</hi> in their conversa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
towards men, our Saviour tells them they regarded not.</p>
                  <p>Besides our Saviour's woe denounced against such, there are Two dangerous Ef<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fects
which accompany this evil disease, which should make us beware thereof.</p>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. Those who are addicted to <hi>Religion</hi> without any conscience of <hi>Honesty,</hi> are easily
drawn by the Devil to many intolerable acts under colour and in behalf thereof, as
they imagine. We see it in the <hi>Papists</hi> and <hi>Iesuits,</hi> whose preposterous zeal to their
Religion makes them think Treasons, Murthers, Rebellions, or any other such
wicked acts, are lawful and excusable, so they be done for the good of <hi>the Catholick
cause,</hi> as they call it. And if we search narrowly amongst our selves, we shall light
upon some examples of indirect and unlawful courses undertaken otherwhile on the
behalf of Religion; and all through want of this conscionable care of maintaining <hi>Ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nesty</hi>
towards our neighbour, together with our zeal for <hi>Religion</hi> towards God. Even
as we see an Horse in some narrow and dangerous passage, whilest he is wholly taken
up with some bugbear on the one side of the way, which he would eschew, and in
the mean time mindeth not the other side, where there is the like danger, he suddenly
slips into a pit or ditch, with no small danger to himself and rider: So is it here with
such as look only to the <hi>first</hi> Table, and mind not the <hi>second;</hi> whilest they go about,
as they think, to advance the duties of the one, they fall most foully in the other.</item>
                     <item>2. The second evil is a most dangerous Scandal which follows profession of Reli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gion
without honest conversation towards men: It is a grievous stumbling-block and
stone of offence, making men out of love with Religion, when they see such evil Ef<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fects
from it and those who seem to profess it. Those who are not yet come on, are
scared from coming; resolving they will never be of their Religion, which they see no
better fruits of: Those who are entred, are ashamed and discouraged, forsaking the
duties of Religion, that they might shun the suspicion of hypocrisie and dishonesty.<note place="margin">Matth. 18. 7.</note>
But <hi>woe be unto them by whom scandal cometh.</hi> Let us all therefore take heed to adorn
and approve our profession by bringing forth fruits, not only of Piety and Devotion
towards God, but of works of Righteousness and Charity to our neighbour.</item>
                  </list>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="40" type="discourse">
               <pb n="220" facs="tcp:63175:161"/>
               <head>DISCOURSE XL.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>GENESIS 3. 13.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>And the Lord God said unto the woman, What is this that thou
hast done? And the woman said, The Serpent beguiled me,
and I did eat.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>THE Story whereof the words I have read are part is so well known to
all, that it would be needless to spend time in any long Preface thereof.
Who knows not the Story of <hi>Adam's</hi> Fall? who hath not heard of the
Sin of <hi>Eve</hi> our Mother? If there were no Scripture, yet the unsampled
irregularity of our whole nature, which all the time of our life runs
counter to all order and right reason; the wo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ul misery of our conditi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on,
being a Scene of sorrow without any rest or contentment; this might breed some
general suspicion that <hi>ab initio non suit ita,</hi> from the beginning it was not so; but that
he who made us Lords of his creatures, made us not so worthless and vile as now we
are; but that some common Father to us all had drunken some strange and devilish
poison, wherewith the whole race is infected. This poison, saith the Scripture, was
the breach of God's commandment in Paradise, by <hi>eating of the forbidden fruit:</hi> for
which <hi>Adam</hi> being called to an account by the great Iudge, and laying the fault upon
the <hi>Woman</hi> which God had given him for an helper; God vouchsafes (as ye hear in
my Text) to examine the <hi>Woman,</hi> saying, <hi>What is this that thou hast done?</hi> And she
answers, <hi>The Serpent beguiled me, and I did eat.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>These words contain in them two parts: First, <hi>God's Inquisition accusing;</hi> Second<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly,
<hi>The Woman's Confession excusing her fact.</hi> The first in the first words, <hi>And the
Lord said unto the woman, &amp;c.</hi> The second in the last words, <hi>And the woman said,
The Serpent beguiled me, &amp;c.</hi> For the first words which God speaks, being consider<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
absolutely, are an <hi>Indictment</hi> for some crime; as they are Interrogative, they are
an <hi>Inquisition</hi> concerning the same; and therefore I call them an <hi>Inquisition accusing.</hi>
So the second are a <hi>Confession,</hi> as the Woman says, <hi>I have eaten;</hi> but with <hi>an excuse,</hi>
when she says, <hi>The Serpent beguiled me;</hi> and therefore I call them a <hi>Confession excu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sing.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>In the <hi>Inquisition</hi> are two things to be considered. First, <hi>The Author and Person
who makes it,</hi> which is the Lord God himself; so saith my Text, <hi>And the Lord God
said unto the woman.</hi> Secondly, <hi>The Inquisition</hi> it self, <hi>What is this that thou hast
done?</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>In the Person who comes and makes this Inquest, being the Lord God himself, we
may observe and behold his <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>his wonderful Goodness and unspeakable Love
to mankind,</hi> which here reveals it self in four most remarkable Circumstances.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/> First, <hi>In his forbearance; And the Lord said:</hi> When said the Lord? namely, not
till <hi>Adam</hi> had accused her; she who was first in the sin, was last questioned for the
same; and that too because her husband had appealed her. God knew and obser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved
well enough the first degree and every progress of her sin, he needed no informa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
from another: yet as though he were loth to take notice thereof, as though he
were loth to find her guilty, yea as though he were loth to denounce the punishment
which his Iustice required, he comes not against her until now; and that as though
he were unwilling to come at all.</p>
                  <p>If we look back into the Story, we shall yet find a further confirmation thereof.
How long did God hold his hand before he stripped the woman especially of that glo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rious
beauty of her integrity, and made her with opened eyes to see her shameful na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>kedness?
She had at the first onset of her Conference with the Serpent sinned a sin of
<hi>Vnbelief</hi> of God; and yet God spared her: In the progress she sinned more in her
proud <hi>Ambition</hi> of being like to God himself, and to be wise above what was given her;
and God yet spared her: She sinned when she <hi>coveted</hi> and <hi>longed</hi> once <hi>to eat of the
<pb n="221" facs="tcp:63175:161"/>
forbidden fruit,</hi> when it began to seem more pleasing and desirable unto her than <hi>Obe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dience</hi>
to God's Commandment;<note place="margin">Gen 3. 13.</note> and God yet spared her: At last she <hi>takes</hi> and <hi>eats
thereof,</hi> and so came to the height and consummation of her sin; and yet behold and
see the <hi>Clemency</hi> and <hi>Longanimity</hi> of our good God, he paused yet a while until she
had given unto her husband also; and then, and not till then, he opened their eyes to
see their woful misery.</p>
                  <p>A Lesson first to us men, if so be we think the Example of God worthy our imita<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion,
to bear long with our brother, as God bears with us; to admonish him, as it is
in the Gospel, the first, second and third time, before we use him like an Heathen or
a Publican;<note place="margin">Matth. 18. 15, &amp;c.</note> 
                     <hi>to forgive him seven times,</hi> yea, (as Christ says to <hi>Peter</hi>) if he repent
and ask forgiveness, <hi>seventy times seven.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Secondly, This may be a cordial of spiritual comfort unto us sinners; Though we
make a shift to keep our selves from the execution of sin, yet we find our hearts full of
sinful thoughts, ungodly desires and unclean lusts, and such like sinful motions from
the infirmity of our flesh: which notwithstanding we cannot ever expel or be rid of;
yet let us hope that God out of his mercy will bear with our weakness, and pass by
our infirmities, who bore with the sin of our first Parents until it came to executi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on.</p>
                  <p>The second Circumstance is <hi>The temper of his Iustice;</hi> in that he vouchsafes first to <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/>
enquire of the offence, and examine the fact, before he gives Sentence, or proceeds
to execution. The like example we have <hi>Gen.</hi> 11. 5. where it is said, <hi>The Lord came
down to see the City and Tower which the children of men had builded,</hi> afore he would
confound their language, or scatter them abroad from that ambitious <hi>Babel</hi> upon the
face of the earth. Again, <hi>Gen.</hi> 18. 20, 21. the Lord says, <hi>Because the cry of Sodom
and Gomorrah is great, and their sin is very grievous; I will go down, and see whether
they have done altogether according to the cry of it which is come unto me; and if not, I
will know.</hi> He from whom no secrets are hid, he that formed the heart of man, and
knows all the works we do, he that trieth and searcheth the heart and reins, even he
will first examine the fact, will first hear what miserable man can say for himself, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
his Sentence shall pass upon him: not out of ignorance of what was done, for
how should the omniscient God be ignorant? but out of his wonderful clemency, and
unspeakable moderation towards <hi>Man:</hi> I say, towards <hi>Man;</hi> for to him alone he
shews this favour; for as for the <hi>Serpent,</hi> we see he vouchsafes nor to ask him one
question, nor to expect what he could say for himself, but presently without exami<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nation
proceeds to judgment against him.</p>
                  <p>Doth the great God, the Almighty Creator of heaven and earth, deal with so un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>speakable:
temper with his creature; and is vile man, a base earth-worm, so austere
unto his brother? It was the height of <hi>Eve's</hi> whole ambition to be like unto God;
but her off-spring's ambition is to be most unlike unto him: He glories in mercy and
clemency, we in rage and rash austerity; He hears his creature speak before he con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>demns
him we condemn our brother before we hear him speak.<note place="margin">Psal. 2. 10.</note> 
                     <hi>Be wise, be instruct<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed,
ye Iudes of the earth,</hi> let this great Example of God be the pattern of your imita<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion:
yealet no private man condemn another rashly, until he hath heard what he
may say fo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> himself, as God himself here vouchsafed to go before us.</p>
                  <p>The third Circumstance is <hi>God's condescent unto man,</hi> in that he sends neither An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gels <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="3"/>
nor Ministers to examine our first Parents and to make inquisition of their offence,
but <hi>he co<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>s himself in person to take notice thereof.</hi> When men are offended, especi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ally
great <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>en, they will not deign to look upon or to admit into their presence those
that have offended them: How great therefore is this indulgence of Almighty God,
who deig<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>s here his presence to our most wretched and most naked Parents who had so
grievously sinned against him? How happily graced would a poor offender think him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>self,
if he night be admitted to the presence of his Prince, there to say what he could
either for his defence or excuse, or else to sue for mercy and move compassion? By
how much therefore God is greater than the greatest Monarchs of the world, even as
much as they are greater than nothing; so much is this indulgence of God here ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>p<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>essed
in my Text to <hi>Eve,</hi> as before to her husband, surpassing all the favour and
<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ondescent of men, who sent not for man, but came himself unto him; yea who
vouchsafed then to seek them out when they ran away from him.</p>
                  <p>Now all this is spoken <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, after the fashion of men, and therefore not
so much to express what God himself did, as what men ought to do. Let it be a Les<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>son
therefore to those who are set over others, not to be too hard of access to such as
are obnoxious unto them. If God himself vouchsafed so far unto his creature so
wretched, much more should man unto his brother.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="222" facs="tcp:63175:162"/>
The fourth Circumstance is <hi>The manner of his speech to Eve,</hi> in that he that was the
Lord God should so <hi>mildly speak</hi> unto her, <hi>What is this thou hast done? The Lord God
said it,</hi> saith my Text; but who would not think it rather the speech of a familiar
<milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="4"/> and condoling friend, than of so great a Iudge so greatly offended? Here is no word
of asperity, but of lenity; no menacing, no upbraiding terms, but only, <hi>What is this
thou hast done?</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>And should not we learn hence not to insult over such whose offences make them
liable either to us or others? should we upbraid, rail, triumph, and vomit our impo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tency
upon them? Certainly we seem not to remember what a gentle and commisera<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ting
Iudge God is, or that our selves are men, and have to deal with humane frailty,
and man's miserable condition, which we ought to behold with pity, and not handle
with bitterness.</p>
                  <p>THE next thing is, The <hi>Inquisition</hi> it self; <hi>What is this thou hast done?</hi> Some
read,<note n="*" place="margin">Vulg. Lat. <hi>Quare hoc <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>e<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cisti?</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>Why hast thou done this?</hi> expounding <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. But <hi>Eve's</hi> an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>swer
following, where she saith, <hi>I have eaten,</hi> plainly argues the question was <hi>What</hi>
she had done, and not <hi>Why</hi> she had done it: And therefore I take the words as our<note n="*" place="margin">And so the <hi>Syriack</hi> Versi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on; So Iuni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>u<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> and Tremil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lius.</note> Translation hath them, and understand this <hi>manner of asking</hi> by God to be a <hi>Scheme
of admiration,</hi> and to imply an exaggeration of the woman's sin; as if he had said, O
what an horrible sin is this thou hast committed! How grievously hast thou transgres<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sed!
O what hast thou done! And therefore, God enquiring of her sin with exagge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ration,
she makes answer with diminution; Indeed she had offended, because she had
eaten; but yet the offence was the less, for the Serpent had deceived her.</p>
                  <p>This then being the meaning of the words, let us behold in them <hi>the greatness of the
sin of our first Parents;</hi> which made the Lord God himself to say, <hi>What is this thou hast
done?</hi> The <hi>greatness of this sin</hi> I will first consider as it concerns them both <hi>in general,</hi>
and then as <hi>in particular.</hi> The greatness of the sin <hi>in general</hi> appears in these four
Considerations.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/> First, <hi>It was a transgression of such a Law as was given only to prove man whether he
would be under God or no.</hi> For the <hi>Moral Law</hi> which was written and engraven in the
Hearts of our first Parents was for the doing of things <hi>simply good,</hi> and abstaining from
things <hi>simply evil;</hi> such things as a good man would do were there no Commandment,
and such things as he would not do were there no Prohibition; so that in these there
was no trial whether man would obey God or no, only because he commanded him and
merely for obedience sake. And therefore had God ordained this <hi>Symbolical Law,</hi>
prohibiting a thing in it self neither good nor evil, neither pleasing nor displeasing un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
God, but indifferent; that man's observance thereof might be a profession and te<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stimony
that he was willing to submit himself to God's pleasure, only because it was
his pleasure. And that it might yet the more appear, God made not choice of such a
thing as man cared not for, but of a<note n="*" place="margin">Gen. 3. 6.</note> pleasant and desirable thing; whereunto the
more his inclination was carried, the more by his abstaining might his willing subje<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ction
be approved. The violating therefore of this <hi>Law</hi> was an open profession <hi>that
he would not be under God,</hi> and renouncing of him to be his Lord. And this is the first
respect wherein appears the greatness of <hi>Adam's</hi> sin.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/> The second Consideration arguing the same is, <hi>That he on whom God h<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>d bestowed
so many glorious endowments,</hi> whom he had as it were stuffed with so man<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> excellent
abilities, and adorned with so many precious graces, <hi>that he should sin against him, and
set so light by his commandment:</hi> For of those to whom God had given so much, he
might justly require and expect much. Therefore those whom God hat<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> furnished
with the best gifts, either of knowledge or other abilities, they, if they s<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>, sin most
grievously: So that in this respect the sin of <hi>Adam</hi> and <hi>Eve</hi> exceeded the <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>ns of their
posterity, as much as their integrity did our corruption. The<note n="‖" place="margin">Quanto splendoris ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nore celsior quisque est; tanto, si delin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quit, peccat<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> major est. Isidor.</note> greater <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>he person,
the greater his sin: The sin of a Prince greater than the sin of a vulgar person; and
therefore in the<note n="*" place="margin">In <hi>Levit.</hi> 4. 3. the Sacrifice for the <hi>anointeded Priests</hi> (that is, the High Priest; <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, as the LXX, and the Targ<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>m of <hi>Onk<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>los</hi> render it) was a <hi>Bullock:</hi> and the same Sacrifice was to be for the whole People or Congregation, Ver. 14. The Sacrifice for <gap reason="illegible: indecipherable" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>e
<hi>Ruler</hi> or <hi>Prince,</hi> was a <hi>Kid of the Go<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>ts, a male,</hi> Ver. 23. The Sacrifice for <hi>one of the common people,</hi> was a <hi>Kid of the Goats</hi> too, but<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>female,</hi> Ver. 28. For any one private person was inferior to the <hi>Prince</hi> who was to bring a <hi>male,</hi> as <hi>Ab<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>n Ezra</hi> here observes.</note> Law there was a<note n="*" place="marg1">In Levi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. 4. 3. the Sacrifice for the <hi>anci<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap>ed Priests</hi> (that is, the High Priest; <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, as the LXX, and the Targ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap> of <hi>Ouk<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>lo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>
                        </hi> render it) was a <hi>Bullock:</hi> and the same Sacrifice was to be for the whole People or Congregation, Ver. 14. The Sacrifice for <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>e <hi>Ruler</hi> or <hi>Prince,</hi> was a <hi>Kid of the Go<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>ts, a male,</hi> Ver. 23. The Sacrifice for <hi>one of the common people,</hi> was a <hi>Kid of the Goats</hi> too, but<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>female,</hi> Ver. 28. For any one private person was inferior to the <hi>Prince</hi> who was to bring a <hi>male,</hi> as <hi>Ab<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>n Ezra</hi> here observes.</note> greater Sacrifice to be offered for the sins of the
Prince and Priest than of the people.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="3"/> The third circumstance aggravating his sin was, <hi>The easiness of the commandment,
and the easiness man had to keep the same;</hi> Both <hi>in regard of himself,</hi> whom no itching
Concupiscence urged, as being altogether free therefrom, and not as we his off-spring
are continually vexed with the boiling thereof: Secondly, <hi>in regard of the thing it self</hi>
                     <pb n="223" facs="tcp:63175:162"/>
he was to abstain from being <hi>only one fruit,</hi> in so great a liberty of all the garden be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sides.
How easily might he have abstain'd from one, to whom God had given the
use of all saving this one? He wanted not to feed him, he wanted no variety of
food, he had even enough to surfeit on; only to approve his obedience to Him who
had given all the rest unto him, he was to abstain from one, and yet he would not.
<hi>Quanta <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>uit</hi> (saith S. <hi>Austin) iniquitas in peccando,<note place="margin">
                           <hi>De <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                 <desc>•</desc>
                              </gap>ivit. Dei</hi> lib. 3. cap. 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>.</note> ubi tanta erat uon peccandi facili<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tas?
How great an iniquity was it there to sin, where it was so easie a thing not to sin?</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The fourth circumstance aggravating this sin was <hi>The place,</hi> which was <hi>Paradise,</hi>
as it were in God's own presence, even afore his face: For as <hi>Heaven</hi> above other
parts of the world is the place of God's special presence; so was <hi>Paradise</hi> above other
parts of the earth as it were <hi>an Heaven upon earth,</hi> the place wherein he singularly
revealed himself, and therefore an Holy place and the Temple of God. Do not
men, otherwise giving the loose rein to wickedness, yet abhor to commit it in God's
Temple? How impudently contumelious was this Sin therefore which was committed
in God's very presence-chamber?</p>
                  <p>All these <hi>Aggravations</hi> are common to both our Parents, which all laid together <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="4"/>
make their Sin as great as ever any was, saving the sin against the Holy Ghost; for
so the best Divines do think. But <hi>Eve</hi> adds one Aggravation more to her weight,
in that she was not content to sin her self alone, but she allured and drew her hus<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>band
also into the like horrible transgression with her; whereby she was not only
guilty of her own personal sin, but of her husband's also. And this added so much
unto her former sum, that S. <hi>Paul</hi> (1 <hi>Tim.</hi> 2. 14.) speaks of her as if she had been
the only transgressour; <hi>Adam was not deceived; but the woman being deceived was in
the transgression.</hi> So great and horrible a thing it is in the Eye of God to be cause
or mover of another's sin. Wo be unto them who by any means are the cause of an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>other's
fall. And justly might God say to <hi>Eve</hi> for this respect, though there had been
no more, <hi>What is this that thou hast done?</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>NOW I come to <hi>the Woman's excuse, The Serpent beguiled me.</hi> In which words
are three things considerable. The Author, <hi>The Serpent.</hi> The Action, <hi>Guile.</hi> The
Object, <hi>Me.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Concerning the Author, <hi>The Serpent,</hi> two things are inquirable. First, <hi>What the
Serpent was indeed.</hi> Secondly, <hi>What Eve supposed him to be.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>For the first, I think none so unreasonable as to believe it was the <hi>unreasonable and
brute Serpent:</hi> For whence should he learn, or how should he understand God's com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mandment
to our first Parents? and how is it possible <hi>a Serpent</hi> should speak; and
not only so, but speak the language which <hi>Eve</hi> understood? For though some there
be who think that <hi>Beasts</hi> and <hi>Birds</hi> have some speech-like utterings of themselves; yet
none, that a Beast should speak the language of Men. It remains therefore that ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording
unto the Scriptures it was that old deceiver the <hi>Devil</hi> and Satan, who abused
<hi>brute Serpent,</hi> either by entring into him, or taking his shape upon him. The last of
which I rather incline unto, supposing it (as you shall hear presently) to be <hi>the Law
of Spirits,</hi> when they have intercourse and commerce with men, to take some visible
shape upon them, as the <hi>Devil</hi> here the <hi>Serpent's;</hi> whence he becomes styled in Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture,<note place="margin">Rev. 12. 9. &amp; 20. 2.</note>
                     <hi>The old Serpent.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Now for the Second question, <hi>What Eve took him to be,</hi> whether the <hi>Serpent</hi> or
<hi>Satan,</hi> If we say she thought him to be <hi>the brute Serpent,</hi> how will this stand with the
perfection of Man's knowledg in his integrity, to think a <hi>Serpent</hi> could speak like a
reasonable creature? Who would not judge her a silly woman now that should think
so? and yet the wisest of us all is far short of <hi>Eve</hi> in regard of her knowledg then.
Again, If we say she knew him to be <hi>the Devil;</hi> I will not ask why she would converse
at all with a wicked spirit, who she knew had fallen from his Maker; but I would
know how we should construe the meaning of the Holy Ghost in the beginning of
this Chapter, where he saith, <hi>The Serpent was the subtillest of all the beasts of the field
which God had made,</hi> and so implies the woman's opinion of the <hi>Serpent's</hi> wisdom
was the occasion why she was so beguiled; otherwise to what end are those words
spoken, unless to shew that Satan chose the <hi>Serpent's shape,</hi> that through the opinion
and colour of his well-known wisdom and sagacity he might beguile the Woman?</p>
                  <p>For the assoiling of which difficulty I offer these Propositions following. First, I
will suppose <hi>There is a Law in the commerce of Spirits and Men, that</hi> a Spirit <hi>must pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sent
himself under the shape of some visible thing.</hi> For as in natural and bodily things
there is no entercourse of action and passion, unless the things have some proportion
each to other, and unless they communicate in some Common Matter: So it seems God
<pb n="224" facs="tcp:63175:163"/>
hath ordained <hi>a Law</hi> that invisible things should converse with things visible in a shape
as they are visible: which is so true, that the conversing presence of a Spirit is called
a <hi>Vision</hi> or <hi>Apparition.</hi> And Experience with the Scriptures will shew us, that not
only evil Angels, but good, yea God himself converseth in this manner with men.
And all this I suppose <hi>Eve</hi> knew.</p>
                  <p>Secondly, I suppose further, <hi>That as Spirits are to converse with men under some
visible shape; so is there a Law given them, that it must be under the shape of some such
thing as may less or more resemble their condition.</hi> For as in nature we see every
several thing hath a several and sutable Phisiognomy or figure, as a badge of their
inward nature, whereby it is known as by a habit of distinction: so it seems to be in
the shapes and apparitions of <hi>Spirits.</hi> And as in a well-governed Commonwealth
every sort and condition of men is known by some differing habit, agreeable
to his quality: so it seems it should be in God's great Commonwealth, con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerning
the shapes which <hi>Spirits</hi> take upon them. And he that gave the Law, that
a man should not wear the habit of a woman, nor a woman the habit of a man; be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cause
that as he had made them diverse, so would he have them so known by their
habits: so it seems he will not suffer a good and a bad <hi>Spirit,</hi> a noble and ignoble
one, to appear unto men after the same fashion. And this also I suppose <hi>Eve</hi> knew.</p>
                  <p>Now from these grounds it will follow, That <hi>good Angels</hi> can take upon them no
other shape but the shape of <hi>Man,</hi> because their glorious excellency is resembled
only in the most excellent of all visible creatures; the shape of an inferiour creature
would be unsutable, no other shape becoming those who are called <hi>the sons of God,</hi>
but his only who was created after God's own image. And yet not his neither ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording
as now he is,<note place="margin">Ma<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. 16. 5.</note> but according as he was before his fall in his glorious beauty
of his Integrity.<note place="margin">Matth. 28. 3.</note> Age and deformity are the fruits of Sin; and the Angel in the
Gospel appears like <hi>a young man, his countenance like lightning, and his raiment white
as snow,</hi> as it were resembling the beauty of glorified bodies in immutability, subli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mity
and purity.</p>
                  <p>Hence also it follows on the contrary, That the <hi>Devil</hi> could not appear in <hi>humane
shape</hi> whilest Man was in his integrity, because he was a Spirit fallen from his first
glorious perfection, and therefore must appear in such shape which might argue his
imperfection and abasement, which was the shape of <hi>a Beast:</hi> otherwise no reason
can be given, why he should not rather have appeared unto <hi>Eve</hi> in the shape of <hi>a
Woman</hi> than of <hi>a Serpent;</hi> for so he might have gained an opinion with her both of
more excellency and knowledg. But since the fall of man the case is altered, now
we know he can take upon him the shape of <hi>Man;</hi> and no wonder, since one falling
star may well resemble another. And therefore he appears it seems in the shape of
Man's imperfection, either for age or deformity, as like an <hi>old man,</hi> (for so the Witches
say:) and perhaps it is not altogether false which is vulgarly affirmed, That the <hi>De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vil</hi>
appearing in <hi>Humane shape,</hi> hath always a <hi>deformity</hi> of some uncouth member or
other; as though he could not yet take upon him <hi>Humane shape</hi> entirely, for that Man
himself is not entirely and utterly fallen as he is.</p>
                  <p>By this time you see the difficulty of the Question is eased. Now it appears why
<hi>Eve</hi> wondered not to see a <hi>Spirit</hi> speak unto her in the shape of a <hi>Serpent,</hi> because
she knew <hi>the Law of Spirits apparitions</hi> better than we do. Again, when she saw the
Spirit who talked with her to have taken upon him the shape, though of a Beast,
yet of the most sagacious Beast of the field, she concluded, according to our forelaid
suppositions, That though he were one of the abased spirits, yet the <hi>shape</hi> he had ta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ken
resembling <hi>his nature,</hi> he must needs be a most <hi>crafty and sagacious</hi> one, and so
might pry farther into God's meaning than she was aware of. And thus you may see
at last how the opinion of the <hi>Serpent's subtilty</hi> occasioned <hi>Eve's</hi> fall; as also why the
Devil, of all other Beasts of the field, took the shape of <hi>a Serpent,</hi> namely, to gain
this opinion of sagacity with the Woman, as one who knew the Principles afore<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>said.</p>
                  <p>Here I observe That overmuch dotage upon a conceived excellency, whether of
Wisdom or whatsoever else, without a special eye to God's commandment, hath ever
been the Occasion of greatest Errors in the world; and the Devil under this mask
useth to blear our eyes, and with this bait to inveigle our hearts, that he may securely
bring us to his lure. It was the mask of the Serpent's wisdom and sagacity, above the
rest of the Beasts of the field, whereby he brought to pass our first Parents ruin. The
admired wisdom of the long-living Fathers of the elder world, having been for so
many ages as Oracles their off-spring grown even to a People and Nation while they
<pb n="225" facs="tcp:63175:163"/>
yet lived, was the ground of the ancient <hi>Idolatry</hi> of mankind, whilest they supposed
that those to whom for wisdom they had recourse being living, could not but help
them when they were d<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ad. This we may learn out of<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                           <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>Hesi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>d; The men,</hi> saith he,
<hi>of the golden age being once dead, became</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<q>
                        <l>—<gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>,</l>
                        <l>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>
                        </l>
                     </q>
                     <hi>they became Godlings and Patrons of mortal men, and Overseers of their good and evil
works.</hi> So the opinion of the blessed Martyrs superlative glory in Heaven was made
the occasion of the new-found <hi>Idolatry</hi> of the Christian Churches, wherewith they
are for the greater part yet overwhelmed. And the esteem which <hi>Peter</hi> had above
the rest of the Apostles in regard of chief-dome, even in the Apostles times, was
abused by the old Deceiver to instal <hi>the man of sin.</hi> This made S. <hi>Paul</hi> to say, <hi>The
mystery of iniquity was even then working;</hi>
                     <note place="margin">2 Thes. 2. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> and therefore he laboured as far as he could
to prevent it, by as much depressing <hi>Peter</hi> as others exalted him. Nay, he puts the
Churches in mind of this story of the Serpent's beguiling <hi>Eve,</hi> that her mis-hap might
be a warning to them. 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 11. 2, 3. <hi>I am jealous over you</hi> (saith he) <hi>with a godly
jealousie; for I have esponsed you to one husband, that I might present you as a chaste Vir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gin
to Christ. But I fear lest by any means, as the Serpent beguiled Eve through his
subtilty, so your minds should be corrupted from the simplicity that is in Christ.</hi> And to
come a little nearer home; Have not our Adversaries, when they would get Disci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ples,
learned this of the Devil, to possess them first with an opinion of superlative
Learning in their Doctors surpassing any of ours? I will say no more in this point,
but that we ought so to prize and admire the gifts and abilities of Learning which
God hath bestowed upon men, that the Pole-star of his Sacred Word may ever be in
our eye.</p>
                  <p>THE next thing to be spoken of is <hi>The Action, Guile:</hi> And first, I shall shew what
it is. To <hi>beguile</hi> is, through a false faith and persuasion wrought by some argument
of seeming good, to bereave a man of some good he had or hoped for, or to bring
upon him some evil he expected not. Practice hath made it so well known, that I
should not need to have given any definition or description thereof, but only for a
more distinct consideration. Whereas therefore I said, that <hi>Guile</hi> wrought by fore<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>laying
a false persuasion or belief; I would intimate, that it was nothing else but a
<hi>Practical Sophism,</hi> the <hi>Premisses</hi> whereof are counterfeit motives; the <hi>Conclusion</hi> an
erroneous execution. Now as all Practice or Action consists in these two, <hi>The choice
of our End,</hi> and <hi>The execution of Means to attain thereunto:</hi> So is this <hi>Practical Sophism</hi>
we call <hi>Guile,</hi> found in them both; either when an evil <hi>End</hi> is presented unto us in
the counterfeit of a good, and so we are made to embrace <hi>Nubem pro Iunone,</hi> and
find our selves deceiv'd in the event whatsoever the <hi>Means</hi> were we have used; or
else we apply such <hi>Means</hi> as are either unlawful or unsufficient to attain our <hi>End,</hi> as
being so mask'd that they appear unto us far otherwise than they are. With both
these sorts or parts of <hi>Guile</hi> the Devil wrought our first Parents ruin. First, by mak<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
it seem a thing desirable and by all means to be laboured for, <hi>To be like unto God:</hi>
which was an ambition of that whereof man was not only not capable, but such as
little beseemed him to aspire unto, upon whom God had bestowed so great a mea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sure
of glorious perfections, as he seem'd a God amongst the rest of the creatures.
What unthankfulness was this, that he upon whom God bestowed so much, as he
was the glory of his workmanship, should yet think that God should envy him any
degree of excellency fit for him? For this was the mask wherewith the Devil co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vered
both the unfitness and impossibility of <hi>the End</hi> he insinuated; but he beguiled
them. Secondly, He put the same trick upon them in the choice of <hi>the Means</hi> to be
used, which was to transgress the severe commandment of Almighty God. Had the
<hi>Aim</hi> been allowable, yet could not the <hi>Means</hi> have been taken for good, but only of
such as were beguiled; in that the Devil made the Woman believe with his que<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stioning
the truth of God's commandment, that the danger was not great, nor so cer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tain
as it seemed; or that evil which might be in the action, would be countervailed
with the excellency to be attained thereby; the gloriousness of which <hi>End</hi> the Devil
so strongly sounded, that it drowned in her imagination the least conceit of evil in
the <hi>Means.</hi> And as a man which always looks upward sees not the danger in the
pat<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> and way he walks in, until he tumbles into a pit: so was it here with our first
Mother, when thus the Devil beguiled her.</p>
                  <p>This first act of the Devil is that wherein we may behold as in a glass the<note n="*" place="margin">Eph. 6. 11. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> 
                     <hi>art</hi> he
still useth to tempt us unto sin, and bring us to utter destruction: All his method is
<pb n="226" facs="tcp:63175:164"/>
nothing else but <hi>Guile;</hi> he presents all things fair unto our face, and suffers not evil
to appear before us in its own ugly shape; for so every man would fly from it. When
he would tempt a man to <hi>Covetousness,</hi> he calls it <hi>Thrift;</hi> when to <hi>Bribes,</hi> he calls
them <hi>Gratuities;</hi> when to <hi>Intemperance,</hi> forsooth it is <hi>Good-fellowship;</hi> when to <hi>Cru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>elty,</hi>
it must be called <hi>Iustice;</hi> when to <hi>Prodigality,</hi> it must be taken for no other but
<hi>Liberality,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">2 Cor. 11. 14.</note> and such like. This is that which the Scripture saith, <hi>The Devil transforms
himself into an Angel of light:</hi> when he draws to Vice, he would seem to mean no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thing
but Vertue; when he tempts to works of darkness, he presents them as the
works of light; when he plots our ruin and everlasting undoing, he bears us in
hand that all aims at our welfare and felicity.</p>
                  <p>This is that which is meant in the following verse, where it it said, <hi>The seed of the
woman should bruise the Serpent's head, but the Serpent should bruise his heel:</hi> as though
the <hi>Serpent</hi> should love to assault at unawares, and so as he might not be seen to in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tend
any such matter before he had done the feat; and therefore his fashion should be
to <hi>come behind</hi> a man, and as it were to <hi>catch him by the heel.</hi> For that this was the
Embleme of <hi>Guile</hi> and deceitful dealing, it may be gathered from the story of <hi>Iacob</hi>
and <hi>Esau,</hi> when as <hi>Esau</hi> being beguiled of the blessing by the craft of his brother <hi>Iacob,</hi>
makes an allusion to his name;<note place="margin">Gen. 27. 36.</note> 
                     <hi>Well</hi> (saith he) <hi>may he be called Iacob, for he hath be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guiled
me now these two times.</hi> Now <hi>Iacob</hi> had his name in the beginning, because <hi>he
caught his brother by the heel</hi> when he came out of the womb; for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> signifies <hi>the heel,</hi>
and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is as much to say as <hi>an Heeler:</hi> whence the allusion of <hi>Esau</hi> hath this sense,
if we take it <hi>verbatim,</hi> My brother may well be called <hi>an Heeler,</hi> for he hath <hi>heeled</hi>
me these two times. Now because to come behind a man and <hi>take him by the heel</hi> was
foul play, therefore of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> an <hi>heel</hi> comes <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> (<hi>dolus, fallacia) guile,</hi> and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, a
verb signifying <hi>to deceive</hi> or <hi>beguile;</hi> which is the second sense that <hi>Esau</hi> would imply
by his allusion, That his brother might well be called <hi>a Beguiler,</hi> because he had
<hi>beguiled</hi> him now these two times. But of this I shall have occasion to speak more
hereafter.</p>
                  <p>Since therefore we have seen the Devil's practice, and learned that he works alto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gether
by <hi>deceit;</hi> how wary should the consideration hereof make us to be in all the
ways of our life? If we knew we had to deal with a man that used to beguile all
that came into his fingers, in what continual jealousie and suspicion would we be?
how would we cast about to find which way he might not circumvent us? how wary
would we be to entertain any profer from him? there could be nothing made seem so
fair, but we would suspect some foul meaning to be in it. If we would be thus disposed
in matters of lesser moment, how careful should we be in greater? if where the abi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lity
of deceiving is lesser, what manner of men should we be when we know the
Arch-deceiver of the world is continually attending upon us, labouring to beguile
us? Should we here adventure upon any action rashly? No surely; but be first well
advised. We should not be too confident in our own persuasions, lest they may prove
the Devil's suggestions: And though the reasons we apprehend be never so good,
and the case seem never so clear, and the way we are to walk in never so secure; yet
ought we to make some pause, and act a fit of jealousie afore we adventure.</p>
                  <p>AND thus much of the Serpent's action, <hi>Guile:</hi> Now I come to <hi>The Object, Me.
Me,</hi> the weaker of the two. <hi>Me,</hi> so much endeared in the affection of my Lord,
that he could not but do any thing at my request. Of these two respects I will speak
in order; and first of the first.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>The Devil assaults us there where he finds us weakest;</hi> as here in this first sin he at<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tempts
<hi>the Woman,</hi> the <hi>weaker</hi> vessel; <hi>The Serpent beguiled me:</hi> for he knows this is
the readiest way to overcome. A skilful Commander being to take a City, will not
make his battery on that part of the wall which is strongly fortified, (for so he might
make his shot in vain;) but will assault it there where it is least defensible, where a
breach will be easily made, and yet entring he becomes Master of the whole how well
fortified soever; even so the Devil will be sure to force us there where we are least
able to resist; if he finds any part not well bulwark'd with resolution, there he
plants the Canon of his temptation, and with an easie breach becomes Master of the
whole piece.</p>
                  <p>Hence we may learn what to esteem of those imperfect courses concerning the
Commandments of God, too frequent among the sons of men: There are many
who resolve firmly against diverse kinds of sins, that they will never be drawn by
any means to commit them; but they have always some one wherein they demur whe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
they should resolve to yield to it or not, if occasion should be offered. Many will
<pb n="227" facs="tcp:63175:164"/>
fortily themselves very strongly against the assaults of <hi>bribery,</hi> of <hi>covetousness,</hi> of
<hi>theft,</hi> of <hi>promise-breaking,</hi> of <hi>drunkenness;</hi> but as concerning <hi>their lust</hi> they are un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>resolved
what to do, if a temptation should assault them: and so in others, there is
some other inclination but slenderly guarded, when for the rest they could glory
how strongly they are fortified. But we must know, that when the Devil comes to
assault us, he will pass by us where we are strong, and attempt us only there where
our weakness lies; and then we shall find all our labour lost, and all our other
strength to have stood us in little stead: For what will it boot to guard the walls of
our City never so strongly, if but one part be left unguarded for the enemies to enter?
Is not all the enemie's? A Ship, though in other parts never so sound, will sink if but
one leaking hole be left unstopped. Let us therefore survey our Hearts diligently, and
finding where we lie exposed to danger, there most strengthen our selves with resolu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion.</p>
                  <p>And thus I come to the second respect why the Devil made choice of <hi>the Woman,</hi>
namely, because of the vehemency of her Husband's affection towards her; so that
to have gained her was to have gotten him also. For he seemed to think that her
strength in her Husband's affection was more powerful to prevail with him than his
subtile motives were to overcome him: and indeed the Event prov'd he was not
much deceiv'd. Hence we are to observe, <hi>That the Devil taketh advantage of the ve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hemency
of our Passions to work our overthrow;</hi> if he once find these to fasten his hold by,
he then thinks he may lead us whither he lift. <hi>To have gained our affections</hi> is as it were
<hi>to have gotten a party within,</hi> which is a dangerous advantage to further the invasion
of an enemy; especially when most of our <hi>Passions</hi> are our Favorites, which we can
deny nothing they ask;<note place="margin">Eph. 4. 27.</note> and if they be once bribed, will work us wholly to the dispose
of our Arch-enemy.</p>
                  <p>That we may not therefore afford the Devil this advantage, and as it were reach
him a rope to hang us withal, it behoves us so <hi>to govern and temper our Passions and
Affections</hi> that they transport us not into the Devil's jurisdiction: which that we may
the better do, it will not be unfit to set down some Rules for performance thereof.</p>
                  <p>First therefore, <hi>It is best to resist our Passions at the beginning,</hi> and to use the same <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/>
policy which <hi>Pharaoh</hi> did with the <hi>Israelites,</hi> that they might not over-run his Coun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>try,
in killing all their Infants as soon as they were born. While the sore is green, Chi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rurgeons
seldom despair; but festered once, they hardly cure it: So it is with the
Passions of our Mind; when they are first growing, they are soon curbed; but being
a little entertained, they will hardly be subdued.</p>
                  <p>The second means is, <hi>To inure our selves to cross our Passions when there is no danger,<milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/>
and to bridle our selves sometimes from ordinary and lawful desires, that we may do it
with more ease when we are in danger.</hi> For how can he hope to be able to master his
Passions when dangerous temptations assault him, who never used them to it in the
time of his security? We know that men who would fit themselves for the Wars,
will practice in the time of Peace when there is no enemy near, and will toil and la<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bour
when they might be at rest, will lie hard when they may command a soft bed,
will watch when they might sleep, and all to make them able to endure the like when
they shall have need: The like must we do, that we may get an habit <hi>to cross and sub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>due
our Passions</hi> when we shall have need.</p>
                  <p>The third means is, <hi>To fly occasions</hi> which may incense the <hi>Passions</hi> whereunto we <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="3"/>
are inclined. <hi>Occasiones faciunt latrones,</hi> saith the Proverb, Occasion makes him a
thief which else might have been an honest man. Wherefore he that commits himself
to Sea in a boisterous tempest is worthy to suffer Shipwrack; and he that willingly
puts himself in the company of infected persons may blame himself if he fall into their
diseases.</p>
                  <p>Lastly, but chiefly, <hi>When thy Passions are most vehement, then seek for succour from <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="4"/>
Heaven:</hi> Fly under the wings of Christ as the Chickens under the Hen when the
Kite seeks to devour them: Beat at the gates of mercy, and crave grace to overcome
thy misery. He is thy Father, and will not give thee a<note n="*" place="margin">Matth. 7.</note> 
                     <hi>Serpent,</hi> if thou ask him
<hi>Fish.</hi> Humble thy self before him, open thy sores and wounds unto him; and the
good <hi>Samaritan</hi> will pour in both wine and oyl, and thy <hi>Passions</hi> shall melt and fall
away as clouds are dispelled and consumed by the Sun.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="41" type="discourse">
               <pb n="228" facs="tcp:63175:165"/>
               <head>DISCOURSE XLI.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>GENESIS 3. 14.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>And the Lord God said unto the Serpent, Because thou hast done
this, thou art cursed above all cattel and above every beast of the
field: upon thy belly shalt thou go, and dust shalt thou eat all the
days of thy life.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>THESE words contain in them <hi>the Serpent's Doom and Destiny,</hi> pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nounced
upon him by the great Lord of Heaven and Earth. They con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tain
in them two parts: First, <hi>The Reason of this Sentence,</hi> in the words,
<hi>Because thou hast done this:</hi> Secondly, <hi>The Sentence it self,</hi> in the words
following, <hi>Thou art cursed above all cattel, &amp;c.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>The Reason of this Heavy doom</hi> is, <hi>Because thou hast done this:</hi> What
<hi>This?</hi> namely, Because he had beguiled the Man and Woman which God had made,
and caused them to transgress his great Commandment. <hi>He</hi> therefore <hi>that is the cause
and occasion of anothers sin is as hateful to God as the doer,</hi> and is liable to as great or
rather a greater punishment than he: For the <hi>Serpent</hi> here <hi>for causing</hi> hath this doom,
as well as the Man and Woman <hi>for doing.</hi> Nay, which is to be observed, <hi>his doom</hi> is
the <hi>first</hi> read unto him, as if he were the Arch-offender, and not to the Man or Wo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>man
till he was done with. What should this mean, but that his fault, being the mover,
was more grievous in the eyes of God than theirs? which is the reason also why <hi>the
Woman</hi> comes in the <hi>next</hi> place to have her Sentence, because she had been a sin-maker,
and was guilty, not only of her own personal sin, but of her husband's also; whence
<hi>the Man</hi> who had sinn'd only himself, and not caused others to sin, had his judgment
<hi>last of all.</hi> I might also confirm the same from the quality of their several judgments,
in that the <hi>Serpent</hi> alone is doom'd to be <hi>accursed,</hi> and no such word spoken either of
the <hi>Man</hi> or the <hi>Woman.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But I shall not need to tarry here to prove <hi>How horrible and fearful a thing it is to
be the Author of another's sin.</hi> We know they are the words of our Saviour, <hi>Matt.</hi> 18.
6, 7. <hi>Wo unto the world because of scandals, and wo unto the man by whom a scandal
cometh; it were better for him that a milstone were hanged about his neck, and that he
were drowned in the depth of the Sea.</hi> And S. <hi>Paul</hi> (1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 8. 13.) <hi>would eat no meat as
long as the world lasteth, rather than make his brother to offend.</hi> Would they would con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sider
this who are not content alone to sin themselves, but play the Devil in corrupt<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
others. It seems they long to be double damn'd. I would also they would think
of this who make no conscience at all by extremities and vexations, and other grie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vances,
to drive a man to Perjury and other grievous sins, and yet think themselves
free; when they should know, that he that is the Author of another's sin makes an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>other's
guilt his own, and shall share in the punishment every whit as deep as he.</p>
                  <p>But this shall suffice to have observed in the first part, <hi>The Reason of the Serpent's
doom.</hi> Now I come to the second, <hi>The doom it self:</hi> wherein the words, as you see,
have all relation to the <hi>Serpent;</hi> For <hi>the Lord said unto the Serpent, Thou art cursed, &amp;c.
Thou shalt go upon thy breast, &amp;c.</hi> But because this <hi>Serpent</hi> was more than a brute Ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pent,
the <hi>Devil</hi> himself being the chief Agent in this his Instrument; it is a thing much
controverted, <hi>Vpon which of these this curse is here pronounced.</hi> 1. Some would have it
spoken only of <hi>the brute Serpent,</hi> because here is a comparison made with cattel
and beasts of the field, thereby accounting the <hi>Serpent</hi> one of that number. Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sides,
<hi>Satan</hi> (they say) was accursed before this time, and some of the words in this
Curse cannot well be applied to any but the <hi>brute Serpent,</hi> as that <hi>he should eat the
dust of the earth, &amp;c.</hi> 2. Others would have <hi>this Curse</hi> pronounced only upon the
<hi>Spiritual Serpent,</hi> the Devil; because the <hi>brute Serpent</hi> was only an Instrument abused
by the Devil, and neither knew what was done, nor could do withal; and why
should it therefore be punished? 3. Others would divide the Controversie, applying
the first part of the Curse (in the 14. verse) to the <hi>brute Serpent,</hi> the latter (in
<pb n="229" facs="tcp:63175:165"/>
the 15. vers.) to the Devil or <hi>Spiritual Serpent:</hi> because as the latter words, <hi>Of the
promised seed of the woman which should destroy the Serpent and his seed,</hi> must needs be
meant of <hi>Christ</hi> and <hi>Satan;</hi> so the former words are most fitly appliable to the <hi>brute
Serpent</hi> only. But against this may be said, That the same <hi>Thou</hi> and <hi>Thee</hi> spoken of
in the first part of the <hi>Curse</hi> is all one with the <hi>Thou</hi> and <hi>Thee</hi> in the latter; and
therefore of whatsoever the first is meant, of the same is also meant the latter.
4. There is therefore a fourth opinion, That this <hi>Curse</hi> is throughout pronounced
upon both, both upon the <hi>Serpent</hi> and the <hi>Devil.</hi> In which though there be some
difference about the manner how, yet I embrace it as the truest, as not only conceiv<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
it may be so, by the fitness of all the parts so applied to both; but think more<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>over
that this only ought to be the meaning and no other, if it be conceived as I am
now to shew.</p>
                  <p>For in the first place, The <hi>Devil</hi> when he beguiled man came not as a naked Spi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rit,
but in the shape and figure of <hi>a Serpent,</hi> (as I have shew'd heretofore;) and
therefore that his punishment in the manner might be sutable and answerable to his
offence, he was to receive his doom likewise under the figure of <hi>a Serpent,</hi> and the
style thereof framed unto <hi>a Serpent's</hi> condition: For God useth in his wisdom<note n="*" place="margin">See Discourse 28. p. 144 &amp;c.</note> 
                     <hi>to
brand the Punishment with the stamp of the Sin,</hi> that the offender thereby might not
only know <hi>what</hi> he felt, but also read <hi>why</hi> he suffered. Why were <hi>Adonibezek's</hi>
thumbs and great toes cut off, but that he might read therein, as he did, his former
cruelty?<note place="margin">Iudges 1. 7.</note> 
                     <hi>Threescore and ten Kings, having their thumbs and toes cut off, gathered meat
under my Table: As I have done, so God hath requited me.</hi> Why was <hi>Pharaoh</hi> with his
Host rather drowned in the Sea, than slain in the Field, but that all the world might
read it was for his cruel Edict to drown all the male children of the Hebrews? Why
did <hi>Absalom</hi> lie with <hi>David's</hi> Concubines, but to put <hi>David</hi> in mind that he had lien
with <hi>Vriah's</hi> wife? And why was the Curse of the Devil shaped here in and unto the
condition of the <hi>Serpent,</hi> but because he had beguiled man in a <hi>Serpent's</hi> shape?</p>
                  <p>Secondly, For the <hi>Serpent;</hi> The known excellency and <hi>subtilty</hi> of the <hi>Serpent,</hi>
above all the Beasts which God had made, the Devil had abused to gain credit with
the woman, that he was an excellent and a most sagacious Spirit, and therefore might
be ably to pry farther into God's meaning than she could; which was the cause of
her attention, and so of her ruin. For I have shewed<note n="*" place="margin">In the fore<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>going Dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>course.</note> heretofore that the Woman
in the state of Integrity knew well enough, <hi>That as it was the Law of</hi> Spirits <hi>in their
commerce with men to present themselves under the shape of some visible thing; so it must
be likewise under the shape of some such thing as may more or less resemble their condi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion:</hi>
And that as the <hi>glorious Spirits</hi> might take no other shape but of <hi>Man,</hi> the
glory of visible creatures; so the <hi>fallen Spirits</hi> could not then afore Man's fall take
any other shape but of <hi>a Beast,</hi> thereby to bewray his abasement: Yet because the
Devil here took upon him the shape of the <hi>most wise</hi> and <hi>most excellent</hi> of Beasts, he
so bleared the Woman's eyes with an opinion of his <hi>Excellency</hi> and <hi>Sagacity,</hi> that in a
manner she forgot, or regarded not, that he was one of the evil and abased Spirits;
which was the ground of her miserable ruin and overthrow.</p>
                  <p>Now because the <hi>Excellency</hi> and <hi>Sagacity</hi> of the <hi>Serpent</hi> had thus been the occasion
of man's confusion, by being made the lying counterfeit of the Devil's Excellency
and Wisdom, and the mask whereby he so covered his vileness, that the Woman
took him not to be as he was indeed; therefore God in his wisdom thought good
to change the copy, and henceforth to blu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>and deface that unhappy Physiognomical
letter, and by abasing the <hi>Serpent</hi> for the time to come, to make him an everlasting
embleme and monument, wherein man might hieroglyphically read the malice, vile<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness
and execrable baseness of that <hi>wicked Spirit</hi> which had beguiled him; to hate him
(as now we do the <hi>Serpent</hi>) with mortal hatred, and by his unlucky fortune to expect
the Devil's deadly destiny: In a word, that which was once used for a mask to cover
the Devil's knavery, should for the future be a glass wherein to behold his villany.</p>
                  <p>These being the Reasons which have led me to understand this <hi>Curse</hi> in an equal
sense, both of the <hi>brute Serpent</hi> and the <hi>Devil;</hi> and in the literal sense applied unto
the <hi>Serpent,</hi> yet therein shaping out the Malediction of the <hi>Devil,</hi> as truly as the <hi>De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vil</hi>
had taken upon him the <hi>Serpent's</hi> shape: Let us now come to a more particular
handling of the words. And first we will consider them, <hi>As they are the Curse of the un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>reasonable
Serpent;</hi> Secondly, <hi>As they include the Devil's malediction.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But for the better understanding thereof, before we can proceed, two things are
to be resolv'd. First, <hi>How it could be just with God to punish the brute Serpent,</hi> who
was <hi>Instrumentum</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, and had neither will to sin, nor yet knowledge of
<pb n="230" facs="tcp:63175:166"/>
what the <hi>Devil</hi> had done; especially if we suppose, as I have done hitherto, that
the <hi>Devil</hi> took only the shape of a <hi>Serpent,</hi> which the <hi>Serpent</hi> could not do withal. For
this argument hath driven some to affirm, That the whole Curse was to be under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stood
only of the <hi>Spiritual Serpent,</hi> and not at all of the <hi>Natural.</hi> But why should this
strumble them more as concerning the <hi>Iustness</hi> of God, than that in <hi>Adam's</hi> censure in
the 17. verse where the whole <hi>Earth</hi> is cursed for <hi>Adam's</hi> sake? <hi>Cursed be the Earth
for thy sake, &amp;c.</hi> But what had the <hi>Earth</hi> done? or how was it guilty of <hi>Adam's</hi> trans<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gression?
Again, Chap. 6. v. 5, 7. it is expresly said, That <hi>because God saw that the wick<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>edness
of man was great in the earth, he said, I will destroy both man and beast, and the
creeping things, and the fowls of the air.</hi> But how were <hi>the beasts, the creeping things,
and the fowls of the air</hi> partakers of <hi>man's</hi> wickedness? what had they done more
than been abused by him? which they could not avoid, he being their Lord and
Master. And should not we think that Law of God just, <hi>Lev.</hi> 20. 15. where if a man
commit abomination with a beast, the beast is commanded to be slain as well as the
man, who only had sinned? This proves that Objection to be wholly insufficient.
But yet the difficulty of the resolution, How this may stand with God's justice, re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mains
as before; which therefore comes now to be resolved.</p>
                  <p>1. We know that all the Beasts of the Field, and the Fowls of the Air, and the
Fishes of the Sea were made for the use and service of Man in one kind or other, as
he should have occasion to use them. 2. If Man had stood in his first creation, the
service of the Creatures should have been sutable to his excellency and integrity,
and so far more noble than now it is, that even the creatures might be partakers of his
happiness then, in that sense they yet<note n="*" place="margin">Rom. 8. 21.</note> 
                     <hi>look for the glorious liberty of the sons of God</hi> to
come. 3. But when man was once fallen, the service of the creature was altered, and
became a <hi>bondage of corruption,</hi> as<note n="*" place="margin">Ibid.</note> S. <hi>Paul</hi> terms it, that is, ignoble, and sutable to the
corrupt condition of man under sin: Those which should have been imployed excel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lently
for the use of his integrity, are now to serve him ignominiously according to his
sin and misery; namely, either to be the means <hi>to punish</hi> him for his sin, or <hi>to relieve</hi>
him in his misery. <hi>To punish</hi> him, all the Creatures for his use are become base, corrupt
and unworthy, and so nothing so useful for him as they had been: the <hi>Earth</hi> will not
bring forth for him, but with his <hi>labour</hi> and <hi>toil;</hi> and then too when it should bear him
corn, it brings forth <hi>thorns and thistles:</hi> the <hi>Creatures</hi> which should serve and honor
him,<note place="margin">Gen. 3. 17, 18.</note> do often seise upon him, and destroy him. And thus are the <hi>Creatures</hi> imployed
for man's use indeed, but a woful use, <hi>to afflict</hi> and <hi>punish</hi> him for his sin all the days of
his life. Another way notwithstanding they are useful and serviceable for his good,
as helps <hi>to relieve</hi> and better him in this his condition of sin; as to be made Docu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments
of the wrath of God to move him to Repentance, and Emblems to know the con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dition
of his most deadly enemy the Devil, and how he ought to abhor and hate
him, and the hope and expectation of conquering and triumphing over him in the
<hi>Blessed seed</hi> of the woman. And for this use and service was the <hi>Serpent abased</hi> and
made vile, according to his <hi>Curse</hi> in my Text; That as he was made excellent, to
serve him in integrity; so he was now abased, to be made fit to do him the best ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vice
in his misery. And what <hi>Injustice</hi> could this be in God? when he made him at
first, he made him so as he made him for the service of man; and now when he marr'd
him, he marr'd him likewise for man's service.</p>
                  <p>The second thing to be resolved is, <hi>Whether this Curse were pronounced only upon one
individual Serpent, or whether upon all Serpents in general, or upon some one only kind
which the Devil had thus abused.</hi> Of <hi>one individual Serpent</hi> it cannot be, because there
is mention here of <hi>the enmity of the seed of the Serpent and the seed of the woman;</hi>
which implies a generation of many Serpents: and besides, this Curse was to be
a Monument not only to <hi>Adam,</hi> but to all his posterity, as long as the world lasted;
but <hi>one individual Serpent</hi> lived not so long. Neither is it credible to be spoken
of <hi>all kinds of Serpents</hi> in general; Because there is almost as great a variety of
<hi>Serpents</hi> as of four-footed beasts of several kinds and <hi>species;</hi> and why should any kind
suffer save that only which had been abused to offend? Besides, I make no doubt but
<hi>divers kinds of Serpents went</hi> at the first Creation <hi>upon their breasts</hi> as now they do,
and were every whit as base as now they are, excepting the general decay of all Crea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tures
since the Fall. It remains therefore that it was <hi>only one kind of Serpent</hi> which
bore this special Malediction; and that such a kind as was not only the <hi>noblest</hi> of
all the kinds of <hi>Serpents,</hi> but as it seems far excelling all the Creation besides (<hi>Man</hi>
only excepted) for beauty, wisdom and sagacity; but afterward by this Curse
became not only baser than the rest of the beasts of the field, but even as base
<pb n="231" facs="tcp:63175:166"/>
and vile as the vilest kind of <hi>Serpent.</hi> And therefore it could not be the <hi>Basilisk,</hi> as
some have held, though it be the most poisonful of all others, and as it were a King
among Serpents, as the name imports: for if <hi>Plinie</hi> and <hi>Solinus,</hi> who report the for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mer,
say true, this Serpent here accursed should rather be any other kind than that,
because the <hi>Basilisk</hi> (upon their report) goes with his breast and fore-part of his body
advanced, (<hi>erectus à medio incedens,</hi> saith<note n="*" place="margin">Nat. hist. l. 8. c. 21.</note> 
                     <hi>Plinie;</hi> or, as<note n="*" place="margin">Cap. 27.</note> 
                     <hi>Solinus, mediâ corporis
parte serpit, mediâ arduus est &amp; excelsus;</hi>) but <hi>this Serpent</hi> here was from the hour of
his doom <hi>to go</hi> for ever <hi>upon his breast:</hi> which I wonder they considered not, who
from the <hi>advanced</hi> posture of the <hi>Basilisk's</hi> body have conceived the clean con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trary.
For as by this example we may believe that the <hi>Serpent</hi> now accursed did so
before his curse; so that he should still do so, it is a most direct gainsaying of Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture
to imagine.</p>
                  <p>But to come to the words of <hi>the Doom;</hi> which, as you see, are first <hi>General,</hi> then
<hi>Particular. General</hi> in these, <hi>Thou art cursed above all cattel, and above every beast of the
field.</hi> What it is <hi>to be accursed,</hi> we shall know, if we first understand what it is <hi>to be
blessed. To be blessed</hi> or <hi>happy</hi> is nothing else but an all-fruition of good, or to have
a sufficient provision and furniture of good both for being and well-being. So then
that Creature is <hi>happy</hi> and <hi>blessed</hi> which hath a sufficiency of all good for the being
and preservation of it self; which wants neither endowments inward, nor means
outward for the attaining of that End whereof it is by nature capable. <hi>To be ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cursed</hi>
is to have the contrary to this; to be despoiled either of endowments <hi>internal</hi>
or inherent, without which it hath no dignity among the creatures; or <hi>external,</hi>
without which it cannot live and preserve it self, but with much penury, difficulty,
toil and danger. Whatsoever therefore among the <hi>Beasts of the field</hi> (for with such
only is the comparison made) is for inherent perfections of all the most unworthy
and base, or for the outward furniture of means for the preservation of that igno<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ble
Being, by unprovision, of all others the most wretched and miserable, this is
that which is <hi>accursed</hi> above all cattel and above every beast of the field. And such
was the <hi>Serpent's</hi> condition to be <hi>for the general.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>And now <hi>for the particulars;</hi> let us go on and see how they are expressed: and that
is in three things. 1. <hi>To go upon the breast,</hi> or to have the posture of the Body grove<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ling
on the earth; whereby (as I shall shew presently) is implied the abasement of the
creature. 2. <hi>To have for meat the dust of the earth;</hi> wherein is shewn its unprovision
of food for the maintenance of its life, being of all Beasts of the field to have the
basest and coursest fare. 3. <hi>To be in continual, mortal and irreconcilable enmity with
man,</hi> both his Lord and the Lord of the rest of the creatures; from whom it should
be in continual danger and fear of its life, and once espied be sure to have its brains
dash'd out by him: And which makes the misery so much the greater, to be no way
able to be revenged of his enemy other than <hi>to come unawares behind him,</hi> and then
also <hi>not able to reach above his heel;</hi> as being most unequally matched he walking <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>o<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>t
with his head and whole body advanced, while the miserable Serpent shall lie grove<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ling
on the ground, ready to be troden apieces under his feet.</p>
                  <p>Of these three Particulars let us speak severally; and first of the first, <hi>Vpon thy
breast shalt thou go.</hi> In the Hebrew it is <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, which some turn, <hi>Vpon thy belly:</hi>
which interpretation hath been one great cause of the difficulty to understand the
meaning of this Malediction. For if the shape of the <hi>Serpent</hi> were after the fashion
it is now, it is not possible to imagine how it could ever have gone otherwise than
<hi>upon the belly;</hi> for to think that ever it went an-end, were a conceit more worthy to
be derided than to be believed. By which means there appeared no other way to
evade this difficulty, but to affirm that the <hi>Serpent</hi> indeed <hi>went upon his belly</hi> from the
beginning; but either that it was not so toilsom to him, or not for a curse unto him
till now: which, for my part, it being so far from the letter of the Text, I could
never yet believe. I had much rather in this follow the Vulgar or <hi>Ierome's</hi> Transla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion,
which reads, <hi>super pectus tuum gradiêris, upon thy breast shalt thou go;</hi> for <hi>upon
thy belly</hi> I believe the <hi>Serpent</hi> went from the first Creation, but not <hi>upon the breast</hi> un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>til
this present malediction. The <hi>breast</hi> of the Serpent I call the upper part of the
Serpent's body, from the navel up to the head; The <hi>belly,</hi> the other part or the other
half downward, with which though at the first he walked prone to and upon the
earth, yet was the other part, his <hi>breast</hi> and <hi>head,</hi> reared up and advanced, until
for having been abused to the ruin of mankind, he was now with his whole body
to creep groveling upon the earth. And perhaps thus much the Septuagint meant
to insinuate by their Translation, which is, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>upon
<pb n="232" facs="tcp:63175:167"/>
thy breast and thy belly;</hi> where it may seem that they rendred two words for one in
the Text for illustration, and for intimation of this, That whereas the <hi>Serpent</hi> before
went <hi>only upon his belly,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, now he should from henceforth walk <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>upon his breast and belly too.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>As for the Hebrew <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> here used, there is no necessity at all to translate it <hi>the belly,</hi>
but rather some probability of the contrary in the Etymology of the word. For
though in the <hi>Hebrew</hi> the Theme be not used, yet in the <hi>Chaldee</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> which signifies
<hi>incurvatus <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>uit, to bow downward,</hi> seems to mean the inclination of the head and breast,
or upper part of the body, to the earth; as may be gathered from that of <hi>Elijah,</hi>
1 <hi>Kings</hi> 18. 42. where it is said, that <hi>Elijah</hi> went up to the top of <hi>Carmel, &amp; pronum
se abjecit in terram, and cast himself down upon the earth, and put his face between his
knees:</hi> for here the Targum useth this word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> the <hi>Radix</hi> of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Again <hi>Mark.</hi> 1.
7. in those words of <hi>Iohn Baptist, There is one cometh after me, the latchet of whose
shoes I am not worthy to stoop down and unloose;</hi> here for the Greek word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>stoop
down,</hi> the Syriack hath <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> of as near a kin to <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> as is the <hi>Syriack</hi> to the <hi>Chaldee.</hi>
The word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> it self is of rare use in the Bible besides in this place, and therefore
we can receive no great help from the comparing of places. It is read again <hi>Levit.</hi> 11. 42.
and that in a singular mark, as the Masorites have observed; for the <hi>Vau cholem</hi>
in the last syllable is <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> a great <hi>Vau,</hi> and exactly the middlemost letter of all
the <hi>Law</hi> of <hi>Moses,</hi> if their Arithmetick failed them not. But no particularity of sig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nification
can from that place be gathered, the speech being of creeping things,
which go as well upon the breast as the belly, and the belly as the breast.</p>
                  <p>Since therefore the word here used neither hindreth our opinion, nor much fur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thereth
it, we will come to such other grounds as may prove our assertion, for the
Serpent's <hi>going with breast advanced</hi> afore the Fall of man, and <hi>not groveling</hi> till his
Malediction. And first let it be considered there is <hi>no impossibility</hi> of it in regard of
the frame of the <hi>Serpent;</hi> which appears both by their advancing themselves when
they assault a man, (which the Painters express in their Pictures) and also when
they swim through the water, which is with their head and some part of their breast
raised above water, even as a Swan holdeth up her neck; as I have heard affirmed
by such as have been eye-witnesses: and lastly, <hi>Plinie</hi> and <hi>Solinus</hi> report of the <hi>Basi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lisk,</hi>
that the <hi>Basilisk</hi> walks so still; as I shewed a little before. And it may be, as
when the <hi>Giant-like</hi> stature of mankind was diminished after the Floud in a manner
throughout the world, and for many ages, yet was there by God's disposition still a
race of <hi>Giants</hi> left even till the time of <hi>David,</hi> for a monument and witness of the truth
of a far bigger stature, in former times, which else could not so easily have been
believed or imagined; (Such were the<note n="*" place="margin">Some think these to be the <hi>Zuzims</hi> in <hi>Gen.</hi> 14. 5.</note> 
                     <hi>Zanzummims</hi> in <hi>Abraham's</hi> time, the sons
of <hi>Anak</hi> in <hi>Moses's,</hi> and <hi>Goliah</hi> in the time of <hi>David;</hi> and it may be there are yet
some in some part of the world to be sound) as, I say, these seem to have been pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>served
by God, as a memorial unto men that they were not now as at the first: So
it may be it was the will of God and is, amongst so many kinds of <hi>Serpents</hi> to pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>serve
<hi>this one,</hi> that it should not as the rest go groveling upon the earth, but might be
as a monument of the truth of the malediction of the rest to all posterity. Thus much
of the <hi>possibility,</hi> which would be far greater, if we should with S. <hi>Basil, Ephrem Syrus,
Moses Bar-Cephas,</hi> and many others, affirm that the <hi>Serpent</hi> had <hi>feet,</hi> namely, some
short ones beneath the navel: For <hi>feet</hi> are not essential to the nature of a thing, as
appears by the lame, who can live without them, and by others sometimes by the
defect of nature born without them. And those who can believe the wonderful change
of <hi>Man</hi> by his fall, of an immortal creature to become mortal; of one to have been
born with all glorious endowments both of body and soul, now to be brought
into the world the most unfurnished of all the creatures; those who believe the
great alteration of the <hi>Earth</hi> it self when it was accursed for man's sin, the diminu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
of the time of man's life and of his stature ever since the floud; can any who
believe these things, think it so incredible for the <hi>Serpent</hi> once to have had some small
<hi>feet,</hi> and afterward to have had none, being a creature wherein God intended to leave
a monument for ever? But of this I will determine nothing, neither doth my asser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
simply depend upon it, but may well enough consist without it.</p>
                  <p>But because <hi>possibility</hi> is not sufficient of it self alone to infer a <hi>probability,</hi> I have
therefore one thing to add more thereto, namely, the reason and cause even in na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture
(supposing still God's abasing of the Serpent's first creation) of this alteration
of the posture of the Serpent's gate from that it was at the beginning.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="233" facs="tcp:63175:167"/>First, We know the more excellent and sublime the nature of a creature is, the
more it raiseth it self upward; the more ignoble and base, the more it falls downward.
This we see in the Elements themselves: the Fire, the most excellent and operative
of the four, raiseth it self above the rest; the Earth, the basest and most unactive of
all, is also of all the most dejected.</p>
                  <p>Secondly, As there is this difference in the Elements, so there is in the mixed bo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dies;
some consisting of a more sublime and excellent temper, others of a more base
and ignoble mixture; and that as in other, so amongst such creatures as live and move
upon the earth.</p>
                  <p>Thirdly, This their nobleness within discovereth it self in the Body without, by
advancing them naturally in their gate and gesture: whence <hi>Man,</hi> being of all crea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tures
living upon the earth of the most excellent temper and sublimed condition of
nature, is therefore of all other the most advanced in body;
<q>
                        <lg>
                           <l>Pronáque cum spectant animalia caetera terram,</l>
                           <l>Os homini sublime dedit, &amp;c.<note place="margin">
                                 <hi>Cic. l. 1. de Le<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gibus.</hi> Cum na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tura caeteras animantes ab<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jecisset ad pas<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum, solum hominem erex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>it, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
                              </note> 
                              <hi>Ovid. Metamorph. l. 1.</hi>
                           </l>
                        </lg>
                        <lg>
                           <l>And whereas others see with down-cast eyes,</l>
                           <l>He with a lofty look did man indue,</l>
                           <l>And bad him Heav'n's transcendent glories view.</l>
                        </lg>
                     </q>
Yea experience will tell us, that even amongst men themselves, those who are of a
more exalted nature, either by heroick temper or predominancy of heat, are also
more advanced in the posture of their bodies. Among Beasts themselves the basest is
the most creeping; the noble <hi>Lion</hi> advanceth his head and breast so far as the frame
of his body is thereof capable, and so the rest: and of all creatures we may observe
besides, that those creatures have the most sagacity who come most near to walk up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>right as Man doth.</p>
                  <p>If therefore the <hi>Serpent</hi> were of so sublime a nature at the first, as thereby it was
<hi>more subtle</hi> than any beast of the field which God had made; how could so excellent
a temper, the ground of so much sagacity, but advance the body thereof as far as the
frame and shape thereof could admit? On the contrary, if afterward the <hi>Serpent</hi>
became the most abased and accursed of all the beasts of the field, how should not
this alteration of his former temper and disposition of nature make the gesture of his
body also sutable, by stooping and groveling upon the earth? Who knows not that
the natural position of Man is erected agreeable to his excellency above other crea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tures
having life and motion? and yet notwithstanding so much hath the dejection
of his primitive nature for sin weakned in him this propension, that were it not for
education, it is supposed, yea and by experience confirmed, that he would walk upon
all four like a beast. And shall we wonder that the malediction of the <hi>Serpent,</hi> ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceeding
that of Man's, should produce as much as this?</p>
                  <p>So then to conclude this first particular of <hi>the Serpent's curse;</hi> I understand it, from
the ground aforesaid, as insinuating the cause by the outward and sensible effect, ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording
to the manner of the Scripture; namely, the abasement and fall of the Ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pent's
whole nature from his primitive perfection, discovered by the fall of his once
advanced body, thenceforth to go groveling upon the earth: even as the despoiling
of the nature of Man of the inward indowments of perfection, is by the same sacred
Trope insinuated by his outward <hi>nakedness;</hi> that is, the obscuration of that glorious
and celestial beauty which he had before his sin: The difference whereof was so
great,<note place="margin">Gen. 3. 7.</note> that he could not endure afterward to behold himself any more; but sought
for a <hi>covering,</hi> even to <hi>hide</hi> himself from himself.</p>
                  <p>And now I come to the second particular, <hi>Dust shalt thou eat all the days of thy life.</hi>
The coursest diet that any living creature hath allowed him. None of the Beasts of
the field with whom he is compared are thus poorly provided for; nay not any other,
unless the base <hi>Earthworm,</hi> not worthy to be named among the creatures. Even with
this vilest of creatures is now ranked that once so noble a creature, <hi>the Serpent.</hi> Which
yet is not so to be understood, as though <hi>the Serpent</hi> did not sometime eat something
else, for they sometime devour birds, frogs, and such like; but that this is the ordinary
fare which God hath provided him, and if at any time he getteth any other, he goeth
beyond his limits. Whence <hi>Esay</hi> 65. 25. among the blessings of the <hi>new Ierusalem</hi> this
is reckoned for one, that <hi>the Serpent should eat dust;</hi> that is, be made to be contented
with the diet God had appointed him, and not to encroach upon the food appointed
for others.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="234" facs="tcp:63175:168"/>But <hi>why did God appoint him this Food?</hi> I answer, Even to continue him in that
accursed and vile condition to which he had dejected him: For <hi>Food</hi> is for the re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pairing
and preservation of nature, and the goodness or badness thereof doth make
the temper of the body better or worse. Hence according to the degrees of excel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lency
in the creatures, their <hi>Food</hi> is finer or courser: Plants suck the moisture of
the earth; Beasts live most upon plants; but Man of the flesh of cattel, fowl, and fishes.
Since therefore the <hi>Serpent</hi> was to have no better fare than <hi>the dust of the earth;</hi> as it
argues the baseness of his nature which can with such food be nourished, so doth it ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cessarily
imply his continuance in that his dejection and vileness: whereas otherwise it
were not impossible, because his nature for the essence is still the same it was, if his
diet were as it had been, for him to improve himself more near to his primitive tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>per
than now he is. But God, who had decreed he should ever remain under this male<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>diction,
appointed also the means to retain him therein.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="42" type="discourse">
               <head>DISCOURSE XLII.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>GENESIS 3. 15.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>And I will put enmity between thee and the woman, and between
thy seed and her seed: it shall bruise thy head, and thou
shalt bruise his heel.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>THE third and last particular remains to be treated of; <hi>I will put enmi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty
between thee and the woman, &amp;c.</hi> This no doubt intendeth in some
things more directly the <hi>spiritual Serpent</hi> than the <hi>brute;</hi> yet for the
general it may and ought, as well as the rest, to be expounded of the
<hi>brute Serpent,</hi> as a Glass wherein to behold the malice and destiny of
the other, <hi>the Devil.</hi> It containeth two parts; <hi>The Enmity,</hi> and the
<hi>Event and Managing thereof.</hi> For the <hi>Enmity,</hi> how it is verified concerning the
<hi>brute Serpent</hi> experience telleth. It is some part of the happiness of the creature to
be the Favourite of Man who is the Lord thereof; what honour could betide it
greater than this? But between the <hi>Serpent</hi> and <hi>Man</hi> is the most deadly enmity, and
the strongest antipathy that is amongst the Beasts of the field; such an one as dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>covereth
it self both in the <hi>natural</hi> and <hi>sensitive</hi> faculties of them both. For the
first, Their humours are poison each to other: the <hi>gall of a Serpent</hi> is Man's deadly
poison; and so is the <hi>spittle of a Man</hi> affirmed to poison the Serpent. For the
<hi>sensitive</hi> antipathy, it appears in that the one doth so much abhor the sight of pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sence
of the other. <hi>Man's</hi> nature is at nothing so much astonished as at the sight of
<hi>a Serpent;</hi> and like enough the <hi>Serpent</hi> is in like manner affected at the sight of <hi>Man;</hi>
and that more especially, as the Naturalists affirm, of a <hi>naked man</hi> than otherwise.
As though his instinct even remembred the time of his malediction, when he and
<hi>naked man</hi> stood before God to receive this sentence of everlasting enmity.</p>
                  <p>And whereas the words of the Text do in special point out the <hi>Woman</hi> in this sen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tence
of enmity; the Naturalists do observe, that is greater and more vehement with
that sex than with the male of mankind: Insomuch that <hi>Rupertus</hi> affirmeth, That if
but the naked foot of a <hi>Woman</hi> doth never so little press the <hi>head of a Serpent</hi> before he
can sting her, both the head and body presently dieth; which no cudgel or other wea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pon
will cause, but that some life and motion will still remain behind. <hi>Hoc</hi> (saith he) <hi>ita
esse, ipsorum qui per industriam exploraverunt fidâ relatione comperimus. Lib.</hi> 3. <hi>de Trin.
c.</hi> 20. You know my Author, who affirms that he had this <hi>from the faithful report of
such as had purposely bestow'd their pains to find out the truth thereof.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The remaining words of my Text do express the <hi>Managing and Event of this en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mity,</hi>
which is far more dangerous and unlucky on the <hi>Serpent's</hi> part than on <hi>Man's:</hi>
for <hi>Man</hi> is able to reach the <hi>Serpent's head,</hi> where his life chiefly resideth, and
<pb n="235" facs="tcp:63175:168"/>
where a blow is deadly; but as for the <hi>Serpent,</hi> he shall not be able to prevail against
<hi>Man</hi> otherwise than privily and unawares,<note place="margin">Gen. 3. 15.</note> and that but in the lowest part, namely,
when he shall pass him unseen, <hi>to sting him by the heel.</hi> And that this is the nature of
a <hi>Serpent</hi> it appeareth in the words of <hi>Dan's</hi> blessing, Gen. 49. 17. <hi>Dan shall be a Serpent
by the way, an Adder in the path; that biteth the horse-heels, so that his rider shall fall
backward.</hi> And to make an end of this discourse also, it is a thing to be observed in
the nature of a <hi>Serpent,</hi> that assoon as he perceiveth man ready to throw or strike at
him, he will presently roul his body for a buckler to save his <hi>head;</hi> even as though he
had some impression of that doctrine which God here read him in my Text, <hi>Ipse con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>teret
tibi caput, He shall bruise thy Head;</hi> Beware thy head.</p>
                  <p>AND thus hitherto I have considered these words as they are <hi>the curse of the brute
Serpent:</hi> Now I am to go over with them again, to shew how they are propounded
unto us by God as a Glass wherein to behold the Devil's malediction; the <hi>Serpent</hi> be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
made now the discovery of his vileness, which once he abused for a mask to hide
it from the woman. As therefore the <hi>Serpent</hi> is the <hi>most accursed</hi> of all the cattel and
beasts of the field; so is the <hi>Devil</hi> the <hi>most accursed Spirit</hi> amongst all orders and de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>grees
of Spirits: namely, of the highest of Angels become the abjectest of Spirits;
more base and accursed than the most cursed damned Soul; having little or nothing
left him of that good which was sutable to a spiritual condition: and this is the state of
the <hi>Devil</hi> for the <hi>general,</hi> answerable to that of the <hi>Serpent.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Now for the <hi>particulars.</hi> The first is, <hi>Vpon thy breast shalt thou go.</hi> How doth this
befit the <hi>Devil?</hi> The <hi>Devil</hi> hath no bodily breast to go upon: But as I shewed in the
<hi>Serpent,</hi> that this <hi>groveling</hi> signified the abasement of his whole nature from its primi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tive
excellency; so in the <hi>Devil</hi> it signifies his stooping down and falling from his most
sublime and glorious condition. A wonderful stoop this was, when that which had
been advanced as high as heaven, was made to fall down as low, yea lower than the
earth it self. This is the Devil's <hi>going upon his breast,</hi> this the groveling of that once
so highly reared posture: according to that description of <hi>Iude</hi> ver. 6. who calls them
<hi>the Angels that kept not their first estate, but left their own habitation;</hi> agreeable to that
of S. <hi>Peter</hi> 2 Ep. 2. 4. <hi>God spared not the Angels that sinned, but cast them down to hell.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The second particular is, <hi>The dust of the earth shalt thou eat all the days of thy life.</hi>
The <hi>food</hi> wherewith <hi>Spirits</hi> are fed is analogical, spiritual and not corporal; we must
therefore here seek out that which in them hath the fittest resemblance with corporal
food. The life of Angels consists in the continual contemplation of the excellent
Greatness, wonderful Goodness, and glorious Beauty of the Essence of God, both
as it is in it self, and as it is communicated unto his creatures. This is that which our
Saviour intimates, <hi>Matth. 18. 10. Their Angels do always behold the face of my Father
which is in heaven.</hi> The food of Angels, whereby this their Intellectual life and ve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>getation
is strengthened and continued, is that unspeakable joy and delight which ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>companies
their contemplation of God, and which they find in the beholding of what<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>soever
else hath any conformity and sutableness with him, his Power, his Wisdom,
his Glory, his Goodness: according to that in the Gospel, <hi>There is joy in heaven, and
in the presence of the Angels of God, for one sinner that repenteth.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Luke 15. 7<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> 10.</note> This is that Manna
which feeds the blessed Angels, and which makes them unweariable and unsatiable in
their contemplation and imitation of God, as corporal food enableth the body for the
continuance of corporal actions and works.</p>
                  <p>And such as this had been the Devil's fare, had he not fallen from his first estate by
sin: whereas now in stead of that Manna, he is fain with the <hi>Serpent</hi> to feed on a
food as course and as base as <hi>the dust of the earth.</hi> For as of a glorious Angel he is
fallen to be a damned Spirit; so is his diet answerable to continue him in that damnable
estate; namely, a food clean contrary to that of the blessed Angels, and a very earth
to their heaven; a most execrable joy and a malicious delight in whatsoever is oppo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>site
to the Power, the Wisdom, the Goodness, the Glory of God his Creator: this is
that he hungreth and hunteth after, and nothing but this. If there were no sin, no
confusion, no misery of creatures in the world, the Devil would be soo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> starved;
for this is that he preys after, this is that carrion he seeks for, when he <hi>goeth about</hi> (as
S. <hi>Peter</hi> saith) <hi>like a roaring Lion seeking whom he may devour.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">1 Pet. 5. 8.</note> I have read of a people
of <hi>America</hi> that will eat no flesh before it be stinking rotten, and then it seems to them
most tender and delicate: These are of a diet like unto the Devil, for nothing but
garbage and carrion are his dainties; the more rotten with sin, the more pleasing to
his palate; that which stinks most in God's nostrils, that smells the sweetest in his.
Thus much of the second part of this Curse.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="236" facs="tcp:63175:169"/>The last part remains, <hi>I will put enmity between thee and the woman, and between thy
seed, &amp;c.</hi> In which we will first consider <hi>The parties who are to be at this deadly seud:</hi>
Secondly, <hi>The event and success they have one against the other.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>For the first, <hi>The parties are on one side</hi> said to be <hi>the Serpent and his seed;</hi> on the
other side, <hi>The woman and her seed.</hi> By the <hi>Serpent</hi> we are to understand <hi>Satan</hi> the
Prince of darkness and Father of Devils. The <hi>Serpent's seed</hi> in the <hi>first</hi> place are the
<hi>whole crue of Devils</hi> and damned spirits, who are fallen from their first estate and con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dition.
These are the Serpent's first-born, begotten by him not by corporal genera<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion,
nor as they are Spirits, but by spiritual deformation, as they are Devils. For
it is the opinion of Divines, That <hi>Satan</hi> fell first himself, and afterward propagated
his Apostasie by drawing others after him, over whom therefore he worthily deser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>veth
to have the principality and chiefdom; in which respect also, were there no
other, yet he might be called <hi>their Father,</hi> and they his sons or <hi>seed,</hi> as we know the
use of the Scripture is to call Princes Fathers, and Subjects Sons. The <hi>latter off<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>spring
of the Devil,</hi> being a second brood, are <hi>the whole company of wicked and repro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bate
worldlings:</hi> for that such as these are the spawn of that foul Fiend, it appears
clearly by the words of our Saviour to the Pharisees, <hi>Ioh. 8. 44. Ye are of your Father
the Devil, and the lusts of your Father ye will do.</hi> And again, 1 <hi>Iohn</hi> 3. 10. <hi>The chil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dren
of God</hi> are opposed to <hi>the children of the Devil.</hi> Therefore Christ calls <hi>Iudas a
Devil, Iohn</hi> 6. 70. And <hi>Paul Acts</hi> 13. 10. calls <hi>Elymas</hi> the Sorcerer <hi>a child of the De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vil.</hi>
The case is plain: And as the Vanguard consisted of the first crue, so these lat<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter
are the Rere of Satan's Army.</p>
                  <p>Now on the other side, against this Army of Hell-hounds stand <hi>The Woman and the
Woman's seed.</hi> The <hi>Woman</hi> though only named, excludes not the <hi>Man,</hi> who was to
be at enmity with the Devil as well as the <hi>Woman:</hi> But the reason of this unusual
Trope, which call<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> the Kind by the name of the weaker and inferior Sex, is because
o<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> the words following <hi>[of the seed]</hi> wherein is contained the great <hi>Mystery of Christ's
Incarnation,</hi> under whose colours and in whose power alone this Army is both to
march and overcome. For this great Captain was to be, as you know, <hi>the seed of
the Woman only,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap> 7. 14.</note> and not of the Man; <hi>A Virgin should conceive a Son, whose name is called
Emmanuel.</hi> Whence it comes to pass, that some by <hi>seed</hi> will have no other <hi>seed</hi> to be
understood but <hi>the person of Christ</hi> only: both because he is alone that <hi>seed of the wo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>man,</hi>
which is not the seed of man; and because S. <hi>Paul, Gal. 3. 16.</hi> on those words
(v. 8.) <hi>In thy seed shall all the Nations of the earth be blessed,</hi> expoundeth <hi>seed</hi> singularly
and individually of <hi>Christ</hi> himself alone. But if it be well observed, the case here is
not the like; for <hi>the seed of the Woman</hi> is opposed to <hi>the seed of the Serpent,</hi> which <hi>seed</hi>
cannot chuse but be taken <hi>collectively</hi> for <hi>Satan and all his regiments of Devils</hi> and Hell-hounds.
And why should not also <hi>the seed of the Woman</hi> be understood of <hi>Christ my<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stical,</hi>
that is, of <hi>Christ the Head with all his members,</hi> who are incorporate into him
by Faith into one mystical body? For although they are naturally the seed of Man as
well as of the Woman, yet spiritually by this incorporation they are the seed of the
Woman only, as is their Head with whom they are one. And this it is which makes
them of the party against the Serpent; for till they once became the seed of the wo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>man
only, there was no enmity betwixt them.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>The seed</hi> therefore <hi>of the Woman</hi> I expound to be <hi>Christ and his Members:</hi> He <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
the seed of the woman <hi>by nature;</hi> they <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, by their spiritual engraf<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment
into him. Hence appears the difference of these two Armies. First, In Satan's
Army all march under their Father who begot them; but Christ's Army sighteth un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der
the Colours of their elder brother, the first-begotten seed of the woman. Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>condly,
In their ranging, Christ and his Army are as one body informed by one Spi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rit;
the Devil's is far more disunited. Thirdly, In their fighting: for in Satan's Ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>my
every Souldier useth his own strength, and fights with his own weapons; but in
Christ's Army the whole strength lies in Christ their General: all our armour is on
his back, and our weapons guided by the power of his hand. So we may learn out
of S. <hi>Paul, Ephes. 6. 11, 12. Put on</hi> (saith he) <hi>the whole armour of God, that ye may be
able to stand against the wiles of the Devil. For we wrastle not against flesh and bloud, but
against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world,
against spiritual wickedness in high places.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Thus then having seen the marshalling of these two Armies which are at so deadly an
enmity, let us at last see <hi>The success of their skirmishes</hi> and of the stratagems which they
practise one against the other. These are described on the Devil's part very ter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rible,
that <hi>his head</hi> should be mauled; but on Christ's side the loss should be very
small, the Devil prevailing but to the <hi>wounding</hi> or <hi>bruising of his heel.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="237" facs="tcp:63175:169"/>But what is this <hi>Head of the Serpent?</hi> and what the <hi>Heel of the Woman's seed?</hi>
Those who understand <hi>The seed of the woman</hi> singularly, of <hi>the person of Christ</hi> only,
make <hi>his Head</hi> to be the <hi>Godhead,</hi> against which the <hi>Serpent</hi> could prevail nothing;
but <hi>his heel</hi> to be the <hi>Manhood,</hi> which the <hi>Serpent</hi> so bruised at his Passion, that the
grave became his bed for three days together. This indeed is true, and no marvel, for
the <hi>Head</hi> is as it were the whole Bodie's <hi>Epitome.</hi> But we who have expounded <hi>The
seed of the woman</hi> collectively, of <hi>Christ and his Members,</hi> must also in this mystical
Body find a mystical <hi>Head</hi> and a mystical <hi>Heel;</hi> and so in like manner for the Serpent
and his seed.</p>
                  <p>The <hi>Head</hi> therefore, or, if you had rather, <hi>Headship,</hi> is nothing else but Sove<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>raignty:
The <hi>Serpent's head</hi> is the Devil's Soveraignty, which is called <hi>Principatus
mortis, the Soveraignty of death,</hi> namely, both <hi>objectivè</hi> and <hi>effectivè;</hi> that is, such a
Soveraignty as under which are only such as are liable to <hi>Death</hi> both temporal and
eternal; and such a Soveraignty whose power consists not in saving and giving of
life, but in destroying, and bringing unto Death both of body and soul. Under the
name also of <hi>Death</hi> understand, as the Scripture doth, all other miseries of mankind,
which are the companions of this double Death I speak of. This is that damnable
<hi>Head of the Serpent,</hi> the Devillish Soveraignty of Satan. Now the Sword whereby
this Soveraignty was obtained, the Sceptre whereby it is maintained, or, as S. <hi>Paul</hi>
speaks,<note place="margin">1 Cor. 15. 56.</note> 
                     <hi>the Sting</hi> of this Serpent's head, is <hi>Sin:</hi> This is that which got him this King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom
at the first, and this is still the right whereby he holds the greatest part thereof.
<hi>Imperium iisdem artibus conserva<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ur quibus acquiritur, By the same arts and methods is
an Empire conserved by the which it was at first obtained.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>This <hi>Soveraignty of the Devil,</hi> which once overwhelmed <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>igh all the world, <hi>the
Woman's seed</hi> should break in pieces and destroy; which (according to this Prophe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cy)
we see already performed in a great measure, and the grounds laid long ago for
the destruction of all that remaineth. As saith S. <hi>Iohn</hi> Ep. 1. c. 3. v. 8. <hi>The Son of
God was manifested for this purpose, that he might destroy the works of the Devil.</hi> And
Christ himself said,<note place="margin">Iohn 12. 31.</note> that <hi>the time was come that the Prince of this world should be cast out;</hi>
and bade his Disciples <hi>be of good chear,</hi> for <hi>he had overcome the world.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Chap. 16. 33.</note> If you would
see what a wonderful victory he hath long ago gotten of the <hi>Serpent,</hi> when after a
terrible battel he overcame and destroyed the <hi>Soveraignty of the Serpent</hi> in the <hi>Roman</hi>
Empire, see it described in the 12. of the <hi>Revelation,</hi> v. 7, 8. where <hi>Michael</hi> (that is,
Christ) <hi>and his Angels fought against the great Dragon and his Angels,</hi> till the Dragon
with all his Army was discomfited, and <hi>their place found no more in heaven,</hi> that is, he
utterly lost his <hi>Soveraignty</hi> in that state; whence there was a voice in heaven, v. 10.
<hi>Now is come salvation, strength, and the Kingdom of our God, and the power of his Christ.</hi>
And what he will at the length do with the remainder yet of the Devil's Soveraignty,
you may find in the 19. and 20. chapters of the <hi>Revelation: For he must reign,</hi> as S. <hi>Paul</hi>
saith, <hi>until he hath put all his enemies under his feet,</hi> until he hath destroyed all power,
rule, and authority adverse unto him: And then last of all destroying <hi>Death</hi> by gi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving immortality
to our raised bodies, <hi>shall surrender up his Kingdom unto his Father,</hi>
as it is 1 Cor. 15. 25, &amp;c.</p>
                  <p>But Satan, saith my Text, shall prevail something against him, for the <hi>Serpent shall
bruise his heel.</hi> What is this <hi>Heel?</hi> Those who understood the seed of the woman
<hi>singularly,</hi> as I told you, made it Christ's <hi>Manhood:</hi> But now we expound <hi>the seed</hi>
Christ's Mystical Body, what shall we make the <hi>Heel</hi> thereof? I could say that by it
were only meant a light wound, or the Devil's assaulting the Body of Christ <hi>ex insidiis,</hi>
at unawares; for that is his fashion since the great overthrow which our <hi>Michael</hi> gave
him, to work his feats underhand, and to undermine our Lord in his members. But
this, though true, is not full enough. It may seem therefore the fittest to make <hi>hypo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>critical
Christians,</hi> who profess Christ outwardly, but inwardly are not his, to make
these <hi>the heel</hi> of his Mystical Body: for against such the Devil we know prevaileth
somewhat, and by them annoyeth the rest of the Body with his venome, though he be
far enough yet from impeaching our Lord's <hi>Headship</hi> and Soveraignty. But will you
give me leave to utter another conceit? If the <hi>Blessed souls in heaven</hi> be the <hi>upper</hi> part
of Christ's mystical Body, the <hi>Saints on earth</hi> the <hi>lower</hi> part of the same; may not the
<hi>Bodies of the Saints deceased</hi> which lye in the earth be accounted for <hi>the heel?</hi> For I
cannot believe but they have relation to this mystical Body, though their Souls be se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vered
from them, and yet must that relation be as of the lowest and most postick mem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bers
of all. If you will admit this, then it will appear presently what was <hi>this hurt
upon the heel,</hi> when Christ had once mauled the Devil's <hi>head;</hi> for the Text seems
<pb n="238" facs="tcp:63175:170"/>
to intimate that the Devil should give this wound after his <hi>head</hi> was broken.</p>
                  <p>I will hold you in suspence no longer. Read the 13. of the <hi>Revelation,</hi> and see
what follows upon <hi>Michael's</hi> Victory over the Dragon, what the Devil did when he
was down: He forms a new Instrument of the wounded <hi>Roman</hi> Empire, by whose
means, under a pretence of the Honour given to the precious <hi>Reliques of the Saints and
Martyrs,</hi> he conveyed the poyson of <hi>Saint-worship</hi> and <hi>Saint-invocation</hi> into the King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom
of Christ; with which <hi>wound of the heel,</hi> the Devil coming on the blind side, the
true Church had been long annoyed, and limpeth still.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="43" type="discourse">
               <head>DISCOURSE XLIII.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>2 PETER 2. 1.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>But there were false Prophets also among the people, even as there
shall be false Teachers among you, who privily shall bring in dam<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nable
Heresies, even denying the Lord that bought them, and
bring upon themselves swift destruction.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>MANY are the Prophesies in Scripture wherein the Holy Ghost fore<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>warns
us of <hi>a great and solemn Defection and Corruption of Faith,</hi> which
should one day overspread the visible Face of the Catholick Church
of Christ, and eclipse the light of Christian Verity and Belief.
S. <hi>Paul (2 Thes. 2. 3.)</hi> foretels us, that there should be <hi>an Apostasie</hi> or
<hi>Falling away</hi> of Christians, <hi>and the Man of sin be revealed, before the
coming of the day of the Lord.</hi> The same Apostle (1 <hi>Tim.</hi> 4. 1.) tells
us, that though <hi>the great Mystery of Godliness</hi> (spoken of chap. 3. 16.) were then
<hi>preached among the Gentiles, and believed on in the world;</hi> yet <hi>the Spirit spake expresly,
that in the latter times some should depart from the Faith, giving heed to seducing Spirits
and</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">That these words are to be translated thus, see it proved in Bo<gap reason="illegible: missing" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>k III. in th<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> D<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>course of <hi>The Apostasie of the latter times,</hi> Chap. 1.</note> 
                     <hi>doctrines of Devils</hi> (or <hi>Daemons.</hi>) S. <hi>Iohn</hi> tells us (<hi>Rev.</hi> 17. 5.) that the
Christian <hi>Rome,</hi> of <hi>the Spouse of Christ</hi> should become <hi>a Babylonish strumpet and the Mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
of the fornications and abominations of the Earth.</hi> At the same mark aimeth this
Prophecy of my Text, though perhaps less taken notice of than the rest: The evi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dence
whereof I hope you will confess with me, when I have unfolded the same.</p>
                  <p>Understand therefore that the Words I have read are <hi>A prediction of a Corruption of
Faith which should one day surprise and overcloud the visible Church,</hi> or <hi>that company of
men upon whom the name of Christ was called, and who outwardly professed him to be their
Lord and Redeemer.</hi> This <hi>Corruption</hi> is here set, First, <hi>generally,</hi> both for the <hi>matter</hi>
and the <hi>manner:</hi> For the <hi>matter, There shall be false Teachers among you, who shall bring
in damnable Heresies;</hi> For the <hi>manner,</hi> it should be done privily, <hi>Who privily shall bring
in damnable Heresies.</hi> Secondly, The Apostle also <hi>specially</hi> informs us <hi>of what kind
and sort these damnable Heresies should be,</hi> that so we might not only know <hi>that Heresies
should be,</hi> but be forewarned also <hi>what they should be;</hi> and that by a double mark and
description. For first, They should be like unto those which we read have befallen
the people and Church of <hi>Israel: There were false Prophets also among the people</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">In the New Testament<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> or <hi>the p<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>o<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>
                        </hi> is more than once put for the <hi>Iews;</hi> 
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 span">
                           <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>Act<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>
                        </hi> 21. 28. and in Chap. 26 17. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> &amp; <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>the p<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>ople</hi> and <hi>the Gentiles</hi> are opposed: the like in Verse 23. as in Chap. 9. 15. are opposed <hi>the Gentiles</hi> and the <hi>children of Israel</hi> called in the two forego<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing places <hi>the people.</hi> See also Chap. 28. 17.</note>;
(i.e. the Iews,) <hi>even as there shall be false Teachers among you.</hi> The second mark is,
That these Heresies should be of such a kind, as men who openly professed them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>selves
Christians and servants of Christ should yet <hi>deny Christ to be their Lord and Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ster:</hi>
for, saith our Apostle, <hi>They shall deny the Lord that bought them;</hi> that is, pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fessing
themselves to be of that number of men whom Christ had purchased with his
bloud, or the bought servants of Christ, they should nevertheless <hi>deny their Lord who
<pb n="239" facs="tcp:63175:170"/>
bought them.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">2 Pet. 2. 1.</note> The last thing he tells us is, the Doom which should befall such as had
interest in these Heresies; <hi>They should bring upon themselves swift destruction.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>To begin with the <hi>general</hi> description of the <hi>matter, There shall be false Teachers
among you, which shall bring in damnable Heresies.</hi> The time should be when the Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctors
of the Church should teach falsly, and the people with them believe damnably.
For we must understand that these false Teachers should not be a few, only here and
there one,
nor these Heresies scattered only in some few places; but that this Cor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ruption
was to be such a one as should cover and overwhelm the face of the visible
Church. For the <hi>Great Defection</hi> was to be a general and solemn one, such a one as
should stain the whole body with the soul name of <hi>Whore of Babylon,</hi> Rev. 17. 5. Such
a one as whereby <hi>the Court of the Temple of God</hi> should not only be <hi>prophaned,</hi> but even
<hi>troden down by Gentilism,</hi> Rev. 11. 2. Such a one as <hi>the World</hi> is said <hi>to wonder after
the Beast, and worship him,</hi> Rev. 13. 3, 4. Such a one as should not only <hi>make War
with the true Saints,</hi> but <hi>overcome them, Rev.</hi> 13. 7. Otherwise if S. <hi>Iohn</hi> and S. <hi>Paul</hi>
should mean no more but the errors of particular men, and their trouble from the
Church; they should make no Prophecy at all, or a needless one. For who knows
not that in S. <hi>Paul's,</hi> S. <hi>Iohn's</hi> and the Apostles own times were divers Heresies and
Hereticks, here and there dispersed and grown up as Weeds in the wheat-field of
Christ? but the wheat yet overtopped them, and the known body of the visible
Church disclaimed them. Of such as these therefore they could not mean, when they
foretell of a <hi>corruption to come in after-times,</hi> or (as <hi>Paul</hi> speaks, 1 <hi>Tim. 4. 1.) in the
latter times;</hi> for no man uses to foretell of things which are already, as if they were to
come. Nor would the Apostles foretell of <hi>Heresies</hi> as it were special to the after and
latter times. if they were but such and in such manner as was but usual and no novelty
in their own time. The <hi>corruption</hi> and <hi>desection</hi> therefore so much prophesied of was
another manner of one, such a kind of one as before neither had been in the Church
nor was to be; namely, such a one as should not be disclaimed by the body of the
Church, but should surprise, eclipse and overwhelm, and as it were overcloud the vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sible
Church it self; which should be as when the Heavens are overcast, so as the
bright Firmament with the stars and lights therein can no more be seen.</p>
                  <p>If this be so; then may we hence observe how vain and idle that challenge of our
Adversaries is, when they bid us shew our Church to have been always <hi>visi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>e,</hi> and
to give them the names of those who have been of our Belief in all Ages since Christ
and his Apostles times. What? may they not have been, although we cannot name
them? This is as unreasonable a demand, as to require a man to shew him and point
him where the Sun is, when the whole face of Heaven is overcast with Clouds: would
you not believe the Sun were in the Firmament and risen in a cloudy day, though no
man could point and shew you with his finger where she is? yes, I am sure you would,
and say too, that there may be other signs thereof, though a man cannot see her; as
namely <hi>Day-light,</hi> which never is without the Sun; yea and now and then we may
have a glimpse of her through a thinner cloud, which assures us thereof. Even so
when the <hi>great Defection</hi> as a Cloud overspread the face of the Christian Firmament,
the visible Church of Christ, for divers Ages together, though the Cloud be for a
great part so thick as it will not suffer us to discern the company of those who still kept
intire the true and unstained Faith of the Gospel, yet we rest assured that it was un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der
the Cloud, because some Day-light of Christianity still appeared; which argued
the Sun was in the Firmament, though the great Cloud overshadowed her; yea and
now and then we can shew and spy some glimpse of her, as often as any breach hap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pened
in the Cloud which overcast her.</p>
                  <p>I might also make use of that Parable of our Saviour, where the Church or King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom
of God (for both is one) is compared to a Field, where <hi>the Master sowed good
seed; but while men slept, the Enemy,</hi> that wicked one, <hi>came and sowed tares among
the Wheat.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Matth. 13. 24. 25.</note> If the <hi>tares</hi> once grow so many and so high that they quite overshadow the
<hi>wheat,</hi> whereof there is but little left, can a man who stands a good way off shew the
<hi>wheat</hi> from the <hi>tares</hi> with his finger? I think not; though, if the <hi>wheat</hi> overmasters
the <hi>tares,</hi> he easily might. This is the very case of the true Church so long as the
<hi>Apostasie</hi> prevailed: And we who live now are something far off; if we had been nea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rer,
as those were who lived then, we might have discerned the <hi>wheat</hi> a great deal
better.</p>
                  <p>But if you would yet be more fully informed how the true company of Believers
could live under this woful state of the visible body, and not be extinguished, and by
what Signs and Arguments we may fully conclude it was there all that time; though
<pb n="240" facs="tcp:63175:171"/>
I have given some taste of this last already, yet you shall hear more of them both anon,
as my Text will give me occasion.</p>
                  <p>In the mean time I must tell you, That there needed not all this stir about <hi>Visibility,</hi>
if our Adversaries were ingenuous: For the difference between them and us is not so
much about the point of <hi>Visibility,</hi> as about the point of <hi>Time.</hi> They hold the <hi>glo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rious
Visibility</hi> of the true Church to have continued from the beginning until this pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sent;
and the overshadowing of the light, and eclipsing of the glory thereof under
<hi>Antichrist,</hi> to be a thing yet to come; and when it comes, they and the Fathers too
say as much of the eclipsing of the Church as we do for our hearts. For then they
say the use of the Sacraments should cease, no Eucharist, no Mass, no publick Assem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>blies,
yea all Ecclesiastical Iurisdiction should be extinguished. Is not here enough?
Now on the contrary, we hold the <hi>Clouding of the Churche's Visibility</hi> to have been al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ready,
and a great part of the Glory thereof to be yet to come. Both agreeing in
this, that in that fatal Apostasie the Churche's Visibility and Glory should cease: But
we say, <hi>that time hath been already;</hi> they say, <hi>it is yet to come:</hi> we say, that that time
was to last <hi>many Ages;</hi> they say, when it comes, it shall be but <hi>three single years and a
half.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Why then are they not ashamed to offer to choak us with this Argument of <hi>Visibility</hi>
and <hi>Glory,</hi> when themselves confess there is a time to come when the same Argument
would be as well used against their <hi>supposed Catholick Church</hi> as it is now alledged
against ours? This is too great partiality. Seeing therefore the whole Controversie
lies in this, <hi>Whether the Churche's fatal Apostasie be already past or yet to come,</hi> it is a
great deal the quicker course for them and us not to wrangle about <hi>Visibility,</hi> but to
examine the condition and quality of both Religions by the Scripture; where we
have (as S. <hi>Peter</hi> speaks in the foregoing Chapter) <hi>a most sure word of prophecy,<note place="margin">2 Pet. 1. 19.</note> where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>unto
we shall do well if we take heed, as to a light shining in a dark place.</hi> And this shall
suffice to have observed concerning <hi>the matter</hi> in general, <hi>A General Defection or Cor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ruption
of the Church by false Teachers and damnable Heresies.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>NOW I come to the Circumstance of this <hi>general</hi> description of <hi>the Churche's Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stasie,</hi>
namely, <hi>The manner how these false Doctors should bring in these damnable Heresies;</hi>
which is not <hi>Openly,</hi> but <hi>Privily.</hi> For so the<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> word here used for <hi>bringing in</hi> signifies,
<hi>who privily shall bring in damnable Heresies:</hi> Not so that it should be observed and
espied at the first; but so by degrees, and with such a mask of plausible pretences
and good meaning, that the Church was overwhelmed before it knew what it ailed:
Even as some diseases steal so upon a man, that he never knew he was sick until he see
himself past recovery; and then perhaps he will begin to call to mind, though too
late, at what time and by what means this sickness grew upon him.</p>
                  <p>This Observation therefore will furnish us with an Answer to another Objection of
our Adversaries. For if (say they) the Catholick visible Church altered so much
from the Primitive sincerity of Faith and Christian worship as we say it did; how
comes it then to pass that it was no more observed and opposed by those who then li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved?
For it is strange so great an alteration should find admittance with the general
consent of all. I answer out of my Text, That <hi>it came in privily,</hi> and so was not ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>served
nor opposed till it was too late, and that the Apostate Faction was grown too
strong for the sound. A fire, we know, if it be espied at the first, may be easily smo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thered
and quenched; but if the cry rise not till all be on a flame, no man then dare
come near to help it: So was the case here.</p>
                  <p>And yet in some Corruptions somewhat sooner espied than the rest; as <hi>Worshipping
of Images, Transubstantiation, the Pope's Godlike Supremacy,</hi> the establishing of these was
not without great opposition, even to the changing of States and Kingdoms. But
here also the opposers came too late; for these <hi>Heresies</hi> also were at the first <hi>brought in
so privily,</hi> that the Faction was not espied till it was grown too strong to be over-ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stered
by opposition.</p>
                  <p>THUS having seen the <hi>General</hi> part of this description, both for the <hi>matter, false
Teachers and damnable Heresies,</hi> and also for the <hi>manner,</hi> they should be <hi>privily</hi>
brought into the visible Church; I come now to the <hi>Special</hi> part of the Prophecy,
which tells us in particular <hi>What kind of Heresies these should be, of what sort,</hi> which
should so generally over-cloud the Church of Christ. And this our Apostle here sets
forth by a twofold mark. First, They should be such as we read to have been
amongst the <hi>Iewish</hi> people under the Old Testament: <hi>There were</hi> (saith he) <hi>false Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phets
among the people, even as there shall be false Teachers among you.</hi> This is a good
ear-mark, having so infallible history as is the story of the Bible to know it by: For if
<pb n="241" facs="tcp:63175:171"/>
this of <hi>Christendom</hi> were of the same stamp with that of <hi>Israel,</hi> it cannot lie long hid
from us; which that it may not, let us confine our discovery to these two heads.
First, Let us learn what <hi>Heresies</hi> were those which the false Prophets of <hi>Israel</hi> brought
in amongst them, as we find it recorded in the Scripture; for thither our Apostle
sends us<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> &amp;c.</note>. In the second place, We will examine whether the <hi>Heresies</hi> of <hi>Christendom,</hi>
brought in by the false Doctors of <hi>Babylon,</hi> be not exactly like them.</p>
                  <p>To begin with the first, I cannot find in the Old Testament any other <hi>Heresies</hi> there
recorded as <hi>brought in by false Prophets,</hi> but only <hi>Idolatry and the worshipping of other
Gods besides the true and living God:</hi> I doubt not but the <hi>Iews</hi> had other Errors, but
this is that which so great a part of the Bible is taken up in forewarning of, in relating
of, and in declaiming against it. This is that we are sure the <hi>false Prophets</hi> had a hand
in; of the rest nothing that way is recorded. This is that <hi>Moses</hi> forewarned the
people of <hi>Israel</hi> of, <hi>Deut.</hi> 13. 1. <hi>If there arise among you a Prophet or a dreamer of dreams,
and give thee a sign or a wonder,</hi> 2. <hi>And the sign or the wonder come to pass, whereof he
spake unto thee, saying, Let us go after other gods, (which thou hast not known) and let
us serve them;</hi> 3. <hi>Thou shalt not hearken to the words of that Prophet, &amp;c.</hi> Here you
hear of the <hi>false Prophets,</hi> and what should be their Doctrine, <hi>viz. Let us go serve other
gods and worship them.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But if you ask whether there were any such in that people, <hi>Elijah</hi> shall tell you,
1 <hi>Kings</hi> 18. 22. <hi>I only</hi> (saith <hi>Elijah) remain a Prophet of the Lord, but Baal's Prophets
are four hundred and fifty men.</hi> And, 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 10. 19. <hi>Iehu</hi> made a foul fray amongst
them when he said, <hi>Call unto me all the Prophets of Baal, and all his servants, and all his
Priests, let none be wanting; for I have a great sacrifice to do unto Baal:</hi> but he served
them in their kind. And of this kind of Prophets were those of which <hi>Elisha</hi> bade <hi>Ie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>roham</hi>
the King ask counsel, 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 3. 13. when being in distress in his march against
<hi>Moab,</hi> he had sent to him for advice what to do, <hi>Get thee</hi> (<note n="*" place="margin">By way of <hi>Irony.</hi>
                     </note> saith he) <hi>to the Prophets
of thy Father, and the Prophets of thy Mother,</hi> that is, the Prophets of <hi>Ahab</hi> and <hi>Iezabel.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>And you may know these <hi>Prophets</hi> taught the people the same Religion of <hi>Idols</hi>
which themselves followed. Hear what the Lord saith, <hi>Ier. 2. 8. The Priests said not,
Where is the Lord? and they that handle the Law, knew me not; the Pastors also trans<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gressed
against me, and the Prophets prophesied by Baal,</hi> (or, <hi>for Baal) and walked after
things that profit not.</hi> And after, verse 26, 27. <hi>As the Thief is ashamed when he is
found; so is the house of Israel ashamed; they, their Kings, their Princes, their Priests,
and their Prophets; Saying to a stock, Thou art my Father; and to a stone, Thou hast
brought me forth, &amp;c.</hi> And chap. 8. 1. <hi>At that time (saith the Lord)</hi> (i.e. when the
Iews shall be carried captive) <hi>they shall bring out the bones of the Kings of Iudah, and
the bones of his Princes, and the bones of the Priests, and the bones of the Prophets, and the
bones of the inhabitants of Ierusalem out of their graves:</hi> verse 2. <hi>And they shall spread
them before the Sun and the Moon and all the Host of Heaven, whom they have loved, and
whom they have served, and whom they have worshipped.</hi> Chap. 23. 13. <hi>I have seen fol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
in the Prophets of Samaria, they prophesied in Baal, and caused my people Israel to erre.</hi>
—verse 15. <hi>For from the Prophets of Ierusalem is profaneness gone forth into all the land.</hi>
verse 26, 27. <hi>How long shall it be in the hearts of the Prophets that prophesie lies?—which
think to cause my people to forget my Name by their dreams they tell every man to his neigh<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bour,
as their Fathers have forgotten my Name, for Baal.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>You know by this time what kind of <hi>false Prophets</hi> were among the people;<note place="margin">False Prophets pretended the name of God.</note> where
I would desire you to take notice of one thing more, That for all this, these Prophets
prophesied these things in <hi>Iehovah's</hi> name: For so it is said of those I last quoted in the
verse immediately before the words I quoted—<hi>the Prophets that prophesie lies in my
name.</hi> So also shall you read, <hi>1 Kings 22.</hi> of <hi>Ahab's</hi> Prophets, who being Prophets
of <hi>Baal,</hi> yet prophesie in the name of <hi>Iehovah</hi> the true God, <hi>Thus saith Iehovah:</hi>
which being foreseen by the Lord himself before it came to pass, seems to be the
ground of the Law, <hi>Deut.</hi> 18. 20. <hi>But the Prophet which shall presume to speak a word
in my name, which I have not commanded him to speak, and which shall speak in the
name of other gods, even that Prophet shall die.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Seeing therefore we find these to have been the <hi>false Prophets</hi> among the people of
the Church of <hi>Israel,</hi> and their <hi>Heresies</hi> to have been the <hi>Doctrines of Idols,</hi> of wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>shipping
the Host of Heaven, of <hi>Baalim,</hi> of Gods of wood and stone; of these un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>doubtedly S. <hi>Peter</hi> means, when he saith, <hi>As there were false Prophets among the people,
so shall there be false Teachers among you, which shall bring in the like damnable Heresies.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>HAVING therefore brought the matter thus far, let us now see whether S. <hi>Pe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter's</hi>
Prophecy be fal<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> out true or not; whether the <hi>Apostasie</hi> whereunto <hi>false Teachers</hi>
                     <pb n="242" facs="tcp:63175:172"/>
have brought the <hi>Christian Churches</hi> be not like that almost in every respect whereun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
the <hi>false Prophets</hi> once brought the <hi>Church of Israel.</hi> But first I must instruct you
a little in the old Idolaters and the Heathens Divinity, both <hi>concerning the sorting of
their Gods;</hi> and secondly, <hi>for the way and manner to worship them.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>For their <hi>Gods,</hi> the Heathen and those who followed their fashions had two sorts of
them: First, <hi>Soveraign and Supreme Gods,</hi> which the Scripture calls <hi>The Host of Hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven;</hi>
Secondly, <hi>Vnder-gods,</hi> or, if you will, <hi>Godlings,</hi> which the Greeks call <hi>Dae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mon-gods,</hi>
the Scripture calls them <hi>Baalim,</hi> that is, <hi>Lords.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Now the <hi>Soveraign Gods,</hi> or the Host of Heaven, were such as they supposed to
remain always in the Heavens, yea to dwell in the Heavenly lights, in the Sun,
Moon and Stars, as it were Souls in bodies, and there to keep their stations immo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vably
without change of place or presence. Which Celestial and Heavenly Gods as
they were Eternal, without beginning or ending; so they supposed them so sublime
and pure, as they might not be prophaned with the approach of earthly things, or
with the care and managing of mortal mens businesses.</p>
                  <p>And therefore they bring in that<note n="*" place="margin">An inferior Order of Gods.</note> second Order of Gods, called <hi>Daemons</hi> or <hi>B<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lims,</hi>
as a <hi>middle sort</hi> of Divine Powers between the Soveraign Gods and mortal
men, whose office is to be as <hi>Mediators</hi> and <hi>Agents</hi> between them, and, as<note n="*" place="margin">In his <hi>Sym<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>posium.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>Plato</hi>
speaks, <hi>reporters and comers from men to the Gods and from the Gods to men;</hi> without
whom there could be no commerce and intercourse between the Gods and men: For
they say, it beseems not the Majesty of the <hi>Soveraign</hi> Gods to manage these things of
themselves. And therefore though all things come by their Will, Power and Autho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rity,
yet is it by the mediation and ministry of these <hi>Daemons</hi> in Scripture called <hi>Baa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lim.</hi>
I could prove you this at large out of the Heathen Philosophers, but I shall not
need<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <p>See this pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved in Book III. in the Treatise of <hi>The Apostasie of the latter times,</hi> in Chap. 3.</p>
                        <p>Note that what immediately followed here in the former Edition is in this omitted, because it is verbatim, and with additions, exprest in the forementioned <hi>Apostasie of the latter times,</hi> in Chap. 3. &amp; Chap. 4.</p>
                     </note>.</p>
                  <p>Thus therefore having seen the Heathen Doctors conceit of their Gods, now let us
see briefly the other point I promised to speak of, <hi>viz. The manner how to worship them,</hi>
and as it were to bring them to the lure of men, when they had occasion of devotion
with them; and this was done by sacring of Images. You shall hear it from an anci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ent
Author, and passing skilful in these mysteries, even <hi>Hermes Trismegistus,</hi> who in
his <hi>As<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>lepius</hi> speaketh in <hi>English</hi> thus; <hi>It is a wonder beyond all wonders, that man
should find out a way to make Gods,</hi> (that is, <hi>Images,</hi>) &amp;c.<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap> the <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 span">
                           <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                        </gap> in Book III. in <hi>The Apostasie of the</hi> 
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 span">
                           <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                        </gap> in the begin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ning of Chap. 5.</note>
                  </p>
                  <p>Another way to worship them was in Religious graves and sepulchres, for there
they hoped to find their <hi>Ghost-gods</hi> especially; as we yet suppose that Spirits frequent
Church-yards and places of the dead.</p>
                  <p>THESE were the Mysteries and conceits of the Ancient Idolaters, which the
false Prophets of <hi>Israel</hi> brought in amongst the people of God, and made them also
(as the Scripture speaks) <hi>to provoke the living God to jealousie with the abominations of
the Heathen round about them.</hi> Now then judge impartially, whether this Prophesie
in my Text be not long ago fulfilled amongst us Christians, the new people of God.
<hi>There were false Prophets among the people of Israel, even so</hi> (saith my Text) <hi>were there
to be false Teachers among Christians, who should bring in damnable Heresies.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Which that you may the better do, Know first, that the <hi>Israelites</hi> did at no time <hi>al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>together
renounce</hi> the true and living God, not in their worst times; but in their con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceit
and profession they acknowledged him still, and were called <hi>his people, and he
their God,</hi> though they worshipped others besides him. So Christians in their Aposta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sie
neither did nor were to make <hi>an absolute Apostasie</hi> from God the Father and Christ
their Redeemer; but in outward profession still to acknowledge him, and to be cal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led
Christians.</p>
                  <p>Secondly, There are two main Apostasies of <hi>Israel</hi> recorded in Scripture.<note place="margin">1 Kings 15. 30, 34. and else<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>where.</note> The
<hi>First</hi> is styled <hi>The sin of Ieroboam the son of Nebat,</hi> as a principal establisher thereof:
And this was <hi>to worship the true God himself under an Image;</hi> For he set up <hi>Calves</hi> at
<hi>Dan</hi> and <hi>Bethel,</hi> and consecrated them in this manner, <hi>Behold, Israel, the Gods which
brought thee out of the land of Egypt.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">1 Kings 12. 28.</note> For those are <hi>Calves</hi> indeed which here think he
took the <hi>Calves</hi> themselves to be <hi>Gods.</hi> The truth was, Because he would not have
the people go to the Temple of <hi>Ierusalem,</hi> where the <hi>Ark,</hi> the pledge of God's pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sence,
was; therefore he made these <hi>Calves</hi> in stead thereof, supposing, as the <hi>Gentiles</hi>
                     <pb n="243" facs="tcp:63175:172"/>
did of their Gods, that the true God would have yielded his presence to an <hi>Image</hi>
made in honour of him: And therefore they used, when they came to make vows or
oaths at the <hi>Calf,</hi> to swear <hi>Iehovah liveth;</hi> as <hi>Hosea</hi> 4. 15. When therefore our <hi>Pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pists</hi>
worship God the Creator under an <hi>Image,</hi> and Christ their Redeemer in a <hi>Cross,
Crucifix,</hi> or in <hi>a piece of Bread;</hi> this is the very same Apostasie with that of <hi>Ieroboam
the son of Nebat</hi> who made <hi>Israel</hi> to sin: And as <hi>false Prophets</hi> taught <hi>Israel</hi> that, so have
<hi>false Teachers</hi> brought into Christendom the very same as you see was prophesied.</p>
                  <p>The Second main Apostasie of <hi>Israel</hi> is called <hi>The way of Ahab,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">2. Ch<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. 22. 3.</note> not because he was
the first bringer in, but the chief establisher thereof. And this was not only to wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ship
the true God idolatrously in an Image, as <hi>Ieroboam</hi> did, but <hi>to worship other Gods
besides him,</hi> namely <hi>Baal-gods</hi> or <hi>Baalim;</hi> supposing either by these to have easier ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cess
unto the Lord of Hosts the Soveraign God, or that these he might resort unto at
all times, and for all matters, as being nearer at hand, and not of so high a Dignity;
whereas the Soveraign God, <hi>Iehovah</hi> the God of <hi>Israel,</hi> either managed not smaller
and ordinary matters, or might not be troubled with them: For such, as I told you,
was the conceit of the Heathen, as that the <hi>Souls</hi> of some great ones after death had
the honour to be as <hi>Agents</hi> betwixt the Soveraign and Superior Gods and men, as being
of a middle nature between them; which in Greek are called <hi>Daemons,</hi> in the Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tures
<hi>Baalim.</hi> When therefore those who are called <hi>Christians,</hi> and have given their
faith to Christ Iesus, to be their only Mediator and royal <hi>Agent</hi> between them and
his Father; when these do worship and invocate <hi>Saints</hi> or <hi>Angels,</hi> whether with <hi>Ima<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ges</hi>
or without, to be <hi>as under-Mediators</hi> with God for them, or of themselves to be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stow
some favour upon them; those who do this (as you know who do) are fallen in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
the Apostasie of <hi>Ahab,</hi> and are worshippers of <hi>Baalim:</hi> For the <hi>Idolatry of Saints</hi> is
altogether the same with that of <hi>Baalim.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>HAVING therefore thus seen the verity of S. <hi>Peter's</hi> Prophecy for the first mark
to know of what kind of <hi>Heresie</hi> should be the <hi>Christian Apostasie,</hi> even like unto that
of <hi>Israel;</hi> now let me tell you what use to make of S. <hi>Peter's</hi> comparison and thus cou<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pling
the one by the other.</p>
                  <p>First, That wheresoever you read in Scripture of the Idolatry of <hi>Ieroboam's Calves</hi>
and of <hi>Ahab's Baalim,</hi> you think of what I have told you; and know that whatsoever
God speaks against those things there, the same he speaks of the <hi>Apostate</hi> Christians
under <hi>Rome,</hi> whose case is in all respects the same. If therefore other points be hard
and such as you cannot understand, yet this of <hi>Idolatry</hi> is an <hi>easie mark</hi> for you to
know the <hi>true Church</hi> from the <hi>false</hi> by; and almost every leaf in the Scripture will
help you. Bless the Lord therefore, and never cease to bless him, who hath deliver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
us from those woful abominations and <hi>Idolatries</hi> wherewith the Church was so long
overwhelmed, and hath restored unto us the sincerity of his Gospel.</p>
                  <p>Secondly, Seeing the Holy Ghost hath taught us here to compare the <hi>Christian's
Apostasie</hi> with that of <hi>Israel,</hi> we may hereby learn also what was the state and conditi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
of true Christian Believers under the Apostasie of <hi>Antichrist,</hi> namely, the same with
the true <hi>Israelites</hi> under the Apostasie of <hi>Israel.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Where was the true Church in <hi>Ahab's</hi> time? was it not covered so under the Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>state
<hi>Israelites,</hi> that <hi>Elias</hi> himself, who was one of it, could scarce find it? 1 <hi>Kings</hi> 19. 10.<note place="margin">See this more fully exprest in <hi>the Apostasie of the latter times,</hi> in the end of Chap. 10. 2 Kings 22.</note>
Where was the company of true worshippers in <hi>Manasses</hi> time, the worst time
of all? or had the Lord no Church at all? Yes he had a Church even then, even hid<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>den
in the body of that <hi>Idolatrous</hi> Nation; yea a strong party, though not seen; as
appeared presently upon <hi>Manasses</hi> death, when <hi>Iosiab</hi> came to reign, who at eight
years of age, a very child, yet was able to reform all again. When therefore the <hi>Pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pists</hi>
shall ask us where our Church was before <hi>Luther,</hi> let us answer, She was, as the
true <hi>Israelites</hi> were then, buried under the <hi>Apostate</hi> body of Christendom; she was
even there whence God in his good time <hi>called her out, viz.</hi> she was <hi>in the Spiritual
Babylon.</hi> If <hi>Rome</hi> now be <hi>Babylon,</hi> and your Mother-Church that ancient Spouse of
Christ,<note place="margin">See Comment, in Apocal. Chap 17. in Book III.</note> which hath been so long an abominable Strumpet committing Fornication with
strange Gods, as we are sure she is; we cannot chuse but know where ours was in the
mean time, until it pleased God to call her thence; even amongst you she was then; and
where she is now you know, and shall one day feel, until you bite your tongues for pain.</p>
                  <p>But how could the faithful company of Christ live in the midst of <hi>Idolaters,</hi> and have
means of Salvation? I answer,<note place="margin">Note that what follow'd here in the former Edition, is now omitted as being the very same with that in <hi>The Apostasie of the latter times,</hi> about the middle of Chap. 10. where there is an Answer to this Question, <hi>Whether, and in what manner our Church was</hi> Visible <hi>under the Antichristian Apostasie, and in what respects it was</hi> not <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>isible; <hi>and in both agreeable to the true Church under the Apostasies of</hi> Israel.</note> Even as the true <hi>Israelites</hi> lived in the midst of the
<hi>Apostasie</hi> of <hi>Israel.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="244" facs="tcp:63175:173"/>But you may ask further; When the face of the Church and the whole visible wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ship
therein was so universally stained with abominable <hi>Idolatries,</hi> how and whereby
should a man gather that there were any such <hi>sincerer company</hi> amongst them who had
not defiled their garments? I might tell you that Histories, though written by our
enemies, do mention many such discovered at several times: But I will give you ano<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
sign to know it, namely, The light of God's word, and some other Divine Truths
still remaining: For it was not so much for the <hi>Apostate Faction,</hi> as for the sake of some
chosen ones, that this blessing was continued. Had there been nothing but <hi>Egyptians</hi>
there, darkness should wholly have surprised them; but for <hi>Goshen's</hi> sake, for a few
righteous in <hi>Sodom,</hi> God would not take this blessing from them. He that espies any
day-light, will conclude the Sun is in our Heaven, though for the clouds he see her
not. If we should see a candle hang up in a room, and see it full of blind men; yet
would we say, surely there is some amongst them can see, why else hangs the candle
there? So must we reason from the day-light and candle-light of Divine Truths still
appearing and hung up in the Church. For, as S. <hi>Paul</hi> said, <hi>What if some did not be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lieve?
shall their unbelief make the faith of God without effect? Rom.</hi> 3. 3. And <hi>Rom.</hi> 9. 4,
<hi>&amp;c.</hi> when the body of the <hi>Iewish Nation</hi> refused Christ, yet he reckons their privi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ledges
as many as <hi>Rome</hi> could ever challenge; <hi>Whose is</hi> (saith he) <hi>the Adoption, and
the Glory, and the Covenants, and the giving of the Law, the service of God, and the pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mises;
whose are the Fathers, &amp;c. Not as though</hi> (saith he) <hi>the word of God had taken
none effect: For they are not all Israel, which are of Israel, &amp;c.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>NOW I come to the <hi>second mark</hi> here laid down in my Text, to know <hi>what man<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ner
of Heresies</hi> should be in the <hi>great Apostasie</hi> of the Christian Faith; <hi>Even denying the
Lord that bought them.</hi> They should give up their names as Christ's servants, as his
purchase; and yet <hi>deny</hi> their Lord and Master: For Servants in times past used to be
bought with a price, and so were as their Masters proper possession; Christ buys his
servants with his bloud. The meaning therefore is, they should <hi>profess</hi> themselves his
servants, and yet <hi>deny</hi> him to be their Master. What <hi>Heresies</hi> should these be? Even
the very same the first mark told us of, <hi>Christian Idolatry.</hi> For as a Wife who hath
given her faith to one Husband, if she commit adultery with others, <hi>denies</hi> him to be
that she calls him, though she call him <hi>Husband</hi> never so much: So the Church,
the Spouse of Christ, having given her faith to him alone, to be her <hi>only</hi> Lord and
<hi>Mediator,</hi> in whom and through whom alone she would approach the Throne of Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jesty
in Heaven; if she bows down her self to <hi>other Mediators,</hi> whether <hi>Saints</hi> or <hi>An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gels,</hi>
if she invocates and worships the Father in any other thing save <hi>Christ alone, the
only Image</hi> we must worship, <hi>(the Image of the Father)</hi> and the <hi>only Agent</hi> we must
imploy to God before the Throne in Heaven; she commits Spiritual Adultery, that
is, <hi>Idolatry,</hi> and <hi>denies the Lord which bought her.</hi> That this should be the meaning
here, let this one reason serve the turn, That that is always the meaning of the like
Phrase in the Old Testament, where in stead of <hi>the Lord that bought,</hi> we have <hi>the Lord
that brought them out of the land of Egypt.</hi> Let us compare them;<note n="*" place="margin">Exod. 20. 2.</note> 
                     <hi>I am the Lord thy
God which brought thee out of the land of Egypt, Thou shalt have none other Gods but me:</hi>
In the New Testament thus saith Christ, <hi>I am Christ the Lord which bought thee, Thou
shalt have no other Christ but me.</hi> Are not these alike? So when the <hi>Israelites</hi> fell to
<hi>Idolatry,</hi> and to worship Idols and strange Gods, hear how the Lord speaks then,
<hi>Deut.</hi> 32. 15, 16. <hi>Ieshurun waxed fat, forsook God which made him, and lightly esteem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
the Rock of his Salvation; they provoked him to jealousie with strange gods.</hi> So may
we say, the Christian Mother <hi>waxed fat, forsook God which redeemed her, &amp;c.</hi> Iudg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>es
2. 12, 13. <hi>They forsook the Lord God of their Fathers, which brought them out of the
land of Egypt; and followed other gods, and served Baal and Ashtaroth.</hi> and this ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pression
is frequent,<note place="margin">See Deut. 29. 25.</note>
                     <hi>Psal.</hi> 81. 10, 11. 1 <hi>Kings</hi> 9. 9. 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 17. 7.<note place="margin">2 Kings 17. 35.</note> Iust so might the
Lord speak of Christians; <hi>They forsook the Lord which brought them out of the Spiritual
Egypt,</hi> and worshipped <hi>Saints</hi> and <hi>Angels.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>I meant to have spoken much more of this, but the time will not suffer me. I desire
we may observe from this twofold mark of the <hi>Christian Apostasie,</hi> What that is,
among so many Corruptions both now and heretofore overwhelming the Church of
Christ, wherein the Holy Ghost placeth the essence, and which he accounteth as
the Soul of the <hi>great Apostasie under the man of sin,</hi> and would have us to make the Pole<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>star
of our discovery thereof: Not every Error, not every Heresie how gross soever,
but <hi>Idolatry</hi> and Spiritual Fornication. As for other <hi>Heresies,</hi> though accompanying
this, yet are they but accidental, and not of the essence of the <hi>great Apostasie</hi> which
was to come. Even as <hi>Whores</hi> are seldom without other foul faults, which yet are no
<pb n="245" facs="tcp:63175:173"/>
parts of Whoredom: so hath the <hi>Spiritual Whore</hi> many other Heresies, but her
Whoredom is Idolatry.<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>1 Thes. 1. 9.</hi> Conversion to Christianity <hi>is called</hi> a turn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing from Idols to serve the true God, and to wait for his Son Iesus Christ: <hi>There<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore</hi> Apostasie <hi>is a return to Idols from the true God and his Son Iesus Christ.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>Idolatry</hi> is the only Character and Note whereby the <hi>great
Apostasie</hi> of the visible Church is discovered and distinguished from all other Blasphe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mies,
Seditions and Heresies of what age or time soever. Which is the reason why
<hi>Babylon</hi> is intituled in the <hi>Revelation</hi> of S. <hi>Iohn,</hi> not the Liar of <hi>Babylon,</hi> nor the Ty<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rant
of <hi>Babylon,</hi> nor the Heretick of <hi>Babylon,</hi> nor the Murtheress of <hi>Babylon,</hi> (though
she be all these) but <hi>the Whore of Babylon;</hi> yea <hi>the Great Whore, and the Mother of the
Fornications and Abominations of the Earth,</hi> Chap. 17.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="44" type="discourse">
               <head>DISCOURSE XLIV.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>1 COR. 10. 3, 4.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>And they did all eat the same Spiritual meat; And did all drink
the same Spiritual drink: (For they drank of that Spiritual
Rock that followed them: and that Rock was Christ.)</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>THE first part of this Chapter is a Comparison of some <hi>Sacramental Types</hi>
in the old Law with the <hi>two Sacraments</hi> of the new, and that in two
respects; namely, 1. For the same nature or substance of the Mysteries
in both, and 2. For the same condition of the Receivers, if either
they abuse them or walk unworthy of them. The words which I have
now chosen are in special an agreement of some of the foresaid <hi>Types</hi> of
the Law with the <hi>Eucharist</hi> or <hi>Lord's Supper:</hi> First, in substance of the Mystery; <hi>And
they</hi> (that is, the Fathers in the Wilderness) <hi>all ate the same Spiritual meat, and all
drank the same Spiritual drink:</hi> Secondly, in the dangerous condition of unworthy
Receivers either of this or the other Sacrament, in these words; <hi>But with many of
them God was not well pleased: for they were overthrown in the Wilderness.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>And first I will speak of the first of these, which you may see is also double; first,
concerning our <hi>Spiritual meat,</hi> and secondly, concerning our <hi>Spiritual drink;</hi> in both
which the Apostle affirms those of the old Fathers to have been the same with ours.
For the understanding whereof, we will first speak of the <hi>Spiritual meat,</hi> (as the words
lie) and then of the <hi>Spiritual drink;</hi> and in both, first what is required to be known
for <hi>Explication,</hi> either of the words, or of what is contained in them; and after come
to such <hi>Observations</hi> as will follow and be gathered therefrom.</p>
                  <p>For <hi>Explication</hi> therefore, three things are to be enquired of.</p>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. Of what <hi>Meat</hi> and of what <hi>Rock</hi> the Apostle speaketh.</item>
                     <item>2. Wherein both the one and the other were <hi>Spiritual</hi> or <hi>Sacramental.</hi>
                     </item>
                     <item>3. In what sense <hi>those Sacraments</hi> are said to be <hi>the same</hi> with ours.</item>
                  </list>
                  <p>For the first, The <hi>Meat</hi> here spoken of most certainly was <hi>Manna;</hi> for it appears in <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="I"/>
the fifth verse, as also in the beginning, that he means of the time they were in the
Wilderness, where the only Food was <hi>Manna, sent from Heaven.</hi> The word <hi>Manna</hi>
either signifies <hi>a Portion,</hi> it was their <hi>dimensum</hi> or daily allowance given by God; or
<hi>Food made ready,</hi> because God prepared it, without any labour or industry of theirs:
and this is thought to be the truest reason of the name. For as for that of S. <hi>Ierom,</hi>
who thinks it had the name <hi>Man</hi> from the question asked upon the first sight thereof,
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>what is it,</hi> and so they called it <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in <hi>Chaldee,</hi> being the same with <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in <hi>He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brew;</hi>
this opinion, though the<note n="*" place="margin">Exod. 16. 17. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> Seventy have translated so, yet is found unlikely
by some learned in those Languages. 1. Because no reason can be given why the <hi>Is<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>raelites</hi>
should then speak <hi>Chaldee.</hi> 2. Because in <hi>Chaldee</hi> the word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is a question
of <hi>persons,</hi> not of <hi>things;</hi> and signifies <hi>Quis Who,</hi> not <hi>Quid What;</hi> being the same with
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in <hi>Hebrew,</hi> which always asketh of <hi>persons,</hi> but never of <hi>things.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But to leave the <hi>name,</hi> and speak something of the <hi>nature:</hi> we must know that this
<hi>Manna</hi> was not that which <hi>Dioscorides</hi> and <hi>Galen</hi> so call, namely, certain fragments
<pb n="246" facs="tcp:63175:174"/>
of Frankincense: nor was it that which the <hi>Arabians</hi> call <hi>Manna,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">1 Cor. 10. 3, 4.</note> though it somewhat
resembleth it; For they call by this name a certain <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <hi>hony-dew</hi> falling on
some mountains of <hi>Syria;</hi> and it seems they gave this name unto it by allusion unto
the Sacred story. But this <hi>Manna</hi> wherewith God fed the <hi>Israelites</hi> was a miraculous
thing, the <hi>Corn of Heaven</hi> and <hi>Bread of Angels,</hi> as<note n="*" place="margin">Psal. 78. 24, 25.</note> 
                     <hi>David</hi> calls it; it fell only in the
Wilderness of <hi>Sinai,</hi> it rained all times and days of the year saving the Sabbath; it
was so hard that it might be ground in a Mill, beaten in a Mortar, or baked in an
Oven; it melted in the Sun, and putrified with one night's keeping; lastly, it was
<hi>Food,</hi> and not <hi>Physick:</hi> not one of all these properties agreeing to the Apothecarie's
<hi>Manna</hi> or <hi>Manna</hi> of the <hi>Arabians.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Come we now to <hi>the Rock,</hi> whereof the Apostle saith <hi>our Fathers drank:</hi> which
speech any man may see is not proper, and therefore some say it is a Metonymie,
<hi>Rock,</hi> for the <hi>water</hi> which came out of the Rock: perhaps it will be more easie to
say here is an <hi>Ellipsis</hi> of the word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or drink, to be supplied out of the words
next before, and so to be construed thus, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. <hi>For they drank the drink of that Spiritual Rock.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Two Rocks out of which <hi>Israel</hi> drank.</note> Now for the <hi>Rock,</hi> there are <hi>two Rocks</hi>
mentioned in Scripture out of which the Lord gave water unto the <hi>Israelites;</hi> one at
<hi>Rephidim,</hi> two years after their coming out of <hi>Egypt, Exod.</hi> 17. another at <hi>Kadesh,</hi>
almost thirty eight years after, <hi>Numb.</hi> 20. It is doubtful which of these our Apostle
meaneth. We may safely say he meaneth them both, the story of both being so like,
as the places of both had one name<note n="*" place="margin">Exod. 17. 7. Numb. 20. 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> 
                     <hi>Meribah,</hi> of the <hi>murmuring</hi> and <hi>contending</hi> of the
people. But if he meaneth only the one, I would say it is the former; the miracle
whereof was presently upon the raining of <hi>Manna.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But here is one word yet needs to be explained; for our Apostle adds unto <hi>Rock</hi>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>the Rock following,</hi> or, <hi>which followed them:</hi> which some would have spo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ken
of <hi>Christ,</hi> being <hi>the Rock which accompanied the Israelites,</hi> (for so <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> signi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fies)
or <hi>the Rock which was to come and follow in after-times:</hi> others more truly ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pound
it <hi>literally</hi> of <hi>the Rock in the wilderness,</hi> thinking it reasonable that the Apostle
who spake <hi>literally</hi> of <hi>Manna</hi> which was truly eaten, should also in the same sense
speak of <hi>the water of that Rock</hi> which was as truly drunken. And therefore they say
the Apostle adds the word [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>following,</hi>] to intimate that when <hi>the Rock was
smitten, a stream gushed therefrom, which followed the Israelites many years as they jour<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neyed
in the wilderness:</hi> and therefore our Translation with others for explication<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sake
adds the word [<hi>them]</hi> which is not in the Greek; and so the <hi>Syriack</hi> likewise
translates the words, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>that Spiritual Rock which went
with them.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But against this some object two things. 1. That it is not like the Apostle would
affirm any thing as History which is no where mentioned in the Old Testament, where
it is like so miraculous a thing would not have been concealed. 2. That the thing
it self is otherwise unlikely, even by reasons out of <hi>Moses</hi> story. For they say, If it
be meant of the first <hi>Rock</hi> at <hi>Rephidim,</hi> how came they to want water at <hi>Kadesh,</hi> if a
river from the first <hi>Rock</hi> had followed them? And if we say it is spoken of the second
<hi>Rock</hi> at <hi>Kadesh,</hi> how comes it to pass that they offered to<note n="*" place="margin">Num. 20. 19 Deut. 26.</note> 
                     <hi>buy water</hi> at a price of the
<hi>Edomites,</hi> if <hi>water</hi> followed them at the heels?</p>
                  <p>But unto the first it may be answered, That it may be elsewhere shewn in the New
Testament, something to be alledged for Story which is not expressed in the Old Te<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stament,
especially when there is <gap reason="illegible: missing" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ome ground whence some such thing may be drawn
by good consequence; and then I think we ought to believe the Illation of the Holy
Ghost. And that this thing we now speak of may be inferred from the Story of <hi>Moses,</hi>
it will appear thus: For seeing it was about two years after their coming out of <hi>Egypt,</hi>
when the first <hi>Rock</hi> was smitten to give them water,<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Vide</hi> Psal. 78. 16. Psal. 105. 41.</note> and that in all their change of
Stations for almost thirty eight years after we never find the least mention of any
want thereof, though they travelled further in a dry and unwatered Wilderness: It
will follow from hence, That either they stored themselves with <hi>water</hi> for so many
years, which is impossible; or else the <hi>water of the Rock</hi> ran after them; and it may
be their journeys were so ordered by the lower grounds, that it might naturally do
so, so long as the miraculous Fountain lasted.</p>
                  <p>As for the other Objection, How they came again to want <hi>water</hi> at <hi>Kadesh,</hi> it is ca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sily
answered: For God might, for a new trial of his people, make the first Miracle
cease when it pleased him; and seeing at that Station they had taken a clean contrary
way unto the former; it may be the position of the Earth hindered it, God so order<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
their journeys of purpose. And as for their buying <hi>water</hi> of the <hi>Edomites</hi> present<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
<pb n="247" facs="tcp:63175:174"/>
upon the smiting of the second <hi>Rock</hi> at <hi>Kadesh;</hi> it may be said that this <hi>Rock</hi> was
not like the former; and so our Apostle by the word [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>] did imply he spake
of the first only: or howsoever, those words of <hi>buying water</hi> of the <hi>Edomites</hi> are
spoken in case they passed through the <hi>Edomites</hi> land, where it was not like the Miracle
should have followed them, it being a watred Countrey.</p>
                  <p>Thus much I thought good to speak in defence of that Exposition which our Tran<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>slation
seems to approve by adding the word [<hi>them,</hi>] unto which (you see) we
may without difficulty yield our assent: Otherwise it were easie yet to add, among
such a variety, a fourth Exposition diverse from all the former, namely, That by leav<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
out the word [<hi>them</hi>] the word [<hi>Following</hi>] should be expounded not of <hi>follow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing</hi>
in regard of <hi>place,</hi> but of <hi>time</hi> and <hi>story,</hi> and that with relation unto <hi>Manna,</hi> be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cause
in order of <hi>time</hi> the smiting of the <hi>Rock</hi> followed presently upon the raining of
<hi>Manna;</hi> and so the Apostle's sense, saying, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>of
the Spiritual Rock following,</hi> should be understood <hi>as following upon the raining of
Manna,</hi> the mysterie of <hi>drink</hi> following the Miracle of <hi>heavenly bread,</hi> as the <hi>giving
of the Cup</hi> is to follow the <hi>breaking of Bread</hi> in the Lord's Supper. But this you may
esteem as you please.</p>
                  <p>NOW I come to the second thing I propounded, wherein this <hi>Manna</hi> and this
<hi>Rock</hi> were <hi>Spiritual,</hi> that is, <hi>Sacramental;</hi> and this was in regard they were Signs
signifying <hi>Christ,</hi> and Pledges assuring the faithful Receivers of their enjoying him
with all his Benefits. For a <hi>Sacrament</hi> is not a <hi>naked</hi> or a <hi>single Sign,</hi> but a <hi>Sign as<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>suring,</hi>
that is, a <hi>Seal</hi> or a <hi>Pledge</hi> of the thing signified, a signifying Pledge, or an as<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>suring,
Sign. Now these <hi>Seals</hi> do always suppose, and are in some sort grounded up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on,
a <hi>resemblance</hi> which the <hi>Sign</hi> hath with the thing signified. For as <hi>Plato</hi> in <hi>Cratylus</hi>
sayes, <hi>That the wisdom of the first imposers and inventers of the names of things was such
in their choise, that they made the letters and syllables to agree with and to express the qua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lities
of the things called by them, expressing soft things with soft sounds, harsh with harsh,
&amp;c.</hi> and so forth: So God in the <hi>Sacraments,</hi> which are as <hi>visible words,</hi> hath chosen
such <hi>Signs</hi> as carry in them the Character and very Image of the things they are
Pledges of. For a warrant therefore that <hi>this Manna</hi> and <hi>this Rock</hi> were such <hi>Sacra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments</hi>
and such <hi>Spiritual things</hi> as our Apostle speaketh of, let us consider a while
how they carried in them the marks of Christ whom they signified.</p>
                  <p>1. Then, to begin with <hi>Manna.</hi> As <hi>Manna</hi> was a meat<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Wisd.</hi> 16. 20. Thou didst send them from hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> bread pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pared without their labour.</note> provided of God without
the labour and industry of the <hi>Israelites:</hi> So is Christ given unto men, not out of any
work or merits of theirs, but of the free gift and goodness of God. 2. As <hi>Manna</hi>
came from Heaven besides the ordinary course of nature: So <hi>Christ's birth</hi> was won<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derful,
and not as the birth of other men: For his <hi>Divine nature</hi> he fetcht from
above, and his <hi>Humane body</hi> was not <hi>begotten</hi> of mortal seed, but by the influence of
the Holy Ghost from Heaven. 3. <hi>Manna</hi> was distributed unto all alike; one had
not more and another less, but all an equal share: Even so Christ communicates him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>self
unto all alike without acception of persons;<note place="margin">Gal. 3. 23.</note> For <hi>in him is neither male nor fe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>male,
bond nor free;</hi> the Beggar hath as great a part in Christ as he who sits upon the
Throne. 4. <hi>Manna</hi> when it came first was an <hi>unknown</hi> thing, for the <hi>Israelites</hi> (saith
the Text) <hi>knew not what it was;</hi> no,<note place="margin">Exod. 16. 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> they knew not whence it came, nor that it was
the food the Lord had sent them: So Christ when he came into the world was un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>known;
<hi>For if they had known,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">1 Cor. 2. 8.</note> (saith S. <hi>Paul) they would not have crucified the Lord of
Glory.</hi> 5. <hi>Manna</hi> was Food, and a plentiful Food, there was enough for every body:
So is Christ the Food and <hi>Bread</hi> of our Souls, and sufficient to feed many, yea even the
whole World. 6. <hi>Manna</hi> was of a most sweet and pleasing taste: And so is Christ unto
that Soul which can truly relish him;<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Matt.</hi> 11. 30. Iugum meum suave est. Guslate &amp; vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>de<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>e, quoniam sua<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> is est Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miuns, <hi>Psal.</hi> 34. 8.</note> 
                     <hi>My yoke</hi> (saith he) <hi>is most sweet and easie, and my
burthen light;</hi> And most true of him is that which the Psalmist writes, <hi>O taste and see,
for the Lord is sweet.</hi> 7. <hi>Manna</hi> was of a white colour; even as our Saviour also was
white and pure, as being free from all stain of sin: for (as it is 1 <hi>Pet.</hi> 2. 22.) <hi>He did no
sin, neither was there any guile found in his mouth.</hi> 8. Also <hi>Manna,</hi> before it was eaten,<note place="margin">1 Cor. 13. 9.</note>
was brayed in a Mortar or broken in a Mill: So was Christ our <hi>heavenly Manna</hi> bro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ken
upon the Cross,<note place="margin">1 Ioh. 3. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> that he might become <hi>the Spiritual Food</hi> wherewith our Souls
are fed unto everlasting life. 9. As <hi>Manna</hi> was given only in the Wilderness, and ceas<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
as soon as they came into the land of Promise: So is Christ our <hi>Spiritual Food</hi> in the
<hi>Eucharist,</hi> so long as we travel in the Wilderness of this world; but when we shall ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rive
in the heavenly <hi>Canaan,</hi> we shall have no more need of Sacraments; for there we
shall have Christ present with us, and shall no longer <hi>understand in part</hi> as now we
do, but we <hi>shall see God as he is.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="248" facs="tcp:63175:175"/>Thus much shall suffice to have spoken of <hi>Manna:</hi> and so we come unto <hi>the Rock,</hi>
which our Apostle affirms <hi>to have been Christ,</hi> that is, <hi>a Sign of him.</hi> Neither is this the on<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
place where he is so called, but it was a name given him in the days of old. In the 32.
of <hi>Deut.</hi> he is four several times called by that name. ver. 15. <hi>Ieshurun forsook the God
which made him, and lightly esteemed the Rock of his Salvation:</hi> and v. 18. <hi>Of the Rock
that begat thee thou art unmindful, and hast forgotten God that formed thee:</hi> and v. 30,
31. Again, in <hi>Dan.</hi> 2. 34, 35. he is expressed by <hi>a Stone cut out without hands, which
became a great Mountain and filled the whole earth.</hi> Let us therefore see what resem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>blance
of Christ is in a <hi>Rock;</hi> first <hi>generally,</hi> and then <hi>specially</hi> in <hi>This Rock</hi> whereof
our Apostle treateth.</p>
                  <p>First then, As a <hi>Rock</hi> is the surest Foundation to build upon; so is Christ the
immovable Foundation whereupon his Church is reared: whatsoever is <hi>built upon</hi>
him, <hi>no storms, no flouds, no winds can shake or move.</hi> And that in this very respect
Christ is called <hi>a Rock,</hi> it appears out of <hi>Esay</hi> 28. 16. quoted in part by S. <hi>Paul Rom.</hi> 9.
33. &amp; S. <hi>Pet.</hi> 1 Ep. 2. 6. <hi>Behold, I lay in Sion a foundation, a stone, a tried stone, a pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cious
corner-stone, a sure foundation; he that believeth on him, shall not be confounded
nor ashamed.</hi> 2. A <hi>Rock</hi> is a strong Fortress against the assaults of an Enemy; and so is
our Saviour an impregnable Bulwark unto his Elect against the hottest assaults of Sin,
Satan and Death; all the Cannons of Hell can never hurt him who hath gotten this
<hi>Rock</hi> to shield him. 3. A <hi>Rock</hi> is a place of stumbling unto those who look not well to
their feet; and so was this <hi>Spiritual Rock</hi> of our salvation unto the proud high-look<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
Iew, a <hi>stumbling-block, a Rock of offence,</hi> according unto the Prophecy in the 8.
of <hi>Esay</hi> 14, 15. quoted also by our Apostle <hi>Rom.</hi> 9. and S. <hi>Peter</hi> 1 Ep. 2. <hi>A stone of
stumbling, and for a Rock of offence unto both the houses of Israel: And many among
them shall stumble and fall, &amp;c.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But more <hi>especially, This Rock</hi> which our Apostle speaks of resembles Christ in
three things.</p>
                  <p>1. As <hi>that Rock</hi> gave no water before it was smitten with the Rod of <hi>Moses;</hi> so
was Christ smitten upon the Cross, that out of him might flow that soveraign stream,
which he who drinketh of shall never thirst any more. 2. As the <hi>Rock</hi> was smitten
with the Rod of <hi>Moses,</hi> so was <hi>Christ</hi> our Redeemer with the Rod of the Law,<note place="margin">Esa. 53. 5, 6.</note> all
the curses and penalties due by the same being laid upon him for our sakes. For <hi>he
was wounded for our transgressions, he was bruised for our iniquities; the chastisement of
our peace was upon him, and with his stripes we are healed. All we like sheep have gone
astray; and the Lord laid on him the iniquity of us all.</hi> 3. Lastly, As <hi>this Rock</hi> is said to
have <hi>yielded water</hi> not only to those who were then present at the place where the
<hi>Rock</hi> stood, but <hi>followed</hi> them in all their Stations in the Wilderness, unto the utmost
ends thereof: So that <hi>water</hi> which gushed out from our smitten Saviour, neither serv<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
nor stayed with those alone who were present at the time and place of his suffering,
but it ran and spred into all places of the world where the sons of men had any abid<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing,
and <hi>followeth</hi> them all the days of their Pilgrimage in this Wilderness, even from
the day of his Passion unto this very hour.<note place="margin">Chap. 55. 1.</note> 
                     <hi>Ho</hi> (saith the Evangelical Prophet <hi>Esay)
every one that thirsteth, come ye unto the waters,</hi> (yea even) <hi>he that hath no mony;
come ye—yea come buy Wine and Milk without money and without price.</hi> In what
part of the earth soever thou art, in what time of the world soever thou livest, Christ
our <hi>Rock</hi> is ever with thee, and his water streameth after thee; which <hi>whosoever
drinketh,<note place="margin">Iohn 4. 14.</note> it shall be in him a Well of water springing up into everlasting life.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Add, who knoweth whether <hi>the cleaving of the Rocks</hi> when he yielded up the Ghost,
were not for a Sign of the accomplishment of the mystery?</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="III"/> AND thus much for the second point. Now we come unto the third, <hi>In what
sense those Sacraments are said to be the same with ours.</hi> For the understanding where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>of,
we must chiefly consider two things in every Sacrament, <hi>the visible sign,</hi> and <hi>the
invisible thing</hi> thereby <hi>signified and confirmed:</hi> which <hi>invisible thing</hi> is always double;
first, the <hi>Root</hi> or <hi>Fountain;</hi> secondly, the <hi>gracious blessings and promises which spring
and flow from it.</hi> The <hi>Root</hi> and <hi>Fountain</hi> is he through whom and by whom we re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceive
all the blessings and benefits we enjoy from God our Father, and without
whom he vouchsafes us nothing, And therefore as God confers no manner of blessing
upon us but through Christ: so the manner and nature of a <hi>Sacrament</hi> is to assure and
confirm unto us whatsoever it assures us only through him. For all <hi>Sacramental
signs</hi> both <hi>old</hi> and <hi>new</hi> carry in them the Image and marks of Christ: hereby
shewing, that by signifying him they seal and convey the Promises in and
through him. For example sake: In the <hi>Passeover</hi> the favour and benefit which
<pb n="249" facs="tcp:63175:175"/>
God would therein seal and assure was, that he would <hi>spare</hi> and <hi>pass by</hi> the <hi>Israelites</hi>
when he smote the <hi>Egyptians:</hi> and yet the <hi>Sign</hi> ordained expressed nothing either
of <hi>passing by</hi> or <hi>sparing,</hi> but of him only in whom and through whom God <hi>passed</hi> and
<hi>spared</hi> them,<note place="margin">Exod. 12. Rev. 13. 8.</note> namely, that <hi>immaculate Lamb slain before the foundation of the world;</hi>
whose <hi>bloud when God beholds upon the posts of their houses, he will spare and not destroy
them.</hi> The like we shall find in all their <hi>Sacraments</hi> and <hi>Sacrifices;</hi> that is their
manner, <hi>by signing the Root and Fountain, to assure and convey the Promises which come
through it.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Out of this therefore which hath been spoken we may easily assoil the Question
of <hi>the agreement of sameness of the Iews Sacraments with ours.</hi> For it is apparent that
<hi>the Signs</hi> differed, and in most they were of a clean differing kind from ours; I mean
divers kinds of things, the bloudy signs of slaughtered beasts: and where <hi>the Signs</hi> of
both had more affinity, yet was there some apparent difference, as appears in the ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>amples
our Apostle bringeth here. For howsoever a <hi>cloud</hi> hath some affinity with
<hi>water,</hi> yet is it not the same with <hi>water</hi> we use in <hi>Baptism;</hi> neither was <hi>Manna</hi> the
same thing with <hi>bread,</hi> though in stead thereof; nor the <hi>water of the Rock</hi> the same
with <hi>wine in the Eucharist.</hi> It is plain therefore out of our Apostle's own words,
that he means not <hi>they were the same in Signs.</hi> It follows then, <hi>they should be the same
in the Spiritual thing</hi> signified, which is <hi>as the Soul and spirit of a Sacrament.</hi> And this
is plain, in that he saith not simply, <hi>they are the same Meat and same Drink,</hi> but, <hi>the
same Spiritual Meat and the same Spiritual Drink:</hi> and it is past all doubt, when he
saith <hi>the Rock was Christ,</hi> that is, a <hi>Sacrament</hi> of him, which <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is to be un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derstood
of all the rest, <hi>the Cloud, the Sea, the Manna;</hi> all were <hi>Sacraments</hi> of Christ
as well as ours, and Seals of the same Spiritual promises whereof ours are; all aimed
at the same twofold invisible gift, the <hi>same Fountain</hi> through whom, <hi>Christ Iesus,</hi>
and the <hi>same Rivers</hi> of Spiritual graces, Reconciliation with God, Remission of sins,
and Life eternal, through him alone.</p>
                  <p>And yet for all <hi>this agreement</hi> we must know there was <hi>some difference</hi> even here
also: For howsoever the things (as ye have heard) were the same signified in both,
yet was the manner and fashion of them different; they beheld not their <hi>Signs</hi> the
same that ours do. For as for the <hi>Root</hi> of blessings, <hi>Christ,</hi> he was signified as <hi>future</hi>
and yet to come; which in their ordinary Sacraments was stamped upon the very
<hi>Sign;</hi> I mean, the <hi>Signs</hi> had some badge in them, whereby might be known that what
they signified was <hi>future.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>As for example; In <hi>Circumcision</hi> was signified the taking away of the superfluity
of sin in and through him who was yet in the loins of his Ancestors, as the place cir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cumcised
sufficiently implies.<note place="margin">Gal. 5. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> And this is the reason why S. <hi>Paul</hi> saith, <hi>if ye are circum<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cised,
Christ profits you nothing:</hi> Because, namely, he that received Circumcision did
as much as affirm that Christ was not yet come, but still hoped for.</p>
                  <p>The like we may see in their <hi>Sacrifices,</hi> some whereof, as the <hi>Eucharistical,</hi> were
justly answerable to our <hi>Eucharist,</hi> as I shall have occasion to shew hereafter. In
the mean time I speak generally of them, and say, <hi>They carried a badge in them that
Christ was not yet come and offered for sin.</hi> A ground whereof I have from the story
of <hi>Abraham</hi> going about to sacrifice his son: For there <hi>Abraham</hi> being ready at
God's Commandment to sacrifice the promised son, his dear and only son <hi>Isaac;</hi>
the Angel of God stayed his hand, and shewed him <hi>a Ram in a bush</hi> to sacrifice in stead
of his son; thereby implying, That while God deferred the offering of <hi>that Blessed
one</hi> which should be a Son of <hi>Abraham,</hi> be would accept as instead thereof the offer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ings
of <hi>Bulls</hi> and <hi>Rams</hi> for the expiation of sin; and therefore he that offered this
offering in stead, did therein acknowledge that the offering of the Blessed seed of <hi>A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>braham</hi>
was yet deferred. A second mark of this may be also in <hi>the slaying of the Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crifice
offered:</hi> For in that they were as often as they offered, to <hi>slay</hi> their Sacrifice,
it appeared that the Son of <hi>Abraham</hi> was not yet slain for sin.</p>
                  <p>And thus have we seen how Christ the ground of all Spiritual blessings was other<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wise
signified under the Sacraments of the Law than now in those of the Gospel.
Now we must also shew a differing manner and fashion in the <hi>Spiritual Promises</hi> themselvs,
which were given through him. For these were not open as now they are, but in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>volved
and wrapped up in <hi>Temporal</hi> benefits: For all the <hi>Promises</hi> under the Law in a
manner were for the outside <hi>Temporal;</hi> their Redemption was their deliverance from
the <hi>Egyptian</hi> thraldom, their forgiveness and remission was the escaping of <hi>Temporal</hi>
plagues and bodily death, their favour with God was <hi>worldly</hi> Prosperity, their place
of blessed rest was the <hi>earthly Canaan,</hi> and immortality, long life and fulness of days
<pb n="250" facs="tcp:63175:176"/>
in the land which the Lord had given them. This is so apparent, that there was a
Sect amongst them about Christ's time which maintained there were no other Promi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ses
to be looked for; and some Christians<note n="*" place="margin">S. Austin <hi>de Civ. Dei, l.</hi> 18. <hi>c.</hi> 11. &amp; <hi>idem in</hi> Ps. 73 <hi>mulu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap>
                           <expan>
                              <am>
                                 <g ref="char:abque"/>
                              </am>
                              <ex>que</ex>
                           </expan> alies in loci<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>. S.</hi> H<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>er<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>nym. l. 2. <hi>com. in</hi> Gal. 5. 6 Isidor. l. 2. <hi>de differentiis Spi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rit. dist.</hi> 28.</note> even of note have almost affirmed that the
<hi>Iews</hi> had no <hi>Spiritual</hi> Promises, but only <hi>Temporal.</hi> But we must know <hi>that under
these Outward things were veiled the Spiritual and Eternal Promises</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">This is fre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quently observ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed by S. <hi>Austin,</hi> as in Ep. 120. <hi>ad Honoratum</hi> &amp; l. 10. de Civ. Dei, c. 15. &amp; l. 4. contra <hi>faullum Ma<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>ch.</hi> c. 11. &amp; l. 1. de <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap>. con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tra Donat. c. 15.</note> Not that these
<hi>Temporal</hi> were only Shadows of the Eternal, and were not <hi>literally</hi> to be understood;
but that the enjoying of these <hi>outward</hi> things, unto the <hi>Iew</hi> was a pledge of the
<hi>Spiritual</hi> as it were inwrapped in them: For it pleased God, occording to the <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>eco<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nomy
of that time, to convey his <hi>Spiritual</hi> benefits <hi>under</hi> and <hi>with</hi> the <hi>Temporal;</hi> as
he also ordained the loss of the one to be as an evident mark of losing the other, unless
God were extraordinarily merciful unto them. The knowledge of this made the
<hi>Iew</hi> so highly to esteem of worldly prosperities, and of those who enjoyed them, as
of God's special Favourites; and on the contrary, to be so cast down with earthly
adversities, as if those who fell into them were quite deprived of the favour of God.
This made them so loth to forgoe the Earthly <hi>Canaan,</hi> as though with it also they had
forgone all interest in the Heavenly.</p>
                  <p>And was it not strange that the <hi>Roman</hi> Empire, which carried no other Nation
captive, yet should cast the <hi>Iew</hi> out of his own country? unless God, according to
his wonted rule with this people, would have it a woful evidence that he had quite
cast them off from having any longer right or claim unto the Kingdom of Heaven.
But since <hi>Christ</hi> was revealed, these <hi>Spiritual</hi> and <hi>Eternal Promises</hi> are no longer veil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
and covered in this sort, but are laid out to open view, and they are no longer so
link'd with <hi>Temporal,</hi> but severed one from the other; For <hi>the veil</hi> upon <hi>Moses</hi> face
is <hi>done array,</hi> and <hi>we all with an open face behold as in a glass the glory of the Lord,</hi>
2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 3. 14, 18.</p>
                  <p>Thus you see how the Sacraments of the Law, howsoever they sealed the same
Promises with ours, yet not so immediately as ours do, but in the covers of outward
blessings. Now I will answer some Objections concerning this discourse.</p>
                  <p>And first, Some will say that this is unlikely, in that the <hi>Iews</hi> seemed to apprehend
no such thing as we speak of, specially in these extraordinary Sacraments which our
Apostle treats of. I answer, That without doubt the <hi>Patriarchs</hi> and <hi>Prophets</hi> had
a more clear sight of these things; as for <hi>the rest,</hi> they were in general taught this
Principle, <hi>That in such things God did convey some unseen blessings unto them,</hi> especi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ally
if they were so extraordinary as this of <hi>Manna</hi> and the <hi>Rock;</hi> and howsoever they
knew not expresly what <hi>these secret things</hi> should be, yet they believed they were far
more glorious than what they saw. Those who require more than this, forget how
<hi>Moses</hi> was <hi>veiled,</hi> and that the Mysteries of the Kingdom of God were exceedingly
obscure in the times of the Law. And that the <hi>Iew</hi> could not but conceive more in
them than the outside,<note place="margin">Luke 2 25, 3<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> it appears in that they had a great expectation of the <hi>Messiah,</hi> at
whom all these aimed;<note place="margin">1. Pet. 1. 10. 11.</note> as we know the speech of <hi>Nathanael,</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Iohn 1. 45.</note> 
                     <hi>We have found the
Messias, of whom Moses and the Prophets wrote.</hi> Besides, the Prophets often repre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hension
of those who thought God was pleased with the outward offering of <hi>Bulls</hi>
and <hi>Rams,</hi> must needs make them apprehend there was a faith of some unseen thing
required.</p>
                  <p>But S. <hi>Paul</hi> (will some say) calls them <hi>Gal.</hi> 4. 9. <hi>weak and beggarly Elements,</hi>
whereby it should seem they were empty of all Spiritual meaning. I answer, such they
were become indeed when Christ was once come, of which time S. <hi>Paul</hi> speaketh;
when <hi>the grace signified in them was brought out in the light,</hi> when the inwrapped Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mises
were unfolded and revealed, they were then as empty shells, whose kernels
were taken out, and like carkasses whose Soul is gone. So long as a shell contains a
kernel unseen, so long it is full; when the kernel comes forth to outward view,
then the shell is empty: even so is it with the <hi>Elements of the Law.</hi> Again, as long as
the Soul is buried in the Body and covered with flesh, the Body lives; but when the
Soul separates from flesh and subsists by it self, then the Body proves a stinking car<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>kass:
So is it with the <hi>Elements of the Law,</hi> whose Soul was these Spiritual things,
now severed from such fleshly Elements, and offered unto us without such covers as
heretofore they were.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="45" type="discourse">
               <pb n="251" facs="tcp:63175:176"/>
               <head>DISCOURSE XLV.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>1 COR. 10. 3, 4.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>—And they did all eat the same Spiritual meat: And they did
all drink the same Spiritual drink.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>HAVING spoken at large of the Three things which I enquired
of for <hi>Explication</hi> of these words, <hi>viz.</hi> 1. Of what <hi>Meat</hi> and of
what <hi>Drink</hi> the Apostle speaketh, namely, of the food of <hi>Manna,</hi>
and the water of <hi>the Rock,</hi> wherewith God sustained the <hi>Israe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lites</hi>
in the Wilderness; 2. Wherein both the one and the other
were <hi>Spiritual</hi> or <hi>Sacramental,</hi> namely, in being <hi>Signs</hi> resembling
and assuring <hi>Christ</hi> with the Spiritual Blessings through him; 3. In
what sense these Sacraments are said to be the <hi>same with ours,</hi> to
wit, not in the <hi>Signs,</hi> but in the <hi>Spiritual thing signified,</hi> which is the Soul and
Essence of a Sacrament: We come now to such <hi>Observations</hi> as these Words and Ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plications
will afford us.</p>
                  <p>The first whereof is,<note place="margin">Obser<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>at <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> 
                     <hi>That if the Seals and Sacraments under the Law were the same
with ours, then must they also have the same Covenant of Grace with us;</hi> for the Sacra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments
are Seals of the Covenant: If the Seals then were the same, as our Apostle
affirmeth, how should not the Covenant also be the same? and seeing their Sacraments
were differing in the <hi>Signs</hi> from ours, how could they be any way the same with ours,
but only in what they <hi>sealed</hi> and <hi>signified?</hi> The Fathers therefore were saved by
Grace and through Christ as well as we: So true is that the Apostle says <hi>Acts</hi> 4. 12.
<hi>There is no other name under Heaven given amongst men whereby we must be saved. For
Iesus Christ</hi> (as it is <hi>Heb.</hi> 13. 8.) <hi>is the same yesterday, and to day, and for ever;</hi> that
is, He was a Saviour of old, is still, and shall be for ever hereafter. This is that
which S. <hi>Peter</hi> yet more expresly affirmeth, <hi>Acts</hi> 3. 25. saying, <hi>Ye are the children of the
Prophets, and of the Covenant which God made with our Fathers, saying to Abraham,
And in thy seed shall all the Nations of the earth be blessed.</hi> Yea not only from <hi>Abra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ham,</hi>
but even from that time when God said, <hi>The seed of the Woman shall break
the Serpent's head,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">G<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>n. 3. 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> was this <hi>Covenant</hi> made with men, and at length diversly sha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dowed
in the Types and Sacrifices of the Law, until Christ himself was revealed in
the flesh.</p>
                  <p>For the better understanding of this, we must know <hi>what a Covenant is,</hi> and <hi>what
are the kinds thereof. A Covenant is as it were a Bargain between God and man, where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>in
God promises some Spiritual good to us, so we perform some duty unto him: if not,
then to incur everlasting punishment.</hi> This <hi>Covenant</hi> is of two sorts; the one is called
<hi>The Covenant of Works,</hi> the other <hi>The Covenant of Grace. The Covenant of Works</hi> is,
wherein God on his part makes us a promise of Eternal life, if we on our part shall
perform exact obedience unto his Law; otherwise to be everlastingly condemned, if
we fail.<note place="margin">The 2 Cove<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nants described,
<list>
                           <label>of</label>
                           <item>
                              <list>
                                 <item>Works <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                       <desc>•</desc>
                                    </gap>
                                 </item>
                                 <item>
                                    <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                       <desc>•</desc>
                                    </gap>race</item>
                              </list>
                           </item>
                        </list>
                     </note> The <hi>Covenant of Grace</hi> or <hi>of the Gospel</hi> is, wherein God on his part promises
us sinners Christ to be our Saviour and Redeemer, if we on our part shall believe on
him with a lively and obedient faith; otherwise to be condemned. The <hi>Covenant of
Works</hi> God made with man at his Creation, when he was able to have kept the condi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions
he required; but he through his disobedience broke it, and so became liable to
death, doth Corporal and Spiritual. And though the <hi>Covenant of Grace</hi> then took place,
(as we have said) yet was the former <hi>Covenant of Works</hi> still in force, until Christ who
was promised should come in the flesh. And therefore was this Covenant renewed
under <hi>Moses</hi> with the <hi>Israelites,</hi> when the Law was given in <hi>Horeb;</hi> as <hi>Moses</hi> sayes,
<hi>Deut.</hi> 5. 2. <hi>The Lord God made a Covenant with us in Horeb.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">What was <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>open,</hi> and what the <hi>secret</hi> or <hi>hidden Cove<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nant</hi> under the Law.</note> For all the time under the
Law the <hi>open</hi> and <hi>apparent Covenant</hi> was the <hi>Covenant of Works;</hi> to make them the
more to see their own misery and condemnation, and so to long after Christ who
was yet to come, and at whose coming this obligation should be quite cancelled:
<pb n="252" facs="tcp:63175:177"/>
Yet nevertheless, together with this <hi>open</hi> Covenant there was a <hi>secret</hi> and <hi>hidden Co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>venant,</hi>
which was the <hi>Covenant of Grace;</hi> that they might not be altogether without
the means of Salvation whilst Christ yet tarried.</p>
                  <p>This truth is plain, <hi>Gal. 3. 17,</hi> &amp;c. where the Apostle affirms, That <hi>the Covenant</hi> of
Grace in Christ was four hundred and thirty years <hi>afore the Law was given,</hi> and that
therefore <hi>the Law could not disannul it</hi> or <hi>make it of none effect;</hi> but that <hi>the Law</hi> (so
he calls the Covenant of Works) <hi>was</hi> only <hi>added</hi> to it <hi>because of transgressions, until
the blessed Seed should come,</hi> v. 19. and that it might be a <hi>Schoolmaster to bring us unto
Christ,</hi> v. 24. For in the <hi>Moral Law</hi> of God, under whose curse they stood bound,
they might as in a Glass see their sin, their guilt, their want of Righteousness; and
in their <hi>Ceremonies</hi> and <hi>Sacrifices</hi> they might again, as in Shadows of Heavenly
things, behold the means of their Reconciliation, through his bloud who was to be
slain and offered to God for them.</p>
                  <p>Now though this <hi>Covenant of Grace</hi> afore Christ be the <hi>same for substance</hi> with that
under which we are now since his coming; yet the <hi>circumstances</hi> and <hi>outward fashion</hi>
thereof are so varied, that the Scripture for this regard makes of this <hi>one</hi> Covenant
<hi>two</hi> Covenants, calling one <hi>the Old Covenant</hi> for the old manner thereof under the Law,
and the other <hi>a New Covenant</hi> for the new manner thereof now the Gospel is revealed.</p>
                  <p>Having therefore already seen the <hi>agreement</hi> and on<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ness of them <hi>for the inward
part,</hi> let us now behold their <hi>differences for the outward fashion:</hi> and so we shall see
that as the Fathers ate the same <hi>Spiritual meat</hi> and drank the same <hi>Spiritual drink,</hi> and
yet there was some difference in them; so the Fathers were under the same <hi>Cove<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nant
of Grace</hi> with us, and yet after a different fashion.</p>
                  <p>This difference S. <hi>Paul, Gal.</hi> 4. 1. &amp;c. setteth forth thus by a similitude; <hi>The heir as
long as he is a child,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>i. e.</hi> The difference of the condition of those <hi>afore Christ and
since,</hi> is but as the condition of <hi>Heirs when they are under age, and when they come to full
years.</hi> They are <hi>Heirs</hi> and Lords of all in both conditions, as well in one as the other;
only the difference is, that in the one condition they are in the state of <hi>Servants un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der
Tutors and Governors,</hi> in the other they enjoy the freedom of <hi>Sons:</hi> So the faith<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ful
in the Law enjoyed the same <hi>Covenant of Grace</hi> with us, but <hi>under the bondage of
worldly Elements;</hi> but we now have the same in a <hi>state of freedom,</hi> as not held under
such burthensome Elements and Pedagogies as they were.</p>
                  <p>But elsewhere he shews this difference more expresly both <hi>on God's part</hi> and <hi>our
part.</hi> First, <hi>On our part, Heb.</hi> 8. and elsewhere, thus; The <hi>Old Covenant,</hi> which requir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
so many external services, is called a <hi>carnal Covenant;</hi> the <hi>New,</hi> wherein no such
are required, but <hi>works of the Spirit</hi> only, is a <hi>Spiritual Covenant,</hi> whereof God
means when he saith,<note place="margin">Ier. 31. 33.</note> v. 10. <hi>I will put my Laws into their mind, and write them in their
hearts; and so he will be their God, and they shall be his people.</hi> For in the <hi>Old Covenant he
wrote a Law</hi> as it were <hi>upon their hands and fleshly members,</hi> in that he required so many
fleshly washings and sprinklings and sacrifices for expiation and cleansing of sin:
whereas in the <hi>New he writes his Law only upon the Soul and Spirit;</hi> in that he now
stipulates only the service of Faith, which is an action of the inward man, and not of the
outward: not of the hand or bodily members, but of the Soul within. For by <hi>Law</hi>
here I suppose is meant the condition which God stipulates in the Covenant, and
through which he makes good his promise unto us. Not as though this spiritual condi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
was not also required under the Law in the <hi>Covenant of Grace</hi> then; but because
it was not only, nor so openly, therefore is it made as a formal difference of the
<hi>New</hi> Covenant and the <hi>Old.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Secondly, <hi>On God's part</hi> the Scripture shews the difference of the Covenants thus:
The <hi>Old Covenant</hi> was a Covenant of worser promises, the <hi>New</hi> a Covenant of <hi>better</hi>
Promises, and so a <hi>better</hi> Covenant, <hi>Heb.</hi> 8. 6. Indeed they in the <hi>Old</hi> Covenant had the
same Spiritual Promises we have, and so it was one and the same Covenant; but they
had them not open and uncovered as we have, and so our Covenant is not the same,
but a <hi>better</hi> Covenant. So S. <hi>Paul</hi> makes his comparison in the same argument, 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 3.
11. <hi>If that</hi> (saith he) <hi>which is done away was so glorious, much more that which remaineth.</hi>
As if he had said, <hi>If the Cover seemed so glorious, much more shall the Iewel within so
seem, when the cover is taken from it, as now it is.</hi> For all the <hi>open Promises</hi> in the
<hi>Old</hi> Covenant seem to be no other than <hi>Temporal blessings;</hi> as for <hi>Spiritual,</hi> they had
them only as <hi>enwrapped</hi> in them; so that they could look for them no otherwise but
in and through the <hi>Temporal,</hi> which they had as Pledges of the <hi>Spiritual veiled</hi>
under them: But in the <hi>New</hi> these are all <hi>revealed</hi> and no longer hid from us
by such curtains; the <hi>veil</hi> is taken from the face of <hi>Moses,</hi> and <hi>we behold with open
<pb n="253" facs="tcp:63175:177"/>
face the glory of the Lord,</hi> as the Apostle speaketh 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 3. 14, 18. <hi>Remission of sins,
Reconciliation with God, Everlasting life,</hi> these are our Promises; not deliverance
from Temporal enemies, worldly prosperity, nor the land of <hi>Canaan,</hi> or long life in
the land the Lord hath given us. So the case here is quite altered: For then <hi>Earthly</hi>
blessings were as Pledges of <hi>Spiritual;</hi> but now unto us, <hi>Spiritual</hi> are Pledges of
<hi>Temporal,</hi> so far as God sees good for us; For the tenour of the Gospel now is, <hi>Seek
first the Kingdom of God,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Matt. 6. 33.</note> 
                     <hi>and all these things shall be added unto you.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>And it is now time we should say with S. <hi>Paul, Rom.</hi> 11. 33. <hi>O the depth of the riches
both of the Wisdom and Knowledge of God!</hi> and with <hi>David, Psal.</hi> 40. 5. <hi>Many, O Lord
my God are thy wonderful works which thou hast done, and thy thoughts which are to
us-ward:</hi>
and <hi>Psal.</hi> 92. 5. <hi>O Lord, how great are thy works! and thy thoughts are very
deep.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>THUS I come to a second Observation which these words afford us;<note place="margin">Observat. 2.</note> namely,
<hi>If the Fathers ate the same Spiritual Meat</hi> and <hi>drank the same Spiritual Drink which we
do, then eat we not the real Body nor drink the real Bloud of Christ:</hi> For the <hi>Manna</hi>
they ate was the same <hi>Manna</hi> still, though a Sacrament of Christ; the <hi>Water of the
Rock</hi> was verily <hi>Water</hi> still, though a Sacrament of his Bloud: If then we eat <hi>the
same Spiritual Bread;</hi> we eat <hi>Bread still,</hi> though Spiritual Bread; If we drink <hi>the
same Spiritual Drink,</hi> our Drink is <hi>Wine still,</hi> though Spiritual <hi>Wine.</hi> Yea S. <hi>Paul</hi> him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>self
calls them as they are, 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 10. 16. <hi>The Bread we break is the communion of the Body
of Christ; Ergo,</hi> That which is the communion of the Body of Christ is <hi>Bread</hi> still. And
unless it should be so, how could there be a <hi>Sacrament,</hi> which must consist of <hi>a Sign</hi>
and <hi>a thing signified,</hi> of an <hi>Earthly</hi> thing and a <hi>Heavenly</hi> thing? For if the <hi>Sign</hi>
once becomes the <hi>thing signified,</hi> it is no more a <hi>Sign,</hi> and so then is no more a Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crament.</p>
                  <p>If it be urged,<note place="margin">Mat. 26. 26, 28</note> That Christ himself saies plainly of the Bread, <hi>Hoc est corpus me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um,
This is my Body;</hi> of the Wine, <hi>Hic est sanguis meus, This is my Bloud:</hi> I answer.
He saies<note n="*" place="margin">Iohn. 10. 7.</note> also I <hi>am the Door;</hi> and in my Text is as expresly said, <hi>The Rock was Christ.</hi>
If therefore it be absurd from hence to infer the <hi>Rock</hi> left being a <hi>Rock,</hi> and was made
the real Person of Christ; so will it be of our Spiritual <hi>Bread</hi> and <hi>Wine.</hi> For the
manner of these speeches is nothing but a Figure of certainty or assurance: He
that receiveth the Bread, as assuredly receiveth Christ: Body as if the Bread were
his Body; He that receiveth the Wine, as assuredly enjoyeth the Bloud of Christ as
if this Wine were his very Bloud indeed. A predication in <hi>casu recto</hi> is a <hi>predication
of sameness,</hi> and therefore is used properly in things which are in a manner the same,
as <hi>Genus</hi> and <hi>Species, Homo est animal;</hi> but in things which are disparate and of seve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ral
natures we speak usually in <hi>concreto</hi> or <hi>obliquo:</hi> and from h<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>ce arises a Scheme or
Figure of speech, when we would express a most near union of things even different,
yet to speak them in <hi>casu recto,</hi> which is the <hi>predication of sameness,</hi> as it were to express
they were as nearly link'd together as if they were the very same. So we are wont to
say, <hi>a man is Virtue</hi> or <hi>Piety it self,</hi> meaning, they are throughly link'd unto him.
And because of all other things the things in the Sacraments are so assuredly and
throughly link'd together, the Holy Ghost used this Scheme for a Sacramental
speech, <hi>Hoc est corpus meum,</hi> and <hi>Hic est sanguis meus,</hi> that is, a Sign so sure as if it
were the very same.</p>
                  <p>AND so I will come to a third Observation;<note place="margin">Observat. 3.</note> 
                     <hi>The Fathers</hi> (saith my Text) <hi>ate the
same Spiritual Meat and drank the same Spiritual Drink,</hi> therefore <hi>is our Sacrament
also to be eaten and drunk of us,</hi> and not only offered for us:<note place="margin">Iohn 6. 53.</note> 
                     <hi>Except we eat the flesh of
the Son of man and drink his bloud, we have no life in us.</hi> And very fitly: For as our
Bodies are nourished by eating of corporal meats, so our Souls are nourished by the
Spiritual feeding upon Christ.</p>
                  <p>This condemns that <hi>lurching Sacrifice</hi> of the <hi>Mass,</hi> where the <hi>Bread</hi> and <hi>Wine</hi> are
offered as a Sacrifice for the people, but they receive no one jot thereof; they are
invited to a Banquet, but eat never a bit: Even like the unbelieving Ruler spoken
of 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 7. 19. who saw all the plenty foretold by <hi>Elisha,</hi> but ate no whit there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>of.
And what is it but, as Christ said, <hi>to light a Candle and put it under a Bushel?</hi>
Matt. 5. 15.</p>
                  <p>They think it is enough if the Priest eats all himself, though he gives no body else
any with him: But it is no less absurd to affirm that another should receive good by
the Priest's receiving, than to hold one may be fed by the meat another man eats, or
be saved by another man's Faith: Which were most ridiculous; for a man is nourished
by his own meat,<note place="margin">Hab. 2. 4.</note> and <hi>the just must live by his own Faith.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="254" facs="tcp:63175:178"/>Many strong Reasons might be alledged against this so soul a corruption, but I
will comprise all in three.</p>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. It is against the express commandment of Christ, whose words are, <hi>Eat ye all
of this,</hi>
                        <note place="margin">Matt. 26. 26, 27.</note> and, <hi>Drink ye all of this.</hi> Had the Church of <hi>Rome</hi> been the true Spouse
of Christ, she would never have presumed to abolish what he hath ordained, and to
establish what her self hath devised, not only in this, but in many other actions;
which is no less than to advance her self in Wisdom and Authority above the Son of
God.</item>
                     <item>2. It is against the nature of a <hi>Sacrament,</hi> which consists <hi>in receiving:</hi> For the main
difference between a <hi>Sacrifice</hi> and a <hi>Sacrament</hi> is, that in the one we <hi>give</hi> to God,
in the other God gives to us, and we <hi>receive</hi> of him.</item>
                     <item>3. It abolishes the Mystery of our consolation, and that whereby our Faith is
strengthened in the use of these <hi>Holy Signs,</hi> that mankind might have an interest in
Christ and what he should do on our behalf. We know it was required he should be
incarnate and take our nature upon him, which now he hath done. Every one of us
can believe that what he hath done is for the behoof of mankind; and so some men
shall be the better for it, since our whole kind by reason of his Incarnation is capable
of the benefits of his Passion and the whole work of Redemption. But in that though
Christ became man, yet he took not upon him the nature of every several man, hence
no man from his Incarnation could apply these Benefits unto himself in special: For he
might say, indeed Christ was made man, and so man may be the better for him, and
have some interest in him; but since he was not incarnate into me, how should I ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ply
this unto my self? Why therefore the All-wise God, who knew our weakness,
hath so ordained in the Mystery of this Holy Sacrament, that it is a <hi>Mystical Incar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nation</hi>
of Christ into every one who receives it. Whence <hi>Gregory Nazianzen</hi> defines
the <hi>Eucharist,</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, <hi>a Communion of the Incarnation of God.</hi> For
in that he affirms the <hi>Bread</hi> to be his <hi>Body,</hi> and the <hi>Wine</hi> to be his <hi>Bloud;</hi> by receiving
this <hi>Body</hi> and <hi>Bloud</hi> of Christ, and so changing it into the substance of our Body and
into our Bloud by way of nourishment, the Body of Christ becomes our Body, and
his Bloud is made our Bloud, and we become in a <hi>Mystical</hi> manner flesh of his flesh and
bone of his bone. And as in his conception of the <hi>Holy Virgin,</hi> he took upon him the
nature of Man, that he might save Man; so in his Holy Sacrament he takes upon him
the nature of every man in singular, that he might save every man who becomes him in
the Divine Sacrament of his Body and Bloud. His <hi>real Incarnation</hi> was only in one,
but his <hi>Mystical Incarnation</hi> in many: and hence comes this Sacrament to be an Instru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment
whereby Christ is conveyed unto us, his Benefits applied, and so our Faith con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>firmed.</item>
                  </list>
                  <p>How then do they abolish this Holy Mystery, this comfortable Analogy, where Christ
is offered; but those for whom he is offered <hi>receive</hi> him not, but stand as gazing Specta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tors,
whilst the Priest alone is the Actor? But let us, who are so happy above them, who
come hither as <hi>Receivers,</hi> and not as <hi>Gazers,</hi> let us, I say, consider how great a Gift it is
which God gives us.<note place="margin">Luk. 19. 8.</note> 
                     <hi>Zaccheus</hi> gave a great Gift, half his Goods unto the Poor:<note place="margin">Matt. 14. 7.</note> 
                     <hi>Herod</hi>
promised a greater unto the dancing Damsel: but the greatest of all is that which the
<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 4. 9.</note> prodigal giver offered our Saviour, even all the Kingdoms of the World. But all these
Gifts are faln short, and of infinite less value than this transcendent Gift which God
gives unto us; which makes S. <hi>Iohn,</hi> when he speaks of it, to express it with an Em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phasis,
<note place="margin">Ch. 3. 16.</note> 
                     <hi>So God loved the World, that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believed
in him should not perish, but have everlasting life.</hi> Lo here the greatest Gift that Heaven
can yield, or the Earth can receive. Let us therefore stir up Hearts and Hands to give
thanks and praise unto him of whom we receive so wonderful a Gift, saying, with the
Prophet <hi>David,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Psal. 116.</note> 
                     <hi>What shall we render unto the Lord for this admirable benefit?</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>AND thus I come to a fourth <hi>Observation</hi> which these words will lend us; name<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly,<note place="margin">Observat. 4.</note>
                     <hi>That the Apostle warrants here by his Example the Illustration of things in the Gospel by
the Types of the Law.</hi> For if the Apostle uses an Example where one would scarce sus<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pect
there was a <hi>Tppe,</hi> much more doth he approve an application where a <hi>Type</hi> is plain
and evident; and besides, seems to insinuate thus much unto us, <hi>That all the extraordi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nary
actions of God toward his ancient People had in them some Mystery of some things to
come,</hi> as this of <hi>Manna</hi> in the Wilderness. And I make no question but the searching and
suting of <hi>Allegories</hi> in these two kinds were allowable and profitable: But this is the er<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rour
of <hi>Allegorizers,</hi> They seek <hi>Allegories</hi> where they are not, but where they are they
seldom look for them: For although the body and verity be of it self more clear and
evident than the shadow, yet always a Comparison affords more light than a single
contemplation.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="255" facs="tcp:63175:178"/>Now because the Apostle hath led the way of this practice in the matter of the <hi>Eu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>charist,</hi>
let me have leave to second him in another Instance of the same Argument,
almost out of himself in the Chapter, not in so sublime a kind, but in a plain and
vulgar Type. Amongst all the Sacrifice of the Law, there is none either for name
or nature comes so near the <hi>Sacrament of the Supper</hi> as the <hi>Eucharistical.</hi> The <hi>Passeover</hi>
was a special kind hereof, where it is so well known that the Fathers ate <hi>the same Spi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ritual Meat</hi> we do, that I shall not need say any thing of it; only it shall suffice to shew
the same in <hi>the whole kind of Eucharistical Offerings,</hi> which is not so much observed.</p>
                  <p>An <hi>Eucharistical Sacrifice</hi> or a <hi>Peace-offering</hi> was a Sacrifice of fire, or expiatory;
a part whereof was burnt upon the Altar, as in other Sacrifices; but the remainder
and greater part was eaten by the faithful people who brought it; that so their Sacri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fice
being turned into their bodie's nourishment might be a Sign of their incorporation
into Christ to come, who was the true Sacrifice for Sin. So, whereas other Sacri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fices
were only Sacrifices, this was also a Sacrament; the rest were only for <hi>Expi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ation,</hi>
but this also for <hi>application,</hi> being a <hi>Communion</hi> of that Sacrifice which
was offered. Rightly therefore was it<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Peace-offer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ings</hi> were ever annexed to the <hi>Burnt-<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>ffer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ings</hi> that were for any particu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lar persons and not <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>Offer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ings for the whole Congre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gation.</hi>
                     </note>
added to all other Sacrifices: for what pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fit
was there of expiation of Sin, unless it were applied? Well might it then be
called <hi>a Sacrifice of Peace,</hi> as containing in it a Communion of Peace, and Commu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nion
with <hi>Iesus</hi> Christ, and through him with God the Father. The <hi>Greeks</hi> call it
sometimes <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <hi>a saving Sacrifice,</hi> but commonly <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, for the same
reason we call our <hi>Sacrament of Peace</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>; both being to be celebrated with
thank<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> giving to God, both oral and real: For with this Sacrifice they used to offer
their<note n="*" place="margin">Lev. 7. 14. &amp; 32.</note> 
                     <hi>Heave-offering;</hi> and of this was the Commandment, That <hi>none should appear
before the Lord empty,</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Deut. 16. 16.</note> when they came to solemnize their <hi>peace-making</hi> and recon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ciliation
with God.</p>
                  <p>For in place of this <hi>Eucharistical</hi> Sacrifice, whereof the <hi>Passeover</hi> was a special
kind, hath Christ ordained our <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, wherein, as they in theirs had a com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>munion
with him who was to come, so have we a Communion with him who is al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ready
come. And of this kind were the ordinary Sacrifices of the Gentiles, of which
the Christians were forbidden to eat, because they might have no peace and Commu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nion
with Devils. And therefore our Apostle in the rest of this Chapter compares
these Three together; 1. <hi>The Peace-offering of the Iews,</hi> wherein they were partakers
with the Altar or Sacrifice which figured Christ to come; 2. <hi>The Sacrifice of the
Greeks</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">or Gentile<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note>, wherein they had Communion with <hi>Devils;</hi> and 3. <hi>The Sacrament of the
Lord's Supper,</hi> which is the Communion of the Body and Bloud of Christ; and so
concludes, <hi>Ye cannot drink the cup of the Lord, and the cup of Devils; ye cannot be
partakers of the Lord's Table, and of the Table of Devils,</hi> verse 21.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="46" type="discourse">
               <head>DISCOURSE XLVI.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>1 COR. 10. 5.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>But with many of them God was not well pleased: for they were
overthrown in the Wilderness.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>THIS verse consists of two parts. 1. <hi>The condition under which the
unworthy eaters of</hi> Manna <hi>and drinkers of the</hi> Rock <hi>Spiritual were;</hi>
and consequently of the unworthy receivers of the Sacrament of the
Body and Bloud of Christ: forasmuch as they <hi>ate the same Spiritual
meat,</hi> and <hi>drank the same spiritual drink</hi> which we do. This <hi>their condition</hi> is said to be <hi>Of those with whom God is not well-pleased:</hi>
For <hi>with many of them</hi> (saith my Text) <hi>God was not well-pleased.</hi> 2. The
second thing here is, <hi>The danger of those unworthy receivers</hi> in regard of the <hi>punish<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment</hi>
which followed them; <hi>For they were overthrown</hi> (saith our Apostle) <hi>in the
Wilderness.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="256" facs="tcp:63175:179"/>To speak of the first; I will consider the words first <hi>in general,</hi> and after <hi>in special,</hi>
as they specially concern the receivers of the <hi>holy Seals</hi> of God.<note place="margin">1 Cor. 10. 5.</note> 
                     <hi>In general</hi> therefore
it is to be observed, <hi>That it is the greatest degree and measure of unhappiness and misery
in the world to be out of the favour of God,</hi> or <hi>to be one of those with whom God is not
well pleased:</hi> For our Apostle here intending no other thing but to express a wretched
and unhappy condition, utters it in this Phrase, of being such <hi>with whom God is not well
pleased.</hi> This comprehends in it so much misery, that the very naming of it he thought
was sufficient to make the <hi>Corinthians</hi> fear and tremble, when they should consider of
that Spiritual Table, of that <hi>tremendum Mysterium,</hi> as the Fathers call it; and not to
handle it with rash and unholy hands at the first, or to diet themselves afterward, up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
so heavenly a receipt, with <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>usting after evil things.</p>
                  <p>How vain therefore is the opinion and practice of worldlings, who esteem the fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vour
of men and worldly reputation the highest pitch of Blessedness; who are am<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bitious
of no other Happiness but this; and lastly, who spend their time, their care,
their means, nay lose (at least hazard) the favour of God it self, to compass the favour and esteem of men; who admire none but those who have gotten this! But alas!
there is no happiness at all but to be of those <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>in whom God is
well pleased,</hi> to be in esteem and reputation with God through <hi>Iesus Christ,</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Matt. 3. 17.</note> 
                     <hi>in whom</hi>
alone <hi>he is well pleased.</hi> All Happiness without this is no better than extreme misery:
Nay this supposed and so much desired happiness of being in reputation with the world
is so far from making the owner happy, that the earnest seeking and desire thereof is
incompatible with the state of <hi>true Happiness</hi> indeed. For so I think our Apostle
would be understood, <hi>Gal.</hi> 1. 10. <hi>If I pleased men</hi> (saith he,) <hi>I should not be the servant
of Christ.</hi> Hence <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>men-pleasers,</hi> in our Apostle's style, are opposed
elsewhere unto <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>the servants of Christ, (Ephes. 6. 6. Not as men-pleasers,
but as servants of Christ;</hi>) and to <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>those that fear God, Col.</hi> 3. 22. as
though <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> &amp; <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>men-pleasers and God-pleasers,</hi> could not stand to<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gether,
according to that our Saviour also saith <hi>Iohn</hi> 5. 44. <hi>How can ye believe</hi> (saith
our Saviour) <hi>which receive honour one of another, and seek not the honour which com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eth
from God only?</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>All this notwithstanding, I suppose is to be understood of high prising of the fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vour
of men, with a neglect of the favour of God in regard thereof: which though
it may seem at the first sight a most unreasonable sin, and such as no man should be
guilty of; yet is it so common and so usual, that it hath gotten to be enthroned in
<hi>Wisdom's</hi> chair; and many <hi>Aarons</hi> there be which <hi>worship this C<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                           <desc>•••</desc>
                        </gap>;</hi> many who would
seem wise, which are over head and ears in this folly: For it is no unusual thing to
hear men excuse their neglect of pleasing God, by alledging that otherwise they must
have fallen into the displeasure and disesteem of men.</p>
                  <p>Otherwise, who knows not that there are things wherein men may be lawfully
pleased, such as are <hi>things indifferent,</hi> especially if it may work a further good? And
therefore in these S. <hi>Paul</hi> will confess <hi>that himself had studied to please all men;</hi> and
willeth others to do the like, <hi>Rom.</hi> 15. 2. <hi>Let every one of us please his Neighbour for
his good to edification;</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Vers. 32.</note> and in this Chapter, <hi>Give no offence, neither to the Iews, not to
the Gentiles, nor to the Church of God.</hi> But we are not so much sick of this as of a worse
disease; we deal as is reported of him in the Fable, who offered his God the shells,
and kept the kernels unto himself: in trifles and things of small moment we vouchsafe
God our service and obedience; but as for main matters, because they concern
us so deeply and nearly, here God must be content to want our duty; whilst we apply
our selves in all our words and actions as may most likely gain us the favour and good
opinion of men, though hereby we earnestly run into this incomparable misery to be
one of those <hi>with whom God is not well pleased.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>AND thus much for the <hi>general</hi> consideration of these words. The <hi>special</hi> (which
now I come to) is, <hi>That the unworthy Receivers of the Sacraments are in the number of
those men with whom God is not well pleased.</hi> Of <hi>unworthy Receiving</hi> and <hi>Receivers</hi> I
make two; the one <hi>à parte antè,</hi> by undue preparation, the other <hi>à parte pòst,</hi> by
unholy demeanour and conversation afterward. The former is unworthy to approach
this Table at all, the other to have approached it. And of both these were the Fathers
in the Wilderness guilty: For <hi>Manna</hi> being both their ordinary and sacred Food, their
unholy and lustful demeanor upon the former eating made them continually unpre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pared
Receivers for the future. And so it is with us, <hi>An unholy life upon the first re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceiving
is a great part of our unworthiness for the second;</hi> yea more unworthy are we
then made than we had been upon the like conversation at the beginning: For to
<pb n="257" facs="tcp:63175:179"/>
have broken so solemn a Promise to God as we bound our selves in at the first time,
doubles our sin; and to have already abused so precious and gracious a gift which God
then gave us, makes us doubly unworthy ever to find the like favour any more. As
in Physick for the body a Preparative is required before, and a good and careful diet
to be observed after; so is it here: as also a distempered diet after Physick received
will do more hurt than it would before; so is it here.</p>
                  <p>Now because it is <hi>Sin</hi> which makes us lose the favour of God, and it alone which
makes him not well pleased with us; that we may behold how justly God's displea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sure
is kindled by this <hi>unworthy Receiving,</hi> let us a while consider wherein <hi>the Sin</hi>
thereof consisteth: which will appear</p>
                  <list>
                     <item>
                        <p>1. <hi>In the correspondence of the Receiver and the thing received.</hi> It is written <hi>Deut.</hi>
22. 9, 10. <hi>Thou</hi>
                           <note n="*" place="margin">
                              <hi>So in Levit.</hi> 19. 19. Thou shalt not sow thy field with mingled seed.</note> 
                           <hi>shalt not sow thy Vineyard with diverse kinds of seeds; Thou shalt not
plough with an Ox and an Ass together:</hi> Whereby it appears, That God Almighty loves
not to have things unsutable and incompatible joyned together; it is an unpleasing
spectacle unto him. But<note n="*" place="margin">2 Cor. 6. 14.</note> 
                           <hi>what fellowship hath light with darkness?</hi> what agreement be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tween
the holy Sacrament and a prophane heart? who will put precious water into
filthy vessels, or wholesome wine into foul casks? It is the ground of <hi>Ioshua's</hi> speech
(<hi>Iosh.</hi> 24. 19.) to the children of <hi>Israel, You cannot serve the Lord,</hi> (saith he) <hi>for he
is a holy God;</hi> that is, whilst you are wicked, the Righteous Lord who loveth Righte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ousness
will not accept of your services.</p>
                        <p>Again, Almighty God hath ever required a <hi>correspondence</hi> between his holy Or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dinances
and those who were to be partakers of them. Thus the <hi>Shew-bread</hi> was
appointed only for<note n="*" place="margin">Levit. 24. 9.</note> 
                           <hi>Aaron</hi> and his Sons, because they were <hi>holy;</hi> the<note n="*" place="margin">Ch. 6. 25, 26.</note> 
                           <hi>Trespass</hi> and
<note n="*" place="margin">Ch. 7. 6.</note> 
                           <hi>Sin-offering</hi> must be eaten in the <hi>holy Place,</hi> because it was <hi>most holy.</hi> The same thing
is implied by our Saviour's proverbial precept,<note place="margin">Matt. 7. 6.</note> 
                           <hi>Give not that which is holy unto the Dogs.</hi>
And which of us all would not be offended at a <hi>Dog,</hi> if we should see him devour the
meat appointed for our Childrens Diet? Even such in God's account, and no better,
are wicked persons. <hi>Beware of Dogs, beware of Evil-workers,</hi> saith S. <hi>Paul, Phil.</hi> 3. 2.
and <hi>Apocal.</hi> 22. 15. <hi>Without the City of God are Dogs, Sorcerers, Whoremongers, &amp;c.</hi>
Now we know (<hi>Exod.</hi> 19. 13.) that no <hi>Beast</hi> might touch the Mountain when the
Lord appeared on Mount <hi>Sinai:</hi> So none of those whom God accounts in the num<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ber
of <hi>Beasts</hi> (as all who have <hi>beastly</hi> affections) may approch in Christ's presence,
or come unto his Table.</p>
                        <p>Wherefore, as God saith, <hi>Be ye holy, because I am holy;</hi> so may it be said unto all
communicants,<note place="margin">Lev. 11. 44, &amp;c.</note> 
                           <hi>Be ye holy, because the Sacrament is holy.</hi> Whence it was a worthy
custome in the ancient Churches for the Bishop or Deacon to proclaim at the holy
Communion <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>, <hi>Holy things for them that are holy,</hi> holding in his hand
the holy Sacrament. And good reason why; For where this holiness is not, there, in
stead of comfort, the Heart is more and more corrupted. Even as the Spider gets
strength of poison from the sweetest herbs and flowers; so the prophane Heart is
strengthened in wickedness by receiving this holy and heavenly Food.</p>
                     </item>
                     <item>
                        <p>2. The hainousness of this sin is aggravated <hi>in respect of the thing received:</hi>
                           <note place="margin">1 Cor. 11. 27.</note> for
our Apostle elsewhere saith, <hi>The unworthy receiver becomes guilty of the Body and Bloud
of Christ;</hi> that is, he is guilty of offering contumely, injury and indignity unto him.
S. <hi>Paul,</hi> when he disswades Husbands from misusing their Wives, gives this for a rea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>son,
<note place="margin">Eph. 5. 29.</note> 
                           <hi>No man ever yet hated his own flesh:</hi> And may not I reason thus, Let no man offer
injury unto Christ, because he is flesh of our flesh? yea he is <hi>our Head,</hi> and a wound
or maim given to the <hi>Head</hi> is more odious and dangerous than to another part. To
offer violence to a common person, is a fault; to strike a Magistrate, a greater;
but to wound a King, who is the Lord's Anointed, is a sin in the highest degree. O
what a hainous sin is it then to offer violence to, and as much as in us lies to strike and
wound the Son of God, the King of Kings and the Lord of Glory!</p>
                     </item>
                  </list>
                  <p>To be guilty of death and shedding of the bloud of any innocent man, is a fear<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ful
sin;<note place="margin">Psal. 51. 14.</note> and this made <hi>David</hi> cry out, <hi>Deliver me, O Lord, from bloud-guiltiness.</hi> How
fearful is it then <hi>to be guilty of the Body and Bloud of Christ!</hi> Whose heart is not moved
against the <hi>Iews,</hi> when he hears or reads their villanies and violence offered to our
Blessed Saviour? But <hi>Chrysostome</hi> gives us a good Take-heed, <hi>Take heed</hi> (saith he)
<hi>lest thou be guilty in the like kind, by unworthy receiving of the blessed Sacrament: He that
defiles the King's body, and he that tears it, offend both alike; The Iews tore it, thou
defilest it.</hi> Here are (saith the same Father) <hi>diversa peccata, sed par contumelia;</hi>
some difference of the sin, but none of the contumely therein offered.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="258" facs="tcp:63175:180"/>
                     <hi>Ioseph</hi> and <hi>Nicodemus</hi> their pious devotion in begging and embalming the Body
of Christ is worthily recorded and commended to all generations;<note place="margin">2 Cor. 10. 5.</note> 
                     <hi>Mary Magdalene</hi>
in bestowing that box of precious oyntment upon his holy head hath gained to her
self endless honour, in stead of her former infamy: So if receive and handle wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thily
this Mystical Body of Christ, our portion shall be with honourable <hi>Ioseph</hi>
and pious <hi>Mary Magdalene;</hi> our memories shall be as theirs, blessed, and our
Souls as theirs, to receive unspeakable comfort: but if we come unworthily, we
joyn with <hi>Iudas</hi> and the <hi>Iews,</hi> and are guilty, as they were, of the Body and Bloud
of Christ.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="II"/> AND thus much of the first thing I propounded, <hi>The state of unworthy Receivers
of these holy Mysteries,</hi> that they are <hi>men in whom God hath no pleasure</hi> and therefore
woful and lamentable. The second thing now to be spoken of is, <hi>The danger of such
unworthy Receivers</hi> in regard of the <hi>Punishment</hi> which followeth them: which as con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerning
the Fathers, my Text saith, was, That <hi>they fell,</hi> or <hi>were overthrown in the
Wilderness.</hi> In the back or outside of which words appeareth only a <hi>Temporal Pu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nishment,</hi>
which kind seemeth not so appliable in the times of the Gospel as it was in
time of the Law. Howsoever we see in the general, That it is true that the Lord
<hi>will not hold him guiltless that taketh his Name in vain;</hi> Iudgment shall selfe either here,
or at least hereafter, upon all prophaners and misreceivers of those Sacred pledges,
upon which is called the Name of Christ our Saviour and Redeemer.</p>
                  <p>But for the kinds of these <hi>punishments,</hi> whether <hi>Temporal</hi> only, or <hi>Eternal,</hi> or
both; I answer, The Fathers under the Law had <hi>Temporal</hi> as well as <hi>Eternal;</hi> we in
the Gospel chiefly <hi>Eternal,</hi> and yet sometimes <hi>Temporal.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>That ours are <hi>chiefly eternal</hi> or of the life to come, the words of our Apostle else<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>where
shew evidently,<note place="margin">1 Cor 11. 29.</note> 
                     <hi>Whosoever eateth and drinketh unworthily, eateth and drinketh
his own damnation.</hi> This is certain, and this is more than all the torments, pains
and miseries that this world hath, though <hi>Phalaris</hi> and his Craftsmaster were alive
again to invent new ones. No tongue is able to express, no heart is able to conceive
the woe and miseries which the damned Soul in Hell is subject unto, which are as
endless as they are easeless. And though this be great enough, yet hath not (nor is)
the unworthy Receiver always been freed from suffering something even in this life.
We know the Apostle would have the <hi>Corinthians</hi> take notice of the Wrath of God
upon divers of them, for receiving the Sacrament unworthily. <hi>For this cause</hi> (saith
he) <hi>are many sick and weak amongst you, and many are fallen asleep.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">1 Cor. 11. 3<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> Indeed Fathers
correct not their children at riper years after the same fashion they did when they
were young and little: So hath God not the same Discipline under the Gospel which
he had under the Pedagogi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> of the Law, as <hi>Chrysostome</hi> saith; he doth not so often
scourge offenders with the rods of <hi>Temporal</hi> chastisements, but rather reserves for
them <hi>Eternal</hi> torments; yet who doubts but the hand of God is upon many unwor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thy
Communicants, even by sorrow, sickness, death, and sundry other chastisements
of this life?</p>
                  <p>But for the times under the Law, the words of my Text speaking of <hi>being
overthrown in the Wilderness,</hi> would seem to imply there was no further thing
which befell the unworthy eaters of <hi>Manna</hi> in the Wilderness, and so our
Apostle's argument from hence should infer no more to us in the times of the
Gospel.</p>
                  <p>For answer hereunto, I must call to mind something which I have spoken hereto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore,
namely, <hi>That under the Law Spiritual blessings were enwrapped in corporal, and
conveyed under and with them as it were in pledges;</hi> which made the <hi>Iew</hi> so highly to
esteem of worldly prosperities, and of those who enjoyed them, as accounting them
God's special Favorites. So also were <hi>Spiritual and Everlasting plagues</hi> hidden under
the curtains of <hi>Temporal</hi> judgments; which were to those upon whom they fell as wo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ful
pledges of them, and therefore made the <hi>Iew</hi> account them accursed who were over<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>whelmed
with worldly adversities. To come therefore to the words of my Text: <hi>Canaan</hi>
was a Type and Pledge of the <hi>Heavenly habitation; The Wilderness</hi> signified our Pilgri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mage
in this wild, ragged, rocky and barren <hi>world; To fell in the Wilderness</hi> was a wo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>full
sign of <hi>falling short of the Heavenly Canaan,</hi> and deprival of Eternal life; those who
<hi>fell</hi> there, especially upon occasion of sin, being such <hi>as to whom God sware in his
wrath,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Psal. 95. 11.</note> 
                     <hi>that they should not enter into his rest;</hi> as it is in the <hi>Psalm</hi> we say every
morning. Thus we see how the <hi>unworthy eaters</hi> of the holy Mysteries in the Wilder<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness
were not only liable to plagues in this life, but that those plagues served
them as Seals of their condemnation in the world to come; and therefore if we
<pb n="259" facs="tcp:63175:180"/>
also eat <hi>the same Spiritual meat,</hi> and <hi>drink the same Spiritual drink</hi> unworthily, we
shall eat and drink our own condemnation.</p>
                  <p>Having thus seen the wretched condition and woful danger of those who come un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>worthily
to this Spiritual Table; the serious consideration hereof may stand up like
the Angel with <hi>the flaming sword, to keep every Adam from eating of the tree of Life.</hi> It
should make every one tremble who approacheth the Lord's Table with unwashed
hands, I mean, a foul conscience: whose hearts are full of wickedness, whose heads
full of ungodly imaginations, and their hands defiled with wicked actions,<note place="margin">2 Kings 9. 22.</note> how un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>worthy
are they to come at this holy Banquet! As <hi>Iehu</hi> said to <hi>Iehoram, What hast thou
to do with peace?</hi> So may I say here, What have those to do with the Sacrament, the
Mystery of peace? Indeed the Sacrament is a Robe to cover the repenting sinner, but
no cloak to a prophane Receiver of it: such a one shall find it like the <hi>forbidden fruit</hi>
of <hi>Paradise,</hi> the bane of the Eater; and like a fair bait swallowed with a deadly
hook, the death of the Receiver.</p>
                  <p>Who being guilty, would drink of that cursed water (<hi>Numb.</hi> 5. 22.) which made
<hi>the thigh to rot and the belly to swell?</hi> and who being guilty of gross sin, will dare
without Repentance to take that Sacrament which shall make him guilty of the Body
and Bloud of Christ, and become an occasion of his condemnation?</p>
                  <p>It is a pitiful thing when the <hi>Psalmist's</hi> curse befalls any,<note place="margin">Psal. 69. 22.</note> 
                     <hi>Let their Table be a snare:</hi>
But that this holy Table should become a snare to a Christian soul, is more than la<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mentable.<note place="margin">Matth. 26. 24.</note>
Our Saviour said of <hi>Iudas, It had been good for him if he had never been
born;</hi> and so may we say of such, It had been better they had never been Receivers
of this holy Sacrament, for, alas! <hi>they have eaten and drank their own damnation:</hi>
they had better have eaten some venemous thing, or drank some deadly poison; for
it would only have killed the body, but by eating and drinking the Sacrament un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>worthily
they have damned and destroyed both soul and body for ever.</p>
                  <p>Lastly, This danger may admonish every one of us to come worthily unto this Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crament:
For as <hi>Manna</hi> was unto ev<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>y man's taste <hi>according to his will,</hi> (as<note n="*" place="margin">In Ep. 118. <hi>In primo populo unicuique Manna secun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dum propriam voluntatem in ore sapiebat.</hi> See this em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phatically ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pressed in Wis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom 16. 20, 21</note> S. <hi>Au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stin</hi>
will have it;) so is the Sacrament to every one according to his worthiness. As
therefore the Chamber was trimmed wherein our Saviour kept his Passeover, and or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dained
his holy <hi>Manna;</hi> so should be Chamber of every Christian soul be cleansed
from wickedness and adorned with Grace that comes to receive Christ in this Sacra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment.
The washing of the Disciples feet afore Supper, what doth it else call for but
a cleansing of our hearts before we communicate? We are unwilling that men should
see us come to this Table with foul hands; and should we not be more careful lest
God should see us come with foul hearts.</p>
                  <p>It will not be enough to say to our Saviour with them in the Gospel,<note n="*" place="margin">Luke 13. 26.</note> 
                     <hi>We have eaten
and drank in thy company,</hi> we have been at thy Table: We must come thither as we
should. For as corporal food doth rather hurt than nourish a body abounding with
evil humors: So the Soul being fraught with vices, this heavenly food rather killeth
than comforts it. As <hi>Adam</hi> in the state of his Integrity might freely take and taste of
all the Trees in the Garden, (one only excepted,) but after his transgression he was
justly restrained: So doth the Lord admit us unto his Table, if we come worthily;
otherwise we are no welcome guests unto him. Therefore as it was said to <hi>Moses</hi>
when he came near the presence of God,<note place="margin">Exod. 3. 5.</note> 
                     <hi>Pluck off thy shooes, for the place whereon thou
standest is holy ground:</hi> So let all of us put off the shooes of our corruptions, and then
we may approach with comfort to the holy Table of the Lord.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="47" type="discourse">
               <pb n="260" facs="tcp:63175:181"/>
               <head>DISCOURSE XLVII.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>DEUTERONOMY 16. 16, 17.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>Three times in a year shall all thy males appear before the Lord thy
God, in the place which he shall chuse: in the Feast of Vnlea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vened
bread, and in the Feast of Weeks, and in the Feast of Ta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bernacles:
and they shall not appear before the Lord empty.
Every man shall give as he is able, according to the blessing of the
Lord thy God which he hath given thee.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>THESE words are a commandment for the observation of the <hi>great</hi> and
<hi>chiefest Festival times of the Law;</hi> not only here mentioned, but else<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>where
injoyned in the Books of the Law; as I think in three several
places, <hi>Exod.</hi> 23. 14. and again 34. 23. and also <hi>Levit.</hi> 23. The words
I read consist of two parts: First, <hi>The Observation it self;</hi> 2. <hi>A special
duty required thereat.</hi> The <hi>Observation it self</hi> comprehends four things.
1. The Work or Action commanded; which is, <hi>To appear before the Lord:</hi> 2. The
Persons who, every Male; <hi>all thy Males:</hi> 3. The Place where; in a select place, <hi>in
the place which the Lord shall chuse:</hi> 4. The Time when; <hi>Three times in the year; In
the Feast of Vnleavened bread, in the Feast of Weeks, and in the Feast of Tabernacles.</hi>
The second part, <hi>A special duty</hi> required at this solemn service, and that is a duty of
real thanksgiving, <hi>viz.</hi> a holy present or oblation to be given unto God, and that ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pressed
First, in the kind, <hi>They shall not appear before the Lord empty;</hi> Secondly, in
the measure, <hi>Every one shall give as he is able, &amp;c.</hi> Of these I am to speak in order,
and first of the first, The Action enjoyned, <hi>To appear before the Lord.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="I"/>
                     <hi>To appear before the Lord,</hi> is in an Holy Assembly to perform a Religious service unto
him. For in every such Assembly and Service he is present after a special and pecu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>liar
manner,<note place="margin">Matth. 18. 20.</note> according to that of our Saviour in the Gospel, <hi>Where two or three are ga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thered
in my Name, there am I in the midst of them.</hi> And as when one man speaks unto
another, or hears another speaking unto him, either is said to be in others presence:
So he that comes to speak unto God in Confession, Prayer and Thanksgiving; and
hath God likewise speaking unto him either in the publishing of the Law, in the pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mises
of his Gospel, in the receiving of his Sacraments, and ministerial benediction,
is truly said to appear or come into the presence of the Lord. To appear therefore
in God's presence is to be assembled in his publick Worship, where there is, as it
were, a mutual entercourse between him and us; and in this it is differing from pri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vate
Devotion, where the one part only is acted, and not the other. Every day is a
day of private Devotion, yea every hour, if occasion serveth; but a Holyday's work
is the publick service of God in a Holy Convocation.</p>
                  <p>Seeing therefore as often as we come together for the Worship of God in the Holy
Assembly of the Church, we appear in the presence of the Majesty of God himself,
it may admonish us of the reverence we are to use in such Assemblies. If when we
come into the presence of a Prince, we think an awful fear and a more than ordinary
reverence doth best beseem us in whatsoever we speak or do: much more is this re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quired
of us when we approach the presence of the King of Kings and Lord of Hosts.
No gesture we use, no word we speak, no action we do, but should be framed to ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>press
the awe and regard we owe unto so great and high a presence. If <hi>Order</hi> be any
where required, it is here. If idle and vain words be in a far less presence taken as
contemptuous; in this they cannot be less than merely blasphemous. If any unseemly
or unsutable gesture, if any neglectful or regardless demeanour be elsewhere culpable;
here it is abominable, when we are in his presence who is the God of <hi>Order</hi> and <hi>Beau<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty,</hi>
                     <pb n="261" facs="tcp:63175:181"/>
and gives us an express command to perform all points of his Service <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>according to order and with comeliness.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Deut. 16. 16.</note>
                  </p>
                  <p>This makes him say to <hi>Moses</hi> when he appeared in the Bush,<note place="margin">1 Cor. 14. 40.</note> 
                     <hi>Pluck off thy shooes from
off thy feet,<note place="margin">Exod. 35.</note> for the place whereon thou standest is Holy ground.</hi> Whence <hi>Solomon</hi> bor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rows
his speech, <hi>Eccles.</hi> 5. 1. <hi>Keep thy foot</hi> (or, <hi>look unto thy feet) when thou enterest in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
the House of God.</hi> This being as much as if he had <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>aid, Behave thy self in God's pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sence
reverently: Which in the words following he enlarges, saying, <hi>Be more ready to
hear, than to give the sacrifice of Fools</hi>—v. 2. <hi>Be not rash with thy mouth, and let not
thine heart be hasty to utter any thing before God; for God is in Heaven, and thou upon
Earth, &amp;c.</hi> And hither belongs that of S. <hi>Paul</hi> 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 11. 4, 5, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> requiring a seemly
habit and gesture of men and women in the Holy Assemblies: the woman to pray <hi>co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vered,</hi>
in token of her subjection; the man <hi>uncovered,</hi> as a sign of his head-ship and
superiority over the woman, according to the use of those times and places. And it
is specially to be observed which he speaketh in the 10.
Verse, <hi>For this cause ought the woman to have</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">S. <hi>Ambrose</hi> (as also the Greek Scholiasts) by <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> here understand <hi>Velamen,</hi> or <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, <hi>qu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> se vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                           <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>o subditam ind<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>ce<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>.</hi> The Hebrew <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> which signi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fies the womans <hi>
                           <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap>il</hi> (and rendred by the <hi>Targum</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>) comes from <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> that signifies <hi>power.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>power on
her head,</hi> (that is, the ensign of power to which she is
subject) <hi>because of the Angels;</hi> i.e. because of the pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sence
of God attended with multitudes of Angels. For
these are the Train of the Almighty, and as it were the
Guard attending and ministring unto his presence; wheresoever he keeps his
station,<note place="margin">Chap. 7. 10.</note> they pitch round about him. When <hi>Daniel</hi> saw him in the Vision, <hi>thousand
thousands ministred unto him, and ten thousand times ten thousand stood before him.</hi>
Revel. 5. 11. <hi>I beheld</hi> saith S. <hi>Iohn, and I heard the voice of many Angels round about
the Throne, and the number of them was ten thousand times ten thousand, and thousands
of thousands.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Gen. 28. 12.</note> So when God appeared to <hi>Iacob</hi> going to <hi>Padan-Aram,</hi> he saw the An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gels
of God descending and ascending upon a Ladder. Whence it appears that
wheresoever God keeps his Court, his Train is with him; and perhaps it were no er<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ror
to affirm. That the peculiarity of God's presence in one place more than another
did consist in no other thing but in the ministerial retinue of his Angels. Which if
true, where should his Angels encamp rather than in the Assemblies of his Saints,<note place="margin">Matth. 18. 20.</note> in
midst of whom he hath promised he would be? So will the speech of S. <hi>Paul</hi> have an
evident meaning, That we ought to attire and demean our selves with comeliness,
<hi>because of the Angels,</hi> because of the presence of God in the ministry of his holy An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gels.</p>
                  <p>Who can consider of this so great a presence, with so glorious a retinue, and not
be strucken with a religious fear, with an holy reverence, as often as he is to appear
before it? Let us then learn to say with <hi>Iacob, Gen.</hi> 28. 16. <hi>Surely the Lord is in this
place,</hi> and be afraid as he was, and say, (v. 17.) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>How dread<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ful
is this place! this is no other but the house of God, and the gate</hi> (or <hi>Court) of Hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>AND now I come to the second thing, <hi>The persons who were to appear at these so<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lemn <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="II"/>
Feasts,</hi> Every Male; <hi>All thy Males shall appear.</hi> And here we are to enquire the
reasons, <hi>Why the Females or Women had an exemption from this solemn duty:</hi> which (to
omit that of a Type of the <hi>Messiah,</hi> which some bring) I take to be these three.
1. The weakness and infirmity of that sex, not able without much danger and trouble
to endure so long a journey. 2. The danger of their chastity in such a concourse of
people as was an Assembly of the whole Nation in one place. 3. The care of their
tender infants and young children, and other house-affairs, which would have been
wholly abandoned, if they as well as the <hi>Males</hi> should have been at the same time so
far away and so long absent: neither can it otherwise be imagined how their houses
could be looked unto, unless the one were to stay at home in the absence of the other.
Again, it may be questioned whether all <hi>Males</hi> without respect were to appear; for it
is not likely that young children should, or decrepit old men could appear. I answer
therefore, That it is to be understood of all <hi>Males</hi> who were within the age and years
of service, namely, between <hi>twenty</hi> and <hi>fifty;</hi> for at <hi>fifty</hi> it is apparent that all were
<hi>emeriti, discharged from that duty,</hi> even the <hi>Priests</hi> and <hi>Levites</hi> served not after that
age; but at what years they came to be capable of service, there is difference. The
<hi>Priests</hi> might not serve in the Priests office afore <hi>thirty, Numb.</hi> 4. 3. nor the <hi>Levites</hi> in
their office afore <hi>twenty five, Numb.</hi> 8. 24. but the <hi>Laity</hi> were capable of imployment
and serviceable at <hi>twenty;</hi> as appeareth out of the <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> of <hi>Numb.</hi> 2, 3. where God com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mands
<hi>Moses</hi> to take <hi>the summe of all the children of Israel, from twenty years old and up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ward,
all that are able to go forth to War;</hi> so implying that from <hi>twenty</hi> years of age they
were able for that service.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="262" facs="tcp:63175:182"/>These things thus explained and supposed, we may observe, <hi>That the indulgence of
God admits the case of infirmity, unavoidable inconvenience, and requisite imployment,<note place="margin">Observat. 1.</note>
as allowable reasons of absence from holy Assemblies:</hi> For these we have seen to be the
reasons of the exemption of <hi>Women</hi> from the annual and solemn Feasts. And no que<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stion
but if the like cases might happen even for their ordinary and Sabbath-Assem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>blies,
God would in like manner dispense. For <hi>weakness of body</hi> we have no reason
to doubt; and for the other cases mention'd, the equity being the same with that
which here dispensed with Women for the solemn Assemblies, it is not to be doubted
but the indulgence of God should be the same, as well for other times as those, and as
well for the other sex as for Women. And if in the time of that Law God was thus
indulgent, when all these things were so severely and strictly exacted; much more in
the liberty of the Gospel, Christ himself here loosing the strictness even of the Sab<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bath's
rest,<note place="margin">Mark 2. 27.</note> all<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>dging that <hi>the Sabbath was made for man, and not man for the Sabbath:</hi>
For of the two duties required in the observation of an Holy day, <hi>the calling of an holy
Assembly,</hi> and <hi>bodily rest from corporal labour,</hi> the Law seemed to exact this latter of
<hi>rest</hi> more severely than the other, in regard it was a figure of things to come, which
the other was not. If then that which was most strict be released; much more is the
other, which was less, as free now as in former time. I speak not this against a Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ligious
diligence, for that is required of all who have no just impediment and such a
one as God himself shall allow; and therefore let no man <hi>deceive</hi> himself, for <hi>God</hi> (as
the Apostle saith) <hi>is not mocked:</hi> But I speak against that more than <hi>Iudaical</hi> scrupu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>losity
of some,<note place="margin">Gal. 6. 7.</note> who think it not lawful upon the Lord's day to leave any at home to
keep house, or be imployed in such businesses as conveniency cannot dispense
with.</p>
                  <p>The second thing I observe here is,<note place="margin">Observat. 2.</note> 
                     <hi>That to obey God in what he commandeth is as it
were a protection</hi> (or <hi>a warrant of security) from those dangers which humane reason
would otherwise think unavoidable:</hi> or, <hi>Obedience unto God in what he commandeth is a
greater security than all the cautions and preventions that humane wisdom can procure us.</hi>
For who would think when all the able and serviceable men of the whole land of <hi>Isra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>el</hi>
should <hi>thrice</hi> every year be gathered together at <hi>Ierusalem,</hi> but the whole land
should be in great danger of invasion from their enemies, whom such an advantage
could not but allure; and all their borders thus unfurnished, could not well prevent
such a mischief? Nevertheless we find not in the whole Scripture that ever any such
evil befell them upon this occasion: <hi>So good a protection was Obedience:</hi> But we find
an express Promise to the contrary made by God himself, lest you might think this
was but a surmised danger; For <hi>Exod.</hi> 34. 24. where this commandment is also menti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>oned,
God saith, <hi>I will cast out the nations before thee, and enlarge thy borders; neither
shall any man desire thy land, when thou shalt go up to appear before the Lord thy God thrice
in the year.</hi> But for all this we know their last woful destruction by the <hi>Romans</hi> was
at the time of the <hi>Passover,</hi> one of these <hi>solemn</hi> times: and no marvel; for when God
meant to cast them off from being any more his people, he ordered even this (per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>haps)
to be a token that they were no longer under his wonted protection.</p>
                  <p>When God commanded <hi>Abraham</hi> to <hi>sacrifice his son Isaac,</hi> though he knew not in
reason how God could then make his Promise good unto him, <hi>To make his Seed by Isa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ac
in number as the sand on the sea shore;</hi> yet he was obedient to the word of God, and
beyond all hope secure of God's Promise, as placing his greatest security in his Obe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dience;
as for the rest, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, saith he, <hi>Deus providebit, God will provide, Gen.</hi>
22. 8. and so he did indeed.</p>
                  <p>I shall need gather no more Examples. Let no man therefore be discouraged for
fear of danger to do his duty in that calling and vocation wherein God hath set him.
If God hath bid thee, hope thou likewi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>e he will protect thee: But if thou neglect
his commandment, so to avoid what thou fearest, be sure then that thou fearest or a
worse will come upon thee; take heed thou goest not out of God's blessing into the
warm Sun. Let <hi>Saul's</hi> example be our warning, who to prevent (as he thought)
the scattering of the people from him,<note place="margin">1 Sam. 13. 8, &amp;c.</note> and the evil which longer delay might occasi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on,
if he should stay for <hi>Samuel,</hi> presumed to offer Sacrifice himself; but he was called
a fool for his labour,<note place="margin">Verse 13.</note> and made to know at length that Obedience was better than Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crifice.
And so shall every one that makes so ungodly an experience, find his policy
in the end plain foolery, and Obedience to God's Commandment better than all the
Policy in the world.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="III"/> AND thus I come to the third thing considerable, <hi>viz. The place</hi> where every
Male was to appear, <hi>In the place the Lord shall chuse,</hi> namely, in the place where the
<pb n="263" facs="tcp:63175:182"/>
                     <hi>Ark</hi> and <hi>Tabernacle of God</hi> should be; which at the first was at <hi>Shiloh</hi> in the Country
of <hi>Samaria</hi> and Tribe of <hi>Ephraim,</hi> afterwards at <hi>Ierusalem</hi> in the Tribe of <hi>Iudah,</hi>
where <hi>David</hi> first pitched a new Tabernacle for the Ark of the Covenant, after it had
been taken by the <hi>Philistins,</hi> and returned home again; and in the same place his son
<hi>Solomon</hi> built that glorious Temple which was the Beauty of the whole earth. Of
these two places spake the <hi>Samaritan woman</hi> in the Gospel to our Saviour, <hi>Iohn</hi> 4. 20.
<hi>Our Fathers</hi> (said she) <hi>worshipped in this Mountain; and ye say that Ierusalem is the
place where men ought to worship.</hi> By <hi>Our Fathers</hi> she means the old <hi>Ephraimites,</hi> from
whom the <hi>Samaritans</hi> falsly vaunted they were descended; upon which ground she
likewise calls <hi>Iacob Our Father Iacob,</hi> v. 12. For they were indeed the off-spring of
those strange Nations which <hi>Shalmaneser</hi> transplanted into the Cities of <hi>Samaria,</hi>
when he had carried <hi>Ephraim</hi> and the rest of <hi>Israel</hi> captives into <hi>Assyria;</hi> as we read
2 <hi>Kings</hi> 17. 24. By <hi>this Mountain</hi> she means Mount <hi>Ephraim</hi> where <hi>Shiloh</hi> was, and the
Ark and Tabernacle of God in ancient time had been.</p>
                  <p>For when <hi>Manasses</hi> the brother of <hi>Iaddus</hi> the High Priest was excommunicated and
driven from the Priesthood because he had married the daughter of <hi>Sanball at the Ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ronite,</hi>
(as it is in the last of <hi>Nehemiah</hi> v. 28.) he with his faction, to vex his own
Nation, procured a Temple to be built in <hi>Gerizim</hi> on Mount <hi>Ephraim,</hi> whereof him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>self
was the High Priest; and to draw a company of Transgressors like himself from
the Temple at <hi>Ierusalem</hi> unto this, it was coloured as if this were the only place
which the Lord had chosen, because the Tabernacle was first pitched at <hi>Shiloh</hi> in
Mount <hi>Ephraim,</hi> and not at <hi>Sion</hi> on Mount <hi>Moriah:</hi> and this was the bone of ever<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lasting
division and capital hatred between the <hi>Iews</hi> and <hi>Samaritans.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Thus we have seen where <hi>This place</hi> was first and last which the Lord had chosen.
Now let us further consider why it is thus called, <hi>The place which the Lord shall chuse.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>First therefore, these words imply That the place for holy Assemblies was a <hi>select</hi>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/>
place; For they were not to assemble in every place as occasion and opportunity ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved,
but to have a choice and <hi>select place</hi> for that purpose.</p>
                  <p>Secondly, This place for Legal worship was to be <hi>one only place,</hi> and no more; <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/>
and therefore here the<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> in the place.</note> singular number is used. I say, there was but <hi>one only place</hi>
for <hi>Legal worship,</hi> meaning <hi>Sacrifices</hi> and the Service accompanying them; for other<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wise
they had many <hi>Synagogues</hi> for hea<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ing the Law read and expounded. <hi>Ierusalem</hi>
it self had four hundred, and in those the Scribes bore rule, as the Priests did in the
Temple. But the reason why there was but <hi>one Temple,</hi> and place of Sacrifice and
Prayer, was, for a<note n="*" place="margin">See <hi>Dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>course</hi> XII. pag. 46, 47.</note> Type of that <hi>one only</hi> Mediator <hi>Iesus</hi> Christ, in whom alone our
sins are expiated, and our prayers and thanksgivings accepted before God: So that in
the time of the Law to build an holy Altar or offer Sacrifices any where but here,
though it were unto the true God, was a Typical Idolatry, because it implied a mul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiplicity
of Mediators, of whose Oneness the <hi>one only place of worship</hi> and the <hi>one Altar</hi>
was a sign; which was the reason why it was so unlawful to sacrifice in <hi>the high places,</hi>
though it were unto the Lord their God: And yet because it was but a ceremonial sin,
God did in the confused times of that Church sometimes pass by it, as it were, <hi>because
of the hardness of their hearts,</hi> as our Saviour saith in another kind. But he that did
dispense with an irregularity in figure because of the state of the times, will never al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>low
<hi>Idolatry</hi> in deed, such as is that of the Church of <hi>Rome,</hi> who fulfil the very sub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stance
of that whereof the Iewish sin was but a Type, whose Mediators are so many
that they are not easily numbred: and though they for excuse subordinate them all to
Christ as the chief, and derive their Mediatorship from the virtue of his merits; yet is
this but like unto that of the erring Church of the Law, which, notwithstanding God's
commandment to the contrary, had a conceit that they might sacrifice in any <hi>high
place,</hi> so it were unto the Lord their God only.</p>
                  <p>The third and last thing which these words imply is, That this <hi>select</hi> and <hi>only place</hi>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="3"/>
should be <hi>of the Lord's own chusing; The place he shall chuse.</hi> But how should the Lord
<hi>chuse</hi> it? it seems, by giving some extraordinary sign of his allowance in accepting
their Sacrifice; or it may be they did consult him in this case by the Oracle of <hi>Vrim</hi>
and <hi>Thummim.</hi> For of the first place, in <hi>Shiloh,</hi> we have nothing expressed, but only
read <hi>Ioshua</hi> 18. 1. <hi>That the whole Congregation of Israel assembled together at Shiloh, and
set up the Tabernacle of the Congregation there.</hi> But of the second place, in Mount <hi>Sion,</hi>
we read, That<note n="*" place="margin">1 Chron<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> 21. 18.</note> 
                     <hi>the Angel of God commanded Gad to say to David, that he should set up
an Altar in the threshing-floor of Ornan;</hi> and that when <hi>David offered thereon burnt-offer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ings
and peace-offerings,<note n="*" place="margin">Verse 26.</note> the Lord answered him from heaven by fire upon the Altar of
burnt-offering;</hi> and that <hi>David</hi> hereupon designed that place for the Tabernacle, and
<pb n="264" facs="tcp:63175:183"/>
future Temple, saying, <hi>This is the house of the Lord God, and this is the Altar of the
burnt-offering for Israel, 1 Chron.</hi> 22. 1.</p>
                  <p>Now to make some application of this to the times of the Gospel. The two last
circumstances of this place concern us not: For that of <hi>one place</hi> was a Type, and so is
gone: the second, of <hi>God's immediate choice,</hi> seems to be so also, and to be a figure
of that which the Angel <hi>Gabriel</hi> said to the blessed Virgin,<note place="margin">Luke 1. 28.</note> 
                     <hi>Hail thou highly favoured,
the Lord is with thee; blessed art thou amongst Women:</hi> where God chuses the womb of
<hi>Mary</hi> wherein to erect that pure Altar and Temple whereof the Legal were but sha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dows.
Thus these two circumstances seem no ways to bind us. But the first, <hi>That
there should be select places for holy Assemblies and the publick worship of God,</hi> this is that
which was before the Law was given, and yet remains in force now the Law is ended.
As long as it is required of the Church to appear before the Lord in publick Assem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>blies,
so long is it also required to have chosen and select places for that purpose.
<hi>Adam</hi> and his Sons had places whither to bring their Sacrifices; the Patriarchs used
Altars, Mountains and Groves to the self-same purpose; from the very beginning of
Christianity Christians have had their select Oratories. 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 11. 22. S. <hi>Paul</hi> speak<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
of the Assemblies of the Church and some abuses therein, as eating and drinking,
<hi>Have ye not</hi> (saith he) <hi>Houses to eat and drink in? or despise ye the Church of God?</hi>
Here it appears that the place of holy Assemblies was not an ordinary place where
men eat and drink, but a place select and set apart for holier purposes; which he yet
more confirms when he addeth, v. 34. <hi>If any man hunger, let him eat at home:</hi> It fol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lows
hence, That the place of Holy Assemblies was no man's home, but a place hal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lowed
unto God for the common use of the Church, howsoever these in the times of
persecution so secret as not to be discovered by the Gentiles. What hath been the
practice since in all Ages, he hath no eyes that sees not; and if there be any who can<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>not
behold them without a desire to have them levelled, it were better their eyes
were plucked out than so many monuments of our Forefathers piety should be thrown
down and ruined, and God so unseemly and disorderly served, as he should be if (as
Beggers do for lodging, so) his Assemblies were every week or month to seek a place
of entertainment.</p>
                  <p>We are therefore as well as the <hi>Israelites</hi> to appear before the Lord in a chosen
place. But here is the difference, that they were to have but <hi>one,</hi> we have liberty to
have <hi>many;</hi> there God chose a place for himself, but we in the Gospel have liberty
to chuse a place for God where we will. Nevertheless it is to be observed, that the
Leaders of the Primitive Church, howsoever they acknowledged this liberty, yet
they used to select for their Assemblies such Places as God had any way dignified or
honoured either by some work of mercy, or the glorious sufferings of his Martyrs;
whereupon the most ancient Monuments of the Christian Churches do mention the
Assemblies of Christians <hi>In Coemeteriis Martyrum,</hi> at the Coemeteries and Monuments
of their Martyrs. For howsoever God did not immediately select the place of his
worship then, as he did in the time of the Law; yet they thought he had made these
places of a choicer fitness than other, though none of necessary obligation: which I
for my part would be loth to condemn as an error; seeing to follow the order of the
Church of <hi>Israel</hi> by<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> way of direction and not obligation, is no abridgment to Christi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>an
liberty, so it be only so far and in those things only whereof Christianity is capable,
as I think this we speak of was; though I know it was afterward an occasion of dam<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nable
Idolatry, use of erecting Temples unto Saints and Angels. But what is there
which the corrupt nature of man will not make an occasion of sin? Even as an unclean
body of the best nourishment will breed evil humors: So out of the most wholsome
ordinances our wicked hearts will contrive superstition.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="48" type="discourse">
               <pb n="265" facs="tcp:63175:183"/>
               <head>DISCOURSE XLVIII.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>DEUTERONOMY 16. 16, 17.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>—In the Feast of Vnleavened bread, and in the Feast of Weeks,
and in the Feast of Tabernacles: and they shall not appear before
the Lord empty. Every man shall give as he is able, according to
the blessing of the Lord thy God which he hath given thee.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>IN these words being a commandment for the observation of the
three solemn and principal Feasts of the Law, were Four things con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>siderable.
1. The Work or action; <hi>To appear before the Lord:</hi> 2. The
Persons who; <hi>All Males:</hi> 3. The Place where; <hi>In the place the
Lord shall chuse:</hi> 4. The Time when; <hi>Thrice in the Year: In the
Feast of unleavened bread, In the Feast of Weeks, and in the Feast of Ta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bernacles.</hi>
Of the three first, <hi>the Action, the Persons, and Place,</hi> I have
spoken. Now therefore I come to speak of <hi>the Time, The Feast of unleavened bread, &amp;c.</hi>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="IV"/>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>The Feast of unleavened Bread</hi> is that which is otherwise called <hi>The Feast of the Passe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>over,</hi>
consisting of seven days, from the fifteenth of <hi>March</hi> until the twenty first. On
the Even before this solemn Feast, the fourteenth day of the first month, was killed
and eaten the Paschal Lamb;<note place="margin">Levit. 23. 5, 6, 7, 8.</note> on the seven days following were offered the Paschal
Sacrifices, and no other Bread but <hi>unleavened</hi> eaten; the <hi>first</hi> and <hi>last</hi> days being <hi>days
of holy Assemblies</hi> or Convocations.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>The Feast of Weeks</hi> was a Feast kept at the end of seven Weeks, or a Week of Weeks,
after the second day of the Passeover, or fifty days after the first day of the Feast of
<hi>unleavened</hi> bread; and therefore called <hi>The Feast of Weeks,</hi> that is, a Feast to be kept a
Week of Weeks after the Passeover; and <hi>Pentecost,</hi> because the <hi>first</hi> day thereof was
the fiftieth day after the first of the<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Viz.</hi> Passeo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ver-week, or the Paschal Feast, or Feast of Unleavened bread which lasted 7. days.</note> Passeover, as now our <hi>Whitsun<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ide</hi> is <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
the fiftieth day after <hi>Easter.</hi> This Feast was likewise <hi>of seven days continu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ance,</hi>
all spent in multitude of Sacrifices, but the <hi>first</hi> and <hi>last</hi> specially in <hi>keeping of holy
Assemblies.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>The Feast of Tabernacles,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, was a Feast of <hi>eight days continuance</hi> in the se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>venth
month, or <hi>September,</hi> from the fifteenth day thereof to the two and twentieth,
all whereof had their proper Sacrifices; and the first seven days they dwelt in <hi>Booths</hi>
or <hi>Tabernacles</hi> made of Willow, Palm, Myrtle and Citron boughs, whence it hath the
name of the <hi>Feast of Tabernacles.</hi> The <hi>first,</hi> and the <hi>last</hi> or eighth day, were here also
<hi>days of an holy Convocation,</hi> wherein no servile work might be done.</p>
                  <p>Thus having in brief described the <hi>Time, Continuance</hi> and <hi>Service</hi> of these <hi>Three so<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lemn
Feasts,</hi> now let us also see what was the <hi>End of their institution.</hi> The <hi>End</hi> of these
Feasts was <hi>partly for Remembrance of things past,</hi> and <hi>partly for Types and Figures of
things to come;</hi> which I will shew in them severally.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>The Feast of the Passeover</hi> was for a thankful Remembrance of their great deliverance
out of <hi>Egypt,</hi> when for hast they were forced to carry their dough <hi>unleavened</hi> upon
their shoulders; and the evening before, the Lord having slain all the first-born of
<hi>Egypt,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Exod. 12.</note> yet <hi>passed by them,</hi> because of the bloud of the Paschal Lamb which he saw upon
the door-posts of their houses. For this cause they were, whensoever that happy
time of the year should come, to rejoyce before the Lord their God, and to hallow it
after the manner aforementioned. And thus you have the <hi>first End,</hi> The memorial
and remembrance of benefits past.</p>
                  <p>The <hi>second End</hi> was for a Type and Figure of things to come, namely, of our de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>liverance
from the bondage of Sin and Satan by that immaculate Lamb, Christ <hi>Iesus,</hi>
who in the same month and day was foreordained of God to be slain upon the Cross
for the sins of the whole world; whose Bloud upon whatsoever Soul God shall espy
applied by a lively Faith, he would spare, and not destroy it.</p>
                  <p>Thus much of the first Feast. The second, <hi>The Feast of Weeks,</hi> or <hi>Pentecost,</hi> was for
a Remembrance of the Law<note n="*" place="margin">See this p<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>o<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved by <hi>Pisca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tor</hi> in Exod. 19. ver. 1. &amp; 11.</note> at that time given upon Mount <hi>Sinai, with thundring
<pb n="266" facs="tcp:63175:184"/>
and lightning, and the sound of a Trumpet from Heaven.</hi> And secondly, for a Type of
the Doctrine of the Gospel,<note place="margin">Deut. 16. 16, 17.</note> which was published at the self-same time, when with a
<hi>sound from Heaven, cloven tongues of fire fell upon the Apostles, and they all were filled
with the Holy Ghost,</hi> as we read <hi>Acts</hi> 2. 2, 3, 4.</p>
                  <p>Now for <hi>The Feast of Tabernacles;</hi> the <hi>first End</hi> is plain, that it was a memorial,
namely, of their long dwelling in Tabernacles in the Wilderness. <hi>Lev.</hi> 23. 42, 43. <hi>Ye
shall dwell in booths seven days (saith the Lord,) all that are Israelites born shall dwell in
booths; That your generations may know that I made the children of Israel to dwell in
booths when I brought them out of the Land of Egypt.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But <hi>of what thing concerning Christ to come it was a Type,</hi> it is not so express as in the
former. But by that which S. <hi>Iohn</hi> saith, Chap. 1. 14. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>The Word was made flesh, and Tabernacled in us;</hi> for so signifies <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
by this, I say, S. <hi>Iohn</hi> should seem to intimate, That as the <hi>Passeover</hi> was a <hi>Type</hi>
of his <hi>Passion, Pentecost</hi> a <hi>Figure</hi> of the <hi>sending the Holy Ghost;</hi> so should the <hi>Feast of Ta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bernacles</hi>
be for a <hi>Type</hi> of his <hi>Incarnation,</hi> when the Divine Nature <hi>tabernacled</hi> in our
flesh, and the Word of God became <hi>Emmanuel, God with us.</hi> For it is incredible that
<hi>this principal Feast</hi> should not be for a <hi>Type</hi> of <hi>some principal thing concerning Christ</hi> as
well as the rest; it being as solemn as any of the former two, nay rather the chiefest
of the three, as having a more extraordinary course of Sacrifices than either of the
other, yea of one day's more continuance; this having <hi>eight</hi> festival days, the other
two but <hi>seven.</hi> And there is nothing but his <hi>Incarnation</hi> and <hi>Nativity</hi> which can be
applied thereunto; and it may be therefore was the <hi>eighth day</hi> added thereunto, as
figuring the time of his <hi>Circumcision.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Another custom used at this Feast may confirm this: For while they gathered and
carried <hi>the Boughs</hi> whereof they made their <hi>Tabernacles,</hi> there used a kind of Litany to
be sung, in which the people continually cried <hi>Hosanna, Hosanna,</hi> that is, <hi>save now;</hi>
which was so usual, that in time the Feast, and Boughs, and all came to be called
<note n="*" place="margin">Elias in Tis<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>
                        <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bi  in voce <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> &amp; Buxtors. de Abbrev. Hebr. in <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>Hosanna's:</hi> Whence came the cry of the people in the Gospel, when they cut down
boughs to honour our Saviour's riding upon an Asse,<note n="*" place="margin">Matth. 21. 9.</note> 
                     <hi>Hosanna to the Son of David, Ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sanna
in the Highest.</hi> For though it were at another time of year than the <hi>Feast of Ta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bernacles,</hi> yet the <hi>carrying of Boughs</hi> put them in mind of the accustomed acclamation
at that Feast. All which seems of purpose so to be ordered by the providence of the
Almighty, to shew, First, what this ceremony of <hi>Tabernacles</hi> aimed at, namely, the
mystery of our Redemption by God in the <hi>Tabernacle</hi> of our flesh; or the <hi>Incarnation</hi>
of Christ, which is that which made him <hi>Iesus,</hi> a Saviour, and us to cry unto him by
Faith, <hi>Hosanna, Save now.</hi> And Secondly, that it might be known who this <hi>Tabernacle</hi>
was, the people by a secret providence cried unto our Saviour, even at another time,
<hi>Hosanna to the Son of David;</hi> ascribing, in their so speaking, the whole ceremony of
Boughs and Tabernacles unto him.</p>
                  <p>But it will be objected, That the Birth of Christ was in <hi>December,</hi> but the <hi>Feast of
Tabernacles</hi> was kept the fifteenth day of the seventh month, which answered in a
manner to our <hi>September;</hi> and therefore had the <hi>Feast of Tabernacles</hi> been a sign of his
<hi>Incarnation,</hi> the time should as well have agreed here as it did in the Passeover and his
Passion, the giving of the Law and the sending of the Holy Ghost: But between the
Feast of Tabernacles and the Birth of our Saviour is three months difference.</p>
                  <p>For this Objection, give me leave to relate, not mine own, nor as my own, but the
opinion of the most learned Chronologers; the summe and conclusion whereof is,
That the Birth of our Saviour was in <hi>September,</hi> at the time of the Feast of Taber<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nacles,
and not in <hi>December,</hi> as the memory thereof is now celebrated. For first, it is
apparent that in the primitive Church there was neither certainty nor agreement
about the time of the Nativity, as<note n="*" place="margin">S<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>rom. l. 1.</note> 
                     <hi>Clemens Alexandrinus</hi> witnesseth; and himself
saith, That those who enquire more exactly of the time, do assign the five and twenti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eth
of the month <hi>Pachon,</hi> which is our twentieth of <hi>May.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Others assigned other and divers times, as <hi>Epiphanius</hi> witnesseth four hundred years
almost after Christ: so long therefore there was no certainty agreed upon. And it
was after the time of <hi>Constantine</hi> that the day we now observe was chosen, and first in
the <hi>Latine</hi> Church; but not in the <hi>Greek</hi> till the days of <hi>Chrysostome,</hi> who made an
<note place="margin">Hom. 31. in Tomo <hi>De di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>versis Novi Testamenti lo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cis,</hi> secundum edit. Fr. <hi>Ducai.</hi>
                     </note> Oration, yet extant, upon the first observing of this day, which he says they now
received from the <hi>Roman</hi> Church.</p>
                  <p>If any would know how, after so much uncertainty of opinions, they came at last
to resolve upon this day; they will tell you, that it was upon a false supposal and a
mistaken ground: For finding in the Law, that the High Priest was once every year
<pb n="267" facs="tcp:63175:184"/>
to enter the most Holy place, and there to offer incense (at the Feast of Expiation;)
and reading in S. <hi>Luke's</hi> Gospel, that the Angel <hi>Gabriel</hi> appeared to <hi>Zachary</hi> as he
went to offer incense in the Temple, they supposed that he was the High Priest, and
reasoned thus; The time of the High Priest's offering incense in the most Holy was
about the middle of <hi>September,</hi> namely the tenth day of the seventh month: Now as
soon as <hi>Zachary</hi> had fulfilled the Week of his Ministration, <hi>Iohn Baptist</hi> was concei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved;
which must therefore be about the end of <hi>September:</hi> Now when the Angel sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>luted
<hi>Mary,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Luke 1. 36.</note> he told her, <hi>That her Cousin Elizabeth had been with Child six months:</hi> If
<hi>Iohn Baptist</hi> then were conceived about the end of <hi>September,</hi> our Saviour must be
conceived six months after, which falls about the end of <hi>March;</hi> which if true, his
Birth will fall at the end of <hi>December,</hi> nine months after his conception. This was the
ground whereupon the Feast of Christ's Nativity was fixed upon the five and twenti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eth
of <hi>December.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>To which they answer who think otherwise, First, That neither the Angel appear<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
to <hi>Zachary</hi> in the most Holy place;<note place="margin">Luke 1. 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> for the <hi>Altar of incense</hi> was without the Veil,
at which the Text saith the Angel appeared: neither could <hi>Zachary</hi> be the High
Priest;<note place="margin">Verse 5.</note> for the Text says, he was of the course of <hi>Abia,</hi> and that it came to his lot to
offer incense; but the High Priest was of no course, neither did the incensing of the
most Holy fall to him by lot, but it was his only and proper office: the ground there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
was altogether mistaken.</p>
                  <p>Secondly, At the Birth of Christ every man, woman and child was to go to be tax<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
at the City whereto they belonged; whither some had long journeys: But the
middle of Winter was not fitting for such a business, especially for women with child
and children to travel in: Therefore Christ could not be born in the depth of Winter.</p>
                  <p>Again, At the time of Christ's Birth the Shepherds lay abroad watching with their
flocks in the night-time; but this was not likely to be in the middle of Winter. And
if any shall think the Winter-wind was not so extreme in those parts, let him remem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ber
the words of Christ in the Gospel,<note place="margin">Matth. 24. 20.</note> 
                     <hi>Pray that your flight be not in the Winter.</hi> If the
<hi>Winter</hi> was so bad a time to flee in, it seems no fit time for Shepherds to lye in the
Fields in, and Women and Children to travel in.</p>
                  <p>They conclude therefore, That the Birth of Christ was in <hi>September.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>First, Because otherwise this third <hi>Feast of Tabernacles</hi> should have nothing answer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing,
as the other had: which they think the more unlikely, because there was no
month in the year had more legal Feasts than this; as the <hi>Feast of Trumpets</hi> the <hi>first</hi>
day, the <hi>Feast of Expiation</hi> on the <hi>tenth,</hi> and that <hi>of Tabernacles</hi> on the <hi>fifteenth</hi> unto the
two and twentieth.</p>
                  <p>Secondly, <hi>Ioseph Scaliger</hi> proveth it by the four and twenty courses of the Priests;
and shews, that <hi>Abia's</hi> course or week, wherein <hi>Zachary</hi> served, began the one and
twentieth of <hi>Iuly,</hi> and ended the eight and twentieth that year. Our Saviour's con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ception
therefore, being six months after, must fall at the end of <hi>December,</hi> and so his
Birth nine months after, about the end of <hi>September,</hi> the four and twentieth day where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>of
that year began the <hi>Feast of Tabernacles;</hi> and so his Birth falls in the Feast-time.</p>
                  <p>Lastly, The Primitive Church of <hi>Alexandria,</hi> where were the best Calculators of
times, kept the Feast of <hi>Iohn Baptist's</hi> Nativity the eight and twentieth of the month
<hi>Pharmuth,</hi> which is the three and twentieth of our <hi>April,</hi> as <hi>Cyril</hi> witnesseth in an
Homily upon that occasion. Now if <hi>Iohn Baptist</hi> were born the three and twentieth
of <hi>April,</hi> the Birth of Christ, which was six months after, must fall in the latter end
of <hi>September,</hi> as aforesaid. All which if true, the day we observe is not the day of
his Birth, but only the day wherein we solemnly remember it: and though the time
it self, if known, were the most fit for such a solemnity, yet no time can be unlawfully
chosen for such a day.</p>
                  <p>And thus I have shewed you <hi>the Time, the Manner,</hi> and <hi>the Signification</hi> of these <hi>three
Feasts.</hi> Now let us see what profitable Observations this Discourse thereof will afford us.</p>
                  <p>First therefore, By these Feasts it appears, that the hallowing unto God of more
days in the Week than one is not against the meaning of the Fourth Commandment.
Some there are who will have the words [<hi>Six days shalt thou labour</hi>] to be as much
a Commandment as [<hi>Keep holy the Seventh;</hi>] and hence argue, that it is no more
lawful for humane Authority to forbid working any of the Six days, than to forbid the
holy observation of the Seventh; and then all our Holy-days besides Sunday are un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lawful.
But by these <hi>Three solemn Feasts,</hi> which were each of them of a Week's durance
at the least, it is manifest, that [<hi>Six days shalt thou labour</hi>] are no Commandment, but
express only an ordinary permission of working: For it could not be but some days
<pb n="268" facs="tcp:63175:185"/>
of these holy Feasts must be of the <hi>Six;</hi> and to think that God would gain-say his
own Commandment by a contrary Ordinance, is unimaginable. As therefore when
he commanded that men should give him the <hi>Tenth of their increase,</hi> he forbade not
<hi>Free-will-offerings,</hi> nor that men might not give <hi>half their goods</hi> to sacred uses: So
when he commanded <hi>one day of Seven</hi> to be universally and necessarily kept holy, this
hindreth not but the Church may hallow <hi>other days</hi> to God even <hi>of the Six.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But they will say, God indeed appointed some other days to be observed besides
one of Seven; but the Church had no leave so to do. I answer, The contrary ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pears
by the Feast of <hi>Purim,</hi> which <hi>Mordecai</hi> caused to be ordained, and is no where
reproved therefore, nor the Iews who observed it as long as their Church stood. The
contrary also appears by the <hi>Feast of Dedication,</hi> which <hi>Iudas Maccabaeus,</hi> when he
had cleansed the Temple from the prophanation of <hi>Antiochus,</hi> ordained yearly to be
kept in the month<note n="*" place="margin">The month <hi>Casleu</hi> or <hi>Cisleu</hi> was part of our <hi>November</hi> and part of <hi>Decem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ber.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>Casleu</hi> (1 <hi>Maccab.</hi> 4. 59.) which was so far from reproof, that our
Saviour himself while he was upon earth honoured it with his presence, as we read
<hi>Iohn</hi> 10. 22. <hi>And it was at Ierusalem the Feast of Dedication, and it was Winter;</hi> where
the word [<hi>Winter</hi>] is of purpose put to specifie this Feast of <hi>Iudas Maccabaeus,</hi> in
the Month of <hi>Casleu,</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">1 Macc. 4. 59. 2 Macc. 1. 18. &amp; ch. 10. 5.</note> on the 25. day thereof.</p>
                  <p>Secondly, we may observe from these Feasts, That the fittest time to hallow unto
God is that which he hath as it were honoured and made remarkable by some special
work and mercy of his. For you heard that <hi>the Feast of Vnleavened bread</hi> and <hi>the
Feast of Weeks</hi> were ordained to be kept at those days and times of the year wherein
those works of God remembred in them were performed. So God himself appointed
of all the days of the Week <hi>the Seventh to be kept holy,</hi> because he finished then the
great work of the Creation of the World. So in the Gospel, of all the days in the
Week <hi>the First was chosen,</hi> because on it Christ <hi>rose from the dead:</hi> In like manner
when the Church would hallow unto God more days than one of seven; it being the
Times of his <hi>Passion, Ascension,</hi> and <hi>sending of the Holy Ghost,</hi> as also the days of their
Births or Deaths whom God had made as Pillars to support his Church, and in whose
sufferings it was confirmed, and himself glorified.</p>
                  <p>The third and last Observation is this, The practice and fact of man is no sound ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gument
to prove what is and what is not <hi>jure Divino.</hi> For we see in this and three
other places how expresly this <hi>Feast of Tabernacles</hi> was commanded yearly to be ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>served.
Nevertheless, which is past all belief, it was never kept, at least in this
main circumstance of <hi>dwelling in booths,</hi> from the time of <hi>Ioshua</hi> until after their re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>turn
from Captivity in the days of <hi>Nehemiah,</hi> which was the space of a thousand years
at the least, and the most flourishing time of their Church and Commonwealth. Who
would have thought but some <hi>David, Solomon, Hezekiah, Iosiah,</hi> or good <hi>Iehoiada,</hi>
would in so long a time as a thousand years have reformed so great a neglect of God's
commandment? But hear what the holy Ghost says, <hi>Nehem.</hi> 8. 17. <hi>Since the days of
Ieshua the Son of Nun unto that day had not the Children of Israel done so.</hi> A horrible
thing to hear;<note place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap> 15. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> but whatsoever was written in former time, is written for our learn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing.
And who knows whether there be not in this sinful omission of <hi>this Feast</hi> alone
above the rest some special Mystery; namely, that the Iew should not acknowledge
<hi>Christ,</hi> whom this signified to be <hi>Emmanuel?</hi> For that <hi>Iesus of Nazareth</hi> suffered upon
the Cross they acknowledge, whereof the Passover was a sign; and therefore they
blasphemously call him,<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Aben Ezra</hi> in Gen. 27. 39. R. <hi>Bechai</hi> in lib. <hi>Kad hak<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>kemach</hi> in lit. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> cap. 1. ad lo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cum Ps.80.14. Litera <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> (in voce <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>) suspensa est, nam sic sunt <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> cul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tores suspensi illius.</note> 
                     <hi>Talui, the hanged God.</hi> They will not deny also that this
doctrine was published at the Feast <hi>of Pentecost;</hi> though they believe not the Mystery
and fruit of either the one or the other. But, <hi>That he is God in our flesh,</hi> they could
never endure to hear: we know this was the cause why their Synod condemned him,
because he said,<note n="‖" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>Iohn 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. 7.</note> 
                     <hi>He was the Son of God.</hi> Above a thousand years they omitted the
observation of <hi>the Feast of Tabernacles,</hi> and now it is sixteen hundred wherein
they have not believed that <hi>the Divine nature tabernacled in our flesh.</hi> When
they returned from Captivity, they began to observe this so-long-neglected Ceremo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ny;
and when they shall return again from their now-long and woful Captivity, we
hope they will then with us acknowledge <hi>this great Mystery.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>HAVING hitherto spoken of the observation of these Feasts; now I am, ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording
to my first Division, to come unto a second part of my Text, wherein is con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tained
<hi>a special duty required of all when they came to worship God at these Feasts,</hi> name<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly,
<hi>to bring a present with them:</hi> not a <hi>Sacrifice of fire,</hi> for these were of another na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture,
and for another end; but a <hi>Heave-offering,</hi> which kind was a Tribute of Thank<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fulness
unto God, and withal of acknowledgment of his Supreme Lordship and Domi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nion
over all: For without a <hi>Sacrifice</hi> or a fiery-offering the Feast could not at all
<pb n="269" facs="tcp:63175:185"/>
have been kept, but without a <hi>Heave-offering</hi> or religious present it might, though
nothing dutifully: and therefore is this specially added, <hi>That no man should appear be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
the Lord empty;</hi> for the Lord our God is a soveraign King, and will be acknow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ledged
so of all who come before him: He is not Lord over our <hi>Persons</hi> only, and
therefore requires the service both of our <hi>Souls</hi> and <hi>Bodies;</hi> but he is Lord of our
<hi>Goods</hi> too, and so is to have a <hi>Tribute</hi> of them offer'd unto him in token thereof.</p>
                  <p>But for the better handling of this point without confusion, we will consider, first,
<hi>What was the Iewish practice in this duty;</hi> secondly, <hi>What ought to be our imitation.</hi>
For the former, <hi>The Iewish practice</hi> was, as far as I can gather, besides some special <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/>
presents at <hi>Easter</hi> and <hi>Pentecost,</hi> to perform all their Heave-offerings, First-fruits,
Firstlings of Cattel, Tithes of all things, and their Free-will-offerings at some one of
these three Feasts, according as the season of the year served for the things they were
to offer. For the better understanding of which, we must promise something of the
manner of the Husbandry of <hi>Palaestine, Egypt,</hi> and those neighbour Southern Coun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tries,
because it was much different from ours.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Pliny</hi> affirms,<note place="margin">
                        <hi>In</hi> AEgypto h<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                           <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                        </gap> sexto a satu mense, frumenta sep<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tim me<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                           <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                        </gap>tur. <hi>Plin. lib.</hi> 18. <hi>cap.</hi> 7.</note> that in <hi>Egypt</hi> (and therefore in <hi>Palaestine) Barley</hi> was ripe in the sixth
month after it was sown, and <hi>Wheat</hi> in the seventh. The same Author affirms, that
their seed-time for both began in the month of <hi>November;</hi> whence it follows, that
<hi>Barley</hi> was ripe almost a month before the <hi>Wheat,</hi> the seed-time being the same, and
the <hi>Wheat</hi> not ripening a month so soon as <hi>Barley.</hi> Barley then ripening in the sixth
month, the Harvest thereof fell about the beginning of <hi>April,</hi> Wheat-harvest nigh a
month after; their whole Harvest by this means beginning at <hi>Easter,</hi> and ending at
<hi>Whitsuntide.</hi> Which is the reason why <hi>Pentecost (Exod.</hi> 23. 16.) is called, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <hi>The Harvest-Feast,</hi> or, <hi>The Feast upon the end of Harvest.</hi> This shews a reason also,
why upon the Plague of <hi>Hail</hi> we read, <hi>Exod.</hi> 9. 31, 32. that <hi>the Flax and Barley was
smitten, because the Barley was eared, and the Flax bolled: But the Wheat and Rye were not
smitten, for they were not grown up:</hi> The ear yet appeared not, for this was about the
beginning of the month of <hi>March,</hi> as we may suppose a fortnight or three weeks be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
their coming out of <hi>Egypt,</hi> which was the fourteenth day of the first month.
This was a reason also why we read, 2 <hi>Sam.</hi> 21. 9. that seven of <hi>Saul's</hi> Sons were
hanged for the <hi>Gibeonites</hi> in the <hi>first days of Harvest, in the beginning of Barley-Harvest.</hi>
All which suppose <hi>Barley</hi> to begin, and <hi>Wheat</hi> to end their Harvest. Which with us is
contrary, because <hi>Barley</hi> is sown so long after <hi>Wheat, viz.</hi> when Winter is past, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cause
it is a tender grain, and will not endure the sharp and piercing cold of these Nor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thern
climates.</p>
                  <p>As for their <hi>Vintage</hi> or Harvest of Oyle and Wine, it was in the seventh month, or
beginning of Autumn, as in other Countries.</p>
                  <p>For their <hi>Cattel,</hi> they had two <hi>breeding</hi> times, the beginning of the <hi>Spring,</hi> and the
beginning of <hi>September:</hi> but the <hi>Spring-breed</hi> was the strongest, and are called <hi>Beco<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rim,</hi>
that is, not the first opening the womb only, as most take it, but the firstlings of
the year; for the <hi>latter breed</hi> was much the worse and weaker. Which <hi>Iacob</hi> knew,
<hi>Gen.</hi> 30. 41, 42. when he laid his Rods before the Cattel when they were<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> In Nisan <hi>or</hi> March.</note> 
                     <hi>strong,</hi> in
the <hi>Spring</hi>-time; but he put them not in when they were<note n="‖" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> In Tisri <hi>or</hi> Sep<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tember. <hi>So</hi> Aben Ezra <hi>upon the place.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>feeble,</hi> in the <hi>Autumn; So</hi>
(saith the Text) <hi>the feeble were Laban's, and the stronger were Iacob's.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>This thus explained, let us now see what <hi>the Practice of the Iews</hi> was at these so<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lemn
times, that they might not appear in the Lord's presence empty handed. At
the <hi>Feast of unleavened bread,</hi> or <hi>Easter,</hi> upon the second day thereof, being the begin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ning
of Harvest, they were to bring <hi>a Sheaf of the first-fruits of their Harvest</hi> unto the
Priest, and he was to <hi>wave</hi> it before the Lord; and until this were done, they might
eat no Corn, whether parched or otherwise in the green ear, as appeareth <hi>Levit.</hi> 23.
10.—14. And hence this second day of the Feast was called, This was that
day whereon (<hi>Luke</hi> 6. 1.) Christ's Disciples plucked ears of Corn, and ate them;
for <hi>S. Luke</hi> says it was <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, which is <hi>the second day of the first
Sabbath,</hi> or <hi>the day after the first Sabbath;</hi> for I told you, that the first and last days
of this Feast were days of holy Assemblies, wherein no servile work might be done,
and are therefore in <hi>Leviticus</hi> called <hi>Sabbaths;</hi> the day after the first of which Sab<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>baths
S. <hi>Luke</hi> calls <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. Whereby it may seem that the Phari<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sees
reproved the Disciples, not so much for breaking any Sabbath's rest, as for eating
the ears afore it was lawful; for if it were lawful upon a Sabbath-day to reach meat
from a Table, why should it not be as lawful to pluck ears of Corn to ear them with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>out
breach of the Sabbath? But I leave this.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="270" facs="tcp:63175:186"/>Secondly, At this Feast also I suppose they paid their <hi>Firstlings</hi> and <hi>Tithes of Cattel;</hi>
for God was to have of the best, which was (as I told you) the Breed of the Spring
at this time ready. And this is the reason, that where this Feast is commanded, there
follow presently some Precepts of the <hi>Firstlings of the Cattel,</hi> because namely it con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerned
the same time.</p>
                  <p>Now at the <hi>Feast of Pentecost,</hi> when Harvest was ended, they are commanded to
bring<note n="*" place="margin">Levit. 23. 17.</note> 
                     <hi>two wave-loaves</hi> of their new Corn for a second First-fruits of their Harvest:
At which time also they paid Tithes of Corn, so much as was threshed; and <hi>a Tribute</hi>
also <hi>of a Free-will-offering of their hand,</hi> as it is called in the 10. of this Chapter. And
this Feast ending their Harvest, is a reason why at the mentioning thereof you shall
find precepts<note n="*" place="margin">Verse 22.</note> 
                     <hi>of not gathering their Lands clean,</hi> but that they should leave something
for the poor to glean: which also was a secondary Offering unto God himself.</p>
                  <p>Lastly, At the <hi>Feast of Tabernacles</hi> they offered First-fruits and Tithes of Wine and
Oyl, which was the Offering of that season; and besides the remainders of their
Tithes of the floor or of threshed corn: which is the reason why this Feast is called
(<hi>Exod.</hi> 34.) <hi>The Feast of gathering in at the years end;</hi> and in this Chapter afore my
Text, <hi>The Feast of gathering in of the Floor and the Winepress:</hi> For at this time all
their Corn was threshed, and the Vintage done, and other Fruits were gathered, and
so an Offering of them given unto God seasonably: therefore in the commandment of
this Feast you shall find a precept <hi>of not gathering their Grapes and Fruits clean,</hi> in be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>half
of the Poor also.</p>
                  <p>Thus you see, the <hi>Offering of Cattel</hi> was at <hi>Easter,</hi> of <hi>Bread</hi> and <hi>Breadcorn</hi> in part at
<hi>Pentecost,</hi> of <hi>Wine</hi> and <hi>Oyle</hi> and the <hi>remainder of Corn</hi> at the <hi>Feast of Tabernacles;</hi> where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>upon
we read (2 <hi>Chron.</hi> 31. 7.) that the people which paid their Tithes there at <hi>He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>zekiah's</hi>
command, <hi>began to lay the foundation of the heaps in the third month,</hi> that is, <hi>at
Pentecost; and finished them in the seventh month,</hi> namely, at <hi>the Feast of Tabernacles.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>NOW having shewed what was <hi>the Iews practice,</hi> let us also see <hi>our duty in imi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tation
of them,</hi> which I will only at this time shew briefly and generally. Certainly,
we are bound also not to appear before the Lord with empty hand. It is not enough
to give at other times, but it is a piece of the Worship required at that time. For
we must know that the actions of Men in holy Assemblies are not like their private
actions at other times; For all the actions here are not the actions of several men, but
to be accounted as one action of the whole body: which makes S. <hi>Paul</hi> use the phrase,
<note place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> Cor. 11. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> 
                     <hi>when ye come together</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>to be</hi> as it were <hi>one and the same:</hi> every prayer here
is not many prayers, if many, but one prayer of all as one: whether we say <hi>I</hi> in the
singular, or <hi>We</hi> in the plural, all is one; for [<hi>I</hi>] here expresses one made of many,
and [<hi>We</hi>] many made into one. Whatsoever worship God requires therefore of any
one alone, the same he requires also of all met together as one; for he is God as well
of the body of the Church as a body, as of any one in the Church as a Christian; and
therefore requires some of them in both kinds, that is, Confession, Prayer, Thanks<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>giving,
and an Offering of the hand too of the body of the Church assembled, as well
as of any one at any other time.</p>
                  <p>S. <hi>Paul</hi> ordained so in the Churches on the Lord's day,<note place="margin">1 Cor. 16. 2.</note>
the day of holy Assembly,
the day when many came together as one. Every <hi>first day of the Week, let every one
lay by him in store, as God hath prospered him.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The Primitive Christians practised the same in all their Assemblies, alledging these
words of my Text for the same, as we may see in <hi>Iustin Martyr, Irenaeus,</hi> and others.
Nay, they used to offer at the Lord's Table some handful of those Offerings and Tithes
to which they would entitle the Lord; whence the ancient Liturgies run, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>Remember, O Lord, those who of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fer
of their fruits and encrease in thy holy Churches.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>We have also in our Liturgy a Service for the <hi>Offertory,</hi> and many places of Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture
at the same read to move our devotion every Sunday, and a Prayer to God at the
end thereof, <hi>That he would accept our Alms and Prayers,</hi> when we seldom bring him
any.</p>
                  <p>Our Blessed Saviour, though he had nothing in this world but the contribution of
good People in a Bag; yet that he might in this also fulfil the Law of God, he used
at <hi>these solemn times</hi> to give unto the Poor; which we may gather from the story of
his Last Supper: for the Text saith, when he bade <hi>Iudas do quickly what he had to do,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>o. 13. 29.</note>
                     <hi>his Disciples thought he had bid him give something unto the Poor, because he carried the
Bag;</hi> which they would not have thought, unless he had wont to do so at such times.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="49" type="discourse">
               <pb n="271" facs="tcp:63175:186"/>
               <head>DISCOURSE XLIX.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>GENESIS 10. 5.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>By these the Isles of the Gentiles [<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>] were divided [<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>]
in their lands; every one after his tongue, after their families,
[<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>] in their nations.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>WHENAS after the great Deluge of waters the sons of <hi>Noah</hi> began
to multiply upon the earth,<note place="margin">Gen. 11. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> it is said, That they came <hi>from the East</hi>
into <hi>the land of Shinar,</hi> the pleasant plain of <hi>Shinar,</hi> where God at
the beginning had placed the first Father of mankind, our Father
<hi>Adam.</hi> But when they saw that their numbers were like to be great,
and that so small a plot of ground would not contain them all; yet
that they might continue within the Body of one Society, and have
as it were a common right in this place of Paradise, they agreed to build them a
<hi>Citie</hi> which should have been the <hi>Metropolis</hi> of an <hi>Vniversal Monarchy,</hi> and an <hi>ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceeding
high Tower,</hi> that they might be famous and renowned among posterity. But
this vain purpose of man's imagination seemed evil in the eyes of God, and therefore
it is said,<note place="margin">Gen. 11. 5.</note> That <hi>he came down from heaven</hi> to overthrow the counsel of the sons of
men. And because they were so loth to break Society, it pleased God to cut from
them the common Bond of one Society, and to make them speak with many lan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guages.
For as <hi>Speech</hi> is termed <hi>the Bond of Society, Oratio</hi> (saith the Philosopher)
<hi>est Societatis vinculum;</hi> and as the Unity of <hi>one common Language</hi> had knit all man<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>kind
into <hi>one Community:</hi> so God in his wisdom saw that <hi>Plurality of Languages</hi> was
the best means to force mankind into a <hi>Plurality of Societies.</hi> Thus therefore and
by this means did Almighty God cast man the second time out of Paradise, and dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>persed
him over the face of the whole earth by this memorable <hi>Confusion of langua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ges.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Now concerning <hi>the Order of this Dispersion</hi> and the <hi>Manner of this Confusion,</hi> he
that is but a little conversant in the writings either of Historical or Theological
Antiquaries, shall find not only one but varieties of <hi>Confusions,</hi> not of <hi>Tongues</hi> only,
but of <hi>Opinions</hi> also; one saying this thing, another thinking that thing: so that
some having essayed this Labyrinth, and finding neither safe getting in nor likeli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hood
of getting out, have quite disclaim'd any further search: And as <hi>Alexander,</hi>
when he could not unloose the <hi>Gordian</hi> knot, drew his sword and cut it a-pieces;
so they, meaning to make an easy dispatch of all difficulties, affirm, That <hi>Curiosity</hi> in
this Argument is either <hi>frivolous</hi> or altogether <hi>needless.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But I would that these had remembred, That that knowledg ought not to be ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>counted
needless, without which the Events and Complements of the Prophetical
Blessings of the Patriarchs and the particular Predictions of the after-Prophets can ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ver
be understood.</p>
                  <p>For how shall we know How and When God was the <hi>Blessed God of Sem,</hi> and How
and When God persuaded <hi>Iaphet</hi> to <hi>dwell in the tents of Sem,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Gen. 9. 26, 27.</note> if we know not Where
were the tents of <hi>Sem,</hi> and Which were the Habitations of the sons of <hi>Iaphet?</hi>
How shall we tremble enough at the horrible Curse of impious <hi>Cham,</hi> and know
that he was indeed <hi>a Servant of Servants</hi> and a slave <hi>to</hi> all <hi>his brethren,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Gen. 9. 25.</note> unless we
know Where was the land of his abiding? Or how should we know What were
those Ships of <hi>Chittim,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Num. 24. 24.</note> whereof <hi>Balaam</hi> and <hi>Daniel</hi> prophesied, if we know not
Where was the Inheritance of the posterity of <hi>Chittim?</hi> Lastly,<note place="margin">Dan. 11. 30.</note> How should we
know who is that Tyrant <hi>Gog,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Ezek. 39. 1.</note> of whom <hi>Ezekiel</hi> speaks, who comes out of the land
of <hi>Magog,</hi> and is described to be the Prince of <hi>Meshech</hi> and <hi>Tubal,</hi> if we know not
Where is the land of <hi>Magog,</hi> and which is the off-spring of <hi>Meshech</hi> and <hi>Tubal?</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>As therefore S. <hi>Paul</hi> said in another case, so I think I may say in this, That God
<hi>hath not left us without a witness,</hi> but hath given us certain <hi>Notes</hi> and <hi>Marks,</hi> if we were
so diligent as to mark them, whereby we may easily point out the <hi>Original habitations</hi>
of the first Colonies of Mankind.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="272" facs="tcp:63175:187"/>And to omit other dispersed places in the Bible,<note place="margin">Gen. 10. 5.</note> I think that this Chapter contains
the principal, and the grounds of the rest. Where because <hi>Moses</hi> begins first with
the line of <hi>Iaphet,</hi> (and The first in every kind is a Rule to that which cometh af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter)
and because also that we the inhabitants of the <hi>Western</hi> parts of the world have
greatest interest in the stock of <hi>Iaphet;</hi> I have made special choice of this Verse
which I now read, which contains <hi>A description both of the Place and Manner of the
habitations of the Sons of Iaphet. Of these</hi> (that is, Of the seven sons of <hi>Iaphet</hi> before
named) <hi>were divided the Isles of the Gentiles,</hi> &amp;c.</p>
                  <p>Now therefore I will consider the words of this Text, First, <hi>Generally,</hi> as they
contain <hi>A circumscription of the Place, and a description of the Manner and Order
of the dwellings of Iaphet;</hi> Secondly, <hi>Specially,</hi> from <hi>Grounds</hi> drawn out of this Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture,
and by the <hi>Remainders</hi> of ancient names, <hi>I will assign to every one of his sons the
particular lot of their inheritance.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The Territories of the sons of <hi>Iaphet</hi> are here termed <hi>The Isles of the Gentiles;
Of these were divided the Isles of the Gentiles in their lands,</hi> that is, <hi>the Isles of the Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiles
throughout their lands,</hi> or, <hi>the lands of the Isles of the Gentiles.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Thus we have <hi>the Name;</hi> but <hi>What part of the World was called by this Name,</hi> that
we have not. The Hebrew is <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, which the Septuagint and <hi>Iosephus</hi> turn
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> the <hi>Chaldee</hi> and other Interpreters, <hi>Islands of the Gentiles.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>We usually call <hi>Islands</hi> Regions or Countries encircled by the Sea: But because
there were not such <hi>Islands</hi> enough near the place of Division to contain the Fami<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lies
of the house of <hi>Iaphet,</hi> there being but only <hi>Crete</hi> and <hi>Cyprus</hi> until we come unto
the <hi>AEgean</hi> Sea; and because it is not likely that they would overpass the main land,
to seat themselves in little Islands; or if they would so have done, yet was there not
then such plenty of shipping to transport so great multitudes; and lastly, because
we know assuredly that some of <hi>Iaphet's</hi> posterity were originally seated upon the
main Continent; It followeth hence that by <hi>Islands</hi> here cannot be meant those which
we call <hi>Islands.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Perhaps then there may be some <hi>Trope</hi> in these words, and that by <hi>Isles of the
Gentiles</hi> are not meant indeed <hi>properly Islands,</hi> but Countries having many Islands
lying about them, so that <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> may be expounded <hi>Terra insulosae Gentium:</hi> that
is, <hi>Gentildome full of Islands.</hi> And this indeed sits very well those Countries where
<hi>Iaphet's</hi> sons are said to dwell; witness the many <hi>Islands</hi> in the <hi>Mediterranean, AEgean</hi>
and <hi>Ionian</hi> seas. But because it is manifest out of Scripture, that there are some Coun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tries
called by this name, which are neither encompassed by the Sea, not have any
Islands lying near them; this Interpretation also must be rejected.</p>
                  <p>Now there remaineth only one Exposition more; That the <hi>Hebrews</hi> called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
or <hi>Islands</hi> all <hi>Countries divided from them by Sea,</hi> or <hi>such as they could not come unto,
or used not to go unto, but by Sea.</hi> So that their word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is larger than our <hi>Island:</hi>
for we call an <hi>Island</hi> that which can no way be come unto but by Sea, and is every
where divided from the Main; but they called also those <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> which were but <hi>se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cundùm
quid</hi> Islands, which were at least by Sea divided from their main, or were
in regard of themselves only not accessible but by Sea. In brief, They called <hi>Islands</hi>
all beyond-sea countries, and all people <hi>Islanders</hi> which came to them and to the <hi>Egyp<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tians</hi>
by Sea. Neither did the <hi>Grecians</hi> use their word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> only for a place en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>compassed
by the Sea; as we see by <hi>Peloponnesus</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, which joyned unto
the main land of <hi>Epirus;</hi> and so likewise were their <hi>Chersonesi.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>And that this last Interpretation is undoubtedly true, we need no other Argument
but this, That the <hi>Hebrews</hi> called all Countries which were divided from them
by Sea; <hi>Islands,</hi> and <hi>è converso</hi> they called no other <hi>Islands</hi> but such as were divided
from them by Sea; that is, All countries which lye above the <hi>Mediterranean</hi> Sea,
from the mountain of <hi>Amanus</hi> and the <hi>Hyrcane</hi> Sea westward, were called by this
name of <hi>Islands of the Gentiles,</hi> and no other were called by this name but these.</p>
                  <p>The truth of this may be seen in many places of the Bible, whereof I will quote
the most pregnant. <hi>Esay</hi> 11. 10, 11. The Prophet shewing the <hi>Calling of the Gentiles</hi> by
an allusion of the restoring of the <hi>Iews</hi> from the places where they were dispersed,
maketh an Induction of those places and countries wherein they were scattered,
saying, <hi>The Lord shall recover the remnant of his people from Assyria, Egypt, Pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thros,
Cush, Elam, Shinar, Hamath, and from the Islands of the</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">In the He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brew it is <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>the Isles of the Sea.</hi> But that the <hi>Isles of the Sea</hi> and <hi>the Isles of the Gentiles</hi> are of a like importance, the Author shews afterwards.</note> 
                     <hi>Gentiles.</hi> Here
<pb n="273" facs="tcp:63175:187"/>
by the <hi>Islands of the Gentiles</hi> are meant distinct places from those before named; and
places too where the <hi>Iews</hi> were scattered: but these can be no other but the coun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tries
of <hi>Armenia the less,</hi> which together with the rest that he names were under the
Empire of the <hi>Assyrians, Medes</hi> and <hi>Persians.</hi> And because this Prophecy is to be
understood of <hi>the Calling of the Gentiles,</hi> the Prophet in his Induction would not omit
those places where he only laboured who was surnamed <hi>The Apostle of the Gentiles,</hi>
and which were from the beginning and are at this day the principal seat of Christian
Churches. So that at this day there is no part of the world called by the name of
<hi>Christendome</hi> but that which is divided from the <hi>Iews</hi> by Sea, even the blessed <hi>Iaphet</hi>
and the happy <hi>Islands of the Gentiles.</hi> And this was foreshewed by the Prophets,
in that they never spake of the <hi>Calling of the Gentiles,</hi> but they harped upon the <hi>Islands
of the Gentiles.</hi> The same Prophet <hi>Esay</hi> (ch. 40. 15.) to shew God's Omnipotency and
great power, speaketh after this manner, <hi>Behold, the Nations are as a drop of a bucket,
and are counted as the small dust of the balance; behold, he taketh up the Isles as a
very little thing.</hi> Where if by <hi>Isles</hi> we mean those which we call <hi>Islands,</hi> the compari<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>son
of disparity will not hang together; because those which we call <hi>Islands</hi> are in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deed
<hi>very little things.</hi> It remains therefore that by <hi>Islands</hi> here are meant those huge
Countries which were beyond the Sea in regard of <hi>Egypt</hi> and <hi>Palaestine.</hi> Again in
ch. 42. he saith,<note n="*" place="margin">Vers. 4.</note> 
                     <hi>The Isles shall wait for the Law of God.</hi> What is here meant by <hi>Isles,</hi>
you may easily guess by that I said before; and that which followeth in the same
Chapter will help you,<note n="*" place="margin">Vers. 10.</note> 
                     <hi>Sing unto the Lord a new song,—ye that go down to the Sea,</hi>
that is, ye which dwell low to the Sea-ward: and if ye ask who these are, the very next
words will tell you, namely, <hi>the Isles and the inhabitants thereof.</hi> Where is plainly ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pounded
who are meant by <hi>the inhabitants of the Isles,</hi> namely those that dwell down<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ward
to the Sea-ward. Moreover <hi>Ieremy</hi> 2. 10. we find, <hi>Pass over to the Isles of
Chittim;</hi> but the <hi>Island</hi> of <hi>Chittim</hi> was no <hi>Island</hi> or place encircled by the Sea,
unless <hi>Macedonia</hi> be an <hi>Island;</hi> for <hi>Alexander</hi> is said in (1 <hi>Maccab.</hi> 1. 1.) to have
come forth of the land of <hi>Chettim;</hi> and in Ch. 8. 5. <hi>Perseus</hi> King of <hi>Macedonia</hi> is called
King of the <hi>Citims.</hi> In <hi>Ezek.</hi> 27. 3. <hi>Tyrus</hi> is called a <hi>merchant of people for many Islands,</hi>
because unto <hi>Tyrus</hi> came many people from beyond the Sea for merchandise. And
lastly in 1 <hi>Maccab.</hi> 14. 5. (which I hope will be a sufficient testimony to shew what the
<hi>Iews</hi> called by the name of <hi>Isles of the Gentiles</hi>) among the Commendations of <hi>Simon,</hi>
one of the worthy <hi>Maccabees,</hi> it is said, That <hi>he took Ioppa for an haven and for an
entrance to the Isles of the Sea:</hi> where it is more than manifest that by <hi>the Isles of the
Sea</hi> the <hi>Iews</hi> meant those Nations which came to them by Sea.</p>
                  <p>Now if this be so, That the <hi>Iews</hi> called those Countries <hi>the Isles of the Gentiles</hi>
which were divided from them by Sea, we may see how true that opinion is (though
commonly received) which affirmeth that the posterity of <hi>Madai,</hi> one of the Sons of
<hi>Iaphet,</hi> are those <hi>Medes</hi> who were compartners with the <hi>Persians</hi> in the Second Monar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chy.
For he that hath any skill in Geography knows that this <hi>Media</hi> is not divided from
the <hi>Iews</hi> by Sea, and therefore cannot be one of the <hi>Islands of the Gentiles,</hi> unless <hi>Me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sopotamia</hi>
and <hi>Assyria</hi> be also <hi>Islands of the Gentiles.</hi> And yet my Text says, That <hi>Of
these</hi> (namely of the seven Sons of <hi>Iaphet,</hi> whereof <hi>Madai</hi> is one) <hi>were divided the
Islands of the Gentiles.</hi> The occasion of this Errour (for so I take it to be) was the
mistaking of <hi>Iosephus,</hi> who says that of <hi>Madai</hi> came those people which the <hi>Greeks</hi> call
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. But first, I doubt whether the <hi>Greeks</hi> called those <hi>Medes</hi> so famous in the
Scripture <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, or not rather <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. Again, if by <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Iosephus</hi> means those <hi>Medes</hi>
which had title in the Second Monarchy, he can no ways agree with himself; for a lit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tle
before he said that the posterity of <hi>Iaphet</hi> had their seat from the mountain <hi>Amanus</hi>
Westward; but these <hi>Medes</hi> lie above the <hi>Persians</hi> from the mountain <hi>Amanus</hi> East<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ward.
But if any man ask where then was the original seat of the Sons of <hi>Madai,</hi>
I will defer mine answer till I come to assign to the several Sons of <hi>Iaphet</hi> their seve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ral
habitations.</p>
                  <p>HAVING found out that part of the Earth which was divided among the po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sterity
of our Father <hi>Iaphet;</hi> I come now to the Second part of my <hi>General</hi> conside<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ration,
to make another search <hi>Concerning the manner of this Division, and the Order
of their dwelling and neighbourhood one with another.</hi> And here my Text answers, That
they were sorted every one <hi>according to his Language, according to his Family,</hi>
and <hi>according to his Nation.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Whence (before we come to particular examination of every word) we may observe,
That this great Division of the Earth was performed <hi>orderly,</hi> and that they are much de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceived
who dream of a <hi>confused</hi> and irregular Dispersion, wherein every one went whi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
he listed, and seated himself where he liked best.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="274" facs="tcp:63175:188"/>For besides that these latter words of my Text imply the clean contrary, the word
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> also, which we translate <hi>divided,</hi> will bear the force of an Argument to this
purpose; in that it signifies not a scattering or a confusion, but a most distinct parti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion.</p>
                  <p>Or if there were no such insinuation in my Text, yet there may be many Reasons
drawn from the Circumstances of this Division which will enforce the same Verity.</p>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. As first, The Custome, and as it were the property, of Almighty God in all those
Actions wherein he hath a special hand and directs by a special providence; accord<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
to that saying, <hi>God is not the Author of Confusion, but of Order.</hi> And if in any other,
surely in this God's Providence was seen most especially, it being so principal an
action, and as it were the ground and foundation of the Second propagation of
Mankind.</item>
                     <item>2. Another Argument lieth in the End why God multiplied the Languages of
these builders, which was (as it seems) lest dwelling altogether they should con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>found
their families, and mingle together their generations, which God in his Wis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom
would have severed and kept distinct for divers purposes. And that this should
be the End or one of the Ends, it followeth naturally out of the proper Effect of
<hi>Pluralities of Tongues,</hi> which is to sort men into <hi>Pluralities of Societies,</hi> as the Unity
of one common language before had knit them into one Community. Now if this
were the purpose of Almighty God, then it needs must be that for the prosecution
of this End each Family should dwell by it self, and each Nation by it self, that so
there might be an <hi>orderly Division.</hi>
                     </item>
                     <item>3. Another Reason may be drawn from the Wisdom of the Patriarchs, who were
all alive at this Division, and were as Kings in their generations. Seeing therefore
that there is great difference in the parts of the Earth, for the goodness of the soil
and temperateness of the Air; it was their parts to prevent the danger of contention
among their Sons, who should have the better parts of the Earth: which could be
done no otherwise but by instituting an <hi>orderly Division;</hi> and that either by casting of
lots, or chusing according to the order of their birthright, after some survey taken,
of a sufficient portion of the Earth, and portions border'd out according to the num<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ber
of their Nations, than of their Families, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> For otherwise <hi>Magog</hi> would not
have gone so far into the North, not <hi>Arphaxad</hi> have been suffered to enjoy the plea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sant
land of <hi>Shinar.</hi>
                     </item>
                  </list>
                  <p>But I leave these <hi>Generalities,</hi> and come to the <hi>Parts of this Order.</hi> Where for
conveniency sake I will begin with that first which is last in the order of the words, to
wit their sorting <hi>after their Families</hi> and <hi>after their Nations,</hi> or (as the words are in
my Text) <hi>after their Families in their Nations.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Where first we must know what is meant by these two words in their proper use;
for though elsewhere they may be promiscuously used, yet here being compared and
conjoyned, they must needs have a distinct signification. Now what that is, the par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ticle
[<hi>in</hi>] doth insinuate. For in these words [<hi>after their Families, in their Nations,]
Families</hi> are plainly subordined to <hi>Nations,</hi> as Parts to a Whole, or Specials to a more
General. <hi>Families</hi> therefore are <hi>Parts</hi> of a <hi>Nation,</hi> and a <hi>Nation</hi> is an Off-spring
that containeth many <hi>Families.</hi> As therefore the Logicians say of their <hi>Genus,</hi> that
it is either <hi>Generalissimum</hi> or <hi>Subalternum:</hi> so we also may say of our <hi>Gens</hi> or <hi>Nation,</hi>
that it is sometime <hi>Absolute,</hi> when there is no greater Off-spring in regard whereof it
may be called a <hi>Family;</hi> or <hi>Respective,</hi> when though it be <hi>Gens</hi> in regard of those
Families it comprehends, yet it self also is a Family in a greater generation. Now these
<hi>Gentes</hi> or <hi>Nations</hi> are called sometimes by a more special name <hi>Tribes</hi> For those
which the Scripture in the Off-spring of <hi>Iacob</hi> calls <hi>Tribes,</hi> in the generations of <hi>Ish<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mael</hi>
are called <hi>Nations,</hi> as we may learn, <hi>Gen.</hi> 25. 16. <hi>These</hi> (that is, these twelve
which he named) <hi>are the Sons of Ishmael, and these are their names by their Towns,
and by their Castles; twelve Princes according to their Nations.</hi> Now these <hi>Tribes</hi> of
<hi>Israel</hi> or <hi>Nations</hi> of <hi>Ishmael,</hi> though being compared with their own Families they
were <hi>Gentes;</hi> yet in regard to the generations of <hi>Arphaxad</hi> they were but <hi>Families</hi>
of the eighth or ninth order. But as for <hi>Nations</hi> and their differing ranks, the
Scripture hath found two words, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Gens</hi> and <hi>Tribus;</hi> so the parts of these,
which be of many Orders, are not always called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <hi>Families,</hi> but some<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>times
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Housholds.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Ios. 7. 14. 1 Sam. 10. 20, 21.</note> So for the deprehending of <hi>Achan</hi> and election of <hi>Saul</hi> by lot,
<hi>Israel</hi> first came out by their <hi>Tribes,</hi> then by their <hi>Families;</hi> where we must under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stand
also their <hi>Sub-families;</hi> as it is easily gathered in the story of <hi>Achan,</hi> where
these <hi>Sub-families</hi> are called sometimes <hi>Families,</hi> and sometimes <hi>Housholds.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="275" facs="tcp:63175:188"/>And thus we know what are <hi>Nations</hi> and what are <hi>Families,</hi> and what are the
<hi>Kinds</hi> of both. Now let us see what <hi>Nations</hi> and what <hi>Families Moses</hi> here meaneth.
I answer, that <hi>Moses</hi> here meaneth those which are <hi>absolutely</hi> Nations, not <hi>secundùm
quid Gentes</hi> or <hi>Sub-Nations;</hi> and <hi>absolute</hi> Families, not <hi>Housholds</hi> or <hi>Sub-families.</hi> My
reason is, Because <hi>Moses</hi> here speaketh of that division which was made when <hi>Peleg</hi>
was born, which was within an hundred years after the floud: But by this time there
were no <hi>Families</hi> so much encreased that they could be called <hi>Tribes</hi> or <hi>Nations;</hi> for
the name of <hi>Family</hi> in Genealogies remains until the third Generation, that is, so long
as the Founder of a Family may truly say,
<q>
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</q>
And therefore when God in the second Commandment says, That <hi>he will visit the sins
of Fathers upon their children to the third and fourth generation,</hi> the meaning is, that
he will afflict the whole family for the sins of the Head of their Family. And when
we say, <hi>De malè quaesitis non gaudet tertius haeres,</hi> we might as well say, That goods
ill gotten, the same Family shall lose them which got them. Now that this Division
was made before the <hi>third generation,</hi> it is sufficiently proved in that <hi>Eber,</hi> who was
the Father of <hi>Peleg,</hi> and not then the Head of any house, was but the Second from
<hi>Arphaxad,</hi> one of the founders of those Nations which were of the Off-spring of
<hi>Sem.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The words and sense of the words being thus cleared, we see a Twofold order in
this Division. First, they were ranged <hi>according to their Nations;</hi> and then secondly,
Every Nation was ranked <hi>by his Families:</hi> So that every <hi>Nation</hi> dwelt and had his
lot by himself, and in every Nation the <hi>Families</hi> also dwelt and had their lots by
themselves. And thus much the words of <hi>Moses</hi> do imply: For in that the words stand
thus [<hi>after their Families in their Nations,</hi>] it is as much as if it were said, That
every <hi>Family</hi> was ranked and had his dwelling in his own Nation; which could not
be unless the Division were also made to every one according to his Nation.</p>
                  <p>The <hi>Number of Nations</hi> which were of the Off-spring of <hi>Iaphet</hi> we may easily find
to wit <hi>seven,</hi> according to the number of his Sons, who were all several Founders
of several Nations. But the <hi>number of Families</hi> in these <hi>seven</hi> Nations we cannot so
easily learn; for <hi>Moses</hi> nameth the Families only of two, <hi>Gomer</hi> and <hi>Iavan,</hi> three of
<hi>Gomer</hi> and four of <hi>Iavan;</hi> and that because that these Nations were those that the
<hi>Iews</hi> should have greatest knowledge of and most dealing with, because of their
neighbourhood with the land of <hi>Canaan:</hi> and for the same end in the generations of
<hi>Cham</hi> are named only the families of <hi>Canaan, Cush</hi> and <hi>Mizraim;</hi> and in <hi>Sem</hi> the fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>milies
only of <hi>Aram</hi> and <hi>Ioktan.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Now out of this which hath been spoken we may pick <hi>Five Rules to guide us in the
finding out the original habitations of the Off-spring of</hi> Iaphet.</p>
                  <p>First, We must seek for them in <hi>the Islands of the Gentiles</hi> and in Countries divided <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/>
from the <hi>Iews</hi> by Sea; because <hi>by them were divided the Islands of the Gentiles.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Secondly, We must seek them within a reasonable Compass of the Earth, and not <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/>
all the world over. For when this Division was made in the days of <hi>Peleg,</hi> the num<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ber
of mankind was small; for besides women and children, their number in all could
not be above seven thousand, as may be gathered out of this Chapter; so that it is
not like they took the whole world before them.</p>
                  <p>Thirdly, Those Nations whose Families are named by <hi>Moses</hi> are to be sought for <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="3"/>
in places neighbouring to the <hi>Iews:</hi> for therefore did <hi>Moses</hi> name their Families,
because they dwelt near unto the <hi>Iews,</hi> or dwelt so that the <hi>Iews</hi> might readily come
at them.</p>
                  <p>Fourthly, Where we find the Nation, there also we must look for the Families of <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="4"/>
that Nation; because the Families were ranged in their Nations.</p>
                  <p>Fifthly, And therefore for the same reason, where we find any one of the Families,<milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="5"/>
there we must look for the rest and for the whole Nation. But the practice of these
<hi>Rules</hi> I must defer till hereafter.</p>
                  <p>Now I come to that which yet remains in my Text, viz. <hi>Languages:</hi> for <hi>Moses</hi> saith
they were divided also [<hi>according to their languages.</hi>] Wherein we may see the very
finger of God, who so caused them to speak with <hi>diverse tongues,</hi> that their <hi>tongues</hi>
also were ordered after their <hi>Families</hi> and after their <hi>Nations.</hi> Which leaves no
place at all for their opinion who suppose this <hi>Confusion of tongues</hi> to have been a pri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vation
of all language, and that they were fain to gather together by companies, and <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>o
impose new names upon things by common consent: Nor yet for their opinion
who think that this <hi>Confusion</hi> was a kind of depravation of the Original tongue;
<pb n="276" facs="tcp:63175:189"/>
so that when the builders called for brick, they brought them mortar; and when they
called for mortar, they brought them brick or something else. For this last the
Event confutes, in that the <hi>Confusion of tongues</hi> does not consist in using the same
words diversly, but in using diverse words. And the former cannot be true, for
then should God have [<note n="*" place="margin">[This or the like word was wanting in the Manuscript.]</note> 
                     <hi>made</hi>] mankind mute; the contrary whereto may be
gathered out of God's own words where he saith,<note n="*" place="margin">Gen. 7. 11.</note> 
                     <hi>Let us go down and confound
their language, that they may not understand one another's speech:</hi> he does not say,
that they might not speak at all. It must needs be then that God himself inspired
them with <hi>diverse tongues,</hi> else how could their <hi>tongues</hi> have been ordered accord<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
to their <hi>families</hi> and according to their <hi>nations?</hi> So that the <hi>tongues</hi> of the
same generation, though diverse, yet have a greater cognation amongst them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>selves
than with the <hi>tongues</hi> of another off-spring: As for Example, The langua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ges
of <hi>Sem</hi> in the East agree more one with another than with the <hi>tongues</hi> of <hi>Iaphet</hi>
in the West.</p>
                  <p>But because that some out of this Chapter would pick out <hi>the certain number of
Languages,</hi> let us a little also consider of this. <hi>The number of Languages</hi> cannot be
fewer than there were <hi>Nations,</hi> nor more than there were <hi>Families.</hi> If there were
no more than there were <hi>Nations</hi> or Heads of Nations, then the number is easily
counted; seven in <hi>Iaphet,</hi> four in <hi>Cham,</hi> and five in <hi>Sem.</hi> But if they were as many
as were <hi>Families</hi> at the Confusion, their number cannot be known, because <hi>Moses</hi> does
not make a recension of all the Families or Heads of families.</p>
                  <p>The common Opinion hath been, That their number was according to the number
of Families; and this <hi>Moses</hi> seems to infinuate, because he joyns throughout this
Chapter <hi>Families</hi> and <hi>Tongues</hi> together. But this is denied by <hi>Iunius,</hi> because the
Families of <hi>Canaan</hi> the first-born of <hi>Cham</hi> spake all one language at that time when
the <hi>Iews</hi> cast them out. But this Reason compels not, because the <hi>Canaanites</hi> at that
time spake a perfect <hi>Hebrew,</hi> as <hi>Ioseph Scaliger</hi> affirms. Nay<note n="*" place="margin">in his <hi>Poenu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lus,</hi> Act. 5. Sc. 1. <hi>See Mr.</hi> Selden <hi>in his</hi> De DIs Sy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ris Prolegom. <gap reason="illegible: over-inked" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. 2. <hi>&amp;</hi> Peritus <hi>in lib.</hi> 2. Miscel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lan. <hi>c.</hi> 2. <hi>who more fully ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plains that pas<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sage in</hi> Plautus.</note> 
                     <hi>Plautus</hi> brings in a
<hi>Carthaginian</hi> speaking almost pure <hi>Hebrew:</hi> but the <hi>Carthaginians</hi> were of <hi>Tyre,</hi> and
of the off-spring of <hi>Canaan.</hi> But without doubt the <hi>Canaanites</hi> spake not <hi>Hebrew</hi>
from the beginning, this language being left only to <hi>Arphaxad</hi> the eldest son of <hi>Sem,</hi>
of whom came <hi>Eber, Abram</hi> and the <hi>Iews.</hi> It must needs then be brought in by some
<hi>Nimrodian</hi> conquest; for the off-spring of <hi>Cham</hi> seemed to envy God's favour to <hi>Ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phaxad,</hi>
even as <hi>Cain</hi> envied <hi>Abel,</hi> and therefore <hi>Nimrod</hi> of the house of <hi>Cush</hi> made
himself Lord of <hi>Mesopotamia,</hi> which was the lot of <hi>Arphaxad,</hi> and (as should seem)
endeavoured to make this language common to others through a spight he had to the
House of <hi>Arphaxad.</hi> And hence it came to pass that all those nations where <hi>Nimrod</hi>
ruled spake <hi>Hebrew,</hi> or a dialect of the <hi>Hebrew,</hi> as the <hi>Assyrians,</hi> the <hi>Syrians</hi> or <hi>Ara<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mites,</hi>
the <hi>Canaanites,</hi> the <hi>Arabians</hi> and the <hi>AEthiopians.</hi> But I doubt I have waded
too far in this Argument, and therefore here I'le end.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="50" type="discourse">
               <head>DISCOURSE L.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>GENESIS 10. 5.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>By these were the Isles of the Gentiles divided in their lands, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
                     </q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>WHAT was the sum and sense of these words we shewed here<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tofore,
namely, That they contain a <hi>Chorographical Description of
the dwellings of the Sons of Iaphet</hi> after that great dispersion from the
Tower of <hi>Babel,</hi> together with <hi>the manner according to which they
were seated in their several habitations.</hi> From whence we picked
<hi>Five Rules</hi> to be as Guides and Lights unto us in finding out
their several Countries.</p>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. That we must seek them in the Islands of the Gentiles, that is, in Countries
divided by Sea from <hi>Egypt</hi> and <hi>Palaestine.</hi>
                     </item>
                     <item>
                        <pb n="277" facs="tcp:63175:189"/>2. We must seek them all within some reasonable compass of the Earth, and not
all the world over: Because that when this Division was made, the number of Man<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>kind
was very small; as we proved by weighing <hi>Sem's</hi> generations unto the days of
<hi>Peleg,</hi> at whose birth it is said that the Earth was divided. <hi>Gen.</hi> 10. 25.</item>
                     <item>3. Those Nations whose Families are named by <hi>Moses</hi> are to be sought for in pla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ces
most accessible and neighbouring to the <hi>Iews.</hi> For this I proved to be the rea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>son
why <hi>Moses</hi> did name their Families or Heads of Families, because the <hi>Iews</hi> were
to have most dealing and commerce with them, by reason of their nearness and easi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness
of coming at them.</item>
                     <item>4. Where we find the Nation, there also we must look for the Families of that
Nation.</item>
                     <item>5. Where we find any of the Families, there we must also look for the rest and
for the whole Nation. This is very expressly contained in my Text: <hi>By these were
divided the Isles of the Gentiles in their lands, every one after his tongue, after their fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>milies,
in their nations.</hi> That other, which is the Third in order, I confirmed by the
like in the Genealogies of <hi>Sem</hi> and <hi>Cham,</hi> in both which the Fathers of Nations neigh<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bouring
upon the <hi>Iews</hi> are reckoned up particularly, the other but generally.</item>
                  </list>
                  <p>These <hi>Rules</hi> then I will take for sure Grounds, and use them as a <hi>Land-compass</hi> in
the discovery I now intend. But before I begin, I will add <hi>Five</hi> more, of less weight
than the former, yet such as I hope will afford the like use that Cyphers have among
Numbers, I mean, being joyned with the former will help us to a greater cer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tainty.</p>
                  <p>The First then of these weaker Helps is from the use of the Prophets in naming <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/>
two or more of these Nations together; which is a likely argument that they were
seated both together, and were neighbouring one to the other. As we see of <hi>Me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>shech</hi>
and <hi>Tubal,</hi> which commonly go together clean through the Prophets. And this
Help <hi>Iunius</hi> seems to have used.</p>
                  <p>The Second Help is the fulfilling of Prophecies by Nations foretold under the <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/>
Names of their Founders, the Sons of <hi>Iaphet.</hi> And</p>
                  <p>Thirdly, Because it is likely that in this Division there was a regard had by the <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="3"/>
wise Fathers for their future Colonies, we are to think that they ordered their par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tition
so, that when they were to vent their Numbers and send forth new Colonies,
they should not be forced to encroach on one anothers inheritance, or one to pass
through the lot of another, but that they had either the Sea or empty land every one
upon some of his borders. And this he that will mark shall see observed in the Origi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nal
dwellings of the Sons of <hi>Sem,</hi> which are better known and more agreed upon
than those of <hi>Iaphet.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The Fourth Help shall be the Testimony of the Ancients, especially of the <hi>Iews</hi>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="4"/>
themselves.</p>
                  <p>The Fifth and last are the Remainders of ancient Names, which is the ordinary <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="5"/>
Help that every one follows. And thus we have encreased our <hi>Criteria</hi> to the num<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ber
of <hi>Ten.</hi> Now that which shall be found agreeable to all or the greater part of
these, if it will not be approved for Truth, I am sure there is no other means left to
warrant a more likely conjecture or a greater certainty.</p>
                  <p>Let us come then to the Practice of our <hi>Rules:</hi> and First let us seek them in <hi>the
Isles of the Gentiles,</hi> that is, (as I proved heretofore) in Countries divided by Sea
from <hi>Palaestine</hi> and <hi>Egypt;</hi> especially from <hi>Egypt,</hi> because when <hi>Moses</hi> wrote this
Book he was not yet come into <hi>Palaestine,</hi> and therefore used only such Names as the
<hi>Iews</hi> were acquainted with in the land of <hi>Goshen.</hi> The <hi>Isles</hi> then <hi>of the Gentiles</hi> are
all regions from the mountain <hi>Amanus</hi> and the <hi>Hircane</hi> Sea Westward.</p>
                  <p>Secondly, We must lay out some reasonable portion of the Earth to seek them in;
and that we will define after this manner. 1. Our <hi>Eastern</hi> border shall be the land of
<hi>Aram,</hi> that is <hi>Syria</hi> and <hi>Armenia the great,</hi> which was so called of <hi>Aram</hi> the Son of
<hi>Sem:</hi> or, to speak more plainly, our <hi>Eastern</hi> border shall be from the mountain <hi>Ama<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nus</hi>
by the springs of <hi>Euphrates</hi> up to the West part of the <hi>Hircane</hi> Sea. 2. Our <hi>Southern</hi>
border is without all doubt the <hi>Mediterranean</hi> Sea. 3. The <hi>Western</hi> border compasseth
by the <hi>Ionian</hi> Sea and back of <hi>Macedonia</hi> up into the confines of <hi>Illyricum.</hi> 4. The
<hi>North</hi> border is the river <hi>Danubius,</hi> the North part of <hi>Pontus Euxinus</hi> to the <hi>Caspian</hi>
Sea.</p>
                  <p>Our <hi>Eastern</hi> border is confirmed by <hi>Moses</hi> in this Chapter, where he saith;
That the posterity of <hi>Sem</hi> dwelled from <hi>Mesha</hi> Eastward. This <hi>Mesha</hi> is the moun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tain
<hi>Masius</hi> which is part of the mountain <hi>Amanus;</hi> and this was the <hi>Western</hi> limit
<pb n="278" facs="tcp:63175:190"/>
of <hi>Sem's</hi> posterity, and therefore must needs be the East border of <hi>Iaphet.</hi> Again
in the 2 of <hi>Iudith,</hi> 25. we read that <hi>Olofernes</hi> took the borders of the upper <hi>Cilicia,</hi>
and came even to the borders of <hi>Iaphet</hi> which are toward the South over against <hi>Ara<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bia,</hi>
that is, he came to the South-East borders of <hi>Iaphet</hi> in the lower <hi>Cilicia</hi> where is
this mountain <hi>Amanus</hi> we speak of. Thirdly, <hi>Iosephus</hi> and the rest of the Ancients do
all affirm thus much. And lastly, if we should go any further toward the <hi>East,</hi>
it could no longer be called the <hi>Isles of the Gentiles</hi> in regard either of <hi>Egypt</hi> or <hi>Pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>laestine.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Our <hi>Southern</hi> border needs no proof at all.</p>
                  <p>Our <hi>Western</hi> border stands upon two Reasons. 1. It is not like that they went be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>yond
them, because there is a great Sea between them and the next land. Now 2.
that they went so far, we prove from the Seat of <hi>Tiras,</hi> whom all agree to be the Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
of the <hi>Thracians,</hi> which are in the North-west part of this our plot, and so point
out both how far they went toward the West and up into the North.</p>
                  <p>The rest of our <hi>Northern</hi> border, as also our whole plot, may be confirmed by com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>parison
with the Original portion of the Sons of <hi>Sem,</hi> to which it hath almost a just
and equal scantling. For the farthest of the <hi>Semites</hi> toward the <hi>East</hi> is <hi>Elam</hi> the father
of the <hi>Persians;</hi> now <hi>Persia</hi> lies as far from <hi>Amanus</hi> and <hi>Masius</hi> into the East as <hi>Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cedonia</hi>
and the Confines of <hi>Illyricum</hi> lie into the West. The breadth between <hi>North</hi> and
<hi>South</hi> is from the <hi>Caspian</hi> Sea unto <hi>Phoenicia</hi> or to the <hi>Persian gulf,</hi> which is also pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>portionable
to ours. So that within this compass we hope to find <hi>the ancient and
first Seats of all the Sons of Iaphet,</hi> who are <hi>seven</hi> in number, named in the second
Verse of this Chapter, <hi>Gomer, Magog, Madai, Iavan, Tubal, Meshech</hi> and <hi>Tiras.</hi>
And to these we must divide our plot into <hi>seven</hi> portions as equal as we can guess;
for it is not like there was any great difference of quantity.</p>
                  <p>And here we must observe our Third Rule, To place those whose Sons are named
by <hi>Moses</hi> in places accessible and neighbouring to the <hi>Iews.</hi> Now <hi>Moses</hi> names the
Sons only of <hi>two</hi> of these <hi>seven,</hi> viz. of <hi>Gomer</hi> and <hi>Iavan.</hi> The Sons of <hi>Gomer</hi> are
<hi>Askenaz, Riphath</hi> and <hi>Togarmah:</hi> And the Sons of <hi>Iavan</hi> are four, <hi>Elishah, Tarshish,
Cittim</hi> and <hi>Dodanim.</hi> The places accessible and fit for the <hi>Iews</hi> commerce
are those that lie upon the <hi>Mediterranean</hi> and the <hi>AEgean</hi> Seas, of the coasts of
<hi>Asia.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Now in which of these we should seek for <hi>the Seats of the Sons of IAVAN,</hi> is
a matter of no great difficulty; because there is nothing more certain than that <hi>Ia<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>van</hi>
was the Father of the<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>A</hi> Iavan (LXX. legunt <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>) Iones dicti, qui Ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mero <hi>Ia<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>nes,</hi> Iliad. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>—Suidas<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>Grecians,</hi> whose Countries lie along upon the <hi>Mediterra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nean</hi>
Sea. And because we must there seek the whole Nation where we find any of
the Families, and we know that the house of <hi>Tarshish</hi> dwelt in <hi>Cilicia;</hi> we may be
assured that all the Countries lying upon the Sea belong unto the lot of <hi>Iaphet,</hi> even
from the <hi>Issicus sinus</hi> unto the end of <hi>Epirus,</hi> which was part of our<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Mre Ioni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um.</hi> The Seat and portion of <hi>Tarshish.</hi>
                     </note> Western bor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der.
This portion then we must divide into four parts, much of a scantling, for the
four Sons of <hi>Iavan.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The First part contains all <hi>Cilicia,</hi> and this was the dwelling of <hi>Tarshish;</hi> witness
the City <hi>Tarsus,</hi> where S. <hi>Paul</hi> was born, which in Hebrew is called <hi>Tarshish,</hi> and it
is that which <hi>Ionas</hi> was bound for when he fled from the face of the Lord: witness
likewise the often naming of <hi>Tarshish</hi> in all Prophecies concerning <hi>Tyre,</hi> to whom it
was a near neighbour: witness also the whole Sea upon that coast called <hi>Tarshish,</hi> be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cause
the Sons of <hi>Tarshish</hi> were Lords of that Sea. For <hi>Lucan</hi> and others report the
<hi>Cilicians</hi> were great pirats, and domineer'd in all the Sea near them, whom after<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ward
<hi>Pompey</hi> subdued and brought to better order; so that of that Victory<note n="*" place="margin">lib. 3. Pharsal.</note> he saith,
<q>
                        <p>Itque Cilix justâ jam non pirata carinâ.</p>
                     </q>
Lastly, for thus placing of <hi>Tarshish</hi> we have the consent of<note n="*" place="margin">Antiq. l. c. 7.</note> 
                     <hi>Iosephus</hi> and other an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cients.
As for the Septuagint, who often translate <hi>Tarshish</hi> the<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Pass ye over to</hi> Tarshish <hi>E<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>say</hi> 23. 6. where the LXX. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, <hi>to</hi> Carthage. Ezech. 27. 12. for <hi>Tarshish</hi> the LXX. have <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>the</hi> Carthagi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nians.</note> 
                     <hi>Carthaginians,</hi> they
keep never a one of our Ten Rules, and therefore we must needs reject them; espe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cially
if they mean of the <hi>original Seat</hi> of <hi>Tarshish.</hi> But as for their <hi>Colonies,</hi> we will
see afterwards.</p>
                  <p>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">The Seat and portion of <hi>Cittim.</hi>
                     </note> The Second portion contains <hi>Caria, Lycia</hi> and part of <hi>Pamphilia;</hi> and this fell to
<hi>Cittim</hi> or to the <hi>Cittaeans;</hi> for it is a name of the plural number, and so a name of a Peo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ple;
the singular would be <hi>Ceth</hi> or <hi>Citti,</hi> who is like to have been their founder. Reasons
for placing the <hi>Cittaeans</hi> here are, 1. from <hi>Cetis</hi> a country in this tract spoken of by
<hi>Ptolemy:</hi> 2. a people called <hi>Cetii</hi> by <hi>Homer</hi> in <hi>Odyss.δ.</hi> who thinks they were so called
<pb n="279" facs="tcp:63175:190"/>
of a river <hi>Cetius</hi> in the same quarter: 3. because there can be no other place assigned
them in all the portion of <hi>Iavan,</hi> as we shall see: and lastly, because their often
naming in the Scripture argues they were not far from <hi>Palaestine.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The Third part of this division contains <hi>Achaia</hi> and part of <hi>Peloponnesus;</hi>
                     <note place="margin">The Seat and portion of <hi>Elishah.</hi>
                     </note> and this
was the lot of <hi>Elishah.</hi> Witness a great part of this tract called <hi>Ellas,</hi> the river <hi>E<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lissus
<hi>or</hi> Ilissus,</hi> the <hi>Elysii campi, Eleusis</hi> a city near to <hi>Attica,</hi> wherein was worshipped
the Goddess <hi>Ceres,</hi> and hereof named <hi>Ceres Eleusina;</hi> witness likewise <hi>Elissus</hi> a city of
<hi>Arcadia, Elis</hi> a city in <hi>Peloponnesus,</hi> and <hi>AEoles</hi> a colony of <hi>Achaia;</hi> all of them so
named of <hi>Elishah:</hi> and to this in some agrees <hi>Iosephus</hi> and the other ancients, though
some of them restrain our <hi>Elishah</hi> to the <hi>AEoles,</hi> who it is certain were but a colony
from <hi>Achaia.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>There remains the Fourth portion for the Fourth son of <hi>Iavan,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">The Seat and portion of <hi>Dodanim.</hi>
                     </note> which contains all
<hi>Epirus</hi> and part of <hi>Peloponnesus;</hi> and here we must place the <hi>Dodanim</hi> or the <hi>Doda<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nites.</hi>
For this also is a name of the plural number. Now to place this people here,
we have two special Reasons. 1. Because they are never spoken of after in any place
of the Bible; whereby it seems they dwelt far off from <hi>Palaestine</hi> and out of the <hi>Iews</hi>
walk and knowledg: now the other Three are all spoken of, <hi>Tarshish</hi> and <hi>Cittim</hi> very
often, because they were very near; <hi>Elishah</hi> but once in<note n="*" place="margin">Ch. 27. 7.</note> 
                     <hi>Ezekiel,</hi> because he was
farther off; but <hi>Dodanim</hi> never, because he was little known and farthest off. So
that the common [<note n="*" place="margin">This or the like word was wanting in the MS.</note> 
                     <hi>opinion</hi>] which places him in <hi>Rhodes,</hi> incurs many unlikelihoods.
For <hi>Rhodes</hi> is an <hi>Island,</hi> whereas it is certain the <hi>Main</hi> was inhabited before the
<hi>Islands.</hi> Again, <hi>Rhodes</hi> is a very small Isle, nothing answerable to the portions of the
rest. And lastly, <hi>Rhodes</hi> is near and obvious to <hi>Iudaea,</hi> and yet this people we
never here once named among the Prophets. But the occasion of this Errour
grew from the changing of <hi>Daleth</hi> for <hi>Resh</hi> in the first Book of Chronicles, where
is read <hi>Rodanim,</hi> ch. 1. 7. as also for our <hi>Riphath</hi> there is read <hi>Diphath</hi> in v. 6. which
out of doubt was the Scribe's fault at the first, and never after amended. The other
Reason for placing this people here is the Remainder of the very name in a City
called <hi>Dodona,</hi> and the famous Oracle of <hi>Iupiter Dodonaeus,</hi> who was no other but
this Fourth son of <hi>Iavan</hi> who was the <hi>Saturn</hi> of the <hi>Graecians,</hi> and all his sons the
<hi>Ioves</hi> of their several families.</p>
                  <p>This was the Inheritance of <hi>Iavan,</hi> whom his sons the <hi>Grecians</hi> for his wisdom
and providence called <hi>Prometheus,</hi> who (as<note n="*" place="margin">in his <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. 1.</note> 
                     <hi>Hesiod</hi> saies) was—<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Iapetus his good Son.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>THE other whose sons are named by <hi>Moses,</hi> is <hi>Gomer;</hi> and to him therefore we
must allot the next Regions, most accessible and fit to have commerce and traffick
with <hi>Palaestine.</hi> And these will be those parts of <hi>Asia</hi> which lie upon the <hi>AEgean</hi> Sea
and <hi>Hellespont</hi> Northward.<note place="margin">Ch. 38. 6.</note> And this agrees well with <hi>Ezekiel,</hi> who terms <hi>Gomer</hi> and <hi>To<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>garmah</hi>
inhabitants of the <hi>sides of the North</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. And it is manifest that the
<hi>Iews</hi> called the lesser <hi>Asia</hi> the <hi>North,</hi> and the Kings thereof in<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 11.</note> 
                     <hi>Daniel</hi> the Kings of
the <hi>North.</hi> We may therefore assign to these <hi>Gomerians</hi> all the North-East part
of this <hi>Asia,</hi> containing <hi>Phrygia, Pontus, Bithynia,</hi> and a great part of <hi>Galatia;</hi> and this
will be a portion answerable to that of <hi>Iavan.</hi> And this <hi>Iosephus</hi> will not deny us,
<note place="margin">Lib. 4.</note> who affirms the <hi>Galatians</hi> to have been called <hi>Gomeraei;</hi> and <hi>Herodotus</hi> will tell us
that a people called <hi>Cimmerii</hi> dwelt in this tract, who sent a Colony to <hi>Palus Maeotis,</hi>
and gave name to <hi>Cimmerius Bosphorus.</hi> And<note n="*" place="margin">Lib. 5. c. 30.</note> 
                     <hi>Pliny</hi> speaks of a town in <hi>Troas,</hi> a
part of <hi>Phrygia,</hi> called <hi>Cimmeris.</hi> Which all have their name from this <hi>Gomer.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>This tract then we must divide into three parts between the Three sons of <hi>Gomer,</hi>
viz. <hi>Askenaz, Riphath</hi> and <hi>Togarmah.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The First shall be <hi>Phrygia major</hi> and some part of <hi>Galatia;</hi>
                     <note place="margin">The Seat and portion of <hi>To<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>garmah.</hi>
                     </note> which, following the
opinion of <hi>Iosephus</hi> and others, we assign to <hi>Togarmah,</hi> of whom the <hi>Phrygians</hi>
(saith <hi>Iosephus</hi>) were called <hi>Tygrammenes.</hi> As for the opinion of <hi>Iunius,</hi> who pla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ces
<hi>Togarmah</hi> in <hi>Armenia minor,</hi> because of their Kings called <hi>Tygranes,</hi> and their Ci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ties
<hi>Tygranokartae;</hi> this cannot stand, because <hi>Armenia minor</hi> is too far out of our
tract, and therefore he breaks our Fourth Rule, in placing the Son of <hi>Gomer</hi> out of
the lot of <hi>Gomer,</hi> and rending him from the house of his father. And that <hi>Togarmah</hi>
should be the Author of the <hi>Turks,</hi> is a <hi>Iewish</hi> toy lately devised. But it pleaseth
<hi>Ionathan</hi> the <hi>Chaldee</hi> Paraphrast by likeness of the name to turn <hi>Thogarmah</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <hi>Germania;</hi> and some go farther, and would have <hi>Thogarmah</hi> to be <hi>quasi Thegarmens</hi>
or <hi>The germans.</hi> But this opinion breaks the most and chiefest of our Rules, and there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
cannot be approved, unless they mean of after-Colonies; of which we will
see afterward.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="280" facs="tcp:63175:191"/>The Second shall be <hi>Troas</hi> or <hi>Phrygia minor,</hi> wherein was the renowned City of
<hi>Troy;</hi> and this we allot to <hi>Askenaz,</hi> because of the river <hi>Ascanius,</hi> and part of
the tract called <hi>Ascania,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">The Seat and portion of <hi>As<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>kenaz.</hi>
                     </note> and the name <hi>Ascanius</hi> used in those parts: witness <hi>Homer</hi>
in his 2. Iliad.
<q>
                        <l>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>
                        </l>
                        <l>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>—</l>
                     </q>
that is, Phorcys <hi>led the Phrygians, and divine</hi> Ascanius <hi>who came from</hi> Ascania. And
it is as like the <hi>Greeks</hi> should turn <hi>Askenaz</hi> to <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, as <hi>Coresh</hi> to <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and <hi>Dar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>javesh</hi>
to <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> so that for the termination [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,] no man need doubt. <hi>Iosephus</hi>
would have <hi>Askenaz</hi> to be father to a people called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <hi>Rheginenses,</hi> who
were inhabitants of a City called <hi>Rhegium</hi> on the Sea-coasts of <hi>Italy</hi> over against <hi>Si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cilia:</hi>
but this is too far out of our walk, and breaks our Fourth Rule amain, by
rending <hi>Askenaz</hi> quite from the house of his father, and placing him so far from his
brethren: and it is against <hi>Iosephus</hi> his own testimony, who saith that the <hi>Gomeraei</hi>
were inhabitants of <hi>Asia,</hi> and I am sure <hi>Gomer</hi> could be founder of no Nations but
those his Sons were fathers of. But if I might be bold with <hi>Iosephus,</hi> I would for
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> read <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, and understand the <hi>Rhaetii</hi> or <hi>Rhaetians</hi> a <hi>German</hi> people; and
so he should agree with the opinion of the modern <hi>Iews,</hi> who call the<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Vid.</hi> E<gap reason="illegible: missing" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>iam <hi>in</hi> Tishbi <hi>in fine litera &amp;</hi> Aben Ezr. <hi>in Obad.</hi> The Seat and portion of <hi>Riphath.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>Germans
Askenazim</hi> from <hi>Askenaz:</hi> but this must be understood of some ensuing Colonies,
not of this Original Seat.</p>
                  <p>The third and last portion is <hi>Pontus</hi> and <hi>Bithynia,</hi> which remains for the Third
Son, <hi>Riphath:</hi> witness <hi>Iosephus,</hi> who affirms that the <hi>Paphlagones</hi> who dwelt in these
parts were called <hi>Riphathaei;</hi> and the Histories of<note n="*" place="margin">Plin. l. 6. c. 7. Solin. c. 27.</note> Heathen men place here their
<hi>Riphaei</hi> and <hi>Arimphaei;</hi> and <hi>Iunius</hi> thinks that the <hi>Amazones</hi> who were called <hi>AEorpatae</hi>
were a Colonie from these quarters; and besides there is a river in these parts called
<hi>Parthenius,</hi> corruptly as it should seem for <hi>Riphathenius.</hi> And this portion lies only
open to the <hi>Euxine</hi> Sea, in ancient time called <hi>Pontus</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, because it was unfre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quented
by the Greek Nations: which opportunely shews the reason why of those
Three only <hi>Riphath</hi> is never spoken of afterward, because it lay out of the walk
either of <hi>Iews, Tyrians,</hi> or <hi>Egyptians.</hi> And thus much for <hi>Gomer.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>THAT which remains of <hi>Asia</hi> we must divide between <hi>Meshech, Tubal</hi> and <hi>Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gog:</hi>
For it is certain out of<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 38.</note> 
                     <hi>Ezekiel</hi> that <hi>Magog</hi> was seated in the <hi>North,</hi> because it
is said that <hi>Gog</hi> of the land of <hi>Magog</hi> shall come out of his <hi>Northern</hi> quarters;<note place="margin">Ver. 15.</note> and
out of the same Chapter we gather that <hi>Tubal</hi> and <hi>Meshech</hi> were his neighbours, in
that he is called <hi>chief Prince of Meshech</hi> and <hi>Tubal;</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Ver. 2. 3.</note> and these two <hi>Meshech</hi> and <hi>Tubal</hi>
are both here and elsewhere always joyned together.</p>
                  <p>To <hi>Meshech</hi> therefore,<note place="margin">The Seat and portion of <hi>Meshech</hi> or <hi>Mosoch,</hi> so the LXX.</note> following the received opinion, we allot <hi>Cappadocia,</hi> the inhabitants whereof were once called <hi>Meschini, Moschi, Mossyni</hi> and <hi>Mosynoeci;</hi> wit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness
<note n="a" place="margin">An<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>iq. l. 1. c. 7.</note> 
                     <hi>Iosephus,</hi>
                     <note n="b" place="margin">Contra Sethi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>anos, haer. 39.</note> 
                     <hi>Epiphanius,</hi>
                     <note n="c" place="margin">Nat. Hist. lib. 6. cap. 4.</note> 
                     <hi>Pliny</hi> and<note n="d" place="margin">Lib. 2. Vide etiam Clavem &amp; Comment. A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pocalypt. cap 9 vers. 16.</note> 
                     <hi>Carmen Argonauticum.</hi> Also the chief
City of <hi>Cappadocia</hi> was called <hi>Mazaca</hi> even to <hi>Tiberius</hi> his time, who called it <hi>Caesa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rea,</hi>
and it was afterward the Episcopal See of the learned <hi>Basilius Magnus.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">The Seat and portion of <hi>Thubal.</hi>
                     </note> Now for <hi>Thubal,</hi> because he is neighbour to <hi>Meshech,</hi> we must allot that which
lies on the South-East of the <hi>Euxine</hi> Sea, which contained the people <hi>Albani, Cha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lybes,</hi>
and <hi>Iberi,</hi> who (<hi>Iosephus</hi> saith) were anciently called <hi>Thebeli;</hi> and <hi>Ptolemy</hi>
places here a City called <hi>Thabilaca.</hi> And some think that <hi>Chalybes</hi> is a name corrupted
from <hi>Thabyles,</hi> by losing the first letter, and after supplying <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> in stead thereof: for
in <hi>Homer's</hi> time they were called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, when he saith that the <hi>Halizones</hi> came</p>
                  <p>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">II. <hi>
                           <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>from</hi> Alybe, <hi>where are mines of sil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ver:</hi>
and from this <hi>Alybe</hi> I suppose came the name <hi>Albania.</hi> And all this is agreeable
to the opinion of most Writers, but that some having mistaken the name <hi>Iberi</hi> in
<hi>Iosephus,</hi> will have the <hi>Spaniards</hi> to be of <hi>Thubal:</hi> but we can yield them no more
than this, that perhaps the Spanish <hi>Iberi</hi> were a Colony of the <hi>Iberians</hi> of <hi>Asia.</hi> And
so we come to <hi>Magog;</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Whom with the consent of all men we place North of <hi>Thubal,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">The Seat and portion of <hi>Magog.</hi>
                     </note> and make him
the father of those <hi>Seythians</hi> that dwelt on the East and North-East of the <hi>Euxine</hi>
Sea: and besides we have this argument from the report of<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Nat. hist. l. 5. c. 23.</hi> Coele Syria habet Bamby<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cen, quae alio nomine Hiera<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>polis vocatur, Syrisv<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>rd Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gog.</note> 
                     <hi>Pliny,</hi> in that <hi>Scytho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>polis</hi>
and <hi>Hierapolis,</hi> which these <hi>Scythians</hi> took when they overcame <hi>Syria,</hi> were ever
after by the <hi>Syrians</hi> called <hi>Magog.</hi> And hence we may soon learn who is that tyrant
<hi>Gog</hi> whereof <hi>Ezekiel</hi> prophesied, namely the <hi>Scythian Ottoman</hi> of the East, who at
this day usurps a great part of <hi>Israel,</hi> of our <hi>Israel</hi> of the <hi>Gentiles.</hi> This is that
<pb n="281" facs="tcp:63175:191"/>
                     <hi>Gog of the land of Magog, chief Prince of Meshech and Thubal.</hi> As for the name <hi>Gog,</hi>
it signifies the very same with <hi>Magog,</hi> for <hi>Mem</hi> is but an <hi>Hemantick</hi> letter; and it
pleased the Spirit of God to take away this first syllable, to distinguish between the
people and the land of the people, calling the people <hi>Gog,</hi> and the land the land of
<hi>Magog.</hi> And it is to be marked that he doth not call this <hi>Gog</hi> Prince of <hi>Magog,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Ezek. 38. 2.</note> but rather
<hi>Gog of the land of Magog</hi> (for so <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> may be turned) and <hi>chief Prince of Me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>shech
and Thubal.</hi> For those who have done us all this evil were no <hi>Princes</hi> in the land
of <hi>Magog,</hi> but mere Vagabonds and mercenaries, whom their Country spewed out be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cause
they could not live at home. And yet these Savages at the first coming out made
themselves Lords of <hi>Meshech</hi> and <hi>Thubal,</hi> of <hi>Cappadocia</hi> and <hi>Iberia:</hi> and here they con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tained
themselves long before they attempted the conquest of the rest of <hi>Asia;</hi> wit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness
those who write the History of their beginning. I would to God we might live
<note place="margin">Ch. 39. 3, 4, 6, 7.</note> to see that joyful time which the same <hi>Ezekiel</hi> speaketh of, when the Lord <hi>shall make
him fall upon the mountains of Israel,</hi> and <hi>smite the bow out of his left hand,</hi> and <hi>cause his
arrows to fall out of his right hand:</hi> when he <hi>shall send a fire upon Magog, and among them
that dwell carelesly in the Isles; that they might know that he is the Lord our God, even
the Holy one of Israel.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>There remain yet of the sons of <hi>Iaphet,<note place="margin">The Seat and portion of <hi>Tira<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                                 <desc>•</desc>
                              </gap>.</hi>
                        </note> Madai</hi> and <hi>Tiras,</hi> and of the plot we first
laid out, <hi>Thracia</hi> and <hi>Macedonia.</hi> If then the <hi>Thracians</hi> be of <hi>Tyras</hi> (as it is<note n="*" place="margin">Vid. <hi>Epiphan.</hi> advers. H<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>rel. l. 1. <hi>Hieronym.</hi> in Trad. Hebr. Thiras Thrac<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>s, quorum <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                           <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                        </gap> .</note> agreed
they are, both because the name <hi>Thrax</hi> is little changed, and because they worship<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ped
one<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Epiphan.</hi> l. 1.</note> 
                     <hi>Odrysus,</hi> who was no other than this <hi>Tiras</hi>) then it must needs follow that
<hi>Macedonia</hi> is left for <hi>Madai,</hi> or else we must leave it empty, because we can assign it
to none of the rest without great inequality of portions, nor yet find any other place
for <hi>Madai.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Let therefore <hi>Macedonia</hi> be the lot of <hi>Madai;</hi> witness the ancient name <hi>AEma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thia,</hi>
as <hi>Lucan</hi> sings,
<q>Bella per AEmathios plus quam civilia campos.</q>
                  </p>
                  <p>If any man question how <hi>AE</hi> came in, I could ask him likewise how <hi>Eu</hi> came into
<hi>Euphrates,</hi> which the <hi>Hebrews</hi> and those of <hi>Mesopotamia</hi> call <hi>Perath;</hi> or how <hi>AE</hi> into
<hi>AEgyptus,</hi> which themselves and their neighbours the <hi>Arabians</hi> call <hi>Cuphti;</hi> or how
<hi>AE</hi> into <hi>Ethiopia,</hi> which some think to be so called of <hi>Theops</hi> or <hi>Theophi.</hi> It may be
that of the Hebrew <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> signifying <hi>regio</hi> the <hi>Greeks</hi> formed their <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>terra,</hi> and so
<hi>Aimathia</hi> is as much as <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Madai, the land of Madai;</hi> and <hi>AEgyptus</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Cuphti, the
land of Cuphti;</hi> and <hi>AEthiopia</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Theophi, the land of Theophi,</hi> But howsoever it
be, it is no unusual thing in the changing of a name out of one [<note n="*" place="margin">This or the like w<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>rd was wanting in the Ms.</note> 
                     <hi>language</hi>] into
another, to prefix a Vowel or Diphthong. But besides this name <hi>AEmathia,</hi> we
read of a people in this tract called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, or (as some will) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Aristotle</hi> in his
Book<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>of Strange reports</hi> speaks of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in the borders of <hi>Paeonia;</hi> and here<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>abouts
was that <hi>Praefectura Medica</hi> we hear of in the <hi>Roman</hi> stories. Lastly, <hi>Isocrates</hi>
in one of his Orations names one <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> for King of these quarters, before (as he
saith) they come to be a <hi>Greek</hi> nation.</p>
                  <p>It is the common opinion, I confess, that <hi>Madai</hi> was the Father of the <hi>Medes</hi> in
<hi>Asia:</hi> but this I think will scarcely agree with <hi>Moses,</hi> to remove <hi>Madai</hi> so far from
the rest of his brethren, and how can that be any part of the <hi>Isles of the Gentiles,</hi>
which lies beyond <hi>Armenia</hi> the great and part of <hi>Assyria?</hi> Or what should any of the
sons of <hi>Iaphet</hi> do among the sons of <hi>Sem?</hi> Indeed <hi>Iosephus</hi> saith that <hi>Madai</hi> was pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>genitour
of that people which the Greeks called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> but I am sure they called
the <hi>Medes</hi> of <hi>Asia</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. And what though the <hi>Hebrews</hi> called them <hi>Madai?</hi>
this proves no more that there was the Original seat of <hi>Madai</hi> the son of <hi>Iaphet,</hi>
than that <hi>Tarshish,</hi> whither <hi>Solomon's</hi> ships went once in three years to fetch gold and
silver, was the first dwelling of <hi>Tarshish</hi> the son of <hi>Iavan.</hi> It may be their names
were occasioned by these, either through Colonies, (which is the more unlikely,) or by
the affinity of name, which the <hi>Iews</hi> corrupted to a name they were best acquainted
with; which is an usual dealing of Nations of a diverse language with the names
of their neighbours.</p>
                  <p>Thus then at length we have found <hi>the first Seats of the Sons of Iaphet,</hi> agreeable
to the <hi>Rules</hi> we first laid down; and their <hi>Portions</hi> also are so laid out, that every
one hath some part of his borders lying open to the Sea or toward empty land, that
so they might vent their <hi>Colonies</hi> without disturbing their brethren.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="282" facs="tcp:63175:192"/>NOW let us say something of their <hi>Colonies.</hi> And we'l begin with <hi>Tarshish,</hi> who
lies open only to the <hi>Mediterranean</hi> Sea, and therefore is like to have sent his first
Colonies that way; but whither it is hard to say: but,<note place="margin">The Colonies of <hi>Tarshish.</hi>
                     </note> if I may guess, it is likely
unto the first land Westward he found unpeopled, and that may be the South part of
<hi>Italy,</hi> where dwelt the <hi>Elrusci,</hi> a name coming something near to <hi>Etarshishi.</hi> But
howsoever it is certain that the <hi>Hetrurians</hi> came from <hi>Asia</hi> the less, and that they were
a <hi>Greek</hi> Nation, and spake the <hi>Greek</hi> language. There is a <hi>Spaniard</hi> that hath
lately written a Description of <hi>Old Spain,</hi> and will have <hi>Tarshish,</hi> whither <hi>Solomon's</hi>
ships went with the Ships of <hi>Hiram</hi> king of <hi>Tyre,</hi> to be <hi>Tartesses</hi> in the South of
<hi>Spain</hi> near to <hi>Hercules</hi> Pillars; and indeed <hi>Aristotle</hi> in his <hi>Strange reports</hi> saies that
when the <hi>Phaenicians</hi> came first thither, they found so much Silver, that they were
not able to carry it away, but were fain to make their Anchors and their Ship-fur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>niture
all of Silver. But if this <hi>Tartessus</hi> be that <hi>Tarshish,</hi> it seems the <hi>Phoenicians</hi> so
called it, because it lay unto <hi>Carthage</hi> their new <hi>Tyre</hi> as old <hi>Tarshish</hi> in <hi>Cilicia</hi> lay to
old <hi>Tyre,</hi> that is North-westward: or else they called it <hi>Tarshish,</hi> because they went
to it by the Sea of <hi>Tarshish.</hi> The Septuagint, who often turn <hi>Tarshish</hi> the <hi>Carthagi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nians,</hi>
seem to allude to the name, as though <hi>Carthago</hi> were <hi>Cartarshish</hi> a <hi>City of Tar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>shish:</hi>
but <hi>Carthage</hi> was no <hi>Colony</hi> of <hi>Cicilia,</hi> but of <hi>Phaenicia.</hi>
                     <q>
                        <l>Vrbs antiqua fuit, Tyrii tenuere coloni,</l>
                        <l>Carthago—</l>
                     </q>
But it should seem of all these or some of these the whole <hi>Mediterranean</hi> Sea was
called <hi>Tarshish,</hi> for the <hi>Chaldee</hi> Paraphrast almost always turns <hi>Tarshish</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, that is,
<hi>the Sea;</hi> whom <hi>Tremellius</hi> follows.</p>
                  <p>The <hi>Cittaeans</hi> lie open both to the <hi>AEgean</hi> and to the <hi>Mediterranean</hi> Seas,<note place="margin">The Colonies of <hi>Cittim.</hi>
                     </note> and there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
might send Colonies both ways. And first it is likely that they peopled <hi>Crete</hi>
and the Isles at the mouth of the <hi>AEgean</hi> Sea. But because the Prophecy of<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 11 30. <hi>For th<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>re sh<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>ll come against him <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap> ships of Chittim,</hi> or perhaps, <hi> ships from Chittim</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> as in <hi>Hol.</hi> 14. 3. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> the lxx. (whom the A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>postle follows) seem to have read <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>the fruit of our lips.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>Daniel,</hi>
concerning the ships of <hi>Chittim</hi> that should come against <hi>Antiochus magnus,</hi> was ful<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>filled
by the <hi>Romans;</hi> we must grant <hi>Italy</hi> also a Colony of our <hi>Cittaeans,</hi> which
seems to be the East part thereof which lies toward <hi>Syria,</hi> and was anciently called
<hi>Magna Graecia:</hi> and yet I suppose that these <hi>Cittaei</hi> went as high as <hi>Tyber</hi> unto the
borders of their brethren the <hi>Hetrusci,</hi> and were those which were called <hi>Aborigines</hi>
and <hi>Latini;</hi> and that part called <hi>Magna Graecia</hi> was filled with other <hi>Greek</hi> Colo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nies
afterward and of more late time, because they spake the same <hi>Greek</hi> that other
<hi>Greek</hi> nations did; but those <hi>Aborigines</hi> or <hi>Latini</hi> spake the ancient <hi>Ionian</hi> tongue,
as <hi>Varro</hi> affirmeth: and it should seem besides that they were a Colony of the anci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>enter
<hi>Ionians</hi> or <hi>Greeks</hi> because they kept their Father <hi>Iavan's</hi> name amongst them,
calling him <hi>Ianus,</hi> whom the other <hi>Grecians</hi> seem to have by some mischance for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gotten:
even as the ancient <hi>Germans</hi> once worshipped <hi>Terra mater,</hi> as <hi>Tacitus</hi> says,
called <hi>Erthus,</hi> and yet now they have no such name in all their language; whereas
we, one of their Colonies, have still the name <hi>Earth. Munster</hi> and some others
would have <hi>Ianus</hi> to be <hi>Noah,</hi> with a far-fetcht reason from <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Vinum,</hi> because <hi>Noah</hi>
planted a Vineyard and was drunken with the wine thereof. But this hath no likeli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hood
at all, that the <hi>Greek</hi> nation alone should worship the Father of all man<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>kind,
whereas others remember only the Father of their own nations; as the
<hi>Thracians Odrysus,</hi> the <hi>Arabians Sabin, Assabinus.</hi> And that name <hi>Ianus</hi> is so plain
for <hi>Iavanus,</hi> that I wonder how they could miss it: And it may be that same <hi>Oenotrius,</hi>
of whom <hi>Italy</hi> was called <hi>Oenotria;</hi> for both signify <hi>Vinosus,</hi> and besides that <hi>Oeno<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trius</hi>
was one of the Surnames of <hi>Ianus.</hi> Furthermore, that the <hi>Romans</hi> were <hi>Iava<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nites</hi>
or <hi>Grecians,</hi> methinks I could prove out of <hi>Rom.</hi> 10. 12. where S. <hi>Paul</hi> speak<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
particularly to the <hi>Romans,</hi> says after this manner, <hi>There is no difference between
the</hi> Iew <hi>and the</hi> Greek; <hi>for the same Lord over all is rich unto all that call upon him;</hi>
where he seems to comprehend the <hi>Romans</hi> under the <hi>Grecians.</hi> But if any man will
think otherwise, he shall have my leave.</p>
                  <p>But to return to that we are somewhat digressed from; <hi>Iunius</hi> expounding this
<note n="*" place="margin">Dan. 11. 30.</note> Prophecy of the ships of <hi>Chittim,</hi> would have the <hi>Romans</hi> ships called the ships of
<hi>Cittim,</hi> because they came immediately from the coast of <hi>Cittim,</hi> that is <hi>Crilicia,</hi> in the
havens whereof they used to lie. But <hi>Cittim</hi> is a name of the plural number, and there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
not the name of a <hi>Country,</hi> but of a <hi>People;</hi> how then could the <hi>Romans</hi> ships
be called the ships of the <hi>Cittaeans,</hi> unless they had a priviledge that what<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>soever
ships come to their shores should be theirs? And again <hi>Cilicia,</hi> where
<pb n="283" facs="tcp:63175:192"/>
the <hi>Roman</hi> navy used to lie, was the lot of <hi>Tarshish,</hi> not of <hi>Cittim;</hi> for <hi>Strabo</hi> says the
<hi>Cetii</hi> or <hi>Cetians</hi> lay West from <hi>Cilicia,</hi> where we placed them.</p>
                  <p>Another Colony of <hi>Cittim Balaam</hi> will tell us of in <hi>Numb.</hi> 24. 24. where he says
that <hi>ships shall come from the coasts of</hi> Chittim, <hi>and shall afflict the Assyrians,<note place="margin">
                           <hi>Macedones</hi> olim dicti <hi>Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cetae;</hi> Gellius lib 9. cap. 3. <hi>Eustathius</hi> in Dionysium. <hi>Hesych.</hi> 
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>
                        </note> and shall
afflict the Hebrews:</hi> which is meant of <hi>Alexander</hi> King of <hi>Macedonia;</hi> whereby it seems
that the <hi>Macedonians</hi> were called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> from the mixture of the sons of <hi>Madai</hi> and
<hi>Cittim,</hi> as it were <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, and after <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, even as for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
&amp; <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> we say <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, and for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and so <hi>Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cedonia</hi>
is called from <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, that is, <hi>Maccetims,</hi> for <hi>an, en</hi> &amp; <hi>in</hi> are
terminations plural in diverse languages. And that ye may fully believe that a Colony
of <hi>Cittim</hi> went into <hi>Macedonia,</hi> ye shall read in 1 <hi>Maccab.</hi> 8. 5. <hi>Perseus</hi> king of <hi>Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cedonia</hi>
expresly called King of <hi>Cittim;</hi> which reading <hi>Iunius</hi> would fain change, if
he had any authority, to make his opinion good, that those ships also are called ships
from the coasts of <hi>Cittim,</hi> because they came out of the havens of <hi>Cilicia.</hi> And thus
much of the Colonies of the <hi>Cittaeans.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Now to speak a word or two of the Colonies of the rest.<note place="margin">The Colonies of <hi>Thogarmah.</hi>
                     </note> Of the off-spring of <hi>Go<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mer,</hi>
who were of him called <hi>Cimmerii,</hi> and had a City in their lot called <hi>Cimmeris</hi>
of these <hi>Cimmerians</hi> or <hi>Gomerians, Thogarmah</hi> lies only open by the <hi>AEgean</hi> Sea to the
<hi>Mediterranean,</hi> and therefore sent his ancient Colonies that way, and gave original
to the old <hi>Gaules</hi> whom the <hi>Grecians</hi> called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, and contractly <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <hi>Cimbri:</hi> and of these <hi>Gaules</hi> proves <hi>Cambden</hi> came our ancient <hi>Britans,</hi> who yet
retain the name of their Grandfire <hi>Gomer,</hi> and call themselves <hi>Cumrah.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Askenaz,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">The Colonies of <hi>Askenaz.</hi>
                     </note> another family of these <hi>Cimmerians,</hi> lies open to the North-west, and
therefore sent his Colonies that way, and gave name to <hi>Cimmerius Bosphorus;</hi> and
going along by <hi>Danubius,</hi> gave beginning to the <hi>Germans,</hi> whom <hi>Diodorus Sic<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>lus</hi>
affirms to have their Original from the <hi>Cimmerians;</hi> and the Iews to this day call
them <hi>Askenazim</hi> of <hi>Askenaz;</hi> and themselves retain the name of their Grandsire <hi>Gomer</hi>
both in <hi>Cimbri,</hi> and calling themselves <hi>Germen,</hi> that is <hi>Gomeraeans:</hi> as the <hi>Syrians</hi> call
the <hi>Aramaeans Armin,</hi> of which the Greeks form their <hi>Armenia;</hi> so of <hi>Gemren</hi> or <hi>Ger<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>men</hi>
the Latines formed <hi>Germania;</hi> for <hi>en</hi> is a <hi>German</hi> plural, and it is no harder thing
to form of <hi>Gomer Gemren,</hi> than of <hi>Brother Brethren;</hi> for we <hi>English</hi> are the <hi>Germans</hi>
brethren, and therefore also the sons of <hi>Askenaz.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Riphath</hi> lies only open to the <hi>Euxine</hi> Sea Northward,<note place="margin">The Colonies of <hi>Riphath.</hi>
                     </note> and West to <hi>Askenaz,</hi> and
therefore sent his Colonies something Westward, but North of <hi>Askenaz;</hi> and so he gave
beginning first to those <hi>Riphaei</hi> above the <hi>Euxine</hi> Sea, and after to the <hi>Rutheni</hi> and <hi>Pru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>theni,</hi>
both which found of <hi>Riphath;</hi> for <hi>Pruthen</hi> is that but contractly for <hi>Riphathen,</hi>
that is, <hi>Riphathaeans;</hi> for <hi>en</hi> (as I said) is a termination plural. We call them <hi>Prussi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ans</hi>
and <hi>Russians,</hi> and their language is the <hi>Polonian</hi> tongue or a dialect thereof, not
the <hi>Askenazim</hi> or <hi>Dutch.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Meshech</hi> also lies only open Northward,<note place="margin">The Colonies of <hi>Meshech,</hi>
                     </note> and therefore sent his Colonies beyond
<hi>Palus Maeotis,</hi> who are of him called <hi>Muskovians.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Tubal</hi> lies on the North-west of the <hi>Euxine</hi> Sea,<note place="margin">and <hi>Tubal,</hi>
                     </note> and therefore sent his ancient Co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lonies
by it; but whither it is hard to say, but it is like Northward upon the East of
the <hi>Muskovite.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Magog</hi> lies open to the North,<note place="margin">and <hi>Magog.</hi>
                     </note> and hath scope enough, and might go, if he would,
he and <hi>Tubal</hi> both, even as high as <hi>Nova Zembla.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>There remain <hi>Tiras</hi> and our <hi>Iaphetian Madai:</hi>
                     <note place="margin">The Colonies of <hi>Madai.</hi>
                     </note> and <hi>Madai</hi> lies open both to the
<hi>Adriatick</hi> Sea and to the confines of <hi>Illyricum</hi> and <hi>Moesia;</hi> but it is not like he went by
Sea so long as he might by land, and therefore I think he gave beginning to the <hi>Illyri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ans</hi>
and to the <hi>Moesians,</hi> for so <hi>Pliny</hi> calls them, which methinks comes near to <hi>Maethi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ans;</hi>
for <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> and <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> are changeable one for the other, as we see in <hi>Rutheni</hi> and <hi>Prutheni,</hi>
whom we call <hi>Russians</hi> and <hi>Prussians,</hi> and <hi>Russia</hi> and <hi>Prussia</hi> for <hi>Ruthia</hi> and <hi>Pruthia.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Tiras</hi> lies open both to the North and the West;<note place="margin">The Colonies of <hi>Tiras.</hi>
                     </note> but I think he went no further
Northward than a River on the edge of <hi>Russia,</hi> which of him is called <hi>Tyras:</hi> his other
Colonies went more Westward, and gave beginning to the <hi>Dacians,</hi> and <hi>Ge<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ae,</hi> and their
off-spring.</p>
                  <p>And thus we have seen the <hi>First Seats of the Off-spring of Iaphet,</hi> and also whither
they have been since scattered over the face of this Western world. And now we
have occasion to consider the <hi>Blessing</hi> of <hi>Iaphet,</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">G<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                           <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                        </gap>. 27</note> That <hi>God would enlarge him into the tents of Sem,</hi> and that<note n="‖" place="margin">
                        <hi>Cham</hi> was the <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap> of <hi>Canaan,</hi> 
                        <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                           <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                        </gap> both of them being faulty towards <hi>Noah.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>Cham should be his servant:</hi> For there hath never yet been a
son of <hi>Cham</hi> that hath shaken a sceptre over the head of <hi>Iaphet. Sem</hi> hath subdued
<hi>Iaphet,</hi> and <hi>Iaphet</hi> subdued <hi>Sem;</hi> but <hi>Cham</hi> never subdued either. And this Fate was
<pb n="284" facs="tcp:63175:193"/>
it that made <hi>Hannibal,</hi> a child of<note n="*" place="margin">That the <hi>Carthaginians</hi> were originally of <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap> Stock or off-spring of <hi>Canaan</hi> (the son of <hi>Cham,</hi> whose posterity possessed all <hi>Asrick,</hi> besides some part of <hi>Asia,</hi>) is generally agreed; and S. <hi>Austin,</hi> (one of that country) in his Comment upon the Ep. to the <hi>Romans,</hi> relates, that when any of the people about <hi>Hippo</hi> or <hi>Carthage</hi> were asked <hi>What they were;</hi> they would answer in their <hi>Punick</hi> language, <hi>Chanani,</hi> that is, (saith he) <hi>Chananai, Canaanites.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>Canaan,</hi> cry out with the amazement of his soul,
<hi>Agnosco fatum Carthaginis.</hi> (See <hi>Livy</hi> in l. 27. <hi>in fine.</hi>) The <hi>Saracens</hi> indeed once
spoiled us, but they were no <hi>Chamites,</hi> but <hi>Arabians</hi> of the seed of <hi>Ishmael;</hi> and yet
because a great number of their kind were after of the <hi>Moors</hi> and <hi>Chamish Arabians,</hi>
we see they were in a moment shaken off by <hi>Iaphet,</hi> and made to keep themselves
within their <hi>African</hi> limits.</p>
                  <p>And we may see likewise how God hath enlarged <hi>Iaphet</hi> into the tents of <hi>Sem,</hi> and
how he that was once the God of <hi>Sem</hi> is now the Blessed God of <hi>Iaphet:</hi> For almost
only the Off-spring of <hi>Iaphet,</hi> yea and all the Off-spring of <hi>Iaphet,</hi> are at this day
<hi>Christians,</hi> only <hi>Magog</hi> except; whom he seems to have reserved, as he did some of
the <hi>Canaanites</hi> in the land of <hi>Israel,</hi> to prove and punish us withal. But let us desire
him That he would at length deliver us from this <hi>Belial,</hi> and that he would daily <hi>en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>large
us</hi> more and more <hi>into the tents of Sem,</hi> that he would remember the <hi>Blessing,</hi> and
never forget his Promises so often made to <hi>the Isles of the Gentiles.</hi> Hear, O Lord, the
groanings of those who are in bondage, and let their cry come up unto thy Holy Seat.
Why should the Heathen any longer rage, and gather themselves together against
thy Christ? How long, Lord, how long wilt thou be angry with them for ever? It
is enough, Lord, it is enough; Arise and send them an <hi>Ezra,</hi> send them now an Help<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>er,
and make thine Holy Name known in the midst of thy people.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="51" type="discourse">
               <head>DISCOURSE LI.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>PSALM 50. 14.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>Offer unto God praise, and pay thy Vows unto the most High.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>THE Book of <hi>Psalms</hi> is a Book of <hi>Prophecies;</hi> witness the frequent citing
of them by our Lord and his Apostles; witness the Surname of King
<hi>David,</hi> who being the penman of no other but this Book is styled <hi>the
<note n="*" place="margin">Acts 2. 30.</note> Prophet David.</hi> I say the <hi>Psalms</hi> are <hi>Prophecies,</hi> and that both <hi>Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerning
Christ himself,</hi> and also <hi>the Church</hi> which should be after him.
<hi>Concerning Christ himself</hi> it needs must be; Saith he in the Gospel,
(<hi>Luke</hi> 24. 24.) <hi>These are the words which I spake unto you, while I was yet with you,
That all things must be fulfilled which were written of me in the Law of Moses, and in the
Prophets, and in the</hi> PSALMS: and more especially concerning <hi>his Beginning,</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Acts 13. 33. Psal. 2. 7.</note> S. <hi>Paul</hi> quotes the words of the Psalm speaking in the Person of God, <hi>Thou art my
Son, this day have I begotten thee;</hi> and again concerning <hi>his Office,<note n="*" place="margin">Heb 5. 6. Psal. 110. 4.</note> Thou art a Priest
for ever, after the order of Melchisedek.</hi> Now for <hi>the Church of the Gospel</hi> and <hi>calling of
the Gentiles,</hi> as many parts of many <hi>Psalms</hi> do foretel thereof, so is this whole <hi>Psalm</hi> a
description of the same; 1. What manner of one it should be; 2. What worship
God would establish therein. For the first, it should be Catholick and gathered out
of all Nations, <hi>The God of Gods</hi> (saith the beginning of the Psalm v. 1, 2.) <hi>even the
Lord hath spoken, and called the Earth from the rising of the Sun to the going down thereof.
Out of Sion, the perfection of beauty, hath God shined:</hi> Agreeable to the words of the
<note n="*" place="margin">Luke 24. 46, 47.</note> Gospel it self, That <hi>it behooved Christ to suffer, and to rise from the dead the third
day; And that repentance and remission of sins should be preached in his Name among all
Nations, beginning at Ierusalem:</hi> and that it did begin at <hi>Ierusalem</hi> where Christ him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>self
began, where the Holy Ghost came down in cloven tongues: So <hi>out of Sion
God shined, our God came and kept not silence; for a fire came before him, and a tempest
moved round about him.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Now for the <hi>Worship</hi> and service which Christ would establish in his new reformed
<pb n="285" facs="tcp:63175:193"/>
Church, it concerns either the <hi>First</hi> or the <hi>Second</hi> Table. For the <hi>First</hi> Table,<note place="margin">Psal. 50. 14.</note> it
tells us <hi>What Offerings God would abolish,</hi> namely, all <hi>Typical Offerings</hi> or all the <hi>Offer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ings
of fire;</hi> and then <hi>What Offerings he would accept,</hi> to wit, the <hi>Offerings of Praise and
Prayer; Offer unto God Praise, and pay thy Vows unto the most High.</hi> For the <hi>Second</hi>
Table, it commands a right and upright conversation, from the 16. verse unto the
last; and the last is the Summe or a brief summary of both Tables, <hi>He that offereth
Praise, shall glorifie me; and to him that disposeth his way aright, will I shew the Salva<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
of the Lord.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But to return again to the reformation of the <hi>First</hi> Table, whereof my Text is the
Affirmative part: where (as I said) we are told both <hi>What Offerings God will not have
offered,</hi> and <hi>What Offerings he requireth.</hi> He will no longer have any <hi>Typical Offerings,</hi>
any <hi>Offerings of, fire,</hi> or bloudy Sacrifices: For<note n="*" place="margin">Verse 8. 9. &amp;c.</note> 
                     <hi>I will not</hi> (saith he) <hi>reprove thee for
thy Sacrifices or thy burnt-offerings; I will take no bullock out of thine house, nor goats out
of thy folds; For all the beasts of the forrests are mine, and the beasts on a thousand hills.
If I were hungry, I would not tell thee; for the world is mine and all that therein is. Will
I eat the flesh of bulls, or drink the bloud of goats?</hi> Nevertheless he still requireth <hi>Offer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ings
of Thanksgiving,</hi> and a <hi>Present</hi> when we come to pray unto him: so faith my
Text, <hi>Offer unto God Praise,</hi> &amp;c. And so here is an <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and a <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, as S. <hi>Paul</hi> saith
in a like case,<note place="margin">Heb. 10. 9.</note> 
                     <hi>He taketh away the first, that he may establish the second.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But as in <hi>Typical Speeches</hi> it often comes to pass that the things which are spoken are
true both in the <hi>Type</hi> and <hi>Antitype;</hi>
                     <note place="margin">
                        <hi>Typical</hi> Speech<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>es often true in the <hi>Type</hi> and <hi>Antitype.</hi>
                     </note> as that in <hi>Hosea</hi> 11. 1. <hi>Out of Egypt have I called my
Son,</hi>
was in some sense true both of <hi>Christ</hi> and <hi>Israel;</hi> and that in <hi>Exod.</hi> 12. 46. <hi>Thou
shalt not break a bone thereof,</hi> was true <hi>literally</hi> both of Christ and the Paschal lamb;
and that in <hi>Psal.</hi> 22. 18. <hi>They parted my garments among them,</hi> was true <hi>figuratively</hi> in
<hi>David,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">
                        <hi>Prophecies</hi> so foretel things to come in the Church of the Gospel, as that they instruct also the present Church of the Law.</note> and <hi>literally</hi> in <hi>Christ:</hi> Even so it comes to pass in <hi>Prophecies,</hi> and namely in
this, That it so foretells of things to come, that it concerned also the time present;
it foretells the estate of the Church in the Gospel, and yet meant something that con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerned
the present Church of the Law. To which purpose we must frame the sense
after this manner, That God even then did not so much regard the <hi>Offerings of fire</hi> and
<hi>Expiatory sacrifices</hi> as he did the <hi>Offerings of Praise and Thanksgiving,</hi> because the first
were <hi>Ceremonial,</hi> the other <hi>Moral;</hi> the first, their End was changeable, the other,
everlasting. So that in respect of the Catholick Church the words of my Text are an
<hi>Antithesis</hi> or <hi>Aphaeresis</hi> with the former, I will in no sort have any <hi>Typical</hi> and <hi>Bloudy</hi>
Offerings, but only Offerings of <hi>Praise</hi> and <hi>Prayer:</hi> But in respect of the Legal Church
or the Church of the Law they are a <hi>Protimesis</hi> or <hi>Estimation,</hi> I require not so much
any <hi>Typical</hi> offerings, as I do that you should <hi>offer unto me Praise, and pay your Vows
unto the most High.</hi> For so when God saith elsewhere,<note n="*" place="margin">Matth. 9. 13.</note> 
                     <hi>I will have mercy and not sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crifice;</hi>
it is no <hi>Antithesis,</hi> but a <hi>Protimesis,</hi> that <hi>I had rather have mercy than sacrifice.</hi>
So again Matth. 6. 19. <hi>Lay not up for your selves treasures upon earth, but lay up for your
selves treasures in heaven;</hi> this is no <hi>Antithesis</hi> or <hi>Aphaeresis,</hi> as though Christ would
not have us at all provide for things of this life; but a <hi>Protimesis,</hi> he would not have
us take so much care for this life as for the life to come.</p>
                  <p>The Scope therefore of my Text is, to shew <hi>What kind of Offerings God did chiefly
accept under the Law, and doth only require in the Gospel;</hi> to wit, two sorts of Offer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ings,
<hi>Eucharistical,</hi> and <hi>Euctical</hi> or <hi>Votal. Eucharistical</hi> Offerings are such whose End
is <hi>Thanksgiving</hi> to God for Benefits received, which are here termed <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferings
of Praise. Euctical</hi> I call such as are made to God upon occasion of suit we
have unto him, that is, when we come to <hi>pray</hi> before him, that he might accept our
supplications and we find favour in his sight. And this is performed two manner of
ways; either by <hi>promise</hi> if God shall hear us and grant our petition, which is called a
<hi>Vow;</hi> or by <hi>actual exhibition</hi> at the time we do pray unto him. An example of the
first kind is that of <hi>Iacob;<note place="margin">Gen. 28. 20, &amp;c.</note> If the Lord shall be with me and bring me back again, of all I
have, the Tenth will I give unto him.</hi> The second was much used in the first times of the
Christian Church, and of it in the Law we understand chiefly that Commandment,
<hi>That no man should appear before the Lord empty;</hi> that is, Let no man that comes to
pray before the Lord appear empty-handed.<note place="margin">Deut. 16. 16.</note> But because the first was very ordinary
among the <hi>Iews,</hi> my Text by a Trope only names it in stead of the whole kind of <hi>Eu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctical</hi>
offerings. <hi>Pay thy Vows,</hi> that is, when in praying before me thou shalt <hi>vow</hi> a
gift to me or mine, if I shall hear thee; or at thy prayer dost exhibit the same before
me, that thou mightest find favour in my sight; such <hi>Offerings</hi> are well pleasing unto
me, such <hi>Offerings</hi> will I accept at thine hands: <hi>Offer</hi> therefore <hi>unto me praise, and pay
thy vows unto the most High.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="286" facs="tcp:63175:194"/>This last word [<hi>most High</hi>] will serve us in stead of a Reason why God should re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quire
this kind of service at our hands, Because he is the <hi>most High</hi> God: Offer unto
God an Offering of <hi>Thanksgiving,</hi> because he is the <hi>most High</hi> God, that is, the chief<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>est
and highest Cause of all that thou hast received: Offer unto God, when thou hast
a suit unto him, because he is the <hi>most High</hi> God, that is, the Lord of Lords, the
highest Lord; and therefore it doth little beseem thee to appear before him without
a present, when thou wouldest do it unto thine earthly Lord, if thou hadst a suit unto
him.</p>
                  <p>Now also the Lord, as he <hi>is</hi> the <hi>most High</hi> God, so lie <hi>ever was</hi> and <hi>ever shall be</hi> the
<hi>most High;</hi> and therefore this kind of Offering is due unto God <hi>naturally</hi> and <hi>perpetual<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly.</hi>
Therefore both <hi>Iew</hi> and <hi>Gentile</hi> must offer unto God <hi>Praise,</hi> and make and pay
their <hi>Vows</hi> unto the most High. For these are Offerings made to God for a cause un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>changeable,
our Subjection and his Greatness; our receipt of daily benefits and his
daily showers of blessings. These therefore even among the <hi>Iews</hi> and under the Law
he did accept without any regard of <hi>Type,</hi> simply and for themselves; and these among
the <hi>Gentiles</hi> he only accepts, when all the rest are quite abolished. Those other he
rejects, because Christ, who was then to suffer and to be offered, is not now to be
offered any more: These he will still accept, because the <hi>most High</hi> God <hi>then</hi> is the
<hi>most High</hi> God <hi>still</hi> and <hi>shall be evermore.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>HAVING briefly shewn the scope and meaning of these words, and what these
<hi>Offerings of Praise</hi> and <hi>Votal offerings</hi> are which God did <hi>chiefly</hi> accept in the <hi>Law,</hi> and
will <hi>only</hi> admit in the <hi>Gospel;</hi> there remain yet in my purpose these things to be treat<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
of.</p>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. To distinguish this <hi>Moral</hi> kind of Offerings from the rest in use under the Law,<note place="margin">[The Author <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                              <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                           </gap> the follow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing part of this Discourse h<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>nd<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>es the first and second par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ticulars toge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther.]</note>
I will take a short Survey of all the Offerings then used.</item>
                     <item>2. I will give some infallible marks whereby we may know this kind of Offerings
from those whose End was to figure and represent things to come.</item>
                     <item>3. I will bring some Reasons to prove, That the main End of those Offerings I call
<hi>Eucharistical</hi> and <hi>Votal</hi> was not <hi>Ceremonial</hi> but <hi>Moral.</hi>
                     </item>
                     <item>4. Lastly, I will shew how far and in what sort these <hi>Eucharistical</hi> and <hi>Votal</hi> Offer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ings
have been used in the first ages of the Church, specially about the holy Sacra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment
and at the celebration of the Lord's Supper: and how the blind ignorance of af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter-times
turned them into <hi>
                           <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>xpiatory Sacrifices,</hi> which were only a real Thanksgiving
and a kind of <hi>real Praying</hi> unto God.</item>
                  </list>
                  <p>To begin therefore with the First.<note place="margin">The Legal Of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>f<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="3 letters">
                           <desc>•••</desc>
                        </gap>ngs were either <hi>Simply Holy,</hi> as the <hi>Terumoth:</hi> or <hi>most Holy,</hi> as the <hi>Corbanim</hi> were</note> All the <hi>Offerings in the Law</hi> were either <hi>Oblati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ones
Sanctae simply Holy,</hi> or <hi>Sanctae Sanctarum most Holy,</hi> or <hi>Holy of holies.</hi> This divi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sion
is founded in the Scripture it self, and without this division it is impossible either
to bring the multitude of <hi>Offerings</hi> into method, or to understand the End, Scope and
Use of them aright. The <hi>Holy Offerings</hi> are called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Terumoth,</hi> which we tran<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>slate
<hi>Heave-offerings;</hi> the <hi>Holy of holies</hi> or <hi>most Holy Offerings</hi> are called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>The most Holy</hi> offering is cal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>Corban,</hi> or <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap>, that is, an <hi>Of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fering of</hi> or <hi>by fire.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>Cor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>banim.</hi>
And the Scripture is so precise in these words, as I dare affirm though one of
them be used sixty times, they are never confounded; but <hi>Terumoth</hi> is only given to
Offerings <hi>simply Holy,</hi> and <hi>Corbanim</hi> only to those who were <hi>Sanctae Sanctarum</hi> or <hi>Holy
of holies</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Now for the reason of this difference of <hi>Holy</hi> and <hi>Holy of holies,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Why some <hi>Of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferings</hi> are cal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led <hi>Simply Ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly;</hi> others <hi>most Holy.</hi>
                     </note> it is this. The
<hi>Heave-offering</hi> is called simply <hi>Holy,</hi> because it was only consecrate to God, and had
no other Holiness but this. The <hi>Corban</hi> is called <hi>Holy of holies,</hi> because it was not
only consecrate to God, as was the other; but was also a Shadow and Type of Holy
things to come: and hence it had a priviledge that whatsoever it should touch, that
should be Holy also, as we may see <hi>Exod.</hi> 29. 37. &amp; chap. 30. 29. Which was a My<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stery
of that Holy one who by the union of Faith should one day sanctifie us and what<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>soever
is ours, as it is <hi>Heb.</hi> 10. verse 10, 14.</p>
                  <p>The <hi>Corban</hi> therefore,<note place="margin">The <hi>Corban</hi> or <hi>most Holy Of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fering</hi> defined. Levit. 1. 4. and often else<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>where.</note> or <hi>the most Holy Offering</hi> I define, <hi>An Offering of fire, figu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ring
the satisfaction which Christ was one day to perform to God for us.</hi> And therefore
the faithful Iew was to present this <hi>Corban</hi> before God, and <hi>lay his hand upon it,</hi> as it
were presenting unto God Christ who was to come, and apprehending him by the
hand of Faith. But the Priest alone was to offer it, and to eat up whatsoever remain<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
from the fire, and that<note n="*" place="margin">Levit. 10. 17.</note> in the Holy place; that so the Sacrifice it self being turn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
into the Sacrificer, might foreshew that our great Priest and great Sacrifice should
be one and the same; that is, that Christ should offer himself for us to God his Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther,
and that he should do it in the Holy City whereon the name of God was cal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="287" facs="tcp:63175:194"/>Now every <hi>Corban</hi> or <hi>most Holy Offering</hi> was of two parts or (if you will) two
kinds, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. <hi>Zebach</hi> I define a <hi>Corban</hi> or <hi>a most Holy Offering,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">The <hi>Corban</hi> was either <hi>Ze<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bach,</hi> or <hi>Min<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cha. Zebach</hi> defined.</note> 
                     <hi>where by the
slaughter and shedding of the bloud of Beasts was figured the Expiation of sin to be wrought by
the death and passion of Christ to come.</hi> For our Expiation could not be wrought but
by death and the effusion of bloud; and therefore God here made choice of <hi>Beasts</hi> for
<hi>Types,</hi> because they were capable of death and shedding of bloud. This Offering is
by a special name called <hi>The bloudy Sacrifice,</hi> and the LXX in <hi>Amos</hi> 5. 22. turn it
<note n="*" place="margin">And in <hi>Dan.</hi> 9. 27. (and most common<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly) <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, which properly signifies a <hi>Slaughter Of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fering,</hi> as in the Hebrew, so in the Greek, of <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>Macto.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, both properly and alluding to the word <hi>Zebach:</hi> the <hi>Latines</hi> well call it
<hi>Hostia</hi> and <hi>Victima.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Mincha</hi> defi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ned.</note> 
                     <hi>Mincha</hi> was a <hi>Corban</hi> for the most part joyned to a <hi>Zebach</hi> or <hi>Bloudy Sacrifice,
where by the burning and ascending of inanimate things, as Meats and Drinks, was sha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dowed
the Obedience and Merits of Christ to come, which God would accept for our want
of Obedience.</hi> By <hi>Obedience</hi> here I understand Christ's Active obedience, whereby he
fulfilled the Law for us, not by his unvaluable Death, but by a blameless Life; for
<hi>which of you</hi> (saith he) <hi>convinceth me of sin?</hi> Here therefore was no need of <hi>Beasts</hi> for
<hi>Types,</hi> but <hi>Meats</hi> and <hi>Drinks;</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Iohn 8. 46.</note> for godly works are as it were Meat and Drink to pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>serve
that life which is according to Godliness. <hi>This Corban</hi> we turn the <hi>Meat-and-Drink-offerings,</hi>
others <hi>Munus;</hi> the Gentiles called it <hi>Libum.</hi> But I said, This Of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fering
was <hi>commonly</hi> adjoyned to the <hi>Zebach</hi> or <hi>Bloudy Sacrifice;</hi> for sometimes it is
separate from it. For to this <hi>Mincha</hi> I refer the <hi>holy Incense</hi> which was within the
Temple, which figured that continual sweet favour and <hi>Incense</hi> of the Merits and
Obedience which Christ presents unto his Father in a Temple not made with hands,
that is, in Heaven.</p>
                  <p>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Zebach,</hi> as also <hi>Mincha,</hi> was either <hi>Simple</hi> or <hi>Di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verse.</hi> What's meant by a <hi>Simple</hi> Sacri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fice.</note> Again, both <hi>Zebach</hi> and <hi>Mincha,</hi> the <hi>Bloudy Sacrifice</hi> with its <hi>Meat-and-Drink-Offering,</hi>
were of differing kinds, and for differing Ends. For either kind was <hi>Simple</hi>
or <hi>Diverse. Simple</hi> I call that <hi>which all of it was most holy, and the whole was to shadow
out the Satisfaction of Christ.</hi> And this was either for <hi>Internal sins,</hi> or for <hi>External.</hi>
For <hi>Internal sins,</hi> that is, the sins of our<note n="‖" place="margin">So <hi>Aben Ezra</hi> on Levit. 1. 3. and the <hi>Targum</hi> of <hi>Io<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nathan</hi> on Levit. 6. 9.</note>
Hearts, Thoughts and Affections was <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> the <hi>Holocaust</hi> or <hi>Burnt-offering.</hi>
For <hi>External sins</hi> or evil deeds were <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, the <hi>Sin-offering</hi> and the <hi>Trespass-offering,</hi> as we
call them:<note n="*" place="margin">The Hebrew writers on <hi>Levit.</hi> 4. thus distinguish them: they make <hi>Chattaah</hi> or the <hi>Sin-Offering</hi> to be for a thing done ignorantly against some Negative Precept, and now certainly known to have been against the Precept; but <hi>Asham</hi> or the <hi>Trespass-offering</hi> to be for a thing done also against some Negative Precept, but as yet not certainly known by the party to be a vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>olation or breach of the Precept.</note> the one (if I am not deceived) for Sins against
the First Table, to wit <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or the <hi>Trespass-offering;</hi> the
other for sins of the Second Table. But because our <hi>In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ternal</hi>
sins or sins of Infirmity are <hi>peccata jugia,</hi> continual
and daily sins, therefore the <hi>Holocaust</hi> or <hi>Burnt-offering</hi>
was<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> Numb. 28. 10. <hi>Holocaustum juge.</hi>
                     </note> continual and daily offered; the <hi>Sin-offering</hi> and
<hi>Trespass-offering</hi> were not so: and yet whensoever they
were offered, they were offered with a <hi>Burnt-offering;</hi> to
shew that our Evil works cannot be expiated and made pure, unless the Heart, the
fountain whence they spring, be also purged.</p>
                  <p>A <hi>Diverse</hi> Sacrifice or <hi>Varium Sacrificium</hi> I call that <hi>which was not wholy most Holy,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">What's meant by a <hi>Diverse Sacrifice.</hi>
                     </note>
                     <hi>neither was all of it to figure the Offering of Christ to come:</hi> So that it was <hi>partly holy,</hi> and
<hi>partly most holy.</hi> Such a one was <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or the <hi>Peace-offering,</hi> which I define <hi>A Cor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ban,
part whereof was burnt upon the Altar, as in other Sacrifices, but the remainder and
greater part was eaten by the faithful people who brought it;</hi> that so their Sacrifice by be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
turned into their bodies nourishment, might be a Sign of their incorporation into
Christ to come, who was the true Sacrifice for sin. Here that which was eaten by
the People was not <hi>most Holy,</hi> for then had it belonged only to the Priest: but it was
a Sacrament and a Communion of that Sacrifice which was offered, and signified
Christ, whose Bloud was to be shed and Body broken for their atonement. Rightly
therefore was it called a <hi>Sacrifice of Peace,</hi> as being a Ceremony or Sacrament of <hi>Peace</hi>
and Communion with Christ Iesus, and by him with God the Father.</p>
                  <p>The Greeks commonly call it <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, an <hi>Eucharistical</hi> sacrifice, it being to be
celebrated with both oral and real Thanksgiving to God; as for the same reason our
Sacrament of Peace is called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> the <hi>Eucharist,</hi> which our Saviour Christ hath
ordained in stead of that <hi>Eucharistical</hi> Sacrifice under the Law. And of this kind were
the ordinary Sacrifices of the Gentiles, of which the Christians were forbidden to eat,
because they who in the Sacrament of the Lord's Supper had communion with Christ
already come, (as the <hi>Iews</hi> in the Peach-offerings had communion with Christ who
was to come) might have no peace and communion with Devils, as the Greeks had in
their sacrifice; as S. <hi>Paul</hi> (after he had compared these three together) concludes,
<pb n="288" facs="tcp:63175:195"/>
1 Cor. 10. 21. <hi>Ye cannot drink the Cup of the Lord, and the Cup of Devils; ye cannot be
partakers of the Lord's Table, and of the Table of Devils.</hi> Out of which place and the
Epistle to the <hi>Hebrews</hi> you may gather all that I have said hitherto of the <hi>Vse</hi> and <hi>Ends</hi>
of the <hi>Corbanim</hi> or <hi>most Holy Offerings.</hi> This affinity of the <hi>Eucharistical</hi> sacrifice with
the Sacrament of the Lord's Supper moved the ancient Christians to frame the Office
of the Lord's Supper as near as could be unto the Office of the <hi>Eucharistical</hi> Sacrifice;
<note place="margin">Of the Offer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ings which were <hi>Simply Holy,</hi> viz. <hi>Te<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rumoth</hi> or <hi>Heave-Offer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ings.</hi>
                     </note> as might be easily shewn in most particulars.</p>
                  <p>BUT now will I leave <hi>The most holy Offerings,</hi> and come to <hi>Those which had but a
single holiness,</hi> which I said before were called <hi>Terumoth</hi> or <hi>Heave-offerings,</hi> more seldom
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Tenuphoth</hi> or <hi>Wave-offerings;</hi> both from the manner of offering them, which was
not by <hi>Fire,</hi> as in <hi>the most Holy,</hi> but by <hi>holding up</hi> or <hi>shaking</hi> them before the Lord.</p>
                  <p>A <hi>Terumah</hi> therefore or <hi>Heave-offering</hi> I define thus,<note place="margin">The <hi>Terumah</hi> defined.</note> 
                     <hi>An Offering made unto God of
that we have received, in way of thankfulness or acknowledgement of his dominion over
the whole earth;</hi> or thus more shortly, <hi>An Offering made only unto the praise and ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nour
of God:</hi> and therefore it is <hi>Levit.</hi> 19. 24. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Sanctum laudationum, an
holy thing of praise,</hi> or <hi>an offering of praise.</hi> And to this purpose are those words of
<hi>David</hi> unto God, 1 <hi>Chron.</hi> 29. 11, 12, 13, 14. whenas himself and the Princes of <hi>Israel</hi>
had offered an huge <hi>Terumah</hi> of Gold and Silver for the building of the Temple;
<hi>Thine, O Lord,</hi> (saith he) <hi>is the greatness, and the power, and the glory, and the victo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry,
and majesty: for all that is in heaven and in earth is thine. Thine is the Kingdom,
O Lord, and thou art exalted as Head above all. Both riches and honour come of thee, and
thou reignest over all—Now therefore, our God, we thank and praise</hi> (namely, by this
Heave-offering) <hi>thy glorious Name—For all things come of thee, and of thine own hand
we have given thee.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Now the <hi>Terumah</hi> or <hi>Heave-offering</hi> was either <hi>Definite</hi> or <hi>Indefinite.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">The <hi>Terumah</hi> or <hi>Heave-offer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing</hi> was either <hi>Definite</hi> or <hi>In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>definite;</hi> and this either <hi>Commanded,</hi> or <hi>Free.</hi>
                     </note> A <hi>Definite
Heave-offering</hi> was the <hi>Tenth</hi> of all increase; and this alone was <hi>certain,</hi> both in regard
of the things to be offered, and the measure according to which they were to be of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fered.
The <hi>Indefinite Terumah</hi> was either <hi>Commanded,</hi> or <hi>Free.</hi> That which was
<hi>Commanded</hi> was either <hi>General,</hi> as the <hi>First-fruits;</hi> or <hi>Special,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">The <hi>Command<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed</hi> was either <hi>General,</hi> or <hi>Special.</hi>
                     </note> as the <hi>Heave-offering</hi>
of the <hi>breast</hi> and <hi>shoulder</hi> of the <hi>Peace-offerings,</hi> and of <hi>one loaf</hi> of the <hi>Meat-offering</hi> of
the same; and these the Greeks call fitly <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.<note n="*" place="margin">The <hi>Freewill-Offering</hi> was either <hi>more,</hi> or <hi>less solemn.</hi>
                     </note> The <hi>Freewill-offering</hi>
or <hi>voluntary Heave-offering</hi> was either <hi>more,</hi> or <hi>less solemn.</hi> The <hi>most so<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lemn
and usual</hi> was that which the <hi>Hebrews</hi> call <hi>Terumah-gedola</hi> which indeed was or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dinary,
but I think no where absolutely commanded. Voluntary Heave-offerings <hi>less
usual</hi> were the Offerings of Gold, Silver, Land, and whatsoever else they might give
unto the use of the Lord, his Temple and Ministers.</p>
                  <p>AND thus have we seen <hi>all the Kinds of the Offerings in the Law,</hi> both <hi>holy</hi> and
<hi>most holy;</hi> and I think there is no Offering to be found but it belongs to some of these I
have named: either to the <hi>Corbanim,</hi> the <hi>most Holy;</hi> or to the <hi>Terumoth,</hi> which were
<hi>simply holy.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Concerning this last, which we translate <hi>Heave-offerings,</hi> there remain two things
to be treated of: 1. <hi>Their Morality;</hi> 2. <hi>The practice of this kind by the ancient Church
in the Office of the Holy Sacrament of the Lord's Supper.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Concerning their <hi>Morality</hi> or <hi>Moral condition</hi> I will shew three things.</p>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. That they were not Typical.</item>
                     <item>2. <hi>That they were Offerings</hi> Eucharistical <hi>and</hi> Euctical, that is, <hi>addressed or used to</hi>
Thanksgiving <hi>and</hi> Prayer, according to the meaning of my Text.</item>
                     <item>3. That this kind of Offering is required at the hands of Christians.</item>
                  </list>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/> For the First,<note place="margin">That the <hi>Teru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>moth</hi> were not Typical, and that their main End was not Ceremonial, but Moral.</note> That <hi>Heave-offerings were not Typical,</hi> I argue</p>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. From their distinction from the rest, as being always <hi>simply holy,</hi> never <hi>holy of
holies.</hi> The force of this Argument I frame thus; If all the <hi>Oblationes ignitae</hi> or <hi>Fire-offerings</hi>
are therefore called <hi>Sanctae sanctarum, Holy of holies,</hi> because they were not
only consecrate to God, but further <hi>Signs</hi> and <hi>Types</hi> of <hi>holy things to come,</hi> and so had
a <hi>double Holiness,</hi> one of <hi>Sanctification,</hi> another of <hi>Signification;</hi> then the <hi>Heave-offer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ings,</hi>
which never are nor ought to be so called, were only <hi>simply holy,</hi> but <hi>no Types
of Holy things to come:</hi> But the first is true, neither can other reason be given of this
distinction: Therefore <hi>Heave-offerings</hi> were <hi>no Types of things to come.</hi>
                     </item>
                     <item>2. My second Reason shall be from the differing usage of <hi>Terumoth</hi> from the <hi>most
Holy</hi> offerings. For the <hi>most Holy</hi> Offerings were to be eaten only of Priests by con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dition,
of Males by sex, and in no place but the Holy place; and that because Christ,
whose <hi>Types</hi> they were, was to be a Priest, no ministring <hi>Levite;</hi> a Male, no Fe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>male;
and was to offer and make his own Body a Sacrifice for sin in no other part of
<pb n="289" facs="tcp:63175:195"/>
the world but the Holy city of <hi>Ierusalem:</hi> But as for <hi>Heave-offerings,</hi> not only Priests,
but every <hi>Levite,</hi> Singer and Door-keeper; not only Males, but the Wives and
Daughters of the <hi>Levites;</hi> not only Virgins, but even Widows and divorced wo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>men;
not only free <hi>Israelites,</hi> but even their Slaves and Bondmen who were not of
the Sons of <hi>Israel;</hi> and not only in the Holy place, but in every place, they ate them.
The truth hereof is certain and obvious through all the Law of <hi>Moses,</hi> without any
one little crossing it. I will not trouble you therefore with quotations, but frame
my second Reason after this manner; If none may eat of the <hi>most Holy Offerings</hi> but only
Priests, only Males, and only in the Holy place; because only Priests, only Males,
and of all places only the Sanctuary or holy place were <hi>Types of Christ:</hi> then surely
those Offerings which every under-<hi>Levite</hi> ate of, every <hi>Levite's</hi> wife and daughter,
widows and divorced women, every <hi>Levite's</hi> slave and bondman, and that in every
place, those Offerings doubtless cannot be Typical or Signs of Christ or any thing
proper to him; unless we affirm That every <hi>Levite, Levite's</hi> Wife, Daughter, Wi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dow,
divorced woman, yea Slaves and Bondmen, and every corner in the Land of
<hi>Canaan,</hi> were <hi>Types</hi> of Christ.</item>
                     <item>3. To this we may add in the third place, That there is no one word to be found in
the whole Scripture concerning the abolishment of <hi>Terumah</hi> or the <hi>Heave-offering:</hi> but
of the <hi>most Holy</hi> in express terms it is said <hi>Dan.</hi> 9. 27. That <hi>the Messias</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                        <hi>should cause to cease the Zebach and Mincha,</hi> that is, all the <hi>Offerings of fire</hi> or
<hi>Holy of holies.</hi> And S. <hi>Paul, Heb.</hi> 9. 9, 10. that <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>Sacrifices</hi> and <hi>Gifts</hi>
were ordained <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>; <hi>until the time of reformation:</hi> he saith not so of
<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, which word the LXX. use almost every where for the <hi>simply holy Terumah</hi>
or <hi>Heave-offering;</hi> whereas by <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> they translate <hi>Corban, Ze<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bach</hi>
and <hi>Mincha,</hi> according to<note n="*" place="margin">Hebr. 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>.</note> S. <hi>Paul's</hi> own quotation out of <hi>Psalm</hi> 40. 6. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>,
in <hi>Hebrew</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>Zebach and Mincha thou would<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>est
not,</hi> that is, no Offering of fire, no <hi>Corban</hi> or <hi>most Holy;</hi> and more specially of the
several kinds, <hi>A burnt-offering and an offering for sin thou requiredst not.</hi>
                     </item>
                     <item>4. And hence it is in the fourth place, That God no where rejects the <hi>Heave-offer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing</hi>
or any one kind thereof; but <hi>Zebach</hi> and <hi>Mincha</hi> almost as often as they are na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>med
in the Prophets or Psalms: As in this 50. <hi>Psalm,</hi> ver. 8, 13. <hi>I will not reprove
thee for thy</hi> Zebachim <hi>nor thy burnt-offerings: Will I eat the flesh of bulls, or drink the
bloud of goats?</hi> And in <hi>Psalm</hi> 40. 6. which S. <hi>Paul</hi> before quoted for the abolishment
of <hi>Typical</hi> Offerings, Zebach <hi>and</hi> Mincha <hi>thou wouldest not, a burnt-offering and an of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fering
for sin thou requiredst not.</hi> And <hi>Ier.</hi> 7. 21, &amp;c. <hi>Put your burnt-offerings unto your</hi>
Zebachim—<hi>For I spake not unto your fathers, nor commanded them in the day I
brought them out of the land of Egypt concerning Holocausts and</hi> Zebachim: <hi>But this I
commanded them, Obey my voice, and I will be your God, and ye shall be my people; and
walk ye in all the ways I commanded you, that it may be well with you.</hi> He that will,
may look further in <hi>Psal.</hi> 51. 16. <hi>Esay</hi> 1. 11, &amp;c. <hi>Ier.</hi> 6. 20. <hi>Hos.</hi> 6. 6. <hi>Amos</hi> 5. 22.
where we may hear God still rejecting and disdaining <hi>Holocausts, Zebachim</hi> and <hi>Min<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cha,
Sh<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>lamim</hi> or Peace-offerings, the whole rabble of <hi>Corbanim</hi> or most holy offer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ings;
but no word of <hi>Terumah.</hi> What force of reason this may bear with those who
consider that <hi>these appellations of Offerings</hi> are never confounded in the whole Law of
<hi>Moses</hi> or History of <hi>Israel,</hi> and therefore not like to be in these places only, I know
not; I am sure <hi>Terumah</hi> is about sixty times found in the Bible, and no where taken
for an <hi>Offering of fire</hi> or <hi>most Holy:</hi> Nor can it any where be shewn that <hi>Zebach</hi> and
<hi>Mincha</hi> are put for any other Offerings but <hi>Offerings of fire,</hi> whereof I have already
shewn <hi>Zebach</hi> was one part and <hi>Mincha</hi> the other.</item>
                  </list>
                  <p>And therefore I dare conclude, That <hi>Heave-offerings,</hi> called <hi>Terumoth</hi> and <hi>simply ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly,</hi>
howsoever many of them might be <hi>Ecclesiastical</hi> or <hi>Iudicial sacred</hi> in regard of
some circumstance, yet <hi>in their proper nature and principal end they were no Types of
things to come.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>AND so I come to the Second thing I propounded, to shew That these Offerings <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/>
were <hi>Eucharistical</hi> and <hi>Euctical,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Offerings <hi>Eu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>charistical</hi> and <hi>Euctical</hi> de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>scribed.</note> that is, their <hi>formalis ratio</hi> and essence consisted in
<hi>Thanksgiving</hi> and <hi>Prayer.</hi> For an <hi>Offering</hi> is then <hi>Eucharistical, when we give some<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thing
unto the Lord's use in way of Thankfulness for Blessings received;</hi> an <hi>Offering</hi> is then
<hi>Euctical, when we give something to the Lord's use, to the end that he seeing our Obe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dience
and Thankfulness in honouring him, might grant us a further Blessing we sue
for:</hi> And this is either <hi>de praesenti,</hi> or <hi>de futuro: De praesenti,</hi> when our Of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fering
is <hi>presently</hi> exhibited; <hi>De futuro,</hi> when we bind our selves then to do it when
we obtain our suit: And this is called a <hi>Vow,</hi> differing from the other not in nature
<pb n="290" facs="tcp:63175:196"/>
but in time: and this special kind, because usual, my Text puts for the whole kind,
<hi>Pay thy vows,</hi> &amp;c. Further, here is to be noted, that as <hi>Thanksgiving</hi> is joyned with
<hi>Prayer,</hi> so is the Gift for Thanksgiving joyned with a Gift for Prayer; Or the same
Gift is first applied to Thanksgiving, and then to Prayer; that so as Thanksgiving is
a mean to obtain by Prayer, so a Present of Thanksgiving for a former Benefit is a
mean to obtain of God a favour.</p>
                  <p>Herein then consists the Nature of an Offering addressed to <hi>Prayer,</hi> not to merit
the thing we ask, but to be an argument before God that he would hear us, because
he hath promised in Christ to hear them who honour him. This is not then <hi>orare sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tisfactoriè,</hi>
as the Papists do in their Mass, but only <hi>oblatorié.</hi> To pray <hi>satisfactoriè</hi>
or <hi>meritoriè,</hi> is to offer a price worth the thing we ask for; To pray only <hi>oblatoriè,</hi>
is to offer a motive or condition in regard of God's promise in Christ to obtain our
suit; that is, to make as it were a <hi>visible</hi> or <hi>real Prayer.</hi> And such a Prayer were the
<hi>Alms</hi> of <hi>Cornelius, Acts</hi> 10. of whom it is said, v. 4. That his <hi>Prayers and Alms were
come up for a memorial before God.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Now before this Offering <hi>Euctical</hi> or <hi>Eucharistical</hi> can be complete,<note place="margin">The Qualifi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cations of Of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferings <hi>Eucha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ristical</hi> and <hi>Votal.</hi>
                     </note> it must consist
of three degrees or parts, <hi>Cordis, Oris, Operis,</hi> the Offering of <hi>the Heart,</hi> of <hi>the
Mouth,</hi> and of <hi>the Hand.</hi> The <hi>Offering of the Heart</hi> is a <hi>Sursum Corda,</hi> the lifting up
of our Hearts to God either to <hi>praise</hi> him, or to <hi>pray</hi> unto him. The <hi>Offering of our
Mouth</hi> is to express the same with our tongues, and is called <hi>The</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Hos. 14. 2. Heb. 13. 15. <hi>The fruit of our lips.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>Calves of our lips.</hi>
The <hi>Offering of our Hand</hi> (which is properly call'd an <hi>Offering</hi>) is a Testimony of
what our Heart conceives or Tongue can express, by honouring God with a Present
of our substance. The first of these is the <hi>formalis ratio</hi> or that whereby the two last
are sanctified; without it they are no Offerings, no Thanksgiving, no Prayer: But the
last is hallowed by the two former; for a <hi>Sursum corda,</hi> the lifting up of our Hearts,
and the profession of our Mouths, is that which makes our Gift an Offering, which
without this Consecration is no Offering at all.</p>
                  <p>Hence it is that this kind of Offerings in regard of other Offerings is called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
not (as some have thought) from the thing offered,<note place="margin">How these Of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferings were <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> as though nothing were
offered but <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>rationes</hi> or <hi>orationes;</hi> but from the manner of hallowing it, which
was (as<note n="*" place="margin">Apolog. 2.</note> 
                     <hi>Iustin Martyr</hi> speaks) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>by way of Prayer and Thanks<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>giving.</hi>
For <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is not (as some have thought) opposed to a <hi>material</hi> offer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing,
but to an offering earthly and terrenely sanctified, as were the Typical Sacrifices
of the Law by Fire and Bloud; but this Offering is offered by no other Fire but the
Fire of the Spirit, by no other Bloud than the precious drops of Prayer and Thanks<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>giving.
In brief, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is an Offering spiritually offered, not an offering only
of the Spirit; it is opposed to <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and [<note n="*" place="margin">This or the like w<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>rd was wanting <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap> the Manuscript. In the writings of the Ancient Fathers are frequently op<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>posed <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> or <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, and <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, &amp;c. <hi>Vid.</hi> Iustin. Mart. <hi>in Apol.</hi> 2. Euseb. <hi>Dem. Evang. l. 1. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>. 10. &amp; l. 5. c.</hi> 23.</note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>] <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, not to a material and
real offering: as it is easily to be seen in <hi>Iustin Martyr, Irenaeus,</hi> and the ancient Li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>turgies,
who call the <hi>material</hi> offering of Bread and Wine for the Sacrament <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>a reasonable and unbloudy Sacrifice.</hi> As the <hi>most Holy</hi> offerings were
called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Fiery</hi> offerings, not because they offered only <hi>fire,</hi> but because that
which was offered was done by <hi>fire:</hi> so are all these <hi>Heave-offerings</hi> called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
because they were offered <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, meaning the <hi>manner,</hi> not the <hi>matter</hi> of the
offering.</p>
                  <p>To come therefore to a conclusion. That the <hi>Heave-offerings</hi> were such Offerings
as I have now described, it appears plainly in three principal sorts of them, <hi>First-fruits,
Tithes,</hi> and <hi>Voluntary Heave-offerings.</hi> In <hi>First-fruits</hi> it appears by the Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fession
which every one was to make who offered them, <hi>Deut.</hi> 26. 6, &amp;c. When <hi>the
Egyptians evil intreated us and afflicted us—and when we cried unto the Lord God of
our fathers, the Lord heard our voice—and brought us forth out of Egypt with a mighty
hand and out-stretched arm—and he hath brought us into this place, and hath given us
this land, even a land that floweth with milk and honey. And now behold, I have brought
the First-fruits of the Land which thou, O Lord, hast given me. And</hi> (so saith the
Text) <hi>thou shalt set them before the Lord thy God, and worship before the Lord thy God.</hi>
Whither tend all these words but to a thankful acknowledgment and remembrance of
the Blessings they had received from God in giving them so good a Land, and doing
so great things for them?</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="291" facs="tcp:63175:196"/>And for <hi>Tithes,</hi> you may see in the same place what he was to say that offered
them, namely,<note n="*" place="margin">Verse 13.</note> 
                     <hi>I have brought away the hallowed things out of mine house, and also have
given them unto the Levite, and the stranger, and the fatherless, and the widow, accord<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
to all thy Commandments which thou hast commanded me—Look down</hi> (there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore)
<hi>from thy holy habitation, from heaven,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Verse 15.</note> 
                     <hi>and bless thy people Israel, and the Land
which thou hast given us, as thou swarest to our fathers, a Land that floweth with milk
and honey.</hi> Here is an <hi>Euctical</hi> offering, an offering applied to Prayer; as if they had
said, We honour thee, O Lord, with this part of our substance; that thou seeing our
Obedience, mightest in mercy vouchsafe to look down from thy holy habitation, and
bless us thy people, and the Land which thou hast given us.</p>
                  <p>I come now to the <hi>voluntary Heave-offering,</hi> of which we have a noble Pattern in
that great <hi>Terumah</hi> of Gold and Silver which <hi>David</hi> and his Princes offered for the
building of the Temple, in 1 <hi>Chron.</hi> 29. Where we shall find first <hi>Praise</hi> or <hi>Thanksgi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving,</hi>
that is, an acknowledgment of God's Dominion, Power and Goodness, from
which comes all the good we have; <hi>Thine, O Lord,</hi> (saith <hi>David</hi> ver. 11.) <hi>is the
greatness, and the power, and the glory, and the victory, and the Majesty; for all that is
in the heaven and in the earth is thine</hi>—ver. 12. <hi>Both riches and honour come of thee,
and thou reignest over all</hi>—ver. 13. <hi>Now therefore, our God, we thank thee, and praise
thy glorious name.</hi> And afterwards he comes to <hi>Prayer</hi> (ver. 18, 19.) <hi>O Lord God of
Abraham, Isaac, and Israel our fathers,—Give unto Solomon my son a perfect heart to
keep thy Commandments, thy Testimonies and Statutes.</hi> I will add for a conclusion that
of <hi>Nehemiah</hi> 13. 14. who being the Head and Ruler of his brethren when he com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>manded
them to give the <hi>Heave-offering</hi> or portions of the <hi>Levites,</hi> it was as it were
an Offering of his own, and therefore he applieth it <hi>Euctically,</hi> saying, <hi>Remember me,
O my God, concerning this, and wipe not out my good deeds that I have done for the house
of my God, and for the offices thereof.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>AND now I come unto the third thing I propounded, <hi>That this kind of Offering</hi>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="3"/>
or <hi>Terumah</hi> (the essence and <hi>formalis ratio</hi> whereof consisted in <hi>Prayer</hi> and <hi>Thanksgi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving) was still required at the hands of Christians;</hi> and then afterward shall speak of
<hi>the Practice of the ancient Church.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>That these <hi>Offerings</hi> (as I may so speak) of <hi>visible Prayer and Thanksgiving are re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quired
at the hands of Christians,</hi> I prove</p>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. Because the <hi>inward</hi> worship of the Heart is still due, and therefore also the <hi>out<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ward</hi>
so far as it was to be a Sign thereof: For what reason can be given why we
should be still bound to honour God with the <hi>Praise</hi> and <hi>Prayer</hi> of our <hi>Hearts,</hi> yea
and <hi>Mouth</hi> too, and should not be bound to do the same also by our <hi>Works and Deeds?</hi>
Without doubt he that commands us to honour him with our whole Heart, with all
our Mind, with all our Soul, and with all our Strength, would have us honour him
in all the degrees of honour, with the honour of the <hi>Heart,</hi> of the <hi>Mouth</hi> and of the
<hi>Hand;</hi> and howsoever the first of these be required simply, yet the other two are at
least conveniently.</item>
                     <item>2. We know it is the Law of God,<note place="margin">Exod. 23. 15.</note> 
                        <hi>That no man should appear before him empty:</hi>
                        <note place="margin">Deut. 16. 16.</note>
And this is so natural, that we never almost come before a man, if we have a
suit or would shew our selves thankful, but we think fit to honour him with a
present, that we might find him the more favourable: Why should not God
much more expect some fruits of our Obedience when we come into his pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sence;
seeing he gives all things as <hi>Lord of all,</hi> not as <hi>a Steward to another;</hi>
yea and of his free goodness, not as bound to give us any thing more than
seems fit to his good will and pleasure? And that this Law was to have place
in the <hi>Gospel</hi> as well as in the <hi>Law,</hi> it appears by S. <hi>Paul</hi>'s decree concerning the
<hi>Lord's day,</hi> which being the day wherein every Soul was publickly to present
himself before the Lord to make his prayers and to give thanks unto his name; that
<note place="margin">1 Cor. 16. 2.</note> this might not be done with empty hands, S. <hi>Paul</hi> gives order to all the Churches of
<hi>Galatia</hi> and <hi>Corinth,</hi> That <hi>upon the first day of the week every one should lay by him
in store, as God had prospered him,</hi> that is, he should give for pious uses accord<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
to his ability. <hi>Thrice in the year</hi> (saith the Law, <hi>Deut.</hi> 16. 16.) <hi>shall eve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry
male appear before the Lord,</hi> and <hi>no man shall appear empty.</hi> Once in a week
(saith the New Testament) shall every Soul appear before the Lord, and no man shall
appear empty. <hi>Deus non indiget eorum quae à nobis sunt, sed nos indigemus offerre
aliquid Deo;—à nobis propter nos fieri vult, nè simus infructuosi; God stands not in
need of any thing that is ours, but it is needful for us to present God with some Ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lation
of our own—And it is not for any advantage to himself, that God would
<pb n="292" facs="tcp:63175:197"/>
have this to be done by us; but for our own good and behoof, that we may not be in the
number of unprofitable servants,</hi> saith<note n="*" place="margin">L. 4. c. 34.</note> 
                        <hi>Irenaeus,</hi> one of the most ancient Fathers, whose
argument this is which I have brought; urged also by <hi>M. Bucer</hi> in his censure of our
Liturgy.</item>
                     <item>3. My third Argument is something like unto the former. God is a <hi>King,</hi> and
therefore to be honoured like a <hi>King.</hi> The proper honour of a <hi>King</hi> as a <hi>King</hi> is <hi>Tri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bute,</hi>
whereby his Subjects acknowledge his Supremacy and Dominion. God is a
King, a King of Kings, as well now in the Gospel as ever in the Law; and therefore
now as well as then to be honoured with a <hi>Tributary</hi> Offering. This reasoning is good,<note place="margin">Mal. 1. 6.</note> seeing God himself so reasoneth with his people; <hi>If I am a Father,</hi> (saith he) <hi>where
is mine honour? if I am a Lord, where is my fear?</hi> Why may we not add in the same
force of reason, If God be <hi>a King,</hi> where is his <hi>Tribute,</hi> the proper honour of a King?
yea so proper to a King, that they are terms convertible in the Scripture, <hi>To be a King,</hi>
and <hi>To receive Tribute</hi> or Presents of his Subjects; <hi>To acknowledge to be a King,</hi> and <hi>To
bring Presents.</hi> For those sons of <hi>Belial</hi> (1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 10. 27.) which did not acknowledge
<hi>Saul</hi> to be their King, are said <hi>to have brought him no Presents.</hi> And 2 <hi>Chron.</hi> 17. 5.
the Holy Ghost useth no other words to signifie that <hi>Iehoshaphat</hi> was acknowledged
and confirmed King of <hi>Iudah</hi> but these, That <hi>all Iudah brought him Presents.</hi> We
know the discipline of the <hi>Persians</hi> was, That none might come before their King
without a <hi>Gift,</hi> were it never so small; and therefore the Peasant<note n="*" place="margin">
                           <hi>AElian.</hi> var. hist. lib. 1. cap. 32.</note> 
                        <hi>Sinaetas</hi> offered
<hi>Artaxerxes</hi> an handful of water, having nothing else to give him. And this the <hi>Magi,</hi>
who came from the East to worship Christ, knew well enough, and therefore they
offered him Presents of Gold, Frankincense and Myrrh; for they came to worship a
<hi>King,</hi> and worshipped him <hi>like a King:<note place="margin">Matth. 2. 2.</note> Where is he</hi> (say they) <hi>that is born King of the
Iews? for we have seen his Star in the East, and are come to worship him.</hi> Nay the very
reason why we give <hi>Tribute</hi> unto Kings is because they are <hi>God's Ministers:</hi> So saith
S. <hi>Paul, Rom.</hi> 13. 6. <hi>For this cause pay you Tribute; for they are God's Ministers. Prop<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter
quod unumquodque est tale, illud magis est tale;</hi> If this be due unto the Vicegerent,
what is due unto the Lord himself? I conclude therefore in the words of <hi>Irenaeus,</hi>
                        <note place="margin">L. 4. c. 34.</note> 
                        <hi>Offerre igitur Deo oportet primitias ejus creature, We ought therefore to offer unto God an</hi>
Heave-offering <hi>of his creatures;</hi> for so the Lxx, and from them all ancient Writers,
use <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, which the <hi>Latines</hi> turn <hi>Primitiae,</hi> not meaning that which in <hi>Hebrew</hi> is
called <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, but every <hi>Terumah</hi> or <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>. <hi>Irenaens</hi> a little before hath this,
<hi>Per munas enim erga Regem &amp; hono<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> &amp; affectio ostenditur; For the Present shews what
affection and esteem the giver hath for the King he honoureth therewith:</hi> and afterwards,
<hi>Sicut &amp; Moses ait, Non apparebis vacuus ante conspectum Domini Dei tui; Even as Mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ses
saith, Thou shalt not appear before the Lord thy God empty.</hi>
                     </item>
                  </list>
                  <p>But before I go from hence, it shall not be amiss to distinguish the use of this word
<hi>Offering</hi> taken <hi>materially;</hi> for our writers in the point of Christian <hi>Oblations</hi> speak
somewhat confusedly thereof. An <hi>Offering</hi> therefore is taken <hi>properly</hi> or <hi>analogically.</hi>
An <hi>Offering properly taken</hi> is a work of the <hi>First</hi> Table; an Offering <hi>analogically</hi> taken
is a work of the <hi>Second</hi> Table, otherwise called <hi>Eleemosyna</hi> or <hi>Alms.</hi> The first is done
to <hi>God immediately,</hi> and is when we give ought to the use and maintenance of his
Worship. The Second is done to <hi>our Neighbour immediately,</hi> as when we supply his
wants out of our abundance: and this is done to God only <hi>mediately;</hi> unless it be
done unto the stranger, fatherless, and widow; for they in the old Law were in a
special manner <hi>Cura Dei</hi> God's care, together with the <hi>Levite.</hi> Of these two kinds I
have hitherto extended the first; though I exclude not <hi>Alms,</hi> so far as God is wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>shipped
by the good we do unto our brother.</p>
                  <p>I COME now unto the last point I proposed, namely, <hi>The Practice of the anci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ent
Church in the use of this Offering or Oblatory Praise and Thanksgiving at the celebrati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
of the Lord's Supper;</hi> and here I will shew first, <hi>What their custom was;</hi> secondly,
<hi>What ground and reason they had for the same.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>To begin with the first. Among the ancient Christians the whole Office of this
Sacrament, I mean the whole Body of Rites and Actions about the same, consisted of
three parts, namely, as they are distinguished by<note n="*" place="margin">In Ep. ad <hi>S<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>yrnens<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap>.</hi> Of these three see more in Book II in the Treatise <hi>Of the Christian Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crifice.</hi> chap. 4.</note> 
                     <hi>Ignatius,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
was an act of <hi>Oblatory</hi> praise and prayer by addressing or applying Bread and
Wine unto the use of the Sacrament, and other Gifts to the use of God's service. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
or <hi>Sacrifice,</hi> the consecration or mystical changing of Bread and Wine thus sancti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fied
into the Body and Bloud of our Lord <hi>Iesus.</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> was the eating or recei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving
of the same in sign of Communion with Christ and all the fruits of his Incarnati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on;
whence <hi>Nazianzen</hi> defines this Sacrament <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, the
<pb n="293" facs="tcp:63175:197"/>
                     <hi>Communion of the Incarnation of God.</hi> To these three acts answer three words: To
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or the Oblation, hallowed Bread and hallowed Wine; but no more: To
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or the Consecration, the Body and Bloud of the Lord: To the third, the Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>munion
of the Body and Bloud of the Lord. The first act of common Bread and Wine
made holy and sanctified Bread and Wine,<note place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, The Cup of Blessing which we bless.</note> called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, that is,
the Bread and Wine of Blessing and Thanksgiving: The second act of holy Bread and
Wine made most holy, that is, holy signs of the Lord's Body and Bloud: The third
of holy signs in general holy signs in special applied to the soul of each receiver. The
first was done by being used to Prayer and Thanksgiving:<note place="margin">1 Cor. 10. 16.</note> The second by pronoun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cing
the words of Institution at the breaking of the Bread and pouring of the Wine:
The third by receiving it with <hi>Amen</hi> or <hi>So be it.</hi> The first and last were acts of Priest
and People; the second of the Priest alone. Thus was there as it were a mutual com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>merce
between God and the People; the People giving unto God, and God again
unto his People: the People giving a small Thanksgiving, but receiving a great Bles<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sing;
offering Bread, but receiving the Body; offering Wine, but receiving the my<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stical
Bloud of Christ Iesus.</p>
                  <p>I know that the names of these are often confounded, all being used for the whole,
and often one for another; but especially the Sacrament it self is called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> the
<hi>Oblation</hi> or <hi>Offering,</hi> by a <hi>Metonymic of the matter,</hi> because the <hi>matter</hi> was <hi>offered</hi>
Bread and <hi>offered</hi> Wine. For the same reason is it called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>the Eucharist,</hi>
because the <hi>matter</hi> of it was <hi>Eucharistia,</hi> Bread of Blessing and <hi>Thanksgiving;</hi> not, as
some think, because the <hi>End</hi> thereof is <hi>Thanksgiving.</hi> It is called also <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <hi>Sacri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fice,</hi>
I think of the <hi>matter</hi> also, which was taken out of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> though some
will have it so called because it was a sign of Christ's sacrifice.</p>
                  <p>But I return again unto the <hi>Oblation,</hi> which (as you have seen) was as it were a
<hi>Prologue</hi> unto the Sacrament, and had the full nature of the <hi>Heave-offering,</hi> which I
have so long spoken of.</p>
                  <p>First it was in every part complete, having all the degrees or parts of a true <hi>offer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing,</hi>
namely, of the <hi>Heart,</hi> of the <hi>Tongue,</hi> and of the <hi>Hand;</hi> all formally expressed
in the ancient Liturgies. For when the people began to bring their <hi>Offering</hi> unto the
Altar,<note place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                           <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> the Priest was to say, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Lift up your hearts;</hi> to which they an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>swered,
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>We lift them up unto the Lord:</hi> This was the use of
those Versicles in ancient time. When this was done, then came the <hi>calves of their
lips</hi> offered both to <hi>Praise</hi> and <hi>Prayer.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. To Praise and Thanksgiving. When the Priest cried, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>,
<hi>Let us give thanks unto the Lord;</hi> the people answered, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, <hi>It is meet
and just we should do so:</hi> and so they went on to give God thanks, or to make a <hi>thank<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ful
remembrance of the Creation of the World</hi> and all things therein for the use of man,
for the <hi>Providence</hi> of God in governing the same, for the <hi>Oeconomy of his Church</hi> afore
the Law and in the Law; recounting in brief as they went the principal Histories of
the Bible in all these particulars. This part of <hi>Oblatory Thanksgiving</hi> is now called <hi>the
Preface</hi> in the Mass, though something diverse from the ancient.</item>
                  </list>
                  <p>But because <hi>Christ</hi> had commanded that in this service they should <hi>chiefly remember
him,</hi> they made in the next place a large <hi>Thanksgiving</hi> unto God, that he so loved the
world as to give his own Son for the same, that the Son of God would abase himself
so low as to take upon him the nature of sinful man, and by his death and passion to
redeem us out of the jaws of death and pit of hell. And this is now for the greater
part called <hi>The Hymn:</hi> and here ended <hi>The offering of Praise and Thanksgiving.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <list>
                     <item>2. Next comes <hi>the Offering of Prayer,</hi>
                        <note place="margin">
                           <hi>Tertullian</hi> 
                           <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                              <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                           </gap> Scap. c. 2. <hi>Cyrill</hi> 
                           <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                              <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                           </gap> Mystagog. 5.</note> or Prayer with an Offering for Kings and
Princes, the whole Catholick Church; and so along as we have it in our <hi>Litany,</hi> or
in the <hi>Prayer for the whole state of Christ's Church:</hi> both which are beaten out of that
mint. And our <hi>Prayer for the whole state of Christ's Church</hi> is yet <hi>Oblatory,</hi> if the Ru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brick
were observed, which enjoyns the Church-wardens to gather the Alms of the
people, and then to make this <hi>Vniversal Prayer;</hi> and in the very beginning thereof we
desire Almighty God <hi>to accept our Alms and to receive our Prayers.</hi> In no other sense
did the ancient Church use their word [<hi>Offer</hi>] so often repeated in those Prayers,
but that God would accept of their Obedience in thus honouring him, and so accord<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
to his promise in Christ to hear their Prayers. And hence it is that sometimes they
say,<note n="*" place="margin">
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>
                        </note> 
                        <hi>We offer,</hi> sometimes,<note n="*" place="margin">
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>.</note> 
                        <hi>We beseech thee;</hi> one expounding the meaning of the
other. But this is now made to be the <hi>Canon</hi> of the Mass, and all this <hi>Offering of
Prayer</hi> is turned into an <hi>Offering of Expiation for the quick and the dead.</hi> For
this <hi>offering of Bread and Wine and Alms</hi> being out of use, the Priest could apply
<pb n="294" facs="tcp:63175:198"/>
the word [<hi>Offer</hi>] to no other thing but the offering of Christ's Body and Bloud.</item>
                  </list>
                  <p>Thus have you seen as briefly as I could <hi>the Practice of the ancient Church in their
offering of Praise afore the Sacrament;</hi> for after this was done, as ye have heard, then
came <hi>the Sacrament,</hi> and then <hi>the Communion of the same.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>NOW it remains I should shew <hi>What ground and reason they had for this Custom;</hi>
which I will do briefly.</p>
                  <p>The First ground they seem to have had is from the Office of the <hi>Peace-offering</hi> or
<hi>Eucharistical Sacrifice,</hi> because they were both of the like nature and same end; the
Iews in the <hi>Eucharistical Sacrifice</hi> having communion with him who was to come, by
eating of their Sacrifice, as we in this Sacrament have with him who is already come,
by eating of his Mystical Body and Bloud under the forms of Bread and Wine: And
because of this affinity they framed the office of the one like unto the office of the
other. For in every <hi>Peace-offering</hi> there was first a <hi>Terumah</hi> of Praise and Thanks<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>giving, both of<note n="*" place="margin">The <hi>living creatures</hi> were Bullocks, Sheep, or Goats, <hi>Levit.</hi> 3. The other things without life, and which were <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>r food, that were offered up, were the unleavened cakes, and wafers, of fine flour, and oil; as also leavened bread, &amp;c. which according to the Law (<hi>Levit.</hi> 7.) were required in every <hi>Peace-offering of Thanksgiving;</hi> whence it was called <hi>The Peace-offering that was offered with bread.</hi>
                     </note>
                     <hi>animalia</hi> and <hi>cibaria:</hi> secondly, A part of this being reserved for
the Priest's use, the rest was made a Sacrifice by sprinkling of bloud, and burning
some part thereof upon the Altar as a Memorial of the whole: And in the third place,
That which was saved from the fire, was eaten both of Priest and people. This may
be seen in the Law of <hi>Peace-offerings</hi> and the offerings of <hi>Consecration</hi> and <hi>Purification,</hi>
all being of the same Law.</p>
                  <p>According to this Pattern was framed the Office of the <hi>Sacrament:</hi> for in this also
was first offered a <hi>Terumah</hi> of <hi>Praise</hi> and <hi>Prayer,</hi> some part of which being kept for
some other holy use, the rest was consecrate into a Sacrament, and then eaten both of
Priest and People.</p>
                  <p>The Second reason they have is from the first celebration of this Sacrament by
Christ and his Apostles, which the Evangelists record thus, That Christ took Bread,
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, that is, <hi>having made a blessing and a thanksgiving,</hi> he said,
<hi>Take, eat, This is my body which is broken for you;</hi> and then likewise of the Cup: and
to both adds, <hi>Do this in remembrance of me.</hi> In these words of the Story we see three
acts plainly expressed: 1. A <hi>Blessing</hi> or <hi>Thanksgiving;</hi> 2. A Consecration of a Sacra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment,
<hi>This is my Body,</hi> &amp;c. 3. A Communion or Receiving of the same, <hi>Take and
eat.</hi> Now because after all this Christ adds, <hi>Do this in remembrance of me,</hi> or, <hi>As of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ten
as ye do this, do it in remembrance of me;</hi> it may be a question whether he means
that <hi>all</hi> these acts should be <hi>done in remembrance</hi> of him, or only <hi>some one</hi> of them. The
<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>This,</hi> Luke 22. 19. 1 Cor. 11. 24.</note> Singular number may argue he meant of <hi>some one;</hi> and then it is a Question which of
the three; whether he would have the <hi>Blessing and Thanksgiving,</hi> or the <hi>Consecration,</hi>
or the <hi>Eating</hi> done in remembrance of him. It may seem not to be meant of the <hi>Eat<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing</hi>
or <hi>Communion,</hi> for the words seem to be spoken before it was; and besides the
words seem to be spoken of something himself had done, which were the two first
acts only. To be short, The most ancient Fathers, <hi>Iustin Martyr, Irenaeus,</hi> with
others, if I understand them, they understand these words of that first act, of <hi>Blessing
and Thanksgiving;</hi> as if Christ had said, Whereas heretofore in this act of <hi>Blessing</hi> and
<hi>Thanksgiving</hi> you made a chief remembrance or chiefly gave thanks to God <hi>for passing
by you,</hi> when he slew all the first-born of <hi>Egypt;</hi> henceforth in lieu of this ye shall do
it in remembrance of me, that is, you shall give thanks to God for my Incarnation and
coming into the world to save mankind, for my precious Death and Passion, for my
glorious Ascension, and all the Benefits ye have from me. And so the meaning of
S. <hi>Paul</hi>'s words expounding the words of Christ,<note place="margin">1 Cor. 11. 26.</note> 
                     <hi>As often as ye eat of this bread and
drink of this cup, ye declare the Lord's death until he come,</hi> is to be construed after the
same manner, <hi>viz.</hi> Not by eating this bread or by drinking this cup, but at the eating
of this bread and at the drinking of this cup, ye use to make a thankful remembrance
of the Lord's death: meaning that this <hi>remembrance</hi> or <hi>declaration</hi> is neither the <hi>Form</hi>
nor the <hi>Effect</hi> of the Sacrament it self, but a <hi>Connexum</hi> or thing joyned unto it, or used
at the same time with it. For the <hi>Form</hi> of the Sacrament is a Sign and Communion of
the Lord's body, the <hi>End</hi> and <hi>Effect</hi> the Confirmation of our Faith; neither of which
seems to be meant by <hi>remembring</hi> of his death.</p>
                  <p>Howsoever it be, upon this Exposition the Fathers ground their <hi>Oblation of Prayer
and Thanksgiving</hi> before the Sacrament as a thing injoyned by Christ himself.<note n="*" place="margin">Lib. 4. c. 32.</note> 
                     <hi>Ire<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>naeus</hi>
expresly saith, That Christ in this his taking bread and giving thanks, <hi>Novi Te<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stamenti
novam docuit oblationem, did teach and appoint the New Oblation of the New
<pb n="295" facs="tcp:63175:198"/>
Testament;</hi> and that by so doing he taught his disciples <hi>Primitias Deo offerre ex suis
creaturis, non quasi indigenti, sed ut ipsi nec infructuosi nec ingrati sint, to offer unto God
an Heave-offering of his creatures; not for that God had any need thereof, but that they
might not shew themselves ungrateful and unprofitable servants:</hi> and that of this <hi>Malachi</hi>
prophesied,<note place="margin">Mal. 1. 11.</note> when he saith, <hi>In every place Incense shall be offered unto my Name, and a
pure Offering.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>If you wonder how it could be so taken, I will make it plain as I conceive it thus.
Where it is said that Christ <hi>took bread</hi> and <hi>gave thanks</hi> or made a blessing; it may be
understood either that he gave thanks to God <hi>for</hi> the Bread, or <hi>with</hi> the Bread: If
<hi>with</hi> the Bread, he made an <hi>Oblatory</hi> thanksgiving or blessing, as I have shewed the
Ancients did: And in this sense the Fathers take the words, and <hi>Beza</hi> himself leans
the same way, quoting the words of <hi>Theophylact,</hi> That he gave not thanks <hi>for</hi>
the bread, but <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>upon</hi> the bread, that is, he did an act of <hi>Oblatory</hi> praise
by addressing Bread and Wine to the Lord's use in the Sacrament.</p>
                  <p>And that such should be the meaning of the words, this reason made great appear<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ance,
because it is like that Christ used the same kind of <hi>Blessing</hi> and the same kind of
<hi>Thanksgiving</hi> which the <hi>Iews</hi> used in the <hi>Passeover,</hi> only changing the <hi>End</hi> thereof:
Now their <hi>Thanksgiving</hi> was by way of <hi>Oblation;</hi> for the <hi>Passeover</hi> was a kind of
<hi>Peace-offering,</hi> in which I have shewed, that which was to be a Sacrifice, was first of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fered
a <hi>Terumah</hi> of <hi>Thanksgiving,</hi> whereof the whole Sacrifice was called <hi>Eucharisti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cal.</hi>
Whether this be the meaning of the words or no, I will not say.</p>
                  <p>The End of all this Discourse of <hi>Offerings</hi> hath been to help my self and others
to understand the Fathers rightly, and to know the difference of the <hi>Romish Mass</hi>
from this ancient <hi>Terumah</hi> of <hi>Thanksgiving</hi> and <hi>Prayer;</hi> which I will briefly point at,
and so make an end. 1. This Offering of the Fathers was before the Consecration;
the Mass is after. 2. This was of bare and naked Bread and Wine; the Mass of the
Body and Bloud of Christ. 3. This was an <hi>Heave-offering</hi> of <hi>Praise</hi> and <hi>Prayer;</hi>
the Mass is an Offering of Expiation, or a price of redemption for the quick and dead.
4. This was an act of all the Faithful; but the Mass is of the Priest alone.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="52" type="discourse">
               <head>DISCOURSE LII.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>REVEL. 3. 19.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten: Be zealous therefore,
and repent.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>THESE words are part of one of the <hi>Seven Epistles</hi> sent by Christ un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
the <hi>Seven Churches</hi> in <hi>Asia;</hi> namely an Exhortation unto the Church
of <hi>Laodicea,</hi> whose disease was <hi>Lukewarmness</hi> and want of Fervency
in the matter of Religion, and that accompanied with <hi>Security</hi> arising
from presumption of Gods love through the abundance of his out<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ward
blessings bestowed upon them (<hi>vers.</hi> 17.) That therefore which
they abused as an Argument why they might be <hi>secure,</hi> (as being God's darling and
so much beloved,) in my Text is retorted unto them as an Argument of fear of some
Chastisement near unto them and even hanging over their heads; For <hi>those whom God
loveth, he chastiseth:</hi> Certain therefore it was that they should erelong feel the
Scourge of God, unless they should timely rouze themselves out of their lazy devo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions,
out of the hateful and dangerous temper of <hi>Lukewarmness,</hi> unless they should
blow up the fire of Zeal, to love and worship God with all earnestness and fervency;
in sum, unless they would amend that grievous fault by Repentance; for, <hi>As many as
I love,</hi> (saith Christ) <hi>I rebuke and chasten; be zealous therefore and repent.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>It belongs not much to our purpose to enquire <hi>Whether those seven Epistles concern
historically and literally only the Churches here named,</hi> or <hi>Whether they were intended
for Types of Churches or Ages of the Church afterwards to come.</hi> It shall be sufficient to
say, That if we consider their Number, being <hi>Seven</hi> (which is a number of revolution
<pb n="296" facs="tcp:63175:199"/>
of Times, and therefore in this Book the <hi>Seals, Trumpets</hi> and <hi>Vials</hi> also are <hi>seven:</hi>)
or if we consider the choice of the Holy Ghost,<note place="margin">Revel. 3. 19.</note> in that he taketh neither all, no nor
the most famous Churches then in the world, as <hi>Antioch, Alexandria, Rome,</hi> and
many other, and such (no doubt) as had need of instruction as well as those here
named; if these things be well considered, it will seem that these <hi>Seven Churches,</hi> be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sides
their <hi>Literal</hi> respect, were intended (and it may be chiefly) to be as <hi>Patterns</hi>
and <hi>Types</hi> of the several Ages of the Catholick Church from the beginning thereof
unto the end of the World: that so these <hi>Seven Churches</hi> should <hi>Prophetically sample</hi>
unto us a <hi>sevenfold Temper and Constitution</hi> of the whole Church according to the se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>veral
Ages thereof, answering the <hi>Pattern</hi> of the Churches named here.</p>
                  <p>For as in the course of Man's life diversity of ages hath diverse manners and con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ditions,
so was it to be with the Church of Christ: Yea and as some Diseases are in
regard of predominancy proper unto some men and not to others; so is it with the
Church: All of these with their praises, if good; and remedies, if evil, are pour<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trayed
in these <hi>Seven Epistles</hi> unto the <hi>Seven Churches.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Nay not only the whole Church, but even particular Churches have their Ages,
Manners and Conditions answerable unto the whole Body: They have likewise their
Infancy, Youth, Virility and old age, with their several Constitutions, Conditions
and Diseases: The first age and spring-time of both like unto <hi>Ephesus,</hi> full of<note n="*" place="margin">Rev. 2. 2, 3.</note> 
                     <hi>pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tience,
labour, tolerancy</hi> and <hi>zeal;</hi> The last and old age like unto <hi>Laodicea,</hi> in abun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dance
of all external things <hi>Lukewarm,</hi> and <hi>neither hot nor cold.</hi> That which the Poet
saies of the disposition of old men [<hi>Nullus Senex veneratur Iovem,</hi>] being more true
of Churches; as they grow old, their zeal grows cold also.</p>
                  <p>So that in this regard my Text will not be unseasonable, if the Times wherein we
live be either the <hi>Last times</hi> (as most men think) or <hi>near upon the Last</hi> (as no man
will deny.) Howsoever since no Condition, Temper or Disease is so proper to any
one Age, but that it is found sometime more or less in all: So may this of <hi>Luke<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>warmness</hi>
be with us, what time soever of our age it be; and therefore no question
but we may in <hi>Laodicea,</hi> as in a lively Example, clearly read our own state and
learn wisdom.</p>
                  <p>Without any longer Preface therefore I come unto the Words themselves, which
contain, First, God's rule, <hi>Those whom he loves, he rebukes and chastens.</hi> Secondly,
Our and his Churches duty, <hi>We must be zealous and repent.</hi> Lastly, The Connexion
of these two; <hi>Because those whom God loves, he will rebuke and chasten</hi> for their sin,
especially <hi>Lukewarmness; We must therefore be zealous and repent.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="I"/> To begin with the first, <hi>God's rule. [As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten.</hi>]
The words need no great explanation: the two last [<hi>I rebuke</hi> and <hi>chasten</hi>] are ren<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dred
for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>: the first whereof [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>I rebuke</hi>] notes a reproving
and convincing by Argument; the second [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>I chasten</hi>] notes such a cor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rection
as Fathers give their children; not to hurt them, but to amend them, which
we use to call a <hi>discipling,</hi> a punishment of discipline intended <hi>ad correctionem, non ad
destructionem.</hi> So that the meaning is; Those whom I love, if after I have long re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>proved
them and convinced them of sin, by my Word and Ministers, all be but in
vain, then I use to chastise them with my rod, to afflict them with some scourge of
my discipline, even as a Father doth the child whom he loveth.</p>
                  <p>Come we therefore to the Observations these words afford us;<note place="margin">Observat. 1.</note> The first whereof
is, <hi>That God chastises his children out of love and for their good.</hi> For all the actions of
God towards those he loves, must needs be out of love; and whatsoever he doth
out of love, must be for the good of those he loveth. Indeed men for want of
wisdom often do out of love that which hurts, as the Proverb is, <hi>they kill with
kindness:</hi> But with God it is otherwise; He wants not skill to know what is best
for his beloved, as men do; and therefore as certain it is that his chastisements shall
end with <hi>our</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Heb. 12. 10. <hi>God chastent</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> for our profit; <hi>and particularly,</hi> that we might be partakers of his holiness.</note> 
                     <hi>profit,</hi> as we are sure they spring from our sins.</p>
                  <p>The ignorance of this point makes many to err, and with the friends of <hi>Iob</hi> to
judge amiss of God's love and hate towards men. But we must know that God hath
two sorts of arrows, <hi>Arrows of judgment and Arrows of mercy:</hi> the first he shoots
against those he hates (<hi>Psal.</hi> 7. 13. <hi>Ps.</hi> 144. 6.) the other he shoots at his own, even
those whom he loves, and therewith he wounds them that he may cure them; and
such as these may apply to themselves the words of the Spouse in the Canticles, <hi>I am
wounded with love:</hi> God's love hath wounded me, and the wound of God makes me
love him: it begins in his love to me, and aims at and ends in my love to him. For
we must remember in this case that which S. <hi>Austin</hi> well observes, That when the
<pb n="297" facs="tcp:63175:199"/>
godly and the wicked suffer the very same things to outward appearance, yet <hi>there
is a great unlikeness of the sufferers, even in the likeness of suffering:</hi> the one are pu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nished
out of God's just displeasure and wrathful vengeance; the other are disciplin'd
out of mercy, that God might fit them and keep them for himself, because he loves them.</p>
                  <p>And that we may the better understand this, let us consider what Effects Afflictions
work, and what fruits they bring forth in those whom God loveth.</p>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. Afflictions to them whom God loves are Medicinal, and thereby they recover
their health by repentance from some spiritual disease they are sick of. For howsoever
the Lord gives the rein loose to the children of wrath, and lets them enjoy their
hearts desire; yet will he<note n="*" place="margin">Hos. 2. 6.</note> 
                        <hi>hedge with Thorns the ways of</hi> those he loveth, and
will awaken them by some sharp rod or other out of the sleep of security. So he
taught <hi>Miriam</hi> by a<note n="*" place="margin">Num. 12. 10.</note> leprosie to leave her murmuring; he wakened <hi>Ionah</hi> out of his
sleep by casting him into the Sea: <hi>Zacharias</hi> his unbelief was cured with<note n="*" place="margin">Luk. 1. 22.</note> dumbness;
and <hi>Blessed is the man whom the Lord</hi> this way <hi>chastens</hi> and corrects. <hi>Psal.</hi> 94.</item>
                     <item>2. Afflictions are Preservatives to keep them whom God loveth, from sin. Thus
an <hi>Angel of Satan</hi> must <hi>buffet</hi> Paul, <hi>lest he should be exalted above measure,</hi> 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 12.
7. The Earth which is not tilled and broken up, bears nothing but thorns and briers.
Vines wax wild in time,<note place="margin">
                           <hi>1 Cor. 9. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                                 <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                              </gap>.</hi> 
                           <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                              <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                           </gap> 
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap> God <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> 
                           <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                              <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                           </gap> or <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap>llage.</note> unless we prune and cut them. Our hearts would be over<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>grown
with evil affections and dispositions, as with so many noisome weeds, if God
by his loving chastisements should not Till and Manure them: <hi>My Father</hi> (saith
Christ) <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>is the Husbandman, Iohn</hi> 15. 1.</item>
                     <item>3. Afflictions make the fruitless bring forth fruit, beget many Vertues, and make
God's Graces in us to bloom and bring forth works pleasing unto our Heavenly Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther.
The Prodigal Son (in <hi>Luke.</hi> 15.) never thought of returning to his Father, till he
was brought low by affliction. <hi>Hagar</hi> was proud in the house of <hi>Abraham,</hi> but hum<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ble
in the Wilderness, <hi>Gen. 21. Ionah</hi> sleepeth in the ship, but watches and prayes
in the Whales belly. <hi>Sicut Aromata odorem non nisi cum accenduntur, expandunt,</hi>
saith <hi>Gregory;</hi> as sweet spices send not forth nor spread abroad their sweet smell untill
they be burnt or beaten; so neither do the Graces of God's children send forth
so sweet, so rich a fragrancy as when they are exercised by Afflictions.</item>
                     <item>4. Lastly, Afflictions draw men nearer unto God. <hi>Manasses,</hi> who lived in
<hi>Ierusalem</hi> as a Libertine; when he was bound with chains in <hi>Babylon, when
he was in affliction, he besought the Lord and humbled himself greatly before the
God of his Fathers.</hi> 2 <hi>Chron.</hi> 33. 11, 12. In the Gospel we read that <hi>Corporal
diseases</hi> brought many to Christ, whereas many who had their <hi>health,</hi> neither regard<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
nor acknowledged him.</item>
                  </list>
                  <p>And thus I have let you see (according to <hi>Sampson</hi>'s Riddle, <hi>Iudg.</hi> 14.) how
that <hi>out of the eater comes meat, and out of the</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Iunius <hi>ren<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ders</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> ab acri. <hi>Some Greek Copees render</hi> it <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> out of the bitter, <hi>and to this sense are the</hi> Syriack <hi>and</hi> Arabick <hi>Versions here.</hi> Sen. <hi>lib. de Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vid. c.</hi> 2. Pater<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>num Deus ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bet adversùs bonos viros ani<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mum; &amp; illos fortiù amat, &amp; doloribus  ac damnis exagi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tat, ut verum colligant robur. <hi>Observat. 2.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>sowr</hi> (or <hi>sharp) comes sweet:</hi> Out
of sowr and sharp or bitter afflictions, out of troubles and calamities that sometimes
threaten to devour us, comes sweetness, comfort and refreshment.</p>
                  <p>The main use of all is for comfort in all our sufferings and crosses whensoever
God sends them: For they are Signs of our Son-ship and Tokens of his
love. So the Author of the Epistle to the <hi>Hebrews</hi> tells us expressly, <hi>chap.</hi>
12. 6. <hi>&amp;c. Whom the Lord loveth he chasteneth, and scourgeth every Son whom
he receiveth; If ye endure chastening, God dealeth with you as with Sons. But if
ye be without chastisement—then are ye bastards and not Sons.</hi> Let us then learn
to bless God in our afflictions; and say with <hi>David</hi> (Psal. 94. 12.) <hi>Blessed is the
man whom thou chastenest, O Lord, and teachest him out of thy Law; It is good for
me that I have been afflicted; for before I was afflicted, I went astray; but now have
I kept thy Word,</hi> Psal. 119. 67, 71.</p>
                  <p>My Second Observation is this, <hi>That if God spares not those whom he loveth,
much less shall his Enemies escape punishment.</hi> Surely if God chastises those
whom he loves, he will break in pieces those whom he hates.<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Wisd. 12. 22.</hi> W<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>reas thou, <hi>O Lord,</hi> dost chasten us, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>; thou s<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>our<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gest our enemies a thousand times more, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> If thou art God's
Enemy, as thou canst not expect any of that Favour he shews unto his Friends
and children, so much less hast thou reason to hope that he will not revenge
himself on thee, when thou feest him so severe unto his own. Let them think
on this who live in enmity against God, and never yet made their peace with him,
by casting off the old man and putting on the new; but continue still to walk
after the flesh, in all the ways of sin, and cast God's Law behind them. Let
them not rejoyce at the afflictions of God's children, nor laugh at their suffer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ings;
but fear and tremble; For every lash that the Children of God feel is a
Warning-piece to ungodly men, and should make them dread those sorer punish<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments,
<pb n="298" facs="tcp:63175:200"/>
those <hi>many</hi> (and worse) <hi>stripes</hi> (Luke 12. 47.) <hi>the indignation and wrath,
tribulation and anguish</hi> which shall be to every one that doth <hi>evil, Rom.</hi> 2. To con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>clude,
consider, that in 1 <hi>Pet.</hi> 4. 17. If <hi>judgment must first begin at the house of God,
what shall be the end of them that obey not the Gospel of God?</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>AND now I come to the last thing to be observed out of these words,<note place="margin">Observat. 3.</note> viz. <hi>That
God rebukes before he chastens.</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>As many as I love,
I rebuke and chasten:</hi> first <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>I rebuke,</hi> and then <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>I chasten;</hi> first admonish
and reprove them, and convince them of their Sin; and then chastise them: his <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
hath an <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, his disciplining goes with admonition.</p>
                  <p>It is a part of God's style whereby he proclaims himself,<note n="*" place="margin">Exod. 34. 6.</note> 
                     <hi>The Lord, The Lord God,
merciful and gracious and long-suffering.</hi> And this appears in that he strikes not a sin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ner
without frequent forewarnings, reproofs and convincing him of sin: His Word
is always the harbinger of his Sword: he <hi>rebukes</hi> and then <hi>chastens;</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Ezek. 33.</note> for he desireth
not our misery but our amendment. <hi>As I live (saith the Lord) I desire not the death
of a sinner, but rather that he would turn from his way and live.</hi> And so in Prov. 1. <hi>Wis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom</hi>
first <hi>cries out in the streets,<note n="*" place="margin">Pro. 1. 20. 22</note> How long will ye Scorners delight in scorning, and ye
fools hate knowledge?</hi> First she calls, before <hi>she<note n="*" place="margin">Vers. 26. 27.</note> laughs at their calamity,</hi> before <hi>destru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ction</hi>
comes upon them <hi>as a whirlwind,</hi> or <hi>distress and anguish</hi> fall upon them.</p>
                  <p>Before the Floud came and overwhelmed the Earth for sin, man had given him
120 years warning, so long a space for repentance; as the <hi>Chaldee</hi> Paraphrast ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pounds
that in <hi>Gen.</hi> 6. 3.[—<hi>his dayes shall be an 120 years</hi>] to this sense, <hi>A term of
120 years shall be given them</hi> (i.e. the men of that <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>evil generation)</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>if they will return</hi> or <hi>repent.</hi> Before <hi>Nineveh</hi> should be destroyed, the Prophet
<hi>Ionah</hi> was sent to cry against it. <hi>Israel</hi> was not carried captive into <hi>Assyria</hi> before
the Lord had testified against them <hi>by all the Prophets and by all the Seers, say<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing,
Turn ye from your evil wayes, and keep my Commandments, &amp;c.</hi> 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 17. 13.
The like is said of <hi>Iudah,</hi> in 2 Chron. 36. 15, 16. <hi>The Lord God of their Fathers sent
to them by his Messengers; rising early and sending, because he had compassion on his peo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ple—
But they mocked the Messengers of God, and despised his words, and misused his
Prophets, until the wrath of the Lord arose against his people, till there was no remedy. The</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">That by <hi>Wing of abominations,</hi> (for so it should be rendred rather than the <hi>overspreading of abominations</hi>) <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap> meant here an <hi>Army of Idolatron<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> Gentiles,</hi> or the <hi>Roman</hi> Army that destroy'd <hi>Ierusalem,</hi> see a clearly proved in Book III. in the Treatise <hi>of Daniel</hi>'s <hi>Weeks.</hi>
                     </note>
                     <hi>wing of abominations</hi> [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> whereof <hi>Daniel speaks in ch. 9. 27.]</hi> overwhelmed not the City <hi>Ierusalem,</hi>
until Christ had long laboured in vain <hi>to gather them un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der
his wings, as a Hen gathereth her Chickens; and they
would not,</hi> Matth. 23. 37. Nay when other warnings
have been fruitless, and God's chastisements and Iudg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments
near, the very Heavens themselves shall by <hi>Comets</hi> and other Signs give
warning of their approach, if at length by our humiliation we would stop them
even at the door, or at least by our preparation to endure them mitigate them
unto us.</p>
                  <list>
                     <item>1.<note place="margin">Use 1.</note> If this then be God's manner of dealing, To warn us by reproof, of our dan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ger,
that so we might avoid it before it comes; it should behove us not lightly to
pass by his warnings, his <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, so often sounding in our eares in the reading or
preaching of his Word. There is no Evil that hath, doth, or shall befall us for any
sin we commit, but there it is foretold and threatned us: no one Example there,
but it is <hi>for our learning or instruction <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap> Rom.</hi> 15. 4. and <hi>for
our admonition <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>, 1 Cor.</hi> 10. 11. Nay the Holy Ghost doth so lively
pattern by <hi>Examples</hi> the several cases which may befal men; as none scarce ever hath
been or in any age shall be, which in one <hi>Example</hi> or other may not clearly read his
own case and learn Wisdom. The <hi>Precepts</hi> also in the Holy Scripture are so plenti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ful,
and the <hi>Threatnings</hi> so plain; that neither can we excuse our sins by ignorance,
nor justly say that God's Iudgments took us unawares.</item>
                     <item>2.<note place="margin">Use 2.</note> If God so powerfully warns his Creature before he strikes him, how dare we
strike our Brother before we warn him: For those who deal with men, as Experience
sheweth, are often scorched with the fire before they see the smoak. But the reason
of this difference is plain; God strikes because he loves and would amend us, and
therefore he first rebukes and warns before he chastiseth: But we punish if we have
power, or procure our Brother to be punished if we have not, because we hate
him, and therefore lie in wait to entrap him: He must not be admonished, lest he
should take heed and grow too wary, and so escape our snare: and yet we cry no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thing
but Discipline and Execution of Iustice, when our hearts and Consciences
tell us it is but the wreaking of our Malice.</item>
                  </list>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="299" facs="tcp:63175:200"/>But God gives us a Rule to follow, fashioned according to the Pattern of his
own Long-suffering: <hi>If thy Brother trespass against thee, go and tell him his fault be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tween
thee and him alone—</hi> if again, <hi>take with thee one or two more:</hi> and if yet he
amend not, <hi>Tell the Church, &amp;c. Matth.</hi> 18. He that observeth not this Rule, little
hope is there that ever God will give him grace to make use of his warning, who
gives no warning to his brother.</p>
                  <p>AND thus I come to the Second part of my Text, which is <hi>our duty;</hi> We <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="II"/>
must <hi>be zealous and repent.</hi> Where first as the words lie, we will speak of <hi>Zeal,</hi> and
then of <hi>Repentance.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Concerning <hi>Zeal,</hi> I will draw all I have to speak unto these two Heads. 1. What <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/>
is this <hi>Zeal</hi> which is here commanded. 2. What Motives there are to urge and com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mand
it.</p>
                  <p>For the first, <hi>Zeal is the Intension and Vehemency of all our affections in matters of
God and his Service.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">The Nature of <hi>Zeal.</hi>
                     </note> It hath its name of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> which is <hi>to burn and boil</hi> as water
over the fire, and thence may be styled <hi>the Fervency and boiling of our affections.</hi>
Such a one was <hi>Apollos,</hi> as S. <hi>Luke</hi> (in <hi>Acts 18. 25.) describes him to be <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
fervent in Spirit,</hi> and such S. <hi>Paul</hi> exhorts the <hi>Romans</hi> to be, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <hi>fervent</hi> or <hi>burning in Spirit,</hi> ch. 12. 11. For as <hi>burning</hi> is the excess or highest pitch
of heat, so is <hi>zeal</hi> of our affections. The Schoolmen make it an <hi>Intension of love;</hi>
which is true if <hi>Love</hi> be taken as the Scripture useth; for it comprehendeth all our
Affections under that name: all of them spring from presupposing <hi>Love.</hi> No man
is ignorant of this that knoweth how in Scripture all our Duty both to God and
man is styled <hi>Love</hi> and <hi>Charity.</hi> But <hi>Love</hi> is a special affection, <hi>Zeal</hi> is not the In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tension
of it alone, but of the rest also, <hi>Hatred, Ioy, Grief, Hope, Fear,</hi> &amp;c.</p>
                  <p>So he that with <hi>David</hi> loves the Law of God more than<note n="a" place="margin">Psal. 19. 10.</note> 
                     <hi>hony</hi> or the <hi>hony-comb,</hi> more
than<note n="b" place="margin">Ps. 119. 72.</note> 
                     <hi>thousands of gold and silver;</hi> he <hi>loves zealously.</hi> He that rejoyceth in God's Testi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>monies
more than they that find<note n="c" place="margin">Vers. 162.</note> great spoil, more than his<note n="d" place="margin">Iob 23. 12.</note> 
                     <hi>appointed food;</hi> he <hi>joyes
zealously.</hi> He whose eyes gush out<note n="e" place="margin">Ps. 119. 136.</note> 
                     <hi>rivers of waters,</hi> and wisheth his eyes were<note n="f" place="margin">Ier. 9. 1.</note> 
                     <hi>a foun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tain
of tears,</hi> because men keep not God's Law; he <hi>grieves zealously.</hi> He whose eyes
fail and whose soul almost fainteth with waiting and longing for the<note n="g" place="margin">Ps. 119. 81, 82.</note> 
                     <hi>Salvation of the
Lord;</hi> he <hi>hopes zealously.</hi> He who saies,<note n="h" place="margin">Vers. 120.</note> 
                     <hi>my flesh trembleth for fear of thee, and I am
afraid of thy judgments;</hi> he <hi>fears zealously:</hi> and so of the rest.</p>
                  <p>But as in our Bodies we find <hi>Aguish burnings</hi> as well as the healthful vigour of <hi>Na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tural</hi>
heat; and as <hi>Nadab</hi> and <hi>Abihu</hi> offered <hi>fire</hi> unto God, but not the right and holy
fire, but<note place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>Ignem alienum</hi> qui non erat <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> coelo mis<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                           <desc>•••</desc>
                        </gap>s, &amp; sumptus ex Al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tari aeneo, ubi crat Ig<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>is sac<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>r, demissu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>e <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> 
                     <hi>strange fire which he commanded them not (Lev.</hi> 10. 1.) So are there
some counterfeits of <hi>zeal,</hi> as it were <hi>false fires,</hi> abominable unto God and odious unto
men. <hi>All is not gold that glisters,</hi> no more is all <hi>Zeal</hi> which seemeth so, this zeal which
God approves. Lest therefore blazing Comets be mistaken for the purer Stars of hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven,
and <hi>Nadab</hi> and <hi>Abihu's strange fires</hi> for the fire of God's Altar; let us take a sur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vey
of <hi>the kinds and characters of false zeal,</hi> for the better discerning of the <hi>true.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The kinds then of <hi>false zeal</hi> may be reduced unto Three heads. 1. <hi>Hypocritical
zeal,</hi> which wants sincerity. 2. <hi>Blind zeal,</hi> which wants knowledge. 3.<note place="margin">3 Kinds and Characters of <hi>False zeal.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>Turbulent zeal,</hi> which wants love and moderation.</p>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. The First of these [<hi>Hypocritical zeal</hi>] is a meer blaze and shew of fervency,
without any true and solid heat: It is nothing but the <hi>Vizor of zeal;</hi> looking a squint
one way, but tending another; pretending God and his Glory, but aiming at some
private and sinister end. Such was the <hi>zeal</hi> of <hi>Iehu</hi> who marched<note n="*" place="margin">2 Kings 9. 20.</note> furiously, and his
word was, <hi>The Lord of hosts;</hi>
                        <note n="*" place="margin">Ch. 10. 16.</note> 
                        <hi>Come</hi> (said he to <hi>Ionadab) and see my zeal for the Lord:</hi>
but his project was the Kingdom. <hi>Iezabel</hi> proclaimed a <hi>Fast,</hi> as out of an Extasie of
zeal that God should be <hi>blasphemed;</hi>
                        <note place="margin">1 Kings 21.</note> but her aim was <hi>Naboth</hi>'s vineyard. So in <hi>Acts 19.
Demetrius</hi> the Silver-Smith and his fellows cry, <hi>Great is</hi> Diana <hi>of the Ephesians;</hi> but
meant the gain they got by making of her <hi>Silver Shrines,</hi>
                        <note n="*" place="margin">The Silver <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap> of <hi>Diana</hi> (not <hi>for Diana</hi> as in our Translation) were little Shrines or Cabinets, made like little Temples or Chappels (and in the form of her Temple at <hi>Ephesus</hi>) wherein was the Image of <hi>Diana:</hi> These <hi>Demetrins</hi> made and sold to the people that came to <hi>Ephesus,</hi> w<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap> took them ho<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>e with them to worship by.</note> (vers. 24.)</item>
                  </list>
                  <p>This <hi>Zeal</hi> is soon descried by the proper Character it hath, namely, an affectation
of having their works <hi>seen of men</hi> (which is said of the vain-glorious <hi>Pharisees</hi> in
<hi>Matt. 6.)</hi> be it by ostentation of their zealous deeds, like <hi>Iehu;</hi> or by the excess of
affected gestures, sighs, and other like actions falling within the view of men: Not
but that a <hi>true zeal</hi> doth shew it self vehement, even in external actions; but it is
the straining of them beyond measure which argues the Heart to be guilty of emp<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiness
within.</p>
                  <list>
                     <pb n="300" facs="tcp:63175:201"/>
                     <item>2. The Second kind of <hi>False zeal</hi> is <hi>Blind zeal, Ignis fatuus</hi> or <hi>Fools fire,</hi> leading
a man out of the right way: when men zealously affect evil things, supposing them to
be good; or are eagerly bent against good things, supposing them to be evil. Such
was the <hi>Zeal</hi> of the <hi>Iews,</hi> of whom S. <hi>Paul</hi>
                        <note n="*" place="margin">Rom. 10. 2.</note> witnesseth that they had a <hi>zeal of God</hi>
(that is, in the matters of God) <hi>but not according to knowledg.</hi> And with this <hi>Zeal</hi>
was he himself once carried, when he persecuted the Christians with an opinion of
<hi>doing God good service,</hi> as the phrase is <hi>Iohn</hi> 16. 2. <hi>I verily thought</hi> (saith he<note n="*" place="margin">Acts 26. 9.</note>) <hi>with my
self, that I ought to do many things contrary to the Name of Iesus of Nazareth.</hi> And such
is the <hi>zeal</hi> of simple and devout Sectaries, who blindly run after some person they
esteem, without knowing themselves either why or whither. This kind of <hi>zeal</hi> is like
to metal in a Blind horse, that will speed to fall into a pit or to break his neck: The
counsel I would give for avoiding this kind, is to look before we leap, and see our
way clearly before we run.</item>
                     <item>3. The Third kind of <hi>False zeal</hi> is <hi>Turbulent zeal,</hi> which S. <hi>Iames</hi>
                        <note n="*" place="margin">Ch. 3. 13.</note> calls <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                        <hi>bitter zeal;</hi> a kind of Wildfire transporting a man beyond all compass of
Moderation; namely when in the excess of our heat we either outgo the bounds of
our place and calling, or use undue Means or wayes, or overshoot the limits of Love
and Charity whether to God or our Neighbour. For howsoever <hi>Zeal</hi> be an excess
of our affections in the things of God; yet must this excess never break over the banks
either of our vocation, or in choice of Means out-bound the Rule of God's Law,
as theirs most certainly doth who endeavour to colour their Religion by the Massa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cres
of Princes, overturning of Kingdoms, breach of Oaths and almost all bands of
humane Society. Such was the <hi>Zeal</hi> of <hi>Saul</hi> when he slew the<note n="*" place="margin">2 Sam. 21. 1, 2.</note> 
                        <hi>Gibeonites,</hi> forgetting
the Oath which the Princes of the Congregation had made unto them, <hi>Iosh.</hi> 9. 15, 18,
19. And such was the <hi>zeal</hi> of <hi>Iames</hi> and <hi>Iohn</hi> in the<note n="*" place="margin">Luke 9. 54.</note> Gospel, when to vindicate the
honour of Christ they would have <hi>Fire to come down from heaven</hi> to consume a whole
Village of <hi>Samaria.</hi> Such also was <hi>Peter</hi>'s <hi>zeal,</hi> when he cut off<note n="*" place="margin">Iohn 18. 10.</note> 
                        <hi>Malchus</hi> his ear:
The former outwent the limits of Love and Charity; the last the limits of his Vo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cation.
As Clocks whose Springs are broken, overstrike the hour of the day; So
this mad and untempered Zeal the measure of Moderation.</item>
                  </list>
                  <p>Thus I have briefly described these <hi>False fires,</hi> that by the Law of contraries we
may know who is the <hi>true Zealot</hi> whom God approveth, namely, He whose Spirit is
in Fervency and not in Shew, for God and not for himself, guided by the Word and
not with humours and opinions, tempered with Charity and free from head-strong
violence. This is <hi>that Zeal</hi> which our Saviour calls for in my Text [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Be
zealous therefore.</hi>] This is <hi>that Zeal</hi> which whoso wants, in him God hath no plea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sure,
but will <hi>spue him out of his Mouth,</hi> as it is said in <hi>vers.</hi> 15. a little before my
Text.</p>
                  <p>But why (will you say) should this <hi>zeal</hi> be so needful, or why may we not wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ship
God without it? Let us therefore now see the Reasons and Motives which do
evince and prove it needful, and should urge us to it.</p>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. First, therefore I will seek no further than my Text, where the want of <hi>Zeal</hi>
is reckoned for a Sin, a Sin to be repented of, <hi>Be zealous and Repent:</hi> Is not that
needful, without which all our works are sinful?</item>
                  </list>
                  <p>But <hi>Vertue</hi> (you will say) <hi>consists in a Mean,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Object.</note> and not in <hi>Excess;</hi> and why should
not <hi>Piety</hi> also?</p>
                  <p>I answer,<note place="margin">Answ.</note> 
                     <hi>The Mean</hi> wherein <hi>Vertue</hi> is placed, is the <hi>Middle of different kinds,</hi> and not
the <hi>Middle</hi> or <hi>Mean of degrees in one and the same kind. Vertue</hi> (so it be <hi>Vertue</hi>) is at
the best in the highest degree, and so is <hi>Religion</hi> in the highest pitch of <hi>Zeal.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <list>
                     <item>2. It is the Ground-rule of the whole Law of God, and of all the Precepts
concerning his Worship;<note place="margin">Deut. 6. 5.</note> That <hi>we must love the Lord our God with all our heart,
with all our Soul, with all our Mind, and with all our Strength.</hi> What is this else but
to love him <hi>zealously,</hi>
                        <note place="margin">Mark. 12. 30.</note> to worship him with the highest pitch of our affections and
the uttermost strain both of Body and Soul? For he is the Soveraign and chiefest
Good; what Love then can suite to him but the very top and Soveraignty of
Love? All things in God are <hi>Supreme;</hi> his <hi>Power,</hi> his <hi>Knowledg,</hi> his <hi>Mercy;</hi> and there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
he cannot truly be worshipped, unless we yield him whatsoever is <hi>Supreme</hi> in our<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>selves;
a supremacy of <hi>Fear,</hi> a supremacy of <hi>Hope,</hi> a supremacy of <hi>Thankfulness.</hi> For
whom then should we reserve the top and chief of our affections? for our gold?
for our <hi>Herodias, &amp;c,</hi> How can we offer God a baser indignity? will he endure that
any thing in the world should be respected before him, or equalled to him? <hi>The Lord
our God is a jealous God,</hi>
                        <note place="margin">Exod. 20.</note> and will not suffer it. Let therefore all the Springs and Brooks
<pb n="301" facs="tcp:63175:201"/>
of our affections run into this Main, and let no Rivulet be drawn another way. If <hi>Zeal</hi>
be good in any thing, it is most required in the best things: and if in any thing it be<note n="*" place="margin">
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>.</note>
comely to work <hi>with all our might (Eccles.</hi> 9. 10.) certainly in the service of God it
is most comely: <hi>Be not slothful in business,</hi> but <hi>fervent in spirit, serving the Lord,
Rom.</hi> 12. 11.</item>
                     <item>3. <hi>Zeal</hi> is that which carries our Devotions up to Heaven, As Wings to a Fowl,
Wheels to a Chariot, Sails to a Ship; so is <hi>Zeal</hi> to the Soul of Man. Without <hi>Zeal</hi> our
Devotions can no more ascend than Vapours from a Still, without fire put under it. <hi>Pray<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>er,</hi>
if it be <hi>fervent, availeth much:</hi> but a cold Sute will never get to Heaven. In brief,<note place="margin">Iam. 5. 16.</note>
                        <hi>Zeal</hi> is the Chariot wherein our Alms, our Offerings and all the good works we do, are
brought before the Throne of God in Heaven. No Sacrifice in the Law could be offered
without fire; no more in the Gospel is any Service rightly performed without <hi>Zeal.</hi>
                     </item>
                  </list>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Be zealous</hi> therefore, lest all thy works, all thy endeavours be else unprofitable:
Rouze up thy dull and heavy Spirit, serve God with earnestness and fervency; and
pray unto him that he would send us this fire from his Altar which is in Heaven,
whereby all our Sacrifices may become acceptable and pleasing unto him.</p>
                  <p>AND thus I come to the next thing in my Text, <hi>Repentance.</hi> [<hi>Be zealous and re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pent.]<milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/>
Repentance is the changing of our course from the old way of Sin unto the new
way of Righteousness:</hi> or more briefly, <hi>A changing of the course of sin for the course
of Righteousness.</hi> It is called also <hi>Conversion, Turning and Returning unto God.</hi> This
matter would ask a long discourse, but I will describe it briefly in <hi>five degrees</hi> which
are as five steps in a Ladder, by which we ascend up to Heaven.</p>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. The first step is <hi>the Sight of Sin and the punishment due unto it,</hi> for how can the
Soul be possessed with <hi>fear</hi> and <hi>sorrow,</hi> except he Understanding do first apprehend
the danger: for, <hi>that which the Eye sees not, the Heart rues not.</hi> If Satan can keep sin
from the Eye, he will easily keep sorrow from the Heart. It is impossible for a man to
repent of his wickedness, except the reflect and say<note n="*" place="margin">Ier. 8. 6.</note> 
                        <hi>What have I done?</hi> The serious
Penitent must be like the wary Factor, he must retire himself, look into his Books, and
turn over the leaves of his life; he must consider the expence of his Time, the em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ployment
of his Talent, the debt of his Sin, and the strictness of his Account.</item>
                     <item>2. And so he shall ascend unto the next step, which is <hi>Sorrow for sin.</hi> For he that
seriously considers how he hath grieved the Spirit of God and endangered his own
Soul by his sins, cannot but have his Spirit grieved with remorse. <hi>The Sacrifices of God
are a contrite Spirit.</hi>
                        <note place="margin">
                           <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                              <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                           </gap>
                        </note> Neither must we sorrow only, but look unto the <hi>quality</hi> of our
<hi>Sorrow,</hi> that it be <hi>Godly,</hi>
                        <note n="*" place="margin">2<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>
                        </note> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>: and to the <hi>quantity</hi> of it, that it be <hi>Great.</hi>
We must fit the plaister to the wound, and proportion our sorrow to our Sins. He
that with <hi>Peter</hi> hath sinned heinously, or with <hi>Mary Magdalen</hi> frequently; must with
them weep bitterly and abundantly.</item>
                     <item>3. The Third step of this Ladder is the <hi>Loathing of sin.</hi> A Surfiet of Meats how
dainty and delicate soever, will afterwards make them loathsome: He that hath
taken his fill of sin, and committed iniquity <hi>with greediness,</hi> and is <hi>sensible</hi> of his<note n="*" place="margin">
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap> Iam. 1. 21.</note> 
                        <hi>su<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>persinity</hi>
or <hi>abundance of naughtiness,</hi> and hath a great <hi>Sorrow</hi> for it; he will the more
<hi>loath</hi> his sins, though they have been never so full of delight: Yea it will make him
loath himself, and cry out in a mournful manner with S. <hi>Paul</hi> (Rom. 7. 24.) <hi>O wretched
man that I am, who shall deliver me from this body of death?</hi>
                     </item>
                     <item>4. The fourth step is the <hi>leaving off Sin.</hi> For as <hi>Amnon</hi> hating <hi>Tamar</hi> shut her out
of doors:<note n="*" place="margin">2 Sam. 13. 17.</note> So he that loaths and hates his Sins; the sight, the thought, the remem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brance
of them will be grievous unto him, and he will labour by all good means to
expel them. For true Repentance must be the consuming of sin. To what pur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pose
doth the Physician evacuate ill humors, if the Patient still distempers himself
with ill diet? What shall it avail a man to endure the launcing, searching and tenting
of a wound; if he stay not for the cure? So in vain also is the Sight of sin, and the
Sorrow for and Loathing of Sin, if the works of darkness still remain, and the Soul
is impatient of a through-cure. And therefore as <hi>Amnon</hi> not only put out his loathed
Sister, but <hi>bolted the door after her</hi> (as it is said in the forequoted place): So must
we keep out our sins with the Bolts of Resolution and Circumspection. <hi>Noah</hi> pitched
the Ark <hi>within and without (Gen.</hi> 6. 14.) So to keep out the waters: and a Christian
must be watchful to secure all his Senses, External and Internal, to keep out sin.<note n="*" place="margin">
                           <hi>Origen.</hi> hom. 2. in <hi>Gen. 6.</hi> Vult te archi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tectus Ecclesiae, Christus, &amp; corpore Sanctum esse extrinsecùs, &amp; corde intrinsecùs purum; cautum undique &amp; castitatis atque innocentiae virtute munitum, hoc est intus &amp; foris bitumine esse oblitum.</note>
                     </item>
                     <item>
                        <pb n="302" facs="tcp:63175:202"/>5. The Fifth and last step is <hi>the Cleaving unto God with full purpose of heart, to walk
before him in newness of life.</hi> All the former Degrees of <hi>Repentance</hi> were for the
<hi>putting off of the Old man;</hi> this is <hi>for the putting on of the New:</hi> For <hi>ubi Emendatio
nulla, Poenitentia necessariò vana</hi> (saith <hi>Tertullian de Poenit. c. 2.) Where there is no
Reformation,</hi>
                        <note n="*" place="margin">The true Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pentance is (Acts 20. 21.) <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap> 
                           <hi>Poenitentia quâ ad Deum bo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ní<expan>
                                 <am>
                                    <g ref="char:abque"/>
                                 </am>
                                 <ex>que</ex>
                              </expan> studium acceditur:</hi> and this is the <hi>Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pentance to Sal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vation</hi> (2 Cor. 7. 10.) and <hi>unto Life,</hi> Acts 11. 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>.</note> 
                        <hi>there the Repentance must needs be vain and fruitless;</hi> for (as he goes on)
<hi>caret fructu suo, eui eam Deus sevit</hi> (i. e. <hi>hominis saluti</hi>) it hath not its <hi>fruit unto holi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness,
nor the end everlasting life,</hi> Rom. 6. 22.</item>
                  </list>
                  <p>And thus have I let you see briefly <hi>What Repentance is.</hi> Will you have me say
any more to make you to affect it as earnestly, as I hope by this time you understand
it clearly: Know then that this is that which opens Heaven and leads into Paradise:
This is that Ladder, without which no man can climb thither: and therefore (as S. <hi>Austin</hi> saith) <hi>Mutet vitam qui vult accipere vitam:</hi> Let us change our life here, if
we look for the Life of Glory hereafter: Let us leave the old way of sin for the
new way of righteousness: and (to apply all to my Text) Let us change our course
of <hi>Lukewarmness</hi> for a course of fervency in God's service, our dull and drowsie De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>votions
for a course of Zeal. <hi>Be zealous and Repent.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="III"/> AND thus I come to the Third thing I propounded, namely, the Connexion and
dependance of these latter words [<hi>Be zealous therefore and Repent</hi>] upon the former
[<hi>As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten.</hi>] Many things might be here observed, but
I will name but one, which is this, <hi>That Repentance is the means to avoid and prevent
God</hi>'s <hi>Iudgments.</hi> For (as <hi>Tertullian</hi> in his <hi>de Poenitentia</hi> observes,)* <hi>Qui poenam per
judicium destinavit, idem &amp; veniam per poenitentiam spospondit: He that hath decreed
to punish by Iustice, hath promised to grant pardon by Repentance.</hi> And so we read in
<hi>Ieremy</hi> 18. 7. <hi>When I shall speak</hi> (saith the Lord there) <hi>concerning a Nation or King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom,
to pluck up, to pull down, and to destroy it: If that Nation against whom I have
pronounced, turn from evil, I will repent of the evil which I thought</hi> to do unto them.
And in <hi>Ezekiel</hi> 18. <hi>Repent and turn from all your transgressions, for why will ye die, O
ye house of Israel;</hi> namely, that death wherewith God threatned them, if they should
continue in their sins, they might prevent by returning to him by repentance. And
so saith God to <hi>Ieremy,</hi> in chap. 26. 2, 3. <hi>Speak all the words that I command thee to
speak unto them: If so be they will hearken, and turn every man from his evil way, that
I may repent me of the evil which I purpose to do unto them, because of the evil of their
doings.</hi> Lo here, If we repent us of our Sins, God will also repent him of his Iudg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments,
that is, he will not send them. Thus when the <hi>Ninevites</hi> repented in Sack<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cloth
and ashes, it is said (<hi>Ionah</hi> 3. 10.) <hi>And God saw their works, that they turned
from their evil may, and God repented of</hi> (that is, he brought not upon them) <hi>the evil
that he had said he would do unto them.</hi> And so if <hi>Laodicea</hi> (in my Text) should
leave her <hi>Lukewarmness;</hi> God, who would have <hi>chastised</hi> her because he <hi>loved</hi> her,
would yet withhold her chastisements because she repented. Would we then avoid
the Iudgments of God hanging over our heads? Let us not then defer our Repen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tance.
Would we not have the flaming fire of God's wrath and vengeance to
consume us? Let us repent of our <hi>Lukewarmness,</hi> and get this sacred Fire of Zeal,
the only means to preserve us: <hi>Be zealous therefore and repent.</hi>
                  </p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="53" type="discourse">
               <pb n="303" facs="tcp:63175:202"/>
               <head>DISCOURSE LIII.</head>
               <div type="part">
                  <head>1 Ep. IOHN 2. 3.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>Hereby we do know that we know him, if we keep his Command<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>
                     <hi>MAN that is born of a woman</hi> (saith <hi>Iob) is of short continuance and
full of trouble:</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Iob 14. 1.</note> Nay our days are not so few, but they are also as full
of sorrow, full of unquietness and discontent; no hour is without, no
estate is free; from him that sitteth upon the glorious throne unto
him that is beneath in the earth and ashes, from him that is clothed in
silk and wears a crown even unto him that is clothed in simple rai<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment.
He that had attained the highest pitch of worldly felicity,
King <hi>Solomon,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Eccles. 2. 9, 10.</note> who was <hi>great and encreased above all that were before him in Ierusa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lem,</hi>
whose <hi>eyes had whatsoever they desired,</hi> who <hi>withheld not his heart from any joy;</hi>
yet when he had considered all, he could see no good thing under the Sun, nothing
wherein he could find true hearts-content;<note place="margin">Vers. 2. 14.</note> but cryed out, <hi>Vanity of vanities all is
vanity and vexation of Spirit: All things are full of Labour, man cannot utter it.</hi> Yea
Pleasure it self is linkt with pain and sorrow,<note place="margin">Vers. 8.</note> 
                     <hi>Extrema gaudii semper occupat luctus.</hi>
In vain then do men take up their rest where they have not long to stay; in vain do
they seek for comfort in those things where no true comfort can be found. There
is but one thing in the world that can make this miserable life happy unto us, and
that is so to demean our selves while we live here, as that we may be assured of the
Life to come: This is that will make us not to feel the sorrows and troubles of this
life; This is that will make us with ease to swallow the bitter pills of Death it self;
when we can say with<note n="*" place="margin">Iob 19. 25, 26.</note> 
                     <hi>Iob, I know</hi> (or <hi>I am sure) that my Redeemer liveth, and that
these eyes shall see him, though worms consume this body of mine.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But the greatest part of men think no such <hi>Assurance</hi> can be had, and therefore
think it but labour lost to seek after it: Others on the contrary are too credulous,
assuring themselves of God's savour and of eternal life, without any proof or trial
of their <hi>Assurance</hi> whether it be true or no. That both these sorts of men may see
what a dangerous Error they are in, let them peruse but this one Epistle of S. <hi>Iohn,</hi>
and out of the whole Epistle let them consider with me a while the Verse which I
have read; let them hear what the Spirit saith by the beloved Apostle of the Lord,
<hi>By this we do know</hi> (or come to be assured) <hi>that we know him, if we keep his Command<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The first part of these words tells us of an <hi>Assurance</hi> to be gotten; and lest we
might deceive our selves, the other part tells us what that is whereby we come to be
assured, and whereby we may prove insallibly whether our <hi>Assurance</hi> which we have
conceived be good or no, <hi>viz. If we keep his Commandments. By this we do know</hi> (or
<hi>we are sure;</hi> so the former Translation, and it comes all to one) <hi>that we know him;
if we keep his Commandments.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>In the first part of these words all is plain, and there is nothing hard to be under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stood,
but only what is meant by this <hi>Knowing of Christ;</hi> what manner of <hi>Know<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ledge</hi>
this should be which is here spoken of. For there are diverse kinds of <hi>know<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
Christ.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Iam. 2. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>9.</note> There is a <hi>Knowledge</hi> which the very Devils have: <hi>the Devils</hi> (saith S.
<hi>Iames</hi>) <hi>believe also and tremble;</hi> and in <hi>Luke</hi> 4. 34. we read that the Devil said unto
Christ, <hi>I know thee who thou art, the holy one of God;</hi> and in verse 41. that other <hi>De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vils</hi>
also <hi>came out of many</hi> whom they possessed, <hi>crying out and saying, Thou art Christ
the Son of God; but</hi> Christ <hi>rebuked them, and would not suffer them <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
to say that they knew him to be Christ.</hi> There is a <hi>Knowledge</hi>
                     <pb n="304" facs="tcp:63175:203"/>
likewise which <hi>the wicked</hi> may have, but it is like unto the <hi>Knowledge</hi> which <hi>Devils</hi>
have:<note place="margin">1 Iohn 2. 3.</note> For the wicked may know Christ to be the Son of God, they may know he
died upon the Cross for the sins of men they may know that he is gone up into Hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven
and sitteth at the right hand of his Father in glory everlasting; but, alas! this
Knowledge, if they have no more than it, will not profit them at all, it will never
stand them in stead, but rather make them more inexcusable at the Day of Iudg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment.</p>
                  <p>But the <hi>Knowledge</hi> which the Text speaks of, it is the <hi>Knowledge of the Faithful,</hi>
yea it is the <hi>Knowledge of Faith,</hi> yea it is <hi>Faith it self:</hi> For this Knowledge of Christ
is to know him to be our Christ, to know him to be our Redeemer, to know him
to be the Propitiation for our sins as well as for the sins of other men. This you
see is <hi>Faith</hi> it self, and this is the <hi>Knowledge</hi> here meant; as you may easily see fur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther,
if you do but read the words going next before my Text, where our
Apostle saith, <hi>If any man sin, we have an Advocate with the Father, Iesus Christ the righte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ous:
And he is the Propitiation for our sins;</hi> and then come the words of my Text,
<hi>And hereby we know</hi> (or <hi>we are sure) that we know him;</hi> that is, <hi>Hereby we know him
to be</hi> (as was said before) <hi>our Advocate, our Propitiation;</hi> all this we are sure, we
know, he is to us, <hi>if that we keep his Commandments.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/> If therefore <hi>Faith</hi> be a <hi>Knowledge,</hi> If to <hi>believe in Christ</hi> to be <hi>know Christ;</hi> how
then can <hi>Faith</hi> and <hi>Ignorance</hi> stand together? how can an <hi>ignorant</hi> man be a <hi>faithful</hi>
man? or how can he have Faith who knoweth not the things of Faith?</p>
                  <p>Here is a Lesson to be learned of those that think it needless for a man to busie
his head in the knowledge of the things belonging to his Salvation; that think it is
enough if they have a good meaning, though they know nothing else. They are
proud of their <hi>Ignorance,</hi> and will say they have as good Souls as the best of them
all: but, alas! they know not that Light and Darkness cannot agree together; they
know not that to walk in darkness is to walk in the shadow of death; they remem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ber
not that Light is come into the world, and that those that love darkness rather
than light should be cast into outer darkness, where there is weeping and g<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ashing of
teeth. What will you answer at the great day of hearing, when Christ <hi>will</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Luke 13. 27.</note> 
                     <hi>not
know you,</hi> because ye knew him no better? Will you say, as some do, That you
were not Book-learned, and therefore could not read? Will you say you had no
Learning, and therefore hope to be excused? These Fig-leaves will not serve to
cover your nakedness withal.</p>
                  <p>I confess, there are many things which the Learned know, which you are not
bound to know; Those who are expert in the Scriptures know many things both con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerning
God and his Works, which others may be ignorant of without endangering
their Souls safety; yea matters of high Controversie, those who are simple are for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bidden
to meddle withal; for so saith S. <hi>Paul,</hi> Rom. 14. 1. <hi>Him that is weak in the
faith receive you, but not to doubtful disputations.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But things which concern our Faith, things which are needful to our Salvation,
things which concern our Obedience unto God; these things no man must be igno<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rant
of that regards the safety of his Soul; these things God will require at the hands
of every one who shall be saved, whether they be learned or unlearned, whether they
be of the wise or of the simple: whosoever knows not Christ and the means to come
to Christ; whosoever knows not what it is to have a Redeemer, to have God to be
his Father, what it is to be reconciled to God, to have Christ to be his Advocate and
Mediatour; whosoever knows not such things as these, must hear that heavy doom
of <hi>Go ye cursed into everlasting fire.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>For want of this knowledge of things needful to be known God had a controversy
with his people <hi>Israel,</hi> Hos. 4. 1. <hi>The Lord hath a controversie with the inhabitants of
the land, because there is no knowledge of God in the land.</hi> For want of this knowledge
it was that God saith, <hi>Esay</hi> 5. 13. <hi>My people are gone into captivity, because they wanted
knowledge.</hi> And our Saviour in <hi>Luke</hi> 19. 42. wept over <hi>Ierusalem,</hi> and said, <hi>O that
thou hadst known the things which belong unto thy peace,</hi> &amp;c. As it befel the <hi>Iews,</hi> so
will it fall out with every one of us that knows not <hi>the things which belong unto our
peace,</hi> that is, unto our reconciliation with God in <hi>Iesus</hi> Christ; God will have a
controversie with us, he will send us into everlasting captivity, from whence we
shall never return again.</p>
                  <p>Let me therefore beseech you (Brethren) in the bowels of <hi>Iesus</hi> Christ,
If there be any among you that have not yet gotten this needful knowledge, that
do not yet know the things belonging to their peace, that they would now look
<pb n="305" facs="tcp:63175:203"/>
unto themselves, and use the means which God hath appointed. If you may have
the best means, use the best: if not, yet make use of those which God hath given
you; despise not the least and weakest means; despise not the bare reading of the Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tures,
for they are the Oracles of God, and God's Spirit may be in the mouth of the
reader. Pray therefore unto the Lord that he would give you hearts to understand,
that his Word may dwell in you plentifully in all wisdom, that he would open unto
you the treasures of wisdom and knowledge, that you may relish the heavenly Manna,
and that you may long after the sincere milk of the Gospel; that by this means your
ways may prosper, your sorrows may be easie and your comforts may, your lives
holy and your deaths comfortable.</p>
                  <p>And thus much I have spoken to those who are ignorant, and please themselves
therein. Now let me speak a word or two also to those who covet and desire know<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ledge,
and take delight in the understanding of rare and excellent things. Surely it
is a commendable thing to be desirous of knowledge in any thing which may law<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fully
be known;<note place="margin">1 Kings 3.</note> and this desire in <hi>Solomon</hi> pleased God so well, that because he ask<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
wisdom and knowledge, God gave him riches also, and such honour that there
was no King like unto him among the Kings that were before him, neither after him
ever came the like. Art thou then desirous of knowledge? wouldst thou know
rare and excellent things? wouldst thou know things secret, and foreknow things
which are to come? Lo here is a Knowledge the best of all knowledges, the know<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ledge
of Faith, to know Christ to be thy Redeemer. What more secret thing wouldst
thou know than to know the Mystery which was hidden from the beginning of the
world? What higher knowledge than to know thy name to be written in heaven?
What more gainful knowledge than that knowledge that will bring thee a Kingdom
whose glory shall never have end? What better knowledge of things to come
than to know that thou shalt live in the life to come? If thou knewest the tongues
of Men and Angels, if thou knewest all Arts and Sciences, if thou were wiser than
<hi>Solomon,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">1 Kings 4. 33.</note> and couldst discourse of <hi>Trees</hi> and <hi>Herbs,</hi> of <hi>Beasts,</hi> of <hi>Fowl,</hi> and of
<hi>Fishes,</hi> and yet wantest this Knowledge of Faith; all thy wisdom is folly, and
thou art not worthy to wipe the shoes of those who are truly wise indeed. Neverthere<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
count thy self wise, before thou art wise in the Lord; never think thou knowest
any thing, before thou knowest thou hast a part in Christ Iesus: For Faith is
the<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Prov. 1. 20. &amp; ch. 9. 1. &amp;c.</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> Sapientiae, <hi>(i. e.)</hi> Sapien<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tia Sapientia<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum, <hi>vel</hi> Sum<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ma Sapientia.</note> 
                     <hi>Wisdom of wisdoms;</hi> he that knows Christ, knows all, though he knows nothing
else. So that we may say with <hi>Solomon,</hi> Prov. 3. 13, &amp;c. <hi>Blessed is the man that findeth</hi>
this <hi>wisdom, and getteth</hi> this <hi>understanding: For the merchandise thereof is better than
the merchandise of silver, and the gain thereof than fine gold. Length of dayes is in her
right hand, and in her left hand riches and honour. Her wayes are wayes of pleasantness,
and all her paths are peace. She is a Tree of life to them that lay hold upon her, and happy
is every one that retaineth her.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>There is yet a third sort of men to whom this which hath been spoken may give
profitable instruction; I mean the nice and dainty hearers of the Word, who grow
almost weary of hearing, because the Ministers sing nothing but this old song of
<hi>Knowing and Believing in Christ;</hi> they always beat upon this one point, <hi>How men
should get Faith, and know Christ to be their Redeemer:</hi> But they would have some new
things taught them, these common things are tedious, the Minister must teach them
something they never knew before: or, if they must have the old things still, their
stomachs are so queasie, that they must needs have them drest and set out with deli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cious
words and gay shews of Learning, that so they may go down the better; that
is, They would have Gold to be gilded, and find want of knowledge in the noblest
piece of Learning in the world.</p>
                  <p>These men are like unto the <hi>Israelites,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Vers. 5, 6.</note> 
                     <hi>Num.</hi> 11. who, when God gave them
<hi>Manna</hi> from heaven, and fed them with the food of Angels; after they had a while
been used to it, they began to murmure, and said, Our souls loath this <hi>Manna;</hi>
what, nothing but <hi>Manna?</hi> what, still <hi>Manna?</hi> every day <hi>Manna, Manna?</hi> O that
we had the <hi>flesh-pots of Egypt,</hi> our <hi>onions</hi> and our <hi>cucumbers</hi> I As if they had said,
What though this <hi>Manna</hi> be an heavenly <hi>Manna,</hi> we had rather have that which
comes from the Earth, so it be rare and geason; we regard not the goodness of the
meat, but the variety of fare.</p>
                  <p>But what befel these dainty-mouthed murmurers? Many they had their wish, they
had flesh of the best, the flesh of <hi>Quails</hi> sent them; but while the<note n="*" place="margin">Num. 11. 33.</note> meat was in their
mouths, the wrath of the Lord came upon them, and they died; not because it was un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lawful
for them to eat <hi>flesh,</hi> but because they made more account of this gros<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>r
<pb n="306" facs="tcp:63175:204"/>
food because 'twas rare, then of the <hi>Manna</hi> which fell from heaven. Take heed
therefore, you that are too-too choice in hearing, and had rather hear rare and new
things, than profitable things, because you hear them often.</p>
                  <p>The Knowledg of Christ is this <hi>Manna</hi> which came from heaven. If the Minister
of God feed you with this, it is the best food he can give you. What more sove<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>raign
Diet can be unto your souls than that which makes them live for ever? What
more pleasing News can you hear than Tidings that God will be at peace with men?
This made the very Angels of heaven to sing for joy at the birth of Christ, <hi>Glory be
to God on high,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Luke 2. 14.</note> 
                     <hi>and peace amongst men.</hi> Account not that common which so few
men tast of: account not that tedious which the best of you all have need of, and
which if you could once but relish the sweetness of, you would think you never had
enough of.</p>
                  <p>I speak not all this as quite disallowing a moderate shew of Learning in Sermons,
but because I would have you know that in respect of the <hi>Manna</hi> it self they are but
<hi>leeks</hi> and <hi>cucumbers,</hi> the <hi>onions</hi> and <hi>garlick of Egypt.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>AND so I come to the next thing I observe out of the First part of my Text,
and that is from these words, <hi>we are sure,</hi> or <hi>we know,</hi> as in the Greek it is<note n="*" place="margin">So in <hi>Luke</hi> 10. 11. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> is ren<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dred <hi>Be ye sure;</hi> and <hi>Iob.</hi> 6. 69. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>We are sure.</hi> And so a like word <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> is rendred, <hi>Iohn</hi> 16. 30. <hi>Rom.</hi> 2. 2. &amp; ch. 15. 29.</note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
but it comes all to one, for he that knows he knoweth Christ, is sure he knows;
he that knows he hath a thing, is sure he hath it.</p>
                  <p>Mark then from hence, <hi>That a man may be sure he shall be saved, he may be sure
that the Benefits of Christ's death belong unto him.</hi> For <hi>to know Christ,</hi> I told you,
was <hi>to know him to be our Redeemer,</hi> that is, to have Faith in him or to believe him
to be our Christ. If every one therefore that knows him aright and believes in him
truly, shall be saved; he that is sure he knows him, he that knows he believes truly
in him, this man must needs know also and be assured of his Salvation. But you
see the words of my Text do plainly imply that a man may be sure he knows
Christ, or else in vain should the Apostle tell us of the means how to get
that which was impossible to be gotten. But if the words of my Text be not
sufficient to persuade you, then call to mind the firm <hi>Assurance</hi> of S. <hi>Paul,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Rom. 8. 38, 39.</note> who
was <hi>perswaded that neither life nor death, neither principalities nor powers,</hi> nor any
thing else in the world, <hi>could sever him from the love of God.</hi> Call to mind again the
words of <hi>Iob,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Iob 19. 25, &amp;c.</note> who saith he <hi>was sure that his Redeemer liveth, and that his eyes should see
him.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But perhaps you will say that these were <hi>extraordinary</hi> men, <hi>Apostles</hi> and <hi>Prophets</hi>
might know so much by special inspiration, but every man must not look for that
which they had; All are not <hi>Apostles,</hi> all are not <hi>Prophets,</hi> and therefore all must not
look to be like unto Apostles and Prophets.</p>
                  <p>But mark again the words of my Text, <hi>We are sure,</hi> or <hi>we know, that we know him:</hi>
He says not, I <hi>Iohn</hi> am or may be sure, or that the other Apostles might be sure; but
<hi>we know,</hi> or <hi>we are sure, we know him:</hi> that is, I and you both; not I alone who am
an <hi>Apostle,</hi> but all you also to whom I write, who have believed through the preaching
of the Apostles and Disciples of the Lord <hi>Iesus;</hi> we all of us may <hi>be sure,</hi> or <hi>know,
we know him, if we keep his Commandments.</hi> And surely if this be not so, why doth
S. <hi>Peter</hi> 2 Ep. chap. 1. 10. bid us <hi>endeavour to make our calling and election sure?</hi> why
is the Spirit of God called<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Ephes.</hi> 1. 14.—the earnest of our inheri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tance; <hi>and ch.</hi> 4. 30—sealed unto the day of redemption.</note> 
                     <hi>the Earnest and Seal of our Salvation?</hi> The <hi>Seal,</hi> we know,
confirms and makes a thing sure; and he that hath given earnest, is bound to stand
to his bargain: whosoever then doth feel the Spirit of God to be within him, as every
one may, and must do before they shall be saved, this man hath God's promise <hi>sealed</hi>
unto him, and God hath given him the <hi>Earnest</hi> of his Salvation: and certainly God
useth not to break covenants, he will not break promise with us, if we keep promise
with him; for he is not as the sons of men, that he should be changed; the Lord hath
sworn,<note place="margin">1 Sam. 15. 29.</note> and it shall not repent him; the counsel of the Lord remains for ever, and his
decree from generation to generation.</p>
                  <p>Wouldest thou then have comfort in thy misery, wouldest thou have joy in all thy
sorrows, wouldest thou find rest in the greatest troubles of thy life, wouldest thou en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tertain
Death as a messenger of joy, wouldest thou welcome the Lord <hi>Iesus</hi> at his
coming? O labour then to make thy election sure; never cease till thou hast gotten
the <hi>seal</hi> and <hi>earnest</hi> of thy Salvation; renounce all kind of peace till thou hast found
the peace of conscience; discard all joy till thou feelest the joy of the Holy Ghost.
Do this, and there is no calamity so great but thou mayest undergo, no burthen so
heavy but thou mayest easily bear it: Do this, and thou shalt live in the fear, dye in
the favour, and rise in the power of God the Father, and help to make up the hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>venly
<pb n="307" facs="tcp:63175:204"/>
Confort, singing with the Saints and Angels, <hi>Hallelujah, Hallelujah, All glory
and honour and praise be ascribed to the Lamb, and to him that sitteth upon the throne for
evermore.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Rev 5. 13.</note>
                  </p>
                  <p>But now lest that which hath been spoken concerning <hi>Assurance of Salvation</hi> might
disquiet the weak conscience of some who cannot feel <hi>this Assurance</hi> in themselves;
let them know That <hi>this Assurance</hi> doth not always continue in like measure, but is of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ten
shaken with the assaults of mis-belief, and overcast with clouds of distrust. We
know that though the Sun be risen upon the earth, she doth not always shew her self
in full brightness, but sometimes is overcast with clouds and shadowed from our sight;
and yet she always giveth so much light as thereby we may discern the day from the
night: Even so although the Sun of comfortable Assurance be risen in our hearts, yet
it doth not always shine forth with brightness, or shew it self in full strength and vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gour,
but is sometime overcast with fear and distrust; and yet when there is least,
there is so much light that a man may discern day from night, and know the children
of God from the sons of Darkness. Despair not therefore, though fear sometimes
disquiets thee; Distrust not the Lord thy God, though he seems sometimes to hide
his Countenance from thee: but when thou feelest a combate in thy soul, pray then
and say with the Father of that child in the Gospel,<note place="margin">Mark 9. 24.</note> 
                     <hi>Lord, I believe, help thou my unbe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lief.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>AND thus I come unto the second part of my Text, which contains the <hi>Means</hi>
whereby we come to this <hi>Certainty of knowing Christ</hi> and this <hi>Assurance of Salvation;</hi>
and that is, <hi>By keeping God's Commandments;</hi> for saith my Text, <hi>Hereby we know that
we do know him, if we keep his Commandments.</hi> To know Christ (I told you) is to
believe in him, to be assured we know him is to be assured our Faith is a right and
a true Faith; which Faith whosoever knoweth he hath, cannot chuse but know cer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tainly
he shall be saved: But hereby (saith my Text) may we know that we know
Christ aright, and believe in him truly and savingly, <hi>if that we keep his Command<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>From whence I observe<note place="margin">Observat. 1.</note> First, <hi>That though it be true, That whatsoever good thing we have
cometh from God, and that it is his Holy Spirit that worketh all heavenly graces in our
hearts; yet he doth it not immediately, without means, but by blessing those helps and motives
to us which he hath ordained for us to attain such graces and such favours by.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>For it is true, That Assurance of Salvation is the work of God's Spirit; and yet
S. <hi>Iohn</hi> saith here, That it is the <hi>keeping of God's Commandments</hi> whereby we are assu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>red
we know Christ to be our Redeemer: that is, The Spirit of God by this keeping
of the Commandments and by obedience to the will of God doth assure us, as by an
argument or evidence, that our Faith is a true Faith, a living Faith; and that there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
we may assure our selves that the Spirit of God dwelleth in us, and that we shall
enjoy a Crown with Saints and Angels in the life to come. So likewise Faith is the
work of the Spirit of God;<note place="margin">Rom. 10. 17.</note> and yet S. <hi>Paul</hi> saith, that <hi>Faith cometh by hearing,</hi> and
how should men believe unless they hear the Word preached? It is God that saveth us,
and Christ who purchased eternal life for us; and yet the use of the Sacraments must
be as means to bring us to this happiness. So saith Christ, <hi>Every one that believeth
and is baptized,<note place="margin">Mark 16. 16.</note> shall be saved;</hi> and S. <hi>Peter,</hi> 1 Ep. 3. 21. calleth <hi>Baptism</hi> the <hi>figure
whereby we are saved.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>And throughout the Scripture we shall find that God bestows his blessings and fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vours
by the <hi>use of means,</hi> and to those who use the means which he hath appointed.
If <hi>Abimelech</hi> will have God to heal him and to forgive his sin, he must have <hi>Abraham</hi>
to pray unto God for him: so saith the Text, <hi>Gen.</hi> 20. 7. <hi>Restore the man his wife;
for he is a Prophet, and he shall pray for thee, and thou shalt live.</hi> So if <hi>Iob</hi>'s friends
will have God to forgive their sin in censuring <hi>Iob</hi> so uncharitably, they must use
the means which God commanded them, <hi>Iob</hi> 42. 8. <hi>Take unto you</hi> (saith God)
<hi>seven bullocks and seven rams, and go to my servant Iob, and offer for your selves a
burnt-offering; and my servant Iob shall pray for you, and I will accept him.</hi> If <hi>Cor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nelius</hi>
will have the will of God revealed to him, he must send to <hi>Ioppa</hi> for <hi>Peter</hi>
to preach unto him, <hi>Acts</hi> 10. 5. If <hi>Naaman</hi> the <hi>Syrian</hi> will have the God of <hi>Israel</hi>
to heal him of his Leprosie, he must use the means commanded, to <hi>wash himself se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven
times in</hi> the River <hi>Iordan,</hi> 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 5. 10, 14. Again, Though God had pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mised
<hi>Iacob</hi> that he would be with him, that he would do him good, when he was
to return unto the land of <hi>Canaan;</hi> and though <hi>Iacob</hi> depended only upon God to
deliver him from the fury of his brother <hi>Esau;</hi> yet he knew that God would require
of him the using of the means,<note place="margin">Gen. 3<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> and therefore he sent a Present to his brother, and when
<pb n="308" facs="tcp:63175:205"/>
he came unto him, he used all humble and submiss behaviour toward him. Lastly, Though <hi>Hezekiah</hi> in his sickness had received a Sign and a Promise from God that he
should recover, <hi>I have heard thy prayer,</hi> (saith the Lord, 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 20. 5.) <hi>I have seen
thy tears: behold I will heal thee, on the third day thou shalt go up unto the house of the
Lord;</hi> yet for all this he did not neglect the means, for according to the counsel of
the Prophet <hi>Esay,</hi> he <hi>took a lump of figs</hi> (saith the Text, ver. 7.) <hi>and laid it upon the
boil, and he recovered.</hi> Thus then you see the manner how God bestows his graces
and favours upon the sons of men: He is the chief and principal worker in all things
which are done, and yet he worketh not without the means, for so he should always
do <hi>Miracles;</hi> (for <hi>Miracles</hi> are nothing else but the works of God without and against
the ordinary means) but he worketh by blessing of the means to those who have and
use them.</p>
                  <p>Here is therefore a Lesson worthy to be learned of those who, when you tell them
of the perverseness and corruption of their hearts, and exhort them to seek to be at
peace with God, to amend their lives, to eschew evil and do the works of righte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ousness;
answer presently, That all the thoughts of man's heart are by nature evil,
and that of our selves we are not able so much as to think one good thought, much
less to do any good deed; we have no free will in these things, but are dead in sin;
we cannot turn to God, unless he turns us first unto him; we cannot mend, unless
God first amend us; we cannot believe, unless he give us Faith; we cannot of our
selves do any good, untill it pleaseth God to enable us:<note place="margin">2 Pet. 3. 16.</note> And after this manner (as
S. <hi>Peter</hi> saith) those who are <hi>unskilful and unstable wrest the Scriptures to their own de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>struction.</hi>
But do you not know also, that it is God that giveth us our daily bread,
that he giveth us meat to eat and cloaths to put on? and yet which of you all will
not use the means to get these things, because else you cannot look that God should
give you his blessing? Do you not know, when you are sick of a bodily disease, that
if you be healed, God must heal you, God must restore you to your former health?
and yet which of you all will not seek unto the Physician, and use all means that can
be gotten? Do you not know, when you are in danger, that God must deliver you?
and yet would you not laugh at him that in such a case should sit still and say, <hi>God help
me,</hi> and never stir his finger to help himself? Are you thus wise in these outward
things, and will you not be as wise in things spiritual? It is needful you should use
the means to obtain God's blessing in things concerning your Body, and is it needless
in things concerning the good of your Soul?</p>
                  <p>It is true indeed that of your selves you are not able to turn from your evil ways
unto the Lord your God; but you are able, I hope, to use the means whereby
God's Spirit works the conversion of the heart. This Sun the Lord makes to shine
both upon the evil and the good; this Rain he showres down upon the just and un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>just.
What though thou canst not believe of thy self? yet thou canst use the means
of believing. What though thou canst not of thy self will or do the thing which is
good? yet mayest thou use the means whereby God gives the grace of willing and
doing good. Wouldest thou then have God to enable thee with the grace and power
of his Spirit? use the means wherein the Spirit of God is <hi>lively and mighty in operation,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Heb. 4. 12.</note>
                     <hi>sharper than any two-edged sword, and entreth through even to the dividing asunder of Soul
and Spirit:</hi> Meditate continually in the Law of God, be diligent to hear the Word
both read and preached, attend to Exhortation, to Instruction: and as <hi>Ioab</hi> said un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
his army going against the <hi>Aramites,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">2 Sam. 10. 12.</note> 
                     <hi>Be strong, and let us be valiant for our people
and for the cities of our God, and let the Lord do that which is good in his eyes;</hi> so say
thou unto thine own Soul, I will firmly resolve, and with all the power I have endea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vour
to use the means appointed by our God, and let the Lord do that which is good
in his eyes. Nay then fear not, thou shalt see the salvation of the Lord: he will give
thee a new heart, and put a new spirit within thee; he will take away thy heart
of stone, and give thee an heart of flesh, that thou mayest walk in his statutes and
keep his Commandments; and thou shalt be one of his people, and he will be thy
God.</p>
                  <p>Observe in the second place, <hi>That a true and unfeigned Faith in Christ</hi> (which is
the <hi>knowing</hi> him here mentioned) <hi>brings forth obedience to his Commandments.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Observat. 2.</note>
Christ, we must know, is not only a <hi>Priest</hi> to reconcile us, but also a <hi>King</hi> to be obey<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
by us.<note place="margin">Christ must be received <hi>whole,</hi> not only as a <hi>Priest,</hi> but as a <hi>King.</hi>
                     </note> These two, as they are inseparable in him, [a <hi>Priest,</hi> but a <hi>Kingly Priest;</hi>
a <hi>King,</hi> but a <hi>Priestly King;</hi>] so must the acknowledgment of them be in his servants.
Whosoever therefore receives him as a <hi>Priest</hi> for atonement of his sin, must also sub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mit
unto him with loyal obedience as a <hi>King.</hi> We can never truly acknowledge him
<pb n="309" facs="tcp:63175:205"/>
the one, but we must also yield him the other. For Christ will not be <hi>divided</hi> by us;
we must, if we will have him, <hi>take him whole;</hi> otherwise we have no share in him at
all. This is that <hi>Faith</hi> we say <hi>justifies,</hi> and no other but such a Faith as this, which
adheres unto Christ <hi>Iesus</hi> both as a <hi>Priest</hi> and as our <hi>Lord</hi> and <hi>King.</hi> And therefore
do our Adversaries most unworthily and wrongfully charge us, That we condemn
Good works, or hold a man may be in Christ or in the state of grace, though his life
be never so wicked; because we hold, as S. <hi>Paul</hi> does, we are <hi>justified by Faith, and
not by the works of the Law,</hi> Gal. 2. 16.</p>
                  <p>Observe,<note place="margin">Observat. 3.</note> thirdly, <hi>That the Act of Faith which justifies is the Receiving or Knowing
of Christ; not</hi> (as some erroneously conceive) <hi>an Assurance or Knowing we know him.</hi>
For <hi>Assurance of being justified</hi> is no way a <hi>Cause</hi> or <hi>Instrument,</hi> but a <hi>Consequent</hi> of
Iustification. A man must be first justified before he can know or be assured he is
justified. For this <hi>Assurance</hi> or Certification you may see in my Text comes in the
third place, not in the first; wherein you may observe these three things to have this
order, 1. <hi>Knowing</hi> or <hi>owning Christ,</hi> which is <hi>Faith:</hi> 2. <hi>Keeping his Commandments,</hi>
which is the <hi>Fruit</hi> and <hi>evidence of a true Faith:</hi> then in the third place comes <hi>Assu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rance,
For by this we are sure we do know him, if we keep his Commandments.</hi> The
Object must be before it can be known; the Sun must be risen before she can be seen:
So hath every one his interest in Christ before he can know he hath it. Nay he may
have it long before, before he knows he hath it: For it is not only a consequent, but
a separable consequent, neither presently gotten, and often interrupted. For though
it be necessary the Sun should be risen before she can be seen; yet she may be long up
before we see her, and often clouded after she hath shined. This I observe for the
comfort of those who are troubled in mind and tempted to despair, because they see
not the light of God's countenance shining in their hearts.</p>
                  <p>My fourth Observation,<note place="margin">Observat. 4.</note> and the chief in the Text, is this, <hi>That he that walks in the
ways of God, and makes conscience to keep his Commandments, may hereby in<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>allibly know
he knows Christ, that his Faith is a true Faith, and that he shall be saved everlastingly.</hi>
This is the main and principal Scope of the Text, and so plainly therein expressed,
that it needs no other confirmation. But the Reason is plain; For Good works are
the fruits of Faith, and a Godly conversation is the work of God's holy Spirit.
Whomsoever Christ accepts as a Servant, he gives the token of his Spirit, the Grace
which enlivens and quickens the Heart and Will to his Service in a new and reformed
conversation. Even as the heat of the Fire warmeth whatsoever comes near unto it;
so the Spirit of Christ kindles this Grace in every Heart that Faith links unto him: the
Fruit whereof is that infallible Livery whereby every one that wears it may know him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>self
to be his Servant.</p>
                  <p>A Tree is known by its fruit, the workman is known by his work; whosoever
them shews these works, and brings forth these fruits, hath an infallible argument that
the Spirit of God, the earnest of his Salvation, dwells in his heart; that his Faith is
a true and saving Faith; that his believing is no presumption, no false conceit, no de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lusion
of the Devil, but the true and certain motion of God's own Spirit. The rising
of the Sun is known by the shining beams, the Fire is known by its burning, the Life
of the Body is known by its moving: Even so certainly is the presence of God's Spi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rit
known by the shining light of an holy conversation; even so certainly the purging
Fire of Grace is known by the burning Zeal against sin, and a servent desire to keep
God's Commandments; even so certainly the Life and liveliness of Faith is known
by the good motions of the Heart, by the bestirring of all the powers both of Soul
and Body, to do whatsoever God wills us to be doing as soon as we once know he
would have us do it. He that hath this Evidence, hath a bulwark against Despair,
and may dare the Devil to his face: He that hath this, hath the Broad Seal of Eternal
life, and such a man shall live for ever.</p>
                  <p>But on the contrary, He that walks not in the ways of Obedience to God's Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mandments;
whatsoever conceit he hath of God's favour toward him, without all
doubt he knows not Christ to be his Redeemer, he hath not nor cannot have any As<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>surance
of Salvation; for how should a man be assured of that which is not? His Hope
is Presumption, his Faith is nothing but Security, his Comfort (if he feels any) a
mere imagination: His Hope, his Faith, his Comfort are all delusions of the Devil.
For <hi>if we say</hi> (saith our Apostle chap. 1. ver. 6.) <hi>that we have fellowship with him, and
walk in darkness, we are lyars,</hi> yea and the Devil, the Father of lies, is in us.</p>
                  <p>Here therefore is a good Caveat for us all.<note place="margin">Heb. 12. 14.</note> Let us not deceive our selves; with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>out
Holiness no man shall see God. Beware of Presumption, for Presumption sends
<pb n="310" facs="tcp:63175:206"/>
more to Hell than Desperation. Let us never think we have Faith to be saved by, or
acknowledge Christ throughly, till we may see and know it by keeping his Command<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments.
For <hi>hereby we know that we know him,</hi> &amp;c.</p>
                  <p>But you may say, Alas! this is an hard saying: If none have true Faith or know
Christ aright but those who keep the Law of God, who then can be saved? For what
man is he who hath such a Faith? For there is no man living which sins not; and who
can say his Heart is clean? the best of us all hath need to pray unto God daily and
hourly, Lord, forgive our trespasses.</p>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. I answer, It is true, that an absolute and perfect Obedience to the Law of God
is not attainable in this life: For the best that are, though not in a current and con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stant
course, yet ever and anon offend, both in doing what they ought not, and
omitting what they should do; yea some mixture of infirmity and imperfections will
cleave unto the face of the fairest action. So incompatible is an uninterrupted and un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stained
purity with this unglorified state of mortality.</item>
                     <item>2. All this is true and cannot be denied; For our Apostle himself saith chap. 1. 8.
<hi>If we say we have no sin, we deceive our selves, and there is no truth in us.</hi> But the same
Apostle in chap. 3. 8. of this Epistle saith also, That <hi>he which commits sin, is of the
Devil.</hi> There is therefore some measure of holiness and obedience, and that more
than ordinary, required of those who are the Sons of God. That ours may be such,
we must know the requisites thereof are three, To be <hi>Cordial, Resolved,</hi> and <hi>Vni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>versal.</hi>
                     </item>
                  </list>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. It must be <hi>Cordial,</hi> that is, Conscionable and Sincere: it must be internal, pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceeding
from the Heart, not external only, in the appearance of the outward work.<note place="margin">Matth. 21. 19.</note>
God looks for fruit, and not for leaves; therefore the Fig-tree in the Gospel which
had nothing but leaves,<note place="margin">Psal. 119. 2.</note> we know, was accursed. But <hi>blessed are they</hi> (saith <hi>David)
that keep his Testimonies, and seek him with their whole heart.</hi> For true Faith not only
restrains the actions of the outward man, (for that Humane laws and other respects
may do) but it purifies the Heart also from the reigning allowance of any lust or
lewd course of sin. There is <hi>abhorring</hi> as well as <hi>abstaining, loathing</hi> as well as <hi>lea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving;</hi>
for else a chained Lion, though he abstain from devouring, hath his Lionish na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture
still.</item>
                     <item>2. It must be <hi>Resolved,</hi> that is, out of a full and setled purpose to conform our selves
to the Law of God; That howsoever we often fail in the execution, yet this Root
may still keep life within us. For good actions which come only by fits and occasi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons,
are no part of true Obedience: nor where such a <hi>Resolution</hi> is, are failings and
slips more a sign of a disobedient child, than the missing of a mark argues he that shot
never aimed to hit it; but only is a sign either of weakness, want of skill, or good
heed, or some impediment.</item>
                     <item>3. It must be <hi>Vniversal;</hi> I say not absolute and perfect, for no man can keep the
Law of God absolutely and perfectly; yet it must be <hi>Vniversal,</hi> that is, to one Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mandment
as well as to another. True Obedience knows no exception, no reser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vation,
nor can any such stand with a true Faith and allegiance to Christ our
Lord.</item>
                  </list>
                  <p>First therefore there must no darling, no bosome sin, no <hi>Herodias,</hi> be cherished:
such a dead fly as this will marre the whole box of ointment: For how should he
take himself for a faithful servant of Christ, who still holds correspondence with his
Arch-enemy the Devil? It were treason in an earthly subject to do it, how serviceable
soever he might otherwise be unto his Prince. One breach in the walls of a City ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poseth
it to the surprise of the Enemy; one leak in a Ship neglected will sink it at last
into the bottom of the Sea; the stab of a Pen-knife to the Heart will as well speed a
man as twenty Rapiers run through him: If thou hedge thy close as high as the
middle region of the Air in all other places, and leave but one gap, all thy grass will
be gone: If the Fowler catch the Bird either by the head or the foot or the wing,
she is sure his own. So in the present case, If Satan keep possession but by one reign<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
sin, it will be thine everlasting ruine. If thou live and die with allowance and de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>light
in any one known sin, without resolution to part with it; thou art none of
Christ's servants, thou as yet carriest the Devil's brand, he hath thereby markt thee
out for his own.</p>
                  <p>Secondly, An <hi>Vniversal</hi> obedience submits not only to Prohibitions of not doing
evil, but puts in practice the Injunctions of doing good. Many think they keep the
Commandments well, so they do nothing which they forbid: But the <hi>not doing good</hi>
is a sin as well as the <hi>doing of evil. Dives</hi> fries in Hell, not for robbing, but for not
<pb n="311" facs="tcp:63175:206"/>
relieving <hi>Lazarus.</hi> The unprofitable servant was cast into outer darkness, not for
spending, but for not bestowing his Master's talent. The five foolish Virgins were
shut out of doors, not for wasting, but for not having oil in their Lamps. And the
wicked shall be condemned at the last day,<note place="margin">Matth. 25.</note> not for reaving the meat from the hungry,
but for not seeding their poor brethren; not for stripping the naked out of his
cloaths, but for not cloathing him. It will not be enough for thee that thou bringest
forth no bad fruit,<note place="margin">Matth. 3. 10.</note> but thou must bring forth good fruit. <hi>Every Tree that bringeth not
forth good fruit,</hi> shall be <hi>hewen down and cast into the fire.</hi> What if thou steal not from
thy brother? yet if thou open not thy hand to help and succour him, thou art a Rob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ber.
What if thou dost neither lie nor swear? yet if thou makest not thy mouth a
glorious organ, and thy tongue a trumpet to sound forth and proclaim the love and
mercy of God, thou art a deep and a round offender. What if no man can condemn
thee for any evil? yet unless God and thine own conscience shall commend thee for
some good thou hast done, thou art far from any Assurance of Faith, or <hi>Knowing thou
knowest Christ</hi> to be thy Redeemer.</p>
                  <trailer>The End of the First Book.</trailer>
               </div>
            </div>
         </div>
         <div type="half_title">
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:207"/>
            <p>
               <pb facs="tcp:63175:207"/>THE SECOND BOOK
OF THE
WORKS
OF
The Pious and Profoundly-Learned
Ioseph Mede, B. D.
SOMETIME
Fellow of <hi>CHRIST'S</hi> Colledge in
CAMBRIDGE</p>
            <p>CONTAINING
SEVERAL DISCOURSES
AND TREATISES
OF
CHURCHES,
AND
The Worship of God therein.</p>
            <p>Horat. de Arte Poet.</p>
            <lg>
               <l>—Fuit haec Sapientia quondam,</l>
               <l>Publica privatis secernere, sacra profanis.</l>
            </lg>
            <p>Corrected and Enlarged according to the
Author's own Manuscripts.</p>
         </div>
         <div type="table_of_contents">
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:208"/>
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:208"/>
            <head>THE CONTENTS
OF
THE SECOND BOOK.</head>
            <div type="part">
               <head>Of Churches.</head>
               <list>
                  <head>1 COR. 11. 22.</head>
                  <label>Have ye not Houses to eat and drink in?
[<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>;]
or despise ye the Church of God?</label>
                  <item>pag. 319</item>
               </list>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>The Reverence of God's
House.</head>
               <list>
                  <head>ECCLES. 5. 1.</head>
                  <label>Look to thy foot [<hi>or</hi> feet] when thou comest
to the House of God; and be more ready to
obey, than to offer the Sacrifice of fools.</label>
                  <item>pag. 340</item>
               </list>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>The Christian Sacrifice.</head>
               <list>
                  <head>MALACHI 1. 11.</head>
                  <label>From the rising of the Sun even unto the going
down of the same, my Name shall be great
among the Gentiles; and in every place In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cense
shall be offered unto my Name, and
a pure Offering: for my Name shall be
great among the Heathen, saith the Lord
of Hosts.</label>
                  <item/>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <head>CHAP. I.</head>
                  <label>The Text a Prophecy of the <hi>Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stian
Sacrifice,</hi> according to the judgment
of the ancient Fathers in the Second, Third
and Fourth Centuries. The difficulty of
explaining the <hi>Christian Sacrifice:</hi> The
Reasons of this difficulty. The Method
and Order propounded for this Discourse.</label>
                  <item>pag. 355</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <head>CHAP. II.</head>
                  <label>The <hi>Christian Sacrifice</hi> defined,
and briefly explained. The two parts or
double Object of this Sacrifice. What
meant by <hi>Sacrificium Quod,</hi> what by
<hi>Sacrificium Quo.</hi>
                  </label>
                  <item>pag. 356</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <head>CHAP. III.</head>
                  <label>The words of the Text explain<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed,
and applied to the foregoing Definition
of the <hi>Christian Sacrifice. Incense</hi> de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>notes
the <hi>rational</hi> part of this Sacrifice,
<hi>Mincha</hi> the <hi>material</hi> part thereof. What
meant by <hi>Mincha purum.</hi> Two Interpre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tations
of the <hi>Purity</hi> of the Christian
<hi>Mincha</hi> given by the Fathers; a third
propounded by the Author.</label>
                  <item>pag. 357</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <head>CHAP. IV.</head>
                  <label>Six Particulars contained in
the Definition of the <hi>Christian Sacrifice.</hi>
The First, viz. <hi>That this Christian Ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vice
is an Oblation,</hi> proved out of Anti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quity.
How long the Apostles Age lasted,
or when it ended. Proofs out of the Epi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stles
of <hi>Clemens</hi> and <hi>Ignatius.</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> how distinguished in
<hi>Ignatius.</hi> The Christian Service is pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>perly
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, but improperly <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording
to the strict and prime sense of the
word.</label>
                  <item>pag. 360</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <head>CHAP. V.</head>
                  <label>The Second Particular, <hi>That
the Christian Sacrifice is an Oblation of
Thanksgiving and Prayer,</hi> proved from
<hi>Iustin Martyr, Tertullian, Clemens
Alexandr. &amp;c.</hi> The Altar, or Holy Table,
anciently the place of the publick Prayers
of the Church. <hi>Prayer, Oblation</hi> and
<hi>Sacrifice</hi> promiscuously used by the Fathers
when they speak of the <hi>Christian Sacrifice.</hi>
The Conjunction of <hi>Prayer</hi> and the <hi>Eu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>charist</hi>
argued from <hi>Acts</hi> 2. 42. and from
<hi>Ignatius ad Ephes.</hi> The three parts of
which the Christian <hi>Synaxis</hi> consisted.</label>
                  <item>pag. 362</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <head>CHAP. VI.</head>
                  <label>The Third Particular, <hi>That
the Christian Sacrifice is an Oblation of
Thanksgiving and Prayer through Iesus
Christ Commemorated in the Creatures
<pb facs="tcp:63175:209"/>
of Bread and Wine.</hi> Sacrifices under
the Law were Rites to invocate God by.
That the Eucharist is a Rite to give thanks
and invocate God by, proved from several
Testimonies of the Fathers and the Greek
Liturgies. A passage out of Mr. <hi>Perkins</hi>
agreeable to this notion. What meant by
that usual expression of the Ancients speak<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
of the Eucharist, <hi>[Through Iesus
Christ the great High Priest.]</hi> By <hi>No<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>men
Dei</hi> in Mal. 1. <hi>Iustin M.</hi> and <hi>Ire<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>naeus</hi>
understood <hi>Christ.</hi> Why in the Eu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>charist
Prayers were to be directed to God
the Father.</label>
                  <item>pag. 365.</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <head>CHAP. VII.</head>
                  <label>The Fourth particular, <hi>That
the Commemoration of Christ in the
Creatures of Bread and Wine (in the
Eucharist) is a Sacrifice, according to
the style of the ancient Church.</hi> How
Sacrifices are distinguished from all other
Offerings. A <hi>Sacrifice</hi> defined. The Uni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>versal
Custom of mankind to contract or
confirm Covenants and Friendship by eat<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
and drinking together: This illustra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted
from Testimonies of Scripture and hu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mane
Authors. Sacrifices were Federal
Feasts, wherein God and men did feast
together in token of amity and friendship.
What was God's Mess or portion in the Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crifices.
The different Laws of Burnt-of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferings,
Sin-and-Trespass-offerings, and
the Peace-offerings. Burnt-offerings had
Meat and Drink-offerings annexed to
them, and were regularly accompanied
with Peace-offerings. That Sacrifices were
Feasts of amity between God and men,
proved by four Arguments. The reason of
these phrases, <hi>Secare foedus</hi> and <hi>Icere
foedus.</hi> That in those Sacrificial Feasts
(and also in the Eucharist) God is to be
considered as the <hi>Convivator,</hi> and Man
as the <hi>Conviva.</hi> This cleared by several
passages in this (as also in the following)
Chapter.</label>
                  <item>pag. 369.</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <head>CHAP. VIII.</head>
                  <label>The Fifth Particular, <hi>That
the Body and Bloud of Christ in the
Eucharist was made of Bread and Wine
which had first been offered to God, to
agnize him the Lord of the Creature.</hi>
This proved from the Testimonies of Anti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quity
next to the Apostles times, and from
ancient Liturgies; as also from the Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thers
arguing from this Oblation of the
Creature in the Eucharist to God, that the
Father of Christ was the Creator of the
world, in confutation of some Here<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ticks
in their days; and lastly from S.
<hi>Paul</hi>'s parallel of the <hi>Lord</hi>'s <hi>Supper and
the Sacrifices of the Gentiles.</hi> Two Que<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stions
answered. 1. Whence may it appear
that our Saviour at the Institution of the
Eucharist did first offer the Bread and
Wine to God, to agnize him the Lord of
the Creature? 2. Is not the celebration of
the Eucharist in the Western Churches
(whether the Reformed or the Roman)
therefore defective, because no such Obla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
is there in use?</label>
                  <item>pag. 372.</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <head>CHAP. IX.</head>
                  <label>The Sixth Particular, <hi>That
Christ is offered in the Eucharist Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>memoratively
only, and not otherwise.</hi>
This <hi>Commemorative Sacrifice,</hi> or the
<hi>Commemoration</hi> in the Eucharist, ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plained.
That Christ is offered by way of
<hi>Commemoration</hi> only, was the sense of
the ancient Church. This proved from an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cient
Liturgies and Fathers. The Conclu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sion,
containing an elegant description of
the <hi>Christian Sacrifice</hi> out of the History
of S. <hi>Andrew</hi>'s Martyrdom.</label>
                  <item>pag. 376.</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <head>EZRA VI. X.</head>
                  <label>That they may offer Sacrifices of sweet
savour unto the God of Heaven, and pray
for the life of the King, and of his Sons.</label>
                  <item>pag. 379.</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <label>The Name <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <hi>Altare</hi> anci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ently
given to the Holy Table.</label>
                  <item>pag. 382.</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <label>We will go into his Tabernacle, we will wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ship
towards his Footstool.</label>
                  <item>pag. 393.</item>
               </list>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>Concio ad Clerum.</head>
               <list>
                  <head>Levit. 19. 30.</head>
                  <label>Sanctuarium meum reveremini.</label>
                  <item>pag. 398.</item>
               </list>
            </div>
         </div>
         <div type="half_title">
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:209"/>
            <p>CHURCHES,
<hi>THAT IS,</hi>
Appropriate Places
FOR
CHRISTIAN WORSHIP,
BOTH IN, AND EVER SINCE
THE APOSTLES TIMES.</p>
            <p>A Discourse at first more briefly delivered in a Colledge-Chappel,
and since enlarged.</p>
            <p>BY
<hi>IOSEPH MEDE</hi> B. D.
AND
Sometime Fellow of <hi>Christ</hi>'s Colledge in
CAMBRIDGE.</p>
            <p>Concil. Gangrense Anno Christi 325. can. 5.
<gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>.</p>
         </div>
         <div type="dedication">
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:210"/>
            <p>REVERENDISSIMO IN CHRISTO
PATRI &amp; DOMINO SUO
SUMME HONORANDO,
<hi>DOMINO</hi>
GUILIELMO
DIVINA PROVIDENTIA
ARCHIEPISCOPO CANTUARIENSI,
METROPOLITANO<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>
TOTIUSQUE ANGLIAE
PRIMATI,</p>
            <p>Hanc suam de Ecclesiarum (hoc est, Locorum cultui
Christiano dicatorum) jam inde ab Apostolorum temporibus
Antiquitate Dissertationem,</p>
            <p>Antiquitatis Ecclesiasticae propugnatori, sublatique inter
sacrum &amp; profanum discriminis assertori eximio,</p>
            <p>
               <hi>In grati &amp; officiosi animi indicium,</hi>
Eâ quâ decet submissione &amp; favoris spe,
<hi>DICAT CONSECRATQUE</hi>
REV<hi rend="sup">ma</hi> Paternitatis ipsius</p>
            <signed>Cultor &amp; Sacellanus
observantissimus
<hi>I. M.</hi>
            </signed>
         </div>
         <div n="2" type="book">
            <pb n="319" facs="tcp:63175:210"/>
            <head>THE SECOND BOOK;
CONTAINING SEVERAL
DISCOURSES and TREATISES
CONCERNING
CHURCHES,
AND
The Worship of God therein.
CHURCHES,
THAT IS,
APPROPRIATE PLACES
For Christian Worship, both in and ever since the
Apostles times.</head>
            <div type="part">
               <head>1 COR. 11. 22.</head>
               <epigraph>
                  <q>Have ye not houses to eat and drink in? [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>;]
or despise ye the Church of God.</q>
               </epigraph>
               <p>IT is taken in a manner for granted by the most of our Reformed
Writers, and affirmed also by<note n="*" place="margin">Ioseph. Vice<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>com. de ant<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quis Missae ri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tibus, Vol. 3. l. 2. c. 21.</note> some of the other side, That in
the Apostles times and in the Ages next after them (whilest the
Church lived under Pagan and persecuting Emperors) Christi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ans
had no Oratories or Places set apart for Divine worship;
but that they assembled here and there promis<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>uously and uncer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tainly,
as they pleased, or the occasion served, in places of
common use, and not otherwise. But that this is an error, I in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tend
to demonstrate by good evidence; taking my rise from this
passage of the Apostle, who reproving the <hi>Corinthians</hi> for using prophane banquet<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ings
and feastings in a Sacred place, <hi>Have ye not houses</hi> (saith he) <hi>to eat and drink in?</hi>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>; <hi>or despise ye the Church of God?</hi> Here
I take the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, or <hi>Church,</hi> to note, not the <hi>Assembly,</hi> but the <hi>Place</hi>
appointed for Sacred duties; and that from the opposition thereof to <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, their
own <hi>Houses,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>; <hi>Have ye not Houses to eat and drink in?</hi> these are
places proper for ordinary and common repast, and not the Church or House of God:
which is again repeated in the last verse of that Chapter, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>If any man hunger, let him eat at home.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Thus most of the Fathers took <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> in this passage, namely, as most
of the words signifying an <hi>Assembly</hi> or <hi>Company</hi> are wont to be used also for the <hi>Place</hi>
thereof; as <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Synagoga, Collegium, &amp;c.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="320" facs="tcp:63175:211"/>
                  <hi>S.</hi> Austin <hi>is so plain as nothing can be more.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">1 Cor. 11. 22.</note> 
                  <hi>For concerning expressions, where the</hi>
Continent <hi>is called by the name of the</hi> Thing contained,<note place="margin">Quast. 57. sup. L<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>vit.</note> 
                  <hi>he instances in this of</hi> Ecclesia;
<note n="a" place="margin">As (for Example) the <hi>Church</hi> is called the Place where the <hi>Church</hi> is assembled. For the <hi>Church</hi> are <hi>men,</hi> of whom accordingly it is said (<hi>Eph<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>s.</hi> 5. 21.) <hi>That he might present to himself a glorious Church:</hi> But withal that the <hi>Church</hi> is called the <hi>House of Prayer,</hi> the same Apostle testi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fies, where he saith, <hi>Have ye not Houses to eat and drink in? or despise ye the Church of God?</hi>
                  </note> 
                  <q>Sicut Ecclesia (<hi>saith he</hi>) dicitur lo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cus
quo Ecclesia congregatur. Nam Eccle<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sia
homines sunt, de quibus dicitur, Vt
exhiberet sibi gloriosam Ecclesiam: Hanc
tamen vocari etiam ipsam Domum orati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>onum,
idem Apostolus testis est, ubi ait,
Numquid domos non habetis ad mandu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>candum
&amp; bibendum? an Ecclesiam Dei
contemnitis?</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>S.</hi> Basil <hi>hath the same notion in his</hi> Mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ralia,
Reg. 30.<note n="b" place="margin">That we ought not to dishonour Sacred pla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ces or things by the mixture of things of common use. <hi>S.</hi> Basil <hi>confirms it from that in S.</hi> Matth. 21. 12, 13. <hi>as also from that in</hi> 1 Cor. 11. 22. Have ye not Houses to eat and drink in? or despise ye the Church of God? <hi>and verse</hi> 34. If any man hunger, let him eat at home, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
                  </note> 
                  <q>Quòd non oportet
[<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>] loca sacra misturâ eorum quae
ad communem usum spectant c<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ntumeliâ
afficere. <hi>Which he confirms thus;</hi>
Et intravit Iesus in Templum Dei, &amp;
ejiciebat omnes ementes &amp; vendentes in
Templo, &amp; mensas numulariorum, &amp; cathedras vendentium columbas evertit, &amp; dicit
eis, Scriptum est, Domus mea domus orationis vocabitur, vos autem fecistis eam spelun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cam
latronum. Et ad Cor. 1. Numquid domos non habetis ad manducandum &amp; biben<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dum?
aut Ecclesiam Dei con<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>emnitis? Si quis esurit, domi manducet, ut non in judi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cium
conveniatis.</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Again, in his</hi> Regulae compendiosiùs ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plicatae,
Interrog. &amp; Respons. 310. <hi>an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>swering
that Question,</hi>
                  <note n="c" place="margin">
                     <hi>In answer to that Question,</hi> Whether may the Holy Oblation (<hi>or</hi> Eucharist) be celebrated in a common house, <hi>he affirms. That</hi> as the Word doth not allow that any common vessel <hi>or</hi> utensil should be brought into places that are Sacred [<hi>carried through the Temple, Mark</hi> 11. 16.] so likewise doth it forbid that the Holy Mysteries should be celebrated in a common house: For neither would the Old Testament permit any such thing to be done, nor our Lord who said, <hi>There is here one greater than the Temple,</hi> (Matth. 12 6.) nor the Apostle, saying, <hi>Have ye not Houses to eat and drink in? &amp;c.</hi> Wh<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>nce we may learn, That we ought not to take our common supper in the Church, nor should we dishonour the Lord's Sup<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>per by eating it in a private house. But if one be necessitated to communicate in private, let him then chuse out the most clean and decent house or room for such a purpose, and withal see that he do it in the fittest and most seasonable time.</note> 
                  <q>Numquid
in communi domo sacra obletio debeat
celebrari; Quemadmodum, <hi>saith he,</hi>
verbum non permittit ut vas ullum com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mune
in sancta introferatur; eodem modo
etiam vetat sancta in domo communi cele<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brari:
quum vetus Testamentum nihil
isto modo fieri permittat; Domino item
dicente, Plus quam templum est hic; A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>postolo
item, Numquid domos non habetis
ad manducandum &amp; bibendum? &amp;c.
Ex quibus erudimur, neque communem
coenam in Ecclesia edere &amp; bibere, neque
Dominicam coenam in privata domo con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tumeliâ
afficere: extra quam si quis, cùm
necessitas poscat, locum domúmve purio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rem
delegerit tempore opportuno—</q>
               </p>
               <p>The Author also of the Commentaries upon the Epistles, amongst the works of
S. <hi>Hierome,</hi> (whosoever he were) expounding<note n="d" place="margin">Despise ye the Church of God?</note> 
                  <hi>Ecclesiam Dei contemnitis?</hi> by
<note n="e" place="margin">Making it a place for common feasts and banquet<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tings.</note> 
                  <hi>Facientes eam Triclinium epularum,</hi> shews, he took <hi>Ecclesia</hi> here to signifie the
Place.</p>
               <p>The self-same words are to be found in the Commentaries of <hi>sedulius,</hi> as many
other passages of this Author <hi>verbatim;</hi> which I note by the way.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>S.</hi> Chrysostome <hi>is of the same mind;</hi>
                  <note n="f" place="margin">Behold a fourth charge, That not the poor only, but also the Church it self is injur'd. For as hereby thou makest the Lord's Supper a private Supper; so thou dealest no better with the Place, in that thou usest the Church as a private and ordi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nary house.</note> 
                  <q>Ecce quarta accusatio, (<hi>saith he</hi>)
quòd non pauperes tantùm, sed Ecclesia
laeditur. Quemadmodum enim Domi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nicam
coenam privatam facis; ita &amp; Lo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cum,
tanquam Domo Ecclesiâ usus.</q> Ec<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>clesia
<hi>therefore here with him is</hi> Locus.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And so it is with</hi> Theodoret, <hi>who paraphraseth the words on this manner;</hi>
                  <note n="g" place="margin">If ye come together to feast it, do this in your own Houses: for to do thus in the Church is a manifest contempt, a plain dishonour done to the Church. For how can it but seem a thing wholy indecorous and absurd for you to fare deli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ciously in the Temple of God, where the Lord himself is present, who hath prepared for us a common table; when at the same time those Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stians that are poor are hungry, and out of coun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tenance by reason of their poverty?</note> 
                  <q>Si acceditis ut lautè &amp; opiparè epu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lemini,
hoc facite in domibus. Hoc enim
in Ecclesia est contumelia. &amp; aperta inso<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lentia.
Quomodo enim non est absur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dum,
intus in Templo Dei, praesente Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mino,
qui communem nobis men sam appo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>suit,
<pb n="321" facs="tcp:63175:211"/>
vos quidem lautè vivere, eos autem
qui sunt pauperes esurire, &amp; propter pau<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pertatem
erubescere?</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Theophylact</hi> and <hi>Oecumenius</hi> follow the same track, as he that looks them shall find.</p>
               <p>I have produced thus largely the Glosses of the Fathers upon this Text, that they
might be as a preparative so my ensuing Discourse, by removing, or mitigating at the
least, that prejudice which some have so deeply swallowed, of an utter unlikelihood
of any such Places to have been in the Apostles times, or the times near them. For if
these Glosses of the Fathers be true, then were there Places called <hi>Ecclesiae</hi> or <hi>Church<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>es,</hi>
and consequently Places appointed and set apart for Christian assemblies to per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>form
their solemn Service to God in, even in the Apostles times. Or suppose they
be not true, or but doubtful, and not necessary; yet thus much will follow howso<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ever,
That these Fathers, who were nearer to those Primitive times by above one
thousand one hundred years than we are, and so had better means to know what they
had or had not than we, supposed there were such Places even in the Apostles times:
If in the Apostles times, then no doubt in the Ages next after them. And thus we
shall gain something by this Text, whether we accept this notion of the word <hi>Eccle<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sia</hi>
or not.</p>
               <p>HAVING therefore gotten so good an entrance, we will now further enquire
What manner of places they were, or may be supposed to have been, which were ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>propriated
to such use; and that done, proceed to shew by such Testimonies or foot<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>steps
of Antiquity as Time hath left unto us, That there were such Places through
every Age respectively from the days of the Apostles unto the reign of <hi>Constantine,</hi>
that is, in every of the first three hundred years.</p>
               <p>For the first, It is not to be imagined they were<note n="*" place="margin">Isidorus P<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>lusiota lib. 2. Ep. 246. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. Wh<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap> note that of two c<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>p. <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap> place, the words <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap> Copy are deficient in the first them; but to b<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> sup<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plied out of this, the second, or repetition of the same thing, as the Reader that considers it will ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>serve the Antithesis requires.</note> such
goodly and stately Structures as the Church had after the
Empire became Christian, and we now by God's blessing
enjoy; but such as the state and condition of the times
would permit; at the first, some capable and convenient
Room within the walls or dwelling of some pious disciple,
dedicated by the religious bounty of the owner to the
use of the Church, and that usually an <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, or <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
an <hi>upper room,</hi> such as the <hi>Latines</hi> call <hi>Coenaculum,</hi>
being, according to their manner of building, as the most large and capacious of
any other, so likewise the most retired and freest from disturbance, and next to Hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven,
as having no other room above it. For such <hi>uppermost places</hi> we find they were
wont then to make choice of, even for private devotions; as may be gathered from
what we read of S. <hi>Peter, Acts</hi> 10. 9. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, that <hi>he went up
to the house-top to pray:</hi> for so <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> signifies, <hi>ex usu Hellenistarum,</hi> and is accordingly
here rendred by the vulgar Latine, <hi>in superiora.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Such an <hi>Hyperôon</hi> as we speak of, was that remembred by the name of<note n="*" place="margin">Coenacula dicu<gap reason="illegible: missing" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>tur, ad quae s<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="4 letters">
                        <desc>••••</desc>
                     </gap> as<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cenditur. lest. Inde Ennio, Coenacula ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>xima coeli.</note> 
                  <hi>Coenaculum</hi>
                  <note n="a" place="margin">The Upper room of Sion,</note> 
                  <hi>Sion,</hi> where, after our Saviour was
descended, the Apostles and Disciples
(as we read in <hi>Acts</hi> 10. 13, &amp;c.) assembled together daily for prayer and supplicati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on;
and where being thus assembled, the Holy Ghost came down upon them
in Cloven tongues of fire at the Feast of Pentecost.<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>For these Traditions see</hi> Adricomius ex Nicephor. &amp;c. <hi>and</hi> 
                     <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap> infra de locis sanctis.</note> Concerning which there hath
been a Tradition in the Church, That this was the same room wherein our Blessed Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>viour
the night before his Passion celebrated the Pas<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>eover with his Disciples, and in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stituted
the Mystical Supper of his Body and Bloud for the Sacred Rite of the Gospel:
The same place where on the day of his Resurrection he came, and stood in the midst
of his Disciples, the doors being shut, and having shewed them his hands and his feet,
said, <hi>Peace be unto you; As my Father hath sent me, so I send you,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>Iohn</hi> 20. 21.<note place="margin">Iohn 20. 6.</note>
The place where eight days or the Sunday after, he appeared in the same manner
again unto them being together, to satisfie the incredulity of <hi>Thomas,</hi> who the first
time was not with the rest:<note place="margin">Acts 6.</note> The place where <hi>Iames</hi> the Brother of our Lord was
created by the Apostles Bishop of <hi>Ierusalem:</hi> The place where the seven Deacons
(whereof S. <hi>Stephen</hi> was one) were elected and ordained:<note place="margin">Acts 15.</note> The place where the
Apostles and Elders of the Church at <hi>Ierusalem</hi> held that Council, and pattern of all
Councils, for decision of that Question, <hi>Whether the Gentiles which believed were to be
circumcised or not.</hi> And for certain, the place of this <hi>Coenaculum</hi> was afterwards en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>closed
with a goodly Church, known by the name of the Church of <hi>Sion,</hi> upon the
<pb n="322" facs="tcp:63175:212"/>
top whereof it stood: Insomuch that S. <hi>Hierome,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Epist.</hi> 27. Psal. 87. 1, 2.</note> in his <hi>Epitaphio Paulae,</hi> made bold
to apply that of the <hi>Psalm</hi> unto it,
<note n="a" place="margin">Her foundations are in the holy mountains; the Lord loveth the gates of Sion more than all the dwellings of Iacob.</note> 
                  <hi>Fundamenta ejus in montibus sanctis;
diligit Dominus por<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>as Sion super omnia ta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bernacula
Iacob.</hi> How soon this Erection
was made I know not; but I believe it was much more ancient than those other
Churches erected in other places of that City by <hi>Constantine</hi> and his Mother; because
neither <hi>Eusebius, Socrates, Theodoret,</hi> nor <hi>Sozomen</hi> make any mention of the founda<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
thereof, as they do of the rest. It is called by S. <hi>Cyril,</hi> who was Bishop of the
place, <q>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>the upper Church of the Apostles,</hi>
                  </q> 
                  <q>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
(saith he) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,</q>
                  <q>The Holy Ghost descended upon the Apostles in the likeness of fiery
tongues, here in Ierusalem, in the VPPER CHVRCH OF THE APOSTLES.
<bibl>Cyril. Hierosol. Cat. 16.</bibl>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>If this Tradition be true, it should seem by it that this <hi>Coenaculum,</hi> from the time our
Blessed Saviour first hallowed it by the institution and celebration of his Mystical
Supper, was thenceforth devoted to be a Place of prayer and holy assemblies. And
surely no Ceremonies of dedication, no not of <hi>Solomon</hi>'s Temple it self, are compa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rable
to those sacred guests whereby this place was sanctified. This is the more easie
to be believed, if the House were the possession of some Disciple at least, if not of kin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dred
also to our Saviour according to the flesh; which both Reason perswades, and
Tradition likewise confirmeth it to have been. And when we read of those first Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lievers,
that <hi>such as had houses and lands sold them,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Acts 4. 34, 35.</note> 
                  <hi>and brought the prices, and laid them
down at the Apostles feet;</hi> it is nothing unlikely but some likewise might give their
house unto the Apostles for the use of the Church to perform Sacred duties in. And
thus perhaps should that Tradition whereof Venerable <hi>Bede</hi> tells us be understood;
viz. <hi>That this Church of Sion was founded by the Apostles:</hi> Not that they erected that
Structure; but that the Place, from the time it was a <hi>Coenaculum,</hi> was by them dedi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cated
to be an House of Prayer. His
words are these, <hi>De locis sanctis cap. 3. in
Tom.</hi> 3.<note n="b" place="margin">In the upper plain of Mount Sion there are cells of Monks encompassing that great Church, which was founded there (as they say) by the Apostles; because that there they received the Holy Ghost: and there also is to be seen the vene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rable
place of the institution and first celebration of the Lord's Supper.</note> 
                  <q>In superiori Mon<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>is Sion
planitie monachorum cellulae Ecclesiam
magnam circundant, illic, ut perhibent,
ab Apostolis fundatam; eò quòd ibi Spiri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum
Sanctum acceperint: In quaetiam Lo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cus
Coenae Domini venerabilis ostenditur.</q>
               </p>
               <p>And if this were so, why may not I think that this <hi>Coenaculum Sion</hi> or <hi>upper room of
Sion</hi> was that <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> whereof we read, concerning the first Christian society at <hi>Ierusa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lem,
Acts</hi> 2. 46. That <hi>they continued daily in the Temple, and breaking bread</hi> [<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>]
<hi>in the House, ate their meat with gladness and singleness of heart?</hi> the meaning be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing,
That when they had performed their devotions daily in the Temple at the ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>customed
times of prayer there, they used to resort immediately to this <hi>Coenaculum,</hi>
and there having celebrated the Mystical banquet of the Holy Eucharist, afterwards
took their ordinary and necessary repast with gladness and singleness of heart. For
so <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> may be rendred for <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,<note place="margin">
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note> and not <hi>domatim,</hi> or <hi>per domos, house by
<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>. use,</hi> as we translate it; and so both the <hi>Syriack</hi> and <hi>Arabick</hi> render it, and the
New Testament (as we shall see hereafter) elsewhere uses it. Moreover we find this
<hi>Coenaculum</hi> called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> in the second verse of the same Chapter. And for the phrase
of <hi>Breaking of bread,</hi> we know that the same a little before in the 42. verse is wont to
be understood of the <hi>Communion of the Eucharist,</hi> and by the <hi>Syriack</hi> Interpreter is
expresly rendred by the Greek word,
<note n="c" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> The breaking of the Eucharist.</note> 
                  <hi>Fractio Eucharistiae,</hi> both there and
again chap. 20. verse 7. according to that
of S. <hi>Paul,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">1 Cor. 10. 16.</note> 
                  <hi>The bread which we break, &amp;c.</hi>
why should it not then be so taken here? If it be, then according to the Interpretation
we have given this will also follow, That that custom of the Church, to participate
the Eucharist fasting, and before dinner, had its beginning from the first constitution
of the Christian Church. A thing not unworthy observation, if the Interpretation be
maintainable; of which let the learned judge.</p>
               <p>It was an <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, or <hi>Coenaculum,</hi> also where the Disciples at <hi>Troas</hi> came together
upon the First day of the week to break bread, or to celebrate the holy Eucharist,
<pb n="323" facs="tcp:63175:212"/>
                  <hi>Acts</hi> 20. 7. where S. <hi>Paul</hi> preached unto them, and whence <hi>Eutychus,</hi> being over<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>come
with sleep, sitting in a window, fell down <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, from the <hi>third story</hi> or
<hi>lost,</hi> and <hi>was taken up dead.</hi> Such a one seems also to have been the Place of the
Churches assembly at <hi>Caesarea Cappadociae,</hi> by that which is said <hi>Acts</hi> 18. 22. viz. That
S. <hi>Paul sailing from Ephesus, landed at Caesarea,</hi> where <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>having gone up and saluted the Church, he went down to Antioch.</hi> Note, he
<hi>went up to salute:</hi> whereby it should seem that the place where the Church was assem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bled
was some <hi>upper place.</hi> See <hi>Ludovic. de Diea</hi> upon this place; where he tells us,
that the <hi>AEthiopick</hi> translator so under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stood
it, rendring,<note n="a" place="margin">And he came down to Caesarea, and went up into the House of the Christians, (<hi>that is, the Church</hi>) and saluted them, and departed thence to Antioch.</note> &amp; <hi>descendit Cae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>saream,
&amp; ascendit in Domum Christiano<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum,</hi>
(i. <hi>Ecclesiam) &amp; salutavit eos, &amp;
abiit Antiochiam.</hi> Such as these, I sup<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pose,
were the Places at first set apart for Holy meetings, much like to our private
Chappels now in great mens houses, though not for so general an use.</p>
               <p>In process of time, as the multitude of Believers encreased, some wealthy and de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vout
Christian gave his whole House or Mansion-place, either whilest he lived, if he
could spare it, or bequeathed it at his death, unto the Saints, to be set apart and ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>commodated
for Sacred assemblies and Religious uses.</p>
               <p>At length, as the multitude of Believers still more encreased, and the Church grew
more able, they built them Structures of purpose, partly in the Coemeteries of Mar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tyrs,
partly in other publick places: even as the <hi>Iews</hi> (whose Religion was no more
the Empire's than theirs,) had, nevertheless, their Synagogues in all Cities and pla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ces
where they lived among the Gentiles.</p>
               <div type="section">
                  <head>In the First Century.</head>
                  <p>THIS being premised, I proceed now (as I promised) to shew, That there were
such places as I have described appointed and set apart among Christians for
their Religious Assemblies and Solemn address unto the Divine Majesty, through
every one of the first three Centuries particularly; and that therefore they assembled
not promiscuously and at hap-hazard, but in appropriate places, unless Necessity
sometimes forced them to do otherwise.</p>
                  <p>For the Times of the Apostles therefore, or First Century in particular, which <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/>
ends with the death of S. <hi>Iohn</hi> the Evangelist, I prove it, first, from the Text I pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mised,
where is a Place mentioned by the name of <hi>Ecclesia, not to be despised</hi> or pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phaned
with common banquettings: at least from the authority of the Fathers, who
by their so expounding it, give us to understand, they thought it not improbable that
there were such Places in the Apostles times. For the further strengthening of this
kind of argument,<note place="margin">Hist. Eccl. l. 2. cap. 17.</note> Know also that <hi>Eusebius,</hi> in that Discourse of his where he endea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vours
to prove that the <hi>Essenes,</hi> or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, which <hi>Philo</hi> describes, were the first
Christian Society of the Iewish Nation at <hi>Alexandria,</hi> converted by S. <hi>Mark,</hi> amongst
other Characteristical notes (as he calls them, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>)
or badges of Christianity, (however he were mistaken in his conclusion or infe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rence)
alledges this for one of the first, That they had sacred Houses called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or
<hi>Worshipping-Places,</hi> that is, <hi>Churches.</hi>
His words are these, <q>
                        <note n="b" place="margin">
                           <hi>Philo</hi> having described what kind of habita<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions they had, proceeds to speak of their <hi>Churches</hi> which were frequently to be met with in several places of their Country; How that the Sacred House was called <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap> 
                           <hi>a Worshipping-place,</hi> and <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap> 
                           <hi>a Monastery,</hi> wherein these solitary livers perfomed the Mysteries of a severely-religi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ous life; bringing in thither not meat nor drink, nor any other necessaries for the use of the Body, but the Books of the Law, the Prophets, the Psalms or Hymns, and the like things of Sacred use, whereby Divine knowledge and Piety might be encreased and advanced to great perfection.</note> 
                        <hi>Deinceps ubi
eorum domicilia quaenam essent descrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>serat,
(nempe</hi> Philo) <hi>de Ecclesiis in va<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>riis
locis exstructis sic loquitur: Est in
quoque agro aedes sacra quae appella<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>ur</hi>
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, <hi>vel</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, <hi>in quo illi ab
aliis</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, <hi>soli agentes,</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>,
<hi>sanctae religiosaeque vitae mysteria obe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>unt;
[N. B.] nihilque eò vel cibi,
vel potionis, vel aliarum rerum quae
ad corporis usum necessariae sunt, im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>portant,
sed leges &amp; oracula à pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phetis
divinitus edita, &amp; hymnos, aliáque quibus scientia &amp; pietas erga
Deum crescat &amp; perficiatur.</hi>
                     </q> Afterwards reciting some other customs
<pb n="324" facs="tcp:63175:213"/>
and particular observances of their Discipline, as their frequent assemblies in their
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> to hear the Scriptures read and interpreted; the distinction of places for
men and women; Their manner of singing Hymns and Psalms by a Precentor, the
rest answering<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap> Const. <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                           <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 2. <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                           <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                        </gap> David <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap> canat, &amp; populus <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> id est <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> extremitates versuum: non versuum initia, ut male inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pres Bovius.</note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>the extremes of the verses;</hi> The Degrees of their
Hierarchy, like those of Deacons and Bishops, and some other the like, he concludes,
<hi>Quòd</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>That</hi> Philo <hi>wrote these things, as one having knowledge of the
customs at the beginning delivered by the Apostles, is manifest to any one.</hi> But whether
that be so manifest or not, this I am sure is, That <hi>Eusebius</hi> believed the Antiquity of
Churches or Oratories of Christians to have been from the Apostles times, yea, to
have been an Apostolical ordinance; or else he mightily forgot himself, to bring
that for an argument or badge to prove <hi>Philo</hi>'s <hi>Essenes</hi> to be S. <hi>Marks</hi> Christians;
than which otherwise there could not be a stronger argument to evince the con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trary
to what he intended. Now who could know this better than <hi>Eusebius,</hi> who
had searched into and perused all the Writings and Monuments of Christian Antiqui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty
then extant, for the compiling of his <hi>Ecclesiastical History,</hi> and his <hi>Commentaries
of the</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">He mentions it <hi>Hist Eccl. l. 5. cap.</hi> 1.</note> 
                     <hi>Acts of Martyrs</hi> now perished?</p>
                  <p>Add to this, what <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> a little before observed out of <hi>Bede, De locis sanctis,</hi> of a Tra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dition,
<hi>That the Church of</hi> Sion <hi>was founded by the Apostles.</hi> And so I leave my first
Argument.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/> My next Argument why may I not take from that singular Character given to
some one above other in the Apostles Salutations, as their peculiar? <hi>Salute such a one,</hi>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>and the Church at his house.</hi> As <hi>Colos.</hi> 4. 15. of <hi>Nym<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phas,</hi>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Salute Nymphas, and the
Church at his house.</hi> To <hi>Philemon</hi> also ver. 1, 2. <hi>To Philemon our dear brother and
fellow-labourer (to Apphia our beloved, and Archippus our fellow-souldier,</hi>) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>and to the Church at thy house.</hi> See, he forgets it not after a Paren<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thesis,
neither attributes it to <hi>Archippus,</hi> but as proper to <hi>Philemon</hi> alone. The like
he hath of <hi>Aquila</hi> and <hi>Priscilla</hi> two several times: once sending salutation to them,
<hi>Rom.</hi> 16. 3, 5. <hi>Salute Priscilla and Aquila, and the Church at their house:</hi> again send<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
salutation from them, 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 16. 19. <hi>Aquila and Priscilla salute you much in the
Lord, with the Church at their house.</hi> Which I understand not to be spoken of their
Families as it is commonly expounded, but of the Congregation of the Saints there
wont to assemble for the performance of Divine duties; that is, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.
Whence (if it be granted) it will follow, First, that the
Churches then used to assemble not in mutable and promiscuous, but in definite and
appropriate places. Secondly, That those who are here saluted with that Appendix,
were such as in their several Cities had bestowed and dedicated some part or some
place within their dwellings to be an Oratory for the Church to assemble in for the
performance of Divine duties according to the rule of the Gospel; <hi>Nymphas</hi> at <hi>Colosse,
Philemon</hi> at <hi>Laodicea,</hi> (for there <hi>Archippus,</hi> who is saluted with him, was Bishop,
saith<note n="*" place="margin">Lib. 7. c. penult.</note> 
                     <hi>Author Constit. Apost.</hi> as <hi>Philemon</hi> himself was afterwards of the neighbouring
City <hi>Colosse) Aquila</hi> and <hi>Priscilla</hi> first at <hi>Rome,</hi> till <hi>Claudius</hi> banished them with the
rest of the <hi>Iews</hi> from thence, <hi>Acts</hi> 18. 2. afterwards at <hi>Ephesus,</hi> ver. 19. whence S.
<hi>Paul</hi> wrote that first Epistle to the <hi>Corinthians.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>I am not the first (I think) who have taken these words in such a sense. <hi>Cecu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>menius</hi>
in two or three of these places (if I understand him) goes the same way,
though he mention the other Exposition also. As to that of <hi>Aquila</hi> and <hi>Priscilla,
Rom.</hi> 16. his note is,<note n="a" place="margin">They were so eminently religious, as that they converted their own House into a Church. Or else it is said [<hi>The Church at their House,</hi>] because all of their houshold were Believers and faithful Christians; so that their House or Family was a little Church.</note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>Adeò virtute
spectati erant, ut suam etiam domum Ec<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>clesiam
fecerint. Vel dicitur hoc, Quia
omnes domestici fideles erant, ut jam Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mus
esset Ecclesia.</hi>
                     </q> He mentions as I said,
both Interpretations. So upon that of
<hi>Nymphas, Col.</hi> 4. his words are,<note n="b" place="margin">He was a person of great esteem, for he turned his House into a Church.</note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>Mag<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ni
nominis hic vir erat, nam domum suam
fecerat Ecclesiam.</hi>
                     </q> And unless this be the
meaning, why should this appendant be
so singularly mentioned in the Salutations of some, and not of others, and that not
once, but again, if the same names be again remembred, as of <hi>Aquila</hi> and <hi>Priscilla?</hi>
Had none in those Catalogues of Salutation Christian families, but some one only
who is thus remembred? It is very improbable; nay, if we peruse them well, we
<pb n="325" facs="tcp:63175:213"/>
shall find they had, but otherwise expressed; as in that prolix Catalogue, <hi>Rom.</hi> 16.
we find <hi>Aristobulus</hi> and <hi>Narcissus</hi> saluted with their <hi>houshold,</hi> v. 10, 11. <hi>Asyncritus, Phle<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gon,</hi>
&amp;c. with <hi>the brethren which are with them,</hi> v. 14. others, with <hi>the Saints which are
with them,</hi> v. 15. 2 <hi>Tim.</hi> 4. 19. <hi>The houshold of Onesiphorus.</hi> This therefore so singular
an Appendix must mean some singular thing, not common to them with the rest, but
peculiar to them alone: And what should this be but what I have shewed?</p>
                  <p>Now because this Exposition concludes chiefly for a <hi>Coenaculum</hi> devoted to be an
House of Prayer; let us see if out of a Pagan writer, who lived about the end of
this Centurie, we can learn what manner of ones they were. For<note n="*" place="margin">Or whosoever else were the Author thereof under <hi>Trajan,</hi> whose then fresh success in subduing the <hi>Parthians</hi> and <hi>Arabians</hi> (con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trary to the un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lucky presages of some) his scope seems to have been to gratulate. See <hi>Iacobus Mi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>yl<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lus in Argu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mento.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>Lucian</hi> in his Dia<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>logue
<hi>Philopatris,</hi> by way of derision (<hi>sed ridentem dicere verum quid vetat?</hi>) brings
in one <hi>Critias</hi> telling how some Christians went about to perswade him to be of their
Religion; and that they brought him to the place of their assembly, being at <hi>Hyperô<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on,</hi>
which he describes thus;<note n="a" place="margin">We passed through iron gates and over brazen thresholds, and by many winding ascents we came at last to the house or room, whose roof was overlaid with gold, (not unlike to what <hi>Ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mer</hi> makes <hi>Menelaus</hi> his house to have been:) And now I beheld and observ'd all things therein; but I could see no <hi>Helena</hi> there, but on the contra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry a company of persons with their bodies bowed down and pale countenances.</note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>Per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>transivimus</hi>
(saith he) <hi>ferreas portas &amp;
aerea limina;</hi> [<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>]
<hi>multisque jam superatis
scalis, in Domum aurato fastigio insignem
ascendimus, qualem Homerus Menelai
fingit esse: atque ipse quidem omnia con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>templabar;—video autem, non Hele<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nam,
sed mehercle</hi> [<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>]
<hi>viros in faciem incli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>natos,
&amp; pallescentes.</hi> So he.</q>
                  </p>
                  <p>My third proof is from a Tradition the Church hath had, of the Houses of some <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="3"/>
devout and pious Christians, as afterwards, so even in the Apostles time, converted
into Churches or Oratories; as the house of <hi>Theophilus,</hi> a potent man in <hi>Antioch,</hi>
(the same, as is supposed, to whom S. <hi>Luke</hi> (who was also an <hi>Antiochian</hi>) inscribes
both his <hi>Gospel</hi> and <hi>Acts of the Apostles</hi>) who, being converted unto the Faith by
S. <hi>Peter,</hi> converted his house into a Church, where S. <hi>Peter</hi> had his first See or Epis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>copal
Residence. This Tradition is derived out of <hi>the Recognitions of Clemens,</hi>
where it is first found: Which, though it be an Apocryphal writing, yet is of no
small antiquity; and this passage is of such a nature, as it cannot be well imagined to
what end it should be devised or feigned.</p>
                  <p>The like is reported of the house of <hi>Pudens,</hi> a <hi>Roman</hi> Senator and Martyr, in
the <hi>Acta Pudentis,</hi> That it was turned into a Church after his Martyrdom. This is that
<hi>Pudens</hi> mentioned by the Apostle in the 2 Epist. to <hi>Timothy,</hi> 4. 21. and coupled with
<hi>Linus; Pudens and Linus</hi> (saith he) <hi>salute you.</hi> All this comes not of nothing; but surely
argues some such custom to have been in those times.</p>
                  <p>I will seal up all my proofs for this Centurie of the Apostles with one passage of <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="4"/>
                     <hi>Clemens</hi> (a man of the Apostolical Age) in his genuine<note n="*" place="margin">Pag. 52.</note> Epistle <hi>ad Corinthios:</hi>
                     <q>Debemus omnia ritè &amp; ordine facere quaecunque nos Dominus peragere jussit;<note place="margin">[See this of <hi>Clemens</hi> quo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted in Greek and translated by the Author, in the next Dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>course, Sect. 1. toward the end.]</note> praestitu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tis temporibus oblationes &amp; liturgias obire. Neque enim temerè vel inordinatè voluit ista fieri, sed statutis temporibus &amp; horis. VBI etiam, &amp; A QVIBVS peragi vult, ipse excelsissimâ suâ voluntate definivit; ut religiosè omnia secundùm beneplacitum ejus adimpleta, voluntati ipsius accepta essent.</q>
Here <hi>Clemens</hi> saith expresly, That the Lord
had ordained (even now in the Gospel) as well appropriate <hi>Places</hi> WHERE, as
appropriate <hi>Times</hi> and <hi>Persons,</hi> (that is, Priests) <hi>When</hi> and WHEREBY he would
be solemnly served, that so all things might be done religiously and in order. Who
then can believe that in the Apostles times (when this <hi>Clemens</hi> lived) the <hi>Places</hi> were
not distinct for holy Services as well as the <hi>Times</hi> and <hi>Persons</hi> were? or that <hi>Clemens</hi>
would have spoken in this manner, unless he had known it so to have been? The <hi>Co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rinthians,</hi>
it seems, in that their notorious sedition and discord, had violated this or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der;
at the correction whereof this passage aimeth.</p>
                  <p>This one passage therefore makes all my former Proofs credible, and may supply
their defect where they are not enough convictive. And it is the more precious, in
regard of the penury of written Monuments by any Disciples of the Apostles remain<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
unto us of that Primitive Age.</p>
                  <p>If any man shall ask, where this Divine Ordinance which <hi>Clemens</hi> here mention<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eth
is to be found; I answer, in the Analogy of the Old Testament, whence this Prin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ciple
is taught us, That as the Divine Majesty it self is most Sacred and Incommuni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cable,
(the reason why the Worship and Service given unto him must be communi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cated
with no other;) so is it likewise a part of that Honour we owe unto his most
<pb n="326" facs="tcp:63175:214"/>
Sacred, Singular and Incommunicable Eminency, that the things wherewith he is
served should not be promiscuous and common, but appropriate and set apart to that
end and purpose. And thus I conclude the First <hi>Seculum.</hi>
                  </p>
               </div>
               <div type="section">
                  <head>In The Second Century.</head>
                  <p>NOW for the Second, and that too for the beginning thereof,<note place="margin">Ab Ann. 100, ad 200.</note> we have a wit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness
not to be rejected, the holy Martyr <hi>Ignatius,</hi> who suffered <hi>An.</hi> 107. and
<milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/> wrote the most of his Epistles in his bonds. He in his confessed Epistle <hi>ad Magnesios</hi>
speaks thus;<note n="a" place="margin">
                        <hi>This passage out of</hi> Ignatius <hi>is thus transla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted by the Author in another M S. copy of this Dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>course.</hi> All of you meet together, for prayer, in one place; let there be one prayer common to all, one mind, one hope, in love, in the immaculate faith in Iesus Christ, than whom nothing is better. All of you, as one man, run to the Temple of God, as to one Altar, to one Iesus Christ the High-Priest of the unbegotten God.</note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>Omnes ad orandum in
idem loci convenite, una sit communis
precatio, una mens, una spes in charitate
&amp; fide inculpata in Iesum Christum, quo
nihil praestantius est. Omnes velut Vnus
ad Templum Dei</hi> [<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>] <hi>con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>currite,
quemadmodum ad</hi> UNUM <hi>Alta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>re,
ad</hi> UNUM <hi>Iesum Christum Pontisi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cem
ingeniti Dei.</hi>
                     </q> Lo here a Temple with
an Altar in it, whether the <hi>Magnesians</hi> are
exhorted to gather themselves together to pray; To come together <hi>in one Place,</hi> that
so they might all joyn together in one common prayer, spirited with one intention,
with one and the same Hope in the Charity and Faith they have to Christ-ward: Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>condly,
To come thither <hi>as One,</hi> that is, in <hi>Vnity</hi> of affection and brotherly love one
towards another, as if all were but <hi>One,</hi> and not many; even as the <hi>Altar</hi> before
which they presented themselves was but <hi>One,</hi> and the High-Priest and Mediatour
between them and the Father, <hi>Iesus Christ,</hi> but <hi>One.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>For it is to be observed that in those primitive times they had but <hi>One Altar</hi> in a
Church, as a Symbole both that they worshipped but <hi>One</hi> God through <hi>One</hi> Mediatour
<hi>Iesus</hi> Christ, and also of the <hi>Vnity</hi> the Church ought to have in it self: whence <hi>Igna<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tius,</hi>
not only here, but also in his Epistle to the <hi>Philadelphians,</hi> urges the <hi>Vnity</hi> of
the <hi>Altar</hi> for a monitive to the Congregation to agree together in <hi>one.</hi> For
<note n="b" place="margin">One Altar to every Church, and One Bishop with the Presbytery &amp; Deacons my fellow-servants.</note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>Vnum Altare</hi> (saith he) <hi>omni Eccle<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>siae,
&amp; unus Episcopus cum Presbyterio
&amp; Diaconis conservis meis.</hi>
                     </q> This custom
of <hi>One Altar</hi> is still retained by the <hi>Greek</hi> Church. The contrary use is a transgression
of the <hi>Latines,</hi> not only symbolically implying, but really introducing, (as they han<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dle
it) a <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,<note place="margin">1 T<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>m. 2. 5.</note> or multiplying of Gods and Mediators, in stead of that <hi>One God,</hi> and
<hi>One Mediator between God and men, the man Christ Iesus.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Nay more than this: It should seem that in those first times (before <hi>Dioceses</hi> were
divided into those lesser and subordinate Churches we now call <hi>Parishes,</hi> and Presbyters
assigned to them) they had not only <hi>one Altar</hi> in <hi>one</hi> Church or <hi>Dominicum,</hi> but <hi>one
Altar</hi> to a Church, taking <hi>Church</hi> for the Company or Corporation of the Faithful
united under one Bishop or Pastor; and that was in the City and place where the Bi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>shop
had his See and Residence: like as the <hi>Iews</hi> had but one Altar and Temple for the
whole Nation united under one High Priest. And yet, as the <hi>Iews</hi> had their Syna<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gogues,
so perhaps might they have more Oratories than one, though their <hi>Altar</hi> were
but one; there namely where the Bishop
was.<note n="c" place="margin">On Sunday all that live in towns or in the country meet together in one place.</note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>Die Solis</hi> (saith <hi>Iustin Martyr
in Apol. 2.) omnium, qui vel in oppidis vel
ruri degunt in eundem locum conventus fit;</hi>
                     </q> namely, as he there tells us, to celebrate
and participate the holy <hi>Eucharist.</hi> Why was this, but because they had not many
places to celebrate in? And unless this were so, whence came it else that a Schisma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tical
Bishop was said<note n="d" place="margin">To set up another Altar.</note> 
                     <hi>constituere</hi> or <hi>collocare aliud Altare;</hi> and that a Bishop and an
Altar are made <hi>correlatives?</hi> See S. <hi>Cyprian Ep. 40. 72, 73. de unitate Ecclesiae.</hi> And
thus perhaps is <hi>Ignatius</hi> also to be understood in that forequoted passage of his,
<note n="e" place="margin">One Altar to all the Church, and One Bi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>shop with the Presbytery and Deacons.</note> 
                     <q>
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>,
<hi>&amp; unus Episcopus cum Presbyterio &amp; Di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>aconis.</hi>
                     </q>
Howsoever, I here determine
nothing, but refer it to the judgment of those who are better skilled in Anti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quity: only adding this, that if it were so, yet now that Parishes are divided into
<pb n="327" facs="tcp:63175:214"/>
several Presbyteries as their proper Cures, every one of them being as it were a little
Diocese, the reason and signification of <hi>Vnity</hi> is the same, to have but <hi>One</hi> Altar in
a Parish Church.</p>
                  <p>To this Testimony of <hi>Ignatius</hi> of the use in his time I will add another of his, in his
Epistle <hi>ad Antiochenos,</hi> where in his Salutes he speaketh thus; <q>
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>,
I salute the keepers
of the Holy Doors, the Deaconisses which are in Christ;</q>
that is, the Doors the women
entred in at. For so we may learn from the Compiler of the Apostolical Constitutions,
<hi>Lib. 2. c. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>. al. 61.</hi> describing a Church
assembly;<note n="a" place="margin">Let the Door-keepers stand at the entries of the men, looking well to them; the Deaconisses at the doors where the women were to enter.</note> 
                     <q>Stent ostiarii, <hi>saith he,</hi> ad introitus virorum, illos custodientes; Diaconissae ad introitus foeminarum.</q>
But
if they had in <hi>Ignatius</hi> his time <hi>Holy Doors,</hi> (or, as some render it,<note n="*" place="margin">[Holy Porches.]</note> 
                     <hi>sacra vestibula)</hi>
who can believe also but they had <hi>Holy Houses?</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>This Epistle indeed is none of the confessed ones: The title is excepted against; as
that <hi>Ignatius</hi> wrote no Epistle <hi>ad Antiochenos,</hi> because <hi>Eusebius,</hi> and after him S. <hi>Hierom,</hi>
when they rehearse his Epistles, make no mention of any such. Yet were the <hi>Antiochi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ans</hi>
his flock, his pastoral charge. Who would not then think it unlikely that, amongst
so many Epistles written to other Churches in his going that long journey from <hi>Antioch</hi>
to <hi>Rome,</hi> to receive the crown of Martyrdom, (yea to <hi>Smirna,</hi> through which he had
passed) he should not remember with one farewel Epistle that Church whereof he was
Bishop and Pastor, as well as the rest? Thus much I dare say, That this is as strong an
Argument every whit to perswade that he wrote such an Epistle, (especially there be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
one extant under that Title,) as <hi>Eusebius</hi> his silence (for S. <hi>Hierom</hi> did but follow his
steps) is that he did not. For why should it be thought more necessary that <hi>Eusebius</hi>
should have met with all the Epistles of <hi>Ignatius</hi> in the Library of <hi>AElia</hi> or <hi>Ierusalem,</hi>
(whence he<note n="*" place="margin">Lib. 6. c. 14. al. 21. Vid. Graec.</note> professeth to have collected the whole matter of his History,) then he did
with all the Works and Commentaries of some other Ecclesiastical men whom he men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tioneth;
many of those Writings, besides those he rehearseth, he confesseth not to have
come to his hands or knowledg either what or how many they were? See him <hi>Hist.
Lib. 5. c.</hi>
                     <note n="a" place="margin">In Graeco 27.</note> 26. &amp; <hi>Lib. 6. c.</hi>
                     <note n="b" place="margin">In Graeco 12.</note> 10. This will be yet more considerable, if we remember that
some Books, even of the Canon of the <hi>New Testament,</hi> were not known to some Chur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ches
at the sames time with the rest, and therefore a while doubted of, after they had
notice of them. Besides, it is to be noted that <hi>Eusebius</hi> in express terms undertakes only
to recite those Epistles of <hi>Ignatius</hi> which he wrote as he passed through <hi>Asia:</hi> but
after his coming into <hi>Europe</hi> (whence those Epistles are dated which he mentions not)
whether any thing were written by him or not he informs us nothing. Nay, which is
yet more, <hi>Vedelius</hi> grants the <hi>words</hi> and <hi>sentences</hi> of this Epistle to be the most of them,
by their style and character, the words and sentences of <hi>Ignatius;</hi> but he would have
them therefore to be taken out of some of his other Epistles, to wit, according to a
new and a strange conceit of his, that the genuine Epistles of <hi>Ignatius</hi> have been robbed
and gelded of much of their contents, to make up more Epistles under new Titles. He
excepts only in this Epistle against the Salutations at the end thereof; because there
were not so many or no such<note n="a" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>. <hi>Vid. Epiphan. Expo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sit. Eid<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>i cathol.</hi> c. 21. <hi>De duobus ul<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>imis, Const. Apol. l. 8. c. 24, 26.</hi>
                     </note> Church-offices in <hi>Ignatius</hi> his time as are there mentio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ned.
But what is this else but to beg the question? Till therefore some body shall not
only affirm, but prove there were no such, no not in the Church of <hi>Antioch,</hi> (<note n="b" place="margin">
                        <hi>See</hi> Act. 11. 26. S<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>cr. lib. 6. c. 8. T<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>od, l. 2. c. 24. 2.</note> whence
divers ecclesiastical customs had their first beginning, which were afterwards imitated
by the rest of the Churches) I can see no just cause hitherto why I should not be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lieve
this passage, as well as the rest, and so the whole Epistle, to have had <hi>Ignatius</hi>
for its Author. And so I leave it.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/> For the middle of this <hi>Seculum,</hi> or thereabouts, there are<note n="*" place="margin">In Tom, 1 Biblioth. Pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trum edit. Pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ris<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>ns. ex Ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>d<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ivo Vien<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nensi.</note> extant two short
Epistles of <hi>Pius</hi> the first, Bishop of <hi>Rome,</hi> to one <hi>Iustus Viennensis;</hi> none of the <hi>De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cretals,</hi>
(for they are indeed counterfeit,) but others diverse from them, which no
man hath yet, that I know of, proved to be supposititious. In the first whereof there
is mention made of one <hi>Euprepia,</hi> a pious and devout Matron, <hi>who consigned the Title of
her House unto the Church for the use of Sacred assemblies.</hi> 
                     <q>Antequam Româ exiisses,
<hi>(saith he)</hi> soror nostra Euprepia (sicut bene recordaris) titulum domûs suae pauperibus
assignavit; ubi nunc cum pauperibus nostris commorantes,<note n="*" place="margin">The word <hi>Missa</hi> seems to have been long used in <hi>Italy</hi> before it was elsewhere.</note> Missas agimus.</q> He seems
by <hi>pauperes, the poor,</hi> to note the <hi>Clergy,</hi> which in his other Epistle he calls <hi>Senatus
pauperum, Salutat te Senatus pauperum:</hi> Otherwise the whole Christian flock might
be so called; according to that in the Gospel, <hi>Pauperes Evangelizantur. The poor
have the Gospel preached to them, (Matt.</hi> 11. 5. <hi>Luke 7. 22.)</hi> and that of <hi>Esa.</hi> ch. 61. 1.
<pb n="328" facs="tcp:63175:215"/>
applied by our Saviour, <hi>Luke</hi> 4. 18. <hi>The Lord hath anointed me to preach the Gospel to
the poor;</hi> and according to that in the Parable, <hi>Luke</hi> 14. 21. <hi>Introduc pauperes, Bring
in hither the poor.</hi> Perhaps in those perillous times they were wont to make their
Donations of this kind under such covert names.</p>
                  <p>In the second Epistle to the same <hi>Iustus,</hi> he mentions certain Martyrs who had
then newly (as he there speaks) <hi>triumphed over the world:</hi> amongst which he men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions
one <hi>Pastor,</hi> by Office a <hi>Presbyter,</hi> who <hi>before his death had erected or created a Ti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tulus,
that is, a Church,</hi> as that name is vulgarly known to signifie: <q>
                        <hi>Presbyter Pastor</hi>
(saith he) <hi>Titulum condidit, &amp; dignè in Domino obiit.</hi>
                     </q> Why the <hi>Roman</hi> Church
called such places by the name of <hi>Tituli,</hi> whether because of their dedication the
the Name of Christ our Lord was as it were inscribed upon them, (as the manner
then was to set the Names or Titles of the Owners upon their Houses and possessions,)
and so it would concurr in notion with those other names of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>&amp; Basilica,
The Lord's, and The King's;</hi> or whether because they gave a Title of Cure or deno<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mination
to the Presbyters to whom they were committed, (for the chief or Episco<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pal
Church I doubt whether it were so called or not,) let others determine.</p>
                  <p>I shall not do amiss, I think, if I add to this testimony a passage of <hi>Theophilus An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiochenus,</hi>
(who lived at the same time) which though, I grant, it be indifferent to be
otherwise understood, yet seems very prone to be construed for our purpose. It is to
be found in his second Book <hi>ad Autolicum,</hi> where having compared the <hi>World</hi> to the
<hi>Sea,</hi> he follows the Allegory thus;
<note n="a" place="margin">As in the Sea there are Islands to be met with, which are commodious for habitation, fruitful and well watered, and accommodated with con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>venient harbors and ports for those who are di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>strestat Sea to repair to for their safety; so is it in the world, (which is a very troubled Sea, tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pestuous and tossed by reason of sin) God hath here provid<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>d <hi>Synagogues,</hi> or <hi>Holy Churches,</hi> as we call them, wherein the Truth is diligently taught, and whither they repair who are lovers of the Truth, and desire in good earnest to be saved, and to escape the judgment and wrath of God.</note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>Quemadmodum</hi> (saith he) <hi>in Mari
insulae quaedam prominent habitabiles,
frugiferae, &amp; quibus est aqua salubris,
necnon navalia, &amp; portus commodi, quò
se naufragi reciperent; sic Deus dedit
mundo, qui peccato<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>um tempestatibus &amp;
naufragiis jactatur, Synagogas, quas Ec<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>clesias
sanct as nominamus,</hi> [Or. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>]
in quibus veritatis doctrina fervet, ad
quas confugiunt veritatis studiosi, quotquot
salvari Deique judicium &amp; iram evit are
volunt.</q> It is ambiguous what he means here by <hi>Ecclesiae, Churches:</hi> but if it were pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bable
that <hi>Synagoga</hi> were here taken, as it is usually in the <hi>New Testament,</hi> for a Place,
then might we determine that <hi>Ecclesia</hi> were so taken also, and not for a Company or
Assembly only.</p>
                  <p>Well, howsoever <hi>Ecclesia</hi> be taken in this passage (which I reckon not upon,)
yet thus much I am sure of, That toward the end of this Century it was used for a
<milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="3"/> Place of Sacred assembly; witness <hi>Clemens Alexandr.</hi> (who then lived) <hi>Lib. 7.
Strom.</hi> where speaking of the <hi>Church</hi> or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, saith he, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>I call not now the Place, but the congre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gation
of the Elect,</hi> Ecclesia, <hi>the Church:</hi> whereby it appears, that in his time <hi>Ecclesiae</hi>
was used for the <hi>Place of the assembly of the Elect,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, as he calls them,
that is, <hi>of the Saints,</hi> and not for the Congregation only; for otherwise this Caution
needed not. And so<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Cl<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>m, Alex. in Opere.</hi> Quis fit ille dives qui salvetur, <hi>apud</hi> Euseb. <hi>Hist, Eccl. lib. 3. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>. 17.</hi> Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>. Also in this Century undoubtedly were extant those Fabricks in the Ceme<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>teries of S. <hi>Pe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter</hi> in the Va<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ticane, and of S. <hi>Paul in via Ost<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>nsi</hi> (which could be no other tha<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> some Christian Oratories) whereof <hi>Gains</hi> speaks in <hi>
                           <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>usib.</hi> and calls <hi>Throphaea Apostolorum lib. 2. cap. 24.</hi>
                     </note> himself uses it in that story of the young man whom S. <hi>Iohn</hi>
committed to a Bishop of <hi>Asia</hi> to be instructed and trained up in the Christian piety
and discipline, and who afterwards was by ill company withdrawn to lewd and de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bauched
courses, and became Captain of a band of robbers in the mountains: For
there when S. <hi>Iohn,</hi> after a time coming again to visit the Churches, demanded of the
Bishop an account of the Charge he had committed to him; the Bishop answers, <q>
                        <hi>He
is become a villain and a robber, <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>,
and now instead of the Church he hath laid hold of a Mountain, with a com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pany
like himself.</hi>
                     </q> To conclude, if <hi>the Name</hi> were in <hi>Clemens</hi> his time, undoubtedly
<hi>the Thing</hi> was. And this is my proof for the latter end of this Centurie.</p>
               </div>
               <div type="section">
                  <pb n="329" facs="tcp:63175:215"/>
                  <head>In the Third Centurie.</head>
                  <p>NOW are we arrived at the Third <hi>Seculum,</hi> and the last under the Ethnick
and persecuting Emperors:<note place="margin">Ab Anno 200. ad 300.</note> wherein the Testimonies of the Christians Orato<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ries
do abound, and are such as will out-face any that shall dare contradict them.</p>
                  <p>For the beginning of this Centurie, <hi>Tertullian</hi> shall give in Evidence; first, in
his Book <hi>De Idololatria:</hi> Where declaiming against some Christian Artificers, who
because it was their occupation and trade, thought it lawful to make Idols for the
Gentiles, so themselves worshipped them
not, he speaks thus;<note n="a" place="margin">All the day long shall the zeal of Faith speak to this point; bewailing that a Christian should come from Idols into the CHURCH, that he should come into the HOUSE OF GOD from the shop of his enemy; that he should lift up to God the Father those hands which were the mothers (and makers) of Idols, and adore God with those very hands which (namely in re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>spect of the Idols made by them) are adored with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>out (the Church, <hi>viz.</hi> in the Heathens Temples) in opposition to God; and that he should presume to reach forth those hands to receive the Body of our Lord, which are imploy'd in making Bodies (that is, Images) for the Demons. [<hi>That according to the Gentiles Theology</hi> Images <hi>were as</hi> Bodies <hi>to be informed with</hi> Demons <hi>as with</hi> Souls, <hi>see the</hi> Treatise of <hi>the</hi> Apostasie of the latter Times, chap. 5. in Book. III.</note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>Totâ die ad</hi>
hanc partem zelus fidei perorabit, inge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mens
Christianum ab Idolis in EC<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>CLESIAM
<hi>venire, de adversaria
officina in</hi> DOMUMDEI <hi>venire;
attollere ad Deum patrem manus matres
Idolorum; his manibus adorare quae
(nempe in operibus suis.) foris (1. in
Templis Gentium) adversus Deum ado<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rantur;
eas manus admovere Corpori
Domini quae Daemoniis corpora conferunt.</hi>
                     </q>
Mark here, DOMUS DEI THE
HOUSE OF GOD, &amp; ECCLE<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>SIA
THE CHURCH expounded
by it; <hi>In Ecclesiam venire, idest, In Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mum
Dei venire; To come into the Church,</hi>
that is, <hi>To come into the house of God;</hi>
and both of them set in opposition to an <hi>Idol-shop.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Of this <hi>Domus Dei</hi> or <hi>House of God,</hi> in his Book <hi>adversus Valentinianos, cap. 2.</hi> he
describes unto us the form and posture upon this occasion. He compares the <hi>Valen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tinian</hi>
heresie, in respect of their affected secresie and reservedness in hiding the
mysteries of their doctrine, to the <hi>Eleusinian Holies,</hi> whose Temple had many Cur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tains
and doors, through which those that were to be initiated were five years in
passing before they could be admitted unto the <hi>Adytum</hi> or Sacrarie where the Deity
was: whereas contrariwise, he proveth out of Scripture the badge and genius of the
Religion of Christ to consist in a <hi>Dove-like simplicity and openness,</hi> and accordingly
had its Oratories or Houses of worship, not like that of the <hi>Eleusinian Holies,</hi> con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cealed
with multiplicity of walls, veils, turnings and windings, but agreeable to and
as it were figuring its disposition. For, <q>
                        <hi>Nostrae Columbae domus</hi> (saith he) <hi>simplex,</hi>
etiam in editis &amp; opertis, &amp; ad lucem. Amat figuram Spiritûs sancti, Orientem
Christi figuram. Nihil veritas erubescit,
&amp;c.<note n="b" place="margin">The house of our Dove, <hi>that is,</hi> of our Dove-like Religion, <hi>or</hi> the Catholick flock of Christ figured by the Dove.</note> 
                        <hi>Nostrae Columbae domus,</hi> i. <hi>Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mus
religionis nostrae columbinae,</hi> or <hi>Ca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tholici
Christi gregis, qui Columbâ figura<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur;</hi>
                     </q>
namely, as he said a little before, <hi>Christum Columba demonstrare solita est,
serpens verò tentare;</hi> meaning, as I suppose, not so much Christ personal, as Christ
mystical, that is, the Disciples or Religion of Christ. For it is the conclu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sion
of his proofs brought out of Scripture, to shew that <hi>Simplicity</hi> was the Livery
of Christ's Disciples or Religion;<note n="c" place="margin">In short, The Dove is wont to point out Christ.</note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>In
summa,</hi> saith he, <hi>Christum columba de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>monstrare
solita est, &amp;c.</hi>
                     </q> And other<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wise,
that [<hi>solita est,</hi> is wont] would scarcely be true; since Christ personal is but
once pointed out by a <hi>Dove,</hi> namely, at his Baptism. This House, saith he, is<note n="d" place="margin">Plain, without such a multiplicity of doors and curtains.</note> 
                     <hi>simplex,</hi> that is, <q>
                        <hi>sine tot portarum &amp;
sipariorum involucris:</hi>
                     </q> Also<note n="e" place="margin">In high and open places. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>. Cyril. Hier.</note> 
                     <hi>in edi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>is
&amp; apertis,</hi> places which <hi>Doves</hi> delight in;
<hi>&amp; ad lucem,</hi> that is, <hi>toward the place whence light springeth,</hi> or <hi>the Sun rising:</hi> For <hi>A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mat
figuram Spiritûs sancti,</hi> that is, the Dove, as also <hi>Orientem Christi figuram;</hi> wherein
be alludes to that <hi>Oriens ex alto</hi> or <hi>Day-spring from on high</hi> in <hi>Zacharie's</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Luke 1. 78.</note> 
                     <hi>Benedictus,</hi>
                     <pb n="330" facs="tcp:63175:216"/>
and hath reference to the word, <hi>&amp; ad lucem,</hi> i. <hi>ad locum vel plagam lucis.</hi> For, that
the Churches of Christians anciently were turned toward the <hi>East,</hi> appears by the
Author of the<note n="*" place="margin">Lib. 2. c. 57. al. 61.</note> Apostolical Constitutions, which surely are as ancient as <hi>Tertullian:</hi>
                     <note n="a" place="margin">Let the House be long, and built East<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ward.</note>
                     <hi>Domus sit oblonga, ad Orientem conversa,</hi> saith he. Besides, it appears out of
<note n="*" place="margin">Apol. c. 16.</note> 
                     <hi>Tertullian</hi> himself, that Christians then worshipped towards the East, and therefore
more than probable their Houses were sited and accommodated accordingly. Thus I
have done my best to clear this passage, because the Author is crabbed and obscure.</p>
                  <p>There are two or three<note n="*" place="margin">De Spect. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. 25. ad Vxo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. l. 2. c. 9. De co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>on. mi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>t. cap. 3. De velandi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> virgini<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>us. c. 3, &amp; 13.</note> more places in the same Father where the Christian Ora<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tories
are mentioned by the name of <hi>Ecclesia:</hi> but because the ambiguous and indiffe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rent
signification of this word, either for a <hi>Place</hi> or an <hi>Assembly,</hi> makes them not con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>victive,
unless some circumstance be annexed which determines it, I will only produce
that <hi>De corona Militis, Cap.</hi> 3. where concerning th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> Sacrament of Baptism he speaks
thus;<note n="b" place="margin">
                        <hi>Coming to the Water,</hi> (<hi>to be baptized,</hi>) not only there, but also somewhat asore, in the CHURCH, under the hand of the Bishop or Priest, we take witne<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>s that we renounce the De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vil, and his Pomp and Angels; and afterwards we are drenched thrice in the Water.</note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>Aquam a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>lituri, ibidem, sed &amp;
aliquanto priùs in Ecclesia, sub Antistitis
manu, contestamue nos renunciare Diabo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lo,
&amp; Pompae &amp; Angelis ejus: dehinc
ter mergitamur.</hi>
                     </q> I say, <hi>Ecclesia</hi> here
signifies the Place. For the clearing
whereof, know that the Baptisteries, or
places of water for Baptism, in those elder times were not, as now our Fonts are,
within the Church, but without, and often in places very remote from it. When
therefore <hi>Tertullian</hi> here saith, That those who were to be baptized first made
their <hi>Abrenunciati<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>n</hi> in the Church <hi>sub manu Antistitis,</hi> (that is, as I suppose, the
Bishop or Priest laying hands upon them, either in the mean time, or as soon as
they had done) and afterward again at the Water; he must needs by <hi>Ecclesia</hi>
mean the <hi>Place:</hi> otherwise if it were taken for the <hi>Assembly</hi> of the faithful, the
Church in that sense was present also at the Water. But <hi>Ecclesia</hi> here and the
<hi>Water</hi> are supposed to be two distinct places; in both of which (according to
the rite of the <hi>African</hi> Churches.) <hi>Abrenunciation</hi> was to be performed; <q>
                        <hi>Aquam
adituri,</hi> IBIDEM (i. <hi>apud aquam) sed &amp; aliquanto priùs in</hi> ECCLESIA,
<hi>contestamur nos renunciare Diabolo, &amp;c.</hi>
                     </q> And thus much for the testimony of
<hi>Tertullian.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>My next witness is <hi>Hippolitus,</hi> who flourished between the twentieth and thirtieth
year of this Century in the reign of <hi>Alexander Mammeae.</hi> He, in his Treatise <hi>De con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>summatione
mundi seu de Antichriste,</hi> describing the signs and impieties which should
precede the Persecution of Antichrist, (as he conceived thereof,) hath this
passage concerning the irreligion and profaneness which should then reign;
<note n="c" place="margin">The Temples of God shall be as common and ordinary Houses, Churches shall be utterly demolished every where, the Scriptures shall be despised.</note> 
                     <q>
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>. <hi>Tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pla
Dei domorum communium instar
erunt; ubique Ecclesiarum eversiones fi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ent,
Scriptura contemnentur.</hi>
                     </q> And in his
description of the Persecution it self,
this;<note n="d" place="margin">The Sacred Edifices of Churches shall become heaps, and as a desolate lodge in an Or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chard; there shall be no more Communion of the precious Body and Bloud of Christ, Liturgy shall be extinguished, Singing of Psalms shall cease, Reading of the Scriptures shall no more be heard.</note> 
                     <q>
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                        <note n="*" place="margin">Ex Psal. 79. 2. &amp; caelesis similibus, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>u<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>ta LXX. IIebr. in <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>cerv<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap> seu <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap> desolationes.</note> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, &amp;c. <hi>Sacrae Ec<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>clesiarum
aedes instar Pomorum custodiae
erunt, pretiosúm<expan>
                              <am>
                                 <g ref="char:abque"/>
                              </am>
                              <ex>que</ex>
                           </expan> corpus &amp; sanguis non
exstabit in diebus illis; Liturgia extingue<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur,
Psalmorum decantatio cessabit, Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>turarum
recitatio non audictur.</hi>
                     </q> No man of reason can believe but that he that speaks
thus knew and was well acquainted with such Places in his own time; though his de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>scription
be of that which was to be in time to come: For it would be a marvellous
conceit, to think he prophesied of them, having never seen them. Nay, a prophane
Testimony will further confirm us he needed not:<note place="margin">Cap. 49.</note> For <hi>Lampridius</hi> reports of
this <hi>Alexander Mammeae,</hi> (in whose time
<hi>Hippolytus</hi> lived)<note n="e" place="margin">The Christians being in possession of a cer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tain publick place, and challenging it for theirs; and on the other side the Taverners alledging that it belong'd of right to them; the Emperor's Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>script in favour of the Christians was this, That it was better that God should be worshipt there after what way soever, than that it should be delivered and given up to the Taverners.</note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>Quòd cùm Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stiani
quendam locum, qui publicus
fuerat, occupàssent; contrà Popinarii
dicerent, sibi cum deberi; rescripsit
Imperator, Melins esse ut quomodocun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
illic Deus colatur, quàm Popinariis
dedatur.</hi>
                     </q>
                  </p>
                  <p>About the middle of this Century flourished that famous <hi>Gregorie</hi> of <hi>Neocaesarea,</hi>
                     <pb n="331" facs="tcp:63175:216"/>
surnamed <hi>Thaumaturgus.</hi> He in his <hi>Epistola Canonica</hi> (as the Greeks call it) describ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
the five degrees or admissions of Penitents, according to the discipline of his
time, (which he calls <q>
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>)
<note n="a" place="margin">1. <hi>Weeping</hi> (the first degree of Penance) was without the Porch of the Oratorie, where the mournful sinners stood and beg'd of all the Faith<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ful as they went in to pray for them. 2. <hi>Hearing</hi> (the second degree) was within the Porch, in the place called <hi>Narthex,</hi> the place where these penitent Sinners (being now under the <hi>Ferula</hi> or censure of the Church) might stand near to the <hi>Catechumens</hi> and hear the Scripture read and ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pounded, but were to go out before them. 3. <hi>Prostration</hi> or <hi>Lying along on the Church-pavement.</hi> These <hi>Prostrate</hi> ones were admitted somewhat further into the Church, and went out with the <hi>Catechumens.</hi> 4. <hi>Standing</hi> or <hi>Staying with the people</hi> or <hi>Congregation.</hi> These <hi>Consistentes</hi> did not go out with the <hi>Catechumenes,</hi> but after they and the other Penitents were gone out, stay'd and joyn'd in prayer with the Faithful. 5. <hi>Participation of the Sacraments.</hi>
                        </note> 1. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> (saith he) <hi>est extra
portam</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, ORATORII,
ubi peccatorem stantem oportet Fideles
ingredientes orare ut pro se precentur.
2. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> (i. <hi>Auditio) est intra por<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tam,
in loco qui <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap> dicitur, ubi oportet eum qui peccavit stare usque ad
Catechumenos, &amp; illine egredi.</hi> 3.
<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> (i. <hi>Substratio) <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>
NAOY</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> ut
<hi>intra Templi portam consistens, cum Ca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>techumenis
egrediatur.</hi> 4. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> (i.
<hi>Congregatio seu Consistentia) est ut cum
Fidelibus consistat, &amp; cum Catechume<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nis
non egrediatur. Postremò est <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>,
participatio Sacramentorum.</hi> Who sees
not here</q> that Christians in his time had
Oratories or Sacred Houses to worship in,
and those accommodated with distinct places of remoter and nearer admission.</p>
                  <p>Nay, further, we find in this <hi>Gregorie's</hi> life written by <hi>Gregory Nyssen,</hi> that he was
himself a great Founder and erecter of these sacred Edifices; whereof the Church
built by him at <hi>Neocaesarca</hi> in <hi>Pontus</hi> (where he was Bishop) was still standing in
<hi>Gregorie Nyssen's</hi> time. Hear his words, where he relates the speedy and wonderful
success this <hi>Thaumaturgus</hi> had in the con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>version
of that City:<note n="b" place="margin">How that by <hi>becoming all things to all men,</hi> he had in a short time gained a great number of Converts through the assistance of the Divine Spi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rit, and that hereupon he had a strong desire to set upon the building of a Temple or Place for Sacred assemblies; wherein he was the more encouraged by the general forwardness he observed among the Converts to contribute both their moneys and their best assistances to so good a work. This is that Temple which is to be seen even at this day. This is that Temple, the erection whereof this Great person being resolved to undertake without any delay, he laid the foundation thereof (and there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>withal of his Sacerdotal, <hi>i.e.</hi> Episcopal, Prefecture) in the most conspicuous place of all the City.</note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>Cùm omnibus
omnia fieret,</hi> saith he, <hi>tantum sibi anxilio
Spiritûs repentè populum adjunxit, ut ad
Templi fabricationem animum adjiceret;</hi>
(Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>)
<hi>cùm omnes offerendo tam pecunias quàm
operas suas studium ejus adjuvarent. Hoc
est Templum quod usque hodie ostenditur;
quod magnus ille Vir statim aggressus,
quasi fundamentum atque <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap> Sacer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dotii
sui</hi> (i. <hi>Episcopâtus) in maximè
conspicuo urbis loco constituit.</hi>
                     </q> He adds
besides, that whereas in his own time
there had hapned a most grievous Earth<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quake,
<note n="c" place="margin">Whereas all other Houses, whether Pub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lick or private, were overthrown by that Earth<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quake; this [<hi>Gregorian</hi>] Temple alone stood firm without any the least hurt.</note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>Quo omnia tam publica quam
privata aedificia disjecta essent; solùm
illud Templum [Gregorianum] illaesum
&amp; inconcussum mansisse.</hi>
                     </q>
                  </p>
                  <p>Nor is this all; He tells in the same place how that a little before the perse<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cution
of <hi>Decius</hi> (which was <hi>Anno Christi</hi> 252.) this <hi>Thaumaturgus,</hi> having conver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted
not the City of <hi>Neocaesar<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>a</hi> only, but the whole territorie adjoyning, to the Faith
of Christ, <q>
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, <hi>the Converts pulling
down their Idol-Altars and Idol-Temples, and in every place erecting <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>,</hi>
                     </q>
                     <hi>Oratories in the name of Christ,</hi> stirred up the fury and in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dignation
of the Emperour.</p>
                  <p>About the same time with this <hi>Gregory</hi> lived S. <hi>Cyprian</hi> at <hi>Carthage.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">He was made Bishop <hi>Anno</hi> 249. lived until 260.</note> In him I ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>serve
the Christian Oratories twice remembred; once by the name of<note n="d" place="margin">The Lord's House.</note> 
                     <hi>Dominicum,</hi>
i. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, another time of<note n="e" place="margin">The Church.</note> 
                     <hi>Ecclesia.</hi> The first in his Book <hi>De opere &amp;
eleemosynis,</hi> speaking against communicating the holy Eucharist without an Offering;
<note n="f" place="margin">Thinkest thou, O Matron, which art rich and wealthy in the Church of Christ, that thou dost celebrate or commemorate the Lord's Sacrifice (that is, that thou dost participate the Lord's Supper worthily as thou oughtest) who dost not at all respect (but art regardless of) the <hi>Corban;</hi> who comest into the Lord's House without a Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crifice or Offering, nay who takest part of the poor mans Sacrifice, feedest on what he brought for his Offering, and bringest none thy self?</note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>Matrona,</hi> saith he, <hi>quae in Ecclesia
Christi locuples &amp; dives es, Dominicum
(sacrificium) celebrate to credis, quae cor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bonam
omnino non respicis, quae in Domi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nicum
sine sacrificio venis, quae partem de
sacrificio quod pauper obtulit sumis?</hi>
                     </q> The
<pb n="332" facs="tcp:63175:217"/>
other in his 55. <hi>Ep.</hi> or 3. <hi>ad Cornelium;</hi>
where declaiming against some lapsed
Christians,<note place="margin">Script. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>n. 253.</note> who having in time of perse<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cution
sacrificed unto Idols, would never<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>theless
without due penance and satisfaction be admitted again into the Church; If
this be once permitted, (saith he)
<note n="a" place="margin">What then remains but that the <hi>Church</hi> should yield to the <hi>Capitol;</hi> and that, the Priests withdrawing themselves and taking away the Altar of our Lord, Images and Idol-Gods together with their Altars should succeed and take possession of the Sacrary or place proper to the sacred and venerable Bench of our Clergy?</note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>Quid superest quàm ut Ecclesia Capito<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lio
cedat; &amp; recedentibus Sacerdotibus
ac Domininostri Altare removentibus, in
Cleri nostri sacrum venerandúmque con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sessum
(i. in Presbyterium, seu <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>)
Simulacra atque Idola cum Aris
suis transeant?</hi>
                     </q> Note that <hi>Ecclesia</hi> here
and <hi>Capitolium,</hi> Christ's House and <hi>Iupiter's</hi> Temple, stand in opposition one to the
other; also that <hi>Capitolium</hi> by <hi>Antonomasia</hi> is put for a Gentile Temple in general;
that in the one (to wit, <hi>Ecclesia</hi>) was
<note n="b" place="margin">The Altar of our Lord and the place for the sacred and venerable Bench of the Clergy.</note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>Altare Domini nostri &amp; sacer vene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>randús<expan>
                              <am>
                                 <g ref="char:abque"/>
                              </am>
                              <ex>que</ex>
                           </expan> consessus Cleri,</hi>
                     </q> in the other,
<note n="c" place="margin">Idol-Gods and Images together with the Al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tars of the Devil.</note> 
                     <hi>Idola &amp; simulacra cum Aris Diaboli.</hi>
Contemporary with S. <hi>Cyprian</hi> was that
famed <hi>Dionysius Alexandrinus,</hi> made Bishop somewhat before him, but out-lived him
some five years, namely until 265. There is an Epistle of his extant (which is part
of the Canon-Law of the Greek Church) to one <hi>Basilides,</hi> resolving certain Quaere's of
his; amongst the rest, <hi>Whether a woman, during the time of her separation, might enter in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
the Church or not:</hi> To which his answer is negative. This <hi>Quaere</hi> he expresseth thus;
<q>
                        <hi>De mulieribus quae sunt in abscessu, an cas sic affect as oporteat Domum Dei ingredi,</hi>
                     </q>
                     <note n="d" place="margin">might enter into the House of God.</note> Gr.
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. By which, and his answer thereunto, we learn not only that
the Christians had then House<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> of Worship, but a religious respect also to difference
them from common places.</p>
                  <p>And here, because the Time fitly presents it in our way, take notice, for some reason
that we shall bear of ere we have done, That this of the Christians having such Hou<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ses
for their devotions was a thing publickly known to the Gentiles themselves, toge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
with the name whereby they called them: as appears by two Imperial Rescripts,
the one of <hi>Galienus</hi> about the year 260. (recorded by <hi>Eusebius, Hist. lib.</hi> 7. c. 12. Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.)
which calls them <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Worshipping Places;</hi> which, hav<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
been a little before, in the persecution of <hi>Valerianus</hi> his Father, taken from the
Christians, and then in the hands of the Gentiles, <hi>Galienus</hi> graciously restored unto them,
with liberty freely to exercise their Religion. The words of the Rescript, so much of
them as is needful to our purpose are
these;<note n="e" place="margin">The Emperour <hi>C. P. L. Galienus</hi> to <hi>Dio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nysius, Pinnas, Demetrius,</hi> and the rest of the Bi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>shops, Greeting—What I have been pleased gra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ciously to do for the Christians, I have caused to be published throughout the world, <hi>viz.</hi> That all men should quit the Worshipping-places for the Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stians use, And therefore you may make use of the Copy of my Letters, to the end ye may be secured from any future attempts to disturb you herein.</note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>Imperator Caesar Publius Li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cinius Galienus,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>Dionysio, Pinnae,
Demetrio, &amp; caeteris Episcopis, Salutem.
—Meae munificentiae beneficium per uni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>versum
divulgari Orbem praecepi:</hi> Vt
<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, i. <hi>à lo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cis
religionis cultui dicatis discedatur. Et
propterea vos mearum literarum exemplari
uti poteritis, quo nemo deinceps vobis quicquam facessat molestiae,</hi> &amp;c.</q>
                  </p>
                  <p>The other is of <hi>Aurelianus, De Libris Sibyllinis inspiciendis,</hi> when the <hi>Marcoman<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ni</hi>
invaded the Empire, <hi>Anno Ch.</hi> 271. recorded by <hi>Vopiscus,</hi> in these words:
<note n="f" place="margin">I wonder (sacred Fathers) that ye demur so long about opening and consulting the <hi>Sibyll's</hi> books; as if ye were treating (<hi>or</hi> debating this matter) in the Christians Church, and not in the Temple of all the Gods.</note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>Mirorvos, Patres sancti,</hi> (he writes
to the Senate) <hi>tamdiu de aperiendis Si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>byllinis
dubitâsse libris; perinde quasi in
Christianorum Ecclesia, non in Templo
Deorum omnium, tractaretis;</hi>
                     </q> that is, in
the <hi>Capitol,</hi> where the <hi>Senate</hi> used some<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>times
to sit.</p>
                  <p>Add to this, if you please, that which<note n="*" place="margin">Hist. Eccl. <hi>l.</hi> 7. <hi>c.</hi> 29. Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> 
                     <hi>Eusebius</hi> relates of this Emperor, to
wit, that when <hi>Paulus Samosatenus,</hi> being deposed by the Council from his Bishop<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rick,
and <hi>Domnus</hi> chosen in his room, would not yield up the possession of the Church,
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> the matter being brought before <hi>Aurelianus</hi> the Emperor,
he decrees that it should be given to those of the Sect unto whom the Bishops of
<pb n="333" facs="tcp:63175:217"/>
                     <hi>Rome</hi> and <hi>Italy</hi> should send Letters of
communion:<note n="a" place="margin">Thus was <hi>Paulus</hi> with great disgrace cast out of the Church by the Secular power.</note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>Sic demum Paulus</hi> (saith
<hi>Eusebius) à seculari potestate summo cum
dedecore ex Ecclesia expellitur.</hi>
                     </q> For that by <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is here meant the Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stians
Oratorie or House of Sacred assembly at <hi>Antioch,</hi> (and not the Bishop's house, as
some would have it,) appears, both because <hi>Eusebius</hi> elsewhere so uses it, as namely <hi>Lib.</hi>
8. <hi>c. ult. &amp; Lib.</hi> 9. <hi>c.</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. as also because he expounds himself presently by <hi>Ecclesia,</hi> when he
saith, <q>
                        <hi>Sic Paulus summo cum dedecore à potestate seculari ex Ecclesia exigitur.</hi>
                     </q> For surely
he meant not that he was by the <hi>secular arm</hi> cast out of the <hi>Church,</hi> as <hi>Church</hi> is taken
for the <hi>Company of the Faithful,</hi> but as it signifies the <hi>Place of Sacred assembly,</hi> where
this <hi>Paulus</hi> kept possession after he was deposed for Heresie by the Council.</p>
                  <p>But what need we trouble our selves thus to gather up Testimonies for the latter
half of this <hi>Seculum?</hi> I have one Testimony behind which will dispatch it all at once,
yea and, if need be, depose for the whole also. It is that of <hi>Eusebius</hi> in his eighth
Book <hi>Hist. Eccl.</hi> in the beginning; where describing those peaceful and Halcyonian
days which the Church enjoyed for many years, from the time of the Martyrdom of
S. <hi>Cyprian</hi> unto that most direful persecution of <hi>Diocletian,</hi> and how wonderfully the
number of Christians was advanced during that time, he speaketh on this manner:
<note n="b" place="margin">How shall any one be able to express those infinite multitudes of Christians assembling in every city, those famous meetings of theirs in their Oratories or Churches? and therefore they not being content with those smaller Churches which before they had, (those their ancient Edifi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ces not being large enough to receive so great a number) took care to erect from the very foun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dations fairer and more spacious ones in every city.</note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>Quomodo quisquam infinitâ illos ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minum
turbâ frequentatos conventus, coe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tuúmque
in singulis urbibus congregato<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
multitudinem, illustrésque in<note n="*" place="margin">
                              <gap reason="foreign">
                                 <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                              </gap>
                           </note> Ora<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>toriis
concursus describere valeat? Quo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
causa, quum in<note n="*" place="margin">
                              <gap reason="foreign">
                                 <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                              </gap>
                           </note> Antiquis illis AE<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dificiis
satis amplius loci non haberent,
(vel, antiquis illis AEdificiis handqua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quam
amplius contenti)<note n="*" place="margin">
                              <gap reason="foreign">
                                 <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                              </gap>
                           </note> amplas spati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>osásque
in omnibus urbibus ex funda<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mentis
erexcrunt Ecclesias.</hi>
                     </q> Lo here how in those Halcyonian days Christians had
not only Churches or Houses of worship, but such as might then be called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>ancient Edifices;</hi> which how far it may reach let others judge: Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>condly,
That the number of Christians being grown so great that those <hi>ancient Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bricks</hi>
were no longer sufficient to contain them, they erected <hi>new</hi> and <hi>more spacious</hi>
ones in every City from the foundations: And all this testified by one that himself
lived and saw part of those times. These sacred <hi>Edifices Diocletian</hi> and those other
surrogated Emperours (which continued that direful ten-years Persecution begun by
him) commanded by their Edicts to be every where demolished, as we may read in
the same <hi>Eusebius</hi> at large. The like whereunto seems never to have happened in any
of the former Persecutions, in which they were only taken from the Christians, but
again, when the persecution ceased, for the most part restored unto them: as in the
former Persecution they were by <hi>Galienus,</hi> under the name of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>Worshipping Places.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>And thus I think I have proved by good and sufficient Testimonies, <hi>That Christi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ans
had Oratories</hi> or <hi>Churches,</hi> that is, <hi>appropriate Places for Christian worship, in every
of the first three hundred years:</hi> I am well assured (whosoever be judge) long before
the days of <hi>Constantine.</hi> I will add to these Authorities two or three Reasons why they
must, in all likelihood, have had such Places. First, Because it is certain that in
their Sacred assemblies they used then to worship and pray towards the East: which
how it could be done with any order and conveniencie, is not easie to be conceived,
unless we suppose the Places wherein they worshipped to have been situated and ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>commodated
accordingly, that is, chosen and appointed to that end. Secondly, Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cause
of their Discipline, which required distinct and regular Places in their assem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>blies,
for the<note n="c" place="margin">The Penitents, the Hearers, the Catechu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mens or Learners and Probationers in Christianity, and the Believers.</note> 
                     <hi>Poenitentes, Audi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tores,
Catechumeni,</hi> and <hi>Fideles;</hi> and
therefore argueth they met not in eve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry
place promiscuously, but in Places
already fitted and accommodated for that purpose.<note place="margin">Wheresoever Ten men of <hi>Is<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rael</hi> were, there ought to be built a Syna<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gogue. <hi>Mai<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> in T<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>phillah. c.</hi> 11.</note> Lastly, Because they had be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
their eyes an example and pattern in <hi>Proseucha's</hi> and Synagogues of the
Iews, from whom their Religion had its beginning; which though as contrary
to the Religion of the Empire as theirs, yet had places appropriate for the exercise
thereof, wheresoever they lived dispersed among the Gentiles. Who can be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lieve
that such a pattern should not invite the Christians to an imitation of the same,
<pb n="334" facs="tcp:63175:218"/>
though we should suppose there were no other reasons to induce them but that of
ordinary convenience?</p>
               </div>
               <div type="section">
                  <head>Answers to the OBIECTIONS.</head>
                  <p>I Come now to answer the Objections<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Object. 1.</hi>
                     </note> brought by such as maintain the contrary opi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nion,
which are two. First, say they, It is not likely, no not possible, they
should have any such Places, living under a Pagan and persecuting State and Em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pire.</p>
                  <p>I answer,<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Answer.</hi>
                     </note> This Objection is already confuted by matter of Fact: For it is to be
noted that the greatest and most cruel Persecutions, and the five last of the Ten,
fall within the third or last Centurie; in which that Christians had Oratories or
Houses of Christian worship, we have before proved by most indubitate and irre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fragable
Testimonies: But if in this, why not as well in the former Ages, wherein
the Persecutions were, as no more in number, so far less bitter? For it is to be taken
notice of, That these Persecutions were not continual, but as it were by fits; and
those of the two first Centuries of no long durance; so as the Churches enjoyed
long times of peace and quietness between them.</p>
                  <p>Besides, why should it seem to any one less credible that Christians should have
their Oratories or Houses of worship under the <hi>Roman</hi> Empire, whilest the State
thereof was yet Gentile and opposite to the Faith of Christ, than that they had them
in the Kingdom of <hi>Persia,</hi> which never was Christian? For that they had them there
as old as the days of <hi>Constantine, Sozomen</hi> testifieth, <hi>Lib. 2. c.</hi> 8. The occasion of
the demolishing whereof by King <hi>Isdigerdes,</hi> and of that most barbarous persecution
of the Christians of those Countries for thirty years together, about the year 400.
<hi>Theodoret</hi> relates <hi>Lib. 5. c. 38.</hi> namely, that one <hi>Audas,</hi> out of an indiscreet and unsea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sonable
zeal, (though otherwise a vertuous and godly Bishop) having demo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lished
the Persians <hi>Pyraeum</hi> or Temple where the Fire was worshipped, and refusing
to build it up again as was enjoyned him, the King thereupon mightily enraged,
caused all the Christians Oratories or Churches in his dominions to be demolished
likewise, and that horrible Persecution before mentioned to storm against them.
Could the Christians find means and opportunity to erect Churches, that is, Houses
for their Religion, under a Pagan government in <hi>Persia,</hi> and could they not under
the <hi>Roman</hi> Empire?</p>
                  <p>The other Objection<note place="margin">Object. 2.</note> is from the Authors of Apologies against the Gentiles, <hi>Ori<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gen</hi>
against <hi>Celsus, Minutius Felix, Arnobius,</hi> and <hi>Lactantius,</hi> who when the Gentiles
object Atheism to the Christians, as having no<note n="*" place="margin">No Temples, Altars, Images.</note> 
                     <hi>Templa,</hi> no <hi>Arae,</hi> no <hi>Simulachra;</hi>
these Authors are so far from pleading they had any such, that they answer by way of
Concession, not only granting they had none, but (which is more,) affirming they ought
not to have, and condemning the Gentiles
which had.<note n="a" place="margin">
                        <hi>Celsus</hi> (saith <hi>Origen</hi>) affirms that Christi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ans decline the building or setting up of Altars, Images and Temples.</note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>Celsus, saith Origen,</hi>
                        <note n="*" place="margin">Lib. 8. contra <hi>Celsum.</hi>
                        </note>
                        <hi>ait nos Ararum &amp; Statuarum Templo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rúmque
fundationes fugere.</hi>
                     </q> 
                     <hi>Origen de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nies
it not, but gives the reason;</hi>
                     <note n="b" place="margin">We do indeed (saith <hi>Origen</hi>) decline the building of Temples, (not for the reason which the Gentiles suppose, but) because, we hav<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing learnt by the doctrine of Iesus Christ How God is to be worshipped and served, we think our selves obliged in conscience to avoid and ab<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stain from all such things as under a prerence and colour of Piety do make men really impious, name<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly those who have erred and gone astray from the true way of worshipping God by Iesus Christ, who alone is the way of worshipping God aright, according to that most true saying of his, <hi>I am the Way, the Truth, and the Life.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>Templorum fundationes fugimus, quia
ubi per Iesu Doctrinam comperimus quem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>admodum
colendus sit Deus, ea nos evi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tamus
quae sub pietatis praetextu &amp; opini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>one
quadam impios reddant qui à vero
per Iesum cultu aberrando falluntur, qui
utique solus est veri cultûs via, veréque
illud profatur, Ego sum Via, Veritas, &amp;
Vita.</hi>
                     </q>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Minutius Felix,</hi> when <hi>Caecilius</hi> objects,
<note n="c" place="margin">Why do the Christians keep such ado to conceal and hide that, whatsoever it be, which they worship?—Why have they no Altars, no Tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ples, no Images?—unless that which they wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ship and keep so close were either worthy of pu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nishment, or shameful.</note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>Cur occultare &amp; abscondere quic<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quid
illud quod colunt magnopere ni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tuntur?
—Cur nullas Aras habent,
Templa nulla, nulla nota Simulachra?
—nisi illud quod colunt &amp; interpri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>munt
out puniendum est, ant pudendum;</hi>
                     </q>
                     <pb n="335" facs="tcp:63175:218"/>
brings in his <hi>Octavius</hi> answering thus,
<note n="a" place="margin">Do you think that we conceal what we wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ship, because we have neither Temples nor Al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tars? But I beseech you, What Image should I make for God, whenas (if we well consider it) Man himself is the lively Image of God? What Temple should I build for him, whenas the whole world, made by him, is not able to contain him? And whenas I who am but a man have a large ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bitation and room enough to be in, shall I think to enclose and confine so Great a Majesty within one little House? Tell me, Is not God better san<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctified in our Mind and Heart? and where can we better prepare an habitation and consecrate a place for God than in the bottom of our Souls, in the inmost of our inward man?</note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>Putatis autem nos occultare quod coli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mus,
si Delubra &amp; Ar<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>s non habemus?
Quod enim Simulachrum Deo fingam,
cùm, si rectè existimes, sit Dei homo ipse
Simulachrum? Templum quod ei exstru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>am,
cùm totus hic mundus, ejus operâ
fabricatus, eum capere non possit? &amp;
cùm homo<note n="*" place="margin">Al. laxiú<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                 <desc>•</desc>
                              </gap>,</note> latius maneam, intra unam
AEdiculam vim tantae Majestatis inclu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dam?
Nonne melius in nostra dedicandus
est mente, in nostro imo consecrandus est
pectore?</hi>
                     </q>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Advers. Gent.</hi> l. 6.</note> 
                     <hi>Arnobius:</hi>
                     <note n="b" place="margin">Herein ye are wont to charge us with most hideous impiety and irreligion, <hi>viz.</hi> That we nei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther build Sacred Houses or Temples to perform the Offices of religious worship in, nor make any Image or Representation of any God, nor build any kind of Altars at all.</note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>In hac consuéstis
parte crimen nobis maximum impietatis
affigere, quòdneque AEdes sacr as venerati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>onis
ad officia exstruamus, non Deorum
alicujus Simulachrum constituamus ant
formam, non</hi>
                        <note n="*" place="margin">See the Dif<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ference be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tween <hi>Altare</hi> and <hi>Ara</hi> in the Treatise of <hi>Tl<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                 <desc>•</desc>
                              </gap> Name</hi> Altar.</note> 
                        <hi>Altaria fabricemus, non Aras.</hi>
                     </q>
                     <note n="*" place="marg1">See the Dif<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ference be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tween <hi>Altare</hi> and <hi>Ara</hi> in the Treatise of <hi>Tl<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> Name</hi> Altar.</note> He denies none of this, but
thus answers:<note n="c" place="margin">For what use of the Gods should we desire to have Temples? for what necessary purposes do we affirm these present Temples to be built, or do ye think Temples should be built anew?</note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>Templa quaerimus, in
Deorum quosusus? aut in cujus rei neces<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sitatem
aut dicitis esse constructa, aut esse
rursus aedificanda censetis? &amp;c.—</hi>
                     </q>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Institut. ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>versus Gentes, lib. 2. cap. 2.</note> 
                     <hi>Lactantius</hi> condemns the Gentiles for
having them:<note n="d" place="margin">Why do ye not lift up your eyes to Hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven? and invocating the Gods by name, sacrifice openly and in publick? Why do ye rather look to walls and wood and stone, than look up thither where ye believe the Gods to dwell? What then can Temples mean? what do Images or Altars sig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nifie?</note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>Cur (inquit) oculos
in coelum non tollitis? &amp;, advocatis
Deorum nominibus, in aperto sacrificia
celebratis? Cur ad parietes &amp; ligna &amp;
lapides potissimùm, quàm illò spectatis ubi
Deos esse creditis? Quid sibi Templa?
quid Arae volunt?</hi>
                     </q> Quid denique ipsa Si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mulachra?
Who would now think that
Christians had any Churches or Houses of worship in these Authors days?</p>
                  <p>This Objection indeed looks very big at the first sight,<note place="margin">Answer.</note> but it is no more but a shew,
and we shall deal well enough with it. For we are to take notice, that these Au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thors,
all four of them, lived and wrote within and after the Third <hi>Seculum</hi> was be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gun,
and the eldest of them <hi>Minutius Felix</hi> after <hi>Tertullian; Origen</hi> after him: yea,
why do I say after the Third <hi>Seculum</hi> was begun or within it? whenas two of them,
<hi>Arnobius</hi> and <hi>Lactantius,</hi> lived and wrote rather after it was ended, and in the begin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ning
of the Fourth; <hi>Arnobius</hi> in the time of the Persecution of <hi>Diocletian, Lactantius</hi>
somewhat after him; for he was his Scholar, and dedicates his Institutions <hi>adversùs
Gentes</hi> to <hi>Constantine</hi> the Great.</p>
                  <p>Now then remember what Authorities and Testimonies were even now produced
for the Christians Oratories all that <hi>Seculum</hi> throughout, not Probabilities only, but
such as are altogether irrefragable and past contradiction. This they seem not to have
considered, unless they dissembled it, who so securely urge these passages, to infer a
Conclusion point-blank against evidence of Fact. As for example, (I will alledge
no more but what is out of possibility to be denied or eluded) Had the Christians no
Oratories or Churches in <hi>Gregory Thaumaturgus</hi> his time? Had they none in S. <hi>Cypri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>an's?</hi>
Had they none in the days of <hi>Dionysius Alexandrinus?</hi> Had they none when
<hi>Galienus</hi> released their<note n="*" place="margin">Worship<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ping Places.</note> To <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>? Had they none in those Halcyo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nian
days whereof <hi>Eusebius</hi> speaks, when the multitude of Christians was grown so
great, that <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, the <hi>ancient Edifices</hi> were no longer able to con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tain
their Assemblies; but that they were fain to build new and spacious Churches in
every City from the foundations? Had they none when the Edict of <hi>Diocletian</hi> came
forth for demolishing them? For all these were before that either <hi>Arnobius</hi> or <hi>Lactan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tius</hi>
wrote. Let those therefore, who put so much confidence in these passages, tell
us, before they conclude, how to untie this knot, and then shall say some<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thing.</p>
                  <p>What then, will you say, is the meaning of these passages? and how may they be
satisfied, and this s<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ruple taken off? I answer; The Gentiles in these Objections had
<pb n="336" facs="tcp:63175:219"/>
a peculiar notion of what they called a <hi>Temple:</hi> and these Fathers and Authors, in
their disputes with them, answer them according unto it. For they defined a <hi>Temple</hi>
by an <hi>Idol</hi> and the <hi>inclosure of a Diety;</hi> not of the Statue or Image only, but of the <hi>De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mon</hi>
himself: that is, They supposed their Gods by the power of Spells and Magical
consecrations to be retained and shut up in their Temples, as Birds in a Cage, or the
Devil within a circle, that so their suppliants might know where to have them when
they had occasion to seek unto them; and that, for such retaining or circumscribing
of them in a certain Place, an <hi>Idol</hi> was necessary, as the Centre of their collocation.
Thus much <hi>Origen</hi> himself will inform us in those his disputes against <hi>Celsus,</hi> as in his
3. Book <hi>pag.</hi> 135. <hi>Editionis Graeco-lat.</hi> where he describes <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Temples</hi>
and <hi>Idols,</hi> to be places where <hi>Demons</hi> are <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, enthroned or seated, either ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving
preoccupied such places of themselves, <q>
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>,
<hi>or brought thither by certain Ceremonies and Magical invocations, do as it
were dwell there.</hi> And again, <hi>Lib. 7. pag. 385. in fin.</hi> telling us that <hi>Demons</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>,
<hi>sate in those kind of Forms and Places, (viz.</hi>
Idols and Temples) <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>,
&amp;c. <hi>either lodged and confined thither by Magical conse<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crations,
or otherwise having preoccupied the places of themselves; where they are delight<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fully
fed and refreshed</hi> (for so the Gentiles thought) <hi>with the nidor and savour of the
Sacrifices.</hi>
                     </q> I shall not need to produce the rest of his sayings to the same purpose;
let him that will consult him further in the end of that 7. Book <hi>pag.</hi> 389. and a little be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore,
<hi>pag.</hi> 387. <hi>in fin.</hi> To this confining of Gods in Temples (that so those that had
occasion to use their help might not be to seek, but know where to find them) that
also of <hi>Menander</hi> cited by <hi>Iustin Martyr,</hi> in his <hi>De Monarchia Dei,</hi> hath reference.</p>
                  <q>
                     <lg>
                        <l>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap> (saith he) <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>.</l>
                        <l>—<gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>.</l>
                     </lg>
                     <lg>
                        <l>No God pleaseth me that gads abroad,</l>
                        <l>None that leaves his house shall come in my Book.</l>
                        <l>—A just and good God ought</l>
                        <l>To tarry at home to save those that placed him.</l>
                     </lg>
                  </q>
                  <p>According to this notion of a <hi>Temple,</hi> these Authors alledged grant that Christians
neither had any <hi>Temples,</hi> no nor ought to have; forasmuch as the God whom they
worshipped, was such a one as filled the Heaven and the Earth, and dwelt <hi>not in
Temples made with hands.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Acts 7. 4<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> And because the Gentiles appropriated the name of a <hi>Temple</hi>
to this notion of <hi>encloistering a Deity by an Idol;</hi> therefore the Christians of those first
Ages, for the most part, abstained therefrom, especially when they had to deal with
Gentiles, calling their Houses of worship <hi>Ecclesiae,</hi> or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
(whence is the Dutch and our English <hi>Kurk</hi> and <hi>Church</hi>) in Latine <hi>Dominica;</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
&amp; <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, that is, <hi>Oratories,</hi> or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, or the
like: seldom <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, or <hi>Templa;</hi> that<note n="*" place="margin">According to this notion of <hi>Templum, Tertull. cap. 15.</hi> de Idololatria, <hi>Si Templis re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nunciâsti, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                              <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                           </gap> feceri<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> Tem<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> plum janu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap> tuam. Et</hi> de Corona mil. cap. 11. <hi>Ex<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>u<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>babit (nempe Christi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>nus) pro Templis quibus rena<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>
                           <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ciavit? &amp; coe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>uabit il<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap> ubi Ap<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>stolo non place<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>? id est. in Idoko.</hi> 1 Cor. 8. 10.</note> appellation being grown, by the use of both
sides, into a name of distinction of the Houses of Gentile Superstition from those of
Christian Worship. Which that I affirm not upon bare conjecture, these Examples
will make manifest. First, that of <hi>Aurelian</hi> the Emperor, before alledged, in his
Epistle to the Senate. <hi>De Libris Sibylli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nis
inspiciendis:</hi>
                     <note n="a" place="margin">I wonder (sacred Fathers) that ye demur so long about opening and consulting the <hi>Sibyll's</hi> books; as if ye were treating (<hi>or</hi> debating this matter) in the Christians CHURCH, and not in the TEMPLE of all the Gods.</note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>Miror vos, Patres
sancti, tamdiu de aperiendis Sibyllinis
dubitâsse libris, perinde quasi in Christia<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>norum
ECCLESIA, non in TEMPLO
Deorum omnium, tractaretis.</hi>
                     </q> And that
of <hi>Zeno Veronensis,</hi> in his Sermon <hi>de Conti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nentia:</hi>
                     <note n="b" place="margin">Let us propound the case, and suppose (as it often comes to pass) that the performance of these different Religions may fall out upon one and the same day, wherein thou (being a Christian) must go to the CHURCH, and he (thy Hus<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>band, a Gentile) must at the same time repair to the TEMPLES.</note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>Proponamus itaque, ut saepe
contingit, in unum sibi convenire diversae
religionis diem, quo tibi ECCLESIA,
illi adeunda sint TEMPLA.</hi>
                     </q> (He
speaks of a Christian woman married to
a Gentile.) That also of S. <hi>Hierom,</hi> in
in his Epistle <hi>ad Riparium,</hi> saying of <hi>Iuli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>an</hi>
                     <pb n="337" facs="tcp:63175:219"/>
the Apostate,<note n="a" place="margin">That he either destroyed the <hi>Churches</hi> of the Saints, or else turned them into <hi>Temples.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>Quòd Sanctorum
BASILICAS aut destruxerit, aut in
TEMPLA converterit.</hi>
                     </q> Thus they
spake when they would distinguish: Otherwise, now and then, the Christian Fathers
use the word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <hi>Templum</hi> for <hi>Ecclesia;</hi> but respecting the Temple of the true
God at <hi>Ierusalem,</hi> not the notion of the Gentiles.</p>
                  <p>That this Answer is true and genuine, I prove, first, Because the Gentiles them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>selves,<milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/>
who objected this want to the Christians, neither were nor could be ignorant
that they had <hi>Oratories</hi> where they performed their Christian service; when they
were so notoriously known (as we saw before) to the Emperors <hi>Galienus</hi> and <hi>Aure<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lian,</hi>
and a controversie about one of them referred unto the latter; when also the
Emperor's Edicts flew about in every City for demolishing them. Why therefore do
they object in this manner, but because, for the defect of something they thought
thereto necessary, they esteemed not those <hi>Oratories</hi> for <hi>Temples?</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Secondly, Because in that dispute between <hi>Origen</hi> and <hi>Celsus</hi> it is supposed by both <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/>
that the <hi>Persians</hi> and <hi>Iews</hi> were, as concerning this matter, in like condition with the
<hi>Christians,</hi> neither of both enduring to worship their Gods in <hi>Temples.</hi> Hear <hi>Origen</hi>
speak, <hi>Lib. 7. p.</hi> 385, 386.<note n="b" place="margin">Although the <hi>Scythians,</hi> the <hi>Numidians</hi> in <hi>Africk,</hi> and the irreligious or Athe<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>stical <hi>Seres</hi> (as <hi>Celsus</hi> characterizes them) besides other Na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions—yea and the <hi>Persians</hi> too cannot endure TEMPLES, ALTARS and STATUES or IMAGES; yet is not their and our averseness from these things founded upon the same Grounds and Considerati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons. <hi>And a little after</hi> (<hi>saith</hi> Origen,) Among those that are averse from worshipping the Deity in and by ALTARS, TEMPLES and IMAGES, the <hi>Scythians, Numidians,</hi> and the irreligious <hi>Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>res</hi> and the <hi>Persians</hi> also go upon other Grounds and Principles, than the <hi>Christians</hi> and <hi>Iews,</hi> who hold it utterly unlawful to worship God after that manner. For none of those Nations is averse from erecting and setting up Temples, Altars and Ima<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ges upon this account, as being apprehensive of that unworthy Hypothesis and notion of the other Gentiles, who supposed that the Demons were <hi>en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>closed and shut up fast in certain Places</hi> (viz.) <hi>Temples and Images,</hi> being either confined thither by Magical Spells, or else having preoccupied such places of themselves, where they did greedily feed and feast themselves with the Nidour and Savour of the Sacrifices. But now <hi>Christians,</hi> and also the <hi>Iews,</hi> are utterly averse from such things, out of a conscientious respect to that in the Law. (Deuter. 6. 13.) <hi>Thou shalt fear the Lord thy God, and him only shalt thou serve,</hi> as also in obedience to that in the Decalogue, <hi>Thou shalt have no other Gods but me;</hi> and again, <hi>Thou shalt not make to thy self any Image,</hi> &amp;c.</note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>Licet
Scythae Afríque Numidae, &amp;<note n="*" place="margin">
                              <gap reason="foreign">
                                 <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                              </gap>
                           </note> impii Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>res,
ut Celsus ait, aliaeque gentes, atque
etiam Persae<note n="*" place="margin">
                              <gap reason="foreign">
                                 <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                              </gap>
                           </note> aversentur</hi> TEMPLA,
ARAS, STATVAS; <hi>non candem
aversandi causam esse illis &amp; nobis:</hi>
                     </q> and
a little after; <q>
                        <hi>Inter abhorrentes<note n="*" place="margin">
                              <gap reason="foreign">
                                 <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                              </gap>
                           </note> ab</hi>
ARARVM, TEMPLORVM,
STATVARVM <hi>ceremoniis, Scythae,
Numidae, impiíque Seres &amp; Persae aliis
moventur rationibus quàm Christiani &amp;
Iudaei, quibus religio est sic numen colere.
Illarum enim gentium nemo ab his alienus
est—quòd intelligat, Daemonas</hi> DE<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>VINCTOS
<hi>haerere</hi> CERTIS LO<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>CIS
&amp; STATVIS, <hi>sive incanta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tos
quibusdam magicis carminibus, sive
aliàs incubantes locis semel praeoccupatis,
ubi lurconum more se oblectant victima<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
nidoribus.—Caeterùm Christiani
homines &amp; Iudaei sibi temperant ab his,
propter illud, Legis,</hi> Dominum Deum
tuum timebis, &amp; ipsi soli servies; <hi>item
propter illud,</hi> Non erunt tibi alieni Dii
praeter me; <hi>&amp;,</hi> Non facies tibiipsi si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mulacrum,
<hi>&amp;c.</hi>
                     </q> Lo here, it is all one
with <hi>Origen</hi> to have <hi>Templa,</hi> as to wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ship
<note n="*" place="margin">So with <hi>Ter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tullian,</hi> in the places before alledged in the margin, <hi>Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nunciôsse Tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plis dicitur, qui Idolis.</hi>
                     </note> other Gods: as it was a little be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
with <hi>Minutius Felix</hi> his <hi>Octavius</hi> (if
you mark it) to have <hi>Delnbra &amp; Simulacra.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Yet certainly neither <hi>Celsus</hi> nor <hi>Origen,</hi> whatsoever they here say of the <hi>Persians</hi>
and <hi>Iews,</hi> were ignorant that the <hi>Persians</hi> had their<note n="*" place="margin">Strabo li. 15. in appeud, ad Herodot. Theodo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>et li. 5. c. 38. <hi>Yea se<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>
                        </hi> de <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> N<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>
                        <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nae<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>e in Elymai<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>de Persidis. 1 Mac. 6. 2. 2 Mac. 1. 13.</note> 
                     <hi>Pyraea</hi> or <hi>Pyrathaea,</hi> (Houses
where the Fire was worshipped) though<note n="‖" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, not <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> without Images or Statues; also that the
<hi>Iews</hi> had both then, and also formerly, their <hi>Synagogues</hi> and <hi>Proseuchae</hi> in the places
and Countries where they were dispersed; and once a most glorious and magnificent
Temple or Sanctuary: <hi>Ergo,</hi> by <hi>Temples</hi> they understand not Houses of prayer and re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ligious
rites in the general; but <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, Places where <hi>Demons</hi> were incloistered
by the position of an Idol or consecrated Statue. And here let me add (because it is
not impertinent) what I have observed in reading the <hi>Itinerarium</hi> of <hi>Benjamin Tude<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lensis</hi>
the Iew; namely, that he expresses constantly after this manner the <hi>Oratories</hi> of
<hi>Iews, Turks</hi> and <hi>Christians</hi> by differing names: those of the <hi>Iews</hi> he calls <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, i.
<hi>Houses of assembly</hi> or <hi>Synagogues;</hi> the <hi>Turkish</hi> Mosquees <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Houses of prayer;</hi>
but the <hi>Christian</hi> Churches, because of <hi>Images,</hi> (yea that renowned Church of S. <hi>So<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phie</hi>
it self) he called always <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> BAMOTH, the name of the Idol-Temples in
the Old Testament, which we translate <hi>High-places.</hi> This I note for an example of
<pb n="338" facs="tcp:63175:220"/>
that proneness in Religions of a contrary Rite thus to distinguish, as other things, so
their Places of worship, by diversity of names, though they communicate in the same
common nature and use.</p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="3"/> Thirdly, That the Answer I have given to these objected passages is genuine, I
prove, Because some of these Authors acknowledge elsewhere that Christians had
Houses of Sacred worship in their time. As namely <hi>Arnobius</hi> (whose words were as
pressing as any of the rest, yet) in the self-same Books acknowledges the Christian
Oratories by the name of CONVENTICULA or <hi>Meeting-places;</hi> by that
name endeavouring, I suppose, to express the Greek word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. The place is
about the end of his fourth Book <hi>adver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sùs
Gentes:</hi>
                     <note n="a" place="margin">If there were in you any zeal for your Reli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gion, (any just indignation against what doth ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nifestly dishonour, it) ye ought rather to burn those Books and Writings of your Poets so full of prophane fables and fictions of your Gods, and to throw down those Theatres wherein the Gods are every day openly dishonoured by your Poets shameful tales and contumelious fictions of them. But as for our Sacred Writings (i. the Books of Scripture.) how did they deserve to be burnt? and why were our <hi>Meeting-Places</hi> so furiously de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>molished? wherein the most High God was pray<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed unto, Peace and Mercy was prayed for in the behalf of all men, Magistrates, Armies, Kings, Friends, Enemies, those that are alive, and those that are loosed from the bonds of these gross earth<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly Bodies.</note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>Quòd si haberet vos</hi>
(saith he) <hi>aliqua vestris pro religionibus
indignatio, has potiùs literas,</hi>
                     </q> (he means
the Poets absurd and blasphemous fictions
and tales of their Gods,) <q>
                        <hi>hos exurere
debuistis olim libros; demoliri, dissolve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>re
Theatra haec potiùs, in quibus infamiae
numinum propudiosis quotidie publicantur
in fabulis,</hi>
                     </q> (of this their scurrilous dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>honouring
of their Gods upon the Stage
he had spoken much before.) <q>
                        <hi>Nam no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stra
quidem scripta cur ignibus meruerint
dari? cur immaniter CONVENTI<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>CVLA
dirui? in quibus<note n="*" place="margin">Liturgiae Christianae de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>s<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                                 <desc>••</desc>
                              </gap>ipi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                                 <desc>••</desc>
                              </gap>.</note> summus
oratur Deus, pax cunctis &amp; venia postu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>latur,
Magistratibus, Exercitibus, Regi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus,
Familiaribus, Inimicis, adhuc vitam degentibus, &amp; resolutis corporum vinctione,
&amp;c.</hi>
                     </q> He alludes unto the burning of the Books of Scripture and demolition of the
Christians Oratories by <hi>Diocletian;</hi> of which see <hi>Eusebius, Lib.</hi> 8. <hi>c.</hi> 2. And know
from hence when <hi>Arnobius</hi> wrote.</p>
                  <p>Nay <hi>Origen</hi> himself, one of the first brought to depose against us, (if <hi>Rufinus</hi> his
Translator deserve my credit) will in his Homily upon the 9. chap. of <hi>Iosua</hi> testifie
both for Churches and Altars among Christians in his time. For thus he allegorizeth
there the story of the <hi>Gibeonites,</hi> whose lives <hi>Iosua</hi> and the Elders spared, but gave
them no better entertainment than to be hewers of wood and drawers of water for the
Congregation and for the Altar of the
Lord:<note n="b" place="margin">There are a sort of men in the Church that believe and have faith in God, that assent to all Divine precepts, who are also very officious to<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ward the servants of God, and are ready to serve them; yea and are exceeding ready and forward to the adorning of the CHURCH and the ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vice thereof: But yet all this while, as to their actions and the course of their lives and conversati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons, they are altogether engaged and entangled in sin and filthiness; they care not at all <hi>put off the old man with his deeds.</hi> [Col. 3. 9.] but keep on their old dress and habit, their old sins and filthi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nesses, just as these <hi>Gibeoconites</hi> came to <hi>Iosua</hi> with their old shooes on their feet and in their old gar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments. Now these men, (setting this aside, that they profess to believe in God, and seem to be de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>voutly affected towards the servants of God and the adorning of the CHURCH) what do they do? even nothing at all towards inward reformation and real amendment of their lives—<hi>And a little after (saith</hi> Origen,) But here we are to know, (that which we are taught from what is shadowed out by these and the like Figures and Types in the Old Testament, particularly from this History of the <hi>Gibeonites,</hi>) That if their be any such Christi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ans among us, whose Faith signifies only thus much and goes no further than this, <hi>viz.</hi> That they come duly to the CHURCH, and bow their heads to the Priests, perform their duties, honour the servants o, God, and withal contribute something to the adorning of the ALTAR or the CHURCH; and yet do not seriously endeavour to reform and amend their lives and actions, and leaving off their former vices, to follow after chastity and purity, nor labour in good earnest to subdue their anger, their covetousness, and that ravenous disposition in them, unsatisfiedly and greedily catching at more and more still;—If (I say) there be any such, let them know this and consider it. That as for all such Christians as these, who mind not to amend their ways, to reform themselves, but even to their old age continue in their sins, our Lord <hi>Iesus</hi> (of whom <hi>Iosua</hi> was a Type) will give them their part and portion with the <hi>Gibeonites.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>Sunt quidam in Ecclesia</hi>
(saith he)<note n="*" place="margin">I<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap>. 2. 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                              <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                           </gap>.</note> 
                        <hi>credentes quidem, &amp; ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bentes
sidem in Deum, &amp; acquiescentes in
omnibus divinis praeceptis, quíque etiam
erga servos Dei religiosi sunt &amp; servire eis
cupiunt; sed &amp; ad ornatum</hi> ECCLE<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>SIAE
<hi>vel ministerium satis prompti pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ratíque
sunt: in actibus verò suis &amp; con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>versatione
propria, obscoenitatibus &amp; vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiis
involuti; nec omnino deponentes ve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terem
hominem cum actibus suis, sed in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>voluti
vetustis vitiis &amp; obscoenitatibus su<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>is,
si<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>ut &amp; isti (i. Gabaonitae) pannis &amp;
calceamentis veteribus obtecti: praeter
hoc, quòd in Deum credunt, &amp; erga ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vos
Dei vel</hi> ECCLESIAE <hi>cultum (i.
ornatum) videntur esse devoti, nihil ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hibent
emendationis vel innovationis in
mores, &amp;c.</hi> And a little after; <hi>Verun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tamen
sciendum est, quantum ex hujusce<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>modi
figurarum adumbrationibus edoce<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mur,
quòd si qui tales sunt in nobis, quo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
fides hoc tantummodo habet, ut ad</hi>
ECCLESIAM <hi>veniant, &amp; inclinent
caput suum sacerdotibus,</hi> (mark here a
custom) <hi>officia exhibeant, servos Dei
<pb n="339" facs="tcp:63175:220"/>
honorent, ad ornatum quoque</hi> ALTA<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>RIS
vel ECCLESIAE <hi>aliquid con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>serant,
non tamen adhibent studium ut
etiam mores suos excolant, actus emen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dent,
vitia deponant, castitatem colant,
iracundiam mitigent, avaritiam repri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mant,
rapacitatem refraenent;—sciant,
sibi, qui tales sunt, qui emendare se no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lunt,
sed in his usque in senectutem ulti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mam
perseverant, partem sortémque ab
Iesu Domino cum Gabionitis esse tribu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>endam.</hi>
                     </q>
                  </p>
                  <p>Thus <hi>Origen</hi> by his Interpreter. And
if any where <hi>Rufinus</hi> may be trusted, sure he may in this; forasmuch as in his <hi>Perora<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
in Epist. ad Romanos</hi> he hath given us his word, that in his translation of this
and the next Book he took not his wonted liberty to insert or alter any thing, but
simply expressed every thing as he found
it. Hear his words;<note n="a" place="margin">As to what we have written upon <hi>Iosua</hi> the son of <hi>Nave</hi> or <hi>Nun,</hi> as also upon the Book of <hi>Iudges,</hi> and upon <hi>Psal.</hi> 36, and 37, and 38. we have simply expressed every thing therein as we found it in <hi>Origen,</hi> whose Comments upon these parts of Scripture we translated without any great labour.</note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>Illa</hi> (saith
he) <hi>quae in Iesu Nave &amp; in Iudicum li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brum
&amp; in 36, 37, &amp; 38. Psalm. scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>simus,
simpliciter expressimus ut inveni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mus,
&amp; non multo cum labore transtuli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mus.
Vide locum &amp; Erasmi Censuram
Lib. Origen.</hi>
                     </q> Besides, he that but consi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ders
the matter together with the brevity of this Homily, cannot see a possibility
how these passages can be an addition or supplement of the Translator's, unless he
made the whole Homily; because the contents of them are the only argument there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>of,
and being taken from it nothing would be remaining.</p>
                  <p>Lastly, Because the fore-alledged words of <hi>Lactantius</hi> are so usually brought against
us, though they be nothing urgent, and his time be altogether repugnant to any such
inference; yet absolutely to take away all scruple, let us hear him also, <hi>Instit. Lib.</hi>
5. <hi>c.</hi> 2. expresly giving evidence for us,
and that even by the name of <hi>Templum.</hi>
                     <note n="b" place="margin">As I was teaching Oratory in <hi>Bithynia,</hi> (whither I was sent for and called to that end,) at which time also it fell out that the <hi>Temple of God</hi> was thrown down; there were two then upon the place that infulted, whether more proudly or im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>portunely I know not, over the Christian Verity then in a low and afflicted condition.</note> 
                     <q>
                        <hi>Ego</hi> (saith he) <hi>cum in Bithynia lite<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ras
oratorias accitus docerem, contigis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sét
que eodem tempore ut Dei Templum ever<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>teretur;
duo exstiterunt ibidem, qui ja<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>centi
atque objectae veritati,</hi> (the Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stian
verity) <hi>nescio utrùm superbiùs an
importunius, insultârunt.</hi>
                     </q> See the rest which follows. This was when the Edict of
<hi>Diocletian</hi> came forth for the demolishing of the Christian Churches.</p>
                  <p>And thus having removed that stumbling-stone which hath been the main induce<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment
to the contrary opinion, so prejudicial to those works of religious bounty and
piety; I hope my Proofs will find the freer passage with those of understanding and
judgment, to whose pious consideration I have devoted this my Discourse.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <pb n="340" facs="tcp:63175:221"/>
            <div type="part">
               <head>THE
REVERENCE
OF GODS HOUSE. ECCLESIASTES 5. 1.</head>
               <epigraph>
                  <q>Look to thy foot [<hi>or</hi> feet] when thou comest to the House of God:
and be more ready to obey, than to offer the sacrifice of fools; for
they know not that they do evil.</q>
               </epigraph>
               <p>SOLOMON, whom God chose to build that sacred and glorious
Temple to his Name,<note place="margin">[This Sermon was preached at S. <hi>Marie</hi>'s in <hi>Cambridge,</hi> on S. <hi>Man<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ias</hi>'s day, <hi>Anno</hi> 1635/6.]</note> it hath pleased his holy Spirit to make also our
principal Instructor how we ought to demean our selves in such sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cred
places. This appears, as by that his solemn and famous Pray<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>er
made at the Dedication thereof, so also by this Scripture which I
have now begun to read; the first seven verses of this Chapter, if
we will rightly understand them, being wholly spent upon that ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gument,
and containing precepts and instructions fitted to the several duties of holy
worship we are to perform, both at our coming thither, and whilest we remain
there.</p>
               <p>To unfold them all, were too much for the shortness of the time allotted me: May
it please you therefore to vouchsafe me your Christian patience and charitable atten<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion,
whilest I utter my thoughts upon the words I have now read. For the better and
more distinct explication whereof, consider in them these two parts; An <hi>Admonition,</hi>
and a <hi>Caution.</hi> 1. An <hi>Admonition</hi> of reverent and awful demeanour when we come
to God's House; <hi>Look to thy foot,</hi> or <hi>feet, when thou comest to the House of God.</hi> 2. A
<hi>Caution,</hi> not to prefer the secondary Service of God before the first and principal; <hi>Be
more ready to obey, than to offer the sacrifice of fools; for they know not that they do evil.</hi>
In the first, or <hi>Admonition,</hi> I will consider two things: 1. The <hi>Place, God's House;</hi>
2. The <hi>Duty</hi> of those who come thither, <hi>Look to thy feet.</hi> Of these in order, and first
of the <hi>Place, God's House.</hi>
               </p>
            </div>
            <div n="1" type="section">
               <head>SECTION I.</head>
               <p>THE <hi>House of God</hi> is the place set apart for his Worship and service, and so hath
peculiar Relation unto him; wherewith being invested it becomes sacred and
holy; not only whilest Divine duties are performed therein, as some erroneously af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>firm,
but as long as it is for such use; namely, according to the nature of other Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cred
things, which continue their state of separateness and sanctity, so long as that
relation they have unto God (wherein this <hi>Sanctity</hi> consists) is not quite abolish<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed.</p>
               <p>To erect and set apart such Places as these for the exercise of the Rites of Religion,
is derived from the Instinct of Nature, and approved of God from the beginning. It
began not with that Tabernacle or ambulatory Temple which <hi>Moses</hi> caused to be
made by God's appointment at Mount <hi>Sinai,</hi> but was much more ancient. <hi>Noah</hi> built
an <hi>Altar</hi> as soon as he came out of the <hi>Ark<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> Abraham, Isaac</hi> and <hi>Iacob,</hi> (whereso<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ever
they came to pitch their Tents,) erected Places for Divine worship, (that is,
Altars with their septs and enclosures) without any special appointment from God.
<hi>Iacob</hi> in particular vowed a place for Divine worship by the name of <hi>God's House,</hi>
where he would pay the Tithes of all that God should give him, <hi>Gen.</hi> 28. 19, &amp;c.
Lo here a Church endowed. Yea <hi>Moses</hi> himself (<hi>Exod.</hi> 33. 7.) before the Ark and
<pb n="341" facs="tcp:63175:221"/>
that glorious Tabernacle were yet made, pitched a Tabernacle for the same purpose
without the Camp, <hi>whither every one that sought the Lord was to go.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Eccles. 5. 1.</note> And all this was
done <hi>tanquam recepti moris,</hi> as a thing of custom, and as mankind by Tradition had
learned to accommodate the Worship of their God, by appropriating some Place to
that use; Nature teaching them, that the work was honoured and dignified by the
peculiarness of the place appointed for the same; and that if any work were so to be
honoured, there was nothing it more beseemed than the Worship and service of Al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mighty
God, the most peculiar and incommunicable act of all other.</p>
               <p>Nay more than this; It was believed in those elder times, That that Country or
Territory, wherein no Place was set apart for the Worship of God, was unhallowed
and unclean. Which, I think, I rightly gather from that Story in the Book of <hi>Iosua,</hi>
of the Altar built by <hi>Reuben, Gad</hi> and the half Tribe of <hi>Manasseh</hi> upon the bank of
the River <hi>Iordan;</hi> which <hi>Iosua</hi> and the Elders, as their words intimate, supposed
they had done lest the land of their possession, being by the River <hi>Iordan</hi> cut off
from the land of <hi>Canaan,</hi> (where the Lord's Tabernacle was) and so having no place
therein consecrated to the worship of their God, might otherwise be an unclean and
unhallowed habitation. Hear the words of <hi>Phinehas</hi> and the Princes sent to disswade
them (<hi>Iosua</hi> 22. 19.) and judge whether they import not as I have said. <hi>If the land</hi>
(say they) <hi>of your possession be</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Note that our Copies of the LXX. here corruptly read <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> unclean, <hi>then pass ye <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ver unto the land of the</hi> possessi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
of the LORD, where the LORD'S Tabernacle dwelleth, <hi>and take possessi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
amongst us: but rebel not against the</hi> LORD, <hi>nor against us, in building you an Al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tar
besides the Altar of the</hi> LORD <hi>your God.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Now concerning the condition and property of Places thus sanctified or hallowed,
what it is; whence can we learn better than from that which the Lord spake unto <hi>Mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ses,
Exod.</hi> 20. immediately after he had pronounced the Decalogue from Mount <hi>Si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nai:</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Vers. 23, 24.</note>
where premising that they <hi>should not make with him gods of gold and gods of silver,</hi>
but that they <hi>should make him<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> an Altar of earth</hi> (as namely their ambulatory state then
permitted, otherwise of <hi>stone) and thereon sacrifice their burnt-offerings and peace-offer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ings;</hi>
he adds, <hi>in all places where I record my Name, I will come unto thee, and bless thee,
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, In every place where the remembrance</hi> or <hi>memorial of
my Name shall be,</hi> or, Wheresoever that is which I have or shall appoint to be the re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>membrance
or memorial of my Name and presence, <hi>there I will come unto thee, and
bless thee.</hi> Lo here a description of the Place set apart for Divine worship: It is the
Place <hi>where God records his Name,</hi> and <hi>comes unto men to bless them,</hi> Two things are
here specified: The <hi>Monument, Record</hi> or <hi>Memorial of God's Name;</hi> secondly,
<hi>His coming</hi> or <hi>meeting therewith men.</hi> Of both let us enquire distinctly, what they
mean.</p>
               <p>I know it would not be untrue to say in general, That <hi>God's Name</hi> is <hi>recorded</hi> or
<hi>remembred</hi> in that place <hi>upon which his Name is called,</hi> or <hi>which is called by his Name,</hi>
(as the Scripture speaks,) that is, which is dedicate to his worship and service: But
there is some more special thing intended here; namely, the <hi>Memorial</hi> or <hi>Monument</hi>
of God's Name is that token or Symbole whereby he testifieth his Covenant and
commerce with men. Now although the <hi>Ark<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </hi> called the <hi>Ark of the Covenant</hi> or
<hi>Testimony,</hi> (wherein lay the<note n="*" place="margin">Heb. 9. 4.</note> 
                  <hi>two Tables,</hi> namely the Book or Articles of the Co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>venant,
and <hi>Manna,</hi> the Bread of the Covenant) were afterwards made for this pur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pose,
to be the standing Memorial of God's Name and Presence with his people: yet
cannot that be here either only, or specially aimed at; because when these words
were spoken, it had no being, nor was there yet any commandment given concern<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
the making thereof. Wherefore the <hi>Record</hi> here mentioned I understand with a
more general reference to any Memorial whereby God's Covenant and commerce
with men was testified: such as were the <hi>Sacrifices</hi> immediately before spoken of,
and the seat of them the <hi>Altar;</hi> which therefore may seem to be in some sort the more
particularly here pointed unto. For that these were Rites of remembrance, whereby
the Name of God was commemorated or recorded, and his Covenant with men re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>newed
and testified, might be easily proved. Whence it is that that which was burn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
upon the Altar is so often called the <hi>Memorial;</hi> as in <hi>Leviticus</hi> the 2. 5. 6, and 24.
chapters.
Accordingly the son of <hi>Sirach</hi> tells us, chap. 45. 16. that Aaron <hi>was chosen
out of all men living, to offer Sacrifices to the Lord, incense and a sweet savour, for a</hi> Me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>morial,
<hi>to make reconciliation for his people.</hi> Add also that (<hi>Esay</hi> 66. 3.) <hi>Qui recordatur
thure, quasi qui benedicat Idolo; He that</hi> (without true contrition and humiliation be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
the Lord) <hi>recordeth</hi> or <hi>maketh remembrance with incense, is as if he blessed an Idol:</hi>
But I must not stay too long upon this.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="342" facs="tcp:63175:222"/>You will say, What is all this to us now in the time of the Gospel? I answer, Yes:
For did not Christ ordain the holy Eucharist to be the <hi>Memorial</hi> of his Name in the
New Testament?<note place="margin">Luke 22. 19.</note> 
                  <hi>This</hi> (saith he) <hi>is my Body, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
Do this for my Commemoration,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">1 Cor. 11. 24.</note> or <hi>in Memorial of me.</hi> And what if I should affirm
that Christ is as much present here as the Lord was upon the Mercy-seat between the
Cherubims? Why should not then the Place of this <hi>Memorial</hi> under the Gospel
have some semblable sanctity to that where the Name of God was <hi>recorded</hi> in the
Law? And though we be not now tied to one only Place, as those under the Law
were; and that God heareth the faithful prayers of his Servants wheresoever they
are made unto him, (as also he did then:) yet should not the Places of his <hi>Memo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rial</hi>
be promiscuous and common, but set apart to that sacred purpose. In a word,
All those sacred <hi>Memorials</hi> of the Iewish Temple are both comprehended and ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>celled
in this One of Christians; the <hi>Sacrifices, Shew-bread,</hi> and <hi>Ark of the Cove<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nant;</hi>
Christ's Body and Bloud in the Eucharist being all these unto us in the New
Testament, agreeable to that of the Apostle, <hi>Rom.</hi> 3. 25. <hi>God hath set forth Iesus
Christ to be our <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> through faith in his bloud,</hi> that is, our <hi>Propitiatory</hi> or <hi>Mercy-seat;</hi>
for so it is called in the Greek both of the Old and New Testament; nor is the
word, I think, ever used but in that sense, unless in <hi>Ezekiel</hi> 43. for the <hi>Settle of the
Altar.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>But you will say, This <hi>Christian Memorial</hi> is not always actually present in our
Churches, as some one or other at least of those in the <hi>Law</hi> were in the Temple. I
answer, It is enough, it is wont to be; as the Chair of State loses not its relation and
due respect, though the King be not always there. And remember that the <hi>Ark of
the Covenant</hi> was not in <hi>Ierusalem</hi> when <hi>Daniel</hi> opened his windows and prayed thi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>therward;
yea, that it was wanting in the Holy Place (I mean that sacred Cabinet
made by <hi>Moses</hi>) all the time of the second (or <hi>Zorobabel's</hi>) Temple; and yet the
place esteemed notwithstanding as if it had been there.</p>
               <p>You will yet except and say, That in the Old Testament those things were ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pointed
by divine Law and Commandment, but in the New we find no such thing.
I answer, In things for which we find no new Rule given in the New Testament,
there we are referred and left to the <hi>Analogy</hi> of the Old. This the Apostle's proof
taken from thence for the maintenance of the Ministers of the Gospel, 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 9. 13,
14. [<hi>viz.</hi> Thus were they, <hi>Ergo,</hi> So God hath ordained that we] will give us to un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derstand;
likewise the practice of the Church in baptizing Infants, derived surely
from the <hi>Analogie</hi> of Circumcision; the hallowing of every first day of the week, as
one in every <hi>seven,</hi> from the <hi>Analogie</hi> of the Iewish Sabbath; and other the like.
S. <hi>Hierome</hi> witnesseth the same in that saying of his,<note place="margin">Al Evag<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> 
                  <q>
                     <hi>Vt sciamus traditiones Apostoli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cas
sumptas ex Veteri Testamento; quod Aaron &amp; filii ejus atque Levitae in Templo fue<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>runt,
hoc sibi Episcopi, Presbyteri atque Diaconi vendicant in Ecclesia: That we may
know</hi> (saith he) <hi>that the Apostolick traditions were derived from the Old Testament;
that which Aaron, his Sons and the Levites were in the Temple, the same do Bishops,
Priests and Deacons claim in the Church.</hi>
                  </q> For we are to consider, That the end of
Christ's coming into the world was not properly to give new Laws unto men<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> but to
accomplish the Law already given,<note place="margin">M<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>tt. 5. 17, 18.</note> and to publish the Gospel of Reconciliation,
through his Name, to those who had transgressed it. Whence it is that we find not
the style of the New Testament to carry a form of enacting Laws almost any where;
but those which are there mentioned, to be brought in occasionally, only by way of
proof, of interpretation, exhortation, application, or the like, and not as by way of
constitution or re-enacting. Meanwhile, lest I should be mistaken, mark well that I
said not, the Old Testament was to be our Rule simply in the case mentioned, but the
<hi>Analogie</hi> thereof only; that is, this regulation is to be made according to that propor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
which the difference of the two Covenants and the things in them admits, and no
further: the more particular application and limitation of which <hi>Analogie</hi> is to be re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferred
to the judgment and prudence of the Church.</p>
               <p>There comes here very fitly into my mind a passage of <hi>Clemens,</hi> (a man of the
Apostolick age, he <hi>whose name</hi> S. <hi>Paul</hi> saith was <hi>written in the Book of life</hi>) in his ge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nuine
Epistle <hi>Ad Corinthios,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Phil. 4. 3.</note> lately set forth, <hi>pag.</hi> 52. <q>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> (saith he) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
that is, <hi>All those duties which the Lord hath
commandedus to do, we ought to do them regularly and orderly; our Oblations and
<pb n="343" facs="tcp:63175:222"/>
divine Services to celebrate them on set and appointed times. For so he hath ordained,
not that we should do them at hap-hazard and without order, but at certain determined
days and times:</hi> WHERE <hi>also and</hi> BY WHOM <hi>he will have them executed,
himself hath defined according to his supreme will.</hi>
                  </q> But where hath the Lord defined
these things, unless he hath left us to the <hi>Analogy</hi> of the Old Testament.</p>
               <p>It follows in the Text alledged, <hi>There I will come unto thee, and bless thee.</hi> In the
Place where the Lord's <hi>Memorial</hi> is, where his Colours, as I may so speak, are dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>played
and set up, there, in a special manner, he vouchsafes his presence with the
sons of men to bless them: or, to speak <hi>rotundè,</hi> where his <hi>Memorial</hi> is, there His
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>SHECINAH</hi> or <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is, (as the Hebrew Masters term it,) that is, His
GLORY.<note n="*" place="margin">Hermes Trism. in Af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>clepio. Athenag. Legat. pro Christ. Origen. contra Cels. l. 7. &amp; 3. Euseb. Praepar. Ev. lib. 5. c. 15.</note> The Gentiles ascribed the presence of their Gods to the places where
Images and Statues were erected and consecrated for them: But such personal simili<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tudes
the God of <hi>Israel</hi> abhors, and forbids to be made unto Him; yet promiseth his
presence in every place where the <hi>Memorial</hi> or Record of his Name shall be; but of
his own appointment, not of man's devising. For thus, I suppose, is the Text there
to be understood, and to be construed by way of Antithesis or opposition: <hi>You shall not
make with me gods of silver, nor gods of gold: An Altar only of earth, or of</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Exod. 20.</note> 
                  <hi>stone, shalt
thou make unto me, to offer thy Sacrifices upon. For in every place where I shall record my
Name, I will come unto thee, and bless thee.</hi> And here take notice, that for this reason
the <hi>Tabernacle of the Lord</hi> was called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>The Tabernacle of meeting;</hi> not of
mens meeting together, as is commonly supposed, when we translate it, <hi>Tabernacle of
the Congregation;</hi> but of God's meeting there with men. I have a good author for it;
for so the Lord himself gives the reason of the name in three several places of the
Law, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>The Tabernacle of meeting, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>here I will
meet with you.</hi> See <hi>Exod.</hi> 29. 42. 30. 36. <hi>Num.</hi> 17. 4. and <hi>Masius</hi> in <hi>Ios. c. 18.</hi>
               </p>
            </div>
            <div n="2" type="section">
               <head>SECTION II.</head>
               <p>THUS we have seen <hi>What is the condition and property of that Place</hi> which in my
Text is called <hi>God's House.</hi> But before I proceed to speak of <hi>the Duty of those
who come thither,</hi> (which was the second thing I propounded) there is one thing yet
to be cleared concerning that which I last mentioned, namely, <hi>How God is said to come
unto,</hi> or <hi>to be present with, men in one place more than another;</hi> seeing his Presence fills
every place; Heaven being his throne, and the whole Earth his footstool. For al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>though
we read often in Holy Scripture of such a SHECINAH, or <hi>Speciality of
the Divine presence,</hi> and have it often in our mouths; yet what it is, and wherein the
<hi>Ratio</hi> thereof consisteth, is seldom, if at all, enquired into. When we speak of
<hi>Churches,</hi> we content our selves to say, That God's <hi>special presence</hi> there is in his <hi>Word</hi>
and <hi>Sacraments:</hi> But though it be true that the Divine Majesty is there <hi>specially present</hi>
where his <hi>Word</hi> and <hi>Sacraments</hi> are; yet seems not this <hi>Speciality of presence</hi> to be the
same with his <hi>Word</hi> and <hi>Sacraments,</hi> but a diverse relation from them. This may be
gathered, in some sort, out of those words of <hi>Exodus</hi> whereupon we have so long
dwelt, as where <hi>the recording of God's Name</hi> and <hi>his coming thither</hi> are spoken of as
two: but is more strongly evinced by such instances of Scripture, where the Lord is
said to have been specially present in places where this <hi>Record</hi> of his <hi>Word</hi> and <hi>Sacra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments</hi>
was not; as for example, to <hi>Moses</hi> in the <hi>Bush,</hi> to <hi>Iacob</hi> at <hi>Bethel,</hi> and the like.
The true <hi>Ratio</hi> therefore of this SHECINAH or <hi>Speciality of Divine Presence</hi>
must be sought and defined by something which is common to all these, and not by that
which is proper to some only.</p>
               <p>Well then, to hold you no longer in suspence, This <hi>Specification of the Divine pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sence,</hi>
whereby God is said to be in one place more than another, I suppose (un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der
correction) to consist in his <hi>train</hi> or <hi>retinue.</hi> A King is there where his Court
is, where his <hi>train</hi> and <hi>retinue</hi> are: So God the Lord of Hosts is there <hi>specially</hi> pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sent
where the Heavenly <hi>Guard,</hi> the blessed Angels, keep their sacred station and ren<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dezvous.</p>
               <p>That this is consonant to the revelation of holy Scripture, I shew, first, from
the collection or inference which the Patriarch <hi>Iacob</hi> makes upon that Divine vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sion
of his at <hi>Bethel:</hi> where having seen a ladder reaching from heaven to earth,
and the <hi>Angels</hi> of God ascending and descending upon it; <hi>Surely,</hi> (saith he) <hi>the
Lord is in this place,<note place="margin">Gen. 28. 16, 17.</note> and I knew it not. How dreadful is this place! It is no other but
<pb n="344" facs="tcp:63175:223"/>
the House of God, even the gate of Heaven,</hi> that is, <hi>Heaven's Guild-hall,</hi> Heaven's Court;
namely, because of the Angels: For the <hi>Gate</hi> was wont to be the Iudgment-Hall,
and the Place where Kings and Senators used to sit, attended by their guard and mi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nisters.</p>
               <p>Secondly, I prove it from that interpretative expression used in the New Testa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment
of the Lord's descent upon Mount <hi>Sinai</hi> when the Law was given; intimating,
that the <hi>Specification of the presence</hi> of the Divine Majesty there also consisted in the
<hi>Angelical retinue</hi> there encamping. For so S. <hi>Steven,</hi> Acts 7. 53. <hi>You who have received
the Law by the disposition of Angels, and have not kept it.</hi> S. <hi>Paul</hi> twice; first, <hi>Gal.</hi> 3.
19. <hi>The Law was added because of transgressions,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>ordained by Angels in the hand of a Mediator:</hi> and again, <hi>Heb.</hi> 2. 2. he calls
the Law, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>the word spoken by Angels.</hi> Howbeit in the sto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry
it self we find no such thing expressed, but only that the Lord descended upon the
Mount in a fiery and smoking cloud,<note place="margin">Exod. 19. 16, 18.</note> accompanied with thunders and lightnings, with
an earthquake, and the voice of a trumpet. Whence then should this expression of
S. <hi>Steven</hi> and the Apostle proceed, but from a supposition, that the <hi>Special presence</hi> of
the Divine Majesty, wheresoever it is said to be, consisted in the encamping of his
<hi>sacred retinue</hi> the <hi>Angels?</hi> for that of himself, He, who filleth the Heaven and the
Earth, could not descend, nor be in one place more than another.</p>
               <p>Yea all the Apparitions of the Divine Majesty in Scripture are described by this
<hi>retinue.</hi> That of the Ancient of days coming to judgment, <hi>Dan.</hi> 7. 10. <hi>Thousand
thousands ministred unto him, and ten thousand times ten thousand stood before him;</hi> to
wit, of <hi>Angels.</hi> Whence we read in the Gospel, that Christ our Saviour shall come
<hi>in the glory of his Father,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Matth. 16. 27.</note> that is,<note place="margin">Mark 8. 38.</note> with an <hi>Host of Angels,</hi> as the Holy Ghost himself in
the same places expounds it: for <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> or <hi>Glory</hi> here signifies the Presence of the Di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vine
Majesty.</p>
               <p>In the same style, of the same Appearing, prophesied <hi>Enoch,</hi> the seventh from
<hi>Adam, Iude</hi> verse 14. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Behold, the Lord
cometh with his holy Myriads,</hi> or <hi>ten thousands;</hi> for so it ought to be rendred, and not,
as we have it, <hi>with ten thousand of his Saints.</hi> Wherefore here the vulgar Latine
comes nearer, which hath, <hi>Ecce, venit Dominus in sanctis millibus suis.</hi> A like ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pression
whereunto of the Divine presence we shall find in <hi>Moses</hi> Blessing, <hi>Deut.</hi> 33.
2. <hi>The Lord</hi> (saith he) <hi>came</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">That <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> came unto them <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>esling upon <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap>. Compare <hi>Psal.</hi> 68. vers. 17. or 18.</note> 
                  <hi>from Sinai unto them,</hi> (i. unto <hi>Israel) and rose up from
S<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ir unto them; he shined forth from mount Paran, he came with his holy ten thousands,</hi>
or <hi>holy Myriads,</hi> (for so it should be translated: then it follows,) <hi>from his right hand
went a fiery law for them.</hi> From whence perhaps that notion of the Iewish Doctors,
followed by S. <hi>Steven</hi> and the Apostle [<hi>That the Law was given by Angels</hi>] had its be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ginning.
And thus you have heard out of Scripture What that is whereby <hi>the Special
presence</hi> of the Divine Majesty is (as I suppose) defined, that is, wherein it consists;
namely, such as is appliable to all places wherein he is said to be thus present, even to
Heaven it self his Throne and Seat of glory, the proper place (as every one knows)
of <hi>Angelical</hi> residence.</p>
               <p>Now, according to this manner of presence is the Divine Majesty to be acknow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ledged
present in the Places where his Name is recorded, as in his Temple under the
Law, and in our Christian Oratories or Churches under the Gospel; namely, that
the heavenly Guard there attend and keep their rendezvous, as in their Master's
House: according to that vision which the Prophet <hi>Esay</hi> had thereof, <hi>Esay</hi> 6. 1. <hi>I saw
the Lord</hi> (saith he) <hi>sitting upon a Throne, high and lifted up, and his train filled the
Temple,</hi> [Septuagint, and <hi>Iohn</hi> 12. 41. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>] that is, the Angels and Seraphims
his <hi>stipatores;</hi> as may be gathered from that which immediately follows, verse 3.
where it is said, <hi>The Seraphims cried one unto another, Holy, Holy, Holy is the Lord God
of hosts; the whole earth is full of his Glory.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>This King <hi>Agrippa</hi> in<note n="*" place="margin">De Bello Iud. lib. 2. cap. 16.</note> 
                  <hi>Iosephus</hi> intimates, in that Oration he is said to have made
unto the Iews a little before that fatal siege, dehorting them from rebelling against
the <hi>Romans:</hi> where speaking to the people hard by, and in view of that sacred
Temple, he hath these words; <q>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,</q>
                  <hi>I call to witness your sacred Temple and<note n="*" place="margin">To whom some think that voice may be referred be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore the destru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ction of the Temple, Mi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gremus hinc, Let <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap> depart <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>nce.</note> the holy Angels of God;</hi> name<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly,
which encamp there.</p>
               <p>The <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ame is implied in that of the 138. <hi>Psalm,</hi> ver. 1, 2. according to the
translation of the Septuagint and Vulgar; <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>In conspectu Angolorum
psallam tibi; Adorabo ad Templum sanctum tuum, &amp; confitebor Nomini tuo: Before the
Angels I will sing praise unto thee; I will worship towards thy holy Temple, and praise thy
Name.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="345" facs="tcp:63175:223"/>And according to this sense I understand that of <hi>Solomon</hi> in this Book of <hi>Ecclesiastes</hi>
within two or three verses of my Text, concerning vows to be made in God's House:
<hi>When thou vowest a vow,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Vers. 4, 5, 6.</note> 
                  <hi>defer not to pay it—Better it is thou shouldest not vow, than
vow and not pay. Suffer not thy mouth to cause thy flesh to sin; neither say thou</hi> BE<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>FORE
THE ANGEL, <hi>It was an error;</hi>—that is, Let not such a foolish excuse
come from thee in the house of God, before the holy Angels. For note that the word
<hi>Angel</hi> may be taken<note n="*" place="margin">As <hi>tree</hi> for <hi>trees, leaf</hi> for <hi>leaves,</hi> Gen. 3. 2, 7, &amp;c.</note> collectively, for more than one.</p>
               <p>For this cause all the curtains of the<note n="*" place="margin">Exod. 26. 36, 37. chap. 1 Kings 6.</note> Tabernacle were filled with the pictures of
Cherubims, and the<note n="*" place="margin">Exod. 26. 36, 37. chap. 1 Kings 6.</note> walls of <hi>Solomon's</hi> Temple within with carved Cherubims;
<note n="*" place="margin">Exod. 26. 36, 37. chap. 1 Kings 6.</note> the Ark of the Testimony overspread and covered with two nighty Cherubims,
having their faces looking towards it and the Mercy-seat, (<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>) with
their wings stretched forth on high, called <hi>Heb.</hi> 9. 5. <hi>The Cherubims of glory,</hi> that is,
<hi>of the Divine Presence:</hi> All to signifie, that where God's sacred Memorial is, the en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ign
of his Covenant and commerce with men, there the blessed Angels out of duty
give their attendance.</p>
               <p>Nor is it to be over-passed, that the <hi>Iews</hi> at this day continue the like opinion of
their modern Places of worship; namely, that the blessed Angels frequent their assem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>blies,
and praise and laud God with them in their Synagogues: notwithstanding they
have no other Memorial of his there than an imitative one only, to wit, a Chest with a
Volume or Roll of the Law therein, in stead of the Ark with the two Tables. For
thus speaks the <hi>Seder Tephilloth,</hi> or Form of prayer used by the <hi>Iews</hi> of <hi>Portugal; O
Lord our God, the Angels, that supernal company, gathered together with thy people
Israel here below, do crown thee with praises, and altogether do thrice redouble and cry that
spoken of by the Prophet, Holy, Holy, Holy Lord God of hosts; the whole earth is full of his
glory.</hi> They allude to <hi>Esay's</hi> Vision of the <hi>Glory of God,</hi> above mentioned.</p>
               <p>You will say, Such a presence of Angels perhaps there was in that Temple under
the Law; but there is no such thing in the Gospel. No? why? Are the <hi>Memorials</hi>
of God's Covenant, his <hi>Insignia</hi> in the Gospel, less worthy of their attendance than
those of the Law? or have the Angels, since the nature of man, <hi>Iesus</hi> Christ our Lord,
became their Head and King, gotten an exemption from this service? Surely not.
S. <hi>Paul,</hi> if we will understand and believe him, supposes the contrary, in his first
Epistle to the <hi>Corinthians,</hi> chap. 11. verse 10. where treating of a comely and decent
accommodation to be observed in Church-assemblies, and in particular of womens be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
covered or veiled there, he enforces it from this presence of Angels; <hi>For this
cause</hi> (saith he) <hi>ought the woman to have a covering on her head, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cause
of the Angels;</hi> namely, which are there present. For otherwise the reason holds
not, that she should more be covered in the <hi>Place of Prayer</hi> than any where else, un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>less
the <hi>Angels</hi> be more there than elsewhere. This place much troubleth the Ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>positors:
but see what it is to admit a truth; for now there is no difficulty in it.</p>
               <p>And that the ancient Fathers conceived no less venerably of their Christian Ora<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tories
in this particular than the <hi>Iews</hi> did of their Temple, appears by S. <hi>Chrysostom<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>,</hi>
who is very frequent in urging an awful and reverent behaviour in God's house from
this motive of <hi>Angelical</hi> presence. As in his Homily<note n="*" place="margin">In Morali<gap reason="illegible: indecipherable" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> 36. in 1 <hi>Corinth.</hi> where repro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving
the <hi>irreverent behaviour</hi> of his Auditory in that Church, in <hi>talking, walking, sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>luting,</hi>
and the like, (which he saith was peculiar unto them, and such as no Christi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ans
elsewhere in the world presumed to do,) he enforces his reproof with words that
come home to our purpose: <q>Non tonstrina, (<hi>inquit,</hi>) neque unguentaria officina, ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
ulla alia opi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>icum qui sunt in <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>oro taberna, est Ecclesia; sed Locus Angelorum, Locus
Archangelorum, Regia Dei, ipsum Coelum: The Church (<hi>saith he</hi>) is no Barber's or
Drug-seller's shop, nor any other crafts-mans or merchants workhouse or warehouse in the
market-place; but the place of Angels, the place of Archangels, the Palace of God, Hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven
it self.</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And in his 4. Homily</hi> De incomprehensibili Dei natura, <hi>towards the end;</hi> 
                  <q>Cogi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>a
apud quem proximè stas, quibuscum invoces Deum; s<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>il. cum Cherubim, cum Seraphim,
cum omnibus coeli Virtutibus: animadverte quos habeas socios: satis hoc tibi sit ad so<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brietatem,
cùm recorderis te corpore constantem &amp; carne coagmentatum, admitti cum
Virtutibus incorporeis celebrare omnium Dominum: Think near whom thou standest,
with whom thou invocatest God; namely, with Cherubims and Seraphims, and all the
Powers of Heaven: consider but what companions thou hast: let it be sufficient to per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>swade
thee to sobriety, when thou remembrest that thou, who art compounded of flesh and
bloud, art admitted with the incorporeal Powers to celebrate the common Lord of all.</q>
                  <hi>But all this, you will say, the Angels may do in Heaven. Well, let it be so, yet is
<pb n="346" facs="tcp:63175:224"/>
it not altogether out of our way: but the next places I shall bring will not be so elu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ded.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Namely, that in his 15. Homily upon the Epistle to the</hi> Hebrews, <hi>against those that</hi>
laughed <hi>in the Church:</hi> 
                  <q>Regiam quidem ingrediens, &amp; habitu, &amp; aspectu, &amp; incessu,
&amp; omnibus aliis te ornas &amp; componis: Hîc autem verè est Regia, &amp; planè hîc talia
qualia coelestia; &amp; rides? Atque scio quidem quòd tu non vides. Audi autem, quòd
ubique adsunt Angeli, &amp; maximè in Domo Dei adsistunt, Regi, &amp; omnia sunt impleta
incorporeis illis Potestatibus: When thou goest into a King's Palace, thou composest thy
self to a comeliness in thy habit, in thy look, in thy gate, and in all thy whole guise: But
here is indeed the Palace of a King, and the like attendance to that in Heaven; and dost
thou laugh? I know well enough thou seest it not. But hear thou me, and know that An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gels
are every where, and that chiefly in the House of God they attend upon their King,
where all is <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>illed with these incorporeal Powers.</q>
               </p>
               <p>The like unto this you shall find in his 24. Homily upon the <hi>Acts</hi> of the Apostles;
<q>
                     <hi>Knowest thou not that thou standest here with Angels, that with them thou singest, with
them thou landest God with Hymns?<note place="margin">
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>
                        </note> and dost thou laugh?</hi>
                  </q> See the rest.</p>
               <p>I will alledge but one passage more of his, lest I should grow tedious, and that is
out of his 6. Book <hi>de Sacerdotio,</hi> not very far from the beginning; where speaking of
the time when the holy Eucharist is celebrated, <q>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> (saith he) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.
<hi>Then the Angels stand by the Priest, and the whole Quire
resounds with celestial Powers, and the place about the Altar is filled with them, in ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nour
of him who is laid thereon,</hi> that is, of his <hi>Memorial.</hi>
                  </q> Compare with it a like
passage in his 3. Hom. <hi>De incomprehensibili Dei natura; Item Hom.</hi> 1. <hi>De verbis
Isaiae.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>S. <hi>Ambrose</hi> acknowledgeth the same in
<note place="margin">That it was the sense of the Ancient Church (<hi>That Christ is offered in the Eucha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rist by way of Commemorati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on only</hi>) see it proved in the following Trea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tise of <hi>The Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stian Sacrifies,</hi> Chap. 9.]</note> 
                  <hi>c.</hi> 1. <hi>Luc.</hi>
                  <note n="a" place="margin">Doubt not but an Angel is present, when Christ is present, when Christ is offered.</note> 
                  <q>
                     <hi>Non dubites assistere Ange<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lum,
quando Christus assistit, Christus
immolatur.</hi>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>Yea <hi>Tertullian,</hi> (in whose time, which was within two hundred years after Christ,
some will scarcely believe that Christians had any such Places as <hi>Churches</hi> at all,) if I
understand him, intimates as much in his <hi>Lib. de Oratione c.</hi> 12. where reprehending
the irreverent gesture of some in <hi>sitting</hi> at the time of Prayer in the Church; <q>
                     <hi>Si qui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dem</hi>
(saith he) <hi>irreverens est assidere sub conspectu contráque conspectum ejus quem cùm
maximè reverearis ac venereris; quantò magìs sub conspectu Dei vivi, ANGELO ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>huc
ORATIONIS <hi>adstan<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>e, factum illud irreligiosissimum est; nisi exprobramus
Deo, quòd nos oratio fatigaverit? If it be an irreverent thing to sit in the sight and be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
him whom thou in a special manner honourest and reverencest; how much more is it
an act most irreligious to do it in the presence of the living God, the ANGEL OF
PRAYER.</hi> yet standing by; unless we upbraid God, that we have wearied our selves
with praying?</hi>
                  </q> Mark [<hi>In the presence of the living God, the Angel of Prayer standing
by]</hi> that is, in the presence of the living God specified by his Angel; the latter being
an explanation of the former. It is like unto that in this chapter of my Text, <hi>Say not
thou before the Angel, It was an error:</hi> yet I believe not borrowed thence; forasmuch
as the Septuagint, whose translation <hi>Tertullian</hi> was only acquainted with and every
where follows, have no mention of <hi>Angel</hi> in that place, but of <hi>God;</hi> rendring it,
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Say not before the presence of God.</hi> Which shews how
they understood it.</p>
               <p>I cite the passage of these Fathers thus at large, lest I might to some seem to broach
a Novelty. And though some of those of S. <hi>Chrysostome</hi> be Hyperbolically expres<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sed;
yet for the main and substance of what he intended, I believe it to be true, and
ground my belief upon the authority of S. <hi>Paul</hi> before alledged, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cause
of the Angels.</hi> If any shall say, whatsoever were then, they will not believe
there in any such kind of presence in our Churches now: I must tell them, If it be so,
it is because of our irreverent and unseemly behaviour in them, which makes those
blessed Spirits loath our company. For though they be invisible and incorporeal
creatures, yet can they not look into our hearts, (that is God their Master's prero<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gative)
but are witnesses of our outward behaviour and actions only; and it was a
case of external <hi>decorum,</hi> wherein the Apostle mentions this presence of theirs for a
motive or reason; <hi>For this cause ought the woman to have a covering on her head, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cause
of the Angels.</hi> For they love not to behold any thing that is uncomely and un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>beseeming,
but fly from it: and if we lose their company, the best members of our
congregation are wanting.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="347" facs="tcp:63175:224"/>
Thus you have heard what is the dignity and prerogative of God's House.<note place="margin">Eccles. 5. 1.</note> Who
now that considers and believes this, (and there was a time when it was believed,)
will not say with the Patriarch <hi>Iacob,</hi> when he saw the Angels ascending and descend<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
at <hi>Bethel, Quàm reverenda sunt haec loca! How reverend are these places!</hi> For every
Place where the name of God is recorded, is <hi>Bethel,</hi> where the Angels of God are
ascending and descending, that is, God in a special manner present and meeting with
men. How seemly therefore, orderly and awfully should we compose our selves in
them? how reverent should our manner be at our coming into them? which is the
second thing I propounded to speak of. Thus much therefore of <hi>God's House:</hi> I
come now to <hi>the Duty</hi> of those who come thither; <hi>Look to thy feet when thou comest
to the House of God.</hi>
               </p>
            </div>
            <div n="3" type="section">
               <head>SECTION III.</head>
               <p>
                  <hi>LOOK to thy feet,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>; for so the <hi>Cethib</hi> or Textual reading hath it:
the <hi>Masorites</hi> in the margin note another reading, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> in the singular number.
But which way soever of the two it be read, the sense is still the same; <hi>Look to thy
foot</hi> being to be expounded plurally <hi>Look to thy feet,</hi> as in other places of Scripture.
The <hi>Symbolical</hi> application of this Precept to the purifying and ridding the <hi>Mind</hi>
of corrupt and fleshly thoughts, though it be useful, and the thing it self true, yet
I will let pass, as being not argumentative; and betake my self wholly to the <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
or <hi>Literal</hi> meaning, which the <hi>Symbolical</hi> or <hi>Tropological</hi> signification destroy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eth
not, but presupposeth. The meaning therefore in general is; <hi>Have a care that thy
feet be as they should be, when thou goest</hi> (or <hi>comest) to the House of God.</hi> But what is
that? Most of the Interpreters (saith <hi>Aben Ezra</hi>) compare it with that which is said of
<hi>Mephibosheth,</hi> 2 <hi>Sam.</hi> 19. 24. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>He dressed not his feet,</hi> that is, <hi>He wash<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
them not:</hi> So here, <hi>Look to thy feet when thou goest to the House of God,</hi> is as much
as to say, Come not into God's House <hi>illotis pedibus, with unwashed feet.</hi> This is true,
but goes not far enough. For I suppose here is an allusion in particular to that Rite
of <hi>Discalceation</hi> used by the <hi>Iews</hi> and other Nations of the Orient at their coming
into Sacred places; namely, that whereof the Lord spake to <hi>Moses, Exod.</hi> 3. 5. and
again to <hi>Iosua, Ios.</hi> 5. 15. <hi>Exue calceamenta tua de pedibus tuis; locus enim in quo stas
terra sancta est: Put thy shoes from thy feet; for the place whereon thou standest is holy
ground.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>For although the verb <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> here used signifies properly <hi>motum à loco,</hi> that is, <hi>to go;</hi>
and not <hi>in locum, to come,</hi> (in which respect the Rite of <hi>washing the feet</hi> perhaps, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
a preparatory act, might agree better with it;) yet is it not always so used: be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sides,
it is an unusual Trope in Scripture, <hi>ex antecedente intelligere consequens,</hi> by the
antecedent to understand the consequent; which hath place here. That whereby
I gather it is, because the Precepts following my Text, whereunto this word of <hi>mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion</hi>
belongs <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, (that is, <hi>in common</hi>) are not of things to be done when we
are going to the House of God, but when we are come thither: as, <hi>When thou comest
to the House of God, be not rash nor hasty to utter any thing before God, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> When thou
comest to the House of God, and makest a vow before him, defer not to pay it,—neither
say thou before the Angel,</hi> &amp;c.—To which may be added the latter part of my Text,
<hi>When thou comest to the house of God, be more ready to hear,</hi> or <hi>obey, than to offer the Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crifice
of fools.</hi> All, as you see are of things to be done when we are come into God's
house. Therefore <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> which is common to them, should rather note <hi>motum
in termino ad quem;</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Accordingly the Vulgar La<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tin hath <hi>ingre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>diens Domum Dei, Entring into the House of God.</hi>
                  </note> not <hi>when thou goest,</hi>
but <hi>when thou comest</hi> to the house of God;
and accordingly this admonition of care to be had of <hi>the feet,</hi> to intend something to
be observed when we <hi>come there,</hi> rather than when we are <hi>going thither:</hi> Which
was, (as I have said) among the <hi>Iews</hi> and other Nations, of the Orient especially,
that Rite of <hi>Discalceation,</hi> or <hi>putting of their shoes,</hi> still used and continued amongst
them unto this day, when they come into their Temples and Sacred places.</p>
               <p>Which that I affirm not without good warrant, in case any one shall doubt thereof,
these Testimonies following will sufficiently evidence. First, That Symbole of <hi>Py<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thagoras,
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, OFFER SACRIFICE AND WORSHIP
WITH THY SHOES OFF.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Apud <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>blich. Pro<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>re<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap>. 21.</note> What mystical or symbolical sense he intended, I en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quire
not; but it is plain, his expression alludes to some such custom then used by
those who came to worship in the Temples of their Gods.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="348" facs="tcp:63175:225"/>
Wherein that my collection fails me not, <hi>Iustin Martyr</hi> will bear me witness in his
second Apology, where he tells us, That those who came to worship in the Sanctu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>aries
and Temples of the Gentiles were commanded by their Priests, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, that is,
<hi>to put off their shoes:</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Edit. Pa<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>is. pag. 95.</note> which their Gods learned (saith he) by way of Imitation, from
that which the Lord spake to <hi>Moses</hi> out of the flaming Bush, <hi>Loose thy shoes from off
thy feet,<note place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>x<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>d. 2. 5.</note> for the place whereon thou standest is holy ground.</hi> This Testimony for the
antiquity of the practice is without exception. Yet by the Father's good leave, I am
prone to think that those words unto <hi>Moses</hi> gave not the first beginning unto it, but
were an admonition only of the Divine presence, thereby commanding the Rite
then accustomed in places so hallowed: and that therefore it was rather, as other Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ligious Rites, derived unto the Gentiles by Tradition from the Patriarchs before
<hi>Moses;</hi> of whom both the <hi>Iews</hi> and those Nations of the Orient which agreed with
them in this custom were descended. Concerning whose present custom <hi>Drusius</hi> in his
Notes upon <hi>Iosua</hi> affirmeth, <q>
                     <hi>Quòd etiam nunc apud plerasque Orientis Nationes piacu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lum
sit, calceato pede Templorum pavimenta calcâsse: That even to this day among most
of the Nations of the Orient it is reputed a piaculary crime, to tread upon the pavements
of their Temples with their shoes on their feet.</hi>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>For the <hi>Iews</hi> in particular, that this Rite of Veneration was anciently used by
them in Places sanctified by the Divine Presence; <hi>Maimonides</hi> puts us out of doubt,
telling us in his <hi>Beth Habbechirah, chap. 7.</hi> 
                  <q>
                     <hi>That it was not lawful for a man to come in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
the Mountain of God's House with HIS SHOES ON HIS FEET, or with
his staffe, or in his working garment, or with dust on his feet,</hi> and the like.</q> The same
hath <hi>Rabbi Solomon</hi> upon the 19. of <hi>Levit.</hi> ver<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>. 30.</p>
               <p>It is further confirmed by their modern practice in their Synagogues; even here in
these Western and colder parts of the world: where though no such custome be in
use as in the Orient, nor our manners with conveniencie capable thereof, yet they
still observe it, as far as the guise of the West will permit them; an argument it de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>scends
unto them by a strong and rooted Tradition from their forefathers. My Au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thor
is <hi>Buxtorf. Synagog. Iudaic. lib. 5. c. 5.</hi> where he hath these words; <q>
                     <hi>Ante Syna<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gogam
vel scholam ipsorum ferrum quoddam habent immuratum, ad quod quilibet calce<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>os
immundos aut coenosos abstergere tenetur; idque Solomonis authoritate, qui,</hi> Custodi,
<hi>ait,</hi> pedem tuum—<hi>Quisquis crepidis indutus est, is eas immundas de pedibus suis
detrahere tenetur—prout scriptum est,</hi> Solve calceamenta tua de pedibus tuis, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
that is, <hi>Before their Synagogues they have a certain iron fastned in a wall, whereat
every one is bound to make clean his foul or dirty shoes; and that by the authority of</hi>
Solomon, <hi>who saith,</hi> Look to thy foot, <hi>&amp;c. Whosoever hath slippers on, is bound they
being foul to put them quite off,</hi> (viz. before he enters into the Synagogue) <hi>accord<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
as it is written,</hi> Loose thy shoes from off thy feet, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>And for the <hi>Mahumetans,</hi> what they do in their Mosquees, <hi>Bartlemew Georgivez,</hi>
who was a long time a captive amongst them, can best inform us, in his Book <hi>De ritu
&amp; ceremoniis Turcarum.</hi> 
                  <q>
                     <hi>Quicunque</hi> (saith he) <hi>veniunt ad vrationem, debent abluere
manus, pedes, &amp;c. postremò ter spargunt aquam super capita, recitando haec verba, EL<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>HEMDV
LILLAHI, (i. gloria Deo meo:) Deinde exutis calceamentis</hi> Patsmagh
<hi>dictis, iisque ante januam Templi relictis, introeunt, alii NVDIS PEDIBVS,
alii habentes munda calceamenta</hi> Mesth <hi>dicta.</hi> That is, <hi>Such as come to pray, their
duty is first to wash their hands-feet, &amp;c. at last they sprinkle water over their heads thrice,
repeating these words, ELHEMDV LILLAHI, (that is, Glory be to my God:)
Then putting off their shoes, called</hi> Patsmagh, <hi>and leaving them before the door of the
Temple, they enter, some</hi> barefooted, <hi>others having a clean kind of Sandal, which
they call</hi> Mesth; namely as the custom is with us, when we pull off our hats, to
wear a cap.</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Lastly, That we may not want an instance among Christians,</hi> Zaga Zabo, <hi>an</hi> AEthi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>opian
<hi>Bishop, sent Ambassador from</hi> David <hi>King of the</hi> Abyssines <hi>to</hi> Iohn <hi>the third
King of</hi> Portugal, <hi>above an hundred years since, in his description of the Religion and
Rites of the</hi> Abyssine <hi>Christians, thus informs us:</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Vide <hi>Damia<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>num a Goes</hi> De AEthiopum motibus.</note> 
                  <q>Prohibitum est apud nos (<hi>saith
he</hi>) nè aut gentes, aut canes, aut alia hujusmodi animalia, in Templa nostra intrent.
Item non datur potestas nobis adeundi Templum, nisi NVDIS PEDIBVS; neque
licet nobis in ipso Templo ridere, obambulare, aut de rebus prophanis loqui, neque spuere
aut screare in ipso Templo. Quia Ecclesiae AEthiopum non sunt similes terrae illi ubi po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pulus
Israel comedit Agnum Paschalem decedens ab AEgypto, (in quo loco, propter terrae
pollutionem, jussit eos Deus comedere indutos calceamentis &amp; zonis accinctos;) sed
similes sunt monti Sinai, ubi Dominus locutus est Mosi, dicens, Exue calceamenta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tua
<pb n="349" facs="tcp:63175:225"/>
de pedibus tuis, quoniam terra quam pedes tui premunt sancta est. That is, it is
prohibited amongst us that either Pagans, or dogs, or any other beasts should come into
our Churches. Moreover, it is not permitted to us to go into the Church, but BARE<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>FOOTED;
nor is it lawful for us in the Church to<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <p>Eadem planè Iudaeorum magistr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> prohibent à <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> su<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap> in Synagogis fieri, apud <hi>Ma<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                 <desc>•</desc>
                              </gap>nomdem,</hi> Msuae Part. 1. l. 2. Trac. 7. Debenedictionibus &amp; consecr. per prece<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>, quae &amp; in Templo olim observari solita.</p>
                        <p>Et <hi>Greg. Nazian.</hi> in Orat. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>un. pro patre laudat matrem suam Nonuam, quòd in Templo Dei ne vocem quidem emittert nisi de rebus mystieis &amp; di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vini<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>, neque unquam tergum altari obverteret, aut sacrum pavimentum conspa<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>ret. <hi>De</hi> quibus Lector pro prudentia sua statna<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>, an &amp; quousque nobi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> imitari conducat.</p>
                     </note> laugh, or to walk up and down, or to speak of secular
matters, no not to spit, hank or hem in the Church. Because
the Churches of <hi>AEthiopia</hi> are not like unto that Land
where the people of Israel, ready to depart out of <hi>Egypt,</hi>
ate the Paschal Lamb, (where, because of the pollution of
the countrey, God commanded them to eat it with their
shoes on their feet and their loins girded;) but they are like
unto Mount <hi>Sinai,</hi> where God spake unto <hi>Moses,</hi> saying,
put off thy shoes from thy feet, for the ground whereon thy
feet tread is holy.</q> 
                  <hi>Thus</hi> Zaga Zabo <hi>of the</hi> Abyssine <hi>Christians, whereof he was a
Bishop. And till the contrary be shewed me, I am prone to believe that some other
Christians of the</hi> Iacobite <hi>sect may have the like custom, as it is certain that in most of
their Rites they agree with them.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Now the religious guise of the <hi>Iews</hi> and other Nations of the Orient having an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ciently
been (and still being) such as you have heard, when they entered into their
Temples, or remained in them; the words of my Text, <hi>Look to thy Foot</hi> or <hi>feet,</hi>
being taken for an expression borrowed from and alluding thereto, will have the same
sense, as if we, inflecting them to our manners, should say, <hi>Look unto thy Head,</hi> (that
is, have a care thy <hi>Head</hi> be fitted as it ought to be) <hi>when thou comest into the House
of God;</hi> meaning that he should put off his hat, or be uncovered, when he comes thi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther,
and use such other reverence as is wont to accompany it. For know that the
Holy Ghost, mentioning or specifying but one Rite, is yet so to be understood as
implying therewith the rest of the same order accustomed to go with it; according
to that usual Trope of Scripture, by a part, or that which is more notable or obvious
in any kind or rank of things, to imply the rest; the rule whereby we interpret the
Decalogue, and is the more fitly appliable here, because this guise of <hi>Discalceation</hi>
was a leading Ceremonie to the other gestures of Sacred veneration then used, as
that of <hi>putting off the hat</hi> (in civil use at least) is wont to be with us. Nor as if
<hi>Solomon</hi> or the Holy Ghost in this Admonition intended the outward Ceremonie on<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly,
and no no more; (that were ridiculous to imagine;) but the whole act of Sacred
reverence commenced in the heart and affection, whereof this was the accustomed
and leading gesture: to wit, the very same and all that which the Lord commandeth
in that original law, <hi>Lev.</hi> 19. 30. <hi>Sanctuarium meum reveremini, Reverence my Sanctuary;</hi>
which <hi>Ionathan's Targum</hi> explaineth, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Ye shall go to
the House of my Sanctuary with reverence; Solomon</hi> paralleleth here with, <hi>Look to thy foot
when thou goest to the House of God.</hi> For so is the manner of Scripture almost every
where, under the name of the Gesture only to understand and imply the whole dutie
of Veneration which such Gesture representeth and importeth.</p>
               <p>But as this is most true, so is it on the other side as false, if any shall from hence
collect, That therefore the <hi>Outward worship</hi> may securely be neglected, (in <hi>Time,</hi> and
<hi>Place</hi> where and when it may be done,) so the <hi>Inward</hi> be performed. Nay the contra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry
follows: For if the <hi>Inward</hi> worship be chiefly intended when the <hi>Outward</hi>
or <hi>Bodily</hi> is only named, as it is granted; is it not then absurd to imagine, that where
that which is not expresly named is meant, there that which is only mentioned should
be excluded? Nay surely, where the <hi>Outward</hi> is mentioned, (as here in my Text,)
there no doubt but the <hi>Outward,</hi> in one kind or other, is a part of the dutie commanded,
whatsoever besides it be intended. And because it is a disease almost proper to our
time, (for our forefathers were mostly sick of the other extreme,) so far to slight
and disesteem (that I may not say disdain) the worship of God by the <hi>Body,</hi> as to think
it may be omitted and neglected even in Time and Place convenient, as in God's
House and publick service, without all guilt of sin; give me therefore leave to pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pound
a few Considerations for the Cure of such as are sick of that maladie. For as
that which seems but some lighter Symptome at the first, if the cure thereof be neg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lected
and contemned, oftentimes proves fatal, and destroys life it self; so may this.
I would have them therefore consider,
<list>
                     <item>1. That we all look not only for the <hi>Glorification</hi> of our <hi>Souls,</hi> but of our <hi>Bodies</hi> in
the life to come; Now a Reward presupposeth a Work. It is meet and right therefore
we should worship and glorifie God here in this life with the <hi>Body</hi> as well as the <hi>Soul,</hi> if
we look that God should one day glorifie both.</item>
                     <item>
                        <pb n="350" facs="tcp:63175:226"/>
2. That as the <hi>Outward</hi> worship without the <hi>Inward</hi> is dead, so the <hi>Inward</hi> without
the <hi>Outward</hi> is not complete; even as the Glorification of the Soul separate from the
Bodie is not, nor shall be consummate, till the Body be again united unto it.</item>
                     <item>3. That those who derogate so much from <hi>Bodily worship</hi> in the service of the true
God, as kneeling, bowing, and the like, make by consequent <hi>Idolatrie</hi> a sin far less
hainous in degree than it is. For is not <hi>Idolatrie</hi> to communicate that honour with
a creature which is due unto the Creator alone? By how much therefore the wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ship
of gesture and posture is less due unto God when we do our homage unto him,
by so much is the sin the less hainous and grievous when the same is given unto an
Idol. For I believe, they will not deny but part of the sin of <hi>Idolatrie</hi> consists even
in the <hi>outward</hi> worship given unto an Idol, as kneeling, bowing, and falling down
before it, and the like.</item>
                     <item>4. Lastly, That although <hi>Bodily worship,</hi> being considered in it self, be one of the
<hi>minora Legis,</hi> of the lesser things of the Law, and the honour done unto God there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>by
of no great value (though not of none) in his sight; yet may a voluntary and
presumptuous neglect even of so small a duty be a great and hainous sin, because such
a neglect proceeds from a prophane disposition and election of the heart. For a sin is
not always to be esteemed according to the value of the duty omitted, but from the
heart's election in omitting it.<note place="margin">Epist. 92.</note> 
                        <hi>Non est bonum per se</hi> (saith <hi>Seneca) munda vestis, sed mundae
vestis electio; quia non in rebonum est, sed in electione:</hi> that is, <hi>A clean garment hath no
goodness of it self, but it is the election of a clean garment which is commended; because
the goodness consists not in the thing, but in the election thereof.</hi> So say I here; It is
not the value or merit of the work which aggravates the sin in omitting the doing
thereof, but the Election not to do it.</item>
                  </list>
               </p>
               <p>Now therefore to return to my Hypothesis; By that which hath been delivered
it appears, That it is not only lawful to use some Reverential gesture when we come
into God's House, (which yet some think they are very liberal if they grant,) but
that it is a duty commanded by God himself, and so no Will-worship; as namely in
that Divine admonition given first to <hi>Moses,</hi> and afterward to <hi>Iosua, Put thy shoes
from off thy feet, &amp;c.</hi> in that Law, <hi>Reverence my Sanctuary;</hi> in this Instruction by
<hi>Solomon, Look to thy feet when thou comest to the house of God:</hi> That the Saints and
people of God in the Old Testament, and Christians in the New, have used such
Reverence: That the neglect thereof is condemned of Prophaneness by the practice
of <hi>Iews,</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>Seneca lib 7. Nat. qq. c. 30. Intramus Tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pla compositi, ad sacrificium accessuri vultum submittimus, togam adducimus, in omne argumentum modestiae fingimur.</hi> We enter our Temples with a com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>posed gesture, coming to sacrifice we let fall our Countenance, draw in our Gown, are framed to all shew of Humility.</note> 
                  <hi>Gentiles, Pagans, Mahumetans,</hi> all Religions whatsoever: if any be to be
excepted (<hi>proh pudor &amp; dolor!</hi>) it is our selves.</p>
               <p>But without doubt, in this we are not in the right, nor was it so from the begin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing.
Whatsoever is dedicated unto God in general, or (to speak in the phrase of Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture)
whatsoever is <hi>called by his Name,</hi> that is, is His by peculiar relation, ought to
be used with a different respect from things common: and God's House (as you have
heard) hath something singular from the rest. Should we then come into it as into
a Barn or Stable? It was not (once) good manners so to come into a mans house:
For our Blessed Saviour, when he sent forth his Disciples to preach the Gospel,
<hi>Matt.</hi> 10. 12. said, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>when ye enter into an
house, salute it.</hi> Why should we not think it a part of religious manners to do some<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thing
answerable when we come into the House of God? that is, to <hi>bless</hi> the Master
thereof, (you know how far that word extendeth;) and if not to say, <hi>God be here,</hi>
(which hath been the form, and is somewhere still, when we enter into a mans House)
yet to say with<note n="*" place="margin">Gen. 28. 16.</note> 
                  <hi>Iacob</hi> at <hi>Bethel, God is here;</hi> and to testifie in some manner or other,
as the Saints of God were wont to do, that we acknowledge it; and that both at
our first coming thither, and while we continue there; for the one follows from the
other. And because I paralleled before that Oriental rite of <hi>Discalceation</hi> (where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>unto
I supposed the words of my Text to have reference) with ours of <hi>Vncovering
the Head,</hi> by the name of a <hi>leading</hi> ceremonie; if any shall therefore ask me, what
other Gesture I implied thereby as fitting to accompany this in the case we speak of,
I answer, That belongs to the discretion of our Superiours and the authority of the
Church to appoint, not to me to determine. For here as in other Ceremonies, the
Church is not tied, but hath liberty to ordain (having respect to the Analogy of the
Old Testament) what she shall judge most sutable and agreeable to the time, place,
and manners of the people where she lives. But if I may without offence or presump<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
<pb n="351" facs="tcp:63175:226"/>
speak what I think, then I say, That <hi>Adoration,</hi> or Bowing of the body, with
some short ejaculation, (which the Church of <hi>Israel</hi> used in their Temple together
with <hi>Discalceation,</hi> and which the Christians of the Orient use at this day, and time
out of mind have done, at their ingress into their Churches,) is of all other the
most seemly, ready and fitting to our manners; which yet I submit: namely, accord<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
to that of the 132. <hi>Psal.</hi> v. 7. <hi>Introibimus in Tabernacula ejus, incurvabimus nos
scabello pedum ejus: We will go into his Tabernacles, and worship before</hi> (or <hi>toward) his
Footstool,</hi> that is, the Ark of the Covenant or Mercy-seat, which you shall find
thus styled, 1 <hi>Chron.</hi> 28. 2. and according to that, <hi>Psal.</hi> 5. 7. <hi>I will enter into thine
House in the multitude of thy mercies; in thy fear will I worship toward thy holy Temple,</hi>
(i. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, for they stood in the Courts when they worshipped) which is the Form
the <hi>Iews</hi> use at this day when they come first into their Places of worship; and so
might we too, for any thing I know. The ordinary form among the Greeks is that
of the Publican, <hi>God be merciful to me a sinner;</hi> yet sometimes they premise this of
the Psalm before it.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="4" type="section">
               <head>SECTION IV.</head>
               <p>AND thus have I done with the First part of my Text, which for distinction
sake I called <hi>The Admonition:</hi> I come now to the Second, which I termed <hi>A
Caution; Be more ready to obey, than to offer the Sacrifice of fools:</hi> as much as to say,
Prefer not the Secondary service of God before the First and Principal. Our Transla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
hath, <hi>Be more ready to hear, than, &amp;c.</hi> whereby some have taken occasion child<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ishly
to apply this Scripture against that custom of a short and private Prayer at our
first coming into the Church, before we joyn with the Congregation. For we should
(say they) rather hear and listen to what the Minister is reading or speaking, (as <hi>So<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lomon</hi>
here bids us;) than at such a time to betake our selves to any private devo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion;
which (say they) is but <hi>the Sacrifice of fools.</hi> But I would themselves who
thus argue were as wise as they should be: For if they were, they would consider
both that <hi>Solomon</hi> (according to the time wherein he spake) must needs mean of
another kind of Sacrifice than what so loose a notion importeth, namely of such as
were then used in the Temple he had built; and besides, that this sense of theirs di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rectly
thwarts the purport and meaning of the words going before, which is, that we
ought to use some sign of reverence when we come into the house of God, such as
according to the custom of the West is this. But though none of these things were,
yet would this Text be nothing to their purpose: Forasmuch as by <hi>Hearing</hi> in this
place is not meant <hi>auricular</hi> hearing, but <hi>practical,</hi> that is, Obedience to God's com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mandments,
according as the Vulgar hath,<note n="*" place="margin">Obedience is better than the Sacrifi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ces of fools. 1 Sam. 15. 22.</note> 
                  <hi>Melior est obedientia quàm victimae stul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>torum.</hi>
For it is the same with that Proverbial sentence of Scripture, <hi>Obedience is
better than Sacrifice,</hi> which <hi>Samuel</hi> used in that bitter reproof of King <hi>Saul,</hi> for spar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
<hi>Agag</hi> and the best of the spoil of the <hi>Amalekites,</hi> upon a pretence of sacrificing
to the Lord in <hi>Gilgal. Hath the Lord</hi> (saith he) <hi>as great delight in burnt-offerings and
sacrifices, as in obeying the voice of the Lord? Behold, to obey is better than sacrifice;
and to hearken, than the fat of rams.</hi> The word here twice rendered <hi>obey,</hi> is <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. the
same which is in my Text, and it is an ordinary signification thereof in Scripture.
The case is clear.</p>
               <p>But was not the offering of Sacrifice, will some man say, part of the obedience due
unto the divine Law? How come they then to be thus opposed one to the other? Give
me leave therefore, before I give my full explication of this passage, to enquire and
consider of some others, of much more difficulty in this respect, yet their meaning
conducing to the understanding of this.</p>
               <p>There are divers places in Scripture disparaging and villifying <hi>Sacrifices,</hi> yea so
far, as if <hi>Sacrifice</hi> were a service which God neither appointed nor approved. As
<hi>Psal.</hi> 51. 16, 17. <hi>Thou desirest not Sacrifice,</hi> (saith <hi>David,) else would I have given it
thee;</hi> but <hi>thou delightest not in burnt-offerings. The sacrifice of God is a troubled spirit;
a broken and contrite heart, O God thou wilt not despise.</hi> Hosea 6. 6. <hi>I will have mercy,
and not sacrifice. Micah 6. 6. Wherewith shall I come before the Lord, and bow my self
before the most High? shall I come before him with burnt-offerings, with calves of a year old?
7. Will the Lord be pleased with thousands of rams, and with ten thousands of rivers of
oyl? Shall I give my first-born for my transgression, the fruit of my body for the sin of my
<pb n="352" facs="tcp:63175:227"/>
soul? 8. He hath shewed thee, O man, what is good; and what doth the Lord require of
thee, but to do justly, and to love mercy, and to walk humbly with thy God?</hi> Nay, <hi>Ier.</hi>
7. 21, 22, 23. he seems to say expresly, that he never commanded them: <hi>Put</hi> (saith
he) <hi>your burnt-offerings unto your sacrifices, and eat flesh. For I spake not unto your
Fathers nor commanded them, in the day that I brought them out of the Land of Egypt,
concerning burnt-offerings and sacrifices: But this thing commanded I them, saying, Obey
my voice, and I will be your God, and ye shall be my people; and walk ye in the wayes
that I have commanded you, that it may be well with you.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Yet nothing is more plain than that God ordained <hi>Sacrifices</hi> at Mount <hi>Sinai.</hi> How
then shall this difficulty be resolved? Some, and those of the Ancients too, have
affirmed, that these Ordinances of <hi>Sacrifice</hi> were not given to <hi>Israel</hi> at first, nor <hi>pri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ma
intentione Dei;</hi> but were (as they call them) <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>superinducta,</hi> afterwards
imposed upon them, when they had committed Idolatry in making and worshipping
the golden Calf. But the contrary to this is also apparent. For to pass by <hi>Cain</hi> and <hi>Abel's</hi>
sacrifices and the sacrifices of <hi>Noah</hi> and <hi>Abraham;</hi> when the Lord pronounced the
Decalogue from Mount <hi>Sinai,</hi> he added this, as it were an Appendix thereto, <hi>Ye
shall not make with me gods of silver,<note place="margin">Exod. 20. 23, 24.</note> neither shall ye make unto you gods of gold: Only
an Altar thou shalt make unto me, and shalt Sacrifice thereon thy burnt-offerings, and thy
peace-offerings, thy sheep and thine Oxen, &amp;c.</hi> and this before <hi>Moses</hi> came down from
the Mount, or the Calf was yet made. Nay, more than all this, when <hi>Moses</hi> and
<hi>Aaron</hi> were sent unto <hi>Pharaeoh,</hi> the effect of their Embassy was, <hi>The God of the Hebrews
saith, Let my people go,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Exod. 3. 18. &amp; 5. 1. 3. 8.</note> 
                  <hi>that they may sacrifice unto me, three dayes journey in the wil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derness.</hi>
And when <hi>Pharaoh</hi> would have given them leave to have sacrificed to their
God in the Land;<note place="margin">Exod. 8. 27.</note> 
                  <hi>No,</hi> (saith <hi>Moses) we will go three days journey into the wilderness,
and there Sacrifice to the Lord our God, as he hath commanded us.</hi> What shall we an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>swer
then to those passages of Scripture where God disclaimeth <hi>Sacrifice,</hi> saying, he
required no such Service at his peoples hands; yea, that he commanded them no such
thing when he brought them out of the Land of <hi>Egypt?</hi>
               </p>
               <p>For the assoiling this difficulty, according to the differing quality of the passages
which are or may be produced to this purpose, I lay down these three Propositions.
<list>
                     <item>
                        <p>1. That according to the propriety and <hi>genius</hi> of the Hebrew tongue, a Compa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rative
sense is often expressed after the form of an <hi>Antithesis:</hi> As in that of <hi>Ioel,<note place="margin">Ioel 2. 13.</note>
Rent your hearts, and not your garments;</hi> that is, more or rather than your garments:
<hi>Prov. 8. 10. Receive my instruction, and not silver;</hi> that is, <hi>rather than silver,</hi> (as the
words following teach us to construe it) <hi>and knowledge rather than choice gold.</hi> Like<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wise
in the New Testament, <hi>Lay not up treasures for your selves on earth, but lay up for
your selves treasures in heaven;</hi>
                           <note place="margin">Matt. 19. 20.</note> that is, Treasures in Heaven rather than treasures on
earth; have more <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>are to lay up the one than the other.</p>
                        <p>According to this construction only, without more ado, some of the aforesaid
passages will be discharged of their difficulty: as namely that of <hi>Hosea, I desired mer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cy,
and not sacrifice,</hi> that is, more or rather than sacrifice; as the following words
give us to understand, which are, <hi>and the knowledge of God more than burnt-offerings;</hi>
and according as the same sense is elsewhere expressed, as <hi>Prov. 21. 3. To do justice and
judgment, is more acceptable to the Lord than Sacrifice.</hi> But all will not be thus salved.</p>
                     </item>
                     <item>2. Wherefore I lay down this second Proposition; That <hi>antecedenter,</hi> antecedently,
it is true, that God commanded not Sacrifice should be offered unto him, neither
when the Law was given, nor before; but <hi>consequenter,</hi> consequently only. For
the understanding whereof we must know, That <hi>Sacrifice</hi> was a Rite whereby men
renewed a Covenant with God, by making a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>onement for their sin; therefore it pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>supposed
a breach and transgression of the Law. But the will of God was not, that
men should transgress his Law, and violate the Covenant he had made with them, but
that they should observe and keep it; which if they did, <hi>Sacrifice</hi> would have no
place. This is that I mean, when I say that God required not nor commanded Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crifice
<hi>antecedently,</hi> but that men should keep his Commandments. But in case sin
were committed, and the articles of his Covenant violated, then and in such a state
God ordained and admitted of <hi>Sacrifice</hi> for a Rite of atonement and redintegration
of his Covenant with men: that is, he commanded Sacrifice only <hi>consequenter,</hi> con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sequently,
as a remedy, if sin were committed. And if those Ancients could be thus
understood who say that <hi>Sacrifice</hi> was not ordained when the Law was first given,
but after it was transgressed; namely, if their meaning were only, that the ordinance
of Sacrifice presupposed a transgression of the Law; then their Assertion were true:
but otherwise historically taken, it cannot be defended. Now according to this
<pb n="353" facs="tcp:63175:227"/>
proposition is of that of <hi>Ieremy</hi> 7. 22, 23. to be understood, (or if there be any
other like it) <hi>I spake not unto your Fathers, nor commanded them, in the day that I
brought them out of the Land of Egypt, concerning burnt-offerings and Sacrifices: But this
thing commanded I them; Obey my voice, and I will be your God, and ye shall be my peo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ple:
and walk ye in all the wayes that I have commanded you, that it may be well with you.</hi>
                     </item>
                     <item>3. My third Proposition is this; That when <hi>Sacrifice</hi> was to be offered in case of
sin, yet even then God accepted not thereof <hi>primariò,</hi> primarily and for it self, as
though any refreshment or emolument accrued to him thereby, (as the Gentiles fond<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
supposed of their gods;) but <hi>secondarily</hi> only, as a testimony of the conscience of
the offerer, desiring with humble repentance to glorifie him with a Present, and by
that Rite to renew a covenant with him. For <hi>Sacrifice</hi> (as I have said) was <hi>oblatio
foed<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>ralis a federal oblation.</hi> Now Almighty God renews a Covenant with, or receiv<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eth
again into his favour, none but the repentant sinner; and therefore accepts of
<hi>Sacrifice</hi> in no other regard, but as a token and effect of this. Otherwise it is an abo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mination
unto him, as whereby men professed a desire of being reconciled unto God,
when they had offended him, and yet had no such meaning. Hence God rejects all
Sacrifices wherein there is no Contrition, nor Purpose to forsake sin and keep his
commandments, which are the parts of Repentance. So is to be taken that in the
first of <hi>Esay:</hi>
                        <note place="margin">Ver. 11-18.</note> 
                        <hi>To what purpose is the multitude of your Sacrifices?—Bring no more vain
oblations; incense is an abomination unto me.—Wash ye, make you clean, put away
the evil of your doings from before mine eyes, cease to do evil:</hi>—then (if you offer
sacrifice unto me) <hi>though your sins be as scarlet, they shall be as white as snow, &amp;c.</hi> and
that in <hi>Esay</hi> the last: <hi>To this man will I look, to him that is poor and of a contrite spirit.
He that killeth an ox,</hi> (namely otherwise,) <hi>is as if he slew a man;</hi>
                        <note place="margin">Ver. 2, 3.</note> 
                        <hi>he that Sacrificeth a
lamb,</hi> (unless he comes with this disposition) <hi>as if he cut off a dog's neck; he that
offereth an oblation, as if he offered bloud; he that burneth incense, as if he blessed an
Idol.</hi> And surely, he that <hi>blesseth an Idol</hi> is so far from renewing a Covenant with
the Lord his God, that he breaks it: So did they who without conscience of Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pentance
presumed to come before him with a <hi>Sacrifice;</hi> not procure atonement, but
aggravate their breach.</item>
                  </list>
               </p>
               <p>According to one of these three senses are all passages in the Old Testament dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>paraging
and rejecting <hi>Sacrifices</hi> literally to be understood: namely, when men pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferred
them before the greater things of the Law; valued them out of their degree,
as an <hi>antecedent</hi> duty; or placed their efficacy in the naked Rite, as if ought accrued
to God thereby; God would no longer own them for any ordinance of his: nor in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deed
in that disguise put upon them were they.</p>
               <p>I will except only one Passage out of the number, which I suppose to have a
singular meaning; to wit, that of <hi>David</hi> in the 51. <hi>Psalm,</hi> v. 16, 17. which the
ancient translations thus express: <hi>Quoniam si voluisses sacrificium, dedissem utique;
sed holocaustis non oblectaberis, (vel, holocaustum non acceptabis.) Sacrificium Deo spi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ritus
contribulatus, &amp;c.—If thou wouldst have had a Sacrifice, I would have offer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
it; but thou wilt accept no burnt-offering, &amp;c.</hi>—For this seems to be meant
of that special case of <hi>Adulterie</hi> and <hi>Murther</hi> which <hi>David</hi> here deploreth: for
which Sins the Lord had provided no Sacrifice in his Law. Wherefore <hi>David</hi> in
this his Penitential confession tells him, That if he had appointed any Sacrifice for
expiation of this kind of sin, he would have given it him; but he had ordained
none, save only <hi>a broken spirit and a contrite heart:</hi> which <hi>thou, O God,</hi> (saith he)
<hi>wilt not despise,</hi> but accept that alone for a Sacrifice in this case, without which Sacri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fice
in no case is accepted.</p>
               <p>Now out of this Discourse we are sufficiently furnished for the understanding of
this <hi>Caution</hi> of <hi>Solomon</hi> in my Text, <hi>Be more ready to obey, than to offer the Sacrifice of
fools;</hi> or, as the words in the Original import, Be more approaching God with a pur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pose
and resolution of obedience to his Commandments, than with the <hi>Sacrifice of fools;</hi>
that is, Have a care rather to approach the Divine Majesty with an offering of an obe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>diential
disposition, than with the bare and naked Rite. But the sense is still the same;
namely, The House of God at <hi>Ierusalem</hi> was an House of sacrifice, which they, who
came thither to worship, offered unto the Divine Majesty, to make way for their
prayers and supplications unto him, or to find favour in his sight. <hi>Solomon</hi> therefore
gives them here a caveat, not to place their Religion either only or chiefly in the exter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nal
Rite, but in their readiness to hear and keep the Commandments of God; without
which that Rite alone would avail them nothing, but be no better than the <hi>sacrifice of
fools,</hi> who when they do evil, think they do well. For without this readiness to
<pb n="354" facs="tcp:63175:228"/>
obey, this purpose of heart to live according to his Commandments, God accepts
of no Sacrifice from those who approach him, nor will pardon their transgressions when
they come before him. He therefore that makes no conscience of sinning against
God, and yet thinks to be expiate by Sacrifice, is an ignorant <hi>fool,</hi> how wise and re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ligious
soever he may think himself to be, or appear unto men, by the multitude or
greatness of his Sacrifices. The reason, Because the Lord requires <hi>Obedience</hi> ante<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cedently
and absolutely, but <hi>Sacrifice</hi> consequently only; and then too not <hi>primariò,</hi>
or chiefly and for it self, but secondarily only, as a testimony of Coutrition and a
ready desire and purpose in the offerer to continue in his favour by Obedience.</p>
               <p>This is <hi>Solomon's</hi> the Preacher's meaning: Wherein behold, as in a glass, the con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dition
of all <hi>external Service</hi> of God in general, as that which he accepteth no other<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wise
than secondarily; namely, as issuing from a Heart respectively affected with that
devotion it importeth. For God, as he is a living God, so he requires a living wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ship:
But as the Body without the Soul is but a carkass: so is all external and bodily
worship wherein the pulse of the Heart's devotion beats not.</p>
               <p>But if this be so, you will say, it were better to use no <hi>external</hi> worship at all of
course, as we do the worship of the Body in the gestures of bowing, kneeling, stand<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing,
and the like, than to incur this danger of serving God with a dead and hypocri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tical
service; because it is not like the Heart will be always duly affected when the
outward worship shall be required. I answer; Where there is a true and real intent
to honour God with outward and bodily worship, there the act is not Hypocrisie,
though accompanied with many defects and imperfections. Here therefore that
Rule of our Saviour touching the greater and lesser things of the Law must
have place:<note place="margin">Matt. 23. 23. &amp; Luke 11. 42.</note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>These things</hi> (that is, the greater
things of the Law) <hi>we ought to do, and not to leave the other</hi> (though the lesser) <hi>un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>done.</hi>
For otherwise, if this reasoning were admitted, a man might upon the same
ground absent himself from coming to Church upon the days and times appointed,
or come thither but now and then; alledging the indisposition of his Heart to joyn
with the Church in her publick worship at other times: or if he came thither, act a
mute; and when others sing and praise God, be altogether silent, and not open his
mouth, nor say <hi>Amen</hi> when others do. For all these are external services; and the
service of the voice and gesture are in this respect all one, there is no difference.
But who would not think this to be very absurd? We should rather upon every such
occasion rouse and stir up our Affections with fit and seasonable meditations, that what
the order and decency of <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> Church-assembly requires to be done of every member
outwardly, we may likewise do devoutly and acceptably. <hi>These things we ought to
do, and not leave the other undone.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>But you will say, What if I cannot bring my Heart unto that religious fear and
devotion which the outward worship I should perform requireth? I could say that
some of the outward worship which a man performs in a Church-assembly, he does
not as a singular man, but as a member of the Congregation. But howsoever, I an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>swer;
Let the worship of thy Body, in such a case, be at least a confession and ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>knowledgment
before God of that love, fear and esteem of his Divine Majesty thou
oughtest to have, but hast not. For though to come before God without that
inward devotion requisite, be a sin; yet to confess and acknowledge, by what our
outward gesture importeth, the duty we owe unto him, but are defective in, I hope
is not; no more than the confession of any other sin. For our worship, in such a case,
if we will so intend it, is an act of Repentance: and as the modern Greeks are wont
to call their <hi>Adorations,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Repentances;</hi> so may we in this case make ours
to be: namely, as if we said, Lord, I ought to come before thee with that religious
sear, humble reverence, and lifting up of Heart, which the gesture, the posture I
here present, importeth; but, <hi>Lord, be merciful to me a sinner.</hi> If a mans Heart be
so prophane and irreligious as not to acknowledge thus much, I yield that such a one
might better spare his labour, and not come into the presence of God at all. Other<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wise
I conclude still with our Blessed Saviour's determination in the like case, <hi>Those</hi>
greater things <hi>we ought to do, and not to leave the other undone.</hi>
               </p>
            </div>
         </div>
         <div type="commentary">
            <pb n="355" facs="tcp:63175:228"/>
            <head>THE
CHRISTIAN SACRIFICE.<note place="margin">Mal. 1. 11.</note>
            </head>
            <div type="part">
               <head>MALACHI 1. 11.</head>
               <p>Ab ortu Solis usque ad occasum,<note n="*" place="margin">LXX. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note> magnum erit Nomen meum in
Gentibus; &amp; in omni loco<note n="‖" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Heb. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note> offeretur Incensum Nomini meo, &amp;
<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, Heb. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note> Munus purum: quia magnum erit Nomen meum in Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tibus,
dicit Dominus exercituum.</p>
               <p>From the rising of the Sun even unto the going down of the same, my
Name shall be great among the Gentiles; and in every place In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cense
shall be offered unto my Name, and a pure Offering: for my
Name shall be great among the Heathen, saith the Lord of hosts.</p>
               <div n="1" type="chapter">
                  <head>CHAP. I.</head>
                  <argument>
                     <p>The Text a Prophecy of the <hi>Christian Sacrifice,</hi> according to the judgment of the ancient
Fathers in the Second, Third and Fourth Centuries. The difficulty of explaining the
<hi>Christian Sacrifice:</hi> The Reasons of this difficulty. The Method and Order propounded
for this Discourse.</p>
                  </argument>
                  <p>THIS place of Scripture, howsoever now in a manner silenced and for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gotten,
was once, and that in the eldest and purest times of the Church,
a Text of eminent note, and familiarly known to every Christian, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
alledged by their Pastors and Teachers, as an express and undoubt<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
Prophecie of the <hi>Christian Sacrifice</hi> or Solemn Worship in the Eu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>charist,
taught by our Blessed Saviour unto his Disciples, to be observ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
of all that should believe in his Name: and this so generally and grantedly, as
could never have been, at least so early, unless they had learned thus to apply it by
Tradition from the Apostles.</p>
                  <p>For in the Age immediately succeeding them, being the second hundred of
years after Christ, we find it alledged to this purpose by <hi>Iustin Martyr</hi> and <hi>Irenaeus,</hi> the
Pillars of that Age; the former of them flourishing within little more than thirty years
after the death of S. <hi>Iohn,</hi> and the latter a Disciple of <hi>Polycarp</hi> S. <hi>Iohn's</hi> Scholar. In the
Age following, or third <hi>Seculum,</hi> it is alledged by <hi>Tertullian, Zeno Veronensis</hi> and <hi>Cyprian:</hi>
in the fourth <hi>Seculum</hi> by <hi>E<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>sebius, Chrysostome, Hierome</hi> and <hi>Augustine;</hi> and in the after<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>Ages
by whom not? Nor is it alledged by them as some singular opinion or private
conceit of their own, but as the received Tradition of the Church; whence in some
Liturgies (as that of the Church of <hi>Alexandria,</hi> commonly called the Liturgy of S. <hi>Mark</hi>)
it is inserted into the Hymn, or Preface, which begins, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>It is truly meet and right;</hi> the conclusion of the Hymn or Laud there being,
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Giving thanks we offer unto thee, O Lord, this reasonable and unbloudy Ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vice,
even that which all Nations from the rising of the Sun to the going down of the same
offer unto thee; for thy Name shall be great among all Nations; and in every place Incense
is offered unto thy holy Name, and Sacrifice and Oblation.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Thus you see the antiquity of Tradition for the meaning and application of this
Prophecy.</p>
                  <p>But for the <hi>Christian Sacrifice</hi> it self whereunto it is applied, <hi>What the ancient
Church understood thereby,</hi> What and <hi>Wherein the Nature of this Sacrifice consisted,</hi>
                     <pb n="356" facs="tcp:63175:229"/>
is a point, though most needful to be known, yet beyond belief obscure, intricate
and perplext. He that shall make trial, will find I say true. A reverend and learned
Prelate of ours acknowledges as much: <hi>Apud veteres Patres</hi> (saith he) <hi>(ut quod r<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>s
est liberè fateamur) de sacrificio corporis Christi in Eucharistia incruento frequens est
mentio: quae dic<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> vix potest quant<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>p<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>re quorundam, alioqui doctorum hominum, ingenia
exercuerit, torserit, vexaverit: To speak the plain truth, In the Writings of the ancient
Fathers there is frequent mention of</hi> The unbloudy Sacrifice of the Body of Christ in
the Eucharist; <hi>a point which hath beyond expression puzzled and vext the minds of several
men otherwise not unlearned.</hi> The reason of this <hi>obscurity</hi> hath grown partly from
the changing of the Notion of the Church thereabout in following times; partly by
the violence of the Controversies of this last Age, whilst each part finding the knot,
and studying not so much the right way of untying it, as how to give the least ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vantage
to the adverse party, have infinitely intangled the same, and made it more
indissoluble than before.</p>
                  <p>I have acquainted my self long with this Argument, and spent many a thought
thereabout, using the best means I could conceive to be inform'd; namely, Not so
much to relie upon the opinions of modern Writers, as to peruse and compare the
passages of the Ancients themselves, and their Forms and Liturgies, out of which I
was assur'd the Truth might be learned, if I were but able to understand them.</p>
                  <p>What I have sound and learned, I desire to give an account of in this place, as I
shall have occasion; the Argument being such as befits no other Auditorie but the
Schools of the Prophets. Nor will the Discourse be unprofitable for such as mean
to be acquainted with the Writings of the Fathers and Antiquities of the Church:
there being nothing in them so like to stumble the Reader as this.</p>
                  <p>To come then to the matter: where I will chalk out my Discourse in this or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der.</p>
                  <p>First, I shall premise, as the ground thereof, A <hi>Definition of The Christian Sacrifice</hi>
as the ancient Church meant it.</p>
                  <p>Secondly, <hi>Explain</hi> the meaning of my Text, by <hi>application</hi> thereto.</p>
                  <p>Thirdly, Prove each part of the <hi>Definition</hi> I shall give, by the Testimonies of the
Fathers, Councils and Liturgies of the first and best Ages; interlacing therewith
such passages as may make for the better understanding either of the Testimonies I
bring, or of the matter it self for which they are brought.</p>
               </div>
               <div n="2" type="chapter">
                  <head>CHAP. II.</head>
                  <argument>
                     <p>The <hi>Christian Sacrifice</hi> defined, and briefly explained. The two parts or double
Object of this Sacrifice. What meant by <hi>Sacrificium Quod,</hi> what by <hi>Sacrificium
Quo.</hi>
                     </p>
                  </argument>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="I"/> TO begin with the First, The <hi>Definition</hi> of the <hi>Christian Sacrifice:</hi> Under which
name first know, That the ancient Church understood not, as many suppose,
<hi>the mere Sacrament of the Body and Bloud of Christ;</hi> but the <hi>whole Sacred Action</hi> or
<hi>Solemn Service of the Church assembled,</hi> whereof <hi>this Sacred Mysterie</hi> was then a prime
and principal part, and as it were the Pearl or Iewel of that Ring, no publick Ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vice
of the Church being without it. This observed and remembred, I define the
Christian Sacrifice, <hi>ex mente antiquae Ecclesiae,</hi> according to the meaning of the ancient
Church, in this manner:</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>An Oblation of Thanksgiving and Prayer to God the Father</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>or,</hi> Through the Sacrifice of Iesus Christ upon the Cross.</note> 
                     <hi>through Iesus Christ
and his Sacrifice commemorated in the Creatures of Bread and Wine,</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">or, <hi>first offer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed to God to agnize him.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>wherewith God
had first been agniz'd.</hi> So that this Sacrifice as you see hath a double object or matter:
first, <hi>Praise and Prayer,</hi> which you may call <hi>Sacrificium Quod;</hi> secondly, <hi>The comme<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>moration
of Christ's Sacrifice on the Cross,</hi> which is <hi>Sacrificium Quo,</hi> the Sacrifice where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>by
the other is accepted. For all the Prayers, Thanksgivings and Devotions of a
Christian, are tendred up unto God in the name of <hi>Iesus</hi> Christ crucified. Ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording
whereunto we are wont to conclude our Prayers with <hi>Through Iesus Christ
our Lord.</hi> And this is the specification whereby the Worship of a <hi>Christian</hi> is di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stinguisht
from that of the <hi>Iew.</hi> Now that which we in all our Prayers and Thanks<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>givings
do <hi>vocally,</hi> when we say, <hi>Through Iesus Christ our Lord;</hi> the ancient Church
<pb n="357" facs="tcp:63175:229"/>
in her publick and solemn Service did <hi>visibly,</hi> by representing him, according as he
commanded, in the Symbols of his Body and Bloud: For there he is commemorated
and received by us for the same end for which he was given and suffered for us;
that through him we receiving forgiveness of our sins, God our Father might accept
our service and hear our prayers we make unto him? What time then so sit and sea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sonable
to commend our devotions unto God, as when the Lamb of God lies slain
upon the holy Table; and we receive visibly, though mystically, those gracious
Pledges of his blessed Body and Bloud? This was that <hi>Sacrifice</hi> of the ancient Church
the Fathers so much ring in our ears; <hi>The Sacrifice of Praise and Prayer through Iesus
Christ mystically represented in the Creatures of Bread and Wine.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But yet we have not all, there is one thing more my Definition intimates, when I
say, <hi>Through the Sacrifice of Iesus Christ commemorated in the Creatures of Bread and
Wine, wherewith God had first been agnized.</hi> The Body and Bloud of Christ were not
made of <hi>common Bread</hi> and <hi>common Wine,</hi> but of <hi>Bread and Wine first sanctified,</hi> by being
offered and set before God as a Present to agnize him the Lord and Giver of all: ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording
to that,<note n="*" place="margin">psal. 24. 1.</note> 
                     <hi>The earth is the Lord's, and the fulness thereof; and</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Deut. 16. 16.</note> 
                     <hi>Let no man appear
before the Lord emptie.</hi> Therefore as this <hi>Sacrifice</hi> consisted of two parts, as I told you,
of <hi>Praise</hi> and <hi>Prayer,</hi> (which in respect of the other I call <hi>Sacrificium Quod,)</hi> and of the
<hi>Commemoration of Christ Crucified,</hi> (which I call <hi>Sacrificium Quo:)</hi> so the Symbols
of <hi>Bread</hi> and <hi>Wine</hi> traversed both; being first presented as Symbols of Praise and
Thanksgiving to agnize God the Lord of the Creature, in the <hi>Sacrificium Quod;</hi>
then, by invocation of the Holy Ghost, made the Symbols of the Body and Bloud of
Christ, in the <hi>Sacrificium Quo.</hi> So that the whole Service throughout consisted of a
<hi>reasonable</hi> part, and of a <hi>material</hi> part, as of a Soul and a Body: of which I shall
speak more fully hereafter, when I come to prove this I have said by the Testimonies
of the Ancients.</p>
               </div>
               <div n="3" type="chapter">
                  <head>CHAP. III.</head>
                  <argument>
                     <p>The words of the Text explained, and applied to the foregoing Definition of the <hi>Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stian
Sacrifice. Incense</hi> denotes the <hi>rational</hi> part of this Sacrifice, <hi>Mincha</hi> the
<hi>material</hi> part thereof. What meant by <hi>Mincha purum.</hi> Two Interpretations of the
<hi>Purity</hi> of the Christian <hi>Mincha</hi> given by the Fathers; a third propounded by the
Author.</p>
                  </argument>
                  <p>AND this is that Sacrifice which <hi>Malachi</hi> foretold the Gentiles should one day <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="II"/>
offer unto God; <hi>In every place Incense shall be offered unto my Name, and a
pure</hi> Mincha: <hi>for my Name shall be great among the Heathen, saith the Lord of hosts.</hi>
Which Words I am now, according to the order I propounded, to <hi>explicate,</hi> and <hi>apply</hi>
to my <hi>Definition.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Know therefore that the Prophet in the foregoing words upbraids the <hi>Iews</hi> with
despising and disesteeming their God; forasmuch as they offered unto him for sacrifice
not of the best, but the lame, the torn and the sick; as though he had not been the
great King, Creator and Lord of the whole World, but some petty God, and of an
inferiour rank, for whom any thing were good enough. Vers. 6, 7. <hi>If I be a Father,
where is mine honour? If I be</hi> Dominus, <hi>where is my fear? saith the Lord of Hosts unto
you, O Priests that despise my name; and ye say, Wherein have we despised it? Ye
offer polluted bread upon mine Altar; and ye say, Wherein have we polluted thee?</hi> [I'le
tell you] <hi>In that ye say, The Table of the Lord is contemptible,</hi> or, not so much to be
regarded; that is, you think so, as appears by the baseness of your Offering: for
the Present shews what esteem the giver hath of him he honoureth therewith. But
you offer that to me which ye would not think fit to offer to your <hi>Prorex</hi> or Gover<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nour
under the King of <hi>Persia;</hi> which shews you have but a mean esteem of me in
your hearts, and that you believe not I am He that I am. It may be, because you see
me acknowledged of no other Nation but yours, and that ye have been subdued by
the Gentiles, and brought into this miserable and despicable condition wherein you
now are, you imagine me to be some <hi>Topical</hi> God, and as of small jurisdiction, so of
little power. But know, that howsoever I now seem to be but the Lord of a poor
Nation, yet the days are coming, when <hi>from the rising of the Sun to the going down
<pb n="358" facs="tcp:63175:230"/>
of the same, my Name shall be great among the Gentiles; and in every place Incense
shall be offered to my Name, and a pure Offering: for my Name shall be great among the
Heathen, saith the Lord of Hosts:</hi> it follows, though <hi>you have prophaned it, in that ye
say, The Table of the Lord is contemptible;</hi> whereas <hi>I am a great King, and my Name
shall be dreadful among the Heathen.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>This is the coherence and dependence of the Words. Now to <hi>apply</hi> them. <hi>In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cense</hi>
(as the Scripture it self tells) notes the<note n="*" place="margin">Revel. 8. 3.</note> 
                     <hi>Prayers of the Saints.</hi> It was also that
wherewith the<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Esay 66. 3.</hi> Qui record<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>
                        <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur thure.</note> remembrance was made in the Sacrifices, or God put in mind.
<hi>Mincha,</hi> which we turn <hi>Munus,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Levit. 24. 7.</note> a <hi>Gift</hi> or <hi>Offering,</hi> is <hi>Oblatio farrea,</hi> an Offering made
of meal or flower baked or fried, or dried or parched corn. We in our English,
when we make distinction,<note place="margin">Ecclus. 45. 16.</note> call it a <hi>Meat-offering;</hi> but might call it a <hi>Bread-offering,</hi>
of which the <hi>Libamen</hi> or the <hi>Drink-offering</hi> being an indivisible concomitant, both
are implied under the name <hi>Mincha,</hi> where it alone is named.</p>
                  <p>The Application then is easy: <hi>Incense</hi> here notes the <hi>rational part</hi> of our <hi>Christian
Sacrifice,</hi> which is <hi>Prayer, Thanksgiving,</hi> and <hi>Commemoration; Mincha</hi> the <hi>material
part</hi> thereof, which is <hi>Oblatio farrea</hi> a Present of <hi>Bread</hi> and <hi>Wine.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>BUT this <hi>Mincha</hi> is characterised in the Text with an attribute not to be over<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>past,
<hi>Mincha purum; In omni loco offeretur incensum Nomini meo, &amp; Mincha purum,
In every place Incense shall be offered to my Name, and a pure Mincha:</hi> The <hi>Meat-offering</hi>
which the Gentiles should one day present the God of <hi>Israel</hi> with should be <hi>Munus
purum, a pure Offering,</hi> or, as the Septuagint, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>a pure Sacrifice.</hi> Let us
learn, if we can, what this <hi>Purity</hi> is, and wherein it consisteth, or in what respect
the Gentiles <hi>Oblation</hi> is so styled.</p>
                  <p>1. Some of the Fathers take this <hi>Pure Offering,</hi> to be an Offering that is purely or
spiritually offered: The old Sacrifices both of the Iew and Gentile were offered
<hi>modo corporali, in a corporeal manner,</hi> by slaughter, fire, and incense; but this of
Christians should be offered only <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>by way of Prayer and Thanks<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>giving,</hi>
as<note n="*" place="margin">Apol. 2.</note> 
                     <hi>Iustin Martyr</hi> expresses it; whence it is usually called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>a reasonable and unbloudy Sacrifice;</hi> namely, of the<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                        <hi>Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stant</hi> in Orat. ad Sanctos <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap> c. 12. apud <hi>Euseb.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>manner</hi> of offering it:
not that there was no <hi>material</hi> thing used therein, as some mistake, (for we know
there was <hi>Bread</hi> and <hi>Wine;</hi>) but because it is offered unto God <hi>immaterially</hi> or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
only; which the Fathers in the first Council of <hi>Nice</hi> call <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>to be sacrificed
without sacrificing rites.</hi> This sense of <hi>Pure</hi> Sacrifice is followed by <hi>Tertullian,</hi> as may
appear by his words <hi>ad Scapulam,</hi> where speaking of the Christian Liturgy, <hi>Sacrifica<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mus</hi>
(saith he) <hi>pro salute Imperatoris;—sed, quomodo praecepit Deus, purâ prece: Non
enim eget Deus, Conditor Vniversitatis, odoris aut sanguinis alicujus; haec enim Daemoni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>orum
pabula sunt: We offer Sacrifice for the health and welfare of the Emperor; but it is
(according as God hath commanded) the Sacrifice of</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Pure prayer, <hi>that is,</hi> Prayer not defiled with shedding of bloud &amp; smoke of Incense ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording to the manner of the Gentiles. <hi>This to be the mea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ning of</hi> purâ prece, <hi>the words immediately following will tell us,</hi> Non e<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nim eget Deus, &amp;c. [<hi>Thus the Author in ano<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther paper where this pas<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sage of</hi> Tertul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lian <hi>was set down.</hi>]</note> 
                     <hi>pure prayer: For God, the maker
of the World, stands not in need of the smell or savour or of the bloud of any creature:
These indeed are the food and diet which the Devils love.</hi> Also in his third Book against
<hi>Marcion cap. 22. In omni loco offertur Sacrificium Nomini meo—In every place Sacri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fice shall be offered to my Name—&amp; sacrificium mundum, and a pure Sacrifice;</hi> that
is, (saith he) <hi>gloriae relatio, benedictio, laus &amp; hymni, giving glory to God, blessing,
praise and hymns:</hi> which he presently calls <hi>munditia sacrificiorum, the purities of Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crifices.</hi>
The same way go some others. But this sense, though it fitly serves to differ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ence
our <hi>Christian</hi> Sacrifice from the old Sacrifices of the <hi>Iews</hi> and <hi>Gentiles,</hi> and the
thing it self be most true; yet I cannot see how it can agree with the context of our
Prophet, where the word <hi>Incense</hi> (though I confess mystically understood) is ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pressed
together with <hi>Munus purum a pure offering.</hi> For it would make the Literal
sense of our Prophet to be absurd, and to say, <hi>In every place Incense is offered to thy
Name, and an Offering without Incense.</hi> And yet this would be the Literal meaning,
if <hi>Pure</hi> here signified <hi>without Incense.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>2. Let us hear therefore a second Interpretation of this <hi>Puritie</hi> of the Christian
<hi>Mincha,</hi> more agreeable to the dependence of the words; and that is <hi>à conscientia
offerentis,</hi> from the disposition and affection of the offerer; according to that of the
Apostle, <hi>Tit.</hi> 1. 15, 16. <hi>To the pure all things are pure; but unto them that are defiled
and unbelieving is nothing pure, but even their mind and conscience is defiled; They pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fess
they know God, but in works they deny him.</hi> The <hi>Iews</hi> offering was prophane and pol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>luted,
because it proceeded not out of a due belief, and a conscience throughly per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>swaded
of the <hi>Greatness</hi> of their God, that he was the Creator and Lord of the whole
earth, but rather some <hi>petty</hi> and <hi>particular</hi> God, like the Gods of other Nations: But
the <hi>Gentiles,</hi> who should see him not only the God of one Nation, but <hi>universally</hi>
                     <pb n="359" facs="tcp:63175:230"/>
acknowledged over all the earth, should have no such reason to doubt, but firmly be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lieve
him to be the Great God, Creator of heaven and earth, and worship him as
such; and so their Offering be a <hi>Pure Offering,</hi> not polluted with unbelief. And it is
to be observed, that all the ancient Christian Liturgies begin with this acknowledg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment:
For the Summe of the <hi>Eucharistical</hi> Doxology, when the <hi>Bread</hi> and <hi>Wine</hi> is
first presented before God,<note place="margin">Chap. 4. 11.</note> is comprehended in that of the Apocalyps, <hi>Thou art wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thy,
O Lord, to receive glory, and honour, and power: for thou hast created all things,
and for thy pleasure they are and were created.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>And to this way of interpreting the <hi>Purity of the Christian Sacrifice,</hi> to wit, <hi>from the
conscience and affection of the offerers,</hi> the Fathers mostly bend. <hi>Irenaeus lib.</hi> 4. <hi>cap.</hi>
34. <hi>Sacrificia non sanctificant hominem, (non enim indiget Deus sacrificio) sed consci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>entia
ejus qui offert sanctificat sacrificium, pura exsistens—Quoniam igitur cum simpli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>citate
Ecclesia offert, justè munus ejus purum sacrificium apud Denm deputatum est: Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crifices
do not sanctifie a man, (for God stands not in need of any of our Sacrifices;) but
the Conscience of him that offers, being pure, sanctifies the Sacrifice—And because the Church offereth with Simplicity,</hi> (with a Conscience purified from all malice and hy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pocrisie)
<hi>rightly therefore is her Oblation accounted by God a Pure Sacrifice.</hi> And a
little after, <hi>Oportet enim nos oblationem Deo facere, &amp; in omnibus gratos inveniri fabri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>catori
Deo, in sententia pura &amp; fide sine hypocrisi, &amp;c. For it behoveth us to present God
with our Oblations, and in all things to be found thankful unto God our maker; with pure
minds and faith unfeigned, with stedfast hope and fervent love offering unto him the First<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fruits,</hi>
or <hi>a Present, of his Creatures.</hi> Neither is <hi>Tertullian,</hi> whom I alledged before
for the other interpretation, averse from this; for in his fourth Book <hi>Cont. Marc. c. 1.
Sacrificium mundum, a pure Sacrifice,</hi> that is, saith he, <hi>simplex oratio de conscientia pu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ra,
sincere Prayer proceeding from a pure Conscience.</hi> But this <hi>conscientious purity</hi> they
seem to restrain, at least chiefly, to <hi>freedom from malice,</hi> as that <hi>singular purity</hi> where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>by
this <hi>Christian Sacrifice</hi> is differenced from that of the <hi>Iew,</hi> because none can offer
it but he that is in charity with his brother; according to that in the Gospel, <hi>When
thou bringest thy gift unto the Altar,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Matt. 5. 23. 24.</note> 
                     <hi>and remembrest thy brother hath ought against thee
—Go first and be reconciled to thy brother, &amp;c.</hi> And therefore in the beginning of
this Christian Service, the Deacon was anciently wont to cry, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Let
no man have ought against his brother;</hi> and then followed <hi>osculum sanctum,</hi> the kiss of
reconciliation. Thus the Fathers of the first Council of <hi>Nice</hi> took <hi>Sacrificium purum,</hi>
as appears <hi>Can.</hi> 5. where they expound <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>the pure Gift</hi> or <hi>Oblation,</hi> to be
that which is offered <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>omni simultate depositâ, all malice
and hypocrisie, and the like instances of an unworthy and ignoble spirit, being laid
aside.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But according to this Exposition, the <hi>Purity</hi> of the <hi>Christian Sacrifice</hi> will not be
opposite to the <hi>pollution</hi> of the <hi>Iewish</hi> in the same kind, as it would if more generally
taken, but in another kind; and so the sense stands thus; <hi>You will not offer me a pure
offering, but the Gentiles one day shall, and that with a purity of another manner of stamp
than that my Law requires of you.</hi> And thus I have told you the two ways according
to which the Ancients understood this <hi>Purity;</hi> and I prefer the latter, as I think they
did.</p>
                  <p>3. But there is a third Interpretation, were it back'd by their Authority, (which
I confess it is not) which I would prefer before them both; and, I think, you will
wonder with me they should be so silent therein: namely, that this title of <hi>Purity</hi> is
given to the Christian <hi>Mincha</hi> in respect of Christ whom it signifies and represents,
who is a Sacrifice without all spot, blemish and imperfection. This the <hi>Antithesis</hi> of
this Sacrifice to that of the <hi>Iews</hi> might seem to imply: For the <hi>Iews</hi> are charged with
offering <hi>polluted Bread</hi> upon God's Altar; whereby what is meant the words follow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
tell us, <hi>If you offer the blind for sacrifice, is it not evil? and if you offer the lame
and sick,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Verse 14.</note> 
                     <hi>is it not evil?</hi> and in the end of the Chapter, <hi>Cursed be the deceiver, who hath
in his flock a male, and voweth and sacrificeth to the Lord a corrupt thing.</hi> Now, if the
Sacrifice of the Gentiles be called <hi>Pure</hi> in opposition to this; is it not so called in re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>spect
of that most perfect, unblemisht and unvaluable Sacrifice it represents, <hi>Iesus
Christ</hi> the Lamb of God? I leave it to your consideration.</p>
               </div>
               <div n="4" type="chapter">
                  <pb n="360" facs="tcp:63175:231"/>
                  <head>CHAP. IV.</head>
                  <argument>
                     <p>Six Particulars contained in the Definition of the <hi>Christian Sacrifice.</hi> The First, viz.
<hi>That this Christian Service is an Oblation,</hi> proved out of Antiquity. How long the
Apostles Age lasted, or when it ended. Proofs out of the Epistles of <hi>Clemens</hi> and <hi>Igna<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tius.</hi>
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> how distinguished in <hi>Ignatius.</hi> The Christian Ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vice
is properly <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, but improperly <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> according to the strict and prime sense
of the word.</p>
                  </argument>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="III"/> THUS having absolved the <hi>Two</hi> first things I propounded; given you a <hi>Defini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
of the Christian Sacrifice,</hi> and <hi>explained the words of my Text:</hi> I come now to
the <hi>Third</hi> and longest part of my task, <hi>To prove each particular contained in my Definiti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on</hi>
by the Testimonies and Authorities of the ancient Fathers and Writers of the first
and purest Ages of the Church. The Particulars I am to prove are in number Six.</p>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. That this Christian Service is an <hi>Oblation,</hi> and expressed under that Notion by
the utmost Antiquity.</item>
                     <item>2. That it is an <hi>Oblation of Thanksgiving</hi> and <hi>Prayer.</hi>
                     </item>
                     <item>3. An Oblation <hi>through Iesus Christ commemorated in the creatures of Bread and Wine.</hi>
                     </item>
                     <item>4. That <hi>this Commemoration of Christ,</hi> according to the style of the ancient Church,
is also a <hi>Sacrifice.</hi>
                     </item>
                     <item>5. That the Body and Bloud of Christ, in this Mystical Service, was made of Bread
and Wine which had first been <hi>offered unto God, to agnize him the Lord of the Crea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture.</hi>
                     </item>
                     <item>6. That this Sacrifice was placed in <hi>Commemoration only</hi> of Christ's sacrifice upon
the Cross, and <hi>not in a real offering</hi> of his Body and Bloud anew.</item>
                  </list>
                  <p>When I shall have proved all these by sufficient Authority, I hope you will give
me leave to conclude my Definition for true, <hi>That the Christian Sacrifice (ex mente
antiquae Ecclesiae,</hi> according to the meaning of the ancient Church) was <hi>An Oblation of
Thanksgiving and Prayer to God the Father, through the Sacrifice of Iesus Christ comme<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>morated
in the Creatures of Bread and Wine, wherewith God had first been agnized.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="I"/> Let us begin then with the first, That this Christian Service is an <hi>Oblation,</hi> and un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der
that notion expressed by all Antiquity. The names whereby the Ancient Church
called this Service are, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Oblation, Sacrifice; <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, Eucharist,</hi>
(a word, if rightly understood, of equipollent sense;) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>a Sacrifice of Praise, a reasonable and unbloudy Sacrifice; Sacrificium
Mediatoris, Sacrificium Altaris, Sacrificium pretii nostri, Sacrificium Corporis &amp; San<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guinis
Christi, the Sacrifice of our Mediator, the Sacrifice of the Altar, the Sacrifice of our
Ransome, the Sacrifice of the Body and Bloud of Christ.</hi> It would be infinite to note all
the Places and Authors where and by whom it is thus called. The four last are
<note n="*" place="margin">In E<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>chirid. ad Lauren. cop. 109. &amp; Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fess. l. 9. c. 12.</note> S. <hi>Augustine's;</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> are to be found with <hi>Iustin Martyr</hi> and <hi>Irenaeus,</hi>
whose antiquity is the Age next the Apostles. But, you will say, the Fathers even
so early had swerved from the style of the Apostolick Age, during which these kind
of terms were not used; as appears, by that we find them not any where in their
Epistles and Writings. But what if the contrary may be evinced, That this language
was used even while the Apostles yet lived? For grant they are neither found in the
<hi>Acts of the Apostles,</hi> nor in S. <hi>Paul's</hi> and S. <hi>Peter's</hi> Writings; yet this proves not they
were not used in the Apostles times, no more than that <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> was not, whose
case in this point is the same with the other. But know, that to confine the Apostles
Age within the limits of S. <hi>Paul's</hi> and S. <hi>Peter's</hi> lives, is a general mistake: For the
Apostles Age ended not till S. <hi>Iohn's</hi> death, <hi>Anno Christi</hi> 99. and so lasted as long,
within a year or thereabouts, after S. <hi>Paul's</hi> and S. <hi>Peter's</hi> suffering, as it was from our
Saviour's Ascension to their Deaths, that is, one and thirty years. And this too for
the most part was after the <hi>Excidium</hi> or <hi>Destruction</hi> of <hi>Ierusalem,</hi> in which time it is
likely the Church received no little improvement in Ecclesiastical Rites and Expressi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons;
both because it was the time of her greatest increase; and because, whilest the
<hi>Iews</hi> Polity stood, her Polity, for its full establishment, stood in some sort suspended.
This appears by S. <hi>Iohn's</hi> Writings, which are the only Scripture written after that
time, and in which we find two Ecclesiastick terms of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>The Word,</hi> for the Dei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty
of Christ, and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>The Lord's day,</hi> for the first day of the week; nei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
of both seeming to have been in use in S. <hi>Paul's</hi> and S. <hi>Peter's</hi> times: and why
<pb n="361" facs="tcp:63175:231"/>
may we not believe the like happened in others, and by name in these now questi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>oned?</p>
                  <p>Which, that I may not seem only to guess, I think I can prove by two witnesses
which then lived; the one <hi>Clemens,</hi> he <hi>whose name</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Phil. 4. 3.</note> S. <hi>Paul</hi> says was <hi>written in the
Book of life;</hi> and the other <hi>Ignatius. Clemens</hi> in his undoubted Epistle <hi>ad Corinthios</hi>
(a long time missing, but now of late come again to light.) In this Epistle the word
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is three times used of the <hi>Christian Service, Pag.</hi> 52. <hi>All those duties</hi> (saith
he) <hi>which the Lord hath commanded us to do, we ought to do them regularly and orderly;</hi>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Our Oblations and di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vine Services to celebrate them on set and appointed times.</hi> And a little after, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.
<hi>They therefore that perform their Obla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions
on set and appointed times, are acceptable to God and blessed: for observing the Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mandments
of the Lord, they offend not.</hi> The other, <hi>Ignatius,</hi> in his Epistle <hi>ad Smyr<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nenses,</hi> hath both
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. <hi>Non licet</hi> (saith he) <hi>absque Episcopo</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.
<hi>It is not lawful
without the Bishop either to baptize, or to celebrate the Sacrifice, or to</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">The ancient <hi>Latine</hi> Tran<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>slation renders <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>Agap<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>n facere, to cele<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brate the Feast of Charity,</hi> which at first did accompany the Eucharist.</note> 
                     <hi>communicate.</hi>
Where <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> he calls, in a stricter sense, the first part of this sacred and mystical
Service, to wit, <hi>the Thanksgiving,</hi> wherein the Bread and the Wine, as I told you,
were offered unto God, to agnize his Dominion. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> he calls <hi>the mystical Comme<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>moration</hi>
of Christ's Body and Bloud; and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>the receiving</hi> and participation of the
same. For know that <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> are sometimes used for <hi>the whole Action,</hi>
and sometimes thus distinguished. Of the genuineness of this Epistle the learned
doubt not; but if any one do, I suppose they will grant that <hi>Theodoret</hi> had his genuine
Epistles. Let them hear then a passage which he, in his third Dialogue, cites out
of the Epistles of <hi>Ignatius,</hi> against some Hereticks; <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.
<hi>They do not admit,</hi> or <hi>allow of, Eucharists and Oblati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons,
because they do not acknowledge the Eucharist to be the flesh of our Saviour Iesus Christ,
which suffered for our sins.</hi> Here you see <hi>Oblations</hi> and <hi>Eucharists</hi> exegetically joyned
together. And so, I think, I have proved these terms of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> to have
been in use in the Church in the latter part of the Apostles Age.</p>
                  <p>But what if one of them, namely <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, were used sooner, even in S. <hi>Paul's</hi> and
S. <hi>Peter's</hi> time? In the first Epistle of <hi>Peter,</hi> chap. 2. 5. <hi>You are</hi> (saith he, speaking to
the Body of the Church) <hi>an holy Priesthood, to offer</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>spiritual Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crifices
to God by Iesus Christ.</hi> In the Epistle to the <hi>Heb.</hi> 13. 15. <hi>By him</hi> (that is,
through Christ our Altar) <hi>let us offer</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>the Sacrifice of
praise to God continually.</hi> Why should I not think S. <hi>Paul</hi> and S. <hi>Peter</hi> speak here of
the solemn and publick Service of Christians, wherein the Passion of Christ was com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>memorated?
I am sure the Fathers frequently call this sacrifice <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>the Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crifice
of Praise.</hi> And in some ancient Liturgies, immediately before the Consecra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion,
the Church gives thanks unto God for chufing them <hi>to be an holy Priesthood to
offer sacrifices unto him,</hi> as it were alluding to S. <hi>Peter.</hi> Thus you see, first or last or
both, the words <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> were no strangers to the Apostles Age.</p>
                  <p>I will now make but one Quaere, and answer it, and so conclude this point: Whe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
these words or names were used (seeing they were used) <hi>properly,</hi> or <hi>improperly</hi>
(<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>) of the subject we speak of. I answer briefly; This Christian Ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vice,
as we have defined it, is an Oblation <hi>properly:</hi> For wheresoever any thing is
tendred or presented unto God, there is <hi>truly</hi> and <hi>properly</hi> an<note n="*" place="margin">Heb. 5. 7. &amp; Chap. 13. 15.</note> 
                     <hi>Oblation;</hi> be it spiritu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>al
or visible,<note place="margin">1 Pet. 2. 5.</note> it matters not; for <hi>Oblatio</hi> is the <hi>Genus:</hi> and<note n="*" place="margin">Lib. 4. c. 34.</note> 
                     <hi>Irenaeus</hi> tells me here,
<hi>Non genus oblationum reprobatum est; oblationes enim &amp; illic, oblationes autem &amp; hîc;
sacrificia in populo, sacrificia &amp; in Ecclesia; sed species immutata est tantúm: For Offer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ings
in the general are not reprobated; there were Offerings there,</hi> (viz. in the Old Te<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stament)
<hi>there are also Offerings here,</hi> (viz. in the New Testament;) <hi>there were Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crifices
among the people,</hi> (that is, the <hi>Iews,) there are Sacrifices also in the Church:
but the Specification only is changed.</hi> But as for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <hi>Sacrifice,</hi> according to its
prime signification, it signifies a <hi>Slaughter-offering,</hi> as in Hebrew, so in Greek of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>macto, to slay;</hi> as the Angel <hi>Acts</hi> 10. 13. says to S. <hi>Peter,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Peter,
kill and eat.</hi> Now we in our Christian Service <hi>slay</hi> no offering, but commemorate
him only that was slain and offered upon the Cross: Therefore our Service is called
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>improperly</hi> and <hi>Metaphorically.</hi> But if <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> be <hi>Synecdochically</hi> taken for an Of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fering
in general, as it is both in the New Testament and elsewhere, then the <hi>Christian
Sacrifice</hi> is as truly called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> as <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</p>
               </div>
               <div n="5" type="chapter">
                  <pb n="362" facs="tcp:63175:232"/>
                  <head>CHAP. V.</head>
                  <argument>
                     <p>The Second Particular, <hi>That the Christian Sacrifice is an Oblation of Thanksgiving and Prayer,</hi> proved from <hi>Iustin Martyr, Tertullian, Clemens Alexand, &amp;c.</hi> The Altar, or Holy Table, anciently the place of the publick Prayers of the Church. <hi>Prayer,
Oblation</hi> and <hi>Sacrifice</hi> promiscuously used by the Fathers when they speak of the <hi>Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stian
Sacrifice.</hi> The Conjunction of <hi>Prayer</hi> and the <hi>Eucharist</hi> argued from <hi>Acts</hi> 2.
42. and from <hi>Ignatius ad Ephes.</hi> The three parts of which the Christian <hi>Synaxis</hi> con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sisted.</p>
                  </argument>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="II"/> NOW I come to the Second particular contained in my Definition; To prove
that the <hi>Christian Sacrifice,</hi> according to the meaning of the ancient Church, <hi>is
an Oblation of Thanksgiving and Prayer.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>My first Author shall be <hi>Iustin Martyr,</hi> in his Dialogue with <hi>Tryphon</hi> the <hi>Iew;</hi>
where, to the Evasion of the <hi>Iews,</hi> labouring to bereave the Christians of this Text
(by saying it was meant of the Prayers which the dispersed <hi>Iews</hi> at that time offered
unto God in all places where they lived among the Gentiles; which Sacrifices,
though they wanted the material Rite, yet were more acceptable unto God in re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gard
of their sincerity than those prophaned ones at <hi>Ierusalem;</hi> and not that here was
meant any Sacrifice which the Gentiles should offer to the God of <hi>Israel:</hi> to this Eva<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sion)
<hi>Iustin</hi> replies, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. <hi>That</hi> Prayers <hi>and</hi> Thanksgivings <hi>made by those that are worthy are the only</hi> Sacrifi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ces
<hi>that are perfect and acceptable unto God, I do also affirm; for these are the only Sacri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fices
which Christians have been taught they should perform.</hi> If you ask where, and how;
he tells you, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> [leg.
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>] <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>in that thankful remembrance of
their food both dry and liquid, wherein also is commemorated the Passion which the Son of
God suffered by himself.</hi> It is a description of the <hi>Eucharist,</hi> wherein, as I have al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ready
told you, the <hi>Bread</hi> and <hi>Wine</hi> were first presented unto God, as the <hi>Primitiae</hi> or
<hi>a kind of First-fruit-Offering,</hi> to agnize him the Giver of our <hi>Food both dry and liquid;</hi>
and then consecrated to be the <hi>Symbols</hi> of the Body and Bloud of Christ.</p>
                  <p>My next Author shall be <hi>Tertullian ad Scap.</hi> in the<note n="*" place="margin">[See Chap. 3. of this Trea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tise, pag. 358. where these two passages are translated.]</note> place before alledged: <hi>Sacrifi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>camus</hi>
(saith he) <hi>pro salute Imperatoris;—sed, quomodo praecepit Deus, purâ prece:
Non enim eget Deus, Conditor Vniversitatis, odoris &amp; sanguinis alicujus; haec enim Dae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>moniorum
pabula sunt.</hi> The Gentiles so thought, that their Gods were refreshed and
nourisht with the smell and savour of their Sacrifices. Besides, in his third Book <hi>con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tra
Marcionem cap.</hi> 22. <hi>In omni loco sacrificium nomini meo offertur, &amp; sacrificium
mundum,</hi> (to wit, saith he) <hi>Gloriae relatio, benedictio, laus &amp; hymni;</hi> and <hi>Lib.</hi> 4.
<hi>cap.</hi> 1. <hi>Sacrificium mundum, scilicet simplex oratio de conscientia pura.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Thirdly, <hi>Clemens Alexandrinus Lib.</hi> 7. <hi>Stromat.</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>We</hi>
(Christians) <hi>honour God by Prayer; <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>,
And this we send up
unto him as the best and holiest Sacrifice, honouring him by that most sacred Word, where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>by
we receive knowledge;</hi> that is, <hi>by Christ.</hi> Again, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>The sacrifice of the Church is an oration exhaled from
sanctified souls.</hi> He speaks not of the <hi>private Prayer</hi> of every Christian, but of the <hi>pub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lick
Prayer</hi> of the Church as a Body; as will be evident to him that reads the place,
and appears by the words quoted, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>The Sacrifice of the Church;</hi>
and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>exhaled</hi> (not from a sanctified soul, but)
<hi>from sanctified souls.</hi> For to <hi>private Prayer</hi> was not given this title of the <hi>Christian Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crifice,</hi>
but unto the <hi>publick,</hi> which the Church offered unto God when she presented
her self before him, as one Body in Christ, by the mystical Communication of his
Body and Bloud.</p>
                  <p>This my next Author, <hi>Cyprian,</hi> will make plain in his 16, <hi>Epist. ad Mosen &amp; Maxi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mum.
Nos quidem</hi> (saith he) <hi>vestri diebus &amp; noctibus memores, &amp; quando in sacrifi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ciis
precem cum pluribus facimus, &amp; cum in secessu privatis precibus oramus: We indeed
are mindful of you day and night; both when we in our Sacrifices pray publickly with
others, and when we pray privately in our retirements:</hi> where we see the <hi>Sacrifice of
Prayer</hi> to be, <hi>cùm precent cum pluribus facimus,</hi> and distinguisht from that we do <hi>cùm in
secessu privatis precibus oramus.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="363" facs="tcp:63175:232"/>
These Authorities are all within the first three hundred years: to which I will add
one of the fourth; <hi>Optatus Milevitanns Lib.</hi> 6. <hi>contra Parmenianum,</hi> where he thus
expostulates with the <hi>Donatists</hi> for breaking and defacing the Altars of the Catholicks:
<hi>Quid est enim tam sacrilegum</hi> (saith he) <hi>quàm Altaria Dei (in quibus &amp; vos aliquando
obtulistis) frangere, radere, removere? in quibus Vota Populi &amp; Membra Christi</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">[<hi>Vide infra</hi>—Eregistis etiam Calices, Dominici San<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guinis portato<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>res.]</note> 
                     <hi>por<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tata
sunt; quò Deus omnipotens invocatus sit: For what is there so sacrilegious as to break
and deface, nay and quite take away, the Altars of God, whereon ye your selves have some<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>times
offered; those Altars which did bear both the Prayers of the People and the Body and
Bloud of Christ, that so Almighty God might be invocated?</hi> Mark here <hi>Altaria in quibus
Vota populi &amp; Membra Christi portata sunt,</hi> and gather hence what parts the <hi>Christian
Sacrifice</hi> consisted of: <hi>Vota populi</hi> are <hi>the Prayers of the Church, Membra Christi</hi> the
<hi>Body and Bloud of Christi,</hi> which the <hi>Prayers</hi> were offered with; both of them upon the
Altar. For it is worthy your notice, That the ancient Church had no other Place
whereat she offered her publick Prayers and Orisons but that whereon the memory of
the Body and Bloud of Christ was celebrated; that as they were joyned in their Use,
so they might not be severed in their Place.</p>
                  <p>According to which use, and agreeable to this passage of <hi>Optatus,</hi> speaks the <hi>Council
of Rhemes,</hi> commanding the Table of Christ (that is, the Altar) to be reverenced
and honoured, <hi>Quia Corpus Domini ibi consecratur, &amp; sanguis ejus hauritur; Preces
quoque &amp; Vota populi in conspectu Dei à Sacerdote offeruntur: Because there the Body of
Christ is consecrated, and his Bloud is drunk; there also the Prayers and Desires of the
People are offered up by the Priest before God.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Furthermore, That the <hi>Christian Sacrifice</hi> was <hi>an Oblation of Prayer,</hi> and consisted
in <hi>Invocation,</hi> is also another way to be evinc'd; namely, Because the Fathers, when
they speak thereof, use the terms of <hi>Prayer, Oblation</hi> and <hi>Sacrifice</hi> promiscuously and
interchangeably one for the other, as words importing the same thing.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Tertullian Exhort. ad Cast.</hi> disswading a Widower from marrying again, because it
would be uncomely in the Sacrifice of the Church to make mention (as the manner
then was) of more Wives than one, and that too by the mouth of an once-married
Priest, speaks thus; <hi>Neque enim pristinam poteris odisse, cui etiam religiostorem reservas
affectionem, ut jam receptae apud Dominum, pro cujus spiritu postulas, pro qua oblationes
annuas reddis. Stabis ergo ad Dominum cum tot uxoribus quoi in oratione commemoras?
&amp; offeres pro duabus? &amp; commendabis illas duas per Sacerdotem de monogamia ordina<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum?
circundatum virginibus &amp; univiris? &amp; ascendet sacrificium tuum cum liberâ fron<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>te?
For thou canst not hate thy former wife, for whom thou reservest a more religious af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fection,
as being received already with the Lord, for whose spirit thou makest request, for
whom thou rendrest yearly Oblations. Wilt thou then stand before the Lord with as many
wives as in thy prayers thou makest mention of? and wilt thou offer for two? and com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mend
those two by a Priest ordained after his having been but once-married? encompassed
with virgins and with women but once married? and shall thy Sacrifice ascend freely and
confidently?</hi> Here <hi>postulatio</hi> and <hi>oblatio, oratio</hi> and <hi>offerre, oratio</hi> and <hi>sacrificium</hi> are in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terchangeably
put one for the other. So also, in his Book <hi>De Oratione</hi> are <hi>Oratio</hi> and
<hi>Sacrificium;</hi> where he speaks of the kiss of Peace and Reconcilement, used at the
Eucharist: <hi>Quae oratio</hi> (saith he) <hi>cum divortio sancti osculi integra? quale sacrificium,
à quo sine pace receditur? What Prayer can be complete that is without the holy kiss? what
a kind of Sacrifice is that, from which Christians come away without the kiss of Peace?</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Augustine De Civit. Dei Lib. 8. cap. 27. <hi>speaking of the honour of Martyrs;</hi> Nec
Martyribus (<hi>saith he</hi>) sacrificia constituimus—quis audivit aliquando fidelium, stan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tem
Sacerdotem ad Altare (etiam super sanctum corpus Martyris) ad Dei honorem cultúm<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
constructum, dicere in Precibus Offero tibi sacrificium, Petre, vel Paule? &amp;c. We do
not sacrifice to Martyrs—Who among the faithful, while the Priest was standing at
the Altar built for the honour and worship of God, (nay though it were over the holy body of
the Martyr,) I say, who ever heard the Priest to say thus in Prayer, To thee, O Peter, or O
Paul, do I offer Sacrifice? <hi>Here</hi> Sacrificium <hi>is expounded by</hi> Preces, <hi>and</hi> Preces <hi>put for</hi>
Sacrificium.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>And</hi> Lib. 22. <hi>cap.</hi> 8. concerning one Hesperius, <hi>a man of quality in the City where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>of</hi>
Austin <hi>was Bishop, who, by the affliction of his cattel and servants, perceiving his
Country-Grange liable to some malignant power of evil spirits,</hi> Rogavit nostros,
(<hi>saith S.</hi> Austin) me absente, Presbyteros, ut aliquis eorum illò pergeret, cujus orationibus
cederent. Perrexit unus, obtulit ibi sacrificium corporis Christi, orans, quantum potuit,
ut cessaret illa vexatio. Deo protinus miserante cessavit. He entreated our Presbyters, in
my absence, that some one of them would go to the place, through the prevalency of whose
<pb n="364" facs="tcp:63175:233"/>
Prayers he hoped the evil spirits would be forced away. Accordingly one of them went thi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther,
and offered there the Sacrifice of Christ's Body, praying earnestly with all his might
for the ceasing of that fore affliction: and it ceased forthwith through God's mercy.
<hi>The Priest was entreated to pray there; he went, and</hi> offered sacrifice, <hi>and so</hi>
prayed.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>For this reason the Christian Sacrifice is among the Fathers, by way of distinction,
called</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, Sacrificium laudis, <hi>that is, of</hi> Confession <hi>and</hi> Invocation <hi>of God;
namely, to difference it from those of Bloud and Incense.</hi> Augustine Lib. 1. contra
Adversarium Legis &amp; Prophetarum cap. 20. Ecclesia immolat Deo in corpore Christi sacri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ficium
laudis, ex quo Deus Deorum locutus vocavit terram à Solis ortu usque ab occasum:
The Church offereth to God the Sacrifice of praise, ever since the fulfilling of that in <hi>Psalm</hi>
50. The God of Gods hath spoken, and called the earth from the rising of the Sun to the go<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
down thereof. <hi>Again,</hi> Epist. 86. Sacrificium laudis ab Ecclesia toto orbe diffusa die<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
omnibus immolatur: The Sacrifice of Praise is continually offered by the Christian
Church dispersed all the world over. <hi>And elsewhere. And amongst the Greek Fathers
this term is so frequent as I shall not need to quote any of them.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Now this joyning of the Prayers of the Church with the mystical commemoration
of Christ in the Sacrament of his Body and Bloud, was no after-Invention of the Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thers,
but took its original from the Apostles times, and the very beginning of Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stianity:
For so we read of the first believers <hi>Acts</hi> 2. 42. that they were <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.
which the Vulgar Latine turns, <hi>Erant autem perseverantes in doctrina Apostolorum, &amp;
communicatione fractionis panis, &amp; orationibus; And they persevered in the doctrine of
the Apostles, and in the communication of the breaking of bread, and Prayers:</hi> but the
<hi>Syriack, Perseverantes erant in doctrina Apostolorum, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>;
&amp; communicabant in oratione, &amp; fractione Eucharistiae: They persevered
in the doctrine of the Apostles, and communicated in Prayer and in breaking of the Eucha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rist;</hi>
that is, They were assiduous and constant in hearing the Apostles, and in cele<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brating
the Christian Sacrifice. Both which Translations teach us, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Breaking of Bread</hi> and <hi>Prayers,</hi> are to be referred to <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Commu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nion,</hi>
as the <hi>Exegesis</hi> thereof; namely, that this <hi>Communion of the Church</hi> consisted in
the <hi>Breaking of Bread</hi> and <hi>Prayers;</hi> and so the conjunction <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> to be <hi>Exegetically</hi> taken,
as if the Greek were rendred thus, <hi>Erant perseverantes in (audienda) doctrina Aposto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lorum,
&amp; in communicatione, videlicet, fractione panis, &amp; orationibus.</hi> And who
knows not that the <hi>Synaxis</hi> of the ancient Christians consisted of these three parts, <hi>Of
hearing the Word of God, of Prayers, and Commemoration of Christ in the Eucharist?</hi>
Our Translation therefore here is not so right, which refers <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> to <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
and translates it, <hi>The fellowship of the Apostles.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The Antiquity also of this conjunction we speak of appears out of <hi>Ignatius,</hi> in his
Epistle to the <hi>Ephesians,</hi> where speaking of the damage which Schismaticks incur by
dividing themselves from the communion of the Church, he utters it in this manner;
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
; <hi>Let no man</hi> (saith he) <hi>deceive
himself: unless a man be within the Altar, he is deprived of the Bread of God. And if
the prayer of one or two be of that force as to set Christ in the midst of them, how much more
shall the joynt-prayer of the Bishop and whole Church, sent up unto God, prevail with him
to grant us all our requests in Christ?</hi> These words of <hi>Ignatius</hi> directly imply that the
<hi>Altar</hi> was the place as of the Bread of God, so of the Publick Prayers of the Church;
and that they were so nearly linked together, that he that was not <hi>within the Altar,</hi>
(that is, who should be divided therefrom) had no benefit of either.</p>
               </div>
               <div n="6" type="chapter">
                  <pb n="365" facs="tcp:63175:233"/>
                  <head>CHAP. VI.</head>
                  <argument>
                     <p>The Third Particular, <hi>That the Christian Sacrifice is an Oblation of Thanksgiving and
Prayer through Iesus Christ Commemorated in the Creatures of Bread and Wine.</hi>
Sacrifices under the Law were Rites to invocate God by. That the Eucharist is a Rite
to give thanks and invocate God by, proved from several Testimonies of the Fathers and
the Greek Liturgies. A passage out of Mr. <hi>Perkins</hi> agreeable to this notion. What
meant by that usual expression of the Ancients speaking of the Eucharist, [<hi>Through
Iesus Christ the great High-Priest.</hi>] By <hi>Nomen Dei</hi> in Mal. 1. <hi>Iustin Martyr</hi> and
<hi>Irenaeus</hi> understood <hi>Christ.</hi> Why in the Eucharist Prayers were to be directed to God
the Father.</p>
                  </argument>
                  <p>THE second Particular thus proved, the Third comes next in place, which is, I <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="III"/>
                     <hi>That this Oblation of Thanksgiving and Prayer was made through Iesus Christ com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>memorated
in the creatures of Bread and Wine:</hi> Namely, they believed that our Bles<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sed
Saviour ordained this Sacrament of his Body and Bloud as a Rite to bless and in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vocate
his Father by, in stead of the manifold and bloudy Sacrifices of the Law.
For,<note n="*" place="margin">[See th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> morefully pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved in the fol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lowing Dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>course.]</note> 
                     <hi>That those bloudy Sacrifices of the Law were Rites to invocate God by,</hi> is a Truth,
though not so vulgarly known, yet undeniable; and may, on the Gentiles behalf, be
proved out of <hi>Homer</hi> and other Authors;<note n="*" place="margin">See 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 7. 9.</note> on the <hi>Iews,</hi> by that speech of <hi>Saul,</hi>
1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 13. 12. when <hi>Samuel</hi> expostulated with him for having offered a burnt-offer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing:<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Ezra</hi> 6. 10.</note>
                     <hi>I said,</hi> saith he, <hi>The Philistines will come down upon me to Gilgal,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">
                        <hi>Psal.</hi> 116. 13.</note> 
                     <hi>and I have not
made supplication to the Lord; I forced my self therefore, and offered a burnt-offering:</hi>
upon which place <hi>Kimchi</hi> notes, that <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Pr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap>.</hi> 15. 8.</note> 
                     <hi>Sacrifice
was a Rite or</hi> Medium, <hi>whereby Prayer was usually presented unto God.</hi> The same is like<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wise
true of their <hi>Hymns</hi> and <hi>Doxologies,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">
                        <hi>Baruch</hi> 1. 10, 11. 1 <hi>Mat.</hi> 12. 11. 2 <hi>Chron.</hi> 7. 12.</note> as is to be seen 2 <hi>Chron.</hi> 29. 27. and by the
words of the Chaldee Paraphrast <hi>Ionathan,</hi> upon <hi>Exod.</hi> 38. 8. concerning the wo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>men
that assembled at the door of the Tabernacle: <hi>The Women</hi> (saith he) <hi>which came</hi>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>to pray, stood at the door of the Tabernacle</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Ab. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>zra <hi>upon this place observes,</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> that these religious women d<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>spising the vain delights of this world, gave, as a Free-will-offering for the making of the Lavit, their Looking-glasses, by which they were wont to dress and adorn themselves; not caring to use them any longer for such purposes.</note> 
                     <hi>by their Oblation, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> and
they praised and confessed; afterwards they returning to their husbands, brought forth righ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>teous
children.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>It is further confirmed for <hi>Invocation</hi> in general, by that which the Scripture so of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ten
reports of <hi>Abraham</hi> and <hi>Isaac.</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Gen. 12. 7. 13. 4. 26. 25. 33. 20.</note> That <hi>they built Altars</hi> where they came, and there
<hi>they called upon the name of the Lord:</hi> But the Altar was a place for Sacrifice.</p>
                  <p>In stead therefore of the slaying of <hi>Beasts</hi> and burning of <hi>Incense,</hi> whereby they cal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led
upon the Name of God in the Old Testament; the Fathers, I say, believed our
Saviour ordained this Sacrament of <hi>Bread</hi> and <hi>Wine,</hi> as a Rite whereby to give thanks
and make supplication to his Father in his Name.</p>
                  <p>The mystery of which Rite they took to be this: That as Christ, by presenting his
Death and Satisfaction to his Father, continually intercedes for us in Heaven; so the
Church on Earth semblably approaches the Throne of Grace, by representing Christ
unto his Father in these holy Mysteries of his Death and Passion. <hi>Veteres enim,</hi> (saith
<hi>Cassander) in hoc mystico sacrificio, non tam peractae semel in Cruee oblationis, cujus hîc
memoria celebratur, quàm perpetui Sacerdotii &amp; jugis sacrificii, quod quotidie in Coelis
sempiternus Sacerdos offert, rationem habuerunt; cujus hîc Imago per solennes Ministro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum,
preces exprimitur. The Ancients did not in this mystical Sacrifice so much consider
and respect the Oblation once made upon the Cross, (the memory whereof is here celebrated,)
as the everlasting Priesthood of Christ and the perpetual Sacrifice which he, our High-Priest
for ever, doth continually offer in Heaven; the resemblance whereof is here on earth exprest
by the solemn prayers of God's Ministers.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>This a Reverend and famous Divine of blessed memory, once of this Society, and
interr'd in this place, saw more clearly, or exprest more plainly, than any other Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>formed
Writer I have yet seen, in his <hi>Demonstratio Problematis,</hi> and Title <hi>de Sacrifi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cio
Missae;</hi> where he speaks thus: <hi>Veteres Coenam Domini, seu totam coenae actionem,
vocârunt Sacrificium, variis de causis:—quia est commemoratio, ade<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>que repraesentatio
Deo Patri, sacrificii Christi in cruce immolati: The ancient Fathers used to call the Supper
of the Lord, or the whole action of the Supper, a Sacrifice; and that for divers reasons—
<pb n="366" facs="tcp:63175:234"/>
Because it is a Commemoration, and also a Representation unto God the Father, of the Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crifice
of Christ offered upon the Cross.</hi> He goes on, <hi>Hoc modo fideles etiam inter oran<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dum
Christum offerunt Deo Patri victimam pro suis peccatis, dum scilicet mente affectúque
ad sacrificium ejus unicum feruntur, ut Deum sibi habeant faciántque propitium: In this
sense the Faithful in their prayers do offer Christ as a Sacrifice unto God the Father for
their sins, in being wholly carried away in their minds and affections unto that only and
true Sacrifice, thereby to procure and obtain God's favour to them.</hi> That which every
Christian doth mentally and vocally, when he commends his prayers to God the Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
through <hi>Iesus</hi> Christ, making mention of his death and satisfaction; that in the
publick service of the Church was done by that Rite which our Saviour commanded
to be used in Commemoration of him.</p>
                  <p>These things thus explained, Let us now see by what Testimonies and Authorities
it may be proved the ancient Church had this meaning. I will begin with S. <hi>Ambrose,</hi>
because his Testimony is punctual to our explication. <hi>Offic. lib.</hi> 1. <hi>cap.</hi> 48. <hi>Antè</hi> (saith
he) <hi>Agnus offerebatur, offerebatur &amp; Vitulus: nunc Christus offertur; sed offertur quasi
homo, quasi recipiens passionem; &amp;</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">In Lit. Chry<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sost. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, Thou, O Christ, art both the Offerer, and the Offering it self.</note> 
                     <hi>offert seipsum quasi sacerdos, ut peccata nostra di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mittat:
hîc in imagine, ibi in veritate, ubi apud Patrem pro nobis quasi advocat us inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>venit.
Heretofore (under the Law) was wont to be offered a Lamb, and a Bullock:
(Exod. 29.) But now (under the Gospel) Christ is offered; but he is offered as a man, and
as one that suffered; and he also as a Priest offers himself, for the forgiveness of our sins.
Here (on earth) this is done in a resemblance and representation; there (in Heaven) in
truth, where he as our Advocate intercedes for us with his
Father.</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>In Missa seu Liturg. Ambrosiana. post Confra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                           <gap reason="illegible: indecipherable" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap>orium Sacerdos sic orat.</hi> Ipsius praeceptum est, Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mine, quod agimus, in cujus nunc praesentiâ postu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lamus: Da Sacrificio Authorem suum, ut impleatur fides rei in sublimitate mysterii; ut sicuti, veritatem coelestis sacrificii exequimur, sic veritatem Dominici corporis &amp; sanguinis hauriamus.</note> An Author which <hi>Cassander</hi> in his Consulta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions
quotes without name, expresses this mystery fully;
<hi>Non impiè à nobis</hi> (saith he) <hi>Christus occiditur, sed piè
sacrificatur; &amp; hoc modo mortem Domini annunciam us do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nec
veniat: hoc enim hîc per eum humiliter agimus in ter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ris,
quod pro nobis ipse potenter (sicut filius pro sua reve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rentia
exaudiendus) agit in Coelis; ubi apud Patrem pro nobis quasi advocatus intervenit;
cui est pro nobis intervenire, carnem quam pro nobis &amp; de nobis sumsit, Deo Patri quodaem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>modo
pro nobis ingerere. Christ is not wickedly slain by us, but piously sacrificed; and
thus we shew the Lord's death till he come: For we by him do that here on earth in a meaner
way, which he (as a</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">So the Vulg. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> at. Hebr. 5. 7. renders <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>. which (ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording to <hi>G<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>otius</hi> and others) should be rendred, <hi>Exauditus (i. liberatus) à me<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>u.</hi> The like phrase in <hi>Psal. 22. 22.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>Son to be heard for his reverence or piety) doth for us in heaven po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>werfully
and prevailingly, where he as our Advocate mediates for us with the Father, whose
office it is to intercede for us, and to present that flesh which he took for us and of us, to God
the Father in our behalf.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>My next Author shall be <hi>Eusebius, Demonstrat, Evangel. lib.</hi> 1. <hi>cap.</hi> 10. where men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tioning
that of the 23. <hi>Psalm, Thou hast prepared a Table before me, &amp;c. Thou anoin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tedst
my head with oyl; Herein,</hi> saith he, <hi>are plainly signified the Mystical unction, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>,
and the venerable Sacrifices of Christ's table;</hi> (he
means the Symbols of the Body and Bloud of Christ) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>whereby propitiating God, we are
taught to offer up all our life long unto the Lord of all, unbloudy and reasonable Sacrifices,
most acceptable to him, by his most glorious High-Priest, Iesus Christ.</hi> Here <hi>Eusebius</hi> af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>firms
that Christians are taught to offer unto God <hi>reasonable</hi> and <hi>unbloudy sacrifices,</hi>
that is, <hi>Prayer and Thanksgiving, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>,
propitiating,</hi> or <hi>finding favour with God, through the venerable mysteries of Christ's Table.</hi>
For <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is, <hi>litare,</hi> i. e. <hi>propitiare,</hi> or <hi>placare Numen, votum impetrare, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>,
gratum facere.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Next I produce <hi>Cyril</hi> of <hi>Ierusalem</hi> (or more likely <hi>Iohn</hi> his successor) Author of
those five <hi>Catecheses Mystagogicae:</hi> In the last of which, relating and expounding the
meaning of that which was said or done in the celebration of the Eucharist, according
to the use of his time, amongst other things he says thus; <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>after that Spiritual Sacrifice, that unbloudy
Service,</hi> that is, After the Thanksgiving and Invocation of the Holy Ghost upon
the Bread and the Wine, to make it the Body and Bloud of Christ, (of which
he was speaking before) <hi>was done,</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">1 Mac. 12. 11. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, <hi>Super iis quae offerimus Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crificii<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<pb n="367" facs="tcp:63175:234"/>
&amp;c. <hi>We do over that Propitiatory Sacrifice beseech God for the common peace of
the Churches, for the good estate of the World, for Kings, their Armies and Confederates,
for the sick and the afflicted, and in fine for all that are in an helpless condition.</hi> And
this is the manner of the Greek Liturgies, immediately upon the Consecration of the
<hi>Dona (viz.</hi> the Bread and Wine) to be the Symbols of the Body and Bloud of Christ,
and the Commemoration thereon of his Passion, Resur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rection
and Ascension,<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, <hi>Dionys. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>reop. Ep. ad Demoph. Therapeutam.</hi>
                     </note> to offer to the Divine Majesty,
as it were over the Lamb of God then lying upon the
Table, their Supplications and Prayers,<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>. <hi>Euseb. de Vita Constant. lib.</hi> 
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. <hi>c.</hi> 45.</note> for the whole
state of Christ's Church and all sorts and degrees therein,
together with all other their suits and requests; and that
ever and anon interposing the word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>we of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fer
unto thee,</hi> for these and these, that is, we commemo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rate
Christ in this mystical Rite for them. This Prayer therefore our Author <hi>Cyrill</hi>
in the place afore-quoted calls <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>the
prayer of the holy and most worthily dreaded Sacrifice lying then upon the Table:</hi> and saith,
that it is a most powerful Prayer, as that wherein we offer unto the Divine Majesty
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Christ that was once slain for our
sins, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, propitiating the merciful God for our
selves and others we pray for.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>And this is that, if I mistake not, which <hi>Tertullian</hi> means <hi>lib. de Oratione cap.</hi> 11.
where he says of the Christians, that they did <hi>Dominicâ passione orare. Nos vero</hi> (in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quit)
<hi>non attollimus tantùm [manus,] sed etiam expandimus; &amp; Dominicâ passione
orantes confitemur Christo, id est, Christum; We do not only lift up, but spre<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap> forth our
hands, and praying with the Lord's passion,</hi> (that is, by the Commemoration thereof
in the Eucharist) <hi>confess unto Christ, that is, confess and acknowledge Christ;</hi> according
to the Dialect of the Scripture, <hi>Confitemur Domino</hi> for <hi>Confitemur Dominum:</hi> For by
commemorating Christ and offering our Prayers to the Father in his Name, we con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fess
and acknowledge him to be our Mediator. So <hi>Eusebius de Laude Const.</hi> calls it
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>To send up Prayers in
his Name to the God of all.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The same with <hi>Tertullian</hi> means S. <hi>Austin,</hi> describing the <hi>Christian Sacrifice</hi> to be,
<hi>immolare Deo in Corpore Christi sacrificium Laudis, lib.</hi> 1. <hi>contra Adversarium Legis &amp;
Prophetarum, cap.</hi> 20. <hi>Ecclesia</hi> (saith he) <hi>immolat Deo, in Corpore Christi, sacrificium
Laudis, ex quo Deus Deorum locutus vocavit terram à Solis ortu usque ad occasum,</hi> Psalm
50. 1. <hi>The Church offereth unto God the Sacrifice of Praise in the Body of Christ, ever
since the fulfilling of that in</hi> Psal. 50. <hi>The God of Gods hath spoken, and called the earth
from the rising of the Sun to the going down thereof.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Lastly, That the representation of the Body and Bloud of Christ in this Christian
Service was intended and used as a Rite whereby to find grace and favour with God,
when the Church addressed her self unto him, (which is that I undertook to prove,)
is apparent by a saying of <hi>Origen Hom.</hi> 13. <hi>in Levit.</hi> where treating of the <hi>Shew-bread,</hi>
which was continually set before the Lord with <hi>Incense,</hi> for a memorial of the children
of <hi>Israel,</hi> that is, to put God in mind of them, he makes it in this respect to have been
a lively figure of the Christians <hi>Eucharist;</hi> for, saith he, <hi>Ista est commemoratio sola quae
propitium facit Deum hominibus; That's the only Commemoration which renders God pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pitious
to men.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>All these Testimonies have been express for our purpose, That the Thanksgivings
and Prayers of the Church in the Christian Sacrifice were offered unto the Divine Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jesty
through Christ commemorated in the Symbols of Bread and Wine, as by a <hi>Me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dium</hi>
whereby to find acceptance.</p>
                  <p>There is, besides these, an usual expression of the Fathers, when they speak of the
<hi>Eucharist;</hi> which though it be not direct and punctual, as the former, yet I verily
believe it aimed at the same Mystery: namely, when they say that in this Sacrifice
they offer <hi>Praise</hi> and <hi>Prayer</hi> to God the Father, <hi>through Iesus Christ the great High
Priest.</hi> I will quote an Example or two. <hi>Clemens,</hi> or the Author of the Constituti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons,
<hi>lib. 2. cap. 29. al.</hi> 25. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>You,</hi> (saith he) <hi>O Bishops, are
now unto your people as Priests and Levites,—standing at the Altar of the Lord our God,</hi>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>and offering unto him reasonable and unbloudy Sacrifices through Iesus Christ the great
High-Priest.</hi>
                     <pb n="368" facs="tcp:63175:235"/>
The same <hi>Clemens,</hi> in a more undoubted writing of his, to wit his <hi>Epist. ad Corin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thios,</hi>
quoting that of the 50. <hi>Psalm</hi> after the Septuagint, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>The sacrifice of Praise shall glorifie me; <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>,—
and there is the way wherein I shall shew to him that sacrificeth the salvation of God; <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>,
This is the way,</hi> saith <hi>Clemens,</hi> that is, <hi>the Sacrifice of Praise is the way,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>wherein we have
found our salvation, Iesus Christ, the High-Priest of all our offerings.</hi> The Fathers are
wont to expound this place of the <hi>Eucharist;</hi> and therefore I doubt not but <hi>Clemens</hi>
means of the same, and tells us that in this Sacrifice Christ, the High-Priest of our of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferings,
is found, that is, represented and commemorated.</p>
                  <p>In the same style speaks <hi>Iust. Mar. Dial. cum Tryphone.</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. <hi>There is not any sort of men in the world, whether Barbarians, or
Greeks, or of what denomination soever—amongst whom Prayers and Thanksgivings are
not made to the Father and Maker of all through the name of the crucified Iesus.</hi> He is
speaking of the Christian sacrifice, and our Text in <hi>Malachi, In omni loco offeretur In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>censum
Nomini meo:</hi> where note that by <hi>Nomen Dei the Name of God</hi> he understands
<hi>Christ,</hi> through whom in this Sacrifice our devotions are offered. So doth <hi>Irenaeus</hi>
and others, <hi>Iren. lib.</hi> 4. <hi>cap.</hi> 33. <hi>Quod est aliud Nomen
quod in Gentibus glorificatur,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Quemadmodum siquis Rex ipse filii sui pingat ima<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ginem, justè suam illam dicit imaginem secundùm utrumque; quoniam &amp; filii ejus est, &amp; quoniam ipse fecit eam: Sic &amp; Iesu Christi nomen, quod per uni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>versam mundum glorificatur in Ecclesia, suum esse confitetur Pater; &amp; quoniam Filii ejus est, &amp; quo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>niam ipse scribens id, ad salutem dedit hominum. <hi>Iren. ibid.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>quàm quod est Domini nostri,
per quem glorificatur Pater, &amp; glorificatur homo—quoni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>am
ergo Nomen Filii proprium Patris est, &amp; in Deo omni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>potente,
per Iesum Christum offert Ecclesia; bene ait secun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dùm
utraque, Et in omni loco offeretur Incensum Nomini
meo, &amp; Sacrificium purum. What other Name is there that
is glorified among the Gentiles, than the Name of our Lord,
by whom the Father is glorified, and man also is glorified?—And because the Name of
the Son is the Father's, and in Almighty God, the Church offers through Iesus Christ;
well saith the Prophet in respect of both,</hi> And in every place Incense shall be offered to
my Name, and a pure Sacrifice.</p>
                  <p>Now how this <hi>Incense</hi> and <hi>Sacrifice,</hi> which the Prophet saith the Gentiles should
<hi>offer to the Name of God,</hi> may be expounded, <hi>Offered by the Name of God,</hi> to wit, by
Christ, <hi>Origen lib.</hi> 8. <hi>contra Cels.</hi> will inform us; <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>We worship,</hi> (saith
he) <hi>as we are able, with our Prayer and Supplications the one God and his only Son, the
Word and Image of God, Iesus Christ; offering to the God of the Vniverse our Prayers by
his only-begotten Son,</hi> TO WHOM WE FIRST OFFER THEM;
<hi>beseeching him, that he, being the Propitiation</hi> (i. Propitiator) <hi>for our sins, would
vouchsafe, as our High-Priest, to present our</hi> PRAYERS <hi>and</hi> SACRIFICES
<hi>and</hi> INTER CESSIONS <hi>to God most High.</hi> The summe whereof is this,
That which we offer to the Father <hi>by</hi> Christ, we offer first <hi>to</hi> Christ; that he, as our
High-Priest, might present it to his Father. More passages hath <hi>Origen</hi> in the same
Books of this kind.</p>
                  <p>But I will not weary you too much in this rugged way; Only I will add, that out
of this which we have hitherto discoursed and proved, may be understood the mean<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
and reason of that Decree of the third Council of <hi>Carthage</hi> and <hi>Hippo,</hi> namely,
<hi>Vt nemo in Precibus, vel Patrem pro Filio, vel Filiumpro Patre, nominet: Et cum Alta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ri
assistitur</hi> [N. B.] <hi>semper ad Patrem dirigatur oratio: That none in their Prayer should
name either the Son for the Father, or the Father for the Son: And that, when they stand
at the Altar, they ought always to direct their Prayers to the Father.</hi> The reason, Because
the <hi>Father</hi> is properly the Object <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,<note place="margin">1 Cor. 8. 6.</note> 
                     <hi>to whom;</hi> the <hi>Son</hi> only <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>by whom,</hi> in this
Mystical service; and therefore to direct here our <hi>Prayers</hi> and <hi>Thanksgivings</hi> to the
Son, were to pervert the order of the Mystery, which is, as hath been proved, <hi>An
Oblation of Praise and Prayer to God the Father through the Intercession of Iesus Christ, re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>presented
in the Symbols of Bread and Wine.</hi>
                  </p>
               </div>
               <div n="7" type="chapter">
                  <pb n="369" facs="tcp:63175:235"/>
                  <head>CHAP. VII.</head>
                  <argument>
                     <p>
                        <hi>The Fourth Particular,</hi> That the Commemoration of Christ in the Creatures of Bread
and Wine (in the Eucharist) is a Sacrifice, according to the style of the ancient
Church. <hi>How Sacrifices are distinguished from all other Offerings. A</hi> Sacrifice <hi>defi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ned.
The universal Custom of mankind to contract or confirm Covenants and Friendship
by eating and drinking together: This illustrated from Testimonies of Scripture and hu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mane
Authors. Sacrifices were Federal Feasts, wherein God and men did feast toge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
in token of amity and friendship. What was God's Messe or portion in the Sacrifi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ces.
The different Laws of Burnt-offerings, Sin and Trespass-offerings, and the Peace-offerings.
Burnt-offerings had Meat and Drink-offerings annexed to them, and were
regularly accompanied with Peace-offerings. That Sacrifices were Feasts of amity be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tween
God and men, proved by four Arguments. The reason of those phrases,</hi> Secare
foedus <hi>and</hi> Icere foedus. <hi>That in those Sacrificial Feasts, (and also in the Eucharist)
God is to be considered as the</hi> Convivator, <hi>and Man as the</hi> Conviva. <hi>This cleared
by several passages in this (as also in the) following Chapter.</hi>
                     </p>
                  </argument>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="IV"/> THE Fourth Particular propounded was this, <hi>That the Sacrament of the Body and
Bloud of Christ,</hi> or Lord's Supper, or <hi>the Commemoration of Christ in the Creatures
of Bread and Wine, is also a Sacrifice, according to the style of the ancient Church.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>It is one thing to say, <hi>That the Lord's Supper is a Sacrifice,</hi> and another to say, <hi>That
Christ is properly sacrificed therein.</hi> These are not the same: For there may be a Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crifice
which is a representation of another Sacrifice, and yet a Sacrifice too. And
such a Sacrifice is this of the New Testament, a Sacrifice wherein another Sacrifice,
that of Christ's death upon the Cross, is commemorated. Thus the <hi>Papists</hi> gain no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thing
by this Notion of Antiquity, and our asserting the same: For their Tenet is,
<hi>That Christ in this Sacrifice is really and properly sacrificed;</hi> which we shall shew in
due time that the Ancients never meant.</p>
                  <p>To begin with this, <hi>That the Lord's Supper or Mystical Rite of the Body and Bloud of
Christ is a Sacrifice:</hi> As in the Old Testament the name of <hi>Sacrifice</hi> was otherwhile gi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven
to the whole Action in which the Rite was used, sometimes to the Rite alone:
so in the Notion and Language of the ancient Church, sometimes the whole Action or
Christian Service (wherein the <hi>Lord's Supper</hi> was a part) is comprehended under that
name; sometimes the Rite of the Sacred Supper it self is so termed, and truly, as ye
shall now hear.</p>
                  <p>The resolution of this Point depends altogether upon the true <hi>Definition</hi> of a <hi>Sacri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fice,</hi>
as it is distinguished from all other <hi>Offerings.</hi> Which, though it be so necessary
that all disputation without it is vain; yet shall we not find that either party interessed
in this question hath been so exact therein as were to be wished. This appears by the
differing Definitions given and confuted by Divines on both sides: The reason of
which defect is, because neither are deduced from the Notion of Scripture, but built
upon other conceptions. Let us see therefore if it may be learned out of Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture
what that is which the Scripture, in a strict and special sense, calls a <hi>Sacrifice.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Every <hi>Sacrifice</hi> is an <hi>Oblation</hi> or <hi>Offering:</hi> but every offering is not a <hi>Sacrifice,</hi> in
that strict and proper acception we seek. For <hi>Tithes, First-fruits,</hi> and all other cal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led
<hi>Heave-offerings</hi> in the Law, and whatsoever indeed is consecrated unto God, are
<hi>Oblations</hi> or <hi>Offerings;</hi> but none of them <hi>Sacrifices,</hi> nor ever so called in the Old Te<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stament.
What <hi>Offerings</hi> are then called <hi>Sacrifices?</hi> I answer, <hi>Burnt-Offerings, Sin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>offerings,
Trespass-offerings</hi> and <hi>Peace-offerings.</hi> These, and no other, are called by
that name.</p>
                  <p>Out of these therefore must we pick the true and proper <hi>ratio</hi> and nature of a <hi>Sacri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fice.</hi>
It is true, indeed, that these Sacrifices were Offerings of beasts, of beeves, of
sheep, of goats, of fowls: but the <hi>ratio</hi> or essence of any thing consists not in the <hi>mat<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter</hi>
thereof; as the Gowns we wear are still the same kind of apparel, though made of
differing stuffs. These Sacrifices also were slain, and offered by Fire and Incense:
but neither is the <hi>modus</hi> of any thing the <hi>ratio</hi> or essential Form thereof. That there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
may have the nature and <hi>formale</hi> of a <hi>Sacrifice,</hi> which consists of <hi>another matter,</hi>
and is offered after <hi>another</hi> and differing <hi>manner.</hi> Those we call <hi>Sacraments</hi> of the Old
Testament, <hi>Circumcision</hi> and the <hi>Passeover,</hi> were by effusion of bloud; ours are not;
and yet we esteem them nevertheless true <hi>Sacraments:</hi> So it may be here.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="370" facs="tcp:63175:236"/>To hold you therefore no longer in suspence: <hi>A Sacrifice,</hi> I think, should be
defined thus; <hi>An Offering whereby the offerer is made partaker of his God's Table, in
token of Covenant and Friendship with him,</hi> &amp;c. or more explicately thus; <hi>An Offering
unto the Divine Majesty of that which is given for the Food of man; that the offerer parta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>king
thereof might, as by way of pledge, be certified of his acceptation into Covenant and
fellowship with his God, by eating and drinking at his Table.</hi> S. <hi>Augustine</hi> comes toward
this Notion, when he defines <hi>a Sacrifice</hi> (though in a larger sense) <hi>Quod Deo nuncu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pamus,
reddimus &amp; dedicamus, hoc fine, ut sanctâ societate ipsi adhaereamus; That which
we devote, dedicate and render unto God, for this end, that we may have an holy society
and fellowship with him.</hi> For to have society and fellowship with God, what is it else
but to be in league and covenant with him?</p>
                  <p>In a word, a Sacrifice is <hi>Oblatio foederalis.</hi> For the true and right understanding
whereof, we must know, <hi>That it was the universal custom of mankind, and still remains
in use, to contract covenants and make leagues and friendship by eating and drinking toge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther.</hi>
When <hi>Isaac</hi> made a covenant with <hi>Abimelech</hi> the King of <hi>Gerar,</hi> the Text
saith, <hi>He made him and those that were with him a Feast, and they did eat and drink, and
rose up betimes in the morning, and sware one to another, Gen.</hi> 26. 30, 31. When <hi>Ia<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cob</hi>
made a covenant with <hi>Laban,</hi> after they had sworn together, he made him a Feast,
and <hi>called his brethren to eat Bread, Gen.</hi> 31. 54. When <hi>David</hi> made a league with
<hi>Abner,</hi> upon his promise to bring all <hi>Israel</hi> unto him, <hi>David made Abner and the men
that came with him a Feast,</hi> 2 <hi>Sam.</hi> 3. 20.<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Vide etiam Ios.</hi> 9. 14. 15. <hi>Psal.</hi> 41. 10. Vir pacis mea, in quo fidebam, qui comedebat panem meum.</note> Hence in the <hi>Hebrew</hi> tongue a <hi>Covenant</hi> is
called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>To eat;</hi> as if they should say <hi>An eating:</hi> which derivation is so
natural, that it deserves to be preferred before that from the<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> à <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>Eligere,</hi> quia Foedus pangitur con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ditionibus cer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tis qua duae partes <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ligunt.</note> other signification of
the same Verb, which is <hi>To chuse.</hi> And this will suffice for the custom of the <hi>He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brews.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Now for the <hi>Gentiles, Herodotus</hi> tells us, the <hi>Persians</hi> were wont to contract leagues
and friendship <hi>inter Vinum &amp; Epulas,</hi> in a full Feast, whereat their wives, children
and friends were present. The like <hi>Tacitus</hi> reports of the <hi>Germans.</hi> Amongst the
<hi>Greeks</hi> and other Nations, the Covenantees ate <hi>Bread</hi> and <hi>Salt</hi> together. Unto
which comes near that Ceremony some-where used at Weddings, that the Bridegroom,
when he comes home from Church, takes a piece of Cake, tastes it, then gives it to
his Bride to taste it likewise; as a token of a Covenant made between them. The
Emperor of <hi>Russia</hi> at this day, when he would shew extraordinary grace and favour
unto any, sends him <hi>Bread</hi> and <hi>Salt</hi> from his Table: And when he invited Baron <hi>Si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gismond,</hi>
the Emperor <hi>Ferdinand's</hi> Ambassador, he did it in this form; <hi>Sigismunde,
comedes Sal &amp; panem nostrum nobiscum, Sigismond, you shall eat our Bread and Salt with
us.</hi> Hence that Symbol of <hi>Pythagoras, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, Break no bread,</hi> is inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preted
by <hi>Erasmus</hi> and others to mean <hi>Break no friendship.</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Vide Turcicum ritum apud Busbequium, Epist. 1. 11.</note> Moreover the <hi>Egyptians,
Thracians,</hi> and <hi>Libyans</hi> in special, are said to have used to make leagues and contract
friendship by presenting a cup of Wine one to another; which custom we find still in
use amongst our <hi>Western</hi> Nations. And what is our <hi>
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>le pledge you,</hi> but I take it as a
pledge of league and friendship from you? Yea it is a rule in Law, that if a man drink
to him against whom he hath an accusation of slander or other verbal injury, he loses
his Action, because it is supposed he is reconciled with him.</p>
                  <p>Such now as were these <hi>Covenant-feastings</hi> and eatings and drinkings in token of
league and amity between men and men, such are <hi>Sacrifices</hi> between Man and his
God; <hi>Epulae foederales, Federal feasts,</hi> wherein God deigneth to entertain Man to eat
and drink with or before him, in token of favour and reconcilement. For so it be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>comes
the condition of the parties, that he which hath offended the other, and seeks
for favour and forgiveness, should be entertained by him to whom he is obnoxious;
and not <hi>è contrá:</hi> that is, that God should be the <hi>Convivator, the entertainer</hi> or <hi>maker
of the Feast,</hi> and man the <hi>Conviva,</hi> or <hi>Guest.</hi> To which end the Viands for this sacred
<hi>Epulum</hi> were first to be offered unto God, and so made his; that he might entertain
the offerer, and not the offerer him. For we are to observe, that what the Fire
consumed was accounted as God's own Mess, and called by himself <hi>the meat of his
Fire-offerings:</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Levit. 3. 11, &amp; 16. Numb. 28. 2, &amp; 24.</note> the rest was for his guests, which they were partakers of either by
themselves, as in all the <hi>Peace-offerings;</hi> or by their proxies the Priests, as in the rest,
to wit, the <hi>Holocausts,</hi> the <hi>Sin</hi> and <hi>Trespass-offerings.</hi> The reason of which difference
was, I suppose, because the one was <hi>ad impetrandum</hi> or <hi>renovandum foedus, for the ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>king</hi>
or <hi>renewing the Covenant with God,</hi> where therefore a Mediator was need<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ful;
the other, to wit, the <hi>Peace-offerings, ad confirmandum &amp; consignandum,
for the confirming the Covenant</hi> only, wherein therefore they addressed themselves be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
<pb n="371" facs="tcp:63175:236"/>
the Divine Majesty with greater confidence. If any shall object, That the <hi>Ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>locaust</hi>
was wholly burnt and consumed, and so no body partaker thereof; I answer,
It is true, the Beast which was slain was wholly burnt, and so all of it as it were God's
Mess: But there was<note n="*" place="margin">Levit. 23. 13. 18. Num. 8. 8. &amp; 15. 4, 5. &amp; 28. 28, 28, 31. &amp; 29. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>, 11. 19. <hi>Vide &amp;</hi> Nehem. 10. 33.</note> a <hi>Meat-offering</hi> and <hi>Drink-offering</hi> annexed thereunto, as a
part of the holy Feast; of which a handful only was burnt for a memorial, the re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mainder
was for the<note n="*" place="margin">Lev. 7. 9. with Lev. 2. 2. 3, 9, 10.</note> Priests to eat in the holy place. Besides <hi>Burnt-offerings</hi> were
regularly accompanied with <hi>Peace-offerings</hi> (as you shall find them in Scripture ordi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>narily
joyned together;) now in these the people that offered had the greatest
share. In a word, <hi>That those who offered Sacrifice,</hi> both among <hi>Iews</hi> and <hi>Gentiles, were
pertakers of the same,</hi> is a thing to be taken for granted; as appears by the warning
God gave the <hi>Israelites, Exod.</hi> 34. 12, 15. That they should <hi>make no covenants with
the inhabitants of the land; Lest, when they went a whoring after their Gods, and offer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
a sacrifice unto them, they might call them, and they also eat of their sacrifice.</hi> Also
by that <hi>Psal.</hi> 106. 28. <hi>They joyned themselves to Baal-Peor, and ate the sacrifices of the
dead.</hi> By that of S. <hi>Paul, Heb.</hi> 13. 10. <hi>We have an Altar, whereof they have no right to
eat which serve at the Tabernacle.</hi> So that of this there need be no question.</p>
                  <p>It remains only that we prove, That these sacred <hi>Epulae</hi> were <hi>Epulae foederales, Fede<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ral
Feasts,</hi> and so our Definition will stand good. Now this will appear first in ge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neral,
by that expression of Scripture, wherein the <hi>Covenant</hi> which God makes with
Man is expressed by <hi>eating and drinking at his Table, Luke</hi> 13. 26. Those to whom
the Lord opens not, plead for themselves, <hi>We have eaten and drunk in thy presence,
and thou hast taught in our streets, &amp;c.</hi> Chap. 22. 29, 30. Our Saviour tells his Disci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ples,
<hi>I appoint you a Kingdom, as my Father hath appointed unto me; That ye may eat and
drink at my Table in my Kingdom.</hi> Apocal. 3. 20. <hi>Behold, I stand at the door, and knock;
If any man hear my voice, and open the door, I will come in unto him, and will sup with
him, and he with me.</hi> But these passages, you will say, shew rather how fitly <hi>Sacri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fices</hi>
might be <hi>Feasts of amity between God and men,</hi> than prove they were so indeed:
Hear therefore such proofs as I think come home to the point.</p>
                  <p>First, <hi>Every sacrifice,</hi> saith our Saviour, <hi>Mark</hi> 9. 49. <hi>is salted with salt.</hi> This <hi>Salt</hi>
is called <hi>Levit.</hi> 2. 13. <hi>The salt of the Covenant of God;</hi> that is, a Symbol of the per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>petuity
thereof. Now if the <hi>Salt</hi> which seasoned the Sacrifice were <hi>Salfoederis Dei,
the Salt of the Covenant of God,</hi> what was the Sacrifice it self but <hi>Epulum foederis, the
Feast of the Covenant?</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Secondly, <hi>Moses</hi> calls the Bloud of the Burnt-offerings and Peace-offerings, where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>with
he sprinkled the children of <hi>Israel</hi> when they received the Law, <hi>The Bloud of the
Covenant which the Lord had made with them; This is,</hi> saith he, <hi>the Bloud of the Cove<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>venant
which the Lord hath made with you, Exod.</hi> 24. 8.</p>
                  <p>Thirdly, But above all, this may most evidently be evinced out of the 50. <hi>Psalm,</hi>
the whole Argument whereof is concerning <hi>Sacrifices:</hi> There God saith, vers.
5. <hi>Gather my Saints together unto me, which make covenant with me by sacrifice,</hi>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. And vers. 16. of the Sacrifices of the wicked and such as amend
not their lives, <hi>Vnto the wicked God saith, What hast thou to do to declare my Statutes</hi>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>and take my Covenant in thy mouth? seeing thou hatest instruction, &amp;c. Statutes</hi>
here are Rites and Ordinances, and particularly those of <hi>Sacrifice,</hi> which whoso
bringeth unto God, and thereby supplicates and calls upon his Name, is said <hi>to take
the Covenant of God in his mouth;</hi> forasmuch as to invocate God with this Rite,
was to do it by way of commemoration of his Covenant, and to say, <hi>Remember, Lord,
thy covenant,</hi> and, <hi>For thy covenant's sake, Lord, hear my prayer and supplication.</hi>
For what hath man to do with God, to beg any favour at his hands, unless he be in
<hi>covenant</hi> with him? Whereby appears the reason why mankind, from the beginning
of the world, used to approach their God by this Rite of <hi>sacrificing,</hi> that is, <hi>ritu foe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derali,
by a foederal Rite.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Fourthly, I add in this last place, for a further confirmation yet, That when God
was to make a Covenant with <hi>Abram, Gen.</hi> 15. he commanded him to offer him a
Sacrifice, vers. 9. <hi>Offer unto me</hi> (saith he,<note n="*" place="margin">And so the Chald<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>e Par. forthe Hebrew <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> hath <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>Offer before me.</hi>
                     </note> so it should be turned) <hi>a heifer, a she-goat,
and a ram, each of three years old, a turtle dove, and a young pigeon.</hi> All which he of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fered
accordingly, and <hi>divided</hi> them in the midst, laying each piece or moiety one
against the other; and when the Sun went down, God in the likeness of a smoaking
furnace and burning lamp <hi>past between the pieces,</hi> and so (as the Text says) <hi>made a cove<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nant
with Abram, saying, unto thy seed will I give this land, &amp;c.</hi> By which Rite <hi>of pas<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sing
between the parts,</hi> God condescended to the manner of men. And note here, that
the <hi>Gentiles,</hi> and <hi>Iews</hi> likewise, in their more solemn Covenants between men and
<pb n="372" facs="tcp:63175:237"/>
men, (which were made under pain of curse or execration) used this Rite of
<hi>Sacrifice,</hi> whereby men covenanted with their God, as it were to make their God
both a witness and party with them. And here the <hi>Iews cut</hi> the Sacrifice in sunder,
and <hi>past between the parts</hi> thereof; as God did here with <hi>Abram:</hi> which was as much as
if they had said,<note place="margin">See <hi>Ierem.</hi> ch. 34. vers. 18. 19.</note> 
                     <hi>Thus let me be divided and cut in pieces, if I violate the oath I have now
made in the presence of my God.</hi> The <hi>Gentiles,</hi> besides other ceremonies, used not to
eat at all of these Sacrifices, but to fling them into the Sea, or bury them in the Earth;
as if they had said, <hi>If I break a Covenant, thus let me be excluded from all amity and
favour with my God, as I am now from eating of his Sacrifice.</hi> Hence came those phrases
of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, in the Hebrew; of <hi>ferire, percutere &amp; icere foedus,</hi> in Latin; of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
in <hi>Homer, To cut</hi> or <hi>to strike a Covenant; à ferendis, percutiendis, &amp; secandis
sacrificiis in foederibus sanciendis, from the custome of striking and cutting the Sacrifices
asunder at the making of Covenants between man and man.</hi> Though this manner of speech
may be also derived from their ordinary <hi>Epulae foederales,</hi> wherein they killed Beasts,
which the ancients in their ordinary diet did not.</p>
                  <p>Having thus seen what is the nature of a <hi>Sacrifice,</hi> and wherein the <hi>ratio</hi> or essen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tial
Form thereof consisteth; it will not be hard to judge, whether the ancient Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stians
did rightly in giving the <hi>Eucharist</hi> that name, or not. For that the <hi>Lord's Sup<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>per</hi>
is <hi>Epulum foederale a Foederal Feast</hi> we all grant, and our Saviour expresly affirms it
of the <hi>Cup</hi> in the institution, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>This Cup is</hi> the Rite of <hi>the new Cove<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nant
in my Bloud, which is poured out for many for the remission of sins;</hi> evidently im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plying,
That the bloudy Sacrifices of the Law, with their Meat and Drink-offerings,
were Rites of an <hi>old Covenant,</hi> and that this succeeded them as the Rite of the<note n="*" place="margin">Eusebius (Demonst. E<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vang. lib. 9. n<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>um n<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>st<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cum sacrosa<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>cta Eucharistiae voca<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>. Casaubaxer<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. ad Ann. 32. N. 26.</note> 
                     <hi>New:</hi>
That that was contracted with the bloud of beeves, sheep and goats; but this founded
in the bloud of Christ. This parallel is so plain, as I think none will deny it. There is no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thing
then remains to make this sacred <hi>Epulum</hi> a full Sacrifice, but that the Viands
thereof should be first offered unto God, that he may be the <hi>Convivator,</hi> we the
<hi>Convivae</hi> or the Guests.</p>
               </div>
               <div n="8" type="chapter">
                  <head>CHAP. VIII.</head>
                  <argument>
                     <p>The Fifth Particular, <hi>That the Body and Bloud of Christ in the Eucharist was made of
Bread and Wine which had first been offered to God, to agnize him the Lord of the
Creature.</hi> This proved from the Testimonies of Antiquity next to the Apostles times, and
from ancient Liturgies; as also from the Fathers arguing from this oblation of the Crea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture
in the Eucharist to God, that the Father of Christ was the Creator of the world, in
confutation of some Hereticks in their days; and lastly from S. <hi>Paul's</hi> parallel of the
<hi>Lord's Supper and the Sacrifices of the Gentiles.</hi> Two Questions answered. 1. Whence
may it appear that our Saviour at the Institution of the Eucharist did first offer the Bread
and Wine to God, to agnize him the Lord of the Creature? 2. Is not the celebration of
the Eucharist in the Western Churches (whether the Reformed or the Roman) therefore
defective, because no such Oblation is there in use?</p>
                  </argument>
                  <p>MY last task was to prove, That not only the whole Action of the celebration
of the Eucharist, according to the Definition I gave thereof, but even the
Rite of the Lord's Supper is indeed a <hi>Sacrifice,</hi> not in a Metaphorical, but a proper
sense; and this, if the nature of <hi>Sacrifice</hi> be truly defined, no whit repugnant to
the Principles of the Reformed Religion.</p>
                  <p>To evidence which I shewed, That <hi>a Sacrifice</hi> was nothing else but a Sacred Feast,
namely <hi>Epulum foederale,</hi> wherein God mystically entertained Man at his own Table,
in token of amity and friendship with him: Which that he might do, the Viands of
that Feast were first made God's by oblation, and so eaten of, not as of Man's, but
God's provision.</p>
                  <p>There is nothing then wanting to make this sacred <hi>Epulum,</hi> of which we speak
full out a <hi>Sacrifice;</hi> but that we shew, <hi>That the Viands thereof were in like manner
first offered unto God; that so being his, he might be the</hi> Convivator, <hi>Man the</hi> Conviva <hi>or
the Guest.</hi> And this the ancient Church was wont to do; this they believed our Blessed
Saviour himself did, when, at the institution of this holy Rite, he took the Bread
and the Cup into his sacred hands, and <hi>looking up to Heaven gave thanks and blessed.</hi>
                     <pb n="373" facs="tcp:63175:237"/>
And, after his example, they first offered the Bread and Wine unto God, to agnize
him the Lord of the Creature; and then received them from him again in a Banquer,
as the Symbols of the Body and Bloud of his Son. This is that I am now to prove
out of the Testimonies of Antiquity, not long after, but next unto the Apostles
times, when it is not likely the Church had altered the form they left her for the ce<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lebration
of this Mystery.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>I will begin with</hi> Irenaeus <hi>as the most full and copious in this point. He in his
fourth Book</hi> cap. 32. <hi>speaks thus;</hi> Dominus Discipulis suis dans consilium Primitias
Deo offerre ex suis Creaturis, non quasi indigenti, sed ut ipsi nec infructuosi nec ingrati
sint; eum qui ex Creatura panis est accepit, &amp; gratias egit, dicens, Hoc est curpus meum;
&amp; Calicem similiter, qui est ex ea Creatura quae est secundùm nos, suum sanguinem con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fessus
est: &amp; Novi Testamenti novam docuit oblationem, quam Ecclesia ab Apostolis acci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>piens,
in universo mundo offert Deo, ei qui alimenta nobis praestat, primitios suorum mu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nerum
in Novo Testamento: Our Lord counselling his Disciples to offer unto God the First-fruits
(<hi>or</hi> a Present) of his Creatures, not for that God hath any need thereof, but that
they might shew themselves neither unfruitful nor ungrateful; He took that Bread which
was made of his Creature, and gave Thanks, saying, This is my Body; and he likewise
acknowledged the Cup, consisting of the Creature which we use, to be his Bloud: And thus
taught the new oblation of the New Testament, which the Church receiving from the Apostles,
offers throughout the world unto God, that feeds and nourisheth us, being the First-fruits of
his own gifts in the New Testament.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>And</hi> Cap. 34. Igitur E<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>clesiae oblatio, quam Dominus docuit offerri in universo mundo,
purum sacrificium reputatum est apud Deum, &amp; acceptum est ei; non quòd indigeat à no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bis
sacrificium, sed quoniam is qui offert, glorificatur ipse in co quod offert, si acceptetur.
munus ejus: Per munus enim erga Regem honos &amp; affectio ostenditur. Therefore the Ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lation
of the Church, which our Lord taught and appointed to be offered through all the
world, is accounted a pure Sacrifice with God, and is acceptable unto him; not because
God stands in need of our Sacrifice, but because the offerer is himself honoured in that he
offers, if his Present be accepted: For by the Present it appears what affection and esteem
the Giver hath for the King he honoureth therewith. <hi>He alludes to that in</hi> Malachi 1. 14.
I am a great King, saith the Lord of Hosts.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Ibid.</hi> Oporiet nos oblationem Deo facere, &amp; in omnibus gratos inveniri Fabricatori
Deo—Primitias earum quae sunt ejus Creaturarum offerentes: &amp; hanc oblationem Ecclesia
sola puram offert Fabricatori, offerens ei cum gratiarum actione ex Creatura ejus: It be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hoveth
us to present God with our Oblations, and in all things to be found thankful unto
God our Maker—offering unto him the First-fruits of his Creatures: and it is the Church
only that offers this Pure Oblation unto the Creator of the world, while it offers unto him
a Present out of his Creatures with thanksgiving.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>In the same place,</hi> Offerimus autem ei, non quasi indigenti, sed gratias agentes Domi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nationi
ejus, &amp; sanctificantes creaturam: But we offer unto him, not as if he needed,
but as giving thanks to his Soveraignty, and sanctifying the Creature. <hi>He alludes again to
that in this Chapter of</hi> Malachi, <hi>v.</hi> 6. If I be <hi>Dominus,</hi> where is my fear, saith the Lord
of hosts unto you, O Priests that offer polluted Bread ubon mine Altar?</p>
                  <p>My next witness shall be <hi>Iustin Martyr,</hi> in time elder than <hi>Irenaeus,</hi> though I re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>served
him for the second place. He in his Dialogue with <hi>Tryphon,</hi> (the place be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
alledged) telling the Iew, <hi>That the Sacrifices of Christians are</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>Supplications and giving of Thanks;</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>and that these are the only Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crifices
which Christians have been taught they should perform, in that thankful remem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brance
of their food both dry and liquid;</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>wherein also is commemorated the Passion which the Son of God suffered by him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>self.</hi>
Here is a twofold commemoration witnessed to be made in the Eucharist:
The first, as he speaks, of our <hi>food dry and liquid,</hi> that is, of our meat and
drink, by agnizing God, and recording him the Creator and giver thereof; the se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cond,
of the Passion of Christ the Son of God, in one and the same food. And again,
in the same Dialogue, <hi>Panem Eucharistiae</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> 
                     <hi>in commemorationem passionis suae Christus
fieri tradidit, Christ hath taught us that the Eucharistical Bread should be consecrated for
the Commemoration of his Passion;</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <hi>that withall we may give thanks to
God for having made the world with all things therein for man, and for having freed us
<pb n="374" facs="tcp:63175:238"/>
from that evil and misery wherein we were, and having utterly overthrown</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">[So the evil Angels are cal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led, <hi>Coloss.</hi> 2. 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. <hi>Eph.</hi> 6. 12.]</note> 
                     <hi>Principalities
and Powers, by him that became passible according to his</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Acts</hi> 2. 23. &amp;c. 4. 28.</note> 
                     <hi>counsel and will.</hi> To which
he immediately subjoyns the Text, and applies it to the <hi>Eucharist,</hi> Thus <hi>Iustin
Martyr.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>My third witness is <hi>Origen</hi> in his 8. Book <hi>Contra Cels. Celsus</hi> (saith he) <hi>thinks it
seemly we should be thankful to Demons, and to offer them<note n="*" place="margin">Thank offer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ings, <hi>or</hi> Grate<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ful acknow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ledgments.</note> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> but we think
him to live most comelie, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, that remembers who is the
Creator: unto whom we Christians are careful not to be unthankful, with whose benefits
we are filled, and whose Creatures we are, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
that is, And we have also a Symbol of our Thanks<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>giving
unto God, the Bread which is called</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. Where note that the <hi>Eu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>charistical
Bread</hi> is said to be a Symbol not only of the Body and Bloud of Christ,
but a Symbol of that Thanksgiving which we render to the Creator through him.</p>
                  <p>Again, in the same Book, where <hi>Celsus</hi> likewise would have mankind thankful
unto Demons, as those to whom the charge of things here upon earth is committed,
and to offer unto them <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>First-fruits and Prayers; Origen</hi> thus takes
him up, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <hi>Let</hi> Celsus, <hi>as being void of the
true Knowledge of God, render <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> to the Demons. As for us Christians, whose
only desire it is to please the Creator of the Vniverse, we eat the Bread that was offered
unto him with Prayer and Thanksgiving for his Gifts, and then made a kind of holy
Body by Prayer.</hi> Mark here, Bread offered unto God with Prayer and Thanksgiving
<hi>pro datis,</hi> for that he hath given us, and then by Prayer made a holy Body, and so
eaten.</p>
                  <p>Thus much out of <hi>Fathers;</hi> all of them within less than two hundred and fifty
years after Christ, and less than one hundred and fifty after the death of S. <hi>Iohn.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The same appears in the Forms of the ancient <hi>Liturgies.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Vide etiam Can. Apostol. II. (al. III.) Can. XL. Synod. Cart<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                           <desc>•••</desc>
                        </gap>. Can. VII. Edicti Yo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ophili Alex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>andrini apud Balsamon.</note> As in that of <hi>Clemens,</hi>
where the Priest in the name of the whole Church assembled speaks thus;<note n="a" place="margin">Const. Clem. <hi>l.</hi> 8. <hi>c.</hi> 12.</note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>We offer unto thee our King and God,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>according to his</hi> (that is, Christ's) <hi>appointment</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>this Bread and this Cup;</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>&amp;c.
Giving thanks unto thee through him, for that thou hast vouchsafed us</hi> (he speaks of the
whole Church) <hi>to stand before thee and to minister unto thee: And we beseech thee,
thou God that wantest nothing, that thou wouldst look favourably upon these Gifts here set
before thee, and accept them to the honour of thy Christ, &amp;c.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Again,<note n="b" place="margin">
                        <hi>Const. Clem. l</hi> 8. <hi>c.</hi> 13. Non potest hoc accipi de Sym<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bolis corporis Christi, verùm de Symbolis <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> quomodo enim Christus ipse of<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferretur Deo per intercessio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nem Christi?</note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <hi>For the Gift or Oblation that is offered to the Lord our God,
let us pray that our good God would receive it through the mediation of his Christ to his
heavenly Altar for a sweet-smelling savour.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Yea, in the Canon of the<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>In Ordin<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mauo dimissi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> Catechum<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>nis, Rubrica habet.</hi> Postea incipi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>unt cantores cantare offer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>torium, &amp; po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pulus dat obla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiones suas, id est, Panem &amp; Vinum; &amp; offe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>runt cum Fanonibus, id est, velis candidis, primò Masculi, deiude Foeminae, novissime Sacerdotes &amp; Diaconi; sed solum panem, &amp; hoc ante Altare: Tunc accipiens Archidiaconus à Subdiaconis oblatas, ponit tantas super Altare quantae possunt populo sufficere ad communionem. <hi>Videatur Theodoret. in h<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>st. d<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> Theodosio offerente,</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, &amp;c. <hi>l. 5. c. 17. Consule Cyprian. de Op. &amp; Eleemos.</hi>—Quae in Deminicum sine sacrificio venis; quae partem de Sacrificio quod pauper obtulit sumis. <hi>August. de Temp. Serm. CCXV.</hi> Oblationes quae in Altari consecrantur offerte: Erubescere debet homo idoneus, fi de aliena Oblatione communicaverit.</note> 
                     <hi>Roman</hi> Church, though the Rite be not used, yet the
words remain still; as when the Priest, long before the consecration of the Body
and Bloud of Christ, prays, <hi>Te, Clementissime Pater, per Iesum Christum Filium tuum,
Dominum nostrum, supplices rogamus, ut accepta habeas &amp; benedicas haec Dona, haec
Munera: We humbly beseech and intreat thee, most merciful Father, Through Iesus Christ
thy Son, our Lord, to accept and bless these Gifts, these Presents:</hi> and other like passa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ges,
which now they wrest to a new-found Oblation of the Body and Bloud of Christ,
which the ancient Church knew not of.</p>
                  <p>But, of all others, This Rite is most strongly confirmed by that wont of the An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cient
Fathers to confute the Hereticks of those first times (who held the Creator of
the world to be some inferiour Deity, and not the Father of Christ,) out of the
Eucharist: For, say they, unless the Father of Christ be the Creator of the world,
why is the Creature offered unto him in the Eucharist as if he were? would he be
agnized the Author and Lord of that he is not?</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="375" facs="tcp:63175:238"/>
                     <hi>Hear</hi> Irenaeus, Adversus Haeres. lib. 4. cap. 34. Haereticorum Synagogae (<hi>saith he</hi>)
non offerunt [Eucharisticam oblationem quam Dominus offerri docuit;] Alterum enim
praeter Fabricatorem dicentes Patrem, Ideo quae secundùm nos Creaturae sunt offerentes ei,
cupidum alieni oftendunt eum, &amp; aliena concupiscentem: The Synagogues of the Hereticks
do not offer [the very Eucharistical oblation which our Lord taught and appointed to be
offered;] for they affirming another besides the Creator of the world to be the Father of
Christ, do therefore, while they offer unto him the Creatures which are here with us, repre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sent
him to be desirous of that which is anothers, and to covet that which is not his: <hi>and
a little after,</hi> Quomodo autem constabit eis eum panem<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>So</hi> Ius<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap> Martyr in Apol 2. <hi>ca<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap> it</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>and</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> in quo gratiae actae sunt Corpus
esse Domini sui, &amp; Calicem sanguinis ejus, si non ipsum Fabricatoris mundi Filium di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cant,
id est, Verbum ejus per quod lignum fructificat, &amp; defluunt fontes, &amp; terra dat
primùm quidem<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, Ma<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. 4. 28.</note> gramen, post deinde spicam, deinde plenum triticum in spica? How
shall it appear to them that that Bread for which Thanks have been given is the Body of their
Lord; and that Cup the Cup of his Bloud, if they deny him to be the Son of the Creator of
the world, that is to say, to be the word of him by whom the Tree brings forth fruit, Foun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tains
send forth water, and the Earth brings forth first green corn like grass, then the ear,
after that the full corn in the ear?</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>From the same ground</hi> Tertullian <hi>argues against</hi> Marcion, Contra Marc. lib. 1. cap. 23.
Non putem (<hi>saith he</hi>) impudentiorem quàm qui in al<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ena aqua alii Deo tingitur, ad alie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>num
Coelum alii Deo expanditur, in aliena terra alii Deo sternitur, super alienum panem
alii Deo gratiarum actionibus fungitur: I cannot conceive any one more impudent than he
that is baptized to a God in a water that is none of his, that in prayer to a God spreads
forth his hands towards an Heaven that is none of his, that prostrates himself to a God
upon an Earth that is not his, that gives thanks to a God for that Bread which is none of his.</p>
                  <p>Origen <hi>against the same Heretick useth the same Argument,</hi> Dialog. advers. Marc. 3.
pauso ante finem: Dominus aspiciens in coelum gratias agit: Ecquid non agit conditori
gratias? Cùm panem accepisset, &amp; poculum, &amp; benedixisset, quid? alterine pro Crea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>turis
conditoris benedicit? an potiùs illi qui effecit &amp; exhibuit? Our Lord looking up to
heaven gave thanks. What? did not he give thanks to the Creator of the world? When
he took the Bread and the Cup, and blessed; did he bless and give thanks to any other for
the Creatures of God the Maker of the world, and not rather bless and give thanks to him
who made them and gave them us?</p>
                  <p>Lastly, <hi>This Oblation of the Bread and Wine</hi> is implied in S. <hi>Paul's</hi> parallel of the
Lord's Supper and the Sacrifice of the Gentiles:<note place="margin">1 Cor. 10. 21.</note> 
                     <hi>Ye cannot</hi> (saith he) <hi>be partakers of
the Table of the Lord, and the Table of Devils;</hi> namely, because they imply contrary
Covenants, incompatible one with the other; a <hi>Sacrifice</hi> (as I told you) being <hi>Epulum
foederale a Federal Feast.</hi> Now here it is manifest that the <hi>Table of Devils</hi> is so called,
because it consisted of Viands offered to Devils, (for so S. <hi>Paul</hi> expresly tells us,)
whereby those that eat thereof, eat of the Devil's meat; <hi>Ergo, The Table of the Lord</hi>
is likewise called his Table, not because he ordained it, but it because consisted of
Viands offered unto him.</p>
                  <p>Having thus, as I think, sufficiently proved what I took in hand, I think it not
amiss to answer two Questions which this Discourse may beget. The first is, How the
Ancients could gather out of the Institution, that our Saviour did as hath been shewed.
I answer, They believed that he did as the <hi>Iews</hi> were wont to do: But they did thus.
How, will you say, doth this appear? I answer, It may appear thus. The <hi>Passeover</hi> was
a <hi>Sacrifice,</hi> and therefore the Viands here, as in all other holy Feasts, were first offer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
unto God. Now the <hi>Bread</hi> and <hi>Wine,</hi> which our Saviour took when he blessed and
gave thanks, was the <hi>Mincha</hi> or <hi>Meat-offering</hi> of the <hi>Passeover.</hi> If then he did as the <hi>Iews</hi>
used to do, he agnized his Father and blessed him, by oblation of these his Creatures
unto him, using the like or the same Form of words; <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <hi>Blessed be thou, O Lord our God, the King of the world,
which bringest forth Bread out of the earth:</hi> and over the Wine, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <hi>Blessed be thou, O Lord our God, the King of the world, which
createst the fruit of the Vine.</hi> Moreover the Church <hi>ab initio</hi> applied that Precept of our
Saviour, <hi>Matt.</hi> 5. 23. <hi>If thou bring thy Gift to the Altar, &amp;c.</hi> to the <hi>Eucharist;</hi> for they
believed that he would not enact a new Law concerning Legal Sacrifices which he
was presently to abolish, but that it had reference to that Oblation which was to
continue under the Gospel.</p>
                  <p>The other Question is, If all this be so, how is not our celebration of the Eucharist
defective, where no such Oblation is used? I answer, This concerns not us alone,
but all the Churches of the West of the <hi>Roman</hi> Communion, who, as in other
<pb n="376" facs="tcp:63175:239"/>
things they have depraved this mystery, and swerved from the Primitive patern
thereof, so have they for many Ages disused this <hi>Oblation of Bread and Wine,</hi> and
brought in, in lieu thereof, a <hi>real and Hypostatical oblation of Christ himself.</hi> This <hi>blas<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phemous
Oblation</hi> we have taken away, and justly; but not reduced again that express
and formal use of the other. Howsoever, though we do it not with a set ceremony
and form of words; yet in deed and effect we do it, so often as we set the Bread and
Wine upon the Holy Table: For whatsoever we set upon God's Table, is <hi>ipso facto</hi>
dedicated and offered unto him; according to that of our Saviour <hi>Matt.</hi> 23. 19. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>The Altar sanctifies the gift,</hi> that is, consecrates it unto
God, and appropriates it to his use. In which respect it were much to be wisht that
this were more solemnly done than is usual; namely, not until the time of the admini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stration,
and by the hand of the Minister, in the name and sight of the whole Congrega<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
standing up and shewing some sign of due and lowly reverence; according as the
Deacon was wont to admonish the people in Ancient Liturgies, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<note place="margin">Con<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>n. Clem. <hi>l.</hi> 8. <hi>c.</hi> 12.</note> 
                     <hi>Let us stand in an upright posture before God to
offer with fear and trembling.</hi>
                  </p>
               </div>
               <div n="9" type="chapter">
                  <head>CHAP. IX.</head>
                  <argument>
                     <p>The Sixth Particular, <hi>That Christ is offered in the Eucharist Commemoratively only,
and not otherwise.</hi> This <hi>Commemorative Sacrifice,</hi> or the <hi>Commemoration</hi> in the
Eucharist, explained. That Christ is offered by way of <hi>Commemoration</hi> only, was the
sense of the ancient Church. This proved from ancient Liturgies and Fathers. The Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>clusion,
containing an elegant description of <hi>the Christian Sacrifice</hi> out of the History
of S. <hi>Andrew</hi>'s Martyrdom.</p>
                  </argument>
                  <p>
                     <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="VI"/> THE Sixth and last thing to be proved was, <hi>That Christ is offered in this Sacrifice
Commemoratively only, and not otherwise.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Though the Eucharist be a Sacrifice, (that is, an Oblation wherein the Offerer
banquets with his God) yet is Christ in this Sacrifice no otherwise offered than <hi>by
way of Commemoration only</hi> of his Sacrifice once offered upon the Cross, as a learned
Prelate of ours hath lately written, <hi>objectivè</hi> only, not <hi>subjectivé.</hi> And this is that
which our Saviour himself said when he ordained this sacred Rite, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>This do in commemoration of me.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But this <hi>Commemoration</hi> is to be made to God his Father, and is not a bare remem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bring
or putting our selves in mind only, (as is commonly supposed,) but a putting
of God in mind: For every <hi>Sacrifice</hi> is directed unto God, and the <hi>Oblation</hi> therein,
whatsoever it be, hath him for its Object, and not Man. If therefore the Eucharist
be <hi>Sacrificium Christi Commemorativum, a Commemorative Sacrifice of Christ,</hi> as ours
grant, then must the Commemoration therein be made unto God: And if Christ
therein be offered <hi>objectivè,</hi> that is, as the Object of the Commemoration there made,
(as that learned Bishop speaks,) if the Commemoration of him be an Oblation of
him, to whom is this Oblation, that is, Commemoration, made but unto God?</p>
                  <p>Well then, Christ is offered in this Sacred Supper, not <hi>Hypostatically,</hi> as the Papists
would have him, (for so he was but once offered,) but <hi>Commemoratively</hi> only: that
is, By this Sacred Rite of Bread and Wine we represent and inculcate his blessed
Passion to his Father; we put him in mind thereof, by setting the Monuments thereof
before him; we testifie our own mindfulness thereof unto his Sacred Majesty; that
so he would, for his sake, according to the tenour of his Covenant, in him be favou<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rable
and propitious unto us miserable sinners.</p>
                  <p>That this, and no other Offering of Christ in the blessed Eucharist, the Ancient
Church ever meant or intended, I am now to shew by authentical Testimonies.</p>
                  <p>First, by the constant Form of all the Liturgies; in which, after the reciting of the
words of Institution, is subjoyned, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>commemorantes,</hi> or <hi>com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>memorando,
offerimus, Commemorating,</hi> or <hi>by Commemorating, we offer.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">C<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>. Clem. <hi>l.</hi> 8. <hi>c.</hi> 12.</note> Clemens, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
Therefore commemorating his Passion, and Death, and Resur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rection
from the dead, and ascension into Heaven—we offer to thee our King
and God this Bread and this Cup. <hi>Mark here,</hi> Commemorating we offer, <hi>that is,</hi>
                     <pb n="377" facs="tcp:63175:239"/>
We offer by Commemorating. <hi>But this</hi> Commemoration is made unto God to whom we
offer. <hi>This is the tenour of all the Greek Liturgies, save that some, in stead of</hi> We
offer unto thee this Bread and this Cup, <hi>have</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
We offer unto thee this dreadful and unbloudy Sacrifice; <hi>as that of</hi>
Ierusalem (<hi>called S.</hi> Iames <hi>his Liturgie:) others,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
this reasonable and unbloudy Service; <hi>as that of S.</hi> Chrysostome: <hi>others,</hi>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, thine own of thine own; <hi>as that of</hi> Basil <hi>and of</hi> Alexandria (<hi>called
S.</hi> Mark's:) <hi>but all,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, Commemorantes offerimus, Commemo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rating
we offer.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>In the same form runs the</hi> Ordo Romanus, Memores, Domine, nos servi tui, sed &amp;
Plebs tua sancta, ejusdem Christi Filii tui Domini Dei nostri, tum beatae Passionis, nec
non ab inferis Resurrectionis, sed &amp; in Coelum gloriosae Ascensionis, Offerimus praeclarae
Majestati tuae, de tuis donis ac datis, hostiam puram, hostiam sanctam, hostiam immacu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>latam,
panem sanctum vitae aeternae &amp; calicem salutis perpetuae: We, O Lord, thy servants,
as also thy holy people, being mindful both of the blessed Passion and Resurrection from the
dead, as also of the glorious Ascension into Heaven, of the same Christ thy Son our Lord,
Offer unto thy excellent Majesty of thy own Gifts a pure Sacrifice, a holy Sacrifice, an imma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>culate
Sacrifice, the holy Bread of eternal life and the Cup of everlasting Salvation. <hi>Note
here also</hi> Memores offerimus, Being mindful of,—<hi>or</hi> Commemorating, we offer.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Which</hi> Ivo Carnotensis <hi>explains thus;</hi> Memores offerimus Majestati tuae (id est, obla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tam
commemoramus per haec dona visibilia) hostiam puram—sanctam, immaculatam,
&amp;c. Et hanc veri sacrificii commemorationem postulat sacerdos ita Deo Patri fore accep<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tam,
sicut accepta fuerunt munera Abel, &amp;c. Remembring, <hi>or</hi> being mindful, we offer to
thy Majesty a pure, holy, and immaculate Sacrifice, that is, (<hi>saith he</hi>) we commemorate
the same offered unto God by these visible Gifts. And the Priest accordingly prays that
this Commemoration of the true Sacrifice may in like manner be acceptable to God the Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther,
as the Gifts of <hi>Abel</hi> were accepted of him. <hi>Thus he.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Memores <hi>therefore in the Latin Canon is</hi> Commemorantes, <hi>which the Greek ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>presses
better <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> of the sense whereof that we may not doubt, hear the ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plication
of that great Council of</hi> Ephesus <hi>in this manner:</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Al. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Shewing forth
the Death of the only begotten Son of God, <hi>that is, of</hi> Iesus Christ, as also confessing his Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>surrection
and Ascension into heaven, we celebrate in our Churches the unbloudy Sacrifice
<hi>or</hi> Service.</p>
                  <p>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">So the Syr. Paraph. (in 1 Cor.  11. 26) rende<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>s <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>ye</hi> sh<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                           <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                        </gap>th by <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>ye commemo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rate.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>Commemorating</hi> therefore is <hi>Shewing forth</hi> and <hi>Confessing:</hi> But unto
whom should we confess but unto God? To him therefore, and not unto our selves,
is that <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <hi>Commemoration</hi> to be made which Christ commended to his
Church, when he said, <hi>Do this <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, for my Commemoration,</hi> or <hi>in
remembrance of me.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>In this Council of <hi>Ephesus Cyril</hi> of <hi>Alexandria</hi> was chief Actor and President:
and it is to be noted, that the Liturgie of the Church of <hi>Alexandria</hi> (usually called
S. <hi>Mark's</hi>) hath in stead of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> the self-fame words, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>shewing forth and confessing,</hi> which I now quoted out of the Council for an ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plication
of the same: which argues, as I take it, <hi>Cyril</hi> to have been the pen-man of
the Decree of the Council, and the Liturgie of his Church to have then run in this
form.</p>
                  <p>I shall need alledge no more of the <hi>Latin</hi> Liturgies; there is no material differ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ence
amongst them; so that if you know the form of one, you know of all. I will
add only out of S. <hi>Ambrose</hi> an Explication following those words of the Institution,
<hi>Do this in remembrance of me,</hi> exprest in this manner; <hi>Mandans &amp; dicens ad eos, Quo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiescunque
hoc feceritis, toties commemorationem mei facietis, Mortem meam praedicabitis,
Resurrectionem meam annuntiabitis, Adventum sperabitis, donec iterum adveniam:
Commanding and saying to them, As often as ye shall do this, ye shall commemorate me,
declare my Death, shew forth my Resurrection, express your hope of my Coming, until I
come again.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>This may suffice for <hi>Liturgies.</hi> Now let us hear the <hi>Fathers</hi> speak.</p>
                  <p>I quoted heretofore a passage out of <hi>Iustin Martyr</hi> affirming a twofold <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
or <hi>Commemoration</hi> to be made in the Eucharist; the one <hi>of our Food, dry and liquid;</hi>
(as he speaks) that is, <hi>of our meat and drink,</hi> by agnizing and recording him the
Lord and Giver of the same; the other an <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in the same Food <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>of the Passion of the Son of God.</hi> The first of these <hi>Commemora<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions</hi>
                     <pb n="378" facs="tcp:63175:240"/>
is made unto God; for to whom else should we tender our thankfulness for the
Creature? <hi>Ergo,</hi> the second, <hi>the Commemoration of the Passion of the Son of God,</hi> is
made to him likewise.</p>
                  <p>My next Father is <hi>Origen, Homil.</hi> 13. <hi>in Lev. cap.</hi> 24. where comparing the <hi>Eucha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rist</hi>
to the <hi>Shew-bread</hi> which was every Sabbath <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>et for a Memorial before the Lord,
<hi>Ista est</hi> (saith he, meaning the Eucharist) <hi>commemoratio sola quae propitium facit De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um
hominibus; That's the only Commemoration which renders God propitious to men.</hi>
Where note that both this Commemoration is made unto God as that of the <hi>Shew-bread</hi>
was; and that the end thereof is to make him propitious to men: According to that of
S. <hi>Augustine</hi> l. 9. <hi>c.</hi> 13. <hi>Illa quae in coena Christus exhibet, Fides accep<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>a interponi
inter peccata nostra &amp; iram Dei, tanquam satisfactionem &amp; propitiationem: Those things
which Christ exhibits in his Supper, Faith having received them, interposeth them as a
Satisfaction and Propitiation between our sins and Gods wrath.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>My next witness is</hi> Eusebius, Demonst. Evan. lib. 1. cap. 10. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,<note n="*" place="margin">Iuxta for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mulam Litur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>giarum omni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
After all other things done, (<hi>saith he, speaking of Christ</hi>) he made that so wonderful an
Oblation and excellent Sacrifice to God for the Salvation of us all, appointing us to offer
continually unto God a Remembrance thereof in stead of a Sacrifice. <hi>And again, to<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ward
the end of that Chapter, having cited this place of</hi> Malachi <hi>which I have cho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sen
for my Text, and alluding thereunto,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, We offer
the Incense spoken of by the Prophet. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
We offer Sacrifice and Incense, while we celebrate the remembrance of the Great
Sacrifice according to the mysteries given to us by him, and offer the Eucharist with
holy Hymns and Prayers to God for the Salvation of our Souls; as also in that we consecrate
our selves wholly unto him, and dedicate our selves both Soul and Body to his High Priest
the Word.</p>
                  <p>But above all other, S. <hi>Chrysostome</hi> speaks so full and home to the point as nothing
can be more; to wit, <hi>Hom. 17 an Epist. ad Hebraeos,</hi> upon these words <hi>cap. 9. v. 26. But
now once in the end of the world hath he appeared to put away sin by the sacrifice of himself:
<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>; What then?</hi> (saith he) <hi>Do not we offer
every day?</hi> He answers, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <hi>We offer indeed, but it is by making a Commemoration of
his death: And this Sacrifice is one, and not many.—<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>; But
how is it one, and not many? <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
Because it was once offered, not as that which
was carried into the Holy of holies. That was the figure of this, and this [the Truth]
of that.</hi> And a little after, O <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <hi>He</hi> (that is, Christ) <hi>is our High-Priest who offered that
Sacrifice which purifieth us. The same do we also offer now, that then was offered,
and is yet unconsumed. This is done in remembrance of that which was then done; For</hi>
Do this, (<hi>saith he</hi>) in remembrance of me. <hi>We offer not another, not a different,
Sacrifice, as the Iewish High-Priest did of old, but still one and the same; or rather
we perform the remembrance of a Sacrifice.</hi> What can be more express than this
is?</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Primasius</hi> is short, but no less to the purpose. <hi>Offerunt quidem,</hi> saith he, <hi>Sacerdotes
nostri, sed ad recordationem mortis ejus, in</hi> 10. <hi>cap. ad Hebraeos: Our Priests indeed
offer, but it is in remembrance of his death.</hi> S. <hi>Augustine</hi> calls it <hi>Memoriale sacrificium
a Sacrifice by way of remembrance,</hi> in his Book against <hi>Faustus.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>In a word, The Sacrifice of Christians is nothing but that one Sacrifice of Christ
once offered upon the Cross, again and again commemorated.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Which is elegantly exprest by those words of S.</hi> Andrew, <hi>recorded in the History
of his Passion, written by the Presbyters of</hi> Achaia: <hi>where</hi> AEgeas <hi>the Proconsul
requiring of him to sacrifice to Idols, he is said to have answered thus;</hi> Omnipotenti
Deo, qui unus &amp; verus est, ego omni die sacrifico, non thuris fumum, nec tanrorum mugi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>entium
carnes, nec hircorum sanguinem; sed immaculatum Agnum quotidie in Altari crucis
<pb n="379" facs="tcp:63175:240"/>
sacrificio; cujus carnes postquam omnis populus credentium manducaverit, &amp; ejus san<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guinem
biberit, Agnus qui sacrificatus est integer perseverat &amp; vivus: I sacrifice daily
to Almighty God, but what? not the smoke of Frankincense, nor the flesh of bellowing
Bulls, nor the bloud of Goats: No, but I offer daily the unspotted Lamb of God on the Al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tar
of the Cross; whose Flesh and Bloud though all the Faithful eat and drink of, yet after
all this notwithstanding, the Lamb that was sacrificed remains entire and alive still. <hi>This
Riddle though</hi> AEgeas <hi>the Proconsul were not able to unsold, I make no question but
you are. And here I conclude.</hi>
                  </p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>EZRA VI. X.</head>
               <epigraph>
                  <q>That they may offer Sacrifices of sweet savour unto the God of hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven,
and pray for the life of the King, and of his Sons.</q>
               </epigraph>
               <p>THE words of the Decree of King <hi>Darius,</hi> for the building and furnish<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
of the service of the Temple of God at <hi>Ierusalem; That</hi> (saith he)
<hi>which they have need of for the burnt-offerings of the God of heaven, both
young bullocks, rams and lambs, wheat, salt, wine and oyl, let it be given
them day by day without fail: That they may offer Sacrifices of sweet savour
unto the God of Heaven, and pray for the life of the King, and of his Sons.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>I have made choice of this Scripture, to shew that <hi>Sacrifice</hi> was <hi>Species Orationis,</hi>
or <hi>a Rite of Supplication unto God:</hi> Such a one, namely wherein the Supplicant came
not with naked Prayer, but presented something unto his God whereby to find fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vour
in his sight. The nature and quality of the thing presented was <hi>Munus foederale</hi>
a Federal Gift, consisting of meat and drink; in the tender whereof, as a sinner ag<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nized
himself to be his God's vassal and servant, so by acceptance of the same he was
reconciled and restored to his Covenant, by the atonement and forgiveness of his sin.
<note n="*" place="margin">See this large<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly proved in the foregoing Trea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tise, <hi>chap.</hi> 7.</note> Forasmuch as, according to the use and custom of Mankind, to receive meat and
drink from the hand of another was a sign of amity and friendship; much more to make
another partaker of his Table, as the sinner was here of God's, by eating of his Obla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion:
hence those who came to make supplication unto the Divine Majesty, whom
they had offended, were wont by this Rite to make way for their sute, by removing
the obstacle of his offence. For what hope of speeding could there be, whilest the
party to whom we tendred our supplication should be at enmity with us? when God
might say,<note place="margin">Psal. 50. 16, 17.</note> 
                  <hi>What hast thou to do to take my Covenant in thy mouth, seeing thou hatest in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>struction,
and castest my words behind thee?</hi> For the foundation of all Invocation is,
<hi>Remember thy Covenant;</hi> and of Impetration, the <hi>Remission of our sin.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>For this cause therefore was Sacrifice used as <hi>Medium deprecandi Deum,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Unde <hi>Philo</hi> de Sacrif. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> nabet.</note> as <hi>a Rite
of address unto God,</hi> when we were <hi>to make prayer and supplication</hi> unto him; yea or
<hi>to bless</hi> or <hi>give thanks.</hi> But this is not to my present purpose, but the use for <hi>Prayer</hi> only;
which to have been thus addressed as I speak, appears not only by the words of my
Text, <hi>That they may offer,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>and pray,</hi> &amp;c. but sundry other places of Scripture;
which I mean to rehearse.</p>
               <p>As first, by that so often inculcated of <hi>Abraham</hi> and <hi>Isaac,</hi> that where they pitch<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
down their Tents, they built also an <hi>Altar,</hi> and <hi>there called upon the Name of the
Lord:</hi> But an Altar was a place for Sacrifice: Therefore Sacrifice must be a Rite
whereby they called upon the Name of God.</p>
               <p>The same appears by that speech of <hi>Saul, 1 Sam.</hi> 13. 12. when <hi>Samuel</hi> reproving
him for having offered a Burnt-offering, <hi>I said,</hi> (saith he) <hi>The Philistines will come
down upon me to Gilgal, and I have not made supplication unto the Lord: I forced my
self therefore, and offered a Burnt-offering:</hi> Therefore to offer a Burnt-offering was
to make Supplication.</p>
               <p>It is yet more plain out of 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 7. 8. <hi>The Children of Israel said to Samuel, Cease
not,</hi> (or <hi>be not silent) to cry unto the Lord our God for us, that he will save us out of the
hands of the Philistines. And Samuel</hi> (saith the Text, v. 9.) <hi>took a sucking Lamb,
and offered it for a Burnt-offering unto the Lord; and Samuel cryed unto the Lord for
Israel, and the Lord heard him.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="380" facs="tcp:63175:241"/>It is further proved by that in the 116. <hi>Psalm,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Ezra 6. 10.</note> 
                  <hi>v. 13. I will take the Cup of Salva<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
and call upon the Name of the Lord:</hi> For this <hi>Cup of Salvation</hi> is the <hi>Libamen</hi> or
<hi>Drink-offering</hi> annexed and poured upon the Sacrifice, at what time they used (as
here you see) to call upon the Name of the Lord. 'Tis a <hi>Synechdoche,</hi> where the
part is put for the whole. Also [<hi>to take</hi>] is here <hi>to offer,</hi> by that Figure, <hi>quâ ex
Antecedente intelligitur Consequens.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>The same is implied by that of <hi>Micah</hi> 6. 6. <hi>Wherewith shall I come before the Lord,
and bow my self before the most High? Shall I come before him with burnt-offerings, with
calves of a year old?</hi>
               </p>
               <p>And by that <hi>Antithesis,</hi> Prov. 15. 8. <hi>The Sacrifice of the wicked is an abomination
to the Lord; but the Prayer of the upright is his delight:</hi> For here the words of <hi>Sacri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fice</hi>
and <hi>Prayer</hi> are taken the one for the other: it being all one as if it had been said,
for [<hi>Prayer of the upright</hi>] the Sacrifice of the upright, or for [<hi>Sacrifice of the wic<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ked]</hi>
the Prayer of the wicked. Hence it follows, That <hi>Sacrifice</hi> was <hi>Species Ora<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tionis,</hi>
or <hi>a Rite of Supplication unto God.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>The like may be inferred out of <hi>Solomon's</hi> prayer at the dedication of the Temple,
and the Lord's answer to the same: For in that dedicatory prayer is no mention at
all of <hi>Sacrifice</hi> to be there offered, but only that the Lord would be pleased to hear
from heaven the Prayers of such and such as should be made in that Place, or to<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wards
it. Nevertheless, when God appeared to <hi>Solomon</hi> in the night, he saith unto
him, <hi>I have heard thy Prayer, and have chosen this place to my self for an house of Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crifice,</hi>
2 Chron. 7. 12, plainly implying, That to be <hi>an house of Sacrifice</hi> was to be
<hi>an house of Prayer.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Add to these that in 1 <hi>Mac.</hi> 12. 11. where the <hi>Iews</hi> in their Epistle to the <hi>Lacedae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>monians</hi>
speak on this manner; <hi>We at all times</hi> (say they) <hi>without ceasing, both in
our Feasts and other convenient days, do remember you in the Sacrifices which we offer,
and in our prayers;</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, for <hi>in our prayers at our Sacrifices.</hi> Certainly it may
be gathered hence, that Prayers were annexed to their Sacrifices, and that Sacrifice
was a Rite of Prayer.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The like we shall find in the first of</hi> Baruch, <hi>where we read that those who were
carried Captive with</hi> Iechonias <hi>made a Collection of Money, and sent it to</hi> Ierusa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lem,
<note place="margin">Vers. 10. 11.</note> 
                  <hi>saying,</hi> Behold, we have sent you money to buy you Burnt-offerings and Sin-offerings
and Incense; and prepare ye the Meat-offering, and offer upon the Altar of the Lord our
God: And pray for the life of Nebuchadnezzar King of Babylon, and for the life of Baltha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sar
his son, that their dayes on earth may be as the days of heaven; <hi>just to that of my
Text,</hi> that they may offer Sacrifices of sweet savour unto the God of heaven, and pray for
the life of the King, and of his Sons.</p>
               <p>Hence appears the reason why<note n="*" place="margin">Antiq. Iud. l. 1. c. 4.</note> 
                  <hi>Iosephus,</hi> when the Scripture mentions no more
but that <hi>Noah</hi> offered a Sacrifice when he came out of the Ark, attributes unto him
a Prayer. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> (saith he) <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
&amp;c. Noah <hi>fearing lest God (having adjudged men to a general de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>struction) should every year thus drown the earth, offered Sacrifices unto God, beseeching
him that hereafter all things may continue in that good order and primitive state,</hi> &amp;c.</p>
               <p>I could be as plentiful in Profane Testimonies to this point as I have been in Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cred;
and could alledge the Testimonies of Homer, (where we have Examples of
Sacrifices with the forms of Prayer,) of <hi>Herodotus,</hi> and others. But what need we
the Testimonies of the <hi>Gentiles,</hi> save to know that in this point the <hi>Iews</hi> and they
agreed? It is enough to have proved it out of Scripture, that this was the use and
nature of Sacrifice: wherein I have been so much the longer, because though the
thing be of it self most apparent and evident, yet it is very little taken notice of.</p>
               <p>But you will enquire now, What profit hath this Discourse, or what use is there
of this thing being known? I answer, Yes; it will help our conceit very much to un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derstand
in what sense and for what respect the ancient Church called the <hi>Eucharist</hi>
or Lord's Supper a <hi>Sacrifice,</hi> and how harmless that notion was; namely, They took
this Sacrament to have been ordained by our Blessed Saviour to succeed those bloudy
Sacrifices of the Law, and to be a <hi>Medium deprecandi Deum,</hi> a mean of Supplication
and address to God, in the New Testament, as they were in the Old, by representing the
Body and Bloud of Christ unto his Father, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> according to his
appointment: Forasmuch as they saw them both to be Rites of a like kind, as consist<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
of Meats and Drinks; both <hi>Epulae foederales, Federal Feasts,</hi> those of the Old Co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>venant,
this of the New, [<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>This Cup is the
<pb n="381" facs="tcp:63175:241"/>
New Testament,</hi>] both Rites of atonement or for Impetration of Remission of sin,
[<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, saith our Saviour, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>This is my Bloud, which is shed for many for remission of sins.</hi>] Besides, the
<hi>Eucharist</hi> was by the time of its institution as it were substituted in place of the <hi>Passe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>over,</hi>
which was a Sacrifice of that kind called <hi>Pacifica.</hi> All these things considered
how obvious was it for them to think, that it was in the Institution intended for the
same End and Use the other were, namely, for a Commemoration, whereby to have
access and find favour with God, when we address our selves unto him in the New
Testament?</p>
               <p>And that this was no new device of later ages, but derived from the first times;
may appear out of <hi>Cyril</hi> (or his Successour <hi>Iohn</hi> of <hi>Ierusalem</hi>) Author of the 5. <hi>Ca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tech.
Mystag.</hi> In the last whereof, relating and expounding the meaning of that which
was said or done at the celebration of the holy Eucharist, according to the use of his
time, (which was the Fourth <hi>Seculum</hi> current) amongst other things he saith, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
&amp;c. [<hi>See this passage quoted in the foregoing
Discourse,</hi> Chap. 6. pag. 366.]</p>
               <p>Yea that it was the use in the days of <hi>Constantine</hi> thus <hi>adhibere Eucharistiam ad pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ces,</hi>
to use the Eucharist as a Rite of impetration in their prayers, appears out of
<hi>Eusebius</hi> in his <hi>De vita Constantini, lib.</hi> 4. <hi>c.</hi> 45. where speaking of a great Synod of
Bishops assembled at <hi>Ierusalem</hi> by the Emperor's Command, to celebrate the dedica<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
of a Church erected over the place of our Saviour's Sepulchre, and telling how
the Bishops there met employ'd themselves during that Solemnity; <hi>Some</hi> (saith he)
<hi>by Panegyrick Orations set forth the Emperor's felicity; others were employed in preaching
and expounding the Mysteries of Holy Scripture; another part</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>did
propitiate God and sought his favour by unbloudy Sacrifices, offering unto God humble
Prayers for the publick peace, for the Church of God, for the King the Author of so much
good, and for his children beloved of God;</hi> namely, as the <hi>Iews</hi> in their Sacrifices
<hi>prayed for the life of the King and his Sons,</hi> according to my Text.</p>
               <p>But for the more full understanding the notion and practice of this Age, take also
a passage of S. <hi>Austin:</hi> it is in his 22. Book <hi>De Civitate Dei,</hi> concerning one <hi>Hespe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rius,</hi> &amp;c. [<hi>See this passage quoted in the foregoing Discourse,</hi> Chap. 5. pag. 363.]</p>
               <p>But some will suspect perhaps that this Custome began in the days of <hi>Constantine.</hi>
No, it did not: It was in use in the days of <hi>Cyprian</hi> 60. years before, as appears in
his 16. Epistle <hi>ad Mosen &amp; Maximum.</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>Adde here<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>unto that of</hi> Cyprian <hi>in his</hi> De Orat Dom. Et quando in unum cum fratribus con<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>enimus, &amp; <hi>SACRIFICIA</hi> Di<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ina cum Dei Sacerdote celebramus, verecundiae &amp; disciplinae memores essi debemus, non passi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> ventilare <hi>PRECES</hi> nostras inconditis vocibu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
                  </note> 
                  <hi>Nos quidem vestri memores, &amp; quando in
Sacrificiis precem cum pluribus facimus,</hi> &amp;c. [<hi>See this passage quoted in the foregoing
Discourse,</hi> Chap. 5. pag. 362.]</p>
               <p>Let us ascend a little higher yet unto the days of <hi>Tertullian,</hi> within 200 years after
Christ. He, in his Book <hi>De Oratione,</hi> makes express mention of <hi>Orationes Sacrifi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ciorum,</hi>
Prayers that accompanied the celebration of the Christian Sacrifice, such
namely as S. <hi>Cyprian</hi> (Bishop of the same City whereof <hi>Tertullian</hi> was Presbyter, to
wit of <hi>Carthage</hi>) even now spake of. And in his Book <hi>ad Scapulam, Sacrificamus</hi>
(saith he) <hi>purâ prece, We sacrifice with pure prayer.</hi> But you will say, This is against
me rather, because he saith <hi>purâ prece,</hi> implying their was nothing else. No, it is not:
For by <hi>purâ prece</hi> he means not <hi>nudâ &amp; solitariâ prece,</hi> bare and naked prayer, but
<note n="*" place="margin">This to be his meaning, appears from the words im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mediately fol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lowing, <hi>Non e<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>get Deus od<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>r<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>s &amp; sanguinis alicujus,</hi> &amp;c. See Chap. 3. of the foregoing Discourse, pag. 358.</note> prayer not defiled with shedding of bloud and smoke of Incense, according to the
manner of the Gentiles. And thus (as <hi>Sozomen</hi> in l. 2. <hi>c.</hi> 14. relates) <hi>Constantine</hi>
writes to <hi>Sapores</hi> the <hi>Persian</hi> King in behalf of the Christians, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <hi>that they did satisfie themselves and acquiesce in offering up
Prayers without bloud for the intreating of God's favour,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>for that the shedding of bloud was no way acceptable to God,
whose sole and chief delight was in a purified Soul.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>And that it was the manner in <hi>Tertullian's</hi> time <hi>adhibere Eucharistiam ad preces,</hi> may
be further confirmed by the promiscuous use of the words signifying the one and the
other. For in his<note n="*" place="margin">[See the pas<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sage quoted in the foregoing Discourse, Chap. 5. pag. 363.]</note> 
                  <hi>Exhort. ad Castitatem, Oratio</hi> and <hi>Offerre, Oratio</hi> and <hi>Sacrificium</hi>
are interchangeably put the one for the other. It was observed before, how that <hi>Iose<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phus</hi>
attributes unto <hi>Noah</hi> a <hi>Prayer</hi> when the Scripture mentions only his <hi>offering a
Sacrifice.</hi> And for that which is said (<hi>Acts</hi> 6. 6.) in the story of the seven Deacons
<pb n="382" facs="tcp:63175:242"/>
set before the Apostles to be ordained by them, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>and when they had
prayed,</hi> &amp;c. we have in <hi>Constit. Apostol. l. 8. c. ult.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
&amp;c. <hi>We having offered (according to his appoint<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment)
a pure and unbloudy Sacrifice, ordained Bishops, Presbyters, and Deacons, in
number seven.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>[What remains in the Manuscript, consists of Testimonies quoted out of <hi>Iustin Martyr</hi>
his Dialogue with <hi>Trypho,</hi> and <hi>Ignatius</hi> his Epistle to the <hi>Ephesians,</hi> and <hi>Acts</hi> 2. 42.
All which Passages are quoted at large in the foregoing Discourse, <hi>Chap.</hi> 5.]</p>
            </div>
         </div>
         <div type="exposition">
            <head>Of the Name ALTAR,
OR
<gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>
anciently given to the
HOLY TABLE.
A Chappel Common-place, An. 1635.</head>
            <floatingText type="letter" xml:lang="eng">
               <body>
                  <opener>
                     <salute>GENTLE READER.</salute>
                  </opener>
                  <p>ALong Preface would not become a Treatise of so small abulk. Only
therefore, in a word or two, thou art desired to take notice, That
this Discourse was a <hi>private Exercise</hi> delivered in a Colledge Chap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pel,
<note n="*" place="margin">An. 1635.</note> above two full years since, and so before the present Controver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sie
about that Subject whereof it treats was commenced by any pub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lick
Writing; and therefore not to be suspected to aim at, or to have
relation to, any mans opinion or person since interessed therein.</p>
                  <p>That it was never intended for the <hi>publick view,</hi> but, as thou mayest easily per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceive
by the form it still carries unaltered, fitted properly to that private Auditory
and time, wherein it was uttered. But when, by occasion of the late <hi>Polemicks,</hi>
it was copied out, to communicate to some friends for their better resolution in the con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>troverted
point; it chanced to fall into the hands of some, who so well liked it, as that
they thought, the time of its composure especially considered, (which by way of
caution was then prefixed in the front) it would, being made publick, conduce to
peace, and setling of mens minds and judgments in this question.</p>
                  <p>The hope of so desirable a good prevailed with the Author (otherwise the most unwil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ling
of any man to come abroad) to permit it to the Press. For whom would it not
grieve to see,<note place="margin">Matt. 5. 23, 24.</note> that the very <hi>NAME</hi> of That, the approach whereunto was wont,
and still should, dissolve all differences, should now become the occasion of so much quarrel?</p>
                  <p>Thus much I thought good to admonish thee: and so hoping thou wilt make a favour<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>able
and candid construction of what is presented unto thee, with no ill meaning, (I
dare assure thee) I bid thee Farewel.</p>
               </body>
            </floatingText>
            <div n="1" type="section">
               <pb n="383" facs="tcp:63175:242"/>
               <head>SECTION I.</head>
               <p>HAVING made so long a Tractation about the <hi>Eucharist</hi> or <hi>Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stian
Sacrifice,</hi> I hold it not unfit, before I pass to another Theme,
to speak somewhat of the Seat or raised Fabrick whereon this ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
Mystery hath been celebrated; as an Appendix to my former
Discourses thereof: and the rather, because some questions and
scruples are moved thereabout. And though others commonly
pronounce of these things according to vulgar opinion and hear<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>say,
without further search and enquiry; yet it becomes not us,
who live in the Schools of the Prophets, to do so; but to give our verdict, when we
do give it, out of judgment and due examination.</p>
               <p>To come then to the matter: The Seat or raised Fabrick appointed for the setting
and celebration of this holy Mystery was the HOLY TABLE, or ALTAR:
for by both these names hath that sacred <hi>Biere</hi> (as I may call it) of the Body and
Bloud of Christ been ever promiscuously and indifferently called in the Church. Of
the name TABLE there is no question; it is granted by all: But concerning the
name <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> or ALTAR, many will not believe it. Let us
therefore see what may be alledged for the antiquity of the use of it, as well as of that
of TABLE. And take notice, that I speak not here either of the <hi>matter</hi> or <hi>form,</hi>
(wherewith men are wont to entangle this question) but of the <hi>name</hi> and <hi>notion</hi> only,
whatsoever the form or matter were.</p>
               <p>I will begin with <hi>Tertullian,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Tertullian An. 200.</note> the most ancient of the <hi>Latine</hi> Fathers now extant;
who flourished about 100. years after the death of S. <hi>Iohn</hi> are Evangelist, and 200.
after the birth of Christ.<note place="margin">See also <hi>c.</hi> 10.</note> He, in his Book <hi>De oratione, in fine,</hi> reprehending their
scrupulosity who thought it not so lawful to partake the Eucharist upon their <hi>station</hi>
or weekly fast-days, lest their Fast thereby should be dissolved, expresses himself af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter
this manner.</p>
               <p>
                  <note n="a" place="margin">And so for the Station or Fast-days, there are many so scrupulous as to think they may not be present at the prayers of the Christian Sacrifices, because their Fast would be dissolved (as they sup<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pose) upon their receiving the Lord's Body. But what? Does the Eucharist then dissolve that their Service devoted to God? Does it not rather the more strictly engage them to God and his Ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vice? Nay will not thy Station or Fast be the more solemn if thou shalt also stand at God's ALTAR, where thou mayest receive the Lord's Body, and reserve it to be eaten at home when thy Fast is end<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed? And thus both shall be salved; thou mayest partake of the Sacrifice, and withal go on in the performance of thy Devotions.</note> 
                  <q>Similiter de stationum diebus,<milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/>
(<hi>saith he</hi>) non putant plerique sacrifici<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>orum
orationibus interveniendum, quòd
statio solvenda sit accepto corpore Domini.
Ergo devotum Deo obsequium Eucharistia
resolvit, an magìs Deo obligat? Nonne
solennior erit statio tua si &amp; ad ARAM
Dei steteris? Accepto corpore Domini &amp;
reservato, utrumque salvum est, &amp; parti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cipatio
sacrificii, &amp; executio officii.</q>
               </p>
               <p>Again, in his <hi>De Exhortatione castitatis,<milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/>
c.</hi> 10. endeavouring to prove (though er<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>roneously)
that a Soul conscious of the
act of the marriage-bed could not be fit for
the duties of prayer and devotion, he
speaks thus;<note n="*" place="margin">If a Soul be conscious of its guilt, and there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>upon Conscience be ashamed, how shall it dare to pray at the ALTAR?</note> 
                  <q>
                     <hi>Si spiritus reus apud se
sit, &amp; conscientia erubescit, quomo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>do
audebit orationem dicere ad Alta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>re?</hi>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>These two places shew, That in <hi>Tertullian's</hi> time, as the name <hi>Sacrifice</hi> was used for
the Eucharist, so was that of ALTAR for the HOLY TABLE: Besides
that, the Prayers of the Church used there to be offered up unto God.</p>
               <p>Within 50. years after <hi>Tertullian</hi> lived S. <hi>Cyprian,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Cyprian An. 250.</note> Bishop of the same Church where
<hi>Tertullian</hi> was Presbyter; to whom this language was so familiar, that I have obser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved
it ten times at least in his Epistles only: but whether he ever useth the name
TABLE, I know not. I will recite only five or six of the most pregnant and evi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dent
places, and not easie to be eluded.</p>
               <p>And first, that in his 42. Epist. or 2. <hi>ad Cornelium;</hi> where, to shew that he favour<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/>
his part against <hi>Novatianus</hi> at the beginning, though he was not fully informed
then of the lawfulness of his election, he relates, That having read his letters in the
<pb n="384" facs="tcp:63175:243"/>
Church-assembly,<note place="margin">Sect. I.</note> he refused to publish those Libellous criminati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons against him which
<hi>Novatianus</hi> had sent by his messengers to
be there read.<note n="a" place="margin">Being mindful of our common honour and dignity, and regardful of the Sacerdotal gravity and holiness, we have utterly rejected all that was raked up against you in a Writing that was sent us, full of a deal of provoking and reproachful stuff; seriously considering and weighing with our selves, that in so full and religious an assembly of the Bre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thren, God's Priests being set, and the ALTAR placed, it was no way fit such libellous criminati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons should be either read or heard.</note> 
                  <q>
                     <hi>Honoris</hi> (saith he)
<hi>communis memores, &amp; gravitatis sacer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dotalis
ac sanctitatis respectum tenentes,
ea quae ex diverso in librum ad nos trans<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>missum
congesta fuerant acerbationibus
criminosis, respuimus; considerantes pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>riter
&amp; ponderantes, quòd in tanto fra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trum
religiosoque conventu, considentibus
Dei sacerdotibus, &amp; ALTARI PO<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>SITO,
nec legi debeant nec audiri.</hi>
                  </q>
'Tis a description or Periphrasis of an Ecclesiastical assembly, or, as he calls it, <hi>religi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>osus
conventus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/> Likewise in his 55. Epistle; where declaiming against some lapsed Christians, who
in time of Persecution having sacrificed unto Idols, were yet so proud and insolent
as to endeavour by threats and violence to be received again into the Church, with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>out
undergoing publick penance and the satisfaction accustomed, he speaks on this
manner: If such Insolency as this be tolerated, and those who sacrifice unto Idols
once come to be received again into the
Church without due satisfaction,
<note n="b" place="margin">What then remains but that the Church should yield to the Capitol, and that the Priests withdrawing themselves, and taking away the Lord's ALTAR, Images and Idol-Gods together with their Altars should succeed and take possession of the place proper to the sacred and venerable Bench of our Clergy?</note> 
                  <q>
                     <hi>Quid superest, quàm ut Ecclesia Ca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pitolio
cedat, &amp; recedentibus sacerdoti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus,
ac Domini nostri ALTARE remo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ventibus,
in Cleri nostri sacrum veneran<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dúmque</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Consessus</hi> here notes the place, as in Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> 
                     <hi>CONSESSVM</hi> (i. e. in
Presbyterium, seu <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>) <hi>simu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lachra
atque idola cum ARIS suis transeant?</hi>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="3"/> Again, in his 64. Epist. against one <hi>Fortunatianus</hi> a Bishop, who having lapsed in
the time of Persecution would nevertheless return to the office of a Bishop, he hath
these words;<note n="c" place="margin">Whenas he ought to make due satisfaction, and with earnest supplications, prayers and tears both day and night intreat God's mercy; does he as yet dare to claim the Sacerdotal dignity which he had betrayed; as if it were a fit thing for one to come immediately from the Devil's Altars to the Altar of God?</note> 
                  <q>
                     <hi>Cùm debeat satisfacere,
&amp; ad Dominum exorandum diebus ac
noctibus lacrymis &amp; orationibus &amp; pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cibus
incumbere; audet sibi adhuc sacer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dotium
quod prodidit vindicare, quasi post
ARAS Diaboli accedere ad ALTA<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>RE
Dei fas sit?</hi>
                  </q> And in the same Ep.
<note n="d" place="margin">We ought to use our utmost care and indu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stry, that such laps<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>d and apostatiz'd persons do not return again to their charge, to the defiling of the ALTAR and the infecting of the Brethren.</note> 
                  <q>
                     <hi>Nè tales ad ALTARIS impia<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>menta
&amp; contagia fratrum denuo redeant,
omnibus viribus excubandum est.</hi>
                  </q> In
these two last places note, 1. The name
ALTAR used for the HOLY TABLE: 2. That those Fathers, when they
would distinguish between the ALTAR of the true God and the ALTARS of
Idols, do usually call the one ARA, and the other ALTARE; of which more
hereafter.</p>
               <p>
                  <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="4"/>
                  <hi>A fourth Testimony is to be found in his</hi> 70. <hi>Epistle</hi> ad Ianuar. &amp; caeteros, <hi>where
to prove that Hereticks cannot give true
Baptism, he reasons thus;</hi>
                  <note n="e" place="margin">And moreover we are to consider that as the Eucharist, so the Oile also wherewith the baptized ones are anointed, is consecrated on the ALTAR. But how can any such consecrate the Creature of Oile, as have neither ALTAR nor Church? And therefore there can be no spiritual unction amongst the Hereticks, since it is evident that neither can the Oile be consecrated nor the Eucharist celebra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted by such as are Hereticks.</note> 
                  <q>Porrò au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tem
<hi>(saith he</hi>) Eucharistia, &amp;, unde
Baptizati unguntur, Oleum, in ALTA<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>RI
sanctificatur. Sanctificare autem
non potuit olei creaturam, qui nec AL<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>TARE
habuit nec Ecclesiam. Vnde
nec unctio spiritalis apud Haereticos potest
esse, quando constet oleum sanctificari &amp;
Eucharistiam fieri apud illos omnino non
posse.</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="5"/>
                  <hi>A fifth Testimony of this use of speech we may have in his</hi> 63. <hi>Epist.</hi> ad Caecilium,
<hi>where he saith,</hi>
                  <note n="f" place="margin">But withall the Holy Ghost by Solomon doth foreshew the Type of the Lord's Sacrifice, the Oblation there offered, and the Bread and Wine; as also makes mention of the ALTAR and the Apostles, saying, Wisdom hath built her self an house, and hath set it upon seven pillars; She hath killed her Sacrifices, she hath mingled her Wine in her Cup, she hath also prepared her table, and sent forth her servants, calling with a loud voice and in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>viting all unto her Cup, saying, &amp;c.</note> 
                  <q>Sed &amp; per Solomo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nem
Spiritus Sanctus typum Dominici sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crificii
antè praemonstrat, immolatae ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stiae,
&amp; panis &amp; vini; sed &amp; ALTA<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>RIS
<pb n="385" facs="tcp:63175:243"/>
&amp; Apostolorum faciens mentionem.
Sapientia, inquit, aedificavit sibi domum,
<note place="margin">Prov. 9. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>, &amp;c.</note> &amp; subdidit columnas septem;<note n="*" place="margin">LXX. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> mactavit
suas hostias, miscuit in cratera vinum su<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um,
&amp; paravit mensam suam; &amp; misit
servos suos,<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>XX. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> convocans cum excelsa prae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dicatione
ad crateram, dicens, &amp;c.</q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="6"/>
                  <hi>A like passage whereto is to be found also in his</hi> Testimoniorum adversùs Iudaeos
lib. 2. c. 2.<note n="a" place="margin">That Christ is the Wisdom of God, as also concerning the mystery of his Incarnation, and of his Passion and Cup, and the ALTAR, and the Apostles who being sent preached the Gospel, there is a plain Testimony in Solomon's Proverbs, <hi>viz. Wisdom hath built her self an house, and set it upon seven pillars; She hath killed her Sacrifices, she hath mingled her wine in her cup, and prepared her table, &amp;c.</hi>
                  </note> 
                  <q>Quòd Sapientia Dei
Christus, &amp; de Sacramento Incarnatio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nis
ejus, &amp; Passionis &amp; Calicis, &amp;
ALTARIS, &amp; Apostolorum qui missi
praedicaverunt [<hi>Testimonium exstat</hi>]
apud Solomonem in Paroemiis: Sapientia
aedificavit sibi domum, &amp; subdidit co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lumnas
s<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ptem; mactavit hostias suas,
miscuit in cratera vinum suum, &amp; para<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vit
suam m<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ns<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>m, &amp;c.</q>
               </p>
               <p>By which two passages it appears, that the name <hi>Altar</hi> was so familiarly and ordi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>narily
used of the <hi>Holy Table</hi> in his time, that he interprets <hi>Solomon's</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>As</hi> Athana<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sius <hi>likewise doth</hi> Disp. cont. Ar<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>um in Con. Nic p. 90. To. 1. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>quit) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note> 
                  <hi>Mensa</hi> by that
name, <hi>tanquam per notius,</hi> as by the better known. Otherwise what need he have
expounded <hi>Solomon's mensa</hi> by <hi>Altare Christi? Mensa Christi</hi> would have served the
turn. I have deduced these Testimonies of <hi>Cyprian</hi> the more at large, because of
those Objections wont to be alledged out of <hi>Arnobius</hi> to the contrary, w<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>o notwith<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>standing
lived fifty years after him; and out of <hi>Lactantius,</hi> who, being Tutor to
<hi>Constantine's</hi> son <hi>Crispus,</hi> was yonger than he.</p>
               <p>Not long after <hi>Cyprian,</hi> about the year 260. lived <hi>Zeno V<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ronensis,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Zeno Veronen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sis. An. 260.</note> as appears by
himself in his Book <hi>De Continentia. Casaubon</hi> calls him <hi>Scriptor vetustissimus &amp; ele<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gantissimus.</hi>
This Author in the 9. of his Paschal Sermons <hi>Ad Neophytos, Invitatione
ad Fontem tertiâ,</hi> says of the Church, then a child-bearing mother unto God of many
sons by Baptism, That she brought forth far cleaner children than a natural Mother
useth to do, being her self<note n="b" place="margin">Happily nourished and brought up (not in ill-sented cradles, but) within the pleasant Septs of the holy ALTAR.</note> 
                  <q>
                     <hi>Non foeti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dis
cunis, sed suavè-redolentibus SA<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>CRI
ALTARIS feliciter enutrita
cancellis.</hi>
                  </q> Here it is not only <hi>ALTA<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>RE,</hi>
but <hi>ALTARIS cancelli,</hi> the septs whereby it was separated from the rest of
the Church or place of sacred assembly.</p>
               <p>And for the days of <hi>Constantine</hi> (whose reign began some fifty years after) <hi>Eusebius</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Euseb. histor. Eccles. l. 10. c. 4.</note>
hath left us a copy of a Panegyrick Oration made at the dedication of a sumptuous and
magnificent Church at <hi>Tyre;</hi> the structure and garnishing whereof the Panegyrist de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>scribing
at large, and amongst the rest the seats erected in the <hi>Sacrarium</hi> or Quire, for
the honour (as he speaks) <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, of the Prelacy and Priestly Order, he adds,
<note n="c" place="margin">And placing the most holy ALTAR in the middle; that the multitude might be hindred from pressing too near it, he compassed it about with a wooden rail of net-work, of so curious an artifice, as was admirable to behold.</note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<q>
                     <hi>&amp; sacrosancto
ALTARI in medio collocato; ista rursus,</hi> [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>]
<hi>ut à multitudinis accessu prohiberertur,</hi>
[<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>] <hi>re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ticulati
operis cancellis ex lignofabricatis circumdedit, adeò ad summum solertis artifi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cii
elaboratis, ut mirabile intuentibus praebeat spectaculum.</hi>
                  </q> Lo here again <hi>ALTA<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>RE,</hi>
and <hi>cancelli ejus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>But the same <hi>Eusebius,</hi> in his Book <hi>De laudibus Constantini, versùs finem,</hi> hath a
more full passage, and which shews this language to have been at that time common
and usual. For there, magnifying and setting forth the stupendious and unparall'd
power of Christ our Lord and Saviour, testified abundantly by that wonderful and ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ver-before-exemplified
change which he had then wrought in the world, amongst
other instances he hath this passage:
<note n="d" place="margin">Who else besides our Blessed Saviour did ever teach and appoint his Friends and followers to offer Unbloudy and Reasonable Sacrifices, such as were to be performed by prayer and the mystical service of blessing and praising God? And hence
it was that ALTARS were erected, and Churches
also consecrated, throughout all the world; as al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>so
Intellectual and Reasonable Sacrifices were by
all Nations offered up to God the King of the
whole world. But as for the bloudy and smoaky
Sacrifices, they are by a secret and invisible power
quite extinguished, and are no more in use.</note> 
                  <q>
                     <hi>Quis alius, solo Servatore nostro ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cepto,
coëpulonibus suis incruenta &amp; rati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>onalia
sacrificia precibus &amp;</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>. <hi>That by</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> Eusebius <hi>means</hi> the praising of God, <hi>appears by other passages in this Book</hi> (and <hi>elsewhere</hi>) <hi>where he saith,</hi> That the Invisible Powers or Angels <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> (1. <hi>Deo</hi>) <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>—<hi>and again</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note>.] arcanâ
<pb n="386" facs="tcp:63175:244"/>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>peragenda tradidit? Quorum
causâ tum</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note>. ALTARIA <hi>in toto ter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rarum
orbe constituta sunt, tum Ecclesia<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
dedicationes factae; solique omnium
moderatori Deo divina sacrificiorum, solâ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mente
<note n="‖" place="margin">Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>.</note> &amp; ratione obeundorum, ministe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ria
ab omnibus gentibus exhibita. Sacri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ficia
verò sanguine, cruore &amp; fumo peragi
solita, vi quadam occultâ &amp; invisibili deleta &amp; extincta sunt.</hi>
                  </q> Lo here <hi>ALTARIA
in toto terrarum orbe constituta,</hi> for the offering of the Christian Sacrifice.</p>
               <p>Where I thought not good to omit that what <hi>Eusebius</hi> speaks here of the World
in general,<note place="margin">In Demon. adv. Iudaeos &amp; Gent. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. Edit. Sa<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>. Tom. 6. p. 635.</note> S. <hi>Chrysostome</hi> affirms in particular of our <hi>British</hi> Islands; <q>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> (saith
he) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.
<hi>The British Islands, which lie out of this sea, and are in the Ocean it self,
have felt the power of the Word:</hi>
                  </q> 
                  <hi>for even there also Churches and</hi> ALTARS <hi>are
erected.</hi>
               </p>
            </div>
            <div n="2" type="section">
               <head>SECTION II.</head>
               <p>BUT will some say, 'Tis true indeed, that from two hundred years after Christ,
and forward, the name of ALTAR was much frequented; but before that
time it cannot be shewed to have been used by the testimony of any Authentick Wri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter;
and therefore nothing so ancient as that of TABLE. So some of ours affirm
indeed; but they will be tried by no other Authors and Records of those times than
such only as themselves hold for genuine, as <hi>Iustin Martyr, Theophilus Antiochenus,
Irenaeus,</hi> or it may be another small Tractator or two (with whom this name is not
found.) Of whom the works of the two principal, <hi>Iustin</hi> and <hi>Irenaeus,</hi> the most
likely to have informed us, are near the one half perished.</p>
               <p>But before I make further Answer to this Exception, I would know to what end
it is made, and what advantage the Authors thereof do hope to gain by it. For the
reason, I think, why the name ALTAR is so much scrupled at is, because it is
thought to imply <hi>Sacrifice.</hi> But <hi>Iustin Martyr</hi> and <hi>Irenaeus</hi> are well enough known to
call the <hi>Eucharist</hi> both an <hi>Oblation</hi> and <hi>Sacrifice;</hi> yea the latter to dwell upon that
theme. What gain is there then, that the name ALTAR is not to be found in
those works of theirs which remain, if that of <hi>Oblation</hi> and <hi>Sacrifice,</hi> (for which the
name of ALTAR is disliked) be? Besides, what likelihood that those who con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceived
of the <hi>Eucharist</hi> under the notion of a <hi>Sacrifice,</hi> should not call the place there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>of,
as well as their Successors did, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>?</p>
               <p>Secondly, I would know of the Authors and users of this Exception, whether in
those Writers and Fathers before the two hundred years after Christ, which they ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>knowledged
for genuine, the name of TABLE be to be found, or not, given to
that whereon the holy <hi>Eucharist</hi> was celebrated. If it be not, then this Exception of
two hundred years after Christ, (which yet is but one hundred after the Apostles)
makes no more against the one than the other, if neither be to be found in the works
extant of the Fathers which then lived. For by this it will appear, they had no oc<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>casion
to mention this sacred BOARD either by one name or other in those
works of theirs which are left unto us. Now for my part, though I have with dili<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gence
sought to inform my self herein, yet hitherto it hath never been my hap to find
the Name of TABLE in any of them more than of ALTAR. I have enquired
of others, and yet they have not shewed it me. And therefore till I see it, I will be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lieve
it cannot be shewn.</p>
               <p>But perhaps you will say, What matters it whether the Fathers we speak of have
it or not, if the Scripture hath? For doth not S. <hi>Paul</hi> say, <hi>You cannot be partakers of the
Table of the Lord and of the Table of Devils?</hi> 'Tis true. There is this only place to be
alledged to that purpose: I know no other. And yet this too, if the judgment of some of
our own Expositors be taken, is not sufficient to prove it neither. For <hi>Table</hi> here
might signifie, not the instrument or seat, but the <hi>Epulum</hi> or meat it self; it being
the use of all Languages (I am sure of those learned ones) to express
<pb n="387" facs="tcp:63175:244"/>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>Psal.</hi> 78. 19. Can God fur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nish a <hi>TABLE</hi> in the wilder<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness? <hi>See the verse after, where</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Fl<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>sh <hi>or</hi> Food <hi>is rendred</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Mensa a <hi>TABLE by the LXX. and Vul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gar. So</hi> is <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Bread <hi>or</hi> Food <hi>ren<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dred</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> a <hi>TABLE by the LXX. twice in</hi> 1 Sam. 20. 23, 26. al. 24, 27. And <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Meat <hi>is ren<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dred</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>four times in</hi> Dan. 1.</note> 
                  <hi>diet</hi> by <hi>Table;</hi> yea whether it be set thereon or not.<note place="margin">Sect. 2.</note> And the matter of the Apostle's
discourse seems to require this sense; for he speaks of <hi>Idolothyta</hi> or <hi>meats sacrificed to
Idols.</hi> And not to be out-vied with Antiquity, I could likewise (as some do) pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rallel
this place for TABLE with another, of a much like nature, for the name
ALTAR; namely, that <hi>Heb.</hi> 13. 10. where the Apostle saith, <hi>We</hi> (i.e. we Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stians)
<hi>have an</hi> ALTAR, <hi>whereof they have no right to eat which serve at the Taber<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nacle.</hi>
I know what you would be ready to except, namely, that by the ALTAR
here named is meant Christ: which I for my own part should willingly admit, so it be
understood with this caution, Christ as he is to be eaten in the Eucharist. For the
Apostle speaks here of an ALTAR to be eaten of; which is not the material in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>strument
or seat, but the Sacrifice used thereon. Thus if these two places, capable
of, if not requiring, the like interpretation, be set the one against the other, we have
not all this while found one jot more for the Antiquity of the name TABLE than
of ALTAR.</p>
               <p>But now to answer more directly to the Question, Whether the name of ALTAR
were used in the Church before two hundred years after Christ or not; I answer, It
was. For proof whereof, why may I not alledge the<note n="*" place="margin">Canones Apost.</note> 
                  <hi>Canons</hi> called the <hi>Apostles?</hi>
Which though the Apostles compiled not, yet are more ancient sure (at least many
of them) than two hundred years after Christ, being not improbably to be thought
to have been the <hi>Codex Canonum</hi> whereby the Church in those first ages (especially
of the Orient) was ordered and governed. And in Questions of use and custom
(such as this is) not genuineness of Titles only, but whatsoever Antiquity, though
masked under a wrong and untrue name, may be admitted, I think, to give evidence
according to the age thereof. Besides, if it be credible that the Apostles, or those to
whom they committed the Churches, Apostolical men, might leave unto the Church
some Rules of Order and Discipline, besides those mentioned in Scripture, (and
whence otherwise should those Catholick and generally-received Traditions of the
Church be derived?) why may not some of these, which bear that name, be of that
number? And if any be, then none more likely than those which are first in order:
namely because Collections of this nature are wont in process of time like snow-balls
to receive increase by new additions ever and anon put unto them, and yet notwith<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>standing
continue still the name and Title of their first Authors; though sometimes
not the one half of the contents will be owned by them. Upon which supposition
we have, for the resolving of the present question, as much advantage as can be;
considering that the Canon we are to alledge is the second, or at the most (according
as some others divide them) but the third in order from the beginning; and so (how<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>soever
the Collection hath in time been encreased) one of the first and most ancient
of them. Let us therefore hear how it speaks.</p>
               <p>Canon Apost. 2.<note n="a" place="margin">If any Bishop or Presbyter shall bring to the ALTAR any thing besides what is appointed by our Lord concerning the Christian Sacrifice [<hi>that is to say, besides Bread and Wine,</hi>] be it Honey, or Milk, or in stead of Wine strong Drink prepa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>red with all possible cost and art, or Fowls, or any other Creatures besides what is appointed by our Lord; let him be deposed. Nor let it be law<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ful to offer any thing at the ALTAR in the time of the holy Oblation (<hi>or</hi> Eucharist,) besides new corn parched or baked, and grapes in their season; ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cept it be Oile for the Candlestick, and Incense.</note> 
                  <q>Si quis Episcopus
aut Presbyter praeter Domini de sacrificio
ordinationem [<hi>i. praeter Panem &amp; Vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>num</hi>]
alia quaedam [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>]
ad ALTARE attulerit,
sive mel, sive lac, sive vini loco siceram stu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>diosè
confectam, vel aves, vel animalia
quaevis (praeter ordinationem;) depona<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur.
Praeter<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Gr.</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, tritici grana fricta aut <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>osta, La<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>in<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>Graneas</hi> dixe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>re. De signifi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>catione <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> vid. <hi>LXX.</hi> Lev. 2. 14, 16. <hi>&amp; ca.</hi> 23. 14. <hi>Casaub,</hi> in <hi>Athenaeum,</hi> lib. 14. 16. Malè hîc <hi>Balsamon</hi> &amp; alii, <hi>Legumina.</hi> Couser. <hi>Can. Syn. Carthag.</hi> quaehabet, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> nova farra aut uvam tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pore
opportuno, non licitum esto aliud quid
ad ALTARE (quàm oleum ad lumi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nare,
&amp; incensum) tempore sanctae Ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lationis
offerre.</q>
               </p>
               <p>Here the name <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> or ALTAR is twice used for the
HOLY TABLE. The latter part of the Canon the Greek hath thus: <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. Where
consider whether it might not be read,
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, that is,<note n="b" place="margin">Whether Oile for the Candlestick, or In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cense.</note> 
                  <hi>sive oleum
ad luminare, sive incensum;</hi> implying that
at another time they might be offered there, but not <hi>tempore sanctae Oblationis,</hi> at the
<pb n="388" facs="tcp:63175:245"/>
time of the holy Eucharist. For the better judgment whereof, and of the right mean<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
of the Canon (because the readings, distinction, and translations somewhat vary)
take also a Canon of the Council of <hi>Carthage</hi> under <hi>Aurelins</hi> (<hi>Anno</hi> 397.) very like
unto it, and made undoubtedly in imitation thereof.</p>
               <p>Syn. Carth. Can. apud Balsam. 40.
<note n="a" place="margin">That it is not lawful to offer any thing but Bread and Wine mingled with water at the time of celebrating the holy Mysteries. Let nothing else besides the Lord's Body and Bloud be offered, as our Lord himself hath ordained; that is to say, Bread and Wine mingled with water. But as for the First-fruits, whether of Honey or Milk, let them be offered (as the manner is) upon one so<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lemn and accustomed day, at the Baptism of Infants. And though these (<hi>viz. Honey and Milk</hi>) more especially offered at the ALTAR, yet they are to have their proper and peculiar benediction, diffe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rent and apart from the blessing of the Bread and Wine, or the consecration of the Lord's Body and Bloud. Nor let there be any thing presented as a kind of First-fruit-offering there (<hi>viz. at the Altar, at the time of celebrating the holy Mysteries</hi>) but Grapes and Corn.</note> 
                  <q>Non licere praeter panem &amp; vinum
aquâ mixtum quidquam in sanctis myste<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>riis
offerre. Ut nihil ampliùs quàm Cor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pus
&amp; Sanguis Domini offeratur, quemad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>modum
Dominus ipse tradidit; hoc est,
Panis &amp; Vinum aquâ mixtum. Primitiae
autem, sive mel, sive lac, offerantur, ut
moris est, uno die consueto, ad Infantium
mysterium (<hi>putà in Baptismo.</hi>) Et si enim
maximè [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>] ad AL<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>TARE
offerantur,<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> propriam tamen
suam habeant benedictionem. Nihil au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tem
amplius in primitiis [<hi>nimirum ad
Altare, in sanctis mysteriis</hi>] offeratur
quàm ex uvis &amp; frumento.</q> 
                  <hi>Which on<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
were permitted to be offered at the
time of the Eucharist, (as may seem)
because</hi> Bread <hi>and</hi> Wine <hi>are made of them.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>But I will not set my rest upon a Pseudepigraphal Testimony, but alledge a wit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness
past exception, and for antiquity beyond them all: And that is, that holy and
blessed Martyr <hi>Ignatius,</hi> Bishop of that City where the name of Christians was first gi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven
to the Disciples of Christ;<note place="margin">Ignat. Ep. An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tioch.</note> who lived and saw the latter end of the Apostles
times. This blessed Martyr, in those Epistles of his which none that are learned or
judicious now make question of, thrice useth the name <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> or
ALTAR for the Lord's TABLE, in his Epistles <hi>Ad Philadelphenses, Trallenses,</hi>
                  <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/> and <hi>Ephesios.</hi> In the first whereof ad <hi>Phi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ladelph.</hi>
he speaks thus:<note n="b" place="margin">I write unto you and warn you that you use one Faith, one Doctrine, one Eucharist: For there is one Flesh of our Lord Iesus Christ, one Bloud of the same our Lord Iesus Christ which was shed for us; one Bread broken for us, and one Cup distributed to all; one ALTAR to every Church, and one Bishop with the Presbytery and Deacons my fellow-Servants.</note> 
                  <q>
                     <hi>Scribo ad
vos, moneóque ut unâ fide, unâ praedica<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tione,
unâ Eucharistiâ utamini: una enim
est caro Domini nostri Iesu Christi, unus
illius sanguis qui pro nobis effusus est;
unus item panis omnibus confractus, &amp;
unus CALIX qui omnibus distributus
est; unum ALTARE omni Ecclesiae,
&amp; unus Episcopus cum Presbyterio &amp; Diaconis conservis meis.</hi>
                  </q> In this place<note n="*" place="margin">P. 236. Exer. 6. in Epist. Ad Ephesios.</note> 
                  <hi>Videlius</hi>
expresly acknowledgeth the name ALTAR to be used by <hi>Ignatius</hi> for the HOLY
TABLE, (though otherwise he be no friend to that name) because he knew not
how to elude it. I thought good therefore to put it in the head of the file, to lead
on the rest which follow. Whereof</p>
               <p>
                  <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/> That <hi>Ad Ephesios</hi> shall have the next place; where exhorting them to be subject
and at unity with their Bishop and Presbytery, he enforceth it thus: <q>
                     <hi>Nemo erret;</hi>
(saith he) <hi>Nisi quis intra ALTARE sit,</hi> [Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>]
<hi>privatur pane Dei. Si enim unius aut alterius precatio tantarum virium sit, ut Christum
inter illos statuat; quanto plus Episcopi &amp; totius Ecclesiae oratio consona ad Deum ascen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dens</hi>
(for this used to be presented at the <hi>Altar) exorabit, ut omnia quae petiverint <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap>
Christo dentur ipsis?</hi>
                  </q> As if he had said, Be not deceived, but take notice, that as
every one who is not at peace with his brother is excluded from the <hi>Altar.</hi> [<hi>Matth</hi> 5.
24.] so much more he that through disobedience is in schism and discord with his Bi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>shop
and spiritual Fathers is excluded thence; that is, hath no right to offer his Gift
thereat; and consequently is deprived of the <hi>Bread of God,</hi> (the holy E<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>charist,)
and of the benefit of those precious and efficacious Prayers therewith offered up to
God by the Bishop and Priestly Order in the name of the whole Church. Which how
great a benefit it is may appear by this, That if the Prayer of one or two be of that
efficacy as to place Christ in the midst of them; how much more shall the united pray<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>er
of the Bishop and the whole Church be of force to prevail with the Divine Majesty
to grant them all they shall ask in Christ's
name? It follows,<note n="c" place="margin">Whosoever therefore separates himself from these, and joyns not with the Council of the Clergy, whose office it is to celebrate the Christian Sacrifices, nor with the Church of the First-born which are enrolled in heaven, (<hi>Heb.</hi> 12. 23.) Whosoever is thus in schism and discord with them, is a Woolf in a Sheeps skin, pretending meekness under that disguise.</note> 
                  <q>
                     <hi>Quisquis igitur
<pb n="389" facs="tcp:63175:245"/>
ab his separatur, neque concurrit cum <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>,
&amp; Ecclesiâ primogenitorum
conscriptorum in coelis, Lupus est sub ovi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>na
pelle, faciem mentiens mansuetam:</hi>
                  </q>
that is, An <hi>Infidel</hi> in <hi>a Christian's coat.</hi>
Where by <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Concilium</hi> or <hi>Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>natus
sacrificiorum,</hi> he understands the Bishop and his Clergy, who are <hi>Senatus rei Di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vinae,</hi>
or <hi>sacris faciundis.</hi> Therefore <hi>Vedelius,</hi> who will needs here, without reason
or copy, in stead of <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> read <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> (the better to make way for his con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceit,
That the body of the Church in general should be the <hi>Altar Ignatius</hi> here speaks
of) did but correct the <hi>Magnificat,</hi> and pervert <hi>Ignatius</hi> his meaning, which he under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stood
not. For that this which I have said is the meaning of <hi>Ignatius</hi> in this
place, appears more plainly by the third Testimony I am now to alledge of his,
<hi>viz.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Ex Epist. ad</hi> TRALLENSES <hi>ante
med.</hi>
                  <note n="a" place="margin">Reverence the Bishop, as ye do Christ, as the blessed Apostles have commanded us. He that is within the ALTAR, is clean; and therefore obeys the Bishop and Presbyters. But he that is without, is he that does any thing without the Bi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>shop, Presbyters and Deacons: and such a one hath a defiled Conscience, and is worse than an Infi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>del.</note> 
                  <q>
                     <hi>Reveremini</hi> (inquit) <hi>Epis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>copum
vestrum sicut Christum, quomad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>modum
beati nobis praeceperunt Apostoli.
Qui intra</hi> ALTARE <hi>est, mundus est;
quare &amp; obtemperat Episcopo &amp; Presby<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>teris.
Qui verò extra est, hic est qui sine
Episcopo, Presbyteris &amp; Diaconis quippi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>am
agit: &amp; talis inquinatam habet con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>scientiam
&amp; Infideli deterior est:</hi>
                  </q> i. He is a Woolf in a Sheeps skin, as he said in the
other Epistle. The places are twins, and the one is a gloss unto the other.</p>
               <p>Now, by warrant of these Testimonies, I think I may safely conclude, That the
use of the name <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> or ALTAR (for ought that any hither<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
hath shewed to the contrary) is no less ancient in Christianity than that of <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
of the HOLY TABLE or TABLE OF THE LORD; and
that both have been promiscuously used from the Apostles times.</p>
               <p>Nor is it any marvel it should be so; for these names are of an equivalent notion,
and signifie one and the self-same thing. For what is an <hi>Altar</hi> but of those kinds of
things we call <hi>Tables?</hi> what <hi>Genus</hi> else can we refer it to? The difference is, That an
<hi>Altar</hi> notes not a common, but an <hi>Holy Table,</hi> a <hi>Table</hi> for an <hi>Holy Feast,</hi> such as I have
heretofore shewed a <hi>Sacrifice</hi> to be, <hi>Epulum ex oblatis,</hi> or a Feast of an Oblation
made unto God: That is, there is no more difference between a <hi>Table</hi> and an <hi>Altar,</hi>
than between another Cup and a Chalice. An <hi>Altar</hi> is not every <hi>Table</hi> or a <hi>Table</hi> for a
common Feast, but an <hi>Holy Table;</hi> and an <hi>Holy Table</hi> is an <hi>Altar.</hi> The difference is
not (as many suppose) either in the <hi>matter,</hi> as of <hi>wood</hi> or <hi>stone;</hi> for an <hi>Altar</hi> may be
of <hi>wood</hi> (as both the <hi>golden Altar</hi> and that of <hi>Burnt-offering</hi> were in the Tabernacle,
namely of Shittim-wood) and a <hi>Table</hi> may be of <hi>stone:</hi> nor in the posture or <hi>manner
of standing,</hi> whether in the middle, or against a wall; (for the <hi>Altar of Burnt-offering</hi>
stood in the midst of the Priests court, and the <hi>Altar of Incense</hi> up against the veil:)
But this is the true difference, that a <hi>Table</hi> is a common Name, and an <hi>Altar</hi> is an <hi>Holy
Table.</hi> 
                  <q>
                     <hi>This Holy Altar</hi> (saith <hi>Gregory Nyssene, Sermone de Baptismo Christi) whereat
we stand, is by nature a common stone, nothing differing from other slates; but being con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>secrated
to the service of God, and having received the benediction, it is <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>,
an Holy Table, an Altar inviolable.</hi>
                  </q> See he makes one
to be the <hi>Exegesis</hi> of the other. For in times past (when men perhaps were as wise
as we are now) it was thought fit and decent, that things set apart unto God, and sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cred,
should be distinguished not only in use, but in<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>Yea and in form and fashi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on too. See</hi> Maimon, apud Ainsworth <hi>up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on L<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>.</hi> 19. 30. <hi>For both</hi> San<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctity <hi>and</hi> San<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctification con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sist <hi>in</hi> Discri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mination.</note> name also from things com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mon.
Forwhat is a <hi>Temple</hi> or <hi>Church</hi> but an <hi>House?</hi> yet distinguished in name from
other Houses. What is a <hi>Sacrifice</hi> but a <hi>Feast?</hi> yet distinguished in name from other
Feasts. So what is an <hi>Altar</hi> but a <hi>Table?</hi> yet distinguished in name from other
Tables.</p>
               <p>Well, let all this be granted, may someman say, that there is no greater difference be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tween
these two names than as you affirm; yet ought the Language of the Church to
be conformed to the Style of the New Testament. But where in the New Testa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment
should those Ancients find any Text whereon to ground the application of this
name to the <hi>Holy Table?</hi> I answer, There, I am prone to believe, whence they deri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved
the <hi>Oblation</hi> of the Bread and Wine in the Eucharist, and that Rite of <hi>Reconciliati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on</hi>
at their entrance thereunto; (where the Deacon was wont to proclaim, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <pb n="390" facs="tcp:63175:246"/>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note>, <hi>Nè quis contra aliquem,</hi> or in some other words to like effect; and then every
one to salute his brother in token of Reconciliation and Peace) and that was from that
Ordinance of our Blessed Saviour in his Sermon upon the Mount, viz. <hi>If thou bringest
thy GIFT unto the ALTAR, and there remembrest that thy Brother hath ought against
thee; leave thy</hi> GIFT <hi>before the</hi> ALTAR, <hi>and go, first be reconciled to thy Bro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther,
and then come and offer thy GIFT.</hi> Which Scripture they took to be an Evan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gelical
constitution, wherein our Saviour implied, by way of Anticipation, that he
would leave some Rite to his Church in stead, and after the manner of, the Sacrifices
of the Law, which should begin with an Oblation, as they did; and that to require
this proper and peculiar qualification in the Offerer, <hi>To be at peace, and without enmity
with his Brother:</hi> Insomuch as <hi>Irenaeus</hi> seems to place that Purity of the Evangelical
oblation prophesied of by<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 1. 11.</note> 
                  <hi>Malachi,</hi> even in this requisite. <hi>Vide l.</hi> 4. <hi>c.</hi> 34. Hence
also they may seem to have learned to call the <hi>Bread</hi> and <hi>Wine</hi> (in respect of this <hi>Ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lation</hi>)
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>the Holy GIFTS,</hi> from the word our Saviour here useth.</p>
               <p>For that they derived from this Text <hi>that Rite of Peace and Reconciliation before the
Offertory,</hi> appears expresly out of <hi>Constit. Apost. l. 2. c. 57. Iren. lib. 4. 34. Edit. Fe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vard.
Tertull. De Oratione c. 10. Eusebius De vita Constantini, lib. 4. c. 41. Cyril</hi> of <hi>Ie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rusalem
Catech. Myst.</hi> 5. Why then may I not believe as well that they might derive
from the same Text the <hi>Offertory</hi> it self, and the application of the name <hi>Altar</hi> to the
<hi>Holy Table:</hi> seeing all three in the Text depend one upon another, and that there is
not in the New Testament any other passage of Scripture whereon so ancient and uni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>versal
a practice of the Church, as was in all these three particulars, could expresly
be grounded? And, besides that the Primitive practice of the Catholick Church is
a good Rule to interpret Scripture by, there may be good Reasons found from the
circumstances of the Text, and Sermon it self, to perswade it to be an Evangelical
Constitution.</p>
               <list>
                  <item>1. Because there was no such thing commanded in the Law to such as came to offer
Sacrifice; not any such <hi>Deuterosis</hi> to be found amongst the Traditions of the Elders.
Now it is altogether improbable our Saviour would then annex a new Rite to the Legal
sacrifices, when he was so soon after to abolish them by his sacrifice upon the Cross,
yea (if the Harmonists of the Gospel are not deceived) within less than two years af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter;
for they place this Sermon between his second and third Passeover. <hi>Ergo</hi> he in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tended
it for an Ordinance of <hi>the Kingdom of God,</hi> (as the Scripture speaks) that is,
for the Church of his Gospel.</item>
                  <item>2. Because the Sermon, whereof this was part, is that famous Sermon of our Savi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>our
upon the Mount, which he read as a Lecture to his Disciples, to instruct them in
the Mysteries of the Kingdom of God, a little before he sent them out to preach; and
so, in all likelihood, contained the Summe of that they were to preach; which no
doubt was Doctrine Evangelical. In all other parts of the Sermon we find it so;
wherefore then should we not so esteem it even in this also?</item>
                  <item>3. Because it is brought in (and that in the first place) as an exemplification of
that righteousness wherein the Citizens of the Kingdom of Christ were to outgo the
righteousness of the Scribes and Pharisees: <hi>I say unto you,</hi> (saith our Saviour) <hi>except
your righteousness shall exceed the righteousness of the Scribes and Pharisees,<note place="margin">Verse. 20.</note> ye shall not
enter into the Kingdom of Heaven.</hi> Then follows this Text, shewing how far we are
to outstrip the Scribes and Pharisees in our obedience to the Precept, <hi>Thou shalt not kill.</hi>
                  </item>
                  <item>4. This passage should be Evangelical, forasmuch as it seems, together with the
rest that follow it, to be a part of that <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <hi>Complementum Legis</hi> whereof our
Saviour spake a little before, saying, <hi>Think not that I am come to dissolve the Law and
the Prophets,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Verse 17.</note> (that is, to abolish or abrogate the observation of them in my Kingdom)
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>but to accomplish, supply,</hi> or <hi>perfect them.</hi> For this to be the meaning
of that <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, the whole discourse following it seemeth to evince, wherein namely
our Saviour puts in practice and makes good <hi>de facto</hi> in several particulars what he for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>merly
said he came to do.</item>
               </list>
            </div>
            <div n="3" type="section">
               <head>SECTION III.</head>
               <p>BUT there is one thing yet behind, by no means to be forgotten in this Argument,
That what I have hitherto spoken of the name <hi>Altar</hi> is to be understood of <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
not of <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. For these two are not the same. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is the
<pb n="391" facs="tcp:63175:246"/>
                  <hi>Altar of the true God,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Sect. 3.</note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> the <hi>Altar of an Idol.</hi> Wherefore the ancient Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thers
and Christians (which spake the Greek tongue) never used to call the <hi>Altar of
Christ</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, (though it were the usual word in that language) but ever <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
Which difference they learned out of the Greek Bible; in all which the <hi>Altar
of the true God</hi> is<note n="*" place="margin">Except only <hi>Siracid<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>s,</hi> and the 2. Book of <hi>Maccab.</hi> whose style <unclear>gentili<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>zeth.</unclear>
                  </note> no where termed <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, but always <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. On the contrary,
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is never used (when it is used) but of an <hi>Idolatrous Altar</hi> or <hi>Altar of an Idol.</hi>
This difference of these two words may be evidently seen and confirmed by one pas<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sage
in the first Book of <hi>Maccabees,</hi> c. I. V.<note n="*" place="margin">al. 62.</note> 59. where concerning the Ministers of
<hi>Antiochus Epiphanes,</hi> who had erected an <hi>Altar</hi> to <hi>Iupiter Olympius</hi> upon the great bra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>zen
<hi>Altar</hi> in the Temple of the Lord, and sacrificed thereon, the Greek expresseth it
in this manner, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>They sacrificed up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
the</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>which was upon the</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> which our Translation rightly renders,
<hi>They sacrificed upon the Idol-Altar, which was upon the Altar of God;</hi> the circumstances
of the place leading them thereunto. And that this Testimony may not go alone,
take with it a like expression or two in S. <hi>Chrysostom,</hi> who in his 24. <hi>Homil.</hi> in 1. <hi>Ad Co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rinthios,</hi>
brings in our Saviour thus speaking; <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.
<hi>If thou
desirest bloud, make not the Idols</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>ruddy with the slaughter of Beasts, but my</hi>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>with my bloud.</hi> 'Tis upon that passage, <hi>The cup of blessing which we bless,
is it not the communion of the bloud of Christ?</hi> With the same style in the Homily a little
before quoted [<hi>Demonstrat. Quòd Christus sit Deus</hi>] he magnifies the speedy propaga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
of the Gospel, that in so short a time <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> (<hi>Bomoi &amp; Simulacra</hi>) were
abolished, and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> were erected throughout the <hi>Roman</hi> Empire, yea among
the Persians, Scythians, Moors and <hi>Indians.</hi> To all which add another observation,
That <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is a word not used by any Pagan Writer, but is a mere
Ecclesiastical and Hellenistical term, first devised (as<note n="*" place="margin">De vit. Mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sis i. 3. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> (Mos<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>s n<gap reason="illegible: missing" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>mpe graecissan<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> 
                  <hi>Philo</hi> in his <hi>Vita Mosis</hi> would
give us to understand) by the Septuagint to express the Hebrew word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, and to
distinguish the Altar of the God of <hi>Israel</hi> from the Altars of the Idol-Gods of the Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiles.</p>
               <p>But you will ask me now, Wherein consisted the real difference between the two,
which made them so nice to call the one by the name of the other? or was it verbal
only? I answer, it was real. For the <hi>Altar of the true God,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, was only
(as the name implies) a <hi>Table</hi> for <hi>sacrifice; viz.</hi> in the Law, of those bloudy Sacri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fices
which were then offered to God by Fire and Incense; in the Gospel, of the rea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sonable
and spiritual Sacrifice, sent up unto God <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, only by the word
of thanksgiving and prayer.<note place="margin">Mark here who they are that have turned the Christians <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> into the Gentiles <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> But <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> or the <hi>Altars of the Gentiles</hi> were <hi>Suggesta</hi> or
<hi>Scabella sculptilium &amp; simulacrorum,</hi> Idol-stools or Foot-stools of their Images, in re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>spect
of the accommodation the one had to the other; which was such, as their Idols
were placed before, upon, or above their Altars. This may appear in some sort by
those passages of S. <hi>Chrysostom</hi> which I now quoted, especially the latter. And by
that of S. <hi>Austin, Hom.</hi> 6. <hi>De verbis Domini,</hi> where he proves from this posture, that
<hi>the Gentiles took and worshipped their Idol-statues for Gods, because they placed them upon
their Altars.</hi> 
                  <q>
                     <hi>Nam illi</hi> (inquit) <hi>quòd Numen habeant &amp; pro Numine accipiant illam
statuam, Ara testatur.</hi>
                  </q> And this also the name <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> fitly intimates, as properly im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>porting
a <hi>Basis,</hi> whereon something standeth, <hi>quasi</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, of the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, as <hi>Eu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stathius</hi> notes; and is accordingly used by<note n="*" place="margin">Odyss. H.</note> 
                  <hi>Homer</hi> for the <hi>Basis whereon stood the gild<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
Statues of Boyes holding lights at a banquet;</hi>
                  <q>
                     <l>
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </l>
                     <l>
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</l>
                  </q>
So 2 <hi>Chron.</hi> 34. 4. we read, That <hi>Iosiah</hi> caused <hi>the Altars of Baalim to be broken down,
and the Images that were on high above them. Aaron,</hi> when he set up the <hi>golden calf,</hi> is
said in like manner to have <hi>built an Altar before it, Exod.</hi> 32. 5. This connexion be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tween
the <hi>Gentile-Altars and Idol-statues</hi> or Images may also be gathered out of that
<note n="*" place="margin">See <hi>Sect.</hi> 1. of this Treatise, pag. 384.</note> fore-cited passage of S. <hi>Cyprian, Epist.</hi> 55. where declaiming against some lapsed Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stians,
who having in time of Persecution sacrificed unto Idols, would for all that be
admitted again into the Church without due satisfaction. If this be suffered, (saith he)
<q>
                     <hi>Quid superest, quàm ut ECCLESIA Capitolio cedat, &amp; recedentibus saecrdotibus, ac Domini
nostri ALTARE removentibus, in Cleri nostri sacrum venerandúmque consessum</hi> (i. in sacra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rium
nostrum, seu<note n="*" place="margin">Or, as this part of the Church is ter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>med in a story of the same time in <hi>Euseb.</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, the name whereby the LXX. call the <hi>Sanctuary</hi> in the Old Test. <hi>Hist. Eccles. l. 7. cap. 18. de Marino Martyre,</hi> 
                        <q>
                           <hi>Adductum ad Ecclesiam <unclear>statuit</unclear> intus prope</hi> 
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>.</q>
                     </note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>) <hi>SIMVLACRA atque IDOLA cum ARIS suis transeant?</hi>
                  </q>
                  <pb n="392" facs="tcp:63175:247"/>
In this not long passage are many things worthy observing. 1. <hi>Ecclesia</hi> used for the
place of Holy assembly, and opposed to <hi>Capitolium,</hi> which stands here for any Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tile-Temple.
2. The place of the <hi>Clergie</hi> next the <hi>Altar,</hi> and distinguished from that
of the Layety. 3. The coupling of <hi>Simulacra</hi> and <hi>Idola cum Aris suis,</hi> as <hi>individui
comites,</hi> and the opposition thereof to <hi>Altare Domini nostri,</hi> i. <hi>Christi.</hi> 4. That the
Latin Fathers sometimes imitated the Greek, in distinguishing, as well as they could,
the names of the <hi>Altars of Christ</hi> and the <hi>Altars of Idols,</hi> calling <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> ALTA<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>RE,
and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> ARA. Which the Author of the vulgar Latine so far observes,
that throughout the Canonical Scripture he never calls the <hi>Altar of the true God</hi> ARA,
but the <hi>Altars of Idols</hi> only, as the Septuagint useth the name <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.</p>
               <p>I have prosecuted this observation of the difference between <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
the more largely, because it will help us through those doubtful and stumbling passa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ges
which are found in <hi>Origen, Minutius Felix, Arnobius</hi> and <hi>Lactantius,</hi> in their dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>putes
against the Gentiles. Who although they lived, the two first in the third Cen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tury,
(after <hi>Tertullian;</hi>) the two latter about the beginning of the fourth <hi>Seculum,</hi>
in the days of <hi>Diocletian</hi> and <hi>Constantine,</hi> fifty years after S. <hi>Cyprian;</hi> (during all
which time, it is apparent, confessed, and may be invincibly proved against such as
shall deny it, That Christians had <hi>Oratories</hi> and <hi>Houses of worship</hi> to perform the Rites
of their Religion in; as also, by those Testimonies alledged, that they usually cal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led
the HOLY TABLE there placed by the name of ALTARE and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>:)
yet these Authors afore-named, when the Gentiles object
Atheism to the Christians, as who had no <hi>Templa,</hi> no <hi>Arae,</hi> no <hi>Simulacra,</hi> are wont in
their Apologies to answer by way of Concession, not only that they had none, but
more, that they ought not to have. What should this mean? why this; They an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>swer
the Gentiles according to the notion wherein they objected this unto them; to
wit, that they had no <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, no <hi>Idol-stools,</hi> or <hi>Simulacrorum scabella;</hi> not that they had
no <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. Therefore the word which <hi>Origen</hi> there useth is <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. And in all
those passages you shall ever find <hi>Arae</hi> &amp;
<hi>Simulacra</hi> to go together. <hi>Origen;</hi>
                  <note n="a" place="margin">
                     <hi>Celsus</hi> affirms that we Christians decline the building or setting up of Altars, Images and Temples.</note> 
                  <q>O
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <hi>Celsus ait nos Ara<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
&amp; Statuarum Templorúmque funda<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiones
fugere.</hi> Minutius Felix;<note n="b" place="margin">Why have the Christians no Altars, no Temples, no Images?</note> 
                     <hi>Cur
nullas Aras habent, Templa nulla, nulla
nota Simulacra?</hi> Arnobius;<note n="c" place="margin">Herein ye are wont to charge us with hide<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ous impiety and irreligion, <hi>viz.</hi> that we do not make any Image or Representation of any God, nor build any kind of Altars at all.</note> 
                     <hi>In hac
consuéstis parte crimen nobis maximum
impietatis affigere—Quòd non Deorum
alicujus simulacrum constituamus aut for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mam,
non Altaria fabricemus,</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Perhaps he adds this by way of corre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ction of his word <hi>Altaria.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>NON
ARAS.</hi> Lactantius;<note n="d" place="margin">What can Temples and Altars mean? what do Statues signifie?</note> 
                     <hi>Quid sibi
Templa, quid Arae volunt, quid denique
ipsa Simulacra, &amp;c?</hi>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>And as for Temples, their meaning was, they had no such <hi>claustra Numinum</hi> as the
Gentiles supposed <hi>Temples</hi> to be, and to which they<note n="*" place="margin">According to which style S. <hi>Hierome Ep. ad R<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>parium</hi> saith de Iul. <hi>Apostat. Quod sanctorum</hi> Ba<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>silicas <hi>destruxe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rit, aut in</hi> Tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pla <hi>converterit. Ep.</hi> 10.</note> appropriated that name, <hi>viz.</hi>
Places whereunto the Gods, by the power of spels and magical consecrations, were
confined and limited, and for the presencing of whom a Statue was necessary; places
wherein they dwelt, shut up as Birds in a cage, or as the Devil confined within a circle,
that so they might be ready at hand when men had occasion to seek unto them: That
Christians indeed had no such dwellings for their God as these; for that their <hi>God
dwelt not in Temples made with hands:</hi> But
not, that they had not<note n="e" place="margin">Worshipping-places, Houses of Prayer, Churches.</note>
                  <note n="a" place="margin">Galienus in ed. ap. Eus. l. 7. c. 12. Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
no
<note n="b" place="margin">Apud eund. Hist. l. 7. c. 1, 2.</note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,<note n="c" place="margin">Eus. de laud. Constant.</note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
or<note n="d" place="margin">Idem Hist. l. 7. c. 3.</note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. For such the stories and monuments of those times expresly inform us
they had; and the Gentiles themselves that objected this defect, knew it too well; as
may appear by their Emperors Rescripts for demolishing them, and sometimes for re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>storing
them, when the Persecution ceased. All which he that will may find in <hi>Euse<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bius</hi>
his Ecclesiastical History, before either <hi>Arnobius</hi> or <hi>Lactantius</hi> wrote: Whither I
refer them that would be more fully satisfied; yea to <hi>Arnobius</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">See this pas<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sage of <hi>Arnobi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>us</hi> in the Dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>course on 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 11. 22. pag. 338</note> himself in the end of
his 4. Book <hi>adversùs Gentes,</hi> where he speaks of the burning of the Christians sacred
Books, and demolition of their Places of assembly. And thus I conclude my Dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>course.</p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <pb n="393" facs="tcp:63175:247"/>
               <head>PSALM CXXXII. VII.</head>
               <epigraph>
                  <q>We will go into his Tabernacle, we will worship towards his Foot<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stool.</q>
               </epigraph>
               <p>SO the Hebrew <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is rightly rendred; and those who say
<hi>Before his Footstool,</hi> imply the same, if it be rightly construed. The
LXX. hath <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Toward the Place where
his feet stand,</hi> which is a <hi>Periphrasis</hi> of a <hi>Footstool.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>THE LORD'S FOOTSTOOL here mentioned was
either <hi>the Ark of the Testimony</hi> it self, or the place at least where
it stood, called DEBIR or the <hi>Holy of Holies,</hi> towards which
the <hi>Iews</hi> in their Temple used to worship. The very next words following my Text
argue so much, <hi>Arise, O Lord, into thy rest, thou and the Ark of thy strength.</hi> And it
is plain out of 1 <hi>Chron.</hi> 28. 2. where <hi>David</hi> saith concerning his purpose to have built
God an House, <hi>I had in mine heart to build an House of rest for the Ark of the Covenant
of the Lord, and for the</hi> FOOTSTOOL <hi>of our God.</hi> Where the Conjunction
[<hi>and</hi>] is Exegetical and the same with [<hi>that is.</hi>] According to this expression the
Prophet <hi>Ieremy</hi> also,<note place="margin">Verse 1.</note> in the beginning of the second of his <hi>Lamentations,</hi> bewaileth
that <hi>The Lord had cast down the beauty of Israel,</hi> (that is,<note n="*" place="margin">As Isa. 60. 7. &amp; 64. 11. Psal. 96. 6.</note> his glorious Temple) <hi>and
remembred not his FOOTSTOOL,</hi> (that is, the Ark of his Covenant) <hi>in the day of
his wrath.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>This to be the true and genuine meaning of this phrase of <hi>worshipping the Lord to<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wards
his Footstool,</hi> besides the confessed Custom of the time, is evidently confirmed
by a parallel expression of this worshipping posture. <hi>Psalm</hi> 28. 2. <hi>Hear the voice of my
supplication when I cry unto thee, when I lift up mine hands</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>towards thine
HOLY ORACLE;</hi> that is, toward the <hi>most Holy place</hi> where the Ark stood, and
from whence God gave his answers. For that the <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>DEBIR,</hi> which is here
translated ORACLE, was the <hi>Sanctum Sanctorum</hi> or <hi>Most holy place,</hi> is clear out of
the 6. and 8. Chapters of the first Book of <hi>Kings;</hi> where in the<note n="*" place="margin">Verse 19.</note> former we read, that
<hi>Solomon prepared the ORACLE</hi> or <hi>DEBIR, to set the Ark of the Covenant of the
Lord there:</hi> in the<note n="*" place="margin">Verse 6.</note> latter, that <hi>the Priests brought in the Ark of the Covenant of the
Lord unto his place, into the Oracle of the House, to the most holy place, even under the
wings of the Cherubims.</hi> Wherefore the Authors of the Translation used in our Litur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gy
rendred this passage of the Psalm, <hi>When I hold up my hands toward the Mercy-seat of
thy holy Temple;</hi> namely, having respect to the meaning thereof. Thus you see that
one of the two must needs be this <hi>Scabellum pedum</hi> or FOOTSTOOL <hi>of God,</hi> ei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
the <hi>Ark</hi> or <hi>Mercy-seat</hi> it self, or the <hi>Adytum Templi,</hi> the <hi>Most holy place</hi> where it
stood. For that it is not the whole Temple at large (though that might be so called)
but some thing or part to those that are within it, the first word<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> of my Text [<hi>We will
go into his Tabernacles</hi>] do argue. If then it be the <hi>Ark,</hi> (whose <hi>Cover</hi> was that we
call the <hi>Mercy-seat</hi>) it seems to have been so called in respect of God's sitting upon
the Cherubims, under which the Ark lay, as it were his Footstool: whence some<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>times
it is described,<note place="margin">1 Sam. 4. 4.</note> 
                  <hi>The Ark of the Covenant of the Lord of Hosts, which sitteth upon the
Cherubims.</hi> If the <hi>Ark,</hi> with the <hi>Cover</hi> thereof the <hi>Mercy-seat,</hi> be it self considered
as God's <hi>Throne,</hi> then the place thereof, the <hi>DEBIR,</hi> may not unfitly be termed his
<hi>Footstool.</hi> Or lastly, if we consider Heaven to be the Throne of God, as indeed it is,
then whatsoever place or monument of Presence he hath here on Earth is in true
esteem no more but his <hi>Footstool.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Thus the meaning of the Text is plain, which I thought good to make choice of for
the Argument of my Discourse at this time, for our better information concerning
the lawfulness of that practice of worshipping God towards the holy Table or Altar:
For it becomes not us who live in such places as these, where Knowledge is taught,
and should be derived to other parts of the Church, to be ignorant of the reason and
quality of any thing, especially concerning the Worship of God, which either we do
our selves, or see others do; lest in the first we be guilty of Imprudence, in the other
<pb n="394" facs="tcp:63175:248"/>
of Uncharitableness in miscensuring others. And in this particular, Information is so
much the more needful, because many scruple at this kind of posture in God's Wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ship;
esteeming it little better than Idolatry,<note place="margin">Psal. 132. 7.</note> as being of like nature with worship<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ping
God by an Image: wherein how much they are deceived I shall make now to appear.</p>
               <p>Know therefore, That to worship God by an Image, and to worship him towards
some place or monument of his Presence, are things of a differing nature: For the first
is absolutely forbidden by the Divine Law; the latter we find continually practised
by the people of God in the Old Testament, and that with his allowance and appro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bation.
Thus in the Wilderness they worshipped him towards the Cloud, as the sign
or monument of his Presence going with them, <hi>Exod.</hi> 34. 5, 8. In the Tabernacle
and Temple they directed their posture toward the Ark of the Covenant, or most Ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
place, as my Text (and that parallel place now alledged out of <hi>Psalm</hi> 28. for con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>firmation)
witnesseth; namely, as to the place of his <hi>Throne</hi> and <hi>Footstool.</hi> Unto
which I add for a third Testimony, that of <hi>Psalm</hi> 99. 5. <hi>Exalt ye the Lord our God, and
worship towards his Footstool:</hi> There goes before it in the beginning of the <hi>Psalm, The
Lord reigneth, let the people tremble; he sitteth between</hi> [or <hi>upon] the Cherubims.</hi> The
same thing is meant or implied by that expression of <hi>worshipping the Lord toward his
holy Temple,</hi> in the 5. and 138. <hi>Psalms;</hi> in the first whereof, v. 7. <hi>I will come into thine
House</hi> (saith <hi>David) in the multitude of thy mercy, and in thy fear will I worship toward
thy Holy Temple.</hi> Mark; <hi>I will come into thine House,</hi> and then <hi>worship,</hi> &amp;c. This
form the <hi>Iews</hi> at this day are wont to pronounce in the Adoration which they make
at their entrance into their Synagogues, turning themselves at the same time toward
an <hi>Ark</hi> or Cabinet, wherein they lay the Book of the Law, made and placed in imi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tation
of the Ark of the Covenant with the Two Tables. In the other <hi>Psalm</hi> like<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wise,
v. 1, 2. the Psalmist saith, <hi>Before the Gods</hi> (that is, the Angels) <hi>will I sing praise
unto thee: I will worship towards thy holy Temple;</hi> that is, toward the place of the <hi>Ark</hi>
or <hi>Mercy-seat.</hi> For we are to take notice, that the people or Layety came no nearer
than into the Courts of the Temple only, and the Priests themselves entred no farther
but when they were to order the Lamps, and burn Incense evening and morning, or
renew the Shew-bread; otherwise they also stood and officiated without in the Court
appointed for them, called the <hi>Priests Court:</hi> so that both (the people especially)
standing in the Court<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> when they worshipped, they directed their faces toward the
Temple or <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> strictly so called, where the Ark and Mercy-seat were. Hence
comes this expression of <hi>worshipping the Lord toward his holy Temple:</hi> as much as to
say, We will come into thy Courts, and worship thee toward the place where thy
memor<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> or monument of thy Presence is. With these places may be compared
that of the 134. <hi>Psalm,</hi> where the Levites (standing namely in the <hi>Priests Court</hi>) are
exho<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="3 letters">
                     <desc>•••</desc>
                  </gap>d to <hi>lift up their hands toward the Sanctuary</hi> [LXX. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <hi>Targ.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>toward his holy seat] and to bless the Lord.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Besides this, when they were absent from the Temple, yea though in a strange and
forein Country, and that far remote, yet when they prayed or worshipped, they
turned their faces thitherward: as appears by 1 <hi>Kings</hi> 8. 44, &amp;c. in the prayer of <hi>So<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lomon</hi>
at the dedication thereof; and the example of <hi>Daniel, Dan.</hi> 6. 10. who <hi>opened
his windows towards Ierusalem, and kneeling upon his knees three times a day, prayed,
and gave thanks before his God, as he was wont;</hi> yea, even then when the Temple and
holy City were burnt and destroyed, and the Ark of the Testimony not then there, but
only the place where it was wont to be. <hi>Zorobabel</hi> also, 3 <hi>Esd.</hi> 4. 58. <hi>lifted up his face
to heaven toward Ierusalem, and praised the King of Heaven.</hi> And this custom the <hi>Iews</hi>
in their devotions still observe unto this day. Yea all this may seem (for ought that
can be shewed to the contrary) to have been done out of the use of mankind, with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>out
any special Precept to that purpose, which is no where to be shewn. For as for
the prayer of <hi>Solomon</hi> (besides that Precepts are not wont to be given in prayers) it
is there presupposed only as a rite of custom;<note n="*" place="margin">Plutarch, <hi>in</hi> Aristide <hi>de</hi> Paulania: <hi>L<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>
                        <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crymis oppl<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>us conver<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>it se ad <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>anum Iuno<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nis, mani<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>sque ad coelum ten<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dens, precatur Citheroniam Iun<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>nem,</hi> &amp;c. Varro <hi>l. 4. de lingua Lat. de</hi> Cu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>io <hi>se de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ovente: Ad Concordia (sub. aedem) con<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ersul,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>Sic emendat</hi> Scalig, <hi>quem vide in Collestaneis, &amp; quae ibidem ex</hi> Livio <hi>adducit ad ha<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap> rem fac<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ntia.</hi>
                  </note> Nature it seems having taught man<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>kind,
as in their addresses unto men to look unto their Face, so in their addresses unto
the Divine Majesty to look that way, or toward that place, where his Presence is
more demonstrated than elsewhere; whether <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, (if I may so speak) as in the
Heavens; or <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, as in Temples and like sacred places, where his Name and Pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sence
either is, or is wont to be recorded. Hence it appears, that to worship God
<hi>versùs locum praesentiae,</hi> towards the place where any sign or specification of his Pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sence
is, is no <hi>Idolatry,</hi> nor forbidden by the Second Commandment: For surely
<pb n="395" facs="tcp:63175:248"/>
that which was no <hi>Idolatry</hi> in the Old Testament, is no <hi>Idolatry</hi> in the New; what<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>soever
fault otherwise it might have.</p>
               <p>The reason of this difference, between worshipping God by an Image and wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>shipping
him towards some place where his Presence is specified, is this, Because in
the first the Creature is used <hi>objectively</hi> to the act of Divine worship, (that is, as the
thing worshipped;) but in the other as a <hi>local circumstance</hi> of worship only. For we
are to know that a Creature may be used in the act of Divine worship by way of
<hi>Object,</hi> by way of <hi>Local circumstance,</hi> or by way of <hi>Instrument.</hi> The first, by way
of <hi>Object,</hi> that is, as that to which the Act of worship is directed and terminated upon,
without question is Idolatry. For the Lord our God is a jealous God, and cannot
endure that any created thing should partake with him by way of <hi>Object</hi> in the Act
of his worship. But he that useth an <hi>Image</hi> in the act of Divine worship as an
<hi>Image,</hi> that is, interposing it in the same as the representation of that he worshippeth,
makes it not the term of his posture only (as any other Creature might be, and some
always will be,) but the <hi>Butt</hi> (as I may so speak) or <hi>Object</hi> of his Act. For in the
act of worship, to look or attend unto any thing as that which representeth unto
him the <hi>Object</hi> unto which he is tendering his act, is to make it an <hi>Object representa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tive;</hi>
and consequently, such as in part and as by way of intervention receiveth the
Act which by it is tendred to the Prototype. Which although it be no more but
to be only relatively worshipped, and for the examples sake, and not absolutely and
for it self; yet is it more than the jealousie of God can endure, as is manifest by his
so strict prohibition and frequent detestation thereof.</p>
               <p>But as for the two other ways of using a creature in the act of God's worship, by
way of <hi>Instrument</hi> only, or <hi>Local circumstance,</hi> neither of them is impious or un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lawful.</p>
               <p>First, Not to use it therein as (or by way of) an <hi>Instrument</hi> whereby it is perform<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed:
For then it would be unlawful to use a Table or a Chalice in the celebration of
the holy Eucharist, or the like; to use a Book when we pray, sing, or give thanks
unto God; to praise him with Instruments of Musick, as <hi>David</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> Chron. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>. 6. &amp; ch. 29. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> 27.</note> ordained; to use a
Book to swear upon, when we take an oath; for to swear is as much an Act or Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ligious
worship, and as much appropriated unto God in Scripture, as any other wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ship
due unto him. Wherefore the Rites used therein (as to turn toward, lay our
hands upon, and kiss the Book of the holy Gospels, as the Tables of the new Cove<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nant
of God with men in Christ) if they be well examined, will afford much light
toward the decision of this Question of posture in our adoration of God in the Church:
especially if it be considered that the very same Rites, for the same purpose, have
been anciently used upon an<note n="*" place="margin">See 1 King. ch. 8 v 31. <hi>Iurantes Aras <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                           <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                        </gap>bant;</hi> C<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>er Plautus <hi>Ru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dent.</hi> Virg. 12. AEneid. Iuven. Sat. 14. Iustin. <hi>l.</hi> 24. <hi>Vid.</hi> Pont. <hi>p.</hi> 3. <hi>p.</hi> 146.</note> Altar. But this by the way.</p>
               <p>Secondly, Neither is it impious or unlawful in God's worship to use a creature in
way of a <hi>Local circumstance</hi> thereof; namely, as that whereby the place of our worship
is determined: for then it would be unlawful to use Temples or Churches to worship
God in, or to have any designed place there accommodated for the Priest to minister
or officiate at. But this our practice shews we esteem and acknowledge lawful. Now
if it be lawful to make use of a creature for the <hi>Vbi,</hi> or place <hi>where,</hi> of the worship
we give unto God, why not as well for the place <hi>WHICH-WARD,</hi> or <hi>which-way</hi>
we worship him? <hi>VBI &amp; QVO Where</hi> and <hi>Which-way</hi> being both alike differ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ences
and relations of Place; and the worship of God no more communicated there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>by
with the Creature, whereby we determine the one, than whereby we determine
the other. Indeed the Creature by this means is honoured and dignified; but that
honour the Creature receiveth lies only in this, in being chosen and preferred before
any other for such sacred use. Which honour, I trow, is of no other or higher nature,
than what any Sacred thing according to the fitness and propriety it hath may be re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>spected with.</p>
               <p>Moreover, if it should not be lawful in Divine worship to direct our posture to<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wards
a Creature, and that too in great regard of some special relation it hath to God-ward;
it would be unlawful to set our faces and lift up our hands and eyes to Hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven
in our prayers and invocations tendered unto the Divine Majesty; which I know
not any that makes scruple of. And yet if the determination of our posture only
by a creature in Divine worship be Idolatry; why might we not justly scruple, lest
this posture of our hands and faces to Heaven-ward at such a time might make us
guilty of worshipping the Host of Heaven, that is, the Sun, Moon, Starrs and Planets,
as the Gentiles and <hi>Israelitish</hi> Idolaters did? But for our warrant herein, our Blessed
Saviour, in that Prayer he hath left unto his Church, hath taught us to say, <hi>Our Father
<pb n="396" facs="tcp:63175:249"/>
which art in heaven.</hi> For without doubt, if we may without impiety determine the
Divine presence thus in our speech, we may also (yea fit, I think, we should) do
the like at the same time with our posture; which is no more but to express that vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sibly
by our gesture, which we utter vocally w<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>th our mouths. For not that which
is before us only in our posture, but that which is the <hi>terminus</hi> of our Act, is the Ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ject
of our Worship. Nor to determine our posture only by a creature, but to com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>municate
the Worship we give unto God therewith, is that which the Divine Law
forbiddeth. And that this difference must be admitted, is evinced by the severe and
peremptory prohibition of the one, and the frequent examples of the other practised
by holy men in Scripture. Besides that the admission thereof openeth the true way
how to answer our adversaries, when they alledge the aforementioned places of
Scripture in patronage of their Idolatrous worship.</p>
               <p>Now then to apply all this to the <hi>Hypothesis:</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, the <hi>HOLY TABLE</hi>
or <hi>ALTAR,</hi> (for the difference is but verbal) in our Christian Churches, answers
unto the Ark or Mercy-seat in the <hi>Iewish</hi> Temple, being <hi>Solium Christi,</hi> and in the
language of Antiquity the Christian<note n="*" place="margin">Orat. Paneg. ap. <hi>Euseb.</hi> Hist. lib 10. cap. 4. <hi>Di<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>nys. At.</hi> ep. 8 ad Demo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>philum.</note> 
                  <hi>Sanctum Sanctorum;</hi> where the Book of the
<hi>Gospels</hi> (by ancient custom laid thereon) parallels the<note n="*" place="margin">May not our order of setting the Ten Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mandments over the Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>munion. Table have had some reference this way? See Or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ders Anno 1565. 7. <hi>Eliz.</hi> Artic. 7.</note> two <hi>Tables,</hi> the holy <hi>Eucha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rist</hi>
the golden <hi>Pot of Manna,</hi> that is, the sacred Monuments and Symbols of the
new Covenant those of the old. Why may not then a like respect be had to it in
the posture of our Christian adoration, which the <hi>Iews</hi> in their worship had, not only
to the Ark of the Testimony, but to the Altars which stood before it, yea even to
the Temple it self, when they could not come to perform their devotions therein;
and that too (as I have already observed) when that Ark which <hi>Moses</hi> made by
God<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>s appointment, with those two sacred Symbols (the <hi>two Tables</hi> and <hi>Pot of Manna</hi>)
were no more there, as in the Second Temple they were not; but only the place or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dained
for them, or at the most (if that) some imitative Ark only with a Roll of
the Law put therein, such as the <hi>Iews</hi> at this day are known to have in their Syna<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gogues,
and to direct their posture toward it when they worship, as formerly they
did to that in the Temple? See <hi>Buxtorf. Synagog. Iudaic. cap.</hi> 5.</p>
               <p>Lastly, all Nations and Religions have been wont to use some reverential gesture
when they enter into their Temples. And our Blessed Saviour in the Gospel would
not have his Disciples to enter into a man's house without some salutation; <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
(saith he) <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>when ye enter into an house, salute it.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Matt. 10. 12.</note>
Why should we not think it to be a part of Religious manners to do as much when
we come into the house of God? Now of all Gestures, Adoration or bowing of the
Body seems to be the most comely and ready for that purpose; and of all postures in
the doing thereof (and some posture there must needs be) that which is directed to<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wards
that which is the most sacred and of most preeminent relation to God in the
Church; that, namely, where he is commemorated, and the blessed Symbols of his
Body and Bloud reached forth unto us, (who is our<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Rom.</hi> 3. 25. the name whereby the <hi>Mercy-s<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>at</hi> is <hi>called</hi> in the old Testament. The <hi>Israelites</hi> worshipped towards the place of their <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> which was a Type of ours; why may not we worship in like manner toward the place of our <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, the Truth of theirs?</note> 
                  <hi>Propitiatory</hi> through faith in
his Bloud, and by whom alone and whose Sacrifice we have access unto his Father,)
the <hi>HOLY TABLE</hi> or <hi>ALTAR.</hi> What place then so fit to be both in our eye
and mind, when we make our addresses unto Him, as this?</p>
               <div type="section">
                  <head>Of the practice of Antiquity.</head>
                  <p>THAT the ancient Christians worshipped<note n="*" place="margin">See the Au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thor <hi>Quaest &amp; Resp<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap>d orthod. in Iustin. Mart Quaest.</hi> 118. Clem. Alex. <hi>Strom.</hi> 7. <hi>ants Med.</hi> Tertul <hi>Apol. c.</hi> 16. <hi>item ad nationes. l.</hi> 1. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. 13. Origen, <hi>Hom.</hi> 5. <hi>in Numer. cap.</hi> 4. <hi>p.</hi> 210.</note> towards the <hi>East,</hi> (that is, the same
way they did their first homage to God<note n="*" place="margin">Dionys. Arcop. <hi>de Ecclesiast, Hier,</hi> 6. 2.</note> in their Baptism) is manifest to all
that have but looked into Antiquity.</p>
                  <p>That their Altars also were usually placed toward the same in their Churches, is a
Truth that can hardly be questioned.</p>
                  <p>It follows therefore that when they worshipped, they turned themselves or looked toward the Altar also.</p>
                  <p>If it be asked, Which of the two they respected in this their posture: I answer,
they respected both; and therefore placed the Altar accordingly, to the <hi>Eastward,</hi> that
both might be observed; even as the <hi>Iews</hi> placed their Altars both of Incense and
<pb n="397" facs="tcp:63175:249"/>
Burnt-offering toward the <hi>West,</hi> because they worshipped that way. But if they could
not observe both, then they preferred the Altar; as in that Church at <hi>Antioch,</hi>
where (if<note n="*" place="margin">Lib. 5. Hist<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>r. Eccles. c. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> 
                     <hi>Socrates</hi> say true) the Altar, or place thereof, the Chancel, (for so
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> sometimes signifies) stood toward the <hi>West,</hi> contrary (as he there ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>knowledgeth)
to the manner of other Churches. Now he that considers well the
Custome of Antiquity, and remembers that which <hi>Gregory Nazianzen</hi> testifies of his
mother<note n="*" place="margin">Namely, that meat no time turned hee back <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>pon the Altar: that is, not so much as o<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>t of the time of worship.</note> 
                     <hi>Nonna,</hi> will not think it credible they should either turn their backs upon
the Altar, or their faces from the Priest, whilest he officiated thereat, as then he al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ways
did; which yet they must needs do, if, notwithstanding that situation of the
Altar, they had worshipped toward the <hi>East.</hi> Howsoever, if the nature of the things
be considered, there can be no difference given, for the point of lawfulness, between
the one and the other; nor why this should more intrench upon impiety and Super<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stition than that.</p>
                  <p>Thus much we find of the Christians posture in general, when they worshipped
God. But what reverential Guise, Ceremony or Worship they used at their ingress
into God's House in the Ages next to the Apostles (and some I believe they did) is
buried in silence and oblivion. The <hi>Iews</hi> before them (from whom the Christian
Religion sprang) used, as I have already shewn, to bow themselves down with their
faces toward the Testimony or Mercy-Seat. The Christians after them, in the <hi>Greek</hi>
and <hi>Oriental</hi> Churches, have, time out of mind, and without any known beginning
thereof, used to bow in like manner, with their posture toward the Altar, or Holy
Table, saying that of the Publican in the Gospel, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>God be merciful to me a sinner;</hi> as appears by the Liturgies of S. <hi>Chrysostome</hi> and S.
<hi>Basil,</hi> and as they are still known, both Laitie and Clergie, to do at this day. Which
custome of theirs, not being found to have been ordained or established by the Decree
or Canon of any Council, and being <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>o agreeable to the use of God's people of the
Old Testament, may therefore seem to have been derived unto them from very remote
and ancient Tradition. Nothing therefore can be known of the use of those first Ages
of the Church, farther than it shall seem probable they might imitate the <hi>Iews,</hi> God's
people before them, or have given beginning to the custome of the Churches after them.
And if kneeling, bowing or inclination of the head could be proved, or, for want of
testimony, may be supposed to have been their gesture at their ingress; surely there
were no reason why we should not believe they bowed, kneeled, or inclined their
heads the same way then, which they used to pray and worship at other times.</p>
                  <p>In the <hi>Latin</hi> Church this gesture of bowing towards the Altar may seem to have
been proper to the Clergy in their approaches to it, and recess from it, at least to
such as came into the Quire; the Laity at their first entrance into the Church kneel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
only. <hi>Card. Bessarion,</hi> (a <hi>Greek</hi>) in his<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Apud Meur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sium &amp; in Not i<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> Pontan<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> ad Protovesti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>arium.</hi>
                     </note> Epistle to the Tutor of the Sons of <hi>Tho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mas
Palaeologus,</hi> instructing them how to carry and behave themselves among the La<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tines,
<hi>In Ecclesiam Latinorum</hi> (saith he) <hi>cùm ingredientur, in genua procumbentes pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ces
dicant, ut Latinis mos est: When they shall enter into any Church of the Latines, let
them kneel down and say their prayers, as the manner of the Latines is.</hi> For in <hi>Greece,</hi> as
is aforesaid, their manner was to bow. Yet whether they used not some other gesture
in <hi>Spain,</hi> would be enquired, because of those words of <hi>Isidorus Hispalensis, De Ec<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>clesiasticis
officiis lib. 1. c. 10.</hi> concerning those that came into the Church after the Ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vice
or Lessons were begun; <hi>Si superveniat quisque</hi> (saith he) <hi>cùm Lectio celebratur,
adoret tantum Deum, &amp; praesignatâ fronte aurem solicitè accommodet: If any shall come
into the Church when the Lesson is a reading, let him only adore God, and crossing his
forehead attend diligently to what is read.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>I will add here two the most ancient Testimonies, I think, extant of a Reverential
respect used to be given to the Holy Table or Altar; and that, as I conceive, (if not
both of them, one at least) of a more direct nature than that wherewith the same is
honoured by being made the term only of our posture when we worship God.</p>
                  <p>One is out of <hi>Dionysius</hi> called <hi>Areopagita,</hi> (or whosoever were the Author, for
sure ancient he is) <hi>Ecclesiast. Hierarch. cap.</hi> 2. <hi>De mysterio Baptismi,</hi> where he saith, That
after the Hymn accustomed was sung, the Priest or Bishop <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
having <hi>saluted</hi> or <hi>kissed</hi> (for either way may <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> be rendred) <hi>the
Holy Table, he goes thence and questions the party to be baptized,</hi> &amp;c.</p>
                  <p>The other is of S. <hi>Athanasius, in fine Sermonis adversùs eos qui Humanae in Christo
Domino Naturae confessores spem suam in Homine defigere dicunt, Edit. Commel. tom.</hi> 2.
<hi>pag.</hi> 255. in these words; <hi>Quid? quòd &amp; nunc</hi> [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>]
<hi>qui ad sanctum Altare accedunt,</hi> [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <pb n="398" facs="tcp:63175:250"/>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>] <hi>illúdque amplectuntur, &amp; cum timore &amp; laetitia salutant (velosculantur,)
non in lapidibus aut lignis, sed in Gratiâ per lapides, aut ligna piis commemoratâ animo
insistunt.</hi> Understand here by <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, or GRATIA, the holy <hi>EVCHA<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>RIST,</hi>
for so the Fathers are wont to call it. See <hi>Casaubon. Exercit.</hi> 16. § 46. The
meaning therefore is, <hi>That those, who when they approach the holy Altar, do with fear
and joy embrace and kiss it,</hi> (as the manner then was) <hi>attend it not as wood and
stones, but as that whereby the Body and Bloud of Christ is commemorated to his holy Ones.</hi>
                  </p>
               </div>
            </div>
         </div>
         <div type="exposition">
            <head>CONCIO AD CLERVM,
DE
SANCTUARIO DEI,
SEU
DE SANCTITATE RELATIVA.</head>
            <div type="part">
               <head>LEVITICI 19. 30.</head>
               <epigraph>
                  <q>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Sanctuarium meum reveremini.</hi>
                  </q>
               </epigraph>
               <p>QUALEM Philosophi <hi>Virtuti</hi> sedem posuerunt ab Extremis utrin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
remotam, talem quoque Sacrae Scripturae stylus <hi>Pietatis</hi> laudat
semitam; Viam nempe mediam, quâ neque dextrorsum iter neque
sinistrorsum: Hanc qui tenent, viam rectam insistere, perfectè coram
Deo ambulare; qui verò ab ea aliquoversum deflexerint, tantun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dem
dicuntur à rectò deviâsse. Nos autem (heu miserum genus!)
nescio quo naturae nostrae vitio, dicam? an fato, tantum ferè ab
aurea hac Mediocritate absumus, quantum ipsa ab Extremis suis Mediocritas. In ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>duo
illo regulatae Pietatis jugo vix momento consistimus, quin, ut decantatum illud
<hi>Sisyphi</hi> saxum, ad ima vitiorum relabimur inquieti.</p>
               <p>Hoc eùm in aliis quamplurimis observatu est proclive, tum vel maximè in hac, de
qua nunc agendum mihi est, <hi>Reverentia Saera.</hi> Quid enim? naufragium hîc multo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
video, his <hi>Scyllae</hi> allisâ, illis <hi>Charybdi</hi> absorptâ nave; dum hi <hi>Venerationis</hi> prae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tex<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>u
Idololatriam, illi hujus sugâ Contemptum inducunt omnis rei Sacrae.</p>
               <p>Mihi, (Viri Patres Fratrésque) dum rem istam altiùs paulò cogitatiùsque mecum ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pendo
utrique horum videntur in extrema abiisse nimis, &amp; terminos movisse ab antiquo
positos: Quos ego, pace Vestrâ, Viri Ornatissimi) aliquatenus dignoscendi &amp; reponen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>di
spe, naviculâ meâ, tenui licèt, audebo per hoc fretum; nullo (Deum testor
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>) aut Superstitionis amore, aut Christianae Simplicitatis odio, sed solius
Veritatis investigandae studio; neque tam ut mores obsoletos revocem, qui nobis
fortasse ex usu non fuerint, quàm ut decoram rebus Christianis Majestatem asseram,
&amp; opportunam de aliorum factis judicandi modestiam charitati &amp; prudentiae Christi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>anae subjiciam.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="399" facs="tcp:63175:250"/>Quod ut fa<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>iam, duo mihi hodie explicanda su<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>t ad totidem hujus Scripturae Ver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ba:
Primum est <hi>De sanctuario Dei,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Levit. 19. 30.</note> alterum <hi>De Reverentia</hi> seu <hi>Veneratione Sacra.</hi> De
<hi>Sanctuario</hi> duo dicam; primò <hi>Quid sit,</hi> deinde <hi>An locum usúmque habeat sub Evangelio.</hi>
Est igitur <hi>Sansctuarium locus Sanctus,</hi> id est, <hi>Locus Deo consecratus ad usus Divinos.
Sanctae</hi> autem quàm verè &amp; quo sensu nuneupentur Loca hujusmodi, id verò ex <hi>diver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sa
Sanctitatis</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Sanctitatis tri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ple<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> netio.</note> 
                  <hi>notione</hi> ernendum est. <hi>Diversam</hi> dico, &amp; quam triplici notâ disparave<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rim
in <hi>Essentialem, Virtuosam &amp; Relativam.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Essentiali</hi> Sanctitate Deus ipse <hi>Sanctus est,</hi> eujus Sanctitas non est aliud ab ipso.
<hi>Virtuosâ</hi> nos debemus, id est, <hi>Pietate,</hi> imbui; qualitate nimirum sanctâ quam <hi>Virtutem</hi>
viri pii, seu Virtutem finieris religiosam; cujusmodi Graecis propriè <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> dicitur,
Latinis <hi>Sanctimonia,</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Atqui <hi>Locum,</hi> puta rem inanimem, neque hâc neque illâ Sanctitate vel <hi>Sanctum</hi>
ducimus, vel dicimus <hi>Sanctuarium,</hi> sed tertiâ solâ Sanctitatis notione,<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Sanctitatis Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lati<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>e</hi> defini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tio.</note> quam dixi <hi>Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lativam.</hi>
Hanc autem definio <hi>Peculiaritatem rei versùs Deum à certo Praesentiae ipsius
aut Dominii modo.</hi> Hujusmodi Sanctitatem <hi>Relativam</hi> appello: Qualitatis enim aut
Virtutis nihil habet quod inhaereat, ut superstitiosuli multi credunt, sed pura puta
<hi>Relatio</hi> est, cujus participes res Graeci <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Latini <hi>sacras</hi> nominârint; nec facilè in
hac verbi notione alternâ runt aut hi aut illi. Addo <hi>versùs Deum:</hi> neque enim quod eui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vis
peculiare, neque si Angelis ipsis, id <hi>Sanctum</hi> ullo modo est habendum, sed quod soli
<hi>Deo</hi> vivo &amp; aeterno. Postremò subjungo, <hi>à certo Praesentiae ipsius aut Dominii modo:</hi> qui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
verbis geminam Sanctitatis hujus efficientem designare volui, simúlque innuere duos
inde oriri <hi>Sanctitatis</hi> modos, naturâ quidem diversos, re saepenumero conjunctos, <hi>Prae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sentiae
&amp; Proprietatis.</hi> Priorem ostendit illud Dei ad <hi>Mosem, Exod.</hi> 3. 5. <hi>Extrahe calce<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>amenta
de pedibus tuis; Locus enim in quo stas, terra sancta est:</hi> propterea scilicet, quòd
Deus illic visibili specie apparuit, &amp; singulari modo <hi>praesentem</hi> se exhibuit. Alioquin
quid, quaeso, intereat inter istum Locum &amp; reliqua illius Deserti loca? Sola <hi>Praesen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tia</hi>
Dei singularis hunc locum singularem fecerat, &amp; adhuc facit omnem locum ubi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cunque
habet singulariter. Alterius modi sunt, ut omnes olim sub Lege <hi>Oblationes,</hi>
ita sub Evangelio <hi>Bona</hi> (ut nunc loquimur) <hi>Ecclesiastica.</hi> Hinc enim (cùm in homi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>num
Bonis ampliùs non sint) Deo peculiare illud jus &amp; <hi>Dominium</hi> acquiritur à quo
<hi>Sancta</hi> omnino sunt censenda.</p>
               <p>Quamvis jam <hi>Loca</hi> praecipuè <hi>sancta</hi> sunt ob <hi>Praesentiam; Templi</hi> tamen &amp; <hi>Sanctuarii</hi>
ratio utrumque Sanctitatis hujus modum comprehendit: quà enim <hi>Locus</hi> est, à <hi>Praesentiae</hi>
modo; quà Domus est Deo Divinisque addicta, à <hi>Dominio peculiari</hi> sacrum est. Ita
<hi>Templum Hierosoly<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>itanum</hi> utrâque ratione suit sanctum; tum à <hi>Dominio</hi> Dei, nam <hi>Dei
Domus</hi> dicebatur, &amp; <hi>Templum Domini;</hi> tum à <hi>Praesentiae, singularitate,</hi> cùm<note n="*" place="margin">2 Chro. 6. 2.</note> 
                  <hi>Dei habita<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>culum</hi>
audiret, eò quòd ibi Deus cum hominibus colloqui, ibi homines Deum conve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nire,
audire, orare, &amp; de rebus obscuris consulere solebant: ut taceam, tot Sacrificia,
tot rerum Typicarum Mysteria, totidem fuisse Dei <hi>praesentis</hi> Symbola.</p>
               <p>Duplicem hanc <hi>Templariae Sanctitatis</hi> rationem mirum quàm pulchre Apostolus <hi>Pau<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lus</hi>
Fidelium corporibus accommodavit, primâ ad <hi>Cor.</hi> cap. 6. <hi>An ignoratis</hi> (inquit)
<hi>corpus vestrum esse Templum Spiritûs sancti qui in vobis est,</hi> (audite Praesentiam) <hi>neque
vos esse vestri juris?</hi> audite Propri<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>tatem. Item alibi,<note n="*" place="margin">2 Cor. 6. 16.</note> 
                  <hi>Vos</hi> (inquit) <hi>estis Templum Dei
viventis.</hi> Quare autem? <hi>quia</hi> (inquit) <hi>dixit Deus, Habitabo in iis &amp; inambulabo,</hi> (hoc
<hi>Praesentiae</hi> est) deinde quia dixit, <hi>Et ero illorum Deus, &amp; ipsi erunt mihi populus;</hi> hoc
<hi>Dominii est.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>ATQUE ita <hi>Locorum Sanctorum</hi> indolem &amp; naturam explicavi: Cujusmodi sub
<hi>Lege</hi> obtinuisse cùm nemo dubitet, restat porrò inquirendum, an ulla Loca hujusmodi ag<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>noscat
<hi>Evangelium.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>An</hi> Evangeli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um agnoscat Loca Sacra.</note> Certè agnoscit Evangelium <hi>Ecclesias</hi> seu <hi>Templa</hi> Evangelica: habent
Christiani &amp; omnino habere debent sua <hi>Oratoria,</hi> sua (sic loquar) <hi>Eucharisteria,</hi> &amp; Dei
<hi>Domus,</hi> non ejusdem (fateor) cum <hi>Iudaico</hi> rationis; si tamen <hi>Typi</hi> rationem excipias,
perinde atque illud <hi>sancta</hi> atque reverenda. <hi>Sancta</hi> (inquam) non à <hi>Dominio</hi> Dei solo
seu <hi>Propritate,</hi> verùm etiam à <hi>Praesentiae peculiaritate.</hi> Anno enim in illis nos Deum quasi
convenire solemus, &amp; Deus nos Ministerii sacri ore compellare?<note n="*" place="margin">Matt. 18. 2<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> 
                  <hi>Vbi sunt duo aut
tres</hi> (ait Servator) <hi>congregati in nomine meo, ibi ego sum in medio illorum.</hi> Et verò, quod
longè maximum est, ineffabili modo adest in mystico Panis &amp; Vini Sacramento. Haud
enim verebor dicere, in sacrosancta Eucharistia non minùs peculiariter &amp; visibiliter no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bis
adesse Deum, quàm <hi>Mosi</hi> in ardenti Rubo: nec Templum aut Tabernaculum Iu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>daicum
magis Christi Corpus praefigurâsse, quàm hunc Panem nobis exhibere. Locus
igitur Rubo circumpositus sanctus erat; &amp; non erit Sacra Mensa? Templum Iudaeorum,
&amp; non nostra Eucharisteria? Et quid si non ibi jugiter exhibeatur hoc Sacramentum?
Locus tamen sanctus erit, ubi solet exhiberi.<note place="margin">
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>v. 11. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ec. di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>is. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> Filiae <hi>Pharaonis</hi> sas non erat habitare in
<pb n="400" facs="tcp:63175:251"/>
domo <hi>Davidis, quia</hi> (ut dicitur 2 <hi>Chron.</hi> 8. 23.) <hi>Sancta sunt ista, in quae ingressa est Ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ca
Iehovae.</hi> Annon multò magis nostra Eucharisteria sacra (de <hi>Sanctitate</hi> enim <hi>Relativa</hi>
semper loquor) ubi vera Domini <hi>Arca</hi> exhibetur, cujus illa tantùm umbra?</p>
               <p>Breviter igitur &amp; uno quasi ictu sic concludo rem totam.<note place="margin">S<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>mma dicto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>r<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>m.</note> Si ulla sint hodie usquam
terrarum aut gentium Loca Deo magis <hi>peculiaria</hi> quàm omnia, aut verè haec omnia
<hi>Sancta,</hi> id est <hi>Sacra,</hi> dixero, aut <hi>Sanctitatem Relativam</hi> nondum verè definivi.</p>
               <p>AT verò inquiunt in <hi>Evangelio</hi> nulli loco alligatum esse Deum,<note place="margin">Object.</note> neque nos ad De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um
colendum. Id enim unius <hi>Legis</hi> fuisse proprium, ut in uno loco invocetur &amp; ado<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>retur
Deus, in Typum Mediatoris unici; hodie non ita. De nobis &amp; nostris tempori<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
vaticinari <hi>Malacbiam,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Cap. 1. 11.</note> 
                  <hi>in omni loco suffimentum offeretur Nomini meo, &amp; munus pu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum;
quia magnum Nomen meum erit in Gentibus, ait Dominus Sabaoth.</hi> Quin &amp; <hi>Paulus</hi>
ad<note n="*" place="margin">1 Ep. 2. 8.</note> 
                  <hi>Timoth. in omni loco</hi> jubet <hi>orare</hi> Christianum. Ecce igitur Christianis promiscuè
Deum colendum, non Templis, non Locis ad hunc usum Sacris: eodem illis loco ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>benda
esse omnia omnino Loca. Secundò, (ut porrò sciamus hoc <hi>Legis</hi> fuisse proprium)
nulla primaeva illa Christianitas hujusmodi Loca sacra novit, non vidit Apostolorum
aetas: Quinimo in privatis domibus obibant illi sua Sacra; non certis, non sanctis, sed qui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>busvis,
ut occasio tulit, locis. Deni<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan> palmarium illud est, quo vel ex Gentibus erant qui
oppugnârunt Templa Gentium; ubique esse Deum, non habitare in Templis manufactis.</p>
               <p>Videtis,<note place="margin">Soh<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> ut in campum elicui &amp; in aciem praecipuas <hi>Hieroclastôn</hi> copias: cum qui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
nunc strenuè mihi confligendum; &amp; proterendae singulae eo quo produxi ordine.
Aiunt, <hi>Legis</hi> fuisse proprium, ut loco certo, &amp; peculiariter huc destinato, invocetur
Deus; <hi>Evangelio</hi> liberum, ut in omni<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> Imò verò <hi>Legi</hi> fuit proprium, non tam ut certo,
quàm ut unico Loco publicè colatur Deus; <hi>Evangelio</hi> liberum ut in multis, impossibile
ut in omni. Quod igitur <hi>Paulus, omni loco orandum,</hi> de privata Oratione dixit, non de
publica: Quod Propheta, <hi>in omni loco sussitum Deo offerendum,</hi> aut siquid simile ab aliis,
de omnibus Locorum generibus aiunt, non de singulis omnium generum. Genera Lo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>corum
intelligo diversarum terrarum Loca; quasi dixislet <hi>Malachias.</hi> In omnibus ter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ris
erunt Loca ubi Gentes invocabunt nomen Dei. Nunquam enim futurum erat aut
est ut in singulis singularum terrarum locis publico ritu invocetur Deus; sed tantùm
in aliquibus omnis terrae locis.</p>
               <p>Praeterea, Omnia Loca esse hodie aequè <hi>sancta,</hi> verum est de eo quod fas sit &amp; libe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum,
non de eo quod sit actu. In <hi>Evangelio</hi> nullus Locus hoc privilegio gaudet, ut so<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lus
possit dicari in usum Praesentiae Divinae: &amp; tamen multa hodie sunt Loca quae sola
actu sacra sunt Praesentiae Divinae. Ut enim si quotamvis Bonorum partem liceat Deo
consecrare, non idcirco dixeris omnes esse sacras; nec si quemvis Septimanae diem li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>berum
sit sacris Conventibus obligare, ideo omnem diem esse diem Festum: idem hîc
putate; Omni quidem Loco fas esse, omnem tamen non esse sanctum.</p>
               <p>In <hi>Lege</hi> Ministerium sacrum erat uni Familiae adstrictum; Ecclesia uni Genti. In
<hi>Evangelio</hi> utrumque est Catholicum &amp; commune; omni Familiae Ministerium, Ecclesia
omni Genti: nec tamen sunt ex omni Familia Sacrorum administri, nec in omni
Gente Ecclesia Dei. Idem hîc puta: liberum esse apud Christianos Deo Templum in
omni Loco poni, non tamen positum esse in omni Loco.</p>
               <p>Pergunt, &amp; Apostolorum (inquiunt) aevo Templa nulla aut Fana. Imò vos, inquam,
Objectionum vani estis. Nam quid ingeritis mihi Tempora extraordinaria ad legem &amp;
mensuram ordinariorum? Sed non utar hoc effugio, quinimo fidenter aslevero, Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stianis
jam Apostolorum aevo fuisse <hi>Loca</hi> sua <hi>Sacra</hi> seu <hi>Sacella;</hi> neque in omni promis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cuè loco ad publicum Dei cultum convenisse. <hi>Sacella,</hi> inquam, habuerunt, in primis
sorsan initiis occulta illa, neque adeò vulgo Gentium conspicua; quia aut partes aut
intra ambitum essent privatarum aedium; ipsa tamen nequaquam privata. Fallunt enim
&amp; falluntur qui, quasi publicum non esset quod semotum à conspectu publico, nimis
importunè urgent, eò quòd palàm Synaxes suas non celebrârint primi Christiani, ideo
non publicis, &amp; privatis convenisse Locis. At verò aliud omnino innuit Apostolus de
Ecclesia <hi>Corinthiaca,</hi> 1 <hi>Cor. c.</hi> 11. De <hi>Ecclesiae</hi> notione in hoc loco non contendam, an
nempe Coetum ipsum <hi>Paulus Ecclesiam</hi> dixerit, an Locum Coetûs; sed de re ipsa. Ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>buerunt,
inquam, <hi>Corinthii</hi> Locum Sacris usibus peculiariter destinarum; non privati,
sed publici juris. Quid enim? Annon objurgat eos Apostolus quòd propriam quis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
coenam sumeret in loco sacro? <hi>Enimvero,</hi> inquit, <hi>num domos non habetis ad come<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dendum
&amp; bibendum? aut Ecclesiam Dei contemnitis?</hi> Ergò <hi>Ecclesia</hi> Dei, seu mavis,
<hi>Locus Ecclesiae,</hi> non erat domus ad comedendum &amp; bibendum; ergò non privati juris,
neque ad usus cujusvis privatos &amp; communes. Iterum, <hi>Quòd siquis esurit;</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
id est, <hi>domi, edat; nè ad condemnationem conveniatis:</hi> Ergò locus sacro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
Conventuum non erat ubi quispiam <hi>domi</hi> erat. Haec enim duo adeò adjungit
<pb n="401" facs="tcp:63175:251"/>
Apostolus, ut contrarium ei significet <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> Loco ad Religionis Conventum sacro.</p>
               <p>Ultimum mihi restat sternendum agmen, quod sub <hi>Omnipraesentiae</hi> Vexillo. Ubique
aiunt esse Deum, &amp; ex Sacris Literis nos doceri <hi>non habitare eum in Templis manu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>factis.</hi>
Recté. At verò idipsum sub <hi>Lege</hi> dictum aio, &amp; de <hi>Templo Solomonis:</hi> non
magis igitur nobis Templi rationem adimet quàm Iudaeis ademerat. Certè, inquies,<note place="margin">Cap. 2<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>.</note>
apud <hi>Ieremiam</hi> dicit Dominus, <hi>Ego coelum &amp; terram impleo.</hi> Fateor: At tu interim
mihi expedias velim, quare Coelum speciatim vocetur <hi>Dei Habitaculum,</hi> quare ipsum
Templum <hi>Domus Habitationis Dei, 1 Reg.</hi> 8. quorsum illi <hi>Iacobi</hi> spectat <hi>Bethele</hi> à Viso
Divino evigilantis, <hi>Certè,</hi> inquit, <hi>Iehova est in hoc loco; attamen ego nesciveram:</hi>
Quid hîc putas? an ignorâsse <hi>Omnipraesentiam</hi> Dei? an nondum fortè satis evigilâsse
Patriarcham? Vide sis egò, quisquis es, Argumentator, quàm non privatim in nos
tuum telum: imò, si te sequamur, quàm manifesta pugna, &amp; indissolubilis planè nodus.</p>
               <p>Nos idcirco totum hoc difficile hujusmodi expedimus responso: Nempe Deum in
Templis habitare non dici <hi>inclusione Essentiae,</hi> sed <hi>speciali Praesentia suae usu;</hi> apud
Iudaeos quidem usu hoc ipsi loco astricto, &amp; tantùm non sacramentaliter alligato;
apud Christianos verò libero, singulari tamen: Quod ad Essentiam quidem, ubique
esse; quoad specialem Praesentiae modum, non esse ubique: illâ coelum &amp; terram im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plere,
hoc in coelo singulariter habitare, in terra non adeò in Locis Sacris, non in
omnibus adeò Locis. Idcirco <hi>Iacob,</hi> qui Essentiae Ubiquitatem probè didicerat, in
<hi>Bethele</hi> tamen nesciverat praesentem fuisse Deum; nimirum tam speciali Praesentiae
modo. Enimvero hic est ille <hi>Praesentiae Divinae modus,</hi> quem <hi>Faciem Dei</hi> nuncupat
Scriptura, hic ille peculiaris praesentiae Divinae usus, quò qui venerint, <hi>coram Deo
venire, coram Deo stare</hi> dicebantur olim Hebraico &amp; prisco usu loquendi. Quod qui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dem
nos, quamvis non planè perinde atque illi, verè tamen &amp; absque superstitione
usurpemus de omni loco ubi sole<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ni ritu Deum aut accedimus invocandum, aut con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>venimus
audiendum.</p>
               <p>ABSOLVI jam de <hi>Sanctuario.</hi> Transeo itaque ad alteram &amp; longè maximam
pensi mei partem, quae de <hi>Veneratione</hi> est seu <hi>Reverentia Sacra;</hi> re profecto, siquid
aliud, perplexâ &amp; obscurâ; sed &amp; valde lubricâ: de hac una re tumultuatur Orbis,
de hac scinduntur Ecclesiae. Unde siquid ego in re tanta ac tali ex mea stultitia pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tulero,
&amp; non ex Dei Verbo &amp; Orthodoxae Fidei analogia, id omne pro non dicto
haberi volo; adeóque nullius praejudicio exacerbari, sed omnium charitate tegi &amp;
emolliri cupio. Quâ spe fretus, liberè dicam, sed breviter, &amp; multa paucis. Quid enim
vela pandam? hoc ipsum timidè, quod pedem omnino pono in hanc cymbam.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Veneratio</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Veneratio defi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nita.</note> igitur universè mihi est <hi>Agnitio Eminentiae habita;</hi> eàque duplex,<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Veneratio</hi> du<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plex.</note> 
                  <hi>Inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>na</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Interna.</note>
&amp; <hi>Externa.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Externa.</note> 
                  <hi>Internam</hi> finio, quam <hi>Mens &amp; Affectus</hi> habent: <hi>Externam,</hi> quae ab illis
foras oftenditur actu aliquo externo; ab illis dico, <hi>Mentem</hi> autem innuo &amp; <hi>Affectum;</hi>
idque jure, Omnis enim <hi>Externa</hi> Veneratio aut Significatio, utut operosa, intrinsecùs
non oriunda, inanis est; nec Venerationem verè dixeris, sed larvam hujus.</p>
               <p>Porrò utraque<note place="margin">Utraque tri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plex.</note> harum adhuc trifariam mihi dispertienda, in <hi>Religiosam,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Religiosa.</note> 
                  <hi>Sacram,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Sacra.</note>
                  <hi>Civilem.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Civilis.</note> 
                  <hi>Religiosam</hi> voco, quae Essentiali Sanctitati deferenda, &amp; Eminentiae super
omnia sublimi, id est, Deo vero &amp; vivo; &amp; hanc <hi>Adorationem</hi> propriè dicimus. <hi>Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cram</hi>
appello, quae <hi>relativè-Sanctis</hi> debetur; &amp; hanc verâ &amp; nativâ vi verbi speciatim
<hi>Venerationem</hi> dicendam arbitror. <hi>Civilem,</hi> quae Civili ratione eminentibus.</p>
               <p>Iam ex hac <hi>Venerationis</hi> triga <hi>Sacram</hi> solam destinavi hodierno sermone illustran<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dam.
Nec id quenquam moveat, quòd <hi>Sacram</hi> hanc dixi ad differentiam, quasi <hi>Reli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>giosa</hi>
etiam non esset <hi>Sacra:</hi> ad has enim angustias distinctionum cogit me verborum
inopia; quam ut vos (Viri Ornatissimi) rectâ mente suppleatis, quaeso sic capiatis
meam mentem, Nimirum, <hi>Religiosam</hi> Venerationem <hi>Sacram</hi> esse, sed &amp; <hi>plusquam Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cram:</hi>
hanc autem à me speciatim dici <hi>Sacram,</hi> quae sit nudè <hi>Sacra,</hi> non etiam <hi>Religiosa.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Utcunque sit, Trichotomiam hanc aliorum in negotio isto Dichotomiis ptaetuli,
ut tutam magis &amp; illustrem. Horrui enim <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Acroceraunia;</hi> Divisi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>onem
principio &amp; ex se non malam, nisi eâ quidem usi malé; nunc certè à <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
lubricam &amp; perplexam. De altera quoque illa quorundam è nostris in <hi>Religiosam &amp;
Officiosam,</hi> vereor nimis ut illud <hi>Officiosum</hi> parùm absit à <hi>Civili:</hi> aut si <hi>Sacram</hi> ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mittat,
non tamen pro bono aut claro hujus doctrinae futurum, ut <hi>Sacram Civili</hi> sic eamus confusum.</p>
               <p>HACTENUS de <hi>Reverentia</hi> &amp; <hi>Veneratione</hi> generatim dixi, deinceps de <hi>Vene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ratione
Sacra</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Veneratio Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cra <hi>definita &amp;</hi> illustrata.</note> in specie dicturus. <hi>Venerationem</hi> igitur <hi>Sacram</hi> definio <hi>Actum rem sanctam
sanctè habendi;</hi> vel, <hi>Quâ verenter habenius rem sanctam.</hi> Quid verò sit <hi>rem sanctam
sanctè habere,</hi> id ex <hi>Relativae Sanctitatis</hi> natura &amp; ingenio sic demonstrabo. Tria sunt
<pb n="402" facs="tcp:63175:252"/>
                  <hi>Sanctitati Relativae</hi> insita &amp; nativa, <hi>Peculiaritas, Discretio, &amp; Eminentia. Peculiaritas</hi>
de essentia est Sanctitatis, ut ex Definitione est manifestum; duae reliquae Proprietates
sunt. <hi>Discretio,</hi> quâ res in aliquo genere sanctae discriminantur ab aliis in eodem genere
rebus. <hi>Eminentia</hi> dignitas est rebus sanctis à Sanctitate adscita. Differunt res lacrae à
non sacris, &amp; praestant res sanctae communibus. Unde tria haec simul complexus est <hi>Mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ses,
Deut.</hi> 26. <hi>ver.</hi> 18, 19. <hi>Iehova,</hi> inquit, <hi>stipulatus est à te sponsionem hodie; te fore ei
populum peculiarem—ut efficiat te sublimem supra omnes Gentes quas fecit, laude, nomi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ne,
&amp; gloriâ; &amp; ut sis populus sanctus Iehovae Deo tuo.</hi> Audite hîc populum <hi>peculiarem,
sanctum, sublimem: Peculiarem,</hi> ideo <hi>sanctum; Sanctum,</hi> ideo <hi>sublimem</hi> supra omnem
populum. Hinc ergò apparet <hi>rem sanctam sanctè habere</hi> nihil aliud esse quàm <hi>habere pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ut
sanctitatem condecet,</hi> id est, <hi>peculiariter, differenter, &amp; sublimiter.</hi> Et hoc demum est
ad meam mentem rem sanctam <hi>revereri &amp; venerari;</hi> nimirum tum interno animi sensu,
tum externo agendi usu eam prae aliis <hi>peculiariter,</hi> ab aliis <hi>differenter,</hi> &amp; supra res com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>munes
<hi>eminenter &amp; sublimiter</hi> habere.</p>
               <p>Proinde Spiritûs Sancti verbo veneranter habere rem sanctam, <hi>sanctificare</hi> dicitur.
<hi>Sanctificabis diem septimum;</hi> id est, sanctè leu veneranter habebis, vel sanctè ages hunc
diem. Ità 1 <hi>Reg.</hi> 8. ver. 64. <hi>sanctificavit internam partem atrii quae erat ante Domum
Domini, eò quòd parâsset ibi holocausta &amp; munera;</hi> id est, non consecravit, (hoc enim
jam antè sactum) sed sanctè habuit, &amp; quasi honoravit actibus ibi religiosis. Item <hi>san<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctificare
no men Domini</hi> eodem sensu est nomen ejus sanctè &amp; veneranter habere.</p>
               <p>Sciendum tamen est, non semper hoc sensu usurpari <hi>sanctificandi</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>S<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>nct<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ficatio</hi> duplex.</note> verbum: Imò ali<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quando
<hi>sanctificare</hi> est <hi>ex non sancto sanctum facere,</hi> id est, Deo addicere &amp; <hi>consecrare;</hi>
hoc <hi>Hebraeis,</hi> si rectè observavi, est<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> in conjugatione <hi>Hiphil:</hi> Cùm verò sig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nificat,
ut dixi, <hi>sanctè habere,</hi> seu <hi>sanctè uti,</hi> tum iidem<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> dicunt in conjugatio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ne
<hi>Piel.</hi> Quo conjugationum discrimine observato, facile erit conciliare duo <hi>Mosis</hi>
loca alioquin apertè pugnantia, quod unum idémque &amp; sanctificari praecipitur &amp; prohi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>betur.
Primus, <hi>Exod.</hi> 13. 1. <hi>Allocutus est Iehova Mosem, dicendo,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Sanctifica mihi
omne Primogenitum—ex hominibus &amp; jumentis; meum enim est.</hi> At contrà est locus
alter, <hi>Levit.</hi> 27. 26. <hi>Veruntamen, inquit, Primogenitum quod primùm gignitur Iehovae
ex bestiis, nè quis sanctificato (<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>) illud; Domini est.</hi> Hîc facilis, inquam, est
conciliatio, si posterior locus de <hi>Consecratione</hi> loquatur, (non enim iterum consecran<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dum
quod Deus semel sibi consecraverat;) prior de <hi>Sancto usu;</hi> sanctè enim usur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pandum
quod Deus sibi sanctum fecerat. Differentia haec insignis est, ut minùs sit
perpetua; &amp; tamen ex iis quae haud putares ad eam flectas multa. Ego verò me ad id à quo deflexi.</p>
               <p>Dixi <hi>Venerationem sacram positam esse in rem sanctam peculiariter &amp; differenter ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bendo.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">C<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>nfirmatur <hi>Venerationis sacrae</hi> Defi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>rio.</note>
Hoc quamvis sit de omni significatione honoris etiam civili verum, specia<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>im
tamen monstrabo de honore Sacro. Primò igitur de <hi>Sacro unguento</hi> praeceptum, <hi>Exod.</hi>
30. 31. ut veneranter &amp; sanctè haberetur. <hi>Oleum,</hi> inquit, <hi>unctionis sanctae est hoc mihi
per generationes vestras;</hi> ideo vos usu peculiari illud sanctè habebitis. <hi>Carnem enim homi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nis</hi>
(inquit) <hi>nè quisquam eo ungito, aut secundum confecturam ejus nè facitote simile ei.</hi> Ra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tionem
subjungit; quia nempe res sancta est; id est, Totum hujus confecturae genus
Deo &amp; sanctis usibus addicitur; ideo (inquit) <hi>Res sancta esto vobis,</hi> id est, ideo vos
sanctè &amp; reverenter habebitis, peculiariter &amp; differenter ab aliis unguentis utendo.</p>
               <p>Idem planè de <hi>Suffitu sacro</hi> legitur vers. 37.</p>
               <p>Atqui omnium apertissimè <hi>Ezech.</hi> 22. 26. <hi>Profanatio rerum Sanctarum</hi> per Exegesin
exponitur <hi>non discernere inter sanctum &amp; profanum,</hi> hoc est, promiscuè habere utrum<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que.
Et ut tandem testimoniorum desinam, hoc ultimum adducam ponderis non ulti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mi,
Apostolum nempe <hi>Paulum</hi> profanationem Sacrae coenae non aliâ dictione expres<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sisse
quàm <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, id est, peculiariter non habere, neque discer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nere
panem mysticum: Ut hinc discamus Discretionem rei Sacrae esse Venerationem
ejus; discretim habere, venerari &amp; sanctè uti.</p>
               <p>SATIS jam cognovimus quid sit &amp; in quibus sita <hi>Veneratio sacra.</hi> At quî, in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quies,
patebit, hanc quam explicavi talem adhuc dum deberi rebus sacris? Quî, in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quam,
nisi quòd adhuc in re Christiana sunt res sacrae; ergò &amp; debitum sacrarum
rerum? Objectum enim quamdiu manet, manebit etiam officium circa ipsum. Haec una
ratio est, &amp; firma; cui addo idipsum à Deo mandatum in Quarto Decalogi Praecepto.</p>
               <p>In hoc enim Praecepto <hi>de Peculiis Dei</hi> agi affirmo, id est, de quibusvis rebus sacris, ut
sanctificentur, id est, sanctè &amp; reverenter habeantur. At, inquis, sola hîc mentio de
<hi>Sabbato, seu de Tempore Sacro;</hi> de reliquis omnino nulla. Mihi verò hoc satìs est.
quòd de <hi>Tempore sacro sanctificando praecipitur;</hi> cùm haec sit Synechdoche Decalogi
<pb n="403" facs="tcp:63175:252"/>
propria, ut ex una specie intelligeremus omnes ejusdem generis species, ex una rerum
sacrarum specie omnes omnino res sacras. Quod quidem ex hoc ipso, de quo ago, ver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>su
est manifestum, <hi>Sabbata mea Sanctifitate, &amp; Sanctuarium meum reveremini.</hi> Quorsum
enim hîc componitur <hi>Sanctuarium</hi> cum <hi>Sabbato,</hi> hujus <hi>Sanctificatio</hi> cum illius <hi>Reveren<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tia,</hi>
nisi quòd idem sit de utroque praeceptum, &amp; simile utriusque officium? Praeterea,
Particularis propositio rationem annexam habens aequipollet Universali quae foret in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tegri
Syllogismi major. Ità hîc, Dies Septimus est Dei dies, Ergò, Dies Septimus est
sanctificandus. Enthymema hoc si compleveris, Major propositio erit, Omne quod
Dei est jure peculiari, id nobis sanctè habendum est. Iam assumo, non solùm Tempus
sacrum, sed omnes res sacrae, Personae, Res, Loca, Dei sunt: Ergò, Unumquodque
horum est sanctè, id est, honorificè &amp; veneranter, habendum.</p>
               <p>ATQUE ita hactenus <hi>definivi, illustravi &amp; asserui Venerationem Sacram:</hi> sed id
promiscuè &amp; <hi>universe.</hi> Nunc ampliùs videndum, quid ea <hi>Specierum</hi> habet, quid <hi>Divisio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>num;</hi>
quas certè <hi>geminas</hi> ostendit tum <hi>ex se,</hi> tum <hi>ex Objectorum varietate</hi> sumendas.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Per se</hi> dividitur, ut omnis universè Veneratio,<note place="margin">Veneratio sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cra <hi>duplex,</hi> Interna, Externa. Utraque illu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>strata.</note> ità speciatim Sacra, in <hi>Internam &amp;
Externam. Internam</hi> hic speciatim dico, cùm internè &amp; animo rem sacram habemus
peculiarem, differentem, sublimem, id est, uno verbo, <hi>sanctè. Externam</hi> cùm idipsum
<hi>externè</hi> praestamus actu aliquo externo, nempe Oris, Gesiûs, operis. Ore, cùm honorifi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cè,
&amp; pro decoro sublimitatis Sanctae, si Res fuerit, loquimur; fi Persona, alloquimur.
<hi>Gesiu,</hi> cùm corpus ipsum singulari &amp; praecipuo quodam motu, fitu, habitu, quod intus
est Venerationis effigiat. <hi>Opere</hi> denique, cùm item praecipuo tractamus modo, id est,
Sanctis nec ut vulgaribus utimur, nec in iis quae vulgaria.</p>
               <p>De <hi>Interna</hi> Reverentia aut nulla, aut modica lis est; idcirco sufficiat posuisse, non
evolvisse. De <hi>Externa</hi> multa &amp; magna: tum, An sit in Evangelio seu rebus Christianis
ullo modo ferenda; tum, si hoc constabit, Quomodo sit facienda. Prior lis iniquissima
est, &amp; procul ab omni ratione. Quae enim cogitare fas, &amp; affectu intus concipere,
cur non &amp; proferre liceret <hi>Ore, Habitu, Opere?</hi> Certè quae istis ostentare &amp; foras re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>praesentare
nefas, etiam concipere, etiam cogitare impium est. Argumentatio haec
solida est &amp; <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. Sed rem aliis porrò argumentis evincam, cùm speciatim mihi
ventum ad Venerationem Locis Sacris asserendam.</p>
               <p>Altera de <hi>modo</hi> hujus Venerationis lis est, Quâ formâ, quo actuum externorum ge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nere
exhibenda. Eam quidem, nè cum Religiosa confundatur, ancipitem agnosco &amp;
magnis tenebris involutam: mihi quoque ut difficilem, ità nec adeò tutam explicatu.
Quoniam verò mihi in integro jam non est ut sortem quam elegi diffugiam, libabo etiam
hìc aliquid, sed suspenso pede &amp;, Homeri verbo, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.</p>
               <p>Omnis itaque <hi>Externa Veneratio</hi> aut <hi>Personalis</hi> est, aut <hi>Realis.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Externa Vene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ratio duplex, Personatis, Realis, U<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>aque <hi>ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plicata.</hi>
                  </note> 
                  <hi>Personalem</hi> appello
quae actione transeunte absolvitur; idque vel motu gestúve corporis; ut inclinando,
incurvando, demittendo, item caput aperiendo, vel certis compellandi &amp; appellandi
formulis. <hi>Realem</hi> Venerationem voco, quae praeter actionem ipsam, rém aliquam inter
agendum adhibet, aut agendo efficit, in honoris quem significat symbolum; ut qui
Principem aut Dominum suum munere honoraverit, non transeunte ceremoniâ, sed prae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terea
<hi>Reali</hi> honore ipsum afficit, quia Muneris rem adhibuit inter honorandum.</p>
               <p>Ità Augurum more, partibus in hoc Venerationis coelo signatis, venio jam ad Au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gurium
ipsum; dicóque <hi>Personalem</hi> Venerationem extrinsecus indifferenti usu posse &amp;
Deo tribui, &amp; creaturis; aliâ quidem atque aliâ mente fateor, utrique tamen rectè,
si mens &amp; intentio recta Venerantium. Ita Deo &amp; hominibus promiscuè genu flectimus,
inclinamus, caput aperimus, supplices manus attollimus, alia de externa specie similia
promiscuè facimus.</p>
               <p>At verò de <hi>Reali</hi> Veneratione alia ratio est; nam multa hîc deprehenduntur ingenio
&amp; indole esse ad Deum solum &amp; unicum spectantibus. Quaecunque nimirum aut <hi>De <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>e</hi>
fiunt, aut <hi>Ad Rem</hi> solius Dei propriam. <hi>De Re</hi> dico, id est, de Objecto in solius Dei
potestate &amp; jure: &amp; <hi>Ad Rem,</hi> id est, ad finem ipsi peculiarem. In hoc genere est omnis
<hi>Consecratio;</hi> est enim ad rem sacram faciendam. At res sacra Dei est solius, &amp; ab re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>spectu
ad ipsum. Soli igitur Deo est consecrandum. In illo est <hi>Sacrificium;</hi> est enim <hi>Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crificium</hi>
de re Animae quae subjecta soli Deo: Soli igitur Deo est Sacrificandum. Eó<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dem
pertinet <hi>Primitiarum</hi> &amp; aliarum quarumvis rerum oblatio; sive pro frugum &amp; pe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>coris
incremento, quae <hi>Eucharistica</hi> est <hi>oblatio;</hi> sive pro exauditione precum, quae
<hi>Euctica &amp; Votiva</hi> oblatio est: nam haec de rebus sunt in solius Dei potestate ad con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferendum.
Uniigitur &amp; soli Deo est de his rebus &amp; similibus offerendum.</p>
               <p>Porrò etiam illi <hi>Venerationis Externae</hi> modi, qui naturâ suâ sunt promiscuè &amp; Deo
&amp; creaturis communes possunt restringi causâ vel <hi>Circumstantiae,</hi> vel <hi>Moris.</hi> C<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>u<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>â
<hi>Circumstantiae,</hi> Dei &amp; sacrarum rerum fiunt propria quaecunque fiunt inter ipsa sacra.
<pb n="404" facs="tcp:63175:253"/>
Causâ <hi>Moris,</hi> Dei fiunt propria quae more &amp; instituto legitimo usurpantur erga solum
Deum: rerum similiter humanarum quae in solis humanis rebus.</p>
               <p>Ex hisce fundamentis quatuor duco Consectaria, quibus de <hi>Externa Veneratione</hi>
                  <note place="margin">De Externa Veneratione 4. <hi>Consectaria.</hi>
                  </note>
quid fas, quid nefas, si mihi censere fas, ita censeo.</p>
               <list>
                  <item>1. Qui Creaturis venerandis adhibet quod naturâ &amp; ingenio suo ad Dei solius hono<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rem
spectat, purus &amp; propriè dictus <hi>Idololatra</hi> est: &amp; tales assevero omnes qui sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crificant,
qui consecrant, qui vota faciunt Creaturis.</item>
                  <item>2. Quam <hi>Venerationis</hi> ceremoniam vel omnium Gentium publicus, vel alicujus pri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vatus
mos Deo fecit propriam, extra Deum usurpare <hi>Sacrilegium</hi> est, Ejusmodi forsan
est (aliud in <hi>Gestu</hi> vix memini) <hi>Occulorum elevatio ad coelum.</hi> Sin minùs, tales certè
dixerim istos Ecclesiasticae melodiae modos Psalmis Deo cantandis peculiariter conse<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cratos.</item>
                  <item>3. Quod naturâ alioquin adiaphorâ, Circumstantiae tamen causâ fit Dei aut rei sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crae
proprium, qui tali circumstantiâ, si Dei fuerit, transfert ad creaturam; aut si rei
sacrae, ad rem non sacram; in illo Semi-idolatra est, in isto profanator rei sacrae. Hoc
Consectarium damnat Salutationes, honoris delationes &amp; allocutiones civiles inter sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cra
&amp; in loco sacro: Nam quae impietas est, cùm ad Deum coeperis, ad homines
converti, misso Deo? Quodcunque feceris tali loco, tali tempore, aut ad Deum so<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lum,
aut circa rem solius Dei erat faciendum.</item>
                  <item>4. Quod naturâ pariter &amp; usu indifferens est, aut instituto humano privatim huma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nis
datum, illud sas est Deo &amp; sacris adhiberi; si tamen non absuerit à decoro sacro.
Ut si quae fuerit Gestûs decori ceremonia adhuc in civilibus tantùm usurpatâ, potest ea,
si Ecclesiae videbitur, etiam Deo adorando &amp; Sacris reverendis adhiberi.</item>
               </list>
               <p>ABSOLVI de Divisione prima:<note place="margin">Altera Divisio <hi>Venrationis Sacrae,</hi> scil. in Veneratio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nem <hi>Persona<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum,</hi> Rerum, Locorum Tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>porum.</note> insequor alterum quae <hi>ex Objectis;</hi> unde qua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>druplex
mihi exit Veneratio sacra, <hi>Personarum, Rerum, Locorum, Temporum;</hi> tot enim
sunt Peculiorum Dei, seu rerum sacrarum, genera. Ubi in singulis, quae genere una,
specie diversa est Veneratio, propter accommodationem diversam: idque de Venera<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tione
tam <hi>Interna</hi> quàm <hi>Externa</hi> verum. Suus est <hi>Internae</hi> cuique in affectu modus;
<hi>Externae</hi> in effectu mos venerandi. Virum Dei veneror; etiam mensam Dominicam
verenter habeo; item alias res sacras. Atqui lapis est, qui eodem affectu lapidem ve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neratur
quo debuit personam. Simile de <hi>Locis &amp; Temporibus Sacris</hi> mihi cogitate.</p>
               <p>Interim non negabo in Veneratione <hi>Interna,</hi> ut non facilè animadverti, ita difficili<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mè
explicari quam indico differentiam: Et certè quanta quanta est, non aliunde eris
discernendo, quàm ex mente recta &amp; recto de re veneranda sensu. Iam verò <hi>Externae</hi>
Venerationis admodum clara sunt discrimina. Ut enim in rebus naturalibus <hi>Formarum</hi>
differentias vix aut nè vix assequimur; <hi>Materiarum</hi> oculis usurpamus: eadem hîc ra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tio;
latet quod intus est; quod foras prodit, varium se prodit &amp; multiforme. Quod
quidem manifestum erit ex ternis istis quas dedi <hi>Externae</hi> Reverentiae partibus, <hi>Oris,
Gestûs, Operis.</hi> Ab ea quae <hi>Ore</hi> fit Reverentia incipiam. Ea duplex est, <hi>Loquendo, allo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quendo.
Loquendo</hi> cohonestamus cujusque generis res sacras; <hi>Alloquendo,</hi> personas so<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>las:
honorificè enim loqui oportet de omni re sacra; personas solas alloqui decet ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>norificè.
Iam verò <hi>Gestus</hi> sive <hi>Habitus</hi> aut totius corporis est, aut partium. Totius ge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stu,
id est, incurvando, inclinando, procumbendo, gestu, inquam, ipso, aut fallor, aut
personis solis exhibenda Veneratio: Partium verò sive gestu sive habitu, etiam non per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sonis;
ut <hi>Manuum lotione,</hi> quam in sacris reverenter tractandis usurpârunt veteres; &amp;
<hi>Pedum nudatione,</hi> quae solennis erat olim in calcandis locis sacris. At <hi>Tempori sancto</hi>
honorando <hi>Gestûs</hi> ceremonia nequit adhiberi, nisi quis fortè usitatum illud Festis di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ebus
ornandi &amp; vestiendi studium eò referat. Reverentia denique seu Sanctificatio
Externa quae <hi>Opere</hi> fit, ea quidem, quod ad personas sacras spectat, in officio peculiari
sita est, nempe aut ipsorum erga se, aut aliorum erga ipsos.</p>
               <p>Quod verò ad <hi>Res,</hi> &amp; reliqua sacrorum genera, <hi>Loca</hi> nimirum &amp; <hi>Tempora sacra,</hi>
eorum Sanctificatio &amp; Veneratio sita est in usu eorum sacro; ita ut in omnibus hisce
suus cuique proprius debeatur usus, opus proprium: Ut Personae sacrae sint sacris
reverenter tractandis &amp; administrandis; Res personis sanctis inservirent sanctè; in Lo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cis
&amp; Temporibus sacris Sacra fiant Locis &amp; Temporibus dignè, id est, sanctè, decorè,
ordinaté.</p>
               <p>SED omnia haec non audeo sigillatim pertransire; adhuc littus tantùm legi. Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ciam
dehinc quod postulat hujus Scripturae scopus. Unicum mihi excerpam <hi>Locorum
&amp; Templorum Reverentiam sacram;</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Locorum Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>rum Reve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rentia</hi> explica<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur secundùm ejus modos &amp; genera.</note> in quam altiùs penetrabo, ut exquisitè vobis re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nuntiem sensum mentémque horum verborum, <hi>Sanctuarium meum reveremini.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Primùm igitur hujus Reverentiae <hi>modos &amp; genera</hi> indicabo: deinde muniam argu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mentis
&amp; autoritatibus tam Sacris quàm Ecclesiasticis.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="405" facs="tcp:63175:253"/>Reverentia <hi>Loci</hi> sacri alia <hi>Rei</hi> est, alia <hi>Circumstantiae rei.</hi> Reverentia <hi>Rei</hi> est, cùm
actio ipsa, seu res quae fit, ad <hi>Loci</hi> ipsius honorem fit immediaté. Qualis apud nos est
<hi>Capitis apertio;</hi> apud Orientales, praesertim Iudaeos, <hi>Pedum nudatio;</hi> ideo quod hae
corporis partes videbantur maximè Locis reverendis accommodatae, quibus ipsa Loca
insistimus &amp; calcamus. Uterque ritus <hi>Locum</hi> spectat immediatè, neque ullo praeterea
respectu intuetur; unde mihi <hi>ex ipsa Re</hi> Veneratio est dicenda.</p>
               <p>Iam Reverentia <hi>Circumstantiae</hi> est; cùm Actio quidem ipsa Deum, eúmque solum;
intuetur, Circumstantia verò agendi honorem loci. Hujusmodi sunt <hi>Preces, Sacrifi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cia,
Adoratio,</hi> &amp; siqua praeterea sunt similia officia sacra, dum in Loco sacro fiunt, aut,
ut olim Iudaeorum ritu, versùs ipsum. Nam ipsae quidem <hi>Preces, Sacrificia</hi> &amp; reliquus
cultus Religiosus Deum solum intuentur, &amp; Deo soli fiunt, &amp; ipso quidem cultu De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um
veneramur solum: Circumstantia verò colendi, precandi, adorandi, quoòd nimi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
hîc loci fiant, quòd huc vel illò versus, illud ipsi Loco honori est, quòd ex illo
sanctè habetur &amp; reverenter.</p>
               <p>Ut qui Coelum versus orat aut adorat, non idcirco coelum adorat, sed Dominum
coeli: ita neque Locum, neque mensam Dominicam, aut mysticum Sacramentum, qui
in illo, aut coram illis, aut versùs illa. Ut autem cùm ad coelum conversi adoramus,
haec gestûs circumstantia in honorificam praelationem expetit coelo: idem hic putan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dum,
ità honorificè, veneranter, &amp; ex decoro sanctitatis haberi Loca &amp; Mysteria sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cra,
cùm in ipsis habentur aut apud ipsa quos Deo soli praestamus actus religiosi. Co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gitate
mihi <hi>Tempus sacrum,</hi> ut invicem comparando illustrius fiat quod volo. Vult
Deus ut sanctè habeatur, id est, dignè &amp; veneranter agatur, <hi>Dies Septimus.</hi> At quì
tandem hoc aut meliùs fiat, aut magis ex Dei voluntate, quàm solenni Religionis ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ercitio
&amp; cultu publico? Atqui nemo idcirco verè dixerit <hi>ipsum Diem</hi> religiosè coli,
quin imò Deum in die. Idem hîc censete: Cultu ipso Deum, Circumstantiarum ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>commodatione
in cultu &amp; ipsum Locum sanctè cohonestari; atque adeò debere, quia
Dei locus.</p>
               <p>Hinc ego (ut liberè dicam) sententiae adeò feverae non sum, ut temerè Superstiti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>onis
damnarem omnem precum etiam privatarum usum in locis sacris; mente modò re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctâ
&amp; sanâ fiat, à recto &amp; sano. Nam si quis ità utatur, Venerationis hujus quam in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gero
partem dixerim, &amp; ab iis qui alterius fortè negotii causâ opus habuerint Tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plorum
ingressu verè ex decoro sacro usurpari. Non quòd à Loco accedat precibus
efficacia, sed quòd Loco honor &amp; reverentia à precibus. Actibus enim civilibus &amp;
alienis, etiam privatis, profanantur Templa: quidni ergo religiosis honorentur?
Quod igitur Nuptiis conciones nuptiales, quod funeribus funebres, quod Martyrum
coemeteriis Synaxes veterum Christianorum; id sunt Loco sancto preces: Singulae,
inquam, singulis honori adjunctivè (sic loquar) non objectivè; non à re facta, sed à circumstantia faciendi.</p>
               <p>DIXI de <hi>Modis</hi> Sacrae Locorum Reverentiae. Iam asseram ipsam <hi>argumentis</hi> spe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cialibus
&amp; privatis; nam communibus feci, cum de Reverentia Sacra dixi communi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter.<note place="margin">Loc. Sacr Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verentia <hi>pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>batnt</hi> Ratione, Praeceptis &amp; Exemplis.</note>
Aio igitur <hi>Reverentiam</hi> etiam <hi>Externam</hi> esse Sacris Locis exhibendam. Idque
primò probo <hi>ab impari.</hi> Quid enim? Regiae praesentiae (ut vocant) Cameram revere<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mur
nos caput aperiendo, suo modo alii: quantò magis locum Divinae praesentiae sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crum?
Imò Solium Regium veneramur vel absente Rege, eò quòd ibi soleat Rex sese
populo ostentare: quantò magis locum sacrum, etiam cùm non fiunt sacra, ideo quia solent ibi fieri?</p>
               <p>At inquies, <hi>Praeceptum</hi> aliquod mihi volo è sacris literis. An verò quidquam potest
disertiùs praecipi quàm hoc ipsum, <hi>Sanctuarium meum reveremini?</hi> Audi etiam è rubo
<hi>Mosi</hi> praecipientem Dominum, <hi>Exod.</hi> 3. 5. <hi>Extrahe,</hi> inquit, <hi>calceamenta tua à pedibus
tuis: locus enim in quo stas, terra sancta est.</hi> Quod nè aliorsum capias quàm de Loco
ob praesentiam Dei sancto externâ ceremoniâ venerando, idem omnino scias à Gentibus
factitatum, <hi>Iustino Martyre</hi> attestante, Apol. 2. Horsum spectabat tertium <hi>Pythagorae</hi>
Symbolum, <hi>Discalceatus nudi sque pedibus sacrificato, adoratóque.</hi> Horsum illud <hi>Solo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>monis,</hi>
Eccles. 5. <hi>Custodi,</hi> inquit, <hi>pedem tuum, cùm intraveris Dei domum.</hi> Cur au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tem
<hi>pedem?</hi> ritum procul dubio indicat pedum excalceandorum; cujus usus etiam ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>die
manet apud <hi>Abissinos</hi> Christianos templa sua ingressuros: Et vestigia hujus moris
hucusque cernere est in<note n="*" place="margin">Buxtorf, Syn. Iud cap. 5.</note> Synagogis <hi>Iudaeorum</hi> &amp;<note n="*" place="margin">Bart. Geor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>giv<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>. de Tur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>carum mori<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus.</note> 
                  <hi>Turcarum</hi> Moskitis. Quin &amp; Ra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tio
suprà <hi>Mosi</hi> allegata observanda est; <hi>nam,</hi> inquit Deus, <hi>locus in quo stas, terra san<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cta
est:</hi> ergò, inquam, omnis locus sanctus (hic major erit Syllogismi) externâ cere<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>moniâ
honorandus est. Non ego tamen hanc vel illam Externae venerationis formam
urgeo, sed Externam tantùm urgeo quacunque formâ, modesta modò sit, &amp; Gentis
cujusque moribus accommodata, &amp; rebus Christianis decora.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="406" facs="tcp:63175:254"/>Si verò quis <hi>Exemplis</hi> ducatur magis, audiat mihi <hi>Iacobum Bethele</hi> à somno exper<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rectum,
timentem &amp; talia referentem, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, &amp;c. <hi>Quàm reverendus hic locus!</hi> qua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>re
autem <hi>reverendus?</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Gen. 28.</note> 
                  <hi>quia,</hi> inquit, <hi>Iehova est in hoc loco, Dei domus est &amp; porta coeli.</hi>
Verùm inquis, agnosco hîc Locum sacrum, agnosco <hi>Internae</hi> Reverentiae exemplum,
<hi>Externae</hi> nondum video. Non vides? quid? in talia verba prorupisse, statuam erexis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>se,
oleo imbuisse, aut <hi>Externa</hi> sunt dicenda, aut ego tantundem video.</p>
               <p>Pergo, &amp; <hi>Israelitarum</hi> omnium <hi>Exemplum</hi> attexo, <hi>Exod.</hi> c. 19. ubi eos <hi>Moses</hi> ex
Dei praescripto instituit quemadmodum sese compararent ad Deum in monte <hi>Sinai</hi>
conveniendum. <hi>Sanctifices eos hodie &amp; cras,</hi> inquit, id est, Iubeas eos se sanctifica<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>re,
ver 10. <hi>Estote parati,</hi> ver 15. primò internè proculdubio, deinde verò <hi>externé.</hi>
Primò abstinentiâ, <hi>nè accedite ad uxores:</hi> Secundò munditie plusquam ordinariâ; <hi>La<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vent</hi>
(inquit) <hi>vestimenta,</hi> vers. 10. Tertiò de gestu &amp; habitu corporis singulariter sele
&amp; reverenter comparando, ver. 12. <hi>Cavete vobis nè ascendatis in hunc montem, attin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gatisve
sinem ejus.</hi> Nimirum eo fine totum hoc factum est, ut mons ille, super quem
Deus erat visibiliter descensurus, peculiariter, differenter, &amp; sublimiter haberctur,
seu, uno verbo, <hi>sanctificar<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>tur.</hi> Ita disertè Dominus ad <hi>Mosen, Terminum,</hi> inquit,
<hi>pone huic monti, ut sanctiices illum,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, id est, ut sanctè habeas seu reverearis
ritu isthoc externo.</p>
               <p>De altera jam <hi>Externae</hi> Reverentiae specie quam <hi>à Circumstantia</hi> dixi: ea duplex
est, vel ab actubus <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>acris in loco sacro, vel ab iisdem versùs ipsum: posterioris exem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plum
adjungo de <hi>Israelitis,</hi> qui cùm Nubis columnam aspexerint descendentem ad ostia
Tentoriorum suorum, adorârunt; ipsam quidem Nubem nequaquam adorantes, sed
Deum: at Nubem versùs, quòd singulariter Deus in Nube. Ejusdem Reverentiae
sunt quae apud <hi>Davidem</hi> in Psalmis: <hi>Adorate ad Scabellum pedum ejus,</hi> Psal. 99. 5.
Item, <hi>Adorabo versus templum tuum sanctum,</hi> Psal. 5. Item, <hi>Adorate versùs montem
sanctum,</hi> Psal. 99. 9. Quou<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>que verò Christianis liceat hanc Venerationis formam imi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tari
haud facilè dixerim; vereor enim ut aliqua <hi>Typi</hi> ratio hîc latuerit: hoc tamen
scio, Idolatriam non suisse viris sanctis apud Iudaeos solennem; neque Christianos olim
ab hac sorma penitus abhorruisse, cùm apud <hi>Dionysium</hi> lego <hi>Hierarch.</hi> cap. 2. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
i.e. <hi>sacrum qui ingrediebantur locum,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>sacram sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lutâsse
mensam;</hi> &amp; nostros quoque sciam ad eandem tanquam quoddam presentiae Di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vinae
solium conversos &amp; Deum laudare, &amp; fidem suam confiteri.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Nazianzenus</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Gr. Nazianz. in Orat. 19. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> refert de matre sua <hi>Nonna,</hi> eam quidem Templum Dei adeò esse reve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ritam,
ut in eo nè quidem vocem emitteret, nisi de rebus mysticis &amp; divinis; neque
unquam tergum Altari obverteret, aut sacrum pavimentum conspueret: planè <hi>Pytha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gori<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>è,</hi>
ita enim ille Symbolo 1. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.
Possunt forsan illa de pavimento &amp; tergo Altari non
obvertendo alicui aut levia aut superstitiosa videri; <hi>Nazianzeno</hi> tamen laudantur ut
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> penes alios judicium esto. Ergo
Patrum <hi>Gangrensium</hi> Epilogo me defungar hâc pensi mei parte. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, inquiunt il<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>li,
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <hi>Dei Domus,</hi> inquiunt, <hi>reveremur; non Templo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
parietibus religionem includentes, sed omnem Locum in Dei nomine aedificatum,</hi> id
est, Deo consecratum, <hi>honorantes:</hi> in qua sana &amp; religiosa sententia nos acquiesci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mus.</p>
               <p>PORRO Universam,<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Ultimó dividi tur</hi> Loc. Sacr. Rever. <hi>in</hi> Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verentiam Nu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>d<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>m <hi>&amp;</hi> Orna<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum.</note> quam Templis &amp; sacris Locis assero Reverentiam, dupli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cem
adhuc volo intelligi; <hi>Reverentiam nudam,</hi> &amp; <hi>Ornatum. Reverentiam nudam</hi> ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pello
quam hucusque exposui. <hi>Ornatum</hi> quoque sacrae Reverentiae speciebus accen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>seo;
quòd qui ornat, vel maximè videtur honorare. <hi>Ornatum</hi> id<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>irco requiro ad
plenam locorum sacrorum Reverentiam;<note place="margin">Orna<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ûs T<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>m<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plar<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap> 2. <hi>Speci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>es,</hi>
                  </note> 
                  <hi>Ornatum</hi> quidem <hi>duplicem;</hi> unum ex <hi>Stru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctura,
Splendore</hi> &amp; <hi>Magnificentia,</hi> ex <hi>Munditie</hi> alterum.</p>
               <p>De Templorum <hi>Magnificentia</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Magnificentia, Mund<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> dicturus, ut caveam quae in hac causa multi in hanc
vel illam <hi>Ornatûs</hi> speciem importuni objiciunt, non simpliciter, sed comparatè definio
de modo &amp; mensurâ <hi>Ornatûs sacri;</hi> nempe Dei domum esse debere aequè, imò magis
quàm prosana magnificam. In urbe Templum aedificas? pulcherrimum id sit omnium
in urbe Palatiorum. In villa? aequet, imò vincat, reliquas in villa aedes. Ratio mi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hi
talis, Quia Deo non fuerit dignum quod non sit in quocunque rerum genere opti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mum
&amp; dignissimum: contrà si feceris, eandem apud Deum reportabis gratiam, quam
qui <hi>claudum</hi> &amp; <hi>caecum</hi> obtulerunt in sacrificium;<note place="margin">Malac. 1.</note> 
                  <hi>vultum tuum non suscipiet</hi> coeli Domi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nus;
imò nedum in honoris, sed contumeliae partem interpretabitur, quod tu Terrae
hujus incola Deo teipsum anteposueris, coenum coelo, creaturam Creatori. Nam Deo
sese meliorem &amp; majorem facit, quisquis aut malum ei offert, aut minus suo bonum.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="407" facs="tcp:63175:254"/>Satis mihi validum videtur hoc Telum, satis firmum Argumentum, quod à Dei ipsius
excellentia est ad eorum excellentiam quae sunt Dei. Quòd si, ut fit, per se validum,
à jacientis tamen manu videatur imbecille; agite iterum dabo non à mea, sed à sacra
manu jaculatum. 2 <hi>Sam.</hi> 7. <hi>Ego,</hi> inquit David, <hi>habito in Domo cedrina, dum Arca Dei
habitat inter anlaea;</hi> quasi diceret prorsus indignam rem esse ut Dei domus magnificen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiâ
cederet vel ipsis Regum Palatiis. Simile est Hag. 1. <hi>An tempus est vobis desidere in
domubus vestris contabulatis, cùm Domus haec mea vasta est?</hi> Eódem spectant <hi>Solomonis</hi>
ad <hi>Hiramum</hi> verba, 2 Chr. 2. <hi>Domus quam aedificaturus sum, magna erit,</hi> (rationem
audi,) <hi>quia major est Deus noster omnibus Diis.</hi> Cui consonum est illud 1 Chr. 29.
<hi>Opus verò hoc</hi> (inquit, Templi scilicet) <hi>magnum est,</hi> (rationem adverte) <hi>non enim
hominis istud Palatium, sed Dei est.</hi> Unde 1 Chron. 22. <hi>Domum Iehovae aedificandam</hi>
(ait) <hi>oportet esse summè magnificam.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Alterum quoque Argumentum appono à <hi>Fine</hi> sumptum. Nam à Fine mensuram ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cipiunt
media quae ad finem. Cùm igitur Finis sacer sit omnium Finium nobilissimus,
&amp; Loca huic Fini addicta debent esse aliis nobiliora Locis, id est, illustria magis &amp; magnifica.</p>
               <p>SED Fumi aliquot Objectionum<note place="margin">Object. contrà Templ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>um Magnificenti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>am solvuntur.</note> mihi tollendi, qui obfuscant hunc splendorem.
<hi>Typicum</hi> aiunt fuisle hanc Magnificentiam; útque ipsum Templum Christum <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, &amp; Deum in carne habitaturum, ita &amp; <hi>Ornatum</hi> figurâsse excellentiam &amp;
perfectionem hujus carnis seu humanitatis Christi. Audio; at verò neque omnis
Templi finis Incarnationi sigurandae: quâ unicum, fateor, quâ sacrificiorum dom<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>s;
non quâ Dei &amp; orationum. Quid igitur tu <hi>Ornatum</hi> ad Typi solius partem refers?
Apage conjecturas. <hi>Davide &amp; Solomone</hi> arbitris decidatur lis ista; quos operis sui fi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nem
pervidisse haud negaveris. <hi>Davidem</hi> roga, quare Opus illud tam Magnificum:
respondebit,<note place="margin">1 Chron. 29<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note> 
                  <hi>Quia Dei illud palatium est, non hominum. Solomonem:</hi> Quia, inquit,
<hi>major est Deus noster omnibus Diis.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">2 Chron. 2</note> At hi fines ceremoniales non sunt: ergò praeci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>puus
saltem <hi>Magnificentiae</hi> istius scopus fuit moralis condecentia, non verùm rei in
Christo futurae umbra.</p>
               <p>At magnam nobis invidiam conflatum eunt de pauperum indigentia: Indignum
enim esse, ut Auro splendescant Templa haec externa, dum viva Spiritûs sancti Habi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tacula
fame contabescant &amp; inediâ; in pauperes ut simus lapides, nimiùm in lapides
profus<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>. Fatebor equidem, nec invitus, in Templa non insumendum quod alibi meli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ùs
aut potiùs collocandum. Bonum enim quod efficit quò minùs fiat quod magis bo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>num,
bonum mihi non videtur; malum censeo. At interim meminerint velim hujus<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>modi
sermonis autores, nos non absolutè sed comparatè locutus de Templorum Or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>natu,
ut nè sint minùs quàm hominum aedes ornatae. Deinde sciant non Templa sola
hoc quod intorquent ariete, sed &amp; Regum conquassari Palatia, sed multas privato<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
aedes. Pauperes egent? Quin igitur tu aedes tuas dirue, quin Regum &amp; Nobili<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um
palatia demolire. Pauperes egent? Quid igitur tibi tantus domi aulaeorum &amp; ta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>petum
apparatus? Quid tot contignationum &amp; concamerationum deliciae? Quid reli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>qua
supellex otiosa, ornatus supervacuus? Aufer, aufer haec, inquam, sine quibus &amp;
tibi satis erit domi, &amp; pauperi inde multum eleemosynae. Postea si indigeant paupe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>res,
causam non dico quin Templis omnem auferas ornatum, imò ipsa: non enim pro
Templis homines, sed pro hominibus Templa sunt condita, ut in re Sabbatica dixit
Servator.</p>
               <p>Ut enim <hi>David,</hi> si aliunde habuisset quod comederet, sanctos panes non comedisset;
ita neque tu extra hunc casum spoliabis Sacra. Dum aliunde Veritas potest confirma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ri,
Deus non est eò advocandus <hi>Iuramento;</hi> dum aliis res dubia disceptari modis, ad
<hi>Sortes</hi> non est recurrendum: quippe hoc esset <hi>temerè Dei nomen sumere,</hi> &amp; profanare
quod sanctum est. Idem hîc puta; nisi extrema urgeant, nec spolianda Sacra nec mi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nuenda.</p>
               <p>Sed pergunt nobis adversari, &amp; Patrum quosdam aiunt in hunc quem nos tuemur <hi>Or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>natum</hi>
effatos multa. At verò Patrum dicta nihil ad nos, qui nullum Ornatum in spe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cie
ponimus, sed Sacra non sacris Ornatu &amp; Magnificentiâ praeire volumus aedificiis.
Nec Patrum istorum argumentis Templorum modò, sed etiam civilium aedificiorum
ornamenta perstringi. Denique, nego Patres istos Templorum <hi>Ornatum</hi> simpliciter
damnare, sed immodestum, sed indecorum, sed gravioris momenti rebus praelatum,
sed superstitiosum &amp; malâ mente susceptum. Ipsos videat cui otium est, &amp; in verbis
eorum disertè inveniet hoc ipsum. In summa; Quod Christus Pharisaeis menthae<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> &amp;
anethi decimationem satagentibus, &amp; graviora Legis omittentibus, id illi ingerunt
sui aevi Pharisaeis; Graviora illa praecipuè facienda, sed minora haec non omitten<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>da.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="408" facs="tcp:63175:255"/>ATQUE ita jam plenè absolvi de <hi>Magnificentia;</hi> transeo ad alteram quam feci
<hi>Ornatûs Templarii</hi> speciem, <hi>Munditiem</hi> scilicet, rem cumprimis <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> &amp; sacra de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>centem maximé.</p>
               <p>Argumenta communia quae multa possem, taceo: propria tantùm ingero. Et
Primò, Praesentiam Divinam minimè decere <hi>Immunditiem.</hi> Id adeò verum est, ut
Israelitarum Castris <hi>Munditiem</hi> mandaret Deus propter singularem suam in iis Praesen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiam:
<hi>Quia,</hi> inquit, <hi>Iehova indefinenter ambulat in medio castrorum tuorum, eripiendo
te; ideo Castra tua sancta sunto, neque conspiciat in te turpitudinem ullius rei, nè avertat
se à te,</hi> Deuter. 23. 14.</p>
               <p>Secundò, Templa honorificè habenda sunt; at <hi>Immundities</hi> contemptum maximum
&amp; vilissimam vilitatem arguit. Unde <hi>Iehu</hi> 2 Reg. 10. 27. AEdem <hi>Baalis</hi> contumeliâ
quam potuit maximâ affecturus, in Latrinam vertisse dicitur. At ille <hi>Baalis</hi> Idoleum,
nos Christi (proh pudor!) Domus in Latrinas vertimus. Adeò nobis in Deum igno<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minia
non est, quâ <hi>Nebuchadnezar</hi> majorem non invenit, quâ Dei nostri blasphemato<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
aedes conspurcaret,<note place="margin">D<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>n. 3.</note> quàm ut in latrinas &amp; sterquilinia redigantur?</p>
               <p>Postremò, adeò Templis <hi>Munditiem</hi> convenire putavit magnus ille Gentium Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctor,
ut Corpora fidelium Templis assimilans, argumentum inde duceret de iisdem
morum &amp; vitae impuritate non temerandis; <hi>Vos Templum estis Dei viventis—quaprop<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter
impurum nè attingite,</hi> 2 Cor. 6. Si imaginem Templi non deceat <hi>Immundities,</hi> cer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tè
non decebit ipsum.</p>
               <trailer>The End of the Second Book.</trailer>
            </div>
         </div>
         <div type="half_title">
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:255"/>
            <p>THE THIRD BOOK
OF THE
WORKS
OF
Ioseph Mede, B. D.</p>
         </div>
         <div n="3" type="book">
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:256"/>
            <p>
               <pb facs="tcp:63175:256"/>The Third Book
OF
THE WORKS
OF
The Pious and Profoundly-Learned
IOSEPH MEDE, B. D.</p>
            <p>Wherein are contained</p>
            <list>
               <item>I. <hi>Clavis &amp; Commentationes Apocalypticae.</hi>
               </item>
               <item>II. <hi>Opuscula nonnulla ad Rem Apocalypticam spectantia.</hi>
               </item>
               <item>III. A Paraphrase and Exposition of S. <hi>PETER</hi> 2 Ep. Ch. 3.</item>
               <item>IV. The Apostasy of the Latter Times.</item>
               <item>V. <hi>DANIEL'S</hi> Weeks, with two other Tracts upon <hi>DANIEL.</hi>
               </item>
            </list>
            <p>Corrected and enlarged according to the Author's own Manuscripts.</p>
            <figure>
               <p>DANIEL
S. IOHN</p>
               <p>Dan. 12. 10.
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
               </p>
            </figure>
         </div>
         <div type="table_of_contents">
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:257"/>
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:257"/>
            <head>THE CONTENTS
OF
THE THIRD BOOK.</head>
            <list>
               <label>
                  <hi>I.</hi> Clavis Apocalyptica.</label>
               <item>pag. 419</item>
               <label>
                  <hi>II.</hi> Commentarius in Apocalypsin.</label>
               <item>pag. 437</item>
               <label>
                  <hi>III.</hi> Appendix ad Clavem Apocalypti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cam.</label>
               <item/>
            </list>
            <p>
               <hi>(i.e.)</hi>
            </p>
            <list>
               <label>1. <hi>Dan. Laweni</hi> Stricturae in Clavem Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cal.</label>
               <item>pag. 541</item>
               <label>2. Responsio ad <hi>D. Laweni</hi> Stricturas.</label>
               <item>pag. 550</item>
               <label>3. <hi>Lud. de Dieu</hi> Animadversiones in Cla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vem &amp; Comment. Apocalypt.</label>
               <item>pag. 556</item>
               <label>4. Responsio ad <hi>Ludovici de Dieu</hi> Animad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>versiones.</label>
               <item>pag. 569</item>
               <label>5. Epistola ad Amicum de Resurrectione Pri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ma &amp; Millennio Apocalyptico.</label>
               <item>pag. 571</item>
               <label>6. De <hi>Gogo</hi> &amp; <hi>Magogo</hi> Conjectura.</label>
               <item>pag. 574</item>
               <label>7. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> (Heb. 2. 5.)</label>
               <item>pag. 577</item>
               <label>8. Prophetia <hi>Tobiae</hi> moribundi, de Duplici Iudaeorum Captivitate &amp; Statu Novissi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mo.</label>
               <item>pag. 579</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <item>IV. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>or Remains on some passages in the</hi> Apocalyps, <hi>enlarged with several Additions.</hi>
               </item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>CHAP. I.</head>
               <label>General Considerations concern<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
the Order and Connexion of the <hi>Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>calyptical</hi>
Visions.</label>
               <item>pag. 581</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>CHAP. II.</head>
               <label>Particular Considerations for
the understanding of the Scheme.</label>
               <item>pag. 582</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>CHAP. III.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s Defence of his
own, and Answer to certain Objections of
a Friend.</label>
               <item>pag. 586</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>CHAP. IV.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s further clearing
of some passages in the foregoing Chapter:
with some observations upon <hi>Dan.</hi> 12. 11.
<hi>Apocal.</hi> 11. 19. &amp; ch. 15. 5.</label>
               <item>pag. 589</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>CHAP. V.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Mede's</hi> Answer to Mr.
<hi>Wood's</hi> special accommodation of the four
first Trumpets, <hi>Apocal. 8.</hi>
               </label>
               <item>pag. 591</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>CHAP. VI.</head>
               <label>His Answer to Mr. <hi>Wood</hi>'s
three Arguments endeavouring to prove
That the Vials are immediate Consequents
of the seventh Trumpet.</label>
               <item>pag. 592</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>CHAP. VII.</head>
               <label>The <hi>Virgin-company</hi> of the
144 thousand Sealed ones, (<hi>Apocal. 14.</hi>)
briefly interpreted.</label>
               <item>pag. 593</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>CHAP. VIII.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s Answer to six
Enquiries about some difficult passages in
the <hi>Apocalyps.</hi>
               </label>
               <item>pag. 594</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>CHAP. IX.</head>
               <label>Five Reasons demonstrating
<hi>That the Antichristian Times are more
than Three single years and an half.</hi>
               </label>
               <item>pag. 598</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>CHAP. X.</head>
               <label>A Discourse of the Beginning
and Ending of the 42 Months, or 1260
Days (<hi>Rev. 11. 2, 3.</hi>) wherein <hi>Alstedi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>us</hi>
his Four <hi>Epocha</hi>'s are examined.</label>
               <item>pag. 600</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>CHAP. XI.</head>
               <label>Of the 1000 years mentioned
in <hi>Apocal. 20.</hi> with some Reflexions upon
<hi>Eusebius</hi> and S. <hi>Hierom.</hi>
               </label>
               <item>pag. 602</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>CHAP. XII.</head>
               <label>A Censure by way of Correcti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
returned to a Friend concerning a some<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>what
exorbitant Exposition of his, of <hi>Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cal.
20.</hi>
               </label>
               <item>pag. 603</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <item>V. A Paraphrase and Exposition of
the Prophecy of S. <hi>Peter,</hi> 2 Ep.
Chap. 3. <hi>pag.</hi> 609</item>
               <item>VI. The Apostasie of the Latter
Times.</item>
            </list>
            <div n="1" type="part">
               <head>PART I.</head>
               <list>
                  <head>CHAP. I.</head>
                  <label>The dependence of the Text (in
<hi>1 Timothy</hi> Chap. 4. verse 1, 2.) upon the
last verse in chap. 3. Why in the Descrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
of the Mystery of Godliness those words
[<hi>Assumed into Glory</hi>] are set last. A
view of the several parts of the Text, con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>taining
the Method and Order of the ensu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
Discourse. The Author's three Rea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sons
for his rendring the Text differently
from the common Translation.</label>
                  <item>pag. 623</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <pb facs="tcp:63175:258"/>
                  <head>CHAP. II.</head>
                  <label>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in the Scripture im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ports
<hi>Revolt</hi> or <hi>Rebellion:</hi> That Idola<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>try
is such, proved from Scripture. By
<hi>Spirits</hi> in the Text are meant <hi>Doctrines.</hi>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> are to be taken
Passively, for <hi>Doctrines concerning Daemons:</hi>
Several instances of the like form
of Speech in <hi>Scripture.</hi>
                  </label>
                  <item>pag. 625</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <head>CHAP. III.</head>
                  <label>
                     <hi>Daemons</hi> (according to the
Gentiles Theologie) were, 1. for their
Nature and degree a middle sort of Divine
Powers between the Sovereign Gods and
Men. 2. For their Office they were sup<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>posed
to be Mediators between the Gods
and Men. This proved out of several Au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thors.
The Distinction of <hi>Sovereign
Gods</hi> and <hi>Daemons</hi> proved out of the Old
Testament, and elegantly alluded to in the
<hi>New, 1 Cor. 8.</hi>
                  </label>
                  <item>pag. 626</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <head>CHAP. IV.</head>
                  <label>
                     <hi>Daemons</hi> were for their Origi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nal
the Souls of men Deified or Canonized
after death. This proved out of sundry
Authors. <hi>Baal</hi> or <hi>Bel</hi> or <hi>Belus</hi> the first
Deified King: Hence <hi>Daemons</hi> are called
<hi>Baalim.</hi> Another kind of <hi>Daemons,</hi> such
as never dwelt in Bodies: These answer
to <hi>Angels,</hi> as the other to Saints.</label>
                  <item>pag. 629</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <head>CHAP. V.</head>
                  <label>The manner of worshipping <hi>Dae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mons</hi>
and retaining their presence, <hi>viz.</hi>
by consecrated <hi>Images</hi> and <hi>Pillars.</hi> The
worshipping of <hi>Images</hi> and <hi>Columns</hi> a
piece of <hi>Daemon-doctrine,</hi> as was also the
worshipping of <hi>Daemons</hi> in their <hi>Reliques,
Shrines</hi> and <hi>Sepulchers.</hi>
                  </label>
                  <item>pag. 632</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <head>CHAP. VI.</head>
                  <label>A Summary of the <hi>Doctrines
of Daemons:</hi> How these are revived and
resembled in the Apostate Church. That
the word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is sometime used in
Scripture according to the Theologie of the
Gentiles: That it is so used in the Text,
was the judgment of <hi>Epiphanius;</hi> an ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>servable
passage quoted out of him to this
purpose.</label>
                  <item>pag. 634</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <head>CHAP. VII.</head>
                  <label>Why those words in the de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>scription
of the Mystery of Godliness [<hi>Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceived
into Glory</hi>] are set last. That
praying to Saints, as Mediators and
Agents for us with God, is Idolatry. To
be prayed to in Heaven and to deal as an
Agent between us and God, is a Preroga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tive
and Royalty appropriate to Christ.
How this was figured under the Law, by
the High-priest's alone having to do in the
most Holy place. That Christ purchased
this Royalty by suffering an unimitable
Death. That <hi>Saint-worship</hi> is a denial
of Christ's Prerogative. How it crept into
the Church.</label>
                  <item>pag. 637</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <head>CHAP. VIII.</head>
                  <label>That <hi>Idolatry</hi> is the main
Character of the Churche's Apostasie, pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved by
Three Arguments.</label>
                  <item>pag. 643</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <head>CHAP. IX.</head>
                  <label>That <hi>Pagan-Idolatry</hi> is not
here meant, nor can the <hi>Saracen</hi> or <hi>Turk</hi>
be the <hi>Antichrist</hi> meant in Scripture. An
Answer to an Exception, <hi>viz.</hi> That <hi>Anti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>christianism</hi>
cannot be charged upon those
that acknowledge the true God and Christ.
That <hi>Antichrist</hi> is a <hi>Counter-Christ,</hi> and
his Coming a Counter-resemblance of the
Coming of Christ; shewed in several parti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>culars.</label>
                  <item>pag. 644</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <head>CHAP. X.</head>
                  <label>The Great Apostasie was to be a
General one. That the word [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Some</hi>]
does not (in the Text and several other
places) imply a <hi>Few</hi> or <hi>a Small number.</hi>
Wherein we and the Papists differ about
the Churche's Visibility. In what respects
our Church was Visible, and in what Invi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sible,
under the Reign of Antichrist.</label>
                  <item>pag. 648</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <head>CHAP. XI.</head>
                  <label>That the <hi>Last Times</hi> in Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture
signifie either a Continuation of Time,
or an End of Time. That the <hi>Last Times
simply and in general</hi> are the Times of
Christianity; the <hi>Last Times in special
and comparatively,</hi> or the <hi>Latter Times
of the Last Times,</hi> are the Times of the
Apostasie under Antichrist.</label>
                  <item>pag. 652</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <head>CHAP. XII.</head>
                  <label>A more particular account of
the <hi>Last Times</hi> in <hi>general,</hi> and of the
<hi>Latter Times of the Last Times.</hi> That
<hi>Daniel</hi>'s Four Kingdoms are the Great
Kalendar of Times. That the Times of the
Fourth or Last Kingdom (viz. the <hi>Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>man</hi>)
are the <hi>Last Times</hi> meant in Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture.
That the <hi>Latter Times of the Last
Times</hi> are the <hi>Latter Times</hi> of the Fourth
Kingdom, wherein the Great Apostasie
should prevail.</label>
                  <item>pag. 654</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <head>CHAP. XIII.</head>
                  <label>The Duration and Length of
the <hi>Latter Times,</hi> viz. 42 months, or
1260 days: That hereby cannot be meant
three single years and an half. That the
<hi>Latter Times</hi> take their beginning from
the ruine of the <hi>Roman</hi> Empire. That
the ancient Fathers by the <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> (2
<hi>Thessal.</hi> 2.) understand the <hi>Roman</hi> Em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pire,
and by the <hi>little Horn (Dan. 7.)
Antichrist</hi> or the <hi>Man of sin.</hi>
                  </label>
                  <item>pag. 655</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <head>CHAP. IV.</head>
                  <label>Three main Degrees of the <hi>Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>man</hi>
Empire's ruine. The Empire divi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ded
into 10 Kingdoms. Who are those
<hi>Three Kings</hi> whom the <hi>little Horn</hi> (or
Antichrist) is said (<hi>Dan. 7.</hi>) to have
deprest, to advance himself.</label>
                  <item>pag. 658</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <head>CHAP. XV.</head>
                  <label>That <hi>Daniel</hi>'s 70 Weeks are
a lesser Kalendar of Times. That these
Phrases in the Epistles to the converted
Iews [viz. <hi>The Last Hour</hi> or <hi>Time,
The End of all things, The Day ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>proaching,</hi>
&amp;c.] are meant of the End
of the Iewish State and Service at the expi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ring
of the 70 Weeks. That the Apostles
were not so mistaken as to believe the End
<pb facs="tcp:63175:258"/>
of the World should be in their days, prov<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
against <hi>Baronius</hi> and others.</label>
                  <item>p. 663.</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <head>CHAP. XVI.</head>
                  <label>That the Spirit foretold the
Great Apostasy <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in <hi>Dan. 11.</hi> vers.
36, 37, 38, 39. These Verses exactly
translated and explained. That by <hi>Mahoz</hi>
and <hi>Mahuzzim</hi> are meant <hi>Fortresses,
Bulwarks, Protectors, Guardians,</hi> &amp;c.
How fitly this Title is appliable to <hi>Angels</hi>
and <hi>Sain's.</hi>
                  </label>
                  <item>pag. 666.</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <head>CHAP. XVII.</head>
                  <label>A Paraphrase and Observa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions
upon <hi>Dan. 11.</hi> v. 36, 37, 38, 39.
That at the beginning of <hi>Saint-worship</hi>
in the Church, <hi>Saints</hi> and their <hi>Reliques</hi>
were called <hi>Bulwarks, Fortresses, Walls,
Towers, Guardians,</hi> &amp;c. according to
the prime sense of the word <hi>Mahuzzim</hi>
                  </label>
                  <item>pag. 670.</item>
               </list>
            </div>
            <div n="2" type="part">
               <head>PART. II.</head>
               <list>
                  <head>CHAP. I.</head>
                  <label>The Author's Reasons for his translating the
Text differently from the Common Versi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons.
That the Preposition [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>] in the
Text signifies <hi>Through</hi> or <hi>By.</hi> The like
it signifies in other places of Scripture.</label>
                  <item>pag. 675.</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <head>CHAP. II.</head>
                  <label>What is meant by <hi>The Hy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pocrisy of Liers:</hi> That this appeared
in 3 things; <hi>1. Lies of Miracles, 2. Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bulous
Legends, 3. Counterfeit Writ<g ref="char:EOLunhyphen"/>ings
under the name of Antiquity.</hi>
That <hi>Lies of Miracles</hi> appear'd in <hi>1.
their Forgery, 2. Illusion, 3. Misap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plication.</hi>
What's meant by <hi>Having
<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>eared Consciences:</hi> Instances hereof.</label>
                  <item>pag. 676.</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <head>CHAP. III.</head>
                  <label>That the <hi>Worship of Saints
and their Reliques</hi> was brought in by
<hi>Lying Miracles.</hi> No mention of <hi>Mira<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cles</hi>
done by the <hi>Reliques of Martyrs</hi>
in the first Ages of the Church. That the
Gentiles <hi>Daemon-worship</hi> was advanced
by <hi>Lying Miracles.</hi>
                  </label>
                  <item>pag. 679.</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <head>CHAP. IV.</head>
                  <label>That <hi>Saint-worship</hi> was ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vanced
by <hi>Fabulous Legends.</hi> Reflexions
upon <hi>Sim. Metaphrastes,</hi> and his Fables
of S. <hi>Barbara,</hi> S. <hi>Blasius,</hi> &amp;c.</label>
                  <item>p. 681.</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <head>CHAP. V.</head>
                  <label>That <hi>Sim. Metaphrastes</hi> his
living within the time of the great Oppo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sition
against <hi>Saint-worship,</hi> moved him
to devise such Stories for the help
of the Cause then in danger. A brief
account of the great Opposition in the
Greek and Eastern Churches against Ido<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>latry.
A discovery of the slanders fastned
upon the Council of <hi>Constantinople</hi> a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gainst
Idolatry.</label>
                  <item>pag. 683.</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <head>CHAP. VI.</head>
                  <label>That <hi>Saint-worship</hi> was pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>moted
by <hi>Counterfeit Writings.</hi> That
<hi>Image-worship</hi> and the <hi>Idolatry of the
Mass</hi> were promoted by the <hi>Hypocrisie
of Liars.</hi> A foul Story made use of in
the Second Council of <hi>Nice</hi> in behalf of
<hi>Image-worship.</hi>
                  </label>
                  <item>pag. 687.</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <head>CHAP. VII.</head>
                  <label>That by the persons [<hi>Forbid<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ding
marriage and commanding to ab<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stain
from meats</hi>] are decyphered Monks
and <hi>Friers.</hi> That the renouncing of pos<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sessions
(another principle in Mon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>kery)
may be included under <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.
Of the use of the word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
in Scripture.</label>
                  <item>pag. 688.</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <head>CHAP. VIII.</head>
                  <label>That <hi>Monastick life</hi> and
<hi>Saint-worship</hi> began much about the same
time. That <hi>Monks</hi> and <hi>Friers</hi> were the
chief advancers of <hi>Saint-worship, Image<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>worship,</hi>
&amp;c.</label>
                  <item>pag. 690.</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <label>VII. Daniel's Weeks.</label>
                  <item>pag. 697.</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <label>VIII. Regnum Romanum est Regnum quartum Danielis.</label>
                  <item>pag. 711.</item>
               </list>
               <list>
                  <label>IX. Revelatio Antichristi: Sive De Nu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>meris
Danielis 1290, 1335. Cap. 12.
vers. 11, 12. quo spectent; Eousque
nempe Mysterium Extremorum Tempo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum,
ejusque qui tunc rerum potiretur,
clausum &amp; obsignatum fore; deinceps re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>signatum iri.</label>
                  <item>pag. 717.</item>
               </list>
            </div>
         </div>
         <div type="half_title">
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:259"/>
            <p>
               <pb facs="tcp:63175:259"/>CLAVIS
APOCALYPTICA
EX
INNATIS &amp; INSITIS
VISIONUM
CHARACTERIBUS
Eruta &amp; Demonstrata.</p>
            <p>Ad eorum usum quibus Deus amorem studiumque indiderit Prophetiam illam admirandam cognoscendi scrutandique.</p>
            <p>Editio novissima ab Authore recognita.</p>
            <p>Apocal. 1. 3.</p>
            <p>
               <hi>Beatus qui legit</hi> (id est, interpretatur) <hi>&amp; qui audiunt</hi> (interpretantem) <hi>verba Prophetiae hujus, &amp; observant quae in ea scripta sunt: Tempus enim prope est,</hi> (id est, jam adest) quo eadem impleri coeperint, &amp; indies magis magisque implebuntur.</p>
         </div>
         <div n="3" type="book">
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:260"/>
            <pb n="419" facs="tcp:63175:260"/>
            <head>CLAVIS
APOCALYPTICA
SEU
Vaticiniorum Apocalypticorum
SYNCRRONISMUS ET ORDO</head>
            <argument>
               <q>secundùm res gerendas, nullius interpretationis Hypothesi,
aut eventus rerum praejudicio innixus; sed ex ipsis Visionum characteri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
à Spiritu S. deditâ operâ insertis firmiter demonstratus, juxtáque lucu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lento
Schemate ad intuendum propositus: ut sit tanquam <hi>Theseïum</hi> filum
in sacro hoc Labyrintho versaturis, &amp; <hi>Lydius</hi> lapis ad veram inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pretationem
indagandam, &amp; alienam redarguendam.</q>
            </argument>
            <div type="part">
               <head>PRAENOSCENDA.</head>
               <p>SYNCHRONISMUM Vaticiniorum voco rerum in iisdem de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>signatarum
in idem tempus concursum; quasi contemporationem dix<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eris
&amp; coaetaneitatem: Prophetiae siquidem de rebus contemporaneis
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.</p>
               <p>2. Ordo <hi>Sigillorum,</hi> &amp; in istis <hi>Tubarum,</hi> certus est &amp; indubitatus;
is nimirum quem numerus cuique ascriptus indigitat, I. II. III. IIII.
V. VI. VII. Reliquis igitur Vaticiniis primùm inter se, deinde
cum Sigillis per <hi>Synchronismum</hi> comparatis, elucebit Ordo totius Apocalypseos: id
quod nunc ostendere <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> aggredimur.</p>
               <p>Tu <hi>qui Throno insides,</hi> Túque <hi>Agne Stirps Davidis,</hi> qui <hi>solus dignus eras Librum
hunc accipere &amp; aperire;</hi> aperi oculos servi tui, manum ei mentémque dirige, ut in
hisce Mysteriis tuis aliquid cernat promátque, ad Nominis tui gloriam &amp; Ecclesiae
emolumentum.</p>
            </div>
         </div>
         <div n="1" type="part">
            <head>PARS PRIMA.</head>
            <div n="1" type="section">
               <head>SYNCHRONISMUS I.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>MULIERIS IN EREMO AGENTIS,
 BESTIAE SEPTICIPITIS INSTAURATAE,
 ATRII EXTERIORIS CALCATI A GENTIBUS,
 TESTIUM IN TERRA PROPHETANTIUM IN SACC<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>.</p>
               </argument>
               <p>HIC ordior; primúsque mihi Synchronismus erit nobilis istius quaternionis Vati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ciniorum
aequalibus Temporum intervallis insignium. 1. Mulieris in Eremo
agentis per Tempus, Tempora, &amp; dimidium, seu (ut ibidem explicatiùs dicitur) Dies
1260. 2. Bestiae Septicipitis instauratae rerúmque potiturae Mensibus XLII. 3. Atrii
exterioris (seu Civitatis Sanctae) totidem Mensibus calcati à Gentibus. Denique,
Testium in sacco prophetantium Dies 1260.</p>
               <p>Hujus Synchronismi veritas ferè in confesso est, &amp; tum astrui posse videtur, tum
verò solet, ex ipsa aequalitate Intervallorum: Nam <hi>Tempus, Tempora, &amp; Dimidium
Temporis,</hi> i. tres Anni cum semisse (ut patet ex collatione vers. 6, &amp; 14. Cap. 12.)
efficiunt Menses XLII; Menses XLII Dies 1260.</p>
               <p>Sed quoniam necessarium non est (utcunque in Visionibus eodem tempore oblatis
perquam verisimile) ut Tempora aequalia sint etiam <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, cùm aequalitas non
<pb n="420" facs="tcp:63175:261"/>
prohibeat quin alia aliis priora, alia posteriora esse possint: ideo Character iste aequa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>litatis
intervallorum non erit praefracto cogendo idoneus.<note place="margin">Pars I.</note>
Proinde Characteres mihi
aliunde accersam, ex quibus demonstratione clarâ &amp; invictâ rem sic conficio.</p>
               <div type="subsection">
                  <head>Bestiae &amp; Mulieris.</head>
                  <p>Tempora Bestiae &amp; Mulieris <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>emicolae ah <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>noeodémque rerum termino egrediun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur,
nimirum à <hi>Dracone rufo</hi> devicto &amp; in terram deturbato: ergò, aequalia cùm sint,
toto intervallo concurrisse, &amp; simul tandem curriculum suumabsolvisse, necesse est.</p>
                  <p>Ab illo autem principio seu termino utriusque tempora inchoari, patet ex Cap. 12.
Siquidem, cùm jam dejecto Dracone per Michaelem, simul <hi>Mulier à facie ejus evadit
in Eremum,</hi> [ver. 6, &amp; 14.] <hi>iratus Draco,</hi> quòd ipsam eò jam ingredientem obruere
incassum tentâsset [versibus 15, 16, 17.] <hi>abiit ut gereret bellum cum reliquis ex semine
ejus;</hi> [iis nimirum quos in Eremo pa<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>itura erat, v. 17.]<note n="*" place="margin">Nam procul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dubio legen dum cum La<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tinis omnibus, Grae<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>o Aldi, anno 1518.&amp; Syro interprete (qui ex Graeco vertit) <hi>Et ste<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tit,</hi> non, ut hodie habent exemplaria Graeca, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>. <hi>Et sl<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>
                           <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                           <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>i [In Bibl. Polyglott. MS.</hi> Alexandrin, habet <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> Et ste<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tit.]</note> 
                     <hi>stánsque super arenam Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ris,</hi>
[v. 18.] <hi>Bestiae Decemcornupetae indè ascendenti</hi> [Cap. 13. 1.] <hi>tradit virtutem
suam, &amp; thronum suum, &amp; potestatem magnam;</hi> ibid. v. 2.</p>
               </div>
               <div type="subsection">
                  <head>Bestiae &amp; Prophetiae Testium.</head>
                  <p>Tempora Bestiae &amp; Prophetiae, Testium, perinde aequalia, simul finiuntur ad exitum
sextae Tubae: ergò simul quoque incepisse, ac per totum intervallum contemporâsse,
manifestum est.</p>
                  <p>Iam quòd simul cum sextae Tubae exitu finiantur tempora tum Bestiae, tum Testium
Dei in sacco &amp; cilicio prophetantium, id verò liquet ex vers. 14. cap. 11. ubi tam as<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>census
Testium in Coelum (qui pullatae prophetiae terminus est) quàm Terraemotus
iste magnus (quo, Urbe regiâ disjectâ, de Bestiae regno actum est) signatur articulo,
quo VAE <hi>secundum</hi> (i. Tuba VI.) abierit, Vae<expan>
                        <am>
                           <g ref="char:abque"/>
                        </am>
                        <ex>que</ex>
                     </expan> 
                     <hi>tertium</hi> (seu Tuba VII.) protinus
adventurum esset. Quippe eo temporis momento, Testes (quos <hi>testimonium suum</hi>
in sacco <hi>jam jam finituros</hi> (hoc enim est <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>) <hi>Bestia quae ex Abysso ascende<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rat,
morte affecisset) divinitus reviviscentes in coelum ascendisse;</hi> [ver. 7, 11, 12.] fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctó que eâdem horâ [ver. 13.] <hi>terraemotu magno,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> URBIS <hi>corruisse;</hi> eóque
rem devenisse, ut, septimâ Tubâ clangente, <hi>facta sint regna mundi Domini nostri &amp;
Christi ejus,</hi> ver. 15.</p>
               </div>
               <div type="subsection">
                  <head>Testium &amp; Atrii (sive Civitatis Sanctae) à Gentibus occupati.</head>
                  <p>Tempora Testium &amp; Atrii (seu Civitatis Sanctae) occupati à Gentibus contempo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rare
liquet, tum ex mente textûs, cap. 11. v. 2, 3. tum ex ira Gentium jam exturbata<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum,
ineunte Tubâ septimâ; id est, à fine sextae, quando Testium quoque dies exi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>erunt,
ut jam ostensum est. Nam non aliae sunt Gentes quae ver. 18. ad septimae Tubae
cla<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>gorem <hi>irâ inflammari</hi> dicuntur, quàm quae hactenus totis XLII. mensibus Atrium
Templi exterius (id est, Civitatem Sanctam) conculcâssent, quaeque nunc ideo ab ira
Dei perdendae veniunt. Et hic quidem Synchronismus à nemine, quod sciam aut me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minerim,
in dubium vocari solet.</p>
               </div>
               <div type="subsection">
                  <head>Testium, Atrii, Bestiae, Mulieris.</head>
                  <p>Si Atrii Civitatísque Sanctae conculcatio contemporavit Prophetiae Testium, con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>temporabit
quoque Bestiae, cui Testes contemporaverint; ideóque etiam Mulieri Ere<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miticae,
cui contemporavit Bestia. Ità Mulier Eremitica, Dominium Bestiae, Calca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tio
Civitatis Sanctae, &amp; Prophetia Testium, singula singulis <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="2" type="section">
               <head>SYNCHRONISMUS II.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>BESTIAE BICORNIS (QUI ET PSEUDOPROPHETA) CUM
BESTIA DECEMCORNUPETA (QUAE ET IMAGO BESTIAE DICITUR.<note place="margin">Cap. 13.</note>)</p>
               </argument>
               <p>BEstia enim <hi>Bicornis</hi> conditor est, seu instaurator, Bestiae illius <hi>Septicipitis,</hi> de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cem
cornua diadematis redimitae; quam scilicet, post lethalem plagam, ad
pristini cujusdam statûs Imaginem magno cum Sanctorum malo redintegravit, &amp;
<pb n="421" facs="tcp:63175:261"/>
verò rerum totis mensibus XLII. potituram [cap. 13. ver. 3, 5, 12, 14, 15.] Quo
facto, <hi>ipse in conspectu ipsius omnem potestatem ejus exercet; edit quoque,</hi> (seu <hi>facit)
signa magna in conspectu ejus</hi> [ver. 12, 13. &amp; cap. 19. v. 20.] Tandem verò eadem
haec Bestia <hi>Bicornis</hi> (quam aliàs <hi>Pseudoprophetam</hi> Ioannes vocat) unà cum Bestia illa
altera, <hi>in cujus conspectu ediderat signa,</hi> tanquam comites individui <hi>apprehenduntur, &amp;
vivi conjecti sunt ambo in stagnum ignis ardens sulphure,</hi> cap. 19. v. 20. Cùm ergò Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stia
<hi>Decemcornupeta</hi> (fas enim mihi sit Bestiam illam <hi>Septicipitem redintegratam</hi> sic evi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dentiae
causâ appellare) &amp; Bicornis Pseudopropheta à se invicem ne que ortu suo neque
interitu separentur; quinetiam altera alterius potestatem <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, hoc est, <hi>in prae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sentia ipsius,</hi>
administret: quis non videt illas omniaevo suo necessariò contempora<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>re?
Ut autem res tota rectè percipiatur, sciendum, nullum alium Bestiae <hi>Septicipitis</hi>
statum cap. 13. describi, quàm instaurationis, seu capitis novissimi, quo <hi>Decemcornu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>peta</hi>
evasit; id quod tota descriptionis series evincit. Quicquid enim mali Bestia pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trâsse
dicitur, quicquid cultûs &amp; adorationis eidem ab incolis terrae delatum est, id
omne post instaurationem ipsius, seu plagae curationem, factum perhibetur. Porrò,
decem cornua ad caput seu statum Bestiae novissimum (qui status instaurationis istius
est) pertinere, ex Angeli interpretatione cap. 17. manifestum est. Siquidem ibi,
cùm <hi>quinque capita cecidissent,</hi> id est, vices suas complevissent, <hi>sextum</hi> autem jam tum
Ioannis aevo vicem suam obiret; cornuum tamen tempus nondum advenisse dicitur.
Ergò ad <hi>septimum</hi> seu <hi>novissimum</hi> caput pertinere necesse est.</p>
               <div type="appendix">
                  <head>Appendix de alternatione Nominum <hi>Bestiae</hi> &amp; <hi>Pseudoprophetae;</hi>
item <hi>Bestiae</hi> &amp; <hi>Imaginis Bestiae.</hi>
                  </head>
                  <p>De utraque enim monebat Titulus Synchronismi. Et primò, eandem esse <hi>Bestiam
Bicornem</hi> atque <hi>Pseudoprophetam,</hi> ex vetustissimis Apocalypseos interpretibus observa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vit
<hi>Irenaeus.</hi> Id quod ex collatione ver. 13, 14, 15, 16. cap. 13. cum versu 20. capitis
19. adeò clarum est &amp; manifestum, ut ulteriori confirmatione non egeat.</p>
                  <p>Sed quod porrò praefert Titulus, <hi>Bestiam Decemcornupetam</hi> nomine <hi>Imaginis Bestiae</hi>
aliàs signari solitam, id minùs liquidum est, &amp; de quo Lectori non nimis forsan attento
nihil suboleret. Illud tamen ità esse, haud temere mihi observâsse videor; ac proin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>de,
ubicunque occurrit <hi>Bestia</hi> cum <hi>Pseudopropheta,</hi> (id quod ter factum reperio) ibi
<hi>Bestiae</hi> cognomento non aliam quàm <hi>Decemcornupetam Bestiam</hi> intelligi; cùm per Pseu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>doprophetam,
Bicornem designari satìs liqueat. Contrà, ubi cum Bestia <hi>Imaginem
Bestiae</hi> componi videas [ut cap. 14. v. 9, 11. cap. 15. v. 2. cap. 16. 2. cap. 19. 20. &amp;
cap. 20. 4.] istîc per Bestiam, Pseudoprophetam intelligendum esse; per <hi>Imaginem</hi>
verò ejus, <hi>Bestiam Decemcornupetam,</hi> seu <hi>Septicipitem restitutam:</hi> Haec enim, cùm
Pseudoprophetam instauratorem suum agnoscat, séque totam arbitrio ejus tanquam
supremi Domini regendam permittat [cap. 13. v. 12, 14, 15.] non immeritò <hi>Imago
ejus</hi> dicitur; non quidem cujus similitudinem gerit, Genitivo passivè sumpto (eo
namque respectualîus Imago est, Draconis fortè Septicipitis, aut statûs in quo vigu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>it
ante plagam, juxta cujus ideam scilicet de integro Deum blasphemat, bellúmque
gerit adversus Sanctos) sed Imago, cujus Bicornis iste Draconiloquus &amp; restituendae
author fuit, próque peculio suo vendicat, Genitivo nempe Agentem &amp; Possessorem
denotante; quemadmodum in iisdem illis locis Character Bestiae non est qui ipsi Bestiae
imprimitur, sed quo Bestia eadem illa cultores suos inurit.</p>
                  <p>Et quidem rem ità se habere, ut dixi, de <hi>Imagine Bestiae,</hi> argumento est primò,
quòd cap. 13. ver. 15. dicitur, illam ipsam <hi>Imaginem Bestiae,</hi> quam ibi animavit Pseu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dopropheta,
<hi>facere ut quicunque non adorârint Imaginem Bestiae, occidantur;</hi> imò alibi
(ut Bestiam agnoseas) <hi>adorandi</hi> verbo ferè semper subjicitur, tanquam aliquid in
quod <hi>adoratio</hi> competat. Cùm igitur duas tantùm, non plures, delineet Apocalypsis
Bestias; haec tam improba, cum non dispari sive jubendi sive cogendi potestate, Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jestas
non potest non earum alterutri convenire. Porrò ubi Bestia simul adest cum
Pseudopropheta, Imago Bestiae, in eadem verborum constructione, non comparet,
quasi nimirum tunc vicem ejus suppleret Appellatio Bestiae. Denique, ejusdem illius
esse dicitur <hi>Imago</hi> Bestiae cujus est <hi>Nomen Numerúsque,</hi> c. 15. 2. At verò Nomen &amp;
Numerus non alterius Bestiae dici videntur, c. 13. quàm Bicornis: Ejusdem igitur
(utputa Architecti &amp; Domini) Imaginem quoque dici par est. Sed Imago haec, si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ve
fit, sive non sit Bestia illa Decemcornupeta, instituto nostro nihil officit quid<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quam:
huic enim hypothesi non innititur Synchronismus Bestiarum.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="3" type="section">
               <pb n="422" facs="tcp:63175:262"/>
               <head>SYNCHRONISMUS III.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>MERETRICIS MAGNAE SEU BABYLONIS MYSTICAE CUM BESTIA EADEM ILLA SEPTICIPITE DECEMCORNUPETA.</p>
               </argument>
               <list>
                  <item>1. TEmpus Bestiae est tempus Deserti [<hi>Synch.</hi> 1. §. 1.] Meretrix autem à Ioanne
conspicitur in Deserto, cap. 17. ver. 3, 4. Sed hic character non multùm co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>git.</item>
                  <item>2. Bestia Decemcornupeta portat Meretricem, seu mavis Moechatricem, &amp; Mere<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trix
insidet Bestiae: Ergò ambae sunt unius ejusdémque temporis, ver. 3, 7.</item>
                  <item>3. Decem cornua Bestiae (quibus scilicet [<hi>N. B.</hi>] supremum ejus novissimúmque
Caput frondescit, cujúsque solius sub vicibus (quibus utique à lethali plaga revixit,
reliquorum Capitum vicibus jam antea peractis) Meretrix Bestiam agit, Bestiáque Me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>retricem
bajulat; haec, inquam, <hi>decem Gornua sunt decem Reges, qui authoritatem su<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>am
ut Reges ad unam horam accipiunt cum Bestia,</hi> restitutâ illâ videlicet, Moechatricem
bajulante, jámque <hi>Decemcornupetâ,</hi> hoc est, ultimi Capitis vices exercente. Hi,
expleto tempore quo <hi>autoritatem suam erant tradituri Bestiae</hi> [ver. 13, 17.] id est,
quando jam dissolvenda venerat compago Bestiae, <hi>Meretricem odio prosequuntur, deser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tam
illam reddunt &amp; nudam,</hi> tandémque <hi>exurunt igne,</hi> [ver. 16.] Ità igitur Bestia,
quae in Statu decacorni (quo solo eam Ioannes propheticè contemplatur) cum Mere<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trice,
hoc est, Moechatrice, primùm coeperat, Meretrici quoque non erit superstes,
neque illi Meretrix: Ergò, Meretrix &amp; Bestia illa universè &amp; ad amussim <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</item>
               </list>
            </div>
            <div n="4" type="section">
               <head>SYNCHRONISMUS IV.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>CENTUM ET QUADRAGINTA MILLE SIGNATORUM, VIRGINUM, CUM MERETRICE BABYLONICA ET BESTIA.</p>
               </argument>
               <list>
                  <item>1. PRimò enim <hi>Virgines</hi> dicuntur, atque ab eo laudantur, quòd meretriciis com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plexibus
sese non coinquinâssent, cap. 14. v. 4. Incidunt ergò in meretricia
tempora Moechae Babylonicae, <hi>quacum fornicantur Reges &amp; incolae terrae,</hi> cap. 17. ver.
2. &amp; 18. 3.</item>
                  <item>2. Ex Choro hoc Virgineo prodeunt qui ruinam Babylonis denunciant [vers. 8.
ejusdem cap. 14.] quíque absterrent homines ab omni communione Bestiae, Imaginis,
Characterisque ipsius: Ergò Coetus iste Virgineus contemporat Babyloni &amp; Bestiae.</item>
                  <item>3. Hi denique sunt <hi>Vocati isti, electi &amp; fideles</hi> Agni stipatores, vers. 4. cap. dicti,
quibus comitatus (cap. 17. 14.) bellum gerit cum Regibus seu Cornubus Bestiae Ba<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bylonicae;
quíque ejus auspiciis (utpote <hi>Regis Regum</hi> &amp; <hi>Domini Dominantium)</hi> vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctoriam
tandem reportabunt [ibid.] Illa enim, de <hi>Domino Dominantium &amp; Rege Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gum,</hi>
per parenthesin censeo legenda, ubi dicit Angelus, <hi>Hi cum Agno pugnabunt, &amp;
Agnus vinceteos (quoniam Dominus Dominorum est &amp; Rex Regum) &amp; qui cum eo sunt
Vocati, &amp; Electi, &amp; Fideles:</hi> hoc est, Agnus, &amp; qui cum eo sunt Vocati, Electi &amp;
Fideles, vincent decem Reges Babyloniferos.</item>
                  <item>4. Sed haec nondum ad contemporationem plenariam &amp; in solidum astruendam suffi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ciunt;
possunt enim omnia vel cum partiali contemporatione consistere. Sic igitur
in universum &amp; ad amussim Coetum Signatorum Agni Bestiae contemporare demonstro.
Coetus iste Signatorum, Bestiae seu Bestiisequarum universitatis '<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> coaevum
est; copiae videlicet sanctorum militum, tum cùm caeteri Orbis incolae desertores &amp;
transfugae Bestiae characterem accepissent, in Agni fide etiamnum permanentium. Pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tet
ex textu. Unde, ut olim prisco ritu servi &amp; milites, ejus cui fidem suam addixe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rant,
stigmate notari &amp; nomine inscribi solebant; ità isti <hi>nomen Agni &amp; Patris ejus in
frontibus</hi> gestare perhibentur. Hoc cùm ità sit, sequitur, utrumque alteri commensum
esse &amp; pariomnino intervallo respondere. Poscit enim hujuscemodi <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> ratio,
ut Coetus Signatorum Agni, pro eo quod Viso isto intenditur, ex opposita Bestiae ra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tione
penitus aestimetur; citra cujus nempe oppositionem ipse, ex mente hujus Visi,
rationem nullam habeat; proindéque cum eadem incipiente incipiat, desinentéque de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sinat.</item>
                  <item>
                     <pb n="423" facs="tcp:63175:262"/>5. Porrò de finali Contemporatione, id etiam isto charactere ex cap 7. evinci
potest: quia utriusque, tam Bestiae tyrannidis, quàm Coetûs istius Signatorum, limes
est Turba Palmifera. Bestiae, quia de Palmiferis ibidem dicitur, <hi>Hi sunt qui venerunt
ex tribulatione magna:</hi> quâ verò tribulatione nisi Bestiae Sanctos tribulantis? Ergò
Bestiae tyrannidem à tergo relinquunt. Coetus Signatorum, quia eum Turba Palmife<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ra
continuò sequitur, ut ex Transitione ista<note n="*" place="margin">Cap. 7. 9.</note> [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>] manifestum est.</item>
               </list>
            </div>
            <div n="5" type="section">
               <head>V.
CONSECTARIUM</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>DE GENERALI OMNIUM HACTENUS MEMORATORUM
SYNCHRONISMO.</p>
               </argument>
               <p>ITà Mulieri Eremicolae Conculcationi Civitatis Sanctae, &amp; Testibus interea sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cro
plangentibus contemporavit Bestia rediviva seu Decemcornupeta, <hi>Synch. I.</hi>
Bestiae Decemcornupetae Bestia Bicornis, <hi>Synch. II.</hi> Utrique Meretrix, <hi>Synch. III.</hi>
Meretrici &amp; Bestiae Virgineus Signatorum Coetus, <hi>Synch. IV.</hi> Ergò omnia omnibus
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="6" type="section">
               <head>SYNCHRONISMUS VI.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>ATRII INTERIORIS CALAMO DEI COMMENSI
DRACONISQUE SEPTICIPITIS INSIDIAM ET PRAEIII CUM
MICHAELE DE PUERPERIO.</p>
               </argument>
               <p>SUnt enim proxima antecedentia contemporaneorum; Praelium Draconis ac Mu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lieris
puerperium, Habitationis Mulieris in Eremo, Bestiaeque Decemcornupetae;
Atrium interius (ejus enim periphrasis est quod de <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Thysiasterio &amp; ado<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rantibus
illic pro more Sacerdotibus, dicitur) Atrii exterioris seu populi, ubi gentes
praeter jus &amp; fas stabulari perhibentur.</p>
               <p>Primò enim utrumque, tam puerperium Mulieris quàm dimicatio Draconis cum
Michaele, in eundem omnino terminum impingit, Fugam Mulieris in Eremum; quae
utriusque rem gestam proximè excepisse dicitur. Nam Mulier, simul ac peperit, <hi>fugit
in Eremum,</hi> ibi alenda dies 1260. cap. 12. v. 6. Similiter, Dracone deturbato, <hi>fugit
Mulier in Eremum, ibi alenda à facie Serpentis,</hi> seu Draconis, <hi>per tempus, tempora &amp;
dimidium temporis,</hi> v. 13, 14. Propterea duo haec, ut vides, in unum confert titulus
Synchronismi, tanquam ejusdem temporis &amp; junctae omnino rei Visiones, quásque in
hoc negotio separare adeò opus non fuerit.</p>
               <p>Porrò idem illud Duellum, quo Michael Draconem devicit, proximè antecessit
Bestiam <hi>Septicipitem redin<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>egratam,</hi> seu <hi>Decemcornupetam:</hi> nam Draco, statim ut de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>turbatus
est in terram, <hi>stans super arenam maris,</hi> Bestiae indè emergenti de caetero
<hi>tradit</hi> vices suas, i. <hi>virtutem suam, thronum suum &amp; potestatem magnam: &amp;</hi> (ut cum
<note n="*" place="margin">Lib. 5. cap. 28. al. 23. &amp; huic quoque le<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctioni astipulatur t<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>xtus apud Andream Caesariensem in Codice Augustano; nec non Syrus Interpres qui nuper editus est. I<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>o apud Latinos Primasius illud (<hi>vidi</hi>) non legit, quamvis perinde accipit, addendo verbum [s<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>rit.] Illi imposuit, quód Latine <hi>Vnum ex capitibus,</hi> &amp;c. de casu ambiguum sit, non item Graece.</note> Irenaeo habet Editio Complut.) <hi>unum ex capitibus suis quasi occisum ad mortem; cujus
curatâ plagâ, Bestiant admirans sequuta est universa terra,</hi> cap. 13. v. 1, 2, 3.</p>
               <p>Atque hucusque res plana &amp; liquida est: sed de antecessu <hi>Atrii interioris ad Atrium
exterius</hi> (quod unicum ad Synchronismum hunc conficiendum restat) paulò difficilior
est probandi provincia, quia res diu aliter credita, ideóque praejudiciis impedita. Sic
tamen ostendo. <hi>Atrium interius,</hi> ratione structurae Templi, situ &amp; ordine antecedit
<hi>Atrium exterius,</hi> qui Throno Dei, seu <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> (qui totius structurae caput) proximus
erat. Ergò, si res significatae diversorum temporum sint (neque enim novum est, ordi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nem
sitûs ordinem temporis denotare, ut in<note n="*" place="margin">Dan. 2.</note> statua quam somniavit Nebuchadnezar
videre est;) sanè <hi>Interioris</hi> Atrii significatum <hi>Exterioris</hi> significato tempore prius esse,
rationi consentaneum est. Esse autem Atriorum significata diversorum temporum,
atque adeò <hi>Interioris</hi> Atrii significatum antiquius &amp; prius altero, sic porr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> demonstro.
<pb n="424" facs="tcp:63175:263"/>
Quia Visio haec Atrii <hi>Templi &amp; Altaris,</hi> seu interioris, mensurandi, exordium est Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phetiae
repetitae; quae nempe (ut mox pluribus ostendetur) ab origine &amp; quasi ab ovo
relegit tempora Prophetiae Sigillorum, quorum initium ab ipsa intervalli Apocalyptici
Epocha accersendum, nemo dubitaverit: <hi>Oportet te</hi> (inquit) <hi>iterum prophetare</hi> (ità
libri comesti symbolum explicat) <hi>populis, &amp; gentibus, &amp; linguis, &amp; regibus multis,
iterum,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, id est, ordine temporum, de quo antè prophetaverat, repetito. Inci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pit
autem à dimensione isthac <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> &amp; Thysiasterii, eorúmque qui illic adorabant.
Si igitur visio <hi>de Mulieris puerperio</hi> &amp; Draconis praelio (quae ipsa pars est Prophetiae
hujusce repetitae) ad ipsum caput periodi, seu Temporis Apocalyptici ascendat, usque
adeò, ut nihil eâ antiquius habeat Apocalypsis, quódve altiùs originem ducat (id
quod tum ex rei ipsius ingenio, quae <hi>Partus</hi> est, tum ex hactenus firmatis &amp; porrò fir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mandis
patebit Synchronismis:) quidni multò magìs ejusdem Prophetiae exordium,
&amp; prima omnium Visio eódem ascendere putaretur? At Atrii exterioris Menses eò
ascendere nequeunt; ut qui toti jam Bestiae Decemcornupetae contemporaverint.
Ergò interioris Atrii <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> tempora exterioris <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> Menses non solùm
antecedere, sed ab origine Prophetiae repetitae, unà cum Visione de Puerperio &amp;
Dracone, duci debere, mihi quidem liquidissimum est.</p>
               <p>Iam tria haec, Mulieris habitationem in Eremo, Bestiam Decemcornupetam, Atri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um
exterius à Gentibus calcatum, contemporanea esse, patet ex primo Synchronismo:
Ergò Atrii interioris commensi tempora, &amp; Puerperium Mulieris, unà cum Draconis
insidiis &amp; Praelio cum Michaele, sunt proxima antecedentia contemporaneorum; &amp;
consequenter ipsa quoque sibi invicem non possunt non contemporare; <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="7" type="section">
               <head>SYNCHRONISMUS VII.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>SEPTEM PH<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ALARUM
&amp;
BESTIAE BABYLONISQUE AD OCCASUM VERGENTIUM.</p>
               </argument>
               <p>EFfusio Phialarum affert ruinam &amp; interitum Bestiae, ut ex textu ipso manifestum
est. Canunt enim victores Bestiae canticum Mosis <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, cap. 15. vers. 2, 3. At<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
porrò speciatim patet de Phiala prima [cap. 16. v. 2.] quae ulceris plagam im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>it
<hi>in homines habentes characterem Bestiae &amp; eos qui adorabant Imaginem ejus:</hi> De
quinta [vers. 10.] quae effunditur <hi>super thronum Bestiae, &amp; Regnum ejus reddit tene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brosum:</hi>
Itémque de ultima, quâ effusâ, Babylon funditus exscinditur, [vers. 19.]
Ergò Effusio Phialarum contemporat Bestiae &amp; Babyloni finientibus.</p>
            </div>
         </div>
         <div type="part">
            <head>PARS ALTERA.</head>
            <p>PEregi Partem primam septem Synchronismis: sequitur Pars altera
<hi>Sigillaris,</hi> in qua omnium hactenus dictorum, &amp; si qua praeterea sunt,
Vaticiniorum connexionem cum <hi>Sigillis,</hi> aliis totidem Synchronismis
demonstrabo; unde perspicuum evadet, (res observatione dignissima,
&amp; non parùm interpretaturo momenti, ni fallor, allatura) Apocalyp<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sin
totam indè à capite quarto (nam de Septem Ecclesiis jam nihil
interpono)
in duas dispertiri Prophetias principales, quarum utraque ab eadem Epo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cha
&amp; quasi carceribus egreditur, desinítque in eandem metam. Prima est <hi>Sigillorum,</hi>
in iísque <hi>Tubarum;</hi> nam Sigillum septimum Tubarum est Sigillum; id quod ex Gram<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>matico
contextûs sensu ubique pro concesso sumo. Neque enim qui in caeteris Sigillis
omnibus sensûs ordo tenetur, is septimo solo non convenire putandus est: ut quod Si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gilli
reserationi subjicitur visum, id Sigilli <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> sit. Iam autem septimi reserati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>onem
excipit visio Angelorum septem cum septem Tubis. Altera <hi>Prophetia</hi> (seu mavis,
Visionum Propheticarum Systema) est <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, seu <hi>Libri aperti,</hi> quae ab eodem
exorsa Temporis Apocalyptici principio, prioris, quae <hi>Sigillorum</hi> est, Prophetiae Tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pora
relegit, à versu 8. capitis 10. ad finem libri: Háncque Prophetiae repetitionem in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dicari
Transitione istâ vers. 11. cap. ejusdem, ubi Ioanni ait Angelus, <hi>Oportet te iterum
(<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>) prophetare populis, &amp; gentibus, &amp; linguis, &amp; regibus multis.</hi> Porrò illud quo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que,
Lector, animadversione tuâ sortasse non erit indignum; ad utriusque istarum, per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>inde
<pb n="425" facs="tcp:63175:263"/>
atque primae omnium Visionis de septem Ecclesiis,<note place="margin">Pars II.</note> quasi trium integrarum Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phetiarum,
initia singula <hi>Voce tanquam Tubae de Coelo cum Ioanne loquentis</hi> proclamari:
quasi hoc indice distinguere voluisset Spiritus Sanctus à reliquis Vaticiniis, harum
principalium partibus, in quibus nihil tale fieri videbis.</p>
            <p>Sunt autem haec, de quibus moneo, Prophetiarum initia, Visionis quidem septem
Ecclesiarum, cap. 1. 10. his verbis, <hi>Fui autem Spiritu correptus die Dominico, &amp; audi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vi
à tergo vocem magnam tanquam tubae dicentis, &amp;c.</hi> Prophetiae autem Sigillorum,
cap. 4. vers. 1. hujusmodi, <hi>Et vox prima, quam audiveram tanquam Tubae loquentis me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cum,
dicebat, &amp;c.</hi> Denique Prophetiae <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, cap. 10. vers. 8. <hi>Et vox quam audìe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ram
è Coelo</hi> (scilicet tanquam Tubae loquentis) <hi>rursus loquebatur mecum, &amp; dixit,</hi> &amp;c.
Hactenus Praeloquium suit, neque id, ut spero, à re quam agimus alienum. Sequuntur
jam Synchronysmi.</p>
         </div>
         <div type="exposition">
            <head>I.
CARDO SYNCHRONISMORUM,
SEU</head>
            <div n="1" type="part">
               <head>SYNCHRONISMUS</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>SIGILLI SEPTIMI, QUOD AD PRIORES SEX TUBAS, CUM BESTIA DECEMCORNUPETA, BICORNI, CAETERISQUE CONTEMPORANTIBUS.</p>
               </argument>
               <div n="1" type="section">
                  <head>Primò enim, Initium Bestiae contemporat cum initio Sigilli
septimi, quod est Tubarum.</head>
                  <p>NEmpe quum Coetus Signatorum, tanquam Bestiae regnantis <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, Bestiae
idcirco justè &amp; ad amussim contemporet; idémque Coetus Signatorum
ineat ineunte Sigillo septimo, sive Tubarum; sequitur omnino Bestiam iti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dem
inire cum eodem Sigillo septimo, sive Tubarum.</p>
                  <p>Iam verò Coetum Signatorum Bestiae in solidum &amp; ad amussim contemporare, osten<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sum
est <hi>Synch. IV. Part. I.</hi> Eundem Coetum Signatorum inire cum Sigillo VII. liquet
ex cap. 7. ubi Signatio ista sexto Sigillo continenter subjungitur. Siquidem sexti Si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gilli
Viso transacto, cùm septimum, quod Tubarum est, jam erat aperíendum, Electis
Dei servis signaculo prospicitur, nè à calamitatum procellis, quae (jam quatuor An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gelis,
quatuor mundi cardinum praesidibus, ventos, quos hucusque retinuerant, ad Tu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>barum
sonitum laxaturis,) Orbi terrarum incubiturae essent, perderentur. Quibus de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>inceps
quoque cavetur ad quintae Tubae <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>langorem, cap. 9. v. 4. ut vel eo indicio ag<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>noscas,
signationem istam ad Tubarum tempora pertinere. Esse verò sinem &amp; exitum
Sigilli sexti initium septimi, extra omnem dubitationem est; cùm Sigillorum ad invi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cem
series interrumpi nec possit, nec debeat. Ergò Coetum CXLIV M Signatorum,
qui Sigillum sextum transactum excipit, cum Sigillo septimo, quod eidem Sigillo
sexto haud minùs continenter succedit, inire necesse est. Atque ità mirabili consilio
(sic sentio) Spiritus Sanct. per hujus Signationis characterem prospexit nobis de con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nexione
ineuntis Bestiae cum initio Sigilli VII. cùm alia ratio nulla reddi possit, cur
hâc Visione Signatorum cap. 7. interpositâ, turbaretur alioquin non interrumpenda
Sigillorum series.</p>
               </div>
               <div n="2" type="section">
                  <head>Secundò, Finis Bestiae contemporat cum exitu Tubae sextae.</head>
                  <p>Nam quum Testium in sacco lugentium Dies 1260 finiantur ad exitum Tubae VI.
seu ineunte septimâ; ibidem quoque Bestiae Menses 42. finiri necesse est, &amp; per con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sequens
Bestiae tyrannidem intra sex primarum Tubarum ambitum contineri. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</p>
                  <p>Bestiae autem Menses XLII, perinde ut contemporanei eisdem Dies 1260 luctûs
Testium, ad sextae Tubae exitum finiendos esse, jam suptà demonstratum est. <hi>Part. I.
Synch. 1. §. 3.</hi> ubi ex capite 11. ostenditur, cùm Testes post triduanam mortem ad vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tam
denuo suscitati, at<expan>
                        <am>
                           <g ref="char:abque"/>
                        </am>
                        <ex>que</ex>
                     </expan> in coelum subvecti, luctuosae Prophetiae suae Dies complevissent,
factó<expan>
                        <am>
                           <g ref="char:abque"/>
                        </am>
                        <ex>que</ex>
                     </expan> 
                     <hi>eâdem horâ,</hi> seu tempore, <hi>ingenti terraemotu,</hi> Urbs magna ruinam passa esset,
Bestíáque, truculentus Testium hostis, prae clade quam tunc sentiret animam age<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ret;
ut sciremus ubi intervalli Sigillorum &amp; Tubarum hoc acciderit, continuò sub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>junxisse
<pb n="426" facs="tcp:63175:264"/>
Spiritum, VAE <hi>secundum</hi> (hoc est; Tubam VI) <hi>jam tum abiisse, &amp; VAE
tertium</hi> (Tubam scilicet VII) <hi>venturum citó.</hi> Quem ego Characterem alterum magni
hujus Synchronism indicem, vel eo praecipuè fine isthîc loci insertum credo, ut alter
quasi cardinum esset, quibus magna ista &amp; universalis <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> &amp; Sigillorum
Prophetiae commissura verteretur. Siquidem alioquin &amp; hoc monitum, &amp; qui protinus
sequitur clangor Tubae VII, recto &amp; naturali ordine ad finem Prophetiae Sigillorum
cap. 10. collocanda fuissent. Sed Spiritus S. septimae Tubae mysterio eò loci, ad modum
praeconii, leviter tantùm, &amp; quantum tunc satis videbatur, praesignato, (fore nimirum ut,
<hi>eâ clangente, mysterium Dei Prophetis evangelizatum consummaretur</hi>) ipsius clangoris
editionem &amp; mysterii definitionem disertam aliquantisper (nec id proculdubio nisi
gravi aliqua de causa) sustinere &amp; protelare voluit; donec, nimirum, ad novam <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
Prophetiam transitione factâ [cap. 10. à vers. 8. ad finem] primam ejusdem
Visionem, stadio Apocalyptico similiter emenso, ad eundem rerum exitum provexisset.
Illud enim lector attentè admodum observet velim; unâ hâc capitis undecimi Visione
(Prophetiae utpote repetitae primâ) Spiritum sapientissimum totum Sigillaris Prophe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiae
intervallum, ceu tramâ stamen, percurrere; eandémque septimâ Tubâ, quasi fi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bulâ
quâdam, scriei Sigillorum, temporis dirigendi causâ, subnectere. Quorsum autem,
nisi ut primae Visioni sic fixae &amp; cum Sigillis comparatae, per suos quoque characteres
connixis reliquis quae sequuntur <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> vaticiniis, totum repetitae prophetiae syste<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ma
cum Sigillis dextrè componi possit?</p>
                  <p>Porrò, nè illud fortè cuiquam scrupulum injiciat, quòd ea quae in textu reseruntur
de Bestiae consternatione, de ruina Urbis stragéque hominum à Terraemotu facta, mi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nimè
videntur de omnimoda Bestiae abolitione intelligi debere; aio, neque hoc ad
eum de quo egimus Synchronismum postulari, sed ut accipiantur saltem de tempore
potestatis &amp; regni siniendo, quod mensibus XLII determinatur; quósque, dato Bestiae
&amp; Testium Synchronismo, simul cum Testium Diebus exire necesse est. Quod verò
adhuc aliquantisper supererit Bestiae, id adeò (ut hinc colligi datur) dissimili à priore
specie futurum est, ut eodem censu non sit habendum; sed &amp;, haud ità multò pòst,
sub septima Tuba delendum &amp; abolendum penitus, <hi>Factis regnis hujus mundi Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mini
nostri &amp; Christi ejus.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Atque ità Synchronismo hoc cardinali bene constituto, reliquos indè Synchronis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mos
facilè deduci &amp; cum Sigillis colligari posse, manifestum erit.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="2" type="part">
               <head>SYNCHRONISMUS II.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>CONTEMPORANTIUM ATRII INTERIORIS ET PRAELII DRACONIS ET MICHAELIS DE PUERPERIO CUM SEX PRIMIS SIGILLIS.</p>
               </argument>
               <p>QUia sunt proxima antecedanea Contemporantium succedaneorum. Nam sex
prima Sigilla proxima sunt antecedanea septimi. Atrium Interius &amp; dimica<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tio
Mich<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>elis cum Dracone proxima sunt antecedanea Bestiae &amp; Coetûs CXLIV M
Signatorum. Iam verò Sigillum septimum, seu (quod perinde est) sex primae
Tubae, Coetûs Signatorum &amp; Bestia sunt contemporanea; ut ostensum est priori
Synchronismo.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="3" type="part">
               <head>SYNCHRONISMUS III.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>PHIALARUM CUM TUBA SEXTA.</p>
               </argument>
               <p>SEptem Phialae irae novissimae, cùm totidem sint ruinae &amp; occasûs Bestiae gradus
[<hi>Synch. VII. Part. I.</hi>] proinde necessariò ineundae sunt ab initio ruentis &amp; occiden<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tis
Bestiae. Bestiae autem regnum, sextâ Tubâ adhuc clangente, adeò labefactari coepit,
atque eo demum processerat ruinae, ut ad ejusdem illius Tubae exitium fineretur
<hi>potestas illa XLII. Mensium, quibus ipsi datum fuit dominari, &amp; Sanctos vincere
[Synch. I.</hi> hujus.] Atqui eò ruinae &amp; fatalium calamitatum priùs delabi Bestia
<pb n="427" facs="tcp:63175:264"/>
non potuit quàm quinta saltem Phiala effunderetur: nam tum demum Sedem ejus
concutiendam, &amp; Regnum <hi>tenebrosum</hi> redditum iri, apparet cap. 16. v. 10. Ergò
quinque ad minimum Phialarum effunduntur ante desitum sextae Tubae clangorem;
credo quòd etiam sexta: Phiala verò septima, quae consummationis Phiala est, [ibid.
ver. 17, 18.] proinde concurret cum initio Tubae septimae quae, itidem consummatio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nis
Tuba est. cap. 10. ver. 6.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="4" type="part">
               <head>SYNCHRONISMUS IV.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>MILLE ANNORUM LIGATI DRACONIS SEU SATANAE, CUM TUBA SEPTIMA, SEU INTERVALLO AD EXCIDIO BESTIAE.</p>
               </argument>
               <p>UT hoc de <hi>Satane ligatione</hi> eò meliùs intelligatur, illud demonstrationi praemit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tendum
est; in<note n="*" place="margin">cap. 20. 3.</note> textu dici, Satanam tunc insuper non tantùm <hi>in Abyssum con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jectum,</hi>
sed ibidem <hi>occlusum esse; adhaec signâsse super eum Angelum, ut non seduceret
ampliùs gentes, donec consummarentur mille anni;</hi> id est, firmiter muniisse, nè ullate<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nus
pateret exitus. Nam mos erat Hebraeis &amp; vicinis gentibus, quando firmiter mu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nitum
&amp; obseratum volebant ostium, ut ei sigillum apponerent. Ità lapidem impo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>situm
soveae Leonum, quò Daniel conjectus erat, <hi>obsignavit Rex Darius annulo suo,
&amp; annulo procerum suorum,</hi> Dan. 6. In historia Apocrypha ministri Danielis aedis
Beli portas <hi>claudunt &amp; obsignunt annulo Regis.</hi> Similiter Iudaei Matth. 27. 66. sc<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pulchrum
Servatoris <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>munierunt,</hi>
seu <hi>tutum reddebant, obsignato lapide,</hi> &amp;c. ubi observandum, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
sese mutuò explicare. Longè igitur aliud est, Coelo dejici, cap. 12. (quod adeò
multi huic loco accomodant) aliud <hi>ligari, abysso includi, obsignaríque.</hi> Illud vagandi
&amp; nocendi licentiam non adimit; hoc de carcere suo nullâ ratione egredi patitur.
Imò affirmare ausim, nihil prorsus eorum quae referuntur capite vicesimo, in duo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>decimo
comparere; neque vicissim de eo quod capite 12<hi rend="sup">o</hi> memoratur, ullum in vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cesimo
verbulum exstare. Tantum abest ut idem utrobique representetur. Exami<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nemus
paulisper. Capite xx. quatuor de Dracone referuntur: Primum, ab Angelo
qui coelo defcendit apprehensum fuisse, 2. ligatum, 3. in Abyssum conjectum, 4. oc<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>clusum
atque obsignatum fuisse. Horum verò nullum in duodecimo reperies. Vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cissim
quod unicum narratur capite 12. de Draconis projectione de coelo in terram,
de eo in vicesimo nè <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> quidem habetur. Imò ex ipso contextu apertè colligete est,
illud nequaquam tunc factum esse. Dicitur enim ibi, Angelum qui Draconem liga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum
veniebat, <hi>coelo descendisse:</hi> ergò Draco jam tum super terram fuit. Quorlum
enim alioquin Angelus coelo descendisset eundem apprehensum? Hinc. c. 12. Michael
coelo non descendit, sed in ipso coelo cum Diabolo manum conseruit. His ità praemissis.
ad Synchronismi <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> veniamus.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Arg.</hi> 1. Sub primis sex Sigillis Draco seu Satanas liber fuit &amp; solutus; itémque sub
primis sex Tubis Sigilli scptimi: Ergò restat ut Mille anni ligati Satanae conjiciantur
in Tubam septimam.</p>
               <p>Non enim fuisse ligatum Satanam sive Draconem primis sex Sigillis vicem suam
adhuc decurrentibus, ex eo liquet, quòd omni isthoc intervallo, septem capitibus
&amp; diadematis rubens, in coelo dimicavit cum Michaele de puerperio Mulieris, ut
modò demonstratum fuit <hi>Synch. II.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Sed neque primis sex Tubis sequentis Sigilli id factum est: Nam hoc est Interval<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lum
Mulieris in Eremo, &amp; dominantis Bestiae Decemcornupetae, ut constat ex <hi>Synch.</hi>
I. hujus. Sanè, Muliere in Eremo agente, multum abfuit ut ligatus putaretur Dra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eo,
qui à Michaele de coelo praecipitatus, primò eam abiturientem eluvione aquarum,
<hi>quam ex ore suo ejecerat,</hi> pessundare conabatur; deinde, cùm hoc ei ex sententia non
successerit (terrâ flumen absorbente, &amp; Muliere jam in Eremum receptâ) <hi>Irâ &amp;
furore accensus, abiit ad ge<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>endum bellum cum reliquis ex semine ejus, observantibus
praecepta Dei, &amp; habentibus testimonium Iesu,</hi> cap. 12. ver. 13, 15, 17. Numquid haec
sunt <hi>ligati</hi> Satanae indicia.</p>
               <p>Sed de Bestia quoque videamus; &amp; quàm suit sub ejus Regno Draco vinctus,
audi: Scilicet, <hi>Dedit ei Draco virtutem suam, &amp; thronum suum, &amp; potestatem magnam;
&amp; admirans universa terra sequuta est Bestiam, &amp; adorârunt Draconem qui dedit potesta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tem
Bestiae,</hi> [c. 13. v. 2, 3, 4.] At potuit forsan haec omnia ex carcere suo agere Sata<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nas?
Certè occluso &amp; obsignato non potuit. Sed ut nullus sit tergiversationi locus,
&amp; liquidò appareat quàm adhuc suit Draco ad ea ipsa facinor<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> liber &amp; solutus, à
<pb n="428" facs="tcp:63175:265"/>
quibus in custodiam semel datus coercendus dicitur; en alterum ejus Alumnum
<hi>Pseudoprophetam,</hi> Decemcornupetae comitem individuum &amp; Bestialis potestatis Admi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nistratorem,
de quo exsertè scriptum habes, <hi>quòd edat signa magna, quódque seducat
Incolas Terrae per signa quae datum est ei facere.</hi> Ecquis jam facilè credat, Bestiis istis
rerum potiuntibus, Draconem, hoc est, Satanam, <hi>fuisse vinctum, fuisse in Abyssum
conjectu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>, &amp; obsignatum super cum, ut non seduceret gentes amplius?</hi> juxta cap. 20.
ver. 2, 3.</p>
               <p>Quinetiam ex ipsis Tubis (de medio saltem tempore) liberi &amp; soluti Diaboli non
deest argumentum. Quid enim? Annon Rex ille Locustarum Tubae quintae, qui <hi>An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gelus
Abyssi</hi> cluet, cui nomen Hebraicé <hi>Abaddon,</hi> Graecé verò <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, quémque
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>eum qui è coelo jampridem ceciderat in terram,</hi> Ioannes in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>digitat,
ipsissimus est Draco &amp; Satanas, quem Michael, nondum clangentibus Tubis, de
coelo in terram deturbaverat? Neque enim in tota Apocalypsi de alio praeter ipsum
legi memini, <hi>in terram cecidisse;</hi> neque scio an in alium quenquam nisi in istum com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>petere
possint elogia illa <hi>Angeli Abyssi</hi> &amp; <hi>Abaddonis.</hi> Utut sit, certè non fuit tunc
temporis <hi>ligatus Satanos,</hi> non <hi>puteus Abyssi</hi> (ut inibi dicitur) <hi>super eum occlusus &amp; ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>signatus;</hi>
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ed (ut videre est c. 9. 2.) <hi>apertus,</hi> ídque adcò, <hi>ut fumus indè ascenderit ut
fumus fornacis magnae, &amp; obscuratus est Sol &amp; Aer à fumo ejus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Denique, quin haec Draconis seu Satanae in seducendis Gentibus libertas ad ipsum
usque Bestiae excidium perseverârit, ac proinde fuerit sex primis Tubis omnino coae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>va,
eum dubitare neutiquam posse puto qui satis attenderit quid ab Effusione Phialae
sextae factum legatur: quòd nimirum septimâ, hoc est novissimâ, mox effundendâ, at<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
ideo <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>upremo Bestiae fato jam tum instante, <hi>Ex ore Draconis atque</hi> Vicariorum
ejus <hi>Bestiae &amp; Pseudoprophetae, tres spiritus impuri, Spiritus daemoniorum edentes signa
abierint ad Reges terrae &amp; totius mundi, congregatum eos ad praelium magni illius Diei
Dei omnipotentis,</hi> cap. 16. v. 13, 14.</p>
               <p>Ità Mille Anni ligati Satanae, ut Gentes ampliùs non seduceret, neque sub primis
sex Sigillis, neque sub primis sex Tubis locum habere possunt: Ergò relinquendi
sunt Tubae septimae.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Arg.</hi> 2. Posteaquam, Mille Annis absolutis, Satan de carcere suo ad breve tempus
solutus novos motus concitâsset; igne coelitus delapso consumptâ, quam collegerat,
deceptarum gentium colluvie, ipse Planus captus &amp; comprehensus <hi>mitti</hi> dicitur in stag<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>num
ignis &amp; sulphuris, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>ubi erat &amp; Bestia &amp; Pseu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dopropheta.</hi>
Adverte hic, Lector, characterem chronicum, quo innuitur hoc quicquid
est, de Satana post iteratam solutionem capto &amp; damnato, id superioris capitis Vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sioni
de Bestia &amp; Pseudopropheta ab eo qui equo albo insidebat debellatis, captis,
&amp; perinde <hi>in stagnum ignis ardens sulphure conjectis,</hi> ut narrandi ordine, ità quoque
tempore rei gestae succedere. Non enim alioquin dictum foret, eò missum esse Sata<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nam,
<hi>ubi erat &amp; Bestia &amp; Pseudopropheta,</hi> nisi eò jam antè, &amp; Bestia &amp; Pseudopro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pheta
missi fuissent.</p>
               <p>Nec cordatus aliquis ad effugium dixerit, hoc capitis xx. post Mille annos Bellum
non esse ab illo superioris capitis diversum; cùm non tantùm jam allatus character, sed
&amp; omnes utrinque circumstantiae refragentur, partes, pugna, &amp; modus caedis, illic gla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dio,
hîc igne; imò &amp; dissimilis, ut mox re demonstratâ patescet, Belli utriusque even<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tus;
illic Satanae tempus duntaxat ligatio, hîc verò damnatio ad ignem aeternum.</p>
               <p>Bellum igitur, quo Bestia &amp; Pseudopropheta capti mittuntur in stagnum ignis, quan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>doquidem
diversum sit ab hoc novissimo, ad quod eódem randem stagni mittendus
Satanas statim à solutione sua Gentes concitâsset, aut intra ipsos Mille annos gestum
fuisse necesse est, aut illis nondum inchoatis. Intra Mille annos geri non potuit, quia
tamdiu Satan <hi>vinctus fuisse</hi> dicitur &amp; <hi>occlusus in Abysso, ut Gentes non seduceret ampli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ùs,
donec Mille anni consummarentur,</hi> cap. 20. vers. 3. At in Bello, quo de Bestia,
Pseudopropheta &amp; Sociis tandem triumphatum est, si unquam aliàs, liberrimus &amp; so<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lutissimus
suit ad decipiendum, ut ex iis constat quae modò ex capite 16. de hujus
Belli apparatu allegavimus; quòd nempe ab effusione Phialae sextae, cùm jam septima,
quâ Bestiâ penitus conficitur, in propinquo esset ut effunderetur, <hi>Ex ore Draconis,
ex ore Bestiae, &amp; Pseudoprophetae, tres Spiritus impuri, Spiritus daemoniorum edentes
signa abierint ad Reges terrae &amp; totius mundi, congregatum eos ad Praelium magni illius
Diei Dei omnipotentis.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Quoniam ergò Mille annorum ratio hujusmodi turbas &amp; motus Satanicos nequaquam
admittit; necesse est ut Bellum hoc Bestiale eosdem tempore praecesserit. Atque ità de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mum
Mille anni alligati Satanae contemporabunt Intervallo ab excidio Bestiae, quod
erat demonstrandum.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="429" facs="tcp:63175:265"/>
                  <hi>Arg.</hi> 3. Denique, cùm per eosdem Mille annos quibus Satan in custodia detinetur,
Christus cum suis Regnum illud augustum &amp; magnificum regnâsse dicatur; proinde
eisdem argumentis &amp; notis quibus alterutrius Synchronismus stabilitur, confirmabi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur
&amp; alterius. Quòd igitur Regnum illud Christi augustum cum septima Tuba in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eat,
seu ab excidio Bestiae, jam est ut ostendamus.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="5" type="part">
               <head>SYNCHRONISMUS V.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>MILLE ANNORUM REONI CHRISTI AUGUSTI, ET SEPTIMAE TUBAE SEU INTERVALLI AB EXCIDIO BESTIAE.</p>
               </argument>
               <list>
                  <item>1. REgnum Christi singulare &amp; augustum, iterum &amp; saepius in Apocalypsi memo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ratum,
déque cujus adventu Chorus Animalium &amp; Presbyterorum ovantium
hymnos &amp; Doxologias Deo concinere solent, ubique succedit Bestiae &amp; Babyloni
devictis &amp; triumphatis. Primò en<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>m illie ubi de hoc Mille Annorum Regno propriè agi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur
c. xx. ex numero eorum qui cum Christo regnant sunt <hi>Qui Bestiam non adorave<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rant
neque Imaginem ejus, neque acceperant Characterem ejus in frontibus suis aut in ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nibus
suis.</hi> Annon haec verba satìs indicat hoc Christi Regnum Regno Bestiae, Ima<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gini
&amp; stigmaticis ejus successisse? Quorsum enim illis Regni filiis hoc elogium tribu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eretur,
quòd <hi>Bestiam non adoraverant, &amp;c.</hi> nisi Bestia jam praecessisset? Sanè enim
benemeritum remunerationem &amp; praemium tempore antecedit. Iam verò Regnum ist<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hoc
(prout series narrationis indicat) Sanctis, ut fidei suae &amp; constantiae praemium,
tribuitur; ídque cau<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>â eorum priùs in solenni Iudicio cognitâ; cujus utpote con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fessus
iis verbis describitur, <hi>Et vidi thronos, &amp; sederunt super eos, &amp; judicium da<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>um
est illis,</hi> id est, <hi>potestas judicandi facta, &amp;c.</hi> Ergò tempus quo Sancti, Bestiâ rerum
potiunte, fidem &amp; constantiam suam Deo approbârunt, Iudicium antecessit; remu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neratio
decretum tum factum sequitur.</item>
                  <item>2. Idem porrò adhuc magis apparet ex Paeane Presbyterorum &amp; Animalium can<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tato
ad excidium Babylonis cap. 19. 6. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.
vers. 7. <hi>Gaudeamus, &amp; exultemus, &amp; demus gloriam ei; quia venerunt
Nuptiae Agni, &amp; Uxor ejus praeparavit seipsam.</hi> Nam quin idem sit utrobique Regnum
nullus dubito.</item>
                  <item>3. Sed omnium clarissimè ex cap. 11. vers. 15, 16. <hi>&amp;c.</hi> ubi ad septimae Tubae clan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gorem,
Testium diebus, Bestiaeque &amp; Gentium mensibus decursis, in coelo acclama<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum
est, <hi>Facta sunt Regna hujus mundi Domini nostri &amp; Christi ejus, &amp; regn<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>it in
secula seculorum. Et viginti quatuor Seniores in conspectu Dei sedentes in thronis suis,
ceciderunt in facies suas, &amp; adoraverunt Deum, dicentes, Gratias agimus tibi, Domine
Deus omnipotens, qui es, qui eras, &amp; qui venturus es; quia accepisti potentiam tuam
magnam, &amp; regnum inieris.</hi>
                  </item>
               </list>
               <p>Haec est illa <hi>consummatio Mysterii Dei per prophetas evangelizati,</hi> quam sub septimae
Tubae clangorem Angelus suprà, cap. 10. futuram praedixerat; quando nec Bestiae
Menses, nec Testium lugentium Dies, neque omnino aliquid de Periodo <hi>temporis,
temporum, &amp; dimidii temporis</hi> supererit ampliùs, ver. 6, 7. Planè juxta quod Da<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ieli
praedictum fuit, cap. 7. ver. 25, 26, 27. &amp; antè, de Dominatu Christi Oecumenico,
seu Regno Sanctorum post eadem Tempora, eundémque prorsus Iudicii consessum,
futuro. Item quod cap. 12. ver. 7. ubi idem qui hic apud Ioannem Angelus, eodem
certè gestu, ritu, iisdémque ferè (quod summè notandum est) jurisjurandi verbis
asseverâsse legitur, Finito demum intervallo isto <hi>Temporis, Temporum &amp; dimidii</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Annon haec sunt <hi>tempor<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </hi> illa gentium</note> 
                  <hi>Temporis, dispersionem populi sancti,</hi> cúmque ea simul <hi>Novissimum</hi> illud <hi>mirabilium,</hi> consummatum iri.</p>
               <p>Qui ulteriorem confirmationem hîc desiderat,<note n="*" place="margin">Luc. 21. 24<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note> etiam superioris Synchronismi cha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>racteres
adhibeat: nam mutuas, ut dixi, praestant operas.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="6" type="part">
               <head>SYNCHRONISMUS VI.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>NOVAE IERUSALEM AGNI SPONSAE CUM SEPTIMA TUBA SEU INTERVALLO AB EXCIDIO BESTIAE.</p>
               </argument>
               <list>
                  <item>1. NUptiae Agni &amp; Regnum illud augustum Domini Dei omnipotentis, ambo ineunt
ab excidio Babylonis, unde init Tuba septima. Constat ex Hymno Presby<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terorum
&amp; Animalium, quem in superiori Synchronismo laudavimus, ex cap. 19. v. 6, 7.
<pb n="430" facs="tcp:63175:266"/>
                     <hi>Hallelujah, quoniam regnum iniit Dominus Deus noster omnipotens. Gaudeamus, &amp; ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ultemus,
&amp; demus gloriam ei; quia venerunt Nuptiae Agni, &amp; Vxor ejus praeparavit se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ipsam.</hi>
At <hi>Nova Ierusalem est Sponsa illa Agni, ornata &amp; parata viro suo, cap.</hi> 21. v. 2.
<hi>Et civitatem sanctam</hi> (inquit) <hi>Novam Ierusalem vidi descendentem à Deo de coelo, sicut
Sponsam ornatam viro suo:</hi> &amp; ver. 9. Veni, &amp; ostendam tibi Sponsam Vxorem Agni,
<hi>&amp;c.</hi> Ergo &amp; illa inibit &amp; contemporabit Tubae septimae.</item>
                  <item>2. Nova Ierusalem est <hi>Civitas dilecta;</hi> at dilecta illa Civitas, statim atque finiun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur
Mille anni, à novissimis illis Satanae tunc laxati copiis circumvallari dicitur, cap. 20.
v. 9. <hi>Et circuerunt Castra Sanctorum &amp; Civitatem dilectam:</hi> ergò, jam antè exstitisse
eam oportuit, dum adhuc Satan ligabatur. Hisce duobus argumentis, sive confirman<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dis,
sive illustrandis &amp; ornandis, duo alia visum est adjungere.</item>
                  <item>3. Effu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>â Phialâ septimâ, quâ prorsus conficitur &amp; aboletur Bestia, <hi>prodiit vox
magna è Throno dicens,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, cap. 16. ver. 17. Itidem, <hi>Is qui insidebat Throno di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cit
Ioanni</hi> spectanti Novam Ierusalem è coelo descendentem, [cap. 21. v. 5, 6.] <hi>Ecce
nova facio omnia—<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, Ego sum</hi> A <hi>&amp; <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, Initium &amp; Finis.</hi> Ergò Nova Ieru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>salem
Agni Sponsa init ab ultimo termino Phialarum <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, jam extinctâ Meretri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ce;
atque ità contemporat Intervallo ab Excidio Bestiae.</item>
                  <item>4. Unus ex Angelis Phialarum [cap. 17.] oftendit Ioanni judicium Meretricis,
utpote dum Phialae effunduntur, &amp; ab illarum saltem una, peragendum, idémque Phi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>alarum
Angelus [cap. 21. v. 10.] monstrat eidem Ioanni <hi>Sponsam Agni Civitatem
magnam sanctam Ierusalem;</hi> utpote Phialis jam defunctis, hoc est, Bestiâ Babylonéque
extinctis, conspicuam futuram.</item>
               </list>
            </div>
            <div n="7" type="part">
               <head>SYNCHRONISMUS VII.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>TURBAE PALMIFERAE INNUMERABILIUM OVANTIUM EX OMNIBUS GENTIBUS, TRIBUBUS, POPULIS, ET LINGUIS, Cap. 7. v. 9. Cum TUBA SEPTIMA SEU INTERVALLO A<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> EXCIDIO BESTIAE.</p>
               </argument>
               <list>
                  <item>1. TUrba Palmifera proximè succedit Coetui CXLIV M Signatorum: Coetus au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tem
iste (ex opposita Bestiae, cui contemporavit, ut ratione, sic duratione,
metiendus) cum Bestia quoque periodum suam complevit [<hi>Synch. IV. Part. I.</hi>] Er<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gò
Turba Palmifera utrumque consequitur; ac proinde cadet in Tubam septimam,
quod est Intervallum ab excidio Bestiae.</item>
                  <item>2. Turba Palmifera sunt cives Novae Ierusalem: de ambobus enim dicitur, quod
<hi>non esurient, neque sitient, ampliùs, &amp;c.</hi> quòd <hi>Agnus pascet eos, &amp; ducet eos ad vivos
fontes aquarum;</hi> quódque <hi>abstersurus sit Deus omnem lacrymam ab oculis eorum.</hi> Iam
Nova Ierusalem contemporavit Tubae septimae; ergò &amp; Turba Palmifera.</item>
               </list>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>EPOCHA APOCALYPSEOS.</head>
               <p>EPocha Apocalypseos, quà de futuris vaticinium est, sive eam initio Christianismi
statueris, sive in Excidio Politiae &amp; Ecclesiae Iudaicae, sive in eo temporis mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mento
quo Revelatio Ioanni facta est, seu quomodocunque statuatur (nolo enim in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terpretem
agere, instituti mei memor;) quin indè <hi>Sigillorum,</hi> quod ad resinibi ge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rendas,
initium deducendum sit, dubitaturum arbitror neminem. Sed &amp; ab eadem
Epocha arcessendum esse secundae quoque Prophetiae seu <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> initium, si cui
ipsa contextûs verba de Prophetia repentenda, &amp; quae praeterea disseruimus suprà ad
<hi>Synch. VI. Part. I.</hi> &amp; in vestibulo <hi>Part. II.</hi> non satìs persuaserint; is vel Synchronismi
necessitate eò tandem adigetur, si, juxta jam factas <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, singulas prophetias or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dine
&amp; loco suo disponere tentaverit.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb facs="tcp:63175:266"/>
                  <figure>
                     <pb facs="tcp:63175:267"/>
                  </figure>
               </p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <pb facs="tcp:63175:268"/>
               <pb n="431" facs="tcp:63175:268"/>
               <head>CLAUSULA SYNCHRONISMORUM ET
APOCALYPSEOS.</head>
               <p>MIlle annos Regni &amp; damnationem Satanae excipit Universalis Resurrectio mortu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>orum,
&amp; Iudicium ultimum cum Gehenna, c. 20. à v. 11. ad fin.</p>
               <p>Novam Ierusalem descriptam c. 21. excipit Paradisus, quam scilicet, Edenis instar,
hinc atque hinc ambit Fluvius, in medio habentem Arborem vitae: sic enim capio
verba cap. 22. 2. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, scilicet,
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. Atque hic finis Seculi &amp; Apocalypseos.</p>
               <p>QUod superest, Lector, en tibi Ordinem &amp; Seriem juxta res gerendas omnium
in Apocalypsi Vaticiniorum, in isthoc Schemate ad oculum delineatam, &amp; uno
intuitu spectandam: quod ad amussim Synchronismorum jam demonstratorum, in
meum &amp; (si patiaris) in tuum construxi usum. Retegat Deus oculos mentis utriusque
nostrûm, ut intueamur mirabilia ejus.</p>
               <closer>AMEN.</closer>
            </div>
         </div>
         <div type="corollary">
            <head>COROLLARIUM DE USU
CLAVIS.</head>
            <list>
               <item>1. EX jam dictis constate arbitror, Apocalypsin juxta literam tantummodo
spectatam, ac si nuda quaedam esset rerum gestarum Historia, non item Va<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ticinium
mysticis allegoriis &amp; typis involutum, signis tamen &amp; characteri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
ejusmodi à Spiritu S. per totam narrationem insertis instructam esse, ut indè legiti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ma
Visionum omnium, juxta res suo quasque tempore gerendas, Series, Ordo, Syn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chronismi,
erui, componi, &amp; demonstrari possint, absque interpretationis ullius datae
hypothesi aut adminiculo.</item>
               <item>2. Tum praeterea, prout in Historiis fieri consuevit, ut res plures diversaeque à
pluribus &amp; diversis simul eodémque tempore gestae, simul tamen narrari nequeant, sed
seorsim &amp; deinceps; ità quoque in Prophetiis istis &amp; Visionibus rerum gerendarum
(utut ordine longè commodissimo sapientissimóque patefactis) usuvenire: ut omnino
frustrà sint qui Apocalypsin ità interpretatum eunt, quasi eventus eodem ubique or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dine
&amp; serie sibi invicem succederent quo Visiones.</item>
               <item>3. Visionum enimvero Apocalypticarum mentem feliciter indagaturo, principio
earum ad se invicem juxta res gerendas Series &amp; Connexio, ex memoratis characte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ribus
&amp; notis pervestigata, atque intrinsecis argumentis demonstrata, constituenda est
tanquam omnis solidae &amp; legitimae interpretationis basis &amp; fundamentum. Non enim
(quod à plurimis perperam factum cernimus) ad Interpretantis arbitrium, pro qua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>licunque
interpretationis concinnitate, Ordo ipse confirmandus est; sed ad jam prae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>structam,
per Synchronismorum characteres, Ordinis hujus chronici Ideam, omnis
interpretatio, quasi ad normam &amp; perpendiculum, exigenda.</item>
               <item>4. Absque hujusmodi enim fundamento, vix est ut ex Apocalypsi quidquam eruas
quod interpretationis &amp; applicationis suae solidè fidem faciat, quódque authoritate
divinâ, sed mendicatis principiis &amp; puris putis conjecturis nitatur humanis. Contrà
verò admisso, cùm jam temporis ordinísque septa licenter &amp; pro libitu vagari Appli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cationem
non permiserint, illico tot variantium, imò &amp; pugnantium, interpretamen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>torum
multivia maximam partem sublata miraberis; paucis omnino in quibus adhuc
mens, de generali saltem applicatione, anceps haereat, iísque minoris ferè momenti,
differentiis relictis: Adeò ut ex hoc libro deinceps, perinde atque ex reliquis Novi
Testamenti libris, argumenta peti possint, in re etiam Prophetica, de interpretamen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
secura, quibúsque, tanquam Spiritûs S. oraculis, non humani duntaxat ingenii in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ventis,
fides acquiescat.</item>
               <item>
                  <pb n="432" facs="tcp:63175:269"/>5. Talem tibi, Lector, Clavem, imò Compassum, si fortè mavis, Apocalypticum,
pro ea quam mihi indigno peccatori Deus bonus &amp; benignus in hisce mysteriis indulsit
intelligentiae mensura, in istis Synchronismis pro virili demonstro, &amp; adjuncto Sche<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mate,
brevi facilíque compendio, spectandum propono. In quo (nè usum ejus ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>huc
fortè ignores) si modò de praecipui alicujus Vaticinii sensu, ejúsque temporibus
impletis, semel tibi constiterit; methodum deinceps signatam habes quâ, ex Synchro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nismorum
atque Ordinis filo, reliquarum Visionum mentem pervestigare, imò &amp; de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>monstrare,
poteris. <hi>Siquidem, quae isti tuo Vaticinio jam, ut dixi, cognito caetera con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>temporaverint
Vaticinia, iisdem proculdubio temporibus sunt applicanda; quae autem prae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cedunt,
non nisi de praecedaneis; quae succedunt, pariter de succedaneis eventibus sunt in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terpretanda.</hi>
               </item>
               <item>6. Et nè fortè dubites, an usquam in Apocalypsi ex omnibus illic Visionibus ullam
reperire sit ejusmodi, in qua, eo quo dixi modo, pedem tutò figas, undéque, tanquam
ex Statione aliqua aut Specula, reliquam dimetiaris Apocalypsin; ecce huic quoque
rei à Spir. Sancto sapientissimo consilio prospectum, <hi>Illustri illâ Visione de magna</hi> ME<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>RETRICE,
quam nimirum unicam &amp; solam omnium Visionum Angelus praeter mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rem
suum interpretatur Ioanni. Quorsum autem, nisi ut per eam ad reliquas, alio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quin
inaccessas, tanquam per januam, aperiatur aditus? Quid vis ampliús? Hàc igi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur,
invocato Patre luminum, intrato; ingressus, ad caetera referanda Clavem adhi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>beto.
Experire, expertus fateberis, admirabilem esse hanc Prophetiam, quâcum, re
penitiûs introspectâ, nulla Veteris Testamenti (sic decuit Evangelium) nè quidem ip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sius
Danielis, aut singulari patefactionis artificio, aut interpretationis, viâ &amp; ratione
eruendae, certitudine sit conferenda.</item>
            </list>
            <p>Id extremum te volo, Lector, qui in haec incideris, ut si mihi <hi>assidenti quid</hi> fortè <hi>re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>velatum
esse</hi> perspexeris, aut tibi ipsi aut aliis ad haec mysteria profuturum, id totum
Dei in me misericordiae acceptum referas; cui &amp; ego, ob tantillum sapientiae ejus ra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>diolum,
grates persolvere nunquam desinam: sin quid aberratum sit, id solum meum
esse memineris, hominis quantillarum virium, &amp; nullatenus ad haec (quod probè mi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hi
conscius sum) ex meipso idonei.</p>
            <trailer>Benedictio, honor, &amp; gloria
EI
Qui infidet Throno, &amp;
AGNO,
in secula seculorum.</trailer>
         </div>
         <div type="half_title">
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:269"/>
            <p>IN
SANCTI IOANNIS
APOCALYPSIN
COMMENTARIUS,</p>
            <p>AD
AMUSSIM CLAVIS
APOCALYPTICAE.</p>
            <p>Editio Tertia ab Authore recognita.</p>
            <p>APOCAL. 6. 2.</p>
            <p>Exivit vincens, &amp; ut vinceret.</p>
            <p>CAP. 1. 7.</p>
            <p>Ecce, venit cum nubibus, &amp; videbit eum omnis
oculus, etiam qui eum transfixerunt.</p>
         </div>
         <div type="to_the_reader">
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:270"/>
            <pb n="435" facs="tcp:63175:270"/>
            <head>LECTORI BENEVOLO</head>
            <floatingText type="letter" xml:lang="lat">
               <body>
                  <opener>
                     <salute>Salutem.</salute>
                  </opener>
                  <p>
                     <hi>ANNUS</hi> jam quintus agitur, Lector benevole, cum <hi>CLAVEM</hi>
mean <hi>APOCALYPTICAM</hi> primitus typis dederim;
sed propriis Impensis, inque amicorum solummodo gratiam. Nihil tum
cogitabam de interpretatione adornanda; utpote cui me, tot ab eruditione
praesidiis quae ad eam rem requiri videbantur destitutum, plane imparem
fore existimavi, neque etiamnum parem puto. Sed cum opusculum il<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lud
pluribus quam speraverim placuisse intelligerem, nonnullique instarent ut ipse, juxta me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thodum
in <hi>CLAVE</hi> mea monstratam, quae quibus eventis, rebusque gestis vaticinia ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plicanda
essent, manuductionis vice indicare vellem: illu morem gesturus sententiam meam
breviter in chartas conjeci; quodque inde natum fuit, <hi>SPECIMINA IN<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>TERPRETATIONUM
APOCALYPTICARUM</hi> indi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gitavi.
Hoc cum multis lectum &amp; descriptum, necnon eo favore susceptum comperi, ut in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dustriae
meae qualiscunque poenitendi causam non haberem, animos tandem mihi fecit, textum
Apocalypticum <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> interpretandi. In hoc incepto cum aliquousque progressus essem,
&amp; prout quodlibet perfeceram, amicis legendum transmisissem; factum est ut Commentatio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nes
meas, immaturas adhuc, necdum ad umbilicum perductas, in publicum protruserit nimia
quorundam importunitas; qui utrum judicio suo, an curiositati potius, hac in re indulserint,
equidem nescio: illud tamen vere testari possum, admodum molestum mihi accidisse, a con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cepta
in contrarium sententia dimoveri, quodque ipse non probaram, id aliorum voluntati gra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tificari;
nedum ut ambitio ulla aut gloriolae studium me huc impulerit. Non quod aliis in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>viderem,
si quid forte eruissem quo mysticae illius Scripturae studiosi (quos<note n="*" place="margin">Cap. 1. 3.</note> beatos pronun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ciat
Spir. S.) juvari possint; sed quod melius fore statuissem, privata communicatione con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tentum
delitescere, quam publica editione, tot variantia hominum judicia, tot praejudicis par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiumque
studiis agitata, cum meo periculo experiri. Hoc te monitum velim.</p>
                  <p>Alterum est quod te rogem: ut (quoniam minime tibi ignotum sit in quam lubrico verser
argumento, quamque ad vanitatem temeritatemque prono) ne singula rigida nimis censura
aestimes; illud pro certo habens, nisi in hisce talibus liberius paulo sentiendi, imo &amp; errandi,
venia concedatur, ad profunda illa &amp; latentia veritatis adyta viam nunquam patefactum iri<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
Sicubi autem a communi sententia nimium fortasse tibi divertisse videbor, ibi rem totam ad
Ecclesiae Catholicae Reformatae &amp; virorum in ea doctorum tribunal defero: quodque ab illis
mature excussum erroris deprehensum fuerit, a me neque dictum neque scriptum amplius ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>beri
velle scito. Patronum operi meo neminem delegi; neque enim scio an Patrono dignum
sit. Tu, Lector, ejus defectum supplebis, si te, prout spero, candidum &amp; benignum censo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rem
praebueris. Quod quidem, si bonus es, vel hac benevolentia tuae fiducia promeritus vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>debor.
Vale.</p>
                  <closer>
                     <dateline>E Collegio Christi Cantabrigiae, <date>Mense Iulio,
Anno <hi>M DC XXXII.</hi>
                        </date>
                     </dateline>
                  </closer>
               </body>
            </floatingText>
         </div>
         <div type="commentary">
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:271"/>
            <pb n="437" facs="tcp:63175:271"/>
            <head>COMMENTATIONUM
APOCALYPTICARUM
AD AMUSSIM CLAVIS
APOCALYPTICAE</head>
            <argument>
               <p>Pars prima in Prophetiam primam,
quae <hi>Sigillis &amp; Tubis</hi> continetur; praemisso
<hi>De Theatro Apocalyptico.</hi>
               </p>
            </argument>
            <p>VISIONUM Apocalypticarum mentem indagaturo, primùm de
Theatro illo coelesti, quò Ioannes eas, tanquam in Scena, spectatu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rus
evocatur; deinde de ipsis sigillatim Vaticiniis, ad <hi>Clavem Apoca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lypticam</hi>
examinatis, mihi agendum est.</p>
            <p>Christe,<note place="margin">Apoc. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>.</note> Dei Sapientia, cui <hi>Apocalypsis à Patre data est, ut indica<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>res
servis tuis res futuras,</hi> illumina jubare tuo mentem meam, immun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ditiem
sanguine deterge. Da, Te favente, Spiritúque duce, ab<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dita
haec mysteria perlustrem, aliísque pandam.</p>
            <p>THEATRUM Apocalypticum voco Consessum istum augustum Dei Ecclesiae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que,
capite 4. descriptum, atque ad priscae illius in deserto cum Israele castrametatio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nis
<note n="*" place="margin">Num. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>. ver. 52. indeq<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> ad finem cap. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>.</note> typum ad amussim conformatum: id quod utriusque ordinem inter se conferenti
oppidò erit manifestum.</p>
            <p>Siquidem in medio castrorum Israelis collocatum fuit Tabernaculum, ceu Thronus
Dei. In circuitu Tabernaculi, proximè castra metabantur Levitae. Post Levitas
demum, ad quatuor coeli plagas, reliquus coetus Israelis in quatuor Vexilla tributus;
ternis nimirum tribubus sub uno Vexillo missis, atque à primaria cohortis suae tribu no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>men
fortitis. Unumquodque autem Vexillum signum praeferebat: cujus etiamsi Mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ses
generatim tantùm meminit, nec, quae cuique Vexillo inscripta esset effigies, omni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>no
exprimit; Hebraei tamen ex vetusta Majorum traditione, (hâc parte non temerè
aspernandi) rem integrè descriptum eunt in hunc modum.</p>
            <p>Ad Orientem erat Vexillum <hi>Iudae</hi> cum sociis tribubus, signo LEONIS.</p>
            <p>Ad Occidentem Vexillum <hi>Ephraimi,</hi> signo BOVIS.</p>
            <p>Ad Austrum Vexillum <hi>Reubenis,</hi> signo HOMINIS.</p>
            <p>Ad Septentrionem <hi>Danis,</hi> signo AQUILAE.</p>
            <p>Aben Ezra ad 2 Num. <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, <hi>Majores nostri dixerunt, quòd in Reubenis vexil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lo
fuit figura HOMINIS, propter inventas</hi> (inquit ille) <hi>mandragoras</hi> (sed hoc inep<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum
est;) <hi>in vexillo</hi> Iudae <hi>figura LEONIS, quoniam ei<note n="*" place="margin">Gen. 49. 9.</note> Iacob ipsum assimilavit;
in vexillo</hi> Ephraimi <hi>figura BOVIS, juxta quod dicitur,<note n="*" place="margin">Deut. 33. 17.</note> primogenitus Bovis; denique
invexillo</hi> Danis <hi>figura AQUILAE.</hi> Eadem hîc habet bar Nachman, &amp; Chazkuni ad cap. 3.</p>
            <p>Quamobrem verò horum Animalium effigies reliquis in hunc usum praelatae fuerint,
si quis fortè curiosiùs quaerit; praeter eam quae ex <hi>Iudae &amp; Ephraimi</hi> saltem benedictio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nibus
haud ineptè peti soleat,<note place="margin">Schindler, pag, 266. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>.</note> istiusmodi rationem Talmudici innuere videntur. <hi>Qua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tuor,</hi>
inquiunt, <hi>sunt superbi</hi> (vel <hi>qui emineant) in mundo;</hi> LEO <hi>inter Feras,</hi> BOS
<hi>inter Iumenta,</hi> AQUILA <hi>inter Volucres, &amp;</hi> HOMO <hi>cui Deus supra omnes pul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chritudinem
largit us est, utomnibus imperaret.</hi> Ut ut de ratione sit, firmari potest haec
Iudaeorum traditio ex quadruplici Cherubinorum facie (cave enim tot capita imagi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neris)
apud Ezechielem; quibus nempe significatum est, qui iisdem vehebatur Domi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>num
fuisse &amp; Regem quatuor cohortum feu castrorum Israelis. Quemadmodum enim
Principum quadrigae dominorum suorum fulgent insignibus; ità hîc Cherubini signis
IEHOVAE Regis Tetrarchiarum Israelis. Neque difficile admodum fuerit, ex
Ezechielis &amp; Cherubinorum ad invicem in isthac visione positu, quam quaeque Che<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rubinorum
<pb n="438" facs="tcp:63175:272"/>
facies mundi plagam respexisset colligete. Quippe cùm Ezechiel,<note n="*" place="margin">Ezech. 1. 4.</note> con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verso
ad Septentrionem vultu, Cherubinos quasi obviàm sibi prodeuntes conspiceret,
certè quae tum ei èregione obversabatur anterior erat &amp; directa Cherubinorum facies,
nimirum HOMINIS; eóque Hominis facies Austrum spectabat. Unde sequitur,
quae eidem Ezechieli<note n="*" place="margin">V<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>. 10.</note> ad dextram fuisse dicitur, facies LEONIS, Orientem; quae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
ei ad sinistram, BOVIS, Occidentem; AQUILINAM denique faciem
spectâsse Aquilonem.</p>
            <p>Atque cadem quidem ratio suadet ut illos quoque Cherubinos qui Arcam Dei in
Templi adyto obumbrabant simili, hoc est, quadriformi, facie fuisse existimemus;
praesertim cùm de iis qui in Templi parietibus caelaban<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>ur rem ità se habuisse, testetur
quod apud eundem de dimidiata ipsorum sculptura legitur cap. 41. v. 19. ubi, duabus
faciebus, ut in ejusmodi caelatura necesse fuit, in plano parietis absorptis, reliquae ta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>men
duae, <hi>HOMINIS &amp; LEONIS,</hi> hinc indè versùs palmas utrinque ascriptas,
eminuisse perhibeantur. Et quorsum, obsecro, sculperentur Cherubini aliâ formâ
quàm fuissent?</p>
            <p>Adde, quòd de quatuor Animalibus istis, totidem Israelis cohortum insignibus, qui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dam
accipiunt illud Psalmi 68. 11. <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>. quod quidem Hieronymus, in ver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sione
illa quae ab Hebraica veritate nomen habet, ità transtulit, <hi>Animalia tua habita<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verun<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>
in ca;</hi>
nimirum, ut praecessit, <hi>in haereditate tua,</hi> i. castris populi tui quem per
Eremum deduxisti. Similiter Septuag. &amp;, quae indè expressa est, Vulgata habent <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, Animalia tua.
Et sanè de illo tempore hîc agi, liquidò ostendit quod huic
&amp; praecedenti versui praemittitur: <hi>Deus, cùm egredercris coram populo tuo, cum incede<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>r<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>s
per desertum; terra tremuit, eliam coeli distillaverunt à facie Dei,</hi> &amp;c. Itémque
quod subjungitur de <hi>pluvia munifica,</hi> pluvia, ni fallor, Mannae; ideóque vertendum,
<hi>Pluviam munificam,</hi> seu <hi>liberalem, sparsisti, Deus, [quâ] haereditatem tuam etiam la<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>borantem
confortâsti.</hi> Nè illud quoque dicam, principium hujus Psalmi mutuatum ex
ea precationis formula quâ Moses [Num. 10.] in profectione castrorum Israelitico<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
usus suerat, <hi>Surge, IEHOVAH, &amp; dissipentur inimici.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>Spectavimus castrametationem Dei Israeliticam; jam porrò videamus ut eidem per
omnia respondet Consessus Apocalypticus.</p>
            <p>2. ET fui, <hi>inquit Ioannes,</hi>
               <note place="margin">Cap. 4.</note> in Spiritu, &amp; ecce Thronus positus erat in coelo, &amp; supra
Thronum sedens. 3. Et qui sedebat aspectu similis erat lapidi jaspidi &amp; sardio;
&amp; iris erat in circuit<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap> Throni aspectu similis smaragdo.</p>
            <p>4. Et in circuitu Throni sedilia viginti quatuor; &amp; super sedilia viginti quatuor Pres<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>byteri
sedentes, circumamicti vestimentis albis, &amp; in capitibus suis habebant coronas au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>reas.</p>
            <p>5. Et de Throno procedebant fulgura, &amp; voces, &amp; tonitrua; &amp; septem lampades ignis
erant ardentes ante Thronum, qui sunt septem spiritus Dei: erat etiam à fronte Throni tan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quam mare vitreum simile crystallo.</p>
            <p>6. In medio autem Throni &amp; in circuitu Throni quatuor Animalia plena oculis antè &amp;
retró. 7. Et Animal primum erat simile Leoni; &amp; Animal secundum simile Bovi; &amp;
tertium Animal habens faciem quasi Hominis; &amp; quartum Animal simile Aquilae volanti.</p>
            <p>8. Et quatuor Animalia, singula eorum, habebant alas senas in circuitu, &amp; intus plena
erant oculis; &amp; non interquiescebant die &amp; nocte dicentia, Sanctus, Sanctus, Sanctus
Dominus Deus Omnipotens, qui erat &amp; qui est &amp; quiventurus est.</p>
            <p>9. Et quando dabunt Animalia illa gloriam &amp; honorem &amp; gratiarum actionem sedenti
super Thronum, viventi in secula seculorum; 10. Procident viginti quatuor presbyteri
ante sedentem in Throno, &amp; adorabunt viventem in secula seculorum, &amp; projicient coro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nas
suos ante Thronum, dicentes, 11. Dignus es, Domine Deus noster, accipere gloriam
&amp; honorem &amp; virtutem: quia tu creâsti omnia, &amp; propter voluntatemtuam sunt &amp; crea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ta
sunt.</p>
            <p>Annon hic singula singulis respondent? Primùm enim, Tabernaculum quod atti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>net,
Thronum hic in medio positum, cui Deus insidebat, non aliud quàm Templum
aut Tabernaculum fuisse (utriusque enim historiae, quod observandum, accommoda<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur
descriptio) ostendunt tum septem lampades ante ipsum ardentes, tum <hi>Mare</hi> illud
vitreum crystallo simile: quorum illae Candelabrum septem quoque lucernarum co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ram
Adyto ardentium, hoc Labrum illud immane in Templo Solomonis <hi>Mare</hi> dictum
<pb n="439" facs="tcp:63175:272"/>
repraesentat;<note place="margin">Ad Cap. 4.</note> sed hoc discrimine, quòd illud Solomonis aeneum fuit, nostrum verò ex
vitrea pellucidáque materia. Nescio tamen an hîc alludi ad vetustius illud Mosaici
Tabernaculi labrum fas sit suspicari: quandoquidem &amp; illud ex speculari, nescio quâ,
materiâ, videlicet <hi>ex speculis mulierum convenientium ad ostium Tabernaculi,</hi> conflatum
fuisse perhibetur, Exod. 38. 8. Videsis autem Templum Dei <hi>Throni</hi> nomine insigni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum
Esa. 6. ver. 1. <hi>Vidi Dominum sedentem super Solium excelsum &amp; elevatum, &amp; fim<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>briae
ejus replebant Templum.</hi> Item Ierem. 17. 12. <hi>Solium gloriae altitudinis à principio
locus sanctuarii nostri.</hi> Et Ezech. 43. 7. <hi>Locus solii mei &amp; locus vestigiorum pedum me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>orum,
ubi habito in medio filiorum Israel in aeternum,</hi> &amp;c.</p>
            <p>Atque hujusmodi <hi>Solium</hi> fuisse quod Ioannes in medio Presbyterorum &amp; Animali<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um
positum vidit, passim pro concesso habet Apocalypsis. Ubinam enim ille <hi>Altare</hi>
coràm vidisset, <hi>sub eóque animas mactatorum propter Verbum Dei,</hi> cap. 6. 9. nisi in Tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plo?
Undénam illi <hi>Altare aureum thymiamatis ante Thronum,</hi> cap. 8. 3. ni Templum
aut Tabernaculum Thronus iste fuisset? Quídve aliud innuere volunt <hi>Quatuor cornu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>
Altaris aurei quod est in conspectu Dei?</hi> c. 9. 13. Quid Templum, Atria Templi &amp;
Altare, quà calamo Angelico <hi>metienda,</hi> quà <hi>foras ejicienda?</hi> cap. 11. 1. Quid <hi>apertum
Templum Dei in coelo, inibíque Arca Testimonii visui exposita?</hi> cap. 11. 19. Quid Ange<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>li
è <hi>Templo prodeuntes?</hi> c. 14. v. 15, 17, 18. ídque etiam in <hi>coelo?</hi> v. 17. Quid Citha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>roedi
in crepidine <hi>Maris</hi> seu labri vitrei insistentes, atque <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> cantillantes? c. 15.
2. &amp; id quoque in coelo? v. 1. Quid ibidem versu 5. <hi>Templum Tabernaculi Testimonii
apertum in coelo?</hi> idémque Templum v. 8. <hi>fumo impletum à Majestate Dei?</hi> R<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>m verò
extra omnem contradictionis aleam ponit illud cap. 16. v. 17. <hi>Et vox magna prodiit</hi>
               <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, i. è. <hi>Templo Coeliè Throno.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>Porrò in hoc Throno seu Templo, nè quid fortè haereas, Locus sessionis Dei, seu
(prout Hellenistae, 1 Reg. 10. 19. de Solio Solomonis loquuntur) <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>,
interior illa &amp; sanctissima Templi pars fuit, quâ Arca Foederis cum Propitiatorio
condebatur. Ibi nempe Deus habitare dicebatur &amp; sedere inter Cherubino<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap> gloriae.
Quâ demum ratione, tum hîc septem lampades, tum postmodum Altare aureum thy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miamatis,
rectè dicuntor fuisse <hi>ante Thronum,</hi> putà ante adytum Templi; pro<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>t id de
utrisque totidem planè verbis habetur, 2 Par. 4. 20. &amp; 1 Reg. 6. 20. quorum priore
Septuag. habent <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> (sic Hebraicè vocatur <hi>adytum</hi>)
altero, <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, mente juxtà cum Apocalypsi,
<gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>. Ità reliquae five Templi five Tabernaculi partes
Throno speciatim sie dicto partim pro fulcris, partim pro gradibus crunt, partim pro
scabello: cujusmodi seu partes seu appendices habuisse legitur augustum illud Solium
Solomonis. Hactenus de Throno.</p>
            <p>2. Thronum autem proximè cingunt viginti quatuor Presbyteri, qui Episcopos ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hibent
&amp; Antistites Ecclesiarum; respondéntque &amp; loco &amp; ordine Levitis &amp; Sacer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dotibus
in castris Israelis; numerúsque eorum 24. totidem ephemeriis Sacerdotum &amp;
Levitarum, seu, quod eódem redit, principibus ephemeriarum. Unde; praeterquam
quod Deo proximi sunt, ipsi quoque thronos suos habent; praeterea<note n="*" place="margin">In O<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>atione Pan<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>g. apud <hi>Eus. b.</hi> lib. 10. cap. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, ANON &amp;c. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
               </note> coronas gestant;
quae sunt dignitatis &amp; potestatis à Deo tributae insignia.</p>
            <p>3. Tertiò, idoneo post Presbyteros intervallo, quà lineae per <hi>medium</hi> Throni ductae
bisecant Throni latera <hi>circumquaque</hi> ad quatuor cardines coeli, quatuor visebantur
Animalia; primum sigurâ LEONIS, secundum BOVIS (nam <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> Helleni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stis
<note n="*" place="margin">Vide Ezech. 1. 10. Exod. 34, 19. Num. 18. 17. &amp; alibi quadrage<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ies.</note> bos est) tertium effigie HOMINIS, quartum AQUILAE volantis: re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>praesentandis
nimirum Ecclesiis Christianis juxta quatuor plagas mundi; respondént<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
quatuor Castris Israeliticis, eorundem Animalium vexilliferis. Quod enim in
textu Apocalyptico aliquantò obscuriùs dicitur, <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>,
in medio Throni, &amp; in circuitu Throni, per figuram <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> Hebraeis familiarem
exponi debet; quasi nimirum dictum fuisset, <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> (id est <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>) <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>,
<hi>in medio ipsius circuitûs seu ambitûs Throni;</hi> ídque in hunc sensum: Si Throno,
utpote quadrato, figuram quadrangulam parallelam quo deceat à Throno &amp; Presbyte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ris
eum cingentibus intervallo circumducas, in medio vel ad medium uniuscujusque
quadranguli laterum (nam <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> distributivè sumendum) quatuor sese exhibebant
Animalia; nempe in medio cujuslibet lateris unum.</p>
            <p>Porrò Animalia ista describuntur <hi>plena oculis antè &amp; retrò, senas</hi> insuper <hi>alas haben<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tia
in circuitu,</hi> easdémque <hi>intus oculorum plenas.</hi> To<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap> 
               <hi>oculi</hi> multitudinem denotant ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minum
oculatissimorum, &amp; scientiae mysteriorum Dei plenissimorum; cujusmodi in
Animalibus sunt, id est, Ecclesiis, quas Animalia repraesentant. <hi>Alae</hi> agilitatem &amp;
alacritatem ad Dei imperium exsequendum. <hi>Alae oculatae</hi> zelum cum scientia &amp; side
conjunctum. <hi>Sex</hi> denique <hi>alae in circuitu,</hi> quaquaversum volaturientes deno<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>ant, id
est, ad Dei mandata universaliter &amp; integrè implenda paratissimos.</p>
            <p>
               <pb n="440" facs="tcp:63175:273"/>
Additur postremò, cujusmodi esset officium utrorumque, tam Animalium quàm
Presbyterorum circa Thronum; nempe hujusmodi, ut <hi>quotiescunque datura essent Ani<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>malia
gloriam &amp; honorem &amp; gratiarum actionem Sessori Throni,</hi> id est, quoties Eccle<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>siae
sacras synaxes facerent; toties <hi>viginti quatuor Presbyteri,</hi> pro muneris ratione Ani<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>malibus
praeeuntes, <hi>procidere soliti sint coram Deo, dicentes,</hi>
               <note n="*" place="margin">Summa hym<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ni illius Eucha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ri<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                     <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                  </gap> quo Ec<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>clesia in omni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus veteribus Liturgiis De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um concele<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brat; cujus in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>itium <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, &amp;c.</note> 
               <hi>Dignus es, Domine, qui
accipias gloriam &amp; honorem &amp; virtutem, quia tu condidisti omnia,</hi> &amp;c. Hâc autem
interpretatione admissâ, dictio Ioannis, quam plerique hî<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap> soloecismi insimulant, quasi
<hi>futuris</hi> 
               <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, pro praeteritis abutentem, facilè sese tuebi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur;
cùm Hebraeis (quorum notione Apostolus passim utitur) <hi>futura</hi> denotare soleant
<hi>actum solitum aut debitum:</hi> ità ut Ioannes nequaquam hîc referre putandus sit quid tum
in visione ab Animalibus &amp; Presbyteris factum sit, sed quid pro re nata faciendum
esset, quódque ipse postmodum in progressu visionum, si quando Deum celebrandi
occasio incidisset, ab iisdem factum vidit.</p>
            <p>Atque ità (ut jam tandem finiam) Thronum in augusto hoc Con<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>essu, Tabernacu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lo
seu Templo; Presbyteros Levitis &amp; Sacerdotibus; quatuor Animalia quatuor Ca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stris
Israeliticis respondere; id est, totum Con<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>essum priscae illius Castrametationis in
eremo imaginem esse, luculenter ostendisse mihi videor. Quae res eò quidem susiùs
mihi pertractanda fuit, quoniam ab ejus potissimùm cognitione plurimorum in Apoca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lypsi <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>yporum
rationem pendere animadverteram: id quod quemvis, re penitius in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trospectâ,
juxtà mecum sensurum non dubitem.</p>
            <p>THeatro in hunc modum adornato,<note place="margin">Ad Cap. 5.</note> is qui Throno insidebat <hi>Librum</hi> intus &amp; à tergo
scriptum, septémque sigillis munitum, dexuâ manu porrigit; simúlque Angelus
in s<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>enam prodiens, editâ voce promulgat, ut, si cui aperiendi <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>um facultas data sit,
quò quae in <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>o continerentur inspici &amp; legi possent, in manus sibi sumeret atque adni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>teretur;
rem proculdubio, si perfecerit, omnibus rerum arcanarum studio flagrami<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bas
pergratam facturus.</p>
            <p>Atque revera <hi>Liber</hi> erat dignissimus, in quo resignando quis omnes ingenii &amp; indu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>striae
suae nervos contenderet; Codex utpote fatidicus seu consiliorum Dei, quo series
&amp; ordo rerum gerendarum ad secundum illum &amp; gloriosum Christi adventum pertexe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>batur.
Ejusmodi enim certè esse liquet quae deinde sequitur gemina rerum futura<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>um
Prophetia, quam Codex iste continebat. Quae causa est, ni fallor, cur Ioannes, Vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>siones
suas expositurus, adventûs istius gloriosi hypotyposin, tanquam stadii Apoca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lyptici
metam, fronti historiae suae praescripserit. <hi>Ecce</hi> (inquit cap. 1.) <hi>venit cum nu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bibus,
&amp; videbit eum omnis oculus, etiam qui eum transsixerunt, &amp; plangent super <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>um
omnes tribus terrae;</hi> quasi dicat, Hic scopus est, haec meta, quas narrabo, Visionum.</p>
            <p>Sed cùm <hi>nemo eorum qui in coelo, quive in terra, quive subter terram, Librum resigna<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>re potuerit,</hi>
résque jam conclamata videretur, ità ut Ioannes prae dolore in sletum erum<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>peret:
ecce Agnus,<note place="margin">Verse 6.</note> specie <hi>tanquam qui occisus fuerat,</hi> id est, obitae mortis signa &amp; ci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>catrices
gerens, in medio Throni, Presbyteorum &amp; Animalium surrexit, <hi>Librúmque</hi>
resignandum patefaciendúmque recepit; putà qui solus omnium ejus rei facultatem
promeruerat.</p>
            <p>Hoc autem viso, continuò Chorus Animalium &amp; Presbyterorum, unà cum circum<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stantibus
Angelis &amp; omnibus in universum creaturis, hymnum Agno Patrique gratu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>labundi
decantant. In quo illud solum in praesenti observare lubitum est, quòd facul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tatem
Libri resignandi merito passionis Agni manifestò acceptum referant. <hi>Dignus es,</hi>
inquiunt, <hi>aperire Librum &amp; signacula ejus; quoniam occisus es, &amp; redemisti Deo nos in
sanguine tuo ex omni tribu &amp; populo &amp; lingua &amp; gente.</hi> Quo fortasse lux fieri possit
dicto Salvatoris nec dum passi nec glorificati,<note place="margin">Mar<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>. 13. 32.</note>
               <hi>De die verò illa &amp; hora</hi> (puta secundi
adventûs sui, citiúsne an seriùs futurus sit) <hi>nemo novit, neque Angeli in coelo, neque Fi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lius,
sed Pater solus:</hi> quippe, nondum Apocalypsin Christo à Patre datam, neque or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dinem
rerum ad adventum ipsius gerendarum patefactum fuisse. Nihil temere assero;
rem secum Lector expendat.</p>
            <p>Agno sic Librum resignante, ad singula ejus Sigilla singulae rerum futurarum imagi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nes
exhibentur: quarum systema totum stadium Apocalypticum percurrit, adeóque
primam Prophetiam universalem constituit. Cujus nunc interpretationem, Sessore
Throni &amp; Agno faventibus, aggrediemur.</p>
            <div type="part">
               <pb n="441" facs="tcp:63175:273"/>
               <head>De duabus Prophetiis Apocalypticis.</head>
               <p>PRophetia prima, SIGILLORUM, complectitur fata <hi>Imperii;</hi> altera,
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, fata <hi>Ecclesiae</hi> seu Religionis Christianae: donec tan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dem
utrumque coaluerit in Ecclesia regnante; <hi>fact is regnis hujus mundi Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mini
nostri &amp; Christi ejus.</hi> Quemadmodum enim in V.T. Daniel, secun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dùm
Imperiorum successiones, tum Christi adventum praesignavit, tum
Ecclesiae Iudaicae fata digessit: ità rem Christianam Apocalypsis, Romani, quod adhuc
post Christum superfuturum esset, Imperii rationibus admetiri censenda est. Nec even<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tus
abnuit. Primae enim Prophetiae interpretatio ex generali hac hypothesi sic procedit.</p>
               <div type="section">
                  <head>De Prophetia prima, quae <hi>Sigillorum</hi> est: primoque,
De sex primorum Sigillorum significatis.</head>
                  <p>
                     <hi>SEptem Sigillorum</hi> in universum scopus est, ut, discriminatis per eventorum characte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>res
temporis sluxuri intervallis, indicetur, cujusmodi Imperii Romani cas<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>um or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dine
decurso, futurum esset ut Christus mundi numina, quibuscum bellum susceperat,
debellaret: sextâ nimirum vice, seu sexto Sigillo, Gentilis Imperii Romani Deos;
septimo autem, cùm Tubarum series ad novissimam pervenerit Tubam, quicquid etiam
postea ibidem de novo subortum fuisset, aut uspiam adhuc in mundo esset, idolorum
&amp; daemonum cultûs destructum &amp; deletum iri: <hi>nam oportet eum regnare, usquequo ponat
omnes inimieos sub pedes suos,</hi> id est, omnem principatum, potestatem, &amp; virtutem ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>versariam
aboleverit. 1 Cor. 15. 24, 25.<note place="margin">Vid. Iust. Mart. Apol. 2. pag. 82. &amp; D<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>al. cum Tryph. p. 264. &amp; 327.</note> De priore periodo, prout ordo postulat,
primo loco agemus.</p>
                  <p>Prima igitur sex Sigilla, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>extuplici eventorum charactere, (iis haud multùm dissi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>milium
quae Servator, etiam tempori ruinae Hierosolymorum designando, praestitue<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rat) totidem distinguunt stantis adhuc &amp; florentis Imperii Romani intervalla; quoad
tandem sexto Christus potestatem idolorum &amp; Deastrorum Gentilium in orbe illo fun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ditus demoliretur. Characteres autem voco <hi>Casus</hi> Romani Imperii admodum insignes,
quibus, tanquam emblematis, intervalla discernantur; eósque in prima hac perodo, non
foris à Barbaris gentibus illatos, (cujusmodi erunt Imperii sub septem Tubarum pla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gis
postmodum ruentis) sed casus intestinos, in ipsóque Imperio natos. Quod quidem
discrimen id<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>irco à Spiritu S. institutum, utì dissimilibus notis dissimilia rei Romanae,
hîc vigentis, illie occidentis, tempora describantur.</p>
                  <p>Illud porrò hîc observandum venit: Cùm Characteres isti <hi>casuum,</hi> quos dixi, vix aut
rarò totum Sigilli intervallum pervadant, eóque intervallis suis certo initio &amp; sine cir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cumscribendis
neutiquam per se sufficiant; propterea Spiritum S. in quatuor primis Si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gillis
(ubi id maximè, tum ob causam jam dictam, tum ob intervallorum inaequalita<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tem,
opus foret) quatuor <hi>Animalia</hi> porrò in eam rem adhibuisse; quorum unumquod<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
indicaret Sigilli Epocham cardini suo competentem. Id quomodo fiat, mox vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>debimus:
nunc monuisse sat est.</p>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. ET vidi cùm aperuisset Agnus unum ex septem Sigillis, &amp; audivi unum ex quatuor
Animalibus dicens, tanquam vocem tonitrui, Veni &amp; vide. 2. Et vidi, &amp; ecce
Equus albus; &amp; qui sedebat super illum habebat arcum, &amp; data est ei corona; &amp; exivit
vincens, &amp; ut vinceret.</item>
                     <item>3. Et cùm aperuisset Sigillum secundum, audivi secundam Animal dicens, Veni &amp; vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>de.</item>
                     <item>4. Et exivit alius Equus rufus; &amp; qui sedebat super illum, datum est ei ut tolleret
pacem de terra, &amp; ut invicem sese interficiant; &amp; datus est ei gladius magnus.</item>
                     <item>5. Et cùm aperuisset Sigillum tertium, audivi tertium Animal dicens, Veni &amp; vide:
Et vidi, &amp; ecce Equus niger; &amp; qui sedebat super illum habebat stateram in manu sua.</item>
                     <item>6. Et audivi vocem in medio quatuor Animalium dicentem, Choenix tritici denario, &amp;
tres choenices hordei denario; &amp; vinum &amp; oleum nè laeseris.</item>
                     <item>7. Et cùm aperuisset Sigillum quartum, audivi vocem quarti Animalis dicentem, Veni
&amp; vide. 8. Et ecce Equus pallidus; &amp; qui sedebat super eum, nomen illi MORS, &amp;
Infernus sequebatur eum: &amp; data est illis potestas super quaternitatem terrae interficiend<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>
gladio, fame, &amp; morte, &amp; bestiis terrae.</item>
                  </list>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <pb n="442" facs="tcp:63175:274"/>
               <head>De SIGILLO I.<note place="margin">Ad Cap. 6.</note>
               </head>
               <p>PRimus, Imperii Romani <hi>casus,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Ad Cap. 6. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>useb. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>m. Evang<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> 9 p. 424. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, &amp;c.</note> &amp; sanè insignis, <hi>primordium</hi>
est <hi>VICTORIAE Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sti;</hi>
quâ Dii Romani debellari, eorúmque cultores, <hi>sagittis</hi> Evangelii confixi,
passim deficere, Christóque victori colla submittere incipiunt. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> (inquit) <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
(N. B.) <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> id est, Nondum jam plenè vicit, sed fundamenta jecit vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctoriae, deinde magis magísque complendae.</p>
               <p>Hujus Sigilli index est Animal primum, effigie <hi>Leonis,</hi> statione ad <hi>Orientem:</hi> mon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>strátque
ex suo cardine prodire Equitem, id est, Imperatorem, à cujus in equum as<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>censu
ad equitandum, id est, imperii ingressu, ineundum sit primi Sigilli intervallum;
nempe ab exaltatione gloriosa Domini nostri Iesu Christi: cujus ab Oriente Impera<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>toris
ductu &amp; auspiciis bellum hoc geritur, victoriáque vincitur. Sequentium quidem
Sigillorum initia Imperatoribus Romanis diriguntur; sed ubi Christi res gesta descri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bitur,
ejus solius Imperatoris ratio habenda fuit.</p>
               <p>Iam verò, hoc Sigillo circumacto, Deorum oracula per totum orbem Romanum
obmutuere; &amp; Ioannes, duodecim Christi Apostolorum ultimus, expletis militiae suae
stipendiis, ex hac vita commigravit, coronam immarcescibilem in coelis, unà cum co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>apostolis
fratribus suis, ob rem fortiter &amp; feliciter gestam, accepturus.</p>
               <p>Quòd autem <hi>equo vebi</hi> potestatis symbolum sit, corùmque qui rerum habenas mode<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rantur, vel ex Hellenistarum interpretatione Psal. 45. 5. videre est; quibus <hi>Prosperare &amp; equita est,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>prosperè</hi> procede &amp; regna: neque ab hoc sentu abit
Chaldaeus, qui transfert, <hi>ut equites super thronum regni.</hi> Ità Mulier Bestiae inequitans
c. 17. exponitur ab Angelo <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> eâdémque notione adhibetur <hi>equi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tandi</hi> verbum,
Deut. 32. v. 13. Esa. 58. v. 14. Psal. 66. 12.</p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>De SIGILLO II.</head>
               <p>SEcundus Imperii Romani <hi>casus</hi> memorabilis, secundi Sigilli emblema, est <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>; <hi>Caedes &amp; laniena intestina;</hi> cui vix alia similis in omni historia Roma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>na.
<hi>Et datum est,</hi> inquit, <hi>sedenti in hoc Equo, ut auferat pacem è terra</hi> (id est, ut, illo
Sessore, pax è terra auferatur,) <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>&amp; ut se invicem</hi> homines <hi>ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctarent.</hi> Quae postrema sententiae pars firmat explicationem prioris. Nam quo demum
sensu caperentur ista, <hi>datum, esse sedenti in equo, ut</hi> homines <hi>se invicem interficerent?</hi>
nisi, datum esse, seu factum, ut, eo quidem sessore, homines mutuis caedibus &amp; lani<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>enis
saevirent.</p>
               <p>Sigilli hujus index est Animal secundum, effigie <hi>Bovis,</hi> situ ad <hi>Occidentem:</hi> dúm<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
in Visione ad se respiciendum jubet, eo monet, Sigillum hoc inire cùm Trajanus
Hispanus rerum habenas capesseret, Imperator ab Occidente. Dion; <hi>Trajanus homo Hispanus, nec Italus erat nec Italicus: ante eum nemo alterius nationis Imperium Roma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>num
obtinuerat.</hi> Atqui ab eo deinceps in eadem generis serie regnatum est ad Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>modum
usque, ubi Sigilli hujus intercapedo de<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>init.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Ab hoc igitur Imperatore principio ducto, quaeramus memorabilem istum</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <hi>casum. Res verò gesta est, tum Trajano tum successore ejus Hadriano Im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>perii
clavum tenentibus, à Gentibus &amp; Iudaeis, tunc unà per orbem Romanum cohabi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tantibus.
Quid sub Trajano factum, cape non meis, sed junctis Dionis &amp; Orosii verbis.</hi>
Incredibili, <hi>inquit Orosius,</hi> motu sub uno tempore Iudaei. quasi rabie efferati, per universas
terrarum partes exarserunt. Nam &amp; per totam Libyam adversùs incolas atrocissima bella
gesserunt: quae adeò tunc, intersectis cultoribus, desolata est, ut nisi postea Hadrianus Impera<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tor
collectas illuc aliunde colonias deduxisset, vacua penitus, abraso habitatore, mansisset.
Qui circa Cyrenem habitabant, <hi>(Dion loquitur)</hi> Andreâ quodam duce, Romanos pariter
atque Craecos concîdunt, vescuntur eorum carnibus, edúntque viscera; tum oblinuntur eo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
sanguine, &amp; pellibus induuntur. Multos à vertice serris discidere medios, multo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>
objecere bestiis, multos etiam certare inter se coegerunt; ità ut interierint hominum ad
<hi>DUCENTA VIGINTI MILLIA. Pergit;</hi> Praeterea in AEgypt<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> consimilis
caedes facta est, &amp; in Cypro, Artemione duce; ubi etiam perierunt <hi>DUCENTA QUA<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>DRAGINTA MILLIA.</hi>
Salaminem urbem Cypri, intersectis omnibus accolis, deleve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>runt.
<hi>[Oros. Euseb.]</hi> In Alexandria autem commisso praelio victi &amp; attriti sunt. <hi>[Oros.</hi>]
Tandem &amp; ab aliis, &amp; maximè à Lysio, quem Trajanus miserat, subacti sunt. In Mesopo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tamia
<pb n="443" facs="tcp:63175:274"/>
quoque rebellantibus, jussu Imperatoris bellum illatum est. <hi>[Oros. Euseb.] At<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
ità multa millia eorum vastâ caede deleta sunt.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Hactenus quae sub Trajano. Sed an, inquies, quicquam <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ub Hadriano cum istis con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferendum?
Fuerintne paria, Lector judicet: audeo dicere, hand multò minora. Nec
dum enim aliquid de rebellione ista samigerata, BAR CHOCHEBA Pseudomessiâ duce,
retulimus. Audi igitur illam quoque ejusdem Dionis verbis:</hi> Cùm, <hi>inquit,</hi> Hadrianus
in Vrbem Hierosolymam coloniam deduxisset, ac quo loco Dei Templum fuerat, alt<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>rum Iovi
Capitolino aedificari curavisset; magnum &amp; diuturnum bellum indè moveri coeptum, to<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>am
Iudaeam commoveri, Iudaeos omnes ubique gentium tumultuari, multa damna occultè aperté<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
Romanis inferre, cúmque iis complures alias gentes lucri cupiditate conjungi, atque ea
de re omnem ferè orbem terrarum commotum esse. <hi>Pergit;</hi> Hos Hadrianus, optimis quibùs<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
ducibus adversùs eos missis, sed (multitudine eorum &amp; desperatione cognitâ) non nisi
singulatim eos adorari ausis, serò tandem oppressit fregítque; caesis in excursionibus praeli<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>s<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
non minùs <hi>QUINGENTIS ET OCTOGINTA MILLIBUS.</hi> Eorum autem qui
fame, morbo, &amp; igne interiere, tanta fuit multitudo, ut numerus indagari non potuit. <hi>Sed
num ea victoria Romanis facilis fuit &amp; incruenta? Minimè veró:</hi> tot <hi>enim, a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>t,</hi> ex Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>manis
quoque in eo bello periere, ut Hadrianus, cùm scriberet ad Senatum, non es<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> usus
illo exordio quo uti Imperatores consueverunt, <hi>SI VOS LIBERIQUE VESTRI
VALETIS, BENE EST, EGO QUIDEM ET EXERCITUS VA<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>LEMUS. Haec ille de motu Iudaeorum sub illo Stellae, ut vocârunt, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>eu mavis,
Stellionis filio: quem Eusebius porrò scribit nolentes sibi Christianos adversum Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>manum
militem ferre subsidium omnimodis cruciatibus necavisse.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Quòd si cui lubitum est Iudaeos ipsos audire cladem suorum aestimantes; author li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bri
Iuchasin scribit Hadrianum <hi>duplo plures Iudaeos in hoc bello trucidâsse quàm egressi
sint ex AEgypto.</hi> Alius libro qui inscribitur <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, quem Drusius laud<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                     <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                  </gap>
ritis,<note place="margin">Pag. 126.</note> 
                  <hi>Non sic afflixisse eos Nebuchadnezarem neque Titum, sicut Hadrianus Imperator</hi>
Adeò haec clades tribulationis istius inauditae, quam Servator Iudaeis even<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>
p<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dixerat, gravissimus omnium paroxysmus fuisse videtur; ideóque non imme<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ito
<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>um tam gentis, quàm tam illustris complementi nomine praecelluerit, secundo hu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>c <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vallo
signando prae aliis omnibus illius temporis eventis à Spiritu Sancto electus.</p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>De SIGILLO III.</head>
               <p>SIgilli tertii index est Animal tertium, effigie <hi>Humanâ,</hi> statione ad <hi>Meridiem:</hi> pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>indéque
monstrat, Sigillum hoc inire, Imperatore ex illo cardine prodeunte, pu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tà
Septimio Severo Afro, Imperatore à Meridie. De quo sic Eutropius: <hi>Oriundus
ex Africa, provinciâ Tripolitanâ, oppido Lepti, solus omni memoriâ &amp; antea &amp; post ex
Africa Imperator.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Hujusce autem Sigilli rem plerique <hi>Famem</hi> esse volunt, sive annonae caritatem;
ducto argumento tum à colore Equi nigro, tum ab indicatura frumenti, <hi>Choenix tritici
denario, &amp; tres choenices hordei denario:</hi> cui quoque <hi>trutinam</hi> in manu Sessoris inservire
putant; quippe non tam mensurandam quàm appendendam prae nimia penuria annonam.</p>
               <p>Et sanè hanc interpretationem (adeò primâ fronte concinna est visa) nunquam in
dubium vocâssem, si eventus ei respondisset. Sed nihil hoc aevo, hâcque Sigillorum
serie de <hi>Fame</hi> reperio singulare, &amp; characteris officio dignum. Nam quod ex Tertul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>liano
ad Scapulam a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>ertur, id nequaquam magni ducendum arbitror. Neque enim si,
quod ille perhibet, messis aliquando Hilariano praeside in Africa defecerit, illico id aut
generale per orbem Romanum fuerit, aut Severi aevo. Hinc factum, dum Symboli
rationem paulò propiùs intueor, ut aliò potiùs spectare, haud omnino vanis indiciis,
colligere mihi visus sim. Quippe non, ut illa interpretatio exposcit, <hi>Stat<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ra</hi> cum <hi>Choe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nice</hi>
satìs aptè componi posse videtur; quum <hi>Libra</hi> ponderando; <hi>Choenix</hi> verò mensurae
nomen sit. Praeterea, quum reliquorum Sigillorum significatis admodum congruat
conditio Animalis indicantis; <hi>Victoriae,</hi> Leonis; <hi>Mactationi,</hi> Bovis; subsequentis Si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gilli
<hi>Cadaveribus,</hi> Aquila; hîc nulla futura esset societatis ratio. Quae enim <hi>Homini</hi>
cum <hi>Fame</hi> convenientia? Color verò niger nec naturâ suâ, nec veterum Prophetarum
usu, uni <hi>fami</hi> alligatus est, sed aequè tristitiae, squalori &amp; terrori figurando inservit.</p>
               <p>Sit igitur hujusce Sigilli Res, non <hi>Fames</hi> aut annonae caritas, sed IUSTITIAE per
orbem Romanum <hi>procuratio</hi> &amp; <hi>severitas,</hi> prae quàm in ullo retro aut subsequentium in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tervallorum,
insignis &amp; notabilis. Nam quod ad figuram attinet, color Equi
<pb n="444" facs="tcp:63175:275"/>
                  <hi>Iustitiae severitati</hi> convenit. <hi>Libram</hi> esse <hi>Iustitiae</hi> symbolum, translatitium est; ut ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>diéque
<hi>Iustitiam</hi> cum <hi>Libra</hi> pingi nemo nesciat. Illud verò quod de indicatura sub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jungitur,
si auscultes, ità tinnire videbitur; <hi>Nè cuiquam triticum aut hordeum, nisi
justo pretio per soluto, auferto: similem quoque justitiae legem in vino &amp; oleo servato:</hi> qua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>si
nimirum contra fures caveret, &amp; dixisset, <hi>Nè furator. Denarius</hi> enim <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>uit operis di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>urni
merces ordinaria, quod ex<note n="*" place="margin">Matth. 20.</note> Evangelio liquet; fuit etiam diurnum stipendium
militum.<note n="*" place="margin">Vide Caspar. Waserum de Antiq. mensur. l. 2. c. 3.</note> 
                  <hi>Choenix</hi> significat demensum diurnum, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, sed incertâ admodum
mensurâ: variavit enim pro ratione gentium, locorum &amp; hominum. Choenix milita<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ris
(ut minores choenices praetermittam, opilionum, villicorum, vinitorum) quatuor
fuit sextariorum. Sed veteri Lexicographo Graecolatino <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> est <hi>semimodium,</hi> id
est, militaris duplum: imò Hellenistis Ezech. 45. 10, 11. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> est <hi>Bathus,</hi> amplis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sima
Hebraeorum mensura. Ex tam incerta <hi>Choenicis</hi> mensura quì potest aliquid de fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>me
&amp; annonae caritate exculpi? <hi>Choenicem</hi> igitur hic accipio pro quolibet demenso
diurno, &amp; <hi>Denarium</hi> pro quolibet demensi pretio. Ità interpretationis quam dedi ra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tio
constabit.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Iam eventus, mirum est, quàm interpretationi faveat, rerum potiuntibus Severo &amp;
Alexandro, maximè inclytis Equi nigri sessoribus. De Severo quae sparsim apud Au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>relium
legas, retentis Authoris verbis, in unum colligam; idem postmodum Lampri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dio
facturus de Alexandro.</hi> Severo, <hi>inquit Aurelius,</hi> praeclarior in republica fuit ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mo,
legum conditore longè aequabilium. Implacabilis delictis, strennum quemque praemiis
extollebat. Nulli in dominatu suo permisit honores venundari. Nè parva quidem latroci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nia
impunita patiebatur, in suos animadvertens magis, quod vitio ducum aut etiam praefe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctorum
fieri vix experiens intelligeret. <hi>Aurelio adstipulatur Spartianus, dum eum</hi> &amp;
implacabilem delictis, &amp; latronum ubique hostem <hi>vocat.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Sed haec nullo numero fuerint prae iis quae de Alexandro Mammeae filio Lampridi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>us;
in quibus proinde characteris hujus Sigilli summa collocanda videtur.</hi> Is, <hi>inquit,</hi>
leges de jure populi &amp; fisci moderatas &amp; infinitas sanxit, neque ullam constitutionem sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cravit
sine viginti jurisperitis. Severissimus judex contra <hi>fures,</hi> appellans cosdem quoti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dianorum
scelerum reos, &amp; damnans acerrimè; ac solos hostes inimicósque reipublicae vo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cans,
jussit (<hi>de judicibus furibus, ni fallor, loquitur</hi>) in civitatibus nunquam videri,
&amp; si essent visi, deportari per rectores provinciarum. Referebat, <hi>inquit,</hi> Eucolpius, (quo
ille familiarissimè usus est) illum, si unquam <hi>furem</hi> judicem vidisset, paratum habuisse di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gitum
ut illi oculum erueret. Addit Septimius, qui vitam ejus non mediocriter exsequntus
est, tanti stomachi fuisse Alexandrum in eos judices qui futurorum samâ labor<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ssent, eti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>amsi
damnati non essent, ut si eos casu aliquo videret, commotione animi stomachi chole<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ram
evom<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ret, toto vultu exardescente, ut nihil possit loqui. Iussit imòper praeconem edici,
ut nemo salutaret principem qui se Furem esse nôsset, nè aliquando detectus capitali suppli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cio
subderetur. <hi>Pergit;</hi> Si quis militum de via in alicujus possessionem deflexisset, pro
qualitate loci, aut fustibus subjiciebatur in conspectu ejus, aut virgis, aut condemnationi;
aut, si haec omnia transiret dignitas hominis, gravissimis contumeliis; cùm diceret, <hi>Vísne
in agro tuo fieri quod alteri facis?</hi> clamabátque saepius, quod à quibusdam sive Iudaeis
sive Christianis audierat, &amp; tenebat, ídque per praeconem, c<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>m aliquem emendaret, dici
jubebat, <hi>QUOD TIBI FIERI NON VIS, ALTERI NE FECE<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>RIS.</hi>
Quam sententiam usque adeò dilexit, ut &amp; in palatio, &amp; in publicis operibus prae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>scribi
juberet.</p>
               <p>En tibi, Lector, Equi nigri sessorem auream illam &amp; coelitus demissam IUSTITIAE
TRUTINAM in Theatro orbis terrarum magnificè librantem, Quod tam insigne fuit
in Imperatore Pagano, ut eò in hoc Sigillo Spiritum S. respexisse nemini mirum vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deri
debeat.</p>
               <div type="section">
                  <head>Aliter de <hi>tritici</hi> &amp; <hi>hordei</hi> indicatione.</head>
                  <p>POtest &amp; haec <hi>tritici</hi> &amp; <hi>hordei,</hi> &amp;c. indicatura de procuratione rei frumentariae per
haec tempora insigni intelligi. Nam videri potest hanc quoque verbis istis inesse
mentem; Ità rei frumentariae de copia prospiciendum esse, ut annona aequo, &amp; cui quis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
solvendo sit, pretio vaeneat. <hi>Choenix tritici Denario,</hi> i. Demensum diurnum tritici
diurno laboris pretio aut stipendio aut reditu venditor: ut nè scilicet cui opus sit, plus
dietim ad victum erogare quàm ei dietim suppetat erogandum. Illud quoque, <hi>Tres Choe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nices
hordei denario,</hi> videri possit ad aequationem pretii, pro qualitate mercium, pertinere.
Si cui istiusmodi interpretatio placuerit, eventus hîc quoque ad amussim respondebit.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Spartianus de Severo;</hi> Rei, <hi>inquit,</hi> frumentariae, quam minimam repererat, ità con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>suluit,
ut excedens ipse vitâ septem annorum Canonem populo Romano relinqueret: ità
ut quotidiana septuagena quinque millia modiorum expendi possent. Populo Romano
<pb n="445" facs="tcp:63175:275"/>
diurnum oleum gratuitum (<hi>primus</hi>) donavit; ejus verò tantum, reliquit, ut per quin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quennium,
non solùm urbis usibus, sed &amp; totius Italiae, quae oleo egeret, sufficeret. <hi>Qua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>si
nimirum implere voluisset quod hîc adjicitur,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, In
oleo quoque &amp; vino nè sis injustus. <hi>Similia habet Lampridius de Alexandro:</hi> Commea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum,
<hi>inquit,</hi> populi Romani sic adjuvit, ut cùm frumenta Heliogabalus evertisset, vicem
de propria pecunia loco suo reponeret. Oleum quoque, <hi>inquit idem,</hi> quod Severus populo
dederat, quódque Heliogabalus imminnerat, integrum restituit, addidit &amp; oleum lumini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
Thermarum.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>De SIGILLO IV.</head>
               <p>SIgilli quarti index est quartum Animal, effigie <hi>Aquilinâ,</hi> statione ad <hi>Aquilonem:</hi>
quo monstratur, initium Sigilli ducendum ab Imperatore illic oriundo, id est,
Maximino Thrace Septentrionis alumno. Iulius Capitolinus; <hi>Maximinus de vico
Thraciae vicino Barbaris, Barbaro etiam patre &amp; matre genitus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Hujus Sigilli <hi>character</hi> est <hi>Concursus</hi> GLADII, FAMIS &amp; PESTIS unà,
ut aliàs nunquam, saevientium. Unde Equi sessori <hi>Mortis,</hi> id est, notione Hebraeo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum,
qui abstractis pro concretis utuntur, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, seu <hi>Mortiferi</hi> nomen inditum
esse dicitur, eò quòd tot Mortes secum in Orbem inveheret. Nam iisdem quoque
Hebraeis, Prophetis praesertim, <hi>nomine vocari</hi> idem quandoque valet atque <hi>esse</hi> vel <hi>ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sistere,</hi>
sed eximio &amp; praecipuo quodam modo: ut Esa. 7. 14. &amp; 9. 5. Ierem. 23. 6. &amp;
20. 3. Zach. 6. 12. &amp; hîc in Apocalypsi cap. 19. 13. adeò ut <hi>Mortis nomen habere</hi> nihil
aliud hoc loco sit, quàm esse singulariter &amp; insigniter <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> vel <hi>Mortiferum:</hi>
cui rei quoque est illud, quòd <hi>Orcus</hi> eundem tanquam libitinarius comitetur.</p>
               <p>Iam de eventu videamus. Et sanè nunquam ex quo Sigilla coepere, haec tria jun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctim
támque in<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>igni modo saeviere.<note place="margin">De Gl<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>dio.</note> A <hi>Caede</hi> incipiam, &amp; omitto quae ab externo hoste
pertulit hoe aevum, sanè gravissima; Barbaris universum ferè imperium, sub Gallo &amp;
Volusiano Imperatoribus, rapinis &amp; caedibus exhaurientibus: non enim ista in hunc
censum veniunt; quaerimus intestina &amp; domestica. Decem igitur plùs minùs Impera<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tores
&amp; Caesares, qui legitimi habentur, Sigilli hujus intercapedine, id est, triginta
trium aut paulò plurium annorum spatio, gladius, non hostium, sed suorum, absumpsit.
Per idem intervallum, sub unius Gallieni Imperio, triginta illi Tyranni, de quibus
Pollio, aut uno aut altero fortè pauciores, in diversis orbis Romani partibus exorti
sunt: atque hi plerique omnes aut à suis, aut à se invicem caesi, aut ab Imperatoribus
legitimis trucidati fuere: ut non immeritò de hac plaga dixerit Orosius, <hi>eam non per
vulgi caedem, sed per vulnera mortésque Principum exaltatam esse.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Denique Imperatores ipsi, primus Maximinus, &amp; in novissimis Gallienus, quantâ sae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vitiâ fuere? Maximinus, Iulio Capitolino teste, tam crudelis fuit,</hi> ut illum alii Cyclo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pem,
alii Busiridem, alii Scironem, nonnulli Phalarin, multi Typhonem vel Gygem no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minarent.
Senatus eum tantum timuit, ut vota in Templis publicè privatímque, muli<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>res
etiam cum suis liberis, facerent, nè ille unquam Vrbem Romam videret. Audiebant enim
alios in crucem sublatos, alios animalibus nuper occisis inclusos, alios feris objectos, alios
fustibus elisos; atque omnia haec sine delectu dignitatis. <hi>Pergit idem:</hi> Ignobilitatis te<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gendae
causâ, omnes conscios generis sui interemit; nonnullos etiam amicos, qui ei saepe mi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sericordiae
&amp; pietatis causâ pleraque donaverant; neque enim fuit crudelius animal in ter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ris.
Denique, <hi>inquit,</hi> sine judicio, sine accusatione, sine delatore, sine defensione omnes
(<hi>factionis Magni cujusdam, viri consularis</hi>) interemit, omnium bona sustulit, &amp; plus
quatuor millibus hominum occisis se saturare non potuit.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Audi etiam quid de Gallieno Trebellius Pollio, libro de 30. Tyrannis.</hi> Occiso,
<hi>inquit,</hi> Ingenuo, qui à Moesiacis legionibus Imperator est dictus, in omnes Moesiacos, tam
milites quàm cives, asperrimè saeviit, nec quemquam suae crudelitatis exsortem reliquit:
usque adeò asper &amp; truculentus, ut plerasque Civitates vacuas à virili sexu relinqueret.
<hi>Idem in vita Gallieni:</hi> Scythis, <hi>inquit,</hi> in Cappadociam pervadentibus, milites iterum
de nevo Imperatore faciendo cogitaverant; quos omnes Gallienus <hi>more suo</hi> occîdit. <hi>Ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dit
in fine:</hi> Fuit nimiae crudelitatis in milites: nam &amp; terna millia, &amp; quaterna milli<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>
singulis diebus occîdit. <hi>Refert quoque in eadem Gallieni vita Pollio memorabile ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>modum
lanienae Byzantinae exemplum, quà à militibus, quà ab ipso Gallieno editum.</hi>
Nè quid, <hi>inquit,</hi> mali deesset Gallieni temporibus, Byzantinorum Civitas, clara n<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>valibus
bellis, &amp; claustrum Ponticum, per Gallieni milites ità omnis vastata est, ut prorsus nemo
superesset. Quorum cladi ulciscendae, Gallienus vicissim Byzantio receptus, omnes mi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lites
<pb n="446" facs="tcp:63175:276"/>
inermes, armatorum coronâ circundatos, interemit, fracto foedere quod promise<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rat.</p>
               <p>Habes de Caedibus:<note place="margin">De Peste.</note> ad PESTEM venio, quae hic ex usu Orientis <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>citur.
Ità Chaldaeus Paraphrastes pro <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>peste</hi> amat ponere <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>mortem,</hi> &amp; Hel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lenistae
plerumque vertunt <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, similíque notione Ecclesiasticis scriptoribus <hi>mor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>talitas</hi>
dici solet; quae jam in multas linguas vernaculas migravit. De <hi>Peste</hi> autem res
adeò notoria est &amp; manifesta, ut oraculi fidei astruendae non opus sit multa congerere:
verbo expediam. Zonaras author est, nec caeteri tacuere, sub Gallo &amp; Volusiano
Imperatoribus <hi>Pestem</hi> ab AEthiopia exortam omnes Romanas provincias pervasisse, &amp;
per quindecim continuos annos incredibiliter exhausisse. <hi>Nec alia unquam major lues
mihi lecta</hi> (inquit vir nostro aevo celebris) <hi>spatio temporum, sive terrarum.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Lips. De Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stant. 2. 23.</note>
               </p>
               <p>Superest adhuc ex triga illa calamitatum <hi>Fames.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">De Fame.</note> Quam quidem ab hoc aevo abesse
non potuisse, etiamsi nemo veterum id prodidis<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>et, quivis indè colligat, quòd omne
ferè Imperium à Scythis per haec tempora rapinis &amp; vastationibus adeò attonsum &amp; at<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tritum sit, <hi>ut nulla,</hi> si Zosimo fides, <hi>Romanae ditionis gens ab iis libera permanscrit; om<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nia
ferè oppida moenibus destituta, &amp; iisdem destitutorum maxima pars capta fuerint.</hi>
Qui fieri potuit ut non hujusmodi vastationibus desererentur agri, negligeretur aratio,
&amp; quicquid uspiam erat ad victum repositorum pessundaretur?</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Atque ità quidem reverâ evenisse,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Apud Euseb. Histor. lib. 7. c. 17.</note> 
                  <hi>liquet ex Dionysii Alexandrini, qui tum vixit,
epistola ad fratres; ubi diram istam, de qua egimus, Luem</hi> bello <hi>&amp;</hi> 
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ami <hi>successisse te<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>statur.</hi>
Post haec, <hi>inquit, id est, persecutionem quae sub Decio suit, (nam eam intel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ligit
quae praecessit pestem)</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, &amp; <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ellum &amp; Fames secuta
sunt, quae unà cum Ethnicis periulimus, <hi>&amp; paucis interjectis,</hi> At ubi, <hi>inquit,</hi> cùm nos,
tum ipsi respiraveramns, invasit Lues ista; res illis quovis terrore terribilior &amp; calamitate
quacunque lamentabilior, nobis verò exercitatio &amp; exploratio nullis reliquis inferior. <hi>Ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stipulatur
Cyprianus Apologi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> ad Demetrianum:</hi> Cùm dicas, <hi>inquit,</hi> plurimos conque<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ri,
quòd bella crebri<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>s surgant, quòd <hi>LUES,</hi> quòd <hi>FAMES</hi> saeviant<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> quòdque im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bres
&amp; pluviae serena lenga suspendant, nobis imputari, tacere ultrà non oportet, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>De <hi>Bestiis</hi> autem quod por<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ò in textu additur; si quidem à <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>uperioribus diversum
sit, &amp; non potiùs innuat, Tyrannos, qui instar Ferarum per ea tempora in Orbe Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mano
saevirent, calamitatibus istis causam daturos; indicabit solenne Orientalibus &amp;
Australibus regionibus in hoc <hi>casu</hi> malum: ut nimirum <hi>Fame</hi> &amp; <hi>Peste</hi> saevientibus, <hi>Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stiae</hi>
contra homines invalescerent, eósque occiderent; ut videre est Levit. 26. Ezech.
14. 15, 21. Sed priori sententiae magis favet Syntaxeos mutatio, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
si reddas, <hi>atque id per Bestias terrae.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>quartam partem terrae,</hi> in quam Orco &amp; Morti potestas saeviendi
data fuisse dicitur, (nisi si quis vulgatum Interpretem hic defendi posse putet, apud
quem <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>; est <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, id est, <hi>quaternio,</hi> seu <hi>quatuor partes, terrae</hi>) expono
de potissima &amp; multò maxima Orbis Romani parte. Quum enim <hi>tertia pars terrae</hi> (ut
<note n="*" place="margin">Cap. 8. 7. &amp; cap. 12. 4.</note> suo loco dicetur) Orbis Romani amplitudinem designet, consequens est, <hi>quartam
terrarum partem</hi> esse eandem Ditionem Romanam quartâ parre minús: eóque trigam
istam seu quadrigam calamitatum tres Orbis Romani quadrantes pervasisse, hoc est,
ferme totum, unico tantùm quadrante ejus immuni. Et certè Orosius astruere vide<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur,
Pestem non ultrà sese extendisse quàm (ut ejus verbis utar) <hi>ad profligandas Ec<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>clesias edicta a Decii cucurrerunt.</hi> De caeteris nihil habeo dicere. Atque haec de quarto
Sigillo.</p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>De SIGILLO V.</head>
               <p>DUO quae sequuntur Sigilla nullum habent, ut superiora, de exordii sui tempo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>re
ab Animalibus subsidium; proindéque nulli hîc equorum Sessores videndi am<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pliùs,
unde illud Animalium indicium pendebat. Utriusque igitur intervallum illic
auspicandum est ubi antecedentis Sigilli <hi>casus</hi> desierit. Quod quidem facile admodum
sit, ubi <hi>Casus,</hi> ut hîc, ejusmodi fuerint, ut eorum determinatio ob insignem evidenti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>am
latere nequiret.</p>
               <p>Quintum proinde Sigillum inibit ab Imperio Aureliani, anno CC LXVIII. ad quod
tempus, quae diutissima fuit prioris Sigilli calamitatum, quindecim annorum Pestis ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tincta
est.</p>
               <p>Iam maximè insignis sub hoc Sigillo rei Romanae <hi>casus,</hi> quíque omnibus aliis illius
temporis eventis praecelluerit, est PERSECUTIO <hi>illa Christianorum</hi> à Dio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cletiano
<pb n="447" facs="tcp:63175:276"/>
incepta, ab aliis continuata, longè omnium quae unquam fuerant acerbissima.
Nihil prae isthac viderunt priora secula, <hi>Omnibus ferè anteactis</hi> (verba sunt Orosii)
<hi>diuturnior &amp; immanior fuit. Nam per decem annos incendiis Ecclesiarum, proscriptioni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus innocentium, caedibus Martyrum incessabiliter acta est.</hi> Initio statim decennii
istius, intra dies triginta ad septendecim hominum millia mactata feruntur, nec
progressu temporis mitigavit persequentium furor. In una AEgypto (quantulâ Roma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ni
Imperii particulâ?) si Domino Ignatio Patriarchae Antiocheno, apud<note n="*" place="margin">De Emenda<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tione Tempor. lib. 5. de primo anno Diocle<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiani &amp; Copti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tar.</note> Scaligerum,
fides, mactata sunt <hi>centena &amp; quadraginta quatuor hominum millia; septingenta autem
in exilium acta:</hi> unde <hi>AEra Diocletiana</hi> apud AEgyptios nomen invenerit, ut hodiéque
<hi>AEra Martyrum</hi> nuncuparetur. Quid jam censes factum in reliquis per orbem Roma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>num
provinciis? <hi>Omnis ferè sacro Martyrum cruore orbis infectus est,</hi> inquit Sulpitius
Severus. <hi>Nullis unquam bellis mundus sanguine magis exhaustus est, neque majori un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quam</hi>
(verba sunt ejusdem) <hi>triumpho Ecclesia vicit, quàm cùm decem annorum stragi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
vinci non potuit.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Figuratur haec laniena visione <hi>Animarum interfectorum propter Verbum Dei,<note place="margin">Vers. 9.</note> &amp; prop<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter
testimonium quod habebant, jacentium sub altari,</hi> id est, humi ad pedem altaris, in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>star
hostia<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>um recèns jugulatarum. Est enim<note n="*" place="margin">Isa Polycar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pus martytium subiturus orat apud Eusebium—<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. Euseb. l 4. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> 
                  <hi>Martyum</hi> genus quoddam sacrificii.
Unde illud Apostoli ad Timotheum, instante jam Martyrio suo, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>Ego jam libor, &amp; tempus resolutionis meae instat,</hi> 2 Tim. 4. 6. Quò etiam spectat illud
ejusdem ad Philippenses, 2. 17. <hi>Si immolor supra sacrificium &amp; ministerium fidei
vestrae, &amp;c.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Quòd porrò ad Deum <hi>voce magnâ clamare</hi> dicantur, ultionem sanguinis sui poscen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tes;
periphrasis est crudelitatis extremae judicióque maturae, tanquam quae jam prae
immanitate sua ipsam Dei patientiam solicitaret ad vindictam.<note n="a" place="margin">Vers. 10.</note> 
                  <hi>Vsquè quò,</hi> inquiunt,
<hi>Domine, sanctus &amp; verax, non judicas, &amp; vindicas sanguinem nostrum de iis qui ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bitant in terra?</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Interim<note n="b" place="margin">Vers. 11.</note> 
                  <hi>da<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ae sunt singulis stolae albae,</hi> id est, cooptantur in ordinem Beatorum.
Sumpta parabola ex more Iudaeorum in probandis &amp; admittendis Sacerdotibus; quos
nimirum de genealogia &amp; corporis integritate idoneos judicâssent, eos <hi>candidis stolis
ind<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>tos</hi> in Atrium Sacerdotum recipientium, sí<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>que in ordinem sacerdotalem coop<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tantium. Maimonides in Misch<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>e lib. 8. tit. Biath hammik dasch, cap. 6. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>. 11. Id quod
luculenter exprimitur cap. 7. 13, 14, 15. ubi de istis qui <hi>stolis albis amiciebantur</hi> dicitur,
quòd <hi>ante Thronum Dei sint &amp; colant eum</hi> (putà ut<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. Ioseph. de B<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ll<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> Iud. l. 6. c. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> Sacerdotes) <hi>die ac nocte in Tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plo
ejus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>De clamore verò sanguinis responsum est, <hi>Vt requiescerent adhuc tempus modicum,
donec compleantur conservi eorum, &amp; fratres eorum, qui interficiendi sunt, sicut &amp; illi:</hi>
id est, ut paulisper sustinerent, donec fratrum suorum aliquot, qui posteaquam Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stianismus
jam regnare inciperet, sub Licinio, Iuliano, &amp;<note n="*" place="margin">In persecuti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> Artianica, ait Basilius, pluribus tribu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lationibus a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap>ictae sunt Ecclesia, quàm ab eo tempore commemorari possunt quo primum Evangelium Christi annunciati Coepit. <hi>Basil. M. Ep.</hi> 182.</note> Arrianis, similiter atque
ipsi jugulandi erant, numero accederent; túncque clangentibus Tubis, solennem
vindictam de Imperio tanti sanguinis reo sumptum iri.</p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>DE SIGILLO VI.</head>
               <p>SIgillum sextum init ubi quintum desinit; id est, ab anno Christi CCCXI, quo
atrox illa decem annorum persecutio quievit.</p>
               <p>Hujus autem Sigilli <hi>casus</hi> est, COELI TERRAEQUE MOTUS <hi>admira<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bilis;</hi> quo mirifica illa per Constantium M. ejúsque successores Agni signiferos rei
Romanae Ethnicae <hi>mutatio</hi> &amp; <hi>subvertio</hi> figuratur: quâ putà omnes Gentilium Dii coelo
suo excussi, Pontifices &amp; Sacerdotes exaugurati, dejecti, reditibusque suis in perpetu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um
exuti; Templa, fana, &amp; delubra Daemonum per omnem Romanum Orbem con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quassata, direpta, inflammata, demolita. Adhaec Imperatores, Reges, Dynastae,
qui Diis suis tam enormiter perielitantibus subvenire, bellum Christi Vexilliseris indi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cere,
ingentibus copiis decernere, etiam praelio superati bellum vi summâ instaurare,
in animum induxerint; inauditis stragibus coesi, susi, fugatíque; donec tandem, re
desparatâ, nemo ampliùs Religioni Romanae, tanto fragore ruenti, suppetias laturus
reperiretur. Ità brevi verborum ambitu complexus mihi videor quicquid sublimibus
<pb n="448" facs="tcp:63175:277"/>
istis ad hoc Sigillum Allegoriis Spiritus Sanctus depingere voluit. Atque hoc VIC<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>TORIAE
Christi, cujus primo Sigillo jactum erat fundamentum, primum comple<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mentum
est: cui, quâ Imperii aetate futurum esset, designando, praesignatis temporis
quod interea flueret discriminibus, quae hactenus praecesserint Sigilla inserviêre. Restat
jam ut datam interpretationem singulis Allegoriae propheticae partibus applicemus, ra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tionémque
ejus ostendamus: id quod faciemus, integro priùs contextu ob oculos po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sito;
qui sic habet.</p>
               <p>12. Et vidi cùm aperuisset Sigillum sextum, &amp; ecce terrae motus magnus factus est, &amp; Sol
factus est niger tanquam saccus cilicinus, &amp; Luna [tota] facta est sicut sanguis.</p>
               <p>13. Et Stellae coeli ceciderunt in terram, sicut ficus abjicit grossos suos, cùm à vento
magno commovetur; recessitque coelum sicut liber qui convolvitur. 14. Et omnis mons &amp;
insula de locis suis motae sunt.</p>
               <p>15. Et Reges terrae &amp; magnates &amp; tribuni, &amp; divites &amp; potentes, &amp; omnis servus
&amp; liber absconderunt se in speluncis &amp; in petris montium: 16. Et dixerunt montibus
&amp; petris, Cadite super nos, &amp; abscondite nos à facie Sedentis super thronum, &amp; ab
IRA AGNI. 17. Quoniam venit DIES MAGNVS IRAE EIVS, &amp;
quis poterit stare?</p>
               <p>Solennes sunt istae horridiorum cladium &amp; rerum,<note place="margin">Ahen E<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ra ad illud Hag. 2. 2. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note> ut ità loquar, susque déque con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>versionis
imagines, Prophetis de more Orientis usitatae; ut nostris quoque Po<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>is sua
sunt schemata, suae picturae. Ità Ieremias (cap. 4. 23, &amp;c.) excidium Iudaeae de<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>git,
ac si omnia iterum in antiquum chaos reditura essent. <hi>Aspe<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ci terram,</hi> inquit,
&amp; <hi>ecce</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>inanis erat &amp; vacua; &amp; coelos, &amp; non erat lux in iis. Vidi montes,
&amp; ecce movebantur, &amp; omnes colles conturbati sunt.</hi> Vide caetera. Similiter Ioel (cap.
2. 10.) de horrenda ejusdem vastatione ab exercitu Locustarum Aquilonarium, <hi>A
facie ejus,</hi> inquit, <hi>contremuit terra, moti sunt coeli; Sol &amp; Luna obtenebrati sunt, &amp;
stellae retraxerunt splendorem suum.</hi> Sed distinctiùs agamus de singulis.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Ecce,</hi> inquit, <hi>Terrae motus magnus factus est.</hi> Graecè <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, id est, <hi>Coeli terraeque
motus</hi> ut in sequentibus palàm est: vox enim Latina Graecae vim non adaequat. <hi>Terrae
motus</hi> autem istiusmodi, teste Apostolo, Heb. 12. de loco Haggaei [<hi>Adhuc semel &amp;
ego commovebo coelum &amp; terram</hi>] denotat <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>mutationem eo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
quae commoventur.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Maiemonides, More Neb. Part. 2. cap. 29. Arabes, de eo cui singulare aliquod infor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tun<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>um acci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dit, dicunt quod <hi>Coelum ejus in Terram conver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sum sit, vel su<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>per Terram e<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jus c<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ciderit.</hi> Confer Thren. 2. 1.</note> Quod firmari potest ex eodem Haggaeo, ver. 21 &amp; 22. ejusdem
capitis, ubi ipse hanc parabolam de regnorum mundi mutatione &amp; conversione <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
interpretatur: <hi>Ego commovebo coelum &amp; terram, &amp; subvertam solium regnorum, &amp; desper<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dam
fortitudinem regnorum Gentium,</hi> &amp;c. Nos igitur, ut alibi in Apocalypsi, ità hîc quo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que,
<hi>Terrae Coelique motum,</hi> pro rerum ruina &amp; quasi susque déque mutatione accipiemus.</p>
               <p>Iam verò Mutationis hujusce, perinde ut priorum quoque sub Sigillis <hi>casuum,</hi> Ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jectum
est Imperium Romanum: at non quà politicè à Caesaribus gubernatum (hâc
enim sui formâ nondum solvendum est;) sed quà Satanae Principi, ejúsque Angelis
Daemonibus, religioso nomine subditum. Hanc scilicet Imperii Romani <hi>Daemonarchiam,</hi>
quae hoc Sigillo tempestas incumbit, maximo cum fragore eversum atque dissipatum
ibit.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Et Sol factus est niger ut saccus cilicinus, &amp; Luna facta est ut sanguis:</hi> id est, per
ellipsin adjectivi, <hi>rubicunda ut sanguis.</hi> Periphrasis autem est deliquii Luminarium,
in quo Sol ater apparere soleat, Luna verò rubicunda. Cui planè geminum est illud
Isaiae cap. 13. 10. de vindicta Babylonis; <hi>Obscurabitur Sol in ortu suo, &amp; Luna non
splendere faciet lumen suum.</hi> Septuag. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, ut Matth. 24. 29.
Nec alium omnino sensum habet, juxta Aben Ezrae sententiam, illud apud<note place="margin">Isai. 24. 21, 23.</note> eundem
cap. 24. de clade quâ Dominus in Ierusalem regnaturus (prorsus ut in hoc Sigillo)
<hi>visitaret militiam coeli in excelso, &amp; reges terrae in terra. Erubescet,</hi> inquit, <hi>Luna, &amp;
pudore sussundetur Sol</hi> (id est, uterque, quasi pudore vultum tegeret, tenebris obduce<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur)
<hi>cùm regnabit Dominus exercitum in monte Sion &amp; in Ierusalem, &amp; in conspectu
senum suorum gloriosé.</hi> Sed quid haec, inquies, ad <hi>Daemonarchiam Romanam?</hi> Ausculta,
&amp; dicam. Prophetis (ut in sequentibus quo<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan> Visionibus subindè audies) omne Regnum
&amp; Corpus Imperii <hi>Mundum</hi> refert; ut partes quoque, <hi>Coelum, Terra, Stellae</hi> pro illa
imagine <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>int. Cui evincendo (ut alia taceam) vel unicus ille locus apud Isaiam suf<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ficit,
cap. 51. 15. <hi>Ego sum Dominus Deus tuus, qui divisi mare</hi> (mare autem rubrum)
&amp; <hi>personuerunt fluctus ejus, Dominus exercituum nomen ejus.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Fuisse gentibus Orientis solen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ne <hi>Mundi</hi> pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rabolam rebus pingentis adhibere, vel ex Chymica Philosophia ab Arabibus &amp; AEgyptiis profects constare potest; in qua quodlibet ferè corpus mundanum, mundo a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap>nulatum, ex coelo, terra &amp; astris conflatum perhibetur.</note> 
                  <hi>Et posui verba mea in ore
tuo</hi> (id est, Legem meam tibi dedi) &amp; <hi>umbrâ manûs meae protexi te; ut plantarem coelos
<pb n="449" facs="tcp:63175:277"/>
&amp; fundarem terram,</hi> (id est, Te regnum, ceu Mundum politicum, constituerem) <hi>&amp;

dicerem Sioni, Populus meus es tu.</hi> Sermo est de liberatione quâ liberavit Deus popu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lum
Israeliticum ex AEgypto, ut ex eo sibi Regnum sive Rempublicam conderet
in Terra promissa. Ex quo, quid sit quoque apud eundem (cap. 65, &amp; 66.) <hi>Coelum no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vum</hi>
&amp; <hi>Terra nova,</hi> haud difficile erit colligere; nempe <hi>novus ejusdem rationis mundus.</hi>
Pro hac igitur imagine,<note n="a" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> quod hodi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>que Arabibus est <hi>excellere <hi>&amp;</hi> su<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pra reiiqua e<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minere.</hi>
                  </note> 
                  <hi>Coelum</hi> notione Propheticâ denotabit quicquid in Regni aut
Reipublicae alicujus universitate, ceu Mundo politico, celsum est;<note n="b" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Terra</hi> ab <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> iisdem <hi>humile</hi> &amp; <hi>depressum esse.</hi> E<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>pe<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> 
                  <hi>Terra,</hi> contrà,
quod insimum; <hi>Stellae</hi> verò eos qui in Celsitudine ista locum obtinent obeúntque. Quâ
ratione <hi>Sol</hi> &amp; <hi>Luna,</hi> praecipua coeli lumina, iste primam summámque, haec à prima
proximam regni <hi>Majestatem</hi> &amp; <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> indicabit. Quod quidem adeò verum est, ut
Paraphrastes Chaldaeus in Prophetis subindè pro <hi>Sole</hi> &amp; <hi>Luna, regnum</hi> &amp; <hi>gloriam</hi> sub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stituat;
ut Isa. 60. 20. Ier. 15. 9.</p>
               <p>Esto igitur SOL in regno Idolorum Romano, jure principatûs, <hi>Draco ipse,</hi> seu
Satanas; praesertim cùm ab eo Spiritus Sanct. cap. 12. totum Imperium Romanum,
hoc de quo agitur statu, cognominaverit <hi>Draconem rufum septicipitem,</hi> ut ibi videbi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mus.
LUNAM, secundum hujus Coeli luminare, dixeris <hi>Pontificatum Maximum</hi>
Majestati Imperatoriae jam ab origine prima annexum, ejúsque quasi partem; seu ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vis,
<hi>Imperatorem Satanae Pontificem, cum toto Pontificum Collegio,</hi> qui cum Imperatore
capite suo unum corpus efficiebant,<note place="margin">Cicero in <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap>. pro Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="4 letters">
                        <desc>••••</desc>
                     </gap> Pe<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note> iidémque &amp; religionibus Deorum &amp; summae Rei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>publicae praeerant, neque Senatûs, neque ullius supra se potestati ad reddendam rati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>onem
obnoxii;<note n="*" place="margin">D<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>o<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>y<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> proindéque in isthoc Regno non immeritò secundas à <hi>Dracone</hi> ipso
habituri. Non semper, fateor, opus est ut in hujusmodi Allegoriis tam accurata sin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gulorum
ratio exigatur; veruntamen, cùm fieri possit, singula momenta aptemus,
SOL igitur, quem diximus, tum <hi>niger factus est,</hi> &amp; funestae majestatis suae deliqui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um
&amp; obscurationem passus, quando Imperatores Romani, ipso cum omnibus Ange<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lis
suis, pompis &amp; cultu, per Baptismum ejuratis, Christo <hi>Iustitiae Soli</hi> sese addixere.
SOLE sic <hi>denigrato</hi> &amp; lumine spoliato, LUNA, quae à Sole lumen mutuatur,
quî salva esse poterit? Et rem quidem ipsam, sive <hi>munus Pontificatûs Maximi,</hi> statim,
ut aequum erat, à se abjecerunt Constantinus, Constantius, Valentinianus, Valens, no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lentes
deinceps Diabolo operari: nomen tamen, quod mireris, non illico aspernati
sunt, sed elogiis suis ascriptum aliquantisper retinuere.<note place="margin">Zosim. l. 4.</note> Primus Gratianus (bonum
factum!) titulum quoque &amp; stolam Pontificalem sibi pro more à Pontificibus oblatum
respuit, tanquam indigna homine Christiano. Quae quidem mutatio tanti fuit, ut Cae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sarem
Romanum, Pontificatu sic exutum, Spiritus Sanctus deinceps pro novo quasi
Bestiae Romanae capite &amp; Rege habiturus sit, ut cap. 17. audiemus. Atqui adhuc LU<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>NA
isthaec nonnullo lumine, quamvìs tristi &amp; imbecilli, fulsit; donec &amp; ipsum <hi>Col<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>legium
Pontificum</hi> cum omni reliqua Sacerdotum turba <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ustulit malleus ille Ethnic<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>mi
Theodosius primus, uno edicto omnium reditibus fisco applicatis. Iam igitur tempus
erat ut alium sibi Pontificem M. Satanas quaereret. Sed pergo ad reliqua.</p>
               <q>
                  <p>Et Stellae coeli ceciderunt in terram, sicut ficus abjicit grossos suos, cùm à vento magno
commovetur; recessitque coelum sicut liber qui convolvitur.</p>
               </q>
               <p>Vel <hi>Coelum evanuit,</hi> &amp;c. id est, Stellae coeli disparuere, quemadmodum literae eva<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nescunt,
libro, veterum more, convoluto. Ellipsis enim est utrobique prioris substan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tivi
Hebraismo familiaris, ut Deut. 20. 19. 2 Reg. 18. 31. &amp; alibi passim: ità ut hoc
de <hi>coeli disparitione,</hi> &amp; illud de <hi>stellarum casu,</hi> mutuò sese explicent; neque ab invi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cem
sejungi, ut perperàm distinctum est, sed eodem commate includi debuissent. In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>teger
autem locus desumptus ex Isaiae cap. 34. v. 4. ubi eâdem planè imagine, sed in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verso
ordine, depingit Spiritus Sanctus cladem &amp; ruinam regni Edomitici, quâ hîc
regni Idolorum. <hi>Convolventur</hi> (inquit) <hi>sicut liber coeli, &amp; totus exercitus eorum</hi> (id
est, stellae) <hi>decidet ut folium è vite, &amp; ut deciduus grossulus è ficu.</hi> Cujus sententiam ali<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quantò
clariorem reddere voluit Spiritus Apocalypticus duplici verborum additamento;
illinc <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, hinc <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. Porrò de eadem ruina Edomi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tica
haud mitioribus quàm Isaias circumstantiis agunt Obadias, Ierem. 49. à versu 7.
ad 22. Ezech. 35. per tot. &amp; 25. 12. quod idcirco moneo, nè quis Isaiae descriptionem
non nisi magno illi universalis judicii Diei convenire putet. Iam verò, ut ad Apoca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lypsin
redeam, STELLAE Coeli Deastrorum Romani suere, tum <hi>Dii ipsi,</hi> Regni
istius sub Satana principe suo Summates, tum, inferiori licèt gradu, proceres <hi>Sacer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dotes:</hi>
namque &amp; stellae stellis gradibus &amp; sublimitate differunt. Hi ergò sunt qui in
motu hoc mirabili rei Romanae, sedibus suis excussi, <hi>ceciderunt in terram, sicut ficus
abjicit grossos suos, cùm vento magno concutitur.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="450" facs="tcp:63175:278"/>Neque hanc de Diis &amp; Deorum Sacerdotibus STELLARUM interpretationem
us<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan> adeò mirabitur, qui meminerit tum Deos gentium passim in Scriptura sacra <hi>Exer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>citum
coeli</hi> audire, tum apud Danielem, <hi>Terrae Decoris</hi> seu populi Israelitici Sacerdotes
&amp; primores, quos Antiochus Epiphanes in terram dejecerat, isto nomine appellari:
<note n="*" place="margin">Dan. 8. 10.</note> 
                  <hi>Magnificavit se,</hi> inquit, <hi>adversus Exercitum coeli, &amp; dejecit in terram de exercitu &amp;
de stellis, &amp; conculcavit eas.</hi> Quod ille impiè in populo Dei veri, hoc ipsum piè fe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerunt
Imperatores Christiani in populo Draconis: eo tamen discrimine, quòd illic
unus tantùm fuit Exercitûs coeli princeps, IEHOVA, qui fecit coelum &amp; terram;
contra quem ut sese Antiochus magnificare potuit, coelo tamen deturbare non potuit;
hîc autem in COELO Romano plurimi fuere principes sive Daemones, quos in uni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>versum
omnes imperatores Christi signiferi deturbavêre. Adde quòd firmetur haec
expositio Synchroni<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>mo Draconis de coelo cum satellitio suo dejecti cap. 12. <hi>Draco
pugnabat &amp; Angeli ejus; sed non praevaluerunt, neque locus eorum ampliùs inventus est
in coelo. Nam dejectus est Draco ille magnus, qui vocatur Diabolus &amp; Satanas, &amp; An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>geli ejus</hi> (id est, Daemones Deorum nominibus culti) <hi>cum eo,</hi> &amp;c.</p>
               <p>Sequitur, <hi>Et omnes montes &amp; insulae locis suis emotae sunt.</hi> Possent fortasse <hi>Montes</hi>
&amp; <hi>Insulae</hi> de celsioris &amp; humilioris conditionis hominibus accipi, qui statim proximo
versu enumerantur, nisi <hi>Insulae</hi> nomen minùs huic interpretationi faveret. Magìs igitur
probandum videtur, si quidem hàc eatur, ut utrumque celsioris conditionis homines
designet, quod utrumque emineat; <hi>Montes</hi> in terra, <hi>Insulae</hi> in mari. Sed quid si <hi>Insu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>las</hi>
hic intelligamus non <hi>terras</hi> in medio aquarum eminentes, quinimo <hi>aedes,</hi> cujus<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>modi
dictae sunt quae circuitu publico privatóve cinctae, communibus cum vicinis pari<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>etibus
non utebantur? Utrumque deinde, tam<note n="a" place="margin">Ità Theodo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ret. <hi>Colles</hi> &amp; <hi>Montes</hi> inter pretatur in cap. 4. Mich. ver. 1. nempe de Tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plis Damo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nunt in <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>s ae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>d<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>catis.</note> 
                  <hi>Montes</hi> quàm <hi>Insulas,</hi> de Templis &amp;
Delubris Idolorum hoc turbine per Orbem Romanum disturbandis accipiamus?
Quàm enim hujusmodi interpretationi prona sit <hi>Montium</hi> notio, nemo non vide<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>, cui
modò ignotum non sit idololatris id in more positum, in<note n="b" place="margin">Vide Deut. 12. 2.</note> editioribus ejusmodi locis Aras
&amp; Delubra Diis suis exstruere. Unde passim in V.T. nomen <hi>Excelsorum</hi> frequentatum;
imò Ier<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>m. 3. 23. ipsorum <hi>Collium</hi> &amp; <hi>Montium</hi> de Sacellis idolorum. <hi>Verè,</hi> inquit, <hi>men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>daces
erant colles &amp; multitudo montium,</hi> &amp;c. Iam neque <hi>Insulae</hi> pro <hi>aedibus,</hi> ab hujusmodi
interpretatione abhorrent; quandoquidem <hi>Templis</hi> id vel maximè proprium est, ut
sint<note n="c" place="margin">
                     <hi>Vid. Durant. de Ri<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. Eccles. Cathol. lib. 1. cap. 3. Sect. 2.</hi> Ecclesiae Insulae appellantur quia ab omni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus adibus di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stinctae &amp; sepa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ratae esse debent, vel, ut Grae<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>è loquar, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, nullis parieti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus continuae, veluti Insulae quaedam in ma<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>i.</note> instar <hi>Insularum;</hi> neque communione, vel etiam contactu parietum aliarum aedi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um
polluantur. Sin illud fortè non placuerit, ut unum idémque duobus nominibus
figuretur; <hi>Montes,</hi> si vis, &amp; si placet, de Sacellis ruri &amp; in agris, <hi>Insulas</hi> de Templis
Idolorum in urbibus accipito. Sed in hisce talibus minutiae ejusmodi satagendae
non videntur; ut neque fortasse in universum quaevis Allegoriarum prophetica<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
momenta tam solicitè ad eventum exigenda: sat est, si summa rei utrobique con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>veniat.</p>
               <p>Facta est autem haec <hi>Delubrorum</hi> &amp; <hi>Templorum</hi> demolitio, authore eodem piissimo
Agni signifero Theodosio. Nam Constantinus Magnus Templa Deorum tantùm clau<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sit,
non abolevit, nisi Constantinopoli &amp; vicinis locis: Iulianus iterum aperuit:
Hic tandem funditus demoliri jussit. Historia cuivis obvia est, neque opus ut quae ea
de re apud Ecclesiasticos Scriptores memorantur hîc ascribam. Fortè tamen non inju<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cundum
erit Zosimum, Historicum paganum, de hoc tam acerbo Deorum suorum fato
quiritantem aut indignantem audire. <hi>Deûm,</hi> inquit ille, <hi>sacraria per omnes urbes &amp; agros
oppugnabuntur; adeóque periculum cunctis imminebat qui Deos esse putabant, vel in coelum
omnino suspiciebant, &amp; quae in eo conspiciuntur adorabant.</hi> Sanè, quemadmodum Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minus,
veterem Israelem de servitute Egyptiaca educturus, <hi>judicium exercuisse</hi> dicitur
<hi>in Deos AEgyptiorum,</hi> (Exod. 12. 12. Num. 33. 4.) ità hîc populum Christianum à tyran<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nide
Romana liberaturus, judicium exercuit in Deos Romanorum.</p>
               <p>Sed nullos, inquies, quando sic turbatum est, &amp; coelum terrae miscebatur, habue<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>runt
Dii Atlantes, qui coelo suo ruenti humeros supponerent, Christíque vexilliferis
sic omnia sternentibus contravenirent? Imò verò habuerunt; sed similem cum Daemo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nibus
suis fortunam expertos. Nam <hi>reges terrae,</hi> inquit, <hi>&amp; magnates &amp; tribuni, &amp; di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vites
&amp; potentes, &amp; omnis servus &amp; liber,</hi> id est, Maximianus Galerius, Maxentius,
Maximinus cum Martiniano Caesare, Licinius, Iulianus, Imperatores (adde etiam, si
vis, Eugenium &amp; Arbogastem tyrannos) cum omnibus infidelitatis suae sociis, cujuscun<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan>
ordinis &amp; gradûs, qui religionem avitam tueri, rei Deorum pessum eunti subvenire, jám<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan>
collapsam &amp; perditam restituere vi manúque conabantur, eò tandem redacti sunt an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gustiarum,
ut <hi>absconderent seipsos in speluncis &amp; in petris montium, dixerintque monti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
&amp; petris, Cadite super nos, &amp; abscondite nos à facie sedentis super thronum &amp;
ab IRA AGNI; quoniam venit Dies magnus irae ejus, &amp; quis poterit stare?</hi>
Foeda imago est quà fugientium &amp; latitantium, quà prae rerum suarum desperatione
<pb n="451" facs="tcp:63175:278"/>
vitae pertaesorum: cui similem habes de clade Hierosolymorum Luc. 23. 30. item Hos.
10. 8. de clade Samariae ejúsque idolorum; sed integram Isa. 2. 18.</p>
               <p>Hîc verò Lector illud imprimis observet, contineri verbis istis clavem toti visioni
reserandae; agi nempe hîc de splendida aliqua <hi>AGNI victoria,</hi> quâ hostes suos cla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>de
internecinâ domuit &amp; evertit. Porrò cùm AGNUM hostem fugiant hi quorum
describitur clades, seque <hi>ab ejus ira</hi> occultatos velint; indè liquere potest cladem illam,
etiamsi nullo Synchronismo dirigetur, ad Reges Christianos nequaquam accommodan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dum
esse, sed à Christo alienos; proindéque de cladibus à Gothis reliquísque barba<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ris
nationibus Imperio, jam recèns Christiano, illatis exponi non debere.</p>
               <p>Quod verò ultimò addunt <hi>Reges, proceres, tribuni,</hi> quîque in eadem cum ipsis cym<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ba
fuerunt gentiles caeteri, <hi>advenisse diem magnum irae Agni, neminémque stare posse;</hi>
verba sunt hominum Christi, quem ad hoc usque tempus prae Diis suis contempserant,
rant, potentiam agnoscentium, irritúmque deinceps fore omnem Christianis obsistendi
conatum reipsâ sentientium. Et reipsâ quidem senserunt omnes: Galerius verò, Maxi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minus,
Licinius, etiam apertâ confessione gloriam vel inviti Deo tribuerunt.</p>
               <p>Author enim, cum aliis, Eusebius, Galerium (à quo Christus in hoc judicio initium
fecit) foedissimo &amp; horrendo morbo correptum, quo, vermibus nimirum scaturienti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus,
corpus intolerabili foetore computruit; conscientiâ demum scelerum quae contra
Ecclesiam admisisset perculsum esse, Deóque culpam suam confessum, à persecutione
contra Christianos destitisse, legibúsque &amp; edictis Imperatoriis Ecclesiarum illorum
exaedificationem maturâsse, consuetâsque pro ipso preces obire mandâsse; paulóque
pòst animam tantae, quantae nullius unquam, in Christianos saevitiae ream effudisse.
<hi>Euseb.</hi> de vita <hi>Constantini</hi> lib. 1. cap. 50.</p>
               <p>Maximinum hostem Christianorum immanissimum, magiae, divinationibus idolorum,
daemonúmque oraculis ad omnia quaecunque ageret nixum, à Licinio nihilominus,
fidem Christianam adhuc cum Constantino collega propugnante, semel iterúmque
victum, abjectis Imperii insignibus fugisse, in agris &amp; vicis aliquandiu servili habitu
lati<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>âsse; tandémque, Tarso Ciliciae inclusum ac furore accensum, multos sacerdotes
&amp; prophetas Deorum, quorum oraculis impulsus bellum susceperat, tanquam praesti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>giatores,
veteratores, denique salutis ipsius proditores, trucidâsse; deinde Christianorum
Deo gloriam tribuentem, decretum pro eorum libertate promulgâsse: sed à Deo, poenas
tot scelerum in Christianos exigente, diro &amp; lethali angore subitò perculsum, carnéque
universâ peditentim exesâ &amp; absumptâ, tandémque &amp; oculis (justâ supplicii quod in
Christianos excogitaverat talione,) prae aestu quo totus ardebat exsilientibus; Domino
se confessum esse, istáque propter amentiam &amp; temeritatem contra Christum meritò se
perpeti agnoscentem, animam efflâsse. Vide eundem Histor. Eccles. lib. 9. cap. 8, &amp; 10.
&amp; lib. 8. c. 27. Item de vita Constantini lib. 1. cap. 51, 52.</p>
               <p>Denique Licinium, Christianorum, quorum partibus sese aliquandiu cum Constan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tino
addixerat, desertorem, déque multitudine Deorum suorum contra unicum illum,
eúmque <hi>novitium &amp; peregrinum</hi> (sic enim vocabat) Constantini Deum <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>magnificè
apud milites suos gloriantem; duobus praeliis ingentibus devictum, (quorum uno, ex
exercitu centum &amp; triginta millium, vix triginta millia evaserant) tandem, cùm abhuc
quiescere nollet, à Constantino unà cum suis belli jure condemnatum, debito supplicio
addictum fuisse. Quum verò qui praelii contra Deum suscipiendi authores suislent, pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>riter
cum tyranno ad locum supplicii adducerentur, sicut antè, spe in Diis vanis locatâ,
insolenter sese extulissent; ità nunc Constantini Deum, qualis &amp; quàm admirabilis esset,
reipsâ intellexisse, húncque verum &amp; solum Deum se agnoscere confessi sunt. De vita
Constantini lib. 2. c. 4, 5, 18.</p>
            </div>
            <div type="appendix">
               <head>APPENDIX.</head>
               <p>EX vetustis AEgyptiorum, Persarum &amp; Indorum monumentis, authoribus Tarpha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ne,
interprete Pharaonis; Baramo, Saganissae Persarum Regis, (Diocletiani
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>) Syrbachamo, Regis Indorum, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> seu <hi>Apotelesmata Insomni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>orum</hi>
collegit Apomasar, vel, secundùm alios, Achmetes F. Seirim Arabs; ut suit ea
gens cùm istiusmodi artium aliarúm<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan> jam ab ultima antiquitate studiosissima,<note place="margin">Vide Ier. 49. 7. &amp; imp<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>mis Ba<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>uc. 3. 23.</note> tum, flo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rente
ipsorum Imperio, omnium ubicun<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan> gentium scripta in Arabifmum transserendi
avida. Hunc libellum jam olim Graecè, incertum quo authore, loquentem, ex Io. Sam<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>buci
bibliotheca, Latinè à se versum superiori: seculo in lucem dedit Ioan. Le<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>unclavius:
eundem postea, anno 1603. ex Bibliotheca Regis Christianissimi Grae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cum
<pb n="452" facs="tcp:63175:279"/>
communicavit Nicolaus Rigaltius in Onirocriticis, suppletis quae in exemplari
Sambucino deerant. In hoc libello videre est plerasque imagines propheticas, quae
nostris hominibus tantum negotii facessunt, gentibus Orientalibus familiares, certè in
Divinationibus non insuctas exstitisse. Authorum verò, unde collectio facta est, an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiquissimus
omnium videtur Tarphan AEgyptius; ut qui non solùm se Pharaonis in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terpretem
nuncupet, sed passim in interpretamentis suis pro Rege Pharaonis nomen
usurpet; ut tum vixisse videri possit dum adhuc AEgyptus reges suos habuit, iidéni<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan>
Pharaones dicebantur. Persa, cum rege suo Saganissa, Diocletiani, ut dixi, coaeta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neus
fuit. Indus citerioris est aevi, ut qui se passim Christianum prodat. Sed mirus est
utriusque cum AEgyptio cosensus.</p>
               <p>Quum igitur à gentibus istis, populo Hebraeo olim sinitimis, moribúsque &amp; ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>monis
usu magìs cognatis, verborum &amp; phrasium in Sacris literis usum haud illibenter
discamus; cur idem hîc in figurarum &amp; imaginum propheticarum significatis (cùm
juxta Hebraeorum magistros <hi>deciduum prophetiae sit somnium)</hi> dedignaremur? Nemo igi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur
vitio mihi vertat, si ex hoc authore ascribam quae ad modó explicatorum <hi>Sigillorum</hi>
figuras intelligendas facere mihi videntur;<note place="margin">Maiemonides, More Neb. Part. 2. cap. 36.</note> idem postmodum in <hi>Tubis</hi> caeterisque
Visionibus (sicubi occasio tulerit) bona cum Lectoris venia facturus.</p>
               <q>Primo igitur Sigillo, partim etiam sequen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tibus,
lucem faciunt ista.</q>
               <p>CAP. CCXXXIII. ex sententia Indorum, Persarum, AEgyptiorúmque, <hi>Equus
generosus qui</hi> PHARAS <hi>dicitur</hi> (Heb. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> Arab. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> equus) <hi>in somni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>orum
interpretationibus ad eminentiam &amp; dignitatem refertur. Equi vulgares de nobili<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tate
&amp; gloria quadam inferiore accipiuntur.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Si quis in somnis visus sibi fuerit Equo agili ac lasciviente vehi, coram populo famam &amp;
exislimationem amplissimam &amp; eminentiam &amp; decus inveniet.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Item,</hi> Si quis Equo generoso vehi visus <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>uerit armatus, potestatem cum bona fama re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>periet,
pro armorum ratione.</p>
               <p>Cap. CCXLIX. juxta Persarum &amp; AEgyptiorum interpretationes, <hi>Si quis tela cum
A<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>cubus tenuisse visus sibi fuerit, cum gaudio suis hostibus insultabit.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Plura habet eódem pertiuentia: ut cap. CLII. ex disciplina Indorum de magna &amp;
longa Equi cauda, significante potestatis comites &amp; pedissequos; de cauda praecisa,
significante tam libertatis quàm principatûs amissionem, si nempe princeps fuerit qui
se tali equo vehi somniaverit. Similiter cap. CCXXXIII. descensus ex equo, si sponte
fiat, de spontanea potestatis diminutione; sin invitè, de successore in dignitatem
surrogando exponitur.</p>
               <q>Tertio Sigillo allucebunt ista.</q>
               <p>
                  <hi>Cap. XV. ex disciplina Indorum,</hi> Si quis in somnis Stateram vel Campanam quod vo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cant
<hi>(genus est staterae)</hi> loco quodam librari viderit, ea de persona Iudicis intelligat.
Quòd si litem habet, ac inter librandum ea viderit exaequari; jus suum obtinebit.</p>
               <p>Si Stateram aequam purámque videre videatur, Iudicem loci justum esse cognoscat: sin
perversas fractásque lances viderit, ejus loci Iudicem, quo loco somnium vidit, injustum
cogitet.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Item,</hi> Modii quoque cum mensuris eandem pro portione interpretationem habent; sed
inferiorum Iudicum personis accommodantur.</p>
               <q>Sexto Sigillo ista.</q>
               <p>
                  <hi>Cap. CLXVII. ex Indorum, Persarum AEgyptiorúmque monumentis,</hi> SOL ad
Regis personam interpretando refertur, &amp; ad principis à Rege secundi personam LVNA;
Venus ad personam Augustae; itidem alia maxima sidera ad viros Regis amplissimos.</p>
               <p>Haec dum lego, parùm abest quin existimem, titulum istum famosum Saporis Regis
Persarum in literis suis ad Constantium Imperatorem datis, [REX REGUM SA<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>POR,
<hi>particeps Siderum, frater Solis &amp; Lunae, Constantio Caesari fratri meo salutem</hi>]
quem Ammianus marcellinus fastui Persico deputat, haud aliud fuisse quàm stylum
genti vernaculum ex hujusmodi imaginibus natum. Quod eò minùs mirum cuipiam
videri debeat, quum etiam faciales nostros videamus, Imperatorum &amp; Regum insigni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
enunciandis, <hi>Solis, Lunae,</hi> reliquorúmque Planetarum nomina adhibere. Huc
<pb n="453" facs="tcp:63175:279"/>
quoque referendum Iacobi interpretamentum somnii Iosephi filii sui, de <hi>Sole, Luna,
&amp; undecim Stellis ipsum adorantibus:</hi> quod ille protinus, tanquam parabolarum Ori<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>entis
minimè ignarus, familiae suae applicat; <hi>Solem &amp; Lunam</hi> de se &amp; uxore, ceu Rege
&amp; Regina, <hi>Stellas</hi> de filiis, tanquam Familiae proceribus, interpretando. Gen. 37. 10.
Sed ad Achmetem nostrum redeamus, pergit autem ille eodem capite:
<q>
                     <p>Si quis Solem in coelo luce radiìsque carentem videre visus fuerit, ad personam Regis
calamitas <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> spectat.</p>
                     <p>Si cui Sol defecisse visus fuerit, ea res afflictionem &amp; bellum Regi portendit.</p>
                     <p>Si quis videre visus fuerit Solem nube tectum; in a afflictionem &amp; in morbos, pro occul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tationis
modo, Rex incidet.</p>
                     <p>Si quis absque lumine Solem, Lunam &amp; Sidera congregata videre visus fuerit; si de
magnatum numero est, propter istas tenebras omnino ruit in interitum; si Rex est, circun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>datus
ab universis bello petetur, &amp; magnam in afflictionem incidet.</p>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Cap. CLXVIII. ex observationibus Persarum &amp; AEgyptiorum,</hi> Si quis sidera per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>exiguo
praedita lumine, disjecta &amp; sparsa caliginosáque videre visus fuerit, hoc ad Nobi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lium
&amp; opulentorum calamitatem &amp; ad Regis praesides refertur.</p>
               <p>ABsoluto <hi>Sigillo sexto,</hi> protinus ad <hi>septimum</hi> septuplici plagâ soecundum ordine
pergendum foret, ut quod cun <hi>sexto</hi> continuo nexu cohaereat. Sed Spiritus
Sanctus certo consilio gradum paulisper sustinendum duxit; donec Coetûs cujusdam ei
contemporantis statum ob oculos poneret, sub plagis ejus cùm incolumis futuri, tum
etiam superaturi. Ei igitur Visioni priùs interpretationis, quam possumus, facem prae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fetemus:
deinde coeptum Sigillorum ordinem continuabimus.</p>
            </div>
         </div>
         <div type="exposition">
            <head>VISIO
COETUS SERVORUM DEI,
SIVE ECCLESIAE ELECTAE &amp; FIDELIS,
Sub Septimi Sigilli sive Tubarum ruinis conservandae, exhibita typo
CXLIVM EX OMNIBUS TRIBUBUS ISRAELIS SIGNATORUM,
Ineunte Sigillo Septimo.</head>
            <p>BIS ponitur <hi>Signatorum</hi> Visio:<note place="margin">Ad Cap. 7.</note> primô hîc ineuntibus Tubis, in Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phetia
prima; iterum, ceu Bestiae rerum potiuntis <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, in
Prophetia secunda, c. 14. Duplici etiam respectu: hîc quá <hi>conser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vandorùm</hi>
sub Tubarum ruinis; illic quà <hi>collaudandorum</hi> ob fidem
Deo &amp; Agno servatam, cùm caeteri Orbis Incolae, desertores &amp; trans<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fugae,
Bestiae characterem accepissent. Ex quo liquidò apparet, Va<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ticinium
Bestiae Tubarum rebus contemporare: quousque autem,
aliunde judicandum est; nempe non ultra Tubae sextae exitum, quo Bestiae menses
cum Testium lugentium diebus finiuntur, cap. 11. 14. Nobis in praesenti institutum
est, priori Signatorum Visioni, quâ de iisdem <hi>conservandis</hi> agitur, faculam interpreta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tionis
allucere: de <hi>collandandis</hi> postea, cùm eò ventum.</p>
            <p>
               <pb n="454" facs="tcp:63175:280"/>
               <hi>Postea,</hi> inquit, (id est, sexti Sigilli visione transactâ, septimóque, quod <hi>Tubarum est,</hi>
jam inituro) <hi>vidi quatuor Angelos stantes super quatuor angulos terrae, retinentes
quatuor ventos terrae, nè flaret ventus super terram, neque super mare, neque in ullam
arborem.</hi>
               <note place="margin">R<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                     <desc>•••</desc>
                  </gap>bi Ted<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> Ler<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> in lib. de 10. Nume<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rationibus, <hi>Et illis qua<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>nor Vouis cr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>vit quatuor Aege<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>los, qui pruae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fecti sunt super eos in di<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> &amp; nocte.</hi> Apud Reuchlin. de A<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>te Cabbal. lib. 3. versus <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                     <desc>•••</desc>
                  </gap>em.</note>
            </p>
            <p>Sensus est, Vidit Angelos qui praeessent <hi>ventis,</hi> id est, bellorum &amp; calamitatum
procellis, quacunque ex mundi plaga proditurae essent, quousque Deo visum, coer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cendis;
ad ejus verò nutum, signum siquando daret, in Orbem terrarum laxandis:
non quidem eosdem cum Tubarum Angelis, sed qui ad illorum tamen sonitum <hi>Ventos
istos</hi> modò ex hac, modò ex illa mundi parte laxaturi essent, Rei Romanae dissipandae
ac prosternendae. <hi>Ventorum</hi> enim parabola apud Prophetas <hi>motus bellicos &amp; hostiles
impetus</hi> atque <hi>impressiones</hi> designat: ut Ier. 49. 36. <hi>Inducam super Elam quatuor ventos
à quatuor plagis coeli, &amp; ventilabo eos in omnes ventos istos; &amp; non erit gens ad quam
non perveniant profugi Elam.</hi> Vide caetera. Item cap. 51. 1, 2. <hi>Ecce ego, dicit Dominus,
excitabo super Babel, &amp;c. ventum corrumpentem. Et emittam in Babel ventilatores, &amp;
ventilabunt eam, &amp; evacuabunt terram ejus.</hi> Adde quoque cap. 18. 17. <hi>Sicut ventus
Orientalis dispergam eos</hi> (id est, Iudaeos) <hi>coram inimico,</hi> hoc est, Rege Babylonis.
Hue quoque referendum videtur illud Danielis cap. 7. 2, 3. <hi>Ecce quatuor venti coeli
pugnabant in mari magno; Et quatuor Bestiae grandes ascendebant de mari:</hi> id est, ex
gentium undique bello ferróque inter sese concurrentium, de di<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>ionéque &amp; imperio
concertantium conflictu, nata sunt quatuor Regna magna.</p>
            <p>Et vidi, <hi>inquit,</hi> alium Angelum ascendentem ab ortu Solis, habentem sigillum Dei
vivi: (<hi>sortè igitur Christus Dominus est</hi>) &amp; clamavit voce magnâ quatuor Ange<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lis,
quibus datum est (<hi>ventos nempe laxando, quos retinuerant</hi>) laedere terram
&amp; marc, dicens, Nè laedite terram, neque mare, neque arbores, quousque signaveri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mus
Servos Dei nostri in frontibus suis.</p>
            <p>Id est, Ventos nè laxetis, néve iisdem in Orbem eundi, furendi potestatem faciatis.
<hi>Terram</hi> autem, <hi>mare</hi> &amp; <hi>arbores</hi> nominat <hi>ventorum</hi> imagini congruenter, utpote quibus
<hi>venti</hi> damnum inserre soleant; <hi>terrae,</hi> aedificiorum ruinis; <hi>mari,</hi> naufragiis; <hi>arboribus,</hi>
strage &amp; laceratione multifariâ. <hi>Sustinete,</hi> inquit, <hi>quousque signaverimus servos Dei
nostri in frontibus suis:</hi> id est, notâ impressâ discreverimus, ceu electum Dei Coetum,
in quem perditoribus istis ventis, reliquam hominum societatem in exitium daturis,
nihil juris sit; sed cui, sigillo suo animadverso, Providentia Divina jugiter invigilaret,
nè hâc rei Romanae ruinâ, quam afferrent Tubae, sancta ipsorum progenies extingue<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>retur.
Ità enim rem comparatam fore, ut neque impunè laturi sint qui laeserint, tan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quam
juris à Deoconcessi limites transgressi; porrò damnum, si quod datum fuerit, à
Deo protinus resarciretur. Allusum verò est ad locum Ezechielis cap. 9. ubi ab An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gelo
signantur suspirantes, &amp; exclamantes propter abominationes Ierusalem, ad hoc,
nè parem cum impiis &amp; reprobis cladem à percussoribus sustineant.</p>
            <p>Et sanè, eventum quod attinet, si quis temporum de quibus hîc agitur statum per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>penderit;
miraculi instar videbitur, fieri potuisse, ut Imperio Rom. tanta cum urbium
atque incolarum suorum strage dissipato &amp; destructo, ità ut, veteribus incolis prope<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>modum
extinctis, à barbaris &amp; à Christo alienis gentibus habiraretur; Ecclesia tamen
ibidem in mediis hisce malis, &amp; quasi mundo in caput ipsius corruente, perennaret;
imò etiam, Bestia eodem tempore (ut suo loco audiemus) universum Christianismum
cultu idololatrico incestante, Coetum nihilominus (qualis hic est) illibatum, có<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
nomine Deo curae, in situ suo foveret. Tanti erat Dei signaculi munitam
fuisse.</p>
            <p>
               <hi>Et audivi,</hi> inquit, <hi>numerum signatorum; centum quadraginta quatuor millia signali
sunt ex omnibus tribubus filiorum Israel,</hi> id est, duodecies duodecim millia, ex
singulis tribubus duodena millia.</p>
            <p>Quemadmodum enim initio, Theatrum Visionum seu Consessum Apocalypticum
pro veteris Synagogae imagine statúque descriptum vidimus, magnáque pars hujus
libri Typorum eódem spectat, adeò ut etiam <hi>Pseudo-Christiani</hi> in Epistolis ad Eccle<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sias
ea de causa<note n="*" place="margin">Cap. 2. 9. &amp; cap. 3. 9.</note> 
               <hi>Pseudo-Iudaei</hi> audiant; ità quoque hic Ecclesia gentium catholica,
sigillo Dei munienda, figuratur typo Israelis; duodecim illius Apostolis totidem hujus
Patriarchis commodè respondentibus.</p>
            <p>Nec id quidem immeritò fit, cùm alias ob causas, tum maximè quòd Ecclesia,
quae indè à rejectione Iudaeorum hucusque ex Gentibus colligitur, in Israelis vicem
successerit, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>ít<expan>
                  <am>
                     <g ref="char:abque"/>
                  </am>
                  <ex>que</ex>
               </expan>, ut ità loquar, <hi>surrogatus ISRAEL;</hi> eó<expan>
                  <am>
                     <g ref="char:abque"/>
                  </am>
                  <ex>que</ex>
               </expan> loco apud Deum tantis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>per
habenda, dum, veteri populo suo denuo misericordiam consecuto, <hi>plenitudo gentium</hi>
introierit; id est, <hi>Turba illa innumera ex omnibus gentibus, tribubus, populis &amp; linguis,</hi>
quam, finitâ demum Israelis hujusce signaturâ, Ioannes se vidisse testatur, laudes Deo &amp;
<pb n="455" facs="tcp:63175:280"/>
Agno concinentem. Hoc enimvero illud est, (de <hi>surrogatione</hi> loquor) quod Aposto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lus
Paulus docere voluit ad Rom. c. 11. dum inculcat, <hi>ruinam Iudaeorum salutem at<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tulisse
Gentibus, &amp; eorum abjectionem fuisse reconciliationem mundi.</hi> Non quòd aliter
Gentes suo tempore vocandae non fuissent, (cùm totus Prophetarum chorus elamet,
Gentes ad gloriam Israelis aggregandas, &amp; ad Dominum convertendas fuisse; quod
neque ipsi Iudaei jam olim, neque hodie diffitentur:) sed quòd non hâc, quae per
anticipationem, surrogationem, &amp; ad Zelotypiam facta est, vocatione, nisi Iudaei
Christo renunciâssent. Intelligens sciet quid velim. <hi>Vobis necesse fuit,</hi> inquit Aposto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lus
Act. 13. <hi>primùm exponi Verbum Dei: postquam autem ipsum repellitis, &amp; indignos vos
ipsos decernitis aeternâ vitâ; ecce, convertimus nos ad Gentes.</hi> De Gentium verò con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>versione
anticipata (id est, quae. Iudaeorum instaurationem praecederet) accipiendum
videtur (ut hoc quoque moneam) testimonium illud Amosi à Iacobo in Concilio Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stolorum
<hi>Act.</hi> 15. laudatum; eóque sortasse nomine caeteris, quae de Gentium in po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pulum
Dei cooptatione aliàs haberi potuissent, vaticiniis tunc praelatum. Innuit enim,
non tantùm <hi>nomen Domini super gentes invocandum fuisse</hi> (id est, futuras ei Gentes in
populum;) sed etiam illud ex parte tunc futurum, dum adhuc <hi>tabernaculum Davidis
collapsum</hi> jaceret, id est, regnum Israelis nondum per Christum instauraretur. <hi>Posthaec,</hi>
inquit, <hi>revertar, &amp; reaedificabo tabernaculum Davidis collapsum, &amp; diruta ejus reaedifi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cabo,
&amp; erigam illud: ut requirant caeteri hominum Dominum, &amp; omnes gentes super
quos <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> invocatum esset nomen meum;</hi> hoc est ut reliquiae hominum, unà cum
gentibus istis super quas jam antea nomen meum invocatum esset, tum demum me ve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
Deum requirerent &amp; colerent. Pro eo enim quod nunc in textu Hebraico habe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur,
<gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, id est, <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>,
olim scriptum lectum videtur, <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, id est,
<gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>. Quinimo ex Hebraica
<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>ectione quae nunc obtinet, idem de anticipata gentium in Dei populum cooptatione
colligi posse videtur; nempe isto sensu: Iudaeos reduces, tum cùm tabernaculum Da<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vidis
collapsum denuo instauraretur, reliquias Edom, necnon Gentes super quas nomen
Domini jam antea invocatum esset, haereditario jure adituros: ergò Gentium aliquas
in Dei populum futuras ante instaurationem tabernaculi Davidici. Sed deistis satis.</p>
            <p>
               <hi>Numerum signatorum</hi> quod attinet, Duodenarius numerus Apostolici generis insig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ne
est; qui tribuum tam singularum, quàm universarum millenos multiplicando pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>geniem
denotat Apostolicam; progeniem putà, licèt in plures millenos auctam, mini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mè
tamen degenerem, sed parentes suos side &amp; sanctitate exprimentem. Nimirum,
quemadmodum <hi>Bestiae numerum habere,</hi>
               <note n="*" place="margin">Cap. 13. 17.</note> (ut postea audiemus) gentem Bestianam seu
Bestiae sectatricem; ità &amp; Apostolorum numerum gerere, legitimam Apostolorum
sobolem designat. Hanc esse duodenariae illius multiplicationis verissimam mentem,
oftendit analogia novae Ierusalem; in cujus structura &amp; dimensionibus portarum,
fundamentorum areae, murorum ambitûs, longitudinis, latitudinis, altitudinis, idem duo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>denarius
numerus, aut duodenaria multiplicatio adhibetur. Et nè ampliùs haesitaremus
duodenarius iste quorsum tandem respiciat, ecce de duodecim muri fundamentis di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sertè
dicitur quòd inscripta fuerint <hi>nominibus duodecim Apostolorum Agni,</hi> cap. 21. 14.</p>
            <q>
               <p>Ex tribu Iudae, ex tribubus Reubenis, Gad, Aseris, Nephthali, Manassis, Simeonis,
Levi, Isacharis, Zabulonis, Iosephi, Benjaminis, <hi>ex singulis signata sunt duode<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cim
millia.</hi>
               </p>
            </q>
            <p>Nusquam alibi in tota Scriptura hoc ordine Tribus recensentur, etiamsi aliàs nume<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rentur
diversimodé. Praeterquam enim quòd <hi>Dan</hi> prorsus non compareat, neque
<hi>Ephraimi</hi> nomen audiatur; in caeteris ab omnium quae alibi habentur recensionum lege
disceditur, neque aut nativitatis, aut dignitatis natalium, aut habitationis ordo serva<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur;
sed extremae permiscentur mediis, &amp; ancillarum filii natu minores semel atque ite<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
majoribus natu uxorum liberis praeponuntur: ut minimè dubitandum sit, quin
praecipuum aliquod Typi mysterium in ordine tam novo ac insolito lateat. Hoc, Deo
coeptis adspirante, aliquatenus eruisse videmur; nempe hujusmodi.</p>
            <p>Primùm, ab hoc Typo abjicitur <hi>Dan,</hi> tacetur <hi>Ephraim,</hi> tanquam <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> Israe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>liticae
antesignani &amp; primipili (Iud. capitibus 17, &amp; 18.) i<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>démque, tempore Regni,
publicorum idolorum Dane &amp; Bethele hospites; propterea religionis purioris cultori<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
figurandis omnino inepti.</p>
            <p>Ut autem nihilominus duodenarius numerus compleatur, pro <hi>Dane Levi</hi> substitui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur,
tacitum <hi>Ephraimi</hi> nomen supplet <hi>Iosephi.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>Numero sic constituto, uxorum &amp; ancillarum filii, insuper habitâ natalium dignita<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>te,
permiscentur, ac ancillarum liberi in Dominarum adoptantur. In Christo enim
<hi>neque servus est, neque liber,</hi> sed omnes unius rationis sunt.</p>
            <p>
               <pb n="456" facs="tcp:63175:281"/>Cùm igitur <hi>Leae</hi> filii, quà naturales, quà adoptivi, duplo plures sint quàm <hi>Rachelis;</hi>
illius nempe octo, hujus tantùm quatuor: proinde ordo iste in recensendo observa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur,
ut duplâ quoque ratione quaterni <hi>Leae</hi> filii alternatim cum binis <hi>Rachelis</hi> confer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rentur:
utrobique autem eae Tribus reliquis, tanquam potiores, praeferantur, quas
factum aliquod suum aut suorum, in sacris literis memoratum, de vero Dei cultu &amp;
erga eundem zelo commendaverat. Primum verò agmen ducit prosapia <hi>Leae</hi> propter
Christi, Principis Coetûs, praerogativam, ex ejus utique stirpe oriundi: hoc modo.</p>
            <list>
               <label>Primus qua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ternio filio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum LEAE.</label>
               <item>
                  <list>
                     <item>1 IUDA</item>
                     <item>2 Reuben</item>
                     <item>3 Gad</item>
                     <item>4 Aser.</item>
                  </list>
               </item>
               <label>Prima biga filiorum RACHELIS.</label>
               <item>
                  <list>
                     <item>5 Nephthali</item>
                     <item>6 Manasse.</item>
                  </list>
               </item>
               <label>Alter quater<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nio filiorum LEAE.</label>
               <item>
                  <list>
                     <item>7 Simeon</item>
                     <item>8 Levi</item>
                     <item>9 Isachar</item>
                     <item>10 Zabulon.</item>
                  </list>
               </item>
               <label>Altera biga filiorum RA<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>CHELIS.</label>
               <item>
                  <list>
                     <item>11 Ioseph</item>
                     <item>12 Benjamin.</item>
                  </list>
               </item>
            </list>
            <q>Ratio ordinis filiorum Leae.</q>
            <p>EX LEAE, ut vides, filiis primum quaternionem constituunt <hi>Iuda, Reuben, Gad,
Aser,</hi> utpote prae caeteris eo nomine, cui Typus figurando est nobilitati.</p>
            <p>In istis primus locus, ut par est, tribuitur <hi>Iudae,</hi> ob Christum Regem fidelium eâ
tribu proseminatum.</p>
            <p>Secundus <hi>Reubeni,</hi> quem illustris illa protestatio de altari <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> ad Iorda<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nis
ripam exstructo nobilitavit; quâque meruit, nè nativitatis praerogativam (pri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mogenitus
enim fuit) alii quàm <hi>Iudae,</hi> tribui regiae submitteret.</p>
            <p>Tertium locum sortitur <hi>Gad,</hi> utpote <hi>Reubenis</hi> in celebri ista protestatione de vero
Dei cultu retinendo socius; &amp; porrò Eliâ Prophetâ &amp; Iehu Rege Baalismi destructo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ribus,
insignis.</p>
            <p>Quartum denique, &amp; in hoc quaternione novissimum, locum capessit <hi>Aser,</hi> viduâ
Sareptanâ, quae Eliam pavit, illustris, (nam ad <hi>Aseris</hi> sortem spectavit Sarepta) nec<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>non
Annâ Prophetissâ <hi>Aseritide,</hi> quae Christo, cùm in Templo juxta Legem sisteretur,
testimonium perhibuit, nobilis; sed tribus praecedentibus, quòd utraque foemina esset,
nequaquam comparandus.</p>
            <p>In ultimum quaternionem rejiciuntur <hi>Simeon, Levi, Isachar, Zabulon;</hi> nempe aut
nullis, aut pa<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                  <desc>••</desc>
               </gap>ioribus nominibus condecorati, aut, si quae habuerint, scelere aliquo
postmodum obliteratis. Siquidem <hi>Levi</hi> zelum, quo se in deserto probavit, (ut ta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceam
de seditione Korachi) obliteravit ejus cum apostatis &amp; idololatris Israeliticis
indè ab initio consortium. Tam enim Michae Ephraimitae quàm suribus Danitis, primis
à morte Iosuae idololatris, Ionathan Levites Mosis neoos operam suam in idolorum
cultu condixit, <hi>Iud.</hi> 17. 10. &amp; 18. 30. Fieri etiam potest ut <hi>Levi</hi> in postremum qua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ternionem
detruserit substitutio in locum Danis.</p>
            <p>Porrò, cùm nihil habeant hujus quaternionis fratres quo alii aliis praecellant; ideo
nativitatis ordinem servant immutatum, &amp; quo quisque ordine natus est, juxta eum
recensetur.</p>
            <q>Ratio ordinis filiorum Rachelis.</q>
            <p>Inter RACHELIS autem posteros familiam ducit biga <hi>Nephthalis</hi> &amp; <hi>Manassis;</hi>
agmen claudunt <hi>Ioseph</hi> &amp; <hi>Benjamin.</hi> Praeferuntur <hi>Nephthali</hi> &amp; <hi>Manasse;</hi> quia ille, ut
Baraco Siserae Cananaei debellatore, ità Hiramo instrumentorum &amp; supellectilis Tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pli
Dei artifice ex patre Nephthalita, (1 Reg. 7. 14. cum 2 Chron. 2. 14.) sed &amp;
majori adhuc nomine (de quo postea) inclytus; hic Gideone Baalis subversore, &amp;
Elisaeo Prophetâ nobilis fuit.</p>
            <p>
               <hi>Nephthalim</hi> verò, licèt ancillae filium, supra <hi>Manassen</hi> extulit gloria incolatûs Christi;
qui utique munus suum orsurus, in nobilissima <hi>Nephthaliticae</hi> sortis urbe, totiúsque
Galilaeae metropoli, <hi>Capernaum,</hi> domicilium &amp; praedicationis suae sedem fixit: unde
tanquam ex urbe Episcopali totam Galilaeam cum Apostolis suis semel iterúmque
obivit, in omnibus Synagogis &amp; vicis docens Evangelium regni &amp; miraculis sanationum
coruscans.</p>
            <p>Id enim Lector, ex Evangelica historia notes velim (quia multos fugit) Servatorem
nostrum omni tempore quo in terris versabatur in <hi>Galilaea</hi> habitâsse; in <hi>Iudaea</hi> verò, prae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cipuâ
tum gentis tum tribûs suae sede, non nisi festis temporibus conspectum suisse. Hóc<expan>
                  <am>
                     <g ref="char:abque"/>
                  </am>
                  <ex>que</ex>
               </expan>
illud esse quod Isaias jam olim praedixerat (Isa. 9. Matth. 4. 14.) <hi>Consiliarium illum
admirabilem, Deum sortem, Authorem aeternitatis</hi> (Septuag. <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>)
<hi>Principem pacis,</hi> uno verbo MESSIAM, Galilaeum suturum; &amp; quasi in
<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>ompensationem &amp; solatium captivitatis, quam prima omnium Terrae sanctae regio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>num
ab Assyrio tum recèns Galilaea pertulerat, (2 Reg. 15. 29.) illum praecipuè
<pb n="457" facs="tcp:63175:281"/>
tractum praesentiâ suâ illustraturum; in specie autem viam illam publicam, dictam VI<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>AM MARIS,
quò loci ex Syria veniens Iordanem p<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>r mediam Capernaum transit,
indéque secundùm Mare Galaeae pergens in AEgyptum ducit.<note place="margin">Vid. Adrichoni. Tab. <hi>Neph<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thal.</hi> ipsum que pag. 115. b.</note> Audiamus ipsum:
<gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>.
Quod, distinctione vulgatâ posthabitâ, sponte &amp; ad literam ità sonat: <hi>Sicut
tempore primo vilem reddidit terram Zabulon &amp; terram Nephthali;</hi> (utique, ut dixi,<note place="margin">
                  <hi>Vel</hi> Tempora primo vilem redi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>it, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> sed in novissi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mo, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
               </note> per
Tiglath-peleserem) <hi>ità in novissimo gloriosam</hi> [&amp; <hi>inclytam] faciet. Via</hi> [enim] <hi>Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ris</hi>
(ab assyrio calcata) <hi>ad transitum Iordànis</hi> (ibi Capernaum sita) <hi>Galilaea gentium,
populus qui ambulabat in tenebris</hi> (nempe afflictionum) <hi>vidit lucem magnam, habitan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tibus
in regione umbrae mortis lux exorta est,</hi> &amp;c. Vin<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap> scire unde, &amp; quo authore ità
beabitur Galilaea, in eâque via illa maritima ubi trajectus est Iordanis? statim subji<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cit,
<hi>Quia parvulus natus est nobis, filius datus est nobis, &amp; erit principatus super hume<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
ejus, &amp; vocabitur nomen ejus Admirabilis, Consiliarius, Deus fortis, Pater aeterni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tatis,
Princeps pacis.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>Verba autem illa <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> (à quibus nostri ferè, Iudaeorum,
qui nunquam hanc prophetiam intellexerunt, vestigia prementes, caput hoc, magnâ
sensûs perturbatione, ordiuntur) cum Hieronymo &amp; Bibliis Regiis praecedentis capi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tis
sententiae annecto; vertóque, <hi>quoniam non est obscuratio ei qui angustiae est ipsi:</hi> id
est, in calamitoso isto &amp; afflicto rerum statu, in quem respublica Israelitica tunc tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poris,
juxta Legis comminationem, incidisse memoratur, atque oculis quasi subjicitur,
ad indignationem &amp; desperationem homines adactos, quòd hostem quo premebantur
viderint perpetuis successibus uti, ne<expan>
                  <am>
                     <g ref="char:abque"/>
                  </am>
                  <ex>que</ex>
               </expan> ullum ei insortunium obveni<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>e. Magni profectò
fidei Christianae interest, oraculum hoc de Messia Galilaeo clarè intelligi, at<expan>
                  <am>
                     <g ref="char:abque"/>
                  </am>
                  <ex>que</ex>
               </expan> Matthaei
ipsum allegantis fidem asseri: proptereá lucem ei qualemcun<expan>
                  <am>
                     <g ref="char:abque"/>
                  </am>
                  <ex>que</ex>
               </expan> hâc occasione foenerare
volui, sperans Lectorem id non ingratum habiturum. Ad Apocalypsin redeo, illúdque
porrò addam, priusquam Nephthali<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                  <desc>••</desc>
               </gap> dimisero, Quòd quemadmodum in <hi>Leae</hi> filiis pri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mum
locum sortitus sit <hi>Iuda,</hi> propter <hi>Christi</hi> genus; ità inter <hi>Rachelidas, Nephthali,</hi> ob
ejus domicilium; ut utrobique superemineat <hi>Christi</hi> praerogativa, cujus nomine, ceu
Domini &amp; Imperatoris, Coetus iste<note n="*" place="margin">Cap. 14. 1.</note> (ut suo loco audiemus) inscribitur.</p>
            <p>Restant <hi>Ioseph</hi> &amp; <hi>Benjamin,</hi> ad postremum Rachelidarum bigam rejecti quorum
illum in hunc locum detrusit peccatum Ephraimiticum: siquidem <hi>Ephraim</hi> est, qui
<hi>Iosephi</hi> nomine tegitur, indignus qui suo (tum quia Idololatriae Israeliticae, authore
Michâ, antesignanus suit; tum ob immanem illam, Ieroboamo &amp; Achabo authoribus,
<gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>) in hoc catalogo audiatur. <hi>Benjaminem</hi> denique, aliàs natu minimum,
altiori gradu prohibet Saulis Benjaminitae adversus Davidem (utpote Christi genear<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cham
typúmque) odium, &amp; Schimei in eundem maledicta.</p>
            <q>
               <p>¶Sententia memorialis ex nominum, quibus Tribus appellentur, significatis conflata;
quâ, cùm Tribuum signatarum ordo, tum Coetûs ipsius indoles, lucta, atque à Deo
praemium declarantur.</p>
            </q>
            <p>
               <table>
                  <row>
                     <cell>IUDA</cell>
                     <cell>Confitetur <hi>Deo</hi>
                     </cell>
                     <cell rows="4">Cultus purus &amp; ritè Christianus.</cell>
                  </row>
                  <row>
                     <cell>REUBEN</cell>
                     <cell>intuendo filium</cell>
                  </row>
                  <row>
                     <cell>GAD</cell>
                     <cell>Coetus</cell>
                  </row>
                  <row>
                     <cell>ASER</cell>
                     <cell>benedictus.</cell>
                  </row>
                  <row>
                     <cell>NEPHTHALIM</cell>
                     <cell>Luctantur <hi>cum</hi>
                     </cell>
                     <cell rows="3">Lucta.</cell>
                  </row>
                  <row>
                     <cell>MANASSE</cell>
                     <cell>obliviscentibus</cell>
                  </row>
                  <row>
                     <cell>SIMEON</cell>
                     <cell>obedientiam.</cell>
                  </row>
                  <row>
                     <cell>LEVI</cell>
                     <cell>
                        <hi>Adhaesio,</hi> scil. Christo</cell>
                     <cell rows="5">Praemium.</cell>
                  </row>
                  <row>
                     <cell>ISACHAR</cell>
                     <cell>mercedem</cell>
                  </row>
                  <row>
                     <cell>ZABULON</cell>
                     <cell>
                        <hi>habitaculi,</hi> se. aeterni</cell>
                  </row>
                  <row>
                     <cell>IOSEPH</cell>
                     <cell>adjicit</cell>
                  </row>
                  <row>
                     <cell>BENIAMIN</cell>
                     <cell>filio dextrae</cell>
                  </row>
               </table>
            </p>
            <p>Confitetur, vel celebrat <hi>Deum,</hi> intuendo filium, (id est, <hi>Christum mediatorem uni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>um</hi>)
Coetus benedictus, (<hi>coetus signatorum.</hi>) Luctantur <hi>cum</hi> obliviscentibus obedi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>entiam
(id est, <hi>cum Antichristianis.</hi>) Adhaesio <hi>Christo</hi> mercedem habitaculi (<hi>nemp<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>
aeterni</hi>) adjiciet filio dextrae, (id est, <hi>ei quem Deus magni facit:) vel aliter,</hi> Adhae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rentibus
<hi>Deo</hi> mercedem habitaculi (id est, <hi>aeternae vitae</hi>) adjiciet Filius dextrae, (id
est, <hi>Christus.</hi>)</p>
            <p>
               <pb n="458" facs="tcp:63175:282"/>Contractiori huic &amp; afflictiori Ecclesiae statui Typo <hi>signatorum ex Israele,</hi>
               <note place="margin">Ad Cap. 8.</note> succedit
amplissimus longéque felicissimus ejusdem status, imagine <hi>Palmiferorum</hi> innumerabili<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um,
ex omni gente, populo, tribu, &amp; lingua. <hi>Posthaec,</hi> inquit, <hi>vidi,</hi> &amp; <hi>ecce turba multa,
quam numerare nemo poterat, ex omni gente &amp; tribubus, &amp; populis, &amp; linguis, stantes
ante thronum, &amp; ante Agnum, amictai vestibus, albis, &amp; palmae in manibus eorum. Et
clamabant voce magnâ, dicentes, Salus Deo nostro qui sedet super thronum, &amp; Agno,</hi> &amp;c.
Atqui haec Visio <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>ùm ad Tubam septimam pertineat, neque alibi commodè &amp; dilu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cidè
ob tot praenoscenda explicari possit, eò scholium ejus differemus. Praesenti loco
sufficiat quod modò in genere dictum est, Lectorémque memoriâ tenere, ambas qui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dem
Visiones istas junctim totum Sigilli septimi seu Tubarum intervallum pervadere;
seorsim verò Coetum Signatorùm sex primis Tubis, Turbam Palmiferorum <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>Tubae sep<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>timae
<gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>. Atque ità interjectae Visionis Visionúmve interpretatione defuncti,
intermissam Sigillorum seriem resumamus.</p>
         </div>
         <div type="exposition">
            <head>MENS
SIGILLI SEPTIMI,
Id est,
SEPTEM TUBARUM.</head>
            <p>FUerunt SEX PRIMA SIGILLA, quibus stantis adhuc &amp; vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gentis
Imperii status, usque dum potestas Idolorum rueret, casibus in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>testinis
describebatur: Succedit Septimum, cujus <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, SEP<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>TEM TUBAE,
quo Imperii labantis &amp; cadentis fata, septuplici
plagarum ordine, bellicum canentibus Tubis, ruituri, consuetis ad
eam rem imaginibus panduntur; Deo nempe sanguinis tot Martyrum,
Romanis auspiciis effusi, isthâc Ruinâ poenas exigente.</p>
            <p>Qui enim nè brutis quidem animantibus, si quando hominem imaginem suam occi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derint,
parci velit, annon ille sanguinem servorum suorum ab Imperio tot annis Mar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tyricidâ
reposceret? Neque sera Christianorum Imperatorum ibi rerum potiuntium
pietas justitiae Dei intercedere debuit, non magìs quàm pietas Iosiae ut regnum Iudae,
sanguinis à Manasse effusi rerum, excidium à Deo decretum effugeret. Hanc ultio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nem
animae Martyrum, sub immani illa Sigilli quinti laniena gementes, precibus effla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gitârunt:
hanc Deus promisit, quamprimùm Tyrannus Romanus, eorum accessione
qui tum adhuc jugulandi restabant, mensuram suam implêsset, cap. 6. 11. Hoc tempus
jam advenerat. Quapropter <hi>preces istas</hi> Angelus coeli Sacerdos ad Altare thymiamatis
(ut moris erat precibus populi in Templo factis) suffitu ad Thronum Dei transmittit,
eíque in memoriam revocat. Interea <hi>silentium in coelo factum est ad semihoram;</hi> pro Tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pli
nempe ritu in istiusmodi sacro obeundo. Constat enim, in sacris ubivis ferè Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tium
<hi>Silentium</hi> de Religione fuisse. <hi>Favere linguis,</hi> dicebant. Id à populo Dei observa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum,
tum cùm Incensum fieret. Dum enim Sacrificia offerebantur, (quae<note n="a" place="margin">Refert Philo <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                     <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                  </gap> de Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crificii<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                     <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                     <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                  </gap>
               </note> prima
pars <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> fuit, Templum canticis, tubis, aliisque instrumentis musicis persona<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bat,
2 Chron. 29. 25. usque ad 28. At tempore incensi omnia<note n="b" place="margin">
                  <hi>
                     <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>orte huc al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>luditur Psal.</hi> 62 2. Ad Deum <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>silet omnis anima;</hi> &amp; Psal. 65. 2.</note> silebant, &amp; populus
tacitè secum precabatur, Luc. 1. 10. Huc igitur allusum est, dum Angelo ad Altare
aureum sacra futuro, <hi>factum esse</hi> dicitur <hi>in Coelo Silentium ad semihoram,</hi> id est, toto
tempore Incensi.</p>
            <p>Quo demum peracto,<note n="c" place="margin">Vers. 5.</note> 
               <hi>Implevit Angelus thuribulum ex igne Altaris, abjecitq<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap> in
terram.</hi> Nempe, ut hoc ritu indicaret quorsum spectarent preces istae, quas ad Deum
commeantes grato odore perfuderat; scilicet ad vindictam in Terricolas impetrandam,
qui Sanctos laeserant, imò sanguinem eorum effuderant.</p>
            <p>Preces autem continuò responsum ferunt. <hi>Nam facta sunt,</hi> inquit, (scilicet ex
Throno seu adyto Templi, ut cap. 4. 5.) <hi>Voces &amp; tonitrua &amp; fulgura</hi> &amp;<note n="d" place="margin">It<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> quoque Act. 4. 31. D<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                     <desc>•••</desc>
                  </gap> Apo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>o<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lorum precious <hi>terr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap> motu</hi> a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                     <desc>•••</desc>
                  </gap>bat. Vid Psal. 18. prout habetur 2 Sam. 22. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> vers. 7. ad <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>. ubi <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> pro eo quod in Psal. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
               </note> 
               <hi>terrae motus.</hi>
Quibus verbis describitur oraculum <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> BATH KOL, id est, <hi>Filia vocis seu toni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trui,</hi>
quo Deus olim in veteri populo responsa dabat, eodémque hîc precibus Sancto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
annuit. Hebraeo autem sermone sciendum <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> idem sonare;
Tonitrua enim <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> appellari, id est, <hi>Voces.</hi> Aut igitur <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> sumendum <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>
               <pb n="459" facs="tcp:63175:282"/>
pro <hi>hoc est;</hi> aut, quod malim, per-figuram <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, <hi>Voces</hi> &amp; <hi>tonitrua</hi> sunt <hi>Voces to<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nitrui</hi>
aut <hi>cum tonitru.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>Scilicet Deus ut plurimùm cum tonitru placita sua edebat, quemadmodum &amp; Le<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gem
tulit, Exod. 19. 16. imò unicum id oraculum Iudaeis reliquum post captivitatem
Baby lonicam mansit. Cujus exemplum est apud Evangelistam nostrum, cap. 12. 28.
cùm dixisset Dominus, <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, <hi>Pater glorifica Nomen tuum; ve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nit,</hi>
inquit, <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>. Sequitur ibi, <hi>Et turba
quae astabat &amp; audierat, dicebat, Tonitru esse factum. Alii dicebant, Angelus ei locutus
est.</hi> Id est, alii <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, tonitru Divinum, seu conjunctum cum voce Divina, <hi>Filiam</hi>
nempe <hi>tonitr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>i,</hi> dicebant; alii verò, Angelum loqui. Atque hinc est quòd in Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>calypsi,
non hoc tantùm loco, sed alibi passim, cum oraculis vocibúsque Divinis <hi>toni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tru</hi>
conjungitur; ut cap. 4. 5. cap. 6. 1. cap. 10. 3. Videsis Clarissimi Danielis Heinsii
Aristarchum sacrum, pag. 277, &amp; 455.</p>
            <p>Sacro sic peracto, &amp; Deo voce tonitrui Sanctorum precibus annuente, <hi>Septem Ange<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>li
qui habebant septem Tubas, praeparaverunt se ut clangerent.</hi>
               <note place="margin">Verse 6:</note>
            </p>
            <p>Opera Divinae providentiae &amp; gubernationis Angelis administris geri, apud omnes
Theologos in confesso est. Angeli igitur in Visionibus istis eorum locum tenent, qui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
ad res gerendas à Deo praeponuntur; quódque communibus operis tam Angelo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
quàm hominum geritur, id Angelis authoribus, tanquam auspicibus &amp; ducibus,
geri dicitur. Ut omnino à scopo aberrare mihi videantur qui sub istis Angelorum no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minibus aliud aliquod mysterium latere putent. Angeli igitur Tubicines, de quibus
hîc sermo, sunt qui ad gubernandas Tubarum plagas, adhibitis ad gerendum, per quos
Deo decreta sua exsequi visum, hominibus, constituti sunt.</p>
            <p>Harum verò <hi>Tubarum</hi> quatuor primae angustiorum &amp; minorum plagarum sunt; ut<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pote
quibus, Orbi Occidentali seu Latino maximam partem incumbentibus, sanandis
suit Episcopus Romanus, dehinc Orbi saltem isti in caput futurus. Quarum imagini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
ritè accommodandis, hîc quoque Lector observet, Universitatem Romanam cum
reliquis Orbis Imperiis à Spiritu S. tacitè assimi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>ari Systemati Mundano, cujus partes
sunt <hi>Terra, Mare, Flumina, Coelum, Stellae;</hi> eâ ratione, ut Imperii cujusque Systema
suam quoque <hi>Terram</hi> habeat, quae sit instar illius <hi>Telluris,</hi> nempe imum quoddam &amp;
Basin cui totius politiae moles incumbat: <hi>Mare</hi> item, quod, <hi>Terram</hi> suam circumfun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dendo,
<hi>Maris</hi> similitudinem (haec Ditionis amplitudo sen extensio est) omnimodò
gerat: <hi>
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>lumina</hi> quoque politica, quae aliorum fluminum ritu ex <hi>Mari</hi> suo originem
ducat eodemque revertantur; cujusmodi sunt Magistratus provinciales caeteríque di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tionis
administri, un<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap> cum illorum Fluminum alveis provinciis ipsis: <hi>Solem</hi> denique
alíásque <hi>Stellas</hi> in Supremae potestatis coelo, <hi>Solem, Lunam, Stellásque</hi> in coelo munda<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>no
referentes. Hâc analogiâ observatâ, Interpretatio, ut similibus veterum Prophe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tarum
siguris omnimodò munita, ità proclivis erit &amp; reigestae omnino appositissima.</p>
            <p>Quod autem passim de <hi>Tertia parte,</hi> ut de <hi>tertia parte Arborum terrae, tertia parte Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ris,
Fluminum, Coeli,</hi> inculcatur, id de finibus Imperii Romani accipio, <hi>tertiam</hi> Orbis
terrarum Ioannis aevo cogniti partem abitu suo complectentis. Id quod ex eo probari
posse videtur, quòd postea cap. 12. <hi>DRACO ille Septiceps decacornis</hi> (id est, Impe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rium
Romanum Ethnicum) <hi>tertiam partem Stellarum Coeli caudâ suâ traxisse &amp; in ter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ram
abjecisse</hi> dicitur; id est, tertiam partem Principum &amp; Dynastarum Orbis Imperio
suo subjecisse. His ità positis, ad singularum interpretationem veniamus.</p>
            <p>7. Et primus Angelus clanxit, &amp; facta est GRANDO &amp; IGNIS mista sangui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ne,
&amp; missa sunt in TERRAM: &amp; tertia pars terrae combusta est, &amp; tertia pars arbo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
concremata est, omnisque<note n="*" place="margin">
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> He<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lenistus signifi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>care <hi>herban<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </hi> adeò ex tribu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> prin<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>is Genese<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>os capitibus manifestum est, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                     <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                  </gap> nega<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap> nequeat.</note> herba viridis exusta est.</p>
            <p>8. Et secundus Angelus clanxit, &amp; tanquam MONS MAGNVS igne ardens missus
est in MARE; &amp; facta est tertia pars maris sanguis: 9. Et mortua est tertia pars creatu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rarum
in mari animas habentium, &amp; tertia pars navium periit.</p>
            <p>10. Et tertius Angelus clanxit, &amp; cecidit de coelo STELLA MAGNA, ardens tan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quam
lampas, c<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>ciditque in tertiam partem FLUMINVM, &amp; in FONTES aquarum.</p>
            <p>11. Et nomen STELLAE dicitur ABSINTHIVM: &amp; facta est tertia pars aquarum in
absinthium; &amp; multi homines mortui sunt ex aquis, quòd amarae factae essent.</p>
            <p>12. Et quartus Angelus clanxit, &amp; percussa est tertia pars SOLIS &amp; tertia pars LV<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>NAE
&amp; tertiapars STELLARVM; ità ut obscuraretur tertiapars eorum, &amp; diei non <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                  <desc>••</desc>
               </gap>
               <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceret
pars tertia, &amp; noctis similiter.</p>
            <div type="part">
               <pb n="460" facs="tcp:63175:283"/>
               <head>TUBA I.</head>
               <p>PRima septimi Sigilli Tuba ab Idolarchia Romana sexti Sigilli exitu jam prorsus di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sturbatâ atque excussâ init; primámque Imperio jam ruituro plagam datura, <hi>TER<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>RAE
trientem</hi> horrifico <hi>GRANDINIS cum Igne Sanguinéque</hi> nimbo pessundat: id est,
<hi>Territorium populúmve</hi> Orbis Romani (universi scilicet illius politici basin &amp; Tellu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rem)
terribili &amp; cruentâ Gentium Septentrionalium irruptione depopulatur, magnates
plebeiósque prosternit absumitque.</p>
               <p>Videsis eódem spectantem <hi>Grandinis</hi> imaginem, ad <hi>impressionem,</hi> inquam, <hi>hostilem,</hi>
Isai. cap. 28. v. 2. <hi>Ecce validus &amp; fortis Domino,</hi> (Salmanassarem indigitat) <hi>sicut tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pestas GRANDINIS &amp; turbo excisionis, sicut tempestas aquarum multarum inundantium
dejiciet in terram fortiter. Pedibus calcabuntur Corona superbiae, temulenti Ephrai<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>.</hi>
Item Isaiae 30. 30. de clade Assyriis ventura, <hi>Et audiri faciet Dominus majestatem vocis
suae, &amp; descensionem brachii sui ostendet in ira furoris &amp; flamma ignis consumentis, di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>spersione &amp; turbine &amp; lapide GRANDINIS; quia à voce Domini conteretur Assur,</hi> &amp;c.
Hìc observandum, quia Grando cum fulmine, in calidioribus praesertim regionibus,
esse soleat; ideo cum <hi>Grandinis</hi> mentione <hi>ignem</hi> conjungi, cùm hîc apud Ioannem &amp;
Isaiam, tum Psal. 18. 13, 14. imò in historia Exod. 9. 23. Sed Ioannes <hi>sanguinem</hi> quo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
praeter naturam commiscuit, ut Imaginem totam hoc indicio ad <hi>caedem</hi> spectare in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nueret. D<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Grandinis</hi> imagine videat quoque Lector Isai. 32. 19. ibíque Chaldaeum
Paraphrastem.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Adhaec,</hi> Arbores <hi>in parabolis propheticis significare</hi> Magnates &amp; divites, <hi>docet idem
Paraphrastes; qui pro</hi> quercubus Basan, <hi>Isai. 2. 13. substituit</hi> principes provinciarum;
<hi>pro</hi> cedris, <hi>Isai.</hi> 14. 8. divites; <hi>pro</hi> abietibus, <hi>modò</hi> principes. <hi>Isai.</hi> 37. 24. <hi>modò</hi> re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ges,
<hi>Isai.</hi> 14. 8. <hi>Qui quoque illud Zach.</hi> 11. 2. Vlula abies, quia cecidit cedrus, quoniam
magnifici vastati sunt: Vlulate quercus Basan, quia cecidit sylva munita, <hi>sic</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
Vlulate Reges, quia contriti sunt principes; qui opibus erant divites, vastati sunt:
Vlulate Satrapae provinciarum, quia vastata est regio fortitudinis vestrae. <hi>Unde ex ana<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>logia facilè colligitur, HERBAS de</hi> Plebeiis <hi>capiendas, quando, ut hîc, cum</hi> Arboribus
<hi>componuntur.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Iam, ut de eventu aliquid ex historia delibemus, initium hujus Tubae, donec certi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>us
quid constiterit, ducam à morte Theodosii primi, id est, ab anno Christi
CCC XC V; quòd tunc Religio Christiana de Diis Gentilium pla<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>è triumphâsse vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>detur;
&amp; simul, tanquam in superioris Sigilli desinentis &amp; hujus incipientis communi
quodam termino, Barbarorum irruptiones nonnihil antehac tentatae, sed proximis an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nis,
pacato iterum Imperio, compressae, horribiliter denuo cieri, &amp; universo fere Or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bi
Romano ferro &amp; igne continuè &amp; immaniter vastando populandóque incumbere
coeperunt.</p>
               <p>Hoc ipso enim anno ALARICUS primùm, cum ingenti Gothorum aliorúmque Bar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>barorum
exercitu, ex Thracia in Macedoniam irrumpit, nullis neque oppidis neque
hominibus parcens. Indè per Thessaliam progressus, Thermopylarúmque angustiis
occupatis, in Graeciam, id est Achaiam, descendit, quasvis urbes praeter Thebas &amp;
Athenas exseindit. In Peloponnesum irruit, Corinthum, Argos, Spartam vastat. In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dè
in Epirum sese intulit, ubi easdem populationes &amp; vastitates edere pergit.</p>
               <p>Anno sequenti Epiro egressus Achaiam incursavit, eámque cum Epiro finitimísque
provinciis quadriennio toto incendiis &amp; populationibus foedè vastare contendit.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Cùm sic per quinquennium immanibus Orientem direptionibus vexâsset, animum ad
invadendum Occidentem adjicit, in Dalmatiam &amp; Pannoniam transit, eásque regio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nes
latè populatur. Tristissimum hujus temporis statum, hucusque grassante tempe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>state,
audi deplorantem, qui tum vixit, Hieronymum, Epist.</hi> 3. Inter Constantinopo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lin
&amp; Alpes Iulias quotidie Romanus sanguis effunditur; Scythiam, Thraciam, Macedo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>niam,
Dardaniam, Daciam, Thessaliam, Achaiam, Epiros, Dalmatiam, cunct ásque Panno<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nias
Gothus, Sarmata, Quadus, Alanus, Hunni, Vandali, Marcomanni instant, rapiunt.
Quot matronae, quot virgines Dei, &amp; ingenua nobiliáque corpora his belluis fuere ludibrio?
capti Episcopi, interfecti Presbyteri, &amp; diversorum officia Clericorum: subversae Ecclesiae,
ad altaria Christi stabulati equi, martyrum effossae reliquiae. ROMANVS ORBIS RV<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>IT.
Quid pu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>as nunc habere animi Corinthios, Athenienses, Lacedaemonios, Arcadas,
cunct ámque Graeciam, quibus imperant Barbari?</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="461" facs="tcp:63175:283"/>Anno verò sequenti, Christi 401, idem <hi>Alaricus,</hi> Gothis, Alanis, Hunnisque sub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sequentibus, in Italia quoque bellum gesturus, Noricum perrumpit, &amp; per Triden<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tinum
saltum in Venetiam venit, eas urbes brevi tempore in potestatem redigit, Ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>norium
Imperatorem Hastae obsidet; adeò ut omnes ferè in Italia jam de relinquendis
sedibus cogitarent. Sed hîc tandem Stilico Honorii Dux, magno comparato exerci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tu,
furorem ejus sufflaminavit, &amp; semel iterúmque victum atque adversis praeliis fati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gatum
in Pannoniam, unde venerat, pedem referre coegit. Ex qua paulò post, foe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dere
percusso, atque militari praesecturâ ab Honorio honoratus, in Illyricum Orientis
provinciam secessit.</p>
               <p>Quiescente aliquantisper Alarico, nè tamen ullo deinceps tempore Occidens feria<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>retur,
statim anno 404. memorabilis altera Barbarorum irruptio in Italiam est instru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cta,
<hi>Radagaiso</hi> homine Scythâ duce; qui cum Gothorum, Sarmatarum &amp; Germano<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
exercitu ad ducenta millia, praesidiis in Alpibus dejectis, in Venetiam regionem,
AEmiliam &amp; Hetruriam transit, Florentiam obsidet; ubi à Stilicone ingenti strage de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>victus
capitur atque obtruncatur.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Hoc hoste, utcunque terribili, brevi temporis spatio &amp; minori cum damno sublato,
statim anno 406. tertia, eáque gravissima maximéque exitiosa, in Occidentem irruptio
Vandalorum &amp; Alanorum, assumptis secum Marcomannis, Herulis, Suevis, Alemannis,
Burgundionibus, aliorúmque Barbarorum colluvie, facta est; quâ Gallia primùm, indè
Hispania, &amp; postremò Africa sunt occupatae, &amp; omnis generis calamitatibus afflictae.
Quas clades ità Hieronymus Epistolâ 11. partim expressit, partim significavit:</hi> Innu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>merabiles,
<hi>inquit,</hi> &amp; ferocissimae nationes universas Gallias occupârunt: quicquid inter
Alpes &amp; Pyrenaeum est, quod Oceano &amp; Rhodano includitur, Quadus, Vandalus, Sarma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ta,
Alani, Gipedes, Heruli, Saxones, Burgundiones, Alemanni, &amp; hostes Pannonii vastâ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>runt.
Magunciacum capta atque subversa est, &amp; in ecclesia multa hominum millia truci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>data.
Vangiones longâ obsidione deleti; Rhemorum urbs praepoteus, Ambiani, Atrebates,
Morini, Tornacus, Nemetae, Argentoratus translati in Germaniam. Aquitania, Novémque
populorum, Lugdunensis &amp; Narbonensis provinciae, praeter paucas urbes, populata sunt cun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cta.
Non possum absque lacrymis Tolosae facere mentionem, quae ut hucusque non ruerit,
sancti Episcopi Exuperii merita praestiterunt. Ipsae Hispaniae jam jámque periturae contre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miscunt.
Roma vitam auro redimit.</p>
               <p>Atque hic fuit terribilis iste <hi>Grandinis</hi> cum <hi>ignc</hi> &amp; <hi>sanguine</hi> Nimbus; Imago quidem
applicationis adeò obviae, ut Nicephoro Gregorae lib. 2. c. 7. de Apocalypsi nè cogi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tanti
unquam, sed de Scythis tamen agenti, adeò concinnum quid exciderit, ut non
possim non ascribere: <hi>Vt,</hi> inquit, <hi>terrores de coelo saepe hominibus à Deo incutiuntur,
ut fulmina, incendia, &amp; crebri imbres,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>ità hi à Deo asservantur Septentrionales &amp;
Hyperborei terrores, ut pro poena, quando &amp; quibus Providentiae visum fuerit, immittan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur.</hi>
Sed corollarium quoque ex Achmete adjiciam, adhuc magìs confirmando Le<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctori.</p>
               <q>Corollarium ex Achmete de significatis GRANDINIS, IGNIS &amp; ARBORUM in interpetatione Somniorum.</q>
               <p>Capite C XC I. ex Indorum, Persarum &amp; AEgyptiorum rationibus, <hi>Nix, grando,
gelu aerumnas, solicitudines &amp; tormenta portendunt.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Si quis videre visus fuerit grandinem alicubi delapsam, hostilem impressionem subitam
exspectet.</p>
               <p>Si videre visus fuerit grandinem, quae frumenti hordeíque culmos laeserit; in eo loco,
prout culmi fracti fuerint, bellicae caedes evenient.</p>
               <p>Eidem cap. C L IX. ex Indorum, Apotelesm. C LX. ex Persarum &amp; AEgyptiorum
explicatione, <hi>Ignis interitum, bellum, pugnas, punitionem &amp; afflictionem significat, si
quid aut quem urere visus fuerit.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Item cap. C L I. Persae, Indi, AEgyptii <hi>Arbores</hi> de hominibus, praecipuè Magistrati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus,
proceribus, &amp; viris amplissimis interpretantur: ut,</p>
               <p>Si quis visus sibi fuerit irrigare arbores &amp; excolere, vir amplissimus &amp; populi nutriti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>us
erit.</p>
               <p>Si Rex visus sibi fuerit arbores plantâsse, novos magistratus instituet. <hi>Item,</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Si arbores diuturnitate temporis vitiatae ac putrefactae corruerint, naturali morte proceres
Regis morientur.</p>
               <p>Si videre visus fuerit virgulta quae in arbores excreverint, hoc ad successionem magna<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum
ipsius pertinet.</p>
               <p>Si plebeius arborum folia visus sibi fuerit in domum collegisse, opes à magnatibus pro fo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>liorum
modo consequetur, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
               </p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <pb n="462" facs="tcp:63175:284"/>
               <head>TUBA II.</head>
               <p>SEcunda Tuba Mundum Romanum, terrâ suâ jam satìs vastatum, graviore adhuc
plagâ labefactatura, MARE impetit; cujus qui eò pertinebat trientem, MON<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>TIS
<hi>magni</hi> ei antiquitus imminentis, jam verò conflagrantis casu, totum cruentum red<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dit;
magnâ cùm ibi degentium animantium seu piscium, tum navigiorum, strage. Hoc
est, ROMAE <hi>urbis magnae,</hi> semel iterúmque captae, spoliatae, atque hostilibus flammis
ardentis, clades in <hi>amplitudinis ditionis jurisdictioní sve Romanae</hi> interitum erupit; pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vincias
ejus, prae capitis sic afflicti debilitate, jam pro libitu rapientibus, atque in no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>va
Regna discerpentibus Barbaris; irreparabili cum legionum inibi ad tutelam degen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tium
strage, omniúmque potestatis retinendae &amp; sustentandae (quasi negotiandi) ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miniculorum
jacturâ.</p>
               <p>MARE mundi politici, ut dixi, est <hi>Ditionis</hi> illa <hi>amplitudo</hi> incolas universos ejus<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dem
juris politici communione amplectens. Hâc imagine Babylonis <hi>Ditio</hi> exprimitur
Ier. 51. 36. ubi minatur Dominus <hi>se exsiccaturum MARE ejus, &amp; arefacturum venam
ejus:</hi> quod v. 44. exponitur eâdem retentâ metaphorâ, <hi>non confluxuras ad eam ampli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ùs
Gentes. Amplitudo</hi> quoque Regni Assyriaci sic describitur Ezech. 31. 4. <hi>Aquae cre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>scere
fecerunt eam,</hi> (scil. cedrum Assyriacam) <hi>Abyssus</hi> seu <hi>Mare exaltavit eam.</hi> Fortè
etiam Pharaonis Ditio <hi>Mare</hi> est, Isai. 19. 5. ubi de Regni ejus interitu dicitur, <hi>defe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cturas
aquas de Mari</hi> ejus, id est, ablatum iri ditionem ejus. Indè Imperia illa magna
apud Danielem conspiciuntur <hi>ex MARI ascendere,</hi> id est, ex <hi>Ditionis amplitudine</hi>
oriri.</p>
               <p>Quòd autem <hi>tertia Maris pars,</hi> id est, <hi>MARE Romanum,</hi> sanguineum factum dici<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur;
sciendum, <hi>Sanguinem</hi> primò pro <hi>caede</hi> usurpari, deinde pro <hi>morte</hi> etiam sine san<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guine:
<hi>Mortem</hi> autem in genere pro <hi>interitu</hi> sumi, etiam rei vitâ carentis. Vide Ezech.
14. 19. &amp; 3. 18, 20. &amp; 18. 13. Amos. 2. 2. Rom. 7. 9. Unde <hi>sanguinem</hi> vel <hi>sanguineum
fieri</hi> imago est rei <hi>interitum passae,</hi> quasi nempe cruore manantis instar animalis occisi
aut laniati. Quòd igitur hîc <hi>Mare montis magni</hi> casu <hi>cruentum</hi> factum dicitur, nihil
aliud denotat quàm <hi>mortem</hi> quandam seu <hi>interitum</hi> violentum illo casu passum esse. Id
quod in Phialis, ubi eadem est imago, aliquantò apertiùs dicitur, <hi>factum esse quasi san<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guis
mortui,</hi> i. <hi>occisi.</hi> Mens est, <hi>Ditionem</hi> seu <hi>Amplitudinem Romanam</hi> cladem passam
esse, truncatam, dilaniatam, perditam esse.</p>
               <p>Simile etiam <hi>Montis</hi> symbolum urbi significandae, de veteri Babylone reperire est
Ierem. 51. 25. <hi>Ecce ego ad te, MONS pestifer</hi> (seu <hi>corruptor) qui corrumpis universam
terram, &amp; extendam manum meam,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>&amp; dabo te in MONTEM COMBVSTIONIS:</hi>
ubi Septuag. habent <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, eodem sensu quo hîc Ioannes <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.
De eadem Isai. 13. 2. <hi>Super MONTEM eminentem levate vexillum.</hi> Targum,
<hi>Super civitatem habitantem confidenter.</hi> Item c. 37. 24. ad Sennacheribum regem As<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>syriae,
<hi>Exprobrâsti,</hi> inquit, <hi>Domino, &amp; dixisti, In multitudine quadrigarum mearum
ascendi altitudinem Montium:</hi> Targum, <hi>Ascendi in munitionem Civitatum eorum.</hi> Sed
an rectè dubito.</p>
               <p>Porrò, quod <hi>Mons</hi> hîc in <hi>Mare</hi> mitti seu projici dicatur, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> est figurae, cùm
non aliâ ratione Mons Mari nocere posset quàm si in ipsam projiceretur. Atque hoc
in sequenti quoque Tuba, de <hi>Stella cadente,</hi> locum habere memineris.</p>
               <p>Historiam quod attinet, Roma primùm capta est Anno 410. ídque ab eodem Ala<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rico
Gothorum rege, qui in priore Tuba fati quasi praeludium exhibuerat: jam verò
postmortem Stiliconis novos motus ciente, novámque &amp; fatalem in Italiam expeditio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nem
adornante; quâ quidem Honorium in tantas angustias redegit, ut ipse Barbarus
novum Imperatorem, Attalum nomine, Romae daret, quocum Honorium Augustum
Ravennae obsideret, jam, prae rerum suarum desperatione, in Orientem, Occidente
relicto, sugere cogitantem. Sed hostis poenitentiâ ductus, Attalo Imperio abrogato,
Honorium in integrum restituit.</p>
               <p>Hanc urbis Romae cladem Ditionis Romanae dilaceratio continuò sequuta est. Te<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stem
advoco Sigonium: <hi>Romanam cladem,</hi> inquit ille, <hi>miserabilis Italiae vastitas, conti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nua
Galliae at que Hispaniae bella, ac nova demum Barbarorum in utraque provincia regum
imperia exceperunt.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Primùm enim Honorius, ut Romam cum Imperio recuperaret, foedere cum Alarico
icto, Gothis sedes &amp; regnum in Galliis permittere coactus est.</p>
               <p>Biennio post, Anno 412, Hun<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>is quoque sese in Panuonia, quam Gothi relique<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rant,
<pb n="463" facs="tcp:63175:284"/>
effundentibus, idem, viribus ad resistendum in tantis difficultatibus destitutus,
foedus cum iis, datis acceptisque obsidibus, secit.</p>
               <p>Deinde Anno 413, Constantius, ejusdem Honorii Dux, Burgundiones, qui, sic
turbatis prioribus hisce annis rebus, unà cum Vandalis in Galliam sese contulerant, nè
in aliquam fortèbelli difficultatem incideret, libenter in amicitiam recepit, atque sedes
ad Rhodanum assignavit.</p>
               <p>Anno denique 415, idem Honorius, (ut tradit Procopius) cùm Gothi paulò post
in vicinam Hispaniam transiissent, Vandalis quoque cum Rege suo Gunderico ex Gal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lia
à Francis nuperrimè expulsis, sedes quas occupârunt concessit habitandas, pacto
Gothis bellum inferendi. Qui plura scire cupit, consulat paulò antè nominatum Sigo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nium
de Occidentali Imperio, lib. 10, &amp; 11. unde nos haec desumpsimus.</p>
               <p>Atque ità deinceps Amplitudo Ditionis Romanae quotidie magìs magísque laniata
atque distruncata est, donec, iterum Româ Anno 455. à <hi>Genserico</hi> Vandalo captâ at<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
direptâ, sequenti statim anno, aut non ità multò pòst, totum Imperii corpus in <hi>de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cem</hi>
omnino <hi>regna</hi> divisum apparuit: quae, unà cum populorum regúmque nominibus,
&amp; provinciis quibus regnatum est, adhaec quibusdam ex historia annotatis ad majorem
lucem faciendam, sequens Tabella exhibebit.</p>
               <p>
                  <table>
                     <head>¶Typus dilacerationis Imperii seu Ditionis Romanae ad annum CHRISTI 456. &amp; deinceps.</head>
                     <row>
                        <cell role="label" cols="2">REGNA.</cell>
                        <cell>Provinciae quibus regnatum est.</cell>
                        <cell>Nomina regum ad An. 456. regnantiù</cell>
                        <cell>Observanda quadam.</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>1</cell>
                        <cell>Britonum</cell>
                        <cell>In Britannia.</cell>
                        <cell>Vortimerus.</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>2</cell>
                        <cell>Saxonum</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>Hengistus.</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>3</cell>
                        <cell>Francorum</cell>
                        <cell>In Gal. Belgic. pri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mùm, mox &amp; Cel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tica.</cell>
                        <cell>Childericus.</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>4</cell>
                        <cell>Burgundionum</cell>
                        <cell>In Gal. Sequan. &amp; Lugdunens.</cell>
                        <cell>Gundericus.</cell>
                        <cell rows="4">Regnum Burgundionum ann. 526. â Francis subjuga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum atque extiuctum est. Sed numero denario complendo commodè Ostrogothorum Ditio eodem tempore in duo Regna diffiliit; Pannoniâ, quae illis hucusque paruerat, â Longobardis occupatâ, &amp; Italiâ solâ regibus Ostrogoth. relictâ.</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>5</cell>
                        <cell>Wisigothorum</cell>
                        <cell>In Aquitania &amp; par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>te Hispaniae.</cell>
                        <cell>Theodoricus. II.</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>6</cell>
                        <cell>Suevorum &amp; Alanorum</cell>
                        <cell>In illo Hispaniae tra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctu qui Gallaeciâ &amp; Lusitaniâ con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tinetur.</cell>
                        <cell>Riciarius.</cell>
                        <cell>Riciarius.</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>7</cell>
                        <cell>Vandalorum</cell>
                        <cell>In Africa, sed paulò antè in Hispania.</cell>
                        <cell>Gensericus.</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>8</cell>
                        <cell>Alemannorum</cell>
                        <cell>In Germaniae tractu qui Rhaetia dice<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>batur.</cell>
                        <cell>Sumanus.</cell>
                        <cell>Alemannorum regnum ab ann. 475. cum Herulorum, quamdiu illi rerum in italia potiti sunt, coaluit, ann. ni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mirum 16.</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>9</cell>
                        <cell>Ostrogothorum</cell>
                        <cell>In Pannonia, debel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>latis Hunnis: nec seculum hoc exi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>erat, cùm iidem in Italiam quo<expan>
                              <am>
                                 <g ref="char:abque"/>
                              </am>
                              <ex>que</ex>
                           </expan> reg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>num propagârint.</cell>
                        <cell>Theodemirus.</cell>
                        <cell rows="2">Ostrogothis etiam in Italia successerunt Longobardi, â Narsete, postquam Ostro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gothorum regnum destruxe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rat, evocati anno 567. Sedes autem suas in Pannonia Hun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nis &amp; Avaribus deinceps fru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>endas tradiderunt.</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>10</cell>
                        <cell>Graecorum</cell>
                        <cell>In residuo Ditionis Imperii. Siqui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dem, Antiq. Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mae Imperio dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>soluto; Graeco<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum, Regnisannu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>merand. est, in quae Ditio Urbis latèquondam reg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nantis dissilierat.</cell>
                        <cell>Marcianus</cell>
                     </row>
                  </table>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="464" facs="tcp:63175:285"/>Atque hoc demum modo <hi>Decem illa regna,</hi> in quae Romanum Imperium novissimè
divisum iri, tum apud Danielem tum Ioannem Spiritus S. praenunciaverat, supputan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>da
videntur; neque ex tot Regionum aut terrae tractuum <hi>nudis,</hi> ut vulgò fit, <hi>nomini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus,</hi>
quinimo <hi>Regnis,</hi> in quae Ditio &amp; Dominium Imperii dilacerandum foret, omnino
aestimanda. Interim tamen non tam rigidè Denarii istius circumscriptionem interpre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tandam
putamus, ut plura quovis tempore regna, aut cui cui modi Dynastias, exclu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dat:
sed quòd in decem ad minimum, vel in decem praecipua Regna, Imperium scin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dendum
esset. Id quod jam indè à primordiali isthac quam repraesentavimus dilacera<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tione,
usque ad nostrum seculum, sub tot variantium Rerumpublicarum &amp; Regnorum
fatis &amp; conversionibus, semper verum fuisse opinor; licèt oraculi fidei astruendae suf<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ficeret,
si vel initio solùm in tot Regna divisum fuisset, ut ut postmodum fortasse im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minuto
numero. Ità autem ut dixi, nec aliter, intelligendam esse circumscriptionem
istam Decadis regnorum, simile de Monarchiae Alexandraeae dilaceratione Vaticinium
nos edocere potest: in qua, licèt ultra<note n="*" place="margin">Dan. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>. 6. &amp; cap. 8. 8.</note> quatuor illa praecipua, Macedoniae, Asiae,
Syriae &amp; AEgypti Regna, etiam quintum Thraciae, conditore Lysimacho, accesserit;
Spiritus S. tamen multiplicitatem istam quaternario definierit: tot putà ad minimum
futura essent, aut tot praecipua regna. Regno enim Thracico, licèt simul cum reli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quis
coeperit, &amp; ad 40. annos duraverit, successum non suit, sed cum primo rege Ly<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>simacho
exspiravit; ideóque in numerum non referendum. Similiter huic de decu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plici
divisione Romana judicandum. Propterea neminem moveat, si praeter enume<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>a
modò in Galliis regna, etiam Alanorum Aurelianensium regnum, item Armorica<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
Civitatum Dynastiam, ibidem fortè invenerit, usque ab Honorii Imperio ad haec
tempora permanentia. Hanc siquidem modicae admodum ditionis suisse; illud mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dico
deinceps tempore, nempe decem plurimùm annos, durâsse comperiet. Neu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trum
igitur cum reliquis pari loco &amp; ordine habendum est, nec si cujusdammodi quid
alibi inveniri possit.</p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>TUBA III.</head>
               <p>TUBA tertia fulgidam <hi>Stellam,</hi> HESPERUM scilicet <hi>Romanum</hi> seu OC<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>CIDENTIS
<hi>Caesarem,</hi> jam indè ex quo Gensericus Vandalorum Rex Romam
captam spoliaverat praecipitem, &amp; morti aliquantisper sub istis nihili Caesarum, Aviti,
Majorani, Severi, Anthemii, Olybrii, Glycerii, Nepotis, mutuis insidiis &amp; lanienis
intereuntium, nominibus quasi obluctatum, tandem anno 476. sub fatali <hi>Augustuli</hi> nomi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ne
extremum spiritum ducentem, <hi>Odoacre</hi> Herulorum Rege immisso, de Coelo pote<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>statis
suae revulsum penitus deturbavit atque extinxit; amarissimo <hi>Fontium &amp; Flumi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>num,</hi>
id est, Urbium &amp; Magistratuum provincialium, fato.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Caesarem Hesperium</hi> hîc eum intelligo qui, à firmata, jam indè à morte Theodosii
primi, Imperii in Orientis &amp; Occidentis divisione, Romae antiquae &amp; Occidenti ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>huc
Imperator mansit, sed brevis admodum aevi; utpote post annum 91 de coelo suo
ad hujus Tubae clangorem penitus lapsurus.</p>
               <p>Quòd enim Episcopus Romanus annis plusquam trecentis &amp; viginti, postquam <hi>Cae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sar</hi>
iste <hi>Hesperius</hi> in Augustulo occiderat, Reges Francorum (qui postea Gemano<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum)
in id nominis &amp; titulum de novo subrogavit; nihil aliud effecit quàm ut hoc
quasi Caesaris redivivi, ceu sexti capitis Bestiae adhuc regnantis, oppanso velo, nèipse
pro capite novissimo, id est, <hi>Antichristo,</hi> tandem à minùs perspicacibus tam liquidò
haberetur.</p>
               <p>Atqui <hi>Caesar</hi> iste <hi>Papanus</hi> ad capita Bestiae Romanae non pertinet; verùm ad cornua
seu regna in quae sexti capitis Imperium, jam capiti novissimo vices cessurum, dilace<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>randum
fuerat. Neque enim post tantum temporis intervallum quantum est annorum
325 (tot autem sunt ab Augustulo ad Carolum Magnum) Hesperiorum Caesarum qua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>si
seriei continuandae succedi potuit.</p>
               <p>Sed age, textui Ioannis porrò faciamus lucem, ut interpretationis ratio constet. <hi>Et
cecidit,</hi> inquit, <hi>è coelo Stella magna ardens ut lampas.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Verse 10.</note> Stellam crinitam seu <hi>Comitam</hi>
describere videtur, cujus inter species à Plinio recensitas est <hi>Lampadias</hi> speciatim sic
dicta. Et profectò non incommodè Caesar Occidentis hujusmodi stellâ figuretur, ob
brevem durationem. De quo idcirco cap. 17. dicetur, <hi>Oportere eum cùm venerit ad
exiguum tempus manere.</hi> Stella autem <hi>magna</hi> fuit; utpote summae Majestati aptiùs fi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gurandae,
cujus splendorem aliàs <hi>Sol</hi> in parabolis propheticis repraesentet. Et sanè no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum
est, <hi>Cometas</hi> fuisse qui vel Solem magnitudine aequâsse visi sint; cujusmodi &amp; hanc
Stellam fuisse, sortè non aberrabit qui diceret.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="465" facs="tcp:63175:285"/>Similem autem <hi>Stellae cadentis</hi> parabolam, nè de applicatione dubites, adhibet Isai<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>as,
cap. 14. 12. de casu Regis Babylonis: <hi>Quomodo,</hi> inquit, <hi>cecidisti de coelo, Lucifer
fili aurorae? resectus es in tertam qui debilitâsti gentes?</hi> Alibi quoque, ut loco Isaiae cap.
34. 4. jam antè laudato, <hi>Stellae coelo cadentes</hi> de <hi>Principum &amp; Summatum ruina</hi> intelli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guntur.
<hi>Stella</hi> igitur singularis &amp; inusitatae magnitudinis, supra communem sortem
Principum <hi>Principem</hi> designat, hoc est, magnum &amp; eximium. Sequitur</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Et nomen STELLAE dicitur ABSINTHIVM.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Vers. 11.</note>
Schema est propheticum, quo, no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minis
quasi proprii impositione, reiaut personae de qua agitur qualitas aut fatum indi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cetur;
cùm aliàs etiam in Hebraismo <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> sit <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, ut Luc. 1. 37. <hi>Non est
impossibile Deo <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> &amp; Vocari</hi> idem valeat quod <hi>Esse</hi> vel <hi>Existere,</hi> ut Isa. 56. 7.
<hi>Domus mea Domus orationis vocabitur;</hi> pro quo Luc. 19. 46. <hi>Domus orationis <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, est,
<hi>erit,</hi> habebitur;</hi> &amp; Gen. 21. 12. <hi>In Isaac vocabitur tibi semen,</hi> id est, erit. Videsis
quoque Septuag. Isai. 14. 20. Ruth. 4. 11. Schematis autem quod dixi exempla pas<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sim
obvia sunt. Sic enim Isai. 7. 14. de Christo, <hi>Vocabitur nomen ejus Emmanuel;</hi>
i. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. erit. Et cap. 9. 6. <hi>Vocabitur nomen ejus Admirabilis, Consiliarius, Deus
fortis, Pater futuri seculi, Princeps pacis;</hi> id est, erit haec omnia. Item Ierem. 23. 6.
<hi>Et hoc est nomen quo vocabunt eum, DOMINVS IUSTITIA NOSTRA.</hi> Et Zachariae
6. 12. <hi>Ecce vir GERMEN nomen ejus:</hi> sequitur, <hi>quia ex loco suo germinabit,</hi> &amp;c.
Adde Apocalyps. 19. 13. <hi>Vocatur nomen ejus VERBVM DEI;</hi> id est, ipse, est Verbum
illud Dei. Istis gemina sunt quae habentur Ier. 20. 3, 4. <hi>Non Pashurem vocat Dominus
nomen tuum, sed Magor-missabib,</hi> [id est, <hi>formidinem circumquaque] Nam sic ait Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minus,
Ecce ego inditurus sum tibi formidinem, tibi &amp; omnibus amicis tuis.</hi> Et Ezech.
23. 4. <hi>Nomina earum</hi> (id est, Mulierum Samariae &amp; Ierusalem) <hi>Aholah &amp; Aholibah.</hi>
Adde Isai. 8. 3. Hos. 1. 6, 7.</p>
               <p>Simili omnino figurâ <hi>Stella haec lapsabunda ABSINTHIVM</hi> dicitur, id est, (notione
Hebraeorum, quibus abstracta pro concretis adhibeantur) ABSINTHITES, <hi>Princeps</hi>
nempe <hi>amaritudinum &amp; aerumnarum.</hi> Cujusmodi reverâ fuit, si quis unquam, <hi>Caesar</hi>
iste <hi>Hesperius,</hi> perpetuis aerumnis à primo exortu suo ad finem usque exercitus. Quo
nimirum rerum potiunte, Imperium Romanum ruiturum esset: cujus imò constitutione
occasio ruinae data, eò quòd, invectâ istiusmodi Imperii divisione, via Barbaris pate<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>facta,
résque Romana in atrocissimas calamitates conjecta fuerit. Anno<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> hic propter
<hi>amaram</hi> sibi &amp; aliis sortem <hi>Absinthium</hi> meritò diceretur? juxta illud Naomi, <hi>Nè vocate
me Naomin, vocate me Maran; eò quòd amaritudine affecit me Omnipotens,</hi> Ruth
1. 20.</p>
               <p>Sed priusquam hinc abeam, de Civitatis reique Romanae, post istum Caesaris sui ca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sum,
statu aliquid dicendum est, ut via sequentis Tubae interpretationi muniatur.
Caesare igitur Occidentis sic deturbato atque extincto, interea Odoacer Herulus Itali<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>am
annis 16 Regio nomine obtinuit; qui Romae &amp; Occidenti Consulatum, quem ta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>men
initio iratus ademerat, post biennium restituit, adhúcque conservavit. Hunc
excepit Ostrogothorum Rex Theodoricus; ídque, ut refert Paulus Diaconus, Impe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ratore
Orientis Zenone Italiam ei per pragmaticam tradente, ac sacro velamine capiti
imposito confirmante. Qui, Odoacre devicto ac trucidato, praeter Dalmatiam &amp;
Rhaetiam, quae Odoacris provinciae erant, Siciliam quoque regno adjecit, Urbis Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mae
moenia nonnulláque aedificia, ingenti ad eam rem pecuniae summâ collatâ, refecit;
adeò ut ad praeteritae fortunae fastigium nihil desiderari posse, exemptâ Urbis direptae
atque incensae infamiâ, videretur: regnum sapientissimè ordinavit, nullum Romanum
institutum mutavit, sed Senatum &amp; Consules, Patricios, Praefectos praetorio, Praefe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctum
urbis, Quaestorem, Comitem sacrarum largitionum, Comitem privatarum, &amp;
militiae, Comitem domesticorum, Magistros peditum &amp; equitum, caeterósque qui fue<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rant
in Imperio magistratus retinuit, eósque Romanis hominibus tantùm mandavit.
Id quod à successoribus quoque, Athalarico, Theodohato, Vitige, regibus Italiae
Ostrogothicis, aliquandiu servatum est. Vide Sigonium de Imperio Occidentali lib.
15. anno 479. lib. 16. annis 493, 494, 500.</p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>TUBA IV.</head>
               <p>QUARTA Tuba ulteriùs adhuc progressa, MAIESTATIS ROMANAE in Ur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>be
Roma <hi>Lumen,</hi> quo sub Ostrogothis etiam regibus eousque splenduerat, peni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tus
ademptum ivit; postquam nimirum, ab anno 542, in Bello isto Ostrogothico, Belisa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rio
primùm, deinde Narsete, Iustiniani ducibus, Italiae recuperandae gesto, Consulatus
<pb n="466" facs="tcp:63175:286"/>
Romae desecerat; deinde ipsa à Totila semel iterúmque capta, incensa, tertiâque sui
parte demolita, incolis insuper omnibus (memorandum fortunae ludibrium!) desti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tuta,
à Narsete tandem post tot funera &amp; clades recepta, verùm turbine paulò post &amp;
fulguribus prostrata; Urbium quondam REGINA Consulari potestate, Senatûs au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thoritate,
reliquísque, quibus tanquam <hi>Stellis</hi> Orbem hactenus irradiaverat, Magi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stratibus
nunc demum orbata, in nescio quem ignobilem Ducatum ex tanto gloriae ful<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gore
dilapsa est, Ravennae, cui olim imperaverat, deinceps sub Exarchatu servire co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>acta
(heu tenebras!) &amp; tributa pendere.<note place="margin">Quomodo sedet solitaria civi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tas copiosa po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pulo? facta est veluti vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dua? copiosa in gentibus, Domina in Provinciis fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cta est tributa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ria? Thren. 1. 1.</note>
               </p>
               <p>Atque haec fuit quae<note n="*" place="margin">Vers. 12.</note> hîc memoratur <hi>Solis, Lunae &amp; Stellarum tertiâ parte percussio,
quâ factum est ut tertia pars diei non luceret, &amp; tertia pars noctis similiter.</hi> Ubi <hi>Diei</hi> no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mine
vocatur <hi>Lumen diurnum,</hi> quod <hi>Solis</hi> est; <hi>Noctis</hi> verò, <hi>Lumen nocturnum,</hi> quod
<hi>Lunae &amp; Stellarum;</hi> juxta illud Ierem. 31. 35. <hi>Qui dat Solem in lumen Diei, &amp; sta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tuta
Lunae &amp; Stellarum in lumen noctis. Sol</hi> Romae fulsit, quamdiu Consularis digni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tas
&amp; Regnum super alias urbes &amp; provincias penes ipsam fuit: <hi>Luna &amp; Stellae</hi> ibidem
luxerunt, quamdiu pristina Senatûs reliquorúmque Magistratuum authoritas adhuc
mansit. At his omnibus sublatis, (quod hâc Tubâ factum est) quid nisi tenebrae &amp;
Luminis tam diurni quàm nocturni omnimodum deliquium fuit? nempe quod ipsam at<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tinebat,
cui tertia pars Luminis Coeli debebatur.</p>
               <p>Frequentissima est hâc mente <hi>Solis, Lunae &amp; Stellarum</hi> Imago apud Prophetas. Ut
Isai. 13. 10. item 60. 20. ubi pro, <hi>Non occidet ultrà Sol tuus, &amp; Luna tua non minuetur,</hi>
&amp;c. Targum habet, <hi>Non cessabit ampliùs Regnum tuum,</hi> (Ierusalem alloquitur) <hi>&amp;

gloria tua non auferetur.</hi> Etiam Ierem. 15. 9. ubi de Ierusalem, <hi>Occidit Sol ejus, cùm
adhuc esset Dies:</hi> Targum vertit, <hi>Migravit gloria eorum in vita eorum.</hi> Et Ezech. 32,
7. idem Paraphrastes illud de Pharaone, <hi>Operiam, cùm extinxero te, coelos, &amp; Stellas
nigrescere faciam,</hi> vertit, <hi>Operiet te tribulatio, cùm extinxero splendorem gloriae regni
tni,</hi> &amp;c.</p>
               <p>Transferat huc Lector etiam quae suprà ex Achmete notavi, ad lucem Sigillo sexto
faciendam: quae mirum est quàm conveniant.</p>
            </div>
         </div>
         <div type="exposition">
            <head>DE TRIBUS
VAE-TUBIS.</head>
            <p>REstant adhuc tres Tubae omnium maximae &amp; gravissimae, ideóque trium VAE
appellatione à prioribus discriminatae. Nam post quartae Tubae <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>,
<hi>Vidi &amp; audivi,</hi> inquit, <hi>Angelum quendam volantem per medium coeli, dicen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tem
voce magnâ,<note place="margin">Vers. 13.</note> VAE, VAE, VAE habitantibus super terram, à reliquis vocibus Tubae
trium Angelorum qui deinceps clancturi sunt.</hi> Item cap. 9. 12. &amp; 11. 14. Nimirum,
cùm Christiani Romani Orbis incolae, interim dum priores Tubae clangerent, novo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
idolorum cultu sese contaminâssent, duplici jam peccato vindicando, quae supere<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rant
Tubae auctiores factae sunt. Nam istud quoque Romani Orbis peccatum, cum
priori caedis Martyrum, deinde in criminis vindicandi censum venire, apparet ex eo
quòd secundo VAE subnectitur elogium; nempe, <hi>Reliquos homines qui istis plagis</hi> (sci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>licet,
ut ego quidem intelligo, VAE isto &amp; priore) <hi>occisi non fuerint, non resipuisse ab
operibus manuum suarum, ut nè adorarent daemonia, &amp; simulacra aurea, &amp; argentea, &amp;
aerea, &amp; lapidea, &amp; lignea, quae neque cernere possunt, neque, audire, neque ambulare.</hi>
Cap. 9. 20.</p>
         </div>
         <div type="exposition">
            <pb n="467" facs="tcp:63175:286"/>
            <head>PRIMA VAE-TUBA,
SEU
TUBA V.</head>
            <p>PRIMA VAE-Tuba jamdudum praeteriit.<note place="margin">Ad. Cap. 9.</note> Ea horrenda LOCUSTARUM agmi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>na
ex tartarco <hi>Abyssi,</hi> jam SATANAE <hi>operâ adapertae, fumo</hi> scaturientium, Orbi
vastando emisit; id est, SARACENOS sive ARABES (gentem populosam &amp; nu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>merosam
<hi>Locustarum</hi> instar) stupendâ Muhammedis <hi>Pseudoprophetiâ</hi> in tot Gentium ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>itium
concitatos.</p>
            <p>
               <hi>Fumus</hi> enim <hi>ex insernali puteo ascendens</hi> Mahummedismus est,<note place="margin">Vers. 2.</note> quem Nebulones Mu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hammedani
<hi>Islamismum</hi> vocant. Hic Orbem terrarum, Christi Solis justitiae imperio
&amp; disciplinâ, discussis Gentilium errorum tenebris, jamdudum illuminatum novâ <hi>cali<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gine</hi> obduxit.</p>
            <p>Et eò quidem concinnior est LOCUSTARUM typus,<note place="margin">Vers. 3<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>
               </note> quia Locustae quoque
AEgyptiacae ex eadem Arabia venerunt, AEgypto nempe ad Orientem conterminâ.
Ità enim Exod. 10. 13, 14. <hi>Dominus adduxit ventum Orientalem in terram—&amp; ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>portavit
locustas; &amp; ascenderunt locustae super totam terram AEgypti, resederúntque in ora
tota AEgypti.</hi> Adhaec <hi>Arabes,</hi> propter insignem Gentis multitudinem, <hi>locusiis</hi> assimi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lantur.
Iudic. 7. 12. <hi>Midianitae &amp; Amalekitae, &amp; omnes filii Kedem</hi> seu <hi>Orientis, ja<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cebant
in convalle tanquam locustae multitudine; camelísque eorum non erat numerus, si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cut
arena quae est in littore maris multitudine.</hi> Ubi observandum, <hi>Arabes</hi> in Sacris lite<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ris
peculiariter <hi>Filios Orientis</hi> nominari, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>. t &amp; <hi>Arabiam</hi> ipsam <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> KEDEM seu
Orientem; utique respectu AEgypti, ubi Israelitae sic loqui didicerant. Videsis Gen.
10. 30. &amp; 25. 6. 1 Reg. 4. 30. Isai. 11. 14. Ier. 49. 28. fortè &amp; Matth. 2. 1. Eâdem
planè ratione, quâ hodie Asia minor <hi>Natolia</hi> dicitur, &amp; Arabia felix reliquis Arabiis
ad Austrum sita, <hi>Ayaman,</hi> i. Meridies. Unde <hi>Regina Austri,</hi> Matth. 12. 42. Sed haec
obiter.</p>
            <p>Similem autem <hi>Locustarum</hi> Imaginem, de Assyriis Babyloniísque Iudaeam vastaturis,
videre est apud Ioelem, duobus primis capitibus: unde hunc typum mutuatum esse
non negabit qui utriusque descriptionem contulerit.</p>
            <p>Ejus verò interpretationem ad <hi>hostiles copias</hi> referendam esse ostendit ex usu Orien<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tis
Achmetes, cujus verba hoc loco inserenda putavi. Sic igitur ille cap. CCC. ex
Indorum, Persarum &amp; AEgyptiorum disciplinis:</p>
            <p>
               <hi>LOCVSTA generaliter ad hostium multitudinem haud dubiè resertur. Sic enim in Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cris
literis perscriptumest, Locustas jussu divino ad vastationes regionum instar alicujus ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ercitûs
proficisci.</hi> Hoc de <hi>Sacris literis,</hi> Indorum solorum est, ut quicquid in hoc libro
Religionis Christianae notitiam sapiat, sicut legenti apparebit. Pergit:</p>
            <p>Si quis aut Rex, aut potestate praeditus, LOCVSTAS adversus aliquam regionem profe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctas
videre visus fuerit, eo in loco multitudinem hostium cum magna potentia exspectet;
quantúmque Locustae damni dederint, tantundem &amp; illi nocebunt.</p>
            <p>Iam igitur firmatâ imagine, de reliqua descriptione videbimus.</p>
            <p>Data est illis (<hi>inquit ver. 3.</hi>) potestas qualem habent terrestres Scorpii: nam habe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bant
(<hi>vers.</hi> 10.) caudas similes scorpionibus, in iísque aculeos quibus nocerent; &amp;
(<hi>vers.</hi> 5.) tormentum earum ut tormentum Scorpii, quando percusserit hominem.</p>
            <p>Id est, non solùm potestatem haberent <hi>Locustis</hi> propriam, regiones quas permearent
erodendi &amp; depopulandi; sed, quod monstri simile, <hi>Caudas instar Scorpionum,</hi> quo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
ictu venenum quoque diffunderent. Mira res, <hi>Locusta Scorpio!</hi> Quid autem ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>li
innuat, loqui videtur speciei Serpentinae symbolum: siquidem Scorpio serpentini
generis est. Hujus autem specie, quâ primùm genus humanum decepit, à Deóque
avertit Diabolus, amat ipsum Spiritus S. porrò homines seducturum introducere. Un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>de est
illud, <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, cap. 12. 9. &amp; 20. 2. <hi>Ca<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>da</hi> igi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur
<hi>Scorpionis cum aculeo</hi> Diabolicae illius <hi>Pseudoprophetiae</hi> Muhammedicae <hi>propaginem</hi>
cum toto apparatu suo denotat, quibus LOCUSTAE ARABICAE, haud minùs quàm
vi bellicâ fretae, ubi ubi gentium grassatae sint (infandum!) nocuere. Imo hoc foe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dissimorum
errorum syrma primi post homines natos post se traxerunt SARACENI;
nec simili (credo) de religione imposturâ, praetextúque destruendi Idolorum cultús,
ulla unquam gens ante hos subnixa, ad Orbis Imperium contenderat.</p>
            <p>
               <pb n="468" facs="tcp:63175:287"/>Sed ipsis dictum est, <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>,
homines solos qui non haberent signum Dei in frontibus
suis.<note place="margin">Vers. 4.</note>
            </p>
            <p>Pro significatione particulae <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, sensus est vel <hi>exceptivus, ut nullam neque herbam</hi>
(nam haec est <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> Hellenistis) <hi>neque viridi neque arborem laederent, nisi eas herbas
solas, arbores &amp; viridia quae Dei signo</hi> non erant inscripta (nempe ut <hi>homines,</hi> ac <hi>herbae,
arbores</hi> &amp; <hi>viridia</hi> mutuò sese exp<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>icent:) Vel potest non <hi>exceptivè,</hi> sed <hi>adversativè</hi>
exponi, pro usu particulae <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> in Hellenismo<note n="*" place="margin">Mat. 12. 4. Rom. 14. 14. &amp; alibi.</note> sacro pro <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> nempe quòd dictum
sit ipsis, non ut, pro vulgarium Locustarum more, aut <hi>herbas,</hi> aut <hi>arbores,</hi> aut ullum
omnino <hi>viride</hi> depascerent; quinimo ut, illis insuper habitis, <hi>homines solos</hi> depopula<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rentur;
ex eorum scilicet numero quos Angeli Sigillum initio Tubarum ab earum pla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gis
immunes non fecerat.</p>
            <p>Utro utro modo accipiatur, de significatione &amp; discrimine <hi>Graminis viridis &amp; ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>borum</hi>
frustià essemus soliciti; utpote quae ad <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> figurae referenda sint, in quo
mysterium non est quaerendum. Sic enim de Locustis AEgyptiacis Exod. 10. 15. <hi>Ope<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>riebant
superficiem totius terrae, ità ut obscuraretur terra; absumebántque omnem herbam</hi>
(Septuag. <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>) <hi>terrae &amp; omnem fructum arboris, neque residua facta est ulla viridi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tas</hi>
(<gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>) <hi>in ulla arbere aut in herba agri per totam terram AEgyptrorum.</hi> Quòd ve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rò
nostrae Locustae <hi>homines ipsos</hi> affliger<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>nt, hinc patet non esse eas ex Insectorum gene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>re,
putà naturales Locusta, sed symbolicas. Quâ occasione operae p<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>etium erit regu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lam
istam sem<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>l ponere, Quando qu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>d Typo prophetico tribuitur quod eidem per na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>turam
non competat, id ad rci typo significatae intellectum manuduc<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>re, próque <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>jus
conditione interpretationem faciendem monere. Id quod quater ad minimum in hac
Visione fieri animadver<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                  <desc>〈…〉</desc>
               </gap>; ut cùm Loc<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>stis <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>ibuitur non tantùm potestas hominesip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sos
invadend<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>, sed &amp; <hi>facies humana, capilli m<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>l bres, coronae aureae, loricae ferr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ae:</hi>
quibus omnibus innuitur, non ins<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                  <desc>••</desc>
               </gap>ta, sed h<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>m<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                  <desc>••</desc>
               </gap>es designari; <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>osque mi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                  <desc>••</desc>
               </gap>m<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap> cucul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>latos,
ut multi autumant, sed omnino qui a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>mis in aliorum perniciem grassentur. D<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>
quibus <hi>Locustis</hi> porrò dicitur,</p>
            <p>
               <hi>Datum esse illis, non ut occiderent homines,<note place="margin">Vers. 3.</note> sed ut torquerent eos m<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>nses quinque.</hi>
Nemp<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap> hoc differunt LOCUSTAE ARABICAE ab <hi>Equitibus Euphrataeis,</hi> de quibus
in sequenti Tuba. Datum erat <hi>Saracenis,</hi> Romani nominis gentes din &amp; immaniter
cruciare; sed ipsum <hi>Triental,</hi> ut ità loquar, <hi>Romanum</hi> alterutra ex parte vitâ spoliare,
nequaquam datum erat. Nam cùm, interea dum priores Tubae <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>langerent, ex politici
statûs ruinis, Regnum novum Pontificale veteris Romae, quasi pari cum alterius ruina
passu, succreverat: neque hujus, neque novae illius Romae Constantinopolis
Regnum
<hi>Saraccui</hi> delere potuerint. Contrà <hi>Turcae,</hi> urbe regiâ captâ, Constantinopolitanum
funditus<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>è medio s<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>stulere, ut in sequenti Tuba audiemus. De <hi>mensibus</hi> autem <hi>quin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que,</hi>
quib<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                  <desc>••</desc>
               </gap> iste à Locustis cruciatus definitur, commodiùs dicemus ubi ad corum re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>petitionem
ventum v. 10.</p>
            <p>Per eos dies homines quaerent mortem,<note place="margin">Vers. 6.</note> &amp; non invenient eam: &amp; cupient mori, &amp; fu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>giet
mors ab iis; <hi>id est, Tanta esset istorum temporum calamitas, ut homines vitae suae
taederet.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>Nè enim putes nudis persuasionibus aut deceptionum praestigiis actum fuisse; armis,
idque ex ipsius Muhammedis instituto, rem gessere. Quorum apparatus satìs quidem
terribilis, unà cum dominationis acquirendae amplitudine, Gentí<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>que belligerantis ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bitu,
luculentâ imagine depingitur. Bellicus apparatus itá: <hi>Et figurae locustarum simi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>les
equis</hi> (id est, equitibus) <hi>paratis ad praelium.<note place="margin">Vers. 7, 8.</note> Dentes earum ut Leonum</hi> (id est, for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tes
erant ad devorandum,<note place="margin">Vers. 9.</note> Ioel. 1. 6. Dan. 7. v. 7, 23.) <hi>Et habeb<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>n<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> loric<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>s <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>t loricas
ferreas; &amp; sonitus alarum ip sarum ut sonitus curruum, equis multis currentibus ad bel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lum.</hi>
Tota descriptio ex Ioele petita est, unde ipsa, ut dixi, <hi>Locustarum</hi> Imago.
Vid. cap. 2. 4. cap. 1. 6. cap. 2. 5. Successum &amp; dominationis acquirendae amplitu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dinem
indicant <hi>Impositae capitibus earum tanquam coronae similes auro.</hi>
               <note place="margin">Vers. 7.</note> Neque sanè im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>meritó.
Nulli unquam Genti tam latè regnatum fuit, neque tam brevi temporis spa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tio
unquam tot regna, tot regiones, sub jugum missa. Incredibile dictu, verissimum
tamen est; Octoginta, aut non multò plurium, annorum spacio subjugârunt illi &amp; Di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>abolico
regno Muhammedis acquisiverunt Palaestinam, Syriam, Armeniam utramque,
totam ferme Asiam minorem, Persiam, Indiam, AEgyptum, Numidiam, Barbariam
totam ad Nigrum usque fluvium, Lusitaniam, Hispaniam. Neque hîc stetit illorum
fortuna, aut ambitio, donec &amp; Italiae magnam quoque partem adjecerint, ad por<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>as
usque Urbis Romae; quinetiam Siciliam, Candiam, Cyprum &amp; reliquas Maris medi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terranei
insulas. Deus bone, quantus hic terrarum tractus! quot hîc <hi>coronae!</hi> Unde
dignum quoque observatu est, non hîc, ut in caeteris Tubis, <hi>Trientis</hi> mentionem
<pb n="469" facs="tcp:63175:287"/>
fieri: siquidem non minùs extra Imperii Romani fines quàm intra ipsum caderet haec
clades, ad extremos usque Indos sese porrectura.</p>
            <p>Restat de Gentis belligerantis habitu.<note place="margin">Vers. 8.</note> 
               <hi>Et facies earum,</hi> inquit, <hi>ut facies hominum.</hi>
Fuerunt <hi>Locustae istae</hi> facie humanâ, id est, reverâ homines, (nè quis fortè de <hi>Insectis</hi>
agi putet) <hi>habentes capillos ut capillos mulierum,</hi> id est, natione ARABES, qui, in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quit
Plinius, <hi>intonso utuntur crine, &amp;</hi> (mulierum more) <hi>mitrati degunt,</hi> Plin. lib. 6.
capite 28. quibus hodiéque moris est, ut peregrinatores affirmant, ituris in praelium,
ex proprio capillo sibi cornua &amp; cincinnos nectere; Camerar. Operum subcis. Tom.
1. c. 93. Unde perspicuum evadit, locum à Brightmanno nostro ex Herodoto in Tha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lia,
quasi pro Arabum tonsura, laudatum, non de capitis, sed aut de barbae tondendae
ritu aliquo Arabibus Bacchi imitatione us<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>tato (cujus &amp; Plinius aliquatenus meminit,
cùm <hi>barbam iisdem abradi solitam</hi> dicit, <hi>praeterquam in superiori labro</hi>) aut de extre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>morum
crinium rotundatione, citra integram capitis tonsuram, accipiendum esse.
Quorum utrumque, fortè quia Bacchi, vicini ipsis Deastri, cultorum insigne fuit, De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>us
populo suo vetuit, Levit. 19. 27. &amp; 21. 5. Ut ut sit, quin Plinius Arabes Romae
vidislet, nullus dubito.</p>
            <p>Sequitur de plagae duratione, quae quidem <hi>Quinque mensibus</hi> determinatur, pro typo
<hi>Locustarum,</hi> quae totidem mensibus durant; nempe ab exortu Vergiliarum (veteribus
exitu Veris dicto, uno circiter ab AEquinoctio verno mense) quando ex ovis in terra
per hyemem relictis in lucem emittuntur, usque ad initium Autumni, quando, alteris
ovis ad subsequentis anni sobolem in terram depositis, statim moriuntur. Videsis Pli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nium
lib. 11. c. 29.</p>
            <p>Voluit tamen Deus hanc temporis notationem non modò typo sed etiam antitypo
convenire, cùm principem terrarum Italiam, &amp; peccati quod plagam attraxerit ante<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>signanam,
<hi>Locustis Saracenicis</hi> infestandam tradidit, ab anno 830 ad annum 980, id est,
annis 150, seu mensibus annalibus quinque.</p>
            <p>Alibi quidem terrarum diutiùs, sed ordine quodam, &amp; aliis atque aliis temporum
intervallis, incubuit plaga; maximè regionibus Orientalibus, Syriae, AEgypti, atque
minoris Asiae, quae capiti imperii istius quod Damasci primùm, deinde Bagdadi fuit,
conterminae, in anteriores quasi corporis Saracenici partes per multa secula cessere.</p>
            <p>Utque illud notem; Licèt quascunque occupârunt terras, earum incolas venenato
illo <hi>Caudae Scorpioniae,</hi> quem dixi, ictu cruciavere; tamen Itali aliâ nescio quâ &amp; sin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gulariratione
<hi>Caudae Locustarum</hi> ictum sensisse videntur. Toto enim examine corpor<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>
assimilato, anterioribúsque partibus, ut par est, Orienti assignatis; quid agmina Afri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cana
erunt, tanto à capite intervallo in Occidentem porrecta, nisi <hi>Cauda?</hi> Atqui ab
istis omnis Italiae calamitas, quam utique obliquo (vide <hi>Scorpionum</hi> ingenium) per
Mare mediterraneum, ejúsque insulas Sardiniam &amp; Siciliam, ictu continenter <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>erie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bant:
quasi huc nimirum digitum intenderet Spiritus S. cùm, iteratâ mentione <hi>Mensi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um,</hi>
dixerit,<note place="margin">Vers. 10.</note> 
               <hi>Et habebant caudas similes Scorpionibus &amp; aculeos; &amp; in caudis suis habe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bant
potestatem nocendi hominibus MENSES QVINQVE.</hi>
               <note n="*" place="margin">[* Ita &amp; legit in Bibl. Poly<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>glot. <hi>MS. Alexander.</hi>]</note> Ità enim legit Codex
Complutensis, suffragantibus Syro, Primasio, Andrea, &amp; Areta. Cujusmodi inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pretatio
licèt temporis designationi non inconcinna foret; tamen aliam esse, multóque
latiùs sese diffundentem, Syrmatis illius serpentini significationem, jam suprà dixi, ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
hîc muto. Si quis de secundario aliquo sensu (cujusmodi ego haud facilè admit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tere
soleo) persuaderisibi patietur, per me quidem licet.</p>
            <p>Atque haec una ratio est quâ <hi>Quinque menses</hi> typi <hi>Locustarum,</hi> rei gestae aptari pos<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sint.
Est &amp; alia, si modò ex eo quòd <hi>Menses</hi> isti <hi>quinque</hi>
               <note n="*" place="margin">In vers. 5. &amp; 10.</note> bis ponantur, geminetur
calculus: quasi nimirum voluisset Spiritus Sanct. <hi>quinarium numerum</hi> adhibere, prop<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter
analogiam &amp; <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> Typi; duplicare verò, ut antitypo insigniori aliquo inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vallo
responderet. Quorsum enim alioquin Mensium istorum notationem iisdem penè
verbis it eraret? Annon mysterium aliquod huic iterationi subest? Simile enim alibi,
in continua ejusdem Typi descriptione, factum non memini.</p>
            <p>Hoc igitur si arriserit, comprehendent ANNI TRECENTI, quot bis <hi>quinque men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ses</hi>
annales efficiunt, nobile illud Regni Saracenici intervallum, quod ab initio Cali<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phatûs
Abasidarum, (qui primi Bagdadi Imperii sedem fixerunt) ad eandem Bagda<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dam
à Rege Turcarum Togrulbeco (qui nostris Tangrolipix audit) captam ducitur;
id est, ab anno Christi 750 ad annum 1055. Amplius quidem hoc spatium est annis
circiter quinque; sed cùm per <hi>menses</hi> numeratio fit, dierum aliquot non magìs haben<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>da
ratio est quàm, ubi per <hi>dies</hi> computatur, <hi>horarum</hi> soleat. Illud quoque addi po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>test,
commodè incipere hoc intervallu à sublato ab Urbe Roma Exarchatûs jugo;
quo praecedentis Tubae calamitas desiit. Hoc enim eodem tempore, fortè etiam an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>no,
contigit.</p>
            <p>
               <pb n="470" facs="tcp:63175:288"/>Si quaeras adhuc, quorsum Spiritus S. integram plagae Saracenicae durationem nu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>meris
hisce non comprehenderet, cùm ante hunc Abasidarum principatum, ab anno
nempe 630, Saraceni continuis successibus adeò imperium propagâssent, ut jam quasi
ad <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> suam pervenisset: responderi potest, quia numerus iste <hi>quinque mensium,</hi> ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gis
typi <hi>Locustarum</hi> fuit, quàm antitypi <hi>Saracenorum;</hi> ideóque qui illis propriè compe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tebat,
sat erat si in istis insigniori aliquâ intervalli ratione exhiberetur, etiamsi non in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tegrè
mensuraret. Nihil tamen hîc statuo, sed aliis, quibus plus à Deo datum fuerit,
ampliùs disquirendum relinquo. Haec interim difficultas interpretationi de <hi>Saracenis</hi>
nihil praejudicat. Nam quamcunque interpretationem sequeris, eadem difficultas te
urgebit.</p>
            <p>Restat adhuc de Rege &amp; nomine ejus.<note place="margin">Verse <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>1.</note> 
               <hi>Habebant,</hi> inquit, <hi>super se Regem Angelum
abyssi, cui nomen Hebraicè ABADDON, Graecè verò APOLLYON,</hi> id est, <hi>Perdens.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>Videtur Spiritus Sanctus, quòd <hi>Angelum Abyssi</hi> Regem dicit, innuere, <hi>Locustas</hi> hasce
fore Gentem, non Christianam, sed infidelem quae Christo nomen non dedisset. Di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cuntur
enim Paulo, Ephes. 2. 2. <hi>filii incredulilatis,</hi> sen Pagani, <hi>Principi subesse cui po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>testas
est aeris;</hi> qui non alius est quàm <hi>Abyssi Angelus:</hi> contrà, qui Christiani fiunt, è
<hi>Satanae potestate erepti ad Deum converti,</hi> Act. 26. 18.</p>
            <p>Quicquid sit, res est disquisitione dignissima, cur hunc <hi>Abyssi Principem</hi> hîc nomine
planè novo &amp; inaudito appellet; neque, ut solet, <hi>Diabolum, Satanam, Serpentem,</hi> aut
<hi>Draconem:</hi> aut, si à <hi>perdendi</hi> notione maluisset, cur non potiùs <hi>Asmodaeum,</hi> nomine
<gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> quo eum Iudaei vocare jam assueverant; <hi>Abaddonem</hi> verò nunquam.
An quia, cùm Muhammedani gloriarentur non aliumse Deum colere &amp; adorare quàm
unum illum &amp; solum Deum Demiurgum seu Factorem Universi, qui Chaldaeis &amp; Syris
<gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> ABUDA audit, ipsisque adeò Arabibus epitheto <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, ABDI id est, <hi>aeterni,</hi>
insignitur; iis Spiritus Sanctus occurrere voluerit contrarii sensûs, sed similis soni, vo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cabulo?
quo nimirum innueret, tantum abesse ut illi (quicquid contendant) ABU<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>DAN
vel ABDIN, aeternum illum Mundi opificem, venerarentur, ut Dei ipsius
aestimatione, quem <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> esse volunt, neque per Christum adeundum, non
ipsum, sed Angelum nequam ABADDONEM, id est, Mundi non <hi>Factorem,</hi> sed <hi>Per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ditorem,</hi>
Regis seu Numinis loco haberent. Sic cùm putarent Ieroboamitae se Deum
Israelis in vitulis suis coluisse; ait tamen Scriptura, eos Daemonibus sacrificâsse, 2 Par.
11. 15.</p>
            <p>An verò allusum esse dicemus ad commune Regum Arabiae nomen ejus tractûs, un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>de
Muhammedes primitus cum Locustis proditurus erat; qui à prisco Rege OBODA
in Deorum numerum à suis relato, cujúsque à sepulchro OBODA regioni Nabataeo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
nomen mansit, OBODAE deinceps, potestatis nomine, dicti sunt; sicut AEgypti
Reges <hi>Pharaones</hi> &amp; <hi>Ptolemaei,</hi> Romanorum <hi>Caesares,</hi> Parthorum <hi>Arsaeae,</hi> &amp; contermini
Petraeorum <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>rabam Reges <hi>Aretae?</hi> Stephanus enim Byzantinus, ex Uranii, rerum
<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>rabiearum scriptoris, lib. 4. OBOΔA, inquit, <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>
               <note n="*" place="margin">Anaon igitur 1 Mac. 12. 31. pro <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 span">
                     <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                  </gap>endum <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> Nam Iosephus de iisdem agens <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> vocat. Vid. Ant. Iud.<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>. 13. c. 5. &amp; Zabad<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>o<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum nomen alias inaudi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum.</note> 
               <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>
               <note n="a" place="margin">De <hi>Oboda</hi> Arabem Deo vid. Tertul. ad Nat. l. 2. c. S. &amp; ibi Gothofredi notas. Vide &amp; Euseb. De lau<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dibus constan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tini, p. 478. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.</note>
               <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>. Ab hoc autem deinceps istius tractûs Reges
communi nomine OBODAS dictos, fidem mihi faciunt Strabo &amp; Iosephus. Quo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
hic duos ejus nominis commemorat:<note n="b" place="margin">De bello Iu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>daic. lib. 1. cap. 3.</note> unum bellicosum, nimiúmque Iudaeis clade
Alexandri Iamnei regis sui notum; quem nempe OBODAS iste Arabs, toto exerci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tu
ejus in Galaadensi regione caeso, Hierosolymam fugere coegit, annis ante Christum
plus minùs nonaginta; quem non immeritò Iudaei levi immutatione ABADDON, id
est, <hi>Perditorem,</hi> vocare potuissent.<note n="c" place="margin">Antiquit. Iud. lib. 16. c. 11, 13. 14, 15.</note> Alterum segnem &amp; inertem, Herodis magni
<gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, cujus Procurator Syllaeus (qui res ejus pro libitu administrabat) Salo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>men
Herodis sororem in matrimonium sibi deposcebat: sed voto frustratus, atque ini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>micus
Herodi factus, eundem calumniis apud Augustum in non exiguum discrimen ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>duxit.
Hujus OBODAE semel atque iterum meminit Strabo in AElii Galli expeditione
Arabica, ídque cum eadem pigritiei nota; aítque eundem vicino Regi <hi>Aretae</hi> (com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mune
&amp; hoc nomen, ut dixi, conterminorum Petrae Regum fuit) affinitate conjun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctum
fuisse. Ex eodem colligere est, OBODAE regnum magis Austrum versùs situm
ad mare rubrum pertinuisse: quo terrarum tractu Ismaelitas &amp; Saracenos habitâsse
credo. Certè enim Nabathaeos, quorum tractus, Uranio teste, OBODAM regionem
complectebatur, Ismaelitas fuisse constat, à<note n="d" place="margin">Gen. 25. 13.</note> Nabaiotho Ismaelis primogenito id no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minis
sortitos. Addit Iosephus, OBODA vitâ defuncto, Aretam, favente Augusto,
regnum ejus suo adjunxisse.</p>
            <p>Si quis igitur, tantâ rerum convenientiâ &amp; concinnitate permotus, opinabitur Spi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ritum
S. hoc nomen ABADDON de industria adhibuisse, ut <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> quadam
nominis Regii ad eam Gentem digitum intenderet, cui in more positum Reges suos,
imò &amp; Deos, simili appellatione cognominare; ego quidem eum veniâ dignum pu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tem;
<pb n="471" facs="tcp:63175:288"/>
praesertim cùm utraque vox ab eadem radice esse videatur, Hebraeis &amp; Arabi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
communi, licèt, ut aliàs quoque sit, significatione contrariâ; cúmque apud vete<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>res
Prophetas haud omnino dissimilium allusionum exempla quandoque occurrant.
Sic quod Isaias Christum <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> NEZER, id est, <hi>surculum,</hi> vocaverit, Matthaeus ad
Iesu NAZARENI nomen traduxit c. 2. vers. ult. Videsis etiam Ier. 1. 11, 12. <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>
SCHAKED <hi>amygdalus,</hi> 
               <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> SCHOKED <hi>advigilo.</hi> Amos. 8. 2. <hi>canistrum</hi>
               <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> KAIITZ, id est, <hi>aestivorum fructuum, quia venit</hi> 
               <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> KETZ, id est, <hi>finis &amp;c.</hi>
Et verò etiam ab ejusmodi agnominationibus non abhorruisse citerioris seculi Iudaeos,
vel illud argumento fit, quòd paulò ante Salvatoris adventum, propterea quòd <hi>Ache<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ron,</hi>
Inferorum (ut ex Graecis audierant) fluvius, sono nonabluderet ab <hi>Accaron</hi> ci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vitate
Palaestinorum (sic enim olim <hi>Ekron</hi> pronunciatum<note n="*" place="margin">Vid. LXX.</note> est) ex <hi>Beelzebub</hi> hujus
Deo nomen fecere Satanae, illius, id est, Inferorum, Principi. Hinc enim, ut quidem
conjicio, in Evangelio <hi>Beelzebub Princeps Daemoniorum.</hi>
            </p>
         </div>
         <div type="exposition">
            <head>SECUNDA VAE-TUBA,
SEU
TUBA VI.</head>
            <p>VAE PLAGARUM altera (quae etiamnum (proh dolor!) incumbit) TUR<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>CARUM
<hi>Tetrarchas,</hi> equitatu numerosissimo, ab Euphrate (ubi jam diu haese<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rant)
in Orbem Romanum evocat.</p>
            <p>Solve (inquit <hi>vox ex quatuor cornibus Altaris thymiamatis) quatuor illos Angelos
alligatos ad magnum flumen Euphratem.</hi>
               <note place="margin">Vers. 14. </note> Angeli ponuntur pro<note n="*" place="margin">Videatur E<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>piphanius <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                     <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                  </gap> ex Deut, 32. 8.</note> Gentibus quibus prae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>esse
credebantur, non inusitatâ in hoc Libro metonymiâ. Id ex eo apparet, quod
qui continuò ex oraculi praescripto solvuntur, <hi>Exercitus equestres</hi> sunt, hominibus
occidendis emissi.</p>
            <p>Angelos <hi>alligatos</hi> jubet <hi>solvi,</hi> ut qui, durante adhuc superiore plagâ, in Romanas
regiones irrumpentes, ad Euphratem aliquot seculis cohibiti fuerant, nè porro pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>libitu
grassarentur. Principio quidem paulò ulteriùs sunt progressi, ad Nicaeam Bi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thyniae
usque; sed ab Argonautis Christianis in expeditione Hierosolymitana, de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>victo
Solimanno, denuo ad Euphratem compulsi.</p>
            <p>Porrò <hi>Angeli quatuor</hi> totidem Sultanias seu Regna significant, in quae Turcae, cùm
primùm, trajecto Euphrate, in vicinos Asiae &amp; Syriae tractus sese essudissent, disper<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiebantur.
Haec ex Scilice authore Graeco sic enumerat Christophorus Richerius
de origine Turcarum; Asianum, Alepiense, Damascenum, &amp; quartum Antiochenum.
Quorum primum Asianum seu minoris Asiae, exordium suum debuit Cutlumuso,<milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/>
(Elmachino, ni fallor, alio nomine Sedijduddaulae dicto) Tangrolipicis illius qu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>
Bagdadum primus ceperat, propinquo. Is, eodem teste, Caesareâ Cappadociae circa
annum Christi 1080 expugnatâ &amp; Romanis ademptâ, sibi &amp; posteris suis, in Asiae par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tibus
Euphrati conterminis, regnum inchoavit. Cujus fines deinde ampliavit suc<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cessor
Solimannus ad Nicaeam Bithyniae usque; sed à nostris in famigerata illa expe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ditione
Hierosolymitana devictus, universam quam acquisierat regionem relinquere
&amp; ad Euphratem recedere coactus est. Atque hujus Tetrarchiae sedes, etsi initio
alibi, maximam tamen partem, Iconii in eadem Cappadocia fuit.</p>
            <p>Secunda Tetrarchia Alepiensis fuit, metropoli Alepo, quae ramo Euphratis, eò â <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/>
Sultanorum quodam deducto, adluitur. Hujus Rex primus (teste Elmachino)
Sjarfuddaulas, anno 1079 Alepo potitus. Cui successit Roduwanus Salghucides,
anno 1095.</p>
            <p>Tertia Tetrarchia, metropoli Damasco, conditorem habuit (eodem teste) Tag<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>juddaulam <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="3"/>
Nisum Togrulbeci (seu Tangrolipicis) nepotem, qui Damaseum sub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jugavit
eodem anno 1079. Hujus successor Ducathes seu Decacus fuit, Roduwani
Sultani Alepiensis frater, anno 1095. Cui, inquit Scilix, parebat omnis regio Deca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poleos.
Haec autem Euphratem attingebat.</p>
            <p>Hisce quartam annum erat Scilix Antiochenam, modicis finibus contentam. Nam,<milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="4"/>
inquit, Laodiceam usque Syriae Caliphas AEgypti è gente Saracenica possidebat re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>giones.
Sed cùm regnum illud Antiochenum, ut ab Euphrate paulò remotius, ità
non nisi quatuordecim annis duraverit, Antiochiâ statim, Boamundo duce, à nostris
captâ; praestiterit forsan, eo expuncto, Imperium Bagdadense seu Persicum ab altera
<pb n="472" facs="tcp:63175:289"/>
Euphratis ripa (nam Scilix tantùm Turcarum qui Euphratem trajecerant rationem
habuit) quaternario complendo adjicere; ut ità Imperium Turcicum universum,
ultra citràque Euphratem, in quatuor istas Sultanias divisum intelligatur. Quas cum
Regum sive Sultanorum aliquousque ferie, en tibi, Lector, sequenti diagrammate
distinctiùs contemplandas.</p>
            <p>
               <table>
                  <head>¶Regni Turcici ad Euphratem quadripartiti Diagramma,
ab anno 1080 &amp; deinceps, ex Elmachino
Arabe &amp; Scilice Authore Graeco.</head>
                  <row>
                     <cell>Vltra Euphr.</cell>
                     <cell>Cis Euphra-</cell>
                     <cell role="label" cols="2">-tem.</cell>
                  </row>
                  <row>
                     <cell>BAGDADI. Togrulbecus Olbarsalanus</cell>
                     <cell>
                        <note n="*" place="margin"> quara in Historia Sara<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cen, Elmach<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>ni <hi>Siaizarum dici</hi> puro, quomodo apud Benjami<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nem Tud<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="4 letters">
                              <desc>••••</desc>
                           </gap>
                           <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sem Caesarea Palaestinae <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap> p. 37.</note> CAESAREAE Cappadociae &amp; ICONII, &amp;c. in Asia minore.</cell>
                     <cell>ALEPI.</cell>
                     <cell>DAMASCI.</cell>
                  </row>
                  <row>
                     <cell>Ghelaluddaulas <hi>ann.</hi> 1071. Barkyarucus Muhammedus Mahmudus, <hi>coe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pit. ann.</hi> 1117. &amp;c.</cell>
                     <cell>Sedijduddaulas <hi>cognomine</hi> Cutlumusus Solimannus Tanismanius Masutus Calisastlanus &amp;c.</cell>
                     <cell>Sjarfuddulas Roduwanus Tagjuddau<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>las <hi>fil.</hi> Bulgarus, <hi>caepit anno</hi> 1117.</cell>
                     <cell>Tagjuddaulas Decacus Ababacus, <hi>ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>huc in vivis anno</hi> 1115.</cell>
                  </row>
                  <row>
                     <cell> </cell>
                     <cell> </cell>
                     <cell> </cell>
                     <cell>Sanguinus NOradinus &amp;c.</cell>
                  </row>
               </table>
            </p>
            <p>Atque iste rerum Turcicarum status fuit cùm primùm Euphratem trajecerant, &amp;,
quasi irruptionis in terras Romanas specimine dato, praestitutis ad Euphratem car<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceribus
coercerentur. Ut ut autem iste Sultaniarum quaternio ad tempus laxationis
integer non permanserit, sed varias mutationum vices subierit: tamen Spiritus Sanct.
gentem aestimat ex primae irruptionis statu, quo, Euphrate trajecto, ligati sunt ad
tempus constitutum.</p>
            <q>
               <p>
                  <hi>Et soluti sunt quatuor isti Angeli, parali ad horam &amp; diem &amp; mensem &amp; annum, ut
occiderent tertiam partem hominum.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Vers. 15.</note>
               </p>
            </q>
            <p>Solutio haec Turcarum contigit paulò ante annum 1300, Caliphatu Bagdadensi
(quocum VAE primum penitus exspiravit) jam à Tartaris ann. 1258 extincto, &amp;
Turcarum reliquiis, qui ab altera Euphratis ripa rerum in Perside hucusque potiti fu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>erant,
ab iisdem ann. 1289, quasi ex funda, in regiones Romanas cis Euphratem
ejectis. Sic enim rebus comparatis, accidit quoque ut eodem tempore Latini, qui
primis Turcarum irruptionibus, jam ducentis ferè annis, fraena &amp; compedes injece<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rant,
ex Syria &amp; Palaestina, anno utique 1291. expellerentur. Interea Turcae, licèt
in varias adhuc Satrapias distracti, totàm ferè Asiam minorem incursare, inter sese
haereditario jure possidendam dividere, tandèmque sub unius Othomanni imperio
coeuntes, omnimodò laxatis habenis immanè grassari, in Europam trajicere: neque
ullâ ampliùs vi iisdem obsisti potuit, donec Imperium Constantinopolitanum univer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sum
miserandis stragibus exscidissent.</p>
            <p>Sed &amp; hujus cladis Constantinopolitanae tempus quoque, ni fallor, designat Ora<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>culum:
fore nempe eam post <hi>Diem, Mensem,</hi> &amp; <hi>Annum,</hi> id est, annos 396, quàm
Turcae, dato iis Imperio Saracenico, à Deo parari coeperant; id est, à <hi>Bagdado</hi> ab iis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dem
capta. Hoc enim irruptionis Turcicae initium fuit, quo Imperium Saracenicum
demoliri coeptum, &amp; Ditio Romanorum affligi; ità tamen, ut vis mali ad praestitutum
laxationi tempus coercenda esset. Intervallum certè temporis ad unguem congruit.
Resert enim is, quem jam aliquoties laudavi, Elmachinus historicus Arabs, quo ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mo
temporum momenta accuratiùs annotavit, <hi>Togrulbecum Salghucidem,</hi> Turcarum
principem, (hic est qui nostris <hi>Tangrolipix</hi> dicitur, ex familia <hi>Zelzuccia</hi>) captâ regiâ
urbe <hi>Bagdado,</hi> à Calipha <hi>Cajimo Biamrilla</hi> veste imperiali indutum, atque regno in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>auguratum
fuisse, ann. Hegirae 449, id est, Christi 1057. <hi>tunc,</hi> inquit, <hi>stabilitum ei fuit
imperium.</hi> Ab hoc igitur tempore Turcae, datâ iis Imperii Saracenici arce cum tota
ditione Transeuphratensi, praeparati sunt ut post <hi>Diem, mensem &amp; annum</hi> propheticum
<hi>occiderent tertiam partem hominum;</hi> id est, anno Christi 1453, Imperii Romani in
<pb n="473" facs="tcp:63175:289"/>
Oriente reliquum, captâ regiâ urbe Constantinopoli, funditus exscinderint. Inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vallum
enim, ab anno 1057 ad annum 1453 captae Constantinopoleos, est praecisè
annorum 396. quorum <hi>Dies</hi> efficit unum, <hi>Mensis</hi> 30, <hi>Annus</hi> 365. Tanta est hîc accu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ratio
calculi, ut facilè quis in suspicionem deveniat, etiam <hi>Horam</hi> (quae juxta eaete<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rorum
rationem quindecim dies efficeret) eventui pariter responsuram, si mensi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap> quo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
inaugurationis <hi>Togrulbecianae</hi> perinde atque annus proditus fuisset. Interim, do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nec
illud constiterit, <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> hîc sumi potest, non pro vicesima diei parte, sed pro <hi>tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pore
opportuno,</hi> &amp; conjunctio <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> exponi <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, quasi <hi>Parati in tempus opportunum,</hi>
nempe, <hi>in diem, mensem &amp; annum, ut occiderent tertiam partem hominum.</hi> Quot verò
anni deinceps currerent ad Regni Turcici excidium, nusquam habetur; tantummodo,
ad finem temporum BESTIAE id futurum dicitur; nempe VAE secundum tunc
abiturum quando VAE tertium Regno BESTIAE abolendo immineret, cap. 11.
vers. 14, 15.</p>
            <p>Sed priusquam hinc abeam, illud haud sanè invitus fatebor; Ni tam exacta prophe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiae
cum re gesta convenientia quasi manus mihi injiceret, aliam, nempe istiusmodi,
interpretationem haudquaquam displicituram fuisse; Angelos istos ad omnem occasi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>onem
paratos &amp; instructos fuisse, sive <hi>horâ</hi> sive <hi>die,</hi> sive <hi>mense,</hi> sive etiam <hi>anno</hi> ad rem
gerendam opus fuerit. Sed an verisimile sit, tam accuratum temporis responsum, qua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lem
hîc eventus exhibet, casu contigisse, penès alios judicium esto. Erit fortè cui re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ligio
erit existimare.</p>
            <p>Sequitur de qualitate &amp; numero copiarum:<note place="margin">Vers. 16.</note> 
               <hi>Et numerus,</hi> inquit, <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, <hi>exerci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tûs
equestris, duae myriades myriadum.</hi> EQUITATUM nominat, nec quid prae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terea
copiarum in tota plagae descriptione; quasi hic hostis ab Euphrate totus <hi>Equi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tatus</hi>
esset. An quia in militia Turcica <hi>Equitatus</hi> peditatum tantum superet, ut hic
prae illo nullo numero fit? Imò (quod Spiritum S. praecipuè respexisse credo) quia
hic ipse character est, jam dudum ab Ezech. sacratus, Gentis <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, quâ Tur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cae
oriundi sunt. Sic enim illa in prophetia illa celeberrima de GOGO (nomen hoc
fuit Ezechielis aevo Regum Magogicorum<note n="*" place="margin">R. Moses bar Na<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>hman in P<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>n<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>ch<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>m. G<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>. in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quit, <hi>nomen generale quo vocatur o<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>n</hi> 
                  <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                     <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <hi>gog,</hi> Idem Ioannes Bapti<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>a ex Iu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 span">
                     <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                  </gap> Prol<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>go partis secundae. Le<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="4 letters">
                     <desc>••••</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 span">
                     <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                  </gap> Historiae Turcicae p. 186. GOG <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 span">
                     <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                  </gap> GIOC <hi>vel</hi> K<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>OC, <hi>unicâ tantium</hi> 
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 span">
                     <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                  </gap> KIOC CAN. <hi>qui albi</hi> GOG C<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="4 letters">
                     <desc>••••</desc>
                  </gap> GOG ELP <hi>qui &amp;</hi> GUG ELP.</note> commune,
sicut <hi>Pharao</hi> AEgyptiorum) gentem eam describit ab E<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>questri
militia. cap. 38. 4. <hi>Et educam te,</hi> inquit, <hi>&amp; om<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nem
exercitum tuum, EQVOS &amp; EQVITES, loricis
vestito<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> universos.</hi> Iterum v. 15. <hi>Et venies de loco tuo à la<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>teribus
Aquilonis, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>u &amp; populi multi tecum, ASCENSO<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>RES
EQVORVM VNIVERSI,</hi> &amp;c. Porrò GO<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>GUS
iste vocatur <hi>princeps primarius Mescheck &amp; Tu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bal,</hi>
id est, qui finibus suis egressus, utrique Armeniae, ultra citráque Euphratem, im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>peritaret.
Citerioris hîc Armeniae nomine Cappadocas comprehendo, antiquitùs <hi>Me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>schinos</hi>
&amp; <hi>Moschos</hi> nuncupatos, ubi &amp; oppidum primarium <hi>Mazacha,</hi> postea Caesarea
dicta, &amp; in eodem tractu <hi>Moschici</hi> montes incolarum à <hi>Mescheck</hi> oriundorum non ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>scura
indicia. Ulterior seu major Armenia est, quae hodie à Turcarum in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>colatu
Turcomania dicitur; in qua olim Urbs <hi>Thelbalana, Tibareni</hi> &amp; <hi>Balbi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>teni</hi>
populi, <hi>Teleboas</hi> fluvius, &amp; alia nominis <hi>Tubal</hi> vestigia. Non tamen, quod Eze<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chiel
narrat, bellum de hac quam Ioannes describit Turcarum irruptione capiendum,
(hanc ille tantummodo innuete videtur) verùm de alia sub Iudaeorum reditum novissi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ma,
ídque, si fas est conjicere, hâc quae nunc occupat priùs nonnihil recedente, in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>telligendum
est.</p>
            <p>Sed de <hi>Equitatûs</hi> typo est &amp; aliud quod bona Lectoris cum venia adjiciam: sed
pacto, ne quis me putet nominum &amp; etymologiarum ludificationibus plùs nimiò in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dulgere.
Cibi etiam solidi &amp; bene praeparati, cum condimento suaviores esse solent.
Nè igitur fastidiat Lector, si ejusmodi quid apponam: <hi>Turcas</hi> scilicet, ante solutionem,
longo jam incolatu <hi>Persas</hi> fuisse, eóque nomine Byzantinis historicis passim appellatos.
Certè Nicetas, qui maximam temporis partem, quo apud Euphratem cohibiti sunt,
historiâ complexus est, ferè semper <hi>Persas</hi> vocat, rarissimè <hi>Turcas.</hi> PERSAE autem,
si attendas, vel ipso nominis sono EQUITES sunt; quandoquidem <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> PA<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>RAS,
quo nomine in Sacris libris vocatur <hi>Persia</hi> (quacum eadem est, aliâ tantùm
pronunciatione, <hi>Parthia</hi>) tribus linguis Orientalibus, Hebraicâ, Chaldaicâ, Arabicâ,
<hi>Equum</hi> vel <hi>Equitem</hi> designat. Hâc igitur ratione EQUITES <hi>Euphrataei</hi> sunt
TURCO-PERSAE, id est, Euphratis accolae gentilitio nomine <hi>Equites</hi> dicti.</p>
            <p>Nec deesse videtur (si quis fortè insolentiam objiciat) hujusmodi allusionis exem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plum
apud Danielem cap. 8. ubi Macedones, qui tunc temporis AEGEADES
(hoc est, <hi>Caprini</hi>) dicebantur, typo <hi>Caprarum,</hi> Réxque <hi>Hirei</hi> figu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>â designatur.
<hi>
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>cce,</hi> inquit, <hi>HIRCVS Caprarum</hi> (id est, caprarum maritus) <hi>venit ab Occidente,</hi> &amp;c.
<pb n="474" facs="tcp:63175:290"/>
Innuit autem Alexandrum Magnum, <hi>AEgeadum</hi> regem. Illi Macedones sunt. Ità enim
Gens ista vocabatur quà prima Regni sedes erat, à Carano conditore, ducentis plus
minùs ante Danielem annis. Occasionem nominis ex Trogo refert Epitomator Iusti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nus
lib. 7. cujus verba ascribere non gravabor. <hi>Caranus,</hi> inquit, <hi>cum magna multi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tudine
Graecorum, sedes in Macedonia responso Oraculi jussus quaerere, cùm in AEmathi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>am
venisset, urbem Edessam, non sentientibus oppidanis propter imbrium &amp; nebulae mag<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nitudinem,
gregem Caprarum imbrem fugientium secutus, occupavit: revocatúsque in
memoriam oraculi, quo jussus erat ducibus Capris imperium quaerere, regni sedem statuit;
religioseque postea observavit, quocúnque agmen moveret, ante signa easdem Capras habere,
c<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ptorum du<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>es habiturus quas regni habuerat authores. Urbem Edessam ob memoriam
muneris EGEAS, populum E<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>EADAS vocavit.</hi> Vide caetera.</p>
            <p>Tanta est hîc con<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                  <desc>••</desc>
               </gap>nnitas, ut quis suspicari possit, etiam <hi>Arietis</hi> de Rege Persarum
in eadem Visione typum, ad nominis ELAM (quod alterum duorum est quo ea
Gens appelletur) significatum alludere. <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> enim Hebraeis (unde nomen <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> 
               <hi>Aries</hi>)
&amp; <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> atque <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> Chaldaeis, idem significant, nempe <hi>Fortem</hi> seu <hi>robustum esse.</hi>
Fortè igitur <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> ELAM istis, ut illis <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> 
               <hi>Arietem.</hi> 
               <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>onabat, indéque Rex ELAM
hoc typo Danieh <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>iguratur. Ut ut sit, quando res ipsa aliunde firmatur, non potest
non hujusmodi nominum cum typo convenientia harum rerum studiosis pio oblecta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mento
este; sive id casu, sive secùs accidisse credendum sit. Atque haec obiter.</p>
            <p>Iam it<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>rum in viam ad <hi>Equites Euphrataeos</hi> redeo;<note place="margin">Vers. 16.</note> quorum numerus, inquit, <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>,
<hi>duae myriades myriadum.</hi> Alii, <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, expuncto <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>,
ut c. 5. 11. Significatur autem multitudo immensa, ut Psal. 68. 17. <hi>Curruum Dei duae
myriades, millia duplicia.</hi> Est enim <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> vel <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> ex iis vocibus numera<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bibilibus
quae in Hebraismo solent indefinitè sumi, ut apud Latinos <hi>Sexcenti;</hi> n<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>que
<hi>decem millium</hi> numerum, sed ingentem quemcunque denotare, praesertim cùm sic g<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>
               <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minetur,
ut <hi>Dan.</hi> 7. 10. videre est. Quantae autem, quámque immensae in expeditioni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
suis Turcarum copiae suerint, hodiéque esse soleant, nemini ignotum est.</p>
            <p>
               <hi>Ftandi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>i,</hi> inquit, <hi>numerum eorum.</hi> Siquidem quaeri potuit unde Ioanni de numero
constiteri<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>, ut quem in Visione subducere haud ei fuerit possibile. <hi>Audivi,</hi> inquit. Si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mile
in aliis quoque Visionibus fieri existimandum, quoties narratur aliquid quod Viso
exhiberi non po<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>erat; nempe de eo voce admonitum fuisse Apostolum.</p>
            <p>
               <hi>Sequitur de armatura:</hi>
               <note place="margin">Vers. 17.</note> Atqueità vidi, <hi>inquit,</hi> equos aspectu, &amp; qui insidebant ipsis,
habentes (<hi>
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ci<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>icet</hi>) thoraces igne<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>s, hyacinthinos &amp; sulphureos; &amp; capita equorum quasi
capita leonum, &amp; quasi ex ore eorum prodierat ignis, fumus &amp; sulphur; à quibus occisa
fuit tertia pars hominum.</p>
            <p>Nusquam apud ullum Prophetarum aut alibi in Sacris literis occurrit Imago hujus<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>modi
de <hi>Igne, sumo hyacinthino, &amp; sulphure.</hi> Quare juxta literam accipio, de novo
illo &amp; ante hanc Tubam prorsus incognito armorum genere, quibus hostes isti Eu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phrataei
statim post solutionem suam usuri essent: <hi>Bombardos</hi> intelligo, <hi>ignem, fumum
&amp; sulphur</hi> evomentes. Pulvis enim <hi>bombardicus pulvis</hi> est <hi>ignivomus, fumo hyacinthi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>no,
materiâ sulphureâ:</hi> quo qui in bello utantur, hostium sese sensibus ingerunt <hi>quasi
loricis igneis, hyacinthinis &amp; sulphureis</hi> obtectos, ob medium igne, fumo, &amp; sulphuris
odore corruptum: ob quod &amp; <hi>Equorum capita</hi> truci &amp; terribili specie cernuntur, <hi>quasi
Leonum.</hi> Hinc Ioannes dicit, se <hi>vidisse</hi> Equos &amp; equites, non reverâ, sed <hi>aspectu</hi> ta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>les;
<hi>aspectu,</hi> inquam, <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, non r<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>verâ, <hi>habentes thoraces igneos, hyaci<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>thinos &amp;
sulphureos; aspectu, habentes capita irstar Leonum;</hi> denique <hi>aspectu,</hi> non reverâ, <hi>ex ore
equorum prodiisse ignem, sumum</hi> &amp; <hi>sulphur;</hi> quippe res ità ex adverso intuentibus ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>parere
solet. Haec est vis <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, quod bis hoc sensu usurpatum Capite quarto,
vers. 3. <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>. Neque alibi,
nisi semel tantùm, vox illa in N.T. comparet.</p>
            <p>A Triga verò ista bombardica, <hi>Ignis, fumi</hi> &amp; <hi>sulphuris,</hi> addit, <hi>occisam esse tertiam
partem hominum,</hi> id est, qui ex TRIENTE illo hominum fuerant quem <hi>Orbem Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>manum</hi>
diximus. Neque enim necesse est hîc aut alibi, ubi <hi>Trientis</hi> mentio, univer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sum
<hi>Trientem</hi> intelligi, sed partitivè sumi. Cujusmodi Ellipseos voculae partitivae cùm
alibi in his literis, tum in hoc libro occurrunt exempla: ut Iud. 12. 7. <hi>Sepultus est
Iephte in Vrbibus Gilead,</hi> hoc est, <hi>aliquâ urbium;</hi> &amp; Apoc. 17. 16. <hi>Decem cornua odio
prosequentur meretricem,</hi> id est, aliqua ex illis. Sic <hi>Occisa fuit Tertia pars</hi> (<gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>)
<hi>hominum,</hi> id est, qui ex tertia illa parte.</p>
            <p>Hoc autem in Constantinopolitano excidio quis nescit abundè impletum esse? An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>non
Urbs illa nobilissima, TRIENTIS hominum caput, machinis istis ignovimis
expugnata &amp; internecioni data fuit? Audi Chalcocondylam. <hi>Mechmetes,</hi> inquit, <hi>in
expeditione contra Byzantium Bombardas fieri curavit maximas, quantas novimus e<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <pb n="475" facs="tcp:63175:290"/>
tempestate nunquam exstitisse—Eas undique per castra dispersit, ut globulos in Graecos
jactarent—Quarum unius tantafuit magnitudo, ut à septuaginta jugis boum &amp; à viris
bis mille trahenda fuerit—Huic ab utroque lateré aliae duae quoque maximae adjungeban<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur,
quarum singulae lapidem emittebant cujus pondus erat dimidium talentum—Eas
sequebatur Bombarda illa admiranda, quae torquebat globum cujus pondus continebat tria
circiter talenta, &amp; magnam muri partem sternebat—Cujus tonitru tantum fuisse tradi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum
est, ut finitima regio usque ad quadraginta stadia concuteretur—Haec Bombarda in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terdiu
septem ejaculabatur globos, noctu unum, qui diei signum erat, &amp; indicabat ubinam
eo die globos torqueri oporteret.</hi> Qui plura scire desiderat, útque etiam in oppugnatione
maritima <hi>Bombardae</hi> adhibitae fuerint, útque moenia quadraginta diebus <hi>Bombardis</hi>
fortiter quassata tandem corruerint, útque <hi>LONGUS</hi> Genuensium Dux cum suis
<hi>Bombardarum</hi> globulis icti locum deseruerint, atque viam Turcis in urbem patefece<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rint,
adeat Chalcocondylam ipsum. Ab eodem quinetiam disect, iisdem armis ab
Amurathe, Mechmetis hujus patre, Isthmum Peloponnesiacum quoque expugnatum,
&amp; Peloponnesiacos imperata facere coactos; à Mechmete autem ipso, statim post
captam Constantinopolin, vi quoque <hi>ignivomâ</hi> expugnatâ Corintho, penitus subjuga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tos suisse.</p>
            <p>Huic de armis subjungitur aliud de <hi>Equorum</hi> &amp; <hi>Equitum</hi> ingenio.<note place="margin">Vers. 19.</note> 
               <hi>Potestatem ipsorum
esse non in ore tantùm</hi> (de qua hactenus) sed &amp; <hi>in candis. Nam caudas eorum similes
esse serpentibus, habentes capita per quae laedunt.</hi> Hoc est, idem quod de SARACENIS
suprà dictum fuit, de TURCIS quoque obtinere: eos nempe non vi modò hostili,
sed &amp; <hi>Muhammedicae &amp; imposturae syrmate,</hi> perniciem ubi grassentur afferre. Unde non
minùs hi quàm LOCUSTAE <hi>Saracenicae</hi> (quarum religionem imbiberant,) <hi>caudâ
serpentes</hi> sunt. Quòd verò alia his, alia illis attribuatur <hi>Caudae serpentinae</hi> species, id
ex naturali effigiei utriusque, <hi>Locustarum</hi> &amp; <hi>Equorum,</hi> diversitate nascitur; quâ illis
spiculata Scorpionum cauda, his caudae serpentinis capitibus conveniebant maximé.</p>
            <p>
               <hi>Caeterum</hi> reliqui hominum, qui non occisi sunt his plagis,<note place="margin">Vers. 20.</note> 
               <hi>(seu qui has plagas evase<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rant)</hi>
non refipuerunt ab operibus manuum suarum, ut nè adorarent DAEMONIA, &amp;
simulachra aurca &amp; argentea &amp; aerea &amp; lapidea &amp; lignea, quae neque cernere possunt,
neque audire, neque ambulare, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>Qui verò isti sint haud difficile erit colligere; cùm in toto Orbe Romano, aut cis
Euphratem, nulli jam sint qui <hi>Simulachra</hi> colant (prohpudor &amp; dolor!) praeter Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stianos,
Annon igitur iidem illi <hi>Daemonia</hi> quoque colant necesse est, cùm utrumque
iisdem hoc loco ascribatur? At quae tandem <hi>Daemonia?</hi> inquies. Non sanè quae ipsi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>met
pro impuris spiritibus habeant, sicque vocitent (quis enim hos sciens volènsque
coleret Christianus?) sed quae hoc nomine à Gentilium Theologis intelligebantur,
<hi>Deastros,</hi> quà Angelorum, quà<note n="*" place="margin">Vide Hesiod. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, vers. 121.</note> mortuorum nominibus consecratos, tanquam Media<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tores
inter Deum &amp; homines, <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, inquit<note n="*" place="margin">In Symposio.</note> Plato, <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>
               <hi>DAEMONES medii sunt inter Deos &amp; mortales<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>
               </hi> Item, <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>.
Idem caeteri Plato<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nici,
&amp; plerique aliarum sectarum Philosophi, Epicureis exceptis.<note place="margin">De Daemonio Socratis.</note> Apuleii solius
verba ascribam, quibus Platonis &amp; reliquorum sententia plenè &amp; perspicuè conti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>netur.<note place="margin">Consulat Ie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctor Augustin. de Civit. Dei lib. 8, &amp; 9.</note>
               <hi>DAEMONES,</hi> inquit, <hi>sunt mediae Potestates, per quas &amp; desideria nostra
&amp; merita ad Deos commeant, inter mortales coelicolásque vectores, hinc precum, indè
donorum; qui ultrò citróque portant, hinc petitiones, indè suppetias; seu quidem utrin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
interpretes &amp; salutigeri. Neque enim,</hi> inquit, <hi>pro Majestate Deûm coelestium fuerit,
haec curare.</hi> Scilicet duplices Deos habuere: <hi>Coelestes,</hi> qui in coelo &amp; stellis perpetuò
residentes, neque ad haec terraena prope se demitterent, neque eorum contagione te<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>merandi
(hi propriè &amp; singulariter <hi>Dii</hi> dicebantur;) Alios <hi>Daemones,</hi> qui, tanquam
medioxuma numina, &amp; coelestium seu summorum Deorum administri, res humanas
procurarent. Illos Scriptura sacra (si quid conjicio) <hi>Excrcitum coeli;</hi> hos (praeser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tim
qui ex mortuis fiebant) BAALES vocat, à Rege Babyloniorum sive Assyri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>orum
<hi>Baale,</hi> sive, Chaldaicâ pronunciatione, <hi>Belo,</hi> qui primus post mortem à suis in
DAEMONEM consecratus est; unde postea factum ut istiusmodi numina BAA<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>LIM,
id est, <hi>Baales,</hi> dicerentur, ut <hi>Baalpeor, Baalberith, Baalzebub, Baalmoloch</hi> (Ier.
19.) quemadmodum à primo Imperatore <hi>Iulio Caesare</hi> reliqui deinde Imperatores
Romani Caesares dicti sunt.<note place="margin">Videsis Hieron. inc. 23. Ezech. Item. in Hos. c. 2. &amp; Isai<gap reason="illegible: blotted" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> c. 46.</note> Quàm autem haec DAEMONUM Theologia conveniat
cum Sanctorum &amp; Angelorum cultu apud Pseudo-christianos, res ipsa loquitur:
hoc tantùm discrimine, quòd illis plures erant Dii supremi seu coelestes; nobis
tantùm unicus est, Pater omnium. Et verò unicum quoque Mediatorem esse
oportuit, Dominum nostrum Iesum Christum, nisi quòd Pseudoprophetae plures
instar DAEMONUM introduxerint. Planè juxta quod Paulus prophetavit,
<pb n="476" facs="tcp:63175:291"/>
1 Tim. 4. 1, 2, 3. futurum <hi>posterioribus temporibus, per falsiloquorum hypocrisin</hi> mira<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>culorum
<hi>mendacia confingentium,</hi> pérque ementitam Monachorum <hi>conjugio</hi> &amp; <hi>cibis</hi>
ex voto abstinentium sanctitatem, ut <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> id est, Theologiae haec
DEASTRORUM, in Orbem postliminiò reduceretur. Quadrabit interpre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tatio,
si Genitivum <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> passivè sumas, ut sit Doctrina de Daemonibus, sicut Heb.
6. 2. <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, &amp;c. Nam sanè illud <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>,
&amp; quae sequuntur, ut syntaxeos ratio salva sit, per rectionem duorum
substantivorum exponendum est, 'E N praepositione instrumentum &amp; causam (quod
ex Hebraismo familiare est) denotante. Sed de hoc loco alibi, in peculiari tractatu,
susiùs disserui, neque hìc repetere animus est.</p>
         </div>
         <div type="exposition">
            <head>TERTIAE VAE-TUBAE,
SEU
TUBAE VII.</head>
            <argument>
               <p>Praeconium.</p>
            </argument>
            <p>ABsoluto <hi>sextae Tubae Viso</hi> (nam unius <hi>Tubae</hi> unicum tantum Visum est,<note place="margin">Ad Cap. 10.</note> sicuti &amp;
<hi>Sigillorum &amp; Phialarum</hi>) proximus locus ordine rerum debebatur clangori <hi>Septi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mae.</hi>
Quo tamen Spiritus S. in Prophetiam <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, quò jam transitu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rus
est, dilato, nè quid interca Prophetiae SIGILLORUM modò fini<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>ndae ad
complementum sui deesset, vicem clangoris differendi supplet juramento, quo eventus
Tubae saltem de genere indicatur. Fore nimirum, cùm Angelus iste clanxerit, ut
Bestiâ Romanâ, finitis novissimi capitis temporibus, delatâ, <hi>Mysterium Dei consumme<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur,
sicut annunciavit servis suis Prophetis.</hi> Ità enim jam olim Danieli praedictum fuit,
Bestiâ quartâ interfectâ, Regem Sanctorum universo Orbi terrarum imperaturum
(c. 7.) unáque promissum illud gloriosum de instauratione Israelis impletum iri, (c. 12.)
Quin enim Regnum hoc illud sit quod <hi>Mysterii Dei complementum</hi> vocat, dubitare
non sinet acclamatio illa eidem Tubae postmodum clangenti subjuncta, <hi>Facta sunt regna
hujus Mundi Domini nostri &amp; Christi ejus, &amp; regnabit in seculae seculorum:</hi> ut mirum
sit, reperiri potuisse qui id aliorsum acciperent. Igitur nec <hi>tempus illud,</hi> cujus hîc
jurat Angelus nihil superfore ampliùs, aliud esse potest quàm aut <hi>Tempus</hi> 4. <hi>Monar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chiarum</hi>
universè, aut (quod vero propius, sed tantundem est) <hi>novissimi Regni,</hi> id
est, Romani, <hi>periodus novissima TEMPORIS, TEMPORVM, &amp; DIMIDII
TEMPORIS:</hi> cùm idem quod hìc apud Ioannem dicitur futurum <hi>cùm tempus non
erit ampliùs,</hi> id apud Danielem tum futurum ostendatur cùm periodus ista novissimo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
temporum absolvetur.</p>
            <p>Atque haec quidem <hi>consummatio MYSTERII Dei</hi> Septimae Tubae <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>
est; cui comites adduntur <hi>Septem Tonitrua:</hi> non enim sunt <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> ipsum quod exhi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bet
Tuba, sed contemporaneum ejus. Scilicet, dum Angelus praeconium suum de
Tubae Mysterio exequitur, <hi>Septem tonitrua</hi> voces suas edunt. <hi>Clamavit,</hi> inquit, <hi>voce
magnâ, ficut Leo rugit; &amp; cùm clamâsset, loquuta sunt septem tonitrua voces suas:</hi> id est,
cùm ille praeconium suum jam exorsus esset, <hi>Septem</hi> quoque <hi>tonitrua</hi> coeperunt loqui.
Neque non Tubae septimae contemporare possunt; cùm quod sextam Tubam sequi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur,
necessariò in septimam incidat. Vox autem tonitrui quid? num <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>
BATH KOL? Si hoc, erunt, <hi>Septem Tonitrua</hi> ORACULA totidem, quibus
septimae Tubae intervallum quasi periodis quibusdam distinguetur; sed ignorandae om<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nino
rei, nec nisi suis temporibus percipiendae. Quod innuit, Ioanni voces tonitruum scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>turo
coelitus facta prohibitio, <hi>Obsigna quae locuta sunt septem tonitrua, &amp; nè ea scribas.</hi>
Frustrà igitur nos inquirendo erimus quae Deus occulta esse voluit, &amp; suis temporibus
reservanda.</p>
            <p>Atque ità Tubae septimae suo loco &amp; ordine commodè satìs inservitum fuit, licèt clan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>goris
ipsius patefactione, quâ totum Mysterium plenè reseratur, aliò rejectâ. Cujus Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jectionis
consilium, cum toto dispositio<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                  <desc>••</desc>
               </gap> hujusce artificio, tamets<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap> de eo in CLAVE
APOCALYPTICA monitum, tam<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>n hîc denuò &amp; paulò fusiùs reponere nec su<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pervacaneum
nec infructuosum fuerit;<note place="margin">Vid. Clav. A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pocal. part. 1. Synchron. 6. &amp; part. 2. in initio, &amp; Syn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chron, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>.</note> quum plerosque interpretum de eodem ratio
fugiat. Facem mihi primùm hîc alluxit, atque etiam tibi, Lector, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>i fallor, allucebit,
Systematis Visionum Apocalypticarum per Synchronismorum characteres constructi
diligens contemplatio. Res verò (ut eam quâ possim orationis tum perspicuitate tum
compendio recludam) sic se habet.</p>
            <p>
               <pb n="477" facs="tcp:63175:291"/>Utraque Prophetia, tam SIGILLORUM quàm <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, uno eodém<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
rerum exitu clauditur; eo nimirum quem exhibet Tuba septima. Cui indicando,
Spiritus Sanctus, Tubae septimae mysterio suo loco in Tubarum serie leviter &amp; quan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum
ibi satis erat praesignato, clangoris ipsius pleniorem patefactionem distulit, donec,
ad novam <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> prophetiam transitione factâ, (cap. 10. à vers. 8. ad
finem) primam ejus Visionem, stadio Apocalyptico similiter emenso, ad eundem re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
exitum provexisset (cap. 11. 14.) túncque MYSTERIUM illud Tubae septi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mae,
utriusque Prophetiae Catastrophe communis, &amp; in priori Prophetia (quae <hi>Sigil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lorum</hi>
erat) de genere tantùm promulgatum, hîc clangore demum edito plenè evolvi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur:
atque id quidem ordine commodissimo; cùm alioquin, absque utriusque Prophe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiae
praecognitione, quod ab utraque pendebat intelligi non potuisset.</p>
            <p>Atque hinc factum est ut Translationis istius negotium non ab aliquo Tubarum An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gelo
procuratum sit, sed ab Angelo illo magno &amp; illustri qui <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, secundae Prophetiae symbolum, manu teneret, Ioanni mox devorandum. Ejus nempe
intererat qui secundam Prophetiam revelaret, ut istius clangoris patefactio, qui utrius<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
Prophetiae Catastrophen contineret, eosque differretur. Imò si Angelus iste, ut
ex augustiori amictu totóque apparatu colligi posse videtur, Christus Dominus sit;
nulli magìs jus hoc clangorem novissimum in alterius Prophetiae gratiam suspendendi
competet, quàm ipsi, qui utriusque Prophetiae author erat. Hactenus quidem <hi>Agni</hi>
formâ apparuerat, nunc verò <hi>Angeli</hi> personam induisse videtur; quippe idem <hi>Consum<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mationis
mysterium</hi> Ioanni revelaturus quod olim Danieli, eâdem <hi>Angeli</hi> specie, eo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>démque jurisjurandi ritu &amp; verbis, revelaverat. Videsis Danielem cap. 12. vers. 6, 7.
cum ver. 5. capitis decimi.</p>
         </div>
         <div type="interpretation">
            <head>
               <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>
SEU
SYSTEMATIS ALTERIUS
VISIONUM APOCALYPTICA<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>RUM
INTERPRETATIO,
ad amussim Clavis Apocalypticae.</head>
            <p>PERACTO SIGILLORUM curriculo, quo <hi>Res Imperii</hi> de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>scribebantur,
ad alteram Prophetiam itur, multò nobilissimam, utpote
ECCLESIAE seu <hi>Religionis fata</hi> continentem. Ad eam instituitur
Ioannes traditione &amp; comestione Libri aperti, quasi Doctoratu facul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tatis
propheticae imbuendus.</p>
            <p>Et vox, <hi>inquit,</hi> quam audieram de coelo, rursum loquuta est <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>ecum
(<hi>vox nimirum illa tanquam Tubae loquentis, cap. 4.</hi>) &amp; dixit, Abi, &amp; accipe
libellum illum apertum in manu Angeli stantis super mare &amp; super terram.
Abii igitur ad Angelum, dicens ei, Da mihi libellum, &amp; dixit mihi, Accipe, &amp; de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vora
eum, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>Porrò cùm Prophetia modò revelanda, ut solet omnis rerum Divinarum &amp; arcana<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum,
praesertim futurarum, cognitio, praeceptu quidem suavis &amp; jucunda foret; sed,
propter calamitosum Ecclesiae statum, tanquam aloen, in abdito ejus contentum, aut
ipsarum fortè allegoriarum typorúmque quibus tegitur obscuritatem, enucleantis &amp; in sensa ejus penetrantis animum haud mediocriter lancinaret; ideo Liber comedendus
dicitur Apostolo futurus in ore quidem dulcis, id est, primâ facie prim<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>que gustu
mentem ejus oblectaturus; in ventre verò receptus &amp; concoquendus amaritudinem
allaturus: <hi>Et amaritudinem,</hi> inquit, <hi>adferet ventri tuo, sed in ore tuo erit dulcis tan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quam
mel.</hi> Tota autem imago ex Ezekiele petita est; nisi quòd ibi dulcedinis quidem
in ore, at amaritudinis in ventre aut nulla aut obscura mentio.</p>
            <p>Libro sic accepto &amp; deglutito, mens symboli clarissimis &amp; disertissimis verbis
aperitur; nempe Ioanni alterius adhuc &amp; nobilioris multò Prophetiae, quaeque
<pb n="478" facs="tcp:63175:292"/>
prioris tramitem relegeret, à Christo accipiendae, inque Ecclesiae notitiam deferen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dae,
munus impositum esse.<note place="margin">Ad Cap. 11.</note>
            </p>
            <q>
               <p>Et accepi, <hi>inquit,</hi> libellum è manu Angeli, &amp; devoravi eum: erátque in ore meo dul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cis
tanquam Mel; sed cùm devorâssem eum, amaruit venter meus.</p>
               <p>Tum dixit, Oportet te iterum prophetare (<hi>haec mens symboli</hi>) coram populis, &amp;
gentibus, &amp; linguis, &amp; regibus multis.<note place="margin">Verbis istis, <hi>Oportet te</hi> (<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>) <hi>it<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>rum prophetar<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>,</hi> (qu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>bus Libri comesti symbolum explicatur) innuitur sequens Visionum Systema Tempus Apocalypticum ab <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>vo relegere. Atqui si ulla Syllematis iilius prophetici visio ab initio periodi seu temporis Apocalyptici auspicanda sit, cer<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>e rationi consentaneum est ut prima illius Sydematis visio inde initium su<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>at, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>um quòd prima sit, tum quòd sequentium omnium summa &amp; compendium.</note>
               </p>
            </q>
            <p>Sic fuit Ioannis inauguratio; sequitur Prophetia, quae ab ejusdem circa Templum
Dei sacto inchoat; eóque duplicis Atrii imagine, unius dimensi, alterius ob Gentium
prophanationem rejecti, duplicem Ecclesiae statum ordine futurum commonstrat.</p>
            <div type="part">
               <head>MENS
ATRII INTERIORIS
calamo Dei dimensi.</head>
               <p>
                  <hi>ATRIVM TEMPLI interius cum inibi adorantibus,<note place="margin">Vers. 1.</note> calamo divino mensurabi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>le,</hi>
Statum Ecclesiae Christianae primaevum denotat, <hi>ad verbi Divini regulam ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>aminatum
&amp; examussim sanctum;</hi> necdum verò, ut postea, (cùm ad <hi>Exterioris A<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>rii</hi>
tempora perventum) cultûs; idololatrici contagione <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, quinimo Deum
per aliquot secula in unico Mediatore Iesu Christo <hi>normaliter</hi> colentem.</p>
               <p>Hujusmodi enim commensum etiam Angelicae dimesionis apud Ezechielem typo
propositum fuisse, ex eo colligere mihi videor quod eidem dicitur cap, 43. indè à
vers. 7. ad 10. &amp; deincep<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>; <hi>Tu antem, fili hominis, ostende domni Israel Templum, &amp;
erubescant propter iniquitates suas, &amp; metiantur exemplar.</hi> Videsis locum. Sin quis ali<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter
senserit, &amp; maluerit <hi>dimensionis</hi> typum ad <hi>aedificationis</hi> significationem referre, ut
quod Architectis graphis seu <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, futuri nempe operis designatio, id sit Deo
apud Prophetas <hi>mensuratio;</hi> ad eundem tamen sensum collineabit. Nam quid tum
denotabit Atrium hoc divino calamo dimensum, quàm Ecclesiae statum eo figuratum
<hi>facturam Dei esse,</hi> aedificatam super fundamentum Apostolorum &amp; Prophetarum,
Christo angulari lapide? contrà quàm Atrium sequens, quod Deus pro structura sua
non agnosceret, ideóque Ioannes ipsum metiri prohibetur. Hoc aut illo modo inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>preteris,
res, ut vides, eódem redibit. Sed qui in diversum sensum interpretabitur,
aut fallor, aut nullum è Scriptura interpretationis suae exemplum proferre potest.
Quàm verò appositè <hi>Altaris</hi> in hoc Atrio situs<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> frequentes sub eo Ecclesiae statu <hi>Mar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tyriorum</hi>
hostias adumbret, id tum ex re ipsa, tum ex contemporanea DRACONIS
<hi>rusi</hi> cum MICHAELE de <hi>Mulieris puerperio</hi> pugnantis Vislone, tunc cùm ad ejus in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terpretationem
ventum, patebit.</p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>MENS
ATRII EXTERIORIS CVM</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>Civitate S. a Gentibus concultati, proindeque in dimensione
negligendi forasque ejiciendi.</p>
               </argument>
               <p>
                  <hi>ATRIVM exterius à Gentibus conculcatum</hi> &amp; dimensioni Divinae rejiculum de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>signat
<hi>Civitatem Dei sanctam,</hi> seu Ecclesiam Christianam, mox ab exitu tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>porum
ATRII <hi>normalis</hi> (cui proximè succedit) <hi>novis Idololatris dandam,</hi> rebús<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan>
ejus, demolito jam penitus sub prioris Atrii statu Gentilium cultu, confirmatis, redinte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gratae
Idololatriae, tanquam redivivi <hi>Ethnicismi,</hi> contagione prophanandam; uno ver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bo,
<hi>Apostasiam Antichristianam mensibus XLII</hi> annalibus in Ecclesia regnaturam.<note place="margin">Allusum est ad prophantio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nem Antiochi, quam describit Psal. 79. Vide<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sis 1 Macc. 7. 17. &amp; Psal. 79. vers. 1, 2, 3. &amp;c. <hi>D<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>us, venerunt Gent<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>s in har<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>
                        <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ditotem tuam, po<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>u<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>run<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> T<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>m<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plum sanstum <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>uum, posue<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>runt Ierusalem i<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> acc<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>vos,</hi> &amp;c.</note> De
qua in BESTIAE historia, ATRIO huic contemporante, congenerís<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan> rei Visione, plenè
&amp; particulatim agetur. Sed verba textûs in cujus interpretatione versamur consideremus.
<pb n="479" facs="tcp:63175:292"/>
                  <hi>Datus est, inquit, mihi calamus similis virgae, adstitítque Angelus dicens, Surge, &amp;
metire Templum Dei &amp; Altare &amp; adorantes in eo. 2. Sed Atrium quod est extra
Templum ejice foras, &amp; nè metiaris illud:<note place="margin">Vers. 1.</note> n<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>m datum est Gentibus, &amp;<note n="*" place="margin">1 Mac. 3. 45<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>. &amp; Vers. 51. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> &amp; cap. 4. 60. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> Civi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tatem
sanctam calcabunt mensibus XLII.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Quorum verborum mentem ut dextrè percipiamus, sciendum, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
(quo nomine universum Templi aedificium complector) duplici Atrio distinctum fu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>isse:
uno <hi>Interiori,</hi> in quo <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> seu Templum ipsum (unà cum Altari holocausti pro
foribus ejus) situm fuit, patebátque solis Sacerdotibus &amp; Levitis; altero <hi>Exteriori,</hi>
quod 2. Paralip. 4. 9. <hi>Atrium magnum</hi> dicitur, Ezechieli plusquam duodecies
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, id est, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. Hoc Israelitarum erat seu populi
Israelitici, ideóque <hi>Israelis Atrium</hi> haud incommodè dicendum, licèt <hi>Iudaeis</hi> specia<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tim
sic vocabatur ea hujus Atrii pars quae <hi>virorum</hi> erat. Prius Atrium nominibus <hi>Tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pli</hi>
&amp; <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> indicatur. <hi>Surge,</hi> inquit, <hi>&amp; metire Templum Dei</hi> (<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>) <hi>&amp;

Thysi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>asterium:</hi>
Ubi <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> non Altare tantùm holocausti, quod ibi situm, sed spatium
etiam circumjectum, id est; totum Altaris &amp; sacrificii locum designat; ut ex verbis
ei proximè cohaerentibus colligitur, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, id est, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.
Quomodo etiam <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> sumitur cap, 14. v. 18. &amp; cap. 16. 7.<note place="margin">Ità Socrates <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> vocat, non sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cram mentam, sed <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Vid. lib. 1 cap. 25. Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> &amp; confer cum Theodorero, lib. 1. cap. 14. Vide &amp; Canon: Trull. 69. Zosi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mum lib. 5. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. Item Nicepho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum lib. 8. cap. 30. disertiss. Imo Iosephus etiam vasa, quorum in Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crificiis usus, appellare vide<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, ut excollatione Antiquit. lib. 12. cap. 7. cum 1. Mac. 1. 22. apparere potest.</note> Vide Bezam.
Unde Lexicon vetus Graecolat. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> interpretatur <hi>Altarium, Sacrarium:</hi> &amp;
vice vensâ Glossarium Philoxeni, Sacrarium, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. Hoc autem <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
unà cum Templi, id est, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Area, nomine <hi>Interioris Atrii</hi> rectè compre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hendi,
ex Tabernaculi descriptione disco; ubi similiter totum illud Septum quod
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Habitaculum</hi> ac <hi>Altare Holocausti</hi> ambibat, unius Atrii nomine censetur: ut
liquet. Exod. 40. 33. Tantum de Atrio priore, quod Ioannes metiri jubetur. Atrium
autem posterius satìs clarè nomine suo designatur, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, id est, per
Ellipsin prioris Substantivi, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Atrium quod
est extra Templi &amp; altaris septum. In hoc cùm Gentes, praeter jus &amp; fas admissae,
stabularentur, nequaquam mensurari, sed ejici jubetur &amp; pro prophano haberi.</p>
               <p>Sed inquies, non <hi>Atrium exterius,</hi> sed <hi>Civitatem sanctam</hi> à Gentibus conculcatam
dici. Respondeo, <hi>Atrium exterius</hi> &amp; <hi>Civitatem sanctam</hi> sese mutuò explicare, cùm
Atrium exterius locus fuerit Civitati sanctae, seu populo Israelis, ad Divina conveni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>endi;
imò in Deserto, unicum tantùm Atrium habente Tabernaculo, (quod non nisi
Sacerdotibus ac Levitis ordinariè ingredi fas erat) <hi>Atrium exterius</hi> nullum fuit, prae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter
Castra Israelis seu Civitatem sanctam. Perinde igitur sensus est ac si diceretur,
<hi>Atrium quod extra Templum est ejice foras, &amp; nè metiaris illud: nam datum est Genti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus,
&amp; calcabunt (illud) mensibus</hi> XLII. Pro Relativo autem (illud) substituitur
Substantivum, &amp; quidem ejusmodi quod rem Antecedenti designatam declaret; <hi>Civi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tatem,
inquit, sanctam calcabunt mensibus</hi> XLII. Enallage autem Substantivi pro Rela<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tivo
<hi>saepe,</hi> tum in hoc Libro, tum alibi, occurrit; nempe cùm aut Substantivum
quod praecessit loco Relativi repetitur, aut ejus synonymum Relativi vice substitui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur.
Posterioris modi exemplum hîc habes, &amp; Act. 25 21. Et sanè quid aliud esse
dicemus <hi>Gentibus dari,</hi> hoc est, occupandi potestatem fieri, quàm <hi>calcari?</hi> &amp; quid
tandem calcarent Gentes nisi id quod eís datum fuerat? ut hae quoque voces, non
minùs quàm <hi>Atrii &amp; Civitatis sanctae,</hi> sese mutuò explicare videantur.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="480" facs="tcp:63175:293"/>
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> Ichnographia <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, id est,
Templi &amp; Atriorum ejus.
<figure/>
                  <note place="margin">A A A A <hi>Atrium interi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>us.</hi>
                  </note>
                  <note place="margin">B B B B B B B <hi>Atrium exteri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>us.</hi>
                  </note>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> sive Templum. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Sanctum Sanctorum. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Sanctum. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Altare holocausti, Thysiasteriur</note>
               </p>
               <p>Duobus hisce Atriis (quorum, &amp; non plurium, Scriptura meminit) posterioribus
seculis, in Templo nimirum Herodiano, alio adhuc muro in Templi ambitu exstructo,
tertium additum fuit, quod <hi>Gentium</hi> &amp; <hi>immundorum</hi> dicebatur; sed pro sacro non
habitum: quinimo in columnis ibi positis, tum Graecis tum Latinis literis, inscriptum
fuit, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>In Atrium sanctum transire alienigenam
non debere.</hi> Iosephus de Bello Iudaic. l. 6. cap. 6. Graec. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.</p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>MYSTERIUM
DVORVM TESTIVM
in sacco prophetantium.</head>
               <p>GEntibus in Atrio populi Dei seu Civitate sancta stabulantibus, <hi>TESTES</hi> seu
<hi>PROPHETAE à Deo bini</hi> praedicant <hi>pullati &amp; amicti saccis.</hi> Hi sunt veritatis
Divinae Interpretes &amp; Assertores, qui foedam illam &amp; lacrymabilem Ecclesiae Christi
contaminationem assiduis querulis deflerent, quósque Deus indesinenter Orbi Christi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ano
cum Gentibus scortanti monitores, Sanctísque suis fidem servantibus duces, ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>citaturus
esset. Nempe ad instar Parium illorum illustrium sub Veteri Testamento,
MOSIS &amp; AARONIS in Eremo, ELIAE &amp; ELISAEI sub Apostasia Baaliti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ca,
ZOROBABELIS &amp; IESUAE sub servitute Babylonica. Ex illorum putà
numero, conditione, potestate, réque gesta, <hi>Testes</hi> isti Apocalyptici manisestè descri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>buntur;
quemadmodum &amp; Ecclesiae status in quo prophetârunt, Israelitico congru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>enter,
Babylonis, Eremi &amp; Gentilismi seu Baalismi imaginibus figuretur. Quod de
<hi>Testium</hi> descriptione dixi, id in sequenti tabella, Lector, oculis tuis usurpato.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="481" facs="tcp:63175:293"/>
                  <table>
                     <row>
                        <cell>Moses <hi>&amp;</hi> Aaron.</cell>
                        <cell>Elias <hi>&amp;</hi> Elisaeus.</cell>
                        <cell>Zorobabel <hi>&amp;</hi> Iesua.</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>. v. 6.</cell>
                        <cell>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>.</cell>
                        <cell>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>
                        </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>vers. 6.</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>. vers. 5.</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>vers. 4.</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>De <hi>Mose</hi> &amp; <hi>Aarone</hi> videsis Num. 16.</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>De <hi>Elia</hi> 2 Reg. c. 1.</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                  </table>
               </p>
               <p>Iam ad textum accedamus. <hi>Et dabo,</hi> inquit, <hi>duobus Testibus meis, ut prophetent
diebus MCCLX amicti saccis.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Vers. 3.</note> Ubi illud primò notandum venit, totam quae sequitur
prophetiam, ab hoc commate ad clangorem Tubae septimae, rei naturâ sic postulante,
non viso exhibitam, sed ab Angelo Christi personam sustinente Ioanni dictatam fu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>isse;
id quod observâsse, ad genium allegoriae seu typi rectiùs percipiendum haud
parùm facit.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Duobus Testibus meis] Duos</hi> dicit propter typum, qui, ut dixi, <hi>binorum</hi> est; acsi
dixisset, Dabo <hi>Zorobabeli</hi> &amp; <hi>Iesuae</hi> meis, <hi>Eliae</hi> &amp; <hi>Elisaeo</hi> meis, <hi>Mosi</hi> &amp; <hi>Aaroni</hi> meis.
Cui accedit quòd <hi>Testes</hi> eos vocat, <hi>Testes</hi> autem ex Lege<note n="*" place="margin">Deut. 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>, 15,</note> 
                  <hi>duos</hi> esse oportuit ad sta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>biliendum
omne verbum. Adde, quòd <hi>Duo</hi> dici possint, pro numero Tabularum Dei,
quas in prophetia sua adhiberent, Veteris &amp; Novi Testamenti, quasi duorum Testa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mentorum
Testes.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Vt prophetent amicti saccis</hi>] Nempe lugubriter plangendo conculcationem Civita<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tatis
sanctae ex Gentilium cultu introducto, Dei veritati Testimonium perhibendo,
&amp; cohortando ad resipiscentiam.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Diebus</hi> 1260] Quot nempe in mensibus 42. continentur. Quos non esse <hi>dies hora<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rios</hi>
liquet, tum ex tribus illis diebus &amp; dimidio, horum dierum partibus, paulò
pòst Testi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>m morti assignandis; quos pro <hi>diebus horariis</hi> accipi non posse, arguunt quae
tunc gerenda praedicuntur: tum ex eo quòd Bestia (cujus item duratio sint) Coetui
144 M. Signatorum; Coetus autem Signatorum sex primis Tubis contemporet, Tu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>barum
verò res tantillo tempore, quantum est dierum 1260 horariorum, seu triennii
&amp; semestris, decurri non possint. Sed cur, inquies, Gentium profanatio <hi>Mensibus,</hi>
Testium autem purum Dei cultum asserentium prophetia <hi>Diebus</hi> mensuretur? Nem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pe,
quia cultus Idolorum omnéque peccatum &amp; error potestatis <hi>tenebrarum</hi> &amp; <hi>noctis</hi>
sit, quibus <hi>Luna</hi> praesidet; contrà Religio vera <hi>Luci</hi> &amp; <hi>Diei</hi> comparetur, quarum
penes <hi>Solem</hi> praefectura est. Ideo Act. 26. 18. Pauli missio ad Gentes ab idolis con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vertendas
dicitur, <hi>ad convertendum eas à Tenebris ad Lucem, à potestate Satanae ad De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um,</hi>
Quâ mente est &amp; illud,<note n="*" place="margin">2 Cor. 6. 14<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note> 
                  <hi>Quae socictas luci cum tenebris?</hi> Iam verò <hi>Menses LV<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>NAE,
tenebrarum</hi> dominae; <hi>Dies</hi> &amp; <hi>Anni SOLIS,</hi> qui <hi>luci</hi> praesidet, motu dirigun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur.
Eadem de causa, ut<note n="*" place="margin">Cap. 13. 5.</note> postea videbimus, Bestiae blasphemia, similiter ad motum
LUNAE, <hi>mensibus; Mulieris</hi> verò <hi>in Eremo</hi> mansio, <hi>annis &amp; diebus,</hi> ad motum
SOLIS, numerabitur.</p>
               <p>Hi sunt duae illae oleae &amp; duo candelabra,<note place="margin">Vers. 4.</note> coram Domino terrae consistentes.</p>
               <p>Id est, sunt instar <hi>ZOROBABELIS &amp; IESVAE,</hi> quos olim Dominus unxe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rat
ad Ecclesiam Iudaicam, sub captivitate Babylonica perditam, denuo instaurandam,
atque <hi>Testibus</hi> hisce consimiliter sub Gentium servitute procurandam. Allusum enim
est ad <hi>duas istas olcas</hi> quas Zacharias viderat utrinque Candelabri aurei crescentes,
oleúmque Lucernis ejus suppeditantes, Zach. 4. de quibus Angelus rogatus, quid sibi
vellent; <hi>Hi sunt,</hi> inquit, <hi>duo filii olei stantes coram Domino totius terrae;</hi> indigitans
duo Ecclesiae sub Gentibus tum servientis capita, ZOROBABELEM <hi>ducem</hi> &amp;
IESUAM <hi>Pontificem,</hi> de quibus paulò antè prophetaverat.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Candelabrum</hi> enim ibi septem lucernarum <hi>Templum</hi> designabat, ejúsque typo illius
temporis <hi>Ecclesiam:</hi> cujus instaurationem conservationémque duo <hi>Vncti isti</hi> procura<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>turi
essent, <hi>non copiis, non robore,</hi> ullóve adminiculo hùmano, sed virtute solius Dei,<note place="margin">Zach. 4. 6.</note>
modo quodam invisibili &amp; mirabili operantes; quemadmodum Oleae istae Candela<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bro
utrinque assistentes oleum luminibus ejus sufficiebant viâ planè extraordinariâ
nec perceptibili.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="482" facs="tcp:63175:294"/>At quorsum, inquies, hîc apud Ioannem non unius, ut apud Zachariam, sed duorum
Candelabrorum mentio, quibus itidem, &amp; non Oleis duntaxat, duo isti Prophetae assi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>milari
videntur? Fateor me hìc haerere, necdum satis expeditam &amp; liquidam hujus
discriminis rationem invenisse. Interim in verbis puto Hebraismum latere, esséque acsi
dixisset, <hi>Hi sunt duae illae Oleae, ad</hi> vel <hi>juxta duo candelabra, coram Domino terrae con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sistentes:</hi>
ità ut Testium solummodo cum Oleis comparatio fiat, Candelabrorum verò
adjectio non nisi ad Olearum descriptionem pertinere judicetur. Nam copulativa
Hebraeis quandoque vice <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> praepositionis est, id est, pro <hi>cum, juxta, apud;</hi> ut 1 Sam.
14. 18. <hi>Quia erat arca Dei in die illo &amp; filii Israel,</hi> id est, <hi>cum filiis Israel.</hi> Vide Lexi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>con
Schindleri. Sed manebit nihilominus difficultas de duobus Candelabris. An igi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur
dicendum unicum illud apud Zachariam Candelabrum hîc pro duplici censeri,
propter nempe geminum ab utraque parte scapi lucernarum ordinem, &amp; duas oleas
utrisque seorsim oleum infundentes? Est quoque apud Zachariam <hi>septem &amp; septem,</hi>
i. <hi>bis septem, infusoriorum</hi> mentio; sed quorsum spectet non satìs liquet. An verò
binarium istum putemus ad Ecclesiae Christianae conditionem designandam privatim
pertinere? nempe, aut quasi ex duobus populis, Iudaeis &amp; Gentibus, congeminantis;
aut, quod verò forsan propius, quia tempore quo Testes pullati ingemiscerent, unà
cum Imperio Romano, in Orientis &amp; Occidentis dividendae? Ut ut sit, certum est,
Candelabra, non Prophetas aut Antistites Ecclesiarum, sed Ecclesias ipsas denotare,
ex eo quòd suprà cap. 1. Angelus <hi>septem Candelabra</hi> totidem Ecclesias interpretetur:
<hi>Septem,</hi> inquit, <hi>Candelabra quae vidisti, septem Ecclesiae sunt.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Quos si quis voluerit laedere,<note place="margin">Vers. 5.</note> ignis prodit ex ore ipsorum &amp; devorat inimicos corum: Et
si quis voluerit eos laedere, ità oportet eum occîdi.</p>
               <p>Non manu, non ferro aut pugionibus sese ulciscuntur <hi>Testes,</hi> si quando ab hostibus
laesi fuerint; sed <hi>ex ore ipsorum</hi> prodit vindicta, id est, oralibustelis inimicos configunt;
dum nempe iram Dei, ministrorum ejus violatoribus impendentem denunciant, aut
precibus &amp; gemitibus suis ultionem impetrant. <hi>Ignis</hi> enim hic, qui ex <hi>ore Testium</hi> egre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>di
perhibetur, <hi>Vltionis</hi> verbum est; juxta illud Domini ad Ieremiam cap. 5. 14.
<hi>Ecce ego do verba mea in ore tuo in IGNEM, &amp; populum istum in ligna, &amp; vorabit eos.</hi>
Moses quidem &amp; Aaron, &amp; postmodum Elias; illi in seditionis Korachicae conjuratos,
hic vero in Ahaziae Regis Baalicolae ministros, <hi>ignem</hi> propriè dictum coelo devocâ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>runt:
at nostrorum Testium <hi>ignis</hi> mysticè interpretandus est, cùm, monente mox Spi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tu
S. AEgyptus nostra, proindéque Eremus, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> accipiantur. Por<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>quod Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phetae
in nomine Dei denunciant, idem &amp; ipsi patrare dicuntur, ut ostendit quod ad
eundem Ieremiam ait Dominus, c. 1. 10. <hi>Praefeci te,</hi> inquit, <hi>gentibus &amp; regnis, ad ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stirpandum
&amp; demoliendum, &amp; ad perdendum &amp; destruendum, ad aedificandum &amp;
plantandum:</hi> nè quis jam miretur, quòd <hi>ex ore Testium prodire</hi> dicatur <hi>ignis</hi> seu vindi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cta
Divina, penes quos tamen sola denunciandi aut à Deo impetrandi potestas sit.</p>
               <p>Ità propriam injuriam ulciscuntur <hi>Testes:</hi> Sequitur, quâ ratione etiam contumeliam
Templo Dei illatam. Videlicet.</p>
               <p>Potestatem habent claudendi coelum,<note place="margin">Vers. 6.</note> nè pluat <hi>(pluvia nempe mysticâ)</hi> in diebus pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phetiae
ipsorum.</p>
               <p>Hoc est,* clavium potestate instructi sunt,<note place="margin">Vid. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap> E<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ias <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>uisse dici<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>lav<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>m pluvia.</note> quâ novis istis Gentilibus, cultûs Christi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ani
contaminatoribus, coelum claudant, nè sanguinis Christi gratia per Baptismum ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>signata
tamdiu super eos stillet ad remissionem peccatorum, quamdiu idololatriis &amp; su<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>perstitionibus
suis pullatae <hi>Testium prophetiae</hi> causa esse perseveraverint. Dicam planiús.
Spe vitae aeternae, solis puris Dei cultoribus promissae, novos istos Idololatras ex verbo
Dei arcent; donec, stipulationis in Baptismo memores, ad unius Dei cultum per
unicum Mediatorem Iesum Christum, abjectis Satanae cultibus, redierint, sícque fi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nem
lugubri <hi>Testium Prophetiae</hi> imposuerint. Quemadmodum &amp; Eli<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>s non priùs Israeli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tis,
siccitate jam propè enectis, pluviam reddiderit, quàm Baalis prophetae ejúsque
cultus exterminarentur.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Hujusce autem potestatis</hi> Testium <hi>exemplum habemus infrà cap.</hi> 14. 9. Si quis, <hi>in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quiunt,</hi>
adoraverit Bestiam &amp; imaginem ejus, &amp; acceperit characterem in fronte sua
aut manu sua; Bibet hic ex vino irae Dei, ex mero misto in calice irae ipsius, &amp; cruciabi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur
igne &amp; sulphure, in conspectu Angelorum sanctorum &amp; in conspectu Agni: Et fumus
tormenti ipsorum ascendet in secula seculorum, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Denique</hi> potestatem habent super aquos, convertendi eas in sanguinem, &amp; percutiendi
terram omni plagâ, quotie scunque voluerint.</p>
               <p>Cujusmodi nempe potestatem exercuerint Moses &amp; Aaron Israelem ex AEgytiaca
servitute educturi. Unde colligo, potestatem <hi>Testium,</hi> typo isthoc figuratam, non
ad omnes Prophetiae pullatae dies, sed ad finem eorum pertinere, seu tempus <hi>Phia<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>larum;</hi>
                  <pb n="483" facs="tcp:63175:294"/>
quando nimirum <hi>Testium</hi> seu <hi>Prophetarum</hi> istorum auspiciis, quasi Mosis &amp; Aa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ronis,
populus Christianus, plagis AEgyptiacarum imagine expressis, similiter de Bestiae
tyran<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ide atque servitute educendus est. Siquidem prima phialarum plaga terram
ulcere percutit; secundâ &amp; tertiâ aquae in sanguinem vertuntur; caeterae aliis adhuc
gravioribus Bestianos seu gentes in Atrio Templi stabulantes plagis conficiunt. Qua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
omnium interpretationem suo loco servamus. Sufficiat hic, novissimam hanc po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>testatem
ad <hi>Phialarum</hi> effusionem retulisse. Sequitur,</p>
               <p>Sed cùm finituri sunt testimonium suum,<note place="margin">Vers. 7.</note> Bestia quae ascendit ex Abysso faciet adversùs
eos bellum, &amp; vincet eos, &amp; occîdet eos.</p>
               <p>De <hi>munere</hi> &amp; <hi>potestate Testium</hi> hactenus; sequitur jam de <hi>fato</hi> quod ad finem pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phetiae
suae experirentur. Cujus descriptio ex historia Passionis Dominicae tota con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>flata
est. Dominus enim Iesus consimiliter, cùm praedicationem suam totidem circi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter,
quot <hi>Testium</hi> prophetia, dierum finiret, à Praeside Romano Bestiae hujus qua cum
<hi>Testibus</hi> bellum est (sed sexti capitis sui vice) legato occisus est. Tertio pòst die,
facto item terrae motu magno, resurrexit; paulóque pòst, die nempe quadragesimo, in
coelum nube receptus ascendit. Quae omnia in hac <hi>Testium</hi> seu <hi>Prophetarum</hi> ipsius cla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>de
voluit Deus repraesentari: ut sicuti in muneris sui statu Parium istorum illustrium
(de quibus antè) similitudinem gesserant; ità in perpessione &amp; morte Christo Domi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>no
suo, <hi>Testi</hi> illi fideli, conformes efficerentur; quod quidem ipsis in mediis aerum<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>is
suis &amp; solatio esse debet &amp; gloriae.</p>
               <p>Sed textui lucem saciamus. <hi>Cùm finituri sint,</hi> inquit, <hi>testimonium suum</hi> (sic enim
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> vertendum, non de praeterito, <hi>cùm finierint) Bestia quae ascendit ex abys<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>so
faciet cum iis bellum, &amp; vincet eos, &amp; occîdet eos:</hi> Id est, cùm jam, parte <hi>Civitatis
Sanctae</hi> seu Orbis Christiani incolarum, de idololatriis &amp; abominationibus suis, agni<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>â
Gentilismi foedi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ate, resipiscente, &amp; Templum Dei apud sese repurgante, <hi>Testes</hi> gra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tulabundi
saccum exuere &amp; diuturno planctu suo defungi inciperent, nondum tamen
penitus defuncti essent; <hi>BESTIA illa Romana septiceps</hi> vicis novissimae (de qua cap.
13.) usque eò pullatorum istorum concionem valuisse indignata, faciet eis bellum,
vincet &amp; occîdet eos. Quorum primum, de <hi>Testium</hi> planctu finiri coepto, ab initio
Ecclesiae reformatae hucusque continuè factitatum est.</p>
               <p>Alterum, de bello &amp; caede, etiam<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>um futurum esse suspicor. Brightmannus qui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dem
noster illud jamdudum, in Bello nimirum Smalcaldico, sub Carolo V. Caesare,
impletum censuit. Alii modernae Ecclesiarum Germanicarum stragi accommodant. Et
quis tam tristem Ecclesiae Casum non multò magis praeteriisse mallet quàm adhuc metu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>endum
superesse? Sed non est ex voto nostro interpretatio dirigenda: imò majori cum
periculo in partem istam quàm è contrà errabitur: plus siquidem ad pietatem valet
calamitatis futurae expectatio, quàm credula nimis de ea quasi jam transacta securitas.
Adhuc autem metuendam esse cladem istam novissimam duo mihi persuadent. Pri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mum,
quòd luctuosa illa Gentium Civitatem Sanctam seu Religionem Christianam
conculcantium tempora, sive MENSES XLII, tantisper dum Bestia regnaverit, pe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>riodum
suam complevisse dici non possint; proindéque neque contemporanei ac coae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vi
iisdem <hi>Testium</hi> in sacco &amp; cilicio plangentium DIES. Alterum, quòd haec <hi>Testium</hi>
clades proximè antecessura sit (ut paulò pòst audiemus) cladem &amp; ruinam Urbis
magnae, id est, Romae, quam tam propè abesse non patitur <hi>Phialarum</hi> series; utpote
quarum quartam (quamvìs in praesenti rerum motu id agi sperandum) nondum prae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tervecti
simus, ut ibi docebitur. Atqui Urbis ruinam ad quintam spectare mox osten<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>demus:
cujus idcirco prodromam fore cladem istam de qua agimus, admodum vero
consentaneum est; praesertim cùm Christo Imperatori nostro solenne sit, non nisi cru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cis
methodo hostes debellare &amp; victoriam suis largiri. Neque tamen, ex co quòd cla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>des
haec novissima sit atque etiamnum futura, quicquam de gravitate ejus supra omnes
quae praecesserunt certò statui potest. Fortè enim, non tam gravitatis nomine (certè
non diuturnitatis) quàm quòd in signum esset protinus tùm finiendi luctûs Testium, at<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
instantis ruinae Romanae Urbis, ideo sola ex omnibus quibus Bestia Sanctos con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tritura
esset cladibus singularem mentionem &amp; descriptionem meruit: perinde nempe
ut circundatio Hierofolymorum ab exercitu Cestii Galli, paulò ante fatalem per Ti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum
obsidionem, in excidii ejusdem tunc instantis &amp; pro foribus signum praedicta suerit.
Ut quemadmodum Apostolis, detemporis illius excidii signis quaerentibus, dixetit Ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vator,
<hi>Cùm videritis circundari ab exercitu Ierusalem tunc scitote quòd appropinquavit
desolatio ejus:</hi> simile hîc innui putetur de excidio Babylonis;<note place="margin">Luc. 21. 20.</note> Cùm videritis trienna<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lem
istam &amp; dimidii anni Testium caedem, scitote quòd appropinquavit desolatio Ur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bis
magnae.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="484" facs="tcp:63175:295"/>Caedem autem quâ <hi>Testes</hi> à BESTIA sternendi praedicuntur intelligi puto significa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tione
generalissimâ, quâ necem etiam comprehendat metaphoricè seu analogicè dictam.
<hi>Mori</hi> enim câ notione dicitur, qui in quocunque statu constitutus, sive Politico sive
Ecclesiastico, seu quovis alio, desmit esse quod fuit; unde &amp; occîdit qui tali morte
quemquam afficit. Siquidem in stylo sacro <hi>Vivere</hi> subindè est <hi>Esse, Mori Non esse.</hi>
Quâ mente <hi>Satanae &amp; peccato</hi> mori dicimur, cùm eorum mancipia in posterum esse de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sinimus;
&amp; <hi>Christo vivere,</hi> cùm ejus esse incipimus. Et omnino poscere videtvr op<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>positionis
ratio, ut cujusmodi futura sit post patratam caedem resurrectio <hi>Testium</hi> ad vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tam,
talis foret &amp; ipsa caedes: Illam verò analogicam esse patet, quia nulla resurrectio
propriè dicta futura sit ante Christi adventum sub Tuba VII. haec verò fit, currente
adhuc sextâ.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Testium</hi> igitur in bello occubitus, si ad istiusmodi intelligendi normam exponamus,
videbitur esse illorum ab officio &amp; statione quam in Ecclesia, vi praedicationis suae re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>formatâ,
aliquantisper consecuti sint, deturbatio &amp; dejectio; sive ea cum morte cor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>porali
conjuncta sit, sive secús: adeò ut <hi>vitam,</hi> qualemtum vixerant, <hi>propheticam</hi> de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>inceps
non vivant, muniáve ejus exerceant ampliús. Quo simul necesse est futurum
ut, columnis fuis subductis, Bestiaeque pseudoprophetis in locum prophetarum Christi
postliminiò substitutis, tota Ecclesiae Reformatae politia, quàm latè hoc acciderit, in
terram concidat. Quod citiúsne an seriùs futurum sit, solus ille novit in cujus manu
sunt <hi>tempora &amp; opportunitates.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Interim, nè fortè quis decipiatur, illud accuratè animadvertendum, Bellum hoc
BESTIAE novissimum non esse ejusdem generis cum eo quod adversùs Sanctorum coe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum
hucusque continuè gesserat (de quo nempe in BESTIAE historia dicatur cap. 13.
<hi>quòd datum sit ei bellum gerere cum sanctis, &amp; eos vincere;</hi>) sed omnino diversi. Quor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sum
enim illud tanquam ultimis Bestiae temporibus peculiare narraretur, quod si non
ab incunabulis suis, saltem jam indè ab <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> sua, ei solenne fuerat? Aliud igitur est
bellum quod Bestia gessit contra sanctos universè, aliud quod in novissimo suo gerit
cum Prophetis, qui jam cilicio exui planctúmque suum propheticum finire coepissent,
id est, Antistitibus Ecclesiae parte suâ reformatae. Id quod ampliùs ex diverso utrius<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
belli eventu manifestum est; illic sanè prospero, hîc admodum sunesto. Illic
enim <hi>potestatem</hi> consequnta est <hi>Bestia in omnem tribum, liuguam &amp; gentem,</hi> &amp;c. hîc ve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rò
subitam &amp; fatalem sibi ruinam accersit, ut in textu videre est.</p>
               <p>Et cadavera eorum <hi>(jacebunt)</hi> in <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> VRBIS magnae,<note place="margin">Vers. 8.</note> quae vocatur spirituali<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter
Sodoma &amp; AEgyptus, ubi &amp; Dominus ipsorum crucifixus est.</p>
               <p>URBS illa cognomie <hi>Magna,</hi> ROMA est, sic dicta, non tam quantitatis intuitu,
quàm quòd aliarum Urbium regina esset; juxta illud Angeli cap. 17. ult. <hi>Mulier quam
vidisti est VRBS illa MAGNA, quae regnuni habet super reges terrae.</hi> Quemadmodum
nomine <hi>REGIS magni</hi> (quomodo Deus appellatur Pf. 48. 3. &amp; Matth. 5. 35. quíque
titulus olim peculiariter Regibus Assyriorum &amp; Persarum competebat) innuitur Rex
regum, qui in alios reges potestatem habet. Unde per totam Apocalypsin, quocun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
aliàs nomine ROMA appellatur, sive <hi>Babylonis,</hi> sive <hi>Meretricis,</hi> semper hoc titu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lo
<hi>Magna</hi> insignitur; ut <hi>Babylon illa Magna, Meretrix illa Magna.</hi> Adde, quòd in
tota Apocalypsi nulli praeter ipsam urbi titulus iste tribuatur, nisi, demum post exci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dium
ejus, <hi>Novae isti Ierusalem de coelo descensurae, in cujus lumine</hi> deinceps <hi>ambularent
Gentes:</hi> quam qui hîc significari putaret,<note place="margin">Cap. 21. 10.</note> ei sanè helleboro opus esset. Atqui nec
Ierusalem Ioannis aevo fuit, neque ulla alia Ierusalem praeter ipsam unquam futura est
<hi>Vrbs Magna,</hi> seu aliarum Orbis urbium capút &amp; regina.</p>
               <p>Additur, <hi>Quae vocatur spiritualiter Sodoma &amp; AEgyptus: AEgyptus,</hi> ob tyrannidem
in populum Dei, instar AEgyptiacae; <hi>Sodoma,</hi> ob scortationem, scilicet spiritualem.
Est autem hic (quod Lector diligenter observet) <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> allegoriae, (cujusmodi
plures in hoc libro occurrunt) quâ nempe Spiritus Sanct. semel innuere voluit, quic<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quid
uspiam de plagis AEgyptiacis aut Sodomorum clade in hisce Visionibus exhibea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur,
id omne <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, id est, mysticè, interpretandum esse; cùm nempe ROMA,
statúsve rei Romanae, plagarum istarum omnium subjectum, <hi>Sodoma</hi> sit atque <hi>AEgyp<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tus</hi>
mystica. Occurrunt antem, de plagis AEgyptiacis, in descriptione <hi>Tubarum</hi> &amp;
<hi>Phialarum,</hi> necnon in hac ipsa <hi>Testium</hi> historia; de Sodomorum clade, in Iudicio Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stiae,
c. 19. 20. &amp; 20. 10. quorum omnium sensus hâc <hi>Clave</hi> aperiendus est. Hinc eti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>am
demonstrari potest, <hi>Tubarum</hi> subjectum esse ditionem Romanam: quoniam ex ea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
plagis quaedam AEgyptiacae sint; cui autem plagae AEgyptiacae inserrentur nisi
AEgypto? atquihaec, Spiritu S. authore, <hi>Roma</hi> est.</p>
               <p>Ità de <hi>Vrbe magna</hi> res plana est. Sed quid sit <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> illa Urbis, cujus hic men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tio,
non adeò scitu facile est. Sanè enim pro <hi>vico,</hi> aut co quod Latinè <hi>plateam</hi> dici<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mus,
<pb n="485" facs="tcp:63175:295"/>
aut <hi>foro,</hi> aut loco quovis alio intra Urbem, sumi non posse videtur; idque ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sequentes
rationes.</p>
               <p>Primò enim Christus Dominus, qui in hac <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> crucifixus dicitur, neque in Ur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bis
Romae neque Hierosolymorum vico aliquo, aut foro, aut areâ crucifixus est; qui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nimo
extra hujus portam, (Hebr. 13. 12.) in illius autem provincia duntaxat, à
Pi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lato
Praeside. Ergò <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> non est vicus aliquis, aut via lati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>or,
intra alterutrius Urbis moenia, sed locus extra Urbem.</p>
               <p>2. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> singulari numero positam, ejus generis rem designare verisimile est, cu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jusmodi
unicam Urbs habeat, non plures. At vici in qualibet Urbe, saltem insignio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ri,
plures sunt.</p>
               <p>3. Ibi jacere corpora Testium putandum est ubi bello victi sunt. At bello congre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>di
non solet intra Urbis moenia; sed, si non in hostico, saltem in regione &amp; provinciis
Urbi subjectis.</p>
               <p>4. Quorum occisorum <hi>cadavera, per tres dies &amp; dimidium, populi, tribus, linguae
&amp; gentes</hi> coràm intueri potuerint, &amp; curare nè sepelirentur; ea non in Urbis magnae
vico aliquo aut platea jacebant, sed aut dispersa fuisse, aut circumlata per provincias
videntur; ad quas idcirco significatio <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> accommodari debeat. Et si quis di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>xerit,
exercitum <hi>Bestiae,</hi> quo <hi>Testes</hi> fusi caesíque sunt, ex variis populis &amp; linguis con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>flatum
esse, ideóque facilè cadavera eorum cernere potuisse quos ceciderant: ad ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gumentum
superius recurrendum est, Cum tantis exercitibus congredi non solere intra
Urbis moenia. Nam omnino res ità explicanda est, praesertim ubi nulla allegoriae ratio
obtendi potest, ut nè sensui literali quid absurdi insit.</p>
               <p>Quid igitur hîc aliud dicemus, quàm <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> nomenclaturâ <hi>regionem &amp; territori<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um
universum Vrbis ditioni subjectum</hi> designari; ídque significationis vel ab Hebraico
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> traxisse, cui saepe in versione Septuag<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> respondeat? nimirum pro more &amp; usu lin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guae
Hellenisticae, quae vocem Graecam voci Hebraeae <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> unâ significatione jux<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ta
usum suum nativum respondentem, etiam alteri significationi adhibere soleat; ut
multis exemplis probari possit, si res esset hujus instituti. Iam verò <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> Hebraeis sig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nificat
quicquid omnino extrà sit; sive extra aedes, ut vicos &amp; vias in urbibus; sive
extra urbem, ut <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> regionem seu agrum circumjectum. Sanè Iob 5. 10. ubi in
Hebraeo est <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Chaldaeus reddit, <hi>Qui dat pluviam super faciem terrae, &amp;
mit<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>it aquas super faciem provinciae</hi> seu <hi>regionis populorum.</hi> Vel à notione latitudinis,
ut sit idem quod <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Isa. 8. 8. <hi>Et extensio alarum ejus</hi> (id est, Assyrii) <hi>imple<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bit
latitudinem terrae tuae, ô Immanuel:</hi> &amp; Apoc. 20. 9. de <hi>Gog &amp; Magog,</hi>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. Huc enim facit quòd <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
quae vox altera est quam Septuag.<note place="margin">In San<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ed<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>in cap. 11. Sect. 6. mentio sit <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> transferunt, &amp; <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> quae <hi>latitudinem</hi> seu
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. significat, easdem omnino literas habeant, &amp; utraque Chaldaeis unâ eâdém<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
voce <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> dicatur. Vel denique notione latitudinis, quae voci <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> nativa
est, innuere voluit Spiritus Sanctus amplitudinem ditionis Urbis illius magnae, quâ
omnes Urbes superaverit, hodiéque superet: acsi <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> positum esset pro
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, &amp;c. Sanè vox <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> Adjectivum est Substantivè positum,
proindéque subintelligi aliquid debet; &amp; verò aliud atque aliud potest, ad significati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>onem
ejus explanandam: nec scio an illa <hi>vici</hi> significatio apud veteres scriptores Grae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cos
admodum reperiatur.</p>
               <p>Iam verò autem, cui haec interpretatio sese probaverit, ei ampliùs obscurum esse
non potest, aut quâ ratione Christus in <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> urbis Romanae crucifixus dicatur, aut
ubi Testium occisorum cadavera abjicienda sint; nempe non in Urbe Roma, sed in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tra
ditionem Romanam. Scio equidem, complures nostrorum, ut ad eundem seopum
perveniant, hîc Urbis nomine totam Urbis ditionem intelligere. Sed quid tum, ama<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bò,
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> erit? Nam quorum alterutrum ut sit propè necessarium videtur, neu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trum
esse potest. Non ditio, ut quae jam ipsius Urbis nomine designetur: Non pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vincia
aliqua, ut quas Urbs magna plures habeat; <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> verò unum quid &amp; singu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lare,
singulari numero positum, innuat. Atque haec de <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
notâsse sufficiat: jam pergamus ad reliqua.</p>
               <p>Et cernent <hi>(homines)</hi> ex tribubus &amp; populis &amp; gentibus cadavera eorum per tres dies
&amp; dimidium, &amp; cadavera eorum non sinent poni in monumentis. <hi>Vel,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Vers. 9.</note> Et erunt<note n="*" place="margin">De partitiva hic locutio<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>e Hebraeis &amp; Sy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ris familiarissi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ma vid. Ludo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vic. de Dieu Com. in Evan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gel. p. 134. in fine.</note> ex tribubus
&amp; populis &amp; gentibus quicernent cadavera eorum, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Utrùm hoc in immanitatis, an verò beneficii partem accipiendum sit, in ambiguo
est; nec nisi ex prohetiae complemento determinandum. Potest enim accipi vel tan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quam
ab hostibus profectum, hoc insuper ignominiae, ad cumulum quam patraverant
caedis, adjicientibus, ut interfectorum corpora sepulturâ prohiberent: Vel tanquam
ab amicis &amp; fautoribus <hi>Testium,</hi> hâc nimirum ratione, quasi mox revicturis consulenti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus.
<pb n="486" facs="tcp:63175:296"/>
Ut ut enim maximae alioquin immanitatis sit non sepelire mortuos, &amp; insepultum
abjici, praesertim apud Iudaeos, pro summa ignominia habebatur; tamen qui ità oc<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cubuerunt
ut non planè desperatum sit quin adhuc vitae restitui possint, eos sepulcri
claustris tantisper prohibere in beneficii loco ponendum est. Si prius statuendum;
innui hoc typo videtur aliqua <hi>infamiae</hi> aut <hi>ignominiae</hi> nota quâ Bestiani, sustulisse <hi>Testes</hi>
haud contenti, eosdem insuper mulctabunt. Sin posterius; <hi>subsidii</hi> aliquid à populis
Reformatis, quorum formidine, utpote multitudinis longè maximae, ideóque, recenti
adhuc vulnere rebúsque nondum confirmatis, ad desperationem haud impunè provo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>candae;
aut saltem operâ &amp; favore occulto, futurum sit, nè ità cum <hi>Testibus</hi> agatur ut
nulla spes sit reviviscendi. Achmetes ex Indorum disciplina. Apotel. 130. <hi>Si quis
in somnis visus sibi fuerit sepultus, sepulcrum ipsum ad plenam certitudinem interitûs ejus
spectat. Si videre visus fuerit defectum aliquem rerum ad sepulturam pertinentium, is
defectus ad spem refertur.</hi> Si jam quaeras, ecquid in textu appareat quod ad hanc inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pretationem
potiùs inclinet quàm ad illam? Ego verò illud in hujus rei argumentum
traherem, quòd cùm diverso modo &amp; verbis suppositum hîc enuntiet atque cùm de
hostibus sequenti versu agat, non eosdem hîc atque illic intelligi velit, sed diversos;
illic quidem hostes, hîc verò amicos <hi>Testium.</hi> Nam de hostibus in sequenti versu ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sultantibus
&amp; munera invic<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>m mittentibus dicit, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> de istis verò
qui <hi>Testium</hi> cadavera non sinent <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> oni in monumentis,
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, partitivè, quasi certos quosdam notaret diverso à reliquis ingenio. Iudicet
Lector.</p>
               <q>Per tres dies &amp; dimidium.</q>
               <p>Id est, ut videtur, <hi>triennium semestre.</hi> Nam de <hi>dieb<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap> horariis</hi> intelligi non posse
arguunt quae tunc gerenda praed cun<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ur. Ecquis enim credat, <hi>tridui &amp; dimidii diei</hi>
spatiolum aut famae neci<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Testium</hi> per Orbem disseminandae, aut Legatis cum muneribus
ultrò ci<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>roque inter gentes mittendis, sufficere? Imò nè parandis quidem sufficeret.
Adde quòd dimidium diei horarii, seu horae duodecim, hujusmodi actibus determinan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dis
p<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>orsus ineptum sit. Non enim ad horas res istiusmodi observari solent, quinimo
ad menses, saltem ad dies integros. Interim animadvertendum, tempus hîc computari
non <hi>Testium</hi> occidendorum, sed quo jacebunt mortui &amp; inanimes postquam jam occubu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>erint.
Quamdiu autem bellum ipsum durabit, quantúmque temporis dabitur <hi>Prophe<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>is</hi>
interficiendis, non nisi Vaticinii complementum docebit.</p>
               <p>Et qui habitant super terram gandebunt super illis, &amp; hilares erunt, &amp; munera mittent
invicem,<note place="margin">Vers. 10.</note> quòd hi duo Prophetae torserant habitantes super terram.</p>
               <p>De more mittendorum munerum in publico gaudio aut in magna laetitia, vide Est<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>herae
c. 9. 19, 22.</p>
               <p>Sed post tres dies &amp; dimidium,<note place="margin">Vers. 11.</note> Spiritus vitae à Deo ingressus est in illos, steterúntque
in pedes suos; &amp; metus magnus cecidit in eos qui spectârint ipsos.</p>
               <p>Qualis erat <hi>Testium</hi> mors, talis erit excitatio à mor<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>uis seu resurrectio, nempe resti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tutio
in statum pristinum; idque non tam operâ aliquâ aut auxilio humano, quàm di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gito
Dei, qui mirabilis est in operibus suis. Hoc enim innuit, <hi>Spiritus vitae à Deo in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gressus
est in illos.</hi> Achmetes Apotelesm. 6, &amp; 7. ex AEgyptiorum &amp; Persarum disci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plina:
<hi>Siquis in somnis suscitationem mortuorum videre visus fuerit, eares vinctorum li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>berationem
ac bellorum finem significat.</hi> Apot. 6. <hi>ex calamitatibus creptionem.</hi> Videsis
Ezech. cap. 37.</p>
               <p>Et audierunt vocem magnam de coelo dicentens ipsis,<note place="margin">Vers. 12.</note> Asceudite huc. Ascenderúntque in
coelum per nubem (<hi>vel</hi> in nube;) &amp; conspexerunt illos inimici eorum.</p>
               <p>Non restituentur solummodo <hi>Testes</hi> in locum &amp; stationem pristinam, quinimo eve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hentur
in sublimiorem aliquem honoris &amp; potestatis gradum. Id enim <hi>nube vehi &amp;
in coelum ascendere</hi> significat. Vide Dan. 7. 13. Isai. c. 14. 13. &amp;<note n="*" place="margin">Tar<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap> innube gloria suae.</note> 19. 1. Unde in
Apotelesmatis insomniorum, quae ex priscis AEgyptiorum &amp; Persarum monumentis col<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>legit
Arabs ille quem toties laudavi, Apomasar an Achmetes? legitur, <hi>Si Rex in nu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bibus
consedisse sibi visus fuerit, &amp; vehi qu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>cunque libeat, barbari hostes ei servitutem
servient, quibus ipse cum imperio praecrit.</hi> Item, <hi>Si Rex ad coelum quasi volâsse visus sibi
fuerit ubi sidera essent, super Reges caeteros eminentiâ potietur &amp; famâ.</hi> Item, <hi>Si Rex vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sus
sibi fuerit sursum profectus in coelo consedisse, regionem eâ majorem quam possidet in po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>testatem
rediget.</hi> Apotel. 162, &amp; 164. Haec eò adduco ut ostendam, parabolam
istam eâ quam dico significatione, apud Dei Prophetas, ex usu Orientis adhibitam.
Non igitur, ut antea, ministerium <hi>Testium</hi> despicatui erit, neque ipsi pro abjectae &amp;
contemptae sortis hominibus habendi. Adeò illud quod Salvator de seipso dixit Luc.
24. 26. <hi>Nonne haec oportuit pati Christum, &amp; [deinde] introire in gloriam suam?</hi> in
Prophetis quoque suis vim suam &amp; veritatem consequetur. Et quis novit annon Ec<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>clesia
<pb n="487" facs="tcp:63175:296"/>
Reformata probrum Christo hâc parte illatum, <hi>Testium</hi> ad tempus sublatione,
luitura sit; quòd eos pro legationis dignitate, dum fruebantur, non habuissent? No<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum
est nimis quid ab Ecclesiis Reformatis in hanc partem peccatum sit: útque dum
Prophetae Christi Templo Dei repurgando strenuè incubuere, alii interim, gazis ejus
expilandis oblationibúsque intervertendis, sanctissimum opus commaculârunt; nè ali<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mentis
quidem alicubi (magno verae Religionis dedecore) relictis, quibus Ministri
ejus honestè &amp; pro ordinis sui dignitate sustentarentur; nedum ut quod superabunda<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ret,
ad Rei reformatae amplificationem, belli sacri necessitates, afflictorum fratrum
subsidium, alióque pios usus seponerent. Annon verò id genus fuit praevaricatio illa,
ob quam olim Templum Iudaicum Antiocho Epiphani prophanandum, atque Religio
veri Dei triennio similiter conculcanda data fuerit? <hi>Exercitus,</hi> inquit Daniel, <hi>dabitur
ei contra juge Sacrificium propter praevaricationem, &amp; projiciet veritatem in terram, &amp;
faciet, &amp; prosperabitur,</hi> cap. 8. 12. Vide autem historiam lib. 2. Mac. ab initio cap. 3.
ad 5. &amp; judica. Sed nolo ampliùs unguem in hoc ulcere. Hoctantùm adjiciam, For<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tè
hoc honoris &amp; potestatis augmentum <hi>Testibus</hi> à resurrectione sua, supremi magistra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tûs
jussu (quae <hi>vox illa de coelo</hi> esse videtur) obventurum, tanquam in infamiae illius
atque ignominiae compensationem, quâ eosdem Bestiani mortuos multaverant; si mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dò
id significatum fuerit prohibitione istâ sepulturae.</p>
               <p>Et in illa hora factus est terrae motus magnus,<note place="margin">Vers. 13.</note> &amp; decima pars Vrbis <hi>(puta illius mag<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nae)</hi>
cecidit, &amp; occisa sunt in terrae motu nomina hominum septies mille.</p>
               <p>Quo tempore <hi>Testes</hi> seu <hi>Prophetae</hi> in vitam redierunt atque ascenderunt in coelum,
<hi>factus est terrae motus magnus,</hi> i. magna gentium commotio &amp; rerum politicarum con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>versio;
quâ nempe <hi>Testibus</hi> via aperta, atque facultas data sit in vitam redeundi, cum
tanto dignitatis &amp; potestatis auctario. Eo gentium motu <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Vrbis cor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ruit,
&amp; occisa sunt nomina hominum septies mille.</hi> Quorum verborum sententiam ut,
quantum in re futura fieri possit, vero quàm proximam assequamur, duo nobis praestru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>enda
sunt &amp; probanda. Primum, cùm nullus non Bestiae ruentis casus <hi>Phialarum</hi> ali<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quâ
contineatur, eandem igitur hîc Bestiae cladem describi quae ad effusionem <hi>Phialae
quintae.</hi> Argumento est idem utrobique plagae subjectum; illic <hi>sedes</hi> seu <hi>thronus Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stiae,</hi>
hîc URBS illa magna. Esse enim URBEM illam magnam, ROMAM nempe,
Bestiae sedem, notius est quàm ut probari opus sit. Firmatur ampliùs, Quia clades
quae hîc describitur tam propè antecedat plenariam Bestiae abolitionem ad Tubam VII,
ut nihil interea intervenisse narretur praeter abitionem VAE <hi>secundi.</hi> Iam verò om<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nimodo
Bestiae abolitio opus est Phialae novissmae; Abitio VAE <hi>secundi,</hi> seu plagae
illius ab Euphrate, Phialae sextae. Ergò Urbis magnae clades, quae abitionem istam
proximè antevertat, competit in Phialam quintam. Alterum à nobis praestruendum,
est, Urbis magnae casum istum esse ipsissimam Babylonis cladem, quae cantatur cap. 18.
Probatur, quia ex eodem capite certum est istam Babylonis seu Urbis Romanae cla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dem
praegressuram esse plenarium Bestiae excidium, &amp; augustum Christi regnum cum
VII Tuba ineundum. Iam verò quae hîc narratur Urbis ejusdem clades idem illud
regnum tam propè antecedit, ut Spiritus, nullius praeterea cladis mentione injectâ, ad
Regnumillud &amp; Tubae VII descriptionem statim transeat. Necesse est igitur eandem
utrobique Urbis illius cladem describi. Quis enim in animum sibi inducat, ut credat
Spiritum S. cladem illam maximam omnino praetermissurum fuisse, minoris alicujus cla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dis
mentione interpositâ, &amp; cum illa nullo modo comparandae?</p>
               <p>His ità se habentibus, sequitur, hujus loci interpretationem ad illius normam diri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gendam,
&amp; quasi ad Lydium lapidem probandam esse; adeóque istiusmodi horum
verborum mentem quaerendam quae cum cladis illius Babylonicae descriptione consenti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>at.
Quod quâ ratione fieri possit jam videamus. Philippus Nicolai, Augustanae con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fessionis
Theologus, vir doctus &amp; acutus, per  ΔEKATON <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> intelligi pu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tat
<hi>Decarchiam</hi> URBIS, seu decem Regna ditioni ejus subdita, quae nempe in hoc
gentium motu, à Roma, cujus imperio tot annis suberant, successu facto, deficerent,
jussa ejus deinceps non factura. Idipsum nimirum quod alibi dicitur, <hi>Decem Reges qui
potestatem suam tradiderant Bestiae, tum cùm sermones Dei completi fuerint, odio habe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bunt
Meretricem, solitariam eam efficient &amp; nudam, carnes ejus comedent, ipsámque
exurent igne.</hi> Sed hujusmodi notio vocis <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, ut ut mihi ipsi de hujus loci senten<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tia
cogitanti prima sese obtulerit, &amp; rei ipsius concinnitate valde abblandiebatur, po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stea
tamen rem propirìs intuenti duriuscula visa est &amp; insolens; ut verear nè iis qui
simplicem &amp; incoactam interpretationem desiderent haud facilè sese sit probatura.</p>
               <p>Aliam igitur interpretationem quaero. Et primò animum subit, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> fortasse
<hi>Tributi</hi> nomen esse; sive ejus quod Pontifex ex toto Bestiae regno, sive ejus quod ex
latifundiis suis URBS ipsa dominii jure accipit. Hanc URBIS <hi>decimam</hi> in magna
<pb n="488" facs="tcp:63175:297"/>
ista rerum commotione casuram, i. <hi>defecturam esse;</hi> eóque innui, URBIS principatum
prorsus extinctum iri: scilicet, agro sibi pro patrimonio attributo spoliatam, &amp; Pon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tifice
vi indè pulso, praerogativam &amp; dominium quod in urbes populósque longè laté<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
exercere solebat amissuram; cùm, quod ei praerogativam &amp; dominium concilia<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vernt,
non ampliùs futura esset, putà Regni Bestiani metropolis, aut Pseudoprophetae
sedes. Notum est enim, <hi>Tributum</hi> esse dominii symbolum, ejúsque nomine plerasque
sub antiquae Romae imperio provincias omnium fructuum partem decimam quotannis
persolvisse. Quod in Orientis quoque regnis solenne fuisse, tum ex 1 Maccab. cap.
10. 31. &amp; 11. v. 35. tum exilla juris regii. summula,<note place="margin">Vers. 15, &amp; 17.</note> 1 Sam. 8. (cave enim quod de
decimis ibi dicitur, de decimis sacris accipias; Regiae fuerunt, regibus tanquam Vice<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>diis
pendi solitae) probati potest; quod &amp; Aristoteles confirmat Oeconomicorum
l. 2. Non igitur insolens videri debuit si quis hîc affirmaret, nomine <hi>decimae,</hi> speciei
tam vulgatae, quodvis in genere URBIS tributum significari posse. Sed eò devenire
non est opus, cùm in Italia ea tributi ratio necdum obsoleverit, &amp; praeterea Pontisex
Romanus in Imperio suo Ecclesiastico imaginem ejus jam olim instauraverit, omnium
beneficiorum Ecclesiasticorum partem decimam quotannis exigendo. Atqui huic in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terpretationi
obstat, quòd tunc potiùs <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> dicendum fuisse videtur quàm <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.
Praeterea vox <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, quâ necesse est effectum aliquem <hi>terrae motui</hi> congruum designari,
hujusmodi interpretationi non satìs obsequens est. Imò si stare posset, ruinam tamen
Babylonis, quacum eandem esse praesupponimus, nimis obscurè &amp; dilutè, nec ut par
erat, exprimere videretur.</p>
               <p>Tandem igitur, donec quis certius aliquid &amp; textui magìs consonum edocebit, eò
dilabor, ut existimem per <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> partem quidem Urbis intelligi,
verùm non hodiernae Urbis partem aliquam, sed totam; totam dico ROMAM <hi>Ponti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ficiam,</hi>
quae <hi>decima pars</hi> est illius antiquae. Quod quidem ità esse, neque veteris illi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>us
Romae qualis Ioannis aevo fuit hodie superesse plusquam decimam, ex sequenti ra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiocinio
perspicere licet.</p>
               <p>Siquidem ROMAM illam veterem, qualis Ioannis aevo fuit, adstruit Lipsius, for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mam
quod attinet, propemodum rotundam fuisse, haud tamen justè; semidiametrum
ejus, à milliarìo aurco in capite Fori Romani statuto ad extrema aedificiorum, habu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>isse
ad septem millia passuum, ambitum denique fuisse milliarium 42. Cùm igitur ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>actè
rotunda non fuerit, ad aream ejus metiendam minuamus semidiametrum uno milli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ari
(quantum scilicet in figura sexangula pro perpendiculari in latus minuendum esset)
erit 6. quae cum 21 dimidio peripheriae multiplicate dabit aream Urbis 126.</p>
               <p>Iam verò ROMA <hi>hodierna</hi> seu <hi>Pontificia</hi> ambitum habet non nisi 13, aut 15 millia<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rium,<note place="margin">Admira<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>d. lib. 3.</note>
                  <hi>ut nôrunt,</hi> inquit Lipsius, <hi>qui dimensi sunt;</hi> formam, ut ex ichnographia ejus
videre est, quadrangulari proximam, oblongam, proportione quasi duplâ. Cui id<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>circo
dimetiendae constituatur parallelogrammum rectangulum, cujus perimeter sit 15,
longitudo ad latitudinem dupla: cujusmodi nimirum erit ex lateribus 2½, &amp; 5. quibus
inter sese multiplicatis, prodibit Area 12½. Iam numerus 126 numerum 12½ decies
comprehendit. Est igitur Area posterior prioris, ideóque ROMA hodierna illius
antiquae, pars decima; quod erat demonstrandum. Cui hujusmodi ratiocinationes
minùs usitatae sunt, oculorum suorum judicium adhibeat in sequentibus diagramma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tis.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="489" facs="tcp:63175:297"/>
                  <figure>
                     <head>ROMA vetus xlii mil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>liarium ambitu.</head>
                  </figure>
                  <figure>
                     <head>ROMA hodier<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>na xv mille pas<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>suum ambitu.</head>
                  </figure>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
               </p>
               <p>Non possumus quidem hic omnia ad lineam &amp; regulam examinare; sed mirum est,
id quod possumus tam propè convenire. Urbis autem hodiernae ambitum definio, qui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
ea nunc cingitur muris: nam extrà, contrà quàm olim, hodie non habitatur, sed
tota quanta quanta est muris includitur; muris verò quos ei Hadrianus 1 &amp; Leo IV
Pontifices, seu Pontificalis regni sedi jam factae, terminum fatali quasi instinctu posuere.
Nam ità tradit Blondus, muros qui nunc exstant ab Hadriano 1 centenis aureorum
millibusè Thuscia contractis exstructos. Eos postmodum, ut ex aliis notum. Leo IV,
ad annum Domini 850, sive refecit, sive per<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ecit, &amp; Transtiberi seu Leoninâ Civitate
adjectâ, Urbem in eam quâ nunc cernitur formam &amp; ambitum complevit. Et quam<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vìs
spatii muris inclusi multum habet vacuum &amp; desertum, tamen cùm muri in praeipu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>is
Urbis operibus numerandi sint, Urbs ipsa muris suis angustior putari nequit; am<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plior
quidem esse potuerit, si, ut olim vetus illa, continentibus aedificiis quaquaver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sum
extra muros porrigeretur.</p>
               <p>Ut jam tandem finiam, summa huc redit; Id dicere sive innuere velle Spiritum
Sanct. tantum <hi>Urbis magnae,</hi> quantum ad hunc terrae motum superfuerat, id temporis
ruinam fecisse, videlicet <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> neque enim amplius cousque superfuturum
esse. Novem partes multis antè seculis casurae erant, &amp; verò nos vidimus cecidisse;
partim cladibus &amp; vastationibus quas Barbari tot vicibus intulerint, partim vetustate
nimiâ fatiscentes, partim etiam (ut ad quartam Tubam indicavimus) sulminibus di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sturbatas:
DECIMA Pontifici Romano fato servata fuit, novi Imperii caput consti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tuenda
&amp; Meretricularum Christianarum mater. Hanc <hi>terrae motus</hi> iste, qui cum <hi>Te<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stium</hi>
resurrectione conjunctus erit, funditus demolietur.</p>
               <p>Nec tamen fortasse necessarium fuerit ut Spiritum S. de Urbis decima parte locutum
tam rigidè, ut fecimus, ad leges Geometricas interpretemur: sat fuerit s<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>, ut olim cùm
de populi Iudaici excidio apud Isaiam agens dixerat,<note place="margin">Isa. 6. 13.</note> 
                  <hi>Decimam</hi> ejus <hi>servatum iri, ac in
terram suam reducemfore;</hi> ità hîc intelligamus, non tam justè <hi>decimam,</hi> quàm partem
aliquam minimam, quasi <hi>decimam,</hi> de pristina illa <hi>Romanae Vrbis</hi> amplitudine ad Bestiae
hujus sedem &amp; cladem novissimam superfuturam esse.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Additur,</hi> Et occisa sunt in terrae motu nomina hominum septies mille.</p>
               <p>Hîc si <hi>nominibus hominum</hi> hominum capita, seu singulos homines, intelligamus; ni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miùm
exilis videtur numerus, neque pro magnitudine cladis quam alibi innuit Spiritus
S. Ecquid enim in excidio Babylonis non longè major erit occisorum numerus quàm
septem millium hominum? Et num effusionem Phialae quintae in <hi>THRONVM Bestiae</hi>
tantillâ hominum strage abituram verisimile est? Huic scrupulo ut aliquo pacto satisfi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>at;
primò advertendum est, <hi>Vrbis</hi> nomine hîc intelligi non Cives &amp; incolas, sed aedi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ficia
ac moenia, id est, Regiam Bestiae;<note place="margin">
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note> sícque duplicem BABYLONIS inte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ritum
in hisce Vaticiniis describi: primò BABYLONIS pro <hi>Vrbe</hi> Bestiae Regia, puta,
URBE <hi>Romana,</hi> ad Phialam quintam; deinde BABYLONIS pro <hi>civibus</hi> aut Civitate
<hi>Romana,</hi> quam nimirum constituit <hi>Papa</hi> cum <hi>Cardinalium</hi> purpuratorum senatu, reliquâque
<pb n="490" facs="tcp:63175:298"/>
                  <hi>civium,</hi> praesertim <hi>Ecclesiasticorum,</hi> turbâ, qui, ROMA destructâ &amp; concrematâ,
aliò sese habitatum conferent, ad Phialam novissimam reservandi. Ad cujus nempe
ef<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>usionem dicitur, praeter alias, ubivis terrarum, Gentium &amp; Civitatum, in terrae
motu illo longè omnium qui unquam suerunt maximo, ruinas, etiam <hi>BABYLONEM
illam magnam venisse in memoriam coram Deo, ut daret illi calicem indignationis irae
suae:</hi> cùm tamen BABYLONIS illa crematio &amp; excidium, quod capitibus 18, &amp; 19
describitur, omnino plenariam Bestiae &amp; Pseudoprophetae exterminationem antever<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tat,
ut in textu ibidem manifestum est. Scio quosdam aliter hunc nodum expedire,
dicendo, BABYLONEM, cujus ad Phialam novistimam mentio, esse <hi>Constantinopo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lin,</hi>
Turcarum metropolin: sed nunquam mihi persuadebunt Spiritum S. in primaria
&amp; praecipua omnium imagine tam insigni homonymiâ usum, &amp; duas, non verò unicam
semper &amp; eandem, licèt duplici respectu, BABYLONEM intelligere. Ad proposi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum
igitur ut veniamus. Fieri fortasse potest ut prior illa BABYLONIS clades, id
est, <hi>Romanae Vrbis</hi> devastatio &amp; excidium, absque immani aliqua, nedum totali, civi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um
nece peragenda sit.<note place="margin">Vid. Isa. 34. 10.</note> Et quamvìs <hi>fumus ejus ascensurus sit in secula seculorum,</hi> id est,
ipsa tota in cineres vertetur, &amp; solo aequabitur, nunquam iterum habitanda; tamen
magnam partem Civium ex Urbis clade evasuram; vel quia fugâ sibi tempestivè con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>suluerint,
vel alia de causa, quam eventus manifestam faciet.</p>
               <p>Atque haec una ratio est, quâ scrupulo de exili nimiùm caesorum numero satisfieri
possit. Altera est, si dicamus per <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> fortasse designari <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>Viros nominis.</hi> Hujusmodi enim Hypallage in Scripturis non infrequens est, u<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> in
rectione nominum id quod epitheti loco est praecedat. Testantur <hi>Argentum siclorum</hi>
Lev. 5. pro siclis argenti seu argenteis; <hi>immunditia hominis,</hi> pro homine immunditi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ei,
i. immundo, ibid. c. 7. <hi>lex justitiae,</hi> pro justitia Legis, Rom. 9. <hi>divitiae gratiae,</hi>
pro gratia divite; &amp; similia. <hi>Nomen</hi> autem pro <hi>celebritate</hi> omnibus ferè linguis fami<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>liare
est, praesertim sanctae; in qua <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Viri nominis</hi> sunt <hi>Viri illustres: Filii
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> absque nomine</hi> (Iob 30.) <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>ignobiles,</hi> Chaldaeo <hi>Idiotae.</hi> Unde Beza in
annotationibus ad Ephes. 1. 21. &amp; Phil. 2. 9. de exaltatione Christi super omne nomen,
ut &amp; Heb. 1. 4. <hi>nomen</hi> accipit significatione dignitatis &amp; <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. Hujusmodi in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terpretationem
si sequamur, (nec video quid opponi possit) <hi>nomina hominum</hi> erunt
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>dignitates hominum;</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Viri nominis, homines illustres &amp;
dignitate praecellentes;</hi> quorum ad <hi>septem millia</hi> (&amp; quid si pseudoprophetici ordinis,
quem illi Ecclesiasticum vocant?) in hoc rerum gentiúmque motu concidentur: nu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>merum tamen
<hi>septem millium</hi> ità definitum esse opinor, ut paulò major vel minor pro
more Scripturae intelligi possit. Ex plebeiis quantus numerus in hoc bello casurus es<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>set,
nihil attinebat dicere, cùm illud ex illustrium clade conjici potuerit, nec Spiritus
S. ad faecem occisorum calculo subducendam descendere voluit.</p>
               <p>Sed &amp; alia adhuc interpretatio dari potest, ut non opus sit ad hominum capita deve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nire:
nempe si <hi>nomina hominum</hi> hominum coetus &amp; societates interpretemur, propriis
suis nominibus haud minùs quàm singulares homines appellari solitos, ut sunt Civitates,
municipia, paroeciae, pagi, coenobia, &amp; similes communitatum humanarum tituli.
Haec enim quid aliud sunt, si rem putare velimus, quàm <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>; Sic enim
AEschini Thebanorum politia vocatur <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, &amp; <hi>nomen Romanum</hi> ponitur pro
Romanis. Quid si igitur ex istis communitatum humanarum titulis, quicunque tau<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dem
sint; &amp; sive <hi>Romae,</hi> sive in <hi>Statu</hi> quem vocant <hi>Ecclesiae,</hi> ad septies mille in hoc
gentium motu occidendi sint, id est, adversae potestati succubituri, quod Scriptura
pro more suo <hi>necem</hi> vocaverit? Sed non est quid temerè de re futura pronunciandum,
cùm prophetiae commentarius sit eventus rerum praedictarum. Haec tamen eo fine in
medium attuli, ut appareat multò hîc, quod verba attinet, liberiorem interpretatio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nem
esse quàm fortè vulgò putetur; cùm <hi>Nominis</hi> vocabulum Scripturae usus ad unam
aliquam &amp; certam significationem non astringat. Nec enim <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> conjun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctim
extra locum quem prae manibus habemus usquam reperire est; nec <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> sim<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pliciter
de capitibus hominum, nisi bis tantùm, Act. 1. 15. Apoc. 3. 4 alibi aliâ atque
aliâ significatione adhibetur. Restat,</p>
               <p>Et reliqui territi sunt, &amp; dederunt gloriam Deo Coeli.</p>
               <p>Nempe consternatione suâ, quâ vel inviti &amp; ingrati digitum ejus agnoscant. Dei
enim sapientiam, bonitatem, aut potentiam quocunque indicio agnoscere, est gloriam
ei tribuere. Sicut qui à Deo deprehensi peccata sua confitentur, dicuntur gloriam
Deo tribuere, ut<note n="*" place="margin">Ios. 7.</note> Achan. Sequitur</p>
               <p>VAE secundum abiit, &amp; ecce VAE tertium venit citó.</p>
               <p>Sententia est, Terrae motum istum magnum ad exitum VAE <hi>secundi</hi> sive Tubae sex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tae
continuatum iri,<note place="margin">Vers. 14.</note> cum eóque unà lugubrem <hi>Testium</hi> prophetiam tandem finiendam esse;
<pb n="491" facs="tcp:63175:298"/>
siquidem post tantam de Bestianis victoriam, ipsorúmque in coelum potestatis &amp; hono<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ris
ascensum, sacco non induentur ampliús. Si jam autem VAE <hi>secundum,</hi> seu Tubae
sextae plaga, sit illa Turcarum ab Euphrate jam olim in Orbem Romanum exundatio,
ut ibi interpretati sumus; fieri vix potest quin haec ejusdem plagae abitio sit exsiccatio
illa aquarum Euphratis futura ad effusionem Phialae quintae, quò <hi>paretur via regibus ab
ortu Solis venturis,</hi> cap. 16. 12.</p>
               <p>A quo quidem Regum Orientis adventu (nè hiatus alioquin inter utramque Tubam
relinquatur) inire videtur Tuba septima; adeóque mirificum illum Draconis, Bestiae
&amp; Pseudoprophetae, ad bellum Armageddunte gerendum, apparatum, (ibidem ver.
13, 14.) unà cum eventu ejus ad Phialam novissimam (ver. 17, &amp;c.) in ejusdem sep<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>timae
Tubae initium conjici debere. Et sanè admodum congruum videtur, ut appara<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tus
ad bellum ad eandem, quò praelium ipsum, Tubam pertineat.</p>
               <p>Sed ex hoc dubitatio oboritur quae solutionem exposcit, ideóque silentio haud prae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tereunda.
Cùm enim idem sit Mensium XLII Bestiae terminus qui est Dierum 1260
luctûs Testium, &amp; verò Dies isti luctûs Testium ad abitionem plagae Tubae sextae, seu
<hi>VAE secundi,</hi> finiantur; quaeri non immeritò potest quare Bestiae menses non ulteriùs
putarentur, cùm post istum terminum, haud modicum Bestiae etiamnum supersit, non
nisi inchoatâ Tubâ septimâ abolendum.</p>
               <p>Responderi potest, hoc fieri vel quia tunc Conversio Israelis &amp; novum quasi Reg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>num
init (nuncupantur enim REGES <hi>ab ortu Solis;</hi>) vel quia in Bestiae duratione ad
Romanae Urbis imperium potissimùm attenditur. <hi>Vrbs</hi> verò <hi>illa magna</hi> Bestiae regia in
isthoc terrae motu capitur &amp; disjicitur: usque adeò ut Bestia deinceps formam quasi
mutaverit, cùm, Metropoli suâ sic depulsa, pro <hi>septem montium</hi> Regno (quae altera
septem ejus capitum significatio est) ampliùs haberi nequiverit.</p>
               <p>Superest in textu de clangore Tubae septimae, &amp; augusto Christi Regno in MAG<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>NO
ILLO DIE IUDICII. Cujus interpretationem ad calcem Libri differemus, ut
omnia eò pertinentia Vaticinia ibi simul &amp; quasi uno intuitu repraesentemus.</p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>MENS
DRACONIS RUFI SEPTICIPITIS
cum Michaele dimicantis de Puerperio.</head>
               <p>PRima <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> Visio,<note place="margin">Ad Cap. 12.</note> qua de egimus cap. 11. stadium Apoca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lypticum
totum ab initio ad finem permeavit, idque, ut alibi monuimus,
ad connexionem ejusdem cum SIGILLIS &amp; TUBIS indican<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dam.
Ei jam Visioni reliqua ejusdem intervalli reíque Ecclesiasticae
Vaticinia, ad <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> systema complendum, connectenda veniunt.
Ex quibus.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Bellum Draconis rufi septicipitis cum Michaele</hi> idem complectitur cum ATRIO <hi>nor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mali</hi>
rei Ecclesiasticae intervallum; quo nimirum in Ecclesiam <hi>Puerperam,</hi> de Christo
in Regem Orbi Romano edendo laborantem, Imperium Romanum DRACONICO<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>LA
diris persecutionibus saeviit, pérque annos minimùm trecentos bellum gessit con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tra
Christi Spiritum in servis suis potenter operantem. Sed MULIER tandem post
multos in parturiendo dolores, sectiones, lanienas, Christum qualem parturiebat, Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gem
enixa est, <hi>recturum gentes virgâ ferreâ;</hi> DRACONE que de solio Romano de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>turbato,
<hi>facta est</hi> in ORBE illo <hi>salus &amp; potentia &amp; regnum Dei nostri, &amp; potestas
Christi ejus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Hâc summâ totius rei evidentiae causâ praemissâ, ad textum particulatim explican<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dum
veniamus.</p>
               <p>Et signum magnum, <hi>inquit,</hi> visum est in coelo.<note place="margin">Vers. 1.</note>
               </p>
               <p>Quò nempe spectatum Ioannes initio evocatus fuerat, &amp; ubi superiores Visiones
omnes spectaverat. Nec alium puto hujus circumstantiae sensum quaerendum esse. Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nisestum
est enim vel ex fine capitis praecedentis, Ioannem hucusque in coelo spectâsse.</p>
               <p>Mulier circumamicta Sole, &amp; Luna sub pedibus ejus, &amp; in capite ejus corona stella<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
duodecim.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="492" facs="tcp:63175:299"/>Signum verò &amp; imago pulcherrima ECCLESIAE <hi>primitivae puerperae;</hi> Christi nimi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
Iustitiae <hi>Solis</hi> fide circumfulgentis, <hi>elementa mundi</hi> (umbrásne Legales, an Genti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lis
superstitionis tenebras?) pedibus conculcantis, Apostolicae denique originis insig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nibus gloriosae.</p>
               <p>Plerique LUNAM symbolum esse volunt rerum terrenarum &amp; mutabilium, quas
Ecclesia Christi infra se despicit. Quod etsi verum sit, tamen nusquam, ut opi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>or,
in tota Scriptura LUNA de hac proprietate celebratur. Symbolorum autem Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pheticorum
interpretatio haud facilè aliunde petenda est quàm ex iis proprietatibus
quibus Scriptura alicubi attestetur. Iam verò illud certum est, pleraque Festorum,
quibus cultui typico operabatur, ad <hi>Lunae</hi> motum descripta fuisse, ut Novilunia, Pas<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cha,
Pentecoste, Festum tabernaculorum; imò totíus anni Ecclesiastici rationem ab
ejus motu pependisse;<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Methodius</hi> a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pud <hi>Andream</hi> Caesar. hujus<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>modi quid qua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>si per transen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>am vidit, ubi utram<expan>
                        <am>
                           <g ref="char:abque"/>
                        </am>
                        <ex>que</ex>
                     </expan> inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pretationem conjungit hisce verbis. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> (inquit) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. <hi>Ec<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>clesia enim le<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>galem nocte-lu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>centis Lunae lucem, vitám<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que munda<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nam quae instar Luna mutabi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lis &amp; inconstans existit, sub pe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dibus prostra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tam tenet.</hi>
                  </note> quò fortè spectat illud Psal. 104. 19. <hi>fecit Lunam</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
id est, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. Quidni igitur LUNAE symbolum ad <hi>cultum Mosaicum</hi> referri po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>test?
quem nempe Ecclesia revelatione Christi quasi prostratum cernit &amp; pedibus suis
subjectum: juxta illud Apostoliad Colossenses cap. 2. 14. asserentis, Christum <hi>delevisse
quod adversùm nos erat chirographum rituum, &amp; cruci suae affixumè medio sustulisse.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Porrò, cùm Deus <hi>Solem</hi> luminare majus ad dominium dici creâsse dicatur, <hi>Lunam</hi>
verò luminare minus ad dominium noctis; quidni LUNAE noctis praefecturam sortitae
symbolum, quod est <hi>potestatis tenebrarum</hi> seu <hi>apparatum caliginis,</hi> id est, <hi>Satanae daemonúm<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
ejus in idolis cultum,</hi> significet? Ità quidem ut res tota ad Baptismum transferri pos<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sit,
quo Ecclesia illuminanda Christúmque indutura, cultum idolorum, Satanae, ejúsque
Angelorum, cultuum &amp; pomparum abrenunciatione, proculcat. Haec enim omnia
vetus abrenunciationis formula disertè continebat; &amp; praeterea abjuraturi ad Occi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dentem
convertebantur, tanquam ad plagam coeli unde Nox oritur; sicut è contrario
fidem Christo &amp; Deo vero Uni-trino professuri, ad Orientem, tanquam plagam unde
Sol abactâ nocte reducit diem. Dionys. Areop. de Hierarch. Eccles. cap. 2. Cyrillus
Hierosol. Cateches. 1. mystagog. Gregor. Naz. Orat. 40. Hieron. ad cap. 6. Amos.
Ambros. De iis qui mysteriis initiantur, cap. 2. Quinetiam ejusdem figurae intuitu (ut
suprà quoque observatum) duratio Apostasiae seu contaminati idolis Christianismi <hi>men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sibus,</hi>
ad motum LUNAE definitur; <hi>Mulieris</hi> autem &amp; <hi>Testium</hi> in Christi fide perse<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verantium,
<hi>annis</hi> &amp; <hi>diebus,</hi> ad motum SOLIS. Utri tamen interpretationi potiùs
accederem in ambiguo sum, &amp; an alterutri tantùm, an utrique. Sanè Apostolus ad
Galatas, cap. 4. utrumque, tam paedagogiam Mosaicam quàm cultum idolorum Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tilium,
promiscuè <hi>Elementa mundi</hi> vocare videtur; utrumque Ecclesia Christi pe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dibus
suis subjectum gloriatur. Utatur Lector judicio suo.<note place="margin">Vid. Athenag. p. 15.</note>
               </p>
               <p>Et in utero habens, clamabat parturiens, &amp; distorquebatur ad pariendum.<note place="margin">Vers. 2.</note>
               </p>
               <p>Ecclesia, quà universè &amp; abstractè velut Idea spectatur, Mater est; quà verò respe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctu
singulorum, qui in ea continuò gignuntur, sobolem habet, quam Deo parturire &amp;
parere dicitur. Hoc in Prophetis adeò obvium, ut de eo non opus sit ampliùs verbum
addere. Videsis Ezech. cap. 16. usque ad v. 21. item cap. 23. v. 4. Isai. cap. 54. Ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>seam
c. 2. v. 4, 5. Non est igitur allegoria hâc parte cujusvis importunitate vexanda,
quòd scilicet Matremà sobole distinguat, quae tamen alioquin in unam candémque Ec<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>clesiam
coalescant. Kimchi ad Hos. 2. v. 2, 3. <hi>Comparatur Synagoga, seu Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gregatio,
Matri</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>viâ universalitatis; at <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> singuli quique, fi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>liis.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> verò istae &amp; cruciatus, ob quos clamabat <hi>Puerpera,</hi> persecutiones illae gravis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>simae
fuerunt quas Ecclesia primitiva inter pariendum experta est. Notum est enim,
tribulationes &amp; angustias parturientium doloribus assimilari. Unde verba illa Isaiae
cap. 66. 7. <hi>Antequam parturiret, peperit; antequam veniret partus ejus, peperit mas<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>culum,</hi>
Chaldaeus, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Antequam veniat ei tribulatio, redempta erit; antequam
veniat ei tremor sicut dolores parturientis, revelabitur Rex ejus,</hi> id est, MESSIAH.
Ieremias verò cap. 30. v. 6, 7. ipse imaginem hanc interpretatur. <hi>Interrogate,</hi> in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quit,
<hi>&amp; videte si pariat masculus. Quare ergò vidi omnis viri manum super lumbum su<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um,
quasi parturientis, &amp; conversae sunt universae facies in auriginem? Vae, quia magna
Dies illa, nec est similis ejus: tempúsque tribulationis est Iaacob; verùm ex ipsa salvabi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur.</hi>
Vide etiam quid Servator <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> vocet Matth. 24. 8, 9. Mar. 13. 9. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
&amp;c.</p>
               <p>Et visum est aliud signum in coelo; nam ecce DRACO magnus rufus, habens capita sep<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tem
&amp; cornua decem, &amp; in capitibus ejus septem diademata.<note place="margin">Vers. 3.</note>
               </p>
               <p>Et Cauda ejus trahebat tertiam partem stellarum coeli, &amp; abjecit ea<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> in terram.<note place="margin">Vers. 4.</note>
               </p>
               <p>Signum sen Imago <hi>Imperii Romani Ethnici</hi> DRACONICOLAE; cujus utpote
insignia universè sunt <hi>septem capita</hi> &amp; <hi>decem cornua: septem</hi> quidem <hi>capita,</hi> tum ob
<pb n="493" facs="tcp:63175:299"/>
septem colles quibas URBS inaedificata est, tum ob septem Regum sive Dynasta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
ordines qui imperium illius Urbis successivè recturi erant; <hi>decem</hi> verò <hi>cornua</hi> ob
decem regna quae novissimi capitis vice (cui innascuntur) surrectura essent. Quae in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terpretatio
non mea est, sed Angeli cap. 17. ubi commodior erit de his, si quid adden<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dum
sit, agendi locus. Interim istis alius Imperii Romani character hîc additur, quòd
<hi>tertiam partem stellarum coeli caudâ suâ traxisse &amp; in terram abjecisse</hi> dicitur; id est,
tertiam partem Principum &amp; Dynastarum Orbis imperio suo subjecisse. Tantundeni
enim, putà trientem Orbis terrarum Ioannis aevo cogniti, Ditio Romana finibus suis
circumscribebat. <hi>Cauda</hi> autem, ex disciplina Indorum apud Achmetum, in genere <hi>po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>testatis
comites &amp; pedissequos</hi> significat, Apot. 152. quid verò ampliùs <hi>Serpentis cauda</hi>
innuat, mox videbitur. Atque hi quidem characteres Imperii Romani fuerunt uni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>versè;
sed <hi>Draconis</hi> effigies porrò <hi>Draconicolam</hi> &amp; SEMINIS <hi>Mulieris</hi> hostem in
specie determinat, id est, Ethnicum &amp; Christiani nominis adversarium; &amp; cùm <hi>rufus</hi>
quoque sit, truculentum &amp; sanctorum sanguine rubentem. Adde quòd <hi>Draconis</hi> typo
respici videtur ad Pharaonem, veteris Synagogae in AEgypto patientis, juxtà atque
Romanus Puerperae Christianae, hostem dirum &amp; malignum. Nam &amp; is similiter, ea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>démque
de causa, <hi>Draconis</hi> imagine induitur, Psal. 74. v. 13, 14. <hi>Tu contrivisti fortitu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dine
tuâ mare; confregisti capita DRACONVM</hi> (id est, AEgyptiorum) <hi>in aquis. Tu
confregisti capita LEVIATHAN,</hi> (Chaldaeus, Pharaonis) <hi>dedisti eum escam populo de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>serta
incolenti.</hi> Isai. c. 51. 9. <hi>Suscitate, suscita te, indue fortitudinem, brachium Domi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ni:
Suscita te secundùm dies antiquos, secundùm generationes seculorum. Nonne tu es
brachium illud olim proscindens superbam AEgyptum &amp; conficiens DRACONEM?</hi> Ità
Ezech. 29. 3. <hi>Pharao Rex AEgypti, DRACO magne.</hi> In omnibus hisce locis in Hebraeo
est <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, quam vocem LXX, Symmachus &amp; Hieronymus <hi>Draconem</hi> interpretantur;
&amp; verò Syrus interpres Draconem in Apocalypsi semper eâ voce nuncupat. Cui fir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mando,
inquit Drusius, est lingua Arabica, in qua Draco <hi>Thennin</hi> vocatur. Et Ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>od.
7. <hi>Projecit Aharon virgam suam coram Pharaone, &amp; versa est <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, in serpentem</hi> seu
<hi>draconem.</hi> Significat quidem alioquin <hi>Cetum</hi> seu <hi>Balaenam,</hi> sed tanquam <hi>Draconem
marinum,</hi> cujus nempe formam quandam referat. Sed quorsum, inquies, de voce
hac adeò satagitur? Nempe ut ostenderem, quâ effigie olim abusus est Satanas primo
Adamo evertendo, illius infamati &amp; maledicti animalis typo in more esse Spiritui S. reg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>na
Diabolo insessa, atque Ecclesiae suae Mulieris semini insesta, designare.</p>
               <p>Et stetit DRACO ante Mulierem parituram, ut cùm peperisset Filium ejus devoraret.</p>
               <p>Nempe ut PHARAO Israeli veteri in AEgypto nascenti, útque deinde Herodes
Christo Mariae, Domino nostro; ità DRACO <hi>Romanus</hi> Christo mystico, quem Ec<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>clesia
paritura erat, insidiatus est, ut eum statim à partu opprimeret.</p>
               <p>Et peperit filium masculum,<note place="margin">Vers. 5.</note> qui recturus erat omnes gentes virgâ [<hi>seu sceptro</hi>] fer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>reâ.</p>
               <p>Id est, peperit <hi>Christum mysticum,</hi> seu <hi>Christum in membris suis formatum,</hi> non Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>riae,
sed Ecclesiae filium; juxta illud Apostoli ad Galatas cap. 4. 19. <hi>Filioli mei, quos
iterum parturio, donec Christus formetur in vobis.</hi> Nam cùm verba sint Christi peri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phrasis,
necesse est ut iisdem Christus aliquis designetur; nempe, ut in typis propheti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cis
fieri amat, non verè, sed analogicè dictus. <hi>Qui,</hi> inquit, <hi>recturus erat omnes gentes
sceptro ferreo,</hi> id est, <hi>potestate viferri seu bello partâ;</hi> utpote in eos imperium habiturus
qui non ab origine cives fuerint, sed aut hostes aut alieni; ut eos priùs subjugate opus
habuerit quàm regeret. Verba sunt ex Psalm. 2. 9. non juxta hodiernam Masoretha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum,<note place="margin">Non <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> sed <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note>
sed veterem LXX &amp; Apostolorum, lectionem petita. Quorum hanc esse men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tem
colligere mihi videor ex cap. 19. v. 15. ubi itidem, ut in Psalmo, de Christo Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mino
nostro, cui primariò competunt, adhibentur: <hi>Ex ore ejus,</hi> inquit, <hi>prodibat gladi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>us
acutus, ut eo percuteret gentes; ipse enim reget eos virgâ ferreâ.</hi> Hîc autem tribuun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur
Christo mystico seu homini Christiano, Ecclesiae apud Gentes partui, qui ad Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sti
capitis sui typum pingitur; cuíque ejusdammodi suae similem potestatem se aliquan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>do
daturum esse sub nomine Thyatirensis Ecclesiae pollicetur Dominus: <hi>Qui vicerit,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Apocal. 2. 26, 27.</note>
inquit, <hi>&amp; observaverit ad finem opera mea, dabo ei potestatem in gentes, &amp; reget eos vir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gâ
ferreâ &amp; tanquam fictilia conterentur; sicut &amp; ego accepi à Patre meo.</hi> Iuvabit hîc
nonnihil, audire Andreae verba quibus ex Methodii mente ad hunc locum commenta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur:
<hi>Ecclesia,</hi> inquit, <hi>per eos qui Baptismo initiantur, citra intermissionem general Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stum;
utpote in illis formandum usque ad consummatam spiritualis aetatis plenitudinem.
Filius masculus est Ecclesiae populus—per quem Christus Deus manibus Romanorum,
quasi ferrum robustis, gentes regit.</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Vide, ut pul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chre <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>em hanc explicat Au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thor Operis imperfecti in Matthaeum, Homil. 49.</note> Alludit ad typum Regni 4. apud Danielem, de quo
ei non assentior; (quomodo enim eo David spectâsset?) caeteroquin haud multum
abest à scopo, ut jam apparebit.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="494" facs="tcp:63175:300"/>Et raptus est filius ejus ad Deum &amp; thronum ejus.</p>
               <p>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, pro <hi>Ad thronum Dei.</hi> Raptus est Mulieris Filius ad thronum Dei,
id est, ad Solium Romanum subvectus, ubi, eâ quâ dicebatur potestate recturus, gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tes
regeret. Verè quidem Christus Mariae ad solium Dei subvectus est; sed Christus
mysticus seu formatus, quem Ecclesia Apostolica peperit, analogicé: siquidem Thro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nus
potestatum (ut<note n="*" place="margin">Rom. 13.</note> Apostolus vocat) supereminentium Thronus Dei est, terrestre
coelum: <hi>Non est, inquit, potestas nisi à Deo.</hi> Unde in Apotelesmatis insomniorum, <hi>Si
quis sibi in somno visus suerit ad coelum subvehi,</hi> de <hi>regia sublimìtate</hi> interpretantur. No<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum
quoque est, in lingua sancta Magistratus <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, id est, <hi>Deos,</hi> appellari:<note n="*" place="margin">Psal. 82. 1, 6.</note> 
                  <hi>Ste<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tit
Deus in synedrio Dei, in medio Deorum judicat:</hi> item, <hi>Dixi, Vos Dii estis &amp; filii
Excelsi omnes.</hi> Quemadmodum igitur in <hi>Mosis cathedra sedere</hi> dicuntur qui doctrinam
docent à Mose traditam; ità <hi>in Dei throno,</hi> qui vices ejus in terris obeunt. Quòd
ideo partus Ecclesiae Apostolicae dicitur <hi>rapi</hi> seu recipi <hi>ad thronum Dei,</hi> tantundem est
atque eò celsitudinis subvehi, ut quasi juxta Deum sedeat; quod, inquam, regiae
sublimitatis est. Hoc autem tum impletum suit, cùm jam sub CONSTANTI<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>NO
<hi>magno</hi> &amp; successoribus ejus, Christiani, deturbato DRACONE, rerum potiti
sunt.</p>
               <p>Verùm, inquies, cùm Christus iste mysticus Gentes quibus imperitaret, perinde ac
Christus Dominus, <hi>ferreo Sceptro</hi> recturus dicebatur, quali demum bello quibtúsve prae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>liis
(si haec <hi>ferrei illius Sceptri</hi> significatio sit) PARTUS IST<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>. Ecclesiae Apostolicae
Orbem Romanum sibi subjugavit? Aio verò duplici bello: Primo spirituali, mirabili
&amp; divino, adversus Daemones Orbis illius principes &amp; Deos; quod quidem, exercitu
Angelorum coelestium s<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>cum adver us hostes dimicante, viriliter gessit; de quo in se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quentibus
agetur: Altero verò, cùm jam solium apprehendisset, etiam corporali;
quod testantur tot illustres victoriae, pa<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>im Consrantini adversus Maxentium, Max<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>iminianum
&amp; Licinium, partim Theodos<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>i illius magni adversus tum alios, tum
Eugenium &amp; Arbogastum, Da monum vexilliferos, priusquam Gentilium Draconico<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>larum
imperio Christiano rebellium contumacia &amp; superbia penitus fracta &amp; contrita
conquieverit.</p>
               <p>Sed priusquam hinc abeamus, unum adhuc monendum restat; nempe, non statim
atque editus est MULIERIS <hi>partus,</hi> ad thronum Dei subvectum fuisse, verùm quam<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>primùm
regno maturuisset. Ideo dicitur peperisse filium, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, nempe
non statim, sed cùm adolevisse<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>. Quemadmodum &amp; Christus Mariae, Dominus no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ster,
(cujus imaginem in omnibus exprimit Christus iste mysticus, Ecclesiae partus)
non simulatque natu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> erat, sed cùm similiter ad justam aetatem pervenisset, ad thro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>num
Dei sublatu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> regnum adiit, ibi sessurus donec posuerit inimicos suos scabellum
pedum suorum. Sequitur,</p>
               <p>Mulier verò fugit in desertum,<note place="margin">Vers. 6.</note> ubi habet locum paratum à Deo, ut ibi alerent eam die<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
<hi>MCCLX.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Quod cùm postea repetendum, &amp; aliquantò pleniùs describendum sit, eò explica<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tionem
differemus.</p>
               <p>Et factum est praelium in coelo; Michael &amp; Angeli ejus praeliati sunt cum Dracone,<note place="margin">Vers. 7.</note> &amp;
Draco pugnavit &amp; Angeli ejus: Sed non praevaluerunt, neque locus eorum ampliùs
inventus est in coelo.<note place="margin">Vers. 8.</note>
               </p>
               <p>Dictum est, <hi>Puerperam,</hi> partu suo salvo, <hi>Draconis</hi> insidias effugisse. Sed qui factum
sit ut qui eam tam diligenter observârat, conatu tamen suo exciderit, jam demum
commemorari incipit. Scilicet id <hi>Michaelis</hi> operâ atque auspiciis contigisse, qui
<hi>Draconem</hi> insidiantem strenuè oppugnatum ivit, eúmque, superior tandem factus, de
coelo deturbavit in terram. Indè Mulieris filium non tantùm salvum evasisse, sed ad
thronum Dei evectum esse, ipsámque in tutum à <hi>Draconis</hi> furore locum secessisse.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Etfactum est,</hi> inquit, <hi>praelium in coelo,</hi> &amp;c.] nempe, dum pareret Mulier, non post<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quam
peperisset, ut multi accipiunt. Nam certum est ex v. 14. bellum hoc gestum
esse ante Mulieris fugam in Eremum. Mulier autem in Eremum non fugit priusquam
peperisset, &amp; Filius ejus raptus sit ad thronum Majestatis, v. 5, &amp; 6.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Michael &amp; Angeli ejus praeliati sunt cum Dracone</hi>] non soli, sed adhibitis, quorum
gratiâ dimicahani, Christi regis sui Martyribus &amp; Confessoribus; de quibus proinde
paulò pòst in Epinicio cantabitur, <hi>quòd vicerunt eum propter sanguinem AGNI &amp; prop<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter
sermonem testimonii sui, neque dilexerunt animas suas usque ad mortem:</hi> id quod de
nudis &amp; solis Angelis dici non potest.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Et DRACO pugnavit &amp; Angeli ejus,</hi>] id est, Daemones, adhibitis itidem cultori<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
suis Tyrannis Romanis eorúmque ministris.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="495" facs="tcp:63175:300"/>Sed quis, inquies, est iste MICHAEL? Non, opinor, Christus ipse, sed, ut apud
Danielem, ni sallor, liquet, <hi>ex principibus primariis,</hi> seu septem Archangelis, <hi>unus,</hi> imò
primus, cap. 10. nempe Angelus ille magnus qui apud eundem <hi>stare</hi> dicitur <hi>à partibus
populi Dei,</hi> cap. 12. quémque adeò Christus magnus ille Archistrategus, Angelorúmque
perinde atque hominum Rex, Satanae ejúsque satellitii contra suos furori opposuit.
Mittuntur enim Angeli <hi>ob salutem eorum qui sunt Dei haeredes,</hi> Heb, 1. ult. eó<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>que pro
suo agendi modo, abscondito &amp; invisibili, contra malos Spiritus, qui in hominibus,
Dei Christique sui hostibus, operantur, protegunt &amp; tuentur, etiamsi visibili specie
non appareant. Ità in hoc quo de agitur bello primitivae Christi Ecclesiae contra Dra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>conicolas
Romanos partes suas egerunt Angeli Michaele duce; quà nempe sanctos
Christi Martyres &amp; Confessores contra tyrannorum minas &amp; vim tormentorum cor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>roborando,
&amp; in agonibus ipsorum dolores minuendo, quandoque &amp; doloris sensum
planè adimendo; quà Spirituum adversariorum impetus frangendo &amp; debilitando,
persecutoribúsque, qui eorum instinctu agebantur, nunc obstacula &amp; impedimenta
ex improviso objiciendo, canatus elidendo, nunc terrores aliá<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ve mentis alienationes
injiciendo, ità ut incepto subindè desistentes, Ecclesiae vel inviti inducias &amp; respi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>randi
spatium concesserint; donec tandem, post trecentûm annorum bellum, cùm
Christo suos jam satìs exercuisle visum esset, atque Angelis suis plenam victoriam lar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>giri
vellet; <hi>Partu Mulieris,</hi> Christianis rerum potiuntibus, in Imperii solio collocato,
Diaboli regnum expugnatum mirabili ruinâ concidit. Hoc enim est quod inquir,
<hi>Draco non praevaluit, neque locus ei ampliùs inventus est in coelo,</hi> id est, cum omnibus
copiis suis fusus fugatúsque coelo exutus est.<note place="margin">Vers. 9.</note> (In dictione <hi>Non praevaluit</hi> Hebraismus
est, de quo postea.)</p>
               <p>Et projectus est Draco ille magnus, serpens antiquus, qui vocatur Diabolus &amp; Satanas,
qui seducit universum Orbem, <hi>(id est, ad Idololatriam impellit, hactenúsque Im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>perium
Romanum insederat)</hi> projectus est in terram, &amp; Angeli ejus cum eo pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jecti
sunt.</p>
               <p>Id est, ipse cum omnibus Daemonibus suis,<note place="margin">Clem. Rem. l. 8. c. 7. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> (<hi>Satanam</hi>) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, &amp;c.</note> hactenus pro Diis cultis, de culmine di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vinitatis
quo gaudebant in imum exsecrationis &amp; contemptûs devoluti sunt. Ut, quod
olim in liberatione Israelis à tyrannide Pharaonis AEgyptii, cujus Draco iste imagi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nem
gessit, factum legitur,<note n="*" place="margin">Exod. 12. 12. Num. 33. 4.</note> 
                  <hi>exercuisse Deum judicia in Deos AEgyptiorum;</hi> idem hîc
saltem <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> locum invenerit. Tradunt Iudaei, quòd etiam illic. Vide enim
utrumque Targum, R. Salomonem, R. Aben Ezra, cum R. Mose ben Nachman, &amp;c.
Nec est quòd quis clara Scripturae verba aliò detorqueat, praesertim cùm eò alludi vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deatur
Isai. 19. 1.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Non praevaluit,</hi> pro <hi>devictus est,</hi> figura est, ut dixi, Hebraica, quâ <hi>adverbia negandi</hi>
ejus cui adhibentur contrarium significant; prout in hac ipsa Visione paulò pòst habe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur,
<hi>Non dilexerunt animam suam usque ad mortem,</hi> id est, nihili fecerunt vitam suam,
seu prodegerunt, pro Christo. Est enim hoc dicendi genus Hebraeis non <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
sed <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. Sic Prov. 12. 3. <hi>Non stabilitur homo in improbitate,</hi> id est, radicitùs
commovetur &amp; eradicatur. Ibid. 10. 2. <hi>Non prosunt the sau<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>i iniquitatis,</hi> id est, nocent,
damnosi sunt. 17. 21. <hi>Non laetabiturpater stulti,</hi> id est moerore afficietur. Et 1 Cor. 16.
22. <hi>Si quis non amat Dominum Iesum Christum, sit anathema,</hi> id est, quisquis odit &amp;
exsecratur. Vide Buxtorf. Thesaur. Gram. lib. 2. cap. 19. Ità hic, <hi>Non praevaluerunt
Draco &amp; Angeli ejus,</hi> idem est atque, prorsus devicti sunt.</p>
               <p>Pleniorem autem hujus victoriae historiam jam dedi ad interpretationem Sigilli
sexti, quocum casus iste DRACONIS contemporat; imò Sigilli illius argumen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum
est, quantum ad insignem Imperii Romani mutationem spectat. Quod autem de
<hi>Partu mulieris</hi> in Imperii solio collocato &amp; Christianis tunc rerum potiuntibus dixi, id
verò ex Epinicio quod subjungitur clarum &amp; expeditum est.</p>
               <p>Audivi,<note place="margin">Vers. 10.</note> 
                  <hi>inquit,</hi> vocem magnam in coelo dicentem, Nunc facta est salus &amp; potentia &amp;
regnum Dei nostri, &amp; potestas Christi ejus; quoniam projectus est Accusator fratrum
nostrorum, qui accusabat illos ante conspectum Dei nostri die &amp; nocte.</p>
               <p>Sed ipsi vicerunt eum per sanguinem Agni, &amp; per Verbum testimonii sui, &amp; non dilexe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>runt
animas suas usque ad mortem—<note place="margin">Vers. 11.</note>
               </p>
               <p>Quae verba, ut sunt clarissima &amp; absque omni allegoriae velo prolata, ità Clavis sunt
totius Visionis interpretandae. Nam hinc liquidò perspici potest, tum quae fuerit illa
<hi>Partûs Mulieris ad Thronum Dei subvectio,</hi> nempe, <hi>salutis, potentiae, &amp; regni Dei, &amp;
potestatis Christi ejus</hi> in Solium Romanum introductio; tum quo hoste debellato ad
regnum pervenerit, nempe deturbato <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> seu Accusatore illo qui dies noctésque
fratres calumniatur &amp; traducit coram Deo; denique cujusmodi secum copias adhibu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>erint
Michael &amp; Angeli ejus in isthoc adversus Draconem ejúsque satellitium praelio,
<pb n="496" facs="tcp:63175:301"/>
sanctos scilicet Martyres &amp; Confessores, qui <hi>vicerunt eum per sanguinem AGNI, &amp;
per sermonem testimonii sui, eò quòd non dilexerunt,</hi> id est, prodegerunt, <hi>animas suas
usque ad mortem.</hi> Et verò omnino impossibile est ut illa Partûs Mulieris evectio,
Draconis deturbatio, Regníque Dei &amp; Christi introductio, non ad unum &amp; eundem
rerum eventum collineent; cùm ab omnibus, tanquam ab uno quodam rerum termi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>no,
incipiat Mulieris Fuga in Eremum, vers. 6, &amp; 14.</p>
               <p>Quòd verò Satanas hîc nomine novo <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> seu <hi>Accusator</hi> nuncupetur, qui
antea <hi>Draco &amp; Diabolus</hi> audiit; sciendum &amp; hoc ab Hebraeorum usu profectum esse,
quibus eodem quidem nomine, quod illi suum secerunt, jam olim appellatus est. Di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cunt
enim <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Kategor.</hi> R. Iuda in libro Musar, citante Drusio, <hi>Kategor,</hi> inquit,
<hi>est Satan, adversarius vel calumniator malus, qui adversatur homini, aut calumniatur
eum coram Creatore benedicto.</hi> Maiemonides ad Pirke Avoth, (ubi in Gnome R. Eli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ezar
&amp; haec &amp; contrariae significationis vox <hi>Paraclit,</hi> à Graecis quoque derivata, occur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rit)
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.
Id est, PARACLIT <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>dicitur, qui interpellat in bo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>num
pro homine apud Regem: cujus contrarium est</hi> KATEGOR; <hi>is enim est qui
traducit hominem apud Regem: &amp; conatur occidere eum.</hi> Et sanè, si aliàs unquam, du<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rante
hoc puerperio &amp; bello, Satan <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>&amp; calumniatoris</hi> nomen digne prome<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ruit.
Quod testantur tot convitia &amp; probra quibus Christianos toto hoc tempore Dra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>conicolae
obruebant, objicientes iis Thyestaeas coenas, incestus Oedipodios, adulte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rium,
promiscuas libidines, homicidia, conjurationes in Principes, pestes, famem,
incendia, &amp; quicquid publicae calamitatis erat. Sed videtur hîc potiùs respici ad hi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>storiam
Iob, ubi Satanas calumniando &amp; accusando effecit ut Iob sibi à Deo tenta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tionibus
&amp; tribulationibus probandus permitteretur. Id quod hîc quoque innuit Spi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ritus
Sanct. ab eo pro more suo factum esse. Sciens intelliget quid velim. Sequitur in
Epinicio,</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Propterea laetamini coeli &amp; qui habitatis in iis</hi> (id est,<note place="margin">Vers. 12.</note> sancti Angeli &amp; beati spiritus,
quorum feliciter navatâ operâ victoria haec parta est.) <hi>Vae incolentibus terram &amp;
mare,</hi> (id est, Orbem terrarum) <hi>nam descendit Diabolus ad vos, haebens iram
magnam,</hi> (ideóque novum aliquod malum machinaturus) <hi>ut qui sciat se exigu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um
tempus habere.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Nam licèt indè usque à Constantino Magno solio Romano dejectus fuit, aliquan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>diu
tamen apud populum haesit Draconis cultus: unde cùm, haud ità multò pòst, se
tandem quoque expellendum, &amp; universum Orbem Romanum Baptismo Christi im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>buendum
fore, rebus cousque progressis, praesentisceret; totus i<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>â &amp; surore percitus,
consilium iniit Ecclesiae victoriam, quacunque adhuc ratione potuit, in discrimen ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ducendi,
&amp;, si conatu excideret, vel ejectus, eam novo aliquo machinamento subruen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>di.
Quorum utroque sibi non defuisse nequissimum spiritum jam videbimus.</p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>MYSTERIVM MVLIERIS
EREMICOLAE.</head>
               <p>MULIER <hi>Puerpera,</hi> debellato DRACONE, deinceps degit in <hi>Eremo:</hi>
quo Ecclesiae ab Ethnica tyrannide liberatae status usque ad Tubam septi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mam
&amp; secundum Christi adventum figuratur; non latentis invisibilis, sed
quasi <hi>mediae cujusdam conditionis</hi> typo, Israeliticae in deserto peregrinantis similis, ab
exitu ex AEgypto ad ingressum Canaanitidis; status utique ejus a DRACONIS
illius rufi, tanquam Pharaonis, furore tutae, nondum tamen eò gloriae appulsae quò
tandem, reliquis hostibus debellatis, quasi ad Canaanaeae possessionem, perventura est.
Status equidem qui Ethnicae illius tyrannidis servitute (ex qua tanquam ex servitu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>te
AEgyptiaca populus Christianus Christi potentiâ emersit) extrinsecùs melior esset;
utpote potestate exinde, Christianorum Imperatorum &amp; Regum auspiciis, factâ
Christum liberè colendi, similiter atque Israelitis Eremicolis IEHOVAM; Tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plis
quoque, ceu cultûs Christiani Tabernaculis, magnificè exstructis, Ecclesiae poli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiâ
regibus, reditibus sacris, decimis oblationibúsque constitutâ: sed Apostasiâ mul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>timodâ,
non minùs quàm Israel Erimicola Vitulo, Baalpeoro, Balaamo, Koracho, &amp;c.
infelix. Neque illud sortasse praetereundum fuerit, <hi>Mulieris</hi> hujusce Christianae
<pb n="497" facs="tcp:63175:301"/>
                  <hi>Eremicolae</hi> Menses XLII. totidem Israelis in Deserto mansionibus respondere. Vid.
Num. 33.</p>
               <p>Typi ratione &amp; indole sic expositâ, textum particulatim illustremus, reique gestae
aptemus.</p>
               <p>Cùm igitur vidisset Draco quòd projectus esset in terram, persecutus est Mulierem quae
peperit masculum.<note place="margin">Vers. 13.</note> 14. Siquidem datae sunt Mulieri duae alae Aquilae magnae, ut
volaret à facie Serpentis in desertum in locum suum, ubi aleretur per tempus &amp; tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pora
&amp; dimidium temporis. 15. Ejecit autem Serpens ex ore suo post Mulierem aquam
tanquam flumen, ut eam à flumine abripi faceret.</p>
               <p>Hic primus Satanae dejecti, nondum vero penitus ejecti, sed in imo aliquantisper
haerentis, conatus fuit; ut MVLIEREM, rerum potiunte partu ejus, in <hi>Eremiti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cum</hi>
statum concedentem, si quo modo posset, obrueret, antequam penitus eò à fu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rore
ipsius tuta se reciperet. Non enim statim ut evadere coepit, sed aliquâ tempo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ris
morâ interjectâ, in <hi>Eremum</hi> pervenit: quemadmodum &amp; Israel, in profectione sua
eódem ex AEgypto susceptâ, aliquantum temporis insumpsit. Verba autem hîc posita
ità concipienda sunt, ut ad illud quod superiùs de eadem MULIERIS in <hi>Eremum</hi>
suga dictum erat aliquo pacto referri videatur, hâc aut simili sententiâ; <hi>Cùm vidisset
Draco quòd dejectus esset in terram, persecutus est MVLIEREM quae peperit mascu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lum.</hi>
Nam cùm (ut suprà dictum) <hi>MVLIERI post editum &amp; in thronum sub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vectum
partum ejus datum fuit</hi> (nempe <hi>aliis duabus Aquilae magnae eidem commodatis,</hi>
quasi volatu quodam) <hi>in Eremum concedere, ubi aleretur per tempus, tempora, &amp; di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>midium
temporis; ejecit ille ex ore suo post eam aquam tanquam flumen, ut eam à flumi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ne
abripi faceret.</hi> Ità quoque Pharao populum Israeliticum de ditione sua in Eremum
contendentem perfecutus est, sed alio flumine.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Aquila magna</hi> Imperium est Romanum. <hi>Alae ejus duae,</hi> duo Caesares bipartiti jam
Imperii, Occidentis &amp; Orientis, quorum tutelâ &amp; auspiciis Ecclesia in Eremeticum
statum concessit. Notum est enim, Imperium Romanum, simul ut fidem Christianam
suscepit, bipartitum evasisse, &amp; geminis quasi Caesarum alis volâsse. Hanc interpre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tationem
nemini non obviam facit <hi>Aquila</hi> Imperii Romani insigne. Sed quid vetat
etiam ex scriptore Apocrypho typi prophetici significationem confirmare? Is est Es<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dras
prophetes, (hoc enim eum nomine Clemens Alexandrinus laudat, Strom. lib. 3.
paulò ante sinem) apud quem <hi>Aquilae</hi> typus Regnum quartum significat, duodecim
alae pennatae totidem ejus Caesares primos.<note place="margin">2 Esdr. c. 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>.&amp; 12.</note> Vide cap. 11. &amp; 12. Sed dic, Lector, an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>non
etiam hîc respici dixeris ad illud Domini de exitu Israelis ex AEgypto, Exod. 19.
4. <hi>Vidistis,</hi> inquit, <hi>quae secerim AEgyptiis, ut portaverim vos super alas Aquilarum, &amp;
adduxerim ad me,</hi> scilicet in Desertum?</p>
               <p>Verùm aliud adhuc hoc versu est quod enodari postulet: Quorsum Tempus inco<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>latus
MULIERIS in Eremo, quod paulò antè Diebus numerabatur, hîc in An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nos
convertatur, seu <hi>tempus, tempora, &amp; dimidium temporis.</hi> Ego verò aliam alterna<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tionis
istius causam indagare nequeo, quàm ut Clavis esset similis apud Danielem tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poris
notationis, nósque moneret, in iis ipsis temporibus nunc versari Ecclesiam quae
ille <hi>temporis, temporum &amp; dimidii temporis</hi> periodo definiverit. Et sanè absque hoc
indice illa temporis designatio incertissima &amp; inexplicabilis fuisset. Unde enim aut
quo demum indicio sciri potuerit, <hi>tempus</hi> denotare <hi>Annum?</hi> aut si hoc, <hi>tempora</hi> non
plures quàm <hi>biennium?</hi> Iam verò ex hac commutatione clarum est, intervallum illud
in Dies 1260 resolvendum esse, eóque significare <hi>Annum biennium,</hi> &amp; <hi>semestre.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Istis verò in hunc modum illustratis, dispiciamus tandem quid <hi>Aqua illa</hi> fuerit,
quam instar fluminis DRACO ex ore suo eructaverit, ad Mulierem dum in Ere<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mum
contenderet submergendam. <hi>Oris scaturigo</hi> est <hi>sermo &amp; doctrina;</hi> juxta illud
Prov. 18. 4. <hi>Aquae profundae verba oris viri, torrens scaturiens est vena sapientiae.</hi> Unde
verbum <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, quod <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> &amp; <hi>instar fontis scalurire</hi> significat, de <hi>doctrina</hi> adhibe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur:
ut Psal. 78. 2. <hi>Aperiam in parabolis os meum, eructabo</hi> vel <hi>scaturiam abscondita
à constitutione mundi:</hi> id quod de doctrina Servatoris allegatur Matth. 13. 35. Ità
Prov. 1. 23. Sapientia praedicare dicitur in plateis, <hi>Eructabo vobis spiritum meum scire
faciam vos verba mea.</hi> Quid igitur <hi>scaturigo ex ore Serpentis,</hi> Bestiae venenatae, nisi
<hi>doctrina pestifera,</hi> id est, <hi>haeresis,</hi> erit? juxta illud Prov. 15. 28. <hi>Os impiorum eructabit,</hi>
vel <hi>scaturiet, mala.</hi> Eam verò hujus temporis historia <hi>instar fluminis ex ore Draconis</hi>
prodeuntem exhibet; <hi>Arrianismum</hi> dico &amp; <hi>sobolem ejus.</hi> Hoc <hi>Flumine suo</hi> DRACO
Mulierem penè abripi secerat; voluit certé. Et profecto mirum fuit ni Imperatores
Romani, qui tum recentes Christo nomen dederant, necdum rem Christianam plenè
confirmârant, tam horrendo inter Christianos (vel tantillum à persecutione respiran<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tes)
dogmatum in re tam primaria dissidio, tam infernecinis partium odiis, tumulti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus,
<pb n="498" facs="tcp:63175:302"/>
credulitate in fratres, vel illam Ethnicorum exaequante, offensi atque abaliena<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ti
fidem abjecissent.</p>
               <p>Sed succurrit Terra Mulieri;<note place="margin">Vers. 16.</note> nam aperuit terra aos suum, &amp; absorpsit flumen quod eje<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerat
Draco ex ore suo.</p>
               <p>Id est, Multitudo Christianorum in Conciliis orthodoxâ fide praevalentium inunda<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tionem
Diabolicam exhausit; quemadmodum Terra aquam solet cùm siccitate prae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>valuerit.
Nam si <hi>Aqua</hi> (sed venenata &amp; pestifera, qualis ex Serpentis ore prodit)
<hi>haeresim</hi> repraesentet; omnino postulabat analogiae ratio, ut quod eandem absumptum
atque abolitum iret <hi>terrâ</hi> figuretur, ut quae eluviones aquarum ariditate sua soleat
exhaurire. Quod quidem hac in re eò commodiùs ad rem gestam significandam ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cidit,
quia etiam aliàs in oratione historica &amp; simplici <hi>Terra</hi> passim pro <hi>terra incolis</hi>
poni soleat. Vide Gen. 41. 57. 1 Sam. 14. 25. Deut. 9. 28. &amp; passim alibi.</p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>DE
BESTIA DECEMCORNVPETA
Deum blasphemante,
ET
BESTIA BICORNI SEU PSEUDOPROPHETA
authore &amp; Hierarcha ejus.</head>
               <p>MULIEREM Eremi fines ingressam nova malorum scena invasit:<note place="margin">Ad Cap. 13.</note> nam
in Bestiam continuò incidit geminam, specie quidem minimè reformidan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dam,
quippe <hi>Draconis</hi> aut <hi>Serpentis,</hi> cujus solius horret figuram, nihil, sed
Pantheram aut <hi>Agnum prae</hi> se ferentem; reverâ tamen <hi>Draconis</hi> illius dejecti fiduciari<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>am,
ejúsque vice soboli quam in Eremo paritura erat magnas aerumnas daturam.</p>
               <p>Et iratus est Draco adversus Mulierem, <hi>(indè enim capitis hujus historiam accerso)</hi>
&amp; abiit bellum facturus cum reliquis ex semine ejus, <hi>(iis nimirum quos in Eremo
paritura erat)</hi> qui custodiut mandata Dei, &amp; habent testimonium Iesu Christi;
stetítque super arenam maris.</p>
               <p>Id est, Cùm vidisset <hi>Draco</hi> (ille qui Romano imperio jam modò exutus erat) se,
ad obruendam Mulierem in Eremum contendentem, <hi>Arrianismi</hi> eluvione nihil pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fecisse,
quin salva nihilominus in Eremum pervenisset; praeterea, neque ampliùs
passurum Romanum Orbem ut ipse proprio nomine rerum ibi, ut olim, potiretur: aliâ
ratione eum aggreditur, nempe Regnum vicarium sibi tacitè substituendo; eóque fine
<hi>stetit super arenam Maris,</hi> ut novam Regni Romani faciem tunc orituram vicariam
sibi faceret. Duplicis autem BESTIAE rem Romanam gesturae historia sequitur, u<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nius
DECEMCORNVPETAE, alterius BICORNIS, summâ necessitudine inter sese
devinctarum, utriusque simul, eâdémque Orbis ditione, regnantis. Quarum primam
DECEMCORNUPETAM, Secularem; alteram BICORNEM, <hi>Ecclesiasticam,</hi> si
lubet, voca.</p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>De BESTIA DECEMCORNVPETA.</head>
               <p>BESTIA <hi>Decemcornupeta</hi> seu <hi>Secularis,</hi> est UNIVERSITAS <hi>illa Decem</hi> plus
minùs <hi>regnorum</hi> (in quae Caesarem, post exturbatum Draconem, Imperium Bar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>baricâ
plagâ desilierat) in unam denuo Rempublicam Romanam, redintegratâ <hi>Dra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>conis</hi>
impietate, coalescentium.</p>
               <p>Vidi, <hi>inquit,</hi> Bestiam é Mari ascendentem, habentem capita septem &amp; cornua decem,
&amp; super cornibus ejus decem diademata, &amp; super capitibus ejus nomina blas<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phemiae.</p>
               <p>Eadem hîc <hi>Bestia</hi> describitur quae infrà cap. 17. MERETRICEM bajulat: Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stia
autem septiceps Romana sub vice capitis novissimi. Vidi, inquit Ioannes, typum
<pb n="499" facs="tcp:63175:302"/>
Regni Romani statûs illius novissimi, quo nimirum sub septimo capite agens in de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cem
regna divisum esset, adhúcque, perinde atque sub prioribus capitibus suis fecerat,
Deum Opt. Max. idolorum cultu blasphemaret. Nam <hi>septem capitum</hi> numerus Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mani
regni insigne est, ut &amp; <hi>decem cornnum</hi> gestamen. <hi>Nomen blasphemiae</hi> idololatriae
nota. <hi>Cornibus</hi> (quae solius novissimi capitis sunt) <hi>imposita diademata,</hi> Regnum illud
sub novissimi capitis vice exhiberi ostendunt; id quod reliquâ BESTIAE descriptione
ampliùs confirmabitur.</p>
               <p>Et Bestia quam vidi èrat similis Pardo,<note place="margin">Vers. 2.</note> &amp; pedes ejus ut Vrsi, &amp; os ejus ut os
Leonis.</p>
               <p>Id est, Regnum hoc, partim regiminis &amp; statûs, partim indolis suae respectu, ità
comparatum esset, ut tres istas Monarchias, olim Danieli hisce Bestiis figuratas, con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fuso
quodam temperamento effingeret. Siquidem reliquâ corporis specie Graecum
esset; pedibus, ut Persarum regnum, incessu gestionéque insisteret; ore, instar Ba<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bylonii,
facienda ediceret. <hi>Pardus</hi> enim Regni Graecorum, <hi>Vrsus</hi> Persarum, <hi>Leo</hi> Ba<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>byloniorum
typus est.</p>
               <p>Primùm igitur, Regnum istud <hi>corpore suo</hi> planè <hi>Graeci</hi> instar esset, puta Regnum
instar illius in plura Regna divisum, Dan. 7. 6. &amp; 8. 8, 22. Graecum enim quadrisi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dum,
Romanum hoc novissimum in decem regna secandum erat; cui typo est <hi>decem
cornuum</hi> gestamen in capite Bestiae novissimo, quae Angelo postea interprete cap. 17.
sunt <hi>decem reges,</hi> seu regna in quae Imperium Romanum sexti capitis dilaceratum, in
novum regnum sub septimo coalesceret, MERETRICI bajulandae. Esse autem <hi>Cor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nua
illa decem</hi> solius capitis <hi>novissimi,</hi> id est, <hi>septimi,</hi> neque, ut vulgò putatur, pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miscuè
omnium; sic demonstro. Florente capite florescunt cornua; quo occidente,
etiam cornua indè enascentia occidere necesse est. In primis igitur quinque capitibus
cornua inesse non poterant, quia quinque illa capita, aiente Angelo cap. 17. jam Io<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>annis
aevo abierant, &amp; unà cum capitum vicibus cornuum quoque iisdem innascen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tium
vices abiissent; neque in sexto, quoniam eo Ioannis aevo (ut etiam disertè affir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mat
Angelus) regnante, cornuum tamen tempus nondum advenerat; nam, inquit,
<hi>decem cornua sunt decem Reges qui regnum nondum acceperunt.</hi> Relinquuntur igitur
Capiti novissimo. Apagite igitur pictores, qui hîc pro libitu decem cornua in septem
capita distribuitis, aliis singula, aliis, pro liberalitate vestra, bina largientes: quod
quàm inconcinnum sit &amp; omni textûs sundamento procul, imò Angeli interpretationi
planè repugnans, nemo qui jam monitus rem secum seriò perpenderit non confitebi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur.
Pro vero igitur &amp; certo habendum, solum caput septimum, in illa capitum sese
invicem scandentium scalâ situ summum, vice novissimum, cornuum gestamine super<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bire.
Iam igitur pergo reliquam ejusdem BESTIAE novissimae effigiem exponere.</p>
               <p>Ea verò <hi>Pedibus,</hi> quibus corpus innititur, quibus movetur incedítque, quorúmque
anteriores Bestiis pro manibus brachiísque sunt, tractando, rapiendo, pugnando, <hi>pe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dibus,</hi>
inquam, <hi>Persarum</hi> imperium admodum resert: cùm, sicut illi in rebus gerendis
<hi>Magorum</hi> suorum consiliis innitebantur, ità Regnum Romanum statûs novissimi, <hi>Mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nachorum
Clericorúmque</hi> idololatricorum, <hi>Magis</hi> illis simillímorum, authoritate regi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur.
Quò illud spectat quod de BESTIA illa altera <hi>Pseudoprophetica</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>viz.</hi> vers. 12.</note> Postmodum
dicetur, quòd <hi>totam Bestiae hujus DECEMCORNVPETAE potestatem exerceat in con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>spectu
ejus. Pedes</hi> enim hic non ut infima &amp; indigniora corporis membra considerandi,
sed cujusmodi sint in Bestiis, non tantùm incessûs sed &amp; pugnandi praedandíque orga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>na;
in quibus &amp; <hi>Vrsis</hi> (de pedibus anterioribus loquor) praecipuum corporis robur
inest. Neque <hi>pedes</hi> hîc intelligendi sunt ea tantùm pars quae vestigium ponit in solo,
sed quod cum pede illo minore dicto crura quoque &amp; brachia comprehendit.</p>
               <p>Denique BESTIA <hi>Decemcornupeta Ore Babylonico</hi> facienda ediceret; scilicet Dea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>strorum
&amp; Imaginum cultum jubendo, poenâ mortis &amp; vivicombutii abnuentibus in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dictâ;
perinde ut Nebuchadnezar ille Iudaeis Imaginem auream, quam Belo suo erexe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rat
sexaginta cubitos longam, adorare nolentibus, Dan. c. 3. Interim aliorum interpre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tationi
nihil hâc meâ praejudicatum velim; eorum nempe qui ad naturalem potiùs tri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um
harum Bestiarum indolem respiciendum putent; quarum omnium ingenium vel
feritatem DECEMCORNUPETA exprimeret. Utatur quisque judicio suo.</p>
               <p>Et tradidit ei Draco <hi>(dejectus ille qui stetit super arenam Maris)</hi> potentiam suam
<hi>(id est, vires seu copias suas <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> vel <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>)</hi> &amp; thronum suum &amp; potestatem
magnam.</p>
               <p>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> Hellenistis <hi>copias</hi> sive <hi>exercitum</hi> significat, ex usu, ut videtur, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> Hebrae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>orum,
quo utrumque, tum <hi>robur &amp; virtus,</hi> tum <hi>exercitus</hi> denotatur. LXX Exod.
14. 28. de exercitu Pharaonis submerso, <hi>Operuerunt Aquae <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.
omnem exercitum pharaonis;</hi> &amp; 15. 4. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>exercitum
<pb n="500" facs="tcp:63175:303"/>
ejus dejecit in Mare;</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Ad Cap. 13.</note> &amp; sic passim: nec apud eos solos, sed etiam apud profanos
scriptores. Ab hac notione sunt, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Dominus exerci<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>uum;</hi> &amp; Matth.
24. 29. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, copiae seu <hi>exercitus coelestes commovebuntur:</hi>
item ver. proximo, <hi>Filius hominis venturus</hi> dicitur <hi>in nubibus coeli,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
quod<note n="*" place="margin">Matth. 25. Vers. 31.</note> capite sequente exponitur, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>in gloria sua, &amp; cum omnibus sanctis Angelis suis.</hi> Ità hoc loco,
<hi>Tradidit Draco,</hi> [seu Satanas,] <hi>BESTIAE Decemcornupetae</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, id est,
<hi>copias suas,</hi> seu <hi>exercitum suum.</hi> Satanae autem copiae sunt Angeli ejus seu Daemones,
&amp; idola Daemonum receptacula. Has ille copias scilicet <hi>BESTIAE huic novissimae</hi>
tradidit excolendas ornandásque, unà cum <hi>throno suo &amp; potestate magna;</hi> id est, uno
verbo, potestatom illam universam quâ nuper per Michaelem &amp; sanctos Christi Mar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tyres
&amp; Confessores victus &amp; debellatus exciderat. Ità quidem ut <hi>Draco</hi> seu Sata<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nas,
in hac <hi>novissimi statûs</hi> BESTIA, pristinum suum dominium quod in <hi>Rufa</hi> exercue<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rat
quodammo. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>o recuperaret; sed adeò dissimili à priore specie, ut <hi>MVLIERIS in
Eremo SEMEN</hi> id m<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>nimè statim animadverteret. Non enim jam <hi>Draco</hi> draconis, ut
antea, specie se ingessit, id est, se eum esse qui fuit professus est, juratum Christiani
nominis hostem. Hoc enim si fecisset, statim eum agnovisset, sibíque, tanquam ab
hoste saevissimo, cavisset <hi>Mulieris Semen;</hi> ex innata videlicet <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> illa quam De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>us
jam indè ab exordio mundi inter ut<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>umque fore edixerat; <hi>Ponam,</hi> inquit, <hi>inimici<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiam
inter te &amp; Mulierem, &amp; inter semen tuum &amp; semen ejus.</hi> At verò cùm se, non
<hi>Serpentis,</hi> sed alte<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ius Bestiae nequicquam cognationis cum <hi>Serpente</hi> habentis, sormâ
induisset, haud ità diffic<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>le ei fuit, <hi>Mulieris semini,</hi> id est, Ecclesiae Christianae, ob nupe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ram
victoriam laetae, jáni<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan> 
                  <hi>Draconis</hi> securae, imponere at<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan> ad morem sibi gerendum al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>licere.
Quod quidem tam tectè &amp; subdolè, sub Bestiae sibi non amatae larva, fecit Vete<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rator,
ut non nisi serò demum sese ab antiquo hoste deceptam, atque sub hac larva, <hi>Dra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>conem</hi>
venerari, Ecclesia agnosecret. Quis enim suspicatus esset sub <hi>Pardalis</hi> 
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>eu (quod
idem est) <hi>Pantherae</hi> figura latitâs<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>e <hi>Draconem,</hi> id est, sub specie illius animalis quod cùm
caeterae Bestiae sive cutis pulchritudine,<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Isidor. lib. 12. 2.</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> dictus, quod omnium animalium a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>micus sit, ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cepte dracono.</note> sive odoris suavitate ille<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>a, accedere &amp; con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>templari
ament, solus penè <hi>Draco</hi> horrere &amp; fugere dicitur? Vel, ut aliquantò clariùs
rem explicem, Quis sub Imperio Religionis Christianae, Idolorum demolitricis, cul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum
prae se ferente, Idolola<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>riam nefandam &amp; an<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>iquatum pridem Ethnicismum im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mani
studio instaurari, legibus &amp; edictis promoveri existin <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>âsset?</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Et vidi unum ex capitibus ejus</hi> (sextum nimuum) <hi>quasi caesum suisset ad mortem,</hi>
(hoc factum in praelio cum Michaele &amp; sanctis Martyribus) <hi>&amp; plaga lethalis ejus
curata suit,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Vers. 3.</note> scilicet vicariae hujusce potestatis pharmaco.</p>
               <p>Fuisse autem <hi>Draconem</hi> illum <hi>s<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>pticipitem</hi> (Imperium utique Romanum ab anti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quo
Serpente in<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>es<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>um, id est, Ethnicum) <hi>sexti capitis BESTIAM,</hi> tum ex eo li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quere
potest quòd instà cap. 17. de capitibus istis dicitur, <hi>Quinque</hi> jam <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>oannis aevo
<hi>cecidisse, unum</hi> (quod sextum <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>st) tunc temporis rem Romanam gessisse; tum maxi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mè,
quòd <hi>BESTIA haec vicis novissimae</hi> eidem proximè in eodem throno successerit.
<hi>Draco,</hi> inquam thronum suum hîc cessisse dicitur <hi>BESTIAE vicis novissimae</hi> seu <hi>capitis
septimi;</hi> Ergò proximus e<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>us Decessor fuit, seu <hi>penultimi capitis BESTIA.</hi> Nec id
quemquam moveat, quod adhuc sub sexti capitis vice <hi>septiceps</hi> tam<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>n illic in Visione
apparuit. Quamvis enim non simul, sed ordine &amp; deinceps, Capita vices suas egerint;
tamen BESTIA cum toto capitum &amp; cornuum suorum apparatu, sub quovis statu ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hibetur,
ut unum idém<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan> Regnum Romanum, aliis licèt atque aliis Dynastiarum vici<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus,
ubique designetur.</p>
               <p>Sed ad textum redeamus; ubi Editio Complutensis, suffragantibus Irenaeo, Areta,
Syro Paraphraste nuper edito,<note place="margin">[In Bibl. Po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lyglott. <hi>MS. A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lexandr.</hi> non agnoscit illud <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Vidi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.]</hi>
                  </note> &amp; inter Latinos Primasio, illud [<hi>Vidi</hi>] non agnoscit,
sed verba <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> conjungit cum verbo <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, quasi in hanc sententiam;
<hi>Tradidit <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>i Draco vires suas &amp; thronum suum &amp; potestatem magnam, &amp; unum ex capi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tibus
suis lethali plagâ sauciatum, ut curaretur.</hi> Suspicor &amp; vulgatam Latinam olim sic
legisse, propter illud [<hi>de capitibus suis;</hi>] nam alioquin [<hi>de capitibus ejus</hi>] dicturus
videretur. Lectio verò haec an alteri praeferenda sit, haud temerè affirmârim; illud
tantùm, admodum eam antiquam videri, ut mirer non esse à R. Stephano annotatam.
Sed quicquid sit, Lectio recepta, si rectè &amp; prout res ipsa omnino pos<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>it interprete<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mur,
eundem planè sensum reddet: <hi>Vidi,</hi> inquit, <hi>unum excapitibus ejus</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
i, <hi>quasi caesum fuisset ad mortem;</hi> nempe, non tunc vidente Apostolo, sed
priusquam hâc specie ex mari emergeret, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> sen sensu plusquam perfecti:
Quemadmodum suprà. c. 5. v. 6. se vidisse dixerat <hi>in medio Presbyterorum &amp; Anima<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lium
Agnum stantem</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, i. <hi>tanquam qui mactatus fuisset,</hi> non ipso tunc vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dente
mactatum,</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="501" facs="tcp:63175:303"/>Quod autem de <hi>plagae curatione</hi> additur, id aut, dum adhuc è mari emergit BES<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>TIA,
factum vidit, aut simulac indè emersit. Neque enim (quod à plerisque tamen
hucusque creditum est) sanatio isthaec fatum aliquod posterius fuit, sed ipsa nativitas
BESTIAE novissimae. A reliquorum capitum singulis ad capitis succedentis vicem abs<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan>
plaga transitum fuit; atqui in transitu à sexto ad novissimum BESTIA lethali vul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nere
decubuit: à cujus aio sanatione, nec prius aut citiùs, <hi>BESTIAM Decemcornu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>petam,</hi>
seu <hi>novissimae vicis,</hi> exordium sumpsisse, nequ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>altiùs originem suam ducere.
Id quod ità esse tota sequentis narrationis series evincit. Quodcunque enim mali
BESTIA patrâsse memoratur, quicquid cultûs &amp; adorationis ei ab incolis terrae
tributum, id omne post plagae istius curationem factum dicitur. <hi>Vidi,</hi> inquit, <hi>unum
ex capitibus ejus quasi caesum fuisset ad mortem, &amp; plaga mortis ejus,</hi> seu <hi>lethalis, sana<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ta
fuit; &amp; admirans universa terra secuta est Bestiam,</hi> nempe jam sanatam, <hi>&amp; ado<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rârunt
Draconem,</hi> &amp;c. Tunc quoque <hi>datum est ei os loquens grandia &amp; blasphemias,</hi>
&amp;c. <hi>Et aperuit os suum adversus Deum,</hi> &amp;c. Omnia ista post sanationem facta sunt:
ante verò istam nulla BESTIAE praedicantur facinora, nullius ei à Gentibus delatae
subjectionis aut honoris mentio. Quicquid antea commemoratur, partim ad BES<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>TIAE
formam, partim ad ortûs occasionem modúmque pertinet. Et quorsum, obse<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cro,
Bestiam Antichristianam nobis fingeremus, cujus per aliquod tempus nulla nar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rentur
facta, nulla memoretur persecutio? Imò, si Irenaei &amp; Complutensem lectio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>onem
sequamur, expuncto <hi>Vidi,</hi> nullus erit ampliùs ejuscemodi interpretationi lo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cus.</p>
               <p>Et admirata est universa terra post Bestiam.</p>
               <p>Id est, summâ approbatione &amp; consensu iverunt in partes Bestiae.</p>
               <p>Et adorârunt Draconem qui dedit potestatem Bestiae,<note place="margin">Vers. 4.</note> &amp; adorârunt Bestiam, dicentes,
Quis similis Bestiae? quis poterit pugnare cum <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>a?</p>
               <p>Hoc est, non BESTIAM simpliciter adorârunt, quà <hi>Bestia,</hi> sed etiam quà <hi>Draconis
vicaria;</hi> eóque non solam BESTIAM, sed sub Bestiae larva <hi>Draconem</hi> q<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>oque ipsum
venerati sunt. Nam BESTIAM, nisi quà <hi>Draconis</hi> vicem agebat Idololatria, ado<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rare,
quo sensu hîc dicitur, non magìs impium fuisset quàm cuivis potestati munda<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nae
morem gerere. Scilicet <hi>Bestia</hi> regnum denotat. <hi>Bestiam</hi> autem <hi>adorare,</hi> ex He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>braismi
&amp; Orientis usu, nihil aliud est quàm eidem subjici: quod non obscurè ostendit
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> illa <hi>Adorandi</hi> verbo subjuncta, <hi>Adorârunt,</hi> inquit, <hi>Bestiam, dicentes,</hi> Quis <hi>si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>milis
Bestiae? quis potis est pugnare cum ea?</hi> Quasi dixerit, in BESTIAE sese obsequi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um
sponte dederunt, tanquam quae potestate superârit adeò, ut nemo ci resistendo
esset aut belligerando. Quo eodem sensu v. 12. Terra ipsa, non modò incolae ejus,
<hi>BESTIAM adorâsse</hi> dicitur, id est, in ditionem ejus concessisse. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, inquit,
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, &amp;c. Ità in benedictione Iaco<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bi,
Gen. 27. 29. <hi>Serviant tibi populi, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, adorent te nationes: esto
Dominus fratribus tuis, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, &amp; adorent te Filii matris tuae.</hi> De hac
porrò notione <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> vide Gen. 37. 7. &amp; 49. 8. in benedictione Iudae, item
Isai. 45. 14. At verò BESTIAE juxta constitutionem suam religiosam subjici, quà <hi>Dra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>conem
septicipitem</hi> referat, id verò in Deum blasphemum est &amp; impium. Unde qui sic
Bestiam adorant, Bestiam adorando Draconem adorare dicuntur.</p>
               <p>Datúmque est ei os loquens grandia &amp; blasphemias,<note place="margin">Vers. 5.</note> &amp; data est ei potestas faciendi
menses quadraginta duos.</p>
               <p>Hactenus de constitutione &amp; statu BESTIAE: deinceps exponitur, quibus demum
rebus commissam sibi à <hi>Dracone</hi> potestatem exseruit; scilicet duabus, <hi>blasphemiâ in
Deum,</hi> &amp; <hi>persecutione Sanctorum.</hi> Tota autem descriptio petita est ex prophetia Da<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nielis
cap. 7. ubi de eadem agitur, quâ hîc, Bestiâ Romanâ statûs novissimi. Sed quae
ibi Danieli ab Angelo succinctiùs narrantur, ea hîc Ioanni, interjectâ quasi explicati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>one,
fusiùs diducuntur.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Datum est ei,</hi> inquit, <hi>os loquens grandia. Os loquens grandia,</hi> Danielis est; sed hic
<hi>verba</hi> illa <hi>grandia</hi> explicantur per <hi>blasphemias:</hi> quo nomine <hi>cultum idololatricum</hi> de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>signari,
rem utpote summae in Deum contumeliae, mox dicetur. Porrò ait, <hi>Bestiam sic
blasphematuram menses XLII,</hi> annales scilicet; eodem prorsus temporis spatio quo Atri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um
Templi exterius sive Civitatem sanctam conculcarent Gentes. Nec immeritò,
cùm illa Gentium prophanatio in eandem omnino impietatem collineet cum isthac
BESTIAE blasphemia; utraque <hi>potestatis tenebrarum &amp; noctis</hi> rem designet, ideó<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
non <hi>annis</hi> aut <hi>diebus,</hi> ad motum <hi>Solis,</hi> sed <hi>mensibus,</hi> ad motum <hi>Lunae</hi> quae prae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>est
<hi>nocti,</hi> mensuratam. Et sanè, nisi Spiritus S. temporis designationem ad <hi>blas<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phemiam</hi>
referri voluisset, quorsum eam hoc loco, statim post mentionem <hi>blas<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phemiae,</hi>
inseruit? Non igitur ab initio truculentiae aut belli contra Sanctos,
<pb n="502" facs="tcp:63175:304"/>
sed <hi>blasphemiae,</hi> numerandi sunt BESTIAE Menses. Ut si verbum <hi>Faciendi</hi> certum ali<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quem
potestatis Bestiae actum statúmve significaret, (cujusmodi quid <hi>Agendi</hi> seu <hi>Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ciendi</hi>
potestatem hîc vocari nonnulli autument) id omnino ad <hi>blasphemandi</hi> actum re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferendum
esset. Sed videtur potiùs <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>durandi</hi> seu <hi>permanendi</hi> significatione
adhiberi, ut aliàs solet cum vocabulis temporis. Sic enim Act. 15. 33. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>facto aliquanto tempore;</hi> &amp; 18. 23 <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>cùm egisset aliquod tempus,
seu aliquandiu;</hi> &amp; 20. 3. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>cùm fecisset menses tres;</hi> 2 Cor. 11.
25. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>noctem ac diem in profundo egi.</hi> Adde Iacob. 4.
<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>3. <hi>Hodie vel cras ibimus in illam civitatem, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, &amp; faciemus
ibi an<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>umunum.</hi> Ubi Drusius annotat, sic <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> usurpari Eccles. 6. 12. &amp; <hi>facere</hi> in Latio.
Seneca Epist. 67. <hi>Quamvis paucissimos unà fecerimus dies.</hi> In tabella marmorea, <hi>Cum
qu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> fecit annos</hi> ix. Apud Alfenum 1. c. <hi>Is servus fugerat, &amp; annum in fuga fecerat,</hi>
id est, egerat, manserat, finierat, transegerat. His ità se habentibus, quidni <hi>BESTIA
fecit menses quadraginta duos,</hi> sit, vixit totidem, mansit, blasphemando peregit? Cu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jus
locutionis vim qui non intellexerunt illud [<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>] quod in quibusdam exem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plaribus
exstat, textui inseruisse videntur.</p>
               <p>Iam quòd dixi, hìc nomine <hi>Blasphemiae,</hi> quasi per excellentiam, <hi>idololatriam seu
scortationem spiritualem</hi> designari, id duplici aut etiam triplici argumento evinci potest.
<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                     <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                  </gap>, quòd BABYLON, BESTIAE hujus Metropolis, <hi>Mater scortorum</hi> audiat, cum
<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                     <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                  </gap> scortari dicantur <hi>reges &amp; incolae terrae.</hi> Atqui BESTIA, qua de agimus, nihil
<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                     <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                  </gap> est quàm Regum istorum &amp; incolarum universitas. Secundò, ejusmodi blas<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phemiani
esse oportet quae in proximè antecedentis, imò omnium reliquorum capi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>um
vice<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> competat; omnibus enim indita fuerunt <hi>nomina blasphemiae,</hi> ver. 1. Adde quod
<hi>BESTIA isthaec vicis novissimae</hi> ex impietatis Decessoris sui vicis sextae redintegratione
nata &amp; conflata est. Quae autem istis omnibus communis dari potest <hi>blasphemia</hi> prae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter
unam <hi>idololatriam?</hi> Omnino nulla.</p>
               <p>Accedit usus Scripturae, <hi>Idololatriam</hi> veteris populi hoc nomine exprimentis.
Quod ut intelligatur, sciendum tria in Hebraeo esse verba ab interpretibus Graecis &amp;
vulga<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>â Latinâ <hi>Blasphemiae</hi> notione reddita, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> quorum nullo non <hi>Ido<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lolatriam</hi>
signatam leges.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Verbo</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Ezech. 20. 27.</hi> Adhuc &amp; in hoc<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note> blasphemaverunt me Patres vestri,
cùm induxissem eos in terram, super quam levavi manum meam ut darem <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>is: <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> iderunt
omnem collem excelsum &amp; omne lignum nemorosum, &amp; immolaverunt ibi victimas
suas, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Verbo <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> Isaiae 65. 7. <hi>Qui sacrificaverunt super montes, &amp; super colles <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
probro affecerunt me.</hi> Nostrates, <hi>Blasphemed me.</hi> Et certè <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> ad unguem respondet
Graeco <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, ut Theodotion transtulit Prov. 14. 31. nam utrumque significat
<hi>contumeliâ</hi> seu <hi>probro afficere.</hi> Unde 2 Reg. 19. 22. cum <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> jungitur tanquam syno<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nymum,
ut &amp; Psal. 44. 16. Septuag. utrumque reddere solent per <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
utrumque etiam Chaldaeus per suum <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. Porrò (ut hoc quoque addam) non Isaiae
solùm, sed &amp; citerioris aevi Iudaeis usitatum fuisse, <hi>probri</hi> seu <hi>blasphemiae</hi> nomenclatu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>râ
<hi>idolorum cultum</hi> intelligere, vel ex Hagiographorum Paraphraste colligi potest;
ubi Psal. 69. 10. pro verbis illis, <hi>Opprobrium exprobrantium tibi cecidit super me,</hi>
Chaldaeus habet, <hi>Vituperia impiorum qui vituperant te, dum participia faciunt idola sua
gloriae tuae, ceciderunt super me.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Superest de verbo <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, quod è duobus alterum est cui apud LXX respondet <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.
Forstero est, <hi>Contumeliis, convitiis, verbis maledicis incessere.</hi> Hieronymus in
Psalmis juxta veritatem Hebraicam, quoties occurrit, (occurrit autem quinquies)
semper transfert <hi>blasphemare:</hi> aliis est <hi>contemnere,</hi> aut <hi>contemptim irritare;</hi> adeò ut
verissima significatio ejus esse videatur, <hi>probris &amp; contumeliis provocare ad iram.</hi> Hoc,
inquam, verbo perinde <hi>Idololatriam</hi> designari ac prioribus, liquere potest ex Deut.
31. 20. <hi>Cùm comederint,</hi> inquit, <hi>&amp; saturati fuerint, avertentur ad Deos alienos, &amp;
servient eis, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> detrahéntque mihi.</hi> Sic quidem hoc loco Vulgata, sensu <hi>blasphe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mandi,</hi>
licèt non voce. Nam quid aliud est <hi>Deo detrahere,</hi> quàm eundem <hi>blasphema<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>re?</hi>
Sed alibi vocem quoque exprimit, ut Ier. 23. 15, 17. <hi>A Prophetis Ierusalem egressa
est pollutio super omnem terram Dicunt <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> his qui blasphemant me,</hi> (de Idololatris
autem sermo est) <hi>Locutus est Dominus, Pax erit vobis &amp; omni qui ambulat in pravi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tate
cordis sui.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Istis,<note place="margin">I<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> I<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>iae 66<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>3. pro <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap>. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note> si placet, addi possunt, numpe illustrandi causâ, quòd Antiochi profanationes
quibus Templum Dei &amp; sacra ejus polluerat, appellentur <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, 1 Mac. 2. 6.
&amp; <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> Mac. 8. 4. Item quòd Kimchius haud dissimili notione illud Gen. 4. 26. <hi>Tunc
pro<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>natum fuit invocando Nomen Domini,</hi> interpretetur, <hi>Tunc errarunt homines
<pb n="503" facs="tcp:63175:304"/>
post idola, &amp; invocatio Nominis Divini fuit polluta &amp; profanata.</hi> Quàm verò rectè nou
inquiro; sic tamen vertit &amp; accepit.</p>
               <p>Hinc apud Doctores Scholasticos tres sunt blasphemiae species: unà, cùm attribui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur
Deo quod ei non convenit; altera, cùm ab eo removetur quod ei convenit;
tertia, cùm attribuitur creaturae quod Deo appropriatur, ut in idololatria. Nam sicut
uxor adultera probro afficit maritum, ità Ecclesia idolis se prostituens, Deum; cùm
sit idololatria spirituale adulterium.</p>
               <p>Et aperuit os suum ad blasphemiam adversus Deum,<note place="margin">Vers. 6.</note> ut blasphemaret Nomen ejus, &amp;
tabernaculum ejus, &amp; eos qui in coelo habitant.</p>
               <p>Quod antea in genere de <hi>blasphemia</hi> dixerat, hîc speciatim exsequitur, triplicém<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan>
BESTIAE idololatriam distinguit. Primò enim <hi>Nomen Dei</hi> blasphemat; scilicet in
cultu imaginum, <hi>Incommunicabile Nomen lignis &amp; lapidibus imponendo,</hi> Sap. 14. 21.
vel <hi>Nomen dei,</hi> i. est personam (fas sit sic loqui;) quod tunc sit, cùm quicquam prae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter
ipsum Deum Divino honore colitur. Secundò, <hi>Tabernaculum ejus,</hi> i. humanam
Christi naturam in qua Deitas <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> habitat. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
Ioan. 1. 14. Et apud eundem, 2. 19. <hi>Solvite templum hoc, &amp; in tribus
diebus excitabo illud. Locutus est autem,</hi> inquit Evangelista, <hi>de Templo corporis sui.</hi>
Annon etiam huc spectat illud, [<hi>manufacto perfectius multò Tabernaculum?</hi>] Heb. 9.
11. Hoc, inquam Tabernaculum blasphemat BESTIA, dum Christi corpus ex pane à
Transubstantiatore sacrificulo quotidie factum credit, eóque Panem pro Christo Ta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bernaculo
Dei adorat; imò in sacrificium propitiatorium pro vivis &amp; mortuis oblatum
suspicit, quasi de integro Christum crucifigens. Etiam <hi>Coelites</hi> blasphemat, id est,
Angelos &amp; sanctos Coelicolas, dum eorum nominibus vocat quos colit Daemones
&amp; Idola. Quantum hoc in beatos Spiritus convitium est? imò in Christum etiam Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minum
ipsorum contumelia? in cujus praerogativae &amp; gloriae diminutionem, vel inviti,
mediatores &amp; interpretes apud Deum, patroni &amp; praesides mortalium Ethnico ritu
constituantur. Vide quae ex Gentilium Theologia de Daemonibus eòrumque officiis
scripsimus ad finem Tubae sextae. Neque hoc sola contenta BESTIA, insuper contu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>meliosis
&amp; ímprobis fabulis &amp; miraculis beatos Spiritus dehonestat; ut dubites, cul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tùne,
quem se iisdem exhibere videri vult, an fabularum contumeliis, peccet magìs.</p>
               <p>Hactenus de <hi>Blasphemia;</hi> sequitur de altera parte impietatis BESTIAE, quâ se <hi>Dra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>conis</hi>
illius <hi>rufi</hi> vicariam ostenderet, <hi>Persecutione Sanctorum.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Nam insuper</hi> datum est ei,<note place="margin">Vers. 7.</note> 
                  <hi>inquit,</hi> bellum facere cum Sanctis, &amp; eos vincere.</p>
               <p>Daniel sic; <hi>Faciebat bellum cum Sanctis, &amp; praevalebat eis.</hi> Cum <hi>Sanctis</hi> autem? i. e.
cum <hi>Semine</hi> quod <hi>Mulieri</hi> in Eremo obvenerat. Iam licèt tota BESTIAE dominatio
quoddam sit contra Sanctos bellum, (juxta quod initio dicebatur, <hi>abiisse Draconem ira<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum,
ut</hi> sub Bestiae hujusce larva <hi>bellum faceret cum reliquis de semine Mulieris custodienti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
mandata Dei, &amp; habentibus testimonium Iesu)</hi> tamen aliusmodi bellum hîc intelligi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur;
ut apparet v. 10. ubi de talione aliquando BESTIAE reddenda dicitur, <hi>Si quis in
captivitatem agit,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>si quis gladio occiderit, oportet eum gladio occîdi.</hi> Bellum idcirco est
quod caede &amp; sanguine geritur. Adde quòd in BESTIAE, non <hi>Ecclesiasticae,</hi> sed <hi>Secularis</hi>
descriptione adhuc versamur, in quam alterius generis bellum per se vix competat.</p>
               <p>Bellum autem isthoc non statim ab initio suo gessit BESTIA, sed postquam jam ad <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
suam pervenerat, currente seculo à Christo nato duodecimo. Prima ejus expeditio in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cubuit
in Albigenses &amp; Waldenses, &amp; si quo alio nomine tunc appellati sint veri Christi
cultores: quorum tanta strages edita fuit, ut per Galliam solam, si P. Perionius in ejus
belli historia rectè calculum inierit, occisa sint ad DECIES CENTENA HOMINUM
MILLIA. Non enim vivicomburiis tantummodo, bonorum jacturis, exiliis, ali<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>s<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan> id ge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nus
suppliciis grassatum fuit; sed, ne quid tam immani persecutioni ad justum Belli no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>men
deesset, integri exercitus adversus eos conscripti, &amp; <hi>Cauciatis</hi> illis expeditionibus,
contra Saracenos primitus institutis, jam in castae purae<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan> religionis Christianos qui BES<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>TIAM
adorare abnuerant conversis, ad annos circiter septuaginta furore &amp; immanitate
incredibile saevitum. Hujus lanienae historiae praestò sunt, ad quas Lectorem remitto. Lubet
tamen Thuani, clarissimi, sed aliarum partium, historici verba ascribere: <hi>Contra Valdenses</hi>
(inquit, Praesat. hist. sui temp.) <hi>cùm exquisita supplicia parùm proficerent, &amp; remedio quod
intempestivè adhibitum fuer at, malum exacerbaretur, numerús<expan>
                        <am>
                           <g ref="char:abque"/>
                        </am>
                        <ex>que</ex>
                     </expan> eorum indies cresceret; justi
tandem exercitus conscripti sunt, nec minoris molis bellum, quàm quod antè nostri adversus
Saracenos gesserant, contra eos decretum est; cujas is exitus fuit, ut potiùs caesi, fugati, bonis
&amp; dignitatibus ubi<expan>
                        <am>
                           <g ref="char:abque"/>
                        </am>
                        <ex>que</ex>
                     </expan> spoliati, at<expan>
                        <am>
                           <g ref="char:abque"/>
                        </am>
                        <ex>que</ex>
                     </expan> huc illuc dissipati sint, quàm erroris convicti resipuerint.
Itaque qui armis se initio lutati fuerant, postremò armis victi in Provinciam apud
nos &amp; Gallicae ditionis Alpes vicinas confugerunt, latebr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>sque vitae &amp; doctrinae
suae iis in locis repererunt: pars in Calabriam concessit, atque in ea di<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>, atque adeò usque
<pb n="504" facs="tcp:63175:305"/>
ad</hi> PII <hi>IV. Pontificatum, se continuit: pars in Germaniam transtit, atque apud Boe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mos,
in Polonia, &amp; Livonia larem fixit: alii ad Occidentem versi in Britannia perfugium
habuerunt.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>In hoc verò bello illud quoque memoratu dignum accidit, quòd ipsi Albigenses à
Simone Monfortio Crucesignatorum duce magnâ clade aliquando ad Morellum victi,
hanc de Sanctis à Bestia vincendis prophetiam in argumentum solatii &amp; constantiae
arripuisse visi sint. Nam cùm<note n="*" place="margin">Ex Epist. Praelaterum Galliae qui Crucesignato<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum castra tum secuti sunt, ad calcem Conti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nuationis Belli sacri, Edit. Ba<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sil. ann. 1560. pag. 240.</note> Episcopus Tolosanus stragi intercedens, eos qui ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>huc
residui in tentoriis fortè manserant, misso quodam Religioso, admoneret, ut
tanto quasi Dei irati &amp; contra eos pronunciantis flagello convicti, jam tandem, ferita<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>te
depositâ, ad fidem quam vocant Catholicam converterentur: illi verò, SE PO<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>PULUM
CHRISTI VICTUM retorquentes, hoc quasi clypeo, tentationis
impetum frustrati sunt, atque ad unum omnes à recurrentium militum manu interfecti
fortiter occuberunt.</p>
               <p>Post hoc in Waldenses &amp; Albigenses bellum, adversus tum alias atque alias ipso<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum,
aliisque in locis, reliquias, tum caeteros ubicunque terrarum ejusdem castae Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ligionis
socios, variis modis saevitum suit: donec tandem nihilominus post annum
1500. integra Regna, Principatus, Respublicae, Reformatis Ecclesiis, à BESTIAE
ditione in partes <hi>Sanctorum</hi> secesserint. Contra quos deinceps bellum geritur, hodié<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan>
durat, nec finietur donec BESTIA in exitium ierit.</p>
               <p>Iam si quis totam lanienae hujus seriem, annis paulò ampliùs quadragintis &amp; quin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quaginta
comprehensam, animo diligenter metiatur, numerúmque occisorum ad cal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>culos
revocet; aut fallor, aut BESTIAE persecutionem decem illas Ethnicas (cùm
<hi>Draco</hi> proprio adhuc nomine rerum potiretur) non modò aequâsse, sed &amp; superâsse, mi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rabitur.
Albigentium &amp; Waldensium caesorum numerum DECIES CENTENIS ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minum
MILLIBUS aestimatum jam antea monuimus. Exinde ad Ecclesiae Reforma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tionem,
partim flammis, partim gladio, partim aliis cruciatibus absumptorum nemo
calculum inivit, cùm tamen numerum haud exiguum fuisse notum sit. Ab origine
Iesuitarum ad annum 1480, hoc est, paulò pluribus quàm 30 annis, orthodoxorum
NONGENTA ferè MILLIA fuisse trucidata,<note place="margin">Cap. 6. n. 41.</note> notat Balduinus de Antichristo. In
Belgio solo, ídque manu solùm carnificis, saevus ille Pugil Romanae Sedis Dux Al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>banus,
ad 36 animarum millia, seu authore, intra paucos annos sublata gloriatus<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ran. Iun. &amp; T<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap> ad Bel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lar. lib. 3. de <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap>. Rom. cap. 7.</note> est. Testatur<note n="a" place="margin">D<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>una<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap> A<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap>ch. pag. 450.</note> Vergerius, qui optimè novit, Inquisitionem, ut vocant, haereticae
pravitatis, vix triginta annorum spatio, CENTUM QUINQUAGINTA Christiano<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
MILL. diversis afflictionum generibus consumpsisse. Fatetur<note n="b" place="margin">De <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap> Monarch. lib. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>. dem. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>4.</note> Sanderus, infini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tos
Lolhardos &amp; Sacramentarios in tota Europa ignibus traditos fuisse; quos tamen
ait ille non à Papa &amp; Episcopis, sed à politicis Magistratibus neci datos fuisse. Nimi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
sic juxta prophetiam rem geri oportuit: nam de <hi>Seculari</hi> BESTIA dicitur,
quòd <hi>Sanctis bellum faceret, eósque vinceret,</hi> &amp; de <hi>decem Regibus,</hi> cap. 17. eos <hi>AGNO</hi>
&amp; <hi>electis</hi> &amp; <hi>fidelibus ejus</hi> bellum illaturos; de BESTIA verò <hi>Ecclesiastica,</hi> non quidem
ipsam gladio occidere, sed <hi>facere ut quicunque Imaginem Bestiae non adoraverint, ab ipsa
Imagine gladio occidantur,</hi> ut paulò póst videbimus. Sequitur,</p>
               <p>Et data est ei potestas in omnem tribum, &amp; linguam, &amp; gentem.</p>
               <p>Quae autem haec potestas? num debellandi Sanctos? quasi ea sese extenderet quàm
latè pateat Ditio Romana: nam fortè non de dominii, sed persecutionis amplitudine
sermo est. Sin quis alterum malit, sensus erit, Tantam fore BESTIAE authoritatem
ut nulla tribus, lingua, aut gens impietati ejus refrageretur. Non autem de singu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>laribus
hic intelligi vult, (quippe quorum multi omni seculo reperti sunt qui Agno
fidem servârint) sed de integris tribubus, linguis &amp; gentibus, id est, politiis homi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>num;
quarum verissimum est nullam repertam esse, quàm non BESTIA in impieta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tis
suae obsequium flexum per multa secula detinuerat: adeò ut qui hîc illic per
BESTIAE provincias dispersi degerent veri nominis Christiani, soli per id temporis
Ecclesiam illibatam atque Virgineam constituerent; ut quae nullam professionis suae
civitatem, rempublicam, nedum principatum aut regnum (proh dolor!) habuerit.
Hîc autem animo tenendum, BESTIAE formam esse impietatem illam <hi>Draconi</hi> succen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>turiatam;
cujus utique communione plura illa, ut diximus, ditionis Romanae Regna
in unam Bestiam coalescunt. Hanc igitur qui susceperint, in potestatem BESTIAE
concedere dicuntur: quod fecerunt omnes tribus, linguae &amp; gentes.</p>
               <p>Et adorabunt eam omnes incolae terrae, quorum non sunt scripta nomina in libro vitae
Agni illius mactati ab origine mundi. 9.<note place="margin">Vers. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> Siquis habet aurem, audiat.</p>
               <p>Nè quis autem tam universali &amp; catholico in BESTIAE leges consensu facinatus
id piè rectéque fieri, sibique absque periculo, tot gentium, nationum populorúmque
exemplum sequendum esse praesumat; aut etiam persecutionis atrocitate fractus &amp;
<pb n="505" facs="tcp:63175:305"/>
debilitatus fidem Agno datam violet, ínque BESTIAE cultum concedat; Spiritus
Sanct. quo loco &amp; numero apud Deum sint qui huic monstro impietatis morigeros sese
exhibuerint, elogio planè metuendo denunciat: Eos nempe in <hi>AGNI illius occisi</hi> ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tricula
non haberi, sed regni Dei exortes aeternùm perituros.</p>
               <p>Admonitioni isti formidolosae subjungitur Apostrophe attentioni movendae; <hi>Si quis,</hi>
inquit, <hi>habet aurem, audiat:</hi> quasi dicat, Eho, pii Christicolae, advertite aures, imis<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan>
animis recondite quod de infelici adeò Bestiisequarum sorte modò profatum est; ne<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan>
enim parvi momenti res est, quinimo talis in qua cardo salutis vestrae vertitur. Ità
nempe verba ista ad superiora referri debent, non ad sequentia; pari modo quo ea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dem
in Epistolis ad Ecclesias haud semel referri perspicuum est. Vide cap. 2. ver.
ult. cap. 3. vers. 6, 13, 22.</p>
               <p>Si quis in captivitatem agit,<note place="margin">Vers. 10.</note> in captivitatem abit: Si quis gladio occiderit, oportet
eum gladio occîdi.</p>
               <p>Epiphonema consolatorium piorum, in quos BESTIA, parere sibi recusantes, bello,
carceribus, &amp; suppliciis immanissimis grassaretur: Futurum nempe aliquando ut Deus,
justus suorum vindex, tot lanienarum, tantarum crudelitatum poenas reposcat, atque
Belluae rabiosae talionem retribuat.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Atque</hi> hîc est, <hi>inquit,</hi> tolerantia &amp; fides Sanctorum.</p>
               <p>Id est, Sancti, hâc superni Numinis aequitate, rebúsque humanis ordinandis justitiâ
freti, ad ea quae passuri sint minimè conturbentur aut animis concidant, sed animosè
BESTIAE contranitentes vindictam à Deo certò &amp; cumulatè eventuram firmiter &amp;
patienter exspectent.</p>
               <p>Atque hactenus de BESTIA <hi>Seculari</hi> actum: jam ad alterius BESTIAE à se visae de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>scriptionem
progreditur Apostolus, BESTIAE nimirum <hi>Ecclesiasticae,</hi> seu mavis <hi>Pseu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dopropheticae,</hi>
quae prioris BESTIAE ejúsque blasphemiarum praefecturam gerit.</p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>DE
BESTIA ALTERA BICORNI,
sive Pseudopropheta.</head>
               <p>BESTIA <hi>Bicornis,</hi> sive <hi>Pseudopropheta,</hi> PONTIFEX est Romanus cum suo Clero;
cornua quidem habens instar AGNI, cujus se potestatis ligandi &amp; solvendi in
terris Vicarium jactat, sed loquens idololatrias &amp; Sanctorum lanienas ut <hi>Draco.</hi> Haec
enim BESTIA BESTIAE illius <hi>Decemcornupetae,</hi> Draconi à tyrannide &amp; blasphemiis
sub Christianae professionis larva succenturiatae, author suit &amp; conditor. Cujus pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>inde,
ut potestate, Hierarchae munere, fungitur, ità quoque Pontifex ipse ejusdem.
non minùs quàm Cleri sui, quocum seorsim BESTIAM <hi>Pseudopropheticam</hi> constituit)
sese Caput &amp; Monarcham gerit, septimum illud novissimúm<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan> Rei Romanae caput in
<hi>VRBE septicolli</hi> exhibens. Qui nempe <hi>signis</hi> &amp; <hi>Miraculis</hi> quae ei cum Clero suo
facere ut fingere datum est, <hi>Excommunicationis</hi> praesertim tanquam coelestis vindictae
<hi>fulmine,</hi> eò sensim Reges ex dissipato Caesarum Imperio nuper in Orbe Romano na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tos
induxit, ut sibi, cassae<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan> jam alioquin imperio Romae, colla unanimiter submit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tentes,
pristini jámque demoliti Imperii Ethnici IMAGINEM induerent. Id quod
ei tam commodè processit, ut non tantùm BESTIA illa Romana capite Caesareo sau<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ciata
in IMAGINE ista planè revixerit, sed &amp; IMAGO ipsa ad PSEUDOPRO<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>PHETAE
nutum in quoscunque formae suae reclamantes incidisset, gladio seculari ani<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>madverteret,
perinde ut PSEUDOPROPHETA spirituali.</p>
               <p>Et vidi, <hi>inquit,</hi> aliam Bestiam ascendentem de terra,<note place="margin">Vers. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> &amp; habebat duo cornua similia
Agni, sed loquebatur ut Draco.</p>
               <p>Vidit aliam Bestiam, <hi>Pseudopropheticam</hi> nempe, seu <hi>Pseudoecclesiasticam,</hi> quam con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stituit,
ut diximus, PONTIFEX Romanus cum suo Clero. PONTIFEX
enim per se &amp; solus, ut <hi>Pseudopropheta</hi> dici possit, <hi>Bestiam</hi> tamen non efficit, nisi
adscito suo Clero; cùm <hi>Bestia</hi> coetum hominum quodam membrorum ordine
instar animalis gaudentem denotet, non singularem hominem. Vidit autem <hi>ascen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dentem
de terra:</hi> id est, non, ut prior illa, ex <hi>mari</hi> seu Orbis ditionibus, nobiliori
<pb n="506" facs="tcp:63175:306"/>
scilicet origine, prognatam; sed ex ima rerum conditione editam: vel potiùs, non
exercituum populorúmve bello decertantium confluge, ut SECULARIS illa, geni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tam;
sed tacitè &amp; sine strepitu, instar herbarum &amp; stirpium de <hi>terra</hi> nascentium, suc<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crescentem.
<hi>Mare</hi> enim, ut quamvis populorum in unam ditionem conslugem, ità
in bello exerci<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>um significat. <hi>Et habebat duo cornua similia AGNI:</hi>] id est, potesta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tem
illam bipartitam ligandi &amp; solvendi, Petro caeterisque Apostolis à Christo dele<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gatam,
atque eatenus quidem ipsius AGNI similem, quatenus dixit, <hi>Sicut me misit
Pater, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap> &amp; ego mitto vos.</hi> Hanc quidem potestatem BESTIA prae se fert, séque in ea
Christi vicariam agere: <hi>sed loquitur ut Draco, Draco</hi> verò <hi>rufus,</hi> quem Michael paulò
antè deturbaverat atque Imperio Romano exuerat; dum quidem, ut ille, Deastro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>m
&amp; idolorum cultui authoritate &amp; decretis suis patrocinatur, paríque modo
veros &amp; castos <hi>AGNI illius mactati</hi> cultores persecutionibus &amp; lanienis extermi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nari
facit.</p>
               <p>Nam potestatem prioris Bestiae omnem exsequitur in conspectu ejus.<note place="margin">Vers. 12.</note>
               </p>
               <p>Potestatem <hi>Draconis</hi> fiduciariam illam priori BESTIAE concreditam, ínque idolo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>latrico
cultu sitam, exsequitur BESTIA <hi>Bicornis,</hi> tanquam Hierarcha, cujus est ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eundis
sacris praeesse. <hi>In conspectu autem Bestiae</hi> idem est ac apud ipsum sive in gratiam
ejus; quasi dicat, BESTIA ha<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>c <hi>Bicornis</hi> BESTIAE <hi>Decemcornupetae</hi> à sacris est, ut
mirum videri non debeat si loquatur ut <hi>Draco.</hi> Ità enim Hebraeorum <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> cui <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
respondet, nonnunquam aequipollet dativo personae cui aliquid acquiritur vel in cujus
gratiam sit; ut pro eo quod 1 Sam. 2. 18. dicitur, <hi>Erat Samuel</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
est cap. 3. 1. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. Speciatim verò PONTIFEX Romanus hu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jus
BESTIAE caput, illius quoque BESTIAE supremum regimen exercet.</p>
               <p>Adhaec facit ut terra &amp; haebitantes in ea adorent Bestiam primam, cujus plaga mor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tisera
curata est.</p>
               <p>Id est, quicquid omnino est BESTIA illa prior, quicquid obsequii à gentibus im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pietati
ejus delatum est, id omne Hierarchae huic tanquam parenti acceptum refert:
cujus nimirum operâ effectum sit ut terra &amp; incolae ejus adorarent BESTIAM illam
<hi>primam,</hi> quae plagâ mortiferâ sanatâ è Mari emerserat. Id qua ratione, quibus mediis
machinísve effectum dedit, id particulatim <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> exponit.</p>
               <p>Etenim,<note place="margin">Vers. 13.</note> 
                  <hi>inquit,</hi> facit signa magna, adeò ut etiam ignem faciat è coelo descendere in
terram in conspectu hominum.</p>
               <p>Et seducit incolas terrae propter signa quae datum ei facere in conspectu Bestiae,<note place="margin">Vers. 14.</note> dicens
incolis terrae ut faciant Imaginem Bestiae quae gladio vulnerata fuit: Et re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vixit.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Etenim facit,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Van</hi> 
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>nim Hebraeorum &amp; indè <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> in Scriptura Conjunctio
est non tantùm <hi>copulativa,</hi> sed &amp; <hi>disjunctiva, rationalis, causalis, ordinativa, expla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nativa,</hi>
prout sensùs ratio exigit: id quod semel monuisse sufficiat. Iam ad rem.
BESTIA <hi>Pseudoprophetica</hi> seu <hi>Pontisicia</hi> author gentibus BESTIAE illius <hi>Decemcornu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>petae</hi>
quâ <hi>Draconis</hi> potestas revixit constituendae. Signis enim &amp; miraculis iisdem
persuasit, ut secum in <hi>Imaginem</hi> Bestiae sexto capite mactatae fabricandam consenti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rent.
Quâ demum ad nutum ejus efformatâ, Plaga illa statu <hi>Draconis</hi> accepta,
novâ idololatriâ &amp; tyrannide ad priorum similitudinem introductis, curari, <hi>Bestiáque
Draconicola</hi> renovari visa est: nam <hi>BESTIA Romana capitis novissimi est</hi> IMAGO
Bestiae sexto capite mactatae. <hi>Dixit,</hi> inquit, <hi>incolis terrae, ut facerent Imaginem Bestiae
quae habebat plagam gladii;</hi> id est, imaginem ejus eâ quâ fuit conditione cùm accipie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bat
plagam. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, id est, atque ità demum BESTIA revixit seu redintegrata fuit.
Verba enim ista non pertinent ad descriptionem Bestiae cujus erat imago exprimenda,
quasi verba loquentis Pseudoprophetae; sed sunt Angeli eventum consilii istius re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferentis
sive subjicientis, nempe sie Bestiam illam caesam revixisse. Estque acsi plenè
diecretur hoc modo; <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>Dicens incolis terrae ut faciant
Imaginem Bestiae quae habebat plagam gladii; [illi verò fecerunt ità] &amp; revixit.</hi> Ut 2
Reg. 20. 7. <hi>Dixit Isaias, Tollite massam ficuum. Et tulerunt, &amp; posucrunt super ulcus:</hi>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Et convaluit,</hi> scilicet Ezechias vel ulcus.</p>
               <p>Nimirum hoc illud est quod in <hi>BESTIAE illius Secularis</hi> descriptione dicebatur, <hi>tra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>didisse
ei Draconem copias suas &amp; potestatem magnam,</hi> eó<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan> plagam illius lethalem con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>valuisse;
id est, impressisse Draconem cultûs &amp; potestatis suae formam Bestiae religionis
alienae, dum Angelos suos seu Daemones non quidem, ut olim, iis titulis quibus se Christi
Domini nostri hostes profitebantur, sed sub tegmine religionis Christianae, Sanctorum &amp;
Angelorum bonorum, imò &amp; Christi ipsius (vah blasphemiam!) nominibus supposuit
colendos. Nam <hi>Idola</hi> qui colit, quocun<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan> nomine vocet, colit <hi>Daemonia.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="507" facs="tcp:63175:306"/>Imò, nè quid ad plenam <hi>Bestiae caesae,</hi> id est, <hi>Draconis,</hi> imaginem deesset; quod Im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>peratores
<hi>Draconicolae</hi> quidam secerant, ipse quoque PONTIFEX sibi deferri curavit,
honores scilicet divinos &amp; authoritatem Deo peculiarem: adeò ut <hi>in Templo Dei tan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quam
Deus sedeat, prae se ferens se esse Deum,</hi> ut Paulus inquit. Quod etsi Ioannes,
seu Angelusipsi BESTIAE historiam pandens, hîc speciatim nonattingit; tamen ge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nerali
<hi>Imaginis</hi> nomine, tanquam similitudinis istius partem quâ <hi>Bestia caesa</hi> refertut,
comprehensam voluit.</p>
               <p>Atque hactenus de <hi>Imagine</hi> fabricanda; jam de <hi>Signis</hi> ad suasionem ejus adhibitis.
<hi>Facit,</hi> inquit, <hi>Signa magna, adeò ut etiam ignem faciat è coelo descendere in terram.</hi>
Haud invitus hìc irem in sententiam Graseri, si modò illa ex Hebraeorum scriptis con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>firmari
posset, hoc de <hi>Ignis deductione de coelo</hi> hyperbole proverbiali dictum esse, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
ejus quod praecessit: acsi dictum esset, Facit signa magna, imò talia ac tanta, u<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> vel
ab ipsius Eliae miraculis quibus veri Dei cultum asseruit haud longè abesse videan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur.
<hi>Iudaei enim vulgò,</hi> inquit Graserus, <hi>isti Eliae miraculo tantum tribuunt, ut prover<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bialiter
illud de omnibus siupendis factis, in quibus nempe Dei dignitas elucet, usur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pent.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Sed cui hoc non placuerit, is lectionem Complutensem, aliis quoque exemplaribus
testatam, sequatur, [<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>facit signa
magna &amp; ut ignis è coelo descendat in terram</hi>] atque adeò, tanquam eorum quae dein<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceps
fusiùs exponuntur summa hisce verbis proponeretur, de duplici mediorum genere
interpretatum eat quibus PSEUDOPROPHETA usurus esset ut Orbis Christiani in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>colas
induceret ad <hi>Imaginem</hi> BESTIAE sexto suo capite <hi>caesae</hi> refingendam; <hi>Miracule<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum</hi>
scilicet <hi>apparatu,</hi> &amp; <hi>Excommunicationis fulmine:</hi> quorum altero gentium animos in
errorem pelliceret; altero, immorigerorum contumaciam &amp; superbiam frangeret.
Etenim de horum utrisque quorsúmque spectarent, in sequentibus ordine agi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ur. De
<hi>Signis</hi> quidem verbis istis, <hi>Et seducit incolas terrae persigna quae datum est eifacere, dicens
incolis terrae ut faciant IMAGINEM Bestiae quae gladio vulnerata fuit,</hi> &amp; quae sequuntur
ad v. 16. De <hi>Excommunicatione</hi> verò istis, <hi>Facit ut emnes accipiant characterem in
manu dextra aut in frontibus suis, &amp; ut nè quis possit emere aut vendere, nisi qui habucrit
characterem aut nomen BESTIAE, aut numerum nominis ejus.</hi> Locutio Syn edocaica,
quâ, ex interdicto aliorum commercio, <hi>Anathematis Ecclesiastici centura</hi> innuitur.
Nec ea sanè inconcinnè <hi>igni coelesti</hi> seu <hi>fulmini</hi> assimilatur. Quid enim est, obseceo,
in Dei nomine aeterno illi igni quempiam addicere, quàm ignem coelo devocare? p<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sertim
cùm impiorum illa à Deo profectura poena <hi>lacu ignis &amp; sulphuris,</hi> seu Aspha<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>i<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>te,
ubi Sodoma &amp; Gomorrha igne coelitus depluto conflagârunt, semel iterúmque in
hoc libro figuretur. Imò conflagrationem istam docet Apostolus Petrus, 2 Ep. 2. 6.
<hi>constituisse Deum</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, id est, per ellipsim prioris substantivi in
Hebraismo usi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>atam, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>exemplar poenae eorum qui
impiè victuri sunt:</hi> Et Iudas hìc Petri mentem clariùs efferens, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
id est, <hi>ignis aeterni similitudinem</hi> seu <hi>typum sustinere,</hi> seu <hi>ignis aeterni poenam exhi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bere.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Iud. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>.</note>
I<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>à enim, vel in sensum aliquem similem, Iudae verba interpretanda esse, utri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>usque
Apostoli verborum invicem collatio &amp; rei ipsius ingenium attento Lectori per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>suadebunt.</p>
               <p>Quâ occasione &amp; illud quoque addere mihi liceat, Propterea memorabile admo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dum
fuisse, &amp; triste Iudaeis jam à Deo rejectis omen, quod in ipso initio fatalis istius
Belli iis accidisse narret Iosephus,<note place="margin">De bello Iud. lib. 5. cap. 3. se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cundum Rusini distinctionem.</note> clade ad trajectum Iordanis è regione Ierichuntis
acceptâ: Nempe cùm alii ab hoste in flumen projicerentur, alii vim eorum non susti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nentes
sponte eò desilirent, Lacum ASPHALTITEM pronoflumine devolutis cada<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>veribus
oppletum fuisse: quo casu, inquit, plaga, licèt per se gravissima, Iudaeis ta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>men
seipsâ major visa fuit.</p>
               <p>Sed eventum Vaticinii quod attinet; De <hi>Signis</hi> quidem res notissima est, univer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sam
quae in Bestiae regno jamà duodecim plùs minùs seculis obtinuit idololatriam, tum
primogenitam illam in Sanctorum demortuorum, reliquiarum &amp; Angelorum cultu si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tam,
tum proximum natu cultum imaginum, denique novissimam illam Dei panacei
blasphemiam, denso <hi>Signorum</hi> agmine, curationibus putà &amp; visionibus miraculosis,
coercitionibus specie tenus daemonum, aliísque non unius generis mirandis effectibus,
infelicibus Christianis primò quasi commendatam, deinde persuasam &amp; confirmatam
esse. Quae quidem omnia <hi>BESTIA Bicornis,</hi> seu <hi>PONTIFEX Romanus cum satellitio
seu Pseudoprophetico,</hi> fecisse dicitur; quatenus vel ipsi confinxerunt, vel ab aliis confi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cta
authoritate suà approbârunt, vel quae malorum daemonum reverâ operationes &amp;
praestigiae fuerint,<note place="margin">2 Th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>s. 2<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> 10.</note> pro veris &amp; Divinis miraculis Orbi Christiano seducendo obtruse<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>runt.
Scilicet hoc illud ipsum est quod Apostolus Paulus ad Thessalonicenses praedix<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>it,
<pb n="508" facs="tcp:63175:307"/>
                  <hi>Adventum hominis peccatifore secundùm efficaciam Satanae, cum omni potentia &amp; sig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nis
ac prodigiis mendacibus, &amp; cum omni seductione injustitiae.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Fulminis</hi> verò seu Anathematis Pontificii exempla, quo ille suam in decernendo ju<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bendóque
authoritatem vindicavit, ea quidem adeò cuivis sunt obvia, ut meo ex An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nalibus
Ecclesiae huc convehendi labori omnino parci possit. Unum commemorare
lubitum est admodum insigne, &amp; quod <hi>Imaginem,</hi> de qua fabricanda agitur, tam pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pè
attingat, ut vel solum ad Prophetiae hujus veritatem astruendam possit sufficere.</p>
               <p>Nempe in controversia illa Iconomachica apud Graecos anno circiter 720 exorta,
atque per annos 120 ingenti fervore &amp; idololatrarum persecutione agitata, dici vix
potest in quantum discrimen <hi>Imago</hi> illa Draconis caesi, tune adhuc rudis &amp; imperfecta,
nec ultimam artificis manum consecuta, adducta fuerit. Nec enim in illa controversia,
ut vulgò creditur, <hi>Imaginum</hi> solarum cultus,<note place="margin">Ejus enim à li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bro 17 est hi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>storia M<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>scella dicta, quae ab Anastasio Bi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>blioth, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> Grae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>o, versa, fa<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap> Pauli Diaconi nomine cir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cumfertur, H<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>ruit sub Ni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>c<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>p. &amp; Leone Armeno. Vide Baron. Ann. 719. 20. &amp;<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> 813. 8. 9. 10.</note> sed &amp; <hi>Sanctorum</hi> demortuorum &amp; <hi>Reli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quiarum</hi>
strennè oppugnabatur. <hi>Leo Isauricus</hi> (inquit Theophanes hist. Miscel. lib.
21. cap. 23.) <hi>non solùm circa venerabilium affectivam imaginum adorationem errabat
impiis [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>] sed &amp; circa intercessiones castissimae Dei
genitricis omniúmque Sanctorum, quorum &amp; reliquias scelestissimus, ut magistri ejus Ara<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bes,</hi>
(id est, Muhammedani) <hi>abominabatur.</hi> Idem de <hi>Constantino,</hi> quem per contu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>meliam
Idolorum patroni <hi>Copronymum</hi> vocârunt, ibid. cap. ult. <hi>Hic,</hi> inquit, <hi>pernici<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>osissimus
&amp; agrestis, ferus,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>primò quidem à Deo &amp; intemerata Matre ipsius ac omni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
Sanctis abscedit.</hi> Ità pium Imperatorem blasphemat Graeculus Idololatra. Iterum
lib. 22. c. 42. <hi>Vbique intercessiones sanctae Virginis &amp; Dei genitricis ac omnium San<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctorum,
in scriptis, ut inutiles, ac sine scriptorepellebat, per quas nobis emanat omne suf<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fragium,
sanctas eorum reliquias ejiciens &amp; invisas reddens: sicubíque insignis cujusquam
audiebatur ad animarum sanitatem &amp; corporum rejacere, vel, sicut moris est, à piè agen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tibus
honorari, mox ergò mortem adversus hujusmodi tanquam impiè agentes minabatur;
sin autem, proscriptiones, exilia, tormenta: Deo autem gratissimum lipsanum, utpote
quidam the saurus possessoribus habitus, auferebatur, invisum de caetero efficiendum.</hi> Vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deat
quoque Lector cap 54. Idem cap. 48. <hi>Sicubi quisquam corruens vel dolens solitam
Christianorum vocem emitteret, dicens, DEI GENITRIX IVVA, aut vigilias agens de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>prehenderetur,</hi>
&amp;c.—<hi>ut inimicus Imperatoris damnabatur, &amp; IMMEMORABILIS
nominabatur.</hi> Imò adhuc sub Theophilo, quinque Imperatorum Iconomachorum ul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>timo,
Sanctorum cultum oppugnatum apparet ex Hymno illo Theodori, quo Ecclesia
Constantinopolitana victricis tandem Idololatriae memoriam quotannis (proh scelus &amp;
dolor!) recolere solebat.<note place="margin">Apud Baron. anno 842. 28.</note> Ihi namque Ode 8. habetur, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.
id est, <hi>Sacras Sanctorum reliquias, &amp; ipsorum imagines, Lezius
ille ferus unà cum Ioanne</hi> (hic fuit Patriarcha Constantinopolitanus sub Theophilo)
<hi>nullo pacto venerandas impiè asserebant, pietatis desertores.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Quid igitur hîc <hi>PONTIFEX Romanus?</hi> Succurrit <hi>IMAGINI Bestianae.</hi> immane
quantum de fractione periclitanti: &amp; cùm literis &amp; minis nihil proficeret, ad <hi>fulmineas
artes</hi> se convertit. <hi>Leonem Isaurum</hi> Iconomachorum antesignanum anathemate percu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tit,
subditos in Italia ab obedientiae juramento absolvit, Exarchatu Ravennate &amp; reli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quâ
eò loci ditione, quantum quidem in ipso erat, privavit. Quo facto, ut Idolola<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tricae
in Oriente factioni animos addidit, ità Reges Occidentis tempestivè absterruit nè
quid simile conarentur. Eodem fulmine Albigenses, eorúmque defensores, recepto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>res
afflandos sanxit &amp; verò afflavit Synodus Lateranensis 280 Episcoporum sub Alex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>andro
III. Idem quoque fulmen Concilium Laterauense magnum sub Innocentio de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vocandum
cernit <hi>in Dominos temporales, qui requisiti &amp; moniti ab Ecclesia terras suas ab
iisdem purgare neglexerint;</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Tom. 4. Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cil. Edit. Rom. an. 1612. pag. 44. 45.</note> nempe, ut <hi>per Metropolitanos &amp; caeteros comprovinciales
Episcopos Excommunicationis vinculo innodentur; &amp;, si satisfacere contempserint, per
Pontificem Rom: vasalli eorum à fidelitate sua denuncientur absoluti, &amp; terrae eoram expo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nantur
Catholicis occupandae.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Datúmque est ei dare spiritum Imagini Bestiae,<note place="margin">Vers. 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> ut &amp; loquatur Imago Bestiae &amp; faciat
ut quicunque non adoraverint Imaginem Bestiae occidantur.</p>
               <p>Nivitali facultate praedita fuisset IMAGO, non ejus effictione Bestia caesa revix<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>isset.
Neque enim Bestia draconicola, quam referre debuit, Bestia iners fuit; sed
quae strenuè admodum sese movere, &amp; in quosvis genio suo contrarios impetum face<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>re
solebat. Ejusmodi igitur imaginem eam esse oportuit in qua denuo revivisceret
Proinde PSEUDOPROPHETAE datum dicitur, non solùm ut populum Christianum
ad <hi>Imaginem</hi> ipsius in Bestia vicis novissimae fabricandam pelliceret; sed ut ipse vitam
eidem largiretur, quâ &amp; edictis pari modi juberet quae ad dignitatem suam tuendam
opus essent, tum in inobsequentes &amp; constitutioni ipsius religiosae subesse detrectantes,
<pb n="509" facs="tcp:63175:307"/>
gladio, seu nece seculari, animadverteret. Et sanè totam illam potestatem quam ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bet
IMAGO, seu <hi>Bestia Secularis idololatrica,</hi> in Sanctos saeviendi, eam non nisià <hi>BE<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>STIA
Pseudoprophetica</hi> sibi traditam exercet. Ità enim res geritur, ut quos <hi>BESTIA
Pseudoprophetica</hi> haereseos (ut vocant) seu <hi>Imaginis</hi> violatae condemnaverit, eos de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mum
BESTIAE <hi>Seculari</hi> potestatem facit occidendi: cujusmodi scilicet à sese nullam
habet, nisi ab Ecclesiastico judicio pendentem. Atque haec est illa quam vocant <hi>Tra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ditionem
potestati seculari</hi> in historiis carnificinae Bestianae nullibi non obviam. BE<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>STIA
scilicet <hi>Pseudoprophetica,</hi> ut quidem videri vult, nonoccîdit ipsa, sed tamen sen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tentiâ
suâ damnatos <hi>Seculari</hi> tanquam Carnifici tradit occidendos.</p>
               <p>Et facit ut omnes, parvi &amp; magni,<note place="margin">Vers. 16.</note> divites &amp; pauperes, liberi &amp; servi <hi>(id est, cu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>juscunque
sint ordinis, statûs &amp; conditionis)</hi> accipiant characterem in manu sua
dextra aut in frontibus suis: Etnè quis possit emere aut vendere,<note place="margin">Vers. 17.</note> nisi qui habeat cha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>racterem
aut nomen Bestiae, aut numerum nominis ejus.</p>
               <p>Quid sibi velit <hi>emendi &amp; vendendi</hi> interdictum (ut <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> incip<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>am) jam antè
ostendi; nempe <hi>Papalem Excommunicationem</hi> notari, in quam qui incidunt,<note place="margin">Tom. 4. Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cil. Ed<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>. Rom. pag. 37.</note> reliquo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
civium consuetudine &amp; commercio arcentur. Ità Canon iste Concilii Lateranen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sis
sub Alexandro, cujus paulò antè mentio facta, contra Waldenses &amp; Albigenses edi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tus,
sub anathemate prohibet signanter, <hi>Nè quis eos in domo vel in terra suatenere vel
fovere, vel</hi> NEGOTIATIONEM <hi>cum iis exercere praesumat.</hi> Et Synodus Turonensis in
Gallia sub eodem simili interminatione prohibet, <hi>Nè ubi cogniti fuerint illius</hi> (ut vo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cant)
<hi>haere seos sectatores, receptaculum quisquam eis in terra sua praebere aut praesidium
impertiri praesumat; sed nec in VENDITIONE &amp; EMPTIONE aliqua cum iis commu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nio
habeatur.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Apud Rev. Ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>machau. de suc<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cesione Eccle<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>siae, pag. 23<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> Et quid? nonne hîc quoque loquitur PSEUDOPROPHETA <hi>ut
Draco?</hi> Draco enim Diocletianus simile edictum edidit, Nè quis quidquam Christia<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nis
venderet aut subministraret, nisi priùs thura Diis adolevissent: de quo in Hymno
Iustini martyris ità canit Beda;
<q>
                     <l>Non illis emendi quidquam</l>
                     <l>Aut vendendi copia:</l>
                     <l>Nec ipsam haurire aquam</l>
                     <l>Dabatur licentia,</l>
                     <l>Antequam thurificarent</l>
                     <l>Detestandis idolis.</l>
                  </q>
               </p>
               <p>Hanc autem locutionem Synecdochicam propterea fortasse Spiritus S. adhibuit, ut
innueret, anathema illud Papale, licèt sese abscissione ab interna &amp; invisibili Christi
communione venditet, reverâ tamen ultrà vim non habere quàm ut ab externo &amp; visi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bili
aliorum civium commercio excludat.</p>
               <p>Iam quod de <hi>Charactere</hi> dicitur; <hi>Character Bestiae</hi> non est propriè nisi <hi>Nominis;</hi> ideo
dicitur <hi>Character</hi> seu <hi>Nomen Bestiae,</hi> &amp; capite sequente <hi>Character Nominis ejus.</hi> Nempe
allusum est ad morem veterem, quo Servi Dominorum, milites Imperatoris sui nomi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nibus
(atque illi quidem praecipuè in fronte, isti in manibus) inscribi solebant. Ita<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
pari ratione AGNI quoque Satellitium capite sequenti, quod satellitio BESTIAE
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Agni &amp; Patris nominibus in fronte scribuntur;</hi> eodem utrobique typi sensu,
ad indicandum cujus Domini sit, cuíque militet uterque Coetus; illos <hi>Bestiae &amp; Ima<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ginis
ejus,</hi> hosce <hi>Christi &amp; Patris ejus</hi> sese servos profiteri.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Numerum</hi> quod attinet, is <hi>Nominis</hi> seu <hi>Characteris Bestiae</hi> appendix potiùs censendus
est quàm Character; &amp; quidem reverâ non tam Nominis Bestiae, quàm Bestiae ipsius
Numerus est; quomodo etiam statim vocatur. <hi>Numerus</hi> autem <hi>Nominis</hi> ideo tantùm
dicitur, quòd <hi>Nominis Bestiae</hi> literis in numeros relatis, Deo ità disponente, continea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur.
Neque tamen sequitur, quia cum <hi>Nomine Numerus</hi> tan intimè cohaereat, ideo
<hi>Numerum Bestiae</hi> cum <hi>Nomine</hi> confundendum esse: Exigit enim <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> ratio, ut,
quemadmodum in Agni Coetu Character Nominis à Coetûs Numero distinguitur, ità
quoque in Coetu Bestiano fiat. Adde quòd diversae omnino rei sunt, significationis,
inquam, <hi>Character Nominis</hi> atque <hi>Numerus,</hi> si ad aliorum locorum analogiam interpre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tationem
dirigamus. Alter enim, <hi>Character Nominis,</hi> cui Domino sese addixerint qui
gestant; alter, putà <hi>Numerus,</hi> quâ prosapiâ undéque genus suum deducant qui eodem
insigniuntur, ostendit: ut numerus <hi>duodenarius,</hi> exque <hi>duodenario</hi> multiplicando sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctus,
tam in <hi>Coetu Virgineo</hi> quàm in structura &amp; dimensionibus <hi>Novae Hierusalem</hi> emicans,
Apostolici generis atque indolis symbolum est.</p>
               <p>Sed nè diutiùs in generalibus istis immoremur: videamus tandem quodnam sit illud
Bestiae NOMEN, quo <hi>Numerus</hi> quoque ejusdem à Spiritu S. notatus contincatur.
<pb n="510" facs="tcp:63175:308"/>
Est verò, quod jam tum cùm Apocalypsis adhuc recèns scripta esset nonnulli suspicati
sunt, decantatum illud <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. Hoc enim nomine, post imperii divisio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nem
&amp; decem Reges in provinciis ejus exortos, neque priùs, <hi>Pseudopropheta Roma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nus,</hi>
cum reliquis Occidentis incolis, discriminis ergô appellatus est; ídque ab illis ip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sis,
quibus Apocalypsis scripta est, septem Asiae Ecclesiis. Namque Graeci &amp; reliqui
Orientales, penes quos in dilaceratione illa Imperii nomen mansera<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>, seipsos solos <hi>Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>manos</hi>
dici voluere; nos, cum Pontifice nostro &amp; sub eo Episcopis, Regibus, Dyna<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stis,
fatali quodam instinctu LATINOS dixere. Atque hoc ipsum Nomen, literis
suis Graecorum &amp; Hebraeorum more subductis, numerum conficit à Spiritu S. notatum,
numerum autem mysticum; quo indicatur cujus prosapiae sit BESTIA, quámque falsò
sese chori Apostolici successorem venditet, cùm fit reverâ Draconis.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Numerus enim NOMINIS Bestiae</hi> est 666. Quem si ex <hi>duodenario,</hi> Apostolici ge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neris
Symbolo, deducere <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>atagas, frustrà laborabis; nunquam enim indè, quomodo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cunque
multiplicaveris, 666 efficies: At verò è <hi>Senario,</hi> qui DRACONIS illius <hi>ru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fi,</hi>
putà <hi>BESTIAE sexti capitis,</hi> numerus est, facillimè; cùm ex <hi>Senariis</hi> totus, quan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tus
quantus est, conflatus <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>it, monadum, decadum, hecatontadum; quasi <hi>Draconis</hi> il<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lius
sperma totum BESTIAE hujus <hi>novissimae</hi> corpus omnésque artus ejus perva<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fisset.</p>
               <p>Hîc est sapientia <hi>(inquit Spiritus.)</hi> Qui intelligentiam habet,<note place="margin">Vers. 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note> computet Numerum
Bestiae: numerus enim hominis est; &amp; Numerus ejus 666.</p>
               <p>Quem quidem omnino ad eum quem dixi modum computari debere, videor mihi
colligere ex Coetûs <hi>Virginei</hi> analogia, cujus Numerus 144, contrà quàm <hi>Bestiae,</hi> totus
Apostolicus est, ex <hi>duodenario</hi> in seipsum multiplicato genitus. Contrariorum autem
contraria est ratio. Atque ibi quidem utrumque, tam <hi>Nomen inscriptum</hi> quàm inscrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ti
Coetûs <hi>numerum,</hi> Spiritus Sanctus expressit; hîc verò <hi>Nomen</hi> ex <hi>Numero</hi> conjicien<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dum
reliquit.</p>
               <p>Est igitur, ut rem in pauca conferam, <hi>Nominis BESTIAE characterem accipere,</hi> ejus
potestati se addicere, &amp; Dominium confiteri; <hi>Numerum</hi> verò, impietatem ejus, <hi>Dra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>conis</hi>
traducem, idololatriam nempe LATINAM, amplecti. Unde illud fortè consi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deratione
non indignum erit; Licèt nemo potest <hi>Nominis Bestiani</hi> characterem accipe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>re,
seu ejus potestati subditus esse, quin simul quoque <hi>Numerum</hi> ejus accipere, hoc est,
impietati communicare, necesse habuerit: posse tamen fieri ut quis <hi>Numerum</hi> seu impi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>etatem
<hi>Bestiae</hi> admittat, <hi>Characterem</hi> verò seu <hi>Nomen</hi> respuat. Id quod in Graecos jam<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>diu
competit, qui utut eandem impietatis formam <hi>Draconis</hi> traducem seu idololatriam
<hi>Latinam</hi> amplectantur, eámque primitus PONTIFICIS <hi>Latini,</hi> IMAGINEM <hi>Draco<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nis
caesi</hi> illic quoque erigi adlaborantis, auspiciis in Concilio isto altero Niceno apud se
confirmatam; <hi>Pontifici</hi> tamen <hi>Latino</hi> subesse, seu <hi>Nomen</hi> ejus ut olim (antequam schis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mate
facto secesserint) gestare, jam à septingentis annis recusant.</p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>DE
COETU VIRGINEO CXLIIII M
Signatorum Agni.</head>
               <p>COETVS <hi>V<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>gineus</hi> AGNI <hi>Sionei</hi> satellitium,<note place="margin">Ad Cap. 14.</note> idémque selectum illud Is<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>raelis
ex Gentibus surrogati Agmen, de quo ad initium SIGILLI septimi,
(geminâ namque Visione,<note place="margin">Comment. in cap. 7.</note> ut ibi monuimus, Prophetiae SIGILLORUM
cum <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> connectendae causâ, describitur) significat Ec<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>clesiam,
in medio illo Christiani nominis Orbe Bestiam a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>ectantium, AG<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>NO
fidelem, súbque BABYLONE <hi>Virginem:</hi> germanam illam nec degenerem duo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>decim
Apostolorum Apostolicè multiplicatam progeniem; solam utique, ad exem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plum
Chori coelestis, AGNUM PATREM que cantu Evangelico castè ritéque cele<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brare
edoctam; quod nemo Bestianorum malo suo fato addiscere potuit: Adhuc po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pulum
non uni alicui, ut Bestiani, sedi addictum, sed AGNUM comitantem quó<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cunque
gentium ierit: Bestiae cultores denique, de cultûs Evangelici praescripto,
Deique in Idololatras patefacta severitate saepius &amp; acriter commonefacientem; tan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>démque
<pb n="511" facs="tcp:63175:308"/>
omnibus, ni in aeternum perire velint, ut ab ejus commercio<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> quantocyùs se sub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ducerent,
denunciantem. Haec Visionis summa est. Iam textum ad ejus normam
elucidemus.</p>
               <p>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Vers. 1.</note> Et vidi, &amp; ecce <hi>AGNVS</hi> stabat supra montem Sion, &amp; cum eo centum quadraginta quatner millia.</p>
               <p>Ex numero 144 seu duodecies duodecim millium apparet, eundem hîc Coetum de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>scribi
qui ad septimi Sigilli ingressum signabatur; nimirum legitimam illam nec de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>generem
Apostolorum sobolem,<note place="margin">Comment in cap. 7.</note> numerum hunc duodenarium tanquam generis sui in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>signe gerentem. Recolat Lector quae illic notavimus.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Mons Sion</hi> autem solium fuit Regni Davidici, idémque <hi>Civitas Davidis</hi> dicta, quòd
eum ille Iebusaeis ereptum extus moenibus novis, intus arce regiâ, vicis, plateisque
construxerat. Ergò hîc parabolicè adhibitus, illum terrarum locum designabit quem
Christus, debellato DRACONE, Regni seu Ecclesiae suae domicilium fecerat, id est,
Christiani nominis Orbem. In hoc Orbe Ecclesia Virginea mansionem habet, inibí<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
AGNO fidem &amp; pudicitiam illibatam etiamnum servat, quum omnia stupris ac cae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dibus
Bestia contaminâsse, pessundedisse, nibilque integrum aut intactum reliquisse vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deretur.</p>
               <p>Habentes nomen Agni, &amp; nomen Patris ejus scriptum in frontibus suis.</p>
               <p>Malè è quibusdam exemplaribus excidit illud <hi>nomen Agni,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Legit &amp; Cy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>anus lib. 2. Te<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>e<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>s. Iudae<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>a. 22. <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, &amp;c.<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note> quod agnoscunt Vulgata,
Primasius, Andreas, Aretas, Editio Compl<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>tensis, Syrus Interpres; ut cam veram
lectionem esse non sit dubitandum: quin ut <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ità legatur rem ipsam postulare, in pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gressu
interpretationis clarè patebit. Alluditur enim (ut in Bestiae quoque historia
notavimus) ad ritum priscum, quo tam Servi Dominorum, quàm Milites Imperatoris
sui nomine aut stigmate olim inscripti cernebantur; atque servi quidem praecipuè in
frontibus (teste Rhodigino lib. 5. 33.) milites verò in manibus. Vegetius lib. 2. 5.
<hi>Victuris in cute punctis milites scripti, &amp; matriculis inserti jurare solent.</hi> AEtius autem
l. 8. 12. <hi>Stigmata vocant quae in facie aut alia parte corporis in s<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ribuntur, qualia sunt
MILITVM in manibus.</hi> De militum verò inscripti one pleniùs nos instruet Lipsius,
lib. 1. de Milit. Rom. dialog. 9. <hi>Sub principibus,</hi> inquit, <hi>tirones jam captos compunge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bant,
&amp; in cute signabant</hi> [Romani.] <hi>Vera haec stigmata erant &amp; manibus militum im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pressa.
Erant inscripti nomine Imperatoris: hinc Augustinus regium characterem vocat,
&amp; Chrysostomus <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. Petitum hoc vel ab eo, quòd olim nomen Imperatoris in se<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tis,
hastis, vexillis inscribi solitum, atque eo exemplo in cute: vel à sacris; quos enim
Deo consecrabant velinitiabant, hos stigmatibus inur<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>bant.</hi> Ad rem igitur. Illi nomen
<hi>Agni &amp; Patris ejus</hi> in frontibus suis gerunt, qui fidem quâ se Agno, seu Imperatori &amp;
Domino, &amp; Patri ejus in Baptismo mancipârunt, non frangunt, neque ad Satanae ejus<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
Angelorum cultum pompásque, quae semel ejurârunt, relabuntur. Ità enim an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiquitus
(ut illud ad pleniorem dicendorum lucem hoc loco inseram) <hi>Abrenunciatio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nis
in Baptismo formula</hi> in plerisque Ecclesiis<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap> Ch y<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="4 letters">
                        <desc>••••</desc>
                     </gap>. Hom. 21. ad popu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>. Antioch.</note> concipiebatur: <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Renunci<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <hi>Satanae, &amp; omnibus operibus ejus, &amp; pompis ejus, &amp; omni cul<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>i ejus.</hi> In multis, i<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>s<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
antiquissimis, Liturgiis additum,<note n="a" place="margin">Consta. Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stolabidem.</note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, &amp; <hi>Angelis ejus.</hi> In aliis,
<note n="b" place="margin">Tertul. de Specta<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>. cap. 4. Ambr. He<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap>. lib. 1. cap. 4.</note> 
                  <hi>Et omnibus inventis ejus, &amp; omnibus qui sub ipso sunt.</hi> In aliis eodem, sensu,<note n="c" place="margin">A<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ahor Co<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stit. Apost. ib<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>d. Ambr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap> iis qui myster. i<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>tian. cap. 2. H<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="6 letters">
                        <desc>••••••</desc>
                     </gap> ad cap. 5. Mat.</note> 
                  <hi>Et
mundo ejus.</hi> Quae omnia stylo Apocalyptico expeditè effere licet, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>Renuncio Draconi, &amp; omnibus copiis ejus,</hi> id est,
ut Cyrillus<note n="d" place="margin">Lib. 7. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap>. Iud.</note> Alexandrinus Baptismi formulam explicat, <hi>Daemoniorum turbis valedico,
omnem pompam eorum &amp; cultum respuo.</hi> Romana Ecclesia hîc aliis paulò contractior
fuit: Sola enim apud <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>am <hi>Satanae, pomparum &amp; operum ejus</hi> mentio: ubi sub <hi>Satanae,</hi>
tanquam Principis, nomine, Angelos quoque ejus; <hi>pomparum &amp; operum,</hi> cultum ido<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lolatricum
omnémque apparatum ejus intelligit.</p>
               <p>Esse jam <hi>Baptismi</hi> Sacramentum, utpote quo fidem Agno &amp; Patri solenniter profite<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mur,
quóque nomen eorum suscipimus &amp; Christiani dicimur, <hi>Dominicum Signaculum,</hi>
passim Patres, ídque à prima Ecclesiae antiquitate, praedicant. Hincillud<note n="*" place="margin">Hom. 8. in divers<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap>an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>g<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>hi l<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>o<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> Origenis,
<hi>Immortale LAVACKVM portemus in frontibus nostris; <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ùm Daemones viderint, contre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miscent.</hi>
                  <note n="‖" place="margin">In Ioan. tract. 6. Secun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>di contra P<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>u<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lianum ultimo. Primi cont<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>a Cresconium 30. &amp; alibi. Vide quoque cum 6. de Bap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tis. cap. 1. Epi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>, 23. 60, 200.</note> Augustinus etiam <hi>regium characterem</hi> vocat, <hi>characterem Imperatoris, cha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>racterem
Redemptoris.</hi>
Iidem porrò <hi>Signaculum</hi> hoc idololatriâ &amp; superstitione induci
&amp; quasi obliterari docent. Tertullianus de Spectac. cap. 4. de <hi>Baptismo sub Signaculi</hi>
nomine agens; <hi>Cùm,</hi> inquit, <hi>aquam ingressi Christianam fidem in legis suae verba profite<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mur,
renunciâssenos<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> DIABOLO, &amp; POMPAE &amp; ANGELIS EIVS, ore nostro conte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stamur.
Quid erit summum ac praecipuum in quo Diabolus &amp; Pompae &amp; Angeli ejus cen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>seantur,
quàm Idololatria?</hi> &amp; cap. 24. <hi>Nonne ejeramus &amp; rescindimus SIGNACVLVM
rescindendo testationem ejus?</hi> Ejusdem generis est &amp; illud lib. de Idololat. cap. 19.
<pb n="512" facs="tcp:63175:309"/>
                  <hi>Non convenit signo Christi &amp; signo Diaboli.</hi> Similiter August. Tract. 7. in Ioan. <hi>Perdi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dit
signum Christi, accipit signum Diaboli. Non vult Christus communionem, Solus vult
possidere quod emit.</hi> Cum istis facit Isidor. Origin. lib. 18. cap. 59. de Spectaculorum
exsecratione; <hi>Deum negat qui talia praesumit, &amp; fidei Christianae praevaricator effectus
est qui id denuo appetit<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ui in lavacro jampridem renunciavit, id est, Diabolo, pompis &amp;
operibus ejus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Omnes igitur qui BESTIAE characterem acceperint, Christi &amp; Patris abnegârunt,
ejerârunt, irritum fecerunt, ac pro eo habentur acsi nunquam accepissent. Soli cen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum
isti &amp; quadraginta quatuor mille qui ad BESTIAE castra non transfugerant, sed
Agno firmiter adhaerebant, <hi>Characterem Dominicum</hi> etiamnum in frontibus suis often<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dunt.</p>
               <p>Unum adhuc monedum restat; nempe illud, Quòd licèt <hi>Signati</hi> utrobique, tam
hîc quàm cap. 7. iidem sint, tamen <hi>signaculi</hi> rationem non utrobique eandem esse; íd<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
ex diverso <hi>signandi</hi> fine: Illic enim tutelae res agebatur, hîc servitii &amp; fidelitatis.
Sed nec opus est ut propterea aliud ibi signaculum quaeramus à Baptismi Sacramento
plané diversum: nam utrumque praestat Baptismus. Siquidem, praeter illud quod est
professionis nostrae, Deus aliud, gratiae nimirum suae, signaculum superaddit, quo pro
<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>uis agnoscit qui tinguntur, ínque tutelam suam suscipit. De hoc igitur in priori <hi>Sig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>natorum</hi>
Visione; de illo in praesenti, ni fallor, agitur. Atque huic sententiae favet,
quòd Clemens Alexandrinus apud Eusebium lib. 3. cap. 17. Baptisma nuncupet <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>perfectam custodiam:</hi> Item quòd Nazianzenus, Orat. in sanctum Baptisma,
idem <hi>Sigillum</hi> dici, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>quia conservatio est:</hi> Denique illud Basilii Exhortat.
ad Baptismum, <hi>Nisi signatus sit super te vultus Domini, nisi characterem in te agnoscat An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gelus,
quomodo pro te pugnabit, aut ab inimicis vindicabit?</hi> ubi Nicetas Scholiastes,
<hi>Quia per cum consignati, cujusnam Domini simus agnoscimur, atque ab insidiis tuti conser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>v<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>tmur.</hi>
Iam pergamus ad reliqua.</p>
               <p>Et audivi vocem de coelo,<note place="margin">Vers. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note> tanquam vocem aquarum multarum, &amp; tanquam vocem toni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trui
magni: &amp; vox quam audivi erat sicut citharoedorum citharizantium citharis
suis.</p>
               <p>3. Et cantabant quasi canticum novum ante thronum, &amp; ante quatuor Animalia &amp; Pres<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>byteros,
<hi>&amp;c.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Vocem verò indicat &amp; canticum Angelorum coelestium, Patrem &amp; Agnum glorifi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cantium;
quomodo fecisse leguntur cùm primùm Agnus Librum fatorum resignandum
suscepisset.<note place="margin">Cap. 5. 11.</note> Ad hos Angelos utique respiciens, mox versu 6 dicit, <hi>Et vidi alium An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gelum
volantem in medio coeli,</hi> id est, alium à praecentoribus istis. Nullius enim ante
hunc Angeli meminisset, nisi dicamus symphoniacos istos Angelorum chorum fu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>isse</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Vox</hi> autem <hi>aquarum multarum &amp; tonitrui instar,</hi> non significat aliud quàm vocem
numerosae &amp; confertae multitudinis; cujusmodi in Templo, dum adhuc florebat, au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>diri
soleret, cantorum Levitarum, voce &amp; instrumentis musicis Deì laudes resonanti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um:
quorum prae multitudine, simul &amp; acclamantis populi, sonitus reddebatur, quasi
marinorum fluctuum &amp; fragoris tonitrualis. Non conjectura est, sed res manifesta;
quippe quod in epinicio cap. 19, ubi eadem est parabola, disertè exprimitur. <hi>Audi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vi,</hi>
inquit, <hi>quasi vocem turbae multae</hi> (audi, <hi>turbae multae) &amp; sicut vocem aquarum mul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tarum,<note place="margin">Vid. R. D. Ki<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>ch.</note>
&amp; sicut vocem tonitruorum magnorum, dicentium, Hallelujah.</hi> Hinc apud Eze<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chiel.
cap. 43. 2. ubi in Hebraeo simpliciter est, <hi>Vox ejus</hi> (i. gloriae Dei Israelis) <hi>quasi
vox aquarum multarum,</hi> Septuag. paraphrasticè reddunt, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>Vox castrorum ejus, quasi vox geminantium multorum.</hi> Chal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>daeus
similiter, <hi>Vox benedicentium nomen ejus, sicut vox aquarum multarum.</hi> Adde il<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lud
ex eodem Propheta de Cherubinis cap. 1. 24. <hi>Audivi,</hi> inquit, <hi>vocem alarum eorum,
tanquam vocem aquarum multarum, tanquam vocem Omnipotentis, vocem loquelae tanquam
vocem castrorum.</hi> Denique ab hac notione est, quòd in descriptione personae Fil<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>i Dei
exordio Apocalypseos ex Daniele expressâ;<note n="*" place="margin">Dan. 10. 6.</note> pro quo apud Danielem est, <hi>Vox multi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tudinis,</hi>
à Ioanne substituitur, <hi>Vox aquarum multarum.</hi> Quod enim Daniel habet, <hi>Pe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>des
ejus quasi species aeris candentis,<note place="margin">Apocal. 1. 15.</note> &amp; vox verborum ejus sicut vox multitudinis;</hi> id Io<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>annes
enuntiat, <hi>Pedes ejus similes aurichalco, sicut in camino ardenti; &amp; vox ejus tan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quam
vox aquarum multarum.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Canticum</hi> porrò <hi>novum</hi> est, cujusmodi post Christum mundo exhibitum Deo canitur:
quo nempe Sessori Throni &amp; Agno, unà solisque, redemptio, potentia, divitiae, sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pientia,
fortitudo, honor, gloria &amp; benedictio religosè &amp; evangelicè deferuntur.
Hujus cantici formula exstat cap. 5<note n="*" place="margin">Vers. 12. 13.</note>, ídque titulo <hi>cantici novi:</hi> ut eò hîc respici vix
dubitandum sit, cùm nusquam in hoc libro alibi <hi>cantici novi</hi> mentio audiatur. <hi>Dignus
<pb n="513" facs="tcp:63175:309"/>
est,</hi> inquiunt, <hi>AGNVS qui occisus fuit</hi> (id est, prout antè à Presbyteris &amp; Animal<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>bus
paulò explicatiùs dicitur, propterea quod decisus fuit) <hi>a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>cipere potentiam, &amp; divitias,
&amp; sapientiam, &amp; for<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>itudinem, &amp; honorem, &amp; gloriam, &amp; benedictionem. Sedenti</hi>
igitur <hi>super thronum &amp; AGNO sit benedictio, &amp; honor, &amp; gloria, &amp; robur in secula
seculorum, Amen.</hi> Haec <hi>no<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap> cantici</hi> formula est, quam si Déus aliquando penitius in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>telligere
dederit, latiùs fortasse explicando diducam: altiùs enim in animo meo inse<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dit,
universum cultûs Evangelici mysterium eo contineri.</p>
               <p>Quod appositi rationem attinor, <hi>Novum</hi> dicividetur, vel quasi alterum &amp; diversum
ab eo quod Christo nondum misso canebatur (sub hoc enim, secundùm effatum illud
Apostoli,<note place="margin">2 Cor. 6. 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> 
                  <hi>Vetera transierunt, &amp; ecce facta sunt omnià nova;</hi>) vel ob novum in adven<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tu
ejus beneficium, priorum mundi aetarum nulli, sed temporibus tantùm novissimis,
concessum: de quo verò beneficio Deus exinde, tam ab Angelis, quàm hominibus
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> E<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> huic quidem nominis rationi fit mandae erit tum illud Isaiae cap. 42:
9, 10. <hi>Nova ego annuntio, Cantate Domino canticum novum:</hi> tum quae in Psalmis oc<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>currit
aliquoties cantici novi appellatio, haud<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> aliter, ut videtur, intelligenda, quàm
aut de eo quo Divinum numen ob novum aliquod, liberationis praesertim, beneficium
celebratur (juxta illud Psal. 40. <hi>Eduxit me de luto coenoso,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Vers. 2. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> &amp;c. <hi>&amp; indidit ori meo can<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ticu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>
novum;</hi>) aut saltem quod, ad istiusmodi canticorum morem, cum laetitia &amp; ju<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cunditate
haud vulgari canitur: quorum utrumque cantico Evangel<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>co convenire
haud est cur multis ostendere conarer, res in aperto est.</p>
               <p>Et nemo poterat discere Canticum illud, nisi illa centum quadraginta qùatuor millia, qui
empti sunt de terra.</p>
               <p>In toto Orbe Christiano nemo, quamdiu Bestia rèrum potiretur, canticum Angelo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
cantare sciret, praeter eos qui de numero centum istorum quadraginta quatuor
millium Agni asseclarum fuerint: Siquidem hi soli, citra omnem idololatriae labem<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>
Patrem &amp; Agnum glorificant in terris, ficuti beati Angeli in coelis; idipsum nimirum,
quod in Orat<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>one Dominica Ecclesia ab omnibus ut fiat, Patrem indesinenter rogat,
<hi>Fiat voluntas tua, sicut in coelo, sic etiam in terra.</hi> Adeò Divinum Numen legitimè ri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>téque
colendi idea exemplúmve absolutum aliunde quàm à coelitibus peti neque<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>at.</p>
               <p>Hi sunt qui cum mulieribus non sunt inquinati;<note place="margin">Vers. 4.</note> Virgines enim sunt.</p>
               <p>Id est, cum mulieribus impudicis seu meretricibus non consueverunt. At quaenam
<hi>istae mulieres</hi> sunt? Sanè, non quae vulgariter sic dicuntur, sed, Prophetarum more,
<hi>Civitates;</hi> atque eae Christiani quidem nominis, sed idolis deditae, quarum regina est
BABYLON illa magna, <hi>mater scortorum</hi> dicta, quacum fornicantur Reges &amp; incolae
terrae. Cum talibus, qui ex Agni Coetu sunt non consueverunt, hoc est, incestu ido<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lolatrico
sese non contamimârunt. <hi>Virgines enim sunt,</hi> id est, ab omni idololatriae la<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>be
immunes. Omnino enim postulat analogiae ratio, ut eodem sensu isti <hi>Virgines</hi>
dicantur quo caeteri, Reges &amp; populi, cum Babylone <hi>scortari</hi> perhibentur. Praete<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rea,
cùm Babylon ista <hi>scortorum mater</hi> audiat, consequens est ut siliae ipsius, reliquae
civi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ates, scortilla quoque sint, quibuscum incolae cuique subditi spirituali scortatione
polluantur.</p>
               <p>Hi sunt qui sequuntur Agnum quócunque ierit.</p>
               <p>Hoc est, fidelissimè <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>i adhaerent, neque ullâ occasione deserunt; ductâ Metaphorâ
ab iis qui à latere cujuspiam nunquam recedunt, sed comitantur omni loco. Vel sic;
In quacunque civitate, regione, territorio Agnus tentorium suum fixerit, eò
eundem sectantur: contrà quàm reliqui hominum, qui licèt Christiani audiant,
Agnum tamen, nisi Romae apud Petri sedem habitârit, alibi quaerere &amp; sectari nol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lent.</p>
               <p>Hi empti sunt ex hominibus, primitiae (<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>) Deo &amp; Agno.</p>
               <p>Id est, ex reliqua turba prophana redempti, ut essent Deo &amp; Agno peculium sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crum,
instar primitiarum. Neque enim, ut vulgò creditur, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> seu <hi>Primitiae</hi> pri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mitivos
tantùm fructus denotant, sed etiam in genere quicquid prophanis usibus ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>emptum
Deo consecratur; idipsum nempe quod Hebraeis <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> quo nomine cùm
ipsas decimas, tum quicquid oblationum fuit, praeter ignitas, Scriptura comprehen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dit.
Unde Chrysostomus,<note n="*" place="margin">In Epist. ad Heb. Hom. 12. Vide quoque eundem Hom. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>5. in Gen.</note> quas Abrahamus Melchisedeco solvit decimas,<note n="*" place="margin">Sic &amp; <hi>Philo</hi> quas promisit Iacob. Q<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>i &amp; de solvendis decimis <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>aepiusculè utitur voce <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> P<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap>lo De con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gressu quaerendae eruditionis gratiá, &amp; De Charitate. Idem De muratione Nominum, Decumas deci<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>arum appellat <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> (inquit) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. Ibidem, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Similiter, Diony<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>. Halicarnasseus apud Euseb. Prapar. Evang l. 4. c. 16. fructuum, pecorum, sed &amp; hominem, de<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>mas quas Pelasgos in Qtalia Apollini<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> Iovíque ex vero debuisse refert, semel <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>terumque <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> vocat.</note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
vocat. Itémque Irenaeus, quas sibi in Ecclesia asserit Deum etiamnum exigere crea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>turae
suae primitias, contendit non debere esse minores decimâ: cùm Christus,
<pb n="514" facs="tcp:63175:310"/>
inquit ille, naturalia Legis non dissolverit, sed extenderit; &amp; verò Christiani non
minorem, sed majorem, quàm Iudaei spem habeant. Vide eum advers. Haeres. lib. 4.
cap. 27, &amp; 34. juxta editionem Fevardent. Quid, quòd Callimachus etiam, Hym<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>no
in Delum, decimas Apollini mitti solitas <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, id est, <hi>primitias de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cimiferas,</hi>
nuncupet? Ex quibus omnibus appareat vocem <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> non primitivorum
duntaxat oblationem, quae Hebraeis est <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> vel <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, sed &amp; quamvis aliam de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>notare;
nominísque rationem indè esse, quia Deo portio sua priùs reddenda sit quàm
aliquid in nostros usus insumatur. Porro, quoniam vox <hi>Primitiarum</hi> quotae partis de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>finitionem
non includit, hinc sactum ut veteres Christiani <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> suas, seu fru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctuum
oblationes, licèt minores esse non debere putârint quàm partem decimam, ta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>men
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> seu <hi>primitias</hi> appellare maluerint quàm <hi>decimas;</hi> tanquam scilicet nomi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ne
libertatis, non servitutis. Haec, licèt ad institutum meum plerâque ex parte non
facientia, annotare tamen volui, ut iis qui apud nos Decimarum in Ecclesia Christiana
solvendarum antiquitati &amp; juri ex Patribus &amp; Conciliis eruendis quandoque navant
operam, gratum, si possim, facerem. Interim (ut eò redeam unde paulisper digres<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sus
sum) fatendum est, strictiorem quoque <hi>primitiarum</hi> significationem huic loco non
malè convenire; nempe, ut COETUS <hi>Virgineus</hi> dicantur primitiae respectu <hi>Turbae
palmifer<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>rum</hi> eum aliquando auctiori numero excepturae. Liberum itaque Lectori ju<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dicium
suum esto.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Et in ore eorum non est inventum mendacium</hi> [Ità Vulgata,<note place="margin">Vers. 5. [In Bibl. Po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lyglott. <hi>MS. A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lexandr.</hi> habet <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dacium.]</note> Syrus, Complu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tensis,
Aretas, &amp; in exemplari Palatino Andreas; aliis <hi>dolus] sine macula enim
sunt.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Non est inventum mendacium.</hi> Cujusmodi nimirum invenitur in ore Bestianorum
seu Christiani nominis idololatrarum omnium; qui se quidem Agnum &amp; Patrem colere
prae se ferunt, reapse tamen honorem Divino Numini proprium creaturis tribuunt.
Sanè omnis idololatra <hi>mendax</hi> est, cùm pro Deo colat quod non est Deus. Quò spe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctat
illud Apostoli ad Rom. 1. 25. <hi>Commutârunt veritatem Dei in mendacium, dum co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>luerunt
&amp; servierunt creaturae <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, prout Creatori.</hi> Unde idola dicuntur
<hi>mendacia:</hi> ut Amos. 2. 4. <hi>Errare fecerunt,</hi> sive <hi>seduxerunt, eos mendacia ipsorum</hi>
(Vulgat. <hi>idola) post quae abierunt patres eorum.</hi> Similiter Isai. 28. 15. <hi>posuimus men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dacium
spem nostram.</hi> R. Sal. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. Item Ierem. 16. 19, 20. <hi>Veniunt gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tes
à finibus terrae, &amp; dicent, Verè mendacium possederunt</hi> (Chaldaeus <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>coluerunt)
Patres nostri, vanitatem in qua non est utilitas, Numquid faciet sibi homo De<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>s, &amp; ipsi
non sunt Dii?</hi> Hinc autem Apoc. 21. 8. <hi>Idololatrae &amp; mendaces,</hi> itémque vers. 27.
<hi>facientes abominationem &amp; mendacium,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> seu tanquam synonyma poni vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dentur.
Porrò, quum quorumvis hominum idololatria <hi>mendacium</hi> sit, tum verò
eorum, qui se interim veri Numinis cultores simulant, propriissimè <hi>dolus</hi> est, seu <hi>men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dacium
fraudulentum:</hi> ut si Bestianorum, quorum oppositione Coetus iste signatorum
Agni describitur, attendamus hypocrisin; lectio quae <hi>dolum,</hi> alteri quae <hi>mendacium</hi>
habet, praeferenda videbitur; quamvìs ad rem ipsam haud ità multum intersit.
Interim, ad pleniorem hujus loci intellectum, conferat Lector illum Zephan. 3. 13.
sanè huic quàm simillimum: <hi>Reliquiae Israel non facient iniquitatem, nec loquentur
mendacium, &amp; non invenietur in ore eorum lingua dolosa.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Et vidi alium Angelum volantem <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,<note place="margin">Vers. 6.</note> in fastigio coeli, habentem Evange<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lium
aeternum, ut evangelizaret habitantibus super terram, &amp; omni genti, &amp; tri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bui,
&amp; linguae, &amp; populo.</p>
               <p>Finitâ Coetûs descriptione, sequitur rerum, eo Ecclesiae statu, quà à Coetu, Agni
Ducis sui auspiciis, quà ab Agno ipso, in transfugas &amp; perduelles gerendarum histo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ria.
Harum ordo duplex: primò Admonitionis trigeminae ad Bestianos, totidem An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gelorum
celeusmatis repraesentatae; secundò Vindiciarum, parabolâ <hi>Messis</hi> &amp; <hi>Vinde<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miae.</hi>
Monitorum Angelorum primus est iste quem hîc <hi>alium</hi> dicit: <hi>alium</hi> verò, ut
dixi, ob Angelos symphoniacos paulò antè memoratos, quorum è numero Evangeli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stes
iste non fuerit. Atque hîc in memoriam revocandum est, (quod jam in superio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ribus
monui) Angelos in hujusmodi Visionibus eorum vicem repraesentare quorum gu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bernationi
praesint; quódque communibus utrorumque operis geritur, id Angelis au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thoribus,
tanquam rei gestae auspicibus &amp; ducibus, factum dici. Hinc verò protinus
suspicari datur, Angelum <hi>tam sublimè volantem</hi> (si modò &amp; illud in censu parabolae
deputari debeat) non cujusvis sortis hominum, sed celsioris conditionis praesidem esse,
talibúsque in Evangelio suo annunciando usurum. Porrò Evangelium illud <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> seu
<hi>aeternum</hi> dicitur; ídque, ut opinor, non tam futuri, quàm praeteriti respectu; quasi quod
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, id est, <hi>à seculo,</hi> seu ab origine mundi, promissum fuerit; scilicet, <hi>Semen mulieris</hi>
aliquando <hi>contriturum caput Serpentis,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Genes. 3.</note> i. Christi adventu destruendum regnum Diaboli,
<pb n="515" facs="tcp:63175:310"/>
&amp; constituendum regnum Dei. Quo sensu &amp; Apostolus dicit, illud à Deo promissum
fuisse <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, ad Tit. 1. 2. Sic igitur <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> idem hîc erit quod <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
&amp; <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> quod Hebraeis esset <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>evangelium antiquum:</hi> quemad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>modum
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Isai. 58. 12. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Ier. 6. 16. &amp; <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Deut. 33.
15. sunt <hi>colles, semitae, desolationes antiquae.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Dicentem voce magnâ, Timete Deum, &amp; date ei gloriam,<note place="margin">Vers. 7.</note> quia venit tempus judicii
ejus: &amp; adorate illum qui fecit coelum, &amp; terram, &amp; mare, &amp; fontes aqua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rura.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>PRimus Angelus, jam tempus regni Dei adesse commemotans quo judicium ejus in
idola &amp; idololatras exercendum sit; adeóque, jam prostratis &amp; solio Romano
exutis Daemonibus, exerceri coeperit; eapropter hortatur gentes, tribus, linguas &amp;
populos, qui exinde in nomen Christi concesserant, ut hujus rei memores, unicum il<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lum
verum Deum Creatorem, prout in Evangelio annunciatur, colant, caveántque ab
idolis: <hi>Deum,</hi> inquit, <hi>timete,</hi> id est, <hi>reveremini, &amp; date ei gloriam,</hi> gloriam verò ado<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rationis
&amp; cultûs religiosi; ut sequentibus verbis exponitur. <hi>Quia venit tempus judicii
ejus</hi>] hoc est, quo Christus per crucem suam exspoliavit imperia &amp; principatus, Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tibúsque,
quas per tot secula siverat in viis suis ambulare, annunciavit per Apostolos
&amp; Evangelistas ut ab idolis converterentur: sin minùs, morte aeternâ, ipso de coelis re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deunte,
plectendos fore. Quorsum igitur Christiani, qui in hunc Iudicem &amp; Daemo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>num
triumphatorem Iesum Christum fidem profiteantur, ad idola &amp; daemones co<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dos
postliminiò reverterentur?</p>
               <p>Potuit fortasse <hi>tempus judicii</hi> hîc strictiùs accipi, de judicio nimirum Dei pridem in
DRACONEM ejúsque asseclas exerto, quo Ethnicismus corruit: sed mallem illud
latiùs extendere, &amp; universè accipere, de Regno Christi temporibus novissimis inito
&amp; promulgato, in quo idola ampliùs non sint ferenda; juxta nimirum illud Salvatoris
apud Ioannem in Evangelio cap. 12. 31. <hi>Nunc Iudicium est mundi hujus, nunc princeps
mundi hujus ejicietur foras.</hi> Vide &amp; cap. 16. 11. A quo enimvero <hi>Iudicio</hi> Paulus quo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
Apostolus (quomodo hîc Angelus) argumentum duxit Paganos Athenienses ab
idolorum cultu dehortandi, Act. 17. 30, 31. <hi>Deus,</hi> inquit, <hi>temporibus ignorantiae huc<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>usque
neglectis, nunc demum mandat omnibus ubique hominibus ut resipiscant; Eò quòd
statuit diem quo justè judicaturus est Orbem terrarum per eum virum quem definivit; fide
ejus rei palàm factâ omnibus, illo ex mortuis suscitato.</hi> Cuigemina est ejusdem commo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nefactio
ad Lycaonios, cap. 14. 15, 16. <hi>Annunciamus,</hi> inquit, <hi>vobis, ut à vanis istis re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
convertamini ad Deum vivum, qui fecit coelum &amp; terram, &amp; mare, &amp; omnia quae in
iis sunt; Qu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>que praeteritis aetatibus sivit omnes gentes</hi> (nempe, judicio suo nondum iis
manifestato) <hi>suis ipsarum viis incedere.</hi> Supplendum est, Iam verò judicium suum
omnibus promulgat: id quod Angelus hîc expressit, dicendo, <hi>Venit tempus judicii
ejus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Sed quando, inquies, &amp; ubi gentium, quibúsque tandem administris, Angelus iste
praedicatione suâ functus est? Praeludia quaedam ejus edita sunt cùm primùm supersti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tio
ad memorias &amp; circa reliquias Martyrum in Ecclesia gliscere coeperit; ut patet ex
historia Vigilantii, quocum istiusmodi superstitioni intercedente plures alios, etiam ex
Episcopis ejus temporis, sensisse, testis est adversarius Hieronymus, qui eum immeritò
hoc nomine exagitat.</p>
               <p>Sed omnium manifestissimè praeconium hoc impletum liquet ab anno Domini 720 in
Ecclesiis Graecis &amp; Orientis, ubi omnino Angelus Evangelistes volavit <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>in coelifastigio,</hi> id est, loco celso &amp; sublimi; quippe qui Evangelii sui administris usus
est, non imae &amp; vulgaris sortis hominibus, sed summis in Orbe Christiano potestatibus;
Imperatoribus putà Constantinopolitanis, Leone Isauro, Constantino Iconomacho,
Leone Armenio, Michaele Balbo, &amp; Theophilo; qui omnes, potissimùm autem
primi, pro cultu Religionis uni Deo Creatori exhibendo, contra cultum creaturae,
non solùm qui in veneratione Imaginum, sed etiam qui circa Divos eorúmque reli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quias
exercebatur, edictis &amp; decretis <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>uis acerrimè protestati sunt. Repetat Lector te<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stimonia
quae hac de re ex Theophane laudavi, cùm de <hi>Bestia Bicorni</hi> agerem. Por<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rò
autem secundi auspiciis Coucilium Constantinopoli convocatum est Episcoporum
338, concordibúsque suffragiis <hi>Imaginum adoratio</hi> impietatis accersita &amp; damnata.
Dices, Lector, silegere non pigebit, Definitionem Synodi ipsissimam Angeli hujus
concionem esse, eodémque quo illius, juxta interpretationem nostram, fundamen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
subnixam. Quum verò nonnullorum fraude ibi contigerit, qui in <hi>Imaginum</hi>
quidem damnationem cum reliquis consenferant, <hi>Divorum</hi> verò <hi>invocationi</hi> adhuc
<pb n="516" facs="tcp:63175:311"/>
faverent, (neque enim paribus suffragiis in hanc atque in illam superstitionem itum
est,) ut duo Canones, unus de Beata Maria Deipara, alter de reliquis Sanctis coeliti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
religiosâ invocatione colendis, Concilii decretis initio immixti fuerint; eos Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stantinus
Imperator cum sanioris sententiae Patribus cùm advertissent, illico erroris ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guerunt,
inque judicii sui testimonium induci, atque de codice deleri curaverunt.
Cujus <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>acti testem habeo, si quis dubitet, primò Authorem refutationis Definitionis
istius Constantinopolitanae, Actis Concilii Niceni secundi insertae; qui cùm primam
ejus editionem sibi refutandam sumpsisset, ad istos Canones sic infit: <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <hi>Post hanc editionem suam,</hi>
inquit, <hi>etiam intercessionum Deo acceptabilem oblationem abjecerunt, delentes hano ex hoc
scripto suo.</hi> Deinde Acta Stephani Monachi pseudomartyris;<note place="margin">Apud Surium, T<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>m. 6. Nov. 28.</note> apud quem cùm Epis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>copi,
qui ad eum convincendum ab Imperatore missi fuerant, Concilii decretum reci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tare
inciperent; ille verò statim excipere adversus Concilii titulum, <hi>Sancti; illud
sanctum</hi> dici non debere, propterea quòd sancta proscripsisset. <hi>Annon,</hi> inquit, <hi>sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cram
supellectilem imaginibus exornatam concerpsistis? Annon adjectivum hoc <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> ab
omnibus justis, ab omnibus Apostolis, à Prophetis, à Martyribus piísque viris abjecistis?
Sancitum enim à vobis est, ô generosi viri, ut cùm quisquam ad horum aliquem adiret, ex
eóque quaereretur quò abiret, responderet, Ad Apostolos, Ad quadraginta Martyres; sive
unde veniret, itidem responderet, Ex Templo Martyris Theodori, ex Templo Martyris
Georgii. Annon hae vestrae doctrinae sunt? Quonam ergò pacto qui sancta proscripsistis,
Sanctum Concilium coegistis?</hi> Haec Stephanus ipsemet. Audiamus porrò Actorum ejus
descriptorem (qui eodémque tempore vixit) in eosdem ob Deiparae cultum imminu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum
tragicè exclamantem: <hi>Quonam pacto, Christe, lenitatem illam tuam, quae nullis
verbis explicari potest, non admirer? Quonam pacto benignitatis tuae, quae vim sermonis
omnem supera<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>, abyssum exponere queam? Adhuc porrò audacissimae illae linguae eò proru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>perunt,
ut ingens quoque illud &amp; improbum eloqui non dubitârint; nimirum illam ipsam
Dei genitricem Virginem, inutilem quandam post mortem &amp; commodi omnis expertem rem
esse, nec cuiquam omnino adjumento ac praesidio esse posse.</hi> Adhuc istis testem adduco
Cedrenum. Refert ille Constantinum <hi>Legem universalem edidisse</hi> (proculdubio ex
Concilii sententia, cujus Acta hodie praeter solam Definitionem desiderantur) <hi>nè quis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quam
prorsus servorum Domini <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> diceretur; sed, ut eorum reliquiae repertae contem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nerentur.</hi>
(nè superstitiosè venerarentur, Cedrene, etiamsi verae fuerint; sin falsae,
ut è Templis abjicerentur) <hi>néve ipsorum intercessio posceretur; nihil enim valere. Ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jecit
etiam scelestus,</hi> inquit, <hi>Nè Mariae quidem intercessionem quisquam imploret.</hi> Iam
liceat mihi Lectorem convenire, annon ex hisce testimoniis clarum esse putet, aliquid
in Concilio isto actum adversus <hi>Sanctorum cultum &amp; reliquiarum.</hi> In hoc autem pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bando
aliquanto diutiùs immoratus sum, quoniam non est, ut illud de <hi>Imaginibus,</hi> per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>inde
omnibus notum.</p>
               <p>Sed nondum hîc desuncti sumus: priùs illa de epitheto <hi>Sancti</hi> justis, quasi per dimi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nutionem
&amp; contumeliam, abjudicato, calumnia detergenda est. Palàm enim est ex
ipsa Definitione Synodi (quae hodiéque in Actis Niceni secundi exstat) Apostolos &amp;
justos à Patribus istis passim <hi>Sanctitatis</hi> titulo honorari; non igitur simpliciter prohi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>buisse
credendi sunt quod ipsimet factitarent. Sed, ut conjicere datur, illius seculi
opinione nomen <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> (nam de hoc solo sermo est) videbatur <hi>intercessionis honorem</hi> in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferre:
unde, ut superstitioni quovis pacto iretur obviàm, illius usu in communi ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mone
de Templis, praesertim cùm eò precatum ibant, interdictum fuit. Nempe <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.
ab <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> deflexum videtur: quâ voce significatur <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Vene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ratio,
aut res veneratione &amp; adoratione digna.</hi> Unde Hesychio, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> utrum<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
ab <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>veneror, colo.</hi> Imò, quod ad cultum mortuorum manifestò ducat, commu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nis
est originis cum <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>sacra mortuis facere, parentare,</hi> &amp; cum <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>parenta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tio,
inferiae.</hi> Praeterea (ut illud quoque bona Lectoris cum venia, &amp; citra futilitatis
notam, adjiciam) fieri potuit ut nomen <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> Graecorum vulgo (quippe similium
vulgi hallucinationum exempla apud nos quandoque observare est) sonare videretur,
licèt falsò, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>eum per quem preces nostrae Deo offeruntur,</hi>
id est, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>admissionalem &amp; interpretem apud Deum:</hi> quomodo Gregorius
Nazian. Christum Dominum nuncupat; juxta Apostoli illud ad Ephes. 2. 18. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.</p>
               <p>Quicquid sit, illud ex allatis modò testimoniis apparet, tum temporis existimatum
fuisse, hujusce vocis usu superstitionem illam erga sanctos vitâ defunctos ali atque foveri.
Cui ut omni ratione &amp; machinâ occurreretur, ejus usu interdictum fuit: non quidem
simpliciter &amp; universè, quod adversarii calumniantur; sed in Templis appellandis solum<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>modo,
<pb n="517" facs="tcp:63175:311"/>
quae Apostolorum &amp; Martyrum memoriis nuncupabantur. Errori, ut videtur, minu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>endo,
quo, vel ea loca esse, creditum est, Deum per Martyrum intercessiones ade<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>undi,
vel eorum, quorum nominibus ferebantur, venerationi sacra. Ideo in vicem
cognominis <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, illud <hi>Apostolorum</hi> &amp; <hi>Martyrum,</hi> non minùs certé honorificum, sub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stituere
visum fuit. Satisne verò consideraté &amp; consultò, illius est judicare qui tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poris
illius circumstantias factíque rationes omnes probè plenéque perspectas habuerit.
Interim Ecclesiae virginitati aut puritati nihil quicquam detrahit, si fortè aliquando in
talibus quae ad rationem &amp; modum rei gerendae spectent minùs sapienter judicaverit.
Non enim necesse est ut perpetuò aut prudenter agat aut loquatur, quae casta sit. Si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mili
ferè de causa <hi>Sacerdotis</hi> vocabulum de Presbyteris Evangelicis, <hi>Sacrificii</hi> de Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cramento
Eucharistiae, (nè hujusmodi alia nominem) apud plerasque Ecclesias refor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>matas
in desuetudinem abire jussa sunt. Nec id quidem omnino temerè, nisi quòd
(ut quibusdam videtur) in prioris locum non commodum satìs vocabulum substitutum,
<hi>Ministrorum:</hi> quo licèt omnes qui sacro fungantur munere, ritè &amp; ex Scripturae usu
appellentur; non tamen eo <hi>Presbyteri</hi> à <hi>Diaconis</hi> distinguuntur. Annon igitur <hi>Pres<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>byteros</hi>
potiùs dixissemus nomine Apostolico, si noluissemus <hi>Sacerdotes?</hi> Sed haec alte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rius
loci sunt.</p>
               <p>Porrò, non in Oriente solùm, verùm etiam in Occidente, fremente licèt Pontifice
Romano, Angeli hujus praeconium insonuit; non quidem plenis, ut illic, buccis, voce
tamen pablicâ &amp; solenni. Primùm, anno 790, in Synodo Francofurdiana sub Carolo
M. 300 ferè Episcoporum, praeter Abbates &amp; alios: ubi <hi>cultus</hi> &amp; <hi>adoratio Imaginum,</hi>
unà cum Concilio Niceno secundo quod eam stabiliverat, quódque Hadrianus Papa
per Legatos suos rexerat &amp; approbaverat, damnata sunt.<note n="*" place="margin">Habetur in Catal. Test. ve<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>. edit. 1608. pag. 1123.</note> Iterúmque in Synodo Pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>risiensi,
anno 825, jussu Ludovici congregatâ: in qua tum ex authoritate Divina tum
Patrum sententiis prolixé ostenditur, <hi>adorationem Imaginum</hi> rem nesariam ac impiam
esse, Synodúmque Nicenam ejusmodi superstitionis ream reprobandam esse. Adde
Commentarium à Carolo Magno ad Hadrianum Pontificem, idolorum propugnatorem,
post Concilium illud Francofurtense, missum; ut hîc quoque Angelum <hi>in Coeli fastigio
volâsse</hi> agnoscas. Atque hactenus primi Angeli hortamentum percepimus: jam se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cundi
praeconium auscultemus.</p>
               <p>SEcundus Angelus ROMAM, ob spurcitiem &amp; multitudinem idololatriarum qui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus,
primi Angeli hortatione spretâ, tum ipsa sese contaminaverat, tum ut idem
secum facerent cunctis in Orbe suo gentibus author &amp; princeps extiterat, è civitate Dei
in BABYLONEM versam denuntiat; ea-propter, sententiae Divinae in omnes Idolo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>latras
latae jam penitus per impoenitentiam suam obnoxiam factam, diutiùs non feren<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dam,
sed irrevocabili decreto perdendam atque exscindendam esse; e<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>que excidio us<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
ab hoc praeconio apparatum continenter &amp; assiduè institutum iri.</p>
               <p>Atque hujus quidem praeconii administri exstitere, verbo partim, partim facto, Wal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>densium
&amp; Albigensium Coetus, ut qui omnium mortalium primi Ecclesiam Romanam ab
idololatria seu scortatione mystica renuntiârunt BABYLONEM esse Apocalypticam;
iidémque primum quoque ei ad ruinam fecere gradum; quandoquidem sic detectam
extemplò magna hominum multitudo eam abominari, privatímque per omnes ditionis
ejus provincias defectionem facere; adhaec authoritatem ejus exinde indies magìs ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gísque
labefactari, ruinámque tunc fieri coepisse, quae non stitura sit donec tandem ad
Urbis ipsius cremationem sit deventum. Verbo dicam; ab hujúsque Angeli praeco<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nio
quasi delectus sanctorum militum Babyloni diruendae continenter fieri coe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pit.</p>
               <p>Cecidit,<note n="*" place="margin">Vers. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> cecidit Babylon.</p>
               <p>Quasi dicat, Iam nunc Ruinae Babylonis jaciuntur fundamenta: ab hoc enim tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pore
Belli contra ipsam gerendi apparatus suscipietur. Imitatur autem Isaiam cap. 21.
qui iisdem planè verbis, nec dissimili rerum occasione, veteris illius Babylonis interi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum
non jam factum retulit, sed, ut hîc, jactis rerum fundamentis, certo certiùs futu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
praenunciavit. Quippe, ut docet Chronologia, eodem tempore Isaias hoc vatici<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nium
suum edidit quo Medi, Babylonem aliquando vastaturi, excusso Assyriorum
jugo, sese in libertatem asseruerint, conditâque sub novo Rege Dejoce Ecbatanâ, Reg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ni
tum Nino tum Babyloni fatalis fundamina posuere.</p>
               <p>—Quia ex vino veneficii scortationis suae potavit omnes gentes.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Vino venèficii s<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ortationis suae</hi>] id est, philtris, vino potionato dementavit. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
enim hîc, non <hi>iram</hi> aut <hi>excandescentiam</hi> valet, sed ex usu Hellenistico <hi>venenum;</hi> nempe
voci Hebraeae <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> parem esse voluere, quae <hi>iram</hi> modò, modò <hi>venenum</hi> significat. Hinc
Deut. 32. 33. Septuag. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<pb n="518" facs="tcp:63175:312"/>
i. <hi>Fel Draconum vinum eorum, &amp; venenum aspidum insanabile.</hi> Item Iob 20. 16.
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, id est, <hi>Venenum draconum su<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gat,
occîdat eum lingua serpentis.</hi> Adde Psal. 58. 4.
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Venenum illis secundùm similitudinem serpentis.</hi> Vide etiam, si lubet, Deut. 32.
24. Iob. 6. 4. Imò ubicunque in V. T. <hi>veneni</hi> significatio occurrit, eam aliter quàm
aut hâc aut voce <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> non nisi semel tantùm expressam videbis.</p>
               <p>Duplicis autem in Apocalypsi <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, seu <hi>vini</hi> ejusmodi <hi>potionati,</hi> mentio ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>betur:
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, quo, ut dixi, amatorium virus seu philtrum designa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur
(juxta quod idem cap. 18. 23. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, seu <hi>veneficium,</hi> consueto ad eam rem
vocabulo, nuncupatur;) &amp; <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, quae supplicio afficiendorum potio
est: siquidem illo spiritualis <hi>scortationis illecebram,</hi> ex consuetudine Meretricum phil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tris
amorem conciliantium, Spiritus Sanctus expressit; hoc ad morem Iudaeorum allu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sit,
qui morte afficiendis, ut torporem iis inducerent, calicem vini, cui myrrha, aut
aliud id genus aroma amarum immixtum fuerit, praebere consueverant. Cujusmodi
proinde potionem Servatori cruci jamjam affigendo iidem exhibuisse perhibentur; sed
ille bibere recusavit: Matt. 27. 34. <hi>Dederunt ei,</hi> inquit, <hi>vinum</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>cum felle mixtum,</hi> id est, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> enim &amp; <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> idem valent. Voce au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tem
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> Evangelista <hi>speciem amaram</hi> in genere designavit, pro Hellenistarum usu
(quibus &amp; <hi>Absinthium</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> dicitur.) Hanc Marcus <hi>myrrham</hi> fuisse determinat; <hi>Et
dederunt ei,</hi> inquit,<note place="margin">Mart. 15. 23.</note> 
                  <hi>bibendum vinum myrrhatum.</hi> Myrrha verò, Hebraicè <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Sy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>riacè
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, ab amaritudine summa nomen traxit. Atque hinc factum videtur ut Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phetae
in cladibus depingendis toties<note n="*" place="margin">Targ. in Thren. 4. 21. de Constantino<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poli: <hi>Desola<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bunt</hi> te Pa<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chevaei (i. Asri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cani) &amp; tran<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sibit super te Calix maledi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctionis: inebri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ab<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ris &amp; eva<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>uaberi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> 
                  <hi>Calicis</hi> parabolâ uterentur; utpote qui ex mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>re
gentis perituris porrigi soleret. Sic fuit Angeli secundi praeconium, quem mox
excepit tertius. Is quid novi adhuc moniti superaddat, pronis auribus excipia<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mus.</p>
               <p>TErtius Angelus, priores duos supergressus, Bestiae cultores admonet quàm horren<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dum
eisdem impendeat periculum, siquidem ejus sequaces adhuc esse perrexerint;
ideóque suadet ut, omni cunctatione abjectâ, protinus sese à consortio ejus subducant,
hócque pacto saluti suae consultum eant; neque enim qui posthac ei adhaeserint, sal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vos
esse posse. Quod quidem praeconium maximè omnium insigne, Lutheri sociorúm<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
ejus &amp; successorum operâ, superiori seculo felicissimè adimpletum est: quod ni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mirum
eximia illa quam cernimus Ecclesiarum Reformatio est consecuta; hominibus
non jam singulatim, ut ad praecedentis Angeli vocem factum erat, sed provinciatim &amp;
tributim, asserendae &amp; repurgandae Religioni, passim Bestiae jugum excutienti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus.</p>
               <p>El tertius Angelus,<note place="margin">Vers. 9, &amp;c.</note> 
                  <hi>inquit,</hi> sequutus est illos, (<hi>i. priores duos</hi>) dicens voce magnâ,
Si quis adoraverit Bestiam &amp; imaginem èjus, &amp; acceperit characterem in fronte sua
aut in manu sua; Hic bibet de vino irae Dei, [<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>] quod mixtum est
mero in calice irae ipsius, &amp; cruciabitur igne &amp; sulphure in conspectu Angelorum san<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctorum,
&amp; ante conspectum Agni; Et fumus tormenti eorum ascendet in secula secu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lorum:
nec habent requiem die aut nocte qui adorant Bestiam &amp; imaginem ejus, &amp;
si quis acceperi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> characterem Nominis ejus.</p>
               <p>Poenae atrocis atrox descriptio, cui vix quicquam simile habet totius Canonis ambi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tus.
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> supplicii potio est perituris dari solita, ut ad vers. 8. mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nuimus.
<hi>Vinum merum,</hi> id est, aquâ non dilutum, fortiùs inebriat, adhúcque magis
si diversa vinorum genera misceantur: cujusmodi igitur nonnulli hîc intelligi volunt
verbis istis <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, id est, <hi>meri mixti;</hi> cùm alioquin pugnantia diceret.
Sed magìs sese mihi probat, ut <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> idem sit quod merum myrrhâ, fel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>le,
thure, similive saporis amari pharmaco mixtum, quod in poculo Iudaeis <hi>maledicti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>onis</hi>
dicto, ex more gentis, usitatum; allusúmque ad illud Psalmi 75. 9. juxta Septu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>agint.
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. Ubi Chaldaeus habet,
<hi>Calix maledictionis in manu Domini, &amp; vinum forte, plenum mixtione amaritudinis,
ad tollendum per illud scientiam improborum.</hi> Diximus enim, potionem illam exhibi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tam
ut morituro rationis usus tolleretur. Pro eo autem quod Septuaginta habent,
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, in Hebraeo est <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>vinum rubens,</hi> nempe quod aquae admixtione colo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rem
non perdiderat. Erant enim vina in Terra sancta rubra. Reliqua descriptionis
per se patent.</p>
               <p>Iuvabit autem hîc triplicis istius praeconii gradus paulisper observare, útque poste<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rior
priorem gravitate superet. Primus enim Angelus sollus officii admonuit, Deum
ritè ex Evangelii praescripto colendi; culpam hâc parte commissam non exprobravit.
Secundus ulteriùs progressus, Moechationis spiritualis crimen intentat, atque id inte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ritu
<pb n="519" facs="tcp:63175:312"/>
&amp; exitio inevitabiliter luendum; sed quod soli adhuc Babyloni, criminis prin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cipi
&amp; Architectae, nondum participibus ejus, comminetur. Tertius verò, omnibus
gravitatis numeris expletis, universae Bestiae cohorti cunctisque in obsequio ejus per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mansuris
horrendos atque infandos cruciatus, eosque nec finem nec remissionem ullam
habituros, denuntiat. Sequitur</p>
               <p>Hîc patientia Sanctorum est:<note place="margin">Vers. 12.</note> Hîc qui custodiunt mandata Dei &amp; fidem Iesu.</p>
               <p>Quasi diceret, Hoc praecouium <hi>Lydius lapis</hi> erit probandae tum <hi>patientiae</hi> tum <hi>obe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dientiae</hi>
Sanctorum. <hi>Patientiae</hi> quidem; si tam atrocis poenae, talísque quae omnem mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ram
compensabit, exspectationi acquiescentes, nihil tam diuturnis Bestiae successibus
perturbentur, néve ad eam, quâ in refractarios &amp; imperio suo immorigeros grassabi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bitur
persecutionum rabie, quicquam animis concidant: <hi>Obedientiae</hi> verò erga Dei
mandata &amp; fidem Iesu; si hâc comminatione auditâ, nihil cunctati protinus sese à
Bestiae communione subducant, imagini &amp; characteri ipsius renuncient. <hi>Hi sunt qui
custodiunt mandata Dei &amp; fidem Iesu,</hi> id est, qui ritè ac Evangelicè Deum colunt in
fide Iesu Christi: proptereá<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan> 
                  <hi>Evangelicorum</hi> nomine haud immeritò dicendi.</p>
               <p>SIc Ecclesiâ Virgineâ triplici monitione suâ defunctâ, succedit Assertio ejus contra
hostes, typo <hi>Messis</hi> &amp; <hi>Vindemiae;</hi> quibus semel peractis, non differtur ampliùs
beata justorum remuneratio, ut testatum facit denunciatio ista de coelo utriusque de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>scriptioni
praemissa;</p>
               <p>Audivi,<note place="margin">Vers. 13.</note> 
                  <hi>inquit,</hi> vocem de coelo dicentem mihi, Scribe, Beati mortui qui in Domino
moriuntur, ab hoc tempore: Etiam, dicit Spiritus, ut requiescant à laboribus suis;
opera verò eorum sequuntur eos.</p>
               <p>Scio plerosque pronunciatum hoc coeleste ad superiora referre, tanquam consolan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dis
Sanctis jam gravissima quaeque à Bestia, praecedenti celeusmate irritatâ, passuris.
In qua sententia &amp; ipse pridem fui: Nunc verò, re accuratiùs perpensâ, eò inclino,
ut ad sequentia potiùs referendum putem, tanquam commonefactionem jam instantis
<hi>Resurrectionis</hi> &amp; <hi>Iudicii</hi> sub Tuba septima; cujus utpote apparatus in sequenti Visi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>one
agi inciperet. Ità ut illud <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>ab hoc tempore,</hi> dicatur, non respectu rei
praecedenti Visione exhibitae, sed proximè sequenti exhibendae; quam nimirum pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tinus
exciperet <hi>Resurrectio mortuorum</hi> &amp; <hi>Iudicium.</hi> Quasi dixisset, Nunc ad illud
deventum est quod unicum restat implendum, ad tempus illud quo <hi>Mortui in Domino</hi>
ad beatam vitam suscitabuntur, Sic enim in Evangelio Matth. 23. vers. ult. Domi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nus
ad Iudaeos, <hi>Non me videbitis</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>donec dicatis, Benedictus qui veni<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> in nomine
Domini;</hi> id est, non à temporis momento quo haec loquutus erat, sed à tempore Pas<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chatis,
quod tunc celebratum ibat: post quod vulgo Iudaeorum non ampliùs se con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>spiciendum
praebuit. Ratio autem mihi sic, ut dico, sentiendi triplex est. Primùm,
quòd non meminerim uspiam in sacra Scriptura diem mortis<note n="*" place="margin">Vid <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap> LXXV. LXXVI.</note> 
                  <hi>Diem mercedis</hi> indig<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>ari,
sed Diem solum Resurrectionis &amp; Iudicii. Secundò, Denuncia<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>io de coelo, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>um
mandato scribendi, non nisi ad insigne aliquod rerum momentum indicandum videtur
adhibitum. Certè ejusmodi mandatum alibi nusquam, praeterquam initio totius Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phetiae,
reperire est. Denique pronunciato huic, si bene attendatur, sensu omnino
convenit cum illo ad clangorem Tubae septimae,<note n="*" place="margin">Vers. 18.</note> cap. 11. quando tempus affore dicitur
quo <hi>mortuorum</hi> (nempe, propter Christum) <hi>causa judicabitur, Deús<expan>
                        <am>
                           <g ref="char:abque"/>
                        </am>
                        <ex>que</ex>
                     </expan> redditurus sit
mercedem servis suis Prophetis, &amp; Sanctis, &amp; timentibus nomen ejus parvis &amp; magnis, &amp;
perditurus eos qui perdunt terram.</hi> Ità hîc, <hi>Beati,</hi> inquit, <hi>ab hoc tempore mortui qui in
Domino mortem occubuere, ut requiescant à laboribus suis,</hi> id est, vitam deinceps pristi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>norum
malorum &amp; calamitatum securam degant (quo sanè hostium &amp; tyrannorum
exterminium innuitur:) <hi>&amp; opera eorum sequuntur eos,</hi> id est, perpessionum suarum &amp;
rectè factorum omnium mercedem consequentur beatissimam.</p>
               <p>Interim, hâc interpretatione admissâ, de sensu verborum <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>;
nihil muto; adhuc ea cum prioris sententiae sequacibus, non de quibusvis in Christi
<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ide obdormientibus, sed speciatim de <hi>Martyribus,</hi> intelligendo, qui vitam pro Christo
profuderunt (talibus enim constat<note n="*" place="margin">Cap. 20. 4. 5.</note> 
                  <hi>Resurrectio prima:</hi>) ut cum Beza reddendum
putem, <hi>qui propter Dominum</hi> seu <hi>Domini causâ, moriuntur.</hi> Quemadmodum ad Ephes.
4. 1. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Vinctus in Domino,</hi> est <hi>Vinctus propter Dominum;</hi> idem scili<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cet
quod <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, cap. 3. 1. Quo eodem sensu veteres (ut ex Tertulliano
conjicere datur) acceperunt illud 1 Thes. 4, 16. <hi>Mortui in Christo resurgent primi,</hi> id
est, <hi>Martyres,</hi> qui propter Christi confessionem neci dati fuerint. Videsis eum de
Anima c. 55. Quippe notum est, Latinis ablativum, &amp; Graecis perinde dativum,
qui aliàs instrumentum &amp; modum agendi significat, etiam causam ob quam sive prop<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter
quam denotare; ut, <hi>Verberat odio, invidiâ pulsus est,</hi> &amp; similia. Hunc autem
<pb n="520" facs="tcp:63175:313"/>
ablativum sive dativum cùm Hebraei per praepositionem <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> enuncient, &amp; eorum imi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tatione
Scriptura Graeca per 'EN; indè factum ut EN quoque ibidem causam prop<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter
quam designet. Rarior quidem est haec significatio cum hac particula; sed non
dubito quin plura suppeditârit<note n="*" place="margin">Vid. Iud. de Dieu in Act. 24. 16. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> propter hoc. Matth. 6. 7. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> i. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. Ephes. 3. 13. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, propter afflicti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ones m<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>. Col. 2. 16. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, propter <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ibum. Hebraismus est, ubi <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in saepe valet propter. Vid. Gen. 18. 28. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> propter quinque.</note> exempla observatio diligens, quàm mihi nunc in
promptu sint.</p>
               <p>TAntum de pronunciato coelesti. Iam bigae Visionum, cui praemitti diximus, sen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sum,
quantum in re futura licèt, quâque decet sobrietate &amp; modestiâ, indage<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mus:
&amp; primò MESSIS, quâ primus ad consummationem gradus sternitur.</p>
               <q>
                  <p>Et vidi, inquit, &amp; ecce nubem candidam; &amp; super nubem sedentem similem Filio
hominis, habentem in capite suo coronam auream, &amp; in manu sua falcem acutam.<note place="margin">Vers. 14.</note>
15. Et alius Angelus exivit de Templo, clamans voce magnâ ad sedentem super nu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bem,
Mitte falcem tuam &amp; mete; quia venit hora inetendi, quoniam aruit Messis
terrae. 16. Et misit qui sedebat super nubem falcem suam in terram; &amp; demessa
est terra.</p>
               </q>
               <p>
                  <hi>Messis</hi> nomen tria complectitur; segetis desectionem, collectionem, &amp; trituram.
Unde factum ut duplicem in sacris, contrariíque sensûs parabolam constituat: modò
<hi>stragis &amp; excidii,</hi> quasi desectionis &amp; triturae; modò <hi>restitutionis &amp; salutis,</hi> pro col<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lectionis
ingenio. Illius exemplum obvium apud Ieremiam, cap. 51. 33. ubi sic de cla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>de
Babylonis, <hi>Filia Babylonis quasi Area, tempus triturae ejus: adhuc modicum &amp; ve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>niet
tempus messionis ejus.</hi> Item Isaiae cap. 17. 3, &amp;c. de excidio Damasci, &amp; clade
Israelis per Thiglath-pelesarem, <hi>Cessabit adjutorium ab Ephraim, &amp; regnum à Damasco,</hi>
&amp;c. <hi>Eterit perinde ac si colligeret messor segetem, &amp; brachium ejus spicas demeteret.</hi>
Hujus verò exemplum vix alibi quàm in N. T. reperire est. <hi>Messis,</hi> ait Salvator,
<hi>magna est, operarii verò pauci.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Matt. 9. 37.</note> Non desunt tamen qui ab hac notione interpretentur
querelam istam Israelis apud Ierem. 8. 20. <hi>Praeteriit Messis, consumpta est aestas, &amp; nos
non sumus salvati;</hi> i. Transiit tempus quo putavimus nos salvos fore, &amp; non salvati
sumus. Utrius autem figuram MESSIS hoc loco sustineat, eruamus, si possimus, ex
rerum gerendarum ordine quas alibi Spiritus Sanct. de iisdem Ecclesiae temporibus
repraesentaverit.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Calcationem torcularis,</hi> quâ <hi>Vindemia</hi> MESSEM istam subsequens desungitur, ean<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dem
esse cum strage illa cruenta ab Equi albi Sessore patranda cap. 19. palàm est ex
eo quod ejusdem Sessoris descriptioni inseritur; <hi>Is est qui calca<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> torculare furoris irae
Dei omnipotentis.</hi> Iam verò hoc dato &amp; posito, necesse est parabolas propheticas,
quae utramque pariter immediatè, &amp; nullo ampliùs Viso interveniente, praevertant, aut
rem eandem denotare, aut si diversas, tamen aliquo pacto inter se conjunctas &amp; de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vinctas.
Cùm idcirco hîc <hi>Vindemiam</hi> proximè antecedat MESSIS ista; illic verò
Stragem eam atrocem Apparatus nuptiarum Agni, unà cum Excidio Babylonis: se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quitur
omnino, aut apparatum istum, aut Excidium, esse MESSEM quam quaerimus,
aut eódem cum MESSE, aut cum iis MESSEM, pertinere.</p>
               <p>Si dixerimus Vastationem Babylonis MESSEM esse, id tum Typi ingenio, qui
<hi>desectionem &amp; trituram</hi> subindicat, satìs consentaneum foret; tum praesertim subblan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>diretur
Ieremiae exemplo veteris quoque Babylonis casum eâdem figurâ praedicentis.
Locus est quem paulò antè laudavi: <hi>Filia Babylonis quasi area, tempus triturae ejus:
adhuc modicum &amp; veniet tempus messionis ejus.</hi> Huic quoque accedit quòd cùm utra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que,
tam <hi>Messis</hi> quàm <hi>Vindemia,</hi> quòd Annum absolvant, rerum finem &amp; consumma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tionem
denotet; <hi>Messis</hi> verò <hi>Vindemiam</hi> tempore praecedat: ideo, si consummationi
tyrannidis Romanae significandae utramque deservire compertum esset; sanè appositè
admodum MESSIS Urbis ipsius cladem, tanquam excidii plenarii Praemetium; VIN<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>DEMIA
Messi succedens universi Regni Bestiani interitum, haud longo eam inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vallo
subsecuturum, designatum iret.</p>
               <p>Nec sanè quicquam est quod huic accommodationi obstet praeterquam illud unum,
quòd Stragem illam internecinam cap. 19. <hi>Vindemiae</hi> quoque imagine expressam, non
Babylonis vastatio, ut hactenus, praesupposuimus, sed alius rerum eventus, (Babylonis
vastationem (ut videtur) subsequens) <hi>Apparatus</hi> nempe <hi>Nuptiarum Agni,</hi> seu <hi>Sponsae
ejus exornatio,</hi> proximè anteire deprehenditur. Annon igitur MESSIS apparationi
isti significandae erit, aut (si hoc incongruum) rei alicui cum ea gerendae?</p>
               <p>At quaenam, inquies, <hi>Apparatio illa Sponsae</hi> est? quídve illud quod cum ea simul ge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rendum
sit? Sanè <hi>Apparatio illa Sponsae,</hi> nondum video quid aliud esse possit quàm illa tot
<pb n="521" facs="tcp:63175:313"/>
seculis exspectata <hi>conversio &amp; collectio Israelis;</hi> illius quae olim (juxta Salvatoris para<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bolam)
ad nuptias Filii Regis invitata, venire recusavit, nunc verò tandem prompta
&amp; parata accurret.<note place="margin">Matth. 22.</note> Non enim <hi>Gentes</hi> Sponsa illa dici posse videntur, cùm illae jam
olim &amp; à multis seculis Christo desponsatae fuerint. <hi>Iudaei</hi> idcirco sunt, qui adhuc
Agni Sponsa futuri exspectantur.</p>
               <p>Cum hac autem Conversione &amp; Reductione Israelis (quâ illa in <hi>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>oetum Agni Virgi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neum</hi>
cooptabitur, ejúsque pars fiet) conjuncta erit <hi>Turcici Imperii</hi> demessio seu exci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dium;
juxta quod ad Phialam sextam legitur, sed aliâ figurâ, <hi>Aquas magni illius slu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minis
Euphratis exsiccandas esse, ut paretur via Regum ab ortu Solis.</hi> Tempus enim hujus
Phialae planissimè ad tempus Apparationis istius Sponsae convenit; cùm sicut ista ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cidio
Babylonis &amp; stragi hostium novissimae interjecta sit, ità haec Phiala Phialae quae
in Thronum Bestiae effunditur, &amp; Phialae novissimae media intervenit. Nempe Eccle<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sia
Christi, ut conversione Israelis quasi gemina evasura sit; ità utraque pars proprium
&amp; peculiarem id temporis hostem videtur habitura: illa BESTIAM <hi>Romanam</hi> origine
incircumcisâ; haec <hi>Imperium</hi> MUHAMMEDICUM circumcisae Gentis, atque ortu Is<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>maelitico
Isaacidis ominoso. Quorum utriusque exterminio sub adventum Christi
peragendo, quidni hujus MESSIS, illius autem VINDEMIA repraesentando deser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>viat?</p>
               <p>Porrò hui<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> MESSIS interpretationi si minùs firmitudinem, speciem saltem aliquam,
conciliet Vaticinium illud<note n="*" place="margin">Cap. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> Ioelis, unde utraque Imago tam <hi>Messis</hi> quàm <hi>Vindemiae</hi>
desumpta est. Illic enim de tempore convertendi Israelis agi, vel ex primis O<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>culi
verbis manifestum est. <hi>In diebus illis,</hi> inquit, &amp; <hi>tempore illo quo reducam captivitatem
Iudae &amp; Ierusalem; Congregabo omnes gentes in vallem Iosaephati, &amp; discrpta<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>o <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>um
iis ibi superpopulo meo &amp; haereditate mea Israel, quos disperserunt in nationibus, ter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rámque
meam diviserunt.</hi> Deinde in apparatûs bellici hypotyposi sequitur, <hi>Immitti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>te
falces, quoniam maturavit Messis: Venite &amp; descendite, quia plenum est torcular, ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>uberant
torcularia, quia magna est malitia eorum.</hi> Utcunque igitur in hac Figurae
MESSIS accommodatione id observare liceat, rem gerendam ità comparatam esse
<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>t ei utraque <hi>Messis</hi> notio, tam <hi>desectionis</hi> &amp; <hi>triturae</hi> quàm <hi>collectionis,</hi> aptari possit;
haec ex parte Israelis in Ecclesiae horreum colligendae, illa stragis hostium cum ea con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>junctim
futurae: tamen cùm de Ecclesiae contra hostes assertione novissima hîc aga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur,
ideo omnino <hi>desectionis &amp; triturae</hi> notionem praeferendam censeo.</p>
               <p>Sed quicquid MESSIS futura sit, certè Dominum ejus &amp; messionis Auspicem,
ipsum Christum Regem fore arguit descriptio. Ecquid enim ulli praeter ipsum Regi
Titulus iste<note n="*" place="margin">Vers. 14.</note> FILII HOMINIS cum NUBIS carpento in universa Scriptura tribui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur?
Ut minimè tutum sit, meâ quidem sententiâ, id aliò torquere. Potiùs colligen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dum
videtur, Divini Numinis potentiam in MESSE isthac defungenda, sicut &amp; in
proximè futura VINDEMIA, magìs conspicuam &amp; illustrem futuram quàm in ullis
hactenus operibus factum est eorum quae Angelorum tantùm nominibus gerebantur.</p>
               <p>HACTENUS de MESSE conjectavimus; pergamus nunc ad VINDEMIAM.
Quam utì in Anni tempestatibus fieri consuevit, ità hîc ordine rei gerendae
MESSEM sequi, rationi consentaneum est.</p>
               <q>
                  <p>Et alius Angelus exivit de Templo quod est in coelo, habens &amp; ipse falcem acutam.
18.<note place="margin">Vers. 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> Et alius Angelus exivit de altari, qui habebat potestatem in ignem: &amp; clama<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vit
voce magnâ ad eum qui habebat falcem acutam, dicens, Mitte salcem tuam acu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tam,
&amp; vindemia botros vineae terrae; quoniam maturae sunt uvae ejus. 19. Et
misit Angelus falcem suam acutam in terram, &amp; vindemiavit vin<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>am terrae, &amp;
misit in lacum irae Dei magnum. 20. Et calcatus est lacus extra Vrbem, &amp; exi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vit
sanguis de lacu usque ad fraenos equorum per stadia mille sexcenta.</p>
               </q>
               <p>Haec VINDEMIAE descriptio est. Ad cujus interpretationem eò certiùs collinea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bimus,
quò hîc parabolae significatio minùs in ambiguo posita, &amp; expressior habetur
<hi>botrorum calcandorum</hi> designatio. Siquidem <hi>Calcatio vindemialis</hi> in Scriptura parabo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lica
<hi>cladem atrocem, cruentam &amp; internecinam</hi> constanter denotat. Hoc primum. De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>inde
cladem, qua de hic agitur, eandem esse cum Clade illa magna cap. 19. osten<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dunt
(ut paulò antè admonui) verba illa de <hi>calcando torculari irae Dei</hi> descriptioni
ejus inserta. Ergo eadem quoque erit cum <hi>Bello magni illius diei Dei omnipotentis</hi> ad
Phialam novissimam: quocum Cladem illam internecinam cap. 19. eandem esse, illud
dubitare non sinit, quòd utraque ejusdem omnino hostis clades novissima sit; utraque
enim in Bestiam, Pseudoprophetam, eorúmque Confoederatos ultimò incubitura est.
At eorundem clades ultima non potest esse nisi una. Iam si <hi>Vindemia</hi> nostra ean<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dem
cum istis cladem designet, in eosdem quoque hostes incubituram necesse est;
<pb n="522" facs="tcp:63175:314"/>
ergò in Bestiam &amp; Pseudoprophetam. <hi>Vitis</hi> igitur, seu <hi>Vinea terrae,</hi> cujus hic men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tio,
Bestiae ditio est. <hi>Vvae</hi> ad vindemiandum <hi>maturae,</hi> Bestiani sanguinis reatu tur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gentes,
maturi judicio. <hi>Lacus</hi> denique seu <hi>Torcular,</hi> Locus caedis; idem nimirum qui
ad Phialam septimam Hebraicè interpretatus ARMAGEDDON dicitur, forsan
quod ibi ad internecionem Bestiae turmae seu copiae delebuntur. ARMA enim <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <hi>excidium</hi> sonat;<note place="margin">Vide D<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>us. P<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>e<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap> l. 10. p. 434.</note> GEDON seu GEDDON <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>turmam, exercitum,</hi> seu <hi>exercitum
eorum.<note n="*" place="margin">Rev. 16. 16.</note> Congregavit,</hi> inquit, <hi>eos in locum qui vocatur Hebraicè ARMAGEDDON.</hi>
(libri à Plantino excusi simplici <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> ARMAGEDON) <hi>Et septimus Angelus essudit
<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>hialam suam in Aerem: &amp; exivit Vox magna è Templo Coeli è Throno, dicens, Factum est.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Ubi autem hic <hi>Lacus</hi> seu locus futurus sit calcandarum Uvarum, adhuc in Dei ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>canis
est; nec igitur nobis curiosè nimis satagendum, nedum definiendum, donec aut
eventus ipse patefecerit, aut eidem proximior rerum status aliquod ejus fortasse in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dicium
praebuerit. Illud tamen monere fas erit citra temeritatis notam, Ex tam dili<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>genti
intervalli per quod Caedes extenderetur dimensione, videri posse Spiritum Sanct.
ad regionem ejusmodi aliquam digitum intendere, quae <hi>stadia mille sexcenta</hi> in longi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tudinem
pateat: per tot enim stadia stragem faciendam esse docet extra URBEM, hoc
est, ni fallor, in regione seu ditione URBIS. Hinc factum ut quidam circuitione istâ
<hi>Terram Sanctam,</hi> designari putarent, ut quae tot ad amussim stadia longitudine suâ colli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gat,
i.e. <hi>Italica milliaria ducenta,</hi> Graeca verò non ampliùs <hi>centum sexaginta;</hi> quantam
esse Terrae Sanctae longitudinem perhibet Hieronymus Epistolâ ad Dardanum. Graeci
enim, inquiunt illi, milliare suum metiebantur stadiis decem, quorum singula erant
passuum centum; passus autem (quam orgyam appellant) pedum Romanorum
sex<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> ità in universum continebat milliare Graecum 6000 pedes Romanos. E diverso
Romani passum quinque pedibus definiunt, stadium passibus 125, milliare octo sta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>diis,
id est, pedibus tantùm 5000. Unde factum ut milliare Graecum, tametsi mille
passuum numero cum Romano conveniret, Romano tamen quintâ parte majus esset.
Quâ ratione milliaria Romana 200 efficiunt non ampliùs 160 Graeca. Haec ratioci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nii
summa est. Praeterea, nec illud conjecturae omnino nihil momenti addit, quòd
loci nomen ARMAGEDDON Hebraicè nuncupetur, quasi futuri in Terra Hebrae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>orum.
Sed quâ tandem ratione hoc fieri poterit? Sanè illis qui <hi>Antichristum</hi> ex
Oriente proditurum opinantur, haec sententia facilis admodum &amp; expedita est; nobis
non item: nisi quis sortè illud verisimile existimet, <hi>Pseudopropheta<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </hi> post eversam Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mam
in Orientem migraturum, ibíque sedem collocaturum: quod quidem ex ipsis
Bestiae asseclis non desunt qui affirment; nempe, ante supremum Iudicii diem <hi>Ponti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ficem Romanum</hi>
Hierosolymis sedem habiturum. Nam illud certè, Bestiam, rebus
suis domi in Occidente in tali qualis supponitur statu &amp; discrimine constitutis, iterum
(utì olim in expeditione Hierosolymitana) exercitum in Palaestinam ducturam, tot
hostibus à tergo relictis, atque ibi demum funditus deletum iri, nullâ verisimili<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>udine
affirmari posset. Quinimo, nè nos qui <hi>Occidentalem Antichristum</hi> asserimus, illis qui
<hi>Orientalem</hi> ab hac parte inferiores simus, in vicino item locus est cui dictus stadiorum
numerus perinde convenit; putà STATO DELLA CHIESA, seu <hi>Ecclesiae Romanae
Latifundium,</hi> quod ab Urbe Roma usque ad ultimum Padi ostium &amp; paludes Vero<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nentes
porrigitur spatio milliarium Italicorum ducentorum, id est, stadiorum 1600.</p>
               <p>Sed quò abeo? <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ibulam tandem curiositati imponamus, cui forsan hactenus nimis
indulsimus. Ad alia deveniamus, in quibus majus sit operae pretium. Atque adeò
illud imprimis attendat Lector, Non eundem este hîc botrorum putatorem atque cal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>catorem
torcularis; sed prout diversa sunt munia Vindemiatoris &amp; Torculatoris, ità
quoque diversos authores habere; Vindemiationem seu putationem, Angelum falce
vinitoriâ instructum; Calcationem, Christum ipsum Regem equitatu coelesti comita<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum:
id quod ex Visione capitis 19, (nam aliquoties laudavi) liquidò constare po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>test.
Illic enim vidit Ioannes<note n="*" place="margin">Vers. 12. &amp;c.</note> 
                  <hi>Coelum apertum, &amp; ecce Equus albus; &amp; qui sedebat
super eum vocatur fidelis &amp; verax, &amp; cum justitia judicat &amp; pugnat</hi>—<hi>Et vestitus
erat veste aspersâ sanguine,</hi> (sanguine autem uvarum) &amp; <hi>vocatur nomen ejus VER<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>BVM
DEI. Et exercitus qui sunt in coelo sequebantur eum in equis albis, vestiti byssino
albo &amp; mundo. Et de ore ejus podrit gladius acutus, ut in ipso percuterct gentes: Ipse
enim regit cas virgâ ferreâ; &amp; is est QVI CALCAT TORCVLAR VINI FVRORIS
DEI OMNIPOTENTIS,</hi>—&amp;c. Ecquid clariùs dici potuit? Proindèque in contex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tu,
cui lucem pro virisi facimus, neutiquam dicitur, Angelum qui vindemiavit <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ive
putavit botros eundem quoque Lacum calcâsse; sed solummodo botros putatos <hi>in la<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cum
misisse;</hi> quo facto, <hi>calcatum esse Lacum extra Vrbem,</hi> A quo autem nisi à Christo
Rege, è coelo cum coelesti Equitatu prodeunte? Id nimirum est quod Spiritus Sanctus
significare voluit, statim additâ <hi>Equorum</hi> mentione: <hi>Et exivit,</hi> inquit, <hi>sanguis è Lacu
<pb n="523" facs="tcp:63175:314"/>
usque ad<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>aenos Equorum.</hi> Quorsum enim illud de <hi>Equis</hi> insertum, nisi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ut hoc indicio
submoneret, ab eo Lacum calcatum esse ad quem comitatus iste equestris pertinebat?</p>
               <p>Ut igitur rem in pauca conferam; haec Visionis istius Vindemialis summa est: An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gelus
Vindemiator, adhibitis Sanctis, quorum ad hoc negotium ei praefectura deman<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>data
est, borros Bestianos putabit abscindétque; eâque putatione suâ faciet in AR<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>MAGEDDUNTEM
congregari; congregatos demum calcabit Dominus Iesus in ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ventu
suo: juxta quod Paulus ait de <hi>Homine peccati,</hi> (qui ipsissima haec Bestia est)
eum à Domino destruendum fore, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.<note place="margin">2 Thes. 2. 8.</note>
               </p>
               <p>Utraque autem tam MESSIS quàm VINDEMIA <hi>precibus</hi> impetratur: illa quidem
(ut-videtur) Ecclesiae in universum; unde qui supplicum personam ibi sustinet Ange<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lus,
è Templo generatim prodire dicitur: haec verò magis Martyrum &amp; Confessorum,
in quos lanienis atque tormentis saevierint impii, ac Christo victimam fecerint; prop<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terea
qui ad hanc inclamat Angelus, è Thysiasterio seu Altaris septo egreditur, atque
<hi>in ignem potestatem habere</hi> dicitur, ignem autem martyrii. Notum verò illud in vul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gus
est, sanguinem Martyrum ad Deum pro vindicta clamare. Sanè enim passim testa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur
Scriptura, Divinum numen Ecclesiae, neque res secundas, neque in hostes vin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dictam,
<hi>citrapreces</hi> suorum largiri velle.<note place="margin">Dan. 9. Luc. 18.</note> Ità ad preces Danielis solvitur Captivitas
Babylonica: &amp; in parabola de Vidua iniquum Iudicem clamoribus suis fatigante,
apodosis est, Deum similiter precibus electorum suorum adactum tandem aliquando ad
vindictam surrecturum esse. Adde quòd, cùm Tubae clancturae essent demoliendae rei
Romanae, priùs Martyrum preces, facto suffitu, Deo in memoriam revocantur.</p>
               <p>Audi igitur, ô Christe Rex, &amp; in memoriam apud Patrem tuum revoca tot suppli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ces
tuorum pro regno tuo preces, tot afflictorum &amp; interfectorum pro nomine tuo
gemitus, &amp; cùm tempus quod tibi opportunum videbitur advenerit, Surge, mete &amp;
vindemia.<note place="margin">Cap. 8.</note>
               </p>
               <q>
                  <p>¶Hucusque, Lector, fusiore hoc interpretandi genere progredi potui, nec ultrá. In reliqua
quae supersunt Vaticinia SPECIMINA tantùm do; eorum nimirum partem quae
ante triennium aut quadriennium in plerasque Visiones Apocalypticas cum amicis pri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vatim
communicaveram. Ea, qualiacunque sint, candori tuo, Lector, commendo,
<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>tque benignè interpreteris obsecro; donec D.O.M. vires &amp; otium mihi largiatur &amp;
ista (nisi doctorum &amp; piorum virorum judicia absterruerint) simili quo priora filo
pertexendi. Porrò scias in hisce capitum ordinèm adeò ad amussim servare non li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>buisse,
quin BABYLONIS mysterium PHIALARVM Visioni anteponerem; quod
tamen Ioannes postposuit: an quia ex Phialarum Angelis unus illud monstraverat?
an quia praecedentibus Visionibus omnibus tanquam CLAVEM reserandis subjicere
voluit? Vtrumque in causa fuisse videtur: Sed non idem interpretanti atque nar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ranti
ordo ubique commodus est.</p>
               </q>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>DE
METROPOLI <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
CHRISTIANITATIS, BABYLONE
MYSTICA.</head>
               <p>MEtropolis '<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> BABYLON <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> seu <hi>mystica,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Ad Cap. 17.</note> Urbs ROMA
est, seu, ut nunc loquimur, SEDES ROMANA, ex Sponsa olim Christi
facta non solùm <hi>Meretrix,</hi> sed &amp; <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, METROPOLIS
MERETRICULARUM, id est, caput Christiani nominis Urbium cum
ipsa spiritualiter fornicantium. Ubi illud, Lector, vel imprimis observes
velim, (quoniam in ipsa jam Arce versamur Apocalypseos) non aliis haeresibus aut erro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ribus
ullis, quàm illâ tantopere veteri quo<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan> Israeli exprobratâ MOECHATIONE
<hi>spirituali,</hi> magnam illam &amp; catholicam visibilis Ecclesiae Christianae '<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> à Spiritu
Sancto definitam &amp; consignatam esse. Hanc igitur unicam, tanquam Cynosuram,
ab eo spectari oportere, quisquis Apostasiae Christianitatis initium, progressum,
statum &amp; decrementum, ex rerum Ecclesiasticarum tabulis pervestigare voluerit.
<pb n="524" facs="tcp:63175:315"/>
In hunc scopum si intendat, vel palpari potest quod quaeritur; sin aliter, aut frustrà,
aut incertus erit. Sit enim licèt aliorum errorum, imo haereseôn, BABYLON ista rea
(neque enim novum est<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> Meret<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ices atque Moechas aliis quoque vitiis &amp; sceleribus
infames csse;) cùm tamen istarum nullâ magnam illam visibilis Ecclesiae '<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
notave<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>it Spiritus Sanctus, proinde <hi>habendae s<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>nt istae</hi> aut pro solis Apostasiae illius
symptomatis, aut pro ehroribus adventitiis, aliorúmque aequè temporum &amp; Sectarum
communibus; aut si magni sortè momenti haeres<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>s fuerit, ejusmodi <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>amen (ut est illa
de Iustificatione &amp; salute ex meritis Operum spéranda) quae serò demum, &amp; aetate
jam provectâ admodum MERETRIOE,<note place="margin">Rom. 1. 27.</note> in Ecclesiam, tanquam <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, justo Dei judicio sit admissa: nè nimirum qui Dei longanimitatem. TES<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>TIUM que
pradicationem tamdiu támque pertibaciter contempserant, postmodum
(utì contra protoplastas cautum fuisse legimus) <hi>manum extendentes acciperent de fructu
Arboris vitae, comederé vtque victuri in seculum.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Gen. 3. 22.</note>
               </p>
               <p>Porrò illud, Lector, hoc loco singulare est, nec levi animadversione praetereun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dum
(de quo proinde in CLAVE <hi>Apocalyptica</hi> te monebam <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>) nimirum, hanc de ME<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>RETRICE
<hi>magna</hi> BESTIA que ipsam bajulante Visionem, ab Angelo, praeter mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rem
suum, Ioa<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ni nobisque interpretatione longè pulcherrima reseratam esse: eo
proculdubio fine, ut ejus interpretationis beneficio, utpote praecipuae omnium Visio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nis,
caetera quoque mysteria Apocalyptica, hactenus quidem clausa, sed ex illa mira<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bili
artificio pendentia, panderenturi Hîc igitur adesto animis; &amp; nè frustrà, quod te
attinet, Angelus operam istam sumpserit, illud probe probéque memento, Allegoriae
seu Parabolae interpretationem (<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>cujusmodi haec Angeli est) novam allegoriam aut
Parabolam non esse. Nam quae haec insolentia eslet, aut veriùs insania, interpretis?
quisve fructus Allegoriam Allegor<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>, aut Parabolam aliâ Parabolâ interpretandi?
Nè igitur tu hic nescio quas mundi aetates, aut similia attendas figmenta; quinimo
Angeli <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>atidici, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, verùm interpretantis, mentem prout litera sonat
accipito; non Allegoriae, ut al<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>bi usuvenit, sententi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>m recludendi, sed interpretatio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nem
ejus jam datam rebus ipsis applicandi partes tibi restare sciens.</p>
               <p>Quam ad Applicationem, quatenus Deu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> mihi revelaverit, sic tibi praeibo.</p>
               <div n="1" type="section">
                  <head>1.</head>
                  <p>MULIER quam vidit Ioannes BESTIAE insidentem, <hi>Vrbs illa magna est quae tum
regnum habebat super <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>eges terrae,</hi> ver. 18.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Applicatio.</hi> Quae isthaec nisi ROMA est?</p>
               </div>
               <div n="2" type="section">
                  <head>2.</head>
                  <p>BESTIA cam Meretricem factam bajulans, illa Bestia est quae etiam ante Visionem
istam Ioanni exhibitam aliâ quadam sui specie fuerat, sed <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>â tamen, quâ Meretri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cem
bajularet, nondum <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>um fu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>slet; tali verò postmodum ex Abysso surrectura erat,
in eâque sund<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>tus <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>andem interi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>ra: id est, species illa quâ Meretricem bajularet,
Bestiae novissima soret, ultra quam vitam suam non produceret, v. 8. Sequitur eodem
versu (ut isthoc quoque charactere agnoseas ipsissimam hanc Bestiam esse c. 13. osten<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sam)
<hi>
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>t mirabuntur incolae terrae, quorum nomina non sunt scripta in libro vitae à jacto
mundi fundamento, cernentes Bestiam quae erat, &amp; non est, &amp; tamen adfutura est,</hi> Graec.
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.<note n="*" place="margin">[I<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>a &amp; legit in Bibl. Poly<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>glot. <hi>MS. Alexandr.</hi>
                     </note> Sic enim lego cum editione Complutensi, Primasio &amp; Syro Interprete,
ut cum praecedenti descriptione sensu congruat, <hi>Bestia quae suit, &amp; non est, sed ali<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quando
ascensura est ex Abysso.</hi> Quâ verò specie jam antè suerat BESTIA, quâ adhuc
futurum erat ut ex Abysso a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>cende<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>et, illud ex iis<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>quae mox subjungit Angelus singil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>latim
cognoscemus.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Applic.</hi> Interim, si MULIER ipsa ROMA est, quid tandem esse possit Bestia
isthaec multiformis cui inequitat (id est, imperat) praeter Regnum seu Imperium
Romanum?</p>
               </div>
               <div n="3" type="section">
                  <head>3.</head>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Septem BESTIAE capita</hi> duplex typus<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> primô, septem montes seu colles sunt, su<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>per
quos Urbs Bestiae metropolis sita est; deinde, septem quoque ídque in iisdem
(quod unitas Typi denotat) collibus
<q>(Hoc teneas vultus mutantem Protea nodo)</q>
Regum seu Dynastarum successivorum ordines. Quorum quidem quinque, <hi>Regum, Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sulum,
Tribunorum, Decemvirorum, Dictatorum,</hi> Ioannis aevo jam praeterierant: unus
[<hi>Caesarum</hi>] adhuc superfuerat; sed is quoque sub Caesaribus Christianis ità mutaturus,
ut quasi alius, sed brevis admodum aevi, Dynastes videretur, reverâ tamen non alius:
novissimus verò, &amp; mutati, ut<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>jam dixi, <hi>Caesareatûs</hi> respectu octavus, sed reverâ non
nisi septimus, (nam septem tantùm sunt Bestiae capita) is ipsus est sub quo Bestia
demum <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> esset, id est, <hi>mysticae Meretricis bajula,</hi> atque eo statu speciéque
<pb n="525" facs="tcp:63175:315"/>
quâ à Ioanne in praesenti Visione conspecta est; cujus nimirum aetate dici potuit, <hi>Et
jam olim eam fuisse, necdum tamen natam esse.</hi> Olim enim fuerat BESTIA sub priorum
quinque, partim etiam sexti, capitum vicibus; nondum tamen fuit novissimi illius
(putà Pontificii) Capitis vice, quâ demum bajularet MERETRICEM.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Applic.</hi> Nunc igitur, Lector, ausculta. Si sextum BESTIAE <hi>Romanae</hi> caput, quod
Ioannis aetate in <hi>Vrbe septicolli</hi> regnabat, jam à duodecim ferè seculis <hi>ibidem</hi> regnare
desiit; necesse est eum qui nunc ibi rerum potitur (quum nequaquam illud <hi>quasi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>septimum,</hi>
brevísque aevi Caput dici possit) esse novissimum illum, longaevum &amp; verè
septimum <hi>Septem collium</hi> Dynasten; proindéque Statum illum, seu Rem-gentium<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>publicam,
cui ROMA nunc incubat diúque incubavit, Dynastiam illam esse quam
Ioannes praeviderat MERETRICEM bajulaturam.</p>
               </div>
               <div n="4" type="section">
                  <head>4.</head>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Decem Bestiae cornua,</hi> novissimi Capitis insignia, decem sunt Regna, Ioannis qui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dem
aevo nondum nata, sed in quae tandem BESTIAE Romanae corpus vice suâ no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vissimâ ex Capitis Caesarei vulnere dilaceraretur; quaeque omnem potestatem suam
unanimiter conferrent BESTIAE, sub Capitis istius novissimi imperio, integrandae
restituendaeque.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Applic.</hi> Atqui nisi jam indè ex quo Caesares ROMAE regnare desierint, Romanum
Imperium in decem pluráve Regna (etiam Gentium Ioannis aevo ab Imperio alienarum
barbararúmque) divisum &amp; dilaceratum sit, quando, quaeso, unquam, quâve tandem
ratione illud dividendum exspectabimus?</p>
               </div>
               <div n="5" type="section">
                  <head>5.</head>
                  <p>Decem autem illa quae ità coaluerint Regna, Pseudoprophetae Capitis sui au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>spiciis, cum AGNO pugnabunt, victoriâ tamen tandem penes AGNUM Dominum
nostrum futurâ.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Applic.</hi> Illud dudum factum est, hodiéque etiamnum fit: Hoc etiam aliquatenus
factum, sed multò gloriosiori victoriâ quandoque impletum iri speramus.</p>
                  <p>Siquidem ex iisdem <hi>decem cornibus</hi> seu Regibus erunt qui MERETRICEM, cui
tamdiu bajulandae inservierint, <hi>odio tandem prosequentur,</hi> (quod partim impletum
cernimus) <hi>desertam illam reddent &amp; nudam, carnes ejus comedent, ipsdmque exurent
igne.</hi> Deus enim, cujus providentiâ factum est ut tam mirabili consensu in hanc no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vissimi
capitis Bestiam, usque ad tempus ei praestitutum, coalescerent; idem aliquando
cordibus eorum indet, ut voluntatem quoque ipsius in Metropolin suam MERETRI<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>CEM
exsequantur. Haec Angelus.</p>
                  <p>Quod verò praeterea in Parabolae descriptione habetur, MERETRICEM istam
<hi>poculum aureum in manu sua tenere, plenum abominationibus &amp; immunditiâ scortatio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nis
suae;</hi> item, <hi>nomen suum in fronte scriptum</hi> praeserre, id Angeli interpretatione non
egebat: siquidem utroque allusum est ad Meretricum &amp; Lupanarium olim consuetudi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nem;
quotum illae in calice aureo philtra amasiis suis propinare solebant; in istis
cellae meretricum nomine inscribebantur, utì docet Tertulliani illud Lib. de Pudicitia
—<hi>sub ipsis libidinum januis, sub ipsis libidinum titulis;</hi> sed clariùs Seneca Contro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vers.
2. lib. 1. <hi>Meretrix</hi> (ait) <hi>vocata es, in communi loco stetisti, superpositus est cellae
tuae titulus.</hi> Vide &amp; Martialem lib. 11. Epigr. 46. Quinetiam, si famosa esset mere<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trix,
videtur non tantùm in cella, sed in fronte, nomen &amp; elogium scriptum praetu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lisse.
Innuit id Seneca loco citato: <hi>Nomen,</hi> inquit, <hi>tuum pependit in fronte, pretia
stupri accepisti, &amp; manus, quae Diis datura erat sacra, capturas tulit.</hi> Quò &amp; Iuvena<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lis
forsan respexit, Sat. 6. de Messalinae Augustae impotenti libidine,
<q>
                        <l>—nuda papillis</l>
                        <l>Constilit auratis titulum mentita Lyciscae.</l>
                     </q>
Quòd si illud Senecae de cellae fronte accipiendum sit, potest &amp; hoc de Babylone sic
accipi; neque id durum erit, propter figurae ingenium, quae utrumque, tam Meretri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cem
quàm locum seu sornicem in quo prostat, comprehendit.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
         </div>
         <div type="exposition">
            <pb n="526" facs="tcp:63175:316"/>
            <head>OCCASUS ANTICHRISTI,
SEU
MENS SEPTEM PHIALARUM
Quantum adhuc intelligere datum est.
Primoque
De PHIALIS generatim.</head>
            <p>PHIALARUM Angelorúmque Effusorum historiam bifaríàm proponit Spi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ritus
Sanctus.<note place="margin">Ad Cap. 15.</note> Primò generatim, ab initio Cap. 15. usque ad versûs 5 finem:
ubi septem Angelorum septem Phialas habentium Viso summ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap> tenus comme<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>morato,
priusquam ad particularem sive Angelorum sive Phialarum descriptionem
ventum, alterius unà cum illis Visionis exhibitae narratio instituitur; quâ Ecclesiae,
servente Effusione, status figuratur, ab inquinamentis &amp; sordibus idololatricis, in
sacro illo ex materia non aenea, ut Solomonis, sed crystallino Templi labro, seu <hi>Mari,</hi>
ablutae, totóque effusionis tempore<note n="*" place="margin">
                  <hi>Canticum Mosit &amp; Agni</hi> dictum; nempe <hi>Dominum so<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lum colendum esse &amp; glorifi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>candum ut De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um.</hi> Quae Can<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tici hujus sen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tentia a <hi>Mose</hi> pariter &amp; <hi>Agno</hi> hominibus pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mulgata est.</note> 
               <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> de BESTIA superata cantillantis;
ídque dum adhuc Labri ipsius crepidini insistebat, quasi vixdum balneo, quo sese
abluerat, egressa.</p>
            <p>Deinde ad Angelorum amictum apparatúmque, Phialásque speciatim describendas,
acceditur, ab illis versûs 6 verbis, <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>,
&amp;c. <hi>Et exierunt septem isti Angeli habentes septem plagas, è Templo, in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>duti
lino mundo &amp; splendido, &amp; praecincti circa pectora zonis aureis,</hi> id est, habitu
&amp; cinctu<note n="*" place="margin">Ezech 44. 17 18. Maiemon. de Va<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>s San<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctuar<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> c. 10. Sect. 1.</note> Sacerdotali ornati. Cave enim nè verba, quae posuimus, cum illis versûs
praecedentis conjungas: siquidem quod ibi dicitur de <hi>Templo Tabernaculi testimonii
in coelo aperto,</hi> id non ad initium, sed eventum Phialarum pertinet; scilicet Templum
quod, interim dum Phialae effundebantur, <hi>impletum crat fumo à Majestate Dei &amp; à
virtute ejus,</hi> adeò ut <hi>nemo ingredi posset,</hi> ver. 8. (allusum est tum ad Tabernaculi,
Exod. 40. 34. tum ad Templi dedicationem septiduanam, 1. Reg. 8. 10. 2. Paralip.
5. 13.) peractis demum Phialis ità serenabit, ut ipsa <hi>Arca testimonii</hi> [Christus] con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>spicua
futura sit: utì habetur ad septimae Tubae clangorem [cap. 11. ver. ult.] qua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cum
novissimam Phialarum contemporare ostensum est <hi>Synch.</hi> III. <hi>Part.</hi> 
               <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>.</p>
            <div type="part">
               <head>De PHIALIS singillatim Hypotheses.</head>
               <list>
                  <item>EFsusio Phialarum significat Ruinam BESTIAE <hi>Antichristianae.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Ad Cap. 16. 1.</note> Apparet ex
textu; de quo vide <hi>Synch. VII. Part. I.</hi> Quemadmodum enim prior illa &amp;
antiquior Regni Romani <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Tubarum;</hi> ità novissima haec, <hi>Phialarum</hi> plagis sub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ruenda
est. Haec tantae inter utrasque similitudinis causa est, cùm &amp; prioris Politiae
Romanae postrema haec imaginem gerat.</item>
                  <item>2. Septem Phialae totidem sunt istius Ruinae gradus. Sicut enim BESTIA gradatim
succrevit, ità gradatim quoque abolenda est.</item>
                  <item>3. Quicquid tandem sit in quod Phialarum quaeque effunditur, id damnum &amp;
jacturam patitur à Phiala; cùm Phialarum effusio sit Effusio irae Dei [cap. 15. v. 1.]
Nulla igitur interpretatio hîc stare potest, quâ Phialae effusio in bonum ejus cedat in
quod effunditur.</item>
                  <item>4. <hi>Terra, Mare, Fluvii, Sol,</hi> aliquid sunt de BESTIA <hi>Antichristiana,</hi> instar Terrae,
instar Maris, instar Fluviorum, instar Solis. Nam Phialae omnes in BESTIAM effun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>duntur:
ergò &amp; singulae in aliquid BESTIAE, aut saltem quod BESTIAE saluti in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nexum,
ejúsque interest.</item>
                  <item>5. Totum BESTIAE corpus, seu Universitas <hi>Antichristiana,</hi> à Spiritu Sancto,
similiter ut in <hi>Tubis</hi> factum, tacitè comparatur Systemati mundano cujus partes sunt
<pb n="527" facs="tcp:63175:316"/>
                     <hi>Terra, Mare, Flumina, Coelum, Luminaria:</hi> ità ut <hi>Terra</hi> in Universitate Pontificia
dicatur id quod sit instar Telluris in Mundo physico; <hi>Mare,</hi> quod sit Maris instar;
<hi>Fluvii,</hi> quod Fluviorum; <hi>Sol,</hi> quod Solis.</item>
                  <item>6. Denique (ut jam semel iterúmque monuimus) quoniam Deus Angelos adhi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bet
providentiae suae,<note place="margin">Ita &amp; Plagae AEgyptiacae Angelorum oper<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> exerce<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bantur; ut in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nuitur Psal. 78. 49.</note> in rerum humanarum motubus &amp; conversionibus ciendis gubernan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dísque,
administros; idcirco quae multorum manibus peraguntur, Angelo tamen, tan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quam
rei gerendae Praesidi &amp; Duci, pro communi loquendi more, tribuuntur.</item>
               </list>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>Expositio Phialarum ad amussim Hypotheseon.
PHIALA I. IN TERRAM</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>Universitatis Bestianae.</p>
               </argument>
               <p>
                  <hi>TErra</hi> in Universitate <hi>Antichristiana</hi> designat populum, sive vulgus Christianum,
scabellum (proh pudor!) <hi>Antichristi;</hi> cui tanquam Basi superstructa moles illa
<hi>Hierarchico-papana,</hi> instar Turris Babylonicae—<hi>vertice ad auras AEtherias tendit.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>In hanc <hi>Terram</hi> Bestianam effusâ Phialâ; eam ab effusione affectionem contraxit;
ut Bestiae sectatores furiis &amp; intemperiis tanquam <hi>ulceribus</hi> impleret, iisdémque tetris
<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>deò &amp; malignis, ut sanari non potuerint, sed nec cicatrice ullâ obduci, quâ non di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ruptâ
illico renovarentur.</p>
               <p>Hoc impletum cùm vulgus Christianum, Waldensium, Albigensium, Wiclifistarum,
Hussitarum, alissque nominibus appellatum, authoritati Bestiae passim renunciare coe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pit,
Romam <hi>BABYLONEM Apocalypticam</hi> clamitans, <hi>Papam Antichristum.</hi> Quo
Terrae suae jam zelo Dei torridae afflatu pulsati Bestiani, doloris &amp; indignationis
<hi>ulceribus</hi> toti excanduerunt; quibus in rabiem acti ferro &amp; flammâ per annos complu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>res
mirabiliter saevierint: sed frustrà; quippe <hi>ulcere malo</hi> &amp; insanabili percussi, quod,
quò magis sese commovebant, eò indies ingravescebat magís. Sic olim Terra
AEgypti pulvere cinereo divinitus conspersa,<note place="margin">Exod. 9. 8<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> 9.</note> Pharaonitas omnes cum jumentis suis
<hi>ulceribus</hi> oppletos reddidit. Orbis autem Bestianus jam capite 11. AEgyptus <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
perhibetur; proindéque hîc plaga <hi>ulceris</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, id est, mysticè &amp; ex ana<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>logia,
interpretanda: id quod in duarum quoque sequentium Plagarum figuris, ex ea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dem
historia petitis, diligenter observandum est.</p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>PHIALA II. IN MARE</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>Mundi Bestiani.</p>
               </argument>
               <p>
                  <hi>MAre</hi> in Mundo <hi>Antichristiano</hi> est communionis <hi>Pontificiae</hi> comprehensio, quâ
non singuli tantùm Christiani, sed integrae gentes, populi, regna, provinciae,
dioeceses, alioquin inter se disjuncta divulsáque, in unum congregantur: vel sic, <hi>Mare
Antichristianum</hi> est Iurisdictionis seu Ditionis <hi>Pontificalis</hi> ambitus, homines &amp; gentes
Christicolas circumplectens &amp; involvens, ficut Mare Terram.</p>
               <p>In hoc <hi>Mare</hi> Phialâ secundâ effusâ, factum est illico <hi>ut cruor cadaveris,</hi> seu san<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guis
gelidus &amp; concretus,<note place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Cada<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ver</hi> passim a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pud <hi>C<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>esiam</hi> de <hi>Astyage, Dat<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </hi> &amp; <hi>Artaxerz<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</hi>
                  </note> qualis mortuorum &amp; occisorum, seu membri abscissi, esse
soleat, cùm soluto cum vitali fonte commercio, spiritûs calorísque influxu destituitur.
Sensus est, <hi>Mare Pontificale</hi> quasi morte, truncatione, lanienâ mactatum esse.</p>
               <p>Hoc autem impletum cùm Lutheri caeterorúmque illustrium illius aevi Ecclesiae
Reformatorum operâ, Deo coeptis mirabiliter aspirante, non jam è Christianitatis
vulgo solummodo singulae aliquot personae, quinimo integrae Provinciae, Dioeceses,
Regna, Nationes, Urbes communioni Bestianae renunciârunt, magnâque amplissimae
olim Ditionis mutilatione factâ, à corpore Bestiano avulsae recesserunt. Quo casu
<hi>Mare</hi> ditionis <hi>Pontificiae</hi> evasit magnâ suâ parte mortuum, instárque <hi>cruoris cadaveris,</hi>
in quo Animalia <hi>Pontificia</hi> spirare ampliùs &amp; vivere non potuerint.</p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <pb n="528" facs="tcp:63175:317"/>
               <head>PHIALA III. IN FLUMINA ET FONTES
Mundi Bestiani.</head>
               <p>
                  <hi>FLumina &amp; Fontes aquarum</hi> Orbis Bestiani sunt Iurisdictionis <hi>Antichristianae</hi> Mini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stri
&amp; Propugnatores; sive Ecclesiastici, ut <hi>Iesuitae</hi> aliíque Sacerdotes emissa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>;
sive etiam Seculares &amp; Laici, ut Pugiles Hispanici: quorum utrisque ut à Iuris<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dictione ista <hi>causam,</hi> quam <hi>Catholicam</hi> vocant, procurandi promovendique mandatur
munus, perinde ut <hi>Flumina</hi> originem suam ducunt ex <hi>Mari;</hi> ità quoque eidem am<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plificandae
&amp; conservandae operam &amp; opes suas conferunt, sicut &amp; <hi>Flumina</hi> ad <hi>Mare</hi>
revertuntur.</p>
               <p>Haec autem <hi>Flumina</hi> dum alveos suos, quò jam illis ultrà integrum non erat, teme<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rè
prosequuntur, justo Dei judicio à tertiae Phialae effusione cruentanda veniunt,
quomodo &amp; ipsi <hi>Sanctos Dei &amp; Prophetas ejus</hi> jam olim cruentâssent. Nempe ab hac
Phiala res Bestiana in eum statum deventura esset, ut Ministri &amp; Propugnatores ejus,
jam mutatis vicibus, easdem caedes perferre cogerentur quibus <hi>Sanctos &amp; Prophetas
Dei,</hi> florente ipsorum dominatione, mactare consuevissent: ut disertè habetur ver.
5, 6. tanquam Clavis parabolae reserandae.</p>
               <p>Quod de Emissariis Ecclesiasticis cum asseclis suis tune impletum opinor, cùm in
Anglia nostra, gloriosae memoriae Elisabethâ regnante, atque etiam postea, sangui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>narii
isti authoritatis Bestinae procuratores, etiam latis eo nomine legibus, procura<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tionem
suam sanguine (quod iis antea nunquam sic acciderat) luerunt. Nec is<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap> so<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lùm,
sed qui istis multò formidabilores fuerint, causae Bestianae Pugiles Hispani,
suam Ecclesiae Romanae ditionem armis recuperaturi, sanguinem sitientes, sanguinem,
clade praesertim illâ memorabili anni 88 &amp; sequentium aliquot annorum, plenis hausti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
biberunt; Anglis &amp; Belgis, terrâ maríque, calicem potenti Dei manu affatim
insundentibus. Adeò ut justis &amp; veris Dei in utrosque judiciis, non ab Insulanis tan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tummodo
ipsis, sanguinem suorum olim effusum jam ulciscentibus; sed etiam à vici<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nis
Gallis sub cruce adhuc &amp; Altari, imò recenti tum lanienâ anni 1572, gementibus,
mirificè acclamatum fuerit. Atquc hucusque Phialae progressae videntur: reliquae
adhuc effundendae supersunt.</p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>PHIALA IV. IN SOLEM</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>Coeli Bestiani.</p>
               </argument>
               <p>
                  <hi>SOL</hi> quid sit in Mundo Bestiano ut indagemus, priùs quid <hi>Coelum</hi> ibi sit perviden<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dum
est, nè alioquin analogiae filo destituti, nimium quantum à scopo aberremus.
SOL enim non nisi in <hi>Coelo</hi> sibi congruo ponendus aut concipiendus est. <hi>Coelum</hi> igitur
Mundi <hi>Antichristiani</hi> vel est ipsa Suprema &amp; Universalis potestas <hi>Pontificia,</hi> vel om<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nino
quicquid uspiam est sublimioris regiaeque potestatis in Mundo isto Bestiano, id
est, in tota Universitate Provinciarum <hi>Pontificem Romanum</hi> pro Capite agnoscentium.
Ità enim in Mundo physico totum id quod sursum est, supráque terram &amp; aquas, no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tione
Hebraeorum &amp; Spiritus Sancti <hi>Coelum</hi> appellatur. Iam in isthoc <hi>Coelo Antichri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stiano</hi>
(ad naturalis Coeli typum) plurimae sunt <hi>Stellae</hi> diversaeque magnitudinis,
Principes, Duces, Praesules, Reguli, Reges; sunt &amp; <hi>magna Luminaria</hi> instar <hi>Solis &amp;
Lunae:</hi> quae omnia <hi>Coeli</hi> istius motu circumaguntur, ex ejúsque lege vicissitudines
suas obeunt. Ex istis verò splendidissimum, &amp; longè omnium, quae in <hi>Papali</hi> firmamento
radiant, maximum Luminare est <hi>Imperium Germanicum,</hi> Domûs Austriacae jam à du<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>centis
plùs minùs annis peculium. Annon igitur hic SOL est illius Coeli?</p>
               <p>In hune verò SOLEM Phiala quarta jam jámque est effundenda; ut is <hi>Coelo</hi> Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stiano
revulsus, alióque radians, aestu &amp; ardore ad blasphemiam usque torreat tor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>queá
que Orbis <hi>Antichristiani</hi> indigenas, quos antea calore &amp; jubare suo multùm
recreare solebat.</p>
               <p>Atque ecce, dum haec quae pridem commentatus eram in <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ucem edo, fama totum Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stianum
Orbem, piis gratulantibus, implevit, advenisse jam tandem Vindicem Dei
<pb n="529" facs="tcp:63175:317"/>
ab Aquilone, ut afflictae &amp; laboranti Germaniae succurreret; Regem Pium, Felicem,
&amp; quaquà venit Victorem, cujus successus Aquilae volatum superent. Annon hic est
quem Dominus exercituum ad hujusce Phialae opus exsequendum destinavit? Ità
spero, &amp; precor animitus. <hi>Accingere igitur gladio tuo,</hi> REX MAGNE, <hi>prosperè pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cede
&amp; regna, propter veritatem, mansuetudinem &amp; justitiam; nam deducet te mirabi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>liter
dextra tua.</hi>
               </p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>PHIALA V. IN THRONUM BESTIAE.</head>
               <p>PHiala quinta in <hi>Thronum</hi> seu <hi>Sedem Bestiae</hi> effundenda est; hoc est, in <hi>ROMAM
ipsam:</hi>
                  <note place="margin">In Geogr. Arab. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Curisi (<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>Thro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ni seu Sedes) quatuor; <hi>Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ma, Antiochia, Alexandria, &amp; Domus Sanctu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>arii.</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Sedes maxima <hi>Roma.</hi> Vid. Schindl. p. 879.</note> ubi nullo ampliùs Spiritus Sanctus rem abscondit figurarum aut allegori<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>arum
velo; fortè propter ingens tunc oriturum Vaticiniis istis lumen, hoc quasi
Mercuriali signo conspecto, quo non ultrà erit ambiguum quantum itineris Phialae jam
confecerint, quantúmve adhuc iis conficiendum rester.</p>
               <p>Hâc verò <hi>VRBIS Romanae</hi> clade (quam illam ipsam esse puto quae Testium resur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rectionem
ascensionémque exceptura dicitur, cap. 11. V. 13.) Nomen Pontificium
non quidem penitus interibit, sed gloriâ &amp; splendore suo deinceps spoliabitur, adeò ut
<hi>linguas mordeant prae dolore:</hi> interim tamen, in impoenitentia sua adhuc obfirmatis ani<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mis
perseverantes, doloribus suis ad ulteriorem blasphemiam abutentur.</p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>PHIALA VI. IN EUPHRATEM.</head>
               <p>PHiala sexta essundetur in <hi>Flumen illud magnum</hi> EVPHRATEM, ut, eo exsiccato,
transitus paretur novis Bestiae hostibus ab Oriente venturis, hoc est, Israelitis
ad puram Christi sidem cultúmque mirabiliter convertendis, jámque Regni tot seculis
promissi candidatis. Quos Bestiani forsan, sic ulciscente Deo erroris pervicaciam,
pro fictitii Antichristi sui ex Iudaeis oriundi exercitu sint habituri; cujus &amp; nos pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dromos
esse hodiéque asserere non dubitant.</p>
               <p>Hosce autem <hi>Reges ab ortu Solis,</hi> ut dicitur, <hi>venturos,</hi> ut de <hi>Iudaeis</hi> accipiam, duo
faciunt. Primò, quod penultima haec Phiala est; ad quam proinde nisi Iudaei con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verterentur,
necessa<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>iò futurum esset ut cum reliquis Christi hostibus, in quorum nu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mero
&amp; ipsi adhuc essent, in magno illo universalis ultionis &amp; Iudicii Die, quam
proxima &amp; novissima Phiala superinducet, perderentur. Deinde me huc adducit
eódem specta<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>s lsaiae locus, unde hunc Apocalypseos mutuatum esse perquam verisimi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>le
est: <hi>Et desolabit</hi> (inquit cap. 11. v. 15, 16.) <hi>Dominus</hi> (malim, <hi>Quemadmodum
desolavit Dominus) Linguam Maris AEgypti, &amp;</hi> (malim, <hi>ità) levabit manum suam
super FLVMEN</hi> (Targ. <hi>Flumen Euphratem) in fortitudine Spiritûs sui, &amp; percutiet
eum in septem rivos, ità ut transeant per eum calceati.</hi> 16. <hi>Et erit via residuo populo
meo, qui relinquetur ab Assyriis,</hi> (ergò <hi>Euphrates</hi> intelligitur) <hi>sicut fuit in die illa quâ
ascendit de Terra AEgypti.</hi> Videat Lector Zach. 10. ver. 10, 11. ibíque Chaldaeum
Paraphrastem.</p>
               <p>Sed quid tandem <hi>Euphratem</hi> hunc esse, cujus aquae siccabuntur, dicemus? Annon
enim juxta literam id accipiendum sit, praesertim in Isaiae loco, aliquatenus dubito.
Interim huic Apocalypseos malim parabolae &amp; allegoriae nonnihil, nec tamen adeò mul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum,
aspergi; ut reliquarum Phialarum analogia de effusionis objecto hîc quoque sarta
tecta máneat. Habitura enim videtur, non secùs ac vetus illa, suum quoque Babylon
mystica <hi>Euphratem;</hi> Imperium, opinor, <hi>Ottomanicum,</hi> unicum futurum novis istis ab
Oriente hostibus obstaculum, Bestiae<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan> ab ea parte munimentum. Neque hujusmodi
<hi>Euphratis</hi> intellectus absque Isaiae ipsius exemplo erit, qui cap. 8. ver. 7. simili <hi>Euphra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tis</hi>
parabolâ Assyrium exercitum ejusdem Fluminis accolam expressit. <hi>Dominus,</hi> inquit,
<hi>faciet ut ascendant contra istos</hi> (Syros &amp; Israelitas) <hi>aquae illius FLVMINIS</hi> (sic <hi>Euphra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tes</hi>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> dici solet) <hi>fortissimae &amp; amplissimae, REX ASSYRIAE &amp; omnis gloria
ejus.</hi> (Targum, <hi>exercitus ejus,</hi>) &amp;c.<note place="margin">Vide Ier. 47. 2, &amp;c.</note> Quidni jam pari ratione <hi>Euphrates</hi> iste Phialarum
de <hi>Turcis</hi> acciperetur? non minùs utique quàm Assyrii, Euphratis, ante exundationem
suam, accolis, imò ejusdem tractûs incolis. Huc non parum facit, quòd <hi>Solutionem</hi> in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gentis
illius &amp; diu vincti <hi>ad Magnum Plumen Euphratem</hi> exercitûs equestris, ad sextae
Tubae clangorem, cap. 9. ver. 15. de TURCIS inde in Orbem Romanum exunda<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>u<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ris,
Tubarum seriem reíque concinnam veritatem secuti, interpretati sumus.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="530" facs="tcp:63175:318"/>Per sextam igitur Phialam exsiccabitur Diluvium isthoc <hi>Euphrataeum.</hi> Planè juxta
quod c. 11. dicitur, proximè post illam URBIS cladem in magno terrae motu futu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ram
(quam superiori Phialae ibi aptavimus) <hi>VAE secundum,</hi> id est, sextae Tubae pla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gam,
<hi>abiturum.</hi> Id verò quâ ratione, quibúsque tandem authoribus sit futurum,
(utrúmne ab ipsis <hi>Iudaeis</hi> (quod forsan Ezechiel innuit cap. 38. &amp; 39.) Terram
sanctam postliminiò occupaturis; an ex dissidio aliquo intestino horum reditum com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>modè
praecessuro; an utroque forsan, sed ordine &amp; deinceps; an aliâ causâ) frustrà
conjectando, utpote re adhuc totâ futurâ, laborabimus. Quicquid sit, hoc obice re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>moto,
<hi>viam</hi> aliquò eundi <hi>paerari</hi> dicitur novis istis ab Oriente Christianis; ídque ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>peditionem,
ut videtur, contra Bestiam facturis, cujus exitio Phialae omnes inser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>viunt.
Unde enim alioquin &amp; quamobrem tanta ab hac siccatione trepidatio &amp;
pavor Bestianos, imò Daemones, ut videtur, ipsos è vestigio incesseret, ut tam hor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ribili
&amp; inaudito ad bellum apparatui, qualis hîc describitur, causam daret; nisi ipsi
jam cum tota cohorte Diabolica extrema quaeque à novorum istorum <hi>Orientis Regum</hi>
accessione metuerent?</p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>PHIALA VII. IN AEREM.</head>
               <p>SEptima &amp; novissima Phiala in <hi>Aerem</hi> effunditur, id est, in POTESTATEM
<hi>Aeream,</hi> seu <hi>Satanae;</hi> non <hi>Bestiae</hi> tantummodo, sed omnium ubicunque terrarum
Christi Domini nostri hostium Ditiones sinu suo complectentem atque animantem.
Ex hac autem ut spiritum &amp; vitam jam ab initio duxit Bestia, ità ejus praecipuè vir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tute
&amp; auspiciis nitentur novissimae Bestianorum fortunae: id quod tum ex tot foede<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
auxiliorúmque in Phialae hujus novissimae bellum apparatu, artibus, ut perhibe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur,
Diabolicis conciliando, constare potest; tum ex eo quòd Draco Satanas jam, non
solùm per Vicarios suos, Bestiam &amp; Pseudoprophetam, res suas in Exercitu isto Oe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cumenico
conflando satagat, sed ipse per se, tanquam in ultimo Regni sui discrimine,
partes quoque proprias &amp; peculiares videatur habiturus [v. 13.] illis praesertim
in belli hujus societatem evocandis, apud quos alioquin Bestia &amp; Pseudopropheta,
ut nequaquam authoritate, ità nec gratiâ, aut communis forsan periculi repraesenta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tione,
valuissent.</p>
               <p>In tot igitur hostes, <hi>Aereae Potestatis</hi> auspiciis, in unum congregatos, atque <hi>Arma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>geddunte</hi>
quasi in cavea conclusos, Phiala septima, non humanâ jam ampliùs manu, sed
coelesti &amp; sulmineâ vindictà (<hi>magni enim illius Diei, &amp; Dei omnipotentis praelium est</hi>)
detonabit. Hâc Bestiae excidium penitus consummabitur; neque cellae tantùm, seu
Urbis Babylonis, ut priùs sub Tuba quinta, sed Civitatis ipsius, id est, Senatûs popu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>líque
Babylonici, ubi ubi post Urbis cladem supersuerit; adhaec Regum Civitatûm<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan>
omnium eousque cum idolis &amp; Deastris fornicantium, reliquorúmque Sanctam Christi
Ecclesiam unà oppugnantium tyrannorum, exterminium in solidum peragetur.</p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>DE MILLE ANNIS TUBAE SEP<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>TIMAE,
CAETERISQUE EIDEM</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>contempor antibus rerum mirabilium Vaticiniis.</p>
               </argument>
               <p>HIC breviter, Lector, quod sentio absolvam; neque in re ob inveterata jam<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>diu
praejudicia incredibili,<note place="margin">Ad Cap. 20, &amp;c.</note> omniúmque totius Scripturae propheticae abstru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sissimâ
maximéque admirandâ, orationem nimis diducam. In tanto myste<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rio
sat erit rem generatim tenere, neque singulorum rationes curiosiùs inquirere: nè
liberiùs fortè quàm par est exspatianti illud Solomonis occinatur, <hi>In multitudine ver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>borum
non deerit praevaricatio.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Prov. 10. 19.</note>
               </p>
               <p>Rem verò ipsam quod attinet, ea irrefragabili ordinis Apocalyptici sequelâ, quam
antea demonstravi, nititur; eandémque reliquarum Scripturarum, praesertim Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pheticarum,
consensus mirificè confirmat. Id adeò proximi post Apostolos seculi
<pb n="531" facs="tcp:63175:318"/>
Christianis fuit perspectum, ut Iustinus Martyr non seipsum solum, sed, <hi>si qui essent</hi>
tunc temporis <hi>orthodoxae per omnia sententiae Christiani,</hi> summâ idipsum consensione
credidisse attestetur.</p>
               <p>Quam tamen primorum Christianorum sententiam,<note place="margin">Dial. cum Try<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phone.</note> five assumentis quibusdam post<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>modum
deformatam, five iniquè &amp; perperàm (ut quidem arbitror) intellectam, re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jecerunt
eorundem post unum &amp; alterum seculum posteri: eousque tamen, priusquam
res confici potuit, progresso (quod meritò mireris &amp; doleas) contentionis ardore;
ut qui aliter sese ab adversariae sententiae vi, Apocalypseos fundamento subnixâ, expe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dire
nequîssent, divinissimam, omnibúsque Apostolorum discipulis proximísque eorum
successoribus testatam &amp; consignatam Prophetiam, in dubium potiùs vocare, imò con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fictis
in eam rem praesumptionibus authoritatem ejus apertè &amp; audacter elevare, quàm
succumbere &amp; victas manus dare, maluerint: donec tandem commodam MILLENNII
istius interpretationem (ut ipsi quidem tum rebantur) nacti, incolumi relictâ Apoca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lypseos
authoritate, ab incepto, impietatis crimini haud facilè eximendo, posterísque
tremendo, quieverunt.</p>
               <p>Ego verò, Lector, (nè te diutiùs in vestibulo distineam) ità rem totam expediam,
ut à sententia recepta de Die adventûs Christi, excidium Antichristi evestigiò secutu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ro,
quàm minimùm fieri possit abiisse videar. Tu rem, omni semoto praejudicio, in
Dei timore expendas, mihíque, sicubi erravero, ex charitatis judicio ignoscas. Sic
igitur habeto.</p>
               <p>TUBAM SEPTIMAM cum tota <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, caeterísque eódem spe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctantibus
oraculis, designare MAGNUM illum, priscae Ecclesiae Iudaicae, Christó<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
&amp; Apostolis ejus celebratum IUDICII DIEM <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, non breve ali<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quot
(ut vulgò creditur) horarum spatiolum, sed (pro more Hebraeorum, <hi>Diem</hi>
pro<note n="*" place="margin">Apud Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phètas passim (ut cùm di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cunt, <hi>Indieicto</hi>) &amp; alibi in V. T. In Novo au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tem Matth. 6. 11. cum Luc. 11. 3. Ioan. 16. 26. 2. Cor. 6. 2. Heb. 3. 8, 9, 13, &amp;c. item cap. 4. denique 2 Pet. 3. v. ult. ubi <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> tempore usurpantium) continuatum multorum annorum intervallum, duabúsque
Resurrectionibus, tanquam terminis, circumscriptum: DIEM, inquam, à particulari
primùm &amp; quasi matutino Antichristi caeterorúmque vivorum Ecclesiae hostium <hi>Iudicio,</hi>
per gloriosam Domini nostri <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, inchoandum; tandémque post
MILLE ANNORUM regnum Novae Ierusalem, Sponsae suae sanctissimae, in his terris
indultum, novorúmque adhuc suboriturorum, <hi>DIE magno</hi> advesperascente, Satanâ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
iterum soluto, hostium <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Universali demum omnium mortuorum tum
Resurrectione tum Iudicio absolvendum. Quibus peractis, Impii in Gehennam aeter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nùm
cruciandi, Sancti verò in Coelum cum Christo aeternùm victuritransferentur.</p>
               <p>Hoc nimirum est Tempus illud Dei in gentes irae, mortuorúmque propter Christum
causae judicandae, de quo ad septimae Tubae clangorem, cap.<note n="*" place="margin">Vers. 18.</note> 11. Presbyteri ovantes
gratulantur, Quòd eo utique <hi>Deus daturus est mercedem servis suis Prophetis &amp; Sanctis,
&amp; timentibus nomen ejus, parvis &amp; magnis, eósque perditurus qui perdunt terram.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Hic est <hi>DIES ille Iudicii &amp; perditionis impiorum hominum,</hi> de quo Petrus 2 Epist.
c. 3. v. 7. locutus, statim subjicit, <hi>Vnum verò hoc non lateat vos, charissimi,</hi> (nempe
quòd <hi>Diem</hi> modò dixi) <hi>unum Diem apud Dominum esse sicut Mille anni, &amp; Mille annos
sicut unus Dies.</hi> Quo eodem enimvero <hi>Die</hi> Apostolus cum fratribus &amp; contribulibus
suis Iudaeis (ad quos scribit) Novam illam rerum faciem futuram exspectat, de qua
<note n="*" place="margin">Vers. 13.</note> mox inquit, <hi>NOVOS VERO COELOS ET NOVAM TERRAM, secundùm promissum
ejus, exspectamus, in quibus justitia habitat.</hi> Nota, <hi>secundùm promissum ejus.</hi> Ubi
autem extabat haec de <hi>Coelis novis &amp; Terra nova Promissio</hi> (cùm nondum Ioannes Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>calypsin
vidisset) nisi Isaiae cap. 65. 17. &amp; 66. 22? Quam certè <hi>Promissionem</hi> qui lege<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rit,
mirarer si eam alibi quàm in his terris existimaret impletum iri.</p>
               <p>Hoc quoque est Regnum illud cum Christi Mundum judicaturi <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> conjun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctum,
de quo Paulus ad Timotheum, 2 Epist. cap. 4. v. 1. <hi>Obtestor te coram Domino
nostro Iesu Christo, qui judicaturus est vivos &amp; mortuos in APPARITIONE sua &amp; REG<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>NO
suo.</hi> Nam post ultimam ac universalem Resurrectionem, eodem teste, 1 Cor. 15.
Christus <hi>Morte, hostium ultimo, sublatâ, Regnum tradet Patri, ut ipse subjiciatur ei qui
ei subjecit omnia;</hi> nedum ut tunc novum aliquod regnum inire dicatur. Quod igitur
Regnum neque ante Domini nostri <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, neque post ultimam Resurrectionem est
futurum, id necessariò inter utrumque est concludendum.</p>
               <p>Hoc est Regnum illud quod Daniel vidit, <hi>Filii hominis,</hi> expletis CORNU <hi>Anti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>christiani
temporibus,</hi> seu <hi>finitis temporibus Gentium</hi> (Luc. 21. 24.) <hi>apparituri in nubi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
coeli,</hi> quando <hi>ei dabitur potestas, gloria &amp; regnum; ut omnes populi, nationes &amp;
linguae ei serviant:</hi> seu quando (ut Angelus mox exponit) <hi>Regnum, potestas, &amp; am<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plitudo
regnorum subter omne coelum</hi> [N. B.] <hi>dabitur populo Sanctorum Altissimi.</hi> Dan. 7.
13, 14. item 18, 22, 26, 27. Neque enim (ut modò dixi) Regnum hoc post ultimam
Resurrectionem est futurum; quandoquidem tunc <hi>FILIO hominis</hi> non regnum ineun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dum
<pb n="532" facs="tcp:63175:319"/>
est, sed, Paulo teste, deponendum &amp; Patri tradendum. De eodem autem Reg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>no
utrobique, tum apud Ioannem tum apud Danielem, agi, duobus hisce argumentis
evincipotest. Primùm, quòd utrumque ab eodem termino, nempe Bestiae quartae
seu Romanae exterminio, ineat: illud Danielis, quando Bestia sub novissimo illo <hi>Cor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nu
oculati <hi>regimine agens</hi> neci data fuit, &amp; corpus ejus traditum combustioni ignis,</hi> Dan.
7. 11, 22, 27. illud Apocalypseos, cùm Bestia &amp; Pseudopropheta (improbum illud
Cornu apud Danielem os &amp; oculos capitis instar habens) <hi>apprehensi sunt, &amp; ambo vivi
missi in Stagnum ignis ardens sulphure.</hi> Secundò, ab eodem IUDICII conseffu utri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
praemisso: Alterum enim ab altero mutuatum esse, atque in eandem omnino rem
intendere, collatis utriusque descriptionis verbis apparebit.</p>
               <p>
                  <table>
                     <row>
                        <cell>DAN. cap. VII.</cell>
                        <cell>APOC. XX. 4<note n="*" place="margin">Cyprianus locum hunc Apocal. nobis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cum exponit de mercede mar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tyribus promis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sa in Die Iudi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cii. Vide eum de Exhortatio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ne Martyrii.</note>.</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>V. 9 <hi>Videbam donec throni positi sunt. Ita enim cum Vulg. LXX. &amp; Theod. reddenduin; sicque v<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                                 <desc>•</desc>
                              </gap>x <gap reason="foreign">
                                 <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                              </gap> seu <gap reason="foreign">
                                 <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                              </gap> de solio usurpatur in Targum ad vers. 15 cap. 1. Ieremiae.</hi>
                        </cell>
                        <cell>Et vidi thronos.</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>10. <hi>Et Iudicium sedit. Id est, Iudices, ut in magno Iudaeorum Synedrio, ad cujus normam tota descriptio conformatur.</hi>
                        </cell>
                        <cell>Et sederunt super eos.</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>22. <hi>Et Iudicium datum est Sanctis excelsis.</hi> Id est, potestas judicandi. Hinc illud Pauli, <hi>Sancti judi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cabunt mundum.</hi>
                        </cell>
                        <cell>Et Iudicium datum est illis.</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>
                           <hi>Et regnum obtinuerunt Sancti.</hi> Scilicet cum Filio. hominis, qui veniebat in nubibus coeli.</cell>
                        <cell>Et Sancti vixerunt &amp; regnârunt cum Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sto Mille annis.</cell>
                     </row>
                  </table>
               </p>
               <p>Porrò illud Lectorem monitum velim; Quicquid ferè à Iudaeis sani, quicquid à Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mino
in Evaugelio, vel uspiam in N. T. ab Apostolis de <hi>Die Iudicii</hi> magni proditum
est, id ex hac Danielis Visione haustum esse: nempe Iudicium illud igne perageudum,
venturum Christum in nubibus coeli, venturum in gloria Patris cum multitudine Ange<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lorum,
Sanctos cum eo Mundum judicaturos, Antichristum abolendum <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, &amp;c.
Ut omnino fidei Evangelicae de glorioso Christi adventu co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lumnam
subductum eant qui, veturtâ Ecclesiae traditione neglectâ, Prophetiam istam
aliò transferre conantur.</p>
               <p>Denique, ut finem faciam, Hoc est Regnum illud amplissimum, quod, Daniele in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terprete,
in Statua illa quatuor Regnorum fatidica, Nebuchadnesari praemonstratum
fuit: Non illud LAPIDIS, superstite adhuc Monarchiarum serie ex monte abscissi,
(nam hic praesens Regni Christi status est;) sed LAPIDIS, iisdem funditus commi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nutis
&amp; deletis, in MONTEM evasuri atque universum impleturi terrarum Orbem.</p>
               <p>Haec ità, Lector, disserui, non temerè asserui. Rem verò totam Ecclesiae ex verbo Dei ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bitrandam defero: cujus judicio, ut par est,
meam de hoc mysterio sententiam lubens
submitto.</p>
            </div>
         </div>
         <div type="dialogue">
            <pb n="533" facs="tcp:63175:319"/>
            <head>IUSTINI MARTYRIS
DIALOGO CUM
TRYPHONE IUDAEO
Locus insignis de Millennio Regni Christi emendatus &amp;
notis illustratus.</head>
            <sp>
               <speaker>TRYPHO.</speaker>
               <p>DIC autem mihi verum; Vósne locum hunc Ierusalem denuo instauran<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dum
fatemini, &amp; populum vestrum congregatum, atque laetitiâ evectum
iri cum Christo simul &amp; Patriarchis &amp; Prophetis &amp; his<note n="a" place="margin">Qui generi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> nostri sunt] <hi>vel erum; ut ad Iudaeorum vo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cationem refe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ratur.</hi>
                  </note> qui generis nostri
sunt, aut etiam eorum qui<note n="b" place="margin">Ante Christi vestri adventum proselytae] <hi>Ità distinguendum &amp; vertendum. Nam interpres</hi> Langus <hi>non videtur hîc</hi> Iustini <hi>mentem assecu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tus. Ità enim vertit ac si</hi> Tr<gap reason="illegible: indecipherable" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>pho <hi>quar<gap reason="illegible: blotted" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ret, an haec omnia ante Christi nostri adventum (nempe secundum) futura essent. Omnino praeter au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thoris mentem.</hi>
                  </note> ante Christi vestri adventum Proselytae fuere,
exspectatis? an, ut videare nos superare in quaestionibus, eò decurris,
ut ista fateare?</p>
            </sp>
            <sp>
               <speaker>IUSTINUS.</speaker>
               <p>Non sum eò miseriae redactus, ô TRYPHO, ut alia quàm sentio loquar. Confes<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sus
sum tibi &amp;<note n="c" place="margin">
                     <hi>Antea</hi>] Scili<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cet in hoc ipso cum <hi>Try<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> hone</hi> Dialogo; quod tamen jam musquam com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>paret, sive con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>si<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>io, sive frau<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>de corum qui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus <hi>Iustinus</hi> in hac sententia non placuit.</note> antea, me quidem &amp; alios complures mecum sentire id, sicut planè
scitis, futurum. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.
i. E con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trà
verò, eorum<note n="d" place="margin">
                     <hi>Qui purae piaeque Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stianorum sen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tentiae non sunt,</hi>] Negatio in nostris libris intercidit. Sed omnino cum negatione legi oportore manifestum est, tum ex verbis proxim<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> per epexegesin subjunctis (subdit enim, si <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>e<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>s int<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>llexisse qui nomine quidem Christiani dicuntur, sunt ver<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>hei &amp; impi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> hare<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ici;) tum ex sequenti orationis scrie, ubi eadem quae hîc de cou<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>rasentientibus dixerat, denuo &amp; quidem satis fuiè-inculcat, esse nimirum tantùm nomine tenus Christianos, &amp; eodem censu ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bendo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>quo Sadducai &amp; suniles haeretici sunt apud Iudaes. Haec tamen, utu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> manifesta, cùm Interpres non viderit, nequ<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> aliàs ex epexegesi quam dixi ullum sensum congruum elicere pot<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>rit, transferendo immutavit. Sed non aegrè feramus unius particulae jacturam, quâ forsan essectum est nè totus hic locus (utpo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>e sic s<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>tis multatus) penitus expungeretur. Non enim <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ostro primùm aevo uata <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>st ars expurgandi: anti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>qua res est, quae <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>lim in hujus dogmatismem<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ria ex ant<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>cess<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>rum Patrum scriptis eliminanda tyrocinium fecit, pos<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> quam <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>imirum per complures anno<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> non enigno partium fervore <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>gitatum, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>andem Dam<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>si Pontificis authoritate succubuerat; id quod ex hodiernis Irenaei, Victorini Picta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vionensis, &amp; Sulpiti Severi exemplaribus, cuivis manifestum est.</note> qui purae piaeque Christianorum sententiae [non] sunt, multos
hoc non agnoscere tibi significavi: eos enim tibi designabam qui nomine quidem Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stiani
dicuntur, sunt verò athei &amp; impii haeretici, quòd omnino blasphema &amp; impia &amp;
stulta doceant. Ut autem non tantummodo apud vos me hoc dicere sciatis, disputati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>onum
harum nostrarum omnium, quoad potero, opus componam: ubi hoc ipsum me
profiteri, quod coram vobis fateor, conscribam. Non enim homines aut humanas do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctrinas,
sed Deum &amp; disciplinam ab eo traditam consectandam mihi esse statuo.</p>
            </sp>
            <p>Nam tametsi cum quibusdam verba communicâstis qui Christiani dicuntur, atque hoc
ipsum non confitentur, sed maledicere audent Deo Abraae, &amp; Deo Isaaci, &amp; Deo Iacobi;
quíque dicunt<note n="e" place="margin">Non esse mortu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>um re<g ref="char:cmbAbbrStroke">̄</g>
                  <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>surrectionem] Basil<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>diani, Va<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lentiniani, Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>urniniani, Ophitae, Carpocrati<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>i, Colabarsiani, Cerdoniani, Marcionitae, Apellitae negârunt resurrectionem carnis; iidèmque omnes cum Menandrianis &amp; Cerimbianis blasphemârum Deum Legis &amp; Prophetarum, supremum cum Deum fuisse negantes, sed ant Angelum, eúmquo malum &amp; turbulmium, aut Virtutem nescio quam inferiorem dicentus; Christúmque hominus ab ejus potestate lib<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ratum venisse. Atque hinc videre est cur <hi>Tertullianus</hi> isthoc de Millenario dogma asserat contra Marcionitas; itémque Ironaeus Tract. contra omnesbaereses. Quamvis enim id negare hareris non suerit, (cùm de modo &amp; qualitate secundi adventûs Christi quaestio sit, non de r<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> ipsa;) ilis tamen temporibus <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>detur ab haereticis quos dixi praecipuè, si non solis, negatum fuisse, idque privatam ob causam; nè scilicet hoc admisso, consiterntur &amp; carnis resurre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctionem, &amp; Deum Legis &amp; Prophetarum esse Patrem Domini nostri Iesu Christi.</note> non esse mortuorum resurrectionem, verùm simulatque moriantur<note n="f" place="margin">Animas ipsorum in coelum recipi] Plerique enim In eodem Dial. Iust. M. Dico <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> Patrum sic censuere, Animas justorum in Paradiso quodam, seu loco selicitatis &amp; re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>frigerii, requieseere, non tamen in coelo consummari ante resurrectionem. Nobis tamen hîc licebis alit<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>r opinari.</note> ani<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mas
ipsorum in coelum recipi: nè tamen existimetis eos esse Christianos; perinde ut
neque Iudaeos, si quis rectè sentiat, dicat esse Sadducaeos, aut persimiles haereses Geni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>starum,
<pb n="534" facs="tcp:63175:320"/>
&amp; Meristarum, &amp; Galilaeorum, &amp; Hellenianorum, &amp; Pharisaeorum baptista<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum,
(nè cum molestia me omnia quae sentio dicentem audiatis) sed Iudaeos quidem
appellari &amp; filios Abraae, &amp; confitentes labiis Deum, cor autem illorum (ut ipse De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>us
clamat) longè abesse ab eo. <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>
               <hi>EGO AVTEM, ET SI QVI SVNT PER OMNIA</hi>
               <note n="a" place="margin">Orthodoxae sententiae Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stiani] S<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> pri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>man<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>os E<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>des Articulos exci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pia<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>, nescio an simile Testimonium osser<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>i possit de ullo dogmate Christiano. Magnum hoc praejudicium est, seculo ab Apostolis proximo omues Or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thodoxos ità sensisse. Factus enim est Iust<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>uus ex Philosopho Christianus annis circiter <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>riginta à morte Ioannis Apostoli; quo tempore plus quam <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>risimile est, plures adhuc superst<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>es fuisse qui ipsos Apostolos docentes audive ant<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>
               </note> 
               <hi>ORTHODOXAE SENTENTIAE CHRISTIANI,</hi>
&amp; carnis resurrectionem futuram novimus, &amp; MILLE ANNOS in Ierusalem instau<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ratâ
&amp; exornatâ &amp; dilatâ; sicut prophetae Ezechiel &amp; Esaias &amp; alii promulgant.</p>
            <p>Sic namque Esaias de Mille istorum annorum tempore [<gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>
]loquutus est.<note n="*" place="margin">Isa. 65. 17.</note> 
               <hi>Erit enim Coelum novum &amp; Terranova, &amp; non recordabuntur
priorum, neque eorum illa venient in corda: sed laetitiam &amp; exsultationem invenient in
his quae ego creo. Quia ecce facio Ierusalem exsultationem &amp; populum meum laetitiam,</hi>
&amp;c. ad finem capitis. De illo verò [<hi>Nam secundùm dies<note n="b" place="margin">Ligni vitae] In Hebraei est simplicter <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> ac Septug. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> quibus etiam suffragatur Chaldaeus para<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phrastes, ut hinc a<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>pareat; Traditionem de Arbore vitae hoc loco intelli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>genda satis an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiquam esse. Sitne verò soli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>da an secus, alius judicet. Interim videtur Iustinus existimâse, Vitam ligni vitae, seu hominis statu Paradisi, futuram fuisse Mille anno<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum; id est, tamdiu hominem, si non peccâsset, victurum fuisse in hoc mundo, postea in beatiorem locum &amp; conditionem transferendum. Iam autem, quòd peccâsset Adam de fructu vetito comedendo, neque ipsum, neque ex posteris ejus aliquem, qui maximè longaevus fuerit, istum an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>norum numerum attigisse, sed in<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ra magnum illum diem mortuum esse.</note> ligni vitae, dies populi mei</hi>]
subjungit. In his verbis Mille annos arcanè designari intelligimus. Ut enim Adae
dictum est, quo die de ligno comedisset, eo die moriturum etiam esse; scimus eum
mille annos non implevisse. Novimus quoque [pergit] dictum illud, quòd<note n="*" place="margin">2 Pet. 3. 8.</note> 
               <hi>dies Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mini
sit sicut mille anni,</hi> huc pertinere. Et Vir apud nos quidam, cin nomen Ioan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nes,
<note n="c" place="margin">Eduodecim Apostolis Christi u<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>us] Hoc imprimis observandum contra Dionysium Alexandrinum &amp; psseclas ejus Chiliomastigas, qui, con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>over siâ ilâ circa finem siculi <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>tii <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>vente, ut Apocahpseos quâ pre<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>bantur outhoritatem aliqua ex parte imminuerent, eam non Ioanni Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stolo, sed alii uescio cui Ioanni a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>tributam voleban; Iustini, Irenzi &amp; ommium Patrum antecessorum suorum traditiour re<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>lama<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>te.</note>è duodecim Apostolis Christi unus, in ea quae illi exhibita est Revelatione,
Christi fideles nostros Annos mille Hierosolymis peracturos esse prophetavit; ac postea
universalem &amp; (ut semel dicam) sempiternam omnium unanimiter simul Refurrectio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nem,
&amp; Iudicium futurum: id quod &amp; Dominus noster dixit, quòd <hi>nuptum neque da<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>turi,
neque accepturi, sed Angelis aequales futuri sint;</hi> utpote filii Dei resurrectionis.
Apud nos enim huc usque etiam prophetica exstant dona, &amp;c.<note n="*" place="margin">Adde quae in eodem Dialogo habentur de loco Esaiae c. 66. à v. 5. <hi>In quibus verbis</hi> (inquit) <hi>est</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.</note>
            </p>
            <q>Locus alius ibidem eodem spectans.</q>
            <p>[Post sermonem de Magno die Iudicii (quem <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> vocat)
quando Iudaei plangerent Christum quem pupugerunt, ipséque Christus, inauguratus
secundùm ordinem Melchizedec, judex futurus esset vivorum &amp; mortuorum, statim
subjicit,]</p>
            <p>In cujus secundo adventu, nè existimetis Esaiam aut alios Prophetas admonere ut
<note n="*" place="margin">Sacrificia sanguinis, &amp;c.] <hi>Eidem tuam.</hi> Hieronyme! qui cum Dionysio tuo Alexandrino Millenariorum dogmati promiscuè assingitis Circumcisionis injuriam, Victimarum sanguinem, cae<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>rásqu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> Legis ceremonias posslimini<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> instauranda<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>. Scilicet quae Iudaei, aut for<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>è ex Iudaismo haeretici (s<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> madò vera sint quae ex Gaio nescio quo de Ce<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rintho asser<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>u) de suo Millenario somniârunt, vos Christianis <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>diosè impingi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>is. Hoccine v<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ro cand<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>rem vestrum d<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>cuit? Imò <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                     <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                  </gap>. Hieronyme, vel leipso judice. prodis criminationem istam salsam esse. Sic euim scribis in Ieremiam, cap. 19. v. 10. Post captivitatem quae sub Vespasiano &amp; Tilo, &amp; postae accidit sub Hadriano, usque ad consummationem seculi ruinae Hierusalem permansurae sunt: quanquam sibi Iudaei auream atque gemmatam Hierusalem restituendam putent; rurstisque victimas &amp; sacrifici<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>, &amp; conjugia sanctorum, &amp; regnun in terris Domini Salva<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>toris: quae licèt non sequamur, damnare <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>amen non possumus; quia multi, vir<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>rum Ecclesias<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>icorum &amp; Martyrum ista dixerunt. Unusquis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que in suo sensu abunde<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>, &amp; Domini cuncta judicio reserventur. Haec verba tua sunt Hieronyme. Sed dic sodes, An viri isti Ecclesiastici &amp; Martyres sanctissimi dixerunt, circumcisionem &amp; victimas in regne illo Christi restituendas? cave dixeris. Aut si ità credidisse scires, annon sine cunctatione damnares? Quod autem Cerinthum attinet, si quid hujusmodi erraverit, ex Iudaismo attulit (Iudani enim fuit;) Christi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>anis non imputandum. Mirum tamen est de hac Cerimhi haere si apud Irenaeum &amp; Tertullianum nè <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> quidem reperiri, qui tamen exprosess<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> de erroribus ejus scripserunt. Totum hoc <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                     <desc>•••</desc>
                  </gap>ur fide cujusdam <hi>Gaii</hi> hominis obscuri, quem <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>escio an ex Alogorum baereticorum numero fuerit, quos testatur Epiphanius <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>am Ioannis Evangelium quàm Apocalypsin Cerimho adscripsisse. Certè eodem tempore vixit: &amp; Apocalypsin quod ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ti<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>et, ab corum sententia non abhorruisse, quicunque verba ejus apud Eusebium hand oscitanter ligeri<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>, fatebitur.</note> sacrificia sanguinis aut libationum super altari offerantur, sed verae atque spirituales
laudes &amp; gratiarum actiones.</p>
            <div type="part">
               <pb n="535" facs="tcp:63175:320"/>
               <head>Placita Doctorum Hebraeorum
DE
MAGNO DIE IUDICII,
ET
REGNO MESSIAE TUNC FUTURO.</head>
               <p>
                  <hi>SEptimum Millenarium ab universa Cabbalistarum Schola vocari</hi> MAGNUM
DIEM IUDICII, asserit Carpentarius Com. in Alcinoum Platonis pag.
322. <hi>quòd tunc arbitrentur</hi> (inquit ille) <hi>Deum cunctorum animas judicatu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum.</hi>
Cabbalistarum nomine innuit (ni fallor) Doctores Talmudicos;
apud quos, non uno authore, traditionem istam celebrari compertum est.
Ità enim legitur in Gemara Sanhedrin, Perek CHELEK. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>Dixit R. Ketina, Sex
annorum millibus stat mundus, &amp; uno vastabitur; de quo dicitur,</hi> ET EXALTABI<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>TUR
DOMINUS SOLUS DIE ILLO. Vastationem verò intelligit quae futura
est per ignem,<note place="margin">Isai. cap. 2.</note> quo mundus ut aurum excoctus repurgabitur,<note place="margin">Vers. 11, 17.</note> atque à servitute maledi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctionis,
sub qua nunc propter hominis peccatum ingemiscit, asseretur in libertatem glo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>riae
filiorum Dei, Rom. 8. Sequitur paulò pòst,
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>: Id est, <hi>Traditio adstipulatur
R. Ketinae: Sicut è septenis annis septimus quisque Annus remissionis est; ità è septem
millibus annorum mundi, septimus millenarius millenarius remissionis erit, quemadmodum
dicitur,</hi> ET EXALTABITUR DOMINUS SOLUS DIE ILLO. <hi>Dicitur item</hi>
(Psal. 92.) PSALMUS CANTICUM DE DIE SABBATI; id est, <hi>de die qui
totus quies est. Dicitur etiam</hi> (Psal. 90.) NAM MILLE ANNI IN OCULIS
TUIS VELUT DIES HESTERNUS.</p>
               <p>Hîc duo notet lector. Primum, veteres Iudaeos prophetiam illam Isaiae cap. 2.
ubi verba illa [<hi>Et exaltabitur Dominus solus Die illo</hi>] bis habentur, de Die Iudicii
magni &amp; Christi regno accepisse: à quorum vestigiis nec posteriores Rabbini abeunt.
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, inquit R. Schelomo, IN DIE ILLO, <hi>id est, in Die Iu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dicii.</hi>
Item, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Cùm surrexerit ad conterendum terram,</hi> id est, inquit, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <hi>in Die Iudicii, quo conteret Dominus impio<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> terrae.</hi> Rabbi David Kimchi, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
IN DIE ILLO, <hi>id est, in diebus Mes<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>siae,
quando exsequitur Deus judicium in improbos.</hi> Idem, ET EXALTABITUR
DOMINUS SOLUS IN DIE ILLO; <hi>perinde est ac si dixerat,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>Et erit Dominus Rex super omnem terram.</hi> Alterum notandum est, Titu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lum
Psalmi 92, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, à Magistris istis ad Psalmi argumentum spectare putatum,
atque de Mille annorum Sabbatismo intelligi debere.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Iam verò ex istis palàm esse arbitror, priscos Iudaeos DIEM, quem</hi> Iudicii <hi>nomi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nârunt,</hi>
millennio <hi>definiisse: id quod ampliùs confirmatur ex Midrasch tehillim, super
illud Psal. 90. 15.</hi> LAETIFICA NOS PRO DIEBVS (vel secundùm dies) QVIBVS
AFFLIXISTI NOS: videlicet (<hi>inquit</hi>) per Babyloniam, per Graeciam, &amp; per Roma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nos,
ídque in diebus Messiae. Et quot sunt dies Messiae? R. Iehosuas dixit, quòd sunt
DVO MILLIA annorum; sicut dictum est, SECVNDVM DIES [<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>] QVIBVS
NOS HVMILIASTI, id est, secundùm duos Dies. DIES ENIM VNA DEI SANCTI
ET BENEDICTI SVNT MILLE ANNI; juxta illud, QVONIAM MILLE ANNI IN
OCVLIS TVIS TANQVAM DIES HESTERNA. Dixerunt etiam Magistri, quòd
seculum futurum (<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Heb. 2. 5.) DIES MESSIAE erit una. De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>us
enim sanctus &amp; benedictus in futuro [in seculo futuro] faciet ei Diem unam, de qua
dictum est <hi>(Zach. cap. 14.)</hi> ET ERIT DIES VNA, ET IPSA EST NOTA DEO,
NON DIES NEQVE NOX; ET ERIT, AD TEMPVS VESPERI ERIT LVX. Haec
dies est SECVLVM FVTVRVM &amp; vivificatio mortuorum.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="536" facs="tcp:63175:321"/>
                  <hi>Quoto verò millenario Dies ista futura esset, de eo inter ipsos non convenit; neque
enim omnibus illa de septimo millenario sententia arrisit. Fuerunt, nec minoris au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thoritatis,
qui de sexto censuerunt, ut Domus Eliae, cujus traditio de millennio Iudi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cii
magni exstat in haec verba;</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
&amp;c. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, id
est, Traditio Domûs Eliae. Iusti quos resuscitabit Deus (<hi>nempe resurrectione<note n="*" place="margin">Quam ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gistri agnoscunt passim, necnon author lib. Sapientiae cap. 3. vers. 7, 8.</note> primâ</hi>)
non redigentur iterum in pulverem. Si quaeras autem, MILLE ANNIS istis, quibus Deus
Sanctus benedictus renovaturus est mundum suum, de quo dicitur, ET DOMINVS SO<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>LVS
EXALTABITVR DIE ILLO, quid justis futurum sit; sciendum, quòd Deus san<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctus
benedictus dabit illis alas quasi aquilarum, ut volent super facie aquarum: unde dici<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur
[<hi>Psal. 46. 3.</hi>] Propterea non percellemur cùm mutabitur terra. At fortè, inquies,
Erit ipsis afflictioni: Sed occurrit illud [<hi>Isai. 40. 31.</hi>] Exspectantibus Dominum inno<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vabuntur
vires, efferentur alâ instar aquilarum.</p>
               <p>Idem tamen Mundum non nisi sex annorum millibus duraturum statuit. Ità enim
habet traditio ejus; <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>:
id est, <hi>Sex mille annos durat mundus: Bis mille annis ina<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nitas;
bis mille annis Lex; denique his mille annis Dies Christi.</hi> Quorum idcirco mil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lenariorum
alter, ex ejus sententia, <hi>Dies ille magnus</hi> futurus erat de quo dicitur, <hi>Et
exaltabitur Dominus solus die illo.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Eadem fuit sententia R. Asche F. R. Abbae, ut ibidem expressè dicitur; nempe,
ex sententia R. Chanan fil. Thahaliphae</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
non renovaturum Deum sanctum benedictum Mundum suum,
nisi ad septimum millenarium: R. Asche verò dixisse, <hi>id futurum</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
post quintum millenarium.</p>
               <p>Quid porrò amplius de Messiae regno in magno illo Die futuro olim censuerint Iudae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>orum
Magistri, ex iis quae nunc subjiciam aliquatenus cognoscere licet.</p>
               <p>In capitulis magni Rabbi Eliezar (qui vixit paulò post Templum secundum) cap.
34 ità dicitur; <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
Hoc est, <hi>Vivo ego, dicit Dominus, quòd
suscitabo vos in tempore futuro, in Resurrectione mortuorum, &amp; congregabo vos cum uni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verso
Israel in terram Israel.</hi> Petrus Galat. lib. 12. cap. 1.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Sic quoque Paraphrastes Ionathan (qui ante Christum vixit) ad 14. cap. Hoseae
vers. 8.</hi> Congregabuntur de medio captivitatis suae, habitabunt in umbra CHRISTI sui, &amp;
vivent mortui, accrescétque bonum in terra, necnon erit memoriale bonitatis eorum fructifi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cans
&amp; indeficiens, juxtà ac memoria clangoris Tubarum super vino veteri quod libari so<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>let
in Sanctuario.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Targum Psalm. 50. 3.</hi> Dicent justi <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> in Die Iudicii magni, Veniet
Deus noster, &amp; non silebit, ut faciat ultionem populi sui.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>R. Saadias (ex iis Doctoribus quos <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, id est</hi> eximios, <hi>vocant) ad illud
Danielis cap. 7. V. 10.</hi> Et Iudicium sedit &amp; libri aperti sunt, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
i. Iste est DIES IVDICII,
sicut scriptum est,<note n="*" place="margin">Mal. 4. 1.</note> ECCE DIES VENIT ARDENS TANQVAM CLIBANVS; item,
<note n="*" place="margin">Isai. 5. 16.</note> ET EXALTABITVR DOMINVS EXERCITVVM IN IVDICIO; item,<note n="‖" place="margin">Zeph. 3. 8.</note> QVA<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>PROPTER
EXSPECTATE ME, DIXIT DOMINVS. Ille est Dies magnus, quo tempo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>re
exsurget Deus ad judicium. <hi>Et paulò pòst;</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>i.</hi> Et scito quòd [IVDICIVM SEDIT ET LIBRI APERTI SVNT,] quod
exposui suprà de DIE IVDICII &amp; Die<note n="*" place="margin">Sapient, cap. 3. 7, &amp; 13. Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fer 1 Pet. 2. 12. &amp; cap. 5. 6. jux<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ta Vulg. &amp; quaedam ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                     <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap> Graeca.</note> visitationis, sit Dies futurus, quo inquiretur
in omne opus filiorum hominis, tam vivorum quàm mortuorum. <hi>Idem ad v. 18.</hi> Suscipi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ent
regnum Sancti Dei altissimi. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>:
<hi>i.</hi> Propterea quòd rebellàrunt Israelitae contra Domi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>num,
auferetur ab illis regnum ipsorum, &amp; dabitur hisce quatuor Monarchiis, quae posside<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bunt
regnum in hoc seculo, &amp; captivum ducent &amp; subjugabunt sibi Israelem usque ad SE<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>CVLVM
FVTVRVM, donec regnaverit MESSIAH.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Confer Luc. 21. 24, &amp;c. scilicet,</hi> Iudaei captivi ducentur in omnes gentes, &amp; Ieru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>salem
calcabitur à Gentibus, usque dum impleantur tempora gentium. Tunc videbunt Fi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lium hominis venientem in nube, <hi>&amp;c. Et illud Tertulliani advers. Marcionem lib. 5.
cap. 10.</hi> Christus praeputiati Sacerdotii Pontifex, cognituram se quandoque Circumcisio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nem
&amp; Abrahae gentem, cùm ultimò advenerit, acceptatione &amp; benedictione dignabitur.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="537" facs="tcp:63175:321"/>
                  <hi>Huic consentaneum est quod in libro Berachoth cap.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Lib. 11. c. 1,</note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> (<hi>side Petri
Galatini) ità legitur;</hi> Dixit Ben Zuma, Futurum est ut Israel non faciat memoriam exi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tûs
ex AEgypto in FVTVRO SECVLO &amp; in diebus Messiae. Et quid est hujus reipro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>batio?
Quod scriptum est [Ierem. 23.] ECCE DIES VENIVNT, ET NON DICENT
ULTRA, VIVIT DOMINVS QVI ASCENDERE FECIT FILIOS ISRAEL DE
TERRA AEGYPTI, &amp;c. Dixerunt Sapientes, Non quòd evellendum esset nomen AEgypti
de loco suo, sed quòd mirabilia quae fient in diebus Regnorum (<hi>i. quando Messias regna
mundi destruet</hi>) erunt principale <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, &amp; AEgyptus erit <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>i.</hi> accessorium.</p>
               <p>Ex his &amp; similibus discat Lector cur Hieronymus Millenariis toties Iudaismum ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>probret;
quod quidem adeò studiosè facit, ut hoc ei palmarium argumentum fuisse vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deatur
quo dogma illud erroris convincat. Sed utut de dogmate sit, perperámne sen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>serint
Patres isti, an secus; sanè cum Iudaeis sentire non semper in vitio ponendum
est. Sin aliter, quin igitur <hi>Seculum futurum, Gehennam, Paradisum</hi> quoque explodi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mus?
annon enim haec cum Iudaeis communia tenemus Christiani? Numquid non no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mina
ipsa (sicut &amp; <hi>Regni coelorum,</hi> &amp; <hi>Diei Iudicii</hi>) à Iudaeorum Magistris tradita ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cepimus?
Ubi enim illa in Veteris Testamenti Canone comparent, quae tamen apud
Doctores Iudaeorum frequentissima sunt?</p>
               <p>Praeterea, quis jam, veterum Hebraeorum dogmate de Millennio Diei Iudicii audi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to,
non statim se ad credendum solicitari sentiat, Apostolum Petrum apud eosdem
(nam utraque Epistola ad Iudaeos data est) de <hi>Die Iudicii</hi> differentem, &amp; continuò
ad ejus mentionem subjicientem, <hi>Hoc vos non lateat, Vnum Diem apud Dominum esse
sicut mille anni,</hi> Magistrotum ea de re traditionem confirmare voluisse? praesertim cùm
verba illa non ex Psalmo, (ut vulgò perfuasum est) sed ex formulâ Iudaeorum de
Die illo loquentium tritâ mutuata esse videantur. Imò ampliùs cogitabit, Nisi Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stus
Dominus &amp; Apostoli ejus nomen DIEI IUDICII à Iudaeorum Magistris profe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctum,
eâdem cum ipsis mente frequentâssent, quorsum id nè verbulo quidem uspiam
indicârint? Annon enim periculi plena res est, imò proclivis ad fallendum via, erran<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tium
verba &amp; phrases inter docendum adhibere, adsque omni cautione aut dissimilis sen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sûs indicio?</p>
               <p>His ità se habentibus, viris doctis &amp; de hujusmodi in Theologia mysteriis judicare
valentibus expendendum relinquo, annon haec optima &amp; facillima cum Iudaeis agendi
ratio esset; non ut clarissimae illae de rebus in <hi>secundo</hi> &amp; glorioso Christi <hi>adventu</hi> Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phetiae
ad <hi>primum</hi> torqueantur; verùm ut illis persuadeatur, nullum alium Messiam
ipsis exspectandum esse qui ista omnia, mutatis nempe mutandis, (neque enim hîc
Christiano cum Iudaeis penitus, sed ad fidei Christianae libellam sentiendum) impleret,
quàm Iesum illum Nazarenum, quem Majores ipsorum crucifixerunt: id quod Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>calypsis
passim támque studiosè inculcat. <hi>Ecce,</hi> (inquit statim ab initio) [<hi>IESVS
CHRISTVS, primogenitus ille ex mortuis, qui dilexit no<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> &amp; lavit nos à peccatis nostris
per sanguinem suum] venit cum nubibus, &amp; videbit eum omnis oculus, etiam qui eum
transfixerunt, &amp; plangent coram eo omnes tribus terrae. Ego sum A &amp; <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, principium &amp;
finis, dicit Dominus, qui est &amp; qui erat &amp; qui venturus est,</hi> &amp;c. Item, dum passim
Regnum illud augustum AGNO, id est occiso illi Iesu, tribuit: ut c. 7. de Turba pal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mifera,
<hi>AGNVS pasceteos,</hi> &amp;c. cap. 17. 14. <hi>AGNVS vincet illos, quia Dominus do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minantium
&amp; Rexregum est;</hi> cap. 19. 7. <hi>Venerunt nuptiae AGNI,</hi> &amp;c. cap. 21. 9. de No<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>va
Ierusalem, <hi>Ostendam tibi Sponsam AGNI,</hi> &amp;c. &amp; ver. 23. <hi>Lucerna ejus est AGNVS,</hi>
&amp;c. Dum enim nos clarissimas illas de rebus in <hi>secundo</hi> Christi <hi>adventu</hi> Prophetias ad
<hi>primum</hi> torquemus, Iudaei nos derisui habent, &amp; in infidelitate sua magìs obfirmantur.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Hanc Iudaeos convertendi rationem, nisi nimiùm fallor, secutus est Apostolus Pe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trus,
Act. 3. v. 19, &amp;c.</hi> Resipiscite, <hi>inquit,</hi> &amp; convertimini, ad delenda peccata ve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stra;
ut<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. Vid. Iren. l. 3. c. 12. Tertull. lib. de Resu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>r. car<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nis, &amp; Syrum interpretem.</note> veniant tempora Refrigerii à facie Domini; Et mittat priùs praedicatum vobis
IESVM CHRISTVM; Quem oportet quidem coelos capere ad tempora Restitutionis om<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nium,
de quibus loquutus est Deus à seculo per os omnium sanctorum suorum Prophetarum.</p>
               <q>
                  <bibl>I Thess. 5. 21.</bibl>
                  <p>OMNIA PROBATE; QUOD BONUM EST TENETE,</p>
                  <p>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</p>
               </q>
            </div>
         </div>
         <div type="appendix">
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:322"/>
            <p>
               <pb facs="tcp:63175:322"/>APPENDIX
AD
CLAVEM
&amp;
COMMENTATIONES APOCALYPTICAS.</p>
         </div>
         <div type="exposition">
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:323"/>
            <pb n="541" facs="tcp:63175:323"/>
            <head>Danielis Laweni
STRICTURAE
In partem Primam
CLAVIS APOCALYPTICAE.</head>
            <p>DVobus Praecognitis (quorum unum est Nominis, alterum Rei) valere jussis,
video quatuor in primis in toto hoc discursu Chronologico praesupponi quae cen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>suram
merentur.</p>
            <p>Primum, Quòd Liber ille clausus &amp; obsignatus sit hic ipse Liber Apocalypse<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ws.
Hanc ego opinionem ut erroneam validissimis argumentis confodi in No<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tationibus
meis prooemialibus ad Visionem secundam. Demonstravi in super per eundem il<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lum
librum nullum alium intelligi posse, quàm librum veterum Prophetarum clausum &amp; ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>signatum
caecis ac obstinatis Iudaeis, durante hâc eorum reprobatione; juxta id quod prae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dictum
erat ab <hi>Esaia</hi> cap. 29. v. <hi>11. Et erit vobis visio omnium sicut verba libri signati.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>Secundum, Quòd nullae fiant futurorum praedictiones ante reserationem Sigilli primi.
At contrarium liquet ex ipso capite quarto, &amp; quinto, quae Sigillum primum antecedunt,
&amp; visiones continent non <hi>praeparationis,</hi> sed <hi>praedictionis:</hi> multa enim in illis futura prae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dici
constat ex Graecis codicibus; <hi>Requiem non habebunt; cùm dederint; procident,
&amp; adorabunt; projicient coronas,</hi> &amp;c. in quibus omnino servanda est temporis proprie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tas:
In primis verò manifesta in futurum prophetia est in illis verbis Seniorum, <hi>Apoc. 5.
10. Regnabimus superterram.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>Tertium, Quòd Tubae necessariam habeant connexionem cum Sigillo septimo. Sed hoc
partim est impossibile, partim absurdum. Impossibile, Quia Sigillum sextum tempus est
secundi adventus; uti apparet ex illis verbis, <hi>quoniam veniet dies magnus irae ejus,
Apoc.</hi> 6. 17. Graecè est <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, <hi>ille dies, ille magnus,</hi> id est, <hi>notus ac cele<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bris;</hi>
hanc enim Emphasin habet articulus duplicatus: item ex prognosticis illius adven<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tûs,
<hi>Matt. 24. 29.</hi> quae hoc Sigillo repetuntur: At Tubae saltem sex priores secundum Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mini
adventum praecedunt. Absurdum, Quia Turba palmifera gaudentium in fine capitis
septimi incidit, ipso Synchronistâ confitente, in Tubam novissimam. Quomodo ergò cum
ea connectuntur sex Tubae priores? quae tamen necesse est fieri, si necessariam habeant con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nexionem
cum Sigillo septimo.</p>
            <p>Quartum, Quòd quadraginta duo illi menses sint tota duratio sex Tubarum. Atqui men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ses
illi rejiciuntur in finem sextae, <hi>Apoc. 11. 2.</hi> Quomodo ergò se extendunt usque adini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tium
Tubae primae? Quemadmodum Sigillorum non est turbanda series; sic nec Tubarum:
Turbatur autem cum eventus posteriorum in priores transfunduntur. Et certum est menses
illos propriè &amp; secundùm literam accipiendos esse de mensibus dierum, non annorum; ut
qui propterea in dies resolvantur, <hi>Apoc. 11. 3.</hi> nemo autem facilè dicet tempus sex prio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
tubarum exhauriri spatio quadraginta duorum mensium propriè dictorum.</p>
            <p>
               <hi>His praemissis, venio adipsos Synchronismos:</hi> quorum primus est Mulieris in Eremo
agentis, Bestiae septicipitis instauratae, Atrii cum civitate sancta calcati, Testiuminte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rea
prophetantium in sacco.</p>
            <p>In quo primùm noto, Bestiam diu fuisse Septicipitem antequam fuit instaurata; ac proin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>de
non bene haec conjungi tanquam synchrona. Antecedens ex eo liquet, quòd Ioannes vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derit
hanc Bestiamè mariascendentem sub capite suo septimo, <hi>Apoc. 13. 1.</hi> Nam sex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum
caput ipsius tempore exstabat, <hi>Apoc. 17. 10.</hi> Et grassata est Bestia aliquandiu sub
septimo illo capite antequam plagam gladii accepit; ac aliquandiu sub accepta illa plaga ge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>muit
antequam ex carevixit, quae hîc dicitur illius instauratio. Vide <hi>Apoc. 13. 3.</hi> Septi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceps
ergòfuit ante instaurationem.</p>
            <p>Secundò, Instauratio Bestiae initium quidem sumit cum initio pereg<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>inationis Mulieris
in deserto; ipsa tamen longiùs perduravit: nam post exspiratum tempus peregrinationis
eremiticae, Bestia instaurata non nisi certis gradibus &amp; tractu temporis declinavit ad inte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ritum,
donec tandem totaliter ac finaliter exstirpata fuit ad effusionem Phialae septimae:
Ortu itaque contemporant, non interitu.</p>
            <p>
               <pb n="542" facs="tcp:63175:324"/>Tertiò, Quadraginta duo menses non sunt tota duratio regni Bestiae instauratae, nedune
Septicipitis; sed tantùm regni saevissimi, &amp; novissimae persecutionis. <hi>Potestas</hi> enim
<hi>faciendi menses quadraginta duos, Apoc. 13. 5.</hi> non est potestas regnandi simpliciter, sed
potestas grassandi pro libitu, &amp; persequendi sanctos: ut constat ex quibusdam Graecis ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>emplaribus,
quae legunt <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, i. e. <hi>faciendi bellum.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>Quartò, Atrium à Gentibus calcatum esse nescio unde hauserit Synchronista, cùm nulla
ejus mentio fiat <hi>Apoc. 11. 2.</hi> Dicitur quidem <hi>Atrium exterius Gentibus esse datum,</hi> sed
datum esse ad conculcandum non dicitur. Alibi per <hi>Atrium</hi> illud <hi>exterius</hi> intelligit Atri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um
Israelis; quod atrium erat exterius respectu atrii sacerdotum, quod erat interius.
Sed atrium Israelis comprehenditur sub illis verbis, <hi>Et adorantes in eo.</hi> Praeter illud
atrium Israelis, erat adhuc aliud atrium Gentium, in quod ingrediebantur immundi Iudaei
&amp; Gentes alienigenae: &amp; hoc est Atrium exterius, quod nolit mensurari angelus, quia ni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mirum
est Atrium Gentium, &amp; non Israelis.</p>
            <p>Quintò, Prophetia Testium, licèt initium sumat cum instauratione Bestiae, non tamen
cum eadem terminatur: nam Bestia duos illos Testes vincet &amp; occîdet, ac cadaveribus eo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
aliquandin insultabit, <hi>Apoc. 11. 7, 9.</hi> Imò nè quidem cum exitu Tubae sextae praeci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sè
terminantur tempora Bestiae; sed potiùs cum initio &amp; progressu septimae, in quam inci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dit
essusio Phialarum, ut suo loco demonstrabitur. Aliud enim est Vrbem decimâ sui par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>te
concuti, <hi>Apoc. 11. 13.</hi> aliud verò Bestiam finaliter interire: quamvis certus sim illum
qualemcunque Vrbis casum certissimum fore praenuncium ruinae statim certis gradibus secu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>turae
sub Tuba septima; sub qua mysterium Dei de restitutione regni Israelis, &amp; everstonis
omnium regnorum adversantim, consummabitur, <hi>Apoc.</hi> 10. 7.</p>
            <p>Secundus Synchronismus est <hi>Bestiae Bicornis</hi> (quae &amp; <hi>Pseudopropheta) cum Bestia
Septicipite</hi> (quae &amp; <hi>Imago Bestiae</hi> dicitur.)</p>
            <p>At Bestia Bicornis ortu posterior est Bestiâ Septicipite: unde haec <hi>prior</hi> appellatur, <hi>Apoc.
13. 12.</hi> Et nata demum videtur circa instaurationem illius Bestiae prioris; utpote quae fe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerit
<hi>adorare bestiam primam, cujus curata est plaga, Apoc. 13. 12.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>Deinde Bestiam Bicornem conditorem seu instauratorem esse Bestiae Septicipitis, nescio
unde colligat author. Illius c<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                  <desc>••</desc>
               </gap>tè nec conditor nec instaurator est. Non conditor, quia
illae tempore prior est, haec posterior. Non instaurator, quia opus illud disertè attribuitur
Draconi, qui hoc nomine simul cum ipsa adoratur, <hi>Apocal. 13. 4.</hi> Bestia quidem Bicor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nis
Bestiae Septicipiti imaginem posuit, sed Bestiae instauratae, cujus curata erat plaga,
<hi>Apoc. 13. 14.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>Praeterea, <hi>Bestiam Septicipitem nomine Imaginis bestiae aliàs signari solitam,</hi> merum
est Synchronistae somnium: aliud enim Bestia est, aliud Imago bestiae; &amp; haec passim ab
illa distinguitur, Bestia &amp; Imago ejus. At inquit, <hi>Nomine bestiae, ubi cum bestia ima<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>go
bestiae componitur, intelligitur Bestia Bicornis.</hi> Fallitur, ut liquidò constat ex eo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ipso
loco quem citavit. <hi>Apoc. 14. 9. Si quis adoraverit bestiam &amp; imaginem ejus;</hi>
Bestiam intellige Septicipitem, quam bestia Bicornis fecit adorari, faciendo ei imaginem,
quam adorari voluit, <hi>Apoc. 13. 15.</hi> sic ut adoratio cultus sit &amp; honor conferendus bestiae
Septicipiti, non Bicorni. Opinionem tamen suamprobare nititur tribus argumentis.</p>
            <p>
               <hi>Primò,</hi> Quia, juxta Graecorum codicum lectionem, Imago bestiae, quam animavit
Pseudopropheta, facit ut quicunque non adorârint imaginem bestiae occidantur.</p>
            <p>
               <hi>Secundò,</hi> Quia ubi Bestia simul adest cum Pseudopropheta, Imago bestiae non com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>paret.</p>
            <p>
               <hi>Tertìo,</hi> Quia ejusdem dicitur Imago bestiae cujus est nomen numerúsque: At nomen
numerúsque non alterius sunt quàm bestiae Bicornis.</p>
            <p>Verùm haec omnia inepta sunt &amp; frivola. Imagini bestiae adscribitur quod Pseudopro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pheta
fecit, illius imaginis author, Metonymiâ effecti pro efficiente: quod apparet ex Regio
exemplari Montani, in quo legitur, <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, <hi>&amp; facit</hi> (nempe Bestia Bicornis.) Quam le<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctionem
sequuntur Andreas, Aretas, &amp; alii.</p>
            <p>Interdum &amp; Imago bestiae comparet ubi Bestia adest cum Pseudopropheta: ut videre est
<hi>Apoc. 19. 20.</hi> ubi haec tria memorantur, <hi>Bestia, Pseudopropheta, Imago bestiae.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>
               <hi>Nomen numerúsque</hi> non Bestiae est Bicornis, sed Bestiae Septicipitis; quae passim sim<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pliciter
&amp; absolutè Bestia nominatur: à qua ut Bicornis distingueretur, passim in sequen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tibus
non Bestia sed Pseudopropheta nuncupatur; in quo conspirant omnes interpretes.</p>
            <p>Denique, falsum est Bestiam Septicipitem restitutam totam se arbitrio Pseudoprophetae
tanquam supremi sui domini regendam permittere. <hi>Universa terra admirata est post be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stiam
septicipitem, Apoc. 13. 3.</hi> &amp; <hi>omnes reprobi eam adorârunt, Apoc. 13. 8.</hi> At
Pseudopropheta non seipsum, sed Bestiam Septicipitem adorari voluit in imagine tanquam
supremum dominum, &amp; in omnibus illius causam promovit ut ipsius procurator &amp; mini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ster,
<hi>Apoc. 13. 12.</hi> ut bene observavit Irenaeus, quem statim laudavit Synchronista; hinc
<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>am vocat <hi>Antichristi armigerum.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>
               <pb n="543" facs="tcp:63175:324"/>Tertius Synchronismus, <hi>Meretricis magnae seu Babylonis mysticae cum Bestia ea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dem
illa Septicipite Decemcornupeta,</hi> necessariâ indiget castigatione. Mulier enim
meretrix est urbs Roma ab ipsis temporibus Ioannis; ut apparet ex illis verbis, <hi>Mulier
quam vidisti est civitas magna, quae habet regnum super reges terrae, Apoc. 17, 18.</hi>
At Bestia Septiceps nondum exstabat temporibus Ioannis in septimo suo capite; ut liquidò
constat ex istis, <hi>Quinque ceciderunt, unus est, &amp; alius</hi> (septimus) <hi>nondum venit:</hi>
Mulier ergò ista cum Bestia Septicipite quà tali non <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>.</p>
            <p>In primis suspecta mihi est lacinia ista, <hi>Decemcornupeta;</hi> quasi Bestia demum facta
esset <hi>Decemcornupeta</hi> sub septimo, id est, novissimo suo capite. Verba Apocalypsews
clarè &amp; diserte docent decem illa cornua ipsis temporibus Ioannis exstitisse; <hi>Decem cor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nuasunt
decem reges, qui</hi> (in praesenti) <hi>regnum nondum acceperunt,</hi> quia nimirum
Romano imperio nunc erant subjecti, sed <hi>potestatem tanquam reges accipient</hi> in futuro,
<hi>Apoc. 17. 12.</hi> Certum est ex historiis, Imperium Romanum, dum haec scriberet Ioannes,
<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>x decem regnis, sive regalibus provinciis, tanquam totidem partibus principalibus, con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stitisse,
quas hoc modo enumerat ipse Strabo; Italia, Hispania, Gallia, Germania, Hungariae
&amp; Bulgaria, Graecia, Natolia sive Asia minor, Syria &amp; Assyria, AEgyptus, Africa: de
quibus consulendus Molinaeus in <hi>Complemento prophetiarum.</hi> Quomodo autem singu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>la
quae in Apocalypsi de decem cornibus dicuntur, decem illis regnis seu regionibus con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>veniant,
explicatum dedi in annotationibus meis prooemialibus ad Visionem sextam.</p>
            <p>Quartus Synchronismus, <hi>Centum &amp; quadraginta quatuor mille Virginum,</hi> capite
<hi>14. cum Meretrice Babylonica &amp; Bestia,</hi> eodem vitio laborat quo duo antecedentes. Non
enim in solidum contemporant haec, sed tantummodo ex parte. <hi>Meretrix</hi> exstitit ipso
tempore Ioannis; quemadmodum &amp; <hi>Bestia</hi> sub sexto suo capite. Sed <hi>centum &amp; qua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>draginta
quatuor mille Virgines</hi> sunt recentioris originis. Incidunt quidem in tempora
meretricis Babylonicae, utpote quae laudantur quia se illius complexibus non coinquinârunt;
sed in tempora illius postrema, nempe quia <hi>Primitiae</hi> sunt in restitutione, post finitam
novissimam Bestiae Septicipitis instauratae persecutionem, <hi>Apoc. 14. 4.</hi> quando ipsa decli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>navit
ad interitum, <hi>Apoc. 14. 8.</hi> Et quemadmodum recentioris sunt originis, sic longioris
erunt durationis, ut quae Meretricis &amp; Bestiae futurae sunt victrices, ac proinde illis sunt
supervicturae.</p>
            <p>Quintus Synchronismus, <hi>de generali omnium hactenus dictorum Synchronismo,</hi>
praeterquàm quòd superiorum errores recapitulet, prorsus est supervacaneus, cùm non con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tineat
nisi nudam repetitionem memoratorum: ideóque omitti potuisset, nisi numerum
septenarium attingere voluisset author. Si duos sequentes Synchronismos similiter repetat,
habebimus numerum octonarium.</p>
            <p>Sextus Synchronismus, <hi>Atrii interioris calamo Dei mensurabilis &amp; Praelii Draconis
cum Michaele,</hi> peccat, primò <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> verborum; nam Apocalypsis expressè non me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minit
<hi>Atrii mensurabilis;</hi>
               <note place="margin">Quinimo illud praelium com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>missum &amp; ab<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>solu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>um fuit in ictu oculi, ut postea demon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>strabitur: At temph com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mensuratio non est facta in ictu ocuit.</note> ideo malim retineri nomen expressum <hi>Templi mensurabilis:</hi>
nec si expressè illius meminisset, ullum hîc aliud intelligendum foret atrium, quàm atrium
Israelis, quod authori est atrium exterius, Suprà enim monui atrium Israelis Spiritui
Apocalyptico esse interius; ut qui nomine exterioris atrii intelligat atrium Gentium.
Deinde peccat confusione temporum: nam licèt praelium Michaelis incidat in tempus
Templi mensurabilis; Templum tamen non priùs &amp; citius mensurandum fuisse quàm com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>missum
fuit praelium Draconis, nescio quo argumento confirmari possit. Non enim quia
proximè antecedentia sunt contemporaneorum, idcirco est necesse utriusque originem aequè
altùm deducendam esse. Equidem fateor Apocalypsin nihil habere antiquius, quódve
altius originem ducat Muliere puerperâ, cujus partui insidiatus est Draco; attamen ipse
partus quem excipit praelium Draconis multò est recentior; cùm partus sit novissimi tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poris,
in finali Iudaeorum conversione, ut postea demonstrabitur: quemadmodum etiam
est recentior Templi commensuratio, quae incidit in novissima tempora Tubae sextae. A quae
exordium velle ducere Prophetiae repetitae, quae nempe tempora Apocalyptica ab origine &amp;
quasi ab ovo relegat, est cum ratione velle insanire, ut mox pluribus ostendetur.</p>
            <p>Septimus Synchronismus, qui &amp; ultimus partis primae, <hi>Septem phialarum &amp; Bestiae
Babylonísque ad occasum vergentium,</hi> est verissimus &amp; certissimus: ac proinde pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gredior
ad Synchronismos partis Secundae, initio sumpto ab examine Praeloquii quod illi
praemittitur.</p>
            <div type="part">
               <pb n="544" facs="tcp:63175:325"/>
               <head>Stricturae in partem Secundam.</head>
               <p>IN Praeloquio partis Secundae inepta est illa totius Apocalypsews in du <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>s
partes principales partitio: quarum prior sit <hi>Sigillorum, in iísque Tuba<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>barum;</hi>
posterior <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> seu <hi>Libri aperti,</hi> à versu octavo capi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tis
decimi usque ad finem libri: quae omnium errorum mihi videtur esse
praecipuum fundamentum. Ineptam eam voco, &amp; reprobandam puto ob sequentes rationes.</p>
               <p>Primò, quia confundit finem unius prophetiae cum principio alterius.
Finis prophetiae Sigillorum est in Turba illa palmifera gaudentium; utpote quae ipso Syn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chronistâ
teste incidat in Tubam novissimam. Nè verò vel tantillum dubitaremus in Turba
illa gaudentium esse sinem Sigillorum, statim post eam fit mentio <hi>silentii in coelo facti
quasi mediâ horâ:</hi> quâ projectò nihil aliud significatur, quàm Ioannem à visionibus prae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cedentis
prophetiae ad medium horae quievisse; ac proinde eam absolutam esse. Ergò hic
finis unius prophetiae principium alterius est in Tuba prima, quae clangere coepit sta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tim
post ignem è coelo in terram missum, <hi>Apoc. 8. 5.</hi> qui certè nullus est alius quàm de quo
ipse Christus dixerat <hi>Luc. 12. 49. Ignem veni mittere in terram, &amp; quid volo nisi ut ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deat?</hi>
Nè verò hîc etiam haesitaremus in Tuba prima initium esse novae prophetiae, praemitti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur
ei visio praeparatoria post factum in coelo silentium: hîc itaque principium alterius pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phetiae,
quae tamen cum fine praecedentis hâc partitione confunditur.</p>
               <p>Secundò, quia discerpit membra unius ejusdémque prophetiae arctissimè cohaerentia:
nemo enim dubitat in Tubis recto ordine continuari unam eandémque prophetiam; sic ut
ibi desinat quinta ubi incipit sexta<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> &amp; sexta ibi desinat ubi incipit septima. At haec par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>titio
finem sextae Tubae divellit ab ipsius principio, &amp; sic divellit, ut ex fine Tubae sextae
constituat novam prophetiam, quae altius assurgat quàm Tuba prima, imò originem suam
trahat à Sigillo primo; principium enim sextae Tubae suit in fine capitis noni, &amp; illius
finis incidit in principium capitis undecimi: quod tamen (ut dixi) fingitur esse initium
novae prophetiae, quae inchoatur à prima temporis Apocalyptici periodo.</p>
               <p>Tertiò, quia commiscet duas ad minimum integras prophetias toto coelo à se invicem
distinctas: Nam certum est prophetiam Libri aperti terminari cum fine Tubae septimae,
quae est novissima: Nec minus certum est prophetiam de Muliere parturiente esse novam
prophetiam, ut quâ muliere nihil prius &amp; antiquius habeat Apocalypsis, quemadmodum
fatetur ipse Synchronista: Quomodo ergò haec eadem est cum prophetia Libri aperti? Fue<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>runt
qui sibi persuaderent Tubas prodire ex sinu Sigilli septimi; sed quando perveniunt ad
caput duodecimum, coguntur agnoscere initium novae prophetiae. Invenias ergò aliquos qui
totam Apocalypsin dividunt in duas partes principales: sed, qui posteriorem partem incho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>at
à principio capitis undecimi, invenias neminem.</p>
               <p>Profecto <hi>Mulier parturiens</hi> cap. 12. est Synagoga Iudaica, quae patrem habet Iacobum,
qui assimilatur Soli; matrem Rachaelem, quae comparatur Lunae; &amp; descendit à duode<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cim
Patriarchis, qui similes esse dicuntur duodecim stellis: gravida illa fuit ab ipsis die<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
Ioannis, &amp; clamavit parturiens, &amp; cruciabatur ut pareret, postquam templum eorum
&amp; urbs funditus à Romanis fuere eversa; quemadmodum id ipsa Synagoga confitetur sub
hac eadem Allegoria, <hi>Esa. 26. 17. Sicut quae concepit, cùm appropinquaverit ad par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum,
dolens clamat in doloribus suis; sic facti sumus à facie tua, Domine.</hi> Nondum
tamen ipsa peperit, sed inopinatus aderit illius partus in finali Iudaeorum conversione;
cujus mentio fit apud eundem prophetam, <hi>Es. 66. 7, 8. Antequam parturiret, peperit;
antequam veniret partus ejus, peperit masculinum.—quia parturivit &amp; peperit Sion
filios suos.</hi> Esse enim hunc partum ultimi temporis apparet ex Ioanne, qui hunc partum
immediatè docet praecedere fugam Mulieris in desertum, quae incidit in novissima tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pora
Tubae sextae, <hi>Apoc. 12. 6.</hi> cum <hi>Apoc. 11. 3.</hi> collatis. Hinc Micheas de eodem
partu verba faciens, eundem expresse refert ad tempora novissima, cap. <hi>5. 3. Propter
hoc dabit eos,</hi> viz. Iudaeos in manibus hostium suorum, <hi>usque ad tempus in quo par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>turiens
pariet; &amp; reliquiae fratrum ejus revertentur ad filios Israel.</hi> Sic enim judico
superiores prophetas interpretandos esse, ex collatione eorundem cum Apocalypsi, quae Cla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vis
est omnis Scripturae propheticae. Atque hinc apparet dictam prophetiam de <hi>Muliere
parturiente</hi> provehi ad caput &amp; originem periodi Apocalypticae; ac proinde in ea incho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ari
novam prophetiam.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="545" facs="tcp:63175:325"/>Redeo ad rem ipsam. Praemissâ hâc partitione, affirmat Synchronista posteriorem Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>calypsews
partem, quae est <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> seu <hi>Libri aperti,</hi> ab eodem temporis Apocalyp<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tici
principio exordiri unde prior illa quae est <hi>Sigillorum,</hi> &amp; illius tempora relegere à
versu octavo capitis decimi usque ad finem. Verum &amp; ista omnia pro libitu conficta &amp;
prorsus absurda sunt. Septem Sigilla fuerunt aperta; clanxerunt quinque Tubae, sexta
clangorem inchoavit; descenditur ad illius finem, quem proximè excipit septima; &amp;
in fine Tubae sextae inchoabitur nova prophetia, quae originem ducat ab ipso Sigillo primo.
Quis credet istis, nisi cui libitum est posteriora prioribus &amp; summa imis miscere? Et quo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>modo
superiora tempora releguntur à versu octavo capitis decimi, cùm ab illo versu usque
ad finem illius capitis nulla omnino tempora legantur? Quae verò tempora sequuntur in
principio capitis undecimi, aut tempora sunt finis Tubae sextae, aut tempora illius nulla
sunt. Attamen recaepitulationem illam temporum putat Synchronista indicari transicione
istâ, v. 11. cap. <hi>10. Oportet te iterum (<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>) prophetare.</hi> Sed longè aliud est
<hi>iterum prophetare;</hi> aliud <hi>iterum prophetare eadem,</hi> aut <hi>ab eodem exorsa temporis
principio.</hi> Haec duo multùm differunt. Ego hoc dictum fuisse existimo Ioanni in ty<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pum
rei hoc tempore eventurae; quòd nempe Ecclesia nunc ante exitum Tubae sextae sit
reformanda, &amp; de novo prophetatura, tum contra, tum apud populos multos: qua in re
mihi assentientem habeo doctissimum Paraeum. <hi>Ioannes,</hi> inquit, <hi>non tam in sua, quàm
in omnium praeconum veritatis qui sub finem Tubae sextae futuri erant persona, Li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brum
devorare, iterúmque propherare, jubetur. Et est sensus, oportere ut ubi An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tichristus
satìs saevierit, prophetia adversus eum restituatur.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Tandem relabitur Synchronista ad bimembrem suam partitionem, ed<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>que confirmari
opinatur ex eo, quòd hîc idem sit prophetiae initium quod fuit prophetiae de septem Ecclesiis,
item de septem Sigillis: quas nemo dubitat esse novas prophetias. Sunt autem haec initia visi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>onis
quidem de Septem Ecclesiis cap. <hi>1. 10. Audivi vocem magnam à tergo tanquam
tubae dicentis.</hi> Prophetia autem Sigillorum cap. 4. 1. <hi>Et vox prima quam audivi, tan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quam
tubae loquentis mecum.</hi> Denique Prophetiae <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> cap. 10. 8. <hi>Et vox quam
audieram è coelo</hi> (scilicet tanquam tubae loquentis) <hi>rurium loquebatur mecum.</hi> Verùm
haec posterior vox non eadem est cum prima illa, cùm hoc nomine non indigitetur: nec dici<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur
<hi>audita fuisse instar tubae loquentis;</hi> sed vox fuit proximè è <hi>coelo audita,</hi> vers. 4.
ejusdem capitis, <hi>Audivi vocem de coelo dicentem mihi, Signa quae locuta sunt septem
ronitrua, &amp; nè scribas ea.</hi> Eadem ergò vox quae v. 4. vetuerat <hi>scribere,</hi> nunc v. 8.
jubet <hi>devorare libellum &amp; prophetare,</hi> ut bene monet Paraeus. Nolo tamen hac de
re acriùs cum quoquam contendere. Dato itaque eandem esse vocem cum illa priore, non
tamen indè sequetur, Quia aliàs alibi inchoavit novam prophetiam, ideo id quoque hoc loco
fecisse. Certiora sunt indicia novae prophetiae, ut, quòd singulae aut inchoentur novâ
visione, aut terminentur mentione secundi adventûs: quae indicia sunt rerum, non au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cupia
verborum.</p>
               <p>Visio Ecclesiarum terminatur mentione novissimae c<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>nae, <hi>Apoc. 3. 20.</hi> quae coena est se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cundi
adventûs, <hi>Apoc. 19. 9.</hi> Visio Sigillorum terminatur mentione Turbae palmiferae gau<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dentium,
quae incidit in novissimam Tubam visionis Tubarum, quam Paulus esse docet
tubam secundi adventûs, <hi>1 Cor. 15. 52.</hi> Visio Mulieris terminatur mentione <hi>Messis,
Apoc. 14. 15.</hi> quam ipse Christus interpretatur <hi>consummationem seculi, Matt. 13. 39.</hi>
Visio Phialarum terminatur interitu Babylonis, <hi>Apoc. 16. 19.</hi> quae incidit in
secundum adventum, <hi>Apoc. 16. 14, 15.</hi> Eodem termino clauditur visio Meretricis,
<hi>Apoc. 19. 2, 3, 4.</hi> Visio denique Christi vincentis clauditur mentione universalis Resur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rectionis,
&amp; duplicis novae Hierosolymae. Septem itaque erant Visiones, tanquam toti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dem
totius Apocalypsews partes principales. Sed haec sufficiant ad Praeloquium: veni<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>
ad ipsos Synchronismos partis secundae.</p>
               <p>Synchronismum primum appellat <hi>cardinem Synchronismorum;</hi> ego verò eundem voco
cardinem vanitatum: adeò nihil est in eo veri, nihil certi. Synchronismum esse vult
<hi>Sigilli septimi quoad sex priores Tubas, cum Bestia Septicipite, Bicorni, caete<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>risque
contemporantibus.</hi> Sed jam antea demonstravi sex Tubas non pertinere ad Si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gillum
septimum; demonstravi insuper Bestiam Bicornem Bestiae septicipili &amp; caeteris non
in omnibus nec ad amussim contemporare. Nunc demonstrabo initium Bestiae Septicipi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tis
non contemporare cum initio Sigilli septimi, quod praecipuum est hujus Synchronis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mi
fundamentum eversum ire. Bestia Septiceps est ipsissimum regnum Antichristi, sub
novissimo, i e. septimo, suo capite. Atqui Antichristus demum in lucem producitur sub Tu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ba
sexta, <hi>Apoc.</hi> 11. 7. vel (quod ego malim) sub Tuba quinta, <hi>Apoc.</hi> 9. 11. ubi <hi>An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gelum
Abyssi</hi> eundem esse puto cum <hi>Bestia ascensura ex abysso, Apoc.</hi> 11. 7. Et
proculdubio est <hi>Antichristus,</hi> cùm vocetur nomine <hi>Antichristi</hi> in Graeca Ecclesiae
recepto, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> vel <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 2 <hi>Thessal.</hi> 2. 3. Hebraicè autem nomen habet
<pb n="546" facs="tcp:63175:326"/>
                  <hi>ABADU, Servus ille</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> sic dictus, i.e. <hi>Servus servorum.</hi> Sic enim Hebraeus
&amp; Syrus legunt. Quòd si quis malit legere cum correctioribus exemplaribus Graecis <hi>Ab<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>badon,</hi>
hoc idem significat quod <hi>Papa-Dominus:</hi> quam lectionem etiam retinuit vulga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tus
Latinus. Rectius itaque Bestia septiceps contemporabit cum Tuba quinta. Sigillune
quintum tempus est persecutionis Sanctorum, ut certum est ex illis verbis, <hi>Donec comple<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>antur
conservi eorum—qui intersiciendi sunt sicut &amp; illi, Apoc. 6. 11.</hi> Atqui hoc
proprium munus est Bestiae: ipsa itáque rectiùs dicetur contemporare cum Sigillo
quinto.</p>
               <p>Initium septimi Sigilli est in obsignatione Coetûs illius virginalis cap. 7. ipso Synchro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nistâ
confitente: atqui obsignatio illa sequitur illustrem Domini adventum, qui describi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur
Sigillo sexto, &amp; in quem incidit Bestiae interitus, ut apparet ex collatione <hi>Apoc. 6.
15, 16, 17.</hi> cum <hi>Apoc. 16. 14, 15, 16.</hi> Impossibile itaque est Bestiam Septicipitem con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>temporare
cum initio Sigilli septimi.</p>
               <p>At (inquit ille) <hi>Coetùs illius obsignationem suprà ostendi contemporare ad amussim
cum Bestia Septicipite, parte primâ, Synchronismo quarto.</hi> Respondeo; Contrarium
liquet ex nostra ad eundem censura. Quod porrò existimet obsignationem illam factam
esse, nè grassantibus in orbe Tubarum calamitatibus electi Dei servi extinguerentur; gra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tis
fingitur sine ullo fundamento: obsignationem illam dico sactam esse ad novas nuptias.
Agni in illustri Domini adventu celebrandos, ut manifestum ex hujusce loci collatione
cum 4. <hi>Esdrae 2. 38. Videte numerum signatorum in convivio Domini;</hi> ad quem
hîc certus est respectus. Scio Librum istum esse Apocryhum; sed potest liber Apocry<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phus
interdum continere quasdam antiquas &amp; veras narrationes.</p>
               <p>Denique falsum est, <hi>obsignatione illâ turbari non interrumpendam Sigillorum seri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>em:</hi>
ipse enim Synchronista fatetur illam pertinere ad finem Sigilli sexti, sive ad initi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um
septimi; &amp; meritò, quia expressè dicitur <hi>Apoc.</hi> 7. 1. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, id est, <hi>post haec</hi>
nempe, quae acciderunt Sigillo sexto. Ego judico obsignationem virginum &amp; Turbam pal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miferam
gaudentium esse totum mysterium Sigilli septimi, quod demum narratur <hi>aper<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum fuisse</hi> initio cap. 8. cùm capite septimo praemissum sit illius mysterium; quemadmo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dum
primum Vae demum narratur praeteriisse post praemissam illius calamitatem, <hi>Apoc.</hi>
9. 12.</p>
               <p>Sic ergò corruit omnium sequentium Synchronismorum fundamentum, eorum nempe qui
ex primo isto deducuntur: quos tamen etiam examinabo, nè quis queratur aliquid à me
praeteritum esse aut neglectum.</p>
               <p>Synchronismum secundum ait esse <hi>contemporantium Atrii interioris &amp; Praelii Dra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>conis
&amp; Michaelis de puerperio cum sex primis Sigillis.</hi> Atqui <hi>dimensuratio Templi</hi>
(sic enim loqui malim, quia Textus expressè illius meminit) tempore prior est praelio
Draconis, ut visum suprà Synchronismo sexto, parte primâ; &amp; neulrum contemporat cum
sex primis Sigillis. Non <hi>dimensuratio Templi;</hi> quia jubetur Ioannes Templum metiri
sub finem Tubae sextae, <hi>Apoc.</hi> 11. 1. Iam verò finem Tubae sextae contemporare cum
Sigillo primo quis dixerit? Non <hi>Praelium Draconis;</hi> quia illud commissum &amp; absolutum
fuit brevissimo temporis spatio, puta in momento, ictu oculi. Nam statim fuit commissum
post raptum partum, &amp; absolutum fuit ante fugam Mulieris in desertum; <hi>Apoc.</hi> 12. 13,
14. At Mulier statim &amp; immediatè post raptum partum fugere debuit in desertum, <hi>Apoc.</hi>
12. 5, 6. Ita<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan> tantummodo momento perduravit. Quomodo ergò potuit contemporare cum
sex primis Sigillis?</p>
               <p>Accedo ad Synchronismum tertium, <hi>Phialarum cum Tuba sexta.</hi> Dicendum erat,
ni fallor, <hi>cum initio Tubae septimae:</hi> nam Tuba septima est Tuba novissima; septem au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tem
Phialae continent novissimas calamitates, <hi>Apoc.</hi> 15. 1. pertinent ergò ad Tubam no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vissimam:
Tuba etiam septima est Tuba consummationis, quia sub ea <hi>consummabitur
mysterium Dei, Apoc.</hi> 10. 7. septem autem Phialae sunt plagae consummationis, utpote in
quibus <hi>consummetur ira Dei, Apoc.</hi> 15. 1. pertinent ergò ad Tubam septimam. Sed
haec parùm ad rem.</p>
               <p>Regnum verò Bestiae sub sexta Tuba labefactari coepisse, nescio unde eruat Synchronista.
Finita quidem tunc fuit potestas illa quadraginta duorum mensium; sed illa non fuit
simplex potestas dominandi, sed dominandi pro libitu: nec simplex fuit potestas vincendi
Sanctos, sed persecutionis novissimae; ut suprà à nobis fuit ostensum.</p>
               <p>Synchronismum quartum, <hi>Mille annorum ligati Draconis, seu Satanae, cum Tuba
septima, seu excidio Bestiae,</hi> non possum non laudare, cùm sit verissimus &amp; certissimus.
Argumenta tamen validiora &amp; magis cogentia ad illius confirmationem proferri de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>siderarem.
Certè Draco etiam fuit ligatus toto tempore parturitionis Mulieris, cùm
toto illo tempore <hi>steterit ante Mulierem, ut, cùm peperisset, filium ejus devoraret,
Apoc.</hi> 12. 4. neque ligatus fuit post partum ejus; cum ab illo tempore è coelo fuerit pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jectus,
<pb n="547" facs="tcp:63175:326"/>
&amp; grassatus fuerit <hi>in terra &amp; mati, Apoc.</hi> 12. 12. sic ut <hi>Mulierem</hi> sit persecutus,
&amp; <hi>semen ejus,</hi> Muliere latitante in deserto, <hi>Apoc.</hi> 12. 16, 17. ac conspiraverit ad San<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctorum
internecionem cum bestia maris, dando ei omnem suam potestatem; unde simul
cum ipso spatio quadraginta duorum mensium &amp; ultrà <hi>adoratur, Apoc.</hi> 12. 18. &amp; 13.
3, 4. Non ità diu post finitos illos menses Draco cum Bestia &amp; Pseudopropheta ac Regibus
totius terrae <hi>congregatur in praelium, Apoc.</hi> 16. 14. tandem in illo praelio Bestia &amp; Pseu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dopropheta
victi mittuntur <hi>in stagnum ignis, Apoc.</hi> 19. 20. &amp; Draco ligatup <hi>in Abysso
mille annis, Apoc.</hi> 20. 2, 3. Mille itaque anni ligationis Satanae inchoandi sunt ab ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cidio
Bestiae.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Ligatur Satanas, nè seduceret ampliùs gentes, Apoc.</hi> 20. 3. Nempe eâ seductione
cujus statim facta erat mentio, quam proximè secutum est Bestiae excidium, <hi>Apoc.</hi> 19. 20.
Ergò Ligatio inchoanda est à Bestiae excidio. Ligatur Satanas, ut per mille annos reg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vent
illi qui Bestiam adorare noluerint, <hi>Apoc.</hi> 20. 4. Inchoanda itaque Ligatio ab ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cidio
Bestiae: nam usque ad excidium ipsius semper fuerunt aliqui qui Bestiam noluerint
adorare &amp; ideo fuerunt occist. Ligatur denique Satanos, ut post mille annos illos
solvatur, &amp; conjiciatur in stagnum ignis, in quem jam antea conjecti erant Bestia
&amp; Pseudopropheta, <hi>Apoc.</hi> 20. 10. Sic enim legendum esse patet, non tantùm ex Graecis
exemplaribus, sed etiam ex interpretibus Hebraeo &amp; Syro. Ergò ligatus fuit post illorum
excidium, quod incidit in Tubam novissimam.</p>
               <p>Sequitur Synchronismus quintus, <hi>Mille annorum regni Christi augusti &amp; septimae
Tubae seu intervalli ab excidio Bestiae:</hi> quem non solùm laudo, sed simul etiam approbo
ferè omnia &amp; singula quae ad illius confirmationem dicuntur: nullus enim dubito quin
ad singulare illud &amp; augustum Christi regnum pertinent quae dicuntur <hi>Apoc.</hi> 11. 15, 16,
17. &amp; <hi>Apoc.</hi> 19. 6, 16. &amp; in illo regno proculdubio est <hi>consummatio mysterii Dei per
prophetas evangelizati,</hi> quam sub Septimae tubae clangorem Angelus <hi>Apoc.</hi> 10. futuram
praedixerat; quando nec Bestiae menses, nec Testium lugentium dies, neque omnino aliquid
de periodo <hi>temporis, temporum &amp; dimidii temporis</hi> supererit amplius, planè juxta quod
Danieli praedictum fuit c. 7. v. 25, 26, 27. &amp;c. 12. v. 7.</p>
               <p>Sextus Synchronismus est <hi>Novae Hierusalem Agni sponsae cum septima Tuba seu
intervallo ab excidio Bestiae:</hi> cui non possum non suffragari: hâc tamen lege, ut nova
illa Hierosolyma sponsa Agni, de qua <hi>Apoc.</hi> 21. vers. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8. distinguatur à
nova illa Hierosolyma Agni uxore, cujus descriptio sequitur eodem capite, <hi>Apoc.</hi> 21.
vers. 9, 10, &amp;c. usque ad finem libri. Rationes hujus distinctionis dedi in notationibus
meis prooemialibus ad Visionem ultimam. Prior illa nova Hierosolyma est <hi>uxor sponsi,
quae se praeparavit Apoc.</hi> 19. 6, 7. item <hi>civitas illa dilecta, Apoc.</hi> 20. 9. non autem
posterior.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Tandem dilabor ad Synchronismum ultimum, qui est</hi> Turbae palmiferae innumerabili<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um
ovantium (Apoc. 7.) cum Tuba septima seu intervallo ab excidio Bestiae: <hi>in
cujus confirmationem illud in primis probo, quòd Turbae illa palmifera statuantur esse
cives novae Ierusalem. De ambobus enim dicitur, quòd</hi> non esurient neque sitient
ampliùs, &amp;c. quia Agnus pascit eos, &amp; ducit ad vivos fontes aquarum; quòdque
abstersurus sit Deus omnem lacrymam ab oculis eorum.</p>
               <p>Itaque de quatuor postremis Synchronismis Deo meo gratias ago, quòd virum hunc
doctissimum mihi habeo in illis assentientem; qui oculos mentis utriusque nostrûm magis &amp;
magis velit r<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>egere, ut propiùs intueamur mirabilia ejus.</p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>EPOCHA APOCALYPSE <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> S.</head>
               <p>QVam nobis exhibet Synchronista Epocham Apocalypsews, prorsus incerta est &amp; vana;
ut quae vanis &amp; incertis Synchronismorum fundamentis innititur, quae ferè omniae
suo loco sunt protrita. Vult duas esse totius Apocalypsews partes principales: quarum
prior sit <hi>Sigillorum,</hi> in iisque <hi>Tubarum;</hi> altera posterior <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, à versu octa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vo
capitis decimi usque ad finem libri; quam partitionem in primis perstrinximus ad
partis secundae praeloquium. Vult Tubas prodire ex sinu septimi Sigilli: quod falsum
esse docuimus in Stricturis ad Praecognita partis primae. Vult Turbam palmiferam ovan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tium
capitis septimi, quae narratur ante olangorem. Tubae primae, incidere in Tubam no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vissimam,
quae demum sequitur cap. 11. Quae Synchronistae non potest non esse horrenda
praedictionum confusio. Vult prophetiam Libri aperti, quae pertinet ad clangorem Tubae
sextae, &amp; cujus initium est à commensuratione Templi, <hi>Apoc.</hi> 10. &amp; 11. esse no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vum
exordium totius Apocalypsews: quod nemini unquam venit in mentem; quódque
<pb n="548" facs="tcp:63175:327"/>
suprà à nobis abunde resutatum. Vult novum etiam exordium esse totius Apocalypsews
in Praelio Draconis cap. 12. Quin ergò nobis faciat partes tres totius Apocalypsews
principales, &amp; non du<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>s tantúm. Vult Praelium illud Draconis contemporare sex pri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>oribus
Sigillis: quod demonstravimus in unico temporis momento, in ictu oculi, absolu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum
fuisse. Vult quadraginta duos illos menses esse totum tempus sex Tubarum: cùm tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>porae
sint finis Tubae sextae, aut nulla sunt illius tempora. Ità nihil est certi in hac Epocha
Apo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>alypsews, nisi quòd ferè in finem Apocalypsews rejiciat <hi>Turbam palmiferam ovantium</hi>
capitis septimi, <hi>Mysterium consummandum Tubae novissimae, Mille annos ligationis
Satanae &amp; regni Sanctorum, Novam Hierosolymam Agni sponsam:</hi> quae ego non dubito
ad amussim contemporare. Hîc ita<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan> pedem figam, &amp; finem faciam Stricturarum mearum.</p>
            </div>
         </div>
         <div type="exposition">
            <head>Quaestio nobilissima, &amp; ad intelligentiam superiorum
Prophetarum atque ipsius Apocalypseôs appri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mè
necessaria,
De
Temporibus ac momentis Secundi Adventûs.</head>
            <p>
               <hi>IN secundo</hi> Christi Adventu videtur considerandus esse longissimus quidem
temporis tractus, quemadmodum in Adventu ejus <hi>primo:</hi> ut probari posse
videtur ex sequentibus Sacrae Scripturae testimoniis.</p>
            <p>Primò, ex <hi>Esaiae</hi> 34. 8. &amp; 63. 4. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>bi tempus secundi adventûs appella<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur
<hi>dies ultionis Domini, annus retributionum judicii Sion.</hi> Et certum
est in eo respectum haberi ad veteris Testamenti Iubilaeum. Tempus itaque
erit ad minimum unius anni: alioqui Synecdoche partis esset de nihilo. Idem Propheta,
<hi>Esa.</hi> 65. 17. meminit <hi>novi coeli &amp; novae terrae,</hi> quae in secundum Domini adventum
rejiciuntur, 2 <hi>Pet.</hi> 3. 13. &amp; in illis necessariò considerandus est longissimus quidem tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poris
tractus, propter illud quod apud Prophetam sequitur. <hi>Non erit ibi puer infans aut
senex qui non impleat dies suos: nam puer infans centum annorum morietur, &amp; pec<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cator
centum annorum maledictus erit.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>Secundò, ex <hi>Luc.</hi> 17. 22. <hi>Venient dies quando desideretis videre unum dierum,</hi>
sive <hi>unum ex diebus, Filii homini, &amp; non videbitis.</hi> Quod intelligendum esse de dit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
secundi adventùs rectè statuit glossa ordinaria ex Beda. Id enim apparet ex duobus.
Primò, quia dies illi intelliguntur quos conabuntur ostendere Pseudoprophetae dicendo,
<hi>Ecce hîc, Ecce illie.</hi> vers. 23. Secundò, quia dies illi intelliguntur quì gloriosi futuri
sunt &amp; illustres, <hi>sicut fulgur coruscans de sub coelo,</hi> v. 24. qui dies sunt; non praeteriti
adventûs primi, sedfuturi adventûs secundi. Profectò frustrà discipuli dèsiderarent dies
praeteritos, qui certi erant de futuris, quos prae foribus semper adesse putabant, &amp; cervi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cibus
suis imminere.</p>
            <p>Tertiò, ex <hi>Act.</hi> 3. 20, 21. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>bi tempus secundi, adventûs appellatur in plurali <hi>tempora
refrigerii, &amp; tempora restitutionis omnium, de quibus locuti sunt omnes prophetae.</hi>
Velle autem id accipere de temporibus aeternis, est cum ratione velle insanire; cùm de
talibus temporibus Prophetae non sint locuti, ut constat liquidè ex vers. 22, 23. <hi>Ipsum au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dietis
juxta omnia quae cunque locutus fuerit vobis: Et omnis anima quae non audi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verit
illum, exterminabitur de plebe:</hi> quae prophetia est de finali Iudaeorum conver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sione.</p>
            <p>Quartò, ex <hi>Act.</hi> 15. 16, 17. ubi docetur, Tabernaculum David, sive regnum Israelis,
restituendum esse in Domini reditu, &amp; omnes Gentes esse ad illud aggregandas; quod certè
brevi temporis spatio non perficietur: esse enim ibi sermonem de secundo Domini reditu
apparet potissimum ex duobus argumentis. Primò, quia raditus ille futurus dicitur post
primam vocationem Gentium: <hi>Visitavit primùm sumere populum ex Gentibus;—sicut scriptum est, Postea revertar.</hi> Item, <hi>Ut requirant eum caeterae Gentes, super
quas invocatum est nomen meum;</hi> nempe jam antea in prima Gentium vocatione, quam
secutura est vocatio universalis, Secundò, quia ipse Dominus promissam regni Israelis
<pb n="549" facs="tcp:63175:327"/>
restitutionem passim rejicit in tempora secundi adventûs, ut videre est, <hi>Matt.</hi> 10. 23. &amp;
23, 37, 38. <hi>Lucae</hi> 21. 28, 31. <hi>Act.</hi> 1. 6, 7.</p>
            <p>Quintò, ex <hi>Rom. 11. 26, 27. Omnis Israel salvus siet, sicut scriptum est, Veniet
Redemptor ex Sion:</hi> quibus verbis docetur novissimam Iudaeorum salutem, sive redem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ptionem,
incidere in secundum Domini adventum. Atqui eadem illa Scriptura in eo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dem
illo Domini adventu; versu statim sequenti, mentionem facit pangendi novi foederis
cum illis quod ad minimum duraturum est per tres generationes. <hi>Esa.</hi> 59. 21. <hi>Hoc soedus
meum cum eis; Verbum &amp; Spiritus non recedent de ore tuo, &amp; de ore seminis tui,
&amp; de ore seminis seminis tui, à modò usque in sempiternum.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>
               <hi>Sextò, ex</hi> Matt. 12. 32. <hi>ubi docetur Messiae seculum esse duplex, unum praesens, alte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
futurum; &amp; in utrumque incidere remissionem peccatorum propriè dictam.</hi> Non
remittetur ei neque in hoc seculo, neque in futuro. Neque enim, <hi>ut rectè Augustinus,
lib.</hi> 21. <hi>De civ. Dei, cap.</hi> 24. de quibusdam veraciter diceretur, quòd non iis remit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tatur
neque in hoc seculo, neque in futuro, nisi essent quibus, etsi non in isto, tamen
remittetur in futuro: <hi>ubi vim faciunt verba ista,</hi> etsi non in isto, <hi>nè quis id de sola remissi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>onis
patefactione interpretetur.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>Septimò, ex 2 <hi>Pet.</hi> 3. 8. ubi de die Iudicii loquens &amp; perditione impiorum hominum,
ait, quòd <hi>unus Dies apud Dominum sicut mille anni:</hi> nè quis putaret tempus secundi
adventûs nimis breve esse ad judicandum &amp; perdendum impios, eò quòd in Scripturis vo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cetur
<hi>unus dies.</hi> Et sic verba interpretatus est Augustinus, vel quisquis ille author est
<hi>Sermonum de Sanctis,</hi> qui Augustino attribuuntur. Nec immeritò. Stultum enim est co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gitare
velle unum diem naturalem, vel artificialem, esse apud Deum sicut mille annos.
Ad tempus verò quod antecessurum est Iudicium pertinent verba sequentia, <hi>Et mille
anni sicut dies unus:</hi> nè quis putaret tempus Iudicii nimis diu tardari, si per mille an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nos
&amp; plures differatur: Deus enim tempus mille annorum <hi>unum diem</hi> vocat in Scriptu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ris.
His postremis verbis Propheta quoque usus est, <hi>Psal.</hi> 90. 4. de toto vitae nostrae tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pore:
quae licèt per mille annos duraret, attamen apud Deum esset brevissima, qui tempus
mille annorum vocat <hi>unum diem.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>Octavò, ex <hi>Heb.</hi> 3. 7, 8, 9. ubi docet, Diem terminatum esse apud Davidem in voce
<hi>Hodie,</hi> qui futurus sit populo Dei novus Sabbatismus; non quidem aeternus, sed tempora<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lis;
utpote in quem solùm quadret illa commonefactio Davidis, <hi>Hodie si vocem ejus au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dieritis,
nolite obdurare corda vestra.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>Nonò, ex fine <hi>Apoc.</hi> 19. collato cum principio <hi>Apoc.</hi> 20. Nam in fine <hi>Apoc.</hi> 19. de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>scribitur
secundus Domini adventus, ut manifestum est ex tribus. Primò, ex illis, <hi>Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>get
eas in virga ferrea:</hi> quod Ioannes futurum praedixit in secundo adventu, <hi>Apoc.</hi> 2. 27.
Secundò, ex istis, <hi>Reges terrae &amp; exercitus eorum congregatos ad faciendum praelium:</hi>
quod praelium est faciendum in secundo Domini adventu; utpote futurum in die illo
magno omnipotentis Dei, ad quem venturus est Dominus <hi>sicut fur, Apoc.</hi> 16. 14, 15.
Denique ex ultimis illis verbis, <hi>Vivi missi sunt hi duo in stagnum ignis:</hi> quibus indi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>catur
Bestiae Romanae, id est, ipsius Antichristi, interitus; quem ipse Paulus rejicit in
secundum Domini adventum, 2 <hi>Thess.</hi> 2. 8. ubi illud quoque notandum, <hi>Et spiritu oris
sui interficiet impium:</hi> quod prorsus idem est cum isto, &amp; <hi>caeteri occisi sunt in gladio
oris sui, Apoc.</hi> 19. 21. Atqui certissimum est in illo adventu numerandos esse <hi>mille istos
annos</hi> pacis &amp; regni sanctorum qui sequuntur, <hi>Apoc.</hi> 20. 4.</p>
            <p>Denique, ex <hi>Apoc.</hi> 20. 8, 9. collato cum <hi>Ezech.</hi> 39. 9, 13. ubi rejicit Ioannes in
secundum Domini adventum Gogi &amp; Magogi interitum; post quem tamen Ezechiel docet
numerandos esse ad minimum septem annos, &amp; totidem menses certissimè finiendos. Er<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gò
secundus Domini adventus complectitur longissimum aliquem temporis tractum. Tale
quid<note n="*" place="margin">No<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>at. in Luc. 17.</note> Beza suspicatus est de secundo Domini adventu, qui eundem put at inchoatum fu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>isse
à promulgato inter Gentes Evangelio: at nos eum rectiùs putamus inchoandum ab inte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ritu
Antichristi, sive excidio Bestiae.</p>
            <div type="part">
               <pb n="550" facs="tcp:63175:328"/>
               <head>IOSEPHI MEDI
Responsio ad
DANIELIS LAWENI
STRICTURAS
IN
CLAVEM APOCALYPTICAM.</head>
               <p>NON videtur, Clarissime Domine, A. Lawenus vester aut meum in <hi>Cla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ve
Apocalyptica</hi> propositum, aut quibus eam subnixam esse volui funda<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mentis,
satìs attendisse: alioquin non putâsset argumentis ex interpreta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tionum
pharetra depromptis me cessurum. Quorsum enim, obsecro,
me istiusmodi telis oppugnare satageret, qui ipse interpretationem nul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lam
praesuppono? imò nec istiusmodi sive praejudiciis sive hypothesibus ullis in hoc
negotio locum esse debere contendo. Sed hâc ejus <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> nimiâ in praesenti
omissâ, (qua de aliàs passim erit monendi occasio) accedo ad Censuram ipsam, &amp;
primò, Generalem.</p>
               <div type="section">
                  <head>Ad Censuram Generalem.</head>
                  <p>QUatuor enim ait in toto meo Discursu praesupponi quae censuram meren<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur.</p>
                  <p>Primò, <hi>quòd Liber ille clausus &amp; obsignatus sit ipse Liber Apocalypsews.</hi> Miror un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>de
hoc colligat. Num ex istis precatiunculae meae verbis, <hi>Qui solus dignus eras
Librum hunc accipere &amp; aperire?</hi> At allusio esse potuit, non sententiae argumentum:
Certè hypothesis non fuit. Rem ipsam quod attinet, ego Librum illum obsignatum,
<hi>Sigillorum</hi> librum esse puto, Apocalypsews non puto. Sed esto me putâsse; non tamen
huic fundamento quidquam Synchronismorum meorum superstruxi. Nec certè si
Apocalypsis nihil aliud sit quàm compendium quoddam &amp; comportatio veterum pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phetiarum
quae adhuc implendae post Christi adventum supererant, (quae ipsius Law<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eni
sententia est) adeò multùm intererit an quis Librum obsignatum, cum eo, Li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brum
veterum Prophetarum esse dicat, an, cum aliis, Librum Apocalypsews. Sed
hanc opinionem in notationibus suis prooemialibus in Apocalypsin ut erroneam validis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>simis
argumentis se confodisse refert: mihi verò, qui legerim, nè verisimilibus quidem
id secisse videtur. Iudicet alius.</p>
                  <p>Secundò, ait à me praesupponi, <hi>nullas fieri futurorum praedictiones ante reserationem
Sigilli primi.</hi> Ego verò hoc nusquam praesuppono, imò contrarium potiùs prae se fe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>runt
verba mea in<note n="*" place="margin">[Hujus edi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tionis pag. 424.</note> praeloquio Partis secundae, lin. 8. Quid, quòd ibidem nè septem
quidem Ecclesiarum Visionem negavi futurorum prophetiam esse, sed in medio reliqui,
nec quid de eo me interponere velle dixi?</p>
                  <p>Sed (ut sententiam meam aperiam) ità quidem sentio; Saltem nihil esse prophetiae, in capitibus istis quarto &amp; quinto Sigillorum reseratione antiquius, quodve altiùs ra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tione
rei gerendae ascendat: &amp; hoc quidem ad institutum meum satìs erat; nec id puto
Dominum Lawenum negaturum. Addo ampliùs, Nec esse Visionem ibidem exhibitam
rei futurae prophetiam, sed prophetiae exhibendae apparatum. Urut enim in Cantico
Presbyterorum &amp; Animalium inseratur aliquid de re futura; Visionem tamen ipsam
Prophetiam es<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>e de futuris, id verò non magìs indè sequi, quàm eandem esse histori<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>am
de praeteritis, ex eo quòd in eodem Cantico verba illa, <hi>Occisus es &amp; rede<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>misti
nos Deo per sanguinem tuum,</hi> de praeterito loquantur: non enim si quid in
<pb n="551" facs="tcp:63175:328"/>
visione aliqua incidenter dicatur aut cantetur, statim illud <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> visionis est.
Sed in quarto capite (inquit) futura praedicuntur, quia verba illa, <hi>Dederint, proci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dent,
&amp; adorabunt,</hi> &amp;c. sint futuri temporis, Graecè <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.
Respondeo, <hi>Futurum</hi> in Hebraismo (ejus autem notione passim utitur Apostolus)
significare <hi>actum solitum vel debitum;</hi> ità ut hoc loco Ioannes referat non quidem
quid tum factum sit, (ut à nonnullis exponitur) sed quid Animalibus &amp; Presbyteris
istis ex officio pro re nata faciendum esset, quódque ipse postmodum in sequela Visio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>num
semel atque iterum ab iisdem factum vidit.</p>
                  <p>Tertiò, ait me praesupponere <hi>Septem Tubas esse Visum Sigilli septimi:</hi> hoc enim vult,
cùm ait me praesupponere <hi>Tubas necessariam habere connexionem cum Sigillo septimo.</hi>
Et hoc quidem verissimè dixit, me praesupponere. Praesuppono autem, &amp; quidni prae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>supponerem?
Annon Grammaticum contextûs sensum, quo vix alius est in Apocalyp<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>si
de rerum narratarum ferie clarior &amp; luculentior, necesse fuit praesupponi? Ad
praecedentium Sigillorum omnium apertionem Visum aliquod subjicitur rem sigillo
significatam exhibens. Ad apertionem primi, <hi>Aspexi,</hi> inquit, &amp; <hi>ecce equus albus,</hi> &amp;c.
Ad apertionem secundi, <hi>Prodiit Equus rufus,</hi> &amp;c. Ad apertionem tertii, <hi>Aspexi,</hi>
inquit, &amp; <hi>ecce Equus niger,</hi> &amp;c. &amp; sic in quarto, quinto, &amp; sexto. Quis igitur pari
ratione non credat, quod Septimi sigilli resignationi subjicitur, esse ejus Sigilli Vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sum?
Quomodo absurdum non est affirmare, solius Sigilli septimi aut Visum nullum
esse, aut ejus descriptionem Sigilli apertioni praemitti, praeter omnium Sigillorum,
imò Tubarum &amp; Phialarum, morem? <hi>Cùm aperuisset,</hi> inquit, <hi>Sigillum septimum,
factum est silentium in coelo quasi per semihoram: &amp; vidi septem Angelos stantes in con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>spectu
Dei, &amp; datae sunt illis septem Tubae.</hi> Aut hîc clarum est Rem Sigilli septimi
describi; aut omnino fatendum nihil esse in hoc Libro de ordine certi, sed quidvis
cuivis pro libitu praeponendum &amp; postponendum, nullâ sensûs Grammatici ratione
habitâ. Hoc viderunt ex veteribus Andreas &amp; Aretas; ex Pontificiis Lyranus, Aure<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>olus,
Ribera, Alcazar, Viega, Cornelius à Lapide; ex nostris Iunius, Graserus,
Brightmannus, Napierus, Reverendissimus Episcopus Aberdonensis, Clarissimus Al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stedius:
Qui omnes pro concesso habent, Rem seu Visum Sigilli septimi esse myste<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rium
Tubarum. Nec crediderim quemquam interpretum id unquam negaturum fuisse,
nisi in Visionum dispositione magis ad apparentem nescio quam interpretationis
concinnitatem, quàm ad naturalem &amp; simplicem Textûs sacri mentem, respex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>issent.</p>
                  <p>At <hi>haec dispositio,</hi> inquit, <hi>absurda est, ex ipsius Synchronistae hypothesi; utpote cui
Turba Palmifera (cap. 7.) incidat in Tubam novissimam; quomodo ergò cùm ea con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nectuntur
sex Tubae priores? quod tamen necesse est fieri, si,</hi> &amp;c. At verò Synchronista
nusquam connectit Turbam palmiseram cum prioribus sex Tubis. Fallitur Lawenus
si me <hi>Coetum centum &amp; quadraginta quatuor mille obsignatorum, &amp; Turbam palmiferam
innumerabilium gaudentium,</hi> pro iisdem habere putat. Diversa sunt &amp; diversorum
temporum. Quae quidem junctim totum Sigilli septimi, id est Tubarum, intervallum
pervadunt: feorsim verò <hi>Coetus obsignatorum</hi> cum sex primis Tubis, <hi>Turba palmifera</hi>
cum Tuba septima <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. Inspice sodes Schematismum meum.</p>
                  <p>At <hi>impossibilis est.</hi> Quid ità veró? <hi>Quia Sigillum sextum Tempus est secundi adven<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tûs.
At Tubae saltem sex priores praecedunt adventum Christi.</hi> Hoc scilicet est (quod
dixi) Visionum ordinationem ex privata interpretatione suspendere: Ego verò per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nego
Sigillum sextum esse Tempus secundi adventûs. Neque hujusmodi interpreta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mentum
ex verbis illis<note n="*" place="margin">Apocal. 6. 17.</note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, aut ex prognosticis
illis Matth. 24. 29. exsculpi potest: non ex appellatione <hi>Diei magnae;</hi> eam enim in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tegram
habes Zeph. 1. 14. de clade Iudaeae usurpatam, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
&amp; vers. 15. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Drusi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap> ad cap.</hi> 1. <hi>Ioelis.</hi> Dies Domini: <hi>ge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nusloquendi for<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>nse; ut si dicat,</hi> Iudicium Domini: <hi>quo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>modo Apost.</hi> Diem huma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>num <hi>dixit pro</hi> Iudicium hu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>manum. 1 Cor. 4. 3.</note> Alibi quoque similis est apud Prophetas de Iu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>diciis particularibus <hi>diei Domini</hi> usurpatio: ut Isa. 13. 13. <hi>Dies irae furoris Domini,</hi>
de onere Babylonis; Ier. 46. 10. de clade AEgyptiorum, <hi>Dies ille Domini Dei exer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cituum,
dies ultionis.</hi> Quod verò hic urget de geminato articulo <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
nullius est ponderis; fit enim ex consuetudine linguae cùm adjectivum postponitur:
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, tantundem valent. Accedit quòd apud Zepha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>niam
quoque in Hebraeo geminetur articulus <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, quasi <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
quod Graeci respuunt. Nec in caeterâ hujus Sigilli descriptione omnino quicquam est
quod non aliis, citra magnum illum Universalis Iudicii diem, rerum conversionibus
&amp; ruinis describendis à Prophetis jamdudum adhibitum fuerit. Communes sunt hae
magnarum calamitatum &amp; horridiorum cladium imagines Orienti usitatae, ut nostris
quoque Poetis sua sunt schemata, suae picturae. Videamus de singulis.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="552" facs="tcp:63175:329"/>
                     <hi>Ecce,</hi> (inquit c. 6. v. 12.) <hi>Terrae motus magnus factus est,</hi> Graecè <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, id est, <hi>Coe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>li
terraeque motus.</hi> Terrae motus autem hujusmodi (teste Apostolo Heb. 12. de loco
Haggaei, c. 2. v. 6, 7. <hi>Adhuc semel, &amp; ego commovebo coelum &amp; terram</hi>) denotat <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>mutationem eorum quae commoventur.</hi> Idem nos de hoc <hi>Coeli
terrae<expan>
                           <am>
                              <g ref="char:abque"/>
                           </am>
                           <ex>que</ex>
                        </expan> motu</hi> in Apocalypsi putemus. Sequitur, <hi>Et Sol factus est niger ut saccus cilici<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nus,
&amp; Luna facta est ut sanguis,</hi> id est, per ellipsin adjectivi, <hi>rubicunda ut sanguis.</hi>
Periphrasis autem est deliquii Luminarium, ubi Sol ater apparere soleat, Luna verò
rubicunda: cui planè geminum est illud Isa. c. 13. v. 10. de vindicta Babylonis, <hi>Obscu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rabitur
Sol in exortu suo, &amp; Luna non splendere faciet Lumen suum;</hi> LXX. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
ut Matth. 24. 29. Adde Ezech. 32. 7. de clade Pharaonis, <hi>Et ope<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>riam
coelos, &amp; nigrescere faciam stellas ejus; Solem nube tegam, &amp; Luna non dabit lu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>men
suum,</hi> &amp;c. Item Ioel. 2. 10. de horrenda Iudaeae vastatione ab exercitu locusta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
Aquilonarium, <hi>Afacie ejus,</hi> inquit, <hi>contremuitterra, moti sunt coeli: Sol &amp; Luna
obtenebrati sunt, &amp; stellae retraxerunt splendorem suum.</hi> Sed ohe! jam satìs est. Vide tamen
Ier. 4. 23, 24, &amp;c. de excidio Iudaeae; ubi omnia in antiquum Chaos rediisse putares.</p>
                  <p>Vers. 13, 14. <hi>Et stellae coeli ceciderunt in terram, sicut ficus abjicit grossos suos cùm
vento magno concutitur. Et coelum abscessit sicut liber convolutus;</hi> vel <hi>Coelum evanuit,</hi>
&amp;c. id est, Stellae coeli disparuêre, quemadmodum literae evanescunt libro (veterum
more) convoluto. Ellipsis enim est utrobique prioris substantivi Hebraismo fami<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>liaris,
ut Deut. 20. 19. 2 Reg. 18. 31. &amp; alibi passim: ità ut hoc de coeli disparitione,
&amp; illud de stellarum casu. mutuò sese explicent. Integer autem locus desumptus est ex
Is. 34. 4. ubi eâdem planè imagine, sed inverso ordine, depingit Spiritus sanctus cla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dem
Idumaeae: <hi>Convolventur,</hi> inquit, <hi>sicut liber, coeli, &amp; totus exercitus eorum</hi> (id est,
stellae) <hi>decidet u<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> folium è vite, &amp; ut deciduus grossulus è ficu.</hi> Cujus sententiam ali<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quantò
clariorem reddere voluit Spiritus Apocalypticus duplici verborum additamento;
illi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>c <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, hinc <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. Porrò de eadem clade Edo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mitica
haud mitioribus quàm Isaias circumstantiis agunt Obadias; Ier. c. 49. à vers. 7.
ad 22; Ezech. c. 35. per tot. &amp; 25. vers. 12. Quod idcirco moneo, nè quis hunc
quoque locum, cum mysticorum sensuum admiratoribus, ad magnum illum Universa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lis
Iudicii diem detorqueat.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Omnes montes &amp; insulae è suis locis emotae sunt;</hi> scilicet, ut in terrae motibus fieri non<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nunquam
contigit. De <hi>montibus</hi> autem similem imaginem vide Ier. 4. 24. Ezek. 38. 20.</p>
                  <p>Restant vers. 15, &amp; 16. <hi>Reges terrae &amp; magnates,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>absconderunt se in speluncis
&amp; petris montium; dixerúnt<expan>
                           <am>
                              <g ref="char:abque"/>
                           </am>
                           <ex>que</ex>
                        </expan> montibus &amp; petris, Gadite super nos, &amp; abscondite nos
à facie sedentis super thronum, &amp; ab ira Agni.</hi> Foeda imago est quâ fugientium &amp;
latitantium, quà prae rerum suarum desperatione vitae taedentium: cui similem habes
de clade Hierosolym<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>rum Luc. 23. 30. item Hos. 10. 8. de clade. Samariae ejúsque ido<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lorum;
sed integram Isa. 2. 18, 19. Haec autem paulò fusiùs o<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>tendere visum fuit, nè
Dominus Lawenus me abs<expan>
                        <am>
                           <g ref="char:abque"/>
                        </am>
                        <ex>que</ex>
                     </expan> ratione negâsse putaret Sigillum sextum esse Tempus secun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>di
adventûs: cujus verò temporis, &amp; cujusmodi rerum conversionibus &amp; ruinis ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plicandum
sit, non est hìc dicendi locus. Pergo ad caetera.</p>
                  <p>Quartò, Hypothesibus meis annumerat, quòd <hi>Quadraginta duo illi menses sint tota
duratio sex Tubarum.</hi> At haec Hypothesis non est, sed conclusio ex praemissis Syn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chronismis
necessariò sequens. <hi>At</hi> (inquit) <hi>menses isti rejiciuntur in finem sextae Tu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bae,</hi>
Apoc. 11. 2. Nego: non est caput undecimum pars visionis Tubae sextae, sed nova
prophetia, ut postea videbitur. <hi>Sed certum est</hi> (inquit) <hi>Menses illos propriè &amp; secun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dùm
literam accipiendos esse de mensibus dierum, non annorum; proindéque istis temporum
angustiis sex Tubarum intervallum includi non posse.</hi> Magnum verò postulatum: miror
illud doctissimo viro certum esse, quod à plerisque nostrorum non modò negari, sed &amp;
magno studio impugnari noverit. Hoccine autem pro concesso sumendum fuit? Mihi
contrà inter alia illud argumento est, Menses istos secundùm literam accipi non posse,
quòd Bestia, cujus duratio sint, Coetui centum quadraginta quatuor mille obsignato<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum,
Coetus autem obsignatorum sex primis Tubis contemporet; Tubarum verò res
tantillo tempore decurri non posse. Adhaec, <hi>si tres isti dies &amp; dimidium</hi> mortis Testium,
quae pars sunt dicrum 1260, seu mensium 42, literaliter accipi nequeant; tum ne<expan>
                        <am>
                           <g ref="char:abque"/>
                        </am>
                        <ex>que</ex>
                     </expan> dies
1260, seu menses 42, sic accipi debent. At <hi>tres istos dies &amp; dimidium diei</hi> literaliter
accipi non posse, patet ex iis quae tunc gerenda praedicuntur. Quis enim credat <hi>tridui
&amp; dimidii diei spatiolum,</hi> aut famae necis Testium per orbem disseminandae, aut legatis
cum muneribus ultro citróque inter gentes mittendis, sufficere? imò nè parandis quidem
muneribus sufficeret. Adde quòd <hi>dimidium diei,</hi> seu <hi>horae duodecim,</hi> si literaliter acci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pias,
actionibus hujusmodi determinandis prorsus ineptum sit: non enim ad horas isti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>usmodi res observari solent, quinimo ad menses, saltem ad dies integros.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <pb n="553" facs="tcp:63175:329"/>
               <head>Responsio ad Censuram specialem, &amp; primò,
Ad Censuram Synchronismi I.</head>
               <p>AD primum Synchronismum, <hi>Mulieris in Eremo agentis, Bestiae Septicipitis instau<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ratae,
Atrii calcati,</hi> &amp; <hi>Testium Prophetantium in sacco,</hi> primùm illud notat, <hi>Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stiam
diu fuisse Septicipitem antequam fuit instaurata,</hi> ac <hi>proinde non bene hîc conjungi
tanquam Synchrona.</hi> Putat scilicet me nomine <hi>Bestiae Septicipitis</hi> Bestiam sub novissi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mo
tantùm seu septimo capite agentem intellexisse. In quo fallitur. Ego enim <hi>Bestiam
Septicipitem</hi> vocavi <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> Bestiam illam primò descriptam, quocunque statu;
quia cum tot capitibus eam Spiritus ubique, etiam sub sexto capite, videndam ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hibuerit.
Quamvìs enim non simul, sed ordine &amp; deinceps, Capita vices suas egis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sent,
tamen Bestia ipsa una eadémque censetur omni statu. Addidi autem [<hi>instau<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ratam,</hi>] ut novissimum ejus statum designem; nè quis me cum Bestia simpliciter, &amp;
omni statu, Synchronismum hîc astruere velle existimet, sed tantùm novissimo.
Sed nè sic quidem in tuto res est. Nam inquit <hi>Bestiam etiam aliquandiu sub septimo
illo &amp; novissimo capite grassatam esse antequam plagam gladii accepit, ex eâque denuo
revixit,</hi> Ad haec, <hi>Menses quadraginta duos nec esse totam durationem regni Bestiae instau<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ratae,
sed saevissimae &amp; novissimae persecutionis.</hi> Et hîc quidem sibi nudè affirmanti
credi postulat; argumentum enim nullum assert.</p>
               <p>Ego verò contrà assero nullum alium Bestiae Septicipitis <hi>statum</hi> cap. 13. describi
quàm <hi>instaurationis;</hi> esséque eum statum integrum Bestiae capitis novissimi. Quic<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quid
enim mali Bestia fecisse dicitur, quicquid cultûs &amp; adorationis eidem ab incolis
terrae delatum est, id omne post instaurationem ipsius seu plagae curationem factum le<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gitur:
<hi>Et vidi,</hi> inquit, <hi>unum ex capilibus ejus <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, quasi letha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>liter
occisum fuisset;</hi> (nempe non nunc vidente Ioanne, sed ante hunc exortum suum)
<hi>sed plaga ejus sanata fuit:</hi> (nimirum statim ab exortu suo, aut in ipso) <hi>&amp; admirans
universa terra secuta est Bestiam,</hi> (nempe jam sanatam) <hi>&amp; adorârunt Draconem,</hi> &amp;c.
Túncque <hi>datum est ei os loquens grandia, &amp; blasphemias,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>&amp; aperuit os suum ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>versus
Deum,</hi> &amp;c. Omnia haec post sanationem facta sunt; sed ante sanationem nihil
est quod fecisse legitur, nec ei quicquam honoris à Gentibus delatum. Fuit igitur
instauratio ista Bestiae novissimi capitis (quo eam statu Ioannes è mari emergentem
vidit) non fatum aliquod posterius, sed ipsa nativitas. A reliquorum enim capitum sin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gulis
ad caput sequens sine plaga transitum est. Atqui in transitu à sexto ad novissimum,
lethali vulnere decubuit Bestia; quo eam vulnere sauciam (id est, sexto capite vulne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ratam)
Ioannes è mari emergentem vidit: non vidit eam cùm vulneraretur; siquidem
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> sensu plusquam perfecti accipiendum est, quemadmodum suprà c. 5.
v. 6. <hi>Vidit in medio Presbyterorum &amp; Animalium Agnum stantem <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, quasi
mactatus fuisset,</hi> non eo tunc vidente mactatum. Hic sensus simplicissimus est, quem
litera &amp; ordo contextûs ultro suppeditat; à quo temerè recedendum non est, ubi nec
ratio nec necessitas ulla ad id compellit. Frustrà igitur est Dominus Lawenus, dum
Bestiae instaurationem uná<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan> menses illos quadraginta duos ad supremam &amp; novissimam
Bestiae persecutionem rejiciat; nisi eódem quo<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan> rejicere velit Bestiae adorationem,
grandiloquentiam, blasphemiam, &amp; (ut verbo dicam) omnia in universum Bestiae
facinora; sícque Bestiam nobis cudet Antichristianam, cujus per tot secula nulla prae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dicantur
facta, nulla persecutio. Sed nihil agens nè cogitari quidem potest quòd fit.
Sed, quod ferè praetermiseram, De Mensibus Bestiae in novissimam ejus persecutionem
rejiciendis, lectionem Complutensem sibi savere putat; quia scilicet, pro <hi>potestatem
faciendi menses quadraginta duos,</hi> legit <hi>potestatem bellum faciendi.</hi> Hoc verò ut neuti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quam
ei patrocinatur, (cùm totum Bestiae dominium non aliud sit quàm quoddam
contra Sanctos bellum;) ità cùm neque interpres Latinus neque Syrus eam vocem
agnoscant; ad haec, cùm ex quindecim Stephani exemplaribus duo tantùm eam habu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>erint,
omnino in eam sententiam devenio, à Sciolo aliquo additam esse, qui vim ver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bi
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>vivendi</hi> &amp; <hi>durandi</hi> significatione cum nominibus temporis ignoraverit. De
qua vide Act. 15. 33. 2 Cor. 11. 25. Iac. 4. 13.</p>
               <div type="section">
                  <pb n="554" facs="tcp:63175:330"/>
                  <head>De Bestia &amp; Muliere.</head>
                  <p>HUic Synchronismo speciatim opponit, <hi>Instaurationem Bestiae initium quidem su<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mere
cum initio peregrinationis Mulieris in deserto, ipsam tamen longiùs perdurare.</hi>
Sed si eadem sint &amp; aequalia tempora Mulieris &amp; tempora Bestiae, ut ipse quidem fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tetur;
quî fieri possit ut quae eodem tempore incipiant, non etiam simul desinant, fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>teor
me non capere. Sanè apud Mathematicos magnitudines aequales sunt etiam con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gruae,
id est, prima primis, media mediis, extrema extremis respondent.</p>
               </div>
               <div type="section">
                  <head>De Atrio Exteriori à Gentibus calcato.</head>
                  <p>
                     <hi>ATrium à Gentibus calcatum esse se nescire,</hi> ait, <hi>unde hauserit Synchronista, cùm
Apoc.</hi> 11. <hi>tantùm dicatur illud Gentibus datum esse.</hi> Dicam unde hauserim. Pu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tabam
<hi>Atrium exterius</hi> &amp; <hi>Civitatem sanctam</hi> sese mutuò in hac Visione explicare: quia
nimirum Atrium exterius locus fuit ubi Civitas <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ancta conveniret, proindéque dictum
<hi>Atrium Israelis.</hi> Imò in deserto, unicum tantùm Atrium habente Tabernaculo, (quò
non nisi Sacerdotibus &amp; Levitis ordinariè ingredi fas erat) Atrium exterius nullum
erat praeter castra Israelis ceu Civitatem sanctam. Accepi igitur acsi scriptum fuisset,
<hi>Atrium quod extra Templum est nè metiaris; nam datum est Gentibus, &amp; calcabunt il<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lud
mensibus quadraginta duobus.</hi> Nam Enallage Substantivi pro Relativo non infre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quens
est, tum in hoc libro, tum alibi; nempe aut Substantivum quod praecessit repe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tendo,
aut ejus Synonymum loco Relativi substituendo: cujus exemplum vide Act.
25. 21. Et sanè quid aliud esle dicemus <hi>Gentibus dari,</hi> hoc est, occupandi potestatem
fieri, quàm <hi>calcari?</hi> &amp; quid tandem calcarent Gentes nisi id quod datum fuerat? Adeò
ut hae quoque voces non minùs quàm <hi>Atrii</hi> &amp; <hi>Civitatis sanctae</hi> mutuò sese explicare
videantur.</p>
                  <p>Sed ut adhuc magìs vapulem, addit praeterea, <hi>Atrium hoc exterius apud Ioannem
non esse,</hi> quod ego sentio, <hi>Atrium Israelis, sed Atrium Gentium; Atrium verò Israelis
sub illis verbis intelligi, ET ADORANTES IN EO.</hi> Sed hîc mirum est quàm falli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur.
Nusquam enim in tota Scriptura Atrium illud Gentium (quod prophanum erat,
non sacrum) Atrii exterioris nomine intelligitur; sed Atrium Israelis, id est, populi
Israelitici. Neque populus in eo Atrio adoratum veniebat ubi altare situm erat, sed
Sacerdotes &amp; Levitae: quod eum Drusius docere potuit ad hunc locum. Res sic se
habet.</p>
                  <p>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> (quo nomine universum Templi aedificlum complector) gemino discrimi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nabatur
Atrio. &amp;c.</p>
                  <p>[<hi>Vide reliqua in</hi> Comment. Apocal. ad cap. 11. 1, 2. pag. 479, 480.</p>
               </div>
               <div type="section">
                  <head>De Bestia &amp; duobus Testibus.</head>
                  <p>
                     <hi>PRophetia Testium,</hi> inquit, <hi>licèt initium sumat cum instauratione Bestiae, non tamen
cum eadem terminatur.</hi> Hoc ego tantundem intelligo, quantum illud de Bestia
&amp; Muliere. Nam si dies 1260 initium sumant cum mensibus 42, quî fieri potest ut
non simul terminentur? si simul, ergò cum exitu Tubae sextae aut ineunte septima;
nec enim ulteriùs prorogari potest Testium prophetia.</p>
               </div>
               <div type="section">
                  <head>Ad Censuram Synchronismi II.</head>
                  <p>
                     <hi>BEstia Bicornis,</hi> inquit, <hi>ortu posterior est Bestiâ Septicipite.</hi> Fateor, quà <hi>Septiceps</hi> est;
non quà <hi>Decemcornupeta.</hi> Neque ego hîc Bestiam <hi>Bicornem</hi> cum <hi>Septicipite</hi>
compono alio quàm instaurationis seu capitis novissimi statu. In transitu à sexto
capite ad novissimum lethali vulnere decubuit Bestia, ut jam antea dixi; quo vul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nere
omnino periisset, nisi medicam ei manum commodè adhibuisset Pseudopropheta.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="555" facs="tcp:63175:330"/>Hoc autem statu (<hi>Instaurationis</hi> nimirum) fatetur Lawenus Bestiam Bicornem Septici<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>piti
coaevam esse. Ait enim, <hi>Nata demum videtur circa instaurationem Bestiae prioris,
utpote quae fecerit adorari Bestiam primam, cujus curata est plaga.</hi> Hoc cùm ipse dixe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rit,
non video cur me reprehendat quòd Bestiam Bicornem <hi>Septicipitis</hi> (instauratae ni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mirum)
<hi>conditorem</hi> seu <hi>instauratorem</hi> vocaverim. Annon qui de novo adorari fecit,
post potestatem ex lethali plaga intercísam aut collapsam, <hi>instaurare</hi> censendus est?
At, inquit, Bestia illa <hi>prior</hi> dicitur. Scilicet, non <hi>temporis,</hi> sed <hi>narrationis</hi> ordine.
Nullum enim hîc Bestiae Septicipitis statum agnosco à Ioanne visum, praeterquam in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>staurationis.
<hi>At opus illud instaurationis,</hi> inquit, <hi>Draconi tribuitur, non Pseudoprophe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tae.</hi>
Respondeo; Cessit quidem Draco potestatem suam Bestiae; sed eandem Bestiae
conciliavit Pseudopropheta, tum cùm orbis incolis persuaserit ut facerent Imaginem
Bestiae vulneratae, Imaginem (ut videtur) ejus statûs quo plagam acceperat; quâ ima<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gine
factâ, Bestia illa pridem sauciata <hi>revixit.</hi> Sic enim referri &amp; exponi possunt ver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ba
[<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>] v. 14. quamvìs etiam non incommodè referri possunt ad descriptionem
Bestiae priùs factam, eo sensu acsi diceretur Ioannis personâ, <hi>ut facerent imaginem Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stiae,</hi>
Bestiae nimirum illi quam ego sau<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>iatam denuóque sanatam me vidisse dixi.</p>
                  <p>Ità enim sentio, Ioannem utramque Bestiam simul emergentem vidisse; hanc ex ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ri,
illam ex terra: priùs autem ejus quae ex mari capite sauciato ascenderat historiam
describere, deinde ejus quae ex terra. Nam quae simul gesta sunt, simul tamen narrari
non potuerint, sed seorsim &amp; deinceps. Primò igitur Septicipitis sanatae tyrannidem
&amp; blasphemias recensere; postea ut ei vulneratae Bicornis medicam manum adhibuerit<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
populos in obsequium ejus flexit, eíque potestatem conciliavit cujus ipsa praefecturam
gereret, caeteráque quae fecit in conspectu ejus.</p>
               </div>
               <div type="section">
                  <head>Ad Censuram Appendicis de alternatione nominum Bestiae,
Imaginis Bestiae, &amp; Pseudoprophetae.</head>
                  <p>IAM Appendix illa <hi>de alternatione nominum</hi> non somnium fuit, sed conjectura pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>babilibus
argumentis subnixa. Ejus duae quasi partes. Una, <hi>Imaginem quae dici<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur
Bestia, esse ipsam Bestiam septicipitem sub instaurationis statu.</hi> Altera, <hi>Vbicunque
Bestia cum Imagine Bestiae conjunctim legitur, ibi Bestiae nomine non</hi> Decemcornupe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tam,
<hi>sed</hi> Bicornem <hi>intelligi.</hi> De primo, Quòd dixi, <hi>Imaginem Bestiae esse ipsam Besti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>am
septicipitem sub instaurationis statu;</hi> eo sensu dixi quo di<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>i solet <hi>Anima cujusque est
quisque.</hi> Ità enim etiamnum vigilans sentio, Imaginem illam esse (non, quod Lawe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nus
vult, Idolum magicum, sed) Bestiae instauratae formam, juxta quam instaurari di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>citur.<note place="margin">Bestia septiml capi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                           <desc>•••</desc>
                        </gap> est ima<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>go Bestiae sexto ca<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ite mactat v<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>l imaginem gerit, &amp;c.</note>
Bestia scilicet novissimi capitis, Pseudoprophetâ auspice, facta est Imago Bestiae
sexto capite mactatae, id est, Draconis septicipitis, qui idcirco quasi <hi>revixisse</hi> dicitur.
Esse enim Draconem septicipitem (<hi>septicipitem</hi> dico, non <hi>simplicem</hi>) sexti capitis Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stiam,
ex eo liquere potest, quòd eidem novissimi seu septimi capitis Bestia in eodem
throno proximè successerit. Sic enim colligo; Draco thronum suum cessit Bestiae ca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pitis
novissimi; ergò decessor ejus fuit, seu penultimi capitis Bestia. Hujus imaginem
(<hi>Draconismum,</hi> si libet, voca; aut quid si <hi>Daemonolatriam?</hi>) novissimi quoque capi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tis
Bestiae, Bicornis iste Draconiloquus adeò insculpi curavit, ut qui eam adoraverit,
Draconem pridem debellatum quasi de novo adorâsse dicatur.</p>
                  <p>Sanè citra Imaginem istam (juxta quam Bestiam adorabant ii quorum nomina non
sunt scripta in libro vitae Agni) <hi>Bestiam adorare</hi> (quo sensu hì<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> dicitur) non magìs
impium fuisset, quàm cuivis alii potestati mundanae morem gerere. Hoc autem osten<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>do;
quia <hi>Bestiam adorare</hi> ex Hebraismi &amp; Orientis usu nihil aliud est quàm <hi>eidem sub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jici:</hi>
id quod ex eo apparet, quòd verbo <hi>Adorandi</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> subjungitur vers. 4. <hi>Et
adorârunt Bestiam, dicentes, Quis similis Bestiae? &amp; quis potis est belligerare cum ea?
Bestiam</hi> igitur <hi>adorare</hi> est Bestiae se dedere tanquam potentiori, &amp; cui nemo sit resi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stendo
&amp; belligerando. Quo eodem sensu terra ipsa, non modò incolae ejus, Bestiam
<hi>adorare</hi> dicitur vers. 12. id est, <hi>ei subjici:</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> (inquit)
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, &amp;c. De hac notione verbi <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, vide Gen. 27. 29.
&amp; cap. 37. 7. &amp; cap. 49. 8. item Isa. 45. 14. At Bestiae juxta imaginem suam subjici,
quà Draconem septicipitem referat, id verò in Deum blasphemum est &amp; impium. Un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>de
qui sic Bestiam adorant, in Bestiam adorando <hi>Draconem adorare</hi> dicuntur, vers.
3, 4.</p>
                  <p>Ad alteram Appendicis partem venio. Dixi, <hi>Vbicunque</hi> Bestia &amp; Imago ejus <hi>tan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quam
jugales audiuntur, ibi</hi> Bestiae <hi>nomine</hi> Bicomem <hi>intelligi.</hi> De hoc fatebor ingenuè
<pb n="556" facs="tcp:63175:331"/>
meipsum jamdudum dubitare coepisse, ex quo observaverim copulationem istam,
<hi>Bestiam &amp; Imaginem ejus,</hi> per figuram <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> exponi posse, quasi <hi>Bestiam in ima<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gine,</hi> vel <hi>juxta imaginem ejus,</hi> vel quid simile: quod tamen alium forsan non movis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>set.</p>
                  <p>Utut sit, in neutro videtur Lawenus argumentis meis satisfecisse. Ad id quod de
<hi>Imagine Bestiae</hi> adduxi, Dici <hi>eam facere ut quicunque non adorârint Imaginem Bestiae</hi> (id
est, seipsam,) <hi>occidantur,</hi> id verò alterutrius Bestiae opus videri; respondit, <hi>Imagini
Bestiae adscribi quod Pseudopropheta fecit Imaginis illius author, Metonymiâ effectûs.</hi> Mi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ra
verò Metonymia! quâ actio agentis circa objectum tribuatur objecto in seipsum;
cujusmodi credo Metonymiae exemplum nullum dari posse. Scio quidem effecto non<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nunquam
tribui actionem causae principalis in objectum ab utroque diversum; sed non
cùm effectum ipsum actionis objectum fuerit. Porrò huic responso prae<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>idium quaerit
in Editione Complutensi, quae unà cum Andrea (diceret Areta) legit <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, &amp; <hi>fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cit,</hi>
nempe Bestia Bicornis. Sed dixer<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>m lectionem hanc corruptam videri, &amp; for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tasse
Aretae aevo natales suos debere. R. Stephanus non annotavit, quia, ut conjice<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>re
est, in nullo suorum codicum reperit, aut conjunctionem <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> ante verbum <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
pro depravatae lectionis argumento habuit, ut quae in sequenti membro postulare vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deatur
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</p>
                  <p>Quod dixi, <hi>Vbi Bestia, cum Pseudopropheta simul adsit, ibi Imaginem Bestiae, non com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>parere;</hi>
opponit Apoc. 19. 20. <hi>ubi simul comparent Bestia Imago Bestiae, atque Pseudo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>propheta;
ut ibi Bestiae nomine Pseudopropheta intelligi nequeat.</hi> Respondeo, In eodem
quidem versu comparere, sed combinatione &amp; sententiis diversis. Prima combinatio
est Bestiae &amp; Pseudoprophetae illis verbis, <hi>Et comprehensa est Bestia &amp; cum ea Pseudopro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pheta.</hi>
Secunda est Bestiae &amp; Imaginis ejus, ubi dicitur, <hi>Seduxit eos qui acceperant
characterem Bestiae, &amp; adoraverant Imaginem ejus.</hi> Possum igitur affirmare primâ
combinatione Bestiam dici <hi>Septicipitem Bestiam,</hi> secundâ verò <hi>Bicornem.</hi> Quòd verò
paulò pòst obtendat, <hi>Adorationem</hi> soli Bestiae <hi>Septicipiti,</hi> non <hi>Bicorni</hi> competere, utpo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>te
de qua illud solummodo dicatur, quòd <hi>fecit adorari Bestiam Septicipitem;</hi> respondeo,
De <hi>Bicorni</hi> Bestia &amp; illud quoque dici, quòd <hi>exerceat omnem <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> Bestiae Septicipi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tis
in conspectu ejus;</hi> hujus autem <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> partem, vel praecipuam, esse <hi>adorationem ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cipere,</hi>
ut apparet v. 7, 8. Praeterea, cùm <hi>Bestiam adorare</hi> nihil aliud sit quàm homi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nes
sese imperio ejus subjicere; constat Bestiam absque adoratione Bestiam esse non
posse.</p>
                  <p>Quod porrò ait ad tertium meum argumentum, <hi>Nomen numerúmque Bestiae, Bestiae
Septicipitis esse, non Bicornis;</hi> novit doctissimus Vir, illis contrarium videri qui solam
Bestiam Bicornem pro Antichristo habent, Bestiam autem primam pro Imperio Roma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>no
Ethnico: quibuscum tamen ego de interpretatione non sentio.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Denique falsum esse</hi> ait (quod mihi etiam in hac dissertatione excidit) <hi>Bestiam Sep<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ticipitem
restitutam totam se arbitrio Pseudoprophetae tanquam supremi Domini regendam
permittere.</hi> Ego verò id ipsum verbis illis innui puto quibus dicitur, eam <hi>omnem pote<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>statem
Bestiae prioris exercere in conspectu ejus.</hi> Sed haec omnia interpretatione multò
magìs clarescerent, nisi quòd ab ea, juxta instituti mei legem, hîc prorsus abstinendum
sit.</p>
               </div>
               <div type="section">
                  <head>Ad Censuram Synchronismi III.</head>
                  <p>TErtius Synchronismus, <hi>inquit,</hi> MERETRICIS ET BESTIAE SEPTICIPITIS DE<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>CEMCORNVPETAE,
castigatione indiget; quia Mulier meretrix, id est, Vrbs Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ma,
jam tempore Ioannis extabat, quando Bestia Septiceps capitis novissimi adhuc futura
erat.</p>
                  <p>Respondeo; Mulier quidem Ioannis aevo fuit, &amp; ante Ioannis aevum, eadémque
toto illo tempore Bestiae regina; sed <hi>Meretrix</hi> non fuit Mulier nisi Bestiâ demum no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vissimi
capitis agente vicem. Siquidem <hi>Meretricis</hi> nomine Scriptura <hi>Moecham</hi> intelli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>git;
jam <hi>Moecha</hi> non est nisi quae fidem conjugalem violaverit. At Civitas illa magna
nondum Ioannis aevo Christo in manum convenerat, ut <hi>Moecha</hi> dici potucrit. Dixi
ergò <hi>Meretricem,</hi> non <hi>Mulierem,</hi> Bestiae non <hi>Septicipiti</hi> simpliciter, sed ei jam <hi>Decem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cornupetae</hi>
contemporare.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Sed suspecta est mihi,</hi> inquit, <hi>laci<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ia ista, DECEMCORNVPETA; quasi Bestia demum
facta esset Decemcornupeta sub septimo, id est, novissimo, ejus capite.</hi> Ità est omnino,
Pictores quidem hîc pro libitu decem cornua in septem capita distribuunt, aliis singula,
<pb n="557" facs="tcp:63175:331"/>
aliis pro liberalitate sua bina largientes. At hoc non tantùm inconcin<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>um est, sed
etiam falsum. Ioanni enim solum caput septimum, in illa capitum sese invicem scan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dentium
scala situ summum, vice novissimum, cornuum gestamine superbit: id quod
sic probatum dabo. Florente capite florescunt cornua; quo occidente, etiam cornua
indè enascentia occidere necesse est. In primis igitur quinque capitibus haec cornua
inesse non poterant; quia quinque illa capita jam abierant, &amp; unà cum capitum vici<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
cornuum quoque vices abiissent; neque in sexto; quoniam eo Ioannis aevo reg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nante,
cornuum tamen tempus nondum advenerat. Relinquuntur igitur capiti no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vissimo.</p>
                  <p>At, inquit Lawenus, <hi>Verba Apocalypseôs clarè &amp; disertè docent, decem illa cornua ip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sis
temporibus Ioannis extitisse.</hi> Imò contrarium docent clarissimè &amp; disertissimé. <hi>De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cem</hi>
cornua, inquit Angelus, <hi>sunt decem reges qui regnum nondum acceperunt.</hi> [SVNT]
autem in hujusmodi sententiis <hi>copulativè</hi> sumitur, non <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, quod Logici nô<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>runt.
Alioquin concludendum quoque esset, Omnes septem reges Ioannis tempori<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
extitisse, quia de septem quoque capitibus dicitur, <hi>Septem capita sunt septem reges,</hi>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</p>
                  <p>Sed &amp; ab eventu sententiae adversanti praesidium quaerit: <hi>Certum enim est,</hi> inquit,
<hi>ex historiis imperium Romanum, dum haec scriberet Ioannes, ex decem regnis sive regalibus
provinciis tanquam partibus constitisse.</hi> Imò certum est, si Straboni fides, (qui solus
hîc laudari solet, quémque Lawenus hujus rei authorem laudat) Imperium Romanum
eo seculo non in decem tantùm, sed in viginti provincias divisum fuisse; quarum nem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pe
decem Imperator sumebat sibi, alteras decem populo Rom<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> tribuebat. Inspiciat
Strabonem ipsum, &amp; de numero provinciarum, &amp; quae fuerint; ut videat quàm non
nimis tutum sit alienis oculis fidere.</p>
               </div>
               <div type="section">
                  <head>Ad Censuram Synchronismi IV.</head>
                  <p>SYnchronismum CENTVM QVADRAGINTA QVATVOR MILLE VIRGINVM
CVM MERETRICE BABYLONICA ET BESTIA <hi>
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>odem vitio laborare ait: Quia
Coetus</hi> C XL IV M <hi>virginum in solidum non contemporat Meretrici &amp; Bestiae, sed tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poribus
carum postremis.</hi> Respondeo; <hi>Coetus Virgineus</hi> in solidum contemporat <hi>Mere<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trici,</hi>
non Mulieri. Neque, quod vult Lawenus, exsuperat Bestiae regnum, sed ut
cum eo coepit, ità quoque (quod statum illum obsignationis attinet) cum eodem desi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nit,
migrátque postmodum in statum novum <hi>Turbae Palmiferae.</hi> Quae nimirum est massa
illa numerosa Agni post devictam Bestiam sequacium; cujus respectu <hi>Coetus ille</hi>
C XL IV M <hi>Virginum</hi> sub Bestiae adhuc blasphemantis tyrannide Agno adhaerentium,
<note n="*" place="margin">Apoc. 14. 4.</note> 
                     <hi>Primitiae</hi> tantùm dicebantur. Sed video Dominum Lawenum duas istas Visiones hîc
&amp; ubique confundere; quas tamen diversas esse constat &amp; diversorum temporum.
Coetus enim Virginum numeratus est; Turba Palmifera innumerabilis: Ille sub Bestia
rerum potiunte gemit; haec post Bestiam occisam ovat;<note n="*" place="margin">Cap. 7. 14.</note> 
                     <hi>Hi sunt,</hi> inquit, <hi>qui vene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>runt
de tribulatione magna,</hi> id est, de tyrannide Bestiae Sanctos tribulantis. Unde illis
sigillo prospectum fuit nè laederentur; istis obsignatione istiusmodi nihil opus erat.
Nec si fortè personae ipsae in utroque statu aliquatenus eaedem sint, proinde diversi re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
status confundendi sunt. Ecclesia semper una est, sed fortunâ &amp; conditione pro
temporum statu dissimilis. Quae diversae Ecclesiae, ut ità dicam, facies diversis visio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nibus
exhibentur.</p>
               </div>
               <div type="section">
                  <head>Ad Censuram Synchronismi V.</head>
                  <p>
                     <hi>QVintus Synchronismus,</hi> inquit, <hi>DE GENERALI ANTEDICTORVM SYNCHRO<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>NIS
MO, potuisset omitti.</hi> Fateor. Sed potest etiam retineri, &amp; suum usum
mihi habere visum, ut tot Synchronizantium vaticiniorum systema uno intuitu exhibe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>atur.
Praeterea non est, quod ait, nuda praecedentium Synchronismorum repetitio. Nihil enim adhuc de Meretricis cum Muliere Eremitica &amp; Testibus, aut de Coetu Vir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gineo
cum iisdem, Synchronismo dictum fuit. Nec pari ratione duo sequentes Syn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chronismi
repeti potuissent, cùm illi nequaquam contemporent; ut proinde quod scitè
à se dictum putat de octavo Synchronismo, ut non urba<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>è admodum, ità nec verè dixe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rit.</p>
               </div>
               <div type="section">
                  <pb n="558" facs="tcp:63175:332"/>
                  <head>Ad Censuram Synchronismi VI.</head>
                  <p>PEccat, inquit, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>verborum, quia Apocalypsis expressè non meminer<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap> Atrii
mensurabilis.</hi> Quid si expressè non meminerit? num ideo est <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>? sed
<hi>maluit retineri nomen expressum TEMPLI MENSVRABILIS.</hi> At hoc non suffecisset;
namque etiam metiri jubetur <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. Haec ego om<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nia
uno illo <hi>Atrii interioris</hi> nomine complecti volui, cùm illud istâ verborum periphrasi
designari non dubitârim. <hi>At atrium interius,</hi> inquit, <hi>est Atrium Israelis.</hi> Fallitur, ut
jam antè ostendi.</p>
                  <p>Porrò, ait <hi>peccare hunc Synchronismum confusione temporum. Licèt enim ex eo quòd
ambo sint antecedanea contemporaneorum, illud sequatur, Praelium Draconis incidere in
tempus Templi mensurabilis; Templum tamen non priùs &amp; citiùs mensuratum fuisse quàm
Praelium illud commissum fuerit, eo argumento probari nequit.</hi> Fateor. Neque id in
Clave mea celavi. Inspice sodes p.<note n="*" place="margin">[Hujus edit. p. 423.]</note> 10. l. 20. At ex eo quòd sint proxima antece<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dentia
contemporaneorum, sequitur ea communem exitûs sui terminum sortiri. Quòd
verò ut in fine, sic etiam initio concurrant, alio argumento, eóque mihi sat verisimili,
astruere conatus sum. Cujus quidem fundamentum de initio Prophetiae repetitae hîc
insaniae deputat Censor, &amp; paulò pòst se refutaturum pollicetur. lbi igitur responsum
habebit.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Quinimo,</hi> inquit, <hi>Praelium illud Draconis commissum &amp; absolutum fuit in ictu oculi;
ideóque cum Templi dimensuratione, utpote continui temporis prophetiâ, contemporare ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quit.</hi>
Respondeo; Etsi in toto hoc negotio ab interpretatione Vaticiniorum abstinu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>erim;
tamen necesse fuit sensum aliquem Grammaticum praesupponi, &amp; pro fundamento
rebus demonstrandis substerni. Ex hac autem Objectione demum perspicio me non sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tìs
cautè locutum esse. Draconis <hi>insidias &amp; dimicationem</hi> pro iisdem habui; Domi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nus
Lawenus distinguit. Utut sit, ad rem ipsam parùm interest. Intelligo enim Dra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>conis
<hi>molitionem</hi> (ità posthac vocabo) durante Puerperio, quicquid tandem fuerit,
sive Praelium, sive aliud. Hanc, puto, non est dicturus <hi>in ictu oculi</hi> peractam: Non
enim potest, nisi etiam Puerperium momentaneum dicat. Denique, si saltem Puer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>perii
cum Atrio mensurabili Synchronismum mihi concesserit, de Dracone non pugna<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bo.
Neque certè eum hîc alio argumento impugnat (dum dimensurationis initium
puerperii multò recentiùs asserit) quàm ex privatae interpretationis hypothesi; cui ut
respondeam non est opus.</p>
                  <p>De Septimo Synchronismo mihi assentitur. Pergo igitur ad <hi>Stricturas</hi> ejus in Par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tem
Secundam.</p>
               </div>
               <div type="section">
                  <head>Responsio ad Stricturas in Partem Secundam.</head>
                  <p>HIC à Praeloquio meo incipit; quod miror admodum cur tantopere exa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gitet,
innocuum certè &amp; nihil mali meritum. Neque enim mihi animus
fuit in eo demonstrare quicquam, imò nec fundamentum substernere Syn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chronismis
mox demonstrandis: sed tantummodo Lectorem praemonere
quid, singulis Visionibus juxta mox futuras Synchronismorum <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
ritè dispositis, tum ipse observaverim, tum ille observare poterit; nimirum Interval<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lum
seu periodum Apocalypticam bis tantùm integrè percurri; primùm <hi>Prophetiâ Si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gillorum,</hi>
secundò eâ quae à <hi>Libro aperto</hi> incipit; atque eâ ratione Apocalypsin indè à
capite quarto ad finem in duas Prophetias principales dispertiri. Dixi <hi>Prophetias,</hi>
non <hi>Visiones.</hi> Sciebam <hi>Visiones</hi> esse plures, sed ex iis non nisi duo <hi>Prophetiarum</hi> syn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tagmata
confieri, quibus periodus Apocalyptica integrè percurratur. Id verò est quod
affirmavi, atque etiamnum affirmo. Quid peccavi? numquid affirmabit Lawenus, plu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ries,
id est, septies, periodum Apocalypticam percurri? Haud facilè credo. An ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gabit
Partitionem istiusmodi ex Synchronismis meis secuturam? Non potest. At
ego hoc solùm in Praeloquio meo volui. Ergò cum larvis hîc pugnat, &amp; potuit omni
labori isti pepercisse. Nam si Synchronismos meos refutâsset, Partitio haec bimembris
Visionum Apocalypticarum per se concidisset; utpote quae ex Synchronismis istis ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>structa
<pb n="559" facs="tcp:63175:332"/>
est, non verò iis pro fundamento substrata. Sed voluit fortè hanc Praeloquii
mei flagellationem vice praeloquii esse ad <hi>Stricturas</hi> sequentes.</p>
                  <p>Videamus igitur quomo do Partitionem meam destruat. <hi>Primò,</hi> (inquit) <hi>confun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dit
finem u<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ius Prophetiae cum principio alterius.</hi> Intelligit, ni fallor, finem <hi>Prophetiae
consummantis.</hi> Alioquin enim vitiosum non est, fini unius Prophetiae continuari prin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cipium
alterius. Ità Visioni Draconis rufi-Septicipitis finienti continuatur Visio Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stiae
marinae redintegratae: Visionem Phialarum vult Lawenus concatenari fini Tubae
sextae. Sed <hi>visioni consumma<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>i</hi> (ità voco quae finem periodi Apocalypticae attingit)
fateor non posse aliam Visionem continuari. <hi>Sed</hi> inquit, <hi>Partitione meâ continuari
initium prophetiae Tubarum cum fine prophetiae Sigillorum, prophetiae consummantis, nempe
cum fine Sigilli septimi.</hi> Ego verò illud nego, &amp; aio prophetiam Tubarum esse ipsum<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>met
Sigillum septimum, ideóque à me nec confundi nec continuari cum fine Sigilli sep<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>timi,
sed, ut aequum erat, conjungi cum fine sexti. At, inquit, <hi>Finis prophetiae Si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gillorum
est in Turba Palmifera, idque fatente meipso.</hi> Respondeo; Aliud est, esse fi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nem
prophetiae Sigillorum <hi>contemporando,</hi> aliud, (ut ità loquar) <hi>exhibendo.</hi> Fateor
prophetiâ <hi>Obsignatorum</hi> &amp; succedaneâ prophetiâ <hi>Palmiferorum</hi> (quas Lawenus m<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>è
confundit) totum Sigilli septimi interva llum percurri <hi>contemporando:</hi> sed in illis <hi>exhi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>beri</hi>
visionem Sigilli septimi, id verò pernego. Visio Sigilli septimi ea demum est
quam exhibet apertio Sigilli septimi; Visio, inquam, Tubarum, ut suprà ostendi.
Visio autem gemina illa <hi>Obsignatorum &amp; Palmiferorum</hi> est Visio interposita in u<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>um
characteris; quò scilicet sciremus secuturas post <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> comestionem Vifiones
reliquas cum Sigillorum prophetia aptè connectere; ut monui <hi>Synchron. I. Part. II.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Quod porrò ait <hi>de</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Cap. 3<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>Silentio illo semihorae ad initium prophetiae Tubarum, seu aperti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>onem
Sigilli septimi, esse illud novae prophetiae indicium;</hi> gratis dicit, nec ad rem quic<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quam
facit. Neque enim ego negârim visionem Tubarum esse novam Prophetiam,
&amp; à praecedentibus Sigillis diversam; sed esse Prophetiam de novo repetitam, illud
verò est quod inficias eo: ideóque novitate suâ non obstante, aio praecedentibus Si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gillis
ratione rei gerendae continuandam esse. Id quod Alstedius miu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>mè <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap>
qui tamen de numero Visionum Apocalypticarum juxtà cum Laweno sen<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>it. Sed
unum est quod non capio. <hi>Silentio semihorae</hi> ait <hi>nihil aliud significari quàm Ioannem à
visionibus praecedentis prophetiae ad medium horae quievisse.</hi> Quid hoc est? an <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>gitur Io<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>annes
videndo aut audiendo sonitum fecit? Hoc aio me non capere.</p>
                  <p>Sed quoniam tantum causae suae praesidium in hoc <hi>Silentio</hi> Lawenus ponit; videamus
annon ea sit <hi>Silentii</hi> hujus mens, quae commentum illud de Tubarum prophetia à S<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap>l<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lis
abjungenda nedum juvet, sed penitus destruet, cui Ille astruendo servire putet.
Notum est in sacris ubivis ferè Gentium, <hi>Silentium</hi> de religione fuisse, <hi>Faver<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </hi> lingitis
dicebant. Idà populo Dei observatum tum cùm Incensum fieret. Dum enim sacrifi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cia
offerrentur, Templum canticis, tubis al<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap> que instrumentis musicis person<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>bat,
2 Chron. 29. 25, &amp;c. At tempore Incensi omnia silebant, &amp; populus tacitè <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ecum
precabatur, Luc. 1. 10. Huc igitur allusum esse videtur, dum, Angelo ad Altare au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>reum
sacra facturo, <hi>factum esse</hi> dicitur <hi>in coelo Silentium ad semiboram,</hi> id est, toto tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pore
Incensi. Ità quoque apud veteres mos erat, teste Servio, ut <hi>lumine incenso silen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tium
praeberetur.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Quod denique addit Lawenus de Igne è coelo in terram misso, eundem esse de quo
Salvator dixerat Luc. 12. 49. interpretamentum est, ideóque ab hac dissertatione ali<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>enum.
Atque ità ab hoc ariete Partitio mea firma manet &amp; inconcussa. Videamus
an non eâdem quoque facilitate eorum qui supersunt impetum sustinere possit.</p>
                  <p>Secundò, inquit, <hi>Partitio haec discerpit membra unius ejusdémque Prophetiae arctissimè
inter se cohaerentia; nempe finem Tubae sextae divellit ab ipsius principio.</hi> Respondeo,
Peti principium. Tantùm enim abest ut aut Libri comestio aut Templi mensuratio sit
pars Tubae sextae, ut ad eam nullo prorsus modo pertineant. Quid enim? an quic<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quid
narrandi ordine sequitur, statim pars est ejus quod praecessit? Cur non igitur
septem tonitruum voces etiam pars essent Tubae sextae? quod tamen negat. Quod
propiùs illius Tubae clangorem excepit, eò non pertinebit; &amp; pertinebit, imò pars
erit, quod remotius est? Quis hìc discerpit membra unius ejusdémque Prophetiae?
Egóne, an Lawenus?</p>
                  <p>Tertio, inquit, <hi>Commiscet haec Partitio duas ad minimum integras prophetias toto coelo
à se invicem distinctas: Nempe prophetiam Libri aperti, &amp; de Muliere parturiente; quo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>niam
hanc illius partem facit.</hi> Haec enim, ni fallor, est quam intelligit commistio pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phetiarum;
cùm me <hi>prophetiam de Muliere parturiente</hi> eandem facere dicit cum <hi>prophe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tia
Libri aperti.</hi> Ego verò, ut jam antè monui, <hi>prophetiam Libri aperti</hi> voco, non
unicam aliquam Visionem, sed totum illud Visionum Syntagma quas Ioannes vidit,
<pb n="560" facs="tcp:63175:333"/>
postquam ei, libro devorato, dictum fuerit, <hi>Oportet te iterum prophetare, &amp;c.</hi> Annon
autem hujus Syntagmatis seu Prophetiae iteratae pars est Visio <hi>Mulieris parturientis?</hi>
Ipsum <hi>Lawenum</hi> appello in notationibus suis prooemialibus in Visionem quartam Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>calypt.
<hi>Certum est,</hi> inquit, <hi>hanc Visionem (de Muliere parturiente, Bestia marina, &amp;
CXLIV Mille obsignatorum) partem quoque esse illius prophetiae de qua Ioanni dictum fu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>it,
Oportet te iterum prophetare gentibus, populis, ac linguis, &amp; Regibus multis.</hi> Haec
sunt ipsissima <hi>Laweni</hi> verba; si modò is sit (quod audio) qui se <hi>Theocritum Iustum</hi> ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pellat.
Quomodo tunc certum erat, quod nunc pro errore manifestario traducit?
Adeóne cùm duo affirment idem, non est idem? Aut valde fallor, aut hic vir doctus
prae nimio stringendi calore sui oblitus est. <hi>At,</hi> inquit, <hi>certum est, prophetiam Libri
aperti terminari cum fine Tubae septimae; prophetiam verò de Muliere parturiente, quae
hanc sequitur, prophetiam planè novam esse, quâ nihil antiquius habet Apocalypsis.</hi> Quo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>modo
igitur haec pars erit <hi>Libri aperti?</hi> Hoc scil. argumento suam meámque sententi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>am
labefactatum it. Sed respondeo pro meipso &amp; pro Theocrito Iusto; omnino fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cillimé.
<hi>Prophetia</hi> enim <hi>Libri aperti</hi> non est una aliqua prophetia continua, sed multa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum,
ut dixi, Visionum, partim continuantium, partim contemporantium, Systema;
quarum una sola, id est, pri<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>a, totum intervallum Apocalypticum pervadit, reliquae
huic tanquam partes contemporantes annectuntur. Ità <hi>Visio de Muliere parturiente</hi>
pars est <hi>prophetiae Libri aperti,</hi> non continua, sed primae Visioni (quae in communem il<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lam
Tubae novissimae catastrophen desinit) contemporanea &amp; parallela.</p>
                  <p>Quae porrò subjungit de interpretatione Visionis de Puerperio, <hi>Mulierem parturien<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tem
esse Synagogam Iudaicam, quae patrem habuit Iacobum, qui assimilatur Soli; matrem
Rachaelem, quae comparatur Lunae,</hi> &amp;c. ut nimirum demonstret Visionem istam provehi
ad caput &amp; originem periodi Apocalypticae, ac proinde in ea novam prophetiam in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>choari:
haec (inquam) &amp; similia sicco pede pertranseo; cùm, ut saepe jam monui,
nullus sit in hoc examine id genus interpretamentis locus concedendus.</p>
                  <p>Absolutâ interpretatione <hi>Puerperii,</hi> redit ad rem ipsam; &amp; solito commotior, quasi
stimulum alicunde sensisset, acerrimè invehitur in id quod bimembri meae Partitioni
subjunxerim, nempe <hi>posteriorem Apocalypsews partem, quae est <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, ab eodem
temporis seu periodi Apocalypticae principio exordiri unde prior illa quae est Sigillorum.</hi>
Hic qui Visionem Tubarum, ad septimi Sigilli apertionem exhibitam, ad primi Sigilli
initium retraxit, &amp; Sigillorum tramitem relegere fecit, mihi tamen pro immani crimi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ne
impingit, quòd post finitam sextae Tubae descriptionem, (nam uniuscujusque Tubae,
ut dixi, visum tantùm unicum est) póstque septimae Tubae praeconium disertè exhibitum
de consummatione mysterii Dei tum futura, postquam etiam septem tonitrua voces suas
edidissent, quas ipse ad septimam Tubam pertinere affirmat; voluerim tamen ex se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quentibus
Novae prophetiae initium facere; cùm illud non modò ex Synchronismo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
meorum syntaxi necessariò secuturum advertissem, verùm eódem etiam praeter
opinionem facere viderem verba illa longè disertissima, <hi>Oportet te iterum prophetare
populis &amp; gentibus &amp; linguis &amp; regibus multis.</hi> Ille sibi <hi>Silentium semihorae</hi> sine ratione
aut exemplo interpretanti credi postulat, quòd sit novae &amp; repetitae prophetiae indici<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um;
mihi Spiritui Sancto id disertis &amp; perspicuis verbis affirmanti credere non licet.
Sed plus ego, Lawene, hujusmodi <hi>verborum aucupiis</hi> (sic enim vocas) fido, quàm
cujusvis hominum interpretamentis, nisi ea quoque verba perspicuè consentientia ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>buerint:
Ut omnino frustrà sis, qui mihi hîc pro verbis clarissimis, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
interpretationem maximè dubiam &amp; incertam (alius violentam dixerit) ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>truseris.</p>
                  <p>Ad objectum de currente adhuc, nec dum absolutâ, sextae Tubae descriptione, re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>spondeo,
Finem Tubae sextae esse ad finem capitis noni, nec ultrà protendi visionem
ejus: nam unicum esse cuique Tubae visum, sicut &amp; Sigillis &amp; Phialis; non duo vel
plura. Deinde primam partem capitis decimi ad septimam Tubam pertinere; quod
ipse, quod ad septem tonitrua, non diffitetur, &amp; Angeli verba manifesta sunt. Quod
reliquum est hujus capitis cum capite sequente ad novam prophetiam pertinere, mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nente
id ipsum Spiritu Sancto. Ità prophetiam Sigillorum &amp; Tubarum propriè &amp; re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>âpse
claudi magno illo Angeli tonitruum, de tempore ad clangorem Tubae septimae
finiendo, &amp; mysterio Dei consummando, praeconio. Sed quoniam Mysterium illud
communis foret tum hujus tum alterius Prophetiae catastrophe, tum maximè ut scire<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur
quâ demum ratione sequens Prophetia cum hac Tubarum connectenda esset; ideo
clangoris ipsiusmet de praesenti exhibitionem &amp; evolutionem pleniorem ab Angelo
eousque suspensam, donec &amp; altera Prophetia, primâ suâ visione ad idem temporis
Apocalyptici momentum provectâ, tanquam limes Synchronisticus &amp; communis utri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>usque
prophetiae exitus inter<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ereretur. Dicam (si possim) planiùs, quoniam video
<pb n="561" facs="tcp:63175:333"/>
me à Domino Laweno non intelligi. Utraque Prophetia tam <hi>Sigillorum</hi> quàm <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
uno eodémque rerum exitu clauditur, quem exhibet Tuba novissima. Cui indi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cando,
Spiritus Sanctus, Tubae septimae mysterio suo loco in Tubarum serie, quantum
tunc satìs erat, designato, clangorem ipsum distulit, donec ad novam <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phetiam
transitione factâ, primam ipsius Visionem (stadio Apocalyptico similiter
emenso) ad eundem rerum exitum provexisset. Tuncque Mysterium illud Tubae
septimae, utriusque Prophetiae clausula communis, in priori Prophetia de genere tan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tùm
promulgatum, hîc, clangore edito, pleniùs evolvitur: ídque commodissimè;
cùm alioquin, absque utriusque Prophetiae praecognitione; quod ab utraque pendebat
intelligi non potuisset.</p>
                  <p>Et profectò ni haec Spiritûs Sancti mens fuisset, nec juramentum de septimae Tubae
clangore &amp; mysterio eò loci inseruisset, nec verba statim Ioanni de prophetia repeten<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>da
fecisset. Quorsum enim haec, nisi ut duplici isto indicio certos nos faceret de fine
prophetiae Tubarum illic indubiè statuendo; non obstante quod postmodum de clan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gore
Tubae septimae novae isti prophetiae interserendum esset? Ego tamen (ut quod
initio dixi iterum repetam) nihilominus hujusmodi discursibus bimembrem meam Par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>titionem
non superstruxi, neque in Praeloquio meo tanquam fundamentum proposui;
sed solummodo monui eam consectarium fore Synchronismorum mox demonstrando<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum,
eíque apprimè convenire Angeli verba, &amp; Visionem cap. 10. exhibitam. Nisi
igitur quos demonstravi Synchronismos istiusmodi Partitionem conficiant, causam non
dico quin prorsus eliminetur.</p>
                  <p>Postremùm addidi &amp; illud Lectoris animadversione non indignum fore; Ad utriusque
istarum, perinde atque primae omnium Visionis de septem Ecclesiis, quasi trium inte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>grarum
Prophetiarum, initia singula voce tanquam Tubae de coelo loquentis proclama<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ri,
&amp;c. Hîc mihi opponit Lawenus <hi>multò certiora novae prophetiae indicia, ut quòd sin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gulae
aut inchoentur novâ visione, aut terminentur mentione secundi adventûs.</hi> Sed annon
quae ego attuli sunt novarum Visionum initia? aut dicat quo tandem signo internosca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur
novae Visionis exordium; praesertim si illud [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>] pro hu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jusmodi
signo non habendum sit. Sed vult, ni fallor, eam Visionem pro nova haben<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dam
esse quam proximè praecessit mentio secundi adventûs. Neque hujus notae tribu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nal
Partitio mea recusabit. Quid enim? annon Angeli septem tonitruum praeconium
de consummatione Mysterii Dei (quod Libri comestionem praecessit) ad secundum
adventum pertingit? Sed quorsum haec omnia? non enim hîc de novae Visionis aut pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phetiae
cujuslibet initio quaeritur; sed de initio prophetiae repetitae. Num ubicunque
mentio secundi adventûs praecessit, ibi initium est prophetiae repetitae, id est, quae eun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dem
tramitem propheticum à capite remeat? Non credo. At de ejusmodi initio inter
nos agitur. Interim ut non diffiteor secundum adventum, si dextrè accipiatur, esse
certissimum indicium prophetiae consummantis; eóque visionem quae sequitur ejusmodi
esse, quae priori continuari non possit? ità nego hunc adventum pro unico visionis no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vae
secuturae indicio habendum esse. Nego item cujusvis interpretamentum pro secun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>di
adventûs argumento admittendum. Mihi quidem persuasissimum est Sigillum sex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum
non esse de secundo adventu; &amp; novit Dominus Lawenus me non paucos su<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>sra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gatores
habere, &amp; in eorum numero esse Andream Caesariensem: nihil tamen ei super<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>struo,
quia interpretamentum est; ideáque negari possit nisi aliunde firmetur. Et
<hi>Messem,</hi> illam c. 14. v. 15. esse secundum Christi adventum, quo argumento negantem
convinceret? Nam alia quoque est Salvatoris Messis praeter consummationem seculi:
<hi>Messis,</hi> inquit, <hi>multa, operarii verò pa<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ci.</hi> Imò si <hi>Messis</hi> c. 14. sit consummatio seculi;
quid tandem erit <hi>Vindemia,</hi> quae <hi>Messem</hi> sequitur? Eadem quoque de <hi>Coena</hi> dici pos<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sunt
c. 3. 20. nec ignorat Dominus Lawenus haec ab aliis aliter interpretata esse. Uni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cum
illud de <hi>Vniversali Resurrectione &amp; Iudicio c.</hi> 20. clarum &amp; disertum est, ideóque
indubium. Videt igitur Dominus Lawenus quàm hujusmodi argumenta imbellia sint.
Interim ego non nego Septem esse in Apocalypsi Visiones insigniores, fortè etiam plu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>res:
neque hoc bimembrem meam divisionem quatit, ut quae aliò spectavit; neque
Visiones distinxit, sed syntagmata Visionum.</p>
               </div>
               <div type="section">
                  <pb n="562" facs="tcp:63175:334"/>
                  <head>Ad Censuram Synchronismi I</head>
                  <argument>
                     <p>Sigilli septimi, quod ad priores sex Tubas, cum Bestia Septicipite, Bicorni, caeterisque
contemporantibus.</p>
                  </argument>
                  <p>IN hujus demonstratione Lawenus totus interpretationum praejudiciis occaecatus ni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hil
omnino veri cernere potuit. Adjuvabo igitur, si possum, admoto lumine.
Summa demonstrationis haec fuit, quà de initio, quà de fine.</p>
                  <p>De initio sic. Cùm Coetus obsignatorum, tanquam Bestiae regnantis <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stiae
contemporet; idémque Coetus obsignatorum, contemporet initio Sigilli septimi seu
Tubarum; sequitur Bestiam quoque contemporare initio Sigilli septimi seu Tuba<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum.</p>
                  <p>De fine autem sic. Cùm Testium in sacco lugentium dies 1260 finiantur ad exitum
Tubae 6, seu ineunte septimâ; ibidem quoque Bestiae menses 42 finiri necesse est; &amp;
per consequens illam Bestiae tyrannidem intra sex primarum Tubarum ambitum conti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neri.</p>
                  <p>Fatetur Lawenus Coetum obsignatorum contemporare Sigillo septimo; vult enim
obsignationem illam esse totum Sigilli istius mysterium: quod quidem nimium est, sed
indè sumo quantum mihi satìs est, nempe Coetum illum Sigillum sextum proximè se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>qui,
atque ità inire cum septimo. Hoc autem posito, nulla ei ampliùs elabendi copia
superest, nisi aut negando septem Tubas Rem esse Sigilli Septimi, aut Coetum Virgi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neum
cum Bestia (semper Bestiam novissimi capitis intelligo) in solidum contempora<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>re.
Illud jam ostensum est in Textu disertissimè haberi, neque in re tam manifesta ut
cedam, ullis unquam fidiculis extorquebit. Alterum de Coetûs Virginei &amp; Bestiae in
solidum contemporatione, quoniam eam in Clave mea non satìs ab omni parte muni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tam
dedi, jam potrò; firmiùs demonstrabo, quà de initio, quà de fine. Nam de con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>temporatione
simpliciter dubium non est.</p>
                  <p>Initialem igitur contemporationem sic ostendo. Coetus iste Virgineus (prout nuda
ejus descriptio cap. 14. attento Lectori fidem faciat) copiae sunt sanctorum militum in
Agni fide (tum cùm caeteri orbis incolae desertores &amp; transfugae Bestiae characterem ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cepissent)
firmiter permanentium: unde ut olim prisco ritu milites stigmate aliquo no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ta<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>i,
&amp; Imperatoris sui nomine inscribi; ità isti Agni &amp; Patris nominibus in fronte
scribuntur; imò cap. 13. v. 8. in Agni quoque codice ceu matriculâ exstare dicuntur.
Hi nimirum sunt Sancti isti quibuscum belligerat Bestia, quíque soli ex omnibus orbis
incolis ipsam adorare abnuerint. Necesse est igitur eosdem Bestianis coaevos esse;
quandoquidem incesta Besticolarum coitio, eodem tempore illibatum Agnisequorum
coetum necessario discrimine progenuerit.</p>
                  <p>Secundò, Si Coetus Virgineus cum Bestia initio non contemporet; aut Bestia an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiquior
est, aut recentior. Utramcunque dixeris, illud absurdi sequitur, ut aut Coe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tus
aut Bestia nimiùm dissimilibus rerum statibus contemporet. Si enim Coetum dix<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eris
Bestiâ antiquiorem, illud sequitur, ut Coetus partim Bestiae decemcornupetae, par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tim
verò Puerperio &amp; Draconi ruso contemporet. Nam quod ultra Bestiae exortum
ascendit, illud necessariò in Draconis &amp; Puerperii tempora impingit; ut quae nempé
Bestiae exortus continuò secutus est. At quî tam uniformis prophetia tam dissimilibus
rerum statibus aptabitur? quae <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> ratio tam dissimili parallelismo constabit?</p>
                  <p>Sin Coetum Bestiâ recentiorem dixeris, sequetur ut Bestia partim sex primis Sigillis,
(eorum nempe ultimis) partim verò septem Tubarum, Sigillo dissimilis proculdubio
rei, contemporet; ubi eadem planè absurditatis ratio rem omnem circumspicienti ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>parebit.</p>
                  <p>Initialem contemporationem firmavi: restat de finali; quae non modò ut prior, ex
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> ratione, sed porrò ex eo ostenditur, quòd utriusque, tam Bestiae tyranni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dis
quàm Coetûs virginei, limes sit Turba Palmifera. <hi>Bestiae,</hi> quia de Palmiseris dici<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur,
<hi>Hi sunt qui venerunt ex tribulatione magna:</hi> quâ verò tribulatione, nisi Bestiae
Sanctos tribulantis? ergò Bestiae tyrannidem à tergo relinquunt. <hi>Coetus virginei,</hi> quia
eum Turba Palmifera continuò sequitur; sicut ipse Coetus secutus est Tubam se<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>tam:
id quod ex eadem utrobique transitione<note n="*" place="margin">Cap. 7. 9.</note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> manifestum est, vel ipso
Laweno judice.</p>
                  <p>Potest &amp; haec finalis contemporatio sic demonstrari: Quia utriusque limes est exi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tus
Tubae sextae; <hi>Bestiae,</hi> ut ex cap. undecimo ostensum est Synchron. I. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> 2. part. <hi>I.
Coetûs,</hi> quia eum excipit Turba Palmifera, quae contemporat Tubae septimae.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="563" facs="tcp:63175:334"/>Atque hinc, credo, apparet Synchronismum Sigelli septimi, quod ad priores sex
Tubas, cum Bestia septicipite novissimi capitis caeterísque contemporantibus non esse
(quod acerbiusculè dixit) <hi>cardinem vanitatum,</hi> sed istiusmodi censuram fuisse omnino
vanam.</p>
                  <p>Ad objecta non opus est ut respondeam, cùm nihil novi praeter interpretamenta as<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>serat;
ut <hi>de Antichristo sub Tuba quinta primùm in lucem prodeunte, utpote Angelo illo
Abyssi, Apollyone &amp; Abaddonte; proindéque minimè, quod ego vellem, cum, ipso Tubarum
clangore nato.</hi> Item <hi>de Coetu obsignatorum demum post illustrem Domini adventum (Si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gillum
sextum esse vult) exhibendo.</hi> Haec igitur omnia (utut argutum illud sit de Ab<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>badonte
quasi <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Pater Dominus</hi>) uno spiritu difflabo, scilicet negando. Quor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sum
enim aliter refutarem quae &amp; aliena sunt &amp; solido sundamento carent?</p>
                  <p>Illud tamen unum praeterire non debeo, quòd <hi>Obsignationem eam</hi> CXLIV <hi>mille</hi>
(cap. 7.) <hi>factam esse dicat ad novas nuptias Agni in illustri Domini adventu celebran<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>das;
idque manifestum esse ex collatione cum.</hi> 4. Esd. 2. 38. me verò perstringat, eò
quòd existimârim <hi>illam factam esse, nè grassantibus in orbe Tubarum calamitatibus electi
Dei servi extinguerentur.</hi> Sed inspice (sodes) textum, Lawene. Annon Angelus
illic ab ortu Solis clamavit ad Angelos quibus datum est laedere terram &amp; mare, di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cendo,
<hi>Nè laedite terram, neque mare, neque arbores, quoad<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>sque obsignaverimus servos
Dei nostri in frontibus suis?</hi> Síntne calamitates illae Tubarum nécne, haud multùm la<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>boro.
At de calamitatibus, quaecunque tandem sint, orbi superventuris, electis Dei
fervis (quibus omnia in bonum cedere debeant) omnino hîc caveri dico. De nuptiis
verò planè nihil audio. Imò qui Tubarum Synchronismum, &amp; quod porrò in eandem
omnino rem ad Tubam quintam habetur c. 9. v. 4. consideraverit, calamitates quae à
Tubis sunt in hunc censum venire haud gravatè mihi concessurus est.</p>
               </div>
               <div type="section">
                  <head>Ad Censuram Synchronismi II</head>
                  <argument>
                     <p>Contemporantium Visionum Atrii interioris &amp; Praelii Draconis &amp; Michaelis de Puerperio cum sex primis Sigillis.</p>
                  </argument>
                  <p>NEutrum horum, <hi>inquit,</hi> neque Templi sive Atrii interioris mensuratio, neque Praelium
Draconis cum Michaele, cum sex primis Sigillis contemporat. Non dimensuratio
Templi, (<hi>quomodo loqui malit</hi>) quia jubetur Ioannes Templum &amp; Altare metiri sub fi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nem
Tubae sextae. Non Praelium Draconis, quia illud in ictu oculi commissum &amp; absolu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum fuit.</p>
                  <p>Ad primum respondeo; Licèt post Tubae sextae historiam Ioannes jubeatur metiri
Templum; hanc tamen dimensurationem ad Tubam sextam non magìs pertinere quàm
ad septimam; quia illius quoque praeconium &amp; septem tonitruum, quae eódem perti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nent,
voces eandem dimensurationem aequè praecesserint. Ratio est, quia (ut in su<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>perioribus
dixi) abruptâ post vers. 7. Sigillorum &amp; Tubarum, id est, totius Libri
sigillati, tractatione, deinceps ad novam prophetiam, Libri nimirum aperti, transitus
fiat.</p>
                  <p>Ad secundum dico, <hi>Praelii Draconis</hi> appellatione intellexisse me totam Draconis
molitionem durante Puerperio, quam non credo eum dicturum in ictu oculi peractam
fuisse. Putabam enim illâ Draconis &amp; Michaelis dimicatione describi insidiarum ista<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
statum, quomodóque factum sit ut machinatio illa Draconis adversus Mulierem
parturientem incassum cederet; quia nempe Michaelem adversarium toto tempore ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pertus
est. Sanè eódem cum Visione Puerperii pertinere ex eo censebam, quòd utri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>usque
rem gestam continuò secuta est Mulieris fuga in eremum. Ità tunc sensi. Iam
objectione istâ cautior factus locutionem corrigo, &amp; Draconis non <hi>Praelium,</hi> sed <hi>Moli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>men,</hi>
vocabo; sed tamen mentem cur mutem nondum video. Si posthac videro, gra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tias
de hoc monitu Laweno debebo. Utut res se habet, sime <hi>Praelium</hi> illud Draconis
ejusdem adversus Mulierem parturìentem <hi>Molitio</hi> nécne, à qua eam Michael liberavit,
certè cum ea molitione contemporabit. Valde enim infirmum est, quia Praelii istius
descriptio narrandi ordine sequatur Mulieris partum, fugam verò ejusdem idem tempo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>re
antecedat, ex eo cum Laweno concludere velle, illud momento tantùm durâsse,
quasi utrique interjectum. Cur enim non potiùs cum Puerperio contemporaret, quo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cum
exitum communem sortitur? Pugnatur in coelo dejicitur Draco, cantatur <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
Draco dejectus irascitur, persequitur Mulierem, illa in eremum fugit. Omnia
haec in momento fugae facta sunt? Annon dum adhuc parturiret? nam statim à partu
fugit in eremum.</p>
               </div>
               <div type="section">
                  <pb n="564" facs="tcp:63175:335"/>
                  <head>Ad Censuram Synchronismi III</head>
                  <argument>
                     <p>Phialarum cum Tuba sexta.</p>
                  </argument>
                  <p>SYnchronismum Phialarum cum Tuba sexta non quidem in solidum, sed ex parte
tantùm, astruxi; ídque quia viderim Bestiae dominatum ante septimae clangorem
haud parùm labefactari coepisse. At quo loco Tubarum, initium Phialarum praecisè
statuendum sit, id nullo charactere eruere potui. De fine hoc certum mihi visum,
Phialam saltem novissimam ad novissimam Tubam pertinere.</p>
                  <p>Quid ad haec Dominus Lawenus? <hi>Finitio,</hi> inquit, <hi>mensium</hi> XLII <hi>ad sextae Tubae
exitum non arguit tum labefactatam fuisse dominationem Bestiae.</hi> Quid itá? <hi>quia</hi> (in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quit)
<hi>potestas</hi> XLII <hi>mensium non est simplex potestas dominandi,</hi> (rectiùs sortè dixisset
<hi>exsistendi) sed dominandi pro libitu, &amp; novr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>simae persecutionis.</hi> Esto. Annon igitur
si Bestia ab hac potestate ceciderit, imperium ejus meritò labefactari censebitur?
Quod verò ait, <hi>menses</hi> XLII <hi>non esse tetius dominationis Bestiae sub statu novissimo, sed
solummodo novissimae persecutionis,</hi> id à me suprà refutatum est. Neque hîc multùm
interest sive ità sit, sive aliter. Namque etiam novissimae, ut dixi, dominationis seu
persecutionis finitio non potest non esse magna potestatis Bestianae labefactatio. Inte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rim
omnimodam Bestiae abolitionem egomet ad ineuntem Tubae septimae clangorem
tum hîc tum in confirmatione Synchronismi primi hujus Partis expressè re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tuli.</p>
               </div>
               <div type="section">
                  <head>Ad Censuram quatuor postremorum Synchronismorum.</head>
                  <div n="1" type="subsection">
                     <head>1.</head>
                     <p>Mille annorum ligati Draconis, seu Satanae, cum Tuba septima, seu intervallo ab exci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dio
Bestiae.</p>
                  </div>
                  <div n="2" type="subsection">
                     <head>2.</head>
                     <p>Mille Annorum Regni Christi Augusti &amp; septima Tubae, seu intervalli ab excidio
Bestiae.</p>
                  </div>
                  <div n="3" type="subsection">
                     <head>3.</head>
                     <p>Nov<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> Hierusalem Agni sponsae cum septima Tuba, seu intervallo ab excidio Bestia.</p>
                  </div>
                  <div n="4" type="subsection">
                     <head>4.</head>
                     <p>Turbae Palmiferae innumerabilium gaudentium cum Tuba septima, seu intervallo ab ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cidio
Bestiae.</p>
                     <p>DE quatuor postremis istis Synchronismis ait se prorsus mecum sentire; de quo
certè est quod mihi gratuler, cùm sint omnium <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>. In reliquorum
plerisque, quòd à communi interpretum tramite haud ità longè recedant, complures
suffragatores habeo; in istis paucissimos: ut omnino jam aequiori animo seram doctissi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mum
virum à me in reliquis dissentientem, quòd istis saltem album calculum adjecerit.
Deum verò Optimum Maximum veneror, ut utrique nostrûm ad veritatem ejus cer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nendam
oculos, magìs magísque detersis praejudiciis, aperiat.</p>
                  </div>
               </div>
               <div type="section">
                  <head>Ad Censuram de Epocha Apocalypseôs.</head>
                  <p>IN hac Censura pleraque, ut mihi videntur, sunt planè <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, ut sanè nesci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>am
an mentem meam de <hi>Epocha</hi> intellexerit. Utut sit, errorum meorum, quos
putat, catalogum texit; quos ego, ni fallor, suis locis ostendi errores non esse, sed
veritatem verissimam. Nimirum 1. Septem Tubas esse <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Sigilli septi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mi.
2. Menses XLII esse totam durationem Bestiae sub capite novissimo, seu statu
instaurationis; ideóque literaliter accipi non posse. 3. Decem Bestiae cornua esse
septimi seu novissimi capitis propria, juxta illud cap. 17. 12. <hi>Decem cornua sunt
<pb n="565" facs="tcp:63175:335"/>
decem Reges, qui</hi> sub sexto capite <hi>regnum nondum acceperant.</hi> 4. Coetum Virgineum
succedere Sigillo sexto, eundémque contemporare Bestiae statui novissimo. Haec si ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tinuero,
reliqua haud aegrè sequentur. Illud tamen mirari subit, cur Synchronismum
Turbae Palmiferae cum Tuba septima hîc erroribus meis annumeret, quem in proximè
praecedente censura mihi assensus erat. Dicámne esse <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>? Sed jam
supersedeo, &amp; Domino Laweno de <hi>Stricturis</hi> suis gratias ago. Quibus etsi non eò ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ductus
sim ut sententiam mutem; fateor tamen me hâc velitatione, dum mentis aciem,
ut solet, ad singula paulò acriùs intendo, non parùm profecisse.</p>
                  <p>Utque ei de nobilissima illa Quaestione per appendicem tractata, <hi>De Magno illo Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cundi
Adventûs die, non unius aut paucorum dierum naturalium angustiis arctando, sed
de longiori multò quàm putatur temporis tractu accipiendo,</hi> gratiam referam, ipse quo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
<hi>Specimen</hi> aliquod meum non absimile, jampridem cum amicis quibusdam commu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nicatum,
<hi>de Interpretatione Tubae Septimae, caeterisque contemporantibus rerum mirabili<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um
Visionibus,</hi> adjicere non gravabor.</p>
                  <p>[Hanc Interpretationem Tubae Septimae vide suprà in <hi>Comment.</hi> Apocalypt, pag. 531.
TUBAM SEPTIMAM cum tota <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, &amp;c.]</p>
               </div>
            </div>
         </div>
         <div type="letter">
            <pb n="566" facs="tcp:63175:336"/>
            <head>LUDOVICI DE DIEU
Epistola
Ad D. GUIL. BOSWELL,
Complectens
Animadversiones nonnullas in Clavem &amp; Comment.
Apocalypt.</head>
            <floatingText type="letter" xml:lang="lat">
               <body>
                  <opener>
                     <salute>Amplissime atque Ornatissime Vir,</salute>
                  </opener>
                  <p>TAndem ad te redit tuus <hi>Medus,</hi> ob cujus concessum hactenus usum ingentes
beneficae tuae humanitati gratias ago: quòd tamdiu apud me haeserit, meae
fuit negligentiae; quam ut benignè condones etiam atque etiam rogo. Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dit
scriptum Authorem non tantùm diligentissimum sed &amp; doctissimum,
rerum divinarum cognitione largiter perfusum, &amp; omnis politioris literatu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rae
ornamentis instructissimum. Reperio autem in Schedis meis paucula
jamdudum cùm primùm legendum dedisses à me observata, de quibus, humanitate tuâ pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vocatus,
agere te<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>um audebo; eâ tamen lege, ut si majoribus distractum gravent, negligere
per me liceat.</p>
                  <p>Dicit in <hi>Clavi</hi> pag.<note n="*" place="margin">Hujes edit. pag. 421.</note> 6. sub finem, <hi>Ubi cum Bestia imaginem Bestiae componi vide<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>as,
(ut cap. 14. v. 9, 11. cap. 15. 2. cap. 16. 2. cap. 19. 20. &amp; 20. 4.) isthîc per Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stiam
Pseudoprophetam intelligendum esse, per Imaginem verò ejus Bestiam Decem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cornupetam
seu Septemcipitem restituram.</hi> At repugnare videtur versus 14. cap. 13.
ubi Bestia bicornis sive Pseudopropheta dicitur <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.
Si enim imago esset Bestiae bi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cornis
Imago, dicendum fuerat <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>ut facerent imaginem sibi.</hi> At jam
jubet Bestia bicornis fieri imaginem Bestiae, alieri nimirum à se. Cui veró? Sequitur,
<hi>quae habet plagam gladii, &amp; revixit,</hi> id est Bestiae Decemcornupetae restitutae. Agnosco
quidem eum pag.<note n="*" place="margin">[Hujus edit. pag. 506.]</note> 205. illud [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>] aliter construere, quasi non sint verba Pseudo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>prophetae,
sed Angeli, referentis Bestiam istam caesam per novam hanc imaginis structuram
revixisse. Sed repono; Antequam ulla imaginis fieret mentio, jam antè dictam fuisse sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>natam
è plaga, v. 3. &amp; 12. Nec dubium videri quin Bestia haec Decemcornupeta, quae ab
initio capitis hucusque fuit descripta, fuerit Imperium Romanum restitutum. Cùm ergò
huic Bestiae imaginem fieri jubet, restitutae jubet fieri: &amp; si haec imago Bestiae est ipsa De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cemcornupeta,
non satis commodè videtur jam injungi incolis terrae ut eam faciant, quan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>doquidem
jam antè eam è mari ascendisse viderat. Satis haec sunt intricata, explicatiora
tamen fortassis futura, si mentem doctissimi viri pleniùs perspectam haberemus.</p>
                  <p>Parte 1. <hi>De Sigillis</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">[Hujus edit. pag. 439. lin. 1. 2.]</note> pag. 6. suspicari se ait, <hi>Apoc. 4.</hi> ubi de <hi>Mari vitreo</hi> agitur, al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ludi
ad labrum non <hi>Solomonis,</hi> quod aeneum, sed <hi>Mosaicum,</hi> quod ex speculari quadam
materia, videlicet <hi>ex speculis mulierum,</hi> constatum fuisse perhibetur, <hi>Exod.</hi> 38. 8. Fateor
ex materia speculari, at nullo modo vitreâ; sed aeneâ. <hi>Moses</hi> enim allato loco expressè di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cit,
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, Et fecit labrum aeneum. At, quid ergò est quod additur de
<hi>speculis mulierum?</hi> Respondeo, fuisse specula merè aenea, sed ex aere adeò polito, ut species
incidentes aptè recipere &amp; reddere posset: planè ut <hi>Ezech.</hi> 1. 7. facies animalium dicuntur
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>micantes aut scintillantes</hi> instar superficiei aeris politi.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Ibid. pag.</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">[Hujus edit. pag. 439.]</note> 8. ait <hi>Apocal.</hi> 4. 6. verbailla [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>]
exponenda per <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, quasi nimirum dictum fuisset, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> (idest, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
. Quae sanè dura videtur expositio; mollior futura, si legeretur <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.
At cùm expressè &amp; distinctè bis exprimatur vox <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, consultò innui
videtur, medium ejus distinguendum ab ejus ambitu. Deinde, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> (seu
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> distributivè sumere, quasi sensus esset, In medio uniuscujusque qua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dranguli
quod est intra ambitum throni, adeóque quatuor media pro numero quadrangulo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
statuere, id magis etiam durum. Velim itaque verba <hi>Ioannis</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> accipere,
<pb n="567" facs="tcp:63175:336"/>
nempe vidisse eum quatuor animalia duobus in locis, primùm in medio throni, deinde in
ambitu ejusdem. Quod ad ea quae viderit in ambitu throni, rectè docet Vir doctissimus,
alludi ad quatuor Animalia vexillis Israeliticis olim impressa, secundùm quae castrameta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bantur
circumcirca Levitas, &amp; mediantibus Levitis circumcirca Tabernaculum. Sed
quò referemus eadem 4 Animalia in medio throni seu Tabernaculi? ad locum <hi>Ezech. 1.
10.</hi> ubi Prophetam 4 ista Animalia vidisse intra, non extra, Templum, patet ex <hi>Ezech.
10. v. 3, 4, 5.</hi> collatis cum v. 14, ubi 4 rotae depinguntur 4 vultibus 4 ista Animalia re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>praesentantibus:
nisi quòd pro <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>vultu Bovis,</hi> qui memoratur <hi>Ezech. 1. 10.</hi> hîc sit
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>vultus</hi> Cherub. Quae collatio (ut obiter hoc injiciamus) suspicionem injicit,
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Cherub</hi> significare <hi>Bovem,</hi> à Chaldaico Syriacóque <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Cherab, aravit;</hi> Boves
enim arationi adhibebantur. Nisi fortè Hebraei firma sententiae suae fulcra habeant, cùm
Cherubim imagines fuisse stat<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>unt formâ humanâ, &amp; quidem puerorum. Quod enim
compositum esse volunt ex <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> similitudinis, &amp; Chaldaico <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>puer,</hi> puerile est &amp; frivo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lum.
Imò si forma Cherub fuit humana, duae rotae habuerint formam eandem <hi>Ezech. 10.
14.</hi> cùm tamen quaternae dicuntur habuisse quaternos vultus, &amp; vultus Cherub expressè
distinguatur à vultu hominis. Quicquid sit, pulchrum mihi &amp; magni solatii esse vide<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur,
quatuor Animalia, quae universum Ecclesiae corpus designant, non circa thronum
tantùm, sed &amp; in ipso ejus medio conspecta fuisse. Etsi enim ratione externi ministerii
à 24 senioribus erga corpus fidelium administrati sint tantùm in ambitu throni, imò in
ambitu ipsorum seniorum; ratione tamen communionis cum Christo, qui throno ipse in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sidet,
recte &amp; ipst intra thronum consti<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>uuntur, &amp; per 4 Cherubinorum facies intra ta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bernaculum
coram Deo consistentium repraesentantur.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Pag.</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">[Hujus edit. p. 455.]</note> 56. <hi>Pro eo quod nunc</hi> Amos. 9. 12. <hi>in Textu</hi> Hebraeo <hi>habetur,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <hi>olim scriptum lectum videri</hi> ait aliter, additque <hi>ex Hebraica lecti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>one
quae nunc obtinet.</hi> Alitérne igitur Scriptura <hi>Hebraica</hi> nunc habet quàm olim?
Absit. Si enim ubieun<expan>
                        <am>
                           <g ref="char:abque"/>
                        </am>
                        <ex>que</ex>
                     </expan> LXX interpretes à verbis Textûs <hi>Hebraici</hi> abeunt, aliter
olim scriptum lectum fuisse dicendum est, hui quàm incertum &amp; infinitis in locis im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mutatum
habemus Verbum Dei! Nec legerunt LXX <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>: Nomen enim Dei non
exprimunt, quod <hi>Iacobus</hi> ad supplendum sensum addidit. Quomodo autem locus Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phetae
cum verbis <hi>Iacobi</hi> conciliari possit, in Notis nostris in <hi>Acta Apostolorum,</hi> quae
lucem nondum viderunt, sententiam nostram sic dicimus; Verba Prophetae verti solere,
<hi>Ut possideant reliquias Edom, &amp; omnes Gentes,</hi> &amp;c. Hanc versionem difficillimam
mihi videri quae cum loco <hi>Actorum</hi> concilietur; facilem autem, si <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> non accusandi, sed,
ut alibi saepe faciendum, nominandi casu accipiatur, ac vertamus, <hi>Ut possideant</hi> (nempe re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stauratum
tabernaculum <hi>Davidis,</hi> de quo versupraecedenti) <hi>reliquiae Edom,</hi> &amp; omnes <hi>Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tes
super quas invocatum fuerit nomen meum.</hi> Nec dubium mihi est quin sic accepe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rint
LXX Interpretes: transferunt enim <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
&amp;c. <hi>Ut requirent caeteri hominum, &amp; omnes Gentes, &amp;c.</hi> quae ver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ba
nullum habent sensum, nisi subintelligas quidnam sint requisituri, nempe id quod jam<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jam
dix<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>rat, dirutum instauratúm<expan>
                        <am>
                           <g ref="char:abque"/>
                        </am>
                        <ex>que</ex>
                     </expan> tabernaculum <hi>Davidis;</hi> pro quo <hi>Iacobus</hi> non malè
substituit <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>: sive enim eos instauratum tabernaculum, sive istius taberna<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>culi
instauratorem Dominum requirere dicas, idem dicis. Adde, quòd tabernacu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lum
istud non propter ipsum, sed propter Dominum, essent requisiturae Gentes. In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dagandum
hìc quoque cur pro <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>possideant,</hi> dixerint LXX <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>requirant.</hi>
An quòd sive ex incuria, sive ob exemplar minùs accuratè exaeratum, legerint <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
Sic existimatur vulgò, nec repugnamus; licet tamen aliud conjectare. Tenendum,
apud omnes ferme Orientales verba quae significant <hi>esse,</hi> saepe etiam significare <hi>fieri,</hi>
id est, <hi>moveri ad esse:</hi> ut <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>aperire</hi> &amp; <hi>solvere,</hi> quia Solutio motus est ad Aper<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tionem;
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>possidere &amp; emere,</hi> quia Emptio est motus ad Possessionem; aliá<expan>
                        <am>
                           <g ref="char:abque"/>
                        </am>
                        <ex>que</ex>
                     </expan> sexcen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ta:
sic <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> non tantùm est <hi>possidere,</hi> sed etiam <hi>movere se ad possidendum.</hi> Exemplum
sit illud <hi>Deut. 2. 24. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, Incipe, posside,</hi> (id est, possessionem adi)
<hi>&amp; conflige cum eo bello:</hi> non poterant incipere actu possidere, antequam conflixissent
&amp; superâssent hostem. Sensus ergò est, <hi>Incipe adire possessionem.</hi> Et clariùs etiam v, 31.
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, quae si vertas cum <hi>Pagnino, Incipe possidere, ut possideas ter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ram
ejus,</hi> Tautologiamera est: nequaquam verò si vertas, <hi>Incipe adire possessionem.</hi>
Ità &amp; hoc loco, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. <hi>Ut possideant,</hi> non tam ipsam possessionem, quàm possidendi
studium, denotare existimârunt LXX, quòd <hi>requirendi</hi> verbo satis feliciter expresserunt.
Neque mirum, quòd <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> verterint <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Fortassis enim
legerunt <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>; aut potiùs, ut alibi saepe, hîc quoque <hi>Edom</hi> latiùs quàm de propriè sic
dicto populo accipiendum sunt arbitrati. Sicut enim duorum <hi>Rebeccae</hi> filiorum minimus
<hi>Iaacob</hi> Ecclesiam, maximus natu <hi>Esau</hi> sive <hi>Edom</hi> omnes reliquos homines ab Ec<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>clesia
alienos adumbrabat: quamobrem in scriptis Rabbinorum Imperium Romanum,
<pb n="568" facs="tcp:63175:337"/>
praesertim cùm longè latéque per universum ferè Orbem pateret, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, regnum
<hi>Edom</hi> fuit nuncupatum, atque etiamnum per <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, filios <hi>Edom,</hi> Christiani omnes
ipsis intelliguntur. Cùm ergò hîc à Propheta <hi>Tabernaculo Davidis,</hi> id est, Reipublicae
Israelis, opponantur <hi>reliquiae Edom;</hi> satis commodè per eos reliquos homines intellexerunt.
Quod autem diximus, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> interdum nominativo inservire, si quis fortassis id post verba
Passiva fateatur, alibi verò neget, videat loca <hi>2 Reg. 9. 25. Nehem. 9. 32. Sam. 17.
34. 2 Reg. 6. 5. Ezech. 43. 7.</hi> Ier. 33. 5. ubi cum verbis Neutris construitur: est &amp; ubi
cum Transitivis, ut <hi>Nehem. 9. 34. Ier. 38. 16. Ezech. 39. 14.</hi> Ità tam <hi>Hebraea</hi> quàm
<hi>Graeca</hi> satis apertè indicant anticipatam Gentium conversionem, quae Iudaeorum restaura<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tionem
antecedere debeat; quod voluit Vir doctissimus.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Pag.</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">[Hujus edit. pag. 482.]</note> 132. <hi>Certum</hi> ait <hi>esse, Candelabra non Prophetas, sed Ecclesias denotare:</hi>
Secùs mihi isthoc loco videtur. Eâdem enim Metonymiâ quâ duo Prophetae duae Ol<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ae
vocantur, quia oleum salutis subministrant; duo quoque Candelabra recte vocantur, quia
lucem Evangelii gestantes eam ad alios diffundunt. Nec obstat quòd <hi>Apoc.</hi> 1. 20. Sep<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tem
Candelabra exponantur per 7 Ecclesi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>s; diversâ enim ratione &amp; Ecclesiae &amp; Mini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stris
eadem vox tribui potest: ut &amp; aliâ notione <hi>Apoc. 2. 5. Movebo candelabrum tu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um,</hi>
dicitur de ademptione purae praedicationis Evangelii.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Pag.</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">[Hujus edit. pag. 500.]</note> 187. versus 2 &amp; 3 cap. 13 ex mente Syri sic conjungit, <hi>Tradidit ei Draco vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>res
suas, &amp; thronum suum, &amp; potestatem magnam, &amp; unum ex capitibus suis lethali
plagâ sauciatum,</hi> &amp;c. Vbi <hi>unum ex capitibus sauciatum</hi> in Accusat. casu accipitur:
quod Syra constructio, nisi fallor, non patitur. Sic enim formâ Emphaticâ dicendum
fuerat <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> at forma simplex <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> postulat subintelligi verbum substantivum, &amp; <hi>unum ex capitibus ejus</hi> (erat) <hi>quasi mactatum ad mortem.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Pag.</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">[Hujus edit. pag. 522.]</note> 252. <hi>Armageddon</hi> cum <hi>Drusio</hi> vult esse quasi <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>excidium exerci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tûs
eorum. Drusins</hi> scripsit, non <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> (id enim nihil significat) sed <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> ubi <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> est
Affixum Chaldaicum. Verùm <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> pro <hi>turma</hi> sive <hi>exercitu</hi> Chaldaeis non usurpatur, sed pro
<hi>fortuna.</hi> Itaque verisimile non est vocem hanc compositam esse ex Chaldaico <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>braeo
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> &amp; rursus Chaldaico affixo <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. Nos resolvimus in <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Montem glo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>riae</hi>
vel <hi>gloriosum Iudica:</hi> aut in <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Hostem gloriosum judica,</hi> Arabibus <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
in genere <hi>gloriam</hi> significat; ut &amp; verbum <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>gloriosus <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>uit,</hi> unde apud Hebraeos
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> res quaevis praestantissima &amp; laudatissima, non tantùm in genere fructuum, sed &amp;
auri, argenti, vestium, caeterarúmque rerum quae laudari solent. Ità sensus erit, cla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dem
inimicorum Ecclesiae futuram in tali loco, cui nomen pii precibus suis facien<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>, di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>centes,
<hi>Montem</hi> (vel <hi>Hostem) gloriosum judica, Domine,</hi> Vel si <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> pro infinitivo
accipiamus, &amp; hoc pronomine, ad verbum erit, <hi>Mons gloriae judicii,</hi> id est, mons glori<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>osi
judicii, Sic intelligitur Mons <hi>Sion,</hi> &amp; Synecdochicè Terra sancta; quod laudo.</p>
                  <p>Plura non addo, Vir amplissime, nè prolixior quàm par est, humanitate tuâ, quâ litera<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
mearum alloquinm benignè admittis, abuti videar, &amp; in salutare illud monitum
quod vulgatissimo &amp; eleganti proverbio apud Arabes circumfertur peccare, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
i.e <hi>Cùm fuerit amicus tuus Mel, nè comedito eum torum.</hi>
Non possum tamen quin quid de hoc scripto sentiam paucis exponam. Synchronismos Vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sionum
acutissimè inventos miror, eósque sic enucleatos &amp; elucidatos video, ut an quid
hactenus in eo genere luculentius prodierit meritò dubitem. Neque me in Visionibus Apoca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lypticis
usque adeò hactenus versatum agnosco, ut plerisque doctissimi Viri assertionibus re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fragari
aut velim aut possim; attamen neque assensum facilè praebeo, cùm non satis plenè
omnia perviderim, &amp; in abstrusis istis rebus multa conjecturis potiùs quàm solidâ &amp; per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>spectâ
veritate niti videantur.</p>
                  <p>Ad sententiam certè Chiliastarum ut accedam induci nondum possum. Iudaeos ad fidem
Christi aliquando convertendos, atque id tempus mundo felicissimum, imò <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <hi>vitam ex mortuis,</hi> futurum, firmâ side amplector: Sed Iudaeos &amp; Israelitas in terram
<hi>Canaan</hi> esse revocandos, Indè Diem Iudicii esse inchoandum, Particularem tum fore
quorundam resurrectionem, Illustrem tum fore Domini <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, Ibi no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vum
Christi regnum oriturum &amp; per mille annos duraturum, cujus sedes in Terra <hi>Canaan</hi> sit
futura, ac cum altâ pace &amp; tranquillitate Ecclesians per totidem annos fruituram, aliá<expan>
                        <am>
                           <g ref="char:abque"/>
                        </am>
                        <ex>que</ex>
                     </expan> ejus
sententiae similia, nondum mihi persuaderi possunt. Nec tamen damno qui ista disputant
modestè &amp; disquirunt; quippe qui beatum me censebo, si in felicia ista tempora incidere
detur: beatiorem tamen, si afflictionibus Christi in his terris conformi, gloriae quoque ipsi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>us
in coelis conformem fieri detur. Multa habeo quae adversus sententiam istam oppo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nam:
sed jamdudum te immanis haec Epistolae prolixitas lassat, &amp; à melioribus negotiis
importunè avocat.</p>
                  <p>Restat, Vir amplissime, ut ad Serenissimum Regem tuum profecturo ducem Deum ac
reducem precer, qui te &amp; Regiae Majestati gratum sistat, &amp; familiae deinde tuae ac nobis
<pb n="569" facs="tcp:63175:337"/>
sospitem restituat. Ego interim cum candidissimo atque integerrimo tuo meóque Gosso me
oblectabo, cui novum erga literas Hebraeas animum sumenti meam rursus operam addixi.
Dignus est piorum doctorúmque omnium, atque adeò tuo praesertim, qui utrâque parte ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cellis,
amore, futurus aliquando vestra in patria &amp; veritatis columen &amp; eruditionis ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>emplar.
Plura dicere vetat noster candor. Ego mihi amicitiam ejus magnopere gratulor
vil eo potissimùm nomine, quòd per eum tuae Amplitudini non innotescere modò, sed &amp;
charus reddi potuerim. Nihil unquam magis in votis habni quàm piis ac doctis probari; qui
si iidem &amp; Magnates sint, quum tria illa rarò in una morentur sede, in te autem dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jungi
noluerint, ingratus forem nisi id mihi auspicatum dicerem. Vale, Vir Amplissime,
Reipublicae vestrae &amp; nostrae, tuis &amp; nobis diu multúmque incolumis, méque semper amore
tuo dignare. Datum <hi>Lugduno-Batavorum,</hi> 25. <hi>Febr.</hi> Anno 1634.</p>
                  <closer>
                     <signed>Amplitudini tuae devotissimus,
<hi>Ludovicus de Dieu.</hi>
                     </signed>
                  </closer>
               </body>
            </floatingText>
         </div>
         <div type="letter">
            <head>IOS. MEDI Responsio
ad Animadversiones.
LUDOVICI De DIEU.</head>
            <floatingText type="letter" xml:lang="lat">
               <body>
                  <opener>
                     <salute>Reverende &amp; Clarissime Vir;</salute>
                  </opener>
                  <p>QUas mecum communicavit Nobilissimus &amp; amplissimus Eques, mihi<expan>
                        <am>
                           <g ref="char:abque"/>
                        </am>
                        <ex>que</ex>
                     </expan>
amicissimus, D<hi rend="sup">s.</hi> 
                     <hi>G. B.</hi> Animadversiones tuas in <hi>Clavem</hi> meam <hi>Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mentationésque
Apocalypticas,</hi> adeò mihi gratae acceptaeque fuerunt,
ut diutiùs ferendum non putaverim nullum te earum exemplar man<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cupio
possidere. Mitto igitur hoc quod vides honoris &amp; amicitiae
pignus: quod tametsi tardiusculum sit, (tantam enim fore apud vos
exemplarium penuriam nunquam suspicatus sum) spero tamen te ni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hilominus
pro humanitate tua non de dignaturum.</p>
                  <p>Ego sanè ex eruditissimis Animadversionibus tuis profecisse me non diffitebor; im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>primis
ex eo quod mones de verbis istis, cap. 4. [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>]
non per <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, ut ego volebam, verùm rectiùs <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> intelligendis. Lectis
enim quae ex <hi>Ezechiele</hi> ibi doctè annotâsti, inopinato lumine mentem meam perfun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>di
sensi, statímque in eam sententiam concessisse, Sellam cui Deus insidebat absque
dubio quatuor Animalibus gestatam fuisse, quorum singula, posterioribus intrò laten<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tibus,
in <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> sibi in circuitu Throni Animalia ora sua obverterent; quemadmodum
apud <hi>Ezechielem,</hi> divinum Numen legimus Cherubinis quadruplici eorundem Animalium
vultu conspicuis subvectum fuisse. Atque hoc illud esse quod <hi>Ioannes</hi> de Theatro Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>calyptico
refert, non solùm <hi>in Throni circuitu,</hi> sed etiam <hi>in medio Throni,</hi> quatuor ista
Animalia conspecta sibi fuisse. Gavisus igitur sum admodum, à duriori ista expositione
mea me tam insperatò liberatum, de quo (ut verum fatear) scrupulus aliquis mihi sem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>per
inhaeserat: Eo enim ingenio sum, (delicatulo, an moroso?) ut nisi ubi interpreta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tio
commodè &amp; abs<expan>
                        <am>
                           <g ref="char:abque"/>
                        </am>
                        <ex>que</ex>
                     </expan> salebris eat, nunquam mihi satisfacere soleam. Porrò quod hîc ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dis
de <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Ezech.</hi> 10. 14. significante <hi>Bovem</hi> à Chaldaico Syriacó<expan>
                        <am>
                           <g ref="char:abque"/>
                        </am>
                        <ex>que</ex>
                     </expan> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>aravit;</hi> de
hoc quo<expan>
                        <am>
                           <g ref="char:abque"/>
                        </am>
                        <ex>que</ex>
                     </expan> monito gratias tibi debeo maximas, &amp; magnopere confirmatum vellem.</p>
                  <p>At verò quod <hi>Clav.</hi> p.<note n="*" place="margin">[Hujus edit, pag. 421.]</note> 6. de <hi>Bestia</hi> &amp; <hi>Imagine</hi> ejus affirmo; ubicunque eae jugales
eant sive invicem componantur, ibi <hi>Bestiae</hi> nomine <hi>Pseudoprophetam</hi> indigitari, <hi>Imagi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nis</hi>
autem <hi>Bestiam Decemcornupetam;</hi> id tibi ex cap. 13. dubium videri ais, &amp; omnino
intricatum; explicatius tamen fortassis <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>uturum si mentem meam pleniùs perspectam ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>beres.
Ego igitur sic ampliùs declaro mentem meam; Me dictum illud meum non ul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trà
extendi voluisse quàm ad loca ubi copulatio ista occurrat, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.
Ibi enim Genitivum <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> activè, non passivè capiendum; ut sit sensus,
<hi>Imago quam fieri curavit Bestia, quaeque in dominio ejus sit,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, non autem <hi>quae re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>praesentet
Bestiam.</hi> Quemadmodum nimirum si <hi>Michae</hi> Idolum diceretur <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
i. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, ut sanè dicitur, <hi>Iudic.</hi> 18. 31. aut <hi>Nebuchadnezzaris</hi> Colossus (qud
<pb n="570" facs="tcp:63175:338"/>
forsan hîc allusum est) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> ûtque <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> seu <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
Spir. Sanctus exponit (<hi>Amos.</hi> 5. 26. <hi>Act.</hi> 7. 43.) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.
Quod nisi admittatur, extra caput 13, ubi primò in scenam prodit, nunquam
iterum <hi>Pseudopropheta</hi> in tota Apocalypsi <hi>Bestia</hi> vocabitur: quod mihi non sit verisi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mile,
Sp. Sanctum nomen quo primò eum produceret atque describeret nunquam
postea adhibiturum.</p>
                  <p>Attamen alibi, ubi Copulatio ista, quam dixi, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> minimè
reperitur, ut cap. 13, libens agnosco (nequè unquam aliter vel per somnium mihi
sentire contigit) eandem Imaginem Bestiae quoque primae seu Decemcornupetae Ima<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ginem
dici; atque hîc quidem sensu passivo, &amp; similitudinis intuitu; id est, <hi>Imagi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nem
quâ Bestia repraesentetur,</hi> imò quâ ipsa seipsam, sed alio atque alio statu, reprae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sentet.
Quod ut rectè intelligatur, duplex Bestiae Decemcornupetae status discernen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dus
est: unus in quo plagam accepit, (hic Imperii Romani Ethnici, seu à Dracone
insessi, status fuit:) alter post plagae curationem, quo Pseudoprophetae imperio, reli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gioso
nomine, subdita est. Posterior hic status est qui prioris <hi>Imago</hi> audit; cujus
nempe effigiem adeò ad vivum exprimat, ut in eo prior iste status, vel Bestia priore
isto statu, omnimodo revixisse videatur.</p>
                  <p>Atque hinc statim colligere licet, Imaginem istam non Decemcornupetae <hi>restitutae</hi>
Imaginem dicendam esse, sed Decemcornupetae <hi>caesae;</hi> restitutae verò formam quate<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nus
restituta est. Quod verò opponis <hi>De Bestiae curatione ab initio capitis memorata,
antequam ulla Imaginis mentio facta sit;</hi> non video cur me à sententia mea depellere
debeat, cùm illud non in eadem ejusdem Bestiae historia fiat, sed in diversis visioni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
Bestiarum diversarum: quarum quidem una, septem capitibus &amp; decem corni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
insignis, plagae quam acceperat curationem adepta est; altera verò emplastrum
edocuit quo curatio illa facta est. Quae duo, utut simul eodémque tempore gesta
sint, simul tamen narrari non potuerint, eò quòd diversarum Bestiarum essent, qua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
suum cuique seorsim attribui oportebat. Quare &amp; illud hìc notandum venit,
Apostolum, cùm in secundae Bestiae descriptione mentionem inferat <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
non ad tempus rei gestae, sed ad narrationis or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dinem
respexisse.</p>
                  <p>Atque haec de <hi>Bestiis.</hi> Sed de <hi>Mari</hi> quoque <hi>Vitreo</hi> (<note n="*" place="margin">[Hujus edit. p. 439.]</note> p. 6. <hi>Com. de Sigill</hi>) dicen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dum
est aliquid, quòd aliorsumibi sententiam meam accipis. Neque enim ego isthîc
dico, eo non ad Labrum <hi>Solomonis,</hi> quod <hi>aeneum,</hi> sed ad <hi>Mosaicum,</hi> quod ex <hi>specula<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ri</hi>
quadam materia conflatum fuit, alludi, quasi <hi>Mosaicum</hi> non fuerit <hi>aeneum,</hi> cùm id
Textus apertè dicat: imò expressè scripsi, Mare istud vitreum Labrum illud immane
in Templo <hi>Solomonìs, Mare</hi> nuncupatum, repraesentâsse, quamvìs illud aeneum fuit,
nostrum verò ex vitrea pellucidâque materia: unde sortasse (nempe ob formam istam
pellucidam) alludi simul ad vetustius illud <hi>Mòsaici</hi> Tabernaculi labrum suspicari
quis possit, quòd illud similiter ex speculari quadam materia conflatum fuisse per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hibetur.</p>
                  <p>Ad reliquas Animadversiones tuas, quae ferè ad linguarum Orientalium (quarum
tu verè Oraculum es) judicium spectent, nimis inscitiam meam &amp; temeritatem pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derem
siquid tibi reponerem, <hi>Súsque,</hi> quod aiunt, <hi>cum Minerva in arenam descende<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rem.</hi>
Ut enim in Hebraicis modicum fortè possim, reliquarum peritiam non habeo:
praeterea is sum qui multò magìs aliorum judicia audire malim quàm mea praefractè
defendere. Interim facere non possum quin unum hoc porrò adjiciam; Me nullam
adhuc causam videre potuisse, cur magìs in Veteri Testamento<note n="*" place="margin">Conferatur Hymnus <hi>Davi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dis</hi> novissimus <hi>2 Sam. 22.</hi> cum eodem <hi>Ps. 18.</hi> 
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap> excidii Hierosolylmita<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                        <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>i <hi>2 Reg</hi> à v. 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> cap. 24. ad finim <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. 25. cum eadem historia. <hi>Ier. 52.</hi> Legatio Merodach Balada<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> 2 Reg. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. 20. com. 12, 13, &amp;c. cum eadem Esai. 39. 2 <hi>Sam.</hi> 21. 19. cum 1 <hi>Par.</hi> 20. 5.</note> variantem lectio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nem
admittere reformidem quàm in Novo; aut cur ubi Apostoli &amp; Evangelistae
lectionem quam secuti sunt LXX (nam aliter eos alicubi legisse quàm nos hodie non
est dubitandum) calculo suo comprobâsse videantur, illos Duces sequi perinde tutum
non esset ac Masorethas.</p>
                  <p>Ut siquis, exempli gratia, pro <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Esai.</hi> 29. 13. legendum censeat
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, ex <hi>Matth.</hi> 15. aut pro <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Ier.</hi> 31. 32.
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> i. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> (seu <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>) juxta allegationem Apostoli ad <hi>Hebrae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>os,</hi>
cap. 8. 9. aut pro <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Hos. 14. 3. sublata <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> constr. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
ex cap. 13. vers. 15. ejusdem Epistolae, Non video, inquam,
cur in S. Scripturam sacrilegus audire mereretur, qui sie ex ipsa Scriptura S.
de meliore ejus lectione pronunciaverit: cùm praesertim Spiritum Sanctum alicubi
observare sit crisin manifestiùs exercentem, aliámque à recepta lectionem praeferentem,
<pb n="571" facs="tcp:63175:338"/>
etiam ubi LXX versioni cum hodiernis exemplaribus Hebraicis ad amussim convenit.
Locus est <hi>Matth.</hi> 27. commate 9, &amp; 10. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.
Aut enìm nimiùm fallor, aut Evangelista hoc
loco apud Prophetam in Hebraeo legendum innuit <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> pro eo quod in nostris
eodicibus est <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. Quorsum enim alioquin Textum ità clauderet, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
&amp; interim nullam <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> mentionem saceret? Imô verò
suspicari quis possit, etiam Spiritum S. tria ista Prophetae capita, 9, 10, 11. genuino
suo Authori vindicare voluisse: <hi>Pluscula</hi> enim in iis sunt quae, si quis attentè conside<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ret,
nontam <hi>Zachariae</hi> aetati convenire videantur quàm <hi>Ieremiae:</hi> sed quoniam forsan
à <hi>Zacharia</hi> post captivitatem reperta, ejúsque testimonio &amp; fide primùm Ecclesiae
commendata, indè factum ut Prophetiis ejus adjungerentur.</p>
                  <p>Ego verò is non sum qui harum quidquam temerè &amp; solus affirmare velim: qui<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nimo
conjecturas hasce meas virorum doctorum, &amp; tuo inprimis, Vir eximie, judicio
subjectas volo.</p>
                  <p>Plura non addo, nisi hoc solum; Unà cum libello meo ad te venire exemplar
Epistolae ad Amicum, quâ sententiam meam de <hi>Millenario</hi> paulò pleniùs aperio: in
quam me nullâ animi levitate aut studio praepostero delapsum credas velim; sed post<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quam
alia omnia frustrà tentâssem, tandem rei ipsius claritudine perstrictum paradoxo
succubuisse. Deus te, Vir clarissime, diu incolumem servet Ecclesiae &amp; Reipublicae
literariae bono. Ità vovet, &amp;c.</p>
                  <closer>
                     <dateline>
                        <date>Iun. 4. 1634.</date>
                     </dateline>
                     <signed>I. M.</signed>
                  </closer>
               </body>
            </floatingText>
         </div>
         <div type="letter">
            <head>IOSEPHI MEDI Epistola ad Amicum
De Resurrectione Prima &amp; Millenio
Apocalyptico.</head>
            <floatingText type="letter" xml:lang="lat">
               <body>
                  <opener>
                     <salute>C. Consocie,</salute>
                  </opener>
                  <p>QUaeso te ut Amico tuo hisce verbis rescribas: Me, quamvìs, Epistolâ
ejus perlectâ, sententiam meam deponere non possim, multas tamen
&amp; graves causas habere cum nolim de ea cum quoquam scripto agere;
in privato colloquio non recusaturum, sit modo Vir eruditus &amp; can<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>didi
moderatí<expan>
                        <am>
                           <g ref="char:abque"/>
                        </am>
                        <ex>que</ex>
                     </expan> ingenii quocum mihi congrediendum sit. In rebus
enim dubiae &amp; ambiguae interpretationis me in universum à collationi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
quae scripto fiant abhorrere, propter multa eáque gravia incom<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>moda;
quantò magìs in re nova &amp; paradoxa, ubi necesse suerit plurima, ad sen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tentiae
meae quà explicationem, quà defensionem, proferri quae chartae committere
nollem?</p>
                  <p>In <hi>Commentationibus</hi> meis <hi>Apocalypticis</hi> nihil de statu Regni Millenarii <hi>particulatim,</hi>
vel (ut ità loquar) <hi>modatim,</hi> sive quod Mundum ipsum, sive Sanctos tum resurrectu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ros
attinet, disseruisse; haec omnia in medio reliquisse, generali explicatione con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tentum
fuisse, ídque consultò &amp; de industria. Priùs enim me virorum doctorum judi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cia
auditurum, firmitérne demonstratum putent Regnum illud (qualecunque tandem
sit) adhuc exspectandum esse, &amp; quidem in secundo Christi adventu, &amp; post excidi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um
Antichristi, quàm de modo &amp; qualitate Regni &amp; resurgentium conditione con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jecturas
meas expromam. Frustrà enim de modo rei inquirere, aut edoceri eum, cui
nondum rem ipsam, cui cuimodo sit, unquam fore persuasum est. Hanc habeat de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trectatae
Collationis causam, quippe neque fructuosae, neque periculo suo cariturae.</p>
                  <p>Nè tamen postulatis ejus me difficilem nimis &amp; inexorabilem praebere videar, st
eum nullo prorsus responso, pro meliori sententiae meae intellectione, impertirem;
haec eum scire velle.</p>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. Nunquam mihi in mentem venisse, ut sententiam meam de <hi>Resurrectione pri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ma,</hi>
aut loco isti Cap. 11. v. 18. aut Cap. 14. v. 13. superstruerem, aut indè probari
posse existimarem. Fundamentum sententiae meae de duabus Resurrectionibus in unico &amp;c
<pb n="572" facs="tcp:63175:339"/>
solo capite 20. repositum habere: cui duo illa loca cap. 11. &amp; 14. interpretando con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>formia
reddidisse, aut quomodo saltem conformari possint, uno &amp; altero verbo indi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>câsse;
neque quid amplius ibi propositum mihi habuisse.</item>
                     <item>2. Insuper in eodem illo capite 20. fundamentum opinionis meae, de <hi>Regno appari<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tionis
Christi Millenario,</hi> quod quidem <hi>Millennii durationem</hi> attinet, solo &amp; unico
collocare: quod verò rem ipsam attinet, [<hi>Regnum</hi> nempe <hi>Sanctorum in terris post ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cidium
Antichristi &amp; Christi adventum in nubibus futurum</hi>] id ex reliquis Scripturis
istis, quas cum <hi>Millennii</hi> vaticinio comparaverim, satìs evidenter &amp; firmiter demon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stratum
esse existimare: Neque justè eum exigere, ut ex omnibus istis locis ipsius
<hi>Millennii</hi> durationem evincerem: hoc enim perinde esse ac si ab eo qui <hi>Hominem
peccati</hi> apud <hi>Paulum</hi> eundem cum <hi>Bestia Apocalyptica</hi> affirmaret, exigeret aliquis ut ex lo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>co
<hi>Pauli</hi> ostenderet eum <hi>mensibus</hi> 42. <hi>dominaturum;</hi> alioquin fidem non facturum.</item>
                     <item>3. Porrò aliorsum &amp; praeter mentem meam acceptum esse, quod p.<note n="*" place="margin">[Hujus edit. pag. 519.]</note> 245. de inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pretatione
verborum <hi>Pauli [Mortui in Christo resurgent primi]</hi> ex <hi>Tertulliano</hi> notave<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rim;
quasi nempe illud pro mea ipsius sententia laudâssem, quod duntaxat similis simi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lium
verborum interpretationis meae illustrandae causâ fecerim: interim causas habu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>isse
cur ibi judicium meum interponere noluerim.</item>
                     <item>
                        <p>4. Quod autem ad rem ipsam attinet, me in eam sententiam maximè propendere
(idque praecipuè <hi>Pauli</hi> authoritate, 1 Thess. cap. 4. motum)<note n="*" place="margin">
                              <hi>Sic</hi> Ire<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                 <desc>•</desc>
                              </gap>d. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                 <desc>•</desc>
                              </gap>5 <hi>c.</hi> 32. l. 5.</note> omnes justos intra
Millennium Regni resurrecturos; sed ordine quodam, &amp;, ut Apostolus loquitur, 1 Cor.
15. 23. <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap> primos quidem, ídque in ipso Millennii initio,
Martyres, deinde &amp; reliquos justos qui Bestiae morem non gesserint, alios citiùs, alios
tardiùs, prout Deo <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap> visum: háncque dici <hi>Resurrectionem primam,</hi> &amp; Luc.
14. 14. <hi>Resurrectionem Iustorum.</hi> Postea verò, decurso Millennio, etiam impios re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>surrecturos,
unáque extremum &amp; universale Iudicium peractum iri; impiis in lacum
ignis &amp; sulphuris unà cum Diabolo detrudendis, Sanctis verò in coelestes mansi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ones
subvectis, cum Christo aeternùm victuris. Utut sit, ex veteribus fuisse qui
haud dissimiliter de ordine Resurrectionis fentirent, ex locis aliquot Tertulliani col<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ligo;
ut ex</p>
                        <p>Lib. 3. adversus Marcionem, cap. 24. <hi>Post cujus</hi> (scil. <hi>Regni</hi>) Mille annos, <hi>intra
quam aetatem concluditur Sanctorum Resurrectio, pro meritis</hi> maturiùs <hi>vel</hi> tardiùs resur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gentium,
&amp;c.</p>
                        <p>
                           <hi>Item de Anima, cap.</hi> 35.—Et Iudex te tradat Angelo executionis, &amp; ille te in car<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerem
mandet Infernum, unde non dimittaris, nisi modico quoque delicto morâ<note n="*" place="margin">
                              <hi>H<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                    <desc>•</desc>
                                 </gap>c respicere videtur &amp; il. lud</hi> Cypriani <hi>Epist.</hi> 52. Aliud est pendere in die Iudicii ad sententiam Domini, aliud statim à Domino coronari. <hi>Agit verò, nisi adm<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                    <desc>•</desc>
                                 </gap>dum <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                    <desc>•</desc>
                                 </gap>allor, d<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                    <desc>•</desc>
                                 </gap> p<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                    <desc>•</desc>
                                 </gap>aerogativa Martyrum, &amp;c. Et illud</hi> Irenaei, <hi>lib.</hi> 1. <hi>c.</hi> 2. <hi>Christum in suo de coelis adventu,</hi> 
                              <gap reason="foreign">
                                 <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                              </gap> 
                              <hi>enim hic pro poena posita videtur, non virtu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                    <desc>•</desc>
                                 </gap>e: Qunni poenam in</hi> Mora Resurrectionis <hi>constituit</hi> Te<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                 <desc>•</desc>
                              </gap>u<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                 <desc>•</desc>
                              </gap>.</note> Resur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rectionis
expenso.</p>
                        <p>
                           <hi>Et cap. 58.</hi> In summa, cùm carcerem illum, quem Evangelium demonstrat, Inferos
intelligimus, &amp; novissimum quadrantem modicum quodque delictum <hi>morâ Resurrectionis</hi>
illic luendum interpretemur; nemo dubitabit animam aliquid pensare penès inferos, salvâ
Resurrectionis plenitudine per carnem quoque.</p>
                        <p>Frustrà igitur sunt Pontificii, qui hîc se Purgatorium suum reperisse glorian<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur.</p>
                     </item>
                     <item>5. Nusquam dicere Apostolum, <hi>Resurrectionem Mortuorum,</hi> (ut vir doctus objicit)
sed <hi>Mutationem Vivorum</hi> in ictu oculi, &amp; momento peragendam esse.</item>
                     <item>6. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> illam <hi>Mortis secundae</hi> &amp; <hi>Resurrectionis primae</hi> (quam tantopere ur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>get)
fallacem esse, neque ullo firmo fundamento subnixam; praesertim cùm nomen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>clatura
illa <hi>Mortis secundae</hi> non à Spiritu S. aut <hi>Ioanne</hi> primùm usurpata, sed ex Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gistrorum
Iudaicorum usu desumpta sit, (ut in<note n="*" place="margin">Deut. 33. 6. Psal. 49. 11. Esai. 65. 6, &amp; 15.</note> Targum videre est;) sic nimirum
ab illis nuncupatae, quòd eâ Impii qui à mortuis resurrexerint, quasi secundò morituri
sint. Accedit &amp; illud, quòd <hi>Mors secunda</hi> corporum non minùs quàm animarum sit:
ideóque, etiam hypothesi illâ concessâ, non satis tamen commodè probari indè posse
<hi>Resurrectionem primam</hi> non esse corporalem. Sed quorsum de <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, eâque
dubiâ &amp; incertâ, satagitur, cùm <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, eáque manifesta, ad manum sit? Annon
enim Resurrectio <hi>prima</hi> &amp; Resurrectio <hi>secunda</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> sunt? Cur igitur hinc non
majori verisimilitudine argumentari mihi liceret, Cùm Resurrectio <hi>secunda</hi> corporalis
sit, ideo similiter <hi>primam</hi> quoque corporalem esse? Adde vim locutionis <hi>adversativae:
Animae,</hi> inquit, <hi>eorum qui securi percussi sunt propter testimonium Iesu &amp; verbum Dei,</hi>
&amp;c. <hi>revixerunt, &amp; regnârunt cum Christo mille istis annis: reliqui VERO mortuorum
non revixerunt donec consummarentur mille anni.</hi> Quis hinc non statim colligit, revi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctionem
<pb n="573" facs="tcp:63175:339"/>
seu Resurrectionem utramque uníusmodi esse? Annon id postulate videtur
locutionis istiusmodi <hi>adversativae</hi> usus.</item>
                     <item>7. Quod porrò de <hi>Animarum</hi> vocabulo ingerit, tanquam magìs (si litera urgea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur)
pro sententia Graecorum, de <hi>Animarum</hi> Martyrum praerogativa ante diem Iu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dicii,
quàm pro mea opinatione faceret; id infirmum mihi videri; cùm notiùs sit
quàm <hi>ut</hi> probatione egeat, <hi>Animas</hi> in Sacris literis non tantùm <hi>Personas</hi> denotare, sed
&amp;<note n="*" place="margin">
                           <hi>Vt</hi> Ps. 16. 10 Act. 2. 31. Ezek. 14. 25. <hi>apud</hi> Lxx. Levit. 19. 28. &amp; <hi>alibi. Adde</hi> Apoc. 6. 9. <hi>Ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dit quidam</hi> Ec<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cles. 16. ul<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>.</note> 
                        <hi>Cadavera:</hi> quod quàm aptè huic <hi>Apocalypseos</hi> loco conveniat, ipsum latere non
posse.</item>
                     <item>8. Ad haec sciat, (ut de Iustis resurrecturis deinceps securo sit animo) eos qui
Millennii dogma ritè &amp; <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, nec perperàm, tuentur, sic statuere; Sanctos, qui
<hi>primâ Resurrectione</hi> resurrexerint, vitam beatam, coelestem, Angelicam, &amp; omnino
qualis <hi>silies Resurrectionis</hi> deceat, per mille annos in terris acturos; neque ab hosti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
illis quos iterum solvendus Diabolus concitabit quicquam detrimenti passuros,
quippe qui in ipso conatu <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> &amp; obsidendi <hi>Civitatem dilectam</hi> de coelo statim
perdendi sint. Reliquorum verò orbis incolarum, <hi>qui in lumine Sanctae Civitatis am<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bulabunt,</hi>
diversam fore conditionem.</item>
                     <item>9. Praeterea <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> istam <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, Act. 3. 21. seu Restitutionem<note n="‖" place="margin">Auth. Qu. &amp; Resp. ad Orth. qu. 30. <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap> indignat <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>.</note> Mun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>di
à <hi>servitute corruptionis in libertatem gloriae filiorum Dei,</hi> Rom. 8. 21. inituram cum
Resurrectione prima. Sed quò abeo? Consilii mei momor, Scripturariâ isthac cym<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bulâ altiùs non penetrabo in hoc mare.</item>
                     <item>10. Unum tamen &amp; alterum adhuc restat, de quo monendus est vir doctus: Me
non duos, (ut putat) sed unicum tantùm Christi adventum exspectandum credere;
eum nimirum quo vivos &amp; mortuos judicaturus sit <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> sed tum
adventum istum, tum Iudicium, in mille annos extractum iri.</item>
                     <item>11. Porrò, aliud esse Regnum quo Christus in Sanctis suis regnat, aliud quo Sancti
regnabunt cum Christo. Verum quidem esse, Christum Dominum nostrum jam
indè à primo suo adventu Regnum inchoâsse, illúdque regnum Ecclesiam esse.<note n="*" place="margin">Huc pertine<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> illud Auth. Qu. &amp; Resp. ad Or<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>h. qu. 120. <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>.</note>
In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terim
&amp; illud haud minùs certum esse, Regnum aliquod in Scripturis promitti adven<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tûs
secundi proprium, quod &amp; <hi>Regnum</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> dicitur, adhúcque implendum
superest. Ut Dan. 7. 14. Luc. 19. 11, 15. &amp; cap. 21. 31. 2 Thess. 1. 5. 2 Tim. 4. 1. ubi
<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> non est, ut vult vir doctus, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, sed <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
neque unquam asiter ea vox in tota Scriptura quàm ad Christi adventum sig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nificandum
adhibetur. Iam &amp; illud ab Apostolo, 1 Cor. 15. testatum habemus, post
Iudicium &amp; Resurrectionem plenè peractam, <hi>Christum regnum suum traditurum Patri,
ut ipse sit omnia in omnibus.</hi> Ex his duobus quid sequatur, viris piis &amp; veritatis di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vinae
studio seriò flagrantibus perpendendum relinquo.</item>
                     <item>12. Denique pro colophone &amp; illud sciat, Me verba illa<note n="*" place="margin">2 Pet. 3. 8.</note> 
                        <hi>Petri [Vnus dies apud
Dominum sicut mille anni]</hi> pro tarditatis à Deo amovendae argumento nullatenus
habere; sed pro declaratione nomenclaturae <hi>Diei Iudicii,</hi> quae proximè praecessit:
Nè centum quidem annorum millia apud Deum plus esse quàm unus Dies. Atqui de
mora aestimatione nostri causantur Irrisores, non Dei. Quae igitur haec calumniae
depulsio esset? De tarditate verò primùm sequenti versu agere incipit Apostolus,
ejúsque culpam sic à Deo depellere; Moram scilicet adventûs Domini non esse
tarditati ejus in implendis promissis, sed longanimitati, deputandam.</item>
                  </list>
                  <p>Ex his vir doctus haud difficulter colligat solutiones meas ad plerasque objectio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nes
suas.</p>
                  <closer>
                     <signed>I. M.</signed>
                  </closer>
               </body>
            </floatingText>
         </div>
         <div type="exposition">
            <pb n="574" facs="tcp:63175:340"/>
            <head>DE
GOGO &amp; MAGOGO
in Apocalypsi Conjectura.</head>
            <p>
               <hi>APocalypsis</hi> Codex est Fatorum Ecclesiae <hi>Gentium,</hi> non <hi>Iudaeorum.</hi>
Habent enim <hi>Iudaei</hi> de suo Prophetiarum satìs in Veteri Testa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mento,
neque nostrâ ullatenus opus habent; suis ad omnem Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tis
suae sortem, bonam malámve, depingendam abundè suffectu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ris.</p>
            <p>Rem verò de <hi>Apocalypsi</hi> ità se habere, testatur
Primò, Theatri Apocalyptici hypotyposis, quae quatuor Ani<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>malibus,
versùs totidem coeli plagas, circa thronum Dei dispositis, exhibet Ec<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>clesiam
Christi, ambitu suo Gentes in quatuor mundi cardinibus complectentem;
tanquam scilicet Visionum omnium ibidem spectandarum subjectum.</p>
            <p>Secundò, Eódem (ni fallor) faciunt Angeli verba ad Ioannem, cap. 10. 11: <hi>Opor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tet
te iterum prophetare</hi> 
               <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>.</p>
            <p>Tertiò, Sed omnium maximè il<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>ud confirmat Parabolarum Symbolorúmque
Propheticorum in hoc Libro indoles atque ingenium; in quibus nempe passim
observare licet, <hi>Iudaeos</hi> sive Synagogam Israeliticam personam verae Christi Eccle<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>siae
ex Gentibus surrogatae sustinere, <hi>Gentes</hi> contrà typum Idololatrarum, ejusdém<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
Ecclesiae hostium; totâ nimirum parabolâ ex statu rerum sub Veteri Testa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mento
mutuatâ, in quo veri Dei cultus apud unum Israelem viguit, Gentes verò reliquae
Idolis &amp; Deastris in universum inservierint. Atqui in ea Prophetia ubi Gens Is<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>raelitica
alienam personam sustinet, ibi suam ipsius gestare nullo modo verisimile
est; quandoquidem illud fieri nequit, quin totius Parabolae ratio conturbaretur.
Hinc adeò fit ut tantillum in hac Prophetia reperire sit quod <hi>rem Iudaicam</hi> priva<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tim
spectet; nempe illa solummodo quae cum fatis Ecclesiae Gentium colligata at<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
implicita eatenus praeteriri non potuerint. Id quod tum praecipuè usu venit, cùm,
Sacri hujus Dramatis Catastrophe appetente, eò rem fatorum series deduxerit, ut
uterque populus in unum ovile coalescat. Neque tamen ubi vel sic de <hi>Iudaeis</hi> aliquid
intervenire contigerit, eos aut habitu aut nomine suo Gentilitio produci cernes, verùm
aliunde adscito charactere (<hi>Regum</hi> utpote <hi>Orientis,</hi> aut <hi>Sponsae Agni</hi>) designari;
quoniam nempe Gentis Iudaicae persona in alterius (ut dictum est) populi parabo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lam
concesserat.</p>
            <p>Verùm si populus populi, hostes quoque hostium imaginem portare consen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>taneum
est, ut ità parabola undiquaque sibi constet. Hinc igitur <hi>AEgyptus</hi> &amp;
<hi>Babylon</hi> Apocalypticae non sunt Israelitarum <hi>Babylon</hi> &amp; <hi>AEgyptus,</hi> sed hostes
Ecclesiae Gentium (quae figuratur <hi>Israele</hi>) instar illius <hi>Babylonis</hi> &amp; <hi>AEgyp<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ti.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>Pari ratione <hi>Gog</hi> &amp; <hi>Magog</hi> Apocalypseos non sunt Ezechielis <hi>Gog de terra Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gog,
caput Meshec &amp; Tubal,</hi> privatus Israelitarum hostis, (Hic enim ex partibus Sep<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tentrionis
prodit, noster ex quatuor angulis terrae; Hic sub inìtium instaurationis
Israeliticae, noster post mille annos Regni Sanctorum instaurationem Hierusalem sub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>secuturi;)
sed <hi>Gogus</hi> alius, hostis Ecclesiae Gentium in unum jamdiu cum Iudaeis ovile
coactae, qui<expan>
                  <am>
                     <g ref="char:abque"/>
                  </am>
                  <ex>que</ex>
               </expan> 
               <hi>Secundam</hi> Resurrectionem proximè antecessurus sit, ut ille Ezechielis <hi>Pri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mam:</hi>
quippe utrâ<expan>
                  <am>
                     <g ref="char:abque"/>
                  </am>
                  <ex>que</ex>
               </expan> Resurrectione (undetypi &amp; antitypi convenientia) <hi>Gogum</hi> suum
&amp; <hi>Magogum</hi> prodromum habiturâ; illâ Scythicum illum &amp; Aquilonarem, hâc verò
mysticum seu (utì Spiritus Sanctus loquitur, cùm similiter Urbi magnae<note n="*" place="margin">Cap. 11. 8.</note> 
               <hi>Sodomae</hi> &amp;
<hi>AEgypti</hi> cognomentum detulit) <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>. Huic interpretationi firmandae
est quòd <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> in verbis Apostoli, non subjecti, sed appositi locum
faciunt, per quod Gentes istae quatuor cardinum per modum <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> declarentur;
tum quòd <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> hìc terram seu locum denotare, sicuti apud Ezekielem, non si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nat
articulus; <hi>Exibit,</hi> inquit, (cùm consummati suerint mille anni) <hi>Satanas ut se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ducat</hi> 
               <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>.
<pb n="575" facs="tcp:63175:340"/>
Hic <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> per modum appositi &amp; <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>; adhibentur, quasi dicere
voluisset <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, &amp;c. <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, prout interpretati su<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mus.</p>
            <p>Ex quo autem hominum genere Hostis hic novissimus proditurus sit; utrùm ex
Gentilium reliquiis quos Diluvium ignis sub Resurrectionem primam non inundaverit;
an verò ex Gentibus professione Christianis, quae iniquè ferentes se Sanctâ Civitate
exclusas, neque pari cum beatis illius Civibus sorte frui, (invidentiae fomitem ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stimulante
Satanâ) vi eam occupare conabuntur; non perinde facile suerit statuere.
Posterius si sequamur, haud parvis urgebimur incommodis. Prius igitur probo;
nempe Exercitum hunc venturum ex Gentibus in opposito nobis Hemisphaerio degen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tibus,
quas Deus Opt. Max. occulto suo judicio, maximam partem nunquam sit E<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vangelii
sui lumine perfusurus.<note n="*" place="margin">
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Arist.</hi> de Mun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>do cap. 3.</note>
Nostri verò Hemisphaerii orbem, quem Oceanus ambi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tu
suo circumscribit, quíque solus Antiquis creditus est humani generis domicilium, in
quo primus homo conditus, &amp; initio plantatus Paradisus, in quo quatuor illa summa
Imperia (Prophetiarum basis) constituta, in cujus umbilico Christus incarnatus, pas<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sus
&amp; à mortuis excitatus, in quo solo Apostoli &amp; eorum discipuli praedicârunt, in
quo Ecclesia tanto temporis spatio hospitata est, cujus finibus Iudaeorum illa per omnes
Gentes dispersio concluditur, caeteráque Prophetarum oracula adimpleta; hoc inquam
terrae Hemisphaerium universum &amp; solum promissae instaurationis particeps, Sancto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
<gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, &amp; beati illius Regni sedem futurum: quicquid verò extra hoc Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tium
est (locis nimirum ubi Inferorum sedem col<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>ocavit<note n="*" place="margin">Consule R. Epis<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> corum A<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>mach. Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>spons. ad Iesei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>am, p. 337, 338, 339, &amp;c.</note> Antiquitas) ad postremum
Christi triumphum, igne coelitùs perdendas, justo, licèt ignoto nobis, judicio reser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vatum iri.</p>
            <p>Dum enim contextûs verba scrupulosiùs examino, quatuor in illis animadverto
distinctè mentionem fieri. 1. Civitatis dilectae, 2. Sanctorum <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, 3. <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, &amp;4.
Gentium quae, ex quatuor mundi angulis venientes, in circuitu ejus as<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>censionem
facerent Sanctorum <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> circumdaturae.</p>
            <p>
               <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> (inquit) <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>,<note place="margin">Cap. 20. Ver. 8, 9.</note> &amp;c.</p>
            <p>
               <hi>Civitas dilecta</hi> est nova Ierusalem, beati illius Regni Metropolis sutura: <hi>Sancto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum</hi>
               <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, Gentes Salvatorum in luce ejus ambulaturae. Digito enim haec vox
ad castrametationem Israeliticam in eremo intendit. Nempe ut illic, Tabernaculo
Dei cum Sacerdotibus &amp; Levitis in medio posito, circùm castrametabantur Tribus Is<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>raelis;
ità hic novae Ierusalem, Templo Dei oecumenico, cum Regiis suis Sacerdoti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus,
in orbis nostri meditullio sitae, undique circumfusae habitabunt Gentes quas in
populum sibi Deus adoptatum ibit.</p>
            <p>Tertium, <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, est terrarum illa amplitudo quam nobis Oceanus (<gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>)
ambitu suo circumscribit; verbo, Hemisphae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rii
nostratis orbis: ad cujus minimùm fines Regnum Christi protensum iri, testantur
Prophetarum oracula.<note place="margin">Psalm. 72. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>.</note> 
               <hi>Dominabitur à mari usque ad mare, &amp; à slumine ad termi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nos
Orbis.</hi>
               <note place="margin">Isai. 49. 6.</note> Item, <hi>Dedi te in lucem Gentium, ut sis salus mea usque ad extremum ter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rae,</hi>
&amp; alia his similia. Adeò ut non possit de beau hujus Regni amplitudine quid tam
minutum cogitari, quod non orbis nostri fines ambitu suo complexum eat.</p>
            <p>In hoc terrae <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, finito Millenario, <hi>ascensurae</hi> dicuntur Gentes quae sunt in
quatuor angulis terrae, eaedemque coronâ cincturae <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> inibi constitu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tam.
Ex <hi>ascensione</hi> disco forìs aliunde venisse, adeóque non intra, sed extra <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>
sedes habuisse: Ex <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> verò, seu <hi>circumcessione,</hi> sedes illas ità compa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ratas,
ut non ab hac aut illa solummodo plaga, verùm ab omni, <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> invadere
possint. Quorum utrumque in Orbis Americani, Arctici &amp; Antarctici incolas compete<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>re, nemini rei Geographicae perito ignotum est. Nam cùm oppositi nobis Hemisphaerii
habitatores sint, situm ità comparatum habent, ut commodè orbem nostrum, trajecto
è regione cujusque Oceano, coronâ cingere possint.</p>
            <p>Conspirationem, inquies, audio planè stupendam, tot Gentium, tot populorum
tanto à se invicem locorum intervallo dissitorum, quibúsque tam vasto mari ad no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>strum
Orbem transituris emenso opus erit. Expeditionem similem nullam ab omni
aevo viderit mundus; non igitur absque ingentis alicujus, &amp; quod naturam humanam
potenter commovere natum est, boni proposita spe unquam proculdubio suscipiendam-Atqui
illud quid tandem futurum esse dicemus tantarum illecebrarum bonum? Quid
verò aliud quàm ut tam beati soli coelíque, tám<expan>
                  <am>
                     <g ref="char:abque"/>
                  </am>
                  <ex>que</ex>
               </expan> invidendae felicitatis orbem, suae (si
Diis placet, &amp; Satanam ipsis pollicitaturum credibíle est) potestatis facerent, in eo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dem
<pb n="576" facs="tcp:63175:341"/>
beatè victuri, &amp; (quod uni illi Orbi datum fortasse rebuntur) à morte revicturi,
Sanè antiquum obtinebit Satanas; simili enim artificio primos humani generis paren<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tes
olim in exitium praecipitavit, ab eodem in hoc novissimo solertiae &amp; nequitiae suae
specimine nequaquam recessurus.</p>
            <p>Atque haec sententiae meae summa est; cujus penès viros doctos &amp; hujusmodi my<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>steriorum
callentes judicium esto.</p>
            <p>Unum adhuc adjiciam. Si verum sit quod <hi>Fullerus</hi> noster argumentis nonnullis
probare contendit, Nationes Americanas Magogiticae gentis colonias esse, ob bre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vem
Oceani in Scythicis istis oris trajectum, (alibi vastum nimis &amp; immensum)
non esse quòd quis de <hi>Gogi</hi> &amp; <hi>Magogi</hi> nominibus ampliùs litem moveat, aut hac
de causa cum Ezechielis <hi>Gogo</hi> Apocalypticum confundat. <hi>Vid. eum Miscell. Sacr.
lib. 2. cap. 4. in fine.</hi>
            </p>
            <closer>
               <signed>Soli Deo Gloria.</signed>
            </closer>
         </div>
         <div type="commentary">
            <pb n="577" facs="tcp:63175:341"/>
            <head>De Regno <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> Christi accipiendum illud Apostoli
ad Hebraeos cap. 2. vers. 5.</head>
            <epigraph>
               <q>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.</q>
            </epigraph>
            <p>I <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> enim <hi>Terra</hi> est, non <hi>Coelum.</hi> At ubi (inquies) de hac <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>?
in praecedentibus locutus est Apostolus, ut dicat <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>? Aic
ab iftis verbis versûs 6. cap. I. <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>,
&amp;c. id est, <hi>Cùm verò ITERVM introduxerit pri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mogenitum</hi>
[suum] <hi>in Orbem terrae, dicit,</hi> &amp;c. Quae enim exinde ex Li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bro
Psalmorum ad finem usque capitis citantur, [de <hi>Adoratione Angelorum, de Scep<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tro
rectitudinis Dei, de Innovatione mundi, de hostium</hi>
               <note n="*" place="margin">
                  <hi>Non enim tam</hi> 
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ess<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>o ad dc<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>tram Dei, <hi>quàm</hi> plena &amp; omnimodasub. jugatio &amp; c<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>n<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cuicatio hosti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um <hi>iuea a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap>ga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tione attendi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>; quae de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mum in</hi> Secu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap> do adventu <hi>ad<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>mp<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>nd <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </hi> est.</note> 
               <hi>sub pedibus conculcatione]</hi>
omnia, si Apostolo credimus, ad <hi>Secundum</hi> Christi <hi>Adventum</hi> referenda sunt. Admo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nitio
autem, quae quatuor primis versiculis Capitis secundi haec excipit, per paren<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thesin
est legenda. Versu demum quinto ad propositum redit Apostolus, &amp;
prolixiùs exsequitur quae de Humanae Naturae supra Angelos praerogativa disseru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>erat.</p>
            <p>Non Angelis <hi>(inquit)</hi> subjecit <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, de qua loquimur; sed
[<hi>ei de quo</hi>] alicubi testatus est <hi>Psalmographus</hi> dicens, Domine, quid est homo, quòd
memor es ejus; aut filius hominis, quòd visitas eum? Modico minorem Angelis fecisti
eum, gloriâ &amp; honore coronâsti eum, &amp;c. <hi>Et paulò pòst,</hi> Qui verò modico minor Ange<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lis
factus est Iesus, (<hi>id est, factus homo, qui naturâ Angelicâ modico inferior est</hi>)
videmus, propter mortis perpessionem, gloriâ &amp; honore coronatum. <hi>Confer Phil. 2. v.
7, 8, 9. Atque haec, ni fallor, mens Apostoli.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>Mirabiliter autem nostri versum illum sextum capitis primi transferunt, ut <hi>Primo</hi>
Christi <hi>adventui</hi> accommodent: trajiciendo nimirum particulam <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, acsi scriptum
esset, <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, cùm scriptum sit, <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, &amp;c. Cujus<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>modi
trajectionis exemplum nusquam uspiam ostendi potest: Et praeterea verbum
<gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> (praeterquam quòd cum <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> conjungatur) Futuri significationem habeat,
cùm sit Aoristus secundus Subjunctivi.</p>
            <p>Porrò notandum Psal. 97. (unde testimonium illud <hi>de Angelis Christum in Secundo
adventu adoraturis</hi> desumptum est) tam apud LXX quàm Vulgatum Interpretem
hujusmodi Epigraphe praenotatum esse; <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, <hi>Psalmus
David, quando terra ei restituta est.</hi> Quid hoc rei esse dicemus? An Psalmus quo Da<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vid
Messiam in Resurrectione celebrabit? An quem cecinit postquam ab Absolomo
filio pulsus, Regno restitutus est? In Hebraeo hodierno Psalmus <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> est.
Sed LXX aut in suis exemplaribus reperîsse, aut ex Traditione mutuatos addidisse,
vix dubitandum est; ut &amp; alios alicubi Psalmorum titulos, qui nunc in Hebraeo non
exstant.</p>
            <p>In versione igitur Anglica vers. 6. pro [<hi>And AGAIN, when he bringeth in the first-begotten
into the world</hi>] corrige [<hi>And when he bringeth AGAIN the first-begotten
into the world,</hi> or, <hi>shall bring,</hi>] &amp;c.</p>
            <p>Sic v. 8. pro [<hi>unto the Son</hi>] malim [<hi>of the Son</hi>] ut antè vers. 7. [<hi>of the Angels</hi>] nam
<note n="*" place="margin">
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.</note> eadem sunt verba.</p>
            <p>Pro <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> vers. 12, ut &amp; apud LXX, sunt qui legendum existi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment
<gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, facili mutatione. Et ità habet Textus Hebraicus in Psalmo
102. 27. <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, &amp; Latina Vulgata Versio utrobique <hi>mutabis eos.</hi> Ità quoque
in Psalmo legit Irenaeus lib. 4. cap. 6. Neque ab interprete esse, Latinam Vul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gatam
imitante, conferenti apparebit. Eandem lectionem sequitur Tertullianus
adversus Hermogenem c. 34. sed ex Vulgata.</p>
            <p>Iustinus Martyr Dialogo cum Tryphone pag. 340. Edit. Paris. <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>
               <pb n="578" facs="tcp:63175:342"/>
               <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, i.e. <hi>Hic etenim est</hi> (Iesum intel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ligit)
<hi>à quo &amp; coelum &amp; terram factam scimus, &amp; per quem &amp; coelum &amp; terram
Pater innovabit. Hic est qui in Ierusalem, ut lux resplendeat sempiterna, faciet.</hi> Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>spicit
Esai. 60. 19. cap. 65. 17. Apoc. 21. v. 1, 23. Ex hoc dicto lucem facias Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stolo
capite hoc primo ad Hebraeos vers. 2, &amp; 12.</p>
            <p>Origines contra Celsum lib. 3. p. 179. Gr. <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>.
Interpres hic
non bonâ fide egit.</p>
            <p>
               <hi>R. David Kimchi in 56. cap. Esaiae, vers. 6.</hi> Observatio Sabbati <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> magnum
est fundamentum in side Dei; quoniam Sabbatum non observabit, nisi qui consiteatur
<gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> Mundum renovatum iri, quód<expan>
                  <am>
                     <g ref="char:abque"/>
                  </am>
                  <ex>que</ex>
               </expan> eum renovaturus sit qui creaverit ipsum ex
nihilo &amp; non est alius praeter eum: <hi>Quasi diceret, eum qui</hi> Sabbatum dierum observârit,
co ipso testari se credere Sabbatum Magnum, <hi>quo Deus Mundum renovaturus sit.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>Locum Esaiae 66. à versit quinto ad Regnum Christi in Secundo Adventu pertinere,
testatur</p>
            <p>
               <hi>Iustinus Martyr Dial. cum Tryph. p. 312.</hi> In quibus verbis (<hi>dictum Esaiae locum
laudat</hi>)
est <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, (id est, resurrectionis nostrae) <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>
id est, &amp; omnino omnium qui Christum in
Ierusalem appariturum exspectent, &amp; operibus bonis ei placere studeant.</p>
            <p>Ejusdem Vaticinium cap. 45. à versu 14 &amp; deinceps, in eodem Adventu implendum
testatur Apostolus,</p>
            <p>
               <hi>Ad Romanos cap. 14. v. II, 12.</hi> Omnes enim (inquit) stabimus ante Tribunal Christi.
Scriptum est enim (<hi>nempe in hoc Esaiae vaticinio</hi>) Vivo ego, dicit Dominus, quoniam
mihi flectetur amne genu, &amp; omnis lingua confitebitur Deo. Ità enim unusquisque no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>strùm
pro se rationem reddet Deo. <hi>Sic ille. Quòd si haec Prophetiae pars in</hi> Secundo
<hi>Christi</hi> adventu, <hi>in</hi> die <hi>nimirum</hi> Iudicii, <hi>adimplenda restet, etiam reliqua eódem
pe<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>tinere necesse est. Est autem Prophetiae initium hujusmodi,</hi> Sic dicit Dominus,
Labor AEgypti, &amp; negotiatio Chus &amp; Sabaeorum, <hi>VIRORVM MENSVRAE,
(i. MERCATORVM,</hi> 
               <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, sic <hi>Targum, quòd</hi> mensuris utantur; <hi>non,
MEN OF STATVRE</hi>) ad Te (O tu Captiva, vel O Civitas mea) transibunt,
&amp; Tui erunt, post Te ambulabunt, in compedibus transibunt, ad Te incurvabunt se,
Te deprecabuntur dicentes, Tantùm in te Deus est, &amp; non est alius praeter ipsum
Deus.</p>
            <p>In Hebraeo enim omnia haec pronomina sunt generis soeminini; quare ad <hi>Cyrum</hi> re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferri
nequeunt, sed ad <hi>Ierusalem</hi> Captivam, de qua in versu praecedenti mentionem
habuit; quémque ad majorem rei evidentiam sic verterem; <hi>Ego suscitavi cum (Cy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum)
in justitia, &amp; omnes vias ejus dirigam. Ipse aedificabit Civitatem meam, &amp; Cap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tivam
meam [<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>] dimittet, ídque sine pretio &amp; munere, dicit Dominus exercitu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um.</hi>
Tunc sequuntur verba quae paulò antè recitavi, <hi>Sic dicit Dominus, Labor AEgypti,</hi>
&amp;c. quasi diceret, Parùm quòd reaedificaberis &amp; remitteris; imò verò Magna te,
ó <hi>Captiva mea, ô Civilas mea,</hi> manet olim felicitas, &amp;c. Observandum est enim Domi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>num
indè à fine versûs undecimi respondere quasi interrogationi de Fatis filiorum su<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>orum;
juxta quod praemisit, <hi>Ventura interrogate me de filiis meis, &amp; de operibus ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nuum
mearum praecipite mihi,</hi> nempe ut narrem vobis quae futura sint.</p>
            <p>Ejusdem Vaticinium de Resurrectione prima, cap. 26. vers. 19.</p>
            <p>Vivent mortui tui, cadavera mea [<gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>] resurgent, <hi>(distributivè enim sumendum
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> arguit adjunctum verbum pluralis numeri</hi> 
               <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>) Cadavera <hi>autem</hi> mea, <hi>i.
quae pro nomine meo occubuerunt.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>
               <hi>R. Solomon,</hi> Vivent illi qui propter te mortui sunt, <hi>(vult enim Prophetam hîc allo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>qui
Dominum)</hi> 
               <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> Exivit decretum Regium à facie tua, dicendo, <hi>GA<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>DAVERA
MEA RESVRGENT,</hi> cadavera populi mei, quorum ceciderunt ossa
pro me, illis erit resurrectio. Hoc per antithesin respondet ei quod suprà scriptum est,
<note n="*" place="margin">Vers. 14.</note> 
               <hi>REPHAIM NON RESVRGENT,</hi> hi verò resurgent. <hi>Sic ille.</hi> Rephaim
<hi>autem de</hi> improbis <hi>interpretatur,</hi> 
               <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> qui remittant manus suas de
Lege: <hi>eos in</hi> Seculo futuro <hi>resurrecturos negat.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>
               <pb n="579" facs="tcp:63175:342"/>LXX locum sic reddiderunt, <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>,
Surgent mortui, &amp; <hi>excitabuntur qui in monumentis.</hi> Hieron. <hi>Vivent mortui tui,
interfecti mei resurgent.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>Veteres Iudaeos oraculum hoc <hi>de Resurrectione mortuorum</hi> interpretatos esse, liquet
ex eo quod refertur in Gemara Sanhedrin cap. 11. <hi>Interrogârunt Sadducaei R. Gamali<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>elem,
undenam probaret Deum morluos vivificaturum. Dixit illis <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> Ex Lege,
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> Ex Prophetis, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> Ex Hagiographis. Ex Lege, Deuter. 31. 16.
Ex Prophetis, Esai. 26. 19. Ex Hagiographis, Cant. 7. 9.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>De <hi>Resurrectione</hi> quoque <hi>mortuorum</hi> exponunt Irenaeus lib. 5. cap. 15, &amp; cap. 34.
(&amp; hic quidem disertè de Resurrectione justorum) Tertullianus lib. de Resurrectione
cap. 31. Hieronymus &amp; Cyrillus, Augustinus lib. 20. de Civitate Dei; imò, qui cum
Apostolis vixit, Clemens Romanus, in Epistola genuina ad Corinthios diu desiderata,
&amp; superiore anno in lucem edita, pag. 65.</p>
            <p>Descriptio <hi>Novae Ierusalem</hi> Apoc. 21, à vers. 23. ad finem, tota desumpta est ex cap.
60. Esaiae, versibus 19. |3. 11. |11. 5. 6. 9. |21. collat. cum vers. 1. cap. 52.</p>
         </div>
         <div type="exposition">
            <head>Prophetia TOBIAE Moribundi, DE
Duplici Iudaeorum Captivitate,
ET
Statu Novissimo:</head>
            <p>Prout habetur in Exemplari Hebraico, non illo <hi>Munsteri,</hi> ex versionibus Graeca &amp;
Latina (ut nimis planum est) attemperato &amp; conficto; sed <hi>Constantinopolitano</hi> illo
vetusto &amp; purissimè <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, à <hi>Paulo Eagio</hi> in lucem edito, eóque (ut constat)
ex Originali Chaldaeo (unde &amp; nostrae editiones binae prodiere) omnium fideli<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                  <desc>••</desc>
               </gap>i<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mè,
nempe Iudaei alicujus, istius Dialecti peritissimi, manu, jam olim expresso.</p>
            <p>ET factum est, cùm senuisset <hi>Tobias,</hi>
               <note place="margin">Respon<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap> cap, 14. in ne<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>, inde<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap> versu 3. ad s<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>er<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sûs 7. in Gr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                     <desc>••</desc>
                  </gap>o 9.</note> ut vocaret filium suum <hi>Tobiam,</hi> unà cum
sex filiis qui nati sunt ei, ac diceret ei,</p>
            <p>Fili mi, nôsti quòd senio confectus sum: Gave itaque post obitum meumnè
diutiùs mancas <hi>Ninive:</hi> certum enim &amp; clarum est tibi, fore ut confirmetur
Prophetia <hi>Ionae</hi> Prophetae.</p>
            <p>Quare accipe filios tuos &amp; quaecunque habes, &amp; vade in terram <hi>Medorum;</hi> ibi enim
erit Pax ad tempus constitutum.</p>
            <p>
               <note n="*" place="margin">Hebr. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
               </note> Caeterùm reliqui fratres nostri Israelitae, qui sunt
in Ierusalem, omnes migrabunt in exsilium; &amp;
(<gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>) Ierusalem in acervos erit, &amp; Mons Domûs in
excelsa sylvae, manebitque desolata ad modicum
tempus.</p>
            <p>Tunc autem ascendent filii Israel,<note place="margin">
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
               </note> &amp; reaedifica<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bunt
eam, simul &amp; Templum; attamen non juxta
priorem structuram: manebunt que ibi diebus multis,
(<gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>) donec impleatur series quaedam secularis.</p>
            <p>(<gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>) Tum iterum exibunt in captivitalem longè
maximam:<note place="margin">
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
               </note> verùm Deus Sanctus Benedictus recor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dabitur
eorum, &amp; congregabit eos à quatuor plagis
mundi.</p>
            <p>Tum restaurabitur Ierusalem Civitas sancta,<note place="margin">
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
               </note> structurâ pulchrâ &amp; praeclarâ; nec non &amp;
Templum ip sum extruetur structurâ celebri, structurâ quae non destructur, nec diruetur in se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>culum,
&amp; in secula seculorum, quemadmodum dixerunt Prophetae.</p>
            <p>
               <pb n="580" facs="tcp:63175:343"/>Tunc converteniur Gentes istae ad colendum Dominum, projiciéntque sculptilia Deorum
suorum, dabúntque laudem &amp; confessionem Nomini ejus magno.</p>
            <p>Exaltabitur quoque cornu populi sui coram omnibus gentibus; &amp; celebrabunt ac glori<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ficabunt
Nomen ejus magnum omne semen Israel. Tunc gaudebunt omnes servi ejus, qui
serviunt ei in veritate; laetabuntur &amp; exsultabunt omnes qui faciunt justitiam &amp; pieta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tem.</p>
            <div type="part">
               <head>Annotationes in Prophetiam Tobiae.</head>
               <p>(<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>) ITA enim eisdémque verbis jam prophetaverat <hi>Michah,</hi> sub initium <hi>Ezechiae,</hi>
quo tempore <hi>Tobias</hi> in captivitatem abducebatur. Vid. <hi>Ierem.</hi> 26. 18. <hi>Mich.</hi>
3. 12.</p>
               <p>(<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>) In Graeco, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, i. <hi>donec impleantur tempestates seculi.</hi>
Quae verba Nostrates mirificè verterunt. Vide obsecro.</p>
               <p>(<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>) Verba ista <hi>[Et iterum exibunt in captivitatem longè maximam]</hi> in Graeco inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>prete,
sive casu, sive consilio praetermissa sunt; sed hiatu nimis manifesto. Quo ni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mirum
effectum est, ut cum proximè praecedentibus sequentia omnino non cohaere<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ant,
in quibus scilicet narretur reditus &amp; restauratio à captivitate aliqua à priori diver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sa,
eujus tamen nulla mentio praemissa est. Lege amabò &amp; fatebere.</p>
               <p>Suspicor autem consultò hanc clausulam expunctam, quia cum sententia <hi>Chiliasta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum</hi>
facere videbatur, statuendo illa quae à Prophetis dicuntur de gloriosa instauratio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ne
Ierusalem &amp; Gentium conversione tunc futura, non ante novissimum Iudaeorum re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ditum
impletum iri. Unde <hi>Hieronymus</hi> eadem de causa non solùm hanc clausulam,
sed duos integros paragraphos hoc loco omisit, ut ità quod sequitur, de Gentibus ad
Dominum convertendis, praesenti earum vocationi in solidum vendicaret. Quàm per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>functoriè
autem Hieronymus in ista versione sua egit, quantumque fidei ei tribuendum
sit, ex Prologo quem ipse versioni suae praefixit Lector facilè aestimare potest. <hi>Quia
vicina est (<hi>inquit</hi>) Chaldaeorum lingua sermoni Hebraico, utriusque linguae peritissimum
loquacem reperiens, unius dici laborem arripui; &amp; quicquid ille mihi Hebraicis verbis
expressit, hoc ego accito notario sermonibus Latinis exposui.</hi>
               </p>
            </div>
         </div>
         <div type="exposition">
            <pb n="581" facs="tcp:63175:343"/>
            <head>
               <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> REMAINES
On some Passages in the
APOCALYPSE.</head>
            <div n="1" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. I.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>General Considerations concerning the Order and Connexion of
the <hi>Apocalyptical</hi> Visions.<note place="margin">In a Letter to Mr. <hi>Wood</hi> of <hi>Lenton</hi> in <hi>Lin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>colnshire,</hi> by way of Answer to his.</note>
                  </p>
               </argument>
               <div n="1" type="part">
                  <head>I.</head>
                  <p>THE <hi>Apocalypse</hi> considered only according to the naked Letter, as if it
were a History and no Prophecy, hath marks and signs sufficient insert<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
by the Holy Spirit, whereby the <hi>Order, Synchronism</hi> and <hi>Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quele</hi>
of all the <hi>Visions</hi> therein contained may be found out and de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>monstrated,
without supposal of any <hi>Interpretation</hi> whatso<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ever.</p>
               </div>
               <div n="2" type="part">
                  <head>II.</head>
                  <p>This <hi>Order</hi> and <hi>Synchronism</hi> thus found and demonstrated (as it were) by <hi>argumen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ta
intrinseca,</hi> is the first thing to be done, and forelaid as a Foundation, Ground, and
only safe Rule of <hi>Interpretation;</hi> and not <hi>Interpretation</hi> to be made the Ground and
Rule of it.</p>
               </div>
               <div n="3" type="part">
                  <head>III.</head>
                  <p>If the <hi>Order, Method</hi> and <hi>Connexion</hi> of the <hi>Visions</hi> be framed and grounded upon sup<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>posed
Interpretation; then must all Proofs out of that Book needs be founded upon
begged principles and humane conjectures: But on the contrary, if the <hi>Order</hi> be first
fixed and setled out of the indubitate Characters of the letter of the Text, and after<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ward
the <hi>Interpretation</hi> guided, framed and directed by that <hi>Order;</hi> then will the varie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty
of Expositions be drawn into a very narrow compass, and Proofs taken from this
Book be evident and infallible, and able to convince the Gain-sayers.</p>
               </div>
               <div n="4" type="part">
                  <head>IV.</head>
                  <p>This is that Method which I endeavoured to represent in my <hi>Scheme,</hi> and demon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>strate
in the Tractate annexed. In which therefore you shall find all Interpretation
set apart and (as it were) disclaimed, and all the Reasons founded upon the bare let<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter
of the Text, taking no notice at all of any Event or Interpretation whatsoever,
but leaving all at full liberty: only reserved, that the <hi>Order</hi> and <hi>Synchronism</hi> which I
represent out of the Text be no way violated thereby; and so let the <hi>Interpretation</hi>
be what it may be.</p>
               </div>
               <div n="5" type="part">
                  <head>V.</head>
                  <p>I dare not be confident that this <hi>Order</hi> and <hi>Series,</hi> which I have deduced and repre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sented,
is in no part thereof faulty and swerving: howsoever for the main I am well per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>swaded,
and think that if not this, yet something like it, ought to be thought on.
But he that shall espy the errors of mine, I desire him to shew me them by such Argu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments
only as my self make my grounds, namely, from the Characters which the letter
of the Text affordeth, and not from Interpretation; because <hi>Interpretation</hi> (as I said)
is to be fitted unto the <hi>Order,</hi> and not the <hi>Order</hi> to follow it.</p>
               </div>
               <div n="6" type="part">
                  <head>VI.</head>
                  <p>But for example sake, yield me a-while that this which I have exhibited is indeed
the true Representation of the <hi>Order</hi> and <hi>Connexion</hi> of the <hi>Apocalyptical Visions:</hi> See
then how admirable the use thereof will be for <hi>Interpretation.</hi> For if we can once
<pb n="582" facs="tcp:63175:344"/>
be assured of the meaning of some one principal Vision, how evident then and ruled
will the way be from it to find and discover the rest? Will it not be like a Mariner's
Card to guide our way in this mystical Sea? For example, Are we assured what the
Prophecy of the <hi>Whore of Babylon</hi> means? (For here, here, I say, we must first
pitch;<note place="margin">Apoc. 17. 18.</note> and therefore (mark it) the Angel himself of purpose expounds this Vision on<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
of all the Visions this Book or <hi>Scheme</hi> representeth:) Do we know then what this
meaneth? If we do, then behold the <hi>Scheme,</hi> and see there what will follow; <hi>viz.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. That all the Visions contemporating with <hi>Babylon's</hi> times must be expounded of
such things only as belong to the times of <hi>Babylon's</hi> whoring.</item>
                     <item>2. All Visions preceding must be interpreted of things foregoing it.</item>
                     <item>3. All Visions following, of things to be after it, &amp;c. <hi>Verbum intelligenti sat est.</hi>
What a number of ambiguities, uncertainties, and varieties of interpretation will this
cut off and strike dead at a blow? It would be as fetters and cords to hold in, yea, as
a ginn to intangle, our desultorious and shifting Interpreters, especially our Adversa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ries,
who do <hi>súsque déque miscere omnia.</hi>
                     </item>
                  </list>
                  <p>The Consideration of these things will make the <hi>Apocalypse</hi> to appear for the frame
and quality thereof the admirablest Prophecy in Scripture: And as much as the divine
Revelation of Spiritual Truths in the New Testament surpasses the Old for evidence
and clearness; so the Prophetical part of the New for the fabrick and sureness of the
grounds for Interpretation exceeds all the Prophecies of the Old.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="2" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. II.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>Particular Considerations for the understanding of the<note n="*" place="margin">See the <hi>Scheme</hi> at pag. 431.</note> 
                     <hi>Scheme,</hi>
&amp;c.</p>
               </argument>
               <div n="1" type="part">
                  <head>I.</head>
                  <p>OMitting the Vision of <hi>The seven Churches,</hi> which is not generally granted to be a
<hi>Prophecy:</hi> The whole Prophetical part of the <hi>Apocalypse</hi> following consists of
Two main Prophecies; both of them beginning their race at the same <hi>Epocha</hi> or <hi>Ter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minus
à quo</hi> of time, and concluding together likewise at the same Goal or <hi>Terminus
ad quem;</hi> that is, they begin <hi>ab iisdem carceribus,</hi> (as we speak) and run <hi>ad candem
metam.</hi> The first of these is <hi>Prophetia Sigillorum, The Prophecy of the Seals,</hi> reaching
from the 4. Chap. until almost the end of the 10. which is represented in the upper-half
of the <hi>Scheme.</hi> The second is <hi>Prophetia Libri, The Book-Prophecy,</hi> beginning at the 8.
verse of the 10. Chap. and reaching to the end of the Book; which is represented in
the lower or under-half of the <hi>Scheme.</hi> So that the Book of <hi>The Revelation</hi> might fit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
have been divided into two Tomes, and the second Tome to have begun at the 8.
verse of the 10. Chap. at these words, <hi>And the voice which I heard from Heaven</hi> (name<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
chap. 4. 1.) <hi>spake unto me again,</hi> (<hi>i. e.</hi> begun anew) <hi>and said, Take the Book—And
I took the Book—And he said unto me, Thou must prophesie again</hi> (that is, begin a
new Prophecy <hi>ab ovo.</hi>) Consider it.</p>
                  <p>Certainly such a division would be most easie for interpretation, if also every seve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ral
Vision in each Tome was cast into a several Chapter or Section. And it cannot be
denied but the division of Chapters, especially in the New Testament, being but of
humane institution, is sometimes so ill ordered, that it doth much prejudice the Rea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der
in understanding the meaning of the Holy Ghost.</p>
               </div>
               <div n="2" type="part">
                  <head>II.</head>
                  <argument>
                     <p>
                        <hi>That the Times of the</hi> Inner Court <hi>begin with the Beginning of the</hi> Seals.</p>
                  </argument>
                  <p>Now if this <hi>Second</hi> or <hi>Book-Prophecy</hi> do begin <hi>ab ovo,</hi> from the same Beginning of
time whence the <hi>Seals</hi> began, (and without doubt the <hi>Seals</hi> begin at the Beginning of
the <hi>Apocalyptical</hi> time) and runs over anew those times which the <hi>Seals</hi> before traced,
till it concludes with them; will not then this reasoning be very reasonable? <hi>viz.</hi> If
the whole <hi>Prophecy of the</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> 
                     <hi>Book</hi> comprehends the whole time of the Prophecy <hi>of the
Seals,</hi> then the Beginning of the <hi>Prophecy of the Book</hi> begins at the Beginning of <hi>the Times
of the Seals.</hi> But the Beginning of the <hi>Book-Prophecy,</hi> in the Text, is <hi>The surveying of
<pb n="583" facs="tcp:63175:344"/>
the two Courts of the Temple;</hi> the first Court <hi>measured,</hi> the second <hi>uncapable of measure:</hi>
One of these two then must begin at the Beginning where the <hi>Seals</hi> began. But the
<hi>Second Court</hi> cannot; for it synchroniseth with the Times of the Beast; <hi>Ergo</hi> the <hi>For<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mer</hi>
must: that is, The <hi>Inward Court,</hi> (within which the Temple it self stood) be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
capable of the Divine measure, must note some condition of things and times which
forewent and preceded the Rising of the Beast and the Treading down of the <hi>Second</hi>
and <hi>Outward Court</hi> by the Gentiles. And is there not as much need and use of a mea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sure
to distinguish of the different States of the Visible Church in the diverse Times
and Ages thereof, as of the differing Members of one and the same time? Consider it.
And this granted will open a door for discovery of far more admirable matter than
doth the confounding of both Courts into one Time. I confess I was once wonder<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fully
pleased with that Opinion, and <hi>Forbes</hi> his pretty exposition thereof gave me
much contentment: But now at length the Law of <hi>Synchronistical</hi> necessity hath beat
me fromit, and shewed me (as I think) a far more evident, unforced and useful Ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>position.
As for the state of the true Church in the times of Apostasie, we have three
Prophecies:
<list>
                        <item>1. The Woman in the wilderness.</item>
                        <item>2. The two Witnesses in mourning.</item>
                        <item>3. The Virgin-company of the Sealed ones.</item>
                     </list>
And therefore that of the <hi>measured Court</hi> may be spared for another use.</p>
                  <q>Aliter.</q>
                  <p>If any part of the <hi>Book-prophecy</hi> begin at the Beginning of <hi>Apocalyptical</hi> time, where
the <hi>Seals</hi> began: then certainly the First entrance thereinto (viz. <hi>the measuring of the
Inward</hi> or <hi>Temple-Court</hi>) should have a share in this priviledge of Firstship. But that
some of the sequent Visions of this <hi>Second Prophecy</hi> do begin at the Beginning of <hi>Apoca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lyptical</hi>
Time, it is evident; namely (of the Second Vision hereof, Chap. 12.) <hi>The
Twelve-starry crowned Woman crying in travail, and but then a bringing forth; and the red
Seven-headed Dragon watching to devour her Child as soon as it was born.</hi> Was not this
at the Beginning thereof? <hi>Ergò, ut suprá.</hi>
                  </p>
               </div>
               <div n="3" type="part">
                  <head>III.</head>
                  <p>The Connexion of the Beginning of the Times of the Beast with the Beginning of the Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>venth
or Trumpet-Seal, from the then Sealing of the <hi>144000, chap 7. and</hi> the Connexion
of the End of the Times of the Beast with the End of the Sixth Trumpet, from the then Fi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nishing
of the 1260 days of the Contemporary Prophecy of the Witnesses, <hi>chap. 11. These,
I say, concern me near, and are the</hi> two Hindges <hi>whereby the</hi> Book-prophecy <hi>is hung
(as it were a door) upon the</hi> Prophecy of the Seals, <hi>without which there would be no
ground in the Text to connect them. If these therefore be wrung from me, the
whole</hi> Scheme <hi>is dissolved and broken, and (that which is worse) cannot again be re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stored.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The latter Connexion or Hindge I think you grant me, unless your Tenet of the
<hi>Vials</hi> do any way impeach it. Howsoever you deny not the Finishing of the 42
moneths <hi>potestas agendi</hi> at the expiring of the <hi>Sixth</hi> Trumpet, and by consequent you
yield according to express Text that the Beast must be well forward in his Downfall
and Ruine by that time. The ground of the difference between us is, That I would
have the <hi>Vials</hi> to comprehend all the degrees of the Beast's Ruine, and therefore in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>evitably
begin them before the <hi>Seventh</hi> Trumpet; You would have the <hi>Vials</hi> to be but
some of the degrees of the Beast's downfall, and therefore have liberty to begin them
after the <hi>Seventh</hi> Trumpet hath founded.</p>
                  <p>But for the First Hindge of Connexion by the Sealing of the 144000, chap. 7. you
seem to make most scruple; where nevertheless I observe that you grant the thing I
seek for [viz. <hi>That the Times of the Beast begin with the Beginning of the Trumpet-Seal.</hi>]
But you question my Ground and Character. But unless this be the Character and so
intended, there will be none found at all: Which I desire you to consider together
with my Grounds, as followeth in brief.</p>
                  <q>
                     <p>The Synchronisme of the Beginning of the Times of the Beast with the Beginning of
the Seventh Seal or Seal of Trumpets.</p>
                  </q>
                  <p>
                     <hi>The Sealing of the</hi> 144000 follows immediately upon the <hi>Sixth</hi> Seal, and therefore
begins with and is coincident with the <hi>Seventh;</hi> because the <hi>Seals</hi> follow one another
<pb n="584" facs="tcp:63175:345"/>
without interruption of time. But the 144000 <hi>Sealed ones</hi> are one of the Beast's con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>temporaries,
chap. 14. Therefore the Beast also and all under his times must contem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>porate
with the <hi>Seventh</hi> Seal.</p>
                  <p>That <hi>the Sealing of the</hi> 144000 succeeds upon the expiring of the <hi>Sixth</hi> Seal; 1. The
Transition shews,<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 7. 1.</note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>After these things I saw:</hi> which I never find used
but when that which follows in the Narration, follows also in order of time. 2. No
other reason can be given why otherwise the Course of the <hi>Seals</hi> should be so inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rupted
and disturbed by an interlaced Vision, and in that place rather than any other.
For if this Vision concern all the <hi>Seven Seals,</hi> why was it not deferred till they were
finished, as is the usual method elsewhere? If it concerned only <hi>Six</hi> Seals, it were
something; but the <hi>Turba palmifera (the Palm-bearing multitude,</hi> chap. 7. 9.) shews it
is extended to the End of the <hi>Trumpets,</hi> &amp;c. Lastly, What need had there been for
this Vision to have been at all mentioned among the <hi>Seals,</hi> were it not intended for a
Character of Connexion of the two Prophecies, not else possible to be connected, but
left in a wandring uncertainty?</p>
               </div>
               <div n="4" type="part">
                  <head>IV.</head>
                  <argument>
                     <p>Whether the Dragon with Seven heads and the Dragon simply mentioned in Chap. 12. be
the same.</p>
                  </argument>
                  <p>The <hi>Seven-headed Dragon</hi> in the 3. ver. and the <hi>Dragon simply mentioned</hi> in the 4. v.
are both one: for the words run thus, v. 3. <hi>And there appeared a great red Dragon ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving
seven heads and ten horns.—v. 4. And his tail drew the third part of the stars—And
the Dragon stood before the Woman which was ready to be delivered,</hi> &amp;c.</p>
                  <p>The same event succeeds upon the Battel of <hi>Michael</hi> with the <hi>Dragon simply so called,</hi>
which follows upon the attempt of <hi>the Seven-headed Dragon</hi> to devour the Woman's
Child; to wit, <hi>The flight of the Woman into the Wilderness,</hi> v. 6, &amp; 14.</p>
                  <p>What if the one (<hi>the Seven-headed,</hi>) be Satan <hi>in concreto,</hi> as he possessed the Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven-headed
Empire, as it were the Soul of that bloudy Body; and the other which
fights with <hi>Michael,</hi> the same Satan still, but <hi>in abstracto?</hi> The first, Satan visible,
persecuting the Church; the second, Satan invisible, fighting with the invisible <hi>Mi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chael;</hi>
and yet the time of both the same, and so the same event consequent to both?</p>
                  <q>
                     <p>
                        <hi>Another Probleme concerning</hi> Michael.</p>
                  </q>
                  <p>If this <hi>Michael</hi> in the <hi>Revelation</hi> be the same with that in <hi>Daniel,</hi> who should it then
be? If <hi>Christ</hi> be this <hi>Michael,</hi> why then saith <hi>Christ, Dan.</hi> 10. 13. Michael <hi>one of the
chief Princes came to help me?</hi> and v. 21. <hi>None holdeth with me in these things but</hi> Mi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chael
<hi>your Prince?</hi> For that it is <hi>Christ</hi> which here speaks, will appear by comparing
his description in the 5, and 6. verses of the Chap. with <hi>Revel.</hi> 1. 13. Compare also
<hi>Dan.</hi> 12. 6, &amp; 7. with <hi>Rev.</hi> 10. <hi>ab initio ad v.</hi> 7.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Napier</hi> would have <hi>Michael</hi> to be the <hi>Holy Ghost;</hi> which if it be admitted, then
those <hi>chief Princes,</hi> whereof <hi>Michael</hi> is said to be one, will be the Persons of the Trini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty.
May this stand? or will it help the conceit of the ancient Chiliasts for <hi>Regnum
Spiritûs?</hi> But <hi>Napier</hi> thought not of any such matter.</p>
               </div>
               <div n="5" type="part">
                  <head>V.</head>
                  <argument>
                     <p>Of the Sealing of the 144000 mentioned in Ch. 7.</p>
                  </argument>
                  <p>
                     <hi>The Sealing of</hi> 144000,<note place="margin">In answer to a letter from the same Friend.</note> Chap. 7. <hi>after the sixth Seal was opened,</hi> seems not to be <hi>Nar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ratio
de praeterito,</hi> but <hi>Cautio de futuro;</hi> not a Narration of what had passed under the
6 Seals, but a Caution against a danger to come under the <hi>Seventh.</hi> For the <hi>Seventh
Seal</hi> coming then to be opened, and being a Seal of destructions; lest the Servants of
God might utterly be extinguished in those calamitous ruines and horrible mutations
by the Seven Trumpets, they are in this manner secured by the <hi>Seal of providence and
protection.</hi> 'Tis true, the Servants of God were in being before this Time; but not
sealed with this <hi>Seal of protection</hi> until those calamities fell upon the world from which
they were to be protected. So <hi>Ezek. 9.</hi> The faithful Israelites there and then <hi>sealed</hi>
and <hi>marked in their foreheads,</hi> were in <hi>Ierusalem</hi> before that time of their <hi>marking;</hi>
but not <hi>sealed</hi> and <hi>marked,</hi> but when destruction and (as it is there called) <hi>the slaugh<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter-weapon</hi>
came upon the Land, from which the <hi>sealing</hi> was to secure them. Read
the Chapter, where in ver. 6. the words, are, <hi>Slay utterly old and young,—but come
<pb n="585" facs="tcp:63175:345"/>
not near any upon whom is the mark.</hi> Iust so here, Chap. 7. v. 3. <hi>Hurt not the earth,
neither the sea, nor the trees, till we have sealed the Servants of God in their foreheads.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The words which begin the 7. Chap. confirm this order, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>After
these things I saw:</hi> which manner of Transition I observe never to be used but when
that which follows it is in time after that which went before. After the <hi>Vision</hi> of the
present state of the Seven Churches, the <hi>Seals</hi> are for the future, Chap. 4. v. 1. After
the six Seals, the 144000, Chap. 7. v. 1. After the 144000, the <hi>Turba Palmifera,</hi>
v. 9. After <hi>Babylon's</hi> riding the Beast, <hi>Babylon's</hi> ruine, Chap. 18. v. 1. After <hi>Babylon's</hi>
ruine, the Lamb's wedding, Chap. 19. v. 1. By this observation may be understood
that <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, Chap. 15. v. 5. For there ends the <hi>General</hi> description of the <hi>Seven
Vials:</hi> after whose performance the <hi>Temple of the Tabernacle of the Testimony</hi> was open<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed.
That which follows in the remainder of that Chapter and the next, is not <hi>a conti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nuance,</hi>
but <hi>a return</hi> to a <hi>Particular</hi> description of every Angel's <hi>performance,</hi> which be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
was named but in general.</p>
               </div>
               <div n="6" type="part">
                  <head>VI.</head>
                  <argument>
                     <p>That the powring out of the Seven Vials begins before the seventh Trumpet.</p>
                  </argument>
                  <p>The <hi>Seven Vials</hi> appear by the<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 15. &amp; Chap. 16.</note> Text to be the <hi>seven degrees of the ruine of the Beast<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </hi>
therefore they must begin when the Beast begins to fall. Now the Beast is to be very
far spent, yea even desperately gone to ruine, before the <hi>seventh</hi> Angel soundeth: see
Chap. 11. 7. <hi>usque ad</hi> 15. For the <hi>Witnesses</hi> by that time shall finish their <hi>Sack-cloth-Testimony,</hi>
and consequently the Beast's <hi>potestas agendi</hi> expire; because his time and
that of the <hi>Witnesses</hi> is the same.</p>
                  <p>More particularly: Before the <hi>Seventh</hi> Angel soundeth, the slain Witnesses revive
and stand upon their feet; the party of the Beast is terrified with it: presently the
Witnesses are exalted on high. A great Earthquake shakes the Beast's dominion, so
that the <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> of the City (perhaps the Deanrie or Decarchie of <hi>Rome</hi>) falleth
thereby. A slaughter is made, and the whole remnant affrighted. By this time, and
not till now, the <hi>sixth</hi> Trumpet expireth, and the Seventh Angel soundeth, v. 14, and
15. This made me place all the <hi>Vials</hi> save the last within the time of the <hi>sixth Trumpet:</hi>
But the <hi>seventh</hi> and last <hi>Vial</hi> I make coincident with the <hi>seventh Tr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>mpet,</hi> as you may
see in the <hi>Scheme.</hi> For the <hi>finishing Vial</hi> must needs belong to the <hi>finishing Trumpet.</hi>
As for the rest, <hi>five</hi> of them at least must be poured out before the Beast can be in that
desperate case before described: For his Kingdom was not<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 16. 10.</note> 
                     <hi>full of darkness,</hi> until the
<hi>fifth</hi> Vial was poured out.</p>
                  <p>For the placing of the <hi>Vials</hi> all within the <hi>seventh Tr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>mpet,</hi> there can be no Argu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment
drawn from the letter of the Text. The only reason which might seem to per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>swade
it is a supposed conveniency of proportion, That as the <hi>seventh Seal</hi> contains
<hi>seven Trumpets,</hi> so should the <hi>seventh Trumpet</hi> contain <hi>seven Vials.</hi> But it should be
considered that the <hi>Vision of the Vials</hi> is a part of the <hi>Book-prophecy,</hi> and not of the <hi>Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phecy
of the Seals:</hi> Which two Prophecies are always distinctly carried; so that in the
<hi>Book-prophecy</hi> there is no relation expressed to the <hi>Seals,</hi> save only for connexion-sake
in the first Vision, Chap. 11. which the Holy Ghost for that purpose throws like a
Weaver's shuttle quite through the warp of the <hi>Seals:</hi> and therefore in the <hi>Scheme</hi> I
express it throughout in red ink, that it might be distinctly discerned. But after this
knitting and joynting them once by the <hi>sixth</hi> Trumpet's finishing, and the <hi>seventh's</hi>
sounding, there is no relation expressed afterward. So likewise in the <hi>Prophecy of the
Seals,</hi> that of <hi>the Book</hi> is but once referred to, <hi>viz.</hi> by the 144000 <hi>sealed ones</hi> and their
consequent in the 7. Chap. and that also of purpose to shew the connexion of that Visi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
of the Book with the joynt which begins the seven Trumpets.</p>
                  <p>If the <hi>seventh Trumpet</hi> must needs contain <hi>Sevens,</hi> it should be rather the <hi>seven Thun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ders</hi>
which we read to have roared after the sixth Trumpet was expired, Chap. 10.
But these were not to be written, nor like to be known till they be heard.</p>
                  <signed>I. M.</signed>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="3" type="chapter">
               <pb n="586" facs="tcp:63175:346"/>
               <head>CHAP. III.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>Mr. <hi>Mede's</hi> Defence of his own, and Answer to certain
Objections of a Friend.<note place="margin">In answer to Mr. <hi>Wood's</hi> letter of <hi>April</hi> 29. 1624.</note>
                  </p>
               </argument>
               <div n="1" type="part">
                  <head>I.</head>
                  <argument>
                     <p>An observable Agreement between the <hi>Vials</hi> and <hi>Trumpets.</hi>
                     </p>
                  </argument>
                  <p>FOR the extending the<note n="*" place="margin">What's meant by <hi>Sun, Moon</hi> and <hi>Stars, Heaven</hi> and <hi>Earth</hi> and <hi>Sea,</hi> &amp;c. see in the Author's Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment upon <hi>A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pocal.</hi> 16. where is mention of the <hi>Vials,</hi> and Chap. 8. where is mention of the Trumpets. See also Chap. 6, V. 12, 13, &amp;c.</note> 
                     <hi>Physical Analogie</hi> observed in the <hi>Vials</hi> to a sutable expo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sition
in the <hi>Trumpets,</hi> it follows necessarily. And for mine own part, I had first
observed it in the <hi>Trumpets;</hi> and observing the Event in Story to be answerable there,
I transferred the like unto the <hi>Vials</hi> afterward. For I supposed the <hi>Trumpets</hi> to im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>port
the seven-sold Ruine of the <hi>Roman State,</hi> as the <hi>Vials</hi> did the Ruine of the <hi>Anti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>christian
Beast</hi> which arose out of the Imperial dissolution. That as the <hi>Antichristian
Beast</hi> is an Image of the <hi>Caesarean Empire,</hi> in the fashion of its power and Regiment:
so should also the Ruine thereof in the <hi>Vials</hi> carry a semblance of the Ruine of that
other in the <hi>Trumpets;</hi> that it might be a true Image not only of the Empire standing
when it stands, but of it falling when it was dissolving. And this I took to be the true
cause of such agreement between the <hi>Vials</hi> and <hi>Trumpets.</hi>
                  </p>
               </div>
               <div n="2" type="part">
                  <head>II.</head>
                  <argument>
                     <p>Of the <hi>Inner Court</hi> which <hi>Iohn</hi> was bid to measure, and its Order and Connexion with the
other Prophecies: and That the Times of the <hi>Inner</hi> and <hi>Outer Courts</hi> are not coinci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dent.</p>
                  </argument>
                  <p>For the fetching of the Prophecy of the <hi>Inner Court</hi> as high as the Beginning of the
<hi>Seals,</hi> my Argument was not, Some part of the <hi>Book-prophecy</hi> beginneth there, <hi>Ergo,</hi>
this or that doth. In this largeness I confess it were Sophistical indeed. But I reason<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
thus; Some part of the <hi>Book-prophecy</hi> beginneth there, <hi>Ergo,</hi> the <hi>First</hi> doth: yet I
grant it follows not by Apodictical necessity, but it may perswade morally as a pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bability.
For why should not the Holy Ghost, beginning a new Prophecy, be deem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
to begin first with that Vision thereof which fetcheth his beginning highest?
Which will be the more perswasible if you consider, that this is one of the most me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thodical
Books in Scripture. But if the Beginning of the <hi>Inner Court</hi> be coincident,
and no higher than that of the <hi>Outward Court,</hi> it must then follow even by that little
you yield me, That the Vision of the twelfth Chapter fetches his Beginning higher
than it. For the <hi>Woman's Child-bearing, her Travail, her Delivery,</hi> with the <hi>Seven-headed
Dragon's Attempt</hi> and <hi>the Battel of Michael,</hi> you grant, and the Text evinceth,
to be elder and before the <hi>Woman's abode in the Wilderness:</hi> But the <hi>Woman's abode in
the Wilderness, the</hi> XLII <hi>months of the Beast,</hi> and <hi>the</hi> XLII <hi>months of the Outer Court</hi> be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gin
altogether and at the same time: Therefore that which is elder to any one of
them, is elder to every one of them. Why therefore should not the <hi>Book-prophecy</hi>
have begun rather with this of the eldest beginning, unless that that wherewith it be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gun
did fetch its Beginning as high as it?</p>
                  <p>All this notwithstanding I confess ingenuously, that your exceptions do so far weak<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>en
my Argument, that it appears not to be of so sufficient strength as may force assent.
But that which is enough to stagger a man in his own Tenet, is not alone sufficient to
cause him to embrace the contrary; unless the Arguments shewn for that part do ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pear
of more force and probability than himself grounded upon. Otherwise a man
may reply as he is <hi>Terence</hi> did to the Lawyers, <hi>Probè fecistis, multò sum incertior quàm
dudum.</hi> Besides, a Probability stands in place of a Demonstration, till a greater Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bability
can be brought to shoulder it out. Let me therefore acquaint you a little
what scruples arise in me when I consider your Argument for the contrary.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>You say,</hi> S. <hi>Iohn</hi> surveyed both the Courts together. For the measuring of the one, and
leaving the other unmeasured, were at one time: <hi>Ergo,</hi> the things signified by them both
fall also under one time.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Resp.</hi> 1. Here I consider first, when a <hi>Representation</hi> is made not by <hi>Motion</hi> or <hi>Acti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on,</hi>
but by a <hi>standing Type</hi> or <hi>Picture,</hi> (such as is the Fabrick of the Temple) though
the parts may be viewed all at one time, yet may the thing signified by them be of
differing times: for in this case <hi>Order of place</hi> useth to signifie <hi>succession of time.</hi>
                     <pb n="587" facs="tcp:63175:346"/>
For example, The <hi>Scheme</hi> I sent you may be comprehended at one view; and yet the
parts according to their order of place do represent priority and posteriority of times.
The <hi>Monarchical Image</hi> in <hi>Daniel</hi> was not by piece-meal, but all at once, presented to
<hi>Nebuchadnezzar's</hi> view; and yet the four metalled parts thereof were Types of four
(not coincident, but) successive Kingdoms.<note place="margin">Chap. 17.</note> So the seven Heads of the <hi>Whore-ridden
Beast</hi> in this Prophecy, though seen at once, signified nevertheless Things not at once,
but some past,<note place="margin">Verse 10.</note> some present, some to come; five Kings fallen, the sixth present, and
seventh to come.</p>
                  <p>In the <hi>Temple</hi> it self, the First Tabernacle, or Holy Place, was a Type of the Oe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>conomy
of Redemption in the Church Militant; and the Second Tabernacle, or the
Holy of Holies, of the Church Triumphant in the Heavens. So S. <hi>Paul</hi> to the <hi>He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brews</hi>
makes the first Tabernacle the Type of the Body of Christ, wherein being in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>carnate he
suffered here below, and through which as through a First Tabernacle he
entred within the Veil, the Holiest Heavens, there to make intercession for us. Was
there not here a priority and posteriority of times? Why may not then the <hi>two Courts</hi>
of the Temple be Types also of successive times, though S. <hi>Iohn</hi> viewed them at one
time?</p>
                  <p>Indeed where the <hi>Representation</hi> consists in <hi>Motion</hi> and <hi>Action,</hi> I grant the case is
otherwise: for here things done together in Vision are to be expounded of things to
be performed together in signification. But the example we have in hand is not of
that sort: For the essence of the Type here consists not in what S. <hi>Iohn</hi> himself did,
but in that which was presented to S. <hi>Iohn</hi> in Vision; namely, the Frame of the
Temple with his two Courts: the First, such as might be measured with divine mea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sure;
the Second, such as could not be measured therewith, being possessed and tro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>den
down by the Gentiles. As for S. <hi>Iohn's</hi> acts hereabouts, they are no other than
such as whereby he was to inform himself concerning that which was shewed unto him<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
Neither is this the only place where S. <hi>Iohn</hi> is bidden do something for his information
and survey of the Vision shewed him: <hi>Vide cap. 7. v. 13, 14. cap. 10. v. 4. cap. 14. v.
13. cap. 19. v.</hi> 9.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Resp.</hi> 2. Secondly, Neither were the Acts whereby the Apostle surveyed the two
Courts, either one Act or two Acts at one and the same time, but several Acts seve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ral
and successive times. For first, the Text expresseth no more but what the Angel
bade S. <hi>Iohn</hi> do, and not what S. <hi>Iohn</hi> did. Now it will not follow that that which
was comprehended in one bidding was therefore done at one time: For that may be
bidden with one Act of bidding which will require a two or three acts in performing,
and those too such as cannot be done at one time. But perhaps you suppose there was
but one only Act commanded, to wit, to measure the <hi>Inner</hi> and not the <hi>Outer.</hi> Indeed
if it were so, then it must needs be of one time: For if there be nothing here but the
Doing of a thing in one place, and not doing it in another, it cannot possibly be of
diverse times, because every positive implies his negative, and goes together with it.
But if the words of the Text be considered, there will be sound more in them than so,
howsoever our Translation obscures it.</p>
                  <p>For first, I conceive not S. <hi>Iohn's</hi> survey of the two Courts to be an Act of <hi>mere Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>paration,</hi>
but rather of <hi>Examination,</hi> as the nature of <hi>measuring</hi> importeth. Again,
there is more to be done to the <hi>Second</hi> Court than only <hi>Not measuring</hi> it; that were but
doing nothing to it: For the words of the Text are not, <hi>Leave out,</hi> (if thereby you
understand a <hi>pre<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ermission</hi> only) but <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>i. e. Cast it out:</hi> the Vulgar hath
<hi>Ejice foràs;</hi> and <hi>Beza,</hi> though himself translates <hi>Exclude,</hi> yet confesseth it is <hi>ad ver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bum,
Ejice forás.</hi> So that here we see a <hi>positive act</hi> commanded, and not a <hi>pretermissi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on</hi>
only; and our Translators when they turned it [<hi>Leave out,</hi>] expressed rather what
themselves conceived, than what the words signified.</p>
                  <p>This considered, I understand it thus; That in this survey S. <hi>Iohn</hi> was first to ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>amine
the <hi>Inner Court,</hi> which by its conformity to the Divine measure which he was to
apply thereto he should find to be <hi>Sacred.</hi> That done, he was then in the next place
to survey the <hi>Outer Court;</hi> which because he should find possessed by the Gentiles, and
therefore not capable of the Divine measure, he was to <hi>cast out,</hi> that is, excommu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nicate,
and pronounce unsacred and polluted. See <hi>Ezek.</hi> 44. 6, 7, 8. The summe of
all this discourse is in a word, That howsoever I conceive the Object of this Vision to
consist indeed in the Representation of the Temple with his Courts, and not in the
Acts of S. <hi>Iohn</hi> informing himself about them; yet will neither of them both infer a
Coincidence of time, but rather a Succession of the things signified by them.</p>
               </div>
               <div n="3" type="part">
                  <pb n="588" facs="tcp:63175:347"/>
                  <head>III.</head>
                  <argument>
                     <p>The mystery of both Courts explained.</p>
                  </argument>
                  <p>Now what material and profitable consequent for the <hi>Interpretation</hi> would ensue
upon this <hi>Order,</hi> which you say you see not, if you will promise not to object it to
me as a breach of mine own Tenet, (as you threaten at the very mention) I will, if
I can, tell you: Not to make it the ground of my <hi>Order,</hi> for which you see I bring
other Arguments, but to counterpoise your affection (if it be any) to that other ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>position,
which may otherwise, though unperceived, secretly make the balance of
assent to propend one way more than another. If therefore the foresaid <hi>Order</hi> may be
granted, the <hi>Interpretation</hi> will be as followeth.</p>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. The <hi>Inner Court</hi> measured by the Divine Reed is the Visible Church in its primi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tive
purity, whenas yet Christian worship was unprophaned and answerable to the Di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vine
rule revealed from above: which state contains the whole time of Persecution
under the <hi>Ethnick</hi> Emperors; the <hi>Altar</hi> in this Court most fitly insinuating the conti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nual
Sacrifice of <hi>Martyrdom</hi> during the most part thereof.</item>
                     <item>2. The <hi>Second</hi> or <hi>Outer Court</hi> represents the state of Apostasie under the Man of sin,
when the Visible Church being possessed by Idolaters, became in the publick worship
so inconformable and unapt for Divine measure, that it was to be <hi>cast out,</hi> and account<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
not as Christian and Sacred, but prophane and polluted.</item>
                     <item>3. By the <hi>Time</hi> expressed for the prophanation of the <hi>Outer Court,</hi> we may gather
the <hi>Time</hi> implied for the lasting of the purity of the <hi>Inner Court;</hi> and that in this man<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ner.</item>
                     <item>4. It is demonstrated by <hi>Villalpandus</hi> out of <hi>Ezekiel's</hi> measures, That the largeness
of the <hi>Outer Court</hi> was such, that it contained the <hi>Inner Court</hi> three times and a half in
quantity: <hi>Ergò,</hi> the <hi>Time</hi> of XLII months, which the Holy Ghost allots to the <hi>Outer
Court,</hi> should likewise contain the <hi>Times</hi> of the <hi>Inner Court</hi> thrice and a half: But if
this be so, then the Time allotted to the <hi>Inner Court</hi> is XII months, because the XLII
months of the <hi>Outer</hi> contains it thrice and a half. Or thus, The <hi>Time</hi> allotted to the
prophanation of the <hi>Outer Court</hi> is three years and a half; <hi>Ergò,</hi> the <hi>Time</hi> implied for
the measured Purity of the <hi>Inner</hi> or <hi>First Court</hi> must be One year, if the Times hold
the same proportion each to other which the largeness of the Courts did.</item>
                     <item>5. Now a year or twelve months is 360 days, according to the Chaldean count of<note n="*" place="margin">30 Days to every Month.</note> months; and if you add the 5 <hi>dies Embolismales,</hi> which they added always to the
end of their year, (though they were reckoned in no month) it will be 365 days:
which days Prophetically taken will inform us, <hi>That the Visible Church continued in the
Primitive Purity of Christian Worship, answerable to the Divine measure, the space of</hi> 360
<hi>or</hi> 365 <hi>years.</hi> And is it not a matter of consequent to know as well how long the
Church continued pure and regular in Christian Worship, as how long it was to be
prophaned afterward by Gentilizing Idolatry? Nay shall I tell you a stranger con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceit?
Was it not this which the Devil harped upon, when (as S. <hi>Austin</hi> reports)<note n="*" place="margin">
                           <hi>Lib.</hi> 18. <hi>de <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                                 <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                              </gap> D<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                 <desc>•</desc>
                              </gap>i,</hi> c. 53, 54. i. e. <hi>pe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nultimo &amp; ul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tim<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                 <desc>•</desc>
                              </gap>.</hi>
                        </note> he
made his Oracles to give out, <hi>That the Christian Religion should last but</hi> 365 <hi>years,</hi> (for
so long, forsooth, <hi>Peter</hi> had inchanted the world to adore <hi>Iesus of Nazareth) but after
this time once finished, it should be extirpated by the Gentiles?</hi> How think you? doth
not some body else study Prophecies as well as we? But I hope we shall understand
them better: For the Devil was deceived in expecting a Total ruine of Christian Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ligion,
and his malice made him forget what <hi>Christ</hi> said to <hi>Peter, That the Gates of Hell
should not prevail against his Church.</hi> And yet S.<note n="*" place="margin">Ibidem c. 54. sub finem.</note> 
                        <hi>Austin</hi> tells us that he gained so much
by this device, that many of the Gentiles would not be gotten to turn Christians till
this time were expired, and that they saw their hopes frustrate.</item>
                  </list>
               </div>
               <div n="4" type="part">
                  <head>IV.</head>
                  <argument>
                     <p>From what <hi>Epocha</hi> are the 360 or 365 years of the Church's Primitive purity to be rec<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>koned?</p>
                  </argument>
                  <p>But from what <hi>Epocha</hi> of time should this 360 or 365 years be reckoned?<note place="margin">An. Christi</note>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Resp.</hi> There can be but four <hi>Epocha's; viz.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. Christ's Birth.<note place="margin">1.</note>
                     </item>
                     <item>2. Christ's Passion, <hi>Anno</hi> 33.<note place="margin">33.</note>
                     </item>
                     <item>3. The Destruction of <hi>Ierusalem, An.</hi> 70.<note place="margin">70.</note>
                     </item>
                     <item>4. The Time of the <hi>Revelation</hi> of this Prophecy to S. <hi>Iohn, Anno</hi> 94.<note place="margin">94.</note>
                     </item>
                  </list>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="589" facs="tcp:63175:347"/>Let us try from them all, and see how it will succeed. By the <hi>First</hi> we have the
time when the Christian worship began first to swerve from his wonted correspondency
to the Divine measure, <hi>viz. An. Christi</hi> 360<note n="*" place="margin">If you will count the Em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bolism of 5 days, then add 5 years more to each of them. For <hi>Gensericus</hi> took <hi>Rome</hi> the year after; nor was there any afterward that may be truly accounted <hi>Em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>peror,</hi> though some Tyrants scuffled for that name some few years after.</note>. All our Divines confess that about
this time, and not till this, began the <hi>Idolatry</hi> of <hi>Reliques</hi> and <hi>Saint-worship</hi> first to en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter.
By the two next Periods, <hi>An.</hi> 393<note n="*" place="margin">If you will count the Em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bolism of 5 days, then add 5 years more to each of them. For <hi>Gensericus</hi> took <hi>Rome</hi> the year after; nor was there any afterward that may be truly accounted <hi>Em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>peror,</hi> though some Tyrants scuffled for that name some few years after.</note> and 430<note n="*" place="margin">If you will count the Em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bolism of 5 days, then add 5 years more to each of them. For <hi>Gensericus</hi> took <hi>Rome</hi> the year after; nor was there any afterward that may be truly accounted <hi>Em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>peror,</hi> though some Tyrants scuffled for that name some few years after.</note>, you have the degrees how
Apostasie palpably increased. By the last Period (from the time this Prophecy was
given) <hi>Anno</hi> 454<note n="*" place="margin">If you will count the Em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bolism of 5 days, then add 5 years more to each of them. For <hi>Gensericus</hi> took <hi>Rome</hi> the year after; nor was there any afterward that may be truly accounted <hi>Em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>peror,</hi> though some Tyrants scuffled for that name some few years after.</note>, you shall see the Time when the <hi>measured Church</hi> together with
the <hi>Western Empire</hi> quite expired, and from that time forward was to be reckoned as
prophane and polluted.</p>
                  <p>Observe one thing more. That according to this reckoning the <hi>Oecumenical Coun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cil</hi>
of <hi>Nice</hi> will fall within the compass of the first Period, before the Church yet swer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved,
the Council of <hi>Constantinople</hi> within the second, the Council of <hi>Ephesus</hi> in the
end of the third, the Council of <hi>Chalcedon</hi> in the end of the fourth and last Period.
Thus far we profess our subscription to the decisions of <hi>Oecumenical Councils;</hi> but af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter
this time, <hi>Ejice foràs, Cast it out;</hi> it is no longer <hi>measured,</hi> therefore take heed of
<hi>measuring</hi> by it. And all this is as evident in Story as any exposition of this Book
whatsoever. I do but briefly point out what I have thought much more of, and
could perhaps set forth more accurately, but that I account all this and the rest as
vain, if the <hi>Order</hi> I ground upon appear not well founded upon the Text it self.</p>
                  <p>Thus have I dilated somewhat largely upon this point, because I desired fully at
once to represent my conceit unto you, and will not hereafter say any more of it <hi>pro</hi>
or <hi>contra,</hi> but leave that which hath been communicated by us both to be at leisure
considered by both, till God shall to either of us reveal what we may resolve to be his
Truth.</p>
                  <q>
                     <p>[In the Author's Manuscript here follows the Ichnography of the Temple and its Courts;
the same with that in his <hi>Comment. Apocal. cap. 11. verse 2, 3.</hi> which the Reader
may there view.]</p>
                  </q>
                  <p>You see the Ichnography and Platform of the Temple's Fabrick. The <hi>whole build<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing,</hi>
Courts and all is called in Scripture <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. The <hi>Temple</hi> it self (which was not
open as the Courts, but covered) is called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. Hence you never read that Christ
or his Disciples came into or taught in the <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, but in the <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, namely in the <hi>Outer
Court</hi> where the multitude assembled to pray. This <hi>Outer Court</hi> was a most stately
Building with Columns and Cloisters round about, and also within divided as it were
into Partitions with stately Rows of Pillars.</p>
                  <p>S. <hi>Iohn</hi> seems by <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> to mean the whole Sacrificing-place, and not only the
<hi>Altar</hi> specially so called (<hi>viz.</hi> whereon the Sacrifice was laid,) as may appear by the
words which follow [<hi>And those that worship therein.</hi>] The <hi>Outer Court</hi> he calls
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>The Court without the Temple;</hi> because the <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <hi>Temple</hi> stood
not in this, but in the other Court, which was also the Place or Court of Sacrifice.</p>
                  <closer>
                     <signed>I. M.</signed>
                  </closer>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="4" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. IV.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>Mr. <hi>Mede's</hi> further clearing and vindication of some passages in the
foregoing Paper; with some Observations concerning the 7. Thun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ders
contemporary with the 7. Trumpet, as also concerning that in
<hi>Dan.</hi> 12. 7, 11, 12.—and that in <hi>Apocal.</hi> 11. 19. &amp; chap. 15. 5, 8.</p>
                  <p>Retegat Deus oculos utriusque nostrûm, ut intue amur mirabilia ejus.</p>
               </argument>
               <floatingText type="letter" xml:lang="eng">
                  <body>
                     <opener>
                        <salute>Mr. <hi>Wood,</hi>
                        </salute>
                     </opener>
                     <p>I Received your last; doubt not but with like acceptance I did the former, which
I not only keep, but use to read over 5 or 6 times at the least: and though I al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ways
assent not, yet I am always better'd by them, either to strengthen what I found
weaker than I took it to be, or to learn to express my self with more caution and per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>spicuity
than (as I perceived by their Objections) I had done; or oftentimes
<pb n="590" facs="tcp:63175:348"/>
they minister the occasion of some new Notion which before I thought not on.</p>
                     <p>But for answer to your last, I know not well how to deal; for that (unless I mis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>conceive
you) all is grounded upon a mistake almost total of my meaning. It may
be I have committed some fault in my expression, and I must therefore desire you to
amend my defect therein with a second reading of that Letter, if it be worthy for you
to take so much pains. In the mean time I suppose you mistake me in these particulars
following.</p>
                     <list>
                        <item>1. First, You suppose that I oppose the <hi>Temple</hi> (<gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>) to <hi>the Courts:</hi> whereas I
oppose the Courts one to the other, <hi>viz.</hi> the <hi>Inner</hi> Court (wherein the Temple and
the Altar stood, and where the Priests and Levites only worshipped) to the <hi>Outer</hi>
Court, whither every body came.</item>
                        <item>2. You suppose that in my Interpretation I oppose the <hi>Invisible</hi> or latent Church to
the <hi>Visible</hi> and apparent: whereas I oppose the <hi>Primitive Visible</hi> Church, which was
pure, to the <hi>After-Visible</hi> Church, which was corrupt. For both the Courts, both
<hi>Inner</hi> and <hi>Outer,</hi> were <hi>sub dio,</hi> open and uncovered, and therefore both signifie A <hi>Pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tent</hi>
and <hi>Open</hi> Church, that is a <hi>Visible</hi> one.</item>
                        <item>3. You suppose (if I understand you) that when I say <hi>Measured Church,</hi> I mean
<hi>Actively,</hi> as though the Angel continually were measuring the Church during the Six
Seals: whereas I mean <hi>Passively,</hi> that the Church during that time was <hi>measured,</hi> that
is pure, conformable and keeping measure, even in the <hi>Outward Visible Form,</hi> which
afterward it did not.</item>
                        <item>4. You suppose I make the <hi>Temple with its Courts</hi> a Type of the whole body of the
Church partly Visible, partly Invisible at the same time: whereas I mean of the Vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sible
Church only, and that considered as Successive according to the diverse times
thereof.</item>
                     </list>
                     <p>Concerning the rest of your Letter, I have no time to answer as I would; only in
brief I say thus much.</p>
                     <list>
                        <item>1. That concerning the <hi>Thunders</hi> of the <hi>seventh Seal, seventh Trumpet</hi> and <hi>seventh
Vial,</hi> I cannot yet conceive your meaning. For I acknowledge no other <hi>Seventh Seal</hi>
but the <hi>Seven Trumpets;</hi> and cannot understand how any thing of the <hi>Seventh Vial</hi>
should concern the present times, since you make all the <hi>Vials</hi> yet to come: nor how
any thing of the opening of the <hi>Seventh Seal</hi> should concern the times which are now,
seeing the greater part of the <hi>Seventh Seal (viz. six</hi> Trumpets thereof) is already past.
Indeed the <hi>seven Thunders</hi> after the <hi>sixth</hi> Trumpet may be, if not present, yet very
near, if we could understand them.</item>
                        <item>2. Concerning <hi>the Time, Times and half a Time,</hi> and <hi>the</hi> 1290 <hi>and</hi> 1335 <hi>days,</hi> in the
twelfth of <hi>Daniel,</hi> I labour not to reconcile them; because I suppose they are diverse
Times, and of diverse Subjects, and of a diverse beginning and ending. Namely the
<hi>Time, Times and half a Time</hi> are of the Tyranny of the <hi>little Horn with eyes and a
mouth speaking great things,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>Dan.</hi> 7. 20, 25. at the expiring of whose blasphemous
Tyranny, <hi>the scattering of the Holy people,</hi> and the great Mystery <hi>shall be finished (Dan.</hi>
12. 17.) But the 1290 and 1335 days are the times of sealing and closing up of the
knowledge of these Wonders, to be at length disclosed and revealed at the expiration
of<note n="*" place="margin">Of the begin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ning and end<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing of <hi>these days,</hi> see the Author's ela<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>borate Dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>course toward the end of this Third Book, <hi>De Numeris Danielis,</hi> &amp;c.</note> these times.</item>
                        <item>3. I cannot yet conceive how the <hi>Opening of the Temple</hi> in the <hi>Seventh</hi> Trumpet
(<hi>Apocal.</hi> 11. 19.) makes any thing for proof of the <hi>Contemporation of the Two Courts,</hi>
or for the understanding what is meant by <hi>measuring</hi> or <hi>unmeasuring</hi> them. For our
Question (<hi>N. B.</hi>) is about <hi>Courts,</hi> and not the <hi>Temple,</hi> howsoever the Angel describes
the <hi>Inner Court</hi> by the Temple, Altar and Priests-worshippers therein, which are the
Contents thereof. But this <hi>Opening of the Temple</hi> at the <hi>Seventh Trumpet,</hi> that the <hi>Ark
of the Testimony</hi> might be seen, should I think rather be compared (as a <hi>Synchronistical</hi>
Character) with the 5. verse of the 15. Chap. where in the end of the General de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>scription
of the <hi>Vials,</hi> as a consequent of their pouring out, it is said that <hi>the Temple of
the Tabernacle of the Testimony was opened.</hi> And verse 8. in the entrance of the Parti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cular
description of the <hi>Vials (N. B.)</hi> begun in the former verse, it is answerably said,
that <hi>the Temple was filled with smoke from the glory of God, and from his power, and no
man was able to enter into the Temple till the seven Plagues of the seven Angels were fulfilled:</hi>
as if then this smoke or cloud should be removed, and the Temple thereby become
open to be seen and entred into. Which should come to pass at the blast of the Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>venth
Trumpet.</item>
                     </list>
                     <p>In all which there seems to be an Allusion to <hi>Solomon's</hi> feast of <hi>Seven days dedication
of the Temple</hi> (2 <hi>Chron.</hi> 7. 8.) during which the <hi>Cloud of the glory of the Lord filled the
<pb n="591" facs="tcp:63175:348"/>
Temple,</hi> (not <hi>the</hi>
                        <note n="*" place="margin">For Solomon prayed before the Altar at that time, and bles<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sed the Congre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gation which stood in the outward Court 2 <hi>Chron. c. 6.</hi> v. 12, &amp; 3. and they sacrificed that day and all the time of the Feast, <hi>viz.</hi> in the Courts, though the Priests could not enter the Covered Tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ple for the glo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry of the Lord which filled it.</note> 
                        <hi>Courts</hi>) so that the Priests could not stand to minister by reason
of the Cloud, 2 <hi>Chron.</hi> 5. 13. nor enter thereinto, chap. 7. 1, 2. So that the pour<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
out of the <hi>seven Vials</hi> may seem as it were a Dedication of the Church of
Christ, after it had been so long prophaned by Antichrist; till the finishing of which
Dedication the Nation of Priests or Priestly nation of <hi>Israel</hi> cannot enter, nor the
<hi>Ark of the Testimony</hi> be revealed unto them. Consider <hi>Exod.</hi> 40. vers. 36 &amp; 37.
Consider also what happened there at the Dedication of the Tabernacle, vers. 34, 35.</p>
                     <p>Thus with my prayers, and best remembrance to your self—I rest and am</p>
                     <closer>
                        <signed>Your assured friend, Ioseph Mede.</signed>
                        <dateline>Christ's-Coll. <date>Iuly 12. 1624.</date>
                        </dateline>
                     </closer>
                  </body>
               </floatingText>
            </div>
            <div n="5" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. V.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>
                     <hi>M<hi rend="sup">r</hi>. Mede's</hi> Answer to <hi>M<hi rend="sup">r</hi>. Wood's</hi> special accommodation of
the four first Trumpets, in Chap. 8. of the Apocalypse.</p>
               </argument>
               <floatingText type="letter" xml:lang="eng">
                  <body>
                     <opener>
                        <salute>M<hi rend="sup">r.</hi> 
                           <hi>Wood,</hi>
                        </salute>
                     </opener>
                     <p>IF I mistake not your meaning, your accommodation of the <hi>Trumpets</hi> appears to
me very much intangled in the point of Time: for it makes the <hi>three first Trum<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pets</hi>
to begin at the same instant, and all to be concluded within the <hi>sixth Seal:</hi> nay,
if the <hi>sixth Seal</hi> be the wounding of the Roman Sovereignty by the Barbarians,
<note n="*" place="margin">
                           <hi>Viz.</hi> the Trumpets.</note> they will begin before it. For the Council of <hi>Nice</hi> wherein <hi>Arrius</hi> (whom you make
the<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 8. 10.</note> 
                        <hi>falling Star</hi>) was condemned, and where <hi>Contention</hi> among Church-men (your
first Trumpet) burst forth, and <hi>Ambition</hi> (your second Trumpet) was broached;
this Council was held <hi>An.</hi> 325. within two years after <hi>Constantine</hi> was sole Empe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ror.
But the wounding of the Empire by the Barbarous Nations (your sixth Seal)
began not till after <hi>Iulian</hi> 365. and you make not the main stroke thereof till the
year 410. by which time the <hi>Arrian</hi> Heresie was well cooled. For it cannot be
said that the Barbarous Nations defaced the Roman Majesty in the days of <hi>Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stantine,</hi>
who was a glorious and (when he once reigned alone) a most peaceful Em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>peror.
And for <hi>Diocletian</hi> that bloudy Persecutor before him, he was a most po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>werful
and victorious Emperor, in whose time the Roman Empire was more dread<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ful
to the Neighbours than it had been many years, yea almost Ages before.</p>
                     <p>I observe also a further confusion of the <hi>three Trumpets</hi> among themselves: For
<hi>Arrius,</hi> whom you make the <hi>falling Star</hi> in chief, and so the Head of your third
Trumpet, will in time rather challenge to be the first of the three: for the <hi>Arrian</hi>
heresie began before, and occasioned the calling of, the Council of <hi>Nice,</hi> where you
first begin that <hi>Contention</hi> and <hi>Ambition</hi> which you make the first and second Trum<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pet.</p>
                     <p>I had rather therefore yet continue my opinion, That the great <hi>Earth-quake</hi> of
the Sixth Seal should be that intestine change of the Romane State begun with <hi>Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stantine,</hi>
and fully setled with the death of <hi>Iulian:</hi> For an <hi>Earthquake</hi> implies not a
Destruction, but an extraordinary Alteration and change of the face of things;
as an <hi>Earthquake</hi> changeth the positure of the Earth by depressing Hills and exalting
Vallies, turning the chanels and the course of Rivers, and such like. And was not
here the whole Politick Government as well as the Religion altered, the Imperial
Seat removed, the Distribution of Provinces and Offices new moulded? &amp;c. And
though Christian Religion be of it self a perfection, yet the introducing thereof
turned the former state of the Empire topsy turvy; when the low and trampled Val<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lies
arose into Mountains, and the haughty Mountains were laid as low as the Val<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lies.
How many Hills and Islands were by this means displaced? And if the Roman
Gods be any of the <hi>Stars</hi> or <hi>Hills</hi> here mentioned, we need not go farther for an Ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>position
of this <hi>Earthquake</hi> and the shock it caused in the world.</p>
                     <p>Now if this be granted to be the right accommodation of the <hi>Sixth Seal,</hi> then will
the <hi>Trumpets</hi> of the <hi>Seventh</hi> follow in their due Order, according to that Exposition
of the four first Trumpets which you related even now as your Friend's, who yet is farr
from deserving and acknowledging that Description you there give him.</p>
                     <closer>
                        <signed>I. M.</signed>
                     </closer>
                  </body>
               </floatingText>
            </div>
            <div n="6" type="chapter">
               <pb n="592" facs="tcp:63175:349"/>
               <head>CHAP. VI.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>
                     <hi>M<hi rend="sup">r</hi>. Mede's</hi> Answers to those 3 Arguments of M<hi rend="sup">r</hi>. <hi>Wood</hi> en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deavouring
to prove That the Vials are immediate Conse<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quents
of the Seventh Trumpet.<note place="margin">See before in Chap. 2. Sect. 6</note>
                  </p>
               </argument>
               <floatingText type="letter" xml:lang="eng">
                  <body>
                     <opener>
                        <salute>M<hi rend="sup">r</hi>. <hi>Wood,</hi>
                        </salute>
                     </opener>
                     <p>1. UNto the Seventh Trumpet is attributed the last of the three great <hi>Woes</hi> Chap. <hi>8.
13. &amp;</hi> chap. 11 14. But in the Seventh Trumpet's effect there is no other <hi>Woe</hi>
described but what follows in the pouring out of the Vials. Ergo, the <hi>Vials</hi> must needs be
that <hi>Woe,</hi> and immediately poured out upon the blast, which the Transition (Ch. 11. 14.)
calls for—<hi>The third Woe cometh quickly,</hi> viz. with the blast in the next words.</p>
                     <p>Mr. MEDE. This Reason methinks were satisfied if only the <hi>last Vial</hi> fell with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>in
the <hi>seventh Trumpet:</hi> For the <hi>third Woe</hi> I take to be that <hi>Battel of the Great Day
of God Almighty</hi> under <hi>the seventh Vial;</hi> which therefore I grant to be concurrent
with the Beginning of the blast of the <hi>seventh Trumpet</hi> not yet blown. But the other
<hi>Vials</hi> I see no reason why they may not be referred to those Beginnings of the Ruin
of the Beast and exaltation of the Undefiled Church described chap. 11. v. 11, 12, 13.
which is before the <hi>second Woe</hi> or <hi>sixth Trumpet</hi> be expired.</p>
                     <p>
                        <hi>Mr. WOOD. 2.</hi> The Temple is not open in Heaven until the seventh Trumpet blow,
Chap. 11. 19. Now the Angels which pour out the Vials, come out of the Temple which
was opened in Heaven. <hi>Ergo,</hi> the pouring out of the Vials must needs follow the blast of
the Seventh Trumpet Chap. 15. 5, 6. Which place shews that the 7 Angels come forth
of the opened Temple.</p>
                     <p>Mr. MEDE. It is true that the <hi>Temple is not opened in heaven till the seventh
Trumpet soundeth.</hi> But I think also that it shall not be opened <hi>till the seven Plagues
of the seven Angels be fulfilled:</hi> For is it not expresly said so, chap. 15. 8? <hi>And the
Temple was filled with smoke from the glory of God and from his power, and no man was
able to enter into the Temple till the seven Plagues of the seven Angels were fulfilled.</hi> So
I understand it as having reference by way of <hi>Antithesis</hi> to that in the 5. verse.—<hi>The
Temple of the Tabernacle of Testimony in heaven was opened, viz.</hi> when the Angels had
done their Execution, and the Harpers ended their Song of Deliverance. Wherefore
I grant not that the seven Angels came forth of the open Temple; but suppose those
five first verses of that Chapter to be a <hi>general</hi> Description of the <hi>Vials,</hi> with the
state of the Church under them newly washed in the glassy Laver of the Temple,
and yet standing upon the brink or brims thereof, chaunting a Song of another
<hi>Exodus</hi> like that of <hi>Israel;</hi> with the conclusion whereof <hi>the Temple of the Tabernacle
of the Testimony in heaven is opened,</hi> that those might enter which before could not.
In the following Verses, beginning, <hi>And the seven Angels came out,</hi> &amp;c. the Apostle
resumes the Vision <hi>ab ovo,</hi> and makes a more <hi>particular</hi> Description of the seven An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gels
Executions which before he but generally touched; but now tells <hi>their attire,
whence they had their Vials,</hi> and <hi>what was every ones Plague in particular,</hi> to the end
of the next Chapter; which is therefore ill severed from the three last Verses of
this 15. Chapter. And note that the <hi>Complutensis Editio</hi> reads not the sixth verse of
this Chap. <hi>And the seven Angels came out of the Temple;</hi> but, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, <hi>out of Heaven.</hi>
                     </p>
                     <p>
                        <hi>Mr. WOOD. 3.</hi> These seven Angels (<hi>chap. 15. 1.</hi>) are said to bring the seven
last plagues, wherein the whole wrath of God is accomplished; which is nothing but the
branching out of the the third Woe, and therefore after, though under, the last Vial.</p>
                     <p>Mr. MEDE. The <hi>Vials,</hi> as I take it, are called <hi>the seven last Plagues</hi> in reference
only to the<note n="*" place="margin">See before in Chap. 3. Sect. 1.</note> 
                        <hi>seven Trumpets,</hi> which are <hi>the seven first Plagues;</hi> the first <hi>ruining the old
Beast,</hi> the last <hi>destroying the new which is risen out of his Ruines.</hi>
                     </p>
                  </body>
               </floatingText>
            </div>
            <div n="7" type="chapter">
               <pb n="593" facs="tcp:63175:349"/>
               <head>CHAP. VII.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>The Virgin-Company of the 144 thousand Sealed ones,
<hi>described in Chap. 14. of the Apocalypse, briefly interpreted.</hi>
                  </p>
               </argument>
               <p>THis <hi>Vision</hi> of <hi>the Sealed Ones</hi> I begin and end with the Times of the Beast, tak<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
them for the same with those whose <hi>Sealing</hi> began with the beginning of
the<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 7.</note> 
                  <hi>Seventh</hi> or <hi>Trumpet</hi>-Seal; with which Seal I also begin the Times of the Beast,
supposing that <hi>Sealing</hi> there was purposely interlaced to be compared with the Visi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
here, that thereby we might know in what part of the <hi>Seals</hi> to fix the Beginning
of the Beast: to which no Character of the whole Book will direct us, but only the
Paralel of the <hi>Sealed Number</hi> beginning and contemporary with the seventh Seal
(chap. 7.) and here again reiterated, as beginning and comporary also with the
Beast.</p>
               <p>For the Accommodation, I understand it to be <hi>A Description of the Faithful and
Vndefiled Company of Christ under the polluted times of the Anti-christian Beast</hi> next
before mentioned. And they are described, 1. By their Head, the true<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 14. 1.</note> 
                  <hi>Lamb</hi>
Christ Iesus, and not he that had<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 13. 11.</note> 
                  <hi>Horns like a Lamb, but spake like the Dragon.</hi>
2. By their Place, which was even Mount <hi>Sion,</hi> that elevated and conspicuous part
of the World, where men visibly professed the Name of Christ, and where his Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stles
had once founded him that Temple which now Antichrist usurped. Nor were
these <hi>Faithful Ones</hi> tied to any one part of this Mountain above other, (as the false
Prophet's Followers are to their <hi>Cathedra Petri</hi>) but they<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 14. 4.</note> 
                  <hi>follow the Lamb whither so<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ever
he goeth.</hi> 3. By their Worship in praying and praising God, wherein they were
undefiled <hi>Virgins,</hi> not polluting themselves with the Mother (or Metropolis) of For<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nications,
though their <hi>Religious Song</hi> seemed a new one, and was such as none could
sing but themselves.</p>
               <p>This is the General description of their state during the whole time. After which
followeth that which passed between them and the Followers of the Beast in their
later time; which is twofold: 1. Preaching and Admonition under three Angels;
2. The Acts of Execution, which are two: The one of an<note n="*" place="margin">Vers. 15.</note> 
                  <hi>Harvest,</hi> wherein Christ
their Master and Lord of the Harvest sends forth Labourers into his overgrown
Field and reaps it: which I understand of the present <hi>Reformation,</hi> wherein our
Lord hath gathered his Wheat out of that Field of Weeds, and bound it together in
new-erected Churches. Next after this <hi>Harvest</hi> comes the<note n="*" place="margin">Vers. 18.</note> 
                  <hi>Vintage,</hi> an Execution
of Vengeance, as soon as the Grapes are once bloud-ripe. This Execution
is yet to come, though it seems not farr off: For the <hi>Reapers</hi> bring little Wheat
home of late; whereby it should seem that <hi>Harvest</hi> is in a manner done, and the
time of <hi>Vintage</hi> a-coming. This is the sum of what I have as yet conceived of this
Vision.</p>
               <p>Moreover, supposing this <hi>Vintage</hi> to be yet to come, I am much inclined to think
that<note n="*" place="margin">Vers. 20.</note> this 1600 <hi>furlongs without the City</hi> should be a Designation of <hi>Peter's</hi> Patrimo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ny
or the Demeasns of the Church, which in the longest extent thereof from the
Walls of <hi>Rome</hi> to the River <hi>Po</hi> is exactly 1600 furlongs, or 200 Italian miles:
whereby it is probable that the Pope's own Territories, <hi>Stato della Chiesa,</hi> may
prove the Cock-pit of this Execution, whether Christ as into a Wine-press will from
all parts gather the bloudy Grapes when he means to tread them.</p>
               <signed>I. M.</signed>
            </div>
            <div n="8" type="chapter">
               <pb n="594" facs="tcp:63175:350"/>
               <head>CHAP. VIII.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>Mr. <hi>Mede's</hi> Answers to several Enquiries about some difficult
passages in the Apocalypse.</p>
               </argument>
               <p>Sr. I Will make no full Reply to your sorrowful beginning, lest I should revive
your grief, and make your wound to bleed afresh: Only I will desire the
Almighty to continue that patient submission unto his Will which I doubt not but
he hath given you, and make this your loss in the flesh your advancement in the
Spirit.</p>
               <p>Your Letters and Book found me in<note n="*" place="margin">Decemb. 27.</note> 
                  <hi>Suffolk</hi> at Sr. <hi>Martin Stutvill's.</hi> I thank
you for communicating your elaborate Meditations, to which and your Letter I
would have made a large Reply had I been at home, and not a non-resident from
my Study, and hourly molested with such occasions of interturbation as the place and
solemnity brings.</p>
               <div n="1" type="part">
                  <head>Enquiry I.</head>
                  <argument>
                     <p>Concerning the four Wights, <hi>Revel. 4. 6, &amp;c.</hi>
                     </p>
                  </argument>
                  <p>This attendance upon the <hi>Throne of God</hi> by the 24 <hi>Elders</hi> and the 4 <hi>Animalia</hi> or
<hi>living creatures</hi> is a Representation of his pitching in the <hi>Wilderness,</hi> in the midst of
the <hi>Levites,</hi> and the 4 <hi>Standards</hi> of the Congregation having for their <hi>Ensigns</hi> (as
the Iews say by ancient Tradition) a <hi>Lion,</hi> a <hi>Bullock,</hi> a <hi>Man,</hi> an <hi>Eagle.</hi> For the
manner of their encamping was this. 1. In the midst was the <hi>Tabernacle</hi> or <hi>Throne of
God.</hi> 2. Round about the Tabernacle and next unto it pitched the <hi>Priests</hi> and <hi>Le<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vites.</hi>
Then 3<hi rend="sup">ly.</hi> the <hi>Body of the Congregation</hi> divided into 4 <hi>Standards</hi> and placed
about the Tabernacle, East, West, North and South. Three Tribes went to a
Standard, which were called by the name of the chiefest Tribe. The first on the
East-side of the Tabernacle was the Standard of <hi>Iudah,</hi> which contained <hi>Issachar</hi>
and <hi>Zebulon,</hi> and had for the Ensign a <hi>Lion.</hi> The second on the West was the Stan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dard
of <hi>Ephraim,</hi> containing <hi>Manasse</hi> and <hi>Benjamin,</hi> and had for the Ensign an <hi>Oxe</hi>
or <hi>Bullock.</hi> On the South was the Standard of <hi>Reuben,</hi> comprehending <hi>Gad</hi> and
<hi>Simeon,</hi> and had for their Ensign a <hi>Man.</hi> On the North-side pitched the Standard of
<hi>Dan,</hi> with whom encamped <hi>Asher</hi> and <hi>Naphthali,</hi> and had for their Ensign an <hi>Eagle.</hi>
All this you shall find <hi>Numb.</hi> ch. 1. ch. 2. ch. 3. saving the specification of the <hi>Ensigns,</hi>
which is from the Iews Tradition; the Text only saying they had<note n="*" place="margin">Num. 2. 2.</note> 
                     <hi>Ensigns,</hi> but ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>presses
not what they were. And marvel not that S. <hi>Iohn</hi> should here allude unto a
Tradition of the Iews; for elsewhere in this Book he alludes to their Customs and
borrows their Phrases; as in that of<note n="a" place="margin">Ch. 3. 4. &amp; ch. 6. 11. &amp; ch. 7. 13.</note> 
                     <hi>walking in white garments,</hi> and in the phrase
<note n="b" place="margin">Ch. 2. 11. &amp; ch. 20. 6. 14. &amp; ch. 21. 8.</note> of <hi>the Second death,</hi> a speech no where else in Scripture, but frequent in the <hi>Tar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gum</hi>
and in the Iewish Doctors.</p>
                  <p>And that this Tradition hath some warrant, some which I have met withal in my
search would prove out of the 68, or, according to the Vulgar, 67 Psalm, vers. 11.
Thus the 8. verse begins, <hi>O God, when thou wentest forth before thy people, when thou
didst march through the wilderness; The earth shook, the heavens also dropped at the
presence of God: even Sinai it self was moved at the presence of God, the God of Is<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rael.
Thou, O God, didst send a plentiful rain, whereby thou didst confirm thine inhe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ritance
when it was weary.</hi> Vers. 11.<note n="*" place="margin">The Lxx. have <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> 
                     <hi>Animalia tua habitabant in ea, Thy living Crea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tures
dwelt therein,</hi> namely <hi>in thine inheritance.</hi> And this is express according to the
Hebrew, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> signifies properly, <hi>Animal,</hi> and sometimes <hi>Armen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum,</hi>
whence we borrow that Metaphorical translation, to turn it, <hi>Thy Congregation,</hi>
and by <hi>inheritance</hi> to understand <hi>Canaan;</hi> whereas the people of God were usually
<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Israil</hi> is often in the Psal. and elsewhere in Scripture called <hi>God's in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>heritance.</hi>
                     </note> so called, and that part of the Psalm seems to speak of what God did in the Wil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derness,
and not in <hi>Canaan:</hi> Which being not understood, made the Vulgar to be
corrupted by turning the <hi>Praeter-imperfect-tense</hi> into the <hi>Future,</hi> as vers. 10. <hi>Segregabis</hi>
for <hi>Segregabas,</hi> and vers. 11. <hi>Habitabunt</hi> for <hi>Habitabant,</hi> contrary to the Hebrew,
which reads in the <hi>Praeter-perfect</hi> tense <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>have dwelt.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But above all, those <hi>four Faces</hi> of the <hi>four Cherubins</hi> which drew the Chariot of
God in <hi>Ezekiel</hi> seem to have reference to some such matter. I say <hi>four Faces,</hi> not
<pb n="595" facs="tcp:63175:350"/>
                     <hi>four Heads,</hi> as some take it; for the <hi>Cherubins</hi> had but one Head each of them, on
the four sides of which Head were the likeness of <hi>four Faces,</hi> to signify that he that
rode in the Chariot was the Lord of the <hi>four Standards</hi> of the Tribes of <hi>Is<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rael.</hi>
Even as Kings horses carry upon them the Armes of their Master, as ours of
<hi>England, Scotland, France</hi> and <hi>Ireland.</hi> And if you consider to what part of the
Heaven <hi>Ezekiel</hi> looked when he saw this Vision, you will find these Faces turned
to such quarters of the Heaven as were assigned to the Ensigns they resemble, as the
<hi>Lion's</hi> face <hi>Eastward,</hi> the <hi>Bullock's Westward,</hi> &amp;c.</p>
                  <p>If all this be true, you see what reason I have to make S. <hi>Iohn's</hi> 4 <hi>Animalia</hi> to
be the Body of the Congregation, as answering to the 4 <hi>Standards</hi> of the Congre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gation
of <hi>Israel;</hi> and the 24 <hi>Elders</hi> to be the <hi>Pastors,</hi> as answering to the <hi>Levites</hi>
and Priests divided into 24 Courses; their<note n="*" place="margin">Vers. 4.</note> 
                     <hi>Crowns</hi> and<note n="*" place="margin">Vers. 4.</note> 
                     <hi>Seats</hi> being distinctive,
to express their preeminence above the Congregation: For though the Body of the
People be a Society of <hi>Kings</hi> and <hi>Priests,</hi> yet this is no note distinctive nor compa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rative,
but common both to Pastors and People.</p>
               </div>
               <div n="2" type="part">
                  <head>Enquiry II.</head>
                  <argument>
                     <p>Concerning the Beginning of the times of Antichrist in the Scheme, and the meaning
of the 7 Trumpets.</p>
                  </argument>
                  <p>The beginning of the Apostatical times was knit to the Beginning of the <hi>Seventh</hi>
or <hi>Trumpet-Seal</hi> by the Characters of the Text. If therefore the interpretation of
the <hi>fifth</hi> Trumpet of <hi>the Rise of the Pope</hi> cannot stand with this connexion, it must
be rejected as untrue, as I verily believe it is. For (as I have heretofore intimated)
I could never believe, no not before I thought of any <hi>Synchronism,</hi> that the <hi>Trum<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pets</hi>
concerned any rising of the Beast, but that they were <hi>Warlike alarms sounding
to the Ruin of the Roman state.</hi> The <hi>first</hi> brings forth that terrible bloudy and furious
storm of the Northern Nations pouring in upon the Empire, and harrying, burning
and spoiling it, especially in the West, almost 45 years together without intermission.
The <hi>Second</hi> the bloudy rending in pieces of the <hi>Roman</hi> Iurisdiction in the West,
and sharing it among the barbarous Nations, who divided the Lion's skin amongst
them, erecting that<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 span">
                           <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> plurality of Kingdoms fore-prophesied of by <hi>Daniel</hi> and S.
<hi>Iohn.</hi> The <hi>Third</hi> Trumpet brings <hi>Lapsus Hesperi,</hi> the Fall of the Occidental <hi>Star,</hi>
or utter extinction of the Western <hi>Caesar.</hi> The <hi>Fourth</hi> the abolishing of the whole
<hi>Roman</hi> Majesty in the West in their Senate, Consuls and Presidents; the <hi>Sun</hi> and
<hi>Moon</hi> in those parts having no light remaining.</p>
                  <p>These <hi>Four Trumpets</hi> (as you well observe) made way for <hi>the Rising of Antichrist,</hi>
but it was by <hi>taking that out of the way which hindred</hi> (2 <hi>Thess.</hi> 2.) and by wounding
the Beast, that he by the cure thereof might make a new one (<hi>Apocal.</hi> 13.) But with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>all
he slowed no time: For as soon as the Empire began to crack he began to ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vance;
and for every degree of the Empire's failing mounted a degree of rising.
And his age and time is to be reckoned not from his maturity, but from his birth; as
we reckon a man's age not from the time he came to man's estate, but from the time
he was first <hi>editus in lucem.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>The <hi>first four Trumpets</hi> were smaller ones, and more particularly concerned the
West: but the <hi>Three</hi> remaining are more general and terrible, and therefore called
<hi>WOES.</hi> The <hi>Fifth</hi> is that darkning cloud of the <hi>Saracen</hi> Locusts, who out of <hi>Ara<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bia</hi>
not only overwhelmed with their innumerable troups the greatest part of the Em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pire,
even <hi>Italy</hi> itself, but eclipsed the Light of Christianity with an abominable se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>duction.
The <hi>Sixth</hi> Trumpet is the inundation of the <hi>Turks</hi> from <hi>Euphrates,</hi> who
were first mercenaries to the <hi>Saracen</hi> Empire; which when they had ruined, they
overwhelmed and destroyed utterly the <hi>Greek</hi> Empire and part of the <hi>Western</hi> King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>doms,
for Idolatry. The <hi>Seventh</hi> Trumpet is yet to come at the Battel of <hi>Armaged<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>don,</hi>
which shall give an end to the Antichristian Soveraignty, and finish the <hi>Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>man</hi>
times.</p>
                  <p>These Expositions, you see, are homogeneal and fitting the name of <hi>Trumpets:</hi>
But to make some of them <hi>Warlike invasions</hi> and others to be <hi>Heresies,</hi> is to bring
things of too-differing a nature under one name.</p>
               </div>
               <div n="3" type="part">
                  <pb n="596" facs="tcp:63175:351"/>
                  <head>Enquiry III.</head>
                  <argument>
                     <p>Concerning the Slaughter of the Witnesses.</p>
                  </argument>
                  <p>I willingly grant that <hi>the Slaughter of the Witnesses</hi> is not yet accomplished for
the main, though perhaps there have been some <hi>Praeludiums</hi> of it in particular
Churches. So you see I did your Opinion no wrong <hi>Concerning the not fulfilling of
the Vials,</hi> though I began them before the <hi>Seventh</hi> Trumpet soundeth. For if the
<hi>Witnesses</hi> be not yet slain, the <hi>Sixth</hi> Trumpet is not yet past, and the <hi>Vials</hi> may yet
begin under the times thereof, and be in a great part poured out before it end. I am
glad to hear you read the words of the Text (<hi>Apocal.</hi> 11. 7.) <hi>When they were about
to finish their testimony;</hi> for so should <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> be turned, whereas our Transla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
puts it in the <hi>Praeter-perfect</hi> tense, which cannot stand. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is the <hi>first Aorist
Subjunctive,</hi> and every Grammarian knows that the <hi>Aorists Subjunctive</hi> supply the
place of the <hi>Future</hi> which the <hi>Subjunctive</hi> wanteth; and our Translation turned the
same tense <hi>futurely</hi> and the same word, <hi>Apocal.</hi> 10, vers. 7.</p>
               </div>
               <div n="4" type="part">
                  <head>Enquiry IV.</head>
                  <argument>
                     <p>Of the <hi>Demi-Caesar,</hi> and the Seventh and Eighth Head of the Beast.</p>
                  </argument>
                  <p>I never thought the <hi>Demi-Caesar</hi> to be an <hi>Horn,</hi> but an <hi>Head:</hi> and Mr. <hi>Brightman's</hi>
exposition of the <hi>Ten Horns</hi> for so many successive Christian Emperors I could never
sufficiently wonder at, it being not only in it self harsh, but offering extreme vio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lence
both to the Text and Story, and contrarying without cause a fundamental Ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>position
received from utmost Antiquity, <hi>viz.</hi> That those <hi>Ten Horns</hi> should be a plu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rality
of Kingdoms whereinto the ruined Empire should be divided, and all of them
submit themselves under the Authority of Antichrist. I could shew that in the be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ginning
these Kingdoms were just <hi>Ten,</hi> neither more nor less, and I could name the
Kings which reigned in them when they first filled that number of <hi>Ten.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Vide Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>m<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ns. Apocal ad cap. 8. vers. 8.</note> According to
the inconstancy of humane things they have since changed in their number, sometimes
more and sometimes less, by unions and disunions, and yet often jumped in their al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terations
upon that number.</p>
                  <p>When I speak of the <hi>Demi-Caesar</hi> of <hi>Rome,</hi> you must not understand me of the
<hi>German</hi> Emperor, which I grant to be no other but one of the <hi>Ten Horns,</hi> which the
Pope hath dignified with the <hi>Caesarean</hi> name, 350 years after the <hi>Western Caesar</hi> was
extinguished: and the Kingdom of the <hi>Franks</hi> had been a Kingdom 380 years before
the Pope honoured <hi>Charlemain</hi> the King thereof with the Imperial title, for his good
service against the <hi>Lombards</hi> in his quarrel. The <hi>Demi-Caesar</hi> therefore which we
have to deal with is the <hi>Latin</hi> or <hi>Western</hi> Emperor which reigned after the Division of
the Empire into East and West, under which the old <hi>Rome</hi> was Lady but of one half
of the Provinces which she once had, the rest being taken from her, and given to
<hi>Byzantium</hi> together with the title of <hi>Nova Roma.</hi> This <hi>Half-Caesar</hi> of <hi>Rome</hi> after the
last Division under <hi>Honorius</hi> and <hi>Arcadius</hi> continued about 60 years, or not much more;
which is the cause why S. <hi>Iohn</hi> saies, <hi>it should continue but a short space,</hi> Ch. 17. 10.</p>
                  <p>Now to understand the Question about the <hi>Seventh</hi> and <hi>Eighth Head of the Beast,</hi>
&amp;c. these grounds must be lay'd and granted.</p>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. The Heads of the Beast are to be conceived as climbing one above another,
and the Ten Horns to grow upon the last or uppermost Head.</item>
                     <item>2. The <hi>Heads</hi> of the Beast are indeed but <hi>Seven</hi> and no more, as appears in the
Visions both of the 13. and 17. Chapters; and though S. <hi>Iohn</hi> speak of an <hi>Eighth
King</hi> in the interpretation, yet he had but <hi>Seven</hi> Heads in all in the Vision. And
therefore that which he calls an <hi>Eighth</hi> can be indeed but the <hi>Seventh,</hi> and termed an
<hi>Eighth</hi> for some accidental respect only.</item>
                     <item>3. The Whore rides the Beast under his last Head only, which is the Head which
wears the Ten Horns: For whilest the other Heads were in their course, she was
<hi>Ethnica,</hi> not yet <hi>adultera.</hi>
                     </item>
                  </list>
               </div>
               <div n="5" type="part">
                  <head>Enquiry V.</head>
                  <argument>
                     <p>How is the Last Head, though indeed but the <hi>Seventh,</hi> yet in some sort an <hi>Eighth?</hi>
                     </p>
                  </argument>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. In respect of the <hi>Sixth Head,</hi> the <hi>Caesars,</hi> which though indeed but <hi>One,</hi> yet for
some accidental respect may be accounted <hi>Two, Caesars</hi> and <hi>Demi-Caesars;</hi> for essence
<pb n="597" facs="tcp:63175:351"/>
the same, but for extent and some manner of government<note n="*" place="margin">The <hi>Caesars</hi> were <hi>Pontifices maximi</hi> as well as <hi>Augusti,</hi> and received the <hi>Pontifical Stole</hi> at their inau<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guration: yea <hi>Constantine</hi> and his sons received <hi>the Stole</hi> and bore the Title, though they executed not the Office: <hi>Gratian</hi> was the first that refused both.</note> differing. Now if the
<hi>Sixth Head</hi> be reckoned for <hi>Two,</hi> the <hi>Seventh</hi> will be an <hi>Eighth,</hi> and yet but one of
the <hi>Seven.</hi>
                     </item>
                     <item>2. The Last Head is for the beginning but a <hi>Seventh,</hi> because it immediately suc<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceeded
the <hi>Sixth, viz.</hi> of the <hi>Caesars:</hi> but for its continuance and ending it is an
<hi>Eighth,</hi> because it outlived a <hi>Seventh,</hi> namely that of the<note n="*" place="margin">The Demi-Caesars kept their Court at <hi>Ravenna,</hi> ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ver at Rome.</note> 
                        <hi>Demi-Caesars.</hi> For the
<hi>Papal Sovereignty</hi> began with and as soon as the <hi>Demi-Caesars,</hi> and so it was a <hi>Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>venth</hi>
as well as they: But they <hi>continued but a short time,</hi> and the <hi>Papal</hi> outlived and
succeeded them, and so was an <hi>Eighth à parte pòst,</hi> though but a <hi>Seventh à parte ante.</hi>
                     </item>
                  </list>
                  <p>These I take to be the true Reasons why the latmost Head is counted both a <hi>Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>venth</hi>
and an <hi>Eighth,</hi> though in truth it be but the <hi>Seventh</hi> according to the Vision, and
accidentally termed an <hi>Eighth</hi> in the interpretation. You know Mr. <hi>Brightman</hi> makes
Two States of the Antichristian Beast, the First wherein he was born and presently
wounded to death, the Second wherein he revived: in respect of the First he is
the <hi>Seventh,</hi> in respect of the last the <hi>Eighth.</hi> But this will not agree with Story,
the <hi>Popedom</hi> receiving no such wound as he speaks of: The wound was the <hi>Em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pire's</hi>
and not the <hi>Popedom's,</hi> and made for him, not against him. It would have been
better to have made the Two States, the one of his Spiritual Sovereignty, and the other
of his Temporal joyned unto it <hi>in ordine ad Spiritualia.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Forbes</hi> makes that Kingdom of the <hi>Ostrogoths</hi> in <hi>Italy</hi> to be the <hi>Seventh,</hi> (but the
<hi>Demi-Caesars</hi> had been better) and the <hi>Popedom</hi> in respect of it to be the <hi>Eighth</hi> in
order, but in the nature of the government to be one of the <hi>Seven,</hi> that is like unto
the <hi>Caesarean</hi> or <hi>Sixth.</hi> But I see not how the Kings of the <hi>Goths</hi> can be taken for
<hi>Roman Caesars</hi> or Kings; and besides by this means the Beast would have <hi>Eight</hi> Heads
really differing, whereas the Vision shews us but <hi>Seven.</hi>
                  </p>
               </div>
               <div n="6" type="part">
                  <head>Enquiry VI.</head>
                  <argument>
                     <p>Concerning the Numbers of Years, Months and Days
in the Apocalypse.</p>
                  </argument>
                  <p>That these <hi>Numbers</hi> should be taken <hi>definitely,</hi> there can be no better Arguments
brought than those you have in your Tractate. If you desire to hear them in my
form, I would order the matter thus.</p>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. <hi>That the Numbers are to be taken definitely.</hi>
                     </item>
                     <item>2. <hi>That those of Months and Dayes are to be expounded not Literally, but Prophe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tically.</hi>
                     </item>
                  </list>
                  <p>That these <hi>Numbers</hi> should be <hi>certain and definite,</hi> is proved,
<list>
                        <item>1. Because <hi>all Numbers of Times</hi> in Prophecy throughout the rest of the Scripture
are such. 120 years warning of the Floud, <hi>Gen.</hi> 6. 430 years of the Peregrination,
<hi>Exod.</hi> 12. The 40 years travail in the Wilderness according to the 40 days spent in
spying the Land, <hi>Numb.</hi> 14. The 65 years by the end of which <hi>Ephraim</hi> should cease
to be a Kingdom, <hi>Isai.</hi> 7. 8. <hi>Ezekiel's</hi> 390 days from the Apostasy of <hi>Ieroboam</hi> to the
Destruction of <hi>Ierusalem</hi> by <hi>Nebuchadnezar,</hi> ch. 4. <hi>Nebuchadnezar's</hi> 7 times, that is 7
years, bestial melancholy, <hi>Dan.</hi> 4. The 70 years captivity. <hi>Daniel's</hi> 70 weeks which
the Iewish state should continue after its Restauration, ch. 9.<note place="margin">The Numbers of Times in <hi>Dan.</hi> 12. have also been taken definitely by those who yet differ about their <hi>Epocha:</hi>
                           </note> The 2300 evenings
and mornings allotted to the Calamity under <hi>Antiochus,</hi> from the beginning of the
Transgression of desolation unto the time the Temple was cleansed, ch. 8. Why
should the Prophetical numbers of Times in the <hi>Revelation</hi> be only <hi>indefinite?</hi> Should
not the Prophecies under the Gospel be as perspicuous and determinate as those un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der
the Law?</item>
                        <item>2. The Scriptures use no Numbers <hi>indefinitely</hi> but such as the Use of speech in
the language of the people had made such. For the Scripture speaks according to the
language of men, and useth such Figures as they used. Now in the <hi>Hebrew</hi> tongue
<hi>Seven</hi> and <hi>Ten</hi> were by use of speech made of <hi>indefinite</hi> signification, as <hi>Seven
times</hi> and <hi>Ten times</hi> for <hi>Oftentimes;</hi> as also <hi>Thousand thousands</hi> and <hi>Myriads of
myriads</hi> when they would express an <hi>innumerable</hi> company. The <hi>Latin</hi> and <hi>Greek</hi>
have likewise their peculiar Numbers which Use of speech hath made liable to <hi>inde<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>finiteness:</hi>
as the first, <hi>Sexcenti;</hi> the latter, <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap> 
                           <hi>mille millies,</hi> when
they express a great number <hi>indefinitely.</hi> And to use any other Number <hi>indefinite<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly</hi>
but such as the Use of speech had inured to that sense, would seem a great ab<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>surdity.</item>
                        <item>
                           <pb n="598" facs="tcp:63175:352"/>3. <hi>Compound Numbers</hi> are never taken <hi>indefinitely</hi> either in Latin, Greek or He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brew.
<hi>Compound Numbers</hi> I mean those which are compounded of Units, Tens and
Hundreds, &amp;c. Those which are of heterogeneal parts; such as 42, the number of
Months in the Apocalypse; 1260, the number of Days; Three times and a half,
which is a number of Fraction; Let it be shewn that such Numbers as these were of
<hi>indefinite</hi> use. For as the Scriptures use words in that signification wherein men used
them: so spake they in those figures of speech which men used, and that in those words
which they had inured thereto.</item>
                     </list>
                  </p>
                  <p>The Second thing is, That these Numbers of <hi>Times, half-times,</hi> of <hi>Months,</hi> and of
<hi>Days</hi> in the Revelation, are not to be interpreted <hi>Literally,</hi> but <hi>Prophetically;</hi> not
for single years, single months and single days, but for <hi>Anni annorum, Menses &amp; Dies
annales; Days</hi> for <hi>Years, and Months</hi> for <hi>Months</hi> of <hi>Years.</hi>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">This is more fully demon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>strated in the next Chapter.</note> Which appears 1. Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cause
the things reported to fall out in them require a longer time than 3 single years
and an half; <hi>viz.</hi> Ten Kingdoms to be founded at the same time with the Beast, who
should first submit themselves unto him, and after revolt from him; to have power
over all Nations, tongues and people; to make war with the Saints and overcome
them; and such like. 2. Because the King, Seigniory or Sovereignty next before this,
under which the<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Roma mere<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trix</hi> rides the Beast under his last Head.</note> Whore rides the Beast, is said in respect thereof to continue but <hi>a
short space;</hi> which implies that that which follows should continue a long time.</p>
                  <p>Thus I have confusedly and in hast answered all you propounded in your Letter. If
you reply, I will deal but with one point at once in my after-answers. So I shall, by
contriving my meditations into a more exact and perspicuous expression, both save
a labour which obscurity often occasioneth, and answer with ease, whatsoever busi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness
attends me.</p>
                  <signed>I. M.</signed>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div n="9" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. IX.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Five Reasons clearly demonstrating</hi> That the Antichristian or
Apostatical times are more than Three single years and
an half.</p>
               </argument>
               <list>
                  <item>1. BEcause impossible so many things, and of such quality as are to be peformed
in this time, should be done in <hi>Three single years and an half.</hi> As 1. Ten Kingdoms
founded at the same hour with the Beast, (ch. 17.) 2. Peoples and multitudes of Nati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons
and tongues to serve and obey him, (ch. 13.) 3. To make war with the Saints and
overcome them, <hi>ibid.</hi> 4. To cause all that dwell upon the earth to worship him, <hi>ibid.
5. Babylon</hi> to ride the Beast so long, that all Nations shall drink the wine of her forni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cation,
all Kings of the Earth commit fornication with her, (ch. 17, &amp; 18.) 6. The
Merchants, and all those that had ships in the Sea, to grow rich by trading with her,
(ch. 18.) These things should ask more than <hi>three years</hi> work or four either.</item>
                  <item>2. Because that King, State of Government, Sovereignty, Seigniory (or what you
will) of the Beast, under which the Whore should ride him, followeth immediately up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
a former which in comparison is said to continue but a <hi>short space, Rev.</hi> 17. 10. But if
the <hi>Antichristian state</hi> shall continue but three years and an half <hi>literally</hi> taken; how short
must the time of that foregoing King or Sovereignty be, which should occasion the
Holy Ghost to insert so singular a note of the difference thereof from that which fol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lowed,
<hi>That is should continue but a short space?</hi> Doth not this imply that the <hi>next
State</hi> (wherein the Whore should ride the Beast) was to continue <hi>a long space?</hi>
                  </item>
                  <item>3. Because if the 1260. <hi>daies of the Witnesses</hi> (which begin and end with the Time
of <hi>Antichrist</hi>) be <hi>literally</hi> to be taken, then must their <hi>three dayes and an half,</hi> where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>in
they lie slain by the Beast (Chap. 11. 9.) be so taken also: But how is it possible
the nations and people of the earth should make feasts, send gifts and presents one unto
another in <hi>three daies and an half?</hi> how should the <hi>Half day</hi> be a competent time to
distinguish or limit any of the Actions there mentioned? If the Holy Ghost had meant
nothing but <hi>daies,</hi> would he have been so precise for <hi>half a day?</hi>
                  </item>
                  <item>4. Because <hi>Six</hi> of the <hi>Trumpets</hi> and the things which they bring to pass, by necessity
of contemporation are included in the compass of the <hi>Antichristian</hi> time; Two
whereof by the express times mentioned in them (in the <hi>Fifth,</hi> of<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 9. v. 5.</note> five months; in
<pb n="599" facs="tcp:63175:352"/>
the <hi>Sixth,</hi> of<note n="*" place="margin">Vers. 15.</note> 13.) take up a year and a half, that is near half the time: Which
though far too little (if <hi>literally</hi> taken) for the great things prophesied in them, yet
what time will they leave for the <hi>Four</hi> other <hi>Trumpets,</hi> and for the <hi>Seven Viols,</hi> which
all are poured out upon the Beast, and afore his times are finished? What time alone
will the <hi>Sixth Vial</hi> require for<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 16. 12, &amp;c.</note> 
                     <hi>preparing the way of the Kings of the East,</hi> for <hi>the
frogs to go forth unto the Kings of the earth, and of the whole world, to gather them to
the battel of that great day of God Almighty,</hi> &amp;c?</item>
                  <item>5. Lastly, from the Event. If <hi>Antichrist's</hi> times last no longer than is supposed,
then either are they past long ago, or that <hi>Sixth Roman</hi> Head, which in <hi>S. Iohn's</hi>
time <hi>was,</hi> is yet still in being. But that cannot be, when neither <hi>Greek</hi> nor <hi>Latin Caesar</hi>
are now remaining. If any say, the <hi>Latin Caesar</hi> yet remains in the <hi>Germane</hi> Empire,
as that which succeeded unto it; I demand, What succession can that be where was
near 350 years interruption, a longer time than some famous Monarchies have had for
their whole continuance? If the <hi>Caesarean State</hi> may revive and continue the same af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter
so many years <hi>interregnum,</hi> how shall we ever know when it is dead for adoe, and
the time come that <hi>Antichrist</hi> should be looked for? Besides, if the Times of <hi>Anti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>christ</hi>
be so short, and therefore yet to come, (as they must be, unless they be lon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ger,)
then are we yet under the Times of the <hi>Red Dragon,</hi> and all the <hi>Trumpets</hi> yet
to come. Let it be shewn how this can be. If it appear we are not under those times
of the <hi>Dragon,</hi> then none of the <hi>Revelation</hi> is yet fulfilled.</item>
               </list>
               <p>
                  <hi>Object.</hi> But what example elsewhere in Scripture of <hi>Daies</hi> signifying <hi>Years?</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Answ. Daniel's seventy weeks.</hi> But you will say, the Etymologie of the Hebrew
word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is as appliable to <hi>Sevens</hi> of <hi>Years as Sevens</hi> of <hi>Daies;</hi> and therefore this in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stance
proves not. I answer, The question lies not in the Etymologie, but the use,
wherein <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> alwayes signifies <hi>Sevens</hi> of <hi>Daies,</hi> and never <hi>Sevens</hi> of <hi>Years;</hi> where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>soever
it is absolutely put, it means of <hi>Daies,</hi> is no where used of <hi>Years:</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Object.</hi> But in the tenth of <hi>Daniel</hi> we find, as it were for distinction sake, <hi>Weeks
of Daies;</hi> which intimates there are <hi>Weeks of Years,</hi> which the use of the word might
indifferently signifie.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Answ.</hi> It is ill translated;<note place="margin">Dan. 10. 2<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note> the Vulgar is better, which hath <hi>Daies of Weeks, Luge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bam
trium hebdomadarum diebus;</hi> meaning, that <hi>Daniel</hi> fasted and did eat no meat in
the day-time for three weeks together, or some such like sense. <hi>Gen.</hi> 29. 27. The
<hi>Week</hi> which <hi>Laban</hi> would have <hi>Iacob</hi> fulfil before he gave him <hi>Rachel,</hi> was not the
Seven years service, but the Seven daies of <hi>Leah's</hi> wedding-feast, as the<note n="*" place="margin">Targum Hi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>erosolym, &amp; Targum Ion<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thanis.</note> 
                  <hi>Targum</hi>
translates, and the Vulgar, <hi>Imple hebdomadam dierum hujus copulae;</hi> nor can it be
otherwise by the age of <hi>Rachel's</hi> children.</p>
               <p>Secondly, Let it be shewn in all the Prophecy of <hi>Daniel,</hi> (or, for ought I know,
in any other of the Prophets) where <hi>times</hi> of things prophesied expressed by <hi>daies</hi>
are not to be understood of <hi>years:</hi> For when the Angel means <hi>daies</hi> in <hi>Daniel,</hi> he ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>presseth
it therefore not by <hi>daies</hi> (for so it were doubtful) but by<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note> 
                  <hi>evenings</hi> and
<hi>mornings,</hi> chap. 8. 14. where he speaks of the time of the persecution of <hi>Antiochus.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>A brief Demonstration and (as<note n="*" place="margin">This is the Author's own Argument to what follows.</note> I conceive) unanswerable of the Contemporation of the
four Timed Prophecies in the Apocalypse: viz.</hi> Of the Gentiles treading down the
Court and Holy City 42 months; Of the Witnesses preaching in Sackcloth 1260
daies; Of the Beast's power of doing 42 months; Of the Apostolical Woman's
continuance in the Wilderness a Time, Times and half a Time, expressed also by
1260 daies.</p>
               <list>
                  <item>1. The Times of the <hi>Beast</hi> and of the <hi>Witnesses</hi> come out together, <hi>viz.</hi> at the end
of the <hi>Sixth</hi> Trumpet (Chap. 11.) <hi>Ergò,</hi> being equal times they must needs begin
together, and so contemporate throughout.</item>
                  <item>2. The Times of the <hi>Beast</hi> and of the <hi>Woman's being in the Wilderness</hi> have the
same <hi>Epocha</hi> and beginning, namely the dethroning and vanquishing of the <hi>Red Dra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gon</hi>
(Ch. 12.) <hi>Ergò,</hi> being equal times they must also have the same ending.</item>
                  <item>3. The Times of the <hi>treading down the Court and Holy City by the Gentiles</hi> and of
<hi>the Sackcloth-prophecy of the Witnesses</hi> are concurrent by the plain construction of the
Text, which gives them to prophesy all that heavy time. Besides, when the Wit<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nesses
have finished, we find the Gentiles angry, as being driven from their possession
in the Temple, Ch. 11. vers. 18.</item>
               </list>
               <signed>I. M.</signed>
            </div>
            <div n="10" type="chapter">
               <pb n="600" facs="tcp:63175:353"/>
               <head>CHAP. X.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>A Discourse of the Beginning and Ending of the 42 moneths,
or 1260 daies, (<hi>Rev.</hi> 11. 2, 3.) wherein <hi>Alstedius</hi> his Four
<hi>Epocha's</hi> are examined.</p>
               </argument>
               <floatingText type="letter" xml:lang="eng">
                  <body>
                     <opener>
                        <salute>SIR,</salute>
                     </opener>
                     <p>I Waved not the Question of <hi>the Ending</hi> of the XLII <hi>months</hi> more than that of their
<hi>Beginning;</hi> for as I designed their <hi>Beginning</hi> in a <hi>latitude,</hi> so by consequent I do
their <hi>Ending.</hi> If they <hi>begin</hi> between the years 365 and 455, they must <hi>end</hi> between
the years 1625 and 1715. Only I refused precisely to determine the year of their
ending, which for some reasons I supposed should not certainly be known till the
Event should make it manifest; according as was not the precise Beginning of the
LXX <hi>years</hi> of the <hi>Babylonish</hi> captivity, till the Event discovered it by their Ending.
For when the <hi>articuli</hi> are more than one to begin at, who can determine at which
God will reckon the beginning, and consequently at what precise year shall be the
ending? Yet as God accompted the LXX years of the <hi>Babylonish</hi> captivity from a
remarkable moment of that latitude of time the <hi>Iews</hi> were entring into: so I believe
the same All-wise God will do the period of the XLII months, from some remarka<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ble
moment in the latitude of their beginning. Howsoever, because such remarka<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ble
moments or terms are more than one, all that we can say is, That it shall be from
some one of them, and it may be from some one we observe not, God in his wisdom
(till he sees fit) veiling it from our eyes.</p>
                     <p>For <hi>Alstedius,</hi> I will ingenuously confess, I had never observed those passages of
his <hi>Chronology</hi> you acquaint me with, as having never been nor yet am owner of that
Book, though I think I want few of his other Writings, in which I have met with ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ny
passages tending to the same purpose with these of his Chronology, here and there
scattered, but no where so fully and <hi>ex proposito.</hi> I sought up and down for the
Book, and some two days since I got a sight of it so long as to read the pages you
quote, and no longer: yet because you desire my judgment of the <hi>Years</hi> he setteth
down, I will answer something for your satisfaction; and first lay the ground to exa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mine
them by. (<hi>viz.</hi>)</p>
                     <p>The Holy Ghost reckoneth the <hi>Epocha</hi> or Beginning of <hi>Antichrist</hi> and his <hi>Aposta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tical</hi>
times from <hi>the taking of that which hindred out of the way,</hi> that is, the then-reign<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
Imperial Sovereignty of <hi>Rome, 2 Thess. 2. 6, 7, 8.</hi> or as <hi>S. Iohn</hi> expresseth it, from
<hi>the deadly wounding of the Head</hi> or Sovereignty <hi>of the Roman Beast,</hi> which in his
time ruled; or the shivering of the Empire into a plurality of Kingdoms upon that
deadly wounding, <hi>Apoc.</hi> 13. 3. with chap. 17. 12. When that <hi>great City</hi> should cease to
be the lap of that Sovereignty which the <hi>Caesars</hi> once held over the Nations, and <hi>ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ny</hi>
new upstart <hi>Kings</hi> should appear in the place and territory of that once <hi>One</hi> Em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pire;
then should the Times of Apostasy with <hi>that wicked One</hi> make their entrance.
Therefore as the <hi>Epocha</hi> or beginning of the <hi>Apostatical</hi> times in a latitude is to be
fetched from that <hi>deadly blow</hi> or downfal of the <hi>Caesarean head</hi> in a latitude: so he
that would conjecturally point out any precise year where to begin those times, must
do it from some <hi>remarkable step</hi> or <hi>degree</hi> of the <hi>Caesarean blow</hi> or <hi>downfal</hi> in the same
latitude. Where note further, that the <hi>Caesarean</hi> blow or downfal may be accompted
double. First, <hi>Religious</hi> and <hi>Sacred,</hi> as he was <hi>Draconicola,</hi> by a dismounting and de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>throning
of the <hi>Dragon</hi> which actuated and enlived him: Secondly, <hi>Political,</hi> by the
ruin of his State and Majesty. Some of the places I now quoted may seem more to
respect the one, some more the other. <hi>Antichrist,</hi> we see, hath cured them both; the
First by a new Idolatry, the Second by his usurped Tyranny.</p>
                     <p>Let us examine <hi>Alstedius</hi> his Four <hi>Epocha's</hi> according to this ground.</p>
                     <p>The first is <hi>Anno Christi</hi> 362. which was ill pitched, it being the very time of the
<hi>Dragon's</hi> recovery of the Imperial Throne under <hi>Iulian,</hi> not any moment or step of
his dismounting; and the Empire flourishing under one Monarch, not falling or dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>shivering.
Nor is his Reason good, <hi>Because then began the persecution of</hi> Iulian; for that
argues that the <hi>Dragon</hi> was not yet down: Nor the other, <hi>Because of the Schismatical
contention of the Roman Popes;</hi> for what reason can there be why the <hi>Schism of the
Popes</hi> should be the <hi>Epocha</hi> of their dominion, and of the times of Apostasy under
<pb n="601" facs="tcp:63175:353"/>
them? Besides, the <hi>Event</hi> shews this was no <hi>Epocha</hi> of the 42 <hi>months;</hi> for then the
expiration of them should have appeared <hi>anno</hi> 1622. by some mortal blow to the
<hi>Antichristian</hi> state; but it proved contrary. <hi>Alstedius</hi> addeth the <hi>three years and an half</hi>
of the <hi>Slaughter of the Witnesses</hi> to the end thereof, hoping they should have revived
<hi>Anno</hi> 1625. but, alas! they did not. He that would chuse an <hi>Epocha</hi> about <hi>Iulian</hi>'s
time, might with much more probability have pitched upon 365; because then
upon <hi>Iulian</hi>'s death the <hi>Dragon</hi> was dethroned again from the Imperial rule, never
to recover it any more: howsoever the <hi>Draconical</hi> or <hi>Ethnick</hi> worship, which <hi>Iulian</hi>
had restored, was publickly exercised by allowance of the succeeding Emperors,
(though Christians,) and not put down for many years after. Wherefore the <hi>Event</hi>
hath made manifest that God would none of this <hi>Epocha,</hi> else should we have seen
some tokens of it ere this time.</p>
                     <p>The next is <hi>Anno</hi> 376. from whence the 42 <hi>months</hi> would expire 1636. This
hath more probability than any other he hath named; because the year 376 was the
beginning of the Reign of the Emperor <hi>Gratian,</hi> who first of all the Christian Em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>perors
renounced the great <hi>Pontificality</hi> long annexed to the <hi>Imperial</hi> dignity, and re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fused
the <hi>Pontifical Stole,</hi> when it was tendred him according to the custom by the
<hi>Collegium Pontificum,</hi> saying it was unlawful for a <hi>Christian;</hi> whereas all the for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mer
Christian Emperors (<hi>mirabile dictu</hi>) had admitted it, being installed and instyled
still <hi>Pontifices Maximi,</hi> and according to that office ordered all business concerning
the <hi>Ethnick</hi> ceremonies by their deputies. So long therefore as the <hi>Emperours</hi> were
still the <hi>Dragon's Pontifices,</hi> he had yet some <hi>title,</hi> at least some <hi>titular</hi> dignity, in
the <hi>Roman</hi> Sovereignty; and the losing thereof may be reckoned a <hi>remarkable step</hi>
of his dismounting and downfall: and so no marvel if he might then be brought to
go seek out some other <hi>Pontifex</hi> to undertake his service. But the doubt will be here,
whether it were this year wherein <hi>Gratian</hi> rejected the <hi>Pontificality,</hi> or some other;
for the year is not yet set down in Story: only it may most probably be thought to
be the <hi>first</hi> year of his Reign <hi>à morte Patris,</hi> for he was created <hi>Augustus</hi> in his Father's
life-time. Secondly, In the same year 376 the <hi>Goths</hi> entred the <hi>Empire;</hi> and so the
foundation was laid also of the <hi>Political</hi> downfal of the same. But what <hi>Alstedius</hi> his
Reasons be to pitch upon that <hi>Epocha</hi> I know not; he seems for this and the rest of
his <hi>Chronology</hi> to rely upon <hi>Astrological</hi> grounds from the <hi>great Conjunction.</hi> But though
I believe <hi>these rarer Conjunctions</hi> may fit and dispose the Bodies of men for some such
work as God will do by them; yet I think them not sufficient to determine times;
especially seeing they have no influence upon Polities and States directly, and <hi>quà
talia,</hi> but only make some extraordinary impressions upon the Bodies of particular
men born under them, which being many, when they come to years, may cause a pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dominancy
of some singular disposition in their lives, fit for such alterations and
changes as God shall direct and lead them to.</p>
                     <p>His third <hi>Epocha</hi> is 382. which would bring out the 42 <hi>months Anno</hi> 1642. Of
this I see no reason he gives but <hi>Astrological,</hi> the insufficiency whereof for that pur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pose
I have already shewed. He might with greater probability have pitched upon
394. when was that famous battel and victory of <hi>Theodosius</hi> against <hi>Eugenius</hi> and <hi>Ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bogastes</hi>
coming with a mighty Army to restore <hi>Ethnicisme,</hi> which <hi>Theodosius</hi> had ut<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terly
abolished, and after which <hi>Ethnicisme</hi> never made head any more in the Empire:
This therefore might be reckoned for another <hi>remarkable</hi> moment of the Dragon's
downfal. Or he might have pitched upon the year 410. the time when <hi>Alaricus</hi> took
and sacked <hi>Rome</hi> the Lady of the world; a <hi>most remarkable</hi> moment of the <hi>Political</hi>
ruin of the <hi>Caesarean</hi> Sovereignty. The former of these <hi>Epocha</hi>'s would bring out the
42 <hi>months Anno</hi> 1654. the latter, 1670. But all these things depend upon the Divine
will, <hi>In cujus manu sunt tempora &amp; opportunitates.</hi>
                     </p>
                     <p>His last <hi>Epocha</hi> is 433. from which the 42 <hi>months</hi> would expire <hi>Anno</hi> 1693. For
this <hi>Epocha</hi> of his I find no reason but <hi>à posteriori,</hi> drawn from the expiring of <hi>Da<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>niel</hi>'s
numbers, <hi>Dan.</hi> 12. 11, 12. which he addeth one upon the head of another, and
so makes 2625 to the <hi>End of the World,</hi> which reckoned from the destruction of <hi>Ie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rusalem</hi>
will come out <hi>Anno Christi</hi> 2694. from which he takes away for the <hi>Regnum
Sanctorum</hi> 1000 years; so there remain but 1694: at which time the 42 <hi>moneths</hi> of
<hi>Antichrist</hi> must be finished, because then the 1000 years of <hi>Christ</hi>'s Reign begin.<note place="margin">See the <hi>mean<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing of those days</hi> in the Author's learned Dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>course <hi>De Nu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                              <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                 <desc>•</desc>
                              </gap>heris Danielis, &amp;c.</hi> which is the last Dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>course in this Third Book.</note>
Now if the 42 <hi>months</hi> end then, they began about 433.</p>
                     <p>This is the sum of that Computation.</p>
                     <p>But for my par<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>, I think the <hi>meaning of those dayes</hi> in <hi>Daniel</hi> to be to another pur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pose
then to design the <hi>End of the World.</hi>
                     </p>
                     <p>
                        <pb n="602" facs="tcp:63175:354"/>Secondly, That they are not to be reckoned one upon the head of another, but
both from one and the same beginning.</p>
                     <p>Thirdly, That their <hi>Epocha</hi> is not the <hi>Destruction of Ierusalem</hi> by <hi>Titus,</hi> but that
<hi>Prophanation of the Temple</hi> by <hi>Antiochus Epiphanes,</hi> which the Angel but newly menti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>oned
in the same Vision; whereas that of the <hi>Destruction of Ierusalem</hi> by <hi>Titus</hi> was in a
Vision some years before, and not like to be referred hereunto, and that which was so
newly<note n="*" place="margin">Compare <hi>Dan.</hi> 11. 31. &amp; Chap. 12. 11.</note> mentioned, <hi>iisdem verbis,</hi> in the same Vision overslipped. Yet I am not of <hi>Iu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nius</hi>
his mind neither, who would have them taken for <hi>bare days,</hi> and determinated in
the persecution of <hi>Antiochus:</hi> I suppose them <hi>Prophetical days,</hi> that is, so many <hi>years,</hi>
and their times already expired. But I have no time to enter into this dispute.</p>
                     <p>The 42 <hi>months</hi> extend to the burning and sacking of <hi>Babylon;</hi> not to the extin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guishing
of <hi>Antichrist,</hi> which shall be some while after, as appears <hi>Revel.</hi> 19. The
reason of the limitation concealed. If I seem to incline to some moments rather than
other, yet would I still be construed according to my first protestation against precise
determination of Years in this business.</p>
                     <closer>
                        <signed>I. M.</signed>
                     </closer>
                  </body>
               </floatingText>
            </div>
            <div n="11" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. XI.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>A brief Discourse of the Thousand years mentioned in <hi>Revelation
20.</hi> With some reflexions upon <hi>Eusebius</hi> and S. <hi>Hierom.</hi>
                  </p>
               </argument>
               <p>TOuching the Question of the <hi>Thousand years,</hi> you may see I have demonstrated
them to follow the Times of the <hi>Beast</hi> and of the <hi>false-Prophet,</hi> and consequently
the Times of <hi>Antichrist.</hi> And if the <hi>Apocalypse</hi> be <hi>Canonical Scripture,</hi> it must needs
be granted there is such a time to come; or we must deny either <hi>Rome,</hi> which now is,
to be <hi>Babylon<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </hi> or the <hi>Beast</hi> to be <hi>Antichrist</hi> or <hi>Antichristendom:</hi> which those who op<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>posed
the ancient <hi>Chiliasts</hi> found so necessary,<note place="margin">See page 531.</note> as forced them (having no other way
to avoid their Adversaries) directly to deny the <hi>Apocalypse</hi> to be <hi>Scripture;</hi> nor was
it re-admitted till they thought they had found some commodious interpretation of
the 1000 <hi>years.</hi> And yet the <hi>Apocalypse</hi> hath more <hi>Humane</hi> (not to speak of <hi>Divine</hi>)
authority than any other Book of the New Testament besides, even from the time it
was first delivered. But we see what the zeal of opposition can do.</p>
               <p>This <hi>Dogma</hi> of the 1000 <hi>years Regnum</hi> was the <hi>General opinion of all Orthodox Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stians</hi>
in the Age immediately following the Apostles, if<note n="*" place="margin">See pag. 534.</note> 
                  <hi>Iustin Martyr</hi> say true;
and none known to deny it then but <hi>Hereticks,</hi> which denied the Resurrection, and
held that the God of <hi>Abraham, Isaac</hi> and <hi>Iacob,</hi> was not the Father of our Lord <hi>Iesus
Christ.</hi> This was the reason why <hi>Irenaeus</hi> maintained it in his book <hi>Contra omnes Haere<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ses,</hi>
and <hi>Tertullian</hi> against the <hi>Marcionites.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Eusebius,</hi> who found out one<note n="*" place="margin">See in Book V. the words of <hi>Gaius</hi> out of <hi>Eusebius,</hi> with the Author's Animadversi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons.</note> 
                  <hi>Gaius</hi> to father it upon <hi>Cerinthus,</hi> deserves no cre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dit;
he was a party, and one of those which did his best to undermine the authority
of the <hi>Apocalypse.</hi> Nor did any know of any such <hi>Gaius</hi> but from his relation: And
if there were any such, he should seem to be one of the <hi>Hereticks</hi> called <hi>Alogi,</hi> who
denied both S. <hi>Iohn's Gospel</hi> and <hi>Apocalypse,</hi> as is testified in <hi>Epiphanius;</hi> and their
time jumps with the Age which <hi>Eusebius</hi> assigns to <hi>Gaius.</hi> Yet I deny not but some
might maintain very carnal and intolerable conceits about this <hi>Regnum of a thousand
years,</hi> as the <hi>Mahumetans</hi> do about their Paradise: But these are not to be imputed
unto those Primitive Fathers and Orthodox Christians.</p>
               <p>S. <hi>Hierom</hi> was a chief Champion to cry down this Opinion, and (according to his
wont) a most unequal relator of the Opinion of his Adversaries. What credit he de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>serves
in this may appear by some Fragments of those Authors still remaining, whom
he charged with an Opinion directly contrary to that which they expresly affirmed:
And yet when he had stated it so as it must needs be Heresie and Blasphemy whosoe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ver
should hold it, he is found to say he durst not damn it, because <hi>multi virorum Ec<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>clesiasticorum
&amp; Martyrum ista dixerunt, (Comment. in Ierem.</hi> 19. 10.) many Eccle<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>astical
persons and Martyrs affirm'd the same.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="603" facs="tcp:63175:354"/>In a word, I cannot chuse but agree so far with them, <hi>That these 1000 years are yet
to come:</hi> This I hold with <hi>Alstedius.</hi> But what shall be the <hi>modus</hi> and condition of
that Kingdom, that is, what it means, it may be I have some singular conceit differing
from them both; I am sure from <hi>Alstedius, Piscator,</hi> and others of that opinion. But
I were better speak nothing thereof than too little; and to speak fully would require
in a manner the Interpretation of the whole <hi>Apocalypse.</hi> In a word, I will reveal thus
much, <hi>viz.</hi> That the <hi>Seventh Trumpet</hi> and <hi>the Thousand years</hi> contained therein is that
<hi>Magnus dies Domini,</hi> and <hi>Magnus dies Iudicii,</hi> or <hi>Dies magni Iudicii, The Great Day
of the Lord, The Great Day of Iudgment, The Day of the Great Iudgment,</hi> so much cele<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brated
amongst the <hi>Iews</hi> in all their Writings, and from them taken up by our Saviour
and his Apostles. Not a Day of a few hours, as we commonly suppose, but <hi>continua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum
multorum annorum intervallum,</hi> a continued space of many Years, wherein Christ
shall destroy all his Enemies, and at length Death it self; <hi>beginning</hi> with <hi>Antichrist,</hi>
by his revelation from heaven in flaming fire, and <hi>ending</hi> with the <hi>Vniversal Resurre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ction:</hi>
during which space of time shall be the Kingdom of the Saints in the <hi>New Ieru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>salem.</hi>
This I can affirm with the most, That <hi>Antichrist</hi> shall not be finally destroyed
till the Day of Christ's appearing unto Iudgment; and yet not fall into that which
some charge the <hi>Chiliasts</hi> with, That <hi>this Reign</hi> should be <hi>after</hi> the Day of Iudgment.
For I give a <hi>third</hi> time, <hi>in</hi> or <hi>durante magno Die Iudicii, in</hi> or <hi>during the Great Day of
Iudgment.</hi>
               </p>
               <signed>I. M.</signed>
            </div>
            <div n="12" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. XII.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>A Censure by way of Correction returned to a Friend concerning an
Exposition of his, of the 20. Chapter of the <hi>Apocalypse,</hi> some<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>what
exorbitant.</p>
               </argument>
               <list>
                  <item>1. THat the <hi>Reign of Christ</hi> here described is after the Times of <hi>Antichrist</hi> (if ei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
the <hi>Beast</hi> or the <hi>False-prophet</hi> be he) is apparent without interpretation;<note place="margin">Th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>s was wroté before his Comment on the <hi>Apocal.</hi> and so were the other Tracts in these <hi>R<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>mains,</hi> except that in Chap. 9. be of a later date.</note>
both because all those Times the <hi>old Dragon</hi> Satan was not <hi>tied up,</hi> but at liberty to <hi>se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>duce
the Nations;</hi> and because (verse 4.) one sort of those who should reign with
Christ a thousand years are said to be such as <hi>had not worshipped the Beast, neither his
Image, nor had received his mark upon their foreheads or in their hands:</hi> which necessa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rily
presupposeth <hi>The Beast, His Image</hi> and <hi>Marking to have already been.</hi>
                  </item>
                  <item>2. What the <hi>Quality of this Reign</hi> should be, which is so singularly differenced from
the Reign of Christ hitherto, is neither easie nor safe to determine, farther then,
That it should be the Reign of our Saviour's Victory over his Enemies, wherein <hi>Satan</hi>
being bound up from deceiving the Nations any more, till the time of his Reign be
fulfilled, the Church should consequently enjoy a most blissful peace and happy secu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rity
from the heretical Apostasies and calamitous sufferings of former times. But here
(if any where) the known shipwrecks of those who have been too venturous should
make us most wary and careful, that we admit nothing into our imaginations which
may cross or impeach any Catholick Tenet of the Christian Faith: as also to beware
of gross and carnal conceits of an <hi>Epicurean</hi> happiness misbeseeming the Spiritual puri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty
of Saints. If we conceit any <hi>Deliciae,</hi> let them be <hi>Spirituales,</hi> which S. <hi>Austine</hi> con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fesseth
to be <hi>Opinio tolerabilis, &amp; se hoc opinatum fuisse aliquando, (Lib.</hi> 20. <hi>De Civit.
Dei, cap.</hi> 7.) a tolerable Opinion, and that he also was sometime of the same judg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment.</item>
                  <item>3. The <hi>Presence of Christ</hi> in this Kingdom shall no doubt be glorious and evident:
yet I dare not so much as imagine (which some Ancients seem to have thought) that
it should be a <hi>Visible Converse</hi> upon earth. For the Kingdom of Christ ever hath been
and shall be <hi>Regnum Coelorum,</hi> A Kingdom whose Throne and Kingly Residence is in
Heaven. There he was installed when <hi>he sate down on the right hand of the Majesty on
high, Heb.</hi> 1. and there, as in his proper Temple, is continually <hi>to appear in the pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sence
of his Father,</hi> to <hi>make intercession for us, Rom.</hi> 8. 34. with <hi>Heb.</hi> 9. 24. Yet may
we grant he shall appear and be visibly revealed from Heaven, especially for the
<hi>Calling</hi> and gathering of his ancient People, for whom in the days of old he did so ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ny
wonders. This S. <hi>Iohn</hi> in this Book, as our <hi>Saviour</hi> in the Gospel,<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> seems to inti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mate
<pb n="604" facs="tcp:63175:355"/>
by joyning those two Prophetical passages of <hi>Daniel</hi> and <hi>Zachary</hi> in one expressi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on,
<hi>Behold he cometh in the clouds, and every eye shall see him, and they also which pier<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ced
him.</hi> The first part (which our <hi>Saviour</hi> expresses more fully by <hi>the Sign of the Son
of Man coming in the clouds of Heaven,</hi> &amp;c.) is <hi>Daniel</hi>'s in a Vision of this Kingdom
we speak of.<note place="margin">Dan. 7. 13.</note> 
                     <hi>Behold</hi> (saith he) <hi>one like the Son of Man came with the clouds of Heaven—And
there was given him Dominion, and Glory, and a Kingdom, that all People, Na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions
and Languages should serve him.</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Zach. 12. 10.</note> The other part is out of <hi>Zachary</hi> prophesying of
<hi>the Re-calling of the Iews; And I will pour upon the house of</hi> David <hi>and upon the inhabi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tants
of</hi> Ierusalem <hi>the spirit of grace and supplication, and they shall look upon me whom
they have pierced:</hi> Though these words of <hi>Zachary</hi> are not in our <hi>Saviour</hi>'s expression,
but in stead thereof that which immediately follows after them, <hi>That all the tribes of the
Earth</hi> (or <hi>Land) should mourn.</hi> Now I cannot understand how these two Prophetical pas<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sages
should not have the same meaning when our Saviour and his Apostle alledge them
joyned, which they have in their own Authors expressed apart? or being expressed
together as one, should not be fulfilled at once? By such <hi>a miraculous apparition of</hi>
Christ <hi>from Heaven</hi> was S. <hi>Paul</hi> converted: And I hope it is no Heresie to think, That
the whole Nation of the Iews, those Zelots against Christ, may be converted by as
strange a means as was that one Zelot of their Nation.<note place="margin">See in Book V. the Author's short Tract styled <hi>The My<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stery of S.</hi> Pauls <hi>Conversion,</hi> or, <hi>The Type of the Calling of the Iews.</hi>
                     </note>
                  </item>
                  <item>4. Those who shall be Partakers of this Kingdom are described to be of two sorts:
1. <hi>The deceased Martyrs,</hi> who (as far as I can yet understand it) shall resume their Bo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dies
and reign in Heaven; 2. Such of the <hi>Living</hi> as have not worshipped the Beast, nor
his Image, neither have received his mark, &amp;c. these shall reign on Earth. For so I
construe the words;<note place="margin">Revel. 20. 4.</note> 
                     <hi>I saw the Souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Iesus
and for the Word of God, and</hi> (subaudi, <hi>I saw) those which had not worshipped the Beast,
nor his Image, nor had received his mark upon their foreheads or in their hands; and they
lived</hi> (that is, the Martyrs,) <hi>and reigned</hi> (that is, both of them) <hi>with Christ a thou<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sand
years.</hi>
                  </item>
                  <item>5. Under the Second sort of those <hi>Reigners,</hi> together with the <hi>Virgin-Christians of
the Gentiles,</hi> (who are the Surrogate <hi>Israel</hi>) I would in a particular respect under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stand
<hi>the Nation of the Iews</hi> then converted to the Faith of Christ; who coming in to<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ward
the end of the day, may above all others be said to be <hi>Those who had not worship<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ped
the Beast, neither his Image, nor had received his mark upon their foreheads or in their
hands;</hi> which most of the Christian <hi>Gentiles</hi> had done; and therefore at the time of
their cleansing (Chap. 15. ver. 2.) are rather described, <hi>Those that had gotten the victory
over the Beast, and over his Image, and over his mark, and over the number of his Name.</hi>
                  </item>
                  <item>6. <hi>The Rising of the Martyrs</hi> is that which is called <hi>the First Resurrection,</hi> being, as it
seems, a prerogative to their sufferings above the rest of the Dead; who as they suf<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fered
with Christ in the time of his patience, so should they be glorified with him in the
Reign of his Victory before the <hi>Vniversal Resurrection</hi> of all.<note place="margin">Chap. 20. 6.</note> 
                     <hi>Blessed and Holy are they
who have part in the First Resurrection, for, on them the Second death hath no power;</hi>
namely, because they are not <hi>in Via,</hi> but <hi>in Patria;</hi> being a <hi>prerogative,</hi> as I understand
it, of this <hi>First</hi> sort of Reigners only, and not of the <hi>Second.</hi> Thus I yet admit the
<hi>First Resurrection</hi> to be<note n="*" place="margin">See in Book IV. the Authors 2d. Letter to D. <hi>Meddus,</hi> where this is largely treated of. See also above in this Book in the <hi>Appendix</hi> to the <hi>Apocal.</hi> his <hi>Epist. ad Ami<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cum, De Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>surrection<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> Prima,</hi> &amp;c.</note> 
                     <hi>Corporal</hi> as well as the <hi>Second,</hi> though I confess I have much
striven against it; and if the Text would admit another sense less free of Paradox, I
had yet rather listen unto it: but I find it not. Howsoever, to grant a <hi>Particular Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>surrection</hi>
before the <hi>General,</hi> is against no Article of Faith: For the Gospel tells us,
<hi>Matth.</hi> 27. v. 52, 53. that at our Saviour's Resurrection, <hi>The graves were opened, and
many bodies of the Saints which slept arose, and went into the holy City and appeared unto
many.</hi> Neither was the number of them a small number, if we may credit the Fathers
or the most ancient Records of Christian Tradition: For of this was that famous say<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing,
<note n="‖" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> 
                     <hi>That Christ descended alone, but ascended with a multitude;</hi> which is found in the
heads of the Sermon of <hi>Thaddeus,</hi> as they are reported by <hi>Eusebius</hi> out of the Syriack
Records of the City of <hi>Edessa, (Lib. 1. cap. ult.)</hi> in <hi>Ignatius</hi>'s Epistle to the <hi>Trallians,</hi>
and in the Disputation of<note n="*" place="margin">Vid. Act. Concil. Niceni apud Gelas. Cyzicen. <hi>l.</hi> 1. c. 23. <hi>
                           <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>l.</hi> 24.</note> 
                     <hi>Macarius,</hi> Bishop of <hi>Ierusalem,</hi> in the first General Council
of <hi>Nice,</hi> also in<note n="‖" place="margin">In Catech. 14.</note> 
                     <hi>Cyrill</hi>'s Catechism. Nay this <hi>Cyrill of Ierusalem, Chrysostome,</hi> and
others, suppose this Resurrection to have been common to all the Saints that died be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
our Saviour. (See the Bishop of <hi>Meath, De Limbo Patrum.</hi>) Howsoever it be,
it holds no unfit proportion with this supposed of the <hi>Martyrs.</hi> And how it doth more
impeach any Article of our Faith to think that may be of the <hi>Martyrs</hi> which we believe
of the <hi>Patriarchs,</hi> I yet see not.</item>
                  <item>7. The <hi>Second Resurrection</hi> to be after the End of the 1000 years, <hi>Iustin Martyr,</hi>
by way of distinction, calleth <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<pb n="605" facs="tcp:63175:355"/>
                     <hi>the Eternal and Vniversal Resurrection of all together;</hi> namely, in respect of the former
which was <hi>Particular,</hi> and but of some. And that it is common both to the <hi>Godly</hi>
and to the <hi>Wicked,</hi> and not of the Wicked only, may appear, in that there are two
Books opened for the Dead, (ver. 12.) whereof one is <hi>the Book of Life;</hi> which ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gues
two sorts of Dead to be judged. Nor can I imagine how it can be otherwise,
unless all the Iust which live during the 1000 years be supposed to be immortal;
which is a Paradox I dare not admit, understanding, not that all the Individuals, but
that the Body of the Church here on Earth should successively Reign with Christ her
Lord 1000 years. Besides, the attempt of the Nations after the Devil's loosing ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gues
a State subject to mutability. As for those words of v. 14. which seem to inti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mate
no other Dead then judged but the <hi>Wicked,</hi> because it's said, <hi>That Death and
Hades were cast into the lake of fire,</hi> which is the <hi>Second Death;</hi> I suppose nothing else
is meant thereby, but that Death was now quite vanquished, and that there should be
no more Death of Body or Separation of Soul, but only the <hi>Second Death:</hi> As if it had
been said, <hi>Death</hi> and <hi>Hades</hi> are now confined only to the <hi>Lake of Fire,</hi> which is the
<hi>Second Death;</hi> but the former Death of Bodies in the Grave, and the State of separate
Souls in<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <hi>Hades</hi> is pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>perly the place of Separate Souls, whether good or bad, after death.</note> 
                     <hi>Hades</hi> was no more.</item>
                  <item>8. For <hi>Gog</hi> and <hi>Magog,</hi> who after Satan's loosing and before the last Resurrection
shall gather together against the <hi>Camp of the Saints</hi> and the <hi>Beloved City,</hi> it cannot be
literally understood of the Nations so called in the Old Testament. For there <hi>Gog</hi>
the Prince, with the People of <hi>Magog</hi> come out of the<note n="*" place="margin">Ezek. 38. 15. &amp; chap. 39. 2.</note> 
                     <hi>North-parts</hi> where the posterity
of <hi>Magog</hi> was seated. But <hi>Gog</hi> and <hi>Magog</hi> here are said to be <hi>Nations which are in the
four quarters of the Earth.</hi> As therefore the <hi>Apocalyptical Babylon</hi> is not <hi>Babylon</hi> in
<hi>Chaldaea,</hi> but a Counter-type thereof, most like for <hi>Vniversal Ambition</hi> and <hi>Metropoli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tanship
of Spiritual Fornication:</hi> so this <hi>Apocalyptical Gog</hi> and <hi>Magog</hi> is not the <hi>Gog</hi> and
<hi>Magog</hi> of the <hi>North,</hi> but a Counter-type of them, which should after the same manner
attempt against the <hi>Beloved City</hi> then, which the <hi>Scythian Gog</hi> and <hi>Magog</hi> (I mean the
<hi>Turk</hi>) doth against the <hi>Church of the Gentiles</hi> now, and should before his last Ruine
attempt against <hi>Israel</hi> at their return. And if there ever be an <hi>Antichrist,</hi> such as the
Fathers describe, now will be the most likely time for him, when the Devil is loose
but for a little season.</item>
               </list>
               <signed>I. M.</signed>
            </div>
         </div>
         <div type="half_title">
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:356"/>
            <p>
               <pb facs="tcp:63175:356"/>A
PARAPHRASE
AND
EXPOSITION
<hi>Of the PROPHECIE</hi>
OF
S<hi rend="sup">t.</hi> PETER,
CONCERNING
<hi>The Day of Christ's Second Coming;</hi>
DESCRIBED
In the Third CHAPTER of his Second EPISTLE.</p>
            <p>
               <hi>AS ALSO</hi>
How the CONFLAGRATION, or Destruction of the
WORLD by FIRE, (whereof S. <hi>Peter</hi> speaks,) and espe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cially
of the <hi>Heavens,</hi> is to be understood.</p>
            <p>BY
IOSEPH MEDE, <hi>B. D.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>The Fifth Edition, corrected in sundry places, and enlarged with
some Additional Observations out of the Author's own Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nuscripts.</p>
         </div>
         <div type="exposition">
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:357"/>
            <p>
               <pb n="609" facs="tcp:63175:357"/>A
PARAPHRASE and EXPOSITION
OF THE
<hi>PROPHECIE</hi>
of S. PETER,
CONCERNING
<hi>The Day of Christ's Second Coming;</hi>
            </p>
            <p>DESCRIBED
In the Third CHAPTER of the Second EPISTLE.</p>
            <p>Verses 1, 2.</p>
            <p>SAint <hi>Peter</hi> exhorts the believing Iews, unto whom he writes, to be mindful of the
words of the holy Prophets,<note n="a" place="margin">If that which S. <hi>Peter</hi> here describeth were foretold by the old Prophets,
then must S. <hi>Peter</hi> be so expounded, as it may be shewn in them and agree with
them.</note> 
               <hi>Esay, Daniel</hi> and <hi>Malachi,</hi> concerning the
coming of Christ to Iudgment, and the Restauration then promised; it being also
confirmed by the Apostles of our Lord and Saviour.</p>
            <p>
               <hi>Verses</hi> 3, 4. For howsoever it were then believed both by Iews and Christianed Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiles;
yet in<note n="a" place="bottom">This <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, or <hi>last days,</hi> should seem to be the time of the
Churche's Apostasie under Antichrist, according to that of S. <hi>Paul,</hi> 1 Tim. 4. 1.
<hi>In the latter times some shall depart from the Faith, giving heed to spirits of error
and doctrines of Daemons.</hi> For as the <hi>times</hi> of the <hi>fourth</hi> and <hi>last</hi> of <hi>Daniel</hi>'s Kingdoms were the <hi>last times</hi> in general, during which Christ was to come and
found his Church and Kingdom: so the <hi>latter times</hi> of the Fourth Kingdom, be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
that period of a <hi>Time, times and half a time</hi> wherein the wicked Horn should
domineer, are the <hi>latmost times</hi> of the <hi>last</hi> times, or <hi>last times</hi> in special.</note>
the last days should come those who, walking after their own desires, (<hi>or</hi>
humors) should deny and deride the expectation of any such<note n="b" place="bottom">
                  <p>
                     <hi>I take</hi> Promise <hi>here for</hi> Res promissa the thing promised; <hi>the</hi> Antithesis <hi>implying
that to be the meaning,</hi> viz. The scoffers say, Where is the Promise of his coming?
Nevertheless we look for a New heaven and New earth, according to his Promise.</p>
                  <p>But here is somewhat (Reader) in the application wherein thou mayest erre; but
be not thou uncharitable in thy censure, nor think I am. For although the cry<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
down and condemning of the opinion of the <hi>Chiliasts</hi> will be found to be near
upon the beginning of the times of the Antichristian Apostasie, (which I suppose
to be called <hi>the last times;</hi>) and that the utter burying of that Opinion falls with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>in
these times: yet thou must know, 1. That there is not the like reason of the
first Authors of crying down a Truth, and of those who led by their authority
take it afterward, without further examination, for an Error. 2. To <hi>scoff</hi> is one
thing, and barely not to believe is another. 3. 'Tis one thing to deny a <hi>promise</hi>
simply, and another to deny or question the <hi>manner</hi> thereof; as also to reject a
Truth sincerely propounded, and when it is intangled with errors, as that of the
later <hi>Chiliasts</hi> may seem to have been.</p>
               </note> promise of the Day of
Christ, saying, Where is the<note n="c" place="bottom">
                  <p>
                     <hi>I take</hi> Promise <hi>here for</hi> Res promissa the thing promised; <hi>the</hi> Antithesis <hi>implying
that to be the meaning,</hi> viz. The scoffers say, Where is the Promise of his coming?
Nevertheless we look for a New heaven and New earth, according to his Promise.</p>
                  <p>But here is somewhat (Reader) in the application wherein thou mayest erre; but
be not thou uncharitable in thy censure, nor think I am. For although the cry<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
down and condemning of the opinion of the <hi>Chiliasts</hi> will be found to be near
upon the beginning of the times of the Antichristian Apostasie, (which I suppose
to be called <hi>the last times;</hi>) and that the utter burying of that Opinion falls with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>in
these times: yet thou must know, 1. That there is not the like reason of the
first Authors of crying down a Truth, and of those who led by their authority
take it afterward, without further examination, for an Error. 2. To <hi>scoff</hi> is one
thing, and barely not to believe is another. 3. 'Tis one thing to deny a <hi>promise</hi>
simply, and another to deny or question the <hi>manner</hi> thereof; as also to reject a
Truth sincerely propounded, and when it is intangled with errors, as that of the
later <hi>Chiliasts</hi> may seem to have been.</p>
               </note> promise of his coming? Where is the New heaven and New
earth you talk of?</p>
            <p>
               <pb n="610" facs="tcp:63175:358"/>
               <hi>Verse</hi> 4. pars altera. The reason of this their unbelief being, because they imagine there
hath never yet since the creation of the World been any example of such a destruction and
change ensuing it as this at the coming of Christ should be. For since the Fathers fell asleep,
(say they) even since Adam died, all things have continued as they were from the begin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ning
of the creation. Therefore the expectation of any such change of the World and the
state of things therein (as is supposed) is vain and frivolous, and never to be fulfilled.</p>
            <note place="bottom">
               <p>As touching the <hi>Iews,</hi> and the impeachment of this Opinion amongst them in
the latter times, I find amongst the Doctors of the <hi>Gemara</hi> or Gloss of their <hi>Tal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mud</hi>
(which was finished about 500 years after Christ) a Tenet of one <hi>R. Samu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>els</hi>
often mentioned, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <q>That there was to be no difference between the present state of the
world and the days of <hi>Messiah,</hi> but in respect of the bondage under the King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>doms
of the <hi>Gentiles</hi> only;</q> thereby opposing the more ancient opinion and tra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dition
of the <hi>Renovation of the World.</hi> After this time there appears to have been
amongst the <hi>Iews</hi> a Sect of the followers of the opinion of this <hi>R. Samuel,</hi> which
at length was greatly advanced by the authority of that learned <hi>Maimonides,</hi>
who having drunk too deep of the Philosophy of <hi>Aristotle,</hi> (wherein he was ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mirably
skilful) became a champion against the opinion of <hi>the world's renovation</hi>
to be in the days of <hi>Messiah;</hi> and that upon this ground, <hi>Quòd mundus retinet
&amp; sequitur consuetudinem suam:</hi> which saying he ascribeth to some other Rab<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bins
of the same opinion before him, which for the sense and meaning is the self-same
with that here of the scoffers, <hi>All things</hi> (say they) <hi>continue as they were
from the beginning of the creation.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Nevertheless <hi>Aben Ezra,</hi> who lived not long after <hi>Maimonides,</hi> maintained still
(as also others did) the contrary; and there are extant certain Discourses and
Tractates amongst them purposely written of this Argument, and confuting the
opinion of <hi>R. Moses ben Maiemon</hi> and his followers; as one called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <hi>Coeli novi,</hi> proving the necessity of the <hi>Renovation of the World,</hi> and directed
against <hi>cap.</hi> 29. <hi>lib.</hi> 2. of <hi>Maimonides</hi> his <hi>More Nebochim.</hi> Another by <hi>R. Isaac
Abarbinel,</hi> called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Opera Dei,</hi> (out of <hi>Psal.</hi> 66. 5.) wherein all
the arguments brought against the <hi>Renovation</hi> are confuted. And no doubt
there are more of the like nature, which we know not of.</p>
            </note>
            <p>
               <hi>Verses</hi> 5, 6. But those who suppose this, (<gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>) that there hath never yet
any such destruction and change befallen the Creation, and thence conclude there is no such
nor shall ever be; they weigh and consider not the universal Deluge in the time of <hi>Noah</hi>
(when the curse laid upon the creature for man's sin first solemnly took place) brought, as a
like destruction, so a like change, upon the world for the degeneration of the creature, as this
at the second coming of Christ shall be for the restauration and renovation of the same in the
day of the glorious liberty of the children of God. For the Heavens were of old, and the
globe of the Earth, consisting partly [<gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>] of water, (<hi>viz.</hi> that of the Great deep)
and partly<note n="a" place="bottom">
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> sometimes signifies <hi>inter, amongst,</hi> or <hi>in the midst of,</hi> as if it were<note n="*" place="margin">2 <hi>Tim.</hi> 2. 2. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, inter multos testes. <hi>Vide Notas B.</hi>
                  </note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <hi>So Herodotus,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>inter insulas.</hi> Howsoever we render the Preposi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion,
I suppose S. <hi>Peter</hi> by his <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> means the superior water, which toge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
with that of the Sea or Great deep concurred to the drowning of the World,
as appears by the place of <hi>Genesis</hi> alledged.</note> [<gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>]
amongst water, to wit, the clouds and floud-gates of hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven
hanging about it; all framed by the word of God: By which waters [<gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>]
the world which then was, being overwhelmed with water, perished; as it is written,
<hi>Gen.</hi> 7. 11, &amp;c. <hi>In the</hi> 600. <hi>year of Noah's life, in the second month, the</hi> 17. <hi>day
of the month, were all the Fountains of the Great deep broken up, and the Floud<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gates</hi>
(or <hi>Cataracts) of heaven were opened:</hi> and verse 18. <hi>And the waters pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vailed
exceedingly upon the earth—And all flesh died that moved upon the earth,
both of fowl, and of cattel, and of beast, and of every creeping thing, and every
man</hi>—verse 21.</p>
            <p>
               <hi>Verse</hi> 7. But the Heavens and the Earth (<hi>that is, the World</hi>) which is now, by the
same word are kept in store, reserved unto<note n="a" place="bottom">From this proportion which the Iudgment to come by <hi>Fire</hi> hath unto that
which was by <hi>Water</hi> in the Deluge, <hi>Irenaeus</hi> calls it <hi>Diluvium ignis, Lib.</hi> 5. <hi>cap.</hi>
29. <hi>juxta Edit. Fevardentii.</hi>
               </note>
fire at the Day of Iudgment and perdition
of ungodly men; according to the prophecy of <hi>Daniel (c.</hi> 7. <hi>v.</hi> 10, 11.) who saw a fiery stream
<pb n="611" facs="tcp:63175:358"/>
issuing and coming forth before the Iudge of the world, and the body of the fourth Beast burn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
therewith: And of <hi>Esay (chap.</hi> 66. 15, 16.) who saith of that day, That <hi>the Lord
shall come with fire, and with his chariots like a whirlwind, to render his anger with
fury, and his rebukes with flames of fire:</hi> And that <hi>by fire and by his sword,</hi> (i. e. <hi>by
his sword of fire, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>) the Lord would plead with all flesh, and the slain of the
Lord shall be many</hi>
               <note n="b" place="bottom">It may be it is of this day the same Prophet <hi>Esay</hi> also speaks chap. 9. 5. where he
saith, The battel of the <hi>Messiah</hi> should not be as the <hi>battel of the warriour, with
confused noise, and garments rolled in bloud; but with burning and fuel of fire.</hi> For
the old Prophets (for the most part) speak of the coming of Christ indefinitely
and in general, without that distinction of <hi>First</hi> and <hi>Second</hi> coming, which the
Gospel out of <hi>Daniel</hi> hath more clearly taught us. And so consequently they
spake of the things to be at Christ's coming indefinitely and altogether, which
we, who are now more fully informed by the revelation of the Gospel of a two-fold
coming, must apply each of them to its proper time: those things which
befit the state of his <hi>First</hi> coming, unto it; and such things as befit the state of
his <hi>Second</hi> coming, unto his Second; and what befits Both alike, may be applied
unto Both.</note>.
So also <hi>Mal.</hi> 4. 1. That the great and terrible day <hi>shall burn as
an oven, and all the proud and all that do wickedly shall be stubble, which at the
coming of that day shall be burnt up.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>
               <hi>Verse</hi> 8. But whereas I mentioned (<hi>saith S.</hi> Peter) the Day of Iudgment, lest ye
might mistake it for a short day, or a day of a few hours, I would not, beloved, have you
ignorant, that One day with the Lord is as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one
day<note n="a" place="bottom">
                  <p>Thus I expound these words by way of a preoccupation or premunition;
because they are the formal words of the Iewish Doctors when they speak of the
<hi>Day of Iudgment</hi> or Day of Christ, as S. <hi>Peter</hi> here doth, <hi>viz.</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>una dies Dei Sancti Benedicti sunt mille anni.</hi> And though they use
to quote that of the ninetieth Psalm, (<hi>Mille anni in oculis tuis sicut dies hester<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nus</hi>)
for confirmation thereof; yet are not those words formally in the Psalm.
So that S. <hi>Peter</hi> in this passage seems rather to have had respect to that common
saying of the Iews in this argument, than to the words of the Psalm; where
the words [<hi>One day with the Lord is as a thousand years</hi>] are not, though the
latter part of the sentence [<hi>A thousand years as one day</hi>] may allude thither;
as the<note n="*" place="margin">Trad. R. Ke<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tinae in Gema<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ra San<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>edrin. Midrasch, i<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>
                        <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hillim super Ps. 90.</note> Iews also were wont to bring it for a confirmation of the for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mer.</p>
                  <p>2. These words are commonly taken as an argument why God should not be thought
<hi>slack in his promise</hi> (which follows in the next verse:) But the first Fathers
took it otherwise; and besides, it proves it not: For the question is not, whe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
the time be long or short in respect of God, but whether it be long or short
in respect of us; otherwise not only a thousand, but an 100 thousand years are
in the eyes of God no more than one day is to us, and so it would not seem long
to God, if the <hi>Day of Iudgment</hi> should be deferred till then.</p>
                  <p>3. Let the judicious consider it, whether this passage so prone to be taken in the
exposition I have given, yea and alledged to that purpose, were not some part
of a motive to the zelotical <hi>Anti-chiliasts</hi> (whereof <hi>Eusebius,</hi> whom we trust,
was none of the least) to be so willing and ready to question the authority of
this Epistle, as they did also at the same time of the <hi>Apocalypse.</hi> The pretence
against this Epistle was, because it wanted the testimony of allegation by the
first Fathers. But [<hi>Dies Domini sicut mille anni</hi>] quoted both by <hi>Iustin Mar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tyr</hi>
and <hi>Irenaeus,</hi> is not out of the ninetieth Psalm, as they took for granted, (for
there are no such words) but out of this Epistle of <hi>Peter,</hi> who applies it to the
<hi>Day of Iudgment,</hi> which he calleth <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>the Day of the Lord.</hi> Consi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der
it.</p>
               </note>
            </p>
            <p>
               <pb n="612" facs="tcp:63175:359"/>
               <hi>Verse</hi> 9. And though this Day be long deferred, yet is not the Lord slack concerning his
promise (as some men account slackness, as if he had alter'd his purpose, or meant never to
perform it;) but the cause of this delay is his long-suffering towards us<note n="a" place="bottom">S. <hi>Peter</hi> speaks and writes in this Epistle to his brethren the <hi>Iews,</hi> as appears
by the first verse of this chapter.</note> of the seed of
<hi>Israel,</hi> not willing that any should perish at that day, but that our whole Nation should come
unto repentance,<note n="b" place="bottom">
                  <p>Therefore the same S. <hi>Peter</hi> in his first publick Sermon to his Nation in the Temple,
after the sending of the Holy Ghost, (<hi>Acts</hi> 3. 19, &amp;c.) exhorts them to <hi>repent
and be converted <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, for the washing away of their
sins, That so (<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>) those times of refreshing and restitution of all things, which
God had spoken by the mouth of all his holy Prophets, might come;</hi> which till then
were to be suspended.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Object.</hi> But God could have hastened the <hi>Iews</hi> conversion, if it had pleased him.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Resp.</hi> But it stood not with the oeconomy of his Iustice, when the <hi>Iews</hi> had
rejected Christ, their expiation, to grant them this grace, until they should have
fulfilled a time of penance for all the sins of their Nation, even from the first
time they were a people until the last destruction of <hi>Ierusalem.</hi> For since they
would none of their pardon and attonement by Christ, (with respect unto whose
coming God had so long spared them; for all their expiation by Sacrifice looked
unto him) God would not bate them an ace of the judgment they had merited,
but would visit all the former sins of their Nation upon them, from the golden
Calf, until their crucifying and final rejecting of their <hi>Messiah</hi>
                  </p>
               </note>
which, if that Day should surprise them in their unbelief, must inevi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tably
perish with the rest of the enemies of Christ.</p>
            <p>
               <hi>Verse</hi> 10. But as for the manner of the coming of this great Day of the Lord, it shall be
suddenly and unawares, as a thief in the night, in which the<note n="a" place="bottom">What these <hi>Heavens</hi> are, and why I render <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>the host of them,</hi> and how
this <hi>Conflagration</hi> is to be understood, I will shew when I have done my Para<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phrase.</note> Heavens with a crack<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ling
noise of fire shall pass away, and the <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>
               <note n="a" place="bottom">What these <hi>Heavens</hi> are, and why I render <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>the host of them,</hi> and how
this <hi>Conflagration</hi> is to be understood, I will shew when I have done my Para<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phrase.</note> or host of them shall melt with fer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vent
heat; the Earth also and the works therein shall be burned.</p>
            <p>
               <hi>Verse</hi> 11, 12. Seeing then that all these things shall be dissolved, what manner of persons
ought we to be in all holy conversation and godliness, to make our selves fire-proof, and such
as may abide the day of refining? As namely becometh those who by faith look for and hasten
the coming of the Day of the Lord, wherein the Heavens being on fire shall be dissolved, and
the host of them melt with fervent heat. For our life and conversation ought to be sutable
to our faith, and we are so to walk as if that were always present which by faith we look
for.</p>
            <p>
               <hi>Verse 13.</hi> But this Conflagration ended, (whatsoever those Scoffers say who question
the promise of Christ's second coming) we look, according to his promise (<hi>Isa.</hi> 65. 17
&amp; 66. 22,) for a New heaven and a New earth, (<hi>that is,</hi> a new and refined state of the
World) wherein righteousness shall dwell, according as the same Prophet saith, chap. 60.
20, 21. <hi>The Lord shall be thine everlasting light, and the days of thy mourning shall
be ended; Thy people also shall be all righteous, they shall inherit the land</hi> (or <hi>earth)
for ever.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>
               <hi>Verse</hi> 14, 15, 16. Wherefore, beloved, (seeing that ye look for such things at his
coming) be diligent that ye may be found of him in peace, without spot and blameless; and
account the long-suffering of God in the delay thereof to be for salvation. Even as our be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>loved
<hi>Paul</hi> also, (one of the Apostles of our Lord, who confirmeth these words of the holy
Prophets) according to the wisdom given unto him, hath written unto you; enforcing the
like exhortation unto holiness of life, from this our faith and expectation of the Lord Iesus
his appearing to judgment, which we now make unto you; <hi>namely Heb. 12. 14, 28, 29.</hi>
As also in all his Epistles, speaking in them of these things, <hi>viz. Rom.</hi> 2. 4, 5, 6, 7. | 1 <hi>Cor.</hi>
1. 7, 8. &amp;. 3. 13. | 2 <hi>Cor.</hi> 5. 9, 10, 11. initio, &amp; 7. 1. | <hi>Phil.</hi> 1. 10. &amp; 2. 15, 16. also
3. 20, &amp;c. | <hi>Coloss.</hi> 3. 4, 5. | 1 <hi>Thess.</hi> 2. 12. &amp; 3. 13. <hi>denique</hi> 5. 23. | 2 <hi>Thess.</hi> 1. 8,
&amp;c. 1 <hi>Tim.</hi> 6. 14, 15. | <hi>Tit.</hi> 2. 12, 13.</p>
            <p>
               <hi>Verse 16.</hi> 
               <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, Amongst which things concerning the Second coming of Christ are
somethings hard to be conceived, which those which are unlearned and not well setled in
<pb n="613" facs="tcp:63175:359"/>
the Faith, like unto these Scoffers, stumble at, as they do at other Scriptures, taking occa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sion
thereby to stagger and doubt of the truth of God; so perverting the Scriptures from
their right end, by making them the means of their own destruction, which were given by
God as a means whereby they might believe and be saved.</p>
            <div type="part">
               <head>How this Conflagration of the World whereof S. PETER
speaks, and especially of the Heavens, is to be under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stood.</head>
               <p>FOR resolution of this Question, I must premise some things, to make the way
thereto the more easie.</p>
               <list>
                  <item>1. That in the old Hebrew language, wherein the Scripture speaks, there is no
one word to express that <hi>Compages</hi> of the superior and inferior bodies, which we call
<hi>Mundus,</hi> but those two words, <hi>Heaven</hi> and <hi>Earth,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> joyned and put toge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther,
only: So that when S. <hi>Peter</hi> saith, <hi>The World which then was, perished by water;
but the Heavens and the Earth which are now, are reserved to fire,</hi> he might as well have
said, according to his meaning, The <hi>Heavens and the Earth</hi> which then were, perished
by water; as the <hi>World</hi> that now is shall by fire. For the words [<hi>Heaven and Earth</hi>]
joyned imply no more in the one (according to the Scripture's notion) than the single
word <hi>Mundus</hi> or <hi>World</hi> doth in the other, being applied to the history of the great
Deluge: As also a <hi>New heaven</hi> and a <hi>New earth</hi> is the same notion with that in our ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pression,
when we say, a <hi>New World,</hi> that is to say, <hi>Nova rerum facies, nova rerum con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ditio;</hi>
which we otherwise apply to very small and even particular and domestical
changes, when we say, <hi>Here is a new World;</hi> which the Hebrew would or might ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>press,
<hi>Here is a new Heaven and a new Earth.</hi>
                  </item>
                  <item>2. That it is not like that any other <hi>World,</hi> or <hi>Heaven and Earth,</hi> shall perish by
<hi>Fire,</hi> than such a one as heretofore perished by <hi>Water:</hi> For so the <hi>Antithesis</hi> imports,
<hi>viz. The World,</hi> or Heaven and Earth, <hi>which then was, perished by water; the Heaven
and Earth which now is, is reserved for a destruction by fire.</hi> Now the <hi>World</hi> which pe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rished
by <hi>water</hi> was no other than the <hi>sublunary World;</hi> the <hi>Heaven</hi> whereof is that
which we call <hi>Aire,</hi> but the Scriptures <hi>Heaven:</hi> which <hi>sublunary Heaven,</hi> together
with the <hi>Earth,</hi> was marred by that general Deluge; and the creatures belonging to
them both either wholly destroyed, or marvellously corrupted from that they were
before. Such a <hi>World</hi> therefore, and no other <hi>Heaven and Earth,</hi> shall undergo this
second <hi>deluge of Fire</hi> for restauration, which before suffered the <hi>deluge of Water</hi> for
corruption.</item>
                  <item>3. Observe also, for the better understanding of S. <hi>Peter</hi>'s meaning, That the word
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, which we in this place are wont to turn <hi>Elements,</hi> is not like to be under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stood
in the notion of the Greek Philosophy, whose terms and notions the Scripture
useth not; but otherwise divideth the <hi>World.</hi> Nay further, in this place it cannot be
so understood; for that the Hebrew division of the <hi>World</hi> into <hi>Heaven and Earth</hi> is
here expressed, and these <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> distinguished from them both. But when the
whole World is divided into <hi>Heaven</hi> and <hi>Earth,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, by <hi>Earth</hi> is meant
the <hi>Earthen Globe,</hi> which S. <hi>Peter</hi> saith is <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, and so the <hi>Water</hi> and
<hi>Earth</hi> are both included in the sole name of <hi>Earth:</hi> in <hi>Heaven</hi> the <hi>Air</hi> is included.
Thus three of the Philosophical <hi>Elements</hi> are bestowed. The fourth is the <hi>Fire:</hi> but
this is that which is to burn the <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, and so none of the <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> to be burnt. And
if any of these <hi>Elements</hi> could be exempted from this division into Heaven and Earth,
besides the <hi>Fire,</hi> as namely the <hi>Air;</hi> yet could not that, nor any one of them alone,
be <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in S. <hi>Peter;</hi> for <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> notes more than one.</item>
               </list>
               <p>It must needs therefore be that <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> here meaneth something else. Let us see
if we can find out what it is. Mark then S. <hi>Peter</hi>'s order, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, then <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.
By which correspondence it should seem that <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> should be
some furniture belonging to <hi>Coelum,</hi> as <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> are the buildings and whole furniture of
Creatures belonging to <hi>Terra;</hi> which furniture of both, but especially that of the <hi>Hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven,</hi>
the Scripture calls <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>the host of them,</hi> Gen. 2. 1. <hi>The heavens and the
earth were finished, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and all the host of them;</hi> LXX. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <pb n="614" facs="tcp:63175:360"/>
Vulg. <hi>Ornatus eorum.</hi> Nay, seeing the whole World is nothing else but the <hi>Heaven</hi> and
the <hi>Earth,</hi> and what is contained in them, (<hi>i. e.) exercitus eorum;</hi> and seeing <hi>Heaven</hi>
and <hi>Earth</hi> are both here distinctly named, and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> put for the <hi>host</hi> of the <hi>Earth;</hi>
it must needs be that <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, named as a distinct thing from all three, should note <hi>the
host of heaven:</hi> and so the meaning of S. <hi>Peter</hi> should be, when he saith <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
as if he had said, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>the Heavens and the host thereof;</hi>
or, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, as he says, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>the Earth and the works therein.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>But how, will some man say, should <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> come to have this notion? I answer
thus, The Hebrew verb <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> signifieth, <hi>in ordine militari sto, incedo,</hi> and so answers
to the Greek verb <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, which is expounded <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, i. e. <hi>in ordine mi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>litari
incedo: Vide Scap. ex Etymolog.</hi> Accordingly the LXX render the Hebrew
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, i. e. <hi>in procinctu sto, instructâ acie sto.</hi> Now if the verb <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> signifie
the same with the Greek <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, why may not the Hebrew Noun <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> (which we turn
<hi>exercitus</hi>) be rendred <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>; the <hi>Hellenists,</hi> or <hi>Greekish Iews,</hi> as in other words, so
here, following the Etymology from <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, and having an eye more to their own na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tive
language than to the use of <hi>Greece?</hi> It would be long to shew in how many words
they, and the Greek Scriptures written according to their Dialect, use notions which
the Greeks used not; namely, respecting some conformity or other in their own
tongue. The works of the learned in sacred Criticism are of late full of such observa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions,
whereby many difficulties and obscurities in Scripture become clear and easie.
Nevertheless the Gentile Greeks themselves use <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> (which come of
the same verb <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>) in the same sense we plead for, <hi>viz.</hi> for <hi>ordo militaris,</hi> Military
array: Why may not then the <hi>Hellenists</hi> (so the<note place="margin">See the <hi>Syri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ack,</hi> Acts 9. 29. where <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> are <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>u<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ned <hi>Iudaei qui loqueban<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ur Gracé.</hi>
                  </note> 
                  <hi>Greek Iews</hi> are called) do the same
with <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, being for the Etymology every way as fit? seeing also they are other<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wise
wont to permute significations from vicinity of sound?</p>
               <p>For a further confirmation of this notion of <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> I contend for, I will add what
I have met with to that purpose. <hi>Schickardus,</hi> a learned professor of the Oriental
tongues at <hi>Tubing,</hi> in his <hi>Bechinath happeruschim,</hi> pag. 44. hath discovered out of <hi>Ram<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ban's,</hi> or <hi>R. Moses ben Nachman</hi>'s Preface <hi>in Perusche hattorah,</hi> two passages taken out
of the Chaldee copy of the <hi>Wisdom of Solomon,</hi> which that <hi>Rabbi</hi> had seen; whereby
the said <hi>Schickardus</hi> proveth against S. <hi>Ierome,</hi> that the Greek is not the Original, but
was translated out of Chaldee. The passages which this <hi>Ramban</hi> quoteth thence are
chap. 7. v. 5, 6, 7, and part of the 8. and again, v. 17, 18, 19, 20, 21. In the last
of which quotations, because there is in the Greek <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, I greedily look<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
what word in the Chaldee answered here to <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, which I found to be <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
which those who have skill know to signifie the <hi>Planets,</hi> 12 Signs or Constellations of
Heaven, as being the same with the Hebrew<note n="*" place="margin">I have since looked in the Preface of <hi>Ramban,</hi> where I found those Chaldee passages menti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>oned, which the Rabbi tran<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>slates into He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brew: and for the Chaldee which answer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eth to <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> he renders <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note>. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> therefore here are
<hi>Stars</hi> and <hi>Planets;</hi> which I shall not need prove to be the host of the Ethereal hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven:
yea and perhaps too <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> are derived of the verb <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>ire,</hi> as <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
is of <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.</p>
               <p>Now we know the Scriptures make three heavens: 1. The Air, or Sublunary hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven;
2. The Ethereal, or Starry heaven; 3. The heaven of Glory, or Empyreal
heaven. Every of these heavens have their <hi>host</hi> or army. The <hi>host</hi> of the heaven of
Glory or the third heaven are the Angels and blessed Spirits: The <hi>host</hi> of the Ethereal
heaven are the Stars and Planets: The <hi>host</hi> of the Aereal or Sublunary heaven are
either <hi>visible,</hi> as the Clouds of Heaven (<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>) and other Meteors, as also
the rest of the creatures mansioning therein, as the Fowls of heaven (<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>) or <hi>invisible, viz.</hi> the wicked Spirits and Devils, whose Prince, Satan, is called
<hi>the Prince of the power of the Air,</hi> Eph. 2. 2. and his host <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>rulers of the
world,</hi> that is, of the Sublunary world; and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>wicked spirits in heavenly places,</hi> namely in the lowest or sublunary heavens, <hi>Eph.</hi>
6. 12. And whether S. <hi>Paul. Gal.</hi> 4. 8, 9. and <hi>Gol.</hi> 2. 8, &amp;c. includes not some of those
under his <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, I cannot affirm: let the Learned further consider it, when
namely he speaks to and of Gentiles, and not Iews.</p>
               <p>HAVING hitherto prepar'd the way, let us now come closer home to S. <hi>Peter,</hi>
whose words evidently import that <hi>some</hi> of these Heavens, or <hi>all</hi> of them, shall suffer
a <hi>Conflagration</hi> at the Day of Christ. Not <hi>all</hi> of them; for who ever put the <hi>Empyre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>al
heaven</hi> in that reckoning? And for the <hi>Ethereal heaven,</hi> he that considereth both
the supereminent nature and immensity thereof, and of those innumerable bodies
therein, in regard of which the whole Sublunary world is but a point or centre; and
that it no way can be proved that ever those bodies received any curse for mans sin,
or contagion by the world's deluge, or that any enemies of God dwell in them to pol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lute
<pb n="615" facs="tcp:63175:360"/>
them; he that considereth this, will not easily be induced to believe that the
Fire of the day of Iudgment should burn them. It remaineth therefore that the
<hi>Sublunary heavens</hi> only with their <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> are to be the subject of this <hi>Conflagra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>These Heavens, saith S. <hi>Peter,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, i.e. <hi>solventur, shall be dissolved,</hi> and their
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>shall melt with fervent heat.</hi> 'Tis a Metaphor taken from the refining of
metalls, <hi>quae igne solvuntur ut purificentur,</hi> which are melted in order to their purify<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
and refining. So that <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is as much as <hi>Coeli igne adhi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bito
constabuntur.</hi> This to be the meaning of <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> appears, because S. <hi>Peter</hi>
himself interprets <hi>solvi</hi> to be <hi>liquefieri.</hi> For having in the tenth verse said, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
i.e. <hi>shall be dissolved,</hi> he in the twelfth verse repeating it says, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
i.e. <hi>shall melt:</hi> Now <hi>melting</hi> is for <hi>refining</hi> and <hi>purifying.</hi> Nor is the word
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> averse from this notion, the LXX using <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> for the Hebrew <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, as in
the Psalms more than once: <hi>The words of the Lord are as refined</hi> or <hi>tried silver,</hi> LXX.
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Psal. 12.</hi> and so elsewhere. But when the <hi>Sublunary</hi> heaven
shall be thus refined, even the <hi>Ethereal</hi> lights of the <hi>Stars,</hi> of the Sun and Moon,
&amp;c. will appear to those on earth much more glorious than now they do, as sending
their raies through a purer <hi>Medium;</hi> so that all the world to us-ward shall be as it
were renewed.</p>
               <p>As for <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> (or <hi>passing away</hi>) verse 10. it is an Hebraism, signifying any
change or going of a thing from the state wherein it was, and answers to the verb
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, which signifieth both <hi>transire</hi> and <hi>mutari,</hi> as <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> also in Chaldaism doth. And
<hi>Schindler</hi> notes, that <hi>Psal.</hi> 102. the <hi>Arabick</hi> for <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>mutabuntur,</hi> hath <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>transibunt.</hi> In the twelfth verse it is expounded by <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> but <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, I have
already shewed, is commuted with <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. They therefore all three of them sig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nifie
one and the same thing: and I see no reason why we should imagine a greater
<hi>emphasis</hi> in <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> for an utter abolition in the destruction by <hi>fire,</hi> than was
before implied in <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, when he spake of the destruction by <hi>water:</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
(saith he) <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, vers. 6.</p>
               <p>But what shall become of the <hi>invisible host,</hi> which I named as part of the <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
of this Sublunary heaven, <hi>viz.</hi> those <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, the army of wicked
and unclean spirits? shall the Fire of the last Iudgment touch these? I answer;
Though the operation of the Fire shall not be upon them to burn them, yet shall
they also suffer by this fiery judgment, being thereby to be exiled and dejected from
those high mansions, and bestowed in some lower place. For so that of <hi>Iude</hi> seems
to imply; <hi>The Angels</hi> (saith he) <hi>which kept not their first estate, but left their own</hi>
(or <hi>proper) habitation, he hath reserved to</hi> [be bound with] <hi>everlasting chains of
darkness, at the Iudgment of the great Day. Vide Piscat. in hunc locum.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>And this seems to me to be the most literal and unforced exposition of this de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>scription
of S. <hi>Peter, of the Heaven and Earth's conflagration at the Day of Christ,</hi> and
so to be preferred before any other.</p>
               <p>BUT if a <hi>Prophetical strain</hi> or <hi>Scheme</hi> may be here admitted, there is another
way of explication, which yet in the conclusion will come to the same purpose the
former did, although the way thereto be not the same. And certainly our Saviour
in the Gospel describing the coming of this Day, useth a <hi>Prophetical</hi> expression: <hi>The
Sun</hi> (saith he) <hi>shall be darkned, and the Moon shall not give her light, and the Stars
shall fall from heaven, and the powers of heaven shall be shaken.</hi> For if this be taken
<hi>literally,</hi> whither shall the <hi>Stars</hi> fall from heaven, which are either as big, or many
times bigger than the globe of the earth? where shall there be room for them? If
such a Scheme then be supposed in S. <hi>Peter</hi>'s description, the explication may be after
this manner.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Mundus</hi> or the <hi>World</hi> (to omit other particular acceptions) is, according to the
Scripture's use, either <hi>Mundus continens,</hi> or <hi>Mundus contentus;</hi> (give me leave to
use these terms for distinction sake.) By <hi>Mundus continens</hi> I mean the <hi>Compages</hi>
and frame of the Physical <hi>heaven</hi> and <hi>earth,</hi> wherein the rest of the creatures are
contained: by <hi>Mundus contentus,</hi> the state or body of the inhabitants and Kingdoms
of the earth. Now to whatsoever the notion of <hi>Mundus</hi> is appliable, there is also
supposed to be an <hi>Heaven</hi> and <hi>Earth,</hi> as being the names and parts whereby the Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tures
express <hi>the World.</hi> The <hi>Heaven</hi> then of this <hi>Political world</hi> is the Sovereignty
or Sovereign part thereof; whose <hi>Host</hi> and <hi>Stars</hi> are the powers ruling that <hi>world:</hi>
In the highest place <hi>Gods</hi> and <hi>Idols;</hi> next, <hi>Kings, Princes, Peers, Counsellours, Magi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>strates,</hi>
and other such Lights shining in that Firmament. And at such a meaning
<pb n="616" facs="tcp:63175:361"/>
and no other (it being an Oriental notion) may aim (for ought I can see) that sup<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>posed
fastuous style of <hi>Sapores</hi> King of <hi>Persia to Constantius</hi> the Emperour, <hi>Rex
Regum Sapores, frater Solis &amp; Lunae, partiçeps.</hi> (i.e. <hi>socius) Siderum, Constantio
fratri salutem.</hi> But to go on: <hi>The Earth is the Peasantry</hi> or <hi>vulgus hominum,</hi> together
with the terrestrial creatures serving the use of man.</p>
               <p>Of such a Heaven and Earth as this is, the Lord speaks in the Prophecie of <hi>Hag<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gai,</hi>
Ch. 2. v. 6, 7. <hi>Yet once, it is a little while, and I will shake the heavens and the
earth, both the sea and the dry land; And I will shake all Nations, and the desire of all
Nations shall come.</hi> And again v. 21, 22. <hi>I will shake the heavens and the earth; And
I will overthrow the Throne of Kingdoms, and I will destroy the strength of the Kingdoms
of the Heathen,</hi> &amp;c. Of such a Heaven and Earth speaks <hi>Ieremy,</hi> Chap. 4. 23. <hi>I
beheld the earth, and it was without form and void (<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,) and the heavens, and
they had no light: viz.</hi> as if the World were turn'd into the old Chaos again,
<hi>Gen.</hi> I. See the rest which follows. Of such <hi>Heavens and an Earth</hi> speaks the Lord
in <hi>Isaiah</hi> ch. 51. 15, 16. namely of the Heavens and Earth of the World or State of
<hi>Israel: I am</hi> (saith he) <hi>the Lord thy God, who divided the sea,</hi> (to wit, the Red
sea) <hi>when the waters thereof roared; the Lord of Hosts is his name: And put my Words</hi>
(i.e. my Law) <hi>in thy mouth, and covered thee in the shadow of my hand,</hi> (i.e. pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tected
thee in thy march to <hi>Canaan,</hi> &amp;c.) <hi>that I might plant the Heavens, and lay the
foundations of the Earth,</hi> (i.e. make thee a State, and build thee into a Political World)
<hi>and say unto Sion, Thou art my people.</hi> Of such a kind of <hi>Heaven</hi> speaks the same Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phet,
ch. 34. 2, 4, 5. <hi>The indignation of the Lord is upon all Nations, and his fury upon
all their Armies,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>And all the host of Heaven shall be dissolved, and the Heavens shall
be rolled together as a scroll; and all their host shall fall down, as the leaf falleth off from
the Vine, and as a falling fig from <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap> sig-tree. For my sword shall be bathed in Heaven:
behold it shall come down upon <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>maea,</hi> &amp;c. See the rest, and know that this de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>struction
of <hi>Edom</hi> is prophesied of in no less Hyperbolical a strain by <hi>Obadiah,</hi>
and <hi>Ieremy</hi> c. 49. from v. 7, to 22. <hi>Ezek.</hi> 35. <hi>tot</hi> &amp; 25. 12. which I note,
lest any man wondring at the <hi>Hyperbole</hi> of this of <hi>Esay,</hi> should think it appli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>able
only to the <hi>Day of Iudgment.</hi> And that such Schemes as these were usual to
the Nations of the Orient, may appear not only by the <hi>Chymical Philosophy</hi> derived
thence, (which makes Heaven and Earth and Stars in every thing) but from the
testimony of <hi>Moses Maimonides,</hi> who (<hi>More Nebechim par. 2. c. 29.</hi>) affirms that
the <hi>Arabians</hi> in his time in their vulgar speech, when they would express that a man
was fallen into some great calamity or adversity,<note place="margin">Compare <hi>Lam.</hi> 2. 1.</note> used to say, <hi>Coelum ejus super terram
ejus cecidit.</hi> No question these Schemes were as familiar to them as our Poets strains
and expressions are to us, though of another <hi>genius:</hi> ours are borrowed from fables,
stories, persons, places; theirs were from the frame of the World, the Sun, Moon,
Stars and Elements, &amp;c.</p>
               <p>If such a notion of <hi>Coelum</hi> and <hi>Terra</hi> may have place in this place of <hi>Peter,</hi> (and
why may he not, uttering a Prophecy, borrow a Prophetical strain?) it may easily
appear what <hi>Heaven and Earth</hi> the Fire at Christ's second coming shall burn up and
consume, <hi>viz.</hi> the <hi>Heaven</hi> and <hi>Earth</hi> of the <hi>contained world,</hi> such as those which the
former judgment by water overwhelmed and destroyed; the world of wicked States
and men, high ones and low ones, Princes and Peasants, man and beast; according
to that twice-repeated passage, <hi>Isa.</hi> 2. 11, 17. (which the ancient <hi>Iews</hi> interpreted of
the Day of Iudgment,) <hi>The loftiness of man shall be bowed down, and the haughti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness
of men shall be made low, and the Lord alone shall be exalted in that day: And the
Idols</hi> (these are part of the host of the Heaven we speak of) <hi>he shall utterly abolish.</hi>
And of such <hi>Heavens</hi> and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> as these, it mattereth not though we understand an
absolute destruction, (namely, of so much as shall be burned) as was in the Deluge
of <hi>Noah:</hi> and so likewise of the <hi>Earth and works thereof.</hi> But whereas by the uni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>versal
<hi>Deluge,</hi> though only the <hi>Mundus contentus</hi> perished, yet nevertheless the
<hi>Mundus continens</hi> was therewith corrupted and depraved; in the destruction by <hi>Fire</hi>
it shall be otherwise; for the world of wicked ones being destroyed, the Heaven and
Earth w<hi rend="sup">ch</hi> contained them shall be purged and refined for the righteous todwell therein.</p>
               <p>This Exposition I put but in the second place, because where the proper sense of
the letter may be kept, I prefer it before any other.</p>
               <p>To conclude, If any there yet be whom neither of the former Expositions can sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tisfie,
but will needs have the <hi>fire</hi> and <hi>burning</hi> here spoken of to be that whereby the
World is to be utterly annihilated; I could answer, That the Day of Iudgment is a
thousand years, and this Fire, though it be to be <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>in that day,</hi> yet
<pb n="617" facs="tcp:63175:361"/>
shall it not be in the beginning, but end thereof: The beginning being but a de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>struction
of the enemies of Christ and the Kingdom of Satan, and then a restaura<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion;
the end, a destruction of the whole creature it self by utter annihila<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion:
and then S. <hi>Peter</hi>'s words, ver. 13. to be construed after this manner, <hi>That
howsoever the Heavens and the Earth shall at length be dissolved by fire; nevertheless be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
that shall be, we look for a New heaven and a New earth</hi> (i.e. a new world or re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stauration)
<hi>to precede this abolition; according to his promise,</hi> Isa. 65. 17. &amp; 66. 22.</p>
               <p>But such an exposition, methinks, would not suit so well with that which I take
to be S. <hi>Peter</hi>'s chiefest scope in this passage, nor with the words of the holy Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phets
he pointeth at, which seem to speak only of a <hi>Fire</hi> which should precede a restau<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ration,
and not of that which should cause an utter abolition of the world.</p>
               <p>And as concerning such an utter abolition of the whole frame of Heaven and
Earth after the Oeconomy of the redemption and victory of Christ shall be finished,
it seemeth to me a mystery which hath no bottom. Howsoever I am not perswaded
this place of S. <hi>Peter</hi> should mean any such thing. Those passages, <hi>Iob</hi> 14. 12. and
<hi>Apoc.</hi> 20. 11. may seem to be of more moment. And if any such annihilation shall
be, it stands more with reason it should be by the immediate power of God, with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>out
the instrument of any creature, than by <hi>Fire;</hi> and that he who at first brought
it out of nothing without any creature's help, should reduce it again to nothing
without the help of any creature.</p>
               <q>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.</q>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>A Collection of some passages in the ancient Fathers, shewing
that by <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> are meant the Host and Furniture
of Heaven, &amp;c.</head>
               <p>
                  <hi>IUSTINUS</hi> M. Apol. 1. pro Christianis, statim ab initio. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
[Sic leg. non <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>] <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, &amp;c. Interpres non intellexit.</p>
               <p>Ità accipit <hi>THEODORETUS</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> ad <hi>Galat.</hi> cap. 4.</p>
               <p>Apud THEOPHILUM <hi>Antiochenum Luminaria</hi> &amp; <hi>Astra</hi> veni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>unt
nomine <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. Lib. 1.—<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.—Et Paulò pòst—
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. Lib. 2. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
&amp;c. Ideo <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.
Ibid.—Nec solùm idolorum cultum<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>Respicit</hi> Deut. 4. 19. <hi>&amp;</hi> 17. 3.</note> Lex Divina inhibet,
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> Vide &amp; quae se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quuntur.</p>
               <p>In Epistola <hi>POLYCRATIS</hi> (Episcopi Ephesini) apud Eusebium lib. 3. cap.
25. de obitu <hi>Philippi</hi> &amp; <hi>Ioannis.</hi>—<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.
<hi>Verte jam Magna Luminaria.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>AUTHOR</hi> Quaestionum ad <hi>Antiochum</hi> inter opera <hi>Athanasii,</hi> Quaest. 37. (vel
16.) <hi>Solem</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> nuncupat.—<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> (<hi>Solem</hi> intelligit)
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
               </p>
               <p>De voce <hi>Elementi,</hi> vide <hi>CYPRIANUM</hi> in Exhort. ad Martyr. cap. 1.</p>
               <signed>I. M.</signed>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <pb n="618" facs="tcp:63175:362"/>
               <head>Of the FIRE at Christ's Second Coming.
An Extract of Mr. Mede's Letter to Mr. N. E.
relating to some Passages in this Treatise upon 2 Pet. 3.</head>
               <p>CHrist our Lord shall come, when the <hi>Beatum Milleunium</hi> is to begin, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,<note place="margin">2 The<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap> 1. 8.</note>
in flaming fire; by the Divine and miraculous efficacy
whereof the World that now is shall be <hi>refined,</hi> and delivered from the
bondage of corruption which came upon it for the sin of Man.</p>
               <p>This <hi>Fire</hi> of Christ's coming, and no other, was that <hi>Ignis Purgatorius</hi> which some
of those first Fathers harped on: namely, they supposed this <hi>Divine Fire</hi> should
stretch even to the <hi>Souls</hi> of the dead; and that such as had departed out of this
life not fully purged of sin by Repentance here, should not be found <hi>Fire-proof at</hi>
that day, but be refined <hi>cum mora &amp; dolore</hi> before their resurrection. See that of
<hi>Cyprian</hi> Epist. 52. <hi>Aliud est ad veniam stare, aliud ad gloriam pervenire; aliud mi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>um
in carcerem non exire inde donec solvat novissimum quadrantem, aliud scatim fi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap> &amp;
virtutis accipere mercedem; aliud pro peccatis longo dolore cruciatum emundari &amp; pur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gari
diu igne, aliud pendere in Die Iudicii ad sententiam Domini, aliud statim à Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mino
coronari.</hi> Compare that of <hi>Irenaeus lib 1. c.</hi> 2.—<hi>Christum in suo de coelis ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ventu</hi>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> hic pro <hi>poena</hi> posita videtur, non <hi>virtute<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </hi> quam poenam in <hi>mo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>a resur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rectionis</hi> con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stituit Tertul.</note>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>—This conceit sure had its ground from that of
<hi>Paul,</hi> 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 3. 13. <hi>The day</hi> (viz. of Iudgment) <hi>shall declare,</hi> [what is combustible
in our works] <hi>because it shall be revealed by fire; and the fire shall try every mans work,
of what sort it is:</hi> and upon that exhortation of <hi>Peter,</hi> 2 <hi>Pet.</hi> 3. 14. Yet did they,
at least some of them, expect <hi>another fire</hi> at the end of the thousand years for the
destruction of <hi>Gog</hi> and <hi>Magog,</hi> &amp;c.—</p>
               <signed>I. M.</signed>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>Some Excerpta out of the Fathers concerning
the Renovation of the World.
Tertullianus lib. 3. adversus Marcionem, cap. 24.</head>
               <p>NAm &amp; confitemur in terra nobis Regnum repromissum; sed ante coelum
sed alio statu: utpote post Resurrectionem in Mille annos, in civitate di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vini
operis Hierusalem coelo delatâ, quam &amp; Apostolus <hi>Matrem nostram
sursum</hi> designat, &amp; <hi>politeuma nostrum,</hi> id est, municipatum, in coelis esse
pronuncians, alicui utique coelesti civitati eam deputat. Hanc &amp; Ezechiel
novit, &amp; Apostolus Ioannes vidit. Hanc dicimus excipiendis resurrectione sanctis, &amp;
refovendis omnium bonorum utique <hi>Spiritualium</hi> copiâ in compensationem corum quae in
seculo vel despeximus vel amisimus, à Deo prospectam. Siquidem &amp; justum &amp; Deo
dignum illic quoque exsultare famulos ejus, ubi sunt &amp; afflicti in nomine ipsius. Haec
ratio Regni coelestis. [<hi>N. B. Sic vocat quod in terris futurum asserit, utpote de coelo sive
coelitus; vel in quo coelestis &amp; Angelica vivetur vita.</hi>]</p>
               <p>Post cujus Mille annos, intra quam aetatem concluditur sanctorum Resurrectio, pro
meritis maturiùs vel tardiùs resurgentium, tunc &amp; mundi destructione &amp; Iudicii confla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gratione
commissâ, demutati in atomo in Angelicam substantiam, (scilieet per illud in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>corruptelae
superindumentum) transferemur in coeleste Regnum.—</p>
               <p>In the Former of these testimonies we have <hi>Tertullian</hi>'s authority for the applying
of <hi>Ezekiel</hi>'s Temple to the New <hi>Ierusalem:</hi> In the latter, for the time of the world's
<pb n="619" facs="tcp:63175:362"/>
conflagration and its destruction, <hi>Tertullian</hi> differs from the rest, I am sure from <hi>Ire<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>naeus.</hi>
Unless by <hi>judicii conflagratio</hi> (<hi>Vide enim de Spectaculis c.</hi> 30.) he meaneth
that of <hi>Gog</hi> and <hi>Magog, Apocal.</hi> 20. 9. But I think he doth not.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Idem,</hi> de Resurrectione Carnis, cap. 25.</p>
               <p>Eliam in<note n="a" place="bottom">Apocal. 6.</note> Apocalypsi Ioannis ordo temporum sternitur, quem Martyrum quoque animae
sub altari ultionem &amp; judicium flagitantes sustinere didicerunt; ut priùs &amp; orbis de
<note n="b" place="bottom">Ap. 15. &amp; 16.</note> pateris Angelorum plagas suas ebibat, &amp; prostituta illa<note n="c" place="bottom">Ap. 17.</note> Civitas à decem Regibus dig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nos
exitus referat, &amp;<note n="d" place="bottom">Ap. 19.</note> Bestia Antichristus cum suo Pseudopropheta certamen Ecclesiae
Dei inferat, atque ita Diabolo in<note n="e" place="bottom">Ap. 20.</note> abyssum interim relegato, <hi>Primae Resurrectionis</hi> prae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rogativa
de soliis ordinetur; dehinc &amp; igni dato, universalis Resurrectionis censura de
libris judicetur.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Idem,</hi> adversus Hermogenem, cap. 11.</p>
               <p>—Imò &amp; judicium frustrà constituit Deus, in justitia utique puniturus, quibus contra
malum finis, cùm praeses ejus Diabolus abierit in<note n="a" place="bottom">Ap. 20.</note> ignem quem praeparavit illi Deus &amp;
Angelis ejus, priùs inputeum abyssi relegatus; cùm<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <note n="b" place="bottom">Rom. 8.</note> Revelatio filiorum Dei redemerit
conditionem (<hi>id est, creaturam</hi>) à malo, utique vanitati subjectam; cùm restitutâ in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nocentiâ
&amp; integritate conditionis<note n="c" place="bottom">Isa. 11.</note> pecora condixerint bestiis, &amp; parvuli de serpentibus
luserint; cùm<note n="d" place="bottom">1 Cor. 19.</note> Pater filio posuerit inimicos sub pedes, utique operarios mali.</p>
               <q>Origenes <hi>contra</hi> Celsum, <hi>lib.</hi> 3.</q>
               <p>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.
Interpres hîc non bonâ fide egit.</p>
               <p>Idem in <hi>Ierem.</hi> Hom. 13. Siquis servaverit lavacrum Spiritûs Sancti, (i.e. <hi>ut paulò
antè innuerat,</hi> qui sanctus est, neque post fidem &amp; magisterium Dei rursum ad scelera
conversus est, qui mortale peccaetum non commiserit) iste in Resurrectionis Primae parte
communicat. Siquis verò in secunda Resurrectione servatur, iste peccator est, qui ignis
indiget baptismo, <hi>&amp;c. [alludit ad illud</hi> Mat. 3. 11.] Quamobrem cùm talia post mortem
nobis residere videamus, Scripturas diligenter simul recitantes reponamus eas in cordibus
nostris, &amp; juxta earum vivere praecepta nitamur; ut ante excessionis diem (si sieri po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>test)
peccatorum sordibus [<hi>sic vocat leviora peccata, seu passiones animae, ut paulò
antè</hi>] emundati, cum sanctis valeamus assumi in Christo Iesu, [<hi>annon respicit, 1</hi> Thes.
4. 16, 17?] cui est gloria &amp; imperium in secula seculorum. <hi>Amen.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Quamvis non dubito quin <hi>Hieronymus</hi> (qui in Prol. ad Orig. homil. in Ezech. fate<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur
se vertisse 14 Origenis homilias in <hi>Ierem.</hi>) hîc Origenis sententiam
nonnihil immutando emolliverit; tamen satìs adhuc remanet quo Origenes
cum Millenariis sensisse arguatur.</p>
               <p>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Martyrio c<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ronatus est ad extremum no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vissimae perse<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cutionis; vel, ut alii, sub <hi>De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cio</hi> &amp; Valeria<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>no. Petar.</note>
Methodius Olympi Lyciae, <hi>deinde</hi> Tyri, <hi>Episcopus in Libro de</hi> Resurrectione <hi>con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tra</hi>
Originem <hi>apud</hi> Epiphanium (<hi>Haeres. 74.) interloquente</hi> Procl.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Et verò <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
&amp;c.</hi>
               </p>
               <signed>I. M.</signed>
            </div>
         </div>
         <div type="half_title">
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:363"/>
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:363"/>
            <p>THE
APOSTASY
OF THE
LATTER TIMES;
OR
THE GENTILES THEOLOGY
OF DAEMONS</p>
            <p>
               <hi>Revived in the LATTER TIMES amongst Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stians,
in</hi> Worshipping of Angels, Deifying and Invocating
of Saints, Adoring of Reliques, Bowing down to Images and Crosses, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>
               <hi>All Which,</hi>
Together with the <hi>Original</hi> and <hi>Progress</hi> of this <hi>Grand Apostasy,
Are Represented</hi>
In several Elaborate DISCOURSES upon 1 <hi>Tim. 4. 1, 2,</hi> &amp;c.</p>
            <p>Howbeit the Spirit speaketh expressely, That in the Latter times some shall revolt from the
Faith, attending to erroneous Spirits and Doctrines of Daemons,
Through the hypocrisie of Liars, having seared consciences,
Forbidding to marry, <hi>and commanding</hi> to abstain from meats.</p>
            <p>By
<hi>The Pious and Profoundly-Learned</hi>
IOSEPH MEDE, B. D. sometime Fel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>low
of <hi>Christ</hi>'s College in <hi>Cambridge.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>The Fifth Edition, enlarged and corrected in sundry places according to
the Authors own Manuscript.</p>
         </div>
         <div type="exposition">
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:364"/>
            <p>
               <pb n="623" facs="tcp:63175:364"/>THE
APOSTASY
OF THE
LATTER TIMES.</p>
         </div>
         <div type="treatise">
            <head>A Treatise on 1 Timothy Chap. 4. Verse 1, 2, &amp;c.</head>
            <q>
               <l>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> &amp;c.</l>
               <l>Which I conceive may be thus Translated,</l>
               <l>Howbeit the Spirit speaketh expresly, That in the latter times some shall revolt from the</l>
               <l>Faith, attending to erroneous Spirits and<note n="*" place="margin">Doctrin<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>s Deastrorum.</note> Doctrines of Daemons,</l>
               <l>Through the hypocrisie of Liars, having seared consciences.</l>
               <l>Forbidding to marry, <hi>and commanding</hi> to abstain from meats, &amp;c.</l>
            </q>
            <div n="1" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. I.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>The dependance of the Text upon the last verse in the foregoing Chapter. Why in the Descrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
of the <hi>Mystery of Godliness</hi> those words [<hi>Assumed into Glory</hi>] are set last.
A view of the several parts of the Text, containing the Method and Order of the in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>suing
Discourse. The Author's 3 Reasons for his rendring the Text differently from
the Common Translation.</p>
               </argument>
               <p>THE WORDS I have read are a Prophecie of a Revolt of Christi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ans
from the <hi>Great Mystery of Christian Worship,</hi> described in the last
verse of the former Chapter, which according to the division of the
Ancients should be the first of this: For that last Verse, together with
the first six Verses of this and half the seventh verse, make the se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>venth
Title or main Section of this Epistle, expressed in the Edition
of <hi>Robert Stephen;</hi> and so are supposed, from the grounds of that division, to belong
all to one argument. The Words therefore of my Text depend upon the last of the
former Chapter, as the second part of a <hi>Discrete</hi> proposition: That howsoever the
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>the Mystery of Christian Religion,</hi> which is, <hi>God manifested in the
Flesh, justified in the Spirit, seen of Angels, and assumed into Glory;</hi> though <hi>this My<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stery</hi>
was a <hi>great</hi> one, and at that time <hi>preached</hi> and <hi>believed in the world:</hi> Never<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>theless
<hi>the Spirit</hi> [<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.] <hi>speaketh expresly, That in the latter times there shall
be a revolt</hi> or <hi>departing from this Faith;</hi> though not in all parts of it, yet from a main
and fundamental part thereof, namely, <hi>The assumption of this God and Man to the Throne
of Glory</hi> and incommunicable Majesty in Heaven, whereby he hath a Name given
him above every Name, and whereof no creature in Heaven or in Earth can be capa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ble.
Which connexion is the reason why the Apostle putteth this <hi>Assumption into Glo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry</hi>
in the last place of his description, which should else in the true order have fol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lowed
the words [<hi>justified in the Spirit,</hi>] and been before [<hi>preached unto the Gentiles</hi>
and <hi>believed on in the world.</hi>] But it is the<note n="*" place="margin">See this pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved in Chap. VII. of this Treatise.</note> method of the Scripture sometimes to
translate the proper order, and to mention that in the last place whereunto it is to
joyn, and from whence it is to infer the next words that follow after. And unless
this reason be allowed here, there will hardly be found any other reason of this mis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>placing.
But more of this shall be both spoken and made better to appear here<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>after.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="624" facs="tcp:63175:365"/>I come now more near to my Text; the words whereof I divide into two parts:
First, <hi>A Description of this solemn Apostasie,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">The Aposta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sie of the latter Times PART I.</note> in the first verse; Secondly, <hi>The Manner
or Means whereby it was to come to pass,</hi> in the following verses, <hi>viz. Through the hy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pocrisie
of Liars, who had seared consciences, forbade to marry, and</hi> (bade) <hi>to abstain
from meats.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="1"/> For the <hi>Description of the Apostasie it self,</hi> we shall find it first <hi>Generally</hi> and <hi>Inde<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>finitely</hi>
expressed both in the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>they shall Apostatize</hi> or <hi>revolt,</hi> and in
the next <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>shall attend to erroneous Doctrines,</hi> or <hi>Doctrines of
errour.</hi> Then <hi>Particularly, 1. What these erroneous Doctrines should be for the kind or
quality;</hi> namely, new Doctrines of Daemons, or a new Idolatry. 2. <hi>The Persons who
should thus apostatize;</hi> not all, but TINE <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> SOME. 3. <hi>The Time when it should be;
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> In the latter times. 4. The Proof or warrant of this Prophesie;</hi> it is
that which <hi>the Spirit</hi> hath else-where long agoe foretold <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> in the written word,
<hi>verbatim, totidem verbis,</hi> or in express words.</p>
               <p>
                  <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="2"/>
                  <hi>For the second part,</hi> viz. The Means; <hi>Consider</hi> 1. The Manner <hi>or</hi> Method used,
viz. By lying hypocrisie <hi>or</hi> hypocritical lying. 2. The quality and description of the Authors
and furtherers thereof, <hi>they should be such as</hi> had their consciences seared, who forbad
marriage and meats.</p>
               <p>Where, before I go any further, I must give an account of thus translating these
latter words which I make the second part, because they are commonly transla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted
otherwise, <hi>viz. intransitively,</hi> as referring the words of the two latter verses to
the persons mentioned in the first, <hi>viz.</hi> those <hi>Some</hi> who should Apostatize and give
heed to erroneous spirits and <hi>Doctrines of Devils,</hi> as they usually translate it: So
that the words of the second and third verses should be the expression by particulars
of that which was before generally comprized under <hi>erroneous spirits</hi> and <hi>doctrines of
Devils,</hi> which should consist partly <hi>in forbidding lawful marriage,</hi> and partly <hi>in com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>manding
abstinence from meats.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>But this interpretation seems very unlikely. For first, since S. <hi>Paul</hi> intendeth here
to describe that great Apostasie of the visible Christian Church, as is evident by the
pointing out of the time, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>In the latter times;</hi> who can believe
that he who aimeth at this, would instance only in the smaller and almost circum<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stantial
Errours, omitting the main and fundamental, which the Scripture elsewhere
telleth us should be <hi>Idolatry</hi> or <hi>Spiritual fornication?</hi> Secondly, As for <hi>Errours about
Marriage and Meats,</hi> they were not proper to the <hi>last times,</hi> but found more or less
in the Apostles own times; as may be gathered by some passages of their Epistles:
Why should then our Apostle, here speaking of the <hi>Apostasie of the latter times,</hi> in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stance
only in those things which the <hi>first times</hi> in some measure were never free from?
Lastly, (which I take alone to be sufficient) The Syntax of the words will not bear
it to have them so translated: For the persons in the first verse, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, are
expressed <hi>in casu recto,</hi> whereas the persons in the verses following,
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, are in the genitive: now by what Syntax
can these be construed <hi>intransitively?</hi> how will <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, &amp;c. agree with <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, &amp;c.
without breach of Grammar unsampled in our Apostle's Epistles? If any say, they may
be referred then and agree with <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> that indeed would be a strange sense, and
nothing to their purpose, to say that <hi>Devils lie, have seared consciences, and forbid mar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>riage
and meats.</hi> But to construe it <hi>transitively,</hi> and to make all these genitive cases to
be governed by <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, and take the preposition <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, to signifie<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>Hyperius</hi> so expounds it in his Comm. on this Epistle.</note>
                  <hi>Causam</hi> or <hi>Mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dum
actionis,</hi> as is most usual in Scripture; this, as it keepeth the Syntax true, so I hope
to make it appear hereafter to be the very meaning, and the Event most answerable
thereunto, when you shall hear proved out of story, That the Apostasie of the visible
Church came in by lying wonders and all deceiveableness of unrighteousness, mana<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ged
by those who either professed or doted upon Monastical hypocrisie; the affecta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
and errours whereof at length surprising the body of the Church, is that which
S. <hi>Paul,</hi> 2 <hi>Thess.</hi> 2. 10. calls not the <hi>Apostasie</hi> it self, but <hi>A<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>not-love of the Truth,</hi> for
which God <hi>gave them over to strong delusions, that they might believe a lye.</hi> But this is
out of<note n="*" place="margin">See this fur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther treated of in Part 2. Chap. 1.</note> its place; only I have anticipated thus much, lest you should be too long
in suspence of the grounds of this novelty in translating. And yet this difficulty con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerning
the Syntax hath stumbled many of our latter Interpreters, as amongst others
<hi>Beza,</hi> who solves it only by saying, That the Apostle more regarded the matter than
the construction; which for my part I cannot believe.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="2" type="chapter">
               <pb n="625" facs="tcp:63175:365"/>
               <head>CHAP. II.<note place="margin">The Aposta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sie of the Iatter Times PART I.</note>
               </head>
               <p>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> in the Scripture imports <hi>Revolt</hi> or <hi>Rebellion.</hi> That <hi>Idolatry</hi> is such,
proved from several passages in Scriplute. By <hi>Spirits</hi> in the Text are meant
<hi>Doctrines.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> are to be taken Passively, <hi>viz.</hi> for <hi>Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctrines
concerning Daemons.</hi> Several instances of the like form of speech in
Scripture.</p>
               <p>I Return now unto the First part of my Text, <hi>The Description of that solemn
Apostasie;</hi> where I will consider the five parts or points thereof as I have pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pounded
them, though it be not according to the order of the words. And first in
the more general expression, as I called it, in the words <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, &amp;
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.</p>
               <p>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is as much as to say, <hi>They shall make an Apostasie:</hi> Now <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
in the Scripture's use, when it looks towards a person, signifies a <hi>Revolt,</hi>
or <hi>Rebellion;</hi> when towards God, a spiritual Revolt from God or Rebellion
against Divine Majesty, whether Total, or by Idolatry and serving other Gods.
For the Seventy, whence the New Testament borrows the use of speech, usually
translates by this word the verb <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>to rebel,</hi> and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Rebellion;</hi> both which when
they have reference to a spiritual Sovereignty, mean nought else but <hi>Idolatry</hi>
and serving of other Gods: as may appear, <hi>Iosuah</hi> 22. 19. where the <hi>Israelites</hi>
supposing their brethren the <hi>Reubenites</hi> and <hi>Gadites,</hi> in building another Altar
upon the banks of <hi>Iordan,</hi> had meant to have forsaken the Lord and served other
Gods, they said unto them, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>you have rebelled against the Lord,</hi> and pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sently,
<hi>Rebell not against the Lord, nor rebell against us;</hi> where the Seventy hath
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> and in vers. 22. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <hi>Rebellion</hi> is translated <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, in the words, <hi>the Lord God of gods he knoweth
if it be in rebellion or in transgression against the Lord.</hi> Also <hi>Numb.</hi> 14. vers. 9.
when the people would have renounced the Lord upon the report of the Spies, <hi>Io<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>suah</hi>
and <hi>Caleb</hi> spake unto them, saying, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Rebel ye not;</hi> where the
Seventy hath <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Be not Apostates from the Lord.</hi>
So <hi>Nehem.</hi> 9. 26. in that repentant confession which the Levites make of the
<hi>Idolatry</hi> of their Nation, <hi>they were disobedient,</hi> say they, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>and re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>belled
against thee:</hi> where the Seventy hath <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. And <hi>Da<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>niel</hi>
in the like confession, Chap. 9. vers. 9. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, the Seventy, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>we have re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>belled
against him.</hi> So the Idolatry of <hi>Ahaz, 2 Chron. 28.</hi> and Chap. 29. is by the
same Interpreters called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, and <hi>he <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> revolted
greatly from the Lord.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>I will not trouble you with the places where <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> translated <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is used for
<hi>Treason</hi> and <hi>Rebellion against earthly Princes,</hi> which are many. It is sufficient to ga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
from what we have quoted, That Apostasie having reference to a Sovereignty
and Lordship, betokens a withdrawing of service and subjection there-from; which,
if the Sovereignty and Majesty be Divine, is done by<note n="*" place="margin">Hence the phrase in Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture <hi>Fornicarid Des,</hi> To aposta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tize from God by spiritual for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nication: <hi>vide</hi> Psal. 73. Hos. 9. &amp; ch. 4. Ezek. 23. See Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cord, <hi>Kir<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>:</hi>
                  </note> 
                  <hi>Idolatry</hi> and service of other
Gods, as well as if the Majesty of the true God were renounced altogether. The
use of the New Testament is answerable. <hi>Hebr. 3. 12. Take heed lest there be in any of
you an evil heart of unbelief, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in departing from the living God.</hi> And,
which is more near to our purpose, S. <hi>Paul</hi> in his 2 <hi>Thess. 2. 3.</hi> means no other thing
in his Prophecie of <hi>the man of sin</hi> by <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> than <hi>Christian Idolatry; <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
(Syr. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, Vnless that Apostasie come first,</hi> that is, Unless
there be a breach of Allegiance and Faith given unto Christ, by <hi>Idolatry</hi> under An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tichrist.
The like therefore I conclude to be intended in my Text by <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
namely, That in the latter times men should break their Oath of fidelity to
Christ that in and through him alone they should approch and worship the Divine
Majesty. And so hath the use of the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> taught us something, or at
least it hath wrought an indefinite suspicion of what should befal Christians in the
<hi>latter times.</hi> Howsoever we are yet in suspence whether <hi>this departing</hi> from Christ
and the Mystery of Godliness should be <hi>Total,</hi> in not acknowledging him at all, or
<pb n="626" facs="tcp:63175:366"/>
whether <hi>Heretical,</hi> in serving others besides him. For the Iews we know, when
they forsook the Lord most, yet did not forsake him altogether; but their <hi>Apostasie</hi>
was in not serving him only and alone, but others besides him, as Calves, the Host
of Heaven, and <hi>Baalim.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>LET us therefore see if the next <hi>general</hi> words will afford us yet further infor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mation,
<hi>viz.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> &amp; <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> i. e. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Chal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>d<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>e<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> &amp; Targu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mustis est Ido<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lum: &amp; <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>est</hi> Idola colere &amp; l<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ortari.</note> 
                  <hi>attending to erroneous spirits,</hi> or, as some
read, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>spirits of errour.</hi> It would be unprofitable and tedious to tell
here of the diverse use of this word <hi>Spirit</hi> in Scripture. Some take in this place
for <hi>Doctors of spiritual things,</hi> and so <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, or, as some read, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
should be <hi>Doctors of Errors.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>But I had rather take <hi>Spirits</hi> in this place for <hi>Doctrines</hi> themselves; For so Di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vines
observe it to be used, I <hi>Iohn</hi> 4. 1.<note place="margin">Rom. 1. 27.</note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Believe not every
spirit,</hi> i.e. <hi>every doctrine,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>but try the spirits,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,<note place="margin">2. Thess. 2. 11.</note>
                  <hi>if they be of God;</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>because
many false Prophets are gone out into the world:</hi>
                  <note place="margin">2 Pet. 2. 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> and so onward in that Chapter, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <hi>the spirit of Antichrist</hi> signifies the <hi>false doctrine of Antichrist.</hi> So
if this sense be admitted, we are something less in suspence than we were, and may guess that this <hi>Revolt</hi> should not be <hi>Total,</hi> but <hi>Heretical:</hi> For we shall not easily find
the word <hi>Spirit</hi> to be otherwise used but either for the <hi>Doctrines</hi> or <hi>Doctors of Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stianity,</hi>
or for <hi>Heresies</hi> under the same. It seems therefore to be some revolt from
Christ by <hi>Idolatry,</hi> even in those who would seem to worship him.</p>
               <p>But suppose it be so, yet still are we in suspence what these <hi>Erroneous and Ido<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>latrous
Doctrines</hi> might be: For <hi>Idolatry,</hi> as we may see in the Iewish Apostasies,
was of diverse kinds, as worshipping the Host of Heaven, <hi>Baalims,</hi> and the Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiles
other things besides them. But we shall not be long in doubt, the next words
will clear the case, and tell us they shall be<note place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap>. 10. 8.</note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctrines
of <hi>Daemons:</hi> not</hi> which Daemons or Devils are authors of (though that be
true) as if the Genitive case were active; but <hi>Doctrines concerning Daemons,</hi> the
Gen<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>tive case <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> being here to be taken passively for the object of these do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctrines;
as in <hi>Hebr.</hi> 6. 2. we have <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>doctrines of Baptisms,</hi> and
<hi>doctrines of laying on of hands, of the Resurrection of the dead, and of eternal judgment,</hi>
that is, doctrines about and concerning all these. And the same use may elsewhere
be found even with the word <hi>Doctrine:</hi> as <hi>Acts</hi> 13. 12. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>the doctrine
of the Lord,</hi> that is, concerning him. So <hi>Titus</hi> 2. 10. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>the
doctrine of God our Saviour.</hi> And <hi>Gal.</hi> 2. 20. we have <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>the</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Act. 3. 16. Phil. 3. 9. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 2 The<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>, 2. 13. Consi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der them.</note> 
                  <hi>faith
of the Son of God,</hi> that is, concerning him. Semblably in my Text, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
are <hi>Doctrines of Daemons</hi> or <hi>Doctrinae Deastrorum;</hi> that is, The Gent<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>es idolatrous
Theology of Daemons should be revived among Christians. For I take the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
or <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> (for all is one) not in that worst sense (which no Author but the
Scripture useth) but in the better or more indifferent sense, as it was supposed and
taken among the Theologists and Philosophers of the Gentiles, and as it is also some<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>times
taken in Scripture, as I shall shew in due time.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="3" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. III.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Daemons</hi> (according to the Theology of the Gentiles) were 1. for their Nature and
Degree a middle sort of Divine Powers between the Sovereign Gods and mortal Men.
2. For their Office they were supposed to be Mediators and Agents between the Ce<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lestial
Gods and Men. This proved from <hi>Plato, Plutarch, Apuleius, Celsus</hi> in
<hi>Origen,</hi> and S. <hi>Austin.</hi> The Doctrine of the Mediation of Daemons glanced at and
reproved by the Apostle, <hi>Coloss.</hi> 2. 8. The distinction of <hi>Sovereign Gods</hi> and <hi>Dae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mons</hi>
proved out of the Old Testament, and elegantly alluded to in the New, 1. <hi>Cor.</hi> 8. 5, 6.</p>
               </argument>
               <p>MEAN-while let us first see what the Gentiles and their Theologists understood
by <hi>Daemons:</hi> which when you have heard, I doubt not but you will confess
<hi>the Deifying and worshipping of Saints and Angels,</hi> with other parts of their <hi>Idolatry</hi>
which do this, to be as lively an image of the <hi>Doctrine of Daemons</hi> as could possibly
be expressed; and such an one as whereby the <hi>Apostasie of the latter times</hi> is as by a
<pb n="627" facs="tcp:63175:366"/>
character distinguished from the Heresies, false doctrines and corruptions of all other
times whatsoever.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Daemons</hi> in the Gentiles Theology were <hi>Deastri</hi> or <hi>an inferiour sort of Deisied Pow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ers,
as a middle between the Sovereign Gods and mortal men.</hi> So saies <hi>Plato in Symposio,</hi>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. So say all the <hi>Platonists,</hi> and well-nigh
all other Sects of Philosophers; I am sure the most do; for it is a very ancient do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctrine,
insomuch that <hi>Plutarch (De defectu Oraculorum)</hi> fetcheth this distinction be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tween
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>i. e. Sovereign Gods,</hi> and <hi>Daemons,</hi> as far as the antiquity of <hi>Zoroafter:</hi>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, &amp;c. <hi>They seem to me</hi> (saith he) <hi>to have solved great and diffi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cult
doubts, who have placed the Daemons between the Gods and Men, and found out what
in some sort uniteth and joyneth us with them: whether this be the doctrine of the</hi> Magi
<hi>and</hi> Zoroafter, <hi>or the</hi> Thracian <hi>doctrine derived from</hi> Orpheus, <hi>or the</hi> AEgyptian, <hi>or</hi>
Phrygian, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> The <hi>Sovereign</hi> or <hi>Highest Gods,</hi> which amongst them were properly
called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, were those whom they supposed to be in the Heavens, yea in the Sun,
Moon and Stars; whence they called them <hi>Dii Superi, Dii Coelestes,</hi> whom they affirm<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
to have <hi>neither beginning nor ending:</hi> as <hi>Apuleius</hi> speaks <hi>de Daemonio Socratis, Im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mortales,
sine ullo vel fine vel exordio, sed prorsus à retro aeviterni.</hi> And because they
dwelt in the heavenly Lights, as it were Souls in Bodies, <hi>Plato</hi> thinks the name <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
first came <hi>quasi</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, of the everlasting running and uncessant
motion of the heavenly bodies: <hi>Plat. in Cratylo.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Now these</hi> Sovereign <hi>and</hi> Celestial Gods <hi>they supposed so sublime and pure, as
might not be prophaned with approach of earthly things, or with the care and ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>naging
of mortal mens businesses; and therefore they bring in that</hi> Middle sort of
Divine Powers <hi>which they call</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, or <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Daemons, <hi>to be as</hi> Mediators
<hi>and</hi> Agents <hi>between the Sovereign Gods and mortal men. Thus saith</hi> Plato <hi>in his</hi>
Symposium, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.
God is not approched by men, but all the commerce and in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tercourse
between Gods and men is performed by the Mediations of Daemons. <hi>Will you see
the particulars?</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>(saith he)</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.
Daemons are reporters and carriers from men to the Gods, and
again from the Gods to men; of the supplications and prayers of the one, and of the in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>junctions
and rewards of devotion from the other. <hi>And</hi> Apuleius <hi>in the place fore<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quoted
describes them,</hi> Mediae potestates, per quas &amp; desideria nostra &amp; merita ad
Deos commeant; inter terricolas coelicolásque vectores, hinc precum, indè donorum; qui
ultro citróque portant, hinc petitiones, indè suppetias, seu quidem utrinque interpretes &amp;
salutigeri; <hi>Daemons</hi> are middle Powers, by whom both our desires and merits pass unto the
Gods; they are carriers between men on earth and the Gods in heaven, hence of prayers,
thence of gifts; they bring to and fro, hence petitions, thence supplies: or they are certain
interpreters on both sides and conveyers of recommendations. <hi>For, saith he,</hi> Neque enim
pro majestate Deûm Coelestium fuerit haec curare, It beseems not the majesty of the Sove<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>reign
Gods to manage these things of themselves. <hi>Whence it is that</hi> Celsus <hi>in</hi> Origen
<hi>terms his</hi> Daemons <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>&amp;c.</hi> l. 8. contra Celsum, pag. 940. The Peers, Presidents, Lieutenants and Officers of the
most high God; who being neglected can do as much hurt as the Peers and Officers
of the Persian or Roman Kings. <hi>Where note by the way, that</hi> Celsus, <hi>as some others
did, acknowledges but one Sovereign God.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>By reason of this <hi>Office</hi> of mediation, <hi>Plutarch</hi> (in his <hi>De desect. Orac.</hi>) calls the
Order of Daemons <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, also <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
&amp;c. agreeable to the doctrine of <hi>Plato, the Order of Agents
and Ministers,</hi> &amp;c. To stay no longer here, take the Sum of all in the words of <hi>Apu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>leius</hi>
in the Book forenamed: <hi>Cuncta Coelestium voluntate, numine &amp; authoritate fiunt,
sed Daemonum obsequio, operà &amp; ministerio; All things are done by the will, power and
authority of the Celestial Gods; but withal by the service and ministery of the Daemons.</hi>
And if I should bring all which I might to this purpose, I should be too tedious. <hi>Por<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phyrius</hi>
in <hi>Eusebius,</hi> and <hi>Plutarch,</hi> skilful men in this kind of Philosophy, will satisfie
them fully to whom this is not sufficient.</p>
               <p>This was the Oecumenical Philosophy of the Apostles times and of the times long
before them. <hi>Thales, Pythagoras,</hi> all the <hi>Academicks</hi> and <hi>Stoicks,</hi> and not many
<pb n="628" facs="tcp:63175:367"/>
to be excepted, unless the <hi>Epicures,</hi> taught this Divinity.
He that had rather read
a Father of the Church, let him but turn over the eighth and ninth Books of S. <hi>Austin
de Civ. Dei:</hi> the eighteenth Chapter of the former Book having this Title, <hi>Qualis sit
Religio in qua docetur quòd homines, ut commendentur Diis, bonis Daemonibus uli debeant
Advocatis; What a Religion is it that teacheth men to use good Daemons for their Advo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cates
to commend them to the Gods?</hi> the one and twentieth Chapter this, <hi>An Daemoni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
nuntiis &amp; interpretibus Dii utantur; Whether the Gods do use Daemons for their mes<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sengers
and Interpreters.</hi> And of the ninth Chapter of the ninth Book the Title is this,
<hi>An amicitia Coelestium Deorum per intercessionem Daemonum possit homini provideri;
Whether the friendship and favour of the Celestial Gods may be procured men by the intercessi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
of Daemons:</hi> and of the seventeenth Chapter this, <hi>Ad consequendam vitam beatam
non tali mediatore indigere hominem qualis est Daemon, sed tali qualis est unus Christus;
To the attaining of blessedness, man hath no need of a Daemon for his mediator, but of Christ
alone.</hi> The reading of which Titles alone were sufficient to shew what was the suppo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sed
<hi>Office</hi> of the <hi>Daemons</hi> among the Gentiles.</p>
               <p>This <hi>Philosophy</hi> therefore so general was that, without doubt, whereof S. <hi>Paul</hi> ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>monisheth
the <hi>Colossians</hi> to take heed lest they were <hi>spoiled with the vain deceit thereof,<note place="margin">Col. 2. 8.</note>
as being after the traditions of men, and rudiments of the world, and not after Christ.</hi> For
some Christians even then under a pretence of humility, of not approaching too near<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
and too boldly to God, would have brought in the <hi>worshipping of Angels</hi> in stead of
this of <hi>Daemons:</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Verse 9.</note> but S. <hi>Paul</hi> tells them, That as <hi>in Christ dwelleth the fulness of the
Godhead bodily,</hi> so that he needed no collegues of mediation; so also were they <hi>com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pleat
in him,</hi> and needed therefore no Agents besides him.<note place="margin">Verse 18.</note> 
                  <hi>Let no man</hi> therefore
(saith he) <hi>beguile you of your reward through humility, and worshipping of Angels; in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>truding
into those things which he hath not seen, and not holding the head,</hi> &amp;c.</p>
               <p>Neither is the Holy Scripture ignorant of this distinction of <hi>Sovereign Gods</hi> and <hi>Dae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mons:</hi>
The first whereof, the <hi>Celestial and Sovereign Gods,</hi> whether visible or invi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sible,
it calls <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>the Host of heaven;</hi> the other sort it styleth by the name
of <hi>Baalim,</hi> that is, <hi>Domini</hi> or Lords. And <hi>Manasseh</hi> that King of Idolaters was com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pleat
for both of them: So we read 2 <hi>Chron.</hi> 33. 3. that <hi>he reared up Altars for</hi> Baalim,
<hi>and made groves, and worshipped all the Host of heaven, and served them.</hi> And 2 <hi>Kings</hi>
23. 5. that good <hi>Iosiah</hi> is said to have <hi>put down the Idolatrous Priests which burnt incense
to</hi> Baal, <hi>to the Sun, and to the Moon, and to the Planets, and to all the Host of Heaven.</hi>
And 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 17. 16. the Israelites are said to have <hi>worshipped all the Host of heaven,</hi>
and to have <hi>served Baal.</hi> Now that these <hi>Baalims</hi> were no other than <hi>Daemon-gods</hi>
appears by their<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <p>
                        <hi>For</hi> cutting
<hi>and</hi> launcing <hi>were</hi> Funeral ri<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>, <hi>as ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pears</hi> Levit. 21. 5. <hi>and chap. 19. 28. and</hi>
Deut. 14. 1. Ier. <hi>48. 37. and chap. 16. 6. and therefore retained in this Funeral-worship (as they call it) of those that were Deified after death.</hi> Quare,
<hi>Did not God forbid his people this Rite, because abused to Daemon-Idolatry? yet did some transgressit, as</hi> Ier. 41. 5. Moses <hi>body therefore
hidden. I may add to this observation, That for this cause the Scripture calls those false Gods <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>, which signifies as it were</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, Such as had been sorrowed for, such as were mourned for, as being dead. <hi>(The word <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap> is used of</hi> David's <hi>mourning for</hi> Absalom.)
Quare, <hi>whether <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap> signifies so properly the Images, as the supposed Gods themselves. See</hi> Psal. <hi>106. 36, 37. where <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap> are
explained to be</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> Devils. <hi>See</hi> Esay 48. 5. <hi>where <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap> is distinguished from</hi> graven <hi>and</hi> molten-Images. <hi>Where the word seems other<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wise,
it may be taken</hi> Metonymicé. <hi>Hence</hi> Hosea <hi>13. 2. may be thus interpreted,</hi> They have made molten-Images of their silver, which are
according to their understanding, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, <hi>informed, as they supposed, with those</hi> mourned-for-ones.</p>
                     <p>
                        <hi>That these</hi> Baalim <hi>were the</hi> Deified souls of the dead, <hi>is manifest from divers places of Scripture.</hi> Numb. 25. 2, 3. The Midianites called the
people to the sacrifices of their Gods, and the people did <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>at. And Israel joyned himself to Baal-Peor. <hi>But</hi> Psal. <hi>106. 28. it is said,</hi> They joyned
themselves unto Baal-Peor, and a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>e the sacrifices of the dead. <hi>Whence</hi> Apollinari<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>expresseth it by <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>. In the propheti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cal
Song of</hi> Israel's <hi>Apostasie,</hi> Deut. 32. 15. They sacrificed unto Daemons, not to God; to Gods whom they knew not, to new ones that came
newly up, whom their Fathers feared not. <hi>The Seventy <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>. Heb.</hi> 
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>. Vide <hi>Isai.</hi> 65. 4. Idololatra in sepulchris. <hi>Item cap. 8.
verse 19.</hi> Pro vivis ad mortuot. <hi>Loc.</hi> Isa. 8. 19. <hi>Targ. vertit,</hi> Nonne haec vi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> est populorum colentium Idola? Vnusquisque populus ab Idolo suo
requirit, vivi à mortuis. <hi>LXX. sic; <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>; Loc.</hi> Isa. <hi>65. 3, 4.
Targ. sic;</hi> In hortis sacrificant Idolis, &amp; adolent aromata super lateres. 4. Qui babitant in domibus quae aedificantur de pulvere sepulchrorum,
&amp; cum cadaveribus filiorum beminum morantur. <hi>LXX, <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>.
Videatur etiam</hi> Isa. 26. 14. Targum <hi>in locum. Multa huc adduc<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> pos<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sunt
de</hi> Gigantibus <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, <hi>quorum</hi> Moses <hi>meminit. Quin &amp;</hi> Hieronymus <hi>in hunc locum</hi> Isaiae, <hi>per</hi> Dominos alienos <hi>in vers. 13. intelligit</hi>
Idola &amp; falsos Deo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>; <hi>per</hi> Gigantes <hi>&amp;</hi> mortuos <hi>in vers. 14.</hi> Simulachra itsque assiden<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>es Daemones.</p>
                  </note>
                  <hi>cutting</hi> and <hi>launcing</hi> themselves, who worshipped them, 1 <hi>Kings</hi> 18.
28. For these Tragick ceremonies are counted by those who treat about these myste<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ries
as certain characters of <hi>Daemons.</hi> But this you shall have further confirmed in due
place, where the arguments may be better understood.</p>
               <p>This distinction also of <hi>Sovereign Gods</hi> and <hi>Daemons</hi> I suppose our Apostle alludes to
1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 8. 5, 6. where he saith, <hi>Though there be that are called Gods, whether in heaven or
in earth; as there be <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Gods many,</hi> (that is, <hi>Dii Coelestes,</hi> Sovereign Deities)
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>and Lords many,</hi> (that is, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Daemons Presidents of
earthly things:) <hi>Yet to us</hi> Christians <hi>there is but <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> one</hi> Sovereign <hi>God, the Father,
of whom are all things, and we to him,</hi> (that is, to whom, as Supream, we are to di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rect
all our services;) <hi>and</hi> but <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>one Lord Iesus Christ,</hi> (in stead of their many
<pb n="629" facs="tcp:63175:367"/>
Mediators and Daemons,) <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>by whom are all things</hi> which
come from the Father to us, and through whom alone we find access unto him. The
allusion, methinks, is passing elegant, and such as I think cannot be well understood
without this distinction of <hi>Superior</hi> and <hi>Inferior</hi> Deities in the Theology of the Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiles;
they having a plurality in both sorts, and we Christians but one in each, as our
Apostle affirmeth. There wants but only the name of <hi>Daemons,</hi> in stead of which the
Apostle puts <hi>Lords,</hi> and that for the honour of Christ, of whom he was to infer <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <hi>one Lord;</hi> the Name of Christ being not to be polluted with the appellation of an
Idol: for his <hi>Apodosis</hi> must have been otherwise <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>one Daemon.</hi> Or it may be
he alludes unto the Hebrew name <hi>Baalim,</hi> which signifies <hi>Lords;</hi> and <hi>those Lords,</hi> as
I told you, were nothing else but <hi>Daemons:</hi> For thus would S. <hi>Paul</hi> speak in the He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brew
tongue, <hi>There are <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, many Gods and many Lords.</hi>
               </p>
            </div>
            <div n="4" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. IV.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>
                     <hi>The Gentiles Doctrine concerning the Original of Daemons,</hi> viz. That they were the Souls
of men Deified or Canonized after death. <hi>This proved out of</hi> Hesiod, Plato, Tris<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>megist,
Philo Byblius <hi>the translator of</hi> Sanchuniathon, Plutarch, Tully. Baal <hi>or</hi>
Bel <hi>or</hi> Belus <hi>the first Deified King: Hence</hi> Daemons <hi>are called in Scripture</hi> Baalim.
Daemons <hi>and</hi> Heroes <hi>how they differ.</hi> Daemons <hi>called by the Romans</hi> Penates, Lares,
<hi>as also</hi> Dii Animales Soul-Gods. <hi>Another and an higher kind of</hi> Daemons, <hi>such as ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ver
dwelt in Bodies: These answer to</hi> Angels, <hi>as the other</hi> (viz. <hi>the</hi> Soul-Daemons)
<hi>answer to</hi> Saints.</p>
               </argument>
               <p>AND thus have I shewed you (though but briefly, in regard of the abundance
the argument would afford) the <hi>Nature and Office of these Daemons according to
the Doctrine of the Gentiles.</hi> I come now unto <hi>another part of this Doctrine,</hi> which
concerns <hi>the Original of Daemons,</hi> whom you shall find to be <hi>the Deified Souls of men af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter
death.</hi> For the <hi>Canonizing of the Souls of deceased Worthies</hi> is not now first devised
among Christians, but was an <hi>Idolatrous</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Idololatria pq<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tent <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap>. species. <hi>Tertul.</hi> de sp<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ctaculis, cap. 12.</note> trick even from the days of the elder world;
so that the Devil, when he brought in this <hi>Apostatical</hi> doctrine amongst Christians,
swerved but little from his ancient method of seducing mankind.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Let</hi> Hesiod <hi>speak in the first place, as being of the most known the most ancient.
He tells us that</hi> when those happy men of the First and Golden age of the world were depart<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
this life, great <hi>Iupiter</hi> promoted them to be <hi>Daemons, that is,</hi> Keepers and Protectors or
Patrons of earthly mortals, and Overseers of their good and evil works, Givers of riches,
<hi>&amp;c.</hi> and this, <hi>saith he,</hi> is the Kingly Royalty given them. <hi>But hear his own words;</hi>
               </p>
               <q>
                  <l>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,</l>
                  <l>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,</l>
                  <l>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,</l>
                  <l>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,</l>
                  <l>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,</l>
                  <l>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</l>
               </q>
               <p>And hence it is that <hi>Oenomaus,</hi> quoted by <hi>Eusebius,</hi> calleth these <hi>Daemon-gods</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <hi>Hesiod's gods.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>The next shall be <hi>Plato,</hi> who in his <hi>Cratylus</hi> says, That <hi>Hesiod</hi> and a great number
of the rest of the Poets speak excellently, when they affirm that good men when they
die attain great honour and dignity, and become <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, which is (saith he) as
much to say as <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, that is, <hi>Wise ones;</hi> for <hi>Wise ones</hi> (saith he) are on<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
<hi>Good ones,</hi> and all <hi>Good ones</hi> are of <hi>Hesiod's Golden</hi> generation.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The same</hi> Plato Lib. 5. de Repub. <hi>would have all those who die valiantly in the field</hi>
to be accounted of the Golden kind, <hi>and</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>; effici, to be made Daemons, and the
Oracle to be consulted how they should be buried and honoured, and accordingly ever after<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wards
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, i. e. their Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pulchres
to be served and adored as the Sepulchres of Daemons. In like manner should be done
unto all who in their life-time excelled in vertue, whether they died through age or other<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wise.
<pb n="630" facs="tcp:63175:368"/>
                  <hi>This place</hi> Eusebius <hi>quotes</hi> (Lib. 13. Praep. Evang.) <hi>to parallel with it the then
harmless practice of Christians, in honouring the memory of Martyrs, by holding their
assemblies at their Sepulchres; to the end that he might shew the Gentiles, that Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stians
also honoured their Worthies in the worthiest fashion. But it had been well if
in the next Ages after, this custom of Christians (then but resembling) had not pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved
the very same</hi> Doctrine of Daemons <hi>which the Gentiles practised.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>But I go on, and my next Author shall be <hi>Hermes Trismegistus,</hi> whose antiquity is
said to be very near the time of <hi>Moses.</hi> I will translate you his words out of his <hi>Ascle<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pius</hi>
which <hi>Apuleius</hi> made Latine. There, having named <hi>AEsculapius, Osiris,</hi> and his
Grandfather <hi>Hermes,</hi> who were (as he saith) worshipped for <hi>Daemons</hi> in his own time,
he adds further, That the <hi>AEgyptians</hi> call them (namely the <hi>Daemons) Sancta anima<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lia,</hi>
and that amongst them (namely the <hi>AEgyptians) per singulas Civitates coli eorum
animas, quorum sunt consecratae virtutes, Through every city their Souls are worshipped,
whose Vertues are deified.</hi> And here note by the way, that some are of opinion that
the <hi>AEgyptian Serapis,</hi> whose Idol had a bushel upon his head, was <hi>Ioseph,</hi> whose Soul
the <hi>AEgyptians</hi> had canonized for a <hi>Daemon</hi> after his death.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Philo Byblius,</hi> the translator of <hi>Sanchuniathon</hi> that ancient <hi>Phoenician</hi> Historian, who
lived before the times of <hi>Troy,</hi> and wrote the Acts of <hi>Moses</hi> and the Iews (saith <hi>Euse<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bius</hi>)
very agreeably to the Scripture, and (saith he) learned his Story of <hi>Ierom-baal</hi>
a Priest of the God IEVO;<note place="margin">Praepar. Evang. lib. 1. cap 9.</note> 
                  <hi>Philo Byblius</hi> (I say) in a Preface to his Translation
of this Author, setteth down what he had observed and learned out of the same Story,
and might serve to help their understanding who should read it: namely, That all
the Barbarians, chiefly the <hi>Phoenicians</hi> and <hi>AEgyptians,</hi> of whom the rest had it, ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>counted
of those for <hi>Dii Maximi,</hi> who had found out any thing profitable for the life
of men, or had deserved well of any Nation; and that they worshipped these as
Gods, erecting Statues, Images and Temples unto them. And more especially they
gave the Names of their Kings (as to the Elements of the world, so also) to these
their reputed Gods: for they esteemed the natural Deities of the Sun, Moon and Pla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nets,
and those which are in these, to be only and properly Gods: so that they had
two sorts of Gods; some were Immortals, and others were (as we may term them)
Mortallists.</p>
               <p>Thus saith <hi>Philo Byblius</hi> out of the <hi>Phoenician</hi> History. From which Testimony we
may borrow some more light concerning those <hi>Baalims</hi> in Scripture.<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>Hieron.</hi> in cap. 23. Ezech. Idolum autem <hi>Baal,</hi> sive, <hi>Bel,</hi> Assyriorum re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ligio est, conse<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crata a Nino Belis filio in honorem patris.
<hi>Idem</hi> in <hi>Hos.</hi> cap. 2. Ninus in tantam pervenit gloriam, ut patrem suum Belum referret is Deum, qui Hebraice dicitur <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, &amp; in mulu Prophetis, maxíméque in Daniele; &amp; juxta Theodorionem sub Idolo Babylonis hoc appellatur nomine: Hunc Sid<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>nii &amp; Ph<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>nices appellant <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note>
For <hi>Baal</hi> or
<hi>Belus,</hi> whose worship <hi>Iezabel,</hi> the daughter of <hi>Ithobaal</hi> King of <hi>Tyre,</hi> brought into <hi>Is<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rael,</hi>
was a <hi>deified Phoenician King</hi> of that name, as <hi>Virgil</hi> will tell us in that verse con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerning
the <hi>Phoenician</hi> Queen <hi>Dido,</hi>
               </p>
               <lg>
                  <l>Implevítque mero pateram, quam <hi>Belus &amp;</hi> omnes</l>
                  <l>A Belo <hi>soliti</hi>—</l>
               </lg>
               <p>Nay <hi>Baal,</hi> or in the Chaldee Dialect <hi>Bel,</hi> (for all is
one) was the <hi>first</hi> King of <hi>Babel</hi> after <hi>Nimrod;</hi> and the
first<note n="*" place="margin">Eusebii <hi>Chron.</hi> Chronicon Ale<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>andrin. <hi>seu</hi> Fasti Si<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>culi. Hieron. <hi>paulò post locum proximè citatum; Di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dici<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>aus,</hi> inquit, <hi>exordium Daemonis, imò Hominis in Daemonem consecrati: Omnia <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>nim Idola ex mortuorum <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>rro<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>e <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>reverunt.</hi> Idem <hi>in c.</hi> 46. Isa. <hi>Quem (i. e.</hi> Ba<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>al) <hi>Graeci</hi> Belum, Latini Satu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>num dicun<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>; cujustanta fuit apud ve<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>eret religio, ut ei von solùm bumana<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> hosti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> captivorum ignobil<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>mque mortalium, sed &amp; suos li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>beros immolarent. <hi>Cyrillus</hi> contra Iulianum <hi>Lib. 3. ver<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ù<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> finem, Primus</hi> (inquit) <hi>regnavit in Assrriorum terra</hi> [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>] <hi>vir superbus &amp; arregans</hi> Belus, <hi>qui &amp; primus hominum dicitur à subditis no<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>n Die<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>atis accepisse:</hi> Hîc inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pres vitiose tra<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>s<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ert <hi>Arbilus;</hi> &amp; ubi mox sequitur, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, Interpres, <hi>Arbeli,</hi> &amp;c. Lactant. <hi>De fals. Relig. c. 23. &amp; ult.</hi> originem Idololatriae ad <hi>Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lum<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>efert.</hi>
                  </note>
(as is written) that ever was <hi>deified</hi> and reputed a
God after death; whence afterward they called all other
Daemons <hi>Baalim:</hi> even as because the first <hi>Roman</hi> Empe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ror
was called <hi>Caesar,</hi> thence were all the Emperors after
him styled <hi>Caesares.</hi> And it may be this is part of that which
<hi>Philo Byblius</hi> out of <hi>Sanchuniathon</hi> would tell us; That
the Barbarians, especially the <hi>Phoenicians,</hi> &amp;c. gave
names from their Kings to such as were canonized after
death: For so we see here that the <hi>Babylonians,</hi> and the
neighbouring Countries, which spake the Hebrew tongue
or some Dialect thereof, called all <hi>Daemons Baalim,</hi> of
the first <hi>Daemon</hi> or deified King in the world, <hi>Baal</hi> or <hi>Belus.</hi> For at that time when
<hi>Belus</hi> reigned in <hi>Babel,</hi> was <hi>Phoenicia</hi> with the neighbour people under the Kingdom of
<hi>Babel:</hi> Whence may seem also to have come their community of language and cere<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>monies.
And here note a wonderful mystery, That old <hi>Babel,</hi> the first Pattern in the
world of ambitious Dominion, was also the Foundress of Idols<note n="*" place="margin">Ier. 50. 38. Isa. 47. 12.</note>, and the Mother of
the fornication and abominations of the earth.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And because we have fallen upon the naming of</hi> Daemons, <hi>let us observe another
mystery of names, out of</hi> Plutarch (De defect. Orac.) <hi>which may help us out of, or pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vent
<pb n="631" facs="tcp:63175:368"/>
some difficulties, namely,</hi> That <hi>Daemons</hi> are sometimes called by the names of those
Celestial Gods whose Ministers and Proctors they are, and from whom they receive their po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wer
and Divinity: as Apollo's <hi>Daemon, Apollo; Iupiter</hi>'s Daemon, Iupiter; <hi>and so the
rest:</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>
Like as here among us men, one is called <hi>Iovius</hi> from <hi>Iupiter,</hi> another <hi>Athe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>naeus</hi>
from <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>i. Minerva,</hi> another <hi>Dionysius</hi> from <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>i. Bacchus, &amp;c. Thus</hi>
Plutarch; <hi>which</hi> Cleombrotus <hi>there saith he learned of a wonderful and profound</hi>
AEgyptian <hi>Eremite, who lived about the red Sea, &amp;c. To which is agreeable what</hi>
Eusebius, Praepar. Evang. lib. 3. cap. 3. <hi>quotes out of</hi> Diodorus, viz. That the <hi>AEgyptians</hi>
affirmed such as had been great Benefactors where they lived, to be Deified after their death,
and some of them <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, to be called by the very names of the Cele<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stial
Gods.</p>
               <p>The same <hi>Plutarch</hi> in the same place doth acquaint us with this pretty conceit, which
being to the purpose I will not omit; namely, That the Souls of men took degrees
after death: First they commenced <hi>Heroes,</hi> who were as Probationers to a <hi>Daemon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ship;</hi>
then after a time sufficient, <hi>Daemons;</hi> and after that, if they deserved well, to a
more sublime degree. Howsoever it be, <hi>Daemons</hi> and <hi>Heroes</hi> differed but in more
and less antiquity; the more ancient <hi>Heroes</hi> being called <hi>Daemons,</hi> and the younger
<hi>Daemons Heroes.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>But that we may return again more close to the matter in hand, This order of <hi>Dae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mons,</hi>
or<note n="*" place="margin">Dii Anima<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>les; <hi>de quibus</hi> Labeo <hi>libros scripserat, in quibus aiebat</hi> (verba Servii in AEn. l. 3.) <hi>esse quaedam sacra quibus Anima vertantur in Deos qui appel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lantur</hi> A<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>quòd de</hi> A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ni<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>bus <hi>fiant.</hi>
                  </note> 
                  <hi>Soul-gods,</hi> as I may call them, found place in the Religion of the elder <hi>Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mans,</hi>
who called them <hi>Penates,<note n="*" place="bottom">Vid. Lex. Martin. verbo La<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>, &amp; quae ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bet ex Varrone.</note> Lares,</hi> and <hi>Manti Dii;</hi> and when once they began
to <hi>Canonize</hi> their deceased Emperors, (which was from the time of <hi>Augustus</hi>) they
called them <hi>Divi,</hi> which word before that time was more general. <hi>Tully</hi> in his second
Book <hi>De Legibus</hi> shall be my witness, that his countrey-men acknowledged this di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stinction
of <hi>Sovereign Gods</hi> and <hi>Soul-deified powers;</hi> for there you shall find this Law,
<hi>Divos, &amp; eos qui Coelestes semper habiti, colunto: &amp; ollos quos in coelum merita voca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verint;
Let them worship the Gods; both those who were ever accounted Celestial, and those
whom their own merits have advanced to heaven.</hi> And again, <hi>Deorum Manium jura
sancta sunto. Hos letho datos Divos habento; Let the Rights of separate Souls be kept un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>violable,
and let them account the deceased Worthies as Gods.</hi> Would God the present
Christian <hi>Romans</hi> had not renewed this Law.</p>
               <p>Yea so strongly was this Doctrine embraced amongst the Gentiles, that some of their
latter Theologists thought, That even the Souls of wicked men and Tyrants had a
power after death, and that of these came <hi>mali Daemones,</hi> which hurt men; and yet to
these they ordained Temples, and Sacrifices to keep them from hurting them, as well
as to the good <hi>Daemons</hi> for helping them. But the Ancients gave this honour to the
Souls of vertuous men only.</p>
               <p>Thus have you heard <hi>the Original of Daemons</hi> according to the ancient and general
opinion of the Gentiles. But besides these <hi>Daemons,</hi> whose Original you have heard,
(I mean besides <hi>Soul-Daemons</hi> and <hi>Canonized mortals</hi>) their Theologists bring in <hi>ano<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
kind of Daemons more high and sublime,</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>Plutarch. de defect. Orac.</hi> in the person of <hi>Ammonius</hi> the Philosopher, makes two sorts of <hi>Daemons. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, Soul<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>parate from Bodies, or such at never dwelt i<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> Bodies at all.</hi> Though both these sorts have the name of <hi>Daemons</hi> given them in common, yet are those which were the Souls of men otherwhile for distinction sake called <hi>Heroes, (Plutarch. de Plac. Philos. Lib. 1. cap.</hi> 8) though some extend not this name is general to all, but only to such as are either of an inferior rank, or but Novices, not yet promoted to the Office of <hi>Daemoni,</hi> as Puni<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap> not yet called to the Bar.</note> 
                  <hi>which never had been the Souls of men, nor
ever were linkt to a mortal body,</hi> but were from the beginning, or without beginning,
always the same. So <hi>Apuleius</hi> tells us in his <hi>De Deo Socratis; Est &amp; superius aliud au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gustiúsque
Daemonum genus, qui semper à corporis compedibus &amp; nexibus liberi, certis po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>testatibus
procurentur. Ex hac sublimiori Daemonum copia autumat Plato singulis homini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
in vita agenda testes &amp; custodes singulos additos.</hi> This sort of <hi>Daemons</hi> doth fitly an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>swer
and parallel that sort of spiritual Powers which we call <hi>Angels,</hi> as the former of
<hi>Soul-Daemons</hi> doth those which with us are called <hi>Saints.</hi>
               </p>
            </div>
            <div n="5" type="chapter">
               <pb n="632" facs="tcp:63175:369"/>
               <head>CHAP. V.<note place="margin">The Aposta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sie of the latter Times PART I.</note>
               </head>
               <argument>
                  <p>The manner and way of worshipping the Daemons and retaining their presence, viz. by con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>secrated
<hi>Images</hi> and <hi>Pillars.</hi> That <hi>Images</hi> were as Bodies for Daemons to animate and
dwell in. The worshipping of <hi>Images</hi> and <hi>Columns</hi> a piece of the <hi>Doctrine of Daemons.</hi>
This proved out of <hi>Trismegist, Porphyry, Arnobius, Minutius Felix,</hi> &amp;c. The wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>shipping
of <hi>Daemons</hi> in their <hi>Reliques, Shrines</hi> and <hi>Sepulchres</hi> another piece of <hi>Dae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mon-doctrine.</hi>
That the Gentiles Temples were nothing but the Sepulchres of dead men.
The gross Idolatry of the <hi>AEgyptians.</hi>
                  </p>
               </argument>
               <p>
                  <hi>BUT lest I might seem to have no measure in raking up this Ethnical dunghil, I
will now leave the Theology of</hi> the Original of Daemons, <hi>and shew you yet another
piece of that Doctrine, namely,</hi> Concerning the manner how <hi>Daemons</hi> were to be wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>shipped, <hi>and as it were brought to the lure of men, when they had occasion of devoti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
with them: And this was done</hi> by sacring of<note n="*" place="margin">Vid. Athanag. Legat. pro Christ. <hi>Non de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>unt qui dicunt</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>non alio modo humines convenire Deos posse,</hi> scil. quàm per Simulacra.</note> Images. <hi>This you shall hear from an
ancient Author and passing skilful in the mysteries, even</hi> Hermes Trismegistus, <hi>who in
his</hi> Asclepius <hi>speaketh, in English thus;</hi> It is a wonder (<hi>saith he</hi>) beyond all wonders,
(<hi>and he saith truly</hi>) that man should find out a way to make Gods: Yet because (<hi>saith
he</hi>) our Forefathers erred much through unbelief concerning <hi>Deities,</hi> and had small regard
of Religion and Divine worship; therefore they devised an art to make Gods, (<hi>he meaneth</hi>
Images:) And because they could not make Souls, (<hi>he means to these senseless bodies</hi>)
therefore they called the Souls of Daemons and Angels, and put them into their Images and
holy Mysteries; by which means alone these Images have power of helping and hurting;
which thus incorporated (<hi>he saith</hi>) are called by the AEgyptians Animalia sancta. <hi>And
in another place,</hi> That kind of Gods (<hi>saith he</hi>) which men make, is composed of two na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tures,
of a Divine, (which is first and more sacred) and of that which is amongst men,
<hi>namely,</hi> the matter whereof they are made.<note place="margin">Tertuol. de Idol. <hi>c.</hi> 7. <hi>Artifices Idolorum Dae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>moniis corpora con<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>erre.</hi>
                  </note>
                  <hi>The summe of all this Mystery is, That
Images were made as Bodies, to be informed with</hi> Daemons <hi>as with Souls: For an</hi>
Image <hi>was as a Trap to catch</hi> Daemons, <hi>and a device to tie them to a place, and to keep
them from flitting.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The like hath</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">De Praepar. Evangel, l. 5.</note> Eusebius <hi>out of</hi> Porphyrie, That the Gods did exceedingly delight in
consecrated Images, and were circumscribed and enclosed therein as in a sacred place; <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
and the Image being taken away, that is dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>solved
which detained the Deity upon earth. <hi>This is that which</hi> Psellus <hi>calleth</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
the Approachings <hi>or</hi> Presencings of Daemons. <hi>And</hi> Iamblichus <hi>termeth
these consecrated Idols</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Images filled with divine
fellowship or with divine society. <hi>And our forementioned</hi> Hermes <hi>calleth them</hi> Statuos
animatas, sensu &amp; spiritu plenas, animated Statues, full of sense and spirit.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Hence came that answer or defence of the Gentiles, as</hi> Arnobius (Lib. 6. advers.
Gent.) <hi>makes them speak,</hi> Neque nos aera, neque auri argentique materias, neque alias
quibus signa confiunt, eas esseper se Deos &amp; religiosa decernimus numina; sed eos in his
colimus, cósque veneramur quos dedicatio infert sacra, &amp; fabrilibus efficit habitare simu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lachris:
We do not think brass and gold and silver and other materials of Images to be of
themselves Gods and holy Powers; but in these we worship and reverence the Gods brought
into these Images by sacred dedication, and keeping their residence there. <hi>And in another
place he makes this Objection for their behalf;</hi> An numquid dicitis fortè praesentiam
vobis quandam sub his numinum exhiberi simulachris; &amp; quia Deos videri non datum
est, eos ità coli, &amp; iis munia officiosa praestari? But you say, perhaps, the Deities present
themselves unto you in some sort under these Images; and because the Gods cannot be seen,
they are thus worshipped, and have religious service done unto them.</p>
               <p>And thus have we seen the ground of the Idolatrous use of <hi>Images,</hi> and found that
<hi>the Worship of them</hi> also is a <hi>Doctrine of Daemons:</hi> For as at first they were ordained for
<hi>Daemons;</hi> so whatsoever Deity is worshipped in this manner, though it were the true
and Sovereign God, is thereby made a <hi>Daemon.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>What I say of <hi>Images,</hi> must be understood also of <hi>Pillars</hi> or <hi>Columns,</hi> whereof we
read <hi>Levit.</hi> 26. 1. <hi>Ye shall make no Idols, nor graven Images, nor rear you up a Pillar to
bow down unto it.</hi> For howsoever <hi>Pillars</hi> and <hi>Images,</hi> through some confusion at
length surprising the Gentiles superstition, may afterwards seem to be ascribed to other
Deities besides <hi>Daemons;</hi> yet by original institution they were proper unto <hi>Daemons,</hi> &amp; no
<pb n="633" facs="tcp:63175:369"/>
other. The <hi>Sovereign and Celestial Gods,</hi> they were worshipped in the Sun, Moon and
Stars, where they were supposed to dwell: But <hi>Images</hi> and <hi>Columns</hi> were for <hi>Daemons;</hi>
and if they seemed to be made for any other, <hi>Plutarch</hi>'s Eremite would resolve us, that
they were but <hi>Daemons</hi> called by the name of some Sovereign Gods whose Agents they
were. The truth of this the History of the beginning of Idolatry by <hi>Images</hi> makes
evident. For that <hi>Images</hi> and <hi>Pillars</hi> were at first devised and erected to the Honour
and Memory of dead men<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>Vid. Herod. Clio,</hi> c. 35. Persa<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> stauas non erigere, quód non, ut Graeci sen<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>unt Deos <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> ex homi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nibus esse o<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>tos ex opinione Heredoti.</note>, this the fourteenth Chapter of the Book of <hi>Wisdom</hi> will
tell us, and that <hi>by the vain-glory of men they first entred into the world:</hi> no less will the
long-continuing custom of the world, using thus to honour not only their <hi>dead,</hi> but
since also the <hi>living,</hi> be sufficient to perswade the truth. <hi>Minutius Felix</hi> in his <hi>Octavi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>us</hi>
will put us forth of doubt. <hi>Majores nostri</hi> (saith he) <hi>dum Reges suos colunt religio<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sè,
dum defunctos eos desiderant in Imaginibus videre, dum gestiunt eorum memorias in
Statuis detinere; sacra facta sunt, quae fuerant assumpta solatia: Our Ancestors while they
religiously honour their Kings, while they desire after their departure to behold them in their
Images, and delight to preserve their memory in Statues; what was at first taken up for
their own solace, was at length made a matter of Religion.</hi> When therefore those whom
they thus honoured and remembred were canonized for <hi>Daemons,</hi> then were these Me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>morials
also worshipped for some supposed presence or divine respect of such <hi>Daemons</hi>
in or to them. The <hi>worshipping</hi> therefore of <hi>Images</hi> and <hi>Columns</hi> is by its original and
institution a piece of the <hi>Doctrine</hi> of <hi>Daemons</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. <hi>Constantin.</hi> Orat. ad Sancto<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>um C<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>tum, Cap. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>.</note>; so that whatsoever is thus worshipped,
yea the glory of the incorruptible God himself, is thereby changed into a <hi>Daemon.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>THUS much of <hi>Images</hi> and <hi>Idol-Pillars,</hi> of the reason of their supposed Divinity,
and of the original and first occasion of worshipping them. But yet we have not done,
there is another piece of <hi>Daemon-devotion</hi> yet behind, namely, The worshipping of
<hi>Daemons</hi> in their <hi>Reliques, Shrines</hi> and <hi>Sepulchres</hi>
                  <note place="margin">In mortuo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum Idolis Dae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>menia consi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stunt. Tertu<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap> Spectac <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap>  13. feré totum</note>; for this was also a part of <hi>the Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctrine</hi>
and Theology <hi>of Daemons. Plato,</hi> whom before we quoted for the Canonizing
for <hi>Daemons,</hi> of the Ghosts of such as died valiantly in the field, would have their
<hi>Shrines</hi> and <hi>Coffins</hi> to be worshipped, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>as the coffins of Daemons.</hi>
Hear also what <hi>Clemens Alexandrinus</hi> speaks of this <hi>Daemon</hi>-doctrine, <hi>Sotrm. lib. 6.</hi>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
&amp;c. <hi>They</hi> (that is, the Greeks) <hi>are of opinion that it matters not whether we call
those Souls</hi> (viz. the <hi>Daemons</hi> whom they invocate) <hi>Gods or Angels. But the more
skilful Theologists place the coffins of the deceased in many of their Temples as so many
Statues of the Gods,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
&amp;c. <hi>calling their Souls</hi> Daemons, <hi>and withall teaching that they ought
to be worshipped by men, as being for the holiness of their lives intrusted by Divine Provi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dence
to be employ'd about this earth for the service of men: For they well knew that some
Souls were naturally tied to the Body.</hi> Out of which words observe, That they sup<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>posed
the like presence and power of <hi>Daemons</hi> at their <hi>Coffins</hi> and <hi>Sepulchres</hi> which
before we observed and heard of in their <hi>Images;</hi> as though there always remained
some natural tye between the Souls deceased and their Reliques; and therefore they
there builded <hi>Temples</hi> unto them where their bodies and ashes were entombed. And
hence it is that the Primitive Fathers which write against the Gentiles do so often up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>braid
them, <hi>That their Temples were nothing else but the Sepulchres of dead men;</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
(saith <hi>Clem.</hi> in his <hi>Protreptie.</hi>)
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>; <hi>They were indeed called by the specious and plausible name of
Temples, but were in truth nothing but Sepulchres; that is, the very Sepulchres of dead
men were called Temples.</hi> He goeth on speaking to the Gentiles;
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Be ye therefore at length per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>swaded
to forget and relinquish your Daemon-worship, and be ashamed to worship the Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pulchres
of dead men.</hi> To the like purpose <hi>Arnobius l. 6. advers. Gent. Quid quòd mul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ta
ex his Templa quae tholis sunt aureis &amp; sublimibus elata fastigiis, autorum conscriptioni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
comprobatur contegere cineres at que ossa, &amp; functorum esse corporum sepulturas? Nonne
patet &amp; promptum est aut pro Diis immortalibus mortuos vos colere, aut inexpiabilem fieri
Numinibus contumeliam, quorum Delubra &amp; Templa mortuorum superlata sunt bustis?</hi>
Where he tells them, that many of their Temples, famous for their high and golden
roofs, were nothing but the Sepulchres of the deceased, covering dead bones and ashes;
and that it was very evident that for the immortal Gods they worship'd men that were
<pb n="634" facs="tcp:63175:370"/>
dead, or that they were guilty of doing an horrible dishonour to the Gods, whose
Temples were built over the burying-places of dead men.</p>
               <p>I might further add to these Oecumenical doctrines of <hi>Daemons</hi> that monstrous one
of the <hi>AEgyptians,</hi> for which their fellow-Gentiles derided them, who worshipped
<hi>living brute Beasts,</hi> yea <hi>Onions</hi> and <hi>Garlick,</hi> and <hi>Water</hi> it self, with Divine worship,
as supposing some <hi>Daemon</hi> or other to dwell in them. Such were their Cow-god
<hi>Apis,</hi> and their Bull-god <hi>Mnevis,</hi> and their Water-god <hi>Nilus,</hi> which it shall be
enough to have only named, to make the former compleat; and that from it and the
rest of that kind of abominations we may gather this Conclusion once for all, That
since the Sovereign and Celestial Gods (as you heard before) might not be ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>proached
nor polluted by these earthly and material things, but kept always immova<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bly,
without change of place or presence, their heavenly stations; therefore the ado<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ring
or worshipping of any visible or material thing for any supposed presence or other
relation of a divine power therewith, is to be accounted amongst the <hi>Doctrines of
Daemons.</hi>
               </p>
            </div>
            <div n="6" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. VI.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>A Recapitulation or Summary of the <hi>Doctrines of Daemons.</hi> How the Severals thereof
are revived and resembled in the Apostate Christian Church. That the word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is
sometime in Scripture taken according to the Theology of the Gentiles, and not always for
an <hi>Evil Spirit.</hi> That it is so to be taken in the Text was the judgment of <hi>Epiphanius:</hi>
an observable passage quoted out of him to this purpose.</p>
               </argument>
               <p>AND thus have you seen <hi>the Theology of Daemons;</hi> 1. For their Nature and de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gree,
to have been supposed by the Gentiles an inferiour and middle sort of Di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vine
Powers between the Sovereign and Heavenly Gods and mortal men: 2. Their
Office, to be as Mediators and Agents between these Sovereign Gods and men:
3. Their Original, to be the Deified Souls of worthy men after death; and some of
an higher degree, which had no beginning, nor ever were imprisoned in mortal bo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dies:
4. The way to worship them, to find and receive benefits from them, namely,
by consecrated Images and Pillars, wherein to have and retain their presence at de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>votions
to be given them: 5. To adore their Reliques, and to Temple them.</p>
               <p>Now therefore judge impartially whether S. <hi>Paul</hi>'s Prophecy be not fulfilled alrea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dy
amongst Christians, who foretold that the time should come that they should Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>statize
and revive again <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Doctrines of Daemons; whether the
deifying and worshipping of Saints and Angles, whether the bowing down to Images, whe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
of men or other things visible, breaden Idols, and Crosses like new Daemon-Pillars,
whether the adoring or templing of Reliques,</hi> whether these make not as lively an image
of the <hi>Gentiles Theologie of Daemons</hi> [<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>] as possibly could be
expressed; and whether these two words comprehend not the whole pith and marrow
of <hi>Christian Apostasie,</hi> which was to consist in Spiritual fornication or <hi>Idolatry,</hi> as ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pears
by that name and denomination thereof given by S. <hi>Iohn</hi> in his <hi>Revelation, The
Whore of Babylon.</hi> Is not she rightly termed the <hi>Babylonish whore,</hi> which hath revi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ved
and replanted the <hi>Doctrines of Daemons</hi> first founded in the ancient <hi>Babel?</hi> And is
not this now fulfilled which S. <hi>Iohn</hi> foretells us, <hi>Apoc.</hi> 11. That <hi>the second and out<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>most
Court of the Temple</hi> (which is the second state of the Christian Church) <hi>together
with the holy City should be trodden down and overtrampled by the Gentiles</hi> (that is, over<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>whelmed
with the Gentiles Idolatry) <hi>forty two months?</hi>
               </p>
               <p>But perhaps I am yet too forward in my Application; some things in our way must
first be cleared: For howsoever the resemblance indeed be evident, yet First the
Text seems not to intend or mean it, because the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is in the Scripture ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ver
taken in the <hi>better</hi> or <hi>indifferent sense,</hi> howsoever prophane Authors do so use it,
but always in an <hi>evil sense,</hi> for the <hi>Devil</hi> or an <hi>Evil Spirit.</hi> Now the signification of
words in Scripture is to be esteemed and taken only according to the Scripture's use,
though other Writers use them otherwise. Secondly, For the charge of <hi>Idolatry;</hi>
though much of that wherein we have instanced may be granted to be justly suspected
for such indeed, yet nevertheless that whereupon this Application mainly relieth,
namely, <hi>The praying to Saints glorified, as Mediators and Agents for us with God,</hi> should not
seem to deserve so foul a name. For suppose it were a needless, yea and a fruitless Cere<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mony,
<pb n="635" facs="tcp:63175:370"/>
yet what reason can be given why this should be more tainted with <hi>Idolatry,</hi>
than is the like honour given to Saints and holy men whilst they live on earth,
whom then to desire to mediate and pray to God for us was never accounted so much
as an unlawful matter? When these two Scruples are answered, I will return to conti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nue
my former Application.</p>
               <p>To the First therefore, for the use of the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> in Scripture, I say, That
because those which the Gentiles took for <hi>Daemons</hi> and for <hi>Deified Souls of their Wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thies</hi>
were indeed no other than <hi>Evil Spirits,</hi> counterfeiting the Souls of men deceased,
and masking themselves under the names of such supposed <hi>Daemons,</hi> under that colour
to seduce mankind; therefore the Scripture useth the name <hi>Daemons</hi> for that they were
indeed, and not for what they seemed to be. For no <hi>blessed Soul</hi> or <hi>good Angel</hi> would
admit any honour which did derogate from the honour of the <hi>only true God</hi> who made
them: neither do the glorified Saints in heaven, or the blessed Angels, though Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>state
Christians now invocate and worship them, accept of this honour, hear their
prayers, or condescend to their devotions, by any sign or act whatsoever; but whatso<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ever
is made seem to be done by them, is done by the self-fame <hi>wicked Spirits</hi> which
heretofore were masked under the names of <hi>Daemons;</hi> and therefore in this regard the
one may as well bear the names of <hi>Daemons</hi> as the other, and be as likely to be intend<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
by the use of that word.</p>
               <p>Secondly, though the Scripture often useth this word in the <hi>worst sense,</hi> yet follows
it not it always should do so. Because the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> it self, which the Scripture
hath appropriated to signifie <hi>Satan</hi> the Prince of hell-hounds, following therein the
Seventy, (who first gave it this notion nowhere else sampled in any Greek Author)
yet is this word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> in the New Testament it self, three several times used in the
common sense for a <hi>Slanderer</hi> or <hi>False accuser,</hi> and that in three several Epistles, in
both to <hi>Timothy,</hi> and that to <hi>Titus:</hi>
                  <note place="margin">1 Tim. 3. 11.</note> And why should the like seem improbable for the
word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> or <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>?<note place="margin">2 Tim. 3. 3.</note> Nay, most certain it is so, as I now come to make mani<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fest.<note place="margin">T<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>. 2. 3.</note>
               </p>
               <p>And that first, <hi>Acts</hi> 17. 18. where S. <hi>Paul</hi> our Apostle, having at <hi>Athens</hi> preached
<hi>Iesus risen from the dead,</hi> the Philosophers thus encountred him, saying, <hi>This fellow</hi>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, which we translate, <hi>He seemeth to be a setter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>forth
of strange gods,</hi> namely, <hi>Daemon-gods:</hi> For hearing of one <hi>Iesus</hi> after death to be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>come
a Lord and Saviour, and to be adored with divine worship, they took him pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sently
(according to their own principles in that kind) to be some new or forein
<hi>Daemon;</hi> for so it follows in the Text, that they said thus, <hi>Because he preached unto
them Iesus and the Resurrection.</hi> Upon the same ground <hi>Celsus in Origen lib.</hi> 8. <hi>cont.
Cels.</hi> calls the same Christ our Saviour the Christians <hi>Daemon;</hi> for whereas the Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stians
said, that they without hurt and danger blasphemed and reproached the Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiles
Gods, <hi>Celsus</hi> replies,<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>;</note> 
                  <hi>Nonne vides, bone vir, quòd etiam tuo Daemoni opponens se
quispiam non solùm convitiatur, sed terrâ marique illum exigit? Do you not see (good
Sir) that some opposing your Daemon, do not only reproach him, but proclaim him un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>worthy
to be at all in the world?</hi> Where <hi>Origen</hi> answers <hi>Celsus,</hi>
                  <note n="a" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> 
                  <hi>Qui nullos scit ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>los
Daemones, nescio quomodo sui oblitus, Iesum vocârit Daemonem; He that acknow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ledges
no evil Daemons, I know not how he came to forget himself, calling Iesus a Daemon.</hi>
But S. <hi>Paul</hi> thus charged by the Philosophers, coming to make his Apology in the
<hi>Areopagus,</hi> retorts their accusation; <hi>Ye men of Athens</hi> (saith he) <hi>I see you in all things
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> too full of Daemons already.</hi> I shall not need bring any more
amongst you. (For thus the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> by Etymology signifies <hi>a worshipper of
Daemon-gods,</hi> and was anciently used in this sense; and so you shall find it often in
<hi>Clemens Alexandrinus</hi> his <hi>Protrepticon</hi>
                  <note n="b" place="margin">Et Strom. l. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>. p. 504. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>actant.</hi> l. 4. Instit. D<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap>. ait, Su<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>perstitiosi vo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cantus aut<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ii qui sup<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>stitem memoriam de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>functorum colunt: aut qui parentibus suis supers<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ises, celebrant Imagines eorum domi, tanquam D<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>os Penates. Nam qui novos sibirit<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap> assumebant, ut Deorum vice mortuos homorarent, quorex hominibus in coelum recepros putabant, hos <hi>Supershtiosos</hi> vocabant: Eos verò que publicos &amp; antiquos Deos colerent, <hi>Religiosos</hi> n<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>minaba<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>t; unde Virgilius, Vana superstitio veterúmque ignara Deorum. <hi>Martin. Lex quem <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>lteriùs vide.</hi>
                  </note>, not to speak of others; though after<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wards
from signifying <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, as <hi>Budaeus</hi> speaks, it came to be applied
to those who were too precise and anxious in their devotions.) But I (saith our
Apostle) preach no new <hi>Daemon</hi> unto you, but that <hi>Sovereign and Celestial God who
made the world and all things therein; who being Lord of heaven and earth, dwelleth not</hi>
(as your <hi>Daemon</hi>-gods do) <hi>in Temples made with hands, neither is worshipped with mens
hands, as though he needed any thing,</hi> (as you conceive of your <hi>Daemons,) seeing he
giveth to all life and breath, and all things: This God I preach unto you.</hi> And this place
I take to be so unanswerable for the indifferent and common acception of the
<pb n="636" facs="tcp:63175:371"/>
word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, that I care not now though the rest should fail me: but let us see
what they are.</p>
               <p>In <hi>Revel.</hi> 9. 13, &amp;c. the sixth Trumpet from <hi>Euphrates</hi> brings an huge army upon
the Christian world, which destroyeth a third part of men; and yet those which re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mained
<hi>repented not of those sins</hi> (verse 2.) for which these plagues came upon the
earth, <hi>viz. That they should not worship <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> and Idols of gold, silver, and brass,
and stone, and of wood, which can neither see, nor hear, nor walk.</hi> Is not this a Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment
upon the Apostle's Prophecy in my Text? The <hi>time</hi> which it concerns must
needs fall in the <hi>last times;</hi> for it is the last Trumpet save one. The <hi>place</hi> must be the
<hi>Roman Empire,</hi> or Christian world; for that is the Stage of all the <hi>Seals</hi> and <hi>Trumpets:</hi>
And how could it be otherwise, seeing S. <hi>Iohn</hi> at <hi>Pathmos</hi> saw them coming from the
great River <hi>Euphrates?</hi> whatsoever comes from thence, must needs fall upon the
Territory of the <hi>Roman</hi> Empire. To hold you no longer, the best Expounders make
it the <hi>Ottoman</hi> or <hi>Turkish,</hi> invasion, which hath swallowed so great a part of Christen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom.
But what people are they who in the <hi>Roman</hi> Territory do in <hi>these latter times
worship Idols of gold, silver, brass, and stone, and wood?</hi> Are they <hi>Ethnicks?</hi> there is
none such. Are they <hi>Iews?</hi> they cannot endure the sight of them. Are they <hi>Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>humetans?</hi>
nay, they abhor it also. Then must they needs be <hi>Christians;</hi> and then
must Christians too worship <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>; for both are spoken of the same men. But
what <hi>Christians</hi> do, or ever did worship <hi>Devils formally?</hi> But <hi>Daemon-gods</hi> (alas!)
they do and long have done. Here therefore <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is again taken in the common
and Philosophical sense, or at least, which is all one, for <hi>Evil Spirits</hi> worshipped un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der
the names of <hi>Daemons</hi> and deceased Souls.</p>
               <p>Besides my Text, there is but one place more in all the Epistles of S. <hi>Paul</hi> where
the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is used, namely 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 10. 21. where if there be any allusion to
the Gentiles conceit of <hi>Daemons,</hi> then all the places of S. <hi>Paul</hi>'s Epistles are bending
that way. But some there are, saith <hi>Stephen</hi> in his <hi>Thesaurus,</hi> who think the Apostle
in his <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, or <hi>Cup of Daemons,</hi> alludes unto that <hi>poculum</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
used amongst the Gentiles. And further to strengthen this conceit of the
Apostle's Allusion to the Heathenish notion of<note n="*" place="margin">See <hi>Tertul. De Specta<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>. cap.</hi> 13.</note> 
                  <hi>Daemons,</hi> the words of the former
verse make much; For <hi>the things which the Gentiles sacrifice,</hi> (saith he)
<hi>to Daemons, and not to God.</hi> Now this was the very Tenet of the Gentiles, That the
<hi>Sovereign and Celestial Gods</hi> were to be worshipped only <hi>purâ mente, and with hymns
and praises,</hi> and that <hi>Sacrifices</hi> were only for <hi>Daemons. Vid. Porphy. in Euseb. Praep.
Evang. Herm. Trismeg. in Asclepio, Apuleium de Daemonio Socratis.</hi> He therefore
who had given his faith to that <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>One Lord,</hi> to the <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>the only
Potentate,</hi> to the <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>to the one and only Mediator Iesus Christ,</hi> must have no
communion, have no part in the service of those many <hi>Mediators, Lords</hi>
or <hi>Daemon-gods</hi> of the Nations; for Christ's Monarchical Mediation excludes all other Media<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tors
and <hi>Daemons:</hi> not that the <hi>wooden Idol</hi> was ought of it self, but that the Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiles
supposed there dwelt some <hi>Daemon</hi> therein, who received their sacrifices, and to
whom they intended their services. Thus may this place be expounded, and so the
use of the word <hi>Daemon</hi> in the <hi>worst sense</hi> or directly <hi>for a Devil,</hi> will be almost confi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ned
to the Gospel; where the subject spoken of being men vexed with <hi>Evil spirits,</hi>
could admit no other sense or use: and yet S. <hi>Luke,</hi> the best-languaged of the Evan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gelists,
knowing the word to be <hi>ambiguous,</hi> and therefore as it were to distinguish it
once for all, doth the first time he useth it, do it with an explication, Chapter 4. verse
33. <hi>There was</hi> (saith he) <hi>a man in the Synagogue <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, having
the spirit of an unclean Daemon.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Thus much of the word <hi>Daemonium</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> in Scripture; whereby I hope it ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pears,
that this place of my Text is not the only place where the word is used accord<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
to the notion of the Gentiles and their Theologists.</p>
               <p>But you will say, Did any of the Fathers or Ancients expound it thus in this place?
If they had done so, the <hi>Mystery of iniquity</hi> could never have taken such footing;
which because it was to come according to divine disposition, what wonder then if this
were hidden from their eyes? Howsoever, it may seem that God left not his spirit
without a witness: For, as I take it, <hi>Epiphanius,</hi> one of the most zealous of the Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thers
of his time against <hi>Saint-worship</hi> then peeping, took <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> in my
Text for <hi>a Doctrine of worshipping dead men.</hi> You may read him in the seventy eighth
Heresie towards the conclusion, where, upon occasion of some who made a <hi>Goddess</hi> of
the <hi>blessed Virgin,</hi> and offered a cake unto her as the Queen of Heaven, he quotes this
place of my Text concerning them, saying, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <pb n="637" facs="tcp:63175:371"/>
which in English sounds
thus, <hi>That also of the Apostle is fulfilled of these; Some shall apostatize from the sound
Doctrine, giving heed to Fables and Doctrines of Daemons; for</hi> (saith he) <hi>they shall be
worshippers of Dead men, as they were worshipped in Israel.</hi> Are not these last words for
an Exposition of <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>? But what (will you say) doth he mean by
<hi>the Dead</hi> worshipped in Israel? I suppose he means their <hi>Baalim,</hi> who (as is already
shewed) were nothing else but <hi>Daemons</hi> or <hi>Deified Ghosts, of men deceased:</hi> yet he
brings in two examples besides; one of the <hi>Sichemites</hi> in his time, who had a <hi>Goddess</hi>
or <hi>Daemoness</hi> under the name of <hi>Iephtah's daughter;</hi> another of the <hi>AEgyptians,</hi> who
worshipped <hi>Thermutis,</hi> that <hi>daughter</hi> of <hi>Pharaoh</hi> which brought up <hi>Moses.</hi> Some, as
<hi>Beza,</hi> would have these words of <hi>Epiphanius</hi> to be a part of the Text it self in some
copy which he used. But how is that likely, when no other Father once mentions
any such reading? Nay it appears moreover, that <hi>Epiphanius</hi> intended to explain the
words as he quoteth them, as he doth <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>the Faith</hi> by <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>the sound
Doctrine, and</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>erroneous spirits by</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Fables, and so</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <hi>giving heed to Doctrines of Daemons</hi> by <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <hi>worshipping Dead</hi> men. Otherwise we must say he used either a very corrupt copy,
or quoted very carelesly. But grant that <hi>Epiphanius</hi> read so: Either this reading was
true, and so I have enough; because then the Apostle with his <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, &amp;c. should
expound himself by <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> to mean <hi>the Deifying of the dead:</hi> Or it was not the ori<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ginal
reading, but added by some or other for explication sake; and so it will follow,
that those who did it made no question but that the words there contained some such
thing as <hi>worshipping of the dead.</hi> Therefore take it which way you will, it will fol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>low,
that some such matter as we speak of was in times past supposed to be in this Text
and Prophecy.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="7" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. VII.</head>
               <p>Why those words in the description of the Mystery of Godliness <hi>[Received into Glory</hi>]
are set last. That praying to Saints glorified, as Mediators and Agents for us with God,
is Idolatry. For the proof of this several Grounds are laid down. To be prayed to in
Heaven, and to present our Devotions to God, and to deal as an Agent and Mediator be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tween
us and him, is a Prerogative appropriate to Christ, a Flower of his Glory and Ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>altation
to sit at God's Right hand, a Royalty incommunicable to any other. That none
but Christ our High Priest is to be an Agent for us with God in the Heavens, was figured
under the Law, in that the High Priest alone had to do in the Most holy place, and there
was to be Agent for the people. That though Christ in regard of his Person was capable of
this God-like Glory and Royalty, yet it was the Will of God that he should purchase it by
suffering an unimitable Death. This proved from several Testimonies of Scripture.
<hi>Saint-worship</hi> is a denial of Christ's Prerogative. <hi>Bread-worship</hi> in the Eucharist to
what kind of <hi>Idolatry</hi> it may be reduced. How <hi>Saint-worship</hi> crept into the
Church.</p>
               <p>NOW I come to the Second point, to maintain and prove That <hi>praying to Saints
glorified, as Mediators and Agents for us with God, is</hi> justly charged with <hi>Idola<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>try.</hi>
For this is the hinge whereupon not the Application only of my Text, but the
Interpretation thereof, chiefly turneth. For this is that which I told you in the be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ginning,
that my Text depended upon the last words of the former chapter and verse,
<hi>Received into glory;</hi> which were therefore, out of their due order, put in the last
place, because my Text was immediately to be inferred upon them. The like
misplacing, and for the like reason, see<note n="*" place="margin">See also <hi>Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cal.</hi> chap. 1. ver. 5. where <hi>Christ</hi> is named after <hi>the seven Spi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ri<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>s</hi> for the like reason.</note> 
                  <hi>Heb.</hi> 12. 23. where, in a catalogue or re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cension
of the parts of the Church, <hi>Christ the Head,</hi> and the <hi>sprinkling of his bloud,</hi> is
mentioned in the last place, and after <hi>the spirits of just men,</hi> because the next verses
are continued upon this sprinkling of Christ's bloud: <hi>Ye are come to the general assembly,
and Church of the first-born, which are written in heaven, and to God the Iudge of all, and
to the Spirits of just men made perfect, And to Iesus the Mediator of the New Covenant,
and to the bloud of sprinkling, which speaketh better things than that of Abel:</hi> where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>as
the right order should have been<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> First, <hi>God the Iudge of all; secondly, Christ
<pb n="638" facs="tcp:63175:372"/>
the Mediator of the new Covenant;</hi> and thirdly, in the last place, <hi>the Spirits of just men
made perfect.</hi> Agreeably therefore to this dependance of my Text I am to shew, That
the <hi>Invocation of Saints glorified implies an Apostasie from Christ, and a denial of his Glory
and Majesty whereunto he is installed by his Assumption into heaven, to sit at the right hand
of God.</hi> Which before I do, I must premise some General grounds, which are as followeth.</p>
               <p>First, That as <hi>God is most One,</hi> and without <hi>all Multiplicity;</hi> so must the <hi>Honour</hi> and
<hi>Service</hi> which is given unto him have <hi>no Communicability. Isa.</hi> 42. 8. <hi>I am the Lord,
that is my name, and my glory will I not give unto another, nor my praise to graven Ima<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ges:</hi>
For the <hi>One-most God</hi> must have an <hi>One-most service.</hi> Therefore in that Action
whereof God is the Object, nothing must be an Object but God. Or, in the Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture
phrase, thus, In those actions which look towards the <hi>Face of God,</hi> nothing may
come between, whose <hi>Face</hi> such Actions may look upon besides him; whether by
way of <hi>Subordination</hi> to him, or <hi>Representation</hi> of him: For <hi>I am the Lord thy God</hi>
(<note n="*" place="margin">Exod. 20. 3.</note> saith he) <hi>Thou shalt have no other Gods <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> before my face.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Secondly, This <hi>Face of God</hi> is not only the <hi>Object of his Person,</hi> but also the <hi>Place of
his presence,</hi> where his Glory is revealed in the Heavens, where <hi>we shall see him face
to face,</hi> 1 <hi>Cor.</hi> 13. 12. <hi>Revel.</hi> 22. 4. and where <hi>the Angels in heaven behold the Face of the
Father which is in Heaven, Matth.</hi> 18. 10. No Action therefore directed thitherward,
that is, to this <hi>Face</hi> of his revealed <hi>presence</hi> and <hi>glory,</hi> may so much as <hi>look asquint</hi> upon
any other <hi>Object,</hi> or behold any other <hi>Face</hi> but the <hi>Face of God</hi> alone; For we must
have <hi>no other Gods before his Face.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>I say not, that a man may not turn his <hi>Face</hi> upon the <hi>Face of any other thing</hi> when he
turns his <hi>Face</hi> towards the <hi>Face of God;</hi> for how then should we worship him at all,
seeing which way soever we turn us, something will always be before us? But it is
not the <hi>Face</hi> of our <hi>Bodies,</hi> or their <hi>posture,</hi> but the <hi>Face</hi> and <hi>posture</hi> of the <hi>Act</hi> we do,
which must not have the <hi>Face</hi> turned upon any thing else, when it is directed at the
<hi>Face</hi> of <hi>God:</hi> namely, That Action in which God is <hi>faced,</hi> must <hi>face</hi> nothing else but God;
that is, Where God is the <hi>Object;</hi> whether in regard of his <hi>Person,</hi> when we pray un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>to
him; or of his <hi>Throne</hi> of <hi>presence,</hi> when we would approach it, or direct our sup<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plications
towards it; there nothing is to have any respect of an Object but God alone.
So although when we pray unto God, we turn the <hi>face</hi> of our Bodies towards Heaven,
the Sun, the Moon, and Stars; yet do we not therefore worship the host of heaven,
because our <hi>Action</hi> hath no relation to them as to an <hi>Object,</hi> but to <hi>God alone;</hi> and how<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>soever
they are between God and us in place, yet as an <hi>Object</hi> of our <hi>devotion</hi> neither
they, nor any thing in them, come any way between us and him.</p>
               <p>Now for the reason (if you ask it) of this <hi>Incommunicableness</hi> of all <hi>Action</hi> and <hi>Ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vice</hi>
directed to <hi>God-ward,</hi> you shall have it, <hi>Exod.</hi> 34. 14. <hi>Because the Lord</hi> whose
name is <hi>Iealous, is a Iealous God: Iealous,</hi> not only lest he should not be honoured
and served as <hi>God;</hi> but <hi>Iealous</hi> lest he should not be honoured as <hi>One God:</hi> For as by ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nouring
him we acknowledge him <hi>God,</hi> so by the <hi>Incommunicableness</hi> of honour we
acknowledge him <hi>One God.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>For this cause, God being to give us a Mediator, by whom we should have access
unto his presence, and whom, without his Iealousie, we might interpose in our devo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions
and supplications unto himself, or offered at the Throne of his Majesty and Glo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry
in the heavens, provided that admirable <hi>Mystery</hi> of <hi>communicating</hi> to the nature of
a man born of a woman, the <hi>Hypostatical union</hi> of the <hi>second Person</hi> of the <hi>Deity;</hi> and
<hi>him,</hi> after he had vanquished death, to <hi>exalt</hi> to <hi>sit at his right hand</hi> of Glory and Po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wer
in the Heavens, there in his own Presence and Throne to receive our Requests,
and to deal as an <hi>Agent</hi> between us and him.</p>
               <p>Thus at length I am arrived at that Port which all this while I made for, <hi>viz.</hi> to
shew, That this <hi>Glory</hi> of <hi>Christ,</hi> which is styled His <hi>sitting at the Right hand of God,</hi> is
that <hi>Incommunicable Royalty</hi> to which of right belongeth in the Presence of God to re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceive
and present our devotions to the <hi>Divine Majesty;</hi> as in that which now follow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eth
shall appear.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Sessio ad Dextram Dei,</hi> To sit at the Right hand of God, is to be <hi>installed in God's
Throne,</hi> or to have a <hi>God-like Royalty,</hi> which is defined in Scripture <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>The Majesty of Christ in heaven;</hi> whence it is said, <hi>Heb.</hi> 1. 3. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>He sate down on the Right hand of Majesty on high;</hi> and
<hi>Heb.</hi> 8. 1. it is called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>The Right hand of the
Throne of the Majesty in the Heavens:</hi> It is called also by Christ himself, <hi>Mark</hi> 14. 62.
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Luke</hi> 22. 69. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>The Right hand of Power,</hi> and
<hi>the Right hand of the Power of God:</hi> For as to the <hi>Right hand</hi> belongs both <hi>dignity</hi> and
<pb n="639" facs="tcp:63175:372"/>
                  <hi>strength;</hi> so doth this <hi>Glory of Christ</hi> include both a <hi>God-like Sublimity</hi> and a <hi>God-like
Power;</hi> the first <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, the second <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. The proper place where
the <hi>Majestical Glory</hi> is revealed, is the <hi>Heavens,</hi> as may appear almost wheresoever
this <hi>sitting at the right hand of God</hi> is mentioned, <hi>Eph.</hi> 1. 20.
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Coloss.</hi> 3.
1. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Heb.</hi> 1. 3. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Heb.</hi> 7. 26. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, 1 <hi>Pet.</hi> 3. 22.
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, &amp;c. <hi>Heaven, Heavenly places, High places,</hi> and the like, being alwayes
thereto annexed: and every where appeareth to be a consequent of his <hi>Ascension
into Heaven,</hi> as we say in our Creed, <hi>He ascended into Heaven, and sitteth at the
Right hand of God;</hi> and therefore in the words whereon my Text depends, is ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pressed by <hi>Assumed</hi> or <hi>Taken up into Glory,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. For as God himself is
styled <hi>Pater in Coelis;</hi> not because not elsewhere, but because his <hi>Glory</hi> is there re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vealed:
so Christ sits <hi>ad dextram in Coelis,</hi> because there the beams of the <hi>Majesty</hi>
given him by his Father are revealed: whence it comes that his Kingdom is called
the <hi>Kingdom of Heaven,</hi> that is, a Kingdom whose King's residence and Kingly
Throne are both in Heaven.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>This glorious</hi> Throne of Majesty, <hi>this</hi> Sitting at the Right hand of the Power of the
Almighty, <hi>is a Name</hi> incommunicable, <hi>an Exaltation whereof no creature in heaven
or earth is capable: which is that the Apostle means to tell us, when he saith,</hi>
Eph. 1. 21. Far above all principality, and power, and might, and dominion, and every
name that is named, not only in this world, but also in that which is to come; <hi>and</hi> Phil.
2. 9, 10. Wherefore God also hath highly exalted him, and given him a name which is a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bove
every name, (<hi>that is, created name</hi>) That at the name of Iesus every knee should
bow, both of things in heaven, and things in earth, and things under the earth. <hi>Revel.</hi> 3. 21.
He that overcometh, (<hi>saith Christ</hi>) I will give him to sit with me in my Throne;
even as I have overcome, and sate with my Father in his Throne. <hi>Here is men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion,
we see, of two Thrones, of which,</hi> my Throne, <hi>that is, Christ's Throne, is
the condition of a glorified man; in this Throne his Saints shall sit with him: But</hi> my
Father's Throne <hi>is the</hi> Power of Divine Majesty, <hi>wherein none may sit but</hi> God, <hi>and
the</hi> God-Man Iesus Christ.</p>
               <p>These grounds laid, I say, That the Honour of being prayed to <hi>in Heaven,</hi> and
before the <hi>Throne of presence,</hi> is a <hi>Prerogative</hi> of <hi>Dextra Dei;</hi> and to receive our
devotions there, a Flower of <hi>Christ's sitting at the Right hand of God:</hi> as S. <hi>Paul, Rom.</hi>
8. 34. conjoyns them, saying, <hi>Who is he that condemneth? It is Christ that died, yea ra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
that is risen again, who is at the Right hand of God, and who makes intercession for
us.</hi> For by <hi>right</hi> of this his <hi>Exaltation</hi> and <hi>Majesty</hi> he comes to be a <hi>Priest after the
order of Melchisedech,</hi> as appears <hi>Psalm</hi> 110. 1. <hi>The Lord said unto my Lord, Sit thou
on my Right hand, till I make thine enemies thy footstool;</hi> then follow the effects
thereof, ver. 4. <hi>The Lord hath sworn, and will not repent, Thou art a Priest for ever,
after the order of Melchisedech.</hi> And by the same right also he becomes <hi>the Only</hi> and
<hi>Eternal Priest</hi> which hath to do in the <hi>most Holy place,</hi> the Heavens: For as the High
Priest only entred the <hi>most Holy place</hi> beyond the veil in the earthly Tabernacle;
so Christ Iesus, <hi>our only High Priest,</hi> through his Body, as the first Tabernacle, by
his own bloud, entred into the second Tabernacle, or <hi>Holy place,</hi> not made with
hands, as was the figure, but into <hi>Heaven it self,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>there to appear in the presence of God for us.</hi> All this you have in the same
words at large, <hi>Heb.</hi> 9. 7, 11, 12, 24.</p>
               <p>Now in the Tabernacle of this world, as was in the first Tabernacle, we may
haply find many Priests whom to imploy as <hi>Agents</hi> for us with God: But in the se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cond
Tabernacle, which is <hi>Heaven,</hi> there is but <hi>one Agent</hi> to be imployed, but <hi>one</hi>
who hath <hi>Royal commission</hi> to deal between God and men, that <hi>Angel of the presence,</hi>
as <hi>Isaiah</hi> calls him, ch. 63. 9. and <hi>one only Mediator,</hi> Iesus Christ the Lord of glory,
who in this prerogative is above Saints and Angels: For <hi>to which of the</hi> Saints or
<hi>Angels said</hi> God <hi>at any time, Sit on my Right hand, till I make thine enemies thy foot<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stool?
Heb.</hi> 1. 4, 9, 13.</p>
               <p>Neither will this Demonstration admit that vulgar Exception to be of any force,
namely, That <hi>Expiatory mediation,</hi> or <hi>Meritorious intercession in heaven,</hi> should in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deed
appertain to Christ alone; but <hi>Favourable intercession</hi> to pray for us, not so;
and therefore for this we may without derogation to Christ solicite either Saints or
Angels. I could say, that this ragge is too-too narrow and short to cover their naked<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness
who lay hold of it; in whose Supplications to Saints, and to God too in their
names, nothing is more usual than the express mention of <hi>their Merits, Bloud</hi> and
<hi>Sufferings,</hi> as Motives to God to hear them. But we shall not need this Answer:
<pb n="640" facs="tcp:63175:373"/>
For we have demonstrated, that as in the Law none but the <hi>High Priest alone</hi> was
to do office in the <hi>Holiest place;</hi> so Christ Iesus now is the <hi>only Agent</hi> for whatso<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ever
is to be done for us in the <hi>holiest Tabernacle of Heaven.</hi> Besides, we read that
none but the High Priest alone was to offer Incense, or to incense, the most Holy
place when he entred into it: But <hi>Incense</hi> is the <hi>Prayers of the Saints,</hi> sent thither from
this outward Temple of the militant Church,<note place="margin">Rev. 5. 8. &amp; Chap. 8. 3.</note> as in the Law was fetched from with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>out
the veil: This therefore none in Heaven but Christ alone must receive from
us, to offer for us. And this is that Angel with the <hi>golden Censer,</hi> (<hi>Rev.</hi> 8. 3.) who
there offers the <hi>Incense of the prayers of the Saints,</hi> there given him to offer upon the
<hi>golden Altar before the Throne;</hi> alluding expresly to the <hi>golden Altar</hi> before the <hi>Testi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mony.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>For the fuller understanding and farther confirmation of what hath been spoken,
take this also; That notwithstanding the man <hi>Christ Iesus</hi> in regard of his <hi>Person,</hi>
being God as well as Man<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> was from his first incarnation capable of this <hi>Royalty</hi> and
<hi>Glory;</hi> not only for the incomparable sufficiency of his Person, which by reason of
his twofold Nature is alwaies and in all places present both with God and men, and
so at one instant able and ready at every need to present to the one what he should
receive from the other; but chiefly and most of all, for that by being very God
himself, his Father's jealousie (which could never have brooked the communication
of this Glory to any other which should not have been the self-same with himself)
was by this condition of his Person prevented and secured.</p>
               <p>Nevertheless and notwithstanding all this capability of his Person, it was the will
of his Father, in the dispensation of the Mystery of our redemption, not to confer
it upon him, but as purchased and attained by suffering and undergoing of that Death
which no creature in heaven or in earth was able to undergo but himself; being a
suffering of a Death, whereby Death it self was overcome and vanquished; to the
end that none by death save <hi>Iesus Christ</hi> alone might be ever thought or deemed ca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pable
of the like Glory and Sublimity; but that it might appear for ever to be a
peculiar right to him.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>And this, I think, is not only agreeable to the tenour of Scripture, but express
Scripture it self.</hi> Heb. 2. 9, 10. But we see Iesus, who was made a little lower than the
Angels, by the suffering of death, crowned with glory and honour. For it became him,
for whom are all things, and by whom are all things, in bringing many sons to glory, to
make the Captain of their salvation perfect through sufferings. <hi>Phil.</hi> 2. 8. And being
found in fashion as a man, he humbled himself, and became obedient unto death, even the
death of the Cross; <hi>and v.</hi> 9, 10. Wherefore God hath also highly exalted him, and given
him a name above every name, That at the name of Iesus every knee should bow. <hi>Heb.</hi> 10. 12. But this man, after he had offered one sacrifice for sins, for ever sate down on the
Right hand of God. <hi>Rom.</hi> 14. 9. For to this end Christ both died, rose and revived, that
he might be Lord both of the dead and living. <hi>See besides,</hi> Acts 5. 30, 31. Rom. 8. 34.
Ephes. 1. 20. 1 Pet. 1. 11.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Lastly, for that particular parcel of</hi> this Glory <hi>of Christ,</hi> viz. To be that only
Name in which we are to ask at the hands of God whatsoever we have to ask; <hi>is not this also
ascribed and annexed to his triumph over death?</hi> Iohn 14. 12, 13. I go unto my Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther,
(viz. <hi>through death;</hi>) And whatsoever ye ask in my name, that will I do. <hi>Iohn</hi>
16. 16, <hi>and</hi> 23. A little while, and ye shall not see me; and again a little while, and ye
shall see me; because I go to my Father. And in that day (<hi>when I am gone to my</hi> Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther;)
ye shall ask me nothing. Verily, verily I say unto you, whatsoever ye shall ask
the Father in my name, he will give it you. <hi>Verse</hi> 24. Hitherto ye have asked nothing in my
name; ask, and ye shall receive. <hi>Heb.</hi> 7. 25, 26. Wherefore he is able to save them to
the uttermost that come unto God by him; seeing he ever liveth to make intercession for
them. For such an High Priest became us—who is made higher than the heavens.</p>
               <p>How is it then that some extenuate that kind of <hi>Saint-worship,</hi> wherein Prayers
are not made unto them directly, but God is prayed to in their names and for their
mediation sake to grant our requests? Is it not a denial of Christ's Prerogative, to
ascribe unto any other, for any respect of glory or nearness to God after death or
otherwise, that whereof he alone is infeoffed by his unimitable Death, triumphant
Resurrection and glorious Ascension? Certainly that which he holds by incommuni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cable title,
is it self also incommunicable.</p>
               <p>To conclude therefore with the words of S. <hi>Paul,</hi> 1 <hi>Tim.</hi> 2. 5. <hi>There is but one God,
and one Mediator between God and men, the man Christ Iesus:</hi> As God is one, so is
the Mediator one; for it is a God-like Royalty, and therefore can belong but to
<pb n="641" facs="tcp:63175:373"/>
one. There is but one God in Heaven, without any other Gods subordinate to him;
therefore but one Mediator there, without any other Mediators besides him. As for
the Angels and blessed Saints; they have indeed a light of Glory too, but they are
but as lesser Lights in that heaven of heavens. And therefore as where the Sun
shines, the lesser Stars of heaven, though Stars, give not their light to us: So where
this glorious Sun <hi>Christ Iesus</hi> continually shineth by his presence, sitting at the Right
hand of God, there the Glory of the Saints and Angels is not sufficient to make them
capable of any Flower of that Divine honour which is God-like, and so appropri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ate
to Christ by right of his heavenly exaltation in the Throne of Majesty. What<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>soever
Spirit saith otherwise, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>holds not the head;</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Coloss<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> 2. 19.</note> but is a Christ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>apostate-spirit,
which denies the Faith of Christ's <hi>Assumption into Glory,</hi> and revives
the <hi>Doctrines of Daemons.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>The way being now cleared, I may (I hope) safely resume my Application which
I have already given some taste of, <hi>That this Doctrine of Daemons comprehends in most
most express manner the whole Idolatry of the Mystery of iniquity, the Deifying and in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vocating
of Saints and Angels, the bowing down to Images, the worshipping of Crosses as
new-Idol columnes, the adoring and templing of Reliques, the worshipping of any other
Visible thing upon supposal of any Divinity therein.</hi> What copy was ever so like the
sample, as all this to the <hi>Doctrines of Daemons?</hi> And for the Idolatry of the Eucha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rist
or <hi>Bread-worship;</hi> though it may be reduced to <hi>Image-worship,</hi> as being the ado<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ration
of a Sign or Symbole; yet let it be considered whether for the quality there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>of
it may not be taken rather for an <hi>Idolatry of Reliques,</hi> the Body and Bloud of Christ
in the Sacrament being the <hi>Mystical Reliques</hi> which he left us, as Monuments of his
death till he come. Whichsoever it be, I must confess it hath a strain above the Abo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minations
of the Gentiles, who though they supposed some presence of their <hi>Daemons</hi>
in their <hi>Images</hi> and <hi>Reliques,</hi> yet were they never so blockish, as to think their
<hi>Images</hi> and <hi>Reliques</hi> to be <hi>transubstantiated</hi> into <hi>Daemons.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>But to come to the main again: I will confess for my self, that I cannot think of
this <hi>Daemon-resemblance</hi> without admiration; nor do I believe that you will hear
without some astonishment that which I am now to add further; That the advancers
of <hi>Saint-worship</hi> in the beginning, did not only see it, but even gloried (<hi>sed gloria<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tione
non bonâ</hi>) that they had a thing in Christian practice so like the <hi>Doctrines of
Daemons.</hi> We heard before, that <hi>Plato</hi> in his <hi>Respub.</hi> would have the Souls of such
as died valiantly in battel to be accounted for <hi>Daemons</hi> after death, and their Sepul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chres
and Coffins to be served and adored as the Sepulchres of <hi>Daemons. Eusebius lib.</hi>
13. <hi>Praepar. Evangel. cap.</hi> 11. quoting this place, adds with it, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>These things do befit at</hi> (or <hi>after) the decease of the Favourites of God, whom
if thou shalt affirm to be taken for the Champions of the true Religion, thou shalt not say amiss:
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, whence it is our cus<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ome to go unto their Tombs, and to
make our prayers at them, and to honour their blessed Souls.</hi> The purpose of <hi>Eusebius</hi>
here was to shew (as a preparation to draw men to Christianity) how well the pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sent
use of Christians in honouring the memories of their Martyrs, by keeping
their assemblies at their Sepulchres, did agree with that of the Gentiles (so much
commended by <hi>Plato</hi>) in honouring their champions and worthies for <hi>Daemons</hi> after
death. But, alas! in the next Age after it proved too-too like it indeed: For these
ear-rings which the Christians had borrowed or stolen from the Gentiles at their
coming out of <hi>AEgypt,</hi> presently became a golden calf, as soon as the woman (the
Church) came into the wilderness; yea and <hi>Aaron</hi> the Priest had a foul part in it
too.</p>
               <p>Read the eighth Book of <hi>Theodoret De curandis Graecorum affectionibus,</hi> whose
Title is <hi>De Martyribus;</hi> or in the mean time take these few passages thereof. Thus he
speaks, having quoted that passage of <hi>Hesiod</hi> for <hi>Daemons,</hi> commended by <hi>Plato;<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>—</note> If
then the Poet</hi> [Hesiod] <hi>calls good men, after their decease, the Guardians and Preservers
or Deliverers of mortal men from all evill; and accordingly the best of Philosophers, in
confirmation of the Poet's saying, would have their sepulchres to be served and honoured:</hi>
                  <pb n="642" facs="tcp:63175:374"/>
I beseech you, Sirs, (<hi>he speaks to the Greeks</hi>) why do you find such fault with what we
do? For, such as were eminent for Piety and Religion, and for the sake thereof suffered
death, we also call Preservers and Physicians: in no wise do we term them <hi>Daemons,</hi>
(God forbid we should ever fall into such a desperate madness,) but the hearty friends
and servants of God—</p>
               <p>
                  <note n="a" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>—</note> That the Souls of holy men, even when they are out of the Body, are in a capacity of
taking care of mens affairs, <hi>Plato</hi> affirms in the eleventh Book of his Laws—</p>
               <p>
                  <note n="b" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>—</note> The Philosopher (you see) bids men believe even the vulgar reports [<hi>that is, the
relations and stories which are commonly talk'd of concerning the care which de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceased
Souls have of men:</hi>] But you do not only disbelieve us, and are utterly unwilling
to hearken to the loud voice of the Events or Effects themselves—</p>
               <p>
                  <note n="c" place="margin">—<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>—</note>—The Martyrs Temples are frequently to be seen, famous for their beauty and great<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness—</p>
               <p>
                  <note n="d" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>—<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>—</note>—They that are in health pray for the continuance thereof; and they that have been
long sick pray for recovery: the barren also pray for children—And they that are to
take a long journey desire them [<hi>viz. the Martyrs</hi>] to be their Companions, or rather
their Guides, in the journey—</p>
               <p>
                  <note n="e" place="margin">—<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note>—Not going to them as Gods, but making application to them as to Divine men
and Agents for them with God.</p>
               <p>
                  <note n="f" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>—</note> Now that they who made faithful prayers, have obtained their petitions, clearly ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pears
by the Presents and Gifts brought by the Votaries as so many grateful acknowledg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ments
of their recovery. Accordingly some do present (<hi>to be hung up in the Church</hi>)
the Effigies of Eyes, others of Hands; and these made of Gold or of Silver—</p>
               <p>
                  <note n="g" place="margin">—<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>—</note>—Nay <hi>the Martyrs</hi> have utterly abolisht and wip'd out of the minds of men the
memory of those who were called Gods—</p>
               <p>
                  <note n="h" place="margin">—<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>—</note>—Our Lord God hath brought his Dead (<hi>viz. the Martyrs</hi>) into the room and
place (<hi>the Temples</hi>) of your Gods, whom he hath sent packing, and hath given their
honour to his Martyrs. For in stead of the Feasts of <hi>Iupiter</hi> and <hi>Bacchus</hi> are now
celebrated the Festivals of <hi>Peter</hi> and <hi>Paul,</hi> and <hi>Thomas</hi> and <hi>Sergius,</hi> &amp;c. and other
holy Martyrs—</p>
               <p>
                  <note n="i" place="margin">—<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> &amp;c.</note>—Wherefore since you see there is so much advantage by honouring the Martyrs; be
perswaded I beseech you, to flee from the errour of <hi>Daemons;</hi> and making use of the Mar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tyrs
as so many Lights and Guides, follow the way which leads directly to God, &amp;c.</p>
               <p>Now judge whether <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> hath hitherto been fitly applied or
not: I will go on.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="8" type="chapter">
               <pb n="643" facs="tcp:63175:374"/>
               <head>CHAP. VIII.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>That <hi>Idolatry</hi> is the main Character of the Churche's Apostasie,
proved by Three Arguments.</p>
               </argument>
               <p>HAVING therefore by so many Arguments made apparent (as I hope) what
I endeavoured to prove; I desire we may observe, among so many Corrupti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons
both now and heretofore overwhelming the Church of Christ, what that is
wherein the Holy Ghost placeth the <hi>Essence,</hi> and accounteth as the very <hi>Soul</hi> of the
<hi>Great Apostasie</hi> under the Man of sin, and would have us to make the <hi>Pole-star</hi> of
our discovery thereof. Not every Errour, not every Heresie, how foul soever;
but <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Idolatry</hi> and <hi>Spiritual Fornication.</hi> As for other Heresies,
though accompanying this, yet are they but accidental, and not of the Essence of
the <hi>Great Apostasie</hi> which was to come. Even as <hi>Whores</hi> are seldom without other
foul faults, which yet are no parts of whoredom: so hath the <hi>Spiritual whore</hi> many
other Heresies, but her <hi>Whoredom</hi> is only <hi>Idolatry</hi> and the <hi>Doctrine of Daemons.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Neither is <hi>Heresie</hi> of itself, no, though damnable Heresie, a character whereby
the <hi>Great Apostasie</hi> can be known from other Sects and Blasphemies. Foul Heresies
were in the first Ages of the Church, yet <hi>Antichrist</hi> and his time were neither of
them yet come. When his time approched nearer, the <hi>Arrians, Macedonians,
Nestorians, Eutychians,</hi> were abominable Hereticks; and the <hi>Arrians</hi> posses<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ed for
a time the face of the visible Church; yet was not theirs the <hi>solemn Apostasie</hi> look<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
for.</p>
               <p>But <hi>Idolatry</hi> or <hi>Spiritual Whoredom,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">1 Thes. 1. 9. Conversion to Christionity is described, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap> from Idols</hi> to <hi>serve the true and li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving God, and to <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 span">
                           <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                        </gap> Son Iesu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> Christ;</hi> there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore <hi>Apostasie</hi> therefrom is a return to Idols from the living and true God and his Son <hi>Iesus Christ.</hi>
                  </note> which in that storm the Devil was a working,
this is the only character and note whereby the <hi>Apostasie under the Man of sin</hi> is dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>covered
and distinguished from all other Blasphemies, Sects and Heresies of what
age or time soever.</p>
               <p>Which that I may not seem to ground only upon the exposition of my Text,
which whatsoever the probability thereof be, may yet be thought alone too weak
to support the weight of so main a Conclusion; I desire you to take these Arguments
for a full confirmation thereof: some of them have already been intimated, but now
all are mus<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>red up together.</p>
               <list>
                  <item>1. That <hi>Babylon</hi> is intituled in the Revelation of S. <hi>Iohn,</hi> not the <hi>Liar of Babylon,
<hi>nor the</hi> Tyrant of Babylon,</hi> nor the <hi>Heretick of Babylon,</hi> nor the <hi>Murtheress of Baby<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lon,</hi>
but the <hi>Whore of Babylon,</hi> yea that <hi>Great Whore,</hi> and the <hi>Mother of the fornica<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions and abominations of the earth.</hi> Doth not God (think we) give the name as he
accounts the nature? Or is there any one will deny that this <hi>Babylon</hi> is that <hi>Mystery
of iniquity</hi> which our Apostle so calleth, as being in opposition to the great <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <hi>Mystery of true worship and Religion?</hi> If any should, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <note n="*" place="margin">Rev. 17. 5.</note> 
                     <hi>Mystery Babylon,</hi> in her forehead, would help to reclaim him. And what <hi>Whore</hi>
is that with whom<note n="*" place="margin">Vers. 2.</note>
                     <hi>the Kings and Nations and Kingdoms of the earth commit fornica<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion?</hi>
can it be any other but a <hi>spiritual Whore?</hi> Without question therefore S. <hi>Iohn</hi>
means no other thing here than what he foretold in the eleventh chapter, That the
<hi>Second and outmost court of the Temple,</hi> (which is the Second state of the Christian
Church) <hi>together with the holy City should be troden down and overtrampled by the Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiles
forty two months,</hi> that is, overwhelmed with the <hi>Idolatry</hi> of the Gentiles, which
is <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, as long as power shall be given to the Beast to make war
with the Saints, as long as the Witnesses must wear sackcloth, and the Woman which
escaped the fury of the Ethnical Dragon be fed in the wilderness.</item>
                  <item>
                     <p>2. S. <hi>Paul</hi> tells us,<note place="margin">2 Thes. 2. 9. &amp;c.</note> that the Great Apostasie should enter by <hi>strong delusions,</hi> by
<hi>signs</hi> and <hi>lying wonders:</hi> Consider then what Corruptions of the Christian Faith
were thus ushered in. To begin with the beginning and <hi>First</hi> Corruption of that
kind. <hi>Invocation of Saints,</hi> with the <hi>Adoration of their Shrines and Reliques,</hi> how were
these advanced in the Church? was it not by miraculous cures of the sick, healing of
the lame, restoring of the blind, yea raising of the dead (as seemed) by the only
touch and aire sometimes of the Shrines and Reliques of Souls deceased? was it not
still confirmed by strange Apparitions and other means wonderful to hear, for disco<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>very
of Bones and Reliques unknown and forgotten, yea of men whose names they
had never heard of before? and, which I shall shew better hereafter, no such experience
<pb n="644" facs="tcp:63175:375"/>
for three hundred years together observed in the Church, until the fatal and fixed
time began to enter.
<hi>The worshipping of Images</hi> (the <hi>Second,</hi> for time, of the Churche's
Fornications) was not this also allured and at length fully ratified by like <hi>Signs</hi>
and <hi>Miracles</hi> shewed upon those who approached them in their devotions? Read the
<hi>Legend,</hi> and see what store there is of <hi>strong delusions</hi> and <hi>lying wonders.</hi> That which
for time came in <hi>last,</hi> but deserves a place among the foremost, I mean <hi>the Idolatry of
Mass</hi> and <hi>Adoration of the Breaden God,</hi> search and see if it also be not thus attended.</p>
                     <p>If all this be true, then would I know what Doctrine of theirs besides was instal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>led
with these solemnities. There is but one only left for exception, and that is
<hi>Purgatory:</hi> But what if all the delusions of <hi>Purgatory,</hi> with all the Apparitions of
<hi>Purgatorian</hi> Ghosts, were but an indirect device of Satan, aiming partly to advance
the <hi>Mass</hi> into an Idol by the miraculous efficacy (as the Ghosts forsooth report)
of the oblation thereof for them;<note place="margin">2 Thess. 2.</note> partly to instal the <hi>Son of perdition (a Daemon <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>
                        </hi>
yet spake not of, and yet a <hi>Daemon) to sit as God in the Temple and Throne of Christ,
with the keys of<note n="*" place="margin">Apocal. 1. 18.</note> Hades and death,</hi> to deliver them? What stronger presumption can
there be of this than the Event, and that the errour of <hi>Purgatory</hi> had so long been
working before the Devil seemed to know how to make this use of it, which at
length he spied out and plied lustily with <hi>Signs</hi> and <hi>Wonders?</hi> If all this be true, then
it follows still that it is <hi>Spiritual Fornication</hi> which the Holy Ghost in Scripture in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tendeth,
and the Event hath marked out for the Soul of <hi>Antichristian</hi> abomination
and impiety. But of the matter of <hi>Miracles</hi> and <hi>lying wonders</hi> more in the Second part
of my Text, which is the proper place thereof.</p>
                  </item>
                  <item>3. And lastly, The <hi>Great Apostasie</hi> is a thing proper to <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>the Latter times;</hi>
(which I will shew, when I come at it, to be the last times of the Fourth Kingdom of
<hi>Daniel, Dan. 7. 25. &amp; alibi.</hi>) But amongst all other Corruptions, only the Spiri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tual
fornication of the Church and Spouse of Christ will be found proper to these
times.</item>
               </list>
            </div>
            <div n="9" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. IX.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>Two Exceptions against the foregoing Assertion. <hi>Except. I. That Idolatry should ra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
be laid upon the Pagans.</hi> This answered, and proved That <hi>Pagan Ido<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>latry</hi>
is not here meant, nor can the <hi>Saracen</hi> or <hi>Turk</hi> be <hi>the Antichrist</hi> meant in
Scripture. <hi>Except. II. That Antichristianism cannot be charged upon those that
acknowledge the true God and Christ.</hi> The Answer to this, wherein is interwoven
the Author's serious and pathetical Expostulation with the Church of <hi>Rome.</hi> That
<hi>Antichrist</hi> is a <hi>Counter-Christ,</hi> and his Coming a Counter-resemblance of the Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
of Christ; shew'd in several particulars.</p>
               </argument>
               <p>BUT you will say, if <hi>Idolatry</hi> and <hi>Spiritual fornication</hi> be the matter, why should
not this rather be laid upon <hi>Paynims</hi> and <hi>Turks</hi> and <hi>Saracens,</hi> who acknowledge
not Christ, rather than upon Christians who do?</p>
               <p>I answer, S. <hi>Paul</hi> and S. <hi>Iohn</hi> prophesied of a thing to come, not of that which
was in being when they prophesied. But <hi>Ethnical</hi> and Paynim <hi>Idolatry</hi> at that time
overwhelmed the whole earth, yea and persecuted and made war with the Saints,
and no time hath yet been when this Idolatry was not to be found. It must needs
be then some other <hi>Whoredom</hi> (for <hi>Whoredom</hi> it was to be) which was prophesied of
to come.</p>
               <p>Again, neither <hi>Sara<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>en</hi> nor <hi>Turk</hi> (the greatest unchristian States since Christ)
neither of these,<note place="margin">
                     <hi>In Saracen.</hi> Frid. Sylburgii (<hi>citanta</hi> Mar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tinio <hi>p.</hi> 1903. Lex.) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> I say, can be the <hi>Antichrist</hi> we speak of; nor their Blasphemy that
<hi>Mystery of iniquity</hi> foretold by the Apostles and Prophets.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="645" facs="tcp:63175:375"/>For there are <hi>two</hi> unquestionable <hi>Characters</hi> of that Mystery, which will neither
of them, without doubt not both of them, agree to <hi>Turk</hi> or <hi>Saracen;</hi> namely, First,
That it should sit in the <hi>Great City,</hi> which in S. <hi>Iohn</hi>'s time <hi>reigned over the nations
of the earth:</hi> Secondly, That it should be an <hi>Apostasie from the Christian faith once em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>braced.</hi>
But the <hi>Turk,</hi> whatsoever he be, is no <hi>Apostate,</hi> being of a Nation which
never was Christian: Nor was the seat of the <hi>Saracen</hi> Empire, whilest it stood,
either in the Old or New <hi>Rome,</hi> or near unto either: For I would seem to yield for
this time, that New <hi>Rome</hi> or <hi>Constantinople</hi> would serve the turn; though I am far
enough from believing it. Nor will I allege, that <hi>Mahumet</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Mahomet in Alcorano indu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap> Deum ad se ità lequentem: <hi>Pauper fuist<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> &amp; ditavi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>e; Idolis servisti, &amp; voca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vi te,</hi> Hent<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>n. in Praefa<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>. ad Ar<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>tham in A<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pocal.</note> himself and his Nation
were both Paynims when they began their blasphemie; for you would tell me that
<hi>Sergius</hi> the Monk taught him to make the <hi>Alcoran.</hi> Nor will I question now whether
the <hi>Christian</hi> or the <hi>Mahumetan</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Mahomet <hi>w<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap> a Paynim, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                           <desc>•••</desc>
                        </gap>
                        <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>das the <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </hi> Arabians <hi>were, n<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>t baptized till he begun his false Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phecy; when</hi> Abdalia <hi>the</hi> I<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>w <hi>did th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> one unto him, and</hi> Sergi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>s the Monk confer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>red the other.</note> be the greater Idolater; though the doubt might soon
be resolved, seeing it is well known that the <hi>Mahumetans</hi> worship no Images. But
I have alleged nothing but what is without exception, That <hi>both these Characters</hi>
I speak of cannot be applied either to <hi>Turk</hi> or <hi>Saracen,</hi> though I believe that nei<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
can be. When I spake of <hi>Paynims</hi> and <hi>Mahumetans,</hi> I would have you remem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ber
that there were some blasphemous Sects in the first Ages of the Church, which
are no more to be accounted of as <hi>Christians</hi> than <hi>Mahumetans</hi> and <hi>Paynims</hi> are;
nay <hi>Mahumetanism</hi> is nearer Christianity than many of them were: For amongst
whom the Christians Deity is not received and worshipped, those, though they spring
up in imitation of Christianity, I account but new Paynim-blasphemies, and not Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stian
Heresies. Such were the<note n="*" place="margin">Tertul. <hi>in his</hi> De Resurrecti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>one Carnis calls <hi>these Hereticks,</hi> Alterius divi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nitatis Haretici.</note> 
                  <hi>Cerinthians, Marcionites, Saturnians, Valentinians,</hi> and
<hi>Manichees,</hi> &amp;c. Which neither professed the same Deity, nor acknowledged that
Divine Word which we Christians do: whereas yet the <hi>Mahumetans</hi> worship the same
God with Iews and Christians, God the Creator of Heaven and Earth, the God of
<hi>Abraham, Isaac</hi> and <hi>Iacob;</hi> howsoever they conceive otherwise of his Nature and
Properties than Christians do. But this by the way, lest it might put a rub in our dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>course
of Spiritual fornication.</p>
               <p>But you will still allege for her behalf who seems all this while to be charged,
That <hi>Antichrist</hi> and the <hi>Man of sin</hi> is set forth in Scripture as the most hateful and
execrable thing that can be in the eyes of God Almighty: But how can such a thing be
said, and comparatively to be, where the true God, with Christ his Son, God and
man are in any sort acknowledged and worshipped?</p>
               <p>Lord! that the whole strain of Scripture, in the Prophets especially, and the ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ample
of the <hi>Church of Israel,</hi> should not cure this web, and take this filme from the
eyes of men! Doth not the Lord say of <hi>Israel,</hi> that <hi>he had chosen them to be a special
people to himself, above all people that are upon the face of the earth?</hi> Deut. 7. 6. <hi>You only
have I known</hi> (saith he) <hi>of all the families of the earth,</hi> Amos 3. 2. And is not Christ
the <hi>Lord of</hi> Christians? and is not the Church his <hi>Spouse?</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
saith S. <hi>Paul, Ephes. 5. 32. This is a great Mystery.</hi> No marvel then
where this <hi>Mystery</hi> is not considered, if the <hi>Mystery of iniquity</hi> be not under<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stood.</p>
               <p>Alas poor <hi>Church of Israel!</hi> thy case it seems should have been a very hard one;
For, what Nation in the world ever suffered so much rebuke, so many plagues, so
much wrath, as thou hast done? Yet couldst thou say for thy self, thou never forsook<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>est
the true God altogether, but wast still called by his Name; only thou wouldst fain
worship him in <hi>Calves</hi> and <hi>Images,</hi> as other Nations, thy neighbours, did their Gods;
thou wouldst needs follow the fashion, and this was thine errour. Thou never
meantest to cast off thy <hi>Iehovah</hi> altogether, but still wouldst have him to be thy God,
and thy self to be his people; yet thou tookest this liberty, to have <hi>other Gods be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sides
the Lord thy God, viz.</hi> thy <hi>Baalims</hi> and <hi>Daemon-Gods</hi> of other Nations about
thee; and yet hopedst that <hi>Iehovah</hi> the God of heaven, thy only Sovereign God,
would not be offended thereat, since thou retainedst him still in chief place and ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nour
with thee.</p>
               <p>Why was thy God then so unkind and cruel unto thee, to call thee <hi>Whore,</hi> and
<hi>Prostitute Whore,</hi> so often? all his Prophets continually baiting thee with that
so foul and odious a name of <hi>abominable Harlot?</hi> Why did he scatter thee, and even
cart thee naked among the Nations, afore his jealousie would be satisfied? For it seems
he is far more indulgent to his <hi>Second wife,</hi> the <hi>Church of the Gentiles:</hi> For she wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ships
her God in <hi>Images</hi> and <hi>Crucifixes,</hi> yea calls a piece of <hi>Bread</hi> her Lord and her
God; and yet saith, he is no whit jealous of her, but well pleased. She, though espoused to
<hi>Christ Iesus,</hi> the Son of the living God, as her sole Mediator and Intercessor in the
<pb n="646" facs="tcp:63175:376"/>
presence of God his Father, yet thinks she may fall down to <hi>Saints</hi> and <hi>Angels,</hi>
yea to as many Images of them as ever the <hi>Iews</hi> had of their <hi>Baalims,</hi> or the Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiles
of their <hi>Daemons.</hi> And yet, forsooth, because she makes her Lord the chiefest
still in the honour of her affection, and uses the rest of her Lovers no farther than
she may still yield the first and chief place to him, she verily supposes he is no whit
offended wite her: whereas <hi>Israel</hi> should have been called a <hi>Whore</hi> a thousand times
over for as little as this; yea and like enough to have been carted too, and her <hi>nose
slit (Ezek.</hi> 23. 25.) long before this time.</p>
               <p>Nay, but she wipes her mouth, and asks why her Lord should be angry; for she
calls him still <hi>her Lord,</hi> and acknowledges and professeth him still to be <hi>her Hus<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>band.</hi>
If he hath a mind to be angry with any, let him go to the <hi>Turks, Tartars</hi> and other
<hi>Mahumetans,</hi> or to the <hi>Paynims,</hi> who will not acknowledge him at all to be their
Lord, though he hath offered himself, and perhaps wooed some of them; but they
would none of him, but have married themselves to other husbands: here, if he will
be jealous, is matter for his jealousie.</p>
               <p>But thou <hi>Christ-apostatical Strumpet,</hi> knowest thou not the first Commandment of
thy Christian Decalogue to be,<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Hieron.</hi> in cap. 43. <hi>Ezek.</hi> 
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>go hoc arbitror, quòd non pol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>luat nomen Demini, nisi ille qui visusest nomini ejus cre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>: Et qou<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>modo <hi>tollit membra Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sti, &amp; facit membra mere<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tricis,</hi> qui pri<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>s Christo credi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>d<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>; sic ille pol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>licit nomen D<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mini, qui pri<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap> nominis ejus fi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dem susceperit.</note> 
                  <hi>Thou shalt have no other Christs but me?</hi> What doest
thou then with so many <hi>Christ-lings?</hi> Knowest thou not that an Husband is more
grieved and dishonoured by his Wife's adultery, than if any other women whatso<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ever,
yea suppose his kinswomen and daughters, should play the harlots?</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>What are</hi> Turks, Tartars, <hi>or any other unbelieving Nation under Heaven, unto
thy Lord and Saviour? are they not all as Strangers to him, and he to them? But
as for thee, he had chosen thee out of many Nations to espouse thee to himself;
so that thou mayest say with</hi> Israel, <hi>Isa.</hi> 63. 19. We are thine; but as for them, thou
never barest rule over them, they were not called by thy Name. <hi>But</hi> to thee (<hi>to use the
words of</hi> Ezechiel, <hi>ch.</hi> 16. <hi>v.</hi> 8. <hi>&amp;c.</hi>) He sware an o<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>th, and entered into a covenant with
thee, and thou becamest his, <hi>and wert called, and wilt still be called by his name.</hi> Thee
he washed with water, yea, throughly washed thee from the pollution of thy birth, and a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nointed
thee with oyl. Thou wast decked with gold and silver, and thy raiment was of fine
linnen, and silk, and broidered work; thou didst eat fine flour, and honey, and oyl, and
wast exceeding beautiful, and didst prosper into a Kingdom. And thy renown went forth
among the Heathen for thy beauty; for it was perfect through the comeliness which the Lord
thy God had put upon thee. But thou didst trust in thine own beauty, and playedst the Har<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lot
because of thy renown, and pouredst out thy fornications upon every one that passed
by. And of thy garments thou didst take, and deckest thy high places with divers colours,
and playedst the Harlot thereupon. Thou hast also taken thy fair jewels of <hi>thy Lord</hi>'s
gold, and of <hi>thy Lord</hi>'s silver, which he had given thee, and madest to thy self Ima<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ges
of men, and didst commit whoredom with them; And tookest thy broidered
garments, and coveredst them: and thou hast set <hi>the Lord</hi>'s oyl and <hi>his</hi> incense be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
them, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Iudge now between the Lord and his people, ye that have Wives, give sentence
ye Husbands, whether of the two in question hath most dishonoured our Lord and
Saviour; which of the two is most like to fret him, and kindle the coals of fury and
jealousie: Those who never were in covenant with him, nor yet are called by his
name; or whether his Spouse, his darling and beloved one, to whom he was betroth<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
and married. Iudge according to the manner of Wedlock, and the notorious
precedent of <hi>Israel.</hi> He that is a <hi>Father</hi> (we say) is best able to understand the love
of a <hi>Father,</hi> and therefore God's love to his children: For the like reason, he that
is an <hi>Husband</hi> is sensible of the jealousie of an <hi>Husband,</hi> and so of the case of Christ
with his <hi>unfaithful</hi> and <hi>treacherous Spouse</hi> the <hi>Christian Iezabel.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>The decision and sum of all is this, That the <hi>Whoredom</hi> of the Church of God
is a <hi>Spiritual Adultery;</hi> and therefore between the <hi>Idolatry of Christians</hi> and that
of <hi>Infidels</hi> and <hi>Paynims</hi> is as much difference, in God's esteem, as is between <hi>Adul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tery</hi>
and <hi>simple Fornication.</hi> The one, as equal to <hi>Murther,</hi> was in the Law punished
with death; the other with a much lighter punishment. Whence in <hi>Ezechiel</hi> (in those
words I have been so long) Chapter 16. verse 38. God saith to <hi>Ierusalem</hi> for their
<hi>Idolatry,</hi> that he would <hi>judge her as women that break wedlock and shed bloud are jud<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ged:</hi>
he would <hi>give her bloud in fury and jealousie.</hi> And this was the resolution of
God himself against <hi>Israel,</hi> Amos 3. 1, 2. <hi>Hear this word that the LORD hath spoken
against you, O children of Israel, saying, You only have I known of all the families of the
earth; therefore will I punish you for all your iniquities.</hi> And the same will be the judg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment
of the <hi>Christian Iezabel</hi> (howsoever Paynims and Infidels speed) when <hi>Great
<pb n="647" facs="tcp:63175:376"/>
Babylon shall come in remembrance before God, to give unto her the cup of the wine of the
fierceness <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>f his wrath.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>This I would have well considered and weighed by those whom the <hi>Mahumetan</hi>
blasphemy hath dazeled, that they can hardly believe that so hated and execrable a
name as that of <hi>Babylon</hi> should belong unto any other, unless there be yet to come
some otherlike barbarous Tyrant and seducer after them.<note place="margin">Rev. 16. 19.</note> The cause of which errour
is, That men have fancied another manner of <hi>Antichrist</hi> than the Holy Ghost meant
of, and placed their eyes far wide of the ground of God's hatred, and of the nature
of that <hi>Mystery of Abomination.</hi> But <hi>Israel</hi>'s Apostasie, God's jealousie, and their unpa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rallel'd
Punishment therefore, such as no Nation in the World, how Idolatrous soever,
endured besides themselves, are in this case the only Pole-star to direct us.</p>
               <p>But even this mistake, which is and hath been of the <hi>Mystery of iniquity,</hi> is it self
a kind of <hi>Mystery,</hi> or not without one: For <hi>Antichrist</hi> is a <hi>Counter-Christ,</hi> and there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
<hi>his Coming</hi> to be a <hi>Counter-resemblance</hi> of the <hi>Coming of Christ.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Christ</hi> was both to come, and accordingly looked for in the <hi>Last times,</hi> that is,
in the time of the Fourth Kingdom of <hi>Daniel:</hi> So <hi>Antichrist</hi> and his Mystery of
impiety was to be <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>in the latter times of those Last times,</hi> that is (as
I shall better shew hereafter) in the Last times or Last Scene (as I may so speak)
of the Fourth Kingdom of <hi>Daniel.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>When <hi>Christ</hi> came, the <hi>Sceptre</hi> was to depart from <hi>Iudah,</hi> and that <hi>Common-wealth</hi>
to be dissolved: So when <hi>Antichrist</hi> was to come, the <hi>Roman Empire</hi> was to fall, and
<hi>He that hindered was to be taken out of the way,</hi> 2. Thess. 2. 7.</p>
               <p>The <hi>Iews</hi> expected <hi>Christ</hi> to come when he did come, and yet knew him not when
he was come; because they had fancied the manner and quality of his coming like
some temporal Monarch, with armed power, to subdue the earth before him: So
the <hi>Christians,</hi> God's second <hi>Israel,</hi> looked the coming of <hi>Antichrist</hi> should be at that
time when he came indeed, and yet they knew him not when he was come; because
they had fancied his coming as of some barbarous Tyrant, who should with armed
power not only persecute and destroy the Church of Christ, but almost the World;
that is, they looked for such an <hi>Antichrist</hi> as the Iews looked for a <hi>Christ.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Io. 1. 11.</note>
               </p>
               <p>Wherefore as <hi>Christ</hi> came unto his own, and his own received him not; so <hi>Anti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>christ</hi>
came upon those who were not his own, and yet they eschewed him not: But
yet as <hi>some Iews</hi> (though few) knew <hi>Christ</hi> when he came, and received him;
so did <hi>some Christians</hi> (though but few) keep themselves from the pollution of
<hi>Antichrist.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Lastly, as the <hi>Iews</hi> ere long shall acknowledge and run unto him, whom they
pierced as not knowing him: So hath the <hi>Christian Church,</hi> for a great part, discove<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>red
that <hi>Son of perdition,</hi> whom a long time they had ignorantly worshipped, because
they knew him not. <hi>O the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and knowledge of
GOD! how unsearchable are his judgment, and his ways past finding out!</hi>
               </p>
               <p>But for our part, seeing our case is so like unto that of the <hi>Iews,</hi> let their lamen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>table
and woful error, in mistaking their <hi>Messiah</hi> by wrongly fancying him, be a
warning and caveat unto us, that we likewise upon like conceits and prejudice
mistake and misdeem not the <hi>Man of sin.</hi>
               </p>
               <q>
                  <pb n="648" facs="tcp:63175:377"/>TINE' <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>SOME.</hi>
               </q>
            </div>
            <div n="10" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. X.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>The Second Particular in the Description of the Great Apostasie, <hi>viz. The Persons Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>statizing,</hi>
exprest by <hi>TINE' <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> SOME.</hi> The Great Apostasie was to be a General
one. That the word <hi>[TINE' <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> SOME]</hi> doth not always imply <hi>a Few</hi> or <hi>a Small
number,</hi> proved by several passages in Scripture. The true Church of Christ was never
wholly extinguish't. Wherein we and the Papists differ about the Churche's Visibility.
In what respects our Church was Visible, and in what it was Invisible under the Apostasie
and Reign of Antichrist. This is further cleared by the parallel state of the Israelitish
Church under the Apostasie of Israel.</p>
               </argument>
               <p>NOW I come unto the <hi>Second point</hi> expressed in this Description of the <hi>Great
Apostasie,</hi> namely, <hi>The Persons Revolters;</hi> They should not be all, but TINE' <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <hi>SOME.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Some shall Apostatize. Some,</hi> that is, not (as we in our
English do often use it) <hi>a Few;</hi> but <hi>Some,</hi> that is, <hi>not All;</hi> yet <hi>Some,</hi> that is, So many,
as that the whole visible Church should be said thereof to be <hi>Apostatized;</hi> So many
as should like a Cloud over-spread the face of the Christian Firmament, in such
sort as the Stars and Lights therein should not easily be discerned. For the <hi>Great
Defection</hi> so much prophesied of was to be a <hi>Solemn</hi> and <hi>General</hi> one; such a one as
wherein the chiefest of the Churches, <hi>honoured as a Mother in Israel,</hi> should become a
<hi>Babylonish Whore, a Mother of Harlots and of the abominations of the Earth, Revel.</hi> 17.
such a one as whereby the <hi>Outmost Court of the Temple of God</hi> should not only be
<hi>prophaned,</hi> but <hi>troden down by Gentilism, Revel.</hi> 11. such a one as the <hi>World</hi> is
said <hi>to wonder after the Beast, and to worship him;</hi> and such a one as should not only
make <hi>war with the Saints, but overcome them, Rev.</hi> 13. Otherwise, if our Apostle here,
and S. <hi>Iohn</hi> there, should mean no more but the Errours of some particular ones,
and their Revolt from the Faith of the Church, they should make either no Prophe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cy
at all, or at the best but a needless one.</p>
               <p>For who knows not that in S. <hi>Paul's,</hi> S. <hi>Iohn's,</hi> and the Apostles own times, were
many Heresies and Hereticks grown up as weeds in the Wheat-field of Christ? but
as yet the wheat overtopped them, and the visible body of the Church disclaimed
them. If these had been the worst the Church should look for, the Apostles should
seem to prophesie of things present, and not as they do of things to come; yea and
more than this, they should foretell of a thing as proper and peculiar to the <hi>Last-times,</hi>
which was no Novelty in their own times.</p>
               <p>We must take notice therefore that the <hi>Apostasie and Corruption of Faith</hi> so much
prophesied of, was another manner of one than that which was so frequent in those
first times; such a kind of one as should not be disclaimed by the Visible body of the
Church, but should surprise, eclipse and overcloud the beautiful face thereof: which
manner of Desection never had been before, nor should the like be after it.</p>
               <p>Now that the word TINE' <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> or <hi>SOME</hi> useth in Scripture to imply <hi>no small
number,</hi> but only serves to intimate an <hi>exception of some particulars,</hi> though there were
but two or three to be excepted, I will make manifest by a few examples, lest ou<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>
English use might deceive us.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>First,</hi> Iohn 6. 60. Many of the Disciples, (<hi>saith the Text</hi>) when they heard this,
said, This is an hard saying; <hi>and</hi> v. 66. Many of his Disciples from that time went back, and
walked no more with him: <hi>Nevertheless concerning these</hi> many <hi>Christ himself saith,</hi> v.
64. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, But there are Some of you which believe not: <hi>Here we see
that</hi> Some <hi>is</hi> a great many. <hi>So</hi> Rom. 11. 17. <hi>S.</hi> Paul <hi>there saith of the rejection of the
Iews,</hi> Some of the branches are broken off: <hi>Now what a</hi> Some <hi>this was, appears in the
same Chapter, v.</hi> 32. <hi>when he saith,</hi> God hath included them ALL in unbelief, that he
might have mercy upon ALL. <hi>But to seek no further, the</hi> 1 cor. 10. <hi>will store us with exam<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ples:
as v.</hi> 7. Neither be ye Idolaters <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, as Some of them were; <hi>this was a great</hi>
Some, <hi>for</hi> Moses <hi>saith of it,</hi> Exodus 32. 3. And ALL the people brake off their golden
Ear-rings, and brought them to Aaron. <hi>In v.</hi> 8. Neither let us commit fornication, as Some
<pb n="649" facs="tcp:63175:377"/>
of them; <hi>which were so many,</hi> Numb. 25. 4. <hi>that the Lord said unto</hi> Moses, Take
ALL the heads of the people, and hang them up before the Lord, that the fierce anger of the
Lord may be turned away from Israel; <hi>and v.</hi> 3. <hi>it is said in general,</hi> and Israel joyned
himself to Baal-Peor. <hi>Again in the same Chap. v.</hi> 9. <hi>it is said,</hi> Neither let us tempt Christ, as
Some of them also tempted, and were destroyed of Serpents; <hi>and verse</hi> 10. Neither mur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mure,
as Some of them also murmured: <hi>this</hi> Some <hi>was a great</hi> Some <hi>indeed, even all the
people, save</hi> Moses, Ioshua <hi>and</hi> Caleb; <hi>whereof is said,</hi> Numb. 14. 1. And ALL the
Congregation lifted up their voice and wept; <hi>and v.</hi> 2. And ALL the Children of Israel
murmured against Moses and Aaron; and the WHOLE Congregation said unto them,
Would God that we had died, <hi>&amp;c. wherefore they were as largely punished, all of them
dying in the wilderness,</hi> Ioshua <hi>and</hi> Caleb <hi>excepted. These places of many will suffice,
to shew that the word</hi> [SOME] <hi>in my Text intends not to extenuate the num<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ber
of Apostates, as implying they should be but</hi> Few; <hi>but only shews they should not
be</hi> All: <hi>For where the Apostates are but</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Some, <hi>there</hi> Some <hi>also are not Apostates,
but excepted from the common Defection, wherewith the rest were miserably over<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>whelmed.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The Observation therefore which this [TINE'</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> SOME] <hi>affords us is,</hi> That
the true Church of Christ was never wholly extinguished, nor the light of his Gospel ever
quite put out, no, not in the greatest darkness that ever was to overwhelm it.</p>
               <p>By the <hi>true Church of Christ</hi> I understand <hi>That holy Society and Company of Believers,
which as they accord and are joyned together in one common Faith of all Divine Truths
needful to Salvation, so are they also free from the fellowship of such enormous abominati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons
and mortal errors as destroy and overturn it.</hi> This is that Society whereof, by the
grace of Almighty God, we glory to be the members; This that Society which in
the Primitive times grew and flourished; This that Society which (when the times
foretold of the Churche's Eclipse came, and the Great Apostasie had overspread the
face thereof) was indeed much impaired, indangered and obscured, but never was
totally extinguished, but continued even under the Iurisdiction of the <hi>Man of sin,</hi>
yea in <hi>Babylon</hi> it self where he had this Throne: For doth not Christ at length say,
<hi>Apocal.</hi> 18. 4. <hi>Come out of her my people?</hi> How could they come out thence, unless
they had been there? or how should <hi>Antichrist sit in the Temple of God,</hi> 2 <hi>Thess.</hi> 2. 4.
unless <hi>God's Temple</hi> were even there where <hi>Antichrist</hi> sate? As a few living embers in
a heap of dying ashes; As a little Wheat in a field overgrown with weeds; As the
Lights of the heaven in a firmament overcast with clouds; As a little pure Gold in a
great mass of dross and mixed metal: such was the faithful Company of Christ in the
Apostate body of Christendom, the<note n="*" place="margin">Apocal. 14. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note> 
                  <hi>Virgin-Church</hi> in the midst of <hi>Babylon.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>But, will our Adversaries say, This is not sufficient to make you the <hi>true Church of
Christ,</hi> because some of you have always been; but you must prove also that you
have alwayes visibly been: For the true Catholick Church must not only never have
been interrupted or extinguished, but it must have been a Society visibly known unto
the world, and not as Embers in the ashes, but as a burning and shining Flame.</p>
               <p>But this Objection deserves no answering; because our Adversaries (howsoever
they would dissemble it) do but play upon the present advantage which they think
their own Church hath in this point above ours: Otherwise, when they forget the
contention they have with us, and are in a calmer mood, they can be pleased to de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>liver
other doctrine; which if they would be so ingenuous as always to remember,
we needed not such a stir about the point of <hi>the Churche's Visibility.</hi> For the difference
between them and us hereabout is not so great as they would make it seem. They
themselves, and the Fathers also, teach, That when <hi>Antichrist</hi> cometh, the <hi>Visibility</hi> of
the Church shall be eclipsed: nay they affirm more than we usually in that case require;
For then, they say, the use of the Sacraments shall cease; no Eucharist, no Mass, no
publick Assemblies, yea all Ecclesiastical Iurisdiction shall be extinguished. But here
lies all the difference; they hold the <hi>glorious Visibility</hi> of the true Church to <hi>have con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tinued
from the beginning unto this present,</hi> and the <hi>overshadowing</hi> of the <hi>Light</hi> and
<hi>Eclipse</hi> of the <hi>glory</hi> thereof under <hi>Antichrist</hi> to be <hi>yet to come:</hi> We on the contrary
maintain, the <hi>clouding</hi> of the Churche's <hi>Visibility</hi> under the <hi>Man of sin</hi> to <hi>have been
already,</hi> and <hi>some part</hi> of the <hi>Visible splendor</hi> thereof <hi>to be yet to come:</hi> Both agreeing
in this, that in the <hi>fatal Apostasy</hi> the Churche's <hi>Visibility</hi> and <hi>Glory</hi> should cease: but
we say, That time <hi>hath been already;</hi> they say, It is <hi>yet to come:</hi> we say, That <hi>time</hi>
of <hi>darkness</hi> was to continue <hi>many ages;</hi> they say, When it comes, it shall <hi>last but three
single years and a half.</hi> Seeing therefore the whole Controversie lies in the point of
Time, <hi>Whether the Churche's fatal Apostasie be already past or yet to come;</hi> it would be
<pb n="650" facs="tcp:63175:378"/>
much the shorter and quicker course for both them and us to decide this Controver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sie,
<hi>To examine the condition and quality of both Religions by the Holy Scripture,</hi> where
we have also, as S. * <hi>Peter</hi> speaks, <hi>a most sure word of Prophecie, whereunto we shall
do well if we take heed, as to a light shining in a dark place.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Now though this Answer be sufficient enough for the Objection of our Adversa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ries;
yet for the better understanding and clearer insight into the matter questioned,
we will further consider, Whether and in what manner or measure our Church may
be said to have been <hi>Visible</hi> during the prevailing Apostasie, and in what respect again
it was <hi>not Visible;</hi> and in both agreeable to the State of the true Church under the
frequent Apostasies of <hi>Israel.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>First therefore, we must know that by <hi>A Visible Christian Society</hi> in this Question
is meant <hi>A Society</hi> or <hi>Company of Christian Believers joyned together in one external
Fellowship and Communion of the same publick Profession and Rule of Faith, Vse of
Sacraments, and Ecclesiastical Iurisdiction;</hi> For these make the outward form and
(as it were) shape of the <hi>Church,</hi> whereby this Society is discernable from other
Societies of men: So that a Society by this outside severed and distinguished from
other Societies, is a <hi>Society visible</hi> and conspicuous to other Societies of men.</p>
               <p>The question therefore is, Whether that holy Society of Believers before menti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>oned,
who accorded together in one <hi>Common Faith with us of all Divine Truths
needful to Salvation,</hi> and kept themselves free from such enormous abominations and
mortal errours, which we now disclaim as utterly annihilating that <hi>Common Faith;</hi>
Whether such a Society as this has been in all Ages, joyned and distinguished by such
a common out-side from other Companies, either of men in general, or Christians in
special; or in shorter, and perhaps plainer, terms thus, Whether the Society of men
of our Christian belief hath in all ages been for the out-side a distinct Ecclesiastical
Corporation from other Societies of men.</p>
               <p>My Answer is, That for the <hi>First Ages</hi> it was so; not only thus Visible, but easily
discernable from all other Societies of men whatsoever: But afterward, when the
<hi>Great Apostasie</hi> we speak of surprized and deformed the beautiful Spouse of Christ,
then was not that <hi>Virgin-Company</hi> of Saints, our Mother, a distinct external Society
from the rest of Christendom; but a Part, yea and the only sound Part, of that Ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ternal
and Visible Body whereof our Adversaries boast their predecessors to have
been members. For howsoever this our <hi>Virgin-Mother,</hi> for the inward and invisible
communion of her sincere and unstained Faith, were a distinct and severed Company
from the rest with whom she lived; yet, for the Common Principles of the Christian
Faith still acknowledged in that corrupt body of Christendom, she retained commu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nion
with them, and for the most part of that time of darkness continued an Exter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nal
part of the same Visible Body with the rest in gross call'd Christians; as being be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gotten
by the same Sacrament of <hi>Baptism</hi> (as the <hi>Israelites</hi> in the like case of <hi>Cir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cumcision,</hi>)
taught in some part by the same <hi>Word</hi> and <hi>Pastours</hi> still continued amongst
them, and submitting to the same <hi>Iurisdiction</hi> and <hi>Government,</hi> so far as these or any of
these had yet some soundness remaining in them. But for the rest which was not com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>patible
with her sincere and unstained Faith, and which annihilated, in those it sur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>prised,
even those Common Grounds of Christianity otherwise outwardly professed;
she with her children either wisely avoided all communion with it; or if they could
not, then patiently suffered for their conscience sake under the hands of <hi>Tyrants,</hi> called
Christians; until that <hi>Tyranny</hi> growing insupportable, and that mortal contagion un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>avoidable,
it pleased God, lest we might have been as <hi>Sodom</hi> and <hi>Gomorrah,</hi> to begin
to call us thence at the time appointed unto a greater Liberty, as we see this day.</p>
               <p>As therefore when a little <hi>Gold</hi> is mixed with a great quantity of base and coun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terfeit
metal, so that of both is made but one mass or lump; each metal, we know,
still retains its nature diverse from the other, and yet outwardly and visibly is not to
be discerned the one from the other; but both are seen together as they are outward<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
one, but cannot be distinguished by the eye as they are diverse and several; the
<hi>Gold</hi> is <hi>Visible</hi> as it is one mass, and under the same outside and figure with the rest, yet
it is truly <hi>Invisible</hi> as it is diverse from the rest: but when the Refiner comes and severs
them, then will each metal appear in his own colours, and put on his own outside, and so
become <hi>Visible</hi> apart from the rest: Such is the case here, and such was the State and
Condition of the Church in the prevailing and great <hi>Apostasie;</hi> The purer metal of
the Visible Christian Body was not outwardly discernable from the base and coun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terfeit,
while one outside covered them; and so much the rather, because the
<hi>Apostate</hi> part in a great proportion exceeding the sound, made it imperceptible: but
<pb n="651" facs="tcp:63175:378"/>
when the time of <hi>Refining</hi> came, then was our Church not first founded in the true
Faith, (God forbid) but a Part of the Christian Body newly refined from such Cor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ruptions
as time had gathered; even as <hi>Gold refined</hi> begins not then first to be <hi>Gold,</hi>
though it begin but then to be <hi>refined Gold.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>WHATSOEVER we have hitherto spoken of the State of the true Belie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vers
under the <hi>Apostasie of Antichrist,</hi> is the same which befell the true <hi>Israelites</hi> in the
<hi>Apostasie of Israel.</hi> And doth not S. <hi>Peter</hi> intimate that the <hi>Apostasie</hi> which should be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ide
<hi>Christians</hi> should be like to that which we read to have befallen <hi>Israel,</hi> 2 <hi>Pet.</hi> 2. 1?
<hi>Therewere</hi> (saith he) <hi>False Prophets also among the people, (i.e.</hi> Israelites) <hi>even as there
shall be False teachers among you, who privily shall bring in damnable Heresies, even deny<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
the Lord that bought them.</hi> If the <hi>Apostasie of Christians</hi> were to be of the same stamp
with that of <hi>Israel,</hi> and the <hi>Heresies</hi> brought into Christendom by the false Doctors of
<hi>Babylon,</hi> like unto those wherewith the false Prophets of <hi>Israel</hi> infected and poisoned
the ancient people of God; surely we cannot find a better Pattern whereby to know
what was the state and condition of the unstained Christian Believers under the Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stasie
of the <hi>Man of sin,</hi> than that which was of the true <hi>Israelites</hi> under the Apostasie
of <hi>Israel.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>For the right understanding whereof, we must always remember that the <hi>Israelitish</hi>
Church did at no time altogether renounce the true and living God, not in their worst
times; but in their own conceit and profession they acknowledged him still, and were
called his people, and he their God, though they worshipped others beside him: So
<hi>Christians</hi> in their Apostasie neither did nor were to make an <hi>absolute Apostasie</hi> from
God the Father and Christ their Redeemer, but in an outward profession still to ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>knowledge
him, and to be called <hi>Christians;</hi> though by their <hi>Idolatry</hi> and spiritual
whoredoms they indeed <hi>denied the Lord that bought them,</hi> (<hi>i.e.</hi>) whom they profest
to be their <hi>Redeemer;</hi> just as <hi>Israel</hi> for the like is said to have forsaken the Lord their
God that brought them out of the Land of <hi>AEgypt.</hi> Here therefore the case of both is
alike; let us also see the rest.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>You ask, Where was the true Church we speak of in</hi> Antichrist's <hi>time? I ask like<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wise,
Where was the Company of true worshippers in</hi> Ahab's <hi>time? was it not so co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vered
and scattered under the Apostate</hi> Israelites, <hi>that</hi> Elias <hi>himself, who was one of
it, could scarce find it?</hi> I have been very jealous (<hi>saith he</hi>) for the Lord God of hosts;
because the children of Israel have forsaken thy Covenant, thrown down thy Altars, and slain
thy Prophets with the sword; and I, even I alone am left, and they seek my life to take it
away, 1 Kings 19. 14. <hi>Yet the Lord tells him, verse</hi> 18. I have yet left me seven thou<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sand
in Israel, all the knees which have not bowed unto <hi>Baal,</hi> and every mouth which hath
not kissed him. <hi>Yet I trow these seven thousand were not outwardly severed from the
rest of</hi> Israel, <hi>but remained still external members of the same Visible body with
them.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>But you will except, that the true and unstained Church in <hi>Iudah</hi> was still visible
and apparent. I ask you then, Where was the Company of the true worshippers of
<hi>Iehovah</hi> in <hi>Manasses</hi> time, the worst time of all other? when the ten Tribes were
carried captive, and but <hi>Iudah</hi> and <hi>Benjamin</hi> only left; and they, as far as the eye of
man can see, wholly and generally fallen from the Lord their God to all manner of
Idols and Idolatries, <hi>like unto the abominations of the heathen, whom the Lord had cast out
before the children of Israel:</hi>
                  <note place="margin">2 Chron. 33.</note> when in the Temple it self, the only place where the true
God was legally to be worshipt, were Idolatrous Altars erected, even in <hi>the House
whereof the Lord had said, In this House and in Ierusalem will I put my name for ever;</hi>
even in this House, this holy House, were Idols and graven Images erected, and in
both Courts thereof Altars to <hi>Baalim,</hi> the Sun, the Moon, and the whole host of hea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven;
the like whereof never had been until that time. Besides, who is able to name
the man for almost fifty years together that remained a Faithful servant and True
worshipper of the Living God in the midst of this hideous profanation? Nor is it ea<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sie
to be conceived, how it was possible all that time to offer any Legal sacrifice with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>out
Idolatry, when God's own Temple and House was made a den of Idols; nay his
Altar, the only Altar of <hi>Israel,</hi> destroyed, to make room for Altars erected to Idols;
as may be gathered 2 <hi>Chron.</hi> 33. 15, 16. Where was <hi>the true Church of Israel now?</hi>
or had the Lord <hi>no Church</hi> at all? Yes certainly, <hi>he had a Church,</hi> and a <hi>Company</hi>
which defiled not their garments; a <hi>Company</hi> (I say,) but <hi>not visibly distinguished</hi> from
the rest of their Nation, but <hi>hidden</hi> as it were in the midst of that <hi>Apostate</hi> body, and
yet known together with the rest to be <hi>Israelites</hi> and people of <hi>Iehovah;</hi> but known
to God alone and themselves to be true <hi>Israelites</hi> and faithful servants to <hi>Iehovah</hi> their
<pb n="652" facs="tcp:63175:379"/>
God. And that such a Company there was, and a strong party too, though not seen,
appeared presently upon the death of <hi>Manasses</hi> and his wicked son, when <hi>Iosiah</hi> began
to reign at eight years of age. For they then prevailed even in the Court it self, and
so brought up the King, that even <hi>while he was yet young, in the eighth year of his reign,
he began to seek after the God of David his father,</hi> and in the twelfth year to make a pub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lick
and powerful Reformation,<note place="margin">2 Chron. 34.</note> such as the like was never done before him. Could
all this have been done so soon, and by a King so young in years, and to carry all be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
it like a torrent, unless there had been a strong party, which now having a King
for them, began quickly to shew themselves and to sway the State, though before they
were hardly to be seen?</p>
               <p>When therefore our Adversaries ask us where our Church was before <hi>Luther,</hi> we
see by this what we have to answer.</p>
               <q>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.</q>
            </div>
            <div n="11" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. XI.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>The Third Particular, or <hi>The Time of the Apostasie.</hi> That the <hi>Last Times</hi> in Scrip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ture
signifie either a <hi>Continuation of Time,</hi> or an <hi>End of Time.</hi> That the <hi>Last Times
simply and in general</hi> are the <hi>Times of Christianity;</hi> the <hi>Last Times in special and
comparatively,</hi> or the <hi>Latter Times of the Last Times,</hi> are the <hi>Times of the Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stasie
under Antichrist.</hi> That the Times are set out to us to be as Marks to inform us
when the Things to fall out in them should come to pass; and not the Things intended for
signs to know the Times by. This Observation illustrated from <hi>Dan.</hi> 8.</p>
               </argument>
               <p>OF the two first Particulars of the Four, whereby the <hi>Great Apostasie</hi> of Christian
Believers is here decyphered, I have spoken sufficiently; <hi>viz.</hi> First, for the
<hi>Quality</hi> and <hi>kind</hi> thereof, it should be a <hi>new Doctrine of Daemons:</hi> Secondly, that for
the <hi>Persons revolting,</hi> they should not be <hi>All,</hi> but <hi>Some</hi> Now I am to speak of the
Third, The <hi>Times when, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, In the Latter Times.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>For the easier understanding whereof, we must know that speeches of <hi>Last Times</hi> in
Scripture mean sometimes <hi>a Continuation or Length of time;</hi> sometimes <hi>an End of time.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>A <hi>Continuation of time</hi> I mean, as when we say that <hi>Winter</hi> is the <hi>Last time</hi> or season
of the year, or old age the <hi>Latter time</hi> of life; neither of them being the very <hi>End,</hi>
but a space of time next the end; which therefore, in respect of some <hi>whole System of
time,</hi> whereof it is the Last part, is truly termed the <hi>Last time</hi> thereof. Man's life is
a <hi>Systeme of divers ages,</hi> the <hi>Last space</hi> whereof is the <hi>Last time</hi> of <hi>life.</hi> The <hi>Year is a
Systeme of four seasons,</hi> and therefore the <hi>Last season</hi> thereof, <hi>Winter,</hi> may be called
the <hi>Last time of the year.</hi> But by an <hi>End of time,</hi> I mean the very <hi>expiring</hi> of <hi>time,</hi> as
the <hi>Last day</hi> of <hi>December</hi> is the <hi>End</hi> or <hi>last time</hi> of the <hi>year;</hi> the moment when a man
dies is the <hi>Last time,</hi> that is, the <hi>End</hi> of his life.</p>
               <p>Now in the New Testament, when by mention of <hi>Last time</hi> is meant an <hi>End</hi> or <hi>Ter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minus
temporis,</hi> I observe it to be exprest in the <hi>Singular number;</hi> as <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>the
Last day,</hi> being four times mentioned in the sixth of <hi>Iohn,</hi> and once in the eleventh,
is in every one of them meant of the <hi>Day of the Resurrection</hi> at the <hi>End</hi> of the world. <hi>I
will raise him up,</hi> saith our Saviour, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>in the last day, Iohn,</hi> 6. 39, 40,
44, 54. And <hi>Martha</hi> of her brother <hi>Lazarus, I know</hi> (saith she) <hi>he shall rise again in
the Resurrection, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, at the Last day, Iohn</hi> 11. 24. So 1 <hi>Pet.</hi> 1. 5. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>the last time,</hi> is used in the self-same sense, being spoken of the <hi>incorrup<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tible
inheritance reserved in heaven, and to be revealed</hi> (saith the Apostle) <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>in the Last time.</hi> In all which is meant the <hi>End of the world.</hi> But in 1 <hi>Iohn</hi> 2.
18. we have <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>the Last hour, Little children, it is the Last hour;</hi> where no
doubt he meaneth an <hi>End of some time,</hi> but not the <hi>End of the world,</hi> which was then
far off; but an <hi>End of their time</hi> to whom he then wrote his Epistle, (that is,) an
<hi>End</hi> of the <hi>Iewish State</hi> and <hi>Religion,</hi> which was then at the very door: which Expo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sition
I will make more plain hereafter.</p>
               <p>But when a <hi>Continuation</hi> or <hi>Longer space of time</hi> is signified, then I find the <hi>Plural
number</hi> to be used; as 1 <hi>Pet.</hi> 1. 20. of the Incarnation of Christ it is said, that <hi>he was
<pb n="653" facs="tcp:63175:379"/>
fore-ordained before the foundation of the world, but was made manifest <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
in the Last times,</hi> which times have continued these 1600 years at the least.
So <hi>Heb.</hi> 1. 2. <hi>God</hi> (saith S. <hi>Paul</hi>) <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>in these Last days hath spoken unto us
by his Son.</hi> And 2 <hi>Tim.</hi> 3. 1. <hi>This know also, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> that in the Last days
perillous times shall come.</hi> Again, <hi>Acts</hi> 2. 17. <hi>In the Last days I will pour out of my Spi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rit
upon all flesh.</hi> In the 2 <hi>Pet.</hi> 3. 3. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>In the Last days shall come
scoffers.</hi> And so in my Text, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>In the Latter times some shall revolt
from the Faith, and give heed to Doctrines of Daemons.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Whatsoever the validity of this observation be, for the rest I make no question but
it will be granted, That <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> in my Text means some <hi>Continued space of time,</hi>
and not <hi>Terminus temporis</hi> or the <hi>very End of time:</hi> which therefore presupposed, I
approach one step nearer, laying this for a second ground of our discovery, That these
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Latter times,</hi> whereof S. <hi>Paul</hi> speaks and means, were <hi>Times</hi> not <hi>then pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sent,
but afterward to come:</hi> For the words of the Text are not a Narration of things
present, but a Prediction (as I have already admonished) of what should beside the
Christian Faith in after-times. Yet notwithstanding were the <hi>Times</hi> wherein S. <hi>Paul</hi>
lived, and all the <hi>Times</hi> of <hi>Christianity,</hi> the <hi>Last times,</hi> and so styled in Scripture even
by our Apostle himself, as by some of the forecited examples evidently appeareth.
Wherefore it must needs follow, that the <hi>Times</hi> here meant and mentioned in my Text
are not the <hi>Last times in general</hi> and <hi>simply,</hi> but the <hi>Last times</hi> in <hi>special</hi> and <hi>compara<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tively;</hi>
that is, the <hi>Latter times</hi> of the <hi>Last times:</hi> That as the <hi>Last times</hi> in <hi>general</hi>
were the <hi>times</hi> wherein CHRIST the Sun of Righteousness was to be <hi>revealed,</hi> and
his Kingdom founded in the World; so the <hi>Latter times</hi> of these <hi>Last times</hi> should be
the <hi>times</hi> wherein the <hi>Apostasie</hi> of the <hi>Christian Faith</hi> should prevail, and <hi>that Wicked
one</hi> usurp the Throne of Christ.</p>
               <p>Before therefore that we can know what are the <hi>Last times comparatively</hi> (that is,
the <hi>Latter times,</hi> or the <hi>Last</hi> of the <hi>last</hi>) we must first understand what are the <hi>Last
times simply</hi> and <hi>in general;</hi> why so called, whence reckoned, and how limited: For
then will these <hi>Latter times</hi> in my Text, which are the <hi>Last part</hi> of them, be easily
found, and in a manner demonstrated.</p>
               <p>As for the <hi>Last times</hi> therefore <hi>in general,</hi> most use to describe them only thus, To
be the times of the Kingdom of CHRIST,<note place="margin">Ta<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>g. Eccles. 1. 11. expounds <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Innovissimo <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>In di<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>bus Rigis Ch<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ists.</hi>
                  </note> which began at his Passion, to conti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nue
unto the end of the World; which in respect that it succeds the Legal worship,
and no other shall succeed it, is therefore the <hi>Last time.</hi> In like manner the <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
allotted to the <hi>Man of sin</hi> are (as I take it) usually no otherwise described than
to be the Times wherein the <hi>Apostasie</hi> should appear; which in that it should immedi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ately
precede the Second coming of CHRIST, is therefore to be esteemed the
<hi>Last times</hi> of all. But these descriptions are <hi>obscurum per magis obscurum,</hi> they declare
an obscure thing by that which is or was more obscure than it; and therefore come
short of making good the intent of the Holy Ghost in his so often mention of the <hi>Last
times,</hi> especially in the New Testament. For the <hi>Last times</hi> or <hi>fulness of time</hi> were
both a ground of the Iews expectation of CHRIST when he came, and are with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>out
doubt so often propounded and alledged by the Apostles for a confirmation of the
<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 1 Tim. 2. 6.</note> truth of his coming. But if the <hi>Last times</hi> could not be known but by his coming,
how should his coming be known by them? So also the Holy Ghost in my Text men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions
these <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Latter times</hi> for an argument or sign of the <hi>Apostasie</hi> to fall out
therein, or for a note and mark of time wherein we should look for, and therefore as
fore-warned beware of being carried away in that Defection. But if these Times can<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>not
be known nor described any other way than by the Defection to fall out in them,
we should be never a whit the nearer, and this mark of time which the Holy Ghost
gives us would stand us in no stead at all.</p>
               <p>Let us therefore now take this as a Truth to be supposed, <hi>That the Times are set out
unto us to be as Marks to inform us when that should come to pass which was to fall out in
them,</hi> and not <hi>the Things</hi> which were to befall, intended for <hi>Signs</hi> to know <hi>the Times</hi>
by. And therefore we are not to doubt but that the Holy Ghost hath somewhere
else, by some other mark and ground of Computation, made known unto us when to
reckon both <hi>the Last times,</hi> wherein was foretold that <hi>Christ should be anointed;</hi> and
these <hi>Latter times of them,</hi> when the <hi>Christian Apostasie should be revealed:</hi> that so we
might have a sure belief in the one, and a certain and sufficient mark when to beware
of the other.</p>
               <p>The <hi>Prophanation of the Legal Sanctuary</hi> and trampling down the holy people by <hi>An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiochus
Epiphanes</hi> was marked out in <hi>Daniel</hi>'s prophecy by the like circumstance and
<pb n="654" facs="tcp:63175:380"/>
determination of time, as is this <hi>Apostasie</hi> here in our Apostle's prediction. <hi>Dan.</hi> 8.
23. <hi>In the latter time,</hi> or<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> LXX. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> 
                  <hi>latter end of the Kingdom of Graecia, a King of a fierce coun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tenance
shall stand up, viz.</hi> He who should <hi>magnifie himself against the Prince of the Host
of Heaven, and take away the daily Sacrifice,</hi> &amp;c. as it is in the Vision which was fore<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>shewed
of him Verse 10, 11. Where it would be preposterous to think, that this
<hi>Latter time</hi> or End of the <hi>Greek</hi> Kingdom could not be defined otherwise than by the
<hi>Event</hi> to fall out therein; and not rather conceive that this determination of time,
being such as might otherwise well enough be known, was therefore intended for a
Character to observe the <hi>Event</hi> by. For when was this <hi>Latter end</hi> of the <hi>Greeks</hi> King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom
to be taken notice of, but then when they should see that Kingdom begin to be
given unto another people; when the <hi>Fourth Kingdom,</hi> the <hi>Roman</hi> State, should once
begin to incroach upon the Third? especially when they should see the Head-Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vince
thereof, <hi>Greece</hi> it self, to come under their obedience; when they should see
this, then were they to prepare themselves; for the <hi>abomination of desolation</hi> was now
at the door. And surely the <hi>Event</hi> was most punctual: For this <hi>Roman</hi> incroachment,
having been some 28 years together manifestly attempting and advancing, was at
length accomplished, when <hi>AEmilius</hi> the Consul having quite vanquished <hi>Perseus</hi> the
King of <hi>Maccdon,</hi> all <hi>Greece</hi> came under the <hi>Roman</hi> obedience, 166 years before the
Birth of Christ: which no sooner was come to pass, but the very self-same year,
within less than three months after, <hi>Antiochus</hi> sets up the <hi>abomination of desolation</hi> in
the Temple of <hi>Ierusalem.</hi> Why should we not then believe that the Holy Ghost in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tendeth
here to give us as sure a Watch-word when to beware of the <hi>Man of sin,</hi> by
this circumstance of <hi>Latter times</hi> in my Text, as we see he gave the Iews to look for
the Persecution and Prophanation by <hi>Antiochus?</hi>
               </p>
            </div>
            <div n="12" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. XII.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>A more particular account of the <hi>Last Times in general,</hi> and of the <hi>Latter Times of the
Last Times.</hi> That the Four Kingdoms of <hi>Daniel</hi> are the Great Kalendar (as the <hi>LXX</hi>
weeks the lesser Kalendar) of Times. That the Times of the Fourth or Last Kingdom
(that is, the Roman) are the <hi>Last Times</hi> meant in Scripture. That the <hi>Latter
Times of the Last Times</hi> are the <hi>Latter Times</hi> of the Fourth Kingdom, wherein the
Great Apostasie should prevail.</p>
               </argument>
               <p>THEREFORE without any more preambles, I come now directly to resolve what
was before propounded, <hi>viz.</hi> First, <hi>What is meant by</hi> LAST TIMES <hi>in
general, Whence and How we are to reckon them.</hi> And then in the Second place, <hi>What
are these</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> LATTER TIMES in my Text, which must be, as I said be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore,
a <hi>Latter part</hi> of that general.</p>
               <p>For the true Account therefore of <hi>Times</hi> in Scripture, we must have recourse to
that SACRED KALENDAR and GREAT ALMANACK of PROPHECY,
<hi>The Four Kingdoms of Daniel,</hi> which are <hi>A Prophetical Chronology of Times measured by
the succession of Four principal Kingdoms, from the beginning of the Captivity of Israel, un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>til
the Mystery of God should be finished.</hi> A course of Time during which the Church
and Nation of the Iews, together with those whom by occasion of their unbelief in
Christ God should surrogate in their rooms, was to remain under the bondage of the
Gentiles and oppression of Gentilism: But these Times once finished, all the <hi>King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>doms</hi>
of this World should become the <hi>Kingdoms of our Lord and his</hi> CHRIST. And
to this <hi>Great Kalendar of Times,</hi> together with that other, but <hi>lesser, Kalendar of LXX
weeks,</hi> all mention of <hi>Times</hi> in Scripture seems to have reference.</p>
               <p>Now these <hi>Four Kingdoms</hi> (according to the truth infallibly to be demonstrated<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>
if need were, and agreeable both to the ancient opinion of the<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>Vide</hi> Targ. Haba<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>. 3. 17.</note> Iewish Church whom
they most concerned, and to the most ancient and universal opinion of<note n="‖" place="margin">Vide <hi>Cy<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>l. Hi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ro<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. &amp; <hi>Hiero<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ny<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </hi> 
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>um in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fra <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>atum.</note> Christians
derived from the times of the Apostles, until now of late time some have questioned
it) are, 1. The <hi>Babylonian,</hi> 2. that of the <hi>Medes</hi> and <hi>Persians,</hi> 3. the <hi>Greek,</hi> 4. the
<hi>Roman.</hi> In which Quaternary of Kingdoms, as the <hi>Roman,</hi> being the Last of the
Four, is the <hi>Last Kingdom;</hi> so are the <hi>Times</hi> thereof those <hi>Last Times</hi> we seek for; du<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ring
which times (saith <hi>Daniel.</hi> chap. 2. v. 44.) <hi>The God of Heaven shall set up a
Kingdom which shall never be destroyed, nor left unto another people, but it shall break in
<pb n="655" facs="tcp:63175:380"/>
pieces and consume all those Kingdoms, and it shall stand for ever:</hi> which is figured by a
<hi>Stone hewen out of the mountain without hands,</hi> before the times of the Image were yet
spent; which <hi>Stone</hi> at length <hi>smote the Image upon his Feet of Iron and Clay,</hi> and so ut<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terly
destroyed it; that done, the <hi>Stone</hi> that <hi>smote the Image upon the feet</hi> became a
great <hi>Mountain, and filled the whole earth.</hi> The meaning of all which is, That in the
<hi>Last times,</hi> or under the <hi>Times</hi> of the <hi>Last Kingdom</hi> (the <hi>Roman</hi>) should the <hi>Kingdom
of</hi> CHRIST appear in the World, as we see it hath done.</p>
               <p>And this is that which the Apostle saith, <hi>Hebrews</hi> 1. 2. <hi>God in these Last days,</hi> or
<hi>Last times, hath spoken to us by his Son:</hi> and S. <hi>Peter</hi> 1 Epist. 1. 20. that he was <hi>fore<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ordained
before the foundation of the world, but was manifested in these Last times.</hi> This
is that <hi>Fulness of time</hi> whereof the Apostle speaks, <hi>Galat.</hi> 4. 4. <hi>When the Fulness of time
was come, God sentsorth his Son made of a woman:</hi> and <hi>Ephes.</hi> chap. 1. v. 9, 10. <hi>Ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving
made known to us the mystery of his will—That in the dispensation of the Fulness of
times he might gather together in one all things in Christ.</hi> Agreeable unto all which is
that <hi>Hebrews</hi> 9. 26. <hi>Christ hath once appeared,<note place="margin">Add here that of Christ him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>self, <hi>Mat.</hi> 1. 15. <hi>The time is ful<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>filled, and the Kingdom of God is at hand.</hi> Huc quoque pertine<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> ill<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>d, 1 Tim. 2. 6. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, in the end of
times,</hi> or <hi>ages, to put away sin by the Sacrifice of himself:</hi> Where these <hi>Last times, Ful<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness
of time,</hi> and <hi>Conclusion of ages,</hi> are nothing else but the <hi>Times of the Fourth King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom,</hi>
whose <hi>Times</hi> are the Last period of <hi>Daniel</hi>'s Four, the Fulness of the Propheti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cal
Chronology, and Conclusion of the <hi>Sacred Kalendar.</hi> During these Times Christ
was looked for, and accordingly came, and reigned; whose Kingdom shall at length
abolish the brittle remainder of this <hi>Romish</hi> State, according to the other part of the
Prophecy, when the <hi>Fulness of the Gentiles shall come in,</hi> and our Lord subdue all his
enemies under his feet, and at the last even Death it self.</p>
               <p>HAVING thus found <hi>What Times</hi> are termed the <hi>Last times</hi> in <hi>general,</hi> let us now
see if we can discover which are the <hi>Latter Times</hi> of these <hi>Last times,</hi> or the <hi>Latter
times in special,</hi> which are those <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Latter Times</hi> in my Text: which will not
be hard to do. For if the <hi>Last Times</hi> in <hi>general</hi> are all the Times of the <hi>Fourth King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dom,</hi>
then must our <hi>Latter times,</hi> as a part thereof, needs be the <hi>Latter times</hi> of that
Kingdom. Let us therefore again to our <hi>Prophetical Kalendar,</hi> and survey <hi>Daniel</hi>'s de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>scription
of the <hi>Fourth</hi> or <hi>Roman</hi> Kingdom, as it is Chapter 7. from verse 19. where we
shall soon find the <hi>Latter times</hi> thereof to be that Period of a<note place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> 
                  <hi>Time, Times and half a
Time,</hi> during which that prodigious <hi>Horn with eyes like a man, and a mouth speaking great
things, should make war with the Saints, prevail against them, and wear them out, and
think to change times and laws, until the Iudgment should sit, and his dominion be taken
away;</hi> and in him that long-lived Beast finally be destroyed, and his <hi>body given to the
burning flame,</hi> verse 11. For this <hi>Hornish Sovereignty</hi> is the <hi>Last Scene</hi> of that <hi>long Tra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gedy,</hi>
and the <hi>Conclusion</hi> of the <hi>Fourth Beast;</hi> and therefore the times thereof are those
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Latter times,</hi> whereof the <hi>Spirit spake expresly,</hi> that in them there should
be an <hi>Apostasie from the Christian Faith.</hi>
               </p>
            </div>
            <div n="13" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. XIII.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>Two Enquiries concerning the <hi>Latter Times. I. What durance they are to be of.
Answ.</hi> That the Times of the Antichristian State are to last <hi>42 months</hi> or 1260 days.
That hereby cannot be meant three single years and an half, proved by several particulars.
<hi>Enquiry II. When they begin. Answ.</hi> That they take their beginning from the mor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tal
wound of the Imperial Sovereignty of <hi>Rome,</hi> or the ruine of the <hi>Roman</hi> Empire.
This proved from the <hi>Apocalypse,</hi> and <hi>2 Thessal. 2.</hi> where by the <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> the Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thers
generally understand the <hi>Roman Empire.</hi> The same further proved from <hi>Dan. 7.</hi>
That by <hi>the little Horn</hi> is meant <hi>Antichrist</hi> or <hi>The man of sin</hi> (and not <hi>Antiochus
Epiphanes)</hi> was the judgment of the most ancient Fathers.</p>
               </argument>
               <p>COncerning these <hi>Times</hi> thus found, we will now further enquire, First, <hi>What du<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rance
they may be of;</hi> Secondly, <hi>When they take beginning, and by what mark their
beginning may be known.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>For the First, we will make no question but these are the self-same Times whereof
S. <hi>Iohn</hi> speaks,<note n="*" place="margin">Rev. 12. 14.</note> telling us That the Church should be in the wilderness a <hi>Time, Times,
and half a Time;</hi> the same with those XLII <hi>moneths</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 13. 5.</note> wherein S. <hi>Iohn's restored Beast</hi>
should domineer, and play the self-same reeks which <hi>Daniel's Hornish Tyrant</hi> doth;
<pb n="656" facs="tcp:63175:381"/>
the same time with those XLII <hi>moneths</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Chap. 11. 2.</note> during which the <hi>Church is trodden down of the
Gentiles;</hi> lastly, the same time with<note n="‖" place="margin">Verse 3.</note> 1260 <hi>days,</hi> during which the <hi>Witnesses of Christ
prophesie in sackcloth.</hi> For <hi>a Time, Times, and half a Time,</hi> or <hi>a Year, two Years, and
a half,</hi> are XLII moneths; and XLII moneths make 1260 days. If therefore we can
find the continuance and beginning of any of these, we have found the continuance
and beginning of them all.</p>
               <p>For the <hi>Duration</hi> and <hi>Length</hi> of them, they must imply some <hi>definite time,</hi> because
the Scripture follows that use of speech, and useth no number <hi>indefinitely,</hi> but those
which the use of speech had made such, as 7. 10. 1000. But <hi>mixt</hi> and <hi>compound</hi> num<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bers,<note place="margin">Of this see <hi>The Remains,</hi> chap. 8. pag. 597.</note>
as these are, <hi>viz.</hi> 3½. 42. 1260. are neither in the Hebrew, nor I think in any other
tongue, used <hi>indefinitely.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Our Adversaries would have them literally understood for <hi>Three single years and a
half,</hi> as though it were an <hi>History,</hi> and not a <hi>Prophecy:</hi> But besides the use of Prophe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cy
to reckon <hi>Days</hi> for <hi>Years,</hi> I think it would trouble any man to conceive how so
many things as should be performed in this time, should be done in <hi>Three single years
and a half.</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">See this more fully treated of in <hi>The Remains</hi> ch. 9. pag. 598.</note> 1. Ten Kingdoms founded at the same time with the Beast. 2. Peo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ples,
and multitudes of Nations and Tongues to serve and obey him. 3. To make
war with the Saints and overcome them. 4. To cause all that dwell upon the Earth
to worship him. 5. <hi>Babylon</hi> to ride the Beast so long, that all Nations shall drink of
the wine of her fornication, all the Kings of the earth commit fornication with her,
yea the Merchants and all those that had ships in the Sea to grow rich by trading with
her. Methinks all these things should ask much more than Three years work or
Four either. To which I add moreover, that that King, State of Government, So<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vereignty,
or Seigniory, or what you will, of the Beast, under which the Whore
should ride him, followeth immediately upon a Former which in comparison is said to
continue but a <hi>short space,</hi> Rev. 17. 10. But if the <hi>Antichristian State</hi> shall continue
but <hi>Three years and a half</hi> literally taken, how short must the time of that foregoing
King or Sovereignty be, which should occasion the Holy Ghost to insert so singular a
note of the difference thereof from that which followed, <hi>That it should continue but a
short space?</hi> Doth not this imply, that the next State (wherein the Whore should ride
the Beast) was to continue <hi>a long space?</hi> Therefore <hi>Three years and a half</hi> Historically
taken cannot be the Time of the Churches Apostasie and the <hi>Antichristian</hi> Sovereign<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty
of <hi>Rome:</hi> and if it cannot be taken <hi>Historically,</hi> it must be taken <hi>Prophetically,</hi> eve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry
<hi>Day</hi> for a <hi>Year;</hi> and so 1260 days counted so many years shews the extent of these
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Latter times</hi> to be 1260 years.</p>
               <p>NOW for the Second thing proposed, <hi>The Beginning of these <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Latter
Times; S. Iohn</hi> tells us in the <hi>Revelation,</hi> That his Blasphemous Beast of 42 <hi>moneths</hi>
continuance should succeed upon the mortal wound of the <hi>Caesarean</hi> or Imperial Sove<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>reignty
of <hi>Rome;</hi> and <hi>Apocal.</hi> 17. 12, 13. the Idolatrous Beast which carries the great
Whore upon his back, should have a Plurality of Kings start up at the same time with
him, who should agree to submit their power and kingdom unto this <hi>Whore-ridden</hi>
Beast. And would not he also in the same Chapter have us take notice, That the <hi>An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tichristian</hi>
State of the Beast which was to come should be the next to that of the <hi>Cae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sars</hi>
which then reigned? For the Angel there tells him, That that State of the Beast
wherein the Whore should ride him, which then was not in being, but should after<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ward
ascend out of the bottomless pit and go into perdition, that this State or Head
of the Beast should succeed so immediately upon the <hi>Sixth</hi> State or Head (<hi>viz. the
Caesarean</hi> then reigning) that howsoever for some respect it might be called an <hi>Eighth,</hi>
yet should it in very deed be but the <hi>Seventh.</hi> For how could it be otherwise, when
the Beast in the Vision hath but Seven heads and no more? <hi>Vide</hi> ver. 8. 10, 11.</p>
               <p>Agreeable to this is S. <hi>Paul</hi>'s Epocha, 2 <hi>Thes.</hi> 2. 7. who tells us, that as soon as the
Imperial Sovereignty of <hi>Rome,</hi> which then <hi>hindred,</hi> should be taken out of the way,
then should <hi>that Wicked one be revealed.</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>Tertul.</hi> de Resurrect. c. 24 <hi>Ambros.</hi> com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment. in hunc locum. <hi>Hieron.</hi> qu. 11. ad Al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gasiam, &amp; Prae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fat. in l. 8. comment. in Ezek. <hi>Chrysost.</hi> comment. in. hunc locum. <hi>Aug.</hi> lib. 20. cap. 19. de Civ. Dei, sed non tam asseveran<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter ut caeteri. <hi>Cyrilius</hi> Hiero<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>solym. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> Thus the Fathers generally expound it.
Hence was that custom in the Church, in the most ancient times of it, to pray in their
Liturgy for <hi>the lasting of the Roman Empire;</hi> that so <hi>Antichrist</hi> might be long a coming.
<hi>Tertul. Apol. cap.</hi> 32, &amp; 39. <hi>Ad Scap. cap. 2.</hi> Upon this ground S. <hi>Ierome,</hi> when he
heard of the taking of <hi>Rome</hi> by <hi>Alaricus</hi> the <hi>Goth,</hi> presently expected the coming of
Antichrist, <hi>Ad Gerontiam de Monogamia; Qui tenebat,</hi> (saith he) <hi>de medio fit, &amp; non
intelligimus Antichristum appropinquare: He who hindered, is taken out of the way; and
we consider not that Antichrist is at hand.</hi> Idem Praefat. in Lib. 8. Comment. in Ezek.
<hi>Pascitur animus, &amp; obliviscitur seculi calamitatum, quod in extremo fine jam positum con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gemiscit
&amp; parturit, donec qui tenet, de medio fiat, &amp; pedes statuae quondam ferreae fra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gilitate
<pb n="657" facs="tcp:63175:381"/>
digitorum fictilium conterantur: Cadit mundus, &amp; Cervix erecta non flectitur,</hi>
&amp;c. <hi>My mind is</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">He speaks before of his Studies and Book labours, whereby his mind was re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lieved and di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                     <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>erred from the af<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap>tive re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>m<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>mbrance of those sad times</note> 
                  <hi>refresht, and for the present forgets the woful calamities that this last
Age Labours with, groaning and travailing in pain, till he who hinders, be taken out of the
way, and the feet of the</hi>
                  <note n="‖" place="margin">by the <hi>Feet</hi> of the Statue, (in <hi>Dan.</hi> 2.) part of <hi>iron</hi> and part of <hi>clay</hi> is meant the <hi>Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>man</hi> Empire.</note> 
                  <hi>iron Statue be broken to pieces by reason of the brittleness of the
clayic toes. The world goes to ruine, and yet the haughty neck does not bend,</hi> &amp;c. Thus
he. <hi>Postquam clarissimum terrarum omnium Lumen extinctum est, imò Romani Imperii
truncatum caput, &amp; in una urbe t<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>tus orbis interiit—After that the most glorious light
in all the world was put out, and the Head of the Roman Empire was cut off, and so the
whole world was destroy'd in the destruction of that one City</hi>—as he elsewhere deplores
that woful calamity, <hi>Praes. in Lib.</hi> 1. <hi>Comment. in Ezec.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Answerable to that which S. <hi>Iohn</hi> told us, <hi>Daniel</hi>'s Kalendar also informs us, That
the <hi>Hornish Tyrant,</hi> who was to act the <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, should then begin to appear,
when <hi>Ten Kings</hi> should arise in the Fourth Kingdom. For the <hi>Ten Horns</hi> which at
the last he espied upon the Beast's head, and ob<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>erved a <hi>little Horn</hi> with eyes and a
mouth to spring up amongst them, and displant Three of them, chap. 7. v. 8. the An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gel
v. 24. expounds to be <hi>Ten Kings</hi> which should arise out of that Kingdom, and <hi>ano<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther</hi>
(to wit <hi>Antichrist</hi>) should arise<note n="a" place="margin">C. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ld. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note> 
                  <hi>behind them</hi> (so it<note n="b" place="margin">
                     <hi>Vid.</hi> Gen. 22 13. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>x<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>d. 14. 19 b<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>. 2 <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> hro. 13. 13 Io<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> 8. 2. 2 Kings 9. 18. Ezech. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> 12</note> should be translated,
as the Septuagint doth <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>) <hi>which should be diverse from the first</hi> (that is, a
King of another nature) and should <hi>bring down</hi> or<note n="c" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap> LXX <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap> rala<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap> (<hi>
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>t in ali<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> exempl<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </hi>) de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>honorabit. <hi>V<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>tab.</hi> oppri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                        <desc>•••</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Ia<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>u<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>,</hi> deprimet.</note> 
                  <hi>humble three</hi> Kings, and play
those recks which follow in the Text. Thus the Fathers universally and from the
utmost antiquity expound this Scripture. <hi>Iustin Martyr Dialog. cum Tryphone</hi> takes it
as granted, that <hi>this Horn</hi> is <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>that man of Apostasie, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
that would attempt all the mischief imaginable against us Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stians.
Irenaeus,</hi> scholar to <hi>Polycarp, l.</hi> 5. <hi>c.</hi> 21. <hi>aliis</hi> 25. saith, <hi>Daniel novissimi Regni
sinem respiciens, id est, novissimos decem Reges, in quos divideretur regnum illorum
super quos Filius perditionis veniet, Cornua dicit decem nasci Bestiae,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>The prophet</hi>
Daniel <hi>eying the end of the Fourth or Last Kingdom, that is, those Ten Kings into whom
their Kingdom should be divided, and upon whom the Son of Perdition should come,</hi> [viz.
the Little Horn that should domineer and overtop them] <hi>saith</hi> (chap. 7.) <hi>that the
Beast had Ten Horns grow out of his Head, and that there came up among them another
little Horn, and that before this Horn Three of the first Horns were pluck'd up by the roots.</hi>
Yea a little <hi>after</hi> he tells us, that S. <hi>Iohn</hi> in <hi>his Ten Kings which should receive their
Kingdoms at one hour with the Beast,</hi> expounds this of <hi>Daniel; Manifestius adhuc
de novissimo tempore, &amp; de his qui sunt in eo decem Regibus, in quos dividetur quod
nunc regnat Imperium, significavit Ioannes Domini discipulus in Apocalypsi, edisserens
quae suerint decem cornua quae à Daniele visa sunt,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>What was before prophesied con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerning
the Last Times, and the Ten Kings therein, amongst whom the Empire that now
reigns should be divided,</hi> Iohn, <hi>the disciple of our Lord, hath more clearly exprest in his
Apocalypse, where he tells what those Ten Horns were which</hi> Daniel <hi>saw,</hi> viz. <hi>Ten Kings,
which had received no Kingdom as yet, but were to receive power as Kings one hour
with the Beast:</hi> Chap. 17. 12. Nay S. <hi>Ierome,</hi> in his Comment upon this seventh
chapter of <hi>Daniel,</hi> will give us to understand that all the Ecclesiastical Writers deli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vered
this to be the true exposition: For having there confuted <hi>Porphyrie,</hi> who, to
derogate from the divinity of this Prophecy, would have it meant of <hi>Antiochus Epi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phanes,</hi>
and therefore written when the Event was past, he concludeth thus; <hi>Ergo
dicamus, quod omnes Scriptores Ecclesiastici tradiderunt, In consummatione inundi,
quando regnum destruendum est Romanorum, decem futuros reges, qui <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>rbem Romanum
inter se dividant, &amp; undecimum surrecturum esse Regem parvulum, qui tres reges de de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cem
regibus superaturus sit, in quo totus Satanas habitaturus sit corporaliter: Let us there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
affirm, agreeably to the concurrent judgment of all Ecclesiastical Writers, That in the
consummation of the world, when the Roman Empire is to be destroyed, there shall arise
Ten Kings who shall share the Roman world among themselves, and that an Eleventh King</hi>
(the little Horn in <hi>Dan.</hi> 7.) <hi>shall arise, who shall subdue Three of those Ten Kings; in
which little Hornish Tyrant Satan shall dwell entirely and bodily.</hi> Who these <hi>three Kings</hi>
were which <hi>this Horn</hi> displanted to make himself elbow-room, you shall hear more
anon. But I will not conceal that I have heard of another Exposition, which fits our
turn for the <hi>Beginning of the Apostasie</hi> no less than that of the Fathers; namely, That
by <hi>Ten Kingdoms</hi> may be meant the full Plurality of the Roman Provinces, so much
whereof as <hi>Three</hi> is of <hi>Ten</hi> should have the Imperial power rooted out of them, and
fall under the Dominion of the <hi>Antichristian Horn,</hi> who should act the Sovereignty
of the <hi>Latter times</hi> or the last Sovereignty of that Kingdom. Now it is most
<pb n="658" facs="tcp:63175:382"/>
true, that the Pope's Patriachdom in the West holds just that scantling of the ancient
Territory of the Roman Empire; which a man may judge by his eyes or compasses in
a Map: and yet I prefer the other Exposition before it.</p>
               <p>To come to an issue: It is apparent by all that hath been said, that these <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <hi>Latter times,</hi> with that wicked Sovereignty which should domineer in them, were
to take beginning from the wound, the fall, the ruine, the rending in pieces or root<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
up of the Imperial Sovereignty of the City of <hi>Rome.</hi> When that City should cease
to be the Lap of that Sovereignty which the <hi>Caesars</hi> once held over the Nations, and
many new upstart Kings should appear in the place and Territory of that once-one
Empire; then should the <hi>Apostasie</hi> be seen, and the <hi>Latter times</hi> with <hi>that Wicked one</hi>
make their entrance. Now in what Age this fell out, I think no man can be ignorant
who hath but a little skill in History.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="14" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. XIV.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>That we are not to reckon the <hi>Latter Times,</hi> or the Times of the Empire's ruine and the
Apostasie attending, from the full height thereof: This illustrated from other Computati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons
in Scripture. The Three main Degrees of the <hi>Roman</hi> Empire's Ruine. Who are
those 3 Kings whom the <hi>Little Horn</hi> (or <hi>Antichrist</hi>) is said (in <hi>Dan. 7.</hi>) to have
<hi>displanted</hi> or <hi>deprest,</hi> to advance himself. About what time <hi>Saint-worship</hi> began in
the Church. That we are not too curiously to enquire from which of the 3 degrees
of the Empire's ruine the <hi>Apostatical</hi> or <hi>Latter Times</hi> take their begin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ning.</p>
               </argument>
               <p>BUT you will say, The Imperial Sovereignty of Old <hi>Rome</hi> fell not all at once,
but had <hi>divers steps</hi> and <hi>degrees of Ruine;</hi> so that the doubt will be notwithstand<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing,
from which of these steps of the Fall thereof these <hi>Latter times</hi> must be rec<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>koned.</p>
               <p>I answer, From any of them. For as the Imperial Sovereignty fell by degrees, so
the Apostasie under the lattermost Sovereignty grew up also by degrees; and for eve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry
degree which the ruinous Empire decayed, was the rising <hi>Son of perdition</hi> a de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gree
advanced. Secondly, All the main and evident degrees of the Empire's ruine
fell in the compass of an Age; and the knowledge and observation of that Age only,
within which the Times of this Fall are comprehended, was sufficient both to warn
them who then lived that that which should come was then a coming, and to inform us
who now live that it is already come.</p>
               <p>Now which were these main and evident degrees of the Empire's falling, and at
what time, I will tell you as soon as I have removed an usual mistake in this business,
which is to reckon the times of the Empire's ruine, and so likewise of the Apostasie
attending it, only from the <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> or full height thereof. But this is too much against
Reason, and not agreeable to the course we otherwise use in the like. For as when
we reckon the Age of a man, we reckon not from the time since he came to mans estate,
but from the time of his birth: so should we do here for the Times of the <hi>Man of sin.</hi>
I say not, we should begin to count his Age from his conception, for that we
use not in other things; but from the time he was first <hi>editus in lucem,</hi> when he first
began to appear in the world: and so likewise the Fall of the Empire and the Aposta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sie,
not from the time they were consummate, but from the time they first evidently
appeared. As therefore I hold their opinion the best, and most agreeable to truth,
who begin the 70 years of the Iewish captivity in <hi>Babylon,</hi> not from the consum<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mation
thereof under <hi>Zedekiah,</hi> when the City and Temple were utterly rased, for
that is impossible, (there being not<note n="*" place="margin">As infallibly appears in that long-wanting Mathematical Canon of <hi>Pro<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> l<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>m<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>,</hi> now of late brought to light out of o<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> of our own Li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>braries.</note> 60 years in all between the nineteenth of
<hi>Nebuchadnezzar</hi> and the last of <hi>Cyrus</hi>) but from the beginning thereof under <hi>Ie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hojakint</hi>
eighteen years before, or at the most but from <hi>Iehojachin:</hi> So are these
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Latter times</hi> of the <hi>Roman</hi> State to begin when the Empire first began
<pb n="659" facs="tcp:63175:382"/>
to fall, and not when it was utterly rooted up. Take for another example the com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>putation of the Time allotted to the Calamity of the Iews under <hi>Antiochus;</hi> which I
the rather alledge, because he is commonly counted for a Type of <hi>Antichrist:</hi> The
beginning of that 2300 <hi>evenings and mornings,</hi> or six years and somewhat more than
a quarter, which that Calamity was to continue, from the beginning thereof until the
Temple should again be cleansed, <hi>Dan.</hi> 8. 13, 14. was not to be reckoned from the
height thereof, when the <hi>daily Sacrifice should be taken away,</hi> (for thence it is but
three years, 1 <hi>Mac.</hi> 1. 54, &amp;c. with chap. 4. 52.) but from the beginning of the
Transgression which occasioned this desolation, and is described 1 <hi>Mac.</hi> 1. 11, &amp;c.
So likewise the End of the Kingdom of the <hi>Greeks,</hi> wherein this Calamity was to hap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pen,
is not to be counted only then when <hi>AEmilius</hi> the Consul had quite finished the
conquest of <hi>Macedon,</hi> (for this points out only the height of that calamity) but from
the beginning of that last fatal<note n="*" place="margin">Bellam Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ced micum se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>c<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>dum.</note> War which put an end to that Kingdom; which was
about some three years and an half before, and jumps with the beginning of the <hi>Trans<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gression
of desolation,</hi> as the finishing of the Conquest doth with the <hi>taking away</hi>
of the <hi>daily sacrifice.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>But leaving this, let us return again and see which were those <hi>main and evident de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>grees</hi>
of the Empire's <hi>downfall,</hi> and when they befell; which I suppose may not unfitly
be sampled by those of the <hi>Babylonish</hi> captivity.</p>
               <p>As therefore the <hi>Babylonish</hi> captivity had <hi>Three</hi> steps or degrees, the first in the
days of <hi>Iehojakim,</hi> when <hi>Daniel</hi> went captive; the second under <hi>Iehojachin</hi> or <hi>Iecho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nias,</hi>
when <hi>Ezechiel</hi> went captive; the last under <hi>Zedekiah,</hi> when the Temple and Ci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty
were wholly rased and consumed: So (omitting the <hi>Political</hi> change under <hi>Constan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stine</hi>)
the chief and principal moments of the Ruine of the Empire by the sword
(and by the sword the Beast had his deadly wound, <hi>Apocal.</hi> 13. 14.) may fitly be re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>duced
unto <hi>Three.</hi>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. The <hi>First</hi> was presently after the death of <hi>Iulian,</hi> the last of Heathen Emperors,
about the year 365, ominously marked with that universal, stupendious and never-but-then
sampled Earthquake,<note n="a" place="margin">
                           <hi>Ammia<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                 <desc>•</desc>
                              </gap>. Marcel lib.</hi> 26. c. 31. Horrendt tremores per omnem o<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> bis ambiti<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>m gras<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sa<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>sam subitd, qua<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>s nec fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bul<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>e nec veri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dicae nobis anti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quitates expo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nunt, <hi>&amp;c. Hi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>eron. in vita Hilationis.</hi>
                        </note> whereby the waters of the Sea were rolled out of
their chanels, and left ships hanging upon the tops of houses. From this time for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wards
all the Nations on every side seem as it were with one consent to have conspi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>red
the Ruine of the Empire.<note n="b" place="margin">He<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> tempore velut per uni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>versum Orbem Romanum ca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nentibus bucci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nis, excitae gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tes, savissimae, limites sibi pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ximos persultabant: Gallias Rhaetidsque simul Alema<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>ni populabantur; Sarmatae Pannonias &amp; Quadi; Picti, Saxones &amp; Scoti, &amp; Attacotti Britannos aerumnis vexav<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>re continuis; Thracias diripi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>bant praedatorii globi Gethorum, <hi>&amp;c. Ammian. ibid. cap. 10.</hi>
                        </note> Now that terrible and fatal storm of the Nations
of the North, <hi>Almaenes, Samaritans, Quades, Picts, Scots</hi> and <hi>Saxons,</hi> especially the
<hi>Coths,</hi> began to break in upon it; almost without intermission harrying, burning,
wasting, destroying the most part of the provinces thereof almost for<note n="c" place="margin">
                           <hi>Hie<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                 <desc>•</desc>
                              </gap>. Ep. 3.</hi> Ante annum 400. vig<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>n<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>i &amp; <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>o ampliùs anni sunt, cum inter <hi>Constantinopolin</hi> &amp; <hi>Alpes Iulias</hi> quotidie Romanus sanguis essunditur. S<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>ythiam, Thraciam, Macedoniam, Daciam, Dardaniam, Thessaliam, Achaiam, Epires, Dahna<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>iam, cunctdsque Pannonias Go<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thus, Sarmata, Quadus, Alanus, Hunni, Vandali, Marcomanni vastant, rapiun<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>: Romanus Orbis ruit. Quid putas nunc animi habere Co<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rinthtes, Athenienses, Lacedaemmios, Arcadas, cunctdnique Graeciam, quibus imperant Barbari?</note> 45. years
together. And to mend the matter, the <hi>Goths</hi> soon after their coming were admitted
as Inhabitants, and dispersed as free Denizons into the bowels and heart of the Em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pire,
advanced to be Commanders, and bore the greatest sway in their Armies.<note n="d" place="margin">
                           <hi>Synesius Orat. ad Arcadium August.</hi> Quomodo enim ferre possumus partes viriles in nostra Republica alienorum &amp; externorum esse, &amp; fortissimum Imperium concedere aliis bellicae gloriae principatum? Neque enim dubitandum est fore, ut illi aliquando armis instructi hominum urbanorum se D<gap reason="illegible: missing" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>minos esse velint. Quod priusquam eveniat, revocandi sunt nobis: <hi>Romanorum</hi> animi, &amp; ita assuefaciendi, ut ipsi suo Mario vincere &amp; possim &amp; velint: nec omnino societatem cum <hi>Barbaris</hi> ineant, sed eos omnes despiciant, omnique loco funditus pellant. Primùm igitur Magistratu ejiciantur, &amp; procul à Curiae honoribus arceantur, quibus per summum dedecus ea obvenerunt quae diu apud <hi>Romanos</hi> habita sunt, &amp; reipsa fuerunt apud eos honestissima. Nam &amp; Deam <hi>Themid<gap reason="illegible: missing" extent="1 letter">
                                 <desc>•</desc>
                              </gap>m,</hi> quae Senatui, &amp; <hi>Bellonam,</hi> quae Exercitui praesidet, obvelare se arbi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>ror, cùm cer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nant hominem penulá scorteâ indutum ducem esse chlamydatorum, &amp; villosam penulam ex<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>entem togam sumere, &amp; de summa rerum cum <hi>Roma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>no</hi> Magistratu consulere, prope ipsum Consulem sedentem, longè post eum sedentibus iis quibus bonos ille jure optimo debebatur. <hi>Paulo post,</hi> Apud nos Exercitus magni sunt, nostrisque servis <hi>Scythis</hi> sanguine conjuncti, qui nescio quo infelici fato in <hi>Romanum</hi> Imperium irrne<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> unt; lle su<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>s du<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ces habent magnae authoritam v<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>r<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>s non sol<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap>m apud eos ipsos, sed etiam apud nos: quod malum nostra dedit socordia nobis—<hi>Paulo post de The<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>odosio,</hi> Ille su<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>plicantes <hi>(scil. Gothos)</hi> erexit, &amp; b<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>lli so<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>ios ascivit, &amp; civitate donavit, &amp; omnium honorum participes fecit, &amp; partem Romani agri iis attribuit. At illi, quòd pater tuus <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap>tem seus praebuit, nos in hunc usque diem derident. Sed id primus fecerat<note n="*" place="margin">Vid. Socra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tem l. 4. c. 27</note> 
                           <hi>Valens,</hi> Anno 374. de quo sic <hi>Paulus D<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                 <desc>•</desc>
                              </gap>aconus</hi> Hist. Mis<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap>ll. lib. 12. cap. 14. Hunnes Gothi transito Danubio fugientes, à <hi>Valente</hi> sine ulla foederis pactione suscepti sunt, qui tribuit eis <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>ora<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> Thrac<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>arum ad habitandum, arbitratus praeparatum solatium ab eis habere con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tra omnes Barbaros: hac pr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>re M<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap>es d<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> caetero negligebat, &amp; eos qui dudum contra hostes elaboraverant, Imperator despiciebat, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>—Hoc ergo fuit ivitium, ut <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                              <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                           </gap> tempore <hi>Romana</hi> Respublica calamitatibus subderetur. Barbari namque cùm Thracias ten<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>issent, licenter Romanorum vostabant provincia<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
                        </note> By which fatal error the Empire received her bane, and the <hi>Romans</hi> were no
longer masters of their own strength; which they quickly and often repented; but
even that cost them dear, when they had indeed eyes to see it, but never ability to
mend it. This was the <hi>First</hi> degree of the Empire's ruine.</item>
                     <item>2. The <hi>Second</hi> was about the year 410, when <hi>Alaricus</hi> the <hi>Goth</hi> sacked <hi>Rome</hi> it self,
the proud Lady of the world; when, as S. <hi>Ierome</hi> saith, <hi>Capiebatur urbs quae totum ce<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pit
<pb n="660" facs="tcp:63175:383"/>
Orbem, imò fame periit antequam gladio, &amp; vix pauci qui caperentur inventi sunt;
The City which had conquered the whole world was it self taken, being undone by famine be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fore
it was by the sword, insomuch that there were but few left to be taken prisoners.</hi> And
from this very year the Plurality of Kings foretold of began to come upon the stage;
Five or Six new Kingdoms presently appearing within the Territories of the Empire:
Of the <hi>Goths,</hi> of the <hi>Burgundians,</hi> and, though somewhat later, of the <hi>Franks</hi> in <hi>Gal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lia;</hi>
of the <hi>Suevians</hi> and <hi>Alans</hi> and of the <hi>Vandals</hi> in <hi>Spain;</hi> and, as <hi>Sigonius</hi> thinks,
of the <hi>Hunnes</hi> in <hi>Pannonia;</hi> certainly they could not be much later than this very
year. But this number of Kings we will leave till they be better increased, as conti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nually
they did. And thus you see the <hi>Second</hi> degree of the ruine of the Em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pire.</item>
                     <item>3. The <hi>Third</hi> was about the year 455, presently upon the death of the third <hi>Valen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tinian,</hi>
the last (as <hi>Sleidan</hi> well observed) of the Emperors of the West, and conse<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quently
of the ancient <hi>Rome;</hi> then when <hi>Gensericus</hi> the <hi>Vandal</hi> took the City now the
second time, fired it, and spoiled it of all the goodly and glorious ornaments which
<hi>Alaricus</hi> had spared, amongst which were the golden and silver vessels of the Temple
of <hi>Ierusalem,</hi>
                        <note n="*" place="margin">
                           <hi>Paulus Dia<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>conus Hist. Misc. prout ex codice Palati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>no edidit Ianus Gruterus,</hi> Quatuor decim interim di<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>s se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cutâ &amp; liberâ dir<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>ptione om<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nibus opibus suis &amp; miracu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                           <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>is Rom<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> vacu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ata est; <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> in quibus erant Ecclesiastica <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap> tota ex auro &amp; lapidibus pretiosis ornata, &amp; vasa Hebraica quae <hi>Titus Vespasiani</hi> filius post captivitatem Hi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                           <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>rosolymitarum Romam detul<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>rat: mul<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>dque milli<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> captivorum—cum Regina <hi>Eudoxia,</hi> quae <hi>Gensericum</hi> ad hoc facinus invitav<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>rat, dua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bùsque ejus filiabus, Carthagi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>m abducta sunt.</note> brought thither by <hi>Titus:</hi> All which, with an innumerable multitude
of Roman captives, he carried away with him. Now was the Prediction, which
<hi>Varro</hi> reports that <hi>Vectius Valens</hi> the Augur made of 12 Vulturs to <hi>Romulus</hi> the Foun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der,
That his City should continue 1200 years, fulfilled, and those years newly expi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>red:
And, which is more to be heeded, now was the Plurality of Kings lately risen
in the ancient Territory of the Empire, as <hi>Daniel</hi> and S. <hi>Iohn</hi> had prophesied, increa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sed
unto the full number of <hi>Ten;</hi> which, together with the Provinces wherein they
were seated, and the Names of the Kings which reigned the next year after the City
was taken, are these which follow.</item>
                  </list>
                  <table>
                     <pb n="661" facs="tcp:63175:383"/>
                     <head>ANNO DOMINI 456.</head>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>Kingdoms of the</cell>
                        <cell>Provinces.</cell>
                        <cell>Names of the Kings reigning</cell>
                        <cell>Somewhat of their changes.</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>1</cell>
                        <cell>Britons.</cell>
                        <cell rows="2">In <hi>Britain.</hi>
                        </cell>
                        <cell>Vortimer.</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>2</cell>
                        <cell>Saxons.</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>H<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>ngist.</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>3</cell>
                        <cell>Franks.</cell>
                        <cell rows="2">In <hi>Gallia.</hi>
                        </cell>
                        <cell>Childerick.</cell>
                        <cell>
                           <hi>An.</hi> 526. This Kingdom of the <hi>Burgundians</hi> was subdued by the <hi>Franks:</hi>
                        </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>4</cell>
                        <cell>Burgundians.</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>Gunderick.</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>5</cell>
                        <cell>Wisigothes.</cell>
                        <cell>In the South of <hi>Gallia</hi> between the <hi>Rhene, Loyr</hi> and the Sea; and Part of <hi>Spain.</hi>
                        </cell>
                        <cell>Theodorick. II.</cell>
                        <cell>But to fill up the number, that of the <hi>Ostrogoths</hi> be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>came 2, by the coming of the <hi>Longobards</hi> into <hi>Pan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nonia</hi> the same time.</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>6</cell>
                        <cell>Swevians <hi>and</hi> Alanes.</cell>
                        <cell>Spain <hi>in</hi> Gallicia <hi>and</hi> Portugal.</cell>
                        <cell>Ri<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>iarius.</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>7</cell>
                        <cell>Vandals.</cell>
                        <cell>In <hi>Africk,</hi> but first in <hi>Spain.</hi>
                        </cell>
                        <cell>Gensericus.</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>8</cell>
                        <cell>Almanes.</cell>
                        <cell>
                           <hi>Germany</hi> in <hi>Rhae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tia,</hi> between the <hi>Rhene,</hi> &amp;c.</cell>
                        <cell>Sumanus.</cell>
                        <cell>This Kingdom became one with a part of the Kingdom of the <hi>Heruli,</hi> 475. during their short reign in <hi>Italy.</hi>
                        </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>9</cell>
                        <cell>
                           <hi>Ostrogothes,</hi> whom the <hi>Lougobards</hi> succeeded.</cell>
                        <cell>In <hi>Pannonia,</hi> where they subdued the <hi>Hunnes,</hi> and not long after propaga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted their Kingdom into <hi>Italy.</hi>
                        </cell>
                        <cell>Theodemir.</cell>
                        <cell>The <hi>Longobards</hi> suc<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceeded the <hi>Ostrogoths</hi> first in <hi>Pannonia,</hi> upon the death of <hi>Theodorick</hi> of <hi>
                              <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                 <desc>•</desc>
                              </gap>e<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rona An.</hi> 526. Then in <hi>Italy,</hi> called in by <hi>Narses</hi> discontented, soon after he had destroyed the kingdom of the <hi>Goths.</hi>
                        </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>10</cell>
                        <cell>Greeks.</cell>
                        <cell>In the residue of the Empire.</cell>
                        <cell>Marcianus.</cell>
                        <cell>Ancient <hi>Rome</hi>'s Empire finished, that of the <hi>Greeks</hi> is but one of the King<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>doms whereinto it was di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vided.</cell>
                     </row>
                  </table>
               </p>
               <p>Thus was the Empire divided and shared <hi>Anno</hi> 456. the year after <hi>Rome</hi> was sacked
by <hi>Gensericus,</hi> and the off-spring of these Nations, through many alterations, (partly
by the inconstancy of humane things, unions and disunions, partly by the further en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>largement
of the Christian Faith) are the body of most of the Kingdoms and States of
Christendom at this day. <hi>Three</hi> of these <hi>Kings,</hi> saith<note n="*" place="margin">Chap. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>. Verse 8, &amp; 24.</note> 
                  <hi>Daniel,</hi> should the Antichri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stian
<hi>Horn depress</hi> and <hi>displant,</hi> to advance himself; which <hi>Three</hi> are those whose Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minions
extended into <hi>Italy,</hi> and so stood in his light.</p>
               <list>
                  <item>1. That of the <hi>Greeks,</hi> whose Emperor, <hi>Leo Isaurus,</hi> for the quarrel of Images, he
excommunicated, and revolted his subjects of <hi>Italy</hi> from their allegiance.</item>
                  <item>
                     <pb n="662" facs="tcp:63175:384"/>2. That of the <hi>Longobards,</hi> (successors of the <hi>Ostrogoths</hi>) whose Kingdom he cau<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sed
(by the aid of the <hi>Franks</hi>) to be wholly ruined, thereby to get the Exarchate of
<hi>Ravenna</hi> (which since their revolt from the <hi>Greeks</hi> they were seized on) for a Patri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mony
to S. <hi>Peter.</hi>
                  </item>
                  <item>3. The last was the Kingdom of the <hi>Franks</hi> it self, continued in the Empire of <hi>Ger<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>many,</hi>
whose Emperors from the day of <hi>Henry</hi> the Fourth he excommunicated, de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>posed
and trampled under his feet, and never suffered them to live in rest, till he made
them not only quit their interest in Election of Popes and Investitures of Bishops, but
that remainder of Iurisdiction in <hi>Italy,</hi> wherewith, together with the dignity of the
<hi>Roman</hi> name, he had once inseoffed their Predecessors.</item>
               </list>
               <p>These are the Kings, by <hi>displanting</hi> or (as the Vulgar hath) by <hi>humbling</hi> of whom
the Pope got elbow-room by degrees, and advanced himself to the height of Tempo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ral
Majesty and absolute Greatness, which made him so terrible in the world.</p>
               <p>This Third blow therefore I suppose is to be counted the Last of the Ruine of the
Empire; the Imperial power of the ancient <hi>Rome</hi> (until the Pope some 345 years af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter
revived the name) henceforth ceasing. For as for those who yet some twenty
years after our date scuffled for that Name, one of them deposing another, they were
indeed but shadows of <hi>Caesars,</hi> and as it were struglings with the pangs of death, until
with <hi>Augustulus</hi> it gave up the ghost. Yea it is to be observed, that two of them,
<hi>Avitus</hi> (the very next) and <hi>Glycerius,</hi> being deposed from the Empire, were made
Bishops, the one of <hi>Placentia</hi> or <hi>Piacenza,</hi> the other of<note n="*" place="margin">Salona Ior<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nandes, <hi>quem vide cum</hi> Pau<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lo Diacono.</note> 
                  <hi>Portus;</hi> as a sign perhaps that
the Emperor of <hi>Rome</hi> henceforth should be a Bishop, and a Bishop the Empe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ror.</p>
               <p>To conclude therefore with the application of our Apostle's Prediction: Whether
the <hi>Christian Apostasie in worshipping new Daemon-Gods</hi> began not with the First of these
degrees, notably increased with the Second, and was established by the Last, I leave
you to judge, when you shall have surveyed the Monuments and Records of those
times.</p>
               <p>It is commonly and truly affirmed by our Ecclesiastical<note n="*" place="margin">Vide Can. 9. Concil. Laodi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cen. An. 364. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> Antiquaries, That before
the year 360 there is no word to be found of the <hi>Invocation of Saints glorified,</hi> or
<hi>Worshipping their Reliques;</hi> to which I add, no not of any <hi>Miracles</hi> done by them:
But presently after that year, when our first date of the Empire's ruine began, search
and you shall find. I spare to name the Authors, not willing to discover the naked<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ness
of the Fathers: But whoso reads them, will admire to see so truly verified what
the Spirit foretold should be <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>in the latter times.</hi> And to make an
end; If any shall think this Speculation of <hi>Times</hi> to be a needless curiosity, I desire
him to remember how our Saviour reproved the Iews for neglect hereof, <hi>Matth.</hi> 16. 3.
<hi>O ye Hypocrites, ye can discern the face of the skie, but can ye not discern the signs of the
times?</hi> or as <hi>S. Luke</hi> 12. 56. <hi>How is it that ye do not discern this Time?</hi> They through
neglecting the <hi>Signs of the Times,</hi> when Christ came, received him not: How many
through ignorance of these <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Latter Times,</hi> when the Apostasie hath ap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>peared,
eschewed it not?</p>
               <p>From which of these <hi>Three Beginnings</hi> of the Apostatical Times, or whether from
some other moment within or between them, the Almighty will reckon that his Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>putation
of these <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, which ended shall finish the days of the <hi>Man of sin,</hi> I
curiously enquire not, but leave unto him who is Lord of times and seasons: Nor do I
think that the <hi>Iews</hi> themselves could certainly tell from which of their <hi>Three Captivities</hi>
to begin that reckoning of LXX years, whose end should bring their return from <hi>Ba<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bylon,</hi>
until the Event assured them thereof.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="15" type="chapter">
               <pb n="663" facs="tcp:63175:384"/>
               <head>AN APPENDIX.
CHAP. XV.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>That <hi>Daniel</hi>'s 70 Weeks are a lesser Kalendar of Times. That in reference to these Weeks
must those Phrases in the Epistles to the converted Iews, [viz. <hi>The Last Hour</hi> or
<hi>Time, The End of all things, The Day approaching,</hi> &amp;c.] be expounded of the
End of the Iewish State and Service at the expiring of the 70 Weeks. That the Apostles
were not so mistaken as to believe the End of the World should be in their dayer, proved
against <hi>Baronius</hi> and other <hi>Romanists.</hi>
                  </p>
               </argument>
               <p>I SHOULD now presently come to speak of the Fourth particular which I ob<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>served
in this Verse: But because in this Discourse of <hi>Times,</hi> besides the <hi>Great
Kalendar of Times</hi> I so much spake of, there was some mention of a <hi>Lesser Kalendar,
viz.</hi> of <hi>Daniel</hi>'s 70 weeks, give me leave to <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                     <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                  </gap> some places of Scripture which I
suppose to have reference thereto, for the better clearing not only of our former
Discourse, but of some scruples that might trouble our minds, when mention is made
of an <hi>End</hi> then supposed near, though the World hath so many hundred years since con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tinued,
and no end thereof is yet come.</p>
               <p>Know therefore that these 70 weeks of <hi>Daniel</hi> are a <hi>Little Provincial Kalendar,</hi>
containing the time that the Legal worship and Iewish state was to continue from the
re-building of the Sanctuary under <hi>Darius Nothus</hi> until the final destruction thereof,
when the Kalendar should expire: Within the space whereof their Commonwealth
and City should be restored, and 62 weeks after that the <hi>Messias</hi> be slain for sin, and
at the end of the whole 70 their City and Temple again destroyed and their Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>monwealth
utterly dissolved. To these <hi>Weeks</hi> therefore, whose computation so e<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>specially
concerns the <hi>Iews,</hi> is reference made in those Epistles which are written to
the Christian Churches of that Nation, whether living in <hi>Iewry,</hi> or abroad disper<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sed. Such is S. <hi>Paul</hi>'s Epistle to the <hi>Hebrews;</hi> both S. <hi>Peter</hi>'s to those of the Disper<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sion
in <hi>Pontus, Galatia, Cappadocia, Asia</hi> and <hi>Bythinia;</hi> the Epistle of S. <hi>Iames</hi> to
the twelve Tribes; and likewise the first Epistle of S. <hi>Iohn,</hi> which though the Salu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tation
expresseth not, as in the former, yet may appear both because <hi>Peter, Iames</hi>
and <hi>Iohn</hi> were all three Apostles of the Circumcision, and from that passage Chap.
2. verse 2. CHRIST IESUS <hi>is the propitiation for our sins; and not for ours
only, but for the sins of the whole world:</hi> that is, not for the sins of us only who are
<hi>Iews,</hi> but for the sins of the <hi>Gentiles</hi> also. And doth not the name of <hi>General</hi> or <hi>Ca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tholick
Epistle</hi> given unto this, as well as to those of S. <hi>Iames</hi> and <hi>Peter,</hi> imply thus
much? For it cannot be thus called, because written to all Christians indefinitely and
generally, since the contrary expresly appears in the former; but because this as
well as the rest was written to those of the Circumcision, who were not a people
confined to any one certain City or Region, but dispersed through every Nation;
as we read in the <hi>Acts</hi> Chap. 2. verse 5, &amp;c. that at the Feast of Pentecost, when the
Holy Ghost came down upon the Apostles, <hi>There were sojourning at Ierusalem Iews,
devout men, out of every Nation under Heaven: Parthians, Medes, Elamites, and the
dwellers in Mesopotamia, Iudaea and Cappadocia, Pontes and Asia, and strangers of
Rome, Iews and Proselytes,</hi> (that is, Iews by race, and Iews by Religion,) &amp;c. For
we must not mistake those here numbred to be <hi>Gentiles,</hi> but<note n="*" place="margin">See this fully proved in Book I Dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>course XX.</note> 
                  <hi>Israelites,</hi> both of the
Ten Tribes captivated by <hi>Shalmaneser,</hi> and the other Two; some of whom never
returned from <hi>Babylon,</hi> but lived still in <hi>Mesopotamia:</hi> but of those who returned,
great multitudes were dispersed afterwards in <hi>Egypt, Libya,</hi> and many other Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vinces,
before the time of our Saviour's appearing in the flesh. So that the Apostles
of the Circumcision had their Province for largeness not much inferiour to those of
the Gentiles.</p>
               <p>But I come to note the places I spake of. And first out of the forenamed Epistle
of S. <hi>Iohn;</hi> where from that prediction of our Saviour's in the Gospel, that the
arising of false Prophets should Be one of the near signs of the nigh-approaching <hi>End</hi>
of the <hi>Iewish</hi> State, the Apostle thus refers unto it, Chap. 2. verse 18. <hi>Little chil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dren,
this is <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> the Last hour: and as ye have heard that Antichrist shall come,
even now there are many Antichrists; whereby we know that it is the Last time.</hi> Here
<pb n="664" facs="tcp:63175:385"/>
by <hi>the Last time</hi> I suppose no other thing to be meant but the near expiring of <hi>Da<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>niel</hi>'s
70 weeks, and with it the approaching End of the Iewish Commonwealth: and
why might not this Epistle be written in the Last week, at the beginning whereof
<hi>Iesus Ananiae</hi> began that woful cry, <hi>Wo unto Ierusalem and the Temple? Ioseph. l. 7.
Belli Iudaici.</hi> By <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>many Antichrists,</hi> are meant no other but false
Prophets or Counter-prophets to the Great Prophet,<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Cyril, Hierosol,</hi> C<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>tech. 6 ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pounds this of <hi>Iohn</hi> to mean <hi>Simon Magus.</hi>
                  </note> pretending an Unction and
Commission from Heaven (as he had) to teach the world some new revelation and
doctrine. For the name <hi>Christ</hi> implies the Unction of Prophecy as well as the Unction
of a Kingdom, and accordingly the name <hi>Antichrist:</hi> and therefore the <hi>Syriack</hi> here
turns it <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>False Christs,</hi> that is, such as should falsely pretend some ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>traordinary
Unction of Prophecy like unto him. And the coming of such as these
our Saviour in S. <hi>Matthew</hi>'s Gospel (a Gospel for the Hebrews) makes one of the
<hi>Last signs</hi> ushering the destruction of <hi>Ierusalem:</hi> And if the harmony of this Prophe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cy
in the three Evangelists be well considered, there was no more to come but the
<hi>compassing Ierusalem with armies.</hi> Well therefore might S. <hi>Iohn,</hi> when he saw so ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ny
Anti-prophets spring up, say, <hi>Hereby we know that it is the last time.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Again, because the Desolation of the Iewish State and Temple would be a great
confirmation of the Christian Faith; therefore the believing Iews, whom nothing
could so much stagger as the standing glory of that Temple and Religion, are en<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>couraged
by the nearness of that time of expectation when so great a confirmation of
their Faith of the <hi>Messias</hi> already come should appear. <hi>Hebrews 10. 23, 25, Let us
hold fast the profession of our Faith without wavering—and so much the more, as ye see
the Day approaching;</hi> namely, that day when you shall be sufficiently confirmed. So
I take the 35 and 37 Verses of the same Chapter, <hi>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>asi not away your confidence, which
hath great recompence of reward: For ye have need of patience—For yet a little while,
and he that shall come will come, and will not tarry.</hi> What [<hi>He</hi>] is this, but even He
whom <hi>Daniel says, The people of the Prince that shall come, shall destroy the City and
the Sanctuary? Dan.</hi> 9. 26. For even as the destruction of <hi>Papal Rome</hi> would be a great
confirmation of the Reformed Christian who hath forsaken the Communion of that
Religion, the continuance and supposed stability of the glory thereof being that
wherewith their Proctors endeavour most to shake and stagger us: So was the de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>struction
of the <hi>Iewish State</hi> and <hi>Temple</hi> to be unto those Iews who had withdrawn
themselves from that Body and Religion whereof they once had been, to embrace
the new Faith of the <hi>Messiah</hi> preached by the Apostles. For if at the end of the
70 weeks approaching, the Legal Sanctuary were rased, and the Iewish State dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>solved;
then would it be apparent indeed, <hi>That Messiah was already come and slain for
sin;</hi> because this was infallibly to come to pass within the compass and before the
expiration of those 70 weeks or 490 years allotted for the last continuance of that
City and Sanctuary, when it should be restored after the captivity of <hi>Babylon.</hi> Not
without cause therefore doth S. <hi>Peter</hi> in his second<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </note> Epistle say to the Christian
Iews, <hi>We have a more sure word of Prophecy, whereunto ye do well that ye take heed, as
unto a light shining in a dark place, until the day dawn and the day-star arise in your
hearts.</hi> Yea and besides, Because <hi>Iesus</hi> as well as <hi>Daniel</hi> had prophesied of
the approaching desolation of that City and Temple, mentioning all the Sign, that
were to usher it; if the Event, when time came, should fall out accordingly, then
must <hi>Iesus</hi> of <hi>Nazareth,</hi> who foretold the foregoing Signs thereof, be approved as a
true Prophet, by whom of a truth the Lord had spoken.</p>
               <p>Now for the last place that I mean to alledge; Because the fall and shock of that
State might shake the whole Nation wheresoever dispersed,
unless God spared the Christians,<note place="margin">Thus must that of S. <hi>Iames</hi> in chap. 5. 3. be ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pounded, and so <hi>Occumenius</hi> expounds the words, <hi>Weep and <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>oul, y<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>richmen, for the miserus that shall come upon you:—Ye have heaped up goods for the last dayes;</hi> that is, when the land of your State is a coming, and the <hi>Romans</hi> shall spoil you of all. This being supposed to be the reason why many of the Christian Iews sold their lands, and laid the mony at the Apostles <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>eet.</note> and made them alone
happy in that woful day; or rather because Christ had
foretold that one of the next fore-runners thereof should
be a general persecution of Christians, as it happened
under <hi>Nero;</hi> therefore the remembrance of the End of
these 70 weeks so near the expiring was a good caution
to all the Christian Iews to <hi>watch and pray.</hi> To this sense
therefore I take that of <hi>Peter, 1 Pet. 4. 7. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, The End of all
approacheth; be ye therefore sober, and watch unto prayer:</hi> that is, The End of all your
Commonwealth, Legal worship, Temple and Service, is now within a few years;
Be ye therefore sober, and watch unto prayer, that ye may be the more happy in that
day of vengeance and wrath upon our Nation. Neither need we wonder that this
<hi>Desolation</hi> should be called the <hi>End;</hi> for our Saviour himself taught them so to
<pb n="665" facs="tcp:63175:385"/>
speak in his Prophecy concerning it, as may appear if we consider that Antithesis in
S. <hi>Luke,</hi> chap. 21. 9. <hi>Ye shall hear of wars and commotions—but the End is not by
and by.</hi> Ver. 20. <hi>But when ye shall see Ierusalem encompassed with armies, then know
that the Desolation thereof is nigh.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>AND thus much I thought to add to my former discourse of <hi>Latter Times,</hi> lest
through ignorance thereof we might incline to that little better than blasphemous
conceit which<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>An.</hi> 57. S. 19. <hi>An.</hi> 72. S. 26. <hi>An.</hi> 82. S. 3.</note> 
                  <hi>Baronius</hi> by name and some other of <hi>Rome</hi>'s followers have taken
up; <hi>viz. That the Apostles in such like passages as we have noted were mistaken, as be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lieving
the End of the World should have been in their own time; God of purpose so or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dering
it, to cause in them a greater measure of zeal and contempt of worldly things.</hi> An
opinion, I think, not well beseeming a Christian.</p>
               <list>
                  <item>1. For, first, whatsoever we imagine the Apostles might here conceive in their
private opinions as men; yet we must know that the Holy Ghost, by whose instinct
they wrote the Scriptures, is the Spirit of truth; and therefore what is there affirm<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
must be true, yea, though the Pen-man himself understood it not.</item>
                  <item>2. It was not possible the Apostles should expect the <hi>End of the World</hi> to be in their
own time, when they knew so many things were to come to pass before it as could
not be fulfilled in a short time. As 1. The desolation<note n="a" place="margin">Matt. 24. Mark 13. Luke 21. Dan. 9. 24.</note> of <hi>Ierusalem,</hi> and that not
till the seventy weeks were expired. 2. The <hi>Iews</hi> to be<note n="b" place="margin">Luke 21. 24.</note> carried captives over all
Nations, and <hi>Ierusalem</hi> to be troden down of the Gentiles, until the times of the
Gentiles should be fulfilled. 3. That in the mean time the <hi>Roman</hi> Empire must be
ruined, and<note n="c" place="margin">2 Thess. 2. 7.</note> that which hindered taken out of the way. 4. That after that was
done,<note n="d" place="margin">lbid. v. 8.</note> the Man of sin should be revealed, and domineer his time in the Temple
and Church of God. 5. After all this, <hi>viz.</hi> when the<note n="e" place="margin">Rom. 11. 25.</note> fulness of the Gentiles
should come in, that <hi>Israel</hi> should be received again to mercy. 6. That Christ
should<note n="f" place="margin">1 Cor. 15. 24, 25. <hi>&amp;</hi> Hebr. 2. 8.</note> reign in his Church on earth so long till he had put down all rule, all autho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rity
and power, and subjected all his enemies under his feet, before he should sub<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>due
the last enemy, which is death, and surrender his kingdom into the hands of his
Father. 7. That the time should be so long, that in the last days should come Scof<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fers,
saying,<note n="g" place="margin">3 Per. 3. 4.</note> 
                     <hi>Where is the promise of his coming?</hi> How is it possible they should
imagine the <hi>Day of Doom</hi> to be so near, when all these things must first come to
pass, and not one of them was yet fulfilled? And how could the expectation of
this Day be made a ground of exhortation, and a motive to <hi>watchfulness and prayer,</hi>
as though it could suddenly and unawares surprize them, which had so many wonder<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ful
alterations to forego it, and none of them yet come to pass?</item>
               </list>
               <p>I have spoken hitherto of what was revealed to all the Apostles in general. But
if we take S. <hi>Iohn</hi> apart from the rest, and consider what was afterward revealed
to him in <hi>Patmos,</hi> we shall find in his <hi>Apocalyptical Visions,</hi> besides other times more
obscurely intimated, an express prophecy of no less than a thousand years; which,
whatever it mean, cannot be a small time, and must be fulfilled in this world, and
not in the world to come. Notwithstanding all this, I make no question but even
in the Apostles times many of the believing Gentiles, mistaking the Apostles ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>monitions
to the Iews of the <hi>End of their State</hi> approaching, thought the End of
whole world and the Day of the Lord had been also near; whom therefore S. <hi>Paul
2 Thess. 2.</hi> beseeches to be better informed, because that Day should not come until
the <hi>Apostasie</hi> came first, and the <hi>Man of sin</hi> were revealed.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="16" type="chapter">
               <pb n="666" facs="tcp:63175:386"/>
               <head>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> Expresly, <hi>or</hi> In express words.
CHAP. XVI.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>The Fourth Particular, viz. <hi>The Warrant</hi> or <hi>Proof of this Prophecy.</hi> When the Spi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rit
speaks <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, and when <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. That the Spirit foretold the <hi>Great Apostasy</hi>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> expresly in <hi>Dan</hi> 11. vers. 36, 37, 38, 39. A View of these Verses in the He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>braw
Text, with an exact Translation of them both in Latin and English. The chief
Difficulties in these Verses explained, and incidentally other places of Scripture. The
different opinions of <hi>Iunius</hi> and <hi>Graserus</hi> about Vers. 38. The Author's Translation
free from the inconveniences of both. A particular Explication of <hi>Mahoz</hi> and Mahu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>zim:
That hereby are meant <hi>Fortresses, Bulwarks,</hi> as also <hi>Protectors, Guardians,
Defenders, &amp;c.</hi> How fitly this Title is appliable to <hi>Angels</hi> and <hi>Saints,</hi> accounted to
be such by those that worshipt them.</p>
               </argument>
               <p>NOW I come to the <hi>Fourth</hi> particular of this <hi>Prophecy, The Warrant</hi> or <hi>Proof
thereof.</hi> The <hi>Spirit</hi> hath foretold it <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, or <hi>in express words,</hi> in some place
or other of Divine Writ, The <hi>Spirit</hi> told <hi>Peter, Acts 10. 19. Behold three men seek
thee.</hi> The <hi>Spirit</hi> said, <hi>Separate Barnabas and Saul, Acts 13. 2.</hi> The <hi>Spirit</hi> forbade
S. <hi>Paul</hi> to <hi>preach in Asia.</hi> The <hi>Spirit</hi> said that the Iews should bind <hi>S.</hi> Paul <hi>at Ieru<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>salem,
Acts 21. 11.</hi> But in all these the <hi>Spirit</hi> spake not <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> for these things were
nowhere written; and therefore what it spake, it spake <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, only by secret In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stinct
or Inspiration. But that which the <hi>Spirit speaks in the Written word,</hi> that it
<hi>speaks <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, verbatim, expresly.</hi> If therefore concerning this <hi>Apostasie</hi> of Christian
believers to be in the <hi>Latter times</hi> the <hi>Spirit speaketh</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>; then is it to be found some<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>where
in the Old Testament: for there alone the <hi>Spirit</hi> could be said to <hi>speak</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
or <hi>verbatim,</hi> in the Apostles time. Having therefore so good a hint given us, let us
see if we can find where the <hi>Spirit speaketh</hi> of this matter so <hi>expresly.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>There are three main things in this our Apostle's Prediction whereof I find the
<hi>Spirit</hi> to have spoken <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> or <hi>in express words,</hi> and that in the Prophecy of <hi>Daniel.</hi>
1. Of <hi>these Last</hi> or <hi>Letter times.</hi> 2. Of <hi>the new worship of</hi> Daemons <hi>in them.</hi>
3. Of a <hi>Prohibition of marriage to accompany them.</hi> As for the first of these, the
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Latter times, Daniel</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Ch. 7. 25.</note> (as you have heard before) expresly names
them, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>A time, times, and half a time;</hi> being those
<hi>Last times</hi> of the <hi>Last Kingdom,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Ver. 21.</note> wherein the <hi>Hornish Tyrant</hi> should make war with
the Saints, and prevail against them. For the second, <hi>A worship of new-Daemons</hi>
or <hi>Demi-gods</hi> with the profession of the name of Christ; you will perhaps think it
strange if I should shew it <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> But if I do; it was the Appendix of <hi>hindering</hi> or
<hi>debarring marriage,</hi> mentioned in the next verses, which as a thred led me the way
to the end of the eleventh chapter of <hi>Daniel,</hi> where I found it; and in a place too
very suspicious, being taken, I think, by almost all the Ancients for a <hi>Prophecy of
Antichrist;</hi> yea and so expounded by the greatest part of our own, though with
much variety of reading and application.</p>
               <p>But hear the words themselves in the 36, 37, 38, 39. verses of that eleventh
chapter of <hi>Daniel,</hi> translated, as I think, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>verbatim,</hi> without any wresting or
straining the Hebrew text: They are a Description of the <hi>Last</hi> or <hi>Roman Kingdom,</hi>
and the several states thereof, Conquering Nations, Persecuting Christians, False<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>worshipping
Christ. The words are these.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="667" facs="tcp:63175:386"/>
                  <table>
                     <head>Daniel Chap. 11. Vers. 36, 37, 38, 39.</head>
                     <row>
                        <cell>36. Then a King shall do ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cording
to his will, and shall ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>alt
and magnifie himself above
every God.</cell>
                        <cell>36. Tunc faciet pro li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bitu
suo Rex, &amp; extollet
ac magnificabit seipsum
supra omnem Deum.</cell>
                        <cell>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>
                        </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>Yea against the God of God,
shall he speak marvellous things;
and shall prosper until the In<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dignation
be accomplished: for the determined time shall be
fulfilled.</cell>
                        <cell>Etiam contra Deum
Deorum loquetur stupen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>da;
proficiétque donec
consummata fuerit Indig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>natio:
nam statutum
perficietur.</cell>
                        <cell>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>
                        </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>37. Then he shall not regard
the Gods of his Ancestors, nor
shall he regard the Desire of
women, no nor any God: but
he shall magnifie himself above
all.</cell>
                        <cell>37. Tunc ad Deos Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jorum
suorum attendet;
nec ad Desiderium muli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>erum,
nec ad ullum Nu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>men
attendet: sed supra
omne se magnificabit.</cell>
                        <cell>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>
                        </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>38. For to [<hi>or</hi> together with]
God, in his seat, he shall ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nour
<hi>Mahuzzims:</hi> even toge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
with that God whom his
Ancestours knew not, shall he ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nour
[them] with gold, and
with silver, and with precious
stones, and with pleasant things.</cell>
                        <cell>38. Nam ad [<hi>vel</hi> jux<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ta]
Deum, <hi>Mahuzzimos</hi>
in sede ejus honorabit; sci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>licet
ad Deum quem non ag<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>noverunt
Majores ejus, ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>norabit
[eos] auro, &amp; ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gento,
&amp; lapidibuspretiosis,
&amp; rebus desideratissimis.</cell>
                        <cell>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>
                        </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>39. And he shall make the
Holds of the <hi>Mahuzzims</hi> with<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>all
(<hi>or</hi> joyntly) to the <hi>Forein
God;</hi> whom acknowledging,
he shall encrease with honour;
and shall cause them to rule over
many, and shall distribute the
earth for a reward.</cell>
                        <cell>39. Et faciet muni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>menta <hi>Mahuzzimorum</hi>
unà Deoperegrino [<hi>seu</hi> ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>otico;]
quem agnoscendo, multiplicabit honore; &amp;
dominari facie<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap> eos in
multos, terr<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>mque partie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur
in mercedem.</cell>
                        <cell>
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap>
                        </cell>
                     </row>
                  </table>
               </p>
               <list>
                  <item>1. Now for the understanding of this Prophecy, we must take notice, that the
Prophet <hi>Daniel</hi> at the beginning of these verses leaves off the <hi>Greek</hi> Kingdom with
<hi>Antiochus,</hi> (of whom he was speaking before,) and falls about the <hi>Roman:</hi> the reason
being, because after <hi>Antiochus</hi> (in whose time <hi>Macedonia,</hi> whence that Kingdom
sprung, with all the rest of <hi>Greece</hi> came under the <hi>Roman</hi> obedience,) the Third
Kingdom comes no more in the holy reckoning; <hi>Daniel</hi> himself calling the time of
<hi>Antiochus</hi> his reign, <hi>the latter end</hi> of the <hi>Greek</hi> kingdom, ch. 8. 23. and, as I take it,
he intimates the same in this chapter in the verse immediately fore-going these we
have now to deal withal: From thence forward therefore the <hi>Roman</hi> succeeds in the
account of the <hi>Great Kalendar of Times</hi>
                  </item>
                  <item>2. Under the name <hi>King</hi> we must understand the whole <hi>Roman State,</hi> under what
kind of Government soever. For the Hebrews use <hi>King</hi> for <hi>Kingdom, and Kingdom</hi>
for <hi>any Government, State</hi> or <hi>Polity</hi> in the world. For the Devil in the Gospel is said
to have shewn Christ <hi>all the Kingdoms of the world,</hi> Monarchies, Aristocracies, De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mocracies,
or what other kind soever.</item>
                  <item>
                     <p>3. Where it is said, that this King should <hi>exalt himself above every God;</hi> nothing is
thereby meant but the greatness and generality of his conquests and prevailings. And
the reason of that phrase or manner of speech should seem to be, Because in the times
of Paganism every City and Country was supposed to have their proper and peculiar
Gods, which were deemed as their Guardians and Protectors: Whence in the
Scripture, according to the language of that time, we may observe a threefold use
of speech.</p>
                     <p>First, the Nations themselves are expressed and implied under the names of their
Gods. The <hi>Israelites</hi> were called <hi>The people of Iehovah.</hi> So are the Moabites <hi>the
people of Chemosh, Numb. 21. 29.</hi> The Lord threatned (<hi>Deut.</hi> 4. 28. &amp; 28. 36, &amp; 64.
<pb n="668" facs="tcp:63175:387"/>
                        <hi>Ier.</hi> 16. 13.) to <hi>scatter Israel among the nations, from one end of the earth even to an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>other,
and that there they should serve other Gods day and night; Gods, the work of mens
hands, wood and stone, which neither they nor their Fathers had known:</hi> that is they
should <hi>serve</hi> them, not <hi>Religiously,</hi> but <hi>Politically,</hi> inasmuch as they were to become
Slaves and Vassals to<note n="*" place="margin">So <hi>Targum Onkelos</hi> and <hi>Ionathan</hi> both render it ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>presly, <hi>Servics p<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                 <desc>•</desc>
                              </gap>puli<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                 <desc>•</desc>
                              </gap> 
                              <gap reason="foreign">
                                 <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                              </gap> ser<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vientibus Ido<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lis, Deut.</hi> 28. 36, 64. also <hi>c.</hi> 4. 28. <hi>necnon Targum Iona<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>than. Ir.</hi> 16. 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>. 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 26. 19. that is, in all the places fore<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cited.</note> Idolatrous Nations; even such Idolaters as neither they nor
their Fathers had ever heard of. For as for a <hi>Religious</hi> service of Idols, the Iews
were never so free as in their captivity, as we see by experience at this day: but
with the service of bondage they may be said <hi>Politically</hi> to have been the Vas<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sals
of Idols, as being in bondage to the servants of other Gods. As a Christian taken
by the Turk may in the like sense be said to come in bondage and be a slave to <hi>Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>homet:</hi>
For a Slave to the Servants is in a sense Servant to their Master. Let it also
be considered whether that of <hi>David,</hi> 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 26. 19. be not to be expounded according
to this notion, <hi>They have driven me out this day from abiding in the inheritance of the Lord,
saying, Go serve other Gods;</hi> that is, banished me into a Nation of another Religion.</p>
                     <p>Secondly, The exploits of the Nations are said to be done by their Gods, even as
we by like privilege of speech ascribe unto our Kings what is done by the People
under them. Thus 2 <hi>Chron.</hi> 28. 23. the Gods of <hi>Damascus</hi> are said to have smote
<hi>Ahaz: He sacrificed to the Gods of</hi> Damascus <hi>that smote him: and he said, Because the
Gods of</hi> Syria <hi>help them, therefore will I sacrifice to them, that they may help me. Ier.</hi> 51.
44. it is said of the Dominion of <hi>Babylon,</hi> That the Nations <hi>flowed together unto Bel,</hi>
and that he had <hi>swallowed up</hi> their wealth, which the Lord threatned there to <hi>bring
forth</hi> again <hi>out of his mouth.</hi>
                     </p>
                     <p>Thirdly, and that most frequently of all others, What is attempted against the
Nations, is said to be attempted against their Gods: Even as Generals bear the
name not only of the exploits, but also of the disadvantages of the Armies led by
them; So her the Gods are said to receive the affronts, defeatures and discomfi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tures
given to the People under their patronage.<note n="*" place="margin">2 <hi>Sam.</hi> 7 23. God is said to have redeemed Israel from E<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gypt, <hi>from the Nations and their Gods</hi> See Tr<gap reason="illegible: indecipherable" extent="1 span">
                              <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                           </gap>el. who turns it more to our purpose.</note> 
                        <hi>Rabshakeh</hi> vounts in his Master's
name, 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 18. 33. <hi>Hath any of Gods of the Nations delivered at all his land out
of the hand of</hi> Assyria? <hi>where are the Gods of</hi> Hamath, <hi>and of</hi> Arpad? <hi>where are the
Gods of</hi> Sepharvaim? <hi>Isay</hi> 46. 1, 2. prophesieth thus of the taking of <hi>Babylon by
Cyrus;</hi> Bel <hi>boweth down,</hi> Nebo <hi>stoopeth—they could not deliver the burthen, but they
themselves are gone into captivity.</hi> In the like strain prophesieth <hi>Ieremy,</hi> chap. 50. 2.
Babylon <hi>is taken,</hi> Bel <hi>is confounded,</hi> Merodach <hi>is broken in pieces, her Idols are con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>founded,</hi>
&amp;c. And again, <hi>Ier.</hi> 51. 44. <hi>I will punish</hi> Bel <hi>in</hi> Babylon, <hi>and I will bring
out of his mouth that which he hath swallowed up, and the Nations shall not flow toge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
any more unto him: yea the wall of</hi> Babylon <hi>shall fall.</hi> The same Prophet saith of
<hi>Moah</hi>'s captivity, chap. 48. 7. <hi>Thou shalt be taken, and</hi> Chemosh <hi>shall go into captivity
with his Priests and his Princes together. Moab</hi> likewise in his affronts and derision of <hi>Is<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rael</hi>
is<note n="*" place="margin">Vers. 26. &amp; 42.</note> said to have <hi>magnified himself against the Lord.</hi> According to which manner
of speech the success and prevailing of the <hi>Roman</hi> in the advancing his Dominion
and subduing every Nation under him, is here expressed by his <hi>exalting</hi>
and <hi>magnifying himself above every God.</hi> This I suppose to be the ground of that
manner of speech; though if any had rather, as others do, take <hi>Gods</hi> here for the
<hi>Kings</hi> and <hi>Potentates of the earth,</hi> it will I confess come all to one purpose.</p>
                  </item>
                  <item>4. By the <hi>Gods of their Ancestors,</hi> whom the <hi>Roman</hi> State should at length cashier
and cast off, are meant all the Pagan Deities and Heathen Gods which were wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>shipped
in that Empire.</item>
                  <item>5. By <hi>the Desire of Women,</hi> which the <hi>Roman</hi> also at that time should not regard as
he was wont, is meant <hi>Desire of Wiving,</hi> or Desire of having Women for the society
of life, conjugal affection, which is expressed <hi>Gen.</hi> 2. 24 to be such a desire for which
<hi>a man shall leave father and mother, and cleave to his wife, and they shall be both one
flesh.</hi> And it might have been translated in this place, <hi>Desire of Wives,</hi> as well as <hi>Desire
of Women;</hi> for there is no other word used in the Original for <hi>Wives</hi> above once
or twice in the whole Scripture, but this <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> which is here turned <hi>women.</hi> With
the like use of the word <hi>Desire,</hi> the Spouse in the <hi>Canticles,</hi> chap. 7. 10. expresseth her
wel-beloved to be her Husband: <hi>I am my wel-beloved</hi>'s (saith she) <hi>and his Desire
is towards me;</hi> that is, He is my Husband: for so twice before the expressed her
self, chap. 2. 16. <hi>My beloved is mine, and I am his;</hi> and chap. 6. 3. <hi>I am my beloved's
and my beloved is mine.</hi> So <hi>Ezek.</hi> 24. 16. the Lord threatning to take away <hi>Ezekiel</hi>'s
wife, saith, <hi>Behold I take away from thee the Desire of thine eyes</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, and af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terward
ver. 18. it followeth, <hi>And at even my wife died.</hi> Yea, the <hi>Roman</hi> language it
self is not unacquainted with this speech: <hi>Cicero ad uxorem, Eu mealex, meum desi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derium.</hi>
                     <pb n="669" facs="tcp:63175:387"/>
This <hi>Desire of women and married life</hi> the <hi>Roman</hi> should discountenance, when
he shook off the Gods of his Ancestors.</item>
                  <item>6. By the <hi>Strange and Forein God</hi> whom the <hi>Roman</hi> should at length acknowledge,
is meant<note n="a" place="margin">See the ora<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion of <hi>Licinius</hi> to his Souldiers <hi>Euseb. de vita Constantin.</hi> lib. 2. <hi>c.</hi> 5.</note> Christ. For though to the <hi>Iew</hi> every <hi>Strange</hi> and <hi>Forein God</hi> were a
<hi>False</hi> God; yet to the <hi>Gentiles,</hi> who worshipped none but the Idols, the <hi>Forein God</hi>
was the <hi>True:</hi> Therefore the Philosophers at <hi>Athens,</hi> when S. <hi>Paul</hi> preached Christ
unto them, said, He preached<note n="b" place="margin">Syr. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> The Altar he there speaks of in his defence was inscribed <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, <hi>which God</hi> (saith he) <hi>I preach unto you.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>a Forein God.</hi> The want of which
consideration hath much obscured this Prophecy; this <hi>ForeinGod</hi> being still supposed to
be a <hi>False</hi> God; when to those who worshipped all kinds of <hi>False Gods,</hi> as the<note n="c" place="margin">Roma cùm penè omnibus dominatetur Gentibus, omnium Gentium serviebar erroribus; &amp; magnam sibi videbatur assumpsisse Religionem quia nullam <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>espuebat falsitatem. <hi>Leo Mag. in Ser. 1. in nat. Apost. Petri &amp; Pauli.</hi> Hic confutandi Daemonum cultus, hìc omnium sacrificiorum imp<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ie <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>as destruenda, ubi diligentiss<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ma Supersti<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ione habeatur collectum, quicquid usquam fuerat vanis erroribus institut<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>m. <hi>ld. ib.</hi>
                     </note> 
                     <hi>Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>man</hi>
did, a <hi>Forein God, whom their Fathers knew not,</hi> must needs be the <hi>True.</hi>
                  </item>
                  <item>7. Where it is said, <hi>With this Forein God he shall honour Mahuzzims,</hi> these <hi>Mahuz<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>zims</hi>
or <hi>Maùzzims</hi> are these <hi>Daemons</hi> we seek for, whom the <hi>Roman</hi> should worship
with Christ whom he should embrace. For <hi>Mahuzzim</hi> are <hi>Protectores Dii,</hi> (such as
<hi>Saints</hi> and <hi>Angels</hi> are supposed to be) as I shall shew by and by; where though I may
be new for the particular, yet for the general I shall agree well enough with the Fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thers,
who constantly thought that under these <hi>Mahuzzim</hi> was some Idolmeant which
<hi>Antichrist</hi> should worship, and many of our time have taken it for the <hi>Mass.</hi>
                  </item>
               </list>
               <p>But I must first say something of the translation of this 38. verse, and then will come
to the signification of this word <hi>Mahuzzim.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>For the first; Whereas the Preposition <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> in <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is usually neglected, and the
words <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>God</hi> and <hi>Mahuzzim</hi> construed together as one thing, <hi>viz.
God Mahuzzim,</hi> or, as some, <hi>The God of Forces;</hi> I express the Preposition <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, and con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>strue
<hi>God</hi> and <hi>Mahuzzim</hi> apart as Two; viz. <hi>To,</hi> or, <hi>Together with, God he shall honour
Mahuzzims,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>Ad</hi> (vel <hi>juxta) Deum Mahuzzimos honor abit,</hi> &amp;c. For the Pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>position
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is made of <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> and signifies the same with it, namely an Addition or Adjoyn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
of things, <hi>Ad, Iuxta, Apud,</hi> and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>super, propter,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>To, Besides,</hi> and <hi>Together with</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">See this use of <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Ezra.</hi> 1. 5. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, Vulg. <hi>&amp;</hi> Angl. <hi>with Lev.</hi> 16. 21. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, Vulg. <hi>atque,</hi> LXX <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. <hi>Num.</hi> 33. 2. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> LXX <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> chap. 32. 33. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> LXX <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Vulg. <hi>cùm</hi> Angl. <hi>with.</hi>
                  </note>; as
<hi>Lev.</hi> 18. 18. <hi>Thou shalt not take a wise to her sister,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, that is, <hi>together with her sister.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>By this means the controversie betwixt <hi>Iunius</hi> and <hi>Graserus</hi> is taken away: For <hi>Iuni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>us,</hi>
as should seem, seeing no reason why the Preposition? <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> should be neglected, and that
by so doing the Verb <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> was made irregularly and against use to govern a Dative case,
he expresses the Preposition by <hi>Quod ad</hi> or <hi>Quod attinet ad,</hi> (that is) <hi>As concerning.</hi> But
the words <hi>God</hi> and <hi>Mahuzzim</hi> he sundreth not, but turneth them as in <hi>statu constructo,
viz.</hi> The <hi>God of Mights</hi> or <hi>Forces;</hi> understanding thereby <hi>the True and Almighty God
himself.</hi> Against which <hi>Graserus</hi> excepts, 1. That to render the Preposition <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Ad [As
concerning</hi>] savours of a Latinism rather than of an Hebraism. 2. That he doth as good
as strike out the distinctive Accent<note n="a" place="margin">Under the verb <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> vers. 38.</note> 
                  <hi>Athnach</hi> [<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>] which is a <hi>Colon;</hi> in as much as he
makes the sentence being a full member to be imperfect and defective; and yet would
seem to stand in awe of that smaller distinction <hi>Zakeph-katon</hi> [:] over the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <hi>Mahuzzim,</hi> which yet stands there, as<note n="b" place="margin">
                     <hi>viz.</hi> ver. 42. of this ch. over <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, and vers. 3. of the next ch. over <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> where it is un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>possible it should distin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guish, and so elsewhere.</note> elsewhere, but for a <hi>Nota bene.</hi> 3. That to ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pound
<hi>God Mahuzzim</hi> to be the <hi>True God,</hi> against the consent not only of Iews, who
ever take it for some <hi>Idol</hi> or other, but of the ancient Christian writers, who understand
by it some <hi>Idol of Antichrist,</hi> yea some the <hi>Devil</hi> himself; and of many of our own, who
take it for the Idol of the <hi>Mass,</hi> and some otherwise, yet for an <hi>Idol-deity;</hi> To expound
this of the <hi>True</hi> and <hi>Almighty God</hi> without example in Scripture, <hi>Graserus</hi> thinks not
tolerable. Wherefore himself had rather yield the construction of the verb <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> be
irregular, (<hi>Iunius</hi> himself having admitted it in the next member of the verse) and
to suppose it to be a mystical Solecism, the Spirit intending by the Anomaly and in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>congruity
of the Syntax to signifie an Anomaly and incongruity of Religion. But these
inconveniences on both sides, as far as I can see, are wholly avoided by that Transla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
we have given: whereof let the Reader judge.</p>
               <p>I come now to unfold the signification of the word <hi>Mahuzzim;</hi> (a word which the
most Translations retain, the Septuagint calling it <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> S. <hi>Ierome</hi> or the Vulgar
Latin <hi>Maozim,</hi> the <hi>Geneva</hi> and others <hi>Maüzim.</hi>) This <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Mahuzzim,</hi> I say, is in
the Plural number; the singular is <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Mahoz,</hi> which in the abstract signifies some<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>times
<hi>Strength,</hi> sometimes a <hi>Fortress</hi> or <hi>Bulwark,</hi> of <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Robustus fuit:</hi> But the
Hebrews use Abstracts for Concretes. Examples are many in the Old Testa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ment,
as <hi>Iustitia pro Iustis, Captivity</hi> for <hi>Captives,</hi> &amp;c. In the New Testament,<note n="*" place="margin">Coloss. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>. 16.</note> 
                  <hi>Principalities, Powers</hi> and <hi>Dominions,</hi> for <hi>Princes, Potentates</hi> and <hi>Dominators.</hi>
                  <pb n="670" facs="tcp:63175:388"/>
So <hi>Mahoz, Strength</hi> or a <hi>Fortress,</hi> for <hi>him that strengthens</hi> or <hi>fortifies,</hi> that is a <hi>Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tector,
Defender, Guardian, Helper.</hi> Wherefore the Septuagint five times in the Psalms
render the word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Mahoz</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, and the Vulgar Latine as often <hi>Protector:</hi>
the places are these. <hi>Psal.</hi> 27. 1. <hi>The Lord is <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> the Protector of my life, of whom
should I be afraid?</hi> Psal. 28. 8. <hi>The Lord is their strength, and he is <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hoZ Ieshuoth, the Mahoz of Salvations</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Some render it not <hi>of,</hi> but, <hi>is his A<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ointed</hi> or <hi>Messiah,</hi> that is, <hi>Messiah is, Mahoz Ie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sh<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                           <desc>•••</desc>
                        </gap>.</hi>
                  </note> 
                  <hi>of his anointed:</hi> where the Septuagint hath
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> the Vulgar, <hi>Protector salvationum.</hi> Psal. 31. 3. <hi>Bow down
thine ear to me, deliver me speedily, be thou unto me <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> for a Rock Mahoz;</hi> Sep<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tuagint,
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, Vulg. <hi>in Deum Protectorem.</hi> Again vers. 5. <hi>Pull me out
of the net that they have laid privily for me, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> ki atta Mahuzzi, for thou art
my Protector;</hi> the Septuagint, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, the Vulgar, <hi>Protector.</hi> Psal. 37. 39. <hi>The
salvation of the righteous is from the Lord, he is <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Mahuzam, their Mahoz in the
time of trouble, and the Lord shall help them and deliver them from the wicked,</hi> &amp;c. where
the Septuagint and the Vulgar render as before <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> and <hi>Protector.</hi> How
think you now? Are not <hi>Saints</hi> and <hi>Angels</hi> worshipped as <hi>Mahuzzims?</hi> True Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stians
have with <hi>David,</hi> in the Psalms before quoted, one <hi>Mahoz, Iehovah Mahoz,</hi>
that is, <hi>Christ;</hi> but Apostate Christians have their many <hi>Mahuzzims.</hi> O would they
worshipped only <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> that <hi>Mahoz of salvations,</hi> as you heard <hi>David</hi>
even now call him, <hi>Psal.</hi> 28. You may if you please compare with these places of the
Psalms that in the first verse of this eleventh of <hi>Daniel,</hi> where the <hi>Angel</hi> saith he
stood in the first year of <hi>Darius</hi> the <hi>Mede</hi> to <hi>confirm</hi> and be a <hi>Mahoz</hi> to him, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
which we translate, <hi>to strengthen him:</hi> By which we may see how fitly this name
may be applied to <hi>Angels,</hi> and so to <hi>Saints</hi> supposed in <hi>helping, protecting</hi> and <hi>assisting</hi>
to be like them.</p>
               <p>Thus you see the concrete sense of <hi>Mahoz</hi> for <hi>an Helper, Protector</hi> and <hi>Defender,</hi>
is not new. But what if we take the word passively, <hi>Force</hi> and <hi>Strength,</hi> for <hi>Forts</hi>
and <hi>Strong ones?</hi> Will not then the <hi>valiant Martyrs</hi> and Champions of the Faith well
bear the name of <hi>Mahuzzims?</hi> And these are they whom, at the first, Christians
worshipped only in this sort, as an honour peculiarly due uto their sufferings.</p>
               <p>Moreover, that you may not think this word and the notion thereof improper to
be given unto a Deity, observe that the true God is called <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> a <hi>Rock</hi> seven times
<hi>Deut.</hi> 32. which the Vulgar turns as often <hi>Deus;</hi> yea in the same place <hi>False gods</hi> are
called also <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> or <hi>Rocks:</hi> ver. 31. <hi>Their Rock</hi> (that is, <hi>the Gentiles Rock) is not as our
Rock, even our enemies them selves being Iudges;</hi> and ver. 37. <hi>Where are their Gods,</hi>
(that is, <hi>Baalim) their Rock in whom they trusted, which did eat the fat of their sacri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fices?</hi>
&amp;c. The like you shall find in<note n="*" place="margin">1 Sam. 2. 2.</note> 
                  <hi>Hannah</hi>'s Song, and other places of Scripture.
See now the parity. The True God is called a <hi>Rock; Baalim</hi> and False Gods are also
<hi>Rocks:</hi> The True God, or Christ himself, is often by <hi>David</hi> call'd <hi>Mahoz;</hi> why
may not then False Gods, or Plurality of Christs, be called <hi>Mahuzzim? Rock</hi> and
<hi>Fortress</hi> are not words of so great difference.</p>
               <p>Thus having cleared the chiefest difficulties in the Text, and made the way smooth,
let us read over the words again, and apply the Interpretation unto them.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="17" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. XVII.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>A particular explication (by way of Paraphrase) of the forementioned Prophecy in <hi>Dan.
11.</hi> This further illustrated by several Observations, wherein the Events are represented
as exactly sutable and appliable to <hi>Daniel</hi>'s Prophecy. That at the beginning of <hi>Saint<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>worship</hi>
in the Church, <hi>Saints</hi> and their <hi>Reliques</hi> were called <hi>Bulwarks, Fortresses,
Walls, Towers, Guardians, Protectors,</hi> &amp;c. according to the native signification of
the word used by Daniel, <hi>Mahuzzim.</hi> A brief explication of the following verses in
<hi>Dan. 11.</hi> viz. vers. 40, 41, 42, 43.</p>
               </argument>
               <p>
                  <table>
                     <row>
                        <cell>
                           <hi>Dan. 11. Vers. 36.</hi> THen a King
shall do accor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ding
to his will, and shall ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>alt
or magnifie himself above
every God;</cell>
                        <cell>36. <hi>THat is,</hi> Toward the end of the Reign of <hi>Anti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ochus
Epiphanes</hi>
                           <note n="*" place="margin">See the no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tice hereof at that time taken by the Iews, 1 Macc. 8, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                 <desc>•</desc>
                              </gap> 
                              <hi>princip. ad v.</hi> 13. <hi>inclusiv<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                    <desc>•</desc>
                                 </gap>.</hi>
                           </note>, the <hi>Roman</hi> shall prevail, and
set up the Fourth Kingdom, making himself Master of
the Kingdom of <hi>Macedon,</hi> and advancing himself from
this time forward by continual conquests, shall Lord
it over every King and Nation;</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>
                           <pb n="672" facs="tcp:63175:388"/>Yea against the God of Gods
shall he speak marvellous
things; and shall prosper, until
the Indignation be accompli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>shed:
For the determined
time shall be fulfilled.</cell>
                        <cell>Yea Christ, the God of Gods and King
of the Kings of the earth, (who in those times should appear in the
world) the <hi>Roman</hi> shall mock, blaspheme and crucifie,
and by most bloudy Edicts shall persecute and massacre
his servants the Christians; and yet shall prosper in his
Empire, until these outragious times be ended, that is,
until the daies of <hi>Constantine:</hi> For the time God hath
appointed must be fulfilled.</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>
                           <hi>Verse 37.</hi> Then he shall not
regard the Gods of his An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cestors,
nor shall he regard the
Desire of Women, no nor any
God: but he shall magnifie
himself above all.</cell>
                        <cell>37. When that appointed time for the date of his
prosperity comes to its period, and the time of the ruin
and change of his Dominion draws near; than this
<hi>Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>man State</hi> shall cashier and forsake the Idols and False
Gods whom their Fathers worshipped, and shall ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>knowledge
Christ, a God whom their Fathers knew
not. At that time the <hi>Desire of Women and married
life</hi> shall be discountenanced, and shall not be of that
account and regard it had been; but, contrary to the
long-continued custome of the <hi>Romans,</hi> single life
shall be honoured and priviledged above it: yea and
soon after the <hi>Roman</hi> shall bear himself so as if he re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>garded
not any God, and with Antichristian pride shall
magnifie himself over all.</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>
                           <hi>Verse 38.</hi> For to (or to<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gether
with) God in his seat
he shall honour Mahuzzims;
even together with that God whom his Ancestors knew not,
shall he honour [them] with gold, and
with silver, and with precious stones, and with
pleasant things.</cell>
                        <cell>38. <hi>That is,</hi> Together with the Christian God,
who is a jealous God and to be worshipped alone, he
shall worship <hi>Mahuzzims</hi> even in his seat and Temple;
even with the forein God, whom his Ancestors ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>knowledged
not, shall he honour <hi>Mahuzzims</hi> with
gold and silver, and with precious stones, and with
pleasant things.</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>
                           <hi>Verse 39.</hi> And he shall
make the Holds of the Mahuz<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>zims
withal (<hi>or</hi> joyntly) to
the Forein God; whom ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>knowledging,
he shall encrease
with honour: and he shall
cause them to rule over many,
and shall distribute the earth
for a reward.</cell>
                        <cell>39. And though the Christian God, whom he shall
profess to acknowledge and worship, can endure no
Compeers; yet shall he consecrate his Temples and
Monasteries (Ecclesiastical Holds) joyntly to the
Christian God and to his <hi>Mahuzzims, Deo &amp; Sanctis:</hi>
yea he shall distribute the earth among his <hi>Mahuz<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>zims;</hi>
so that beside several patrimonies which in eve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ry
Countrey he shall allot them, he shall share whole
Kingdoms and Provinces among them: Saint <hi>George</hi>
shall have <hi>England,</hi> Saint <hi>Andrew Scotland,</hi> Saint <hi>De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nis
France,</hi> Saint <hi>Iames Spain,</hi> Saint <hi>Mark Venice,</hi> &amp;c.
and bear rule as Presidents and Patrons of their several
Countries.</cell>
                     </row>
                  </table>
               </p>
               <p>Thus we see how <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, how <hi>expresly</hi> the Spirit foretold that the <hi>Roman</hi> Empire,
having rejected the multitude of Gods and <hi>Daemons</hi> worshipped by their Ancestors,
and betaken themselves to that One and Only God which their Fathers knew not,
should nevertheless depart from this their Faith, and revive again the old <hi>Theology
of Daemons</hi> by a new Superinduction of <hi>Mahuzzims.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Now although this Prophecy thus applied be so evident, that the only pointing
at the Event were able almost to convince the Reader; yet that we may yet the more
admire the Truth of God in the contemplation of an Event so sutable, I will add
these following Observations concerning it.</p>
               <div n="1" type="part">
                  <head>1.</head>
                  <p>First, That agreeably with the date of the Holy Ghost, the Roman Historians
themselves have observed and marked out that time of their prevailing against <hi>Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cedonia</hi>
(which I said was accomplished toward the end of the reign of <hi>Antiochus Epi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phanes</hi>)
for the beginning of their Dominion over the world. <hi>Lucius Florus
<pb n="672" facs="tcp:63175:389"/>
lib. 2. cap. 7.</hi> Cedente <hi>Hannibale,</hi> praemium victoriae Africa fuit, &amp; secutus Africam
terrarum rrbis.<note place="margin">The Aposta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sie of the latter Times PART II.</note> Post Carthaginem vinci neminem puduit; secutae sunt statim Africam
Gentes, Macedonia, Graecia, Syria, caeteráque omnia, quodam quasi aestu &amp; torrente for<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tunae:
Sed primi omnium Macedones, affectator quondam imperii populus. <hi>Hannibal</hi>
being worsted, <hi>Africa</hi> became the reward of the victory, and after <hi>Africa</hi> the whole world
also. None thought it a shame to be overcome, after <hi>Carthage</hi> was. <hi>Macedonia, Greece,
Syria</hi> and all other Nations, as if carried with a certain current and torrent of Fortune,
did soon follow <hi>Africa:</hi> But the first who followed were the <hi>Macedonians,</hi> a people that
sometime affected the Empire of the World. <hi>In</hi> Velleius Paterculus <hi>lib. 1. c. 6. is an Anno<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tation
out of one</hi> AEmilius Sura, <hi>in these words;</hi> AEmilius Sura de annis populi Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mani.
Assyrii principes omnium Gentium, rerum potiti sunt, deinde Medi, postea Persae,
deinde Macedones; exinde duobus regibus, Philippo &amp; Antiocho, qui à Macedonibus ori<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>undi
erant, haud multò post Carthaginem subactam, devictis, summa Imperii ad Populum
Romanum pervenit. Inter hoc tempus &amp; initium <hi>Nini</hi> Regis Assyriorum, qui Princeps
rerum potitus, intersunt anni <hi>MDCCCCXCV.</hi> The <hi>Assyrians</hi> had the Sovereign domi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nion
the first of all Nations, then the <hi>Medes</hi> and <hi>Persians;</hi> after them the <hi>Macedonians:</hi>
afterwards those two Kings, <hi>Philip</hi> and <hi>Antiochus,</hi> being overcome, and that a little af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter
that <hi>Carthage</hi> was subdued, the Imperial Power came to the <hi>Romans.</hi> Between which
time and the beginning of the Reign of <hi>Ninus</hi> the first <hi>Assyrian</hi> King there are one thou<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sand
nine hundred ninety five years. <hi>Here the time of the</hi> Romans <hi>prevailing against
the</hi> Macedonian <hi>Kings is made the beginning of their Empire; even as</hi> Daniel <hi>also
beginneth the</hi> Roman <hi>account from thence; but with this difference, that whereas</hi>
AEmilius Sura <hi>seems to reckon from the beginning of those prevailings in the victories
against</hi> Philip, Daniel <hi>counts from the victory against</hi> Perseus <hi>his son, when that Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quest
was now perfected, and</hi> Macedonia <hi>brought into a Province; which happened
(as I have already said) the same year that</hi> Antiochus Epiphanes <hi>prophaned the Tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ple
of</hi> Ierusalem.<note place="margin">Vid euam 1 Macc. cap. 8.</note>
                  </p>
               </div>
               <div n="2" type="part">
                  <head>2.</head>
                  <p>
                     <hi>That no Kingdom in the world,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">
                        <hi>Tertull, Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>loge<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>. l.</hi> 1. <hi>c.</hi> 24. Tot igi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>u<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> sacri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>legia <hi>Roma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>norum,</hi> quot trophaea; tot de Diis, quot de Gentibus tri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>umphi; to<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nubiae, quo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> manent adhuc Simulachra captivo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>um Deo<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>um.</note> 
                     <hi>that we know of, could more</hi> literally <hi>be said in
their conquests to</hi> exalt and magnifie them selves above every God, <hi>than the</hi> Roman; <hi>in
respect of a solemn custome they used in their wars, by a certain charm to call out
the gods from any City when they besieged it. The form whereof</hi> Macrobius <hi>gives us</hi>
l. 3. Saturn c. <hi>8. as he found it in</hi> Sammonicus Serenus <hi>his fifth Book of hidden secrets;
namely this.</hi>—If it be a God, if it be a Goddess that hath the People and City of <hi>Carthage</hi>
in protection; And thou especially, whosoever thou art, the Patron of this City and people,
I pray and beseech, and with your leave require you to abandon the People and City of <hi>Car<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thage,</hi>
to forsake the places, Temples, Ceremonies, and Enclosures of their City, to go
away from them, and to strike fear, terrour and astonishment into that People and City:
and having left it, to come to <hi>Rome</hi> to me and mine; and that our Cities, Places, Temples,
Ceremonies, be more acceptable and better liked of you; that you would take the charge of
me, of the People of <hi>Rome</hi> and of my souldiers, so as we may know and understand it.
If you do so, I vow to build you Temples, and to appoint solemn sports for you.</p>
               </div>
               <div n="3" type="part">
                  <head>3.</head>
                  <p>
                     <hi>That</hi> Constantine, <hi>the first Emperour under whom that State forsook the Gods of
their Forefathers and became Christian, together with this alteration abrogated those
ancient</hi> Roman <hi>Laws,</hi> Iulia <hi>and</hi> Pap<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>a, <hi>wherein the</hi> Desire of women and married life <hi>was
so much priviledged and encouraged, and single and unmarried life disadvantaged. Hear
it in the words of</hi> Sozomen, lib. 1. c. 9. Hist. Eccl. There was (<hi>saith he</hi>) an ancient Law among
the <hi>Romans,</hi> forbidding those who after five and twenty years old were unmarried, to
enjoy the like priviledges with married ones; and besides many other things, that they
should have no benefit by Testaments and Legacies, unless they were next of kindred:
and those who had no children, to have half their goods confiscated. Wherefore the Empe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rour
seeing those who for God's sake were addicted to chastity and virginity, to be for this
cause in a worst condition; he accounted it a folly for men to go about to encrease their kind
with such carefulness and diligence, whenas Nature, according to Divine moderation,
continually receives as well diminution as increase. Therefore he published a Law to
the people, That both those who lived a single life, and those who had no children,
should enjoy the like priviledges with others: yea he enacted, that those who lived in cha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stity
and virginity should be priviledged above them; enabling both sexes, though under
years, to make Testaments, contrary to the accustomed politic of the <hi>Romans. This al<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>teration
of the</hi> Roman <hi>Law by</hi> Constantine, Eusebius <hi>also witnesseth</hi> lib. 4. cap. 26.
de vita Constantini: <hi>and again</hi> cap. <hi>28. where he saith,</hi> That above all he honoured most
<pb n="673" facs="tcp:63175:389"/>
those that had consecrated their lives to divine Philosophy;<note place="margin">The Aposta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sie of the latter Times PART I.</note> 
                     <hi>he means a monastical life;</hi>
and therefore he almost adored the most holy company of perpetual Virgins. <hi>That which
the Father had thus enacted, the Sons also seconded, and some of the following Em<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>perors,
by new Edicts, till there was no relique left of those ancient privileges where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>with
married men had been respected; which</hi> Procopius <hi>saith (how rightly I examine
not) was the cause of the ruine of that Empire, which was so much enfeebled and
weakned through the new procreation of children, that it wat not able to match the
numerous armies of the barbarous nations. This was the first step of the disregard of
marriage and the</hi> Desire of wiving; <hi>which was not an absolute prohibition, but a discou<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ragement.
But no sooner had the</hi> Roman <hi>Bishop and his Clergy got the power into
their hands, but it grew to an absolute prohibition, not for Monks only, but for the
whole Clergy: which was the highest disrespect that could be to that which God had
made</hi> honourable among all men.</p>
               </div>
               <div n="4" type="part">
                  <head>4.</head>
                  <p>Lastly, It is a thing not to be passed by without admiration, That the Fathers and
others, even at the beginning of <hi>Saint-worship,</hi> by I know not what fatal instinct,
used to call <hi>Saints</hi> and <hi>their Reliques, Towers, Walls, Bulwarks, Fortresses,</hi> that is,
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Mahuzzim,</hi> in the prime and native signification.</p>
                  <p>Basil <hi>in his Oration upon the Fourty</hi> Martyrs, <hi>whose</hi> Reliques <hi>were dispersed
over all the Countries thereabouts, speaks in this manner;</hi> These are are those who
having taken possession of our Countrey, as certain conjoyned <hi>TOWERS,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
secure it from the incursions of Enemies. <hi>The same</hi> Basil <hi>concludes his
Oration upon</hi> Mamas <hi>the Martyr in this manner;</hi> That God who hath gathered us toge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
in this place, and disposes of what is to come, keep us safe from hurt, and secure us
from the ravenous Wolf, and preserve stedfast this Church of <hi>Caesarea,</hi> being guarded with
the mighty <hi>TOWERS</hi> of Martyrs, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</p>
                  <p>Chrysostome <hi>in his 32. Homily upon the Epistle to the</hi> Romans, <hi>speaking of the
Reliques of</hi> Peter <hi>and</hi> Paul, This Corps (<hi>saith he, meaning of</hi> Paul) fortifies this City
of <hi>Rome</hi> more strongly than any TOWER, or than ten thousand RAMPIRES, as also doth
the Corps of <hi>Peter,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>&amp;c. Are not these strong</hi> Mahuzzims?</p>
                  <p>The like whereunto is that of <hi>Venantius Fortunatus</hi> a Christian Poet not much
above an age younger than <hi>Chrysostome.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <q>
                     <l>A facie hostili duo PROPUGNACULA praesunt,</l>
                     <l>Quos Fidei TURRES Urbs caput Orbis habet.</l>
                     <l>The Faith's two TOWR'S in Lady <hi>Rome</hi> do lie,</l>
                     <l>Two BULWARKS strong against the Enemy.</l>
                  </q>
                  <p>
                     <hi>At the same thing aims</hi> Gregory, lib. 7. Ep. 23. ad Rusticianam Patriciam, <hi>entreat<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
her to come to</hi> Rome: Sigladios Italiae &amp; bella formidetis, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> If you fear the swords.
(<hi>saith he</hi>) and wars of <hi>Italy,</hi> you ought attentively to consider how great the PROTECTION
of Blessed <hi>Peter,</hi> the Prince of the Apostles, is in this City; wherein without any great
number of people, without the aid of souldiers, we have been so many years in the midst of
swords by God's providence safely preserved from all hurt.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>But to return again to S.</hi> Chryscstome, <hi>who in his Homily upon the Egyptian Mar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tyrs,</hi>
Hom. 70. ad populum Antiochenum, <hi>speaks after this manner:</hi> Those Saints bodies
(<hi>saith he</hi>) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> FORTIFT our City more strongly than an IMPREGNA<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>BLE
WALL OF ADAMANT; and, as certain high ROCKS hanging on every side,
repel not only the assaults of those Enemies which are sensible and seen with the eye, but
also overthrow and defeat the ambuscadoes of Invisible Fiends, and all the Stratagems
of the Devil. <hi>Here you see are</hi> Mahuzzims <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>oo.</p>
                  <p>So long before, in the days of <hi>Constantine, Iames</hi> Bishop of <hi>Nisibus,</hi> renowned for
Holiness, was, according to order given by <hi>Constantine</hi> in his life-time, (saith <hi>Gennadius</hi>)
buried within the walls of that City, being a Frontier of the Empire, <hi>ob custodiam
viz, Civitatis. Gennad. de Vir. illustr. cap. 6.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Evagrius lib. 1. c. 13.</hi> tells us, That the <hi>Antiochians</hi> offered up a supplication
to the Emperour <hi>Leo</hi> the first, about the year 460, for the keeping of the Corps
of holy <hi>Simeon,</hi> surnamed <hi>Stylita</hi> or the <hi>Pillarist,</hi> in this form; <hi>Because our City
hath no wall,</hi> (for it had been demolished in a fury,) <hi>therefore we brought hither this
most holy Body, that it might be to us <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> A WALL
<pb n="674" facs="tcp:63175:390"/>
and A FORTRESSE,</hi> which would be in Hebrew <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Leshur vlema<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hoz.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>S. <hi>Hilary</hi> also will tell us, That neither the GUARDS of Saints nor [<hi>Angelorum
munitiones</hi>] the BULWARKS of Angels are wanting to those who are willing to
stand. Here <hi>Angels</hi> are <hi>Mahuzzim,</hi> as <hi>Saints</hi> were in the former.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>The Greeks at this day, in their</hi> Preces Horariae, <hi>thus in vocate the Blessed Virgin;</hi>
O thou Virgin mother of God, thou impregnable WALL, thou FORTRESSE of Salvation
[<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Psal. 28.] we call upon thee, that thou wouldest frustrate the purposes of
our Enemies, and be a FENCE to this City: <hi>thus they go on, calling her</hi> The Hope, Safe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>guard,
<hi>and</hi> Sanctuary of Christians. <hi>Here is</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Mahoz Mahuzzim, a strong
Mahoz <hi>indeed.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>To conclude, The Titles of <hi>Protectors, Guardians</hi> and <hi>Defenders,</hi> which is the sig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nification
of <hi>Mahuzzim</hi> when a Person is meant, as they are more frequent, so are
they no less ancient. <hi>Greg. Nyssen</hi> in his third Oration upon the fourty Martyrs, calls
them <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Guarders and Protectors. Eucherius</hi> his S. <hi>Gervase the
perpetual</hi> [Propugnator] <hi>Protector of the faithful. Theodoret. lib. 8. de curandis Craeco<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
affectionibus,</hi> calls the holy Martyrs <hi>Guardians of Cities, Lieutenants of places,
Captains of men, Princes, Champions and Guardians, by whom disasters are turned from
us, and those which come from Devils debarred and driven away.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>I might here add something also concerning <hi>Images,</hi> whose worship is another part
of the <hi>Doctrine of Daemons,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">But <hi>Constanti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nus Manasses</hi> the Greek Hi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>storian, in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verghing a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gainst <hi>Leo Isa<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap>us</hi> for de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>molishing <hi>I<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mages,</hi> calls them <hi>Turres atque Muniti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ones religiosi cul<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap>s.</hi>
                     </note> and shew how well the name <hi>Mahuzzim</hi> would befit
them, which the Iconomachical Council of <hi>Constantinople</hi> calls so unluckily <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <hi>the Fortresses</hi> or <hi>Mahuzzim of the Devil.</hi> And perhaps the nine and thir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tieth
verse in the fore-alledged Prophecy might be yet more literally translated, if the
word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>facere</hi> were taken in a religious sense; <hi>And he shall [do unto,</hi> or] <hi>offer
unto the holds of Mahuzzim, together with the foreign God,</hi> &amp;c. that is, he shall do re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ligious
service to the Images of Saints together with Christ. I might also put you in
mind of the term of <hi>Munimentum</hi> given to the <hi>Cross,</hi> and that so usual Latin phrase of
<hi>Munire signo Crucis, to fortifie</hi> (that is, <hi>to sign) with the sign of the Cross:</hi> But I will not
engage my self too far in these Grammatical Speculations.</p>
                  <p>As for the following verses of this Prophecie, if any desire to know it, they may,
as I think, be interpreted and applied thus.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Ver. 40.</hi> And at the time of the End [<hi>that is, in the Romans</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>or</hi> Latter
times] shall the King of the South (<hi>that is, the Saracen</hi>) push at him, and the King of
the North (<hi>the Turk</hi>) shall come against him (<hi>to wit, the Saracen</hi>) like a whirlwind,
with chariots and with horsemen, and with many ships, and he shall enter into the Coun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tries,
and shall overflow and pass over.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Ver. 41.</hi> He shall enter also into the glorious Land (<hi>Palestine,</hi>) and many shall be
overthrown; but these shall escape out of his hand, Edom and Moab, and the chief of the
children of Ammon; <hi>that is, the Inhabitants of</hi> Arabia Petraea, <hi>which were never yet
Provincials of the Turkish Empire; yea with some of them he is fain to be at a
Pension for the safer passage of his Caravans.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Ver. 42.</hi> He (<hi>the Turk</hi>) shall stretch forth his hand also upon the Countries [<hi>of
those parts,</hi>] and the Land of Egypt (<hi>though it should hold out long under the</hi> Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>malukes,
<hi>even till the year 1517</hi>) shall not escape.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Ver. 43.</hi> But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and silver and all the preci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ous
things of Egypt; and the Libians and the Cushites (<hi>that is, the neighbouring Na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions, whether of</hi> Africk <hi>or</hi> Lybia, <hi>as those of</hi> Algiers, <hi>&amp;c. or of the</hi> Arabians <hi>in
Scripture called</hi> Cushim) shall be at his steps, <hi>that is, at his devotion.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>That which<note n="*" place="margin">See in Book IV. an expli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cation of the remaining Verses, as also a larger expli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cation of the foregoing.</note> remains, as I suppose, is not yet fulfilled, and therefore I leave it:
Time will make it manifest.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
         </div>
         <div n="2" type="part">
            <pb n="675" facs="tcp:63175:390"/>
            <head>PART II.<note place="margin">The Aposta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sie of the latter Times PART II.</note>
            </head>
            <p>Verse 2. <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>,</p>
            <p>Through the hypocrisie [or feigning] of Liers, of those who have
their conscience seared,</p>
            <p>Verse 3. <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>.</p>
            <p>Of those who forbid to marry, and command to abstain from meats
which God hath created to be received with thanksgiving of them
which believe and know the truth.</p>
            <div n="1" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. I.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>The Author's three Reasons for his Translating the Text differently from the Common Versi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons.
That the Preposition [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>] in the Text signifies <hi>Through</hi> or <hi>By.</hi> Other places of
Scripture where it signifies likewise <hi>Causam</hi> or <hi>Modum actionis.</hi>
                  </p>
               </argument>
               <p>OF the <hi>First Part</hi> of this Prophecy, being a <hi>Description of the Condition of
that Solemn Defection which was to come,</hi> I have spoken hitherto. I come
now to the Second Part of my Division, The <hi>quality of the Persons,</hi> and
the <hi>Means whereby it was to enter and be advanced,</hi> which is set forth in the
Verses now read; which though you may find by others otherwise tran<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>slated,
yet I hope the Translation which I have propounded, if the judicious Reader
please to examine it, will approve it self not only to be an enforced one, but such as
salves that incongruity of Construction which the other could not avoid. For it is
usually translated <hi>intransitively,</hi> with reference to the <hi>Persons</hi> expressed in the former
verse, <hi>viz.</hi> That <hi>they should speak lies in hypocrisie, having their conscience seared with
an hot iron, and forbidding marriage, and commanding to abstain from meats:</hi> So as that
which in the former verse is named <hi>Doctrines of Devils,</hi> should only mean that in gene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ral
terms, which in these Verses is particularly instanced to be <hi>Doctrines of prohibiting
marriage, and abstaining from meats,</hi> as two branches of that <hi>Devilish</hi> doctrine; for
so <hi>Calvin, Melanchthon</hi> and some others seem to expound it.</p>
               <p>But why this Interpretation should not be the most likely, my first Reason is,
<list>
                     <item>1. Because it makes <hi>S. Paul,</hi> who speaks of that <hi>Great Apostasie</hi> of Christians which
was to be in the <hi>Latter Times,</hi> to instance only in the smaller and (if I may so say)
almost circumstantial errors; and to omit the main and principal, which the Scripture
elsewhere tells us should be <hi>Idolatry</hi> or <hi>Spiritual fornication.</hi> Who can believe that he
would so balk the substance, and name only that which in comparison is but an <hi>Appen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dix</hi>
thereto?</item>
                     <item>2. He prophesies here in express words of such things as were to come <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                        <hi>in the Latter times:</hi> But Errors about <hi>Marriage</hi> and <hi>Meats</hi> were no novelty in the
Apostles own times, as the diligent Reader may easily collect out of their Epistles;
which makes it improbable he would specifie the Apostasie of the latter times in these
alone.</item>
                     <item>3. But my last Reason, whereunto I think I may trust, is, That the Syntax of the
words in the Greek is uncapable of such an <hi>intransitive</hi> construction, and consequently
of the sense depending thereon. For the Persons intimated in the former verse are
expressed <hi>in casu recto,</hi> as <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> but the Persons intended here we find in
the Genitive, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, which I cannot see how
<pb n="676" facs="tcp:63175:391"/>
they can agree with <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, after the manner of <hi>intransitive</hi> constructi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on,
without breach of Grammatical congruity not elsewhere sampled in our Apostle's
Epistles. Indeed they would agree with <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, but that would be a harsh sense
every way: for either we must say (as some do) that by <hi>Devils</hi> are meant <hi>Devilish</hi>
men or men led by the Devil, which is an hard signification; or else it would be a
stranger sense, and I think not over-pliable to the usual exposition, to say That <hi>Devils
should lie, have seared consciences,</hi> and <hi>forbid marriage or meats:</hi> So that <hi>Beza,</hi> with
others, had rather confess a breach of Syntax, than incur the inconvenience of such a
forced sense: <hi>Major est habita</hi> (saith he) <hi>sententiae quàm constructionis ratio; The
Apostle heeded more the matter than he did the Grammar.</hi>
                     </item>
                  </list>
               </p>
               <p>But what needs this, so long as there is a better way to salve it? namely, to con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>strue
the words <hi>transitively,</hi> making all these Genitive cases to be governed of <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
as <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>by</hi> or <hi>through the feigning of liers;</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
&amp;c. <hi>through the feigning of those who had their consciences seared;</hi> and
so forward. Which construction is observed and followed by <hi>Andreas Hyperius,</hi> one
of our reformed Writers, who translates, <hi>Per simulationem falsiloquorum,</hi> &amp;c. and ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pounds
it, <hi>de modo quofallent Spiritus Impostores; fallunt per simulationem seu hypocrysin
falsiloquorum,</hi> &amp;c<note n="*" place="margin">As also <hi>Ca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>st<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ili</hi> seems to understand it, translating <hi>Per simulationem hominum falsi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>loquorum.</hi>
                  </note>. and I believe that many others have taken it so; for our late
<hi>Latine</hi> translations are indifferent to be taken either way. Howsoever it be, I see no
way but this to keep the Syntax true and even, and wholly to avoid the fore-menti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>oned
inconveniences: which as it is easie and obvious, and not strained, so I hope to
let you see the <hi>Event</hi> to have been most answerable thereunto; That <hi>this was the Man<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ner,
and this the Means, this the Quality of the Persons whereby the Doctrine of</hi> Damons
<hi>was first brought in, advanced and maintained in the Church,</hi> viz. <hi>Through the hypocerisie,
feigning, craft, or counterfeiting of those who told lies, of those who had their consciences
seared,</hi> &amp;c.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>As for the use of the Preposition [<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>] to signifie</hi> causam, instrumentum, <hi>or</hi> modum
actionis, <hi>he that is not a stranger in the Scripture, knows it to be most frequent, the
Greek Text borrowing it from the use of the Hebrew Preposition <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> which the He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brews
call <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, as when it signifies</hi> In, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>(i.) Subjecti. <hi>But two or three
examples will not do amiss.</hi> Matth. 5. 13. If the salt hath lost its savour, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>;
wherewith shall it be salted? <hi>Acts 17. 31.</hi> Because God hath appointed a day in
which he will judge the world in righteousness, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> by the man whom he hath
ordained. <hi>2 Pet. 3. 1.</hi>
                  <note place="margin">
                     <hi>Vide etiam</hi> Eph. 4. 14.</note> I stir up your pure minds <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> by way of remembrance. <hi>Tit.
1. 9.</hi> That he may be able <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> by sound doctrine to exhort and convince
the gainsayers. <hi>And most naturally to the business we have in hand, 2</hi> Thess. <hi>2. 9, 1<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>.
of the</hi> Man of sin, Whose coming (<hi>saith the Apostle</hi>) is after the working of Satan <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
with all power, and signs, and lying wonders, (<hi>or</hi> through <hi>them</hi>) and through all deceivableness of unrighte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ousness,
<hi>&amp;c. So in my Text, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, &amp;c.</hi> through the hypocrisie of
Liers, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
               </p>
            </div>
            <div n="2" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. II.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>The words of the Text explained. That for the Character or Quality of the Persons that
made way for, or brought in the Great Apostasie, some were <hi>Liers,</hi> some had <hi>seared
Consciences,</hi> some <hi>forbade Marriage and Meats;</hi> others were guilty of all these impu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tations.
What is meant by <hi>The Hypocrisie of Liers:</hi> That this appeared in 3 things;
<hi>1. Lies of Miracles, 2. Fabulous Legends, 3. Counterfeit Writings under the
name of Antiquity.</hi> That <hi>Lies of Miracles</hi> appear'd in 1. <hi>Their Forgery, 2. Illusi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on,
3. Misapplication.</hi> What is meant by <hi>Having seared Consciences.</hi> That the
strange and indecent Tales wherewith the Legends and the like Writings are stuft, argue
those that did either vent or believe them, to be men of <hi>seared</hi> (that is, <hi>hard</hi> and <hi>un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>feeling)
consciences.</hi> Some Instances of the indecency of those Stories.</p>
               </argument>
               <p>NOW for the unsolding of the words, this must first be observed in general,
That they are not to be so understood, as if those who are the bringers in and
advancers of the <hi>Doctrine of Daemons</hi> should every one of them be guilty of all the se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>veral
imputations in this Description: but they are to be construed rather as an <hi>Asyn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>deton,</hi>
                  <pb n="677" facs="tcp:63175:391"/>
by understanding the<note n="*" place="margin">In omni dis<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tributione omitti copula<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiva videlu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> vix apponi. <hi>Linact.</hi> Nonn<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> sic etiam in Grae<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>is?</note> Conjunction, as if it had been uttered thus; <hi>Through the
hypocrisie of Liers,</hi> and, <hi>Through the hypocrisie of men of seared consciences,</hi> and lastly, <hi>By
the hypocrisie of those who forbid marriage and meats;</hi> or thus; <hi>Through the hypocrisie,
partly of Liers, partly of men of seared consciences, partly of those who forbid marriage
and command to abstain from meats:</hi> that so though many were guilty of all, yet some
may be exempt from some; as namely some might be guilty of the last note, of <hi>forbid<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ding
marriage</hi> and <hi>abstaining from meats,</hi> and yet free of the former, of <hi>being counter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>feit
Liers and men of seared Consciences:</hi> which I speak for reverence of some of the
Ancients, who though otherwise holy men, yet cannot be acquitted from some of the
imputations here mentioned, nor altogether excused from having an hand accidental<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ly
through the Fate of the times wherein they lived, in laying the ground-work
whereon by others the <hi>Great Apostasie</hi> was builded.</p>
               <p>This therefore being remembred, I come now to the unfolding of them in several:
and first of the first, <hi>The hypocrisie of Liers,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. The word <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
signifies <hi>dissimulation, a feigning, counterfeiting, a semblance and shew of that which
is not so indeed as it seemeth.</hi> And this word we must repeat <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, as belonging
in common to the rest which follows: For all should be counterfeit; <hi>Lying</hi> should
carry the counterfeit of Truth, the <hi>seared Conscience</hi> a semblance of Devotion, the
<hi>Restraint of Marriage</hi> should be but a shew of Chastity, and <hi>Abstaining from meats</hi> a false
appearance of Abstinence. For the Persons of whom they are spoken, should either
make a shew of what themselves knew was not; or that which they thought they had,
should be no better than a false shew and counterfeit of that they took it for. The
Vulgar Latine in <hi>Mark</hi> 12. 15. and the Syriack in the same place, turn the word <hi>Hy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pocrisie,
versutia, dolus, craft</hi> and <hi>subtilty;</hi> which sense, if need were, would not be
denied admittance here.</p>
               <p>But I return to <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>The Hypocrisie of Liers;</hi> which I conceive to
be the same and no other than that which our Apostle speaks in the same case, 2 <hi>Thess.</hi>
2. where he tells us, That <hi>the coming of the Man of sin and the Apostasie</hi> attending him
<hi>should be after the working of Satan, with all power, and signs, and lying wonders, and
with all deceivableness of unright ousness,</hi> or <hi>unrighteous</hi> and ungodly <hi>deceiving;</hi> and
that <hi>God should send them strong delusions, that they might believe a lie,</hi> &amp;c. Yea some
of this, and of that which follows in that place, may extend also to the rest which fol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lows
in my Text; howsoever the most thereof, as you hear, doth most evidently ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pound
this <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, this <hi>Hypocrisie of Liers.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Now according to the Event, this <hi>Hypocrisie of Liers</hi> doth appear in three things:</p>
               <p>1. Lies of Miracles; 2. Fabulous Legends of the Acts of Saints and Sufferings of Mar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tyrs;
3. Counterfeit Writings under the name of the best and first Antiquity.</p>
               <p>Lies of Miracles <hi>will display their Hypocrisie in three particulars: 1.</hi> Forgery, 2. Il<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lusion,
3. Misapplication.</p>
               <list>
                  <item>1. <hi>Forgery of Miracles never done;</hi> as were the reports of <hi>wondrous Dreams</hi> and <hi>Visi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ons,</hi>
which had no other credit but the Author's honesty: or <hi>miraculous Cures,</hi> by the
power and Reliques of Saints deceased; as when those who never were blind, made
others believe they had newly received sight.</item>
                  <item>2. <hi>Illusion;</hi> when though something were done,<note place="margin">
                        <hi>Author Oper. imperf in Matt. Hom.</hi> 49. Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nec fuit vocatio ad fidem ex in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fidelitate, fece<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>runt signa &amp; servi Christi, quia signa divinae vocationis testimonia sunt, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> Cessante autem vocatione incipiet seductio revocans homines à fide ad infidelitatem. Incipiente ergò seductione tradenda sunt seductionis adjutoria Diabolo, i.e. potestas faciendorum signorum, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
                     </note> yet it was but a seeming and a
counterfeit only of a <hi>miraculous</hi> work; indeed some jugling trick of the Devil or his
instruments.</item>
                  <item>3. Lastly, <hi>Misapplication:</hi> either when that was attributed to a Divine power,
which was nothing but <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>the work and operation of the Devil;</hi> or when
it was interpreted or abused to invite and confirm men in some Idolatrous error, as it
happened in the <hi>Miracles</hi> at the <hi>Shrines</hi> and <hi>Sepulchres</hi> of the holy Martyrs, which
were interpreted to be for confirmation of the opinion of their Power, Presence, and
notice of humane affairs after death, and to warrant and encourage men to have re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>course
unto them by prayer and invocation, as unto Mediators, and to give that ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nour
unto their <hi>Reliques</hi> which was due unto God alone. The like is to be said of the
<hi>Miracles</hi> of <hi>Images</hi> and of the <hi>Host;</hi> which though they smelt strong of <hi>Forgery</hi> or <hi>Illu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sion,</hi>
were supposed by a divine disposition to be wrought for the like end and pur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pose.
All which was <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>the power of seduction</hi> or <hi>strong delusion,</hi> to make
the world <hi>believe a Lie,</hi> as S. <hi>Paul</hi> speaks 2 <hi>Thess.</hi> 2. 11.</item>
               </list>
               <p>
                  <pb n="678" facs="tcp:63175:392"/>Concerning the <hi>Hypocrisie of fabulous Legend-writers of the Acts of Saints and Martyrs,</hi>
you know what it means; as also the last which was named, <hi>Counterfeit Authors under
the name of Antiquity, as approving those Errors which Latter times devised:</hi> I shall not
need here to use any further explication. And thus you see what is comprehended
under <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>the hypocrisie, counterfeiting</hi> or <hi>feigning of Liers.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>I should now come to display the truth of this particular of this Prophecy in the
Event: But I will first unfold the next imputation, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>the
hypocrisie of those who have their conscience seared;</hi> which though it might be exempli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fied
in other things, yet I mean to instance only in that afore-mentioned, and so must
give you the story of both together.</p>
               <p>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Through the hypocrisie of those who
have seared consciences:</hi> For <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, as I said before, is to be repeated <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
signifies both <hi>the place seared,</hi> and <hi>the mark printed by the searing with an hot
iron.</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is <hi>to cauterize, to sear with an hot iron,</hi> or <hi>cut off with searing,</hi> as
Chirurgions do rotten members: now that which is <hi>seared</hi> becomes more hard and
brawny, and so more dull, and not so sensible in feeling as otherwise. In this sense
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> signifies <hi>those who have a hard and a brawny Consci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ence,
which hath no feeling in it:</hi> In the other sense, as <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> is <hi>to cut off by sear<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ring,</hi>
it must signifie <hi>those who have no conscience left.</hi> There is not much difference;
but I follow the first, <hi>a hard and unfeeling Conscience.</hi> And whether those <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
whereof we spake before (to use no other instances) were not of such metal for their
conscience, I think no man can deny.</p>
               <p>Who could have coined, or who could have believed such monstrous stuffe as the
<hi>Legends</hi> are stored with, but such as were <hi>cauterized?</hi> If they had had any feeling or
tenderness, not only of Conscience but even of Sense, they could never have believed
or vented such stuffe as there is.<note place="margin">Vincent. Hi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stor. lib. 7. c. 84.</note> As that the Virgin <hi>Mary</hi> should draw out her
breasts, and milk in I know not what Clerk's mouth. That she played the Mid-wife
to an Abbess got with child by her Cater, and sent the Bastard by two Angels to a cer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tain
Eremite to be brought up. <hi>Idem ibid. c.</hi> 86. That she came and lay the first night
in the midst between a certain Bridegroom and his Bride. <hi>Idem lib.</hi> 7. <hi>cap.</hi> 87.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Caesarius</hi> in his seventh book, chap. 34. reports, That the Virgin <hi>Mary</hi> for twelve
whole years together did supply the place of a certain Nun called <hi>Beatrice,</hi> while the
Nun lay in the Stews, till at length returning, she freed the Virgin from standing Sen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tinel
any longer. And <hi>lib.</hi> 7. <hi>cap.</hi> 33. That she said to a certain Souldier, <hi>I will be
thy wife, come and kiss me;</hi> and made him do so. That she took a Monk about the
neck and kissed him.</p>
               <p>In an Italian book, called <hi>The Miracles of the Blessed Virgin,</hi> printed at <hi>Milane</hi> 1547.
A certain Abbess being great with child, the holy Virgin willing to cover her crime,
did in her stead present her self before the Bishop in form of an Abbess, and shewed by
ocular demonstration that she was not with child.</p>
               <p>But that which <hi>Ioannes de Nicol.</hi> in his <hi>Reformed Spaniard</hi> tells, that he read taken
out of <hi>Trithemius,</hi> is the more worthy to be remembred, as being a principal Motive
in his Conversion, who was till then extremely addicted to the Idol-worship of the
Blessed Virgin; which was much cooled, when he read <hi>That she came into the chamber
of Frier</hi> Allen, (<hi>a</hi> Dominican <hi>that made her</hi> Rosary,) <hi>made a ring of her own hair,
wherewith she espoused her self unto him, kissed him, let him handle her breasts, and con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>versed
as familiarly with him as a Bride is wont with her Bridegroom.</hi> Whether think
you not that these fellows were <hi>seared in their conscience?</hi> what block could have
been more senseless? <hi>Melchior Canus,</hi> speaking of the <hi>Golden Legend,</hi> as they call it,
a Book fraught with such stuffe as you have heard, methinks almost expresses the
meaning of a <hi>cauterized</hi> conscience: <hi>Hanc homo scripsit</hi> (saith he) <hi>ferrei oris &amp; plum<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bei
cordis, a fellow of an iron mouth and leaden heart;</hi> as if he had said, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <hi>of a brawny and unfeeling conscience.</hi>
               </p>
            </div>
            <div n="3" type="chapter">
               <pb n="679" facs="tcp:63175:392"/>
               <head>CHAP. III.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>That the <hi>Worship of Saints and their Reliques</hi> was brought in and promoted by the <hi>Hypo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crisie
of Liers,</hi> or by <hi>Lying Miracles.</hi> No mention of <hi>Miracles</hi> done by the <hi>Bodies</hi> or
<hi>Reliques</hi> of <hi>Martyrs</hi> in the first 300 years after Christ: Nor was the <hi>Mediation</hi> of <hi>Mar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tyrs</hi>
believed in the first Ages of the Church. That the Gentiles <hi>Idolatry of Daemons</hi>
was advanced by <hi>Lying Miracles,</hi> proved out of <hi>Eusebius, Tertullian</hi> and <hi>Chryso<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stom.</hi>
                  </p>
               </argument>
               <p>
                  <hi>BUT now I come to shew how this Prediction of our Apostle hath been accom<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>plished;
How</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, The cousenage and feigning of Liers was the
Means whereby the Doctrine of <hi>Daemons</hi> was advanced in the Church; <hi>I mean</hi> the Deify<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
and worshipping of Saints and Angels, the adoring and templing of Reliques, the bow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
down to Images, the worshipping of Crosses as new Idol-columns, the worshipping of the
breaden God or any other visible thing whatsoever upon supposal of any Divinity therein:
<hi>all which I have proved to be nothing else but the</hi> Gentiles Idolatrous Theologie of <hi>Dae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mons</hi>
revived among Christians.</p>
               <p>The first of these, <hi>The Deifying and invocating of Saints and adoring Reliques,</hi> is the
most ancient for time of all the rest, and began to appear in the Church presently after
the death of <hi>Iulian</hi> the Apostate, who was the last Ethnical Emperor. The grounds
and occasions whereof were most strange reports of <hi>Wonders</hi> shewed upon those who
approached the Shrines of Martyrs, and prayed at their Memories and Sepulchres;
Devils charmed, Diseases cured, the Blind saw, the Lame walked, yea the Dead re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vived,
and other the like: which the Doctors of those times for the most part avouch<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
to be done by the power and prayers of the glorified Martyrs, and by the notice
they took of mens devotions at their Sepulchres; though at the beginning those devo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions
were directed to God alone, and such places only chosen for the stirring up of
zeal and fervor by the memory of those blessed and glorious Champions of Christ.
But whiles the world stood in admiration, and the most esteemed of these Wonders as
of the glorious beams of the triumph of Christ; they were soon perswaded to call
upon them as <hi>Patrons</hi> and <hi>Mediators,</hi> whose power with God, and notice of things
done upon earth, they thought that these Signs and Miracles approved.</p>
               <p>Thus the <hi>Reliques of Martyrs</hi> beginning to be esteemed above the richest Iewels,
for the supposed virtue even of the very aire of them, were wonderfully sought after
as some <hi>divine Elixir</hi> sovereign both to<note n="*" place="margin">Hilary <hi>l.</hi> ad Constantium <hi>intimates mi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>raculous cures by the Reliques of Marty<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>s to have been as ancient as his time, yea as the time of the Churche's peace.</hi> Plus crudelitati vestrae, Nero, Deci, Maximiniane, debemus: Diabolum enim per vos vicimus. Sanctus ubique beatorum Martyrum sanguis ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceptus est; dum in his Daemones mugiunt, dum agritudines depelluntur, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> At tu <hi>(id est, Constanti)</hi> omnium crudelitatum crudelissimo dam<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>no majore in nos, &amp; veniâ minore, desaevis, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
                  </note> Body and Soul. Whereupon <hi>another Scene
of Wonders</hi> entred, namely, of <hi>Visions and Revelations,</hi> wonderful and admirable, for
the discovery of the Sepulchres and ashes of <hi>Martyrs</hi> which were quite forgotten, yea
of some whose names and memories till then no man had ever heard of; as S. <hi>Am<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brose's
Gervasius</hi> and <hi>Protasius.</hi> Thus in every corner of the Christian world were new
<hi>Martyrs</hi> bones ever and anon discovered, whose verity again miraculous effects and
cures seemed to approve; and therefore were diversly dispersed, and gloriously tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pled
and enshrined.</p>
               <p>All these things hapned in that one Age, and were come to this height in less than a
100 years. But here is the wonder most of all to be wondred at, That none of these
miraculous Signs were ever heard of in the Church for the first 300 years after Christ,
until about the year 360, after that the Empire under <hi>Constantine</hi> and his sons having
publickly embraced the Christian Faith, the Church had peace, and the Bodies of
the despised Martyrs, such as could be found, were now bestowed in most magnificent
Temples, and there gloriously enshrined. And yet had the Christians long before
used<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>See</hi> Clem. Con<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>fe. 106.</note> to keep their Assemblies at the Coemeteries and Monuments of their Martyrs:
How came it to pass that no such virtue of their bones and ashes, no such testimonies
of their power after death, were discovered until now?</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Babylas</hi> his bones were the first, that all my search can find, which charmed the De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vil
of <hi>Daphne, Apollo Daphnaeus,</hi> when <hi>Iulian</hi> the Apostate offered so many sacrifices
to make him speak; and being asked why he was so mute, forsooth the corps of <hi>Ba<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bylas</hi>
                  <pb n="680" facs="tcp:63175:393"/>
the Martyr, buried near the Temple in<note n="*" place="margin">A delicate Suburbs of <hi>Antioch.</hi>
                  </note> 
                  <hi>Daphne,</hi> stopped his wind-pipe. I
fear, I fear here was some Hypocrisie in this business, and the Devil had some feat to
play: the very name of <hi>Babylas</hi> is enough to breed jealousie, it is an ominous name,
the name <hi>Babylas:</hi> yea and this happened too at <hi>Antioch,</hi> where <hi>Babylas</hi> was Bishop
and Martyr in the persecution of <hi>Decius.</hi> Would it not do the Devil good, there to
begin his Mystery, where the<note n="‖" place="margin">Acts 11. 26.</note> 
                  <hi>Christian name</hi> was first given to the followers of
Christ? Howsoever this was then far otherwise construed, and a conceit quickly ta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ken,
that other Martyrs bones might upon trial be found as terrible to the Devil as
those of <hi>Babylas;</hi> which was no sooner tried, but experience presently verified it
with improvement, as you heard before: So that all the world rung so with <hi>Wonders</hi>
done by <hi>Martyrs,</hi> that even holy men, who at the first suspected, were at length sur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>prised
and carried away with the power of delusion.</p>
               <p>Besides the silence of all undoubted<note n="*" place="margin">Adde, That no such thing could be, so long as they used to pray for Martyrs as well as others of the dead. See <hi>Clem.</hi> and others.</note> Antiquity of any such <hi>Sepulchral wonders</hi> to
have happened in the former Ages, the very manner of speech which the Fathers li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving
in this miraculous age used when they spake of these things, will argue they were
then accounted <hi>novelties,</hi> and not as continued from the Apostles times. <hi>Chrysostome,</hi>
in his Oration <hi>contra Gentiles,</hi> of the business of <hi>Babylas</hi> speaks thus; <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <hi>If any man believes not those things which are said to be done by the Apostles, let him now behold<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
the present desist from his impudency. Ambros. Epist. ad sororem Marcellinam,</hi> rela<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ting
of a piece of the Speech he made upon the translation of the Bodies of <hi>Gervasius</hi>
and <hi>Protasius,</hi> and the miracles then shewed, <hi>Reparata</hi> (saith he) <hi>vetusti temporis mira<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cula
cernitis, You see the miracles of ancient times</hi> (he means the times of Christ and his
Apostles) <hi>renewed.</hi> S. <hi>August. Lib. de civ. Dei</hi> 22. <hi>cap.</hi> 8. in a discourse of the Mi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>racles
of that time, saith, We made an order to have Bills given out of such Miracles
as were done, when we saw the wonders of ancient times renewed in ours: <hi>Id namque
fieri voluimus, cùm videremus antiquis similia divinarum signa virtutum etiam nostris tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>poribus
frequentari, &amp; ea non debere multorum notitiae deperire.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>But, alas I now began the <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> or <hi>Latter times;</hi> this was the fatal time,
and thus the Christian <hi>Apostasie</hi> was to be ushered. If they had known this, it would
have turned their joyous shoutings and triumphs at these things into mourning. The
End which these <hi>Signs</hi> and <hi>Wonders</hi> aimed at, and at length brought to pass, should
have made them remember that warning which was given the ancient people of God,
<hi>Deut.</hi> 13. <hi>If there arise among you a Prophet, or a Dreamer of dreams, and giveth thee a
sign or a wonder; And the sign or wonder come to pass, whereof he spake unto thee, saying,
Let us go after other Gods and serve them: Thou shalt not hearken unto the words of that
Prophet, or that dreamer of dreams: For the Lord your God proveth you, to know whether
you love the Lord your God with all your heart and with all your soul.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>But why should I go any further before I tell you, that even in this also the Idolatry
of <hi>Saint-worship</hi> was a true counterfeit of the Gentiles <hi>Idolatry of Daemons?</hi> Did not
<hi>Daemon-worship</hi> enter after the same manner? was it not first insinuated, and at length
established, by signs and wonders of the very self-same kind and fashion? Listen what
<hi>Eusebius</hi> will tell us in his fifth book <hi>de Praeparat. Evangel.</hi> chap. 2. (according to the
Greek edition of <hi>Rob. Stephen) When</hi> (saith he) <hi>those wicked spirits</hi> (as he proved
them to be which were worshipped under the names of <hi>Daemons) saw mankind brought
off to a Deifying of the Dead,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">In which re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>spect <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, though the Genitive case were taken actively, would signifie the I<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dolatry of <hi>Saint-worship, viz.</hi> the wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ship of the dead, which the Devils are wont thus to counterfeit.</note> (he means by erecting Statues, and ordaining Ceremo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nies
and Sacrifices for their memorials) <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>they insinuated themselves, and helped forward their error—<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
by certain motions of the
Statues which anciently were consecrated to the honour of the deceased;</hi> as also <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
by ostentation of Oracles and cures of diseases,
whereby they drave the superstitious headlong, sometimes to take them to be some heavenly
Powers and Gods indeed, and sometimes to be <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> the
Souls of their deified worthies—And so <hi>(saith he)</hi> the earth-neighbouring Daemons,
which are those Princes of the Air, those Spiritualities of wickedness, and Ringleaders of
all evil, were on all hands accounted for great Gods; <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
and the memory of the Ancients deceased was thought worthy to be
celebrated with a greater service: the features of whose Bodies the Images dedicated in
every City seemed to represent; but the Souls of them and those Divine and Incorporeal po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>wers
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, the wicked Daemons
counterfeited by working many Miracles.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="681" facs="tcp:63175:393"/>
                  <hi>Hear</hi> Tertullian <hi>also speak in his Apology to the Gentiles,</hi> cap. 21. in fine. Quaerite
ergò, si vera est ista Divinitas Christi: si est ea quâ cognitâ ad bonum quis reformetur, se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quitur
ut falsa renuntietur; compertâ imprimis illâ omni ratione, quae delitescens sub no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minibus
&amp; Imaginibus Mortuorum, quibusdam Signis &amp; Miraculis &amp; Oraculis fidem
Divinitatis operatur: Search therefore whether this Deity of Christ be true (or not.) If
it be that by the knowledge whereof a man shall be reformed to good, it follows then that
the false be renounced; especially that whole mystery (<hi>he means of the Gentiles Idolatry
and</hi> Daemon-<hi>worship</hi>) being discovered, which under the names and Images of the Dead,
through Signs, Miracles and Oracles, obtaineth an opinion of Divinity.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Chrysostome</hi> shall conclude, who in his Oration in <hi>Iudaizantes</hi> saith, That the <hi>Dae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mons</hi>
of the Gentiles wrought Miracles for the confirmation of Paganism,<note place="margin">(Savil T<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>m 6. p. 375.) aliis hom. prim. ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vers. Iud<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>o<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <hi>For</hi> (saith he) <hi>they often<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>times
by their skill cured diseases, and restored to health those that were sick: what, should
we therefore partake with them in their impiety because of this? God forbid.</hi> Then he
adds out of <hi>Moses, Deut.</hi> 13. that which we even now quoted; which had it been
as well applied to the <hi>Miracles</hi> amongst Christians present as it was to those of the Gen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiles
past, perhaps he that spoke it would have questioned something which he incli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ned
to believe.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="4" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. IV.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>That <hi>Saint-worship</hi> was advanced by <hi>Fabulous Legends.</hi> This proved from the acknow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ledged
design of the <hi>Latine</hi> Legends, as also of that <hi>Greek</hi> Legender <hi>Simeon Metaphra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stes;</hi>
particularly his fabulous Narrations concerning <hi>Anastasia,</hi> S. <hi>Barbara,</hi> S. <hi>Blasius,</hi>
S. <hi>Catharine,</hi> S. <hi>Margaret,</hi> &amp;c.</p>
               </argument>
               <p>THE Second Particular I named of <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>the Hypocrisie</hi> or <hi>Feigning
of Liers,</hi> was <hi>Fabulous Legends of the Acts of Saints and Martyrs.</hi> This was also
another means to advance the <hi>Doctrines of Daemons.</hi> For the true Acts and Stories of
the Martyrs being extinguished for the most part by the bloudy Edict of <hi>Diocletian,</hi>
they now began to supply again that loss, by collecting such Tales as were then cur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rent
of them, and adding thereto such Miracles as were fabled of them after death;
fashioned all to the best advantage of what they meant to promote in the Church, and
was already on foot in the same. Such was that wherewith the good Father <hi>Greg.
Nazianzen</hi> was abused in his Funeral Oration upon <hi>Cyprian,</hi> and many others of the
Greek Church;<note place="margin">A Fable con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerning the means of <hi>Cy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>prian</hi>'s con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>version.</note> That <hi>Cyprian,</hi> even that great <hi>Cyprian,</hi> who was both Citizen and
Bishop of <hi>Carthage</hi> in the reign of <hi>Decius,</hi> (for of him <hi>Gregory</hi> speaketh expresly) be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
formerly a Conjurer, and falling in love with a Christian Virgin <hi>Iustina,</hi> some say
of <hi>Antioch,</hi> whenas by wooing and ordinary means he could not win her unto his will,
he went about to prevail with Magical spells and Conjurations: which the Damosel
perceiving, she having recourse to God, fell to work against him with Prayer and
Fasting, and in her devotions also besought the Virgin <hi>Mary</hi> to succour her a Virgin
in that jeopardy: By which means <hi>Cyprian</hi>'s Magical inchantments were frustrated,
and he convinced thereby, became a Christian. All which<note n="*" place="margin">An. 250. Sect. 5.</note> 
                  <hi>Baronius</hi> himself con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fesses
to be a Fable; as well he might, it being unknown both to <hi>Pontius</hi> his Deacon,
who lived with him and wrote his life, and to the Western and African Churches
where he lived and died, who knew (and who could know better?) that he was in
his Paganism not a Magician, but a Professor of Oratory at <hi>Carthage,</hi> (far enough
from <hi>Antioch</hi>) and converted by one <hi>Caecilius.</hi> Nevertheless we have cause to think
that this Tale, together with other the like, served not a little for the advancement
of the Mystery of <hi>Daemons</hi> in the <hi>Eastern</hi> Churches; when we see our Adversaries so
willing to have that passage (as seems by their often alledging it) <hi>of calling upon the
blessed Virgin</hi> to be authentical, notwithstanding they know (which the <hi>Greeks</hi> so well
could not, he being a <hi>Latine</hi> Bishop) that the whole Story must needs be a Fable.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Of this stamp are the well-known</hi> Legends <hi>of our</hi> Latine <hi>Churches, which almost
all of them drive principally at this mark; it being also the ordinary conclusion of
their Tales, (sure of our English,) That since God hath done thus and thus by this
holy Martyr, or sith God hath by such Miracles honoured this Martyr,</hi> let us pray unto
him, that by his Merits and Intercession we may obtain salvation. <hi>Nor is it a late device:</hi>
                  <pb n="682" facs="tcp:63175:394"/>
Greg. Turonensis <hi>above a thousand years ago, in his two Books</hi> De Miraculis Martyrum,
<hi>as his fabulous Narrations (which yet many of them he refers to others before him)
are excellently well framed for the promotion of</hi> Saint-worship; <hi>so in the conclusions
of them he plainly confesses that that was his aim, shutting up his first Book thus;</hi> Vn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>de
oportet &amp; nos eorum Patrocinia expetere, ut eorum mereamur Suffragiis, vel quod no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stris
digni non sumus meritis obtinere;<note place="margin">This <hi>Gregory</hi> of <hi>Tours</hi> died <hi>An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>no</hi> 596.</note> eorum possumus Intercessionibus adipisci, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> It
behoves us therefore to desire the Patronage of the Martyrs, that so we may merit through
their Suffrages, and by their Intercessions obtain that which we are not worthy of upon the
account of our own Merits. <hi>His second thus;</hi> Ergò his miraculis Lector intendens intelli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gat,
non aliter nisi Martyrum reliquorúmque amicorum Dei adjutoriis se posse salvari, <hi>&amp;c.</hi>
And therefore let the Reader, well considering these Miracles, understand that there is no
possibility for him to be saved but by the help of Martyrs and other friends of God.</p>
               <p>But among the Greeks <hi>Simeon Metaphrastes</hi> hath a strain beyond us all,<note place="margin">But I find now the same in the <hi>A<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>re<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> L<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>geu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>la</hi> of all the fol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lowing Mar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tyrs, save the first, which is not there, &amp; S. <hi>Barbara</hi> is but the Appendix.</note> who feigns
prayers for many of his Martyrs, wherein they desire of God, that whosoever should
pray unto him in their names, or have recourse to their Sepulchres when they were
glorified, might obtain whatsoever they asked, yea remission of sins it self. Which
because it is so singular a Counterfeit of a lying Greek, I shall not do amiss to insert the
particulars, together with something about the occasion and time of this device.</p>
               <p>In the Martyrdom of <hi>Anastasia,</hi> a <hi>Roman</hi> Virgin, under <hi>Diocletian,</hi> he tells us, if
we be so wise as to believe it,</p>
               <p>
                  <q>That at the time of her suffering, when she had, as was fit, given thanks unto
God, and prayed for the happy accomplishment of her Martyrdom, and afterward
made suit for those who being sick should have recourse unto her, (to wit after
death,) she heard a voice from heaven certifying, that what she had asked was
granted her.</q>
               </p>
               <p>Saint <hi>Barbara,</hi> a Virgin of <hi>Heliopolis,</hi> martyred under <hi>Maximianus,</hi> he makes,
under the Executioner's hand, to pray in this manner:</p>
               <p>And thou, O King, (<hi>God,</hi>) now hear my prayer, That whosoever shall remember thy
name, and (this) my conflict, no pestilent disease may enter upon his house, nor any other
of those evils which may bring damage or troubles to the bodies of men.—<hi>She had no
sooner spoken, saith he, but a voice was miraculously heard from heaven, calling her
and her fellow-Martyr</hi> Iulian <hi>to the heavenly p<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>aces, and promising also that those
things which she had asked should be accomplished.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>In Saint <hi>Blasius</hi> (who suffered, saith <hi>Baronius,</hi> under <hi>Licinius</hi>) our <hi>Simeon</hi> tells
us,</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>That when a woman came unto him to cure her son, who had a fish-bone sticking in
his throat, he prayed in this manner:</hi> Thou, O Saviour, who hast been ready to help those
who called upon thee in truth, hear my prayer, and by thy invisible power take out the bone
which sticks in this child, and cure him: And whensoever hereafter the like shall befall
men, children, or beasts; if any one then shall remember my name, saying, <hi>O Lord,
hasten thy help through the intercession of thy servant</hi> Blasius, do thou cure him speedily,
to the honour and glory of thy holy Name.</p>
               <p>Again he tells us, That while they were carrying him before the President, he re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stored
to a poor widow a Hog, her only Hog, which a Wolf had taken away from
her. And when as afterward, in sign of thankfulness, she brought the Hog's head
and feet boiled to the Martyr in prison, he blessing her, spake in this manner; <hi>Wo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>man,
in this Habit celebrate my Memorial, and no good thing shall ever be wanting in thine
house from my God: yea and if any other, imitating thee, shall in like manner celebrate my
Memorial, he shall receive an everlasting gift from my God, and a blessing all the days of
his life.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>When he comes to suffer, he makes him pray to God thus:</hi> Hear me thy Servant;
and whosoever shall have recourse to this thine Altar, (<hi>he means himself</hi>) and whosoever
shall have swallowed a bone or prickle, or be vexed with any disease, or be in affliction or
necessity of persecution, Grant, Lord, to every one his heart's desire, as thou art gracious
and merciful; for thou art to be glorified now and evermore.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>When he had thus prayed (saith he) Christ descended from heaven as a cloud, and
overshadowed him: and our Saviour said unto him,</hi> O my beloved Champion, I will
not only do this, but that also which thou didst request for the widow; and I will bless also
every house which shall celebrate thy Memory, and I will fill their store-houses with all good
things, for this thy glorious Confession and thy faith which thou hast in me.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="683" facs="tcp:63175:394"/>
Saint <hi>Catharine,</hi> whom he calls <hi>AEcatharina,</hi> a Martyr of <hi>Alexandria</hi> under <hi>Maximi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>anus,</hi>
he makes to pray thus at her Martyrdom:</p>
               <p>Grant unto those, O Lord, who through me shall call upon thy holy Name, such their re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quests
as are profitable for them; that in all things thy wondrous works may be praised now
and evermore.</p>
               <p>But above all the rest, <hi>Marina</hi>'s prayer, whom we Latines call Saint <hi>Margaret,</hi> is
compleat and for the purpose: she suffered under <hi>Diocletian,</hi> and thus she prayed,
if you dare believe <hi>Simeon.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>And now, O Lord my God, whosoever for thy sake shall worship this Tabernacle of my
Body, which hath fought for thee, and whosoever shall build an Oratory in the name of thy
handmaid, and shall therein offer unto thee spiritual sacrifices, oblations and prayers, and
all those who shall faithfully<note n="*" place="margin">O happy <hi>Sime<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>n.</hi>
                  </note> describe this my conflict of Martyrdom, and shall read and
remember the name of thy handmaid; Give unto them, most holy Lord, who art a lover of
the good and a friend of Souls, remission of sins; and grant them propitiation and mercy,
according to the measure of their faith; and let not the revenging hand come near them,
nor the evil of Famine, nor the curse of Pestilence, nor any grievous scourge; nor let any
other incurable destruction either of Body or Soul betide them. And to all those who shall in
faith and truth adhere to my house (<hi>her Oratory or Chappel</hi>) or unto my name, and shall
unto thee, O Lord, offer glory and praise and a sacrifice in remembrance of thine Hand<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>maid,
and shall ask salvation and mercy through me; Grant them, O Lord, abundant
store of all good things: for thou alone art good and gracious, and the giver of all good
things for ever and ever. Amen.</p>
               <p>While she was thus<note n="*" place="margin">If <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>he pray<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap> this prayer <hi>with her self,</hi> by what revela<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion was it made known to others?</note> 
                  <hi>praying with her self</hi> (saith <hi>Simeon</hi>) behold there was a great
earthquake, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> yea and the Lord himself, with an host and multitude of holy An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gels
standing by her, in such sort as was perceptible to the understanding, said, <hi>Be of
good chear,</hi> Marina, <hi>and fear not, for I have heard thy prayers, and have fulfilled, and
will in due time fulfill whatsoever thou hast asked, even as thou hast asked it.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Thus saith <hi>Simeon;</hi> who nevertheless in the very entrance to this his tale of <hi>Mari<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>na</hi>
or <hi>Margaret,</hi> complains much, forsooth, that not a few of these Narrations of the
Acts of Martyrs were at the beginning forged, yea profaned (as he faith more truly
than he was aware of) <hi>evidentissimis Daemoniorum doctrinis.</hi> Besides, he calls I know
not what Narration of this Virgin's Martyrdom, in that sort corrupted, <hi>Dictio Dae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>moniaca:</hi>
but for his own part, he would reject all counterfeit fables, and tell us no<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thing
but the very truth. Which how honestly he hath performed, and what touch<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stone
he used, let the Reader judge.<note n="*" place="margin">In notis ad Martyrologi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>um Roman <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>ul. 13.</note> 
                  <hi>Baronius</hi> I am sure is quite ashamed of him,
who though he can be sometimes content to trade with not much better ware, yet this
of <hi>Simeon</hi>'s he supposes will need very much washing and cleansing before it be mer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chantable.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="5" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. V.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>An useful Digression concerning the time when <hi>Simeon Metaphrastes</hi> lived, and the occasion
of his writing. That his living within the time of the great Opposition against <hi>Saint-wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ship</hi>
moved him to devise such Stories as made for the credit and advantage of that Cause
then in danger. A brief historical account (even out of the Records left by the Adver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>saries)
of the great Opposition in the Greek and Eastern Churches against worshipping of
Images and of Saints: When it began, how long it lasted, and under what Emperors.
Of the Great Council held at <hi>Constantinople</hi> under <hi>Constantinus Copronymus</hi> against
Idolatry. An attempt to foist in two Canons in favour of <hi>Saint-worship</hi> frustrated.
Several Slanders and Calumnies fastened upon the Council and the Emperor by the idola<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trous
faction. The Original of these Slanders: That they were notorious Lies, proved
from the Decrees of the Council.</p>
               </argument>
               <p>BUT for the better understanding of this <hi>Mystery of iniquity,</hi> and what necessity
there was of such desperate shifts when time was; ye shall know that this supersti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tious
<hi>Simeon</hi> lived towards the end of that time of great and long Opposition against
<pb n="684" facs="tcp:63175:395"/>
                  <hi>Idolatry</hi> in the Greek and Eastern Churches, by divers Emperors with the greatest
part of their Bishops, Peers, and People, lasting from about the year of our Lord 720
till after 840, that is a 120 years: which was not against <hi>Images</hi> only, though they
bare the name; but the <hi>Worship of Saints and their Reliques:</hi> The state whereof it shall
not be amiss to represent out of such Records of Antiquity as our Adversaries them<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>selves
have been pleased to leave us; if it be but for their sake who so often ask us
whether there were ever any of our Religion before <hi>Luther.</hi> Let us therefore hear
what Writers of their own Sect, such as then lived and were eye-witnesses, will tell us.</p>
               <p>Leo Isaurus (<hi>saith</hi> Theophames, Miscell. lib. 21. cap. 23.) <hi>erred not only about the</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> respective adoration of venerable Images, <hi>but about the</hi> Intercession of the most chast
Mother of God, and all the Saints, whose Reliques also the most wicked man abominated,
like unto his masters the <hi>Mahumetans.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>This was the first of those Emperors: the next was</hi> Constantinus, <hi>whom they sur<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>named</hi>
Copronymus, <hi>of whom the same Author</hi> (ibid. c. ult.) <hi>speaks as followeth:</hi>
This pernicious, (<hi>saith he</hi>) inhumane and barbarous Emperor, abusing his authority ty<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rannically,
and not using it lawfully, at the very beginning made an Apostasie from God
and his undefiled Mother and all his Saints.</p>
               <p>Again, <hi>lib.</hi> 22. <hi>cap.</hi> 42. upon the twenty sixth year of his reign:</p>
               <p>—He shewed himself wicked, beyond the frenzie of the <hi>Mahumetans,</hi> to all that were Or<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thodox
(<hi>so he calls</hi> Idolaters,) under his Empire, Bishops, Monks, Lay-men and other
his subjects; every where, as well by writing as by speech, banishing, as unprofitable, the
Intercessions of the holy Virgin and Mother of God and of all the Saints, (through which all
succour is conveyed unto us) and causing their holy Reliques to be rejected and despised:
And if the Reliques of any notable Saint, soveraign both to body and Soul, were known to
lie any where, and were, as the manner is, honoured by those which were religious; pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sently
he threatned such as these with death, as wicked doers, or else with proscriptions,
banishment, and torture. As for the Reliques acceptable to God, and esteemed by the posses<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sors
as a treasure, they were taken from them, from thence forward to be made hateful things.</p>
               <p>Again, <hi>cap.</hi> 48. of the next year:</p>
               <p>—If any one getting a fall, or being in pain, chanced to utter the usual language of Chri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stians,
saying, <hi>O Mother of God, help me;</hi> or were found keeping Vigils, <hi>&amp;c.</hi> he was
adjudged as the Emperor's enemy, and styled <hi>Immemorabilis,</hi> Vnworthy of memory: This
man a title of insamy.</p>
               <p>Again, <hi>cap.</hi> 54. <hi>Anno regni</hi> 31.</p>
               <p>—If one were found to have a Relique but to keep, (<hi>that is, though he worshipped it
not,)</hi> yet nevertheless did <hi>Lichanodraco</hi> (the Emperor's President) burn it, and punish
him that had it as a wicked doer. <hi>Thus far</hi> Theophanes.</p>
               <p>Hear now what the Author of the Acts of Monk <hi>Stephen,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Hab<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>tur in <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>pe<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>bus <hi>Da<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mas<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>ni,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap> interprete Ia<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>oh<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap>, ex Reginae matris bibliotheca: &amp; apud <hi>Surtum, Tam.</hi> 6. <hi>Nov.</hi> 
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>8.</note> whom the same Empe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ror
made one of their Martyrs for patronizing Idols, can tell us: Hear what he
saith of the great Council of <hi>Constantinople,</hi> held in this Emperor's reign against
Images.</p>
               <p>O Christ, how should I not admire thy lenity!—To that height did those most impudent
tongues yet further break out, that they were not afraid to utter that monstrous and impious
speech, <hi>viz.</hi> That the very Virgin-Mother of God her self was now after her death unavail<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>able,
and no use to be made of her, nor could she help or protect any one.</p>
               <p>The same Author thus deplores the state of those times, abusing the words of
<hi>Psalm</hi> 79.</p>
               <p>O God, the heathen are come into thine Inheritance; thy holy Temple have they defiled,
and made Hierusalem an heap of stones: The dead Bodies of thy servants have they given to
be meat to the fowls of the aire, and the flesh of thy Saints unto the beasts of the earth; <hi>that
is, (saith he)</hi> the venerable and sacred Reliques of the Martyrs, <hi>quas partim igni, par<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tim
mari, partim denique (ô facinus orbi universo damnum serens!) praecipitiis tra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>diderunt;</hi>
which they cast partly into the fire, partly into the water, and (O villanous act
whereby the whole world is damnified!) partly threw down into precipices.</p>
               <p>There is nothing yet in these relations will do any man hurt by ingendring a miscon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ceit,
especially if he remember the tale is told by malicious Adversaries, that counter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>feit
Reliques were plentiful in those days as well as now, and that <hi>Hezckiah</hi> brake in
pieces the brazen Serpent made by God's own commandment, a holy monument and a
type of Christ, when it was once abused to Idolatry.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="685" facs="tcp:63175:395"/>
After the death of this Emperor <hi>Constantine,</hi> and his son who reigned not long af<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter
him, the Idolatrous faction, under <hi>Constantine</hi> his nephew and the Queen-mother
<hi>Irene,</hi> again for some years prevailed; and that so far, as to pack a Council, called
the Second of <hi>Nice,</hi> the Bishop of <hi>Rome</hi> having a main stroke therein; whereby the
former Council of <hi>Constantinople</hi> was condemned, and the worship of <hi>Images</hi> again
established. But <hi>Leo Armenius</hi> coming to the Empire, the Orthodox part again pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vailed,
as before they had done, during the reign of three Emperors more.</p>
               <p>The last Emperor of the Opposers of Idols was <hi>Theophilus;</hi> the last Patriarch <hi>Iohn.</hi>
And that to the very end the Idolatry of <hi>Saint-worship</hi> was opposed more or less, as
well as that of <hi>Images,</hi> may be gathered out of that<note n="*" place="margin">Hab<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>tur a<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pud Baron an<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> 842. Sect. 28.</note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, or <hi>Song of Triumph,</hi>
which the Greeks used to sing every first Sunday in <hi>Lent,</hi> for a memorial of their last
and final conquest of the Opposers of <hi>Images,</hi> ever since that time; where in the
Hymn of <hi>Theodorus Ode</hi> 8. I find this verse, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
(that is,) <hi>The sacred Reliques of the Saints, and their Images, were not at
all to be worshipped, said most wickedly the renouncers of piety, the barbarous</hi> Lezich <hi>and</hi>
Iohn. This <hi>Iohn</hi> is that Patriarch of <hi>Constantinople</hi> which I said was the last of the
Opposers of Idols, and is often mentioned in this Song, as is also <hi>Lezich,</hi> but what he
was is uncertain.</p>
               <p>But this whole story being delivered unto us only by profest enemies, if they should
fasten no worse calumnies upon the opposite side than yet you have heard, you would
think perhaps that the Patrons of Idols then were far more ingenuous to their Adver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>saries
than we find their Successors now. Hear therefore something of this kind also,
that you may see, as they agreed with us in the same profession against Idols, so did they
also in suffering the like slanderous lies from their Adversaries. In discoursing where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>of
I shall be nearer to <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> than I was before.</p>
               <p>In that great Council of 338 Bishops, held at <hi>Constantinople</hi> against Idols under
<hi>Constantinus Copronymus,</hi> were, by some that wished well to <hi>Saint-worship,</hi> (though
they consented against <hi>Images,</hi>) these two Canons inserted into the first draught of the
Definition of the Synod; 1. <hi>If any one should not confess the holy and ever-Virgin</hi> Mary,
<hi>truly and properly</hi> Deipara <hi>(the Mother of God) to be higher than any visible or invisible
creature, and with a sincere faith implores not her intercession, Let him be Anathema.</hi>
2. <hi>If any one shall not confess all the Saints, which have been from the beginning of the
world until now—to be honourable before God both in Soul and body, or shall not intreat
their prayers—Let him be Anathema:</hi> which, when the Definition came to be read in
the Council, the prevailing part of the Fathers caused to be blotted out<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap> the Confuter. <hi>Conc. Nic..</hi> 2. <hi>Act.</hi> 6. <hi>Tom.</hi> 6.</note>: whereup<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
that slander, fastned on them by their enemies, may seem to have taken the first
hint; as if forsooth by their rejecting these two foisted Canons, they had therefore
denied whatsoever was contained in them; <hi>as</hi> That the Virgin <hi>Mary</hi> was <hi>Deipara</hi> the
Mother of God, or That the Saints were to be honoured so much as with that honou<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rable
title of <hi>Saints.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>For</hi> Cedrenus <hi>would make us believe, That this Emperor</hi> Constantine <hi>published</hi> a
general law, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, that none of the Servants of God should in any wise be called
<hi>Saints:</hi> yea, that such of their Reliques as were found, should be despised, and their Inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cession
not to be prayed for; because, <hi>said he,</hi> they can avail nothing. The prophane wretch
added (<hi>saith the same Author</hi>) Let no man pray for the Intercession, no not of <hi>Mary,</hi> for
she can do him no good; <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> moreover that she should
not be called <hi>Deipara, that is,</hi> the Mother of God. <hi>Then he tells us, that he compared
the Blessed Virgin, after she was delivered of Christ, to</hi> a purse emptied of the gold that
was once in it. <hi>The same with</hi> Cedrenus, <hi>almost word for word, hath</hi> Suidas; <hi>so that
the one may seem to have been transcribed out of the other.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>But <hi>Theosterictus,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Apud S<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="4 letters">
                        <desc>••••</desc>
                     </gap>m Apr. 3. Tom. 2.</note> one who lived at the same time, (whereas <hi>Cedrenus</hi> was more
than 240 years after) seems much more ingenuous: For in his funeral Oration upon
<hi>Nicetus,</hi> a Confessor of<note n="*" place="margin">Under <hi>Leo</hi> Armeniu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>.</note> those times, whose Disciple he was, relating otherwise the
same things which <hi>Cedrenus</hi> and <hi>Suidas</hi> do, yet when he comes to the story of <hi>the purse,</hi>
he brings in the Emperor expresly calling the Virgin <hi>Mary Deipara;</hi> but finds fault that
he would not vouchsafe her the name <hi>Saint. Ita Deiparens Maria</hi> (<note n="*" place="margin">
                     <hi>Viz.</hi> The Emperor,</note> saith he) (<hi>neque
enim</hi> Sanctam <hi>dignabatur nominare illam</hi> (saith <hi>Theosterictus</hi>) indignus ille) quo tempore
Christum in se habebat, valde honoranda illa erat; ex quo autem tempore illum peperit,
nihil differebat à reliquis.</p>
               <p>Indeed it seems that at the wiping out of those fore-mentioned Canons, there pas<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sed
something in the Council (as is wont in such disputes) concerning an indifference
<pb n="686" facs="tcp:63175:396"/>
or lawfulness in ordinary speech to mention such places as were dedicated to the
memory of Saints, without the addition of the name <hi>Saint.</hi> For I find that <hi>Stephen</hi>
the Monk, (afterward forsooth a Martyr) at what time the Emperor sent some of the
Bishops and others unto him, to require his subscription to the Decree of the Council,
thus expostulates with them; <hi>Did ye not</hi> (saith he) <hi>discard this adjective</hi> Saint <hi>from
all the Iust, from all the Apostles, from the Prophets, Martyrs and other godly men? For
it was bravely decreed by you, That when any one were going to any of these, and were ask<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
whither he went, he should answer,</hi> To the Apostles, To the forty Martyrs; <hi>or being
asked whence he came, he should in like manner say,</hi> From the Temple of the Martyr
<hi>Theodore,</hi> From the Temple of the Martyr <hi>George.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>But <hi>Theosterictus</hi> tells the same thing of the Emperor <hi>Constantine</hi> himself. <hi>Sanctos
Martyres,</hi> (saith he) <hi>quantum in ipsoerat, honore privavit, cùm praeceperit non esse illos</hi>
Sanctos <hi>appellandos, sed simpliciter nominari Apostolos, quadraginta Martyres,</hi> Theodo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum,
Georgium, <hi>&amp; alios similiter: He deprived, as much as in him lay, the holy Mar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tyrs
of honour, in that he commanded they should not be styled</hi> Saints, <hi>but simply named</hi>
The Apostles, The forty Martyrs, Theodore, George, &amp;c. Whereby it appears,
that this Law (whatsoever it was which these Authors charge the Emperor with)
was something that proceeded from the Council it self, as Monk <hi>Stephen</hi> even now
charged them. Besides, that it was something only about the calling of Places dedi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cated
to Saints, though our Authors (as Calumniators use) tell it of Saints at large.
Lastly, that it seems to have grown upon some question, how far and in what kind
Saints were to be honoured, which was occasioned by the wiping out of those Canons
afore-mentioned.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Ioannes Curopalata</hi> and <hi>Cedrenus</hi> relate, That <hi>Michael Balbus,</hi> the last save one of
the Emperors that opposed Idols, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>ordained that the word</hi> [Saint]
<hi>should not be set upon any Images wheresoever they were painted.</hi> For this was (and as
some say<note n="*" place="margin">Possevinus in sua Moscovia.</note> is yet) the fashion of the <hi>Greeks,</hi> to add the names of the Saints to the Ima<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ges
which are to represent them. Now if any such thing as this were done or discour<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sed
of in the days of <hi>Constantinus,</hi> whom they call <hi>Copronymus,</hi> you may easily guess
what fuel it might add to the fire of that slander we speak of.</p>
               <p>But why should we trouble our selves any longer to find out the Original of that
which we are certain was a <hi>notorious lie?</hi> For it is apparent in the Definition of the
Council it self which is thus calumniously charged, that they both give the Title of
<hi>Saints</hi> often to the Apostles, Fathers and others, and of <hi>Deipara</hi> to the Blessed Virgin.
I shall not need to recount every place where they give the Title of <hi>Saint</hi> to particu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lars;
hear but what they say in general: <hi>Sancti qui Deo placuerunt, &amp; ab ipso sunt</hi>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>dignitate Sanctitatis honorati, vivunt semper Deo, licèt hinc migra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verunt;
The</hi> Saints <hi>which pleased God, and are by him honoured with the dignity of</hi> Saint<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ship,
<hi>though they be departed hence, yet to God they always live.</hi> Again, <hi>Nefas est Christi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>anis,</hi>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Daemonum cultricum Gentium moribus uti, &amp;</hi> Sanctos <hi>qui
tali &amp; tantâ gratiâ resplendebunt (sc. conregnare cum Christo, &amp; judicare orbem terra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum,
&amp; conformes fieri gloriae ipsius) in ingloria &amp; mortua materia</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>contu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>meliâ
afficere; It is unlawful for Christians to use the fashions of the Gentiles which wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>shipped
Daemons or Devils, and in a base and liveless matter</hi> (they mean <hi>Images) to di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>shonour
the</hi> Saints, <hi>which shall one day shine in such and so great grace and glory,</hi> viz. <hi>to
reign with Christ, and to judge the world, and to be made like to his glory,</hi> as they said a
little before. <hi>Concil. Nicen.</hi> 2. <hi>Act.</hi> 6. <hi>Tom.</hi> 4.</p>
               <p>As for the other part of the Calumny, about styling the Virgin <hi>Mary Deipara,</hi> hear
not only what they practised, but what they expresly decreed (<hi>ibid. Tom.</hi> 6.) <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <hi>If any shall not confess God to be truly</hi> Emmanuel, <hi>and therefore the
holy Virgin to be</hi> Deipara <hi>the Mother of God—Let him be Anathema.</hi> Here the Blessed
Virgin hath both the name of <hi>Saint</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> and <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>Mother of God</hi> given her.
All this you shall find in the sixth Act of the Idolatrous Council of <hi>Nice,</hi> where the Ene<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mies,
whilest they would confute the Definition of the Synod at <hi>Constantinople,</hi> have
preserved it, which else had utterly perished, as the Acts thereof have done.</p>
               <p>Now judge whether <hi>Constantine</hi> and his Council were guilty or not of what the
Idolatrous Faction charged them with. But we may wonder the le<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>s at this notorious
impudency of lying companions, seeing we have experience of the like calumnies fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stened
upon our selves this day, though there be so many thousand eyes and ears, and
writings too, which confute them.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="687" facs="tcp:63175:396"/>
AND thus you have seen what manner of Times they were about the end of
which our <hi>Simeon Metaphrastes</hi> lived. Was it not high time, think you, for him and
those hands to which he was beholden, (for I will not charge him with all) to ply
the old craft, and re-inforce the Legends with new Lies, when the credit of <hi>Saint<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>worship</hi>
lay thus a bleeding? It is not credible they would be so much wanting to
themselves. And it is as apparent that those Tales of the new strain, which we had
out of <hi>Simeon,</hi> were coined in this age, and not before: For if any such thing had
been known or delivered from elder times, how came it to pass no notice thereof was
given us by any Writer of Ecclesiastical story, by any Father, by any Compiler or
forger of Martyrs Lives and Miracles, till now? Certainly so miraculous and won<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derful
things as <hi>Voices from Heaven,</hi> and <hi>Christ descending thence in a cloud,</hi> and
the like, had been worth the telling. But, alas<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap> they could tell us but little of
these Martyrs, save only the names and time of their suffering. And thus I end
my <hi>Digression,</hi> which yet I hope hath not been altogether impertinent to the pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sent
argument.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="6" type="chapter">
               <head>CHAP. VI.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>That <hi>Saint-worship</hi> was promoted by Counterfeit Writings under the name of Antiquity.
That <hi>Image-worship</hi> and the <hi>Idolatry of the Mass-God</hi> were advanced by the <hi>Hy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pocrisy
of Liers:</hi> This illustrated from several fabulous Narrations. A foul Story
made use of by the second Council of <hi>Nice</hi> in the behalf of <hi>Image-worship.</hi>
                  </p>
               </argument>
               <p>THE last particular of <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>The Hypocrisie of Liers,</hi> I made to be
<hi>Counterfeit Writings under the names of the first and best Antiquity;</hi> S. <hi>Peter</hi>'s Liturgy,
the Liturgy of S. <hi>Iames,</hi> of <hi>Matthew,</hi> of <hi>Mark,</hi> The Apostles Council at <hi>Antioch;</hi>
Foisted works under the names of <hi>Iustin, Origen, Cyprian, Athanasius</hi> and others,
Through which we need not doubt but the <hi>Doctrine of Daemons</hi> was promoted, when
we see some not ashamed still to maintain it by these counterfeit authorities.</p>
               <p>Thus you see how the <hi>first-born</hi> and <hi>the most ancient part of the Doctrine of Daemons,</hi>
the <hi>Deifying</hi> of <hi>Saints and Martyrs,</hi> was advanced by the <hi>Hypocrisy of Liers</hi> The
same you shall find to have been verified also in the advancing of the <hi>next-born Dae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mon-changling,
Image-worship,</hi> and of the third, the <hi>Idolatry of the Mass-God;</hi> all
brought in and established by the means and wayes aforenamed. I need not spend
time in historical allegations, they are well enough known; and <hi>Primum in unoquo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
genere est mensura consequentium;</hi> by that I spake of the first, you may judge of
those which follow, yet for <hi>Images,</hi> I will tell you a Story or two for a tast.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Bale</hi> our Countrey-man (<hi>Script. Illust. Britan. Cent.</hi> 1. c. 91, 99.) relates that about
the year 712 one <hi>Egwin</hi> of <hi>Worcester</hi> published in writing certain <hi>Revelations,</hi> yea
<hi>express Visions</hi> he had seen, wherein he was enjoyned to set up in his Diocese
of <hi>Worcester</hi> the Image of the Blessed Virgin for the people to worship; which Pope
<hi>Constantine</hi> the first having made him confirm by oath, not only ratified by his Bull,
but caused <hi>Brithwald</hi> the Arch-bishop to hold a Council of the whole Clergy at <hi>Lon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>don</hi>
to commend them to the people.</p>
               <p>In that Idolatrous Council of the second of <hi>Nice,</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Concil. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                        <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> Act. 4.</note> one of their <hi>proofs,</hi> among ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ny
other the like, for <hi>worshipping of Images,</hi> is a tale (quoted out of I know not
what <hi>Sophronius</hi>) of a certain Recluse, who using to worship an Image of the Vir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gin
<hi>Mary</hi> holding <hi>Christ</hi> in her arms, had been a long time tempted by the Devil to
fornication; whereat on a time the old man being much aggrieved, the Devil visibly
appearing told him in plain terms (but under an oath of secrecy) that he would ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ver
cease to vex him, until he left worshipping the Image of the Blessed Virgin. The
Monk, notwithstanding the Devil had made him swear by the most High he should
tell no body, yet acquaints one Abbot <hi>Theodore</hi> with the business; who not only
allows of his perjury in revealing it, but gives him this ghostly resolution, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <hi>It
were better be frequented all the Stews in the City, than not to worship Christ and his Mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
in an Image.</hi> I am afraid some of this Monk's successors still observe this whole<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>some counsel.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="688" facs="tcp:63175:397"/>
I must tell you also some of the <hi>Miracles</hi> and <hi>Lies</hi> for laying the foundation of
<hi>Transubstantiation,</hi> and thence advancing the <hi>Idol of the Mass.</hi> 
                  <q>A certain Monk re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ports
that he saw <hi>Iesus</hi> Christ in form of a Child sitting upon the Altar. Another
saith, yea more than that one, That <hi>Witikind</hi> King of the <hi>Saxons</hi> entring disguised
into a Church, and diligently observing the Christians fashion of receiving the
Communion, saw them put a little pretty smiling boy into their mouths.</q> These won<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ders
and other the like of apparitions of <hi>flesh</hi> and <hi>bloud</hi> began not till about the end of
the eight-hundredth year. But that they might seem ancienter, <hi>Simeon Metaphrastes</hi>
hath a forged Legend of <hi>Arsenius</hi> the Eremite; and some body counterfeited the
life of S. <hi>Basil,</hi> under the name of <hi>Amphilochius</hi> his companion, which now they be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gin
to be ashamed of. And for fear the people might suspect that these were Illusions,
they keep yet some of the <hi>flesh and bloud</hi> which was thus <hi>transubstantiated,</hi> for a mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nument,
in many Churches. To these apparitions, to make all compleat, they tell
us of <q>a hive of Bees seen in Saint <hi>Gervais</hi> his Monastery in <hi>Paris,</hi> which built a
Chappel of Wax in honour of the Host, which some body put into their hive;
and a miracle of an Ass that left his provender to worship the Host;</q> and many
other the like. But I have stayed too long amongst them, and therefore let here be
the conclusion of <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>the hypocrisie of Liers,</hi> that we may pass on to that is yet behind.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="7" type="chapter">
               <head>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Vide Opus Hi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                     <gap reason="illegible: blotted" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>rarchicum seu Cosmain Me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>galianum in Timoth. ubi ex Homero <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Odyss. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>—Vid. etiam Oe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cumen. in Ti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>moth. Concil. Elibe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>titan. c. 33. Pla<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cuit in totum prohibere Episc. Presb. Diaconi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus &amp; Subdia<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>conibus—ab<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stinere se à con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jugibus suis, &amp;c.</note> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> &amp;c.
CHAP. VII.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>
                     <hi>That by these two Characters</hi> [Forbidding marriage <hi>and</hi> commanding to abstain from
meats] <hi>are chiefly decyphered</hi> Monks <hi>and</hi> Friers. <hi>That</hi> Prohibition of Marriage
<hi>and</hi> Abstaining from meats <hi>are inseparable characters of</hi> Monastick <hi>profession. That
the</hi> Renouncing of possessions <hi>or</hi> the having no propriety in any thing (<hi>another
Principle in</hi> Monkery) <hi>may be included under the</hi> Abstaining from meats. <hi>That the
word</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> (<hi>translated</hi> Meats) <hi>implies all things needful for maintenance of life,
proved from several places of Scripture.</hi>
                  </p>
               </argument>
               <p>I Come now unto the last particular of the Description of the <hi>Means whereby the
Doctrine of</hi> Daemons <hi>was to be advanced,</hi> viz. <hi>Through the Hypocrisie of such as forbid
marriage, and command to abstain from meats.</hi> Who are these? The wonderful cor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>respondence
of the Event makes me verily believe that the Holy Ghost intended
here (at least chiefly) to decypher unto us <hi>Monks</hi> and <hi>Doctors of Monkery,</hi> by two
such marks as are the chief points and grounds of that Singularity of life. For <hi>Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hibition
of marriage</hi> and <hi>Difference of meats</hi> are inseparable Characters of <hi>Monastical</hi>
profession, and therefore common to all that crew of Hypocrites, whether Solivagant
<hi>Eremites,</hi> or <hi>Anchorites</hi> which live alone, or <hi>Coenobites</hi> which live in Society. And
if we take them joyned together, as our Apostle doth, I think they can befit no other
kind of men by way of <hi>Rule</hi> and <hi>Precept</hi> but these alone. 'Tis true, all Antichrist's
Priests are forbidden <hi>marriage</hi> generally and absolutely; but <hi>meats</hi> they are not, but
only upon certain daies and times: which is not their case alone, but the people also
partake with them in the like restraint. But <hi>Monks</hi> are bound by the vowed Rule
of their profession to abstain from <hi>both</hi> absolutely and perpetually. Concerning the
first hear S. <hi>Chrysostome</hi> speak (<hi>Hom.</hi> 7. <hi>in Matth.) Nobis &amp; Monachis</hi> (saith he)
<hi>omnia mandata Legis sunt communia</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> 
                  <hi>All the Commandments of God's
Law are common to us with Monks, besides Marriage.</hi> Wherefore in the Council
of <hi>Chalcedon</hi> is an express Canon, <hi>cap.</hi> 16. <hi>Vt nec Deo dicata Virgo nec Monachus nu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bant,
That no Nun or Monk should marry, (i. e.)</hi> they might not forsake their
profession.</p>
               <p>For the second, the <hi>Abstaining from meats,</hi> S. <hi>Bennet</hi> can tell us best, who is the
Father and founder of well-nigh all the <hi>Monks</hi> of the West, His Rule, which they
all bind themselves to observe, saith, <hi>A carnibus omnes abstineant, Let all abstain from
flesh.</hi> Again, <hi>Carnium etiam quadrupedum omnino ab omnibus abstineatur comestio,
Let all abstain altogether from the eating of flesh even of four-footed beasts.</hi> Hence is
<pb n="689" facs="tcp:63175:397"/>
that Decree of Bishop <hi>Fructuosus</hi> in <hi>Gratian, Dist.</hi> 5. <hi>Carnem cuiquam Monacho nec
gustandi nec sumendi est concessa licentia, No Monk hath leave granted him to take or
so much as to tast a piece of flesh.</hi> And these were the two principal observations of
the first <hi>Monks,</hi> before they came to be gathered into a Society of a common life,
under certain set Rules. <hi>Paulus Thebaeus,</hi> the first pattern of this kind of life, abstain<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
(as from <hi>Marriage,</hi> whereof there is no question, so) from all <hi>meats</hi> save <hi>bread</hi>
and <hi>dates. Anthony</hi> the next ate nought but <hi>bread</hi> and <hi>salt,</hi> and both drank no other
drink but <hi>water. Epiphanius</hi> in his <hi>Anchorato</hi> tells us of differing observations in
this kind: Some ate no <hi>flesh,</hi> but <hi>fish;</hi> some neither of both, but only <hi>fruits</hi> and <hi>herbs</hi>
some are <hi>flying creatures,</hi> but abstained from all besides.</p>
               <p>But if you will take <hi>Meats</hi> in this place in a larger sense, you shall have a full De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>finition
of <hi>Monkery,</hi> and take in that other <hi>Monastical</hi> principle of <hi>Renouncing pos<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sessions,</hi>
and <hi>having no propriety in any thing,</hi> which they account the <hi>Second</hi> fundamen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tal
principle, next to the <hi>Vow of chastity</hi> or <hi>single life.</hi> Now may not <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Meats,</hi>
be expounded in this sense? We know the word [<hi>Bread</hi>] in Scripture signifies all
things needful for maintenance of life, <hi>omnia vitae subsidia;</hi> and therefore we ask
them all in the Lord's prayer under that name, <hi>Give us this day our daily bread.</hi> Mark
the words of <hi>David</hi> to <hi>Ziba,</hi> 2 <hi>Sam.</hi> 9. 10, <hi>Thou and thy Sons and thy Servants shall till
the land for him,</hi> (Mephibosheth,) <hi>and thou shalt bring in the fruits, that thy Ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ster's
son may have</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> Food <hi>to eat.</hi> Here <hi>Bread</hi> or <hi>Food</hi> is taken for <hi>Mephibo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sheth</hi>'s
whole maintenance, the whole profit of the Lands which <hi>Ziba</hi> tills. <hi>Matth.</hi>
10. 9, 10, <hi>Provide neither gold, nor silver, nor brass in your purses,</hi> Nor <hi>scrip for your
journey, neither two coats, nor shoes, nor yet staves; for the workman is worthy</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <hi>of his meat.</hi> Here <hi>gold, silver, brass, clothes and staves</hi> and all come un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>der
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, that is, <hi>meat.</hi> In stead whereof S. <hi>Luke</hi> chap. 10. vers. 7. putteth <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>his hire. Prov.</hi> 30. 8. <hi>Agur</hi> saith, <hi>Give me neither poverty nor riches: Feed me with</hi>
Food <hi>convenient for me,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>. By all which appears, that <hi>Food</hi> and <hi>Meat</hi> in
Scripture is often taken for <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, as S. <hi>Iames</hi> speaks (chap. 2.
vers. 16.) for all provision of things for the use of the body and this life; <hi>mainte<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nance,
revenue, estate, possession.</hi> Why may not then <hi>Abstaining from meats</hi> in this
Prophecie mean or include <hi>Abstaining from possessions, Votum paupertatis</hi> the <hi>Vow of
Poverty and renouncing of the world,</hi> as the Hypocrites call it? to which the follow<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
words [<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>] are every way as pliable as to the stricter sense, and may
be read thus, [<hi>which God hath created to be injoyed with thanksgiving of them which,</hi>
&amp;c.] Let us hear S. <hi>Bennet</hi>'s Rule speak for all. <hi>Nemo aliquid proprium habeat, nul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lam
omnino rem, neque codicem, neque tabulas, neque graphiarium, sed nihil omnino:
Let no man have any thing proper</hi> or <hi>as his own, no kind of thing, neither book, nor
writing, nor Inkhorn, nor any thing at all.</hi> And those who had once imposed upon
themselves this law, were prohibited for ever to return to the world again. <hi>Mona<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chis
non licere ad seculum redire,</hi> saith the Canon of a great Council. Hear a Story
out of S. <hi>Hierom, Epist. ad Eustochium.</hi> A certain <hi>Monk</hi> being dead, was found
to have been so good a Husband as to have had lying by him an hundred <hi>Solidi,</hi>
which he had gotten by weaving of linen; hereupon great doubt there was what
it should be done withal, whether given to the poor, to the Church, or to what
use. But <hi>Pambo, Isidorus,</hi> and the other Fathers (of the <hi>Monks</hi>) laying their
heads together, decreed it should be buried with him, with this blessing, <hi>Pecunia tua
sit tecum in perditionem, Thy mony perish together with thee.</hi> The like sentence gave
<hi>Gregory</hi> the Great against <hi>Iustus</hi> a <hi>Monk</hi> for the like fault, <hi>Dial.</hi> l. 4. <hi>c.</hi> 55.</p>
               <p>I conclude therefore, That these words are a Description of <hi>Monkery</hi> by such notes
as are fundamental, which way soever we take them; either containing <hi>Single life</hi>
and <hi>Discrimen ciborum</hi> the <hi>Differencing meats;</hi> or the two Vows of <hi>Chastity</hi> and <hi>Po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verty;</hi>
or all three of them, <hi>Chastity, Poverty,</hi> and <hi>Abstaining from meats.</hi> As for
that other <hi>Vow of Obedience,</hi> it was not from the beginning, nor common to all;
not to <hi>Eremites</hi> and <hi>Anchorites,</hi> but such as lived in common under an Head. And
these are the men through whose <hi>Hypocrisie</hi> and by whose means the <hi>Doctrine of Dae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mons</hi>
should be brought in and advanced among Christians in the <hi>Latter times.</hi>
               </p>
            </div>
            <div n="8" type="chapter">
               <pb n="690" facs="tcp:63175:398"/>
               <head>CHAP. VIII.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>That <hi>Monastick life</hi> and <hi>Saint-worship</hi> began much about the same time. That <hi>Monks</hi>
and <hi>Friers</hi> (chiefly intended in the Text by the <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, &amp;c.) were the
main authors and advancers of <hi>Saint-worship,</hi> proved from the Testimonies of <hi>Chem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nitius,</hi>
S. <hi>Austine, Gregory</hi> of <hi>Tours,</hi> as also <hi>Eunapius</hi> a Gentile Writer. That <hi>Monks</hi>
and <hi>Friers</hi> were the Ringleaders and chief advancers of <hi>Image-worship,</hi> appears in
that (during the <hi>Iconomachicall</hi> Controversie in the East) the greatest part of the
Storm fell upon those of the <hi>Monastick</hi> profession. That the <hi>Idolatry of the Mass-God</hi>
was promoted by the same persons.</p>
               </argument>
               <p>NOW let us see and behold with admiration the truth of this part also of this
Prophecie. Where first observe that <hi>this Singular kind of life</hi> began even
just at the time when the <hi>Doctrine of Daemons</hi> was to enter. For <hi>Paulus Thebaeus</hi> and
<hi>Anthony,</hi> the first patterns thereof, died, the former in the reign of <hi>Constantine,</hi> the
latter a little before the year 360, whence, or near unto which, we began our rec<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>koning
before of the first entrance of <hi>Saint-worship</hi> into the Church. About that
time Monks till then having been confined to <hi>AEgypt, Hilarion</hi> brought them into <hi>Syria,</hi>
and presently S. <hi>Basil</hi> gave them a certain rule to live together in form of a Polity,
and with the assistance of his brother <hi>Gregory Nyssen</hi> and <hi>Gregory Nazianzen</hi> (who
all entred this new kind of life) dispersed them over all <hi>Asia</hi> and <hi>Greece:</hi> whose
encrease was so wonderful, that almost in an instant they filled the World; and
their esteem was so great, that there was scarce a man of note but took upon him
this kind of life.</p>
               <p>Though therefore it be most true that our Apostle's prophecie will be verified,
which soever of the two, either such as themselves entred the Restraint of a <hi>Mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nastick</hi>
life, or those who approved, taught and maintained the holiness of that
Profession, (as the rest did) were the Ringleaders and Foster-fathers of this De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fection;
(for both come within the verge of such as <hi>forbid marriage and command to
abstain from meats</hi>) yet we will not content our selves with so loose an application,
but see what an hand <hi>Monks</hi> and <hi>Friers</hi> themselves (chiefly I suppose intended by
the Holy Ghost) had in this business.</p>
               <p>And first in the first <hi>Doctrine of Daemons, Adoring of Reliques and Invocation of
Saints:</hi> Where that which I first speak of shall be in the words of <hi>Chemnitius,</hi> lest
some more tender of the honour of our Fathers upon earth, than of the glory of our
Father in heaven, might take exception. Hear therefore not me, but <hi>Chemnitius</hi>
in his <hi>Examen Concilii Tridentini:</hi> About the year of our Lord 370, <hi>per Basilium,
Nyssenum &amp; Nazianzenum, in publicos Ecclesiae conventus, occasione orationum Panegy<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ricarum
(Invocatio Sanctorum) invehi incepit, eodem tempore cùm ab iisdem authori<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
Monachatus ex AEgypto &amp; Syria in Graeciam introduceretur. Et videtur</hi> (saith he)
<hi>haec sive portio, sive Appendix Monachatûs fuisse. By</hi> Basil, Nyssen <hi>and</hi> Nazianzen,
<hi>upon occasion of Panegyrical orations, Invocation of Saints began to be brought into the
publick Assemblies of the Church, at the same time when by the same Authors the Professi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
of</hi> Monastical <hi>life was brought out of</hi> AEgypt <hi>and</hi> Syria <hi>into</hi> Greece: <hi>and it seems</hi>
(saith he) <hi>that this was either a part, or an appurtenance of</hi> Monkery, &amp;c. Again,
speaking of S. <hi>Ambrose</hi> when he had once turned <hi>Monk,</hi> howsoever he was before,
<hi>Non tamen nego</hi> (inquit) <hi>Ambrosium tandem cùm Monachatum à Basilio mutuò sump<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sisset,
etiam ad Invocationem Sanctorum inclinare coepisse, ut patet ex libro De viduis:
I deny not</hi> (saith he) <hi>but</hi> Ambrose <hi>at length, when he had once borrowed</hi> Monkery <hi>from</hi>
Basil, <hi>began also to incline to the Invocation of Saints, as appears in his book</hi> De viduis.
Thus <hi>Chemnitius.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>And that you may yet further see how operative <hi>Monks</hi> were in this business,
hear S. <hi>Augustine De opere Monachorum, cap. 28. Tam multos hypocrit as sub habitu Mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nachorum
usquequaquam dispersit (Satan,) circumeuntes provincias, nusquam missos, nus<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quam
fixos, nusquam stantes, nusquam sedentes. Alii membra Martyrum (si tame<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
Martyrum) venditant—&amp; omnes petunt, omnes exigunt aút sumptus lucrosae egesta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tis,
aut simulatae pretium sanctitatis: The Devil</hi> (saith he) <hi>hath dispersed in every cor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ner
such a crew of Hypocrites under the habit of</hi> Monks, <hi>gadding about every Countrey,
<pb n="691" facs="tcp:63175:398"/>
sent no whither, staying no where, every where restless, whether sitting or standing:
Some sell the limbs of Martyrs, (if so be of Martyrs;) and all are asking, all exacting
either the expences of a gainful poverty, or the hire of a counterfeit sanctity.</hi> These
were those surely which occasioned that Rescript of <hi>Theodosius</hi> the Emperor, <hi>Ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mo
Martyrem distrahat, nemo mercetur, Let no man sell, let no man buy a Martyr:</hi>
whereby we may gather what honesty was like to be used amongst them. We know,</p>
               <q>Laudat venales qui vult extrudere merces,</q>
               <p>Merchants use to commend their commodities. <hi>Gregory</hi> of <hi>Tours,</hi> who lived and
died somewhat before the year 600, tells us this, <hi>Monachos quosdam Roman venisse,
ac prope Templum Pauli corpora quaedam noctu effodisse; qui comprehensi fassi sunt in
Graeciam se ea pro Sanctorum reliquiis portaturos fuisse: That certain</hi> Monks <hi>came to</hi>
Rome, <hi>and near unto S.</hi> Paul's <hi>Church in the night-time digged up certain bodies; who
being apprehended, confessed they meant to have carried them into</hi> Greece <hi>for Reliques
of Saints.</hi> The same Author, <hi>l. 9. c. 6. Hist. Franc.</hi> relates a Story of another coun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terfeit,
a <hi>Monk,</hi> who pretended to come out of <hi>Spain</hi> with <hi>Martyrs Reliques;</hi> but
being discovered, they were found to be Roots of certain Herbs, Bones of Mice,
and such like stuffe: and he tells us there <hi>were many such seducers which deluded the
people.</hi> And he said true, there were <hi>many</hi> indeed, and many more than <hi>Gregory</hi>
took for such, even those he took for honest men. For though it must not be de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nied
but God had some of this Order which were holy men and unfeignedly mor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tified,
notwithstanding their errour in thinking God was pleased with that singularity
of life; yet must it be confessed that the greater part were no better than Hypocrites
and Counterfeits, and that the lamentable Defection of the Christian Church chiefly
proceeded from and was fostered by men of that profession, as in part we have
heard already.</p>
               <p>And if you can with patience hear him speak, I will add the testimony of <hi>Euna<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pius
Sardianus,</hi> a Pagan Writer, who lived in the dayes of <hi>Theodosius</hi> the first, about
the year 400. In the life of <hi>AEdesius,</hi> most bitterly inveighing against the Christians
for demolishing that renowned Temple of <hi>Serapis</hi> at <hi>Alexandria</hi> in <hi>AEgypt,</hi> he
speaks in this manner: <hi>When they had done,</hi> (saith he) <hi>they brought into the holy
Places <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> those which they call</hi> Monks; <hi>Men indeed for shape, but
living like Swine, and openly committing innumerable villanies not to be named; who
yet took it for a piece of Religion thus to despise the Divinity</hi> (he means of <hi>Serapis:)
For then</hi> (saith he) <hi>whosoever wore a black coat, and would demean himself absurdly in
publick, got a tyrannical authority: To such an opinion of vertue had that sort of men
attained. These</hi> Monks <hi>also they placed at</hi> Canopus, <hi>in stead of the intelligible Gods,
to worship Slaves and those of no good conditions; thus bringing a bond of Religion up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
men. For having poudered the bones and skuls of such as had been condemned of ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ny
crimes, and punished by a legal course of Iustice, they made Gods of them, prostrat<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
themselves unto them, and thinking themselves the better for being polluted with Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pulchres:
They called them for sooth Martyrs, and some Deacons, yea and Solicitors of
their prayers with the Gods; being indeed but perfidious Slaves, who had been well
basted with the whip, and carried the scars of their lewdness upon their bodies: and yet
such Gods as these the Earth brings forth.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Thus the wretched caitisse and damned dog blasphemes the Saints and Servants
of Christ, who loved not their lives unto death, the dust of whose feet he was not
worthy to lick up. Yet may we make a shift to gather hence what manner of offi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ces
<hi>Monks</hi> were then busied in. And if <hi>Baronius</hi> took leave to use his testimony
for the antiquity of <hi>Saint-worship,</hi> why may not I with the like liberty alledge it,
to shew that <hi>Monks</hi> and <hi>Friers</hi> were Ringleaders therein?</p>
               <p>BUT when the Idolatry of <hi>Image-worship</hi> came to be added to that of <hi>Saints,</hi>
whether <hi>Monks</hi> and <hi>Friers</hi> were not the chief sticklers therein, judge, when you
shall hear how it fared with them in that great Opposition against Idols in the
<hi>East.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Of <hi>Leo Isaurus,</hi> the first of those Emperors that opposed Images, we have this
in general out of the Greek Menology; That he raged most cruelly against Bishops
and <hi>Monks</hi> which maintained the worship of Images; and that he burnt a whole
Cloister of such kind of people in their Monastery, together with a famous Library,
and all their furniture.</p>
               <p>But <hi>Constantine</hi> his son made a worse fray amongst them. For the Author of the
Acts of Monk <hi>Stephen</hi> tells us, That he being reproved and convicted for what he
<pb n="692" facs="tcp:63175:399"/>
had done (<hi>viz.</hi> against <hi>Images</hi>) by the religious and worthy professors of <hi>Monasti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cal</hi>
life, he raised an implacable war against them, calling that noble Habit <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <hi>the vesture of darkness,</hi> and the <hi>Monks</hi> themselves <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, that is, <hi>un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>worthy
of memory,</hi> and besides terming them all <hi>Idolaters</hi> for the worshipping of ve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nerable Images.</p>
               <p>The same is confirmed by <hi>Theosterictus,</hi> another Author of that time, who saith,
That the whole aim and study of this Emperor was to extinguish and root out the
Order of <hi>Monks.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>And for particulars, hear what <hi>Theophanes</hi> (himself a Monk, and a little <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>indged
too in this flame, before it ended) will inform us.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In the one and twentieth year of his reign he caused</hi> (saith he) Andreas Calybites,
<hi>a worthy Monk, who reproved him for his impiety,</hi> (in demolishing Images) <hi>to be
scourged till he died.</hi> Lib. 22. cap. 30. Hist. miscell.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In the five and twentieth year of his reign he caused Monk</hi> Stephen <hi>to be dragged by
the heels in the streets, till being rent in pieces, he died; both for the aforesaid offence,
and because he drew and perswaded many to a</hi> Monastical <hi>life.</hi> Ibid. cap. 39.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>The same year the Emperor</hi> (saith he) <hi>disgraced and dishonoured the</hi> Monastical <hi>Ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bit,
publickly commanding every Monk to lead a woman by the hand, and so to march
through the</hi> Hippodrome, <hi>all the people abusing them and spitting upon them.</hi> Ibid.
cap. 40.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In the seven and twentieth year</hi> (saith he) <hi>the Monasteries partly he destroyed
to the very foundations, partly bestowed them upon his Captains and Souldiers.</hi> Ibid.
cap. 49.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In the same year; when he could not draw</hi> Peter a Metra, <hi>a famous</hi> Stylite <hi>or Pillar-Monk,
unto his opinions, he caused him likewise to be dragged by the heels, and his body
cast out into the streets.</hi> Ibid. cap. 48.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>In his thirtieth year, his</hi> Praetor <hi>or Deputy</hi> Lichanodraco <hi>gathered all the</hi> Monks <hi>in
his Iurisdiction together, and commanded them to obey the Emperour, to put on a white
coat, and to</hi> marry wives <hi>instantly, or to have their eyes put out, and be sent into exile.</hi>
Ibid. cap. 52. So the Emperour, when he would have <hi>Constantine</hi> the Patriarch ab<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jure
<hi>Monkery, he made him</hi> (saith the same Author) <hi>eat flesh.</hi> Lib. eod. cap. 29.</p>
               <p>In the one and thirtieth year the same <hi>Lichanodraco</hi> sold all the <hi>Monasteries</hi> both
of men and women in his Iurisdiction, and sent the money to the Emperour. If he
found any one to have a <hi>Relique</hi> of any Saint in keeping, he burnt it, and punished
him that had it. He slew the <hi>Monks,</hi> some with stripes, some with the sword;
and left not a man, where he had to do, that wore a <hi>Monastical</hi> Habit: whereupon
the Emperour wrote thus unto him, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>I have found thee a man after mine own heart, who fulfillest my
whole will.</hi> Thus much of <hi>Constantine.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>The like reports <hi>Cedrenus</hi> of <hi>Michael Balbus,</hi> that he abominated <hi>Monks</hi> and di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>versly
afflicted them, ordaining one punishment after another against them. As also
of <hi>Theophilus</hi> the last Emperor that opposed Images: <hi>Theophilus</hi> (saith he) <hi>ordained</hi>
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>that no Monks should have access unto the Ci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ties,
and that they should by all means be banished;</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
<hi>and not so much as dare to be seen in the Countrey:</hi> and that he caused the
<hi>Monasteries</hi> and places of holy retirement to become common and secular habitations.
What the reason was, we may learn by that the same Author tells us: <hi>Of those</hi> (saith
he) <hi>which reprehended the Emperor, the</hi> Abramite Monks <hi>were the chief; who freely
adventuring into his presence, did demonstrate That</hi> Monastical <hi>life was not an inven<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion
of yesterday or the other day, but an ancient and primitive instituion; and That
holy Images were familiar in the Apostles times, and that</hi> S. Luke <hi>painted an Image
of the Blessed Virgin,</hi> &amp;c. But it seems the Emperor was not convinced by their
demonstrations; for their boldness cost them full dear, as our Author re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lates.</p>
               <p>By this time I know you understand what the matter was that this <hi>Image-storm</hi>
fell so heavily upon the heads of <hi>Monks</hi> and <hi>Friers;</hi> and yet notwithstanding all
this,<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Apud</hi> Baron. <hi>An.</hi> 842. S. 12.</note>
they at length prevailed, and carried the day (so God would have it) for
their Idols. For another <hi>Theophanes,</hi> whom they call the Presbyter, a Writer also
of his time, tells, That <hi>Theophilus</hi> being dead, <hi>Theodora</hi> the Empress, (whilst the
reigned in the minority of <hi>Michael</hi> her son) when she meant to restore <hi>Image-wor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ship</hi>
which had been banished now the second time, ever since <hi>Leo Armenius, Re cum
illis communicatâ qui erant in magistratu &amp; dignitate constituti, accersit cum ipsis eos
<pb n="693" facs="tcp:63175:399"/>
qui inter</hi> Monachos <hi>praestabant, &amp; de Imaginum instauratione quaestionem proponit.
Cúmque idem omnes consentientes comperisset, diuturnóque ejus rei desiderio teneri,
atque animo excruciari propter Religionis in hac re mutationem, postulat ut se etiam Pa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trum
authoritatibus ad veritatem confirmarent quas variis in libris invenissent; man<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>davítque
quo in loco Palatii praesinito Coetus Ecclesiasticus universus cogeretur, &amp; ad po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pulum
ea de reverba faceret,</hi> &amp;c. that is, <hi>When she had acquainted the Magistrates and
those that were in authority therewith, together with them she sens for the chiefest of
the</hi> Monks, <hi>and propounded to them the question concerning the restoring of Images:
whom when she found all men for the purpose, yea very eager in the business, she called
a Synod,</hi> whereby <hi>Idolatry</hi> was again publickly erected in the Greek Church, 120
years after it first began to be purged thereof by <hi>Leo Isaurus</hi> the Emperour.</p>
               <p>For the <hi>Idolatry</hi> of the <hi>Mass-God,</hi> which was not in use, at the soonest, till a
thousand years after Christ, (when the opinion of <hi>Transubstantiation</hi> had gotten
sufficient strength,) we shall not need trouble our selves much to shew that <hi>Monks</hi> and
<hi>Friers</hi> were the Authors and Advancers thereof, since by that time these kind of
men were become the only Masters of Divinity; and therefore we need not doubt
but what was then broached in the Church came out of their shops. Iudge now,
by what you have heard, how truly this Prophecie of S. <hi>Paul</hi> is fulfilled, who told
us <hi>That the Doctrines of Daemons should be brought into the Church</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, <hi>Through the hypocrisie of those who forbid to
marry, and</hi> command <hi>to abstain from meats.</hi>
               </p>
            </div>
         </div>
         <div type="half_title">
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:400"/>
            <p>
               <pb facs="tcp:63175:400"/>THREE
TREATISES
Upon some obscure Passages
IN
DANIEL</p>
            <list>
               <item>I. DANIEL'S Weeks explained, chap. 9. 24, &amp;c.</item>
               <item>II. Regnum Romanum est Regnum quartum Danielis, <hi>cap. 2.
40, &amp;c. cap. 7. 7, &amp;c.</hi>
               </item>
               <item>III. Revelati Antichristi, seu De numeris Danielis
<hi>MCCXC, MCCCXXXV. cap.</hi> 12. 11, 12.</item>
            </list>
            <p>
               <hi>BY</hi>
IOSEPH MEDE, B. D.</p>
         </div>
         <div type="exposition">
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:401"/>
            <pb n="697" facs="tcp:63175:401"/>
            <head>DANIEL'S
WEEKS.</head>
            <div type="part">
               <head>DANIEL 9. 24, &amp;c.</head>
               <p>THE <hi>WEEKS</hi> of <hi>Daniel</hi> are a Divine Chronology of the Time which
the <hi>Sanctuary,</hi> with the Legal Service, should continue, when it should
be restored after the Captivity of <hi>Babylon.</hi> During which time also
the <hi>City of Ierusalem</hi> it self should be reinhabited, and the walls there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>of
re-builded; and some LXII Weeks after that began to be, should
<hi>Messiah</hi> the Redeemer be anointed, yea and cut off and rejected of his
own: For which, when the whole LXX Weeks (the time allotted) should expire, their
<hi>Sanctuary</hi> and <hi>City</hi> should again be rased, and their Commonwealth utterly dissolved.</p>
               <div type="section">
                  <head>VERSE 24.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>Seventy Weeks are allotted for thy people, and for thy Holy City,
to finish transgression, and make an end of sins, and to make reconci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>liation
for iniquity, and to bring in everlasting righteousness, and to
fulfil Vision and Prophecy, and to anoint the MOST HOLY.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>
                     <hi>SEventy Weeks are determined</hi> or <hi>allotted</hi>] That is, The Holy City shall again
be restored, and LXX weeks of years are allotted and limited for the continu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ance
thereof, and thy people with it: and that for this end, that during the
standing thereof, the <hi>Messiah,</hi> according to Vision and Prophecy, may come to ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>piate
sin, and be anointed in his Kingdom.</p>
                  <p>The word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, here translated <hi>determined</hi> or <hi>allotted,</hi> signifies properly <hi>to be
cut</hi> or <hi>cut out,</hi> and so may seem to imply such a sense, as if the Angel had said to
<hi>Daniel,</hi> Howsoever your Bondage and Captivity under the Gentiles shall not altoge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
cease, until that succession of Kingdoms which I before shewed thee be quite
finished; yet shall God, for the accomplishing his Promise concerning the <hi>Messiah,</hi>
as it were <hi>cut out</hi> of that long Term a certain limited Time, during which the Cap<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tivity
of <hi>Iudah</hi> and <hi>Ierusalem</hi> being interrupted, the Holy City and Common-wealth
in some measure shall again be restored, and so continue till LXX Weeks of years be finished.</p>
                  <p>Here I distinguish the beginning of the Times of the <hi>Holy City</hi> from the beginning
of <hi>Ierusalem.</hi> For the <hi>Holy City</hi> is so called of the <hi>Temple</hi> as the principal part;
and therefore the Time of the restitution thereof to be reckoned from the Time
the Temple was builded: But by <hi>Ierusalem</hi> is understood (as appears in the next
verse) the external buildings and walls of the City, which were not restored till
some time after the Temple and Sanctuary was finished.</p>
                  <p>As for the impletion, all are now agreed, that the Beginning of these Weeks is
to be reckoned from some Restoring either of the <hi>Temple,</hi> and that in the second,
third, or sixth year of the Reign of some <hi>Darius;</hi> or of the <hi>City,</hi> in the seventh or
twentieth year of some <hi>Artaxerxes,</hi> Kings of <hi>Persia.</hi> But it cannot be from <hi>Darius</hi> the
First surnamed <hi>Hystaspis;</hi> for then they would come out long before the Birth of Christ.
Nor from the First <hi>Artaxerxes</hi> surnamed <hi>Longimanus;</hi> for he was an hinderer of the
work of the Temple, and forbade the building thereof, <hi>Ezra c.</hi> 4. <hi>à vers.</hi> 11. <hi>ad finem.</hi>
Nor from the second <hi>Artaxerxes</hi> surnamed <hi>Mnemon;</hi> for so they would far over-reach
the Destruction of <hi>Ierusalem.</hi> Therefore it remains that they be counted from <hi>Darius</hi>
the Second surnamed <hi>Nothus;</hi> in the second year of whose reign the work of the
Temple, after a long interruption, began to revive, <hi>Ezr.</hi> 4. <hi>v.</hi> 24. <hi>Hag. c.</hi> 1, <hi>&amp;</hi> 2. <hi>Zach.</hi>
c. 1, &amp;c. and in the sixth year of his reign was finished, <hi>Ezra.</hi> 6. <hi>ver.</hi> 15.</p>
                  <p>Secondly, These LXX Weeks are the Time allotted for the continuance of the <hi>Holy
City,</hi> and therefore must they last as long as it lasted, and end with the end thereof.
<pb n="698" facs="tcp:63175:402"/>
But this cannot be, unless we fix their <hi>Epocha</hi> in the beginning of <hi>Darius Nothus.
Ergo.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Which in the event is most true. For from the third year of <hi>Darius Nothus,</hi> when
the work of the Temple (by the incitement of <hi>Haggai</hi> and <hi>Zachary</hi> renewed the year
before) was now confirmed by a new Edict from the King to be finished, unto the De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>struction
of <hi>Ierusalem</hi> by <hi>Titus,</hi> are exactly 490 <hi>years,</hi> that is, LXX <hi>Weeks of years</hi> fully compleat.</p>
                  <p>
                     <table>
                        <row>
                           <cell>
                              <hi>Artaxerxes Longimanus</hi> died (saith <hi>Diodorus</hi> l. 11.) <hi>Olymp.</hi> 88. 4. that is—</cell>
                           <cell>An Olym<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>piadico</cell>
                           <cell>352.<note place="margin">
                                 <hi>Mens. Novembri,</hi> or thereabout, for Winter was entred. <hi>Thu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                                       <desc>•</desc>
                                    </gap>yd. lib.</hi> 4.</note>
                           </cell>
                        </row>
                        <row>
                           <cell>
                              <hi>Ergo, Xerxes</hi> (who reigned next after him one year, <hi>ex eod.</hi>) dying—</cell>
                           <cell>An Olym<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>piadico</cell>
                           <cell>353. Mens. Nov.</cell>
                        </row>
                        <row>
                           <cell>
                              <hi>Sogdianus</hi> also, who succeeded <hi>Xerxes,</hi> reigning but seven Months, <hi>Darius Nothus</hi> his <hi>An.</hi> 1. begins—</cell>
                           <cell>An. Olymp. eodem,</cell>
                           <cell>M. Maio.</cell>
                        </row>
                        <row>
                           <cell role="label" cols="2">Annus 2. Anno Olympiad. 354,</cell>
                           <cell>M. Maio.</cell>
                        </row>
                        <row>
                           <cell role="label" cols="2">Annus 3. Anno Olympiad. 355,</cell>
                           <cell>M. Maio.</cell>
                        </row>
                     </table>
                  </p>
                  <p>In this third year of the King, and at the end of this <hi>Olympiadical</hi> year, in the
beginning of <hi>August</hi> (as may be supposed) came forth the Edict of <hi>Darius,</hi> some
ten months after <hi>Zorobabel</hi> and <hi>Ioshua</hi> had begun to renew the work the year before,
<hi>Hag.</hi> 1. 14, 15. And so much time (half thereof being Winter) may well be allowed
for their enemies to hear of the work, to go see and do their best to hinder it;
when they could not, to write and send unto the King, the searching of the Rolls,
and obtaining a new Edict.</p>
                  <p>
                     <table>
                        <row>
                           <cell>The Destruction of <hi>Ierusa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lem</hi> by <hi>Titus,</hi> I take as granted.</cell>
                           <cell>Anno Olymp. 845 finiente, 846 ine<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>unte.</cell>
                           <cell> </cell>
                        </row>
                        <row>
                           <cell>The Edict of <hi>Darius,</hi> as is shewed.</cell>
                           <cell>Anno Olymp. 355 finiente, 356 ine<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>unte.</cell>
                           <cell> </cell>
                        </row>
                        <row>
                           <cell>Distantia</cell>
                           <cell>490</cell>
                           <cell>490</cell>
                        </row>
                     </table>
                  </p>
                  <p>The account by years of <hi>Nabonassar, ex Canone
Ptolemaei Astronomico.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <table>
                        <row>
                           <cell>The last year, or year of <hi>Nero</hi>'s death (<hi>Iune</hi> 9.) in <hi>Ptolomie</hi>'s Canon answers to <hi>An.</hi> 815 <hi>Nabonass. Ergo,</hi> the year of <hi>Ierusalem</hi>'s Desolation (2 years after) is concurrent with—</cell>
                           <cell>An. 817 Nabonass.</cell>
                           <cell>finiendus in Augusto.</cell>
                        </row>
                        <row>
                           <cell>The first of <hi>Darius Nothus, in Cano<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ne Ptolemaei,</hi> answers <hi>An.</hi> 325 <hi>Nabo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nass. Ergo,</hi> the third year of <hi>Darius</hi> is concurrent with—</cell>
                           <cell>An. 327 Nabonass.</cell>
                           <cell>ordiendus à De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cembripraecedent.</cell>
                        </row>
                        <row>
                           <cell>Differentia</cell>
                           <cell>490</cell>
                           <cell> </cell>
                        </row>
                     </table>
                  </p>
                  <p>Notwithstanding all this,<note place="margin">The Temple was now fini<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>shed in 4 years; which argnes it was well forwarded before, and much I suppose in the days of liberty under <hi>Darius Hystaspis:</hi> For I take him to be that <hi>Darius</hi> mentioned <hi>Ezra 4. 5.</hi> and never to have hindered the building, but permitted the Iews to go on as their poverty would suffer them, which was but slowly.</note> I had rather begin the Account from the sixth year of
<hi>Darius,</hi> in the Month <hi>Adar,</hi> when the Temple was quite finished, (for then it first
<pb n="699" facs="tcp:63175:402"/>
began to continue, and not till then,) although the Destruction of <hi>Ierusalem</hi> will
then fall out three years and an half sooner, namely, when the last week is but half
run out. And what if it do? The Angel as I conceive, tells us so much in the
last verse, when he says, <hi>That in the midst of a Week the Sacrifice and Oblation should
cease, and the City be made desolate.</hi> But how will the Prophecy be made good, if
the <hi>Seventieth Week</hi> be not compleat? I answer, it should be observed (though it
useth not to be) that the Angel reckons not by <hi>single years,</hi> but by <hi>Weeks.</hi> If he had
said, there should be 490 years to the <hi>Excidium</hi> of <hi>Ierusalem;</hi> then indeed to make
good the prediction, the City and Sanctuary must have been destroyed the last year.
But when he says, there shall be LXX Weeks allotted for the continuance of the
<hi>Holy City,</hi> it is enough if it be made desolate in the seventieth week. For if those
who reckon by <hi>years,</hi> when the year designed answers the Event, will not stand
upon the compleatness of <hi>months</hi> and <hi>days;</hi> nor those who reckon any thing by
<hi>days,</hi> upon the compleatness of <hi>hours</hi> and <hi>minutes:</hi> no more in the Angel's reckon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
here by <hi>weeks,</hi> if so the number of the weeks be compleat, are the parts of a week to be exacted.</p>
                  <p>
                     <table>
                        <row>
                           <cell>The Time of the Destruction of <hi>Ierusalem,</hi> as before—</cell>
                           <cell> </cell>
                           <cell>An. Olymp. 845.</cell>
                           <cell>Mens. 6. August.</cell>
                        </row>
                        <row>
                           <cell>If the third of <hi>Darius</hi> began about <hi>May</hi> or <hi>Iune, Anno Olymp.</hi> 355. then the sixth year of his reign be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gins in <hi>May</hi> or <hi>Iune, Anno</hi> 358. But the latter part thereof in <hi>Fe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bruary</hi> or <hi>Adar,</hi> when the Temple was finished, falls in—</cell>
                           <cell> </cell>
                           <cell>An. Olymp. 359.</cell>
                           <cell>Mens. 12. Feb. <hi>or Adar.</hi>
                           </cell>
                        </row>
                        <row>
                           <cell>Distantia</cell>
                           <cell>Anni</cell>
                           <cell>486.</cell>
                           <cell>Mens. 6.</cell>
                        </row>
                        <row>
                           <cell>That is just</cell>
                           <cell> </cell>
                           <cell>69</cell>
                           <cell>Weeks and an half.</cell>
                        </row>
                     </table>
                  </p>
                  <p>The account by years of <hi>Nabonassar.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <table>
                        <row>
                           <cell>The time of the Destruction of <hi>Ierusalem,</hi> as before—</cell>
                           <cell> </cell>
                           <cell>Anno 817.</cell>
                           <cell>Nabonass. Mens. 6.</cell>
                        </row>
                        <row>
                           <cell>If the third year of <hi>Darius No<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thus</hi> were for the first and greatest part concurrent with <hi>Anno</hi> 327. <hi>Na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bonass.</hi> as is afore shewed; than his sixth year (in like manner for the first and greatest part) must con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cur with <hi>Anno</hi> 330. But the head of the <hi>Nabonassarean</hi> year being then about the 5<hi rend="sup">th</hi> of <hi>December,</hi> the lat<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter end of this sixth year in <hi>Adar</hi> or <hi>February</hi> will fall in—</cell>
                           <cell> </cell>
                           <cell>Anno 331.</cell>
                           <cell>Nabonass. Mens. 12.</cell>
                        </row>
                        <row>
                           <cell>Distantia</cell>
                           <cell>Anni</cell>
                           <cell>486</cell>
                           <cell>Menses 6.</cell>
                        </row>
                     </table>
                  </p>
               </div>
               <div type="section">
                  <head>VERSE 25.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>Also know and understand, that from the going forth of the
Commandment to cause to Return and to Build Ierusalem, unto
MESSIAH the PRINCE, shall be Sevens of Weeks;
even threescore and two Weeks the Street shall be built again
and the Wall, even in a streight of times.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>FROM <hi>the going out of the Commandment</hi>] I take not this <hi>Epocha</hi> to be that of the
whole LXX Weeks, but a second Root of another and lesser period of time
comprehended in them; whose beginning was to be after the LXX were begun.
<pb n="700" facs="tcp:63175:403"/>
and the end before they should be ended. The Root of this second Computation is
described to be a time when two things should be done: A <hi>Commandment</hi> should go
forth both <hi>to cause to Return</hi> and also <hi>to Build,</hi> not the Temple, (for that should be
done before) nor some few houses only, but the whole <hi>Area</hi> or Street, and the Walls
of <hi>Ierusalem,</hi> which should then be re-edified, though in a <hi>streight of Times;</hi> that is,
it should be such a time, when a Commission to cause the people to return and re-inha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bite
should be seconded with another, to build the Wall of <hi>Ierusalem,</hi> and the Plot
within the Wall. For by <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> here I understand properly that Circuit bounding out
the limits of the City, whereon the Wall was builded, and anciently used to be mark<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
out with a Plough earing a furrow round about. By <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, which implies a <hi>broad
place,</hi> I understand the <hi>Area</hi> or Plot of ground within, whereon the houses were to
be builded. From such an <hi>Epocha,</hi> and a Commission thus characterized as ye have
heard, must this second Computation be reckoned.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Vnto MESSIAH the PRINCE</hi>] That is, unto <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Luke</hi> 23. 2.
<hi>Mark</hi> 15. 32. or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, as the Angel styles him <hi>Luke</hi> 2. 11. There is no
exposition, no interpretation of any passage in this Prophecy could seem so harsh, but
I would be content to admit it, rather than yield that by MESSIAH the PRINCE
here named should be meant any other than CHRIST our LORD and Redeemer.
For I am perswaded that the Church of <hi>Israel</hi> in the Gospel (and from them the Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stles
took it) had no other place of Scripture, whence they did or could ascribe the
Name of <hi>Christ</hi> and <hi>Messiah</hi> unto him they looked for, but only from this of <hi>Daniel:</hi>
For there is no other Prophecy in all the Old Testament besides this where that Name
is directly given him, but only by way of Type.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Shall be Sevens of weeks; even LXII weeks.</hi>] The numeral word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> I have here
translated distributively, understanding by <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Hebdomade septenae,</hi> that is,
many seven Weeks, or, as our English handsomely expresseth, <hi>Sevens of Weeks:</hi> the
sense to be as if the Angel had said, As the whole time limited for the continuance of
the <hi>Holy City</hi> from the first beginning to the last ending consisteth of many <hi>Sevens of
Weeks, viz.</hi> LXX Weeks: so from this after-<hi>Epocha</hi> here mentioned unto MESSIAH
should be likewise <hi>Sevens of Weeks, (plures septenniorum hebdomades)</hi> even <hi>Sixty two
Weeks of years.</hi> For as in LXX are ten Sevens of Weeks, so in LXII are nine times
seven wanting one; and that little want makes no matter, there being eight whole se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vens
besides in that number, and you shall see in that which follows examples of the
like. The Hebrews want those numbers which the Grammarians call Distributive or
Divisive, <hi>Terni, quaterni, quini, seni, septeni,</hi> &amp;c. which they most-what supply by
repetition, as <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>septem septem,</hi> but not always; as may appear, 2 <hi>Sam.</hi> 18.
4. <hi>And all the people came out <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> ad centum &amp; millia,</hi> i. <hi>centeni &amp; mil<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>leni,
by hundreds and by thousands.</hi> 1 Kings 18. 4. <hi>Obadiah hid the Prophets of the
LORD</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>quinquaginta viros in spelunca, id est, quinquagenos, by fif<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty
in a Cave.</hi> Gen. 6. 19. <hi>Of all flesh thou shalt bring into the Ark</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>duo, i. e. bina,
Twoes;</hi> and therefore afterward Chap. 7. verse 9. it is doubled <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>two and
two:</hi> yet of clean Beasts, whereof he was to take seven, there is an odd one. To
these I add <hi>Ezra</hi> 1. v. 9, &amp;c. <hi>This is the number of the vessels,</hi> (to wit, of the House
of the LORD which <hi>Cyrus</hi> by the hand of <hi>Mithredath</hi> numbred unto <hi>Sheshbazzar</hi>
Prince of <hi>Iudah) thirty Chargers of gold, a thousand Chargers of silver, twenty nine
knives, thirty Basins of gold, silver Basins of a second sort four hundred and ten, and other
vessels</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> (not <hi>mille, a thousand,</hi> but <hi>millena, Tremell. per millia) Thousands,</hi> to
wit, almost three thousand wanting but one hundred. Otherwise if we translate it
as a Cardinal number [<hi>a thousand</hi>] the Summe will far exceed the Parts. For it fol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lows
in the next words, <hi>All the Vessels of gold and silver were</hi> 5400. But unless the last
number be taken <hi>divisivè,</hi> the particulars<note n="*" place="margin">
                        <table>
                           <row>
                              <cell>30</cell>
                           </row>
                           <row>
                              <cell>1000</cell>
                           </row>
                           <row>
                              <cell>29</cell>
                           </row>
                           <row>
                              <cell>30</cell>
                           </row>
                           <row>
                              <cell>410</cell>
                           </row>
                           <row>
                              <cell>1000</cell>
                           </row>
                           <row>
                              <cell>2499</cell>
                           </row>
                        </table>
                     </note> make but 2500 wanting one. Nor do I see
how this difficulty would otherwise be solved.</p>
                  <p>Now whether these examples be sufficient to make probable the Translation which
I have given, I will not affirm; let others judge: I propound it to the consideration
of the learned who can do it, without whose approbation I shall not satisfie my self.
Yet thus much I am sure of; that if this <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, which we are wont to tran<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>slate
<hi>Seven weeks,</hi> could be well bestowed, the chiefest difficulty were taken from
this Prophecy. For the <hi>Threescore and two Weeks</hi> alone counted from the <hi>Epocha</hi> here
named, so well befits the distance from thence to CHRIST, that the Event seemeth
to argue that they should be there fixed, and not reckoned from any other Begin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ning.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="701" facs="tcp:63175:403"/>
Moreover that <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> should be a general expression of what in the LXII
<hi>Weeks</hi> is after more particularly determined, may seem probable for these reasons.</p>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. Because the Angel ascribes no proper Event unto them; but having presently na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>med
the LXII <hi>Weeks,</hi> makes no farther reckoning of those other, but follows and
dwells upon these only, as though the other were implied and contained in them.</item>
                     <item>2. Those who count them for XLIX years, and continue the LXII <hi>Weeks</hi> from the
end of them to make up LXIX Weeks in all, can give no sufficient reason why they
should be thus separated and divided asunder. For that which the followers of <hi>Func<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cius</hi>
(who reckon from <hi>Artaxerxes Longimanus</hi>) assign to be done in seven Weeks
of years (to wit, that during all that time <hi>Ierusalem</hi> with the rest of the Cities of <hi>Iu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dah</hi>
were building and repairing) is grounded neither upon Scripture nor other Story,
but pure and mere conjecture. <hi>Scaliger</hi> finds (<hi>Nehem.</hi> Chap. 13. ver. 6.) that <hi>Nehe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miah</hi>
returned again to <hi>Artaxerxes</hi> his Court in the 32 year of his reign, and thence
supposeth that the Building of the City, about which he was sent, was finished but
the year before, and that to be the determination of those <hi>Seven Weeks;</hi> there being
then 49 years expired from the time the LXX began at the Building of the Temple
under <hi>Darius Nothus.</hi> But to make this good, he is fain to raise the <hi>Epocha</hi> of the LXX
so high in the reign of <hi>Darius,</hi> that they end before the destruction of <hi>Ierusalem.</hi> Be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sides,
he seems not to be aware that these <hi>Seven Weeks</hi> are by the Text to be counted
from a time when <hi>a Commission came out to cause to return and to build Ierusalem,</hi> and
not from the time of building the <hi>Temple.</hi> Nor does it follow, <hi>Nehemiah</hi> staid so long
there, therefore the <hi>City</hi> was till then in building: Nay, what if the Text, rightly
construed, imports not that <hi>Nehemiah</hi> in the 32 year of <hi>Artaxerxes</hi> returned to the
Court, but rather, that obtaining new leave of the King, he came then to <hi>Ierusalem</hi>
the second time, whence he had been long absent? For the particle <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> (Chap. 13.
ver. 6.) seems not to be taken <hi>rationally</hi> for [<hi>Quia,</hi>] but <hi>discretively</hi> for <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, <hi>id
est, [Sed, But]</hi> as <hi>Ezra</hi> 4. 3. 2. <hi>Sam.</hi> 16. 18. <hi>Gen.</hi> 45. 8. and so that Text of <hi>Nehemiah</hi>
to be read after this sense, <hi>And in all this time</hi> (saith he) <hi>I was not there; But in the
32 year of Artaxerxes,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>I came to the King,</hi> that is, into his presence, to ask new
leave; which after a little waiting he obtained. Nor is it very credible that the time
he first set the King, Chap. 2. ver. 6. should be twelve years.</item>
                  </list>
                  <p>If therefore <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> be granted to be a general expression of what the LXII
<hi>Weeks</hi> more particularly determine, the way whereby it may be translated to such a
sense is as I have before represented: yet is it not the only one; I can add two ways
more. As first this; <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Seven</hi> useth, we know, to be taken indefinitely for <hi>plu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rimi,
multoties,</hi> &amp;c. Thus <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> would without any anomaly or novelty at
all signifie indefinitely [<hi>Many Weeks,</hi>] if it might seem probable, that in a passage of
reckoning by definite numbers some numeral word may be taken indefinitely. The
sense would be all one with that I have followed, <hi>viz.</hi> As the whole time limited for
the continuance of the <hi>Holy City</hi> consisted of many Weeks, even LXX <hi>Weeks;</hi> so also
this lesser period contained therein, from the <hi>Epocha</hi> mentioned unto MESSIAH, shall
be a time of many Weeks, even LXII <hi>Weeks.</hi> Another way, were it not somewhat
harsh, might be this; The Hebrew Nouns of <hi>Cardinal</hi> numbers do sometimes <hi>substan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tivare,</hi>
signifying their numbers <hi>in abstracto,</hi> like those Greek Numerals <hi>Monas, Dyas,
Trias, Tetras, Hebdomas.</hi> So <hi>Gen.</hi> chap. 7. 10. chap. 8. 12. we have <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> &amp;
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, i. <hi>Hebdomas dierum: Exod</hi> 34. 28. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Decas verborum,
Decalogus: Gen.</hi> 17. 12. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Filius ogdoadis dierum: Ioshua</hi> 14. 2.
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Novenarius</hi> or <hi>Enneas tribuum.</hi> If they be Substantives in <hi>statu con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>structo,</hi>
were they not or may they not be so <hi>in absoluto?</hi> In the third Chapter and
19. ver. of <hi>Daniel</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>in absoluto</hi> seems to be a Substantive having an Adjective joyn<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
with it, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, which we translate [<hi>one seven times.</hi>]<note place="margin">Wheresoever besides in Scripture <hi>Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven Weeks</hi> are mentioned, the words are, <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> or <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> If this therefore may
be admitted, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> in our Text of <hi>Daniel</hi> will sound <hi>per Ellipsin conjunctionis,
Hebdomades &amp; Hebdomas, Weeks</hi> and <hi>a Week;</hi> the sense being all one with the former,
saving that one Week is implied as singular from the rest, which may be that which
the Angel afterward mentions ver. 27. If it were pointed <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, as by the
consonants in might be, there would be no great question but it might be translated
<hi>Weeks</hi> and <hi>a Week.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But if <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> must needs import some limited time of 49 years, I would ra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
chuse to count the LXII <hi>Weeks</hi> from the same <hi>Epocha</hi> with them under <hi>Artaxerxes
Mnemon,</hi> than from the end of them, and yet leave as probable a conjecture to be
made of what was done in them, as those who follow <hi>Funccius</hi> from the other <hi>Artaxer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>xes</hi>
do use to give.</p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="702" facs="tcp:63175:404"/>
I have sometimes considered whether, if it be translated <hi>Seven Weeks,</hi> those <hi>Seven
Weeks</hi> might not be applied as <hi>rotundus numerus</hi> to those <hi>Fifty and two days, Nehem.</hi> 6.
15. where it is said, <hi>So the Wall was finished in the 25<hi rend="sup">th</hi> day of the Month Elul, in fifty
two days;</hi> somewhat more indeed than <hi>Seven Weeks,</hi> yet short of <hi>Seven and an half,</hi>
and so not regarded in accompt by <hi>Weeks.</hi> If this could be, then the reason of the An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gel's
division of weeks into 7 and 62 would be, because of diverse kinds of <hi>Weeks</hi> un<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derstood;
the first of <hi>days,</hi> wherein the Wall of <hi>Ierusalem</hi> should be finished, the se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cond
of <hi>years,</hi> from thence unto the <hi>Messiah.</hi> If it seem impossible or unlikely that
the Wall of the City should be repaired in so short a time, and therefore those words
(according to <hi>Iunius</hi>) to be meant of setting up the doors and bars only: I could say,
first, that the Wall was not new builded from the foundations, but repaired upon the
old ruines; Secondly, the speedy dispatch thereof was taken for a wonder, even by
the Iews Enemies, who thereupon (saith the Text<note n="*" place="margin">Nehem. 6. 16.</note>) <hi>perceived that this work was
wrought of our God.</hi> So that, were there no worse scruple than this, it were easily
answered; nor would examples<note n="*" place="margin">That re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nowned Palace and Court of <hi>Nebuchadnez<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>zar,</hi> within which were those <hi>Pensiles Horti,</hi> was fi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nished (saith <hi>Iosephus</hi>) in fifteen days. <hi>Antiq. Iudaic. li, 10. c.</hi> 11. in the Latine <hi>c.</hi> 13.</note> be wanting to parallel with it, such as might make
it seem at least possible. As that strange and speedy building of the Walls of <hi>Athens</hi> by
<hi>Themistocles,</hi> after that <hi>Xerxes</hi> had demolished them, reported by <hi>Diodor. Sic. lib.</hi> 11.
Yea, to come more near to the thing in question, <hi>Iosephus l. 6. c. 13. De Bell. Iud.</hi>
tells us, That <hi>Titus,</hi> dividing the work amongst his Army, begirt <hi>Ierusalem</hi> in three
days space with a Wall of thirty nine Furlongs, and thirteen Bulwarks, to hinder the
Iews excursions from within and all relief from without. What the materials were I
know not, but he says it was a thing beyond all belief, and might have seemed to be
a work of some Months. But leaving this digression, let us see the Computation and
Impletion of our LXII Weeks.</p>
               </div>
               <div type="section">
                  <head>The Computation and Impletion of the LXII Weeks.</head>
                  <p>FROM the seventh year of <hi>Artaxerxes Mnemon,</hi> when <hi>Ezra</hi> had Commission <hi>to
cause to Return</hi> and carry with him as many of the Iews as would to <hi>Ierusalem, Ez<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ra</hi>
c. 7. ver. 7, &amp; 13: And from the twentieth year of the same <hi>Artaxerxes,</hi> when <hi>Ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hemiah</hi>
obtained leave to build <hi>Ierusalem</hi> the City of his Fathers Sepulchres, <hi>Nehem.</hi> 2:
From both these Commissions, though thirteen years distant the one from the other,
are by divine disposition unto MESSIAH the PRINCE <hi>threescore and two Weeks;</hi> from
the first of <hi>Solar,</hi> from the latter of <hi>Lunar</hi> years. For LXII weeks, or 434 <hi>Lunar</hi>
years, are less than so many <hi>Solar,</hi> as much as is between the seventh and twentieth
of <hi>Artaxerxes.</hi> Which admirable concordance I cannot impute to chance, but as<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cribe
to Divine providence so ordering it of purpose, that these two <hi>Epocha</hi>'s and
Commissions, <hi>To cause to Return,</hi> and, <hi>To build Ierusalem,</hi> might be as one and the
same. And as the <hi>Lunar</hi> year is contained within the <hi>Solar,</hi> and by it ordered and
directed; so is the Period here from <hi>Nehemiah</hi>'s Commission <hi>to Build the City</hi> contain<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
and reduced to that from <hi>Ezra</hi>'s Commission <hi>to cause the people to return.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>In the last of these Weeks according to prediction was Christ our Lord <hi>anointed.</hi>
In the beginning whereof exactly, between the first and second Passeover after his
Baptism, (when his Harbinger <hi>Iohn</hi> had now finished his Message, and was cast in
Prison; a time precisely and purposely noted in the Evangelical Story,<note place="margin">Wherefore I would take that <hi>Ioh.</hi> 3. from the 13. ver. to the 21. to be the Evangelist's own words in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>terposed, and not the words of Christ to Nic<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>d<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>mus.</note>) he first be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gan
to preach in <hi>Galilee</hi> the Gospel of the Kingdom, ordained his Apostles, and pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>claimed
himself to be the MESSIAH. <hi>After Iohn was put in Prison,</hi> saith <hi>Mark,</hi>
1. 14, 15. <hi>Iesus came into Galilee, preaching the Gospel of the Kingdom of God, And say<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing,
<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, The time is fulfilled,</hi> (i. the last week of the sixty two weeks
is come) <hi>and the Kingdom of God is at hand. From that time</hi> (saith <hi>Matthew</hi> c. 4.
17.) <hi>Iesus began to preach, and to say, Repent, for the Kingdom of heaven is at hand.</hi>
This was that day whereof Christ himself said at <hi>Nazareth, that that Scripture was ful<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>filled,
The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because he hath anointed me to preach the Gospel
to the poor,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>and to preach the acceptable year of the Lord,</hi> Luke 4. 18, 19. This the
<hi>time</hi> and <hi>place,</hi> whence S. <hi>Peter</hi> reckoned the beginning of Christ's Prophecy in his
Sermon to <hi>Cornelius; That word</hi> (saith he) <hi>which was published throughout all Iudaea,
and began from Galilee, after the Baptism which Iohn preached,</hi> &amp;c. Acts 10. 37.</p>
                  <p>In the third year of this Week (two years and an half after he began his Prophecy,
and three years and an half after his Baptism) being made our Priest, he offered him<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>self
upon the Cross a Sacrifice for sin, was dead, buried, and rose again; then ascend<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
<pb n="703" facs="tcp:63175:404"/>
up into heaven to be installed, and to sit at the right hand of God, from thence<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>forth
to reign until he hath put all his Enemies under his feet. But you will say, This
was all performed four years before the 434 years (which is sixty two Weeks of
years) were expired. I answer as before; The Angel reckons not by <hi>single years,</hi>
but by <hi>Weeks,</hi> the last whereof should be <hi>Messiah's Week,</hi> as we have shewed it to
have been. If the Angel had said, There shall be 434 years unto MESSIAH;
then, to make good the prediction, MESSIAH must have been anointed the last
year. But when he says, There shall be Sixty two Weeks unto MESSIAH; it
is sufficient he was <hi>anointed</hi> the last Week. But how this Week will at length be
compleat, we shall see in the next verse. But first let us demonstrate our Computa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tion.</p>
               </div>
               <div type="section">
                  <head>Ezra's Commission.</head>
                  <p>
                     <table>
                        <row>
                           <cell>
                              <hi>Darius Nothus</hi> died (saith <hi>Diodor, lib.</hi> 13.) in the same year, but a little while after the Composition of the <hi>Peloponnesian</hi> war, (which was in <hi>May) Olymp.</hi> 93. 4. that is—</cell>
                           <cell>An. Olymp. 372. finiente.</cell>
                        </row>
                     </table>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <table>
                        <row>
                           <cell>Ergo,</cell>
                           <cell> </cell>
                        </row>
                        <row>
                           <cell>The first of <hi>Artaxerxes</hi> begins about <hi>August,</hi> and concurs with—</cell>
                           <cell>An. Olymp. 373.</cell>
                        </row>
                        <row>
                           <cell>The seventh of <hi>Artaxerxes</hi> with—</cell>
                           <cell>An. Olymp. 379.</cell>
                        </row>
                     </table>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>N. B.</hi> If <hi>Artaxerxes</hi> had began before <hi>August,</hi> the number or date of his reign must
have altered either in or between the first and fifth Month; but they are both of one
year, <hi>Ezra</hi> 7. as also the first and the ninth, <hi>Nehem.</hi> c. 1. c. 2.</p>
               </div>
               <div type="section">
                  <head>Christ's Prophecy.</head>
                  <p>Christ our Lord was Baptized <hi>Anno Olympiadico</hi> 805 <hi>ineunte,</hi> about the Feast of
Expiation, in the seventh Month <hi>Tisri,</hi> six Months after <hi>Iohn</hi> began to baptize, and
in that year natural and political, which began in the 15 of <hi>Tiberius</hi> towards ending,
but was the 16 when he was baptized. For <hi>Iohn,</hi> I suppose, began to preach and
baptize in the first Month <hi>Nisan,</hi> (when the Summer was before him, and not when
the Winter was to enter) in the 15 year of <hi>Tiberius,</hi> which ended <hi>August</hi> following.
Now <hi>Iohn</hi>'s imprisonment was a year after the Baptism of Christ, namely, between
the first and second Passeover after it, as is clear and evident by the Evangelical Story,
<hi>Iohn</hi> c. 2. 23. c. 3. 22. &amp; Chap. 4. The Beginning therefore of Christ's Prophecy,
which began at the imprisonment of <hi>Iohn, Mark</hi> 1. 14. was <hi>Anno Olymp.</hi> 806. about
the end (I suppose) of the same Month <hi>Tisre</hi> or <hi>September.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <table>
                        <row>
                           <cell>The beginning of Christ's Prophecy</cell>
                           <cell>An. Olymp.</cell>
                           <cell>806. Mens. 7.</cell>
                        </row>
                        <row>
                           <cell>The Time of <hi>Ez<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ra</hi>'s Commission—</cell>
                           <cell>An. Olymp.</cell>
                           <cell>379. Mens. 7.</cell>
                        </row>
                        <row>
                           <cell>Differentia</cell>
                           <cell>An.</cell>
                           <cell>427 M. O. 61. weeks compleat.</cell>
                        </row>
                     </table>
                  </p>
                  <p>From hence <hi>Mens.</hi> 7. begins the last week: wherefore the Passion of Christ, at the
Passeover, <hi>Mens.</hi> 1. firmly fixed by Chronological Characters in the 19 of <hi>Tiberius,
Anno Olymp.</hi> 808. <hi>AErae Christian.</hi> 33. (that is, agreeable to the received Tradition,
but three year and an half after his Baptism) will fall to be in the third year of the
week; which is wholly to be compleat, <hi>Ann. AErae Christ.</hi> 37. when the 813 <hi>Ann.
Olymp.</hi> shall be begun and current in <hi>September.</hi>
                  </p>
               </div>
               <div type="section">
                  <pb n="704" facs="tcp:63175:405"/>
                  <head>VERSE 26.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>And after the threescore and two Weeks shall MESSIAH
be cut off, and [<hi>they</hi>] none of his: Wherefore the Prince's
people to come shall destroy the City and the Sanctuary, and the
end thereof shall be with a floud, and unto the end of War desola<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions
are determined.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>
                     <hi>AND after the threescore and two Weeks shall,</hi> &amp;c.] That is, When the <hi>Threescore
and two Weeks</hi> aforesaid shall expire and be fully compleat, (for so the word
[<hi>after</hi>] supposes they must be) <hi>MESSIAH shall be cut off,</hi> not only from the li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving,
by the death he should suffer upon the Cross, (for that was a little before) but
from being any longer the King and Priest of that People; they refusing Him to be
theirs, and he casting off them from being His, which is the meaning of the words
following <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>And they none of his:</hi> For <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is to be understood, that so the
conjunction <hi>Vau</hi> may couple <hi>similia tempora,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Et non erit ei populus
ejus,</hi> or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>And they shall be none of His.</hi> And for the Verb <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, that it
signifies not only <hi>a cutting off from life,</hi> but also <hi>from reigning as a King,</hi> or <hi>from being
a Priest;</hi> see for the first, 1 <hi>Kings</hi> c. 2. ver. 4. &amp; chap. 9. ver. 5. 2 <hi>Chron.</hi> ch. 7. ver.
18. <hi>Ier.</hi> 33. 17. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, &amp;c. <hi>There shall not be cut off to David a man to sit up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
the throne of the House of Israel:</hi> All which have reference to 2 <hi>Sam.</hi> c. 7. ver. 16.
For the second, <hi>cutting off from the Priesthood,</hi> 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 2. 33. to <hi>Eli, And the man of
thine whom I shall not cut off from mine Altar.</hi> Ier. 33. 18. <hi>Neither of the Priests the
Levites <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> shall a man be cut off before me, to offer burnt-offerings,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>and to do Sacri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fice
continually.</hi>
                  </p>
               </div>
               <div type="section">
                  <head>The Computation and Impletion.</head>
                  <p>From the seventh year of <hi>Artaxerxes Mnemon,</hi> at the time of the Commission grant<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
to <hi>Ezra, (Anno Olympiad.</hi> 379. as is already shewed) unto the fourth year after
Christ's Ascension (<hi>Anno Olymp.</hi> 813. <hi>AErae Christianae Dionysiacae</hi> 37.) are LXII <hi>Weeks</hi>
of years, or 434 years fully compleat and expired. The next year after was Christ
divorced and <hi>cut off</hi> from the Iews, and they <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> cast off from being His people;
which may appear thus.</p>
                  <list>
                     <label>Anno AErae Christian. 33.</label>
                     <item>Christ suffered upon the Cross, rose from the dead, and ascended
into heaven. The Holy Ghost descended at Pentecost, 3000 conver<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ted,
more added; the Apostles forbidden, but cease not to preach <hi>Ie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sus</hi>
Christ. So this year ends about <hi>September.</hi>
                        <note place="margin">I begin and end these years in <hi>Tisri,</hi> or <hi>Sep<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tember,</hi> that so they may agree with that time of the Com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mission granted to <hi>Ezra,</hi> which I before suppo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sed to have been about that month.</note>
                     </item>
                     <label>Anno AErae Christian. 34.</label>
                     <item>The number of Disciples much increased: Deacons chosen, and <hi>Ste<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ven</hi>
one of them. <hi>Act.</hi> 6. 1, 2, 3, &amp;c.</item>
                     <label>Anno AErae Christian. 35.</label>
                     <item>
                        <hi>Steven</hi> doth great wonders and miracles. The Word of God and
the number of Disciples increaseth so, that a great company of the
Priests were obedient unto the Faith. The Elders and people rage,
and about the end of the year was <hi>Steven</hi> martyred. <hi>Act.</hi> c. 6. ver. 7, 8,
9, 10, 11. chap. 7. ver. 1. <hi>ad finem.</hi>
                     </item>
                     <label>Anno AErae Christian. 36.</label>
                     <item>Great persecution against the Church at <hi>Ierusalem. Saul</hi> makes ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vock,
<hi>Act.</hi> c. 8. whereupon the Disciples were scattered through the
Regions of <hi>Iudaea</hi> and <hi>Samaria,</hi> every where preaching the Gospel,
ver. 4, 5. Of whose success the Apostles being informed, send <hi>Peter</hi>
and <hi>Iohn</hi> to <hi>Samaria,</hi> to lay hands on the new converts, ver. 14, &amp;c.
which done, and by the way preaching the Gospel in the villages of
<hi>Samaria,</hi> they returned again to <hi>Ierusalem,</hi> v. 25.</item>
                     <label>Anno AErae Christian. 37.</label>
                     <item>
                        <p>Those which were scattered upon the persecution of <hi>Steven</hi> proceed
further, and travelled as far as <hi>Phoenice, Cyprus</hi> and <hi>Antioch,</hi> having by
<pb n="705" facs="tcp:63175:405"/>
the way preached the Gospel to the Iews at <hi>Damascus</hi> (how came
they there else?) Chap. 11. Which <hi>Saul</hi> hearing of, gets letters thi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther,
to bring those he should find there of that way unto <hi>Ierusalem.</hi>
But in his journey himself was miraculously converted and baptized,
&amp;c. <hi>Peter</hi> in the mean time was gone again from <hi>Ierusalem</hi> by <hi>Lyddae</hi>
unto <hi>Ioppa,</hi> where he remained all this year at the house of <hi>Simon</hi> the
Tanner.</p>
                        <p>The next year after (<hi>Anno AErae Christianae</hi> 38. <hi>Anno Olympiadico</hi>
813.) (according as was foretold, <hi>That after threescore and two Weeks
were ended, MESSIAH should be cut off, and they none of his</hi>) when
Christ had now one whole Week of years tendred himself unto his
own people, and they not only refused him, but first by crucifying the
Lord himself, and after that by persecuting his Messengers sent unto
them, had made themselves unworthy of everlasting life; <hi>Peter</hi> was
taught by vision, that the Gospel of the Kingdom should be preached
unto the <hi>Gentiles,</hi> and accordingly sent to preach it to <hi>Cornelius</hi> a
Centurion of the Italian band, <hi>Acts</hi> 10. And here begins the <hi>Epocha</hi>
of the Rejection of <hi>Israel,</hi> and the Calling of the <hi>Gentiles,</hi> which
S. <hi>Paul</hi> speaks so much of <hi>Rom.</hi> 11.</p>
                     </item>
                  </list>
                  <p>True it is, the <hi>cutting off of Christ by death</hi> was before the last week was compleat;
but the <hi>cutting him off from being King and Priest of the Iews</hi> was not until after it was
ended. Or if this <hi>cutting off</hi> here mentioned may not be extended to any other cut<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ting
off than by Death, yet the other part of the copulative sense, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> [<hi>And they
shall be none of His,</hi>] was not fulfilled until the whole Week was ended.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Wherefore the PRINCE'S people to come,</hi> &amp;c.] <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Populus MES<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>SIAE
venturus, i. futurus, The people that should be the People of Messiah the Prince,
when Israel was rejected:</hi> so the Hebrews call <hi>Seculum futurum</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>; whence
<hi>Mark</hi> 10. ver. 30. <hi>Luke</hi> 18. 30. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Eph.</hi> 2. 7. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>.
According to which notion, <hi>Apoc.</hi> 1. 4. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. <hi>Vid.
Psal.</hi> 71. 18. <hi>Esay</hi> 27. 6. <hi>Esay</hi> 44. 7. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>Vulgat. ventura &amp; quae fu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tura
sunt.</hi> Thus I construe the Text, and understand by <hi>Populus Principis futurus,</hi>
the people of the <hi>Roman</hi> Empire, where Christ was principally to have his Church
and Kingdom whilst <hi>Israel</hi> should be rejected. <hi>Cornelius</hi> therefore the first Gentile
converted was a <hi>Roman</hi> Centurion. S. <hi>Paul,</hi> who is called the <hi>Apostle of the Gentiles,</hi>
went not beyond the bounds of <hi>this Empire.</hi> This was that <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> whereof Christ
said, <hi>Matth.</hi> 24. 14. That before the Destruction of <hi>Ierusalem the Gospel should be
preached <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> in all the world;</hi> as <hi>Augustus</hi> is said <hi>Luke</hi> 2. 1. to have tax<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ed
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, according as the <hi>Romans</hi> themselves used to call it <hi>Imperium
Orbis Terrarum,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>Antichrist,</hi> who was to<note n="*" place="margin">2 Thess. 2</note> sit in the Temple or Church of Christ,
sits in the midst of this Empire: whence it appears that the Church which Christ should
have<note n="*" place="margin">Whilest. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>
                     </note> after <hi>Israel</hi> disclaimed him, should chiefly be in it. This People therefore, which
was in <hi>Israel</hi>'s stead to be the <hi>People of Messiah the Prince,</hi> should destroy the <hi>City and
Sanctuary</hi> with such a Destruction as should like a Floud overwhelm the whole Nation,
and as an unresistible torrent break down and wash all away before it. All which we
know they did.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>And unto the end of War Desolations are determined</hi>] That is, Until the end of
the Fourth Kingdom of the Gentiles, whose last period is that <hi>Time, Times and half a
Time,</hi> whereof it is said <hi>Dan.</hi> 7. ver. 21, 25. that Antichrist <hi>the eyed and mouthed Horn
should make War with the Saints, and prevail against them; and they shall be given into
his hand until a Time and Times and half a Time:</hi> Until the end of this <hi>War</hi> the Iewish
Desolations are determined. But of this more in the next.</p>
               </div>
               <div type="section">
                  <pb n="706" facs="tcp:63175:406"/>
                  <head>VERSE 27.</head>
                  <epigraph>
                     <q>Nevertheless he shall confirm a covenant with Many one week:
and in half a week, <hi>being</hi>
                        <note n="*" place="margin">
                           <hi>Or,</hi> making desolation, <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                              <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                           </gap> &amp;c.</note> a Desolator, he shall cause the Sa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>crifice
and oblation to cease, and that <hi>being</hi> over a wing of Abo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minations,
and until the final time (even that which is determi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ned)
it shall continue upon the desolate.</q>
                  </epigraph>
                  <p>HERE the Angel tells us what should be done in the last Week, both of the first
Computation and of the second, that is, the last of the LXX, and the last of the
LXII. And of this first, as coming first in time.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Nevertheless</hi> (saith he) <hi>he shall confirm a Covenant with Many one Week</hi>] That is,
Though the Body of the Iewish Nation should be cast off, and be <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>None of the
people of the</hi> MESSIAH; yet for one whole week he should offer himself unto
them, and gather many of them into the Covenant of the Gospel: And this Week was
the last Week of the Threescore and two Weeks, which (as I shewed before) was
wholly spent in preaching to those of the Circumcision. This therefore is as it were a
<hi>Prolepsis,</hi> lest <hi>Daniel</hi> might think that none of his people should enter into the Cove<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nant
under <hi>Messiah.</hi> These <hi>Many</hi> therefore are that Remnant whereof S. <hi>Paul</hi> speaks
<hi>Rom.</hi> 11. That, though <hi>Israel</hi> were cast off, yet was there <hi>A Remnant according to
the election of grace;</hi> and therefore he limits the <hi>hardness happened unto Israel,</hi> by <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
as not being universal.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>And in half a Week, being a Desolator, he shall cause the Sacrifice and offering to cease</hi>]
A <hi>Desolator,</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, a word which otherwise much troubleth the Translator; but
being thus made a <hi>suppositum</hi> or Nominative case to the verb <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, (which hath no
other near it) it both much clears the sense, and retains its propriety of signification.
Nor is the postposition of the Nominative case to the Verb against the use of the
tongue; nor the trajection here so great, but the Latine will admit the same order of
the words, <hi>viz. Et abolebit sacrificium &amp; munus, atque erit super alam abominationum
Desolator:</hi> or, <hi>Et abolebit sacrificium &amp; munus, qui erit super alam abominationum,
Desolator.</hi> Howsoever the Translation be, <hi>this Week</hi> the Angel now speaks of is the
<hi>last</hi> of the Seventy, which should be but half run out when the Temple and City
should be destroyed and the Legal service made to cease. For if we reckon (as I
think we should) the <hi>Seventy Weeks</hi> from the sixth year of <hi>Darius Nothus,</hi> (when the
Temple was finished,) the Destruction thereof by <hi>Titus</hi> will fall out (as is shewed)
in the <hi>midst of the last Week;</hi> the whole half thereof, from the beginning till then, ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ving
been spent in warlike preparations and exploits, which ended with the burning
and desolation both of City and Sanctuary.</p>
                  <p>Of those who end the <hi>Seventieth Week</hi> compleatly with the Destruction of <hi>Ierusa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lem,</hi>
some seem so to understand this first part of the verse, as if the <hi>one Week</hi> here men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tioned
were the last of the Seventy, and the <hi>confirmation of the Covenant</hi> to be therein
to respect only the first half thereof, wherein Christ made good his Covenant of pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>servation
to the believing Iews, namely, (as I would explain it) by sending <hi>Cestius
Gallus</hi> President of <hi>Syria,</hi> in the middle or fourth year of the last Week, about seven
days to environ <hi>Ierusalem</hi> with an Army, for to be that sign and watch-word menti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>oned
in the Gospel of the near approaching Desolation thereof, <hi>Luke</hi> 21. 20. that so
those which were in <hi>Iudaea</hi> being warned <hi>might flee into the Mountains</hi> (of <hi>Arabia Pe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>traea</hi>
to <hi>Pella,</hi>) and deliver themselves from those days of vengeance and wrath upon
their people: and in the other half of the Week which remained, he should <hi>cause
the sacrifice and offering to cease,</hi> by sending <hi>Vespasian</hi> with that second and fatal
Army which should bring those wofull and vengefull <hi>Desolations</hi> upon them.</p>
                  <p>As for the phrase of <hi>Confirming a Covenant,</hi> (if the rest suted well) it would be no
straining to interpret it to be meant of preservation and exemption from a common
calamity: For we have the like speech <hi>Gen.</hi> 6. 17, 18. where God having said to <hi>Noah,</hi>
that he would <hi>destroy</hi> by the <hi>Floud</hi> every thing <hi>that breathed upon the earth;</hi> addeth,
<pb n="707" facs="tcp:63175:406"/>
                     <hi>But with thee will I establish my Covenant; and thou shalt come into the Ark, thou, and
thy sons, and thy wife, and thy sons wives with thee,</hi> &amp;c. Thus much of the <hi>Week</hi> and
<hi>Half-Week:</hi> But for the <hi>Desolator</hi> who should <hi>cause the sacrifice and oblation to cease,</hi>
whether and how it may be applied to <hi>Messiah</hi> himself, or otherwise construed, we
shall better understand when the next is expounded.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>And that</hi> [being] <hi>over a Wing of Abominations</hi>] <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, I think literally
rendred, as was the former. If any man would also have the order of the words pre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cisely
kept, and therefore <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>i. Desolator,</hi> to keep his station here, as in the
Hebrew, he may render the words thus, <hi>He shall cause the sacrifice and oblation to cease,
<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, And</hi> [commanding] <hi>over a Wing of Abominations [be] a
Desolator</hi> or <hi>make Desolation;</hi> The sense is yet the same: Or thus, <hi>And over a Wing of
Abominations [shall he be] who makes Desolation:</hi> All of them requiring nothing else
but that so common <hi>Ellipsis</hi> of the Verb Substantive, which in some expressions of this
language is perpetual. Now for the construing and expounding this and the rest
which remains of this verse, I have always in mine eye that part of the Prophecy of
our Saviour in the Gospel, <hi>Matth.</hi> 24. 15. <hi>Mark</hi> 13. 14. where he so expresly refers
to this of <hi>Daniel,</hi> with an unwonted caveat not to pass it over slightly, <hi>Let him</hi>
(saith he) <hi>that readeth, understand:</hi> which admonition as it implies the special need
we have of our Saviour's Key to unlock it; so it may seem to intimate that neither
the Septuagint before, nor the ordinary construction of their Rabbies then, had hit
the meaning of this Scripture. Wherefore S. <hi>Luke</hi> relates not here (as <hi>Matthew</hi> and
<hi>Mark</hi> do) our Saviour's words <hi>verbatim,</hi> but exegetically, of set purpose (so I am
perswaded) expounding this place of <hi>Daniel,</hi> as will appear by that which follows.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Over a Wing of Abominations</hi>]<note n="*" place="margin">Auth. oper<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> impers. in Matth. Hom. 49. initio han<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> expositionem ad <hi>Petrum</hi> re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fert. <hi>H<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>c &amp;</hi> Petrus <hi>apud</hi> Clementem <hi>exponit.</hi>
                     </note> That is, An Army of Idolatrous Gentiles. Even
the self-same which S. <hi>Luke</hi> saith Chap. 21. 24. <hi>Ierusalem shall be troden down of the
Gentiles;</hi> who also expoundeth <hi>Wing</hi> by <hi>Armies;</hi> putting in stead of those words of
our Saviour, [<hi>When ye shall see the Abomination of Desolation spoken of by Daniel the
Prophet, stand in the holy place</hi>] these,<note n="*" place="margin">Verse 20.</note> 
                     <hi>When ye shall see Ierusalem compassed with
Armies;</hi> and in both it follows, <hi>Then let them which be in Iudaea flee into the mountains.</hi>
The word <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Wing is of the Verb <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, (but once found in the Hebrew Scripture)
which signifies according to the Chaldee and Arabick <hi>To gather together;</hi> besides, in
the Arabick, <hi>circundare, to environ or compass about:</hi> Both significations sute well to
an <hi>Army,</hi> and the latter, that which beleguers and begirds a City or Fort besieged.
Had S. <hi>Luke</hi> any reference to this, when he speaks of <hi>Ierusalem compassed with an Ar<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>my?</hi>
The Metaphor also of a <hi>Wing</hi> leans most this way, whether we consider their
figure and motion being stretched out, or their posture when Birds of rapine sit cour<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
over their prey. I will not say the <hi>Roman Eagle</hi> was here aimed at, though <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is
used not only for <hi>Ala</hi> a <hi>Wing,</hi> but for <hi>Alatum &amp; Volatile</hi> a <hi>Fowl</hi> or <hi>Winged Creature.</hi>
It is sufficient that neither the nature nor name of a <hi>Wing</hi> is strange or unaccustomed
to an <hi>Army.</hi> But how (will you say) will <hi>an Army of Abominations</hi> be made an
<hi>Army of Gentiles?</hi> I answer, The Scripture in many places calleth <hi>Idols</hi> by the name
of <hi>Abominations,</hi> that is, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, &amp; <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>. So the <hi>Egyptian Idols (Exod.</hi> 8. ver.
26, &amp;c.) are called the <hi>Abomination of the Egyptians. Ezek.</hi> 7. 20. the Iews are said
to have made the Images of their Abominations, <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>; <hi>Ier.</hi> 7. 30. to have set up
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, that is, their Idols in the House of the Lord. So 2 <hi>Kings</hi> 23. 13. <hi>Ashtoreth</hi>
is called <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> the <hi>Abomination</hi> of the <hi>Sidonians; Chemosh</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, the <hi>Abomination</hi> of
the <hi>Moabites;</hi> but <hi>Milchom</hi> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> the <hi>Abomination</hi> of the Children of <hi>Ammon.</hi>
Wherefore 1 <hi>Kings</hi> 11. 5, 7. <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> is by the Seventy thrice translated <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <hi>Idol.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>This being a thing manifest, we are to observe further, That the Scripture useth
also to express and imply under the names of the Gods the Nations themselves which
worshipped them.<note place="margin">Deut. 4. 28. ch. 28. 64. Ier. 16. 13.</note> The Lord threatned to <hi>scatter Israel among the Nations, and that
there they should serve other Gods day and night, Gods, the works of mens hands, wood and
stone; which neither they nor their Fathers had known:</hi> that is, they should serve them
not <hi>religiously,</hi> but <hi>politically,</hi> inasmuch as they were to become <hi>Slaves</hi> and <hi>Vassals</hi> to
Idolatrous Nations, even such Idolaters as neither they nor their Fathers had ever
heard of. Let it also be considered whether that of <hi>David,</hi> 1 <hi>Sam.</hi> 26. 19. be not
to be expounded after the same Trope: <hi>They have</hi> (saith he) <hi>driven me out this day
from abiding in the inheritance of the Lord, saying, Go serve other Gods;</hi> that is, They
have driven me to serve a Nation of another Religion. Yea, <hi>Ezra</hi> 9. 14. fitly to
our purpose, the Strangers with whom the people of <hi>Israel</hi> had contracted affinity
are called expresly <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>the people of Abominations,</hi> which the Seventy
<pb n="708" facs="tcp:63175:407"/>
render <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>the people of the Lands,</hi> that is, <hi>Gentiles.</hi> And where we read
in the first verse, <hi>The people of Israel,</hi> &amp;c. <hi>have not separated themselves from the people
of the Lands according to their Abominations,</hi> &amp;c. it is the same phrase with that of <hi>Mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ses,
Cattel after their kind, creeping things after their kind,</hi> that is, the several kinds of
cattel and of creeping things; so the <hi>people of the Lands according to their Abomina<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tions,</hi>
is the several kinds of Idolaters of the Lands about them. And thus we
have shewed that <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>the Wing of Abominations</hi> is as much as <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <hi>an Army of people of Abominations,</hi> that is, of <hi>Gentiles</hi> and <hi>Worshippers of Idols.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But who is this <hi>Desolater,</hi> or <hi>Maker of Desolations,</hi> who should command over this
<hi>Wing of Abominations,</hi> and bring these <hi>Gentiles</hi> against the <hi>Holy City?</hi> I answer, The
words in the Original stand indifferent to be applied either to the <hi>Roman General,</hi> or
<hi>Messiah;</hi> but I could not render them so indifferently: For if I render them, <hi>And in
half a Week a Desolater shall cause the sacrifice and offering to cease, and that</hi> (being)
<hi>over a Wing of Abominations,</hi> or, <hi>Over a Wing of Abominations</hi> (shall he be) <hi>who
makes desolation;</hi> this <hi>Desolater</hi> would then seem to be some other than <hi>Messiah,</hi>
that is the <hi>Roman General.</hi> But render them as I do, <hi>And making desolation</hi> (or <hi>be<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
a Desolater) he shall cause the sacrifice and offering to cease, and that,</hi> &amp;c. or, <hi>He
He shall cause the sacrifice and offering to cease, and [commanding] over a Wing of Abo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minations,
be a Desolater;</hi> either way of these they will have reference to <hi>MES<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>SIAH</hi>
the Prince, who is the Person meant in the words immediately before, [<hi>He
shall confirm a Covenant with many one Week.</hi>] And this I most incline to, that so the
Person spoken of may be the same throughout: and a reason also appears of that addi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tament,
That this <hi>Desolater</hi> should be over an <hi>Army of Abominations:</hi> For if a Forein
General were only meant, what needed this Addition? what other Army could such
a one lead but <hi>Gentiles?</hi> But that <hi>Messiah</hi> himself should command over an <hi>Army of
Idolaters,</hi> this needed a special intimation.</p>
                  <p>And surely the <hi>Roman Army,</hi> though an <hi>Army of Abominations,</hi> was in this service
the <hi>Army of Messiah.</hi> So the Parable aiming at this Prophecy tells us <hi>Matth.</hi> 22. 7.
When the King heard how spitefully they entreated his Messengers who came to tell
them the Wedding, whereunto they had been bidden, was ready, <hi>He was wroth,</hi>
(saith the Text) <hi>and sent forth HIS Armies, and destroyed those Murtherers, and
burnt up their City.</hi> Whence it is, that the coming of this <hi>desolating Army of the Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mans</hi>
is called the coming of Christ,<note place="margin">Vers<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> 1.</note> 
                     <hi>Iames 5. Weep and houl ye rich men</hi> (he wri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>teth
to Iews) <hi>for the miseries that shall come upon you—for you have heaped up goods
for the Last days;</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Verse 3.</note> that is, (according to <hi>Oecumenius</hi>) when the End of your State is
a coming, and the <hi>Romans</hi> spoil you of all: which is expressed in the seventh verse
by Christ's coming, <hi>Be ye patient</hi> (saith he) <hi>until the coming of the Lord,</hi> (he speaks
to the believing Iews whom the rest persecuted;) and in the next, <hi>Stablish your
hearts, for the coming of the Lord draweth nigh:</hi> He meaneth (saith <hi>Oecumenius)
<gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>, the expedition of the</hi> Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mans,
<hi>and their carrying away the</hi> Iews<note n="*" place="margin">Luke 21. 24.</note> 
                     <hi>captives into all Nations.</hi> So he takes that of
<hi>Iohn</hi> chap. 21. 22. <hi>If I will that he stay till I come,</hi> that is (saith he) <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>till the Destruction of Ierusalem:</hi> and proves that this <hi>Coming of Christ</hi> is
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>, <hi>the destruction of Ierusalem,</hi> by that of <hi>Malachi</hi> Chap. 3. 1, 2.
<hi>Behold, the Lord shall come, and who shall abide the day of his coming?</hi> And thus would
I understand that <hi>Heb.</hi> 10. 37. <hi>For yet a little while, and He that shall come will come,
and will not tarry. Messiah</hi> therefore himself seems to be that <hi>Desolater</hi> here meant,
who should command over an <hi>Army of Abominations</hi> when he came to destroy the City
and the Sanctuary.</p>
                  <p>Thus it appears our Saviour's citation in the Gospel is not of the very words of
<hi>Daniel</hi> in this passage, but of the sense only summarily expressed; and that <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>;
is to be expounded <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,
<hi>The Abomination,</hi> or <hi>Abominable Army, over which he should be who
should make desolation.</hi> As for the Seventy, or whosoever else (for S. <hi>Hierome</hi>
doubts) translated this Book, if their Translation here were originally as we now have
it, and not translated thither out of our Saviour's words in the Gospel, they seem to
have accommodated the place, though of unlike construction and circumstance of
sense, unto two other places, Chap. 11. 31. Chap. 12. 11. where some such kind of
Abomination is mentioned, and likewise the participles <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>: But in all
three of them, not well understanding what subject these Participles included, they
contented themselves only to express by <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> or <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> a general relation of
<pb n="709" facs="tcp:63175:407"/>
                     <hi>desolation</hi> in the abstract, which might be diversly interpretable, otherwise it is not
possible by any alteration of the points to express their Translation <hi>verbatim</hi> out of this
place, unless <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> were <hi>in statu constructo,</hi> as it is not.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>And until the final time (even that which is determined) it shall continue upon the de<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>solate]</hi>
Here I have chosen to translate the verb <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>continue,</hi> as the <hi>Targum</hi> renders
it <hi>Ier.</hi> c. 7. 20. &amp;c. 42. 18. and the Vulgar here <hi>perseverabit,</hi> as a Metaphorical sig<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nification
taken from a continued pouring of water. It is the Feminine Gender, and
therefore to be referred to a Feminine <hi>suppos<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>um,</hi> which I take to be <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> 
                     <hi>Ala.</hi> This
<hi>wing of Abominations,</hi> that is, <hi>metonymicè,</hi> the Desolation wrought by it, or forein
possession brought in by it, should continue upon the Desolate until the final time
which was determined should be accomplished. Or those Gentile people of the <hi>Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>man</hi>
Empire, by whom <hi>Ierusalem</hi> was destroyed, should continue their dominion and
possession, either of the place or desolate inhabitants once thereof, until that final time
be accomplished. Whether this or that sutes best, the meaning in <hi>S. Luke</hi>'s language
is thus expressed;<note place="margin">Luke 21. 24.</note> 
                     <hi>The Iews shall be carried captive over all Nations, and Ierusalem tro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>den
down of the Gentiles until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled:</hi> that is, (as was said
before) until the Monarchies of the Gentiles should be finished. For these times of
the Gentiles are that last period of the Fourth Kingdom prophesied<note n="*" place="margin">Dan. 7.</note> of, <hi>a Time,
Times and half a Time;</hi> at the end whereof the Angel swears unto <hi>Daniel,</hi> chap. 12. 7.
<hi>That God should accomplish to scatter the power of the Holy people.</hi> This is that Fulness of
the Gentiles,<note place="margin">Rom. 11. 26.</note> which being come, <hi>S. Paul</hi> tells us, <hi>The Deliverer shall come out of Sion,
and all Israel shall be saved.</hi> And the Angel in <hi>Apoc.</hi> 10. 6. renews the same oath to
S. <hi>Iohn,</hi> which he sware before to <hi>Daniel, That when these Times</hi> (N. B.) <hi>should end
and be no longer, the mystery of God should be finished, as he had declared to his servants
the Prophets.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <closer>Amen.</closer>
               </div>
               <div type="section">
                  <head>APPENDIX.</head>
                  <p>ALthough I think that preciseness of <hi>days</hi> is not to be much stood upon, when the
Events and their Times do in the whole answer to Prediction: yet have I been
so curious as to enquire whether the <hi>Desolation of the City and Sanctuary</hi> (to be <hi>in the
middle</hi> of the <hi>Seventieth</hi> Week) were fulfilled to a very day or not. And, as I think,
I have so found it, very near, if not altogether.</p>
                  <p>For <hi>Anno Iudaico 3344. AErae mundi Scaligerianae</hi> 3533. (the year the Temple was
finished) <hi>Neomenia Tisri,</hi> according to the Iews Calendar, fell upon the 9 of <hi>September
Calendarii Iuliani, Feriâ 1. Cyclo Solis 12. Literâ Dominic. G.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Ergò Neomenia Adar</hi> was <hi>Feb. 4. Fer. 2. Cyclo Solis 13. Literâ Dominicali</hi> F. So the
3 of <hi>Adar</hi> (the day whereon the Temple was finished, <hi>Ezra</hi> 6. 15.) will be the 6 of
<hi>February.</hi> From whence to the 8 of <hi>August</hi> (whereon the Temple was fired, and two
days after consumed) are exclusive 182 days, that is, half a year <hi>adunguem.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>But this year (according to the Iudaical Calendar) was <hi>Annus Embolimaeus,</hi> and so
had two <hi>Adars;</hi> which of them the Scripture meaneth is doubtful. But the <hi>Neomenia</hi>
of the second <hi>Adar</hi> was <hi>March</hi> 5. <hi>Feria</hi> 4. So the 3 day of this <hi>Adar</hi> was the 7. of
<hi>March:</hi> From whence to the 8. of <hi>September</hi> (the day whereon the City was fired)
are exclusive 184 days, which is a day or two too much. But it is more than probable
that the Iewish Calendar was not in <hi>Darius</hi> his time so exact, nor the Moon's motion
so well known, but the New Moon might sometimes anticipate the beginning of their
Months a day or two.</p>
                  <p>Howsoever those who begin their reckoning from the 2<hi rend="sup">d</hi> year of <hi>Darius, as Scali<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ger</hi>
doth) cannot from the 24<hi rend="sup">th</hi> day of the 6<hi rend="sup">th</hi> Month <hi>(Sept. 16.)</hi> (which the Prophet
<hi>Haggai</hi> names, chap. 1. v. ult. for the day whereon the work began) shew their com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pleat
<hi>Seventy Weeks</hi> so exactly terminated upon any Event remarkable during the
whole time of the War. For as for the destruction of <hi>Ierusalem</hi> it self, they come not
near it by whole years.</p>
               </div>
               <div type="section">
                  <pb n="710" facs="tcp:63175:408"/>
                  <head>Of the Opinion of Funccius.</head>
                  <p>FVNCCIVS his computation of the LXX Weeks from the seventh of <hi>Artaxerxes
Longimanus</hi> (whence to Christ's Passion he finds just 490 years) hath three great
and unavoidable inconveniences.</p>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. That it ends the 70 Weeks (which by the Text were allotted for the <hi>Holy Ci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ty)</hi>
long before the times of the Holy City were fulfilled.</item>
                     <item>2. That this <hi>Artaxerxes</hi> might not be <hi>Artaxerxes</hi> the Hinderer of the Building of
the Temple, but that second <hi>Artaxerxes</hi> that gave Commission to <hi>Ezra</hi> and <hi>Nehemiah,</hi>
they are fain to bestow the names of <hi>Ahasuerus</hi> and <hi>Artaxerxes</hi> mentioned <hi>Ezra</hi> 4. <hi>up<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>on
Cambyses</hi> and the counterfeit <hi>Tanioxarces</hi> or <hi>Smerdis</hi> (whom others call <hi>Sphen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dates)</hi>
the <hi>Magus,</hi> without any ground in Scripture or prophane History, nay, against
probability. For if <hi>Ahasuerus</hi> be <hi>Cambyses</hi> (as by order he should be) and <hi>Artaxer<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>xes</hi>
be <hi>Smerdis</hi> the <hi>Magus,</hi> how will that business in the days of <hi>Artaxerxes (Ezra</hi> 4.
7.) befit the 7 Months reign of <hi>Smerdis?</hi> Or if preposterously (as some will have
it) <hi>Ahasuerus</hi> be that <hi>Smerdis,</hi> what needed the Holy Ghost so precisely to mention
the<note n="*" place="margin">
                           <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap> Ezra 4. 6.</note> 
                        <hi>Beginning of his reign,</hi> if he reigned but seven Months in all? Secondly, Neither
<hi>Cambyses</hi> nor <hi>Smerdis</hi> can be <hi>Ahasuerus.</hi> For <hi>Ahasuerus, Esther</hi> 3. 7. (and why
should we <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>eign any other <hi>Ahasuerus</hi> of <hi>Persia</hi> than the Scripture describeth, and so di<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ligently
distinguisheth from <hi>Ahasuerus</hi> the <hi>Mede,</hi> as if there had been then no other?
<hi>Esther 1. 1.)</hi> reigned at least twelve years, whereas <hi>Cambyses</hi> reigned but seven years,
and <hi>Smerdis</hi> but so many months.</item>
                     <item>3. They cannot shew how 69 Weeks, or 62 Weeks added to 7 Weeks, (for they
have no other way) are determined upon <hi>Messiah</hi> the Prince; since they out reach
his Nativity, and end 7 years before his Passion (which was in the 19) and therefore
three years at least before <hi>Iohn</hi>'s Baptism, which was in the 15 of <hi>Tiberius.</hi> Wherefore
neither beginning nor ending, neither part nor whole of the sixty and ninth Week can
point us out any time of the manifestation of <hi>Messiah.</hi>
                     </item>
                  </list>
               </div>
            </div>
         </div>
         <div type="exposition">
            <pb n="711" facs="tcp:63175:408"/>
            <head>REGNUM ROMANUM
EST
REGNVM QVARTVM DANIELIS.</head>
            <p>
               <hi>REgnum</hi> hic intelligo, non pro eorum sensu qui diversas Rerumpubli<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>carum
formas diversis vocabulis distinxere; sed notione priscâ, cui
&amp; Sacri Codicis stylus assuevit, quâque non Unius duntaxat impe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rium,
sed &amp; Optimatum status, &amp; Populi dominatio comprehendi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur.
Nam apud prisca secula quosvis Rerumpublicarum Summates,
quâcunque regiminis formâ, <hi>Reges</hi> nuncupârunt, sive Uni fuerint &amp;
Monarchae, sive Plures ejusdem potestatis consortes summae rerum
praefuissent. De Gentium usu si quis indicium aliquod aut exemplum requisierit,
<hi>Homerum</hi> adeat, cujus ut alia praeteream, qui mihi nuperrimè legenti occurrebat lo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cus
non gravabor adducere. Is verò est <hi>Odyss. 6.</hi> ubi de <hi>Alcinoo</hi> Rege ad Procerum
concilium eunte, <hi>Egrediebatur,</hi> inquit,
<q>
                  <l>—<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
                  </l>
                  <l>
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>,</l>
               </q>
               <hi>Ad Inclytos Reges, ad Concilium, quò ipsum vocârunt Phaeaces Generosi.</hi> Audi hîc Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cerum
Senatum <hi>Regum</hi> cognomine insignitum; ut non immeritò <hi>Cyneas Pyrrhi</hi> Lega<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tus
(teste <hi>Plutarcho)</hi> hero suo retulisse fertur, <hi>Senatum Romanum multorum Regum
consessum sibi visum esse,</hi> 
               <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>.</p>
            <p>Sed profanorum Scriptorum testimonia conquirant alii; Nos in argumento sacro
Sacrae Scripturae usum videamus. Et primò quidem animadversione dignus mihi vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>detur
<hi>Abimelechi</hi> sermo ad <hi>Sechemitas,</hi> Iud. cap. 9. vers. 2. eos quasi ab Optimatum
imperio in hunc modum dissuadentis; <hi>Vtrùm,</hi> inquit, <hi>melius est vobis, An ut Reg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>num
habeant in vos septuaginta viri, omnes filii Ierubbaalis; an verò ut Regnum habeat
in vos vir unus? Philistaeorum</hi> quoque Regimen Aristocraticum suit, &amp; penes quin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>que
Satrapas, qui à civitatibus suis nominantur, Ios. 13. 3. <hi>Azzathaeus, Asdodaeus,
Ascalonaeus, Gathaeus, &amp; Ekronaeus;</hi> quorum tamen <hi>Gathaeus</hi> Satrapa, ad quem David
con<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>ugit, in primo libro Sam. cap. 21. <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap> 
               <hi>Rex Gathi vel Rex Gathaeus</hi> non se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mel<note n="*" place="margin">
                  <hi>Et quatuer reliqui</hi> Ier. 25. vers. 20. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
               </note>
dicitur, cùm ad id usque temporis Regni rationem minimè mutatam fuisse tam
frequens quinque istarum Satrapiarum mentio indicat. Mitto quòd Urbium singula<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum
Rectores &amp; quasi Consules etiam alibi <hi>Reges</hi> nominari videntur. Mitto quod
omnes in universum Orbis terrarum Politiae, ut alibi, ità Matthaei 4. vers. 8. <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>
manifestè nuncupentur, cùm Diabolus Christum Servatorem tentaturus, ei in mon<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tem
sublimem assumpto ostendisse legitur <hi>omnia mundi Regna &amp; gloriam eorum.</hi> Magìs
prope ad rem nostram facit, quòd Ioanni in Apocalypsi Septem Bestiae Romanae Ca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pita
(in quibus <hi>Consules, Tribuni, Decemviri, Dictatores, Ponti<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ices)</hi> totidem <hi>Reges</hi>
interpretatur Angelus, (hoc est) tot <hi>Summates,</hi> penes quos vicibus suis <hi>Majestas</hi> erat
<hi>Regnantis</hi> Populi Romani. Quapropter etiam Daniel <hi>Quarto Regno,</hi> quod hoc ip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sum
<hi>Romanum</hi> esse contendo, plures <hi>Reges</hi> seu <hi>Regias</hi> potestates attribuit, quando
istius Regni descriptioni subjicit,<note place="margin">Dan. 2. 44.</note> 
               <hi>In diebus</hi> (inquit) <hi>istorum Regum suscitabit Deus
coeli Regnum quod in secula non destructur:</hi> hoc est, temporibus <hi>Reipublicae</hi> istius <hi>multi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>regiae</hi>
suscitabitur Regnum Christi in <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>ecula duraturum.</p>
            <p>Sciendum igitur est statum <hi>Romanum,</hi> capitibus utcunque varium admodum, cor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pore
tamen unum fuisse. Atque ut Daniel, propter multiformem capitum varieta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tem,
<hi>Quartam</hi> hanc <hi>Bestiam</hi> nulli in terris Bestiae assimilare potuit;<note place="margin">Cap. 7.</note> ità neque unitas
<hi>Regni Romani</hi> ex capitibus aestimari potest aut debet, sed ex unitate <hi>populi regnan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tis</hi>
super orbem terratum. Civitas enim una eadémque sub tam multiformi Majestate
<hi>regnabat super Reges terrae,</hi> ut Ioannes<note n="*" place="margin">Apoc. 17.</note> loquitur, unde <hi>Caput orbis &amp; Vrbs orbis Do<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mina</hi>
Audiebat. Atque ex istis facile cernere est, quàm malè obtinuit usus, ut qua<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tuor
ista Danielis Regna quatuor <hi>Monarchiae</hi> nuncuparentur. Ut enim de Romano
taceam, de quo nunc lis est; certum est Graecorum Regnum, de quo nemo dubitat
<pb n="712" facs="tcp:63175:409"/>
quin Danielis Regnis accenseri debeat, post Alexandrum ampliùs Monarchiam non
fuisse, sed in plures Reges dispertitum.</p>
            <p>Dixi satìs quid <hi>Regnum</hi> mihi sit, &amp; quid <hi>Romanum.</hi>
            </p>
            <p>Sequitur jam ut <hi>Danielis Regna,</hi> quid sint, cúrque ità nominentur, breviter osten<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dam.
<hi>Danielis</hi> igitur <hi>Regna</hi> dico quatuor ista Regna, seu Regnorum seriem, quam
primò ex Nebuchadnezaris Babylonii somnio de statua quadruplicis materiae Daniel
divinitus edoctus exposuit, Dan. cap. 2. de iisdémque postea Daniel ipse quatuor
Bestiarum sibi oblatâ visione pleniùs ab Angelo eruditus est, Dan. cap. 7.</p>
            <p>Est autem Quaternio iste Regnorum Danielis (quod imprimis observari velim)
Chronologia quaedam Prophetica, non tam Annorum quàm Regnorum intervallis
distincta, ubi Regnorum in praecipua orbis terrarum parte, simul Ecclesiam &amp; popu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lum
Dei complexa, sibi invicem succedentium serie, monstratur tempus quo Christi
Regnum à tot seculis promissum &amp; primùm<note n="*" place="margin">
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
               </note> inchoandum sit, idémque demum certis
temporibus * consummandum.</p>
            <p>
               <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="A"/> Et primum quidem Vaticiníum, quod <hi>Imaginis</hi> est sive <hi>Statuae,</hi> utrumque Regni
Christi momentum designat, tam inchoandi, quàm olim consummandi: Alterum ve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rò,
quod <hi>quatuor Bestiarum</hi> viso adumbratur, ad alterum tantùm illius momentum in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tendit,
quando, omnibus hostibus devictis, universa mundi Regna Christi imperio
&amp; legibus subjicientur; <hi>Oportet enim eum Regnare</hi> (teste Apostolo) <hi>usque quò omnes
inimicos supposuerit pedibus suis,</hi> 1 Cor. 15. 25.</p>
            <p>Hujus autem Prophetiarum harum in meta intuenda discriminis ea ratio est, quod
utrumque illud Regni Christi momentum non consummandi tantummodo, sed etiam
inchoandi, &amp; hujus quidem ad solas Gentes, pertinebat, id quod rejectione &amp; obdu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ratione
Iudaeorum indè ab initio Christianismi huc usque satìs ab eventu comproba<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tum
est.</p>
            <p>
               <milestone type="tcpmilestone" unit="unspecified" n="Ω"/> Hinc igitur quae Nebuchadnezari, homini scilicet Gentili, visio oblata est, ea u<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>trumque
designabat Regni Christi momentum. At verò ad Iudaeos alterum duntaxat
momentum (quo consummandum est Regnum Christianum) pertinebat. Nam <hi>Hie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rosolyma
calcabitur à Gentibus donec impleantur tempora Gentium,</hi> Luc. 21. vers. 24. &amp;
occupavit eos ira <gap reason="foreign">
                  <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
               </gap>, 1 Thess. cap. 2. vers. 16. Quando verò <hi>Plenitudo Gentium
introierit, tunc totus Israel salvabitur,</hi> ad Rom. c. 11. v. 25, 26. Idcirco quae Danieli
ipsi homini Iudaeo visio ostensa, illud tantùm Regni Christi momentum, quasi in hu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jus
rei Mysterium, spectare debuit.</p>
            <p>Iam ex his quae dicta sunt ratio quoque elucet, quare ex omnibus mundi Regnis
quatuor haec sola selegit Spiritus Sanctus, quorum fata tam insigni ornaret Prophetiâ;
nempe quia ex his solis inter omnia mundi Regna Periodus temporum ejusmodi con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>texi
potuit, quae rectâ serie &amp; ordina<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>â successione perduceret ad tempora &amp; momen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ta
Regni Christi. Non verò quia nulla istis paria Imperia, forsan &amp; aliquibus majora,
per omnia secula orbis visurus esset. Nam neque Saracenorum olim, neque hodie
Turcarum, neque Tartarorum Regna ditionis amplitudine Persico aut Graeco, puto
nec Assyrio, quicquam concedunt; imò, ni <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                  <desc>•</desc>
               </gap>allor, excedunt. Fatendum est nihilo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minus
unumquodque ex quatuor istis Regnis, vel quod minimum est, ità esse compa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ratum,
ut meritò summis &amp; praecipuis Orbis terrarum Imperiis annumeranda sint; ut
quorum omnium potestas non unius populi ambitu, sed plurimarum Gentium &amp; Na<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tionum
Imperio terminaretur; unde Statua Nebuchadnezari ostensa ampla, excel<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lenti
splendore &amp; terribili formâ describitur, &amp; Danieli Bestiae quatuor magnae è mari
ascendentes apparuere.</p>
            <p>His ità ad Problematis intellectum expositis, venio ad Argumenta quibus firmissi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mè
me assertum ire confido, <hi>Regnum Romanum</hi> esse <hi>quartum Regnum Danielis.</hi> Et
primum quidem sic habet.</p>
            <div n="1" type="argument">
               <head>ARGUMENTUM I.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>Quo rerum potiente Christi Regnum jam olim coeptum est, illud est
quartum Regnum <hi>Danielis:</hi> At Regno Romano rerum poti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ente
Christi Regnum coepit: Ergó.</p>
               </argument>
               <p>Major ex Daniele constat, qui quarto Regno in statua Nebuchadnezaris descripto
subdit, <hi>In diebus autem Regum istorum suscitabit Deus Coeli Regnum quod in secula non
destruetur, neque populo alieno relinquetur. In diebus Regum istorum,</hi> vel, ad verbum,
<pb n="713" facs="tcp:63175:409"/>
                  <hi>In diebus illorum Regum illorum, id est, quarti Regni temporibus,</hi> quod, ut dixi, <hi>multi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>regium</hi>
erat futurum: vel, si cui hoc minùs placuerit, <hi>Temporibus Regum istorum,</hi> hoc
est, constante adhuc, &amp; nondum absolutâ aut peractâ, quatuor istorum Regum seu
Regnorum serie. Alterutra interpretatio necessaria est, &amp; utrâvis idem planè obti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nebo,
Christi Regnum suscitatum iri aliquo ex quatuor istis Regno nondum elapso,
sed adhuc rerum potiente: illud verò cum <hi>Tertium</hi> certum est non fuisse, necessariò
<hi>Quartum</hi> erit. Id quod adhuc evidentiùs ex Somnio ipso confirmatur. Regnum enim
Christi (Daniele interprete) est <hi>Lapis iste excisus sine manibus,</hi>) id est, sine ope hu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mana)
<hi>qui Imaginem percussurus erat ad pedes ipsius ferreos &amp; luteos, adeóque commi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nueret
illos ut locus iis non est inventus ampliùs,</hi> cap. 2. vers. 34, 35. At verò qui po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tuit
Lapis <hi>Imaginem percutere ad pedes,</hi> nisi saltem pedes isti mansissent adhuc cùm
Lapis è monte exscindebatur?</p>
               <p>Minor quoque, Romanis imperantibus (non Graecis aut Persis) coepisse Regnum
Christi, non minùs est manifesta. Quid enim? Annon nascente Christo <hi>tota Terra
censebatur</hi> ab Augusto? &amp; non tantùm Iudaei, sed &amp; Ioseph ipse cum Sponsa Maria,
Luc. 2? Annon eodem prodente decimo quinto Tiberii Caesaris, Baptismus &amp; initium
praedicationis Iesu Christi? Et quid voluit vox illa Christi, <hi>Date Caesari quae sunt Cae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>saris?</hi>
                  <note place="margin">Item<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> P<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>ssu<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> sub Pon<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>o <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>i<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap> Pra<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>side Rom.</note>
Quid illa Iudaeorum Christum Regem respuentium, <hi>Non habemus Regem nisi
Caesarem?</hi> nisi ut sciamus Romanos solos, non verò Graecos aut alios, tunc rerum
potitos.</p>
               <p>Et priusquam hinc abeam, facere non possum quin admoneam, hoc, de quo loquimur,
tempus illud esse de quo Paulus ad Hebr. 1. 2. ait, <hi>Deum VLTIMIS DIEBVS
locutum esse nobis in Filio;</hi> itémque ad Galatas cap. 4. 4.<note place="margin">
                     <p>It<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>m. <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> Cor. 10. 11. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>Item</hi> 
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 word">
                           <desc>〈◊〉</desc>
                        </gap> 9. 26. <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap>—At <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> Matth. 24. <hi>i<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tem 28. &amp;c. 13. aliud est, viz.</hi> Finis du<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rationis mundi vel Finis hujus seculi in quo versam<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>r, <hi>non</hi> se<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>ulorum d<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> quibus Daniel.</p>
                  </note> 
                  <hi>Postquam venit PLENI<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>TVDO
TEMPORIS, emisisse Deum filium suum, factum è Muliere;</hi> denique ad
Eph. 1. vers. 10. <hi>notum fecisse nobis</hi> Deum <hi>Mysterium voluntatis suae, ut in dispensati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>one
PLENITVDINIS TEMPORVM omnia in Christo recolligeret, tum quae
in coelis sunt, tum quae in terra:</hi> Nimirum <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> isti <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, illud <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>,
&amp; <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> nihil aliud in N. T. designant quàm ultimi Regni tempora in
hac serie Danielis; tum quòd hujus Regni tempora Quaternionis istius revera sunt
ultima tempora; tum quòd Regno hoc ultimo Quaternio Propheticus plenitudinem
suam sortitur, seu plenum numerum.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="2" type="argument">
               <head>ARGUMENTUM II.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>Quo demum absoluto &amp; abolito consummabitur Regnum Christi, illud
est quartum Regnum Danielis: At Regno Romano semel exacto
&amp; abolito consummabitur Regnum Christi: Ergó.</p>
               </argument>
               <p>Majoris veritas evidentissima est ex utraque Danielis Prophetia. De Somnio Ne<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>buchadnezaris:
<note n="*" place="margin">Cap. 2. v. 34. 35.</note> 
                  <hi>Vidisti</hi> (inquit) <hi>usquedum excisus est Lapis sine manibus, &amp; per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cussit
Imaginem super pedes ipsius ferreos &amp; luteos, ut comminueret eos. Ità abstulit ea
ventus, &amp; nullus locus inventus est eis. LAPIS autem qui percusserat Imaginem effectus
est MONS magnus, adeò ut impleret totam terram.</hi> Hoc est, ipso Daniele interprete,
<hi>In diebus</hi> Regni quarti <hi>suscitabit Deus coeli REGNVM</hi> (hic est <hi>Lapis</hi> iste è Monte
excisus) <hi>quod in secula non destruetur, quódque populo alteri non relinquetur,</hi> (ut pri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>oribus
scilicet Regnis factum est:) <hi>sed comminuet &amp; consumet omnia ista Regna; ip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sum
autem stabit in secula:</hi> Hoc est, <hi>Lapis</hi> Regni Christi jam à pluribus seculis ex
Monte hujus Mundi excisus, tandem cùm tempus à Deo decretum advenerit, exter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minatis,
&amp; abolitis penitus, quae huc usque vigent, Imaginis hujus partibus novissi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mis,
seu postremis; Ipse, qui hucusque <hi>Lapis</hi> duntaxat fuerat, &amp; quidem offensionis,
tunc evadet in <hi>Montem Ingentem,</hi> implebítque totum terrarum orbem.</p>
               <p>Altera verò Prophetia, quâ Quaternio iste Regnorum quatuor Bestiarum visione
adumbratur, hujus rei demonstrationem suppeditat planè invictam. Nam ibi de quartae
Bestiae seu Regni quarti postrema Dynastia, quae sub <hi>Cornu</hi> isto monstroso <hi>futura</hi> erat,
cui &amp; <hi>Oculi erant &amp; Os loquens grandia;</hi> de hoc, inquam, <hi>cornu</hi> affirmatur, quòd
<hi>Bellum cum Sanctis gesturum erat, e<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>sque praevaliturum; usquedum veniret Antiquus
dierum, &amp; judicium daretur Sanctis excelsorum, tempúsque veniret quo Regnum possi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>derent
Sancti:</hi> id est, ut statim subdit, <hi>donec Regnum Dominatúsque &amp; Amplitudo
Regnorum sub toto coelo dabitur populo Sanctorum excelsorum; cujus Regnum erit per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>petuum,
&amp; omnia Dominia ei servient &amp; auscultabunt.</hi> Dan. 7. 20, 21, 22, 27. Potuítne
<pb n="714" facs="tcp:63175:410"/>
quidquam apertiùs dici, quo probetur ultimi Regni dynastiam ultimam eousque
permansuram, donec haec omnia de Regno Sanctorum, quodcunque illud sit, com<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pleantur?</p>
               <p>Iam de Minore propositione, quòd scilicet Romano Regno semel exacto &amp; abo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lito
consummabitur Regnum Christi, ex N. Test. facilis est probatio. Nam ab abo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>litione
Antichristi consummabitur Regnum Christi: Ità Paulus 2 Thess. 2. 8. <hi>Et re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>velabitur
Sceleratus ille, quem Dominus absumet Spiritu oris sui, &amp; abolebit splendore
adventûs sui;</hi> vel, (ut Syrus) <hi>interficiet eum Revelatione adventûs sui.</hi> Ità quoque ex
Apocalypsi constat ad septimae, id est, ultimae Tubae clangorem permansurum Anti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>christum;
quâ semel clangente, <hi>fiunt voces in coelo magnae, Facta sunt Regna mundi
Domini nostri &amp; Christi ejus, qui regnabit in secula seculorum:</hi> id quod Angelus his
verbis paulò antè praedixerat clangente Tùbà septimâ, comsummatum iri Mysterium
Dei, sicut annunciavit servis suis Prophetis, C. 10. V. 7. cum c. 11. v. 15. At verò Anti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>christus
exoriturus erat ex Imperio Romano, ejúsque pars futura. Paulus 2 Thess.
2. 7. <hi>Iam peragitur Mysterium Iniquitatis, tantùm qui nunc detinet, [<hi>detinebit</hi>] us<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quedum
è medio sublatus fuerit</hi> (id est, Romae Imperator) &amp; <hi>tunc revelabitur Scelera<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tus
ille.</hi> Et Ioannes apertissimè Apoc. 17. affirmat futurum <hi>Antichristum</hi> unum ex
septem capitibus septicipitis Bestiae, cui urbs illa magna insidebat, quae (Ioannis sci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>licet aevo)
<hi>Regnum habebat super Reges terrae.</hi> Si jam <hi>Vrbs</hi> illa <hi>Roma</hi> sit, <hi>Bestiá</hi> que ista
<hi>Romanum Regnum,</hi> (quod apud omnes, (credo) saltem veteres, in confesso est) erit
tunc <hi>Antichristus,</hi> utpote caput istius Bestiae Postremum, pars Regni Romani; Er<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>góque
Regnum <hi>Romanum</hi> durabit ad consummationem Regni Christi, quò, praeter
hoc, nullum quod in Serie Danielis successionem habere potest pertinget unquam.
Id quod Sole meridiano clarius est. Imò (ut hoc tanquam superpondium adjiciam)
<hi>Antichristus</hi> iste Novi Testamenti ipsissimum est <hi>Cornu monstrosum</hi> Danielis, penes
quod ut Ille ultimam quartae suae Bestiae Dynastiam praedixit futuram, ità quoque
Ioannes sub <hi>Antichristo</hi> suo sive <hi>Pseudopropheta</hi> ultimam Regni Romani Scenam pera<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gendam
esse. Quódque de <hi>cornu</hi> suo <hi>prodigioso</hi> Daniel, <hi>Gerebat bellum cum Sanctis,
&amp; praevalebat iis,</hi> cap. 7. vers. 21. idem Ioannes de suo Monstro, <hi>Datum est ei</hi> (inquit)
<hi>bellum gerere cum Sanctis, &amp; eos vincere,</hi> Apoc. 13. 7. Daniel <hi>cornu</hi> suo attribuit <hi>Os<g ref="char:EOLunhyphen"/>loquens
GRANDIA,</hi> &amp; quòd <hi>verba adversus Excelsum loqueretur, &amp; Sanctos ejus
contereret,</hi> cap. 7. vers. 8, 11, 20, 25. Idipsum Ioannes de suo <hi>perdito</hi> refert; <hi>Datum est
ei os loquens magna &amp; blasphemias, &amp; aperuit os suum ad Blasphemandum adversus
Deum, ut convitiis assiceret Tabernaculum ejus, &amp; eos qui in coelo habitant,</hi> cap. I3.
vers. 5, 6. <hi>Ex ungue Leonem,</hi> quod dici solet. Neque mores tantùm, sed &amp; tempus
Tyrannidis ad amussim convenit.<note place="margin">Vers. 25.</note> Quod enim Daniel de <hi>Cornu</hi> portentoso, <hi>Tradentur</hi>
(inquit) <hi>Sancti in manum ejus usque ad tempus, tempora, &amp; dimidium temporis;</hi> id<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ipsum
Ioannis de <hi>sanato</hi> isto &amp; <hi>redivivo</hi> Bestiae Romanae <hi>Capite; Data est</hi> (inquit) <hi>illi
potestas agendi</hi> (seu, ut nonnulla exemplaria habent, <hi>bellum gerendi) menses quadra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ginta
duos,</hi> vers. 5. cap. 13. Annon menses XLII sunt tres anni cum dimidio, id est,
<hi>Tempus, tempora, &amp; dimidium temporis?</hi> Ecce autem capite praecedente vers. 14, non
rem tantùm, sed &amp; ipsa verba Danielis: <hi>Mulier,</hi> (inquit) id est Ecclesia, regnante
Antichristo fugit à conspectu Serpentis in desertum, ubi aleretur per <hi>tempus, tempora,
&amp; dimidium temporis.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>Idem ergò prorsus est Danielicae Bestiae <hi>cornu prodigiosum</hi> cum <hi>Antichristo</hi> Ioannis
in Apocalypsi. Et quoniam utrumque duraturum sit ad consummationem Regni
Christi, sequitur Regnum Romanum, cujus pars postrema est <hi>Antichristus,</hi> esse ip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sissimum
quartum Regnum Danielis, cujusitidem pars extrema est illa <hi>prodigiosi Cor<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nu</hi>
Dynastia. Frustra enim sunt qui <hi>Cornu</hi> istud aliud à <hi>Bestia,</hi> è cujus capite ena<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur
&amp; pars est, Regnum esse volunt. <hi>Cornua</hi> enim <hi>potestates</hi> tantùm, <hi>Bestiae</hi> verò <hi>Regna</hi>
distinguunt.</p>
            </div>
            <div n="3" type="argument">
               <head>ARGUMENTUM III.</head>
               <argument>
                  <p>Quod occupavit Regnum Tertium, eidémque successit, est Quartum
Regnum Danielis: At Regnum Romanum occupavit Regnum
Tertium, (nempe Graecorum) eidémque successit: Ergó.</p>
               </argument>
               <p>De Majore nullus dubitandi locus, quin illud quartum fuerit quod tertium proxi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mè
secutum est, eidémque successerit. De Minore itidem patet ex Historia, Quicquid
<pb n="715" facs="tcp:63175:410"/>
                  <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ousque restabat de ditione Regni <hi>Graecorum,</hi> id omne <hi>Romanis</hi> armis &amp; Imperio
cessisse. Praedixerat autem Daniel Regnum <hi>Graecorum</hi> à primi Regis <hi>Alexandri</hi> morte
finibus suis diminutum iri, neque eâ ditionis amplitudine Regnaturos successores ejus
atque ipse iis reliquerat. Verba sunt cap. 8. vers. 22. <hi>Effracto Hirci cornu magno,</hi>
(qui eodem interprete est <hi>primus Rex Graeciae) quat<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>or Cornua pro illo,</hi> hoc est, in<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quit,
<hi>quatuor Regna ex [ea] gente assurrectura sunt; fed non cum robore illius.</hi> Item
cap. 11. v. 4. <hi>Frangetur Regnum ejus,</hi> (nempe Regis potentis <hi>Alexandri) &amp; divide<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur
in quatuor partes coeli; sed non posteritati ejus, neque secundùm Dominatum ejus quo
dominatus fuerat.</hi> Et hoc innuere volebam eo quod dixi, <hi>quicquid eousque restabat
de dilione Regni Graecorum:</hi> nequis fortè (quod non neminem fecisse scio) requi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rat
ut ad Indos usque propagetur Imperium Romanum, quartum Regnum alioquin
non futurum.</p>
               <p>Illa autem Regni <hi>Graecorum</hi> per <hi>Romanos</hi> occupatio ineunda est à morte Antiochi
Epiphanis, quando, Perseo ultimo Rege Macedonum ab AEmilio Consule devicto,
Macedonia primarium Regni Graecanici Caput in Provinciam redacta est, atque ità
cum reliqua serè Graecia in Imperii Romani Iura concessit: nec indè quieverunt Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mani,
donec, continuis quasi victoriis usi, reliqua, sive <hi>capita</hi> sive <hi>cornua,</hi> penitus
subegerant. Ab hac igitur Graeciae occupatione putandum est initium Regni quarti,
non ab ultima, quae AEgypti fuit, devictâ Cleopatrâ.<note place="margin">Vide La<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 span">
                        <desc>〈…〉</desc>
                     </gap>. l<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>b. 7. cap. 15. Sublata Car<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thagine, quae tam diu aemul<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> Romam Imp<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rii fuit, manus suas in totum o<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>em terra marique porre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>xit, &amp;c.</note> Nam ubi Regnum Graecanicum
primùm exortum est, ibi fatum quoque suum &amp; excidium accepisse aequum est existi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mare.
Unde videmus Prophetam nusquam Regnum Graecorum, quamvìs de Regibus
ejus singillatim egerat, ultra Antiochum Epiphanem produxisse: quia nimirum ab eo
tempore Romanus ordinem suum capessebat in Quaternione Prophetico; at<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan> id<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>irco
qui secuti sunt Asiae aut AEgypti Reges, eorum rationem in hac Regia Chronologia
deinceps non habendam esse. Imò, quod observari volo in ipso Prophetae textu, Tyran<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nis
Antiochi expressè statuitur in fine Regni Graecorum, c. 8. v. 23. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <hi>In fine Regni ipsorum</hi> (id est Graecorum) <hi>exsurget Rex durus facie, &amp; intelligens
aenigmata,</hi> &amp;c. Is, scilicet, de quo in visione dicit, quòd <hi>usque ad Principem exercit<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>s
coelestis magnificaret se, &amp; jugem cultum tolleret, &amp; abjiceret habitaculum Sanctuarii
illius,</hi> &amp;c. V. 11.</p>
               <p>Et hucusque quidem Argumentum hoc mihi optimè processit, nec usquam impin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gere
visum est. Non est tamen diffitendum habuisse olim <hi>Porphyrium,</hi> &amp; habere etiam
qui nostro primùm aevo, contra totius Ecclesiae indè ab initio per tot secula consensum,
opinionem <hi>Porphyrianam</hi> ab inferis revocârunt, quod disputationi huic opponant:
Graecorum nimirum Regnum non unum, sed duo esse Regna; Alterum ipsius Alex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>andri,
quod tertium est in Quaternione prophetico; Alterum successorum ejus, quod
quartum est &amp; ultimum Regnum Danielis. Regnum igitur Romanum, tan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quam
fabulâ jam transactâ superveniens, ab hoc numero penitus excludendum
esse.</p>
               <p>Contra hanc interpretationem sic insurgo. Quod unicâ Bestiâ adumbratum est,
id unicum est Regnum, &amp; non duo Regna; scilicet alioquin unica Bestia esset duae
Bestiae; quod ab omni ratione alienum est. Iam verò omne Regnum Graecorum,
tam Alexandri quàm successorum ejus, unicâ Bestiâ adumbratur. Ergò, &amp;c. Minorem
leges apud Danielem cap. 8. vers. 20, 21, 22. <hi>Aries</hi> (inquit Angelus) <hi>bicornis quems vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>disti,
sunt Reges Mediae &amp; Persiae: Hircus autem ille villosus est Rex Graeciae; Cornu
autem magnum interjectum oculis ejus est Rex PRIMVS.</hi> (Audin' hic Regem pri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mum?
at Rex primus &amp; Reges secundi non de diversis dici possunt Regnis, sed uno
eodémque.) Pergit; <hi>Atque hoc effracto, quòd consurgent quatuor pro illo, quatuor Reg<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>na
ex gen<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>e sunt assurrectura, sed non cum robore illius.</hi> Hîc clarissimum est Alexan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>drum
cum successoribus suis fuisse unius ejusdémque <hi>Hirci cornua;</hi> ideóque unius
Regni <hi>potestates.</hi> Ecquis jam dixerit Bestiam &amp; cornua ejus esse duas Bestias? Me
judice, ipse merebitur illis annumerari, nè tertia desit Bestia.</p>
               <p>At, inquient, potuit Propheta aut Spiritus Sanctus, quod hîc unum facit Regnum,
ideóque unâ figurat Bestiâ, alibi tamen pro arbitrio duo facere, &amp; duabus adumbrare
Bestiis.</p>
               <p>Sed respondeo, Non arbitrii res est, sed veritatis, ut unum sit duo &amp; duo unum<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>
neque Deus potest efficere ut cornu cornu sit &amp; nihilominus Bestia. Unitas Regni in
ipsa rei veritate posita est, à signo non pendet. Si igitur hoc verum est, unicum esse
Regnum, &amp; non duo, tum falsum erit duo esse Regna, &amp; non unum; ut qui alterutrum
affirmaverit, alterum sine mendacio affirmare nequit. Et quorsum quaeso Prophetia,
quae duo in principio Regna repraesentâsser, postea in unum confunderet? Nam si om<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nino
id factum fuisset, non sine ratione factum fuisse credendum est. Taceo quòd in
<pb n="716" facs="tcp:63175:411"/>
ipsa quatuor Bestiarum visione,<note place="margin">Cap. 7.</note> quò adversarii, dum effugium parant, respiciunt, Ter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tia
Bestia Pardo similis, quae ipsis fatentibus ad Regnum <hi>Graecorum</hi> aliquatenus per<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tinet,
&amp; alas quatuor in dorso habet, itémque capita quatuor; quae, quid (quaeso)
aliud sunt, saltem capita, quàm quatuor Regni istius Satrapiae, in quas post mortem
primi Regis dissipatum erat? Num hîc quoque dicere audent, quatuor Pardi capita
esse aliam &amp; diversam à Pardo Bestiam?</p>
               <p>His denique omnibus illud tanquam Palmarium adjungam, quod jam in superiori<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
demonstravi, nimirum quarto Regno adhuc superstite exoriturum esse Regnum
Christi, à quotandem in pedibus <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>uis fictilibus percutiendum sit, &amp; penitus abolen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dum.
At verò quicquid erat Regni Graecorum, diu ante natum, nedum regnantem
Christum, penitus est extinctum; ut ibi quoque probatum est.</p>
               <p>Quoniam autem sententiae hujus authores <hi>Prodigiosum</hi> quartae Bestiae <hi>cornu</hi> expo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nunt
de <hi>Antiocho Epiphane,</hi> (neque enim de ullo alio exponere potuerint, omnes li<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cèt
ingenii nervos intenderint) scire pervelim, quomodo sic visioni Propheticae sua
constabit Veritas, quae non tantùm ex visione ipsa facilè colligitur, sed interpreta<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tione
Angeli expressè &amp; disertis verbis affirmatur, <hi>Cornu</hi> istud <hi>bellum gesturum cum
Sanctis, iisque praevaliturum, usquedum venerat Antiquus dierum, &amp; judicium daretur
Sanctis, &amp; tempus veniret quo Regnum possiderent sancti.</hi> Namque Antiochus iste
Epiphanes mortuus est annis quatuor minùs ducentis ante passionem Christi, id est,
multò pluribus quàm Regnum Graecorum duraverat à morte Alexandri ad eundem
Antiochum Epiphanem. Hoccine est <hi>bellum cum Sanctis gerere usquedum veniret An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tiquus
dierum,</hi> &amp; regnum Sanctorum constitueret? Sed jam manum de tabula: &amp;
quamvìs longè plura adferri possunt, haec tamen sufficient Quaestioni tum explicandae
tum demonstrandae.</p>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <pb n="717" facs="tcp:63175:411"/>
               <head>REVELATIO ANTICHRISTI,
Sive
De Numeris DANIELIS, MCCXC, MCCCXXXV.
Cap. 12. Vers. 11, 12.</head>
               <epigraph>
                  <q>Quà spectent; Eousque nempe Mysterium Extremorum Temporum, ejúsque
qui tunc rerum potiretur, clausum &amp; obsignatum fore;
deinceps resignatum iri.</q>
               </epigraph>
               <p>VT hoc adstruam; primò submovendum est praejudicium sententiae <hi>Brough<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>toni,
Iunii</hi> &amp; sequacium, qui hosce Numeros calamitatis <hi>Antiochianae</hi> an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gustiis
includere, ejusdémque terminos &amp; metas, nec aliud quidquam,
designare volunt. Quod ut abs<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan> omni contextûs fundamento faciunt, (ne<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan>
enim illic scopus iste vel uno verbulo innuitur) ità tam manifestè contra
historiae reique gestae fidem, ut mihi non exiguam admirationem habeat, tot illius sen<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tentiae
admiratores fautorésque hactenus reperiri potuisse.</p>
               <p>Priorem enim Numerum, dierum 1290, à pollutione Templi ad Diploma illud
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> Iudaeis 2. Mac. 11. 27. concessum, supputant. Alterum verò, dierum 1335,
ab eodem principio ad ipsius <hi>Epiphanis</hi> mortem.</p>
               <p>Sed rem gestam omnimodo pervertunt, &amp; bis falluntur insigniter. Nam primò,
Diploma illud datum est non ab <hi>Epiphane,</hi> sed ab <hi>Eupatore</hi> filio post mortem Patris,
nedum, ut isti statuunt, ante mortem ejus. Vide locum Maccab. Deinde, à Pollu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tione
Templi, neque ad <hi>Antiochi</hi> mortem, neque ad Diploma <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> intercesserunt
plusquam triennium, &amp; quatuor ad summum menses, id est, non ampliùs diebus 1200;
quod hâc ratione ostenditur.</p>
               <p>Repurgatio Templi facta est tribus a Pollutione annis exquisitè evolutis anno <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>ti<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan>
Regni Graecorum 148, die 25 mensis Casleu, qui, Iosepho teste, (nec dubitationi
locus est) respondet Appellaeo Macedonum. Videsis 1. Macc. 4. 52. Ioseph. Antiq.
lib. 12. cap. 11.</p>
               <p>Huic <hi>Antiochum Epiphanem</hi> non quatuor ampliùs mensibus supervixisse constat;
cùm nempe eodem anno (putà ab Autumno incipiendo) mense Xanthico fato jam
concessisset, rerúmque potiretur <hi>Eupator</hi> filius; utpote à quo, illo mense, die 15,
<gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> diploma (in quo de Patris sui morte testatur) Iudaeis indultum fuerat,
Vide 2. Macc. 11. v. 23, 33. Atqui in anno Macedonico sive Syro-Graecorum Xan<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>thicus
mensis ab Appellaeo sive Casleu consecutione quartus est. Ecce enim mensium
Macedonicorum seriem ab Autumno.</p>
               <list>
                  <item>1. Hyperberetaeus.</item>
                  <item>2. Dius</item>
                  <item>3. APPELLAEUS. <hi>Heb.</hi> Casleu.</item>
                  <item>4. Audynaeus.</item>
                  <item>5. Peritius.</item>
                  <item>6. Dystrus.</item>
                  <item>7. XANTHICUS. <hi>Heb.</hi> Nisan.</item>
                  <item>8. Artemisius.</item>
                  <item>9. Daesius.</item>
                  <item>10. Panemus.</item>
                  <item>11. Lous.</item>
                  <item>12. Gorpiaeus.</item>
               </list>
               <p>Ergò <hi>Antiochus Epiphanes</hi> Repurgationi Templi ultra quartum mensem non fuit
superstes.</p>
               <p>Ut autem fons erroris obstruatur, quo factum est ut <hi>Antiocho Epiphani</hi> vita adhuc
ulteriùs prorogaretur, illud mente probe tenendum est. <hi>Annos Graecorum</hi> sive <hi>Selenci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>darum,</hi>
quibus Author primi Libri Maccabaeorum utitur, Iudaeorum more, inchoari
à Verno mense Xanthico sive Nisan; <hi>Annos</hi> autem <hi>Alexandraeos,</hi> quibus utitur Author
secundi Libri Maccabaeorum, (<hi>Alexandrinus</hi> ipse) inire ab Autumno sequenti, id est,
ab Hyperberetaeo. Hinc factum est, ut cùm anni prioris Libri sex mensium inter<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vallo
posterioris antevertant initium, necesse fuerit, quoties res gesta in aestivallem
anni semestrem inciderit, ut Liber posterior priori annos uno minùs numeret; quod
illis qui rem non satìs attendissent fraudi fuit. Nam alioquin diligenter conferenti,
<pb n="718" facs="tcp:63175:412"/>
illud de diverso anni initio indubium erit. Vide <hi>Petavium</hi> Rationarii Temporum
Parte secundâ Lib. 3. c. 13. pag. 219. qui accuratè confert. Consule quoque <hi>Sethum
Calvisium</hi> Isagog. Chronolog. c. 43.</p>
               <p>Quare cùm 2. Maccab. (c. 11. 23, 33.) <hi>Antiochus</hi> mortuus habeatur Anno Grae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>corum
148, in primo autem (cap. 6. 16.) anno 149, illud necessariò colligitur, eum
mense Xanthico ineunte mortem obiisse. Neque enim citiùs potuit, cùm nondum An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nus
149 Graecorum à vere incepisset; neque seriùs, cùm quindecimo Xanthici Filius,
eo jam mortuo, Rescriptum Iudaeis dedisset. Imò &amp; illud quoque sponte sequitur,
non dies 45, prout sententiae <hi>Iunianae</hi> adstipulatores sibi persuadent, sed 13 tantùm,
aut 14 ad summum, inter <hi>Antiochi</hi> mortem &amp; Rescriptum <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> intercedere po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tuisse;
ità ut eò jam<note n="*" place="margin">Scilan Dif<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ferentia inter 1290 &amp; 1335.</note> 
                  <hi>gemini hujus numeri</hi> interstitium accommodari non possit.</p>
               <p>Ut haec omnia clarè &amp; citra difficultatem cognoscantur; Quinquennalis intervalli
seriem, dispositis continuè cujusque Anni, tum à Vere tum ab Autumno inchoati, men<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sibus,
(adscriptis quoque suis locis quae huc conducant eventibus) ob oculos tibi
(Lector) ponendam duxi, ut ipse rem totam visu dijudices.</p>
               <p>
                  <table>
                     <row>
                        <cell>Anni Graecorum à Vere <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>. Mac.</cell>
                        <cell role="label" cols="2">Anni Graecorum ab Autumno 2, Maccab.</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>XANTHICUS</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>Artemisius</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>Daesius</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>Panemus</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>Lous</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>Gorpiaeus</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>145</cell>
                        <cell>HYPERBERETAEUS</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>Dius</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>APPELLAEUS Casleu</cell>
                        <cell>Templum profan. 1 Macc. 1. 54.</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>Audynaeus</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>Peritius</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>Dystrus</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>XANTHICUS</cell>
                        <cell>145</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>Artemisius</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>Daesius</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>Panemus</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>Lous</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>Gorpiaeus</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>146</cell>
                        <cell>HYPERBERETAEUS</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>Dius</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>APPELLAEUS</cell>
                        <cell>Primus An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nus Templ. prof. ex<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>t</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>Audynaeus</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>Peritius</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>Dystrus</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>XANTHICUS</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell>146</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>HYPERBERETAEUS</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>147</cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>APPELLAEUS</cell>
                        <cell>Secundus Annus Tem. prof. exit.</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell>147</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>XANTHICUS</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>148</cell>
                        <cell>HYPERBER.</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>APPELLAEUS</cell>
                        <cell>Templus Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>purgatum 1. Macc. 4. 52.</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell>148.</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>XANTHICUS</cell>
                        <cell>
                           <hi>Antiochi Epipha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nis</hi> mors; &amp; Diplom. <gap reason="foreign">
                              <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                           </gap> per <hi>Eupat.</hi> eod. mense. 1.</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell>Macc. 6. 16. 2.</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>149</cell>
                        <cell>HYPER BER.</cell>
                        <cell>Macc. 11. 33.</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>APPELLAEUS</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>XANTHICUS</cell>
                        <cell>149</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell>Intra hoc seme<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stre <hi>Eupat.</hi> cum exercitu Hie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rosolymam ve<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nit contra <hi>Iu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dam:</hi> sed paulò pòst pacem se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cit.</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell>150</cell>
                        <cell>HYPERBER.</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>APPELLAEUS</cell>
                        <cell>1. Macc 6. 20</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell>2. Macc. 12. 1.</cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell> </cell>
                     </row>
                     <row>
                        <cell> </cell>
                        <cell>—</cell>
                        <cell>150</cell>
                     </row>
                  </table>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="719" facs="tcp:63175:412"/>Ex istis jam satis liquere arbitror geminum hunc numerum (quaecunque tandem
ejus mens sit dicenda) cladi Religionis Iudaicae per <hi>Antiochum Epiphanem</hi> nullo mo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>do
adaptari posse. Quid igitur hîc restat quàm ut Diebus istis (prout alibi solet)
Annos totidem significari putemus? Neque ad triennalis quadrienualísve paulò minùs
intervalli, quinimo ad longinqui temporis eventum aliquem (quicquid tandem id fue<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rit)
exitu suo designandum pertinere.</p>
               <p>Illud Iudaei animadvertentes, tot annos (de initio tamen numerationis incerti) ad
Messiae sui adventum (quod unicè in votis habent) fluxuros arbitrati sunt; non hodie
solum, sed jam à multis retro seculis: unde factum, ut re temere in calculum datâ,
aliquoties vanâ spe delusi sint, imò bis <hi>Pseudo-Christorum</hi> laqueis irretiti.</p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Anno enim quinto Imperii Leonis</hi> (ait Theophanes Author Lib. 21. Histor. miscel.
cap. 16.) id est, Anno AErae Christianae 720. <hi>apparuit quidam Syrus Pseudo-christus,
&amp; seduxit Hebraeos, dicens se esse Christum.</hi> Credibile est huic imposturae captatam
occasionem ex calculo horumce Danielis Dierum, ab excidio Hierosolymitano sub
Rege Zedechia à quo ad Annum Christi 705 fluxerunt Anni 1290. Aberratum est
in Computo annis quindecim, quod leviusculum est.</p>
               <p>Iterum tempore <hi>Maimonidis</hi> circa annum Christi 1130.<note place="margin">
                     <hi>Vide Epist.</hi> Maimonidis <hi>apud</hi> 
                     <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>u<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>torf <hi>in s<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="3 letters">
                           <desc>•••</desc>
                        </gap> Th<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>sauri Gram. &amp;</hi> Hel<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>cum.</note> exortus est alius Pseudo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>messias
seu Messiae Prodromus, <hi>David, El-David</hi> dictus, quem Rex Persarum decol<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lari
fecit. Supputârunt dies Danielis à prophanatione Antiochi; unde ad Christi an<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>num
1123. sunt itidem anni 1290. neque hîc multùm in calculo, licèt in re ipsâ ni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miùm,
aberratum suit.</p>
               <p>Simili fundamento i<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>nixus videtur R. <hi>Abraham,</hi> qui Messiae adventum praedixisse
fertur In Annum Christi 1466. ducto videlicet posteriori numero Prophetico ab An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>no
Christi 131, quo <hi>Adrianus</hi> in loco ubi Templum Domini steterat, <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>, putà Delubrum <hi>Iovi Capitolino,</hi> exstruxit. Indè enim ad annum Christi 1466
numerantur ad amussim anni 1335. Sed nullus tunc, quod sciam, apparuit qui se pro
Messia venditaret.</p>
               <p>Ex Christianis autem quotquot de Annis censent, non diebus, iis ferè in eo cum
Iudaeis convenit, quòd ut illi <hi>Numeros hosce</hi> ad <hi>Primum</hi> Christi adventum, ità isti
saniore fide ad <hi>Secundum</hi> referunt; vel (quod non multùm interest) ad Iudaeorum
collectionem, quam ipsi quoque Iudaei sperant, sed in Epocha statuenda omnino labo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rant;
imò quaedam hîc supponunt neque Textui neque Rationi satìs congrua. Sed
qui sententias eorum particulariùs scire volet, ex ipsis petat. Mihi eas ultrà referendi
non est animus, ut nec refellendi.</p>
               <p>Quin meam quoque symbolam in numerum i<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>terpretationum conferre liceat, quam
virorum doctorum judiciis lubens submittam.</p>
               <p>Sic igitur statuo: Eventum quem <hi>geminus iste Numerus</hi> exitu suo designat, nec
esse Adventum Christi, nec Restaurationem Israelis; quinimo Vaticinii de tempori<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
quarti Regni novissimis, seu <hi>Antichristi,</hi> (quo Angelus Dan. 12. 6. <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>
                  <hi>finem mirabilium</hi> retulerat) Resignationem; eousque putà, quid illis occultaretur,
quóve pertinerent, etiam cum impleri coeperint, ignorandis. Hunc esse <hi>Numerorum
istorum</hi> scopum, fidem tibi faciet <hi>Angeli &amp; Danielis</hi> hoc capite Dialogus; quem sic
ex Textu repraesento, intellectu sanè perfacilem, modò illud ex capite septimo memi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>neris,
Quartae Bestiae, seu Regni, tempora extrema seu novissima esse intervallum
illud <hi>TEMPORIS, TEMPOVM, ET DIMIDII TEMPORIS
Cornu occulato</hi> attributum: de quo item Regno Cornú<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan> Angelus iterum post <hi>Epipha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nis</hi>
historiam (quâcum Scriptura Regnum tertium semper terminare<note n="*" place="margin">Vide Dan. 8. 23. Nempe qui<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> tunc Regnum quartum seu Romanum <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>
                     <g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hi coe<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>i<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>, subju<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ga<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>á sibi Mace<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>den<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>á R<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>gni tertii cap<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap>e.</note> solet) supe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>periore
capi<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                     <desc>•</desc>
                  </gap>e finiente disseruerat; ut ità nimirum temporis rerúm<expan>
                     <am>
                        <g ref="char:abque"/>
                     </am>
                     <ex>que</ex>
                  </expan> gestarum seriem
à Persica Monarchia, unde inceperat, ad Resurrectionem usque &amp; Secundum Christi
adventum perduceret. Sed ausculta Dialogum.</p>
               <p>ANG. <hi>Tu verò, Daniel, claude verba, &amp; obsigna librum usque ad tempus FINIS;
tum autem discurrent multi, &amp; crescet scientia.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>DAN. <hi>At quousque erit FINIS iste rerum mirabilium quem indigitas?</hi>
               </p>
               <p>ANG. <hi>Quoad Tempus, Tempora, &amp; Dimidium Temporis,</hi> (id est, quoad erunt
Regni Quarti tempora illa extrema, jam antea tibi à me indicata, quae sunt <hi>Tempus
illud FINIS</hi> quod tibi inculco: utique<note n="*" place="margin">Dan. 12. 7.</note> 
                  <hi>cùm consummata fuerit dispersio manûs
populi sancti:</hi> (quod nempe ad finem illorum temporum futurum est) <hi>consummabuntur
universa ista.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>DAN. <hi>Ah! Domine mi, nihilo magis intelligo.</hi> Audio quidem nomenclaturam
<hi>Novissimorum temporum:</hi> Sed quid sibi velit nomenclatura isthaec, adhuc juxtà cum
ignarissimis scio. Dic igitur mihi, quaeso, explicatè, <hi>quid sit Res ista Novissimorum tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>porum;
Temporis, Temporum &amp; dimidium temporis,</hi> 
                  <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap>.</p>
               <p>
                  <pb n="720" facs="tcp:63175:413"/>
ANG. <hi>Abi, Daniel, quoniam res ista clausa est &amp; obsignata usque ad Tempus ip<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sum
FINIS. Tunc purificabunt se, dealbabuntúrque, &amp; conflabuntur multi; Et im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>piè
quidem agent impiè, neque intelliget Impiorum quisquam; sed Sapientes</hi> [rem hanc]
<hi>intelligent.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>A tempore verò quo oblatum erit juge sacrificium, positáque Abominatio desolationis,</hi>
(illa scilicet quam tibi paulò antè exposui) <hi>erunt</hi> [ad tempus reserandi mysteria]
<hi>Dies 1290. Beat us qui exspectat &amp; pertingit ad Dies 1335.</hi>
               </p>
               <p>
                  <hi>Tu verò abi usque ad FINEM; nam quiesces &amp; stabis in sorte tua in Fine dierum,</hi>
id est, in Fine temporum istorum novissimorum, quando scilicet <hi>multos è dormienti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bus
in pulvere terrae experrectos iri</hi>
                  <note n="*" place="margin">Vers. 2.</note> modò audivisti.</p>
               <div type="section">
                  <head>De Epocha Numerorum.</head>
                  <p>CAlculi Prophetici scopo sic ostenso &amp; perspecto, Epochae quo<expan>
                        <am>
                           <g ref="char:abque"/>
                        </am>
                        <ex>que</ex>
                     </expan> illius foenere<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mur
lucem, vel potiùs reddamus à Spiritu Sancto accensam; eâ constitutâ &amp;
firmatâ, postea complementi Prophetiae historiam exhibituri.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Epocha</hi> igitur <hi>Calculi Prophetici,</hi> juxta characterem ab Angelo datum, est <hi>Templi Hi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>erosolymitani
ab</hi> Antiocho Epiphane <hi>profanatio;</hi> &amp; quidem convenientissimè, ut ità
Typus Antichristi ad Antichristi manifestationem nos manuducat. De ea enim pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>fanatione
Angelus in hoc ipso Vaticinio paulò ante egerat, nec aliam hic <hi>Ablationem
jugis sacrificii &amp; Abominationen desolationis,</hi> sed eampse quam ibi descripserat, intelligi
debere, arguunt primò verba utrobi<expan>
                        <am>
                           <g ref="char:abque"/>
                        </am>
                        <ex>que</ex>
                     </expan> eadem: hîc <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap>
Dan. 12. 11. illic <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Dan. 11. 31. Atqui ultima
desolatio Hierosolymorum ad finem LXX Hebdomadum, quam nonnulli volunt An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gelum
sibi Epocham Numerationis hîc statuere, secùs aliísque verbis praedicitur. De<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>inde,
quòd à ratione prorsus alienum sit, neque cordato cuiquam, saltem qui rem
expenderit, probabile videbitur; Angelum, <hi>Ablationis jugis sacrificii, &amp; Abominati<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>onis
desolationis,</hi> tanquam rei Prophetae, quocum verba faciebat, jam notae, mentione
factâ, non ad eam respicere quam paulò antè (continuatâ adhuc oratione) descripse<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rat;
verùm eâ transultâ, ad aliam, de qua ante<note n="*" place="margin">Nempe anno primo <hi>Darii</hi> Medii cùm prae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sens Angeli col<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>loquium (in quod Abomi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>natione Epipha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>niana inter alia agit) habitum sit anno tertio Cyr<gap reason="illegible: under-inked" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>.</note> triennium scilicet eidem vaticinatus
fuerat. Cui, inquam, hoc ut verisimile persuadebitur? Hoc igitur fixum ratúm<expan>
                        <am>
                           <g ref="char:abque"/>
                        </am>
                        <ex>que</ex>
                     </expan> esto,
Calculi Prophetici Epocham esse Profanationem <hi>Epiphanianam.</hi> Atque hinc mihi,
Lector, Demonstratio consurgit hujuscemodi: Si Profanatio <hi>Epiphaniana</hi> sit hujus
Numerationis Epocha, ea verò non possit (ut ostensum est) Cladis istius durationi
applicari; necessariò sequitur <hi>Dies</hi> hic in <hi>Annos</hi> convertendos, &amp; de longinqui tempo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ris
Eventu aliquo capiendos esse: Qui quàm probè &amp; ad amussim Praedictioni re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>spondeat,
jam faxo intelligas.</p>
               </div>
               <div type="section">
                  <head>De Eventu.</head>
                  <p>PRIOR numerus à Profanatione <hi>Epiphaniana</hi> numeratus exit ad Annum Domi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ni
1123.</p>
                  <p>POSTERIOR ad Annum Domini 1168.</p>
                  <p>Sed cùm <hi>Peccatum</hi> illud <hi>desolationis</hi> (<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> ut appellatur Dan. 8. 13.) ul<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tra
sexennium duraverit; haud incommodè à singulis ejus Annis duci potest Calculi
prophetici initium, atque ad totidem annos in exitu terminari. Anni autem, quos jam
posui, à medio Sexennii numerantur, quando <hi>Iuge sacrificium sublatum est,</hi> Anno
ante AEram Christianam 167.</p>
               </div>
               <div type="section">
                  <head>Fama <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> Oraculi implendi.</head>
                  <p>ANno 1106 (inquit Urspergensis apud Baronium) <hi>Paschalis Papa ordinavit pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sectionem
—in Galliam Cisalpinam, ubi &amp; Consilium celebrandum mense Octo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bri
indixit
—Dum in itinere pos<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>tus Florentiam pervenisset, de ADVENTV ANTI<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>CHRISTI
proximè futuro sparsam famam inveniens, Florentiae substitit: Cùm verò au<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dîsset
quae ferrentur, ut nullius fidei &amp; authoritatis assertionem contempsit, &amp; coeptum
iter est prosecutus.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Addit Baronius, fuisse opinionem non vulgarium virorum, <hi>Antichristum isto seculo
fore revelandum,</hi> &amp; inter alios Norberti, viri temporis istius famâ celeberrimi; de
quo ità Bernardus Ep. 56. ad Gausridum Carnotensem Episcopum.</p>
                  <p>
                     <hi>Cùm</hi> (inquit) <hi>ante hos paucos dies ejus saciem videre, &amp; de coelesti fistulae, ore vi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>delicet
ipsius, plurima haurire meruerim; hoc tamen ab ipso non a<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>divi</hi> (scilicet iturum
<pb n="721" facs="tcp:63175:413"/>
eum Hierosolymam:) <hi>verùm de</hi> Antichristo <hi>cùm inquirerem quid sentiret; durante ad<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>huc
eâ quae nunc est generatione revelandum illum esse, certissimè se scire protestatus est. At
cùm eandem certitudinem unde haberet sciscitanti mihi exponere vellet; audito quod re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>spondit,
non me illud pro certo credere debere putavi. Ad summam tamen hoc asseruit, non
visurum se mortem, nisi priùs videat generalem in Ecclesia persecutionem.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Sabellicus Enneadis nonae lib. 4. <hi>Prodigiaper id tempus</hi> (id est sub Paschali secundo)
<hi>aliquot apparnerunt: Mare vicenis passibus, alii centenis scribunt, praeter solitum littora
inundavit; apparuit &amp; Cometes mirae magnitudinis. His fortasse prodigiis motus affir<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mare
non dubitavit Fluentinus Antistes, esse</hi> Antichristum <hi>natum. Quâ praedicatione
Paschalis motus, in Hetruriam profectus, conventúque super ea re Florentiae habito; cùm
appareret hominem nullâ aliâ ratione subnixum, quàm ut alicujus magnae rei author videre<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur,
ejusmodi praedicatione usum; tantùm admonuit ut temerario incepto desisteret. Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cognovit
indè Paschalis in Cisalpina &amp; Comata Gallia Ecclesiarum statum.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Platina rem sic narrat. Postquam de Cometa dixerat qui tunc temporis apparuit,
eum Paschalem tanquam rem naturalem neglexisse, subdit, <hi>Verùm cùm intellexisset
Florentinum Episcopum affirmare solitum</hi> Antichristum <hi>natum esse, eò statim proficiscitur;
concilióque habito, re ipsâ admodum discussâ, cùm levitate quadam, ut alicujus magnae rei
author videretur, motum Episcopum cerneret, hominem verbis castigatum dimittit; atque
indè in Cisalpinam proficiscitur.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>Omnino existimo <hi>Famam hanc</hi> eo praecipuè subnixam fundamento, quòd vidissent
Calculum Danielis pro annis computatum tum propemodum elapsum fuisse. Cùm igi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tur
Episcopus iste Fluentinus seu Florentinus priorem periodum fortè observâsset intra
vicennium aut circiter evolutum iri, porrò putaret <hi>Antichristum</hi> non nisi aetate jam ma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>turâ
revelandum, &amp; adultum ad bellum contra Sanctos proditurum; ideo eum affirma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vit
<hi>jam tum natum esse,</hi> minimè verò (ut perperàm Centuriatores acceperunt) jam
tum in Ecclesia dominari. Nondum enim Romanum Pontificem esse magnum illum &amp;
<gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> dictum <hi>Antichristum</hi> vel Florentinus Antistes, vel alii suspicati sunt; sed alium
Triennalem &amp; Semestrem exspectabant.</p>
                  <p>Natam verò <hi>hanc Famam,</hi> ut dixi, ex supputatione <hi>Dierum Danielis,</hi> quasi ad <hi>Anti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>christi</hi>
adventum deducentium, (nempe <hi>prioris Calculi,</hi> nam <hi>Secundum</hi> fortasse ad ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tremum
Iudicium retulerint) mihi, ut faciliùs credam, suadet non absimile conamen
<hi>Gualteri Bruti</hi> nostratis, qui diu postea, circa annum viz. 1390, eampse rationem alle<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>gaverit
revelati suo tempore in Britannia <hi>Antichristi,</hi> in<note n="*" place="margin">Ilabetur in <hi>
                           <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>oxi</hi> Martyro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>logie, ad An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>num 1391. sub Rich. 2.</note> Tractatu quem ea de re ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>hibuit
Episcopo Heresordensi. Sed Epocham statuit in Excidio Hierosolymitano, ut
ità exitum suo &amp; <hi>Wickleffi</hi> aevo accommodaret. Quidni credam idem aliis, longè ante
<hi>Brutum</hi> natum, in mentem venire potuisse; praesertim cùm Epochae verisimilioris ab
<hi>Antiocho</hi> periodus ab exitu suo haud multùm abesset? Praeterea Cometa appareret, &amp;
alia prodigia humanis mentibus commovendis nata: Fortè enim natum putaverint <hi>An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tichristum</hi>
eo temporis momento quo Cometa apparuisset; sicut Magi Christum appa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rente
Stellâ. Sed paulò diutiùs <hi>Fama</hi> nos detinuit, jam <hi>Eventum</hi> referemus.</p>
               </div>
               <div type="section">
                  <head>Eventus ad exitum prioris periodi 1290. Annis Christi 1120,
1121, 1123, &amp;c.</head>
                  <p>ANno Domini 1120, Indictione Rom. LIV. post biennium ineunte, quorundam
Fidelium nomine emissus est Tractatus <hi>de Antichristo,</hi> annum quo primùm in lu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cem
prodiit quasi de industria in fronte praeferens, hisce verbis, <hi>Qual cosa sia l' Anti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>christ,
en datte de l' an Mille cent &amp; vigint;</hi> unà cum Symbolo tali,<note n="*" place="margin">In Opere im<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>perfecto in Matt. Hom. 49. ad vers. 27. Cap. 24.</note> 
                     <hi>Sicut fumus prae<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cedit
ignem, victoriam pugna; sic &amp; gloriam Christi tentatio Antichristi.</hi>
                  </p>
                  <p>In hoc Libro admonentur Fideles <q>
                        <hi>Antichristum</hi> illum magnum jamdudum venisse,
frustrà adhuc exspectari, esse jam Dei permissione aetate provectum:</q>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <q>Praesentem Rei Ecclesiasticae Statum, Pseudoprophetarum regimine &amp; mendaci<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>orum
ministris constantem, unà cum populis ei in errore subditis:</q>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <q>Qui utrâque potestate armati, aliísque omnibus ad Errorem fundandum latéque
provehendum praesidiis instructi, sub specioso <hi>Sponsae Christi</hi> titulo, cultûsque &amp;
sanctimoniae Christianae larva, viam Salutis per Christum mundo annunciatam frau<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>dulentis
erroribus &amp; damnationis doctrinis oppugnent; Christi meritis, gratiae &amp;
officio mediatorio derogent; uni Deóque Christóque debita, sibi, creaturis, ho<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>minúmque
operibus adscribant; Sanctos Sanctásque Numinum vice colant, Reliquiis
Imaginibúsque divinam venerationem deferant; Eucharistiam pro Deo, ipsóque Ie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>su
Christo, adorent; verbo, Christianitatis titulo reipsâ Idololatriam exerceant;
denique, in Dei amantes &amp; vera Christi membra odiis &amp; persecutionibus saeviant.</q>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <pb n="722" facs="tcp:63175:414"/>
                     <q>
                        <hi>Hunc hominum Statum</hi> (non singularem hominem) esse <hi>Antichristum,</hi> Meretri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cem
Babylonicam, quartam Bestiam Danielis, (nempe in statu ejus novissimo, ut
dictum est) Hominem illum peccati, &amp; Filium perditionis, qui extollitur super om<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nem
Deum,<note place="margin">2 Thess. 2.</note> ità ut in Templo Dei, id est, Ecclesia, sedeat, ostendens se tanquam
sit Deus; qui <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>am venit in omni genere seductionis &amp; mendacii in iis qui pereunt.</q>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <q>Quapropter se ab hoc Iniquitatis Mysterio, sicut mandavit Deus, secessionem fa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cere
tam intrinsecè quàm extrinsecè; hortarique omnes, quibus Deus Opt. Max<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>
ea<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>dem veritatem revelaverit, ut idem secum facerent; Civitatíque Sanctae Ierusa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lem,
veritati Christi, &amp; Sponsae ipsius perpusillae sese adjungerent.</q>
                  </p>
                  <p>
                     <q>Quem in finem se jammundo notum facere qualis sit ipsorum Coetus, &amp; quas ha<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>buerint
secessionis suae causas.</q>
                  </p>
                  <p>Haec Scripti illius summa est, quod Dei providentiâ ad nostra usque tempora servâ<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rant
Reliquiae <hi>Waldensium</hi> Alpinorum, à quibus acceptum typis non ità pridem vulga<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>vit
ex antiquo Manuscripto <hi>Ioannes Paulus Perrin</hi> in<note n="*" place="margin">Quam An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>glice verti<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <hi>Samson Len<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nardus,</hi> Anno 1624.</note> Hist. <hi>Waldens. &amp; Albigens.</hi> Gal<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lica.
Videsis eum, Lib. 1. cap. 7. &amp; Parte tertiâ, (quae de Doctrina &amp; Disciplina
<hi>Waldensium</hi> agit) Lib. tertio.</p>
                  <p>Atque hoc fuit secessionis Piorum à Romana Ecclesia initium; neque ante hoc tem<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>pus
quicquam ex omni Christianorum memoria auditum fuisse crediderim de Papatu
magno illo &amp; <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> dicto <hi>Antichristo,</hi> neque alium exspectandum esse.</p>
                  <p>Quae tamen sententia ab hoc tempore in plurimorum animis gliscere, atque indies
magìs magísque invalescere coepit.</p>
                  <p>Nam quod unicum hîc excipi potest de <hi>Hildebrando,</hi> in quem aliquot antè annis hu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>jus
nominis jaciebantur contumeliae, id assertionem meam non labefactat: Siquidem
in personam illius eae dirigebantur, &amp; aliam ob causam, idque abillis qui Romanae Ec<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>clesiae
cultum &amp; dogmata nondum improbârunt; propterea non alio censu habendae
quàm pro parabolicè &amp; <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> dictis, Declamatorum more.</p>
                  <p>Sed enim fuisse hoc tempore Coetum aliquem qui à Romana Ecclesia secessionem
fecerat, &amp; seorsim conventus ageret, id porrò ex <hi>Bernardo</hi> colligitur, Serm. 65. &amp; 66.
in Cantica Cantic. ubi in <hi>vulpeculas</hi> quasdam declamitat vineam Ecclesiae demolientes.
<hi>Quos tamen</hi> (inquit) <hi>si fidem interroges, nihil Christianius; si conversationem, nihil
irreprehensibilius; &amp; quae loquuntur, factis probant:</hi> praeterea <hi>jactare se esse successores
Apostolorum, &amp; Apostolicos nominare.</hi> Lege (Lector) si lubet; contulisse non poeni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tebit.</p>
                  <p>Affingit quidem ille ex auditu <hi>vulpeculis</hi> istis errores aliquot Manichaeorum de prohi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>bitione
conjugii &amp; interdictione ciborum; ut facilè hinc agnoscas <hi>Waldensium</hi> progeni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tores,
quibus &amp; similes Manichaeismi afficti sunt; sed falsò, ut luculenter ostendit Re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>verendissimus
&amp; omnis Antiquitatis Ecclesiasticae peritissimus Archiepiscopus Arma<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>chanus.
Quin &amp; omnis aevi experientia testatur, etiam nostri, quàm parùm fidei in
hujusmodi criminationibus adversario tribuendum sit. Hoc tamen eò à me dictum pu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tari
nolim, quasi Segreges istos omni prorsus erroris labe expertes crederem. Nihil
opus est. Quippe in eo non vertitur res quam adstructam velim. Ultro igitur dare
non verebor, prae<note n="*" place="margin">excessu tracti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>nis in contra<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>riam par<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap>m.</note> 
                     <gap reason="foreign">
                        <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                     </gap> (ut est hominum ingenium) cùm istos, tum po<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stea
Waldenses &amp; Albigenses (quidni &amp; nostros?) in nonnullis tam quae ad dogmata,
quàm quae ad mores spectent, (quae tamen essentiam Fidei Christianae non laedant) ab
errore excusari non posse nec debere. Hoc tamen non prohibere assero quò minùs
fuerint <hi>Coetus</hi> ille Iesu Christi <hi>electus,</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Apoc. 17. 14.</note> 
                     <hi>vocatus, &amp; fidelis.</hi> In hoc enim Religionis exa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mine
illud nos (ut opinor) sentire decet, Veros &amp; legitimos Dei cultores non ex om<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nimoda
erroris, etiam non-fundamentalis, immunitate censendos esse, quinimo ex pu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ritate
cultûs &amp; immunitate ab ldololatria. Qui sic comparati, Deo Patri, per Iesum
Christum Filium Mediatorem, sincerè placere studeant, ei gratos esse &amp; acceptos.
Quis enim mihi praestabit, septem illa millia qui tempore Eliae Baali genua non flexe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rant,
quósque Deus sibi superfuisse testatur, ab omni errore graviore fuisse immunes?
aut Ecclesiam Iudaicam aliquot ante Christum seculis, quâ parte sincerissima fuit, plu<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ribus
de Religione erroribus non laborâsse?</p>
               </div>
               <div type="section">
                  <head>Eventus ad exitum Posterioris Periodi 1335. Annis Christi
1166, 1167, 1168, 1169, &amp;c.</head>
                  <p>INter Annum Christi 1160 &amp; 1170, (nam quo praecisè anno inter Scriptores non
convenit) quodam quasi <hi>Antichristi</hi> jam patefacti classico excitati, magnus homi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>num
numerus, alii <hi>Waldenses</hi> ab Authore <hi>Waldo,</hi> alii <hi>Albigenses,</hi> alii aliis dicti nomi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nibus,
ab Ecclesia Romana secessionem fecerunt; Eam esse <hi>Babylonem</hi> illam Apoca<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>lypticam,
<pb n="723" facs="tcp:63175:414"/>
                     <hi>Matrem scortationum &amp; abominationum terrae,</hi> mirabili planè consensu &amp;
constantiâ denunciantes. In quos inge<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>s statim persecutio exorta est, imò integri ex<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ercitus
adversùs eos ducti; tantáque strages (priusquam cessatum est) edita, ut per
Galliam solam, si <hi>Paulus Perionius</hi> in ejus Bell<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> historia rectè calculum inierit, occisa
sint ad DECIES CENTENA hominum MILLIA: Sed <hi>Beati mortui
qui in Domino moriuntur; ámodo dicit Spiritus,</hi> Apoc. 14. 13. Id quod &amp; Angelus
hic apud Danielem spectâsse videtur, cùm dixerat, <hi>Beatus qui exspect at &amp; pertingit ad
Dies</hi> M ccc xxx v: nisi illud fortè potiùs ad illustriorem <hi>Antichristi</hi> patefactionem
tunc futuram referendum, quâ beatus esset cui eam videre contigisler. Utcunque, hi
fuerunt isti, de quibus ibidem Angelus,<note n="*" place="margin">Dan. 12. 10.</note> 
                     <hi>purificandi, dealbandi &amp; constandi;</hi> quósque
sapientiae &amp; in Dei mysteriis perspicaciae testimonio exornat. Hostes autem illorum,
<hi>Impii isti, qui impie agerent, nec intelligerent.</hi>
                  </p>
               </div>
               <div type="section">
                  <head>Cur Deus voluerit isto potiùs quàm alio seculo Antichristum
primitùs revelandum?</head>
                  <list>
                     <item>1. QUia tum ad <gap reason="foreign">
                           <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                        </gap> suam perveniret, eóque omnes <hi>Antichristi</hi> characteres ple<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>nissimè
repraesentaturus, ut clariùs cerni cognoscique po<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>uerit, sicut Sol Me<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ridie.</item>
                     <item>2. Quia seculo isto in neminem alium suspicio <hi>Antichristi</hi> cadere potuerit; quippe
Imperio <hi>Saracenico</hi> tum ad occasum &amp; ruinam indies praecipitante, <hi>Ottomanico</hi> nondum
coepto.</item>
                     <item>3. Quia Deus hâc ratione fidelibus suis prospectum voluit, nè persecutioni <hi>Anti<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>christi</hi>
tum prae foribus exsistenti animis fracti succumberent; sed omnin<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                           <desc>••</desc>
                        </gap> 
                        <gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="4 letters">
                           <desc>••••</desc>
                        </gap>um
haberent, se esse Sanctos illos à Bestia vincendos, Apoc. 13. proindéque rabiem ejus
hâc consolatione freti animosè contemnerent.</item>
                  </list>
                  <q>Quare Spiritus hujuscemodi Numer<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>rum periodos hîc assumpserit, qui neque ad Septenarios
neque ad ullam omnino Numeri perfectionem revocar<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap> possint?</q>
                  <p>
                     <hi>R.</hi> QUia tempus, quo Res accideret ad Fatum Romanum spectans, designaturus,
ad eam temporis putandi rationem sese accommodare voluit, quâ so<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                        <desc>••</desc>
                     </gap> Romani
(&amp; quidem temporibus istis novissimis) u<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>uri essent, t<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>m in Imperatorum suorum Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>stitutionibus
&amp; Edictis, tum in Pontificum Decretis subnotandis; Epochae nimirum
<hi>Indictionum.</hi> Utriusque enim periodi Angelicae, ab Anno Profanationis <hi>Epiphanianae</hi>
putatae, exitus concurrit cum initio seu primo Anno <hi>Indictionis Romanae:</hi>
                     <note place="margin">Indictio Ro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mana <hi>est quin<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>d<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                              <desc>•</desc>
                           </gap>c<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="2 letters">
                              <desc>••</desc>
                           </gap> annorum spatium.</hi>
                     </note> Siquidem
Annus Christi 1123. primus est <hi>Indictionis Romanae</hi> LIV; Annus item 1168. annus pri<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>mus
est <hi>Indictionis</hi> LVII. Quae enim inter utrumque Numerum differentia est anno<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum,
seu dierum annalium, 45, ea tres <hi>Indictiones</hi> (15 scilicet Annorum in orbem
recurrentium periodos) ad unguem comprehendit. Quae omnia casu contigisse quis
facilè crediderit; &amp; non potiùs Spiritum Sanctum ded<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                        <desc>•</desc>
                     </gap>â operâ istiusmodi Numerorum
periodis usum, ut ad initia <hi>Indictionum Romanarum</hi> collinearet, quibus futurum esset
ut Prophetia resignaretur?</p>
                  <p>Idem enim hoc facto mihi innuere videtur acsi dixisset, Primam hujus Mysterii rese<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rationem
futuram ad <hi>Indictionem Romanam</hi> LIV, cujus Annus primus esset à profana<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tione
<hi>Epiphaniana</hi> 1290<hi rend="sup">us</hi> 
                     <hi>Beatum</hi> verò <hi>qui exspectaret &amp; pertingeret</hi> ad <hi>Indictionem</hi>
Quinquagesimam septimam, cujus Annus primus esset à profanatione <hi>Epiphan<gap reason="illegible" resp="#TECH" extent="1 letter">
                           <desc>•</desc>
                        </gap>iana</hi>
1335<hi rend="sup">us</hi> 
                     <hi>Indictionem</hi> autem eam assumpsit, non quae magnam partem jam praeteriisset, sed
quam Eventus primùm integram amplexu suo occuparet; ut Applicatio, quam suprà
ex historia rei gestae dedimus, consideranti manifestum faciet. Neque sanè Resipsa,
siquis ad rationem &amp; indolem ejus bene attenderit, ejusmodi est, cujus Initii observa<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>tionem
uni alicui anno commodè alligaveris; sed quae annorum aliquot spatiolum re<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>quirat.
Huicigitur rei, temporis per <hi>Indictiones</hi> designatione, sapientissimè prospe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ctum
erit.</p>
               </div>
            </div>
            <div type="part">
               <head>CONSECTARIA.</head>
               <p>DAta, quam hucusque astruere conati sumus, de mente hujus Vaticinii hypothesi,
Tria magni momenti <gap reason="foreign">
                     <desc>〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉</desc>
                  </gap> consequuntur.</p>
               <list>
                  <item>1. Patrum authoritatem in negotio <hi>Antichristi</hi> &amp; novissimorum temporum (utut in
aliis multum iis tribuendum sit) omnino nullam esse: utpote quorum aetate Mysterium
<pb n="724" facs="tcp:63175:415"/>
istud juxta Angeli prophetiam adhuc clausum &amp; obsignatum foret: non igitur esse
cur hîc Patrum opinationibus tantopere moveamur, ut multi solent.</item>
                  <item>2. Si <hi>Antichristus</hi> Seculo isto XII revelandus erat; Ergò jam venerit, ipsissimúsque
est qui tunc revelatus fuerat, non alius.</item>
                  <item>3. <hi>Waldenses, Albigenses,</hi> similésque caeteros tunc temporis à Romana Ecclesia Se<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>greges,
tot adversariorum suorum praejudiciis gravatos, quibusdam etiam è nostris, ni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>miùm hâc parte credulis, de Schismate, si non Haeresi, suspectos, hujusmodi calumni<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>arum
de Spiritûs Sancti sententia absolvendos esse, próque legitimis Dei Patris per Ie<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>sum
Christum cultoribus, quibus utique sapere &amp; intelligere solis, in tam caliginoso
(heu!) Ecclesiae statu, datum fuit, hujus Scripturae viagnoscendos.</item>
               </list>
               <p>[<hi>In the following Book are several Epistles explaining other difficult passages in</hi> Daniel:
<hi>particularly in the Author's Second Letter to Mr.</hi> Haines <hi>is inserted a Treatise intituled,</hi>
The purport of the Four Kingdoms in Daniel, <hi>or</hi> The A. B. C. of Pro<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>phecy;
<hi>and another in his first Letter to Dr.</hi> Meddus, <hi>viz.</hi> The Description of
the Great Day of Iudgment, Dan. 7.]</p>
               <trailer>The End of the Third Book.</trailer>
            </div>
         </div>
         <div type="half_title">
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:415"/>
            <p>The Fourth Book
OF
THE WORKS
OF
The Pious and Profoundly-Learned
<hi>IOSEPH MEDE,</hi> B. D.
SOMETIME
Fellow of <hi>CHRIST'S</hi> Colledge
IN
CAMBRIDGE.</p>
            <p>CONTAINING
HIS EPISTLES,
BEING
ANSWERS to divers LETTERS
of Learned Men.</p>
            <p>Corrected and enlarged with the Additions of several EPISTLES.</p>
            <p>
               <hi>Ecclesiastic. 14.</hi>
Blessed is the man that doth meditate good things in wisdom, and that
reasoneth of holy things by his understanding.</p>
         </div>
         <div type="table_of_contents">
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:416"/>
            <pb facs="tcp:63175:416"/>
            <head>THE CONTENTS
OF
THE FOURTH BOOK</head>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. I.</head>
               <label>A Letter from the Fellows of
<hi>Trinity</hi> College near <hi>Dublin,</hi> desiring
him to accept the provostship of their
Colledge.</label>
               <item>pag. 731.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. II.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s Answer, excusing
his refusal thereof.</label>
               <item>pag. 732.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>Epist. III.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s Letter to Archbishop
<hi>Usher,</hi> acknowledging his favours and
encouragements in his <hi>Apocalyptical</hi>
studies, with his judgment of a <hi>Luthe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ran</hi>'s
Treatise <hi>De rebus in Novissimo
die eventuris.</hi>
               </label>
               <item>pag. ibid.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. IV.</head>
               <label>Another Letter to the Archbi<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>shop,
touching the Chronology of the <hi>Sama<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ritan</hi>
Pentateuch.</label>
               <item>pag. 733.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. V.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Hayn</hi>'s first Letter to Mr.
<hi>Mede,</hi> touching several passages in <hi>Daniel</hi>
and the <hi>Revelation.</hi>
               </label>
               <item>pag. 734.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. VI.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s Answer.</label>
               <item>p. 736.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. VII.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Hayn</hi>'s second Letter
about the same.</label>
               <item>pag. 738.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. VIII.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s Answer, where<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>in
is inserted <hi>The Purport of the Four
Kingdoms in Daniel,</hi> or <hi>The</hi> A. B. C.
<hi>of Prophecie.</hi>
               </label>
               <item>pag. 742.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. IX.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Hayn</hi>'s third Letter about
the former subject.</label>
               <item>pag. 745.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. X.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s Answer</label>
               <item>p. 748.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XI.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Hayn</hi>'s fourth Letter.</label>
               <item>pag. 750.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XII.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s large Answer.</label>
               <item>pag. 752.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XIII.</head>
               <label>Dr. <hi>Twisse</hi>'s first Letter,
touching the 1000 years <hi>Regnum Christi,</hi>
the <hi>Clades Testium,</hi> and the Iews Con<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>version.</label>
               <item>pag. 758.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XIV.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s Answer.</label>
               <item>p. 759.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XV.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s Letter to Dr.
<hi>Meddus,</hi> containing <hi>The Description
of the great Day of Iudgment.</hi>
               </label>
               <item>p. 762.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XVI.</head>
               <label>Dr. <hi>Twisse</hi>'s second Letter,
by way of Reply.</label>
               <item>pag. 764.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XVII.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s Answer more
fully treating of the manner of the <hi>Iews</hi>
Conversion.</label>
               <item>pag. 765.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XVIII.</head>
               <label>
                  <hi>Mr. Mason</hi>'s Letter to Mr.
<hi>Mede,</hi> touching the <hi>Millenaries.</hi>
               </label>
               <item>p. 769.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XIX.</head>
               <label>Dr. <hi>Potter</hi>'s Letter of the
same.</label>
               <item>pag. ibid.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XX.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s Letter to Dr.
<hi>Meddus,</hi> proving the <hi>First Resurrection
(Rev. 20.)</hi> to be meant literally, &amp;c.</label>
               <item>pag. 770.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XXI.</head>
               <label>Dr. <hi>Meddus</hi> his Letter to
Mr. <hi>Mede,</hi> touching Dr. <hi>Twisse</hi>'s An<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>swers
to 9 Quaere's about <hi>Regnum Sancto<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>rum.</hi>
               </label>
               <item>p. 773.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XXII.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s Answer to the
Tenth Quaere.</label>
               <item>pag. 775.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XXIII.</head>
               <label>Dr. <hi>Twisse</hi>'s third Letter,
containing 3 Quaere's about some obscure
passages in <hi>Daniel.</hi>
               </label>
               <item>pag. 777.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XXIV.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s Answer there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>unto.</label>
               <item>pag. 778.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XXV.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s fuller Answer
to one of the 3 Quaere's.</label>
               <item>pag. 781.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XXVI.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Burnet</hi>'s Letter to Mr.
<hi>Mede,</hi> about the Provostship of <hi>Trin.</hi> Col.
in <hi>Ireland.</hi>
               </label>
               <item>pag. 782.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XXVII &amp; XXVIII.</head>
               <label>Two Letters
from Dr. <hi>Ames</hi> touching <hi>Lawenus</hi> his
Censure of <hi>Clavis Apocal.</hi> and Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s
Defence.</label>
               <item>pag. ibid.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XXIX.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s Letter to
Archbishop <hi>Usher,</hi> excusing his refusing
the Provostship of <hi>Trin.</hi> Coll. with an ac<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>count
of <hi>Lawenus</hi> his Strictures upon
his <hi>Clavis.</hi>
               </label>
               <item>pag. 783.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XXX.</head>
               <label>Archbishop <hi>Usher</hi>'s Letter
to Mr. <hi>Mede</hi> touching his Comment on the
<hi>Apocalyps,</hi> &amp;c.</label>
               <item>pag. 784.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XXXI.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s Letter touch<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
some corruptions crept into the He<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>brew
Text.</label>
               <item>pag. 785.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XXXII.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s Answer to
Mr. <hi>Osbourn</hi>'s Quaere's touching some
passages in <hi>Daniel</hi> and the <hi>Apocalyps:</hi>
               </label>
               <item>pag. 787.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XXXIII.</head>
               <label>Sr. <hi>W. Boswell</hi>'s Let<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter
to Mr. <hi>Mede,</hi> touching some of his
Books sent him.</label>
               <item>pag. 789.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XXXIV.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s Letter to
Mr. <hi>Haydock,</hi> applauding his ingenious
<pb facs="tcp:63175:417"/>
conceit of the Form of the <hi>Seven-sealed
Book</hi> in <hi>Apocal.</hi> 5.</label>
               <item>pag. 790.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XXXV &amp; XXXVI.</head>
               <label>Two Letters
from Sr. <hi>W. Boswell</hi> to Mr. <hi>Mede,</hi>
touching his Book sent to <hi>Lud. de Dieu.</hi>
               </label>
               <item>pag. 791, 792.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XXXVII &amp; XXXVIII.</head>
               <label>Two
Letters from Monsieur <hi>Testard</hi> and Mr.
<hi>Brooks,</hi> touching Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s Writings.</label>
               <item>pag. 792, 793.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XXXIX.</head>
               <label>Monsieur <hi>Testard</hi>'s Let<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ter
to Mr. <hi>Mede,</hi> touching the Number
666.</label>
               <item>pag. 793.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XL.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s Answer.</label>
               <item>p. 795.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XLI.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s Answer to Dr.
<hi>Twisse</hi>'s Enquiries touching the meaning
of <hi>Ezek.</hi> 38. 17. &amp; Dan. 11. 35, 36.</label>
               <item>p. 796.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XLII.</head>
               <label>Dr. <hi>Twisse</hi>'s 4. Letter to
Mr. <hi>Mede,</hi> desiring his opinion of the
<hi>English</hi> Plantations in <hi>America.</hi>
               </label>
               <item>p. 798.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XLIII.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s Answer there<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>unto,
as also touching our Saviour's proof of
the Resurrection from <hi>Exod.</hi> 3. 6.</label>
               <item>p. 799.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XLIV.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Hartlib</hi>'s Letter to
Mr. <hi>Mede,</hi> intimating a Learned man of
<hi>Leiden</hi> his judgment of his <hi>Clavis Apo<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cal.</hi>
               </label>
               <item>pag. 802.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XLV.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s modest Answer,
excusing himself and his Book.</label>
               <item>pag. 803.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XLVI.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Dury</hi>'s Letter to Mr.
<hi>Mede,</hi> desiring his advice about the best
Method of endeavouring Peace amongst
the Protestant Churches.</label>
               <item>p. 804.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XLVII.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s Answer.</label>
               <item>p. ibid.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XLVIII.</head>
               <label>
                  <hi>Lud. de Dieu</hi>'s Letter to
Mr. <hi>Mede,</hi> touching the various Readings
in the Hebrew Text.</label>
               <item>pag. 805.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. XLIX.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s Answer.</label>
               <item>p. 808.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. L.</head>
               <label>Dr. <hi>Twisse</hi>'s 5. Letter to Mr.
<hi>Mede,</hi> applauding his <hi>Notions</hi> about the
first peopling of <hi>America,</hi> and his proof of
the Resurrection from <hi>Exod.</hi> 3. 6. with a
Postscript touching Mr. <hi>Selden.</hi>
               </label>
               <item>p. 809.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. LI.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s Answer to the
Postscript. His Answer to an Exception
concerning the State of the Millennial fe<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>licity.
<hi>Lactantius</hi> and others vindicated
from the <hi>Antichiliasts.</hi> Why <hi>Hierom</hi> was
afraid to mention <hi>Iustin Martyr.</hi>
               </label>
               <item>p. 811.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. LII.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s Letter contain<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ing
some passages out of the <hi>Nicene</hi> Coun<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>cil
and K. <hi>Edward</hi>'s Catechism touching
the Kingdom of Christ.</label>
               <item>pag. 813.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. LIII.</head>
               <label>Dr. <hi>Twisse</hi>'s 6. Letter to
Mr. <hi>Mede,</hi> desiring him to impart his
Notions about <hi>Ezekiel</hi>'s Temple and some
obscure passages in <hi>Dan.</hi> 11.</label>
               <item>pag 814.</item>
            </list>
            <list>
               <head>EPIST. LIV.</head>
               <label>Mr. <hi>Mede</hi>'s Answer toge<g ref="char:EOLhyphen"/>ther
with some passages out of <hi>Tertullian</hi>
and King <hi>Edward</hi>'s Catechism touching
<hi>Regnum Christi,</hi> &amp;c.</